Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2017 with funding from
IMLS LG-70-15-0138-15

https://archive.org/details/asbbulletin5161asso

THE HECKMAN BINDERY, INC. N. MANCHESTER, INDIANA

At, C

The ASB

Volume 5, Number 1

LIBRA

0EC 28 1964

March, 1 958

Contents

Association Affairs 2

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the Nineteenth
Annual Meeting of the Association of South-
eastern Biologists 3

Program of the Nineteenth Annual Meeting of

the Association of Southeastern Biologists 1 8

News of Biology in the Southeast 22

Velma Dare Matthews 24

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

THE ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official
quarterly publication of the Association
of Southeastern Biologists and is pub-
lished at Chapel Hill, N. C. in March,
June, September and December. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to the Editor, Depart-
ment of Botany, University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C. Changes of
address should be sent promptly to the
Secretary of the ASB, Dr. J. C. Dickin-
son, Dept, of Biology, University of Flor-
ida, Gainesville. Subscription orders from
libraries and other institutions should be
sent to the circulation manager at the
Department of Biology, Woman’s College,
UNC, Greensboro, N. C. Subscription
rate for non-members of ASB : $2.00 per
year. Printing and typography by the
Orange Printshop, Chapel Hill, N. C.

Victor A. Greulach, Editor

J. C. Dickinson, Associate Editor
A. W. Jones, Business Manager
Hollis J. Rogers, Circulation Manager
Ann Foster Blevins,
Assistant Circulation Manager

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida
State University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University
of Kentucky

Louisiana — G. C. Kent, Jr., Louisiana
State University

Maryland — Wm. E. Bickley, University
of Maryland

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College

North Carolina — T. W. Johnson, Jr.,
Duke University

South Carolina— Margaret Hess, Win-
throp College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Jacques J. Rappaport, Univer-
sity of Virginia

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Officers of the ASB

President — Howard K. Wallace, Univer-
sity of Florida

Retiring President — George C. Kent, Jr.,
Louisiana State University
President-elect — Mary Esther Gaulden,
Biology Division, Oak Ridge Na-
tional Laboratories

Vice-President — Horton H. Hobbs, Uni-
versity of Virginia

Secretary— J. C. Dickinson, University of
Florida

Treasurer — A. W. Jones, University of
Tennessee

Executive Committee — Robert T. Brum-
field, Longwood College ; J. Gordon
Carlson, University of Tennessee ;
W. S. Flory, University of Virginia;
I. C. Kitchen, University of Missis-
sippi ; D. C. Scott, University of
Georgia ; Harry E. Wheeler, Louis-
iana State University. All officers are
ex officio members of the executive
committee.

Nominations for ASB Officers

The Nominating Committee,
composed of George C. Kent, Jr.,
Chairman, Wanda S. Hunter, and
E. Ruffin Jones has made the fol-
lowing slate of nominations, to
be acted upon by the members
at the Tallahassee meeting: Pres-
ident-elect— J. Gordon Carlson,
University of Tennessee and Hor-
ton H. Hobbs, University of Vir-
ginia; Vice President — Victor A.
Greulach, University of North
Carolina and Thelma Howell,
Wesleyan College; Secretary —
Harold Humm, Duke University
and Ralph Yerger, Florida State
University; Executive Commit-
tee— William Burbank, Emory
University, William Mengebier,
Madison College, E. Lowe Pierce,
University of Florida, Elsie Quar-
terman, Vanderbilt University,
and George Wharton, University
of Maryland. Two members of
the Executive Committee are to
be elected.

Proposed Amendment
to the By-Law*

At its interim meeting in At-
lanta in November the Executive
Committee of the ASB authorized
D. C. Scott to prepare an amend-
ment to Article I of the By-Laws
of the Association Constitution
with the goal of simplifying the
election of new members to ASB.
The amended Article I as pro-
posed by Dr. Scott is as follows:

Article I. Membership

Section 1. Membership shall be
granted any person recommended
and approved as being eligible
by two active members in good
standing.

Section 2. Such recommenda-
tions shall be submitted to the
treasurer of the Association and
the new member shall achieve
active status in the Association
with all the rights and privileges
pertaining thereto when his dues
for the current year have been
received by the treasurer of the
Association.

The following analysis of the
proposed amendment has been
prepared by Dr. Scott:

The purpose of this amendment
to the by-laws of the Constitution
of the Association of Southeastern

Biologists (ASB Bulletin 2(2) :-
32) is to simplify the election
of new members. As things now
stand, a prospective member must
be recommended to the Executive
Committee by two members in
good standing. The Executive
Committee in turn nominates the
prospective member to the Society
as a whole and a vote is taken
at its annual meeting. In practice
both the Executive Committee and
the membership at large have ac-
cepted proposed members without
question on the basis of the orig-
inal recommendations. Thus, the
two latter steps in the election
of members have only been for-
mailities which encumbered the
meetings of the bodies involved.
These steps are eliminated by the
proposed amendment to the by-
laws.

It should be noted that in the
proposed amendment the treas-
urer, rather than the secretary,
is charged with receiving new
members. This change is sug-
gested for two reasons. (1) The
treasurer must, in effect, keep
the master list of members in good
standing. He is in the best po-
sition to know whether or not
a recommender is actually a mem-
ber in good standing in the So-
ciety. (2) This change removes
a part of the burden of corres-
pondence now borne by the sec-
retary and distributes it to the
office of the treasurer.

Two important points should
be considered by the membership
of the Society in voting on this
amendment. (1) Is it wise for us
to remove from the Executive
Committee and the membership at
large the power to reject prospec-
tive members, even though this
power has never been exercised?
(2) Do we wish to include new
members of the year in the com-
petition for the Meritorious Re-
search Award? By action of the
Executive Committee (July 14,
1956) persons could not enter this
competition until they had beeii
formally elected to membership.
Elimination of a formal annual
membership election would throw
the competition open to newly ac-
quired members. All members of
the Society are urged to consider
the various aspects of this pro-
posal and be prepared to decide
upon it at the Tallahassee meet-
ings.

2

ASB Bulletin

Abstracts of Papers Presented at
The Nineteenth Annual Meeting of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists

All but two of the 82 papers presented at the
Nineteenth Annual Meeting of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists and cooperating societies at
Tallahassee, Florida are abstracted here. Reprints of
abstracts marked with an asterisk are available
from the authors.

A Virgin Forest Remnant in Berkely
County, S. C.

Wade T. Batson, William E. Hoy, William R.

Kelley and James T. Penney, University of
South Carolina

A tract of virgin forest exists in Berkely County.
This report deals with our areas of original vege-
tation, the discovery of this tract, the results of a
floristic analysis including the species present as
well as their abundance and role in the community,
timber production figures on a recently harvested
portion, and comments on the future of the still-
existing forest.

The Effect of Sodium lodoacetate Under
Anoxia on Chromosome Aberration
Frequency

A. V. Beatty and Jeanne W. Beatty, Emory
University

The energy for chromosome rejoining following
radiation-induced chromosome breaks in an oxygen-
free atmosphere appears to come from an anaerobic
respiratory system. To find more specifically the
source of this energy anaerobic inhibitors are being
used. In order to interrupt the glycolytic system
before any energy is given up, the system was in-
hibited at the step where 1,3-diphosphoglyceralde-
hyde is changed to 1,3-diphosphoglyceric acid by
the action of triosephosphate dehydrogenase. This
enzyme is inhibited by sodium iodoacetate. Trades-
cantia inflorescences were treated in a M/1000 solu-
tion for 1, 5, 10 and 24 hours and irradiated with
a total dose of 400 r. One hour had no effect while
5, 10 and 24 hours gave a 100-fold increase in
aberrations over the controls.

The Anatomy of the Blister Gall Caused
by Asteromyia carbonifera on
Solidago Leaves

Edwin G. Beck, University of Georgia

The larva of the midge Asteromyia carbonifera
and an unidentified fungus are involved in the for-
mation of a blister gall on Solidago leaves. The gall
first appears as a dark spot on the surface of the
leaf. As it matures it becomes white and thickens
to form a blister with a dark margin. Histological

examination reveals that the blister is composed
of a fungus which attacks the mesophyll tissues
of the leaf. The larva feeds upon the fungus which
grows about it. The hyphae which grow along the
outer regions of the mesophyll secrete a black,
friable material which is responsible for the black-
ening of the leaf tissues in the early stages of the
development of the blister and also the black margin
about the edge of the blister. The fungus has been
grown in pure culture on several different media
but has never been identified.

A Biotic Factor Influencing the Gastropod
Urosalpinx cinerea in Its Choice
of Prey*

John W. Blake, University of North Carolina

The relative attractiveness of two pelecypods as
prey of Urosalpinx was stuied to determine whether
metabolic rate of prey influenced selection by a
predator. Urosalpinx were exposed to two currents,
one from each of two aquaria in which various prey
and experimental substances were placed. Compari-
sons within and between the prey species (Cras-
sostrea virginica and Modiolus demissus) demon-
strated a direct correlation between metabolic rate
(measured as oxygen uptake) and number of Urosal-
pinx attracted. Four factors affecting metabolic rate
were studied: species, age, growth rate, and feeding.
Younger and more rapidly growing individuals at-
tracted more Urosalpinx, Crassostrea being more
attractive than similar Modiolus. Starvation of prey
resulted in a decreased attractiveness. In every case
the more attractive animals had a proportionately
higher metabolic rate. Urosalpinx responded in equal
numbers to groups of prey of different individual,
but equal group metabolic rates. Thus this work
supports the hypothesis that it is a metabolic product
which mediates the predator’s choice of a particular
individual within a group of prey. Selection is in-
dependent of concentration of dissolved oxygen or
carbon dioxide. Further work is planned toward the
characterization of the attractant substance.

A Preliminary Study of Chromosome
Numbers and Karyotypes in
Sprekelia formosissima
Herbert*

S. Bose, Blandy Experimental Farm, University
of Virginia

Several workers (Sato, Snoad, Mookerjea) have
reported chromosome numbers, approximate in the
first two cases, of from 116 to 121 for Sprekelia
formosissima Herbert. We have studied chromosomes
in many bulbs of Sprekelia from several locations.

Vol. 5 No. 1, March 1958

3

Plants collected near Cuernavaca, Mexico usually
have 60 somatic chomosomes. Cells having 58, 59, 61
and 62 chromosomes were also observed in this type.
A majority of the bulbs secured from different
places have higher chromosome numbers however.
Somatic metaphases with well spread chromosomes
have been observed with approximately 114, 115-18,
117, 118, 118-122, 119, 121, 127, 136, 141, 144-148,
149, 150, 153-156, 160, 162, 164, 169, 172 and 176
chromosomes. Of these, exact counts were possible
in cells with 117, 118(3 cells), 119, 127, 149, 150(2),
172 and 175(2) chromosomes. The peak frequencies
in number were between 118-122, 148-154 and 164-
175. Four different types of chromosomes occur in
karyotypes of 2n=60 taxa, and of taxa with higher
numbers: (1) long, median-submedian centromere;
(2) short submedian ; (3) subterminal; and (4) sub-
terminal, satellited on shorter arm. Two other ac-
cessions recorded as Sprekelia had 2n numbers of
22 and 33 respectively. These have not flowered;
both leaves and karotypes suggest these to be
Amaryllis taxa.

Some Amebas of Warm Mineral Springs,
near Venice, Florida

Eugene C. Bovee, University of Florida

Warm Mineral Springs, 12 miles southeast of
Venice, Florida, pours its waters to the surface
from an estimated depth of 18,000 feet at a rate of
some 6,000 gallons per minute. Hence, any fauna
associated with it have most likely entered over-
land, or from the air. Its waters have about half
the sodium content of sea water, and about half
the magnesium content, but nearly two-thirds the
sulfate content of sea water. Hence some rather
special osmotic conditions are imposed on microscopic
forms which enter it, yet some protozoans have be-
come adapted to its mineralized, fast-flowing waters,
amongst them several amebas. These resemble known
species, and are assignable to described genera.
Two forms may be identical to Flabellula mira
Schaeffer, and Flabellula (Rugipes) vivax (Schaef-
fer). The others are a Trichamoeba sp., somewhat
similar to Trichamoeba sphaeraraum Schaeffer; and
a Vexillifera sp. resembling Vexillifera telmathalassa
Bovee. There is also a Hylaodiscus sp. In general,
these amebas are, or closely resemble, marine spe-
cies.

Correlation of Sexual Cycles and Breeding
Behavior of the Gray Squirrel, Scirurus
carolinensis, Gemlin

Alfred Brauer and Albert Dusing,
University of Kentucky

By means of trapping and retrapping wild Gray
Squirrels the biannual cycles of male and female
squirrels were determined. For the adult male the
testicular positions of abdomen, inguinum, and scro-
tum, are found to be valid criteria when related
to the histological pictures of cryptorchism and re-
covery. In the female the vaginal smear is the best
method of determining stages of the cycle. When
cycles so determined are compared with observations
of mating chases and other breeding behavior, curves
showing correlation can be constructed. Sixty five
adult males and 53 females were trapped a total
of 285 times.

X Radiation of Stages in the Life-Cycle of
the Rat Tapeworm, Hymenolepis
diminuta

William E. Brillhart, Emory University
Three stages in the life-cycle of Hymenolepis
diminuta were each exposed to 5, 10, 15, 20, and 30
thousand roentgens of X radiation. The first phase
of the investigation has attempted to determine the
minimum lethal dose of X radiation for each stage.
Cysticercoids were not recovered from 30 beetles
which were fed irradiated eggs exposed to doses of
15,000r and above, lour cysticercoids, two each
from two of 30 challenged hosts, were recovered
from eggs exposed to 10,U00r; these larvae were ab-
normal in appearance. Mo tapeworms were recovered
from 5 rats that had been fed 30 cysticercoids ir-
radiated with 15,000r. Sixty cysticercoids given
10,000r failed to establish normal infection in 10
rats; only about one half as many worms were re-
covered from challenged rats. At the present time
adult tapeworms are being exposed to various doses
of X radiation and transplanted surgically into
recipient rats to establish the M.L.D. for this stage
of the life history.

Mutant Analysis of Amino Acid-Keto Acid
Relationships in Neurospora crassa*

H. E. Brockman and A. Gib DeBusk,
Florida State University

DeBusk and Wagner (1953) reported that the
growth of a tyrosine-requiring mutant of Neurospora
crassa could be inhibited competitively by any one
of a wide range of naturally occurring amino acids.
This mutant grows equally well on the keto analogue
of tyrosine, p-OH-phenylpyruvic acid. Furthermore,
the amino acid inhibitions can be relieved noncom-
petitively by p-OH-phenylpyruvic acid. Recent work
has shown that a phenylalanine requiring mutant
responds in a similar way. It is inhibited by various
amino acids and the inhibitions can be noncom-
petitively relieved by the keto analogue of phenyal-
anine, phenylpyruvate. If either of the above men-
tioned mutants is given the keto acid as its re-
quired growth factor, it can be inhibited by a sec-
ond keto acid. This inhibition is relieved by the
amino analogue of the required keto acid. The in-
hibition is modified by temperatures, pH, and purines
and pyrimidines. The inhibition can be affected only
in the early stages of growth. Results of respiration
studies, growth assays, and enzyme studies are
given.

Dispersal of the Gelatinous Coat Material
of Mellita quinquiesperforata Eggs by
Homologous Sperm and Sperm
Extracts

John W. Brookbank, University of Florida
Homologous sperm and frozen-thawed sperm ex-
tracts of M. quinquiesperforata have been found
to disperse the gelatinous coat material (fertilizin)
of the eggs of this species. The dispersing factor
most probably acts by depolymerization of the fer-
tilizin gel to sol, and was not found to impair the
sperm aggultinating properties of fertilizin in solu-
tion. The factor was shown to be acid labile (pH
4 for four minutes) and heat labile (70°C. for two

4

ASB Bulletin

minutes), and therefore distinct from sperm anti-
fertilizin. Antifertilizin is stable for at least 10
minutes at 70° C, and is not destroyed by acid
treatment. Extracts which contained the dispersing
factor were also able to dissolve precipitation mem-
branes formed by antifertilizin on the surface of the
gelatinous coat.

This investigation was supported in part by a
research grant from the National Institutes of
Health of the Public Health Service.

A Taxonomic Study of the Genus Aletris L.
(Liliaceae) *

Edward T. Browne, Jr., Alabama Polytechnic
Institute

Chromosome numbers of n = 13 are reported here
for the first time for Aletris farinosa L., A. aurea
Walt., and A. obovata Nash. The only previously
reported number in the genus was 2n~ 52 for A.
foliata, an eastern Asiatic species, and there is
some question as to the retention of this species in
the genus. For all these species there is a basic
chromosome number of x=13. Since Aletris has been
placed in the Liliaceae, Amaryllidaceae, and Haemo-
doraceae by various authorities, a search of the
cytological literature of these families was under-
taken. Examples of plant species with the basic
number x = 13 were located, but in these cases, e.g.
suedes of Narcissus, Fritillaria, and Lachenalia,
this number was derived from some other basic
number which was found in the majority of the
other investigated species in these genera. Of the
cytologically investigated species in the previously
mentioned families, only in the Liliaceae tribe
Narthecieae of the Hutchinson system were there
chromosomes which were like those of Aletris {n
basic number and size. On the basis of this cytological
information, it is recommended that Aletris be
placed near the genera Narthecium and Metanar-
thecium in future systematic treatments of the
family Liliaceae.

A Method for Determining the Effects of
Varied Environmental Conditions on
Cell Growth in Phleum Roots

Robert T. Brumfield, Longwood College and
Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Cell development can be studied directly from
photographs taken at successive time intervals of
growing roots of Phleum pratense. The length of
each cell and its distance from the root apex are
continually increasing with time. If the logarithm of
cell lengths (ordinate) at successive' time intervals
by plotted against their distances from the apex
(abscissa), a family of curves is obtained which
have essentially the same slope at the same distance
from the apex. If the photographs are taken over a
period of 2 to 4 hours (depending on the rate of
growth) the curves will overlap along the abscissi.
This is so since cells near the tip will be displaced to
a position formerly occupied by cells basal to them.
The curves can be “stacked” into a composite curve
by shifting the ordinate which is logarithmic. The
resulting composite curve represents the increase in
length that any cell along the root axis is expected
to undergo under uniform conditions. This curve

thus affords a “base line” whereby the relative ef-
fect of any environmental change on individual
cells can be determined. The use of the method is
illustrated by an experiment with applied l'AA.

Additional Information on the Mechanical-
Chemical Nature of Drilling by the
Gastropods Urosalpinx and
Eupleura *

Melbourne R. Carriker, University of North
Carolina

A comparative study of the functional morphology
and ecological significance of drilling mechanisms
in muricid gastropods is in progress. It was found
earlier that in drilling through shell of prey, Urosa-
lpinx cinerea alternates short periods (a few min-
utes) of radular rasping with longer ones of
“softening” by a glandular accessory proboscis in
the foot. Current studies confirm this for Urosalpinx,
and disclose for the first time the presence in
Eupleura caudata of a drilling mechanism structur-
ally and functionally similar to that of Urosalpinx.
Regeneration was complete in five out of seven snails
of both species whose proboscides were amputated.
Drilling was resumed in 14 to 39 days. The acces-
sory proboscis was excised from 12 other drills.
Three completely regenerated this gland and re-
sumed drilling in 21 to 61 days. The remainder
lived 21 to 61 days, then died. Excised accessory
proboscides, especially those from actively drilling
snails, when placed on smooth shell in moist cham-
bers for 24 hours, effected definite, though faint,
erosion of shell, not observed in controls. Resumption
of drilling in proboscisectomized and accessory-
proboscisectomized oyster drills appeared to parallel
regeneration, and occurred only when radula and
accessory proboscis functioned alternately. Neither
organ penetrated shell alone. These data support a
mechanical-chemical hypothesis of penetration.

These studies are being supported by a U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service grant.

The Effects of X-radiation on the Early
Cleavage Stages of the Snail,
Ilyanassa obsoleta

James N. Gather, Emory University
The duration and character of the meiotic and
mitotic stages were determined through the third
cleavage and correlated with the external morphol-
ogy of the cells. Doses of radiation ranging from
1000 to 10,000r at lOOOr per minute were used.
A dose of 4000r produced the maximum cleavage
delay with minimum lethality prior to the formation
of blastulae. This dose was delivered at known
mitotic stages prior to the second cleavage, and
the cleavage delay of the first three cleavages
was studied. A sharp rise in radiation effect occurred
when the eggs were treated near mid-interphase.
Treatment from mid-prophase to the next cleavage
had little effect on that cleavage, but the cleavage
delay of the later cleavages increased as the time
of irradiation approached the cleavage. Treatment
during mid-telophase, shortly after the first cleav-
age, produced the greatest delay of the second
cleavage. The delay of prophase accounted for a
major part of the cleavage delay.

Vol. 5 No. 1, March 1958

6

The Plumose-bristled Species of
Rhynchospora (Cyperaceae)

R. B. Channell, Vanderbilt University
This report represents the results of a recent re-
evaluation of the nomenclature, taxonomy and dis-
tribution of the species comprising Series Plumosae
of the genus Rhynchospora. It contains a number
of changes and corrections for the group necessitated
by the revisional study.

The Natural Vegetation of English
Mountain, Tennessee

Joe A. Chapman, Carson Newman College
The vegetation of English Mountain, an uplift
of the Chilhowee series of eastern Tennessee, is
described as it is related to geology, topography
and soil types. Steep slopes with rocky outcrops
are characteristic. The few basic soil types are de-
rived from shale and conglomerate rock. Many
variations of site exposure occur. The description
and analysis of the thirteen major forest types are
drawn from data secured by use of the plotless
sampling method of Grosenbaugh. Density, fre-
quency, size class and basal area data are given for
all types. The pattern of vegetation is most closely
related to site exposure, while altitudinal, soil and
geological differences are of secondary importance.

Flagellation and the “Pseudoflagellum” in
the Swarmcells of the Myxomycete,
Didymium nigripes*

Arthur L. Cohen, Oglethorpe University
Living, flagellate swarmcells (gametes) of the
Myxomycetes show a single anterior flagellum under
ordinary illumination. In stained preparations, two
flagella are often seen. Contemporary workers are
of the opinion that this biflagellate condition is
typical and that the second flagellum is often curved
back, closely appressed to the body of the swarm-
cell, and hence ordinarily invisible. The author’s
observations of the living swarmcells of Didymium
nigripes under phase contrast illumination disclosed
the presence of the known flagellum and also a
short process which could be seen to grow from
the cell at the region of insertion of the known
flagellum, but which then migrated over the sur-
face of the body to the rear and became indis-
tinguishable from the trailing, fine, posterior pseu-
dopodia typical of swarmcells. Electron photomicro-
graphs of shadowed swarmcells showed the extended
flagellum, the fine pseudopodial process here called
a “pseudoflagellum,” and a second true flagellum
recurved and closely appressed to the cell.

Fluorescence Microscopy of Living
Tetrahymena pyriformis*

Marion T. Coleman and Charles Ray, Jr., .

Emory University

Intra-vital staining of nuclei and cytoplasmic
inclusions in Tetrahymena pyriformis using basic
fluorochromes has been observed by fluorescence
microscopy. The light source was a GE AH-4 mer-
cury lamp. The filter system consisted of a Corning
glass filter #5113 (3.85 mm thickness) between the

light source and the specimen, and a Wratten G fil-
ter in the ocular. Aqueous solutions of several
diaminoacridine compounds were found to be satis-
factory, non-toxic, vital fluorochromes. Proflavine
hydrochloride, acriflavine hydrochloride, acridine
yellow and acridine orange produced yellow-green
fluorescence in both micronucleus and macronucleus
of Tetrahymena. When general cytoplasmic fluores-
cence was observed, the low intensity of this fluores-
cence did not interfere with nuclear differentiation.
Acridine orange was unique; this dye simultaneous-
ly produced orange-red fluorescence of some cyto-
plasmic inclusions and yellow-green fluorescence of
nuclei. Fluorescence persisted throughout conjuga-
tion and has been observed as long as twenty-four
hours following application of the dye. The dia-
minoacridines are useful as vital stains because low
concentrations (1:50,000 to 1:100,000) give bright
fluorescence; visual contrast is excellent; and nu-
clear structures are easily stained by this method.

This study was supported in part by a grant
from the National Science Foundation.

Studies on the Ecological Life History of
Portulaca smallii*

David J. Cotter, Emory University

Portulaca smallii P. Wilson is a small succulent
plant, endemic to the granite outcrops of the Pied-
mont section of southeastern United States. Field
studies have dealt with its habitat, phenology, dis-
tribution, and morphological variability. Life his-
tory stages have been studied in the field and labora-
tory. Responses of the plant to many phases of the
environment including biota, light, temperature,
moisture, pH, and soil have been determined through
controlled laboratory experiments. P smallii is able
to survive innundation or severe desiccation. The
amount of available water is the major factor con-
trolling growth. P. smallii is photopeTiodic and
also exhibits marked responses to light intensity,
such as phototropism, nystic movements, and photo-
cleistogamy. The principle reasons for its endemism
are its inability to withstand competition and its
physiological adaptations to the severe environment
of the outcrops.

Observations on Chlorosarcina (Gemeck)
Vischer

Temd R. Deason and Walter R. Herndon,
University of Alabama

Among numerous chlorophycean isolates from
the soil of the Alabama (Greene County) Black
belt, was one alga of the genus Chlorosarcina. This
genus, originally described by Gerneck in 1907, was
emended by Vischer to include those Chlorosphaer-
acean algae with cup-like plastids and lacking
pyrenoids although he called it a genus imperfecte
notum. This organism has been maintained in cul-
tivation in a variety of media including Bold’s
inorganic salt medium and has been studied in many
phases of its life history over a period of several
months. Cells of this plant are characterized by
the ability to divide vegetatively, a cup-like plastid
without pyrenoids, and the production of zoospores
of the Protosiphon type. Recent studies of related
genera indicate that zoospore type should probably

6

ASB Bulletin

be included among the generic attributes of Chloro-
sarcina. It is hoped that a detailed description of
this organism, which is apparently new to science,
as well as its availability in culture, will provide
a basis for a clearer understanding of this genus,
which has been rarely studied.

Gravel Bars and Flood Control*

Robert A. Dietz, Troy State College
Some rivers evolve their own flood control sys-
tems. One such river in Missouri has been studied
in detail. The Meramec River is characterized by
gravel deposits along the banks, known locally as
gravel bars. These bars are ideal for the study of
succession leading to a stable river bed and chan-
neled flood waters. Alternate deposition ridges and
scour canals, initiated by willows, tend to mitigate
the effects of slight and moderate flooding. Through
percolation, runoff is decreased. The effect of the
system upon severe floods is proportionately less.
The downstream landowner, however, is more or
less at the mercy of the watershed management
practices of his upstream neighbors, and whatever
he can do to moderate floods is to his advantage.
The natural principles herein studied lend support to
certain downstream management practices.

Analysis of Egg Color Variation in
Cyclops vernalis*

Ernest J. DuPraw, Jr., University of Florida
In populations of the fresh-water copepod, Cyclops
vernalis, different females may be observed carrying
egg sacs of widely different colors, including blues,
blacks, purples, browns, grays and greens. The
frequencies of the different egg colors occurring in
one, fairly dense population of C. vernalis have been
recorded periodically for over a year, and slight
correlations with algal concentration noted. The
light-absorption curves of variously-colored eggs
have also been determined, using a microspectropho-
tometer. From an analysis of these curves, it has
been inferred that apparent egg color depends on
the relationship between only two carotenoid ma-
terials. one an unmodified red-orange carotenoid,
possibly astaxanthin, the other a typical, blue
carotenoid-protein. By maintaining female Cyclops
in isolation cultures during successive egg layings,
it has been shown that egg color is not related to
the individual female, but that any female may
lay successive egg sacs of widely different colors.
More precise culture experiments, in which two
groups of females were maintained on entirely
separate diets, have shown that differences in feed-
ing are accompanied by profound differences in the
colors of eggs produced. Various speculative physio-
logical and optical mechanisms have been proposed.

Multi-periods of Branch Elongation
In Pines

Willis A. Eggler, Newcomb College,

Tulane University

Multi-periods of stem elongation during a season
(sometimes called multi-nodal growth) have been
recognized for main stems of pine trees, but the
fact that branches may elongate multi-periodically

is less well known. Multi-period elongation of
branches of longleaf pine in Louisiana and Missis-
sippi has been reported earlier. Similar growth
habits of branches of shortleaf, loblolly, and slash
pine have been observed in Louisiana. Investigations
are in progress to determine possible relationships
between periods of branch elongation and main stem
elongation, diameter increase, temperature, and
soil moisture.

Cytotaxonomical Studies on a
Zephyranthes Complex*

W. S. Flory, Jr., Blandy Experimental Farm,
University of Virginia

Zephyranthes insularum (2n=28) , Z. nervosa
(2n=24?), Z. puertoricensis (2n=25) and Z. tubis-
patha (?) (2n=25), from the West Indies or South
America, are taxa which have been variously con-
fused. Traub (1958, in press) discusses the nomen-
clature of these in some detail. Zephyranthes com-
mersoniana is another member of this complex; ma-
terial of this was not available for the present work.
Detailed karyotype analyses were made of the sev-
eral taxa, and complement comparisons presented
in some detail. Group relationships, distinctions,
and possible origins are considered on the basis of
cytological and morphological data and observations.

Influence of Carbonic Anhydrase Inhibitors
on Shell Growth of a Freshwater
Snail, Physa heterostropha

John A. Freeman, Winthrop College

Carbonic anhydrase, an enzyme which on theoreti-
cal grounds is expected to influence mollusc shell
growth, has been reported in the mantle tissue of
most but rot all molluscs examined for its presence
and two drugs inhibiting the enzyme have been re-
ported to decrease calcium deposit in the oyster.
Physa heterostropha have been grown in solutions
of various concentrations of five carbonic anhydrase
inhibitors, sulfanilamide, benzenesulfonylamide, p-
toluenesulfonamide, Diamox, and 2-benzothiazole-
sulfonamiae, and the growth rates of the individual
snails have been determined. The last-named drug is
lethal at concentrations above 0.5 mg per liter, an
effect not reversed by PABA. The other drugs de-
creased the growth rates by a third to a half in
experiments in which the snails were fed for maxi-
mum growth. The drugs did not influence growth
rates in experiments in which growth was main-
tained at a low level by dietary restrictions. The
results are consistent with the theory that carbonic
anhydrase is necessary for rapid but not for slow
growth of the snail shell.

Relation of the Nucleolus to Mitotic Activi-
ty as Revealed by Ultraviolet Microbeam
Irradiation*

Mary Esther Gaulden and Robert P. Perry,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Circumstantial evidence obtained in several organ-
isms has suggested that the nucleolus controls to
some unknown extent the division of a cell. This idea
has been tested in living grasshopper neuroblasts
by irradiating the nucleolus with a high-intensity

Vol. 5 No. 1, March 1958

7

ultraviolet microbeam less than 3 p, in diameter at
the focal point. The nucleolus is 3 p, in diameter.
Cells in telophase, interphase, and prophase were
irradiated; in some, the microbeam was focused on
a nucleolus and in others on a non-nucleolar portion
of the nucleus. These cells and unirradiated ones
were observed until they divided or for at least 24
hours. Irradiation of one nucleolus for 3 seconds is
sufficient to stop mitosis of cells irradiated in stages
from late telophase to the middle of middle pro-
phase. During the latter half of middle prophase,
the nucleolus becomes less sensitive to ultraviolet
radiation and by late prophase is completely in-
sensitive to it, as determined by the ability of the
cell to divide. Microspot irradiation of a non-
nucleolar region of the nucleus causes mitotic delay
but does not usually prevent cell division. These
observations are consistent with the hypothesis that
the nucleolus has an intimate functional relation to
the mitotic process.

Distribution of Estuarine Ascomycetes and
Deuteromycetes

Harvey S. Gold and T. W. Johnson, Jr.,
Duke University

Estuarine Ascomycetes and Deuteromycetes were
studied to determine if distributional patterns for
these organisms exist and if these patterns are af-
fected by temperature and salinity. Both lignicolous
and caulogenous forms were investigated. Four
basic fungal distributional types were observed:
fresh water, mesohaline, stenohaline, and those that
occur in all salinities, the euryhaline fungi. Salinity,
as affected by temperature, influenced fungal dis-
tribution, and temperature was a limiting factor.
Laboratory salinity tolerance experiments combined
with field data show that mesohaline fungi possess
a high degree of physiological adaptability to func-
tion vegetatively and reproductively in the fluctuat-
ing salinity and temperature of their aquatic en-
vironment.

Effect of Gibberellic Acid on Cell Division
and Cell Elongation in Phaseolus
vulgaris *

Victor A. Greulach and John G. Haesloop,
University of North Carolina

Four weeks after treatment the third internodes
of bean ( Phaseolus vulgaris L.) plants supplied with
0.346 mg of gibberellic acid each and of the control
plants were fixed for sectioning and anatomical
measurements. The third internode was selected for
study because it both initiated and completed its
growth during the experiment. Though the treated
plants grew 1.96 times as tall as the controls and
had third internodes averaging 2.28 times as long
the mean longitudinal, radial, and tangential diame-
ters of cells from both the pith and cortex were
almost identical with those of the controls, the slight
differences being highly insignificant statistically.
Gibberellic acid had no effect on the mean thickness
of the tissues outside the pith, but the pith of the
treated plants averaged only 0.86 the diameter of
the controls, a highly significant difference resulting
in significantly thinner stems of the treated plants.

The volume of the pith of the treated plants was,
however, 1.68 times that of the controls and the
volume of the entire third internodes of the treated
plants averaged 1.70 times that of the controls. 1'n
this experiment the growth promotion by gibberellic
acid was obviously due entirely to increased cell di-
vision. The data also suggest that in the pith gibber-
ellic acid influenced the plane as well as the rate of
cell division. These results, along with other recent
reports of stimulation of cell division by gibberellic
acid, suggest that the generally-accepted belief that
gibberellic acid promotes growth largely through an
effect on cell enlargement requires re-evaluation.

Biospeciation in the Lichen Cetraria ciliaris

Mason E. Hale, Smithsonian Institution

The common conifer lichen Cetraria ciliaris Ach.
in North America consists of three chemical popula-
tions. One with olivetoric acid (C-f red) is centered
in the central and southern Appalachian Mountains
and in the Piedmont. The second with alectoronic
acid (KC+ red, C-) is centered in the Great Lakes
area eastward to New Brunswick and southward
into the Shenandoah and Cumberland Mountains.
Where these two strains converge in the central
Appalachians, the plants with olivetoric acid occur
predominantly in pine woods on soils derived from
sandstones, whereas those with alectoronic acid oc-
cur more frequently on trees in the shale barrens
of the Shenandoah Mountains. A third strain with
protolichesteric acid occurs exclusively in the far
western states, but ranges eastward as a rarer
strain with alectoronic acid plants. Since these
strains are geographically distinct elements of a
single species, it is proposed that they be ranked
as subspecies, as commonly defined by biosystema-
tists.

A Contribution to the History of
Mendelism*

Roland M. Harper, University of Alabama

In the 1860’s Gregor Mendel, experimenting with
peas in his garden, discovered that second-genera-
tion hybrids reproduced the characters of their an-
cestors in a pretty definite ratio. He published his
findings in an obscure journal in 1866, but that
seems to have attracted little attention, and was
soon forgotten, the world simply not being ready
for it. In 1900 Mendel’s work was re-discovered al-
most simultaneously by three or four European
geneticists, and then its fundamental importance
was immediately recognized, for the time was ripe
for it. Numerous magazine articles and books were
soon written about it, and it was found to apply to
the animal kingdom also, and incorporated into
many biological text-books.

Recent delvings in old magazines by the writer
have shown that some French scientists had es-
sentially the same idea as Mendel a few years be-
fore he did, but did not push it quite so far. It is
possible that he knew of their work and was inspired
by it. It also appears that Mendel’s work was known
to a few American botanists around 1882, but it
was rather out of their field (taxonomy), and they
were not particularly impressed by it.

8

ASB Bulletin

Cytological Demonstration of Cleavage
Anaphase Bridges in Drosophila
melanogaster

Claude W. Hinton, University of Georgia
The behavior of an unstable ring-X chromosome
called wvo of Drosophila melanogaster has been
explained by anaphase bridge formation during
cleavage mitoses followed by breakage of the bridge
to cause dominant lethality or by loss of the bridge
to produce either gynandromorphs or XO males. An
attempt to confirm this model consisted of cytologi-
cal examination of Feulgen whole mount prepara-
tions of third through eighth cleavage' eggs derived
from rod-X females crossed either to wv“ males
or to males carrying the stable Xc2 ring chromo-
some. The frequency of late anaphase and telophase
figures with bridges was 1.94 percent (N = 2516)
and 0.28 percent (N = 1084) for the two groups,
respectively; these frequencies are not corrected
for the fact that approximately one-half of the
embryos carry the Y chromosome rather than a
ring-X. Studies of other mitotic abnormalities found
in this material are in progress.

This work was supported by U. S. Public Health
Service Research Grant C-3000.

A New Marine Aporocotylid Cercaria from
Donax variabilis Say*

Rhodes B. Holliman, Florida State University
This constitutes a preliminary report on a new
cercaria of a blood fluke of fishes (Family Aporoco-
tylidae) from the marine pelecypod Donax variabilis
Say. The cercaria is typical for the family in being
apharyngeal and brevifurcate, with a dorsal fin
fold on the body. The body measures 112 microns
long and the tail stem 236 microns long. The flame
cells, located in the posterior third of the body,
are arranged in the pattern of 2(2). This cercaria
is peculiar in that it has an asymmetrical tail. One
tail furca is approximately 10 microns long and. the
other is about 33 microns long. Another interesting
feature is a longitudinal row of spines on each
lateral surface of the cercarial body. These spines
are arranged in 22-24 groups of 3 or 4, with the
anterior attached ends of each group converging.
The cephalic region of the body is surrounded by
parallel bands of minute spines. There are seven
penetration glands and ducts.

Notes on the Helminths of Mammals in the
Mountain Lake Region.

IV. The Life Cycle of Hydatigera lyncis
Skinker*

Harry L. Holloway, Roanoke College
Strobilocerci of Hydatigera lyncis recovered from
Neotoma magister were fed to young Felis domes-
tica. One cat, autopsied 61 days after feeding, yielded
a mature specimen 34 cm long with a maximum
width of 4mm. Another cat died 88 hours after
being fed five strobilocerci and five tapeworms were
recovered. Two additional cats began to pass prog-
lottids 71-77 days after receiving strobilocerci. Sev-
enteen terminal proglottids and two detached prog-
lottids, recovered from the colon of the first cat
were retained in 0.75% physiological saline at room
temperature for 36 hours and fed to young white

laboratory rats (Holtzman Strain). The rats were
sacrificed 32-61 days after experimental feeding
and all were negative for hepatic strobilocerci. Prog-
lottids recovered from the latter two cats 1-24
hours after passage were placed on moist filter
paper and incubated for 24-120 hours at 37.5 de-
grees centigrade. Six rats were fed two proglottids
each. As the dye used to mark the animals was
not permanent it was not always possible to corre-
late the number of strobilocerci recovered with the
incubation period. The largest number of strobilo-
cerci (5) were recovered from the rat fed proglottids
incubated for 120 hours, three were recovered from
each of two rats, and one was recovered from each
of three rats. A control rat was not infected. In the
experimental life cycle of Hydatigera lyncis, Felis
domestica serves as the definitive host and Mus nor-
vegicus albinus as the intermediate host.

Galactose Utilization in Yeast and Other
Fungi*

G. Leon Howell, University of Alabama
Galactose utilization by Saccharomyces cerevisiae
isolates from “Fleischmann’s Active Dry Yeast for
Baking” and by other fungi has been studied utiliz-
ing galactose and glucose containing carbon-14. The
yeast and other fungi were placed under aerobic
conditions in solutions containing various mixtures
of radioactive and non-radioactive sugars. A gas
train was set up to collect the carbon dioxide pro-
duced. Comparisons of specific activities of carbon
dioxide produced by metabolizing fungi with the
specific activities of carbon dioxide produced from
oxidizing the sugar mixtures employed permitted
the study of galactose utilization in the presence
of glucose and other sugars which may be meta-
bolized at the same time.

Hybridization and Allotriploidy in
Triturus viridescens

Norman Hughes, Emory University
The relative importance of the nucleus and the
cytoplasm in development may be studied by alter-
ing the normal nuclear-cytoplasmic relationship
through hybridization, through polyploidy, or by
combining hybridization with polyploidy. Reciprocal
diploid and triploid hybrids between Triturus viri-
descens viridescens and T. v. louisianensis were pro-
duced through heterospermic insemination followed
by a heat shock (10 minutes at 36°C). The early
development was essentially unchanged, but dif-
ferences were manifested in the pigment pattern
and in the time of appearance of the hind limb
bud. Triploids have larger and fewer cells than do
diploids. The pigment patterns of reciprocal diploid
hybrids are not significantly different, but are more
nearly like that of T. v. louisianensis than that of
the other parent. Allotriploids with two T. v. louis-
ianensis genomes are essentially the same as diploid
hybrids, but allotriploids with two sets of T. v.
viridescens chromosomes are about intermediate be-
tween diploid hybrids and the T. v. viridescens pa-
rent. The hind limb bud appears earlier in T. v.
viridescens than in T. v. louisianensis, and the times
of appearance in the hybrid classes is between the
two extremes, with some indication of a maternal
effect.

VOL. 6 No. 1, March 1968

9

The Oviducal Environment and Normal
Blockage of Meiosis in Oocytes of the
Newt, Triturus viridescens* ...

A. A. Humphries, Jr., Emory University
The oocyte of Triturus viridescens is normally in
metaphase of the first meiotic division when re-
leased from the ovary, and the first polar body is
usually extruded as the egg passes through the
anterior one-third of the oviduct. Meiosis then
quickly progresses to metaphase II and is blocked
at that stage until the egg is activated at fertiliza-
tion. Earlier (Humphries, 1955) it was shown that
a significant percentage of eggs retained for forty-
eight or seventy-two hours in the coelom or the
extreme anterior (non-jelly-secreting) parts of the
oviducts progressed past the block at metaphase II.
In the light of these results, it was desirable to
determine whether the same effect would be observed
in eggs retained for similar periods in the jelly-
secreting portions of the oviducts. Thus far, over
200 such eggs, all with at least one jelly coat, have
been examined. None of these has shown advance
past the normal block. Some aspect of the oviducal
environment, therefore, probably associated with
the secretion of jelly or with the jelly itself, seems
to be responsible for the normal blockage of meiosis
at metaphase of the second division.

Schooling Behavior in the Marine Snail,
Nassarius obsoletus*

Charles E. Jenner, University of North Carolina
In Barnstable Harbor, Massachusetts, it has been
found that populations of the mud snail, Nassarius
obsoletus, show annually a seasonal change in dis-
tribution pattern — from a dispersed distribution, in
which the snails are present over extensive areas
of the flat, to an aggregated distribution, with
snails occurring in massive aggregations. This
change occurs abruptly and is related to the re-
productive state of the population, coming at the
close of the reproductive period. Once the aggrega-
tions are formed the snails display a striking school-
ing behavior, snails in any one part of the aggre-
gation often moving in mass in the same direction.
If the position of a snail in such a group is ex-
perimentally changed, it will immediately reorient
to its former position. Physical contact is not re-
quired in this reorientation. Thus, a unique oppor-
tunity is afforded for the experimental analysis of
schooling behavior.

Aided by grants from the National Institutes of
Health, U. S. Public Health Service (E-856) arid
from the University Research Fund, University of
North Carolina.

Histological Observations on the Male
Reproductive System of the Crayfish*

Tom L. Johnson, University of Virginia
In the subfamily Cambarinae a cyclic dimorphism
is demonstrated by the male crayfish and these two
forms have been designated as Form I and Form II,
the former known to be capable of transmitting
sperm to the annulus ventralis of the female. It is
questionable that the male, Form II, is capable of
accomplishing this transfer. A histological study
of the male reproductive tract of these two forms
was initiated to determine whether or not there
exist cyclic alterations which might be correlated

with the external anatomical differences which dis-
tinguish the two forms. Three distinct regions are
recognized: the proximal sperm duct; the muscular
“ejaculatory duct”; and the distal cuticularized
“shaper” located within the penis papilla on the
coxopodite of the fifth walking leg. These three
regions are described in some detail as they exist
in the male, Form 1, and data are presented which
substantiate the belief that the male, Form II,
is incapable of transferring sperm to the annulus
ventralis of the female.

A Fungus Parasite in Ova of the Barnacle
Chthamalus fragilis denticulata

T. W. Johnson, Jr., Duke University

Lagenidium chthamalophilum is described as an
invader of the ova of a barnacle species. The fungus
is characterized by the formation of a vesicle which
appears before sporangial protoplasm migration,
and by highly vacuolate, stout vegetative hyphae.
Thirty-four percent of all lamellae examined were
invaded. The fungus can invade and destroy the
ova at any time between late gastrulation and em-
ergence of the nauplii. Cross-inoculation experi-
ments in an attempt to transfer the fungus to ova
of the associated barnacle, Balanus amphitrite, were
unsuccessful.

A New Moss for North America

Z. Iwatsuki and A. J. Sharp, University of
Tennessee

Molendoa sendtneriana has been found in Ten-
nessee and North Carolina. It is probably already
represented in U. S. herbaria under the names
Trichostomum cylindricum and Gymnostomum aerug-
inosum with which it might be confused.

Microsporidiosis in Shrimp

E. E. Jones, Georgia State College, and
Duke University Marine Laboratory

Shrimp fishermen of the East and Gulf Coasts
have for the past ten years been finding in their
catches shrimp which are blue-black in color. The
abdominal musculature of these animals is white
in appearance and lacks the firmness of healthy
muscle. These shrimp are called “cotton shrimp,”
“blue shrimp,” “black shrimp” and “he shrimp.”
Nosema pulvis Perez 1905 and Thelohania hunterae,
n. sp. Jones 1957 are the etiological agents. Nosema
pulvis is a histozoic parasite of striated muscle,
cardiac muscle, ovary and digestive gland. Thelo-
hania hunterae is primarily coelozoic, however, in-
vasions of the ovary and nerve cord have been en-
countered. Infected animals show marked physical
debility and are unable to compete successfully with
healthy animals.

The Seasonal Effect of Ecological Factors
on Drosophila Populations

J. F. Jones and J. M. Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

A study of seasonal fluctuations among Drosophila
species was started in June 1946 with the assumption
that various ecological factors could be correlated
to explain such fluctuations. The procedure con-
sisted of bi-weekly collections from an isolated field
station located along the Kentucky River near Lex-
ington. Weekly frequencies were kept for each

10

ASB Bulletin

species caught and recorded along with precipitation
and temperature data. The above procedure was
followed throughout the summers of ’56 and ’67 with
a total collection of more than 50,000 flies. Analysis
of this data has shown that a definite correlation
exists between the fluctuations of certain species
and the ratio between rainfall and temperature.
Food is being studied as another ecological factor.

Plasmodium floridense in Georgia Lizards

Helen B. Jordan, Georgia State College, Atlantg,

Plasmodium floridense (Thompson and Huff, 1944)
was studied in two Georgia lizards, Sceloporus un-
dulatus and Anolis carolmensis and discussed with
respect to occurrence and host regulation of develop-
ment. The incidence is about 10 per cent in Anolis;
4 per cent in Sceloporus. Requiring from two to
four months for the infection to run its course in
Sceloporus, it is characterized by an acute rise, a
definite peak of parasitemia, and a rapid decline.
The same parasite developing in Anolis does not
show any of these, but continues as an irregularly
developing low-grade infection which may persist
for as long as two years. The peak of parasitemia
often reaches 15,000 per 10,000 red cells in Scelo-
porus, while in Anolis the highest peak observed was
1,750 and it is usually much less. The average num-
ber of merozoites per segmenter in Sceloporus is
10.60 with an obvious inhibition of reproduction
in the late stages of the infection; in Anolis it is
only 9.28. These variations in development of P.
floridense are thought to be due to differences in
natural and acquired immunity of the hosts and
are discussed from that point of view.

The Adaptive Significance of Variation in
Response to Daylength in Ipomoea*

Robert J. Knight, Jr., Blandy Experimental Farm ,
University of Virginia

Four species of Ipomoea and one artificially pro-
duced amphiploid, assembled from a number of lo-
cations at differing latitudes in the Northern Hem-
isphere, were grown in northern Virginia, at 39°
north latitude, under conditions of natural day-
length. In the short days of winter or of early
spring or the shortening days of midsummer, those
from the northernmost sources began blooming be-
fore those originating farther south. There was a
trend of declining sensitivity to shortening days,
demonstrated by a tendency to remain longer in
vegetative growth, as parent stocks originated at
lower latitudes. Hybrids between “long-day” and
“short-day” taxa in two species appeared to demon-
strate the genetic dominance of “short-day” to
“long-day” bloom response. Small F2 populations
appeared to show segregation for flowering behavior
when grown in an artificial light period of 14 hours.
In Ipomoea, populations which have invaded rela-
tively high latitudes, or have been cultivated at
northerly latitudes, initiate bloom under longer
daylengths than populations of the same species
derived from locations nearer the equator. Genetic
dominance of the “short-day” plant, along with
subsequent appearance and selection (either nat-
ural or artificial) of “long-day” genotypes, are
considered to be factors of evolutionary significance
in adapting the species to occupy higher latitudes.

Yeasts Isolated from the Crops of
Seasonally Fluctuating Drosophila
Populations

J. K. Komatsu and J. M. Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

A number of different types of yeasts were iso-
lated from the crops of D. afflnis, D. melanogaster,
and D. immigrans populations during bi-weekly
collections from the early spring through the late
fall of 1957. Approximately 18 wild yeast species
have been identified by morphological and physio-
logical tests according to the procedure of Lodder
and Kreger — Van Rij. Two of the three Drosophila
species studied exhibited characteristic population
curves during the collecting period. D. afflnis drop-
ped from a figure comprising approximately 62%
of the population in April to a figure of 1% in
November. D. melanogaster increased from a fre-
quency of 3% in April to a frequency of 45% in
November. D. immigrans showed a fairly constant
population picture during the same period. Present
studies indicate that some pattern of correlation
exists between the yeast species isolated during the
various seasons and the frequency of the three
Drosophila species found during these seasons.

A New Species of Cruzia (Nematoda:

Cruziidae) from Didelphis virginiana

Dwayne N. Kruse, Florida State University

This nematode was found in great numbers in
the large intestine of Didelphis virginiana collected
in the vicinity of Tallahassee, Florida. In general
appearance and in some of its anatomical details
it is similar to Cruzia tentaculata Travassos (1922)
from South American opossums and to Cruzia ameri-
cana Canavan (1929) found in North American
opossums. The present specimens differ, however,
from the other species of the genus Cruzia in num-
ber of teeth; shape, number and position of anal
papillae; and other anatomical details. The dif-
ferences appear sufficient to separate this nematode
from the other species in the genus, and the author
plans to propose it as a new species. The description
will be based on about 50 worms; some were cleared
in a lactophenol, picric acid, methyl green mixture
and mounted in Hoyer’s medium, others were stained
with Semichon’s aceto-carmine and mounted in dam-
ar.

Biochemical Investigations of the Develop-
ing Slime Mold, Dictyostelium
discoideum Raper

Jerome O. Krivanek, Newcomb College, Tulane
University

Histochemical, spectrophotometric, and chromato-
graphic methods were employed to investigate four
stages in the life cycle of the slime mold, Dictyos-
telium discoideum Raper. The histochemical study
utilized thirteen techniques to investigate as many
biochemical intermediates and enzymes. Of the
thirteen biochemical entities, two — peroxidase and
acid phosphatase — were not demonstrable in any
stage of the life cycle. The eleven remaining en-
zymes and intermediates — lipase, RNA, DNA, 5-
nucleotidase, protein, acid polysaccharides, muco-
polysaccharides, tyrosinase, cytochrome oxidase,
amine oxidase, non-specific dehydrogenases — were

Vol. 5 No. 1, March 1958

11

demonstrated in all or nearly all of the stages in-
vestigated. The pre-stalk area, which gives rise
to the stalk cells as well as to the sorophore sheath,
exhibited generally the highest degree of biochemi-
cal activity. An area of intense lipase, 5-nucleoti-
dase, amine oxidase, and non-specific dehydrogenase
activity was noted in the lower-most portion of the
rising sorogen of the culmination stage. DNA con-
tent was also studied spectrophotometrically. By
ascending paper chromatography the amino acid
constitution of the slime mold was determined. In
addition to peptides, alanine, threonine, glycine,
serine, and glutamic acid were present in unhy-
drolysed tissue. These five plus the leucines, phenyl-
alanine, methionine, proline, tyrosine, aspartic acid,
asparagine, histidine, and cystine occurred in hy-
drolysed tissue. The chromatographic picture was
similar in all stages.

Taxonomic Studies on the Gastrotricha of
Louisiana*

Robin C. Krivanek and Jerome 0. Krivanek,
Newcomb College, Tulane University
During 1957, studies were begun on the Gastro-
tricha of Louisiana with concentration on an ex-
ceptionally rich locality, the fresh-water roadside
ditches near Boutte, St. Charles Parish. This paper
presents our conclusions on the genera Stylochaeta
and Neogossea, with some preliminary remarks on
the genus Kijanebalola. A new species of Styloch-
aeta, S. curviseta, is described. It is closely similar
to the one other American species of the genus but
bears a long, curved bristle on each of the short
caudal appendages. The genus Neogossea is recorded
for the first time in this country with two repre-
sentatives. N. sex iseta, a new species, has six caudal
spines on each side. N. fasciculata (Daday) is re-
described. The genus Kijanebalola, heretofore re-
corded only from East Africa, is represented by two
forms in this area. These are the first observations
on living specimens of this genus. Also presented
is an excellent method for viewing gastrotrichs
under oil immersion.

Morphology and Biology of a Species of
Proterospongia

James B. Lackey, University of Florida
A bloom of Proterospongia consisted mainly of
small colonies, usually less than 25 zooids each. They
were studied alive and their method of feeding,
colony, and zooid structure were noted. This is a
redescription of an organism whose status has been
questioned.

The Occurrence and Characterization of
Ascorbic Acid Oxidase in Certain
Bacteria*

Dwight W. Lambe and Loretta C. Ellias,
Florida State University

This paper describes a procedure, based on the
Warburg-Barcroft manometric technique, for the
detection of ascorbic acid oxidase in cell suspensions
and in cellular extracts of bacteria. Ascorbic acid
oxidase was demonstrated in cell suspensions of
Escherichia coli and Aerobacter aero genes and in
cellular extracts of Escherichia coli, Aerobacter
aerogenes, Streptococcus fecalis, and Proteus mor-

gani. A pH of 6.4 was established as the optimum
for assay of cellular suspensions. Storage of the
enzyme at -70° C. for 34 days resulted in only an
18% loss in activity. A study of the factors in-
fluencing enzyme production showed that a slight
increase in production resulted when cultures were
incubated at 35° G as compared to incubation at
30° C and that a 108% increase in enzyme occurred
when ascorbic acid was added to the culture medium.
The enzyme did not show a dialysable co-factor after
eight and one-half hours dialysis at 4° C. After
centrifugation of the enzyme at 140,000 x g for
one hour at 4° C, 31% of the activity remained
absorbed on the particulate material.

Photosynthetic Studies of Three Granite
Outcrop Endemics: Amphianthus pucillus
Torr., Isoetes melanospora Englem, and
Diamorpha cymosa (Nutt.) Britton

Wm. T. Lammers, Emory University
The unusual flora of the Atlanta area granite
outcrops has attracted attention since this area was
settled. The rate of C02 uptake by the subject
plants was determined in a modified Heinicke-Hoff-
man apparatus. As was predicted, the plants all
have (1) a high rate of respiration (2) a high
photosynthetic compensation point, and (3) a more
or less even increase in the rate of C02 fixation up
to the maximum light intensity used. Probably
Amphianthus and Isoetes reach their maximum rate
of photosynthesis at or just above 10,000 foot
candles. Diamorpha appears to have a higher maxi-
mum probably about 12,000 foot candles. Botj?
Amphianthus and Isoetes are usually submerged in
water. It may be assumed that the water surround-
ing these plants absorbs some of the light and re-
duces the actual intensity of light reaching the
plants. This may be indicated by the lower satura-
tion point (10,000 fc) of these two compared with
the terrestial Diamorpha. Diamorpha, growing in
full sunlight, seems to have adapted itself to the
higher light intensity it receives. The above results
seem to indicate that a photosynthetic adaptation
is at least part of the means of successful survival
of these endemic plants of the granite outcrops.

Meningeal Tumors of the Newt, Triturus
viridescens, as Correlated with Trematode
Infection of the Brain and Brain Case*

Edward W. Lautenschlager, University of Virginia
Observations made of brains of newts infected
with the metacercaria, Diplostomulum sp., have
shown macroscopic masses on the dorsal and dor-
solateral aspect of the brain, generally in the region
of the cerebral hemispheres. Microscopic examina-
tion discloses these tissue masses to be meningeal
tumors, comparable to human mengioma. While over
200 animals have been examined, the tumor has been
found in only those animals which are infected by
the parasite. Although an apparent correlation exists
between parasitism and tumor formation in the
newt, as yet there is no correlation between the
presence of the tumor and degree of infestation.
Sufficient information is not yet available to corre-
late the age of infection and tumor occurence, nor to
suggest the causative mechanism of tumor formation.

12

ASB Bulletin

A Monograph of the Genus Rosa in North
America: R. blanda

Walter H. Lewis, University of Virginia and
Stephen F. Austin State College
Although a conspicuous species in the flora of the
northeast, Rosa blanda Ait. has never been thor-
oughly investigated. The variability of the complex
from interspecific hybridizations and intraspecific
variations (including heritable and environmental
factors) is emphasized by the fifty odd taxa found
in the literature and applying to various biotypes.
Using the disciplines of gross and micro morphology,
phytogeography, cytology, ecology, and taxonomy,
an analysis of the species and its hybrid populations
has been possible giving a nomenclatural conclusion
to the investigation.

Synopsis of Louisiana Polypores

Bernard Lowy, Louisiana State University and
Arthur A. Weldon, Tulane University
A summary is presented of all the species of poly-
pores that have been reported from Louisiana since
the publication of Langlois’ Catalogue Provisoire
in 1887. There are keys to the specie's studied by
the authors, an annotated list of collections and
photographs of the more interesting specimens.

Phenylthiourea and Iodine Binding in the
Tadpole*

W. Gardner Lynn and James Norman Dent,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory and The Catholic
University of America and University of Virginia
It was shown (Dent and Hunt, ’52) that radio-
iodine becomes localized not only in the thyroid
of the tadpole but also in the thymus, the horny
teeth and in pigmented regions. It was shown l?y
others that deriviations of thiourea inhibit melanin
formation. To study the effects of phenylthiourea
on iodine binding in regions of iodine localization
autoradiograms were prepared from sectioned tad-
poles of Hyla versicolor after various periods of
treatment with phenylthiourea and injection with
radioiodine. It was demonstrated that phenylthiourea
completely inhibits binding of iodine in the thymus
and in melanophores and partially inhibits binding
in the horny teeth. Evidence was found to show
that iodine becomes associated with regions where
melanogenesis is taking place but not with melanin
that is already formed.

This work was supported in part by AEC Con-
tract AT (40-l)-20Q0.

Interspecific Gene Exchange Between Two
Southeastern Tree Frogs

John S. Mecham, Alabama Polytechnic Institute
Morphological evidence is presented for intro-
gressive hybridization between populations of Hyla
gratiosa and Hyla cinerea in the vicinity of Auburn,
Alabama. Some six characters which distinguish
the two forms are used in the analysis, permitting
tentative recognition of Ft hybrids and offspring
produced by backcrossing to both parent species.
The data demonstrates exchange or hereditary ma-
terial between the two forms, particularly from
cinerea to gratiosa. Evidence from laboratory
crosses, although incomplete, indicates a high level

of fertility in interspecific crosses and in hybrid
offspring. Factors leading to breakdown of the
species barriers and the significance of interspecific
gene exchange are discussed.

Pachytene Morphology and the Evolution
of Non-Homology in Chromosomes4,

Margaret Y. Menzel, Florida State University
and U.S.D.A.

Data from the literature and from a study of
pachytene morphology of heteromorphic pairs of sex
chromosomes in the blood fluke Schistosomativm
douthitti and the hemp plant Cannabis sativa will
be presented in connection with the following hy-
pothesis: In addition to point mutations and struc-
tural rearrangements, chromosomes are capable of
a third class of change which affects the cycle of
chromosome contraction and DNA deposition. This
cycle is to some extent autonomously controlled with-
in given chromosome segments, each segment thus
being capable of a degree of independent evolution
in this respect. Changes in chromatic cycle are of-
ten undetectable at pachytene and may not interfere
with perfect synapsis, even though they may be
very striking at other stages. In this respect pachy-
tene is a conservative stage. A difference in cycle
between two synapsed partners, however, does in-
terfere with chiasma formation in its vicinity.
Chiasma formation is therefore a better criterion
of similarity or homology between partially dif-
ferentiated chromosomes than the ability to synapse.
Alteration of the chromatin cycle between segments
still capable of synapsis seems to occur in a rather
wide range of plant and animal material, and is
probably a basic and widespread evolutionary me-
chanism in chromosomes.

This work was supported in part by grant E-
1142(C) from the National Institutes of Health,
Public Health Service.

Zoosporangia of Sorosphaera veronicae*

Charles E. Miller, University of North Carolina

Zoosporangia of Sorosphaera veronicae are de-
scribed for the first time. The zoosporangia develop
from plasmodia and are located in subepidermal
and epidermal tissues, root hairs excepted, of the
roots only; the cystosori are found only in the shoot
system. Experimental and control host plants,
Veronica persica, were grown from seeds in pots
of sterilized soil and sand with nutrient solution
in the algal culture room at temperatures and light
intensities and durations which simulated natural
environmental conditions. When solutions of zoo-
spores were poured in pots of host plants as cul-
tured above, zoosporangia in the root systems and
cystosori in the shoot systems were produced. When
finely ground host plant cystosoral galls which had
been dried for 6-12 months were sprinkled in pots
of host plants cultured as described above, zoospor-
angia were found in roots. Control plants showed
no evidence of zoosporangia or cystosori. Zoospres
are biflagellate and heterocont; the anterior flagel-
lum is shorter than the posterior one. Zoospores
stained using the Loffler technique show that both
laterally attached flagella end in a whip-lash. The
whip-lash on the posterior flagellum is longer than
the whip-lash on the anterior one. Cruciform nu-
clear division occurs in zoosporangial plasmodia.

Vol. 5 No. 1, March 1958

18

Studies on the Genus Homalometron Staf-
ford, 1904 (Trematoda; Lepocreadiidae)
with a Redescription of H. armatum
(MacCallum, 1895)

Grover C. Miller, North Carolina State College

During recent studies on parasites of Louisiana
fresh-water fishes, a large series of trematodes be-
longing to the genus Homalometron were collected.
These flukes were collected from the following hosts:
Aplodinotu8 grunniens, the fresh- water drum;
Lepomis humilis, the pumpkin-seed sunfish and
Lepomis microlophus, the red-ear sunfish. A survey
of the literature revealed that the original descrip-
tion for H. armatum is very brief and this condition
has led to some confusion regarding other members
of the genus. Also certain discrepancies regarding
other species in the genus had added to this con-
fusion. The study of abundant material in the
writer’s collection has shown that H. armatum is
a highly variable form and that Homalometron
pearsei (Hunter and Bangham, 1932) should be con-
sidered a synonym of H. armatum. The other species
of the genus are discussed and the available knowl-
edge on life-histories is summarized. The taxonomic
position of the genus Homalometron is also dis-
cussed.

Studies of Oyster Mortality in Alligator
Harbor, Florida*

F. E. Nichy and R. W. Menzel, Florida State
University

Alligator Harbor, on the northwest coast of
Florida, has a normal salinity range between 28
and 36 parts per thousand. Dense oyster reefs occur
in the Harbor, but all are intertidal. Mortality is
high on the tops of the reefs, which are from 25
to 45 cm above mean low water. Live oysters are
scattered on the lower edges of the reefs, which
are from 5 to 10 cm above mean low water. The
majority of the live oysters occur in the zone of the
sides of the reefs, 15 to 30 cm above mean low
water. Observations showed that oysters on the
tops of the reefs are subjected to extreme tempera-
tures at low water, with resulting mortality. Oysters
planted about 15 cm below mean low water had a
very high mortality, due mainly to the action of
predators, especially whelks, Busycon contrarium
Conrad, and stone crabs, Menippe mercenaria Say.

Radiation Ecology Research Program at
the Lockheed Reactor Site*

Robert B. Platt, Emory University

A radiation ecology research program has been
established jointly between Emory University and
Lockheed Aircraft Corporation at the site of an
atomic reactor under construction by Lockheed
through an Air Force Contract. The reactor is in
the center of a wooded 10,000 acre reservation, lo-
cated in the Appalachian foothills of North Georgia
near Dawsonville, some 50 miles from Atlanta.
Since the reactor is to be only partially shielded, a
field of 2,000 to 3,000 feet radius will be developed,
having both neutron and gamma radiation. Thus

not only the direct effects but also the indirect
effects resulting from the transfer and accumula-
tion of radioactivity can be investigated. Long term
studies now underway are basically concerned with
radiation as an ecological factor. Special aspects
of these studies are food chains, including those
in which man and his domestic animals represent
end links, genetical and cytogenetical effects, and
physiological effects, especially on tolerances of in-
dividual organisms to both physical and biotic fac-
tors, and the ultimate effects of these on populations
and communities. Base lines for experimental pro-
cedures are being established prior to operation of
the reactor.

A Progress Report on Studies of Mixed
Hardwood Stands in the Southeastern
Coastal Plain

Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt University and
Catherine Keever, Millersville State College,
Pennsylvania

In studiyng hardwood stands on mesic habitats
in the Southeastern Coastal Plain (essentially the
region described by Braun as the Southeastern
Evergreen Forest Region), floristic lists were made
of 63 stands in the states of South Carolina, Georgia,
Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, and Texas.
A comparison of these lists indicates that the com-
position of the stands is very similar throughout the
area.

Micronuclear Abnormalities Associated
with Non-Lethal High Temperatures
during Fission of Tetrahymena
pyriformis'

Charles Ray, Jr., Emory University

The strains of Tetrachymena pyriformis being
studied by us normally contain a single macro-
nucleus. Cytokinesis of an individual at fission is
immediately preceded by mitosis of the micronucleus.
The micronucleus becomes oriented antero-posterior-
ly. The anaphase figure stretches nearly the length
of the animal; thus transverse cytokinesis separates
the sister nuclei so that the two daughter animals
each have a single micronucleus. This behavior is
observed through a temperature range of 15 °C to
27 °C. However, cultures of these strains at sub-
lethal temperatures of 34 °C to 36 °C contain in-
dividuals with different numbers of micronuclei —
some with as many as 10, most with 3 or 4. This
condition appears as soon as 48 hours after trans-
fer from 23 °C to 34° C. Microscopic examination
within 24 hours after such transfer reveals micro-
nuclei oriented other than antero-posteriorly and
also some anaphase figures not stretched the length
of the animal. In such cases one of the two daugh-
ter animals receives all the micronuclei and the
other receives none. However, few amicronucleate
animals are recovered subsequently, indicating that
the amicronucleates are at a disadvantage — either
in survival or rate of fission.

This work was supported by a research grant from
the National Science Foundation.

14

ASB Bulletin

Comparison of Tissue Metabolic Rates of
a Shrew and Some Other Small Animals*

James R. Redmond and James N. Layne,
University of Florida

Respiration rates of tissues of the shrew ( Cryp -
totis parva), mole ( Scalopus aquations) , harvest
mouse ( Reithrodontomys humulis), white mouse,
white rat, and domestic rabbit were compared on a
weight specific basis. Metabolic rates of liver, kid-
ney, lung, and diaphragm of white mouse, rat, and
rabbit showed the same general correlation with
body size as does the metabolism of the intact ani-
mal. Of the shrew tissues, only kidney respired at
a rate expected on a weight basis, liver, lung, and
diaphragm exhibiting lower than expected rates.
These data suggest that the characteristically high
metabolism of the intact shrew is due to factors
other than high intrinsic cellular metabolic rates.
The relatively low respiratory rates observed for
three of the' tissues investigated may represent
either a primitive condition or a secondary adap-
tation to reduce energy expenditure during sleep
or periods of inactivity. Kidney rates of the harvest
mouse, which approximates Cryptotis in weight,
corresponded with those of the shrew, while liver
showed a depression similar to that of the shrew
though less pronounced. These relationships may
be typical of very small mammals. Oxygen con-
sumption of tissues from a single mole fell marked-
ly below expected rates. This suggests the possi-
bility that relatively low tissue metabolism may b6
a general insectivore condition.

Polyploidy in the Aloineae*

Herbert Parkes Riley, University of Kentucky

The basic haploid chromosome number in the
Aloineae is 7 and polyploidy is uncommon except
in the Coarctatae Section of Haworthia. The prob-
lem is of interest in view of Darlington’s theory
that there is little chromosome variation in long-
lived plants. Except for one South African study
all plants previously studied had been growing for
many years in botanical gardens on other continents
and no observations on wild populations had been
made. The writer studied two wild populations in
South Africa, other plants collected there, and some
plants raised from seeds received from there. All
were diploids except the hexaploid Aloe ciliaris.
They include 40 plants of Aloe Davyana collected
at de Wildt, Transvaal, 119 plants of 32 other
species of Aloe, 16 plants of ten species of Hawor-
thia, 50 plants resembling Gasteria Zeyheri from
the Bushman’s River Poort near Grahamstown,
Cape Province, eight plants of Gasteria Beckeri
from that region, 44 plants of 21 other Gasteria
species and 48 unidentified Gasterias. Chromosome
counts were obtained from twelve Aloe, three
Haworthia and ten Gasteria species never previous-
ly studied.

Cytological Studies of the Vernal Species
of Helenium

Howard F. L. Rock, University of Tennessee

Cytological data concerning the spring-flowering
species of Helenium (Compositae) are presented.
The data includes the number and behaviour of the
chromosomes as observed during microsporogenesis.

Correlations between chromosome number, morpho-
logical-taxonomic disposition, geographical distri-
bution and generic affinities are also presented.

Dicyemid Mesozoans from the Northern
Gulf Coast of Florida and the
Florida Keys*

Robert B. Short and Raymond T. Damian,
Florida State University

Seventeen octopuses (12 Octopus vulgaris, 5 O.
joubini ) from the northern Gulf Coast of Florida
have been examined for dicyemid mesozoans. All
specimens of 0. vulgaris and three of the 0. joubini
were infected. The 0. vulgaris harbored Dicyema
aegira McConnaughey and Kritzler, 1952, previous-
ly reported only from the northeast coast of Florida.
Three of the O. joubini were infected with a dif-
ferent, and as yet undescribed, species of Dicyema.
This species will be discussed in detail. Two of six-
teen specimens of Octopus briareus from the Florida
Keys were infected with an undetermined species
of Dicyema, now under study. Nine individuals of
the neritic squid, Lolliguncula brevis, from the
northern Gulf Coast of Florida were negative for
mesozoans.

This work was supported by The National Science
Foundation.

Nitrogen Excretion in the Aquatic Snail
Ceratodes cornuarietis (L.)

William C. Sloan, University of Florida

Rates of excretion of 1) ammonia, 2) urea 3)
uric acid and 4) total soluble non-protein nitrogen
have been investigated using 1) micro-diffusion, 2)
enzymatic and micro-diffusion, 3) enzymatic and
spectrophotometric and 4) micro-Kjeldahl tech-
niques. Adult snails excrete on the order of 10 to
20 gammas ammonia-nitrogen per hour per gram
dry tissue. This appears to be approximately 100%
of the total soluble non-protein nitrogen excreted.
In addition, small amounts of uric acid have been
detected in fecal material.

Trichopelma sp., a Trichostome Ciliate
with Adoral Membranelles

Jesse C. Thompson, Jr., Hollins College

Trichopelmidae, a family of ciliates in the order
Trichostomatida, has been noted for its lack of
adoral membranelles. In recent studies with phase
microscopy and silver impregnation of the infracilia-
ture, Trichopelma sp. has been found to possess
two or possibly three adoral membranelles.

The Effects of Temporary Anticancer
Agents on Certain Transplantable Tumors
and Their Drug-Resistant Sublines
Implanted in the Same Host*

J. Richard Thomson and Bonnie M. Jones,
Southern Research Institute

Antimetabolites such as 6-mercaptopurine, A-
methopterin, 8-azaguanine, and antibiotics such as
6-diazo-5-oxo-norleucine (DON) and azaserine have
repeatedly been shown to be temporarily effeutive
in inhibiting the growth of neoplasms both in ex-
perimental animals and in man. The problem of

Vol. 6 No. 1, March 1958

16

drug-resistance in cancer cells, similar to drug-
resistance in bacteria, presents an ever present
stumbling block to the successful chemotherapy of
neoplastic growths. No small effort has been ex-
pended in recent years in attempts to reveal the
mechanism of resistance formation and of means to
circumvent metabolic processes characterizing re-
sistant cells.

We have employed a unique method of studying
the effects of various antimetabolites on populations
of resistant cells in an effort to demonstrate' dif-
ferences between cancer and normal cells and simul-
taneously test certain rationally-selected agents for
activity against their resistant forms. By implanting
both the resistant and parent lines of certain tum-
ors on opposite flanks of the host, we are able to
demonstrate differential effects of these agents on
the two tumor types. We thereby can select in a
more rational manner combinations of agents most
likely to show potentiation or synergism against
experimental neoplasms. Experimental data will be
presented to demonstrate this technique followed
by a discussion of how the results might be inter-
preted.

Significance of Virulence and Viability as
Related to Quantitative Immunogenic

Properties of Several Antituberculosis
Vaccines

H. M. Vandiviere and Margaret R. Vandiviebe,
North Carolina State Sanatorium System

Standardization for potency and viability in sus-
pensions of Mycobacteria has long been an enigma
of import, both requiring prolonged periods and
measurable in retrospect only. Cord-formation titra-
tion, omental index (potency) and formazan curve
interpolation (viability) are described as standardi-
zation methods. Several vaccines have been so
standardized and their immunogenic capacities
quantitatively investigated. “Degree of protection”
has challenge of “protected subjects” as the final
critique. Thus, 3000 guinea pigs were randomly
vaccinated with standardized inocula of one of the
vaccines. Experimental groups were so characterized
that statistical significance could evolve. Tuberculin
testing of experimental and control allocates with
volume of allergic response (v = 1/6 pi h (h2+3r2))
and duration of allergy calculations were periodic.
Ultimately quantitative challenge was accomplished.
Evaluation of disease was based on Feldman’s in-
dex and comprehensive pathological evaluations
from coded gross and microscopic preperations.
Short-term vaccination reveals negligible differences
in protection, whereas groups challenged at 12 to
30 months present significant differences between
strains. The weakest BCG afforded little protection,
whereas R,Rv afforded protection significantly
higher than the best BCG. Prevaccination cord-
formation titer and omental index with post-vac-
cination volume and duration of allergy and degree
of protection stand in comport for each strain.
The weakest vaccine gives the least response, the
most potent evokes greatest response and the in-
termeiates between, each having its own specific
level. Beginning human studies (2500) are pre-
sented on high-incidence groups.

Stereum and Its Segregates in Jamaica*

Arthur L. Welden, Tulane University

Applying technics of hyphal analysis developed
over the past several years to the Stereum— complex
in Jamaica, we find some realignment of species is
necessary to show more clearly the lines of rela-
tionship. These fungi, instead of being grouped
together into Stereum, can better be distributed
amongst the following genera: Stereum, eleven
species, one species being reduced to synonymy, Cy-
matoderma (Cladoderris) , one species, Podoscypha,
one species, and Laxitextum, two species, one being
transferred from Stereum. S. magnisporum Burt is
moved to Cytidia, an unrelated genus. Four addi-
tional species collected by the author have not been
hitherto reported from Jamaica. These include
two species of Stereum, one of Cymatoderma, and
one of Podoscypha. These newly-reported species
bring the total number of species of Stereum and
its segregates in Jamaica to 21. The study of this
complex is still in progress and some additional
realinement and new methods may come to light
before its completion.

A Chromatographic Investigation of Three
Strains of Tetrahymena pyriformis*

Carolyn Wells, Emory University

The technique of paper chromatography has been
employed to investigate possible biochemical dif-
ferences among three strains of Tetrahymena pyri-
formis. The strains under examinations are mem-
bers of variety 6, mating types I, II, and III. Amino
acid patterns were obtained for each strain after
hydrolysis of the organisms for 48 hours at 110 °C
in 5N HC1. In addition, samples of each strain
were submitted to chromatographic analysis with-
out prior hydrolysis, and the resulting free amino
acid patterns were established. A comparison of the
bound and free amino acid patterns obtained from
each strain will be presented.

Diploid Males and Triploid Females in

Habrobracon and Mormoniella*

P. W. Whiting, The University of Pennsylvania

In Habrobracon sex is determined by a series of
multiple alleles, the heterozygotes being female, the
azygotes and homozygotes male. The last are diploid
males and are regularly produced from fertilized
eggs in “two-allele crosses” after inbreeding. They
are very low in viability and are near-sterile. Their
sperm are diploid, their few daughters triploid.
In Mormoniella male diploidy results only from
mutation, increasing chomosome number. Diploid
males develop from unfertilized eggs laid by triploid
females. They are highly viable and very fertile.
Their sperm are diploid, their numerous daughters
triploid. Triploid females in both genera lay numer-
ous eggs, but very few of these hatch. Of those
hatching many fail to mature. Nevertheless, in
Mormoniella it is possible to obtain many hundreds,
even thousands, of F2 males from a single diploid
male because of his numerous daughters. Unfer-
tilized eggs of triploid females with triple alleles,
A a a’, produce six kinds of males, — three haploid,
A, a, a', and three diploid, Aa, Aa\ aa\ Nothing
is known of sex determination in Mormoniella ex-
cept that it is different from that in Habrobracon.

10

ASB Bulletin

Intra-clonal Mating in Strains of Variety 6,
T etrahymena pyriformis*

Carolyn Wells, Emory University

The mating system of Tetrahymena pyriformis
is composed of nine non-interbreeding varieties to
date. Each variety contains two or more mating
types. Members of any two mating types within
a variety will pair when mixed under appropriate
conditions; nuclear reorganization subsequently oc-
curs in each pair member. Strains of mating types
I. II, and III, variety 6, have been maintained in
this laboratory since September 1955. Within the
past year, intra-clonal mating (selfing) has been
observed repeatedly in all three strains of this va-
riety. Prior to the summer of 1957, pairing within
a clone had never been observed in this laboratory
in any of these three strains. Isolations of single
organisms from each strain gave rise to sub-clones
which exhibit intra-clonal mating in every observed
instance. The viability of exconjugant clones from
intra-clonal pairs is being investigated.

A Cytochemical Study of Macronucle'ar

Bodies of Tetrahymena pyriformis *

Margaret M. Wells and Charles Ray, Jr.,
Emory University

During conjugation, the macronucleus of Tetrahy-
mena pyriformis exhibits clusters of centrally lo-
cated bodies; the macronucleus of vegetative in-
dividuals is surrounded by similar bodies. Using
stains, extraction techniques, and phase microscopy
on living animals, whole mounts and ultra-thin sec-
tions, a cytochemical study was made of these
macronuclear bodies. An aqueous mixture of methyl
green-pyronin gave satisfactory staining results.
In animals undergoing conjugation, bodies which
stain red with pyronin are visible within a clear
area in the control region of a methyl green stained
macronucleus. In vegetative animals, bodies of sim-
ilar size and staining affinity are seen only at the
periphery of the macronucleus. These bodies are
darkly stained with Estable-Sotelo’s technique for
nucleolonema. Changes during conjugation and mi-
tosis were studied using the phase microscope on
living animals. The changes in staining affinity
were studied following ribonuclease, trichloroacetic
and perchloric acid treatments in an attempt to
determine the chemical nature of these bodies.

This study was supported in part by a grant
from The National Science Foundation.

Chemical Nature of the Photoreceptor
Pigment Inducing Fruiting of Plasmodia
of Physarum polycephalum

Frederick T. Wolf, Vanderbilt University
Plasmodia of Physarum polysephalum, grown
either under alternate light and darkness, or in
constant darkness, contain two yellow fluorescent
pigments, which disappear upon fruiting. The two
pigments are separable by paper chromatography
or column chromatography. Absorption spectra of
these compounds in the ultra-violet, visible, and
infra-red regions, and the fluorescence spectra of
these compounds have been studied. Both pigments
have been identified as pteridines. The spectral
properties of one pigment, and the shifts in its

spectrum with pH are such as to offer an explana-
tion of the effectiveness of low pH and blue light
in bringing about the morphogenetic response of
fruiting.

The Time Intervals between Successive

Generations in the Celanoid Copepod,
Acartia tonsa

Robert A. Woodmansee, Mississippi Southern
College

A method is described for estimating the time
intervals between successive generations of cope-
pods wffiich have been collected in a time series of
plankton samples. The basis for the method is the
existence of a sexual difference in longevity, which
permits one to establish the times at which broods
of copepods become adults. The application of the
method to Acartia tonsa collected from Biscayne
Bay, Florida, has indicated that this species pro-
duces about eleven generations per year and that
the time interval between successive generations
varies from four to seven weeks and varies inversely
with temperature in accordance with van’t Hoff’s
Law. The four-week intervals between successive
generations occur during the summer months when
the water temperatures are 30 °C or over, and the
seven-week interval occurs in mid-winter when the
water temperatures average 21.6 °C.

The Experimental Development and
Significance of Pyrimethamine
Resistance in Human Malaria*

Martin D. Young and Robert W. Burgess,

Laboratory of Tropical Diseases, USPHS,
Columbia, S. C.

After the chance observation that maralia para-
sites responded less well to a second dose of pyri-
methamine than to the first, a series of experiments
was planned to elucidate this phenomenon. It was
found that the three most prevalent species of
human malaria reacted similarly in this respect.
The first contact with the drug gave prompt
schizontocidal and sporontocidal effects. The clinical
symptoms disappeared and the infection could not
be transmitted by the mosquito vectors. The cycle
of Plasmodium vivax and P. falciparum in the
mosquito was interrupted at the first growth stage
on the gut wall, normally occurring a day or two
following ingestion of the malarious blood.

Upon relapsing, the parasites were resistant to
the second and subsequent doses of the drug. The
parasitemias were virtually unaffected. The clinical
symptoms in the patient were poorly or not modi-
fied. Mosquitoes biting the patient were able to
transmit the infection normally. The subsequent
infection was also as resistant as the infection in
the donor host. Increasing the drug dosage as much
as four times did not overcome the resistance.
Preserving the parasites at -78° C did not alter
the resistant character. Further research on the
resistance phenomena with this combination of para-
sites and drug should yield valuable information
applicable not only to this parasite but perhaps to
many other infectious organisms where resistance
has appeared.

Vol. 6 No. 1, March 1958

17

Program of the 19th Annual Meeting
Association of Southeastern Biologists

Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla., April 17-19, 1958

A Joint Meeting with the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, the
Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, the District Convention of the Beta Beta Beta
Biological Society and the Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyolo-
gists and Herpetologists

SESSION SCHEDULE

Thursday, April 17

1:00-5:00 p.m. Meeting of the Executive Commit-
tee, Room 103 Conradi Building
6:30-8:30 p.m. Registration, Room 232 Conradi
8:15 p.m. General Session, Lecture Hall, The Uni-
versity Library

Friday, April 18

8:00-12:00 a.m. Registration, Room 232 Conradi
8:00-9:00 a.m. Southern Appalachian Botanical
Club Breakfast. Each person will obtain his
own breakfast in the cafeteria line at the
Student Center and take his tray to the Trophy
Room.

8:00 a.m. Commercial Exhibits, 239 and 242 Con-
radi Building

9:00 a.m. Contributed Papers

General Session, 228 Conradi Building
Plant Taxonomy, 115 Conradi Building
Plant Physiology, 107 Conradi Building
Invertebrate Zoology, 222 Conradi Building
Ichthyology and Herpetology, 319 Conradi
11:00-12:00 a.m. Business Meeting, Association
of Southeastern Biologists, Lecture Hall, The
University Library
12:00 Lunch, the Suwannee Room
1:00 p.m. Business Meeting, Southeastern Section,
Botanical Society of America, Lecture Hall, The
University Library
1:45 p.m. Contributed Papers

Protozoology, 107 Conradi Building
Animal Physiology, 319 Conradi Building
Parasitology and Bacteriology, 222 Conradi
Ecology, 228 Conradi Building
Cryptogamic Botany, 115 Conradi Building
6:30 p.m. Dinner, Beta Beta Beta Society, South
Seminole Dining Room

8:15 p.m. General Session, Lecture Hall, The Uni-
versity Library. Smoker, Second Floor, Conradi
Building, following the General Session
Saturday, April 19
8:00 a.m. Field Trips:

1. Chipola Experimental Forest, 2. St. Marks
Wild Life Refuge, 3. Alligator Harbor Marine
Laboratory

8:30-12:00 a.m. Student papers, Beta Beta Beta
Society, Lecture Hall, The University Library
9:00-10:00 a.m. Genetics Session, 228 Conradi
10:15-12:00 a.m. Genetics Symposium, 228 Conradi
12:00-1:00 p.m. Business meeting, Beta Beta Beta
Society, Lecture Hall, The University Library

GENERAL SESSIONS

THURSDAY, APRIL 17th, 8:16 p.m.

Lecture Hall, The University Library
Presiding: Dr. H. K. Wallace
Chemical Control of Sexual Maturation in Hydra,
W. F. LOOMIS, Loomis Laboratory, Green-
wich, Connecticut.

FRIDAY, APRIL 18th, 9:00 a.m.

Room 228 Conradi

Presiding: Ruth M. Jones, Winthrop College
9:00 The Oviducal Environment and Normal
Blockage of Meiosis in Oocytes of the Newt,
Triturus viridescens. A. A. HUMPHRIES,
JR., Emory University

9:13 Polyploidy in the Aloineae. HERBERT
PARKS RILEY, University of Kentucky
9:26 A Preliminary Study of Chromosome Num-
bers and Karyotypes in Sprekelia formosis-
sima Herbert. S. BOSE, Blandy Experimen-
tal Farm, University of Virginia
9:39 Cytological Studies of the Vernal Species
of Helenium. HOWARD F. L. ROCK, Uni-
versity of Tennessee

9:52 Pachytene Morphology and the Evolution
of Non-Homology in Chromosomes. MAR-
GARET Y. MENZEL, Florida State Uni-
versity

10:06 Histological Observations on the Male Re-
productive Systems of the Crayfish. THOM-
AS L. JOHNSON, University of Virginia
10:19 Hybridization and Allotriploidy in Triturus
viridescens. NORMAN HUGHES, Emory
University

10:32 Interspecific Gene Exchange between Two
Southeastern Tree Frogs. JOHN S. MEA-
CHAM, Alabama Polytechnic Institute
10:45 A Contribhtion to the History of Mendelism.
R. M. HARPER, University of Alabama

PLANT TAXONOMY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 18th, 9:00 a.m.

Room 115 Conradi

Presiding: R. K. Godfrey, Florida State University
9:00 Multi-periods of Branch Elongation in
Pines. WILLIS A. EGGLER, Newcomb Col-
lege of Tulane University
9:13 The Plumose-bristled Species of Rhyncho-
spora (Cyperaceae) . ROBERT B. CHAN-
NEL, Vanderbilt University
9:26 A Monograph of the Genus Rosa in North

18

ASB Bulletin

America: R. blanda. WALTER H. LEWIS,
Blandy Experimental Farm and Stephen
F. Austin State College

9:39 Cytotaxonomical Studies on a Zephyranthes
Complex. W. S. FLORY, JR., Blandy Ex-
perimental Farm

9:62 A Cytotaxonomic Study of the Genus Aletria
L. (Liliaceae). EDWARD T. BROWNE,
JR., Alabama Polytechnic Institute
10:06 Biospeciation in the Lichen Cetraria ciliaris.

MASON E. HALE, Smithsonian Institution
10:19 A New Moss for North America. Z. IWAT-
SUKI and A. J. SHARP, University of Ten-
nessee

PLANT PHYSIOLOGY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 18th, 9:00 a.m.

Room 107 Conradi

Presiding: Victor A. Greulach, University of North
Carolina

9:00 The Adaptive Significance of Variation In
Response to Day Length in Ipomoea. ROB-
ERT J. KNIGHT, JR., Blandy Experimen-
tal Farm, University of Virginia
9:13 Chemical Nature of the Photoreceptor Pig-
ment Inducing Fruiting of Plasmodia of
Physarum polycephalum. FREDERICK T.
WOLF, Vanderbilt University
9:26 Effect of Gibberellic Acid on Cell Division
and Cell Elongation in Phaseolus vulgaris.
VICTOR A. GREULACH and JOHN G.
HAESLOOP, University of North Carolina
9:39 A Method for Determining the Effects of
Varied Environmental Conditions on Cell
Growth in Phleum Roots. ROBERT T.
BRUMFIELD, Longwood College and Oak
Ridge National Laboratories
9:62 Galactose Utilization in Yeast and Other
Fungi, G. LEON HOWELL, University of
Alabama

10:06 Biochemical Investigations of the Develop-
ing Slime Mold, THctyostelium discoideum
Raper. JEROME O. KRIVANEK, Newcomb
College of Tulane University

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 18th, 9:00 a.m.

Room 222 Conradi

Presiding: Ralph W. Yerger, Florida State
University

9:00 Studies of Oyster Mortality in Alligator
Harbor, Florida. F. E. NICHY and R. W.
MENZEL, Florida State University Ocean-
ographic Institute

9:13 A Biotic Factor Influencing the Gastropod
Urosalpinx cinerea in its Choice of Prey.
JOHN W. BLAKE, University of North
Carolina

9:26 Additional Information on the Mechanical-
Chemical Nature of Drilling by the Gastro-
pods Urosalpinx and Eupleura. MEL-
BOURNE R. CARRIKER, University of
North Carolina

9:39 Schooling Behavior in the Marine Snail,
Nassarius obsoletus. CHARLES E. JEN-
NER, University of North Carolina
9:62 Analysis of Egg Color Variation in Cyclops

vemalis. ERNEST J. DUPAW, JR., Colum-
bia University and the University of Florida
10:06 The Time Intervals between Successive
Generations in the Calanoid Copepod, Acar -
tia tonsa. ROBERT A. WOODMANSEE,
Mississippi Southern College
10:19 Microsporidiosis in Shrimp, a Preliminary
Report. E. E. JONES, Georgia State Col-
lege

10:32 Taxonomic Studies on the Gastrotricha of
Louisiana. ROBIN C. KRIVANEK and
JEROME O. KRIVANEK, Newcomb Col-
lege of Tulane University

PROTOZOOLOGY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 18th, 1:46 p.m.

Room 107 Conradi

Presiding: I. C. Kitchin, University of Mississippi
1:45 A Chromatographic Investigation of Three
Strains of Tetrahymena pyriformis. CARO-
LYN WELLS, Emory University
1:58 A Cytochemical Study of Macronuclear
Bodies of Tetrahymena pyriformis. MAR-
GARET M. WELLS and CHARLES RAY,
JR., Emory University

2:11 Fluorescence Microscopy of Living Tetra-
hymena pyriformis. MARION T. COLE-
MAN and CHARLES RAY, JR., Emory
University

2:24 Micronuclear Abnormalities Associated with
Non-lethal High Temperatures during Fis-
sion of Tetrahymena pyriformis. CHARLES
RAY, JR., Emory University
2:37 Intra-elonal Mating in Strains of Variety
6, Tetrahymena pyriformis. CAROLYN
WELLS, Emory University
2:50 Some Amebas of Warm Mineral Springs,
near Venice, Florida. EUGENE C. BOVEE,
University of Florida

3:03 Trichopelma sp., a Trichostome Ciliate with
Adoral Membranelles. JESSE C. THOMP-
SON, JR., Hollins College
3:16 Morphology and Biology of a Species of
Proterosponiga. JAMES B. LACKEY, Uni-
versity of Florida

ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 18th, 1:45 p.m.

Room 319 Conradi

Presiding: J. Gordon Carlson, University of
Tennessee

1:45 Dispersal of the Gelatinous Coat Material
of Mellita quinquiesperforata Eggs by Homo-
logus Sperm and Sperm Extracts. JOHN
W. BROOKBANK, University of Florida
1:58 Influence of Carbonic Anhydrase Inhibitors
on Shell Growth of a Freshwater Snail,
Physa heterostropha. JOHN A. FREEMAN,
Winthrop College

2:11 The Effects of Temporary Anticancer
Agents on Certain Transplantable Tumors
and Their Drug-Resistant Sublines Implant-
ed in the Same Host. J. RICHARD THOM-
SON and BONNIE M. JONES, Kettering-
Meyer Laboratory, Southern Research In-
stitute

Vol. 6 No. 1, March 1958

19

2:24 Nitrogen Excretion in the Aquatic Opercu-
late Snail Ceratodes comuarietis. WILLIAM
C. SLOAN, University of Florida

2:50 A Comparison of Tissue Metabolic Rates
of a Shrew and Some Other Small Mammals.
JAMES R. REDMOND and JAMES N.
LAYNE, University of Florida

3:03 The Effects of X-radiation on the Early
Cleavage Stages of the Snail Ilyanassa ob-
solete. JAMES N. CATHER, Emory Uni-
versity

3:16 Phenylthiourea and Iodine Binding in the
Tadpole. W. GARDNER and JAMES NOR-
MAN DENT, Oak Ridge National Labora-
toi-y, Catholic University of America and
University of Virginia

3:29 Correlation of Sexual Cycles and Breeding
Behavior of the Gray Squirrel, Sciurue car
olinensis, Gemlin. ALFRED BRAUER and
ALBERT DUSING, University of Ken-
tucky.

PARASITOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY
SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 18th, 1:45 p.m.

Room 222 Conradi

Presiding: Robert B. Short, Florida State University

1:45 Studies on the Genus Homalometron Staf-
ford, 1904 (Trematoda; Leprocreadiidae)
with a Redescription of H. armatum (Mac-
Callum, 1895) . GROVER C. MILLER, North
Carolina State College

1:58 Plasmodium flnridense in Georgia Lizards.
HELEN B. JORDAN, Georgia State College

2:11 Meningeal Tumors of the Newt, Triturus
viridescens, as Correlated with Trematode
Infection of the Brain and Brain Case. ED-
WARD W. LAUTENSCHLAGER, Univer-
sity of Virginia

2:24 Notes on the Helminths of Mammals in
the Mountain Lake Region. IV. The Life
Cycle of Hvdatiaera lyncis Skinker. HARRY'

L. HOLLOWAY, Roanoke College

2:37 A New Marine Anorocotvlid Cercaria from
Donax variabilis Say. RHODES B. HOLLI-
MAN, Florida State University

2:50 Dicvemid Mesozoans from the Northern
Gulf Coast of Florida and the Florida Keys.
ROBERT B. SHORT and RAYMOND T.
DAMIAN, Florida State University

3:03 A New Species of Cruzia (Nermatoda: Cruz-
iidae) from Didelphis virginiana. DWAYNE
NATHANIEL KRUSE, Florida State Uni-
versity

3:16 Association of Encephalitis Virus with Nip-
postrongylus muris in Mice. GEOFFREY

M. JEFFREY, Laboratory of Tropical Dis-
ease, U. S. Public Health Service

3:29 The Experimental Development and Sig-
nificance of Pyrimethamine Resistance in
Human Malaria. MARTIN D. YOUNG and
ROBERT W. BURGESS, Laboratory of
Tropical Diseases, U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice

3:42 X-Radiation of Stages in the Life-Cycle
of the Rat Tapeworm, Hymenolepis diminu-
ta. WILLIAM E. BRILLHART, Emory
University

3:55 The Occurrence and Characterization of As-
corbic Acid Oxidase in Certain Bacteria.
DWIGHT W. LAMBE and LORETTA C.
ELLIAS, Florida State University
4:08 Significance of Virulence and Viability as
Related to Quantitative Immunigenic Prop-
erties of Several Antituberculosis Vaccines.
H. M. VANDIVIERE and MARGARET R.
VANDIVIERE, North Carolina Sanatorium
System

ECOLOGY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 18th, 1:45 p.m.

Room 228 Conradi

Presiding: W. S. Flory, University of Virginia
1:45 A Virgin Forest Remnant in Berkely Coun-
ty, South Carolina. W. T. BATSON, WIL-
LIAM E. HOY, WILLIAM R. KELLEY
and J. T. PENNEY, University of South
Carolina

1:58 The Natural Vegetation of English Moun-
tain, Tennessee. JOE A. CHAPMAN, Car-
son Newman College

2:11 Radiation Ecology Research Program at
the Lockheed Reactor Site. ROBERT B.
PLATT, Emory University
2:24 Photosynthetic Studies of Three Granite
Outcrop Endemics: Amphianthus pucillus
Torr., Isoetes melanospora Englem., and
Diamorpha cymosa (Nutt.) Britton. WIL-
LIAM T. LAMMERS, Emory University
2:37 A Progress Report on Studies of Mixed
Hardwood Stands in the Southeastern Coas-
tal Plain. ELSIE QUARTERMAN and
CATHERINE KEEVER, Vanderbilt Uni-
versity and Millersville State College
2:50 Studies on the Ecological Life History of
Portulaca smallii. DAVID J. COTTER, Em-
ory University

3:03 The Seasonal Effect of Ecological Factors
on Drosophila Populations, JAMES F.
JONES and J. M. CARPENTER, Univer-
sity of Kentucky

3:16 Yeasts Isolated from the Crops of Seasonal-
ly Fluctuating Drosophila Populations.
JAMES K. KOMATSU and J. M. CARPEN-
TER, University of Kentucky
3:29 Gravel Bars and Flood Control. ROBERT
A. DIETZ, Troy State College

CRYPTOGAMIC BOTANY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 18th, 1:45 p.m.

Room 115 Conradi

Presiding: Harold Humm, Duke University
1:45 The Anatomy of the Blister Gall Caused
by Asteromyia carbonifera on Solidago
Leaves. EDWIN G. BECK, University of
Georgia

1:58 Synopsis of Louisiana Polypores. BERNARD
LOWY and ARTHUR L. WELDEN, Louisi-
ana State University, Tulane University
2:11 Flagellation and the “pseudoflagellum” in
the swarmcells of the Myxomycete, Didym-
ium nigripes. ARTHUR L. COHEN, Ogle-
thorpe University

2:24 Stereum and its Segregates in Jamaica.
ARTHUR L. WELDEN, Tulane University

20

ASB Bulletin

2:37 Zoosporangia of Sorosphaera veronicae.
CHARLES E. MILLER, University of
North Carolina

2:50 A Fungus Parasite of Barnacle Ova. T. W.

JOHNSON, JR., Duke University
3:03 Distribution of Some Estuarine Fungi. HAR-
VEY S. GOLD and T. W. JOHNSON, JR.,
Duke University

3:16 A Marine Labyrinthula in Rhizoclonium ri-
parium. DIANE TESTRAKE, Duke Uni-
versity

3:29 Observations on Chlorosarcina (Gerneck)
Vischer, TEMD R. DEASON and WALTER
R. HERNDON, University of Alabama

GENERAL SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 18th, 8:15 p.m.

Lecture Hall, The University Library
Presiding: Howard K. Wallace, President of the
ASB, University of Florida

1. Address of Welcome: Dr. Charles S. Davis,
Dean of the Faculties, Florida State University

2. Presentation of Awards

3. Address: The Search for Competence. George
C. Kent, Jr., Immediate Past President of ASB,
Louisiana State University

4. Smoker: Following the Friday Evening Session,
Second Floor, Conradi Building

GENETICS SESSION

SATURDAY, APRIL 19th, 9:00 a.m.

Room 228 Conradi

Presiding: C. W. Edington, Florida State University
9:00 Diploid Males and Triploid Females in
Habrobracon and Mormoniella. P. W. WHIT-
ING, University of Pennsylvania
9:13 Relation of the Nucleolus to Mitotic Activity
as Revealed by Ultraviolet Microbeam Ir-
radiation. MARY E. GAULDEN and ROB-
ERT P. PERRY, Oak Ridge National Lab-
oratory

9:26 Cytological Demonstration of Cleavage Ana-
phase Bridges in Drosophila melanogaster.
CLAUDE W. HINTON, University of
Georgia

9:3'9 Mutant Analysis of Amino Acid-Keto Acid
Relationships in Newrospora crassa. H. E.
BROCKMAN and A. GIB DEBUSK, Flor-
ida State University

9:52 The Effect of Sodium Iodoacetate Under
Anoxia on Chromosome Aberration Fre-
quency. A. V. BEATTY and JEANNE W.
BEATTY, Emory University

GENETICS SYMPOSIUM

SATURDAY, APRIL 19th, 10:15 a.m.

Room 228 Conradi

Presiding: A. Gib DeBusk, Florida State' University
“Metabolic Aspects of the Mutation Mechanism”
The influence of respiration, protein synthesis
and nucleic acid synthesis on mutation will be dis-
cussed by four speakers whose names will be an-
nounced later.

NOTES ABOUT THE MEETING

Lodging and Meals. A partial list of hotels
and motels was published in the December Bulletin.
A complete list may be obtained from Dr. A. W.
Ziegler, Dept, of Biological Sciences at FSU.
Reservations should be made directly with the man-
agement as early as possible. A section of the Uni-
versity Dining Hall will be reserved for the noon
meal on Friday. Those white patrons registered for
the meeting, and their families, may use the fa
cilities of the dining halls (cafeterias) during their
stay. A list of local restaurants and several nearby
which specialize in sea food was published in the
December 1957 ASB Bulletin.

Registration. Registration for attendance at
the meeting will be held from 6:30-8:30 on Thurs-
day and 8-12 on Friday in room 232 Conradi
(Biological Sciences) Building. A registration fee
of $1.00 will be charged. At registration, badges
will be issued and programs and field trip reserva-
tions may be obtained. Sight-seeing brochures and
campus maps will be available. The registration
desk will be open as an information center during
the meeting.

Placement Service. In room 207, Conradi Build-
ing, a do-it-yourself placement service will be avail-
able. Bulletin boards will be' provided and appli-
cants and employers may post notices of availability
and position vacancies.

Commercial Exhibits. Rooms 239 and 242 of
the Conradi building will house commercial exhibits.
These rooms are located at the east end of the
second floor. Exhibits will be open all day Friday.

Field Trips. Three field trips are scheduled by
private car. Those interested should register for
the trips at the registration desk by Friday noon.
The trips will begin propmtly at 8 a.m. Saturday
and will return by 1:30 p.m. See the December
ASB Bulletin for details.

1. Chipola Experimental Forest, Drs. Frank
Woods and R. K. Godfrey

2. St. Marks Wild Life Refuge, Dr. Henry
Stevenson

3. Alligator Harbor Marine Laboratory, Dr.
Winston Menzel

Sight Seeing. The Friday night meeting has
been set at a late hour to allow time for sight-
seeing. Points of interest include FSU campus, City
of Tallahassee, Killearn Gardens, and Wakulla
Springs. Brochures are available in the registration
room. At Wakulla Springs, the registrant should
inform the ticket office that he and his family are
eligible for a reduced rate.

General Remarks. The north and south parking
lots at the Conradi building will be reserved for
ASB members. A windshield card will be issued
at registration. The months of April and May are
usually dry months at Tallahassee. The average
temperatures for April 17-19 are 80-81 maximum,
and 55-56 minimum.

Local Arrangements Committee : Irene Boliek,
Ruth Breen, Leland Shanor, Robert Short and A. W.
Ziegler, Chairman.

Vol. 5 No. 1, March 1958

21

NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST

About People

In the December ASB Bulletin Robert L. Wilbur
was erroneously reported as having moved from
North Carolina State College to Florida State Uni-
versity. Dr. Wilbur is actually now a member of the
Botany Department at Duke University.

I. D. Wilson retired 'from his position as head of
the Biology Department at Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, which he had held since 1923, on De-
cember 31. Dr. Wilson has accepted a two year
contract from the International Cooperation Ad-
ministration to be a consultant to universities in
India.

Samuel P. Meyers is now with the Marine Labora-
tory, 1 Rickenbacker Causeway, Virginia Key, Mi-
ami, Florida.

L. R. Hesler of the Department of Botany at
the University of Tennessee will retire at the end
of the current academic year. Dr. Hesler has been
professor of botany since 1919 and dean of the
College of Liberal Arts since 1934.

Howard F. L. Rock, formerly of the Gray Her-
barium, Harvard University, is now an instructor
in botany at the University of Tennessee.

Karl M. Wilbur of Duke University has accepted
an appointment by the Board of Directors of the
AAAS to serve as secretary of Section F (Zoologi-
cal Sciences) for a four-year term beginning Janu-
ary 1, 1958.

Elizabeth F. Sprague, after a two-year leave of
absence to complete her doctorate at the Rancho
Santa Ana Botanic Garden, Claremont, California,
has resumed her teaching in the Department of
Biology at Sweet Briar College.

F. A. Wolf, James B. Duke Professor, retired,
Department of Botany, Duke University, was hon-
ored by the Cigar Manufacturers Association, at a
recent meeting in Atlantic City, New Jersey. Dr.
Wolf received a plaque and a cash award in recog-
nition of his services to the tobacco industry
through his contributions in tobacco breeding and
pathology of tobacco.

Hugo L. Blomquist, Professor of Botany, retired,
Duke University, has accepted the invitation to
serve as visiting professor at the Marine Labora-
tory, Puerto Rico. Professor Blomquist will spend
six months in Puerto Rico, studying the marine
algae of the coastal areas.

James R. Dugger, Associate Entomologist, North
Carolina State College, Raleigh, has resigned to
accept the position as head of the department,
North Dakota State College.

Merl Mizell, Ph.D., University of Illinois (Em-
bryology) and John L. Laurie, Ph.D., Johns Hop-
kins University (Experimental Embryology) have
been appointed to the faculty in zoology, Tulane
University.

Fred R. Cagle has been elected Executive Secre-
tary of the editors of biological journals. This or-
ganization is concerned with the problems of com-
munication in the biological sciences. He has also

been appointed editor of the sections on Amphib-
ians and Reptiles of Biological Abstracts.

The long term study of bird life of British Hon-
duras under the direction of George H. Lowery,
Department of Zoology, Physiology and Entomol-
ogy at Louisiana State University is being con-
tinued by two graduate students this semester.
Douglas Lancaster, now on this third expedition,
having spent some eight months in Honduras, is
investigating the life histories of three species of
Tinamous in the interior of the country. Jared
Verner is studying the biology of Pink-footed Booby
on Half Moon Cay, which i9 50 miles off the coast
of British Honduras.

George H. Mickey, Chairman of the Department
of Zoology, Physiology, and Entomology at Louisi-
ana State University was elected national president
of Beta Beta Beta, honorary biological society,
at its biennial meeting which was held in conjunc-
tion with that of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science in Indianapolis during
the Christmas holidays.

H. J. Roberts, Department of Zoology, Physiology
and Entomology at Louisiana State University, was
elected president of the Louisiana Ornithological
Society for 1958.

The University of Kentucky, through a contract
with the International Cooperation Administration,
has given two staff members in zoology and one
in botany teaching assignments in Indonesia. R. W.
Barbour, Department of Zoology, is teaching at
the University of Indonesia at Bandung, J. M. Ed-
ney, Department of Zoology, and J. A. B. Garner,
Department of Botany, are teaching at the Uni-
versity of Indonesia at Bogor. The staff members
will be in Indonesia for a two year period.

R. C. Dugdale has joined the Zoology Depart-
ment at the University of Kentucky. A graduate
of the University of Wisconsin, Dr. Dugdale will
do research and teaching in the field of limnology.

The University of Kentucky, Department of
Zoology, has recently added E. G. Burcham to its
staff. A graduate of the Ohio State University, Dr.
Burcham will do teaching and research in the field
of entomology and parasitology.

Staff changes at the Biology Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory, include the following: Daniel
Billen of the Mammalian Recovery Group has re-
signed to accept a position with the M. D. Anderson
Hospital and Tumor Institute in Houston. Alan
K. Bruce of the Microbial Protection and Recovery
Group has resigned to accept a position on the staff
of the Department of Biology of the University of
Buffalo. C. W. Edington of the Cytology and Gen-
etics Group has resigned to join the staff of the
Department of Biological Sciences, Florida State
University, Tallahassee. Palmer Rogers, Jr. has
joined the Enzymology and Photosynthesis Group
for a period of two years under an American Can-
cer Society fellowship, Miguel Patetta-Queirolo has
completed a four-months’ International Coopera-
tion Administration fellowship in the Pathology and
Physiology Section and has returned to the Uni-

22

ASB Bulletin

versity of Montevideo, Uruguay. Kamla Kant Pan-
dey, of India, joined the Cytology and Genetics
Group in October. Dr. Pandey holds a fellowship
from the Ohio State University to continue research
at ORNL. Robert P. Perry has left the Division for
Philadelphia where he will work with the Johnson
Foundation for Medical Physics at the University of
Pennsylania. Melvin P. Stulberg has joined the En-
zymology and Photosynthesis Group for a period of
approximately one year as a Research Associate.
Charlotte Auerbach, of Great Britain, has joined the
Cytology and Genetics Group as a visiting investiga-
tor. Dr. Auerbach completed her undergraduate
study in Germany, following which she received the
Ph.D. and D.Sc. in geneties from the University of
Edinburgh. Since that time she has been at the
University o’f Edinburgh on the faculty of the In-
stitute of Animal Genetics. Dr. Auerbach is a
Fellow of the Royal Society. Raymond Shapira, who
has been associated with the Biochemistry Group,
left the Division December 31, 1957. Dr. Shapira
has accepted a position on the staff of Emory Uni-
versity. Sohei Kondo, of Japan, has joined the
Biophysics Section as a visiting investigator. Dr.
Kondo has been in charge of radiation faclities at
the National Institute of Genetics in Misima, Japan.

Institutions and Organizations

The Eighth Annual Wildflower Pilgrimage will
be held in the Great Smokies, April 24, 25, 26, 1958.
It is sponsored jointly by the Department of Botany
of the University of Tennessee and the Gatlinburg
Chamber of Commerce in cooperation with the
Naturalist Service of the Great Smoky Mountains.
The program includes short and long hikes, motor-
cades, photographic trips and illustrated evening
lectures. Details can be obtained by writing the
Chamber of Commerce, Gatlinburg, Tennessee.

The Photoperidism Subcommittee of the Com-
mittee on Photobiology of the National Research
Council held an International Symposium on “Photo-
periodism in Plants and Animals and Related
Phenomena” in Gatlinburg, Tennessee, October 29
through November 2, 1957. This conference was
supported by the National Science Foundation.
N. E. Tolbert of the Biology Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory, is secretary of the Symposium
Committee.

Ground was broken on December 10th for the
multimillion dollar medical center at the University
of Kentucky. The center will be known as the
Albert B. Chandler Medical Center. Construction of
the first unit, a Medical Sciences Building, which
will cost $5,247,000.00, will begin within a few
weeks. Cost of the entire center has been estimated
at between 26 and 27 million dollars. The College
of Pharmacy has been moved from Louisville to the
Campus at Lexington, where it is occuying a new
$670,000 building.

The Southern Section of the American Society of
Plant Physiologists met with the Association of
Southern Agricultural Research Workers at Little
Rock, Arkansas, in February 1958. The attendance
was one of the largest in the history of the Section
with a two day program of interesting papers fol-
lowed by the Annual Plant Physiologist’s breakfast
at which Dr. L. M. Rohrbaugh, University of
Oklahoma, spoke on “Effect of Growth Regulators
on Plant Metabolism.” Symposiums on “Gibberel-

lins” and “Recent Research on the Nutrition of
Plants” highlighted the programs. S. B. Hendricks,
Vice President of ASPP was leading speaker of the
latter. The new officers are Chairman, Aubrey W.
Naylor, Duke University; Vice Chairman; Howard
J. Teas, University of Florida ; Secretary-Treasurer,
Robert E. Burns, USDA, ARS., Experiment, Georgia.

A Metropolitan Branch of Louisiana State Uni-
versity, to be known as L.S.U.N.O., will commence
operations in New Orleans beginning with the fall
semester. Commencing initially as a single college
of a modified liberal arts type, the branch is ex-
pected to develop rapidly into an institution offering
a large variety of subjects in many technical and
liberal arts fields. A well-equipped department of
biology will be established as soon as facilities can
be readied. It is anticipated that the New Orleans
Branch will ultimately rival the Baton Rouge
Campus in number o’f students enrolled. Present
plans envision the institution as a commuter’s col-
lege serving Greater New Orleans and its environs.

The Louisiana Mosquito Control Association was
organized and incorporated in December, 1957 for
the purpose of promoting in every feasible way
the abatement and control of mosquitoes and other
arthropods directly injurious to man or to domestic
animals. The following officers were elected: Presi-
dent, Charlie S. Wilkins; Executive Vice President,
George H. Mickey; and Secretary-Treasurer, A. B.
Ritter. The Board of Directors includes Fred G.
Deiler, Edw. P. Marshall Jr., Guillermo Vasques and
E. S. Hathaway. Dr. Hathaway is also chairman of
the Technical Advisory Committee.

A radioisotope laboratory for the study of animal
nutrition, physiology and disease is being con-
structed at Louisiana State University. The project
involves the renovation of the zoology research
laboratory with addition of a 40-foot wing, and
will cost $62,000. Scientists in five departments will
use the new facility; these are animal industry,
poultry, dairy, veterinary science and zoology.

The twenty-first session of the Duke University
Marine Laboratory, Beaufort, North Carolina, will
open on June 10, 1958. During the first term (June
10-July 16) Harold J. Humm will offer a course in
Marine algae and I. E. Gray will give Marine
Ecology. The second term (July 18-August 23)
course offerings are Marine Parasitology, Wanda S.
Hunter, and Marine Invertebrate Zoology, C. G.
Bookhout. In addition to the marine algae course,
the Department of Botany, Duke University, will
offer research and special problems, both terms, on
marine mycology.

Grants in Aid

Ernest L. Hunt of Emory University has received
a grant from the U. S. Public Health Service for a
study of the effects of induced diabetes on the
reproductive cycle and pregnancy of rats.

Norman C. Negus of the Louisiana State Univer-
sity is studying cyclic changes in mammalian popula-
tions on Breton Island, the research being supported
by a grant of $18,000 from the Atomic Energy
Commission.

Research grants awarded during 1957 to members
of the Department of Zoology at Duke University
include; E. W. Horn, studies on cytotoxic antisera,
and characterization of nucleoproteins, National In-

Vol. 5 No. 1, Mabgh 1958

23

stitutes of Health; Calvin Ward, genetic sensitivity
of gametogenesis to radiation. National Institutes
of Health; Knut Schmidt-Nielsen, factors affecting
the rates of oxygen supply to tissues, National
Science Foundation; C. G. Bookhout, larval develop-
ment of acorn barnacles, National Science Founda-
tion; J. D. Costlow, Jr., factors controlling growth
and molting of acorn barnacles; Donald J. Fluke,
funds for the purchase of a one MEV der Graaff
accelerator for use in studies on active sites on
enzymes, National Institute of Health.

Recent National Science Foundation grants in-
clude the following: University of Arkansas: Hern-
don G. Dowling, Department of Zoology, “American
Species of Elaphe (Reptilia),” two years, $9000.

University of Florida. Howard J. Teas, Depart-
ment of Zoology, “A Study of Alaskan Lakes,”
“Biosynthesis of Lysine and Tryptophan,” two years,
$14,000.

Florida State University: Robert K. Godfrey,
Department of Biological Sciences, “Vascular Plants
of Aquatic Marsh Habitats of Western Florida,” two
years, $6000. R. B. Short, Department of Biological
Sciences, “Taxonomic Studies of Dicyemid Meso-
zoa,” two years, $6300. A. W. Ziegler, Department
of Biological Sciences, “Factors Influencing Season-
al Occurrence of Water Fungi,” two years, $9500.

Emory University: Elliot Juni, Department of

Bacteriology and Immunology, “Bacterial Oxidation
of Simple Aliphatic Alchols,” three years, $17,000.

Duke University: C. G. Bookhout, Department
of Zoology, “Environmental Influences in the De-
velopment of Balanus Nauplii," three years, $26-
000.

University of Kentucky: R. C. Dugdale, Depart-
ment of Zoology, “A Study of Alaskan Lakes,”
$8,100.

University of North Carolina: Albert E. Radford,
Department of Botany, “Flora of North and South
Carolina,” two years, $16,000.

_ North Carolina State College: Ernest Ball, Divi-
sion of Biological Sciences, “Growth In Vitro of
the Shoot Apex of Certain Seed Plants,” three
years, $23,000.

University of Tennessee : Aaron J. Sharp, Depart-
ment of Botany, “Vascular Plants of Tennessee,”
three years, $15,000.

University of Virginia: Horton H. Hobbs, Jr.,
“Improvement of Research Facilities at the Moun-
tain Lake Biological Station,” one year, $5200.
Donald W. Kupke, Department of Biochemistry,
“Protein Component Involved in the Photochemical
Transformation of Protochlorophyll to Chlorophyll-
a,” three years, $23,000.

Virginia Polytechnic Institute: Perry C. Holt
Biology Department, “Systematic Studies of Bran-
chiobdellidae,” two years, $5800.

Velma Dare Matthews

Velma Dare Matthews, Professor of Biology and
head of department at Coker College since 1934,
died in Duke University Hospital on January 7,
1958 after a prolonged illness. Born in Burlington,
North Carolina on August 3, 1904, the daughter of
the late J. Marvin and Cora Moore Matthews, she
grew up in High Point where she finished high
school in 1921.

In May 1925 she graduated with the B.A. degree
from the Woman’s College of The University of
North Carolina and in th'e following September
entered the University at Chapel Hill for graduate
study in the Department of Botany. Here she won
the M.A. in 1927 and the Ph.D. in 1930 under the
guidance of the late Dr. W. C. Coker. During her
graduate study, she was working part time as a
student assistant in botany.

For the year 1930-31 Doctor Matthews was
Professor of Biology in the Agricultural and
Mechanical College at Monticello, Arkansas, a
position which she gave up during the serious illness
and death of her mother. For the years 1931-1934
she served as Research Assistant in the Department
of Botany at Chapel Hill. In September 1934 she
became Professor of Biology and head of the De-
partment of Biology of Coker College, Hartsville,
South Carolina, a position which she filled with
distinction until her death. The Coker students

praise her as an inspiring, patient teacher, always
willing to explain difficult exercises over and over.

At Coker she soon assumed responsibility for
beautification of the campus, on which there now
bloom something like seventy varieties of camellias,
many azaleas, other shrubs, flowering bulbs, and
annuals which she planted. She frequently entered
her choice varieties in camellia shows over the state
and took many prizes. Dr. Matthews found time in
a busy schedule to assist with community planning
for beautification of the town of Hartsville and its
environs. Many lovely trees of the town are still
living because of her emphatic protests against
cutting any more than were absolutely essential for
safety.

Her twenty-two publications include seven in the
field of mycology, three in the taxonomy of the
higher plants, and nine on horticultural topics. She
was an active member of several scientific societies
including the A.A.A.S. (Fellow), Sigma Xi, Associ-
ation of Southeastern Biologists, South Carolina
Academy of Science (past president), Mycological
Society, North Carolina Academy of Science, Amer-
ican Fern Society, Torrey Botanical Club, and the
Botanical Society of America. We honor Dr. Velma
D. Matthews as an able scientist, an earnest teach-
er, and a sincere friend. — Ezda M. Deviney,

Coker College

24

ASB Bulletin

LI

The ASB

o

tx

DEC 28 1°G *

Volume 5, Number 2

June, 1 958

Contents

Association Affairs 26

The Search for Competence — George C. Kent, Jr. 27

Proceedings of the Tallahassee Meeting 33

News of Biology in the Southeast 34

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

THE ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official
quarterly publication of the Association
of Southeastern Biologists and is pub-
lished at Chapel Hill, N. C. in March,
June, September and December. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to the Editor, Depart-
ment of Botany, University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C. Changes of
address should be sent promptly to the
Secretary of the ASB, Dr. Harold H.
Humm, Department of Botany, Duke Uni-
versity, Durham, N.C. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions
should be sent to the circulation manager
at the Department of Biology, Woman’s
College, UNC, Greensboro, N. C. Subscrip-
tion rate for non-members of ASB : $2.00
per year. Printing and typography by the
Orange Printshop, Chapel Hill, N. C.

Victor A. Greulach, Editor

Harold H, Humm, Associate Editor
A. W. Jones, Business Manager

Hollis J. Rogers, Circulation Manager
Ann Foster Blevins,
Assistant Circulation Manager

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida
State University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University
of Kentucky

Louisiana — G. C. Kent, Jr., Louisiana
State University

Maryland — Wm. E. Bickley, University
of Maryland

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College

North Carolina — T. W. Johnson, Jr.,
Duke University

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Win-
throp College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Jacques J. Rappaport, Univer-
sity of Virginia

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Officers of the ASB

President — Mary Esther Gaulden, Biology
Division, ORNL

Retiring President — Howard K. Wallace,
University of Florida

President-elect — Horton H. Hobbs, Uni-
versity of Virginia

Vice-President — Victor A. Greulach, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

Secretary — Harold H. Humm, Duke Uni-
versity

Executive Committee — William Burbanck,
Emory University; W. S. Flory, Uni-
versity of Virginia ; I. C. Kitchen,
University of Mississippi ; Elsie
Quarterman, Vanderbilt University;
D. C. Scott, University of Georgia ;
Harry E. Wheeler, Louisiana State
University. All officers are ex officio
members of the executive committee.

Emeritus Members
The following were elected to
emeritus membership in the ASB
at the Tallahassee meeting: H.
L. Blomquist, Duke University,
G. L. Carver, Mercer University,
Ezda Deviny. Florida State Uni-
versity, and Ivey F. Lewis, Uni-
versity of Virginia. Any ASB
member who knows of a person
qualified for emeritus membership
either now or by next year is
urged to submit his name to the
secretary.

•

Goethe Awards

The recipients of Mary Gilde
Goethe stipends for financial as-
sistance in attending the Talla-
hassee meetings were John Blake
of zoology and Charles E. Miller
of botany at the University of
North Carolina, James F. Jones
of zoology at the University of
Kentucky, and Smritiomy Bose
of the Blandy Experimental
Farm, University of Virginia. All
recipients were authors or co-
authors of papers presented at
the meetings. Professors are
urged to advise their graduate
students of the availability of the
Goethe funds in ample time so
that those who may wish to
prepare a paper and apply for
a stipend for the Knoxville meet-
ing may do so.

©

Executive Committee Actions

At it9 meeting in Tallahassee
the Executive Committee of the
ASB discussed many matters and
took action on a number of them.
Among the actions of general in-
terest to the members of the
Association are the following:

The proposed constitutional
revision printed in the March
issue of the ASB Bulletin was
approved. The invitation of the
A A AS to participate in its Wash-
ington meeting in December and
to co-sponsor the symposia being
planned by the Society of System-
atic Zoologists was accepted with
the provision that there would
be no cost to the ASB. The in-
vitation of the University of
Tennessee to hold the 1959 meet-

ing in Knoxville was accepted.
The resignations of Victor A.
Greulach as editor and of Hollis
J. Rogers as circulation manager
of the ASB Bulletin, effective
December 31, 1958, were ac-
cepted. G. M. Jeffery of the
USPHS in Charleston was ap-
pointed as editor of the Bulletin
for a three year term. The com-
mittee decided to accept the sug-
gestion of the Mountain Lake
Biological Station that its new
Bruce D. Reynolds Memorial
Scholarship be awarded by the
ASB Research and Awards Com-
mittee in consultation with the
director of the Station. All the
actions of the Executive Com-
mittee were later approved by
the members in the business meet-
ing.

©

Treasurer’s Report

Receipts

Balance on hand

April 1, 1957 1462.92

Dues and subscriptions

collected 1204.50

Interest on savings 12.50

Gifts, The Mary Glide
Goethe Fund 300.00

Total Receipts 2979.92

Expenses

Bulletin (mailing costs,
printing, circulation,

AIBS service, etc.) 787.08

Meritorious Teaching

Award to Ezda Deviny 100.00

Awards from the Mary

Glide Goethe Fund 39.00

Miscellaneous expenses 226.58

Total Expenses $1152.66

Balance on hand
March 31, 1958
in savings account 1012.50
in checking account 814.76

1827.26

Respectfully submitted,
Arthur W. Jones,
Treasurer, ASB

26

ASB Bulletin

The Search for Competence

George C. Kent, Jr.

Dr. Kent is professor of zoology at the Louisiana State University
and is well known to members of the Association of Southeastern Biolo-
gists as the able and energetic president of the Association during
1956-57. The following article is his address as immediate past president,
delivered at the annual meeting of the ASB in Tallahassee on April 18.
It illustrates his interests in biological education and in the problems of
education in general. Dr. Kent has long been interested and active in
the ASB, having been a member of the executive committee in one
capacity or another for many years, and vice president in 1950-51. Dr.
Kent secured his bachelor’s degree at Maryville College and did his grad-
uate work at Vanderbilt University, receiving his Ph.D. in 194.2. Since
that time he has been a member of the zoology staff at Louisiana State.
His field of specialization is vertebrate anatomy and he has also been
interested in the physiology of reproduction of hamsters.

I have selected for discussion tonight a con-
sideration of a phenomenon known as competence.
Ironically, had it not been for the achievement of a
dictatorial communistic state the question of com-
petence in democratic America might still remain
unexplored. Recent public utterances by national
figures have evoked among the American people a
realization that they must examine the competence of
the public educational services to which they sub-
scribe: Since the Russian satellite there has emerged,
I believe, a realization that there have been factors
in the American scene which militate against com-
petence; or, perhaps, I should say there has been a
lack of positive factors which might have militated
in favor of competence. There has been restored, also,
at least to some degree, the prestige of the intel-
lectual. No longer, at least, do we hear derogatory
references to the “egg head.”

But these new attitudes are in the nature of only
a slight stirring of the heretofore sleeping national
organism. The stimuli have not yet succeeded in
awakening it fully. Unless we shake the public body
violently, and again and again, it will most certainly
revert, like the ground hog that saw its shadow, to
peaceful slumber.

With reference to competence in secondary edu-
cation, a problem on which I shall not dwell, the
professional educators have already developed con-
ditioned responses to outside criticism. Almost to a
man, they refer to scientists who concern themselves
with high school operations as “subject matter

specialists.” This phrase is designed to disqualify,
as incompetent observers, those who are not “edu-
cation generalists.” In my first draft of this dis-
cussion I had a definition of an education generalist.
My better judgment told me to delete it. There is
another conditioned response which you will hear
more and more if, as scientists, you decide to enter
the struggle for competence in the secondary school.
This is the assertion that, “Some of the worst teach-
ing is going on in the colleges.” This assertion is a
diversionary defensive tactic, for which there is a
very effective, and surprising, countermove. That is,
to admit forthrightly that it is true, indeed, that
some mighty poor teaching is going on in the col-
leges. This countermove demoralizes the attack. To
capitalize on the advantage a new offensive maneuver
is launched: The proclamation that two wrongs do
not make a right.

And with these whimsical observations, I will
abandon (but for tonight only) the role of critic of
super-progressive education and its effects on com-
petence. I wish to consider, instead, certain factors
which, I believe, militate against greater compe-
tence in the higher education of biological scientists.
We shall not concern ourselves wth obvious barriers
such as heavy teaching loads, lack of qualified in-
structors, low salaries, or shortages of graduate
students, which are like chariot names on the edu-
cational merry-go-round. I would like, instead, to
examine two matters which we might be able, in cer-
tain instances, to take steps to rectify. These two

Vol. 5, No. 2, June 1958

27

factors are: 1) inadequate undergraduate prepara-
tion in the fundamentals of the several fields of
biology; and 2) the fragmentation of higher edu-
cational facilities. Concerning the latter, I shall
have more to say shortly.

The general public hears little criticism of col-
lege curricula and there are valid explanations for
this. Most parents want their children to have a
college education, but have no opinion as to what the
college should do for the student. They accept the
college philosophy for whatever it amounts to, as
they accept the Sunday supplement or television, and
let it go at that. Secondly, because only a small pro-
portion of the qualified high school graduates are
attending college, this level of our educational system
affects a smaller segment of the population than
does secondary education. Finally, most colleges do
a better job of self-evaluation than do the high
schools, if only because of the necessity of meeting
requirements of the forty accrediting agencies which
seek to tell the faculty what specific curricula to
install. It might be anticipated, therefore, that
evaluation of the training of future biological
scientists would originate among the biological
scientists themselves, and, for the most part, would
remain a matter of intra-disciplinary discussion.

It is almost axiomatic that everybody in the field
of education blames any incompetence of his students
on the fellows who taught them last. The first grade
teacher blames the nursery, the high school blames
the grammar school, the college blames the high
school; and now, it appears, the graduate school
blames the colleges. I suppose that the foundations,
the institutes, the federal services, and industry
blame the graduate schools. In the role of under-
graduate instructor, which I am in part, I would like
to consider, in general terms, aspects of undergradu-
ate education which are negative factors in the com-
petent preparation of the undergraduate biology
major for graduate work. In this connection, it is
interesting that some of the criticisms we have
levelled at the' high school are equally applicable
to our colleges.

One of our principal complaints concerning
secondary education has been that the student is
permitted to elect a large number of inconsequential
courses rather than being required to select chal-
lenging course work in fundamental subject matter.
This very complaint can sometimes be leveled at the
undergraduate department training future grad-
uate students in biology. Often, these students are
permitted to elect a hodge-podge of unrelated, non-
sequential biology courses, or courses with a super-
ficial approach to life sciences, instead of being re-
quired to restrict their selection to more challenging
subject matter relating to fundamental principles.
(See G. C. Kent, ASB Bull., 4:8, 1957.)

To suggest specific undergraduate subject matter
fields for potential graduate students in the broad
fields of biology would be presumptious of any single
biologist. Even a conservative attempt at generali-
zation would be in total disregard of the circum-
stances that exist in our diverse institutions, small
and large, public and private, some of which offer
graduate instruction and others of which do not.
For this reason I have appropriated a technique
from the Greeks, and present my ideas as an analogy.

Many college departments of biology resemble
mental cafeterias. The four years the prospective
graduate student spends in the undergraduate de-
partment are spent in the cafeteria line. Moving
steadily past the steam tables he must select one
dish, then another, and then another. Finally, at the
end of the line, he looks down at his tray to see what
he has accumulated. In a large cafeteria, an in-
experienced patron may find that he has selected too
many vegetables, too much dessert, or that he has
failed to select a meat and forgot to get his bread.
A little guidance from an experienced patron might
prevent this and the student might end up with a
well-balanced meal consisting of a selection of foods
which complement one another and which provide
suitable nourishment for the rest of the day. A small
cafeteria with a small number of cooks, no matter
how capable, should not attempt to provide the same
wide selection of foods as does the large one. When
they do provide such a selection, the patron may
find himself with cold, stale food. A small number of
cooks can prepare only a small number of nourish-
ing dishes. On the other hand, the small cafeteria
that operates under the policy of offering a narrow
selection of highly palatable, and well prepared
foods will provide just as excellent a meal as the
large one for, obviously, the patron can consume
only a limited number of courses. The meal could
be of the highest quality. I think, by analogy, you
will understand my point. The majority of our future
graduate students dine in small cafeterias.

Undergraduate college staffs overburdened by
heavy teaching loads might well consider deleting
some of the supernumerary courses in the catalogue
and concentrating on a core of foundation subjects
leading to significant comprehension of biological
principles. Such courses would have enhanced cul-
tural values even for liberal arts students. If the
genuine biology major (including premeds!) could
take a single, four-year course in the morphology,
physiology, genetics, and ecology of an amoeba, or
of a green alga, and no other courses whatsoever in
biology, he would have a better biological education
than I have, to be sure, and perhaps greater biologi-
cal insight than many a Ph.D. candidate.

Of course, the dean’s Curriculum Committee

28

ASB Bulletin

could never permit the introduction of a single four-
year course. This would evoke prompt frustration on
the' part of the registrar who, of necessity, deals
with education in corpuscular packets. Such a vi-
sionary program would be impracticable. Besides
being radical, hence anathema, it would present
problems to the department that has also to provide
courses in physiology and anatomy for the nurses,
courses in so-called human physiology for the edu-
cation major, courses in elementary physiology for
the home economics major, and courses in kinesiology
for the physical education major, all of which over-
lap in subject matter. These courses represent the
multitudinous and repetitive electives -which, pre-
senting themselves to the future graduate student,
lure him from fundamental biological principles and
offer an opportunity to take it easy for a semester.

In addition to the elimination of courses with
overlapping subject matter and of specialized cour-
ses that might better be taught in graduate school,
certain existing, supposedly fundamental, courses
can sometimes profit by re-evaluation. Let us take
two examples. Genetics, as a discipline, should not
place chief emphasis on facility in writing capitals
and small letters in boxes and deriving a series of
symbols predicting whether or not the next baby will
have green eyes. Genetics should be, for the most
part, an introduction to the effects of enzymes, or
their absence, on cell replication and differentiation.
As an exercise chiefly in prediction it is an un-
sophisticated and unrewarding tic-tac-toe. As a
study of the physiological basis for variation, which
any competent college student could comprehend if
similarly challenged in the previous year, it is
an experience that no undergraduate liberal arts
student, let alone a biologist, should miss. Such a
course, because of its nature, should occupy half of
a competent instructor’s study and teaching time
in any college ; and, if certain less significant courses
must be dropped to make this possible, little harm,
and much good, would result. Similarly, animal
physiology courses regarding primarily the number
of red cells in a mm3 of blood, the names of the
bones of the wrist, a list of the digestive enzymes
that reduce peptones to amino acids, and the action
of the biceps muscle, are not courses in physiology.
They might well be described in the catologue as,
“Interesting little facts about our bodies.” The
student presenting himself at graduate school with
such a course is in for a rude awakening when he
later realizes that he has had no course in physiology
at all. This situation, too, is reminiscent of some-
thing for which we criticize the high schools. We
declare, that because the high school student does
not achieve competence in fundamental subject
matter, the college is forced to reteach that which

the high school was supposed to have taught. Yet,
many students who must repeat an introductory
course in physiology present themselves at graduate
school.

I do not maintain that the student should neces-
sarily have had a course in physiology before he
goes to graduate school. I do believe, if he has had
one, he should not have to repeat it for graduate
credit.

If it is necessary in the biology department to
delete a few courses such as anatomy and physiology,
and human physiology in order to offer a basic course
in physiology, then arrangements should be made
for the physiologist to offer such a course to the best
of his ability. The same observation might be made
with reference to other biological fields. If seems to
me that the preparation of undergraduate biology
students, no matter how few, for graduate study is
every bit as important in a program for competence
as is the servicing of other undergraduate depart-
ments.

Reducing the number of courses in the depart-
ment should permit fewer course preparations for
the present faculty. In certain institutions the ad-
ministrators have readily agreed to such a move
when it became clear that the anticipated increase
of students could be handled with proportionately
less increase in biology staff, and that the compet-
ence of the students would be increased.

The chief requirements for a competent curri-
culum in advanced biology are that it be challenging
and that it seek significance in the phenomena. By
challenging, I mean that each successive course
should constitute a higher rung on the ladder to
competence. The student should have to reach to
grasp each successive rung. By seeking significance,
I mean that it leads to insight and does not have
as its ultimate goal the mastery of facts alone.
Undergraduate education thus becomes a vertical
progression toward greater insight into biological
processes and not a horizontal pathway along which
a student may meander to the awaited diploma.

Of the many other facets in the subject of com-
petence in undergraduate education I would like
to mention one more, very briefly. That two and
two equal four is accepted in pragmatic circles as
a fact. That the whole is equal to the sum of its parts
proves to be a more difficult concept for some stud-
ents. That the whole is equal to any of its parts ap-
pears to be good enough for half credit in some
courses. The granting of half credit because the
student shows he has learned some of the words is
another factor which militates against competence
in education at all levels.

In summary, we might agree that the role of the
undergraduate department in the training of biolo-
gists for graduate school should be the presentation

Vol. 5, No. 2, June 1958

29

of a core of foundation courses geared to the capable
student, in which the student is expected to seek
significance of phenomena, is challenged to reach a
little higher at each successive course level, and in
which credit is given only for competent performance
and not for partial or compromising performance
in the subject matter presented. An appropriate num-
ber of such courses, offered by a faculty with ade-
quate time to study, realistic teaching loads, and
qualified by prior training, is the best preparation
for graduate study.

Important as is suitable undergraduate prepara-
tion in our search for competence, there is a far more
insidious factor militating against competence in
American education today. This is the ubiquitous
fragmentation of graduate education. I refer to the
increasing tendency on the part of the legislatures
of many states indiscriminately to expand under-
graduate facilities into institutions with full-fledged
graduate programs. Whereas, at one time there
were one or two tax-supported institutions offering
graduate programs in each state, we can now count
17 independent publicly-supported graduate schools
in one state adjacent to the Southeast. In our own
region three, four, and six tax-supported graduate
schools in each state are not uncommon. But the
fragmentation has only just begun. During the next
decade we' may anticipate that practically every
state-supported college, many having recently come
to full college status via the junior college or teach-
er’s college route, will seek to add graduate instruc-
tion. In retrospect, we may deplore our lack of con-
cern when these schools first proposed to offer grad-
uate instruction in educational methods. The move
to graduate courses in education was only the be-
ginning. There soon evolved among such institutions
the attitude that graduate work in subject matter
fields could be offered by the existing faculty, and
at no extra cost to the taxpayer. Following Sputnik,
impetus was given to this trend by interpreting,
naively or with tongue in cheek, the plea for more
scientists as a plea for more new facilities to teach
scientists. Supporters of these institutions envisioned
the situation as an opportunity to justify expansion
into highly specialized fields of graduate education
in the basic sciences. These supporters are confi-
dently expecting the federal government, under the
authority of either the Administration bill or the
Hill-Elliott bill, to further foster the fragmentation
of scientific education. The Administration bill, in
particular, provides for underwriting half the cost
of new graduate programs in basic sciences where
no such programs now exist. Whether Federal funds
will be employed in this manner may depend, in
part, on the extent to which scientists are willing to
make their voices heard. Regardless of the final dis-

position of Federal funds there is mounting evidence
that the concept of the need for concentration of
graduate facilities and specialized scientific pro-
grams in already established facilities has not been
accepted by the majority of taxpayers of the several
states. Indeed, it may not be an exaggeration to say
that the concept has been repudiated in state after
state and that the fragmentation of scientific edu-
cation is being accelerated.

It is interesting to note that thereby there is
being promoted at the graduate level a situation
identical to one which we have so loudly protested
in secondary education. It has been maintained that
students in small high schools cannot obtain the edu-
cation they might if the schools were to be consoli-
dated. Yet, at the level of the highest educational
facility we have, the graduate school, we are wit-
nessing fragmentation whereas consolidation of our
tax dollars should be our goal.

There are, I believe, three factors responsible
for this fragmentation which places competent grad-
uate scientific education in jeopardy. These are, 1)
rising enrollments; 2) desire on the part of the local
college to obtain a greater proportion of tax funds
and thus to maintain a favorable financial position
in relation to other institutions; and, 3) geographic
jealousy or, more politely, local civic pride.

Just as rising enrollments have been reflected in
the extension of the state college systems into more
remote areas of the several states, so this factor be-
comes a basis for proposing additional centers for
graduate education. In 1954-55 fourteen southern
states had undergraduate enrollments of 600,000
students. In 1965-66 the number will be approximate-
ly 1,000,000. These are conservative estimates. Since
rises in undergraduate enrollment constitute a rea-
sonable basis for projecting future graduate en-
rollments, assuming the ratio of undergraduates to
graduates will remain the same (which is unlikely),
there should be an increase of about 50% in gradu-
ate enrollment in the Southeast in the next ten years
or by 1970 at the latest. Other factors responsible
for these increases are greater demands for spe-
cialized personnel on the part of new southern in-
dustry, a belief of the American people that addi-
tional education means increased subsequent earn-
ing power, the expansion of non-thesis programs,
and the fact that teachers in elementary and second-
ary school systems are encouraged or required, in
many states, to take additional courses after gradua-
tion with a bachelor’s degree.

In the face of increasing enrollments, public in-
stitutions offering graduate work find it necessary
to advise the citizens and their legislators of the
imminent need for additional monies for increased
faculty, staff, buildings, capital outlay, and operating

30

ASB Bulletin

expenses. When these estimates are made public, a
very natural phenomenon manifests itself. Adminis-
trators of the local colleges commence to wonder
whether or not this increased demand for funds from
one segment of the state educational system may
ultimately mean insufficient money for their own
institution. The institutions offering graduate work
become the “haves,” and the other schools describe
themselves as the “have nots.” They commence to
think in terms of extra services they might render
to attract more students and thus justify more
funds. The administrators let it be known that they
are willing and able to offer graduate work. Promised
are additional scientists to man the new industry
of the state and to protect America against Russian
technological superiority. The propaganda to raise
the school to graduate status rises to a crescendo.

The proposal is particularly appealing to local
civic leaders. Changing the college to a university
means more local homes to be built, more students to
spend money in the local stores, more rooms to be
rented, more business for everybody, and growth
and prosperity for the home town, even in recessions.
The civic leaders and the school administrators ap-
proach their local representatives in the state
legislature.

In the meantime, rival institutions discover what
is going on. Their school is not going to be left be-
hind in the' scramble for prestige ! The fine people in
their region of the state are entitled to, nay, require,
graduate facilities near their homes, too! The legis-
lators from the several communities get together
and swap votes.

As a result of these three factors, one after
another of the regional schools strides toward Uni-
versity status.

This fragmentation of graduate instruction might
be thwarted if the public were cognizant of its uni-
que nature. They do not realize, for example, that,
compared with undergraduate instruction, graduate
instruction is 250% more costly. Graduate instruc-
tion must be surrounded by an aura of research, and
there must be money for this research. Because we
are in the age of the enzyme and the ion, instru-
mentation costs are higher than ever before. Futher-
more, to maintain competence, a graduate faculty
in the sciences must have time to study recent de-
velopments. There must, therefore, be a lower stud-
ent instructor ratio. This entails higher operating
costs. A strong graduate program must be sustained,
in part, by financial assistance to graduate students.
Such assistance at one state-supported Southeastern
University for the current year amounts to $612,000.
Library facilities beyond the minimum requirements
of an undergraduate institution are mandatory in
a competent graduate program. A great proportion
of the institutions eager to expand into graduate

instruction have unbelieveably inadequate library
facilities. The American Library Association classi-
fies college libraries in three categories. Group III,
composed of 109 schools, includes most of the in-
stitutions which, in the near future, may be expected
to seek expansion. Twenty-seven institutions in this
group already offer graduate instruction. These 27
institutions have an average book stock of 52,000
volumes. Several of these 27 institutions have stocks
of only 22,000 volumes. The median book stock of all
109 schools in the group is 45,000. Compare these
figures with the nearly 1,300,000 volumes in the Duke
University Library, or the nearly 1,000,000 volumes
at the Universities of Virginia or North Carolina.
Schools with libraries of 45,000 volumes may gradu-
ate fifth and sixth year students who know more
about science, but they will scarcely produce more
scientists.

The general public are not aware of these pertinent
facts. They are beguiled into believing that the same
services offered by established graduate schools can
be rendered more economically at the four-year
schools. When the cost of instruction per student at
the college is contrasted indiscriminately with that
at the Universities, the latter appear in an unfavor-
able light. The public cannot be expected to recognize
that the figures are not comparable. Sooner or later,
of course, the institution with the newly-expanded
program comes face to face with the financial facts
of life. So do the general public, but the committ-
ment, once made, is irrevocable. The tax dollars
available for higher education have been permanent-
ly diluted.

What effect does this have on established facili-
ties? In one Southeastern state appropriations to
all education increased between 1940-1955 in the
same proportion as did state revenues, — nearly 700%.
During the same interval the only State University
received less than a 200% increase in appropriations.
This despite the fact that operating costs more than
doubled, enrollment doubled, and the facilities have
been expanded. With continuing fragmentation all
institutions must either share, and share alike in the
tax dollar, or else the regional schools will indeed
be “have-nots” and must curry favor of the tax-
payers by making it easier to obtain advanced de-
grees at these institutions. The effects on educational
competence in either case are self-evident.

I was in attendance by coincidence at a faculty
meeting at one institution at which graduate work
was being offered for the first time. The President
of the institution addressed the faculty in this vein:
“These men and women have made great sacrifices
to come here to school this year. Many of them have
families at home whom they have had to neglect
while trying to better themselves as teachers. They

Vol. 5, No. 2, June 1958

81

are all fine people. We don’t want any of them to go
away from here without a degree for their efforts,
if we can possibly help it.” I would not presume to
render sweeping condemnation of this attitude. How-
ever, there were among the candidates, those seeking
the degree of Master of Science in biology. Several
of these had as few as eight hours of biology prior to
enrolling in the graduate school. Some of these
“Masters” of science will inevitably find their way
into the teaching of biology in liberal arts colleges
in the South. You will recall that the South will need
a minimum of 37,000 new faculty members by 1965,
according to estimates of the Southern Regional
Education Board.

I would think that expansion to graduate study
might proceed in planned stages. We plan the orderly
development of our highway systems, our recreation-
al facilities, and even our welfare programs. Should
we not plan the orderly development of our tax-
supported institutions of higher learning? Step one
might be the financing of a five-year plan of library
expansion among the petitioning institutions. This
would be like dipping the taxpaying foot into the
cold water of a mountan stream before plunging
the body headlong in for a swim. During these five
years the institutions would expand their library
acquisitions at the rate of perhaps 20% per year
with funds appropriated for the specific purpose. At
the end of the fifth year the libraries (if group III
institutions) would have approximately 90,000 vol-
umes, and a basic subscription list of journals. There
would be a gentleman’s agreement between the
institutions and the appropriate state authorities
that, at the end of five years, funds would be waiting
for the construction of a library building suitable
to house twice that many volumes. If, after fulfilling
these initial obligations, the taxpayers manifest a
continuing interest, a second and final five-year pro-
gram could be instituted. During the second stage,
appropriations to the institutions would be increased
in accordance with a prearranged plan, scientific
equipment would be acquired, research programs
on the part of the faculty would be encouraged, and
teaching loads would be adjusted to permit current
research, and in anticipation of graduate status. If,
during the planning stages, the public should waiver
in their financial committment, the graduate pro-
gram should be abandoned. If we can draw any con-
clusion from our experience in education in the past
thirty years it is that our sacrifice of quality in the
anxiety to achieve quantity has been a national dis-
grace.

Who, among us, can insinuate our convictions
into the public consciousness? Those of us in already
established tax-supported graduate programs may

be vociferous, but because of our affiliation our
opinions are discounted. From the public viewpoint
it seems evident that we are seeking our own advan-
tage. I am convinced that the only persons who can
effectively influence the general public in educational
matters relating to finance are the faculty and offi-
cers of the private institutions. On these, already
the guardians of academic standards, falls the role
of scholarly critic of education at all levels, and espe-
cially at the higher levels. You must grasp every
opportunity, nay, create opportunity, to use your un-
biased position to mold public opinion in whatever
direction you deem proper. If the personnel at the
state institutions cannot win an audience on these
matters, and if the personnel at the private institu-
tions fail to seek an audience, then whose voice, in
all America, will be raised in defense of educational
competence?

The South is a region of great potential. The
natural resources of the South have scarcely begun
to be tapped, but the greatest resource is its fund of
human talent. Nations have remained poor in the
midst of abundant natural resources for the reason
that they have failed to develop this human resource.
Others have grown rich in the midst of poor natural
resources because they have developed this human
resource. Standing between servitude and the human
resources of any nation are its great Universities.
Here are places where “those who hate ignorance
may strive to know, those who perceive truth may
strive to help others see.” But great Universities
are the product of the vision of determined peoples
who, having established them, cherish them. By their
very nature they are uncommon, like cool springs in
the desert, not ubiquitous, like mesquite bushes.
They are strong, like the Sequoia, not disturbed by
every breeze, like a reed. The more space they have
in which to spread their branches, the farther will
they cast their shadows. Sow them thick, make them
compete for nourishment, and growth will be scrub-
by.

We must give the lie to the fallacy that there can
be competent graduate facilities in every section of
every state. Such dispersal of facilities will mean
that all will be equal, none will be superior. All will
be competitors, none will be competent. Somewhere
in the South the people will have a vision. Inhabit-
ants of the northern part of the state will not de-
mand facilities equal to those in the southern part;
citizens in the eastern part will not demand facili-
ties equal to those in the western part. They must
and will create additional facilities for higher edu-
cation, but they will not lose the vision of superiority
for the few. Thereby will they ensure the competence
to keep our nation free.

32

ASB Bulletin

Proceedings of the Tallahassee Meeting

The Nineteenth Annual Meeting of the Associa-
tion of Southeastern Biologists wa9 held at Florida
State University, Tallahassee, Florida, April 17-19,
1958. Meeting with ASB were the Southeastern
Section of the Botanical Society of America, the
Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, the South-
east District Convention of the Beta Beta Beta
Biological Society and the Southeatern Division of
the American Society of Ichthyologists and Her-
petologists. Total registration for the meeting was
378, the largest atendance yet recorded for an
annual ASB meeting.

On Thursday evening, April 17, Dr. W. F. Loomis
of the Loomis Laboratory at Greenwich, Con-
necticut, spoke on “Chemical Control of Sexual
Maturation in Hydra.” Dr. Loomis described some
of his interesting experiments designed to define
the chemical nature of factors controlling the pro-
cess of differentiation.

On Friday and Saturday morning 95 individual
contributed papers were presented in ten sessions.
In addition, a symposium was held on Saturday
morning entitled “Metabolic Aspects of the Muta-
tion Mechanism.” This symposium was organized
by Drs. A. Gib DeBusk and Charles Edington of
Florida State University with the following speak-
ers: Sheldon Wolff of Oak Ridge National Lab-
oratory, Dale Steffensen of Brookhaven National
laboratory, Arthur Koch of the University of
Florida and C. 0. Doudney and Felix L. Haas of
University of Texas.

The annual business meeting of ASB was held
on Friday at 11:00 a.m. with President H. K.
Wallace presiding. Seventy-three persons were
elected to membership in ASB and on recommenda-
tion of the Executive Committee four members
were elected to emeritus membership: H. L.
Blomquist, G. L. Carver, Ezda M. Deviney, and I.
F. Lewis.

The following officers were elected: Horton H.
Hobbs, University of Virginia, President-elect; Vic-
tor A. Greulach, University of North Carolina, Vice
President; Harold H. Humm, Duke University, Sec-
retary; William Burbanck, Emory University, and
Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt University, members
of the Executive Committee.

The reports of the Secretary, Treasurer, and
Auditing Committee were presented and accepted.
The Association voted to accept the invitation re-
ceived from the University of Tennessee, Knox-

ville, Tennessee, to hold the 1959 annual meeting
on its campus. Rising votes of appreciation for
services rendered were given Victor A. Greulach,
Editor, and Hollis Rogers, Circulating Manager, of
ASB Bulletin, who have resigned. It was announced
that the Executive Committee had appointed
Geoffrey M. Jeffery, U. S. Public Health Laboratory
in Columbia, South Carolina, as new editor of the
Bulletin. A rising vote of appreciation was also
given J. C. Dickinson, Jr., who completed his three-
year term of office at this meeting.

The Association adopted an amendment to the
Bylaws of the Constitution (printed in full in
ASB Bulletin, Vol. 5, No. 1, p. 2) which simplifies
election of new members. Resolutions were adopted
expressing thanks (1) to the Florida State Uni-
versity and its local committee for the cordial and
pleasant arrangements that contributed to a success-
ful meeting; (2) to Carolina Biological Supply
Company, Phipps and Bird Corporation and the Will
Corporation of Georgia for their generous con-
tributions that make possible the awards offered
by ASB; and (3) to Victor A. Greulach who has
faithfully served as the first and only editor of the
ASB Bulletin and who has established a high
quality of publication. The Association also adopted
a resolution to be sent to all congressmen in the
southeast that urges Congress and its appropriate
committees to take favorable action upon proposals
for improving public education in this country
that are regarded desirable by responsible scientific
organizations. A resolution was also adopted ex-
pressing a deep sense of loss in the death of a
charter member and former president, Bruce Dod-
son Reynolds.

On Friday evening the annual address by the
Retiring President was given and presentation of
awards was made. J. Paul Reynolds, Dean of Liberal
Arts College, Florida State University, and a past
officer of ASB, extended an official welcome to the
Association and the organizations meeting with
it. George C. Kent, Jr., gave an address entitled
“The Search for Competence.” Announcements of
the annual awards were made: Meritorious Teaching
Award to H. R. Totten, University of North Caro-
lina; Research Award to Charles E. Jenner, Uni-
versity of North Carolina, and Honorable Mention
to Robert J. Knight, Jr., Blandy Experimental Farm,
University of Virginia; Mountain Lake Fellowship
to Peggy Walton, Lynchburg, Virginia.

Vol. 5, No. 2, June 1958

33

NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST

About People

A. E. Radford of the department of botany at
the University of North Carolina has been given
the Tanner Award for excellence in undergraduate
teaching. The award is given annually to two mem-
bers of the University of North Carolina faculty.

Jack C. Jones, medical entomologist of the U. S.
Public Health Service, has been appointed associate
professor of entomology at the University of Mary-
land.

Herbert P. Riley of the University o’f Kentucky
has been appointed as one of the six members
of the foreign advisory board of The Nucleus, a
new international journal of cytology being pub-
lished in Calcutta, India. The only other American
on the board is B. P. Kaufmann.

L. R. Hesler, dean of the University of Tennessee
College of Liberal Arts, will retire from the uni-
versity at the end of the academic year, although
he will continue botanical research.

Part 3 of the work “Floi’a of' West Virginia,”
by P. D. Strausbaugh and Earl L. Core, has gone
to press with publication expected in July. It will
include descriptions and illustrations of West Vir-
ginia representatives of the families Linaceae to
Plantaginaceae, inclusive, and will be a volume of
about 260 pages. The fourth and final part of this
work, it is hoped, may be published in 1959 or
1960. The completed work will be over 1000 pages
in length. Part 1, including the Pteridophyta,
Gymnospermae, and Monocotyledoneae, was pub-
lished in 1952, and Part 2, including the families
of Dicotyledoneae from the Saururaceae to the
Leguminosae, in 1953. The work is the result of
collaboration in field, herbarium, and library studies
by two authors over a period of 35 years, during
which time every county in the state was surveyed.
Most of the pen-and-ink sketches are being made
by William A. Lunk of the University of Michigan.

The University of South Carolina recently an-
nounced the retirement plans of William E. Hoy.
Dr. Hoy, who has been Head of the Biology De-
partment for thirty years, expects to retire at the
end of this year. He plans to remain in the depart-
ment throughout the summer to carry out con-
tract research. Wade T. Batson has been appointed
acting head.

Through the generosity of the Phipps and Bird
Company o’f Richmond, Virginia the annual Jeffer-
son Award has been given to John L. Kice and
Fred M. Parham of the University of South Caro-
lina for a meritorious paper presented at the
annual meeting of the South Carolina Academy of
Science.

H. G. M. Jopson of Bridgewater College and M.
J. Murray, Jr. of Washington and Lee University
each spent a number of weeks at the Oregon In-
stitute of Marine Biology, Charleston, Oregon, dur-
ing the summer of 1957.

George H. Mickey, Louisiana State University,
was an invited participant in the Mid- Western Con-
ference on Genetics and Radiobiology held in St.
Louis on May 2. The conference, conducted under

the auspices of the Committee of Biological Ef-
fects o’f Atomic Radiations of the National Academy
of Sciences, was one of three in the United States
at which geneticists and radiobiologists are exchang-
ing views concerning genetic effects from the
medical use of X-rays. In his capacity as National
President of Beta Beta Beta, Dr. Mickey addressed
the chapter at Texas Women’s University at Denton,
Texas, on the occasion of their annual initiation
banquet, on “Methods of Protection Against Radia-
tion Damage.” On April 12 he was guest speaker
at the annual meeting of the North Texas Biological
Association, held at Denton, Texas.

Robert F. Smart has been named dean of Rich-
mond College. J. C. Strickland has been promoted
to the chairmanship of the department of biology
at the University of Richmond, succeeding Dr.
Smart. J. D. Burke of that department was ap-
pointed research fellow of the American Physiolog-
ical Society for the summer of 1957 and spent the
time working with F. G. Hall in the department
of physiology at Duke University. W. R. Tenney
formerly of West Virginia University and of Camp
Detrick, Maryland, whose main interest is the
physiology of fungi, has been appointed assistant
professor in the department of biology at Rich-
mond.

Longwood College has added E. F. Stillwell, a
recent graduate in physiology from Duke Uni-
versity, to its staff as an assistant professor.
Robert E. Merritt of Longwood, presently on leave
at the University of Tennessee, is replaced this
year by Jacobus M. L. Lodewijks, an exchange
teacher from the Netherlands. Dr. Lodewijks was
the first president of the World Federation of
Aquarists. Aaron O’Bier, who received his master’s
degree from the University of Richmond is now
working on the AEC project at Longwood under
the direction of R. T. Brumfield.

At the University of Virginia Richard D. Me-
Kinsey has been appointed instructor in biology.
Mr. McKensey will complete a doctorate in phy-
siological mycology at Stanford University in
January. Addison E. Lee from the biology faculty
of the University of Texas is serving as visiting
professor of biology. Dr. Lee is primarily re-
sponsible for the Department’s contribution to the
NSF-sponsored Acadmic Year Institute for High
School Science Teachers being held at the Uni-
versity.

Jay D. Andrews of the Virginia Fisheries Labora-
tory has been appointed chairman of the editorial
committee of the National Shellfisheries. As-
sociation. J. L. McHugh has been named chairman
of the scientific advisory committee _ of the
Atlantic States Marine Fisheries Commission and
presided at the meetings of that group in New
York in September 1957.

Frederick S. Orcutt, professor of bacteriology
at Virginia Polytechnic Institute, has been name^
acting head of the department of biology. J. M.
Grayson of VPI attended and presented an invita-
tion paper on insect resistances to insecticides at
the Fourth International Congress of Crop Pro-

34

ASB Bulletin

tection, held in Hamburg, Germany, September
8-15. J. R. Rooney II, professor of animal pathology,
biology department, has returned from a twelve
months leave of absence. During this period he
studied in the Royal Veterinary College, Stock-
holm, Sweden. W. E. Field, a graduate of Michigan
State College and Wayne University, has joined
the staff of animal pathology section, department
o'f biology as assistant professor of animal patho-
logy. William Van Dresser, a Michigan State
graduate in dairy science and in veterinary medicine,
has joined the staff of animal pathology. C. J.
Ackerman, associate biochemist, Virginia Agricul-
tural Experiment Station, Blacksburg, was on leave
for a 6-week period during the summer of 1957.
Dr. Ackerman served as chief biochemist on a
nutrition survey team in Lybia, North Africa.

George S. Ramseur, who is receiving his Ph.D.
in botany at the University of North Carolina this
year, has accepted a position in the biology de-
partment at the University of the South.

Max H. Hommersand, who holds his doctorate
in phycology from the University of California, has
been appointed instructor in botany at the Uni-
versity o’f North Carolina, Chapel Hill, effective
February 1, 1959. At present Dr. Hommersand is
an NSF post-doctoral fellow at Harvard University.
William Dennison of Swarthmore College will be
a visiting assistant professor of botany at Chapel
Hill during the coming year. Dr. Dennison is a
mycologist and is working on the Discomycetes.

Institutions and Organizations

At its annual meeting in Tallahassee the South-
eastern Section of the Botanical Society of America
elected Royal E. Shanks of the University of
Tennessee as chairman, Joseph C. O’Kelley of the
University of Alabama as secretary, and Robert
Godfrey of Florida State University as a member
of the activities committee.

The new officers of the Southern Section of the
American Society of Plant Physiologists are Au-
brey W. Naylor of Duke University, chairman; How-
ard Teas, University of Florida, vice chairman; and
Robert Burns of the Georgia Experiment Station
secretary-treasurer.

A conference of biologists teaching in the
Academic Year Institutes for High School Science
and Mathematics Teachers, which are being con-
ducted at 18 universities under the sponsorship of
the National Science Foundation, was held in
Charlottesville, Va. April 14-15. Southeastern
biologists who were invited to participate were
Addison Lee of the University of Virginia and Victor
A. Greulach and Claibourne S. Jones of the Uni-
versity of North Carolina. Dr. Lee served as co-
chairman of the conference and Dr. Greulach was
the summarizing speaker for the conference.

On May 5 the committee on biotrons of the
Botanical Society of America met at Duke Univer-
sity with a group of southern biologists who might
be interested in the use of such a facility to dis-
cuss its desirablity, feasibilty and possible location,
fhe committee subsequently met with similar
regional groups at Yale University, the University
of Wisconsin, and the California Institute of
Technology. The committee plans to advise the

National Science Foundation as regards the es-
tablishment of one or more biotrons, which would
be available for use by biologists on a regional basis
as well as by biologists at the institution or in-
stitutions at which the biotrons would be located.
The biotrons would be extensive controlled en-
vironment facilities similar to the phytotron at
Cal Tech, now the only one in the country. As the
change in name suggests, the proposed biotron
woud be available for use by zoologists as well as
botanists. The members of the committee are Sterl-
ing Hendricks, Paul J. Kramer, C. S. Pittendreigh, C.
L. Prosser, A. J. Riker, and F. W. Went. Among
the biologists who met with the committee were
Aubrey W. Naylor, Wm. Billings and Kurt Schmidt-
Nielson of Duke University, Charles E. Jenner and
Victor A. Greulach of the University of North
Carolina, Robert Platt of Emory University, James
H. Henderson of the Tuskeege Institute, Howard
Teas of the University of Florida, James Liverman
of the A. & M. College of Texas, Jack E. Myers of
the University of Texas, and Norman Anderson of
the Biology Division, ORNL.

The annual Poteat Award of the North Carolina
Academy of Science was given this year to an out-
standing paper presented in the botany section.
The paper selected by the judges and members of
the section to receive the award was “Possible
mechanisms of resistance in solanaceous plants to
Pseudomonas solanacearum” by E. C. Maine and
Arthur Kelman of North Carolina State College.

Two biologists are among the new officers of the
North Carolina Academy of Science elected during
its annual meeting held at Duke University May
2-3. L. A. Whit'ford of North Carolina State College
is vice president and John A. Yarbrough of
Meredith College was re-elected for a seventh year
as secretary-treasurer.

The biology department of the University of
Virginia has sponsored a rather full program of
guest speakers and conferences for the winter and
spring, 1958. Among the guest speakers were John
Buck of the National Institutes of Health; William
H. Weston and Caroll Williams of Harvard Uni-
versity, Thomas Hall of Washington University,
and Oswald Tippo o'f Yale University.

At a recent meeting of the South Carolina
Academy of Science these officers for the coming
year were unanimously elected:

President: H. W. Freeman, University of South
Carolina; President-elect: J. C. Aull, Jr., Medical
College of South Carolina; Vice-President: J. G. Din-
widdie, Clemson College; Councilors: W. E. Ander-
son, The Citadel, J. C. Loftin, Wofford College, J.
D. Reynolds, Coker College.

At the annual meeting of the Louisiana Academy
of Sciences at Centenary College George C. Kent
was named President-Elect. Other officers with
unexpired terms include: Roland Abegg, South-
eastern Louisiana College, President; Walter
Moore, Loyola University, Retiring President;
George Ware, Northwestern State College, Secre-
tary; Frederick Deiler, Freeport Sulfur Company,
Treasurer; B. Theodore Cole, L. S. U., Editor;
Harry Bennett, L. S. U., Chairman of the Junior
Academy.

A new greenhouse has been acquired by the
Hollins College biology department. The structure

Vol. 5, No. 2, June 1958

35

is a single span one with aluminum frame and red-
wood rafters.

The Gulf Coast Research Laboratory at Ocean
Springs, Mississippi, received National Science
Foundation funds for scholarships to teachers wish-
ing to take courses in marine biology during the
current summer. Gordon Gunter is director of the
Laboratory. Harry J. Bennett of the Lousiaina State
University is again teaching at the Laboratory this
summer.

The Louisiana Ornithological Society held its
annual spring meeting at Cameron on April 26.
The president of the society is J. H. Roberts, pro-
fessor of zoology at Louisiana State University.
Considerable interest among the society members
has arisen as to whether hurricane Audrey modi-
fied conditions sufficiently to affect the bird life
of the area.

The radiation pit at the Blandy Experimental
Farm of the University of Virginia was completed
and the Cobalt-60 source was installed and put
into operation beginning July 19, 1957. The radia-
tion field, as well as the Orland E. White Arboretum,
were open to visitors at a field day held on August
15.

The Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies is

offering the services of 106 Oak Ridge scientists
who will be available to lecture on college cam-
puses on more than 150 topics that span every
field of scientific endeavor. They will tailor their
talks for either undergraduate consumption, or
more technical graduate and faculty gatherings.

Eighty-nine of the lecturers are ORNL staff
members; four are with the University of Tennes-
see-Atomic Energy Commission Agricultural Re-
search Laboratory in Oak Ridge; seven are on the
ORINS staff; and six are with the AEC Oak Ridge
Operations Office.

The program is designed to serve colleges of all
sizes, without cost to the requesting institution. In
the interest of efficiency, substitutions of lecturers
and dates must sometimes be made, so colleges are
asked to give alternate choices, and to make their
requests as far in advance as possible, preferably
this summer or early fall. When several colleges
in the same area can consolidate their needs to re-
quest the same speaker during the same general
period, scheduling is greatly facilited. The
brochure listing the lecturers and their top-
ics is available from the University Relations Di-
vision, Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies,
P. 0. Box 117, Oak Ridge, Tennessee.

Grants in Aid

J. D. Burke of the University of Richmond has
received a grant from the National Institutes of
Health for the purchase of special equipment to
continue his study of oxyhaemoglobin in fish.

At Mississippi Southern College J. Fred Walker
has received a grant of $2,200 from the National
Institutes of Health to continue his study of black-
spotting in shrimp and Robert A. Woodmansee is
continuing his study of plankton communities along
a salinity gradient by virtue of a grant of $1,700
from the National Science Foundation.

Research grants have been awarded by the South
Carolina Academy of Science to Thomas R. Scott,

State Hospital, Columbia, South Carolina and Gor-
don R. Thurow, Newberry College, Newberry, South
Carolina.

The recent grants from the National Science
Foundation for biological research in southeastern
universities include the following:

Duke University: H. L. Blomquist, Department
of Botany, “Systematics of Sphagnum in North
America,” two years, $8400.

Emory University: Charles Ray, Jr., Department
of Biology, “Cytogenetic Studies of Tetrahymena
pyriformis,” two years, $13,500.

Florida State University: A. G. DeBusk, De-
partment of Biological Sciences, “Enzymes and
Enzyme Systems in Mutation,” one year, $9200.
Sidney W. Fox, Oceanographic Institute, “Bioge-
nesis: Thermal Prebiochemical Reactions,” two
years, $10,000.

North Carolina State College: D. U. Gerstel and
L. L. Phillips, Department of Field Crops, “Artificial
Amphidiploids in the Genera Gossypium and
Nicotiana,” three years, $17,000. Clyde F. Smith,
Division of Biological Sciences, “Catalogue of the
Homoptera of the World,” one year, $6900.

University of Georgia: Robert G. Eagon, Depart-
ment of Bacteriology, “Synthesis of Polysaccharide
by Pseudomonas fluorescens,” two years, $6,000.
Bernard S. Martof, Department of Zoology, “Be-
havior of Amphibians,” two years, $9300. Robert
A. Ragotzkie, Marine Biology Laboratory, “Re-
powering and Refitting of a Vessel for Marine
Biological Research,” one year, $14,200.

University of Kentucky (Kentucky Research
Foundation): Richard C. Dugdale, Department of
Zoology, “Nutrient Supply of Certain Alaska
Lakes,” one year, $8100.

University of Maryland: G. W. Wharton, Depart-
ment of Zoology, “Basic Research in Acarology,”
three years, $27,800.

University of Miami: Charlotte J. Avers, De-
partment of Botany, “Histochemical Studies of the
Differentiating Root Epidermis,” two years $13,-
800.

Vanderbilt University: Charles R. Park, Depart-
ment of Physiology, “Glucose Transport in Mam-
malian Cells,” three years, $32,000.

Virginia Polytechnic Institute: P. C. Holt, De-
partment of Biology, “Systematic Studies of the
Branchiobdellidae,” two years, $58,000.

The Division of Biological and Medical Sciences
of the National Science Foundation announces that
the next closing date for receipt of basic research
proposals in the life sciences is September 15,
1958.

Samuel P. Maroney and J. N. Dent of the Uni-
versity of Virginia have been granted $8,000 by
the National Science Foundation for the purchase
of equipment for use in research involving radioi-
sotopes.

John N. Couch of the University of North Caro-
lina has been informed that his grant of $4,500
from the Committee on the Taxonomy of Acti-
nomycetes of the Society of American Bacteriolo-
gists has been renewed for a second year. The
grant is for a study of the taxonomy of the
Actinoplanaeeae. Charles E. Miller has been serv-
ing as research associate to Dr. Couch during the
first year of the grant.

36

ASB Bulletin

■y*' 'M<z LIBRARY

The ASB dec ^

Volume 5, Numbers 3 and 4

September-December, 1 958

Contents

Association Affairs 38

Educational Activities of the Biology Division of the

Oak Ridge National Laboratory — Alexander

Hollaender 39

%

The AAAS Washington Meeting 42

Directory of ASB Members: 1 . Alphabetical

Directory 43

Directory of ASB Members: 2. Geographical

Directory _.. 55

The Southeast as a Source of Botanists — Victor A.

Greulach 58

News of Biology in the Southeast 59

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

THE ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official
quarterly publication of the Association
of Southeastern Biologists and is pub-
lished at Chapel Hill, N. C. in March,
June, September and December. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to the Editor, Depart-
ment of Botany, University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C. Changes of
address should be sent promptly to the
Secretary of the ASB, Dr. Harold H.
Humm, Department of Botany, Duke Uni-
versity, Durham, N.C. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions
should be sent to the circulation manager
at the Department of Biology, Woman’s
College, UNC, Greensboro, N. C. Subscrip-
tion rate for non-members of ASB : $2.00
per year. Printing and typography by the
Orange Printshop, Chapel Hill, N. C.

Victor A. Greulach, Editor

Harold H. Humm, Associate Editor
A. W. Jones, Business Ma.nager
Hollis J. Rogers, Circulation Manager
Ann Foster Blevins,
Assistant Circulation Manager

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida
State University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University
of Kentucky

Louisiana — G. C. Kent, Jr., Louisiana
State University

Maryland — Wm. E. Bickley, University
of Maryland

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College

North Carolina — T. W. Johnson, Jr.,
Duke University

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Win-
throp College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Jacques J. Rappaport, Univer-
sity of Virginia

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Officers of the ASB

President — Mary Esther Gaulden, Biology
Division, ORNL

Retiring President — Howard K. Wallace,
University of Florida

President-elect— Horton H. Hobbs, Uni-
versity of Virginia

Vice-President — Victor A. Greulach, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

Secretary — Harold H. Humm, Duke Uni-
versity

Executive Committee — William Burbanck,
Emory University; W. S. Flory, Uni-
versity of Virginia ; I. C. Kitchen,
University of Mississippi; Elsie
Quarterman, Vanderbilt University;
D. C. Scott, University of Georgia ;
Harry E. Wheeler. Louisiana State
University. All officers are ex officio
members of the executive committee.

About the Bulletin

Readers may wonder why this
issue of the ASB Bulletin is de-
signated September - December.
The explanation is that this has
been done to permit dating of the
four issues as January, April,
July, and October in the future,
bringing them more in line with
the times when they appear
(except for the July issue, which
will appear in June). Despite the
fact that this is a double issue
no issues will be skipped, the
one appearing in January simply
being designated as Vol. 6, No.
1, January 1959 rather than as
Vol. 5, No. 4, December 1958 as
would have been the case had the
change not been made.

As far as the editor is concerned
the change has another advan-
tage; it relieves him of the task
of preparing another issue, since
the new editor of the Bulletin,
Geoff ery M. Jeffery of the
USPHS, Columbia, S. C., assumes
his duties with the first issue of
Volume 6. The present editor
wishes to thank all those who
have given so generously of their
time in helping get out the first
five volumes of the Bulletin, in
particular the state correspond-
ents and the circulation manager,
Hollis Rogers.

The editor also wishes to
acknowledge with thanks the
many kind remarks about the
Bulletin made by members of
ASB and others. Whether de-
served or not, they have all been
greatly appreciated. Though edit-
ing the Bulletin has, at times,
been rather taxing it has on the
whole been a most pleasant ex-
perience and the editor regrets
that the press of other duties has
made it necessary for him to re-
sign. The retiring editor extends
his best wishes to the incoming
editor, with the assurance that
his tenure will be successful and
the hope that it will be long.

9

The Knoxville Meeting

The members of ASB and the
other societies which meet with
it annually are reminded that
the annual April meeting will be
held at the University of Tenn-
essee in Knoxville and that the
call for papers will appear in
the January issue of the Bul-

letin. Prospective contributors
to the program would do well to
begin planning for the meeting
now. The local arrangements com-
mittee will consist of J. G. Carl-
son, Chairman, A. J. Sharp, J.
C. Howell, R. E. Shanks, Fred
Norris, and R. Fraser. On the
Thursday afternoon before the
meeting begins the Biology Divi-
sion of the Oak Ridge National
Laboratory will conduct tours of
its building for the benefit of
those en route to the meeting who
would like to inspect the facilities
of the Division and visit with the
staff.

•

ASB at AAAS

The ASB will participate in
the Washington meeting of the
AAAS by co-sponsoring the three-
session symposium on systematics
being sponsored by the Society
of Systematic Zoology. G. W.
Wharton of the University of
Maryland, an ASB member, is
program chairman for the sessions
of the Society of Systematic
Zoology at Washington. For fur-
ther information about the Wash-
ington meetings see page 42 of
this issue.

From Mrs. Reynolds
Dr. Mary Esther Gaulden
President, ASB
Oak Ridge, Tennessee
Dear Dr. Gaulden:

The children and I deeply ap-
preciate the resolution adopted by
the Association of Southeastern
Biologists expressing sorrow over
the death of my husband.

The many expressions of sym-
pathy received from individuals
and scientific organizations, all
have been greatly appreciated;
but none more highly than the
resolution adopted by this Associ-
ation which meant so much to him
and for which he held a very
special affection.

Please express my gratitude to
the Association, and my best
wishes to the many friends we
valued among its members.

Sincerely,

Mrs. Bruce D. Reynolds

Charlottesville, Va.

June 23, 1958

ASB Bulletin

Educational Activities of the
Biology Division of the Oak
Ridge National Laboratory

ALEXANDER HOLLAENDER

Dr. Hollaender, Director of the Biology Division since it was
established in 1946, is a biophysicist who did his graduate and under-
graduate work at the University of Wisconsin. Before coming to Oak
Ridge, he was on the staff of the National Institutes of Health.

Dr. Hollaender is a member of the National Academy of Sciences,

President of the Comite International de Photobiologie, Chairman of
the Committee on Photobiology of the National Research Council, Pro-
fessor of Radiation Biology at The University of Tennessee, and a
member of the board of editors for several journals. He was President
of the International Congress of Radiation Research held in Burling-
ton, Vermont, in August, 1958. In a previous article (AIBS Bulletin
7(1) :10-14, Jan. 1957) Dr. Hollaender described the research activities
of the Biology Division in some detail.

Since its beginning in 1946, the Biology Division
of the Oak Ridge National Laboratory has held the
view that cooperation with colleges and universities
in the southeastern part of the United States is
one of its important functions and one of its greatest
sources of strength. With this as a focus, the edu-
cational activities of the Division now extend to
include such diversified areas as the local high
schools and a postdoctoral program under which
recent Ph.D.’s from schools in this country and
abroad spend a year here working on independent
research problems. Several programs, such as the
Research Participation, Traveling Lecture, and Pre-
Doctoral Fellowship Programs and the Biology Stu-
dent Trainee plan for undergraduates are all
carried on in cooperation with the Oak Ridge In-
stitute of Nuclear Studies, whereas others are ad-
ministered entirely by the Laboratory.

Under the Research Participation Program, facul-
ty members of colleges and universities spend from
three to fifteen months in the Biology Division work-
ing on research projects. Participants work on prob-
lems of their own selection, alone or in collabora-
tion with members of the Division. In some cases,
graduate students of participants have obtained
fellowships to work in this laboratory on investiga-
tions in which the professor, the student, and the
laboratory have an interest.

This program has been especially effective in the
southeastern region of the United States, since 80-
90% of the participants have been from southern
schools.

Outstanding scientists are appointed as consultants
to the Division, and several investigators who have
worked here as Research Participants have been ap-
pointed consultants after returning to their univer-
sities. Under this contract they visit the laboratory
from time to time to consult with Division mem-
bers on mutual research problems. This provides
a means of exchange of information between scien-
tists in the Biology Division and others in univer-
sities all over the country.

The Traveling Lecture Program is part of the
Atomic Energy Commission’s program of exchange
of scientific and technical information with colleges
and universities, particularly in the South. Mem-
bers of this Division give approximately a hundred
lectures each year to institutions located in the
southeastern, midwestern, and eastern parts of the
United States. Faculty members of colleges and
universities often visit the Division to speak be-
fore seminars and participate in discussion groups.

Members of the Division have taught graduate
courses at Duke University, the University of North
Carolina, Vanderbilt University, and Florida State
University while on leaves of absence granted for
that purpose. Three summer courses in radiation
biology have been taught at Mountain Lake Biologic-
al Station. In the summer of 1956, a Biology Division
staff member assisted with the radiation biology
course for high school science teachers which was
held at the Duke Marine Biological Station under
tho joint sponsorship of the National Science Founda-
tion and the Atomic Energy Commission.

Vol. 5, September-December 1958

39

Under a cooperative agreement between The
University of Tennessee and the Oak Ridge National
Laboratory, members of the Division give lectures
in the formal courses of the University’s Institute
of Radiation Biology. Six Division members are
included in the faculty of the Institute. The same
agreement makes it possible for thesis research to
bo carried on in the Biology Division by Institute
students. The Division Director has an appoint-
ment as professor at The University of Tennessee
and serves on the Research Committee of The Univ-
ersity of Tennessee Memorial Research Center and
Hospital.

Biology Division personnel contribute to courses
and conferences conducted by the Oak Ridge School
of Reactor Technology and the Oak Ridge Institute
of Nuclear Studies. The Oak Ridge Institute’s
recent courses in “Radiation Chemistry” and “Atomic
Energy and Veterinary Medicine” included lectures
by senior staff members of the Division.

The Research Associate Program, which was in
augurated in 1954, is an arrangement whereby out-
standing graduates who have recently received a
doctoral degree and who have demonstrated definite
interest and ability in fundamental research are
given temporary one-year appointments. Information
concerning this program is sent to department heads
of colleges and universities throughout the country,
and they are asked to call it to the attention of stu-
dents who qualify as applicants. Since the program
started, twenty-five research associates have spent
a year here.

A similar somewhat more limited program is
planned to begin in the fall of 1958 for young
Ph.D.’s from other countries to enable them to come
to this laboratory for a year, and the Division ex-
pects to have three or four postdoctoral investiga-
tors from abroad before the end of the year.

An increasing number of young scientists from
this country and abroad are coming here to work
under fellowships from outside sources, such as
American Cancer Society, Rockefeller Foundation,
U. S. Public Health Service, and others. In addition
to the United States, countries represented in this
program have been France, Uruguay, Portugal,
India, Chile, Belgium, Denmark, Japan, Germany,
England, Scotland, and The Netherlands. The
majority of these foreign investigators are connected
with universities in their home countries and come
here primarily for experience and training in radia-
tion biology.

Under the predoctoral fellowship program of the
Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies, students
complete their Ph.D. thesis research in this Division.
One Ph.D. candidate has completed his thesis re-
search here under a grant from the U. S. Public
Health Service. Regular employees are granted

leaves of absence to continue work towards a grad-
uate degree and in these cases, thesis research is
usually done in the Division.

In the summer of 1958 nine undergraduate college
students, eight of whom were from small southeastern
colleges, came to the Division for a 10-week training
course. This course was designed specifically to
give students who have completed three years of
college the experience of working in a laboratory
devoted to full time basic research. The students
were selected on the basis of scholastic records and
interest in scientific research, and they were as-
signed to groups where the work going on was
closely related to their individual interests. The
course consisted of work on a specific problem, at-
tendance at Division seminars, observation of the
work of others, and frequent informal discussions
with research scientists. It is too soon to evaluate
this program, but the indications are that it will
ontinue as one of the educational functions of the
Division.

The Division’s close association with educational
institutions has extended to an interest in the
problems that arise when students arrive at the
college level without sufficient training to pursue
scientific studies. On the theory that national labora-
tories can accept at least a small portion of the
responsibility for improving this situation, three
high school teachers were invited to work in the
laboratory during the summer of 1956 and four in
1958. The teachers believe this is an excellent method
of broadening and improving the instruction that
they can offer their students.

Several members of the Biology Division are
serving on a committee set up by the local school
board to study the problem of improving education
in the Oak Ridge schools. This committee is in-
terested in improving, not only science education, but
all subjects covered by the secondary schools.

In an effort to attract more high school students
to the field of biology, a program of demonstration
lectures has been initiated at the Oak Ridge High
School. Biology Division investigators regularly
serve as advisors to science students of the local high
school who participate in the National Science
Fair competition and frequently contribute articles
to the high school newspaper. The Oak Ridge school
system is making a serious effort to emphasize
science at all grade levels, and the articles, lectures,
etc., are an important part of this program.

A general seminar is held each Thursday after-
noon, and the guest speaker is usually a visitor
from another laboratory in this country or abroad.
These seminars are an effective supplement to the
literature as a means of keeping informed on work
going on in other laboratories. Since the Biology
Division is now in an unclassified area, scientific

40

ASB Bulletin

personnel of educational institutions in and around
Oak Ridge and Knoxville are invited to attend the
regular Division seminars.

Lecture courses are given in the Division each
year on such subjects as Radiological Physics, Basic
Genetics, Biochemistry, Physical Tools in Biological
Research, Biostatistics, Physical Chemistry, and
General Pathology.

The Division holds an annual research conference
on topics of biological interest. Papers are presented
by outstanding scientists from the United States
and abroad. The topic for the 1958 conference was
“Genetic Approaches to Somatic Cell Variation,”
and the subject of the 1959 meeting will be “Enzyme
Reaction Mechanisms.” The proceedings of these
conferences are published as monograph supplements
to the Journal of Cellular and Comparative Physi-
ology and are distributed to scientists working in
the field covered by each symposium.

Other small conference are organized from time
to time by the Division when people working in
specific fields are invited to meet for a one-or two-
day discussion. Several meetings on bone marrow
transplantation have been held during the past
year, and photoreactivation and photosynthesis have
been the subjects of recent meetings.

A weekly bulletin is published by the Division
which contains a checklist of current literature in
biology, chemistry, microbiology, genetics, and
physiology, compiled by the Division Library. This
bulletin has a limited circulation but is now being
sent to many laboratories in this country and abroad
in response to specific requests by the laboratory
heads. The literature checklist is the chief reason
given by most scientists for requesting the weekly
bulletin.

The personnel of the Biology Divis'on numbers
approximately 200, which includes about 70 investi-
gators at the Ph.D. or M.D. level. The Biology Di-
vision is part of Oak Ridge National Laboratory,
which is operated by Union Carbide Nuclear Com-
pany for the Atomic Energy Commission. Oak
Ridge National Laboratory, the Atomic Energy
Commission’s largest nuclear center, is an out-
growth of the wartime Clinton Laboratories (a
branch of the Manhattan Project’s Metallurgical
Laboratory) and has had a role in virtually every
major scientific operation and activity of the atomic
energy program.

The Division concentrates on research in funda-
mental biology and biochemistry with emphasis on
the cytogenetic effect and the biochemical, biophys-
ical and pathological-physiological changes produced
by radiation. The different groups and sections in
the laboratory are, for all practical purposes, located
in one building, which makes it possible for in-

vestigators working on related or overlapping prob-
lems to maintain very close cooperation. Much of
the research here is understandably oriented toward
radiation biology, but the imporance of fundamenal
research on other biological problems has in no sense
been subordinated to the studies of radiation effects.
There is a distinct relation between fundamental
studies going on in some groups and radiation effects
studies in others, just as there are collaboration and
mutual exchange of information between groups
working on related basic studies that may or may
not involve radiation. For example, investigations
by the biochemists of nucleic acid structure and
function are of interest to the insect cytologists,
who, with the aid of radioactive isotopes as tracer
substances, are doing experiments on synthesis of
nucleic acids and the effects of radiation on this
synthesis. In the same manner, the work being done
by cell physiologists on isolation of cellular organelles
and their proteins is related to a biochemistry pro-
ject that is receiving considerable attention at this
time — amino acid activation and its relation to
protein synthesis.

Communication between individual scientists and
groups is facilitated by informal luncheon seminars
that are held daily: Biochemistry and Genetics
seminars are held three days a week; Cellular
Physiology, Mammalian Radiation Recovery and
Radiation Immunology seminars meet weekly on an
alternating schedule. At these seminars, investiga-
tors report on their work, and all members of the
laboratory are invited to attend. Some groups hold
daily meetings to discuss progress on individual work
or interesting journal articles.

The buildings that house the Division were designed
originally for chemical processing but were never
actually used for that purpose. An abundance of
space has already been cleared in these buildings
and there is additional room for expansion. The
Division has its own facilities for electronic in-
strument construction and repair, and its own
machine, carpentry, and glass blowing shops. Ample
radiation sources and facilities are provided.

Oak Ridge is now undergoing the transition from
a city owned and operated by the government to an
independent municipality. Although civic affairs
have been regulated to a certain extent by the
Atomic Energy Commission, the city has developed
into a well-rounded community. Personnel in the
Biology Division have provided much of the leader-
ship needed in civic and cultural organizations, in-
cluding Town Council, Civic Music Association,
Community Art Center, Children’s Theatre, and
similar groups. Oak Ridge is within a two-hour
drive from the heart of the Great Smoky Mountains,
which provide a beautiful backdrop for the Labora-
tory and the residential area.

Vol. 5, September-December 1958

41

The AAAS Washington Meeting

The American Association for the Advancement
of Science will hold its 125th meeting in Washington,
D. C. December 26-31, 1958. Most of the sessions of
interest to biologists will be held in the Shoreham
and Sheraton Park Hotels, which are both located
just off Connecticut Avenue near Rock Creek Park.
Although the ASB will not have a special event, such
as the ASB breakfast at the Atlanta meeting, it is
participating in the meeting by co-sponsoring the
symposia on systematics being sponsored by the
Society of Systematic Zoology in celebration of the
bicentennial of the publication of the tenth edition
of Linnaeus’ Systemma Naturae.

Three addresses will be of particular interest to
biologists: the presidential address on medical
genetics by Laurence H. Snyder, the vice presidential
address for Section F (Zoology) by Harold H.
Plough, and the vice presidential address for Section
G (Botany) by Oswald Tippo. A special feature of
the Washington meeting will be a series of sectional
programs, essentially teaching demonstrations, em-
ploying a new and much improved technique in
dosed circuit color TV using a large screen. This
new research and teaching tool, to be shown publically
for the first time, has been lent by Ciba Pharmaceuti-
cal Products, Inc.

Contributed papers are being accepted by the
following societies: American Society of Zoologists,
Ecological Society of America, Society for In-
dustrial Microbiology, Section F (Botany) and
Society of Systematic Zoology. As at other recent
AAAS meetings, emphasis will be placed on symposia
in which leading scientists will discuss topics of
current interest and importance. The following
symposia will be of particular interest to biologists:

1. Some Unsolved Problems in Biology. Dec. 30.
Sponsored by Sections F & G and arranged by
Karl M. Wilbur and Barry Commoner.

2. Congenital Heart Disease. Four sessions, Dec.
29-30. Sponsored by Section N (Medical
Sciences).

3. Calcification in Biological Systems. Three ses-
sions, Dec. 29. Sponsored by Section Nd (Den-
tistry) .

4. Botanical Symposium to be announced. Sponsored
by Section F and co-sponsored by the Botanical
Society of America.

5. Water and Agriculture. Four sessions, Dec. 29-
30. Sponsored by Section 0 (Agricultural
Sciences) .

0. Premedical and Predental Education. Sponsored
by Alpha Epsilon Delta.

7. Space Medicine. Two sessions, Dec 30-31. Spon-
sored by the American Physiological Society.

8. Integrative Mechanisms in Biology. Sponsored
by the American Society of Naturalists.

9. Vertebrate Morphology. Three sessions, Dec. 27-
28. Sponsored by the American Society of
Zoologists and arranged by Alfred S. Romer.

10. Peacetime Benefits from Biological Warfare
Research. Three sessions, Dec. 27. Sponsored by
the Society for Industrial Microbiology.

11. Microbiology in Outer Space Research. Two
sessions, Dec. 27. Sponsored by the Society for
Industrial Microbiology.

12. Systematics. Three sessions, Dec. 28-29. Spon-
sored by the Society of Systematic Zoology and
co-sponsored by ASB and other societies.

The speakers at the first session of the Systematics
Symposium (Linnaeus and N omenclatural Codes )
will be W. T. Stearn of the British Museum, who
will discuss Linnaeus’ work and its bearing on the
present day understanding and use of the Linnaean
method of recording and nomenclature, H. W.
Rickett of the New York Botanical Garden, who will
discuss the botanical code, R. E. Buchanan of Iowa
State College, who will discuss the bacterial and
viral code, and R. L. Usinger of the University of
Califorina, who will present his and E. G. Linsley’s
joint paper on the zoological code.

At the second session ( Basic Concepts of Systema-
tic Order) M. R. Irwin of the University of Wiscon-
sin will speak on interrelations of genetic characters
which differentiate species of doves, H. H. Ross of
the Illinois Natural History Survey will speak on
the systematic significance of differential evolu-
tion in larval and adult caddisflies, and C. H.
Seevers of Roosevelt University will speak on the
evolution of interspecies systems: Termitophiles,
Myrmecophiles and their hosts.

The third session ( Syste'matics , Present and Fu-
ture) is devoted to speakers who have been active
in making the NSF-supported surveys of systematic
botany and zoology. F. A. Stafleu of the Internation
Bureau for Plant Taxonomy and Nomenclature will
speak on the status of systematic botany and David
D. Keck of the New York Botanical Garden on its
future. Richard E. Blackwelder, secretary of the
SSZ, will speak on the status of systematic zoology,
and a speaker to be announced on its future.

On December 30 two panel discussions will fol-
low the symposium : one devoted to the London
Meeting on Nomenclature featuring Curtis Sabrosky
and other participants in the meeting and the other
to problems brought up in the symposium sessions.

42

ASB Bulletin

Directory of ASB Members

1. Alphabetical Directory

This directory of the members of the Association
of Southeastern Biologists is based on the member-
ship files of the Secretary and the Treasurer of
the Association and is, as far as known, up to date
as of October 15, 1958. Any errors or omissions
should be reported immediately to the Secretary
of ASB, Dr. Harold Humm, Department of Botany,
Duke University, Durham, N. C.

ABEGG, ROLAND, Biology Department, South-
eastern Louisiana College, Hammond, La-.
ADAMS, JOSEPH E., Botany Department, Univer-
sity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.
ADAMS, WILLIAM H., JR., Wildlife Reserve Unit,
Auburn, Ala.

AHLES, HARRY E., Botany Department, Univer-
sity of North Carolina Chapel Hill, N. C.
ANDERSON, DONALD B., Office of the Provost,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.
ANDERSON, LEWIS EDWARD, Botany Depart-
ment, Duke University, Durham, N. C.
ANDERSON, MARGARET SUE, Department of
Biology, Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.
ANDERSON, NORMAN GULACK, Biology Divi-
sion, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak
Ridge, Tenn.

ARNOLD, JOHN G., JR., Department of Medical
Technology, Loyola University New Orleans 18,
La.

AUFFENBERG, WALTER, Biology Department,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

BACON, ISABEL W., Biology Department, Carson
Newman College, Jefferson City, Tenn.

BAER, CHARLES H., Biology Department, West
Virginia University, Morgantown, W. Va.
BAILEY, DONALD WYCOFF, Department of
Biology, Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.
BAILEY, PAUL C., Biology Department, Alabama
College, Montevallo, Ala.

BAKER, C. L., Biology Department, Southwestern
College, Memphis, Tenn.

BAKER, W. B., Biology Department, Emory Uni-
versity, Atlanta 22, Ga.

BALLARD, CHARLES L., Physiology Department,
School of Medicine, Tulane University, New
Orleans 18, La.

BAMFORD, RONALD, Graduate Office, University
of Maryland, College Park, Md.

BARCLAY, FRANK, H., P. 0. Box 276, East
Tennessee State College, Johnson City, Tenn.

BARNES, ROBERT D., 316 Ridge Avenue, Gettys-
burg, Penn.

BARRINGTON, BURNESS A., JR., Biology De-
partment, King College, Bristol, Tenn.

BATSON, JACKIE D., Walker Junior College, Jas-
per, Ala.

BATSON, WADE T., Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of South Carolina, Columbia, S. C.

BEADLE, MARY ELIZABETH, Biology Depart-
ment, Oglethorpe University, Oglethorpe, Ga.

BEARD, ELIZABETH L., Department of Biological
Sciences, Loyola University, New Orleans, La.

BEATTY, ALVIN V., Biology Department, Emory
University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

BEATTY, MRS. JEANNE W., Biology Department,
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

BECK, EDWIN G., Botany Department, University
of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

BEHRE, ELLINOR H., Black Mountain, N. C.

BELCHER, JANE C., Biology Department, Sweet
Briar College, Sweet Briar, Va.

BELL, FRANCES, Biology Department, University
of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

BELL, C. RITCHIE, Botany Department, Univer-
sity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

BENNETT, HAROLD D., Department of Biology,
West Virginia University, Morgantown, W. Va.

BENNETT, HARRY J., Department of Zoology,
Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, La.

BERKELEY, EDMUND, University Center in Vir-
ginia, West Main Street, Richmond, Va.

BERNARD, GEORGE R., JR., Department of
Biology, University of Notre Dame, Notre
Dame, Ind.

BERNER, LEWIS, Department of Biology, Univer-
sity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

BICK, GEORGE H., Southwestern Louisiana In-
stitute, Lafayette, La.

BICKLEY, WILLIAM E., Department of Entomolo-
gy, University of Maryland, College Park, Md.

BISHOP, EVERETT L., JR., P. 0. Box 2047, Uni-
versity, Ala.

BLACK, ZOE WELLS C., Biology Department,
Mary Washington College, Fredericksburg, Va.

BLAKE, JOHN W., Zoology Department, Univer-
sity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

Vol. 5, September-December 1958

43

BLANK, GRACE J., Department of Biology, William
and Mary College, Williamsburg, Va.

BLOMQUIST, H. L., Botany Department, Duke
University, Durham, N. C.

BOGITSH, BURTON J., Georgia Teachers College,
Department of Biology, Collegeboro, Ga.

BOLIEK, MILDRED I., Box 994, Florida State Uni-
versity, Tallahassee, Fla.

BOLINGER, ANITA I., Department of Biology,
Union College, Barbourville, Ky.

BOOKHOUT, CAZLYN G., Department of Zoology,
Duke University, Durham, N. C.

BOOLE, JOHN ALLEN, JR., Biology Department.
Georgia State Teachers College, Statesboro, Ga.

BOUDREAUX, H. BRUCE, Zoology Department,
Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, La.

BOVEE, EUGENE C., Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

BOWLING, AGNES (Mrs. W. A.), Fulton High
School, Knoxville, Tenn.

BOYCE, STEVE G„ 1402 W. Walnut St., Car-
bondale, 111.

BOYD, G. H., Biology Department, University of
Georgia, Athens, Ga.

BOYLES, JAMES, University of Alabama Mobile
Center, Box 1475, Mobile, Ala.

BRADBURY, ORA C., Box 7224, Reynolds Station.
Winston-Salem, N. C.

BRANNON, MARY JANE, Department of Biology,
Huntingdon College, Montgomery, Ala.

BRAUER, ALFRED, 1020 Cooper Drive, Lexington,
Ky.

BREEN, RUTH S., Department of Botany, Florida
State University, Box 1102, Tallahassee, Fla..

BRIDGMAN, ANNA JOSEPHINE, Department of
Biology, Agnes Scott College, Decatur, Ga.

BRIGGS, JOHN C., Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

BRILLHART, W. E., Department of Biology, Emory
University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

BRITT, HENRY GRADY, P. 0. Box 7223, College
Station, Winston-Salem, N. C.

BROOKBANK, JOHN W., Department of Biology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

BROWN, ELMER E., Biology Department, David-
son College, Davidson, N. C.

BROWN, HARRY D., Department of Biological
Sciences, Loyola University, New Orleans, La.

BROWN, JOSHUA R. C., Department of Zoology,
University of Maryland, College Park, Md.

BROWN, THOMAS D., Department of Biology,
Erskine Collge, Due West, S. C.

BROWNE, EDWARD TANKARD, JR., Depart-
ment of Botany, Alabama Polytechnic Institute,
Auburn, Ala.

BRUMFIELD, ROBERT T., Biology Department,
Longwood College, Farmville, Va.

BRYAN, VIRGINIA S., Department of Botany,
Duke University, Durham, N. C.

BRYDEN, ROBERT R., Union College, Barbourville,

Ky.

BURBANCK, WILLIAM D., Biology Department,
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

BURGESS, ROBERT W., Box 717, Columbia, S. C.

BUSH, FRANCES M., Zoology Department, Uni-
versity of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

BYERS, FRANCIS, Division of Biological Science,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

BYRD, E. E., Biology Department, University of
Georgia, Athens, Ga.

BYRD, MITCHELL A., Department of Biology, Col-
lege of William and Mary, Williamsburg, Va.

CAGLE, FRED R., Department of Zoology, Tulane
University, New Orleans, La.

CALDWELL, DAVID K., 1226 Bates Court, Louis-
ville, Ky.

CAPLENOR, DONALD, Department of Biology,
Millsaps College, Jackson 10, Miss.

CARLSON, J. GORDON, Department of Zoology &
Entomology, University of Tennessee, Knox-
ville, Tenn.

CARLTON, WILLIAM M., Department of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

CARPENTER, JOHN M., Zoology Department, Uni-
versity of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.

CARRIKER, MELBOURNE R., Department of
Zoology, University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C.

CARTER, MARJORIE E., Biology Department,
Valdosta State College, Valdosta, Ga.

CARVER, G. L., 1348 Patterson, Macon, Ga.

CASPAR, ALAN L., Blandy Experimental Farm,
University of Virginia, Boyce, Va.

CATHER, JAMES N., Department of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

CAVANNAUGH, CHARLES J., Biology Depart-
ment, Louisiana College, Pineville, La.

CHADWICK, CLAUDE S., George Peabody College,
Nashville 5, Tenn.

CHANNELL, R. B., Box 1501, Vanderbilt Univer-
sity, Nashville 5, Tenn.

CHAPMAN, JOE A., Biology Department, Carson
Newman College, Jefferson City, Tenn.

CHENG, THOMAS CLEMENT, Dental School,
University of Maryland, Baltimore, Md.

CHEW, MISS DOROTHY, Biology Department, St.
Mary’s Dominican College, New Orleans, La.

CHILTON, ST. JOHN P., Departments of Botany,
Bacteriology, and Plant Pathology, Louisiana
State University, Baton Rouge, La.

44

ASB Bulletin

CHIPPEY, ARTHUR P., P. 0. Box 222, South
Carolina State College, Orangeburg, S. C.

CHURCHILL, HELEN M., Hollins College, Hollins
College, Va.

CIORDIA, HONORICO, USDA, Animal Dis. and
Parasite Res. Bur., Georgia Experiment Station
Experiment, Ga.

CLARK, GORDON M., Department of Zoology, Uni-
versity of Toronto, Toronto 5, Ontario, Canada

CLARK, SAM L., School of Medicine, Vanderbilt
University, Nashville, Tenn.

CLEMENT, ANTHONY C., Department of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga. (Temporary
1958-59 address; National Science Foundation,
Washington 25, D. C.)

COCKE, ELTON C., College Station, Winston-
Salem, N. C.

COHEN, ARTHUR L., Oglethorpe University Sta-
tion, Atlanta, Ga.

COKER, ROBERT ERVIN, Biology Department,
University of Puerto Rico, Mayaguez, P.R.

COLE, BENJAMIN T., Zoology Department, Lou-
isiana State University, Baton Rouge, La.

COLE ARTHUR C., JR., Department of Biology,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

COLEMAN, MRS. MARION T., Department of
Biology, Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

COOK, ARTHUR H., Department of Biology, Pea-
body College, Nashville, Tenn.

COOK, EUGENE W., Biology Department, Centre
College, Danville, Ky.

COOPER, KENNETH W., Depatrment of Biology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

CORE, EARL L., Department of Botany, West
Virginia University, Morgantown, W. Va.

CORT, WILLIAM W., School of Public Health,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

COSTELLO, DONALD P., The Biological Bulletin,
P. 0. Box 429, Chapel Hill, N. C.

COTTER, DAVID JAMES, Department of Biology,
Alabama College, Montevallo, Ala.

COUCH, J^ N., Botany Department, University of
North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

COWDEN, RONALD REED, Department of Biolo-
gy, John Hopkins University, Baltimore 18, Md.

COWIE, LILLIAN MATHESON, Department of
Biology, Wesleyan College, Macon, Ga.

CRANDALL, DOROTHY L., Department of Biology,
Randolph Macon Woman’s College, Lynchburg,
Va.

CRAWFORD, EDWARD A., JR., Biology Depart-
ment, Limestone College, Gaffney, S. C.

CREASY, WILLIAM D., Biology Department, Fair-
mont State College, Fairmont, W. Va.

CUTTER, VICTOR M., JR., Department of Biology,
The Woman’s College, U.N.C., Greensboro, N. C.

DAGGY, TOM, Box 767, Davidson, N. C.

DALY, EDWARD F., 4819 Dorset Avenue, Chevy
Chase 15, Md.

DAMIAN, RAYMOND T., Department of Biological
Science, Florida State University, Tallahassee,
Fla.

DARDEN, EDGAR B., Biology Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

DARLINGTON, JULIAN T., Department of Biology,
Shorter College, Rome, Ga.

DAVIS, GRAHAM J., Experiment Station, Hawaiian
Sugar Planters’s Association, Honolulu, T. H.

DAVIS, HERBERT L., JR., Biology Department,
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

DAVIS, JOHN H. JR., Department of Botany, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla. (Temporary
1958-59 address; University of Mandalay, Man-
dalay, Burma.)

DAWLEY, CHARLOTTE W., Biology Department,
Woman’s College, UNC, Greensboro, N. C.

DE BUSK, A. GIB, Department of Biological Science,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

DECK, JAMES DAVID, Department of Anatomy,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

DENT, JAMES N., Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

DENTON, JAMES F., JR., School of Medicine, Uni-
versity of Georgia, Augusta, Ga.

DENYES, HELEN A., Biology Department,
Queens University, Kingston, Ont. Canada

DE SELM, H. R., Botany Department, University
of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

DEVINEY, MISS EZDA, 511 Palm Court, Talla-
hassee, Fla.

DEWITT, ROBERT M., Department of Biology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

DICKENSON, HENRY F., JR., Biology Depart-
ment, Carson-Newman College, Jefferson City,
Tenn.

DICKINSON, J. C., JR., Biology Department, Uni-
versity, of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

DICKSON, WARRICK J., McNeese State College,
Lake Charles, La.

DOERPINGHAUS, S. LEONARD, Biology Depart-
ment, Agnes Scott College, Decatur, Ga.

DOSTER, MRS. C. S., Birmingham Southern Col-
lege, Birmingham, Ala.

DUNCAN, WILBUR H., Department of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

DUNLAP, ELIZABETH, Lexington High School,
Lexington, Va.

DUPROW, ERNEST JOSEPH, JR., Department of
Biology, University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

DURE, LEON SEBRING, III Department of Botany,
University of Texas, Austin, Tex.

Vol. 5, September-December 1958

45

EATON, THEODORE H., JR., Department of
Science, East Carolina College, Greenville, N. C.

EDWARDS, BETTY F., Anatomy Department, Divi-
sion of Basic Sciences, Emory j University,
Atlanta 22, Ga.

EGGLER, WILLIS A., Department of Biology, New-
comb College of Tulane University, New Or-
leans, La.

ELIASON, NANCY B., Box 8, Averett College,
Danville, Va.

ELLIAS, LORETTA C., Department of Biology,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

EMERSON, FRED W., Box 483, Elon College, N. C.

EMMONS, LYMAN R., Episcopal High School,
Alexandria, Va.

ERWIN, WILLIAM GRADY, Department of Biolo-
gy, Box 1237, Northwestern State College,
Natchitoches, La.

ESTES, MISS EDNA E., St. Mary’s Seminary Jr.
College, St. Mary’s City, Md.

EVANS, WILLIAM G., Entomology Section, Vir-
ginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Va.

FARRAR, LUTHER L., Georgia Agricultural Exp.
Station, Experiment, Ga.

FARRELL, CHARLES E., Department of Biology,
Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.

FERGUSON, EDWARD, JR., P. 0. Box 352, Gamb-
ling, La.

FINCHER, EDWARD L., 5336 Greenland Road,
N.E., Atlanta, Ga.

FINCHER, JNO. A., Department of Biology, Howard
College, Birmingham, Ala.

FINGERMAN, MILTON, Department of Zoology,
Newcomb College of Tulane University, New
Orleans, La.

FLINT, FRANKLIN F., 226 Denver Avenue, Lynch-
burg, Va.

FLINT, LEWIS H., Botany Department, Louisiana
State University, Baton Rouge, La.

FLORY, WALTER S., JR., Blandy Experiment
Farm, University of Virginia, Boyce, Va.

FORD, ERNEST S., Department of Botany, Uni-
verstiy of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

FOREMAN, CHAS. W., Pfeiffer College, Misen-
heimer, N. C.

FORESTER, HARRY B., Box 232, Dahlonega, Ga.

FOSTER, A. ALFRED, Box 1421, Macon, Ga.

FRASER, RONALD C., Department of Zoology and
Entomology, University of Tennessee, Knox-
ville, Tenn.

FREEMAN, H. W., Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of South Carolina, Columbia, S. C.

FREEMAN, JOHN ALDERMAN, Box 97, Winthrop
College, Rock Hill, S. C.

FREEMAN, OLIVER M., P. 0. Box 637, Tryon,
N. C.

FRIAUF, JAMES, Department of Biology, Vander-
bilt University, Nashville, Tenn.

FRYE, BILLY E., Biology Department, Emory
University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

FRYE, 0. E., JR., Game and Fresh Water Fish
Comm., 307 E. Lafayette Street, Tallahassee,
Fla.

FULLER, MISS DOROTHY LANGFORD, Depart-
ment of Biology, Stetson University, DeLand,
Fla.

GADSDEN, EVELYN L., Childrens Cancer Re-
search Found., 35 Binney Street Boston 15,
Mass.

GANS, CARL, Biology Department, University of
Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

GARTH, RICHARD E., Department of Biology,
East Tennessee State College, Johnson City,
Tenn.

GAULDEN, MARY ESTHER, Biology Division,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, P. 0. Box Y,
Oak, Ridge, Tenn.

GILBERT, MARGARET L., Department of Biologic-
al Sciences, Florida Southern College, Lake-
land, Fla.

GILBERT, WILBUR A., Department of Secondary
Science, Humboldt City School, Humboldt, Tenn.

GODFREY, ROBERT K., Botany Department,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

GOETHE, C. M., Crocker-Anglo Bank Building,
Seventh and J Streets, Sacramento 14, Cal.

GOIN, COLEMAN J., Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

GOODCHILD, CHAUNCEY, G., Biology Depart-
ment, Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

GORDON, DONALD P., 5240 Davis Road, S. Miami,
Fla.

GORDON, ROBERT E., Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Ind.

GOSS, ROBERT C., Biology Department, Loyola
University,, New Orleans 18, La.

GRAY, I. E., Zoology Department, Duke University,
Durham, N. C.

GRAY, MRS. NETTA E., Department of Anatomy,
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

GRAY, STEPHEN W., Emory University, School
of Medicine, Department of Anatomy, Emory
University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

GREGG, JAMES H., Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

GREULACH, VICTOR A., Department of Botany,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N. C.

GROBMAN, ARNOLD B., Florida State Museum,
Seagle Building, Gainesville, Fla.

GRODNER, ROBERT M., Zoology Department,
Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, La.

46

ASB Bulletin

GROSECLOSE, NANCY, P., Department of Biology,
Agnes Scott College, Decatur, Ga.

GUDE, WILLIAM D., Biology Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

HAESLOOP, JOHN G., Department of Botany,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

HALE, MASON E., JR., Smithsonian Institution,
Washington 25, D. C.

HANCOCK, KENNETH FARRELL, Department
of Botany, University of Alabama, University,

Ala.

HANSEN, KEITH L., Department of Biology, Stet-
son University, De Land, Fla.

HARDIN, JAMES W., Department of Botany, North
Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C.

HARGIS, WILLIAM J., JR., Virginia Fisheries
Laboratory, Gloucester Point, Va.

HARG1TT, G. T., Department of Zoology, Duke Uni-
versity, Durham, N. C.

HARPER, R. M., Box 0, University, Ala.

HARRIS, JOSEPH B., Coastal Plain Experiment
Station, Tifton, Ga.

HARRISON, ELIZABETH ANN, Science Depart-
ment, Leewood Junior High School, Leewood,
W. Va.

HASSLER, WILLIAM W., Department of Biology,
North Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C.

HATHAWAY, EDWARD S., Department of Zoology,
Tulane University, New Orleans 18, La.

HATHAWAY, RALPH R., Oceanographic Institute,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

HAUBRICH, ROBERT RICE, Science Department,
East Carolina College, Greenville, N. C.

HAWSE, DORIS H., Biology Department, Flora
MacDonald College, Red Springs, N. C.

HAYNES, CURRY T., Biology Department, Emory
University, Oxford, Ga.

HECHENBLEIKNER, HERBERT, Charlotte Col-
lege, Charlotte, N. C.

HENDERSON, VERNON, Department of Science,
Grambling College, Gr ambling La.

HENRY, LAURA M., 365 Hawthorn Avenue, Palo
Alto, Cal.

HENRY, NELL Q., Biology Department, Lander
College, Greenwood, S. C.

HERNDON, WALTER R., Department of Biology,
University of Alabama, University, Ala.

HESLER, L. R., Department of Botany, University
of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

HESS, MARGARET, Winthrop College, Box 114,
Rock Hill, S. C.

HETRICK, L. S., Floyd Hall, University of Florida,
Gainesville, Fla.

HILL, BEN H., High Point College, High Point,
N. C.,

HINTON, CLAUDE W., Department of Zoology,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

HOBBS, HORTON H., JR., Miller School of Biology,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

HOLLAENDER, ALEXANDER, Biology Division,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, P. 0. Box Y,
Oak Ridge, Tenn.

HOLLIMAN, RHODES B., Florida State University,
Department of Zoology, Tallahassee, Fla.

HOLLIS, CECIL GEORGE, Biology Department,
Box 36, Arkansas College, Batesville, Ark.

HOLLOWAY, HARRY L., JR., Department of
Biology, Roanoke College, Salem, Va.

HOLT, MISS JANE PRICE, Peace College, Raleigh,
N. C.

HOLT, PERRY C., Biology Department, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Va.

HOLT, HELEN, Department of Science, Greenbrier
College, Lewisburg, W. Va.

HOOD, MARY N., Department of Biology,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

HORN, EDWARD C., Zoology Department, Duke
University, Durham, N. C.

HORTON, JAMES HEATHMAN, Botany Depart-
ment, University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C.

KOWDEN, HENRY FULLER, Science Service, In-
sect Systematics, Department of Agriculture,
Ottawa, Ontario, Can.

HOWE, HENRY B., JR., Department of Biology,
Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem, N. C.

HOWELL, G. LEON, Box 5187, University, Ala.

HOWELL, JOSEPH C., Department of Zoology,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

HOWELL, THELMA, Wesleyan College, Macon, Ga.

HUGGINS, CECILE, 2602 Blossom Street, Colum-
bia, S. C.

HUGHES, GILBERT C., Department of Biological
Science, Florida State University, Tallahassee,
Fla.

HUGHES, WALTER NORMAN, Emory Uni-
versity, Atlanta 22, Ga.

HUMM, HAROLD JUDSON, Botany Department,
Duke University, Durham, N. C.

HUMPHRIES, ASA A., JR., Department of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

HUNT, ERNEST L., Department of Zoology, Emory
University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

HUNTER, GEORGE W., Ill, Department of Biology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

HUNTER, FRISSELL R., Department of Biology,
Southern University, Baton Ronge, La.

HUNTER, WANDA S., Department of Zoology,
Duke University, Durham, N. C.

IIUSTED, L., Miller School of Biology, University
of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

Vol. 5, September-December 1958

47

HYDE, CATHERINE F., Zoology Department,
Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, La.

INGLE, ROBERT M., State Board of Conservation,
Tallahassee, Fla.

ISANOGLE, ISABEL T., Western Maryland Col-
lege, Westminster, Md.

IVES, JUDSON D., Pinebluff, N. C.

IVEY, WM. D., Department of Biology, Alabama
Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

JACKSON, LYLE, Forestry School, University of
Georgia, Athens, Ga.

JACOBS, MERLE EMMOR, Department of Biology,
Bethany College, Bethany, W. Va.

JAMES, CHARLES W., Department of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

JEFFERS, GEO. W., Department of Biology, Long-
wood College, Farmville, Va.

JEFFERY, GEOFFREY M., USPHS, Box 717,
Columbia, S. C.

JEFFREYS, DONALD B., Botany Department,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

JENKINS, JAMES H., School of Forestry, Univer-
sity of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

JENNER, CHAS. E., Department of Zoology, Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

JOHNS, BENJAMIN IRVING, St. Stephen’s School,
Seminary Post Office, Alexandria, Va.

JOHNSON, MARTHA J., Department of Biology.
University of Georgia (Atlanta Div.), Atlanta,
Ga.

JOHNSON MELVIN A., JR., P. 0. Box 245, Grumbl-
ing, La.

JOHNSON, RICHARD M., Department of Biology,
Tennessee Wesleyan College, Athens, Tenn.

JOHNSON, MRS. SALLY WOOD, Department of
Biochemistry, Southern Research Institute
Birmingham 5, Ala.

JOHNSON, TOM LEE, Department of Biology,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

JOHNSTON, DAVID W., Biology Department,
Mercer University, Macon, Ga.

JONES, ARTHUR W., Department of Zoology and
Entom., University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn.

JONES, MRS. BONNIE M., Chemotherapy Division,
Southern Research Institute, Birmingham 5,
Ala.

JONES, E. E., Biology Department, Bessie Tift
College, Forsyth, Ga.

JONES, EDMUND R., JR., Department of Biology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

JONES, JANET E., Southern Research Institute,
Birmingham 5, Ala.

JONES, MEREDITH L., Oceanographic Institute,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

JONES, RUTH M., Department of Biology, Win-
throp College, Rock Hill, S. C.

KAMINE, ABE B., Savannah Vet. Hosp. and Clinic,
5400 Waters Avenue, Savannah, Ga.

KEELER, CLYDE E., Georgia State College
(Women), Milledgeville, Ga.

KELLEY, WM. R., Biology Department, Univer-
sity of South Carolina Columbia, S. C.

KENT, GEO. C., JR., Department of Zoology,
Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, La.

KENT, HARRY A., Department of Zoology, Uni-
versity of Georgia, Athens, Ga .

KERSCHNER, JEAN, Western Maryland College,
Westminister, Md.

KETHLEY, THOMAS W., Eng. Exp. Station,
Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Ga.

KIMBALL, RICHARD F., Biology Division, Oak
Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

KIRK, DANIEL E., Biology Department, Furman
University, Greenville, S. C.

KISER, ROY S., Department of Biology, Florida
Southern College, Lakeland, Fla.

KITCHIN, IRWIN C., Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Mississippi, University, Miss.

KLEWER, HERBERT L., Biology Department, Vir-
ginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Va.

KNIGHT, ROBERT J., JR., Blandy Experimental
Farm, University of Virginia, Boyce, Va.

KNISELY, WM. H., School of Medicine, Duke Uni-
versity, Durham, N. C.

KOCH, WILLIAM J., University of North Carolina,
Department of Botany, Chapel Hill, N. C.

KRAL, ROBERT, Department of Biology, North-
eastern Louisiana College, Monroe, La.

KRAMER, PAUL J., Department of Botany, Duke
University, Durham, N. C.

KRIVANEK, JEROME, 0., Department of Zoology,
Newcomb College, Tulasne University, New
Orleans 18, La.

KRIVANEK, ROBIN COOLEY, Department of
Zoology, Newcomb College, Tulane University,
New Orleans 18, La.

KROCHMAL, ARNOLD, Department of Botany,
University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyo.

KRUSE, DWAYNE NATHANIEL, Department of
Biological Science, Florida State University,
Tallahassee, Fla.

KUIPERS, CARL J., Middle Georgia College, Cock-
ran, Ga.

KURZ, HERMAN, Botany Department, Florida
State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

KYZER, ELIZABETH L., Biology Department,
Bridgewater College, Bridgewater, Va.

48

ASB Bulletin

LACKEY, JAS. B., 1534 N. W. 7th Place, Gaines-
ville, Fla.

LAESSLE, ALBERT M., Department of Biology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla-.

LAFFODAY, SAMUEL K., Department of Biology,
College of Charleston, Charleston, S. C.

LAFLEUR, ROBERT A., Box 9055, Louisiana
State University, Baton Rouge, La.

LAMB, EDWARD B., American Optical Company,
Box 4208-5 Plaza Way, S.W., Atlanta, Ga.

LAMMERS, WILLIAM T., Biology Building, Emory
University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

LANDT, J. FRED, Apartment 23, 1766 N. Decatur
Road, N.E., Atlanta 7, Ga.

LASLIE, MARY L., Department of Biology, Otter-
bein College, Westerville, Ohio

LAUTENSCHLAGER, EDWARD W., Biology De-
partment, University of Virginia, Charlottes-
ville, Va.

LAUTER, FELIX H., Department of Biology, Birm-
ingham Southern College, Birmingham, Ala.

LAYNE, JAMES N., Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

LEE, J. WARREN, Department of Biology, South-
ern University, Baton Rouge, La.

LEIGH, W. HENRY, Zoology Department, Box 488,
University of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla.

LEISNER, ROBERT S., AIBS, 2000 P St., N. W.,
Washington, D. C.

LEWIS, IVEY F., Department of Biology, Univer-
sity of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va .

LEWIS, WALTER H., Department of Biology,
Stephen F. Austin State College, Nacogdoches,
Texas

LILES, JAMES N., Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of South Carolina, Columbia, S. C.

LINER, ERNEST, 2017 Jackson, Apartment 7,
Alexandria 6, Va.

LIPPS, EMMA L., Department of Biology, Shorter
College, Rome, Ga.

LIVINGSTONE, DANIEL, Zoology Department,
Duke University, Durham, N. C.

LOVELACE, ROBERTA, Department of Biology,
University of South Carolina. Columbia, S. C.

LOVELL, HARVEY, B., Biology Department, Uni-
versity of Louisville, Louisville, Ky.

LOWERY, GEORGE H., Director, Museum of
Zoology, Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge 3, La.

LOWRY, EDWARD MACLEAN, Box 5215, Zoology
Department, State College Station, Raleigh,
N. C.

LOWY, BERNARD, Escuela Nacional de Agricul-
ture, La Molina, Lima, Peru

LUND, H. O., Zoology Department, University of
Georgia, Athens, Ga.

LUNZ, ROBERT G., J., Bears Bluff Laboratories,
Wadmalaw Island, S. C.

LUTZ, PAUL E., 101 Maxwell Rd., Chapel Hill, N. C.

MacDOUGALL, MARY S., Mt. Vernon Apartments,
423 Clairmont Avenue, Decatur, Ga.

McCRADY, EDW., University of the South, Se-
wanee, Tenn.

McCRAY, ELMO M., JR., Department of Biology,
Armstrong College, Savannah, Ga.

McCRONE, JOSEPHINE, Biology Division, Oak
Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn.
McCullough, Herbert a., Department of
Biology, Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.

McFADDEN, SAMUEL E., JR., Agric. Expt. Sation,
Department of Ornamental Horticulture, Gaines-
ville, Fla.

McGAHA, Y. JOHN, Biology Department, Uni-
versity of Mississippi, University, Miss.

McGHEE, R. BARCLAY, Zoology Department, Uni-
versity of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

McGILLIARD, ELEANOR, University of Chat-
tanooga, Chattanooga, Tenn.

McGINNIS, JOHN T., Department of Biology, Emory
University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

McLAUGHLIN, WOODROW D., Department of
Science, Troy State Teachers College, Troy,
Ala.

McMASTER, MARY C., Dreher High School,
Columbia, S. C.

McMILLAN, ROSAMUND, Biochemistry Depart-
ment, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge,
La.

McNULTY, JOHN K., Marine Laboratory, Univer-
sity of Miami, Coral Gables 46, Fla.

McVEIGH, ILDA, Box 1549, Substation B, Vander-
bilt University, Nashville, Tenn.

MADSEN, GRACE C., Department of Biology,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

MANKIN, W. D., Herndon, Va.

MANLY, JETHRO D., Division of Natural Sciences,
Pfeiffer College, Misenheimer, N. C.

MARKEE, JOSEPH E., Department of Anatomy,
Duke University, Durham, N. C.

MARONEY, SAMUEL PATTERSON, JR., De-
partment of Biology, University of Virginia,
Charlottesville, Va.

MASSEY, A. B., Box 95, Blacksburg, Va.

MATHEWS, ANDREW C., 113 Riggs Drive, Clem-
son, S. C.

MEADE, JANE McLESTER, Department of
Biochemistry, Southern Research Institute,
Birmingham, Ala.

MECHAM, JOHN S., Department of Zoology-En-
tomology, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Au-
burn, Ala.

Vol. 5, September-December 1958

49

MENGEBIER, Wm. L., Biology Department, Madi-
son College, Harrisonburg, Va.

MENZEL, MARGARET Y., Department of Biol.
Sciences, Fla. State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

MENZEL, ROBERT W., Oceanogiaphic Institute,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

METCALF, ISAAC S. H., The Citadel, Charleston,
S. C.

MEYER, SAMUEL L., College of the Pacific, Stock-
ton 4, Calif.

MEYERS, SAMUEL P., The Marine Laboratory,
No. 1 Rickenbacker Causeway, Virginia Key,
Miami 49, Fla.

MICKEY, GEORGE H., Biology Department, Louisi-
ana State University, Baton Rouge, La.

MILLER, CHARLES E., Department of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

MILLER, EDWIN D., Department of Biology,
Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.

MILLER, FAITH S., Basic Science Building, Emory
University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

MILLER, GROVER C., Box 5215, Zoology Depart-
ment, North Carolina State College, State Col-
lege Station, Raleigh, N. C.

MILLER, JAMES A., JR., Department of Anatomy,
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

MILLER, TONY J., Zoology Department, Univer-
sity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

MITCHELL, RODGER D., Biology Department,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

MONTGOMERY, JOSEPH G., 1777 Alta Vista,
Sarasota, Fla.

MOON, ELVIN D., Biology Department, N. Green-
ville Jr. College, Tigerville, S. C.

MOORE, JACK HORTON, Chemotherapy Division,
Southern Research Institute, Birmingham, Ala.

MOORE, JEWEL E., Box 56, Arkansas State
Teachers College, Conway, Ark.

MOORE, JOSEPH C., Department of Mammals,
American Museum of Natural History, Central
Park West, 79th Street, New York, N. Y.

MOORE, WALTER G., Department of Biological
Sciences, Loyola University, New Orleans 18,
La.

MOORHEAD, MRS. MARGARET DEMPSEY, De-
partment of Science, Blacksburg High School,
Blacksburg, S. C.

MORGAN, WALTER C., JR., South Dakota State
College, College Station, S. D.

MORRIS, ELLA D., Biology Department, Spring
Hill College, Spring Hill, Ala.

MULLAHY, REV. JOHN H. (S. J.), Biology De-
partment, Loyola University, New Orleans 18,
La.

MULLINS, JOHN THOMAS, Department of Botany,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

MYLES, MARION RICHARD, Fort Valley State
College, Fort Valley, Ga.

NACE, GEORGE W., Zoology Department, Univer-
sity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.

NEELY, PEGGY A., Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Mississippi, University, Miss.

NEVINS, BEATRICE, Valdosta State College,
Valdosta, Ga.

NEWMAN, ROBERT J., Zoology Museum, Louisiana
State University, Baton Rouge, La.

NEYLANS, OSCAR SHELBY, JR., 1320 Kite Drive,
Forest Park, Ga.

NEZ, MARTHA M., Biology Department, Pensacola
Junior College, Pensacola, Fla.

NIELSEN, CHESTER S., Department of Botany,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

NOGGLE, GLENN R., Department of Botany,
Agricultural Experiment Station, University of
Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

NORBY, DARWIN E., Department of Biology,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Va.

NORRIS, FRED H., Department of Botany, Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

NORRIS, WILLIAM W., 14 Ash Street, Park Forest,

111.

NUTTYCOMBE, J. W., Biology Department, Uni-
versity, of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

OAKERSON, MISS DIANE MARIE, Department
of Biology, Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

ODELL, THEODORE T., JR., Biology Division, Oak
Ridge National Laboratary, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

ODUM, EUGENE P., Zoology Department, Uni-
versity of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

ODUM, HOWARD T., Institute of Marine Science,
University of Texas, Port Arkansas, Texas

O’KELLEY, JOSEPH CHARLES, P. 0. Box 1927,
Biology Department, University of Alabama,
University, Ala.

OLSON, MRS. FRANK, Navy Mine Defense Lab.,
Pensacola, Fla.

OOSTING, HENRY J., Botany Department, Duke
University, Durham, N. C.

OSBORNE, PAUL J., Biology Department, Lynch-
burg College, Lynchburg, Va.

OTTIS, KENNETH, Department of Zoology, Ala-
bama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala.

OUTLAND, RODERICK H., Department of Biology,
Northwestern State College, Natchitoches, La.

OVERCASH, HINTON B., Department of Biology,
Hampden-Sydney College, Hampden-Sydney,
Va.

PARKER, DEAN R., Division of Life Sciences,
University of California, Riverside, Calif.

PARRISH, FRED K., Biology Department, Emory
University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

50

ASB Bulletin

PARRISH, JOANNA WOODSON, Biology Depart-
ment, Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

PARRISH, MARY J., Bology Department, Mary
Washington College, Fredericksburg, Va.

PATES, ANNE L., Department of Bacteriology,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

PATTERSON, PAUL M., Biology Department,
Hollins College, Hollins, Va.

PATTON, ERNEST GIBBES, Box 1927, University
of Alabama, University, Ala.

PEDIGO, ROBERT A., Biology Department, Emory
University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

PENN, GEORGE H., Department of Zoology, Tulane
University, New Orleans 18, La.

PERRY, RACHEL B., Biology Department, Emory
University at Oxford, Oxford, Ga.

PHILLIPS, H. M., Alabama College, Montevallo,
Ala.

PHILPOTT, JANE, Department of Botany, Duke
University, Durham, N. C.

PIERCE, E. LOWE, Biology Department, Univer-
sity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

PLATT, ROBT. B., Biology Department, Emory
University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

PLEASANTS, BEVERLEY, A., Zoology Depart-
ment, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge,
La.

POTTER, ISABEL, Winthrop College, Rock Hill,
S. C.

PRICHARD, ELMER C., Biology Department, Stet-
son University, De Land, Fla.

PROVO, MARVIN M., Department of Biology,
Young Harris College, Young Harris, Ga.

QUARTERMAN, ELSIE, Box 1616, Vanderbilt Uni-
versity, Nashville 5, Tenn.

QUAY, THOS. L., Zoology Department, North
Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C.

RADFORD, ALBERT E., Botany Department,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

RAMSEY, RALPH L., 1578 N. Decatur Road,
Atlanta, Ga.

RAPPAPORT, JACQUES J., Department of Biology,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

RAWLS, JOHN M., Zoology Department, University
of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

RAY, CHARLES, JR., Department of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

REAMS, WILLIE M., JR., Anatomy Department,
Medical College of Virginia, Richmond, Va.

REBUCK, ALLEN, Biology Department, Emory
University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

REDDISH, PAUL S., Department of Biology, Elon
College, N. C.

REDFEARN, PAUL L., JR., Department of Biology,
Southwest Missouri, State College, Springfield,
Mo.

REDMOND, JAMES R., Department of Biology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

REDMOND, WILLIAM B., Box 534, Emory Uni-
versity, Atlanta 22, Ga.

REED, CLYDE T., Biology Department, University
of Tampa, Tampa, Fla.

REESE, W. D., Department of Biology, Southwest
Louisiana Inst., Lafayette, La.

REIBER, ROBERT J., University System of Georgia
Center, 24 Ivy Street, S.E., Atlanta, Ga.

REYNOLDS, J. PAUL, Florida State University,
Tallahassee, Fla.

REYNOLDS, ORR E., Biol. Sci. Division, Office of
Naval Research, Washington 25, D. C.

RICE, LUC1LE A., Department of Biology, East
Carolina College, Greenville, N. C.

RICE, NOLAN E., Biology Department, University
of Richmond, Richmond, Va.

RICHARDS, WALTER L., 4915 Chamberlayne
Avenue, Richmond, Va.

RICHARDSON, GLADYS M., 5280 Emory Circle,
Jacksonville, Fla.

RIEMER, WILLIAM J., Florida State Museum,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

RILEY, HERBERT P., Department of Botany, Uni-
versity, of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.

ROACHE, LEWIE C., Biology Department, South
Carolina State College, Orangeburg, S. C.

ROBERTSON, CLYDE H., Pfeiffer College, Box
23, Misenheimer, N. C.

ROCK, HOWARD F. L., Botany Department, Uni
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

RODGERS, CHARLES L., Biology Department,
Furman University, Greenville, S. C.

ROEDER, MARTIN, Chemistry Department,
Woman’s College, University of North Carolina,
Greensboro, N. C.

ROGERS, HOLLIS J., Biology Department, Woman’s
College, University of North Carolina, Greens-
boro, N. C.

ROSS, JAMES B., College Department, Reinhold
Book Division, 430 Park Avenue, New York 22,
N. Y.

ROSSO, SAMUEL WILFORD, Division of Biological
Sciences, Mississippi Southern College, Hatties-
burg, Miss.

ROACH, LOU E., Dept, of Biol. Sci., Bryan Univer-
sity, Dayton, Tenn.

RUNK, BENJAMIN F. D., Department of Biology,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

RUSSELL, LIANE BRAUCH, Biology Division,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box Y, Oak
Ridge, Tenn.

RUSSELL, WILLIAM L., Biology Division, Oak
Ridge, National Laboratory, Box Y, Oak Ridge,
Tenn.

Vol. 5, September-December 1958

51

RUTLEDGE, RAY W., Clemson Agricultural Col-
lege, Clemson, S. C.

SALIH, MOHAMMAD SALIN, Department of Zoolo-
gy, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge,
La.

SALYERDS, ANNE M., Department of Biology,
Agnes Scott College, Decatur, Ga.

SAWYER, ELIZABETH L., Department of Biology,
Piedmont College, Demorest, Ga.

SCHEU, CHARLES C., 6205 Pine Summit Drive
Jacksonville 11, Fla.

SCHWARTZ, ALBERT, Albright College, Reading,
Penn.

SCOTT, DONALD C., Zoology Department, Uni-
versity of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

SETO, FRANK, Biology Department, Berea College,
Berea, Ky.

SHADOWEN, HERBERT E., Walnut Ave., Route
2, Ruston, La.

SHAFTESBURY, ARCHIE, Woman’s College, Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Greensboro, N. C.

SHANKS, ROYAL E., Department of Botany, Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville 16, Tenn.

SHANOR, LELAND, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Tallahassee,
Fla.

SHARP, AARON J., Department of Botany, Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

SHAVER, JESSE M., Geo. Peabody College for
Teachers, Nashville, Tenn.

SHAW, EDW. I., Biophysics Department, Univer-
sity of Kansas, Lawrence, Kan.

SHEARER, JOE ANN, Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Mississippi, University, Miss.

SHERMAN, HARLEY B., 410 West Howry Avenue.
De Land, Fla.

SHIBLEY, JOHN L., Biology Department, La
Grange College, La Grange, Ga.

SHIELDS, A. RANDOLPH, Biology Department,
Emory and Henry College, Emory, Va.

SHORT, ROBERT B., Department of Zoology,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

SHOUP, CHARLES S., Biology Branch, Research
and Development Divi., Oak Ridge Operations,
Atomic Energy Commission, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

SHOWALTER, AMOS M., 310 Paul Street, Harri-
sonburg, Va.

SILLIMAN, FRANCES E., Department of Biology,
Bridgewater College, Bridgewater, Va.

SINGLETON, W., RALPH, Department of Biology,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

SIVIK, FRANK PHILIP, Department of Biology,
Armstrong College, Savannah, Ga.

SLENTZ, RUTH B., Biology Department, Wesleyan
College, Macon, Ga.

SMART, ROBERT F., Dean’s Office, University
of Richmond, Richmond, Va.

SMITH, ARLO I., Southwestern College, Memphis,
Tenn.

SMITH, BEN W., Department of Genetics, North
Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C.

SMITH, BUDD E., Wingate Junior College, Win-
gate, N. C.

SMITH, F. G. WALTON, Marine Laboratory, Uni-
versity of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla.

SMITH, SEPTIMA, Box 1446, University, Ala.

SMITHERS, DONALD, Department of Cancer
Biochemistry, Southern Research Institute, Bir-
mingham, Ala.

SOMERVILLE, AUSTIN M., JR., 9th and Perry
Streets, Richmond, Va.

SPOONER, J. D., South Georgia College, Douglas,
Ga.

SPRAGUE, ELIZABETH F., Sweet Briar College,
Sweet Briar, Va.

SPRUGEL, GEORGE, JR., 3729 South 13th Street,
Arlington, Va.

ST. AMAND, MRS. GEORGIA SIMS, Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of Mississippi, University, Miss.

ST. AMAND, WILBROD, JR., Dept, of Biology
University of Mississippi, University, Miss.

STEVENS, KENNETH P., 404 E. Nelson Street,
Lexington, Va.

STEVENS, RUSSELL B., Department of Botany,
George Washington University, Washington 6,
D. C.

STEVENSON, HENRY M., Biology Department,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

STIFF, HENRY L., Ill, Box 545, Lafayette, La.

STIREWALT, HARVEY L., Department of Biology,
University of Mississippi, University, Miss.

STONE, WILLIAM M., JR., 1403 N. W. 12th Road,
Gainesville, Fla.

STRAWN, ROBERT K., Department of Biological
Science, Lamar State College of Technology,
Beaumont, Texas.

STRICKLAND, JOHN C., JR., Department of Biolo-
gy, University of Richmond, Richmond, Va.

STUMP, ALEXANDER B., Biology Department,
Presbyterian College, Clinton, S. C.

STURDIVANT, H. P., Department of Biology, West-
ern Maryland College, Westminster, Md.

SUTTKUS, ROYAL D., Zoology Department, Tulane
University, New Orleans 18, La.

SUTTON, MRS. JOYCE B., Department of Biology
Northwest High School, Winston-Salem, N. C.

SWAI'LS, LAWRENCE F., JR., Bears Bluff La-
boratory, Wadmalaw Island, S. C.

SWINDELL, DAVID E., JR., Williston, Fla.

TANNER, JAS. T., Department of Zoology, Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

52

ASB Bulletin

TARBOX, FRANK G., Brookgreen Gardens, George-
town, S. C.

TARBOX, GORDON L., JR., Brookgreen Gardens,
Georgetown, S. C.

TAYLOR, RAYMOND L., 1515 Massachusetts Ave.,
N.W., Washington 5, D. C.

TAYLOR, MRS. SYLVIA EARLE, 209 N.E. Duval
St., Live Oak, Fla.

TEAS, HOWARD J., Botany Department, Univer-
sity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

TEMPLE, LOUIS C., Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Mississippi, University, Miss.

TERRELL, EDWARD E., Department of Biology,
Guilford College, Guilford College, N. C.

THIEL, ALBERT F., 116 Mclver, Greensboro, N. C.

THOMAS, GRACE JEAN, Department of Zoology,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

THOMPSON, E. FONTELLE, JR., Department
of Zoology, University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

THOMPSON, JESSE C., JR., Biology Department,
Hollins College, Hollins College, Va.

THOMSON, J. RICHARD, Southern Research In-
stitute, Birmingham, Ala.

THORNE, ROBERT F., Department of Botany,
State University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa

THRELKELD, WM. L., Virginia Agricultural Ex-
periment Station, Blacksburg, Va.

TINGLE Y, ALICE, Winthrop College, Rock Hill,
S. C.

TIPTON, SAMUEL R., Dept, of Zoology and En-
tomology, University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn.

TOTTEN, HENRY R., Botany Department, Univer-
sity of North Carolina, Box 247, Chapel Hill,
N. C.

TOWNES, GEORGE F., 209 Masonic Building,
Greenville, S. C.

TOWNSEND, J. IVES, Zoology Department, Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

TRUSSELL, MALVINA, Department of Science
Education, Florida State University, Talla-
hassee, Fla.

TURNER, HENRY FORD, Dept, of Zoology and
Entomology, Alabama Polytechnic Institute,
Auburn, Ala.

TYLER, DOROTHY LOUISE, Department of
Biochemistry, Southern Research Institute, Bir-
mingham, Ala.

VANDIVIERE, H. MAC, Gravely Sanatorium,
Chapel Hill, N. C.

VANDIVIERE, MRS. MARGARET R., Gravely
Sanatorium, Chapel Hill, N. C.

VAN ESELTINE, Wm. P., School of Veterinary
Medicine, University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

VAN PELT, ARNOLD F., JR., Tusculum College,
Greenville, Tenn.

VERNARD, G. HASKELL, 3959 N. Stratford Road,
N.E., Atlanta, Ga.

VERNBERG, FRANK J., Duke Marine Lab., Beau-
fort, N. C.

VERNON, EUGENE H., Iberia Livestock Experi-
ment Station, Jeanerette, La.

VILAR-ALVAREZ, C. M., Department of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

VOIGT, CARROLL A., 229 Chelsea Drive, Decatur,
Ga.

VOLPE, E. PETER, Department of Biology, New-
comb College of Tulane University, New Or-
leans 18, La.

WAGNER, ALVIN, Department of Biology, Florida
State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

WAGNER, KENNETH A., Biology Department,
William and Mary College, Norfolk Division,
Norfolk, Va.

WALDORF, GRAY W., Pensacola Junior College,
Pensacola, Fla.

WALKER, ALLEN A., Department of Biology,
University of Dallas, Dallas 21, Texas

WALKER, PAUL A., 339 Woodland Avenue, Lynch-
burg, Va.

WALL, ROSSER, Department of Biology, Univer-
sity of Mississippi, University, Miss.

WALLACE, H. K., Biology Department, University
of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

WALDORF, BESSIE, Asbury College, Wilmore, Ky.

WALTON, DENVER L., Department of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

WARD, HELEN L., Zoology Department, Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

WARD, ROBERT P., Biology Department, Millsaps
College, Jackson, Miss.

WARE, ETHAN E., 2024 Broad Street, Tallahassee,
Fla.

WARTERS, MARY, Biology Department, Centenary
College, Shreveport, La.

WATKINS, JOE H., Chemistry Department, The
Citadel, Charleston, S. C.

WEEKS, LEO, Biology Department, Berry College,
Mt. Berry Ga.

WEILER, HAROLD F., Box 36, Fairfax, Va.

WEIMER, BERNAL R., Biology Department, Beth-
any College, Bethany, W. Va.

WEINMANN, DR. CLARENCE JACOB, Depart-
ment of Microbiology, College of Medicine, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

WELCH, WILLIAM, Biology Department, McNeese
State College, Lake Charles, La.

WELDEN, ARTHUR LUNA, Botany Department,
College of Arts and Sciences, Tulane University,
New Orleans 18, La.

WELLS, MARGARET M., Department of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

Vol. 5, Septembee-December 1958

63

WELLS, 0. CAROLYN, Biology Division, Oak
Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

WEST, ERDMAN, Botany Department, Florida
Agr. Experiment Station, University of Florida,
Gainesville, Fla.

WEST, W. R., JR., Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Richmond, Richmond, Ya.

WESTFALL, JONATHAN J., Biology Department,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

WESTFALL, MINTER J., JR., Department of
Biology, University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

WHARTON, GEORGE W., Zoology Department,
University of Maryland, College Park, Md.

WHARTON, MARY E., Georgetown College, George-
town, Ky.

WHEELER, HARRY E., Department of Botany,
Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge 3,
La.

WHITE, GEORGE V. S., Box 118', McNeese State
College, Lake Charles, La.

WHITE, JESSE S., Delta State Teachers College,
Cleveland, Miss.

WHITE, ORLAND E., 1708 Jefferson Park Road,
Charlottesville, Va.

WHITING, PHINEAS WESCOTT, Zoology Depart-
ment, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia
4, Penn.

WHITTIN GHILL, MAURICE, Zoology Department,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

WIDDOWSON, 'DAVID CARL, Department of
Science, Troy State College, Troy, Ala.

WIGGS, DEEMS N., Science Department, Columbia
College, Columbia, S. C.

WILEY, DORA, P., Department of Biology, Berkeley
High School, Moncks Corner, S. C.

WILKES, JAMES C., JR., 2009 Commodore, Mont-
gomery 6, Ala.

WILLIAMS, DONALD B., Biology Department.
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

WILLIAMS, LOUIS G., Taft Engineering Center,
4676 Columbia Parkway, Cincinnati 26, Ohio

WILLIAMS, ROBERT H., Botany Department,
University of Miami, Coral Gables 46, Fla.

WILLIAMSON, MRS. DOUGLAS, Department of
Biology, Oglethorpe University, Oglethorpe Uni-
versity, Ga.

WILLS, CAMILLA L., 1601 Grady Avenue, Char-
lottesville, Va-.

WIRT, H. WILLIS, Tobacco Research Station
Chatham, Va.

WILSON, H. R., Box 642, College Station, Ham-
mond, La.

WILSON, IRL DONAKER, Department of Biology,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Va.

WILSON, JAMES, Department of Biology, Belmont
College, Nashville, Tenn.

WILTON, CHRISTINE, East Carolina College,
Greenville, N. C.

WILTSHIRE, MRS. GRACE T., Biology Depart-
ment, Rpndolph-Macon Woman’s College,
Lynchburg, Va.

WINCHESTER, ALBERT M., Biology Department,
Stetson University, De Land, Fla.

WISER, CYRUS W., Department of Biology, Middle
Tennessee State College, Murfreesboro, Tenn.

WOLCOTT, GORDON B., Biology Department,
Southwestern University, Georgetown, Texas.

WOLF, F. A., Botany Department, Duke University,
Durham, N. C.

WOLF, FREDERICK T. Department of Biology,
Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.

WOLFSON, ALFRED M., Box 115, College Station,
Murray, Ky.

WOOD, CARROLL E., JR., Arnold Arboretum,
Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass.

WOOD, FORREST G., JR., Marine Studios, Marine-
land, Fla.

WOOD, JOHN THORNTON, Veterans Administra-
tion Hospital, Roanoke, Va.

WOODMANSEE, ROBERT A., Biology Department,
Box 217, Mississippi Southern College, Hatties-
burg, Miss.

WOODS, FRANK W., Southern Forest, Experiment
Station, Box 900, Mariana, Fla.

WOOLEVER, JOHN DOUGLAS, 2250 Worrington
St., Sarasota, Fla.

WYANT, KATHLEEN D., Dept, of Zoology and
Entomology, University of Tennessee, Knox-
ville 16, Tenn.

YANCEY, PATRICK H., Biology Department,
Spring Hill College, Mobile, Ala.

YARBROUGH, JOHN A., Meredith College, Raleigh,
N. C.

YATES, BERNARD H., 262 Techwood Dr., Atlanta
13, Ga.

YERBY, ELEANOR G., Southern Research In-
stitute, Birmingham, Ala.

YERGER, RALPH W., Department of Zoology,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

YODER, M. C., Lenoir-Ryne College, Hickory, N. C.

YOUNG, MARTIN D., P. O. Box 717, U. S. Public
Health Service, Columbia, S. C.

YOUNT, JAMES L., Department of Biology, Uni-
versity, of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

YOW, FRANCIS WAGONER, Department of
Science, Western Carolina College, Cullowhee,
N. C.

ZIEGLER, ARTHUR W., Botany Department,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla.

54

ASB Bulletin

Directory of ASB Members

2. Geographical Directory

ALABAMA: J. D. Batson, J. C. Wilkes, Jr. Ala-
bama College: P. C. Bailey, D. J. Cotter, H. M.
Phillips. Alabama Polytechnic Institute: E. T.
Browne, Jr., W. D. Ivey, J. S. Mecham, K. Ottis,
H. F. Turner. Birmingham Southern College:

C. S. Doster, F. H. Lauter. Howard College: J.

A. Fincher, H. A. McCullough. Huntington College:
M. J. Brannon. Southern Research Institute:
S. W. Johnson, B. M. Jones, J. E. Jones, J. M.
Meade, J. H. Moore, D. Smithers, J. R. Thom-
son, D. L. Tyler, E. G. Yerby. Spring Hill College:
E. D. Morris, P. H. Yancy. Troy State Teachers
College: W. D. McLaughlin, D. C. Widdowson. Uni-
versity of Alabama: F. Bell, E. L. Bishop, Jr., K. F.
Hancock, R. M. Harper, W. R. Herndon, G. L.
Howell, J. C. O’Kelley, E. G. Patton, S. Smith. Uni-
versity of Alabama Mobile Center: J. Boyles. Wild-
life Reserve Unit: W. H. Adams, Jr.

ARKANSAS: Arkansas College: C. G. Hollis. Ark-
ansas State Teachers College: J. E. Moore.

CALIFORNIA: C. M. Goethe, L. M. Henry, D. R.
Parker. College of the Pacific: S. L. Meyer.

CANADA: Department of Agriculture: H. F.
Howden. Queen’s University: H. A. Denyes. Univer-
sity of Toronto: G. M. Clark.

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: R. S. Leisner, 0. E.
Reynolds, R. L. Taylor. George Washington Univer-
sity: R. B. Stevens, Smithsonian Institution: M. E.
Hale, Jr.

FLORIDA: E. Deviney, D. P. Gordon, R. M. Ingle,
J. B. Lackey, J. G. Montgomery, Mrs. F. Olson,
G. M. Richardson, C. C. Scheu, H. B. Sherman,
W. M. Stone, Jr., D. E. Swindell, Jr., S. E.
Taylor, E. E. Ware, F. W. Woods, J. D. Woolever.
Agricultural Experimental Station: S. E. Mc-
Fadden, Jr. Florida Southern College: M. L.
Gilbert, R. S. Kiser. Florida State Museum: A.

B. Grobman. Florida State University: M. I. Boliek,
R. S. Breen, R. T. Damian, A. G. De Busk, L. C.
Ellias, R. K. Godfrey, R. R. Hathaway, R. B. Holli-
man, M. N. Hood, G. C. Hughes, M. L. Jones,

D. N. Kru9e, H. Kurz, G. C. Madsen, M. Y.
Menzel, R. W. Menzel, C. S. Nielsen, A. L. Pates,

J. P. Reynolds, L. Shanor, R. B. Short, H. M.
Stevenson, M. Trussell, A. Wagner, R. W. Yerger,
A. W. Ziegler. Game and Fresh Water Fish Com-
mission: 0. E. Frye, Jr., Marine Laboratory. S.
P. Meyers. Marine Studios: F. G. Wood, Jr. Pensa-
cola Junior College: M. M. Nez, G. W. Waldorf.
Stetson University: D. L. Fuller, K. L. Hansen, E. C.
Prichard, A. M. Winchester. University of Florida:
W. Auffenberg, L. Berner, E. C. Bovee, J. C. Briggs,
J. W. Brookbank, F. Byers, K. W. Cooper, J. H.
Davis, Jr., R. M. De Witt, J. C. Dickinson, Jr., E. J.
Dupraw, Jr., E. S. Ford, C. Gans, C. J. Goin, J. H.
Gregg, L. S. Hetrick, G. W. Hunter, III, E. R. Jones,
Jr., A. M. Laessle, J. N. Layne, R. D. Mitchell, G.
R. Noggle, E. L. Pierce, J. M. Rawls, J. R. Redmond,
W. J. Riemer, H. J. Teas, H. K. Wallace,
C. J. Weinmann, E. West, M. J. Westfall, Jr., J. L.
Yount. University of Miami: W. H. Leigh, J. K. Mc-
Nulty, F. G. W. Smith, R. H. Williams. University of
Tampa: C. T. Reed.

GEORGIA: G. L. Carver, E. L. Fincher, H. B.
Forester, A. A. Foster, A. B. Kamine, E. B. Lamb,
J. F. Landt, M. S. MacDougall, 0. S. Neylans, Jr.,
R. L. Ramsey, R. J. Reiber, G. H. Vernard, C. A.
Voigt, B. H. Yates. Agnes Scott College: A. J.
Bridgman, S. L. Doerpinghaus, N. P. Groseclose,
A. M. Salyerds. Armstrong College: E. M. McCray,
Jr., F. P. Sivak. Berry College: L. Weeks. Bessie
Tift College: E. E. Jones. Coastal Plain Experiment
Station: J. B. Harris. Emory University: D. W.
Bailey, W. B. Baker, A. V. Beatty, J. W. Beatty,
W. E. Brillhart, W. D. Burbanck, J. N. Cather, A.
C. Clement, M. T. Coleman, H. L. Davis,
Jr., B. F. Edwards, B. E. Frye, C. G. Good-
child, N. E. Gray, S. W. Gray, C. T. Haynes, W. N.
Hughes, A. A. Humphries, Jr., E. L. Hunt, W. T.
Lammers, J. T. McGinnis, C. E. Miller, F. S. Miller,
J. A. Miller, Jr., D. M. Oakerson, F. K. Parrish, J.
W. Parrish, R. A. Pedigo, R. B. Perry, R. B. Platt,
C. Ray, Jr., A. Rebuck, W. B. Redmond, C. M. Vilar-
Alvarez, D. L. Walton, M. M. Wells, D. B.
Williams. Fort Valley State College: M. R.
Myles. Georgia Agricultural Experiment Station:
H. Ciordia, L. L. Farrar. Georgia State Teachers
College: J. A. Boole, Jr. Georgia Teachers College:

Vol. 5, September-December 1958

65

B. J. Bogitsh. Georgia Institute of Technology: T.
W. Kethley. Georgia State College: C. E. Keeler. La
Grange College: J. L. Shibley. Mercer University: D.
W. Johnston. Middle Georgia College: C. J. Kuipers.
Oglethorpe University: M. E. Beadle, A. L. Cohen,
Mrs. D. Williamson. Piedmont College: E. L.
Sawyer. Shorter College: J. T. Darlington, E. L.
Lipps. South Georgia College: J. D. Spooner. Uni-
versity of Georgia: E. G. Beck, G. H. Boyd, F. M.
Bush, E. E. Byrd, W. M. Carlton, J. F. Denton, Jr.,
W. H. Duncan, W. P. Van Eseltine, C. W. Hinton,
L. Jackson, C. W. James, J. H. Jenkins, M. J. John-
son, H. A. Kent, H. 0. Lund, R. B. McGhee, J. W.
Nuttycombe, E. P. Odum, D. C. Scott, G. J. Thomas,
E. F. Thompson, Jr., J. J. Westfall. Valdosta State
College: M. E. Carter, B. Nevins. Wesleyan College:

L. M. Cowie, T. Howell, R. B. Slentz. Young Harris
College: M. M. Provo.

HAWAII: G. J. Davis.

ILLINOIS: S. G. Boyce, W. W. Norris.

INDIANA: University of Notre Dame: G. R.

Bernard, Jr., R. E. Gordon.

IOWA: State University of Iowa: R. F. Thorne.

KANSAS: University of Kansas: E. I. Shaw.

KENTUCKY: D. K. Caldwell, A. M. Wolfson.
Asbury College: B. Walldorf. Berea College: F. Seto.
Centre College: E. W. Cook. Georgetown College: M.
E. Wharton. University of Kentucky: A. Brauer, J.

M. Carpenter, H. P. Riley. University of Louisville:
H. B. Lovell. Union College: A. I. Bolinger, R. R.
Bryden.

LOUISIANA: E. Ferguson, Jr., M. A. Johnson,
Jr., Centenary College: M. Warters. Grambling Col-
lege: V. Henderson. Iberia Livestock Experimental
Station: E. H. Vernon. Louisiana State University:
H. J. Bennett, H. B. Boudreaux, St. J. P. Chilton,
B. T. Cole, L. H. Flint, R. M. Grodner, C. F. Hyde,
G. C. Kent, Jr., R. A. Lafleur, G. H. Lowery, R.
McMillan, G. H. Mickey, R. J. Newman, B. A.
Pleasants, M. S. Salih, H. E. Wheeler. Louisiana
College: C. J. Cavanaugh. Louisiana Polytechnic
Institute: H. E. Shadowen. Loyola University: J.
G. Arnold, Jr., E. L. Beard, H. D. Brown, R. C. Goss,
W. G. Moore, J. H. Mullahy. McNeese State Col-
lege: W J. Dickson, W. Welch, G. V. S. White.
Northeastern Louisiana College: R. Krai. North-
western State College: W. G. Erwin, R. H.
Outland. Newcomb College of Tulane University:
W. A. Eggler, M. Fingerman, J. 0. Krivanek, R. C.

Krivanek, E. P. Volpe, A. L. Welden. Southeastern
Louisiana College: R. Abegg, H. R. Wilson. South-
western Louisiana Institute: G. H. Bick, W. D.
Reese, H. L. Stiff, III. St. Mary’s Dominican College:
D. Chew. Southern University: F. R. Hunter, J.
W. Lee. Tulane University: C. L. Ballard, F. R.
Cagle, E. S. Hathaway, G. II. Penn, R. D. Suttkus.

MARYLAND: T. C. Cheng, E. F. Daly. Johns
Hopkins University: R. R. Cowden. St. Mary’s
Seminary Jr. College: E. E. Estes. University of
Maryland: R. Bamford, W. E. Bickley, J. R. C.
Brown, G. W. Wharton. Western Maryland College:

I. T. Isanogle, J. Kerschner, H. P. Sturdivant.

MASSACHUSETTS: E. L. Gadsden. Harvard Uni-
versity: C. E. Wood, Jr.

MICHIGAN: University of Michigan: G. W. Nace.

MISSISSIPPI: Delta State Teachers College: J.
S. White. Millsaps College: D. Caplenor, R. P. Ward.
Mississippi Southern College: S. W. Rosso, R. A.
Woodmansee. University of Mississippi: I. C.
Kitchin, Y. J. McGaha, P. A. Neely, G. S. St. Amand,
W. St. Amand, J. A. Shearer, H. L. Stirewalt, L.
C. Temple, R. Wall.

MISSOURI: P. L. Redfearn, Jr.

NEW YORK: J. B. Ross. American Museum of
National History: J. C. Moore.

NORTH CAROLINA: E. H. Behre, F. W. Emer-
son, 0. M. Freeman, J. D. Ives, J. B. Sutton, A. F.
Thiel, H. M. Vandiviere, M. R. Vandiviere. Charlotte
College: H. Hechenbleikner. Davidson College: E. E.
Brown, T. Daggy. Duke University: L. E. Anderson,
H. L. Blomquist, C. G. Bookhout, V. S. Bryan, I. E.
Gray, G. T. Hargitt, E. Horn, H. J. Humm, W. S.
Hunter, W. H. Knisely, P. J. Kramer, D. Living-
stone, J. E. Markee, H. J. Oosting, J. Philpott, F.

J. Vernberg, F. A. Wolf. East Carolina College: T.
H. Eaton, Jr., R. R. Haubrich, L. A. Rice, C. Wilton.
Elon College: P. S. Reddish. Flora Macdonald Col-
lege: D. H. Hawse. Guilford College: E. E. Terrell.
High Point College: B. H. Hill. Lenoir Rhyne Col-
lege: M. C. Yoder. Meredith College: J. A. Yar-
brough. North Carolina State College: J. W. Hardin,
W. W. Hassler. E. M. Lowery, G. C. Miller, T. L.
Quay, B. W. Smith. Peace College: J. P. Holt.
Peiffer College: C. W. Foreman, J. D. Manly, C.
H. Robertson. University of North Carolina: J. E.
Adams, H. E. Ahles, D. B. Anderson, C. R. Bell, J.
W. Blake, M. R. Carriker, W. W. Cort, D. P. Costel-
lo, J. N. Couch, V. A. Greulach, J. G. Haesloop, J.
H. Horton, D. B. Jeffreys, C. E. Jenner, W. J.

56

ASB Bulletin

Koch, P. E. Lutz, J. T. Mulling A. E. Radford,
H. R. Totten, M. Whittinghill. Wake Forest College:
0. C. Bradbury, H. G. Britt, E. C. Cocke,
H. B. Howe, Jr. Wingate Junior College: B. E.
Smith. Western Carolina College: F. W. Yow.
Woman’s College, University of North Carolina:

V. M. Cutter, Jr., C. W. Dawley, M. Roeder, H. J.
Rogers, A. Shaftesbury.

OHIO: L. G. Williams. Otterbein College: M. L.
Laslie.

PENNSYLVANIA: R. D. Barnes. Albright Col-
lege: A. Schwartz. University of Pennsylvania: P.

W. Whiting.

PERU: B. Lowy.

PUERTO RICO: University of Puerto Rico: R.

E. Coker.

SOUTH CAROLINA: C. Huggins, M. C. Mc-
Master, M. D. Moorehead, G. F. Townes, D. P.
Wiley. Bear’s Bluff Laboratory: R. G. Lunz, Jr., L.

F. Swails, Jr. Brookgreen Gardens: F. G. Tarbox, G.

L. Tarbox, Jr. The Citadel: I. S. H. Metcalf, J. H.
Watkins. Clemson College: A. C. Mathews, R. W.
Rutledge. College: of Charleston: S. K. Laffoday.
Columbia College: D. N. Wiggs. Erskine College:
T. D. Brown. Furman University: D. E. Kirk, C. L.
Rodgers. Lander College: N. Q. Henry. Limestone
College: E. A. Crawford, Jr. North Greenville
Junior College: E. D. Moon. Presbyterian College:
A. B. Stump. South Carolina State College:
A. P. Chippey, L. C. Roache. U. S. Public Health
Service: R. W. Burgess, G. M. Jeffrey, M. D.
Young. University of South Carolina: W. T. Batson,
H. W. Freeman, W. R. Kelley, J. N. Liles, R. Love-
lace. Winthrop College: J. A. Freeman, M. Hess,
R. M. Jones, I. Potter, A. Tingley.

SOUTH DAKOTA: South Dakota State College:

W. C. Morgan, Jr.

TENNESSEE: A. Bowling, W. A. Gilbert. Bel-
mont College: J. Wilson. Bryan University: L. E.
Rouch. Carson-Newman College: I. W. Bacon, J. A.
Chapman, H. F. Dickenson. East Tennessee State
College: F. H. Barclay, R. E. Garth. George Pea-
body College: C. S. Chadwick, A. H. Cook, J. M.
Shaver. King College: B. A. Barrington, Jr. Middle
Tennessee State College: C. W. Wiser. Oak Ridge
National Laboratory: N. G. Anderson, E. B. Darden,

M. E. Gaulden, W. D. Gude, A. Hollaender, R. F.
Kimball, J. McCrone, T. T. Odell, Jr., L. B. Russell,
W. L. Russell, C. S. Shoup, 0. C. Wells. Southwest-
ern College: C. L. Baker, A. I. Smith. Tennessee
Wesleyan College: R. M. Johnson. Tusculum Col-
lege: A. F. Van Pelt, Jr. University of Chattanooga:

E. McGilliard. University of the South: E. McCrady,
University of Tennessee: J. G. Carlson, A. C.
Cole, Jr., H. R. De Seim, R. C. Fraser, L.
R. Hesler, J. C. Howell, A. W. Jones, T. J. Miller,

F. H. Norris, H. F. L. Rock, R. E. Shanks, A. J.
Sharp, J. T. Tanner, S. R. Tipton, J. I. Townsend,

H. L. Ward, K. D. Wyant. Vanderbilt University:
R. B. Channell, S. L. Clark, C. E. Farrell, J. Friauf,

I. McVeigh, E. Quarterman, F. T. Wolf.

TEXAS: Lamar State College of Technology: R.

K. Strawn. Southwestern University: G. B. Wolcott.
Stephen F. Austin State College: W. H. Lewis. Uni-
versity of Dallas: A. A. Walker. University of Texas:

L. S. Dure III, H. T. Odum.

VIRGINIA: E. Dunlap, L. R. Emmons, B. I. Johns,

E. Liner, W. D. Mankin, W. L. Richards, A. M.
Somerville, Jr., G. Sprugel, Jr., K. P. Stevens, H.

F. Weiler, 0. E. White, W. H. Willis, J. T. Wood.
Averett College: N. B. Eliason. Bridgewater College:
E. L. Kyzer, F. E. Silliman. College of William and
Mary: G. J. Blank, M. A. Byrd, K. A. Wagner.
Emory and Henry College: A. R. Shields. Hampden-
Sydney College: H. B. Overcash. Hollins College:

H. M. Churchill, P. M. Patterson, J. C. Thompson,
Jr. Longwood College: R. T. Brumfield, G. W. Jef-
fers. Lynchburg College: P. J. Osborne. Madison
College: M. S. Anderson, W. L. Mengebier, E. D.
Miller, A. M. Showalter. Mary Washington Col-
lege: Z. W. C. Black, M. J. Parrish. Medical Col-
lege of Virginia: W. M. Reams, Jr. Randolph Macon
Women’s College: D. L. Crandall, F. F. Flint, P. A.
Walker, G. T. Wiltshire. Roanoke College: H. L.
Holloway, Jr. Sweet Briar College: J. C. Belcher,

E. F. Sprague. University Center: E. Berkeley.
University of Richmond: N. E. Rice, R. F. Smart, J.
C. Strickland, Jr., W. R. West, Jr. University of
Virginia: A. L. Caspar, J. D. Deck, J. N. Dent,
W. S. Flory, Jr., H. H. Hobbs, Jr., L. Husted, T.
L. Johnson, R. J. Knight, Jr., E. W. Lautenschlager,

I. F. Lewis, S. P. Maroney, Jr., J. J. Rappaport, B.

F. Runk, W. R. Singleton, C. L. Wills. Virginia
Fisheries Laboratory: W J. Hargis, Jr. Virginia
Polytechnic Institute: W. G. Evans, P. C. Holt, H.
L. Klewer, A. B. Massey, D. E. Norby, W. L.
Threlkeld, I. D. Wilson.

WEST VIRGINIA: E. A. Harrison. Bethany
College: M. E. Jacobs, B. R. Weimer. Fairmont
State College: W. D. Creasy. Greenbriar College:
H. Holt. West Virginia University: C. H. Baer,
H. D. Bennett, E. L. Core.

WYOMING: University of Wyoming: A. Kroch-
mal.

Vol. 5, September-December 1958

57

The Southeast as a
Source of Botanists

Two reports (1, 3) on the academic origins of
botanists provide information as to the contribution
of the southeastern colleges and universities to
the supply of American botanists. As Table I in-
dicates, our region does not rate high in this re-
spect at either the bachelor’s or doctor’s level,
either in absolute numbers or in proportion to
the total number of college students or the number
of colleges and universities.

The data in columns 1 through 3 are from the
earlier of the two studies, and are based on a
tabulation of the botanists listed in the seventh
edition of American Men of Science (1944). The
data in column 4 are from the later study (3) and
are derived from the ninth edition of AMS (1955).

colleges and universities. That the type of regional
distribution secured for botany is not unique, but
rather characteristic for science as a whole, is
indicated by other studies such as that of Knapp and
Goodrich (2).

In the earlier study the most productive South-
eastern institutions, with their ranks and number
of graduates, were 26. Clemson (20), 36. West
Virginia (15), 46. Maryland (12), and Mississippi
A. & M. (12). At the Ph.D. level the ranked in-
stitutions were 14. Maryland (28), 26. Virginia
(13), 27. Duke (12), 38. North Carolina (6), 42.
Louisiana State (4), and 46. West Virginia (3).
Eleven years later only three southeastern in-
stitutions ranked among the top fifty at the under-
graduate level: 32. Clemson (19), 42. North Car-
olina (16), and 48. West Virginia (15). At the Ph.D.

Table I. Regional Distribution of Degrees in Botany

Region

1. No. graduates
in AMS, Ed. 7
Bach. Ph.D.

2. Graduates /10, 000
students, AMS, Ed. 7
Bach. Ph.D.

3. Graduates/

institution1
Bach. Ph.D.

4. No. graduates

in AMS. Ed. 9
Bach. Ph.D.

5. Bachelors as
% of total

Ed. 7 Ed. 9

6. Doctors as %
of total

Ed. 7 Ed. 9

Northeast

501

562

14.7

16.5

2.2

17.6

342

660

25.8

22.8

34.3

29.2

Midwest

697

805

24.4

28.2

3.1

40.3

638

1116

35.9

42.6

49.1

49.3

Northwest

218

36

32.9

5.4

3.2

7.2

127

45

11.2

8.6

2.2

2.0

West Coast

187

146

21.2

16.5

4.0

18.3

239

265

9.6

16.0

8.9

11.7

Southwest

52

11

8.4

1.8

1.0

2.8

32

21

2.7

2.1

0.7

0.9

Southeast

160

38

12.5

2.9

1.0

4.2

35

99

8.3

2.3

2.3

4.4

Canada

124

42

30.0

10.2

5.0

6.0

84

57

6.5

5.7

2.5

2.5

Total

1939

1640

19.1

16.2

2.4

19.3

1497

2263

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

1 For bachelors, all colleges and universities in region used as the base. For Ph.D., institutions in region granting this degree
used as the base. Data based on AMS, Ed. 7.

Columns 5 and 6 convert the number of students
from each region to per cents of the total, to
permit more ready comparison between the two
sets of data representing an eleven year interval.
The comparisons are interesting but must be made
with caution at the bachelor’s level since the two
samples are different. In the earlier study the data
are based on the entire listing, while in the latter
one they include only the graduates of the 50 most
productive institutions, who constituted only 55 per
cent of the total of 2711 botanists listed. For the
Ph.D graduates the data are more comparable, since
the 66 universities listed in the later study pro-
duced all but 25 of the graduates tabulated.

Both sets of data reveal the Midwest as by far
the most productive of all the regions and the
Southwest as the least productive, with the South-
east not too far ahead of it. During the eleven year
interval the West Coast and the Southeast gained
in the per cent of the total doctorates granted,
while the Northeast lost and the other regions re-
mained essentially stable. The percentage changes
at the bachelor’s level probably lack significance
for the reason mentioned above. The marked drop
for the Southeast is probably due to the fact that
graduates in our region are widely dispersed, only
three institutions having enough graduates in botany
to be included in the list of the fifty most productive

level the southeastern list increased to eight: 19.
Duke (34), 20. Maryland (31), 27. North Carolina
(21), 31. Virginia (16), 33. Louisiana State (11),
40. North Carolina State (7), 44. West Virginia
(6), and 54. Vanderbilt (4).

Although many possible reasons for the regional
differences in the productivity of botanists come to
mind, it is difficult if not impossible to assess their
importance. Regardless of the reasons, the South is
not producing its fair share of botanists and we
should make every effort to improve our standing
in this respect. Indications are that improvement is
already underway, at least at the graduate level,
and it is likely that a similar survey based on the
next edition of AMS would reveal considerably
increased productivity in our region, with a number
of additional colleges and universities added to
the ranking list of most productive institutions.
Victor A. Greulach, University of North Carolina.

Literature Cited

1. Greulach, Victor A. Academic origins of Ameri-
can botanists. Plant Science Bull. 2 (1) :4-7,
1956.

2. Knapp, R. H. and H. B. Goodrich. Origin of
American scientists. Chicago: University of
Chicago Press, 1952.

3. Lyon, Charles J. Origins and status of Ameri-
can botanists. Science 125: 1071-1075, 1957.

58

ASB Bulletin

NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST

About People

K. W. Cooper, research professor of biology at
the University of Florida, has been appointed an
associate editor of Evolution for a three year term.

Wilbrod St. Amand, until recently with the Biolo-
gy Division, ORNL, has accepted a professorship
of biology at the University of Mississippi.

Ouida Carolyn Wells, who recently received her
Fh.D. in biology from Emory University, has ac-
cepted a position with the cytology and genetics
group at the Biology Division, ORNL.

A. C. Clement of Emory University has been
named program director for developmental biology
in the Division of Biological and Medical Sciences,
National Science Foundation. Dr. Clement is on
leave from Emory.

The following biologists have returned to their
academic duties after being associated for the
summer in the indicated capacities with the Biolo-
gy Division, ORNL: George C. Royal, Jr. of the
A. & T. College of North Carolina, research particip-
ant: James N. Dent, University of Virginia, con-
sultant; Robert T. Brumfield, Longwood College,
consultant; and A. H. O’Bier, Jr., Longwood College,
assistant to Dr. Brumfield.

Donald B. Anderson has been named provost and
vice president of the University of North Carolina
and will assume his duties in Chapel Hill November
1. For many years Dr. Anderson has been pro-
fessor of botany, chairman of the division of
biological sciences, and dean of the graduate school
at the North Carolina State College division of the
University, and during the past several years has
been on leave of absence to serve as program
director in the scientific personnel and education
division of the National Science Foundation.

Robert S. Leisner, who recently received his Ph.-
D. in botany from the University of North Carolina
has accepted a position as assistant to the ex-
ecutive director of the American Institute of
Biological Sciences.

Memorials to the late Arthur Sperry Pearse, for-
merly professor of zoology, Duke University, have
been erected at the Duke Marine Laboratory, to
honor the man who was largely responsible for
establishment of the Laboratory. The A. S. Pearse
Memorial Scholarship in Marine Biology was award-
ed to George H. Rees, graduate student in zoology,
Duke University.

James H. Eads, Jr., formerly of Middle Tennessee
State College, Murphresboro, is now assistant pro-
fessor of biology, Meredith College, Raleigh, N. C.

John A. Yarbrough, Meredith College, is now
chairman of the Collegiate Academy Conference of
the AAAS.

Rolf Siepmann, Christian Albrechts University,
Kiel, Germany, is research associate in mycology,
Duke University.

The first annual Pearse Memorial Lecture was
given in July by H. L. Blomquist, Duke Univer-
sity. Dr. Blomquist spoke on his travels in Puerto
Rico.

Wm. Burbanck has resumed his duties in the
Emory Biology Department after a year leave
spent in study and research at the Woods Hole
Biological Station.

Rosamond McMillan, who has been a visiting pro-
fessor in the department of biology at Agnes Scott
College is now in the department of agricultural
chemistry and biochemistry at Louisiana State Uni-
versity in Baton Rouge, where she will do research
on the lipid metabolism in Ankistrodesmus.

S. Leonard Doerpinghaus has accepted a position
as assistant professor in the department of biology
at Agnes Scott College. He comes from the depart-
ment of botany at Louisiana State University.

John Davis of the University of Florida is now at
the University of Mandalay, Mandalay, Burma. He
left July 1, 1958 and will be there for 3 years on a
grant with the University of Florida and the Ford
Foundation. Dr. Davis is teaching botany and
zoology and will also have an opportunity to do some
ecological field work and some work in phytogeo-
graphy.

Lillian Arnold retired after 30 years service as
curator of the herbarium. Agricultural Experiment
Station, University of Florida. Daniel Ward, a re-
cent Ph.D. graduate of Cornell, is to replace Miss
Arnold. He will also teach taxonomy in the botany
department.

Alan Conger, formerly of the Oak Ridge National
Laboratory, has joined the staff of the botany and
biology Department at the University of Florida
as professor of radiation biology. He will develop
a teaching and research program in radiation biolo-
gy.

Yoneo Sagawa, assistant professor of botany at

Vol. 5, September-December 1958

59

the University of Florida, spent the summer as guest
collaborator at the Brookhaven National Labora-
tory.

Three members of the department of zoology
of the University of North Carolina attended in-
tersational congresses during the summer:
Maurice Whittinghill, Donald P. Costello, and
Melbourne R. Carriker. Dr. Whittinghill presented
the paper “Distribution of Rheumatoid Arthritis
and Spondylitis and Still’s Disease in a Single Large
Kindred” at the Xth International Congress of
Genetics at Montreal, Canada, in August. His grant
from the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission has been
extended for another term, and concerns the re-
lation between spontaneous and induced muta-
tions and crossovers. Drs. Costello and Carriker at-
tended the XVth International Congress of Zoology
in London, England. Dr. Carriker spoke on “Com-
parative Functional Morphology and Evolution of
the Drilling Mechanism in Urosalpinx and Eu-
pleura”. After the Congress he visited marine la-
boratories at Burnham-on-Crouch and Plymouth,
England; Millport, Scotland; and Menai Bridge
and Conway, Wales. His grant for research on
oyster drills has been extended for another period
by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and he was
re-elected president of the National Shellfisheries
Association.

Charles E. Jenner, Chairman of the department
of zoology at the University of North Carolina,
spent the latter half of the summer at the Marine
Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts,
continuing studies of aggregation and schooling
behavior in the mud snail. C. D. Beers of the de-
partment spent the summer at Mt. Desert Island
Biological Laboratory, Maine, studying ciliates of
che foot and mantle cavity of Mytilus. H. E. Lehman
officiated as chairman of one of the sessions of
metings of the Society for the Study and Growth
and Development in Massachusetts in June.

Lillian Lehman (formerly Lillian Youngs) has
accepted an appointment as assistant professor in
the department of zoology at the University of
North Carolina for the current school year. Dr. Leh-
man did her graduate work at Chapel Hill.

William A. Arnold of the Biology Division, ORNL,
spent the summer months working with Albert
Szent-Gyorgyi at the Institute for Muscle Research,
Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Dr. Arnold’s studies
concern energy transfer in biological systems, parti-
cularly in muscles.

John S. Kirby-Smith has returned to the Biology
Division ORNL, from a one year’s leave of absence
spent at St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, London,

England. Dr. Kirby-Smith is head of the biophysics
group.

Karl Bruce Jacobson has reported to work in the
Nucleic Acid Chemistry Group at the Biology Divi-
sion, ORNL. Dr. Jacobson received the Ph.D. degree
from the McCollum-Pratt Institute of the Johns
Hopkins University and for the past two years has
been associated with Dr. Linus Pauling at California
Institute of Technology, Pasadena.

N. E. Tolbert, who has been head of the plant
biochemistry group of the Biology Division, ORNL,
has accepted a position as professor of agricultural
chemistry at Michigan State University, East Lan-
sing.

A. C. Cole of the University of Tennessee de-
partment of zoology and entomology spent the
summer in Mexico studying the “harvesting” ant.
This work was supported by a National Science
Foundation grant. Dr. Cole’s work includes collect-
ing specimens and accumulating field data on dis-
tribution, habitats, populations, and life histories.

Four members of the University of Tennessee
botany department spent the summer studying
plant life in the tundra of northern Alaska for the
Arctic Institute of North America. The project
was directed by Royal E. Shanks who has spent
the previous three summers in Alaska. Other botan-
ists participating in ths project are John Koranda,
Harry Sherman, and A. J. Sharp, head of the botany
department at Tennessee.

Warren M. Deacon retired in the spring from the
chairmanship of the department of biology at
Vanderbilt University. Prof. Deacon, who was
recently honored by the 1958 graduating class as
Yearbook Sponsor and by the Highlands Biological
Laboratory in having one of the newly erected build-
ings named the Deacon Cottage, will continue to
teach bacteriology. No appointment to the chair-
manship of the department has yet been made.

R. B. Channell of Vanderbilt University taught a
course in marine botany at the Gulf Coast Marine
Lab, Ocean Springs, Miss., during the summer.
For the last term of the summer session, J. J. Friauf
taught at the Mountain Lake, Va. Biological Station.
Among the Vanderbilt personnel assisting with the
NSF Institute for Science Teachers at Murray
State College, Murray, Ky., were Ilda McVeigh
and Elsie Quarterman.

James T. Blackwell, a recent Vanderbilt Univer-
sity graduate in bacteriology, has accepted a posi-
tion as assistant professor at Pensacola Junior Col-
lege.

Wm. C. Sloan has been appointed instructor in
zoology at Vanderbilt University.

60

ASB Bulletin

Ronald C. Rustad, who received his doctor’s de-
gree from the University of California, is now an
instructor in physiology in the department of biolo-
gical sciences at Florida State University. Dr.
Rustad spent last semester as a research associate
at the University of Edinburgh.

Robert Krai, formerly of Florida State University,
is now instructor in biology at North East Louisiana
College, Monroe, Louisiana.

James Hardin, assistant professor of botany at
North Carolina State College won the Cooley Award
for the best published paper of the preceding calen-
dar year dealing with the flora of the southeastern
U. S. The award was made at the AIBS meetings in
Bloomington.

A. M. Winchester, head of the biology depart-
ment at Stetson University, attended the Interna-
tional Congress of Zoology in London, England
from July 16 to July 26.

E. C. Prichard of the biology department at
Stetson University spent the past summer at Camp
Rockmont near Black Mountain, N. C. as associate
director in charge of nature study for the camp.

Adrian W. Poitras joined the faculty of the de-
partment of biological sciences at Florida State
University in September. He was formerly associate
professor of botany and plant pathology at Alabama
Polytechnic Institute, Auburn.

Relis B. Brown, formerly visiting associate pro-
fessor at Vanderbilt University, is this year a re-
search associate at Florida State University.

Leland Shanor, head of the department of biologi-
cal sciences at Florida State University, participated
in a National Science Foundation Summer Institute
at Illinois Weslyan University, July 28-August 7.

Neil C. Hidings, who received his Ph.D. in biolo-
gical oceanography from the Florida State Univer-
sity Oceanographic Institute in August, is now as-
sistant professor in the department of biology and
geology at Texas Christian University. George Grice,
former Oceanographic Institute student, has re-
ceived a Guggenheim Fellowship to study copepods
of the Pacific. He is located in Hawaii.

John B. Morrill has returned from six months
at the Hubrecht Laboratory, University of Utrecht,
where he participated in the third International Em-
bryology Teamwork session, and is now with the
department of biology, Weslyan University. Dr.
Morrill received his Ph.D. in zoology from Florida
State University in February, 1958.

Sidney W. Fox, director of the Florida State
University Oceanographic Institute, attended the

International Seaweed Symposium in Galway, Ire-
land, this summer and was chairman of a scientific
session at the meeting. He also attended the In-
ternational Union of Biochemistry meeting in
Vienna and was a delegate of the NAS-NRC to the
general assembly.

Kurt Kohler of the Max-Planek-Institut fur Me-
eresbiologie is a research associate with the Florida
State University Oceanographic Institute working
with Charles B. Metz in the experimental embryolo-
gy laboratory. Dr. Kohler joined the Institute staff
in February, 1958.

Alan J. Kohn, formerly of Yale University, is
now assistant professor of zoology at Florida State
University.

The extensive refresher course in protozoology
given jointly by the American Society of Zoologists
and the Society of Protozoologists at the recent
AIBS meetings at Indiana University at Blooming-
ton included amongst the demonstrations a display
of over 200 models representing 50 species of
amebas, prepared by Eugene C. Bovee, associate
professor of biology at the University of Florida.

Allen L. Steinhauer has joined the staff of the
department of entomology, Agricultural Experiment
Station, University of Maryland. Dr. Steinhauer
is a native of Canada and a graduate of the Uni-
versity of Manitoba. He recently received his Ph.D
degree at Oregon State College. His research ex-
perience has been in the field of forage crop in-
sects, fruit insects, insect physiology and toxicology.
His principal duties at College Park will involve
research on insects affecting alfalfa, clover, and
other forage crops.

Gordon B. Wolcott formerly of the USPHS,
Columbia, S. C. has accepted a position as professor
of biology at Southwestern University, George-
town, Texas. Dr. Wolcott had been at Southwestern
for a number of years before going to Columbia,
and has been active in ASB affairs while in the
southeast.

A new manual of winter botany, “Woody Plants
in Winter,” by Earl L. Core and Nelle Ammons of
West Virginia University has ben published by the
Boxwood Press of Pittsburgh. The book contains
keys to genera and species, and brief descriptions of
the winter features, with sketches of buds and twig
characters. About 300 species are included, re-
presenting the more common trees and shrubs of
the northeastern United States and southeastern
Canada (“Gray’s Manual range”).

R. F. Kimball has returned to the Biology Divi-
sion, ORNL, after a nine months’ leave of absence

Vol. 5, September-December 1958

61

spent at the Karolinska Instituted Stockholm,
Sweden. Dr. Kimball is head of the Cytology and
Genetics Section.

Alexander Hollaender attended the Second
United Nations International Conference on the
Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy in Geneva,
Switzerland, September 1-13, as a member of the
United States Delegation to serve as technical ad-
visor. Dr. Hollaender then went to Milan, Italy, to
consult with members of the Italian Radiobiology
Committee in regard to the organization of a
radiobiology program in Italy.

William L. Russell of the Biology Division,
ORNL, also attended the International Conference
on the Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy in Geneva.
Dr. Russell then went to Great Britain to confer
with personnel concerning subjects having a bear-
ing on the genetic hazards of radiation in man at
University College, London, and the Chester Beatty
Research Institute in London; Institute of Animal
Genetics, Edinburgh; and the University, Glasgow,
Scotland.

William C. Massey has been appointed associate
professor of biology at the University of Florida.
An archeologist and anthropologist, he holds A.B.
(1940) and Ph.D. (1955) degrees from the Univer-
sity of California.

Frank J. S. Maturo has been appointed assistant
professor of biology at the University of Florida.
He comes to Florida from the University of North
Carolina where he has been an assistant professor of
zoology. He is a specialist on the marine bryozoa.

William J. Riemer assistant professor of biology
at the University of Florida, and assistant curator of
biology at the Florida State Museum, left in Septem-
ber for Tel Aviv, Israel where he will be on Ful-
bright Fellowship at the University of Israel for
the academic year 1958-59. While at the University
of Israel he will do research in herpetology and
will teach classes in herpetology and zoogeography.

Coleman J. Goin, professor of biology at the
University of Florida, was the principal speaker at
the annual banquet of the American Society of
Icthyologists and Herpetologists at the recent AIBS
meetings at Indiana University in Bloomington.
His topic was “The Evolution of Amphibian Life
Histories.”

Three biologists who recently received their
Ph.D. degrees from the University of Florida have
accepted positions in the Southeast. Robert G. Weig-
el is now assistant professor of biology at Howard
College, Birmingham, William C. Sloan is interim
assistant professor of biology at Vanderbilt Uni-
versity, and William Jennings is in the rabies con-

trol division of the Florida Fish and Game Com-
mission.

Frances E. Silliman, recently of the University
of North Carolina, has accepted a position in the
biology department at Bridgewater College, Bridge-
water, Va.

John Herr, who received his Ph.D. in botany from
the University of North Carolina in 1957 and spent
last year in India studying on a Fulbright Scholar-
ship, has accepted a position at Pfeiffer College.
Other botanists who received their degrees from
the University of North Carolina and have accepted
positions beginning this fall are Charles E. Miller
at Emory University and George Ramseur at the
University of the South.

Beatrice Exner has joined the staff in botany at
Louisiana State Universty. Dr. Exner was pre-
viously associated with Francis T. Nichols College,
Thibodeaux, Louisiana.

Richard E. Garth has been appointed assistant
professor of biology at Northwestern State College
(Louisiana). Dr. Grath comes from East Tennessee
State College.

Robert E. Gordon has resigned from Northeast
State College (Louisiana) to join the staff in the
department of biology at Notre Dame. Dr. Gordon
has been replaced at Northeast State by Robert
Krai.

Harold A. Dundee, from University of Michigan
(herpetology), and Robert A. Norris, from Univer-
sity of California (ornithology), have been ap-
pointed to the faculty of the department of zoology
at Tulane University. Dr. Norris for the past three
years has worked with the University of Georgia
Ecological Studies Projects of the Atomic Energy
Commission Savannah River Plant Area.

Fred R. Cagle, Tulane University, has just re-
turned from a 40-day tour of the USSR as an of-
ficial representative of the AIBS. The tour was
arranged by the Soviet Academy of Sciences. Dr.
Cagle visited 14 scattered sectors from Leningrad
to Siberia. Among his assignments was that of ex-
ploring the possibility of expanding the inflow of
Russian biological literature to the U. S. Following
the Russian tour, Dr. Cagle visited research in-
stitutes in India, Hong Kong, and Japan.

Stuart S. Bamforth represented Tulane University
this summer at the 15th International Zoological
Congress in London.

Rene J. Bienvenu, Northwestern State College
(Louisiana), served as visiting professor of bacterio-
logy at the University of Texas during the second
summer term.

62

ASB Bulletin

Institutions and Organizations

The Second Alligator Harbor Embryology Con-
ference was held at the Florida State University
Oceanographic .Institute’s marine laboratory in
March. Scientists from ten southeastern univer-
sities and institutions attended the informal meet-
ings. The conference was jointly organized by
C. B. Metz, FSU Oceanographic Institute; J. R.
Usher, FSU chemistry department; and J. W. Brook-
bank and James Gregg of the University of
Florida biology department.

Twelve full weeks of coursework were offered
at the Florida State University Alligator Harbor
Marine Laboratory summer session this year, as
the beginning of a fuller summer instruction pro-
gram for the laboratroy. Meredith L. Jones taught
Survey of Marine Science from June 9 to July
18 and R. W. Menzel offered a course in experiment-
al marine biology from July 21 to August 29.

Facilities of the Florida State University Oceano-
graphic Institute are available throughout the year
for qualified visiting investigators. On the Talla-
hassee campus laboratory and office space are pro-
vided, along with standard research equipment.
At the Alligator Harbor Marine Laboratory research
cubicles, living accommodations, boats, collecting
gear, and standard equipment are available without
charge to visiting investigators. Any person desiring
to use the facilities of the Institute is invited to
apply to the office of the director, outlining his
proposed research, probable length of his visit,
and needs in space and equipment. The request
preferably should be made at least two months be-
fore the proposed visit.

Duke University is constructing a new 3.5 million
dollar biology-forestry building. The building, which
wil be of brick and adjacent to the physics build-
ing, will provide much improved and enlarged
facilities.

The department of biology at the Woman’s Col-
lege of the University of North Carolina, Greens-
boro, is conducting an NSF In-Service Training In-
stitute for high school biology teachers under the
direction of Hollis J. Rogers.

At the formal reopening of the Highlands
Biological Station in June, Stanley A. Cain, Uni-
versity of Michigan, gave the address, “The Role
of the Biological Station.” On June 29 ceremonies
dedicating the William Chambers Coker laboratory
building, the Margaret Cannon Howell Cottage, the
Henry Wright Cottage, and the Warren M. Deacon
Cottage were held. These buildings were made
possible by a grant from the National Science
Foundation. The dedicatory address was made by
Lewis E. Anderson, Duke University. New officers

elected at the 31st Annual Meeting of the Station
included: President, Leland Shanor, Florida State
University; Vice-President, H. J. Oosting, Duke
University; and Robert K. Godfrey, Florida State
University, member Board of Managers. Florida
State University is the ninth institution to become
a Subscribing Institutional Member of the Station.
The National Science Foundation has made a grant
of $17,400 over the next three years to the Station
for research grants-in-aid for work in the Southern
Appalachians. Central heating of a part of the new
laboratory building and the Margaret Cannon
Howell Cottage will make the station available
throughout the year for research.

A 6000 curie cobalt-60 source has been placed
in operation by the Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion of the University of Florida. This facility was
planned and built under the supervision of Howard
Teas.

A series of popular lectures in the humanities
and sciences was held at Mississippi Southern Col-
lege during the summer. Representing the biological
sciences, A. E. Harrises, Mississippi Southern, dis-
cussed “Parasitemias in Domestic Animals and
Man in Mississippi”; George C. Kent, Jr., L. S. U.,
spoke on “Hormones in the Flux of Life.”

The new Biological Sciences building at North-
western State College (Louisiana) has been com-
pleted and classes were held in it for the first time
during the summer session. A N.S.C. summer in-
stitute for 53 high school science teachers was
conducted at the college. W. G. Erwin sei’ved as
director.

Grants in Aid

During recent months the biology department
at Emory University has been awarded research
grants totaling almost $150,000. Three grants are
from the Atomic Energy Commission: $7,000 to

A. V. Beatty for a one year study of the biological
effects of radiation, $12,708 to Robert B. Platt
for a one year study of the long range effects of
radiation on natural plant and animal populations,
and $26,863 to Dr. Platt for a one year study on
the ecological effects of radiation at the Lockheed
reactor 9ite. A. A. Humphries has a grant of' $2,638
from the American Cancer Society for further
studies on the influence of the oviduct on amphibian
eggs, while E. L. Hunt has a $23,987 grant from
the Public Health Service for a three year study
of estrus cycle and gestation in diabetic rats. Dur-
ing the summer W. D. Burbanck studied the ecology
of estuarine isopods on a $1,000 grant from the
Office of Naval Research. The National Science
Foundation has awarded two grants: $5,000 to W.

B. Baker for a one year study of the biology cur-

Vol. 5, September-December 1958

63

ricula of the Atlanta area and the improvement of
biology instruction, and $13,000 to C. Ray, Jr. for
a two year study on the cytogenetics of Tetrahyme-
na pyriformis.

Jack D. Burke of the University of Richmond has
been granted $375 by the Society of the Sigma Xi
to assist in the study of blood volume, oxygen
capacity, and oxy-hemoglobin affinity of blood in
armadillos.

Among the recent National Science Foundation
grants are $34,000 to T. B. Mitchell of North Caro-
lina State College for a three year study of native
bees of the eastern U. S.} $5,300 to S. P. Myers of
the University of Miami for a one year study of the
marine yeasts of Biscayne Bay, and $6,000 to
Arthur C. Cole, Jr. of the University of Tennessee
for a two year study of the ant genus Pogonomyr-
mex.

John M. Woodward, professor of bacteriology
at the University of Tennessee, has received a grant
of $15,960 from the Office of Naval Research to
continue studies on tularemia.

D. Frank Holtman, head of the University of
Tennessee bacteriology department, has received
a National Science Foundation grant of $11,700 to
continue studies on the effects of typhoid-type
organisms on protein metabolism of laboratory
animals.

Guy T. Barry of the University of Tennessee
Memorial Research Center has received a grant
of $84,000 from the National Institutes of Health
to investigate the chemical nature of substances
frequently found on the surface of bacteria.

New research grants to biologists at the Univer-
sity of Florida from the National Institutes of
Health include $18,800 to Henry M. Wallbrunn for
a two year period to study “Mutation Rates in
Homozygotes and Heterozygotes’’; $42,000 to John
W. Brookbank over a five year period to study
“Antigen Distribution in Developing Sea Urchin
Embryos”; $60,000 to James H. Gregg to investigate
“Physiology of Growth and Aggregation in the
Slime Mold, Dictyostelium ” through a five year
term; and $20,500 to Eugene C. Bovee for a three-
year “Study of the naked, lobose Amoebida.”

C. W. Edington of Florida State University has
received a grant of $15,000 from the Atomic
Energy Commission for studies on gene and chromo-
some changes induced by ionizing radiations in
Drosophila melanogaster.

The department of botany of the University of
Florida received a $10,000 grant from the Atomic
Energy Commission to purchase equipment to be
used in teaching the use of radioisotopes in life

sciences. The grant is under the supervision of G.

Ray Noggle.

Robert B. Platt of Emory University has received
a Guggenheim Fellowship for “Ecological Studies
of communities with reference to their microen-
vironment.” The work will be carried out at
Emory through the fall and will be continued in
northern Europe and the Scandinavian countries
for seven months, beginning in February 1959.

A two-year grant of $1400 has been awarded R.
J. Neff of the University of Tennessee by the
National Institutes of Health to be used in studies
on the nuclear physiology of a soil amoeba.

Norman C. Negus of Tulane University has re-
ceived a renewal grant of $15,000 from the Atomic
Energy Commission to continue his studies on
cyclic changes in small mammal populations of Bre-
ton Island, Louisiana.

John S. Laurie, also of Tulane, has received a
grant of $10,000 from the National Institutes of
Health for studies on the comparative physiology
of parasitic helminths.

Milton Fingerman of Tulane has received a re-
newal grant of $40,000 from the National Institutes
of Health to continue his studies on the hormone
systems of crustaceans.

Rene J. Bienvenu (Northwestern La. State)
has received a renewal grant of $18,788 to continue
his studies on Haptenes in immunity to Brucellosis.

As a result of the expansion of its budget from
$40 to $130 million the National Science Foundation
io now in a position to make more extensive grants
in its research, fellowship, institute and other
established programs and to establish new pro-
grams, particularly in science education. Among
the latter for which proposals are now being in-
vited are summer training programs for secondary
school students, science projects of state academies
of science, traveling science demonstration lectures,
undergraduate research training, research participa-
tion program for training of high school teachers,
specialized short courses in the sciences for teachers
in high schools and small colleges, undergraduate
science honors programs, work conferences on
science teaching, and development of home study
laboratory courses for high school science teachers.
Information about these programs can be secured
from Dr. W. J. Peterson, Head, Special Projects
in Science Education, National Science Foundation,
Washington 25, D. C. Two new fellowships pro-
grams have also been established: summer fellow-
ships for high school teachers and summer study
fellowships for graduate assistants. Information
may be secured from the Fellowships Section of the
NSF.

64

ASB Bulletin

Uf .Al«

The ASB

BULLE

Volume 6, Number 1

DEC 28 1964

new yo;v.<.

January, 1959

CONTENTS

Association Affairs — 2

The Role of the Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies (ORINS)
in Biological Education and Research , 3

As the President Sees It 5

About the Knoxville Meeting 7

Final Report: Horn Island Committee 10

News of Biology in the Southeast 10

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

THE ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists and is published
at Columbia, S. C., in January, April,
July and October. Letters, news items,
other contributions, and all communica-
tions about editorial matters should be
addressed to the Editor, U.S.P.H.S.,
P. O. Box 717, Columbia, S. C. Changes
of address should be sent promptly to
the Secretary of the ASB, Dr. Harold
J. Humm, Department of Botany, Duke
University, Durham, N. C. Subscription
orders from libraries and other institu-
tions should be sent to the Business
Manager, A. W. Jones, Department of
Zoology, University of Tennessee, Knox-
ville, Tenn. Subscription rate for non-
members of ASB: $2.00 per year. Print-
ing and typography by the Cary Printing
Co., Columbia, S. C.

Geoffrey M. Jeffery,
Editor

Harold J. Humm, Associate Editor
A. W. Jones, Business Manager

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida
State University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University
of Kentucky

Louisiana — G. C. Kent, J r., Louisiana
State University

Maryland — Wm. E. Bickley, University
of Maryland

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College

North Carolina — T. W. Johnson, Jr.,
Duke University

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Win-
throp College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Roanoke
College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Officers of the ASB

President — Mary Esther Gaulden, Biology
Division, ORNL

Retiring President — Howard K. Wallace,
University of Florida

President-Elect — Horton H. Hobbs, Uni-
versity of Virginia

Vice-President — Victor A. Greulach, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

Secretary — Harold J. Humm, Duke Uni-
versity

Treasurer — A. W. Jones, University of
Tennessee

Executive Committee — William Bur-
banck, Emory University; W. S.
Flory, University of Virginia; I. C.
Kitchen, University of Mississippi;
Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt Uni-
versity; D. C. Scott, University of
Georgia; Harry E. Wheeler, Louisi-
ana State University. All officers
are ex officio members of the execu-
tive committee.

The BULLETIN

The incoming editor views with
some misgivings the prospect of
continuing the ASB Bulletin at
the high level of quality estab-
lished and maintained by the re-
tiring editor, Victor A. Greulach.
The good wishes and the assist-
ance of the retiring editor are
gratefully acknowledged. The ed-
itor is confident that the same co-
operation from the officers of the
ASB and from the State Corre-
spondents which has been enjoyed
in the past will continue in the
future. Certainly without their
encouragement and assistance the
editor could hope for little suc-
cess.

A change in editors implies no
change in policy, format or size
of the Bulletin. The Bulletin
remains an instrument of the As-
sociation, and the editor welcomes
suggestions and helpful criticisms
from the members.

It will be noted that with this
volume a new printer has been
engaged. The change in printers
was entirely a matter of con-
venience, that of having the
printer in the same city as the
editor. The Association is grate-
ful to the Orange Print Shop,
Chapel Hill, N. C., for faithful
service through the early years of
the Bulletin. It is probable that
an issue or two will be required
before our present printer be-
comes accustomed to the Bulle-
tin, and the understanding of
the members in this regard is so-
licited.

The Knoxville Meeting

Attention of members is called
to the announcement of the an-
nual meeting of the Association,
April 16 to 18, at the University
of Tennessee in Knoxville appear-
ing in this issue of the Bulletin.
The center insert section is pro-
vided, as usual, for the conveni-
ence of members in the submis-
sion of nominees, papers for pres-
entation, etcetera. The deadlines

given on the first page of this
section are of particular impor-
tance.

9

ASB Meeting Places

The president has appointed a
committee to arrange for future
meeting places and solicits sug-
gestions from the membership.
To aid in these suggestions the
following list of former meeting
places of ASB is provided:

1937 University of Georgia.

1938 University of Georgia.

1939 Duke University.

1940 Vanderbilt University.

1941 Alabama Polytechnic In-

stitute.

1942 University of Miami.

1946 University of South Caro-

lina.

1947 Emory University.

1948 University of Florida.

1949 University of Tennessee.

1950 University of Virginia.

1951 University of Alabama.

1952 Agnes Scott College.

1953 University of North Caro-

lina.

1954 Louisiana State Univer-

sity.

1955 The Citadel.

1956 Duke University.

1957 University of Georgia.

1958 Florida State University.

1959 University of Tennessee.

•

Suggested Nominees

Every member has the oppor-
tunity to give careful considera-
tion to the matter of selection of
candidates for the various offices
to be filled at the annual meet-
ings and to indicate his prefer-
ences for those positions. All you
have to do is fill out the Blank 1
fi'om the insert in this issue and
mail to H. K. Wallace, Chairman,
Nominating Committee, Depart-
ment of Biology, University of
Florida, Gainesville. The other
members of the Nominating Com-
mittee are Harry J. Bennett,
Zoology, Louisiana State Univer-
sity, and Chauncey G. Goodchild,
Biology, Emory.

2

ASB Bulletin

The Role of the Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear
Studies (ORINS) in Biological Education and Research

Arthur L. Schipper

Dr. Schipper holds the B.S. degree from Coe College and
the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees from the State University of Iowa.

He served in the Department of Biology at A. & M. College
of Texas from 1937 to 19 48; with the U. S. National Park
Service during the summers of 19U0-19U1', and with the
U.S.A.A.F. as an Aviation Physiologist 19^3-1+5. From 19^8
to 1957 he was in the Biology Department of the University
of Notre Dame, and was Editor of the American Midland
Naturalist, 195U-57. Since 1957 Dr. Schipper has been asso-
ciated with the University Relations Division of the Oak Ridge
Institute of Nuclear Studies. The following is the second in
the series of articles describing the significant contributions
of Oak Ridge installations to biological research and education
in the southeast.

At the termination of World War II, there
existed at Oak Ridge an extensive installa-
tion for the production of nuclear energy.
With the transition to a peacetime status
there was the possibility that a dispersion
both of personnel and facilities would follow.
The assemblage in this area of scientific
manpower, if retained, represented a source
which would serve to complement the ex-
panding prominence of science on the cam-
puses of southern colleges and universities.

The existing condition afforded a chal-
lenge of considerable magnitude, and one
that could not be circumvented. The issue
demanded prompt and vigorous action. Con-
certed effort by several colleges and univer-
sities was considered to be the most effi-
cacious method for achieving the coveted
goal. These then were the circumstances in-
fluencing the deliberations that were to lead
to the ensuing organization of the Oak Ridge
Institute of Nuclear Studies, a nonprofit ed-
ucational corporation of southern uni-
versities.

The development of ORINS has been mani-
fested, not only by an increase in the num-
ber of sponsoring colleges and universities,
but also by the number and magnitude of
the programs administered and conducted
for the Atomic Energy Commission.

ORINS sponsoring universities, now num-
bering thirty-seven, are distributed among
fifteen southern states and the District of
Columbia. Although the Institute is re-
gional in organization the programs admin-
istered are often national and, not infre-
quently, international in scope. Benefiting

through these programs are colleges, univer-
sities, secondary schools, and professional
people in science, agriculture, engineering,
and medicine.

The major portion of the work of ORINS
is conducted under contract with the United
States Atomic Energy Commission. Ap-
proximately one-half of the Institute’s pro-
grams are those which ORINS has petitioned
the Atomic Energy Commission to carry out
in behalf of universities. Additionally the
Commission has called on the Institute to
carry out programs which are of direct AEC
concern.

Most of the Institute programs are carried
out in cooperation with Union Carbide Nu-
clear Company, the major AEC contractor
in Oak Ridge. This company has made avail-
able to universities the outstanding staff
and research equipment at the Oak Ridge
National Laboratory for those programs car-
ried out jointly by the Institute and the
Laboratory.

Numerous faculty members, under the
Oak Ridge Research Participation Program,
have made significant contributions to sci-
ence as a result of being able to engage in
research at Oak Ridge laboratories. As most
appointments are made for the summer
months, this program enables the university
scientist to be actively engaged in research
at a time when there is a minimum of inter-
ference with teaching commitments. The
benefits obtained from research participa-
tion are numerous. Notable are the oppor-
tunities to associate with eminent research
scientists, to utilize new and unusual types

Vol. 6, No. 1, January 1959

3

of research facilities, and to become familiar
with the most recently developed techniques.

The stimulus provided by research par-
ticipation has been an important factor in
the development of many research programs
on the campus. Former participants often
return to Oak Ridge for the pui'pose of con-
sulting with laboratory scientists concern-
ing research, either projected or in progress.
The benefits accruing to the laboratory and
to the participant ultimately extend to the
campus and to the students as a natural con-
sequence of more effective teaching and more
productive research.

Most of the research participants receive
appointments to the Oak Ridge National
Laboratory and the remainder enjoy similar
opportunities at the Oak Ridge Institute of
Nuclear Studies and the University of Ten-
nessee-Atomic Energy Commission Agricul-
tural Research Laboratory. Areas of re-
search which have attracted biologists in-
clude all phases of radiation biology. Since
1948, approximately 600 research participa-
tion appointments have been made. Of this
number more than one hundred were in the
ORNL Biology Division and ninety were di-
vided equally among the ORNL Health
Physics Division, the UT-AEC Agricultural
Research Laboratory, and ORINS.

Similar opportunities are available to doc-
toral candidates who have completed all re-
quirements for graduation except thesis re-
search. The training and experience gained
as an Oak Ridge Graduate Fellow contrib-
utes immeasurably to the future outlook of
the individual who is beginning to fashion
a career in teaching and/or research. This
program may be regarded as one which pro-
vides the university with expanded research
facilities, since most universities would as-
sume a great financial burden were they to
attempt to duplicate them. Since the incep-
tion of this program, more than fifty gradu-
ate students have completed their thesis re-
search in Oak Ridge Laboratories, ten of
whom were biology majors.

Bringing Oak Ridge to the campus is
achieved by the Oak Ridge Traveling Lec-
ture Program. Scientists from Oak Ridge
National Laboratory, UT-AEC Agricultural
Research Laboratory, ORINS, and Atomic
Energy Commission lecture before seminars,
colloquia, and assemblies. In addition to pre-
senting results of his research, the speaker
considers also recent developments in simi-
lar fields. Not infrequently the visitor con-
sults with faculty members regarding cam-
pus research projects. Conferences with stu-

dents are sources of inspiration and encour-
agement. This is another example of co-
operation with southern colleges and con-
tributes considerably to the scientific at-
mosphere of campuses.

The employment of isotopes has proven to
be one of the most beneficial aspects of the
peaceful uses of atomic energy. The Basic
Radioisotope Techniques Course, conducted
by ORINS for AEC, has provided training
for persons from each of the forty-nine
states as well as from a number of foreign
countries. These courses, presented several
times each year, continue to attract appli-
cants in such numbers that registration is
often completed many months in advance.
The techniques learned are invaluable to
physicians, veterinarians, agricultural sci-
entists, and biologists as well as to those in
physical sciences, industry, and engineering.
Appropriately enough, these courses, by pro-
viding a comprehensive and basic knowledge
regarding the use of isotopes, have contrib-
uted notably to research. As a consequence
of this program, scientific research will con-
tinue to benefit, not only in the southern re-
gion, but also nationally and internationally.
More than 3,500 persons have received train-
ing in the basic and advanced courses given
by ORINS.

ORINS has been active in medical research
and training. Among the research programs
are those concerned with thyroid uptake of
iodine-131, total-body irradiation and bone-
marrow transplantation, dosimetry, rare-
earth studies, alkaline-earth metabolism, and
protein metabolism. Research is conducted
by staff scientists, research participants, and
visiting personnel. The latter includes for-
eign scientists and also those from various
parts of the United States. Training in the
use of radioisotopes is offered to physicians
who wish to spend from three months to one
year in residence.

ORINS has cooperated in the presentation
of a number of symposia, among which were
Cancer Therapy with Radioisotopes, The
Role of Atomic Energy in Agriculture, and
Radiation in Plant Breeding.

Among the AEC Special Fellowships of
interest to biologists are those in Radiologi-
cal Physics. The purpose of these fellow-
ships is to provide training for persons who
can become competent in the study, evalua-
tion, and control of radiation hazards. Fel-
lows are appointed for one year, nine months
being spent in residence at a university cam-
pus and the remaining three months at a
national laboratory.

4

ASB Bulletin

The Oak Ridge Traveling Science Demon-
stration Lecture Program (popularly known
as Traveling Science Teachers) is supported
by the National Science Foundation in co-
operation with the Atomic Energy Commis-
sion. The traveling teacher program, ini-
tiated less than three years ago, has been
extremely successful. During the first two
years all teachers were NSF-supported.
More recently several of the states supplied
teachers for this program. Currently there
are seven NSF-supported and twelve state-
supported teachers.

Selected high school teachers spend the
summer months in Oak Ridge during which
period they receive intensive training in bi-
ology, chemistry, mathematics, and physics.
Each teacher builds much of the equipment
which he will use in presenting lectures and
demonstrations. After the completion of the
training period, the teachers visit high
schools throughout the country (state teach-
ers remain within their respective states),
spending one week at each school visited,
giving lectures and demonstrations. Admin-
istrators and teachers alike, of the schools
visited, have commented on the immense
value of the program. It has not been pos-
sible to visit more than a small percentage
of the schools requesting a visit from a trav-

eling teacher, so great has been the demand
for this program.

Nine undergraduate biology majors from
small colleges were appointed, as student
trainees, to ORNL Biology Division for a
period of ten weeks during the past sum-
mer. The experience gained provided them
with a better insight into the various facets
of a research project.

The Museum Division of ORINS has been
very active in public presentations of the
uses of atomic energy. Part of this is ac-
complished by the American Museum of
Atomic Energy located at Oak Ridge. In
addition there are a number of traveling ex-
hibits which are available to schools, colleges,
academies of science, and science fairs. Illus-
trations and descriptions in the panels accu-
rately depict many important uses of radio-
isotopes including those in agriculture, bi-
ology, and medicine.

Construction of a new ORINS administra-
tion building is scheduled for 1959. Con-
comitant with this physical development will
be a continuation and strengthening of pres-
ent programs of service in atomic energy,
and the assumption of operating responsi-
bility for programs, not only in this field,
but in others as well.

As The President Sees It

Six years ago Victor A. Greulach agreed
to serve as editor of a first publication for
ASB. It was a memorable decision for the
organization. I do not have the records at
hand but as well as I can remember the only
specific instructions handed Greulach by the
executive committee, with Association ap-
proval, concerned the name (The ASB Bul-
letin), how much money could be spent (a
very small sum), and the kind of publication
that was not wanted (a scientific journal).
With this meager guidance, and, I might add,
a goodly bit of pessimism not to mention out-
right disapproval by some members of a
formal ASB publication, Greulach dug into
the job. The results of his thought, plan-
ning and industry are five excellent volumes
of The ASB Bulletin, each of which has
evoked the praise and thanks of the Associ-
ation. With the publication of an index of
these volumes Greulach asked that his tenure
as editor be ended, and the executive com-
mittee regretfully accepted his resignation.

On behalf of the 700 members of ASB I
want to extend to Dr. Greulach our heart-
felt gratitude for the terrific job he has done
in organizing and getting out the Bulletin.
It has served not only as an informative and
unifying force within ASB and brought
added dignity to the Association’s activities,
but it has also gained for ASB recognition
from outside the Southeastern United States.
We all wish for Dr. Greulach a happy “re-
tirement.”

We give a hearty welcome to our new edi-
tor, Geoffrey M. Jeffery of the U. S. Public
Health Laboratory of Tropical Diseases in
Columbia, South Carolina. A native of Dun-
dee, New York, Dr. Jeffery received an A.B.
from Hobart College, an M.A. from the Uni-
versity of Syracuse, and an Sc.D. from Johns
Hopkins University. The past twelve years
he has spent in Alabama, Georgia, and South
Carolina doing field and laboratory research
in parasitology and entomology, his main in-
terest being human and avian malaria. Jef-

Vol. 6, No. 1, January 1959

5

fery has been an interested and active mem-
ber of ASB and thus assumes his duties with
real awareness of the purposes and accom-
plishments of the Association. Your officers
are most pleased with the enthusiastic and
level-headed way in which he has tackled his
new job and wish to assure you that The
ASB Bulletin is in good hands. We all ap-
preciate Dr. Jeffery’s willingness to take on
the duties of editor and pledge him our sup-
port and help.

Please note the announcements on another
page about the annual meeting of ASB to
be held in Knoxville at the University of
Tennessee in April. It promises to be a good
meeting. I hope that you will plan to bring
some of your students, both graduate and
undergraduate, to Knoxville. As George Kent
pointed out to us last spring, these young
people are our greatest asset.

The Awards made available by some of the
biological supply companies in the region will
again be offered this year as well as the
Mary Glide Goethe Awards made possible
through the generosity of Mr. C. M. Goethe
of California. I would like to ask you to call
the attention of your gradute students to the
Goethe Awards. This is the second year
they have been offered to help some gradu-
ate students meet the expenses of going to an
ASB meeting. Let’s have lots of applica-
tions.

The executive committee had planned to
hold its interim meeting in Washington right
after Christmas during the meetings of the
American Association for the Advancement
of Science. Since this trip for some members
of the committee would be a very expensive
one, I did not feel it could be justified unless
pressing matters required decisions. Con-
sultation with the other officers revealed no
such items so I cancelled the meeting. Most
of the interim decisions have been and can
be made by mail this year, and the committee
will plan an extra long session in Knoxville.

A committee has been appointed to ar-
range for future meeting places of ASB ; its
members are Donald Scott (University of
Georgia), chairman, Walter Herndon (Uni-
versity of Alabama) , and Elsie Quarterman
(Vanderbilt University). This committee
would appreciate having your ideas and sug-
gestions.

The Goethe Awards will be administered
by Walter S. Flory (University of Virginia),

chairman, William Burbanck (Emory Uni-
versity), and John Carpenter (University
of Kentucky). The nominating committee
will consist of H. K. Wallace (University of
Florida), chairman, Harry Bennett (Louisi-
ana State University), and Chauncey G.
Goodchild (Emory University). Appointed
to the program committee are S. R. Tipton,
chairman, Fred Norris, Royal Shanks, and
James Tanner (all of the University of Ten-
nessee) . Accepting 3-year appointments to
the Meritorious Awards Committee and the
Research Awards Committee are Roberta
Lovelace (University of South Carolina)
and Ralph Yerger (Florida State Univer-
sity) respectively.

Several plans designed to help and encour-
age high school and college teachers as well
as undergraduate science students have been
announced that may be of interest to some
of you. The summer institutes for high
school and college teachers of science and
mathematics will again be sponsored by NSF
during the summer of 1959. Of the 350 in-
stitutes planned, 65 or about 19 percent will
be held in the Southeast. NSF is also invit-
ing proposals from colleges, universities and
nonprofit research institutions for grants
“to provide, on an experimental basis, op-
portunities for properly qualified undergrad-
uates majoring in the physical, biological,
mathematical, and engineering sciences to
participate in research projects currently
being conducted by experienced scientific in-
vestigators. This experimental program may
operate either during the academic year or
during the summer; summer programs in
particular may extend the benefits to stu-
dents from other colleges.” (From NSF
News Release, October 24, 1958). Here is
an excellent opportunity for us to get un-
dergraduates interested in biological re-
search. Inquiries about these programs
should be addressed to the National Science
Foundation, Washington 25, D. C. The
American Physiological Society will offer
awards to college teachers in the summer of
1959 for research training with research
groups in various laboratories throughout
the country. Inquiries should be sent to the
Society at 9650 Wisconsin Avenue, Wash-
ington 14, D. C. All of these programs offer
stipends for the participants.

Mary Esther Gaulden

6

ASB Bulletin

IMPORTANT DEADLINES

Please note the following deadlines, all of which are to be met by the time of our
Twentieth Annual Meeting at University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee, April
16-18, 1959. You can help facilitate plans for the meeting by sending in all re-
quested material as far in advance of the deadline dates as possible.

February 9 — Suggestions for nominations for ASB officers and executive committee
members (Blank 1).

February 20 — Titles and abstracts of papers to be presented at the Knoxville meeting
(Blank 4).

March 1 — Applications for Goethe awards to graduate students (See Page 9).

March 1 — Papers to be considered for the Association Research Prize (See Page

9).

April 1 — Applications for Phipps and Bird Research Fellowship at Mountain Lake

(See Page 9).

April 1 — Nomination letters for the Meritorious Service Award (See Page 8).

THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS

(Founded 1937)

Activities

Purposes

The Association of Southeastern Biologists was organized
“ to encourage research and instruction in the fields of the
biological sciences; to foster a spirit of cooperation among the
membership; to emphasize the relation of fundamental knowl-
edge in biology to the solution of biological problems; to strive
toward the preservation of biological resources; and to 'serve
as a medium for professional contacts among the membership.”
Eligibility for Membership

Any person is eligible for membership who is engaged in
(a) biological research, (b) the teaching of biological subjects,
(c) graduate study in the biological sciences, or (d) work in
various fields of applied biology. Members, in general, shall be
residents of the Southeast. Membership shall be granted any
person recommended and approved as eligible by two active
members in good standing. Such recommendations shall be sub-
mitted to the treasurer of ASB and the new member shall
achieve active status on the payment of the dues for the cur-
rent year. Annual dues are $2.00, which includes a subscription
to the ASB Bulletin.

1. Annual meetings at which the results of investigations
are presented for discussion, and at which appropriate symposia
may be conducted. 2. Quarterly publication of the ASB Bul-
letin containing programs of annual meetings and abstracts
of papers presented, news of science and scientists in the South-
east, a record of Association affairs, and articles of regional
or timely interest. The Bulletin promotes personal and pro-
fessional contacts among the members of the Association. 3. The
discussion of subjects of general interest to biologists of the
Southeast and the formulation of policies and plans of action
in relation to such subjects. 4. Encouragement of research
through research prizes awarded for especially meritorious
papers presented at the annual meetings. 5. Presentation of a
Meritorious Award for outstanding contribution to biology, espe-
cially in service to young people through teaching. 6. Award-
ing annually a research fellowship at Mountain Lake Biological
Station. 7. Representation on the Council of the AAAS. 8. Af-
filiation with the AIBS.

1. Deadline: February 9

SUGGESTED NOMINEES FOR ASB OFFICES AND EXECUTIVE

COMMITTEE POSITIONS

To the members of the Nominating Committee:

I wish to suggest that you consider the following ASB members in selecting nominees for offices and
executive committee positions:

President-Elect -Vice-President

Treasurer Executive Committee Members (2)

Mail to: DR. H. K. WALLACE
Dept, of Biology
University of Florida
Gainesville, Fla.

2. STATEMENT OF ASB DUES FOR 1959

Your ASB dues of $2.00 for 1959 are now payable. This sum includes your subscription to the ASB
Bulletin for 1959. Please make your check payable to The Association of Southeastern Biologists, and
mail to the treasurer with this statement at the address given below. Please be sure to write your name
and correct mailing address on this statement. If you still owe dues for 1958 you will receive a separate
statement from the Treasurer, but you may add this amount to your check for your 1959 dues if you
wish. The ASB constitution provides that members whose dues are in arrears two years will auto-
matically be dropped from membership.

Address

City State

Check here if you are also enclosing your 1958 dues .

If retired, check here DR. ARTHUR W. JONES, Treasurer ASB

If retiring within a Department of Zoology

year, check here University of Tennessee

Knoxville, Tennessee

3. ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS

Application for Membership

NAME (in full) Date

DEGREES (institutions and dates)

PRESENT POSITION: (1) Title (2) Department

(3) Institution - (4) City, State

SPECIALTY (e.g., physiology)

SPECIFIC INTERESTS (e.g., respiration)

RECOMMENDED BY (1) (2)

Fill out this blank, enclose check (or money order) for $2.00 as dues for one year and mail to:

DR. ARTHUR W. JONES, Treasurer ASB
Department of Zoology
University of Tennessee
Knoxville, Tennessee

4. Deadline: February 20

CALL FOR PAPERS FOR THE KNOXVILLE MEETING

This form and two typewritten copies of the abstx-act must reach the secretary, Dr. Harold J. Humm,
Botany Department, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina, not later than Friday, February 20, if the
abstract is to be included among the abstracts to be published in the April issue of the ASB Bulletin.
Papers to be submitted for the Research Prize must be included in the program. Please type or print
the following information. All papers are limited to 10 minutes, with 3 minutes for discussion.

1. Author (s) :

2. Title of paper:

3. Institution (s) represented: ....

4. Check organizations to which author (s) belong:

Association of Southeastern Biologists.

Southeastern Section, Botanical Society of America.

Southern Appalachian Botanical Club.

American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists.

5. Projection equipment needed: 2x2 slide projector; 314x4 slide projector;

other equipment:

6. If your paper is being submitted for the Association Research Prize please check here: .

7. This form must be accompanied by two double-spaced typewritten copies of an abstract, not to exceed 200
words. Longer abstracts are subject to cutting by the editor without approval of the author. Please
use the following form in typing the heading of the abstract in order to avoid unnecessary editing:

Dimorphism of Embryonic Hooks of Hymenolepis nana.

Arthur W. Jones, University of Tennessee

Start the text of the abstract here, on a separate line with paragraph in-
dentation. In general, the abstract should appear as a single paragraph, though
two paragraphs are acceptable if really needed.

8. Reprints. Reprints of individual abstracts are available at the rate of $2.00 for the first 100 and
75 cents for each additional 100, postpaid. In order to secure this price it is necessary to attach your
check for the proper amount to this form and send it along with the form and the two copies of the
abstract. Checks should be made payable to the Cary Printing Company.

Indicate here how many reprints of your abstract you want:

University Center, University of Tennessee, Knoxville

About The Knoxville Meeting

The Twentieth Annual Meeting of the As-
sociation of Southeastern Biologists will be
held at the University of Tennessee, Knox-
ville, April 16-18, 1959. Four organizations
will meet with ASB : The Southeastern Sec-
tion of the Botanical Society of America,
Southern Appalachian Botanical Club,
Southeastern Division of the American So-
ciety of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists,
and the Southeastern Regional Beta Beta
Beta.

The meeting will begin on Thursday after-
noon, April 16, with a tour of the Biology
Division of the Oak Ridge National Labora-
tory. Arrangements are being made for an
address by an outstanding biologist on
Thursday evening followed by a Smoker. On
Friday there will be several sessions of con-
tributed papers and the annual business
meeting. Presentation of awards and an ad-
dress by the retiring president of ASB will
take place Friday evening. Two field trips
are scheduled for Saturday morning.

Registration and all ASB sessions on the
University of Tennessee campus will be held
in the University Center.

Members of the committee on local ar-
rangements at the University are J. Gordon
Carlson, Chairman, Ronald Fraser, Joseph
Howell, Fred Norris, Royal E. Shanks, A. J.
Sharp, and James T. Tanner.

Transportation

Knoxville is served by the Southern and
L and N railroads, Greyhound and Trailways
bus lines, and American, Capitol, Delta, Pied-
mont, and Southeast Airlines.

Meals

All the University dining facilities will be
open to persons attending the meeting and
their families. These include the cafeteria
and grill in the University Center, where the
different sessions will meet, and the Univer-
sity Cafeteria in Sophronia Strong Hall
within a block of the Center. In addition,
there are a number of privately run eating
places near the campus, and the downtown
area with many cafeterias, restaurants, and
hotel dining rooms is within five minutes
driving time or fifteen minutes walking time
from the University Center. The downtown
area can also be reached by bus.

Housing Facilities

Knoxville is a tourist center and so has
large numbers of motels and tourist courts

on most main highways outside the city.
Those handiest to the University campus
are located on Chapman Highway (U. S.
441) southeast of Knoxville, Kingston Pike
(U. S. 11 and 70) west of the city, and Alcoa
Highway (State 73) south of the city. The
downtown hotels are within fifteen minutes
walking distance of the campus. All reser-
vations should be made directly with the
management. The list below is by no means
complete, but includes the better and larger
establishments. Additional names of accom-
modations can be obtained from the Knox-
ville Tourist Bureau, 811 Henley Street,
S.W., Knoxville, Tennessee.

Hotels

Andrew Johnson — Gay Street and Hill Avenue. Sin-
gle $5.25 up; double $8.50 up.

Arnold — Locust Street and Church Avenue. Single
$4.50 up; double $6.00 up.

Farragut — Gay Street and Clinch Avenue. Single
$5.00 up; double $9.00 up.

YMCA — Clinch Avenue and Locust Street. Single
$1.75-$2.50; double $3.00 (double-decker bed).

Courts and Motels

On Kingston Pike (U. S. 11 and 70 approximately
3-5 miles west of the campus)

Alhambra Court — Single $3.50; double $4.00 up.
Biltmore Tourist Court — Single $3.00; double
$4.00; family $6.00; 2-room unit $8.00.
Colony Tourist Court — Single $4.00 up; double
$5.00 up.

County Squire Motel — Single $6.00 up; double
$8.00 up.

Delrose Motel — Single $4.00 up; double $6.00 up.
11-70 Motor Court — Single $5.00; double $6.00
up.

Highland Court — Single $4.00 up; double $5.00
up.

McKee Motel — Single $4.00 up; double $6.00 up.
Mt. Vernon Motel — Single $6.00 up; double
$7.00 up.

Sequoyah Motel — Single $5.00; double $5.00 up.
Sharp’s Motel — Double $6.00 up; family unit
rates.

Terrace View Motel — Single $6.00 up; double
$7.00 up.

Vol Motel — Single $5.00 up; double $7.00 up.
White City Court — Single $5.00 up; double $6.00
up.

On Chapman Highway (U. S. 441 approximately
2-8 miles to the southeast of campus)

Smoky Mountain Tourist Court — Double $5.00
up.

Sunset Motel — Single $5.00; double $6.00 up.
Town Lodge Motel — Single $8.00; double $10 up.
Way-oma Motel — Double $5.00 up.

On Alcoa Highway (State 73 south about 2 miles)
Dean Motel — Single $5.00; double $7.00.

Field Trips

Three trips are scheduled for the annual
meeting. Full information about them will
be available at the registration desk.

Vol. 6, No. 1, January 1959

7

Thursday, April 16

A tour of the Biology Division of Oak
Ridge National Laboratory is scheduled for
Thursday afternoon. All persons interested
in taking this trip should submit their inten-
tion before April 11. Those taking this trip
will leave the Knoxville campus at 1 :15 p.m.
on Thursday, April 16. Arrangements for
transportation and for the tour of the Di-
vision at this early time during the meeting
makes it highly desirable for the local com-
mittee to have previous knowledge of the
number of interested members. Transporta-
tion for the field trip will be by bus and/or
private conveyance, and will be determined
by the demand. Round trip from Knoxville
is about 45 miles.

If you plan to take this trip, please inform :
Ronald C. Fraser, Department of Zoology
and Entomology, University of Tennessee,
Knoxville, Tennessee.

Saturday, April 18

Botany field trip : Observation of the
vegetation pattern in the Great Smoky
Mountains National Park will begin at 9:00
a.m. at Headquarters in the Park and will
terminate at 12 :30 p.m. at Clingmans Dome
(6,300 ft.). Transportation will be by pri-
vate cars. The trip will include short excur-
sions into representative vegetation areas
along the way. Opportunities for photogra-
phy will be provided but plant collecting will
not be permitted in the National Park.
Round trip mileage from Knoxville is about
125 miles ; those participants returning home
to the east or south may proceed directly
from the Smokies rather than return to
Knoxville.

Additional afternoon field trips can be
arranged to meet special interests.

Inquiries should be addressed to Royal E.
Shanks, Botany Department, University of
Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee.

Bird field trip : Saturday, April 18, a field
trip for observing birds will be made to the
Great Smoky Mountains. Private cars will
meet at the National Park Headquarters,
two miles above Gatlinburg, at 9:00 a.m.
Observations will be made there and along
the way at varying elevations, and in the
spruce-fir forest above Newfound Gap. This
trip will be completed about noon, and those
wishing to do so can leave from there. Oth-
ers who wish to observe the birds in the low-
lands in the afternoon can return to Gatlin-
burg for lunch, after which these areas will
be visited.

If enough people are interested in a field
trip on Saturday to see the birds of the

Knox County area, such a trip will be ar-
ranged.

Inquiries should be addressed to James T.
Tanner, Department of Zoology and Ento-
mology, University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tennessee.

Sight-Seeing

Great Smoky Mountains National Park
with a relatively large area and several
peaks above the 6,000-foot level is situated
40 miles to the southeast of Knoxville. It
contains many trails for hiking, camp
grounds, and picnic areas.

Norris Dam lies about 25 miles north of
Knoxville. An overlook affords a good view
of the dam and Norris Lake. The power-
house with its generators at the base of the
dam is open to the public.

The Museum of Atomic Energy in Oak
Ridge, 25 miles northwest of Knoxville, is
open to the public. There are guided tours
of the museum with demonstrations of many
interesting facts about atomic energy.
General Information

1. Registration will be at a desk in the
University Center on Cumberland Avenue
(U. S. 11 and 70) and 15th Street.

2. A fee of $1.00 will be charged for regis-
tration.

3. Knox County is dry.

Call for Meritorious Award Nominations

The Committee on the Meritorious Award
for Teaching asks that nominations and sup-
porting material be sent to them as soon as
possible. The regulations governing the
award are as follows :

“The recipient must be a member of the ASB in
good standing. He should have taught biology in a
southern institution for at least ten years, and must
be currently teaching. He must not be a dean or
have regular administrative duties beyond the de-
partmental level (this particular criterion requiring
interpretation in individual cases) . Among evidences
of his qualifications is the progress of the candidate
as indicated by recognition in his own institution
(important assignments and other contributions spe-
cifically related to good teaching) ; and the number
and quality of students for whom he provided pri-
marily the inspiration to continue in biology, espe-
cially those who later received advanced degrees.”

The recipient receives, in addition to the
honor of being named, an honorarium of
$100.00 provided by the Will Corporation of
Georgia. Members of the ASB are urged to
make nominations and send the needed sup-
porting materials to Robert F. Smart, Dean’s
Office, University of Richmond, Va. ; or to
Fred T. Wolf, Department of Botany, Van-
derbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee; or
to Roberta Lovelace, Department of Biology,
University of South Carolina, Columbia,
S. C.

8

ASB Bulletin

Association Research Prize

The rules and regulations governing the
annual Association Research Prize of
$100.00, sponsored by the Carolina Biologi-
cal Supply Company, Elon College, North
Carolina, are as follows :

1. The Research Prize is to be awarded
for an especially meritorious paper actually
presented at the annual meeting.

2. Only members are eligible to submit
papers in competition for the Research
Prize. This applies to all names on the sub-
mitted paper. Applicants for membership
are not eligible to submit papers for the Re-
search Prize.

3. Papers submitted in competition may
be in press but must not have been pub-
lished prior to March 1 of the year of the
current competition.

4. Judges will be eminent biologists out-
side the Southeast. They will set their own
criteria, and may withhold the award if no
paper is judged to have sufficient merit.

5. Papers must be submitted in triplicate
and in their entirety not later than March 1,
1959, to J. N. Dent, Department of Biology,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Vir-
ginia. One copy of the prize-winning paper
will remain in the ASB files, but all other
copies will be returned to the authors as soon
as possible.

6. Announcement of the winner of the
Research Prize will be made at the annual
meeting.

Phipps and Bird Research Fellowship

A Research Fellowship of $150.00 for sum-
mer research at Mountain Lake Biological
Station of the University of Virginia has
been continued through the generosity of the
Phipps and Bird Company of Richmond, Vir-
ginia. Any member of the Association may
submit an application. The application
should be accompanied by a summary of the
planned work, by a list of important publi-
cations, and, especially in the case of younger
workers, by references and educational data.
Applications should be sent to J. N. Dent,
Department of Biology, University of Vir-
ginia, Charlottesville, Virginia, not later
than April 1, 1959. The selection will be
made by the Research and Awards Commit-
tee of the ASB in consultation with the Di-
rector of the Mountain Lake Biological Sta-
tion. The announcement of the recipient
will be made at the annual meeting of the
ASB.

Mary Glide Goethe Travel Awards

Through the generosity and interest of
Mr. C. M. Goethe funds are available to as-

sist graduate students of merit and ability
with their expenses to the ASB annual
meeting in Knoxville, Tennessee, April
16-18, 1959. It is anticipated that most
awards will be for maintenance (lodging and
meals) since students can often travel with
staff members in institutionally owned ve-
hicles. Maintenance awards will be made
on the basis of $8.00 per day. Travel allow-
ance will also be awarded in exceptional
cases.

Preference will be given advanced gradu-
ate students presenting papers at the April
meetings. Any graduate student needing
financial assistance in order to attend the
1959 meeting is eligible, however, and appli-
cations are invited from graduate students
whether or not they are presenting papers
at the meeting.

Staff members are requested to call the
availability of these awards to the attention
of qualified students in their respective in-
stitutions.

Rules to follow in making application for
the Goethe Awards are as follows :

1. Indicate if application is being made
for maintenance or travel or both. Give de-
tails, such as how many nights and days are
involved, how much travel allowance is re-
quested, the number of miles involved, the
proposed method of transportation (rail, bus,
etc. ) and other pertinent information.

2. Give information as to whether or not
a paper is being presented.

3. In a paragraph give a brief history of
your education to date, of how many years
you have been — and plan to be — in graduate
school, of your major field or fields of in-
terest, of any publications which have ap-
peared or which may be in preparation, and
any other pertinent professional details.

4. Grants will be made on the basis of fi-
nancial need. Give information on factors
concerning this, as marital status, family re-
sponsibilities, etc.

5. Have at least one sponsor write a letter
supporting your application.

6. Have applications and supporting let-
ters, in triplicate if at all possible, in the
hands of W. S. Flory, The Blandy Experi-
mental Farm, Boyce, Va., by March 1, 1959.
Applicants will be notified of the decision
of the Committee during March.

COMMITTEE
W. D. Burbanck
J. M. Carpenter
W. S. Flory, Chairman

Vol. 6, No. 1, January 1959

9

Final Report: Horn Island Committee

News of major importance was received
by the committee to promote the establish-
ment of Horn Island, Mississippi Sound, as a
nature preserve on June 10, 1958, in a letter
from Mr. George B. Fell, Executive Secre-
tary of the Nature Conservancy. Mr. Fell
advised the committee that Secretary of the
Interior Fred A. Seaton announced on May
26 that Horn Island National Wildlife
Refuge was established by withdrawal of
2,431 acres of public land.

Creation of this new refuge was the direct
result of a request by the Bureau of Sport
Fisheries and Wildlife, U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service, to the Bureau of Land Man-
agement.

The first person to take action toward this
goal was Dr. Hurst Shoemaker, formerly of
the University of Illinois and the Gulf Coast
Research Laboratory, now Chairman of the
Department of Biology of the American Uni-
versity of Beirut, Lebanon. Dr. Shoemaker
saw the need for a nature preserve on Horn
Island as a result of his work at the Gulf
Coast Research Laboratory and suggested
this as a worthy project to the Nature Con-
servancy. The proposal was favorably re-
ceived and the Nature Conservancy made
application to the Bureau of Land Manage-
ment for 640 acres to be set aside as a nat-
ural reservation, the maximum area that
could be requested by a non-governmental
agency.

Several months later, Past President of
ASB George C. Kent appointed the Horn
Island committee to help promote the
project. Both the Nature Conservancy and
the Horn Island committee contacted the
Fish and Wildlife Service in an effort to in-
terest them in establishing a wildlife reser-

vation on Horn Island. Fish and Wildlife
responded favorably and Nature Conserv-
ancy then withdrew its request to the Bu-
reau of Land Management in favor of a re-
quest by the Fish and Wildlife Service. After
contending with mining claims of private
individuals and other obstacles to the pro-
posal, the Bureau of Sport Fisheries and
Wildlife succeeded in obtaining their request
in the spring of this year.

Horn Island is one of the islands forming
Mississippi Sound in the northern Gulf of
Mexico and is an important feeding and
resting area for migratory waterfowl, water
birds and shore birds. The island is approx-
imately 13 miles long and up to three-quar-
ters of a mile wide. It is composed mainly
of sand and supports a 500-acre pine forest
as some of the island is 10 to 20 feet above
sea level. There are about 700 acres of salt
and fresh water marshes and several ponds
on the island, some of them of fresh water.
In total area Horn Island is 3,700 acres of
which 1,269 are privately owned.

The island was surveyed in 1846 and again
in 1939. During this period it lost 170 acres
at the east end and gained 550 acres at the
west end, a process that is characteristic of
sand islands of the northern Gulf coast at
the present time.

Except for the remains of a barracks-like
building, used by the Army during World
War II, there are no buildings on the island.

Petit Bois National Wildlife Refuge is lo-
cated a few miles eastward near the Alabama
boundary.

Rev. P. H. Yancey, S. J.

Gordon Gunter

Hurst H. Shoemaker, Consultant

Harold J. Humm, Chairman

NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST

About People

George H. Mickey, Louisiana State University,
was invited to prepare a part of the Drosophila ex-
hibit at the Tenth International Congress of Ge-
netics held in Montreal in August. Dr. Mickey also
presented a paper at the Congress.

G. Robert Lunz, Director, Bears Bluff Labora-
tories (South Carolina), was re-elected Vice-Chair-
man of the Atlantic States Marine Fisheries Com-
mission. Dr. Lunz was awarded an honorary Doc-
tor of Science degree by Clemson College last June.

G. Leon Howell, who completed requirements for
the Ph.D. degree in the Biology Department of the
University of Alabama in September, 1958, has

been appointed Assistant Professor of Biology at
High Point College, High Point, N. C.

Walter Herndon, Biology Department, University
of Alabama, will join the staff of the Marine
Botany Course at the Marine Biological Laboratory
at Woods Hole, Mass., during the summer of 1959.

Herbert T. Boschung, Biology Department, Uni-
versity of Alabama, will join the staff of the Gulf
Coast Research Laboratory at Ocean Springs, Miss.,
during the summer of 1959 to teach Marine Verte-
brate Zoology and Ichthyology and to do research.

Temd R. Deason has completed the requirements
for the M.S. degree in the Biology Department of
the University of Alabama and is now studying

10

ASB Bulletin

for the doctorate at the University of Texas with
Professor Harold Bold.

Ben Q. Ward has rejoined the Biology Depart-
ment at Mississippi Southern College after having
completed his Ph.D. in Bacteriology at the Univer-
sity of Texas.

F. A. Varrelman has retired after being with
the Biology Department at Mississippi Southern
College for ten years.

Erwin Goldberg joined the staff of the Depart-
ment of Biology, West Virginia University, as as-
sistant professor at the beginning of the 1958-59
term. Dr. Goldberg, a graduate of the State Uni-
versity of Iowa, has his training in the field of
animal physiology.

S. Benton Talbott, head of the Department of
Biology at Davis and Elkins College, Elkins, West
Virginia, died on July 16, 1958, at the age of 56.
Dr. Talbott was a former dean of the college and
a president of the West Virginia Academy of
Science.

Martin D. Young and Geoffrey M. Jeffery, Lab-
oratory of Tropical Diseases, U.S.P.H.S. (Columbia,
S. C.) attended the Sixth International Congresses
of Tropical Medicine and Malaria in Lisbon in Sep-
tember; both presented invited papers and Dr.
Young served as co-chairman of the Clinical Sec-
tion of the Malaria Division.

Huseyin Gokcora, Associate Professor, University
of Ankara, Turkey, and Josip Gotlin, Associate
Professor, Zagreb University, Yugoslavia, worked
with W. Ralph Singleton, learning new techniques
and methods, at the com breeding radiation labora-
tory at The Blandy Experimental Farm, University
of Virginia, during the summer of 1958. Drs. Gok-
cora and Gotlin were Fellows of the International
Cooperation Administration.

There have been three new appointments made
in the Biology Department, Madison College: Doris
Poole and W. F. Jones were named Assistant Pro-
fessors of Biology and James K. Grimm, Instructor
of Biology.

Edwin Betts, Professor of Botany, University of
Virginia, died on September 27, 1958. He was an
authority on the gardening and farming practices
of Thomas Jefferson.

Robert E. Merritt, Longwood College, has been
awarded a grant by the Research Council of the
Richmond Area University Center to support his
research on avian competition for nesting sites.

George W. Jeffers, Longwood College, spent last
summer touring Europe.

Franklin F. Flint, Randolph-Macon Woman’s Col-
lege, Lynchburg, was promoted to Associate Profes-
sor of Biology at the beginning of the present aca-
demic year. Dr. Flint was on sabbatical leave last
session working with Dr. Donald Johanson, Pomona,
California, on problems concerned with gameto-
genesis and sporogenesis in higher plants.

Paul A. Walker, who is an ordained Episcopal
priest in addition to serving as Professor and
Chairman of Biology at Randolph-Macon Woman’s
College, is one of twelve nationally selected teacher-
priests to participate in a special conference at
the Institute for Advanced Pastoral Studies, to be
held at Cranbrook House, Bloomfield Hills, Mich-
igan, from December 11th to 14th, 1958.

Charlotte Lyle, Emory and Henry College, Em-
ory, Virginia, spent part of the past summer study-
ing at Virginia Polytechnic Institute.

Lee Douglas, Chairman of Biology Department,
Emory and Henry College, spent the past summer
studying the embryology of tetraphyllid cestodes
at the Oregon Institute of Marine Biology. His
current research project, which is concerned with
the osmotic properties of cestode germ cells, is
supported by a grant of $5,895 from the United
States Public Health Service.

W. L. Threlkeld, Virginia Polytechnic Institute,
recently announced the personal publication of his
book, “Some Nematode Parasites of Domestic Ani-
mals”.

Frances S. Silliman has returned to the Biology
Department, Bridgewater College after completing
doctoral studies and receiving her degree at the
University of North Carolina.

Harry G. M. Jopson, Bridgewater College, par-
ticipated in the National Science Foundation Insti-
tute for College Teachers of Biology held at Ore-
gon State College, Corvallis, Oregon, during the
past summer.

Paul J. Osborne, Lynchburg College, spent the
past summer at the Duke Marine Laboratory, work-
ing on the energy cycles of marine invertebrates.
Dr. Osborne’s work was made possible by a research
grant from the American Physiological Society.

John G. Mahan, Lynchburg College, was a mem-
ber of a team from that college which participated
in the Danforth Foundation College Community
Workshop, Colorado Springs, Colorado, for three
weeks last summer. The theme of the Workshop
was the place of the small college in modern edu-
cation.

Harry L. Holloway has been promoted to Pro-
fessor of Biology at Roanoke College. He has re-
cently received a grant-in-aid from the Sigma Xi-
RESA Research Fund for the purchase of equip-
ment for studies on the helminths of wild mammals
in Virginia.

J. L. Lodewi jks who substituted for Robert E.
Merritt last session at Longwood College has re-
turned to his home country, The Netherlands,

Mary E. Picinich, Aaron H. O’Bier, and Robert T.
Brumfield, of Longwood College spent the past
summer at the Biology Division, ORNL conducting
research on the control of growth in the roots of
higher plants.

Recent additions to the staff of the Department
of Botany of the University of Maryland include
Richard Rhode in Plant Nematology and Raymond
Galloway in Plant Physiology.

Harris J. Linder has joined the staff of the De-
partment of Zoology, University of Maryland, as
an assistant professor. Dr. Linder was formerly
with the Biology and Medical Division of the Ar-
gonne National Laboratory.

H. F. Robinson has been appointed head of the
newly organized Department of Genetics at North
Carolina State College. S. G. Stephens, previously
in charge of the genetics faculty, has been awarded
a Guggenheim travel grant to collect and study spe-
cies in Central America.

T. William Schneider, professor of horticulture
at North Carolina State College, has been appointed
as chairman of the Horticulture Department at the
University of Kentucky.

Kimball C. Atwood, formerly with the Biology
Division of the Oak Ridge National Laboratory,
now heads the work in medical genetics at the
University of Chicago.

Vol. 6, No. 1, January 1959

ll

Panel members at a discussion of Junior Acad-
emies at the Academy Conference (AAAS, Wash-
ington, 1958) included Harry Bennett (LSU), Rob-
ert Boyer (Ky.), Clyde Reed (Tampa), and Karlem
Riess (Tulane). A. M. Winchester (Stetson) is
President of the Conference; John Arnold (Loyola)
is Secretary.

New staff members in the Biology Department,
University of South Carolina, include Assistant
Professors B. C. Smith and W. H. Norman. Dr.
Smith has his Ph.D. from the University of Georgia
and is working in invertebrate zoology and ecology.
Mr. Norman is a candidate for the Ph.D. degree at
the University of Texas and works in the fields of
physiology and microtechnique. Appointed as In-
structor in the same department was Sara B. Eg-
gleston.

Institutions and Organizations

The Mississippi Institute of Microbiology has re-
cently been established as a Unit of the Department
of Biology of Mississippi Southern College. Dr. B.
Q. Ward, Bacteriologist and Associate Professor of
Biology, has been designated as Director of the
Institute. The Institute of Microbiology is essen-
tially a research establishment and is empowered
to accept and administer pertinent grants found
acceptable to the college. The staff of the Insti-
tute also has the duty of preparing an annual re-
port of its opinions and suggestions relative to
teaching and course work within the academic de-
partment. The members of the Institute for the
coming year and their specialty fields are as fol-
lows: J. F. Walker (Chairman, Department of Bi-
ology) Physiology and Histology; B. Q. Ward (Di-
rector of the Institute) Bacteriology and Micro-
botany; R. A. Woodmansee, Ecology and Marine
Plankton; A. E. Harrises, Parasitology; C. R. Ball,
Embryology; S. W. Rosso, Malacology. Further in-
formation regarding the Institute can be obtained
from the director, Box 264, Station A, Hattiesburg,
Mississippi.

The New Orleans Branch of Louisiana State Uni-
versity (LSUNO) opened in the fall of 1958 with
1,500 students. The science staff includes biologists
Dolores Dundee, Rosamond McMillan and Stephan
Russell.

A “classified directory” of research opportunities
available to college and university scientists, to be
carried out in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, has been is-
sued by the Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies.
The “directory” is a brochure describing the Oak
Ridge Participation program, now in its tenth year,
that the Institute administers for the U. S. Atomic
Energy Commission. It outlines the numerous op-
portunities for research involving the application
of nuclear energy to basic sciences, agriculture en-
gineering and medicine, utilizing facilities not gen-
erally available to any single university or college.
Copies are available on request from the University
Relations Division, Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear
Studies, P. 0. Box 117, Oak Ridge, Tennessee.

Seven ASB members were registered participants
in the annual meeting of the American Society of
Tropical Medicine and Hygiene in Miami Beach,
November 5 to 8. These included J. Fred Denton,
C. G. Goodchild, George W. Hunter, III, G. M.
Jeffery, J. Fred Landt, Clarence J. Weinman, and
Martin D. Young.

The Biology Departments of Lynchburg College,
Randolph-Macon Woman’s College and Sweet Briar
College inaugurated this fall a series of Tri-College

Biology Seminars. The topic of the October meet-
ing at Randolph-Macon Woman’s College was “Tele-
ology in Biological Science”. At the November
meeting, held at Lynchburg College, Dr. John Tyler
Bonner of Princeton University led the group in a
discussion of “Animal Communication”. The De-
cember meeting, at Sweet Briar College, had as
its subject the question, “What is Life?”.

At the meeting of the Eastern Branch of the
Entomological Society of America in Baltimore the
latter part of November, nine papers were pre-
sented by staff members of the Department of En-
tomology of the University of Maryland.

Grants in Aid

Robert A. Woodmansee of Mississippi Southern
College has received a renewal grant of $4,630 from
the Atomic Energy Commission to continue his
studies on the plankton communities occurring
along a salinity gradient.

J. David Deck, Department of Anatomy, School
of Medicine, University of Virginia, recently re-
ceived a 3-year grant of $17,500 from the National
Science Foundation for “A Study of Limb Regen-
eration in Larval and Adult Amphibians”. The
grant includes money to continue studies on the
role of nerves in larval amphibian limb regeneration
and a study of experimentally induced limb regen-
eration in adult frogs.

A new course entitled, “Techniques of Handling
Radioisotopes” was made possible at Emory and
Henry College by equipment grants totaling $26,000
from the Atomic Energy Commission and The
Methodist Church.

The Mountain Lake Biological Station has re-
cently been advised by the National Science Foun-
dation that its grant of $18,000 for three years has
been renewed (1959-1961). This grant has made
available funds for the establishment of awards
for research and study at the Station. Three types
of awards are available: Post-Doctorates, for re-
search; Pre-Doctorates, for supervised research;
and Post-Graduates, for training in field or labora-
tory research techniques, thus permitting course
work. Application blanks for these awards may
be secured from the Director, Mountain Lake Bio-
logical Station; Department of Biology; University
of Virginia, and must be submitted by April 1,
1959.

The Biology Department at Emory University
has received a grant of $100,000 from the U. S.
Public Health Service for the addition of a wing to
the present biology building.

The Department of Entomology of the University
of Maryland has recently contracted with the
Fish and Wildlife Service of the Department of
Interior for Studies on the Effect of Changes in
Water Level on Mosquito and Wildlife Populations
in Maryland Salt Marshes. The principal investi-
gator is William E. Bickley.

W. R. Kelley, Associate Professor of Biology at
the University of South Carolina, has been granted
$8,756.50 by the Atomic Energy Commission to
make an ecological study of the vascular shore
plants of a reservoir site on the Savannah River
Plant. The contract runs for one year.

Harry W. Freeman, Associate Professor of Bi-
ology at the University of South Carolina, has re-
ceived a one year contract renewal of $15,426 from
the Atomic Energy Commission for an ecological
study of the fishes of the Savannah River Drainage.

12

ASB Bulletin

The ASB

April, 1959

CONTENTS

Association Affairs , 14

Program of the Twentieth Annual Meeting of the Association

of Southeastern Biologists 15

Items of Interest: Knoxville Meeting , 19

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the Twentieth Annual

Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists 20

News of Biology in the Southeast , 35

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

THE ASB BULLETIN

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists and is published
at Columbia, S. C., in January, April,
July and October. Letters, news items,
other contributions, and all communica-
tions about editorial matters should be
addressed to the Editor, U.S.P.H.S.,
P. O. Box 717, Columbia, S. C. Changes
of address should be sent promptly to
the Secretary of the ASB, Dr. Harold
J. Humm, Department of Botany, Duke
University, Durham, N. C. Subscription
orders from libraries and other institu-
tions should be sent to the Business
Manager, A. W. Jones, Department of
Zoology, University of Tennessee, Knox-
ville, Tenn. Subscription rate for non-
members of ASB: $2.00 per year. Print-
ing and typography by the Cary Printing
Co., Columbia, S. C.

Geoffrey M. Jeffery,
Editor

Harold J. Humm, Associate Editor
A. W. Jones, Business Manager

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida
State University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University
of Kentucky

Louisiana — G. C. Kent, Jr., Louisiana
State University

Maryland — Wm. E. Bickley, University
of Maryland

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College

North Carolina — T. W. Johnson, Jr.,
Duke University

South Carolina — -Margaret Hess, Win-
throp College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Roanoke
College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Officers of the ASB

President — Mary Esther Gaulden, Biology
Division, ORNL

Retiring President — Howard K. Wallace,
University of Florida

President-Elect — Horton H. Hobbs, Uni-
versity of Virginia

Vice-President — Victor A. Greulach, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

Secretary — Harold J. Humm, Duke Uni-
versity

Treasurer — A. W. Jones, University of
Tennessee

Executive Committee — William Bur-
banck, Emory University; W. S.
Flory, University of Virginia; I. C.
Kitchen, University of Mississippi;
Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt Uni-
versity; D. C. Scott, University of
Georgia; Harry E. Wheeler, Louisi-
ana State University. All officers
are ex officio members of the execu-
tive committee.

Nominations for ASB Officers

The Nominating Committee,
composed of H. K. Wallace,
Chairman, Harry J. Bennett and
Chauncey G. Goodchild, has sub-
mitted the following slate of of-
ficers to be acted on by the
members at the Knoxville meet-
ing;

President-Elect — Earl L. Core,
West Virginia University, and
Victor A. Greulach, University
of North Carolina.

Vice President — Thelma Howell,
Wesleyan College, and Royal
E. Shanks, University of Ten-
nessee.

Treasurer — Asa A. Humphries,
Jr., Emory University, and
Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt
University.

Executive Committee (two to be
elected) — - Robert B. Short,
Florida State University,
Robert T. Brumfield, Long-
wood College, Glenn R. Nog-
gle, University of Florida, and
Eugene P. Odum, University
of Georgia.

The Annual Meeting

Attention is called to the pro-
gram and notes of the Annual
Sleeting in Knoxville, April 16-
18, 1959. The committee on local
arrangements has, as usual, done
an excellent job. They wish to
have particular attention called
to the deadline of April 11 for
those wishing to participate in
the Thursday afternoon (April
16) field trip to the Oak Ridge
National Laboratory. It will be
noted that the Smoker is to be
held following the Thursday
evening General Session, rather
than the usual Friday evening
Session. Dr. Karl Sax, noted
botanist and geneticist, will be
the guest speaker at the Thurs-
day evening Session.

A record 378 registrants at-
tended the meeting in Tallahas-
see last year; it is to be hoped
that this trend will be continued
and that a new record will be
established at Knoxville.

ASB Guest Speaker

Dr. Karl Sax, noted botanist
and Professor of the Arnold Ar-
boretum, Harvard University,
will be guest speaker at the eve-
ning session of the ASB meeting
in Knoxville on Thursday, April
16th. His address “The Popula-
tion Explosion” will deal with the

timely topic of human popula-
tions and their associated prob-
lems.

Dr. Sax is for the spring se-
mester Visiting Professor of For-
estry at the University of Flor-
ida. He is widely known for his
research in cytology, genetics,
and horticulture and is this year
President of the Genetics Society
of America. In recent years his
interest in the problems of rap-
idly increasing populations has
found expression in two excellent
publications: the book “Standing
Room Only” and the booklet “The
Population Explosion.” Not con-
tent merely to call attention to
the problem, Dr. Sax became ac-
tive in the Planned Parenthood
League of Massachusetts and is
currently president of that or-
ganization. Dr. Sax is a member
of the National Academy of Sci-
ence and an honorary member of
the J apanese Genetics Society
and the French Academy of Ag-
riculture.

As The President Sees It

Should ASB concern itself
with undergraduate students?
If so, in what way can it serve
them and their teachers?

These are questions I have
been pondering and that I feel
should be seriously studied. Un-
dergraduates represent a group
of individuals vital to the future
of biology. I recently visited
biology departments in several
of the many small liberal arts
colleges in the Southeast and
was tremendously impressed with
the interest and enthusiasm of
the students and professors.

In the past no special effort
has been made by ASB to at-
tract undergraduates. Last year
a small group of them attended
the Tallahassee meeting as rep-
resentatives of the 26 South-
eastern chapters of Beta Beta
Beta, a National Biological So-
ciety. Tri Beta will again meet
with ASB in Knoxville and will
open its meetings to all under-
graduates. I would like to urge
those who have promising stu-
dents to bring them to the Knox-
ville meeting.

Please think about the above
questions and give expression to
your opinions.

Mary Esther Gaulden

14

ASB Bulletin

Program of the 20th Anmsai Meeting
Association of Southeastern Biologists

University of Tennessee, Knoxville, T ennessee, April 1 6-1 8, 1 959

A Joint Meeting with the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, the
Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, the Southeastern Division of the American So-
ciety of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists and the Southeastern Region of the Beta Beta
Beta National Honor Biological Society.

SESSION SCHEDULE

Thursday, Apinl 16

9:30 a.m. Meeting of the Executive Committee,
Room 218, University Center.

1:15 p.m. Tour of the Biology Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory.

2:00-8:15 p.m. Registration, Lobby, University
Center.

8:20 p.m. General Session followed by Smoker,
Ballroom, University Center.

Friday, April 17

8:00-12:00 noon. Registration, Lobby, University
Center.

8:00-9:00 a.m. Southern Appalachian Botanical
Club Breakfast, University Cafeteria, Soph-
ronia Strong Hall. Members will go through
the cafeteria line and take their trays to an
adjoining private dining room.

8:00 a.m. Commercial Exhibits, Lobby, University
Center.

9:00 a.m. Contributed Papers.

Vertebrate Zoology, Ballroom, University
Center

Cytology and Genetics, 112 University Center
Invertebrate Zoology, 113 University Center
General Botany, 114 University Center
Plant Physiology, 115 University Center

11:15 a.m.-12:15 p.m. Business Meeting, Associa-
tion of Southeastern Biologists, Ballroom,
University Center.

1:15 p.m. Business Meeting, Southeastern Sec-
tion, Botanical Society of America, Ballroom,
University Center.

1:45 p.m. Contributed Papers.

Animal and General Ecology, Ballroom, Uni-
versity Center

Animal Physiology, 112 University Center
Parasitology, 113 University Center
Cryptogamic Botany, 114 University Center
Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, 115 Univer-
sity Center

5:45 p.m. Special Registration for Beta Beta Beta
Members, University Cafeteria, Sophronia
Strong Hall.

6:00 p.m. Dinner, Beta Beta Beta Society, Uni-
versity Cafeteria, Sophronia Strong Hall.
Members will go through the cafeteria lin^
and take their trays to the adjoining private
dining room.

8:30 p.m. General Session, Ballroom, University
Center.

Saturday, April 18

8:00 a.m. Field Trips. Members should leave
Knoxville in private cars on route U.S. 441
at 8:00 a.m., in order to meet at National
Park Headquarters two miles above Gatlin-
burg at 9:00 a.m.

8:30-12:00 noon. Student Papers, Beta Beta Beta
Society; Eastern District, 54 Biology Build-
ing; Western District, 317 Biology Building.

12:00-1:00 p.m. Business Meeting, Beta Beta Beta
Society; Eastern District, 54 Biology Build-
ing; Western District, 317 Biology Building.

GENERAL SESSION

THURSDAY, APRIL 16, 8:20 p.m.

Ballroom, University Center
Presiding : Mary Esther Gaulden

Address of Welcome: C. E. BREHM, President of
The University of Tennessee.

Address: The Population Explosion, KARL SAX,
Harvard University and University of Florida.

Smoker following address.

VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 17, 9:00 a.m.

Ballroom, University Center

Presiding : Donald C. Scott, University of Georgia

9:00 Polysaccharide Histochemistry of the Oviduct
of the Newt, Triturus viridescens. A. A.
HUMPHRIES, JR. and W. N. HUGHES,
Emory University.

9:13 Experimental Morphogenesis of Adrenal
Glands. LAURA G. ANDERTON, University
of North Carolina.

9:26 Minimum Light Values Needed for Schooling
in the Minnows, Rhinichthys and Semotilus.
ROBERT A. KUEHNE, University of Ken-
tucky.

9:39 Factors Affecting the Return of Stranded
Fundulus similis to Water. JOE ANN
SHEARER, University of Mississippi.

9:52 Intermission.

10:02 An Analysis of Small-Mammal Population
Trends and Movements. H. E. SHADOWEN,
Louisiana Polytechnic Institute.

10:15 Relationships of Mus musculus and Pero-
myscus polionotus in an outdoor enclosure.
LARRY D. CALDWELL, University of Geor-
gia.

10:28 The Vertebral Column of the Golden Ham-
ster. MOHAMMED S. SALIH, Louisiana
State University.

10:41 Hematological Observations in the Orders In-
sectivora, Rodentia and Carnivora. S. S. KIL-
GORE, Louisiana Polytechnic Institute.

Vol. 6, No. 2, April 1959

15

CYTOLOGY AND GENETICS SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 17, 9:00 a.m.

Room 112, University Center

Presiding: J. Gordon Carlson, University of Ten-
nessee

9:00 A Cytologieal Study of the Genus Habran-
thus. W. S. FLORY and R. 0. FLAGG, The
Blandy Experimental Farm, University of
Virginia.

9:13 Cytotaxonomic Relations among some Species
of Sansevieria Thunb. (Liliaceae). M. Y.
MENZEL, J. B. PATE and F. D. WILSON,
Crops Research Div., Agr. Res. Service, USD A.

9:26 Chromosomes in Parthenogenetic Miracidia
and Embryonic Cercariae of Schistosomatium
douthitti. ROBERT B. SHORT and MAR-
GARET Y. MENZEL, Florida State Univer-
sity.

9:39 A Cytochemical and Quantitative Study of
Protein - Bound Sulfhydryl and Disulfide
Groups of Sea Urchin Eggs. NAOKO KA-
W AM UR A, University of Tennessee.

9 : 52 Intermission.

10:02 The Effects of Radiation on Mitotic Rate of
Individual Stages of Mitosis in the Grass-
hopper Neuroblast. JEAN STEVENS and
MARY ESTHER GAULDEN, Biology Divi-
sion, Oak Ridge National Laboratory.

10:15 Formation and Behavior of Spindle Body in
Neuroblast of Grasshopper, Chortophaga viri-
difasciata. KEN-YA KAWAMURA, Univer-
sity of Tennessee.

10:28 Chromosome Assortment in Oogenesis of Tri-
ploid Mormoniella Females. P. W. WHITING,
University of Pennsylvania.

10:41 The Detection and Interaction of Body Size
Factors Among Ranch-Bred Mink. CLYDE
KEELER, Georgia State College for Women.

10:54 Posttreatment Effects on Radiation-induced
Chromosomal Breaks. ALVIN V. BEATTY,
Emory University.

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 17, 9:00 a.m.

Room 113, University Center

Presiding : Horton Hobbs, University of Virginia

9:00 A New Dysterian Ciliate from Warm Mineral
Springs, Fla. EUGENE C. BOVEE, Univer-
sity of Florida.

9:13 Some “Spunkwater” Protozoa, including a
Previously Unnamed Amoeba. ROBERT H.
MOUNT and EUGENE C. BOVEE, Univer-
sity of Florida.

9:26 The Ultrastructure of the Tail of Himastlila
quissetensis. ROBERT R. CARDELL, JR.
and DELBERT E. PHILPOTT, University of
Virginia and Marine Biological Lab., Woods
Hole, Mass.

9:39 Observations on the Structure and Ultra-
structure of the Cheliped Muscle of the Cray-
fish (Cambaru s Ion g ulus) . ROBERT R.
CARDELL, JR. and LARRY L. FARMER,
University of Virginia.

9:52 Intermission.

10:02 A Report on the Study of the Tardigrada in
the United States. G. T. RIGGIN, JR., Vir-
ginia Polytechnic Institute.

10:15 Studies on the Attraction of Plant Nematodes
to Roots. MARVIN L. CHILTON, Univer-
sity of Kentucky.

10:28 Notes on the Distribution and Ecology of Cya-
thura sp., an Estuarine Isopod. W. D. BUR-
BANCK, Emory University.

10:41 Studying Nymphs of the Odonate Genus Argia
in the Southwestern United States. MINTER
J. WESTFALL, JR., University of Florida.

GENERAL BOTANY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 17, 9:00 a.m.

Room 114, University Center

Presiding : Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt University

9:00 Weeks Island, a Botanically Interesting Area
in the Louisiana Marshes. WILLIAM D.
REESE, Southwestern Louisiana Institute.

9:13 Composition of an Alabama Forest in 1821.
ROBERT A. DIETZ, Troy State College.

9:26 Preliminary Notes on a Region of Floristic
Overlap Between the Upper and Lower Aus-
tral Zones in Northeastern Alabama. WIL-
LIAM H. ADAMS, JR., Wildlife Research
Unit, Alabama Polytechnic Institute.

9:39 Progress Report on the Flora of the Carolinas.
ALBERT E. RADFORD, University of North
Carolina.

9:52 Intermission.

10:02 Recent Plant Records in Virginia. A. B.
MASSEY, Virginia Polytechnic Institute.

10:15 Blade Tissue Structure of some Species of
Atriple x from the Southern California Des-
erts. JANE PHILPOTT, Duke University.

10:28 The Systematic Embryology of Aletris aurea
Walt. EDWARD T. BROWNE, JR., Univer-
sity of North Carolina and Alabama Poly-
technic Institute.

10:41 Better Trained High School Science Teachers
— A Desperate Need. ELTON C. COCKE,
Wake Forest College.

PLANT PHYSIOLOGY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 17, 9:00 a.m.

Room 115, University Center

Presiding: Victor A. Greulach, University of North
Carolina

9:00 Acetate Dependence for Sexuality in Poly-
toma uvella, FRANZ MOEWUS, Applied
Research Laboratories, Miami Springs,
Florida.

9:13 The Effect of Kinetin and Red Light on
Growth and Cell Size. MILDRED M. GRIF-
FITH and ROBERT D. POWELL, Univer-
sity of Florida.

9:26 Chromatographic Studies of some Alcohol-
Soluble Materials in Male and Female Pa-
paya ( Carica papaya ) Plants. M. P. SINGH
and G. RAY NOGGLE, University of Florida.

9:39 An Evaluation of the Andreae Chromato-
graphic Technique for the Determination of
Maleic Hydrazide. JOHN G. HAESLOOP
and VICTOR A. GREULACH, University of
North Carolina.

9:52 Intermission.

10:02 A Substance Controlling Growth in Timothy
Roots. ROBERT T. BRUMFIELD, Long-
wood College and Oak Ridge National Lab-
oratory.

16

ASB Bulletin

10:15 The Production of Indole Acetic Acid by
Taphrina deformans and Dibotryon morbo-
sum. EVELYN E. CRADY and FRED-
ERICK T. WOLF, Vanderbilt University.

10:28 Nonrespiratory Gas Released from Seeds
During Moistening. NANCY BRASSING-
TON and ALAN H. HABER, Winthrop Col-
lege and Oak Ridge National Laboratory.

10:41 Respiratory Patterns in Diseased Plants.
HARRY WHEELER and ROBERT GRIMM,
Louisiana State University.

10:54 Influence of Respiratory Inhibitors on Ab-
sorption of Sugars by Plant Cells. THERESA
PARTLOW and JOSEPH C. O’KELLEY,
University of Alabama.

ANIMAL AND GENERAL ECOLOGY
SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 17, 1:45 p.m.

Ballroom, University Center
Presiding: W. D. Burbanck, Emory University

1:45 Organic Production and Turnover during the
First Seven Years of Old Field Succession on
the AEC Savannah River Area. EUGENE
P. ODUM, University of Georgia.

1:58 Concentrations of Radionuclides in the Nat-
ural Vegetation of a Contaminated Area. H.
R. DeSELM and R. E. SHANKS, University
of Tennessee.

2:11 Avian Uptake of Fission Products. WIL-
LIAM K. WILLARD, University of Georgia
and Oak Ridge National Laboratory.

2:24 Seasonal Lipid Levels in Key Population
Groups of an Old Field Ecosystem. CLYDE
E. CONNELL, University of Georgia and
Valdosta State College.

2:37 Energy Flow in Two Salt Marsh Animals.
ALFRED E. SMALLEY, University of Ken-
tucky.

2:50 Intermission.

3:00 Trophic Relations within the Zostera “Com-
munity”. EDWIN B. JOSEPH, Birmingham-
Southern College.

3:13 Food Habits of the Canada Goose at Lake
Mattamuskeet, North Carolina. THOMAS L.
QUAY and CARL S. YELVERTON, North
Carolina State College.

3:26 The Effect of Photoperiod on the Duration
of Nymphal Development in Several Species
of Odonata. CHARLES E. JENNER, Uni-
versity of North Carolina.

3:39 Studies of Yeasts Ingested by Drosophila
Populations. JOHN M. CARPENTER and
JAMES K. KOMATSU, University of Ken-
tucky.

3:52 Comparative Tolerance of some Drosophila
Species to Low Temperature. WALLACE D.
DAWSON, JR., University of Kentucky.

ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 17, 1:45 p.m.

Room 112, University Center

Presiding : I. C. Kitchin, University of Mississippi

1:45 The Effects of pH and Viscosity on Surface
Membranes in Paramecium multimicronuclea-
tum. J. WARREN LEE and WILLIAM Mc-
CALL, Southern University.

1:58 Studies on the Metabolism of Astasia longa
(Jahn). FRISSELL R. HUNTER and J.
WARREN LEE, Southern University.

2:11 The Effect of Na L-thyroxine on Viability
and Regeneration of Planaria maculata. WIL-
LIAM L. MENGEBIER, Madison College.

2:24 The Effect of Sodium Fluoroacetate on Blood
Glucose Levels in the Bullfrog ( Rana cates-
beiana) . B. THEODORE COLE, Louisiana
State University.

2:37 Fractionation of Peptides from Serum Albu-
min and Microsomes. N. G. ANDERSON and

J. A. LEVINSON, Oak Ridge National Lab-
oratory.

2:50 Intermission.

3:00 A New Approach to the Detection of Syner-
gistic Doses in Combination Chemotherapy.
JACK H. MOORE and J. RICHARD THOM-
SON, Southern Research Institute.

3:13 Antibiotic Beers as a Source of Anticancer
Agents. J. RICHARD THOMSON and W.
RUSSELL LASTER, JR., Southern Research
Institute and Kettering-Meyer Laboratory.

3:26 Energy Flow through the Cotton Rat, Sigmo-
don hispidus. FRANK BENJAMIN GOL-
LEY, University of Georgia.

3:39 An Analysis of Factors Contributing to the
Successful Reanimation of Mice from Less
than 1° C. JAMES A. MILLER, JR. and
FAITH S. MILLER, Emory University.

3:52 Uptake, Tissue Concentration, and Loss of
Cesium-137 and Strontium-85 in the Common
Prawn Palaemonetes pugio Holthuis. FRED

K. PARRISH, Emory University.

PARASITOLOGY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 17, 1:45 p.m.

Room 113, University Center
Presiding : Arthur W. Jones, University of Ten-
nessee

1:45 Parasites of Commercial Shrimp. DWAYNE
N. KRUSE, Florida State University.

1:58 “Swimmer’s Itch” in Colorado. GEORGE W.
HUNTER III, University of Florida and the
Rocky Mountain Biological Laboratory.

2:11 The Initiation of Penetration of Schistosoma-
tium douthitti Cercariae. ALVIN WAGNER,
Florida State University.

2:24 A New Strigeid Trematode (Diplostomatidae :
Alariinae) from the Pancreatic Duct of the
Raccoon. REINARD HARKEMA and GRO-
VER C. MILLER, North Carolina State Col-
lege.

2:37 Observations on the Structure and Distribu-
tion of the Metacercaria, Diplostomulum tri-
turi (Trematoda: Strigeida). EDWARD W.
LAUTENSCHLAGER and ROBERT R.
CARDELL, JR., University of Virginia.

2:50 Intermission.

3:00 Studies on the Survival of Trophozoites of
Plasmodium berghei in Glycerolized Whole
Blood at Low Temperatures. GEOFFREY
M. JEFFERY, U. S. Public Health Service.

3:13 The Effect of Alloxan Diabetes on Plasmo-
dium berghei Infections in Albino Rats. M.

Vol. 6, No. 2, April .1959

17

GUTHRIE TOLBERT and R. BARCLAY
McGHEE, University of Georgia.

3:26 Effect of Cobalt-60 Gamma Radiation on the
Development of Acquired Immunity in the
Rat to Larval Hydatigera taeniae for mis.
KATHLEEN D. WYANT, HAROLD H-K.
LEE, and ARTHUR W. JONES, University
of Tennessee.

3:39 Chromosomal Abnormalities in the Embryos
of Gamma-Irradiated Hymenolepis diminuta.
RAYMOND L. KISNER, University of Ten-
nessee.

3:52 Development of the Taeniid Embryophore.
HAROLD H-K. LEE, University of Tennes-
see.

CRYPTOGAMIC BOTANY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 17, 1:45 p.m.

Room 114, University Center
Presiding: Lewis E. Anderson, Duke University

1:45 Studies on the Development of Chlortetra-
cycline-resistant Staphylococci in Chlortetra-
cycline-treated Beef. JAMES M. JAY and
J. WARREN LEE, Southern University.

1:58 Studies on Ligniera verrucosa, a plasmodio-
phoraceous parasite. CHARLES E. MILLER,
Emory University.

2:11 The Rediscovery of the Chytrid, Pringshei-
miella dioica. J. THOMAS MULLINS, Uni-
versity of North Carolina.

2:24 Aquatic Phycomycetes of the Highlands Re-
gion. WILLIAM J. KOCH, University of
North Carolina.

2:37 Benthic Algae of Phosphorescent Bay, Puerto
Rico. LUIS R. ALMODOVAR and H. L.
BLOMQUIST, Institute of Marine Biology,
University of Puerto Rico and Duke Univer-
sity.

2:50 Intermission.

3:00 Marine Chlorophyta of the Upper West Coast
of Florida. H. J. HUMM and SYLVIA
EARLE TAYLOR, Duke University.

3:13 The Concentration of Growth Promoting Sub-
stances in Certain Bryophytes. PAUL M.
PATTERSON, CAROLYN BOLTON, and
JENNIE JOE LAWRENCE, Hollins College.

3:26 Life History of Rhodobryum roseum (Weis)
Limpr. NARINDER CHOPRA, University of
Tennessee.

GENERAL SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 17, 8:30 p.m.

Ballroom, University Center
Presiding : Mary Esther Gaulden

Presentation of Awards: Mt. Lake Biological Sta-
tion Fellowship offered by Phipps and Bird, Inc.
Research Awards offered by Carolina Biological
Supply Company

Meritorious Teaching Award offered by Will
Corporation of Georgia

Address: Spiders, HOWARD K. WALLACE, Im-
mediate Past President of ASB, University of
Florida.

Program for the Meeting of the South-
eastern Region, Beta Beta Beta
National Honor Biological
Society

GENERAL SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 17

6:00 p.m. Dinner, University Cafeteria in Soph-
ronia Strong Hall. Members will go through
the cafeteria line and take their trays to the
adjoining private dining room.

7:00 p.m. Address, University Cafeteria in Soph-
ronia Strong Hall. Some Effects of Radia-
tions on Cells, Dr. J. Gordon Carlson, Uni-
versity of Tennessee.

EASTERN DISTRICT SESSION

SATURDAY, APRIL 18
Room 54, Hessler Biology Building
8:30 a.m. to 12:00 noon. Contributed papers.
12:00 noon to 1:00 p.m. Business meeting.

WESTERN DISTRICT SESSION

Room 317, Hessler Biology Building
8:30 a.m. to 12:00 noon. Contributed papers.
12:00 noon to 1:00 p.m. Business meeting.

MEETING NOTES

Lodging and meals. A partial list of hotels and
motels was published in the January issue of the
BULLETIN. More complete lists may be obtained
from the Knoxville Tourist Bureau, 811 Henley
Street, S.W., Knoxville. The University dining fa-
cilities will be open to persons attending the meeting
and their families. These include the cafeterias in
the University Center and in Sophronia Strong Hall.

Registration. Registration will be in the Lobby of
the University Center and will be held 2:00 to 8:15
p.m. on April 16 and 8:00 to 12:00 noon on April 17.
A fee of $1.00 will be charged for registration.

Placement Service. A do-it-yourself type of place-
ment service will be located in Room 202 of the Uni-
versity Center. Space will be provided for posting of
available positions and personnel.

Directory. A directory of persons attending the
meeting will be located in Room 202, University
Center.

Commercial Exhibits. These exhibits will be in
the Lobby of the University Center.

Field Trips. The three scheduled field trips were
described in detail in the January issue of the BUL-
LETIN. The Thursday afternoon (April 16) tour
of the Biology Division of Oak Ridge National Lab-
oratory will leave the Knoxville Campus at 1:15 p.m.
It is of utmost importance that all persons interested
in taking this trip inform Ronald C. Fraser, De-
partment of Zoology and Entomology, University of
Tennessee, before April 11. The two Saturday morn-
ing field trips include a botany trip and a bird trip,
both in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park
area. These trips will leave at 9:00 a.m.; full infor-
mation will be available at the registration desk.

Local Arrangements Committee. J. Gordon Carl-
son, Chairman, Ronald Fraser, Joseph Howell, Fred
Norris, Royal E. Shanks, A. J. Sharp and James T.
Tanner.

18

ASB Bulletin

Items of Interest: Knoxville Meeting

Biological Sciences at the Host Institutions

Biological sciences at the University of
Tennessee are divided between three depart-
ments of the College of Liberal Arts and
various divisions of the College of Agricul-
ture. The Departments of Bacteriology,
Botany, and Zoology and Entomology are lo-
cated in one building on the Liberal Arts
campus. This building was completed in
1935, after the previous biology building was
destroyed by fire in January 1934. The pres-
ent building was named Hesler Hall in honor
of L. R. Hesler, botanist, on his retiring from
the position of Dean of the College of Lib-
eral Arts last June. In addition to the three
departments named above, the building
houses the Department of Anthropology and
the Biological Sciences Library.

The Department of Bacteriology occupies
one floor of Hesler Hall with its offices, lab-
oratories, and classrooms. Major research
projects are the study of host-parasite rela-
tions in tularemia in rodents by Dr. J. M.
Woodward and in Salmonella pullorum infec-
tions in chicks by Dr. D. F. Holtman, head
of the department. Dr. J. 0. Mundt is work-
ing on the implications of streptococci found
in foods to agriculture and the food indus-
try. In the department is also a branch of
the State testing laboratory for brucellosis
and leptospirosis in cattle.

The Department of Botany and its herb-
arium are located on one floor of the build-
ing with additional space in the basement
and greenhouses which are behind the build-
ing. In the basement is a newly constructed
laboratory, planned by Dr. G. E. Hunt, to
be used for instruction in the use of radio-
isotopes in plant physiology. Members of this
department have been working for several
years under Dr. A. J. Sharp, head of the
department, on a definitive “Flora of Ten-
nessee”. Dr. L. R. Hesler and Dr. T. H.
Campbell are continuing their study of the
fungi of the southeastern states. Dr. R. E.
Shanks and his students are working on the
flora and plant ecology of the arctic slope
of Alaska and also on the plant ecology of
an area at Oak Ridge which has been con-
taminated with radioactive deposits.

The Department of Zoology and Entomol-
ogy occupies all or parts of three different
floors of Hesler Hall. Some of the research
activities in this department have resulted
in laboratories for special purposes. Dr. J.
G. Carlson, department head, has assembled

equipment for research on radiation effects
on mitosis and other cellular activities. Dr.
S. R. Tipton, studying hormone effects on
mammalian respiration, and Dr. R. C. Fra-
ser, studying biochemical aspects of embry-
ology, have both recently received grants
which aided in equipping laboratories for
their research. The first air-conditioned lab-
oratory in the building was constructed for
the rearing and study of Drosophila and is
now used by Dr. J. I. Townsend. Drs. A. W.
Jones and Kathleen Wyant are conducting
research on the effects of radiation on the
host-parasite relation between helminths and
mammals. Collections have been assembled,
largely from Tennessee, of helminths by Dr.
A. W. Jones, of insects by Dr. A. C. Cole
who has also made extensive collections of
ants of western North America, and of ver-
tebrates by Drs. J. C. Howell and J. T.
Tanner.

The proximity of Oak Ridge to the Univer-
sity of Tennessee has stimulated research at
the University on the biological effects of
radiation and on the use of radioactive iso-
topes and has resulted in fruitful cooperation
between agencies and individuals at both
places. An example of this is the establish-
ment of the UT-AEC Agricultural Research
Laboratory at Oak Ridge. Lying on the other
side of Knoxville from Oak Ridge are the
Great Smoky Mountains, and their accessi-
bility has enabled both botanical and zoologi-
cal research in ecology. James T. Tanner
The Participating Societies

The ASB is honored again in 1959 to have
four other organizations join in the annual
meeting. While the Southeastern Section of
the Botanical Society of America and the
Southern Appalachian Botanical Club have
been participating in these joint meetings
for a number of years and are well known
to the members, the Ichthyologists and Her-
petologists and the Beta Beta Beta Societies
are relative newcomers. Although space
problems prohibit it in this issue, it is hoped
to include descriptive information about
these societies in an early issue of the BUL-
LETIN.

Program reprints

Reprints of the program will be available
to registrants at Knoxville, but reprints of
the abstract section will not be provided.
Those wishing to have access to the abstracts
are reminded to take along the April issue
of the BULLETIN.

Vol. 6, No. 2, April 1959

19

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the Twentieth Annua!
Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists

All except one of the 80 papers stibmitted for
presentation at the Twentieth Annual Meeting of
the Association of Southeastern Biologists in Knox-
ville, Tennessee, April 16-18, 1959, are abstracted
here. Reprints of abstracts marked with an asterisk
are available from the authors.

Preliminary Notes on a Region of Floristic
Overlap Between the Upper and Lower
Austral Zones in Northeastern
Alabama*

William H. Adams, Alabama Polytechnic Institute
The region described is the Ashland Plateau, a
higher topographic division of the Piedmont Upland,
and represents the southernmost outlier of the Ap-
palachian chain of mountains in Alabama. This
mountainous region is peculiar in that it was origi-
nally a longleaf pine forest even though it is some
distance removed from the extensive longleaf belt
of the Coastal Plain. This dominance has since been
replaced by other pines and hardwoods through re-
peated cutting and complete fire protection. Accord-
ing to some authors, the area studied lies within
Merriam’s humid Upper Zone of the transcontinental
Austral Region or Carolinian Life Zone. Results of
this study indicate that this area more accurately
represents a point of transition between the Upper
and Lower Austral Zones. This contention is based
on the large number of plants characteristic of both
Zones that occur here thereby swelling its total
number of plant species far above that of either of
the separate Zones considered alone. Typical Upper
Austral species reaching their southward limits here
include Juglans cinerea, Calycanthus fertilis, Stew-
artia ovata, Chimaphila maculata, Galax aphylla,
Pycanthemum pycanthemoides and Solidago bicolor.
Typical Lower Austral species reaching their north-
ward limits here include Persea borbonia, Crotalaria
purshii, Pilostaxis nana and Angelica dentata.

Benthic Algae of Phosphorescent Bay,
Puerto Rico

Luis R. Almodovar, Institute of Marine Biology,
University of Puerto Rico
and

H. L. Blomquist, Duke University
A small embayment (45 acres) on the southwest-
ern coast of Puerto Rico has become famous for its
spectacular luminescence. According to Margalef
(1957), this is due to an unusual concentration of
dinoflagellates. This phenomenon has led to several
investigations on the biota present and its ecological
aspects, compared with surrounding areas where the
luminescence is not so striking. However, no investi-
gation has been done previously on the benthic ma-
rine algae. On the basis of substrata and the algae
present, this area may be divided into three more or
less distinct zones. In this investigation, carried out
during February, 1958, and from December, 1958,
to January, 1959, 47 entities of marine algae were
identified. Their distribution among the algal di-
visions are: Chlorophyta, 20; Phaeophyta, 6; Cyano-
phyta, 2; Rhodophyta, 19.

Fractionation of Peptides from Serum
Albumin and Microsomes

N. G. Anderson and J. A. Levinson
Biology Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory,
Oak Ridge, Tennessee

Microsomal peptides (Anderson and Albright,
Federation Proc., 17:9, 1950) and peptides obtained
from hydrolysis of proteins synthesized on the mi-
crosomes must be fractionated if we are to determine
whether the microsomal peptides are incorporated
intact into the protein. To avoid loss of material
in analysis, we perfected a chromatographic tech-
nique monitored by far-UV peptide bond absorption.
Serum albumin tryptic peptides are chromato-
graphed on XE64 resin at pH 8.5 using a sodium
phosphate buffer. Peptides which move rapidly
through the column are rechromatographed at pH
7.5. This procedure is repeated at successively lower
pH’s until resin in the acid form is reached. A frac-
tion of the effluent is used for paper chromatogi’a-
phy, butanol-propionic acid being used to determine
whether more than one peptide was eluted with each
peak. Separation of microsomal peptides by this
method was initially unsatisfactory since a large
number of amino acids were also present. A counter-
current dialyzer having seven dialysis stages effec-
tively separates the peptides and amino acids before
chromatography. Application of these methods to
the problem of peptide intermediates in protein
synthesis will be discussed.

Experimental Morphogenesis of Adrenal
Glands*

Laura G. Anderton, University of North Carolina

A specific type of adrenal gland occurs normally
in each of the vertebrate classes but cases of anoma-
lies which resemble adrenals of another class are
also found. The adrenal anomaly in man of acces-
sory adrenal tissue has recently attracted medical
interest. This type of gland abnormal in mammals,
normally occurs in urodeles. The purpose of this
investigation was to study factors which affect the
origin and union of the widely separated adrenal
components of different germ layer origin into
various morphological types of adrenal glands. The
trunk neural crest was extirpated bilaterally from
100 Amblystoma punctatum neurulae. A second se-
ries of experiments involved the transplantation of
neural crest mid-ventrally on embryos deprived of
trunk neural crest. In the first experiment, sympa-
thetic ganglia and adrenal medullary cells developed
in late laiwal life but did not replace the normal
cell complement. In the second experiment, it was
found that normal pathways of neural crest migra-
tion are not essential for the development of sym-
pathoblasts and adrenal medullary cells. The mor-
phogenesis of normal adrenals in urodeles and of
accessory adrenals in man is described in terms of
intrinsic migratory powers of the neural crest,
chronological determination, tissue affinities, and
hormonal stimulation via the blood stream.

20

ASB Bulletin

Posttreatment Effects on Radiation-induced
Chromosomal Breaks
Alvin V. Beatty, Emory University
Since oxygen, through oxidative metabolism, has
been found to influence the rejoining process in
X-radiation-induced chromosome breaks, several ex-
periments involving post-X-irradiative treatment of
material have been carried out. Material irradiated
in helium has been posttreated in helium and in oxy-
gen while material irradiated in oxygen has been
posttreated in oxygen, helium and carbon monoxide.
Total doses of 200r and 400r, different intensities
and temperatures have been used. Post-X-irradiative
effects were found and can be explained and pre-
dicted on an energy-supplying basis.

A New Dysterian Ciliate from Warm
Mineral Springs, Florida
Eugene C. Bovee, University of Florida
Amongst a varied and multitudinous fauna of
ciliates in the Warm Mineral Springs, Florida, the
majority are identical with or similar to marine
ciliates, due in part to the brackish nature of the
waters, approximately half as “salty” as sea water.

This ciliated assemblage includes a Dysteria sp.
which resembles in size and general contours the
type species, Dysteria armata Huxley, but in some
specific characters more closely resembles Dysteria
pectinata Nowlin and Dysteria navicula Kahl. A
flattened ciliate, distribution of cilia upon it is lim-
ited to an adoral, anterior groove, and a postoral,
marginal groove which is continuous with the for-
mer. At the rear of the marginal groove there pro-
jects a spine-like structure which houses a group of
five or six “anal” cilia (pex-haps cirri). When the
Dysteria sp. from the Warm Mineral Springs is
compared to its above mentioned relatives there are
differences in the morphology relative to the an-
terior and marginal grooves, the posterior “spine”,
the cytostome and gullet, and the general shape of
the body and its pellicular striations sufficient to
warrant its consideration as a separate species.

Nonrespiratory Gas Released from Seeds
During Moistening
Nancy Brassington and Alan H. Haber
Winthrop College and Biology Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory

When seeds were wetted in Warburg flasks, there
was an immediate output of gas. Since this gas
was not absorbed by alkali, it was not respiratory.
Seeds killed by heating or freezing, as well as other
dried plant material, also released gas when moist-
ened. Thus the gas released upon moistening dry
seeds was a physical phenomenon having no relation
to viability. From considerations of the amounts of
gas released and the temperature dependence of the
effect, we concluded that the gas was probably air
adsorbed on surfaces within the seeds. The duration
of nonrespiratory gas production was prolonged for
several hours by moistening lettuce seeds slowly,
although the total amount of gas so produced was
unaltered. If unrecognized, such release of air dur-
ing water imbibition would lead to calculation of
mistakenly high values of the respiratory quotient
(R. Q.). This may explain the observations of sev-
eral investigators who reported that many kinds of
seeds have a relatively high R. Q. soon after they
begin to take up water, and that the R. Q. decreases
and finally levels off with increasing time during
imbibition.

The Systematic Embryology of Aletris
aurea Walt.*

Edward T. Browne, Jr., University of North
Carolina1

The systematic position of Aletris is widely dis-
puted since there are both primitive and advanced
characteristics in the genus. Only Hutchinson has
recognized a relationship of Aletris with the other
genera of the Liliaceae-Narthecieae. This relation-
ship was substantiated by cytological evidence
(Browne, ASB Bull. 5:5, 1958). Positive evidence
of a similar nature was obtained from comparative
embryology. Embryological development of A. aurea
is very similar to that of A. foliata (Ono, 1929),
and species of Tofieldia, Heloniopsis, Narthecium
and Metanarthecium. The ovules are anatropous (as
in Pleea, Tofieldia, Narthecium ) , crassinucellate,
and bitegmic (Pleea, Tofieldia), and the cover cells
(Pleea, Tofieldia, Heloniopsis, Narthecium, Meta-
narthecium) and MMC are formed from a single
archesporial cell. Embryo sac development is of the
Polygonum (Normal) type (Tofieldia, Heloniopsis,
Narthecium, Metanarthecium, A. foliata). The long-
persisting antipodals are small (Narthecium, Meta-
narthecium) , and the mature embryo sac is nar-
rowly constricted at the chalazal end (Pleea, To-
fieldia, Heloniopsis, Narthecium, Metanarthecium) .
Microspore delimitation is of the successive type
(Narthecium), and the anthers are introrse in all
genera of the tribe except Heloniopsis. Capsule de-
hiscence is loculicidal (Heloniopsis, Narthecium,
Metanarthecium). Where genera are not indicated
for a particular embryological feature, this informa-
tion is not known other than for Aletris. Both em-
bryological and cytological similarities indicate a
close relationship between Aletris and the other
genera of the Liliaceae-Narthecieae.

1. Present address: Alabama Polytechnic Insti-
tute.

A Substance Controlling Growth in Timothy
Roots

Robert T. Brumfield, Longwood College and Oak
Ridge National Laboratory

A transparent, colorless, gelatinous substance
covers the root cap and distal growing point of the
timothy seedling root. The substance is especially
apparent on air-grown roots when immersed in water
and varies considerably in quantity in individual
roots. Ultraviolet radiation stimulates growth of
meristematic cells near the tip and individual roots
vary in degree of response. A nonirradiated root is
stimulated by the transfer of material from an ir-
radiated one, but transfer from a nonirradiated
root is inhibitory. The substance is apparently di-
gested by RNase (50 mg/1) which is stimulatory
to some roots and inhibitory to others. The rate of
digestion by RNase is enhanced by the presence of
2,4,6-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid (30 mg/1) a com-
pound inhibiting growth effects of UV as well as
geotropism. IAA inhibits the digestion but does
not influence the UV effects or geotropism. The
biochemical nature of the substance is unknown but
there is circumstantial evidence that RNA is a com-
ponent.

Vol. 6, No. 2, April 1959

21

Notes on the Distribution and Ecology of
Cyathura sp., an Estuarine Isopod*1
W. D. Burbanck, Emory University
In contemporary literature on the isopod Cyathura
carinata (Kryer), the geographical distribution
given includes the coasts of eastern North America,
Greenland, western Europe, the Mediterranean,
West Africa, South Africa, China, and Asiatic Rus-
sia. Recent unpublished work by Dr. Milton A.
Miller, University of California (Davis), and col-
lections by the author indicate that the Cyathura
which occurs from Lake Ponchartrain, Louisiana,
to Chewonki Creek, Maine, is not the same as the
C. carinata (K.) originally described from Denmark,
but a new species. Associated with a characteristic
annelid and crustacean fauna, it is a member of a
community with a recognizable habitat. As observed
in some sixty estuaries and tidal marshes in nine
states, Cyathura sp. (Maximum length, 27 mm.),
lives only where fresh and salt water mix. The
water covering the substrate where they are found
is in motion due to the slope of the land, tide, or
wave action. They live to a depth of 3-4 inches in
simple unlined tubes of their own construction or
possibly in worm burrows. Some sand, variable in
amount, is always present in the substrate which
also contains an admixture of vegetable debris and
at times, particularly in New Hampshire and Maine,
blue clay.

1. Supported by the McCandless Fund of Emory
University and an Office of Naval Research-Marine
Biological Laboratory Institutional Grant.

Relationships of Mus musculus and Pero-
myscus polionotus in an Outdoor
Enclosure

Larry Caldwell, University of Georgia

Following a two year intensive field study of re-
lationships of Mus musculus and Peromyscus polio-
notus in old field succession on the AEC Savannah
River Area, a one-acre enclosure was stocked with
two pair of each species. Both species have occurred
naturally for the past 7 years at the site of the en-
closure. A live trapping program is being used to
keep track of the mice and their breeding activities.
Nest boxes have also proved useful in locating the
mice.

The study so far has shown that: (1) the activity
ranges of individuals of both species may overlap
and sometimes almost coincide, (2) in nature the two
species do not share the same burrow but laboratory
observations show that under crowded conditions
they will sometimes use the same nest box, (3) Mus
is the more excitable and far ranging of the two
species and maintains a less stable population den-
sity, (4) there is a high rate of disappearance of
young of both species after they leave the nest.

Observations on the Structure and Ultra-
structure of the Cheliped Muscle of the
Crayfish ( Cambarus longulus)*

Robert R. Cardell, Jr., and Larry L. Farmer,

University of Virginia

Muscle tissue from the cheliped of the crayfish
was removed and immediately fixed in Bouin s,
formalin or FAA. Studies were made with the light
microscope on the tissue. Other tissue was fixed
in situ with buffered formalin, stained with 1%
osmic acid and the ultrastructures were studied by

means of the electron microscope. Further observa-
tions were made with the phase microscope utilizing
material neither fixed nor stained. The results of
these studies reveal that the striated muscle is
composed of A and I bands that measure approxi-
mately one and 1.5 micra, respectively. The Z mem-
brane in the I band is not evident but more studies
with the electron microscope are needed to clarify
this point. In longitudinal section the myofibrils
are relatively large and appear to be continuous
throughout the muscle fibril. In cross section the
fibrils are loosely arranged in the fiber, and the
filaments, composing the fibrils, are arranged in
an hexagonal pattern. Nuclei are embedded in the
fibrils of the muscle; therefore, it is believed the
nuclei are scattered throughout the muscle fiber.

The Ultrastructure of the Tail of Himasthla
quissetensis*

Robert R. Cardell, Jr., University of Virginia
and

Delbert E. Philpott, Marine Biological Laboratory

The following observations were made in the tail
region of the free swimming cercarial form of
Himasthla quissetensis (fixed in 1% osmic acid) by
means of an electron microscope. The cuticle of the
tail was found to be one micron thick, possessing
an outer single membrane with many indentations
and a smooth double basement membrane. Within
the cuticle were found many osmiophilic bodies that
appeared to be small mitochondria. These bodies
were scattered throughout the cuticle but were con-
centrated near its inner surface adjacent to its
basement membrane. Layers of smooth muscle, form-
ing concentric bands approximately 0.5 micron in
thickness, were apparent beneath the basement mem-
brane. A layer of striated muscle approximately
three micra thick was located internal to the smooth
muscle. The fibers of the striated muscle were found
to run obliquely around the tail and many large
mitochondria were found concentrated in the sarco-
plasm below the myofibrils of the muscle. A study
of the ultrastructure of the muscle did not reveal
the A and I band arrangement characteristic of
vertebrate muscle. Z membranes approximately 0.8
micron apart were evident in otherwise homogeneous
cytoplasm. The central portion of the tail was
found to be composed of parenchyma cells.

Studies of Yeasts Ingested by Drosophila
Populations*

John M. Carpenter and James K. Komatsu,
University of Kentucky

During the last three years over 500 wild yeast
strains have been isolated from the crops of several
species of Drosophila. Of the 145 strains thus far
identified to species, 26 were taken from D. melano-
gaster, 21 from putrida, 40 from affinis, and 58
from robusta. Of these strains, 100 (69%) were of
four yeast genera — Candida, Kloeckera, Pichia,
and Saccharomyces. Fourteen species were repre-
sented in these genera. On the basis of crop dissec-
tions, Drosophila affinis shows a “preference” for
Kloeckera and Candida, robusta and putrida for
Pichia and Saccharomyces, and melanogaster for
Candida and Pichia. In some cases there appears
to be a correlation of such yeast “preferences” with
the seasonal distribution of some Drosophila species,
e.g. Candida and Kloeckera species are more fre-
quent in the cool months when D. affinis is highest
in frequency, Pichia or Saccharomyces is frequent
throughout the entire collection period — as is

22

ASB Bulletin

robusta. Decisive information of these trends awaits
the analysis of the remaining yeast strains and cer-
tain environmental data.

Studies on the Attraction of Plant Nema-
todes to Roots*

Marvin L. Chilton, University of Kentucky
It has been taken for granted by most workers
in the field of plant nematology that there is some
substance which roots secrete that has an attraction
for parasitic plant nematodes from the surrounding
soil. The presence of this hypothetical substance has
not been shown conclusively by experimentation.

This report is an attempt to further the knowl-
edge in this area by presenting revised techniques
and methods. Nematodes were placed on various
media made to simulate soil conditions. Experimen-
tation was done under sterile conditions. Various
conditions studied included: (1) distance of nema-
todes from roots, (2) age of roots, (3) nutrient,
and (4) physical constitution of media. Aqueous so-
lutions in which seeds had been germinating for
various lengths of time were also tested for attrac-
tiveness.

A medium containing only agar in a 2% concen-
tration appears to be most satisfactory. Distance
from roots, and age of roots were both found to be
concerned in attraction. Tentative results indicate
the presence of an attractive substance in the aque-
ous solutions.

Life History of Rhodobryum roseum (Weis.)
Limpr.

Narinder Chopra, University of Tennessee
Rhodobryum roseum (Weis.) Limpr. is strictly
dioicous. Its spore germination is typical of true
mosses. The spore germinates into ordinary green
protonema, some branches of which are transformed
into rhizoidal filaments. Bud origin and its trans-
formation into a gametophore is found to be very
similar to that in Funaria hygrometrica (Brown,
1919), Bryum argenteum and Tortula indica (Cho-
pra, 1957) except in a few minor details. The apical
cell of the gametophore is three-sided, which cuts
off segments in regular succession, while the apical
cell of the leaf is two-sided. The development of the
leaf, the stem, the antheridia and archegonia is de-
scribed in detail, and is similar to that in Funaria
hygrometrica (Campbell, 1918), Physcomitrellopsis
indica (Pande and Chopra, 1957), Tortula indica
(Pande and Chopra, 1958a), Pogonatum (Chopra
and Sharma, 1958), and Pogonatum stevensii (Pande
and Chopra, 1958b) . The apical cell of the anthe-
ridium has two cutting faces, while in the arche-
gonium the apical cell has two cutting faces ini-
tially, but changes into a three-sided apical cell after
cutting a few segments. Spermatogenesis is very
similar to that in Mnium hornum (Wilson, 1910)
and Mnium affine (Woodburn, 1915). The develop-
ment of the sporophyte from the fertilized egg is
also described. The archesporium arises from the
outermost layer of the endothecium. The peristome
teeth develop from endothecial cells. The chromo-
some number of this species is n = 10 (Chopra,
1957).

Better Trained High School Science Teachers
— A Desperate Need
Elton C. Cocke, Wake Forest College
A study of applications submitted for participa-
tion in National Science Foundation Summer Insti-

tute for High School Teachers of Science and Math-
ematics indicate that many of our high school sci-
ence and mathematic teachers are very poorly
trained. Some have had little or no training in the
subject which they are teaching, while others have
had no training in the last twenty years and are
not keeping up with the progress in their fields. The
high schools of the Southeast are desperately m need
of better trained teachers. The colleges have a real
opportunity and responsibility in this matter.

The Effect of Sodium Fluroacetate on Blood
Glucose Levels in the Bullfrog ( Rana
catesbeiana ) *

B. Theodore Cole, Louisiana State University 1
Sodium fluoroacetate (SFA) is a metabolic poison
which varies in toxicity with various warm blooded
animals. Man appears to be most resistant, the dog
most sensitive and the rat intermediately so. The
lethal dose is some 1,000 times greater for cold
blooded animals than for the rat. Bullfrogs which
ranged in weight from 300-600 grams were main-
tained in a fasted condition at a temperature of
25 degrees for a period of 2-6 days prior to experi-
mentation. Twelve animals were anesthetized by
an intra-sinus injection of 3-5 mgms nembutal per
100 grams body weight. Surgery was performed to
expose the heart and control blood drawn by cardiac
puncture. Animals were then injected i.s., with 100
mgms SFA. Subsequent blood samples were drawn
at intervals of 1, 2, 4, and 6 hours. The animals re-
mained anesthetized during the entire period and
were kept under cool, dripping water. The wound
was closed to prevent loss of body fluids with wound
clips. Blood filtrates were prepared and analyzed
for glucose by a modified Somogyi method. Optical
densities were read on the Spectronic 20 colorimeter
(Bausch and Lomb). The data shows a steady hy-
perglycemia from a control level of 30 mgms% to
48, 66 and 90 mgms% at 1, 2, and 4 hours respec-
tively. The blood sugar above 4 hours remained
constant with a value of 89% at 6 hours.

1. This research supported in part by a grant from
the University Research Council, Louisiana State
University.

Seasonal Lipid Levels in Key Population
Groups of an Old Field Ecosystem*

Clyde E. Connell, University of Georgia and Val-
dosta State College

Samples of three of the key population compo-
nents of an old field ecosystem were collected at
seasonal intervals and extracted for total lipid con-
tent. This work was done in connection with the
University of Georgia’s Program for Ecological
Studies at the Savannah River Plant of the Atomic
Energy Commission. Population groups sampled
were: (1) the Savannah Sparrow {Passer cuius
sandwichensis) , (2) the Old Field Mouse ( Pero -
myscus -polionotus) , and (3) the grasshopper, Schis-
tocerca americana. The animals were dried in a
vacuum oven, macerated, and total lipids were ex-
tracted; ethyl alcohol and petroleum were used as
solvents. Fat was expressed as per cent of the
weight (wet and dry) of the individual animals.
Savannah spai'rows show three fairly distinct sea-
sonal fluctuations in fat content. Peak periods for
this group were: (1) early fall, during actual mi-
gratory flight, (2) mid-winter, and (3) immediately
prior to migration in spring. Peromyscus has two

Vol. 6, No. 2, April 1959

23

peak periods, one in winter and another in mid-
summer. Schistocerca has one fairly distinct peak,
in autumn. Only adults of this group were extracted.

The Production of Indole Acetic Acid by
Taphrina deformans and Dibotryon
morbosum

Evelyn E. Crady and Frederick T. Wolf,

Vanderbilt University

Taphrina deformans and Dibotryon morbosum,
when grown in media containing tryptophane, pro-
duce indole acetic acid as a metabolic product. The
highest concentrations of indole acetic acid found by
colorimetric tests were 20.5 ugm./ml. in the case of
D. morbosum and 81.2 ugm./ml. in the case of T.
deformans. The rate of synthesis, as well as the
total quantity synthesized, is greater for T. de-
formans than for D. morbosum, and is greater in
shake cultures than in stationary cultures. For both
organisms, the available evidence strongly favors
tryptamine as the probable intermediate in the con-
version of tryptophane to indole acetic acid.

Comparative Tolerance of Some Drosophila
Species to Cold Temperature*

Wallace D. Dawson, University of Kentucky
In order to learn the possible effect of cold tem-
perature on Drosophila species with a view to un-
derstanding their overwintering capabilities, sev-
eral lines of study were initiated. (1) Weekly col-
lections were made during the months of December
through March, 1957-58 and 1958-59 at Dry Branch
Station near Lexington, Kentucky. Adult flies of
three species, D. affinis, putrida and tripunctata,
were obtained in these collections. Of these, affinis
was the most frequent during both winters. (2)
Winter collections of material which might contain
eggs or pupae did not prove fruitful. (3) A series
of direct cold temperature response experiments in
the laboratory, using the species affinis, robusta
and melanogaster, indicated that affinis is more tol-
erant of cold at all levels than either robusta or
melanogaster, and that robusta is more tolerant than
melanogaster. This is consistent with previous pop-
ulations studied during other seasons which suggest
that D. affinis may overwinter in the wild in greater
numbers than many other species, and that D.
melanogaster probably survives the winter only in
protected domestic situations.

Concentrations of Radionuclides in the Nat-
ural Vegetation of a Contaminated Area
H. R. DeSelm and R. E. Shanks,

The University of Tennessee
Recent estimates of future nuclear power use
suggest that radioactive wastes will be produced in
great quantity and that a certain proportion of them
will be released into natural ecosystems.

The fate of nuclides released into the White Oak
Lake at Oak Ridge is under study and is of particu-
lar interest as the lake is now drained and the radio-
active surface exposed to invasion by plants.

The dispersion and absorption of variable amounts
of radiocesium in parts of the ecosystem are dis-
cussed.

The Composition of an Alabama Forest in
1821

Robert A. Dietz, Troy State College
A previous study of the original vegetation of
Pike County, Alabama, has been extended to include

an analysis of tree size and forest composition by
forest types. Four of these have been recognized, as
follows: pine forest, pine-hardwood forest, upland
hardwood forest and bottomland forest. The analy-
ses are based upon surveyor’s records.

A Cytological Study of the Genus
Habranthus*

W. S. Flory and R. 0. Flagg,

The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of
Virginia

Until recently Habranthus has been considered
as essentially a South American genus, with species
having either 12 or 24 comparatively large chromo-
somes, or aneuploid or hybrid numbers derived from
these.

This report gives chromosome numbers for fif-
teen taxa involving 8 described and 3 undescribed
species, 3 varieties of some of the 11 species, and a
hybrid between two of them. New somatic numbers
reported are: H. immaculatus - 22, H. cardenasi-
ana - 24, H. coyicolor - 36, H. incaica - 54, Habran-
thus sp. (S13281-55) - ca. 48 and Habranthus sp.
(13462-56) - 108. Species with 22, 36 and 108
chromosomes are from Mexico. Numbers now known
for the genus are 12, 14, 18, 22, 24, 36, 48, 54 and
108, most falling in the euploid series based on 6.
An exceptional species, in addition to H. immacu-
latus, is H. juncifolius (2n = 14). The predomi-
nant somatic number encountered is 24. Four spe-
cies and three of the minor taxa, have this number.
In addition one species has half the number (12),
a hybrid traces from one of the 24 chromosome
species, and the two aneuploids may be explained as
originating from taxa with either 12 or 24 chromo-
somes. Descriptions are given for the karyotypes
of most taxa; in some cases these are detailed, and
in others preliminary. Factors concerning evolution
of karyotypes, as well as taxonomic relationships,
are discussed where suggestions seem warranted by
the data. ( Research supported by National Science
Foundation Grant G2716.)

Energy Flow Through the Cotton Rat, Sig-

viodon hispidus*

Frank B. Golley, University of Georgia

As part of a broad study of energy flow through
the broom-sedge ecosystem, energy intake and loss
in individual cotton rats was investigated in the
laboratory. Preliminary results from two experi-
ments indicate that the technique of confining wild
rats and measuring their food intake and feces and
urine output, and their maintenance metabolism
provides adequate information for calculation of an
energy flow chart for each individual. In these
studies the cotton rat consumed an average of 43.7
kg.cal., and lost an average of 4.4 kg.cal. in feces,
5.1 kg.cal. in urine, and 27.8 kg.cal. in respiration
per 24 hours. Weight gain or production during the
experiments was minimal - 2.98 kg.cal. Energy in-
take should equal outgo, any discrepancy between
these indicating experimental error. Here, the dis-
crepancy between intake and outgo ranged from
— 11.2 to +2.46 kg.cal. and averaged 14 percent
of the energy intake.

The Effect of Kinetin and Red Light on
Growth and Cell Size*

Mildred M. Griffith and Robert D. Powell,
University of Florida

Disks of uniform size were cut from the first
foliage leaves of etiolated bean seedlings. One sam-

24

ASB Bulletin

pie of disks was treated with solutions of kinetin
of several concentrations; the second was exposed
to red light; the third was treated both with kinetin
and exposed to red light. A control was maintained.
After forty-eight hours, all disks were measured
and histological preparations were made. Overall
growth and palisade cell size for each treatment
were determined. The results indicated: (1) treat-
ment with kinetin or exposure to red light increases
growth; (2) treatment with kinetin stimulates cell
enlargement; (3) exposure to red light increases
the number of cells. From these results, it appears
that kinetin and exposure to red light affect growth
through different biological mechanisms.

An Evaluation of the Andreae Chromatogra-
phic Technique for the Determination
of Maleic Hydrazide*

John G. Haesloop and Victor A. Greulach,
University of North Carolina

Andreae (Can. Jour. Biochem. Physiol. 36:71,
1958) devised a two-dimensional paper chroma-
tographic technique for identifying maleic hydra-
zide (MH), using a ferric chloride-potassium ferri-
cyanide developer that gives royal blue spots. The
only other substance he tested was indole acetic
acid. Since we were interested in using the method
with plant extracts we determined the color reac-
tions of 58 metabolites including sugars, amino
acids, vitamins, hormones, purines, pyrimadines, and
Krebs cycle acids, and 75 chemicals (including 31
hydrazides) assembled for a study of their effects
on plant growth. In spot tests 21 metabolites, in-
cluding some amino acids, sugars, vitamins, and
Krebs cycle acids gave the blue reaction, as did all
the hydrazides (but few other compounds) in the
second group. IAA, IBA, 2,4-D, a-naphthaleneacetic
acid, and gibberellic acid failed to give a blue spot.
Bases give a distinct white spot. Rf values of com-
pounds giving a blue color were determined. Since
sugars, amino acids and other organic acids differ
in color reaction the method may also be useful as
a supplement to other developers for these groups of
compounds. The technique is useful for class dem-
onstrations of chromatography since no heat is re-
quired to bring out the blue spots.

A New Strigeid Trematode ( Diplostomati -
dae: Alariinae ) from the Pancreatic
Duct of the Raccoon
Reinard Haricema and Grover C. Miller,
North Carolina State College
Examination of a raccoon on December 15, 1957,
revealed the presence of 86 specimens of a trema-
tode in the pancreatic duct. These worms had caused
marked hypertrophy of the pancreatic duct and
consequent swelling of the pancreas. The specimens
proved to be a strigeid which is sufficiently differ-
ent from any known form to constitute a new genus.
This trematode is characterized by the presence of
a very large, elongated holdfast organ contained
within an elongated pouch of the ventral body wall.
In this respect it is similar to the genus Duboisiella,
but differs from it in the structure of the holdfast,
which is not lobed; testes side by side; the absence
of an ejaculatory pouch; and the presence of pseudo-
suckers. It also shows similarity to Pharyngosto-
mum and Pharyngostomoides in the arrangement
of the testes. However, the distinctive holdfast and
ventral pouch separate it from these genera.

Marine Chlorophyta of the Upper West
Coast of Florida

H. J. Humm and Sylvia Earle Taylor,

Duke University

A study was made of the marine green algae
( Chlorophyta ) of the upper west coast of Florida
from Tampa Bay to Pensacola, based upon numer-
ous collections by the authors and others and upon
herbarium records and literature. Fifty-eight spe-
cies are recorded, 27 of which are newly reported
for the area north of Tampa Bay.

In general, species found as far north as Tampa
Bay may be expected to have a continuous distri-
bution northward around the Gulf to Texas and
Mexico, as minimum winter temperatures of the
water seem to be sufficiently similar at intermediate
depths offshore to permit development where salin-
ity fluctuations are not great. The algal flora of
the northern Gulf is not limited to those species
characteristic of brackish waters and salt marshes.
While these types are conspicuous along shore, a
wide variety of stenohaline and tropical species oc-
curs at depths of 15 to 100 feet or more throughout
the area wherever the bottom provides a suitable
substrate.

An artificial key, illustrations of nearly all spe-
cies, and a systematic list of species with descrip-
tions and habitat notes have been prepared for the
area involved.

Polysaccharide Histochemistry of the Ovi-
duct of the Newt, Triturus viridescens*

A. A. Humphries, Jr. and W. N. Hughes,
Emory University

As one phase of an investigation of the nature of
the jelly layers surrounding the amphibian egg and
the way in which they are secreted by the oviduct,
the polysaccharide histochemistry of the secretory
epithelium of the oviduct of the newt was studied.
The oviduct is grossly divisible into five secreting
regions, called here A through E. There is a corre-
sponding histological and histochemical differentia-
tion. All regions gave a positive PAS reaction
which was unaffected by glycogen digestion. Re-
gions A, B, and D were metachromatic with tolui-
dine blue and gave a positive reaction with alcian
blue. The other regions responded negatively. Re-
gion A gave a strong violet metachromasia distinctly
different from that of regions B and D. Treatment
with hyalui’onidase did not alter the metachromasia
of region A or the reactions of B, C, or D. Treat-
ment with ribonuclease failed to change the re-
actions of regions A or B. Other regions were not
tested. The most probable explanation of the dif-
ferences in staining reactions seems to be that re-
gions A, B, and D contain acid polysaccharide, prob-
ably heparin-like, while regions C and E do not.
There is evidence that the differentiation is of sig-
nificance in certain aspects of the physiology of the
maturing oocyte.

Studies on the Metabolism of Astasia longa
( Jahn ) *

Frissell R. Hunter and J. Warren Lee,

Southern University

Previous studies have demonstrated that “Kreb’s
Cycle” intermediates stimulate the oxygen consump-
tion of Astasia longa (Jahn). The present report
is concerned with enzymatic mechanisms underlying
the previously observed oxidations. Colorimetrically
or spectrophotometrically, numerous enzymes have

Vol. 6, No 2, April 1959

25

been demonstrated. Colorimetrically, the condens-
ing enzymes have been demonstrated directly; pyru-
vic oxidase, acetic-thiokinase, and oxalacetic car-
boxylase indirectly. Aconitase, TPN - isocitric de-
hydrogenase and succinic dehydrogenase have been
spectrophotometrically demonstrated, and prelimi-
nary experiments suggest the presence of fumarase
and malic dehydrogenase. The results suggest the
“Tricarboxylic Acid” cycle as a metabolic pathway
in this species.

“Swimmer’s Itch” in Colorado*

George W. Hunter III, University of Florida and
the Rocky Mountain Biological Laboratory

Reports received in the summer of 1957 sug-
gested an outbreak the previous year of schistosome
dermatitis among bathers at an elevation of nearly
9,000 feet. Investigations in 1957 revealed the pres-
ence of two families of mallard ducks. An examina-
tion of snails yielded brevifurcate cercariae from
seven specimens of Physa propinqua Tryon. These
parasites were identified as Trichobilharzia physel-
lae (Talbot 1936), a bird schistosome found in mal-
lard ducks. Exposure of six human volunteers
yielded minimal responses in four persons and a
hypersensitive reaction in one, thus indicating that
the cercariae penetrated the skin of five of the six
individuals.

This is believed to be the first record of schisto-
some dermatitis from Colorado.

Studies on the Development of Chlortetra-
cycline - resistant Staphylococci in
Chlortetracycline-treated Beef
James M. Jay and J. Warren Lee,

Southern University

Various strains of Staphylococcus aureus were ex-
posed serially to low concentrations of chlortetra-
cycline (Aureomycin) in beef held at 28 C. The
organisms were inoculated into twenty-gram samples
of beef using needle and syringe. The antibiotic
was administered in a similar manner. The samples
were incubated at the above temperature for four
days and homogenized in a Waring blendor. Addi-
tional samples of beef were inoculated with the
homogenate. Aliquots of the homogenate were
streaked onto the surface of 7.5% salt agar plates.
Staphylococci were picked from these plates and their
antibiotic sensitivity was determined using the tube
dilution method.

Chlortetracycline-resistant strains of the original
sensitive organisms have been demonstrated after
as few as three beef-to-beef passages. Similar re-
sistant strains could not be demonstrated as fre-
quently when the organisms were passed from beef-
to-agar-to broth-to beef.

A thirty-fold increase in resistance has been dem-
onstrated after six passages by the beef-to-beef
technique. Mannitol fermentation, coagulase pro-
duction, and bacteriophage sensitivity were deter-
mined on the organisms and the results will be re-
ported.

Studies on the Survival of Trophozoites of
Plasmodium berghei in Glycerolized

Whole Blood at Low Temperatures

Geoffrey M. Jeffery, U. S. Public Health Service

The preservation of viable mammalian and avian
malaria parasites in the frozen state has been of

inestimable value during recent years in the main-
tenance of experimental strains of Plasmodium with-
out continual passage through the vertebrate hosts.
Although good results have been obtained using
parasites in whole citrated blood, it is known that
freezing and thawing causes extensive parasite and
red cell destruction. The prior successful use of
glycerine as an additive in the preservation of sperm
cells, red blood cells and other living materials dic-
tated trials with similar preservation of malaria
parasites. Using Plasmodium berghei in mice as the
experimental parasite, varying amounts of glycerine
were added to blood samples prior to freezing. Final
concentrations of glycerine varying from 4.2 to 16.6
per cent proved to be protective to the red blood
cells and parasites, regardless of the temperature
of freezing or maintenance ( — 20 or — 70° C.), of
whether the freezing was slow or rapid, or of varia-
tion of temperature during maintenance. Maximum
protection was usually achieved by the use of a
buffered glycerine additive rather than glycerine-
saline or glycerine-water solutions.

The Effect of Photoperiod on the Duration
of Nymphal Development in Several
Species of Odonata*

Charles E. Jenner, University of North Carolina

In experiments conducted at approximately 22°
C., photoperiodism was demonstrated in the dragon-
fly Tetragoneuria cynosura and in the damselflies
Ischnura posita, Enallagma signatum, Enallagma
basidens, Enallagma divagans, and Enallagma travi-
atum. Long photoperiods of 13 or 14 hours duration
promoted nymphal development; 11-hour photoperi-
ods prolonged development, but the degree of influ-
ence differed with the different species. Thus devel-
opment in I. posita was delayed only slightly on an
11-hour photoperiod, compared with those on a
14-hour photoperiod; in contrast, development was
very greatly retarded on an 11-hour photoperiod in
both E. divagans and E. traviatum. The responses
of T. cynosura, E. signatum and E. basidens were
intermediate between the two extremes. Diapause
appears to occur only in the last nymphal instar in
T. cynosura and I. posita, in both the last and^pen-
ultimate instar in E. signatum and E. basidens, in
the penultimate in E. divagans and in several instars
in E. traviatum. These preliminary experiments
make it clear that photoperiodism is an important
factor in the control of seasonal attunement in the
Odonata. The group offers extremely favorable
material for the experimental investigation of photo-
periodism, especially with regard to the opportunity
for comparative studies of different species of vary-
ing degrees of relatedness.

Trophic Relations within the Zostera “Com-
munity”

Edwin B. Joseph, Birmingham-Southern College

During the summer of 1958, community compo-
sition and trophic relations within the Zostera “com-
munity” were investigated. A specific aim was to
determine the degree of competition among closely
related species of fishes occupying this habitat.
Community composition was determined by sampling
all levels, including quantitative bottom samples, of
the community. Well over 100 species were identi-
fied as members of the community; however, less
than half were considered significant in the total
trophic relations. The pipefishes, Syngnathus florri-
dae and Syngnathus fuscus, appear to compete di-
rectly for food and, in addition, compete with the
juveniles of several other species.

26

ASB Bulletin

A Cytochemical and Quantitative Study of
Protein-bound Sulfhydryl and Disulfide
Groups of Sea Urchin Eggs*

Naoko Kawamura, University of Tennessee
By a new method with colored sulfhydryl reagent,
1- ( 4-chloromercuriphenylazo ) -naphthol-2, protein-
bound sulfhydryl and disulfide groups in the eggs
of Arbacia punctulata during the first cleavage were
studied cytochemically and quantitatively. The
amount of sulfhydryl groups decreased after the
syngamy stage and then increased up to the original
level at the cleavage stage. Changes in the amount
of disulfide groups were the reverse of sulfhydryl
groups, that is, the amount increased at the streak
stage and decreased at the cleavage stage. A cyto-
chemical observation showed that before the mitotic
stage sulfhydryl groups localized in the cytoplasm
uniformly but not in the nucleus. At the mitotic
stage the spindle and astral fibers were rich in sulf-
hydryl groups. Disulfide groups were present in
eggs except for the nucleus at all stages, and for
the centrosphere at the mitotic stage. The results
suggest that the spindle and astral fibers are com-
posed of proteins rich in sulfhydryl groups which
arise from disulfide groups in the region of the
centrosphere.

Formation and Behavior of the Spindle Body
in Neuroblasts of the Grasshopper,
Chortophaga viridifasciata*

Ken-ya Kawamura, University of Tennessee
From observations of both living and stained cells,
it is clear that the formation of the spindle body
begins in the cytoplasm, and after disappearance of
the nuclear membrane its further development de-
pends principally on the nuclear substances. The
shift of the spindle body toward the side of the
neuroblast where the ganglion cell will eventually
form occurs during anaphase with elongation of the
spindle body. It seems probable that this shift is
induced by the asynchronous development in the
asters, and by the spindle elongation. During telo-
phase, attachment of the furrow region of the cell
surface to the middle part of the spindle body is
followed by a remarkable decrease in the spindle
volume. Reconstruction of the nuclear membrane
occurs at the same time. These findings suggest
that the formation of the cleavage furrow, the de-
crease in the spindle volume, and the reconstruction
of the daughter nuclei may be a closely related phe-
nomena.

The Detection and Interaction of Body Size
Factors Among Ranch-Bred Mink
Clyde Keeler, Georgia State College for Women
Annually expanded populations of colorphase and
standard Dark ranch-bred mink totalling 108,717 in-
dividuals were studied throughout twelve years.
Presence of Moyle Buff, Silverblu, and Pastel in
males and females tended to produce animals larger
than normal; Breath of Spring, Aleutian, Palomino,
Black Cross, and Ambergold animals were smaller
than normal. (Mutants are listed in descending or-
der of body weight.) Associated size tendencies
are probably due to color genes themselves rather
than to linked genes because size effects did not
change radically in amount or direction, suggesting
that no cross-overs occurred. Moyle Buff, Palomino,
and Ambergold manifest their size tendencies in
both homozygotes and heterozygotes. Two large size

genes in an individual make it still larger; two small
size genes together in an individual make it still
smaller; a large size gene and a small size gene in
an individual tend to cancel each other’s size ef-
fects. One hundred and sixty comparisons between
mean weights of populations are listed. Vector mod-
els drawn to scale for forty comparisons were found
in keeping with our analysis. Body length studies
revealed correlated size tendencies, although certain
alterations in bodily proportions were also charac-
teristic of some colorphase types.

Hematological Observations in the Orders
Insectivora, Rodentia, and Carnivora
S. S. Kilgore, Louisiana Polytechnic Institute

This study deals with the red blood count, hemo-
globin, hematocrit, mean corpuscular volume, mean
corpuscular hemaglobin, concentration, diameter,
white blood count and differential leucocyte count.
The families included are Sciuridae, Soricidiae,
Cricetidae, Zapodiae, and Mustellidae. A total of
73 animals was studied after being live-trapped at
altitudes ranging between 300 feet and 9,500 feet.

Chromosomal Abnormalities in the Embryos
of Gamma-Irradiated Hymenolepis
diminuta*

Raymond L. Kisner, The University of Tennessee

Adults of the rat tapeworm, Hymenolepis dimi-
nuta, were subjected to either 400 or 800 r of gamma
rays (8.35 r per minute by whole-body irradiation
of hosts). Worms were removed from rats and fixed
in Carnoy’s fluid eight to forty-eight hours after
irradiation. Observation of aceto-orcein squashes re-
vealed abnormal chromosomes in a number of cells
of embryos at early cleavage. There are normally
six pairs of chromosomes, all acrocentric, and rang-
ing in length from three to seven microns. Abnormal
cells contained one to several strands of nuclear ma-
terial in the interzonal region of late anaphases
and early telophases. These resembled typical
bridges described from other irradiated material.
Most of these were found in worms fixed eight hours
after irradiation. Some cells contained abnormally
long chromosomes observable in metaphase plates
and at anaphase, suggesting possible earlier trans-
locations. Work is presently in progress to deter-
mine more fully the nature and extent of these
changes. This study is being supported in part by
the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission under Con-
tract AT (40-1) 1749.

Aquatic Phycomycetes of the Highlands
Region*

William J. Koch, University of North Carolina 1

The last two summers have been spent at the
Highlands Biological Station, North Carolina, in a
study of the aquatic Phycomycetes of that region.
A general survey and certain special studies were
begun. The latter involved descriptive and culture
work of algal parasites and various saprophytes,
many of which were grown in the laboratory on
pollen, hemp seed, cooked Paspalum leaves, cello-
phane, filter paper, hair, cow horn, or shrimp exo-
skeleton and some of which were cultured on agar
media. Seventy-three species in forty-two genera

1. National Science Foundation Grant-in-aids ad-
ministered by the Highlands Biological Station are
gratefully acknowledged.

Vol. 6, No. 2, April 1959

27

are known from our studies at Highlands. Among
these are several apparently undescribed species, of
Catenocliytridium, Chytridium, Entophlyctis, Mito-
chytridium, Phlyctochytrium, Rhizidiomyces, Rhizo-
phydium, and Rozella. Species of Phlyctochytrium,
old as well as new, are especially abundant and ex-
hibit a wide variety of morphological types. The
most interesting finds were two chytrids. One has a
thallus like Catenaria of the Blastocladiales, and the
other is a Cladochytriaceous species with an unusual
type of sporangial proliferation. Pure culture
studies revealed sexuality for the first time in Chy-
triomyces hyalinus Karling. Knowledge of the sex-
ual mechanism in Chytriomyces permits a more de-
finitive diagnosis of this perplexing genus.

Parasites of Commercial Shrimp
Dwayne N. Kruse, Florida State University
Three species of commercial shrimp ( Penaeus az-
tecus Ives, P. duorarum Burkenroad and P. setiferus
Linnaeus) were examined for parasites. The shrimp
were collected in the summer and fall of 1958 from
the northwest Gulf coast of Florida. The following
parasites were recovered: metacercariae of Opecoe-
loides encysted in the tissue surrounding the stomach
and digestive gland; three new species of trypanor-
hynchan larvae encysted in the digestive gland; un-
identified cestode larvae from the lining of the
mid-intestine; immature nematodes of the genus
Contracaecum in the digestive gland and tissue sur-
rounding the stomach; two gregarines, Nematopsis
penaeus Sprague and a representative of a new
genus, from the intestine and stomach respectively;
and a microsporidian of the genus Thelohania in the
musculature. The taxonomy, morphology, incidence
and biology of these parasites will be discussed.

Minimum Light Values Needed for Schooling
in the Minnows, Rhinichthys and Semotilus*
Robert A. Kuehne, University of Kentucky
There is good reason to accept the view that
vision is the primary sense involved in the schooling
of Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill) and Rhinich-
thys atratulus (Hermann). It follows that light
intensity is the critical factor controlling aggre-
gating behavior. Groups of three fish were tested
using an apparatus in which light intensity could
be varied between zero and 107.6 luxes ( 1 lux =
0.0929 foot candles) at the water surface. Threshold
values for schooling were found to be about 1.35
luxes for Rhinichthys and 1.79 luxes for Semotilus.
Pei'foi’mance improved up to 6.7 luxes but not be-
yond that point. Below the threshold values fish
swam slowly, as did blinded specimens. Swimming
speed increased over the same light intensity range
in which schooling performance impx’oved.

Observations on the Structure and Distribu-
tion of the Metacercaria, Diplosto-
mulum trituri (Trematoda:
Strigeida) *

Edward W. Lautenschlager and Robert R. Car-
dell, Jr., University of Virginia
Diplostomulum trituri Kelley, 1934, is found as a
parasite of the brain case, brain, and eyes of the
newt, Triturus v. viridescens, which serves as an
intermediate host of this trematode. Further infor-
mation regarding diagnostic characteristics and

structural details are added to the description of
this form. Observations on the ultrastructure of se-
lected organs are considered. The range of D. tri-
turi, previously limited in the literature to western
Pennsylvania and possibly Ohio, is extended to cen-
tral Virginia.

Development of the Taeniid Embryophore*

Harold H-K. Lee, The University of Tennessee

Development of the striated embryophore sur-
rounding the onchosphere was studied by histo-
chemical techniques with the use of apochromatic and
phased contrast microscopes. Embryos were examined
unstained, or stained with methyl-green pyronin or
dilute haematoxylin. The striation of the mature
embryophore is due to hexagonal, radially arranged
rods cemented together by pepsin-trypsin digestible
material. During early cleavage the onchosphere is
surrounded by 4 to 6 large nuclei with compact chro-
matin. As the onchosphere differentiates a thin em-
bryophoral primordium forms outside the region of
the giant nuclei. Immediately underlying the pri-
mordium are DNA positive granules which form
a gradually thickening layer. The granules form
groups, which become more compact as development
proceeds, eventually comprising the rods of the com-
pleted embryophore. The giant nuclei meanwhile
disappear. On the basis of the observed changes,
the presence of DNA positive material, the reported
polyploidy of the giant cells, and the opinions of
other workers, it may be concluded that the forma-
tion of the embryophore is largely a function of
DNA and protein synthesis by the giant nuclei.

The Effects of pH and Viscosity on Surface
Membranes in Paramecium multi-
micronucleatum *

J. Warren Lee and William McCall,
Southern University

Paramecium multimicronucleatum grown in a
buffered desiccated lettuce medium maintained at
pH 7.5, with Aerobactor aerogenes the main bac-
terial source. The maximum expansion in length
and width at pH 8.5. The paramecia were usually
stouter at pH levels 7.0 except at pH 5.5 and gen-
erally more slender at pH 7.0.

The pH of the medium affected the size of food
vacuoles as indicated by the fact that the maximum
food vacuolar diameter was at pH 6.0, the minimum
at pH 7.0.

The fastest and greatest expansion of food vacu-
oles diameter was at a relative viscosity of 8; the
minimum food vacuolar diameter was in controls
(without gum arabic) having a viscosity of 1.3.

Recent Plant Records in Virginia

A. B. Massey, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

As investigations of the flora in Virginia pro-
gress species new to the State are found, from time
to time. Fernald during his survey of the flora in
the southeastern corner of the State recorded a
number of plant species which had not been previ-
ously recorded in the State. The writer and another
State worker have recently reported new additions
to the flora. Alternanthera philoxeroides, Griseb;
Aegilops cylindrica, Host.; Bunias enicago, L.; Cale-
pina irregularis, (Asso.) Thell. (— C. corvini,
Desv.) have been found to occur naturally in the
State. The occurrence of these will be discussed.

28

ASB Bulletin

The Effect of Na L-thyroxine on Viability
and Regeneration of Planaria maculata
William L. Mengebier, Madison College
Recent reports (Gilbert and Schneiderman) indi-
cate that contrary to general opinion, vertebrate
hormones may have a specific effect on invertebrate
growth. To study the effect of thyroxine derivatives
on regeneration of Planaria maculata, animals were
transversely cut at the region of the pharynx and
each half placed in 100 ml. of distilled water. Ex-
perimental fragments received 0.25 ml. of 1% Na
L-thyroxine during each 24 hour period. Over a 4
day experimental period, treated fragments had a
mortality of 30%; control fragments over the same
interval had an 84% mortality. Complete regenera-
tion of tail fragments was measured by the ap-
pearance of fully formed eye spots. Experimental
tail fragments reached this stage 24-48 hours earlier
than parallel control fragments.

Cytotaxonomic Relations Among Some
Species of Sansevieria Thunb.
(Liliaceae)

Margaret Y. Menzel, Agric. Res. Service, U.S.D.A.,
James B. Pate, U.S. Cotton Field Station, Knoxville,
and

F. Douglas Wilson, Everglades Experiment Station
In connection with breeding of cordage fiber
plants for Florida, chromosomes and hybridization
of sansevierias in the collection at the Everglades
Experiment Station are being studied. Assuming
that x = 20 in Sansevie?'ia (forms with 2n zr 40
form only bivalents), 13 diploid, 3 tetraploid and 6
hexaploid taxa have been investigated. Mitotic kary-
otypes of all species examined are similar except
for differences in ploidy. Morphological and cyto-
logical evidence from diploid species and from five
diploid interspecific hybrids suggests that little
chromosome differentiation has accompanied specia-
tion. Data from the polyploids appear to conflict
with this conclusion: (1) Morphology of most of
the polyploid forms suggests amphiploid origin,
though amphiploidy usually is not prominent in
genera lacking chromosome differentiation. (2)
While all the polyploids form multivalents, the aver-
age number of chromosomes associated in multi-
valents ranges from 9% in S. canaliculata to over
35% in S', stuckyi, suggesting origin from diploids
with various degrees of chromosome non-homology.
(3) Pachytene chromosomes in the polyploids differ
from those of the diploids in having pronounced
proximal chromatic regions. Possible ways of recon-
ciling evidence from diploids and polyploids will be
discussed.

Studies on Ligniera verrucosa, a Plasmodio-
phoraceous Parasite*

Charles E. Miller, Emory University
A study of the roots of Veronica persica and V.
hederaefolia, host plants of Sorosphaera veronicae
(another plasmodiophoraceous parasite), revealed
intracellular cystosori and zoosporangiosori of Lig-
niera verrucosa. The zoosporangial phase of this
species has been heretofore unknown. The plasmodia
of L. verrucosa are found in root hairs, other epi-
dermal and sub-epidermal cells of the roots. Zoospo-
rangial and cystosoral plasmodia are indistinguish-
able until cleavage has started. It is thought that
plasmodia produced during early infection develop
into zoosporangia, while those produced later de-

velop into resting spores. No evidence for any sexual
process was observed. The spherical-shaped zoospo-
rangia making up a single zoosporangiosorus are in-
terconnected; a single discharge pore may serve to
liberate zoospores from different zoosporangia.

In the Plasmodiophorales the classical basis for
generic distinction has been the arrangement of the
cysts in the sorus. Ligniera, because of the sup-
posedly uncharacteristic nature of its cystosori, has
been suggested as a host-variety of Sorosphaera.
Because the parasites can be distinguished while
growing in the same host species, both in nature
and under laboratory controlled host-parasite ex-
periments, they should be considered as distinct taxa.

An Analysis of Factors Contributing to the
Successful Reanimation of Mice
from Less Than 1° C*

James A. Miller, Jr. and Faith S. Miller,

Emory University

Hypothermia protects newborn and adult mam-
mals from experimental asphyxia and recently has
been successfully tried for asphyxia pallida in
human babies (Westin, Miller, Nyberg, Wedenberg,
’59). By contrast, a simple and very effective meth-
od for cooling animals to 0°C with subsequent re-
covery utilizes partial asphyxiation during the first
stage of cooling. Experiments were designed to re-
solve this apparent paradox using mice cooled by
the Goldzveig-Smith method. After one hour in
sealed vessels the 02 content was 6%, C02 was 11%,
deep colonic temperature approximately 15 °C. The
relative importance of hypoxia, hypercapnia and
high humidity was tested by the addition of soda
lime, silica gel, or both. Hypercapnia proved most
beneficial, hypoxia next, and increased humidity
of least value for recovery of postural reflexes,
prevention of hind limb weakness and indefinite
survival. Tests of the efficacy of air, 109% 02, 95%
0s + 5% C02, and 90% 02 10% C02 for artificial

respiration during rewarming demonstrated the su-
periority of 95% 02 -f- 5% C02, whether the hypo-
thermia was of short duration (15 min. below 5°C)
or of long (30 or 60 min.). X-ray studies on mice
injected with “Micropaque” suggested that vasodila-
tion produced by the sealed vessel technique may be
the mechanism behind the success of the method.

Acetate Dependance for Sexuality in Poly-
toma uvella*

Franz Moewus, Applied Research Laboratories,
Miami Springs, Florida

Strain WH of Polytoma uvella can be grown in
the presence and absence of acetate. With acetate
the asexual growth phase is separated from the
sexual phase by a transitory stationary phase,
which is expressed by a bisegmented growth curve.
The graph resembles to so-called “diauxie-graphs”
which indicate that two different metabolic systems
are involved. Without acetate only the asexual
phase is exhibited. If acetate is added to stationary
cultures, grown without acetate, about 30% of the
cells are directly transformed into gametes (sex in-
duction), while the remaining cells undergo game-
togenesis. Finally 90% of all cells have mated and
formed zygotes. Butyrate leads to gametogenesis,
propionate has no effect. Induction of sexuality and
gametogenesis are not due to pH changes. It is ob-
vious, that during the transitory stationary phase
the acetate-independent metabolism is replaced by
an acetate-requiring metabolism. The addition of

Vol. 6, No. 2, April 1959

29

a coenzyme A inhibitor, liosol (= d — (4-dipheny-
lyl — ) — butyric acid), to different stages of the cul-
tures demonstrated, that the “asexual” metabolism
is not affected, while 1 g/ml liosol prevents sex in-
duction and gametogenesis. These data indicate that
in Polytoma sexuality is linked to an acetate requir-
ing pathway.

A New Approach to the Detection of Syner-
gistic Doses in Combination Chemotherapy
Jack H. Moore and J. Richard Thomson,
Southern Research Institute, Birmingham, Alabama

The problem of drug-resistance in cancer cells,
similar to drug-resistance in bacteria, presents an
ever-present stumbling block to the successful chemo-
therapy of leukemia. For several years the striking
but temporary antileukemic activity of the folic acid
antagonists and the purine antagonists has been
reported in experimental neoplasms as well as in
clinical use. It is generally suspected that the ex-
istence of drug-resistant mutants in populations of
leukemic cells is at least one limiting factor pre-
venting successful chemotherapy.

We have previously reported (ASB Bulletin
2(1), 1955, p. 11) combinations of agents demon-
strating potentiating antitumor activity. This syner-
gistic activity was noted by combining equal frac-
tional doses of two drugs. In an effort to determine
the most effective combination of two drugs, we have
recently employed a better selective method by com-
bining drugs with dosages arranged in a uniformly-
graded manner. In such a selection of dosages, cer-
tain potentiating combinations which show the effect
of a major dose of one drug aided by a minor dose
of another become immediately apparent. The same
scheduling will also show the effects of combinations
of equal fractional doses. Data will be presented
demonstrating the potentiation of activity of such
agents as azaserine and 6-mercaptopurine using
mouse leukemia L1210.

Some “Spunkwater” Protozoa, Including a
Previously Unnamed Amoeba

Robert H. Mount and Eugene C. Bovee,
University of Florida

A literature search, during a protozoology course
taken by RHM and taught by ECB, revealed nothing
about protozoa in water-filled tree cavities. In such
water from the laurel oak, Quercus laurifolia, 28
species of protozoa were found, including an amoeba
depicted by Leidy in 1879 as “an amoeba of uncer-
tain reference,” determined by us to be assignable
to Schaeffer’s Mayorellidae, genus Mayorella. Ten
species of flagellates were found; eight sarcodina;
and ten ciliophora, including: Flagellates; Chilo-
monas paramecium, Astasia longa, Astasia sp., Dis-
tigma sp., Heteronema acus, Peranema trichopho-
rum, Peranema sp., Bo do edax, Cercomonas crassi-
caucla, and Mastigamoeba sp. Sarcodinids; Actino-
phrys vesiculata, Mayorella sp. #1, Mayorella sp.
#2, Arcella sp. #1, Arcella sp. #2, Cochliopodium
vestitum, Centropyxis constricta, and Difflugia sp.
Ciliates; Spathiclium serpens, Cyclidium sp. Tetra-
hymena pyriformis, Tetrahymena (Leucophrys) pa-
tula, Tetrahymena sp., Spirozona caudata, Oxy-
tricha hymenostoma, Parauroleptus musculus var.
minor, Vorticella microstoma, and Epistylis sp. A
water sample taken from a sweet gum tree stump,
Liquidambar styraciflua, yielded only one protozoan,
the zooflagellate, Bodo edax. Only two protozoans
were found in more than one sample; Bodo edax

from one oak cavity and from the sweetgum hole;
and Tetrahymena pyriformis from two different
oak tree cavities.

The Rediscovery of the Chytrid, Pringshei-
miella dioicct*

J. Thomas Mullins, University of North Carolina
Pringsheimiella dioica Couch, an endobiotic holo-
carpic chytrid parasitic in Achlya flagellata, was
collected from Mirror Lake at Highlands, North
Carolina. Isolates were obtained on three dates,
July 30, August 7 and October 11, 1958. This proved
to be a significant find in that Pringsheimiella had
not been seen since it was originally described by
Couch in 1939. Laboratory crosses between the iso-
lates have shown that the collections include two
mating strains which produce abundant resting
bodies.

Organic Production and Turnover During
the First Seven Years of Old-field Suc-
cession on the AEC Savannah
River Area*

Eugene P. Odum, University of Georgia
Annual net production and heterotrophic utiliza-
tion in croplands abandoned in 1951 have been esti-
mated from harvest samples taken at monthly in-
tervals during the growing season for the past seven
years when shallow-rooted, short-lived forbs and
grasses have dominated the vegetation. Rainfall
appears to be most important single physical factor
influencing annual variations, while clay-silt frac-
tion of the subsoil has been key factor controlling
local or horizontal differences. When these major
limiting factors are ruled out (as, for example, cal-
culating gms/M2/ unit of rainfall on the same
soil) it was found that: (1) net primary production
declined during the first two years and remained vir-
tually constant for next five years; (2) species di-
versity increased greatly along with the expected
changes in species composition; (3) production be-
came spread out over the season with result that
terminal autumn standing crop declined; (4) surface
litter increased but reached an equilibrium after
only three years; (5) soil organic matter and cer-
tain macronutrients (P & Ca) leached (decreased
in topsoil, increased in subsoil). These results sug-
gest that from the functional standpoint secondary
succession may involve a series of temporary steady-
states rather than a continuous change as is usually
postulated. Also, it is evident that an increase in
number of species and successional changes in spe-
cies composition within the same life form do not
automatically result in an increase in productivity.

Influence of Respiratory Inhibitors on Ab-
sorption of Sugars by Plant Cells
Theresa Partlow and Joseph C. O’Kelley,
University of Alabama

Sugar absorption by germinating pollen and by
other plant cells is inhibited when these cells are
supplied respiratory inhibitors. A study of the
effect of 2,4 - dinitrophenol (DNP) on sugar absorp-
tion reveals that at molar concentrations of 5 X 10-°
and lower, oxygen consumption is not depressed.
In contrast, at levels of DNP of 5 X 10-6 and 2 X 10-5
M glucose absorption is strongly depressed. At these
concentrations of DNP phosphorylation in plant
cells is reported to be uncoupled from oxidation.
Results of this study suggest the presence of an
absorption process dependent upon the formation
of “high energy” phosphate bonds in respiration.

30

ASB Bulletin

The Concentration of Growth Promoting
Substances in Certain Bryophytes

Paul M. Patterson, Carolyn Bolton, and Jennie
Joe Lawrence, Hollins College

By the pea-root growth inhibition method, tests
were run on bryophytes during the fall and winter
while they were in their seasonal dormant period.
The growth inhibiting extractives, in terms of their
IAA equivalents, varied from undetectable amounts
(IAA at 10-12) to 5 or less micrograms per gram
of desiccator-dry bryophyte tissue. Tests are now
being run on these same plants as they resume
growth to test for expected increases.

Blade Tissue Structure of Some Species of
Atriplex from the Southern Cali-
fornia Deserts
Jane Philpott, Duke University

There are thirteen species of saltbush in the
alkaline and gravelly regions of the California des-
erts. Most of the shrubs are erect and intricately
branched with gray or yellowish brown branches.
The leaves are numerous, evergreen, and silvery
white with a dense persisting scurf. Although the
size and shape of the leaves vary from species to
species, there are characteristic features of internal
blade anatomy. The epidermis is two cells thick;
vesicular hairs account for the scurfy appearance
of the leaf surface. The mesophyll consists of pali-
sade parenchyma which encompasses the well de-
veloped border parenchyma of the vascular bundles.
Although there are chloroplasts distributed through-
out the palisade, the chief chloroplast bearing cells
are those of the border parenchyma.

Food Habits of the Canada Goose at Lake
Mattamuskeet, North Carolina

Thomas L. Quay and Carl S. Yelverton,
North Carolina State College

The food habits of the Canada goose ( Branta
canadensis) at Lake Mattamuskeet were studied by
the analysis of 263 gizzards and 31 crops collected
primarily in the hunting seasons of 1951-52 and
1953-54. Of the ten major habitats on the refuge,
the most important to geese as feeding grounds were
the Eleocharis drawdown flats, Eleocharis-Scirpus
low marsh, Salix-Myrica low marsh, Andropogon-
Compositae upland, and farmland. Sedges (Cypera-
ceae) constituted 63% of the total food volume, and
grasses (Gramineae) 33%. The remaining 4% was
distributed among 31 other families. Animal matter
totaled only 0.01%. The most important species,
and the principal parts eaten, were: (1) Eleocharis
olivacea and E. parvula (dwarf spike-rushes) —
roots and culms; (2) Scirpus americanus (three-
square) — roots and rhizomes; (3) Zea mays (corn)
— grains. Other species and genera measuring at
least 1% of the total food volume were: Typha (pis-
tillate flowers), Paspalum boscianum (florets),
Spartina patens (roots and rhizomes), Eleocharis
quadrangulata (achenes more than vegetative
parts), Cyperus (roots and tubers), and Fimbri-
stylis (roots and basal culms). Leaves (mostly
blades) and stems of grasses not identified to genus
amounted to 8.23%. The vast beds of Characeae
(17,000 acres) in the lake were practically unused
by the geese.

Progress Report on the Flora of the Caro-
linas, January 1, 1956-December 31, 1958
Albert E. Radford, University of North Carolina
Initially the flora project was organized into
three major work phases: (1) the general collec-
tion of vascular specimens for distribution and de-
scriptive data in the physiographic provinces of the
two states, (2) the identification of field collections,
study of herbarium specimens, and the plotting of
distribution data, and (3) the preparation of a
manuscript, including diagnostic illustrations and
keys. The first phase has been completed. Collec-
tions and field observations have been made in all
146 counties of the two states. Over 120,000 miles
have been traveled while collecting approximately
175,000 specimens in the Carolinas during the last
three growing seasons. In the second phase nearly
sixty-five percent of the collections have been iden-
tified and plotted on distribution maps. Progress
has been made on the third phase. Some keys and
descriptions have been written. Diagnostic illus-
trations have been made of 110 genera. Completion
date of the manuscript should be 1962.

Weeks Island, a Botanically Interesting
Area in the Louisiana Marsh
William D. Reese, Southwestern Louisiana Institute
Weeks Island, a salt dome formation rising about
150 feet from the coastal marshes of south-central
Louisiana, offers a sharp contrast to the surround-
ing brackish marsh-lands, and provides a variety
of habitats for plants not otherwise found in the
area. The island, several hundred acres in area,
is covered mostly by dense woods and is cut by
numerous, deep ravines. Among the more interest-
ing plants so far discovered there are the following
mosses: Callicostella pallida, otherwise known in
the U. S. only from peninsular Florida; Syrrhopo-
don parasiticus, the second collection from west
of the Mississippi river; Solmsiella kurzii, otherwise
known only from the type locality in northern
Florida.

A Report on the Study of the Tardigrada in
the United States

G. T. Riggin, Jr., Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Although this group has been extensively studied
in Europe, the publication of only five short papers
indicates the neglect accorded the Tardigrada in this
country. To date sixteen species of Tardigrades in-
cluded in seven genera have been reported from the
confines of this country. The present study has
been carried out primarily on the tardigrades of
mosses from the eastern United States. Techniques
of collection and mounting in Hoyer’s medium are
modifications of procedures employed by previous
workers. One new genus, Itaquascon, previously col-
lected only in Brazil has been collected in several
moss samples. Studies of specimens collected indi-
cate the presence of twenty species not previously
reported from the United States including two un-
described species.

The Vertebral Column of the Golden
Hamster*

Mohammed S. Salih, Louisiana State University
The vertebral formula is: C-7, T-13, L-6, S-4,
Cd-13/14. Foramina transversaria may be lacking
on one or both sides in C7. The transverse processes

Vol. 6, No. 2, April 1959

31

of C6 always, and C5 occasionally, exhibit inferior
laminae. Those of C7 are in contact with those of
C6. Those of T1-T4 exhibit apical facets for articu-
lation with the tubercula of the first four ribs.
Homologous facets on T5-T10 occur on definitive
diapophyses. T11-T13 exhibit demifacets for capi-
tular heads only. A ventral hypapophysis occasion-
ally occurs on L2. The four sacrals are united by
their centra, and the first three are also united by
their transverse processes. Only SI articulates with
the ilium. Centra and processes are reduced caudal
to Cd5. Cd9-13/14 lack pedicles. Cd6-8 may exhibit
incomplete pedicles on one or both sides, or the
pedicles may be lacking. Cd7-13/14 lack neural
spines. Cdll-13/14 lack prezygapophyses. Cd6-13/14
lack postzygapophyses.

An Analysis of Small-mammal Population
Trends and Movements
H. E. Shadowen, Louisiana Polytechnic Institute
Small-mammal populations were studied in two
uncultivated fields near Baton Rouge, Louisiana,
for a period of one year. The quadrants were 1.67
acres and 2.98 acres in size, and 100 live traps,
placed in rows of ten, were used on each plot. The
trapping periods varied from two to sixteen days
with an average of eight days. The sex of all
trapped mammals was determined, and the animals
were weighed, marked for later identification, and
released. The total number of mammals taken was
1,488. The species trapped were: Sigmodon hispidus,
669; Reithrodontomys fulvescens, 491; Reithrodon-
tomys humulis, 185; Cryptotis parva, 67; Oryzomys
palustris, 55; Mus musculus, 18; Peromyscus leuco-
pus, 1 ; Peromyscus gossypinus, 1 ; and Blarina brevi-
cauda, 1. Frequency of recapture varied from one
to 36 times with no pattern of consequence as to
species. Immature Cotton Rats were trapped through-
out the year with the peak occurring from April
through June. The sex ratio of Sigmodon hispidus,
based on the entire study, was 50:50, but from
March through September 75 per cent of all initial
captures on both plots consisted of females. Trap-
ping reached its low point in late summer and fall
when only 77 Cotton Rats were trapped from July
to November.

Factors Affecting the Return of Stranded
Fundulus similis to Water
Joe Ann Shearer, University of Mississippi
The flipping of Fundulus similis stranded on a
beach is remarkably successful in returning the fish
to the water. Experiments with a simulated beach
of controlled slope at water edge showed that great-
est movement was down slope whether slope was
toward or away from water. View of the water
(or of the lighter horizon formed by water) also af-
fects the movements. An opaque screen between
stranded fish and water results in a lessened de-
gree of movement toward water. In night experi-
ments using an open box with removable sides
movement was enhanced if the side closest to the
water was removed. With all sides in place, flipping
was random in direction. Experiments using arti-
ficially brightened horizons have not been completed.

Chromosomes in Parthenogenetic Miracidia
and Embryonic Cercariae of Schis-
tosomatium douthitti
Robert B. Short and Margaret Y. Menzel,

Florida State University

This paper presents final results, part of which
have been reported (Short and Menzel, 1955, J.

Parasitol. 41: Sect. 2, 24-25.). Herein we shall use
X and Y for the sex chromosomes instead of Z and
W as in previous reports.

In 168 parthenogenetic miracidial embryos from
unisexual mammalian infections a haploid X set
of chromosomes occurred in 160 and a diploid XX
set in three; an additional five were probably di-
ploids. In 153 miracidial embryos from bisexual
infections there were the following constitutions:
haploid X in four embryos, diploid XX in 69, diploid
XY in 78, triploid XXY in one and triploid XYY
in one.

Chromosomes analyses from cercarial embryos de-
rived from parthenogenetic miracidia gave the fol-
lowing results : of ten male infections, three were
haploid X, six were normal diploid XX, and in em-
bryos from one snail both haploid X and diploid XX
cells were observed. All seven female infections
were XY diploids. It is believed that haploid indi-
viduals developed from reduced eggs, and the ab-
sence of the haploid Y constitution indicated that
the X chromosome is necessary for viability. Pos-
sible methods of origin of XX and XY constitutions
from parthenogenetic eggs are considered briefly
and it is suggested that diploids arose as a result
of meiotic irregularities.

Chromatographic Studies of Some Alcohol-
Soluble Materials in Male and Female
Papaya ( Car ica Papaya) Plants
M. P. Singh and G. Ray Noggle,

University of Florida

The papaya ( Carica papaya) is generally dioe-
cious but some plants bear perfect flowers. There
are also all gradations and variations, sometimes on
the same tree, between these two conditions. It
would be of value to be able to determine the sex of
a plant before it is set out in the orchard. We have
used chromatographic techniques in an attempt to
find some chemical differences between male and
female plants. The leaves of flower-bearing plants
were extracted with ethanol and the alcohol-soluble
constituents were separated by paper chromatogra-
phy and by paper electrophoresis. No striking dif-
ferences were found in the kinds or amounts of
amino acids or sugars found in the extracts. A num-
ber of fluorescing spots showed up on the chromato-
grams when they were examined under ultraviolet
light. Several yellow fluorescing spots have tenta-
tively been identified as flavonoids but no differ-
ences were noted between the extracts of the male
or female plants. A blue fluorescing material, as yet
unidentified, was noted in a number of the ex-
tracts from the leaves of male plants. This ma-
terial was either absent or present in very low
concentrations in the extracts from female plants.

Energy Flow in Two Salt Marsh Animals*

Alfred E. Smalley, University of Kentucky

The utilization of energy by two animals living
in a salt marsh near Sapelo Island, Georgia, was
studied. Littorina irrorata, a snail, is a detritus-
aufwuchs feeder; Orchelimum fidicinium, a grass-
hopper, is a primary consumer, living exclusively
on Spartina alterniflora. Population densities were
measured on a seasonal basis, and converted to
standing crop in Calories per meter square per year.
Ingestion, respiration and growth were determined
and expressed in the same units. Energy flow in
the grasshoppers was not as variable seasonally as
was biomass or numbers. The entire growth period
of the grasshoppers occurred during the spring and
summer when Spartina was growing at a maximum
rate. Energy flow of the Littorina population showed

32

ASB Bulletin

little seasonal variation which correlated well with
the relatively constant supply of detritus available
in the tidal waters which flush the marsh. The
more rapidly growing, shorter-lived Orchelimum
population tended to assimilate a smaller propor-
tion of ingested food, but was more efficient in
converting the assimilated food into protoplasm,
than the slow-growing, longer-lived Littorina popu-
lation. These differences in efficiency are correlated
with the food available to the two species.

The Effects of Radiation on Mitotic Rate of
Individual Stages of Mitosis in the
Grasshopper Neuroblast
Jean Stevens and Mary Esther Gaulden,
Biology Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory
The effects of radiation on mitotic rate have
been studied by determining the inhibition pro-
duced in the individual phases of the mitotic cycle.
The stages of mitosis as observed in the living
neuroblast of the grasshopper embryo can be sub-
divided, on the basis of morphological characteristics
of cell structures, into 14 distinct phases. Thus it
is possible to analyze in considerable detail the
mitotic processes in this cell. Neuroblasts in known
phases were located in culture preparations of
embryos. Some served as unirradiated controls; oth-
ers were irradiated with 8, 32, or 64 r of X rays.
The time required by cells irradiated in a given
phase to reach the next metaphase was compared
with that required by unirradiated cells of the
same phase to reach this point. All cultures were
kept at 38° C during observations. Metaphase was
chosen as the end point because it is an easily iden-
tifiable stage and because cells reaching this stage
usually complete division. The mitotic inhibition
of the neuroblast to X rays varied greatly with
the stage of mitosis at the time of treatment and
with the dose of X rays. The data suggest that
the effects of radiation on mitosis will not be
found to be explicable in terms of a single phe-
nomenon.

Antibiotic Beers as a Source of Anticancer
Agents

J. Richard Thomson and W. Russell Laster, Jr.,
Southern Research Institute,
Birmingham, Alabama

The Cancer Chemotherapy National Service Cen-
ter, an agency of the National Institutes of Health,
has recently enlarged its primary screening for anti-
cancer agents to include very large numbers of
crude antibiotic beers. These beers are isolated as
the metabolic by-products of molds and other micro-
organisms collected throughout the world. These
organisms are grown in different media, and the end
products of fermentation are first screened to elim-
inate any known antibiotics. If the crude beer
shows anticancer activity, that lot is refermented.
If the anticancer activity of the original is present
in the referment, a larger sample of the beer is
prepared, and the active fraction is isolated for
more intensive study.

Data will be presented to demonstrate the un-
equivocal anticancer activity of certain of these new
antibiotic preparations against solid mouse and rat
tumors, as well as experimental mouse leukemias.
Certain of the crystalline material isolated from
beers are active against neoplasms resistant to
known antimetabolites. The significance of these
findings will be discussed. The screening data sug-
gest that there are statistically more active agents

found in random samples of antibiotic beers than
in an equal number of synthetic compounds selected
at random.

The Effect of Alloxan Diabetes on Plas-
modium berghei Infections in Albino Rats

M. Guthrie Tolbert1 and R. Barclay McGhee,
University of Georgia

Earlier workers reported that hyperglycemic ca-
naries showed higher levels of parasitemia when in-
fected with Plasmodium cathemerium than non-
hyperglycemic canaries. In the present study, albino
rats were rendered diabetic by alloxan monohydrate
treatment to determine the effect of hyperglycemia
on P. berghei infections. All rats were infected
by intracardial injection of blood from another
heavily infected rat. The control group received no
alloxan treatment. A second group were those in
which the alloxan dose was ineffective in producing
diabetes. The third group were the animals which
became diabetic in response to alloxan treatment.
The course of infection was followed by parasite
counts made from blood films stained with Giemsa’s
stain, erythrocyte counts, and blood sugar determi-
nations. The first two groups showed courses of
infection not significantly different from each other
and very similar to those reported by other workers.
The diabetic group, however, showed levels of in-
fection significantly lower than those of the other
two groups. Apparently diabetes in the rat pro-
duces conditions unsuitable for normal growth and
reproduction of the malaria parasite, P. berghei.
This is in contrast to the findings of the effect of
hyperglycemia in canaries on P. cathemerium in-
fections.

1. Present address: Oak Ridge National Labora-
tory, Biology Division, Oak Ridge, Tennessee.

The Initiation of Penetration of Schistoso-
matium douthitti Cercariae*

Alvin Wagner, Florida State University

In 98% of the observed cases cercariae of N. dou-
thitti penetrated into ears of adult white mice within
10 minutes after being placed on the surface. Cer-
cariae placed on ears that had been extracted with
ether for several days were not stimulated to pene-
trate. Cercariae, when exposed to the residue ob-
tained by evaporation of ether extracts of whole
mouse skins, made “penetrating movements”, shed
their tails and discharged the contents of their pene-
tration glands. Ether extracted ears rubbed with
this residue stimulated cercariae to penetrate. Cer-
cariae were exposed to various chemical substances
which are soluble in ether and believed to be present
in skin. Free fatty acids elicited reactions similar
to those observed when cercariae were exposed to
the residue from ether extracts of skins. Ether ex-
tracted ears when rubbed with fatty acids in a lano-
lin base stimulated cercariae to penetrate.

The presence of free fatty acids has been reported
in the lipid surface layer of the skin, and in the
keratinized layer of the epidermis. From this fact,
and from the experimental results given above, it is
suggested that free fatty acids are partially, per-
haps entirely, responsible for the stimulation of
R. douthitti cercariae to penetrate into the definitive
host.

This work was supported by the National Science
Foundation, and by grant E-1142 (C2) from the
U. S. Public Health Service.

Vol. 6, No. 2, April 1959

33

Studying Nymphs of the Odonate Genus
Argia in the Southwestern United States
Minter J. Westfall, Jr., University of Florida
During the summers of 1956 and 1958 I made
trips to the Southwestern United States to collect
Odonata with the aid of grants from the National
Science Foundation and the Penrose Fund of the
American Philosophical Society. A special effort
was made to obtain life history material in the
genus Argia for inclusion in the Manual of the
Zygoptera of North America now in preparation.
Twelve species of this genus were reared, most of
them species whose nymphs are undescribed. Adults
of five other species were collected and studied.
Interesting observations were made regarding hab-
its, and different ecological niches occupied by sev-
eral species in the same stream. Studies of the
nymphs of this genus, as in other genera, throw
much helpful light on the problem of species rela-
tionships. Several adults which had been described
as subspecies were found to have distinct nymphs
and should be accorded full specific rank. Likewise
in establishing genera the nymphal characters
should be considered. After collecting many nymphs
of Hyponeura lugens (Hagen) I have still not found
any good characters to separate it from Argia, thus
showing its very close relationship to this genus.

Respiratory Patterns in Diseased Plants
Harry Wheeler and Robert Grimm,
Louisiana State University
Augmented respiration, a characteristic feature
of infected plant tissues, has been induced by treat-
ment with victorin, a toxic product of the fungus
Helminthosporium victoriae. Moreover, treatment
with victorin rendered plants insensitive to 2,4-dini-
trophenol, an uncoupler of oxidative phosphoryla-
tion, and caused a marked increase in the rate of
ascorbic acid oxidation. These effects of victorin
were restricted to one group of oat varieties sus-
ceptible to the pathogen, H. victoriae. Studies of
susceptible oats, artificially infected with H. vic-
toriae, have revealed a similar series of effects.
Three days after inoculation the respiratory rate
of infected tissue was nearly twice that of controls
and this high rate was maintained until the tenth
day when the rate dropped. During this period of
high respiratory activity, infected tissues failed to
respond to treatment with 2,4-dinitrophenol. In
homogenates of infected tissues, ascorbic acid oxi-
dation was increased 2-4 times. Further work is
required to determine the relation of these effects
to the nature of susceptibility and resistance to this
disease.

Chromosome Assortment in Oogenesis of
Triploid Mormoniella Females*

P. W. Whiting, University of Pennsylvania
Triploid females lay many eggs but, due pre-
sumably to aneuploidy, very few develop. All off-
spring of an unmated triploid are euploid and male,
— haploid and diploid, the latter developing more
slowly and being only half as numerous. This de-
ficiency may be due, not to lower viability, but to
loss of one of the three chromosomes of the hexads
in oocyte-I division so that only one reaches each
pole. When the three chromosomes derived from a
single hexad were marked by triple alleles, it was
shown that their distribution was not random among
the reduced eggs. Each of the two homologous pa-
ternal chromosomes (from the diploid sperm of the
diploid father) was only two-thirds as frequent as

the single maternal chromosome. This was shown
by relative frequency of the three genotypes of
equally viable haploid males. A method is now being
devised for measuring the relative frequency of the
three diploid male genotypes. (Research aided by
U. S. Atomic Energy Commission contract AT (30-1)-
1471.)

Avian Uptake of Fission Products*

William K. Willard, University of Georgia and
Oak Ridge National Laboratory
White Oak Lake bed at the Oak Ridge National
Laboratory is contaminated by low-level wastes
containing a variety of radioactive isotopes. The
lake bed supports a productive natural community
of pioneer vegetation which, in 1958, exhibited two
zones, a bushy zone of shrubs, sedges, forbs and
grasses on the lake bed proper and a thicket zone
of willows and alders along the old shore line. The
bushy zone was inhabited by such birds as Song
Sparrows, Yellowthroats and Field Sparrows while
the thicket zone included Catbirds, Yellow-breasted
Chats, White-eyed Vireos, etc. Goldfinches and In-
digo Buntings were collected frequently in both
zones. During the summer of 1958 radioassays of
bird tissues, content of bird stomachs and major food
items (insects, berries) were carried out. Gross beta
activity and also Sr00 and Cs137 levels were deter-
mined. In general, bird species living in the bush
zone had about twice the body burden of isotopes
as did species living in thickets or those using both
thickets and bushes, although there was wide indi-
vidual variation. Sr90 and Cs137 occurred together
in approximately equal amounts in food items (in-
sects, berries) but in birds, the specific activity of
Sr90 in bone was greater than that of Cs137 in mus-
cle. There was an unexplained high activity in the
eyes of one species, the Yellow-breasted Chat. Ob-
served isotope levels are considered in terms of pos-
sible effects on the birds, and also in terms of the
role that birds may play in the distribution of radio-
activity in the ecosystem.

The Effect of Cobalt-60 Gamma Radiation
on the Development of Acquired Im-
munity in the Rat to Larval Hy-
datigera taeniae formis*

Kathleen D. Wyant, Harold H-K. Lee, and
Arthur W. Jones, University of Tennessee
Rats were immunized by intraperitoneal injections
of larval Hydatigera taeniae formis homogenate, ir-
radiated one to five weeks later, and infected with
H. taeniaeformis eggs one day thereafter. Develop-
ment of the “early” immune response (decrease in
total number cysts) in rats receiving 480r one week
after immunization was not affected, probably be-
cause preformed “early” antibody was present at
the time of irradiation. Results in rats receiving
240r, 480r, and 720r five weeks after immunization
were not conclusive because the control, immunized
rats did not develop the expected “early” immunity;
no irradiation effects were noted. The “late” im-
mune reaction (increase in dead cysts) normally
elicited by immunization, and present in the controls,
was completely suppressed in rats receiving 480r
one week after immunization, and in rats receiving
240r, 480r, and 720r five weeks after immunization.
Perhaps “late” antibody formation, elicited by the
growing parasite, and/or the inflammatory response
of lymphatic origin were depressed by irradiation.
This study is being supported in part by the U. S.
Atomic Energy Commission under Contract AT (40-
1)-1749.

34

ASB Bulletin

NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST

About People

James N. Dent, Biology Department of the Uni-
versity of Virginia, was invited to Atlanta on the
Visiting Scholars Program by the University Cen-
ter in Georgia, February 17 and 18. One day was
spent at Oglethorpe University and the other at
Emory University and Agnes Scott College. Dr.
Dent presented a lecture, “The relations of the
thyroid and pituitary glands,” at a joint Agnes
Scott-Emory Seminar.

Robert Weigel has joined the Department of Bi-
ology of Howard College as Assistant Professor.
Dr. Weigel is a recent graduate of the University
of Florida and has special interests in vertebrate
zoology and paleontology.

The following new personnel have recently joined
the staff of the Biology Division of the Oak Ridge
National Laboratory: Roderick K. Clayton (Micro-
biology Group) — Dr. Clayton, who has been at
Oxford University and Trondheim, Norway, under
a National Science Foundation Fellowship, received
the Ph.D. degree in Physics and Biology from the
California Institute of Technology; Manfred S.
Engel (Microbial Protection and Recovery Group)
— Dr. Engel received the Ph.D. in Microbiology
from Cornell University; Jean Maisin (Mammalian
Recovery Group) — Dr. Maisin received degrees
in Pathology and Electroradiology from Louvain
University, Belgium; Johan H. Stuy (Microbial
Protection and Recovery Group) — Mr. Stuy, who
received the Doctorondus degree in Chemistry from
the University of Utrecht, Netherlands, has been
associated with the Department of Biology at
Brandeis University for the past year; Otto Vos
(Mammalian Recovery Group) — Dr. Vos received
the Ph.D. from the State University of Groningen
and has been employed as a histologist with the
Medical Biological Laboratory, National Defense
Research Council, Rijswijk, Netherlands.

A. J. Speece has joined the faculty at Northeast
Louisiana State College at Monroe. Dr. Speece re-
ceived his training in cytology at the University of
Texas.

Bernard Lowy has returned to the Botany De-
partment at Louisiana State University after an
extended trip to South America.

Jack R. Collier has resigned from the Zoology
Department at Louisiana State University to take
a research position.

George H. Mickey, Louisiana State University,
will deliver the annual Mendel Lecture at the initia-
tion banquet at Beta Alpha chapter of Beta Beta
Beta at Spring Hill College, Alabama, on March 19.
The title of Dr. Mickey’s lecture will be “Oppor-
tunities for Research in Cytogenetics.” On April
2 he will address the chapter at Northwestern State
College (Louisiana).

C. M. Loveless and Edwin L. Tyson of the Florida
Game and Fresh-Water Fish Commission attended
the North American Wildlife Conference in New
York in early March. Both presented papers to the
Conference.

Charles B. Metz, Professor and Associate Direc-
tor of the Florida State University Oceanographic
Institute, has been named Secretary of the recently
organized Section of Developmental Biology of the
American Society of Zoologists.

Sidney W. Fox, Professor and Director of the
Florida State University Oceanographic Institute,
has been elected Chairman of the Division of Bio-
logical Chemistry of the American Chemical So-
ciety.

A. Gib DeBusk, Assistant Professor of Biology
at Florida State University, has been named as a
member of the National Science Foundation Panel
on Undergraduate Research Programs.

Henry Stevenson of Florida State University
will participate in the study of the imported fire
ant and its effect on wildlife. Dr. Stevenson will
be a representative of the Department of Game and
Fresh Water Fish.

Fred R. Cagle, Professor of Zoology at Tulane
University, has been relieved of his duties as
Chairman of the Arts and Sciences Department of
Zoology and has been promoted to the position of
University Coordinator of Research. George H.
Penn, Professor of Zoology, is handling the affairs
of the Department as Acting Chairman.

G. R. Lunz, Director, Bears Bluff Laboratories
(South Carolina) is now Chairman of the Atlantic
States Marine Fisheries Commission.

Alan Conger, formerly of the Oak Ridge Na-
tional Laboratory, has joined the staff of The Bot-
any and Biology Department at the University of
Florida as Professor of Radiation Biology.

Warren M. Deacon has recently retired as Chair-
man of the Department of Biology at Vanderbilt
University.

Donald B. Anderson, formerly Professor of Bot-
any, Chairman of the Division of Biological Sci-
ences and Dean of the Graduate School at North
Carolina State College, has been appointed Provost
and Vice President of the University of North Caro-
lina at Chapel Hill.

John Tyler Bonner, Princeton University, deliv-
ered a series of lectures at Virginia colleges on
November 4-6, as a University Center in Virginia
Visiting Scholar.

J. L. McHugh, Director of Virginia Fisheries
Laboratory since 1931, has resigned to accept an
appointment as Chief of the Division of Biological
Research, Bureau of Fisheries, U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service. William J. Hargis has been appointed
Acting Director of the Laboratory.

Morris L. Brehmer, a recent graduate of Michi-
gan State University, has assumed duties as shell-
fish investigator at the Virginia Fisheries Labora-
tory.

Evelyn Clare Wells, formerly with the Academy
of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, has been ap-
pointed as the first full-time Librarian at the Vir-
ginia Fisheries Laboratory.

B. F. D. Runk has been appointed Dean of the
University of Virginia, effective March 1, 1959.
Dr. Runk will continue to teach some courses in the
Department of Biology.

A. Randolph Shields, a candidate for the Ph.D.
degree in Botany at the University of Tennessee,
has been appointed Assistant Professor of Biology
at Roanoke College, effective September 1, 1959.

A. B. Massey, Professor of Botany, Virginia Poly-
technic Institute, will retire at the end of the
1958-59 academic session. He has been granted

Vol. 6, No. 2, April 1959

35

the privilege of continuing his work on the State
flora as Emeritus Professor of Botany and Curator
of the Herbarium. Dr. Massey is one of three fac-
ulty members at V.P.I. honored by the Alumni
Association with the Wine Award for excellency as
teachers.

Rose Mary Johnson, a candidate for the Ph.D.
degree in Biology at the University of Virginia,
will replace Jane Belcher at Sweet Briar College
during the academic session 1959-60. Miss Belcher
will visit Nigeria on a sabbatical leave.

Louis G. Williams, formerly at Furman Univer-
sity, is now at the Taft Sanitary Engineering Center
in Cincinnati as an Aquatic Biologist in charge of
plankton analysis.

Institutions and Organizations

The Ninth Annual Spring Wildflower Pilgrimage
will be held in Gatlinburg, Tennessee, and the Great
Smoky Mountains National Park April 23 to 25,
under the sponsorship of the Botany Department
of the University of Tennessee, the Great Smoky
Mountains National Park and the Gatlinburg Gar-
den Club and Chamber of Commerce. Motorcades,
trail hikes, bird walks, photographic tours and eve-
ning programs feature this year’s pilgrimage. Reg-
istration opens at 9:00 a.m., April 23, in the Gatlin-
burg Civic Auditorium.

Florida State University will sponsor two Summer
institutes for teachers in the 1959 summer session.
One of these is an Institute for High School Teach-
ers of Science and Mathematics, with one of four
sections devoted to work in Biology. The second is
an Institute for Junior College Teachers, also with
a separate section for Biology teachers.

The University of North Carolina has received
a grant from the National Science Foundation for
support of a Botany Conference for teachers of
general biology and general botany in colleges.
The Conference Avill be held from July 27 through
August 14 and is under the direction of Victor A.
Greulach, Professor of Botany at the University.
Application forms may be obtained by writing him
at P. 0. Box 1268, Chapel Hill, and must be com-
pleted no later than April 18.

The Annual Meeting of the Georgia Academy of
Science will be held at Mercer University, April
24-25.

The Louisiana Academy of Science will hold its
annual meeting at Louisiana Polytechnic Institute
on April 24-25.

A tract of approximately sixty acres has been
set aside by the Board of Trustees of Howard Col-
lege to be used by the Department of Biology as
a natural area for teaching and research.

The National Science Foundation will again sup-
port a Summer Institute for Secondary School
Teachers of Mathematics and Science at Randolph
Macon Woman’s College. Paul A. Walker, Profes-
sor and Chairman of the Biology Department, will
serve as director.

Three new departments will be formed from the
present Biology Department at Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, effective about July 1. The new depart-
ments to be formed are Forestry and Wildlife Con-
servation, Veterinary Science, and Entomology.
They will be in the School of Agriculture and heads
of the new departments will be announced later.
The present Biology Department will be in the
School of Applied Science and Business Adminis-
tration and will offer work in general biology,
zoology, botany, genetics and microbiology. The

Biochemistry and Nutrition Department will be en-
larged in the area of graduate study.

Grants in Aid

E. Peter Volpe, Associate Professor of Zoology
at Newcomb College of Tulane University, has
received a grant of $12,000 from the National Sci-
ence Foundation to continue his studies for an addi-
tional two years on the genetics and systematics
of anurans.

Merle Mizell, Instructor in Zoology at Tulane
University, has received grants of $2,000 each
from the National Institutes of Health and the
Louisiana Division of the American Cancer Society
for studies on the effects of amino acid analogs
on newt limb regeneration and to test whether the
factors responsible for normal tissue dedifferentia-
tion can also cause adrenal adenocarcinoma to de-
differentiate.

Herbert P. Riley, Professor and Head of the De-
partment of Botany, University of Kentucky, has
received a grant of $6,000 for two years from the
National Science Foundation for a project entitled
“Cytology and Evolution in South African Plants”.
Dale M. Smith, Assistant Professor in the same De-
partment, has received a National Science Founda-
tion grant of $12,000 for a three-year project en-
titled “A Study of the Origin of the Polyploid Sun-
flowers with Particular Reference to Helianthus
decapetahis”.

H. E. Shadowen, Louisiana Polytechnic Institute,
has received a grant from the Southern Forest Ex-
periment Station of the U. S. Department of Agri-
culture for a study of small mammal populations.

A three-year grant of $30,000 from the National
Science Foundation and a grant of $4,000 from
General Foods, Inc., have been received by Sidney
W. Fox, Director of the Florida State University
Oceanographic Institute, in support of his investi-
gations of biochemical origins.

Ralph V/. Yerger, Associate Professor at Florida
State University, has received a National Science
Foundation grant for a two-year study of the dis-
tribution and ecology of the freshwater fishes of
Florida.

President Colgate W. Darden, Jr., of the Uni-
versity of Virginia recently announced that an
anonymous donor has given $535,276 to strengthen
biology teaching and research. Simultaneously he
announced that the National Institutes of Health
will grant $612,000 for research facilities in the
planned Life Science Building for which the General
Assembly has appropriated $2 million.

Kenneth Wagner, Chairman of the Biology De-
partment, College of William and Mary in Norfolk,
has received a National Science Foundation Science
Faculty Fellowship to study marine biology. He
will spend two summers at the Marine Biological
Laboratory, Woods Hole, and one summer at the
University of Miami Marine Laboratory.

Bernard Robert Woodson, Jr., Associate Profes-
sor of Biology, Virginia State College, has received
a grant of $340.00 from the Research Council of
the University Center in Virginia for expenses in-
curred in his field collections and studies.

Jack Colvard Jones, Department of Entomology,
University of Maryland, has received a grant for
the calendar year 1959 in the amount of $28,456
from the Public Health Service, National Institutes
of Health, to facilitate research on the physiology
of insect reproduction.

4K],

A SB Bulletin

36

5~“S > A \ o

The ASB

BULLE

LIBRARY

DEC 28 196 '

Volume S, Number 3

July, 1959

CONTENTS

Page

Association Affairs 38

Taxonomy: One Kind, or Many? 39

The Participating Societies: Knoxville, 1959 40

Proceedings of the Knoxville Meeting ^ 41

Annual Awards 43

News of Biology in the Southeast 45

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

THE ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association
of Southeastern Biologists and is pub-
lished at Columbia, S. C., in January,
April, July and October. Letters, news
items, other contributions, and all com-
munications about editorial matters
should be addressed to the Editor,
U.S.P.H.S., P. O. Box 717, Columbia,
S. C. Changes of address should be sent
promptly to the Secretary of the ASB,
Dr. Harold J. Humm, Department of
Botany, Duke University, Durham, N. C.
Subscription orders from libraries and
other institutions should be sent to the
Business Manager, Dr. Elsie Quarter-
man, Department of Biology, Vanderbilt
University, Nashville, Tenn. Subscrip-
tion rate for non-members of ASB: $2.00
per year. Printing and typography by
the Cary Printing Company, Columbia,
S. C.

Geoffrey M. Jeffery
Editor

Harold J. Humm, Associate Editor
Elsie Quarterman, Business Manager

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida
State University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University
of Kentucky

Louisiana — G. C. Kent, Jr., Louisiana
State University

Maryland — Wm. E. Bickley, University
of Maryland

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee,
Mississippi Southern College

North Carolina — T. W. Johnson, Jr.,
Duke University

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Win-
throp College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — -Harry L. Holloway, Roanoke
College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Officers of the ASB

President — Horton H. Hobbs, Univer-
sity of Virginia

Retiring President — Mary Esther Gaul-
den, Biology Division, ORNL

President-Elect — Victor A. Greulach,
University of North Carolina

Vice-President — Royal E. Shanks, Uni-
versity of Tennessee

Secretary — Harold J. Humm, Duke Uni-
versity

Treasurer — Elsie Quarterman, Vander-
bilt University

Executive Committee — William Burbanck,
Emory University; Eugene P. Odum,
University of Georgia; J. C. O’Kelley,
University of Alabama; D. C. Scott,
University of Georgia; Robert B.
Short, Florida State University; H.
E. Wheeler, Louisiana State Univer-
sity. All officers are ex officio mem-
bers of the Executive Committee.

Income Tax

On May 13, 1959, Past-Presi-
dent Mary Esther Gaulden, Pres-
ident Horton H. Hobbs and Mr.
Calvin H. Cobb, member of a
law firm that represents AAAS,
met in Washington, D. C., with
two representatives of the In-
ternal Revenue Service, Mr. John
A. Barber and Mr. J. A. Tedesco.
This conference was requested
in connection with our protest of
a ruling made by the Internal
Revenue Service that ASB is not
organized and operated ex-
clusively for scientific and educa-
tional purposes but that its ac-
tivities and objectives are char-
acteristic of a business league
or professional association. Con-
tributions made to a scientific-
educational organization are de-
ductible while those to a business
league are not.

Drs. Gaulden and Hobbs were
given a courteous and helpful
hearing. The Internal Revenue
Service must make its ruling on
exempt status on the basis of an
organization’s constitution. Sev-
eral of the reasons ASB’s con-
stitution falls short of being sat-
isfactory for exemption as a
scientific - educational organiza-
tion are as follows: Sections B
and E of Article II (Purposes)
would apply to a business league
or professional organization; the
purposes of the organization are
amendable; and no provision is
made for disposition of funds
should the organization be dis-
solved.

Two alternatives for action
were open to us. We could ac-
cept a ruling that ASB is a busi-
ness league. This was rejected
because your officers felt that
such a ruling would not be ac-
curate and that it might preju-
dice a later application for ex-
emption as a scientific - educa-
tional organization. Instead, it
was decided that the constitution
of ASB should be revised and
that a new application for ex-
emption as a scientific-educa-
tional organization under section
501 (c) 3 of the 1954 revenue
code should be submitted.

Mr. Cobb is now preparing a
draft of a revised constitution.

This will be presented by Presi-
dent Hobbs to the Executive
Committee for approval at its
interim meeting and to the mem-
bership for adoption next April,
after which a new application
can be submitted to the Internal
Revenue Service.

New Officers

Attention of the members is
called to our new officers elect-
ed at the Knoxville meeting. The
very able handling of the tax
problem (above) assures us,
were such assurances necessary,
that the Association will con-
tinue to be in good hands
through the presidency of Dr.
Horton Hobbs. Other new offi-
cers include President-Elect Vic-
tor Greulach, Treasurer Elsie
Quarterman, and Executive
Committee members Eugene P.
Odum and Robert B. Short. The
election of Dr. Quarterman
leaves a vacancy on the Exec-
utive Committee in one of the
1958-61 terms. The president,
with the approval of the execu-
tive committee, has appointed
J. C. O’Kelley of the University
of Alabama to fill this unexpired
term.

Committee Appointments

The president, with the ap-
proval of the executive commit-
tee, has made the following ap-
pointments for the year 1959-60:

Auditing Committee: C. S.
Chadwick, Chairman; C. E. Far-
rell, J. J. Friauf.

Nominating Committee: M. E.
Gaulden, Chairman; Leland Sha-
nor, G. Robert Lunz.

Resolutions Committee: Fr. P.
H. Yancey, Chairman; V. M.
Cutter, Jr., Ruth McClung Jones.

The Program Committee is not
as yet complete but Father John
H. Mullahy of Loyola has agreed
to serve as chairman.

New appointments on the
awards committees are:

Meritorious Teaching Award:
C. G. Goodchild.

Association Research Prize :
C. E. Jenner.

Goethe Awards: R. B. Short.

38

ASB Bulletin

TAXONOMY: ONE KIND, OR MANY?

C. Ritchie Bell

Dr. Bell received the A.B. and M.A. degrees from the Uni-
versity of North Carolina in 1947 and 1949, the Ph.D. degree
from the University of California at Berkeley in 1953, and
was with the U. S. Army Air Force from 1942 to 1945. He
was employed as Instructor in Botany at the University of
Illinois, 1953-1955, and as Assistant Professor at the Univer-
sity of North Carolina from 1955 to the present. Dr. Bell is
a member of the Botanical Society of America, the Society for
the Study of Evolution, the International Society of Plant
Taxonomists, and others. He is the newly elected secretary
of the American Society of Plant Taxonomists. Dr. Bell’s cur-
rent research is on the flora of the Carolinas and on the
cytology of the Umbelliferae. The latter project will involve
a four-month trip this summer and fall to Central America

for collections in this group.

For the purposes of teaching, taxonomy
can be, and usually is, divided into several
sub-categories, each of which deals with a
particular aspect of taxonomy. Often an en-
tire course is devoted to a single one of these
specialized aspects. Thus there are courses
dealing primarily with the morphology of
flowers and other plant parts, with plant
evolution, with phylogeny, with the identi-
fication of plants — usually the plants of a
small geographic area at one season of the
year, or with the nomenclature of plants.
So vast is the recorded knowledge and detail
of each of these categories that no course,
or series of courses, could cover in entirety
all of the pertinent material within its scope.
Thus there is always more to learn, and each
of these individual courses tends to become
an end in itself. Furthermore, some of these
courses often come to be called “Taxonomy”
courses, with the expected result that some
people may be prone to regard the subject
matter of any one of these courses as tax-
onomy. Soon after, we begin to hear of kinds
of taxonomy and, of course, kinds of tax-
onomists.

Gross morphology (the standard phrase,
“anything visible with a hand lens of no
more than 10X power”, can well serve for
a definition here) is the very foundation of
plant classification; it is only slightly less
important in the study of plant relationships.
But certainly it is not to be assumed that
morphology, regardless of its basic nature
in many areas of biological study, is synony-
mous with taxonomy. Nor can such special
subjects as evolution, phylogeny, plant iden-
tification, or nomenclature be considered as
synonyms for taxonomy. These are all sub-
jects which, to some, may be complete within

themselves; they are also subjects which
serve collectively as the tools of taxonomy.
These individual tools should not be equated
with the science in which they are used.

However, unlike the teaching of taxonomy,
taxonomy in practice cannot be subdivided
into kinds of taxonomy. If every available
tool is not used in the solution of a taxonomic
problem, the taxonomist’s work is incom-
plete and open to questions other than those
of interpretation. In some cases involving
plants from inaccessible areas of the globe,
adequate material for definitive work may
not be physically available to the taxonomist.
In such cases one must do the best job pos-
sible with the material available and should
acknowledge the relatively incomplete nature
of the work. Taxonomists who realize the
difficulty of such necessary pioneer work
can make allowance for future revision. No
allowance should be made, however, for work
that is incomplete because certain ideas or
taxonomic methods are, either from train-
ing or preference, unacceptable or mentally
unavailable to the taxonomist.

Taxonomy, in practice, can be divided into
steps, but to say that the first step — Mor-
phological Taxonomy, Classical Taxonomy,
Traditional Taxonomy, or Alpha Taxonomy
— is also the last is just as wrong as saying
that the second step — Biosystematics, Cyto-
taxonomy, Chromosome Botany, or Beta
Taxonomy — is both the alpha and omega of
taxonomy.

Ideally, the result of the taxonomist’s
work serves two purposes : it facilitates
plant identification and indicates relation-
ships. The “Classical Taxonomist” who to-
day uses only gross morphological features
in problems of identification and relation-

Vol. 6, No. 3, July 1959

39

ship is only half a taxonomist. His work will
usually enable one to place a name on a
particular specimen, but in many cases data
from hybridization or cytological studies can
give a far more definite answer to questions
of supposed close relationship than could be
had from an endless amount of petal meas-
uring or stamen counting. Conversely, the
“Biosystematist” who uses only such things
as chromosome behavior and statistical
studies in taxonomic problems is only half
a taxonomist. His work may indicate rela-
tionships but without permitting the neces-

sary identification of individual plants. No
amount of chromosome counting and sta-
tistical analysis will yield as accurate and
useful a species description, or identifica-
tion, as can be had from critical morphologi-
cal studies.

Taxonomy is a single phase of biology.
It cannot be divided into kinds, but it can
be divided into steps. Thus there cannot be
two kinds of taxonomists. It is to be hoped
that all taxonomists will take all steps in
their work whenever possible.

THE PARTICIPATING SOCIETIES: KNOXVILLE, 1959

The ASB was honored again in 1959 to
have four other organizations join in the
annual meeting. While the Southeastern
Section of the Botanical Society of America
and the Southern Appalachian Botanical
Club have been participating in these joint
meetings for a number of years and are
well known to the members, the Ichthyolo-
gists and Herpetologists and the Beta Beta
Beta Societies are relative newcomers. For
this reason, so that ASB members may be
better acquainted with all of these groups,
the following information is offered:

The American Society of Ichthyologists
and Herpetologists was officially organized
in 1916, three years after the appearance of
the first number of Copeia, a journal which
had been founded and edited by John T.
Nichols “to advance the Science of cold-
blooded vertebrates.” The society which was
thus fostered by a journal took over its pub-
lication in 1923 as the society’s official
organ. Both society and journal have flour-
ished, expanding from a publication com-
mittee of three to a membership of over a
thousand and journal circulation of over
1,500.

In 1951, at the annual meeting of the
ASIH in Gainesville, Florida, members from
the southeastern states got together inform-
ally to organize the Southeastern Division
within the structure of the national organi-
zation. The regional society has held annual
meetings since 1951, although separate meet-
ings are not held in years when the national
organization meets in the southeast which
is defined as all states south of and including
Virginia (and the District of Columbia) and
Kentucky and east of and including Arkan-
sas and Louisiana. There are approximately

180 members in the Southeastern Division of
the ASIH.

Beta Beta Beta is a National Biological
Society which was founded in 1922 and
which now has one hundred twenty-seven
chapters distributed over the United States
and Puerto Rico. Since 1930 the society has
published a journal, BIOS, which serves as
a medium for publication of scientific papers
by student members as well as mature sci-
entists.

The purpose of Tri-Beta is clearly ex-
pressed in its official booklet of information
as follows :

“Beta Beta Beta is a society for students
of the biological sciences. It seeks to en-
courage scholarly attainment in this field
of learning by reserving its membership
for those who achieve superior academic
records and who indicate special aptitude
for the subject of biology. It desires to
cultivate intellectual interest in the nat-
ural sciences and to promote a better ap-
preciation of the value of biological study.
It aims to advance the general objectives
of education by making a noteworthy con-
tribution to the curricular program of the
life sciences. Beta Beta Beta endeavors,
also, to extend the boundaries of man’s
knowledge of nature by encouraging new
discoveries through scientific investiga-
tion. It emphasizes, therefore, a three-
fold program: stimulation of sound schol-
arship; dissemination of scientific knowl-
edge ; and promotion of biological re-
search.”

Beta Beta Beta is an affiliated society of
the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science.

40

ASB Bulletin

PROCEEDINGS OF THE KNOXVILLE MEETING

The University of Tennessee at Knoxville
was host at the twentieth annual meeting of
the Association of Southeastern Biologists
which was held April 16 to 18, 1959, in the
excellent facilities of the University Center.
Meeting jointly with ASB was the South-
eastern Section of the Botanical Society of
America, the Southern Appalachian Botani-
cal Club, the Southeastern Division of the
American Society of Ichthyologists and Her-
petologists, and the Southeastern Region of
Beta Beta Beta, national biological honor
society.

Again this year, the registration broke all
previous records with a total of 387 (254 of
whom were ASB members), nine more than
the record-breaking Tallahassee meeting of
1958.

Thursday, April 16

The meetings began Thursday afternoon
at 1:15 with a guided tour of the Biology
Division of the Oak Ridge National Labora-
tory. At the traditional Thursday evening
general session, President C. E. Brehm of
the University of Tennessee gave an address
of welcome. Dr. Karl Sax of Harvard and
the University of Florida, who was intro-
duced by President Mary Esther Gaulden,
gave the address of the evening, “The Popu-
lation Explosion”. Dr. Sax’ incisive analysis
of his subject matter and his manner of
presentation were received with obvious en-
thusiasm. The annual smoker, with its re-
newal of acquaintances, followed the address.

Friday, April 17

On Friday from 9 a.m. to about 4 p.m. 80
contributed papers were presented in nine
sessions.

At the Friday evening general session
three awards were made:

Dr. Margaret Hess of Winthrop College
received the Meritorious Teaching Award,
presented on behalf of the Will Corporation
of Georgia by Manager Charles E. Waits.

Drs. James A. and Faith S. Miller of
Emory University received the Research
Award, presented annually by the Carolina
Biological Supply Company of Elon College,
N. C., for their paper, “An Analysis of Fac-
tors Contributing to the Successful Reani-
mation of Mice from Less than 1° C.” Hon-
orable Mention was given Dr. Charles E.
Jenner of the University of North Carolina
for his paper, “The Effect of Photoperiod on

the Duration of Nymphal Development in
Several Species of Odonata”.

The $150 Research Fellowship at the
Mountain Lake Biological Station, presented
annually by the Phipps and Bird Company
of Richmond, Va., was presented to Lucille
Walton, Danville, Virginia.

In addition to the three major awards, 13
graduate students and one undergraduate
representing six institutions received Mary
Glide Goethe Travel Awards which defrayed
at least part of their expenses in attending
the meeting. The total amount awarded was
$457. Each student received travel funds
of 4 cents per mile (if requested) and a per
diem of $7.50 if he were not on the program,
$9.00 if he were presenting a paper. Two
days per diem were allowed if the distance
was less than 300 miles, three days if the
distance exceeded 300 miles. Graduate stu-
dents from the following institutions re-
ceived the awards : Emory University 1, Uni-
versity of Florida 7, University of Kentucky
2, University of North Carolina 2, Univer-
sity of Virginia 1 ; the one undergraduate
was from Winthrop College.

Following presentations of the awards,
President Mary Esther Gaulden presented
Immediate Past President H. K. Wallace
whose address to the membership was en-
titled “Spiders”. Dr. Wallace took the audi-
ence back, by means of excellent Koda-
chromes, to one of his summers in Michigan
spent collecting the jumping spiders and
showed enlarged views of various members
of the group and characters used in separat-
ing the subgroups.

Saturday, April 18

The two field trips into the Great Smoky
Mountains National Park scheduled for Sat-
urday morning met with rain so that the
groups were small. A group of botanists
under the leadership of Dr. A. J. Sharp and
ornithologists and others interested in bird
life, led by Dr. J. T. Tanner, departed in
rain coats.

Annual Business Meeting

President Mary Esther Gaulden called the
annual business meeting to order at 11:15
a.m. Friday in the ballroom of the Uni-
versity Center. Election of officers was the
first item of business. Since there were no
nominations from the floor for any of the
vacancies to be filled, the slate presented

Vol. 6, No. 3, July 1959

41

by the Nominating Committee was voted on
with the following results:

President-Elect, Dr. Victor A. Greulach,
University of North Carolina.

Vice-President, Dr. Royal E. Shanks, Uni-
versity of Tennessee.

Treasurer, Dr. Elsie Quarterman, Vander-
bilt University.

Executive Committee Members, Dr. Eu-
gene P. Odum, University of Georgia; Dr.
Robert B. Short, Florida State University.

Tellers for the election were W. G. Erwin,
Robert R. Bryden, and Jean Kerschner.

The Secretary’s report was a resume of
the Executive Committee meeting held the
previous day. Dr. Horton H. Hobbs was ap-
pointed as ASB representative on the AAAS
Council replacing Dr. Mary Esther Gaulden.
As of 10 a.m. Friday, 125 new members had
joined since the Tallahassee meeting, bring-
ing the total membership to 727. It was de-
cided that members who do not pay dues
for the current year by the last day of the
annual meeting will not continue to receive
the ASB Bulletin, although they will be re-
tained on the membership list until they are
two years in arrears, as provided by the con-
stitution.

It was recommended that the Treasurer
add to the savings account five percent of
the total funds collected each year from dues
and subscriptions if he feels that this is
feasible.

Dr. Geoffrey M. Jeffery, new editor of
the ASB Bulletin, reported that 900 copies
of each issue were now being run off and
that this number would probably be adequate
if it were no longer sent to members de-
linquent in dues. He requested that unde-
livered copies, back numbers or volumes of
the Bulletin be returned to him by any mem-
ber who does not wish to keep them as the
files are low. The Executive Committee
commended Dr. Jeffery for the effective
manner in which he has taken over the edi-
tor’s duties.

A letter from the Exempt Organizations
Branch of the Internal Revenue Service was
read in part. This letter advised ASB of a
ruling that it is not exempt from income
tax under section 501(c) (3) of the internal
revenue code because it is “an association
of persons having a common business inter-
est and your principal objective is the ad-
vancement of that common interest rather
than an association organized and operated
exclusively for one or more of the purposes
specified” in the section of the code men-

tioned above. A protest to this ruling was
filed and a meeting of representatives of
the ASB with internal revenue officials was
scheduled to be held in Washington early in
May. For a report of the results of this
meeting, see “Association Affairs”, page 38.

The report of the Auditing Committee,
presented by Dr. Ernest L. Hunt, and of the
Treasurer by Dr. Arthur W. Jones, retiring
Treasurer, followed the Secretary’s report.
Both were approved.

Dr. Donald C. Scott of the University of
Georgia, Chairman of the Meeting Places
Committee, announced the receipt of an in-
vitation to meet on the campus of Loyola
University, New Orleans, from Father John
H. Mullahy of that institution. The invita-
tion was accepted for the 1960 meeting
which will be on April 21-23.

The Chairman of the Resolutions Com-
mittee, Margaret Y. Menzel of Florida State
University, presented the resolutions of her
committee. They were approved and are
given below in summary form.

1. The membership of ASB expresses its
sincere appreciation to President C. E.
Brehm of the University of Tennessee for
the invitation to meet on its campus, for the
cordial welcome extended, and for the use
of the fine campus facilities; and that spe-
cial thanks be extended to the Local Ar-
rangements Committee, Drs. J. Gordon
Carlson (chairman), Ronald Fraser, Joseph
Howell, Fred Norris, Royal Shanks, A. J.
Sharp, and James Tanner.

2. Sincere appreciation was expressed to
Thomas E. Powell, President of the Caro-
lina Biological Supply Company (and ASB
member) for the donation of $i00 as a Re-
search Prize.

3. and to Manager Charles E. Waits and
the Will Corporation of Georgia for the $100
meritorious teaching award.

4. and to Lloyd Bird and the Phipps and
Bird Corporation for the $150 Mountain
Lake Fellowship.

5. Special recognition and sincere thanks
of the membership were extended to Dr.
George H. Boyd of the University of Geor-
gia whose activities in 1937 and 1938 led to
the establishment of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists and who was a
charter member and its first president. This
recognition is accorded Dr. Boyd upon his
retirement from academic duties at the end
of this school year and includes a volume
of testimonial letters, one of which was
written by President-Elect Horton H. Hobbs.

42

ASB Bulletin

ANNUAL AWARDS

Reflecting the views of the Executive Committee expressed
at the recent Knoxville meeting that more attention he di-
rected to the recipients of the annual Meritorious Award for
Teaching and other Awards of the Association, the BUL-
LETIN will in future issues present brief biographical ac-
counts of previous recipients of the Meritorious Teaching
Award. Nominations for next year’s award will be solicited
in a later issue; these may be made by any member and, to-
gether with supporting data, may be sent to any member
of the Meritorious Award Committee, which currently con-
sists of Dr. Roberta Lovelace ( University of South Carolina) ,
Dr. C. G. Goodchild ( Emory University ) and Dr. Frederick
T. Wolf ( Vanderbilt University) Chairman. The following
biographical sketch of the current recipient has been prepared
by this committee, as will be the biographies in future issues.

The Meritorious Award for Teaching

The Committee chose as the 1959 recipi-
ent of the ASB Meritorious Award for
Teaching Dr. Margaret Hess, Professor of
Biology and Head of the Department at
Winthrop College, Rock Hill, South Carolina.
As in former years, the award consists of a
certificate and an honorarium of one hun-
dred dollars contributed by the Will Corpora-
tion of Georgia.

Dr. Hess was born in Chesterfield, Vir-
ginia, November 15, 1899, and began her
teaching career in high schools, in which
she taught at various times from 1919 to
1927. Her academic training was received
at the University of Virginia, from which
she received the B.S. degree in 1929, M.S.
in 1930, and Ph.D. in 1934. Upon completion
of her doctorate, she accepted a position as
associate professor and head of the depart-
ment at Judson College, Alabama. In 1936
she was promoted to professor, and in 1938
received a further promotion to the chair-
manship of the Science Division in that in-
stitution. In 1939 she became Professor of
Biology and head of the Department at Win-
throp College, which position she has held
continuously for twenty years.

Miss Hess is a member of a number of
professional organizations. In addition to
ASB, in which she is a charter member and
which she served as President in 1952, she
is a fellow of the American Association for
the Advancement of Science, is a member
of the Society of Zoologists, the Genetics

Society, the Association of Biology Teachers,
and the South Carolina Academy of Science.
She is a former Secretary-Treasurer of the
latter organization and is currently Vice-
President. Her research activities have in-

Dr. Margaret Hess, Professor of Biology
Winthrop College

Rock Hill, South Carolina

Vol. 6, No. 3, July 1959

43

volved studies on the morphology and physi-
ology of the Turbellaria.

Of a total of 239 students who majored in
Biology at Winthrop in 1940-1956, and have
thus been subjected to Miss Hess’ influence,
107 have continued their studies in gradu-
ate or professional schools after graduation.
This figure, which is equivalent to 45 per
cent, is impressive by any standard. Four
of her former students have gone on to at-
tain the Ph.D. degree, ten have received the
M.D., and 44 have attained the Masters de-
gree. Others are now attending graduate
schools, medical schools, schools of medical
or X-ray technology, nursing, or physical
therapy. At least six have obtained Masters
degrees in fields other than Biology.

But mere statistics fall far short of giving
a complete picture of Miss Hess as a gracious
lady, and it is difficult if not impossible to
evaluate the influence she has had upon her
students. To quote from a letter from one
of them: “It is certainly no overstatement
to say that she has devoted her life for the
last twenty years to her students. Her of-
fice and her home doors are always open to
them. She has spent many, many hours in
and out of college listening to our problems
of all kinds, giving us understanding advice
and help, and always encouraging us to bet-
ter ourselves for good personal and profes-
sional lives. We all consider her a real per-
sonal friend.”

The Association Research Prize

The Association Research Prize, made
possible through the generosity of the Caro-
lina Biological Supply Company, is awarded
annually to the member or members present-
ing an especially meritorious paper at the
annual meeting, and consists of a $100.00
honorarium. This year the prize was award-
ed to Drs. James A. and Faith S. Miller of
Emory University for their paper, “An
Analysis of Factors Contributing to the Re-
animation of Mice from Less than 1° C.”.
Honorable mention was given Dr. Charles
E. Jenner of the University of North Caro-
lina for his paper, “The Effect of Photo-
period on the Duration of Nymphal Develop-
ment in Several Species of Odonata”. The
abstract of the winning paper is reprinted
below :

AN ANALYSIS OF FACTORS CONTRIB-
UTING TO THE SUCCESSFUL RE-
ANIMATION OF MICE FROM
LESS THAN 1° C.

James A. Miller, Jr. and Faith S. Miller,

Emory University

Hypothermia protects newborn and adult
mammals from experimental asphyxia and
recently has been successfully tried for as-
phyxia pallida in human babies (Westin,
Miller, Nyberg, Wedenberg, ’59). By con-
trast, a simple and very effective method for
cooling animals to 0° C. with subsequent re-
covery utilizes partial asphyxiation during
the first stage of cooling. Experiments were
designed to resolve this apparent paradox
using mice cooled by the Goldzveig-Smith
method. After one hour in sealed vessels the
02 content was 6%, C02 was 11%, deep co-
lonic temperature approximately 15° C. The
relative importance of hypoxia, hypercapnia
and high humidity was tested by the addition
of soda lime, silica gel, or both. Hypercapnia
proved most beneficial, hypoxia next, and
increased humidity of least value for recov-
ery of postural reflexes, prevention of hind
limb weakness and indefinite survival. Tests
of the efficacy of air, 100% 02, 95% 02 +
5% C02, and 90% 02 -f- 10% C02 for arti-
ficial respiration during rewarming demon-
strated the superiority of 95% 02 -f- 5% C02,
whether the hypothermia was of short dura-
tion (15 min. below 5° C.) or of long (30 or
60 min.). X-ray studies on mice injected
with “Micropaque” suggested that vasodila-
tion produced by the sealed vessel technique
may be the mechanism behind the success of
the method.

Research Fellowship

The Research Fellowship, made possible
by the generosity of the Phipps and Bird
Company was awarded to Lucille Walton of
Danville, Virginia. This fellowship consists
of an honorarium of $150 for use in summer
research at the Mountain Lake Biological
Station of the University of Virginia. The
recipient is selected from applicants on the
basis of planned work, references, educa-
tion and other supporting data submitted.

44

ASB Bulletin

NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST

About People

Dr. A. A. Humphries has been elected President
of the Emory University chapter of Sigma Xi for
the coming year.

Dr. Charles E. Miller of the Emory University
Department of Biology has accepted a position of
Assistant Professor of Biology at the A. & M.
College of Texas.

Mrs. Marion T. Coleman of the Biology Depart-
ment at Emory University has received a National
Science Foundation Cooperative Graduate Fellow-
ship for 1959-60.

Robert A. Pedigo of Emory University has been
awarded a National Science Foundation Coopera-
tive Fellowship for the year 1959-60. He will study
the effects of low-level chronic radiation on physi-
ological processes with special reference to photo-
synthesis and respiration rates at the Georgia Nu-
clear Laboratories at Dawsonville and the cobalt
radiation field at Emory University.

William H. Adams, Wildlife Research Unit, Au-
burn, Alabama, has been accorded an Honorarium
for Young Mammalogists based on an abstract of
his dissertation presented at the annual meeting
of the American Society of Mammalogists held at
the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.,
June 22-24.

Drs. Alexander Hollaender, W. L. Russell, and
Drew Schwartz of the Oak Ridge National Labora-
tory attended the ninety-sixth annual meeting of
the National Academy of Sciences in Washington,
D. C., April 27-29. Dr. Russell attended a Sym-
posium on Molecular Genetics and Human Disease
at the State University of New York Upstate Medi-
cal Center in Syracuse, April 23-24 and presented
a lecture on recent advances in genetics in mice.
Dr. Hollaender attended a meeting of the Biological
Effects of Atomic Radiation Committee on genetic
effects of radiation at the Rockefeller Institute in
New York on May 13.

Dr. Arthur C. Upton, ORNL, attended meetings
of the Pathology Study Section of the U. S. Public
Health Service, May 7-10.

Jean Moutschen of Belgium has completed a one-
year period of research in the Biology Division,
ORNL, and has returned to the University of Liege.

Dr. Howard I. Adler, ORNL, departed May 29
on a visit to European Laboratories. His itinerary
includes attendance at the Symposium on Immedi-
ate and Low Level Effects of Ionizing Radiations
at Venice, Italy, June 21-27, and participation in
discussions concerning mechanisms of radiation
damage to living cells with scientific investigators
in Italy, Denmark and Sweden.

Dr. William Arnold, ORNL, will be at the Insti-
tute for Muscle Research, Woods Hole, Mass.,
from June 1 to September 7, where he will do
collaborative research with Dr. Albert Szent-
Gyorgyi.

Dr. Francis T. Kenney has joined the Enzymology
Group at ORNL. Dr. Kenney received a B.S. de-
gree in Biology from St. Michaels College, and
M.S. degree in Zoology from the University of
Notre Dame, and a Ph.D. degree in Biochemistry
from the Johns Hopkins L^niversity. He has been

associated with the Cornell University School of
Medicine for the past two years.

Michael D. Coe has recently been appointed As-
sistant Professor of Anthropology at the Univer-
sity of Tennessee. He will soon receive his Ph.D.
from Harvard University for work conducted in
ancient Guatemalan ruins where he studied traces
of early North and South American cultures.

Dr. Royal E. Shanks, University of Tennessee,
is continuing his Alaskan studies for the fifth con-
secutive summer. For the first time Dr. Shanks is
accompanied by his wife and two daughters, who
will occupy quarters at the University of Alaska
near Fairbanks while he conducts research farther
north. Dr. Shanks, accompanied by John J. Ko-
randa, University of Tennessee field and labora-
tory assistant, will continue studies in the Brooks
Mountains during the early part of the summer,
with emphasis on the soils and vegetation at eleva-
tions of 2,000 feet and above on the north side of
the mountains. For the remainder of the summer
studies will be continued using the facilities of
the Biology Department at the University of Alaska.

Dr. A. M. Winchester, Head of the Biology De-
partment at Stetson University, is spending the
summer at the University of Michigan Medical
School where he is participating in the Institute
of Radiation Biology sponsored by the National
Science Foundation. Dr. Winchester was one of
twenty chosen for intensive advanced study in this
field.

Dr. E. C. Prichard, Professor of Biology at Stet-
son University, will spend the greater part of the
summer as chief Nature Counsellor at Camp Rock-
mont for Boys at Black Mountain, North Carolina.

Dr. Keith Hansen, Biology Department, Stetson
University, will spend the summer in special re-
search on the use of the Southern Toad and the
Southern Leopard Frog as test animals for human
pregnancy diagnosis.

Dr. William Preston Adams, who has recently
received the Ph.D. degree from Harvard University
joined the Biological Sciences Department, Florida
State University on June 1 as Research Associate.

Dr. Lloyd M. Beidler, Professor of Physiology,
Florida State University, has been selected to de-
liver the annual Bowditch Lecture at the fall meet-
ings of the American Physiological Society at the
University of Illinois. This lectureship was estab-
lished to recognize and reward preeminence among
the physiologists under 40 years of age and rep-
resents a signal honor of the Society. In addition
to this recognition, Dr. Beidler has also been se-
lected to receive a travel grant from the U. S. Com-
mittee on the International Union of Physiological
Societies to attend the 21st International Congress
of Physiological Societies to be held in Buenos
Aires in August. At this Congress, Dr. Beidler
will present the results of his research on sensory
receptors that respond to chemical stimulation.

Dr. Charles F. Byers, long-term chairman of
the Biological Sciences Department of the Uni-
versity College, ranking professor of Biology and
Assistant Dean of the Graduate School, announced
his retirement as a member of the staff and fac-
ulty of the University of Florida, February 1, 1959.
He had joined the staff of the University of Florida
as a member of the Biology Department in 1927,

Vol. 6, No. 3, July 1959

45

and served the University from that time until his
retirement. Dr. Lewis Berner was appointed In-
terim-Chairman of the Biological Sciences Depart-
ment at the beginning of the spring semester fol-
lowing the retirement of Dr. Byers.

Dr. Arnold B. Grobman has been given a leave
of absence from his dual posts in the Biology De-
partment of the University of Florida and as Direc-
tor of the Florida State Museum to head up the
study group for AIBS on Biological Sciences Cur-
ricula. The study group is based at the University
of Colorado and will spend two to three years de-
veloping suggested curricula for high schools and
junior colleges in particular, but also for other
educational levels. Dr. Walter Auffenberg will be
on leave of absence from his post at Florida to
assist Dr. Grobman during 1959-60. Dr. J. C.
Dickinson, Jr., has been appointed acting director
of the Florida State Museum while Dr. Grobman
is on leave.

Dr. Kenneth Backhouse of the Anatomy Depart-
ment, Charing Cross Hospital Medical School, Lon-
don, England, has been at the University of Florida
from October until May as a visiting associate with
the Florida State Museum and the Anatomy De-
partment of the J. Hillis Miller Medical Center.
Dr. Backhouse is a specialist in the biology of ma-
rine mammals.

At the annual meeting of the Florida Academy
of Sciences in December Dr. E. Ruffin Jones, Bi-
ology Department, University of Florida, was in-
stalled as President and Chairman of the Executive
Council. Others from that Department elected to
office include Dr. J. B. Lackey, secretary, Dr. J. C.
Dickinson, Jr., to continue as editor of the Quar-
terly Journal, and Dr. Eugene C. Bovee, chairman
of the biology section. At the annual meeting of
the Academy Conference of the AAAS, Washing-
ton, D. C., in December, Dr. Jones was elected
secretary-treasurer of that group.

Dr. G. M. Armstrong retired on February 1,
1959, at the compulsory retirement age of 65 as
Head of the Botany and Bacteriology Department
at Clemson College, a post which he had held for 28
years. Dr. Armstrong earned his graduate degrees
at the University of Wisconsin and the Henry Shaw
School of Botany, Washington University, St. Louis.
He has served as Chairman of the Southern Division
of the American Phytopathological Society, as
Chairman of the Tobacco Workers Conference, as
first Chairman of the Cotton Disease Council and
recently as President of the South Carolina Acad-
emy of Science. Dr. Armstrong’s investigations
have included studies of the wilt fusaria and some
early work on the downy mildew disease of tobacco.

A recent addition to the staff of Clemson Agri-
cultural College is Dr. James E. Halpin, who joined
the Department of Botany and Bacteriology as As-
sociate Plant Pathologist, to work on the diseases
of white clover. Dr. Halpin obtained his Ph.D. de-
gree from Wisconsin in 1955 and has been previ-
ously employed by the Rockefeller Foundation Agri-
cultural Programs in Latin America working on
forage crops improvements in Mexico, Colombia
and Chile.

G. Robert Lunz, Director of the Bears Bluff Fish
Laboratories in South Carolina, has been named
acting director of the Division of Commercial Fish-
eries of the State Wildlife Commission as of June
1, and will continue his work at the laboratories
in addition to the new post.

Dr. George C. Kent, Louisiana State University,
is serving as a Visiting Lecturer at the National
Science Foundation Summer Institutes for Teachers
at Baylor University, Northwestern State College
(Louisiana), Mississippi Southern College, and at
the University of Mississippi during the current
summer.

Dr. Howell V. Daly has accepted a position as
Instructor in the Department of Zoology, Physi-
ology and Entomology at LSU, commencing in the
fall semester. Dr. Daly, an entomologist, is a
graduate of Southern Methodist University and
the University of Kansas.

Dr. George H. Mickey has resigned as Chairman
of the Department of Zoology, Physiology and En-
tomology at LSU to assume the Deanship of the
LSU Graduate School.

Dr. James Norman Dent will be on leave from
the University of Virginia during the academic
year 1959-60. He has been awarded a Guggen-
heim Fellowship and will carry out research at
the Gatty Marine Laboratory of the University
of St. Andrews, St. Andrews, Scotland.

Dr. Edward Lautenschlager, Instructor of Biol-
ogy, has been named Registrar of the University
of Virginia.

Dr. John G. Barker, Virginia Polytechnic Insti-
tute, has been promoted to Professor of Biology
and Chairman of the Department at Radford Col-
lege. He will teach the biology course in the Na-
tional Science Foundation Summer Institute for
high school science teachers this summer.

Donald H. Messersmith, Radford College, has re-
ceived a faculty fellowship to continue graduate
studies in entomology at Virginia Polytechnic In-
stitute.

Dr. John L. Wood of the University of Cincinnati
will join the staff of the Virginia Fisheries Labora-
tory in July to conduct research in fungus diseases
of marine organisms.

Dr. W. J. Hargis, Jr., was appointed Director of
the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory in May, 1959.

Dorothy Crandall was recently promoted to As-
sociate Professor of Biology at Randolph Macon
Woman’s College. Professor Crandall received the
J. Shelton Horsley Research Award at the 37th
annual meeting of the Virginia Academy of Sci-
ence for her work on ground vegetation patterns
of the spruce-fir area in the Smoky Mountains
National Park.

Dr. S. Bose, who received the Ph.D. degree in
June from the University of Virginia, has accepted
a position with the Baltimore Dental College. An-
other June graduate, Dr. Te-Hsiu Ma, has been ap-
pointed Assistant Professor of Biology at Emory
and Henry College.

For the past two years Dr. and Mrs. Orland E.
White have been conducting investigations on the
flora of Central America and western South Amer-
ica, particularly Bolivia and Chile. They have re-
cently embarked on a collection trip through Texas,
New Mexico, and Arizona.

Vivian Bennet, Associate Professor of Biology,
Sweet Briar College, will continue the study of
rhythmicity in fiddler crabs at Woods Hole during
the summer.

Helen Churchill, Associate Professor, Hollins
College, attended the semicentennial celebration of
the University of Michigan Biological Station, June
16-19.

46

ASB Bulletin

Charlene McClanahan and Virginia Yeatts, June
graduates of Radford College, have received Na-
tional Science Foundation Fellowships to study
genetics at Ohio State University. Helen Floege,
also a June graduate, has received a graduate as-
sistantship to study physiology at the University of
Maryland.

Dr. C. Ritchie Bell and Mr. James A. Duke of

the Department of Botany, University of North
Carolina, will leave in July for a four months col-
lecting trip though Mexico and Central America.
The trip is in connection with a N. S. F. sponsored
research program on the cytology of the Umbelli-
ferae.

Dr. Robert Leisner, who received his Ph.D. in
botany from U. N. C., is now assistant to the Ex-
ecutive Director of the A.I.B.S.

Dr. William C. Dennison, visiting professor at
the U. N. C. Department of Botany, is returning
to Swarthmore College.

Carol Ann Padgett, who holds the M.S. degree
from A.P.I., has joined the faculty of Huntingdon
College as Instructor in the Biology Department.

Dr. Mary Jane Brannon, Huntingdon College,
recently completed a course in Laboratory Meth-
ods in the Diagnosis of Viral and Rickettsial Dis-
eases held at the Communicable Disease Center
Laboratories at Montgomery, Alabama.

Dr. James C. Wilkes, Jr., will attend a summer
workshop in Field Biology which will be held in
Wyoming. Dr. Wilkes has been appointed the per-
manent counsellor pro tem for the Junior Acad-
emy of Science in Alabama.

Dr. Leonard Doerpinghaus, Agnes Scott College,
will attend the Institute for College Botany Teach-
ers at Indiana State University during June and
July.

Mrs. Netta Gray, Agnes Scott College, will pre-
sent a paper at the IXth International Botanical
Congress in Montreal in August.

Dr. A. A. Humphries was recently elected Chair-
man of the University Center (Georgia) Biology
Group for the year 1959-60. Dr. W. B. Cosgrove,
Department of Zoology, University of Georgia, was
elected co-chairman. The University Center Group
includes biologists from the University of Georgia,
Emory University, Georgia Institute of Technology,
Agnes Scott College, and Oglethorpe University.

Dr. Harold J. Humm, Duke University, is en-
gaged in teaching during the summer months. Until
July 25 he will teach “Survey in the Marine Sci-
ences” at the Alligator Harbor Laboratory of the
Oceanographic Institute, Florida State University.
Following this he will teach in the Marine Ecology
course at the Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods
Hole, Massachusetts. On September 1, Dr. Humm
will begin a one-year appointment as “Jacques
Loeb Associate” in Marine Biology, a Rockefeller
Institute — ONR fellowship; he will spend two
months at the Rockefeller Institute in New York
and the rest of the year at the Marine Biological
Laboratory, Woods Hole.

The following new personnel will join the fac-
ulty of the Department of Zoology of Tulane Uni-
versity in September: Dr. D. Eugene Copeland,
formerly Executive Secretary of the Cell Biology
Studies Section, Division of Research Grants of
the National Institutes of Health, will succeed Dr.
Fred Cagle as Chairman of the Department; Dr.
William F. Brandom, who received his Ph.D. degree
from Stanford and who has been doing post-doc-
toral work in experimental embryology at Prince-

ton, as Instructor; Dr. Gerald E. Gunning, who re-
ceived his Ph.D. from Indiana University, as In-
structor; Dr. Guy Marlow, who received his Ph.D.
from Tulane, as Instructor; and Dr. Alfred E.
Smalley, who received his Ph.D. from the Uni-
versity of Georgia, as Instructor.

Dr. Joseph H. Young, Assistant Professor, has
resigned from the Department of Zoology at Tu-
lane to accept a position on the faculty at San
Jose State College, California.

Dr. Royal D. Suttkus, Associate Professor of
Zoology at Tulane, has been granted a year leave
of absence, during which he will travel to Europe
to examine type specimens and to Mexico and
Central America to collect gars in connection with
a revisionary study of the group.

Dr. Milton Fingerman, Assistant Professor of
Zoology at Tulane, will spend the summer at
Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute where he will
continue his research on crustacean hormone sys-
tems and teach the section on Mollusca in the In-
vertebrate Zoology course.

Dr. William E. Collins, formerly New Jersey
State Extension Entomologist at Rutgers Univer-
sity, has accepted a position as Medical Biologist
at the Laboratory of Parasite Chemotherapy, U. S.
Public Health Service, Columbia, South Carolina.

Dr. Martin D. Young, Head of the Section on
Epidemiology of the Laboratory of Parasite Chemo-
therapy in Columbia, S. C., will present a series of
lectures on the Chemotherapy of Malaria at the
W.H.O. course in Malaria Eradication in Jamaica,
B. W. I., in August.

Two new books were published during 1958 by
members of the staff of the Department of Biology
of West Virginia University: Woody Plants in
Winter by Earl L. Core and Nelle Ammons, and
Part 3, Flora of West Virginia by P. D. Straus-
baugh and Earl L. Core.

Dr. Nelle P. Ammons, Professor of Botany at
West Virginia University, retires at the end of
the 1958-59 school year. Dr. Ammons has been
associated with the University as a member of
the faculty since 1920 and has held the rank of
Professor since 1953. She is known particularly
for her work with the bryophytes and published in
1940 a “Manual of the Liverworts of West Vir-
ginia”, which has been used as a textbook through-
out the Appalachian region.

Institutions and Organizations

The Florida Academy of Science will hold its
annual meeting in Febmary of 1960 at Florida
Southern College, Lakeland, Florida.

The Georgia Academy of Science had its annual
meeting at Mercer University, Macon, April 24-25.
Of interest to biologists was the election of Dr.
J. J. Westfall, Botany Department, University of
Georgia, as President for 1960-61. Officers of the
Biology Section for next year are : Chairman, Dr.
L. S. Luttrell, Experiment; and Secretary, Mr. Wil-
liam Brillhart, Emory University.

At Limestone College, Gaffney, South Carolina,
a program of remodeling and enlarging the Hall
of Science is being undertaken this summer. For
the Department of Biology this will mean renova-
tion of the present laboratories, an additional newly
equipped laboratory for bacteriology, and a more
adequate space for research in the department.

The Research Conference on “Enzyme Reaction
Mechanisms” of the Biology Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory, was held in Gatlinburg, Ten-

Vol. 6, No. 3, July 1959

47

nessee, April 1-4. Dr. Alvin M. Weinberg, Director
of the Oak Ridge National Laboratory, presented
the welcoming address.

Eight members of the University of North Caro-
lina Department of Botany plan to attend the In-
ternational Botanical Congress at Montreal. They
are J. N. Couch, A. E. Radford, V. A. Greulach,
W. J. Koch, H. E. Ahles, J. E. Adams, J. G. Haes-
loop and J. T. Mullins.

A Botany Conference for College Teachers of
General Botany and Genei’al Biology, directed by
Dr. Victor A. Greulach and sponsored by the N. S.
F., will be held at the University of North Carolina
July 27 through August 14.

New officers of the Louisiana Academy of Sci-
ences for 1959-60 include G. C. Kent (LSU), Presi-
dent; G. H. Bick (SLI) , President-Elect; G. H.
Ware (NSC), Secretary; Frederick Deiler (Free-
port Sulphur Co.), Treasurer; B. T. Cole (LSU),
Editor; C. J. Cavanaugh (Louisiana College),
Chairman, Division of Biology; and H. J. Bennett
(LSU), Chairman, Junior Academy.

Grants in Aid

Dr. A. A. Humphries, Emory University, was re-
cently awarded a grant of $21,000 by the United
States Public Health Service for support of a
three-year program entitled, “Natural inhibition of
meiosis in oocytes of Amphibia”.

Dr. W. D. Burbanck, Professor of Biology, Em-
ory University, received a three-year grant of $23,-
600 from the National Science Foundation to make
a study of “the ecology and geographical distribu-
tion of the Estuarine Isopod, Cyathura” .

Dr. Ernest L. Hunt, Professor in the Biology De-
partment at Emory University, has received a three-
year renewal in the amount of $26,000 of his grant
from the U. S. Public Health Service for “Studies
on the estrus and gestation in diabetic rats”.

Dr. Arthur W. Jones, Associate Professor of
Zoology at the University of Tennessee, is in charge
of a new plan for qualified undergraduates major-
ing in science to participate in current research
projects. The plan is being supported by a $7,140
National Science Foundation grant. Participants
will be paid $1.50 an hour for up to 400 hours;
the research includes current projects in Botany,
Chemistry and Zoology.

In a study being aided by a $9,900 National Sci-
ence Foundation grant, Dr. Howard F. L. Rock of
the University of Tennessee Botany Department is
directing a study on the revision of the Tetrodus
section of Helenium, a genus of American herbs.
Specimens will be collected in Mexico and the
Southwestern United States.

Three grants totaling $99,625 for medical re-
search have been awarded Dr. McChesney Goodall
of the University of Tennessee Memorial Research
Center at Knoxville by the U. S. Public Health
Service. Dr. Goodall, who specializes in neuro-
physiology, joined the U. T. Memorial Research
Center staff last October as research professor
and assistant director, coming to U. T. from the
Duke University School of Medicine.

The Division of General Medical Sciences, Na-
tional Institutes of Health, has awarded $86,940 to
Dr. Robert K. Godfrey, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, for a five-year
study of the Marsh Plants of Florida and adjacent
areas.

The Research Council of the University Center
in Virginia has recently announced a grant of $300
to Elizabeth Fern Sprague, Sweet Briar College,

for expenses incurred in her study of, “Ecology and
Anatomy of Species of California Pedicularis” .

The Science Division, Hollins College, recently
received a grant from the National Science Foun-
dation which will permit superior students to par-
ticipate in faculty research programs during the
session 1959-60. The students will receive $1.00
per hour for up to 400 hours.

The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of
Virginia, has recently been notified that its research
contract with the Atomic Energy Commission for
the study of radiation effects on growing plants
has been continued for another year.

Dr. Harry Freeman, Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of South Carolina, has received an $11,000
contract from the Atomic Energy Commission to
study the ecology of fishes in the Savannah River
Plant area. The work this year will be mostly on
the effects of high temperatures on stream fish.

The Louisiana Academy of Sciences has been
granted the sum of $16,310 by the National Science
Foundation for support of a program of the Junior
Academy designed to increase interest and partici-
pation in science among high school students in
Louisiana. Dr. Harry J. Bennett is director of the
project. Louisiana State University is serving as
fiscal agent.

Dr. James H. Barrow, Jr., formerly Head of the
Department of Biology at Huntingdon College and
now at Hiram College in Ohio, received a three-year
grant from the U. S. Public Health Service in the
amount of $30,000. His investigations will concern
the immunological aspects of diseases under
crowded environmental conditions.

The National Science Foundation has awarded
grants to two in the Zoology Department at Tu-
lane: Dr. Royal D. Suttkus, Associate Professor —
$20,000 for revisionary study of the garfishes of
the world (three years) and Jerome O. Krivanek,
Assistant Professor — $24,600 for a study of the
chemical analysis of the developing slime mold
(three years). In the same department, Merle Mi-
zell, Instructor, has received a grant of $15,679
from the National Institutes of Health for contin-
ued studies on the effects of regenerating anuran
appendages on an anuran tumor (two years) ; and
Assistant Professor Norm C. Negus has received
a renewal of his grant ($7,345) from the Atomic
Energy Commission to continue studies on cyclic
changes in small mammal populations of Breton
Island (one year).

Tulane University is among a number of other
southeastern schools to receive grants from the
National Science Foundation for “Undergraduate
Research Participation Program.” Under the terms
of this grant, each participating advanced under-
graduate student will receive a maximum of $600
per year and will be required to actually partici-
pate in the research program of some faculty mem-
ber.

Dr. Michael Klein, Assistant Professor of Anat-
omy at the University of Tennessee Medical Unit
in Memphis, has been awarded a $69,000 grant by
the U. S. Public Health Service to investigate means
of altering the course of skin cancer in mice.

The University of Tennessee College of Medicine
has received a $1,000,000 research grant for a
five-year study on the prevention of brain damage.
The grant was made by the National Institute of
Neurological Disease and Blindness of the U. S.
Public Health Service, and funds will be made avail-
able at the rate of $200,000 per year.

48

A SB Bulletin

sr

CIBRARY

The ASB

§EC 28 1964

new YORK

garden

^ _ _ _ _ pnTAMir.AL

BULLETIN

Volume 6, Number 4

October, 1 959

CONTENTS

Page

Association Affairs 50

The Highlands Biological Station 51

Should We Teach Human Evolution? 54

The AAAS Meeting, Chicago, Dec. 26-31, 1959 56

News of Biology in the Southeast 57

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

THE ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association
of Southeastern Biologists and is pub-
lished at Columbia, S. C., in January,
April, July and October. Letters, news
items, other contributions, and all com-
munications about editorial matters
should be addressed to the Editor,
U.S.P.H.S., P. O. Box 717, Columbia,
S. C. Changes of address should be sent
promptly to the Secretary of the ASB,
Dr. Harold J. Humra, Department of
Botany, Duke University, Durham, N. C.
Subscription orders from libraries and
other institutions should be sent to the
Business Manager, Dr. Elsie Quarter-
man, Department of Biology, Vanderbilt
University, Nashville, Tenn. Subscrip-
tion rate for non-members of ASB: $2.00
per year. Printing and typography by
the Cary Printing Company, Columbia,
S. C.

Geoffrey M. Jeffery
Editor

Harold J. Humm, Associate Editor
Elsie Quarterman, Business Manager

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida
State University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University
of Kentucky

Louisiana - — G. C. Kent, Jr., Louisiana
State University

Maryland — Wm. E. Bickley, University
of Maryland

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee,
Mississippi Southern College

North Carolina — T. W. Johnson, Jr.,
Duke University

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Win-
throp College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Roanoke
College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Officers of the ASB

President — Horton H. Hobbs, Univer-
sity of Virginia

Retiring President — Mary Esther Gaul-
den, Biology Division, ORNL

President-Elect — Victor A. Greulach,
University of North Carolina

Vice-President — Royal E. Shanks, Uni-
versity of Tennessee

Secretary — Harold J. Humm, Duke Uni-
versity

Treasurer — Elsie Quarterman, Vander-
bilt University

Executive Committee — William Burbanck,
Emory University: Eugene P. Odum,
University of Georgia; J. C. O’Kelley,
University of Alabama; D. C. Scott,
University of Georgia; Robert B.
Short, Florida State University; H.
E. Wheeler, Louisiana State Univer-
sity. All officers are ex officio mem-
bers of the Executive Committee.

1960 Annual Meeting

The next issue of the BULLE-
TIN (Volume 7, Number 1) will
carry the usual announcements
of the 1960 Annual Meeting of
the Association at Loyola Uni-
versity in New Orleans, Louisi-
ana. However, since this an-
nouncement generally proclaims
deadlines for the submission of
award nominations, papers for
presentation, et cetera, which
follow the receipt of the an-
nouncement rather closely, a few
reminders may be in order at this
early date. Members are urged
to be considering nominations
and applications for the Meritori-
ous Award for Teaching, the
Association Research Prize, the
Research Fellowship at Moun-
tain Lake, and the Goethe Travel
Awards for students. The dead-
line for papers for the program
cannot be set as yet, but is gen-
erally only about a month after
the announcement is received;
the Editor urges the members to
give some thought to these pa-
pers somewhat earlier, since it
appears to be necessary to adopt
a rather arbitrary attitude to-
ward acceptance of papers after
the deadline. The deadline is
usually set at the latest possible
time for ensuring the printing of
the issue containing the abstracts
prior to the meeting date.

The Program Committee for
the meeting now consists of the
following: Father John H. Mul-
lahy (Chairman), Dr. Walter G.
Moore, Miss Letitia Beard, Dr.
Harry D. Brown, Dr. Robert C.
Goss and Dr. Richard T. Jackson,
all of Loyola University; Dr.
Rosamond McMillan of L.S.U.
(New Orleans) ; Dr. George Penn
and Dr. Arthur Weldon of Tu-
lane University.

•

The BULLETIN

The Editor herewith completes
the first volume of the BULLE-
TIN with which he has been as-
sociated and is hopeful that it
approaches the standard of qual-
ity previously established by his
predecessor. Certainly any fail-
ure to do so cannot be due to
any lack of cooperation and as-
sistance of the officers and mem-
bers of the Association. The as-
sistance of the State Correspond-
ents and of the contributors of
feature articles is especially ap-
preciated.

The problem of feature arti-
cles is a particularly difficult

one for the Editor. We intend
to continue the series on Biologi-
cal Field Stations, including Ma-
rine Stations, similar to the one
on the Highlands Station appear-
ing in this issue, and have sev-
eral scheduled for subsequent is-
sues. However, it is hoped to
have other types of articles
which might be of interest to
members. These would include
points of view on various prob-
lems of interest to biologists,
technical articles of a general or
review nature, possible biograph-
ical sketches of biologists from
our area, description of biology
departments and studies at vari-
ous colleges and universities in
our area, and other subjects of
interest. Suggestions for these
articles are solicited, as are con-
tributors, from the membership
of the Association. All articles
submitted will be given consid-
eration by the Editor and by
consultants familiar with the
particular field. Restrictions as
to size exist; two to four pages
of the BULLETIN (about 2500
to 5000 words) is the usual
length acceptable, although
shorter and longer articles will
be considered. The Editor at all
times welcomes suggestions or
expressions of opinion from
members as to the content or or-
ganization of the BULLETIN.

•

State Correspondents

Beginning with the next issue
(Vol. 7, No. 1) the new corre-
spondent for North Carolina will
be Dr. William J. Koch, Botany
Department, University of North
Carolina. The Editor expresses
his appreciation to the former
correspondent, Dr. T. W. John-
son, Jr., and regrets that he finds
it necessary to resign. The job
of the state correspondents is a
difficult one and it is hoped that
all members will aid them by
sending them news items.

•

AIBS Meeting

The annual meetings of the
Biological Societies affiliated
with the American Institute of
Biological Sciences were held at
the Pennsylvania State Univer-
sity, August 30 to September 3.
A number of these meetings
were of interest to and attended
by ASB members. A total of 37
ASB members were listed as au-
thors of contributed papers in
the programs of 10 of the par-
ticipating societies.

50

ASB Bulletin

THE HIGHLANDS BIOLOGICAL STATION

Thelma Howell

Professor Howell’s association with the Highlands Biolog-
ical Station dates to 1938 when she began researches there on
the blood of plethodontid salamanders. In 19U6 she tvas made
Executive Director of the Station, serving in residence dur-
ing the summer months. In a special resolution of appre-
ciation passed by the Board of Trustees of the Station in
1958, Miss Hoivell was highly commended for her part in the
progress and development of the Station. In April 1959, Miss
Howell resigned as Professor of Biology, Chairman of the
Biology Department, and Chairman of the Division of Natural
Science and Mathematics at Wesleyan College in Macon,
Georgia, to become full-time, in-residence Executive Director
of the Highlands Biological Station. She holds the A.B. and
A.M. degrees from Duke University and is a member of Sig-
ma Xi. Her memberships in professional organizations in-
clude the ASB, the Academies of Science in Georgia, North
Carolina and Tennessee, the Society of Ichthyologists and
Herpetologists, Ecological Society, and others.

THE HIGHLANDS BIOLOGICAL STA-
TION is situated in the town of Highlands,
North Carolina, in the southwestern part
of the State near the South Carolina and
Georgia boundary lines. It is not in a val-
ley nor on a mountain but on a plateau of
several thousand acres, commonly called the
Highlands Plateau. The town itself is 3,823
feet at the town square, being the highest
incorporated town east of the Rockies. The
average elevation within the town limits is
4,119 feet. Some of the surrounding peaks
reach elevations of over 5,000 feet. A few
miles to the east of Highlands is the contin-
uation of the Blue Ridge; to the north are
the Cowee Mountains and beyond them the
Plott Balsams ; to the northwest are the
Great Smokies; and to the west the Nan-
tahalas.

The area available for those whose re-
searches bring them to the Highlands Bi-
ological Station is the southern section of
the Blue Ridge Province, commonly called
the Southern Appalachians. This area of-
fers more opportunities than any other com-
parable area in Eastern North America for
the student of bio-geography. The region
is one of great antiquity, for the Appa-
lachians represent an ancient land mass re-
peatedly raised into mountains and contin-
uously eroded before the newer Appalac-
hians were born. During periods of pene-
planation, the vast mountain area became a
refuge for plants and animals which were
unable to find suitable habitats on the vast
peneplain. As early as 1842 the great bo-
tanist, Asa Gray, called attention to many

of the rare plants of the area, and again in
1884 emphasized the age of the flora and
pointed out their Asiatic relationships. Re-
cent investigators have likewise directed at-
tention to many of the native species of
plants which are thought to represent sur-
vivals from early geologic time and to many
species and genera which have their near-
est relatives at the present time in eastern
Asia. Situated on the Blue Ridge Escarp-
ment, the Station affords access to the Pied-
mont as well as mountains, so that, within
a radius of 20 miles of the Station, one is
near Oak - Hickory - Pine, Oak - Chestnut,
Beech-Maple, Mixed Mesophytic, Hemlock-
Hardwood, and Spruce-Fir communities.

The Highlands area also includes such re-
markable escarpment gorges as those formed
by the Whitewater, Chattooga, Thompson,
Estatoe, Horsepasture, and Toxaway Rivers.
Here, studies in relict species can be made,
and these gorges harbor species which can-
not be found elsewhere. There is a wealth
of bird life and small mammals, while a-
mong the salamanders, insects, spiders, and
snails are many forms that do not occur
elsewhere, or are the unique southern repre-
sentatives of groups living far to the north.

A few examples of more recent research
problems conducted at the Station will in-
dicate the wide variety of problems that may
be pursued in the Southern Blue Ridge Pro-
vince. As a group of distinguished biolo-
gists who evaluated the Station for a nation-
al agency pointed out, the ruggedness of the
terrain of the mountainous region and its
comparative inaccessibility have so retard-

Vol. 6, No. 4, October 1959

51

ed biological exploration “that many years’
work lie ahead before biologists who work
in the area will be in a position to confine
their efforts to more intensive, long term
laboratory projects with full confidence that
the natural environment is adequately un-
derstood”. Some of the recent problems,
therefore, may be classified as field explo-
ration. Individuals working on the state
floras of the Carolinas, Georgia, and Ten-
nessee have used the Station as a base of op-
erations. This work has resulted in new
distributional records and the description
of new varieties and species. Taxonomic
problems and life history studies on the in-
sects have included such groups as the fun-
gus gnats, beetles, moths and butterflies,
caddisflies, stone flies, craneflies, and may-
flies. The ecological studies have been most
interesting. They have included studies of
the grass balds, and an investigation of the
ecotone between deciduous and boreal coni-
ferous forests. Some microclimatic studies
have been conducted in the Whitewater
Gorge. The most intensive work has been
done on the fungi, liverworts, mosses, sala-
manders, birds, and mammals. The prob-
lems in these groups have included taxo-
nomic, life history, and ecological studies.

In this day of almost frenzied attention
to the promotion of basic research and train-
ing in the sciences, the story of the founding
of the Highlands Biological Station over
thirty years ago is of great interest. The
parent organization of the Station was the
Highlands Museum of Natural History,
founded in 1927 for the purpose of preserv-
ing some of the private collections of the
first settlers of the region. Impressed with
the urgent need of promoting biological re-
search in the South, and realizing that the
Southern Appalachians offered unexcelled
opportunities for the student of bio-geo-
graphy, the Trustees of the Highlands Mu-
seum of Natural History invited the late Dr.
Edwin E. Reinke of Vanderbilt University
to serve as Director of the Museum for 1929.
Dr. Reinke was also charged with the re-
sponsibility of preparing a report on the ad-
visability of establishing a laboratory in
connection with the Museum. Dr. Reinke’s
formal report, “Report on the Necessity of
a Mountain Biological Research Station in
the South”, published in 1930, became Pub-
lication Number 1 of the Station.

As a result of the report, the Trustees of
the Museum sponsored a conference of bi-
ologists in Highlands from June 20-22, 1930,
for the purpose of discussing the feasibility

of establishing a biological station in the
Southern Appalachians. Those registered
for the conference and their institutions
were: Miss Laura Bragg, Director Charles-
ton Museum; E. B. Chamberlin, Charleston
Museum; E. G. Conklin, Princeton Univer-
sity; E. S. Hathaway, Tulane University;
L. R. Hesler, University of Tennessee; W. E.
Hoy, University of South Carolina; B. P.
Kaufman, University of Alabama; I. F.
Lewis, University of Virginia; Clifford
Pope, American Museum of Natural His-
tory; J. M. Reade, University of Georgia;
E. E. Reinke, Vanderbilt University; R. C.
Rhodes, Emory University; J. S. Rogers,
University of Florida. Mr. A. H. Howell
and Mr. F. S. Burleigh of the U. S. Biologi-
cal Survey were present on the last day of
the conference.

Out of the conference came a motion of-
fered by Dr. J. M. Reade that a committee
be appointed to recommend the proper pro-
cedure for establishing a biological station
in the Southern Appalachians. The motion
was passed unanimously and on this com-
mittee were appointed the following: Reade,
Hathaway, Hesler, Hoy, and Kaufman. This
committee recommended to the Trustees of
the Museum that incorporation of the “High-
lands Museum and Biological Laboratory”
under the laws of the state be effected im-
mediately. On July 31, 1930, the Highlands
Museum and Biological Laboratory was in-
corporated. On September 30, 1949, the
Charter was amended and the name of the
organization changed to THE HIGHLANDS
BIOLOGICAL STATION, INC.

The corporation purchased tracts of land
and Lake Ravenel (formerly called Linden-
wood Lake). In 1931 a laboratory was built
on the shore of the lake and dedicated as
The Sam T. Weyman Memorial Laboratory
Building. In 1940 there was constructed a
Museum of Natural History Building. This
building is a handsome and spacious stone
building. It is in this building that an ed-
ucational program for the layman is con-
ducted through exhibits, nature study class-
es for children, and an illustrated lecture
series for adults. Important collections of
the Museum include the Cleaveland Collec-
tion of local Cherokee artifacts and a por-
tion of the valuable Burnham S. Colburn
Collection of North Carolina Minerals.

A new research laboratory, made possible
by a grant from THE NATIONAL
SCIENCE FOUNDATION, was completed
in May 1958. It is named for the late distin-

52

ASB Bulletin

guished botanist, William Chambers Coker,
a former Station president and director.
The Coker Building contains research cubi-
cles for 18 investigators, the Reinke Li-
brary, executive offices, plant drying room,
and store room. Central heating permits
use of the laboratory throughout the year.
The original laboratory building was re-
modeled in 1958 and converted into a dining
hall which will seat 50 people. The kitchen
is furnished with the most modern equip-
ment.

Four cottages are available for housing
of investigators. The Illges Cottage con-
tains a living room with fireplace, five bed-
rooms, and two baths. In 1958, through a
grant from the NATIONAL SCIENCE
FOUNDATION, three cottages were built:
the Henry M. Wright Cottage, the Warren
McAllister Deacon Cottage, and the Margar-
et Cannon Howell Cottage. The last named
cottage has central heating, permitting use
throughout the year.

In addition to the land surrounding the
lake, approximately six miles from town the
Station owns the Margaret Cannon Howell
Wildlife Refuge, an undisturbed tract of pri-
meval forest, given the Station in 1948 by
Mrs. Clark Howell, Senior, of Highlands and
Atlanta, Georgia. In 1954, Mrs. W. C. Co-
ker, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, gave the
Station the William Chambers Coker Rho-
dodendron Trail in memory of her husband.

The corporate powers of the Station are
vested in a Board of Trustees. Twenty
members of the Board are divided into four
classes of five members, with staggered
terms of four years. The President, Vice-
President, the Treasurer, and the Executive
Director are trustees ex officio. In addition,
there are Honorary Trustees, individuals
who may be elected from the Board of Trus-
tees after having attained the age of seventy
years. The President, Vice-President, and
Executive Director must be biologists. At
the present time, twelve additional biologists
are serving on the Board of Trustees.

The Administrative Body of the Station
is a Board of Managers composed of a re-
presentative of each of the Subscribing In-
stitutional Members, the Executive Director,
and the President of the Corporation who is
a member ex officio. The Board of Mana-
gers, subject to the approval of the Board of
Trustees, formulates the research and edu-
cational programs of the Station, recom-
mends to the Board of Trustees the members
of the staff, recommends a yearly budget,

extends Subscribing Institutions Member-
ships, and awards research grants-in-aid.
Currently, the Subscribing Institutional
Members are, in the order of their applica-
tions and election to membership: Vander-
bilt University, University of North Caro-
lina, Duke University, Wesleyan College,
University of Georgia, University of Ten-
nessee, North Carolina State College, Uni-
versity of Florida, Florida State University,
and Emory University. Biologists serving
in official capacities at the Station are: Le-
land Shanor, President ; H. J. Oosting, Vice-
President; Thelma Howell, Executive Direc-
tor; Board of Trustees: H. L. Blomquist,
Lewis Anderson, H. R. Totten, A. J. Sharp,
Elon E. Byrd, J. W. Hardin, R. B. Platt,

J. R. Bailey, Warren McA. Deacon, Lewis
Berner; Board of Managers: J. R. Bailey,
Warren McA. Deacon, Lewis Berner, Robert

K. Godfrey, James W. Hardin, Lillian M.
Cowie, Eugene P. Odum, W. D. Burbanck,
Royal Shanks, H. R. Totten.

At the Annual Meeting of the Corporation
on June 28, 1959, President Leland Shanor
made several announcements which reflect
continued progress of the Station. On be-
half of the Board of Trustees, he stated that
the Station would be open throughout the
year with the Executive Director serving on
a year-round, full time basis. Dr. Shanor
also reported that the North Carolina Gen-
eral Assembly had appropriated $7,500 to
the Station in recognition of the important
role the Station plays in higher education in
North Carolina. Another important an-
nouncement was that 15 biologists had work-
ed at the Station for varying lengths of time
during the past year on grants other than
those provided by the Station from funds it
received from the National Science Founda-
tion. Agencies which supported the work
of the investigators indicated above includ-
ed the American Philosophical Society, the
National Institutes of Health, the Atomic
Energy Commission, the National Science
Foundation, and the institutions which the
investigators represented.

The spirit which motivated the founding
of the Station lives today. The principle
upon which it was organized — primarily for
investigation and dissemination of know-
ledge—has proved to be a sound one. In the
years to come the path will be the same,
modified to meet new conditions as they a-
rise. The Station will continue its role of
distinguished service as a regional biologi-
cal research station in the Southern Appa-
lachians.

Vol. 6, No. 4, October 1959

53

SHOULD WE TEACH HUMAN EVOLUTION?

Arthur W. Jones

Dr. Jones received the B.A. (1931+), the LL.B. (1936), the
M.A. (191+1) and the Ph.D. (191+3) degrees from the Univer-
sity of Virginia. He served as Assistant Professor of Bi-
ology at Southwestern University, 191+3-1+5, and since 191+5
has been Associate Professor of Zoology at the University
of Tennessee. Since 1953 he has been Principal Investigator
in an A.E.C. Contract to study effects of radiation on host-
parasite relationships. During the recent summer Dr. Jones
has taken charge of the National Science Foundation Under-
graduate Research Participation Program at the University
of Tennessee. He is a member of a number of professional
societies, including the American Society of Parasitologists,
the National Association of Biology Teachers, the Society for
the Study of Evolution, and the ASB, of which he is the re-
tiring Treasurer. Dr. Jones’ interests are much broader than
those obvious from his more than 30 publications, most of
which concern cestodes and other parasites, and include much
interest and activity in community problems ( especially ed-
ucation and human relations) , church work and work with
student organizations. The accompanying article was prompt-
ed by a desire for at least passing observance of the Darwin-
ian Centennial; it represents a point of view for which the
author must take credit, but which the BULLETIN is glad
to present for the readers’ consideration.

In 1871 Darwin wrote that although the
fossil evidence for the descent of man was
as yet scanty, the indirect evidence — com-
parative anatomy, human variability and
embryology — “declare in the plainest man-
ner, that man is descended from some lower
form — .” Since Darwin’s time, fossil evi-
dence has come to light which connects mo-
dern man through a dated series of preced-
ing forms with ancestral primates which
gave rise to man and apes (Clark, 1959).
This evidence completes in a satisfactory
way the data that Darwin lacked. Man is
descended from some lower form.

This fact is now unquestioned by biolo-
gists. Yet it is not taught, or is still re-
ferred to as a theory or hypothesis, in high
school and even college biology courses in
many parts of the United States. Why is
the teaching of human evolution neglected
and suppressed? Riddle (1955) has written
a long, well-documented answer. Very brief-
ly, the teaching of evolution is suppressed
because evolutionary thinking is considered
offensive, sacrilegious and dangerous to cus-
tom.

Offensively, this teaching questions the
characteristically human idea that man has
a special place in nature, apart from all
other living things. Just as each remote
tribe calls itself “the people”, and despises

“the others”, strangers and enemies, as dif-
ferent and inferior, so the human animal
himself exhibits prejudice that sets his spe-
cies apart and makes man the self-styled
apex of creation. Recognizing our kinship
with the other animals would be like a re-
spectable family’s recognizing kinship with
criminals or paupers; poor relations are, if
possible, disowned. It offends our human
family pride to call attention to man’s un-
couth relations or undistinguished ancestors.

Sacrilegiously, evolutionary thinking
questions the divine origin of man and the
divinely ordered laws which the Bible gives
for man’s eternal governance. And this sac-
rilege extends, necessarily, to all the frag-
ments of theological doctrine ; each sect, each
chosen people, cannot easily justify its pe-
culiar rightness against the background of
a common animal origin for all mankind. By
substituting history for eternity in the hu-
man past, evolution insists upon the reality
of change, and questions deeply the cherish-
ed belief in the permanence of revealed
truth.

Dangerously, evolutionary thinking chal-
lenges not only the permanence of religious
ideas but also the value of established cus-
tom. The origin of man has involved a very
large number of chance events, through
which a particular animal acquired the bi-

54

ASB Bulletin

ological equipment to achieve culture. Cul-
ture has painfully developed through ages of
trial, conflict, and synthesis. This fact ex-
poses the absurdity of pretending that pre-
sent truth is final, or that any human in-
stitution is either permanent or perfect. Ev-
olutionary thinking is revolutionary.

Thus evolution is seen as a radical doc-
trine, unpopular, dangerous, and subversive.
Most teachers, understandably, hesitate to
teach the facts of human evolution, since by
doing so they would antagonize the more
powerful forces in society, and would risk
the loss of their jobs. Yet some teachers
have always come forward, risking unpopu-
larity or dismissal, to teach a fact they be-
lieve is important, a truth that holds value
for pupils and their society.

Is the evolution of man this kind of truth,
a fact worth teaching even at some risk?

The arguments against teaching evolution
deny that it has value. These arguments are
emotionally based on the unpopularity of
evolutionary ideas; their content, however,
may appear to be rational.

For example, some argue that knowledge
of the descent of man destroys human Faith.
Faith in a Creator whose special plan is for
man — ~ his sin and his salvation — seems
incompatible with the fact that man de-
scended, imperceptibly becoming human
through millions of years, from non-human
ancestors. Faith in the Bible as a literal de-
scription of the nature of God and of the ori-
gin of man would indeed be shaken by an
understanding of human evolution. If faith
in a personal or tribal God, and faith in the
literal meaning of the Bible would be de-
stroyed by the knowledge of human evolu-
tion, it is argued that this knowledge should
be withheld or suppressed.

Somewhat less naively, some insist that
the effect of teaching the facts of human
evolution would be to encourage a material-
istic view of the world and man. The story
of man’s origin from lower animals seems
to devalue the human spirit, in this view,
since man’s descent implies that man is
merely an animal. As an animal, it is said,
man cannot have conscience or soul, a sense
either of sin or of responsibility. A simple
ethic of material well-being would be justi-
fied as “rational” to man. Spirit, and ideal-
istic yearnings, would be foreign to his ani-
mal nature. “Godless Communism” would
fulfill whatever dreams the human animal
might have.

If the above arguments, and others like
them, are valid, then indeed the descent of
man (like certain facts about the worst in
human nature, demonic and psychopathic
acts in historic times, the evils of man’s na-
ture revealed in crude pornography or ele-
gant perversions) should be concealed from
view. The “Origin of Species”, with a hun-
dred other works on evolution, should be
kept in locked library rooms, with the writ-
ings of the Marquis de Sade and Edmund
Wilson. Human evolution would seem a fact
too strong for the childish mind, too danger-
ous for the common man.

But the arguments sampled above, that
say human evolution destroys faith, encour-
ages materialism, and devalues Man, are not
valid. They can be easily answered.

Every important discovery destroys a cer-
tain kind of faith. Although faith, “the evi-
dence of things unseen”, may rest upon deep
human need, springing as it does from fear
of the unknown and from the hopeful poetry
of prophetic souls, still it cannot stand
against the evidence of fact clearly estab-
lished. Faith that attempts to stand against
reason can do little good, even for those
whom it apparently nourishes and comforts.
Those who cling in fear and ignorance to su-
perstitious beliefs are weaker than they need
to be. One of the great values of scientific
discovery is that such discovery removes
some of the need for superstition, cures some
of the sickness of man’s ignorance and fear.
The faith that cannot stand in the light of
scientific truth is best destroyed.

Evolution encourages another kind of
faith. That man is part of the Universe,
by his history as well as by his presence;
that man shares with all living things a real
relationship ; that the world, with other
worlds in which life probably arose, is much
greater than man, who is yet a part of it;
these ideas are close to the perennial phi-
losophy that ennobles all religion, the great
thought that man and God are in some man-
ner one. Also, the fact of man’s emergence
from the distant time of his animal origin
lends hope that is like the hope of resurrec-
tion ; the promise of man’s future is worthy
of great faith indeed. If faith in a universal
God, and faith in a human future where the
dreams of poets and prophets may be real-
ized, are valid substitutes for parochial be-
liefs the literal meaning of which is shaken
by evolutionary truth, then the effect of
teaching evolution is to encourage Faith, not
to destroy it.

Vol. 6, No. 4, October 1959

55

Is the effect of teaching evolution to en-
courage materialism? In the first place, ma-
terialism has had so much encouragement
already that it is hard to see how one could
encourage it more. Materialism is the ethic of
Americans (and doubtless of Russians, Eng-
lishmen, and any other Western man one
might name). The belief in goods, the wor-
ship of prosperity, the faith in material
achievement by science and industry — these
are American ideals, much as philosophers
may wish otherwise. If a scientific truth is
opposed because it encourages materialism,
the American Way of Life itself should be
opposed. And materialism is not necessarily
bad. Galbraith (1959) has suggested that
the proper use of prosperity is for human
good ; this is the new economic responsibility.
Supporting this economic idea with great
force is the evolutionary truth of man’s
emergence from his animal origin. Man has
inherited, biologically, the brains to plan for
his future. His cultural inheritance, includ-
ing a knowledge of economics, makes it pos-
sible for him to use wealth for his own bene-
fit. Whether the use will in fact be harmful
or beneficial depends on man himself, not
upon a set of unchanging laws, whether
Biblical or Economic. Evolutionary thought,
the knowledge of the descent of man, thus
makes it reasonable for man to control and
direct the material wealth that he himself
has created.

Responsibility for economic destiny is not
the only responsibility placed on the shoul-
ders of modern man by the fact of his de-
scent. It is the peculiar value of evolutionary
thinking that it leads to a view of man which
implies general responsibility — for the use

of wealth, for the control of population, for
peace, for education, in short for the future
itself. Man evolved, together with the whole
world of living things. But man alone has
the brain and hands that make culture pos-
sible; culture is, and continues to be the
product of human nature.

Why teach the evolution of man? No teach-
ing can be more valuable, in these most trou-
bled times, than the idea of man’s responsi-
bility, the duty and burden and crown he as-
sumed when he became human during the
evolutionary ages. Defenders of old and or-
thodox beliefs try to obscure, belittle and
deny this truth. Beneficiaries of conserva-
tive and established political or economic
structures fear the effect of evolutionary
thought upon their vested interest. These
actions and attitudes are understandable, but
they lie across the path of human progress.
If mankind is to emerge from the present age
of terrible potentialities, neither sinking into
a sub-human misery after nuclear war, nor
settling into a rigid pattern of controlled and
regimented behavior (due to the mutual
imitation which great rival systems even
now engage in), then we must recognize and
use the power that evolution has given us.
We must teach human evolution, in order
that humanity may survive.

REFERENCES

Clark, W. E. LeGros, 1959, The Crucial Evidence
for Human Evolution (Penrose Memorial Lecture),
Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 103 (2) :159-172.

Galbraith, John K., 1959, The Affluent Society,
Houghton Mifflin, New York.

Riddle, Oscar, 1955, The Unleashing of Evolu-
tionary Thought, Vantage Press, New York.

THE AAAS MEETING, CHICAGO, DEC. 26-31, 1959

The 126th meeting of the American As-
sociation for the Advancement of Science
will include sessions of 18 AAAS sections
and of some 83 participating organizations.
Many of the sections and organizations will
have programs of contributed papers, but
the emphasis again will be on symposia
sponsored or cosponsored by various socie-
ties and sections, featuring discussions of
subjects of current interest and importance
by leading authorities in the various fields.
Some of the symposia of particular interest
to biologists are as follows:

1. Moving Frontiers of Science IV. De-
cember 26 and 27. A general sym-
posium sponsored by the AAAS.

2. A symposium sponsored by the AAAS
Committee on Science and the Promo-
tion of Human Welfare. December 30.

3. Biochemistry of the Collagen. Spon-
sored by Section C (Chemistry) and
arranged by Sidney Udenfriend.

4. Unsolved Problems in Biology. De-
cember 28 and 29 ; cosponsored by Sec-
tion F (Zoological Sciences) and Sec-
tion G (Botanical Sciences) ; princi-
pally on the cell and genetics; arrang-
ed by Norman G. Anderson and Barry
Commoner.

5. The Impact of Electron Microscopy on
Biology. Cosponsored by Section F

56

ASB Bulletin

(Zoological Sciences) and the Argonne
National Laboratory; arranged by E.
L. Powers.

6. Aging Facts and Theories. December
29 and 30; cosponsored by Section N
(Medical Sciences), Gerontological So-
ciety, and others; arranged by N. W.
Shock.

7. Germ Plasm Resources in Agriculture :
Development and Protection. Decem-
ber 28-31; cosponsored by Section 0
(Agriculture), Genetics Society of
America, American Society for Hor-
ticultural Science, and others; arrang-
ed by R. E. Hodgson.

8. Space Medicine III. December 28 ; co-
sponsored by American Physiological
Society and the American Astronauti-
cal Society ; arranged by Fred A.
Hitchcock.

9. The Roots of Behavior. December 28
and 29; sponsored by the American
Psychiatric Association; arranged by
Eugene L. Bliss.

10. Interactions in Nature. December 27
and 28; cosponsored by the Ecological

NEWS OF BIOLOGY

About People

Dr. Ruth S. Breen of the Department of Biologi-
cal Sciences, Florida State University, has been
elected chairman for 1959-60 of the Southeastern
Section of the American Botanical Society.

Dr. Alvin Wagner, who received his Ph.D. degree
in Zoology from Florida State University in Au-
gust, is now at Harvard University as a U. S. Pub-
lic Health Service post-doctoral fellow where he is
working with Dr. Thomas Weller. At Florida State,
Dr. Wagner studied under Dr. Robert B. Short,
Department of Biological Sciences.

Dr. Anne Pates of the Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, has been elected
a member of the Board of Directors of the Florida
Society of Medical Technologists.

Dr. William D. Fisher, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, was a summer
research participant with the Biological Division,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, working on nucleo-
proteins and nucleic acids.

Dr. George W. Keitt, Jr., from the University of
Michigan, and Dr. Relis B. Brown, from Vanderbilt
University, have joined the staff of the Department
of Biological Sciences, Florida State University.
Dr. Keitt, a plant physiologist, will be Assistant
Professor in the Division of Botany; Dr. Brown,
Associate Professor in the Division of Zoology,

Dr. Maxwell Mozell, who received his Ph.D. from
Brown University, has National Institutes of Health
post-doctoral fellowship, studying with Dr. Lloyd

Society of America and the American
Society of Limnology and Oceanogra-
phy ; arranged by Arthur D. Hasler.

11. Physiology of Reproduction in Birds.
December 30 and 31 ; sponsored by the
Chicago Academy of Sciences ; arrang-
ed by Richard A. Edgren.

12. Dune Ecology. December 29 ; spon-
sored by the Ecological Society of
America; arranged by Jerry S. Olson.

13. Speciation and Raciation in Caverni-
coles. December 28; sponsored by the
National Speliological Society; arrang-
ed by Thomas C. Barr, Jr.

Other symposia of interest will be pre-
sented by the Mycological Society of Amer-
ica, The American Society of Plant Taxono-
mists, and the American Association of Clin-
ical Chemists.

The AAAS Annual Exposition of Science
and Industry (about 100 booths) and the
AAAS Science Theater, with recent foreign
and domestic films, will be prominent fea-
tures of the meeting. The usual Biologists
Smoker for all registrants will be held dur-
ing the evening of December 30.

IN THE SOUTHEAST

M. Beidler at the Department of Biological Sci-
ences, Florida State University.

New appointments in the Biology department of
Furman University include Dr. Julian T. Darling-
ton, Professor, and Dr. G. Thomas Riggin, Jr., As-
sistant Professor. The special field of interest of
both of these staff members is invertebrate zoology.

Dr. Kathleen D. Wyant has left the University of
Tennessee where she has been Research Associate
in Parasitology to accept a position as Assistant
Professor of Biology at the Florence center of the
University of South Carolina.

Madison E. Pryor, graduate student in Entomol-
ogy at the University of Tennessee, has begun a
study of insect life at the South Pole with the newly
completed U. S. Antarctic Biological Research Lab-
oratory as his home base. He is a member of the
expedition financed by the National Science Foun-
dation to study plant and animal life at the South
Pole. Mr. Pryor’s work is under the direction of
Dr. A. C. Cole, Professor of Entomology at U. T.
and director of the N. S. F. survey of land inverte-
brates in Antarctica.

New members of the staff of the Biology Division
of the Oak Ridge National Laboratory include the
following: Mitzi L. Gwyn (Biophysics Group), a
graduate of Memphis State University; Cynthia K.
Myers (Chemical Protection and Proteolytic Enzyme
Studies Group), from Peabody College, Nashville,
Tennessee; Mary Lou Rekemeyer (Drosophila Cyt-
ology and Genetics Group), University of Tennes-
see; Catherine C. Hyde (Cytology and Genetics

Vol. 6, No. 4, October 1959

57

Group) a graduate of Louisiana State University;
Dr. Peter Mazur (Cell Physiology Group), a grad-
uate in Biology from Harvard University, and for-
merly with the Department of Biology, Princeton
University; Dr. Carl J. Wust (Enzymology Group),
a graduate in Microbiology from Indiana Univer-
sity; and Dr. Rusty J. Mans (Enzymology Group),
a graduate in Biochemistry from the University of
Florida.

Dr. B. Theodore Cole, Associate Professor of
Zoology, Louisiana State University, has joined the
staff of the Cell Physiology Group, ORNL, for a
period of one year as a Research Participant.

Dora M. Furr has joined the Plant Physiology
and Photosynthesis Group, ORNL, as an ORINS
Postdoctoral Fellow. Mrs. Furr has been doing
graduate work at Duke University for the past
year.

D rs. Michael A. Bender and John S. Kirby-Smith,

Biology Division, ORNL, presented papers at the
Symposium on Intermediate and Low Level Effects
of Ionizing Radiations in Venice, Italy, June 21-27.
Dr. Alexander Hollaender, ORNL, was a member of
the Organizing Committee of this Symposium and
served as Chairman of the first session. While in
Europe Dr. Hollaender visited a number of labora-
tories and, as President of the Comite International
de Photobiologie, attended a meeting of the Exec-
utive Committee in Copenhagen to make plans for
the Third International Congress of Photobiology
which will be held in Copenhagen in 1960.

Drs. William L. and Liane B. Russell attended
and presented papers at the Symposium in Venice,
June 21-27 and the Ninth International Congress
of Radiology in Munich July 23-30. While in Eu-
rope they visited universities in Rome, Edinburgh,
Glasgow, Vienna and London.

Drs. Alexander Hollaender and Charles C. Cong-
don attended the XXI International Congress of
Physiological Sciences in Buenos Aires, August
9-15. Dr. Hollaender was Chairman of the Sym-
posium on Radiation Protection and Recovery.

Dr. R.C. von Borstel, Biology Division, ORNL, left
in September for a one year stay in Italy. He has
been awarded a National Science Foundation Senior
Postdoctoral Fellowship for research and study at
the Instituto di Genetica, Universita di Pavia, Pavia,
Italy. He also plans to spend some time at the Sta-
zione Zoologica, Naples.

Leaving the Biology Division, ORNL, are Captain
James A. Sproul, Jr., Pathology and Physiology
Section, who has been assigned to the School of
Aviation Medicine, Brooks AFB, Texas, and Dr.
Richard A. Goff, Mammalian Genetics and Develop-
ment Section, who returns to the University of
Oklahoma after serving as a Research Participant.

Dr. Paul J. Kramer, Duke University, has been
elected Vice-President of the Botanical Society of
America.

Dr. Joseph R. Bailey, Duke University, and Dr.
James W. Hardin, North Carolina State College,
have been elected to the Board of Trustees of the
Highlands Biological Station.

Dr. John Allen Boole, Jr., Professor of Biology
at Georgia Teachers College, participated in the
National Science Foundation sponsored botany con-
ference held at the University of North Carolina,
July 27 - August 14.

Dr. Samuel L. Meyer, President of the ASB in
1948-49 and now the Academic Vice-President of

the College of the Pacific, Stockton, California,
was named the outstanding faculty member of the
academic year 1958-59 by the Pacific Student As-
sociation at the Awards Convocation on May 28,
1959. As the recipient of the Tully C. Knoles
plaque, Dr. Meyer became the first first-year fac-
ulty member to be so honored.

Dr. George H. Bick, Associate Professor of Biol-
ogy at Southwestern Louisiana Institute, has re-
signed to accept a position as Professor of Biology
at Clarion State College, Clarion, Pennsylvania.

New members of the staff of the Department of
Biology, West Virginia University, for the 1959-60
term are Robert J. Tolbert (Botany), Leah Ann
Williams (Comparative Anatomy) and Arnold Ben-
son (Aquatic Biology).

Dr. William E. Werner, Jr., Department of Bi-
ology, Blackburn College, Carlinville, Illinois, was
a visiting professor for the summer term at West
Virginia University.

Dr. J. T. Penney has been appointed head of the
Department of Biology at the University of South
Carolina.

New staff members in the Department of Biology
at the University of South Carolina include Dr.
John M. Herr, Jr., Assistant Professor, and Dr.
Eric F. Thompson, Instructor.

Dr. Martin D. Young, U. S. Public Health Ser-
vice, Columbia, S. C., has been named Editor
pro tem of the American Journal of Tropical Medi-
cine and Hygiene. Dr. Young, formerly Chairman
of the Editorial Board, will fill the position until
a successor is appointed to replace the Editor, Dr.
Martin Frobisher, who resigned because of illness.

Among Bryologists who have been in residence
at the Highlands Biological Station to work with
Dr. Henry S. Conrad are: Dr. F. J. Hermann,
U.S.D.A., Beltsville; Dr. F. J. Hilferty, State Teach-
ers College, Bridgewater, Massachusetts; Mr. Rob-
ert E. Ireland, Smithsonian Institution.

The Department of Zoology at Louisiana State
University announces the following additional fac-
ulty: Dr. Beryl Franklin, from Del Mar College;
Dr. Mark Goldie, embryology, from Brown Univer-
sity; Dr. Robert A. Norris, ecology, from Tulane
University; Dr. Shanta V. Iyengar Ellis, genetics,
from Texas University for Women.

Blanche Jackson, Department of Zoology at LSU,
was a Research Associate in the Division of Biology
and Medicine at the Argonne National Laboratory
this past summer.

Dr. Aaron Seamster, formerly at Del Mar College,
has joined the faculty in Biology at Northeast State
College, Monroe, Louisiana.

George H. Lowery, Director of the Museum of
Natural Science at LSU, has been elected 27th
president of the American Ornithologists’ Union.

Dr. Kenneth O. Phifer, a recent graduate of the
Johns Hopkins University School of Hygiene and
Public Health, has been commissioned in the U. S.
Public Health Service and has joined the staff of
the Laboratory of Parasite Chemotherapy in Colum-
bia, S. C. Dr. Phifer’s field of interest is in para-
site physiology.

Dr. Dietrich Bodenstein of the Gerontology
Branch of the Baltimore City Hospital will assume
the Chairmanship of the Department of Biology,
University of Virginia in February. Dr. Horton H.
Hobbs, Jr., is presently serving as Acting Chairman.

58

ASB Bulletin

Dr. James H. Starling, Professor of Biology,
Washington and Lee University, served as Consult-
ant in a National Science Foundation sponsored Sci-
ence Institute at Appalachian State Teachers Col-
lege in July. Later, he attended as a participant the
N.S.F. sponsored Botany Conference held at the
University of North Carolina.

Dr. Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Professor of Biology,
Roanoke College, has been appointed Head of the
Department of Biology.

The following appointments have been made in
the Biology Department of Emory and Henry Col-
lege: Dr. Jack S. Brown, Chairman and Professor;
Dr. Te-Hsui Ma, Assistant Professor; and Mr. Alvin
Ciccone, Assistant in Biology.

The following persons have recently joined the
research staff of the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory:
Dr. E. B. Joseph, formerly with Birmingham-South-
ern College, Head of the Ichthyology Research Sec-
tion; Dr. Bernard L. Patten, formerly of Rutgers
University, will study the plankton of Chesapeake
Bay; Mr. John J. Norcross, formerly with Michigan
State University, will work on fishes of Chesapeake
Bay; and Mr. H. D. Hoese, formerly with the Texas
Fish and Game Commission, will study population
problems of Atlantic Ocean oysters.

Dr. Edwin M. Weller, Biology Department, Ran-
dolph-Maeon Woman’s College, has resigned to ac-
cept a position with the Utah Medical College.

Dr. Paul A. Walker, Department of Biology, Ran-
dolph-Macon Woman’s College, attended a National
Science Foundation sponsored Conference of Re-
cent Advances in Genetics, held at Cold Spring
Harbor Biological Laboratories August 2 through
August 22.

Mr. James E. Perham has been appointed Assist-
ant Professor of Biology, Randolph-Maeon Woman’s
College. He received the M.S. degree from North-
western University and has completed requirements
for the Ph.D. degree at Florida State University.

Mr. A. Randolph Shields, Assistant Professor of
Biology, Roanoke College, will be the principle In-
structor in a National Science Foundation spon-
sored In-Service Institute to be offered through the
Roanoke Extension of the University of Virginia.
Dr. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., University of Virginia,
is the Director of the Institute, which will meet in
the Biological Laboratories of Roanoke College.

Effective January 1, I960, Dr. William R. Jen-
kins, presently Assistant Professor, Department of
Botany, University of Maryland, will accept a posi-
tion as Associate Professor, Department of Ento-
mology, Rutgers University. He will direct the work
in nematology in teaching and research at Rutgers.

Dr. Lorin R. Krusberg will replace Dr. Jenkins at
the University of Maryland. Dr. Krusberg is a
graduate of the University of Delaware and N. C.
State College. He is presently located at the
Rothamsted Experimental Station, Harpenden,
Herts., England, where he has been working on a
one-year Post-Doctorate National Science Founda-
tion Fellowship.

During the past year two new assistant profes-
sors have been added to the staff of the Department
of Zoology, University of Maryland. They are Dr.
Harris J. Linder who specializes in Invertebrate
Zoology and Dr. Raymond G. Stress who specializes
in Ecology.

Dr. William Burbanck of the Biology Depart-
ment at Emory University attended the XIV Inter-
national Limnological Congress in Vienna in Au-

gust. He received a travel award from the Am. Soc.
of Limnology and Oceanography to attend this Con-
gress.

Dr. William Burbanck, Emory University, had
the opportunity to do some special work on his
Cyathura problem this summer when he investi-
gated the estuaries near Plymouth, England, and of
South Harbor, Copenhagen.

Dr. William H. Murdy has joined the Biology De-
partment at Emory University as an instructor in
Botany. He comes from Washington University in
St. Louis.

Mr. William Brillhart has received a grant from
the National Science Foundation to continue his
graduate studies for his Ph.D. He is working at
Emory University and is not teaching this fall.

Dr. Ranald A. Pursell has left the Department
of Botany, University of Tennessee, to accept a po-
sition at the Penn State School of Forestry at Mont
Alto, Pennsylvania,

Dr. Sinske Hattori, Japan’s leading hepaticologist,
of Nichinan, Miyazaki, spent most of September,
1959, at the University of Tennessee collecting he-
patics in the Southern Appalachians and exchang-
ing ideas with the staff.

New staff members of the Botany Department
of the University of Tennessee include: Dr. Donald
Foard from North Carolina State College, who has
been appointed Assistant Professor; Dr. Raymond
Hatcher from the University of Cincinnati, Instruc-
tor; and Mr. Dan Morris, Instructor.

Institutions and Organizations

A new $1,150,000 Animal Science Building on
the Agricultural Campus at the University of Ten-
nessee, Knoxville, was dedicated July 9, with Gov-
ernor Buford Ellington and President 0. S. Wil-
liam of Oklahoma State University as principal
speakers.

The University of Texas Board of Regents, fol-
lowing action by the Legislature, have authorized
construction and appropriated $250,000 for a re-
search building at the Institute of Marine Science,
Port Aransas, Texas.

The University of South Florida is being built
and organized at Tampa; the first class is planned
for September of 1960.

The Virginia Fisheries Laboratory and the Col-
lege of William and Mary have cooperated in estab-
lishing the Department of Marine Science of the
College. The faculty is as follows: Head of the De-
partment — W. J. Hargis, Jr., Ph.D., Director of
the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory; Professors —
J. D. Andrews, Ph.D., and W. J. Hargis, Jr.; As-
sociate Professors — M. L. Brehemer, Ph.D., D. S.
Haven, M.A., E. B. Joseph, Ph.D., B. L. Patten,
Ph.D., W. A. VanEnget, Ph.M., and J. L. Wood,
Ph.D. ; Assistant Professor - — R. S. Bailey, M.A. ;
and Lecturers — W. H. Massmann, M.A., and J. J.
Norcross, M.S.

The Virginia Fisheries Laboratory announces the
establishment of its Eastern Shore Branch in tem-
porary quarters at Wachapreaque on the Virginia
peninsula. It is hoped that permanent quarters
will be made available to the Laboratory and the
College of William and Mary in the near future.

Randolph-Macon Woman’s College held its second
annual National Science Foundation sponsored In-
stitute for Secondary School Teachers of Science
and Mathematics, with 67 participants from widely
scattered areas in the United States. Dr. Paul A.

Vol. 6, No. 4, October 1959

59

Walker, Department of Biology, again served as
Director, with Dr. Franklin F. Flint and Dr. Edwin
M. Weller of the same Department participating.

The Laboratory Experiments subcommittee of the
Education Committee of the American Physiologi-
cal Society has just completed the preparation of a
list of about 35 experiments for use in the labora-
tory of General Physiology at the junior-senior
level. The list gives the title of the individual ex-
periments along with a short abstract describing
the contents, and is being circulated widely among
college departments of Biology by Dr. Ray Daggs,
secretary of the APS. The experiments have been
tested in the laboratory, revised, and in many cases
completely rewritten by the subcommittee under
the chairmanship of Samuel R. Tipton. The de-
tailed procedures will be made available shortly at
a nominal cost and may be obtained from Dr. Daggs
on request by title accompanied by appropriate
funds to cover the cost. Further inquiries should
be directed to Dr. Ray Daggs, Executive Secretary,
The American Physiological Society, 9650 Wiscon-
sin Ave., Washington 14, D. C.

Grants in Aid

The following grants have been awarded to mem-
bers of the Department of Biological Sciences,
Florida State University, Tallahassee, Florida:

Dr. Ruth S. Breen, a grant of $7,100 from the
National Science Foundation in support of comple-
tion of a manual, An Illustrated Guide to the
Mosses of Florida; Dr. A. W. Ziegler, an additional
grant of $10,700 from the National Science Foun-
dation toward a study of the effects of tempera-
ture on the distribution of non-saprolegniaceous
aquatic fungi; Dr. A. Gib DeBusk, a two-year
grant of $40,000 from the U. S. Air Force for a
study of the genetics of space radiation; Dr. Adrian
W. Poitras, a grant from the Florida State Univer-
sity Research Council for investigations on aquatic
ascomycetes; Dr. Dexter M. Easton, a year’s re-
newal, grant of $11,500 from the U. S. Public
Health Service for investigations on spinal motor-
neuron intracellular potentials; Dr. John Davison,
a three year grant of $11,000 from the U. S. Public
Health Service for studies on the form of the ellip-
tical red blood cells; Dr. Harry Lipner, a renewal
grant of $6,800 from the U. S. Public Health Ser-
vice for work on the effect of hormones on minimal
content of tissues; Dr. Lloyd M. Beidler, a three
year grant from the National Institutes of Health
of $145,800 for a Sensory Physiology Post-doctoral
Training Program.

Drs. Charles Norman and Erwin Goldberg of the
Department of Biology, West Virginia University,
have received a grant of $39,221 from the U. S.
Public Health Service for a two-year investigation
of the life and aging processes of living cells.

Roy B. Clarkson, Instructor in Biology at West
Virginia University, was awarded an NSF Summer
Fellowship in support of his investigations of the
flora of the Monongahela National Forest.

Dr. Robert L. Amy, Associate Professor of Biol-
ogy, Southwestern at Memphis, has been renamed
principal investigator for a U. S. Public Health Ser-
vice research grant ($20,000 — three years)
awarded to the Southwestern Research Institute.

Southwestern at Memphis recently received a
grant from the National Science Foundation to sup-
port an undergraduate research participation pro-
gram.

Dr. Burton J. Bogitsh, Associate Professor of
Biology at Georgia Teachers College, was recently

awarded a grant-in-aid from Sigma Xi of $700 for
further investigations pertaining to host-parasite
relationships in fresh water fishes.

The North Carolina Academy of Science has re-
ceived a grant from the National Science Founda-
tion to conduct a NSF-Academy Institute of Science
for high school teachers. The program is one of
lectures-demonstrations on fundamental biological,
chemical and physical concepts. Dr. Herbert E.
Speece, North Carolina State College, directs the
program.

Through funds granted by the National Science
Foundation the Duke University Marine Laboratory
will erect a new research laboratory on Piver’s
Island, Beaufort, North Carolina.

Recipients of National Science Foundation
grants-in-aid for research at the Highlands Biolog-
ical Station for 1959 are: Dr. Robert E. Gordon,
University of Notre Dame; Dr. Wesley Whitesides,
Florida State University; Dr. Albert E. Reynolds,
DePauw University; Dr. Henry S. Conard, Lake
Hamilton, Florida; Dr. Lewis E. Anderson, Duke
University; Mr. Fred Clifford Johnson, University
of Texas; Mr. Julian R. Harrison, Duke University;
Mr. Arthur R. Shields, University of Tennessee.
Biologists working under the NSF Research Par-
ticipation Program for Teachers Training conduct-
ed at the Highlands Biological Station are: Miss
Jane P. Holt, Catawba College; Mrs. Ruth B.
Slentz, Wesleyan College; Mr. Melvin Conrad, Em-
ory-at-Oxford.

Dr. Samuel R. Tipton, Professor of Zoology and
Entomology at. the University of Tennessee, has
received a National Science Foundation grant of
$15,000 to continue studies on the influence of
thyroid hormones on mitochondria.

Dr. J. Gordon Carlson, Head of the Department
of Zoology and Entomology at the University of
Tennessee, has received a one-year contract for
$9,057 from the Atomic Energy Commission for
in vitro studies on the immediate effects of X-
radiation on chromosome morphology and mitotic
activity.

Dr. Ronald C. Fraser of the U T Department of
Zoology and Entomology has received a National
Science Foundation grant of $6,500 for a one-year
study on changes in hepatic cells of chick embryos
on stimulation of the liver by embryonic extracts.
Dr. Fraser has also received a grant of $11,460
from the American Cancer Society for a 20 month
study of immunization of mice against sarcoma by
using sarcoma cells pre-treated by passing through
embryonic chick tissue.

A study of the effects of radiation on cestodes
and their hosts is being conducted at the University
of Tennessee Department of Zoology and Entomol-
ogy under the direction of Dr. Arthur W. Jones.
This study is being supported by the fifth renewal
of an Atomic Energy Commission grant of $10,915,
and Raymond L. Kisner is replacing Dr. Kathleen
D. Wyant as principal investigator.

Dr. Billy E. Frye, Visiting Assistant Professor of
Biology, University of Virginia, has received a one-
year grant from the National Science Foundation
for the study of development of function in the
islets of Langerhan.

Dr. Jacques Rappaport, Associate Professor of
Biology, University of Virginia, has been advised
that grants from the Office of Naval Research and
the U. S. Public Health Service for the study of
ovular tumors in interspecific plant crosses have
been renewed for three years.

60

ASB Bulletin

The A.S.B.

i

I NE v .

BULLETIN

Volume 7, Number 1 January, 1960

CONTENTS

Page

Association Affairs 2

Virginia’s Marine Research Laboratory,

the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory 3

Institute of Fisheries Research, University of North Carolina 5

About the New Orleans Meeting 7

Proposed Revision of the Constitution and By-Laws of

the Association of Southeastern Biologists 10

News of Biology in the Southeast 12

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

THE A. S. B. BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists and is published
at Columbia, S. C., in January, April,
July and October. Letters, news items,
other contributions, and all communica-
tions about editorial matters should be
addressed to the Editor, U.S.P.H.S.,
P. O. Box 717, Columbia, S. C. Changes
of address should be sent promptly to
the Secretary of the ASB, Dr. Harold
J. Humm, Department of Botany, Duke
University, Durham. N. C. Subscription
orders from libraries and other institu-
tions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. Elsie Quarterman, Depart-
ment of Biology, Vanderbilt University,
Nashville, Tenn. Subscription rate for
non-members of ASB: $2.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Cary
Printing Co., Columbia, S. C.

Geoffrey M. Jeffery,
Editor

Harold J. Humm, Associate Editor
Elsie Quarterman, Business Manager

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida
State University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University
of Kentucky

Louisiana — G. C. Kent, Jr., Louisiana
State University

Maryland — Wm. E. Bickley, University
of Maryland

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee,
Mississippi Southern College

North Carolina — William J. Koch, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Win-
throp College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Roanoke
College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Officers of the A. S. B.

President — Horton H. Hobbs, University
of Virginia

Retiring President — Mary Esther Gaul-
den. Biology Division, ORNL

President-Elect — Victor A. Greulach,
University of North Carolina

Vice-President — Royal E. Shanks, Uni-
versity of Tennessee

Secretary — Harold J. Humm, Duke

University

Treasurer — Elsie Quarterman, Vander-
bilt University

Executive Committee — William Bur-

banck, Emory University; Eugene P.

Odum, University of Georgia; J. C.

O’Kelley, University of Alabama: D.
C. Scott, University of Georgia; Rob-
ert B. Short, Florida State Univer-
sity; H. E. Wheeler, Louisiana State
University. All officers are ex of-
ficio members of the executive com-
mittee.

The New Orleans Meeting

Attention of members is called
to the announcement of the an-
nual meeting of the Association,
April 21-23, at Loyola Univer-
sity in New Orleans appearing in
this issue of the BULLETIN.
The center insert section is pro-
vided, as usual, for the conveni-
ence of members. The particular
attention of members is called to
the deadlines for submission of
nominations, titles and abstracts,
given on the first page of this
section.

Society of General Physiologists

A new group will be meeting
with the ASB in New Orleans.
The Council of the Society of
General Physiologists plans to
arrange yearly regional meetings
of members to be held separately
from the annual meeting. Sam-
uel R. Tipton, University of Ten-
nessee, chairman of the South
Central Region, and Douglas
Humm, University of North Car-
olina, chairman of the South At-
lantic Region, are organizing a
regional meeting of physiologists
of the southeast which will be
held with the ASB in New Or-
leans. Papers are invited from
all plant and animal physiolo-
gists interested in topics of gen-
eral physiology. Titles should be
submitted to the ASB Program
Committee in the regular man-
ner and by the regular deadline
dates given for all submitted
titles.

Call for Nominees

The Nominating Committee is
asking all members to give care-
ful thought to selection of nomi-
nees for offices to be filled at
the New Orleans meeting and to
suggest nominees by filling out
Blank 1 in the insert of this is-
sue and mailing to Mary Esther
Gaulden, Biology Division, Oak
Ridge National Laboratory, Oak
Ridge, Tennessee, who is chair-
man of the Committee. Other
members are Leland Shanor, Di-
vision of Biology, Florida State
University, Tallahassee, Florida,
and G. Robert Lunz, Bears Bluff
Laboratories, Wadmalaw Island,
South Carolina. Attention is
called to the fact that we must
elect 3 members to the Execu-
tive Committee, 2 for three-year
terms and 1 for a one-year term.
The latter is necessary because
Elsie Quarterman was elected

Treasurer at the 1959 annual
meeting at the end of her first
year on the Executive Commit-
tee. The Executive Committee
elected Dr. J. C. O’Kelley of the
University of Alabama to serve
in Dr. Quarterman’s place until
the annual election in 1960.

A Note from the President

It was almost a year ago that
the officers and members of the
Executive Committee of the As-
sociation became aware of the
fact that the Association had
been denied tax exemption under
Section 501 (c) (3) of the In-
ternal Revenue Code of 1954 (as
amended). Since that time we
have concentrated our efforts
on investigating what must have
appeared to the Internal Rev-
enue Service to have been Busi-
ness - League overtones in our
Constitution. With the able as-
sistance of Mr. Calvin H. Cobb,
Jr., and the hard work of our
President-Elect, Dr. Victor Greu-
lach, a revision of our Constitu-
tion and By-Laws was prepared.
An interim meeting of the Ex-
ecutive Committee was held in
Atlanta on November 21 at
which time the Committee spent
a number of hours in studying
the proposed revisions. On page
10 of this issue is a copy of the
proposed revision of our Consti-
tution and By-Laws that will be
submitted to the membership for
adoption by the Executive Com-
mittee at our Annual Meeting at
Loyola in April. For your con-
venience, all proposed modifica-
tions and additions are set in cap-
ital and small capital letters, for
purpose of ready comparison with
the Constitution under which we
are now operating; the latter ap-
pears in Volume 2, Number 2 of
the Bulletin. A few amendments
may be found in subsequent is-
sues.

We hope to have definite rec-
ommendations concerning incor-
poration for proposal by April.
If you are aware of matters
which should come to the atten-
tion of the Executive Commit-
tee, I shall appreciate your ad-
vising me of them.

Plans for the Loyola Meet-
ings are beginning to take shape,
and I anticipate these meetings
being among the best in the his-
tory of the Association.

Horton H. Hobbs, Jr.

2

ASB Bulletin

VIRGINIAS MARINE RESEARCH LABORATORY
THE VIRGINIA FISHERIES LABORATORY

William J. Hargis, Jr., Director
Dr. Hargis is a native of Lebanon, Virginia. His B.A.
degree was received from the University of Richmond, and
his M.A. and Ph.D. degrees from Florida State University.

After a year as Assistant Professor of Biology and Chemistry
at The Citadel, Dr. Hargis became associated with the College
of William and Mary and the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory.

He is at present Director of the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory
and Professor and Head of the Department of Marine Science
of the Laboratory and of the College of William and Mary.

Some of Dr. Hargis’ society affiliations are the Society of
Systematic Zoologists, American Society of Parasitologists,

Atlantic Estuarine Research Society, ASB, Sigma Xi, Beta
Beta Beta, and others. His research interests include the bi-

ology of the oyster drills and
of marine and fresh waters.

The Laboratory is situated on the lower
York River, directly across from historic
Yorktown and 13 miles from Colonial Wil-
liamsburg. Chesapeake Bay is within sight
of the campus and the inshore reaches of the
Atlantic are but a few hours away. The
main Laboratory is located on a great estu-
ary in the center of one of America’s most
important fishing and commercial regions
with freshwater, estuarine, and strictly ma-
rine environments within easy reach. The
Eastern Shore field station at Wacha-
preague, Virginia, offers access to barrier
islands, salt bays, and marshes. Thus, a wide
variety of aquatic habitats are available to
researchers and students.

The Laboratory performs broader func-
tions than its official name, the Virginia
Fisheries Laboratory, implies. As Virginia’s
only marine research station it is active in
research, teaching and public education. The
research program encompasses so-called
basic and applied problems; the teaching
program is designed for advanced under-
graduates and graduate students; and the
public education program involves lectures
and demonstrations to public school and civic
groups and a system of educational displays
and news releases.

Established in 1940 as an independent
state agency, the Laboratory is affiliated
with the College of William and Mary, the
Commission of Fisheries, and the seafood
industry through a Board of Administration
composed of representatives of each group.
Since 1940 the responsibilities, personnel,
and facilities have evolved and enlarged un-

of the monogenetic trematodes

til today the program is one of general ma-
rine and fisheries research.

At first the group was located on the
campus of the College of William and Mary
at Williamsburg. Later it was moved to
Yorktown, and in 1950 to the present perma-
nent site at Gloucester Point on the north
bank of the York River opposite the Victory
Monument at Yorktown. Since 1949 the
staff has grown from a total of nine per-
sons to one containing seventeen biologists,
six at the doctoral, eight at the master’s, and
three at the baccalaureate level of academic
training; an administrative assistant; a re-
search librarian; a microtechnician; seven
laboratory aides ; five secretaries ; and a
maintenance group of four full-time and
three part-time persons. Thus at present 37
full-time, 2 part-time, and 4 graduate as-
sistants make up the personnel. In summer
the staff is increased by four or five pro-
fessors and 20 to 25 students.

Demands for increasing research efforts
into the effects of industrial and domestic
pollution, engineering projects, insecticides
and herbicides, and agricultural pollution on
the marine environment will necessitate sev-
eral additions to the staff in the very near
future.

At present, the research group is organ-
ized into sections each with its chief scien-
tist and other major and minor biologists
and their aides. Thus a vertical and hori-
zontal arrangement of research responsi-
bility and autonomy is possible within the
sections even though one scientist acts as a
coordinator for each. The sections are :

Vol. 7, No. 1, January 1960

3

Crustacea Research, Ichthyology Research,
Mollusk Research, Pathology Research,
Basic Ecology (Pollution), and Parasitology.

The main building, built in 1950, contains
the administrative offices, a student labora-
tory, an embryology research laboratory, a
darkroom, and the Public Education Depart-
ment on the first floor; and the Mollusk,
Pathology and Parasitology sections, a basic
ecology laboratory, chemistry laboratory, a
cold room, and the library on the second.
The annex building, completed in 1958,
houses the Ichthyology and Crustacea re-
search units, the second student laboratory,
a plankton and productivity laboratory, the
illustration - photography laboratory and
darkroom, seven dormitory rooms, and the
dining room, galley and lounge on two floors.

A two-story workshop, wet laboratory and
storage loft is located at the foot of the
large pier which bears a tide-gauge station
and the continuously - running, centrifugal
salt-water pumps which supply the main
building and the five outside tanks.

The present buildings are inadequate for
housing the rapidly growing staff and stu-
dent body, but plans are underway for con-
struction which will alleviate the crowded
conditions. The research and teaching pro-
grams will be greatly accelerated when these
facilities are acquired.

The floating equipment includes a spe-
cially designed 55-foot diesel-powered re-
search vessel, the PATHFINDER, five out-
board powered skiffs and two row boats.

Close cooperation is maintained with other
laboratories in the region, especially the
Chesapeake Bay Institute of The Johns Hop-
kins University, the Chesapeake Biological
Laboratory of the Maryland Department of
Research and Education, and the Annapolis
Shellfish Laboratory of the U. S. Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries. The services
of the Chesapeake Bay Institute are avail-
able in connection with problems involving
the physical or chemical variables in the en-
vironment, and the two laboratories also ex-
change graduate students for brief training
in Physical and Chemical Oceanography and
Biological Oceanography respectively.

The research program encompasses
studies of oyster spawning, setting, growth,
and mortality, including work on diseases
and predators; along with the distribution,
spawning, growth, mortality and availability
of the blue crab ; and distribution, spawning,

growth, aging, migration, and availability
of fishes. Studies of the biology of mollusks,
Crustacea, fouling organisms, trematodes,
micropathogens, periphyton and plankton
are also underway.

In addition, invertebrate embryology, the
physiology of fish muscles, primary produc-
tivity, and tropic levels, estuarine hydrogra-
phy and water conditions are regular sub-
jects for research. The scientific staff is
enlarged in summer by four or five visiting
professors who spend half their time in
teaching and half in research in their spe-
cial fields of interest. Plans are being made
to increase the number of summer research-
ers to a total of six or eight.

A Master’s degree in Marine Science is
offered by the Department of Marine Sci-
ence, a joint venture of the Virginia Fish-
eries Laboratory and the College of William
and Mary. To participate the students usu-
ally take up residence at or near the Labora-
tory about 13 miles from the main campus.
Most of the courses are offered at the Lab-
oratory, though some may be conducted on
the main campus at Williamsburg. Four or
five halftime assistantships are available.
Plans call for the establishment of three or
four more. Course offerings include Inverte-
brate Ecology, Ichthyology, Biometry, Pop-
ulation Dynamics, Physiology of Marine Or-
ganisms, General Oceanography and Lim-
nology, Theoretical Biology, Biology of
Plankton, Marine Pollution, Radiobiology,
and Invertebrate Embryology. Students can
get training in both Marine Science and
Fisheries Biology. Field work and research
are emphasized and students are encouraged
to participate in all phases of the regular
research program of the Laboratory. A
low teacher-student ratio, and the facts that
the full facilities of the main campus are a
mere half-hour away, and the station is in
full operation the year-round makes the Lab-
oratory somewhat unusual among marine
stations and most attractive to prospective
students.

The public education program includes
visits by elementary and high school classes
for a day’s introduction to marine science
and fisheries. Talks and demonstrations are
also given to schools, teacher’s groups, serv-
ice clubs, sportsmen’s and commercial fish-
ermen’s groups. Television programs and
public exhibits are also prepared and pre-
sented and a public exhibit room with live
and static demonstrations is maintained.

(Continued on Page 6)

4

ASB Bulletin

INSTITUTE OF FISHERIES RESEARCH
UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA

A. F. Chestnut, Director

Dr. Chestnut is a native of Stoughton, Massachusetts. He
received the B.S. degree from the College of William and
Mary, and the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees from Rutgers Univer-
sity. He ivas Research Associate in charge of the Oyster Re-
search Laboratory at Rutgers University from 19 US to 19U8.
He joined the Institute of Fisheries Research in June of 19 U8
and has been director since 1955. Dr. Chestnut holds the rank
of Professor in the University of North Carolina. Some of
his research interests are in the ecology of mollusks, feeding
mechanisms of lamellibranchs and behavior of oyster larvae.
He is a member of a number of societies, including Sigma Xi,
American Society of Limnology and Oceanography, Ecologi-
cal Society, National Shellfisheries Association (Pres., 1953-
55) and Atlantic Estuarine Research Society (Sec.-Treas.,

1952-53 ).

The Institute of Fisheries Research was
established as a branch of the University
of North Carolina on September 29, 1947,
from the cumulative effort of several di-
vergent activities. The proposal of an Insti-
tute resulted from a request in October, 1944,
by President Frank Graham of the Univer-
sity for a project in marine biology. Early
in 1946 a “Survey of Marine Fisheries of
North Carolina” was organized with Dr.
Robert E. Coker as Chairman and Dr. Har-
den F. Taylor as Executive Director to com-
pile available information with respect to
the status of marine resources in North Car-
olina. The survey was intended to serve as
a background for the projected Institute. In
1947 the General Assembly of North Caro-
lina created a Shrimp Commission and ap-
propriated $50,000 for a survey of the
shrimp fisheries and scientific studies of
shrimp in North Carolina. Dr. Harden F.
Taylor was appointed Scientific Director of
the Shrimp Survey on August 27, 1947. Thus
the two surveys were brought together in
close collaboration.

In mid-1947 the Knapp Foundation, Inc.,
offered a grant to the University for a fish-
eries research project on condition that the
state match the contribution. The grant
from the Knapp Foundation was “A tribute
to J oseph P. Knapp’s lifelong interest in the
betterment of mankind”. By agreement the
survey of marine fisheries and shrimp sur-
vey were joined under the leadership of the
established Institute. An additional sum of
money was diverted to the Institute from
another appropriation by the General As-
sembly of 1947 for a shellfish rehabilitation

project, to be used for research on economic
mollusks. Dr. Robert E. Coker was ap-
pointed as Director of the Institute on Sep-
tember 30, 1947. With cooperation of the
Department of Conservation and Develop-
ment a hospital building and other acces-
sories of a former Marine Section Base in
Morehead City, N. C., were made available
for a laboratory and headquarters of a per-
manent Institute under the leadership of the
University. The building, located along the
north shore of Bogue Sound, nearly five
miles west of Beaufort Inlet, was formally
occupied in June, 1948.

The purpose of the Institute is to en-
deavor, through research, to arrive at a
better understanding of the complex prob-
lems of marine science. Four interrelated
phases were envisioned in the operations of
the Institute: biological, oceanographic, eco-
nomic and educational. During the forma-
tive period emphasis was placed on practical
applications of research to fisheries prob-
lems. This was necessary in part because
of the nature of funds from the state appro-
priations. It became evident that applica-
tions of scientific findings in one area do
not imply the same degree of success in an-
other area. The need for basic or funda-
mental research in local areas was apparent
and research activity was modified. With
the limited staff and funds studies were con-
centrated on biological and oceanographic
aspects.

The present full-time research staff con-
sists of A. F. Chestnut, Ph.D. (Director and
Malacologist) , Earl E. Deubler, Ph.D. (Ich-
thyologist), William E. Fahy, Ph.D. (Ich-

Vol. 7, No. 1, January 1960

5

thyologist), Hugh J. Porter, M.Sc. (Mala-
cologist), Gerald S. Posner, Ph.D. (Ocean-
ographer) and Austin B. Williams, Ph.D.
(Carcinologist) . Temporary research as-
sistants and technicians assist the staff on
occasions. Four full-time personnel are con-
cerned with maintenance and operations of
the vessel and buildings. Five of the re-
search staff are members of the Graduate
Faculty of the University. No formal courses
are given at the Institute but research pro-
grams of graduate students are directed in
cooperation with various departments of the
University.

Each staff member is responsible for the
initiation and development of his own pro-
gram of research. Current research in prog-
ress includes: life-history studies of crus-
taceans, fishes and mollusks; oceanographic
studies and plankton ecology of North Caro-
lina sounds; ecological studies of shrimp,
flounders and oysters ; laboratory studies on
the influence of environmental factors upon
meristic structures in developing fishes;
taxonomic studies of fishes, crustaceans and
mollusks.

The Institute’s staff cooperates through
lectures and guidance in the graduate pro-
gram of the University. Studies of socio-
economic aspects of the fishing industry are
conducted in cooperation with the Depart-
ment of Conservation and Development. Ad-
vice and technical assistance are provided on
request to the industry, agencies and indi-
viduals with interests in marine resources.

The Institute functions in an advisory ca-
pacity to the Department of Conservation
and Development on proposed regulatory
measures and problems relating to marine
and estuarine resources. Through a memo-
randum of agreement between the Univer-
sity and Department of Conservation and
Development the Institute serves the state as
an agency for scientific research and en-
deavors to serve the needs of the Depart-
ment, within the limits of its staff and fa-
cilities, in respect to immediate problems
that may arise. Contributions to the general
welfare of the fishing industry have re-
sulted from basic research on various com-
mercial species. Ecological and life history
studies have shown the potentialities of re-
sources present and have resulted in pro-
grams of management and development.

A one-story, wood-frame building with ap-
proximately 7,700 square feet of space,
houses the laboratories, offices, and library.
The building contains standard equipment,

a running salt-water system, constant-tem-
perature room, histology laboratory, photo-
graphic dark room, and research collections
of fish, crustaceans and mollusks. A re-
search library contains approximately 350
volumes, 80 current periodicals relating to
marine biology and over 10,000 reprints and
separates. In a nearby building, a two-story
wing of 12,000 square feet contains a shop
with power tools, a net loft and some dormi-
tory space.

The Institute has a 47-foot, diesel-powered
research vessel, “Machapunga”, equipped
with a hydraulic power winch for trawling
and dredging. Outboard motors and alumi-
num skiffs are available for shallow-water
collecting.

The immediate coastal and estuarine areas
afford a variety of habitats with rich fauna
and flora. Wharf piling, stone jetties, ex-
tensive sand flats and mud flats, ocean
beaches, sand dunes, oyster reefs and
marshes are among the habitats available
for study of crawling, sessile and burrow-
ing animals. The open sea, sounds, rivers,
canals, and creeks abound in swimming and
drifting forms.

There are limited facilities for visiting
investigators and graduate students. Re-
quests for additional information concern-
ing the Institute should be addressed to:
Director, Institute of Fisheries Research,
Morehead City, North Carolina.

(Continued from Page 4)

VIRGINIA’S MARINE RESEARCH
LABORATORY, THE VIRGINIA
FISHERIES LABORATORY

Scientific articles, designated as contri-
butions from the Virginia Fisheries Labora-
tory, are published in existing journals.
Bound Contribution series are available for
distribution to libraries. Individual reprints
are available on request. The Special Scien-
tific Reports, an Educational Series, and a
Biennial Report are also published.

In summary, Virginia’s marine laboratory,
the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory, is carry-
ing out research and teaching activities in
the tradition established early in the history
of the Commonwealth by Thomas Jefferson
and in the spirit of Matthew Fontaine Maury
(Pathfinder of the Seas), Virginia’s first
great marine scientist.

6

ASB Bulletin

IMPORTANT DEADLINES

Please note the following deadlines, all of which are to be met by the time of our
Twenty-first Annual Meeting at Loyola University, New Orleans, Louisiana, April 21-23,
1960. Members can help facilitate plans for the meeting by sending in all requested
material as far in advance of the deadlines as possible. Because the time available
for preparation of the program and publication of abstracts is already at a minimum
it will be necessary for the program committee and the editor to adhere strictly to the
deadline set; no titles can be accepted thereafter.

February 12 — Suggestions for nominations for ASB officers and executive committee
members (Blank 1).

February 20 — Titles and abstracts of papers to be presented at the New Orleans meet-
ing (Blank 4).

1 — Applications for Goethe Awards to graduate students (See Page 9).

1 — Papers to be considered for the Association Research Prize (See Page

8).

1 — Applications for Phipps and Bird Research Fellowship at Mountain
Lake (See Page 9).

1 — Nomination letters for the Meritorious Award for Teaching (See Page

8).

March

March

April

April

THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS

(Founded 1937)

Purposes

The Association of Southeastern Biologists was organized
“ ... to encourage research and instruction in the fields of the
biological sciences; to foster a spirit of cooperation among the
membership; to emphasize the relation of fundamental knowl-
edge in biology to the solution of biological problems; to strive
toward the preservation of biological resources; and to serve
as a medium for professional contacts among the membership.”

Eligibility for Membership

Any person is eligible for membership who is engaged in
(a) biological research, (b) the teaching of biological subjects,
(c) graduate study in the biological sciences, or (d) work in
various fields of applied biology. Members, in general, shall be
residents of the Southeast. Membership shall be granted any
person recommended and approved as eligible by two active
members in good standing. Such recommendations shall be sub-
mitted to the treasurer of ASB and the new member shall
achieve active status on the payment of the dues for the cur-
rent year. Annual dues are $2.00, which includes a subscription
to the ASB Bulletin.

Activities

1. Annual meetings at which the results of investigations
are presented for discussion, and at which appropriate symposia
may be conducted. 2. Quarterly publication of the ASB Bul-
letin containing programs of annual meetings and abstracts
of papers presented, news of science and scientists in the South-
east, a record of Association affairs, and articles of regional
or timely interest. The Bulletin promotes personal and pro-
fessional contacts among the members of the Association. 3. The
discussion of subjects of general interest to biologists of the
Southeast and the formulation of policies and plans of action
in relation to such subjects. 4. Encouragement of research
through research prizes awarded for especially meritorious
papers presented at the annual meetings. 5. Presentation of a
Meritorious Award for outstanding contribution to biology, espe-
cially in service to young people through teaching. 6. Award-
ing annually a research fellowship at Mountain Lake Biological
Station. 7. Representation on the Council of the AAAS. 8. Af-
filiation with the AIBS.

1. Deadline: February 12

SUGGESTED NOMINEES FOR ASB OFFICES AND EXECUTIVE

COMMITTEE POSITIONS

To the members of the Nominating Committee:

I wish to suggest that you consider the following ASB members in selecting nominees for offices and
executive committee positions :

President-Elect .Vice-President

Executive Committee Members (2 for 3-year terms and 1 for one-year term)

Mail to: DR. MARY ESTHER GAULDEN
Biology Division
Oak Ridge National Laboratory
P. 0. Box Y
Oak Ridge, Tennessee

2. STATEMENT OF ASB DUES FOR 1959

Your ASB dues of $2.00 for 1960 are now payable. This sum includes your subscription to the ASB
Bulletin for 1960. Please make your checks payable to the Association of Southeastern Biologists, and
mail to the treasurer with this statement at the address given below. Please be sure to write your name
and correct mailing address on this statement. The ASB constitution provides that members whose dues
are in arrears two years will automatically be dropped from membership. The Executive Committee has
ruled that members who are in arrears at the close of the annual meeting will not receive subsequent is-
sues of the Bulletin until dues are paid.

City

State

If retired, check here
If retiring within a
year, check here

DR. ELSIE QUARTERMAN
Department of Biology
Vanderbilt University
Nashville 5, Tennessee

3. APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP

ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS

NAME (in full) Date

DEGREES (institutions and dates)

PRESENT POSITION: (1) Title (2) Department

(3) Institution. (4) City, State

SPECIALTY (e.g., physiology)

SPECIFIC INTERESTS (e.g., respiration)

RECOMMENDED BY (1) (2)

Fill out this blank, enclose check (or money order) for $2.00 as dues for one year and mail to:

DR. ELSIE QUARTERMAN, Treasurer ASB
Department of Biology
Vanderbilt University
Nashville 5, Tennessee

4. Deadline: February 20

CALL FOR PAPERS FOR THE NEW ORLEANS MEETING

This form and two typewritten copies of the abstract must reach the Chairman of the Program
Committee, Father John H. Mullahy, Department of Biological Sciences, Loyola University, New Orleans
18, Louisiana, not later than Saturday, February 20, if the title is to appear on the program or the
abstract included among those published in the April issue of the Bulletin. Papers to be submitted for
the Research Prize must be included in the program. Plea-se type or print the following information. All
papers are limited to 10 minutes, with three minutes for discussion.

1. Author (s) : —

2. Title of paper:

3. Institution (s) represented: -

4. Check organizations to which author (s) belong:

Association of Southeastern Biologists.

Southeastern Section, Botanical Society of America.

Southern Appalachian Botanical Club.

Society of General Physiologists, South Central and South Atlantic Regions.

5. Projection equipment needed: 2x2 slide projector; 3x4 slide projector;

other equipment:

6. If your paper is being submitted for the Association Research Prize please check here:__

7. This form must be accompanied by two double-spaced typewritten copies of an abstract, not to exceed
200 words. Longer abstracts are subject to cutting by the editor without the approval of the author.
Please use the following form in typing the heading of the abstract in order to avoid excessive editing:

Dimorphism of Embryonic Hooks of Hymenolepis nana
Arthur W. Jones, University of Tennessee

Start the text of the abstract here, on a separate line with paragraph in-
dentation. In general the abstract should appear as a single paragraph, though
two paragraphs are acceptable, if really needed.

8. Reprints-. Reprints of individual abstracts are available at the rate of $2.25 for the first 100 and 75
cents for each additional 100, postpaid. In order to secure this price it is necessary to attach a check
for the proper amount to this form and send it along with the form and the two copies of the abstract.
Checks should be made payable to the Cary Printing Company. Orders for abstracts will not be entered
unless payment accompanies the order.

Indicate here how many reprints of your abstract you want:

Marquette Hall, Administration Building, Loyola University, New Orleans, Louisiana

ABOUT THE NEW ORLEANS MEETING

The twenty-first annual meeting of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists will
be held at Loyola University, New Orleans,
April 21-23, 1960. Four organizations will
meet with ASB: The Southeastern Section
of the Botanical Society of America, South-
ern Appalachian Botanical Club, the South-
eastern Regional Beta Beta Beta, and the So-
ciety of General Physiologists (South Cen-
tral and South Atlantic Regions).

The meeting will begin on Thursday aft-
ernoon, April 21st, with a tour of the U. S.
Southern Regional Research and Develop-
ment Laboratory on Robert E. Lee Blvd.
Arrangements are being made for an ad-
dress by an outstanding biologist on Thurs-
day evening followed by a Smoker. On Fri-
day there will be several sessions of contrib-
uted papers and the annual business meet-
ing. Presentation of awards will take place
Friday evening. Two field trips are sched-
uled for Saturday morning.

Registration and all general ASB sessions
will take place in the Loyola Field House.
Sessions of contributed papers will be held
in Marquette and Bobet Halls.

Members of the committee on local ar-
rangements at Loyola are: Dr. Rosamond
McMillan (L.S.U., N.O.), Dr. George H.
Penn (Tulane), Dr. Arthur Welden (Tu-
lane), and Miss E. L. Beard, Dr. Harry D.
Brown, Dr. Robert C. Goss, Dr. Richard T.
Jackson, Dr. Walter G. Moore, Father John
H. Mullahy, Chairman (all of Loyola Uni-
versity) .

Meals

Dining facilities will be available to all
persons attending the meeting and their
families at the Loyola University cafeteria
on the campus, also at the nearby Tulane
University Center. Since New Orleans is
so noteworthy for its many world famous
restaurants, it is felt that most of the mem-
bers will avail themselves of this opportunity
to visit them.

Housing Facilities

New Orleans has a large selection of ho-
tels, motels and tourist courts, of which the
following are but a few examples :

Hotels

Roosevelt — 123 Baronne St. (first block off Canal
St., in town) ; single $9.00 up, double $11.00 up.
Monteleone — 214 Royal St. (in French Quarter sec-
tion) ; single $5.00 up, double $10.00 up.
Sheraton-Charles (old St. Charles Hotel) — 211 St.
Charles Ave. (2nd block off Canal St.) ; single

$6.50 - 9.00, double $9.50 - 12.00, twin $13.00 -

16.00.

Jung — 1500 Canal St. (in town); single $8.00-10.00,

double $12.00-15.00.

New Orleans — 1300 Canal St. (in town) ; single

$6.50-8.00, double $8.50-10.00, twin $12.00.

Motels

On Highway 61 :

Fontainebleau — 4000 Tulane Ave. (about 2 miles
from University) ; single $9.50-14.50, double
$13.50-18.50.

Hilton Inn — P. O. Box 338 — Kenner (opposite
Moisant Airport — - about 10 miles from
town) ; single $9.00-15.00, double $12.00-

18.00.

Motel de Ville — 3800 Tulane Ave. (about 2
miles from University) ; single $8.50-11.50,
double $12.50-16.50.

Town & Country — 1225 Airline Hwy. (about 3
miles from University) ; single $7.00, double
or twin $12.00.

Town House — 9419 Airline Hwy. (3 miles from
town) ; single $7.00-8.00, double or twin
$10.00-11.00.

On Highway 90 :

Beilaire Motel — 4100 Chef Menteur Hwy.; sin-
gle $7.00, double $9.00-10.00, twin $9.50-

11.00.

Cedar Park — 5001 Chef Menteur Hwy.; single
$7.50, double $7.50-8.50, twin $8.50.

Park Plaza — 4460 Chef Menteur Hwy.; single
$7.00-8.00, double $9.50, 2 double beds (4
people) $11.00-12.00.

Alamo Plaza — 7300 Chef Menteur Hwy. (baby
sitters) ; single $7.00, double $8.00, twin
$10.00.

Le Baron — 4861 Chef Menteur Hwy. ; single
$7.00, double $9.00, twin $10.00.

Additional names of accommodations can be ob-
tained from the Visitor’s Bureau, 315 Camp Street,
New Orleans.

Field Trips

Three field trips are scheduled for the
Annual Meeting. Full information about
them will be available at the Registration
Desk.

Thursday, April 21

A tour of the U. S. Southern Regional
Research and Development Laboratory on
Robert E. Lee Blvd. is scheduled for Thurs-
day afternoon. All persons interested in
taking this trip should submit their inten-
tion before April 9th. Transportation for
this trip will be by bus and/or private con-
veyance and will be determined by demand.
Since the number of people that can be ac-
commodated is limited, you are urged to
make an early reservation, if you plan to
take it. Reservations should be made with
Dr. Harry D. Brown, Department of Bio-
logical Sciences, Loyola University.

Vol. 7, No. 1, January 1960

7

Saturday, April 23

A field and collecting trip to the Gulf
Coast Research Laboratory at Ocean
Springs, Mississippi, will begin at 8:30 A.M.
in front of the Loyola Field House. The
laboratory is about 95 miles from New Or-
leans, and is reached by Highway 90, along
the very beautiful Gulf Coast route. Dr.
Gordon Gunter, Director of the Laboratory,
will conduct a tour of the facilities of the
laboratory and arrange for some collecting
in the Mississippi Sound area aboard the
laboratory research boat. It is felt that per-
sons interested in this trip will probably
wish to spend the night in the vicinity of
Biloxi, Mississippi, and return thence to
their respective homes. Since no more than
25 persons can be accommodated on the re-
search boat, all persons interested in ex-
ploring the flora and fauna of the laboratory
region should make their reservation at a
very early date with Dr. Walter G. Moore,
Department of Biological Sciences, Loyola
University.

A Trip to a Sulphur Well

On Saturday, April 23rd, a field trip to a
sulphur well in the Gulf is offered to the
members of the Association by the Freeport
Sulphur Company. This trip will also be
limited to about 25 persons. It will consist
of transportation by bus (leaving the Loyola
Field House at 9 o’clock on Saturday, April
23) to Port Sulphur, Louisiana. A company
boat will transport the party to the sulphur
well in the Gulf, and provide a box lunch.
The inspection of the well will require about
2 hours. The party will return to New Or-
leans by bus about 2 o’clock. Reservations
for this trip should be made with Dr. Robert
C. Goss, Department of Biological Sciences,
Loyola University.

Sight-Seeing

Sight-Seeing Tours of New Orleans, and
especially of the Vieux Carre, are available
at almost all hours of the day and night for
a reasonable fare.

The biology staffs of Dillard University,
L.S.U.-N.O., Tulane University, Xavier Uni-
versity, and Loyola University will be on
hand and happy to conduct all interested
parties through their facilities. It is felt
that members will not want to miss the Au-
dubon Zoo in Audubon Park across St.
Charles Avenue from Loyola, as well as the
Green House facilities and Rose Gardens in
City Park near the lake front.

General Information

1. Registration will be at a desk in the Loy-

ola University Field House on Freret

Street.

2. A fee of $1.00 will be charged for regis-
tration.

3. New Orleans is not dry.

Meritorious Award Nominations

As in previous years, an honorarium of
$100 has been made available by the Will
Corporation of Georgia, to be used as an
award for the recognition of especially meri-
torious teaching by a member of the ASB.
The regulations governing the award are as
follows :

“The recipient must be a member of the
ASB in good standing. He should have
taught biology in a southern institution for
at least ten years, and must be currently
teaching. He must not be a dean or have reg-
ular administrative duties beyond the de-
partmental level (this particular criterion
requiring interpretation in individual cases) .
Among evidences of his qualifications is the
progress of the candidate as indicated by
recognition in his own institution (impor-
tant assignments and other contributions
specifically related to good teaching) ; and
the number and quality of students for
whom he provided primarily the inspiration
to continue in biology, especially those who
later received advanced degrees.”

Past recipients of the Meritorious Award
for Teaching are as follows :

1952. Dr. Mary Stuart MacDougall (Ag-
nes Scott)

1953. Dr. Orland E. White (Univ. of Vir-
ginia)

1954. Dr. Woolf or d B. Baker (Emory)

1955. Dr. John N. Couch (Univ. of North
Carolina)

1956. Dr. Hugo L. Blomquist (Duke)

1957. Dr. Edza Deviney (Florida State)

1958. Dr. Henry R. Totten (Univ. of
North Carolina)

1959. Dr. Margaret Hess (Winthrop Col-
lege)

In these times in which so much is heard
about teaching, it would appear to be par-
ticularly important that excellence in teach-
ing should be rewarded and publicized in
every way possible. Members of the ASB
are urged to make nominations and send the
needed supporting materials to C. G. Good-
child, Emory University ; Roberta Lovelace,
University of South Carolina ; or Frederick
T. Wolf, Vanderbilt University.

Association Research Prize

The rules and regulations governing the

8

ASB Bulletin

annual Association Research Prize of
$100.00, sponsored by the Carolina Biologi-
cal Supply Company, Elon College, North
Carolina, are as follows :

1. The Research Prize is to be awarded
for an especially meritorious paper actually
presented at the annual meeting.

2. Only members are eligible to submit
papers in competition for the Research
Prize. This applies to all names on the sub-
mitted paper. Applicants for membership
are not eligible to submit papers for the Re-
search Prize.

3. Papers submitted in competition may
be in press but must not have been pub-
lished prior to March 1 of the year of the
current competition.

4. Judges will be eminent biologists out-
side the Southeast. They will set their own
criteria, and may withhold the award if no
paper is judged to have sufficient merit.

5. Papers must be submitted in triplicate
and in their entirety not later than March 1,
1960, to P. M. Patterson, Hollins College, Va.
One copy of the prize-winning paper will
remain in the ASB files, but all other copies
will be returned to the authors as soon as
possible.

6. Announcement of the winner of the
Research Prize will be made at the annual
meeting.

Phipps and Bird Research Fellowship

A Research Fellowship of $150.00 for sum-
mer research at Mountain Lake Biological
Station of the University of Virginia has
been continued through the generosity of the
Phipps and Bird Company of Richmond, Vir-
ginia. Any member of the Association may
submit an application. The application
should be accompanied by a summary of the
planned work, by a list of important publi-
cations, and, especially in the case of younger
workers, by references and educational data.
Applications should be sent to P. M. Patter-
son, Hollins College, Va., not later than
April 1, 1960. The selection will be made by
the Research and Awards Committee of the
ASB in consultation with the Director of
the Mountain Lake Biological Station. The
announcement of the recipient will be made
at the annual meeting of the ASB.

COMMITTEE

Charles E. Jenner
Ralph W. Yerger
P. M. Patterson, Chairman
Mary Glide Goethe Travel Awards

For the third year there will be funds
available through the generosity of Mr. C.
M. Goethe for assistance to graduate stu-

dents for expenses in connection with the
annual ASB meetings, to be held this year
in New Orleans, Louisiana, April 21-23. It
is anticipated that most of the awards will
be for maintenance (lodging and meals),
and departments are urged to provide travel
allowances for their graduate students or to
invite them to travel in cars with staff mem-
bers. Some travel allowances may be
awarded by the committee to those living
most distant from New Orleans.

Staff members are requested to call to the
attention of qualified students in their re-
spective institutions the availability of these
awards. If there is more than one applicant
from a department, the Goethe committee
may request the department to aid the com-
mittee’s selection by ranking the applicants.

Any graduate student needing financial
assistance in order to attend the 1960 meet-
ing of the Southeastern Biologists is eli-
gible. Rules for making application for the
Goethe Awards are as follows :

1. Give information on marital status and
number of children.

2. Indicate if application is being made
for maintenance or travel or both. Give de-
tails, such as total sum requested, how many
nights and days are involved, if travel allow-
ance is requested, the number of miles in-
volved and the proposed method of trans-
portation, and any other pertinent informa-
tion.

3. Give information as to whether or not
a paper is being presented by the applicant.

4. In a paragraph, give a brief history of
your education to date, of how many years
you have been — and plan to be — in grad-
uate school, of your major field or fields of
interest, of any publications which have ap-
peared or which may be in preparation, and
any other pertinent professional details.

5. Give your source or sources of support
while in graduate school such as G.I. Bill,
N.S.F., N.I.H., teaching assistantship, etc.

6. Have your major professor or depart-
mental head write a letter supporting your
application.

7. Applications and supporting letters,
both in triplicate, should be in the hands of
W. D. Burbanck, Department of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Georgia, by
March 1, 1960. Applicants will be notified
of the decision of the Committee during
March.

COMMITTEE

J. M. Carpenter
R. B. Short

W. D. Burbanck, Chairman

Vol. 7, No. 1, January 1960

9

PROPOSED REVISION OF THE CONSTITUTION
AND BY-LAWS OF THE ASSOCIATION OF
SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS

(Additions and modifications are set in Capital and Small Capital letters for comparison with present

Constitution — See ASB Bulletin, Vol. 2, No. 2)

CONSTITUTION
ARTICLE I. Name

The organization shall be known as the ASSOCI-
ATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS.

ARTICLE II. Objectives

The objectives of the Association shall be to

ENCOURAGE IN THE BROADEST AND MOST LIBERAL MAN-
NER THE ADVANCEMENT OF BIOLOGY AS A SCIENCE BY
THE PROMOTION OF RESEARCH IN BIOLOGY; BY THE IN-
CREASE AND DIFFUSION OF KNOWLEDGE OF BIOLOGY TO
THE SOLUTION OF BIOLOGICAL PROBLEMS; BY THE PRES-
ERVATION OF BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES ; AND BY ITS
MEETINGS, REPORTS, DISCUSSIONS AND PUBLICATIONS
TO PROMOTE SCIENTIFIC INTERESTS AND INQUIRY,
THEREBY ADDING TO THE HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND
KNOWLEDGE OF ALL PEOPLES.

ARTICLE III. Eligibility

Section 1. Members, in general, shall be residents
of the Southeastern States and shall be known as
(A) Active Members and (B) Emeritus Members.

Section 2. Any person is eligible for active mem-
bership in the Association who is engaged in (A)
biological research, (B) the teaching of biological
subjects, (C) graduate study in the biological sci-
ences, or (D) work in the various fields of applied
biology.

Section 3. Any member may be elected as Emeri-
tus Member who has been a member of the Associ-
ation for ten (10) or more years and who has re-
tired from professional duties. An Emeritus Mem-
ber shall have the same rights and privileges as an
Active Member.

Section U- Any individual or organization contrib-
uting one hundred (100) dollars or more per annum
to the support of the Association shall be known as
a Patron. Patrons will receive the publications and
notices of the Association and may attend the annual
meetings but shall not have the right to vote.

ARTICLE IV. Officers

The officers of the Association shall be (A)
President, (B) President-Elect, (C) Vice-President,
(D) Secretary, and (E) Treasurer.

ARTICLE V. Annual Meeting

Section 1. The annual meeting of the Association
shall BE held in April at such place as may be rec-
ommended by the Executive Committee and approved
by the membership at an annual business meeting.
The date of the meeting shall be determined by
the Executive Committee.

Section 2. In case of an emergency, the Executive
Committee may change the time and place of the
annual meeting or may call a special meeting.

ARTICLE VI. Quorum

Fifty (50) members of the Association shall con-
stitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

ARTICLE VII. Disposition of Property

In the event of the dissolution or termina-
tion of the Association, title to and possession

OF ALL THE PROPERTY OF THE ASSOCIATION SHALL
PASS FORTHWITH TO THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF

Biological Sciences, Washington, D. C., if then
IN existence and qualified for exemption under
the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 as amended,

AND OTHERWISE TO THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR

the Advancement of Science, Washington, D. C.

ARTICLE VIII. Incorporation
The Executive Committee, with the approval

OF THE MEMBERSHIP IN A VOTE AT AN ANNUAL MEET-
ING, MAY APPLY FOR INCORPORATION OF THE ASSOCI-
ATION AS A NON-PROFIT SCIENTIFIC AND EDUCATIONAL
ORGANIZATION WITHOUT CAPITAL STOCK UNDER THE
LAWS OF ANY OF THE SOUTHEASTERN STATES WITHIN
ITS AREA.

ARTICLE IX. Amendments

Section 1. This Constitution may be amended at
any annual meeting by a three-fourths majority of
those present, provided due notice of said amend-
ment has been sent by the Secretary to each member
at least thirty (30) days in advance of the meeting,
and provided the amendment has been proposed by
the Executive Committee or by a committee author-
ized by the Association at a previous annual meet-
ing, provided that so long as the Association shall
be or remain an organization exempt under Section
501 (c) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954,
as amended, no amendment shall be made to Article
II or Article VII of this Constitution without con-
sent having been obtained from the Internal Revenue
Service.

Section 2. Amendments to this Constitution shall
become effective at the close of the annual meeting
at which they were adopted.

BY-LAWS

ARTICLE I. Membership

Section 1. Membership shall be granted any per-
son recommended and approved as being eligible by
two active members in good standing.

Section 2. Such recommendations shall be submit-
ted to the treasurer of the Association and the new
member shall achieve active status in the Association
with all the rights and privileges pertaining thereto
when his dues for the current year have been re-
ceived by the treasurer of the Association.

10

ASB Bulletin

ARTICLE II. Election of Officers

Section 1. (A) Annually the nominating commit-
tee shall prepare a multiple slate of nominees for
each office or vacancy to be filled. Members are
privileged to recommend to the nominating commit-
tee persons for any or all offices.

(B) The slate of the nominating committee shall
be presented to the membership on or before Thurs-
day evening of the Annual Meeting, and the election
shall be held at the following business session when
nominations will be called for from the floor.

(C) The Secretary shall prepare ballots for dis-
tribution. These ballots shall be distributed and
collected by three tellers appointed by the President.
A majority vote will constitute election to office.
Where more than one person is to be elected to a
position (e.g., members of the Executive Committee)
the two or more receiving the highest number of
votes shall be declared elected.

(D) The results of the election shall be announced
as soon as possible after the tellers have counted
the ballots, and the successful candidates shall be
presented to the membership. All ballots shall

BE DEPOSITED WITH THE SECRETARY WHO SHALL RE-
TAIN THEM FOR ONE YEAR.

Section 2. (A) A President-Elect shall be elected
annually and shall become President at the close of
the next annual meeting following election.

(B) A Vice-President shall be elected annually.
Neither the President nor the Vice-President shall
be immediately eligible for re-election.

Section 3. (A) A Secretary and (B) A Treasurer
shall be elected for a term of three (3) years each,
and they shall be eligible for immediate re-election
to additional terms. The Secretary and Treasurer
shall not be elected to office in the same year except
to fill an unexpired term.

Section J. Should an office other than that of
President and that of President-Elect become vacant
during the year, the Executive Committee shall ap-
point a member to fill that office until the next
election.

Section 5. Newly elected officers shall assume the
duties of their offices at the close of the annual
meeting in which they were elected.

ARTICLE III. Duties of Officers

Section 1. The PRESIDENT shall be the direct-
ing officer of the Association, shall perform the du-
ties usual to that office, and shall appoint, with the
advice of the Executive Committee, regular commit-
tees, special committees authorized by the Executive
Committee, and a representative to the American
Association for the Advancement of Science. Also,
he shall appoint such other special committees as
may be required.

Section 2. The President-Elect shall be re-
sponsible FOR ORGANIZING THE PROGRAM FOR THE
FIRST EVENING SESSION, AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE
FOR PROMOTING MEMBERSHIP IN THE ASSOCIATION. In
THE EVENT OF THE RESIGNATION, DEATH OR INCA-
PACITY of the President-Elect during his term
OF OFFICE THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE SHALL DECLARE

THE PERSON WHO RECEIVED THE NEXT HIGHEST NUM-
BER OF VOTES FOR THE OFFICE TO BE PRESIDENT-ELECT.
IF THIS INDIVIDUAL IS UNABLE TO ACCEPT, THE EXEC-
UTIVE Committee shall nominate two members

FOR THE OFFICE, TO BE VOTED UPON BY THE MEMBER-
SHIP BY MAIL BALLOTS.

Section 3. The Vice-President shall be the

PUBLIC RELATIONS OFFICER OF THE ASSOCIATION. IN
THE ABSENCE OF THE PRESIDENT FROM ANY MEETING

the Vice-President shall discharge the duties of

THAT OFFICE. IN THE EVENT OF THE DEATH OR RESIG-
NATION OF THE PRESIDENT, THE VICE - PRESIDENT
SHALL BECOME PRESIDENT OF THE ASSOCIATION.

Section U. The Secretary shall keep records of the
meetings of the Association and of the Executive
Committee, conduct the routine business of the Asso-
ciation pertaining to that office, maintain a roster
of the membership, issue a call for suggestions for
nominations stating the time during which these sug-
gestions will be received and listing names and ad-
dresses of all members of the Nominating Commit-
tee, issue a call for papers for the program and work
with the Program Committee in arranging the pro-
gram, attend to the preparation and distribution of
ballots at elections, report the activities of his office
to the Association at the annual meeting, notify
Emeritus Members of their election, and give proper
recognition to Patron Members. The Secretary of
the Association shall be Ex-Officio Associate
Editor of the A. S. B. Bulletin and shall be

RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING THE EDITOR WITH ALL
OFFICIAL ANNOUNCEMENTS, DOCUMENTS, PROGRAMS
AND ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS TO BE PUBLISHED IN THE
Bulletin.

Section 5. The Treasurer shall receive and dis-
burse all funds of the Association, keeping the nec-
essary records of dues and funds expended. He shall
at all times coordinate the efforts of his office with
those of the offices of the Secretary and of the
Editor, and shall report annually all receipts and
expenditures to the membership. He is authorized
to reimburse the Secretary for expenses incurred in
attending the annual meeting of the Association and
interim meetings of the Executive Committee. The
Executive Committee may by special action also
authorize the Treasurer to reimburse other officers
of the Association for all or a portion of expenses
incurred in attending interim meetings of the Ex-
ecutive Committee, not to exceed one per year. The
Treasurer of the Association shall be Ex-Officio
Business Manager of the A. S. B. Bulletin.

ARTICLE IV. Dues and Fees

Section 1. The annual dues of the Association for
Active Members shall be two dollars ($2.00), pay-
able in advance. Emeritus Members shall be exempt
from dues.

Section 2. The fiscal year of the Association shall
be from March sixteenth to March fifteenth.

Section 3. Any member in arrears in the payment
of dues for two (2) years as of the close of the
fiscal year shall be dropped from the membership
roster at the close of the annual meeting for that
calendar year.

Section 4. Delinquent members who desire re-
instatement to membership shall pay a reinstatement
fee of two dollars ($2.00) in addition to the regular
dues for the current fiscal year.

Vol. 7, No. 1, January 1960

11

ARTICLE V. The A.S.B. Bulletin
Section 1. The A.S.B. Bulletin shall be the

OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF THE ASSOCIATION, AND
SHALL BE PUBLISHED QUARTERLY OR AT SUCH OTHER
REGULAR INTERVALS AS MAY BE DETERMINED BY A VOTE
OF THE MEMBERSHIP UPON RECOMMENDATION BY THE

Executive Committee.

Section 2. The Editor of the A. S. B. Bulletin
SHALL BE A MEMBER OF THE ASSOCIATION, RESPONSI-
BLE FOR THE EDITING AND PUBLICATION OF THE Bul-
letin, AND SHALL BE SELECTED AND APPOINTED BY THE

Executive Committee for a term of three years.
The Editor shall be eligible for reappointment

FOR ANY NUMBER OF SUCCESSIVE THREE-YEAR TERMS.

Upon the recommendation of the Editor, the
Executive Committee may appoint a Circulation
Manager for the Bulletin.

Section 3. The A. S. B. Bulletin shall be sup-
plied TO ALL MEMBERS OF THE ASSOCIATION WITHOUT
CHARGE BEYOND THE STATED ANNUAL DUES. ORGANI-
ZATIONS may subscribe to the A. S. B. Bulletin
AT A RATE EQUAL TO THE ANNUAL DUES, BUT SUCH
SUBSCRIPTIONS WILL NOT CARRY THE PRIVILEGES OF
MEMBERSHIP IN THE ASSOCIATION. THE EXECUTIVE

Committee, upon the recommendation of the Edi-
tor, MAY ESTABLISH SPECIAL PRICES FOR BACK ISSUES
OR VOLUMES OF THE Bulletin.

Section 4- Any major change in editorial pol-
icy PROPOSED BY THE EDITOR SHALL BE SUBJECT TO
THE APPROVAL OF THE EDITORIAL BOARD.

ARTICLE VI. Executive Committee

Section 1. (A) The Executive Committee shall be
in charge of the affairs of the Association between
the Annual Meetings. (B) This Committee shall be
composed of the officers of the Association, the im-
mediate Past President, and six (6) members elected
from the membership.

Section 2. The six members of the Executive Com-
mittee elected as such shall serve for a term of
three (3) years, two members being elected each
year. These members are eligible for re-election to
the Executive Committee. Should a vacancy occur

AMONG THESE SIX MEMBERS, THE EXECUTIVE COM-
MITTEE SHALL APPOINT A MEMBER TO SERVE UNTIL
THE NEXT ELECTION.

Section 3. The Editor of the A. S. B. Bulletin
shall be an Ex-Officio Member of the Executive
Committee with the power of discussion and privi-
lege of proposing motions but shall not have the
right to vote.

Section 4- The Executive Committee shall
SERVE AS AN EX-OFFICIO EDITORIAL BOARD FOR THE
Bulletin and shall be responsible for determining
the major editorial policies of the Bulletin IN

CONSULTATION WITH THE EDITOR.

Section 5. A majority of the Executive Committee
shall constitute a quorum, provided all members have
been notified of the proposed meeting.

ARTICLE VII. Regular Committees

Section 1. The following regular committees shall
be appointed by the President upon the approval of
the Executive Committee:

(A) Auditing Committee

(B) Nominating Committee

(C) Program Committee

(D) Resolutions Committee

Section 2. The duties of the regular committees
shall be as follows:

(A) The Auditing Committee shall examine the
records of the Treasurer prior to the annual busi-
ness meeting of the Association and shall report the
condition of the accounts to the membership at this
meeting.

(B) The Nominating Committee shall, with due
consideration of suggestions received from the mem-
bership, prepare a multiple slate of nominees for
each office or vacancy to be filled.

(C) The Program Committee shall have the power
to accept or to reject papers for the program, and
shall work with the Secretary in arranging the
program.

(D) The Resolutions Committee shall formulate
and present to the Association such resolutions as
may be considered worthy of action by the Associa-
tion.

Section 3. The Executive Committee may from

TIME TO TIME ESTABLISH SPECIAL ad hoc COMMITTEES
AS NEEDED. THE MEMBERS OF ALL SUCH COMMITTEES
SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE PRESIDENT.

ARTICLE VIII. Papers

Section 1. All titles of papers submitted for the
program shall be in the hands of the Secretary two
(2) months before the date set for the annual meet-
ing.

Section 2. Each title submitted shall be accompa-
nied by two (2) copies of an abstract of not more
than two hundred (200) words.

Section 3. Except by special action of the Pro-
gram Committee the maximum time allowed for the
presentation of a paper shall be ten (10) minutes.
The presiding officer will enforce this rule.

Section 4- Papers presented before the Associa-
tion at the annual meeting shall be read only by
members or by persons introduced by members.

ARTICLE IX. Amendments

Section 1. These By-Laws may be amended at any
annual meeting of the Association by a two-thirds
majority vote of those present.

Section 2. Amendments to these By-Laws shall
take effect at the close of the meeting at which
they were adopted.

NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST

Receipt of news for this issue was sparse. The inclusion of the revised Constitution required more
space than anticipated and the news available did not warrant elimination of one of the articles or expan-
sion of the issue to 16 pages. News received will be included in the April issue.

12

ASB Bulletin

*f • Are

The A.S.B.

BULLE

Volume 7, Number 2

April, 1960

CONTENTS

Page

Association Affairs 14

Program of the Twenty-first Annual Meeting

of the Association of Southeastern Biologists IS

Items of Interest: New Orleans Meeting 19

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the Twenty-first Annual

Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists 21

News of Biology in the Southeast 42

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

THE A. S. B. BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists and is published
at Columbia, S. C., in January, April,
July and October. Letters, news items,
other contributions, and all communica-
tions about editorial matters should be
addressed to the Editor, U.S.P.H.S.,
P. O. Box 717, Columbia, S. C. Changes
of address should be sent promptly to
the Secretary of the ASB, Dr. Harold
J. Humm, Department of Botany, Duke
University, Durham, N. C. Subscription
orders from libraries and other institu-
tions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. Elsie Quarterman, Depart-
ment of Biology, Vanderbilt University,
Nashville, Tenn. Subscription rate for
non-members of ASB: $2.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Cary
Printing Co., Columbia, S. C.

Geoffrey M. Jeffery,
Editor

Harold J. Humm, Associate Editor
Elsie Quarterman, Business Manager

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida
State University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University
of Kentucky

Louisiana — G. C. Kent, Jr., Louisiana
State University

Maryland — Wm. E. Bickley, University
of Maryland

Mississippi - — Robert A. Woodmansee,
Mississippi Southern College

North Carolina — William J. Koch, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Win-
throp College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia - — Harry L. Holloway, Roanoke
College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Officers of the A. S. B.

President — Horton H. Hobbs, University
of Virginia

Retiring President — Mary Esther Gaul-
den, Biology Division, ORNL

President-Elect — Victor A. Greulach,
University of North Carolina

Vice-President — Royal E. Shanks, Uni-
versity of Tennessee

Secretary - — Harold J. Humm, Duke
University

Treasurer — Elsie Quarterman, Vander-
bilt University

Executive Committee — William Bur-
banck, Emory University; Eugene P.
Odum, University of Georgia; J. C.
O’Kelley, University of Alabama; D.
C. Scott, University of Georgia; Rob-
ert B. Short, Florida State Univer-
sity; H. E. Wheeler, Louisiana State
University. All officers are ex of-
ficio members of the executive com-
mittee.

Nominations for ASB Officers

The Nominating Committee,
composed of Mary Esther Gaul-
den, Chairman, G. Robert Lunz,
and Leland Shanor, has submit-
ted the following slate of of-
ficers to be acted on by mem-
bers at the New Orleans meet-
ing:

President-Elect — Paul M. Pat-
terson, Hollins College; Royal
E. Shanks, University of Ten-
nessee; and Harry E. Wheeler,
Louisiana State University.
Vice-President — Ruth S. Breen,
Florida State University; Wal-
ter S. Flory, Jr., University of
Virginia; and Donald C. Scott,
University of Georgia.
Executive Committee —

One to be elected for one-year
term — John M. Carpenter,
University of Kentucky;
James H. Gregg, University
of Florida; and Joseph C.
O’Kelley, University of Ala-
bama.

Two to be elected for three-
year term — Robert R. Bry-
den, Union College; B. The-
odore Cole, University of
South Carolina; David J.
Cotter, Alabama College;
Charles E. Jenner, Univer-
sity of North Carolina;
Jean Kerschner, Western
Maryland College; and Paul
A. Walker, Randolph Macon
Women’s College.

A call for nominations from the
floor will be made at the busi-
ness meeting.

The Annual Meeting

The forthcoming meeting at
Loyola University in New Or-
leans will undoubtedly continue
the trend of bigger and better
meetings. The number of papers
to be presented far exceeds any
meeting in the past. The Pro-
gram and Local Arrangements
Committees have done an out-
standing job.

Three distinguished guest
speakers have been obtained for
the Thursday and Friday eve-
ning General Sessions. On
Thursday Drs. Arnold B. Grob-
man and Hiden T. Cox of
A.I.B.S. will discuss two topics
of much interest to biologists.
On Friday Dr. F. C. Steward,
Professor of Botany, Cornell
University, will deliver an ad-
dress with the intriguing title,
“Carrots and Coconuts — Some
Adventures in the Study of
Growth”.

Attention is called to the field
trips to be offered during the

meetings. Those intending to
visit the U. S. Southern Regional
Research and Development Lab-
oratory should make their inten-
tions known as early as possible,
as suggested in the Meeting
Notes. Of special note is the
change in date of the trip to the
Sulphur Well. This was original-
ly announced for Saturday,
April 23, but has been changed
to Thursday, April 21, 9:00

A. M. -4:00 P.M. (See Meeting
Notes). Reservations for this
trip should be made in advance.

Copies of the program will be
available at the Meeting but
those desiring to have abstracts
should take along their own copy
of the BULLETIN. Action on
the revised Constitution and By-
laws will be taken at the Busi-
ness Meeting. It is not known
at this time if copies of the re-
vised Constitution will be avail-
able and those who wish to do so
should bring along the copy
printed in the January, 1960 is-
sue (Vol. 7, No. 1).

A Message from the President

Horn Island, shall it reynain a
nature preserve? It has been
called to my attention that there
is a move underway to have
Horn Island changed from a
Nature Preserve to a Recreation
Area. A Committee of A.S.B.,
consisting of Father P. M. Yan-
cey, Gordon Gunter, Hurst H.
Shoemaker, and Harold J.
Humm, Chairman, as well as
many other members of the As-
sociation, contributed a consid-
erable amount of effort into
having Horn Island set aside as
a natural area (See ASB BULL.,
4(3) : 43 and 6(1) : 30), and it
is my feeling that we should, as
individuals, do everything in our
power to prevent its being rav-
aged and converted to a picnic
park or something even less de-
sirable. I hope that every mem-
ber of ASB will write to his
Congressman and Senator pro-
testing any change in the present
status of the Island.

From all reports which have
reached me from Father Mullahy
and Dr. Jeffery, the Meetings
at Loyola promise to be among
the best in the history of the
Association. An interesting pro-
gram of papers and addresses,
and the thoughtful and careful
planning of the Local Arrange-
ments Committee can but add to
the other appeals and charms of
Loyola and New Orleans!

Horton H. Hobbs, Jr.

14

ASB Bulletin

Program of the 21st Annual Meeting
Association of Southeastern Biologists

Loyoia University, New Orleans, Louisiana, April 21-23, 1960

A Joint Meeting with the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America,
Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, the South Central and South Atlantic Regions of
the Society of General Physiologists, and the Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta Na-
tional Honor Biological Society.

SESSION SCHEDULE

Thursday, April 21

9:00 a.m.-4 p.m. Field Trip to Sulphur Well in
the Gulf. Bus leaves from Loyola Field
House.

10:00 a.m. Meeting of the Executive Committee of
the A.S.B. Student Lounge, Marquette Hall.
1:15 p.m. Tour of the U. S. Southern Regional
Research & Development Laboratory on Rob-
ert E. Lee Boulevard.

2:00-8:15 p.m. Registration, Lobby, Loyola Field
House.

8:20 p.m. General Session followed by Smoker,
Loyola Field House.

Friday, April 22

8:00-12:00 noon. Registration, Lobby, Loyola
Field House.

8:30-11:30 a.m. Showing of the A.I.B.S. Biologi-
cal Sciences Film Series. Trophy Room, West
End, Loyola Field House.

8:00 a.m. Commercial Exhibits, Loyola Field
House.

8:30 a.m. Contributed Papers.

Animal Physiology, Auditorium, Marquette
Hall.

Plant Physiology, Student Lounge, Marquette
Hall.

Vertebrate Zoology, Room 207, Bobet Hall.
Parasitology, Room 212, Bobet Hall.
Cryptogamic Botany, Room 304, Bobet Hall.
11:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Business Meeting, Associa-
tion of Southeastern Biologists, Main Audi-
torium, Loyola Field House.

1:15 p.m. Business Meeting, Southeastern Sec-
tion, Botanical Society of America, Room 304,
Bobet Hall.

2:00-5:00 p.m. Showing of the A.I.B.S. Biological
Sciences Film Series. Trophy Room, West
End, Loyola Field House.

2:00 p.m. Contributed Papers.

Animal Physiology, Auditorium, Marquette
Hall.

Cytology and Genetics, Student Lounge, Mar-
quette Hall.

Invertebrate Zoology, Room 207, Bobet Hall.
General Botany, Room 212, Bobet Hall.

Plant Ecology, Room 304, Bobet Hall.

5:45 p.m. Special Registration for Beta Beta Beta
Members, Loyola University Cafeteria.

6:00 p.m. Dinner, Beta Beta Beta Society, Loy-
ola University Cafeteria. Members will go
through the cafeteria line.

7:00 p.m. Address to Beta Beta Beta Members,
Marquette Auditorium.

8:30 p.m. General Session, Loyola Field House.
Saturday, April 23

8:30 a.m. Field Trip to the Gulf Coast Research
Laboratory, Ocean Springs, Mississippi.
Members will leave in private cars from the
Loyola Field House.

8:30-12:00 noon. Student Papers, Beta Beta Beta
Society. Eastern District, Room 212, Bobet
Hall; Western District, Room 304, Bobet Hall.

12:00-1:00 p.m. Business Meeting, Beta Beta Beta
Society; Eastern District, Room 212, Bobet
Hall; Western District, Room 304, Bobet Hall.

GENERAL SESSION

THURSDAY, APRIL 21, 8:20 p.m.

Loyola Field House
Presiding: Horton H. Hobbs, Jr.

Address of Welcome: VERY REVEREND W. PAT-
RICK DONNELLY, S. J., President of Loyola
University.

Response: Horton H. Hobbs, University of Virginia,
President of A.S.B.

Address: The Biological Sciences Curriculum Study
— Dr. Arnold B. Grobman, Director, Biological
Sciences Curriculum Study of the A.I.B.S.,
Boulder, Colorado.

Address: The A.I.B.S. Biological Sciences Film Se-
ries — Dr. Hiden T. Cox, Executive Director,
American Institute of Biological Sciences.

Smoker following the Addresses.

ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY SESSION I

FRIDAY, APRIL 22, 8:30 a.m.

Marquette Auditorium

Presiding : Douglas Humm, Univ. of North Carolina

8:30 Differentiation of Transplanted Pancreatic
Rudiments. B. E. FRYE, Univ. of Virginia.

8:43 The Action of Thyroxine on the Mitochon-
dria of the Liver of the Albino Rat. SAMUEL
R. TIPTON, Univ. of Tennessee.

8:56 The Preservation of Experimental Neoplasms
by a Frozen-Tissue Bank at — 78° C. J.
RICHARD THOMSON and DANIEL R.
FARNELL, Southern Research Inst., Bir-
mingham.

9:09 Shape Changes and Hemolysis of Frog Eryth-
rocytes Following Treatment with Various
Hemolysins. S. P. MARONEY, JR., Univ. of
Virginia.

9:22 Differentiation of Chromatophorotropins and
Retinal Pigment Light-adapting Hormone
from the Eyestalk of the Dwarf Crayfish,
Cambarellus shufeldti. MILTON FINGER-
MAN and WILLIAM C. MOBBERLY, JR.,
Newcomb Coll, of Tulane Univ.

9:35 Intermission.

9:45 A Study of the Sickling Phenomenon. ANNA
L. CHERRIE, Loyola Univ.

9:58 Electromigration Properties of Mammalian
Hemoglobins as Taxonomic Criteria.
CHARLES W. FOREMAN, Pfeiffer Coll.

10:11 Differentiation of the Toads, Bufo valliceps,
Bufo fowleri, and their Natural Hybrid by
Electrophoresis of Blood Proteins. HER-
BERT C. DESSAUER, WADE FOX, and
E. PETER VOLPE, L.S.U. School of Medi-
cine and Newcomb Coll., Tulane Univ.

Vol. 7, No. 2, April 1960

15

10:24 The Respiratory Properties of Chiton Hemo-
cyanins. JAMES R. REDMOND, Univ. of
Florida.

PLANT PHYSIOLOGY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 22, 8:30 a.m.

Student Lounge, Marquette Hall
Presiding : Victor A. Greulach, Univ. of
North Carolina

8:30 A New Method of Investigating the Daily
Course of Oxygen Tension of an Aquatic
Population. WILLIAM T. LAMMERS, David-
son Coll.

8:43 A Comparison of the Water Content of In-
sect Galls with that of Contiguous Tissues
and Normal Organs of the Same Host Plant.
EDWIN G. BECK, Univ. of Georgia.

8:56 Surface Antigen Dynamics in the Slime Mold,
Dictyostelium discoideum. JAMES H.
GREGG, Univ. of Florida.

9:09 The Use of Tetrazolium Chloride on Barley
Meristems. PATRICIA A. SARVELLA, Mis-
sissippi State Univ.

9:22 The Effects of Selected Antibiotics on Pure
Cultures of Algae. EDWARD O. HUNTER,
JR. and ILDA McVEIGH, Vanderbilt Univ.

9:35 Intermission.

9:45 Effects of IAA and 2, 4, 6 — T on Timothy
Root Growth. ROBERT T. BRUMFIELD,
Longwood College and Oak Ridge Nat. Lab.

9:58 The Separation of Chloroplast Pigments by
Countercurrent Distribution. FREDERICK
T. WOLF and JOHN G. CONIGLIO, Vander-
bilt Univ.

10:11 Responses of Selected Granite Outcrop Com-
munities to Chronic Low-level Gamma Irra-
diation. J. FRANKLIN McCORMICK, Emory
Univ.

10:24 A Growth Response by Two Sedges Inhabit-
ing a Radiation Field. GAYTHER L. PLUM-
MER, Univ. of Georgia.

10:37 The Isolation of the Amino Acid, Canava-
nine, by Ion Exchange Methods. GORDON
E. HUNT and JOHN F. THOMPSON, Univ.
of Tennessee.

10:50 Effects of Ionizing Radiation on Tree Growth.
JOHN T. McGINNIS, Emory Univ.

VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 22, 9:09 a.m.

Room 207, Bobet Hall

Presiding: Donald C. Scott, Univ. of Georgia

9:09 Aspects of Melanism in Gambusia af finis
(Baird and Girard). JAMES D. REGAN,
Florida State Univ.

9:22 Etheostoma okaloosae (Fowler), a Percid
Fish Endemic in Northwest Florida. RALPH
W. YERGER, Florida State Univ.

9:35 Growth and Development of the Golden
Mouse, Ochrotomys nuttalli. JAMES N.
LAYNE, Univ. of Florida.

9:48 Induction of Limb Regeneration in Post-
metamorphic Frogs by Xenoplastic Adrenal
Transplants. MERLE MIZELL, Tulane Univ.

10:00 Intermission.

10:10 Live-trap Induced Stress in Sigmodon hispi-
dus. FRANK B. GOLLEY, Univ. of Georgia.

10:23 Influence of Nerves in Lizard Regeneration.
SIDNEY B. SIMPSON, JR., Tulane Univ.

16

10:36 The Stimuli for the Start of the Reproduc-
tive Season in Juncos. JAMES T. TANNER,
Univ. of Tennessee.

10:49 Taxonomic Status of the Florida Pine Vole,
Pitymys parvulus. ANDREW A. ARATA,
Univ. of Florida.

PARASITOLOGY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 22, 8:30 a.m.

Room 212, Bobet Hall
Presiding : Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Univ. of
Virginia

8:30 The Genus Entocythere, an Ostracod Epi-
zooic on Crayfishes. EDWARD A. CRAW-
FORD, JR., Erskine Coll.

8:43 Swift Tapeworms; the Genus N otopentorchis
Burt in Ceylonese and American Trochilids.
ARTHUR W. JONES, Univ. of Tennessee.

8:56 The Comparative Efficacy of Bephenium
Hydroxynaphthoate and Tetrachloroethylene
against Hookworm and other Parasites of
Man. MARTIN D. YOUNG and GEOFFREY
M. JEFFERY, U.S.P.H.S., Columbia, S. C.

9:09 Cortisone and Resistance to Infection with
Hymenolepsis nana. CLARENCE J. WEIN-
MANN, Univ. of Florida.

9:22 The Comparative Anthelmintic Effects of
Dithiazanine and Tetrachloroethylene Indi-
vidually and in Combination. GEOFFREY
M. JEFFERY and MARTIN D. YOUNG,
U.S.P.H.S., Columbia, S. C.

9:35 A Preliminary Report on the Helminth Para-
sites of Nutria in Louisiana. BERT B. BA-
BERO and J. WARREN LEE, Southern
Univ.

9:48 A New Species of Macravestibulum (Trema-
toda : Pronocephalidae) from the Florida Ter-
rapin. RAYMOND T. DAMIAN, Florida
State Univ.

10:00 Intermission.

10:10 Activity Suppression in the Golden Hamster
( Cricetus auratus) Caused by Trichinella
spiralis Infection. CHAUNCEY G. GOOD-
CHILD and DIRK FRANKENBERG, Emory
Univ.

10:23 Ovoviviparity in the monogenetic trematode
Polystomoidella oblonga. LARRY C. OGLES-
BY, Florida State Univ.

10:36 Further Observations on the Structure of the
Cyst of N eoechinorhynchus cylindratus. BUR-
TON J. BOGITSH, Georgia Southern Coll.

10:49 Some Digenetic Trematodes from Birds from
the Northwest Gulf Coast of Florida. AUS-
TIN J. MacINNIS, Florida State Univ.

11:02 Marine Trematode Cercariae from the Apa-
lachee Bay Area. RHODES B. HOLLIMAN,
Florida State Univ.

11:15 Observations on the Life Cycle of Parorchis
acanthus Nicoll. PAUL D. LEWIS, JR.,
Florida State Univ.

11:28 Some Effects of Radiation on the Growth
Rate of Hymenolepis microstoma. H. H.
KUHLMAN, Univ. of Tennessee.

CRYPTOGAMIC BOTANY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 22, 8:30 a.m.

Room 304, Bobet Hall
Presiding : Harold J. Humm, Duke Univ.

8:30 Aceto-carmine Staining of Nuclear Bodies in
Oscillatoria. D. E. NORBY, Virginia Poly-
technic Inst.

ASB Bulletin

8:43 Factors Affecting Zoosporogenesis in Five
Chlorococcacean Algae. KENNETH F. HAN-
COCK, Univ. of Alabama.

8:56 A Preliminary Host Range Study of the Chy-
trid, Pringsheimiella. J. THOMAS MUL-
LINS, Univ. of Florida.

9:09 Current Effects and Growth of Freshwater
Algae. L. A. WHITFORD, North Carolina
State Coll.

9:22 An Axenic Culture of Puccinia malvacearum.
VICTOR M. CUTTER, JR., Woman’s Coll,
of the Univ. of North Carolina.

9:35 Intermission.

9:45 The Effects of the Alkaloid Drug Colchicine
upon the Alga, chlorella pyrenoidosa. ALAN
D. REX, Virginia Polytechnic Inst.

9:58 Changes in Development of Protosiphon ho -
tryoide s (Kiitz) Klebs in Culture upon Re-
placement of Calcium with Strontium. J. C.
O’KELLEY, W. R. HERNDON, and R. E.
DANIEL, Univ. of Alabama.

10:11 Strontium Replacement for Calcium in the
Growth of Four Volvoealean Algae. H. W.
NICHOLS, W. R. HERNDON, and J. C.
O’KELLEY, Univ. of Alabama.

10:24 Occurrence of Beggiatoa Species Relative to
Pollution. JAMES B. LACKEY, Univ. of
Florida.

10:37 What is Riccia fluitans L.? RUTH SCHORN-
HERST BREEN, Florida State Univ.

10:50 Sporophyte Production in Antarctic Mosses.
ELMER G. WORTHLEY, Harvard Univ.

ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY SESSION II

FRIDAY, APRIL 22, 2:00 p.m.

Marquette Auditorium

Presiding: Samuel R. Tipton, Univ. of Tennessee

2:00 Ascorbic Acid Metabolism and the Adrenal
Glands. DON W. STUBBS and KENNETH
OTTIS, Auburn Univ.

2:13 Narcosis, Hypothermia, and Resistance to As-
phyxia in Newborn Guinea Pigs. JAMES A.
MILLER, JR. and FAITH S. MILLER,
Emory Univ.

2:26 Mechanism of Nitrogen Narcosis. D. F.
SEARS, Tulane Univ.

2:39 Patterns of Oxidative Enzyme Formation in
the Bruchid (Coleoptera) Embryo during
Early Development. ALFRED BRAUER,
Univ. of Kentucky.

2:52 Studies on the Balance between Lactic Acid
Formation and Pyruvic Acid Oxidation in
Normal Platyfish Pigment Cells and Platy-
fish Swordtail Hybrid Tumors. DOUG-
LAS G. and JANE H. HUMM, Univ. of
North Carolina.

3:05 Intermission.

3:15 Interrelation between Triiodothyronine and
Adrenaline in Regulation of Oxygen Con-
sumption. KENNETH OTTIS, Auburn Univ.

3:28 Reanimation of Anesthetized Mice from Body
Temperatures below 1°C. FAITH S. MILLER
and JAMES A. MILLER, JR., Emory Univ.
and Nat. Inst, for Med. Res. (London).

3:40 Olfactory Nerve Degeneration. IRVING R.
MARTINEZ, JR. and RICHARD T. JACK-
SON, Loyola Univ. and L.S.U. of New Or-
leans.

3:53 The Neurophysiological Effect of 3 cm. Mi-
crowave Radiation. R. D. McAFEE, Tulane
Univ. and V. A. Hospital.

4:06 Measurement of the Effect of Sympathetic
Stimulation on Nasal Blood Shunt. RICH-
ARD T. JACKSON and HUNTER C.
LEAKE, III, Loyola Univ. and L.S.U. Medi-
cal School.

4:19 Preliminary Studies of the Winter Fauna of
a Small Artificial Lake at an Altitude of
2400 Feet. ELLINOR H. BEHRE, EMESE
SOOS, Y. E. STYLES, ANN BEDDING-
FIELD, BARBARA RIDDLE and PIROSKA
SOOS, Louisiana State Univ.

4:32 Factors Influencing Contractions of Trans-
planted Ovarian Follicles. BARRY A. MAX-
WELL and H. J. LIPNER, Florida State
Univ.

CYTOLOGY AND GENETICS SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 22, 2:00 p.m.

Student Lounge, Marquette Hall

Presiding : Mary Esther Gaulden, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory

2:00 Cytological Studies in the Genus Fissideus.
NARINDER CHOPRA, Univ. of Tennessee.

2:13 Effect of AET and ME A on X-ray Induced
Genetic Damage in Neurospora crassa. ED-
GAR BARNETT, C. W. EDINGTON, and
A. GIB DeBUSK, Florida State Univ.

2:26 Postirradiative Effects on Chromosomal
Aberrations. A. V. BEATTY and JEANNE
W. BEATTY, Emory Univ.

2:39 The Induction of Position Effect Lethals in
Drosophila by X-rays. E. W. EDINGTON
and J. D. REGAN, Florida State Univ.

2:52 Studies on the Role of Wild Yeasts in Fluc-
tuating Populations of Drosophila. JOHN M.
CARPENTER, Univ. of Kentucky.

3:05 Radiobiology of Tetrahymena pyriformis.
CAROLYN WELLS, Oak Ridge Nat. Lab.

3:15 Relationships between Sparing and Inhibi-
tion in a Tryptophan-deficient Mutant of Neu-
rospora crassa. H. E. BROCKMAN and A.
GIB DeBUSK, Florida State Univ.

3:30 Intermission.

3:40 Genetic Analysis of Variant Pigmentary Pat-
terns in the Leopard Frog, Rana pipiens. E.
PETER VOLPE, Newcomb Coll, of Tulane
Univ.

3:53 Colchicine Induction of Polyploidy in Rho-
dobryum roseum (Weis.) Limpr. and Bryum
nitens Hedw. NARINDER CHOPRA, Univ.
of Tennessee.

4:06 The Stage of the Female Germ Cell at Fer-
tilization in Relation to Natural Selection.
J. GORDON CARLSON, Univ. of Tennessee.

4:19 The Influence of Postirradiative ATP Treat-
ment on Chromosome Aberration Yield. A. V.
BEATTY and ELIZABETH DENNIS,
Emory Univ.

4:32 Chromosome Breakage Frequency Induced by
3r of X-rays in Grasshopper Neuroblasts.
CATHERINE C. HYDE and MARY
ESTHER GAULDEN, Oak Ridge Nat. Lab.

4:45 Behavior of the Spindle Body in Neuroblasts
of the Grasshopper, Chortophaga viridifas-
ciata (De Geer). KEN-YA KAWAMURA,
Univ. of Tennessee.

4:58 Nucleolar Activity in the Megasporocyte of
Lilium. FRANKLIN F. FLINT, Randolph-
Macon Woman’s Coll.

IT

Vol. 7, No. 2, April 1960

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 22, 2:00 p.m.

Room 207, Bobet Hall
Presiding : Walter G. Moore, Loyola Univ.

2:00 The Fresh-water Shrimps of Jamaica, W. I.
C. W. HART, JR., Acad, of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia.

2:13 Growth and Mortality of the Northern Hard
Clam in Florida Waters. R. W. MENZEL,
Oceanographic Inst., Florida State Univ.

2:26 Some Aspects of the Ecology of Two Psam-
molittoral Nematode Populations. CHARLES
E. KING, Florida State Univ.

2:39 Protozoa from the New Orleans Area. STU-
ART S. BAMFORTH, Newcomb Coll, of
Tulane Univ.

2:52 Sub-lethal Effects of Co-60 Gamma Radia-
tion on Entosiphon sulcatum. CARRIE F.
BENNETT, Univ. of Florida.

3:05 Intermission.

3:15 Some Little Known Protozoa from Rock-pools
of the Bald Knob, Salt Pond Mountain, Vir-
ginia. EUGENE C. BOVEE, Univ. of
Florida.

3:28 A Critique of Gause’s Experiments on the
Destruction of One Species by Another. W. D.
BURBANCK and JAMES D. EISEN, Emory
Univ.

3:41 Gastotricha of the New Orleans Area. ROBIN
C. KRIVANEK and JEROME O. KRIVA-
NEK, Newcomb Coll, of Tulane Univ.

3:54 New Genera of Branchiobdellidae. PERRY C.
HOLT, Virginia Polytechnic Inst.

4:07 Studies on the Role of Photoperiod on the
Termination of Larval Diapause in Various
Dipterous Insects. JAMES E. JENNER,
Univ. of North Carolina.

4:20 The Vertical Diel Migrations of a Cyclopoid
in a Mississippi Lake. ROBERT A. WOOD-
MANSEE and BILLY J. GRANTHAM, Mis-
sissippi Southern Coll, and Mississippi Game
and Fish Comm.

GENERAL BOTANY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 22, 2:00 p.m.

Room 212, Bobet Hall
Presiding : Arthur Welden, Tulane Univ.

2:00 A New Technique for Dissecting the Endo-
sperm and Embryo from Seed of Ilex opaca
Ait. J. M. HERR, JR., Univ. of South Caro-
lina.

2:13 The Problem of Morphological Variation in
Phacelia Purshii (Hydrophyllaceae) . M. D.
BAKER, Vanderbilt Univ.

2:26 Additions to the Virginia Flora and Gray’s
Manual. A. B. MASSEY, Virginia Polytech-
nic Inst.

2:39 The Wood Anatomy of Delopyrum, Dento-
ceras, Polygonella, and Thysanella (Poly-
gonaceae). JAMES H. HORTON, Univ. of
North Carolina.

2:52 Geographical Affinities of the Southern Ap-
palachian High Mountain Flora. GEORGE S.
RAMSEUR, The Univ. of the Sbuth.

3:05 Intermission.

3:15 The Chromosomes of Iris verna. R. B. CHAN-
NELL, Vanderbilt Univ.

3:28 Chromosome numbers in Eryngium Species
of the Southern United States. C. RITCHIE
BELL, Univ. of North Carolina.

3:41 The Nature of the Species, Pachysandra pro-
cumbens (Buxaceae). HERBERT C. ROB-
BINS, Vanderbilt Univ.

3:54 Typifying Species. ROLAND M. HARPER,
Geological Survey of Alabama.

4:07 Some Preliminary Studies Contributing to
a Cyto-taxonomic Investigation of the Genus,
Schoenolirion (Liliaceae). HARRY L. SHER-
MAN, Vanderbilt Univ.

4:20 Foliar Origin and Development of Tropae-
olum majus L. JEAN L. SMITH, Florida
State Univ.

PLANT ECOLOGY SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 22, 2:00 p.m.

Room 304, Bobet Hall

Presiding: Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt Univ.

2:00 Autecological Studies on Leavenworthia sty-
losa (Cruciferae). RHONA ZAGER, Van-
derbilt Univ.

2:13 Effects of Radiation on the Ecology of Pinus
taeda. ROBERT A. PEDIGO, Emory Univ.

2:26 A Preliminary Report on Some Aspects of
the Autecology of Helenium amarum (Raf.)
H. Rock. DONALD CAPLENOR, LUCILLE
PILLOW, WILLIAM RUSHING, and
DAVID WEAVER, Millsaps Coll.

2:39 Changes in Dominance in Old Field Succes-
sion under Gamma Radiation. CHARLES P.
DANIEL, Emory Univ.

2:52 Age and Development of Coastal Marshes in
Southwestern Louisiana. CHARLES L.
CHAMBERLAIN, Randolph-Macon Woman’s
Coll.

3:05 Intermission.

3:15 Is Sea-oats sterile? FLETCHER D. HAR-
VEY, III and HARRIS OLIVER YATES,
Vanderbilt Univ.

3:28 Floristic Changes on White Oak Lake Bed,
1956-1959. H. R. DeSELM and R. E.
SHANKS, Univ. of Tennessee.

3:41 Studies on the Distribution and Life History
of Two Species of Lesquerella (Cruciferae).
ELSIE QUARTERMAN, Vanderbilt Univ.

3:54 A Preliminary Study on the Relationship be-
tween the Vegetation of a Mesic Hammock
Community and a Sandhill Community.
CARL D. MONK, Univ. of Florida.

4:07 The Origin of Relict and Disjunctive Species
in Florida. C. W. JAMES, Univ. of Georgia.

4:20 An Evaluation of Three Hybrid-containing
Oak Populations on the North Carolina Coast.
C. JOHN BURK, Univ. of North Carolina.

GENERAL SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 22, 8:30 p.m.

Loyola Field House

Presiding : Horton H. Hobbs, Jr.

Presentation of Awards: Mt. Lake Biological Sta-
tion Fellowship offered by Phipps and Bird, Inc.;
Research Award offered by Carolina Biological
Supply Company; Meritorious Teaching Award
offered by Will Corporation of Georgia.

Address: “Carrots and Coconuts — Sbme Adven-
tures in the Study of Growth”, DR. F. C. STEW-
ARD, Professor of Botany, Cornell University.

18

ASB Bulletin

Items of Interest: New Orleans Meeting

Program

Beta Beta Beta Society

GENERAL SESSION

FRIDAY, APRIL 22

5:45 p.m. Special Registration for Beta Beta
Beta Members, Loyola University Cafeteria.

6:00 p.m. Dinner, Loyola University Cafeteria.
Members will go through the cafeteria line.

7:00 p.m. Address, Marquette Auditorium “Bi-
ology in Russia”, Dr. Fred R. Cagle, Tulane
University.

EASTERN DISTRICT SESSION

SATURDAY, APRIL 23
Room 212, Bobet Hall

8:30 a.m. to 12:00 noon. Contributed Papers.

12:00 noon to 1:00 p.m. Business Meeting.

WESTERN DISTRICT SESSION

SATURDAY, APRIL 23
Room 304, Bobet Hall

8:30 a.m. to 12:00 noon. Contributed Papers.

12:00 noon to 1:00 p.m. Business Meeting.

Meeting Notes

Lodging and Meals

A partial list of hotels and motels was
published in the January issue of the BUL-
LETIN. More complete lists are available
from the Visitor’s Bureau, 315 Camp Street,
New Orleans. The Loyola University Cafe-
teria will be open to all persons attending
the meeting. The newly opened Tulane Uni-
versity Center has excellent dining facilities
and is just a few steps from the Loyola Field
House. Since New Orleans is famous for its
many world renowned restaurants, it is felt
that most of those attending the meeting will
avail themselves of this opportunity to visit
them.

Registration

Registration will take place in the Lobby
of the Loyola Field House on Freret Street
on April 21 from 2:00 to 8:15 P.M. and on
April 22 from 8:00 to 12:00 noon. A fee of
$1.00 will be charged for registration; un-
dergraduate members of Beta Beta Beta will
not be charged the registration fee, but they
are urged to register.

Directory

A directory of persons attending the meet-
ing will be located in the Lobby of the Loy-
ola Field House.

Placement Service

A do-it-yourself type of placement service
will be located in the Lobby of the Field
House. Space will be provided for posting of
available positions and personnel.

Commercial Exhibits

These exhibits will be located on the main
floor of the Field House.

A.l.B.S. Theatre

Recently completed films of the A.l.B.S.
series will be shown in the Trophy Room,
West End, Loyola Field House on Friday,
April 22, from 8 :30 to 11 :30 A.M. and from
2 :00 to 5 :00 P.M. A program of the films to
be shown will be posted about the campus.

Parking

The host institution is apologetic for the
parking problem on its campus. However, in
an effort to provide ASB members with the
best available facilities, a placard will be pro-
vided each person requesting it at the regis-
tration desk. This placard, when displayed
inside the car, will permit parking in the
quadrangle in the front of the University on
St. Charles Avenue.

Field Trips

Three field trips are scheduled for the
21st Annual Meeting. Preregistration for
each trip is imperative.

Trip #1

Visit to an operating Sulphur Well in the
Gulf is offered to members by the Freeport
Sulphur Company. It has been found more
convenient to offer this trip on Thursday,
April 21, rather than on Saturday, April 23,
as previously announced in the January is-
sue of the BULLETIN. A bus will leave the
Freret St. entrance of the Loyola Field
House on April 21, at 9:00 A.M. and return
at 4:00 P.M. the same day. A box lunch will
be provided by the Freeport Sulphur Com-
pany. Reservations must be made with Dr.

Vol. 7, No. 2, April 1960

19

Robert C. Goss, Department of Biological
Sciences, Loyola University, before April
9th.

Trip # 2

A tour of the U. S. Southern Regional Re-
search and Development Laboratory on Rob-
ert E. Lee Blvd. is scheduled for Thursday
afternoon, April 21, at 1:15 P.M. Registra-
tion should be made with Dr. Harry D.
Brown, Department of Biological Sciences,
Loyola University, before April 9th.

Trip # 3

On Saturday, April 23, a field and collect-
ing trip to the Gulf Coast Research Labora-
tory at Ocean Springs, Mississippi, will be-
gin at 8 :30 A.M. in front of the Loyola Field
House. Dr. Gordon Gunter, Director of the
Laboratory has arranged for collecting to
be done in Mississippi Sound aboard the lab-
oratory research boat. This part of the trip
is limited to twenty persons; first to regis-
ter will be accommodated. Dr. Gunter also
offers free lodgings for twenty people on the
night of April 23. Travel will be on a share-
the-expenses basis. Interested persons should
register with Dr. Walter G. Moore, Depart-
ment of Biological Sciences, Loyola Univer-
sity, no later than April 16th.

Local Arrangements Committee

Dr. George H. Penn (Tulane), Dr. Arthur
Welden (Tulane) and Miss E. L. Beard, Dr.
Harry D. Brown, Dr. Robert C. Goss, Dr.
Richard T. Jackson, Dr. Walter G. Moore,
and Father John H. Mullahy, Chairman (all
of Loyola University) .

The Host Institution

Loyola University is a Catholic Institu-
tion conducted by members of the Society
of Jesus (the Jesuits). The French Jesuits
who founded it in 1849 in downtown New
Orleans patterned its administration and
curriculum along the lines of the Colleges
they still maintain in France. In 1904 the
high school divisions and college divisions
were separated and moved to different parts
of the city; the high school division became
the present Jesuit High School on Carroll-
ton Avenue and the College division be-
came Loyola University on its present site
in 1912. Besides the College of Arts and
Sciences with small graduate divisions in
Education and Biology, Loyola maintains

schools of Business Administration, Music,
Dentistry, Pharmacy, and Law. Its present
enrollment is 3000.

Biological Sciences at the Host Institution

Loyola has a single department of biologi-
cal sciences with a staff of eight members. It
is housed in Bobet Hall on the St. Charles
Avenue campus. The chairman of the de-
partment, Father John H. Mullahy (Vander-
bilt) is engaged in an algal survey of the
Chandaleur Islands, but freshwater Rhodo-
phyceae are his main interest. Dr. Harry D.
Brown (Columbia) is doing physiological
work on secretion and secretory structures
in plants. Plant pathology and the physi-
ology of microorganisms is the interest of
Dr. Robert C. Goss (Purdue), whereas Dr.
Richard T. Jackson (Florida State) was re-
cently awarded a N.I.H. grant to study the
electrophysiology of the special senses. Dr.
John G. Arnold (N.Y.U.) is interested in the
parasites of the freshwater fishes of Louisi-
ana. Dr. Walter G. Moore (Minnesota) has
published extensively on the limnology of
Louisiana lakes as well as on the sponges and
anostraca of the South. Mr. Timothy L. Dug-
gan (Loyola) is studying effects of salivary
secretion on dental placques, and Miss Eliza-
beth L. Beard (T.C.U.) has just recently
reported on her study of serum proteolytic
activity.

Five years ago the department initiated
a graduate program which is limited to the
Master’s degree.

The Participating Societies

Officers of some of the Societies partici-
pating in the meetings at New Orleans are
as follows :

Association of Southeastern Biologists

President — Dr. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr.,
University of Virginia

Retiring President — Dr. Mary Esther Gaul-
den, ORNL

President-Elect — Dr. Victor A. Greulach,
University of North Carolina

Vice-President — Dr. Royal E. Shanks,
University of Tennessee

Secretary — Dr. Harold J. Humm,

Duke University

Treasurer — Dr. Elsie Quarterman,
Vanderbilt University

(Continued on Page 41)

20

ASB Bulletin*

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 21st Annual
Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists

All except one of the 112 papers submitted for
presentation at the Twenty-first Annual Meeting of
the Association are abstracted here. Reprints of
abstracts marked with an asterisk are available
from the authors.

Taxonomic Status of the Florida Pine Vole,
Pitymys parvulus
Andrew A. Arata, University of Florida

Audubon and Bachman in 1851 reported the pine
vole from Florida, assigning it to Arvicola pine-
torum. This name was subsequently changed to
Pitymys pinetorum. The animal was not again re-
ported from the state until 1916 when A. H. How-
ell described 4 specimens from Lynn (near Ocala),
Marion Co., as a distinct species, P. parvulus.
Acquisition of more material from Florida, Georgia,
Alabama, Mississippi and Louisiana make a re-
appraisal possible. The descriptive characters (size
and color) are found to overlap considerably with
P. pinetorum to the north and west. Variation is
apparent in all characters tested: size, color, molar
patterns, etc. The amount of variation existing
between, and within, populations is described. Clines
running from the west and north, converging in
peninsular Florida are evident. Molar patterns
of P. pinetorum from the Pleistocene of peninsular
Florida are described, and found to be more similar
to populations living at present further north than
to the modern peninsular populations. Extant popu-
lations from north Florida are more similar to pop-
ulations from Georgia than to modem peninsular
forms. A revaluation of the taxonomic status of
this vole is made upon the evidence presented.

A Preliminary Report on the Helminth
Parasites of Nutria in Louisiana*

Bert B. Babero and J. Warren Lee,
Southern University and A. & M. College,
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

A study on helminth parasitism of feral nutria
or eoypu in Louisiana is in progress. To date, ap-
proximately twenty-nine of these hosts have been
examined. Although several helminth species have
been recovered, generally, in each instance infec-
tions have been light. Morphological studies of the
parasites recovered have not been completed. Ten-
tative identifications of helminths and the num-
ber of hosts infected are as follows: NEMATODA
— Dipetalonema sp. (12), Heligmosomum sp. (15),
Longistriata sp. (15), and Trichuris sp. (13);
TREMATODA — unknown monogenetic fluke, (1),
unknown metacercaria (7), and unknown digenetic
fluke (3); CESTODA ■ — Hymenolepis sp. (1);
ACANTHOCEPHALA - — unknown species (3). The
present report apparently is the first published
record of an Acnathophala from nutria.

Trichurids and members of the subfamily Helig-
mosominae have been observed to be more prevalent
in Louisiana nutria than any other helminth. Con-
siderable variation in the spicular sheath of Tri-
churis has been observed.

Although certain of the helminths genera re-
covered are known to produce apthological condi-
tions in other hosts groups, such pathogenicites have
not been observed in animals necropsied during this
study.

The Problem of Morphological Variation
in Phacelia Purshii (Hydrophyllaceae)

M. D. Baker, Vanderbilt University

This paper presents the problem of, and pre-
liminary results concerning, the source of variation
in Phacelia Purshii Buckl. in middle Tennessee. This
species is allied to P. fimbriata Michx., and now in-
cludes P. Boykinii (A. Gray) Small and P. Bicknellii
Small. The relationships of these taxa are treated.
Particular attention is given to the problem in P.
Purshii of small-flowered plants, pollen and anther
sterility, etc., as understood through preliminary ex-
perimentation.

Protozoa from the New Orleans Area*

Stuart S. Bamforth, Newcomb College of
Tulane University

Mild climate and the alluvial soil of the Missis-
sippi Delta provide a variety of hard water meso-
saprobic and polysaprobic environments in the
swamps, ponds, and ditches of the 50 mile area sur-
rounding New Orleans. Trachelomonas volvocina,
T. hispida, several species of Euglena and Phacus,
Cryptomonas erosa and C. compressa are dominant
flagellates. Chlamydomonas and colonial phyto-
monads are sparsely represented, although they
may predominate in particular habitats. Synura
uvella is prominent in the cooler portions of the
year but other chrysomonads are relatively rare.
Actinophrys sol, several small Heliozoan genera,
Arcella vulgaris, and Difflugia appear more num-
erous than Amoebidae. Coleps is the most abund-
ant ciliate genus. Loxodes, Monochilium, Lembadion,
Urocentrum turbo, Halteria grandinella, Strobili-
dium gyrans, Euplotes eurystomus and a variety of
Oxytrichidae are common. The distribution of many
other ciliates depends upon the particular ecologi-
cal characteristics of individual bodies of water.

Effect of AET and MEA on X Ray Induced
Genetic Damage in Neurospora crassa*

Edgar Barnett, C. W. Edington, and
A. Gib DeBusk, Florida State University

In view of the number of investigations, past and
present, concerned with the chemical protection of
organisms against radiation death, surprisingly few
studies have been reported which deal with the ef-
fectiveness of such compounds against radiation in-
duced genetic changes. Experiments have been con-
ducted in our laboratory with two such compounds,
B-mercaptoethylamine (MEA) and S, 2 aminoethyl-
isothiuronium (AET), to determine whether they
protect against X ray induced genetic back muta-
tion in Neurospora crassa. Our methods for deter-

Vol. 7, No. 2, April 1960

21

mining rates of reversion are similar to those of
Giles (1951) in which revertants from nutritional
auxotrophy to prototrophy are detected by colony
formation on basal unsupplemented agar medium
plates and survival by colony formation on nutri-
tionally complete agar medium plates. The results
of our experiments show that AET when present
at the time of irradiation, increases the level of back
mutation produced by a standard dose of radiation
at the ad-3 locus of Neurospora. MEA, on the other
hand, shows a protective action against X ray
mutagenicity.

Postirradiative Effects on Chromosomal
Aberrations

A. V. Beatty and Jeanne W. Beatty,

Emory University

Investigations dealing with chromosomal aberra-
tions in Tradescantia microspores have revealed
that a total dose of 400r of X radiation, in com-
bination with various environmental factors during
or after irradiation, yielded in five percent oxygen
an average low of 0.48 and a high of 0.88 aberra-
tions per cell, while in helium a low of 0.14 and a
high of 0.66 was found. In those experimental pro-
cedures in which a total dose of 400r yielded less
than the highest yield of aberrations, a yield up to
but not greater than this high could be obtained by
modifying the experimental setup so as to influence
the rejoining of broken chromosome ends. This idea
of constancy in the number of recoverable breaks
and the role which available energy plays in radia-
tion recovery, form the basic premises upon which
the present work was carried out. Irradiation was
performed in both oxygen and oxygen-free atmos-
pheres. In the oxygen-free experiments some of the
material was pretreated in chemicals which pre-
sumably contributed in some way in supplying addi-
tional energy for repair. Postirradiative treatments
for mass doses as well as in the fractionation ex-
periments were given in either helium or air. Any
treatment which supposedly increased the supply of
energy in the cell, decreased the aberration yield,
while a decrease in available energy increased the
aberration yield.

The Influence of Postirradiative ATP
Treatment on Chromosome
Aberration Yield

A. V. Beatty and Elizabeth Dennis,

Emory University

In all experiments the Tradescantia inflorescences
were exposed to 400r of X radiation in an oxygen-
free atmosphere at 30° C. The molecular concentra-
tion of ATP used was 2 X 10-\ The controls with
no ATP treatment yielded 0.24 aberrations per cell.
With pretreatment periods from 1-9 hours, the aber-
ration yield was approximately 0.14 per cell. Post-
irradiative treatment for IV2 hours gave 0.17 aber-
rations per cell indicating biological activity. The
use of tagged ATP to indicate absorption of the
chemical showed radioactivity in the microspores
after two hours of treatment. Biological activity
was thus indicated in the microspores before radio-
activity was measurable.

A Comparison of the Water Content of
Insect Galls with that of Contiguous
Tissues and Normal Organs of the
Same Host Plant

Edwin G. Beck, University of Georgia

Seven leaf galls and one stem gall were examined
in this study. The water content of each of the leaf
galls was compared with that of the contiguous
tissues of the leaf on which it occurred as well as
with that of normal leaves from the host plant.
The water content of the galls produced by different
species of insects varied considerably in water con-
tent, but, in all of the cases studied, it was higher
than that of the contiguous tissues or the normal
leaves of the host plant. In all but one of the host
plants, the leaf tissues adjacent to the gall contained
more water than did the uninfected leaves from the
same plant. A similar study was made of the Soli-
dago stem gall caused by the larva of Gnorimo-
schema gallaesolicLaginis in which the water content
of the galls was compared with that of the stem
segments above and below them. It was found that
the galls had a greater water content than the
stems.

Studies of the Winter Fauna of a Small
Artificial Lake, Altitude 2400 Feet,
Under Natural and Artificial Conditions :
Temperature Changes*

E. H. Behre, Emese Soos, M. E. Styles, Ann
Beddingfield, Barbara Riddle, and Piroska Soos,
Louisiana State University

Several species of trichopteran larvae, two of
crayfish, one of frog tadpole, and one of salaman-
der were studied; and incidental observations were
made on other winter forms. Included were experi-
ments on the effect of indoor temperatures on these
species. Outdoor temperatures ranged from freez-
ing (low) to 50 Fahrenheit; indoor temperatures, be-
tween 65 and 70.

Indoor temperatures speed up all processes studied.
Trichopteran larvae build more rapidly, both
initially and after damage or destruction of nests.
Tadpoles not usually altering visibly here in the
early or midwinter show measurable changes in
body proportions, tail length (shortening) and leg
length (increase). Tadpoles, salamanders, even cray-
fish, become very restless when kept indoors. The
vertebrates feed vigorously indoors, hardly at all
outdoors. Induced wounds heal, and operated ap-
pendages regenerate much more rapidly indoors than
in outdoor temperatures. How much of this last
effect is directly correlated with the amount of food
consumed is still to be determined.

Chromosome Numbers in Eryngium
Species of the Southern United States

C. Ritchie Bell, University of North Carolina

Among the species of the umbelliferous genus
Eryngium which are native to the southern United
States, diploid and aneuploid plants are found to
represent equal numbers of species while plants of
only one species are found to be polyploid. Similar
aneuploid series are found in different phylogenetic
lines and thus must have had independent origins.

22

ASB Bulletin

Sub-lethal Effects of Co-60 Gamma
Radiation on Entosiphon sulcatum

Carrie F. Bennett, University of Florida
The saprozoic colorless flagellate, Entosiphon sul-
catum, was exposed to various dosages of gamma
radiation using a Co-60 irradiating source. After
observing no detectable morphological sub-lethal ef-
fects, division rates were studied. Seventy-two lines
of irradiated isolates were examined daily for a
duration of 50 generations and no striking drop in
the division rate occurred. It seems that either the
organisms are killed or they are not affected. Cul-
ture methods, graphs and charts on data for the ex-
periments are available information contained in the
paper.

Further Observations on the Structure of
the Cyst of N eoechinorhynchus cylindratus

Burton J. Bogitsh, Georgia Southemi College
Cysts of juvenile forms of the acanthocephalan
N. cylindratus were subjected to various histochem-
ical and histological techniques. The evidence ac-
cumulated indicates that the cyst wall is made up
of two portions, an inner connective tissue layer
and an outer cellular layer. The outer, cellular layer
is chemically different from the inner layer as well
as from the surrounding cells of the host’s liver.

Some Little-known Protozoa from
Rock-pools of the Bald Knob, on
Salt Pond Mountain, Virginia

Eugene C. Bovee, University of Florida
From water samples collected from rainwater
pools on barren granitic rock at the Bald Knob, at
the summit of Salt Pond Mountain, Giles County,
Virginia, over 30 species of protozoan organisms
were identified to genus or to species. The collections
were made August 20, 1959, water temperature in
the pools being 71° F. Amongst those identified were
the green flagellates Chloromeson sp., Olithodiscus
luteus, Gonyostomum latum, Chlamydomonas sp.,
Haematococcus pluvialis, Stephanosphaera pluvialis,
Mallomonas sp., Cryptomonas obvoidea, and Crypt-
omonas erosa; the colorless flagellates Astasia sp.,
Bodo minimus, Bodo variabilis, Bodo ovatus, Phyllo-
mitus amylophagus, and Tetramitus decissus; holo-
trichous ciliates Spathidium muscicola, Enchelys
pupa, Tetrahymena sp., and Colpoda sp.; spirotrich-
ous ciliates Metopus sp., and Pleurotricha sp.; sue-
torian Podophyra sp.; shelled arnebas Lesquereusia
sp., Heleopora rosea, Crytodifflugia sp., and Gromia
sp.; and naked amebas Hartmannella sp., Mayorella
sp., Acanthamoeba hyalina, Thecamoeba striata, and
Mastigamoeba sp. Special attention will be directed
to the green algae Haematococcus pluvialis and
Stephanosphaera pluvialis; and to the ciliate, Pleu-
rotricha sp.; because the two algae are found only
in rock-pools at high altitudes or cold latitudes, and
the ciliate is perhaps a new species, and is perhaps
found only in such pools.

Patterns of Oxidative Enzyme Formation
in the Bruchid (Coleoptera) Embryo
During Early Development*

Alfred Brauer, University of Kentucky
In previous studies physiological patterns of de-
velopment in early stages of the bruchid embryo
have been studied through their differential suscep-
tibility and recovery after treatment with such

agents as KCN., phynylalanine, tyrosine, and Ultra-
violet irradiation. The susceptibility patterns for
the first three are very similar in that treatment
during hours 1 to 7, results in reduplication (twin-
ning) , or at least in partial duplicity of the pri-
mary axis. In hours 7 to 12, treatment produced
great elongation of embryos but no duplicity. Treat-
ment at 12 to 16 hours again has its particular pat-
tern. Ultraviolet irradiation in measured doses is
likewise differentially effective in modifying de-
velopment but for this the patterns differ somewhat
from those of the solutions.

The modifications are analyzed in terms of ap-
pearance and distribution of the oxydative enzymes
glutathione and cytochrome oxydase which are set
forth in this study. The conclusion is drawn that the
enumerated effects are due directly, and/or in-
directly, by incapacitation of the oxydative mech-
anism. Ultraviolet has the double possibility of act-
ing through this mechanism or by its direct effect
on the chromosomes, notably DNA.

What is Riccia fluitans L. ?

Ruth Schornherst Breen,

Florida State University

Finding what is usually known as Riccia fluitans
with sporophytes on both free floating and stranded
thalli has raised the question as to the identity
of this liverwort. K. M tiller (1940) stated that R.
fluitans is always sterile, while stranded fertile
plants represent a distinct species, R. canaliculata
Hoffman. In October of 1959 abundant fertile ma-
terial of the following was found in Wakulla
County, Florida: (1) floating, (2) submerged and
attached to the soil under some six inches of water,
and (3) attached to moist soil. Observations have
been made of the plants at this station at frequent
intervals since its discovery. There seems to be no
reason to doubt that all these forms, growing in an
area about 200’ x 25’, are the same organism, merely
showing response to a fluctuating water situation.
Certain morphological differences are noted between
the Florida material and previously published fig-
ures and descriptions.

Relationships Between Sparing and
Inhibition in a Tryptophan-Deficient
Mutant of Neurospora crassa*

H. E. Brockman and A. Gib DeBusk,

Florida State University

Certain naturally occurring amino acids inhibit
utilization of the required amino acid competitively
in a tyrosine-deficient (DeBusk and Wagner, 1953)
and in a phenylalanine-deficient (Brockman, De-
Busk, and Wagner, 1959) mutant of Neurospora
crassa. Similar inhibition studies have been extended
to a third mutant, FS-108, which requires either in-
dole or tryptophan for growth. Fourteen natural
amino acids were found to inhibit competitively the
utilization of tryptophan for growth in FS-108, but
growth of the mutant was stimulated by the inhibi-
tory amino acids when they were present in concen-
trations below those needed for inhibition. Added
amino acids neither inhibited nor spared growth of
the mutant in the presence of indole. Results of
growth assays and tryptophan uptake studies sup-
port the conclusion that amino acids elicit both the
sparing and the inhibition response by interfering
with tryptophan uptake into the cell.

Vol. 7, No. 2, April 1960

23

Effects of IAA and 2, 4, 6-T on Timothy-
Root Growth

Robert T. Brumfield, Longwood College and Oak
Ridge National Laboratory 1

When the primary roots of timothy ( Phleum pra-
tense) seedlings germinated in moist air are im-
mersed in water, a colorless, transparent, gelatin-
ous substance swells out from the root cap and the
distal portion of the meristem. RNase dissolves the
substance and the process is inhibited by the pres-
ence of IAA and stimulated by 2, 4, 6-trichloro-
phenoxyacetic acid (2, 4, 6-T). IAA inhibits growth
but does not alter the geotropic response or the
growth effects of UV. Geotropism and growth ef-
fects of UV are inhibited by 2, 4, 6-T which also
stimulates growth. The absorbance of water ex-
tracts of root tips bearing the gelatinous substance
is high at 210 my, low at 240 m/x, with a “bulge”
at 260 my. Extracts in 10— 4 M IAA exhibit a sharp
peak at ca. 227 m/i indicating the formation of a new
complex. Extracts in 10— 4 M 2, 4, 6-T show a new peak
at ca. 224 my. When roots treated with IAA are ex-
posed to UV, the absorbance of water extracts at
227 my varies with the UV dose. With 2, 4, 6-T,
which inhibits the growth effects of UV, the ab-
sorbance at 224 m/i is not affected by UV. The peak
at 227 my is higher in successive extracts in IAA
while the peak at 244 my is lower in successive ex-
tracts in 2, 4, 6-T. Thus it appears that the two com-
pounds form complexes with different components
of the mixture.

'Work supported by the National Science Foun-
dation and The Atomic Energy Commission.

A Critique of Gause’s Experiments on
the Destruction of One Species
by Another*

W. D. Burbanck and James D. Eisen,

Emory University

In Gause’s Didinium-Paramecium experiments
which attempted to produce predator-prey oscilla-
tions in laboratory cultures, the didinia died regu-
larly after 3-4 days regardless of how many para-
mecia were present. This atypical death of the di-
dinia necessitated “immigrations” of Didinium to
complete the cyclic predator-prey oscillations. It is
our intention to explain the death rather than the
cyclic phenomenon and typical encystment of Didin-
ium.

In our experiments, sterile D. nasutum were fed
starved P. aurelia and paramecia which had been
grown on monofloral cultures of five different bac-
terial species and a mixed culture of wild bacteria.
After several generations, produced in 3-4 days, all
didinia except those on wild-bacteria-fed paramecia
yielded aberrant forms and died. It is suggested that
the statistically different fission rates and subse-
quent death of didinia were due to nutritional
deficiencies in the monoflorally-fed paramecia. A
Didinium requirement, perhaps dipeptidase, may be
lacking or insufficient in the monoflorally-fed or
starved paramecia, but present in paramecia grown
on a mixed bacterial culture. The inadequacy of
paramecia fed on a monofloral culture of Bacillus
pyocyaneus or B. subtilis as used by Gause may have
accounted for the death of Didinium rather than
cyclic oscillations of Didinium-Paramecium popula-
tions and eventual encystment of the didinia.

An Evaluation of Three Hybrid-containing
Oak Populations on the North Carolina
Coast*

Carl John Burk, University of North Carolina

Three populations containing both hybrids and
typical specimens of Quercus phellos L., Q. nigra
L., and Q. laurifolia Michx. were found on barrier
islands at Nagshead, Buxton, and on Bogue Barrier,
North Carolina. These populations appeared to oc-
cupy a definite successional niche, replacing the
salt-spray resistant dominants of the maritime for-
est, Quercus virginiana and Juniperus, outside the
immediate influence of salt spray, as precursors of
an open-canopied, rather mesic “coastal forest” in
which they, in association with Pinus taeda, Quer-
cus falcata, Liquidambar, and several species of
Carya, formed a major part of the canopy.

A comparison of specimens taken from the hybrid-
containing populations, by the use of Anderson’s
hybrid index, with specimens of Q. phellos and Q.
nigra taken from the North Carolina piedmont, re-
vealed that the entire range of variation found in
the coastal populations, including specimens refer-
able to Q. laurifolia, was no greater than that which
could be expected from a cross between Q. phellos
and Q. nigra, allowing for segregation and back-
crossing with either parent.

A Preliminary Report on some Aspects of
the Autecology of Helenium amarum
(Raf.) H. Rock*

Donald Caplenor, Lucille Pillow,
William Rushing and David Weaver,
Millsaps College

A program of autecologieal research dealing with
the species Helenium amarum (Raf.) H. Rock was
initiated by the senior author in the summer of
1959 and has continued through the school year,
1959-1960, under the impetus of the NSF Under-
graduate Research Participation Program. Specific
phases of the research have been concerned with
gross light requirements, requirements for seed
germination, and photoperiodic responses.

The species has been found to have a relatively
high gross light requirement, especially in seedling
stages, but outdoor experiments carried on during
the winter of 1959-1960 indicate that the general
protection afforded by shading devices may more
than offset the effect of shading itself. Germina-
tion experiments have shown that the seeds require
a short exposure (30 min. or less) to a temperature
slightly below 70 degrees F. for germination to
occur, and that, after such induction germination is
inhibited by a constant temperature of 85 degrees
F. or higher. H. amarum is a long-day plant, grow-
ing throughout the winter in rosette form, and be-
ing induced to produce a vertical stem when length
of day reaches 13 hours (depending somewhat upon
maturity of the plant). Rate of growth of the ros-
ette is also dependent upon length of day. Under
present conditions of research, potassium salt of
gibberelic acid will substitute for long light period
in inducing the production of the vertical shoot.

The Stage of the Female Germ Cell at
Fertilization in Relation to
Natural Selection*

J. Gordon Carlson, The University of Tennessee

In nearly all animals, if those about which we
have information constitute a random sample, fer-
tilization involves a female germ cell that has not

24

ASB Bulletin

completed meiosis and that usually lacks the ca-
pacity to complete meiosis until fertilization has
occurred. The particular meiotic stage that the fe-
male germ cell attains before it is fertilizable, and
beyond which it will not normally proceed until ferti-
lized, differs from species to species but appears to be
constant for a given species. If it is assumed that this
is a species characteristic that has become estab-
lished, not by chance, but through natural selection,
how might it have survival value? Among the possi-
bilities are: (1) decrease in the time between the
completion of meiosis in the female and the begin-
ning of cleavage, (2) decrease in the length of time
the eggs need to be retained in the body of the fe-
male, (3) simultaneous development and hatching
of all the eggs laid at one time by a single female,
and (4) protection of the ovum or the secondary
oocyte and ovum from the cell lethal effects of re-
cessive lethal genes.

Studies on the Role of Wild Yeasts in
Fluctuating Populations of Drosophila

John M. Carpenter, University of Kentucky

Drosophila species are commonly known to be
yeast feeders. Studies to investigate the feeding
habits of the naturally occurring Drosophila species,
af finis, putrida, and robusta indicate that they feed
on 26 yeast species in 10 genera, as indicated by
weekly analyses of crop contents. However, 7 yeast
species represented 87% of the crop isolates. All yeast
species were found consistently throughout the col-
lecting period (May through October), although
two, Pichia fermentans and P. membranfaciens, ap-
peared to show a seasonal preference in growth.
Preliminary studies indicate a possible seasonal
correlation of certain of these Drosophila species
with certain yeast species.

Age and Development of Coastal Marshes
in Southwestern Louisiana*

James L. Chamberlain,
Randolph-Macon Woman’s College

A series of ridges paralleling the coastline pro-
vided an opportunity to interpret development of
adjacent marshlands. The marsh area inland of the
present beach shows distinct zonation of vegetation
whereas marshes further inland do not exhibit such
an arrangement. Carbon-14 dating of shell material
from the ridges (cheniers) was used to indicate the
interval of time during which various marshes de-
veloped. The oldest marsh began formation about
2800 years ago; the youngest marsh began forma-
tion only 1175 years ago. A vegetational sequence in
relation to events in chenier formation is discussed.

The Chromosomes of Iris verna

R. B. Channell, Vanderbilt University

Iris verna L. consists of two morphologic-taxo-
nomic varieties: Var. verna occurs on the Atlantic
and Gulf Coastal Plain, being represented to some
extent also in adjacent provinces; var. Smalliana
Fernald occurs in the uplands of the Appalachian
system. Comparisons were made of mitotic chromo-
some number and morphology as a possible source of
evidence for the evolutionary relationship and de-
rivation of these two taxa.

A Study of the Sickling Phenomenon*

Anna L. Cherrie, Loyola University

Sickle Cell Anemia (SCA) and Sickle Cell Thalas-
semia (trait) are diseases associated with the pres-
sure of abnormal hemoglobins and are thought to
be the consequence of the inheritance of a genetic
trait. No relationship linking the presence of S-
hemoglobin with a particular blood group or Rh fac-
tor has been shown in the literature; nor is it be-
lieved that the sex has a prominent bearing on its
presence. The incidence is high in younger years
and the survival rate is low, above the age of fifteen
years.

Hematological and electrophoretical studies are
presented on one hundred and thiry-four blood sam-
ples on Negro students of a southern college popu-
lation. The relationship of age, sex, blood group
and Rh factor to the S-hemoglobin incidence is dis-
cussed.

Hemoglobin-S appears to be related in incidence
to blood group AB and perhaps in lesser degree to
blood group O. No such affinity is shown to blood
group A or B.

Colchicine Induction of Polyploidy in
Rhodobryum roseum (Weis.) Limpr.
and Bryurn nitens Hedw.

Narinder Chopra, University of Tennessee

The spores and gametophores of Rhodobryum
roseum (Weis.) Limpr. and Bryurn nitens Hedw.
were treated with colchicine solution: .0001 ppm,
.001 ppm, .01 ppm, 1 ppm, 10 ppm, 50 ppm for 8
hours before sowing on sterilized tap water, % nor-
mal strength of knops solution, neutral agar, su-
crose agar. The spores treated with a colchicine so-
lution, a concentration of 50 ppm, did not germin-
ate and the gametophores also did not show any
sign of regeneration in any of the culture media.
The other colchicine solutions of less concentration
did not inhibit spore germination or gametophore
regeneration. Two and a half months were required
from spore germination to gametophore formation,
but only a month was required for the completion
of regeneration process. Concentrations of .01, 1
ppm, 10 ppm of colchicine solution induced poly-
ploidy in both Rhodobryum roseum and Bryurn
nitens as 20 chromosomes were counted in aceto-car-
mine apex squashes of the gametophores, while the
lower concentrations of .0001 ppm, .001 ppm of col-
chicine solution did not have any effect as 10
chromosomes were counted in aceto-carmine apex
squashes of the gametophore in both Rhodobryum
roseum and Bryurn nitens and the same number,
n=10 was reported earlier in both Rhodobryum ro-
seum (Chopra 1957) and Bryurn nitens (Pande and
Chopra 1959).

Cytological Studies in Genus Fissidens

Narinder Chopra, University of Tennessee

Fissidens is a large moss genus composed of
nearly 700 species of which only ten species have
been cytologically investigated. The cytology of sev-
en other species of Fissidens are here reported: F.
grandifrons Brid. (n=rl6), F. minutulus Sull.
(n=5), F. obtusifolius Wils. (n=6), F. osmundioides
Hedw. (n=16), F. polypodioides Hedw. (n=16), F.
subbasilaris Hedw. (n=8) and F. taxifolius Hedw.
(n=12).

Vol. 7, No. 2, April 1960

25

The Genus Entocythere, an Ostracod
Epizooic on Crayfishes

Edward A. Crawford, Jr., Erskine College

Insofar as is known the entire life cycle of these
organisms is spent on the body of the host. This
apparently is an obligate association. In no in-
stance has there been demonstrated any degree of
“host specificity”. This genus appears to be limited
in its distribution to the continent of North Ameri-
ca and neighboring islands. So meager is the know-
ledge of their biology, that not even the feeding
habits or the range of a single species has been de-
termined. During the course of a study of this genus
in Richland County, South Carolina, five new spe-
cies were encountered and described. Only one of
the species was found in all types of habitats in-
vestigated, the remaining four showing more precise
ecological preference. A brief summary of the mor-
phology of these new species is presented along with
a resume of the known natural history of the group.

An Axenic Culture of Puccinia
malvacearum*

Victor M. Cutter, Jr.,

The Woman’s College, University of North Carolina

During experiments on the growth of Puccinia
malvacearum in tissue cultures of Althea rosea a
fungus was isolated which, in general appearance
and behavior, resembled strains of Gymnosporan-
gium and Uromyces previously isolated in axenic
culture. After several transfers on synthetic media
in the absence of host cells this fungus proved cap-
able of infecting tissue cultures of Althea and form-
ing rust sori containing viable teliospores indis-
tinguishable from those of P. malvacearum. On
Gautheret’s medium the isolated fungus formed
very slow growing, pale tan, rugose colonies with
uninucleate mycelial cells. Unlike other strains of
plant rusts isolated by this technique which always
developed directly from intercellular mycelium in
the host tissue this fungus was obtained from a
colony which formed on the culture medium at
some distance from the infected host tissue mass
and showed no direct mycelial connection with the
host cells. Evidence is presented to show that this
culture probably resulted from the direct germina-
tion of a basidiospore of the rust. This strain was
maintained for four months in axenic culture on
synthetic media after which transfers failed to
grow. Further attempts to obtain axenic cultures
of P. malvacearum by the direct germination of
basidiospores have been unsuccessful to date.

A New Species of Macravestibulum
(Trematoda: Pronocephalidae) from
the Florida Terrapin

Raymond T. Damian, Florida State University

Two specimens of a pronocephalid fluke were re-
covered from the small intestine of a turtle, Pseu-
demys floridana (Le Conte), taken from the St.
Mark’s River in Northern Florida. These trematodes
appear to represent a new species in the genus
Macravestibulum Mackin, 1930. This genus is unique
in its possession of a large, posterior, bifurcated,
eversible vestibular cavity connecting the excretory
bladder proper with the exterior. The present spe-
cies is similar to M. kepneri Jones, Mounts, and
Wolcott, 1945 and M. obtusicaudum Mackin, 1930 in

having accessory vesicles and ducts in the cirrus
pouch. It differs from M. obtusicaudum chiefly in
details in the structure of the cirrus pouch and in
the possession of a well-defined pore connecting the
excretory bladder and the vestibular cavity. It is dis-
tinguished from M. kepneri by the presence of a
well-developed Laurer’s canal, body shape, and de-
tails in the structure of the cirrus pouch. It differs
from M. eversum Hsu, 1937 mainly in body shape,
size, possession of accessory ducts in the cirrus
pouch, and lack of a heavily muscularized metra-
term.

Changes in Dominance in Old Field
Succession under Gamma Radiation*

Charles P. Daniel, Emory University
Old field succession communities of the first and
second year after abandonment, were transplanted
to wooden boxes 18 feet long and 3 feet wide. Each
box with respective community was placed with one
end 4 feet from a Co60 gamma radiation source.
Chronic radiation was maintained during the spring
and early summer during the period of growth and
maturity. A gradient of radiation of from 5,000 r
to 130,000 r was given as a total dose. Relative bio-
mass was used to determine dominancy. In first
year succession the dominants were Oenothera
lasciniata, Erigeron canadensis, Digitaria sanguin-
alis, and Ambrosia artemisiifolia. All dominants
were adversely affected by radiation. In proximity
to the source Digitaria dominated, while Erigeron
showed a definite decline. Ambrosia showed marked
damage close to the source, and where damage was
severe, died in late summer during the recovery pe-
riod. Oenothera, while growing well in all areas of
radiation, had reduced flower production with in-
creased radiation. In the second year of succession,
Aster pilosa dominated in the entire gradient of
radiation, but showed fasciation and stunting with
no flowers close to source.

Floristic Changes on White Oak Lake Bed
1956-1959

H. R. DeSelm and R. E. Shanks,
University of Tennessee

Collection of plant taxa on White Oak Lake Bed
began in 1956 following its emergence after lake
drainage and has continued in each growing sea-
son since. Each year the cumulative flora increases
in number although the annual totals in 1958 and
1959 are the same. Percentage increases in numbers
of woody taxa, shrubs, and climbers are evident
while the herb percentage decreases. Non-indigen-
ous taxa are increasing in numbers at a rate pro-
portional to the logarithm of the total cumulative
flora. The proportion of taxa whose propogules are
animal disseminated are apparently increasing with
time.

Differentiation of the Toads Bufo valliceps,
Bufo fowleri and Their Natural Hybrid
by Electrophoresis of Blood Proteins1*

Herbert C. Dessauer, Wade Fox,
Louisiana State University School of Medicine,
and E. Peter Volpe, Newcomb College,

Tulane University

Paper electrophoresis of plasma revealed that the
two species of Bufo and their naturally occurring
hybrid could be differentiated by patterns of their

26

ASB Bulletin

fast moving protein fractions (i. e. migrated faster
than human B-globulins). These included two ma-
jor fractions in both species. In valliceps these frac-
tions were resolved less clearly and the lead frac-
tion migrated slower than that of fowleri. The sec-
ond fraction was of high concentration in both spe-
cies but was broader in valliceps. The pattern of the
hybrid appeared to be a poorly resolved composite
of the parent patterns. By use of starch gel elec-
trophoresis a clearer differentiation between the
species was obtained. The lead fraction of fowleri
again migrated faster than that of valliceps. The
hybrid lead fraction overlapped the positions of
that of the two parental species. Protein present in
the fraction which migrated second on paper re-
solved into three narrow bands on starch gel. In
valliceps all three bands were pronounced, in fowleri
only the middle of these three bands was pro-
nounced, and the hybrid pattern was variable. The
hemoglobin of valliceps migrated faster on paper
than that of fowleri. Hemoglobin of the hybrid ap-
peared to be a mixture of hemoglobins of the par-
ents.

1 Supported in part by the National Science Foun-
dation.

The Induction of Position Effect Lethals
in Drosophila, by X Rays*

C. W. Edington and J. D. Regan,

Florida State University

Position effects have been shown to be associated
with chromosome aberrations in which one break
of the aberration is in heterochromatin. In some
cases, the expression of position effects can be sup-
pressed by the addition of extra heterochromatin to
the chromosome complement. In other position ef-
fects the expression may be enhanced by addition
of extra heterochromatin. It has been known for
some time that some recessive lethals may have their
lethal expression suppressed by addition of an extra
Y chromosome; however, no effort was ever made
to measure the frequency with which such genetic
changes were induced by radiation. Using a modi-
fied Muller-5 technique (Lindsley and Edington,
1957) it has been possible to recover sex-linked re-
cessive lethals normally detected in lethal experi-
ments and in addition to recover exceptional lethals
(lethals that behave as position effects) that by the
usual techniques have been discarded as non-lethals.
Evidence to be presented will, for the first time,
provide information concerning the frequency of
total sex-linked recessive lethals induced by differ-
ent doses of X rays. It will also be shown that the
exceptional lethals recovered in these experiments
behave as position effect lethals.

Differentiation of Chromatophorotropins
and Retinal Pigment Light-adapting
Hormone from the Eyestalk of the Dwarf
Crayfish, Cambarellus shufeldti*

Milton Fingerman and William C. Mobberly, Jr.,
Newcomb College of Tulane University

The eyestalks of Cambarellus contain chromato-
phorotropins for dispersing and concentrating red
pigment as well as a hormone that causes light-
adaptation of the distal retinal pigment. One of
these chromatophorotropins and the light-adapting
hormone could presumably be the same substance.
The object of this investigation was to learn if these

substances could be differentiated. Filter paper elec-
trophoresis revealed that at pH 7.S-7.8 the pigment-
dispersing hormone and the light-adapting substance
were electropositive whereas the pigment-concen-
trating hormone was electronegative and, therefore,
must be different from the retinal pigment activa-
tor. In this pH range the pigment dispersing hor-
mone and the light-adapting substance were elec-
trophoretically indistinguishable. However, when
electrophoresis was performed at pH 9.0 the charge
on some of the molecules of red pigment-dispersing
hormone reversed with the result that some of this
substance was found on the anodal portion of the
filter paper strip. However, no significant quantity
of light-adapting material had become electronega-
tive, The only conclusion one can arrive at, there-
fore, is that the light-adapting hormone is not the
same as either of the chromatophorotropins in the
eyestalk.

This investigation was supported by Grant No.
B-838 from the National Institutes of Health.

Nucleolar Activity in the Megasporocyte
of Lilium *

Franklin F. Flint,
Randolph-Macon Woman’s College

In the megasporocyte there are initiated several
small nucleoli which soon coalesce into a single large
one. From this large nucleolus extrusions emerge
which are of two kinds, an homogeneous substance
and a small globular body. It seems probable that it
is only after coalescence of all nucleolar elements
within a cell that the extrusions are produced. The
small globule stains well with safranin during extru-
sion but within the nucleoplasm it gradually disap-
pears. Therefore it is presently not known whether
only one body is formed or whether several are
formed at various intervals of time. Concurrently
with this extrusion or soon thereafter the nucleolus
shows an invagination on one side. This invagination
seems likely to be only the result of the extrusion of
a certain amount of the contents of the nucleolus,
leaving it in a more or less collapsed condition. It
probably has no specific function unless it in some
way is a factor in the extrusion process. The func-
tion of the extruded globule (s) cannot be stated with
any certainty although it is released from the nucle-
olus just as the chromosomes are becoming distinct
for Meiosis I, hence this timing may be a factor in
determining its role.

Electromigration Properties of Mammalian
Hemoglobins as Taxonomic Criteria*

Charles Foreman, Pfeiffer College

Results are presented of electrophoretic analyses
of the hemoglobins of 161 individuals representing
21 species of mammals chosen carefully so that dis-
tantly related species might be compared with
closely related ones. The following conclusions are
demonstrated and discussed. 1. Individuals of the
same species may, with very few exceptions, exhibit
characteristic hemoglobin ionograms that do not
vary appreciably even though these individuals are
taken from collecting stations separated by hundreds
of miles. 2. Closely related species usually show
striking similarities of hemoglobin electrophoretic
patterns, while distantly related species may or may
not show such similarities. 3. Since it is shown that
member species of a single genus may often be
readily distinguished by definite, though slight, dif-
ferences between the electromigration properties of

Vol. 7, No. 2, April 1960

27

their hemoglobins, it is proposed that hemoglobin
ionograms may sometimes serve as useful taxo-
nomic criteria with which to identify species that
are morphologically very similar. 4. Somewhat
rarely certain individuals may show hemoglobin
ionograms that are markedly atypical for their spe-
cies. 5. By comparing the hemoglobin ionograms of
nine of the above species with the oxygen dissocia-
tion curves that the author had previously estab-
lished, it was concluded that no correlation exists
between hemoglobin electromigration properties and
oxygen affinity.

Differentiation of Transplanted Pancreatic
Rudiments*

B. E. Frye, University of Virginia
The dorsal and the (single) ventral pancreatic
rudiments of young larvae of Ambystoma punctatum,
have been transplanted independently to heterotopic
sites in host larvae of the same species. The rudi-
ments are dissected from the larvae (Harrison’s
stages 41 - 43) into Urodele operating solution,
freed of adherring tissue and transplanted onto the
osterior level of the yolk mass (intracoelomically)
y means of a Spemann-type mouth pipette. The
stage of transplantation precedes differentia-
tion of the pancreatic cells into recognizable histo-
logical components. In this series of experiments
hosts were of the same stage as the donors. Under
these conditions the dorsal rudiments usually differ-
entiate into recognizable pancreatic tissue contain-
ing ducts (which often open into the colon), centro-
acinar cells, acini and islets of Langerhans. The
better cases are histologically indistinguishable from
the normal host dorsal pancreas. Grafts of the ven-
tral rudiment likewise differentiate into recogniz-
able pancreatic tissue, but islet tissue is never pres-
ent. The grafts have only slight — probably insig-
nificant — effects upon the growth and size of the
host pancreas.

Live-trap Induced Stress in
Sigmodon Hispidus
Frank B. Golley, University of Georgia
Ecologists commonly use live-traps to determine
mammal population density, assuming that trapping
does not alter the behavior or physiology of the
captive animal. The hypothesis tested here is that
live-trapping induces stress in the captive cotton
rat. The activity of the adrenal cortex is a meas-
ure of stress conditions. Weight of the fresh adrenal
gland, width of the zona fasciculata, and intensity
of staining in adrenal sections stained with Sudan
III were used to indicate adrenal activity. It was
found that (1) the weight of adrenals from live-
trapped Sigmodon were higher than those from non-
live-trapped Sigmodon. (2) The width of the zona
fasciculata was greater in adrenals of trapped ani-
mals. And (3), adrenal sections stained with Su-
dan III were darker, indicating more steroid hor-
mone, in trapped rats. The combined evidence sup-
ports the hypothesis that live-trapping induces
stress in the cotton rat.

Activity Suppression in the Golden Hamster
(Cricetus auratus ) caused by
Trichinella spiralis Infection

Chauncey G. Goodchild and Dirk Frankenberg,

Emory University

Trichinella spiralis is a nematode parasite which
encysts in the muscles of the infected host. It ap-
pears that such encystment must result in the im-

pairment of muscle action. The object of this ex-
periment was to test the effect of varying doses of
Trichinella spiralis infection on the work capacity
of golden hamsters ( Cricetus auratus). To this end
a device was designed in which the activity of the
animals could be measured, by an hourly recording
of the number of revolutions made by an exercise
wheel. This device had the advantage of allowing
the animals to exercise only as much as they de-
sired. A total of 14 hamsters were run for 3 periods
of 24 hours each on two machines. This served both
to train the animals and to compile control data.
The group was then halved according to the ma-
chine upon which each had run. Six animals were
selected randomly, 3 from each half; five of these
were infected with T. spiralis juveniles per os, in
doses ranging from 75 to 600 per animal; the sixth
served as a control.

Preliminary experiments showed that a signifi-
cant decrease in activity occurred. Further experi-
ments, now in progress, should elucidate the na-
ture of this decrease.

Surface Antigen Dynamics in the Slime
Mold, Dictyostelium discoideum

James H. Gregg, University of Florida

Methods are described whereby antigenic material
of the slime mold, D. discoideum, effective in anti-
body production is prepared. Such antisera pro-
duced in response to migrating pseudoplasmodia,
mature spores and mature spore surface antigens
effected maximal agglutination of amoebae. Such
antisera effected only minimal agglutination of
spores. Absorption of the various types of antisera
with amoebae and spores revealed the presence of a
surface antigen (s) on the spores which could not
be detected on amoebae from early aggregates or
migrating pseudoplasmodia. It has been observed
that spore cells have poor adhesion to each other as
compared to the adhesion between the amoebae com-
posing a migrating pseudoplasmodia. It has been
suggested, therefore, that a relationship exists be-
tween the adhesive properties of the amoebae and the
spores and their agglutinating properties in the
presence of antisera.

Some Factors Affecting Zoosporogenesis
in Five Chlorococcacean Algae

Kenneth F. Hancock, University of Alabama

The production of motile cells by Neochloris gela-
tinosa Herndon, N. terrestris Herndon, Chlorococ-
cum echinozygotum Starr, C. hypnosporum Starr,
and Bracteococcus minor (Chodat) Petrova has been
studied in culture. The lower pH limits for zoosporo-
genesis were between 3.4 and 3.8 in all cases; the
upper limits were above 8.9. Upon transfer from
stationary cultures, zoospores were produced in dis-
tilled water and in NaCl solutions with osmotic con-
centrations up to between 1/40 and 1/10 molar. Ac-
tively growing cultures 20 to 40 days old gave zoos-
pore percentages equal to those of older stationary
cultures. Cultures grown in liquid media gave per-
centages comparable to those grown on agar slants.
Cells from stationary liquid cultures transferred to
their centrifugate diluted with distilled water in a
graded series yielded a sharply graded series of
zoospore percentages in C. hypnosporum and N.
terrestris and a less sharply graded series in the
others. A high percentage of zoospores was ob-
tained from cultures grown in media having various
equivalent nitrogen sources except in those having

28

ASB Bulletin

the ammonium ion, but reduction of the concentra-
tion of the ammonium ion to % the basal medium
gave comparable numbers of motile cells. Large
numbers of zoospores were obtained from cultures
having macromineral deficiencies.

Typifying Species*

Roland M. Harper, University of Alabama
Many species of plants (and animals) are so
variable, or their original descriptions so indefinite,
that it is hard to decide just what is a typical speci-
men. Some old descriptions are broad enough to
cover two or more species as now understood, and
when different parts of the aggregate were split
off and given new names, it was formerly custom-
ary to retain the old name for whatever was left,
though that in some cases might be something quite
different from the conception of the original de-
scriber.

In recent years this problem has often been met
by designating a particular specimen, such as the
one first collected, as type, and comparing all the
others with it. But that was not entirely satisfac-
tory, for often the type specimen is unknown or no
longer in existence. And even when readily acces-
sible, it may lack some parts later found to be es-
sential for distinguishing it from closely related
forms, such as roots, lower leaves, or fruit.

Occasionally a good type specimen is wrongly
labeled, or its locality is not specified, so that the
author may attribute it to a locality where the spe-
cies is unknown, which could be confusing.

The Fresh-water Shrimps of Jamaica, W. I.*

C. W. Hart, Jr., The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia

Fresh-water shrimps of the families Atyidae and
Palaemonidae were collected extensively in Jamaica
during April, 1959, and January, 1960. This paper
summarizes the work-in-progress on their taxonomy
and distribution. The study was supported in part
by the American Philosophical Society (grant no.
2623 from the Penrose Fund) and was carried out
in cooperation with the Institute of Jamaica, Kings-
ton.

Is Sea-oats Sterile?

Fletcher D. Harvey, III and Harris Oliver Yates,

Vanderbilt University

_ Uniola paniculata L. is regarded as a sterile spe-
cies, although it is known ecologically as a pioneer
on coarse sand dunes of the South Atlantic and
Gulf Coasts. This paper consists of a report of the
results obtained in preliminary investigations de-
signed to clarify this matter.

A New Technique for Dissecting the
Endosperm and Embryo from Seeds of
Ilex opaca Ait.

J. M. Herr, Jr., University of South Carolina
The preparation of serial sections from whole
seeds has proved somewhat inadequate for the study
of embryogeny in Ilex opaca Ait. Stone cells in the
apex of the integument surrounded only by paren-
chyma are easily displaced during sectioning and
result in ruinous furrowing of the endosperm and
developing embryo. Furthermore, the required longi-

tudinal sections of the embryo cannot be produced at
a practical frequency from any specific section
plane of the seed. Both difficulties, which ob-
viously interfere with the observations, can be elim-
inated by removing the endosperm from the seed.
Seeds are first treated for approximately forty min-
utes in basic alcohol (70% ethyl alcohol/2% NaOH)
and then are transferred to 70% ethyl alcohol (neu-
tral) for dissection. In seeds so treated, the integu-
ment including the lignified area is readily sep-
arated from the endosperm. Preparation of the endo-
sperm for longitudinal sections is easily achieved
and with practical frequency produces the required
longitudinal sections of the embryo.

Whole mounts of young embryos have been pre-
pared by a new technique, viz., the dissection of pre-
stained endosperms embedded in petroleum jelly.
The petroleum jelly holds the endosperm in place
during dissection and then serves as a semiperma-
nent mounting medium.

Marine Trematode Cercariae from the
Apalachee Bay Area*

Rhodes B. Holliman, Florida State University
This investigation constitutes the first major ef-
fort to study the cercariae of the Gulf of Mexico.
The mollusks examined were collected along the
coast of Apalachee Bay from St. Marks Lighthouse
to St. Teresa, Florida. A total of 69 collections was
made from September 1956 to September 1959. A
total of 16,577 individual mollusks were examined,
encompassing 29 species: 10 species of pelecypods
and 19 species of gastropods. From this total, 2622
individuals, or 15.2%, were found infected with
trematode larvae. Thirty-one species of cercariae
were discovered, of which 28 were studied in detail.
Of these, 23 species are new to science. The follow-
ing families were represented and contained the
number of species indicated : 1 cyathocotylid, 1 avian
schistosome, 2 aporocotylids, 4 fork-tailed gymno-
phallids (Fellodistomatidae) , 1 tailless gymno-

phallid, 1 bucephalid, 6 echinostomes, 1 monostome
microphallid xiphidiocercaria, 1 plagiorchioid dis-
tome xiphidiocercaria, 1 microcercous monorchid, 1
cotylocercous monorchid, 2 cotylocercous opecoelids
or allocreadids, 1 leptocercous allocreadid, 3 hetero-
phyids, 1 magnacercous opisthorchioid, and 1 cysto-
phorous hemiurid.

New Genera of Branchiobdellidae

Perry C. Holt, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Two newly established genera of branchiobdellids
are briefly discussed and diagnostic characters il-
lustrated. Problems of affinities among the gen-
era of the branchiobdellids are posed and the sig-
nificance of possible solutions of these problems
discussed. In this connection, the knowledge, pres-
ently being gathered, of geographical distribution
of the worms is shown to be of importance.

The Wood Anatomy of Delopyrum,
Dentoceras, Polygonella, and
Thysanella (Polygonaceae)

James H. Horton, University of North Carolina
In connection with a monograph of these four
genera, a study of their wood anatomy has been
undertaken. Plants of these genera share the ana-
tomical peculiarity of branches which appear to be
internodal in origin. They are annual or perennial,

Vol. 7, No. 2, April 1960

29

suffrutescent or woody, herbs or shrubs. Even the
suffrutescent herbs produce considerable amounts
of secondary wood. The fourteen species are cen-
tered in Florida, but one, Delopyrum articulatum
(L.) Small occurs as far north as southern Can-
ada; another, Polygonella americana (Fisch. and
Mey.) Small, ranges west to Texas; and a third,
Polygonella parksii Cory, is endemic to Texas. In
this comparative study, emphasis has been placed
on length, length/diameter ratio, and end wall angle
of the vessel elements. Structural relationships of
stem tissues have also been investigated. Although
the vessel elements of all these plants have simple
alternate pits and simple perforations, there is
considerable variation in the length, width, and end
wall angles of vessel elements, even those from a
single specimen. Because of this variability, it ap-
pears that these anatomical characteristics cannot
be brought to bear on the problem of combining or
Separating these taxonomically confusing species,
but they may be suggestive of phylogenetic trends
within the group.

Studies on the Balance between Lactic Acid
Formation and Pyruvic Acid Oxidation
in Normal Platyfish Pigment Cells and
Platyfish-Swordtail Hybrid Tumors

Douglas G. Humm and Jane H. Humm,
University of North Carolina

One of the basic differences between normal and
atypical cells is Die capacity of the latter to produce
lactic acid in the presence of air. This capacity for
aerobic glycolysis, absent in most normal adult tis-
sues is indicative of a fundamental difference in
the tumor cells in the glycolytic mechanism. Three
possible explanations for the observed difference be-
tween tumor and normal cells exist.

1. A quantitative change in the amount of one or
more of the glycolytic enzymes.

2. A qualitative change in the activity constants
of one or more of the glycolytic enzymes.

3. A factor (such as inorganic phosphate) in the
oxidation of pyruvate, nonlimiting in normal
cells, becomes limiting in tumor cells.

The experiments reported here are a preliminary
series designed to estimate the relative values of
the equilibria constants concerned with the conver-
sion of pyruvate to lactate on the one hand and
pyruvate to acetyl CO on the other in normal and
atypical cells obtained from platyfish and tumor
bearing swordtail-platyfish hybrids.

The Isolation of the Amino Acid,
Canavanine, by Ion Exchange
Methods*

Gordon E. Hunt, The University of Tennessee
and John F. Thompson, U.S.D.A.

Thirty years ago Kitagawa discovered canavanine
and described a method for its isolation. Since
then ion-exchange resins have simplified amino
acid preparation; they were used to prepare cana-
vanine in the following manner. 350 g. of Jackbean
meal was extracted by shaking for six hours in five
times its volume of 75% ethanol. The mixture was
allowed to settle and the supernatant decanted. The
extraction was repeated two additional times, the
supemates pooled, and reduced to 30 ml. volume of
syrup. This was neutralized with HC1 and placed
on a batch prepared column of Dowex-50 (4% X),

200-400 mesh in the ammonium form. The column
was 40 by 600 mm. and contained 200 ml. of resin.
It was then washed by three times the column vol-
ume with distilled water which left only the basic
amino acids on the resin. Remaining traces of
histidine and other neutrals were removed with a
wash of one column volume of N/100 ammonium
hydroxide. Three column volumns of N/10 ammon-
ium hydroxide quantitatively removed the canava-
nine and a quantity of yellow pigment from the
resin. The pigment was removed with activated
charcoal, a few ml. 0.1 N HC1 added, and the de-
colorized eluate evaporated, first in a Roto-Vac,
then in vacuo in a desiccator, until white crystals of
canavanine chloride precipitated out. These were
filtered and washed with cold absolute alcohol. The
yield was 0.6%, low compared with literature cita-
tions. The low yield may have been due to poor
original seed quality.

The Effects of Selected Antibiotics on Pure
Cultures of Algae*

Edward O. Hunter, Jr. and Ilda McVeigh,
Vanderbilt University

A determination was made of the inhibitory ef-
fects of actidione, nystatin, amphotericin-A, sulfo-
cidin, and anisomycin, antibiotics, active primarily
against fungi, on pure cultures of members of the
Myxophyceae, the Chlorophyceae, the Bacillariophy-
ceae, the Xanthophyceae, and the E uglenophyceae.
Similar investigations were made of the effects of
polymyxin-B sulfate and bacitracin, antibiotics in-
hibitory to certain bacteria, on the pure cultures of
algae. Concentrations of 1.0, 2.0, 20.0, 50.0, 100.0,
and 200.0 p.p.m. of each antibiotic were used. Ani-
somycin, actidione, and nystatin at concentrations
up to 200 p.p.m. had little or no detectable effect on
the Myxophyceae but were toxic to members of the
Chlorophyceae, and the Bacillariophyceae. Thus,
these three antibiotics are of potential value as in-
hibitors of the green algae and diatom contaminants
of the Myxophyceae. Of the antibiotics tested, am-
photericin-A and sulfocidin were the least toxic to
the algae. Hence, these agents may be of value in
eliminating fungal contaminants of cultures of
algae. Polymyxin-B sulfate and bacitracin were
found to be too toxic to the algae to be used as
aids in eradicating bacterial contaminants of cul-
tures of algae. Microscopic examination of the algae
indicated that various morphological changes ac-
companied exposure to each of the antibiotics. The
principal changes were lysis of vegetative and re-
productive cells and bleaching of chloroplasts.

Chromosome Breakage Frequency Induced
by 3 r of X Rays in Grasshopper
Neuroblasts

Catherine C. Hyde and Mary Esther Gaulden,

Biology Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

The effects of low doses of radiation can be
readily detected in the rapidly and continuously
dividing neuroblasts of the grasshopper embryo.
The mitotic rate of these cells is temporarily re-
duced 75% by 3 r and 25% by 1 r of X rays. Chro-
mosome fragments are found in 2% of the neuro-
blasts after exposure to 3 r of X rays; this repre-
sents breakage of 0.1% of the total number of chro-
mosomes treated (males have 23 and females 24
chromosomes in neuroblasts). Chromosome frag-
ments have never been observed in unirradiated
neuroblasts. Experiments are now in progress to
determine the frequency of chromosome fragments
induced by 1 r of X rays.

30

A SB Bulletin

Measurement of Effect of Synthetic
Stimulation on Nasal Blood Shunt*

Richard T. Jackson, Loyola University and
Hunter C. Leake, III, Louisiana State University

If one arouses the sympathetic nervous system
of an animal, considerable increases in olfactory
acuity can be measured. The increase in acuity coin-
cides with a visible shunting' of blood from the
ethmoturbinates to large nasal arteries such as the
anterior ethmoidal. Measurements were made of the
rate and extent of this nasal blood shunt resultant
upon electrical stimulation of the cervical sympa-
thetic nerve. A photoelectric cell mounted in the eye-
piece of a microscope was the measuring device. The
rate of bleaching of the tissue depended upon the
strength of stimulation. All strengths of stimula-
tion above threshold evoked a measurable bleaching
within 5 seconds. With mild intensities (10 volts,
60 cps) the maximum bleaching was observed in
70-80 seconds. With moderate intensity (30 volts)
the peak effect was reached within 50 seconds. The
shortest maximum bleaching time was reached with-
in 30-40 seconds. Other workers have shown that
olfactory acuity can be affected by mental depres-
sion and by the estrous cycle. The authors feel that
the increased acuity is probably caused by the im-
pingement of the odorous stimulus upon a rela-
tively untouched receptor field. The reflex is rapid
enough to be of some value to the animal in natural
situations.

The Origin of Relict and Disjunctive Species
in Florida

C. W. James, University of Georgia

The presence of relict and disjunctive species in
Florida has attracted the attention of botanists
since the writings of Croom, Chapman, and Cowles.
The typically northern species represented as dis-
juncts in Florida have generally been assumed to
have migrated there during the Pleistocene in re-
sponse to a lowering of the temperatures and to
have since remained in those habitats most nearly
providing the conditions of more northerly lati-
tudes. Evidence indicates, however, that a pre-
Pleistocene origin for these disjuncts is also possi-
ble. The relict species have been postulated to have
survived on and since dispersed from an “Orange
Island” refugium of Oligocene time. There is no
justification for the supposition of such a refu-
gium nor that the origin of such relicts dates prior
to late Miocene. There is considerable geological
evidence for the existence of land areas in Flori-
da during the Pleistocene. It is suggested that these
areas (some of which were insular) have been a
major factor in the survival and account of the
present day relicts and disjuncts and that they may
have also functioned in providing or increasing the
effectiveness of isolating mechanisms and as cen-
ters of post Pleistocene dispersal of species or seg-
ments of species.

The Comparative Anthelmintic Effects of
Dithiazanine and Tetrachloroethylene
Individually and in Combination

Geoffrey M. Jeffery and Martin D. Young,

U. S. Public Health Service
Dithiazanine iodide and tetrachloroethylene were
given to five groups of mental patients both alone

and combined in varying amounts to determine pos-
sible efficacy against hookworm, Trichuris trichiura
and other helminths of man. Dithiazanine alone, 200
mg. t.i.d. for five days, reduced the T. trichiura by
85 per cent with 22 of 43 infections eliminated, but
had no effect on the hookworm. Tetrachloroethylene,
1 cc. per day for five days, had no effect on T.
trichiura and reduced hookworm by only 19 per
cent. Combining the two regimens produced no im-
provement in the effect on T. trichiura, but moder-
ately improved the anti-hookworm effect (34 per cent
reduction) . Comparable combined doses for only
one and three days resulted in a proportional de-
crease in effect against T. trichiura, but the effect
against hookworm appeared not to decrease greatly.
In another test, using the five day regimen of dithia-
zanine in the treatment of 89 patients, 66 of the T.
trichiura infections were eliminated. In this group
10 of 35 cases of hookworm were cured. Dithia-
zanine seems to be an effective drug against T. tri-
chiura under conditions prevailing at a mental hos-
pital. Addition of tetrachloroethylene to the regimen
does not at present seem justified.

Studies on the Role of Photoperiod on the
Termination of Larval Diapause in
Various Dipterous Insects*

Charles E. Jenner, University of North Carolina

Special study has been given to the photoperiodic
control of larval diapause in the pitcher-plant
midge, Metriocnemus knabi (Paris and Jenner,
1959). Further research has given attention to de-
termining the following: (1) the threshold light in-
tensity for this response; this was found to be be-
low .000025 f. c. (2) the critical high temperature
range for inhibition of the response; 27.5° C. per-
mitted the response but 30° C. prevented it. (3) The
critical short-photoperiod range separating inhibi-
tory short-photoperiods from those even shorter
(specifically continuous darkness) which are induc-
tive; photoperiods of 5 and 15 minutes per day were
equivalent in effect to total darkness but a 3-hour
photoperiod simulated a non-inductive photoperiod
of 11 hours; results on a 1-hour photoperiod were
intermediate.

Larval diapause in the exceedingly large 4th.
stage larva of Megarhinus septentrionalis has also
been shown to be controlled by daylength. The criti-
cal range for the response lies between 12 and 13
hours; 6 to 9 consecutive inductive cycles are re-
quired for pupation ; food was shown not to be criti-
cal; the threshold light intensity for the response
also seems to be exceedingly low. Other experiments
have demonstrated photoperiodism in the pitcher-
plant mosquito Wyeomyia smithii, Aedes triseriatus,
and in a species of the family Ceratopogonidae.

Swift Tapeworms : the Genus Notop entorchis
Burt in Ceylonese and American
Trochilids*

Arthur W. Jones, University of Tennessee

Specimens of a tapeworm, probably representing
a new species of Notopentorchis, were recovered
from one of three immature chimney swifts in Knox-
ville, Tennessee. This genus, originally erected for
certain tapeworms of the edible-nest swiftlet, Col-
localia unicolor, in Ceylon, has apparently not been
reported heretofore in North America. The hypo-
thesis of cestode speciation by host-determined iso-
lation receives additional support from this occur-
rence.

Vol. 7, No. 2, April 1960

31

Behavior of the Spindle Body in Neuroblasts
of the Grasshopper, Chortophaga
viridif asciata (De Geer) *

Ken-ya Kawamura, University of Tennessee
From measurements of the drawings of neuro-
blasts fixed in picro-formal-acetic solution and
stained with mercuric bromphenol blue, the follow-
ing results were obtained:

The length of spindle body continues to elongate
throughout mitosis. After early anaphase the speed
of elongation is approximately twice as much as
before. This suggests that spindle elongation as well
as shortening of chromosomal fibers is responsible
for the anaphase movement of chromosomes.

The spindle volume also increases continuously
into late anaphase. After which attachment of the
furrow region of the cell surface to the middle part
of the spindle body is followed by a remarkable de-
crease in spindle volume.

The shift of the whole spindle body toward the
side of the neuroblast where the ganglion cell will
eventually form occurs gradually after metaphase.

Some Aspects of the Ecology of Two
Psammolittoral Nematode
Populations

Charles E. King, Florida State University
In order to investigate different psammolittoral
nematode populations, two intertidal stations were
selected facing the Gulf of Mexico in the Alligator
Peninsula, Florida, area. The selected localities dif-
fered in average grain size of the sand, amount of
wave action and degree of beach slope. From each
locality, five qualitative and quantitative collections
of nematodes, representing the entire range of tidal
variation, were made. Hydrographic and physio-
graphic data were taken with each collection.

At the station most exposed to wave action, it
was found that the predator species were most abun-
dant; however, deposit feeders formed a much
higher proportion of the population than might be
expected in an area with considerable wave action.
The second station, which was largely sheltered
from wave action and current, showed an increase
in the percentage of deposit feeders in both numbers
of species and individuals. A test for the MacArthur
distribution of individuals and species was made
through employment of the quantitative results.

Gastrotricha of the New Orleans Area

Robin C. Krivanek and Jerome 0. Krivanek,
Newcomb College, Tidane University
For several years random collecting of freshwater
gastrotrichs has been undertaken by the authors in
the vicinity of New Orleans, Louisiana. Certain gen-
eral conclusions have been reached concerning the
seasonal fluctuations and environmental require-
ments of this group. Although a few species of the
genera Chaetonotus and Lepidodermella are obtain-
able during the winter months, most gastrotrichs
are restricted to the wanner months of the year.
In this region, the high summer temperatures ap-
pear to encourage the occurrence of several of the
less common genera, not only in numbers of indi-
viduals but also in variety of species. The annual
population composition will be discussed and un-
published data on new and previously-described spe-
cies of Polymerurus, Neogossea, Kijanebalola, Dasy-
dytes, and Stylochaeta will be presented.

Some Effects of Radiation on the Growth
Rate of Hymenolepis microstoma*

H. H. Kuhlman, University of Tennessee
In September of 1959 the tapeworm Hymeno-
lepis microstoma Dujardin was recovered from Mus
musculus near Chattanooga, Tennessee. An infection
of the cestode has been established, and is being
maintained in white laboratory mice. The effects of
radiation are being studied. Cysticercoids have been
exposed to gamma radiation ranging from 2000 r
to 50,000 r and the results are at present being tab-
ulated. It has been found that exposure to radiation
of 25,000 r and over has lethal effects on the cysti-
cercoids of the tapeworm while lower radiation doses
cause definite variation in growth rate as well as
numerous morphological variations.

This work was supported in part by the U. S.
Atomic Energy Commission under Contract AT (40-
1)1749.

Occurrence of Beggiatoa Species
Relative to Pollution

James B. Lackey, University of Florida
There are six listed species of the sulfur bacte-
rium Beggiatoa, Two are marine, four cosmopolitan.
Numbers and distribution have been investigated in
many places to determine whether or not any of
the six species might be used to indicate pollution or
organic contamination of natural waters. The con-
clusion reached is that any source of hydrogen sul-
fide favors occurrence and growth, but that a toxic
level of H2S is soon reached. Disappearance of H2S
by oxygenation is sharply limiting. No use of any
one of these species as a pollution indicator is pos-
sible despite the fact that H-S is usually a product
of organic contamination. Other conditions of oc-
currence are noted.

A New Method of Investigating the Daily
Course of Oxygen Tension of an
Aquatic Population

Wm. T. Lammers, Davidson College
A means has been devised of making continuous
in vivo and in vitro measurements of the oxygen ten-
sion of an aquatic population. This is done with a
silver-oxide/platinum electrode connected to a re-
cording polarograph. During the past summer this
instrument was used in a laboratory study of the
photosynthesis + respiration/respiration ratio of an
aquatic population, chiefly Leptodictyum, sp., taken
from the South Holston River.

A series of experiments was conducted at 10°, 15°,
and 20° C with the light intensity varied from 0 to
910 foot-candles in 30 minute steps during an ex-
periment. Respiratory rates were determined in the
dark.

A P+R/R ratio, independent of population size
but dependent upon the overall efficiency of the
population, was calculated for each light intensity
used at 10°, 15°, and 20° C.

Growth and Development of the Golden
Mouse, Ochrotomys nuttalli

James N. Layne, University of Florida
Breeding of the golden mouse in Florida appar-
ently extends over at least an 8-month period, and
mean litter size based on ten records is 2.8. The

32

ASB Bulletin

newborn young has well developed vibrissae and
scattered hairs on the dorsum. The juvenile pelage
is nearly fully developed by 2 weeks of age, and the
post-juvenile molt may begin about the 4th week.
The pinnae of the ears normally unfold on the 1st
or 2nd day, the incisors erupt between the 4th and
6th day, and the eyes open about the 11th or 12th
day. The young are apparently weaned at about 3
weeks of age. Growth in weight and several linear
measurements exhibits a marked leveling off at or
before 5 weeks of age. Compared to seven species
of the related genus Peromyscus for which data on
growth and development are available, the golden
mouse appears to be precocious in both physical
and behavioral development. It is suggested that
this relatively accelerated post-natal development
plus certain specific behavioral patterns observed
may be correlated with the semiarboreal habits of
the species.

Observations on the Life Cycle of Parorchis
acanthus Nicoll*

Paul D. Lewis, Jr., Florida State University
Cercariae very closely resembling Cercaria pur-
purae Lebour, 1914, were collected from marine
snails ( Cerithidea scalariformis Say) from Shell
Point, Wakulla County, Florida. These cercariae
encysted on glass containers and the resulting meta-
cercariae were fed to young chicks. The experimen-
tal hosts were autopsied at intervals of 7, 13, and
29 days after feeding. Young and adult flukes of
the species Parorchis acanthus Nicoll, 1907 were
recovered from the cloaca of the experimental hosts.
Although the adult agrees in morphology with ear-
lier descriptions, the cercaria differs from the typ-
ical Parorchis acanthus cercaria as described by
Rees (1937, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, Ser. B., part
1, pp. 65-73) in that the excretory stem does not
extend into the tail and the primary excretory
tubes contain concretions throughout only part of
their lengths.

This is the first report of the cercaria of Paror-
chis acanthus from snails of the genus Cerithidea,
and the first account of the use of chicks as experi-
mental hosts for studies on these flukes. The use of
the chick as an experimental host for Pan-orchis
acanthus may prove to be of use in elucidating tax-
onomic relationships in the genus Parorchis.

The Neurophysiological Effect of 3 cm
Microwave Radiation*

R. D. McAfee, Veterans Administration Hospital
and Tulane University, New Orleans, Louisiana
Neurological effects from microwave radiation
(radar) have been reported and it has been indi-
cated that these effects arise from some electromag-
netic coupling between neurons and microwaves
rather than from microwave heating. This report
demonstrates, however, that the neurophysiological
effect of 3 cm microwave radiation is caused by pref-
erential heating of nerve branches lying within the
tela subcutania. The preferential heating results
from the penetrating characteristic of microwaves,
the dielectric constant of neural tissue, and the lim-
ited ability of those neural fibers to lose heat be-
cause of their poor vascularization. Of particular in-
terest is the observation that when irradiated nerves
reach 45° C, and rarely before, a nociceptive response
is elicited in decerebrated or anesthetized cats which

includes withdrawal movements, elevation of blood
pressure, and respiratory changes. Motor fiber stim-
ulation does not occur and it is thought that only the
C and delta fibers are affected by radar as a result
of their specific thermal sensitivity.

Responses of Selected Granite Outcrop
Communities to Chronic Low-Level
Gamma Irradiation*

J. Franklin McCormick, Emory University

An investigation of selected granite outcrop com-
munities was made in order to determine their com-
position, organization, and the reciprocal relation-
ships between the communities and their environ-
ment. This study served as a base-line for the inter-
pretation of the effects of chronic low-level gamma
radiation upon individual species and community
structure. Low-level chronic gamma irradiation of
natural plant communities induced changes in com-
munity organization by selective elimination of a
particular species and the subsequent positive selec-
tive pressure toward more radio-resistant species.
Each of the several criteria by which species varia-
tion was measured illustrated increased variation
upon accumulation of higher total doses of chronic
gamma radiation regardless of dose rate. Response
of plant species to irradiation normally followed a
definite predictable pattern of growth inhibition.
However, doses of radiation near or below 10,000 r
often induced unusual and unpredictable effects.
Among these unusual effects were the acceleration
of the life cycle, variation of the flowering period,
and sporadic irregularities in growth processes.

The granite outcrops represent an environment of
abnormally high background radiation in which a
particular species was found to be an accumulator
of radioactivity. A similarity was found between the
responses of a plant to ionizing radiation and the
responses that the plant makes to particular plant
growth substances. This similarity suggests a selec-
tive inactivation of specific plant growth substances
resulting in the inhibited and abnormal growth
which is typical of irradiated plants.

Effects of Ionizing Radiation on Tree
Growth*

John T. McGinnis, Emory University

Studies on Quercus alba L., Carya tomentosa
Nutt., and Pinus Taeda L. are presented and illus-
trated in which daily radial growth is measured by
means of continuously recording “Fritts” dendro-
graphs. The experimental trees were selected in such
positions as to receive a gradient in radiation emit-
ted from the partially-shielded reactor at the Air
Force Plant at Dawsonville, Georgia. The increase in
radial size of trees is related to the radiation dose re-
ceived and compared with tree growth in the control
area. The deciduous trees show very marked physio-
logical response to radiation in cambial activity but
they appear outwardly as if radiation had no effect.
However, near the reactor, leaf fall was initiated ap-
proximately 30 days before that of the trees in the
control areas. The irradiated pine trees very early
showed much morphological damage to needles but
continued to enlarge radially although at a much re-
duced rate as compared to the control pines in a non-
radiation area. It is suggested that the pine may oc-
cupy a much reduced place in forest stands which
are subjected to chronic low-level radiation.

Vol. 7, No. 2, April 1960

33

Some Digenetic Trematodes from Birds
from the Northwest Gulf Coast of
Florida

Austin J. MacInnis, Florida State University
Six species of digenetic trematodes have been re-
covered from the examination of 13 birds in the
order Charadriiformes collected during the sum-
mer and fall of 1958 at Alligator Harbor, Franklin
County, Florida. The parasites have been identified
as: Pachytrema sanguineus (Linton 1928) Purvis,
family Pachytrematidae, from the gall bladder of
Thalasseus maximus; Galactosomum spinetum Braun,
family Heterophyidae, from the coelom of Gelocheli-
don nilotica; Gynaecotyla riggini Dery, family Mi-
crophallidae, from the liver of Catoptrophus semi-
palmatus; Renicola glandoloba Witenberg, family
Renicolidae, from the kidney tubules of Larus atri-
cilla and Sterna hirundo; Cyclocoelum obscurum
Leidy, family Cyclocoelidae, from the air sacs of C.
semipalmatus ; Cardiocephalus medioconiger Dubois
and Perez Viguerez, family Strigeidae, from the
small intestine of Sterna forsteri, L. atricilla, and T.
maximus. P. sanguineus and C. medioconiger are re-
described. This report constitutes new host records
for P. sanguineus, G. spinetum, G. riggini, and C.
medioconiger. A new locality is reported for P. san-
guineus, C. medioconiger, R. glandoloba, C. obscur-
um and G. spinetum. Six of the 13 birds examined
were infected with Renicola, a genus of parasites
which may cause pathology of the kidney (Wright,
1954) , however all of the birds examined appeared
normal prior to collection. The taxonomy and mor-
phology of these parasites will be discussed.

Shape Changes and Hemolysis of Frog
Erythrocytes Following Treatment
with Various Hemolysins*

S. P. Maroney, Jr., University of Virginia
Frog erythrocytes suspended in Ringers Solution
were treated with ultraviolet radiation, •n-butyl al-
cohol and saponin. Individual cells were followed in
camera-lucida drawings to hemolysis. With all treat-
ments, cells were essentially spherical at hemolysis,
although the shape changes leading to this condi-
tion differed from one hemolysin to the next. The
critical volumes following ultraviolet and butal alco-
hol were 1.87 and 1.55 respectively, while cells
treated with saponin hemolysed without volume in-
crease.

Olfactory Nerve Degeneration*

Irving R. Martinez, Jr.,

Louisiana State University — New Orleans
and Richard T. Jackson, Loyola University
It has been reported by Le Gros Clark that if one
olfactory bulb is removed 50% of the receptors on
the affected side degenerate. In view of Gasser’s
electron microscope studies of the olfactory nerve
fibers, which concluded a one-to-one relationship
between olfactory receptors and axons until their
delivery into the glia of the olfactory bulb, the above
results seemed incongruous. Due to their one-to-one
relationship, and absence of synapses, it appeared
that none or all of the receptors should degenerate.

In order to determine if there was any inter-
relationship between receptors and bulbs of the
opposite side, Le Gros Clark’s experiments were
reduplicated by this investigator and in addition bi-
lateral ablations of the bulbs were performed. Ap-

proximately 50% of the receptors remained in both
cases. No regeneration was observed even after one
month. Similar results were obtained by Abercrom-
bie using the abdominal vagus nerve.

The present author’s work supports the notion
that no interrelation exists between receptors and
bulbs of opposite sides.

Preliminary experimentation with colchicine was
undertaken by this investigator to note any degen-
erative effect and possible cell turnover in the ol-
factory epithelium.

Additions to the Virginia Flora and
Gray’s Manual

A. B. Massey, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Work on the flora of Virginia has lead to the dis-
covery of 6 species new to the State and not in-
cluded in Gray’s Manual 8th Ed. Bunias erucago, L.,
Prince Edward County; Calepina irregularis,
(Asso.) Thell. Caroline and Prince Edward Coun-
ties, (Blake, S. F. 1957. Rhodora 59:278-280);
Aegilops cylindrica, Host., Page, Clark, Nelson and
Campbell Counties; Acanthospermum hispidum,
DC., Northampton County; Cynosurus echinatus, L.,
Goochland County; Altemanthera philoxeroides,
Griseb. City of Hampton, Princess Anne and Isle of
Wight Counties. (Massey, A. B. 1957. Rhodora
59:239.)

Factors Influencing Contractions of
Transplanted Ovarian Follicles*

Barry A. Maxwell and H. J. Lipner,

Florida State University

Ovarian tissue autotransplanted to the eye of
the rabbit very quickly becomes vascularized. The
follicles composing the implant grow, become dis-
tended with fluid, and remain intact in the eye for
months. Microscopic examination of the follicles re-
veals no observable activity, however, the adminis-
tration of urine obtained from pregnant women
is followed in from 8 minutes to 3 hours by changes
in the form of individual follicles. The follicles
change from spheres to oblate spheroids. The fre-
quency of form change ranges from 1 to 5 minutes.
These changes in form, which we interpret as being
due to contractions of the smooth muscle fibers of
the theca externa, are also induced 9 - 10 hours after
cervical stimulation.

Epinephrine, acetylcholine and posterior pitui-
tary extract were ineffective in inducing follicular
contractions.

Growth and Mortality of Northern Hard
Clam in Florida Waters*

R. W. Menzel, Florida State University

Since March 1958, when several thousand small
laboratory-reared hard clams (Mercenaria mercen-
aria) were secured from the U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Laboratory at Milford, Connecticut, observa-
tions have been made on their growth and mortality
under a variety of conditions on the northwestern
Gulf Coast of Florida. Growth has been excellent,
some of the clams reaching commercial size in eight-
een months. Growth was best during the fall and
spring months, was less during the winter, and al-
most ceased during the summer, especially the sec-
ond year when the clams were larger. Mortality was
very low when the clams were protected from preda-

34

ASB Bulletin

tors (mainly blue, stone and mud crabs and the
lightening whelk) but reached 100% in a very short
time without protection. Limited observations have
been made comparing the seasonal growth of the
native clam ( M . campechiensis) with the northern
clam.

Reanimation of Anesthetized Mice from
Body Temperatures Below 1°C*1

Faith S. Miller and James A. Miller, Jr.,
Emory University, and National Institute for
Medical Research, London

Mice can be successfully reanimated from colonic
temperatures near zero by rewarming and artificial
respiration. The method of cooling and the respira-
tory gas mixture influence the percentage of re-
coveries. After cooling to below 1°C with the closed
vessel technique, employing slowly developing hy-
poxia and hypercapnia in addition to cold, 100% of
mice were resuscitated by ventilation with air. How-
ever, only 36% recovered postural reflexes and all
had weak or paralyzed hind legs when lightly anes-
thetized with a variety of agents and cooled rapidly
in ice. Because tests had demonstrated the superior-
ity of 95% 02 + 5% C02 over air this was used for
resuscitation of a second series. Nearly 100% re-
covered and remained alive and incidence of hind
limb damage was low. Electrocardiograms as
well as recovery rates were recorded. Anesthesia
by inhalation of ether, chloroform, or nitrous-oxide-
oxygen was more easily controlled than by intra-
peritoneal injections of pentothal or avertin. Chloro-
formed animals survived cooling well but died of
toxic effects within two days, as also did uncooled
chloroformed controls. None of the rapidly cooled
anesthetized groups recovered as well as the closed
vessel controls.

1Aided by grants from N.I.H.

Narcosis, Hypothermia and Resistance to
Asphyxia in Newborn Guinea Pigs*1

James A. Miller, Jr. and Faith S. Miller,

Emory University

Hypothermia postpones death from asphyxia and
permits complete, spontaneous recovery from lethal
exposures in newborn guinea pigs, rabbits, puppies
and humans (Miller, Chapt. VIII in “Influence of
Temperature on Biological Systems.” Am. Physiol.
Soc. 1957; Westin, Miller, Nyberg, Wedenberg,
Surgery 45: 868, 1959.) Contrariwise, narcosis in-
duced by hypoxia-hypercapnia protects against de-
leterious secondary effects of hypothermia (Miller
and Miller, Am. J. Physiol. 196: 1218, 1959.) New-
born guinea pigs sedated with sodium pentobarbi-
tal lived longer than littermate controls at all tem-
peratures tested but the increase was greatest at the
lowest temperature. At 40°C it was 117%, at 15.5°C
it was 201%. When sedated animals were removed
from the gas at the last gasp of the control the ma-
jority at 42 °C and 38 °C and all at 19 °C and
15° C recovered. Likewise, the majority at 19°C and
14°C recovered from 2X the lethal exposure for
normothermic controls. Animals sedated before cool-
ing lived no longer than animals sedated after,
showing that struggling and shivering had no in-
fluence on their resistance when subsequently as-
phyxiated. EKG records gave no indication of im-
proved heart action in sedated animals. Since O2
uptake studies showed a 17% depression in require-

ments at 40°C and a 49.7% reduction at 21°C it is
suggested that the benefits of sedation are due
largely, if not entirely, to the depression in meta-
bolic requirements. Since many babies are apneic at
birth because of oversedation the experiments pro-
vide further argument for the use of hypothermia
in the treatment of asphyxia.

1Aided by grants from N.I.H. and Assn, for Aid
of Crippled Children.

Induction of Limb Regeneration in Post-
metamorphic Frogs by Xenoplastic
Adrenal Transplants*

Merle Mizell, Tulane University

The role of nerves in amphibian limb regenera-
tion is well substantiated. The role of the endocrines
is first being appreciated (Schotte and coworkers).
Adrenal tissue from the newt, Triturus ( Diemic -
tylus) viridescens, was transplanted to recently
metamorphosed Rana pipiens. A few days after
transplantation the forelimb of the frog was ampu-
tated below the wrist. Control limbs exhibited the
usual lack of regeneration and resulted in limb
stumps with typical connective tissue callus forma-
tion. The adrenal transplant series exhibited various
degrees of regenerative responses. The epidermis
migrated over the cut surface and was markedly
thickened. Moreover, the dermis did not accompany
the epidermis and therefore the epidermis was in
contact with the underlying mound of accumulating
mesenchymal cells. A significant amount of de-
differentiation occurred and several cases of his-
tologically verified blastema formation were ob-
tained. Regenerates that were allowed to develop
further underwent a great deal of redifferentiation
after blastema formation. These regenerates were
capable of reforming digits; although most of these
regenerates were heteromorphic, they represent a
regenerative capacity which is not normally found
in post-metamorphic frogs.

A Preliminary Study on the Relationships
Between the Vegetation of a Mesic
Hammock Community and a Sandhill
Community

Carl D. Monk, University of Florida

The presence of periodic fires normally prohibit
the invasion of hammock species into sandhill com-
munities. The sandhill community involved in this
study has been free of fire for 5 years and as a re-
sult the hammock community is beginning to en-
croach onto the sandhill community through the
transition zone. It appears that the differential re-
sponse of the species involved to fire, soil moisture,
and light control the invasion of hammock species
into sandhill communities.

A Preliminary Host Range Study of the
Chytrid Pringsheimiella*

J. Thomas Mullins, University of Florida

Couch (1939) described Pringsheimiella as an ob-
ligate endobiotic parasite on the Saprolegniaceae.
However the only host indicated for it was Achlya
flagellata. To determine whether or not Pringshei-
miella is limited to A. flagellata a preliminary host
range study within the Saprolegniaceae has been

Vol. 7, No. 2, April 1960

35

carried out. It has been possible to parasitize iso-
lates E2, E16, E28, Jl, 141, 181, 182, and 290 of
A. flagellata; isolates E4 and E22 of A. americana;
isolate E15 of A. conspicua; and Thraustotheca
clavata. Successful infection has not been obtained
with isolates D1 and G1 of A. flagellata ; A. caro-
liniana; A. glomerata; Saprolegnia diclina; Dic-
tyuchus sp.; and Isoachlya unispora. It appears
that Prmgsheimiella can distinguish between cer-
tain isolates of A. flagellata. The reaction to para-
sitism by Prmgsheimiella does not seem to add any
additional evidence to show a more definite rela-
tionship among members of Coker’s Prolifera group.
From the reaction of Thraustotheca it would seem
to be closer to Achlya than either Saprolegnia or
Dictyuchus.

Strontium Replacement for Calcium in the
Growth of Four Volvocalean Algae*

H. W. Nichols, W. R. Herndon and J. C. O’Kelley,

University of Alabama

Stephanosphaera pluvialis, Haematococcus droe-
bakensis, Gonium sociale, and Pandorina morum
were grown in culture media in which ionic equiva-
lents of strontium were substituted for calcium in
a graded series and compared with sodium substi-
tuted controls. Growth of cultures was measured
turbidimetrically and each culture was studied micro-
scopically to determine effects of the substitution
upon the morphology of the organisms. The results
of these experiments may be summarized as fol-
lows: (1) Strontium substituted, but only in part,
for calcium in the growth of Stephanosphaera,
Gonium, and Haematococcus whereas, under the
same conditions, sodium did not substitute. (2)
Growth of Pandorina was sustained when the cal-
cium of the basal medium was replaced entirely by
strontium although it was markedly reduced; in
sodium substituted controls there was no measur-
able growth. (3) In each of the organisms a loss
of motility was evident at one or more levels of
calcium concentration when strontium was substi-
tuted for calcium in the basal medium. (4) Numer-
ous morphological peculiarities were found among
the cells and colonies of the cultures in which stron-
tium had been substituted for calcium in the cul-
ture medium. Among these, an apparent loss, or an
extreme reduction in extent of the gelatinous
sheath was observed in Pandorina.

Permission to use the facilities for culture of al-
gae provided by the University of Alabama Research
Committee for Project Number 333 is gratefully
acknowledged.

Aceto-carmine Staining of Nuclear Bodies
in Oscillatoria

D. E. Norby, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The nuclear material of Oscillatoria and other
Cyanophyceae stains readily after overnight fixa-
tion in Johansen’s Volvox fixative. For permanent
preparations, G. B. Wilson’s Venetian turpentine
technique has proven satisfactory. This provides a
simple method for classroom demonstrations and
for investigations of the division cycle.

Ovoviviparity in the Monogenetic Trematode
Polystomoidella oblonga*

Larry C. Oglesby, Florida State University

Thirty adult specimens of Polystomoidella ob-
longa (Trematoda: Monogenea) were recovered

from the urinary bladder of the stink turtle Sterno-
therus odoratus. Seventeen carried, in utero, imma-
ture individuals in various stages of development
from gyrodactyloid larvae to juveniles with opisthap-
tors and digestive systems characteristic of adults as
well as rather well developed reproductive organs.
An empty egg shell was also present within each
parental uterus. Non-ciliated gyrodactyloid larvae
hatch and develop to an advanced stage in utero,
and are released as fully formed, though sexually
immature, adults. Ovoviviparity, which apparently
has not been recorded before in the Monogenea,
makes possible the completion of the life cycle of
Polystomoidella oblonga within the bladder of the
turtle, with no obligate free-living stage.

This work was done during the tenure of a Na-
tional Science Foundation Cooperative Fellowship.

Changes in Development of Proto siphon
botryoides (Kiitz) Klebs in Culture
Upon Replacement of Calcium
with Strontium*

J. C. O’Kelley, W. R. Herndon and R. E. Daniel,
University of Alabama

Protosiphon has a calcium requirement of more
than trace magnitude; growth occurs when stron-
tium, but neither barium nor any one of 5 monova-
lent nor of 4 other divalent cations, is substituted
for calcium. The replacement of calcium by stron-
tium gives rise to only slightly decreased amounts
of growth, but is responsible for significant morpho-
logical changes in liquid cultures. Sacs form in
strontium, but do not develop in length to as great
an extent as do those formed in calcium cultures of
equivalent age. Cells in general are larger and fewer
in number in strontium, however, and cultures have
a higher proportion of vacuolated cells than cul-
tures in calcium. Wet and dry weight determina-
tions reveal, as expected from direct microscopic
observation, that the water content of the alga
grown in strontium is higher than that of the alga
in calcium. In strontium, cells possess relatively
dark green chloroplasts in comparison to those in
calcium. The most striking change, however, is the
loss of zoospore production when calcium is replaced
by strontium; aplanospores are produced instead.

Permission to use the facilities for culture of
algae provided by the University of Alabama Re-
search Committee for Project Number 333 is grate-
fully acknowledged.

Interrelation Between Triiodothyronine and
Adrenaline in Regulation of Oxygen
Consumption*1

Kenneth Ottis, Auburn University

A total of 80 sixty-day-old white rats of the Holtz-
man strain were used in this investigation. After
acclimatization in air-conditioned quarters, 60 were
thyroidectomized and placed on one per cent calcium
gluconate drinking fluid for the two-week convales-
cent period. The operated animals were then grouped
and treated daily as follows: Group I received no
T3, Group II received 5 ug. of T3, and Group III
received 10 ug. of Ts. Group IV was composed of
the twenty unoperated, control animals.

After fifteen days of treatment, oxygen consump-
tion rates were determined by a standard accepted
technique. Determinations were run at regularly
stated intervals as follows: A pre-adrenaline con-
trol determination, at twenty minutes post-adrena-

36

ASB Bulletin

line, at seventy minutes post-adrenaline, followed by
determinations at hourly intervals thereafter for
three hours.

Results: The untreated-thyroidectomized group
showed no increase in oxygen consumption post
adrenaline. In ascending order, the intact-control
group, the 5 ug. group and the 10 ug. group showed
increased response to adrenaline in that order.

1Project S.R. 13-003, Agricultural Experiment
Station, Auburn University, Auburn, Alabama.

Effects of Radiation on the Ecology of
Pinus taeda*

Robert A. Pedigo, Emory University
A study on the effects of ionizing radiation on
Pinus taeda was begun in June of 1959 as part of
Emory University’s radiation research program at
the Lockheed Aircraft Corporation reactor site near
Dawsonville, Georgia. Obvious morphological effects
have occurred after exposure to approximately 10,-
000 rem of combined gamma and neutron radiation
while doses of about 25,000 rem apparently cause
death. Morphological effects in the reactor radiation
field are being mapped at three month intervals.
Early results with experimental seedlings grown in
a known soil and under semicontrolled environmen-
tal conditions indicate that physiology is disrupted
and that irradiated plants develop more slowly. Sur-
vival of seedlings exposed to Co60 gamma radiation
during the cotyledon stage of development has been
better than that for seedlings one to several years
old exposed to mixed gamma and neutron radiation
from the reactor. However, radiation from the reac-
tor is equilibrated to Co60 radiation by using an
RBE of 10 for neutrons. Since a broad spectrum of
neutrons is present in the reactor field, this may
be an inherent error in calculating dosages for pine.
Finally, differential effects on Pinus taeda and its
usual ecological associates when exposed to chronic
radiation suggest that the role of pine in secondary
succession may be changed.

A Growth Response by Two Sedges
Inhabiting a Radiation Field*

Gayther L. Plummer, University of Georgia
Carex Frankii and C. vulpinoidea are associated
on White Oak Lake bed on the reservation at the
Oak Ridge National Laboratory. They occur on
sites having gamma radiation fields of 40, 20, 10,
and 0 mr/hr. The lengths of the pistillate flowering
structures were measured and the data were treated
statistically for the purpose of using these features
as indicators of a growth response to site quality
and to radiation.

Lengths varied with dose rate but these appear
to be independent of the radiation and more closely
associated with other soil factors. Each sedge re-
sponds differently under similar moisture condi-
tions, fertility, and soil reaction.

Observations suggest that these pioneers may not
show obvious biological disturbances before they are
replaced by succeeding species.

Studies on the Distribution and Life History
of Two Species of Lesquerella (Cruciferae)

Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt University
Lesquerella Lescurii (A. Gray) S. Wats, and L.
densipila Rollins, both endemic to the Central Basin

of Tennessee, are apparently young species that
originated allopatrieally and have remained so un-
til the recent past (Rollins 1957). Lesquerella den-
sipila has migrated into the margin of the range of
L. Lescurii, and there is evidence that L. Lescurii
may be migrating out of the Basin. In an effort to
clarify this situation, careful records are being
kept of the location of L. Lescurii populations at
the margin of the species’ range. Special attention
has been given, in the life history studies, to con-
ditions necessary for seed dispersal and germination.
The relationship of these factors to possible migra-
tion is reported.

Geographical Affinities of the Southern
Appalachian High Mountain Flora*

George SI Ramseur, The University of the South

In the southern Appalachians there are ten iso-
lated mountain areas which extend to elevations
above 5500 feet. A catalog of vascular plants was
compiled from collections made throughout the re-
gion in 1956 and 1957. By using manuals, floras, and
other taxonomic literature the range of each spe-
cies was established and plotted. The flora is rep-
resented by the following geographical range pat-
terns: 1. Southern Appalachian species, 2. Appala-
chian species, 3. Northern species which extend
southward only along the mountains, 4. Northern
species near their southern limit, 5. Southern spe-
cies near their northern limit, 6. Species wide-spread
through eastern North America, and 7. Introduced
species. The climax community of the region is the
spruce-fir ( Picea rubens Sarg. — Abies fraseri
(Pursh) Poir.) forest, but most of it has been des-
troyed by logging and fire. The disturbed areas are
now dominated by fire cherry ( Prunus pensylvanica
L.f.). A small percentage of the total area is occu-
pied by several anomalous communities including:
grass bald, heath bald, shrub bald, and beech for-
est. Most of the dominant species of the major
communities belong to the group of plants with
Northern ranges extending southward only along
the mountains.

The Respiratory Properties of Chiton
Hemocyanins*

James R. Redmond, University of Florida

At the present the only published information
concerning the blood respiratory pigments of chi-
tons consists of a measurement of the sedimenta-
tion rate of the blood protein of Tonicella (Sved-
berg and Pedersen, 1940) and an oxygen dissocia-
tion curve for the hemocyanin of Cryptochiton stel-
leri (Manwell, 1958). The present studies, carried
out at the Zoology Department of the University
College of the West Indies, Jamaica, and the Univ.
of Washington Friday Harbor Laboratories, con-
firm hemocyanin as the blood respiratory pigment
of chitons, describe certain of the characteristics
of this material from four species of chitons, and
comment on its function. Oxygen dissociation curves
showed these pigments to have relatively high half
saturation pressures. The effect of pH on the disso-
ciation curve varied with the species, examples of
both normal and inverse Bohr effects being found.
Observations on the magnitude of the Bohr effect,
the oxygen capacities of the bloods, and the habi-
tats of the animals indicate that the Bohr effect is
probably not of significance in gas exchange. It is
further suggested that the principal role of the
hemocyanins of most animals is not that of inereas-

Vol. 7, No. 2, April 1960

37

ing the oxygen capacity of the blood, but rather is
a means of maintaining a high oxygen diffusion
gradient across the gills.

Supported by research grant RG-5080 from the
National Institutes of Health, U.S.P.H.S.

Aspects of Melanism in Gambusia af finis
(Baird and Girard) *

James D. Regan, Florida State University

Melanistic individuals occasionally occur in col-
lections of the top-minnow, Gambusia af finis (Baird
and Girard). This condition is apparently confined
to males of the species. Normally-pigmented Gam-
busia have scale melanophores in the epidermis and
stellate micromelanophores in the dermis. In addi-
tion to these, melanistic Gambusia have dermal mac-
romelanophores which are approximately twice the
size of the micromelanophores and which have a dif-
ferent morphology. The degree of melanism varies
greatly; specimens having only six macromelano-
phores, and others almost totally black have been
collected. Collections totaling 3002 fish from three
localities in southern Florida contained significantly
different percentages of melanistic individuals
among the mature males. In an area where approxi-
mately 7% of the mature males were melanistic,
153 females were collected and treated with 17-
methyl testosterone for 12 days. 139 showed some
degree of anal fin differentiation, indicating ac-
tion of the hormone, but none showed any pigmen-
tary changes. Two matings of melanistic males with
normal females produced six Fi males which were
reared to sexual maturity. All were normally-pig-
mented. These results do not necessarily nullify a
genetic hypothesis of holandric inheritance for mel-
anism as ecological conditions, particularly tempera-
ture, may possibly affect expression of the melan-
istic phenotype.

The Effects of the Alkaloid Drug Colchicine
upon the Alga, Chlorella pyrenoidosa

Alan Rex, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Randomly growing cells of the green alga, Chlo-
rella pyrenoidosa were grown in liquid modified
Meyer’s media containing colchicine in concentra-
tions of 2.0%, 1.0%, 0.5%, 0.1% and 0.0%. It
was found that colchicine in concentrations greater
than 0.1% exhibited increasing degrees of inhibi-
tion to the normal logarithmic growth function of
randomly growing C. pyrenoidosa. In the cultures
treated with 2.0% colchicine nearly all the cells ob-
served were as large as mature mother cells in the
non-colchicine treated controls. Many of the cells ob-
served in the 2.0% group had no crosswall formation.
Division figures similar to the colchicine-metaphase
types, demonstrated in other organisms, were ob-
served. Current investigations using synchronized
cells of C. pyrenoidosa are designed to determine
the time of action of colchicine in respect to nuclear
division, and to determine its effect on various me-
tabolic systems.

The Nature of the Species, Pachysandra
procumbens (Buxaceae)

Herbert C. Robbins, Vanderbilt University

As one phase of the revisional study of the genus
Pachysandra, a detailed study has been made of
the single American species, Pachysandra procum-

bens Michx. Information concerning the distribu-
tion, biology, cytology and reproductive behavior of
this species is presented.

The Use of Tetrazolium Chloride on
Barley Meristems*

Patricia Sarvella, Mississippi State University
and Washington State University

Tetrazolium chloride is a vital stain and is re-
duced by living tissues to a red color. It has been
used on dissected barley primordia to determine
whether the apical and axillary buds were alive
after irradiation. In the presence of living tissue the
buds which stained red were assumed to be alive
whereas the white buds were assumed dead. The
seedlings were grown for 16 days under continu-
ous fluorescent lights. Hoagland’s nutrient solu-
tion was added to the water to insure continuous
growth. All leaves were removed from the axillary
buds and apical meristems. The meristems were
then put into the stain at 40°C and remained for a
minimum of 15 minutes. The most effective stain
was a 0.1% solution of tri-phenyl tetrazolium chlo-
ride. The buds were then observed under a dissect-
ing microscope and scored for coloration.

Mechanism of Nitrogen Narcosis*

D. F. Sears, Tulane University

Nitrogen narcosis has been demonstrated in man,
in animals and in spinal preparations of animals.
The synapse seems to be the sensitive site. Synap-
tic transmission represents movement of electro-
lytes or other water-soluble materials across a
water continuous junction. G. H. A. Clowes showed
chemically inactive narcotics would reverse emulsions
of oil dispersed in water to make the oil phase contin-
uous. A similarity exists between emulsions and syn-
apses; both contain lipid-water interfaces. It is the
action of the narcotic at such interfaces which re-
verses emulsions. This same action may produce a
decrease in water content of synaptic membranes
and decrease movement of ions and water soluble
materials necessary for synaptic transmission. We
measured resistance to flow of an electrical cur-
rent through emulsions subjected to high pressure
of nitrogen, argon, and helium. Resistance increases
as the oil phase of the emulsion becomes continuous.
Resistance to electric current increased due to pres-
sures of nitrogen and argon, but not helium. Nar-
cosis results from pressures of nitrogen and argon,
but not helium. The striking parallel suggests that
it is this interfacial activity of nitrogen which
causes narcosis.

Some Preliminary Studies Contributing to
the Cyto-Taxonomic Investigation of the
Genus Schoenolirion (Liliaceae)

Harry L. Sherman, Vanderbilt University
The genus Schoenolirion ( Oxytria ) consists of
five taxonomic species of local occurrence. Three of
the species are represented on the Atlantic and
Gulf Coastal Plain, one of which also occurs in
adjacent provinces. The other two species are en-
demic to northern California and southern Oregon,
where they occur in bogs. Preliminary work includes
a study of the mitotic chromosome morphology of
S. croceum (Michx.) Gray, utilizing 8-Hydroxyquin-
oline treatment of root-tips.

38

ASB Bulletin

Influence of Nerves in Lizard Regeneration*

S. B. Simpson, Jr., Tulane University

The spinal cord of the brown skink, Lygosoma
laterale, was deviated from the tail into the rear
limb. This was done on the assumption that the
nerve fibers of the spinal cord would augment the
normal nerve supply of the limb, and by doing so,
induce the limb to regenerate. In those cases where
the deviated cord retained its integrity and actually
increased the nerve complement of the limb, a lim-
ited regenerative response occurred. These results
give added support to the importance of nerves in
regeneration.

The influence of the spinal cord on tail regenera-
tion was also studied. It was found that if the
spinal cord was removed from the terminal portion
of an amputated tail, no regeneration occurred. Also,
if the spinal cord was deflected and positioned be-
neath a dorsal wound, heteromorphic tails regener-
ated from the dorsal surface of the tail.

Foliar Origin and Development of
Tropaeolum Majus L.
var. Golden Gleam

Jean L. Smith, Florida State University

An anatomic comparison of embryonic juvenile
leaves is made with mature adult leaves of Trop-
aeolurn majus L. var. Golden Gleam. Origin of the
leaves within the shoot apex is considered as well as
the ontogeny of the leaf primordia. Stipules, which
occur only with the juvenile leaves, are included
in this foliar analysis.

Ascorbic Acid Metabolism and the
Adrenal Glands*

Don W. Stubbs and Kenneth Ottis,

Auburn University

The effects of thiamine deficiency on the ascorbic
acid content of the adrenals, livers, and kidneys of
rats were studied. The rats were separated into two
groups. The experimental group was fed, ad libi-
tum, a diet deficient in vitamins Bi and C. The
controls were pair-fed on a complete diet. The ex-
perimental animals and their controls were period-
ically sacrificed and comparisons of the ascorbic
acid contents of their adrenals, livers, and kidneys
made. The livers and kidneys of the experimental
rats showed a great initial decrease in ascorbic acid
while that of the adrenals was only moderate. A
close correspondence between the changes in renal
and hepatic ascorbic acid was found.

It was concluded that both the adrenals and the
kidneys depend upon the ability of the liver to syn-
thesize and supply ascorbic acid. The adrenals ap-
pear to be superior to the kidneys in their ability to
accumulate the vitamin. While thiamine appears to
exert some influence on the ability of the liver to
synthesize and supply ascorbic acid, the vitamin
does not seem to play an essential role in this re-
spect.

The Stimuli for the Start of the
Reproductive Season in Juncos

James T. Tanner, University of Tennessee
Juncos ( Junco hyemalis) nesting in the Great
Smoky Mountains begin reproduction later at the
higher and colder elevations compared with the
lower elevations. Over fifty first-egg dates from
nests at different elevations were obtained and these
data were used to determine the sensitivity of the
egg-laying process to environmental temperature.
Several hypotheses have been proposed for the
mechanism of this sensitivity. One of these is that
higher temperatures stimulate singing and court-
ship by the male Junco, and that these activities
are the direct stimuli which determine the first-egg
date. A test of this hypothesis was made; the re-
sults did not support the hypothesis.

The Preservation of Experimental
Neoplasms by a Frozen-Tissue Bank
at -78° C

J. Richard Thomson and Daniel R. Farnell,
Southern Research Institute, Birmingham, Alabama
Certain risks are inevitable when employing se-
rially-transplanted experimental neoplasms in
screening compounds for anticancer activity. These
risks include infections by viruses or bacteria, cross-
contamination by other cell strains, genetic drift,
stromal tissue invasion, and accidental loss by faulty
or careless scheduling. For a long-term screening
program to be effective, the work done at any spe-
cified time should be comparable to similar work
performed several years earlier. A frozen-tumor
bank which, in effect, “stops time” for these par-
ticular cells can be used to considerable advantage
in this type of research. A possible disadvantage
might be an artificial selection of cold-resistant
cells.

Using a method developed by Hauschka, et al.,
(Cancer Research 19 p. 643, 1959), we have frozen
some thirty-five neoplasms of mice, rats, and ham-
sters. Selected tumor fragments were frozen in
sealed glass ampules with 9-10% glycerol at a rate
of 0.5-1. 0° C/min. At intervals, samples were rapidly
thawed to 37° C and transplanted to the proper
host animal. Data will be presented to show the
spectrum of tumors and leukemias employed, length
of time in the frozen state, and viability results. The
biological implication and significance will be dis-
cussed.

The Action of Thyroxine on Mitochondria
of the Liver of the Albino Rat

Samuel R. Tipton, University of Tennessee
The enzymes, succinic dehydrogenase, glutamic
dehydrogenase, and cytochrome oxidase, which are
localized in the mitochondria, showed a greater ac-
tivity in the mitochondrial fraction isolated from
the liver of thyroidectomized rats that were treated
with thyroid powder, or thyroxine, than that from
untreated animals. The increase was significant on
the basis of mg;, dry weight, per mg. nitrogen, or
per million mitochondria. Mitochondria isolated
from regenerating liver within 48 hours after par-
tial hepatectomy, were more sensitive to thyroxine
than were those from the livers of control animals.
Other changes indicating a change in properties of
the mitochondria during regeneration are presented.
(Supported in part by NSF Grant No. 8969.)

Vol. 7, No. 2, April 1960

39

Genetic Analysis of Variant Pigmentary
Patterns in the Leopard Frog,

Rana pipiens *

E. Peter Volpe, Newcomb College of Tulane
University

Two pattern variants, kandiyohi and burnsi, are
simple dominants to the common leopard frog, Rana
pipiens, but lack dominance with respect to each
other. Hitherto, the double dominant frog, desig-
nated “mottled burnsi”, had been recovered only
from laboratory cultures; it apparently had eluded
naturalists in the past. The query as to whether the
kandiyohi and burnsi genes arose as mutations at
the same locus or at different loci would be an-
swered by appropriate matings utilizing the “mot-
tled burnsi” frog. The recent uncovering of two
“mottled burnsi” adult frogs in nature and subse-
quent test-crossings to wild-type, recessive pipiens
frogs revealed that the mutant genes do not consti-
tute a multiple allelic series. The kandiyohi and
burnsi genes are located at different loci, but inde-
pendent assortment of the mutant loci has not been
unequivocably demonstrated. Widely separated loci
on the same chromosome (hypothetical linkage of
46%) would simulate independent assortment.

Cortisone and Resistance to Infection with
Hymenolepis nana*

Clarence J. Weinmann, University of Florida

Cortisone acetate, administered daily for one week
in 0.5 - 1.0 mgm. dosages, depressed the natural re-
sistance of mice to H. nana as measured by percen-
tage development of 92-94 hour cysticercoids follow-
ing egg infection. Daily hormone treatment for two
and three weeks before infection resulted in a de-
gree of recovery of natural resistance to this para-
site.

Cortisone treatment for a week prior to an im-
munizing egg infection did not appear to influence
the development of acquired resistance to challenge
egg infections administered six days after immuni-
zation since parasites failed to complete larval de-
velopment in immunized mice, whether or not
treated with hormone. When cortisone was adminis-
tered during the period of active immunization (i.e.,
first six days of infection), the degree of acquired
resistance to reinfection on the last day of treat-
ment was reduced although a heightened resistance
was still evident. With an interval of eight days be-
tween an immunizing egg infection and the initia-
tion of cortisone administration (daily for one
week), the majority of hormone-treated mice suf-
fered massive reinfection when challenged on the
last day of treatment. Reinfection is believed to have
been abetted by auto-infection.

Radiobiology of T etrahymena pyriformis

Carolyn Wells, Biology Division,

Oak Ridge National Laboratory

It is well known that the sensitivity of organisms
to the lethal action of ionizing radiation varies from
species to species. Some intraspecific strain differ-
ences in radiosensitivity have been reported. The
following experiments have shown that such radio-
sensitivity differences also occur among strains of
the holotrich, T etrahymena pyriformis. Several mi-
cronucleate strains of this ciliate were X-irradiated
with doses ranging from 48 to 380 kr, at a rate of
9.5 ± 0.4 kr/minute. Immediately after treatment,

numerous single-cell isolations were made from ir-
radiated and control populations into small petri
dishes containing axenic medium. Survival was
measured as the ability of such isolates to establish
self-perpetuating clones.

It was found by this technique that, in some
strains, more animals die than in other strains after
a given X-ray dose. These strain-specific radiosen-
sitivities are not correlative with either the ploidy
of the micronucleus or the total DNA content of
the strains. Radiation-induced micronuclear ab-
normalities were examined cytologically. Irradiated
micronuclei, instead of being typically compact,
were often enlarged spheres of intertwined strands.
Micronuclear disorganization was frequently so
severe that amicronucleate sister fission products
occurred. However, amicronucleate clones were
rarely found among the surviving fraction of at
least some strains.

Current Effects and Growth of Freshwater
Algae

L. A. Whitford, North Carolina State College
(No abstract submitted)

The Separation of Chloroplast Pigments
by Countercurrent Distribution*

Frederick T. Wolf and John G. Coniglio,
Vanderbilt University

Separations of chloroplast pigments are custom-
arily made by partition between immiscible solvents,
by paper chromatography, or by column chromatog-
raphy. Lancaster et al. (J. Amer. Oil Chemists Soc.
27: 386, 1950) effected a partial separation of a test
mixture of chlorophyll a, chlorophyll b, and caro-
tene with a 25-tube countercurrent distribution ap-
paratus. In the present work, the chloroplast pig-
ments from spinach were separated in a 100-tube
machine, using 90 per cent aqueous ethanol and
petroleum ether as the solvent system. After 100
transfers, upper layer was collected in a fraction
collector, and the separations were continued to 310-
425 transfers. In the petroleum ether layer were
found two peaks corresponding to carotenes and
chlorophyll b: in the ethanolic layer three peaks
were separated, corresponding to chlorophyll a and
two different xanthophyll components.

The Vertical Diel Migrations of a Cyclopoid
in a Mississippi Lake

Robert A. Woodmansee, Mississippi Southern
College and

Billy J. Grantham, Mississippi Game and
Fish Commission

The vertical movements of Mesocyclops edax are
described for a twenty-four hour period. A marked
nocturnal increase in planktonic numbers is recorded
for this species with the extent of the nocturnal in-
crease varying with the sex and with the presence
or absence of ovisacs. Two hypotheses have appeared
in the literature to explain nocturnal increases in
planktonic numbers: (1) that the animals see and
evade the net or trap during the day and (2) that
the animals are either benthic or hypoplanktonic
during the day. Evidence is herein presented in
support of the second hypothesis, which appears to
be the more widely accepted one. An assumption of
the second hypothesis requires a modification of
the quartile curve method of illustrating diel ver-
tical migrations.

40

ASB Bulletin

Sporophyte Production in Antarctic Mosses

Elmer G. Worthley, Harvard University

The extent of sporophyte production among va-
rious species of antarctic mosses will be discussed
and the relative sporophyte production in mosses
of certain temperate or warmer climates will be
compared.

Reasons for the evolution of mosses with modi-
fied (or elimination of the) sporophyte stage seem
to include: 1. Effect of terrific winds. 2. Sandblast-
ing effect of snow at low temperatures. 3. Destruc-
tive effects of pebbles, rock fragments and particles
hurled about during storms.

The occurrence of these unfavorable conditions
has served to aid in the direction of the disappear-
ance of the sporophyte stage in the antarctic
mosses.

Etheostoma okaloosae (Fowler), A Percid
Fish Endemic in Northwest Florida*
Ralph W. Yerger, Florida State University

In 1941, Henry W. Fowler described a new darter,
Villora okaloosae, from a single specimen collected
near Niceville, Florida. Bailey, Winn, and Smith
(1954, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 106:109-164)
subsequently placed this name in the synonomy of
Etheostoma swaini (Jordan). Recent studies of
seven series of 140 specimens establish the validity
of Etheostoma okaloosae. It was correctly assigned
to the subgenus Villora, which is characterized by
an arched lateral line, and the replacement of the
genital papilla in the female by a marginal ring of
matted villi. In recent years Villora has been in-
cluded as one of many subgenera in the expanded
genus Etheostoma.

Etheostoma okaloosae is differentiated from E.
edwini (Hubbs and Cannon), the only other mem-
ber of the subgenus, by scale counts, markings, and
coloration, most noticeably the absence of red spots
over the body. It is restricted to several clear,
sandy, moderately swift streams which empty into
a bayou at the western end of Choctawhatchee Bay.
The origin of this species probably dates from the
late Pleistocene, at a period when sea level was
lower than at present, and all of the streams pres-
ently inhabited by E. okaloosae were conjoined. Ris-
ing sea level during the recent interglacial stage
has now divided the population in several isolated
small streams.

(Research supported by National Science Foun-
dation Grant G6260, and by the Research Council
of the Florida State University.)

The Comparative Efficacy of Bephenium
Hydroxynaphthoate and
Tetrachloroethylene Against Hookworm
and Other Parasites of Man

Martin D. Young and Geoffrey M. Jeffery,

U. S. Public Health Service

The hydroxynaphthoate salt of bephenium, one of
a series of new quaternary ammonium compounds,
was tested against worm infections in 168 mental
patients. Tetrachloroethylene was tried 41 times for
comparison. Bephenium was more effective than
tetrachloroethylene against hookworm infections.
Single doses of 5.0 grams of base daily for 3 to 5
consecutive days reduced heavy hookworm infections
by 95 per cent or more, with about 55 per cent of
the infections cured. Five gram doses for 1 or 2 days
greatly reduced the hookworm burden but the cure
rate was low. The drug was highly effective against
Ascaris lumbricoides, curing 12 of 13 infections and
reducing the overall egg count by over 99 per cent.
Bephenium was also moderately effective against
Trichuris trichiura infections. Dosages totaling 15
or more grams resulted in a substantial reduction
in worm burden and produced some cures. Side ef-
fects, principally vomiting, occurred in about 7 per
cent of the patients, but in only one patient was it
necessary to discontinue treatment. When tetra-
chloroethylene was given in 3 or 4 cc. single doses
hookworm burdens were reduced by 49 to 58 per
cent; there was no significant reduction in 37 T.
trichiura infections treated.

Autecological Studies on Leavenworthia
stylosa (Cruciferae)

Rhona D. Zager, Vanderbilt University

Leavenworthia stylosa A. Gray, a winter annual
in the family Cruciferae, is restricted to the cedar
glade areas in the Central Basin of Tennessee. Cer-
tain aspects of the causes of its narrow endemism
may now be reported. Field observations on the de-
gree of restriction to specific habitats, analyses of
certain habitat factors, and general life history
studies have been carried out. Particular attention
has been given to conditions required for germina-
tion, tolerance of mineral deficiencies, tolerance of
moisture extremes, and competition in field and ex-
perimental situations.

THE PARTICIPATING SOCIETIES

(Continued from Page 20)

Southeastern Section, Botanical
Society of America

President— Dr. Ruth S. Breen,

Florida State University

Secretary — Dr. Joseph C. O’Kelley,
University of Alabama

Activities Committee — Dr. Ernest S. Ford,
University of Florida

Dr. Robert Godfrey,

Florida State University

Dr. C. Ritchie Bell,

University of North Carolina

Southern Appalachian Botanical Club
President — Dr. Donovan S. Correll,

Texas Research Foundation
Vice-President — Dr. Erdman West,
University of Florida
Secretary— Elizabeth Ann Bartholomew,
West Virginia University
Treasurer — Roy B. Clarkson,

West Virginia University
The participation in the Annual Meeting
by the Society of General Physiologists is
most welcome.

Vol. 7, No. 2, April 1960

41

MEWS OF BIOLOGY EM THE SOUTHEAST

About People

Dr. Roland H. Alden, chief of the Division of
Anatomy at the University of Tennessee Medical
Units in Memphis since 1949, has been named to
the newly created position of associate dean of the
graduate school for medical sciences. Dr. Alden
will begin his new duties January 1, retaining his
position as chief of the division of anatomy. Dr.
Alden will be taking over a portion of the duties
performed by Dr. T. P. Nash, Jr., dean of the
School of Biological Sciences. Dr. Nash will con-
tinue in his position as dean of the School of Bio-
logical Sciences.

The following personnel changes are from the
Biology Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory:

Dr. Franco Celada, a United States Public Health
Service Fellow, joined the Radiation Immunology
Group in October. Dr. Celada received the M.D.
degree from the University of Milan, Italy, in 1956,
and since that time has served in the Italian Army.
Dr. Valerio C. Monesi, also a United States Pub-
lic Health Service Fellow, has joined the Mam-
malian Genetics and Development Section. Dr.
Monesi received the M.D. degree from the Univer-
sity of Pavia, Italy, and comes to the Division from
the National Division for Nuclear Researches,
Frascati, Italy. Charlotte R. Lea is spending this
year with the Enzymology Group as a Research As-
sociate. Miss Lea expects to receive the Ph.D. in
Biochemistry from Emory University in December.
Dr. Gustavo Cudkowicz, under a grant from the
International Cooperation Administration, has
joined the Pathology and Physiology Section for a
period of one year. Dr. Cudkowicz received his
M.D. from the Medical School of the State Univer-
sity of Milan, Italy, in 1952, and comes to the Di-
vision from the National Cancer Institute and the
Institute of Pharmacological Research in Milan. Dr.
Donald F. Parsons has joined the Pathology and
Physiology Section. Dr. Parsons received the Ph.D.
in Physical Chemistry from Imperial College, Lon-
don, England, and the M.D. from St. Bartholomew’s
Medical College, London. He comes to the Division
from Duke University. Dr. Otto Vos, a Public
Health Service Fellow, who has been associated
with the Mammalian Recovery Section for the past
year has left the Biology Division. Dr. Vos has re-
turned to the Medical Biological Laboratory, Rijs-
wijk, The Netherlands. Dr. Johan Harrie Stuy has
completed a year of research in the Radiation Pro-
tection - Living Cells Section and left the Division
to go to Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut.
Dr. Stuy will be affiliated with the Biophysics De-
partment at Yale. Dr. Udo H. Ehllng, a Public
Health Service Fellow, has joined the Pathology
and Physiology Section. Dr. Ehling received the
Ph.D. in Zoology from the Free University of Ber-
lin, Germany, and for the past four years has been
associated with the Max Planck Institut fur Verg-
leichende Erbbiologie und Erbpathologie, Berlin-
Dahlem, Germany. Dr. Menachem B. Lion, who re-
ceived the Ph.D. in Organic Chemistry from the
Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel, in June,
1959, will be associated with the Mammalian Re-
covery Group for the coming year.

Dr. Wm. C. Sloan, Instructor in Biology, leaves
Vanderbilt University in January to accept a 12-
month research Post-Doctoral Fellowship from the
National Institutes of Health. He will be located

at the University of California, Berkeley, where he
will carry out an investigation of the end-products
of nitrogen metabolism in terrestrial invertebrates.

Dr. J. J. Friauf represented Vanderbilt Univer-
sity at the Darwin Centennial Celebration in Chi-
cago, November 24-27.

Dr. Zane B. Carothers, formerly Instructor in
the Department of Botany at the University of
Kentucky, has resigned to accept an Assistant Pro-
fessorship at the University of Illinois. Mr. John
C. Warden, formerly a graduate student at the
University of Chicago, has been appointed Instruc-
tor in Botany.

Drs. Herbert P. Riley and Dale M. Smith of the
Department of Botany of the University of Ken-
tucky, attended and presented papers at the IX
International Botanical Congress in Montreal in
August, 1959.

Mr. T. R. Bryant has received a National Science
Cooperative Fellowship and is carrying out his work
in the Department of Botany of the University of
Kentucky.

Birmingham Southern College has two new As-
sociate Professors in the Department of Biology.
Dr. William R. Montgomery, a parasitologist with
a Ph.D. degree from the University of Nebraska,
came from Morningside College, Sioux City, Iowa;
Dr. Alvin A. Peters, who holds a Doctor of Science
degree from Munich, is a bacteriologist and comes
from Texas A. and M. College.

At Howard College the Department of Biology
has added Miss Lynn Raulerson as Instructor in
Biology. Miss Raulerson comes to the College on
the completion of her Master’s degree at Emory
University in Atlanta. Her field is in Vertebrate
Ecology.

Dr. Herbert A. McCullough, Head of the De-
partment of Biology at Howard College, has re-
cently been appointed Coordinator of the North
Central Alabama Regional Science Fair. He was
also recently elected Chairman of the Alabama
Council of Conservation.

Dr. G. M. Jeffery, Public Health Service, Co-
lumbia, S. C., received the Bailey K. Ashford Award
at the annual meeting of the American Society of
Tropical Medicine and Hygiene in Indianapolis on
October 30. The award is provided bi-annually by
the Eli Lilly Company and is for research in tropi-
cal diseases.

Dr. Paul C. Beaver, Professor of Tropical Dis-
eases and Hygiene at the Tulane University School
of Medicine, has been named Editor of the Ameri-
can Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene.
Dr. Beaver succeeds Dr. Martin D. Young, who has
been acting as Editor pro tern.

Dr. H ans Gaffron, University of Chicago, has
been appointed as Research Professor of Plant
Physiology and Biochemistry at Florida State Uni-
versity. Dr. Norman l. Bishop, also of the Univer-
sity of Chicago, joins the faculty as assistant
professor of Botany and research associate with
Dr. Gaffron in their work on photosynthesis.

Dr. Sidney Fox of the Oceanographic Institute
of Florida State University spoke on “How Did
Life Begin?” in the General Symposium of AAAS
on Moving Frontiers of Science at Chicago on
December 26. Dr. Fox was also invited to speak

42

ASB Bulletin

on “Self-Organizing Phenomena and the First Life”
at the symposium on Synthesis of Organization
sponsored by the Society for General Systems Re-
search to be held during the same week.

Dr. Sidney Fox was an invited speaker in Sep-
tember at the AIBS symposium on Embryology
and Evolution, and at the International Oceano-
graphic Congress in New York.

Dr. A. M. Winchester, head of the Department
of Biology at Stetson University, has been asked
to serve on an NSF panel for the evaluation of
research proposals.

Dr. Henry Stevenson, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, has been granted
a Faculty Summer Research Appointment to con-
tinue his studies on bird migration problems.

Dr. Fred S. Orcutt, acting head of the Biology
Department at Virginia Polytechnic Institute, was
appointed head of the department effective Jan-
uary 1, 1960.

The following items were received from the De-
partment of Botany, University of Florida: Dr.
Alan Conger recently spent a week in Puerto Rico
taking part in a symposium on the comparative
effects of various kinds of radiation; Dr. R. D.
Powell has been elected secretary of the Southern
Section of the American Society of Plant Patholo-
gists; Dr. W. M. Dugger, Jr., has accepted a posi-
tion as Research Physiologist at the Riverside Ex-
periment Station of the University of California;
Mr. Ted Holmsen has been awarded the $5,000.00
General Biological Supply House scholarship for
1960-61. He recently was awarded one of the two
prizes given to graduate students for presenting a
Meritorious Paper before the American Society of
Plant Physiologists at Birmingham, Alabama.

An addition to the staff of the Department of
Biology, University of Alabama, is Assistant Pro-
fessor William C. Guest, cytogeneticist, from the
University of Texas.

Dr. C. Ritchie Bell, University of North Carolina,
is the Secretary of the American Society of Plant
Taxonomists for 1960.

Institutions and Organizations

A Symposium on Eastern Equine Encephalo-
myelitis was held at the University of Maryland
in College Park on November 18, 1959. This meet-
ing was under the auspices of the Departments of
Entomology and Veterinary Science of the College
of Agriculture and the Department of Medicine of
the School of Medicine. Discussions dealt with in-
fection in vertebrates, laboratory diagnosis, epi-
demiology, experimental studies and prophylaxis
and control. More than 200 biologists attended.

The National Science Foundation has recently
approved support of a proposal of the American
Institute of Biological Sciences for a program of
Foreign Visiting Lecturers in Biology. This pro-
posal was suggested by the success of the AIBS
program of visiting biologists to liberal arts col-
leges and smaller universities established over
three years ago. This program has recently been
extended to secondary schools, and now will be
enlarged to include foreign lecturers. The opera-
tion of this new program will follow essentially
that of the college program but will begin on a
somewhat smaller scale until experience necessary
for future successful full scale operation is ac-
quired. The AIBS will schedule speakers and will
handle all travel arrangements. A small panel of

speakers will be initially selected from suggestions
of the various societies representing the biological
sciences; these selections will be made by the AIBS
Committee on Education and Professional Recruit-
ment, which meets in Chicago on December 29,
1959. Details of the program and inquiries concern-
ing the availability of the lecturers can be obtained
from Dr. Robert S. Leisner, Director of Educational
Activities, AIBS, 2000 P Street, N.W., Washington
6, D. C.

The Department of Botany, University of Flori-
da, is now authorized to conduct programs of study
leading to the Ph.D. degree. The Department has
been awarded four graduate fellowships by the De-
partment of Health, Education and Welfare which
are to be made available to doctoral candidates.

The Florida Academy of Sciences held their An-
nual Meeting at Florida Southern College, Feb.
18-20.

Florida Southern College has completed work on
their Planetarium and will soon open it for pub-
lic visitation.

The Department of Botany of the University of
Tennessee announces that the Tenth Annual Spring
Wildflower Pilgrimage will be held in the Great
Smoky Mountains at Gatlinburg, Tennessee, April
28-30. Wildflower and fern hikes, bird walks, and
motorcades led by competent botanists and natur-
alists, and illustrated lectures are available to the
public. Those wishing further information should
write to Dept. W. P., P. O. Box 208, Gatlinburg.

On February 1-3 the Southern Section of the
American Society of Plant Physiologists met with
the Association of Southern Agricultural Workers
at Birmingham, Alabama. Two symposia were held:
“Physiological Genetics” and “The Chemical Con-
trol of Plant Growth”. Newly elected officers are:
Chairman — Dr. Robert E. Burns, U.S.D.A.; Vice-
Chairman — Dr. Howard E. Joham, Texas Experi-
ment Station; Secretary-Treasurer — Dr. Robert
D. Powell, University of Florida; Executive Com-
mittee — Dr. Howard Teas, University of Florida;
Dr. Aubrey Naylor, Duke University; Dr. Wayne
C. Hall, Texas Experiment Station.

A School of Applied Biology has been estab-
lished at Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta.
Dr. Robert S. Ingols, who has headed the Biology
Department for the past several years has been
named director of the new school. Beginning with
the 1960 fall quarter the School will offer work to-
ward a degree of Bachelor of Science in Applied
Biology.

The A.I.B.S. has announced the establishment of
the Biology News Bureau as a new activity to serve
biologists and professional organizations in the
biological sciences. This Bureau has the assignment
of smoothing the flow of information between the
biological professions and the public and has offi-
ces at AIBS headquarters, 2000 P St., N.W., Wash-
ington 6, D. C.

Grants in Aid

Dr. A. E. Harrises of Mississippi Southern Col-
lege has received a grant of $3,710 from the Na-
tional Institutes of Health to study the freshwater
Tetraonchinae (Monogenea) of southern Missis-
sippi.

Dr. Herbert P. Riley, Head of the Department
of Botany of the University of Kentucky, has re-
ceived a two-year grant of $13,600 from the Na-
tional Science Foundation to study species of South

Vol. 7, No. 2, April 1960

43

African plants by the method of paper chroma-
tography.

Dr. R. B. Channell has been awarded a grant of
$18,000 from the National Science Foundation for a
taxonomic revision of the Eurhynchospora portion
of the genus Rhynchospora (Cyperaceae) . This
project will cover a three-year period.

Drs. R. J. and Ruth Neff recently received a
research grant of $50,000 from the National Insti-
tutes of Health for a three-year study of nuclear
functions and growth synchrony in amoeba.

Dr. J. Orvin Mundt of the University of Tennes-
see Bacteriology Department has been awarded a
$5,500 National Science Foundation grant to con-
tinue studies on streptococci. Recent studies by
Dr. Mundt have shown that the Group D strepto-
cocci do not necessarily indicate the pollution of
food, and future studies will deal with the distri-
bution of these organisms under natural conditions.

Dr. R. Winston Menzel of the Oceanographic In-
stitute, Florida State University, has received, a
three-year grant from the Public Health Service
for a total of $19,952.00 to work on the control of
Dermocystidium disease in oysters.

The Florida State University has been awarded
a grant by the National Science Foundation and the
Atomic Energy Commission for a Summer Institute
in Radiation Biology for the summer of 1960. Par-
ticipants will be selected from among the high
school and junior and senior college teachers in the
Southeast. Two four-week courses will be given — one
in Radiation Science and the other in Radiation
Biology. Students will be expected to take both
courses, which will be conducted by the Depart-
ment of Biological Sciences. A brochure will be
distributed throughout the southeast soon. Addi-
tional information may be obtained from the Di-
rector, Dr. Charles Edington, Department of Bio-
logical Sciences, Florida State University.

Dr. Burton J. Bogitsh, Associate Professor of
Biology at Georgia Southern College, has received
a grant of $2,945 from the National Institutes of
Health for studies on the nature of an acanthoce-
phalan cyst in fishes.

Florida State University has been granted an
award of 3 million dollars over a period of 5-7
years by the Atomic Energy Commission. This
award will support a program in the development
of biophysics sponsored jointly by the Departments
of Biological Sciences and Chemistry.

Dr. B. T. Cole, Louisiana State University, has
received a grant of $2,300 from the National In-
stitutes of Health for continuing work on the
characteristics of impulse formation in the aortic
depressor nerve of rabbits.

Dr. Yoneo Sagawa, Department of Botany, Uni-
versity of Florida, recently received a grant from
the American Orchid Society for the investigation
of basic problems in the Orchidaceae. In connec-
tion with this project, Dr. Dorothy Niimoto has
joined the Department as a post-doctoral fellow.
In this same Department, Dr. Carl Monk has re-
ceived a grant from the National Science Founda-
tion for a study of radial tree growth.

The Department of Biological Sciences of Florida
State University has received a grant of $40,000
from the National Science Foundation for the pur-
chase of an electron microscope. This instrument
will be housed in the Conradi (Biology) Building in
space already prepared and should be in operation
by the fall of 1960.

The National Science Foundation has granted
$8,530 to the Louisiana State University to enable
40 high school students to attend the Gulf Coast
Research Laboratory at Ocean Springs, Mississippi.
High school teachers in Mississippi, Louisiana, Ala-
bama, and Arkansas whose students might be in-
terested should contact Dr. Harry J. Bennett,
Zoology Department, L. S. U., Baton Rouge.

The National Science Foundation has granted the
University of North Carolina a three-week summer
Botany Conference for College Teachers of Gen-
eral Botany and General Biology. The Conference
will be held in Chapel Hill, August 1-19. A bro-
chure of information about the Conference and
application forms may be secured from the Direc-
tor, Dr. Victor A. Greulach, Box 1268, Chapel
Hill, N. C.

National Science Foundation grants to- staff
members of the Biology Department, University of
Florida include: $29,000 for a 3-year continuation
of studies on the green turtle by Dr. Archie F.
Carr; $9,000 to Dr. R. M. DeWitt to study metab-
olism of clams during drought and starvation; and
$12,000 for a 2-year period to Dr. John D. Kilby to
study the genetics of melanism in gambusid fish.
From the National Institutes of Health, Dr. G. W.
Hunter, III, received a grant of $23,000 to con-
tinue his work on schistosomiasis.

grateful to the State Correspond-
ents for their efforts in securing
news for the BULLETIN. Many
of these correspondents have
served for extended periods, and,
while it is the hope of the Editor
that all will continue, it is quite
understandable that some may
wish to retire from this some-
what arduous and thankless task.
The Editor would certainly wel-
come volunteers to fill these po-
sitions, or nominations by mem-
bers of others who might be will-
ing to serve. The Editor is al-
ways receptive to suggestions as
to other methods of securing
news which would work as well
or better than that which we now
have ■ — especially a method
which would be less of a chore
to a small number of individuals.

State of the BULLETIN

Members will note a new high
in number of pages for a single
issue of the BULLETIN in the
April issue. This, of course, is
due to the enthusiastic response
to the call for papers for the
Annual Meeting and the result-
ing larger requirements for
space for abstracts and program.

The Editor would like to call
to the attention of members a
ruling of the Executive Com-
mittee which eliminates from the
BULLETIN mailing list all mem-
bers delinquent in dues at the
close of the Annual Meeting each
year. This ruling has resulted
in a considerable saving to the
Association and has avoided, for
the present at least, another in-

crease in the number of copies
printed.

One of the thorniest problems
of the Secretary and the Editor
is in keeping up with the changes
of address of members. The 10
to 20 copies which are returned
each mailing not only produce a
tripling of mailing costs, but also
a doubling of the time consumed
in all other mailing procedures.
It would be of considerable help
if individuals who move would
promptly notify the Secretary of
the new address. It would also
be of help if institutions or de-
partments, noting receipt of
BULLETINS by departed per-
sonnel, would note the new ad-
dress on the envelope prior to its
return.

The Editor is, as ever, most

44

ASB Bulletin

rf ‘k\%

The A.S.B.

I LIBRARY

DEC 28

Volume 7, Number 3

July, 1960

CONTENTS

Page

Association Affairs _ .... .... 46

Biological Research at Southern Research Institute 47

Proceedings of the New Orleans Meeting 49

Annual Awards 52

News of Biology in the Southeast 53

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

THE A.S.B. BULLETIN

The A.S.B. BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association
of Southeastern Biologists and is pub-
lished at Columbia, S. C., in January,
April, July and October. Letters, news
items, other contributions, and all com-
munications about editorial matters
should be addressed to the Editor,
U.S.P.H.S., P. O. Box 717, Columbia,
S. C. Changes of address should be sent
promptly to the Secretary of the A.S.B.,
Dr. Harold J. Humm, Department of
Botany, Duke University, Durham, N. C.
Subscription orders from libraries and
other institutions should be sent to the
Business Manager, Dr. Elsie Quarterman,
Department of Biology, Vanderbilt Uni-
versity, Nashville, Tenn. Subscription
rate for non-members of A.S.B.: $2.00
per year. Printing and typography by
the Cary Printing Co., Columbia, S. C.

Geoffrey M. Jeffery
Editor

Harold J. Humm, Associate Editor
Elsie Quarterman, Business Manager

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida
State University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University
of Kentucky

Louisiana — G. C. Kent, Jr., Louisiana
State University

Maryland — Wm. E. Bickley, University
of Maryland

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee,
Mississippi Southern College

North Carolina — William J. Koch, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Win-
throp College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Roanoke
College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West
Virginia University

Officers of the A.S.B.

President — Victor A. Greulach, Univer-
sity of North Carolina

Retiring President — Horton H. Hobbs,
University of Virginia

President-Elect — Royal E. Shanks, Uni-
versity of Tennessee

Vice-President — Walter S. Flory, Jr.,
University of Virginia

Secretary — Harold J. Humm, Duke Uni-
versity

Treasurer — Elsie Quarterman, Vander-
bilt University

Executive Committee — William Bur-
banck, Emory University; B. Theo-
dore Cole, University of South Caro-
lina; James H. Gregg, University of
Florida; Charles E. Jenner, Univer-
sity of North Carolina; Eugene P.
Odum, University of Georgia; Robert
B. Short, Florida State University
All officers are ex officio members of
the executive committee.

President’s Message

I enjoyed seeing so many
A.S.B. members at the New Or-
leans meeting. Those of you who
were not able to attend missed an
unusually good meeting in an un-
usually interesting and pleasant
environment. I hope that many
of you who did not get to New
Orleans will be able to join the
many who did at our next meet-
ing at the University of Ken-
tucky in Lexington, April 20-22,
1961. We are anticipating an-
other excellent meeting in pleas-
ant surroundings. I want to take
this opportunity to thank Father
Mullahy and his Committee once
more for the very good job they
did in making arrangements for
the meeting at Loyola.

As I take over the presidency
of A.S.B. I hope that I shall be
able to do as good a job as our
presidents have done in the past,
and I am pleased with the excel-
lent group of officers and Execu-
tive Committee members who will
be working with me during the
year. We will be happy to have
any suggestions any of you may
have for the continued improve-
ment of the Association and you
can be sure that we shall give all
suggestions serious consideration.
In addition to submitting any sug-
gestions or ideas you may have,
you can help by sending news
items and articles to the BULLE-
TIN, by keeping the Secretary in-
formed promptly of any address
change, and by submitting nom-
inations for new members, emeri-
tus members and the Meritorious
Teaching Award.

At present we are faced with
three main problems: Securing
tax exempt status as a non-profit
scientific and educational organ-
ization; incorporating as a non-
profit organization; and selecting
a new editor for the A.S.B. Bul-
letin. The Executive Committee
was very reluctant to accept
Geoffrey M. Jeffery’s resignation
as editor since he has been doing
such a fine job but felt it could
not do otherwise since Dr. Jef-
fery will be on leave of absence
outside the region. A new editor
will be appointed by the Execu-
tive Committee within the next
month or so and I hope that any
of you who would be interested
in the editorship will not hesitate
to send your application to me.
Or, if you know of another mem-
ber who would make a good edi-
tor please write me about him.

Our efforts to secure tax ex-
empt status are continuing and
since we have adopted our new
constitution we anticipate favor-
able action on our next applica-
tion to the Internal Revenue Bu-
reau. Professor M. S. Brecken-
ridge of the University of North
Carolina School of Law, a spe-
cialist in corporation and tax law,
has agreed to assist the Associa-
tion both in its efforts to secure
tax exempt status and in incor-
porating. It appears that the pro-
cess of incorporating will not in-
volve any undue difficulty or ex-
pense.

I think we can look forward
with confidence to the continued
growth and improvement of our
Association and trust that it will
keep on meriting the compliment
that has been paid by many mem-
bers: that A.S.B. is a favorite
among the various organizations
in which they hold membership.

Victor A. Greulach

New Officers

Officers newly elected at the
recent annual meeting are as fol-
lows:

President-Elect: Dr. Royal E.
Shanks, University of Ten-
nessee.

Vice-President: Dr. Walter S.
Flory, Jr., University of Vir-
ginia.

Executive Committee: (3-year
terms) Dr. B. Theodore Cole,
University of South Caro-
lina; Di\ Charles E. Jenner,
University of North Caro-
lina; (1-year term, to fill the
unexpired term of Treasurer
Elsie Quarterman) Dr. James
H. Gregg, University of
Florida.

•

New Constitution

Members should note that the
revision of the Constitution and
By-Laws of the Association as
published in the January, 1960 is-
sue of the BULLETIN was ap-
proved by the members at the An-
nual Meeting and became effec-
tive at the close of the regular
meeting.

Amendment to the By-Laws

In a special session called after
the adjournment of the regular
(Continued on Page 56)

46

A.S.B. Bulletin

Biological Research at Southern Research Institute

J. Richard Thomson

Mr. Thomson received his BS (1948) and MS (1949)
degrees from Emory University. He served in the U. S. Navy
at the Naval Medical Research Institute (1945-46), has been
employed by the Communicable Disease Center (1949), Uni-
versity of Chattanooga, as Instructor in Biology (1950), the
Oak Ridge National Laboratory (1951) and, since 1952, has
held a position as Research Biologist in the Chemotherapy
Division of Southern Research Institute, Birmingham, Ala-
bama. His particular area of interest lies in the investigation
of drug -resistant neoplasms, antimetabolite studies on tumor-
bearing animals held on synthetic diets deficient in normal
metabolites, and in combination chemotherapy of experi-
mental cancer. He has been author or co-author of twenty -
six publications in the field of cancer biology, and is a mem-
ber of Sigma Xi, A.S.B., and the American Society of Profes-
sional Biologists.

Organization and Operating Policies Although Southern Research Institute was

Southern Research Institute was estab-
lished in 1941 as a means of providing re-
search services for use by industry, govern-
ment, foundations, and individuals. Short-
ages of material, equipment, and scientific
personnel during World War II delayed ac-
tual operations until 1945. From its incep-
tion the Institute has operated as an inde-
pendent, nonprofit corporation, governed by
a board of trustees. Its financial needs are
met by a capital fund derived from contri-
butions from industry and individuals who
are interested in furthering the ideals and
objectives of the Institute as well as from
operating revenues charged to sponsors for
research services rendered. The capital fund
is used only for acquiring real estate, build-
ings, and permanent equipment, whereas the
operational costs are met from the project
charges paid by the sponsors.

The operating policies provided for by its
standard research contract place the Insti-
tute in a position which is virtually identical
to a technical division of the sponsor’s com-
pany. The contract provides that all infor-
mation, discoveries, and patents resulting
from the research become the exclusive prop-
erty of the sponsor. Any degree of confi-
dence desired by the sponsor is maintained
at all times, and no publication or disclosure
regarding the work is released without the
sponsor’s permission. Each sponsor is kept
fully informed of the progress of the re-
search at regular intervals, and the Insti-
tute encourages active participation, visits,
and discussions by the sponsor’s personnel.

established with the interests of the South-
ern region uppermost in the founders’ minds,
the Institute has accepted research projects
from all sponsors without regard to their
location. Much of the research has indeed
been sponsored by Southern industry; how-
ever, many of the largest and most signifi-
cant projects have been sponsored by na-
tional concerns, the Federal Government,
and other agencies outside the South.

The many research projects can be
grouped into those having to do with ap-
plied chemistry and physics, engineering,
metallurgy, and those of a biological and
biochemical nature. Briefly listed, some of
the more interesting projects concern the
radiation preservation of foods, low-temper-
ature carbonization of coal, atomization of
liquids, utilization of industrial wastes, de-
mineralization of water, disinfectants, pro-
tective coating for teeth, analytical services,
mechanical design, electronic instrument de-
velopment, high temperature evaluation of
metals, and research in textiles, wood, and
paper.

Biochemistry

The work of the Biochemistry Division is
devoted almost entirely to the cancer prob-
lem. The nature of this work entails funda-
mental cellular biochemistry as a tool for
investigating exploitable differences between
normal and neoplastic cells. Once such dif-
ferences can be demonstrated, a more ra-
tional approach to successful cancer chemo-
therapy will be made possible. The prime in-
terest in such a program is to discover bio-
chemical events, either anabolic or catabolic,

Vol. 7, No. 3, July 1960

47

which are vital to the cancer cell, but un-
important to the normal cell. Antimetabo-
lites, which may inhibit or retard such bio-
chemical processes, then, may be used to
block or to completely inactivate such a sys-
tem, the net result being that the cancer cells
are killed and the normal cells remain un-
harmed. Successful application of this phe-
nomenon has been shown by the action of
sulfanilamide and its various analogs which
inhibit certain bacterial growth by blocking
the utilization of p-aminobenzoic acid
(PABA), an essential vitamin for these bac-
teria while, at the same time, not affecting
the hosts’ cells since they do not require
PABA as a substrate to build folic acid.

For the past several years an intensive
effort has been directed to the role of pu-
rines in the biosynthesis of nucleic acids.
Since the nucleic acids occupy such a promi-
nent position in the mitotic process, it is
generally believed that the purine and pyri-
midine antimetabolites should be particu-
larly promising agents to use as growth
inhibitors. It now appears that cancer cells
have many specific deficiencies. Among
these are enzymes that degrade certain pu-
rine derivatives, and enzymes which are in-
volved in the metabolism of pyrimidine de-
rivatives, carbohydrates, and amino acids.
Although these differences have been found,
no means have as yet been devised to exploit
them to the detriment of the cancer cell.

Synthesis of Antimetabolites

The Organic Division is principally con-
cerned with the synthesis of new agents to
be screened for inhibition of transplantable
neoplasms. This research group proceeds in
its syntheses along rational lines suggested
by the Biochemistry and Chemotherapy Di-
visions. Thus, there are integrated efforts
of the three divisions, the chemotherapy of
cancer being the common goal. When an ef-
fective antimetabolite is found, the Organic
Division synthesizes the same basic molecule
with various substitutions which are sub-
mitted for further tests to determine if a
more inhibitory molecule will be produced
by the molecular change. Through several
years of research in this field it has been
ascertained that certain radicals tend to ne-
gate the anticancer activity of selected basic
compounds, and other radicals sometimes
render the basic compound more active.

Chemotherapy

The Chemotherapy Division is primarily
concerned with the empirical screening of
new agents for anticancer and antiviral ac-

tivity. More than 12,000 new synthetic drugs
and antibiotic preparations are evaluated by
this group yearly, and approximately 10,000
mice, hamsters, and rats are used in the over-
all program each week. Three mouse neo-
plasms are used in this primary screen : a
sarcoma, an adenocarcinoma, and a leukemia
representing each of the major classifica-
tions of neoplastic growth. The disease
known to the general public as “cancer” is
actually not a specific designation but a
collective term given to include any group
of cells manifesting abnormal or ungoverned
growth. Since there are more than 300 cell
types, each having different functions (and
a priori different metabolic requirements) , it
is unreasonable to believe that any “pana-
cea” or cure-all will be found. It is much
more logical to expect that certain agents
especially inhibit particular cell types but
do not inhibit others. This, indeed, has been
proved to be true in experimental chemo-
therapeutic attempts; hence we find the
“spectrum of tumors” in any broad tumor-
screening program.

When a compound has demonstrated anti-
cancer activity in the “primary” screen, ad-
ditional tests are made by the “secondary”
screening group to determine its effective-
ness on a much larger spectrum of tumors,
e.g., 20 hamster tumors, 2 rat tumors, and
several lines of drug-resistant mouse neo-
plasms. Certain of these active agents,
whose chemical structure or mode of action
would suggest that they might be addition-
ally inhibitory to cancer cells if used in com-
bination with known metabolic antagonists,
are tested in a combination chemotherapy
experiment. Those which show a potentiat-
ing or synergistic activity are studied in
more detail by the Biochemistry Division.
Other agents, the molecular structure of
which suggests activity in antagonizing nor-
mal nutritional substances are tested in
tumor-bearing animals which are held on a
synthetic diet deficient in the corresponding
nutritional component.

Some drugs are interesting in that they
inhibit cell growth through mechanisms not
readily defined in vivo ; in such cases, tissue
culture techniques are utilized to evaluate
this inhibitory action in vitro in a chemi-
cally-defined media. Some of the more com-
plicated enzyme systems are studied in tissue
cell cultures, for example, in bacterial cul-
tures where chromatographic and radioauto-
graphic techniques are employed.

The Chemotherapy Division of Southern
Research Institute also maintains an exten-

48

A.S.B. Bulletin

sive virus chemotherapy program in which
tissue cultures are infected by viruses ; large
numbers of new synthetic agents and anti-
biotics are then screened for activity against
these viruses. There are several reasons to
believe that the same agents that inhibit
neoplastic growth may also inhibit virus
multiplication. A popular, current theory
holds that cells that are in a more rapid
metabolic state require greater amounts of
nucleic acids (and their precursors) than
do normal, resting cells. Since virus parti-
cles also require large amounts of nucleic
acids and their precursors, it is reasonable
to assume that substances that block nucleic-
acid formation or the use of nucleic acid may
show similar activity in the chemotherapy
of cancer and viral diseases. With such ob-
jectives in mind, several of the major phar-
maceutical manufacturers have sponsored
virus chemotherapy and hormone research
projects at the Institute.

The biological laboratories of the Insti-
tute use a large portion of the total Institute
employees, who currently number approxi-
mately 325; some sixty of these hold ad-
vanced degrees. To maintain its broad can-
cer research program, Southern Research
Institute employs approximately 55 biolo-
gists, 40 chemists and biochemists, and 25
animal keepers. Among these are 13 PhD’s,
2 DVM’s, and 10 MS degrees. With few ex-
ceptions, all technical personnel have bach-
elor’s degrees in either biology or chemistry

and, for the most part, have received their
education in the Southeast. Several of the
Southeastern colleges and universities are
very well represented, viz., Auburn Univer-
sity, Birmingham-Southern College, Ala-
bama College, University of Alabama, Em-
ory University, University of North Caro-
lina, Vanderbilt University, Florida State
University, and Howard College.

The funds to support the cancer screening
programs are obtained by grants from such
agencies as the American Cancer Society and
various foundations, and through research
contracts with the Federal Government’s
Cancer Chemotherapy National Service Cen-
ter. The Institute does well over a million
dollars’ worth of cancer research each year.
Smaller contracts with industrial, chemical,
and pharmaceutical companies are per-
formed in such general areas as preclinical
pharmacology, special toxicities, endocrine
preparation assays, and nutritional studies.
All such activities are conducted on a re-
search basis ; no routine assays or analytical
determinations are done.

Southern Research Institute is a rapidly-
growing research center, and there is every
reason to believe that this growth will con-
tinue in the future. Its aim to provide the
Southeastern region with varied research
services and to provide research opportuni-
ties for our biologists, chemists, physicists,
and engineers has already been realized.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW ORLEANS MEETING

Loyola University of New Orleans, Louisi-
ana, was host at the twenty-first annual
meeting of the Association of Southeastern
Biologists, April 21 to 23, 1960. Meeting
jointly with the A.S.B. were the Southeast-
ern Section of the Botanical Society of Amer-
ica, the Southern Appalachian Botanical
Club, the South Central and South Atlantic
Regions of the Society of General Physiolo-
gists, and the Southeastern Region of Beta
Beta Beta National Honor Biological Society.

A number of interesting field trips were
scheduled for April 21 and April 23. On
Friday, April 22, the ten Scientific Sessions
had a full schedule which included 112 con-
tributed papers, something of a record for
an annual meeting of the Association. The
General Sessions on Thursday and Friday
evenings were highlighted by the speakers,
Dr. Arnold Grobman, Dr. Hiden T. Cox, and
Dr. F. C. Steward.

The following account of the Executive
Committee Meetings and of the General Ses-
sions is submitted by the Secretary, Dr. Har-
old J. Humm :

April 21, 1960. Meeting of the Executive
Committee

The Executive Committee of the Associa-
tion of Southeastern Biologists met in regu-
lar session at 10 a.m., April 21, 1960, in the
student lounge of Marquette Hall, Loyola
University, New Orleans, Louisiana. The
following officers and committee members
were present: President Horton H. Hobbs,
Retiring President Mary Esther Gaulden,
President-Elect Victor A. Greulach, Vice-
President Royal E. Shanks, Secretary Harold
J. Humm, Treasurer Elsie Quarterman, Edi-
tor Geoffrey M. Jeffery, William D. Bur-
banck, Joseph C. O’Kelley, Donald C. Scott,
Robert B. Short, and Harry E. Wheeler.

Vol. 7, No. 3, July 1960

49

Father J. H. Mullahy, S. J., Chairman of
the Committee on Local Arrangements, re-
ported on the work of his committee.

President Hobbs reported that progress
toward settlement of the income tax matter
seemed very favorable.

At the request of President Hobbs, Mary
Esther Gaulden agreed to represent the As-
sociation of Southeastern Biologists at the
inauguration of the new President of the
University of Tennessee in May, 1960.

The Secretary proposed a resolution urg-
ing the continuation of the present status of
Horn Island as a wildlife reservation, in
view of an announcement that efforts would
be made by the government of the State of
Mississippi to convert it to a recreational
area. A motion was made and seconded that
the resolution be presented to the member-
ship for adoption. The motion carried.

The question of the time of receipt of dues
from new members and the year for which
they would apply was brought up. Donald
Scott moved that a by-law be prepared for
inclusion in Section 2, Article IV of the con-
stitution which would establish the fiscal
year as corresponding to the calendar year,
instead of a fiscal year from March 16 to
March 15 as heretofore. The motion was
seconded and passed. It was pointed out that
with this change the Treasurer’s report at
each annual meeting would be an interim
rather than an end-of-the-year report.

The annual report of the Treasurer was
presented and approved by motion.

Editor G. M. Jeffery reported that the
32-page April issue of the BULLETIN was
the largest yet and contained 111 abstracts.
Nine hundred copies were printed at a cost
of $357 and 664 were mailed. He pointed
out a need for a backlog of lead articles for
the BULLETIN and requested that members
of the association be urged to prepare and
submit them for future use. He also dis-
cussed the problem faced by the editor just
before the April issue of proofreading the
many abstracts submitted and of the neces-
sity of editing or altering a considerable por-
tion of them because the authors had not con-
formed to the rules for submitting abstracts
published in the January BULLETIN. He
expressed the opinion that it may be neces-
sary in the future to reject all abstracts that
fail to conform to the rules in order to re-
duce the editorial task of the annual April
number.

Editor Jeffery announced that he was
obliged to resign this position following com-
pletion of the October, 1960, issue of the

BULLETIN for two reasons: He would be
away during the academic year of 1960-61 ;
the U. S. Public Health Service has adopted
a policy severely restricting editorial activi-
ties of its employees.

Several possible candidates for editor were
mentioned in the discussion that followed.
Victor A. Greulach moved and Mary Esther
Gaulden seconded that the association spon-
sor the membership of the editor in the Con-
ference of Biological Editors.

Harry E. Wheeler moved and Victor A.
Greulach seconded a unanimously-approved
rising vote of thanks for the excellent work
done by G. M. Jeffery as Editor of the BUL-
LETIN.

W. D. Burbanck, Chairman, Mary Glide
Goethe Travel Awards Committee, reported
that a total of $353 was awarded graduate
students for travel expenses in attending the
New Orleans meeting.

Invitations received for a 1961 meeting
place were presented by Donald C. Scott,
Chairman of the Meeting Place Committee,
and discussed at length. Mary Esther Gaul-
den suggested that serious consideration be
given to holding the 1962 meeting at the
University of Georgia as this would be the
twenty-fifth anniversary meeting of the As-
sociation, the first of which was held at the
University of Georgia as a result of the ef-
forts of George H. Boyd.

Reports of the Nominating and Auditing
Committees were received and approved.

Mary Esther Gaulden moved and Robert
B. Short seconded that the Association be-
come incorporated. The motion passed and
President-Elect Greulach indicated that he
would take action in this direction during
the summer of 1960.

Donald C. Scott moved and W. D. Bur-
banck seconded the motion that the follow-
ing qualified members be elected to the cate-
gory of Emeritus Membership: George H.
Boyd, Roland Harper, L. R. Hesler, A. B.
Massey, and A. D. Shaftsbury.

The meeting was adjourned at 11 :45 a.m.

April 22. 1960. Morning General Session

President Horton H. Hobbs called the gen-
eral session business meeting to order at 11
a.m. Friday, April 22, 1960, in the Field
House auditorium of Loyola University.

Election of new officers was the first
order of business, with the following posi-
tions to be filled : president-elect, vice-presi-
dent, two regular members of the Executive
Committee for three-year terms, and one
member to fill the unexpired term of Elsie
Quarterman. Terms of office of the Secre-

50

A.S.B. Bulletin

tary and Treasurer did not expire this year.

The slate of the Nominating Committee
was officially presented and nominations
from the floor were called for for each va-
cancy. William D. Burbanck was nominated
for the position of vice-president as the only
nomination from the floor. Ballots were
distributed and were later submitted to the
committee of tellers appointed by President
Hobbs: W. G. Erwin (chairman), Julian
Darlington, and C. W. Hart, Jr.

Reports of the Treasurer and Auditing
Committee were heard and both were ac-
cepted. The Secretary gave a resume of the
proceedings of the Executive Committee
meeting held the previous morning and an-
nounced a total of 117 new members since
the Knoxville meetings a year previous.

Donald C. Scott, Chairman of the Com-
mittee on Meeting Places, listed the invita-
tions received for holding the 1961 meeting.
John W. Carpenter added to the cordiality of
the invitation from the University of Ken-
tucky. A motion was made, seconded, and
passed that the 1961 meeting be held at the
University of Kentucky in Lexington. The
dates will be April 20-22.

The proposed revisions of the Constitution
as published in the January, 1960, issue of
the BULLETIN were considered. A motion
and second were made that they be approved,
and the motion passed.

The Secretary read the following resolu-
tion concerning Horn Island :

“Be it resolved that the membership of
the Association of Southeastern Biologists go
on record as being strongly opposed to the
proposed conversion of Horn Island, Missis-
sippi Sound, from its present status as a
wildlife reservation under the U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service to a recreational area
under the jurisdiction of the State of Mis-
sissippi.

“The Association of Southeastern Biolo-
gists, through a Committee on Horn Island,
was instrumental in the establishment of
Horn Island as a wildlife reservation only
two years ago. Because of the limited num-
ber of natural areas of the type of Horn
Island, we feel that it is to the best interests
of the people of Mississippi as well as to
the people of all other southeastern states
that Horn Island remain a wildlife reserva-
tion in perpetuity.”

A motion was made, seconded, and passed
that this resolution be adopted.

The meeting was adjourned at noon.

April 22, 1960. Evening General Session

President Horton H. Hobbs called to order

the evening business meeting at 8 :30 p.m.
on Friday, April 22, 1960, in the Field House
auditorium of Loyola University.

Results of the election were announced as
follows :

President-Elect: Royal E. Shanks.

Vice-President: Walter S. Flory.

Executive Committee, three-year terms :
B. Theodore Cole and Charles E. Jenner; to
fill the unexpired term of Elsie Quarterman,
James H. Gregg.

Dr. 0. C. Bradbury of Wake Forest Col-
lege received the Meritorious Award for
Teaching and the honorarium of $100, made
available by the Will Corporation of Atlanta,
Georgia. Frederick T. Wolf, Chairman of the
Meritorious Award for Teaching Committee,
made the presentation. The other committee
members were C. G. Goodchild and Roberta
Lovelace.

The Association Research Prize, made pos-
sible by the Carolina Biological Supply Com-
pany, was awarded to Drs. A. V. and Jeanne
W. Beatty of Emory University for their
paper, “Postirradiative Effects on Chromo-
somal Aberrations”. The prize consists of
an honorarium of $100.00.

The $150 Research Fellowship at the
Mountain Lake Biological Station, presented
annually by the Phipps and Bird Company
of Richmond, Virginia, was presented to
Miss Jean Elizabeth Pugh, Assistant Pro-
fessor of Biology, Norfolk Division of the
College of William and Mary.

The meeting was adjourned at 9 : 00 p.m.

April 22, 1960. Special Business Session of the
Association

Immediately following adjournment of the
business meeting dealing with matters of
the current meeting, a meeting was called to
order to conduct some business pertaining to
the 1961 meeting. Past-President Horton H.
Hobbs explained that the newly-adopted re-
vision of the Constitution could not take ef-
fect until after adjournment of the meeting
at which this revision was approved.

President Victor A. Greulach presided.

A motion was made and seconded that
Article IV, Section 2 of the by-laws of the
Constitution be amended to read that the
fiscal year of the Association shall coincide
with the calendar year. The motion passed.

Past-President Hobbs expressed the opin-
ion that the Association should become in-
corporated. A motion was made and seconded
authorizing the President and Secretary to
start incorporation procedures immediately.

The meeting was adjourned at 9 : 15 p.m.

Vol. 7, No. 3, July 1960

51

ANNUAL AWARDS

The Meritorious Award for Teaching

The Committee chose as the 1960 recipient
of the A.S.B. Meritorious Award for Teach-
ing Dr. Ora C. Bradbury of Wake Forest
College. This coveted award consists of a
certificate and an honorarium of one hun-
dred dollars provided through the generosity
of the Will Corporation of Georgia.

Dr. Ora C. Bradbury

For 35 years Wake Forest College students
have been exposed to the sometimes relent-
less, sometimes wryly humorous, presence
of Biologist Ora C. Bradbury. Dr. Bradbury
favors his students with the same intensity
he applies to a problem of science. Hard,
they say, but carefully and objectively fair;
a man with a passion for imparting knowl-
edge to young people and with it a desire
that they learn that knowledge is a tool to
understanding.

Dr. Bradbury is a native of Kansas and
received the Bachelor of Science degree at
Ottawa University. He received the Master’s
and Ph.D. degrees at the University of Ne-
braska. He taught zoology at Baylor Uni-

versity from 1917 until 1923 and at the Uni-
versity of Denver from 1923 until 1925. He
has been at Wake Forest since 1925. He is
married and has two sons, Max G. of Clinton,
Ohio, and Kenneth R. of Raleigh, N. C.

Dr. Bradbury has written various labora-
tory manuals and has done research on ter-
mites. He is a former president of the North
Carolina Academy of Science and a member
of the American Institute of Biological Sci-
ences, the Association of Southeastern Biolo-
gists, the American Society of Parasitolo-
gists and the American Association for the
Advancement of Science.

His fellow faculty members know him as
a dedicated man anxious that each person be
given a chance to express his opinions. His
students know him as a man who respects
excellence.

The Association Research Prize

The Association Research Prize, made pos-
sible through the generosity of the Carolina
Biological Supply Company, is awarded an-
nually to the member or members present-
ing an especially meritorious paper at the
annual meeting, and consists of a $100.00
honorarium. This year the prize was award-
ed to Drs. A. V. and Jeanne W. Beatty of
Emory University for their paper, “Post-
irradiative Effects on Chromosomal Aberra-
tions”. The abstract of the winning paper
is reprinted below :

POSTIRRADIATIVE EFFECTS ON
CHROMOSOMAL ABERRATIONS
A. V. Beatty and Jeanne W. Beatty
Emory University

Investigations dealing with chromosomal
aberrations in Tradescantia microspores
have revealed that a total dose of 400r of
X radiation, in combination with various en-
vironmental factors during or after irradia-
tion, yielded in five percent oxygen an aver-
age low of 0.48 and a high of 0.88 aberra-
tions per cell, while in helium a low of 0.14
and a high of 0.66 was found. In those ex-
perimental procedures in which a total dose
of 400r yielded less than the highest yield
of aberrations, a yield up to but not greater
than this high could be obtained by modify-
ing the experimental setup so as to influence
the rejoining of broken chromosome ends.
This idea of constancy in the number of re-
coverable breaks and the role which avail-
able energy plays in radiation recovery, form
the basic premises upon which the present

52

A.S.B. Bulletin

work was carried out. Irradiation was per-
formed in both oxygen and oxygen-free at-
mospheres. In the oxygen-free experiments
some of the material was pretreated in chem-
icals which presumably contributed in some
way in supplying additional energy for re-
pair. Postirradiative treatments for mass
doses as well as in the fractionation experi-
ments were given in either helium or air.
Any treatment which supposedly increased
the supply of energy in the cell, decreased the
aberration yield while a decrease in available
energy increased the aberration yield.

Research Fellowship

The Research Fellowship, made possible
by the generosity of the Phipps and Bird

NEWS OF BIOLOGY

About People

Dr. C. S. Shoup, Chief, Biology Branch, AEC, Oak
Ridge, visited the Puerto Rico Nuclear Center of
AEC on February 17th, and spoke to the radiobiology
class of the University of Puerto Rico, Mayaguez.
The Puerto Rico Nuclear Center is the newly-estab-
lished nuclear science training center of the AEC for
Latin America.

Dr. Claude L. Yarbro, instructor of biochemistry
and nutrition at the University of North Carolina
School of Medicine since 1955, has joined the Oak
Ridge Operations of AEC. Dr. Yarbro is assigned to
the Biology Branch, Research & Development Di-
vision, and a part of his duties will be that of staff
coordinator for education and training programs ad-
ministered from Oak Ridge.

Dr. James D. Eisen of Emory University has re-
cently received a postdoctoral fellowship from the
National Cancer Institute of the NIH for two years
of research at the University of Uppsala, Sweden.

The University of Georgia Marine Institute, lo-
cated on Sapelo Island, Georgia, announces the ap-
pointment of Dr. George H. Lauff as Director of the
Institute, effective April, 1960. Dr. Lauff, who is
secretary-treasurer of the American Society of Lim-
nology and Oceanography, comes to the Institute
from the University of Michigan where he has been
associated with the Great Lakes Research Institute
and the Department of Zoology. Dr. Lawrence R.
Pomeroy, who has served as Acting Director at
Sapelo for the past year will remain with the In-
stitute and the University of Georgia to devote full
time to research and teaching.

Dr. J ane Belcher, Sweet Briar College, is study-
ing the embryology of Xenapus at University College,
Ihadan, Nigeria.

Dr. Ruskin S. Freer, Chairman, Division of Science
and Mathematics, Lynchburg College, was recently
awarded an honorary Doctor of Science Degree by
Culver-Stockton College in Missouri.

Dr. Miriam F. Bennett will be on sabbatical leave
from Sweet Briar College during 1960-61 to study
biological rhythmicity at the Max-Plank Institute fur
Verhalten-physiologie at Tubingen, Germany. Miss
Rose Mary Johnson, University of Virginia, will re-
place Miss Bennett during the session.

Company, was awarded to Miss Jean Eliza-
beth Pugh, Assistant Professor of Biology,
Norfolk Division of the College of William
and Mary. This fellowship consists of an
honorarium of $150.00 for use in summer
research at the Mountain Lake Biological
Station of the University of Virginia. The
recipient is selected from applicants on the
basis of planned work, references, education
and other supporting data submitted. Miss
Pugh is a graduate of Madison College and
the University of Virginia and is working
toward the Ph.D. degree at the latter. This
summer she will be engaged in a study of
the morphology and histology of the alimen-
tary tract of the fiddler crab.

IN THE SOUTHEAST

Dr. Dietrich Bodenstein, formerly with the Geron-
tology Branch of the National Institute of Health,
assumed the Chairmanship of the Department of Bi-
ology at the University of Virginia in February
1960. His primary interests are invertebrate endo-
crinology and developmental physiology of verte-
brates and invertebrates.

Dr. James L. Riopel, a recent graduate of Harvard
University will join the staff of the University of
Virginia Biology Department in September 1960. His
major field of interest is plant anatomy and mor-
phologenesis.

Dr. James N. Dent who has spent the past aca-
demic year at the Gaddy Marine Laboratory, St.
Andrews, Scotland, will resume his duties at the
University of Virginia in the fall of 1960.

Dr. B. Theodore Cole has accepted an appoint-
ment as Associate Professor of Biology, Department
of Biology, University of South Carolina effective
September, 1960. Dr. Cole is presently on a one
year appointment as Research Participant, Cell Phy-
siology Section, Biology Division, Oak Ridge National
Laboratory.

Dr. L. R. Hesler, Dean Emeritus of the College of
Liberal Arts of the University of Tennessee, is the
author of a new book, MUSHROOMS OF THE
GREAT SMOKIES, which is being published by the
University of Tennessee Press. The book, which will
be of interest to the layman as well as the biologist,
deals with the interesting species of mushrooms in
the Great Smoky Mountains and contains approxi-
mately 200 black and white illustrations. The book
will be available in July, 1960.

Dr. James A. Miller, Professor of Anatomy at
Emory University, has accepted the Chairmanship
of the Department of Anatomy of Tulane University.
He and Dr. Faith S. Miller, a research team which
has been studying the use of hypothermia for the
treatment of asphyxia neonatorum, will move their
laboi’atory to New Orleans this summer.

Dr. S. Leonard Doerpinghaus, Assistant Professor
of Biology at Agnes Scott College, will attend the
National Science Foundation Institute in Desert Bi-
ology, June 27 to Aug. 6, at Arizona State University.

Several Florida State University faculty and stu-
dents attended the Federated Societies of Experi-
mental Biologists meetings in Chicago in April.
Among the participants were Mr. Edgar Barnett and

Vol. 7, No. 3, July 1960

53

Drs. Gib DeBusk, Lloyd Beidler, Harry Lipner, and
Dexter Easton.

Dr. A. Gib DeBusk of the Department of Biologi-
cal Sciences at Florida State University was an in-
vited lecturer at the School of Aviation Medicine in
May. He spoke on the “Genetic Effects of Primary
Cosmic Radiation”. He also attended and presented
a paper to the Aerospace Medical Meeting held in
Miami in May.

Dr. Sidney Fox of the Oceanographic Institute at
Florida State University and Dr. Gib DeBusk, Flori-
da State University, participated in a conference
on “Biological Experiments in the Space Environ-
ment” sponsored by the National Aeronautics and
Space Administration in Washington on June 20,
1960. This conference will establish the overall ob-
jectives of space biology.

Dr. Margaret Y. Menzel, Research Geneticist with
the USDA, will be a visiting assistant professor in
the Department of Biological Sciences, Florida State
University this summer. Dr. Menzel will teach ge-
netics.

Dr. A. W. Ziegler, Department of Biological Sci-
ences, Florida State University, was invited to par-
ticipate in the AIBS Film Series Review, June 20-
30 in Santa Barbara and Pasadena, California. The
conference was being sponsored by the State Depart-
ment of Education of California.

Dr. Norman I. Bishop of the Department of Bio-
logical Sciences, Florida State University, gave a pa-
per entitled “A Phylloquinone in the Electron Trans-
port System of Photosynthesis” at a Ciba Founda-
tion Symposium in London, England. The subject of
the symposium was “Quinones in Electron Transport”.

Dr. William Gueston Carter, Jr., instructor of bio-
logy, Washington and Lee University, received the
Doctor of Philosophy degree in June from Duke Uni-
versity.

Mr. James E. Perham, Biology Department, Ran-
dolph-Macon Woman’s College will work this sum-
mer on problems in the genetics and biochemistry of
molds in the Department of Biological Sciences,
Florida State University.

Dr. Paul A. Walker will be on sabbatical leave
next semester from Randolph-Maeon Woman’s Col-
lege to work with Dr. George W. Beadle, recent No-
bel Prize winner in Genetics. Dr. Walker plans to
conduct investigations in the field of mold genetics.
He will leave early in August for the California In-
stitute of Technology, spending a short time at the
Biology Division, Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear
Studies en route.

Dr. Michael D. Coe, Assistant Professor of An-
thropology at the University of Tennessee, spent the
winter quarter in Costa Rica on an archaeological ex-
pedition for the Institute of Andean Research, Inc.,
New York City.

Dr. Chauncey Goodchild, Chairman of the Biology
Department, Emory University, has been awarded
one of 12 Charles Howard Candler Professorships
presented at Emory recently.

The following items were received from the De-
partment of Biology, Wake Forest College: Dr.
Chari es M. Allen will attend a National Science Foun-
dation Institute in Marine Biology of the University
of Oregon at Coos Bay from June 20 through August
12; Dr. John E. Davis, Jr. will attend the National
Science Foundation Summer Institute of Genetics
at N. C. State College from June 14 through July
21; Dr. Elton C. Cocke attended a conference on the
History of Science at the University of Tennessee
in June, and later in the summer wiil attend a sim-
ilar conference at Colorado State University; Dr.

David W. Johnson is spending the three summer
months working with the U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice at Cape Thompson, Alaska, on “Project Chariot.”
Dr. Johnson’s work will entail preliminary surveys
of vertebrate populations and productivity prior to
underwater atomic blasting to create harbors. Dr.
Johnson’s book, “Biosystematics of North American
Crows” will be published next year by the University
of Washington Press.

Louisiana State University announces the follow-
ing additions to the staff in Zoology: Dr. Willie
Mathews Reams, Jr., experimental embryologist, a
graduate of University of Richmond, Richmond, Vir-
ginia and The Johns Hopkins University, comes to
L. S. U. from the Department of Anatomy at the
Medical College of Virginia. Dr. Reams has a grant
of $13,000 from the National Science Foundation
for the study of developmental biology; Dr. John A.
Davison, physiologist, a graduate of the University of
Wisconsin and the University of Minnesota comes
to L. S. U. from the Department of Biology at Flori-
da State University. Dr. Davison has a grant of $3,-
800 from the NIH for the study of red cell form;
Mr. Fred Cauthron, Associate in Zoology, comes to

L. S. U. from the Texas A & M Research Founda-
tion at Grand Isle, Louisiana, and from Douglas
Aircraft. Mr. Cauthron will be responsible for the
care and maintenance of Departmental instruments
and equipment.

Dr. Douglas Lancaster has joined the staff in bio-
logy at Northwestern State College, Natchitoches,
Louisiana, where he will teach ornithology and mam-
malogy. Dr. Lancaster is a graduate of Virginia
Polytechnic Institute and holds the Ph.D. degree from
Louisiana State University.

Dr. Beryl C. Franklin has joined the staff of North-
eastern State College at Monroe, Louisiana. Dr.
Franklin had occupied a temporary appointment in
Zoology at Louisiana State University for the 1959-
1960 school year.

Dr. George C. Kent, Jr. has been named Chair-
man of the Department of Zoology at Louisiana
State University.

Mr. Earle A. Cross, Research Associate in En-
tomology, University of Kansas, will join the staff
of Northwestern State College of Louisiana in the
fall, replacing Dr. James E. Sublette who has ac-
cepted a position in the Department of Biology at
Texas Western University, El Paso, Texas. Mr. Cross
will receive the Ph.D. degree from the University
of Kansas at the end of the summer.

Dr. Margaret E. Gilbert (Department of Biology,
Florida Southern College, Lakeland, Florida), Dr.
Ralph Bangham (Head of the Department of Biology,
Wooster College, Wooster, Ohio), and Mr. Stuart
Warter (graduate student in Zoology, Louisiana State
University, Baton Rouge) are visiting members of
the summer staff of Northwestern State College of
Louisiana.

Dr. Victor A. Greulach is now Chairman of the
Botany Department at the University of North Caro-
lina. Dr. John Couch will devote full time to teach-
ing and research in the Department.

The following personnel changes are from the Bio-
logy Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory:

Dr. Masashide Asano, under the sponsorship of the
Japanese Atomic Energy Bureau, has joined the Path-
ology and Physiology Section. Dr. Asano received the

M. D. degree from Shinshu University School of
Medicine, Matsumoto, Japan, in 1952 and since 1956
has been with the National Institute of Health,
Tokyo, Japan. Dr. Gino Doria, a citizen of Italy, has
joined the Mammalian Recovery Section. Dr. Doria,

54

A.S.B. Bulletin

who is on leave from the University of Pavia, was
associated with the Centre D’Etudes Nucleaires, Sa-
clay, France, for one year and with the Institut du
Radium in Paris from 1958 to November, 1959. Dr.
Juergen Hans Fraenz has joined the Microbial Protec-
tion and Recovery Group. Dr. Fraenz received the
Ph.D. degree from the University of Muenster, Ger-
many, in 1958. He comes to the Biology Division from
the Radiologisches Institut der Universitaet, Frei-
burg, Germany and his stay here is sponsored by the
German Ministry of Atomic Energy. Dr. Cezar An-
tonio Elias, a Fulbright Fellow, has joined the Bio-
physics and Microbial Protection and Recovery
Groups. Dr. Elias received the M.D. degree from
the University of Brazil in 1952, and is now Asso-
ciate Professor of Physics at the University of Bra-
zil in Rio de Janeiro. Elena R. Monesi has joined the
Mammalian Cytogenetics Group of the Mammalian
Genetics and Development Section. Mrs. Monesi was
formerly associated with the University of Pavia,
Italy. Blanca A. Ramos-Ceballos of the Institute
of Biology “Juan Noe”, School of Medicine of the
University of Chile, has joined the Radiation Im-
munology Group. Miss Ramos will be here for one
month of special training under the sponsorship of
the United States Atomic Energy Commission and
the University of Chile. Dr. Tran Phan, who has been
associated with the Mammalian Recovery Group for
the past year, has returned to Saigon, Viet Nam. Dr.
Phan is a Radiobiologist with the Vietnamese Office
of Atomic Energy, and his stay here was sponsored
by that agency.

Drs. Alexander Hollaender and John S. Kirby-Smith

attended a conference on “Comparative Effects of
Various Radiations” at the University of Puerto
Rico, San Juan in February. The conference was or-
ganized by the Committee on Photobiology, Division
of Biology and Agriculture, National Research Coun-
cil, and supported by the National Science Founda-
tion and the Atomic Energy Commission. Dr. Hol-
laender is Chairman of the Committee on Photobio-
logy; and Dr. Kirby-Smith is Secretary of the Con-
ference.

Institutions and Organizations

Randolph-Macon Woman’s College will hold its
third Summer Institute for Secondary School Teach-
ers of Science and Mathematics from June 22 to Au-
gust 2. Dr. Paul A. Walker will serve as Director
and have charge of the course, Interdepartmental
Science S501, Topics in Contemporary Science, tak-
en by all institute participants. Dr. Franklin F. Flint,
Associate Professor of Biology, will teach the course,
Man and his Organic Environment, and Dr. James L.
Chamberlain, Jr., Assistant Professor of Biology, will
direct the laboratory work for this course.

Virginia’s marine laboratory at Gloucester Point
announces several vacancies for graduate assistants
desiring to qualify for the M.A. degree in Marine
Science in the Department of Marine Science of the
College of William and Mary. Qualified candidates
will take up residence at the Laboratory and will be
eligible for monthly stipends of $200 for half-time
work as research assistants to staff members. Quar-
ters are available at nominal cost.

Ground has been broken for the new $1.25 million
Life Sciences Building at Wake Forest College. The
Biology Department will occupy approximately 70
per cent of the building which is to be shared with
psychology. Occupancy is anticipated by fall of 1961.

Grants in Aid

Dr. Charles Edington, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, has received a

continuation of a grant from the Atomic Energy
Commission for work on gene and chromosome
changes in Drosophila due to radiation effects.

The photobiology project in the Department of Bi-
ological Sciences, Florida State University, has re-
ceived a grant of $26,100 from the National Science
Foundation for the purchase of instruments.

Dr. Ronald C. Rustad, Assistant Professor of Phys-
iology at Florida State University has received an
Atomic Energy Commission contract for $15,000 to
investigate radiation-induced mitotic delay. The
Florida Division of the American Cancer Society has
awarded a $2,000 grant to support one aspect of this
study. Dr. Rustad has also received a travel grant
from the National Academy of Sciences to attend
the International Congress for Cell Biology in Paris.

Dr. Mitchell A. Byrd, Associate Professor, College
of William and Mary has recently received a three
year grant of $13,397 from the National Institutes
of Health to study the Ecology of Digenetic Trema-
todes of Marine Fishes of the Atlantic Coast.

Dr. William Murdy of the Biology Department at
Emory University has received a National Science
Foundation grant of $7,000 for two years for the
study of the morphology, development and cytology
of Mays.

Dr. Charles Ray of the Biology Department at
Emory University has received a National Science
Foundation grant of $15,000 for two years for the
study of the cytogenetics of Tetrahymena pyra-
formis by means of fluorescent microscopy.

Dr. Amoz I. Chemoff of the University of Tennes-
see Memorial Research Center has received a grant
of $23,725 from the National Institutes of Health to
continue studies of abnormal hemoglobins and my-
oglobins. At present Dr. Chernoff is engaged in
studies of muscle myoglobin on persons suffering
from muscular dystrophy, as well as certain other
types of hereditary diseases.

Dr. Stanfield Rogers, director of the University of
Tennessee Memorial Research Center, has received
a grant of $282,130 from the Public Health Service
to further his studies of virus-induced tumors. Dr.
Rogers will study the mechanism of action of the
Shope papilloma virus.

Dr. A. C. Cole, Professor of Entomology at the
University of Tennessee, has received a National
Science Foundation grant of $3,700 for a continua-
tion of revisionary studies of the ant genus Pogo-
nomyrmex. Dr. Cole has been elected Chairman of
the Teaching Section of the Entomological Society
of America.

Dr. Sidney A. Cohn, Associate Professor of Anat-
omy at the University of Tennessee Medical Units in
Memphis, has been awarded a $39,000 research grant
by the Dental Section of the United States Public
Health Service. The grant will support studies on the
incidence and severity of disease of the supportive
tissues of teeth which have lost contact and function
due to the extraction of the corresponding teeth in
the opposite jaw.

Dr. Roger T. Sherman, Assistant Professor of Sur-
gery at the University of Tennessee College of Medi-
cine at Memphis, has been awarded a $33,000 re-
search grant by the Medical Research and Develop-
ment Command of the U. S. Army. Dr. Sherman is
investigating the response of the body to artificial
internal organs constructed from plastic materials.

Dr. Ernest Daigneault, Instructor in Pharmacology
at the University of Tennessee Medical Units in Mem-
phis, is making a study of yttrium, a derivative of

Vol. 7, No. 3, July 1960

55

strontium, under a $10,082 research grant from the
Atomic Energy Commission. He is investigating
methods of making the tissues of the body release
the radioactive element so that it can be safely ex-
creted without damage to the tissues.

Dr. Paul J. Osborne, Lynchburg College, has been
awarded a grant-in-aid by the American Physiological
Society for fifteen weeks study in cell membrane and
ionic transfers, as affected by certain drugs. The
work is to be done with Dr. D. R. H. Gourley, Phar-
macology Department, Medical School, University of
V irginia.

Dr. Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roanoke College, has
received a grant-in-aid of $1,252 from the American
Physiological Society to study for eight weeks with
Dr. G. W. Nace, Department of Zoology, University
of Michigan.

Dr. B. E. Frye, University of Virginia, received a
one-year grant in the amount of $5,647 from the
U. S. Public Health Service and a grant for $3,400
from the National Science Foundation for studying
the function of the embryonic islands of Langerhans.

Mr. E. W. Lautenschlager, University of Virginia,
received a $1,575 summer research grant from the
American Cancer Society.

Mr. L. R. Emmons, University of Virginia, received
a research grant from the American Cancer Society
in the amount of $3,000.

Dr. Thomas C. Cheng, who received his Ph.D. de-
gree in biology from the University of Virginia last
year, has received a four-year grant of $15,851 from
the National Institutes of Health to continue his
study on “Development and Enzyme Studies on
Endoparasitic Trematodes.” Dr. Cheng has also
received a teaching grant of $9,403 from the Atomic
Energy Commission, for the 1960-1961 session.

The Louisiana Academy of Sciences has been
awarded a National Science Foundation grant of $27,-
000 for 1960-61 for a continuation of the Junior
Academy of Sciences program. Dr. Harry J. Ben-
nett is director of the project and Louisiana State
University serves as the fiscal agent.

A grant-in-aid for $24,300 has been made to the
Highlands Biological Station by the National Science
Foundation to support a three year study of loco-
motor periodicity in plethodontid salamanders. The
principal investigator is Dr. Robert E. Gordon, Uni-
versity of Notre Dame. Co-investigator is Thelma
Howell, Executive Director of the Station.

Under a grant-in-aid from the National Science
Foundation, the Highlands Biological Station has
supported the research of the following during the
summer: Dr. M. W. Dick, University of Michigan;
Dr. R. M. Schuster, University of Massachusetts; Dr.
and Mrs. Stanley B. Mulaik, University of Utah; Dr.
James W. Hardin and Dr. J. T. Mullins, University
of Florida; and Ronald Peterson, Columbia Univer-
sity.

Recipients of grants-in-aid in the Research Partici-
pation Program for Teacher Training, sponsored by
the National Science Foundation at the Highlands
Biological Station are: Mr. Curry T. Haynes and
Mr. Melvin Conrad, Emory-at-Oxford; Mr. John A.
Cheek, Lambuth College; Mr. J. D. Spooner, South
Georgia College.

Drs. Reinhard Harkema and Grover C. Miller, Zoo-
logy Department, N. C. State College, have recently
received a $38,000 grant from the National Insti-
tutes of Health for studies on “Helminth Parasites
in Wild Mammals in the Southeastern States”.

The Genetics Department at N. C. State College
has received a $41,000 grant from the National Sci-
ence Foundation for the purpose of sponsoring a
“Summer Institute of Genetics for College Teach-
ers”. The program is June 14 - July 21, 1960.

The National Science Foundation will accept ap-
plications for fellowships under the Senior Postdoc-
toral and Science Faculty Fellowship programs
through October 10, 1960. Fellowships will be
awarded in the mathematical, physical, medical, bio-
logical, and engineering sciences. Information, forms,
etcetera may be obtained from the Fellowships Sec-
tion, Division of Scientific Personnel and Education,
National Science Foundation, Washington 25, D. C.

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

(Continued from Page 46)
annual meeting an amendment of
one of the By-Laws of the Asso-
ciation was proposed and ap-
proved. The amendment concerns
Article IV, Section 2, and now
reads that the fiscal year of the
Association shall coincide with the
calendar year.

This amendment may clarify
the question of applicable date of
dues paid by the members. There
appears to be a large number of
members who are one year in ar-
rears in dues. These members will
be notified by an inclusion with
this issue of the BULLETIN; ac-
cording to action of the Execu-

tive Committee, members delin-
quent in dues at the close of the
annual meeting will receive no
further issues of the BULLETIN.

Treasurer’s Report April 1, 1959-
March 31, 1960

Receipts

Balance on hand

April 1, 1959 $1,496.87

Dues and subscrip-
tions collected 1,219.10

Interest on savings 23.80

Gifts: Will Corporation 100.00
C. M. Goethe,

Mary Glide

Goethe Fund - 350.00

Registration, Knox-
ville Meeting 343.00

Total receipts .. $3,532.77

Expenditures

Bulletin (mailing
costs, printing,

AIBS service, etc.) -$1,099.88

Dues refunded 24.00

Honorarium, Karl Sax.. 125.00

Secretary’s expenses 163.36

Treasurer’s expenses 2.77

Knoxville meeting 115.70

Total expenditures ....$1,530.71
Balance on hand
Savings

account .. $1,064.32
Checking

account .. 937.74

$2,002.06

$2,002.06

Elsie Quarterman, Treasurer

56

A.S.B. Bulletin

-S' -Aitf

The A.S.B.

0EC 28 196

new yo RK

B U L L E TIN

Volume 7, Number 4 October, 1960

CONTENTS

Page

Association Affairs 58

Concepts Regarding Fungi — Then and Now 59

News of Biology in the Southeast 62

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

THE A.S.B. BULLETIN

The A.S.B. BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association
of Southeastern Biologists and is pub-
lished at Columbia, S. C.( in January,
April, July and October. Letters, news
items, other contributions, and all com-
munications about editorial matters
should be addressed to the Editor,
U.S.P.H.S., P. O. Box 717, Columbia.
S. C. Changes of address should be sent
promptly to the Secretary of the A.S.B.,
Dr. Harold J. Humm, Department of
Botany, Duke University, Durham, N. C.
Subscription orders from libraries and
other institutions should be sent to the
Business Manager, Dr. Elsie Quarterman,
Department of Biology, Vanderbilt Uni-
versity, Nashville, Tenn. Subscription
rate for non-members of A.S.B.: $2.00
per year. Printing and typography by
the Cary Printing Co., Columbia, S. C.

Geoffrey M. Jeffery
Editor

Harold J. Humm, Associate Editor
Elsie Quarterman, Business Manager

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida
State University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter. University
of Kentucky

Louisiana — G. C. Kent, Jr., Louisiana
State University

Maryland — Wm. E. Bickley, University
of Maryland

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee,
Mississippi Southern College

North Carolina — William J. Koch, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Win-
throp College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr.,
Roanoke College.

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West
Virginia University

Officers of the A.S.B.

President — Victor A. Greulach, Univer-
sity of North Carolina

Retiring President — Horton H. Hobbe,
University of Virginia

President-Elect — Royal E. Shanks, Uni-
versity of Tennessee

Vice-President — Walter S. Flory, Jr.,
University of Virginia

Secretary — Harold J. Humm, Duke Uni-
versity

Treasurer — Elsie Quarterman, Vander-
bilt University

Executive Committee — William Bur-
banck, Emory University; B. Theo-
dore Cole, University of South Caro-
lina; James H. Gregg, University of
Florida; Charles E. Jenner, Univer-
sity of North Carolina; Eugene P.
Odum, University of Georgia; Robert
B. Short, Florida State University
All officers are ex officio members of
the executive committee.

President’* Message

I am pleased to report that the
Executive Committee has ap-
pointed Mr. C. W. Hart, Jr. to be
editor of the A.S.B. BULLETIN
for a three-year term. Mr. Hart,
who is a member of A.S.B. and has
done graduate work at the Uni-
versity of Virginia under Dr. Hor-
ton Hobbs, is particularly well
qualified and equipped to serve as
editor, since he is editor of the
publications of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
We thus have the unusually happy
situation of obtaining the serv-
ices of a professional editor on a
volunteer basis. You will be glad
to know that he can get the BUL-
LETIN printed in Philadelphia at
a cost somewhat lower than the
present one. While certain mem-
bers of the Executive Committee
raised the question as to whether
the BULLETIN should be pub-
lished outside the southeast, it
was decided that the advantages
of having Mr. Hart as editor far
outweighed this factor.

On behalf of the Executive
Committee, as well as myself, I
wish to thank Dr. Geoffrey M.
Jeffery for the excellent work he
has done as editor of the BULLE-
TIN during the past several years.
This issue is Dr. Jeffery’s last,
Mr. Hart taking over with the
first issue of Volume 8 in Jan-
uary.

Progress is being made in the
incorporation of A.S.B. and it is
likely that the procedure will have
been completed by the time this is
in print. As soon as incorpora-
tion is completed negotiations for
tax exempt status as a non-profit
scientific and educational organi-
zation will be resumed. The Ex-
ecutive Committee will hold an
interim meeting in Chapel Hill
some time in October and will
for the first time be functioning
as the board of directors of
A.S.B., Incorporated.

Let me suggest once more that
you cooperate with your state
correspondent for the BULLETIN
by providing him with all the news
of biology you may have. Best
wishes for a good year.

Victor A. Greulach

The BULLETIN

With this issue the editor re-
gretfully completes his tenure
with the A.S.B. BULLETIN. I par-
ticularly regret that it did not

seem feasible for me to complete
the full term of office of three
years, but one of the character-
istics of federal government serv-
ice is the possibility of transfer.
While these transfers are fre-
quently advantageous, as is the
case with my current assignment,
they may also necessitate cessa-
tion of activities which one might
otherwise be pleased to continue.
I am hopeful that the BULLETIN
has not deteriorated during my
term; maintaining the standards
established by its first editor has
not been an easy task. Certainly
any success which the BULLETIN
has enjoyed during my association
with it could not have been
achieved without the unfailing
help and encouragement of the
officers and executive committee
of the Association. While all
have been indispensable, I shall
always be most grateful to our
Secretary, Dr. Harold J. Humm,
for the tremendous amount of
work which he has expended on
behalf of the BULLETIN. With-
out the faithful performance of
his duties — and much of the
time he was also working away
from his usual position and home
— the BULLETIN certainly could
not have been possible. My thanks
also go to the state correspond-
ents, whose job I am sure is te-
dious and thankless, but never-
theless of extreme importance to
the BULLETIN.

I wish also to express my grati-
tude to Mr. Charles Moore and
Mr. William Cartledge of the
Cary Printing Company for their
extreme patience in dealing with
an inexperienced and amateur
editor. Certainly the BULLETIN
could never have been technically
acceptable or on time without
their advice and efforts.

As our president has mentioned
above, the Association is most
fortunate in the qualifications of
our new editor. I am certain that
he will continue to benefit from
the same fine cooperation of the
officers, executive committee,
state correspondents and member-
ship that I have received during
my term. While there are times
when getting out the BULLETIN
can seem a thankless, if not im-
possible, task, I can commend to
our new editor the feeling of
satisfaction when the issue is com-
plete, and even more the feeling
of pride when a member or two
very kindly extends a word of en-
couragement.

(Continued on Page 61)

58

A.S.B. Bulletin

Concepts Regarding Fungi — Then and Now

Frederick A. Wolf

Dr. Wolf is Professor Emeritus of Botany at Duke Univer-
sity where he joined the faculty in 1927 and retired in 1954 .

A native of Nebraska, he received the A.B. and AM. degrees
from the University of Nebraska in 1907 and 1908, respect-
ively, and the Ph.D. degree in 1911 from Cornell University.

Prior to going to Duke, Dr. Wolf spent a number of years
working in plant pathology at experiment stations at Alabama
Polytechnic Institute and North Carolina State College. His
botanical interests have been centered in the fields of my-
cology and plant pathology. Additionally he has become
widely known for his researches involving tobacco, especially
aromatic or oriental kinds.

One is seldom admonished to look back-
ward or to be retrospective. I am asking
your indulgence for a few minutes to look
backward with me, knowing full well that
to reminisce is generally regarded as one of
the pleasures in which only the aged are
supposed to indulge. However retrospection
can serve as an excellent means of orienting
one’s self, and thus of charting his “where
do we go from here?” I have traveled the
mycological road for a distance of more than
50 years, during all of which time I have
maintained a more or less lively interest in
fungi. Moreover some of the beliefs and con-
cepts early instilled into me in the classroom
and laboratory relative to the nature of fungi
have continued to be regarded as widely ac-
cepted credos, as witnessed by the fact that
they are still being included in current bo-
tanical and mycological treatises and are gen-
erally accepted among mycologists. For my
own part, however, I have found it increas-
ingly difficult, with the passage of the years,
to regard as factual certain of these widely
accepted concepts. Instead I have come to
regard them as obstacles that have impeded
progress along the mycological road. The
present purpose is to account in small meas-
ure for my skepticism by directing attention
to a few of these obstacles, in the hope that
the course of others through the mycologic
field will be made more scenic and more
fruitful, and, that the true nature of fungi
eventually may come to be appreciated.

I was taught, that the fungi have almost
certainly evolved from algal stock. This is
said to have come about by a loss of chloro-
phyll, and, in consequence, members of this
group of plants were compelled to feed either
as saprophytes on decaying organic matter,
or as parasites at the expense of other living
plants or animals. Let it be appreciated that

wide accord remains that such was their
origin and such is their food habit. But on
what evidence or on what basis are such
beliefs founded? It appears to me that the
answer is related basically to the teachings
regarding biologic evolution and on the be-
lief that the systems of classification that
have been devised are natural, thus indicat-
ing phyletic relationships. Indeed the evo-
lutionary concept has played a continuously
dominant role in biological teaching. Mor-
phologists and taxonomists have exerted
Herculean efforts to show relationship of all
living things. In doing so, when the tracing
of ancestries became difficult for them, their
imaginations created the hypothetical miss-
ing links. Relationships between species,
genera, families, orders, and classes were
and continue to be graphically portrayed by
use of phyletic trees. Some of these trees are
monstrosities, lopsided, storm-tossed, with
branches broken away or sometimes left sus-
pended in midair, in defiance of the laws of
gravity. Structural resemblance, as proof
of affinity long has been accepted as the
sine qua non upon which to base relationship.
Even Plato, who may have been wholly un-
acquainted with fungi, stated that a cautious
man should ever be on guard against simi-
larities because they are tricky things. I de-
sire merely to point out that even though
morphology admittedly is invaluable in trac-
ing natural relationships, perhaps the time
is overdue to de-emphasize morphology and
to stress more vigorously the development of
other areas of knowledge or disciplines for
the purpose of bringing them to bear in at-
tempts to learn more of the nature of fungi
or other organisms.

To me it is, however, exceedingly difficult
to conceive that the simple expedient of de-
priving an alga of its chlorophyll would

Vol. 7, No. 4, October 1960

59

transform it into a fungus or start it on
the pathway leading to its eventually becom-
ing a fungus. The main reason resides in
the chemosynthetic potentialities possessed
by fungi, many of which potentialities are
not known to be possessed by any alga. How
can one explain that certain species of yeast,
for example, assuming they are transformed
algae, have acquired the ability to employ
a substratum consisting of the essential min-
eral elements, a nitrate salt, and sucrose, and
are able to elaborate therefrom, glycogen,
fats, alcohol, essentially all the known amino
acids, and all the B-complex vitamins and
other accessory growth factors. Or how can
the ergot fungus, Claviceps purpurea, grow-
ing in the ovarian tissues of certain grasses
elaborate the alkaloid ergotine? And how can
Omphalia flavida, pathogenic on the leaves of
coffee, elaborate luciferin and the enzyme
luciferase, and cause the leaf lesions, on a
dark night, to glow like tiny candles? Or
yet how does the fly agaric, Amanita mus-
caria, growing on humus on the forest floor,
produce the toxin muscarin, or how does the
green mold, Penicillium chrysogenum, using
corn steep liquor as a substratum, synthesize
the antibiotic penicillin? And finally how
does the mushroom Lactarius synthesize rub-
ber as cis-polyisoprene? There are those who
maintain that these foregoing products and
hundreds of other organic substances syn-
thesized by fungi arise as waste products.
Nothing could be farther from the truth and
moreover no species of alga is known to be
capable of elaborating any of the compounds
just mentioned. It must be admitted that
too little is known about the physiology of
algae, but it is generally assumed that their
physiologic activities are like those of seed
plants. This may not prove to be entirely
true. However, a beginning in algal physi-
ology has been made by such investigators
as Fogg, Haas, and Pringsheim in England,
and Colin in France.

If it were asked how fungi acquired such
abilities, why should this have taken place,
and why should such compounds accumulate
within the bodies of fungi or in their im-
mediate environment, it can only be said that
these matters remain essentially unknown.
But certainly it is not in any sense a direct
consequence of loss of chlorophyll by any
algal ancestor. In the face of the plethora
of facts established in recent years in regard
to the synthesizing potential of fungi we
are forced to concede that no evidence is at
hand to indicate that the fungi were derived
from algae or from any other group of living

organisms. Any opinion regarding their ori-
gin remains purely speculative and conjec-
tural, and proof of origin must be admitted
to be entirely lacking.

So long as the food habits of fungi are dis-
cussed by use of the terms saprophyte and
parasite all understanding of this feature re-
mains impossible. It is conceded by all that
one and the same species of fungus may be
both parasitic and saprophytic. If these
terms have real significance how is such a
situation brought about? Also food habits
and pathogenic potential are commonly con-
fused, or are regarded as synonymous. A so-
called saprophyte may cause disease and
some parasites are non-pathogenic, in other
words, pathogenic saprophytes and non-path-
ogenic parasites exist. Is an organism
capable of change in its food habits or its
pathogenic potential? The answer is that
some species are exceedingly adaptable. What
evidence can be marshalled to show that a
given saprophyte uses only a given non-
living substrate as food and is totally incapa-
ble of elaborating substances and storing
them as reserve food? By the same token,
what evidence can be employed to establish
that a given parasite uses as food only ma-
terials contained in living tissues, and is
unable, of itself, to make and to store reserve
food? If one reflects upon the evidence in
hand on the food habits of fungi, he will
readily discern that the terms saprophyte
and parasite add nothing except confusion
to our understanding of the food habits of
fungi. Speed the day when these terms will
be discarded !

Some mycologists place the fungi in a sep-
arate phylum, Mycophyta (fungus plants).
Three of the groups within this phylum bear
the names Phycomycetes (alga-like fungi),
Ascomycetes (ascus-bearing fungi), and
Basidomycetes (basidium-bearing fungi).
The first of these groups derives its name
in a way to indicate evolution from algae and
the other two in a way to indicate their char-
acteristic type of reproductive structures. If
one were to concede that fungi, all of them,
were derived from algae, then the name of
the phylum should properly become Phyco-
mycophyta. If one were to concede that the
characteristic type of reproduction is basic
in separating these fungi into the three
above-named groups, then the so-called Phy-
comycetes would properly become the Spo-
rangiomycetes, because all of them produce
sporangia. But why be logical when it is
easier to be a mycologist?

60

A.S.B. Bulletin

Members of several orders of the so-called
Phycomycetes form reproductive units that
are provided either with one or two or-
ganelles of locomotion enabling these ele-
ments to swim. Such elements are commonly
termed zoospores to designate motile spores
of fungi. If accuracy is sought, and it is a
desideratum in science, then all motile spores
could be better spoken of as planospores and
all non-motile spores as aplanospores. The
use of such designations is certainly long
overdue.

Mycologists continue to place great em-
phasis upon whether a given fungus is hom-
othallic or heterothallic, that is whether the
thallus arising from the development of a
single spore is capable of producing both
sperms and eggs (or their equivalents) that
may fuse to form zygotes, or whether two
thalli arising from different spores are re-
quired for the formation of zygotes. Actu-
ally these two sexuality patterns belong to
the same spectrum in the light of the fact
that certain species of fungi are found to be
both homothallic and heterothallic. When
sexuality is properly interpreted it is appar-
ent that all fungus cells, including vegetative
cells, so-called asexual spores, and gametes
contain both mating potentials, that is they
contain femaleness and maleness. Such po-
tentials are innate, omnipresent character-
istics or features of the living protoplasm
itself. They are never acquired de novo, are
never lost, and are never separated com-
pletely. When viewed in this manner sexu-

ality has not evolved in any different sense
than that in which respiration or any other
function has evolved.

Ecological terminology, as applied to fungi
has a distinctly limited value and may, in
fact, be quite misleading. We are accustomed
to speak of soil fungi, fresh water fungi,
marine fungi, coprophilous fungi, lignicolous
fungi, dermatophilous fungi, etc. Just be-
cause fungi can be isolated from dung or
from the ocean, for example, does not entitle
one to classify them as coprophilous or ma-
rine, respectively. As a matter of fact one
and the same species may be found in differ-
ent habitats or may be capable of growing
on a variety of substrata. Furthermore it
seems very improbable that any so-called lig-
nicolous fungus requires wood and wood
alone as a source of food. It is admitted how-
ever, that certain pathogenic fungi are well-
known to have a very restricted suscept
range, and in any consideration of them, spe-
cific habitat becomes of enormous impor-
tance.

In consequence of the enactment of new
laws regarding the naming of fungi their
names are being changed. It becomes ques-
tionable that such activity adds to new
knowledge. Instead it would appear that
greater efforts devoted to studies of fungal
development, physiology, and biochemistry
would be a more profitable means of acquir-
ing an understanding of the nature of fungi
as related to other living organisms.

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

(Continued from Page 58)

Address of the New Editor

For the convenience of those
who may wish to communicate
with the new editor prior to the
next issue of the BULLETIN the
address is as follows:

C. W. Hart, Jr., Editor
Scientific Publications
The Academy of Natural Sciences
Nineteenth and the Parkway
Philadelphia 3, Pennsylvania.

•

The 1960 Annual Meeting

The next issue of the BULLE-
TIN (Volume 8, Number 1) will
carry the usual announcements
for the annual meeting of the
Association. The 1961 meeting
will be held at the University of
Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky,

April 20-22. The members are
reminded that the announcements
generally contain deadlines for
the submission of abstracts, nom-
inations for officers and awards,
etcetera, which usually follow the
receipt of the January issue quite
closely. The deadline for accep-
tance of papers for the program
has not of course been set as yet,
but past experience has shown
that it is often too soon for many
of those wishing to present pa-
pers. Because of the growing
number of papers being submitted
for presentation at our annual
meeting, it will undoubtedly be
necessary to adhere rather strictly
to a deadline which is usually set
at the latest date possible for
insuring the printing of the ab-
stracts prior to the meeting date.
Members will perhaps wish to give
thought to these papers before
the announcements arrive; mem-

bers are also urged to be consider-
ing nominations for the Meri-
torious Award for Teaching and
applications for the Association
Research Prize and the Research
Fellowship at Mountain Lake. The
Program Committee and the Com-
mittee on Local Arrangements
will be listed in the January issue
of the BULLETIN.

New Emeritus Members

The following qualified mem-
bers were elected to Emeritus
Membership at the last annual
meeting; Dr. George H. Boyd,
University of Georgia; Dr. Ro-
land M. Harper, University of Ala-
bama; Dr. L. R. Hexler, Univer-
sity of Tennessee; Dr. A. B. Mas-
sey, Virginia Polytechnic Insti-
tute; Dr. A. D. Shaftesbury, Le-
noir Rhyne College.

Vol. 7, No. 4, October 1960

61

NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST

About People

Two new staff members have joined the Depart-
ment of Biology at the University of Virginia: Dr.
James L. Riopel, Assistant Professor of Biology,
received his doctorate in June 1960 from Harvard
University where his research was concerned with
the morphology and development of banana roots
under the direction of Professor Ralph H. Witmore.
He will be teaching courses in plant anatomy and
plant morphogenesis; Dr. Allison L. Burnett, also
Assistant Professor of Biology, received his Ph.D.
from Cornell University in 1959 and spent the aca-
demic year 1959-60 at the University of Brussels,
Brussels, Belgium working on the general problem
of growth and cell differentiation in Hydra as N.S.F.
Postdoctoral Fellow. His basic teaching responsibility
will be in general biology.

Professor James Norman Dent, University of Vir-
ginia, has returned from a year in Europe as a Gug-
genheim Fellow. He visited a number of labora-
tories but worked mostly at the Gatty Marine Lab-
oratory, St. Andrews University, Scotland. He con-
ducted studies in amphibian limb regeneration and
thyroid physiology.

Mrs. Te-Hsiu Ma (nee Peggy Rayburn) has been
appointed Laboratory Assistant in Biology at Emory
and Henry College.

Appointments in the Biology Department at Madi-
son College include the following: Dr. James Ferry,
formerly Senior Life Science Editor for McGraw-
Hill, Professor of Biology; Mr. Elwood Fisher, for-
merly of Ohio University, Assistant Professor of
Biology; Mr. Duvall Jones, formerly of the Univer-
sity of Maryland, Instructor of Biology; and Mr.
Robert Graves, Instructor of Biology.

Dr. J. Warren Lee, Professor and Chairman of the
Department of Biology at Southern University in
Louisiana, passed away suddenly on April 1, 1960,
in Baton Rouge, Louisiana.

Dr. George H. Mickey of Louisiana State Univer-
sity has accepted a position as cytogeneticist at the
New England Institute for Medical Research, at
Ridgefield, Connecticut. His duties commenced in
August, 1960.

Dr. John P. Woodring, entomologist, has joined
the Zoology faculty at Louisiana State University.
Dr. Woodring, a specialist in soil mites, is a grad-
uate of Pennsylvania State University and the Uni-
versity of Minnesota. He succeeded Dr. Howell V.
Daly, who has joined the faculty in entomology at
the University of California.

Dr. James H. Horton has been appointed as an
instructor in the Department of Botany, University
of North Carolina for the 1960-61 school year. He
replaces Dr. John Haesloop who has accepted a posi-
tion as assistant professor at Pfeiffer College.

During the past summer Miss Anne Davidson and
Mr. Edward Bostick, both of the University of Ala-
bama, and Mr. C. B. O’Neal of Valdosta State Col-
lege worked as National Science Foundation Under-
graduate Research Assistants at the Department of
Botany at the University of North Carolina. Miss
Davidson worked in mycology under the direction
of Dr. W. J. Koch; Mr. O’Neal worked in mycology
under the direction of Dr. John N. Couch; and Mr.
Bostick worked in cytology under the direction of
Dr. C. R. Bell.

J. Allan Holman, who has completed work for his
Ph.D. degree, has joined the staff of Howard College
as associate professor of Biology. Dr. Holman is a
herpetologist.

Jerry Hunter, a recent M.S. graduate of Texas
A. & M., has joined the staff of the Biology Depart-
ment at Howard College as an instructor.

Dr. Alexander Hollaender attended the Third In-
ternational Congress on Photobiology in Copenhagen,
Denmark, July 31 -August 5. Dr. Hollaender is Presi-
dent of the International Committee on Photobiology,
and he gave the opening plenary session lecture
which was entitled “Finsen and Basic Research”.

Dr. William J. Cliburn has joined the Biology De-
partment at Mississippi Southern College after re-
ceiving his Ph.D. degree in herpetology from the Uni-
versity of Alabama.

Dr. C. Leland Rodgers, Professor of Biology, Fur-
man University, attended the Institute of Desert
Biology at Arizona State University, Tempe, Ari-
zona during the past summer.

Dr. Joseph B. Harris has been named professor of
biology and head of department at Coker College,
Hartsville, S. C. Now with the Georgia Experimental
Station as Plant Physiologist, Dr. Harris will assume
his new duties in January. Prior to receiving his
Ph.D. at Duke University in 1958, he was an in-
structor in biology and chemistry at Young Harris
College in Georgia.

Dr. Walter N. Hess, formerly head of the Biology
Department of Hamilton College, has accepted a po-
sition as Visiting Professor at Winthrop College.
Dr. Hess has a $12,000 U. S. Public Health Service
grant for a three year study of the salt glands of
marine vertebrate animals.

Dr. Samuel R. Tipton, Department of Zoology
and Entomology, University of Tennessee, attended
a Workshop for Teachers of Undergraduate Physi-
ology at Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota,
August 8-20. These workshops are sponsored by the
American Physiological Society with funds principally
from the National Science Foundation. Dr. Tipton
attended the workshop as a discussion leader and in
his capacity as a member of the Education Committee
of the Society.

At the recent meeting of the American Society
of Plant Taxonomists Dr. C. Ritchie Bell of the Uni-
versity of North Carolina was re-elected as Secre-
tary for the year 1961. Dr. A. E. Radford, also of
the University of North Carolina, was appointed as
the Society’s representative on the editorial board of
the American Journal of Botany.

Dr. J. Gordon Carlson, head of the Department of
Zoology and Entomology at the University of Ten-
nessee, spent July 31 through August 5 in Copen-
hagen, Denmark, where he had been invited to pre-
sent a paper at a symposium of the Third Interna-
tional Congress on Photobiology. The title of his
paper was “Mitotic Effects of Monochromatic Ul-
traviolet Microbeam Irradiation of the Nucleolus”.
While abroad, Dr. Carlson visited laboratories in
Paris, Heidelberg, Lund, Stockholm, and Edinburgh,
and gave a seminar at the University of Heidelberg.

Dr. James N. Liles is a new member of the staff
of the Department of Zoology and Entomology at the
University of Tennessee. Dr. Liles received his Ph.D.
in Entomology at Ohio State University and has
taught at the University of South Carolina. For the

62

A.S.B. Bulletin

past two years he has been engaged in research on
insect physiology at Ohio State with the aid of a
grant from the National Institutes of Health.

Dr. J. Ives Townsend, Assistant Professor of Zoo-
logy at the University of Tennessee, has left to ac-
cept a position in the Department of. Biology and
Genetics at the Medical College of Virginia, Rich-
mond.

Dr. Takashi Makinodan of the Biology Division,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, attended the Eighth
International Congress of Hematology in Tokyo, Ja-
pan, September 4-10, and presented an invited paper
on “An Immunological Approach to Study Radia-
tion-Induced Blood Chimeras”. While in Japan Dr.
Makinodan will consult with scientists on problems re-
lated to radiation effects on hematopoietic tissues,
genetic aspects of antibody formation, and other
problems at Hiroshima University, National Insti-
tute of Genetics at Mishima, Shinshu University at
Matsumoto-shi, the National Institute of Health in
Tokyo, and the Biochemistry Laboratory of the Na-
tional Institutes of Radiological Sciences in Chiba.
On his return, Dr. Makinodan will confer with sci-
entific investigators at the University of Hawaii in
Honolulu. He returns to Oak Ridge October 4.

Dr. David M. Prescott, Biology Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory, attended the Tenth Congress
of the International Society for Cell Biology in
Paris, France, September 4-9. Dr. Prescott also at-
tended the first Symposium on Macromolecular Struc-
ture and Biological Function held at Wenner-Gren
Institute in Stockholm, Sweden, September 12-16,
presenting an invited paper entitled “Function of
the Nucleus in the Synthesis of Ribonucleic Acid and
Protein.” The Stockholm symposium is jointly spon-
sored by the International Union of Biological Sci-
ence and the International Union of Biochemistry.

Dr. Sheldon Wolff, Biology Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory, attended the Third Interna-
tional Congress on Photobiology in Copenhagen, Den-
mark, July 31-August 5, and presented a paper “On
the Apparent Synergistic Effect of Infra-red and
X rays in the Production of Intergenic Mutations
(Chromatid Aberrations).” Dr. Wolff also attended
the International Atomic Energy Agency Symposium
on the Effect of Ionizing Radiation on Seeds and Its
Significance for Crop Improvement, in Karlsruhe,
Germany, August 6-13, and presented an invited pa-
per entitled “The Effect of Postirradiation Storage on
Seedling Height.” While abroad, Dr. Wolff visited
several European laboratories.

Dr. Gerald E. Cosgrove, Biology Division, Oak
Ridge National Laboratory, presented a series of
lectures before the National Science Foundation —
Atomic Energy Commission Summer Institute of Ra-
diation Biology at Florida State University, Talla-
hassee, July 30-August 7.

Several staff members of the Biology Division,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, participated in the
Summer Institute in Radiation Biology at Tulane
University in New Orleans, during August. Arthur
C. Upton lectured on the subjects : Effects on pre-
natal development in mammals ; pathophysiology in
mammals; and relative biological effectiveness.
David G. Doherty lectured on chemical protection
against ionizing radiation. Lawton H. Smith lectured
on effects of radiation on cell morphology and via-
bility, and also on protection against ionizing radia-
tion other than chemical.

The Biology Division, Oak Ridge National Labora-
tory, announces the following new staff members :
Evelyn Clark has joined the Mammalian Genetics

and Development Section. Miss Clark received the
A.B. degree in Zoology from Winthrop College and
the M.S. degree in Zoology from Oberlin College;
James C. Copeland, a graduate of the University of
Illinois, is a new member of the Radiation Protec-
tion-Living Cells Group ; Thomas C. Detwiler, a Ph.D.
in animal nutrition from the University of Illinois,
will be with the Pathology and Physiology Section
as a Research Associate; Paul E. Eide, who received
the B.S. degree in Biology from Florida State Uni-
versity, has joined the Cell Growth and Reproduc-
tion Group ; William T. Lipscomb will be with the
Cell Physiology Group, and is a B.S. graduate in
Biology from the University of Florida; and Bobbie
J. Scandlyn, a graduate of Tennessee Polytechnic
Institute, has joined the Mammalian Cytogenetics
Group of the Mammalian Genetics and Development
Section.

Dr. Gordon D. Braithwaite, Research Associate at
the Fort Johnson Marine Biological Laboratory in
South Carolina, returned to England on September
21, 1960, after completing two years tenure at the
Laboratory. Dr. Braithwaite came to the laboratory
from the University of Liverpool.

Dr. Harry W. Freeman has resigned from the
Biology Department of the University of South
Carolina to accept the position of Professor of Bio-
logy at the College of Charleston, Charleston, S. C.

Dr. Sherwood M. Reichard has been appointed as
assistant professor of physiology in the Department
of Biological Sciences at Florida State University.
Dr. Reichard has been an Advanced Research Fel-
low of the American Heart Association at Johns
Hopkins University for the past 2 years. His main
interests are in the fields of endocrine physiology
and enzyme biochemistry.

Dr. A. M. Winchester, head of the biology depart-
ment at Stetson University, attended the Interna-
tional Congress of Photobiology held at the Medical
Institute in Copenhagen, Denmark during the early
part of August. Also, while in Europe he spent
several weeks at the Institute of Human Genetics at
the University of Munich in Germany.

Dr. Herman E. Brockman, recently at Florida
State University, has joined the Genetics Section of
the Biology Division at the Oak Ridge National Lab-
oratory.

Drs. Gib DeBusk, Adrian Poitras, Norman Bishop,
Leland Shanor, George Keitt, Edgar Barnett, of the
Department of Biological Sciences at Florida State
University attended the AIBS meeting at Stillwater,
Oklahoma. Dr. DeBusk also attended the Interna-
tional Symposium on Growth held at Purdue Uni-
versity in June.

Dr. Leland Shanor has been appointed to the edi-
torial board of Mycologia for a 5 year term by the
Mycological Society of America at its recent meeting
in Stillwater.

The University of Georgia Marine Institute at
Sapelo Island, Georgia, announces the appointment
of three biologists and two geologists to its staff.
Dr. Kenneth L. Webb, having recently held a post-
doctoral fellowship in plant physiology at Ohio State
University, joined the staff in October, 1960, as a
Research Associate with the associated rank of As-
sistant Professor of Botany. Mr. Claire L. Schelske,
who completed his doctoral work in limnology at
the University of Michigan in October 1960, joined
the Institute staff as a Research Associate. Mr.
Frederick C. Duerr expects to complete his doctoral
work in animal physiology at the University of Min-
nesota in February, 1961, and has accepted ap-
pointment as Research Associate and Instructor of

Vol. 7, No. 4, October 1960

63

Zoology at that time. Dr. John H. Hoyt, Assistant
Professor of Geology, received his degree from the
University of Colorado, and joined the staff in
March, 1960, and Mr. Vernon J. Henry who com-
pleted his work for the Ph.D. degree at the Texas
A. & M. College in October, 1960, has joined the
Institute staff as a Research Associate on a half-
time basis. He is also an Instructor of Geology at
the Athens campus. The latter two staff members are
interested in aspects of marine sedimentation.

Institutions and Organizations

Dr. Raymond C. Jackson of the Department of Bot-
any, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas, is es-
tablishing a card file on all research problems in
the field of plant taxonomy that are currently and
actively underway in North America. All botan-
ists involved in taxonomic work are earnestly re-
quested to support this project, which is under the
sponsorship of the American Society of Plant Tax-
onomists, by sending information on your current
research and the research of your students. Such in-
formation should identify the taxon or taxa under
investigation, the primary trend or emphasis of the
project (morphological, ecological, cytological, etc.)
and the name and address of the person or persons
actually doing the research. If the project is being
supported by N.S.F. or other funds this information
might be included, as might any tentative sched-
ule for completion of the project. The object of the
file is to eliminate duplication of taxonomic effort
and to foster cooperation between those who might
be working on a common problem from different ap-
proaches. Please address information and inquiries
to Dr. Jackson.

At Emory and Henry College two tracts of land
on the campus, approximately 20 acres each, are
to be developed as biological study areas. One, to
be known as “The Woods”, is an oak-hickory woods
in which mammal studies will be done. The second
is a low, marshy area traversed by a permanent
stream and will be referred to as “The Swamp”.
Basins will be excavated and established as perma-
nent ponds for life history and experimental studies
in ichthyology and herpetology. These areas will also
provide students with the opportunity for research
in a number of other fields.

The Department of Botany of the University of
North Carolina has set up a new and expanded of-
fering of graduate courses in botany to be given
during the two six-weeks terms of the Summer Ses-
sion. The courses will be given in a three-year se-
quence and will include all the basic graduate
courses offered by the Department. The summer
program will be of particular interest to high school
teachers applying for NSF Summer Fellowships, to
college teachers of biology on NSF Science Faculty
Fellowships for the summers, and to graduate students
in biology at colleges and universities with limited
graduate offerings in this field. The sequential
course offerings will make possible the completion of
required courses for an M.A. in Botany during three
summers, and it should be possible to complete all
requirements for the degree in four summers if
work on the thesis is in progress during the inter-
vening years. Further information concerning the
course offerings, expenses, department facilities,
etcetera, may be obtained from the Chairman, De-
partment of Botany, University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill, North Carolina.

Granis in Aid

Assistant Professor Samuel P. Maroney, Jr., of
the University of Virginia has been awarded a grant

of $2,300 by the U. S. Public Health Service for

research on comparative aspects of ultra-violet in-
duced hemolysis.

The Department of Health, Education and Wel-
fare, upon recommendation of the National Ad-
visory Council on Health Research Facilities has ap-
proved a Public Health Service grant of $475,000 to
Florida State University. This grant, initiated by
Dr. Leland Shanor of the Department of Biological
Sciences will, with matching funds, be used for the
construction of a building which will house portions
of the new AEC Molecular Biophysics Institute and
relieve space shortage in the present building occu-
pied by the Department of Biological Sciences at
Tallahassee.

A grant of $166,000 has been awarded to Dr. A.
Gib DeBusk of the Department of Biological Sci-
ences at Florida State University. This grant, from
the National Aeronautics and Space Administration
is in support of a program of research in space
genetics.

The Department of Botany, University of North
Carolina, has been awarded a grant of $306,000
from the National Institutes of Health for use in
construction and equipping of health oriented re-
search space in the new botany building at Chapel
Hill. Construction is expected to start early in 1961.

Dr. C. Ritchie Bell, University of North Carolina,
has been awarded a National Science Foundation
grant in the amount of $12,300 for a three year
project dealing with isolating mechanisms in the
Umbelliferae.

Dr. Max H. Hommersand has been awarded a Na-
tional Science Foundation grant in the amount of
$24,300 for a two year project on cellular differ-
entiation in Chlamydomonas.

Dr. A. E. Harrises of Mississippi Southern College
has received a grant renewal from the National In-
stitutes of Health to continue his work on the mono-
genetic trematodes of south Mississippi.

Dr. John Freeman of Winthrop College has been
awarded a National Science Foundation research
grant for a two year study of guppies.

Dr. G. Thomas Riggin, Jr., Assistant Professor of
Biology, Furman University, received a grant from
the Southern Fellowships Fund during the summer
of 1960.

Dr. Frederic C. Chang, professor of chemistry
and research associate in pathology and microbiology
at the University of Tennessee Medical Units in
Memphis, has been awarded a $28,951 grant by the
U. S. Public Health Service for research on the syn-
thesis of steroid hormones.

Dr. Clark E. Grosvenor, assistant professor of
physiology at the University of Tennessee College of
Medicine, has been awarded a $37,706 grant by the
U. S. Public Health Service. The grant is to be used
over a three-year period to support basic studies
concerning hormonal factors responsible for mam-
mary gland function during lactation.

Dr. Donald W. Dery, Department of Biology, Col-
lege of Charleston, Charleston, S. C., recently re-
ceived a research grant of $14,500 for three years
from the National Science Foundation to study the
life cycle of Bucephalus cucuhis, a larval trematode.

The College of Charleston received a grant from
the National Science Foundation to conduct an Un-
dergraduate Research Participation Program at the
Fort Johnson Marine Biological Laboratory. The
program began on June 6, 1960, and will continue
to May 31, 1961.

64

A.S.B. Bulletin

The Laboratory Building— Mountain Lake Biological Station

Volume 8, Number 1

January, 1961

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

THE ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna. Changes of address
should be sent promptly to the Secretary
of the ASB, Dr. Harold J. Hunun, Depart-
ment of Botanv, Duke University, Dur-
ham, N. C. Subscription orders from li-
braries and other institutions should be
sent to the Business Manager, Dr. Elsie
Quarterman, Department of Biology, Van-
derbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. Sub-
scription rate for non-members of the
ASB- $2.00 per year. Printing and typog-
raphy by the Wickersham Printing Co.,
Lancaster, Penna.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

Harold J. Humm. Associate Editor
Elsie Quarterman, Business Manager

State Correspondents

Alabama - H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida - Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida State
University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky - J. M. Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Louisiana - G. C. Kent, Jr., Louisiana State
University

Mississippi - Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College

North Carolina - William J. Koch, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Winthrop
College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West \ ir-
ginia University

Officers of the A. S. B.

President — Victor A. Greulach, University
of North Carolina

Retiring President — Horton H. Hobbs, Jr.,
University of Virginia

President-Elect - Royal E. Shanks, Uni-
versity of Tennessee

Vice-President - Walter S. Flory, Univer-
sity of Virginia

Secretary — Harold J. Humm, Duke Uni-
versity-

Treasurer — Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt
University

Executive Committee — William Burbanck,
Emory University; James H. Gregg,
University of Florida; Eugene P.
Odum, University of Georgia; Robert
B. Short, Florida State University;
B. Theodore Cole, University of South
Carolina; Charles E. Jenner, Univer-
sity of North Carolina. All officers
are ex officio members of the execu-
tive committee.

A Note from the President

On October 28 the Association of
Southeastern Biologists was issued a
North Carolina charter as a non-
profit scientific and educational cor-
poration. At the meeting of the
Executive Committee in Chapel Hill
on October 29 formal action was
taken transferring all members, offi-
cers, assets and the constitution and
by-laws of ASB to the new Corpora-
tion, the Association of Southeastern
Biologists, Inc. Just subsequent to
the incorporation the State of North
Carolina declared ASB, Inc. to be
exempt from state taxes. We are
now making a new application to
the Bureau of Internal Revenue for
federal tax-exempt status. In view
of the revision of our constitution
and by-laws made at New Orleans,
our incorporation, and our tax-ex-
empt status in North Carolina we
anticipate favorable action on our
new application to the federal gov-
ernment.

Since a corporation must have a
resident agent who deals with the
State in corporate matters, the Ex-
ecutive Committee has appointed Dr.
William J. Koch, associate professor
of botany at the University of North
Carolina as agent for an indefinite
term. The position carries no com-
pensation, very little in the way of
duties, and no authority regarding
the internal affairs of ASB. The Ex-
ecutive Committee now constitutes
the Board of Directors of the new
corporation and will continue to
function as in the past.

Professor M. S. Breckenridge of
the School of Law at the University
of North Carolina has been of very
great help in accomplishing our in-
corporation and in securing our state
tax-exempt status. I wish to thank
him here for his valuable services,
personally as well as in behalf of
ASB and its Executive Committee,
particularly since Prof. Breckenridge
has refused any compensation for his
work for us.

The Executive Committee consid-
ered a number of other matters at
its Chapel Hill meeting, but I shall
not discuss them here since our Sec-
retary is reporting on the meeting
elsewhere in this issue.

We are looking forward to an-
other excellent meeting this April in
Lexington. John Carpenter informs
me that it is essential to make motel
and hotel reservations as early as
possible since our meeting comes at
the time of the racing season in Lex-
ington, and I am passing this advice
on to you.

I want to remind you of a few of
the things you can do as a member
of ASB to help keep our organiza-
tion operating efficiently and effec-
tively: 1. Don’t forget to pay your
dues, 2. Be sure to give our Secre-
tary any address change promptly,
3. Submit a paper for the Lexington
meeting, 4. Don’t hesitate to submit
appropriate manuscripts to the ASB
Bulletin, 5. Keep your state corre-
spondent informed regarding news
about yourself and your institution
for publication in the Bulletin, 6.
Nominate for membership your col-
leagues who want to become mem-
bers or who should be members, 7.
Respond to the calls for nominations
for officers, recipients of awards, and
emeritus members.

Victor A. Greulach

Executive Committee Meeting

An interim meeting of the Execu-
tive Committee of the Association
of Southeastern Biologists was held
on Octover 30, 1960, at the Uni-
versity of North Carolina. Those
in attendance were President Victor
A. Greulach, Past-President Horton
H. Hobbs, President-Elect Royal E.
Shanks, Vice-President Walter S.
Flory, Secretary Harold J. Humm,
Editor C. Willard Hart, Jr., Com-
mitteemen B. Theodore Cole, Charles
E. Jenner, and Robert B. Short.

President Greulach announced the
ajipointment of the new editor, C.
Willard Hart, Jr., and of the fol-
lowing committees — Auditing: Fred
Wolf, Chairman, Ilda McVeigh, and
C. S. Chadwick; Nominating: Hor-
ton Hobbs, Chairman, J. G. Carlson,
and George H. Boyd; Resolutions:
Ruffin Jones, Chairman, Thelma
Howell, and Edmund Berkeley; Re-
search Awards: Ralph Yerger, Chair-
man, Charles Jenner, and Victor
Cutter; Meritorious Awards: Roberta
Lovelace, Chairman, C. C. Good-
child. and William J. Koch; Goe.he
Awards: John Carpenter, Chairman,
Robert B. Short, and Joseph O’Kel-
lev; Meeting Places: Donald Scott,
Chairman, Paul Walker, and Walter
Herndon; Program: John Carpenter.
Chairman, Harold Humm, and C. W.
Hart, Jr., Local Arrangements: John
Carpenter, Chairman.

President-Elect Shanks reported
that he had tentative plans for a
Thursday night speaker for the Lex-
ington meetings in the field of ecol-
ogy, perhaps conservation oriented.

Secretary Harold J. Humm re-
ported that efforts to keep the ad-
dresses of members up-to-date were
( continued on next page )

0

ASB Bulletin

ASB BULLETIN

Volume S, Number 1 — January 1961

CONTENTS

Association Affairs

2

Mountain Lake Biological Station, by Ivey F. Lewis

4

About the Lexington Meeting

6

News of Biology in the Southeast

9

(■ continued from page 2)
rather disappointing as so many
members change address without
notification and it is sometimes nec-
essary to write to the chairman of
their former department to find out
where they are.

Treasurer Elsie Quarterman sent a
report for the period April 1 to Sep-
tember 28, 1960, together with a
letter commenting on current prob-
lems. She pointed out that during
April it was not possible to meet the
bills received and that while dues
will be coming in during January,
the total receipts may not exceed
the cost of the Bulletin. She asked
for suggestions for reducing expenses.
Changing the fiscal year to coincide
with the calendar year has deferred
receipt of many dues payments for
about six months.

Vice-President Flory moved that
a sufficient amount be shifted from
the savings account to the checking
account to pay all outstanding bills.
President-Elect Shanks seconded and
the motion passed.

Dr. Jenner moved that we budget
$150 per year for travel and hono-
rarium for a visiting speaker, the
fund to accumulate if not used. The
motion passed.

There was a discussion concerning
the possibility of increasing patron
memberships and President Greu-
laeh appointed Dr. B. Theodore Cole

as Chairman of a Patron Member-
ship Committee.

Editor Hart reported that printing
costs of the Bulletin in Philadel-
phia ( He is Editor of Scientific Pub-
lications for the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia) will be
similar to the costs in Columbia,
S. C., and perhaps less in some re-
spects. He submitted a new cover
page design and this was approved
as a result of a motion by Past-
President Hobbs, seconded by Flory,
and passed without dissent.

Mr. M. S. Breckenridge of the
University of North Carolina School
of Law brought into the meeting the
official document attesting to incor-
poration of the Association of South-
eastern Biologists in the State of
North Carolina, effective October 29,
1960. All incorporation procedures
were handled by Mr. Breckenridge,
and expedited so that this meeting
of the Executive Committee might
also be a meeting of the Board of
Directors, as the twelve officers and
members of the Executive Commit-
tee are designated as the Board of
Directors. Greulach, Hobbs, and
Humm were named as incorporators
and Dr. William Koch agreed to
serve as the initial registered agent
for the corporation.

Mr. Breckenridge refused a fee
for his services so that the only cost

of incorporation was the state charge
of $25 and a charge of less than $5
for recording. Past-President Hobbs
moved that a letter of appreciation
be written Mr. Breckenridge. The
motion was seconded by Dr. Short
and passed unanimously.

Dr. Douglas Humm, representing
the Southeastern and South Central
Sections of the Society of General
Physiologists, joined the meeting to
advise the Executive Committee of
the interest of this group in meeting
with ASB at Lexington and of ar-
ranging a symposium on invertebrate
physiology. Dr. Cole moved that
they be invited to meet with ASB
and to present the symposium. The
motion, seconded by Humm, was
passed.

President Greulach reminded the
committee that the term of Dr. Ray
Noggle as AAAS representative ex-
pires on December 31, 1960, and
that Dr. James H. Gregg, Depart-
ment of Botany, University of Flor-
ida, has been appointed to succeed
him. Dr. Greulach also read a let-
ter from the Centennial Office of the
American Association of Land Grant
Colleges advising ASB of their cen-
tennial observance of next year. It
was agreed that the letter be an-
swered to the effect that we are in-
terested in cooperating with them in
this observance.

Vol. 8, No. 1, January 1961

3

The author, Dr. Ivey F. Lewis, is an Emeritus
Professor of Biology at the University of Virginia,
a former Dean of the University, and a founder
and former director of Mountain Lake Biological
Station. Dr. Lewis’s long career has also in-
cluded work in the fields of red algae and in the
development of plant galls.

by Ivey F. Lewis

Mountain Lake Biological Station

The need for a summer biological station had
long been felt, and the reasons for the need
were strongly stated in a notable address by Wil-
liam M. Wheeler before the American Society of
Naturalists. The address was entitled, “The Dry
Rot of Academic Biology.” In the college train-
ing of the young biologists there are three fac-
tors that prevent him from seeing animals and
plants as they actually are in a natural state.
One is the fact that class instruction in the winter
months comes at a time when living material is
not readily available, so that most of the material
used in the customary “general biology” courses
must come in bottles or jars put up by one of the
excellent biological supply houses. A second
factor is the disappearance of natural habitats in
the path of urbanization. A third factor is the
social complexity of life at the usual summer
school.

In the early 1920’s a good deal of thought and
discussion were given to the problem. Professor
Bruce D. Reynolds and I inspected possible sites
around the Chesapeake Bay and decided that an-
other marine station, in spite of the wealth of ani-
mal and, to a lesser extent, plant life, did not fill
the need as we saw it. The Marine Biological
Laboratory at Woods Hole was supplemented by
facilities along the coast from Maine to Florida.
Furthermore, most of our advanced students
were going into teaching, and the colleges and
schools where they would serve were inland.
This seemed a compelling reason why they
should become familiar with the sort of things
that they would encounter where they lived.

When the Virginia Academy of Science met
at Blacksburg in 1925, Professor William Day
Smith, who had taught at nearby Radford Col-
lege Summer School, suggested that Mountain

Lake would be a good location. Our colleagues
at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute arranged a
field trip to Mountain Lake, where under the
leadership of Professor A. B. Massey we saw the
natural advantages of the place. There was the
interesting lake itself, the limitless unspoiled
mixed deciduous forest, the mountain streams,
dry rocky ridges, and deep valleys with great
hemlocks, the open grassy areas, the bogs, and
the nearby New River. In sum, nearly all types
of habitats.

The mountains there form the divide between
the Mississippi and Atlantic drainage areas, and
the summer climate is always cool and has less
rainfall than some other mountain areas. The
presence of the hotel, roads which were passable
and later very good, and the highway and the
Norfolk and Western Railroad at the foot of the
mountain were also favorable factors.

Meanwhile, the advantages of the Highlands
Museum in North Carolina came to our atten-
tion. It was our intention to have a station
which would serve the southeastern states, and
in hopes of enlisting cooperative support from
universities in this area, letters were written to
all. The response was disappointing. Only one
(Vanderbilt) showed any interest or possibility
of support.

When the possibility of developing an inland
biological station at Highlands was presented to
the General Education Board, the success of the
Marine Biological Laboratory was cited as a
pattern of cooperative endeavour. I was told,
however, that this success was not due to the co-
operative feature, but to strong support from one
institution and the generous endowment of one
individual. The Board might therefore be inter-
ested in a station for which one institution was
willing to assume responsibility.

4

ASB Bulletin

It was then decided to make a trial run at
Mountain Lake. The Mountain Lake Biological
Station of the University of Virginia was estab-
lished in 1930. Professor Bruce D. Reynolds
served as Director, with Ivey F. Lewis as Asso-
ciate Director. The Thompson Cottage at the
Mountain Lake Hotel was fitted up as a tem-
porary laboratory and served as such for the
period 1930-1933.

Several decisions as to policy were made: (1)
The courses given were to be at the graduate
level, (2) The faculty was to be selected on a
broad basis— one member from the University of
Virginia, two from elsewhere in Virginia, two
from Southern institutions, two from institutions
outside the South ( usually from Eastern or Mid-
western universities), and, when possible, one
top-flight man of national prestige, (3) A varied
curriculum was to be arranged in such a way
that in a three year period a graduate student
would be able to get instruction in subjects not
covered in usual college curricula, and (5) Em-
phasis was to be placed on subjects for which
live material would be locally available; pre-
served material was to be used only when neces-
sary.

On the whole the policy as outlined has proved
its worth. Faculty and students have come from
most of the states east of the Mississippi River;
the resulting contacts and exchange of ideas serv-
ing to broaden the horizon of students and fac-
ulty alike.

An intensive course of five weeks length to
which the student, under competent direction,
gives his entire attention has resulted in better
work than where the student, for a longer time,
divides his interest among several subjects.

The disadvantages of rented and inadequate
quarters became increasingly obvious and it was
realized that a better physical plant was a neces-
sity. Dean Charles G. Maphis initiated steps
which led to placing the Station on a sound basis.
Through a friend in West Virginia, he interested
Mr. John B. Laing in the work of the Station,
and the result was that Mr. Laing presented, on
a long term and renewable lease, a well located
tract of 83 acres one mile north of the lake on
the old Salt Sulphur Turnpike. Dean Maphis
then approached the General Education Board,
which has done so much for education in the
South. After inspection of the Station’s program
the Board, in December, 1933, appropriated $30,-
000 for buildings and an additional sum for
scholarships.

At this time Ivey F. Lewis succeeded Dr. Rey-
nolds as Director. In the planning of construc-
tion, the energy and skill of the latter made pos-
sible the erection of a laboratory, dining hall,
four student dormitories, four small cottages, a
service building, and a caretaker’s cottage.
Water was piped by gravity from a spring high
up on the mountain side. A power line was con-
structed to connect the Station with the Appa-
lachian Power Company’s line to the hotel.
Connection was also made with the Pembroke
Telephone Company.

This seems a great deal to have been done
with the available funds. It was possible be-
cause the spring of 1934 was at the depth of the
great depression and the services of two compe-
tent builders were available along with an
abundance of less skilled local labor. Hardwood
and coniferous timber was immediately at hand.
Though the time was short the buildings were
ready for the opening in June. On July 4 dedi-
catory exercises were held, with the principal
address by Dean Price of the Virginia Poly-
technic Institute.

The increasing proportion of married students
pointed up the need for more small cottages, and
in 1936 an additional appropriation from the
General Education Board made such construc-
tion possible.

At about the same time Mr. Laing enlarged
his gift of land by 600 acres. A little over ten
years later Mr. and Mrs. James W. Wiltshire of
Lynchburg added 600 acres to the Station’s hold-
ings. Finally, Professor Horton H. Hobbs, Di-
rector, succeeded in 1959 in having 1500 acres in
the Jefferson National Forest adjoining the Sta-
tion property designated a Scenic Area, which
will be kept in its natural state undisturbed by
cutting of timber or other development.

In 1939 the General Education Board appro-
priated $55,000 for constructing and equipping a
larger and more solid laboratory ( see cover
photograph). This handsome building of native
stone has been in use since 1940. It contains the
usual classrooms and laboratory facilities as well
as a number of research rooms and offices.

The objective of the Station has always been
to combine a teaching with a research program.
The presence, therefore, of serious students and
experienced investigators living in a compact
group far removed from distractions has proved
to furnish a favorable atmosphere for the stimu-
lation and growth of serious interest in funda-
mental biological problems.

Vol. 8, No. 1, January 1961

5

About The Lexington Meeting

The twenty-second Annual Meeting of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists will be
held at the University of Kentucky, Lexington,
Kentucky, April 20-22, 1961. Three organiza-
tions will meet with the ASB: The Southeastern
Section of the Botanical Society of America, The
Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, and the
Society of General Physiologists ( South Central
and South Atlantic Regions).

The meeting will begin on Thursday after-
noon, April 20, with registration in the lobby of
Memorial Hall on the campus of the University
of Kentucky. On Thursday night the Society of
General Physiologists will sponsor a symposium
entitled Hormonal Control in Crustacea; the
panel will consist of Dr. Milton Fingerman of
Tulane University, Dr. Deitrieh Bodenstein of
the University of Virginia, and Dr. Theodore
Bulloch of the University of California. Several
sessions of contributed papers and the annual
business meeting will be held on Friday, and the
presentation of awards will take place on Friday
night. Three field trips are scheduled for Satur-
day.

Local Arrangements Committee

Members of the committee on local arrange-
ments at the University of Kentucky are: Dr.
Roger W. Barbour; Dr. Alfred Brauer; Dr. E. T.
Browne; Dr. J. M. Carpenter, chairman; Prof.
J. M. Edney; Dr. C. E. Henrickson; Dr. R. A.
Kuehne; Dr. H. P. Riley; Dr. f. A. Wallwork, and
Prof. J. C. Warden.

Meals

Dining facilities will be available at two Uni-
versity cafeterias. There are also several grills
on campus and restaurants in the vicinity of the
University.

Housing Facilities

Housing facilities will be somewhat difficult
since the ASB meeting falls during the Keeneland
racing season. However, the Phoenix and La-
fayette hotels are holding 200 rooms for those
attending the meetings. Both hotels are about
15 minutes walking distance from the University.
The distance is approximately 1 mile. Reserva-
tions must be made before April 1, 1961.

Hotels

Lafayette, 100 rooms reserved, single $6.00-$7.00;
double $8.50-$9.50; twin $9.50-$11.00. Phoenix, 100
rooms reserved, single $6.00-$10.00, predominately
$8.00; double $8.50-$l 1 .00; twin $11.00-$14.00.

Parking is free at the Phoenix; there is a charge at the
Lafayette at present, but the possibility of free parking
by April. Most people will probably find it most con-
venient to stay at these hotels.

Motels

First class motels within 10 minutes car dis-
tance from the University are:

Howard Johnson (Highway 27, South)

Single: $8.24
Twin: $12.36

Each additional person $1.00

Springs Motel (2020 Harrodsburg Road)

Single: $6.00
Double: $8.00
Twin: $10.00

Downtowner Motel (347 East Main)

Single: $7.00
Double: $10.00
Twin: $12.00

Campbell House (Harrodsburg Pike)

Single: $8.00
Double: $12.00

Town House Motel (1912 South Lime)

Single: $6.00
Double: $7.00
Twin: $8.00

It should be stressed that reservations must be
obtained early since the meetings occur during
the racing season and many racing fans obtain
reservations 4 to 8 months in advance. When
writing for hotel reservations please mention the
conference or use the blank supplied in this
issue.

Regarding Segregation: Negroes may stay at
the Phoenix Hotel but the dining room is segre-
gated. Other hotels and motels are segregated
both as to rooms and dining. However, there is
no segregation in dining facilities on campus,
where members are invited to take most of their
meals.

Field Trips

One all day and two morning field trips for
Saturday are planned.

The all day trip will be an ecological and col-
lecting tour through 150 miles of the area adja-
cent to Lexington. It will cover three of the
physiographic regions of Kentucky including
visits to Natural Bridge State Park and Red
River Gorge.

The two morning trips will give a choice be-
tween a visit to the United States Public Health

6

ASB Bulletin

######*###################+###############+############################+####*#+#######++#+#

IMPORTANT DEADLINES

Please note the following deadlines, all of which are to be met before our Twenty-second
Annual Meeting at the University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky, April 20-22, 1961.
Members can help facilitate plans for the meeting by sending in all requested material as far
in advance of the deadlines as possible. Because the time available for preparation of the pro-
gram and publication of abstracts is already at a minimum it will be necessary for the program
committee and the editor to adhere strictly to the deadline set; NO TITLES CAN BE AC-
CEPTED THEREAFTER.

February 11— Suggestions for nominations for ASB officers and executive committee members
(Blank 1),

February 18—' Titles and abstracts of papers to be presented at the Lexington, Kentucky, meet-
ing (Blank 4).

March 1— Applications for Goethe Awards to graduate students (See Page 8).

March 1— Papers to be considered for the Association Research Prize (See Page 7).

April 1— Applications for Phipps and Bird Research Fellowship at Mountain Lake (See Page

8).

April 1— Nomination letters for the Meritorious Award for Teaching (See Page 7).

THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS

(Founded 1937)

Purposes

The Association of Southeastern Biologists was organized
“ ... to encourage in the broadest and most liberal manner
the advancement of biology as a science by the promotion of
research in biology; by the increase and diffusion of knowl-
edge of biology; by emphasis of the relation of fundamental
knowledge of biology to the solution of biological problems;
by the preservation of biological resources; and by its meet-
ings, reports, discussions and publications to promote scientific
interests and inquiry, thereby adding to the health, happiness
and knowledge of all peoples.”

Eligibility for Membership

Any person is eligible for membership who is engaged in
(a) biological research, (b) the teaching of biological subjects,
(c) graduate study in the biological sciences, or (d) work in
the various fields of applied biology. Members, in general,
shall be residents of the Southeastern States. Any eligible
person recommended by two or more members in good stand-
ing may become a member upon payment of the annual dues
of two dollars and completion of this form. The annual dues
include a subscription to the ASB Bulletin.

Activities

1. Annual meetings in April at which the results of investi-
gations are presented for discussion, and at which appropriate
symposia may be conducted.

2. Quarterly publication of the A SB Bulletin containing
programs of annual meetings and abstracts of papers presented,
news of science and scientists in the Southeast, a record of
Association affairs and articles of regional or general timely
interest.

3. The discussion of subjects of general interest to biologists
of the Southeast and the formulation of policies and plans of
action in relation to such subjects.

4. Encouragement of research through research prizes
awarded for especially meritorious papers presented at the
annual meetings.

5. Presentation of a Meritorious Award for an outstanding
contribution to biology, especially in service to young people
through teaching.

6. The annual award of a research fellowship at the Moun-
tain Lake Biological Station.

7. Representation on the Council of the A A AS.

8. Affiliation with the AIBS, which entitles all members to
receive the AIBS Bulletin.

#########################♦#####**#**

'»»WW»WWW#WWW*W»»**#*WWWWWWWW#WWWWWWWWWWW*i

1. SUGGESTED NOMINEES FOR ASB OFFICES AND EXECUTIVE

COMMITTEE POSITIONS

To the members of the Nominating Committee:

I wish to suggest that you consider the following ASB members in selecting nominees for offices and
executive committee positions:

PRESIDENT-ELECT VICE-PRESIDENT

SECRETARY

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBERS (2 for 3-year terms)

Deadline: February 11

2. STATEMENT OF ASB DUES FOR 1961

Mail to: DR. HORTON H. HOBBS, JR.
Department of Biology
University of Virginia
Charlottesville, Va.

Your ASB dues of $2.00 for 1961 are now payable. This sum includes your subscription to the ASB
Bulletin for 1961. Please make your checks payable to the Association of Southeastern Biologists, and mail
to the treasurer with this statement at the address given below. Please be sure to write your name and
correct mailing address on this statement. The ASB constitution provides that members whose dues are in
arrears two years will automatically be dropped from membership. The Executive Committee has ruled that
members who are in arrears will not receive subsequent issues of the Bulletin until dues are paid.

NAME

ADDRESS

CITY

STATE

If retired, check here
If retiring within a year,
check here

DR. ELSIE QUARTERMAN
Department of Biology
Vanderbilt University
Nashville 5, Tennessee

3.

APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP
ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS

NAME (in full)

DEGREES (institutions and dates)

Date

(4)

( 2 ) Department
City, State

PRESENT POSITION: (1) Title
( 3 ) Institution
PREFERRED MAILING ADDRESS

SPECIALTY (e.g., physiology )

SPECIFIC INTEREST (e.g., respiration)

RECOMMENDED BY (1) (2)

Fill out this blank, enclose check (or money order) for $2.00 as dues for one year, and mail to:

DR. ELSIE QLTARTERMAN, Treasurer ASB, Dept, of Biology, Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville 5, Tenn.

4. Deadline: February 18 CALL FOR PAPERS FOR THE LEXINGTON MEETING

This form and two typewritten copies of the abstract must reach the Chairman of the Program Com-
mittee, Dr. John M. Carpenter, Department of Zoology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky, not
later than Saturday, February 18, if the title is to appear on the program or the abstract included among those
published in the April issue of the Bulletin. Papers to be submitted for the Research Prize must be included
in the program. Please type or print the following information. All papers are limited to 10 minutes, with
three minutes for discussion.

1. AUTHOR! S):

2. TITLE OF PAPER:

2. INSTITUTION! S) REPRESENTED:

4. Check organizations to which author! s) belong:

Association of Southeastern Biologists.

Southeastern Section, Botanical Society of America.

Southern Appalachian Botanical Club.

Society of General Physiologists, South Central and South Atlantic Regions.

5. Projection equipment needed: 2x2 slide projector; 3x4 slide projector;

other equipment:

6. If your paper is being submitted for the Association Research Prize, please check here:

7. This form must be accompanied by two double-spaced typewritten copies of an abstract, not to exceed

150 words. Longer abstracts are subject to cutting by the editor without the approval of the author.
Please use the following form in typing the heading in order to avoid excessive editing:

Dimorphism of Embryonic Hooks of Hymenolepis nana
Arthur W. Jones, University of Tennessee

Start the text of the abstract here, on a separate line with paragraph indentation.

In general the abstract should appear as a single paragraph, although two paragraphs
are acceptable if really needed.

8. Reprints: Reprints of individual abstracts are available at the rate of $3.00 for the first 200 and $1.00 for

each additional 100, postpaid. It is necessary to attach a check for the proper amount to this form and

send it along with the form and the two copies of the abstract. Checks should be made payable to the
Association of Southeastern Biologists. Orders for abstracts will not be entered unless payment accom-
panies the order.

Indicate here how many reprints of your abstract you want:

HOUSING RESERVATION COUPON

( Fill in and mail to hotel or motel of your choice, see page 6)

Please reserve the following accommodations for the 22nd Annual Meeting of the Association of South-
eastern Biologists, in Lexington 20-22 April 1961.

Single Room , Double-Bed Room , Twin-Bed Room

, , Rate , Number in

Party , Date of Arrival , Departure Date

(Give approximate hour, A.M. or P.M.)

Name

Please Print

Address

Because of the racing season , please make reservations early!

^iaCoyicat Sciences ^>cUCcU*ty
Tfativerteity ‘T^eutucAy

The Funkhouser Biological Sciences Building houses
the departments of Anatomy and Physiology , Botany,
Microbiology, and Zoology. It also contains the biology
library, the electron microscope, and the W . R. Allen
Museum of Zoology. Most of the papers at the Lexing-
ton Meeting will be scheduled in this building.

Service Narcotics Hospital on the outskirts of
Lexington or a visit to one of the local thorough-
bred farms.

The U.S.P.H. Service Hospital in Lexington is
unique as a free federal hospital for the treat-
ment of drug addiction and for research in this
field. It is the largest hospital of this type in the
world and one of two in the United States.

The famous Blue Grass Region surrounding
Lexington houses over 300 horse farms of which
many are world famous. A trip to one of the
famous breeding farms is scheduled.

General Information

1. Registration will be Thursday afternoon,
April 20, in the lobby of Memorial Hall on the
University campus and on Friday morning, April
21, in the lobby of the Funkhouser Biological
Sciences Building.

2. A fee of $1.00 will be charged for registra-
tion.

3. Plans are being made to hold all paper ses-
sions in the Funkhouser Biological Sciences
Building.

4. Lexington is not dry.

5. Lexington is served by three airlines: Delta
from Atlanta; Eastern from Louisville, and Pied-
mont, directly, from Charlotte, Charlottesville,
Raleigh-Durham, Richmond, Roanoke, Tri-City,
and Winston-Salem. The airport is 4Vz miles
west of town.

Two railroads also serve Lexington: The
Chesapeake and Ohio and the Southern. The
Greyhound Bus Line also services Lexington.

6. Inasmuch as the meeting occurs during the
local racing season, a section has been reserved
at the Keenland Race Course for those who may
desire to attend.

7. Free campus parking for ASB members will
be available at the Rose Street parking lot, which
is quite convenient to meeting activities.

Points of interest around Lexington

1. Ashland, home of Henry Clay.

2. Hunt Morgan Home, home of Thomas
Hunt Morgan, noted geneticist and Nobel Prize
winner.

3. Home of Mary Todd, wife of Abraham
Lincoln.

4. I. B. M. electric typewriter plant.

5. James E. Pepper Distillery.

6. Transylvania University, oldest institution of
higher learning west of the Alleganies.

7. Statue of Man O’ War, most famous thor-
oughbred in history.

8. Shrine Crippled Children’s Hospital.

9. Tobacco warehouses.

Meritorious Award Nominations

As in previous years, an honorarium of $100
has been made available by the Will Corporation
of Georgia, to be used as an award for the recog-
nition of especially meritorious teaching by a
member of the ASB. The regulations governing
the award are as follows:

“The recipient must be a member of the ASB
in good standing. He should have taught biol-
ogy in a southern institution for at least ten years,
and must be currently teaching. He must not
be a dean or have regular administrative duties
beyond the department level ( this particular
criterion requiring interpretation in individual
cases ) . Among evidences of his qualifications is
the progress of the candidate as indicated by
recognition in his own institution (important
assignments and other contributions specifically
related to good teaching); and the number and
quality of students for whom he provided pri-
marily the inspiration to continue in biology,
especially those who later received advanced
degrees.”

Past recipients of the Meritorious Award for
Teaching are as follows:

1952. Dr. Mary Stuart MacDougall (Agnes Scott)

1953. Dr. Orland E. White (Univ. of Virginia)

1954. Dr. Woolford B. Baker ( Emory )

1955. Dr. John N. Couch (Univ. of North Carolina)

1956. Dr. Hugo L. Blomquist (Duke)

1957. Dr. Ezda Deviney (Florida State)

1958. Dr. Henry R. Totten (Univ. of North Carolina)

1959. Dr. Margaret Hess (Winthrop College)

1960. Dr. Ora C. Bradbury (Wake Forest College)

In these times in which so much is heard about
teaching, it is particularly important that excel-
lence in teaching should be rewarded and publi-
cized in every way possible. Members of the
ASB are urged to make nominations and send
the needed supporting materials to Roberta Love-
lace, Department of Zoology, University of South
Carolina, Columbia, S. C.

COMMITTEE

C. C. Goodchild
William J. Koch
Roberta Lovelace, Chairman

Association Research Prize

The rules and regulations governing the annual
Association Research Prize of $100.00, sponsored
by the Carolina Biological Supply Company,
Elon College, North Carolina, are as follows:

1. The Research Prize is to be awarded for an
especially meritorious paper actually presented
at the annual meeting.

2. Only members are eligible to submit papers
in competition for the Research Prize. This ap-

Vol. 8, No. 1, January 1961

7

plies to all names on the submitted paper. Appli-
cants for membership are not eligible to submit
papers for the Research Prize.

3. Papers submitted in competition may be in
press but must not have been published prior to
March 1 of the year of the current competition.

4. Judges will be eminent biologists outside
the Southeast. They will set their own criteria,
and may withhold the award if no paper is
judged to have sufficient merit.

5. Papers must be submitted in triplicate and
in their entirety not later than March 1, 1961, to
Ralph Yerger, Department of Zoology, Florida
State University, Tallahassee, Fla. One copy of
the prize-winning paper will remain in the ASB
files, but all other copies will be returned to the
authors as soon as possible.

6. Announcement of the winner of the Re-
search Prize will be made at the annual meeting.

Phipps and Bird Research Fellowship

A Research Fellowship of $150.00 for summer
research at Mountain Lake Biological Station of
the University of Virginia has been continued
through the generosity of the Phipps and Bird
Company of Richmond, Virginia. Any member
of the Association may submit an application.
The application should be accompanied by a sum-
mary of the planned work, by a list of impor-
tant publications, and, especially in the case of
younger workers, by references and educational
data. Applications should be sent to Ralph Yer-
ger, Department of Zoology, Florida State Uni-
versity, Tallahassee, Fla., not later than April 1,
1961. The selection will be made by the Research
and Awards Committee of the ASB in consulta-
tion with the Director of the Mountain Lake
Biological Station. The announcement of the re-
cipient will be made at the annual meeting of
the ASB.

COMMITTEE

Charles Jenner
Victor Cutter
Ralph Yerger, Chairman

Mary Glide Goethe Travel Awards

For the fourth year there will be funds avail-
able through the generosity of Mr. C. M. Goethe
for assistance to graduate students for expenses
in connection with the annual ASB meetings, to
be held this year in Lexington, Kentucky, April
20-22. It is anticipated that most of the awards
will be for maintenance (lodging and meals),
and departments are urged to provide travel
allowances for their graduate students or to in-
vite them to travel in cars with staff members.
Some travel allowances may be awarded by the
committee to those living most distant from Lex-
ington.

Staff members are requested to call to the at-
tention of qualified students in their respective
institutions the availability of these awards. If
there is more than one applicant from a depart-
ment, the Goethe committee may request the
department to aid the committee’s selection by
ranking the applicants.

Any graduate student needing financial assist-
ance in order to attend the 1961 meeting of the
Southeastern Biologists is eligible. Rules for
making application for the Goethe Awards are as
follows:

1. Indicate if application is being made for
maintenance or travel or both. Give details,
such as total sum requested, how many nights ;
and davs are involved, if travel allowance is re- j
quested, the number of miles involved and the
proposed method of transportation, and any other
pertinent information.

2. Give information as to whether or not a
paper is being presented by the applicant.

3. In a paragraph, give a brief history of your
education to date, of how many years you have
been— and plan to be— in graduate school, of vour
major field or fields of interest, of any publica-
tions which have appeared or which may be in
preparation, and any other pertinent professional
details. Give information on marital status and
number of children.

4. Give your source or sources of support
while in graduate school such as G.I. Bill, N.S.F.,
N.I.H., teaching assistantship, etc.

5. Have your major professor or departmental
head write a letter supporting your application.

6. Applications and supporting letters, both in
triplicate, should be in the hands of J. M. Car-
penter, Department of Zoology, University of
Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky, by March 1,
1961. Applicants will be notified of the decision
of the Committee during March.

COMMITTEE
R. B. Short
Joseph O’Kelly
J. M. Carpenter, Chairman

8

ASB Bulletin

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

Dr. William Burbanck, Professor of Biology at Emory
University, spent the fall working on his research at
Woods Hole, Massachusetts.

Dr. Lee Weeks, Professor of Biology at The Berry
Schools, Mount Berry, Georgia, attended the NSF Insti-
tute of Genetics at North Garolina State College, June
14-July 21, 1960.

Dr. Kenneth Hancock, who received his Ph.D. in Bot-
any from the University of Alabama in June, I960, has
joined the staff of the Biology Department of the Berry-
Schools, Mount Berry, Georgia.

Dr. Geoffrey M. Jeffery, former Editor of the ASB
Bulletin, was awarded the Bailey K. Ashford Award in
Tropical Medicine in 1959. The work for which Dr.
Jeffery was given the award involved no specific project,
but a paper presented in response to the award was pub-
lished last year in the American Journal of Tropical
Medicine and Hygiene. When he received the award,
Dr. Jeffery was associated with the U. S. Public Health
Service Laboratory at Columbia, S. C. He has recently
moved to Milford. Connecticut.

Geoffrey M. Jeffery

The Bailey K. Ashford Award in Tropical Medicine is
sponsored by Eli Lilly and Company for presentation to
young scientists who have distinguished themselves by
their contributions to fundamental research and who
have shown originality and independence of thought.
The award is named in honor of Bailey K. Ashford
( 1873-1934), an officer in the Medical Corps of the U. S.

Army who contributed to the advance of public health
by his work on hookworm.

Dr. John Allen Boole, Jr., Chairman, Division of Science
and Mathematics, Georgia Southern College, Statesboro,
Ga., recently attended the NSF sponsored Conference for
College Teachers of Genetics at Colorado State Uni-
versity.

Dr. Burton J. Bogitsh, Associate Professor of Biology,
Georgia Southern College, Statesboro, Ga., has received
83,400 from the National Institutes of Health to continue
his work on the histochemistry of parasitic cysts.

Dr. Wade T. Batson, Department of Biology, Univer-
sity of South Carolina, has received a grant of $3,000
from the South Carolina State Water Pollution Authority
to study the algae in disposal lagoons.

Mr. Donald Dobbs of the Wofford College Biology
Department is on a two-year leave to complete his Ph.D.
He is working in parasitology at Emory University.

Dr. Harold Robinson recently joined the staff of the
Wofford College Biology Department in a temporary
capacity during the absence of Mr. Dobbs.

Dr. Hugo Ferchau of Wofford College has recently
received a grant of $14,400 from the National Science
Foundation to work on the mycorrhizae of pine. Dr.
Ferchau will be joined by two European botanists in the
summer of 1961.

Mr. Edward Tyson, a graduate student in the Depart-
ment of Biological Sciences at Florida State University,
and his co-author Mr. Dick Harlow, presented a paper
at the 13th annual meeting of The Wildlife Society in
Baltimore. The paper, “A Preliminary Report on the Ef-
fect of Mast Abundance on the Weight and Reproduc-
tion of Deer in Central Florida,” has been judged first
place. A certificate of award will be presented to the
authors by the society.

Professor Clyde T. Reed, Head of the Department of
Biology at the University of Tampa, retired from the po-
sition in September, 1960. Professor Reed will remain
on the teaching staff. Dr. Charles R. Walker, Jr. has
succeeded Professor Reed as head.

Mr. Elmer A. Youngman has resigned his position as
assistant professor of Biology at the University of Tampa
to become Curator of Mammals in the Canadian Na-
tional Museum at Ottawa, Canada.

Dr. William Jennings has recently resigned from the
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service to accept employment
with the Florida State Board of Health. Dr. Jennings
will be working throughout Florida on wildlife diseases,
particularly rabies.

Game management personnel of the Florida Game and
Fresh Water Fish Commission have recently won five of
the first six annual awards for “best publications” offered
by the Southeastern Section of the Wildlife Society.
Among these award winners were: Richard F. Harlow,
for his publication “An Evaluation of White-tailed Deer
Habitat in Florida”; James A. Powell as co-author with
J. L. Sincock, for publication entitled “An Ecological
Study of Waterfowl Areas in Central Florida”; and C.
M. Loveless, for best paper entitled “Clinoing Study
Techniques in Marsh Ecology Investigations.”

Vol. 8, No. 1, January 1961

9

Miss Charlotte Bebb, formerly of the University of
Alabama Medical Center in Birmingham, Alabama, will
join the staff of the Department of Biological Sciences at
Florida State University as Electron Microscopist in
January, 1961.

Dr. A. Gib DeBusk of the Department of Biological
Sciences at Florida State University has received a one
year contract from the AEC, for studies on the molecular
basis of “forward and hack” mutation. Cultures of
Neurospora from Dr. DeBusk’s laboratory were exposed
and recovered from a 1200 mile flight for 26 minutes
into the lower Van Allen radiation belt. Dr. DeBusk
also attended a meeting on “Biological and Medical As-
pects of the Energies of Space” recently held at the
School of Aviation Medicine in San Antonio, Texas.

F. P. Aldridge, Instructor of Biology at Florence State
College, Florence, Ala., participated in the Summer In-
stitute for College Teachers Research Participation pro-
gram at Vanderbilt University in 1960. He assisted Dr.
R. B. Channell in research on a taxonomic revision of the
sedges.

Dr. A. L. Hershey, Professor of Biology at Florence
State College. Florence, Ala., served as president of the
Alabama Wildlife Federation during 1960.

Dr. F. S. Arant, head of the Zoology-Entomology De-
partment of Auburn University School of Agriculture,
was elected president of the Entomological Society of
America at its recent meeting in Atlantic City, N. J.

Dr. B. Wayne Arthur of Auburn University is one of
the five scientists invited to represent the United States
at an international symposium on radioisotopes and radi-
ation in entomology held in Bombay, India, last Decem-
ber. The symposium was sponsored by the International
Atomic Energy Commission.

Dr. James L. Riopel. Assistant Professor of Biology at
the University of Virginia, lias been named Director of
Mountain Lake Biological Station of the University of
Virginia.

Ella D. Morris, Assistant Professor of Biology, Spring
Ilil! College, was elected national secretary of Lambda
Tau Medical Technology Society at its Atlantic City
N. J. meeting last June. Mrs. Morris was also elected the
first honorary member of the Alabama Association of
Medical Technologists at their October 1960 meeting in
Birmingham, Ala.

Father Patrick H. Yancey, chairman of the Depart-
ment of Biology at Spring Hill College, served on a
panel of the National Science Foundation for screening
proposals for undergraduate research. He has also been
apnointed to the Committee on Undergraduate Research
of the AAAS.

Dr. A. Frederick Hemphill, Assistant Professor of Bi-
ology at Spring Hill College, received his doctorate from
the University of Alabama in June.

Dr. Hansell F. Cross is the new head of the Hunting-
don College Biology Department. Dr. Cross comes from
Northeast Louisiana State College where he was Associ-
ate Professor of Biolocy. He received the Ph.D. degree
from the Universitv of Maryland, and is the recipient of
a grant of $18,000 from the National Institutes of Health
for work on the secretion of the chigger, Trombicula
splendens.

Dr. Paul A. Walker of the Department of Biology,
Randolph-Macon Women’s College, Lynchburg, Virginia,
has spent the first semester of the 1960-61 academic year
on sabbatical leave at the Athenaeum of the University
of California at Pasadena working with Drs. Beadle and
Horowitz on a problem in Neurospora genetics. He will
return to his home institution in mid-January of 1961.

Dr. Brooke B. Webber is a new member of the staff of
the Department of Zoology and Entomology at the Uni-
versity of Tennessee. Dr. Webber received his Ph.D. at
Yale and has come to U.T. from the Oak Ridge National
Laboratory where he was a member of the Biology
Division.

Dr. Matti Al-Aish, Dr. Sandra L. Bell, Dr. Alan S.
Heilman, and Dr. Edward Clebsch have recently joined
the staff of the Botany Department of the University of
Tennessee.

Mr. Marvin Scott has been appointed research assist-
ant to Robert T. Brumfield at Longwood College. Mr.
Scott is a graduate of Hampden-Sydney College and is
on leave of absence from the public schools of Lynch-
burg, Virginia.

Dr. L. R. Hesler, Emeritus Dean of the College of
Liberal Arts and Professor of Botany, University of Ten-
nessee, spent several weeks in September and October,
1960, visiting mycologists and mycological herbaria in
Europe.

Dr. A. J. Sharp, head of the Botany Department of
the University of Tennessee, taught Bryology and Lichen-
ology at the University of Michigan Biological Station.
In October he attended the First Botanical Congress in
Mexico City, where he presented an invited paper on the
migration of plants from eastern Asia to North America
in the Tertiary Era.

Dr. Charles Norman and Dr. Erwin Goldberg, Depart-
ment of Biology, West Virginia University, and Dr. I. D.
Porter, Department of Dairy Husbandry, West Virginia
University, have received three grants totaling $23,500
for two research projects. The National Institutes of
Health contributed $18,549 and the National Association
of Artificial Breeders, $1,800, for a continuation of a
study of the physiology and biochemistry of mammalian
germ cells. The National Institutes of Health also con-
tributed $4,870 for a second investigation on the elimi-
nation of vibrio fetus from frozen bovine semen.

Dr. R. L. Hoffman has joined the Biology Department
of Radford College as associate professor. He was for-
merly research associate with the U. S. National Mu-
seum, serving in Washington, D. C. and Europe.

Mr. D. H. Messersmith, assistant professor, has rejoined
the Biology Department. Radford College, after a one-
year leave of absence spent in candidacy for the Ph.D
at V.P.I. Mr. Messersmith is studying the biology and
distribution of Culicoides in Virginia and the relation-
ship of Culicoides to infectious synovitis in poultry.

Dr. Carolyn Wells, formerly of Oak Ridge National
Laboratory, has been appointed assistant professor of
biology at Longwood College. Dr. Wells assumed her
duties in September, 1960, giving courses in genetics,
embryology, and physiology. Her research, supported
by the Atomic Energy Commission, is in the field of
radiation biology, using Tetralujmena as the test object.

10

ASB Bulletin

Dr. and Mrs. Orland E. White returned to Charlottes-
ville, Virginia, on October 12 from a twelve-week bio-
logical expedition involving more than 6,000 miles of
travel in Tanganyika, Kenya, and Uganda, British East
Africa. Most of the mountain masses and animal parks
were visited and over 800 kodachromes were taken.

Dr. Miriam F. Bennett is on sabbatical leave from
Sweet Briar College during the current session. She is
studying biological rhythmicity at the Max-Plank Insti-
tute for Verhaltenphysiologie at Tubingen, Germany.

Dr. Jane Belcher has resumed her work at Sweet Briar
College after a sabbatical leave during which she studied
the embryology of Xerapus at University College, Ibadan,
Nigeria.

Professor Miser Richmond has been made Acting Plead
of the Department of Biology at Tennessee Polytechnic
Institute. He is replacing Dr. G. B. Pennebaker, who
will devote full time to his duties as Director of the
School of Arts and Sciences.

Dr. John Warren has been appointed Associate Profes-
sor of Biology at Tennessee Polytechnic Institute. He
received his Ph.D. in Microbiology and Botany at Ohio
State University in 1950 and was on the faculty at Duke
University for six years. He has done extensive research
on plant diseases in the tropics for the past four years.

Dr. William J. Koch, Department of Botany, Univer-
sity of North Carolina, attended the Phillips Electron
Microscope School in New York last November.

Dr. Francis Byers, formerly Chairman of the Biologi-
cal Sciences Department and Professor of Biology at the
University of Florida, is now Chairman of the Division
of Natural Sciences at Elmira College, Elmira, N. Y.

Institutions and Organizations

A summer institute for college teachers in the form of
a course entitled Survey in the Marine Sciences will be
held at the Duke Marine Laboratory during the second
summer session of 1961, July 19 to August 23. The in-
stitute is sponsored by the National Science Foundation.
Any college teacher interested in taking part in this in-
stitute should write Dr. F. John Vernberg, Duke Marine
Laboratory , Beaufort, N. C. or Dr. Flarold J. Humm, De-
partment of Botany, Duke University, Durham.

Construction began on a new Science Building for
Troy State Teachers College, Troy, Alabama, in October
of this year. The new building will house facilities for

biology, chemistry, physics, and science education. It is
a three-story building of approximately 35,000 square
feet of floor space. In addition to classrooms and labo-
ratories, the building includes office space for twelve sci-
ence department staff members, a small auditorium-class-
room which will seat one hundred and twenty persons,
exhibit areas, storage space and research, study, and ref-
erence rooms. Present plans call for completion of the
building by August and installation of equipment by
September, 1961. Upon completion of the building, the
science department will increase its offerings, particularly
in the field of physics and chemistry. The Alabama
Academy of Science is scheduled to meet in the new
building in the Spring of 1962.

As part of a continent-wide cooperative effort to acquire
greater knowledge of the marine mammals of North
American waters, four southeastern biologists are investi-
gating and identifying whales, dolphins, porpoises, seals,
and manatees which become stranded on coasts of south-
eastern states. The program, which was established
recently, is being carried on by the Committee on Marine
Mammals of the American Society of Mammalogists.
The four participants from the southeast are: Dr. Nor-
man C. Negus, Assistant Professor of Zoology at Tulane
University, who is responsible for the coastal sector in-
cluding all of the Gulf of Mexico except Florida; Dr.
James N. Layne, Assistant Professor of Biology at the
University of Florida, who is garnering records from the
entire coast of Florida; Dr. Frank B. Golley, Assistant
Professor of Zoology at the University of Georgia, who
has the coastal sector from Georgia to Cape Hatteras;
and Mr. John L. Paradiso, Systematic Zoologist, U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, U. S. National Museum, who
is responsible for the coastal area from Cape Hatteras
through Maryland.

The Biology Department of Wofford College, along
with the Chemistry and Physics Departments, has re-
cently moved into a new science building. This build-
ing, to be dedicated on February 7, 1961, will be named
the Millikan Science Building in honor of Mr. Roger
Millikan, textile executive.

Georgia Southern College will hold its first Summer
Institute for High School Teachers of Science and Mathe-
matics from June 12 to July 20, 1961. Dr. Burton J.
Bogitsh will serve as Director and have charge of the
course in zoology. Dr. John Allen Boole, Jr., Professor
of Biology, will teach the course in botany.

The Department of Biological Sciences of Florida
State University will hold a Summer Institute for teachers
of high school and junior college biology during the
summer of 1961. The institute, sponsored by the Na-
tional Science Foundation, will be administered by Dr.
Grace Madsen of the Department.

The Biology Department of the University of Alabama
has signed a contract with the Alabama Department of
Conservation to operate the Marine Laboratory at Cedar
Point. The facilities will be used to conduct both basic
and applied research in Marine Biology, and will also be
used in the academic program of the Biology Depart-
ment. Mr. Jack Mallory, is the resident biologist as-
signed to the laboratory. Professor Everett L. Bishop
will conduct coursework in Marine biology during the
summer of 1961.

Vanderbilt University has received a grant of $4 000.000
from the Ford Foundation and is beginning a public
campaign for a total of $30 000 000 to be raised over the
next three years. One of the projects for which funds
are sought is a new science center to house several of
the science departments of the university.

Vol. 8, No. 1, January 1961

11

A Summer Institute in Radiation Biology for High
School Teachers of the sciences will be held at Florida
State University during the 1961 Summer Session. Dr.
Charles W. Edington of the Department of Biological
Sciences will be in charge of the program. The Institute
is jointly sponsored by the Atomic Energy Commission
and the National Science Foundation.

The Division of Physiology of the Department of
Biological Sciences at Florida State University has re-
ceived a Graduate Student Training Grant for $83,750
irom the National Institutes of Health. Dr. Harry J.
Lipner of the department will be in charge.

The Department of Botany of the University of North
Carolina has received a grant of $5,200 from the Atomic
Energy Commission to set up an isotope teaching labora-
tory. Dr. Max H. Hommersand will offer a course in
Radioisotope Tracer Techniques this spring.

The American Society of Plant Taxonomy has an-
nounced the election of Dr. A. J. Sharp, University of
Tennessee, as President and of Dr. R. F. Thorne, Uni-
versity of Iowa, to the Council.

Grants in Aid

The Division of Biological and Medical Sciences of the
National Science Foundation announces that the next
closing date for receipt of basic research proposals in the
Life Sciences is January 15, 1961. Proposals received
prior to that date will be reviewed at the spring meet-
ings of the Foundation’s advisory panels and disposition
will be made approximately four months following the
closing date. Proposals received after the January 15,
1961, closing date will be reviewed following the sum-

mer closing date of May 15, 1961. The next closing
date for submission of proposals for specialized biological
facilities is March 1, 1961.

The NSF has two programs for support of facilities,
one for general graduate level university laboratories and
the other for specialized biological facilities. The latter
are defined as discrete research installations which are
unique, one-of-a-kind, or at least less than ordinary in
that they are not a usual part of a university department
and may represent either new ventures or the more tra-
ditional establishments. Inquiries should be addressed to
the National Science Foundation, Washington 25, D. C.

The Mountain Lake Biological Station has available,
from the National Science Foundation, three types of
awards for research and study at the Station: Post-Doc-
torates, for research; Pre-Doctorates, for supervised re-
search; and Post-Graduates, for training in field or labo-
ratory research techniques, thus permitting course work.
Application blanks for these awards may be secured from
the Director, Mountain Lake Biological Station, Depart-
ment of Biology, University of Virginia, and must be i
submitted by April 1, 1961.

The National Science Foundation announces that March
1, 1961, is the next closing date for the receipt of pro-
posals in the Graduate Laboratory Development Pro-
gram. Proposals received after March 1 will be reviewed
following the next closing date, September 1, 1961. This
program requires at least 50% participation by the insti-
tution with funds derived from non-Federal sources. The !
purpose of the grants is to aid institutions of higher edu-
cation in modernizing, renovating, or expanding gradu-
ate-level basic research laboratories used by staff mem-
bers and graduate students. Only departments having
an on-going graduate training program leading to the I
doctoral degree in science at the time of the proposal
submission are eligible at present. Proposals and addi- 5
tional information should be addressed to Office of Insti-
tutional Programs, National Science Foundation, Wash-
ington 25, D. C.

12

ASB Bulletin

Volume 8, Number 2

April, 1961

Memorial Hall— University of Kentucky

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

Volume 8, Number 2 — April 1961

CONTENTS

Program of the 22nd Annual Meeting of the Association
of Southeastern Biologists 15

Cover photograph: Memorial
Hall, University of Kentucky.
This building is the University
Auditorium. It seats about 1100
persons, and is equipped with
a pipe organ and a carillon.
Registration on Thursday, April
20, will be held in the lobby.
The photograph was supplied
by the Public Relations De-
partment of the University of
Kentucky.

Items of Interest: Lexington Meeting

19

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 22nd Annual Meet-
ing of the Association of Southeastern Biologists .... 21

News of Biology in the Southeast

35

THE ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna. Changes of address
should be sent promptly to the Secretary
of the ASB, Dr. Harold J. Humm, Depart-
ment of Botany, Duke University, Dur-
ham, N. C. Subscription orders from li-
braries and other institutions should be
sent to the Business Manager, Dr. Elsie
Quarterman, Department of Biology, Van-
derbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. Sub-
scription rate for non-members of the
ASB: $2.00 per year. Printing and typog-
raphy by the Wickersham Printing Co.,
Lancaster, Penna.

Application to mail at second-class post-
age rates is pending at Philadelphia, Pa.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

Harold J. Humm, Associate Editor
Elsie Quarterman, Business Manager

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida State
University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College

North Carolina — William J. Koch, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Winthrop
College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Officers of the A. S. B.

President — Victor A. Greulach, University
of North Carolina

Retiring President — Horton H. Hobbs, Jr.,
University of Virginia

President-Elect — Royal E. Shanks, Uni-
versity of Tennessee

Vice-President — Walter S. Flory, Univer-
sity of Virginia

Secretary — Harold J. Humm, Duke Uni-
versity

Treasurer — Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt
University

Executive Committee — William Burbanck,
Emory University; James H. Gregg,
University of Florida; Eugene P.
Odum, University of Georgia; Robert
B. Short, Florida State University;
B. Theodore Cole, University of South
Carolina; Charles E. Jenner, Univer-
sity of North Carolina. All officers
are ex officio members of the execu-
tive committee.

14

ASB Bulletin

Program of the 22nd Annual Meeting of
the Association of Southeastern Biologists

V Joint Meeting with the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, Southern Appa-
achian Botanical Club, the South Central and South Atlantic Regions of the Society of General
Physiologists, the Southeastern Section of the Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, and the
Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta National Honorary Biological Society— held at the Univer-
iity of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky, April 20-22, 1961.

THURSDAY, APRIL 20

2:00 p.m. -7:45 p.m. registration. Lobby of Memorial Hall.

8:00 p.m. -9:30 p.m. general session. Auditorium, Memorial Hall. Victor A. Greulach, Presiding.

Address of Welcome: Frank G. Dickey, President, University of Kentucky.

Response: Victor A. Greulach, University of North Carolina, President of Association of South-
eastern Biologists.

Symposium: “ Control Mechanisms in Invertebrates.” Sponsored by the Society of General
Physiologists and the Association of Southeastern Biologists.

Introduction

Samuel R. Tipton, University of Tennessee
“ Control of Pigmentary Effectors”

Milton Fingerman, Tulane University
‘‘Some Recent Advances in Insect Endocrinology”

Dietrich Bodenstein, University of Virginia
‘‘Invertebrate Contributions to the Analysis of Organized Systems of Neurons”

Theodore H. Bulloch, University of California at Los Angeles

The symposium will be followed by a smoker at the new University of Kentucky Medical Center.
Tours of the Center will be available for those interested. Medical students and members of Alpha
Epsilon Delta (premedical honor society) will serve as guides.

FRIDAY, APRIL 21

FRIDAY MORNING Animal Physiology and Development.—

8:00 a. m. -12: 00 noon, registration. Lobby of Funk-
houser Biological Sciences Building.

8:00 a. m. -12:00 noon, exhibits. Room 12, Funkhouser
Biological Sciences Building.

8:30 a.m. -11:20 a.m. paper sessions.

Animal Ecology. — Room B-3, Funkhouser
Biological Sciences Building.

Animal Physiology and Development.—
Room B-8, Funkhouser Biological Sciences
Building.

Algology -Mycology. — Room 211, Funk-
houser Biological Sciences Building.

Plant Physiology. — Room 319, Funkhouser
Biological Sciences Building.

11:30 a.m. -12: 30 p.m. business meeting. Association
of Southeastern Biologists. Room 200, Funk-
houser Biological Sciences Building.

FRIDAY AFTERNOON

1 :00 p.m. -5:00 p.m. exhibits. Room 12, Funkhouser
Biological Sciences Building.

2:00 p.m. -4: 30 p.m. paper sessions.

General Ecology. — Room B-3, Funkhouser
Biological Sciences Building.

SATURDAY,

SATURDAY MORNING

8:30 a.m. field trips.

Botanical Field Trip to Raven Run, 10 mi.
southeast of Lexington on U. S. Highway
25.

Zoological Field Trip to Red River Gorge,
120 miles round trip.

8:00 a.m.- 12:00 noon. beta beta beta general

MEETING AND PAPER SESSIONS.

8:00 a.m. General Meeting — Room 125,
Funkhouser Biological Sciences
Building.

Room 8, Funkhouser Biological Sciences
Building.

Cytogenetics. — Room 211, Funkhouser Bio-
logical Sciences Building.

Systematic Botany .—Room 319, Funkhouser
Biological Sciences Building.

FRIDAY EVENING

5:00 p.m. -6:30 p.m. open house. Spindletop Mansion.
7:00 p.m. -8:00 p.m. buffet. Spindletop Mansion.

8:00 p.m. general session. Spindletop Mansion.

Presiding: Dr. Victor A. Greulach, Presi-
dent, Association of Southeastern Biologists.
Address: “Functional Organization of Primi-
tive Nervous Systems.” Theodore H. Bul-
loch, UCLA.

Presentation of Awards:

Mt. Lake Biological Station Fellowship.

Sponsored by Phipps and Bird, Inc.
Association Research Prize.

Sponsored by Carolina Biological Sup-
ply Co.

Meritorious Teaching Award.

Sponsored by Will Corp. of Georgia.

APRIL 22

Paper Sessions — Room 125 and
Room 211, Funkhouser Biologi-
cal Sciences Building, following
the General Meeting.

9:00 a.m. guided tours.

Tours will be available, for those inter-
ested, to the following points:

1. Thoroughbred Horse Farms.

2. U. S. Public Health Service Narcotics
Hospital.

Vol. 8, No. 2, April 1961

15

SCHEDULE OF PAPER SESSIONS

FRIDAY MORNING— APRIL 21, 8:30 A.M.

Animal Ecology

Room B-3 Funkhouser Biological Sciences Building

Presiding: John A. Wallwork, University of Kentucky

8:30 1.

8:43 2.

8:56 3.

9:09 4.

9:22 5.

9:35 6.

9:48 7.

10:01 8.

10:14 9.

10:27 10.
10:40 11.
10:53 12.

11:06 13.

Kuehne, Robert A. (Univ. of Kentucky).
Fish Distribution in a Small Stream System
of Eastern Kentucky.

Freeman, John A. (Winthrop College). Ob-
servations of Temperature Adaptation of Gold-
fish and P-32 Distribution.

Lautenschlager, E. W. (Univ. of Virginia).
Uptake of P-32 by the Snail, Australorbis
glabratus.

Pierce, E. Lowe (Univ. of FJorida). The
Distribution, Growth and Reproduction of
Lancelots in the Cedar Key Area.

Gordon, Robert E. ( Univ. of Notre Dame
and the Highlands Biol. Sta. ). Comparative
Studies of Locomotive Activity in Appa-
lachian Salamanders.

Hamon, J. Hill (Jacksonville Univ.). Bird
Remains from a Sioux Indian Midden.

Edney, J. M. (Univ. of Kentucky). The Life
History of Fasciola indica.

Holliman, Rhodes B. and Robert B. Short
(Florida State Univ.). Studies on a New
Avian Schistome in the Austrobilharzia.
Harkima, Reinard and Grover C. Miller
( North Carolina State Coll. ) . A New Stri-
goid Trematode, Diplostomidae alariinae.
Barr, Thomas C. ( Tennessee Polytechnic
Institute). The Fauna of Mammoth Cave.
Wallwork, John A. (Univ. of Kentucky).
Oribatid Mites and the Soil Community.
Westfall, Minter J., Jr. and Richard P.
Trogdon ( Univ. of Florida and Judson Col-
lege). The True Consanguis Selys (Odonata:
Gomphidae ) .

McCrone, John D. (Univ. of Florida). A
Study of the Geolycosa, Pike Complex in the
Southeastern U. S.

Animal Physiology and Development

Room B-

8:30 14.

8:45 15.

9:00 16.

9:15 17.
9:30 18.

9:45 19.

10:00 20.

10:15 21.

10:30 22.

10:45 23.

11:00 24.

8 Funkhouser Biological Sciences Building
Presiding: Douglas C. Humm

Yarbrough, James D. and Joseph C. O’Kel-
ley ( Univ. of Alabama ) . Alkaline Earth
Elements and Their Avoidance.

Young, Martin D. ( Parasite Chemotherapy
Laboratory, Columbia, South Carolina).
Chloroquine Resistance in Plasmodium fal-
ciparum.

Cole, B. Theodore and N. G. Anderson
(Biol. Div. Oak Ridge National Laboratory).
Fatty Acids from Lipids of Rat Liver.

Goss, Robert C. (Loyola Univ.). The Use
of Plants in Cancer Research.

Foreman, Charles W. (Pfeiffer College).
Comparative Aspects of Tryptic Peptides of
Several Mammalian Hemoglobins.

Parrish, Fred K. and Joanna W. Parrish
(Emory Univ.). The Developmental Effects
of Lithium Chloride Applied to Selected Sur-
face Regions of the Eggs of Nussarius vibex
and N. obsoleta.

Moore, Jack H., Richard Thomson, and
Charles A. Kelly ( Southern Reserve Insti-
tute). The Utilization of Transplantable
Hamster Tumors as Experimental Tools.
Cardell, Robert R., Jr. ( Henry Ford Hos-
pital, Detroit, Michigan). Observations of
Structures and Ultrastructures of the Pitui-
tary Glands of the Salamander, Triturus viri-
descens.

Nagabushanam, R. and Milton Fingerman
(Newcomb College and Tulane Univ. Marine
Laboratory). Physiology of the Proximal
Retinal Pigment of the Shrimp, Crangon sep-
temspinosus.

Rawls, John M. (LTniv. of Florida). A Par-
tial Characterization of the Jellyfish Splitting
Enzyme of Sand Dollar Spermatozoa.
Thomson, Richard (Southern Research In-
stitute, Birmingham, Alabama). Isocaloric
Synthetic Diets as Inhibitors of Experimental
Neoplasms.

Algology - Mycology

Room 211 Funkhouser Biological Sciences Building
Presiding: Frederick T. Wolf, Vanderbilt Lhiiversity

8:30 25. Wolf, Frederick T. (Vanderbilt Univ.).

Growth Inhibition of Chlorella Induced by
3-Amino-l,2,4-Triazole and Its Reversal by
Purines.

9:00 26. Umphlett, Clyde J. and John Couch (Univ.

of North Carolina). Germination of the Rest-
ing Sporangium of Coelomyces.

9:15 27. McDonald, James C. and John E. Peter-
son (Wake Forest). Fruiting Body Germina-
tion and Formation in the Genus Archangium.

9:30 28. Miller, Charles E. ( Texas A & M). Aquatic
Phycomycetes of Lake Texoma.

9:45 29. Koch, William J. (Univ. of North Caro-
lina). Fungus Motile Cells.

10:00 30.
10:15 31.
10:30 32.

10:45 33.
11:00 34.

Frederick, Lafayette (Southern Univ.).
Studies of Leaf Fungi from Louisiana.
Mullins, Thomas (Univ. of Florida). The
Chytrid Pringsheimiella Is Dictyomorpha.
Williams, Louis G. (R. A. Taft Engr. Cen-
ter, Cincinnati, Ohio). Composition of the
Phytoplankton Populations of Major Water-
ways.

Humm, Harold J. (Duke Univ.). The Ma-
rine Algae of Bimini, Bahamas.

Edwards, Jackie and Walter Herndon
(Univ. of Alabama). A New Ulotriehacean
Alga.

16

ASB Bulletin

Plant Physiology

Room 319 Funkhouser Biological Sciences Building
Presiding: Carl E. Henrickson

8:30 35. Burk, Carl John ( Univ. of North Carolina).

Environmental Aeration in Heterotheca sub-
axillaris.

8:45 36. Queen, William H. and Joseph B. O’Kel-
ley (Univ. of Alabama). Influence upon
Root Development in Maize Seedlings of a
Strontium Replacement for Calcium in the
Nutrient Solution.

9:00 37. Brumfield, Robert T. and Marvin W. Scott
( Longvvood College). The Effect of Nucleic
Acid Components on Root Growth and Geo-
tropism.

9:15 38. Caplenor, Donald (Millsaps). Competition
between Helenium amarum Raf., H. Rock
and Certain Grasses at Various Levels of
Mineral Nutrition.

9:30 39. Griffith, Mildred M. and Robert D. Pow-
ell (Univ. of Florida). The Time Course
of Cell Enlargement and Leaf Growth as
Affected by Kinetin and Red Light.

9:45 40. Plummer, Gayther L. (Univ. of Georgia).

Aspects of the Physiological Tolerance of
Some Clovers to Gamma Radiation of the
Seeds.

10:00 41. Beck, Edwin G. (Univ. of Georgia). The
Percentage Distribution of Mineral Elements
in Certain Leaf Cells.

10:15 42. Won Kyum Kim and Victor A. Greulach
(Univ. of North Carolina). Influence of
Maleic Hydrazide on the Growth and Me-
tabolism of Chlorella.

10:30 43. Lammers, William T. (Davidson College).

Accumulation of Radioisotopes by Justicia
americana L. in the Clinch River.

10:45 44. Coleman, Marion 3'. and Charles Ray
(Emory Univ.). Studies of Tetrahymena
Serotypes of Fluorescent Counterstaining.

11:00 45. Wells, Margaret M. and Charles Ray
( Emory Univ. ) . Potentiation of X-ray by
Near-infrared Pretreatment of Tetrahymena.

FRIDAY AFTERNOON— APRIL 21, 2:00 P.M.
General Ecology

Room B-.3 Funkhouser Biological Sciences Building
Presiding: Alfred C. Brauer, University of Kentucky

2:00 46. Borror, Arthur C. (Florida State Univ.).

Feeding Apparatus of the Ciliate Cohnilem-
bus vermihus Muller.

2:15 47. Bovee, Eugene C. and David E. Wilson
( Univ. of Florida ) . Polymorphism of a Ma-
rine Amoeba in Laboratory Culture.

2:30 48. King, Charles E. (Florida State Univ.). On
MacArthur’s Model of the Relative Abun-
(lance of Species

2:45 49. Burbanck, W. D. (Emory Univ.). The Dis-
tribution and Ecology of Cyathura polita.

3:00 50. Clebsch, Edward E. C. and R. E. Shanks
(Univ. of Tennessee). Weight and Volume
Characteristics of Selected Species of South-
ern Trees.

3:15 51. Hart, C. W. and Horton H. Hobbs, Jr.

(Univ. of Virginia). Observations on the

Distribution and Relationships of the Troglo-
bitic Entocytherid Ostracods of N. A.

3:30 52. Hunter, George W. Ill and Richard B.

Crandall (Univ. of Florida). Experiments
on Some Factors Affecting Resistance to
Schistosome Infections in Mice.

3:45 53. Dvorak, James A., Arthur W. Jones and
H. H. Kuhlman (Univ. of Tennessee). The
Life History of Hymenolepis microstomum.

4:00 54. Huffman, Joan L. (Univ. of Tennessee).

Studies on Hatchability and Infectivitv Using
the Cat Tapeworm, Hydatigera taeniecto-
formis.

4:15 55. DeSelm, H. R. and R. E. Shanks (Univ. of
Tennessee). Organic Matter Accumulation
During a Primary Succession.

Vol. 8, No. 2, April 1961

17

Animal Physiology and Development

Room B-8 Funkhouser Biological Sciences Building
Presiding: Samuel R. Tipton, University of Tennessee

2:00 56. Reams, W. M. and T. C. Mayer (Louisiana
State Univ.). Pipment Cell Behavior in the
hind limb musculature of pet mice.

2:15 57. Smothers, James L. and S. R. Tipton (Univ.

of Tennessee). Spontaneous and Thyroxin-
Induced Swelling of Liver Mitochondria from
Riboflavin Deficient Rats.

2:30 58. Pryor, Marilyn Zirk and Samuel R. Tip-
ton (LTniv. of Tennessee). The Influence of
Certain Factors on the Respiratory Metabo-
lism of Amphibia.

2:45 59. Hutchins, Carolyn R. (Univ. of Tennes-
see). Immunological Studies of Hymenole-
pis microstoma Dujardin.

3:00 60. Brannon, Marvin H. (Univ. of Tennessee).

Survival of Heavily Irradiated Cestode Larvae.

3:15 61. Johnston, David W. (Wake Forest College).

Gonadal Recrudescence and Lipid Deposition
in Response to Different Photoperiods in the
Slate-colored Junco.

3:30 62. Bush, Frances M. (Univ. of Georgia). Sea-
sonal Change in the Quantity of Fat and Gly-
cogen in Bufo fowleri.

3:45 63. Newcomer, Richard J. (Univ. of Kentucky).

Investigation into the Status of Gyrinophilus
lutescens Raf.

4:00 64. Page, Sara Leak and C. J. Wust (Oak
Ridge National Laboratory). Primary Im-
mune Response of Mice to an Enzyme, Triose
Phosphate Dehydrogenase.

4:15 65. Bamforth, Stuart S. (Newcomb College).

A Simple Mechanical Model to Teach Energy

Flow.

Cytogenetics

Room 211 Funkhouser Biological Sciences Building
Presiding: Herbert P. Riley, Lhiiversity of Kentucky

i

Systematic Botany

Room 319 Funkhouser Biological Sciences Building
Presiding: Edward T. Browne, LTniversity of Kentucky

2:00

2:15

2:30

2:45

3:00

3:15

3:30

3:45

4:00

66. Lewis, Walter H. and Royce L. Oliver
( Austin State College ) . Cytogeography and
Phylogeny of the North American Verbenas.

67. Flory, W. S. and R. O. Flagg ( Blandy Exp.
Farm, Univ. of Virginia). The Chromosomes
of Zephyranthes albiella.

68. Alamuddeen, M. Admen ( Appalachian State
College). Locus of Genes for Rust Resist-
ance in Two Varieties of Hordeum vulgare.

69. Grogan, C. O. and Patricia Sarvella ( Mis-
sissippi State LTniv.). Morphological Differ-
entiation Between Cytoplasmic Male-Sterile
and Normal Strains of Maize.

70. Mukerjee, Debdas and H. P. Riley ( Lhiiv.
of Kentucky). The Cytological Behavior of
Supernumerary Chromosomes in Two Species
of Agapanthus.

71. Singleton, W. Ralph, in collaboration
with W. E. Castle (LTniv. of California).
Genetics of Coat Color in Horses.

72. Ray, Charles, Jr. and W. D. Fattig (Em-
ory LTniv. ) . A New Radiation Induced Oyster-
Eye Mutant in MarmonieUa.

73. Whiting, P. W. and Doris J. Bush ( LTniv.
of Pennsylvania ) . The Problem of Sex De-
termination in MarmonieUa.

74. Sagawa, Yoneo and D. H. Niimoto (LTniv.
of Florida ) . Ovule Development in Den-
drobium.

2:00

75.

2:15

76.

2:30

77.

2:45

78.

3:00

79.

3:15

80.

3:30

81.

3:45

82.

4:00

83.

4:15

84.

Browne, Edward T., Jr. ( Univ. of Ken-
tucky). A Preliminary Report on the Lili-
aceae of Kentucky.

Isbell, Charles J. and H. P. Riley ( Univ.
of Kentucky). Chromatographic Studies in
the Coarctatae Section of the Genus Ha-
worthia.

Hopkins, Jerome D. and H. P. Riley (Univ.
of Kentucky). The Use of Paper Chroma-
tography as an Aid in Studying Several South
African Species of Aloinae.

Duncan, Wilbur H. (Univ. of Georgia).
Studies of Lyonia lucida ( Lam. ) K. Koch.
Sharp, Aaron J. (LTniv. of Tennessee). The
Asiatic Element in the Flora of Mexico.
James, Charles W. (LTniv. of Georgia). Pre-
liminary Studies of the Taxonomic Status of
Erigeron pusillus.

Ramseur, George S. (LTniv. of the South).
A Hybrid Index for the Mid-Appalachian
Abies (Fir of Balsam).

Horton, James H. ( Univ. of North Caro-
lina ) . Phylogenetic Relationships in the Genus
Polygonella.

Hardin, James W. (North Carolina State).
The Variation in Aconitum uncinatum.

Flagg, R. O. and W. S. Flory (Blandy Exp.
Farm, LTniv. of Virginia). Concepts of the
Genus Zephyranthes and the Confounding of
Herbert’s Hippeastriformes.

18

ASB Bulletin

Items of Interest: Lexington Meeting

Local Arrangements Committee

Members of the Committee of local arrange-
ments at the University of Kentucky are Dr.
Roger W. Barbour, Dr. Alfred C. Brauer, Dr.
E. T. Browne, Dr. J. M. Carpenter, Chairman,
Prof. J. M. Edney, Dr. C. E. Henrickson, Dr.
R. A. Kuehne, Dr. H. P. Riley, Dr. J. A. Wall-
work, and Prof. J. C. Warden.

Lodging

A partial list of hotels and motels was pub-
lished in the January issue of the Bulletin. More
complete lists are available from the Lexington
Chamber of Commerce. It has recently been
learned that there are a few dormitory rooms
available for men at $2.00 per night. Any men
wishing reservations should write Dr. J. M. Car-
penter, Chairman Arrangements Committee, De-
partment of Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, by
April 12.

Meals

Dining facilities are available at two Univer-
sity cafeterias. There are, in addition, several
grills on campus, and several grills and restau-
rants in the immediate vicinity of the campus.

Parking Facilities

As on most College campuses, parking facili-
ties are inadequate at the University of Ken-
tucky. However the Rose Street Parking Lot,
convenient to the meetings, is being made avail-
able to ASB members. Cars may not be needed
by all members, since hotels are only 15 minutes
walking distance from the university. Good bus
service is also available.

Registration

Registration will be held Thursday afternoon
in the Lobby of Memorial Hall from 2:00 p.m.
to 7:45 p.m. and on Friday from 8:00 a.m. to
12:00 noon in the Lobby of the Funkhouser Bio-
logical Sciences Building. A fee of $1.00 will be
charged for registration. Undergraduate mem-
bers of Beta Beta Beta will not be charged the
fee but are expected to register.

Ichthyologists and Herpetologists;

Beta Beta Beta

The Southeastern Section of the Society of
Ichthyologists and the Southeastern Region of
Beta Beta Beta, National Honorary Biological
Society, which are meeting jointly with the Asso-
ciation of Southeastern Biologists, will print their
own programs. Those persons desiring copies
may obtain them at registration.

Directory, Placement Service,

Commercial Exhibits

These facilities will all be located in Room 12
of the Funkhouser Biological Sciences Building.
The Directory will contain the names of all per-
sons attending the meeting. The Placement
Service will be of the do-it-yourself type and
space will be provided for posting of available
positions and for consultation. A number of
commercial firms will have exhibits for your in-
terest and information.

Field Trips

Two field trips are planned for Saturday, April
22. One is a short trip under the auspices of the
Botany Department of the University, the other
a longer trip under the auspices of the Zoology
Department. Both field trip areas have been se-
lected for their local ecological uniqueness. In-
formation about these trips may be obtained at
the time of registration, at which time you are
urged to sign up for the trips, if interested.

Tours

Arrangements are being made for two tours.
One will be to a well known horse farm, the
other to the United States Public Health Service
Narcotics Hospital. If you are interested in one
of these tours, please indicate this at registra-
tion. Other tours to interesting Lexington points
can be arranged personally.

Smoker

This year’s Smoker will be held Thursday night
following the Symposium sponsored by the So-
ciety of General Physiologists and ASB. It will
be held in the University’s new Medical Center
and will give ASB members an opportunity to
visit with one another as well as meet the biolo-
gists at the Medical Center. Tours of the Medi-
cal Center will be arranged for those interested.

National Science Foundation Exhibits

The National Science Foundation has made
available two educational exhibits for the meet-
ings. The first is entitled, “Lost, One Third of
the World’s Scientific Literature,” and is con-
cerned with the problems of language barrier as
it affects the availability of foreign science infor-
mation to U. S. Scientists. The second, entitled,
“Progress in Information Processing,” is con-
cerned in depicting the historical development
of electronic computers. Members and guests
are invited to view these exhibits which will be
located in the lobby of the Funkhouser Biologi-
cal Sciences Building.

Vol. 8, No. 2, April 1961

19

Refreshments

Beta Beta Beta Honorary Biological Society
will serve free coffee during the paper sessions
on Friday. Arrangements are also being made
for a free “Coke” stand for those who prefer a
cold drink. These refreshments will be served
in Room 12, Funkhouser Biological Sciences
Building, which houses the Commercial Exhibits,
Placement Service, and Directory.

Spindletop Mansion

The Friday evening meeting will be held at
Spindletop Mansion on Spindletop Horse Farm.
This mansion, valued at close to $1,000,000, was
recently acquired by the University of Kentucky
along with its many acres of valuable bluegrass
land. The land is now being used by the Col-
lege of Agriculture. The Spindletop Research
Institute is also under construction on a portion
of the land.

Open house will be held by the University for
ASB members and guests at the Mansion from
5:00 p.m. to 6:30 p.m. preceding the buffet. The
M ansion, with over 40 rooms, 8 elaborately de-
signed baths and 6 half baths, contains over
300,000 cubic feet of room. There is an English
Library, which formerly contained 7,000 volumes
and bedrooms of the Louis XV and XVI period.
An Elizabethan Room contains centurv old tapes-
tries valued at $150,000; a French Room and a
Music Room hold Arbusson rugs valued at $8,000
and $25,000 respectively. The Grand Hall con-
tains a rug, matching the overhead elaborate
ceiling decoration, which was woven in Scotland
at a cost of $40,000. In the Music Room is a
$50,000 organ on which rolls can be plaved auto-
matieallv from 7 different stations in the Man-
sion. The basement floor is informal and con-
tains, among other things, a Kentucky Tavern
and a ballroom representing a Louisiana court-
yard with stars overhead. Outside is a swim-
ming pool with bathhouse, tennis courts, a lake,
and an aviary. A carriage house contains over
30 carriages valued at $150,000 and dating back
to 1820. These and many other interesting sights
at Spindletop should appeal to ASB members.

Buffet

A buffet is being planned for the evening meal
on Friday. This will be held at Spindletop Man-
sion following the open house. Cost of the buffet
will be $2.50 per person and, since facilities at
Spindletop are somewhat limited, no more than
about 250 persons can be accommodated. For
this reason you are urged to reserve your place
at the time of registration. Wives of ASB mem-
bers are welcome.

Keenelantl Races

Since the ASB Meetings are being held dur-
ing the local racing season at Keeneland Race
Course, some members may be interested in at-
tending the races on Saturday. Races start at
2:00 p.m. but, on Saturdays, it is advisable to
arrive shortly after 12:00 noon. Lunch may be
obtained at the track. General admission is
$1.35.

The Host Institution

The University of Kentucky was established
in 1865 under the name of Kentucky Agriculture
and Mechanical College. The name was changed
in 1908 to State University and again in 1916 to
its present name, “University of Kentucky.” The
University of made up of ten colleges, all located
on the Lexington campus: College of Agricul-
ture and Home Economics, College of Arts &
Sciences, College of Commerce, College of Den-
tistry, College of Education, College of Engi-
neering, College of Law, College of Medicine,
College of Nursing, and College of Pharmacy.
There is also a well recognized Graduate School
and an Extended Programs Division dealing with
adult education courses and programs at five off-
campus centers.

There are 74 major buildings on the 706 acre
main campus at Lexington. Total fixed assets of
the University, including land, buildings and
equipment amount to approximately $78,000,000.
The University’s total staff includes approxi-
mately 2,000 persons. Of this number about 900
are on the teaching, research, and administrative
staff. Students enrolled for credit currently on
the main campus, at the five two-year centers,
and in evening and extension classes for college
credit total 10,157. The students are from all of
Kentucky’s 120 counties, 43 states, the District
of Columbia, and 38 foreign countries and U. S.
possessions. The University Libraries contain
over 900,000 volumes and are as strong qualita-
tively as any collection in the southern states.

Biological Sciences at the
University of Kentucky

The Biological Sciences are represented at the
University by the departments of Botany, Micro-
biology, and Zoology in the College of Arts &
Sciences and by the departments of Anatomy
and Physiology in the College of Medicine.
These departments contain a total of 30 mem-
bers, all of whom are engaged in teaching and
research and most of whom hold research grants
either from the University of Kentucky Faculty
Research Fund or from national research organi-
zations. Work toward the Master’s and the
Ph.D. is offered by these departments in a num-
ber of areas represented by the special training
of the faculties of these departments.

20

ASB Bulletin

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 22nd Annual
Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists

Investigations into the Status of
Gyrinophilus lutescens ( Rafinesque )
Richard J. Newcomer, University of Kentucky

The Kentucky cave salamander, Gyrinophilus lutescens
(Rafinesque), has been a controversial species since its
redescription by M. B. Mittleman in 1942. It was in-
terpreted by him to be a presumably neotenic cave spe-
cies found in the waters of Bat Cave, Carter Caves State
Park, Olive Hill, Kentucky. It has been held by later
authors that these larval salamanders are simply the
larvae of tire Kentucky spring salamander, Gyrinophilus
porphyriticus duryi Weller, found in tire springs and
streams of eastern Kentucky, western West Virginia, and
southern Ohio.

Extensive field work during the summer and autumn
of 1960 and spring of 1961 shows that some of the
original assumptions about the isolation of Bat Cave
were erroneous. Experiments with thyroxin-induced
metamorphosis and x-ray photographs of vertebrae add
weight to the theory that G. lutescens is in reality the
larva of G. porphyriticus duryi.

Feeding Apparatus of the ciliate
Cohnilembus verminus (Muller)

Arthur C. Borror, Florida State University

Feeding in this hymenostome ciliate is accomplished
by means of a complex arrangement of buccal ciliature
which in the past has been considered a double undulat-
ing membrane. Photomicrographs of living individuals
and individuals prepared according to the Chatton-Lwoff
technic are presented, and the buccal membranelles of
this species are shown to be arranged fundamentally in
a tetrahymenal pattern. There is a short undulating
membrane ( Mi ) , and three elongate, highly modified
buccal membranelles (M», M3, Mi). The apparent
“double undulating membrane” is composed of M2 and
Mr: on the right, and on the left by die secondarily modi-
fied anterior part of somatic meridian # 1 . The impor-
tance of this morphological detail in the systematic^ of
hymenostome ciliates is discussed.

Studies in the Life History of Hymenolepis
microstoma (Dujardin, 1845)

James A. Dvorak and Arthur W. Jones,
University of Tennessee, and
H. H. Kuhlman, Southern Missionary College

Cestodes were successfully reared from eggs in several
species of grain bettles. Known numbers of cysticercoids
were given to mice via stomach tube, and the mice were
examined serially at intervals. For 24 hours after inges-
tion the worms moved freely about the upper 25% of the
small intesdne, but by 48 hours they became concen-
trated in the duodenum, and by 96 hours many had
entered the bile duct ( the normal habitat of the mature
cestode of this species.). Worms in the bile duct were
three to five times the length of the intestinal forms; the
latter had increased very little above their initial length.
Worms grew to their mature size in about two weeks
after being acquired by the mice, and began shedding
gravid segments. Adult worms lived in mice for 5 to 6
months. The endre cycle under optimum conditions

may require no more than three weeks for completion.
This study was supported in part by AEC Contract AT
(40-1) 1749.

Survival of Heavily Irradiated Cestode Larvae

Marvin H. Brannon, University of Tennessee

Fully developed cysticercoids of Hymenolepis micro-
stoma Dujardin in beetle hosts ( Tribolium spp.) were
subjected to gamma irradiation from a cobalt source at
the rate of 500 roentgens per minute until total doses
were 30,000 r and 200,000 r, respectively. In vitro sur-
vival of the excysted larvae after the lower dose equalled
but did not exceed the survival of untreated larvae. In
vitro survival of the more heavily irradiated larvae ex-
ceeded that of untreated and less heavily irradiated lar-
vae exceeded that of untreated and less heavily irra-
diated larvae. Explanation of tliis unexpected result may
be found in the relative low motility of the highly irra-
diated larvae; their survival may be a function of their
slow utilization of stored nutrients. This study was sup-
ported in part by AEC Contract AT (40-1) 1749.

Studies on Hatchability and Infectivity Using the
Cat Tapeworm, Hydatigera taeniaeformis
Joan L. Huffman, University of Tennessee

Eggs of Hydatigera taeniaeformis were tested in vitro
for hatchability in an effort to predict in vivo results in
laboratory animals. Hatching was accomplished in solu-
tions containing cholesterol, trypsin, pancreatin, bile and
sodium tauroglycholate. Twelve hatching solutions were
used. Each differed from the others in either bile con-
centration, pancreatin concentration or hydrogen ion con-
centration. The hatching medium containing five per
cent bile concentrations gave the largest percentage of
hatched eggs. There were no apprciable effects of
changes in pancreatin concentrations and hydrogen ion
concentrations.

In vivo tests were made using the best hatching me-
dium. The per cent eggs hatched were compared to the
per cent infectivity in the rat. The correlation coefficient
was 0.73 for the results obtained.

Although this was not a high correlation, it is thought
that this method of determining infectivities should be
further investigated.

This study was supported in part by AEC Contract
AT (40-1) 1749.

Immunological Studies of Hymenolepis
microstoma Dujardin
Carolyn P. Hutchins, University of Tennessee

Precipitin reaction and complement fixation tests
demonstrate a positive response of mice to infestations
with Hymenolepis microstoma, an inhabitant of the bile
duct. Since this cestode, unlike Hymenolepis nana, a
closely related form which has been studied im-
munologically, does not at any stage in its life cycle in-
vade the tissues of its host, the immunological response
observed seems to be unusual. It may be due to some
host-parasite exchange such as might be expected when
a parasite lives in very close contact with host tissue.
This study was supported in part by AEC Contract
AT (40-1) 1749.

Vol. 8, No. 2, April 1961

21

The Life History of Fasciola indica.
Trematoda: Faseiolidae
J. M. Edney, University of Kentucky

Fasciola indica adults were obtained from naturally in-
fected water buffalo, Bos bubalus Lin. Eggs taken from
these worms hatched in 15 days at room temperature.
Miracidia thus obtained were used to infect laboratory
reared snails, Lymnaea rubiqinosa (Michelin, 1831).
Emergent cercariae encysted on debris and vegetation in
the snail isolation dishes. These metacercariae were fed
to guinea pigs and sheep.

Juvenile worms were found in hosts examined 60-90
days later. Sexually mature specimens were recovered
four months after infection.

Oribatid Mites and the Soil Community

John A. W allwork, University of Kentucky

Mites belonging to the Oribatei represent a very large
numerical proportion of the mesofauna of many grass-
land and forest soils. Studies on the feeding habits indi-
cate relationships between this group and other com-
ponents of the soil community. Such studies reveal that
the Oribatei are almost exclusively herbivorous, ne-
crophagous, or coprophagous, and as such are important
consumer organisms. Their significance lies in tire fact
that they accumulate, in their bodies, energy derived
from the dead and decaying plant and animal material
eaten. A large part of this energy would otherwise be
dissipated try reducer organisms. The net effect of the
consumers is to slow down the flow of energy through
the community and also to distribute it more widely.
The coprophagous habit is of especial importance, for by
this feeding habit bound energy which passes out of the
body in the faecal material may be acquired and ac-
cumulated in the bodies of the mites by repeated passage
through the gut.

Fish Distribution in a Small Stream System of
Eastern Kentucky

Robert A. Kuehne, University of Kentucky

Downstream increase in numbers of fish species in a
river has been demonstrated repeatedly in stream studies.
Buckhorn Creek, Breathitt and Knott counties, Kentucky,
is a short, dendritic stream, which remarkably parallels
the situation found in rivers. Twenty seven species were
taken in 22 collections. Three species were characteristic
of the extreme headwaters; nine to 17 species occurred
in the middle region; and, 24 species were found in the
lower reaches. The stream is 12 miles from source to
mouth.

The Use of Paper Chromatography as a
Taxonomic Aid in Studying Several
South African Species and
Varieties of the Aloineae

Jerome D. Hopkins and H. P. Biley,
University of Kentucky

Chromatographic patterns, or biochemical profiles,
were obtained from a number of species of the tribe
Aloineae ( Liliaceae ) to learn whether they might be of
use in a taxonomic study. The species and varieties
studied included those of several sections other than the
Coarctatae section of Haworthia, several species of
Astroloba, and the sole species of the monotypic genus
Poellnit zia. Plants of several related genera were se-
lected to obtain an estimate of the value of this method
in distinguishing related genera, species of the same

99

genus, and varieties of the same species. Pieces of leaves
were smeared on to the filter paper and butanol, water,
and acetic acid in a 4:5:1 proportion were used to de-
velop the chromatogram. After they were dry, the
chromatograms were examined under ultraviolet light
and the spots were outlined with a pencil. The colors
were noted, the Rf values were calculated, and the pro-
files of the various species were compared. Ninhydrin-
positive patterns were also obtained and were compared
with the patterns revealed by ultraviolet light. A series
of other developers and many other different solvents
were tried to determine the best method to use with
these genera.

The Cytological Behavior of Supernumerary
Chromosomes in Two Species of Agapanthus

Debdas Mukerjee and H. P. Riley,

University of Kentucky

Cytological studies of eight different species of
Agapanthus, a genus of the Amaryllidaceae, showed that
in addition to the normal sixteen and fifteen pairs of
chromosomes found respectively in Agapanthus orien-
tals and A. sp. 148/55 there are two supernumerary
chromosomes in each. In somatic metaphase plates these
supernumeraries are stained more intensely than other
chromosomes and in the early anaphase stage they are
found separating earlier than the other chromosomes.
The two supernumeraries of A. orientals are quite
prominent in the emerging radical but are not present
in older root tips from seeds or in the root tips obtained
from bulbs, but in A. sp. 148/55 they are present in old
and young root tips from seeds and also in root tips
from bulbs.

Weight and Volume Characteristics of Selected
Species of Southeastern Trees

Edward E. C. Clebsch, The University of Tennessee

In studies of mineral cycling in forest ecosystems, it
becomes necessary to measure or estimate the dry weight
of the standing crop of forest trees. Reasonable esti-
mating parameters for weight of leaves and weight of
bark and wood in boles and branches are desirable.
Measurements of volume, weight, length, diameter, and
other characteristics in oak, hickory, spruce, fir, hirch,
and willow in Tennessee and North Carolina have been
used to derive estimating equations through regression
analysis. The diameter of a tree at breast height is the
best single measurement for estimating the total weight
of bark and wood in a tree.

Organic Matter Accumulation During a
Primary Succession

H. B. DeSelm and B. E. Shanks,

The University of Tennessee

The winter of 1955, The White Oak Lake, a hold-up
basin for low-level radioactive wastes on the Oak Ridge
Reservation, was drained. Since that time two vegeta-
tion sampling programs have been pursued by the
writers. One relates to mineral composition of the vege-
tation and radionuclide cycling; the other to composition
and mass of the vegetation itself.

Annual amounts, relation of amounts to physical site
factors, litter accumulation and decay in herbaceous
communities are reported; as are increments of organic
matter accumulation in a willow thicket.

ASB Bulletin

A Preliminary Report on the
Liliaceae of Kentucky

Edward T. Browne, Jr., University of Kentucky

Although much work has been done on the taxonomy
of vascular plants of Kentucky, there are large areas of
the state which are apparently botanically unknown. As
a preliminary study to biosystematic research in the
Liliaceae, a taxonomic monograph has been undertaken
of this, the third largest monocotyledonous family in the
state with a total of 50-52 spp., vars. and forms reported
by McFarland (1942) and Braun (1943). Many coun-
ties do not have even one species reported. There are
indications that at least 8 species in 8 different genera
of this family have never been reported from the state
although distribution records from adjacent states suggest
their probable occurrence. It is quite apparent that
much field work will be required before the presence
and distribution of all the species of this family in Ken-
tucky will be known.

Chromatographic Studies in the Coarctatae
Section of the Genus Haworthia.

A Chemo-Taxonomic Study

Charles J. Isbell and H. P. Riley,

University of Kentucky

Five species of the genus Haworthia and seven va-
rieties of H. reinwardtii have been studied taxonomieally
by the use of one-dimensional descending paper chroma-
tography. The solvent system adopted was: 4 parts
butanol, 5 parts distilled water, 1 part glacial acetic acid.
After development, the chromatograms were studied
under ultra-violet light. Each species and variety studied
gave a constant and characteristic “biochemical profile”
and was readily identified by its profile alone. The closer
the taxonomic relationship, the more similar were the
profiles and the more distant the taxonomic relationship
the more dissimilar the profiles. It is suggested that the
correlation of “biochemical profiles” with data from
morphological studies and cytogenetics will make for a
closer approach to phyletic classification.

Accumulation of Radioisotopes by Justica
americana L. in the Clinch River

Wm. T. Lammers, Davidson College

Radioisotopes discharged into the Clinch River from
White Oak Creek appear to have 2 principal fates.
These are: (1) sorbed by clay particles or (2) sorbed
by aquatic organisms which they contact. These two
should be antagonistic to one another.

In an investigation of this hypothesis collections of J.
americana were made at 30 sites between CRM 4.6 and
21.7. Gross gamma counts of dried ground aliquots
were made and counts per minute plotted against river
miles (CRM).

If the original curve were adjusted for scouring and
sedimentation due to differences in velocity and for
thermal overflows from tributary creeks, the curve took
on a satisfactory sigmoid shape.

When account is taken of the increased sorption of
radioisotopes by clay with time of contact, the pattern of
radioisotope distribution in J. americana appears to fit
the hypothesis that there is a progressively decreased
plant accumulation downstream due to increased un-
availability of radioisotopes as they are sorbed by the
clay.

The Asiatic Element in the
Flora of Mexico

A. J. Sharp, University of Tennessee

The rich and varied flora of Mexico shows affinities
with those of many parts of the world, but the element
least appreciated is that with plants in it which are re-
lated to Asiatic species. Probably many genera and
species migrated from Asia to North America and be-
came widely distributed before the Late Tertiary and
their ranges were bisected or trisected in the Pleiocene
and/or Pleistocene. It is difficult to explain on any other
basis the present distribution of such taxa as Mitrastemon,
Ilex montana, Rozea bourgeana, Cladonia formosana,
and many others.

Influences of Maleic Hydrazide on the
Growth and Metabolism of Chlorella

Won Kyun Kim and Victor A. Greulach,
University of North Carolina

Though the few studies on the effects of maleic
hydrazide (MH) on algae have provided little evidence
that it has growth-inhibiting effects on algae similar to
those on vascular plants, in this study MH markedly and
significantly inhibited the growth of Chlorella pyrenoidosa
at 5, 10 and 25 ppm, but not at 1 ppm. Growth in-
hibition as based on cell counts was most marked ( 36%
of the controls) at pH 5.5. At pH 6.5 growth was 65%
of the controls, at pH 7.5 it was 75%, while at pH 8.5
and above growth inhibition was minor. IAA counter-
acted MH growth inhibition on the basis of cell counts
and dry weight, but not on the basis of optical density.
CA did not influence MH growth inhibition, while
kinetin counteracted MH inhibition partially but sig-
nificantly. Respiration was not reduced by 10, 50 or 100
ppm MH, but 500 ppm reduced respiration to 52% that
of the controls at pH 7.5 while the reduction with 1000
ppm was to 23%. At pH 5.5 and pH 9.5 500 ppm did
not reduce respiration significantly. The amino acid and
DNA content of Chlorella were both reduced signifi-
cantly by 10 and 50 ppm MIL MH reduced the intake
of P1" by Chlorella to 81% of the controls, the TCA
soluble fraction to 87%, the ethanol soluble fraction to
72%, the RNA and polyphosphate fraction to 78%, and
the DNA and residue fraction to 84%.

These and similar data on three other species of algae
show that MH is a growth inhibitor for at least some
algae as well as for higher plants, and suggest that MH
may antagonize IAA and perhaps kinetin, but not GA.
Growth inhibition by MH apparently is not brought
about by a decrease in respiration, but protein and
nucleic acid metabolism may be involved.

Aspects of the Physiological Tolerances of
Some Species of Trifolium to Gamma
Irradiation of the Seeds

Gayther L. Plummer, University of Georgia

Clovers have responded to irradiation in ways typical
for such treatments. The embryos germinate following
exposure dosages up to 280 Kr, but the shoots failed to
develop. However, shoots grew following 175 Kr. In
some instances growth was more vigerous. In other
cases growth was inhibited with wide degrees of varia-
bility up to about 100 Kr. Generally, T. subterranean,
T. pratense, and T. nigrescens appear to be quite toler-
ant to gamma irradiation. The lethal radiation absorbed
dosages will be suggested.

Vol. 8, No. 2, April 1961

23

The Percentage Distribution of Mineral Elements
in Certain Leaf Galls, Their Contiguous
Tissues and the Normal Leaves of
Their Host Plants

Edwin G. Beck, University of Georgia

Leaf galls caused by Contraria canadensis on Fraxinus,
those caused by Contraria negundifolia on Acer negundo
and the galls caused by Pachpsylla venusta on the feaves
of Celtis were analysed for the elements nitrogen, phos-
phorous, calcium, magnesium and iron. Contiguous leaf
tissues about the galls and normal leaves of the host
plants were also analysed for the same elements. In the
cases studied the galls contained less nitrogen and more
of the other nutrient elements than did the normal
leaves. Galls which contained relatively large amounts
of vascular tissue were lower in nitrogen than those
which contained a large amount of parenchyma tissue.

The Time Course of Cell Enlargement and
Leaf Growth as Affected by
Kinetin and Red Light

Mildred M. Griffith and Robert D. Powell,
University of Florida

Disks, cut from the leaves of etiolated seedlings of
bean plants, were placed on filter paper saturated with a
nutrient solution. Treatments involved additions of
kinetin to the medium, exposure to red light and to far-
red light. Disks were grown in the dark for varied
periods of time. At the end of each experiment the
disks were measured and prepared for histological study.
The growth of disks and comparisons of cell size indi-
cated the following conclusions. Both red light and
kinetin stimulated the initial rate of growth. Kinetin
was more effective than red light in increasing the rate
of growth. Varying the length of time of exposure to
red light did not change the growth rate, but with
longer exposures the increased growth rate was main-
tained for a longer time. The first phase of disk growth
appeared to be due to cell enlargement in the presence
or absence of kinetin.

Competition Between Helenium amarurn
( Raf. ) H. Rock and Certain Grasses at
Various Levels of Mineral Nutrition

Donald Caplenor, Millsaps College

Experiments were performed during two separate sum-
mers to gather data concerning the relative capacity of
Helenium amarurn to compete with various grasses at
different levels of inorganic nutrition. Plants of Helenium
amarurn (3/pot) were grown in washed quartz sand in
2-quart porcelain culture pots, and given fractional dilu-
tions of Hoagland and Amon’s Solution # 1 three times
weekly to run-through. Replicates were prepared and
maintained in the same manner, but were planted to
excess with a lawn mixture and with Bermuda grass, re-
spectively. Various growth criteria were used.

The grasses used were relatively better competitors
than H. amarurn at all concentrations of nutrient used,
the degree of relative inhibition of H. amarurn being di-
rectly proportional to the concentration of nutrient salts.
When growth of H. amarurn with competition was com-
pared with its growth without competition in the various
concentrations of nutrient solutions, it was found that H.
amarurn competed most successfully at a concentration of
mineral nutrients equalling l/10th Hoagland and Arnon’s
solution #1.

The Effect of Nucleic Acid Components on
Root Growth and Geotropism

Robert T. Brumfield and Marvin W. Scott,
Longwood College

Ribonuclease (50 mg/L) stimulates the growth of
timothy roots and modifies the geotropic response in
terms of curvature per unit of growth. The enzyme also
digests an extracellular, gelatinous substance which cov-
ers the root cap and distal portion of the meristem. The
components of the mixture have not been identified since
such a minute quantity is present. The effects of
purines, pyrimidines, and their compounds on growth
and geotropism are being tested in concentrations of

2 x 10~3 m. The purines and jiyrimidines stimulate;
uracil giving the greatest effect. The nucleosides are
also stimulatory but the nucleotides so far tested are in-
hibitory. The stimulations induced are accompanied by
a greater geotropic curvature per unit of growth than in
water treated controls. This is in contrast to 2,4,6-
trichlorophenoxyacetic acid which stimulates growth but
inhibits the curvature. It is pertinent that the latter
compound stimulates the RNase digestion of the ma-
terial covering the root.

Influence Upon Root Development in Maize
Seedlings of a Strontium Replacement for
Calcium in the Nutrient Solution

William H. Queen and Joseph C. O’Kelley,
University of Alabama

Root development was observed in nutrient solutions
prepared so that there was a stepwise replacement of
calcium by sodium, calcium by strontium, and strontium
by sodium. In calcium growth continued normally up
to 21 days; in a sodium replacement most seedings died
within 4 days; in strontium growth was normal for about

3 days after which a marked reduction was observed.
Plants in strontium remained alive for the 21 day period.
Roots in sodium turned brown and died soon; in stron-
tium they showed decreased elongation after 3 days but
branching was not inhibited; in calcium elongation con-
tinued throughout the 21 days. Cell length was much
less in strontium than in calcium; development of side
root primordia and differentiation of vascular elements
occurred nearer the meristem in strontium; mitosis ob-
served in both strontium and calcium treatments ap-
peared normal. This research was supported by grant
A-3680 from the National Institute of Arthritis and
Metabolic Diseases.

Environmental Variation in
H eterotheca suhaxillaris

Carl John Burk, University of North Carolina

Variation in Heterotheca suhaxillaris (Lam.) Britt. &
Rusby was studied on Bogue Barrier, an island off the
North Carolina coast. Low-growing prostrate forms re-
ferable to H. suhaxillaris var. procumhens Wagenknecht
were found in the dune-grass community. Taller, more
erect plants referable to typical H. suhaxillaris were
found in the pine-oak-hickory forest. Established plants
from the dunes and from the forest, when transplanted
to alternating rows in an experimental plot at Chapel
Hill. North Carolina, flowered at virtually identical
heights. There were no morphological differences be-
tween the two sets of plants; therefore the variation ob-
served on Bogue Barrier was interpreted as the response
of a common genotype to differing environmental con-
ditions.

24

ASB Bulletin

A winter-blooming variant referable to H. subaxillaris
var. petiolaris Benke was found at several sites. Trans-
plants of typical H. subaxillaris developed the character-
istic heavier pubescence of H. subaxillaris var. petiolaris
but would not flower on short day in the greenhouse.

Polymorphism of a Marine Amoeba in
Laboratory Culture

Eugene C. Bovee and David E. Wilson,

The marine helio-flagellate, Dimorpha floridanis Bovee
1960, when grown in the laboratory in liquid medium or
on an agar medium, demonstrates not only the already
known bi-flagellated swimming stage in an overlay of
salt water, but will also adopt an amoeboid feeding stage
when the small flagellates (probably Ochromonas ) on
which it feeds are abundant. Feeding movements are
also amoeboid, whether feeding occurs in the heliozoan
or the amoeboid phase. So far as the authors are aware
no other organism is known with such a wide range of
protoplasmic transmogrification.

The Use of Plants in Cancer Research

Robert C. Goss, Loyola University

A program of research has been initiated to perform
exploratory experiments to determine if a correlation
exists between animal carcinogenic chemicals and their
action on germinating seeds or young growing seedlings.
The prime interest is to discover biochemical events,
either anabolic or catabolic, which are important to the
normal germinating seed. Specific phases of the investi-
gation have been concerned with establishing criteria for
botanical carcinogenesis through laboratory and green-
house studies.

Germination screening of approximately 50 different
seed varieties indicates that rice reacts most favorable to
the test procedures. Morphological differences have
been noted under both laboratory and greenhouse con-
ditions. The stem-root ratio has been used to theo-
retically study the translocation of native chemicals in
the plant as affected by the chemical treatment. A
formula to determine the chemical activity of the test
material has been devised. Products of microbial deg-
radation decreased or increased the elongation rate of
rice varieties under greenhouse conditions.

This work was supported under a grant in Cancer Re-
search from the American Cancer Society, Louisiana Di-
vision, Inc.

Experiments on Some Factors Affecting
Resistance to Schistosoma Mansoni
Infections in Mice

George W. Hunter, III and Richard B. Crandall,
University of Florida

Inconsistent results have been obtained by various
workers when challenging with Schistosoma mansoni ex-
perimental animals which were “immunized” by the
homologous parasite. Consequently a series of experi-
ments were designed, with mice in which the principal
variables were : ( 1 ) the number of “immunizing” ex-
posures, (2) the time interval between “immunization”
and challenge, and ( 3 ) the size of the challenge ex-
posure. The results indicate that the number of “im-
munizing” exposures is not important nor is the size of
the challenge dose. However, an interval of at least 60
days is necessary if evidence of resistance is to be found
following challenge.

Observations on the Distribution and
Relationships of the Troglobitic Entocytherid
Ostracods of North America
C. W. Hart, Jr.,

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., University of Virginia

Troglobitic crayfishes are known to inhabit four dis-
tinct regions— Procambarus and T roglocambarus in the
Florida peninsula, Cambarus in the Florida panhandle,
Orconectes and Cambarus in the limestone region
stretching from northern Alabama into Indiana, and
Cambarus in the Ozark region. Associated with these
crayfishes are entocytherid ostracods representing the
Columbia Group in the Florida peninsula, the Runki and
Humesi groups in the Alabama-Indiana region, and the
Columbia Group in the Ozarks. No entocytherid ostra-
cods are known to be associated with troglobitic cray-
fishes in the Florida panhandle.

Comparative Studies of Locomotive Activity in
Appalachian Salamanders

Robert E. Gordon, University of Notre Dame
and Highlands Biological Station

The temporal pattern of locomotive activity in sym-
patric species, representing potential competitors in a
given community, is compared. A brief explanation of
the methods employed and some preliminary results are
given for Aneides aeneus and Plethodon jordani.

( Research supported by National Science Foundation
Grant 13327.)

A Simple Mechanical Model to Teach
Energy Flow

Stuart S. Bamforth,

Newcomb College of Tulane University

H. T. Odum’s analogue of an electrical computer to
demonstrate energy flow for an ecosystem may be trans-
lated into a simple mechanical model for teaching pur-
poses. Six pendulums are suspended from a beam, and
labeled from left to right, plants, plant respiration,
herbivores, carnivores, decomposers, and organic matter.
Cross bars connect those pendulums where energy flows
from one entity on the left to one on the right. For
example, cross bars connect plants to plant respiration,
herbivores, decomposers and organic matter; carnivores
connect to decomposers and organic matter. The model
can be adjusted to special situations; e.g., for Lake
Pontchartrain, additional organic matter and decomposer
pendulums are placed between plant respiration and
herbivores, to represent the energy source supplied by
rivers draining into the lake. For heterotrophie waters,
plants and plant respiration would be eliminated. Stu-
dents can construct ecological situations with the model
to learn energy relationships.

On MacArthur’s Model of the Relative
Abundance of Species
Charles E. King, Florida State University

In an attempt to analyze species abundance from a
biological view, Robert H. MacArthur has formulated a
mathematical model which predicts the relative abun-
dance of any species in a community with nonover-
lapping and continuous niches. Discrepancies between
predicated and observed abundances are negligible for
tested birds and members of the gastropod genus Conus
but not for soil arthropods. Data are presented in the
current paper on tests of free-living marine nematodes
and ciliates. Both of these groups display a poor fit.

Vol. 8, No. 2, April 1961

25

In all cases of poor fit it is observed that ( 1 ) the
members of the respective communities have different
periods of reproduction resulting in asynchronous peak
populations, ( 2 ) the life span is relatively short, and ( 3 )
reproduction occurs two or more times each year so that
environmental conditions differ for every generation. It
is suggested that these factors should be considered in
application of the NlacArthur model.

Seasonal Changes in the Quantity of
Fat and Glycogen of Bufo fowleri
Francis M. Bush, University of Georgia

About 10 male and 10 female adult Fowler’s toads
were collected from the field each month from April to
October, 1960, at Athens, Georgia. The total weight
was ascertained, fat-bodies, livers, and ovaries were
ablated and weighed. The fats were extracted (method
of Bloor) and analyses of liver glycogen (method of
Montgomery) were made.

The results showed that from spring to autumn, total
dry weight increased (males, 23-28%, females, 24-28%)
and water decreased (males, 77-72%, females 76-72%).
The fat of the total body (mg fat/g fat-free dry wt),
liver fat (mg fat/g fat-free liver wt) and carcass fat
(mg fat/g fat-free carcass wt) increased on the average
nearly two and one half fold in the male and slightly
over four in the female. The fat of the fat-bodies (mg
fat/ 100 g fat-free total wt) increased 23 fold in the male.
The female had only a trace of fat in the fat-bodies in
April, from May to October, a 54 fold increase occurred.
Ovary fat (mg fat/g fat-free ovary wt) did not vary sea-
sonally, but relative ovary fat (mg fat/ 100 g fat-free
total wt) was twice as abundant in the spring. Ap-
parently the fat of the fat-bodies shifts to maintain the
ovary fat during the spawning period. In April, liver
glycogen represented 2.2% dry fat-free liver weight in
both sexes. At the peak of the breeding season, this
declined to 1.5% males, 0.6% females. In July, it in-
creased to a maximum, 3.2% males, 3.3% females, and
then dropped off slightly in September, 3.1% males, 2.6%
females. Increased daylength and ambient temperature,
both associated with abundance of food in summer, ap-
pear to be two factors directly related to the seasonal
changes.

Gonadal Recrudescence and Lipid Deposition in
Response to Different Photoperiods in
the Slate-colored Junco
David W. Johnson, Wake Forest College

Wintering Slate-colored I uncos were trapped and
housed in outdoor cages at Winston-Salem, N. C. from
February to May. One group was exposed to a daily
photoperiod of 16 hours of daylight and 8 hours of dark-
ness; another received 6 hours of light; and another was
kept as a control, receiving natural light. Other birds
were captured from the wild state periodically. Samples
were taken from each group for gonad examination and
lipid extraction. Most wild juncos migrated by the end
of March when their gonads were undeveloped and aver-
age lipid content was 4% of body weight. Caged con-
trols in April had large testes and 18% lipids. Deceased
light birds had small gonads and 8% lipids. Males on
increased light had large testes with sperm by April 8
and by May 4 had 17% lipids.

Rird Remains from a Sioux Indian Midden

J. Hill Hamon, Jacksonville University

Thirty-seven species of birds comprise the avifauna
unearthed at a midden located at Mill Creek Indian

Village, near Cherokee, Iowa. The presence of the
rough-legged hawk, a winter resident, suggests that the
site was occupied during the winter. Because of the
absence of bones of young birds it is doubtful that
Indians lived here in the middle of summer. Woodland
birds comprised 31 percent of identified remains, rap-
torial and scavenging birds 28.4 percent, prairie dwellers
16.2 percent, marsh-dwellers 13.5 percent, and aquatic
species 10.9 percent. Judging from the avifauna, the
area surrounding the midden was probably mostly de-
ciduous woodland with nearby prairie and marshes. The
passenger pigeon is the only extinct bird found here.

The Influence of Certain Factors on the
Respiratory Metabolism of Amphibia

Marilyn Zihk Pryor and Samuel R. Tipton,
University of Tennessee

The influence of dietary factors and hormones of the
thyroid and pituitary glands on the metabolism of larval
and adult amphibia, primarily Rana pipiens and R.
catesbeiana, is being studied to relate the whole body
respiration to the respiration of slices of liver and to the
oxidative enzymes of isolated liver mitochondria. The
respiration of R. pipiens adults at 22° C averages 125 /d
Oj/gm fresh weight/hr; liver slice Qo., and SDHase of
the isolated liver mitochondria are 3.0 /d Ch/mg dry
weight/hr and 52.7 /d 02/mg N/hr, respectively. The
scarcity of data on the respiratory metabolism of cold
blooded forms, tissues and subeellular enzymatic systems
and their response to various factors, makes such a study
urgent.

Spontaneous and Thyroxin-induced Swelling of
Liver Mitochondria from Riboflavin
Deficient and Normal Rats

James L. Smothers and S. R. Tipton,
University of Tennessee

Mitochondria isolated from livers of rats kept on ribo-
flavin deficient diet for a period of 8-10 weeks exhibit a
slower rate of spontaneous swelling in 0.3 M sucrose
than do mitochondria from livers of pair fed controls.
After 30 minutes observation, the decrease in optical
density of mitochondria from riboflavin deficient rats was
approximately one-third that of mitochondria from con-
trols. The swelling of mitochondria from both groups
occurred at a faster rate in the presence of 1 x 10'" M to
I x 10~7 M thyroxin. The change in rate of swelling at
any thyroxin level ( especially at the lower concentra-
tions) was roughly the same in both. Changes in the
osmotic behavior of isolated mitochondria are usually
considered to reflect changes in the functional morphol-
ogy of the mitochondrial membrane. On this basis,
these data are interpreted as indicating that thyroxin and
riboflavin deficiency differ in the fundamental nature of
their action on the mitochondrial membrane.

Pigment Cell Behaviour in the Hind Limb
Musculature of PET Mice 1

Willie M. Reams, Jr. and Thomas C. Mayer, -
Louisiana State University

Mice of the PET strain contain Pigmented Extra-
epidermal Tissues. Since the establishment of this strain
in 1958, there has been an isolation of several substrains,
each being distinguished by the specific location of
melanocytes in the connective tissues. The present in-
vestigation is concerned only with the presence and dif-
ferentiation of pigment cells in the hind limb muscula-
ture. In this respect, mice of the original PET strain
are noted to possess melanocytes between the fibres of all

26

ASB Bulletin

the muscles of the limb. However, melanocytes are
limited primarily to the muscles of the posterior and
lateral compartments and to the hip in the recently de-
veloped PET/LSU mice, and are even more restricted
in present PET/MCV groups. The question arises re-
garding the factors involved which affect their appear-
ance in the substrains. In the absence of reliable stain-
ing methods for early melanoblasts, their presence can
be shown only by suitable grafting experiments into the
coelom of host chick embryos. This method is being
utilized to determine whether melanoblasts are unable
to migrate into certain areas, or whether their differentia-
tion is prevented by the chemical environment within
the muscle. These studies of the pigmentary pattern and
behaviour in the limb muscles entice speculation on the
possible role of genetically influenced pathways for
melanoblast migration and changes in the tissue milieu
for differentiation.

1 Supported by Grant G-14153 of the National Science
Foundation.

2 Science Faculty Fellow of the National Science
Foundation.

Preliminary Studies of Isocaloric Synthetic Diets
as Inhibitors of Experimental Neoplasms
J. Richard Thompson,

Chemotherapy Section, Southern Research Institute

The evaluation of experimental cancer chemotherapy
data is not a quick and easy task. Proper evaluation and
interpretation of such data are dependent upon full
cognizance of each of the parameters of the experiment,
keeping always in mind the effects and possible interac-
tions of each of the parameters. It is well known that
in certain tumor systems simple caloric restriction will
significantly inhibit tumor growth. In certain experi-
ments, nonlethal drug toxicity and associated reduction
of food intake ( and host inanition ) can easily lie mis-
taken for specific and meaningful drug “activity.” These
“weight-loss false positives” are one of the many stum-
bling blocks encountered in a cancer chemotherapy pro-
gram.

In an effort to elucidate this problem, experiments
have been designed to determine the tumor-inhibiting
effects of specific weight loss caused by caloric restric-
tion in the animal diet. Similarly, tumor-bearing mice
have been held on isocaloric-synthetic diets in an effort
to determine the effects on tumor growth of protein-free,
fat-free, and carbonhydrate-free diets. It is possible that
the source of calories (protein, fat, or carbohydrate) or
the percentage distribution thereof, may be of impor-
tance in establishing tumor inhibition.

Data will be presented showing composition of diets
and their antitumor effects in mice bearing Sarcoma 180
and Adenocarcinoma 755.

A Partial Characterization of the Jelly-Splitting
Enzyme of Sand Dollar Spermatozoa
John M. Rawls, University of Florida

Extracts of sperm from the sand dollar, Mellita
quinquiesperforata contain a substance, distinct from
antifertilizin, which causes dispersal of the gelatinous
coat surrounding the eggs of this species. The substance
under study is apparently an enzyme. It has optimum
lytic activity at pH 8.0, at 25 to 30° C. From the
optimum, activity decreases with increase in pH up to
9.6. At higher pH values irreversible inactivation oc-
curs. At pH 6.0 partial inactivation occurs. There is a
decrease in lytic activity after treatment for two minutes
at various temperatures up to 45° C. at which tempera-
ture the enzyme is irreversibly inactivated. Kinetic

studies indicate that a zero-order reaction is approached
at saturation. Preliminary studies reveal that the jelly-
splitting enzyme may be separated from antifertilizin by
means of absorption of the extract with fertilizin.

This work was done during tenures of a National Sci-
ence Foundation Science Faculty Fellowship and a fel-
lowship from Southern Fellowships, Inc.

Physiology of the Proximal Retinal Pigment of
the Shrimp Crangon septemspinosus

R. Nagabhushanam and Milton Fingerman,
Newcomb College of Tulane University, and
Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts

To observe the position of the proximal pigment the
eyestalks had to be sectioned. The shrimp were rapidly
killed in boiling water. Both eyestalks were then re-
moved and fixed. After having been dehydrated and
embedded, the eyestalks were sectioned at 20 /x. With
the aid of an ocular micrometer two measurements were
made: (1) cornea to distal edge of proximal pigment
and ( 2 ) cornea to basement membrane. Changes in the
ratio of measurements 1 to measurement 2 indicated the
direction and extent of pigment migration. A graded re-
sponse to illumination between zero and 17 ft. c. was
found. The proximal pigment of specimens in darkness
lay completely below the basement membrane. At 22-
24° C, maximal dark-adaptation occurred 45 minutes
after transfer from light to darkness. Light-adaptation
required 30 minutes. Eyestalk extract injected into
animals maintained under an illumination of 2 ft. c.
caused a statistically significant proximal migration, dark-
adaptation, of the proximal pigment.

This investigation was supported in part by Grant No.
B-8.38 from the National Institutes of Health.

Observations on the Structure and Ultrastructure
of the Pituitary Gland of the Salamander
( Triturus Viridescens)

Robert R. Cardell, Jr.,

Edsel B. Ford Institute for Medical Research,
Henry Ford Hospital

Pituitary glands of Triturus viridescens were exposed
and fixed in situ with nine parts of Susa solution plus one
part saturated aqueous solution of picric acid and studies
were made with the light microscope. Other glands
were exposed and fixed in situ with buffered 1 % osmium
tetraoxide ( pH 7.4 ) and either dehydrated with ethyl
alcohol and embedded in a 3:1 mixture of butyl to
methyl methacrylate, or dehydrated with acetone and
embedded in Vestopal W. In either case ultrathin sec-
tions were cut and studies were made with the electron
microscope. The advantage of the technique utilizing
acetone and vestopal are pointed out. Details of the
vascular organization of the pituitary are presented which
includes the ultrastructure of the sinusoids, perisinusoidal
spaces and the relationship of the pituitary cells to the
vascular system. The ultrastructure of the acidophilic
and basophilic cells is discussed and this is correlated
with light microscopy studies.

The Utilization of Transplantable Hamster
Tumors as Experimental Tools for Evaluating
Potential Anticancer Agents

Jack H. Moore, Charles A. Kelley, and
J. Richard Thompson,

Chemotherapy Section, Southern Research Institute

We have used eighteen hamster tumors isolated and
established by Dr. Joseph Fortner of Sloan-Kettering In-
stitute in a secondary screening program to evaluate the

Vol. 8, No. 2, April 1961

27

effects of a group of selected anticancer agents. These
tumors represent a wide variety of neoplasms with re-
gard to site of origin and morphology. Most of these
tumors metastasize to lymph nodes, liver, heart, lung,
etc., following subcutaneous implant. Through the use
of these, a double criterion of judging the effectiveness
of new drugs is possible: 1) their inhibitory action on
the primary tumor implant and, 2 ) their inhibitory action
or retardation of metastatic spread of the tumor.

Slides which show normal tumor growth and sites of
metastatic spread will be presented. Data will be pre-
sented which show the inhibition of some of these tumors
by certain classes of drugs which are effective against
animal neoplasms.

The Developmental Effects of Lithium Chloride
Applied to Selected Surface Regions of the
Eggs of Nassarius vibex and N. obsolete

Fred K. Parrish, Agnes Scott College
Joanna W. Parrish, Emory University

In preliminary experiments to test for regional differ-
ences in plasma membrane permeability, an apparatus
was constructed which allowed a selected region of a
living cell to be bathed in one solution while the rest of
the cell remained in an entirely different environment.
Eggs of Nassarius vibex and N. obsoleta were irrigated
at the animal and vegetal poles with a concentration of
lithium chloride sufficient to produce cytolysis or se-
verely anomalous development. It was found that when
the whole egg and the animal pole were exposed to
lithium, cytolysis and anomalous development resulted.
When the vegetal poles of the eggs were exposed to the
same concentrations of lithium, however, the resulting
embryos were normal. Data from other sources indicate
that the time and concentration of lithium used in these
experiments were ample for an effective dosage of
lithium to be established in the egg from either pole.
These preliminary data can be interpreted, then, as
showing that different concentrations of lithium are es-
tablished throughout the egg depending upon the pole
irrigated. The literature states that the establishment of
these concentrations is not a function of the cytoplasm
(endoplasm) or the yolk.

Comparative Aspects of Tryptic Peptides of
Several Mammalian Hemoglobins
Charles W. Foreman, Pfeiffer College

Peptide patterns obtained by two dimensional paper
chromatographic and electrophoretic analysis of hemo-
globin tryptic hydrolysates will be presented and dis-
cussed for the following: two genetically different hemo-
globins from the cotton rat (Sigmodon hispidus), and
one hemoglobin each from the golden mouse ( Peromys -
cus nuttalli), cotton mouse ( P. gossypinus), bob cat
(Lynx rufus ), and opossum ( Didelphis virginiana ) . The
tryptic peptide chromatograms of hemoglobins from
closely related species are much more similar than those
of hemoglobins from distantly related species.

( This work was done in the Biology Division of the
Oak Ridge National Laboratory under the provisions of
S-Contract number 776.)

Studies of T etrahumena Serotypes by
Fluorescent Counterstaining

Marion T. Coleman 1 and Charles Ray, Jr.,
Emory University

Immunological reactions of S-I and S-II strains ( mat-
ing types I and II) of Tetrahymena pyriformis, variety
1, have been investigated by the direct fluorescent anti-

body method of staining suspensions of methanol-fixed
eiliates. Difficulties relating to nonspecific fluorescence
were resolved by using rhodamine conjugates as counter-
stains with immunospecific flourescein-labeled antiglobu-
lins. Normal serum fractions labeled with rhodamine B
isothiocyanate served to limit fluorescein staining reac-
tions to the homologous strains of Protozoa and to
provide an effective color contrast in heterologous organ-
isms. Mating reactions and serotype fluorescence of dif-
ferent strains of variety 1 were compared. Studies were
made of populations of conjugating eiliates at intervals
during a period of 18 hours after mating began. Evi-
dence indicated that a significant number of co-con-
jugants had undergone a change in serotype expression
between 10 and 12 hours following onset of conjugation.

This work was supported in part by grants from the
National Science Foundation and from the National In-
stitutes of Health.

1 Present address: Virus and Rickettsia Section,
Georgia Department of Public Health.

Fatty Acids from Lipids of Rat Liver Microsomes

B. T. Cole and N. G. Anderson,

Biology Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, and
University of South Carolina

Gravimetric determination of total lipids extractable
from lyopholized microsomes from brain, kidney, liver,
and testis of rats showed them to be 20.8, 10.4, 14.6
and 17.5% respectively.

A 332.5-mg sample of lipid, extracted from rat liver
microsomes with chloroform-methanol (2:1) at room
temperature, w'as taken up in hexane, placed on a silicic
acid column, and eluted in accordance with a scheme
devised by E. C. Horning, modified by D. A. Turner
et al. ( personal communication ) . Eleven peaks were
obtained, and by various quantitative tests on each peak
fraction, total cholesterol, phosphorus, total nitrogen,
glycerol, ester linkages, and total lipid were determined.
Analysis showed the lipid to be 17.5% cholesterol, 7.75%
triglyceride, 6.98 diglyceride, 5.43% monoglyceride, and
62.7% phospholipid. The phospholipid fraction was
eluted as six separate peaks. Specific identification of
the phospholipid classes has not been made.

Two-milliliter samples of each peak were taken to
dryness under nitrogen and hydrolyzed. Constituent
fattly acids were methylated by a procedure described
by Turner et al. Qualitative fatty acid analysis was
made by gas liquid chromatography. Suitable standards
are being formulated for fatty acid identification and
quantitative analysis. Gas chromatography revealed the
presence of 9 different fatty acids esterified with choles-
terol, 10 associated with triglycerides, 15 with diglycerides,
and 10, 14, 22 and 22 fatty acids with phospholipid
peaks 6 through 9, respectively. Phospholipid peak 10
was inadvertently destroyed, and peak 11 gave evidence
of containing only 6 fatty acid moieties. Gas liquid
chromatography of fatty acids from peak 5 ( mono-
glyceride) gave a single, large peak with a retention
time of 1.11 min, height of 55 mm, and width at half
height of 12 mm. The peak was badly “tailed” and re-
petitive analysis altered neither the peak shape char-
acteristics nor its retention time. Other analysis revealed
this peak to contain 5.34% of the total lipid, 0.30 mg of
cholesterol, 219 mg of phosphorus, no nitrogen, 3.088
mg of glycerol and 3.32 microequivalents of ester.

Chloroquine Resistance in
Plasmodium falciparum

Martin D. Young, Laboratory of Parasite Chemotherapy,
Columbia, South Carolina

A strain of Plasmodium falciparum originating in Co-
lombia, South America, was induced in neurosyphilitic

28

ASB Bulletin

patients. The response of this strain of malaria to normal
or above-normal doses of chloroquine, hydroxychloro-
quine, and amodiaquine was very poor, the parasitemias
either being slowly reduced or not reduced at all. The
parasitemias, if cleared, usually relapsed shortly there-
after. Urines and blood plasma showed presence of the
chloroquine. Normally susceptible strains of P. falci-
parum are usually eliminated within several days and
seldom relapse after normal doses of drug. The Co-
lombia strain continued to show a normal response to
quinine and mepacrine. As the 4-aminoquinoIine group
represents the most important drugs for the treatment
and suppression of clinical malaria, it is felt that this
development of resistance to the drug is of importance.
At present millions of people take these drugs in areas
where malaria eradication programs are in progress.

Alkaline Earth Elements and the Avoidance
Reaction in Paramecium multimicronucleatum
James D. Yarbrough and Joseph C. O’Kelley

In a solution containing calcium, Paramecium be-
havior was normal; only occasional directional changes
were observed. In a medium wherein strontium re-
placed calcium, Paramecium exhibited almost continu-
ous classical avoidance reaction, initiated upon exposure
to strontium and continuing apparently indefinitely.
When barium replaced calcium, organisms showed dis-
orientation, with a rotation of the anterior end around
the posterior; evidence of toxicity by barium existed.
Replacement by sodium produced a slow circular swim-
ming pattern; organisms died within five minutes.
Strontium, barium and sodium chlorides alone produced
the same general reactions and other elements of the
original mineral solution sensitized the organism. Two
types of sterilized cultures of Protosiphon botrijoides
were supplied as nutrient media for Paramecium; one
consisted of the alga grown in calcium, the other type
contained the alga grown with a strontium replacement.
Paramecia inoculated into the medium, along with bac-
teria; were alive in both culture media after thirty days.
In strontium after this time period avoidance reactions
were noted. This research was supported by a grant,
no. A-3680. from the National Institute of Arthritis and
Metabolic Diseases.

The Distribution, Growth and Reproduction of
Lancelets in the Cedar Key Area
E. Lowe Pierce, University of Florida

One species of lancelet, Branchiostoma carihaeum , oc-
curs in many locations along the Gulf coast of Florida.
Periodic bottom samples were taken with a dredge in a
variety of habitats in the Cedar Key area. Lancelets
were screened from dredged materials. The preferred
habitat was coarse sand and shell fragments in channels
where tidal currents were swift. Sand mixed with mud
yielded few specimens. Lancelets with developing
gonads were found frequently during late winter and
spring. Breeding appeared to extend over a period of
several months. (Research supported by National Sci-
ence Foundation Grant G-13252.)

A Study of the Geolycosa pikei Complex in
the Southeastern United States
John D. McCrone, University of Florida

The pikei complex of the burrowing wolf spider genus
Geolycosa consists of a group of closely related allopatric
populations. These are confined to sandy beaches along
the northern Atlantic seaboard and inland dune-like
areas in South Carolina, Georgia, and Florida. A com-
bined taxonomic, ecologic, and zoogeographic study re-

sulted in the recognition of three species and two sub-
species. Two of the species, G. pikei (Marx) and G.
patellonigra Wallace, have been previously described and
their status is confirmed. The new species and its two
subspecies will be discussed. The range of pikei ex-
tends from Massachusetts south to northern Georgia,
while patellonigra and the new species are confined to
Florida. The extent of speciation in the southern part of
the range is striking in view of the relatively uniform
topography of the southeastern Coastal Plain. An at-
tempt is made to explain this speciation by a considera-
tion of the Pleistocene history of the area.

A portion of this work was done during the tenure of
a fellowship from the Southern Fellowships Fund.

The True Gomphus consanguis Selys
( Odonata : Gomphidae )

Minter J. Westfall, Jr., University of Florida
Richard P. Trogdon, Judson College

In 1879 Edmond de Selys-Longchamps described
Gomphus consanguis from North Carolina. Leonora K.
Gloyd in 1936 made an unsuccessful attempt to have the
type located in connection with her description of
Gomphus rogersi. In 1944 Elsie B. Klots placed G.
rogersi as a synonym of G. consanguis. Needham and
Westfall followed Klots’ option in 1955 in the Manual of
the Dragonflies of North America. One of us has now
collected a series of more than 30 specimens, including
one female, in Tennessee. The males fit perfectly Sely’s
description of consanguis and the female can be made
known for the first time. This species is quite different
from G. rogersi Gloyd and the specimens allow us to
reinstate rogersi as a valid species. Further study of the
two species, as shown by the adults and also the nymph
of rogersi which has been reared, indicates they are to
be included in the subgenus Gomphurus.

The Fauna of Mammoth Cave

Thomas C. Barr, Tennessee Polytechnic Institute

Mammoth Cave, in Edmonson and Barren Counties,
Kentucky, together with genetically associated limestone
caverns in Mammoth Cave National Park, is the most
extensive known linear cave system in the world. Its
rich cavernicolous fauna has been sporadically investi-
gated by biologists since about 1840, and approximately
40 species have their type localities within the region.
The system is inhabited by 108 species ( or more ) of
animals, of which 43 are troglobites ( obligatory cav-
ernicoles). The troglobites include turbellarians, gas-
tropods, pseudoscorpions, opilionids, spiders, mites,
millipedes, copepods, ostracods, amphipods, isopods,
crayfishes, shrimps, collembolans, diplurans, bettles
( Carabidae, Catopidae, Pselaphidae), and teleosts. The
faunal affinities of the Mammoth Cave community indi-
cate multiple invasions in the past from two probably
subterranean avenues of dispersal : ( 1 ) from the north
and southwest, along the margins of the Western Ken-
tucky coal basin, and ( 2 ) from the upper Cumberland
basin of Tennessee.

The Distribution and Ecology of Cyathura polita
( Stimpson ) in Tidal Marshes of Cape Cod,
Massachusetts, and Its Vicinity
W. D. Burbanck, Emory University

The isopod Cyathura polita (Stimpson) was found in
40 of te 62 marshes studied in the Cape Cod area.
Cyathurans occurred at a depth of from 5-8 cm. in a
stable substrate with some sand present and covered by
a mixture of salt and fresh water in motion and under
tidal influence. Populations were relatively stable as to

Vol. 8, No. 2, April 1961

29

location and density over a period of five years with a
range in density of from 108/m2 to 1080/m2 with the
exception of two much larger populations. No species of
macroscopic animals were regularly associated with C.
polita, but those most frequently recorded were Scole-
colepides, Heteromastus, nereids, and gammarids. C.
polita is essentially euryokous but appears to tolerate
only slight reductions in dissolved oxygen, is chiefly a
detritus feeder, and is eaten by winter flounder, sea-run
trout, and black duck. After three years, a transplanted
population of cyathurans is well established at Mill
Creek, Sandwich, where none occurred naturally. Pos-
sible reasons for tire nonoccurrence of C. polita in cer-
tain marshes are discussed and related to the problem of
the preservation of natural estuarine habitats.

This work was supported by National Science Founda-
tion Grant G-7138 and the McCandless Fund of Emory
University.

A New Strigeoid Trematode ( Diplostomatidae :
Alariinae ) from Florida Raccoons

Reinard Harkema and Grover C. Miller,

North Carolina State College

Examination of 19 raccoons from Glades County,
Florida, in September, 1960, revealed the presence of an
unknown strigeoid trematode. Five of the 19 raccoons
had light to moderate infections of this parasite in the
small intestine. These specimens are sufficiently different
from any known form to constitute a new genus. They
are characterized by an elongated bi-lobed holdfast or-
gan which extends to or beyond the oral sucker. There
is similarity to the genus Pharyngostomoides Harkema,
1942, in the parallel position of the testes and in general
body form. The major features which separate this
strigeoid trematode are the position and structure of the
holdfast organ, the forward location of the testes, the
large recess in the genital atrium, and the much larger
size.

Studies on the Life Cycle of a New Avian
Schistosome in the Genus Austrobilharzia

Rhodes B. Holliman, Jacksonville University
Robert B. Short, Florida State University

An examination for larval trematodes has been made
on 10,510 specimens of Ceritliidea scalariformis, a ma-
rine gastropod from the salt marshes of Apalachee Bay,
Wakulla County, Florida. Of this number, 24 specimens
were found infected with a new schistosome. Parakeets,
pigeons and chicks were exposed to cercariae and adult
worms were recovered from the livers and mesenteric
veins of these laboratory animals. White mice, exposed
to cercariae, failed to produce worms. Eggs, deposited
in the tissues of the avian hosts, have also been studied.
Examination of both sexes of adult worms revealed that
they are a new species in the genus Austrobilharzia.
The production of dermatitis in man by this cercaria has
been demonstrated.

Potentiation of X-ray Damage by Near Infrared
Pretreatment of T etrahymena

Margaret M. Wells 1 and Charles Ray, Jr.,
Emory University

Exposures of T etrahymena pyriformis to 4, 6, 8, 16, or
24 hours of near infrared preceded exposures of 150 kr
or 300 kr x-radiation ( at 1 kr per minute ) . Log phase
cultures of variety 1, mating type I were mixed with
the irradiated mating type II cultures. Analysis of the
effects of near infrared pretreatment involved the ex-
amination of anlagen stage in hematoxylin stained con-

jugants. The experimental cultures differed in the
frequency of recovered micro- and macronuclear com-
binations. Pretreatment with 6, 8, or 16 hours of near
infrared resulted in a significant increase of abnormal
nuclear conditions. Pretreatment of 150 kr x-rays with
6 hours of near infrared produced the same number of
recoverable abnormalities as produced by twice the
x-radiation does without infrared pretreatment.

This work was supported in part by grants from the
National Institutes of Health, the Atomic Energy Com-
mission, and the National Science Foundation.

1 Present address : Science Department, Ball State
Teachers College.

Uptake of P32 by the Snail, Australorbis glabratus

E. W. Lautenschlager, University of Virginia

Both uninfected control snails and snails infected with
Schistosoma mansoni were exposed to P32(P04) in a con-
centration of 5 microcuries per milliliter of water for
varying times ranging from less than 1 minute to 3 hours.
For quantitative measurement of uptake snails were
washed, the shell removed, the tissue dried on planchets,
and radioactivity determined by direct count. To de-
termine the loss of isotope, snails were exposed to the
same concentration for a uniform time, returned to non-
radioactive water for varying times, after which a direct
count of radioactivity was made on dried tissue. To de-
termine the localization of the isotope, other snails were
fixed and sectioned for autoradiography. Quantitative
uptake of the isotope, loss of isotope, and localization by
both infected and uninfected snails will be discussed.

Preliminary Observations on Temperature
Adaptation of Goldfish and
P-32 Distribution

John A. Freeman, Winthrop College

Several changes involving an increase in activity dur-
ing low temperature adaptation have been observed in
goldfish. In view of the roles of phosphorus compounds
in bioenergetic processes a study of its distribution in
organisms adapted to different temperatures appears
worthwhile. Goldfish adapted to 10° and 23° C have
been injected with tracer doses of P-32 and the con-
centrations of the isotopes compared in brain, muscle
and visceral breis removed four hours after injection.
Radiophosphorus was determined on trichloroacetate
precipitates and on supernates. Activity in soluble frac-
tions was significantly higher in brain and in visceral
breis of cold-adapted fish as compared with warm-
adapted fish. It was also significantly higher in pre-
cipitates from the combined viscera of cold-adapted fish.
Muscle showed no significant differences when cold- and
warm-adapted fish were compared.

Concepts of the Genus Zephijranth.es and the
Confounding of Herbert’s Hippeastriformes 1

R. O. Flagg and W. S. Flory,

The Blandy Experimental Farm

Major changes in concepts of the genus Zepliyranthes
Herb. (1821) have occurred four times. Synonymy of
Zephyranthes binomials involves at least 17 other generic
names, prominently: Amaryllis ( Hippeastrum) , Rhodo-
phiala, Habrantlius, Atamosco, Cooperia, Pyrolirion and
Haylockia, i.e. Herbert’s 1837 section Hippeastriformes
except for Sprekelia and Phijcella. The results of Pax’s

30

ASB Bulletin

1888 wide separation of certain of those taxa (following
enlargements of Z ephyranthes and Hippeastrum by
Bentham and Hooker) have not been totally rectified.
Consideration of morphological and distributional simi-
larities, and cytological reports suggests that the genera
Amaryllis, Worsleya, Placea, Sprehelia, Rhodophiala,
Habranthus, Zephyranthes, Cooperia, Pyrolirion and
Hatjlockia comprise a bifurcate phyletic branch in the
Amarylloideae and should be united as a tribe, Amaryl-
leae-a-re-incamation of Herbert’s section Hippeastri-
formes. A phyletic key to generic synonymy of Zephyr-
anthes binomials is presented and evolutionary trends
within the proposed tribe are discussed.

1 Work supported by N.S.F. Grant G-11080.

The Variation in Aconitum uncinatum

James W. Hardin, North Carolina State College

A preliminary study of A. uncinatum indicates that a
thorough taxonomic revision of the eastern Aconitums is
needed to answer all the questions that have arisen. The
study of variation in pubescence and leaf shape already
indicates ( 1 ) the necessity of revising the current de-
scriptions and keys, (2) that Fernald’s variety acutidens
is probably not distinct, and ( 3 ) the doubtful distinct-
ness of A. novebaracense at least as a separate species.
The pattern of variation and the characteristics which
have been used to distinguish these entities, are dis-
cussed.

Phylogenetic Relationships in the Genus
Polygonella ( Polygonaceae )

James H. Horton, University of North Carolina

Polygonella, as treated here, includes Delopyrum Small
Dentoceras Small, and Thysanella Gray. These plants
are low subherbaceous or suffrutescent annuals or per-
ennials, most of which inhabit southeastern coastal or
scrubland sands. Despite variations in chromosome num-
ber and other minor differences, the plants should be
placed in a single genus, as evidenced by similarities in
morphology and floral and foliar anatomy. Plants of two
taxa constitute an evolutionary dead end, and are placed
in a separate subgenus. Subherbaceous annuals of
Polygonella articulata are judged to be the most primi-
tive plants of the group on the basis of chromosome
number, wood anatomy, floral morphology, and distribu-
tion. Two lines— subherbaceous and suffrutescent— seem
to diverge from the common ancestor of the group, and
lead, through plants producing hermaphroditic and
pistillate flowers, to suffrutescent perennials ( P. poly-
gama) and subherbaceous annuals ( P. gracilis) in which
the apparently bisexual flowers are functionally stami-
nate, the plants dioecious.

A Hybrid Index for the Mid-Appalachian
Abies (Fir or Balsam)

George S. Ramseur, The University of the South

The mid-Appalachian Abies seems to be limited to
seven small stands in West Virginia and northern Vir-
ginia. The variation, especially in cone bracts, of speci-
mens from these stands has led various workers to refer
to this Abies as either A. fraseri (Pursh) Poir., A.
balsamea (L.) Mill., or a new intermediate species.
These stands are generally well isolated from each other,
and are certainly well seDarated from the modern ranges
of A. fraseri and A. balsamea. There may have been
overlapping during the Ice Ages.

Cone scales, bracts, and seeds of specimens from five
mid-Appalachian stands were compared with specimens
of A. balsamea from Michigan and A. fraseri from the
Smokies. Evaluation by the hybrid index method of
Anderson shows the variations to fall within the limits
which could be expected for hybrids with segregation
and back crossing with the parental species.

Preliminary Studies of the Taxonomic Status of
Erigeron pusillus
C. W. James, University of Georgia

Until 1947, Erigeron pusillus Nutt, had been con-
sistently referred to specific rank. At that time and
since, it has often been considered a var. of Erigeron
canadensis L.— primary because of the presence of plants
intermediate in form between the two. Observations on
the distribution, frequency, and form of these plants in
the Piedmont and Coastal Plain of Georgia, indicate that
if hybridization does occur it is infrequent in the field
and some isolating barrier is presumably operative.
Plants intermediate in form, as well as typical plants of
each species, were self-pollinated to determine if self-
pollination effected a partial barrier to free hybridiza-
tion. At the same time it was thought that observations
on the phenotypes of the progeny might indicate the
hybrid nature of the “intermediate” parents. The results
of these studies and progress in others are discussed.

Studies of Lyonia lucida ( Lam. )

K. Koch (Ericaceae)

Wilbur H. Duncan, University of Georgia

This species, previously known only in tire Coastal
Plain from southeastern Virginia to southeastern Louisi-
ana, was discovered in the Ridge and Valley, and
Cumberland Provinces in northwest Georgia. Study of
herbarium specimens sought evidence to show or deny
that these colonies might be relic. Although plants from
dry sandy habitats of Trail Ridge east of the Okefinokee
Swamp show consistent differences in flower form from
those growing in the wet habitats of the swamp, these
differences appear not to be correlated with edaphic con-
ditions when analyzed over a broad geographic area.
Only sepal length seems to vary on a regional basis. The
disjunct northwest Georgia colonies are not in any of the
dozen characters studied significantly different from the
Coastal Plain population. Flower measurement data
from 116 widely distributed collections when analyzed
independently of habitat show that the two flower form
types of the Okefinokee region may be partly segregated
genetically. Heterostyle is not involved.

Growth Inhibition of Chlorella Induced by
3-Amino-l, 2, 4-Triazole, and its
Reversal by Purines
Frederick T. Wolf, Vanderbilt University

The growth of Chlorella pyrenoidosa is inhibited by
amino triazole. In cultures in Bristol’s solution, approxi-
mately 50 percent inhibition of growth is induced by
amino triazole at a concentration of 0.5 mg. per 100 ml.
This inhibition may be reversed by adenine, quanine,
hypoxanthine, uric acid, or xanthine in concentrations ap-
proximately twice as great, but is not reversed by ribo-
flavin. It is concluded that amino triazole functions as
an inhibitor of purine synthesis. Since purines are con-
stituents of the ribonucleic acid present in chloroplasts,
the interference of amino triazole with chloroplast de-
velopment may be explained on this basis.

Vol. 8, No. 2, April 1961

31

A New Ulotrichacean Alga

Jackie Edwards and Walter Herndon,
University of Alabama

An apparently unique ulotrichacean alga has been iso-
lated from grassland soil from Baldwin County, Alabama,
and its morphology and life history studied in unialgal
and bacteria-free cultures. The plant grows profusely in
soil-water cultures and in both liquid and agar inorganic
nutrient cultures. Its most striking characteristic is its
tightly spiraled unbranched filamentous body which
strongly resembles that of the cyanophycean Spirulina.
Further, as the filaments approach maturity, individual
cells of the filaments undergo repeated divisions produc-
ing Sarcina-like packets along the spiraled filament.
Cellular morphology is characteristically ulotrichacean.
Asexual reproduction is by quadriflagellate zoospores,
aplanospores produced within the packets, and by frag-
mentation. Sexual reproduction has not been observed.
The characteristic close spiraling and the regular pro-
duction of Sardno-like packets are considered to merit
generic distinction from Ulothrix to which it is con-
sidered to be most closely related.

The Marine Algae of Bimini, Bahamas.

I. Cy anophyte

Harold J. Humm, Duke University

Fifty eight species (25 genera) of bluegreen algae
from marine habitats are listed from the Bahamas Archi-
pelago, all but 12 of which have been found around the
Bimini Islands. Nine of these species are coccoid blue-
greens and 49 are filamentous species.

The known distribution in the western North Atlantic,
habitat notes for the Bahamas records, and an extensive
bibliography are given. As an aid to identification, a
key to the genera, species keys, and descriptions are in-
cluded.

Composition of the Phytoplankton Populations of
the Major Waterways of the United States

Louis G. Williams,

R. A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio

A report of the occurrence and distribution of the
most abundant plankters of the National Water Quality
Network of some 70 stations located on the major water-
ways of the United States to show proportional abun-
dance, seasonal variation, and population density and
their effects on water quality, and their composition as
indicators of water quality, with special emphasis on
diatoms.

The Chytrid Pringsheimiella is now
Dictyomorpha Gen. Nov.

J. Thomas Mullins, University of Florida

The chytrid, Pringsheimiella, originally described by
Couch (1939), is re-named Dictyomorpha, because of
the previous use of the name Pringsheimiella for an alga.
It seemed appropriate, in using Dictyomorpha, to empha-
size the distinctive zoosporangial clusters which bear a
stricking resemblance to the dietyoid sporangia formed
by Dictyuclius. Dictyomorpha is of great interest be-
cause Couch (1939) suggested that it exhibited the first
known case of heterothallism in the Chytridiales, an
order of the aquatic fungi.

Studies on Leaf Fungi from Louisiana

Lafayette Frederick, Southern University

Preliminary studies of fungi parasitic on leaves of
Louisiana plants, excluding cereals and grasses, have re-
vealed the occurrence of genera and species hitherto un-
reported from the state. Those leaf fungi studied oc-
cur on host plants collected mostly within the parish of
East Baton Rouge. Genera and species of imperfect
fungi are the predominant organisms associated with the
leaf spots in the collection studied. Noteworthy among
the fungi determined are species belonging to the genera
Amerosporium, Discosia, Piggottia, Actinopelte, Robil-
larda, Pestalotia, Phyllosticta, Septoria, and Cercospora.
Most of the species thus far determined represent new
host records for the state and in some instances for the
country. Morphological studies of the fungus tentatively
placed in the genus Robillarda suggest that it may repre-
sent a new species. Furthermore, when this fungus is
compared with specimens representing other species in
the genus, it becomes apparent that a critical review of
the genus is needed. This aspect of the project is al-
ready underway.

Types of Fungus Motile Cells

William J. Koch, University of North Carolina

Long range studies of the structure and action of the
motile cell in each of the four major developmental
lines of the lower fungi are proposed. Within the pos-
teriorly uniflagellate line, the chytrid type of motile cell
is seen to be heterogeneous. The six major types of
chytrid motile cell presently recognized among the
eighteen species studied are diagnosed on the basis of
the internal parts present and their appearances and ar-
rangement. The phylogenetic and practical taxonomic
value of information about motile cell structure and ac-
tivity is discussed.

Aquatic Phycomycetes of Lake Texoma

Charles F. Miller, Texas A. I? MA

Fart of the summer of 1960 was spent at The Uni-
versity of Oklahoma Biological Station, Willis, Oklahoma,
surveying the aquatic Phycomycetes of Lake Texoma.
This initial investigation involved life-history, identifica-
tion, and description of parasites and saprophytes of
algae, other fungi, and pollen grains. Collections of
lake water were “baited” with sweet gum ( Liquidambar
styraciflua L.) and pine (Finns taeda L.) pollens. Ob-
servations were recorded photographically and with the
aid of a camera lucida. In Spirogyra: Olpidium ento-
phytum (Braun) Rabenhorst, Rhizophydium minutum
Atkinson, R. sphaerocarpum (Zopf) Fischer, Phlyc-
tochytrium liallii Couch, Myzocytium proliferum Schenk;
in Closterium: Lagenidium rabenhorstii Zopf; in Aphano-
myces: Olpidiopsis luxurians Barrett; on sweet gum and/or
pine pollen; Olpidum pendulum Zopf, Phlyctidium
megastomarn Sparrow, Rhizophydium sphaerotlieca Zopf,
R. pollinis-pini ( Braun ) Zopf, Phlyctochytrium hallii
Couch, P. synchytrii Kohler, Rhizidiomyces hansonii
Karling, Aphanomycopsis bacillariacearum Scherffel,
Lagenidium pygmaeum Zopf. In addition, apparently
undescribed species of Phlyctidium, Phlyctochytrium,
and Chytridium were found.

1 Supported by a National Science Foundation Grant-
in-aid administered by The University of Oklahoma Bio-
logical Station.

32

ASB Bulletin

Fruiting Body Germination and Formation in
the Genus Archangium ( Myxobacterales )

James C. McDonald, Wake Forest College
John E. Peterson, University of Missouri

Archangium species possess fruiting bodies devoid of
encasing membranes. Therefore, fruiting body germina-
tion does not require the bursting of a cyst membrane
typical of some myxobacterial species. Upon germina-
tion in a hanging drop, single, shortened, cells within a
fruiting body activate, elongate, and move to its surface.
The rods assume a position perpendicular to the fruit-
ing body surface which, as the number of upright rods
increases, resembles a procupine back. Eventually, many
cells swarm away from the fruiting body out into the
medium.

Fruiting body formation in a hanging drop begins with
the clustering of several vegetative rods; more nearby
cells join the cluster, shorten, and finally form small,
atypical aggregates. On agar media, a vegetative rod
“psuedoplasmodium” appears to circle a common focal
point. Additional waves of rods, streaming from differ-
ent directions, surge onto those cells already within the
focal point amassment. Subsequently, small, typical,
mounded, fruiting bodies form.

Germination of the Resting Sporangium of
Coelomomyces

Clyde J. Umphlett and John N. Couch,1
University of North Carolina

The process of formation and liberation of the zoo-
spores produced by the resting sporangium of an un-
described variety of Coelomomyces psorophorae Couch,
parasitic in mosquito larvae, is described. Zoospores
have been cleaved by the time of the expulsion of the
sporangial contents. Release of the zoospores is accom-
plished by the gradual extrusion of the zoospore mass
through a germination slit in the sporangium wall. The
mass of spores is covered during the extrusion process
by two membranaceous structures, the outer of which is
a portion of the inner layer of the sporangium wall, the
inner of which is a cytoplasmic membrane. The outer
layer of the covering separates from the sporangium, thus
exposing the cytoplasmic membrane around the spore
mass. The spores begin to move about in the extrusion,
and soon are a seething mass. A rupture of the cyto-
plasmic membrane brings about the liberation of the
zoospores which swim rapidly away.

1 A grant from National Institutes of Health which
supported this work is gratefully acknowledged.

Ovule Development in Dendrobium phalaenopsis

Yoneo Sagawa and D. H. Niimoto,

University of Florida

In Dendrobium phalaenopsis, pollination and pollen
tube growth stimulate further development of the rudi-
mentary placenta and subsequent formation of the
ovules. During the first 35 to 40 days after pollination,
the placenta grows rapidly, forming many branching
projections. The ovules are formed at the tips of the
ultimate branches where a few terminal cells differentiate
into a nucellus consisting of a single column of several
cells surrounded by a layer of epidermis. The topmost
nucellar cell becomes the archesporial cell which func-
tions directly as the megaspore-mother-cell. Meiosis oc-
curs between 45 to 50 days after pollination and an

8-nucleate embryo sac is formed by three successive di-
visions of the chalazal megaspore. The embryo sac is
completely organized and ready for fertilization in ap-
proximately 55 to 65 days after pollination. The first
two divisions of the zygote are transverse, cutting off a
suspensor initial, a middle cell and a terminal cell. A
multicellular, undifferentiated embryo is formed by di-
visions of the middle and terminal cells. Experiments
with the aseptic culture of ovules at various stages of
development indicate that further growth and formation
of seedlings will occur in ovules with zygotes but not
in stages prior to fertilization.

The Problem of Sex Determination in
Mormoniella

P. W. Whiting and Doris J. Bush,

University of Pennsylvania

Sex determination by complementary allelism has been
suggested for all groups with haploid males. Multiple
sex alleles are proven for Habrobracon and the honey
bee, normally outbreeding. For species like Melittobia
having much natural inbreeding, multiple alleles cannot
apply without involving waste of many eggs. It is now
suggested that in such species females are heterozygous
for two sex alleles which may be similar or different in
different populations. Reproductive economy may be
effected by differential maturation which becomes stabi-
lized after inbreeding but is unstabilized by outcrossing.
Egg hatchability, very high in inbred lines of Melittobia,
is radically reduced by outcrossing. Mormoniella is in-
termediate between Melittobia and Habrobracon re-
specting inbreeding in nature. The attempt is being
made with highly inbred lines to locate the sex alleles in
Mormoniella by linkage with mutant genes in different
chromosomes.

A New Radiation-Induced Oyster-Eye
Mutant in Mormoniella

Charles Ray, Jr., and W. D. Fattig,

Emory University

During experiments designed to induce mutations by
radiation in a scarlet- 152 eye-color stock of Mormoniella
vitiripennis (Walker), a mutant with oyster-eye was re-
covered. The new mutant, which carried the st-152
gene, was crossed with the st-152 stock and with wild
(brown) stock. The oyster x st-152 cross gave F» males
in a ratio of 1 scarlet : 1 oyster. The oyster x wild
(brown) cross gave F2 males in a ratio of 2 brown : 1
scarlet : 1 oyster, indicating that the mutant was not
allelic with the st-152 locus and, in fact, segregated in-
dependently of it. When both st-152 and oyster are
present in hemizygous males, oyster is epistatic to scarlet.
A stock of the oyster mutant free of the st-152 gene
has been recovered and is being used to determine the
action of oyster with other eye-color mutants in
Mormoniella.

Genetics of Coat Color in Horses

W. Ralph Singleton, Blandy Experimental Farm,
University of Virginia, Boyce, Virginia— in collaboration
with W. E. Castle, University of California

The commonest color types of horses are those known
as bay, black, brown, and chestnut. These are produced
by various combinations of alleles of three basic color
genes; A for color pattern, B for black pigment and E
for the extended or restricted distribution of black pig-
ment in the coat. There are four alleles of the A locus

Vol. 8, No. 2, April 1961

33

AL (wild), A (bay), a1 (brown), and a (black). Two
alleles are present at the B locus, B (black pigment) and
b the reddish color of chestnuts and sorrels. These are
three alleles at the E locus, ED (dominant black), E
( sooty bay ) and e ( red bay with A and B ) . A dilution
gene D is found in horses, another S in Shetland ponies.
D/d produces Palominos, S/s silver dapple Shetland
ponies. Interactions of these different alleles will be dis-
cussed with new information on lack of penetrance of
the D allele.

Morphological Differences Between
Cytoplasmic Male-Sterile and
Normal Strains of Maize

C. O. Crogan and Patricia Sarvella,

Miss. State Univ. and U.S.D.A. cooperating

Comparisons were made at Mississippi State University
to determine if morphological differences existed between
normal and cytoplasmic male-sterile strains of maize.
Differences were observed in the extrusion of the tassels
above the terminal leaf sheath of normal and male-
sterile counterparts of a single cross. The normal plants
were found to extrude more than the steriles. Subse-
quent examination of the parental lines revealed a simi-
lar relationship but of less magnitude, indicating the
condition was heritable. Examinations of the normal
and sterile counterparts of other lines showed similar
differences. Measurements of the culm revealed that the
internodes of the steriles, beginning with the fourth to
the sixth internode above the ear, were shorter than the
normal versions. This reduction was especially noticeable
in that part of the culm bearing the tassel. Limited in-
formation indicates that height differences between
normal and sterile strains are associated with differences
in the culm lengths above the ear.

Locus of Genes for Rust Resistance in Two
Varieties of Hordeum vulgare by Means
of Translocation Stocks

M. Adnan Alamuddeen,

Appalachian State Teachers College

Nine translocation stocks were crossed with Sudan and
Reka. The Fi plants from crosses of Sudan with all
translocations and Reka with all translocations were
tested for rust reaction and found to be resistant. Ex-
amination of the mature pollen showed that the Fi’s
were partially sterile. In the crosses involving the va-
riety Sudan with translocation stocks having interchanges
of chromosomes a with e and c with e, the F2 data indi-
cated complete linkage. The common chromosome e
must carry the gene for resistance. This is substantiated
by crosses involving translocations of a with other
chromosomes and c with others which showed independ-
ent assortment. In the crosses involving the variety Reka
with translocation stocks having interchanges of chromo-
somes b with f and e with f, the F» data indicate that in
Reka the gene for resistance is linked with chromosome
f. This is substantiated by crosses involving transloca-
tions of b with other chromosomes and e with others
which showed independent assortment. The results ob-
tained from the crosses studied and from the F2 data
agree with previous conclusions that the factors for re-
sistance in Sudan and Reka are independent.

The Chromosomes of Zephyranthes albiella 1

W. S. Flory and R. O. Flagg,

The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Virginia

This species has 18 somatic chromosomes, the lowest
number known for the genus. Chromosomes range from
6 to 14 microns in length, following colchicine pretreat-
ment. Three pairs— the two longest, and die shortest
have approximately median centromeres. The other 6
pairs would be classed as having sub-median constric-
tions; two of the shorter of these are near-median, while
a third approaches the sub-terminal condition. A short
near-median pair bears terminal satellites on the longer
arms.

Most plants studied derive from Colombia, where the
species is indigenous. One accession, also appearing to
be Z. albiella, traces from Panama. There are taxonomic
similarities between Z. albiella and Z. rosea (2n = 24).
The latter species occurs in the West Indies and also in
Central America. An undescribed accession from
Panama, with characters somewhat intermediate between
albiella and rosea, has 21 chromosomes and fails to set
seed.

1 Work supported by N.S.F. Grant G- 11080.

Cvtogeography and Phylogeny of the
North American Verbena

Walter H. Lewis and Royce L. Oliver,
Stephen F. Austin State College

Chromosome numbers of twenty-six Verbena species
in Nordi America separable into two series are reported.
The x = 5 series has no diploid representative, few tetra-
ploids, and numerous widespread hexaploid species, while
the x = 7 series has many pandemic diploid species, and
few tetraploid and hexaploid taxa. When compared
with the data available for the South American Verbena,
these frequencies and distributions were found to be al-
most opposite. The origin of the two groups from a
x = 6 prototype followed by ascending and descending
aneuploidy is suggested. Migration via tropical land
bridges is proposed to explain the occurence of both
groups in the two continents.

Primary Immune Response of Mice to an
Enzyme, Triose Phosphate
Dehydrogenase

Sara L. Page, Winthrop College
C. J. Wust, Biology Division,

Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Triose phosphate dehydrogenase (TPD) was crystal-
lized from rabbit muscle and injected into mice in an
aqueous vehicle. In the animals that received an intra-
muscular or intravenous injection, no significant increase
in weight was observed in the lungs, liver, spleen, and
lymph nodes. Other mice that received the antigen intra-
peritoneally emulsified with Freund’s Adjuvant showed
a spleen weight increase up to 4-fold. No other tissue
weight was increased significantly. The relative titer of
antibody remained high through the 20th day. This
correlation of spleen weight and appearance of antibody
seems to indicate a prior production, storage, and release
phenomenon.

34

ASB Bulletin

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

Dr. W. Preston Adams has accepted an appointment
as Assistant Professor of Botany, DePauw University,
Greencastle, Indiana, effective September 1961. Dr.
Adams has been a Research Associate in botany at
Florida State University since being graduated from
Harvard University in 1959.

Dr. Harry Lipner of the department of Biological Sci-
ences of Florida State University was elected Chairman
of the Medical Section of the Florida Academy of Sci-
ences for 1961.

Dr. Dexter Easton, Associate Professor of Physiology
at Florida State University, presented a paper, “Interpre-
tations of Electric Potentials Recorded at the End of a
Nerve” at the February meeting of the Florida Academy
of Sciences.

Dr. E. Ruffin Jones, Professor of Biology at the Uni-
versity of Florida, was named president-elect of the
Academy Conference of the American Association for
the Advancement of Science at the annual meetings of
the group December 26-27, 1960, in New York City.
The Academy Conference is composed of two delegates
from and representing each of the state Academies of
Science and their affiliated organizations, as well as the
Canadian Academies of Science. It meets each year
with the parent organization, the American Association
for the Advancement of Science, providing speeches by
invited speakers, panel discussions, and informal dis-
cussions, giving opportunity for the various academies to
exchange ideas. The Academy Conference was or-
ganized in 1950. Dr. Jones, who is immediate past-
president of the Florida Academy of Science, which he
represents in the Academy Conference, will step up to
the president’s post next year, moving to the position of
president-elect this year after two years of serving the
Academy Conference as its secretary-treasurer.

Dr. A. Gib DeBusk of Florida State University left
February 27, 1961, to attend the First Neurospora Con-
ference at La Jolla, California. En route he visited the
School of Aviation Medicine at Brooks Air Force Base,
Texas, for consultation, and the Radiation Laboratory at
Berkeley for a seminar.

Dr. Norman Giles, Head, Department of Botany at
Yale, Dr. Max Delbruck, California Institute of Tech-
nology, Dr. E. L. Powers, Argonne National Laboratory,
Dr. William J. Clench, Museum of Comparative Zoology
at Harvard University, and Dr. George W. Hunter, De-
partment of Microbiology of the Medical Center at the
University of Florida, gave seminars recently at Florida
State University in Tallahassee.

Dr. Orland E. White was appointed “Lecturer in Resi-
dence for Economic Botany” at the College of William
and Mary during February and March, 1961.

Dr. A. C. Cole, Professor of Entomology at the Uni-
versity of Tennessee, has been awarded a two year Na-
tional Science Foundation grant of $5,200 to continue
investigations on the harvesting ant. Dr. Cole will
spend part of summer in western United States and
western Mexico making additional collections of these
ants.

Dr. J. Gordon Carlson, head of the Department of
Zoology and Entomology at the University of Tennessee,
was one of the session chairman at a conference on “The
Use of Animal Cell, Tissue, and Organ Cultures in

Radiobiology,” sponsored by the New York Academy of
Sciences in February.

Dr. Melbourne R. Carriker, formerly of the University
of North Carolina, is now employed by the U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
as Supervisory Fishery Research Biologist, Chief, Oyster
Mortality Program, with headquarters at the new Bureau
Laboratory in Oxford, Maryland. He will continue his
research on boring mechanisms in boring gastropods and
other aspects of oyster drill biology— and in addition will
supervise research on other predators, parasites, and dis-
ease organisms of oysters and other commercial bivalves.
This research will be done in cooperation with the re-
search groups at the University of Delaware, Rutgers
University, the Maryland Department of Research and
Education, and the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory, where
similar research programs are under way.

Dr. George Moskovits has recently been added to the
staff of the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory at Gloucester
Point. He will assist Dr. John L. Wood in the micro-
biology-pathology division, and will conduct experiments
to determine the bacterial flora in the digestive system
of oysters.

1st Lt. Gordon Bradshaw has been made Assistant Pro-
fessor of Biology and Chemistry at the Citadel.

Dr. J. T. Penney of the Department of Biology of the
University of South Carolina has received a two year
grant of $7,000 from the National Science Foundation
for a taxonomic study of the subfamily meyeniinae.

Dr. Fontelle Thompson of the Department of Biology
of the University of South Carolina has been awarded
$4,928 for an institute for undergraduate research par-
ticipation to be held in the summer of 1961.

Mr. Richard Mulford has joined the staff of the Vir-
ginia Fisheries Laboratory and is working in the micro-
biology-pathology division with Dr. John L. Wood and
Dr. George Moskovits.

Dr. Morris L. Brehmer and Mr. Dexter S. Haveen of
the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory have been awarded
$20,000 by the Atomic Energy Commission to study the
role of filter-feeding marine organisms in removing
radioactive wastes from the water and depositing them
as bottom sediments. In addition to his research, Dr.
Brehmer is giving a course to graduate students and
advanced undergraduates in radiobiology.

Dr. Leon Howell of High Point College and Dr.
Douglas Dean of Abilene Christian College will be visit-
ing Assistant Professors in the Biology Department, Uni-
versity of Alabama, during the summer of 1961.

Dr. Everett L. Bishop of the Biology Department,
University of Alabama, will serve again as Instructor in
Marine Biology at the Alabama Conservation Depart-
ment Marine Laboratory at Cedar Point, Alabama, July
13 to August 13, 1961.

Mr. R. E. Smith and Dr. Ralph L. Chermock will
travel to the American Fruit Company Plantation near
Limon, Costa Rica, dining the summer of 1961. Mr.
Smith will spend about 3 months studying the herpetology
of the area and Dr. Chermock about 5 weeks collecting
Lepidoptera and conducting ecological and zoogeograph-
ical studies.

Vol. 8, No. 2, April 1961

35

Dr. Herbert Boschung, Biology Department, University
of Alabama, will serve again as Instructor of the course
in Marine Vertebrate Zoology and Ichthyology, and do
research, at the Gulf Coast Research Laboratory, Ocean
Springs, Mississippi, during the summer of 1961.

Dr. William Guest, Biology Department, University of
Alabama, will be a research participant in mammalian
cytogenetics at the Oak Ridge National Laboratories dur-
ing the summer of 1961.

Dr. Walter Herndon, Biology Department, University
of Alabama, will participate again as Instructor for the
Marine Botany Course, and do research, at the Marine
Biological Laboratories, Woods Hole, Massachusetts, dur-
ing the summer of 1961.

Drs. Walter Herndon and Charles O’Kelley, Biology
Department, University of Alabama, received a grant of
$9,930 for 1961 from the National Institute of Arthritis
and Metabolic Diseases for continuation of a study of
the replacement of calcium by strontium in living organ-
isms.

Dr. Howard M. Phillips, President of Alabama Col-
lege, has recently been appointed a member of two Na-
tional Science Foundation Panels and will serve as a
special consultant for both Panels. The Panels to which
he has been appointed include the Life Sciences Facili-
ties Panel and the Panel on Special Projects in Science
Education.

Dr. John N. Couch has accepted an assignment in
India to serve this spring as a consultant with the Re-
view Committee of the Indian University Grants Com-
mission regarding the revising and modernizing of the
curriculum in the field of Botany. Also, he will give
seminars on various aspects of mycology at different uni-
versities. He will return to the United States in June,
1961.

Dr. C. C. Hall, Biology Department, Howard College,
has recently been made Associate Professor.

Dr. Herbert P. Riley served in February on a National
Academy of Sciences-National Research Council Screen-
ing Panel to screen applications for National Science
Foundation Cooperative Fellowships.

Dr. Dale M. Smith, Associate Professor of Botany,
University of Kentucky, resigned during the summer to
accept a position at the University of Illinois.

Dr. Edward T. Browne, Jr., Assistant Professor of
Botany at the University of Kentucky, has received a re-
search grant from the University of Kentucky Faculty
Research Fund to study the Liliaceae of Kentucky.

Dr. John M. Carpenter, Head of the Department of
Zoology at the University of Kentucky, was in Washing-
ton, D.C. for several days in January to serve on an NSF
Screening Panel considering NSF Summer Fellowships
for Secondary School Teachers of Science and Mathe-
matics.

Dr. Herbert P. Riley, Head of the Department of
Botany, University of Kentucky, served last October on
a National Science Foundation Screening Panel to screen
undergraduate research participation program partici-
pants.

Dr. Roger W. Barbour of the Department of Zoology,
University of Kentucky, recently received a research
grant of $8,533 from the National Institutes of Health
for the study of a traffic survey of Microtus ochrogaster
runways.

Institutions and Organizations

The 1961 Florida State Science Fair will be held at
Florida Southern College, Lakeland, Florida, April 6, 7,

8, 1961. A total of 310 exhibits are expected at this
State Science Fair. A total of 30 Committees are work-
ing diligently to make this State Science Fair a success.

The Virginia Fisheries Laboratory at Gloucester Point
is offering, in cooperation with the National Science
Foundation, a research participation for college teachers
program which will run for twelve weeks beginning
about 12 June 1961. Both predoctoral and postdoctoral
teachers are being considered, and each applicant should
specify the field of research in which he will engage and
specify the equipment and space needed. Applications
will be accepted as long as research space is available.

The Virginia Fisheries Laboratory is offering, in co-
operation with the National Science Foundation, an un-
dergraduate research participation program supplying re-
search experience to biology majors. Preference will be
given to students interested in marine biology as a pro-
fession and who have had two or more years of college
training. The program will be in operation for twelve
weeks beginning 12 June 1961, and applications will be
accepted until the full quota of participants has been
selected. j

The eleventh annual wildflower pilgrimage, sponsored
by the Department of Botany of the University of Ten-
nessee, will he held 27 through 29 April 1961 in cooper- i
ation with the Naturalists Service of the National Park 1
Service in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park.
This program will consist of hikes and automobile trips
under the direction of trained botanists, ranger natural-
ists, and expert photographers. Illustrated evening lec-
tures and morning bird trips are scheduled. Further t
information may be obtained from the Department of
Botany of the University of Tennessee, the Great Smoky I
Mountains National Park Naturalists Service, the Gatlin- 1
burg Chamber of Commerce, or the Gatlinburg Garden
Club— joint sponsors of the event.

The Third Summer Botany Conference at the Uni-
versity of North Carolina, supported by the National Sci-
ence Foundation, will be held July 31 through August
18, 1961. Like the previous Botany Conferences, the
1961 Conference is designed for teachers of general
botany and general biology in liberal arts colleges,
teachers colleges and junior colleges from all parts of the
country. Recent developments in plant physiology and
cytology will be discussed in six one-week lecture series I
by leading botanists. The principal lecturers will be Dr. |
C. Ritchie Bell of the University of North Carolina, Dr.
Lindsay S. Olive of Columbia University, Dr. Aubrey W.
Naylor of Duke University, Dr. N. E. Tolbert of Michi-
gan State University, and Dr. John M. Clark, Jr. of the
University of Illinois. In addition, evening lectures will
be given on recent developments in other areas of botany
by Dr. John M. Couch and Dr. Max H. Hommersand of
the University of North Carolina and Dr. W. C. Gregory
of the North Carolina State College. Two field trips to
areas of taxonomic and ecological interest will be con-
ducted by Dr. A. E. Radford of the University of North
Carolina. Stipends of $200 each, plus a travel allow-
ance, will be awarded to 30 applicants by the selection
committee. The stipend will be more than adequate to
cover all essential expenses of attending the three-weeks
Conference. Application blanks and a brochure describ-
ing the Conference may be obtained from the Director
of the Conference, Dr. Victor A. Greulach, Box 1268,
Chapel Hill, N. C. Completed applications must be re-
ceived not later than May 10, 1961 to be assured of
consideration.

36

ASB Bulletin

! BOTANICAL GARDc.f'

BULLETIN

Volume 8, Number 3 July, 1961

The Institute of Marine Science— University of Miami

The Offii

jial Quarterly Publication of

The Associc

ition of Southeastern Biologists

Volume 8, Number 3 — July 1961

CONTENTS

The Institute of Marine Science of the University of Miami.

— F. G. Walton Smith 39

Sex Reversal in Plants? — Frederick A. Wolf 41

Control Mechanisms in Invertebrates.-— Milton Fingerman,
Theodore Bullock and Dietrich Bodenstein 45

News of Biology in the Southeast 47

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna. Changes of address
should be sent promptly to the Secretary
of the ASB, Dr. Harry J. Bennett, Depart-
ment of Zoology, Louisiana State Univer-
sity, Baton Rouge, La. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions should
be sent to the Business Manager, Dr. Elsie
Quarterman, Department of Biology, Van-
derbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. Sub-
scription rate for non-members of the
ASB: $2.00 per year. Printing and typog-
raphy by the Wickersham Printing Co.,
Lancaster, Penna.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

Harry J. Bennett, Associate Editor
Elsie Quarterman, Business Manager

Officers of the A. S. B.

President — Royal E. Shanks, University of

Tennessee

Retiring President — Victor A. Greulach,
University of North Carolina

President-Elect — Walter S. Flory, Univer-
sity of Virginia

Vice-President — E. Ruffin Jones, University
of Florida

Secretary — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Treasurer — Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt
University

Executive Committee — Walter R. Hern-
don, University of Alabama; Victor M.
Cutter, Jr., Woman’s College of the
University of North Carolina; James
H. Gregg, University of Florida; Eu-
gene P. Odum, University of Georgia;
Robert B. Short, Florida State Uni-
versity; B. Theodore Cole, University
of South Carolina; Charles E. Jenner,
University of North Carolina. All
officers are ex officio members of the
executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida State
University

Georgia - Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College

North Carolina — William J. Koch, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Winthrop
College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

A Message from the President

It is hard to believe that the As-
sociation of Southeastern Biologists
is already in its 25th year. Not
only have the eventful years passed
rapidly for those of us who have
been in the region all or most of
this time, but the organization is
still youthful in many respects.

It has certainly not accumulated
much dead wood. How many of
the other organizations to which
you belong can boast an attend-
ance of over half of the member-
ship at the annual meetings, even
when they are held at the periph-
ery of the region? This may well
be related to the fact that it is a
working organization, not just a
prestige organization, or a license
to practise in the region, and very
few join just to have their names on
tlie roll.

The ASB is still the best visiting
organization I know. The circle of
friends it comprises is just about
the right size for effective and
stimulating informal communica-
tion. It complements the state acad-
emies by bringing together a larger
group in each field of specialty,
while still favoring cross-disciplinary
contact, and has been particularly
effective in bringing graduate stu-
dents into contact with staff mem-
bers from other institutions. It is
neither so large, nor so far away
from home, nor so formal, as to be
formidable, or inaccessible, or un-
friendly.

It has also held on to another of
the fine characteristics of the acad-
emies. In contrast to the usual
tendency at the national meetings,
a commendablv high proportion of
our specialists have addressed them-
selves to a general audience, rather
than primarily to the specially

tuned ears of their fellows, to the
mutual benefit of speaker and audi-
ence.

Of such an Association we may
well be proud— now long estab-
lished as an effective regional in-
strument of stimulating communi-
cation, both within and across
disciplinary boundaries. It has been
regional without being provincial,
and broad without losing profes-
sional character. May it continue
to fulfill its objectives as well in its
second quarter century.

—Royal E. Shanks

The Executive Committee would
appreciate receiving nominations
for emeritus members of the ASB.
These nominations should be made
according to Article III, Section 3,
of the Constitution and Bylaws,
which states that . . . “Any member
may be elected as Emeritus Mem-
ber who has been a member of the
Association for ten (10) or more
years and who has retired from pro-
fessional duties. An Emeritus
Member shall have the same rights
and privileges as an Active Mem-
ber.”

Nominations should be sent to Dr.
Harry Bennett, Dept, of Zoology,
Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge, La.

Second-Class Mailing

I am happy to report that the
Post Office Department in Wash-
ington has seen fit to extend
second-class mailing privileges to
the ASB Bulletin. This will result
in a tremendous saving in our mail-
ing costs— reducing them from 3-
per copy to Ys<f per copy.

— C. W. Hart, Jr.

38

ASB Bulletin

Dr. F. G. Walton Smith, the Director of the
University of Miami’s Institute of Marine Sci-
ence since 1943, teas born in England. Since
coming to this country he has been associated
with Princeton University, the U. S. Fisheries
Laboratory at Beaufort, N. C., and the Hopkins
Marine Station at Stanford. His interests lie in
the fields of marine invertebrates and in the
problems of commercial fisheries.

This is another in a series of articles on ma-
rine stations of the southeast scheduled to ap-
pear in the ASB Bidletin.

The Institute Of Marine Science

Of The University Of Miami

F. G. Walton Smith

Marine laboratories differ considerably in
their objectives. Some are essentially bio-
logical rather than marine stations, although
located so as to take advantage of the rich ma-
rine fauna and flora. Other stations are prima-
rily marine, with the various scientific disciplines
directed towards problems peculiar to the ocean.
There are also stations which are concerned with
the applications of a number of sciences, espe-
cially biology, to the problems of the fisheries.
These are usually, but not exclusively, under
state or federal government auspices. Some of
these varied types of stations are staffed to un-
dertake institutional programs of directed re-
search, others are organized mainly to provide
facilities for independent visiting investigators.

The teaching of marine sciences is equally
diverse. Some stations offer no formal training.
Others offer courses directed primarily at broad-
ening the education of students from inland col-
leges during summer vacations. A very small
number of stations, which are essentially oceano-
graphic departments of universities, offer com-
plete year-round graduate curricula leading to
professional degrees in oceanography— with op-
portunity for specialization in the geophysical,
geochemical, biological, physical, or meteoro-
logical aspects.

The Institute of Marine Science was estab-
lished in 1943 as The Marine Laboratory because
I none of the foregoing functions was being exer-
cised in tropical waters, except at considerable
distances from the mainland. Miami, although
geographically in latitude 27°N, is faunistically
within the West Indian region. It is thus the only
station in the continental United States where the
tropical marine enviroment is now being studied.

A further advantage is that deep water and a
major ocean current, part of the Gulf Stream
system, are within a short distance of the Lab-
oratory. Since no other tropical marine stations
exist under similar favorable conditions, the Lab-
oratory has developed a comprehensive program
which includes the functions of an oceanographic
institute, a fisheries laboratory, and a marine
biological institute. In addition, as part of a Uni-
versity it is able to combine research with
specialized graduate and undergraduate study
throughout the year.

This combination of functions has been stimu-
lating, both to teaching and research. Students
are trained partially on an internship basis in an
atmosphere of original investigation. Staff scien-
tists are constantly exposed to the stimulation of
ideas and techniques developed in cognate dis-
ciplines by visiting investigators. Equally well,
the academic program is enriched by outstanding
visiting investigators who contribute lectures to
it.

The value of the unique location and this
concentration of objectives is reflected in the
growth of the staff from one or two to over 100
graduate scientists in a period of about 15 years.

The tropical conditions, unique among stations
in the United States, make it possible to offer
training in an aspect of biology which is a valu-
able part of the education of all botanists and
zoologists. The climate also permits the study
of chemical and physical oceanography and sub-
marine geology under favorable year-round con-
ditions.

The terrific competition for food and space on
the coral reefs and the enormous variety of spe-
cies, of adaptations, feeding habits, and of meth-
ods of attack and defense, provide a living
classroom and workshop for the study of funda-

Vol. 8, No. 3, July 1961

39

mental branches of biology. Furthermore, the
physiologist, behaviorist, ecologist, embryolo-
gist, or biochemist who uses marine animals and
plants merely because of their convenience and
not because of an interest in the ocean is im-
mensely benefited by being able to work at a
tropical station where the organisms are active
for twelve months every year.

There are two buildings with seawater cir-
culation—in addition to a three story air-con-
ditioned main laboratory building, a workshop
and storage building, and a radar meteorology
antenna tower. These buildings have a total
floor space of about 42,000 square feet.

An additional saltwater circulation building
for experimental ecology and behavior of fishes
and invertebrates will shortly be erected, with
floor space of about 6000 square feet. In addi-
tion to indoor aquaria, large outdoor concrete
tanks are provided. Seagoing vessels and shal-
low draft craft are docked at the Laboratory.
The entire 5-acre tract is on an entrance to Bis-
cavne Bay, within easy reach of the Gulf Stream
and deep water.

Efficiency apartments for students and visit-
ing investigators have been erected. Additional
units are planned for the near future.

Apparatus and equipment is available for a
wide range of investigation, and includes a mass
spectrometer. X-ray and emission spectrometry,
alpha and beta radiation laboratories, physio-
logy, biochemistry, chemistry and submarine
sound laboratories. The facilities of the Engi-
neering School, Medical School and College of
Arts and Sciences are also available. These in-
clude animal colony maintenance and electron
microscopes. Immediately adiacent is a large
aquarium which cooperates fully in experimen-
tal behavior and other studies. The library is
first rate and the systematic biologv laboratories
maintain a reference museum of the flora and
fauna of the area.

For administrative and academic purposes the
staff is organized as three Divisions, comprising
Fisheries, Physical Sciences, and Biological Sci-
ences.

The research staff acts as the faculty of the
Department of Marine Sciences of the Univer-
sity of Miami— which offers the Ph.D. in the
various disciplines of marine science. A spe-
cial summer High School program is provided
and courses are offered to graduate and under-
graduate summer school students.

The Marine Laboratory operates a number of
research vessels. Mostly, these vessels work in

local inshore and near-shore waters, but the
largest vessel, R/V GERDA, regularly works in
the Florida Straits and eastern Bahama Islands
and in the Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico.

A recent addition is the 35-foot twin hulled
motor vessel ARIUS experimentally designed
and equipped for research on shallow banks with
a cruising range of 500 miles. Hydraulic
winches and ample deck and laboratory space
with good cruising range and excellent seagoing
qualities are unusual accompaniments to a shoal
draft to about 15 inches. This vessel conforms
to coastguard regulations for transporting classes
of twenty-five students.

The Institute publishes quarterly The Bulletin
of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbea7i.
Papers concerning physical, chemical, and bio-
logical oceanography in relation to the region
extending in the western Atlantic from Brazil
to the southern United States are considered for
publication.

The Institute is a fishery research agency for
the State of Florida, and publishes two sets of
publications for the State Board of Conserva-
tion. The Educational Series is devoted to
reports on subjects of wide public interest, and
is distributed by the Board. It is available 1
upon enquiry. Other publications are The
Annual Prqceedings of the Gulf and Carib-
bean Fisheries Institute and the Technical
Series.

The Institute is headquarters for the Inter-
national Oceanographic Foundation which pub-
lishes the illustrated popular science quarterly.
Sea Frontiers. It also provides office and labo-
ratory space for units of the U. S. Fish and Wild-
life service.

The cover photograph of the Institute of Ma-
rine Science of the University of Miami was very
kindly supplied by the Institute.— Ed.

40

ASB Bulletin

Dr. Wolf, Emeritus Professor of Botany at
Duke University, is no stranger to ASB Bulle-
tin readers. Only last fall his paper. Concepts
Regarding Fungi— Then and Now, appeared in
the ASB Bulletin (Vo/. 7, No. 4). We now
have the pleasure of presenting another paper by
Dr. Wolf— on the somewhat controversial topic
of sex reversal.

Frederick A. Wolf

Sex Reversal In Plants?

Sex reversal in animals is a subject around
which much discussion has been centered
and about which much lias been published by
many investigators. This matter as understood
by zoologists was brought into perspective re-
cently by Witschi ( 1960 ) . Certain botanists, in
dealing with dioecious seed plants have spoken
of the existence of sex reversal in such species.
Their interpretations, however, have been largely
disregarded or held to be without significance—
or else sex reversal has been deemed to be of
such rare occurrence as to be unworthy of seri-
ous consideration. This situation may be ac-
counted for partly because morphologic sex
characters or sex structures among plants that
are comparable to secondary or accessory sex
characters in animals are almost entirely want-
ing. It may also be due in part to the fact that
complementary gametes or equivalent units of
many species of lower organisms, as of slime
molds, and of many species of algae and fungi
are morphologically alike. It may be interjected
that morphologic similarity of gametes among
lower groups of animals, as among protozoa, is
well known to exist. Since lack of morphologic
differences between complementary gametes of
lower organisms is of such wide occurrence it
may eventually come to be appreciated that
structural differences involving sex expression
are really not fundamental in any organism for
the reason that sex is functional, not structural,
and therefore can be regarded as basically alike
in all organisms. Nevertheless one must be real-
istic, since accord in this belief has not been
reached, and he must not dismiss lightly the fact
that morphologic sex characters or structures
have remained the criteria among biologists gen-
erally for determination of what is regarded as
fundamental in sex expression.

One reason for emphasis on structural sex may
be that, from the beginning, the approach in the
teaching of biology has been by way of mor-
phology. As a consequence, special attention in

accounting for sexual differences and patterns of
behavior have been directed to the morphologic
features of sex cells, sex nuclei, sex chromo-
somes, and sex-determining genes, either singly
or in combination with autosomes or other cell
structures or constituents. Using this approach,
fertilization is generally defined in a way to in-
clude only the conventional pattern of sequen-
tial events, namely differentiation of haplophase
gametes, the fusion of such gametes, including
both cytogamy and caryogamy, with resultant
doubling of the number of chromosomes, and
finally the undoubling at meiosis. Such defini-
tion, however, appears to require modification
in the light of events regarding fusion in bac-
teria and hyphal anastomoses among certain
fungi, especially the Fungi Imperfecti. The fact
that the morphologic features associated with
fertilization are so strongly emphasized appears
to preclude the possibility of appreciating that
sex-behavior is basically a physiological or func-
tional phenomenon in which structural features
are not the causes but instead the effects, hence
are secondary and accessory.

The present discussion is concerned primarily
not with morphologic sex characters in plants
but with functional activities of gametes or of
their equivalent structures as bearing on an in-
terpretation of “so-called” sex reversal. It will
contain nothing that is really novel, but will be
an attempt to reinterpret certain published data
from the observations of others. A plethora of
supportive data is available in the many publi-
cations dealing with fungi, algae, mosses, ferns,
and seed plants that could be employed as cor-
roborative evidence for lack of sex reversal in
plants. To save time and space, only a few,
selected from the many relevant ones, however,
will be discussed. These will deal with certain
species of fungi and seed plants. In each exam-
ple cited the facts will be stated, after which
certain pertinent questions that could occur to
anyone will be propounded. The answers may

Vol. 8, No. 3, July 1961

41

be supplied immediately by the reader from his
own point of view but the writer has elected to
reserve his own answers and interpretations for
the final general discussion. By so doing repe-
tition will be avoided, basic similarities of sexu-
ality among all plants will become apparent,
and so-called sex reversal will appear in its true
perspective.

Patterns of Sexual Behavior

Consideration will be given, in turn, to the be-
havior of one member of each of the orders of
fungi, Chytridiales, Blastocladiales, Monoble-
pharidales, Saprolegniales, Peronosporales, and
Mucorales and to three dioecious species of seed
plants, Mercurialis annua, Cannabis sativa, and
Cucumis sativus.

Among Chytridiales.— In Synchytrium fulgens
from 12 to 20 planospores are formed within
each sporangium. At an early stage each spo-
rangial initial is uninucleate and, before the spo-
rangial protoplast is cleaved, a sufficient number
of nuclei is formed mitotically to provide a single
nucleus for each planospore. Since all the nuclei
arise from the parent nucleus or its proximate
progeny one may assume that all the resultant
planospores are potentially alike. But on emer-
gence some behave as asexual elements and can
develop directly into multinucleate thalli. Others
fuse in pairs, hence somehow must have become
“male” cells or else “female” cells. The sporangia
therefore produce both asexual and sexual spores,
as these terms are commonly employed. Since
both kinds have the same origin how can one ac-
count for asexualitv on the one hand, and sexu-
ality on the other, or by what process did certain
planospores become asexual whereas others be-
came sexual? Could it be that all of them were
sexual from the beginning? If all were not sex-
ual from the beginning how was sexuality ac-
quired?

Among Mucorales.— In 1904, Blakeslee (1920)
established that the black mold, Mucor mucedo,
is dioecious and designated one member of the
pair required for production of zygospores as +
and the other member as -. Each fused nucleus
within the zygospore therefore contained the
factors for + and -. But zygospores failed to
form when he attempted to mate certain other
isolates of A/, muccdo with each of the two iso-
lates of known mating potential. He therefore
termed the strains which failed to mate with one
or the other of known potentials as neutrals.
But by cultivation of neutral strains at higher
temperatures he found that certain of them
could be mated either with the + strain or with
the - strain. Did the neutral strain acquire
sexuality and if so from what source or by what
process? Moreover he established that all spores

produced within the germ sporangium at germi-
nation of a given zygospore were of the same
mating potential, i.e., all were either + or else all
were -. How is it possible at meiosis to lose all
of one mating potential and conserve all of the
other? Surely it is naive to believe, as several
investigators have maintained, that either all of
the “male” nuclei degenerated during germina-
tion of certain zygospores or that all “female”
nuclei degenerated in others.

Among Blastocladiales.— Emerson ( 1950 )
found that Blastocladiella variabilis is dioecious
and that if its “female” gametes remain unmated
some may develop to become thalli which bear
only antheridia ( male structures ) , and others
only oogonia (female structures). One may in-
quire appropriately how femaleness became
maleness in the first instance and how female-
ness was retained in the second instance. Does
lack of segregation of the “sex-determiners” at
meiosis provide an adequate explanation for the
behavior of Blastocladiella? Is sex a morphologic
entity that can be partitioned at meiosis in this
organism?

Among Monoblepharidales.— In Monoblepha-
ris polymorpha the antheridium arises as a pro-
trusion or branch from the oogonium. At an
early stage of development the protoplasts of
the two structures are not separated and the
“male” and “female” nuclei must therefore be
intermingled. Since the formation of the oogo-
nium is well advanced before the antheridium
begins to form as a protrusion from the oogonial
wall should one assume that the “female” nuclei
give rise mitotically to “male” nuclei which are
to migrate into the antheridium? Eventually a
septum is formed between the antheridium and
oogonium. Before closure of the opening be-
tween the two sex structures is a signal given to
the male nuclei to scurry into the antheridium?
Such assumptions are patently absurd yet the
fact remains that the antheridia arise from the
oogonia in this species, and the cells liberated
from the antheridium are motile sperms.

Among Saprolegniales.— Studies of the water
mold, Sapromyces elongatus, led Bishop (1940)
to conclude that this fungus consists of the fol-
lowing strains: (1) pure males (2) pure females,
(3) neutrals, (4) sterile hermaphrodites, (5) fe-
males that can be mated with females, (6) males
that can be mated with males. By what process
did the females become males in the fifth cate-
gory and the males become females in the sixth
category? How can one explain the incidence
of neutrals in the third category if sex is divisi-
ble? What difference in nuclear behavior, sex
chromosome behavior, or in controls by sex-de-
termining genes can be postulated to account
for the production of spores of six strain cate-
gories within any single sporangium?

42

ASB Bltlletin

Among Peronosporales.— The investigation of
Galindo and Gallegly (1960) that deal with
Phytophthora infestans emphasize the influence
exerted by nutrition on expression of sexual re-
i activity. They found that “when one of two
isolates of opposite compatibility type and equal
sexual strength are purposely starved, the starved
isolate acted as a pure male. When the second
isolate was starved, the first acted as a pure fe-
male. In a few cases studied the starved isolate
always supplied the antheridia whereas the vig-
orously growing isolate penetrated the anther-
idium and formed the oogonium.” How could
change in nutritional level occasion reversal of
sex if sex depends upon the complement of sex
chromosomes, of gene determiners of sex, or of
any other morphologic feature? Again, if sex is
divided at meiosis or at any subsequent mitotic
division, how can one explain sex reversal in this
fungus?

Among Seed Plants.— The phenomenon of so-
called “sex-reversal” has long been known to oc-
cur within seed plants but to date it remains
without adequate explanation. These matters
may be brought into focus by citation of results
of three representative studies, one by Yampolskv
(1919), one by Schaffner (1920), and a recent
one by Galun and Atsmon ( 1960 ) .

Yampolsky ( 1919 ) found that Mercuriolis an-
nua is both monoecious and dioecious. He noted
among the flowers of female plants the existence
of all intergradations from pure female to those
with numerous male flowers. Moreover some
male plants bore female flowers from which
seed were matured. These observations led him
to conclude that sex is not fixed in this species.
If sex is determined by Mendelian factors and if
M. annua has sex nuclei and sex chromosomes,
how can one explain that this species is monoe-
cious, dioecious, and of mixed sexual expression?
At what stage or with what process did some
plants become pure males, others pure females,
and in others maleness and femaleness were not
separated? Were any plants actually pure as to
maleness or femaleness?

Schaffner ( 1920 ) observed that when seed of
hemp, Cannabis sativa, are sown in the open, in
spring, the ratio of pure carpellate to pure stami-
nate plants that develop will be 1:1. If how-
ever, the seed were sown in the greenhouse, in
winter, approximately 80% of the carpellate plants
bore stamens and an equal proportion of the
staminate plants bore carpels, the remaining 20%
in each instance being pure carpellate or else
pure staminate individuals. He also noted that
when the apical inflorescences of carpellate
plants were removed lateral axillary inflores-
cences developed having both carpels and sta-
mens. Conversely when staminate plants were

decapitated the lateral inflorescences which de-
veloped were composed of both staminate and
carpellate flowers. These results compelled him
to conclude that each staminate and each carpel-
late individual contains all the factors or po-
tentials of both sexes. Moreover sex reversal
( so-called ) in hemp must take place in response
to interaction of both external and internal fac-
tors. What more logical conclusion could be
drawn, as was done by Schaffner, than that the
Mendelian hypothesis of sex is not only wholly
untenable but is extremely absurd. Surely
change of environment from being grown in the
open to being grown in the greenhouse did not
eliminate the complement of chromosomes or
genes as sex determiners, or inhibit their ability
to function. Likewise the sex-chromosomes and
gene sex-determining factors did not reside only
in the inflorescences, making possible their eradi-
cation by decapitation. Rather it would appear
that the potential for differentiation of expres-
sion of both maleness and femaleness exists in
all of the cells of which the hemp plants are
composed.

As regards the ratio of 1:1 of carpellate to
pistillate plants, when hemp is grown in the
open, such incidence may be anticipated from
chance alone, as is the ratio of heads and tails
when a coin is tossed.

Galun and Atsmon ( 1960 ) considered the in-
fluence of age of leaves upon the sex expression
of proximate floral buds of cucumber, Cucumis
sativus. They concluded that every flower bud
is potentially hermaphrodite. But when the
floral buds arise near young leaves the content
of growth substances in the young leaves in-
duces a shift in sexual expression in the develop-
ing flowers toward becoming carpellate whereas
when developing floral buds are near mature
leaves the shift is toward becoming staminate.
How can one ascribe differences in production
of sex determiners to genetic mechanisms in cu-
cumber? What relationship could meiosis have
to postulated hermaphroditism? How can one
employ the activities of nuclear structures to
account for hermaphroditism and for the shifts
toward sexual expression herein?

Interpretational Discussion

.A. clarification of concepts relative to the na-
ture of sexuality and sex reversal in plants or the
reappraisal of current credos for the purpose of
trying to explain these phenomena will be im-
possible, regardless of the kind of answers that
readers may have given to the various questions
propounded herein, if one takes the all too com-
mon position that “My mind is already made up,
so don’t confuse me with facts.” Nevertheless

Vol. 8, No. 3, July 1961

43

an attempt is being made to bring unity out of
the foregoing apparent contradictions and state
of chaos.

If higher organisms have evolved from lower
ones, a fundamental tenet in biology, attention
may reasonably be directed to the fact that
structural sex-differences are wholly lacking
among many species of lower organisms, i.e.
those which are universally regarded as primi-
tive. Among lower organisms morphological
differentiation of maleness and femaleness was
antedated by expressions of sexual behavior.
Could one conclude that sexuality must have
evolved at several different times in the course
of evolution of living organisms and that mor-
phologic sexuality among higher organisms is
therefore basically different from functional sexu-
ality among lower organisms? The writer’s an-
swer to both parts of this question is an em-
phatic “No.”

Further it is being asserted that sexuality
basically is an ever-present, intrinsic, innate
property of all living protoplasm that manifests
itself by sexual behavior, as was previously indi-
cated by the writer (Wolf, 1954) in his interpre-
tation of sexuality in fungi. It is not structural
because sexual structures, all of them, are the re-
sults not the causes of sexuality. Sexuality did
not evolve but is a property which was possessed
by the first bit of living protoplasm. Sexual
structures however, have evolved. Sexuality is
never lost by any living organism or is never ac-
quired de novo by any process or as the result
of the presence of any structure. From this it
follows that living cells or organisms are never
asexual. They may not express at all times their
sexuality but they possess the potential for sex
expression.

If sexuality is functional it is indivisible either
at meiosis or at any mitosis. It does not consist
of two entities, but rather of two complementary
moieties. These moieties should be designated
two mating potentials or compatibility types,
as they express degree of imbalance between
maleness and femaleness. This interpretation of
sexuality is portrayed in the graph below. This

mating potential

<? — - — —§ — ■ — • — $

t »

MALENESS NEUTRAL FEMALENESS

graph indicates the unity of sexuality with grad-
ual increase of male potential and concomitant
decrease of female potential in one direction and
with gradual increase in female potential and
decrease in male potential in the opposite direc-
tion. Such interpretation eliminates the exist-

ence of pure males and pure females, but indi-
cates that there may be graduated degrees of
complementary potentials from very strong to
very weak in opposite directions.

Mating between gametes can occur only if
there is a sufficient gradient or magnitude of im-
balance in the potential for maleness and female-
ness between a given pair of gametes. If, for
example, the potentials are equal the gametes
are neutral, and therefore they will not mate un-
less, through the operation of external or internal
factors, the mating potential of one or both
gametes becomes changed. The activity of hor-
monal growth controlling substances may be
established eventually to be the internal factor.
External factors, in turn, influence the internal
factors.

Sexuality, as interpreted herein, cannot be
Mendelian and is not heritable in any sense dif-
ferent from that of inheritance of any other
property of living protoplasms, such as ability to
respire, to photosynthesize, to synthesize any of
the many products elaborated bv plants, or to
respond in metabolic activity to external environ-
mental stimuli.

Whether a given gamete is able to mate with
another gamete is determined by the degree of
mating imbalance between them or by the rela-
tive strength of potential of the one to the other.
This makes it possible for a given gamete to re-
act as a male in one mating and as a female in
another mating. But the fact remains, as stated
bv Snyder (1940) that “the fertilized egg cell,
although it reacts normally in a way to manifest
only maleness or femaleness yet these character-
istics are only specific degrees of a continuous
series of stages.’ This statement argues for the
unity of sexualitv but at the same time allows for
lack of fixity of this property or characteristic.

Sexual patterns of behavior, as interpreted
herein, cannot be attributed solely to the pres-
ence or the functioning of any single cellular
component or structure. All of the structural
elements of the cell interact interdependentlv in
conditioning expression of sexuality as well as in
controlling other activities. Unless all operate
svnchronously and harmoniously aberration and
malfunction result.

The final chapter remains to be written that
will adequately explain how external and in-
ternal factors are interrelated in the determina-
tion of differentiation of gametes and of shift in
their expression of sexuality or mating potential.
The solution of this problem, in relation to the
entire problem of functional cell differentiation,
is being earnestlv sought. It is suggested that
eventuallv functional differentiation may be
found to be correlated with the configuration of
the peptide chains composing the nucleoproteins.

44

ASB Bulletin

Summary

Sex reversal, so-called, in plants is given con-
sideration by a review of certain selected publi-
cations that deal with this phenomenon among
fungi and seed plants. The data supplied by
these publications are reinterpreted in an effort
to harmonize differences among the interpreta-
tions.

Reinterpretation to indicate that sex is not re-
versed is based upon the credo that sexuality is
a fundamental property possessed by all living
protoplasm. It has existed since life began.
Sexuality basically is not morphological or struc-
tural but is functional or physiological. Sex
structures thus are not regarded as causal in
sexuality but as resultant features.

Sexuality is an indivisible entity with binary
potentials called mating potentials, having dif-
ferent gradations of maleness and femaleness.
From this it follows that there are no pure males
or pure females. Thus there can be no reversal
of sex but only a shift in imbalance between the

potentials. Such shift may be induced by in-
ternal factors (hormones) or by external or en-
vironmental factors.

Literature Cited

Bishop, H., 1940. A study of sexuality in Sapromyces
reinschii. Mycologia 32: 505-529.

Blakeslee, A. F., 1920. Sexuality in Mucors. Sci. N. S.
51: 375-382, 403-409.

Emerson, R., Current trends of experimental research in
aquatic Phycomycetes. Ann. Rev. Microbiol. 4: 169-
200.

Galindo, J., and M. E. Gallegly, 1960. The nature of
sexuality in Phytophthora infestans. Phytopath. 50:
123-128.

Galun, E., and D. Atsmon, 1960. The leaf-floral bud
relationship of genetic sexual types in the cucumber
plant. Bull. Res. Counc. of Israel. Sec. D, Bot. 9D:
43-50.

Schaffner, J. H., 1921. Influence of environment on
sexual expression in hemp. Bot. Gaz. 71: 197-219.

Snyder, L. H., 1940. The principles of heredity. XV +
452 pp. D. C. Heath & Co.

Witschi, E., 1960. Sex reversal in animals and in man.
Amer. Scientist 48: 399-414.

Wolf. Frederick A.. 1954. An interpretation: Sexuality
of fungi, four. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 70: 269-288.

Yampolsky, C., 1919. Inheritance of sex in Mercurialis
annua. Amer. Jour. Bot. 6: 410-442.

Control Mechanisms in Invertebrates

At the 22nd meeting of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, held in Lexington, Ken-
tucky, 20-22 April 1961, a symposium on con-
trol mechanisms in invertebrates was sponsored
jointly by the Societu of General Physiologists
and the ASB. The following are outlines of the
three papers presented at the symposium.

Control of Pigmentary Effectors
Milton Fingerman
Newcomb College, Tulane University
New Orleans, Louisiana

The two types of pigmentary effectors occur in crus-
taceans, retinal pigment cells in the compound eye and
chromatophores primarily in the integument underlying
the exoskeleton. The retinal pigments are involved in
photomechanical adaptation of the compound eye in re-
sponse to changes in illumination. The major function
of chromatophoral pigments is to provide protective
coloration.

Migration of the pigments in both types of effector
is mediated by substances produced in neurosecretory
cells. The distribution of these cells has been deter-
mined in the dwarf crayfish, Cambarellus shufeldti.
Five groups of neurosecretory cells were identified in the
supraesophagieal ganglia alone.

The role of endocrines in regulating the distal
retinal pigment has been investigated in recent
years. It had been known that migration of this

pigment toward the fully light-adapted position was me-
diated by a substance in the sinus gland and central
nervous organs. Only recently, however, has direct evi-
dence been adduced for a principle that causes the dis-
tal pigment to migrate toward the fully dark-adapted
position. Injection of eyestalk extracts into the crayfishes
Orconectes clypeatus and Cambarellus shufeldti and into
the prawn Palaemonetes vulgaris, all of which were in a
darkroom, resulted in immediate migration of the distal
pigment toward the fully light-adapted position. How-
ever, if throughout the experiment the assay animals
were exposed to an intensity of illumination which would
maintain the distal pigment in a state approximately mid-
way between the fully light-adapted and dark-adapted
positions, then after the light-adaptational response had
run its course, a dark-adaptational response would be ob-
served. Through the use of filter paper electrophoresis,
these antagonistic light-adapting and dark-adapting prin-
ciples have been separated from one another.

Investigations in which the same crustaceans, Camba-
rellus, Orconectes, and Palaemonetes, as well as the
grapsoid crab Sesarma reticulatum were utilized, have
revealed that the chromatophores of these animals are
also regulated hv antagonistic substances. In each of
these animals it has been shown that migration of their
chromatophoral pigments is mediated by pigment-con-
centrating and pigment-dispersing principles. An at-
tempt was made to determine the effects of long-term
adaptation to a specific background upon the chromato-
phores and neurosecretory cells. It was found that the
rate of pigment migration gradually decreased during the

Vol. 8, No. 3, July 1961

45

period of adaptation and futhermore, that the hormone
in the circumesophageal connectives not needed by the
animals during the period of adaptation, e.g. darken-
ing hormone in animals on a white background, was
present in greater quantity in them than in animals that
needed the hormone for background adaptation. This
experiment (1) showed what happens to the target organ
and the endocrine sources when animals are exposed to
the same background for a long period of time and (2)
provided the first direct evidence that chromatophorotro-
pins outside the eyestalk play a normal role in control
of color changes. No chromatophorotropin is chemi-
cally the same as either of the retinal pigment activating
principles. This conclusion is based upon differences in
the electrophoretic behavior of the hormone.

Invertebrate Contributions to the Analysis
of Organized Systems of Neurons
Theodore H. Bullock
University of California , Los Angeles

Analysis of mechanisms of control proceeds at several
levels from the integrative properties of the single neuron
to the organizational features of the brain.

The neuron has been shown to include a variety of
differentiated types of membrane and correspondingly
different kinds of response. Only one of these is the all
or none spike or nerve impulse, specialized for long dis-
tance propagation, in axons. The others are graded,
labile and local and may give rise to a spike if they de-
polarize enough and at the right place. The spike initi-
ating locus, generator synaptic, pacemaker and local
potentials each occur in limited regions of dendrites or
soma. Integrative flexibility comes from their gradation,
their spread which is local and decrementol, the anatomy
of the cell and its opportunities for convergence and the
timing of the several labile prepotentials, which can sum
facilitate or defacilitate. Much of this has been worked
out with intracellular electrodes in lobster cardiac gang-
lion. crayfish stretch receptor, squid and gastropod giant
cells among other invertebrates.

Evidence of increasingly complex integration in groups
of neurons includes such recent observations as the fol-
lowing. Some cells require a convergence of certain
presynaptic elements to fire. This reaches considerable
complexity as exemplified in 3rd or 4th order cells of the
visual system only to moving objects of small radius.

Another set of possibilities for control is represented
by the cases of centrogenic pattern. Some actions like a
lobster heart beat, swimming in the leech and feeding
rhythms in lugworms are probably due to rhythms aris-
ing in the central nervous system and requiring no tim-
ing cues from sense organs but only an adequate steady

state. Even more actions depend on a sensory trigger
but are formulated by pre-existent central patterns of
command as in sneezing, coughing, and ordinary reflexes.

Besides the analysis of nervous organization by meth-
ods of electrical recording and of stimulation and abla-
tion of parts, significant contributions are being made by
the methods of control systems engineer observing the
whole animal’s reaction while interrupting some feedback
link permits useful and quantitative statements of min-
imal connections time constants and components of the
system controlling that reaction.

A

Some Recent Advances in
Insect Endocrinology
Dietrich Bodenstein
University of Virginia

Growth in insects finds its visual expression in molt-
ing. It is a cyclic process, in which periods of rest al-
ternate with those of active growth. Because of this
peculiar organization, molting is a feature of cardinal
importance to insects and all physiological and metabolic
functions are adapted to serve an aid its progress. Molt-
ing involves not only growth but also differentiation; it
is a highly complicated process in which a precise inte-
gration of all the component parts involved is prerequi-
site. This integration is under the control of hormones,
the great biological co-ordinators. In the last two dec-
ades, we have learned a great deal about insect hormone
activities, and recently impressive progress has been
made in the analysis of the chemical components of
some of these hormones. And yet, our understanding of
the mechanism by which these substances exert their
effects on the target systems is almost nil. Great dif-
ficulties are further encountered in appraising the role
played by each gland of internal secretion in the hu-
moral system. Far too little is known concerning the
factors humoral, nervous, or other that activate, en-
hance, or depress the secretory activity of specific glands
or hormone systems. In some instances, we are not even
certain as to which hormone is responsible for a spe-
cific task. With so much uncertain, it is timely to dis-
cuss briefly how these and other difficulties affect the
interpretative accuracy of the physiology of action of
insect hormones.

<■ * ■> j

46

ASB Bulletin

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

Dr. Harry Bennett, Secretary of the ASB Bulletin, is
Director of a program of summer training sponsored by
the NSF. This program is for high school students
who wish to work in Marine Biology at the Gulf Coast
Research Laboratory, and will be run in three separate
periods of three weeks duration. Ten boys will be se-
i lected to attend each session. Dr. Bennett was also

! recently elected President of the Louisiana Science
j Teachers Association.

Dr. Ronald C. Fraser of the University of Tennessee
Department of Zoology and Entomology has received
a one-year grant of $7,417 from the American Cancer
Society to continue studies on immunization against
I tumors in mice.

C. W. Hart, Jr., Editor of the ASB Bulletin, has
received a grant from the American Philosophical Soci-
ety to continue his work on the freshwater shrimps of
the Caribbean islands. In 1962 he will collect shrimps
on Guadeloupe, Martinique, Dominica, and Barbados.

Dr. S. Leonard Doerpinghaus of the Biology De-
partment at Agnes Scott College has been promoted to
Associate Professor.

Dr. Nancy Groseclose, long a member of the Biology
teaching staff at Agnes Scott College, received her
Ph.D. degree from the University of Virginia this June;
she has been promoted to Associate Professor.

Mr. Fred Parrish, Instructor of Invertebrate Zoology
at Agnes Scott College, has received a Danforth grant
to continue his research.

Dr. S. Leonard Doerpinghaus, Associate Professor of
Botany at Agnes Scott College, is attending the Na-
tional Science Foundation Institute for Marine Biology
this summer in Oregon.

Mr. Francis M. Bush, who will complete all of his
requirements for the Ph.D. in August at the University
of Georgia, has accepted a positioin as Assistant Pro-
fessor of Biology at Howard College, beginning Sep-
tember, 1961.

Dr. C. C. Hall of the Department of Biology at
Howard College is teaching in the Summer Science
Institute in the Department of Biology held at Stephen
i F. Austin State College, Nacogdoches, Texas.

Mr. Bruce Dowling, Assistant Executive Director of
the Nature Conservancy, Washington, D. C.. visited the
State of Alabama and observed various natural areas
with Mr. Gibbs Patton of the University of Alabama
Department of Biology, who is Alabama State Repre-
sentative for the Nature Conservancy.

Dr. B. Theodore Cole, Associate Professor of Biology
at the University of South Carolina has recently received
a two year grant of $25,000 from the National Science
Foundation. Dr. Cole is undertaking a comparative
study of lipid constituents and changes therein, of nor-
mal, adult, embryonic and pathological cells and cell
fractions.

Three graduate students in Zoology at L. S. U.— Del-
wyn G. Berrett, Laurence C. Binford, and Edward
Armstrong— have just returned from southern Mexico,
where they pursued problems in avian biology. This
was Mr. Berrett’s second 4-month expedition to Mexico.

George C. Kent, Jr., L. S. U., appeared on the Lec-
turers and Artists Series at Maryville College in April.
The lecture, designed for a general audience, was en-
titled “The Biologist’s Entelechy,” and was concerned
with the characteristics of life as presently understood at
the molecular level.

Professor J. T. Penney at the University of South Car-
olina is anxious to obtain specimens of Spongillidae from
many areas. It would be appreciated if Louisiana biolo-
gist who are in the field would find it possible to collect
small pieces and send them to Dr. Penney. The speci-
mens mav be preserved dry or in any of tbe conventional
fluids. Dr. B. T. Cole, former editor of the Proceedings,
is now a colleague of Dr. Penney’s.

Norman Negus, Tulane University, is spending a sab-
batical working on mammal population dynamics at
Jackson Hole, Massachusetts.

Dr. George Penn, Tulane University, is on leave to
work on hybridization and in specific competition of
dwarf crayfishes in Louisiana.

Dr. A. J. Sharp, head of the Department of Botany at
the University of Tennessee, will relinquish his adminis-
trative duties in September, 1961, in order to devote full
time to teaching and research. Since coming to the Uni-
versity of Tennessee in 1929. Dr. Sharjo has made many
studies of the plants in the Southern Appalachians, and
has also studied the flora of Guatemala and Mexico
where he spent two years as a Guggenheim fellow. Dr.
Sharp lias held offices in numerous botanical societies
and is now President of the American Society of Plant
Taxonomy. Succeeding Dr. Sharp as head of the Botany
Department will be Dr. Walter R. Herndon. Jr. of the
University of Alabama. Dr. Herndon received his B.S.
and M.S. degrees from the University of Alabama and
the Ph.D. from Vanderbilt University. He has taught
at Vanderbilt and Middle Tennessee State College, and
is now associate professor of botany at the Uhiversity of
Alabama. He lias spent several summers at Woods Hole,
Mass., studying marine algae and is now engaged in
studies on radioactive effects on algae.

Charles DePoe who will receive his Ph.D. from the
Department of Botany at North Carolina State College.
Raleigh has accepted a position as Assistant Professor of
Biology at Northeast Louisiana State College in Monroe,
La. and will begin his duties September 1.

Dr. R. W. Menzel of Florida State University has re-
ceived a grant from the Fire Island Sea Clam Company
of New York to conduct research on clam mericulture.
Clams will be planted on a semi-commercial basis to de-
termine what precautions will be needed to grow clams
commercially in Florida. The results of the investiga-
tion will be available to anyone interested in such a
venture.

Dr. Beryl C. Franklin, formerly Assistant Professor of
Zoology at L. S. U., and Dr. Herbert S. Wallace, for-
merly Professor of Biology at Franklin College in Indiana,
have joined the staff of the Biology Dept, at Northeast
Louisana State College.

E. B. Chamberlain. Jr., left employ of Florida Game
and Fresh Water Fish Commission May 1, 1961. to ac-
cept employment with the Lb S. Fish and Wildlife Ser-
vice in Atlanta, where he will serve as Assistant Federal
Aid Supervisor. He was employed by the Florida Game

Vol. 8, No. 3, July 1961

47

and Fresh Water Fish Commission for 13 years during
which time he served as Assistant Federal Aid Coordina-
tor, Federal Aid Coordinator and Chief of Game Man-
agement.

E. T. Heinen left employ of Florida Game and Fresh
Water Fish Commission March 19 to accept employ-
ment with the International Cooperation Administration
for assignment in Sudan working on a hyacinth control
project in the Nile River. He was employed by the
Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission for 12
years during which time he served as Fish Management
Technician, Division Director and Chief of Fish Man-
agement.

Dr. William H. Adams, Jr. Associate Professor of Bi-
ology at Tennessee Wesleyan College, has received two
NSF grants for this summer— one as an independent in-
vestigator at tlie Highlands Biological Station conduct-
ing research on the ecology of mammals in the gorges
of the southeastern escarpment of the Blue Ridge
Mountains, and another for participation in the ORINS
Radiation Biology Institute at Oak Ridge.

Mary Warters, Centenary College of Louisiana, has
received a grant of $3,478.00 from the Atomic Energy
Commission to continue studies on X-autosomal translo-
cations of Drosophila melanogaster .

Institutions and Organizations

Northeast Louisiana State College at Monroe has un-
der construction a new Biology-Geology building which
is scheduled for completion January 1, 1962. The two
story air conditioned structure will house laboratories and
classrooms for both biology and geology. Faculty offices
are provided with research areas. A dark room, animal
room, constant temperature room, walk -in-freezer, and
herbarium are also provided in the new structure. A
uniquely designed, circular museum area will provide
displav space for both departments and will be made
available for public viewing.

The Highlands Biological Station has been awarded a
grant of $91,500 by the National Science Foundation to
support research in the gorges of the southeastern es-
carpment of the Blue Ridge Mountains over a 3-year
period. Two types of grants are provided: (1) Post- and
Pre-doctoral grants for independent investigators, and
(2) Post- and Pre-doctoral grants for Research Partici-
pants. Dr. H. J. Oosting, Duke University, is the Co-
ordinator of the Project. Full details and application
blanks may be secured from the Director, Highlands
Biological Station, Highlands, N. C.

The Biology Department of Spring Hill College was

awarded a grant of $1000 by the Esso Foundation for
the support of research by staff members.

The University of Kentucky has recently opened new
2-year University Centers, and dedicated new buildings,
at Henderson (Northwest Center), Covington (Northern
Center), and Cumberland (Southeast Center). The Uni-
versity now has a total of 5 off-campus centers; the other
two being at Ashland and at Fort Knox.

The Department of Botany, University of Kentucky, re-
cently added Dr. Edward T. Browne, Jr. to its staff as an
Assistant Professor. Dr. Browne came to Kentucky from
the University of Georgia and received his Ph.D. from
the University of North Carolina. Dr. Browne’s spe-
ciality is in systematic botany. He has been appointed
Curator of the Herbarium.

The Gamma Rafinesque Chapter of Phi Epsilon Phi,
the National Botanical Honorary Fraternity, has been re-
activated at the University of Kentucky. Faculty advisor
of the group is Dr. Carl E. Henrickson.

A chapter of Alpha Epsilon Delta, International Pre-
medical Honor Society has been installed at the Uni-
versity of Kentucky. It will be known as the Kentucky
Beta Chapter. Faculty advisor is Dr. Robert A. Kuehne,
Assistant Professor of Zoology.

The new Medical Center at the University of Ken-
tucky began operations last fall with the admission of its
first class of 40 students. Total cost of the Center will
be $27,000,000. The Medical Science Building ($5,300,-
000.) is already completed, and the Hospital ($9,100,000.)
and Dental Science Building ($2,300,000.) are scheduled
for completion by the end of the year.

The Ltniversity of Kentucky is scheduled to start or
complete within the next two years buildings totalling •
approximately $16,000,000. These include a Chemistry- j
Physics building ($5,600,000.), Library addition ($2,000,- I
000.), Woman’s Dormitory' and Central Dining Unit
($1,750,000.), College of Commerce ($1,800,000.), four
Fraternity Houses ($600,000.), Addition to Student Union
($2,000,000.), Spindletop Research Institute ($1,300,000.),
and an Agricultural Research Center ($1,000,000.).

The Department of Zoology, University of Kentucky,
recently added Dr. John A. Wallwork to its staff as an
Assistant Professor. Dr. Wallwork is an acarologist and
soil zoologist, a graduate of the University of Wales,
United Kingdom. He received his Ph.D. from the LTni-
versitv of Michigan and has been teaching the last three
years in the University College of Ghana at Legon, Ac-
cra, Ghana.

The ETniversitv of North Carolina Department of Bot-
any has been awarded a $24. 200-grant by the National
Science Foundation. The money will be used to pur-
chase an electron microscope and other instruments.

The Biology Department of Alabama College recently
received a grant of $9,200 from the Atomic Energy Com-
mission for the purchase of teaching equipment to be
used with radioisotopes. A new laboratory has been pre-
pared for this equipment in which a Radiation Biology
course will be taught. The equipment will also be used
for demonstration purposes in the introductory courses.

48

ASB Bulletin

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

NIH Laboratory— Williams Building, South Carolina State Hospital, Columbia

BOTANICAL

Volume 8, Number 4

October, 1961

Volume 8 , Number 4 — October 1961

CONTENTS

Association Affairs 50

The National Institutes of Health Laboratory at Columbia,

South Carolina — Martin D. Young 51

Items of Interest: The Denver A A AS Meeting 56

News of Biology in the Southeast 57

t

i

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna. Changes of address
should be sent promptly to the Secretary
of the ASB, Dr. Harry J. Bennett, Depart-
ment of Zoology, Louisiana State Univer-
sity, Baton Rouge, La. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions should
be sent to the Business Manager, Dr. Elsie
Quarterman, Department of Biology, Van-
derbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. Sub-
scription rate for non-members of the
ASB: $2.00 per year. Printing and typog-
raphy by the Wickersham Printing Co.,
Lancaster, Penna.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

Hakhy J. Bennett, Associate Editor

Elsie Quarterman, Business Manager

Officers of the A. S. B.

President — Royal E. Shanks, University of
T ennessee

Retiring President — Victor A. Greulach,
University of North Carolina

President-Elect — Walter S. Flory, Univer-
sity of Virginia

Vice-President — E. Ruffin Jones, University
of Florida

Secretary — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Treasurer — Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt
University

Executive Committee — Walter R. Hern-
don, University of Alabama; Victor M.
Cutter, Jr., Woman’s College of the
University of North Carolina; James
H. Gregg, University of Florida; Eu-
gene P. Odum, University of Georgia;
Robert B. Short, Florida State Uni-
versity; B. Theodore Cole, University
of South Carolina; Charles E. Jenner,
University of North Carolina. All
officers are ex officio members of the
executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida State
University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College

North Carolina — William J. Koch, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Winthrop
College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

The following names and ad-
dresses are from the membership
file of tlie ASB. The addresses are
the last we have on record, and are
apparently incorrect. If anyone
knows the correct addresses of any
of these people, please notify. Dr.
Harry J. Bennett, Department of
Zoology, Louisiana State University,
Baton Rouge, Louisiana.

Rose Mary Costner
Dept, of Zoology
University of Tenn.

Knoxville, Tenn.

Edward MacLean Lowry
Box 5215, Zoology Dept.

State College Station
Raleigh, N. C.

Donald B. Williams
Div. of Sci. and Biol.

Maryville College
Maryville Tenn.

Bobby J. Cough
General Delivery
Tech Station
Ruston, La.

Samuel Wilford Rosso
Div. of Biol. Sciences

I

Mississippi Southern College
Hattiesburg, Miss.

Judith C. Reesor
Dept, of Zoology
University of Tenn.

Knoxville, Tenn.

Carl John Burk
Dept, of Botany
Smith College
Northampton, Mass.

Robert P. Higgins
Dept, of Biology
Wake Forest Coll.

Winston-Salem, N. C.

To enable the nominating com-
mittee to function more effectively
this year, nominations for persons
to fill the following positions should
be made at this time: President
elect, Vice-president, Treasurer, and
two Executive Committee members.
Please mail your nominations to Dr.
Victor A. Greulach, Department of
Botany , University of North Caro-
lina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

50

ASB Bulletin

In 1831 the Office of Malaria Investigations,
National Institute of Health, U.S. Public
Health Service, under the direction of Dr. L. L.
Williams, Jr., Washington, D. C., decided to es-
tablish a field station for the purposes of perfect-
ing methods of the use of malaria in the treat-
ment of neurosyphilis and of studying the biology
of malaria.

After a survey, Dr. Bruce Mayne selected the
South Carolina
State Hospital
on May 26, 1931.

During the
first years, the
work was on the
epidemiology of
malaria, using as
an investiga-
tional method
the inducing of
malaria in neu-
rosyphilitic pa-
tients. Particu-
lar interest was
placed on the
transmission of
malaria by in-
jecting sporozo-
ites. On June
16, 1937, the
writer joined the
staff for the pur-
pose of enlarg-
ing the work in
parasitology. In
March of 1938,

Dr. G. Robert
Coatney joined the laboratory staff for the main
purpose of working on pigeon malaria, which he
had discovered some years previously. Dr.
Coatney remained until January 1941 when he
transferred to Washington to devote his time to
the development of new drugs for malaria.

Dr. Bruce Mayne died April 30, 1941. The
writer was placed in charge of the laboratory.
On January 28, 1942, Dr. Robert W. Burgess
joined the laboratory as entomologist. His im-
mediate objective was to establish an insectary
of anopheline mosquitoes and to produce large
quantities of these insects infected with malaria.

Upon the outbreak of World War II, it be-
came obvious that foreign malarias were being
returned in troops from the South Pacific and
that we had inadequate knowledge of the ability
of these malarias to be transmitted by native

1 Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Public Health
Service, National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Al-
lergy and Infectious Diseases, Laboratory of Parasite Chemo-
therapy, P.O. Box 717, Columbia, South Carolina.

- Now Assistant Chief, Laboratory of Parasite Chemotherapy
National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland.

mosquitoes and to establish themselves in this
country. At the request of the Army and Navy,
the U. S. Public Health Service through the
National Institute of Health and the Malaria
Control in War Areas Office established the “Im-
ported Malaria Studies Program.” This special
study was activated in November 1943 with
headquarters in the NIH laboratory in Columbia.
A branch laboratory was set up in Letterman

General Laboratory in San Francisco, California,
in December 1943. The object of this laboratory
was to study the vectorial ability of the Cali-
fornia mosquitoes. During the one year that this
laboratory operated, it was found that the mos-
quitoes of the west coast were efficient vectors
of foreign malarias. The work led to the coloni-
zation for the first time of Anopheles freehorni
which has proven by comparative studies to be
the best malaria vector in the United States. Be-
cause of this characteristic, it has been used
extensively in experimental work with human
and simian malarias.

Other laboratories were established at the
Harmon General Hospital in Longview, Texas,
and the Moore General Hospital in Swannanoa,
North Carolina, for the purpose of studying re-
lapsing malaria in returned troops. In addition
to these IMS operated laboratories, foreign ma-
laria were studied in several other military hos-
pitals. There were eight cooperating state,
Veterans, and private hospitals who used the

The National Institutes
of Health Laboratory at
Columbia, South Carolina

By MARTIN D. YOUNGS

Vol. 8, No. 4, October 1961

51

foreign malarias for the treatment of neurosyph-
ilis, thus adding to the information.

Over 1000 military personnel with relapsing
malaria were observed to collect various data.
Approximately another 1000 patients, either neu-
rosyphilitic patients or volunteers, were given
the foreign malarias.

The biology of the foreign malarias was ex-
tensively studied. The vivax malarias were
shown to be similar in many respects to the
domestic malarias but are more virulent. The
Chesson strain of Plasmodium vivax from the
Pacific, because of its characteristic of early and
frequent relapses, was isolated and has become
the standard for the testing of potential anti-
malarial drugs. The foreign malarias, although
varying in their ability to infect native mos-
quitoes, could be transmitted by them under
usual malariogenic conditions. The malarias
were infective to mosquitoes during both symp-
tomatic and asymptomatic parasite relapses.

The IMS group at Swannanoa also did a de-
tailed study on returned cases of infections of
Wuchereria bancrofti which showed a diurnal
periodicity of microfilariae in the blood stream
rather than a non-periodic or aperiodic periodic-
ity formerly ascribed to filariasis from the South
Pacific. Further, it was shown that 10 American
mosquito species could transmit this worm but
epidemiologically probably only two, namely,
Culex pipiens and C. quinquefasciatus, were
potentially dangerous.

The Imported Malaria Studies accomplished
its objectives and upon recommendation of its
Director officially discontinued its work on June
30, 1945. At this time the laboratory at Swan-
nanoa became a part of the National Institute of
Health, as a branch of the Columbia laboratory.

On November 29, 1944, the laboratories
entered into a cooperative drug experiment with
the Division of Chemotherapy under the direc-
tion of Dr. Coatney. Prisoner volunteers in At-
lanta, Georgia, and at Seagoville, Texas, were
given malaria against which new drugs were
tried.

Shortly after the Atlanta prison work was
started a similar cooperative drug experiment
was begun with Dr. Alf S. Alving at Chicago,
wherein we infected his prisoner volunteers at
the Illinois State Prison, Statesville, Illinois. First
the Columbia and later the Milledgeville labora-
tory cooperated in this project.

In |une 1945 a field laboratory for a short time
( 11 months ) study of the ability of native mosqui-
toes to transmit indigenous malaria was estab-
lished at Manning, South Carolina. The study
showed that in an area of low endemicity the
asymptomatic malaria carrier, often with very
low parasitemia, is the important factor in the

transmission and maintenance of the malaria.
This helped explain some puzzling epidemio-
logical problems in other parts of the world.

We had been requested several times by the
superintendent to establish a laboratory at the
Milledegeville, Georgia, State Hospital. The
work with relapsing malaria in returned soldiers
being completed at Swannanoa, that laboratory,
with its personnel, was moved to Milledgeville,
Georgia, on March 8, 1946. The principal ob-
jectives were to study the biology of foreign ma-
larias induced in neurosyphilitic patients and to
continue the participation in the cooperative
drug studies by producing infected mosquitoes
and infecting prisoner volunteers. Dr. Geoffrey
M. Jeffery joined the Milledgeville staff on June
3, 1948, and assumed charge of the laboratory
when Dr. Eyles left for post-graduate study.

During the summers of 1944, 1945, and 1946,
Dr. Mary Stuart MacDougal, head of the Biology
Department of Agnes Scott College and an inter-
nationally known cytologist, worked at Columbia
on the cytology of the malaria parasite. In June
1948, Dr. Gordon B. Wolcott joined the staff to
conduct research in the cytology of malaria and
other parasites.

During the first twenty years the main em-
phasis was on malaria in the areas of host-para-
site relationships, biology and cytology of the
parasites, chemotherapy, use of malaria in the
treatment of neurosyphilis, and the biology,
colonization, hybridization, and vectorial abilities
of anopheline mosquitoes. Much basic informa-
tion was obtained.

In addition to the internal programs, the
laboratory was the principal supplier of human
malaria for the large scale programs for the
development of new and better antimalarial
drugs. This was made possible by techniques
perfected here for the mass production of mos-
quitoes infected with human malaria. Out of
the cooperative chemotherapy program came the
superior drugs now standard for the treatment of
malaria. At the same time, independent re-
searches in the laboratory developed the chemo-
therapy of P. malariae ( quartan ) malaria, which
type was not included in the large cooperative
studies.

Other researches were performed in the field
of parasitology, especially the particular prob-
lems related to patients in mental hospitals, such
as the high rate and intensity of infections. In-
vestigation of some patients with severe dysen-
tery revealed Balantidium coli infections, the
first time this parasite had been described from
South Carolina. Several cases were found, rep-
resenting about twenty per cent of all found to
that date in the United States. Treatment with
carbarsone was successful, proved by a ten-year
follow-up.

52

ASB Bulletin

On June 15, 1950, the Columbia laboratory be-
came the headquarters for the Section on Epi-
demiology consisting of laboratories at Colum-
bia, South Carolina, Memphis, Tennessee, Mill-
edgeville, Georgia, and Seagoville, Texas.

The Memphis laboratory was changed com-
pletely from malaria to the study of toxoplas-
mosis and the epidemiology of intestinal para-
sites, with Dr. Don E. Eyles in charge.

The Milledgeville laboratory continued to do
basic research in malaria, as well as the coopera-
tive malaria chemotherapy study with Dr. Coat-

During these years, despite the reduction in
the amount of malaria research, there were
nevertheless some significant findings. The tis-
sue phases of Plasmodium falciparum were
found in the liver following careful and detailed
experiments. The discovery in a return veteran
of P. ovale, which species had not been reported
previously in the United States, resulted in an
epidemiological study elucidating the factors
which might contribute to its transmission and
establishment in this country. Cooperative work
on malaria drugs continued with other groups

Dr. Geoffrey M. Jeffery,

former Editor of the ASB
Bulletin, and the author.
Dr. Martin D. Young,
examine charts showing
the results of tests with
a new hookworm drug.

ney. The epidemiological study of intestinal
parasites in a mental hospital population was be-
gun. The laboratory at the Federal Correctional
Institution at Seagoville, Texas, was for the study
of the transmission of parasites using prisoner
volunteers, under the direction of Dr. Robert C.
Rendtorff.

The Columbia laboratory, in addition to its
malaria studies, began an experimental chemo-
therapeutic program on intestinal parasites in
mental patients. Also started was a study of
virusparasite relationships and the relationship
of toxoplasmosis to mental conditions.

Malaria work being further de-emphasized, the
Milledgeville laboratory was closed on August
15, 1954. Dr. Jeffery and two staff members
were transferred to the Columbia laboratory.
Dr. Jeffery started a program studying the epi-
demiology of intestinal parasites in the mental
patients and later, upon departure of Dr. Rend-
torff in September 1955, undertook the investiga-
tion of the transmission of viruses by parasites.

resulting in much additional knowledge in this
field.

Basic studies in malaria elucidated for the
first time the chromosome patterns for all of the
human malarias. Experimentally induced ma-
laria infections observed throughout the com-
plete life history added valuable epidemiological
information which became of immediate value in
predicting the course and transmissibility of ma-
laria infections. This information was of special
value for the evaluation of malaria eradication
programs. Hybridization of two important ma-
laria vectors established a new approach in re-
search, which was readily adopted by other
laboratories. Research by a summer investigator
showed that four anophelines could transmit bird
malaria, thus contributing to the revision of the
long-held opinion that anophelines were vector
specific for human malaria and culicines for
avian malaria.

The rapid appearance of resistance to pyri-
methamine by P. vivax, P. falciparum, and P.

Vol. 8, No. 4, October 1961

53

The ovaries of caterpillars are removed and trans-
ferred to tissue culture slides by Dr. William E.
Collins, Biologist.

malariae was shown experimentally. The resist-
ance was evident in the first relapse usually
within several weeks, after treatment with the
drug. Both the schizogonic forms and the
gametocytes were resistant to the drug, the
resistance factor was maintained after mosquito
transmission and after preservation at low tem-
peratures.

A study of the sporontocidal effects of drugs
showed that pyrimethamine was very rapid in its
action against susceptible parasites in the mos-
quito, being effective usually in less than one
day. After resistance appeared, the sporonto-
cidal effect was lost. Primaquine was an effec-
tive sporontocide but sterilization of the game-
tocytes required a day or so longer. However,
very small doses, as low as 1.5 mg. daily, were
sporontocidal. So far no resistance to prima-
quine has been demonstrated. Chloroquine has
no sporontocidal effect. Recently the first docu-
mented resistance of human malaria to chloro-
quine was demonstrated.

In a cooperative experiment with Dr. Coatney
at the Atlanta Federal Penitentiary, it was shown
that 25 mg. of pyrimethamine or 300 mg. of
chloroquine consumed weekly in table salt sup-
presses malaria.

Phase contrast and cinephotomicrographic
studies of living malaria parasites revealed new
information about the life cycle, especially fertili-
zation, and about the relationships of the para-
sites to the host red blood.

Considerable information was obtained on the
infectivity of human malarias to mosquitoes. It
was shown that in addition to being infectious
during the primary attack, malarias might infect
mosquitoes during the chronic asymptomatic
periods and for a much longer time than had
been generally thought.

The development of methods for preserving
human malaria parasites at about - 78° C has re-
sulted in the maintenance of virulent strains for
over four years and perhaps longer. Many of
the important standard strains of malaria are
being preserved in the laboratory.

An expansion of the epidemiological work on
the heavy parasitic infections in some mental
patients revealed valuable basic epidemiological
information. It was shown that Trichuris and
hookworm parasites can exist for at least six
years in infected patients without much reduc-
tion even when there is no transmission or
acquisition of new infections. The interruption
of transmission of these two parasites was ob-
tained with improved housing and strict hygienic
measures but the transmission of protozoan para-
sites continued.

For the first time, infections of Isospora were
found in South Carolina. This new parasite ap-
parently was responsible for otherwise unex-
plained epidemics of diarrhea in a home for
mental defectives. So far no treatment is known.

Another parasite new to the State was found,
that is, Gongylonema. It was actively migrating
in the lip mucosa of a rural woman and the
most logical source of infection was the con-
tamination of the drinking water. This brought
to three the parasites new to the State described
by members of the Columbia laboratory.

The Seagoville experimental transmission of
intestinal protozoa revealed the infective dosages
and duration of the certain parasitic infections as
well as other biological information.

Field epidemiological studies by the Memphis
laboratory related the incidence of intestinal
parasitic infections to the various economic and
hygienic conditions.

The study of toxoplasmosis at the Memphis
laboratory was intensively directed toward ther-
apy following a fatal infection in one of the
technicians. This resulted in the development
of the first and only known treatment of the
disease which is a combination of sulfas and
pyrimethamine. The efficacy of the treatment
was demonstrated dramatically by the quick
recovery of a second laboratory technician who
developed the disease. This therapy has been
found useful in other Toxoplasma infections in
adults.

Also, certain eye conditions respond to this
therapy. As the recognition of the pathogenic

54

ASB Bulletin

effects of toxoplasmosis grows, the discovery is
becoming of increasing value.

By extensive field and laboratory studies much
information was obtained on the epidemiology
of toxoplasmosis in man and animals and the
possibility of the latter being a reservoir for
human infections.

Puromycin, an antibiotic, was found to be
curative of symptomatic and asymptomatic Enta-
moeba histolytica infections. Given at weekly
doses it appeared to be prophylactic against
intestinal parasitic protozoa even on wards
where a high degree of risk was involved.

Dithiazanine, a cyanine dye, was shown to be
effective with the first treatment against the
heavy infections of Trichuris trichiura often
found in mental patients. However, subsequent
treatments were less effective. Regular weekly
and quarterly administration of the drug given
to the occupants of one entire building did not
prevent the transmission of these parasites nor
greatly reduce the incidence after the initial
dose.

Four salts of bephenium, a quaternary am-
monium compound, were shown to be effective
against hookworm, the hydroxynaphthoate and
chloride salts being about twice as effective as
tetrachloroethylene, the standard, albeit com-
paratively ineffective, hookworm drug.

Diphyllobothrium uris, a tapeworm infecting
bears and man in Alaska, was found to have a
haploid chromosome number of nine.

The new project on viruses showed that para-
site larva entry into the skin could simultane-
ously inoculate papilloma viruses which were
present. Some associations were shown between
intestinal parasites and viruses.

Improvements were made steadily in the tech-
nique of inducing and handling malaria for the
treatment of neurosyphilis. The laboratory acts
as the national center for strains of therapeutic
malaria, having supplied some 3000 inocula to
other hospitals and physicians for therapy of
neurosyphilis, nephrosis, and arthritis. About
2000 neurosyphilitic patients at the South Caro-
lina State Hospital have been inoculated and
followed during the course of the disease as a
cooperative program with the hospital. It is
estimated that some 20,000 neurosyphilitic pa-
tients have been inoculated or subinoculated
with strains of malaria maintained and furnished
by this laboratory.

In January 1959, in a reorganization, the
Laboratory of Tropical Diseases was dissolved
and four new laboratories organized. The
Columbia laboratory was placed in the new
Laboratory of Parasite Chemotherapy as the
Section on Epidemiology and the Memphis
Laboratory also became a separate Section on

Cytology, thus severing its administrative con-
nection with Columbia.

With the reorganization, malaria research was
again emphasized, especially as related to prob-
lems concerned with eradication programs in
various countries. Basic information was sought
on the life histories, response to drugs, infectivity
to mosquitoes during all phases of the life cycle,
etc., as these factors are important in understand-
ing the epidemiology of the disease, especially
in evaluating its disappearance.

The result of the above researches at the
Columbia and associated laboratories have been
published in over 200 papers.

Many foreign scientists have visited the labora-
tory for short periods, and in some cases for
several months to do research. The laboratory
has frequently given training courses in malaria
for Public Health Service personnel.

As the laboratory enters its thirtieth year, the
field of investigation is much broadened. In
addition to the malaria investigations, study con-
tinues on the problem of the heavy parasitism
found in patients of mental institutions with
particular emphasis on epidemiology and im-
proved therapy. The association of viruses with
protozoan and worm parasites as well as with
mosquito larva is being investigated. Attempts
are being made to culture insect tissues. A
study of parasite physiology is directed toward
elucidating drug action, especially against ma-
laria and intestinal worms. Drug resistance in
these parasites and ways to avoid or overcome
resistance are of particular interest.

Margaret Jean Westbrook, Medical Biology Tech-
nician, removes a baby chick from a cage con-
taining mosquitos infected with malaria.

Items of Interest: The Denver AAAS Meeting

The 128th meeting of the American Associa-
tion for the Advancement of Science, which will
be held at Denver, Colorado, 26-31 December
1961, will include sessions of 18 AAAS sections
and of some 75 participating organizations. The
following programs may be of interest to mem-
bers of the ASB who plan to attend this meeting.

Sectional Programs

AAAS Section C— Chemistry and cosponsors. Among the
sessions will be a two-session symposium, “Extra-
terrestrial Biochemistry and Biology,” arranged by
Charles R. Phillips, Dec. 27. Titles and speakers
at the morning session will be: “Factors Limiting
the Long Term Viability of Organisms,” Philip H.
Abelson; “The Borders of Biochemical Evolution,”
Sidney W. Fox; “Life Spectra,” Harry C. Stubbs;
and “Studies of Microorganisms under Extrater-
restrial Environment,” Richard Ehrlich and Ervin
J. Hawrylewicz. Titles and speakers at the after-
noon session: “Biological Profile of Mars,” Hubertus
Stmghold; “Interstellar Panspermia,” Carl Sagan;
“Concerning the Entry and Survival of Microorgan-
isms in Meteorites,” Frederick D. Sisler and Walter
L. Newton; and “Safety Practices Applicable to
Exobiological Research,” Charles R. Phillips and
Arnold G. Wedum.

AAAS Section N— Medical Sciences and cosponsors.
Four-session symposium, “Physiological and Bio-
chemical Aspects of Human Genetics,” arranged by
Alexander G. Beam and Oscar Touster, Dec. 29,
30. Topics and speakers will be:

A. Structure and Specific Action of DNA— J.
Marmur, R. L. Sinsheimer, J. Hurwitz, A. E.
Mirsky;

B. Gene-Protein Relationships, Part I— C. Baglioni,
David M. Bonner, G. D. Novelli, O. Smithies;

C. Gene-Protein Relationships, Part II— R. Ceppelini,
H. N. Kirkman, A. G. Motulsky, A. G. Stein-
berg;

D. Tissue Culture and Immunological and Evolu-
tionary Aspects— C. L. Markert, R. D. Owen,
T. T. Puck.

Societal Programs

Alpha Epsilon Delta. Annual symposium, “Career Op-
portunities in the Health Professions,” arranged by
Maurice L. Moore; annual luncheon and address;
Dec. 28.

American Nature Study Society. Among the sessions:
“Molecular Biology,” Alfred Novak presiding, Dec.
27; “Nature Study Around the World,” Richard L.
Weaver presiding, Dec. 27; “Outdoor Nature Inter-
pretation,” Dec. 28; joint program with the Na-
tional Association of Biology Teachers, “Conserva-

tion and International Resource Department,” Dec.
28; joint field trip with NABT, Dec. 29; motion-
picture film, Nature Adventure Around the World,
Dec. 29; sessions on “Natural History of the Rocky
Mountains,” Ruth Hopson presiding, Dec. 30.

American Physiological Society. Session, “Physiological
Factors in Manned Lunar Space Flight,” arranged
by Robert E. Smith, with Loren D. Carlson presid-
ing, Dec. 29. Included will be: “Neurophysiologi-
cal Aspects,” W. Ross Adey; and “Hemodynamic
Evaluation at Null Gravity,” Nello Pace; and a
panel discussion, “Space Physiologists: Their Role,
Availability, and Training.”

American Psychiatric Association, Committee on Re-
search. Two-session symposium, “Genetics and
Evolution in Relation to Human Behavior,” ar-
ranged by David A. Hamburg, Dec. 27. Among
the titles and speakers will be: “An Outline of
Human Evolution,” S. L. Washburn; “Baboon Be-
havior,” S. L. Washburn and Irven DeVore; “Evolu-
tion of Primate Social Behavior,” Irven DeVore;
“Evolution of Culture in Africa,” J. Desmond
Clark; “Selective Forces in the Evolution of Man,”
Ernst W. Caspari; Theodosius Dobzhansky.

American Society of Naturalists. Annual national meet-
ing, arranged by Ernst W. Caspari, will feature the
presidential address of Marston Bates, “Man’s Eco-
logical Niche,” Dec. 27, morn. The business meet-
ing of the society will follow.

American Society of Zoologists. Final program of the
national meeting of the Society, arranged by
Ray L. Watterson, with more than 30 sessions, in-
cludes 15 sessions for contributed papers, sponsored
by all six divisions of the Society, throughout the
meeting period; business meetings of five divisions;
and a series of symposia. Symposia are as follows:
“Neurosecretion,” three sessions, arranged by Nancy
S. Milburn, Dec. 28, 29; “Vertebrate Locomotion,”
arranged by D. Dwight Davis, Dec. 29; “Evolu-
tionary Changes in the Hormonal and Neural Bases
of Reproductive Behavior,” arranged by William C.
Young, Dec. 29, and “Cellular Endocrinology,”
arranged by Paul A. Wright, Dec. 30. The annual
business meeting of the ASZ as a whole is planned
for Dec. 29.

Beta Beta Beta Biological Society. The biennial meet-
ing of the Society, arranged by Mrs. Frank G.
Brooks, will be held Dec. 27, mom. It will be
followed by the biennial luncheon and address, ar-
ranged by H. P. Sturdivant, at which Martin W.
Fleck will speak.

Biomedical Information-Processing Organization. Ses-
sion for invited papers, arranged by Robert S.
Ledley, Dec. 27.

Biometric Society, Western North American Region.
Three-session program, arranged by Franklin A.
Graybill, Dec. 28.

56

ASB Bulletin

Ecological Society of America. Two-session symposium,
Dec. 26; other symposia and some six sessions for
contributed papers on plant ecology, animal ecol-
ogy, human ecology, and aquatic ecology, and a
series of sessions jointly sponsored by the Section
on Animal Behavior and Sociobiology and with the
Division of Animal Behavior and Sociobiology of
the American Society of Zoologists, arranged by
Martin W. Schein; Dec. 27, 28.

Mountain Lake Biological Station. Annual breakfast
with the AAAS, arranged by Horton H. Hobbs, Jr.,
for all persons who have been students, investi-
gators, or staff members at the station, Dec. 29.

National Association of Biology Teachers. Annual na-
tional meeting, Dec. 26-30. Included in the pro-
gram will be the NABT annual luncheon, Dec. 27,
presidential address, Dec. 28, and a series of sepa-
rate sessions, Dec. 27, 28, and 30, with the theme
“Accent on Investigating.”

Nature Conservancy. Meeting of the Conservancy’s
National Committee for Natural Areas for Schools,
arranged by John W. Brainerd.

Sigma Delta Epsilon. Regional meeting, arranged by
Ernestine B. Thurman, will include a tea for all
women in science.

Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics. Ses-
sion, arranged by D. L. Thomsen, Jr., “Biology
and Mathematics,” Dec. 29, aft.

Society of Protozoologists. Fourteenth annual meeting,
arranged by Norman D. Levine, includes four

sessions for contributed papers, Dec. 27-30, and a
round-table symposium, “Biochemical Phyletic Mark-
ers Among the Protozoa,” arranged by Seymour
H. Hutner. Among the titles and speakers at the
symposium will be; “Are There Biochemical Bound-
aries to a Phylum Protozoa?”, Ellsworth C. Dough-
erty; “Which Protozoa (if any) Should Be Called
Humanoid?”, S. H. Hutner; “Biochemical Intima-
tions of the Phylogenetic Position of the Ciliates,”
G. G. Holz, Jr.; and “Biochemical Taxonomy of
Trichomonads,” John J. Lee. Annual luncheon and
business meeting, Dec. 29.

Society of Systematic Zoology. Annual meeting will in-
clude sessions for contributed papers, annual break-
fast and business meeting, Dec. 30; three-session
symposium, “The Data of Classification,” arranged
by R. E. Blackwelder, Dec. 27, 28; and a two-
session symposium, “The Biogeography of the Phil-
ippine Islands,” arranged by Walter C. Brown, Dec.
29.

Society of the Sigma Xi. Sixty-second annual Conven-
tion, joint luncheon with the Scientific Research
Society of America, and joint address with Phi
Beta Kappa, “Science and Government,” by Harri-
son Brown; Dec. 29.

The AAAS Exposition of Science and Industry and
the AAAS Science Theatre, with recent foreign and
domestic films, will be prominent features of the meet-
ing. Coupons for sleeping accommodations and advance
registration will be found in Science.

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

Dr. Rene J. Bienvenu, head of the Department of
Bacteriology of Northwestern State College, Natchi-
toches, Louisiana, has received an NIH grant of $40,000
to continue studies on the natural resistance to bru-
cellosis.

Dr. Edward K. Sobers, Assistant Professor of Bac-
teriology, Northwestern State College, Natchitoches,
Louisiana, is directing an undergraduate research proj-
ect under a Louisiana Heart Association grant recently
awarded to Miss Clydell Davenport. Miss Davenport
also received a fellowship stipend from the same source.

Dr. Richard E. Garth, Assistant Professor of Biology,
Northwestern State College, Natchitoches, Louisiana,
will be director for the undergraduate research pro-
gram sponsored by NSF for the academic year 1961-
1962. Fourteen students in five areas of research will
participate in the program. He will also direct a sum-
mer institute for twenty high-ability high school stu-
dents.

Dr. George Ware, Associate Professor of Biology,
Northwestern State College, Natchitoches, Louisiana,
will teach plant ecology at the University of Oklahoma
Biological station at Lake Texoma during the summer
of 1962. He plans to continue his study of cottonwood
groves and sand bar plants on the Red River.

The Atomic Energy Commission announced a grant
of $28,000 to Dr. Alan Conger, Professor Radiation Bio-
logy (Botany-Zoology) at the University of Florida. This

grant is to be used in the Radiation Biology program
that has been in operation since 1958. Most of the
money will be used to purchase a new X-ray machine
capable of producing about one-half million roentgens
r minute. This powerful and versatile machine will
used to irradiate biological materials as part of Dr.
Conger’s work on the biological after-effect and long-
lived free radicals in irradiated seeds. The Atomic
Energy Commission also awarded $12,500 to Dr. George
Fritz, Assistant Plant Physiologist, Department of Bot-
any, Agriculture Experiment Station, University of
Florida, to support his studies on the metabolism of
molecular oxygen by plants.

Dr. Leland Shanor, head of the Department of Bio-
logical Sciences at Florida State University, was awarded
an honorary Doctor of Science degree by Illinois
Wesleyan University at the 1961 June Commencment.
Dr. Shanor was also appointed as chairman of the Myco-
logia Memoirs Committee of the Mycological Society of
America by the Council of the society at its meeting at
Purdue University.

Dr. A. M. Winchester, head of the Biology Depart-
ment at Stetson University, has accepted an appointment
as visiting professor of biology at the University of
South Carolina. He will be on leave of absence from
his position at Stetson during the tenure of his appoint-
ment at South Carolina.

Dr. J. Thomas Mullins, Assistant Professor of Botany
at the University of Florida, was awarded $25,200 by
the National Institutes of Health for a project “The Ge-

Vol. 8, No. 4, October 1961

57

netical Basis of Heterothallism in Dictyomorpha.” Dic-
tyomorpha is an aquatic fungi that is a particularly fa-
vorable organism for genetical studies and mutational
analyses.

A $45,683 research grant was awarded to Dr. Warren
S. Silver, Department of Bacteriology and Dr. Robert D.
Powell, Department of Botany at the University of Flor-
ida, by the National Institutes of Health to aid a three-
year study of interrelationships between certain trees and
the microbes living within their roots. Two of the trees
under study, Southern waxmyrtle and Australian pine,
are widely used in Florida for reforestation and soil ero-
sion control.

Dr. Henry Stevenson, Department of Biological Sci-
ences at Florida State University, was awarded a three
year research grant by the NIH for a study on the
“Abundance of Neotropical Birds in Florida.” Studies
of migration dates and pathways are also included in
the proposal.

Dr. Dorothy Crandall and Dr. James Chamberlain,

Biology Department, Randolph-Macon Woman’s College,
have been working during the past summer on a three
year forest ecological study of the piedmont area. Par-
ticular attention is being directed toward plant succes-
sion and small mammal populations.

Dr. Kirtley Mather, Geology Department, Harvard
University, will be at Randolph-Macon Woman’s College
November 13 and 14 to participate in two seminars and
to give a public lecture.

Dr. Franklin F. Flint has been appointed Acting Chair-
man of the Biology Department at Randolph-Macon
Woman’s College.

Dr. Lyman R. Emmons, a graduate of Trinity College,
who received his Ph.D. from the University of Virginia,
has been appointed Assistant Professor of Biology at
Washington and Lee University.

Mr. Joe E. Coggins, formerly with the Educational
Division, Virginia Commission of Game and Inland Fish-
eries, and later conducting research for the same agency,
has been appointed to the staff of the Biology Depart-
ment, Hampden-Sydney College.

Dr. D. H. Messersmith, Biology Department, Radford
College, completed the requirements for the Ph.D. de-
gree in entomology at Virginia Polytechnic Institute dur-
ing the past summer.

Dr. R. H. Hoffman, Biology Department, Radford Col-
lege, conducted studies during the past summer on the
millipede fauna of the southeastern appalachians under
a grant from the National Science Foundation admin-
istered by the Highlands Biological Station.

Dr. John G. Barker, Head, Biology Department, Rad-
ford College, has recently been named chairman of the
Committee on Science Teaching, Virginia Academy of
Science.

Dr. Willie M. Reams, Zoology Department, Louisiana
State University, participated in the 5th International
Pigment Cell Conference sponsored by the New York
Academy of Sciences in New York, October 11-14, 1961.

Dr. Harry Wheeler, Department of Botany and Plant
Pathology, Louisiana State University, has received a
grant of $59,000 over a five year period from the USPHS
for research in phytopathogenic toxins.

Dr. John P. Hollis, Department of Botany and Plant
Pathology, Louisiana State University, has received a
Fulbright grant to study plant parasitic nematodes in
Kenya, Africa.

Dr. Robert W. Kelley, Assistant Professor of Biology,
Southeastern Louisiana College, attended the Tulane

University Institute of Radiation Biology sponsored by
the AEC and NSF from 3 July through 24 August.

Dr. Rosamond Killigrew and Dr. Bernard Carrier has
recently joined the faculty of the Department of Biolog-
ical Sciences of the Southeastern Louisiana College.

Dr. Temd R. Deason has joined the staff of the Biol-
ogy Department of the University of Alabama as Assist-
ant Professor. Dr. Deason, a phycologist, receives his
Ph.D. under Professor Harold Bold at the University of
Texas. He lias been Assistant Professor of Biology at
the University of Delaware.

Dr. Joab L. Thomas has joined the staff of the Biol-
ogy Department of the University of Alabama as Assist-
ant Professor. Dr. Thomas, a plant taxonomist, received
his Ph.D. under Professor Reed C. Rollins at Harvard.
He has been associated with Arnold Arboretum.

Dr. J. Gordon Carlson, Head of the Department of
Zoology and Entomology at the University of Tennessee,
gave two lectures on the effects of radiation on cell di-
vision at the Institute for Secondary School and College
Science Teachers held at East Tennessee State College,
Johnson City, June 12-August 4.

Dr. James N. Liles of the University of Tennessee
Department of Zoology and Entomology has received a
renewal one-year grant of $9,300 from the U. S. Army
Biological Laboratories to continue studies of longevity,
aging, and productivity in Aedes aegypti.

Mr. George Conner, Instructor of Biology at the Uni-
versity of Southwestern Louisiana from 1959 to 1961,
has entered the graduate school at the University of
Arizona, Tucson, to continue his graduate work.

Dr. Matt Dakin, Instructor of Biology at the University
of Southwestern Louisiana during 1960-1961, has entered
Auburn University to continue his graduate work.

Additions to the staff of the Department of Biology,
at the University of Southwestern Louisiana include: Dr.

M. J. Fouquette, who recently received his Ph.D. in
Zoology (Herpetology) from the University of Florida,
Gainesville, and Mr. L. V. Davis, who has been working
toward the doctorate at Vanderbilt University in the field
of entomology. Both have received appointments to the
rank of Assistant Professor.

Dr. Joseph M. Sobek, who recently received his Ph.D.
in microbiology from Stanford University, has been ap-
pointed to the position of Assistant Professor in the
Department of Bacteriology at the University of South-
western Louisiana.

Dr. William D. Reese, Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Southwestern Louisiana, spent 6 weeks during
the summer in Mexico collecting bryophytes along the
Gulf Coast. The work was done in connection with an

N. S.F. Grant.

Dr. Jurgen H. Franz has returned to the Radiologisches
Institut der Universitat, Freiburg, Germany, after spend-
ing a year in the Radiation Microbiology group of the
Oak Ridge National Laboratory.

Dr. Tuneo Yamada, formerly of Nagoya University,
Nagoya, Japan, has joined the staff of the Cell Growth
and Reproduction Group of the Oak Ridge National
Laboratory.

Dr. Frank J. Finamore has retuned to Southern Illinois
University, Carbondale, Illinois, after spending a year
in the Nucleic Acid Enzymology Group at Oak Ridge
under a grant from the U. S. Public Health Service.

Dr. Forrest C. Grimm, who has just completed a two-
year Research Associateship in the Biology Division at
Oak Ridge, has accepted a position with The Rockefeller
Institute, New York.

58

ASB Bulletin

Dr. Rea Marie Fulkerson, who has been associated
with the Maize and Phage Group in the Cytology and Ge-
: netics Section at Oak Ridge, has accepted a position with
the University of Hawaii, Agriculture Experiment Sta-
1 tion, Honolulu, Hawaii.

Dr. Douglas Davidson, who has been associated with
the Cytology and Genetics Section at Oak Ridge for the
past three years, left the Division on August 18. Dr.
Davidson has accepted a position with the Department
of Botany, University of St. Andrew’s, Fife, Scotland.

Dr. Edwin Powell Puckett, who has been associated
with the Experimental Animal Facility at Oak Ridge
during the summer months, left the Division August 18.

; Mr. Puckett will resume his teaching duties with the Oak
Ridge Public School System this fall.

Dr. Alexander Hollaender of Oak Ridge attended the
International Symposium on Tissue Transplantation at
the Universidad de Chile, Santiago, August 30-Septem-
ber 2, and presented a paper on “Recent developments
in the border fields of basic biology.” From Septemoer
3-9, lie was in Lima, Peru, to consult witli scientific in-
vestigators at the University of Peru, the Laboratorio de
Investigacion de Cancer, and the Universidad National
Mayor de San Marcos.

Dr. Arthur C. Upton of the Oak Ridge National Lab-
oratory was in Lawrence, Kansas, September 5-9, to
attend the International Symposium on The Effects of
Ionizing Radiation on Immune Processes and to chair
the session on antibody formation, genotypes, bone mar-
row, and irradiation. The Symposium was sponsored by
the University of Kansas and the U. S. Atomic Energy
Commission.

Dr. G. David Novelli of the Oak Ridge National Labo-
ratory also attended the Symposium at Lawrence, Kansas,
and presented a paper on entitled, “The Effect of Ultra-
violet and X-Irradiation on the Induced Synthesis of
Beta-galactosidase in E. coli and the Relationship to anti-
body Synthesis.”

Dr. Charles C. Congdon of the Oak Ridge National
Laboratory was in Santiago, Chile, August 30-September
2, to attend the Symposium on Tissue Transplantation
Problems at the Universidad de Chile and to present a
paper entitled, “Changes in Lymphatic Tissues During
Foreign Tissue Transplantation.” On September 3 and
4 he visited the Laboratorio de Investigacion de Cancer
and the National University of San Marcos, Facultad de
medicina, Lima Peru.

Dr. Ernest H. Y. Chu of the Oak Ridge National Lab-
oratory attended the Second International Conference on
Human Genetics in Rome, Italy, September 7-12, and
presented a paper entitled, “Chromosome Studies in a
Family with Four Cases of Atypical Mongolism.” Dr.
Chu was in France September 14-16 visiting the Uni-
versity of Paris and Laboratoire de Genetique Physio-
logique du CNRS, Gif-sur-Yvette. From September 18-
20 he was in England visiting the following institutions:
Medical Research Council, Radiobiological Research
Unit, Harwell; Population Genetics Unit, Medical Re-
search Council, Oxford; and Galton Laboratory, Uni-
versity College, London. Dr. Chu visited in Scotland
from September 22-26 at the Institute of Animal Ge-
netics, University of Edinburgh, and the Western Gen-
eral Hospital, Edinburgh.

Dr. Eugene C. Bovee, Associate Professor of Biology,
University of Florida, has been appointed associate re-
search professor, also, and associate professor of sanitary
science. He will continue to serve on the graduate staff
of the biology department, will serve on the graduate
staff of civil engineering, sanitary engineering section,
and will conduct research in biological problems of sani-
tary engineering for the Engineering and Industrial Ex-
periment Station at the University of Florida.

Dr. Warren Deacon, Consulting Bacteriologist and
Vanderbilt University Biology Professor for 42 years, re-
ceived the Meritorious Award for Teaching from the
Association of Southeastern Biologists at the annual meet-
ing last April. Dr. Deacon joined the Vanderbilt Biol-
ogy Faculty in 1919, served from 1946 to 1958 as Chair-
man of the Biology Department, and then resigned the
Chairmanship to devote his whole time to teaching and
research. He is a past president of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, the Tennessee Academy of Sci-
ence, and the Kentucky-Tennessee Branch of the Society
of American Bacteriologists.

Dr. Warren Deacon— Recipient of the 1961 meri-
torious teaching award.

Dr. Carter Gilbert, who received his Ph.D. at the
University of Michigan, and has this past year served as
an associate with the Florida State Museum, has been
appointed interim Assistant Professor of Biological Sci-
ences at the University of Florida. His forte is ichthy-
ology.

Dr. F. G. Nordlie, who recently received his Ph.D.
in ecology and limnology from the University of Minne-
sota, has joined the staff of the biology department at
the University of Florida as assistant professor.

Dr. Eileen M. Otis, Ph.D. in genetics, University of
Rochester, has been appointed interim Assistant Professor
of Biological Sciences at the University of Florida. Her
husband, Dr. Arthur B. Offs, is head professor of the
physiology department in the medical school, J. Hillis
Miller Health Center at the University of Florida.

Mr. Brian McNab, who will receive his Ph.D. from the
University of Wisconsin in February, has been appointed
interim Assistant Professor of Biological sciences at the
University of Florida. His research field is physiological
ecology.

Dr. Donald A. Jenni, who received his Ph.D. in biol-
ogy from the University of Florida last June, has been
appointed interim Assistant Professor of Biology there.
He is a vertebrate ecologist.

Mr. Dale Birkenholz, who has his M.S. degree from
Iowa State University and is a doctoral candidate in bi-
ology at the University of Florida, has been appointed

Vol. 8, No. 4, October 1961

59

there as interim Assistant Professor of Biology. His area
of research is vertebrate biology.

Dr. George W. Hunter, III, is on leave of absence
from his post as lecturer in medical parasitology and
biological sciences at the University of Florida to serve
with the University of Costa Rica on a developmental
program in medical parasitology.

Dr. William C. Massey, Associate Professor of Biolog-
ical Sciences and Anthropology at-the University of Flor-
ida, will take a leave of absence during the spring se-
mester 1962 to teach graduate courses in anthropology
at Louisiana State University.

Dr. E. Ruffin Jones, Professor of Biology at the Uni-
versity of Florida, has been appointed Assistant Dean of
the graduate school at the University of Florida. He
will head a program designed to direct superior pros-
pects for the teaching profession toward a master’s de-
gree, the program being planned from the beginning of
the students’ junior year in college.

Dr. Lewis Berner spent two weeks in August at the
University of California, Davis, California; he was there
in the capacity of a reserve officer of Army Medical Serv-
ice Corps (he was recently promoted to the rank of
Colonel), representing the 355th Reserve and Develop-
ment Unit which is based in Gainesville, Florida.

Dr. E. G. F. Sauer, internationally known for his
studies on celestial navigation by birds, will join the
staff of the biology department at the University of
Florida in February 1962. He is presently on a research
fellowship at the University of California. He studied
at the Universities of Freiburg and Heidelberg, and has
served as dozent at the University of Freiburg.

Dr. Rodger D. Mitchell has been promoted to the rank
of Associate Professor of Biology at the University of
Florida. He joined the staff in 1957, having previously
taught at the University of Vermont, after taking his
Ph.D. degree at the University of Michigan, and is well
known for his studies on water mites.

Institutions and Organizations

An Institute of Radiation Ecology lias been established
at the University of Georgia for the purpose of coordi-
nating and extending the regional ecological program
which lias been developing during the past ten years on
the campus of the University, at the Savannah River
Plant, and at the Marine Institute at Sapelo. Dr. Eugene
P. Odum will serve as the Director of the new Institute,
which will have headquarters in the new 13 million dol-
lar Science Center at Athens, while Dr. Frank B. Golley
has been appointed Resident Director of The University
of Georgia facilities on the Savannah River Plant located
at Aiken, South Carolina. A permanent laboratory build-
ing to replace the present field quarters is being pro-
vided to increase the effectiveness of the field research
on the 250,000 acre Savannah River reservation.

The Institute will stress research, graduate and post-
doctoral training in modern functional ecology, especially
in the fields of energy flow, nutrient cycling, and popu-
lation dynamics where radio-isotopes have extremely im-
portant applications. The direct effects of atomic energy
in nature will be a secondary emphasis, but nonetheless
important consideration in the program. The present
close coordination with the radio-ecology program at the
Oak Ridge National Laboratory will be maintained.

One of the main functions of the Institute-type of or-
ganization is to provide a convenient mechanism whereby
post-doctoral students and investigators from other in-
stitutions can apply for NIH, NSF, AEC or other fellow-
ships to pursue research or study for which the unique
regional facilities of the University of Georgia Institute
offer special advantages. Ecologists who may be in-
terested in possibilities along these lines for 1962-63
should correspond with Dr. Odum.

The International Conference on Opportunistic (Sec-
ondary) Fungus Infections will be held in Durham,
N. C., 28-30 June 1962. Information regarding this
conference may be obtained from Dr. Ernst W. Chick,
Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham, N. C.

A Public Health Service graduate training grant of $80-
000 for the year 1961-2, and an additional $50,000 annu-
ally for the four succeeding years has been awarded to the
University of Tennessee Institute of Radiation Biology.
The Director of the Institute is Dr. J. Gordon Carlson,
who is also Head of the Department of Zoology and
Entomology. This grant provides for the training of
five predoctoral candidates the first year and eight pre-
doctoral and one postdoctoral trainee each of die four
succeeding years. In addition to stipends for trainees,
the grant includes funds for visiting professors and
research and teaching equipment.

The Louisiana Wildlife and Fisheries Commission has
opened a new marine biological laboratory on Grand
Terre Island, about one mile east of Grand Isle, Louisi-
ana. The laboratory, consisting of 7410 square feet
of space, includes the following facilities: a complete
microscopy laboratory, a limited chemical and bacterio-
logy laboratory, a running sea water system, com-
pressed air, bottled gas, photographic dark room, hold-
ing cages at dock-side, and a library. The laboratory is
completely air-conditioned. The staff of the laboratory
includes five biologists, one geologist, scientific aides,
boat captains, and maintenance staff. Scientific studies
are aimed at the commercial species inhabiting the
Louisiana coast and at the ecology of the area. Boats
include one 38', 480 HP cruiser, one 28', 350 HP
cruiser, and two 23', 180 HP cruisers. Plans for in-
creasing the biological staff have been approved pending
the availability of personnel. Visiting investigators are
invited, pending approval of the Director. Address
inquiries to Dr. L. S. St. Amant, Chief Marine Biolo-
gist, Louisiana Wildlife and Fisheries Commission,
Marine Laboratory, Box 37, Grand Isle, Louisiana.

The Department of Biology, Randolph-Macon Woman's
College, has recently acquired 50 acres of forested land
to be known as the William Buford Russell and Robert
Achilles Russell Nature Preserve. The tract, obtained
by partial purchase from and donation by Mr. W. B.
Russell is located 12 miles from the Campus and will
be used for student and faculty study and research. The
Preserve contains two small streams and one or more
ponds will be constructed in the near future. A de-
partmental station wagon has been purchased for trans-
portation to and from the new facility as well as for
other uses of the department.

The Genetics Training Program at the University of
North Carolina at Chapel Hill is a cooperative effort
involving the departments of Zoology, Anatomy, Biochem-
istry, and Pathology in Chapel Hill, and includes the op-
portunity to participate in the courses taught in the De-
partment of Genetics at North Carolina State College in
Raleigh. Applications will be entertained from persons
with varied backgrounds and goals, and the training
programs will be designed to fit the needs of the
individual. The training committee is committed to the
principle that knowledge of genetics is fundamental in
all areas of biological science including medicine, and
to this end, a one year sequence of courses in genetics
has been arranged which is available to all fellows.
Prior training in genetics, biochemistry, or mathematics
will permit applicants to enter the program at more
advanced levels. Inquiries regarding more detailed in-
formation or requests for applications should be directed
to: Dr. John B. Graham, Department of Pathology,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

60

ASB Bulletin

nm

New Laboratory for Delphinid Research— St. Thomas, Virgin Islands

Volume 9, Number 1

January, 1982

ASB BULLETIN

Volume 9 , Number 1 — January 1962

CONTENTS

About the Winston-Salem Meeting 5

A New Laboratory for Research on Delphinids. —

John C. Lilly 3

Association Affairs 2

Directory of ASB Members

Alphabetical 9

Geographical 19

Important Deadlines 8

News of Biology in the Southeast 22

Percy Viosca, Jr. — An Obituary 21

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna. Changes of address
should be sent promptly to the Secretary
of the ASB, Dr. Harry J. Bennett, Depart-
ment of Zoology, Louisiana State Univer-
sity, Baton Rouge, La. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions should
be sent to the Business Manager, Dr. Elsie
Quarterman, Department of Biology, Van-
derbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. Sub-
scription rate for non-members of the
ASB: $2.00 per year. Printing and typog-
raphy by the Wickersham Printing Co.,
Lancaster, Penna.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

Harry J. Bennett. Associate Editor
Ei.sie Quarterman, Business Manager

Officers of the A. S. B.

President — Royal E. Shanks, University of
Tennessee

Retiring President — Victor A. Greulach,
University of North Carolina

President-Elect — Walter S. Flory, Univer-
sity of Virginia

Vice-President — E. Ruffin Jones, University
of Florida

Secretary — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Treasurer — Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt
University

Executive Committee — Walter R. Hern-
don, University of Alabama; Victor M.
Cutter, Jr., Woman’s College of the
Universitv of North Carolina; Eu-
gene P. Odum, University of Georgia;
Robert B. Short, Florida State Uni-
versity; B. Theodore Cole, University
of South Carolina; Charles E. Jenner,
University of North Carolina. All
officers are ex officio members of the
executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida State
University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College

North Carolina — William J. Koch, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Winthrop
College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
f Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Library subscriptions . . .

In the call for papers and list of
important deadlines mailed out ear-
lier this month, a tabulation, by
states, of the number of library sub-
scriptions to the ASB Bulletin was
published. A list of these libraries
appears on page 21 of this issue.

But it is not these libraries that
should concern us. It is, instead,
the absence from this list of many of
the major southeastern libraries that
should be our concern. Indeed, the
absence of three entire states sup-
posedly represented by us is not a
thing to be proud of.

In the past year, two libraries have
purchased complete runs of the Bul-
letin, and another has asked for a
quotation on a complete run— but
these libraries were not in the south-
east. Sadly enough, there are now
fewer than ten complete sets still
available. They should logically find
their way to southeastern libraries.

It is up to you to see that they do.

C. W. H., Jr.

October ASB Bulletins sent to the
following addresses were returned
because the addressees had moved
without leaving forwarding informa-
tion.

BALL, CARBOLL RAYBOURNE,
Dept, of Biology, Mississippi
Southern Coll., Hattiesburg,
Miss.

BUSH, FRANCIS M., Dept, of Zo-
ology, Univ. of Georgia, Athens,
Ga.

LAWSON, JAMES E., Box 2306,
East Tennessee State Coll.,
Johnson City, Tenn.

RICE, LUCILE A., East Carolina
Teachers Coll., Greenville, N. C.

WELLS, MARGARET, 200 Ridge
Road, Muncie, Ind.

If anyone knows the whereabouts
of any of these people, please com-
municate with Dr. Harry J. Bennett,
Secretary, Dept, of Zoology, Louisi-
ana State University, Baton Rouge,
La.

0

ASB Bulletin

A New Laboratory

For Research On

Of all of the cetacea, those which are avail-
able for proper experimental scientific re-
search are the smaller members of the del-
phinid group. Some limited experimental work
has been done on Phocoena communis (the har-
bor porpoise), on Delphinus delphis (the com-
mon dolphin), Stenella plagiodon (the spotted
dolphin), Lagenorhytichus obliquidens (the
striped dolphin), Tursiops truncatus (the bottle-
nose dolphin) and Globicephala scamonni (the
pilot whale). The suitability of these various
species for experimental work in captivity varies
greatly between the species. Their reactions to
capture, to captivity, and to the personnel main-
taining them are also different.

One factor of importance in setting up facili-
ties for research on these animals is cost. In gen-
eral, one can say that the larger the animal the
higher the cost of the facilities and of the main-
tenance. The smaller animals eat less than do
the larger ones. The tanks can be smaller for
certain species than for others, depending not
only upon size, but on the adaptability of the
animals to a confined situation. The cost of the
water supply for the larger tank can be consider-
able and, to date, prohibitively expensive for a
purely scientific organization. (Pumping a mil-
lion gallons of sea water a day through tanks 12
feet deep and 75 feet in diameter— as in certain
oceanaria— adds considerably to the overhead. )

Surprisingly enough the smallest of the delphi-
nids, Phocoena, has not yet been shown to be
adaptable to a captive situation. Several inves-
tigators have reported deaths within a few days
or weeks of capture. Generally these deaths are
associated with descriptions of very high speed
swimming behavior continuing to exhaustion
and/or impact damage against the walls of the
container. It is not known yet whether this is
characteristic of the animal or is caused by un-
known factors in the catching procedures.

Dr. Lilly— whose controversial book, Man and
Dolphin, was recently published by Doubhday
—is the Director of the Communication Research
Institute of St. Thomas. He was graduated from
the California Institute of Technology in 1938;
received his M.D. from the University of Pennsyl-
vania in 1942; and has worked in the fields of
electrophysiological amplifiers, perception, and
reward and punishment systems within the brain
of delphinids.

— John C. Lilly

Delphinus delphis and Stenella plagiodon have
been maintained successfully for several months
in fairly large tanks. However, they are reported
to be hyperexcitable and much more difficult to
deal with than other species.

Lagenorhinchus obliqindens, Tursiops trunca-
tus, and Globicephala scamonni have all been
maintained for many, many months in captivity.
Lagenorhyncus and Globicephala both need
fairly large tanks: Lagenorhynchus, because of its
tendency to swim at high speeds and to jump to
great heights, and Globicephala because of its
very large body length. Deep sea techniques of
capture are used with both of these species. For
ease of continued work with any one of the del-
phinids, the warm-water species are preferable
for research for 12 months of the year.

This leaves Tursiops truncatus as the present
choice for the least expensive and most conven-
ient experimental animal. More is known of this
species than of any other of the delphinids. It is
available in shallow water in the southeastern
United States. Capture bv netting in shoal water
is the usual technique. If properly caught and
maintained, it can live for years in caotivitv and
it survives extremely well in very small tanks. It
does not become inordinately large: individuals
can be carried bv two to four men quite easily.
The cost of feeding such animals is not as great
as it is for the pilot whale. Experience shows
that 10 to 20 pounds of whole frozen fish per ani-
mal, on the average, per day is adequate. The
diet includes butterfish, blue-runner, thread-her-
ring, and mullet. In our experience, animals can
be maintained for months on butterfish alone.

Tursiops truncatus functions very well in water
from 60 ’ to about 88° F. At the upper end of
this range the animals become extremely sluggish
and at the lower end extremely active: an op-
timal temperature range lies between about 76

Delphinids

Vol. 9, No. 1, January 1962

3

and 84 . In this range the animals are interested
and curious and actively participate in any pro-
gram set up for them, whether in the laboratory
or in a “circus” setting.

The Communication Research Institute of St.
Thomas has started an organization for delphinid
research. Two laboratories are being estab-
lished, one in Miami, Florida, and one at St.
Thomas in the United States Virgin Islands. The
animal chosen as the current experimental one in
these two laboratories is Tursiops truncatus for
the reasons given above. Insofar as is known by
the author, this is the first organization in the
world to be founded for research exclusively on
these interesting marine mammals.

The facilities at Miami include three holding
tanks constructed of fiberglas and plexiglas, with
observation and photographic windows. These
tanks are fed continuously with new sea water
pumped from a sea-water well ( 62 feet deep ) at
the rate of 100 gallons per minute. The water
from the well runs 76° F. in the winter and 78°
F. in the summer. Each tank is 7 x 8 feet and 30
inches deep. We have shown that Tursiops can
be kept at least a year in water no deeper than
22 inches. Associated with these tanks are two
plexiglas arms into which the animals can be
conducted for detailed observations and experi-
mental procedures. These transparent tanks
allow observation of the whole body of the ani-
mal, and confine it for the collection of urine,
measurement of body temperatures, measure-
ment of respiration, etc. By means of a remov-
able gate between two of the tanks, animals can
he transferred back and forth without removing
them from the water. Various shipping boxes
to allow the animals to be carried in water while
on a truck or in an airplane or on board a ship
are also available. Various slings, confinement
apparatus, and so forth are also available in this
laboratory. Facilities also include several tape
recorders, hydrophones, air microphones, under-
water loud speakers, air loud speakers, ampli-
fiers, and graphical recorders needed in research
on the vocalization and the brain activity of these
animals. In addition there are rooms for anal-
yses of data, photographic dark room, and so
forth. This laboratory also has a small school
bus for the transportation of captured animals
and for carrying the equipment for field studies
in the waters of southeastern Florida.

The laboratory in St. Thomas is larger and
more elaborate and its sea water facilities are
unique. The island of St. Thomas is in the trade
winds belt; the location of the laboratory was
chosen so that a constant supplv of waves ao-
proaches the coast at that point from the south-
east. These waves are piled up on a reef out-
board from a wave ramp up which the water
travels and falls through a gate into a pool. This

pool is the residence pool for a future colony of
Tursiops. It is about 70 feet long, 20 feet wide,
and 10 feet deep. The laboratory is built partly
over this pool. An elevator carries a water box
containing a given animal from the pool into the
laboratory. In the dolphin laboratory room it is
planned to construct an octagonal tank 8 feet in
diameter with plexiglas sides for isolation of an
individual or a pair of animals. In addition plexi-
glas confinement boxes as used in Miami are
planned for this laboratory. This laboratory has
a large wide aluminum door through which a
truck can be backed for delivering of animals di-
rectly to the octagonal pool. The carrying boxes
will be lifted off the truck, transported across the
laboratory on an overhead trolley system for de-
livery into the main tank outside or for confine-
ment in the dolphin lab. Immediately to the
south of this dolphin laboratory is an observation
roof from which the behavior of the animals in
the pool below can be photographed. Beside this
roof there is an electronics laboratory and imme-
diately to the south there is a photographic dark
room. To the north of the dolphin lab is the im-
mediately adjacent store room and chemistry
laboratory. Beside the chemistry laboratory is
the histology lab, a shower room, and ward room.

The building is so constructed that several
stories can be added at future dates. The present
second floor consists of one large room for record
analysis and office space. There are three large
cisterns for the storage of fresh water and sea
water pumps for supplying water to the labora-
tories upstairs. There is sufficient land owned
by the Institute around the laboratory for future
expansion and for the construction of housing for
the scientific personnel in the future. Immedi-
ately southeast of the laboratory is Jersey Bay
and south of that the Caribbean Sea. Nearby
there are shallow lagoons, reefs, keys, and deep
ocean. St. John Island is about 3 miles from the
laboratory.

The island of St. Thomas has deep water port
facilities and an airport. The town on the island
is Charlotte Amalie, the capital of the U. S. Terri-
tory of the Virgin Islands.

It is expected that the St. Thomas Laboratory
will be in full operation bv December 1961.

This laboratory is built with funds from a
grant from the National Science Foundation in
cooperation with the Office of Naval Research
and the Department of Defense. It will be
used primarily for research and teaching pur-
poses. Summer student programs have been run
for two summers and are expected to continue in
1962. A limited number of graduate students
are desired as the staff is expanded. Currently
there are 12 employees of the Institute. The Sci-
entific Staff has room for several additional in-
vestigators.

4

ASB Bulletin

The Wake Forest College Campus

1.— Reynolda Hall 2.— Library 3.— Wait Chapel 4.— Wingate Hall

Winston and Salem Halls are in the background to the right of the library.

About the Winston-Salem Meeting

The Association of Southeastern Biologists will
hold its twenty-third annual meeting April 12-14,
1962, at Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem,
North Carolina. This meeting has special signifi-
cance, since it is the 25th anniversary of the
association’s founding. Meeting with the ASB
this year will be three other organizations: the
Southern Appalachian Botanical Chib, a regional
section of Beta, Beta, Beta, and the National
Association of Biology Teachers regional group.

The meetings will commence on Thursday
afternoon, April 12, with registration in the lobby
of Winston Hall on the Wake Forest College
campus. The first general meeting will be held
on Thursday night in Wait Chapel, located at
the head of the campus plaza, and plans for this
program will be announced later.

At the conclusion of this evening meeting,
members and guests are invited to the Smoker
to be held in the main lounge of Reynolda Hall
at the opposite end of the campus plaza. Paper
sessions and the annual business meeting will
occupy Friday. Friday night’s activities include a
banquet, retiring presidential address, and pres-
entation of awards. Tentative plans have been
made for a joint botanical-zoological field trip
Saturday, April 14.

Accommodations

Ample housing space has been reserved at the
Robert E. Lee Hotel, which is about four miles
from the college. Since Winston-Salem is near
the heart of the North Carolina furniture indus-
try—and furniture fairs, conventions, etc., are
scheduled for this area the week following the
ASB meeting, it will be advisable to make reser-
vations before the end of March, 1962. No rooms
have been reserved at the other hotel and mo-
tels. When writing, use the blank provided or
mention the association.

Hotels

Robert E. Lee (Cherry and 5th, PA 2-6161, 4 m. South
of Campus), 225 rooms reserved, single $5.50-8.75,
double $8.00-11.00, twin $9.75-12.50, extra person
$2.00.

Carolina— no rooms reserved (407 W. 4th, PA 2-1181, 4
m. South), single $4.00-5.00, double $6.50-7.50, twin
$8.00, extra person $2.00.

Motels

Beacon Hill (17 units, 3618 Reynolda Road, Jet. Hwy.
421 and 67, WA 4-2151, 5 m. NW.), single $6.00-
7.00, double $10.00, extra person $1.00.

Vol. 9, No. 1, January 1962

5

Blue Bird (22 units, Hwy. 52 North, PA 3-9691, 5 m.
NE.), single $5.00-6.00, double $9.00, twin $7.00-
8.00, extra person $1.00.

•Green Valley (16 units, Hwy. 52 North, PA 5-0615, 4
m. NE.), single $7.00, double $12.00, twin $10.00,
extra person $1.00.

Howard Johnson’s Motor Lodge (82 units, 150 Stratford
Rd., Hwy. 158 on the Interstate Expressway, PA
5-7501, 4 m. SW.), single $7.00-9.50, double $12.00,
twin $8.50-11.00.

Kembly Inn (82 units, Cloverdale Avenue, Hwy. 158-
Interstate Expressway, P.O. Box 5231, PA 5-1305,
4 m. SW.), single $7.00-9.00, double, $9.00, twin
$10.00, extra person $1.50.

The Myer-Lee (New Greensboro Rd., Hwy. 421 E.), and
Salem Manor (2500 Greensboro Rd. Jet. Hwys. 158-
421 E.) are available but arc considerable distance
from the college. Rates are slightly lower than
those quoted above. The Parkway Chalet will be
completed by spring (Peters Creek Expressway) and
will be five miles south of the campus.

Parking.— The Robert E. Lee Hotel has free
overnight parking from 5 pan. to 9 a.m. A large
parking lot adjacent to Winston Hall will be re-
served for organizational use, and an extremely
large parking area is located behind Wait Chapel
and is available to members.

Regarding segregation.— Howard Johnson’s
Motor Lodge will accommodate Negroes. Other
establishments are segregated. It is the policy of
the Robert E. Lee Hotel to arrange housing for
any Negro requesting it.

Dining.— The Robert E. Lee Hotel and Howard
Johnson’s Restaurant are non-segregated. K and
W Cafeteria near the Robert E. Lee is segre-
gated. There are cafeteria and dining room fa-
cilities located in Reynolda Hall on the Wake
Forest campus open to all persons; members are
invited to dine on the campus if they so desire.

General Information

1. Registration will be Thursday afternoon,
April 12, and Friday morning, April 13, in the
lobby of Winston Hall.

2. A $1.00 registration fee will be charged.

3. Paper sessions will be scheduled in Winston
Hall and nearby Salem Hall.

4. Tickets to the banquet Friday evening, April
13, are to be purchased at the time of registra-
tion. The price will be near $3.50.

5. Smith Reynolds Airport is five miles west of
the Wake Forest campus and is served by Pied-
mont Airlines. Better connections may be made,
perhaps, using the Greensboro, North Carolina
Friendship Airport which is served by a number
of major airlines. However, this airport is some
30 miles east of Winston-Salem. Piedmont flies
the Greensboro-Winston-Salem route.

Winston-Salem is served by the Southern Rail-
way Co. However, service is admittedly bad or
slow except from the northeast. Several bus
lines also serve the city.

6. Arrangements are being made to provide
guided tours of local points of interest Friday
morning and afternoon, April 13, for the wives
and families of attending members.

Points of Interest

1. Old Salem— A number of the buildings from
this old Moravian settlement have been restored.
A fee of $1.50 is charged.

2. Whitaker Park— The world’s largest single
cigarette factory was completed this fall; tours
through the factory are given Monday through
Friday. No admission charge.

3. Tanglewood Park.

4. Reynolda Gardens— Lovely gardens on the
Reynolda Estate, home of the late R. J. Reyn-
olds. The cherry trees are considered the finest
in the country.

Local Arrangements Committee

Members of the local arrangements committee
at Wake Forest College are: Dr. C. M. Allen; Dr.
H. G. Britt; Dr. E. C. Cocke; Dr. J. E. Davis;
Dr. J. F. Dimmick; Dr. R. P. Higgins; Dr. D. W.
Johnston; Dr. J. C. McDonald, Chairman; Dr.
A. T. Olive; and Dr. R. L. Wyatt.

Mary Glide Goethe Travel Awards

For the fifth year there will be funds avail-
able through the generosity of Mr. C. M. Goethe
for assistance to graduate students for expenses
in connection with the annual ASB meetings, to
be held this year in Winston-Salem, North Caro-
lina. It is anticipated that most of the awards
will be for maintenance (lodging and meals),
and departments are urged to provide travel
allowances for their graduate students or to in-
vite them to travel in cars with staff members.
Some travel allowances may be awarded by the
committee to those living most distant from
Winston-Salem.

Staff members are requested to call to the at-
tention of qualified students in their respective
institutions the availability of these awards. If
there is more than one applicant from a depart-
ment, the Goethe committee may request the
department to aid the committee’s selection by
ranking the applicants.

Any graduate student needing financial assist-
ance in order to attend the 1962 meeting of the
Southeastern Biologists is eligible. Rules for
making application for the Goethe Awards are as
follows :

1. Indicate if application is being made for
maintenance or travel or both. Give detai's.
such as total sum requested, how many nights
and davs are involved, if travel allowance is re-
quested, the number of miles involved and the
proposed method of transportation, and any other
pertinent information.

2. Give information as to whether or not a
paper is being presented by the applicant.

6

ASB Bulletin

3. In a paragraph, give a brief history of your
education to date, of how many years you have
been— and plan to be— in graduate school, of your
major field or fields of interest, of any publica-
tions which have appeared or which may be in
preparation, and any other pertinent professional
details. Give information on marital status and
number of children.

4. Give your source or sources of support
while in graduate school such as G.I. Bill, N.S.F.,
N.I.H., teaching assistantship, etc.

5. Have your major professor or departmental
head write a letter supporting your application.

6. Applications and supporting letters, both in
triplicate, should be in the hands of R. B. Short,
Dept, of Biological Sciences, Florida State Uni-
versity, Tallahassee, Florida, by March 1, 1962.
Applicants will be notified of the decision of the
Committee during March.

COMMITTEE
E. C. Cocke
Joseph O’Kelly
R. B. Short, Chairman

Meritorious Award Nominations

As in previous years, an honorarium of $100
has been made available by the Will Corporation
of Georgia, to be used as an award for the recog-
nition of especially meritorious teaching by a
member of the ASB. The regulations governing
the award are as follows:

The recipient must be a member of the ASB in good
standing. He should have taught biology in a southern
institution for at least ten years, and must be currently
teaching. He must not be a dean or have regular ad-
ministrative duties beyond die department level (this
particular criterion requiring interpretation in individual
cases). Among evidences of his qualifications is the
progress of the candidate as indicated by recognition in
his own institution (important assignments and other
contributions specifically related to good teaching); and
the number and quality of students for whom he pro-
vided primarily the inspiration to continue in biology,
especially those who later received advanced degrees.

Past recipients of the Meritorious Award for
Teaching are as follows:

1952. Dr. Mary Stuart MacDougall (Agnes Scott)

1953. Dr. Orland E. White (Univ. of Virginia)

1954. Dr. Woolford B. Baker (Emory)

1955. Dr. John N. Couch (Univ. of North Carolina)

1956. Dr. Hugo L. Blomquist (Duke)

1957. Dr. Ezda Deviney (Florida State)

1958. Dr. Henry R. Totten (Univ. of North Carolina)

1959. Dr. Margaret Hess ( Winthrop College)

1960. Dr. Ora C. Bradbury (Wake Forest College)

1961. Dr. Warren Deacon (Vanderbilt)

In these times in which so much is heard about
teaching, it is particularly important that excel-
lence in teaching should be rewarded and publi-

Vol. 9, No. 1, January 1962

cized in every way possible. Members of the
ASB are urged to make nominations and send
the needed supporting materials to C. C. Good-
child, Dept, of Biology, Emory University, At-
lanta 22, Georgia, by April 1, 1962.

COMMITTEE

Harry Wheeler
William J. Koch
C. C. Goodchild, Chairman

Association Research Prize

The rules and regulations governing the annual
Association Research Prize of $100.00, sponsored
by the Carolina Biological Supply Company,
Elon College, North Carolina, are as follows:

1. The Research Prize is to be awarded for an
especially meritorious paper actually presented
at the annual meeting.

2. Only members are eligible to submit papers
in competition for the Research Prize. This ap-
plies to all names on the submitted paper.

3. Papers submitted in competition may be in
press but must not have been published prior to
March 1 of the year of the current competition.

4. Judges will be eminent biologists outside
the Southeast. They will set their own criteria,
and may withhold the award if no paper is
judged to have sufficient merit.

5. Papers must be submitted in triplicate and
in their entirety not later than March 1, 1962, to
Charles Jenner, Dept, of Zoology, University of
North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C. One copy of
the prize-winning paper will remain in the ASB
files, but all other copies will be returned to the
authors as soon as possible.

6. Announcement of the winner of the Re-
search Prize will be made at the annual meeting.

Phipps and Bird Research Fellowship

A Research Fellowship of $150.00 for summer
research at Mountain Lake Biological Station of
the University of Virginia has been continued
through the generosity of the Phipps and Bird
Company of Richmond, Virginia.. Any member
of the Association may submit an application.
The application should be accompanied by a sum-
mary of the planned work, by a list of impor-
tant publications, and, especially in the case of
younger workers, by references and educational
data. Applications should be sent to Charles
Jenner, Dept, of Zoology, University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C., not later than April
1, 1962. The selection will be made by the Re-
search and Awards Committee of the ASB in
consultation with the Director of the Mountain
Lake Biological Station. The announcement of
the recipient w ill be made at the annual meeting
of the ASB.

COMMITTEE

Alan Conger

Victor Cutter

Charles Jenner, Chairman

IMPORTANT DEADLINES

Please note the following deadlines, all of which are to be met before our Twenty-third
Annual Meeting at Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem, N. C., April 12-14, 1962. Members
can help facilitate plans for the meeting by sending in all requested material as far in advance
of the deadlines as possible. Because tbe time available for preparation of the program and
publication of abstracts is already at a minimum it will be necessary for the program com-
mittee and the editor to adhere strictlv to the deadline set; NO TITLES CAN BE ACCEPTED
THEREAFTER.

January 15— Suggestions for nominations for ASB officers and executive committee members.

February 10— Titles and abstracts of papers to be presented at the Wake Forest meeting.

March 1— Applications for Goethe Awards to graduate students.

March 1— Papers to be considered for the Association Research Prize.

April 1— Applications for Phipps and Bird Research Fellowship at Mountain Lake.

April 1— Nomination letters for the Meritorious Award for Teaching.

Because of certain restrictions placed on applications and forms mailed at
second-class postage rates, those forms usually included in the January ASB Bul-
letin that pertain to the April meeting were mailed to ASB members early in
January. For your convenience, however, the deadlines which must be met be-
fore the April meeting are reprinted above.

8

ASB Bulletin

DIRECTORY OF ASB MEMBERS

The following directory is, to the best of our knowledge, correct as of 1 November 1961. Because some mis-
takes invariably find their way into listings such as this, the Editor would greatly appreciate it if members who
note omissions and mistakes would call them to his attention.

A

ABEGG, ROLAND, Dept, of Zoology,
Louisiana Polytechnic Institute, Rus-
ton. La.

ADAMS, JOSEPH E., Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N. C.

ADAMS, WILLIAM H., JR., Rt. 2, Box 26,
Madisonville, Tenn.

ADLER, HOWARD I., Biology Div„ Oak
Ridge National Laboratory, Box Y,
Oak Ridge, Tenn.

AHLES, HARRY E„ Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N. C.

ALAMUDDEEN, M. ADNAN, Dept, of
Biology, Appalachian State Teachers
College, Boone, N. C.

ALAMUDDEEN, MOHAMMED ADNEN,
Dept, of Biology, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, Blacksburg, Va.

ALLEN, J. FRANCES, 5702 Queens
Chapel Rd., West Hyattsville, Md.

AMBROSE, III, HARRISON W„ Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexing-
ton, Ky.

AMY, ROBERT L., Dept, of Biology,
Southwestern Univ., Memphis 12,
Tenn.

ANDERSON, DONALD BENTON, Con-
solidated University Bldg., Chape!
Hill, N. C.

ANDERSON, LEWIS EDWARD, Dept, of
Botany, Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.

ANDERSON, NORMAN GULACK, Biol-
ogy Div., Oak Ridge National Lab.,
Oak Ridge, Tenn.

ANDERSON, JR., WILLIAM D„ Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of South Carolina, Co-
lumbia, S. C.

ANDERTON, LAURA G., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Woman’s College, Univ. of North
Carolina, Greensboro, N. C.

ARATA, ANDREW A., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

ARNETT, GUSSIE, Southern Research In-
stitute, 2000 Ninth Ave., S., Birming-
ham 5. Ala.

ARNOLD, JOHN G„ Dept, of Med. Tech-
nology, Loyola Univ., New Orleans
18, La.

ASHBY, WILLIAM C„ Dept, of Botany,
Southern Illinois Univ., Carbondale,
III.

ASHWORTH, RALPH P„ Dept, of Botany,
Clemson College, Clemson, S. C.

Vol. 9, No. 1, January 1962

Alpl labetical List

AUFFENBERG, WALTER, AIBS Biol. Sci-
ences Curriculum Study, Univ. of Colo-
rado, Boulder, Colo.

B

BABCOCK, MURIEL B., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

BADENHOP, KATHLEEN W., 1-B Lavelle
Rd., Bangalore 1, India

BAER, CHARLES H., Dept, of Biology,
West Virginia Univ.. Morgantown, W.
Va.

BAGDON, VINCENT J ., 405 Wellington
Rd., Hollin Hall Village, Alexandria,
Va.

BAILEY, DONALD WYCOFF, Tift Col-
lege, Forsyth, Ga.

BAILEY, PAUL C., Dept, of Biology, Ala-
bama College, Montevallo, Ala.

BAKER, CLINTON l.. Dept, of Biology,
Southwestern Coll., Memphis 12, Tenn.

BAKER, MARJORIE DILLMAN, Box 369,
Sub-Sta. B, Vanderbilt Univ., Nash-
ville 5, Tenn.

BAKER, WOOLFORD B., Dept, of Biology,
Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

BALL, CARROLL RAYBOURNE, Dept, of
Biology, Mississippi Southern College,
Hattiesburg, Miss.

BALLARD, CHARLES L., Dept, of Biology,
Xavier Univ., New Orleans 25, La.

BALL, ERNEST, Dept, of Botany, North
Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C.

BAMFORD, RONALD, Graduate Office,
Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md.

BAMFORTH, STUART S., Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Newcomb College, Tulane Uni-
versity, New Orleans 18, La.

BARBOUR, ROGER W„ Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington 29, Ky.

BARCLAY, FRANK H., Dept, of Biology,
East Tennessee State College, John-
son City, Tenn.

BARKER, JOHN G., Dept, of Biology,
Radford College, Radford, Va.

BARNES, ROBERT L„ Dept, of Botany,
Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.

BARR, JR., THOMAS C„ Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.

BARRINGTON, JR., BURNESS A., Dept,
of Biology, King College, Bristol, Tenn.

BATSON, JACKIE D., Birmingham-South-
ern College, Birmingham 4, Ala.

BATSON, WADE T„ Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of South Carolina, Columbia,
S. C.

BEAL, ERNEST O., Dept, of Botany,
North Carolina State College, Ra-
leigh, N. C.

BEARD, ELIZABETH L., Dept, of Biology,
Loyola Univ., New Orleans, La.

BEARDEN, MARY W., Claiborn Towers,
Apt. 822, New Orleans, La.

BEATTY, ALVIN V., Dept, of Biology,
Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

BEATTY, JEANNE W., Box 22, Emory
Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

BECK, EDWIN G., Dept, of Botany, Univ.
of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

BEHRE, ELLINOR H., Black Mountain,
N. C.

BELCHER, JANE C., Sweet Briar Col-
lege, Sweet Briar, Va.

BELL, C. RITCHIE, Dept, of Botany, Univ.
of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

BELL, FRANCES, Dept, of Biology, Univ.
of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

BENNETT, CARRIE F„ 625 N. E. 1st St.,
Gainesville, Fla.

BENNETT, HARRY J., Dept, of Zoology,
Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge 3,
La.

BENNETT, HERALD D„ West Virginia
Univ., Morgantown, W. Va.

BERKELEY, EDMUND, 500 Woodland
Drive, Greensboro, N. C.

BERNER, LEWIS, Dept, of Biology, Univ.
of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

BICKLEY, WILLIAM E„ Dept, of Entomol-
ogy, Univ. of Maryland, College Park,
Md.

BISHOP, JR., EVERETT L., Box 2047, Uni-
versity, Ala.

BLACK, ZOE WELLS C„ 1202 Prince Ed-
ward Street, Fredericksburg, Va.

BLAIR, JR., CHARLES B„ Dept, of Anat-
omy, Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

BLAKE, JOHN WILSON, 223 Norfolk St.,
Wollaston 70, Mass.

BLANK, GRACE J„ 416 W. Franklin St.,
Richmond 20, Va.

BLOMQUIST, HUGO L„ Dept, of Botany,
Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.

BOATMAN, ANITA B., Dept, of Biology,
Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

BODENSTEIN, DIETRICH H. F. A., Dept,
of Biology, Univ. of Virginia, Char-
lottesville, Va.

BOEHMS, CHARLES N„ Dept, of Biology,
Austin Peay State College, Clarksville,
Tenn.

9

BOGUSH, BURTON J„ Dept, of Biology,
Georgia Southern College, College-
boro, Ga.

BOLIEK, MILDRED l„ Box 994, Florida
State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla.

BOND, LORA, Dept, of Biology, Drury
College, Springfield 2, Mo.
BOOKHOUT, CAZLYN G., Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.
BOOLE, JR., JOHN ALLEN, Div. of Sci-
ence & Mathematics, Georgia South-
ern College, Statesboro, Ga.

BORROR, ARTHUR C., Audubon Camp,
Medomak, Maine.

BOSCHUNG, JR., HERBERT T„ Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of Alabama, University,
Ala.

BOUDREAUX, H. BRUCE, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Louisiana State Univ., Baton
Rouge, La.

BOVEE, EUGENE C., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.
BOWLING, AGNES, Futlon High School,
Knoxville, Tenn.

BOYCE, STEPHEN G„ 1402 W. Walnut
St., Carbondale, III.

BOYD, GEORGE H., Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

BOYLES, JAMES, Univ. of Alabama Mo-
bile Center, Mobile, Ala.

BOZEMAN, J. R., Dept, of Botany, Univ.

of N. C., Chapel Hill, N. C.

BRADBURY, ORA C., Box 7224, Reynolds
Station, Winston-Salem, N. C.

BRITT, HENRY GRADY, Box 7223, Col-
lege Sta., Winston-Salem, N. C.
BRANDOM, WILLIAM FRANKLIN, Dept,
of Zoology, Newcomb College, Tulane
Univ., New Orleans 18, La.

BRANNON, MARY JANE, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Huntingdon College, Montgom-
ery, Ala.

BRAUER, ALFRED, Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.
BREEN, RUTH S., Dept, of Biological Sci-
ences, Florida State Univ., Tallahas-
see, Fla.

BRIDGMAN, ANNA JOSEPHINE, Dept,
of Biology, Agnes Scott College, De-
catur, Ga.

BRILLHART, W. E., Dept, of Biology,
Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.
BROOKBANK, JOHN W„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.
BROWN, ELMER E., Dept, of Biology,
Davidson College, Davidson, N. C.
BROWN, GEORGE G., Dept, of Biology,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacks-
burg, Va.

BROWN, HARRY DARROW, 1501 North
Main St., Edwardsville, III.

BROWN, JACK S., Dept, of Biology,
Emory & Henry College, Emory, Va.
BROWN, JOSHUA R. C„ Dept, of Zool-
ogy- Univ. of Maryland, College Park,
Md.

BROWN, RELIS B., Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State Univ., Talla-
hassee, Fla.

BROWN, THOMAS D., Dept, of Biology,
Erskine College, Due West, S. C.
BROWN, JR., EDWARD T„ Dept, of Bot-
any, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.
BRUMFIELD, ROBERT T„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Longwood College, Farmville, Va.
BRYAN, VIRGINIA S., 2118 W. Club
Blvd., Durham, N. C.

BRYDEN, ROBERT R., Guilford College,
N. C.

BURBANCK, WILLIAM D„ Box 834, Em-
ory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

BURK, CARL JOHN, Dept, of Botany,
Smith College, Northampton, Mass.
BURLINGHAM, GEORGE KENNETH, 304B
Chemistry Bldg., Univ. of South Flor-
ida, Tampa, Fla.

BURNS, ROBERT E., Georgia Experiment
Station, Experiment, Ga.

BUSH, FRANCIS M., Dept, of Biology,
Howard College, Birmingham, Ala.
BYRD, ELON E., Dept, of Zoology, Univ.

of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

BYRD, MITCHELL A., Dept, of Biology,
College of William and Mary, Wil-
liamsburg, Va.

c

CAGLE, FRED R., Coordinator of Re-
search, Tulane Univ., New Orleans 18,
La.

CALDWELL, DAVID K„ Los Angeles
County Museum, Exposition Park, Los
Angeles 7, Calif.

CALDWELL, LARRY D„ Box 427, Central
Michigan Univ., Mt. Pleasant, Mich.
CAMPBELL, THOMAS H., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, College of Steubenville, Steuben-
ville, Ohio.

CANTRELL, JERALD W„ Southern Re-
search Institute, 2000 Ninth Ave., S.,
Birmingham 5, Ala.

CAPLENOR, DONALD, Dept, of Biology,
Millsaps College, Jackson 10, Miss.
CARDELL, ROBERT R„ Edsel B. Ford Inst,
for Medical Research, Henry Ford
Hospital, Detroit, Mich.

CARLSON, JAMES GORDON, Dept, of
Zoology & Entomology, Univ. of Ten-
nessee, Knoxville 16, Tenn.

CARLTON, WILLIAM M„ Dept, of Bot-
any, Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
CARPENTER, JOHN M., Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington,
Ky.

CARRIER, WILLIAM L., Biology Div., Oak
Ridge National Lab., Box Y, Oak
Ridge, Tenn.

CARRIKER, MELBOURNE R„ Biological
Laboratory, Bur. of Commercial Fish-
eries, Oxford, Md.

CARTER. CAROLYN LEE, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.
CARTER, MARJORIE E„ Dept, of Biology,
Valdosta State College, Valdosta, Ga.
CARVER, GAIL LUKE, Emeritus Prof, of
Biology, Mercer Univ., Macon, Ga.
CAVANAUGH, CHARLES J„ Dept, of
Biology, Louisiana College, Pineville,
La.

CHADWICK, CLAUDE S„ George Pea-
body College for Teachers, Nashville
5, Tenn.

CHAMBERLAIN, JAMES L„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Randolph-Macon Woman’s Col-
lege, Lynchburg, Va.

CHANNELL, ROBERT B„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville 5,
Tenn.

CHAPMAN, JOE A., Dept, of Biology,
Carson Newman College, Jefferson
City, Tenn.

CLEBSCH, EDWARD E. C., Dept, of Bot-
any, Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville 16,
Tenn.

CHERRIE, ANNA LOUISE, 28 Girard St.,
N. E„ Washington, D. C.

CHILTON, ST. JOHN P„ Dept, of Bot-
any, Louisiana State Univ., University,
La.

CHIPPEY, ARTHUR P„ Box 222, South
Carolina State College, Orangeburg
S. C.

CHURCHILL, HELEN MAR, Hollins Col-
lege, Va.

CIORDIA, HONORICO, U.S.D.A., ARS,
Animal Dis. Res. Substation, Experi-
ment, Ga.

CLARK, GORDON MURRAY, Toronto
Univ., Toronto 5, Ontario, Canada.

CLARKSON, ROY B„ 142 Jackson St.,
W„ Morgantown, W. Va.

CLEMENT, ANTHONY C„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

COCHRAN, A. B., Box 3386, San Juan,
Puerto Rico

COCKE, ELTON C., Box 7281, Reynolds
Station, Winston-Salem, N. C.

COHEN, ARTHUR LEROY, Oglethorpe
Univ, Atlanta 19, Ga.

COKER, ROBERT ERVIN, 40 Oakwood
Dr., Chapel Hill, N. C.

COLE, JR., ARTHUR C„ Dept, of Zool.
& Ent., Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn.

COLE, BENJAMIN T„ Dept, of Biol.,
Univ. of South Carolina, Columbia,
S. C.

COLE, CHARLES F., Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Univ. of South Florida,
Tampa 4, Fla.

COLEMAN, MARION T„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

COMBS, RALPH M., Dept, of Biology,
Northwestern State College, Natchi-
toches, La.

CONGER, ALAN D., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

CONNELL, CLYDE EUGENE, Dept, of
Biology, Valdosta State College, Val-
dosta, Ga.

CONNER, GEORGE W„ Box 646, South-
western Sta., Lafayette, La.

COOK, EUGENE W„ Deot. of Biology,
Centre College, Danville, Ky.

COOK, MARY JANE, Dept, of Health
Physics, Oak Ridge National Labs.,
Oak Ridge, Tenn.

10

ASB Bulletin'

COOPER, ARTHUR WEILS, Dept, of Bot-
any, North Carolina State College,
Raleigh, N. C.

COOPER, KENNETH W„ Dept, of Cytol-
ogy, Dartmouth Medical School, Han-
over, N. H.

COOPER, PHILLIP (Mrs.), 4916 Humming-
bird Lane, Memphis, Tenn.

COPELAND, DONALD EUGENE, Dept, of
Zoology, Tulane Univ., New Orleans
18, La.

COPELAND, THOMAS PRESTON, Dept,
of Biology, East Tennessee State Col-
lege, Johnson City, Tenn.

CORE, EARL LEMLEY, Dept, of Biology,
West Virginia Univ., Morgantown,
W. Va.

COSGROVE, WILLIAM B., Dept, of Zo-
ology, Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

COSTELLO, DONALD ?., Box 429, Chapel
Hill, N. C.

COSTNER, ROSE MARY, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn.

COTTER, DAVID JAMES, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Alabama College, Montevallo,
Ala.

COWDEN, RONALD REED, J. Hollis Miller
Health Center, Univ. of Fla., Gaines-
ville, Fla.

COUCH, JOHN N„ Box 443, Chapel
Hill, N. C.

COWIE, LILLIAN MATHESON, Dept, of
Biology, Wesleyan College, Macon,
Ga.

COX, JR., H1DEN T„ 1411 Stoneybrae
Dr., Falls Church, Va.

CRANDALL, DOROTHY L„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Randolph Macon Woman’s Col-
lege, Lynchburg, Va.

CRAWFORD, JR., EDWARD A., Dept, of
Biology, Erskine College, Due West,
S. C.

CREASY, WILLIAM D„ Dept, of Biology,
Fairmont State College, Fairmont, W.
Va.

CUTTER, JR., VICTOR M„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Women’s College, Univ. of North
Carolina, Greensboro, N. C.

D

DAGGY, TOM, Box 626, Davidson, N. C.

DAMIAN, RAYMOND TRAIN, Dept, of
Biological Sciences, Florida State
Univ., Tallahassee, Flo.

DANIEL, CHARLES P„ Dept, of Biology,
Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

DARDEN, EDGAR B,, Biology Div., ORNL,
Oak Ridge, Tenn.

DARLINGTON, JULIAN T„ Furman Univ.,
Greenville, S. C.

DAVIS, GRAHAM J., Science Depart-
ment, East Carolina College, Green-
ville, N. C.

DAVIS, JR., HERBERT L, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Emory Univ., Atlanta, Ga.

DAVIS, JR., JOHN H., Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

Vol. 9, No. 1, January 1962

DAVIS, LUCKETT V., Dept, of Biology,
University of Southwestern Louisiana,
Lafayette, La.

DAVIS, WILLIAM M,, Dept, of Biology,
Mississippi State College for Women,
Columbus, Miss.

DAWLEY, CHARLOTTE W., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Woman’s College, Univ. of North
Carolina, Greensboro, N. C.

DE BUSK, A. GIB, Dept, of Biological
Science, Florida State Univ., Tallahas-
see, Fla.

DECK, JAMES DAVID, Dept, of Anat-
omy, Univ. of Virginia School of
Medicine, Charlottesville, Va.

DEILER, FREDERICK G., Freeport Sulfur
Co., Port Sulfur, La.

DENABURG, CHARLES A., Southern
School of Optometry, Memphis, Tenn.

DENNIS, ELIZABETH S., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

DENT, JAMES N., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

DENTON, J. FRED, Dept, of Microbiol-
ogy, Medical College of Georgia, Au-
gusta, Ga.

DE SELM, H. R., Dept, of Botany, Univ.
of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

DEUEL, JAMES T., 29- B Jeffrey Rd„ Al-
dan, Pa.

DEVINEY, EZDA M„ Julian, N. C.

DeWITT, ROBERT MERKLE, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

DICKENSON, JR., HENRY F., Dept, of
Biology, Carson -New man College, Jef-
ferson City, Tenn.

DICKINSON, JR., JOSHUA C„ Florida
State Museum, Univ. of Florida,
Gainesville, Fla.

DICKSON, WARRICK, Dept, of Biology,
McNeese State College, Lake Charles,

La.

DIENER, URBAN L., Dept, of Botany,
Auburn University, Auburn, Ala.

DIETZ, ROBERT A., Dept, of Biology,
State Teachers College, Troy, Ala.

DOERPINGHAUS, S. LEONARD, Agnes
Scott College, Decatur, Ga.

DOSTER, C. S., Birmingham Southern
College, Birmingham, Ala.

DOWLING, PAUL BRUCE, Nature Con-
servancy, 2039 K St., N. W„ Wash-
ington 6, D. C.

DUNCAN, WILBUR H„ Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

DUNDEE, DOLORES S„ Div. of Science,
Louisiana State Univ., New Orleans
22, La.

DUNDEE, HAROLD A., Dept, of Zoology,
Tulane Univ., New Orleans 18, La.

DYKES, DONALD J., Southern Research
Institute, 2000 Ninth Ave., S., Bir-
mingham 5, Ala.

E

EASTON, DEXTER M„ Dept, of Biological
Science, Florida State Univ., Talla-
hassee, Fla.

EDINGTON, CHARLES W., Dept, of Bio-
logical Sciences, Florida State Univ.,
Tallahassee, Fla.

EDWARDS, BETTY F., Dept, of Anatomy,
Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

EDWARDS, JACKIE, Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Alabama, University, Ala.

EGGLER, WILLIS A., Dept, of Biology,
Newcomb College, Tulane Univ., New
Orleans, La.

EISEN, JAMES D., Cancer Chromosome
Lab., Inst, of Genetics, Univ. of Lund,
Lund, Sweden

ELIASON, NANCY BLAIR, Campbell Col-
lege, Box 414, Buies Creek. N. C.

ELLIAS, LORETTA C, Dept, of Bacteri-
ology, Florida State University, Tal-
lahassee, Fla.

EMERSON, FRED W„ Box 483, Elon Col-
lege, N. C.

ENGLISH, DARREL, Dept, of Zoology,
Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge 3,
La.

ERWIN, WILLIAM GRADY, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Northwestern State College,
Natchitoches, La.

ESTES, EDNA E., Dept, of Biology, State
Teachers College, Salisbury, Md.

EVANS, WILLIAM G., Dept, of Ento-
mology, Univ. of Alberta, Edmonton,
Alberta, Canada

EXUM, DOROTHY M., Dept, of Biology,
Tennessee A. & I. State Univ., Nash-
ville 8, Tenn.

F

FARMER, LARRY LEE, 938 Cabell St.,
Lynchburg, Va.

FARRAR, LUTHER L., Extension Annex,
Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

FARRELL, CHARLES E„ Dept, of Biology,
Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville, Tenn.

FATTIG, WILBUR D., Box 225, Emory
Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

FAUST, III, CHARLES C, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Louisiana State Univ., Baton
Rouge 3, La.

FERCHAU, HUGO ALFRED, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Wofford College, Spartanburg,
S. C.

FERGUSON, JR., EDWARD, 747 Locust
St., Jefferson City, Mo.

FIELD, HOWARD M., Dept, of Biology,
Florida Southern College, Lakeland,
Fla.

FINCHER, EDWARD L„ Georgia Institute
of Technology, Atlanta, Ga.

FINCHER, JOHN A., Howard College,
800 Lakeshore Dr., Birmingham 9,
Ala.

FINGERMAN, MILTON, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Newcomb College, Tulane Univ.,
New Orleans 18, La.

FISHER, WILLIAM D„ Dept, of Physiol-
ogy, Upstate Medical Center, Syra-
cuse, N. Y.

FITZPATRICK, JR., JOSEPH F„ Dept, of
Zoology, Tulane Univ., New Orleans
18, La.

11

FLAGG, RAYMOND O., Blandy Experi-
mental Farm, Boyce, Va.

FLEMING, HARVEY W„ Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Alabama, University, Ala.

FLINT, FRANKLIN F., Dept, of Biology,
Randolph-Macon Woman’s College,
Lynchburg, Va.

FLINT, LEWIS H„ 3147 Lake Shore Drive,
Baton Rouge, La.

FLORY, JR., WALTER S., Blandy Experi-
ment Farm, Univ. of Virginia, Boyce,
Va.

FORD, ERNEST S., Dept, of Botany, Univ.
of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

FORD, FLOYD M., Dept, of Biology, Aus-
tin Peay State College, Clarksville,
Tenn.

FOREMAN, CHARLES W., Dept, of Sci-
ences, Pfeiffer College, Meisenheimer,
N. C.

FORESTER, HARRY B„ Box 232, Dahlo-
nega, Ga.

FOSTER, A. ALFRED, U.S.D.A. Research
Center, Box 1421, Macon, Ga.

FRASER, RONALD C., Dept, of Zool. &
Ent., Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn.

FRANCISCO, ANNE SALYERDS, 470
Prospect St., New Haven, Conn.

FRANKLIN, BERYL C„ Dept, of Biology,
Northeast Louisiana State College,
Monroe, La.

FREDERICK, LAFEYETTE, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Southern University, Baton Rouge,
La.

FREEMAN, HARRY W., Dept, of Biology,
College of Charleston, Charleston,

S. C.

FREEMAN, JOHN ALDERMAN, Box 97,
Winthrop College, Rock Hill, S. C.

FREEMAN, JOHN RICHARDSON, Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of Chattanooga, Chat-
tanooga 3, Tenn.

FREEMAN, OLIVER M„ Box 637, Tryon,
N. C.

FREER, RUSKIN S., Div. of Natural Sci-
ences, Lynchburg College, Lynchburg,
Va.

FRIAUF, JAMES, Dept, of Biology, Van-
derbilt Univ., Nashville, Tenn.

FRIEDL, FRANK E„ Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Univ. of South Florida,
Tampa 4, Fla.

FRYE, BILLY EUGENE, Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

FRYE, JR., OZRO E., Game & Freshwater
Fish Comm., Tallahassee, Fla.

FUGLER, JR., CHARLES M„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Texas A. & M., College Station,
Tex.

FUNDERBURG, JR., JOHN B„ Dept, of
Biology, Florida Southern College,
Lakeland, Fla.

FULLER, DOROTHY LANGFORD, Dept, of
Biology, Stetson University, DeLand,
Fla.

G

GALLAGHER, JOHN J„ 1601 Glenmar
Ave., Monroe, La.

GARTH, RICHARD E., Dept, of Biology,
Northwestern State College, Natchi-
toches, La.

GASKINS, HENRI, Dept, of Zool. & En-
tomology, Univ. of Tennessee, Knox-
ville, Tenn.

GAULDEN, MARY ESTHER, Biology Div.,
Oak Ridge Nat. Lab., Box Y, Oak
Ridge, Tenn.

GENOVESE, MICHAEL A., Opelousas
High School, Opelousas, La.

GILBERT, MARGARET L„ Dept, of Bio-
logical Sciences, Florida Southern Col-
lege, Lakeland, Fla.

GILBERT, WILBUR A., Dept, of Second-
ary Science, Humboldt City School,
Humboldt, Tenn.

GILMAN, LAUREN C„ Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Miami, Coral Gables 46, Fla.

GILPIN, ROBERT H„ Bedford Rd., Cum-
berland, Md.

GODFREY, ROBERT KENNETH, Dept, of
Biological Sciences, Florida State
Univ., Tallahassee, Fla.

GOETHE, C. M., 3731 Tea Street, Sacra-
mento 16, Calif.

GOIN, COLEMAN J., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

GOLLEY, FRANK B„ Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

GOODCHILD, CHAUNCEY G., Dept, of
Biology, Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

GORDON, DONALD P„ 5240 Davis Rd.,
S. Miami, Fla.

GORDON, MARGARET A., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Madison College, Harrisonburg,
Va.

GORDON, ROBERT EDWARD, Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of Notre Dame, Notre
Dame, Ind.

GOSS, ROBERT C., Iowa State Coll.,
Cedar Falls, Iowa.

GOUGH, BOBBY J., General Delivery,
Tech. Station, Ruston, La.

GOWLAND, WILLIE DOROTHY, Dept, of
Biology, Dominican College, New Or-
leans, La.

GRAHAM, LEWIS T., Univ. of South-
western Louisiana, Lafayette, La.

GRAY, IRVING E., Dept, of Zoology,
Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.

GRAY, MARY C., Dept, of Biology,
Lenoir-Rhyne College, Hickory, N. C.

GRAY, STEPHEN, Agnes Scott College,
Decatur, Ga.

GRAY, STEPHEN W., Dept, of Anatomy,
Emory Univ. Medical School, Atlanta
22, Ga.

GREGG, JAMES H„ Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

GREULACH, VICTOR A., Dept, of Bot-
any, Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C.

GRIMM, JAMES K., Dept, of Biology,
Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.

GROBMAN, ARNOLD B., Biological Sci-
ences Curriculum Study, Univ. of Col-
orado, Boulder, Colo.

GRODNER, ROBERT M., Dept, of Biology,
Otterbein College, Westerville, Ohio

GRODNER, MRS. ROBERT M., Dept, of
Biology, Otterbein College, Wester-
ville, Ohio

GROGAN, CLARENCE O., Agronomy
Dept., Box 157, State College, Miss.

GROSECLOSE, NANCY P., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Agnes Scott College, Decatur,
Ga.

GUDE, WILLIAM D., Biology Div., ORNL,
Oak Ridge, .Tenn.

GUEST, WILLIAM C„ Dept, of Biol., Univ.
of Alabama, University, Ala.

GUNNING, GERALD E„ Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Tulane Univ., New Orleans 18,
La.

H

HAESLOOP, JOHN G., Dept, of Biology
Pfeiffer College, Misenheimer, N. C.

HALE, MAYNARD GEORGE, Virginia
Agr. Exp. Sta., Blacksburg, Va.

HANCOCK, KENNETH FARRELL, Dept, of
Biology, Berry College, Mount Berry,
Ga.

HARE, MARY L„ Box 125, State College,
Miss.

HARGIS, JR., WILLIAM J., Virginia Fish-
eries Lab., Gloucester Point, Va.

HARGITT, GEORGE THOMAS, 811 Watts
St., Durham, N. C.

HALE, JR., MASON E., Smithsonian In-
stitution, Washington 25, D. C.

HAMON, J. HILL, Dept, of Zoology, In-
diana State College, Terre Haute, Ind.

HARDIN, JAMES W., Dept, of Botany,
North Carolina State College, Raleigh,
N. C.

HARPER, R. M.. Box O, University, Ala.

HARRIS, JOSEPH B., Dept, of Biology,
Coker College, Hartsville, S. C.

HARRISES, ANTONIO E„ Mississippi
Southern College, Station A, Box 148,
Hattiesburg, Miss.

HARRISON, JOSEPH L„ Dept, of Natural
Science, Grambling College, Gram-
bling. La.

HARRY, MILDRED F. SWANN, Box 561,
Dahlonega, Ga.

HART, JR., CHARLES W„ Academy of
Natural Sciences, 19th and the Park-
way, Philadelphia 3, Pa.

HARVIE, LEWIS EDWIN, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Salem College, Winston Salem,
N. C.

HASSLER, WILLIAM W„ Box 5215, State
College Station, Raleigh, N. C.

HATHAWAY, EDWARD S„ Dept, of Zo-
ology, Tulane Univ., New Orleans 18,
La.

HATHAWAY, RALPH R., Flat 1, 276 Hills
Road, Cambridge, England

HAUBRICH, ROBERT RICH, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio

HAWSE, DORIS H„ Dept, of Biology,
Flora MacDonald College, Red Springs,
N. C.

12

ASB Bulletin

HAYNES, CURRY T„ Dept, of Biology,
Emory Univ., Oxford, Go.

HECHENBLEIKNER, HERBERT, Charlotte
College, Charlotte, N. C.

HELMS, MARY C., Dept, of Biology, East
Carolina College, Greenville, N. C.

HENDERSON, VERNON, Box 202, Grum-
bling, La.

HENRY, NELL Q., Dept, of Biology, New-
berry College, Newberry, S. C.

HENRICKSON, CARL ERNEST, Dept, of
Botany, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington,

Ky.

HENRY, LAURA M., 365 Hawthorn Ave.,
Palo Alto, Calif.

HEPLAR, JOSEPH Q., Box 73, Hampton
Institute, Hampton, Va.

HERNDON, JR., WALTER R., Dept, of
Botany, Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville
16, Tenn.

HERR, JR., JOHN M., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of South Carolina, Columbia,
S. C.

HESLER, LEXEMUEL R., Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

HESS, MARGARET, Winthrop College,
Box 114, Rock Hill, S. C.

HESS, WALTER N., Dept, of Biology,
Winthrop College, Rock Hill, S. C.

HETRICK, L. A., 1624 N. W. 12th Street,
Gainesville, Fla.

HIGGINS, ROBERT P., Dept, of Biology,
Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem,
N. C.

HILL, BEN H„ High Point College, High
Point, N. C.

HINTON, CLAUDE W., Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

HOBBS, JR., HORTON H„ Rm. 301,
U.S.N.M., Smithsonian Institution,
Washington 25, D. C.

HOLLAENDER, ALEXANDER, Oak Ridge
Nat’l Laboratory, Biology Division,
Box Y, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

HOLLAND, JR., JOHN W„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Florence State College, Florence,
Ala.

HOLLIMAN, RHODES B., Dept, of Bio-
logical Sciences, Florida State Univ.,
Tallahassee, Fla.

HOLLINGSWORTH, ROBERT LEE, Dept, of
Biology, Mississippi Southern College,
Hattiesburg, Miss.

HOLLOWAY, JR., HARRY L„ Dept, of
Biology, Roanoke College, Salem, Va.

HOLT, JANE PRICE, Catawba College,
Salisbury, N. C.

HOLT, PERRY C., Dept, of Biology, Vir-
ginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacks-
burg, Va.

HOOD, MARY N., Dept, of Bacteriology,
Florida State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla.

HORN, EDWARD C., Dept, of Zoology,
Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.

HORTON, GEORGE, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Univ. of Tennessee, Martin
Branch, Martin, Tenn.

Vol. 9, No. 1, January 1962

HORTON, JAMES H., Dept, of Sciences,
Western Carolina College, Cullowhee,
N. C.

HOWDEN, HENRY F„ Entomology Re-
search Inst., K. W. Neatby Bldg., Ot-
tawa, Ont., Canada

HOWE, JR., H. B., Dept, of Bacteriology,
Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

HOWELL, G. LEON, Box 643, Memphis
State Univ., Memphis 11, Tenn.

HOWELL, JOSEPH C., Dept, of Zoology,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn.

HOWELL, THELMA, Highlands Biological
Station, Highlands, N. C.

HOWSE, HAROLD D„ Box 302, Sta. A,
Hattiesburg, Miss.

HUGHES, III, GILBERT C„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Kansas State Teachers College,
Emporia, Kans.

HUGHES, MARYANNE R., 1011 Congress
St., Emporia, Kans.

HUGHES, WALTER NORMAN, Lubbock
Christian College, Box 1339, Lubbock,
Tex.

HUMM, HAROLD J., Dept, of Botany,
Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.

HUMPHRIES, JR., ASA A., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

HUNEYCUTT, MAEBURN B., Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of Mississippi, Univer-
sity, Miss.

HUNT, ERNEST L, Dept, of Zoology,
Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

HUNT, GORDON E., Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

HUNTER, FRISSEL ROY, Dept, of Biology,
Southern Univ., Baton Rouge, La.

HUNTER, III, GEORGE W., c/o Dr. A.
Pena Chavarria, Apartado 688, San
Jose, Costa Rica

HUNTER, WANDA S., Dept, of Biology,
Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.

HURSEY, SHIRLEY EMMA, Dept, of Physi-
ology, Univ. of Oklahoma, Oklahoma
City 4, Okla.

HUSTED, L., Dept, of Biology, Univ. of
Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

HYDE, CATHERINE F„ Biology Div.,
ORNL, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

I

IGLINSKY, JR., WILLIAM, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, McNeese State College, Lake
Charles, La.

INGIE, ROBERT M., Florida State Board
of Conservation, Tallahassee, Fla.

ISANOGLE, ISABEL T., Western Mary-
land College, Westminster, Md.

IVEY, WILLIAM D., Dept, of Zoology,
Auburn University, Auburn, Ala.

J

JACKSON, JR., CRAWFORD G., Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville,
Fla.

JACKSON, RICHARD T„ Dept, of Biologi-
cal Sciences, Loyola Univ., New Or-
leans 18, La.

JAMES, CHARLES W„ Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

JAY, JAMES M., Dept, of Biology,
Wayne State Univ., Detroit 2, Mich.

JEFFERS, GEORGE W„ Dept, of Biology,
Longwood College, Farmville, Va.

JEFFERY, GEOFFREY H., Box 71 7, Colum-
bia, S. C.

JEFFREYS, DONALD B., Science Dept.,
East Carolina College, Greenville,
N. C.

JENNER, CHARLES, Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N. C.

JOHNSTON, DAVID W., Dept of Biol-
ogy, Wake Forest College, Winston-
Salem, N. C.

JOSEPH, EDWIN B., Virginia Fisheries
Lab., Gloucester Point, Va.

JOHNSON, EUNICE l„ Southern Re-
search Institute, 2000 Ninth Ave., S.,
Birmingham 5, Ala.

JOHNSON, JR., JOSEPH R„ Pound Hall,
Gordon Military College, Barnesville,
Ga.

JOHNSON, MARTHA J., 6949 Main St.,
Lithonia, Ga.

JOHNSON, JR., MELVIN A., Box 36,
Wilberforce, Ohio

JOHNSON, RICHARD M., Dept, of Biol.,
Tenn. Poly. Inst., Cookeville, Tenn.

JOHNSON, ROSE MARY, 476 W. Ocean
View Ave., Norfolk 3, Va.

JOHNSON, TOM LEE, Dept, of Biology,
Mary Washington College, Fredericks-
burg, Va.

JONES, ARTHUR W„ Dept, of Zool. &
Entom., Agr. Exp. Station, Knoxville
16, Tenn.

JONES, CLARA L., Dept, of Biology,
McNeese State College, Lake Charles,
La.

JONES, JR., EDMUND R., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville,
Fla.

JONES, MEREDITH L., Dept, of Living
Invertebrates American Museum of
Natural History, New York, N. Y.

JONES, RUTH M., Dept, of Biology, Win-
throp College, Rock Hill, S. C.

JONES, WOODROW H., Pacific Marine
Station, Dillon Beach, Marin County,
Calif.

K

KAMINE, ABE B., Savannah Vet. Hosp.
& Clinic, 5400 Waters Ave., Savan-
nah, Ga.

KANGELOS, MARILYN, Southern Re-
search Institute, 2000 Ninth Ave., S.,
Birmingham 5, Ala.

KAYE, STEPHEN V., Ecological Research
Sect., Health Physics Div., Oak Ridge
National Lab., Oak Ridge, Tenn.

KEELER, CLYDE E„ Georgia State Col-
lege for Women, Milledgeville, Ga.

1.1

KEITT, JR., GEORGE W., Dept, of Bio-
logical Sciences, Florida State Univ.,
Tallahassee, Fla.

KELLEY, CHARLES, Southern Research In-
stitute, 2000 Ninth Ave., S., Birming-
ham 5, Ala.

KELLY, ROBERT WITHERS, Dept, of Bio-
logical Sciences, Southeastern Louisi-
ana Coll., Hammond, La.

KELLEY, WILLIAM R„ State Teachers Col-
lege, Shippensburg, Pa.

KENT, JR., GEORGE C., Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Louisiana State Univ., Baton
Rouge, La.

KERSCHNER, JEAN, Western Maryland
College, Westminster, Md.

KETHLEY, THOMAS W., Georgia Insti-
tute of Technology, Atlanta, Ga.

KILBY, JOHN D„ Dept, of Biology, Univ.
of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

KILGORE, SELWYN S., Dept, of Zoology,
Louisiana Polytechnic Institute, Rus-
ton. La.

KIM, WON KYUM, Div. of Appl. Biol.,
Nat. Res. Council, Ottawa 2, Canada

KIM, YOUNG TAI, Dept, of Biology,
Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville, Tenn.

KIMBALL, RICHARD F., Biology Div., Oak
Ridge National Laboratory, Box Y,
Oak Ridge, Tenn.

KIMSEY, BETSY ANN, 208 Sherwood Rd.,
Rome, Ga.

KING, CHARLES E„ Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Washington, Seattle 5, Wash.

KING, MARJORIE M., West Jefferson
High School, Harvey, La.

KIRK, DANIEL EDDINS, Box 343, Ca-
tawba Coll., Salisbury, N. C.

KISER, ROY STONE, 114 Hibritten Way,
Lakeland, Fla.

KISNER, RAYMOND L„ Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Univ. of Tennessee, Martin
Branch, Martin, Tenn.

KITCHIN, IRWIN C., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Mississippi, University, Miss.

KLEWER, HERBERT LAMARR, University
Club, Blacksburg, Va.

KOCH, WILLIAM J„ Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N. C.

KORDISCH, MARY F., Dept, of Biological
Sciences, McNeese State College, Lake
Charles, La.

KNIGHT, JR., ROBERT J., Plant Industry
Station, Beltsville, Md.

KNISELY, WILLIAM, Dept, of Anatomy,
School of Medicine, Univ. of Kentucky,
Lexington, Ky.

KRAL, ROBERT, Dept, of Biology, Vir-
ginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacks-
burg, Va.

KRAMER, PAUL J., Dept, of Botany,
Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.

KRIVANEK, ROBIN COOLEY, Div. of
Nat. Sci., Univ. of South Florida,
Tampa, Fla.

KRIZEK, DONALD T., Research Studies
Institute, Maxwell AFB., Ala.

KROCHMAL, ARNOLD, Box 124, Cullow-
hee, N. C.

KRUSE, DWAYNE NATHANIEL, Dept, of
Biological Sciences, Florida State
Univ., Tallahassee, Fla.

KUEHNE, ROBERT A., Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.

KUIPERS, CARL J., Cochran, Ga.

KURZ, HERMAN, 510 Palm Court, Talla-
hassee, Fla.

L

LACKEY, JAMES B„ Box 497, Melrose,
Fla.

LAESSLE, ALBERT M„ Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

LAFFODAY, SAMUEL K„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Charleston College, Charleston,
S. C.

LAFLEUR, ROBERT A., Box 9055, Louisi-
ana State Univ., Baton Rouge, La.

LAMMERS, WILLIAM T„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Davidson College, Davidson,
N. C.

LANDE, RICHARD L., 1248 South 22nd
St., Birmingham, Ala.

LANDT, J. FRED, Box 414, Oxford, Ga.

LARKIN, JEANNE H., Dept, of Zoology,
Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.

LATINA, ALBERT A., 31 1A Science Bldg.,
Univ. of South Florida, Tampa, Fla.

LAUFF, GEORGE H., Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.

LAUTENSCHLAGER, EDWARD W., Dept,
of Biology, Univ. of Virginia, Char-
lottesville, Va.

LAUTER, FELIX H., Dept, of Zoology, Il-
linois College, Jacksonville, III.

LAWSON, JAMES E„ Box 2306, East Ten-
nessee State College, Johnson City,
Tenn.

IAYNE, JAMES N., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

LEE, HON-KWONG, 50th Val Mar Ter-
race, San Francisco 12, Calif.

LEIGH, WALTER HENRY, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Univ. of Miami, Coral Gables 24,
Fla.

IEISNER, ROBERT S„ A.I.B.S., 2000 P
St., N. W., Washington 6, D. C.

LEONARD, WALTER R„ Wofford College,
Spartanburg, S. C.

LEVY, HELEN N., Bogalusa High School,
506 Mississippi Ave., Bogalusa, La.

LEWIS, LORALEE I., Dept, of Zoology,
Newcomb College, Tulane Univ., New
Orleans 18, La.

LEWIS, JR., PAUL D„ 3501 W. Howe St.,
Seattle 99, Wash.

LEWIS, WALTER H„ Box 679, Stephen F.
Austin Station, Nacogdoches, Tex.

LILES, JAMES N., 2142 Cherokee Blvd.,
Knoxville, Tenn.

LIPPS, EMMA L., Dept, of Biology, Shor-
ter College, Rome, Ga.

LISTON, ROBERT H„ 4420 Biddy Lane,
W., Jacksonville, Fla.

LIVINGSTONE, DANIEL, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.

LOCKE, SR., JOHN F„ Box 1568, State
College, Miss.

LOPUSHINSKY, WILLIAM, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.

LORD, LOIS P., Dept, of Biology, Univ.
of Tennessee, Martin Branch, Martin,
Tenn.

LOVELACE, ROBERTA, Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of South Carolina, Columbia,
S. C.

LOWERY, GEORGE H., Dir., Museum of
Zoology, Louisiana State Univ., Baton
Rouge 3, La.

LOWRY, EDWARD MacLEAN, Dept, of
Zoology, State College Station, Ra-
leigh, N. C.

LOWY, BERNARD, Dept, of Botany, Lou-
isiana State Univ., Baton Rouge 3, La.

LUND, H. O., Univ. of Georgia, Athens,

Ga.

LUNZ, JR., G. ROBERT, Bears Bluff Lcbs.,
Wadmalaw Island, S. C.

LUTZ, PAUL E., Dept, of Biology,
Woman’s College, Univ. of North
Carolina, Greensboro, N. C.

M

MacDOUGALL, MARY S., 423 Clairmont
Ave., Decatur, Ga.

MacINNIS, AUSTIN J., Dept, of Biologi-
cal Sciences, Florida State Univ., Tal-
lahassee, Fla.

MADSEN, GRACE C., Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State Univ., Talla-
hassee, Fla.

MANKIN, W. D„ Herndon, Va.

MANLY, JETHRO O., Div. of Natural
Sciences, PfifFer College, Misenheimer,
N. C.

MARKEE, JOSEPH E., Dept, of Anatomy,
Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.

MARLOW, GUY, Dept, of Zoology, Tu-
lane Univ., New Orleans 18, La.

MARONEY, JR., SAMUEL P., Dept, of Bi-
ology, Univ. of Virginia, Charlottes-
ville, Va.

MARTIN, EDWIN P., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of South Florida, Tampa 4, Fla.

MARTINEZ, JR., IRVING R„ 2470 N.
Rampart St., New Orleans 17, La.

MASSEY, A. B., Box 95, Blacksburg, Va.

MATTHEWS, JAMES FRANCIS, Dept, of
Biology, Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

MAYER, THOMAS C., Dept, of Zoology,
Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge 3,
La.

McALISTER, LUCY ANN, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Tulane Univ., New Orleans 18,
La.

McARTHUR, WILLIAM H., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Knoxville College, Knoxville,
Tenn.

McCLURKIN, IOLA TAYLOR, Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of Mississippi, Univer-
sity, Miss.

McCORMICK, J. FRANK, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

14

ASB Bulletin*

McCOY, JOHN J., Dept, of Biology,
Jacksonville Univ., Jacksonville 11,
Fla.

McCRADY, EDWARD, Univ. of the South,
Sewanee, Tenn.

McCRONE, JOHN D., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

McCRONE, JOSEPHINE, Dept, of Biology,
Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge 3,
La.

McCullough, Herbert a.. Dept, of

Biology, Howard College, Birming-
ham, Ala.

McDONALD, JAMES C., Dept, of Biology,
Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem,
N. C.

McFADDEN, SAMUEL E., Dept, of Orna-
mental Horticulture, Univ. of Florida,
Gainesville, Fla.

McGHEE, ROBERT BARCLAY, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Georgia, Athens,
Ga.

McGILLIARD, ELEANOR R„ Dept, of Bi-
ology, Univ. of Chattanooga, Chatta-
nooga, Tenn.

McGINNIS, JOHN T„ Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta 22, Ga.

McIntyre, jr„ Robert a., Dept. of Bi-
ology, Presbyterian College, Clinton,
S. C.

McKINSEY, RICHARD D„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Univ. of Virginia, Charlottes-
ville, Va.

McLaughlin, woodrow d„ Dept, of

Science, Troy State College, Troy, Ala.

McNEILL, E. MEADE, Dept, of Biology,
Concord College, Athens, W. Va.

McNULTY, JOHN K., Marine Laboratory,
University of Miami, Coral Gables 46,
Fla.

McRITCHIE, ROBERT G„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Rice Univ., Houston, Tex.

McVEIGH, ILDA, Box 1549, Substation
B, Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville, Tenn.

MECHAM, JOHN S., Dept, of Zoology,
Auburn University, Auburn, Ala.

MENGEBIER, WILLIAM LOUIS, Dept, of
Biology, Madison College, Harrison-
burg, Va.

MENZEL, MARGARET Y„ Dept, of Bio-
logical Sciences, Florida State Univ.,
Tallahassee, Fla.

MENZEL, ROBERT WINSTON, Oceano-
graphic Institute, Florida State Univ.,
Tallahassee, Fla.

MERRITT, ROBERT E., Dept, of Biology,
Longwood College, Farmville, Va.

MESSERSMITH, DONALD H„ Radford
College, Radford, Va.

METCALF, ISAAC S. H., The Citadel,
Charleston, S. C.

MEYER, SAMUEL L„ Office of the Aca-
demic Vice-President, College of the
Pacific, Stockton 4, Calif.

MEYERS, SAMUEL P„ The Marine Labo-
ratory, J£l Rickenbacker Causeway,
Miami 49, Fla.

MICHEL, BURLYN EVERETT, Dept, of Bot-
any, Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

Vol. 9, No. 1, January 1962

MICKEY, GEORGE H., Box 308, Ridge-
field, Conn.

MILLER, C. E., Dept, of Biology, Texas
A. & M. College, College Station, Tex.

MILLER, EDWIN D., Dept, of Biology,
Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.

MILLER, FAITH S., Dept, of Anatomy,
Tulane Univ., New Orleans 18, La.

MILLER, GROVER C., Box 5215, State
College Station, Raleigh, N. C.

MILLER, JR., ISAAC H„ Dept, of Bio-
chemistry, Meharry Medical College,
Nashville, Tenn.

MILLER, JR., JAMES A., Dept, of Anat-
omy, Tulane Univ., New Orleans 18,
La.

MILLER, TONY JASPER, Div. of Anat-
omy, Univ. of Tennessee, Memphis,
Tenn.

MINNICH, CHARLES, Jesu Rectory, 18th
and Thompson Streets, Philadelphia,
Pa.

MITCHELL, RODGER D., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

MIZELL, MERLE, Dept, of Zoology, Tu-
lane Univ., New Orleans 18, La.

MOBBERLY, JR., WILLIAM C„ Dept, of
Zoology, Tulane Univ., New Orleans
18, La.

MOEWUS, LISELOTTE, Dept, of Micro-
biology, Univ. of Miami, Coral Gables
34, Fla.

MOHAMMAD, MURAD-BABA MURAD,
Dept, of Zoology, Duke Univ., Dur-
ham, N. C.

MOHLER, J. DAVID, Edgewood High
School, Edgewood, Md.

MONK, CARL DOUGLAS, Dept, of Bot-
any, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

MONTGOMERY, JOSEPH G„ Dept, of
Biology, Manatee Jr. College, Braden-
ton, Fla.

MONTIEBEL, ETHEL C, Dept, of Biology,
West Virginia Univ., Morgantown,
W. Va.

MOON, ELVIN D., Dept, of Biology,
North Greenville Jr. College, Tiger-
ville, S. C.

MOORE, JACK HORTON, Southern Re-
search Institute, 2000 Ninth Ave., S.,
Birmingham 5, Ala.

MOORE, JEWEL E., Arkansas State
Teachers College, Conway, Ark.

MOORE, JOSEPH C„ 2406 N. Vermont
St., Arlington 7, Va.

MOORE, WALTER G., Department of Bio-
logical Sciences, Loyola Univ., New
Orleans 18, La.

MOORHEAD, MARGARET DEMPSEY,
Blacksburg, S. C.

MORELAND, CHARLES F„ Dept, of Bot-
any, Louisiana State Univ., Baton
Rouge, La.

MORGAN, JR., WALTER C„ South Da-
kota State College, College Station,
S. D.

MORRIS, ELLA D., Dept, of Biology,
Spring Hill College, Spring Hill, Ala.

MOUNT, ROBERT H., Dept, of Biology,
Alabama College, Montevallo, Ala.

MURDY, WILLIAM H„ Dept, of Biology,
Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

MULLAHY, JOHN H„ Dept, of Biology,
Loyola Univ., New Orleans 18, La.

MULLINS, J. THOMAS, Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

MYLES, MARION RICHARD, 1606 Me-
harry Blvd., Nashville, Tenn.

N

NAGABHUSHANAM, RACHAKONDA,
Dept, of Zoology, Tulane Univ., New
Orleans 18, La.

NELSON, DANIEL J., 207 Louisiana Ave.,
Oak Ridge, Tenn.

NELSON, JR., G. E., 14816 Daisy Lane,
Tampa 4, Fla.

NESOM, RIVERS Y„ Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Southeastern Louisiana Coll.,
Hammond, La.

NEVINS, BEATRICE, Valdosta State Col-
lege, Valdosta, Ga.

NEWMAN, ROBERT J., Geology Museum,
Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge,
La.

NEZ, MARTHA M., Dept, of Biology,
Pensacola Jr. College, Pensacola, Fla.

NICELY, KENNETH AUBREY, Dept, of
Botany & Bacteriology, North Caro-
lina State College, Raleigh, N. C.

NICHOLS, HERBERT WAYNE, Dept, of
Botany, Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville
16, Tenn.

NOGGLE, GLENN R., Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

NORBY, DARWIN E„ RFD No. 3, Box
154, Gig Harbor, Wash.

NORDEN, CARROLL R., Dept, of Biology,
Southwestern Louisiana Inst., Lafay-
ette, La.

NORMAN, WILLIAM H„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Univ. of South Carolina, Colum-
bia, S. C.

NORRIS, FRED H., Dept, of Botany, Univ.
of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

NORRIS, WILLIAM W„ 1800 E. 19th St.,
Bowling Green, Ky.

NUNAN, REBECCA W„ 1150 Clifton
Road, N. E., Atlanta 7, Ga.

NUTTYCOMBE, J. W., Dept, of Biology,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

o

OAKERSON, DIANE MARIE, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Emory Univ., Atlanta, Ga.

ODELL, JR., THEODORE T„ Biology Divi-
sion, Oak Ridge National Lab., Oak
Ridge, Tenn.

ODUM, EUGENE P., Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

ODUM, HOWARD T., Institute of Ma-
rine Science, Univ. of Texas, Port
Aransas, Tex.

OGLESBY, LARRY C., Box 4, Atascadero,
Calif.

15

O’KELLEY, JOSEPH CHARLES, Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of Alabama, Univer-
sity, Ala.

OOSTING, HENRY J., Dept, of Botany,
Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.

ORCUTT, FRED S., Dept, of Biology, Vir-
ginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg,
Va.

OSBORNE, PAUL J„ Dept, of Biology,
Lynchburg College, Lynchburg, Va.

OSBORNE, THOMAS S., Route 21, Con-
cord, Tenn.

OTTIS, KENNETH, Dept, of Zoology, Ala-
bama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn,
Ala.

OUTLAND, RODERICK H., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Northwestern State College, Nat-
chitoches, La.

OUTTEN, LORA MILTON, Mars Hill Col-
lege, Box 722-C, Mars Hill, N. C.

OVERCASH, HINTON B„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Hampden-Sydney Col ege, Hamp-
den-Sydney, Va.

OWEN, HOWARD M„ Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of the South, Sewannee, Tenn.

OWINGS, ELIZABETH S„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, East Tennessee State College,
Johnson City, Tenn.

P

PADGETT, CAROL ANN, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Huntingdon College, Montgom-
ery 6, Ala.

PALMER, MAUD E„ Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Southeastern Louisiana Coll.,
Hammond, La.

PARKER, DEAN R., Genetic Biology Pro-
gram, National Science Foundation,
Washington 25, D. C.

PARRISH, FRED K„ Dept, of Biology,
Agnes Scott College, Decatur, Ga.

PARRISH, JOANA WOODSON, Dept, of
Biology, Agnes Scott College, Decatur,
Ga.

PARRISH, MARY J., Dept, of Biology,
Mary Washington College, Fredericks-
burg, Va.

PATES, ANNE L., Dept, of Bacteriology,
Florida State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla.

PATTEN, JOHN A., Middle Tennessee
State College, Murfreesboro, Tenn.

PATTON, ERNEST GIBBES, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Univ. of Alabama, University,
Ala.

PATTERSON, PAUL M„ Dept, of Biology,
Hollins College, Hollins, Va.

PEDIGO, ROBERT A., Dept, of Biology,
College of William and Mary, Wil-
liamsburg, Va.

PENN, GEORGE HENRY, Military Rd.
Star Rt., Box 53, Covington, La.

PENNEY, JAMES T„ Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of South Carolina, Columbia,
S. C.

PERRY, RACHEL, 237 North Blvd., De-
land, Fla.

PHARRIS, DARROL I., Dept, of Biology,
Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville 5, Tenn.

PHIFER, KENNETH, U. S. Public Health
Serv., Box 717, Columbia, S. C.

PHILLIPS, RONALD C„ Marine Lab.,
Maritime Base, Bayboro Harbor, St.
Petersburg 1, Fla.

PHILPOTT, JANE, Dept, of Botany, Duke
Univ., Durham, N. C.

PIERCE, E. LOWE, Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

PLATT, ROBERT B., Dept, of Biology,
Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

PLEASANTS, BEVERLY ANNE, Dept, of
Biology, Richard Bland College, Pe-
tersburg, Va.

PLUMMER, GAYTHER L„ Dept, of Bot-
any, Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

POITRAS, ADRIAN W., Dept, of Biology,
Dade County Jr. College, Miami, Fla.

POOLE, DORIS T., Dept, of Pharmacol-
ogy, School of Medicine, Univ. of
North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

POTTER, ISABEL, Winthrop College, Rock
Hill, S. C.

POWE, HARRY LOTHROP, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, North Carolina State College,
Raleigh, N. C.

POWELL, ROBERT D„ Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

POWELL, JR., ROBERT W„ Div. of Biol-
ogy, Humboldt State College, Areata,
Calif.

PRICHARD, ELMER C„ Dept, of Biology,
Stetson University, Deland, Fla.

PROVENZA, DOMINIC V., Dept, of Hist.
& Embryology, Dental School, Univ. of
Maryland, Baltimore, Md.

PROVO, MARVIN M., Dept, of Science,
Young Harris College, Young Harris,
Ga.

PUGH, JEAN, Dept, of Biology, Norfolk
College of William & Mary, Norfolk
8, Va.

Q

QUARTERMAN, ELSIE, Box 1616, Van-
derbiit Univ., Nashville 5, Tenn.

QUAY, THOMAS L., Dept, of Zoology,
North Carolina State College, Raleigh,
N. C.

R

RADFORD, ALBERT E., Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N. C.

RAMSEUR, GEORGE S., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of the South, Sewanee, Tenn.

RAMSEY, RALPH L„ 814 Drewry St.,
N. E., Atlanta 6, Ga.

RAPPAPORT, JACQUES J„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Univ. of Virginia, Charlottes-
ville, Va.

RAULERSON, CLAIRE LYNN, Dept, of
Biology, Howard College, Birming-
ham 9, Ala.

RAWLS, JOHN M., Dept, of Biology,
Austin Peay State College, Clarks-
ville, Tenn.

RAY, JR., CHARLES, Dept, of Biology,
Emory Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

REBUCK, ALLEN, Dept, of Biol. & Bact.,
Mt. Allison Univ., Sackville, N. B.,
Canada

REDDISH, PAUL S„ Dept, of Biology,
Elon College, N. C.

REDMOND, JAMES R., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

REDMOND, WILLIAM B„ Box 534, Emory
Univ., Atlanta 22, Ga.

REED, CLYDE T., Dept, of Biology, Univ.
of Tampa, Tampa, Fla.

REED, JR., HORACE B., Dept, of Biology,
Shorter College, Rome, Ga.

REES, GEORGE H., Radiobiol. Lab., U. S.
Fish & Wildlife Serv., Beaufort, N. C.

REESE, WILLIAM DEAN, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Southwestern Louisiana Inst.,
Lafayette, La.

REESOR, JUDITH C„ Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

REGAN, JAMES D., Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Hawaii, Honolulu 14, Hawaii

REGISTER, THOMAS E., 2511 Hickory
Ave., Burlington, N. C.

REIBER, ROBERT J., Georgia State Col-
lege, 33 Gilmer Street, N. E., Atlanta,
Ga.

REID, JR., GEORGE K„ Dept, of Biology,
Florida Presbyterian College, St. Pe-
tersburg, Fla.

REX, ALAN DAVID, Va. Polytechnic Inst.,
Blacksburg, Va.

REYNOLDS, JOSHUA PAUL, College of
Arts 8s Sciences, Florida State Univ.,
Tallahassee, Fla.

REYNOLDS, ORR E„ Room 3D1050 Pen-
tagon, Washington 25, D. C.

RICE, LUCILE A., East Carolina College,
Greenville, N. C.

RICE, NOLAN E., Dept, of Biology, Univ.
of Richmond, Richmond, Va.

RICHARDSON, GLADYS M., 5280 Emory
Cir., Jacksonville, Fla.

RIEMER, WILLIAM J., Dept, of Natural
Sciences, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville,
Fla.

RIGGIN, JR., GEORGE THOMAS, Dept,
of Biology, Furman Univ., Green-
ville, S. C.

RILEY, HERBERT P., Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.

RIOPEL, JAMES LOUIS, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Univ. of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Va.

ROBBINS, HERBERT C., Dept, of Biology,
Baylor Univ., Waco, Tex.

ROBERTSON, CLYDE, Div. of Natural
Sciences, Pfeiffer College, Misenhei-
mer, N. C.

ROCK, HOWARD F. L„ Dept, of Biology,
Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville 5, Tenn.

RODDY, LEON R., Dept, of Biology,
Southern Univ., Baton Rouge, La.

RODGERS, CHARLES L„ Biology Dept.,
Furman Univ., Greenville, S. C.

16

ASB Bulletin-

ROEDER, MARTIN, Dept, of Biology,
Woman’s College, Univ. of North
Carolina, Greensoro, N. C.

ROGERS, HOLLIS J., Dept, of Biology,
Woman’s College, Univ. of North Car-
olina, Greensboro, N. C.

ROSS, JAMES B., College Department,
Reinhold Book Division, 430 Park Ave-
nue, New York 22, N. Y.

ROSSO, SAMUEL WILFORD, Dept, of Bot-
any, St. Louis Univ., St. Louis, Mo.

ROUCH, LOU ALLEN, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Bryan Univ., Dayton, Tenn.

RUNK, BENJAMIN F. D„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Univ. of Virginia, Charlottes-
ville, Va.

RUSHING, WILLIAM N„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Millsaps College, Jackson, Miss.

RUSSELL, LIANE BRAUCH, Biology Div.,
Box Y, Oak Ridge National Lab., Oak
Ridge, Tenn.

RUSSELL, WILLIAM L„ Biology Div., Box
Y, Oak Ridge National Lab., Oak
Ridge, Tenn.

s

SACCO, PAUL, Dept, of Botany, Xavier
Univ. of Louisiana, New Orleans 25,
La.

SAGAWA, YONEO, Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

ST. AMAND, GEORGIA SIMS, Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of Mississippi, Univer-
sity, Miss.

ST. AMAND, JR., WILBROD, Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of Mississippi, Univer-
sity, Miss.

SARVELLA, PATRICIA ANN, Box 157,
Mississippi State Univ., State College,
Miss.

SAWYER, ELIZABETH L., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Piedmont College, Demorest, Ga.

SAWYER, ROSE L., Dept, of Zoology,
Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge 3,
La.

SCHELSKE, CLAIRE L., Univ. of Georgia
Marine Inst., Sapelo Island, Ga.

SCHEU, CHARLES C„ 315 Pine Street,
New Orleans, La.

SCHIPPER, ARTHUR L„ Grants & Train-
ing, National Cancer Inst., Bethesda
14, Md.

SCHMIEDER, LUCILLE ANNE, Dept, of
Biology, Ithaca College, Ithaca, N. Y.

SCHWARTZ, ALBERT, Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Miami, Coral Gables 46, Fla.

SCOTT, DONALD C., Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

SCOTT, WILLIAM W„ Dept, of Biology,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacks-
burg, Va.

SEAMSTER, AARON P., Dept, of Biology,
Northeast Louisiana State College,
Monroe, La.

SEARS, DEWEY F., Dept, of Physiology,
Tulane Univ., New Orleans 18, La.

SETO, FRANK, Dept, of Biology, Berea
College, Berea, Ky.

SHADOWEN, HERBERT E„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Western Kentucky State Coll.,
Bowling Green, Ky.

SHAFTESBURY, ARCHIE D„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Lenoir Rhyne College, Hickory,
N. C.

SHANKS, ROYAL E., Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville 16,
Tenn.

SHANOR, LELAND, Dept, of Biol. Sci-
ences, Florida State Univ., Tallahas-
see, Fla.

SHARP, AARON J., Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville 16, Tenn.

SHARPLEY, JOHN MILES, Buckman Labo-
ratories, Inc., Memphis 8, Tenn.

SHAW, EDWARD I., Dept, of Biophysics,
Univ. of Kansas, Lawrence, Kans.

SHEARER, JOE ANN, Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Mississippi, University, Miss.

SHERMAN, H. B., P. O. Box 683, De
Land, Fla.

SHERMAN, HARRY L„ Box 1514, Van-
derbilt Univ., Nashville 5, Tenn.

SHIBLEY, JOHN LUKE, Lagrange Col-
lege, Lagrange, Ga.

SHIELDS, A. RANDOLPH, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Roanoke College, Salem, Va.

SHORT, ROBERT B., Dept, of Zoology,
Florida State University, Tallahassee,
Fla.

SHOUP, CHARLES S., Oak Ridge Opera-
tions, AEC, Biology Branch, R & D
Division, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

SHOWALTER, AMOS M„ Madison Col-
lege, Harrisonburg, Va.

SIEGEL, PAUL B., Poultry Dept., Vir-
ginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacks-
burg, Va.

SILLIMAN, FRANCES E., Bridgewater
College, Bridgewater, Va.

SIMMONS, SHELDON, Brame Junior
High School, Alexandria, La.

SIMPSON, JR., SIDNEY B., Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Tulane Univ., New Orleans 18,
La.

SIMS, JR., ASA C., Dept, of Biology,
Southern Univ., Baton Rouge 7, La.

SINGLETON, W. RALPH, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Univ. of Virginia, Charlottes-
ville, Va.

SIVIK, FRANK PHILIP, Barry College,
Miami Shores, Fla.

SLENTZ, RUTH BASTIN, Dept, of Biology,
Wesleyan College, Macon, Ga.

SMALLEY, ALFRED E., Dept, of Zoology,
Tulane Univ., New Orleans 18, La.

SMART, ROBERT F., Univ. of Richmond,
Richmond, Va.

SMITH, ARLO I., Dept, of Biology,
Southwestern State College, Memphis
12, Tenn.

SMITH, BUDD E., Wingate Jr. College,
Wingate, N. C.

SMITH, BYRON C., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of South Carolina, Co'umbia 1,
S. C.

SMITH, DALE M., Dept, of Botany, Univ.
of Illinois, Urbana, 111.

SMITH, F. G. WALTON, The Marine Lab-
oratory, 1 Rickenbaker Causeway,
Miami 59, Fla.

SMITH, JEAN L„ Dept, of Botany, Univ.
of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass.

SMITH, SEPTIMA, University, Ala.

SOGANDARES-BESNAL, FRANKLIN,

Dept, of Zoology, Tulane Univ., New
Orleans 18, La.

SOMERVILLE, JR., AUSTIN M„ 9th and
Perry Sts., Richmond, Va.

SPOONER, JAMES D„ Dept, of Biology,
South Georgia Coll., Douglas, Ga.

SPRAGUE, ELIZABETH F„ Sweet Briar
College, Sweet Briar, Va.

SPRUGEL, JR., GEORGE, 6912 Cherry
Lane, Route 4, Annandale, Va.

STARLING, JAMES H., Dept, of Biology,
Washington & Lee Univ., Lexington,
Va.

STERN, DANIEL HENRY, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana, III.

STEVENS, KENNETH P„ 404 E. Nelson
St., Lexington, Va.

STEVENS, RUSSELL B„ Dept, of Botany,
George Washington University, Wash-
ington 6, D. C.

STEVENSON, RICHARD, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, East Tennessee State College,
Johnson City, Tenn.

STEWART, BOBBIE J., Dept, of Biology,
Virginia Interment College, Bristol,
Va.

STEWART, SHELTON, Dept, of Biology,
Lander College, Greenwood, S. C.

STIFF, III, HENRY L„ Box 545, Lafayette,
La.

STIREWALT, HARVEY L„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Augusta College, Augusta, Ga.

STONE, DONALD E., Dept, of Botany,
Tulane Univ., New Orleans 18, La.

STONE, JR., WILLIAM M., 1403 N. W.
12th Rd., Gainesville, Fla.

STRICKLAND, JR., JOHN C., Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of Richmond, Rich-
mond, Va.

STUMP, ALEXANDER B., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Presbyterian College, Clinton,

S. C.

STURDIVANT, H. P„ Dept, of Biology,
Western Maryland College, Westmin-
ster, Md.

SUMMERLIN, II, LEE ROY, Dept, of Physi-
ology, Univ. of Miami, Coral Gables,
Fla.

SUTTKUS, ROYAL DALLAS, Dept, of Zo-
ogy, Tulane University, New Orleans
18, La.

SUTTON, JOYCE B„ Dept, of Biology,
Northwest High School, Winston-Sa-
lem, N. C.

SWAGLER, MARTELIA JANE, 1752
Shades Crest Rd., Birmingham, Ala.

SWAILS, JR., LAWRENCE F„ Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of South Carolina, Co-
lumbia, S. C.

T

TANNER, JAMES T„ Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

Vol. 9, No. 1, January 1962

17

TARBOX, FRANK G., Brookgreen Gar-
dens, Georgetown, S. C.

TARBOX, JR., GORDON L, Brookgreen
Gardens, Georgetown, S. C.

TAYLOR, JOHN L., Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

TAYLOR, LORETTA W„ Southern Re-
search Institute, 2000 Ninth Ave., S.,
Birmingham 5, Ala.

TAYLOR, RAYMOND L., 1515 Massachu-
setts Ave., N. W., Washington 5,
D. C.

TAYLOR, SYLVIA EARLE, 534 N. E. 8th
Ave., Gainesville, Fla.

TEMPLE, LOUIS C, Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of Mississippi, University, Miss.

TERRELL, EDWARD E„ New Crops
Branch, Agricultural Research Service,
Beltsville, Md.

THIEL, ALBERT F., 116 Mclver, Greens-
boro, N. C.

THOMAS, GRACE JEAN, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

THOMPSON, JR., JESSE C„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Hollins College, Va.

THOMSON, RICHARD, Southern Re-
search Institute, 2000 Ninth Ave., S.,
Birmingham 5, Ala.

THORNE, ROBERT F., Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa

THRELKELD, WILLIAM L„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Milligan College, Tenn.

TINGLEY, ALICE, Winthrop College,
Rock Hill, S. C.

TIPTON, SAMUEL R., Dept, of Zool. &
Entom., Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn.

TOTTEN, HENRY R., Dept, of Botany,
Chapel Hill, N. C.

TOTTER, JOHN R., Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

TOWNES, GEORGE F., 209-11 Masonic
Bldg., Greenville, S. C.

TOWNSEND, J. IVES, Dept, of Biology &
Genetics, Medical College of Virginia,
Richmond 19, Va.

TROGDON, RICHARD P„ Judson Col-
lege, Marion, Ala.

TROTT, LAMARR B., 249 Paiko Dr., Hono-
lulu 16, Hawaii

TURNER, HENRY FORD, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Alabama Polytechnic Inst., Au-
burn, Ala.

TYLER, DOROTHY LOUISE, 810 Essex
Rd., Birmingham, Ala.

u

UMPHLETT, CLYDE JEFFERSON, Dept, of
Botany, Univ. of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill, N. C.

UNDERWOOD, JACQUELINE M., 2225
McCalla Avenue, Knoxville, Tenn.

V

VANDIVIERE, H. MAC, Gravely Sana-
torium, Chapel Hill, N. C.

VANDIVERE, MARGARET R„ Gravely
Sanatorium, Chapel Hill, N. C.

VAN ESELTINE, WILLIAM P„ School of
Vet. Med., Univ. of Georgia, Athens,
Ga.

VAN PELT, JR., ARNOLD F„ Tusculum
College, Greenville, Tenn.

VAN PELT, GLADYS S., Dept, of Chem-
istry, Tusculum College, Greeneville,
Tenn.

VERNBERG, FRANK JOHN, Duke Ma-
rine Lab., Beaufort, N. C.

VESTAL, PAUL ANTHONY, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Rollins College, Winter Park,
Fla.

VICCARS, MARION, Viccars Seed Labo-
ratory, Montgomery 7, Ala.

VILAR-ALVAREZ, C. M„ 5780 S. W. 17th
Street, Miami 55, Fla.

VOIGT, CARROLL A., 229 Chelsea Drive,
Decatur, Ga.

VOLPE, E. PETER, Dept, of Zoology,
Newcomb College, Tulane University,
New Orleans 18, La.

w

WAGNER, ALVIN, Dept, of Trop. Pub.
Health, Harvard School Pub. Health,
Boston 15, Mass.

WAGNER, KENNETH A., Carolina Biol.
Supply Co., Powell Labs. Div., P. O.
Box 7, Gladstone, Oreg.

WALDORF, GRAY W., Pensacola Jr. Col-
lege, Pensacola, Fla.

WALDREP, MARGARET J„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, University, Ala.

WALKER, ALLEN A., Dept, of Biology,
State Teachers College at Towson,
Baltimore 4, Md.

WALKER, PAUL A., Dept, of Biology,
Randolph-Macon Woman’s College,
Lynchburg, Va.

WALLACE, H. K., Dept, of Biology, Univ.
of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

WALTON, LUCILLE, 1116 East Main St.,
Danville, Va.

WALLWORK, JOHN ANTHONY, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexing-
ton, Ky.

WARD, HELEN L., Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

WARD, ROBERT P., Dept, of Biology,
Millsaps College, Jackson, Miss.

WARE, GEORGE H., Dept, of Biology,
Northwestern State College, Natchi-
toches, La.

WARTERS, MARY, Dept, of Biology, Cen-
tenary College, Shreveport, La.

WASCOM, EARL R., Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Southeastern Louisiana Coll.,
Hammond, La.

WASS, MARVIN L., Virginia Fisheries
Lab., Gloucester Point, Va.

WEATHERSBY, SCOTT M„ Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Louisiana Polytechnic Institute,
Ruston, La.

WEBB, ALLEN M., East Tennessee Bap-
tist Hospital, Knoxville, Tenn.

WEBB, KENNETH LOUIS, Univ. of Geor-
gia Marine Inst., Sapelo Island, Ga.

WEEKS, LEO, Dept, of Biology, Berry
College, Mt. Berry, Ga.

WEILER, HAROLD F„ Box 36, Fairfax,
Va.

WEIMER, BERNAL R„ Bethany College,
Bethany, W. Va.

WEINMANN, CLARENCE JACOB, Dept,
of Biology, The Rice Univ., Houston,
Tex.

WELCH, ANN MARIE, Dept, of Botany,
Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.

WELDEN, ARTHUR LUNA, Dept, of Bot-
any, Tulane Univ., New Orleans 18,
La.

WELLS, MARGARET M„ 200 Ridge Road,
Muncie, Ind.

WELLS, O. CAROLYN, Dept, of Biology,
Longwood College, Farmville, Va.

WEST, ERDMAN, 312 Rolfs, Univ. of
Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

WEST, W. R., Dept, of Biology, Univ. of
Richmond, Richmond, Va.

WESTFALL, JONATHAN J„ Dept, of Bot-
any, Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

WESTFALL, JR., MINTER J., Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville,
Fla.

WHARTON, MARY E., Georgetown Col-
lege, Georgetown, Ky.

WHATLEY, BOOKER T„ USOM, Ghana,
P. O. Box 32, Mpraeso, Ghana

WHEELER, HARRY E., Dept, of Botany,
Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge 3,
La.

WHITE, GEORGE V. S., Dept, of Biology,
McNeese State College, Lake Charles,
La.

WHITE, JESSE S., 118 West Sunflower
St., Cleveland, Miss.

WHITE, ORLAND E„ 1708 Jefferson
Park Ave., Charlottesville, Va.

WHITESIDE, WESLEY C„ Dept, of Bot-
any, Eastern Illinois Univ., Charles-
ton, III.

WHITING, PHINEAS WESCOTT, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Pennsylvania, Phila-
delphia 4, Pa.

WHITTINGHILL, MAURICE, Dept, of Zo-
ology, Univ. of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill, N. C.

WIDDOWSON, DAVID CARL, Dept, of
Science, Troy State College, Troy, Ala.

WILEY, DORA P„ Dept, of Biology,
Berkeley High School, Moncks Corner,
S. C.

WILKES, JR., JAMES C„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Mississippi State College for
Women, Columbus, Miss.

WILKES, PEARL W„ Dept, of Biology,
Mississippi State College for Women,
Columbus, Miss.

WILLIAMS, DONALD B„ Div. of Science
and Biology, Maryville College, Mary-
ville, Tenn.

WILLIAMS, LOUIS G., Taft Sanitary En-
gineering Center, 4676 Columbia
Parkway, Cincinnati 26, Ohio

18

ASB Bulletin

WILLIAMS, ROBERT H„ Dept, of Botany,
University of Miami, Coral Gables 46,
Fla.

WILLIAMSON, DOUGLAS, Dept, of Biol-
og y, Oglethorpe Univ., Ga.

WILLIS, JEANNE, Dept, of Biology, Ot-
terbein College, Westerville, Ohio

WILLS, CAMILLA L„ 1601 Grady Ave.,
Charlottesville, Va.

WILLS, WIRT H„ Box 430, Chatham, Va.

WILSON, H. ROOMIE, Box 642, College
Station, Hammond, La.

WILSON, IRL DONAKER, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Virginia Polytechnic Institute,
Blacksburg, Va.

WILSON, JAMES LESTER, Div. of Sci-
ence & Mathematics, Belmont College,
Nashville 5, Tenn.

WILSON, W., Dept, of Science, Troy
State College, Troy, Ala.

WILTON, CHRISTINE, East Carolina
College, Greenville, N. C.

WILTSHIRE, GRACE T„ Dept, of Biology,
Randolph-Macon Women’s College,
Lynchburg, Va.

WINCHESTER, ALBERT M„ Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Stetson Univ., DeLand, Fla.

WISER, CYRUS W„ Dept, of Biology,
Midde Tennessee State Coll., Mur-
freesboro, Tenn.

WITHERSPOON, JR., JOHN P„ Dept, of
Botany, Univ. of Tennessee, Knox-
ville, Tenn.

WOLCOTT, GORDON B„ Dept., of Biol-
ogy, Southwestern Univ., Georgetown,
Tex.

WOLF, F. A., Dept, of Botany, Duke
Univ., Durham, N. C.

WOLF, FREDERICK T., Dept, of Biology,
Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville, Tenn.

WOLFSON, ALFRED M„ Box 1229, Col-
lege Station, Murray, Ky.

WOOD, JR., CARROLL E., Harvard Uni-
versity Herbarium, 22 Divinity Ave-
nue, Cambridge 38, Mass.

WOOD, JR., FORREST G„ Marine Stu-
dios, Marineland, St. Augustine, Fla.

WOOD, JOHN THORNTON, 1528 Green-
view Dr., Ann Arbor, Mich.

WOODMANSEE, ROBERT A., Dept, of
Biology, Mississippi Southern College,
Hattiesburg, Miss.

WOODS, FRANK W., School of Forestry,
Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.

WOOLEVER, JOHN DOUGLAS, 2250
Worthington Dr., Sarasota, Fla.

Y

YOW, FRANCIS WAGONER, Dept, of
Biology, Kenyon College, Gambier,
Ohio

YANCEY, PATRICK H„ Dept, of Biology,
Spring Hill College, Mobile, Ala.

YARBROUGH, JAMES D„ Univ. of Ala-
bama, University, Ala.

YARBROUGH, JOHN A., Meredith Col-
lege, Raleigh, N. C.

YATES, BERNARD H., 262 Techwood Dr.,
Atlanta 13, Ga.

YATES, HARRIS OLIVER, 1824 Shackle-
ford Rd., Nashville, Tenn.

YERBY, ELEANOR GAIL, Southern Re-
search Institute, 2000 Ninth Ave., S.,
Birmingham 5, Ala.

YERGER, RALPH, Dept, of Biological Sci-
ences, Florida State Univ., Tallahas-
see, Fla.

YOKLEY, JR., PAUL, Dept, of Biology,
Florence State University, Florence,
Ala.

YOUNG, MARTIN D., Lab. of Parasitic
Chemotherapy, NIAID, National In-
stitutes of Health, Bethesda 14, Md.

z

ZAGER, RHONA D., Dept, of Biology,
Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville 5, Tenn.

ZIEGLER, ARTHUR W., Dept, of Botany,
Florida State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla.

ZIPF, ELIZABETH M„ 316 Kingston Ave.,
Barrington, N. J.

ZIRK, MARILYN, Dept, of Zool. & Ento-
mology, Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn.

Geographical List

Alabama: Arnett, G.; Bailey, P. C.; Batson, J. D.; Bell, F.;
Bishop, Jr., E.; Boschung, Jr., H. T.; Boyles, J.; Brannon, M. J.;
Cantrell, J. W.; Cotter, D. J.; Diener, U. L; Dietz, R. B.; Doster,

C. S.; Dykes, D. J.; Edwards, J.; Fincher, J. A.; Fleming, H. W.;
Guest, W. C.; Harper, R. M.; Holland, Jr., J. W.; Ivey, W. D.;
Johnson, E. I.; Kangelos, M.; Kelley, C.; Krizek, D. T.; Lande,
R. L.; McCullough, H. A.; McLaughlin, W. D.; Meehan, J. S.;
Moore, J. H.; Morris, E. D.; Mount, R. H.; O’Kelley, J. C; Ottis,

K.; Padgett, C. A.; Patton, E. G.; Raulerson, C. L.; Smith, S.;
Swagler, M. J.; Taylor, L. W.; Thomson, R.; Trogdon, R. P.; Tur-
ner, H. F.; Tyler, D. L.; Viccars, M.; Waldrep, M. J.; Widdowson,

D. C.; Wilson, W.; Yancey, P. H.; Yarbrough, J. D.; Yerby, E. G.;
Yokley, Jr., P.

Arkansas: Moore, J. E.

California: Caldwell, D. K.; Goethe, C. M.; H enry, L. M.;
Jones, W. H.; Lee, H.; Meyer, S. L.; Powell, Jr., R. W.

Colorado: AufFenberg, W.; Grobman, A. B.

Connecticut: Mickey, G. H.; Rex, A. D.

District of Columbia: Cherrie, A. L.; Dowling, P. B.; Hale, Jr.,
M. E.; Leisner, R. S.; Parker, D. R.; Reynolds, O. E.; Stevens, R.
B.; Taylor, R. L.

Florida: Arata, A. A.; Bennett, C. F.; Berner, L.; Boliek, M. I.;
Bovee, E. C.; Breen, R. S.; Brookbank, J. W.; Brown, R. B.; Bur-
lingham, G. K.; Cole, C. F.; Conger, A. D.; Damian, R. T.; Davis,
Jr., J. H.; De Busk, A. G.; DeWitt, R. M.; Dickinson, Jr., J. C.;
Easton, D. M.; Edington, C. W.; Ellias, L. C.; Field, H. M.; Ford,

E. S.; Friedl, F. E.; Frye, Jr., O. E.; Fuller, D. L.; Funderburg, Jr.,
J. B.; Gilbert, M. L.; Gilman, L. C.; Godfrey, R. K.; Goin, C. J.;
Gordon, D. P.; Gregg, J. H.; Hetrick, L. A.; Holliman, R. B.;
Hood, M. N.; Ingie, R. M.; Jackson, Jr., C. G.; Jones, Jr., E. R.;
Keitt, Jr., G. W.; Kilby, J. D.; Kiser, R. S.; Krivanek, R. C.; Kruse,
D. N.; Kurz, H.; Lackey, J. B.; Laessle, A. M.; Latina, A. A.;
Layne, J. N.; Leigh, W. H.; Liston, R. H.; Maclnnis, A. J.; Mad-
sen, G. C.; Martin, E. P.; McCoy, J. J.; McCrone, J. D.; McFad-
den, S. E.; McNulty, J. K.; Menzel, M. Y.; Menzel, R. W.; Meyers,
S. P.; Mitchill, R. D.; Moewus, L.; Monk, C. D.; Montgomery, J.

G. ; Mullins, J. T.; Nelson, Jr., G. E.; Nez, M. M.; Noggle, G. R.;
Oglesby, L. C.; Pates, A L..; Perry, R.; Phillips, R. C.; Pierce, E.

L. ; Poitras, A. W.; Powell, R. D.; Prichard, E. C.; Redmond, J. R.;
Reed, C. T.; Reid, Jr., G. K.; Reynolds, J. P.; Richardson, G. M.;
Riemer, W. J.; Sagawa, Y.; Schwartz, A.; Shanor, L.; Sherman,

H. B.; Short, R. B.; Sivik, F. P.; Smith, F. G. W.; Stone, Jr., W.

M. ; Summerlin, II, L. R.; Taylor, J. L.; Taylor, S. E.; Vestal, P. A.;

Vol. 9, No. 1, January 1962

19

Vilar-Alvarez, C. M.; Waldorf, G. W.; Wallace, H. K.; West, E.;
Westfall, Jr., M. J.; Williams, R. H.; Winchester, A. M.; Wood,
Jr., F. G.; Woolever, J. D.; Yerger, R.; Ziegler, A. W.

Georgia: Bailey, D. W.; Baker, W. B.; Beatty, A. V.; Beatty,
J. W.; Beck, E. G.; Blair, Jr., C. B.; Boatman, A. B.; Bogitsh, B. J.;
Boole, Jr., J. A.; Boyd, G. H.; Bridgman, A. J.; Brillhart, W. E.;
Burbanck, W. D.; Burns, R. E.; Bush, F. M.; Byrd, E. E.; Carlyon,
W. M.; Carter, M. E.; Carver, G. L.; Ciordia, H.; Clement, A. C.;
Cohen, A. L.; Coleman, M. T.; Connell, C. E.; Cosgrove, W. B.;
Cowie, L. M.; Daniel, C. P.; Davis, Jr., H. L.; Dennis, E. S.; Den-
ton, J. F.; Doerpinghaus, S. L.; Duncan, W. H.; Edwards, B. F.;
Farrar, L. L.; Fattig, W. D.; Fincher, E. L.; Forester, H. B.; Foster,

A. A.; Golley, F. B.; Goodchild, C. G.; Gray, S.; Gray, S. W.;
Grosec lose, N. P.; Hancock, K. F.; Harry, M. F. S.; Haynes, C. T.;
Hinton, C. W.; Howe, Jr., H. B.; Humphries, Jr., A. A.; Hunt, E.

L. ; James, C. W.; Johnson, Jr., J. R.; Johnson, M. J.; Johnson, R.

M. ; Kamine, A. B.; Keeler, C. E.; Kethley, T. W.; Kimsey, B. A.;
Kuipers, C. J.; Landt, J. F.; Lipps, E. L.; Lund, H. O.; MacDougall,
M. S.; Matthews, J. F.; McCormick, J. F.; McGhee, R. B.; McGin-
nis, J. T.; Michel, B. E.; Murdy, W. H.; Nevins, B.; Nunan, R. W.;
Nuttycombe, J. W.; Oakerson, D. M.; Odum, E. P.; Parrish, F. K.;
Parrish, J. W.; Plummer, G. L.; Platt, R. B.; Provo, M. M.; Ram-
sey, R. L.; Ray, Jr., C.; Redmond, W. B.; Reed, Jr., H. B.; Reiber,

R. J.; Sawyer, E. L.; Schelske, C. L.; Scott, D. C.; Shibley, J. L.;
Slentz, R. B.; Spooner, J. D.; Stirewalt, H. L.; Thomas, G. J.;
Totter, J. R.; Van Eseltine, W. P.; Voigt, C. A.; Webb, K. L.;
Weeks, L.; Westfall, J. J.; Williamson, D.; Yates, B. H.

Hawaii: Regan, J. D.; Trott, L. B.

Illinois: Ashby, W. C.; Boyce, S. G.; Brown, H. D.; Lauter, F.

H.; Smith, D. M.; Stern, D. H.; Whiteside, W. C.

Indicna: Gordon, R. E.; Hamon, J. H.; Wells, M. M.

Iowa: Thorne, R. F.

Kansas: Hughes, III, G. C.; Hughes, M. R.; Shaw, E. I.
Kentucky: Ambrose, III, H. W.; Barbour, R. W.; Barr, Jr., T.

C. ; Brauer, A.; Browne, Jr., E. T.; Carpenter, J. M.; Cook, E. W.;
Henrickson, C. E.; Knisely, W.; Kuehne, R. A.; Norris, W. W.;
Riley, H. P.; Seto, F.; Shadowen, H. E.; Wallwork, J. A.; Whar-
ton, M. E.; Wolfson, A. M.

Louisiana: Abegg, R.; Arnold, J. G.; Ballard, C. L.; Bamforth,

S. S.; Beard, E. L.; Bearden, M. W.; Bennett, H. J.; Boudreaux,
H. B.; Brandom, W. F.; Cagle, F. R.; Cavanaugh, C. J.; Chilton,
S. J. P.; Combs, R. M.; Conner, G. W.; Copeland, D. E.; Davis,
L. V.; Deiler, F. G.; Dickson, W.; Dundee, D. S.; Dundee, H. A.;
Eggler, W. A.; English, D.; Erwin, W. G.; Faust, III, C. C.;
Fingerman, M.; Fitzpatrick, Jr., J. F.; Flint, L. H.; Franklin, B. C.;
Frederick, L.; Gallagher, J. J.; Garth, R. E.; Genovese, M. A.;
Goss, R. C.; Gough, B. J.; Gowland, W. D.; Graham, L. T.; Gun-
ning, G. E.; Harrison, J. L.; Hathaway, E. S.; Henderson, V.;
Hunter, F. R.; Iglinsky, Jr., W.; Jackson, R. T.; Jones, C. L.; Kelly,
R. W.; Kent, Jr., G. C.; Kilgore, S. S.; King, M. M.; Kordisch, M.

F.; Lafleur, R. A.; Levy, H. N.; Lewis, L. I.; Lowery, G. H.; Lowy,

B. ; Marlow, G.; Martinez, Jr., I. R.; Mayer, T. C.; McAlister, L. A.;
McCrone, J.; Miller, F. S.; Miller, Jr., J. A.; Mizell, M.; Mobberly,
Jr., W. C; Moore, W. G.; Moreland, C. F.; Mullahy, J. H.; Nagab-
hushanam, R.; Nesom, R. Y.; Newman, R. J.; Norden, C. R.; Out-
land, R. H.; Palmer, M. E.; Penn, G. H.; Reese, W. D.; Roddy, L.
R.; Sacco, P.; Sawyer, R. L.; Scheu, C. C.; Seamster, A. P.; Sears,

D. F.; Simmons, S.; Simpson, Jr., S. B.; Sims, Jr., A. C.; Smalley,
A. E.; Sogandares-Besnal, F.; Stiff, III, H. L.; Stone, D. E.; Suttkus,

R. D.; Volpe, E. P.; Ware, G. H.; Warters, M.; Wascom, E. R.;

Weathersby, S. M.; Welden, A. L.; Wheeler, H. E.; White, G. V.

S. ; Wilson, H. R.

Maine: Borror, A. C.

Maryland: Allen, J. F.; Bamford, R.; Bickley, W. E.; Brown,
J. R. C.; Carriker, M. R.; Estes, E. E.; Isanogle, I. T.; Kerschner,
J.; Knight, Jr., R. J.; Mohler, J. D.; Provenza, D. V.; Schipper, A.

L.; Sturdivant, H. P.; Terrell, E. E.; Walker, A. A.; Young, M. D.

Massachusetts: Blake, J. W.; Burk, C. J.; Smith, J. L.; Wagner,
A.; Wood, Jr., C. E.

Michigan: Caldwell, L. D.; Cardell, R. R.; Jay, J. M.; Lauff,

G. H.; Wood, J. T.

Mississippi: Ball, C. R.; Caplenor, D.; Davis, W. M.; Grogan,

C. O.; Hare, M. L.; Harrises, A. E.; Hollingsworth, R. L.; Howse,

H. D.; Huneycutt, M. B.; Kitchin, I. C.; Locke, Sr., J. F.; McClurkin,

I. T.; Rosso, S. W.; Rushing, W. N.; St. Amand, G. S.; St. Amand,
Jr., W.; Sarvella, P. A.; Shearer, J. A.; Temple, L. C.; Ward, R. P.;
White, J. S.; Wilkes, Jr., J. C.; Wilkes, P. W.; Woodmansee, R. A.

Missouri: Bond, L.; Ferguson, Jr., E.

New Hampshire: Cooper, K. W.

New Jersey: Zipf, E. M.

New York: Cowden, R. R.; Fisher, W. D.; Jones, M. L.; Ross,

J. B.; Schmieder, L. A.

North Carolina: Adams, J. E.; Ahies, H. E.; Alamuddeen, M.
A.; Anderson, D. B.; Anderson, L. E.; Anderton, L. G.; Ball, E.;
Barnes, R. L.; Beal, E. O.; Bell, C. R.; Berkeley, E.; Blomquist, H.
L.; Bookhout, C. G.; Bradbury, O. C.; Britt, H. G.; Brown, E. E.;
Bryan, V. S.; Bryden, R. R.; Carter, C. L.; Cocke, E. C.; Coker,
R. E.; Cooper, A. W.; Costello, D. P.; Couch, J. N.; Cutter, Jr.,

V. M.; Daggy, T.; Davis, G. J.; Dawley, C. W.; Deviney, E. M.;
Eliason, N. B.; Emerson, F. W.; Foreman, C. W.; Freeman, O. M.;
Gray, I. E.; Gray, M. C.; Greulach, V. A.; Hardin, J. W.; Haes-
loop, J. G.; Hargitt, G. T.; Harvie, L. E.; Hassler, W. W.; Hawse,

D. H.; Hechenbleikner, H.; Helms, M. C.; Higgins, R. P.; Hill, B.
H.; Holt, J. P.; Horn, E. C.; Horton, J. H.; Howell, T.; Humm, H,
J.; Hunter, W. S.; Jeffreys, D. B.; Jenner, C.; Johnston, D. W.;
Kim, W. K.; Kirk, D. E.; Koch, W. J.; Kramer, P. J.; Krochmal, A.;
Lammers, W. T.; Larkin, J. H.; Livingstone, D.; Lopushinsky, W.;
Lowry, E. M.; Lutz, P. E.; Manly, J. O.; Markee, J. E.; McDonald,
J. C.; Miller, G. C.; Mohammad, M. M.; Nicely, K. A.; Oasting,
H. J.; Outten, L. M.; Philpott, J.; Poole, D. T.; Powe, H. L.; Quay,

T. L.; Radford, A. E.; Reddish, P. S.; Rees, G. H.; Register, T. E.;
Rice, L. A.; Robertson, C.; Roeder, M.; Rogers, H. J.; Shaftesbury,
A. D.; Smith, B. E.; Sutton, J. B.; Thiel, A. F.; Totten, H. R.;
Umphlett, C. J.; Vandivere, H. M.; Vandivere, M. R.; Vernberg,
F. J.; Welch, A. M.; Whittinghill, M.; Wilton, C.; Wolf, F. A.;
Woods, F. W.; Yarbrough, J. A.

Ohio: Campbell, T. H.; Grodner, R. M.; Grodner, Mrs. R. M.;
Haubrich, R. R.; Johnson, Jr., M. A.; Williams, L. G.; Willis, J.;
Yow, F. W.

Oklahoma: Hursey, S. E.

Oregon: Wagner, K. A.

Pennsylvania: Deuel, J. T.; Francisco, A. S.; Hart, Jr., C. W.;
Kelley, W. R.; Minnich, C.; Whiting, P. W.

South Carolina: Anderson, Jr., W. D.; Ashworth, R. P.; Batson,

W. T.; Brown, T. D.; Chippey, A. P.; Cole, B. T.; Crawford, Jr.,

E. A.; Darlington, J. T.; Ferchau, H. A.; Freeman, H. W.; Free-
man, J. A.; Harris, J. B.; Henry, N. Q.; Herr, Jr., J. M.; Hess,

20

ASB Bulletin

M.; Hess, W. N.; Jeffery, G. M.; Jones, R. M.; Laffoday, S. K.;
Leonard, W. R.; Lovelace, R.; Lunz, Jr., G. R.; McIntyre, Jr., R. A.;
Metcalf, I. S. H.; Moon, E. D.; Moorhead, M. D.; Norman, W. H.;
Penney, J. T.; Phifer, K.; Potter, I.; Riggin, Jr., G. T.; Rodgers,

C. L.; Smith, B. C.; Stewart, S.; Stump, A. B.; Swails, Jr., L. F.;
Tarbox, F. G.; Tarbox, Jr., G. L.; Tingley, A.; Townes, G. F.;
Wiley, D. P.

South Dakota: Morgan, Jr., W. C.

Tennessee: Adams, Jr., W. H.; Adler, H. I.; Amy, R. L.; Ander-
son, N. G.; Baker, C. L.; Baker, M. D.; Barclay, F. H.; Barring-
ton, Jr., B. A.; Boehms, C. N.; Bowling, A.; Carlson, J. G.; Car-
rier, W. L.; Chadwick, C. S.; Channell, R. B.; Chapman, J. A.;
Clebsch, E. E. C.; Cole, Jr., A. C.; Cook, M. J.; Copeland, T. P.;
Costner, R. M.; Darden, E. B.,- Denaburg, C. A.; De Seim, H. R.;
Dickenson, Jr., H. F.; Exum, D. M.; Farrell, C. E.; Ford, F. M.;
Fraser, R. C.; Freeman, J. R.; Friauf, J.; Gaskins, H.; Gaulden,
M. E.; Gilbert, W. A.; Gude, W. D.; Herndon, Jr., W. R.; Hesler,

L. R.; Hollaender, A.; Horton, G.; Howell, G. L.; Howe’l, J. C.;
Hunt, G. E.; Hyde, C. F.; Jones, A. W.; Kaye, S. V.; Kim, Y. T.;
Kimball, R. F.; Kisner, R. L.; Lawson, J. E.; Liles, J. N.; Lord, L. P.;
McArthur, W. H.; McCrady, E.; McGilliard, E. R.; McVeigh, I.;
Miller, Jr., I. H.; Miller, T. J.; Myles, M. R.; Nelson, D. J.; Nichols,
H. W.; Norris, F. H.; Odell, Jr., T. T.; Osborne, T. S.; Owen, H.

M. ; Owings, E. S.; Patten, J. A.; Pharris, D. I.; Quarterman, E.;
Ramseur, G. S.; Rawls, J. M.; Reesor, J. C.; Rock, H. F. L.; Rouch,
L. A.; Russell, L. B.; Russell, W. L.; Shanks, R. E.; Sharp, A. J.;
Sharpley, J. M.; Sherman, H. L.; Shoup, C. S.; Smith, A. I.;
Stevenson, R.; Tanner, J. T.; Threlkeld, W. L.; Tipton, S. R.; Un-
derwood, J. M.; Van Pelt, Jr., A. F.; Van Pelt, G. S.; Ward, H.
L.; Webb, A. M.; Williams, D. B.; Wilson, J. L.; Wiser, C. W.;
Witherspoon, Jr., J. P.; Wolf, F. T.; Yates, H. O.; Zager, R. D.;
Zirk, M.

Texas: Fug'er, Jr., C. M.; Hughes, W. N.; Lewis, W. H.; Mc-
Ritchie, R. G.; Miller, C. E.; Odum, H. T.; Robbins, H. C.; Wein-
mann, C. J.; Wolcott, G. B.

Virginia: Alamuddeen, M. A.; Babcock, M. B.; Bagdon, V. J.;
Barker, J. G.; Belcher, J. C.; Black, Z. W. C.; Blank, G. J.; Boden-
stein, D. H. F. A.; Brown, G. G.; Brown, J. S.; Brumfield, R. T.;
Eyrd, M. A.; Chamberlain, J. L.; Churchill, H. M.; Crandall, D.
L.; Cox, Jr., H. T.; Deck, J. D.; Dent, J. N.; Farmer, L. L.; Flagg,
R. O.; Flint, F. F.; Flory, Jr., W. S-; Freer, R. S.; Frye, B. E.;
Gilpin, R. H.; Gordon, M. A.; Grimm, J. K.; Hale, M. G.; Hargis,
Jr., W. J.; Heplar, J. Q.; Hobbs, Jr., H. H.; Holloway, Jr., H. L.;
Holt, P. C.; Husted, L.; JefFers, G. W.; Johnson, R. M.; Johnson,
T. L.; Joseph, E. B-; Klewer, H. L.; Krai, R.; Lautenschlager, E.
W.; Mankin, W. D.; Maroney, Jr., S.; Massey, A. B.; McKinsey, R.

D. ; Mengebier, W. L.; Merritt, R. E.; Messersmith, D. H.; Miller,

E. D.; Moore, J. C.; Orcutt, F. S.; Osborne, P. J.; Overcash, H.

B.; Parrish, M. J.; Patterson, P. M.; Pedigo, R. A.; Pleasants, B.

A. ; Pugh, J.; Rappoport, J. J.; Rice, N. E.; Riopel, J. L.; Runk,

B. F. D.; Scott, W. W.; Shields, A. R.; Showalter, A. M.; Siegel,
P. B.; Silliman, F. E.; Singleton, W. R.; Smart, R. F.; Somerville,
Jr., A. M.; Sprague, E. F.; Sprugel, Jr., G.; Starling, J. H.; Stew-
art, B. J.; Stevens, K. P.; Strickand, Jr., J. C.; Thompson, Jr., J.

C. ; Townsend, J. I.; Walker, P. A.; Walton, L.; Wass, M. L.;
Weiler, H. F.; Wells, O. C.; West, W. R.; White, O. E.; Wills, C.
L.; Wills, W. H.; Wilson, I. D.; Wiltshire, G. T.

Washington: King, C. E.; Lewis, Jr., P. D.; Norby, D. E.

West Virginia: Baer, C. H.; Bennett, H. D.; Clarkson, R. B.;

Core, E. L.; Creasy, W. D.; McNeill, E. M.; Montiebel, E. C.;
Weimer, B. R. ,

Foreign: Canada — Clark, G. M.; Evans, W. G.; Howden, H.
F.; Rebuck, A. Costa Rica — Hunter, III, G. W. England — -
Hathaway, R. R. Ghana — Whatley, B. T. India — Badenhop,
K. W. Puerto Rico — Behre, E. H.; Cochran, A. B. Sweden —
Eisen, J. D.

Libraries: Alabama Polytech Institute, Auburn, Ala.; Clemson
College, Clemson, S. C.; Duke Univ., Durham, N. C.; Emory
Univ., Atlanta, Ga.; Florida State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla.; High-
land Biological Laboratory, Highlands, N. C.; Iowa State Col-
lege, Ames, Iowa; Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge, La.;
Mountain Lake Biological Station, Mountain Lake, Va.; North
Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C.; Ohio State Univ., Co-
lumbus, Ohio; Southern Methodist Univ., Dallas, Tex.; Univ. of
Alabama, University, Ala.; Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.;
Univ. of Houston, Houston 4, Tex.; Univ. of Illinois, Urbana, III.;
Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.; Univ. of Miami, Coral Gabies,
Fla.; Univ. of Texas, Austin, Tex.; U. S. Atomic Energy Commis-
sion, Oak Ridge, Tenn.; U. S. Dept, of Agriculture, Washington,

D. C.

Miscellaneous: Carolina Biological Supply Co., Elon College,
N. C,; Lindstahls Lilia Boklada, Birgen Jarlsgatan 102, Stock-
holm, Sweden; Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies, Midway
Warehouse No. 2, Oak Ridge, Tenn.; Walter Drey Associates,
257 Fourth Ave., New York 10, N. Y.; Will Corp. of Georgia,
Atlanta, Ga.

PERCY VIOSCA, JR.

1892-1961

Percy Viosca, Jr., internationally known Louisiana naturalist,
died Sunday, August 29, 1961, following a prolonged illness.
At the time of his death he was marine biologist for the Louisi-
ana Wildlife and Fisheries Commission.

Viosca really started his biological career as a boy, but made
it formal when he received the B.S. and M.S. degrees from
Tulane University in 1913 and 1915 respectively.

His interests and varied contributions to biological science
easily rank him as one of America’s last great naturalists.
He was widely recognized as an authority on amphibians, rep-
tiles, shrimp, crawfish, oysters, fish, mosquitoes, and wild
Powers (particularly Louisiana irises). His publications, both
technical and popular, numbering close to 100, not only mirror
his knowledge and observations of his “special" animals and
plants, but also diverse other animals and situations such as
millipedes, water pollution, snails, spontaneous combustion in
marshes, freshwater medusae, biogeography, leaf-cutting ants,
crabs, and teaching of biology. In addition he wrote two
books: Louisiana Out-of-Doors (1933) and Pond fish Culture
(1937).

In the course of his life Viosca was employed in many capaci-
ties; perhaps this diversity stimulated his curiosity with such a
vast array of organisms. Prior to, and during his college
years, he was a commercial fisherman. At Tulane he was an
undergraduate assistant and then graduate assistant (1911-

Vol. 9, No. 1, January- 1962

21

1916). In 1915 he organized and became president of the
Southern Biological Supply Co.; also, in the same year he was
appointed curator of reptiles, amphibians, and fishes at the
Louisiana State Museum. In 1917 he added to these activities
the duties of biologist for the Louisiana Department of Con-
servation. This association with the state lasted until his
death, although it was never permanent; he was in-and-out
depending upon the turbulence of Louisiana politics. From
1923 to 1926 he was an instructor at Tulane, and overlapping
this period he was entomologist for the New Orleans Board of
Health. In 1939 he conceived, organized, and directed h:s
second commercial venture, Ganivory Crafts, in which costume
jewelry was manufactured using garfish scales. For a few years
he was an independent consulting biologist working mostly for
industries in Louisiana having water pollution problems.

His ability was acclaimed a number of times, starting with
initiation into Phi Beta Kappa at Tulane. Viosca was elected a
Fellow of the AAAS (1924); vice-president of the American So-
ciety of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists in 1939; vice-presi-
dent (1947) and president (1948) of the Louisiana Academy of
Sciences; and, president of the New Orleans Botanical Society
in 1955. His latest honors came in 1961 when he was named
“Conservationist of the Year” by the Louisiana Outdoors W it-
ing Association, and shortly before his death “Tulane Biologist
of the Year."

To commemorate this great, kindly, and unassuming man, a
special issue of Tulane Studies in Zoology will be dedicated
shortly to Percy Viosca, Jr.— naturalist. He will long be re-
membered.

Percy Viosca, Jr.

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

George Ware, Northwestern State College, Natchi-
toches. Louisiana, taught a course in plant ecology at the
University of Oklahoma Biological Station during the
summer. He also collected plants on numerous sandbars
of the Bed River westward to its headwaters.

Marilyn Stewart and Billie Slatten, undergraduates in
the Department of Bacteriology, Northwestern State Col-
lege, Natchitoches, Louisiana, have received an under-
graduate research grant from the Louisiana Heart Asso-
ciation to study the serum and glycoprotein fractions of
bovine serum during gestation. Dr. E. K. Sobers will
direct the project.

Rene J. Bienvenu, Northwestern State College, Natchi-
toches, Louisiana, has received a Senior Research Grant
from the Louisiana Heart Association to study the rate
of magnesium absorption into the circulatory system, and
its effect upon brucellacidal activity in serum.

Glenda Jo Walters, Northwestern State College, Natch-
itoches, Louisiana, undergraduate biology major, received

an undergraduate research grant from the Louisiana
Heart Association to study the effects of activity on sar-
ccsome size in house flies.

Jesse C. Thompson, Jr., Department of Biology, Hol-
lins College, spent ten weeks at the Virginia Fisheries
Laboratory, Gloucester Point, Virginia, doing research on
marine ciliates, under a grant from the NSF. In August.
Dr. Thompson presented a paper at the First Interna-
tional Conference on Protozoology in Prague, Czecho-
slovakia. Afterwards, he visited laboratories in Hungary,
Italy, France, and England.

The honorary degree of Doctor of Science was con-
ferred on Thelma Howell, Executive Director, Highlands
Biological Station, by North Carolina State College at its
May Commencement.

William H. Adams, Jr., Associate Professor of Biology
since joining the faculty in 1960, has been appointed
Chairman of the Department and Professor of Biology at
Tennessee Wesleyan College effective September 1, 1961.

Thomas C. Barr, Jr. and Robert A. Kuehne of the De-
partment of Zoology, University of Kentucky, recently

99

ASB Bulletin

received a 2-year grant of $31,300 from the National
Science Foundation for support of research entitled
“Ecology of the Cave Community.”

J. M. Carpenter, Head, Department of Zoology, Uni-
versity of Kentucky has received a one year grant of
$2,300 from the National Institutes of Health for a study
of the “Nutritive Effects of Various Yeast Species on Re-
productive Potential in Drosophila."

Roger W. Barbour recently received $6,590 for a re-
newal of his research contract with the National Insti-
tutes of Health for “A Traffic Survey of Microtus ochro-
g aster Runways.”

A. C. Clement, Department of Biology, Emory Uni-
versity, has been named to the American Tables Com-
mittee for the Naples Zoological Section.

John E. Simmons has been appointed Assistant Pro-
fessor of Biology at Emory University.

W. B. Baker has retired from the Department of Biol-
ogy at Emory University, but continues with the Univer-
sity as Director of the Museum. Dr. Baker is a former
recipient of the ASB’s Meritorious Award for Teaching.

Charles Ray, Jr. and W. D. Burbanck, Department of
Biology, Emory University, presented papers at the First
International Conference on Protozoology in Prague,
Czechoslovakia, which met from August 21-31, 1961.

C. G. Goodchild, Department of Biology, Emory Uni-
versity, has been elected a member of a Committee for
International Centers of Medical Research and Training,
National Institutes of Health.

Robert B. Platt and a group of graduate students of
the Department of Biology at Emory University pre-
sented papers on their research in radiation effects on
ecological systems to the First National Symposium in
Radioecology at Ft. Collins, Colorado, in September, 1961.

Robert B. Platt, Emory University, has received an
AEC grant of $143,000 for studies in radiation ecology.

O. Henry has recently rejoined the faculty of New-
berry College as Assistant Professor of Biology after a
year’s absence for continued graduate work. He expects
to complete his doctorate in the near future.

B. L. Ridley has joined the staff of Louisiana Poly-
technic Institute as Associate Professor of Zoology.

James M. Walker has been appointed Acting Assistant
Professor of Zoology at Louisiana Polytechnic Institute.

Robert F. Thorne, Dept, of Botany, State University of
Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa, has returned to this country after
two years of travel through Australia, Java, Singapore,
Ceylon, India, Iran, and London. Dr. Thorne, who spe-
cializes in the phylogeny of angiosperms, was in Aus-
tralia on a Fulbright Research Fellowship, and for the
last year has studied under an NSF Postdoetral Fellow-
ship.

Thomas Barr, Jr., has joined the faculty of the Univer-
sity of Kentucky as Assistant Professor of Zoology.

J. M. Herr of the Dept, of Biology of the University
of South Carolina has received an NSF grant for a study
of the rearrangement of nuclei in the megagametophyte
of Oxalis.

Cecile Huggins of the Dept, of Biology of the Univer-
sity of South Carolina has received a renewal of her NIH
grant for the study of bacteria in Gamhusia affinis.

Grants and Fellowships

The National Science Foundation announces that final
proposals for Antarctic research for the 1962-63 field sea-
son should be submitted by February 15, 1962, in order
to allow the necessary time for scientific review and
field planning. Proposals should be addressed to the
Director, National Science Foundation, Washington 25,
D. C., Attention: Office of Antarctic Programs. Proposals
will be accepted for aurora and airglow, biology and
medicine, cosmic rays, geodesy and cartography, geology,
geomagnetism, glaciology, gravity, ionospheric physics,
meteorology, oceanography, seismology, and for such
other research as may be pertinent to Antarctica. The
staff of the Office of Antarctic Programs of the National
Science Foundation will be pleased to discuss ideas for
proposals informally prior to their final submission or to
answer questions regarding the preparation of proposals
and problems of research in the Antarctic.

Applications are now being received for grants-in-aid
to conduct research on the ecology of the escarpment
gorges of the Blue Ridge Mountains. The program is
supported and financed by the National Science Founda-
tion at the Highlands Biological Station. For information
and blanks write Executive Director, Highlands Biolog-
ical Station, Highlands, N. C.

Institutions and Organizations

The Departments of Bacteriology and Biological Sci-
ences, Northwestern State College, Natchitoches, Louisi-
ana, conducted an NSF sponsored institute for superior
high school students this past summer. They are cur-
rently conducting an institute involving undergraduate
research participation for 14 students who are working
on five separate projects. Dr. R. E. Garth served as
director in both.

The Department of Zoology of the University of Ken-
tucky has received a grant of $12,500 from the Atomic
Energy Commission to give a course in Radiation Biology.
The course is scheduled to start the second semester of
the 1961-62 school year.

The Hai':ian-American Tuberculosis Institute lias been
established under the sponsorship of the North Carolina
Tuberculosis Institute for the purpose of conducting a
cooperative tuberculosis control and vaccine field evalu-
ation program involving scientists associated witli the
N.C. Sanatorium System, Duke University, University of

Vol. 9, No. 1, January 1962

23

North Carolina, The Research Triangle, and the Ministry
of Health in Haiti, as well as the MEDICO unit stationed
there. Dr. H. M. Vandiviere will serve as Director of
the new Institute which has its headquarters in Chapel
Hill, while Dr. Turgot Cintellus will serve as Co-Director
in Haiti. The program is designed: first, to evaluate two
well standardized antituberculosis vaccines, one of which
(Ri) was developed in the N.C. Sanatorium System Re-
search Dept., the other being one of the better BCG
strains; and secondly, to abate one of the two major
health problems of Haiti-tuberculosis. Haiti, with a very
high incidence of tuberculosis and a death rate of ap-
proximately 60 times that in the United States, provides
tlie perfect locale for evaluation of the effectiveness of
the vaccine, as well as a population in dire need of medi-
cal service. The U.S. Navy has donated a 85-foot YP
boat to the Institute for use in this project. It will be
equipped with a laboratory for the sterile handling of
biologicals, provide partial housing for the personnel, and
serve for medical supply and provision transportation.
Also, a tuberculosis pavillion is being constructed in the
district of Jeremie where the program is to be instituted.
The program is being financed by voluntary contributions
at the present.

The Biology Department at Emory University expects
to occupy a new wing in the building shortly after the
first of the year.

Under an NSF grant, an Emory University Biological
Field Laboratory is being constructed on nearby, recently
acquired, land. Besides woodland, a lake and two small
streams will provide facilities for varied studies in the
Biology Department.

Expanded activities in the field of health protection
have resulted in recent additions to the Biology Branch
of the Atomic Energy Commission’s Oak Ridge Oper-
ations. New personnel include Raymond L. Hervin,
health physicist, formerly of the Lockland Area, AEC,
Cincinnati; William Thornton, health physicist, and How-
ard Heacker, health physicist, both formerly of the
Health Physics Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory;
and William A. Pryor and Wiley A. Johnson, nuclear
safety specialists. Mr. Pryor was formerly on the staff
of General Electric’s nuclear propulsion program, Cin-
cinnati, and Mr. Johnson was formerly at the Oak Ridge
Gaseous Diffusion Plant. These personnel work under
direction of C. S. Shoup, Chief, Biology Branch, which
also includes Joseph A. Lenhard, principal health physi-
cist, and Claude L. Yarbro, education and training co-
ordinator, operates in the areas of health protection, life
science administration, and the national training pro-
grams. Oak Ridge Operations include not only major
facilities in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, but also research,
development, production, and training facilities in four
other States and Puerto Rico.

The Dept, of Biology of the University of South Caro-
lina has received a $15,200 grant from the NSF for the
purchase of research equipment and for new research
quarters.

Before the academic year 1962-1963, the Biology
Dept, of the University of South Carolina will move into
its portion of the new Life Science Building. The build-
ing will be occupied jointly with the School of Pharmacy.

Reprinted below is a comic strip sequence from the New York Herald Tribune of 18 February
f 96f . It seems fitting to reproduce it here because it so well depicts the biologist confronting the
layman— and the frustrations so often met with on such occasions. As far as I know, the author of
this comic strip is no relation to your editor.— C.YV. H., Jr.

Reprinted with permission of

the New York Herald Tribune, Inc.

24

ASB Bulletin

a *

e ASB

NEW VO.tt

HOTANIgau

BULLETIN

Volume 9, Number 2 April, 1962

Winston Hall— Wake Forest College

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

Volume 9, Number 2 — April 1962

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna. Changes of address
should be sent promptly to the Secretary
of the ASB, Dr. Harry J. Bennett, Depart-
ment of Zoology, Louisiana State Univer-
sity, Baton Rouge, La. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions should
be sent to the Business Manager, Dr. Elsie
Quarterman, Department of Biology, Van-
derbilt University, Nashville, Term. Sub-
scription rate for non-members of the
ASB: $2.00 per year. Printing and typog-
raphy by the Wickersham Printing Co.,
Lancaster, Penna.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

CONTENTS

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 23rd Annual Meeting

of the Association of Southeastern Biologists 30

Association Affairs 26

Items of Interest: The Winston-Salem Meeting 43

News of Biology in the Southeast 47

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

Harry J. Bennett, Associate Editor
Elsie Quarterman, Business Manager

Officers of the A. S. B.

President — Royal E. Shanks, University of
Tennessee

Retiring President — Victor A. Greulach,
University of North Carolina

President-Elect — Walter S. Flory, Univer-
sity of Virginia

Vice-President — E. Ruffin Jones, University
of Florida

Secretary — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Treasurer — Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt
University

Executive Committee — Walter R. Hern-
don, University of Alabama; Victor M.
Cutter, Jr., Woman’s College of the
University of North Carolina; Eu-
gene P. Odum, University of Georgia;
Robert B. Short, Florida State Uni-
versity; B. Theodore Cole, University
of South Carolina; Charles E. Jenner,
University of North Carolina. All
officers are ex officio members of the
executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida State
University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College

North Carolina — William J. Koch, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Winthrop
College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University

of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Program of the 23rd Annual Meeting of the Association of

Southeastern Biologists 27

Terra Alta Biological Station. — by Earl L. Core 45

Victor Macomber Cutter, Jr. — An Obituary 46

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

Treasurer’s Report January 1, 1961-December 31, 1961

SAVINGS ACCOUNT
Balance on hand January 1, 1961 $1,093.38

30.28

CHECKING ACCOUNT
Balance on hand January 1, 1961
Receipts:

Registration— Lexington

Will Corporation

Dues & Subscriptions

Sale of reprints & back issues

EXPENDITURES

Travel awards

Meritorious Teaching Award . . .

Lexington meeting:

Speakers

Other

Bulletin:

Mailing St printing

Jan., Apr., July

Editor’s Miscellaneous

$1,123.66

$142.07

$ 291.00
100.00
1,961.50
242.89

$2,595.39

$2,737.46

$ 254.00

100.00

$ 354.00

25.00

271.00

296.00

1,271.31

108.59

1,379.90

( Continued on page 48)

26

ASB Bulletin

Program of the 23rd Annual Meeting of
the Association of Southeastern Biologists

A Joint Meeting with the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, Southern Appa-
lachian Botanical Club, Regional Section of the National Association of Biology Teachers, and the
Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta National Honorary Biological Society— held at Wake Forest
College, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, April 12-14, 1962.

THURSDAY, APRIL 12

10:00 a.m. Executive Committee Meeting: Robert E. Lee Hotel, ASB suite.

2:00 p.m.-7:45 p.m. Registration: Lobby of Winston Hall.

8:00 p.m. General Session: Wait Chapel, Royal E. Shanks, Presiding.

Address of Welcome: Harold Tribble, President, Wake Forest College.

Reponse: Royal E. Shanks, University of Tennessee, President of the Association of Southeastern Biologists.
Invitational Address: Counter-Currents in Biology, Norman G. Anderson, Oak Ridge National Laboratory.

The invitational address will be followed by a smoker to be held in the main reception lounge
of Reynolda Hall on the campus. Refreshments will be served.

FRIDAY, APRIL 13

2:00 p.m.-5:00 p.m. Registration, Beta Beta Beta:
Lobby of Winston Hall.

4:45 p.m.-5:15 p.m. Business Meeting: Southeastern
Section of the Botanical Society of America—
Room A, Winston Hall.

EVENING

7:00 p.m. -8:15 p.m. Banquet: Main Ballroom, Robert
E. Lee Hotel.

8:15p.m. General Session:* Royal E. Shanks, presid-
ing, President of the Association of South-
eastern Biologists.

Past-Presidential Address: Victor A. Greulach.

* This is a program commemorating the 25th anni-
Endocrinology and Animal Ecology — -Room versary of the ASB, and it will be held in the Main

B, Winston Hall. Ballroom immediately following the banquet. A special

Systematic Botany — Room C, Winston Hall. printed program will be distributed, and the Presentation

Cryptogamic Botany — Room 223, Winston of Awards will take place at this time. Members are

Hall. urged to come whether or not they attend the banquet.

SATURDAY, APRIL 14

8:30 a.m. Field Trip: The Combined Botanical and and Paper Session: Room A, Winston Hall.

Zoological field trips will be to nearby Hang- 9:30 a.m. Tours will be available for those interested
ing Rock State Park and surrounding areas. in seeing Old Salem, Reynolda Gardens, and

8:00 a.m. -12:00 noon Beta Beta Beta General Meeting the R. J. Reynold’s Cigarette Plant.

SCHEDULE OF PAPER SESSIONS

MORNING

8:00 a.m.-ll:00 a.m. Registration: Lobby of Winston
Hall.

8:00 a.m.-12:00 noon Exhibits: Rooms 101, 102, 103,
104, 107, 112.

8:30 a.m.-ll:30 a.m. Paper Sessions:

Plant Ecology — Room A, Winston Hall.
Cytogenetics and Plant Physiology — Room
B, Winston Hall.

Invertebrate Zoology — Room C, Winston

Hall.

Parasitology — Room 223, Winston Hall.
11:45 a.m. -12:30 p.m. Business Meeting: Association of
Southeastern Biologists. Wait Chapel.

AFTERNOON
1:00 p.m. -5:00 p.m. Exhibits:

2:00 p.m. -4:30 p.m. Paper Sessions:

Animal Physiology— Room A, Winston Hall.

FRIDAY MORNING-APRIL 13, 8:30 A.M.

Plant Ecology

Room A — Winston Hall
Presiding: Albert E. Radford

8:30 1.

8:43 2.

McCormick, Franklin J. and Robert B.

Platt (Vanderbilt Univ.). Ecotypic Differ-
entiation in Southeastern Juniperus. 8:56

Woods, Frank W., Maxwell L. McCor-
mack, and Mitchell D. Ferrill, (Duke

Univ.). A technique for “forcing” absorp-
tion of isotopes by trees for ecological studies.
3. Eggler, Willis A. (Newcomb College of
Tulane Univ.). Nitrogen in Ash and Cinders
from Paricutin Volcano, Mexico.

Vol. 9, No. 2, April 1962

27

9:09

9:22

9:35

9:48

10:01

8:30

8:45

9:00

9:15

9:30

9:45

8:30

8:45

9:00

9:15

9:30

9:45

8:30

8:45

9:00

4. Farmer, Joe A., (Univ. of Alabama). The
Two Populations of a Narrowly Endemic
Shrub, Croton alabamensis E. A. Smith.

5. Plummer, Gayther L. and Catherine
Keever, (Univ. of Georgia). Dispersal and
Distribution of Heterotheca latifolia in the
Georgia Piedmont since 1954.

6. Clebsch, Edward E. C. and Royal E.
Shanks, (Univ. of Tennessee). Computer
Programs for the Estimation of Forest Stand
Weight and Mineral Pool.

7. Shanks, Royal E., Edward E. C. Clebsch,
H. R. DeSelm, (Univ. of Tennessee). Esti-
mates of Weight, Mineral Pool, and Flux of
Material in Appalachian Ecosystems.

8. DeSelm, H. R. and R. E. Shanks, (Univ. of
Tennessee). Organic Accumulation and De-
cay in some Natural Systems.

10:14 9.

10:27 10.

10:40 11.
10:53 12.

10:06 13.
11:19 14.

Ritchie, Jerry C., (Univ. of Tennessee).
Distribution of Fallout Cesium- 137 in the
Great Smoky Mountains.

Caplenor, Donald, Judy Brook, and Anne
Regan, (Millsaps College). Plant Commu-
nities on Deep Loess, Shallow Loess, and
Clay Soils in West-Central Mississippi.
Daniel, Charles P., ( Emory Univ. ) . Photo-
period Control in Plant Succession.
Woodmansee, Robert A., ( Mississippi South-
ern College). The Distribution of the Plank-
tonic Diatom Genus Rhizosolenia in Biloxi
Bay and Mississippi Sound.

Edmisten, Joe A., (Univ. of Florida). The
Ecology of Florida Pine Flatwoods.
McGinnis, John T., (Emory Univ.). Ioniz-
ing Radiation Effects in Litter Production of
White Oaks.

Cytogenetics and Plant Physiology

Room B — Winston Hall
Presiding: Elton C. Cocke

15. Sarvella, Patricia, (Mississippi State Univ.).
Male Sterility in Cotton.

16. Beatty, A. V. and J. W. Beatty, (Emory
Univ.). Biochemical Modification of Radia-
tion Recovery.

17. Whiting, P. W„ (Univ. of Pennsylvania).
Genes as Units of Segregation.

18. Yeagers, Edward K., (Emory Univ.). The
Effect of Centrifugation upon X-Ray-Induced
Chromosome Aberrations in Microspores of
T radescantia paludosa.

19. Herr, J. M., Jr. Maturation of the Embryo
in Ilex crenata Thunbg.

20. Brumfield, Robert T., (Longwood College).
A photographic instrument for determining

cellular growth rates in roots of small-seeded
grasses.

10:00 21. Wolf, F. T., G. W. Koehne and E. A. Jones,
(Vanderbilt Univ.). The Pigments of Micro-
sperum cookei.

10:15 22. Plummer, Gayther L. and John Kethley,
(Univ. of Georgia). On the Uptake of Nu-
trients by the Leaves of the Pitcher Plant,
Sarracenia flava.

10:30 23. Keitt, George W., Jr., (Florida State Univ.).

Interaction of Benzoic acid Derivatives and
Kinetin on Cultured Tobacco Pith Tissue.

10:45 24. Parchman, L. Gerald, (Emory Univ.). The
Effect of Certain Growth Substances Upon
the Stamen Hair Cells of T radescantia palu-
dosa in Artificial Culture.

Invertebrate Zoology

Room C — Winston Hall
Presiding: Charles M. Allen

25. Hopkins, Thomas S., (Univ. of Florida).
Sexual Dichromatism in the Chelae of Cal-
linectes sapidus.

26. Darlington, Julian T., (Furman Univ.).
A Survey of the Triclad Turbellaria in a Sec-
tion of Northwest Georgia.

27. Bovee, E. C. and S. R. Telford, Jr., (Univ.
of Florida). Some New Inqulinic Flagel-
lated Protozoa From Endmic Florida Reptiles.

28. Holt, Perry C., (Virginia Polytechnic Insti-
tute). Geminate Species of Branchiobdellids:
A Problem in Zoogeography.

29. Bamforth, Stuart S., (Newcomb College
of Tulane Univ.). Anatomy and Ecology of
Hypotrichous Protozoa.

30. Porter, Evan Dwain, (Emory Univ.). Ef-

fect of Mechanical Pressure on Paramecium
amelia during Stomatogenesis.

10:00 31. Menzel, R. Winston, (Florida State Univ.).

Seasonal Growth of Northern and Southern
Quahaugs and Their Hybrids.

10:15 32. Cole, Arthur C., Jr., (Univ of Tennessee).

The harvesting ant Pogonomyrmex comanche
Wheeler.

10:30 33. Schmitz, Eugene H., (Louisiana State Univ.).

Anatomical Studies of the Alimentary Tract
of Gammarus lacustris lacustris Sars (Crus-
tacea: Amphipoda).

10:45 34. Wells, Carolyn and Lindy Hatch, (Long-
wood College). Possible Breeding Systems
for the Study of Recessive Mutations in Tetra-
htjmena pyriformis.

Parasitology

Room 223 — Winston Hall

Presiding: H. Grady Britt

35. Miller, Grover C. and Reinard Harkems,
(N. C. State College). Parasitic Helminths
of the Raccoon.

36. Phifer, Kenneth O., (U. S. Public Health
Service). A Comparative Study of the Aldo-
lase Systems of Aedes aegypti, Anopheles
quadrimaculatus, and Culex quinquefasciatus.

37. Bogitsh, Burton J., (Georgia Southern
College). The Chemical Nature of Metacer-

carial Cysts I. Histological and Histochemi-
cal Observations on the Cyst of Posthodi-
plostomum minimum.

9:15 38. Kirk, Daniel E., (Catawba College).

Trichinella spiralis in Humans in Piedmont
North Carolina.

9:30 39. Jeffery, Geoffrey M., and Kenneth O.

Phifer, (U. S. Public Health Service). In-
vestigations on Intestinal Helminth Infections
in a Coastal South Carolina Area.

28

ASB Bulletin

9:45

10:00

2:00

2:15

2:30

2:45

3:00

2:00

2:15

2:30

2:45

2:00

2:15

2:30

2:45

3:00

40.

41.

44.

45.

46.

47.

48.

54.

55.

56.

57.

64.

65.

66.

67.

68.

Bogitsh, Burton J. and Robert R. Cardell,
Jr., (Georgia Southern College). Observa-
tions on the Ultrastructure of the Cyst of
Posthodiplostomum Minimum.

Vandiviere, H. M., (N. C. Tuberculosis
Assoc.). Epidemiologic Investigations of
Tuberculosis in Haiti.

10:15 42. Collins, William H., (U. S. Public Health
Service). Experimental Transmission of Sem-
liki Forest Virus by Anopheline Mosquitoes.
10:30 43. Greene, Nathan D., (N. C. State College).

The Life History of Heterobilharzia ameri-
cana Price, 1929.

FRIDAY AFTERNOON-APRIL 13, 2:00 P.M.

Animal Physiology

Room A — Winston Hall

Presiding: Samuel R. Tipton

Bush, Francis M., (Howard College). Ef-
fects of Exposure to Light and to Tempera-
ture on the Annual Cycle for Fat and Lean
Weight of Bufo fowleri.

Stidham, James D., (Univ. of Tennessee).
The Effects of Various Larval Diets on Biting
Rate and Longevity in the Mosquito Aedes
aegypti (L.).

Bell, Rondal E., (Millsaps College). Elec-
trophoretic Analysis of the Serum Proteins of
Citellus Species: Taxonomic Implications.
Thomson, J. Richard, ( Chemotherapy Divi-
sion— Southern Research Institute). A Hy-
pothesis for Eventual Failure of Antileukemic
Agents Against Experimental Mouse Leu-
kemia.

Baker, Clinton L., (Southwestern College).
Spermatozoa of Amphiumae: Spermateleosis,

3:15 49.
3:30 50.
3:45 51.

4:00 52.
4:15 53.

Morphology, Helical Motility and Reversi-
bility.

Martinez, Irving R., Jr., (Louisiana State
Univ.). The Effects of Colchicine Upon the
Olfactory Epithelium.

Reams, Willie M. and Thomas C. Mayer,
(Louisiana State Univ.). Migratory Be-
havior of Pigment Cells in the PET Mouse.
Moore, Jack H., (Southern Research Insti-
tute). The Drug Response Correlation of
Some Experimental Animal Tumors and Cer-
tain Classes of Human Cancer.

Cole, B. Theodore, ( Univ. of South Caro-
lina). Comparison of Electrocardiographic
Characteristics in Vertebrates.

Leonard, Martha R., (Oak Ridge National
Laboratory). Capacity of Spleen Cells to
Respond to Antigen and to Proliferate after
Sublethal Irradiation.

Endocrinology and Animal Ecology

Room B — Winston Hall

Presiding: Frank B. Golley

Turnball, John G. and George C. Kent, Jr., 3:00
(Louisiana State Univ.). Chronological
Study of Deciduomata in Hamsters.

Cardell, Robert R., Jr., ( Edsel B. Ford In- 3:15
stitute). Observations on tire Formation and
Release of Secretory Granules in the Pituitary
Gland of the Salamander ( Triturus Viri- 3:30
descens ) .

Daugaard, Allen T. and George C. Kent,

Jr., (Louisiana State Univ.). Failure to
Maintain Deciduomata with Progesterone in 4 -00
Hamsters.

Tanner, James T., (Univ. of Tennessee).

Effect of Food Supply on tire Egg-laying 4:15
Date of Juncos ( Junco hy emails).

58. Raulerson, Lynn and W. D. Burbanck,
( Howard College ) . The Life-Cycle and Ecol-
ogy of Elliptio hopetonensis Lea.

59. Parrish, Fred K., (Agnes Scott College).
Comparative Observations on the Behavior of
Marine and Fresh Water Turtles.

60. Lackey, James B., (Univ of Florida). Ecol-
ogy of the Microbiota of Mission Bay.

61. Shadowen, H. E., (Western Kentucky State
College). A Live-trap Study of Seed-eating
Mammals.

52. Pelt, Arnold Van, (Tusculum College).
Crater density and Above-ground Activity of
Two Dominant Old Field Ants.

63. Golley, Frank B., (Univ of Georgia).
Energy Flow in an Old Field Ant Population.

Systematic Botany

Room C — Winston Hall

Presiding: R. L. Wyatt

Bell, C. Ritchie, (Univ. of North Carolina).
Taxonomic Characteristics of Some Species of
Matelea ( Asclepiadaceae ) .

Radford, Albert E., (Univ. of North Caro-
lina). Vascular Flora of the Carolinas.
Matthews, James F., (Emory Univ.).
Paper Chromatographic Studies of the Bio-
chemical Profiles of Tradescantia Species.
Wagner, W. H., Jr., (Univ. of Michigan).
The Endemic Botrychiums of the Southeast-
ern United States.

Aiuto, Russell, (University of North Caro-
lina). Experimental Approaches of Taxo-

3:15 69.

3:30 70.
3:45 71.
4:00 72.

nomic Problems in Southeastern Phlox.
Morzenti, Virginia M. and W. H. Wagner,
Jr., (Univ. of Michigan). Southeastern
American “Blackstem Spleenworts” of the
Asplenium Heterochroum-Resiliens Complex.
Flagg, R. O. and W. S. Flory, (Univ. of
Virginia). Origins of the Yellow-Flowered
Cooperias and of Zephyranthes refugiensis.
Guhardja, Edi and E. T. Browne, Jr.,
( Univ. of Kentucky ) . The Flora of Bourbon
County, Kentucky.

Flory, W. S. and R. O. Flagg, (Univ. of
Virginia). Zephyranthes atamasco and Z.
treatiae.

Vol. 9, No. 2, April 1962

29

Cryptogamic Botany

Room 223 — Winston Hall
Presiding: William J. Koch

2:00 73. Nichols, Wayne and Walter Herndon,
( Univ. of Tennessee). Observations on the
structure and development of the fresh-water
red alga, Boldia.

2:15 74. Frederick, Lafayette, (Southern Univ.).

Differences in Spore Appendage Formation
Among Species in the Genus Robillarda.

2:30 75. Sharp, A. J., (Univ. of Tennessee). Some
Interesting Mosses in Tennessee.

2:45 76. Herndon, Walter, Delbert Philpot, and
Charles O’Kelley, (Univ. of Tennessee).
Observations on the fine structure of Proto-
siphon.

3:00 77. Miller, Charles E., (Texas A&M). Some
Fungal Parasites of Pythium from Texas Soils.

3:15 78. McCullough, Herbert A., (Howard Col-
lege). The Non-Crustose Lichens of Two
Localities in Alabama.

3:30 79. Nichols, H. Wayne, (Univ. of Alabama).

Cytology and Development of Compsopogon
Coerulens in Culture.

3:45 80. Miller, Charles E., (Texas A&M). Some
Aquatic Phycomycetes of the Mountain Lake
Locale.

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 23rd Annual

Meeting of the Association

Ecotypic Differentiation in
Southeastern Juniperus

J. Franklin McCormick, Vanderbilt University
Robert B. Platt, Emory University

The chief objective of the present study is to relate
genetic variability in selected populations of Juniperus
virginiana to the contrasting environments in wliich these
populations exist. Evidence indicates that southeastern
Juniperus is a hetrogeneous gene pool containing in-
trogressant genes from J. ashei ; and that the granite
outcrops of the Southeastern United States present an eco-
logical opportunity, actually a selective agent, for segre-
gation of genes from J. ashei. The products of evolu-
tionary progress in southeastern Juniperus are described
as disjunct, discordantly variable populations which are
at the ecotypic state of differentiation within the midst of
an otherwise heterogeneous but concordantly variable
gene pool.

A Technique for “Forcing” Absorption of
Isotopes by Trees for Ecological Studies

Frank W. Woods, Duke University
Maxwell L. McCormack, University of Southern Illinois
Mitchell D. Ferrill, Duke University

For radio-ecological investigations, applications of
gamma-emitting isotopes are sometimes made in forest
stands to either small spots on the soil surface or at se-
lected depths. However, such materials may not be ab-
sorbed in sufficient quantities to permit detection in
trunks and leaves of trees, even though present. Increased
absorption of radioiodine by roots can be forced by ( 1 )
local sterilization of the soil with methyl bromide at the
point or depth of application immediately prior to appli-
cation of the isotopes, and (2) application of liberal
quantities of water immediately following application of
isotope solutions. Several things seem to contribute to
increased absorption: (1) roots are killed and the differ-
ential permeability of root cells destroyed; (2) bacteria
and fungi, wliich normally absorb minerals biologically,
are destroyed; (3) cation exchange capacity of soil mi-
celles is filled by bromine at the expense of the iodine;
and (4) water, absorbed freely by dead roots, floods
radioactive materials into the vascular elements.

of Southeastern Biologists

Nitrogen in Ash and Cinders from
Paricutin Volcano, Mexico
Willis A. Eggler,

Newcomb College of Tulane University

Nitrogen content in ash and cinders from Paricutin
Volcano, as determined by the Kjeldahl method, ranged
from about 20 ppm to 350 ppm. Content varied greatly
from place to place and often between samples similar in
appearance and only a few feet apart. Where plant life
was absent nitrogen content increased rather uniformly
with depth, and was about ten times as great at 3 feet as
at 3 inches. It is concluded that this is the result of con-
centration by percolating water. Where plants are pres-
ent upper zones have as high nitrogen concentration as
lower, and it is concluded that plants concentrate nitro-
gen in the upper zones. It is believed that most of the
nitrogen is derived from the original magmatic material.

The Two Populations of a Narrowly Endemic
Shrub, Croton alabamensis E. A. Smith

Joe A. Farmer, University of Alabama

Croton alabamensis E. A. Smith, a small, semi-ever-
green, monoecious shrub, is found localized in the Ca-
haba River drainage in Bibb County, Alabama, and in
the Warrior River drainage in Tuscaloosa County, Ala-
bama. Separated by approximately thirty miles, these
areas support two distinct populations which differ in
morphology, physiology, and cytology.

The morphological differences include ( 1 ) overall
plant size and appearance; (2) leaf size, shape, and
color; (3) trichome color; (4) intrapopulational varia-
tion; (5) seed size and dispersal range; (6) flower size
and sex distribution; and (7) fruit size.

Physiologically the populations differ with regard to:
( 1 ) flowering and fruiting time; ( 2 ) seed viability and
germinability; (3) susceptibility to “damping-off” fungi;
(4) seedling and transplant survival; (5) drought-induced
wilting; (6) calcium-deficiency symptoms; and (7) fre-
quency of albino seedlings.

Cytologically the populations differ in chromosome
number. The roles of heredity and environment in dif-
ferentiating these populations are presently being ana-
lyzed.

30

ASB Bulletin

Dispersal and Distribution of Heterotheca
latifolia in the Georgia Piedmont since 1954

Gayther L. Plummer, University of Georgia
Catherine Keever, Millersville State College

Keever outlined the ecological relationships as well as
the distribution of camphor weed in Georgia and South
Carolina until 1954. Since then this autumnal weed has
spread from an area of about 1500 sq. mi. to cover an
area of 8000 sq. mi. around Athens. Dispersal has been
followed biennially. The greatest movements have been
toward the south and southeast where it is approaching
the northern range of the Coastal Plain species, H. sub-
1 axillaris. Convergence of the two populations occurs in
an area near Augusta and Sandersville within a north-
south distance of 10-20 miles. The two populations are
of heterogeneous morphology in this area of convergence.
It is presumed that some hybridization has occurred.

Dispersal of H. latifolia follows patterns of the direc-
tion of prevailing winds. Autumnal weather patterns
will be presented and associated with present distribution.

Computer Programs for the Estimation of Forest
Stand Weight and Mineral Pool

Edward E. C. Clebsch and Royal E. Shanks,
University of Tennessee

A series of programs has been developed by the authors
for the IBM-1620 for use in processing the voluminous
data required in the computation of estimates of stand
weight and chemistry. The programs and the flow of
information through them are discussed. They combine
compilation, computation, and statistical manipulation in
various ways. The key program is one for simple linear
regression. The others are: bole weight, branch weight,
tree weight, tree height and form factor, tree growth,
tree chemistry, and stand weight and chemistry.

Estimates of Weight, Mineral Pool, and Flux of
Material in Appalachian Ecosystems

Royal E. Shanks, Edward E. C. Clebsch,

H. R. DeSelm, University of Tennessee

The above-ground biomass of a high altitude spruce-
fir forest was twice that of the mountain beech forest
sampled, and 13 times as great as that of a heath bald.
The mineral content of evergreen and deciduous forests
differed less than their weight, differing least in P, and
successively more in K. Mg, and Ca. The heath bald is
notably low in mineral content. The litter and humus
compartment of the heath bald is 3 times as great as that
under spruce-fir and 40 times as great as that under
beech. These systems are chemically as well as physi-
cally differentiated, and it is probable that mineral pov-
erty is a factor in maintenance of heath balds. This
study, supported by the AEC, provides a frame of refer-
ence for studies of the distribution of radioactive fallout
materials.

Organic Accumulation and Decay in
Some Natural Systems

H. R. DeSelm and R. E. Shanks,

University of Tennessee

Production rates and rates of litter accumulation and
decay are discussed from data obtained during the study
of vegetation on The White Oak Lake bed. Oak Ridge,
Tennessee. A statement is derived in which accumula-
tion is related to time. This generalized statement is
then applied to the cycling of calcium and radiostron-
tium on the lake bed. It is further used to calculate de-
cay parameters for litter of other local vegetation types.

Distribution of Fallout Cesium-137 in
the Great Smoky Mountains
Jerry C. Ritchie

Estimates of the total amount of fallout cesium-137
prior to the 1961 Soviet test series in the organic horizons
and the upper four and one-half inches of mineral soil in
the Great Smoky Mountains have been made. The dis-
tribution of the fallout cesium-137 between altitudes and
cover types differs. As in other studies, this relationship
appears to be most closely related to annual rainfall.

Plant Communities on Deep Loess, Shallow
Loess, and Clay Soils in West-Central Mississippi

Donald Caplenor, Judy Brook, and Anne Regan,
Millsaps College

Four forest communities in west-central Mississippi
have been sampled by a modified point centered quarter
method. These communities are located along a line
running almost due east-west just north of Morton, Jack-
son, and Vicksburg (lat. 32°25'). The obvious variable
in the environment of these communities is presence or
absence of a surface deposit of loess. Of the four com-
munities, two were on deep loess (45-115 ft.), one on
shallow loess ( 0-8 ft. ) , and one on clay soil without loess.
Species composition of the forests on the different soils
was distinctive. Sorensen’s Quotient of Similarity for the
various conditions of soil was as follows: Deep loess —
shallow loess, 41.6; shallow loess — no loess, 29.5. The
most obvious differences in species composition noted
thus far are the near-absence of pines and the predomi-
nance of certain highly mesophytic species on the deep
loess.

Photoperiod Control in Plant Succession

Charles P. Daniel, Emory University

Aster pilosus and Erigeron canadensis germinated in
greenhouse flats in February. Aster rosettes became
shoots about March twentieth. Erigeron rosettes became
shoots after May first when day length was 14 hours.

Erigeron and Aster germinated in July in soil contain-
ing horseweed roots, horseweed tops, and controls were
divided into 12 and 14 hour day length groups. No
Aster germinated at 12 hours but gave 96 per cent shoots
at 14 hours. Erigeron seed germinating at 12 hours
yielded 3 per cent and at 14 hours 20 per cent shoots.
Erigeron roots in the soil culture lowered dry weight pro-
duction significantly at 12 hours but not at 14 hours.
Horseweed tops did not cause a significant difference at
either photoperiod. This suggests that Aster assumes
successional dominance by earlier stem and root develop-
ment than photoperiod retarded Erigeron.

The Distribution of the Planktonic Diatom Genus
Rhizosolenia in Biloxi Bay and Mississippi Sound

Robert A. Woodmansee, Mississippi Southern College
and Gulf Coast Research Laboratory

Plankton samples were collected during June and July
along a salinity gradient off the Mississippi coast extend-
ing from Davis Bayou through Biloxi Bay and into Mis-
sissippi Sound. The temperature was recorded and the
salinity, dissolved oxygen and phosphate were deter-
mined and compared to fresh-water discharge. Rhizo-
solenia alata was the most numerous species and was
found to increase in abundance as the salinity increased.
R. setigera and R. stolterfothii were fairly numerous and
both showed maximum concentrations in the interme-
diate salinities of the Bay. An attempt to trace the dis-
persal of R. alata indicated that this diatom is being
transported toward the sea in the surface layer and to-
ward the land in the bottom layer.

Vol. 9, No. 2, April 1962

31

The Ecology of Florida Pine Flatwoods

Joe A. Edmisten, University of Florida

Quantitative analysis of the vegetation of relatively
undisturbed pine forests was accomplished with the
quarter system. These fifteen stands of flatwoods, lo-
cated in a ten-county area in north central Florida, were
predominantly located on the Leon series of soils which
are somewhat poorly drained. Soils were tested from
each stand at four or five horizons in the profile. The
soils were checked for pH, bulk density, soil separates,
major nutrients, organic matter, depth of litter, and mois-
ture equivalence. Importance values for the species
of plants encountered were plotted against the above
edaphic factors. Preliminary data indicate that, when pro-
tected from fire and grazing, these pine forests tend to
be replaced by hardwood species. The succession seems
to be accompanied by edaphic changes such as a raising
of tire pH, lowering of bulk density, incorporation of
ground litter, and increasing of major nutrients.

Ionizing Radiation Effects on Litter Production
of White Oaks

John T. McGinnis, Emory University

This paper is a continuation of previously published
studies on ionizing radiation effects on forest litter pro-
duction. White oak components of the oak-hickory-pine
stands surrounding the air shielded ten megawatt radia-
tion effects reactor on Air Force Plant 67 Reservation in
north Georgia includes Quercus alba and Quercus stel-
late. Litter was collected from 1/10 milacre screen wire
bottom frames and sorted into species groups. These
collections were made over a two year period from four
irradiated forest stands and one control. Sub-lethal doses
of radiation (3-15,000 rads) to the trees caused early
leaf fall in the summer of irradiation, followed by great
reduction in the number of leaves produced the next
spring. However, leaves produced were much heavier
than non-irradiated leaves, and this reduced the appar-
ent radiation effects on a weight basis. Lunations are
presented and illustrated concerning these effects.

(This project was supported in part by A.E.C. Con-
tract AT-(40-l)-2412. )

Male Sterility in Cotton

Patricia Sarvella, Mississippi State University

In a cytological study of two genetic partially male-
sterile stocks of cotton, differences in degree of sterility
corresponded to plant age. These stocks. Western Storm-
proof ( ms-1 ms-1 ) and Roux ( ms-3 ms-3 ) , were studied
in die summer of 1960 at Mississippi State University.
Throughout the season the young plants were more
sterile than one-year-old plants. The sterility decreased
as the season progressed. In 1961, the studies were re-
peated at two locations, Stoneville, Mississippi and Missis-
sippi State University. The plants at Stoneville were
more sterile than those at Mississippi State University.
Young plants were more sterile than one-year plants
except for (msi mst) seedlings at Mississippi State Uni-
versity. Two-year-old plants of both stocks grown at
Mississippi State University were more sterile than one-
year-old plants. A stock containing cytoplasmic male
sterility also became more fertile as the season progressed.
The influence of various environmental factors are being
investigated.

Biochemical Modification of Radiation Recovery

A. V. Beatty and J. W. Beatty, Emory University

Chromosomal aberrations observed in the microspores
of Tradescantia after treatment with 400 r of X-rays, ad-

ministered at 50 r per minute at 30°C in a helium atmos-
phere, were used as a measure of radiation damage.
The control experiments yielded 0.24 aberrations per cell.
The experimental material was pretreated for lYz hours in
chemical solutions. Some reduction in aberration yield
was found in material treated with citrulline, histidine,
proline, glycine, phenylalanine, cysteine, isoleucine, ala-
nine, threonine and serine. The other amino acids had
little or no effect. Material treated with chloramphenicol
and dinitrophenol exhibited considerable recovery.

Genes as Units of Segregation

P. W. Whiting, University of Pennsylvania

If genes be defined as units of heredity, it is conceiv-
able that they may exist strung along the chromonemata
in definite number or floating free in the cytoplasm. If
they be defined as units of meiotic segregation, they are
produced in indefinite numbers by mutation. A series
of multiple allelic pleiotropic genes has been formed by
mutation of different factors at the R locus of the wasp
Mormoniella. As yet no limit appears to the number of
these factors and some at least have many alternative
states. It is probable that any other locus would mutate
similarly to R could its possibilities be similarly explored.
Locus R is exceptionally convenient for such exploration
in having two factors, O and S, which mutate with rela-
tively high frequency to the marker eye colors oyster
white and scarlet.

The Effect of Centrifugation upon X-Ray-
Induced Chromosome Aberrations in Micro-
spores of Tradescantia paludosa
Edward K. Yeargers, Emory University

Inflorescences of Tradescantia paludosa, removed from
plants growing in a greenhouse, were given 400 r of X-
radiation at 50 r per minute. Simultaneously, by means
of a specially built centrifuge, the inflorescences were
subjected to constant forces ranging from 0 to 10,000 x g
in a series of 17 experiments. Ninety-six hours after
irradiation acetocarmine smears of the anthers in the first
microspore division were made and the number of two-
hit aberrations was scored from the metaphase configura-
tions. In a graph of aberrations vs. force, a threshold for
increase at 800 x g can be seen followed by an exponen-
tial rise, a parabolic decrease and a second exponential
rise with slope identical to the first. An explanation for
these results is postulated in terms of varying distances
of separation of broken ends. ( Supported in part by
A.E.C. Contract No. AT- ( 40-1 ) -2669.)

Maturation of the Embryo in
Ilex crenata Thunbg.

J. M. Herr, Jr.

Mature seeds of Ilex L. bear rudimentary, heart-shaped
embryos which undergo maturation after dispersal but
prior to germination. Seeds of I. crenata separated from
their endocarps and placed in culture on moist cotton at
room temperature or at 31 °C. were fixed at 3-7 day inter-
vals in Camoy’s #1 fluid for one hour. The embryos
were removed, and measurements were taken of cotyle-
don junction. Associated cellular changes were recorded
and hypocotyl length and of the width at the hypocotyl-
eotyledon junction. Associated cellular changes were
recorded from squash preparations or serial sections of
the embryo. Embryo maturation may be initiated by
growth either in the hypocotyl or cotyledons. The
cotyledons may elongate uniformly or unevenly and often
become lobed at the apices. The epicotyl develops at a
later time during germination. The rate of maturation
is usually increased in seeds initially subjected to a 5%

32

ASB Bulletin

glucose solution for 24 hours. Maturation is directly cor-
related with cell enlargement, but cell divisions are
conspicuously absent. The pattern of maturation is con-
trolled by the manner in which water enters the seed.

The report is based on work performed under Contract
No. AT (38-1) -153 between the U. S. Atomic Energy
Commission and the University of South Carolina, Co-
lumbia, South Carolina.

A Photographic Instrument for Determining
Cellular Growth Rates in Roots of
Small-Seeded Grasses *

Robert T. Brumfield, Longwood College
and Oak Ridge National Laboratory

The growth and division of the surface cells of the
small-seeded grasses can be studied from photographic
records taken at successive intervals of time. Since the
growing point is long and narrow, a series of overlapping
frames is necessary when conventional methods of photo-
micrography are used. The labor involved in recon-
structing the whole length of the growing point from the
separate frames seriously limits the number of experi-
mental observations. A special camera has been devel-
oped which records the whole lengdi of the growing
point on a single 38-cm. length of 35 mm. film at a
magnification of 175x. The root is transported from tip
to base of tire growing point through the objective field
and its moving image is projected onto a moving film;
the motions of tire image and film are synchronous. In-
crements in cell lengths or displacement of points from
the apex are measured directly by superimposing two of
die transparent strips.

* Supported by National Science Foundation grant
G-8763.

The Pigments of Microsporum cookei

F. T. Wolf, G. W. Koehne, and E. A. Jones,
Vanderbilt University

The dermatophyte, Microsporum cookei, produces a
purple pigment on Sabouraud’s agar. By paper chroma-
tography it was found that this is a mixture which in-
cluded a purple component and a yellow component,
both of which are pH indicators and redox indicators.
Quantities of these pigments, separated by means of
column chromatography, were prepared in solid form.
From evidence derived from infrared absorption spectra,
it is shown that both are polyhydroxy methyl anthra-
quinones. Both pigments must have at least one beta
substituent on each of the lateral rings, and must have
at least one alpha hydroxyl and one beta hydroxyl. The
yellow pigment is fluorescent, and must have two alpha
hydroxyls in the 1,4 positions.

On the Uptake of Nutrients by the Leaves of the
Pitcher Plant, Sarracenia jlava

Gayther L. Plummer, University of Georgia
John Kethley, University of Georgia

Both radioisotopes and amino acids were delivered to
the sarcophageal region of this plant. Absorption by the
leaves was determined by means of autoradiograms and
paper chromatographs. Four kinds of digestive processes
in the sarcophagus have been recognized: acid hydrol-
ysis, liquor hydrolysis, bacterial enzymatic activities, and
possibly autolytic processes within the insects. It is not
known exactly what nutrients are available to the plants
or how much of the few that have been recognized.
Nevertheless, some field studies have shown that those
plants with flower buds in the autumn had fewer insect
carcasses in the trumpets than did those plants without
flower buds.

Interaction of Renzoic Acid Derivatives and
Kinetin on Cultured Tobacco Pith Tissue
George W. Keitt, Jr., Florida State University

Uniform sections of tobacco ( Nicotiana tabacum L.
var. Wis. 38) pith, a tissue requiring exogenous factors
for growth in culture, were placed on media containing
four concentrations of the benzoic derivative - kinetin
(K). Fresh and dry weights were taken after 30 days.
Basal, indoleacetic acid ( IAA ) , K, and IAA + K media
were used as checks. By itself, 2,3,6-trichlorobenzoic
acid caused modest cell enlargement, and with K,
growth. Inactive in both tests were 2,3,5-triiodobenzoic
acid (TIBA), 2,3,5-trichlorobenzoic acid, 2,4,5-trichloro-
benzoic, and 3,4,5-triiodobenzoic acids were inactive in
both cases. More active than 2,3,6-trichlorobenzoic in
both tests was 3-amino-2,5-dichlorobenzoic. The 2,5-
dichloro-3-nitro- analog was inactive in both tests. These
results, and those of dichlorinated derivatives thus far
tested, indicate that stimulation of enlargement alone is
correlated with growth in the presence of K. The failure
of TIBA to show ‘"co-kinin” activity suggests that it
causes callus redistribution on stem explants by transport
inhibition, while the other compounds causing redistribu-
tion may do so by acting as auxins. This work was sup-
ported by NSF Grant No. C14545.

The Effect of Certain Growth Substances upon
the Stamen Hair Cells of Tradescantia
paludosa in Artificial Culture
L. Gerald Parchman, Emory University

The culture of the stamens of Tradescantia paludosa
in a sucrose-agar medium supplemented with various
plant growth factors allows microscopic observation of
living stamen hair cells under various physiological con-
ditions. The stamen hair cells five in artificial culture for
some weeks but do not undergo mitosis de novo. Indole
acetic acid, kinetin, gibberellic acid, and certain amino
acids have been added to White’s tissue culture medium
in various concentrations in an attempt to induce divi-
sion. The early stages of prophase are inhibited by fight
as well as the lack of an available supply of precursors
to division. The cell wall of the hair cells appears to be
rather impermeable to larger molecules so that nutrients
must diffuse up the column of cells from the stamen.
This process is apparently inhibited or halted after sev-
eral hours in culture because of the death of the wounded,
basal cells. Cell elongation and division depend upon
tire osmotic pressure as well as a ready supply of oxygen,
nutrients, and growth hormones, and the proper balance
of these is probably critical in the culture medium if
further growth is to take place. ( Supported in part by
A.E.C. grant AT- ( 40-1 ) -2669. )

Sexual Dichromatism in the Chelae of
of the Asplenium heterochroum-
Thomas S. Hopkins, University of Florida

The blue crab, Callinectes sapidus Rathbun, exhibits a
striking case of sexual dichromatism in the orange colored
carotenoid-protein complex in the terminal portions of
the chelae. The female displays four distinct colors in
her general appearance while the male exhibits only
three. Green or brown carapace, blue or blue-green
appendages with the orange “fingered” chelae terminat-
ing in purple tips characterize the female, but the male
lacks the orange in the chelae. Since the carotenoid
astaxanthin appears to be the only pigment present in the
tissues considered, the color difference of the female is
presumably due to the nature of the carotenoid-protein
fink or to the structure of the protein involved. This
trait appeared consistently in several populations inves-
tigated.

Vol. 9, No. 2, April 1962

33

A Survey of the Triclad Turbellaria in a Section
of Northwest Georgia
Julian T. Darlington, Furman University

Collections within an approximate twenty mile radius
of Rome, Georgia during the interval 1955-1960 have
shown this area to have an unusually rich and varied
fauna of aquatic, epigean triclad turbellaria. The family
Planariidae is represented by one species each of Duge-
sia, Curtisia, and Planaria, and by two species of Phago-
cata. The family Dendrocoelidae is represented by one
species of Procotyla.

Some New Inqulinic Flagellated Protozoa from
Endemic Florida Reptiles

E. C. Bovee and S. R. Telford, Jr.,*
University of Florida

The sand skink, Neoseps reynoldsi, and the short-tailed
snake, Stilosoma extenuatum arenicolor, are both endemic
to Florida, and restricted to dry scrub and sandhill
habitats; and the Florida variety of the crowned snake,
Tantilla coronata, is similarly restricted. It is no surprise
to find that some of their cloacal flagellated protozoa are
different from species of the same genera in tire more
vagile reptiles, and those of moister habitats.

The sand skink harbors Monocercomonas sp. different
from tire more common species in other reptiles, Mono-
cercomonas colubromm; and it also contains Rigido-
mastix sp. different from Rigidomastix coprocola from
the horse.

The crowned snake yielded still another Monocerco-
monas sp.

The short-tailed snake produced a coprozoic flagellate,
Cercobodo sp., which differs from any other species of
that genus which we can find described in the literature.

* Present address; University of California, Los
Angeles.

Geminate Species of Branchiobdellids: a
Problem in Zoogeography
Perry C. Holt, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Several species of branchiobdellids epizoic on craw-
fish of the suborder Cambarinae have as their closest rel-
ative species from the Pacific area of North America
where the host animals are members of the subfamily
Astacinae. Several hypotheses which might explain
these peculiar facts of distribution are discussed and re-
jected due to the paucity of data. The hope is expressed
that collecting of representatives of the presently un-
known Mexican fauna will at least partially resolve this
problem.

Anatomy and Ecology of Hypotrichous Protozoa

Stuart S. Bamforth, Newcomb College of
Tulane University

Three anatomical features — adoral zone of mem-
branelles ( AZM ) , dorso- ventral body flattening, and cirri
differentiation — influence hypotrich distribution. The
large AZM of most forms serves swimming and digestive
functions. Planktonic types ( Hypotrichiaium ) and ses-
sile forms ( Stichotricha, Chaetospira ) have bodies round
in cross section, but most hypotrichs have flattened
bodies, well adapted for interface locomotion. Lower
Oxytrichidae (e.g., Uroleptus, Epiclintes, Urostyla ), with
many uniform ventral cirri, and Paraeuplotidae, lacking
ventral but possessing caudal cirri, crawl over surfaces.
Oxytricha and Stylonychia, with small groups of well-
developed cirri, walk; and Euplotidae with longer cirri

move more agilely. The reduced AZM of Aspidiscidae
restricts their diet to bacteria and detritus; their squarish
highly flattened bodies and few prominent cirri enable
them to maneuver rapidly. These last four taxonomic
groups are the most cosmopolitan hypotrichs.

Effect of Mechanical Pressure on Paramecium
aurelia during Stomatogenesis *

Evan Dwain Porter, Emory University

If paramecia are compressed during stomatogenesis,
the new buccal area will evert and the new buccal
organelles will develop externally. If the pressure is too
great fission will be inhibited and the cortex between
the two mouths will form large bulges which often burst.
If the pressure is released enough for movement of tire
animal but still maintaining it in a flattened condition,
fission occurs. As the old mouth migrates forward, the
buccal aperture is stretched and the buccal cavity is
opened along its length. The buccal organelles are
forced to die surface of the body and fie fully exposed.
They will remain on the surface if the pressure is main-
tained until the cortex is no longer plastic. If the pres-
sure is released early the old organelles will sink into
the cytoplasm and assume a normal appearance. The
new buccal organelles remain everted. The opisthe then
cannot feed and does not divide.

* This investigation was carried out during the tenure
of a predoctoral fellowship from the Division of General
Medical Sciences, United States Public Health Service.

Seasonal Growth of Northern and Southern
Quahaugs and Their Hybrids
R. Winston Menzel, Florida State University

Monthly measurements of growth have been made of
die northern quahaug, Mercenaria mercenaria, the soutii-
em quahaug, M. campechiensis and their reciprocal
hybrids for fifteen months in Alligator Harbor, Florida.
The fastest growth for the four groups of clams occurs
during the spring and fall. The northern quahaug has the
least overall growth and shows least growth during the
hottest period of the year. The southern quahaug has the
best overall growth and has the least growth during the
coldest period. The growdi of the hybrids is between the
two parents but is closer to the southern parent than
to die nordiern parent. The growth rate of the hybrids is
better than either of the parents in late spring and
early fall.

The Harvesting Ant Pogonomyrmex
comanche Wheeler

Arthur C. Cole, Jr., University of Tennessee

Pogonomyrmex comanche Wheeler is a valid species
in the Maricopa Complex of the subgenus Pogonomyrmex.
It has previously been considered generally as a sub-
species of occidentalis (Cresson) but it possessses no
characteristics in any caste which could place it in the
Occidentalis Complex and there is no evidence of sub-
speciation. The species is limited to sand areas, where
it constructs crater nests, in parts of Texas, Oklahoma,
Kansas, and Louisiana. The known eastern extent of its
range is in northwestern Louisiana east of which it is
replaced by badius (Latreille). The ant described by
Olsen in 1934 as occidentalis var. utahensis is not a
synonym of comanche but is a minor variant synonymous
witii occidentalis. The species occidentalis and comanche
are considerably divergent in structure, behavior, and
distribution.

34

ASB Bulletin

Anatomical Studies of the Alimentary Tract of
Gammarus lacustris lacustris Sars
(Crustacea: Amphipoda)

Eugene H. Schmitz, Louisiana State University at
Alexandria

The alimentary tract of the western North American
amphipod, Gammarus lacustris lacustris Sars consists of
three main divisions: fore-gut, mid-gut, and hind-gut. A
dorsal median caecum and two pairs of hepatopancreatic
: caeca join the mid-gut near its anterior end. A pair of
rectal caeca join the mid-gut near its posterior end. A com-
plex gastric mill and a pyloric filter apparatus characterize
the cardiac stomach and pyloric stomach, respectively.
The walls of the fore-gut and hind-gut consist of a chitin-
ous intima, columnar epithelium, tunica propria, circular
and sometimes longitudinal muscle, and a discontinuous
“serosa.” The mid-gut wall is composed of a syncytium,
basement membrane, circular and longitudinal muscle,
and a “tunica externa.” The columnar cells of the dorsal
median caecum and rectal caeca are thought to func-
tion in salt resorption. The columnar cells of the hep-
atopancreatic caeca are mostly vacuolated and function
in enzyme secretion and absorption. The function of
the tegmental glands remains unknown.

Possible Breeding Systems for the Study of
Recessive Mutations in Tetrahymena pyriformis *
Carolyn Wells and Lindy Hatch, Longwood College

In order to study recessive mutations in the ciliate,
Tetrahymena pyroformis , it is desirable to establish
either a close inbreeding system such as selfing, or a
reliable micronueleate x amicronucleate conjugation re-
sulting in haploid progeny. Many attempts to discover
such a system in several strains of this species have been
fruitless. Recently it was found that certain cultures of
strain EU 6010. a member of variety 6, mating type III.
will undergo selfing conjugation when washed in distilled
water. Micronuclear reorganization appears normal in
about 30% of the washed cells. On the other hand, when
cells of this strain are washed in Dryl salt solution, they
do not self, but conjugate with complementary mating
types. A strain (EU 6525) of mating type I is amicro-
nucleate. Other instances of selfing and of amicronucleate
x micronueleate pairing are known in T. pyriformis.
The latter type of mating has been aberrant in other
strains; true nuclear reorganization fails. In selfing
matings, the progeny from other strains are usually in-
viable. Often the selfing phenomenon is not reproduc-
ible. It is not known at present whether EU 6010 will
be free of these difficulties.

a Work supported bv United States Atomic Energy
Commission Contract No. AT-( 40-1 ) -2793.

Parasitic Helminths of the Raccoon

Grover C. Miller and Reinard Harkema,

North Carolina State College

From 1957 to 1962 a total of 285 raccoons from the
Southeastern states was examined for parasitic helminths.
One hundred and eighty-four of the host animals were
taken from 17 counties in N. C.; 54 from S. C.; 22 from
Georgia; 19 from Florida; and 6 from Virginia. Most of
the hosts in N. C. were taken in the vicinity of Raleigh.
The majority of the parasites have been indentified to
species and grouped as follows: nematoda — 9 species;
trematoda — 21 species; cestoda — 3 species and acan-
thocephai.a — 1 species. A significant difference was
noted in the parasites of coastal animals and those of
inland habitats.

A Comparative Study of the Aldolase Systems of
Aedes aegypti, Anopheles quadrimaculatus,
and Cnlex quinquefasciatus
Kenneth O. Phifer, U. S. Public Health Service *

Homogenates of the mosquitoes, Aedes aeqypti. Anoph-
eles quadrimaculatus, and Culex quinquefasciatus, con-
tain aldolase systems which are quite similar in physical
characteristics. The apparent Michaelis-Menten con-
stants ranged from 3.2 x 10-8 M; to 3.6 x 10-8; the optimal
pH’s lay between pH 7.4 and pH 8.2. The two culicine
species differed in small degree with respect to linearity
of enzyme activity with time and to effect of tempera-
ture on activity. The sex of the mosquito had no effect
upon the aldolase activity. The enzyme activity was en-
hanced by ethylenediaminetetraacetate and was inhibited
by the cations magnesium, manganese, and calcium. The
data are related to those of other aldolase systems and the
relation of these studies to the closer definition of host-
parasite interaction is discussed.

* Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Pub-
lic Health Service. National Institute of Allergy and
Infectious Disease, Laboratory of Parasite Chemotherapy,
Section on Epidemiology, P. O. Box 717, Columbia,
South Carolina.

The Chemical Nature of Metacercarial Cysts.
I. Histological and Histochemical Observations
on the Cyst of Posthodiplostomum minimum *
Burton J. Bogitsh, Georgia Southern College

On the basis of histological and histochemical tests,
the cyst walls of metacercariae of Posthodiplostomum.
minimum are found to be composed of two distinct
layers. The outermost layer is fibroblastic and is ap-
parently elaborated by the host. The innermost laver
is non-cellular. Chemically it is composed of carbohy-
drate-protein complexes that are similar to the ground
substance of vertebrate tissue.

* Supported in part by research grant (E-2738 Ci)
bom the National Institutes of Health, Department of
Health, Education and Welfare.

Trichinella spiralis in Humans in Piedmont
North Carolina

Daniel E. Kirk, Catawba College

In four years, 167 muscle samples from routine autop-
sies have been examined for larvae of Trichinella spiralis.
All subiects were adults and most were residents of
Rowan County. Inspection was by microscopic examina-
tion of six to twelve square inches of pressed diaphragm.
Two massive infections were found and six lighter ones,
an incidence of 4.7 per cent of the total to date.

Investigations on Intestinal Helminth Infections
in a Coastal South Carolina Area

Geoffrey M. Teffery and Kenneth O. Phifer,

U. S. Public Health Service

In a group of 212 residents of a coastal area of South
Carolina Ascaris lumbricoides infection was found in
64% and Trichuris trichiura in 37%, representing one of
the highest prevalences ever reported from the conti-
nental United States. Highest prevalence and intensity
of infection were found in the younger age groups.
Hookworm was found in only 4% of the population.
Blood studies revealed a high eosinophilia which could
be correlated with the presence of Ascaris in the younger

Vol. 9, No. 2, April 1962

35

individuals. With a view toward possible control of these
infections in the absence of improved sanitation, treat-
ments with single doses of piperazine were given. Ap-
proximately 60% of Ascaris infections treated were cured,
and there was an overall worm reduction of about 92%.

* Department of Health, Education, and Welfare,
Public Health Service, National Institute of Allergy and
Infectious Diseases, Laboratory of Parasite Chemo-
therapy, Section on Epidemiology, P. O. Box 717, Co-
lumbia, South Carolina.

Observations on the Ultrastructure of the Cyst
of Posthodiplostomum minimum *

Burton J. Bogitsh and Robert R. Cardell, Jr.,
Georgia Southern College and Edsel B. Ford

Institute for Medical Research, Henry Ford Hospital

Encysted metacercariae of Posthodiplostomum mini-
mum were taken from fresh-water fish. Portions of the
cyst wall, as well as the enclosed parasite, were fixed in
Palade’s buffered osmium at pH 8.4 and embedded in
Vestopal W. Ultra-thin sections were cut and subse-
quently examined with an R.C.A. EMU-II electron
microscope. The dual nature of the cyst wall is illus-
trated. Comparisons are made with light microscopy
slides and previous chemical studies.

* Supported, in part, by research grant, E-2738 C2,
National Institutes of Health, Department of Health,
Education and Welfare.

Epidemiologic Investigations of Tuberculosis
in Haiti

H. M. Vandiviere, N. C. Tuberculosis Association

Epidemiologic investigations of the status of tubercu-
losis in the republic of Haiti are reported. These studies
are preliminary to large scale field trials of two anti-
tuberculosis vaccines, a BCG and a human variant Ri.
Haiti where tuberculosis thrives in its undoctored, natu-
ral state was chosen as an ideal locale for the evaluation
of these well standardized vaccines. Results of prelim-
inary tuberculin testing indicate almost 100% of the pop-
ulation to be tuberculin reactors by the time they are
25 years of age. The percent of reactors during the early
school years range between 20-30%, suggesting that this
may prove to be an excellent group for the vaccine eval-
uation. If this trend holds true the 1st grade ages will
be the most scientifically productive from the standpoint
of money and effort expended.

Experimental Transmisison of Semliki Forest
Virus by Anopbeline Mosquitoes
William E. Collins, U. S. Public Health Service a

Semliki Forest Virus has been reported by other
workers to be transmissible in the laboratory by Aedes
aeqypti L. and by Aedes togoi Theo. Transmissions
have been obtained in this laboratory by the use of
anopheline mosquitoes. The vims titers, infection rates,
and transmission rates reported for Anopheles quadri-
maculatus and A. albimanus. The significance of trans-
mission of this vims by anopheline mosquitoes is dis-
cussed.

* Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Pub-
lic Health Service. National Institute of Allergy and
Infectious Diseases, Laboratory of Parasite Chemotherapy,
Section on Epidemiology, P. O. Box 717, Columbia,
South Carolina.

The Life History of Heterobilharzia americana
Price, 1929

Nathan D. Greene, N. C. State College

Heterobilharzia americana (Trematoda: Schistosoma-
tidae) is a common parasite of raccoons in the Coastal
Plain of North Carolina. The adult flukes five in the
hepatic sinuses, hepatic portal vein and branches of the
superior mensenteric vein. Eggs pass through the in-
testinal wall and out of the body with the feces. In
water, they hatch immediately into ciliated miracidia
characterized by 2 pairs of flame cells and an epidermal
plate pattern of 6: 8:4:3. The intermediate host in
Lymnaea columella, in which there are two genera-
tions of sporocysts. Cercariae are produced 31 to 39
39 days following exposure. The cercaria is of the
apharyngeal, brevifurcate distome type with a flame
cell formula of 2(3 + 2)(l), 5 pairs of penetration
glands, spinose body and tail stem, a pair of eyespots,
and furcal fin folds. Cercariae enter die final host by
direct penetration. The prepatent period in raccoons is
77 days, and in dogs, 66 days.

Effects of Exposure to Light and to Temperature
on the Annual Cycle for Fat and Lean
Weight of Bufo foicleri
Francis M. Bush, Howard College

During the annual cycle a 1/2 to 2-fold increase oc-
curred in the average quantity of fat (% dry wt) in 258
toads (14.1-28.0), their livers (22.6-32.8) and their
carcasses (11.7-19.8). The amount of ovarian fat re-
mained about tlie same (27.1) despite the relative
ovarian weight decreased significantly from March
(26.6% live wt) to June (6.6) and to September (9.0).
Absolute fat in the dry fat-bodies increased 28-fold
(23-650 mg) and the dry weight of the lean livers more
than 3-fold (71-266 mg).

Toads (13-33) were kept in boxes for 60 days (May-
Tuly, 1960; April-June, 1961) at 21 ± 1° C on 4 light/24
hrs (average amount of fat = 26.5% dry wt), 8L (29.5),
12L (31.8). 16L (33.6), 20L (31.3) and at 31 ± 1° C
on 4L (33.3), 12L (28.1) and 20L (29.6). Toads on
all photoperiods at 31° C and those on 12L, 16L, and
20L at 21° C possessed absolute dry weights for total
fat, the fat of the liver and the fat-bodies larger than
September toads whose weights were still larger than
those on 4L and 8L at 21° C. All toads at 31° C had
larger absolute dry weights of the lean bodies, the lean
livers and the lean ovaries than the September toads and
those at 21° C. Additional support was given to these
results once the initial weights of the toads were equated
by an analysis of variance and least-square means com-
puted for the components were subiected to a range test.

The data suggest that increased temperature, rather
than increased light, caused the enlargements, particu-
larly in the lean dry weights, while exposure to increased
light caused primarily the storage of fat and then en-
largements in the lean dry weights.

The Effects of Various Larval Diets on Biting
Rate and Longevity in the Mosquito
Aedes aegypti (L.)

James D. Stidham, University of Tennessee

Larvae of the yellow fever mosquito Aedes aegypti
(L.) were given various diets ranging from a high pro-
tein diet on the one extreme to a low-intake partial star-
vation diet on the other. The differences in amount of
food given in the several diets caused a wide variation in
larval life span and consequently in emergence of adults.
Both mated and unmated females were used from each

36

ASB Bulletin

larval diet and biting rate, longevity, egg production and
individual weight of the adults were obtained. All ex-
periments were carried out under uniform conditions,
the adults being reared in a constant temperature labora-
tory at 80° F and 80% humidity. The results of the
above will be given.

Electrophoretic Analysis of the Serum Proteins of
Citellus Species: Taxonomic Implications
Rondal E. Bell, Millsaps College

Filter paper electrophoresis yields results that seem
to have value for taxonomic studies. Electrophoretic
patterns of serum from four species representing three
subgenera of the genus Citellus were compared. Al-
though individual variations exist, the electrophoretic
patterns show distinct species variations in mobility, rela-
tive proportions of electrophoretic fractions, and failure
to show good resolution of the components. In general,
similarities of the patterns tend to verify existing taxo-
■ nomic relationships.

A Hypothesis for Eventual Failure of Anti-
leukemic Agents Against Experimental
Mouse Leukemia *

J. Richard Thomson, Southern Research Institute

A quantitative bioassay for L1210 leukemic cells in
mouse tissues and fluids has been developed in our
laboratories, (Cancer Research 21 (9) pp 1154-64,
1961). There appears to be a direct relationship be-
tween the number of leukemic cells inoculated into ap-
propriate inbred mice and their respective life spans.

The usual experimental inoculum of L1210 leukemic
cells (lxlO5 to 1 x 106) given intraperitoneally in mice
will uniformly kill the animals in six to eight days and
small numbers of these cells can be detected by bioassay
methods in various tissues and organs shortly after inoc-
ulation. Detectable numbers of leukemic cells appear
in the brain in two to four days after intraperitoneal
inoculation. The rate of appearance in the brain ap-
pears to be associated with the size of inoculum em-
ployed.

Amethopterin (an antimetabolite of folic acid) will
effectively increase average life span of these animals
to greater than 100% above untreated controls. If treat-
ment is delayed until intracerebral infiltration has oc-
curred, only slight life span increases are observed. In
addition, if as few as 100-1,000 cells were inoculated
intracerebrally and intraperitoneal tberapv begun
twenty-four hours later. Amethopterin ( and other agents
which uniformly markedly increase life span if the
leukemic cells were inoculated intraperitoneally or intra-
venously) failed to show significant life snan increase
in the mice so inoculated. The ultimate failure of pres-
entlv known anticancer agents may be related to the
inability of these effective agents to cross the so called
"blood brain barrier” thereby leaving growinc ( enlarg-
ing) foci of leukemic cells in the brain which are un-
affected by antileukemic drugs and serve as a persistent
source of peripheral leukemic cells which materially con-
tribute to the death of the animals.

* This work was supported by a grant from the Amer-
ican Cancer Society.

Spermatozoa of Amnlmimae: Spermateleosis,
Morphology, Helical Motility and Reversibility
Clinton L. Baker, Southwestern College

Acrosome is an elongated cone fitting over anterior
extension of the nuclear membrane (perforatorium); ob-

served best after treatment with periodic-acid Schiff
method. A granule and ring ( proximal and distal
centrioles of others) appear in spermatid independent
of meiotic centrioles. Axial filament arises from gran-
ule and is not homologous in structure, origin or func-
tion to flagellar filament of non-urodelean sperm. Neck
piece anlage forms from nucleus and remains within
nuclear membrane. The ring encircles the axial filament
in the spermatid, never divides, and elongates down
middle piece. Flagellum is margin of undulating mem-
brane. Mitochondria of middle piece are observed after
tetrazolium salt reaction. Motility results from flagellar
planar wave movement, yet helical shape of sperm causes
helical motility. Reverse waves of flagellar movement,
observed by motion pictures, result in reverse motility
that may be as rapid and as directive as normal forward
movement.

The Effects of Colchicine upon the
Olfactory Epithelium

Irving Ricardo Martinez, Jr.,

Louisiana State University School of Medicine

It has been reported by LeGros Clark that if one
olfactory bulb is removed, 50% of the receptors on the
affected side degenerate after three days. Similar re-
sults were reported by Martinez, removing both bulbs
in order to determine if there was any interrelationship
between receptors and bulbs of the opposite side.

If 0.123 mg/kg of colchicine is injected intraperito-
neally into a rabbit, striking degeneration of the olfac-
tory epithelium occurs within 24 hours. Within three
days one finds that there now remains in the epithelium
less than half of the normal population of receptors.
Progressive degeneration occurs until the fourteenth day,
and now the receptors are no longer visible, except in
the form of granular lines.

It is apparent from the results that some of the re-
ceptors undergo immediate degeneration, and some are
residual at least up to ten days. These results are
similar to those of LeGros Clark, following removal of
one bulb, and Martinez, following removal of both bulbs.

The above information contributes to the suggestion
that functional differences reflected in the biophysical
structure or biochemical constitution may be an impor-
tant factor in determining the degrees of selective de-
generation of the olfactory receptors.

Migratory Behavior of Pigment Cells in
the PET Mouse 1

Willie M. Reams and Thomas C. Mayer,2
Louisiana State University

In an attempt to correlate tire occurrence of melano-
cytes in the musculature of the posterior compartment of
the leg with their interfollicular occurrence in the skin
over the same region, autoplastic exchanges of skin were
made in newborn PET mice. Since melanocytes are
lacking interfollicularly in the skin and in the muscles
of the abdomen, skin from the belly was exchanged with
the pigment cell laden skin from the posterior surface
of the leg in the hope that there might be an invasion
of pigment cells into the belly muscles. Although no
such invasion occurred, the behavior of pigment cells in
the skin of the graft areas was of interest. It was noted
that there was an invasion of belly skin by pigment
cells from a graft of leg skin. However, no migration
of pigment cells occurred into a graft of belly skin when
made into the pigment cell rich posterior leg skin.
These data with those from previous investigations seem
to indicate that although the overhang skin may possess
a reservoir of pigment cells capable of migration, the
invasion of muscle by pigment cells occurs at a specific

Vol. 9, No. 2, April 1962

37

stage in embryonic development. The factors involved
in the differential migratory behavior of pigment cells
in the skin grafts and the localized occurrence of mela-
nocytes in the leg muscles will be discussed.

1 Supported by N.S.F. Grant G-14153.

2 Science Faculty Fellow of the N.S.F.

The Drug Response Correlation of Some
Experimental Animal Tumors and Cer-
tain Classes of Human Cancer
Jack H. Moore, Southern Research Institute

There is evidence (Cancer Research Vol. 21, No. 6,
Part 2, pp. 235-339) that some experimental animal
tumor screening systems will select classes of drugs
which are temporarily useful in the treatment of some
chronic and acute leukemias and a small number of
other types of human cancer. There are also animal
tumors which, like some imDortant forms of human
cancer, respond to no known drug at tolerated doses, so
it would appear of considerable importance to study
carefully the compiled data correlating the drug re-
sponse of “animal cancer” and “human cancer.”

A brief review of the sensitivity of certain “human”
and “animal” neoplasms, which respond to various
classes of drugs, will be given.

Comparison of Electrocardiographic
Characteristics in Vertebrates

B. Theodore Cole, University of South Carolina

Electrocardiographic studies have been made on the
bullfrog and necturus among amphibians; turtle (includ-
ing Terripinnen Carolina, Chrysemys sp., and Trionyx
ferox spinitera) horned toad, glass snake and Natrix sp.
among the reptiles; rabbit, rat, muskrat, and man among
mammals.

All animals included in this report, except man, were
anesthetized with nembutal and electrodes placed either
directly on various parts of the heart or on the surface
of the body. Two active electrodes from the beating
heart, or right and left arms and a ground lead on the
left hind leg were used. Signals were amplified, sounds
recorded on tape and simultaneous photographic record
made from tire screen of a Tektronix dual beam oscillo-
scope.

Heart rate in beats/min. in Poikiliotherms (26°-30°
ambient temperature) ranged from 25 in the horned
toad and glass snake to 107 in the glass snake. Magni-
tude of positive deflection measured directly from the
heart, “R” wave from 0.286 millivolts in R. catesbeiana
to 4.27 millivolts in Trionyx. Negative “Q” and “S”
wave deflections ranged from zero in R. catesbeiana to
1.41 millivolts in Natrix and zero in Natrix to 2.11 milli-
volts in Trionyx respectively. The O-R-S interval in
Pnikiliotherms as a group ranged from .004 seconds in
Phgrtmosoma to 0.016 seconds in Trionyx, as compared
to a low of 0.019 sec. in the muskrat to 0.082 sec. in
man among Homiotherms.

Heart rate in beats/min. in Homiotherms ranged from
a high of 290 and 316 in rabbit and rat respectively to
a low of 62 in man. The muskrat was intermediate
with a rate of 172 beats/min.

Capacity of Spleen Cells to Respond to Antigen
and to Proliferate after Sublethal Irradiation
Martha R. Leonard, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Following sublethal X irradiation, the immune mech-
anism of mice is suppressed. The degree of suppression
is dose-dependent. To investigate the antibody-forming
capacity of cells during secondary response following

irradiation, an in vivo tissue culture technique was used.
At regular intervals a constant number of spleen cells
from preimmunized irradiated mice was transferred
intravenously into lethally irradiated, isologous, recip-
ients and the secondary antigenic stimulus given simul-
taneously. Five days later the antibody titers were de-
termined. The greatest rate of recovery in antibody
synthesis following 150, 300 and 500 r occurred during
the first 7 days after irradiation. Proliferation of the
spleen cells during recovery from 500 r was studied by
means of tritiated thymidine. When sublethally (500 r)
irradiated mice were secondarily stimulated with the
test antigen immediately after irradiation and labeled
either immediately before or after exposure, the prolifer-
ation of spleen cells was depressed. However, the ca-
pacity of cells labeled 2 or 4 days after irradiation was
normal. It can be concluded that the rate of recovery
of the immune mechanism is greatest during the first 7
days after irradiation, during which time there is also
the greatest change in spleen cell proliferation.

Chronological Study of Deciduomata
in Hamsters

John G. Turnbull and George C. Kent, Jr.,
Louisiana State University

Day 1 is herein defined as the first twenty-four hours
after sterile mating, Day 2 as the second twenty-four
hours, etc. In hamsters traumatized at the end of Day
2 the initial decidual cell response (DCR) is evident
near the middle of Day 4. The maximal DCR is ex-
hibited during Day 7 and part of Day 8. Necrosis is
evident in the periphery before the end of Day 8. By
the end of Day 9 the necrotic decidual mass has been
extensively undercut by the regenerating uterine epithe-
lium. Four days elapse between the first observable
DCR and the first observable necrosis. Fifty hamsters
were traumatized. Not all evinced an observable DCR.

Observations on the Formation and Release of
Secretory Granules in the Pituitary Gland of
the Salamander (Triturus viridescens )

Robert R. Cardell, Jr.,

Edsel B. Ford Institute for Medical Research

Electronmicroscopic evidence is presented which in-
dicates that the secretory granules of the pituitary
parenchyma cells are formed within the Golgi apparatus
and are stored in the cytoplasm of the cell until they
are discharged into the blood stream. The discharge of
the granules is accomplished by the formation of a
cytoplasmic bud, which contains one or more secretory
granules, from a parenchyma cell. This cytoplasmic
bud protrudes into a pericapillary cell and eventually
is ninched off to form a vacuole within the pericapillary
cytoplasm. The author proposes that the secretory
granules are dissolved while within the vacuole thus
releasing the hormone into the pericapillary cytoplasm.
The hormone diffuses from the pericapillary cytoplasm
into the pericapillary space and finally reaches the blood
stream by way of the endothelial cells of the capillary
wall. No evidence has been obtained of secretory gran-
ules being present within the capillaries, as proposed by
previous investigators of the salamander pituitary.

Failure to Maintain Deciduomata with
Progesterone in Hamsters

Allen T. Daugaard and George C. Kent, Jr.,
Louisiana State University

Sixty young pseudopregnant female golden hamsters
were traumatized on the second day following sterile
mating and injected with varying amounts of progesterone

38

A SB Bulletin

commencing on different days. Twenty-four animals were
injected with 1.0 mg, on the day of trauma and daily
thereafter until killed on Days 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12.
t Twelve animals were injected with 1.0 mg, starting on
the fourth day after trauma and daily thereafter until
killed on Days 9, 10, 11. Twelve animals were injected
with 0.5 mg. on the day of trauma and daily thereafter
until killed on Days 7, 8, or 9. Twelve animals were in-
jected with 0.5 mg. on the fourth day after trauma and
daily thereafter until killed on Days 9, 10, or 11. Sub-
; sequent histological examination of tire uteri indicated
that the life span of tire deciduomata (cf. Turnbull
I and Kent in this issue) was not prolonged by progester-
i one as herein administered.

Effect of Food Supply on the Egg-laying Date
of Junco ( Junco hy emails)

James T. Tanner, University of Tennessee

Juncos nest in tire Great Smoky Mountains at progres-
sively later dates with increasing elevation. This could
be a result of temperature affecting tire birds, or of
temperature affecting their food supply and the availa-
bility of food determining the time of nesting. At this
season, Juncos feed almost entirely on ground-inhabit-
ing arthropods. The abundance of this kind of food was
measured before and during the egg-laying dates at four
different elevations. There were very significant differ-
ences between the amount of food available at the dif-
ferent elevations at the time egg-laying was initiated at
each elevation. This indicates that the food supply is
not the factor determining the time of egg-laying.

The Life-Cycle and Ecology of Elliptic)
hopetonensis Lea

Lynn Raulerson, Howard College
W. D. Burbanck, Emory University

The fresh-water mussel, Elliptio hopetonensis Lea, is
one of the major faunal forms of Lake Creek, a tributary
of the Altamaha River system. The life-cycle of this
species is characterized by the development of gametes
and fertilization in late summer, an overwintering of
developing larvae in marsupial gills, and emergence of
hookless glochidia in late spring. Parasitism of fish by
glochidia does not appear to be host-specific. The
period of parasitism is approximately thirty days, after
which glochidia leave the fish to develop as juveniles.
Dispersal of this mussel may be accounted for by the
movements of infected fish. Adults probably five for
a few years, and except for those carried by flood waters,
tend to remain in a limited area characterized by a rocky
substrate and a abundance of plankton. Usually as-
sociated with Elliptio hopetonensis is the commensal
ciliate Conchophthirius anodontae ( Ehrenberg ) .

Comparative Observations on the Behavior of
Marine and Fresh Water Turtles
Fred K. Parrish, Agnes Scott College

The observations reported below were made as a
frame of reference for projected physiological studies
to explain certain aspects of turtle behavior. These
observations were made on 29 marine turtles (4 species)
at Marineland, Florida, and on 11 fresh water turtles (4
species) maintained in a greenhouse tank 1 meter x 3.4
meters with a depth of from 2.5 cm. to 54 cm. Only
occasionally did one turtle bite another at Marineland,
females being more prone to this activity. The fresh
water turtles have ignored each other, despite a wide
difference in size. Sea turtles use their foreflippers as
“wings” to “fly” through the water; the hind flippers

normally serve only as elevators or rudders (when turn-
ing). Fresh water turtles use all four feet as paddles
held square to the fine of motion; fore and hind feet on
opposite sides move sychronously. Scratching, which
is so characteristic of sea turtles, has been observed in
the fresh water forms. The respiratory patterns of sea
turtles reported by Parrish, 1958, have been undetectable
in fresh water chelonians.

Ecology of the Microbiota of Mission Bay,
California, in the Summer of 1961
James B. Lackey, University of Florida

Mission Bay and adjacent waters were studied, June-
August 1961. The microbiota showed qualitative dif-
ferences varying from distinctly different poulations in
small isolated baylets to a few species in the main bay
which were different from the oceanic outer waters.
The Bay had its own blooms, some of which were syn-
chronous, but was subject to invasion by oceanic species.
Many of these failed to maintain themselves in the Bay.
It is evident that many differences exist between Bay and
Ocean habitats, but some ubiquitous species are equally
at home in either.

A Live-Trap Study of Seed-Eating Mammals

H. E. Shadowen, Western Kentucky State College

A 27-month study of small mammals was made in a
cutover, shortleaf-loblolly pine-hardwood forest in north
Louisiana. Two plots were established, one of which was
burned to study the effect of controlled burning on small
mammals. One hundred five traps were used on each
plot. Animals were trapped, marked, and released.
Length of trapping periods varied from five to six days.
Species trapped included Peromyscus nuttalli , Peromys-
cus gosstjpinus, Reithrodontomys fulvescens, Pitymys
pintorum, and Blarina brevicauda. The two species of
Peromyscus were retrapped in sufficient numbers to
calculate home range and density. The mean home
range of Peromyscus nuttalli was 1.31 acres, and the
highest trap-revealed density was 2.79 mice per acre.
The mean home range of Peromyscus gossypinus was 1.12
acres, and the highest trap-revealed density was 1.22
mice per acre. The controlled burning of one plot had
a negligible effect on the small-mammal population.

Crater Density and Above-Ground Activity of
Two Dominant Old Field Ants
Arnold Van Pelt, Tusculum College

For the past twelve years investigators associated with
the University of Georgia Ecological Research Team
have been intensively studying and analyzing the dy-
namics of abandoned crop fields on the Savannah River
Plant, South Carolina. Ants are a dominant animal
form in these old field situations. To learn more of the
role of ants in the old field community dynamics, the
present investigations were carried out during the sum-
mer and fall. Density of one of the two dominant ant
species, Dorymyrmex pyramicus, as expressed by the
number of craters present, increased to a maximum in
September. The greatest density of Dorymyrmex craters
was in a portion of a field in which the Andropogon
clumps were discrete and well-spaced. Pogonomyrmex
badius, the other dominant ant, maintained fewer nests;
the most favorable areas for the mounds were well-
drained slopes. Dorymyrmex averaged one crater per
2.7 square meters, and in contrast, there was a Pogono-
myrmex nest for approximately every 820 square meters.

In Dorymyrex, optimum temperature for above-ground
activity was 40° C., while 57° C. caused a diminution
or cessation of activity. These ants remained active

Vol. 9, No. 2, April 1962

39

at night, but driving rain sometimes caused activity to
stop. Pogonomyrmex will cease their activity at tem-
peratures above 50° C., and at night.

Taxonomic Characters of Some Species of
Alatelea (Asclepiadaceae)

C. Ritchie Bell, University of North Carolina

The ten currently recognized species of Matelea
found in the southeastern United States have been
variously treated by Small, Fernald, Alexander, and
others, as components of five different genera: Gonolobus,
Cyclodon, Edisonia, Odontostephana and Vincetoxicum.
Plants of two of the ten species have smooth, angled fol-
licles; plants of the other eight species all have muricate
follicles and present an interesting pattern of centrifugal
variation centering on the polymorphic Metelea carolin-
ensis. Plants of four of the eight species, M. carolin-
ensis, M. floridana, M. flavidula, and M. alabamensis,
have few-flowered inflorescences and spreading petals
under 10 mm. long; plants of M. obliqua, M. decipiens,
M. Shortii and M. Baldwyniana have many-flowered
inflorescences and erect petals over 10 mm. long. M.
flavidula, M. alabamensis, and M. Baldwyniana are yel-
low flowered, M. obliqua rose flowered, and the others
have maroon flowers. No cytological information is yet
available.

Vascular Flora of the Carolinas

Albert E. Radford, University of North Carolina

Of the 175,000 specimens collected in the field ex-
ploration phase of the flora project 140,000 are now
mounted and filed in the herbarium. The identification
and mapping of the Carolina Flora is essentially com-
plete. Over 900 genera have been illustrated. The
keys are now being tested by students for manual pub-
lication. About 30% of tire descriptions of the 3,000
species have beeen written. Ranges, habitats and syn-
onymy have been worked out for over 50% of the species.
The edited manuscript should be ready for the publisher
by August 1, 1963.

Paper Chromatographic Studies of the Bio-
chemical Profiles of Tradescantia Species
James F. Matthews, Emory University

Recent studies of the biochemical components of re-
lated species as determined by die application of
paper chromatographic methods have demonstrated many
chemical similarities, as well as some differences. Such
a study of four North Central Georgia species of Tra-
descantia has been carried out. These exhibit morpho-
logical and physiological differences. Chromatograms of
these species have shown many similarities as well as
some differences in die biochemical makeup of the plants.
Acid ethanol extracts of leaves and roots, spotted on
Whatman No. 1 filter paper and developed in descend-
ing manner with a water saturated phenol-ammonia
solvent has proved to be the most satisfactory method.
Detection of the biochemical profiles was best accom-
plished by the use of ultra-violet light and by dipping
in ninhydrin-pyridine. Ninhydrin reacting components
(amino acids and indoles) and fluorescent components
(“secondary substances”) have proven more suitable in
the biochemical taxonomy of Tradescantia than have the
phenols, sugars, or organic acids. This work was sup-
ported in part by AEC Contract AT- ( 40-1 ) -2669.

The Encfemic Botrychiums of the Southeastern
United States

W. H. Wagner, Jr.,* University of Michigan

Three species of grapefems (Botrychium) in Sect.
Sceptridium are especially characteristic of the south-
eastern United States — B. alabamense, B. hiternatum

(syn. B. tenuifolium) , and B. lunarioides (syn. “B. biter-
natum” by misapplication of name). The traditional
problems concerning them have been (a) whether B.
biternatum is a species distinct from the wide-ranging B.
dissectum; and (b) whether B. alabamense is distinct
from B. lunarioides. Both of these problems have been
investigated in field work in Maryland, Indiana, Ken-
tucky, Tennessee, South Carolina, and Alabama, as well
in herbarium and laboratory studies. The new evidence,
especially from mass collections of local populations, in-
dicates that B. dissectum and B. biternatum are distinct,
though closely allied, species which grow sympatrically
nearly throughout the area. Botrychium lunarioides is the
most peculiar species in the group; it is rare and little-
collected. Botrychium alabamense is a valid and distinct
species. However, it is intermediate between B. lun-
arioides and B. biternatum morphologically; and cyto-
logical evidence supports the view that B. alabamense
may be an allotetraploid that arose from hybridization.

* Research supported by National Science Foundation-
Grant G- 10846, and field cooperation of Paul Biebel,

John L. Frierson, G. S. Jones, D. E. Rawlings, Dale
M. Smith, R. H. Wiley especially.

Experimental Approaches to Taxonomic
Problems in Southeastern Phlox
Russell Aiuto, University of North Carolina

Within the genus Phlox, the subsection Ovatae has
three taxonomically difficult species (P. Carolina, P.
glaberrima, P. maculata ) forming a complex in tire
Southeastern United States. Wherry (1955) admits the
extent of the problem by recognizing 12 taxa and 20
variants within the six species of the subsection, while
rejecting 23 names as synonyms. In all cases purely j
morphological criteria appear to break down in the
presence of the many intermediates found in nature. i
Thus preliminary considerations indicate the possible ex-
istence and taxonomic value of more subtle differences,
or lack of differences, due to hybridization, polyploidy,
and/or ecotypic responses, areas all apparently unex-
amined in this genus. Therefore, some of the aspects
which are under study in an effort to determine the
paths of evolution and speciation of the Phlox Carolina
complex are pollen morphology and viability, chromo-
some number, ecotypic responses, crossability, statistical
relationships, and biochemical differences.

Southeastern American “Blackstem Spleenworts”
of the Asplenium heterochroum-
resiliens Complex

Virginia M. Morzenti and W. H. Wagner, Jr.,
Northeastern Michigan College and
University of Michigan

Asplenium heterochroum has been commonly confused
with A. resiliens but they are distinct species. Research
on them, as they occur in the southern United States,
especially Florida, indicates that there are actually at
least four different elements in the complex. Asplenium
resiliens is an apogamous fern, with a sporophytic chrom-
osome number of 108 and a gametophytic number of
108, and lacks sexual fertilization. Asplenium lietero- *
chroum, on the contrary, is a sexual species; but there
are two types — one of them, a plant generally small in
stature, which is tetraploid (2n=144); and the other,
larger, which is hexaploid (2n = 216). No evidence, thus
far, of the existence of diploid forms of A. heterochroum
has been found in Florida, but spores of certain collec-
tions from the islands of the Caribbean suggest that dip-
loids may exist there. The most peculiar plant of the
four Floridian representatives of this complex is a penta-
ploid apogamous spleenwort ( in which both “2n” and
“n”=180) which is morphologically intermediate be-
tween A. heterochroum and A. resiliens, and which

40

ASB Bulletin

probably represents a new species, heretofore unrecog-
nized in North America.

* Research supported by National Science Foundation
G-10846 and based upon materials supplied by Thomas
Darling, Jr. and E. S. Ford.

Origins of the Yellow-Flowered Cooperias and
of Zephyranthes refugiensis

R. O. Flagg and W. S. Flory
The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Virginia

The first yellow-flowered Cooperia was described from
Brownsville, Texas, in 1939. In 1950 another was des-
cribed from the Texas coastal bend. Morphological,
cytological, ecological, distributional and genetical data
indicate that these two clearly distinct and quite fertile
“species” arose as natural hybrids between different
forms of C. drummondii Herb, and Zephyranthes aurea
Wats. Variation in the Brownsville complex has been
somewhat limited by apomixis producing the illusion of
well defined “specific” boundaries. Some backcrossing
has complicated the history of the coastal bend complex.
Outcrossing to C. trauhii Hayw. has given it reticula-
tion. It is now apparent that three nothomorphs were
described as species: C. smallii Alex. (1939), C. jonesii
Cory (1950) and Z. refugiensis F. B. Jones (1961).
The existence of fertile hybrids, both natural and arti-
ficial, is interpreted as supporting the inclusion of
Cooperia in Zephyranthes. Synonymy and necessary
nomenclatural changes are presented. The work was
supported by N.S.F. Grant G-11080.

The Flora of Bourbon County, Kentucky

Era Guhardja and E. T. Browne, Jr.,
University of Kentucky

Bourbon County lies in the “Blue-grass” region of
Kentucky. There are several reasons for the study of
this county: It is a fertile region, it lies near the Univer-
sity of Kentucky, and very little is known about its
vegetation. The climate is temnerate, with moderate
sunlight, heat, moisture, and wind, regular rainfall, and
long growing season. The geologic materials of the
county belong to the Ordovician Period and contain
limestones, calcareous shales and siltstones. In the west-
ern Dart the maior soil association is the “Inner Blue-
grass” with undulating to gently rolling topography,
whereas the northern part is the “Hills of the Blue-
grass,” with hilly, winding ridges and valleys, and steep
tonography.

The natural vegetation is primarilv deciduous forest
and grassland. A study of earlier and recent collections
shows many species of: Aceraceae, Ascleniadaceae, Cap-
rifoliaceae. Comnositae. Cruciferae, Eunhorbiaeeae, Fag-
aceae Gramineae. Juglandaceae. Labiatae, Legumino-
sae. Moraceae. Oleaceae, Rosaceae, Salicaceae, Scro-
phulariaceae, Solanaceae, and Vitaceae.

Zephyranthes atamasco and Z. treatiae

W. S. Flory and R. O. Flagg,

The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Virginia

No floral character has been found which separates
Zephyranthes atamasco and Z. treatiae. The two are
cytologically indistinguishable. Their characters vary
with environmental conditions. The question is raised
and discussed as to whether the differences encountered
in the twm taxa are not nutritional and ecological, rather
than genetical. (Work supported by N.S.F. Grant
G-11080.)

Observations on the Structure and Development
of the Fresh-Water Red Alga, Bolclia

Wayne Nichols and Walter Herndon,
University of Tennessee

Boldia, a recently discovered bangiodean alga, de-
velops from monostromatic discs of branching filaments
united in a common matrix which become cushion-like
and ultimately produce saccate thalli up to 20 cm. in
length. Monospores are produced from narrow branching
filaments ( derived from vegetative cells ) which form a
reticulate pattern in the intercellular matrix at the junc-
ture between groups of vegetative cells. After libera-
tion, monospores produce small prostrate branching fila-
ments wTith occasional erect branches (which may lib-
erate additional spores and reproduce this phase) or
they develop directly into the monostromatic discs
which produce the saccate thallus. In monospores (lib-
erated from the mature thalli in prophase) the chromo-
some number was determined as 8 ± 1. While certain
features of Boldia are comparable to Prophyra and other
bangiodean algae, in structure and life cycle it is unique
among the Rhodophyta.

Differences in Spore Appendage Formation
Among Species in the Genus Rohillarda
Lafayette Frederick, Southern University

Critical studies of spores representing species of Rohil-
larda reveal a basic difference in the the manner of
appendage development. In some species appendage
formation results from protrusive outgrow'ths at the
apical end of the spore. During the early stages of
development appendages of this type are filled with
cvtoplasm. At maturity a septum forms at the base of
the nedicel of the appendage and the three, long, taper-
ing branches lose their cytoplasm. In other species of
Rohillarda appendages are not the result of apical pro-
trusions. Instead, appendages appear to represent re-
curved strips of the wall of the conidiophore in which the
spore forms. As the spore develops it appears to remain
attached at its apical and to a point inside the tip of
the conidiophore. Upon discharge, 3 long, slender,
translucent strips of the conidiophore wall remain per-
manently affixed to the snore apex and become extended
as tri-radiate branches. As a result of the differences in
appendage formation, in combination with other coneom-
mitant morphologic variations it is clear that certain
species presently assigned to Rohillarda are not congen-
eric.

Some Interesting Mosses in Tennessee

A. J. Sharp, University of Tennessee

Archidium ohioense previously reported from lime-
stone in Middle Tennessee has been collected in Knox
County. Two new records for Tennessee include Phtjs-
comitrium collenchymatum collected by Mr. Alfred
Clebsch in Montgomery County and P. kellermanii from
Meigs County.

Observations on the Fine Structure
of Protosiphon *

Walter Herndon, University of Tennessee,
Delbert Philpot, Boston University
and Charles O’ Kelley, University of Alabama

Cells of Protosiphon hotryoides grown in an inorganic
medium were killed and fixed in 2% KMn 04, embedded
in Vestapol, sectioned and examined w'ith the electron
microscope. Young cells are in many respects similar
in fine structure to Chlamydomonas. The chloroplast is

Vol. 9, No. 2, April 1962

41

surrounded by a double envelope and comprised of
lamellar discs some of which partially or completely
traverse the pyrenoids at the junctures of starch plates.
The nuclear membrane is perforate and double; nuclear
cystemae are apparently continuous with an endoplasmic
reticulum. The golgi complex is prominent and is re-
plicated as the cells become multinucleate. The lamel-
lar discs of plastids of larger vacuolate cells penetrate
narrow cytoplasmic strands but even when one or few
in number are bounded by the double envelope. Pre-
liminary comparisons of the morphology of cells grown
under similar conditions but with Sr replacing Ca in the
medium indicate that, the lamellar discs are more widely
separated (and frequently serpentine), the mitochon-
dria are enlarged and the walls, of different structure.

* This research supported in part by grant A-3680 of
the National Institute of Arthritis and Metabolic Dis-
eases.

Some Fungal Parasites of Pythium
from Texas Soils *

Charles E. Miller, Texas A iz M

During early summer, 1961, a search for two plas-
modiophoraceous parasites of Pythium was made. Dry
soil collections from fields and pastures from many locali-
ties in the State of Texas were “baited” with organic
substrates; these substrates were searched for host and
parasitic fungi. Isolates of Pythium were found in 43%
of collections examined. One species, P. pulchrum von
Minden, was isolated several times. Other species col-
lected are still being identified. Both plasmodiophor-
aceous parasites sought were found, Woronina pythii
Goldie-Smith and Sorodiscus cokeri Goldie-Smith. Pyth-
ium parasites. Olpidiopsis pythii (Butler) Karling and
O. gracile (Butler) Karling, were also collected. An
isolate of the genus Petersenia, an infrequently found
parasite of water fungi and marine algae, was found
parasitizing Pythium intermedium de Bary. This isolate
is new to science and is presently being described.

0 Supported by a grant from the Texas A & M Re-
search Fund.

The Non-Crustose Lichens of Two Localities
in Alabama

Herbert A. McCullough, Howard College

The foliose and fruticose lichens of the Yellowleaf
Narrows in Shelby County and the Howard College
Natural Area in Jefferson County were studied as a
preliminary to a survey of the lichen distribution and
ecology in the state of Alabama. The Yellowleaf Nar-
rows, a gorge cutting through rocks of the Pottsville
formation, shows thirty species distributed in thirteen
genera with the rocks of the area being covered chiefly
with Parmelia isidiata and Parmelia caparata. The ver-
tical cliffs of the area are most frequently covered with
the crustose form Crocynia membranacea. The Howard

College Natural Area is a region of oak-hickory forest
covering rocks of the Parkwood formation. In this
sixty-acre tract, forty- three species distributed in four-
teen genera have been located. The predominate genus
in the area is Parmelia.

Cytology and Development of Compsopogon
Coeruleus in Culture
H. Wayne Nichols, Unio. of Alabama

In Compsopogen coreuleus variations embracing sev-
eral species has been observed in clonal cultures. Cells
of the thalli are typically uninucleate but may be multi-
nucleate when forming sori. The chromosome number
was determined as 6±1. Soral spores ( microaplana-
spores) originate from a vegetative cell by progressive
cleavage, other monospores originate singly. The spores
in either case develop into morphologically indistinguish-
able plantlets. On the basis of the variation observed
in sporangia, Drew-Baker’s classification of sporangial
types seems impractical. Germination processes also
vary in this single species and most probably depends
on the substrate on which the spores germinate. New
cell walls are formed centripetally and when incomplete
appear as pits; however, these are not homologous to
pits commonly found in the Floridiophycidae. Chro-
matophores vaiy with the age of the cells; younger cells
have a sheet-like parietal chromatophore and successive
divisions result in discoid plastids connected by cyto-
plasmic strands.

Some Aquatic Phycomycetes of the
Mountain Lake Locale *

Charles E. Miller, Texas AizM

The latter part of the summer, 1961 was spent at
Mountain Lake Biological Station, Virginia studying
some aquatic Phycomycetes of that region. Twenty-
five species, collected by “baiting” water and soil col-
lections with sweet gum, pine and com pollen, hemp
seeds, shrimp exoskeleton and human skin were identi-
fied and studied. Also found during this study are
what appear to be new species of Rhizidium, Chytridium
and Rhizophydium. In addition, several very interesting
collections of a dentigerate Rhizophydium, with the
sporangial ornamentation varying in number from none
to a great many and in form from a simple pointed ena-
tion to a bipartite tooth-like structure, were found. This
fungus, growing on pollen and skin, resembles R. kerati-
nophilum Karling. Other interesting species identified
include Cladochytrium tenue Nowakowshi, C. replicatum
Karling, Chytridium rhizophydii Karling, Septosperma
rhizophidii Whiffen, Phlyctidium mycetophagum Karling,
Pythium carolinianum Matthews, Zoophagus insidians
Sommerstorff and Rhizidiomyces hirsutus Karling.

* Supported by a National Science Foundation Grant-
in-aid administered by the Mountain Lake Biological
Station,

42

ASB Bulletin

Items of Interest: The Winston-Salem Meeting

The Host Institution

Wake Forest College, a Baptist affiliated col-
lege, was formally chartered in December, 1833,
by the North Carolina State Legislature as Wake
Forest Institute. Sixteen students attended the
opening classes. In 1838 the institution was re-
chartered Wake Forest College, and the first
four degrees were conferred in June, 1839.

The College was exclusively a college of lib-
eral arts until 1894 when the School of Law was
established; tire School of Medicine was added
in 1902, the School of Business Administration
in 1948, the Division of Evening Classes in
1957, and the Division of Graduate Studies in
1961. In 1942 tire College became co-educa-
tional.

Wake Forest College was located in Wake
Forest, North Carolina until June, 1956. In
1946 the Trustees of the College accepted an
offer of $350,000 annual perpetuity made by the
Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation on the condi-
tion that tire College be relocated in Winston-
Salem, North Carolina. Friends of the College
donated time, money, and land toward establish-
ment of the College. In October, 1951, ground-
breaking ceremonies were held with the Presi-
dent of the United States delivering tire principal
address. Construction started the following
spring. The actual move from Wake Forest to
Winston-Salem took place in May and June of
1956. It attracted national interest. The Bow-
nran-Gray School of Medicine of the College had
been moved to Winston-Salem fir 1941. The
old campus and buildings now house the South-
eastern Baptist Theological Seminary.

Winston Hall, the most recently completed
addition to the campus, was dedicated in No-
vember, 1961. The building, completely air-
conditioned, is equipped with conduit, control
room and studio for the addition of closed-
circuit television facilities, constant temperature
rooms, a walk-in incubator, a radiology room,
wet and dry animal preparation rooms, and a
small, holding greenhouse. Thematic aspects
of Biology and Psychology have been used in
the building decor, such as the fossiliferous stone
facing of the foyer.

Lodging

The January issue of the Bulletin contained a
partial listing of hotels and motels situated in
the Wake Forest area. If your reservations are
still not made, write or call the Local Arrange-
ments Chairman, and the necessary arrange-
ments will be made. The majority of the mem-
bers will probably stay at the Robert E. Lee
Hotel. We understand that ample space remains.

Registration

Registration will be held Thursday, April 12,
from 2:00 p.m. to 7:45 p.m. and on Friday, April
13, from 8:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m. in the lobby of
Winston Hall. A $1.00 registration fee will be
charged. Beta Beta Beta representatives will
register Friday, April 13, from 2:00 p.m. to 5:00
p.m. in the lobby of Winston Hall.

Families Attending

Special thought has been given to an agenda
of interest to families of members attending the
meeting. A chartered bus will be provided to
transport this party to restored Old Salem,
Reynolda Gardens, and the newly completed
R. J. Reynolds Cigarette Plant. Luncheon will
be available in the Magnolia Room of Reynolda
Hall, at nominal cost, and time permitted for a
tour of the Wake Forest campus. Those inter-
ested will be requested to meet and register in
the Robert E. Lee Hotel lobby, leaving by bus
at 9:30 a.m. and returning around 3:30 p.m.

Exhibits

We are extremely pleased with the exhibits
tins year. Eighteen or more firms will be repre-
sented, and we anticipate an outstanding display
of books and equipment. The exhibits will be
located in six rooms on the main floor. To
further aid your enjoyment of the exhibits,
coffee and soft drinks will be provided.

Banquet

The Friday night ASB banquet will be held
in the main ballroom of the Robert E. Lee Hotel.
Tickets for the dinner will be available only
during registration at a cost of $4.25 per person.
Wives of members are welcome. Since this is
the 25th anniversary of the ASB founding, we
are anticipating an interesting general session
following the dinner.

Field Trip and Tours

A combined zoological-botanical field trip is
planned for Saturday, April 14. The group will
visit Hanging Rock State Park and surrounding
areas. Members are requested to sign up for
this trip at the time of registration.

For parties interested in seeing Old Salem,
Reynolda Gardens, and the new Reynolds Ciga-
rette Plant, the open hours are as follows:

Old Salem, Mon. -Sat., 9:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., ad-
mission $1.50

Reynolds Plant, Mon.-Fri., 8:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m.,

6:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m., no charge
Reynolda Gardens, daily, all hours, no charge

Vol. 9, No. 2, April 1962

43

Parking Facilities

Free overnight parking (5:00 p.m. to 9:00 a.m.)
is accorded guests of the Robert E. Lee Hotel.
There will be a day-time charge. Large parking
areas will be available to ASB members on the
Wake Forest campus. One lot adjacent to
Winston Hall will be reserved for member use.
Bus service is poor.

Local Arrangements Committee

Members of the Committee of local arrange-
ments at Wake Forest College are Dr. C. M.
Allen; Dr. H. G. Britt; Dr. E. C. Cocke; Dr. J. E.
Davis; Dr. j. F. Dimmick; Dr. R. P. Higgins; Dr.
D. W. Johnston; Dr. J. C. McDonald, chairman;
Dr. A. T. Olive; and Dr. R. L. Wyatt.

WINSTON-SALEM

1 Winston Holl

2 Wait Chapel

3 Rob't E. Lee Hotel

4 Carolina Hotel

5 Howard Johnson Motor Lodge

6 Kembly Inn

7 Parkway Chalet

8 Beacon Hill Motel

9 Bluebird Motel

10 Green Valley Motel

11 Meyer-Lee Motel

12 Salem Manor Motel

13 Salem College and Old Salem

14 Western Electric

15 Reynolda Gardens

16 R- J Reynolds Cigarette Plant

17 Coliseum

18 Community Center

Map of the Winston-Salem area, showing Wake Forest College

AND OTHER POINTS OF INTEREST TO ASB MEMBERS.

44

ASB Bulletin

Terra Alta Biological Station

Earl L. Core

West Virginia University plans to open for its
first season during the summer of 1962 a new in-
structional and research facility, The Terra Alta
Biological Station. The name Terra Alta has a
double significance, indicating the location of the
Station (elev. 2,575 ft.) on “high land” atop the
Allegheny Mountains, as well as designating the
post office address. Terra Alta, a town with a
population of 1,504 ( 1960 census ) , is within two
miles of the Station.

The first session of the new Station is sched-
uled to begin July 23 and end August 24, 1962.
Dr. Herald D. Bennett, professor of biology at
the Univerity, will be the first director of the Sta-
tion and will offer courses in Plant Communities
and Taxonomy of Vascular Plants. Robert L.
Birch, instructor in biology, will give courses in
field zoology. In addition, there will be oppor-
tunities to study special topics or to pursue re-
search. Abbreviated sessions will be held dur-
ing the first few years but later it is expected that
the Station will remain open throughout the
summer months.

Transportation facilities providing access to
the Station are excellent. While the Station it-
self is hidden from view in the center of a 60-acre
tract of wooded land, the property borders on a
paved road and is only one mile from a main
state highway, W. Va. Route 7, with through bus
service. The main line of the Baltimore & Ohio
Railroad passes through the town of Terra Alta
and a passenger depot is located only two miles
from the Biological Station. Scheduled plane
service is available at the Morgantown airport,
an hour’s drive away, and a small airport for

private planes is located at Terra Alta itself.

Although to a considerable extent the Station’s
facilities are of a temporary nature, its basic
utilities, including water, sanitation, electricity,
gas, and telephone service, have already been
installed and the educational unit is a “going”
concern. Faculty and students will be subjected
to some inconveniences for a few seasons, but
modern laboratories and residences are being
planned to replace temporary buildings now
available. The location of the Station, only an
hour’s drive from the main campus of West Vir-
ginia University, renders the libraries, medical
center, and other services of the University read-
ily accessible.

Terra Alta Biological Station is virtually ideally
located with respect to the diversified plant and
animal habitats of the mid-Appalachian region.
Its high Allegheny Mountain situation is less
than an hour’s drive from forests of spruce and
northern hardwoods. The western slopes of the
Appalachians, with an annual rainfall up to 65
inches, provide ample opportunities to investi-
gate cove hardwoods and other mixed hardwood
forest types. The eastern slopes, with annual
rainfall as low as 30 inches, support the more
sparse oak-pine forests of the Ridge and Valley
province. Fascinating shale barrens, with en-
demic species, are less than 50 miles away.
Aquatic life may be studied in Terra Alta Lake,
a 5-minute walk from the Station, or in Deep
Creek Lake, 20 miles away in Garrett County,
Maryland. For stream studies there is Cheat
River, 10 miles to the west, or the Potomac River,
with numerous large tributaries, only a few miles

Vol. 9, No. 2, April 1962

45

to the east. Interesting bog communities are in
Cranesville Swamp Nature Sanctuary, 8 miles
from the Station, where an “island” of northern
life exists as a relict colony in a southern latitude.
Spruce Knob (elev. 4,860 ft.), the highest point
in West Virginia, is about 75 miles by road south
of the Station. Intriguing grassy balds, as yet
inexplicable, and desolate heath barrens, on the
high Appalachian summits, are accessible by
automobile. Mt. Davis (elev. 3,213 ft.), the
highest point in Pennsylvania, is about 50 miles
away, while the highest point in Maryland, Back-
bone Mountain (elev. 3,340 ft.) is within 30
miles.

Numerous publicly owned and protected areas
are conveniently located. The northern bound-
ary of the Monongahela National Forest is less
than 15 miles away. Coopers Rock State Forest
and Mont Chateau State Park are 25-30 miles
away, Blackwater Falls State Park is 30 miles
away; Cathedral State Park, with a stand of vir-
gin hemlock, is 12 miles away. Just across the
state line, in Garrett County, Maryland, are Swal-
low Falls State Forest, Potomac State Forest,
Deep Creek State Park, and Savage River State

Forest. Laurel Hill State Forest, in Pennsyl-
vania, is within easy reach of the Station by
automobile.

Interesting geological outcrops, from Cambrian
to Permian, provide habitats for wide diversifica-
tion of plant and animal life. Limestone, sand-
stone, and shale formations are abundant, while
more unusual quartzite and other formations are
available for study. Natural features of biologi-
cal as well as general interest within relatively
short distances from the Station include Black-
water Falls, Canaan Valley, Sinks of Gandy,
Blister Swamp, Bald Knob, Roaring Plains, Dolly
Sods, Seneca Rocks, Seneca Caverns, the Smoke
Hole, the Trough, Ice Mountain, and Greenland
Gap. Elevations that may be reached within a
3-hour drive from the Station range from 240
feet above sea level at Harpers Ferry National
Monument to 4,860 feet on the summit of Spruce
Knob.

Inquiries concerning Terra Alta Biological Sta-
tion should be sent to Dr. Herald D. Bennett,
Director, addressed to Terra Alta, W. Va., during
periods while the Station is in session, and to
Morgantown during the remainder of the year.

VICTOR MACOMBER CUTTER, JR.

Dr. Victor Macomber Cutter, Jr., 45, Head of
the Department of Biology at The Woman’s Col-
lege of the University of North Carolina, died
on February 26 at Moses Cone Hospital, Greens-
boro, North Carolina.

Born in Quiriqua, Guatemala, of American
parents. Dr. Cutter received his A.B. degree
from Dartmouth College in 1938, and his doc-
torate from Cornell University in 1941. He
came to the Woman’s College in 1952 as pro-
fessor of biology and head of the department.
Previously he had been Associate Professor of
Microbiology at Yale University, Instructor of
Botany at Cornell University, and Lecturer in
Botany at the University of Minnesota.

Dr. Cutter’s special interest was in the cytol-
ogy, genetics, physiology, and taxonomy of the
fungi. He held successive grants from the Na-
tional Science Foundation for research on the
genetics of fungi, and other grants from the
American Cancer Society. Alone and in collab-

oration with others, he published a number of
research papers in his field. He spoke fre-
quently on scientific topics to professional, con-
servationist, and nature study groups. He was
a pioneer in North Carolina in the teaching of
science by television.

He was a member of Sigma Xi and Phi Kappa
Phi honorary scientific societies, and the Botani-
cal Society of America, Mycological Society of
America, Torrey Botanical Club, American Insti-
tute of Biological Sciences, and New Hampshire,
New York and North Carolina Academies of
Science. He was a member of the Executive
Committee of the Association of Southeastern
Biologists.

Surviving are his wife; daughter, Ann; a son,
Victor M. Cutter, III, a brother, Donald Cutter,
of Hanover, New Hampshire; and a sister, Mrs.
Harold Levenberger, of Falls Church, Virginia.
The Cutter’s home address is 3225 Forsythe
Drive, Sedgefield, Greensboro, North Carolina.

46

ASB Bulletin

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

A. A. Humphries, Jr., of the Department of Biology
at Emory University, has been awarded a National Sci-
ence Foundation Senior Postdoctoral Fellowship for the
year 1962-63. Dr. Humphries will spend the year work-
ing at the Universite Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium in
biochemical embryology with Dr. Jean Brachet.

W. D. Burbanck of the Department of Biology at
Emory University has received a National Science
Foundation grant of $31,200 to continue for three years
his work on various aspects of the biology of the
estuarine isopod, Cyathura polita (Stimpson, 1855)
(Miller and Burbanck, 1961).

Bernard Fried is now in the Department of Biology
at Emory University where he is an NIH postdoctoral
fellow in parasitology under Dr. C. G. Goodchild, his
specific problem being studies on the bionomics of turtle
blood flukes. Dr. Fried comes to Emory University from
the Parasitology Department at the University of
Connecticut where he studied Philophthalmus sp., an
ocular trematode, under Dr. L. R. Penner.

W. Ralph Singleton, Miller Professor of Biology and
Director of tire Blandy Experimental Farm has com-
pleted a textbook entitled Elementary Genetics, which
will appear in publication next May. Its chief illustrator
is Dr. Te-Hsiu Ma, Assistant Professor of Biology at
Emory and Henry College.

T. M. Hands has joined the faculty at the University
of Richmond as an Assistant Professor of Biology. Mr.
Harris will teach courses in histology and cytology.

Jack D. Burke, Associate Professor of Biology at the
University of Richmond, has received from N.I.H. the
terminal part of a three-year grant which enables him
to continue an investigation of the blood of fishes.

Dorothy L. Crandall and James L. Chamberlain have
received a grant from the U. S. Forest Service to con-
tinue their research on Forest Ecology of the Virginia
Piedmont Region this summer.

James H. Starling will teach at Western Maryland
College, Westminster, Maryland, dining the summer ses-
sion.

Lyman R. Emmons is the recipient of a Glenn Grant
to continue his research in cytogenetics at a marine
laboratory during the summer.

Daniel E. Sonenshine, Assistant Professor, Norfolk
College of William and Mary has a Public Health grant
for identification of larval ticks. He is also studying the
behavioral patterns of ticks. Dr. Sonenshine came here
from the University of Akron, Akron, Ohio.

Rose Mary Johnson, Assistant Professor, Norfolk Col-
lege of William and Mary, has completed her work for
the Ph.D. degree to be awarded in June, 1962, from
the University of Virginia. Miss Johnson came to us
from Sweet Briar College.

F. C. Brewer, Assistant Professor, Norfolk College of
William and Mary is moving to Christopher Newport
Junior College, Newport News, Va.

John H. Richardson, Instructor, Norfolk College of
William and Mary, came to us this year from the Norfolk
County Public Schools.

Jacques S. Zaneveld, Professor and Chairman of the
Department of Biology, Norfolk College of William and
Mary, has two National Science Foundation grants.
One, which began last year and continued for two years
for the study of the taxonomic, ecological, and distribu-
tion of algae from Cape May to Cape Hatteras. The
second is the National Science Foundation undergrad-
uate science grant for work in marine biology— mainly
in the field of intertidal zonation.

Institutions and Organizations

A $500 grant has been awarded to the Harwell G.
Davis Library at Howard College in Birmingham by the
Association of College and Research Libraries, a division
of the American Library Association.

Chosen from 348 applications, the Howard Library is
one of 78 libraries in the nation and the only library
in Alabama to receive a grant from the ACRL this year.

The money will be used to buy books relating to the
field of Biology, said Head Librarian F. Wilbur Helm-
bold. Dr. Herbert A. McCullough, head of Howard’s
Biology Department is aiding the library in selecting the
books to be added.

The ACRL Grants Program was made possible this
year by several companies and corporation foundations:
McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, Micro-card Founda-
tion, Microx Photo, Inc., National Biscuit Company, Olin
Mathieson Chemical Corporation, Pitney Bowes, Inc.,
Reader’s Digest, Time, Inc., and the United States Steel
Foundation, Inc.

Begun in 1955 with a grant of $30,000 from U. S.
Steel Foundation, the Grants Program is directed to the
general needs of all colleges and universities. It is de-
signed to improve the quality of library service to higher
education through fundamental research in librarianship
and otherwise to aid in the best use of the most modern
teaching and learning.

This is the second time in four years that the Howard
College Library has received a grant of this kind, said
Mr. Helmbold.

Containing more than 121,714 volumes for the use of
students and faculty, the Howard Library has also
served as a depository of government documents and
publications since 1884.

In addition to the books, Howard’s library contains
90,000 microfilmed volumes and a collection of phono-
graph recordings, particularly classical and foreign lan-
guage records.

The Biology department at Randolph-Macon Woman’s
College is undertaking a series of seminars to acquaint
biology majors with the research in progress by Biol-
ogists in or near the State of Virginia. Dr. John Mahan
of Lynchburg College and Dr. Nolan E. Rice of the Uni-
versity of Richmond have been the first two speakers.

The Southern Section of the American Society of Plant
Physiologists met with the Association of Southern Agri-
cultural Workers at Jacksonville, Florida, February 5-7.
In addition to 34 contributed papers, there was a sym-
posium on the culture of cells and tissues of higher
plants. Dr. A. C. Hildebrandt was chairman of the
symposium; participants included Dr. Gene Guinn, Dr.
Walter Tulecke, and Dr. Ernest Ball. Officers for 1962
are Chairman, Dr. Robert D. Powell; Vice-Chairman,

Vol. 9, No. 2, April 1962

47

Dr. Joseph C. O'Kelley; Secretary-Treasurer, Dr. Fred-
erick T. Wolf; Executive Committee Members, Dr.
Howard J. Teas, Dr. Robert E. Burns and Dr. Howard
E. Joham; Southern Section representative to the Ameri-
can Society of Plant Physiologists, Dr. Wayne C. Hall.

Officers of the American Society of Plant Taxonomists
for f962 are: Arthur Cronquist (New York Botanical
Garden), President; Mildred E. Mathias (University of
California at Los Angeles), Chairman of the Council;
Lawrence R. Heckard (University of California, Berk-
eley), Secretary; Richard W. Pohl (Iowa State Univer-
sity), Treasurer; C. Ritchie Bell (University of North
Carolina) new Council Member.

Other appointments made by the Council are: Richard
S. Cowan (Smithsonian Institution) and A. C. Smith
(U. S. National Museum) to sene as representatives of
the Society on tire Council of the A.A.A.S.; Reed C.
Rollins (Harvard University) as representative on the
Governing Board of the A.I.B.S.; David D. Keck (Na-
tional Science Foundation) as representative of the So-
ciety on tire National Research Council; Albert E. Rad-
ford (University of North Carolina) to represent the
Society on tire Editorial Board of the American Journal
of Botany.

Rogers McVaugh (University of Michigan) will con-
tinue as Editor-in-Chief of Brittonia. Duane Isely
(Iowa State University) and George F. Papenfuss (Uni-
versity of California, Berkeley) were appointed to serve
four year terms on the editorial board of Brittonia.

Wallace R. Ernst (Stanford University) received the
Cooley Award for dre best paper presented at the last
annual meeting of the Society at Purdue University. His
paper was entitled, “On the family status of the
Fumariaceae.”

In July, 1961, the Department of Marine Science be-
came, by resolution of the Board of Visitors, the School
of Marine Science of the Colleges of William and Mary.
Along with this the marine science training program,
which has been operated at the marine laboratory at
Gloucester Point since 1940, has been enlarged to in-
clude majors in biological oceanography (marine biology)
general oceanography and fisheries biology. The degree
offered is the Master of Arts in Marine Science. A
doctoral program is being planned. The curriculum,
consisting of over twenty courses in different fields of
marine science, is designed mostly for graduate students;
however, qualified advanced undergraduates may enroll

in summer courses and some of those offered throughout
the academic year.

Dr. William J. Hargis, Jr., Director of the Virginia
Institute of Marine Science, recently announced the ad-
vancement of Dr. Morris L. Brehmer, Dr. Edwin B.
Joseph, Mr. Willard A. Van Engel and Dr. John L.
Wood to the grade of Senior Marine Scientists. Mr.
Dexter S. Haven and Mr. William H. Massmann were
advanced from Assistant Marine Scientists to Associate
Marine Scientists.

Messers. Maynard M. Nichols, Langley H. Wood,
Dana Eldridge and Ernest Warinner have been added to
the research staff at Virginia’s marine laboratory making
a total of twenty-nine scientists engaged in research.
Staff vacancies in physical oceanography and physiology
remain to be filled. Seventeen staff members are also
members of the faculty of the School of Marine Science.

Grants and Fellowships

The Mountain Lake Biological Station has available
from the National Science Foundation three types of
awards for summer research and study at Mountain
Lake: (1) Postdoctorate for research, stipend $900; (2)
Predoctorate for supervised research, stipend $400; and
(3) Postgraduate for training in field biology, stipend
$300. Preference is given for studies concerned with
the biota of the region. Application blanks for these
awards may be secured from Dr. James L. Riopel, De-
partment of Biology, University of Virginia, and must
be submitted before April 12, 1962.

For the past three summers, the Virginia Institute of
Marine Science at Gloucester Point has conducted re-
search programs sponsored by the National Science
Foundation. The current programs for the summer of 1
1962 are:

Research Participation for College Teachers, designed
to assist college teachers throughout the United States
to do personal research at a marine station.

Undergraduate Research Participation Program, de-
signed to give a selected number of undergraduates an
opportunity to explore the possibilities of marine science |
as a vocation.

College teachers and undergraduates interested in ap-
plying for either of these programs should direct their
correspondence to: Mr. Robert S. Baileij, Director, NSF
Programs, Virginia Institute of Marine Science, Glouces-
ter Point, Virginia.

( Continued from page 26)

Secretary:

AIBS Membership 100.00

Membership maintenance &

labels 109.76

Research award certificates . . 35.00

Travel to meeting 70.84

Miscellaneous 7.86

Treasurer:

$2,417.88
319.58
34.94
$ 354.52

Postage 35.00

Assistant 29.52

64.52

Checkbook Balance

Outstanding check

Bank Balance

— Elsie Quarterman, Treasurer

48

ASB Bulletin

Nfc. W If C

BOTANICAL C. ... —

BULLETIN

Volume 9, Number 3

July, 1962

Pseudoscorpion

Photo by Hurry Steeves, Jr.

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

Volume 9, Number 3 — July 1962

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna. Changes of address
should be sent promptly to the Secretary
of the ASB, Dr. Harry J. Bennett, Depart-
ment of Zoology, Louisiana State Llniver-
sity. Baton Rouge, La. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions should
be sent to the Business Manager, Dr.
Leland Shanor, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Talla-
hassee, Florida. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $2.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Wicker-
sham Printing Co., Lancaster, Penna.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

CONTENTS

Association Affairs 50

Competition for Design of a Seal for the ASB 54

News of Biology in the Southeast 52

Septima C. Smith, 1962 Meritorious Teacher 51

W. W. Scott to Continue as Director of the VJAS Program . . 51

Harry J. Bennett, Associate Editor
Leland Shanor, Business Manager

Officers of the A. S. B.

President - Walter S. Flory, Blandy Experi-
mental Farm, University of Virginia

Retiring President — Royal E. Shanks, Uni-
versity of Tennessee

President-Elect — E. Ruffin Jones, Univer-
sity of Florida

Vice-President — Robert T. Brumfield,
Longwood College

Secretary — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Treasurer — Leland Shanor, Florida State
University

Executive Committee — Walter R. Hern-
don, University of Alabama; Patrick
H. Yancey, Spring Hill College; C.
Ritchie Bell, University of North Caro-
lina; John H. Carpenter, University
of Kentucky; B. Theodore Cole, Uni-
versity of South Carolina; Charles E.
Jenner, University of North Carolina.
All officers are ex officio members of
the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida State
University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College

North Carolina — William J. Koch, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Winthrop
College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

MINUTES OF THE ANNUAL BUSINESS MEETING

Wake Forest College— Winston-Salem, N. C.

April 13, 1962

President Royal D. Shanks called the meeting to order at 11:45 A.M.
and announced that the election of officers would be held at the end of
the meeting and that the results would be announced at the banquet in the
evening.

Report of the Secretary. Dr. Harry J. Bennett, Secretary, reported that
the membership was now 885 and that it had increased approximately 10%
over that of the jirevious year. He discussed briefly the difficulties of
keeping an accurate list of the members because of the failure of so many
to pay their dues promptly, and mentioned that he had recently notified
85 members, who had last paid their dues in 1959, that the constitution
required that members be dropped from the rolls when they were two
years in arrears. He stated that others who had last paid their dues in
I960 and 1961 would be notified of that fact as rapidly as feasible. He
mentioned that the early records of the Association were such that it
was not possible to determine who the Founders of the Association were
and that the same was true for those who were Charter Members.

Report of the Treasurer. Dr. Elsie Quarterman, Treasurer, presented a
detailed report, and pointed out that it was an interim one now that the
fiscal year of the Association had been changed to coincide with the calendar
year. She stated that the Association was usually overdrawn, and that for
the first time money had to be withdrawn from the savings account of
tlic Association. She stated that the Association was not jiaying its way
and suggested that dues might have to be raised.

Dr. Shanks commented on the Treasurer’s suggestion that dues might
be raised to the effect that it would not be necessary to raise dues im-
mediately. He stated that the drawing upon the savings account was due
to the unusual expenses associated with the Twenty Fifth Anniversary
program.

( Continued on page 55)

50

ASB Bulletin

Septima C. Smith, 1962 Meritorious Teacher

The Meritorious Award Committee of the Asso-
ciation of Southeastern Biologists considered it
a great pleasure to designate as Meritorious
Teacher for this 25th Anniversary Year, Dr. Sep-
tima Cecilia Smith of the University of Alabama.

The winner is a native of Texas with A.B. and
1 M.A. degrees from the University of Texas, and
a Ph.D. degree conferred by the School of Hy-
giene and Public Health of the Johns Hopkins
University in 1927.

The same year she began a distinguished teach-
ing carrer in the Biology Department of the Uni-
versity of Alabama, where she has remained in
active and continuous service ever since. In
1944 Dr. Smith was appointed Professor of Biol-
| ogy, the first woman to attain this rank in that
, College of Arts and Science. This appointment
was cited at a special convocation of the women
students of the University.

In addition to devoted and stimulating teach-
ing at the undergraduate and graduate levels,
she has had heavy responsibilities in extracur-
ricular activities and has continued a productive
research career. Many of her students have been
led by her personalized encouragement to pur-

W. W. SCOTT TO CONTINUE AS DIRECTOR
OF THE VJAS PROGRAM

Dr. Jackson J. Taylor, President of the Virginia
Academy of Science, announced at the 40th an-
nual meeting of the VAS the reappointment of
Dr. William W. Scott, Associate Professor of Bot-
any at Virginia Tech, as Director of the Virginia
Junior Academy of Science program.

Dr. Scott has served in this position for the
past four years. During this time the Junior
Academy has grown to a membership of over
3000 students affiliated with more than 55 high
school and community science clubs. Over 325
members attended the annual meeting held May
9-llth in Norfolk, Virginia.

For the first time VJAS members presented
the results of their scientific research in the form
of formal papers read before the academy mem-
bership. Over 130 papers were given in biology,
chemistry, biochemistry, physics, engineering,
mathematics, astronomy, and earth sciences.
Awards totalling $900.00 were made to the out-
standing young scientists and their teacher-
sponsors.

sue studies for the PhD., M.D., D.D.M. and other
degrees, and many now hold prominent positions
in academic circles and in professional life.

Dr. Smith is a member of numerous profes-
sional societies, a fellow of the American Associ-
ation for the Advancement of Science, an honor-
ary member of Alpha Epsilon Delta, an honorary
member of the Medical and Dental Society of
the University, and its advisor since 1955. She
is a charter member and first president of the
local chapter of the American Association of
University Women. She is listed in Who’s
Who in America and other select biographical
publications.

More than 2000 professional and vocational
biologists have been inspired during her 35 years
of continuous efforts and dedication to Biology.
Few college teachers in the southeast, or for that
matter elsewhere in the nation, have exerted
greater influence on the hearts and minds of the
fortunate young men and women who have uni-
versally been charmed by her wit, impressed by
her brilliance, warmed by her friendliness, and
comforted by her counsel.

Award winning papers presented by south-
western Virginia students included: Hazel
Hatcher, Floyd High School, $50.00 first place
award in biology; Bill MacAfee, Patrick Henry
High School of Roanoke, honorable mention in
biology; David Leach, Bedford High School,
$20.00 third place award in earth sciences; Jo
Ann Jamison, William Fleming High School of
Roanoke, 30.00 second place award in chemistry
and biochemistry; Robert L. Williams, William
Fleming High School of Roanoke, $50.00 first
place award in physics and engineering; Aubrey
Strode, Bedford High School, $30.00 second
place award in physics and engineering.

Mr. Max Thomas of Floyd High School was
awarded a Teacher-Sponsor Scholarship to the
College of William and Mary for the summer of
1962. The S.O.S. Science Club of Bedford High
School received an honorable mention as one of
the outstanding high school science clubs in Vir-
ginia. Mrs. J. J. Thaxton is sponsor of the Bed-
ford club and Mr. David Leach of Bedford is
the student president of the VJAS for 1962-63.

Vol. 9, No. 3, July 1962

51

News of Biology in the Southeast

Institutions and Organizations

The Department of Biology, College of William and
Mary, received a $10,000 grant from the NSF under
the Undergraduate Instructional Scientific Equipment
Program.

The Department of Biology, College of William and
Mary, received a grant of $2,220 from the Atomic Energy
Commission for the acquisition of equipment.

The Biology Department of Washington and Lee
University expects to occupy its new quarters in the
recently completed Science Building before the fall
opening of die university

Eastern Mennonite College, Harrisonburg, Va. has
been granted $17,250.00 from The NIH for support of
research on melanism in Drosophila. Dr. M. E. Jacobs,
Professor of Biology, is the principal investigator.

The Department of Biology, Emory and Henry Col-
lege, has been awarded a grant from the National
Science Foundation for a five- week summer program in
Physiology and Radiation Biology for superior high
school students. Dr. Jack S. Brown, Professor and
Chairman of the Department, and Dr. Te-Hsiu Ma,
Assistant Professor, will instruct the program.

The Institute of Marine Science, University of Miami,
has established a program of visiting professorships in all
branches of oceanography. Each visitor will offer spe-
cial lectures and provide instruction and advice to gradu-
ate students, for periods ranging from six months to a
year. Visiting professors will not be limited to United
States citizens, but will include distinguished scientists
from overseas. The program is partially supported by
the National Science Foundation.

Advance notion will be provided, giving information
as to the names of visiting professors and the special
fields of study in which they will lecture. Students
from other institutes and universities will be invited to
engage in the research and to study under the super-
vision of the visiting professors.

Present incumbents of the international visiting pro-
fessorships are Dr. Pierre Welander, Institute of Mete-
orology, University of Stockholm, on meteorology and
physical oceanography; Dr. Harold Humm, Duke Uni-
versity, on marine botany; Dr. Michael Reeve, University
of Southampton, England, on plankton ecology; and Dr.
John Steele, Marine Laboratory, Aberdeen, Scotland, on
physical oceanography. Participants in the program dur-
ing 1963-1964 will include Dr. Gunnar Thorson, Marine
Biological Laboratory, Elsinore, Denmark, on marine
invertebrates; Dr. Ferguson Wood, CSIRO Marine Lab-
oratory, Cronulla, New South Wales, on marine micro-
biology; Dr. Alexander Ivanoff, Labotoire de Physique
Appliquee aux Sciences Naturelles, Paris, on Physical

oceanography; and Dr. James A. Crutchfield, University
of Washington, Seattle, on fishery economics. Dates will
be announced later.

The Virginia Institute of Marine Science, (Virginia
Fisheries Laboratory), is participating in a Cooperative
Menhaden Program with the U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service Laboratory at Beaufort, North Carolina. Dr.
William J. Hargis, Jr. is tire project leader from the
Institute.

The Virginia Institute of Marine Science is also co-
operating with the Hampton Roads Sanitation District
under a small grant to study the Surface and Subsurface
Currents of the near-shore Atlantic off Virginia Beach.
Dr. Morris L. Brehmer is the project leader from this
Institute.

Grants and Fellowships

The National Science Foundation announces that the
next closing date for receipt of basic research proposals
in the life sciences is September 15, 1962. Proposals
received prior to that date will be reviewed at a meeting
of the Foundation’s advisory panels, and disposition will
be made approximately four months following the clos-
ing date. Proposals received after the September 15,
1962, deadline will be reviewed following the winter
closing date of January 15, 1963. Inquiries should be
addressed to the Biological and Medical Sciences Divi-
sion, National Science Foundation, Washington 25, D. C.

About People

Teruo Nishida, Chief, Research Section, National
Gamma Feld, Tokyo, Japan, recently spent five months
in the United States studying especially the use of ir-
radiation in the treatment of horticultural seeds and
plant breeding purposes. Short periods were spent at
Beltsville, Md.; Raleigh, N. C.; Oak Ridge, Tennessee;
Gainesville, Fla.; Geneva, N. Y.; and Davis, California.
Mr. Nishida worked for several months with W. S. Flory
at the University of Virginia’s Blandy Experimental
Farm.

James H. Starling will teach at the Summer School
of Western Maryland College, Westminister, Maryland.

Lyman R. Emmons Will participate in the College
Teachers Research Program of the NSF at the Virginia
Institute for Marine Science. He plans to study marine
invertebrate cutogenetics.

Mitchell A. Byrd has been appointed Head of the
Department of Biology, College of William and Mary,
Williamsburg, Virginia. Dr. Byrd has served as Acting
Head of the Department since December, 1961.

Miriam F. Bennett, Associate Professor of Biology,

52

ASB Bulletin

Sweet Briar College, plans to continue work on rhythms
of activity in honey bees in the Institute of Zoology,
University of Munich, Germany during the summer, 1962.

Elizabeth F. Sprague, Associate Professor of Biology,
Sweet Briar College is attending the N.S.F. Seminar in
Tropical Biology in Costa Rica during July and August.
She will continue her research on floral evolution as
affected by specific pollinators.

James D. Eisen will be Assistant Professor of Human
Genetics at the University of Nebraska College of Medi-
cine in Omaha where his principal duties will be the
establishment of a human cytogenetics laboratory and
research at the new Mental Retardation Clinical Research
Center. He has just completed spending a year at the
University of Uppsala and another at the University of
Lund on an NIH postdoctoral fellowship. His duties be-
gin September 1, 1962.

Paul J. Osborne, Associate Professor of biology at
Lynchburg College, returns to that institution after a
sabbatical year at the University of North Carolina, where
he has been working on the cytology and histochemistry
of the Turbellaria, with special reference to the use of
hydrolytic enzyme patterns as a key to ontogenetic and
phylogenetic correlation.

John G. Mahan, Professor of Biology at Lynchburg
College, will devote the next three summers to develop-
ing a teaching collection for his course in entomology.

C. W. Hart, Jr., Editor of the ASB Bulletin, and his
wife, Dabney, spent a month this summer collecting
freshwater shrimp and conducting water analyses in
Jamaica, Puerto Rico, and Trinidad, W. I. This was a
continuation of work begun three years ago by Mr. Hart,
and the present work was partially supported by the
American Philosophical Society. During the trip, Mr.
and Mrs. Hart were the first investigators to use the new
research station in the rain forest at El Yunque, P. R.,
operated by the Biology Department of the University of
Puerto Rico.

William H. Adams, Professor of Biology at Tennessee
Wesleyan College, has been selected as a participant in
the 1962 Summer Institute in Comparative Anatomy at
Harvard University. In addition, Dr. Adams is the re-
cipient of the first Tennessee Wesleyan College Faculty
Award of one thousand dollars. Dr. Adams will use die
award for visiting numerous univesities, museums, re-
search centers and government agencies after completion
of the Summer Institute. The dual purpose of the visits
will be to establish a graduate school guidance and
placement program for biology majors at TWC and to
establish an undergraduate research program in ecology
at TWC upon completion of the proposed science build-
ing.

H. P. Riley, University of Kentucky, received an
$8,000 NSF grant for a continuation of his chromato-
graphic studies on Haworthia. In February, Dr. Riley
served on an NSF screening panel for Cooperative Fel-
lowships, and gave two lectures at Ohio University,

Athens, Ohio, on paper chromatographic studies in Ha-
worthia and on the vegetation of Southern Africa.

C. W. Hart, Jr., Editor of the ASB Bulletin, will par-
ticipate this fall in an NSF sponsored elementary teacher
education program at Temple University. Mr. Hart will
conduct the course and laboratory work in botany.

Samuel R. Tipton, University of Tennessee Department
of Zoology and Entomology, has received a NSF grant of
$20,000 to continue studies on the binding and trans-
port of thyroid hormones in serum and tissue fluids of
rats after partial hepatectomy. Dr. and Mrs. Tipton will
attend and present papers at the XXII International
Physiological Congress at Leiden, The Netherlands, in
September, 1962.

Joseph C. Howell, LIniversity of Tennessee Department
of Zoology and Entomology, will present a paper, “The
1950-59 Breeding Populations of Certain Tennessee
Birds,” at the Thirteenth Ornithological Congress at
Ithaca, New York, in June, 1962.

James T. Tanner, University of Tennessee Department
of Zoology and Entomology, will spend the summer of
1962 in Mexico studying the status, habits, and require-
ments of the Imperial Woodpecker of Mexico . This
study is being supported by grants from the Frank M.
Chapman Fund, American Museum of Natural History,
and the International Committee for Bird Preservation.

Arthur C. Cole, Professor of Entomology at the Uni-
versity of Tennessee, will spend the summer of 1962 at
the Nevada Test Site studying ants as a staff member of
the Brigham Young University. The study is part of an
Atomic Energy Commission project entitled “Compara-
tive ecological studiees of animals at the Nevada Test
Site with special reference to their reaction to exposure
of nuclear effects.” This will be followed by a two
weeks’ trip into California and Arizona to complete the
field work pertaining to revisionary studies of the har-
vesting ant genus Pogonomyrmex.

Ronald C. Fraser, University of Tennessee Department
of Zoology and Entomology, has been awarded a Public
Health Service grant of $85,135 to continue studies on
the synthesis of hemoglobins in the developing chick
embryo. The grant is to cover a five year period. Dr.
Fraser presented a paper, “Serum protein ontogeny in the
chick embryo,” at the Developmental Biology Conference
in New Orleans.

A. J. Sharp, University of Tennessee Department of
Botany, will assist in the First Annual West Virginia
Wildflower Pilgrimage to be held at Blackwater Falls
State Park, Davis, W. Va., May 15-18, 1962. Dr. Sharp
will again teach Bryology and Lichenology at the Uni-
versity of Michigan Biological Station during the summer
of 1962, and will then attend the AIBS meetings at Cor-
vallis, Oregon.

Amos I. Chernoff, University of Tennessee Memorial
Research Center, has received a career award from the
National Institutes of Health. The initial five-year grant
totals $122,488 and will provide $24,000 annually; the

Vol. 9, No. 3, July 1962

53

grant will be renewable every five years. Dr. Chernoff
is conducting research dealing with abnormal hemoglobins
in the blood.

P. S. Job, a member of the staff of Ewing Christian
College, Allahabad, India, has been on leave of absence
for the past two years as a Danforth Foundation Fellow
working under the direction of Dr. Arthur W. Jones,
Professor of Zoology, University of Tennessee. Mr. Job’s
work has been on the effects of successively irradiating
cestodes; he will receive the Ph. D. in June, 1962, and
will then return to India.

Thomas M. Harris, Assistant Professor in Biology, Uni-
versity of Richmond, will receive the Ph.D. Degree from
the Department of Zoology at the University of North
Carolina in June, 1962. His specialty is developmental
biology.

William S. Woolcott, Associate Professor in Biology,
University of Richmond, will participate in the NSF
sponsored program at Highlands Biological Station, North
Carolina. His research will include a survey of the fishes
present in the gorges near Highlands.

James Norman Dent and W. Ralph Singleton, Depart-
ment of Biology, University of Virginia, have received

funds from the Atomic Energy Commission for the con-
tinuation of their researches. Professor Dent received
$10,000 for 12 months and Professor Singleton $18,000
for 21/2 months.

W. Ralph Singleton, Miller Professor of Biology and
Director of the Blandy Experimental Farm of the Uni-
versity of Virginia, was the guest of EUCARPIA, the
Association of Plant Breeders of Western Europe, at their
meetings in Paris on 21-24 May. Professor Singleton
lectured on Mutation Breeding. He and Mrs. Singleton
also visited London and Amsterdam while they were in
Europe.

William J. Hargis, Jr., Director of the Virginia Insti-
tute of Marine Science at Gloucester Point, has recently
received a copy of “Monogenetic Trematodes” from his
publisher. Hargis is the editor of this English translation
of a 627-page monograph on little-known flatworms writ-
ten by the Russian scientist, B. E. Bychowsky. In the
translation of the Russian monograph Hargis worked with
Pierre C. Oustinoff, chairman of the department of mod-
ern languages, who did the basic translation. Mrs.
Reinaldo Morales of the Virginia Institute of Marine Sci-
ence transcribed, typed, and assembled the manuscript.

Competition For Design Of A Seal
For The ASB

Over a period of several years the Executive
Committee of the ASB has discussed the matter
of adopting an official seal for the Association,
hut delayed making any recommendations to the
members. A seal appeared to be desirable, but
not essential, for use on letterheads, certificates,
and publications. With the incorporation of the
ASB, however, a seal became essential for use
on various official documents. While a standard
legal embossing seal with nothing but the name
of the Association on it would serve for this pur-
pose, the decision was reached at the Winston-
Salem meeting that a decorative seal with an ap-
propriate design would be more suitable, since
it could be used in a variety of ways as well as
for legal documents. The Committee recom-
mended that the Association acquire a seal and
that a competition for its design be set up. The
recommendation was also made that a prize of
five years paid-up membership in the ASB be
awarded to the designer of the winning seal, to
supplement the honor of having his design ac-
cepted. These recommendations were approved

by the members at the business meeting at Win-
ston-Salem.

It is hoped that many members of the ASB
will submit designs, from among which a suit-
able one can be selected. The rules for the de-
sign competition follow:

Rules

1. The design shall be enclosed within a circle,
and may consist of a suitable monogram, illus-
tration or illustrations, or escutcheon or combi-
nations of these.

2. The design submitted shall be on heavy
white drawing paper or cardboard 8 x 10 inches
in size and the circle shall be 6 inches in diame-
ter. The design shall be drawn with black India
ink and in a finished form for direct reproduc-
tion and use. It shall be packed for mailing in
such a way as to avoid bending or other damage
in transit.

3. Criteria to be used in judging will include
appropriateness for the Association of Southeast-

54

ASB Bulletin

ern Biologists, artistic merit and attractiveness,
and freedom from fine detail that could not be
successfully incorporated in an embossing seal.

4. A contestant may submit any number of de-
signs he wishes, but his name and address must
appear on the back of each entry.

5. Entries must be postmarked no later than
October 1, 1962, and should be sent to the Secre-

i tary of the ASB, Dr. Harry J. Bennett, Depart-
ment of Zoology, Louisiana State University,
Baton Rouge, La.

6. The winning entry will be selected by the
Executive Committee of the ASB, subject to ap-
proval by the membership at the 1963 Annual
Meeting. The Executive Committee may, at its
discretion, appoint a special panel of qualified
judges to advise it on selection of the best de-
sign. The Executive Committee reserves the
right to reject all entries in the event that none
is deemed suitable. The winning design will be
announced at the 1963 Annual Meeting.

( Continued from page 50)

Report of the Editor. Mr. Hart
stated that no unusual problems had
arisen with the Bulletin. He dis-
cussed at some length the need for
articles of scientific interest for the
Bulletin, and appealed to the mem-
bership for such articles or sugges-
tions as to whom he might contact
for articles of interest to the mem-
bership.

Report of the Auditing Committee.
The Chairman, Dr. Claude S. Chad-
wick, reported that his committee
had examined the books of the Asso-
ciation and found them in order.

Dr. Shanks reported on the deci-
sion of the Executive Committee to
accept the invitation of the Univer-
sity of Florida to meet there in 1963.
He stated that the Executive Com-
mittee, at a meeting on April 26,
1961, had tentatively accepted the
invitation and that he had written to
Dr. J. Wayne Reitz, President of the
University of Florida, on June 27,
1961, stating that the invitation could
not be formally accepted until acted
upon at the annual business meeting
of the Association in April of 1962.
Dr. George C. Kent, Jr., asked that
the third week-end in April be made
the meeting date, and Dr. B. Theo-
dore Cole reminded the membership
that die constitution states that the
meetings of the Association will be
held on that week-end. He also re-
minded the membership that a spe-
cial vote was taken to change the
date of the meeting for 1962. Dr.
Mary Esther Gaulden suggested that
the constitution probably should be

amended to provide for more free-
dom in die selection of a date for
the meeting of the Association. She
recommended that the Executive
Committee be empowered to set the
date for the meeting in 1963. Dr.
E. Ruffin Jones said that die calen-
dar at the University of Florida
would have some bearing on the date
of the meeting for 1963. Dr. Shanks
called for a show of hands express-
ing a preference for the date of the
meeting, and a majority voted to
hold the meeting on the third week-
end in April. A motion was made to
accept the invitation of the Univer-
sity of Florida, it was seconded, and
passed.

Dr. Shanks then called upon Re-
tiring President Greulach to discuss
the need for a corporate seal by the
Association. Dr. Greulach discussed
the Executive Committee’s proposal
that a member be given remission of
dues for five years for submission of a
winning design. He stressed that the
seal should be more decorative than
those designed for commercial pur-
poses. He then discussed briefly the
plans for the celebration of the
Twenty Fifth Anniversary and an-
nounced that Dr. Martin D. Young
would speak at the banquet that
evening. He reminded the members
that those persons who attended the
1937, 1938, and 1939 meetings of
the Association, and had paid their
dues, were eligible for Charter Mem-
bership and asked for the submis-
sion of names of those who were
eligible for such recognition. A mo-
tion to the effect that the Associa-

tion should have a seal and that the
member submitting the winning de-
sign would receive an award of five
years dues was made, seconded, and
passed.

Report of the Chairman of the
Nominations Committee. Dr. Greu-
lach placed the following names in
nomination: Drs. Harold J. Humm
and E. Ruffin Jones for President-
Elect; Drs. Robert T. Brumfield and
Harry E. Wheeler for Vice Presi-
dent; Drs. William D. Burbanck and
Leland Shanor for Treasurer; and
Drs. C. Ritchie Bell, John H. Car-
penter, Claude S. Chadwick, Glenn
R. Noggle, Grace T. Wiltshire and
Father Patrick H. Yancey for the
Executive Committee. He explained
that the three members to the Exec-
utive Council were to be elected
and that the two receiving the high-
est number of votes woidd be elected
to regular terms of office, and that
the third highest woidd be elected
to fill the unexpired term of Dr.
Victor M. Cutter, Jr., deceased.
President Shanks then ordered the
prepared ballots to be distributed
and called for nominations from the
floor. There were no additional nom-
inations and a motion was made,
seconded and passed that the nomi-
nations he closed. Drs. Clint L.
Baker, Alvin V. Beatty, and Willis
A. Eggler were appointed as tellers.

Report of the Chairman of the
Mary Glide Goethe Travel Award
Committee. Dr. Robert B. Short re-
ported that there were 13 applicants
and that 12 awards were made. A

Vol. 9, No. 3, July 1962

55

motion was made, seconded, and
passed to accept his report.

Report of the Chairman of the
Constitution Committee. Dr. E. Ruf-
fin Jones reported that an amend-
ment to Article III to provide for
affiliation of interested organizations
with the Association was recom-
mended by his committee. Dr.
Shanks explained that the amend-
ment was broadly designed so that
no specific restrictions should be
placed on affiliate organizations. A
motion to adopt the amendment was
made, seconded, and passed. The
amendment is given below:

Article III Eligibility

change title to read
Article III Eligibility and Affiliation
Sections 1-4 remain unchanged
add Section 5

Section 5. Any organized group
which is interested in biology may
become an affiliate of the Associa-
tion of Southeastern Biologists upon
approval of the Executive Commit-
tee.

or alternative reading

Section 5. Any organized group
which is interested in biology may
become an affiliate of the Associa-
tion of Southeastern Biologists upon
recommmendation of the Executive
Committee and approval of the Asso-
ciation at its annual business meet-
ing. The purpose of affiliation is to
promote communication and coop-
eration among the Societies involved
but such affiliation does not confer
the privileges of individual member-
ship in the Association of Southeast-
ern Biologists upon members of
affiliated Societies. The terms of
affiliation shall be arranged between
the Executive Committee of the As-
sociation of Southeastern Biologists.

Dr. Shanks then called for new
business. Dr. Elon T. Bird suggested

that the records relative to the early
years of the Association be placed in
an archives. No action was taken
by the Association on his suggestion.

Dr. Mary Esther Gaulden submit-
ted a motion to the effect that Presi-
dent Shanks send greetings and an
expression of regret from the Asso-
ciation to the following members
who were not able to attend the
Twenty-Fifth Anniversay meeting:
Dr. George H. Boyd, Dr. Mary
Stuart MacDougall, and Dr. Elton
Cocke. A motion was made, sec-
onded and passed unanimously.

Dr. Shanks then called for the
report of the Resolutions Committee.
The Chairman of the Committee, Dr.
Dorothy Crandall, read the report of
the committee, which follows:

The Committee presents the fol-
lowing resolutions:

Whereas, the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, the South-
eastern Section of the Botanical So-
ciety of America, Southern Appa-
lachian Botanical Club, Regional
Section of the National Association
of Biology Teachers, and the South-
eastern Region of the Beta Beta
Beta National Honorary Biological
Society are successfully holding meet-
ings on the beautiful new campus of
Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem,
North Carolina, April 12-14, 1962;
and

Whereas, every possible conven-
ience has been made available to all
members attending these meetings;
therefore

Be it resolved, a. that these groups
express sincere appreciation to Presi-
dent Harold Tribble for the cordial
invitation to meet here, for the gra-
cious welcome extended, and for the
use of campus facilities for these
meetings, and

b. that special thanks be expressed
to C. M. Allen, II. G. Britt, E. C.

Cocke, J. E. Davis, J. F. Dimmick,
R. P. Higgins, D. W. Johnston, A. T.
Olive, R. L. Wyatt, and Chairman
J. C. McDonald of the Local Ar-
rangements Committee who have so
carefully arranged for the very ade-
quate space, excellent equipment and
general comfort for all in attendance, j
Whereas, this being the 25th an-
niversary of the Association of South-
eastern Biologists

Be it resolved that the sincere ap-
preciation and gratitude of the As-
sociation be expressed to Dr. George
H. Boyd and the founders for their
part in establishing this organization.

Whereas, the Carolina Biological
Supply Company has continued to
contribute $100.00 each year as a
research award; therefore

Be it resolved, that the sincere ap-
preciation of the Association be ex-
pressed to Dr. Thomas E. Powell,
President of the Company, for his
contribution.

Whereas, the Will Corporation of
Georgia has continued to contribute
$100.00 each year as an award for
meritorius teaching, now therefore
Be it resolved, that the genuine
appreciation of the Association be
expressed to Mr. Charles Waite of
that Corporation for this contribu-
tion.

Whereas, the Phipps and Bird
Corporation has continued to award
the Mountain Lake Research Fellow-
ship, now therefore

Be it resolved, that the sincere
thanks of the Association be ex-
pressed to Dr. Lloyd Bird, President
of the Corporation, for this contri-
bution.

Dr. Shanks called for a motion to
adjourn. Such a motion was made,
seconded, and passed. The meeting
adjourned at 12:30 P.M.

Respectfully submitted,

Harry J. Bennett

Secretary

56

ASB Bulletin

■'L (:;h

The Hermes— One of
the work boats in use

at the Gulf Coast
Research Laboratory,
Ocean Springs,
Mississippi

Volume 9, Number 4
October, 1962

:

IP

garden

P0TAN5CAL.

■IPpi

llll lili

■

The Official Quarterly Publication

ASB BULLETIN

Volume 9, IS umber 4 — October , 1962

CONTENTS

The AAAS Philadelphia Meeting, December 26-30, 1962 64

The Gulf Coast Research Laboratory at Ocean Springs, Mississippi — by Gordon Gunter ... 59

News of Biology in the Southeast 66

Royal E. Shanks — An Obituary 63

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna. Changes of address
should be sent promptly to the Secretary
of the ASB, Dr. Harry J. Bennett, Depart-
ment of Zoology, Louisiana State Univer-
sity, Baton Rouge, La. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions should
he sent to the Business Manager, Dr.
Leland Shanor, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Talla-
hassee, Florida. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $2.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Wicker-
sham Printing Co., Lancaster, Penna.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

Harry J. Bennett, Associate Editor
Leland Shanor, Business Manager

Officers of the A. S. B.

President — Walter S. Flory, Blandy Experi-
mental Farm, University of Virginia

Retiring President — Royal E. Shanks, Uni-
versity of Tennessee

President-Elect — E. Ruffin Jones, Univer-
sity of Florida

Vice-President — Robert T. Brumfield,
Longwood College

Secretary — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Treasurer — Leland Shanor, Florida State
University

Executive Committee — Walter R. Hern-
don, University of Alabama; Patrick
H. Yancey, Spring Hill College; C.
Ritchie Bell, University of North Caro-
lina; John H. Carpenter, University
of Kentucky; B. Theodore Cole, Uni-
versity of South Carolina; Charles E.
Jenner, University of North Carolina.
All officers are ex officio members of
the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida State
University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — J. M. Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Maryland — Romeo Mansueti, Chesapeake
BiDlogical Laboratory

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College

North Carolina — William J. Koch, Uni- *
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Winthrop
College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University {
of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa- I
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

58

ASB Bulletin

The Gulf Coast Research Laboratory
At Ocean Springs, Mississippi

By

Gordon Gunter

The Teaching Program

[n 1936, Dr. R. L. Caylor brought students on
summer field trips to the coast from Delta
State College, at Cleveland, Mississippi. The
'movement grew and in the summers of 1947 and
1948 formal courses in marine biology were
taught at Magnolia State Park on Davis Bayou
by the Mississippi Academy of Sciences. The
various teachers volunteered their services with-
out pay. In 1949 the State Legislature formally
established the Laboratory by charter and placed
it under the Board of Trustees of the Institutions
of Higher Learning, the Board which controls all
public colleges of Mississippi. In the same year
a forty acre plot of ground was purchased on
Davis Bay and surplus property buildings were
moved to the new site.

Under the terms of the charter the Laboratory
does formal teaching in the marine sciences for
the colleges of the State, both private and pub-
lic. However, the Laboratory is responsible to
the Board of Trustees and is not under any indi-
vidual college or university. State of Mississippi
institutions which send students to the Labora-
tory are the University of Mississippi, Mississippi
State University, the University of Southern Mis-
sissippi and Delta State College. The following
private institutions, Belhaven College, Millsaps
College and William Carey College also send
students to the Laboratory under the same ar-
rangement. These institutions list the various
courses in their own catalogue under their indi-
vidual numbers, and the student’s grade cards
are sent to the respective registrars. Addition-
ally, five out-of-state institutions are affiliated
, with the Laboratory for teaching purposes by
special contract with the Board of Trustees.
They also list the courses, register their own stu-
dents, and pay a fee depending upon the number
of students registering. Louisiana State Univer-
I sity ^as a special contract in that it furnishes one
summer instructor and contributes a nominal
sum for support. The other out-of-state institu-
tions are: Louisiana Northwestern State College,
Louisiana Polytechnic Institute, Louisiana North-
eastern State College and Missouri Northwestern
State College.

All courses are taught at an advanced level
suitable for senior or graduate credit and most

courses require considerable background as pre-
requisites. Courses given are Physical Marine
Geology, 3 semester hours. Chemical Marine
Geology, 3 semester hours, and Problems in Ge-
ology; Introduction to Marine Botany, 4 semes-
ter hours, Introduction to Marine Zoology, 4 se-
mester hours, Marine Invertebrate Zoology, 6
semester hours, Marine Vertebrate Zoology and
Ichthyology, 6 semester hours, and Problems in
Zoology. Marine Fisheries Biology is taught
during years when there is sufficient demand.
A service course in physical oceanography for
students in geology and biology will be taught
in the near future and it is expected that profes-
sional courses in oceanography and in marine
microbiology will be established in the future
years.

During the 1962 session seventy-one students
were registered in the various courses at the
Laboratory.

Two of the regular staff members of the Labo-
ratory engage in teaching. Additionally, sum-
mer teachers come from Hamline University,
Louisiana State LTniversitv, Millsaps College, the
University of Alabama, the University of South-
ern Mississippi and Vanderbilt University.

All formal teaching is done in the summer,
but students who wish to work out their master’s
or doctor’s thesis may work during the whole
year. Living and working quarters are furnished
free to professionals who are visiting or carrying
on research at the Laboratory.

In addition to the college teaching program,
for the past three years a Summer Institute for
highly selected high school students and high
school teachers from all over the country has
been given at the Laboratory by Louisiana State
University, with support from the National Sci-
ence Foundation.

College field trip groups in geology and biol-
ogy visit the Laboratory over the week-end in
considerable numbers. During the 1961-62 col-
lege year forty-six groups from Kansas, Tennes-
see, Alabama, Arkansas and Louisiana visited
the Laboratory and made collecting trips by
boat into the Gulf of Mexico. Quarters and the
boat trips are provided free. Laboratory staff
members go on the trips to help the students
identify the organisms caught and to explain
some of the features of the marine environment.

Permanent Staff and Research Activities

A research staff of seven people and a non-
technical staff of six people, three of them half-

Vol. 9, No. 4, October 1962

59

time workers, remain at the Laboratory all the
year round. The technical staff consists of one
geologist, two physical oceanographers, and four
biologists.

The physical oceanographers have been study-
ing distribution of water of the Mississippi River
after it reaches the Gulf of Mexico. During the
past three years they liberated 25,000 drift bottles
off the mouth of the Mississippi and have studied
current patterns in the Gulf in other ways. This
work has been supported by the Office of Naval
Research and a series of interesting results have
accumulated, some of which have already been
published. For one thing, the influx of tropical
animals into the northeastern Gulf has been ex-
plained on the basis of currents and wind pat-
terns, and it has been shown that about twenty-
five per cent of Mississippi water goes to the
eastward while the remainder goes west.

The geologist has been concerned with the
movements of the sand spits, the ends of the
islands, which move about like a snake’s tongue
over a period of a few weeks time, depending
upon the forces of the winds, currents and tides.

One staff biologist is also a member of the
Mississippi Marine Conservation Commission and
is biologist for that Commission. He spends full
time working with the oyster reefs and shrimp
populations. The reefs are shelled, seeded, and
sometimes transplanted and the shrimp and
oyster seasons are opened and closed and other-
wise regulated by acts of the Commission. The
biologist carries six votes on biological matters
within the ten man Commission, and it may be
said that the Mississippi marine fishery regula-
tions are unique in being based almost solely
upon biological considerations. During the fiscal
years 1959-60 and 69-61 the Mississippi oyster
production was the largest in its history.

Two of the biologists have been concerned
with the racial studies of the menhaden, which

supports the largest fishery on the Gulf coast and
which yielded one billion pounds in 1961. The
life history of this fish has also been studied and
the catch data of the commercial fishery has
been examined. It has been shown that the fish-
ery itself is of an estuarine nature. No catches
are made in full sea water. The gonadal cycle
of the menhaden has also been studied as well
as the geographic distribution of the three Gulf
species. A bibliography of the menhaden litera-
ture and a review of menhaden biology have
been published. This work was supported by
U. S. Fish & Wildlife Service through funds made
available by the Saltonsall-Kennedy Bill. One
of the biologists conducted a two year quantita-
tive faunistic study of the waters of Grand Isle,
Louisiana. Collections were made by trawls,
dredges, plankton nets and bottom grabs. Sev-
eral species new to the northern Gulf and some
new to the Gulf, and one new species of fish was
discovered. Several reports on these minor com-
ponents have been published. The major por-
tion of these data will not be utilized because of
strictures imposed by the industrial company
which supported the work. Another biologist
has been concerned with fish which survive ex-
treme injuries caused by predators, and a second
step in this work is the description of the many
specimens of fishes which develop abnormalities, .
many of which grow up and survive as virtual
monstrosities. A bibliography of 750 papers on
this subject has been gathered and specimens,
photographs and records of all kinds are being
collected and solicited from all available sources.

A taxonomic revision of the scaleless naked,
broad soles has been carried out by a grant from
the Society of the Sigma Xi.

During the summer ten to fifteen research
people come to the Laboratory and are given
small grants through support from the National
Science Foundation. These people are given a

Exterior of the teaching laboratory build-
ing. This building, completed in 1956,
houses two teaching laboratories— both of
which are equipped with running fresh and
salt water, compressed air, and aquariums.

3ne of the teaching laboratories. Although
;pacious and seemingly adequate, they are
pver-crowded with researchers in the sum-
mer months. Only this year, the Missis-
sippi Legislature voted a bond issue to
build a new research building within the
next two years.

place to work free of charge. They have worked
upon such diverse matters as catelepsy in the
toadfish, the effect of various degrees of heat
upon histological and cytological fixatives, para-
sites in tuna, the biology of the mouth breeding
catfishes in which the male carries the eggs in
his mouth until they hatch, light production in
the midshipman, new rapid chemical tests for
nitrate and nitrite in brackish waters, and new
tests for sulphate, calcium and magnesium ions
in the same waters. Various parasitic crusta-
ceans on fishes and various other animals in the
Gulf have been described. The mixed popula-
tions of fresh water and salt water fishes in low
salinity water have been studied. With help of
oil company geologists who made corings and
bottom sediment studies of Mississippi Sound
and the adjacent Gulf, a relatively thorough
study of the distribution of Amphioxus in the
area was made. Meristic studies of the popula-
tion were made. It was estimated that a few
hundred million, or possibly even a few billion,
Amphioxus live in Mississippi Sound around the
barrier islands. Sometimes a few thousand are
collected at one time by student groups. All in
all 150 papers and notes have been published by
Laboratory staff members during the past eleven
years.

People with their own grants visit the Labora-
tory and are given a place to work. In the past
specialists on mushrooms, lichens and the Com-
positaceae have used the station as headquarters.
During the past four summers a team of bio-
chemists from the University of Mississippi
School of Medicine have worked at Ocean
Springs on fishes blood. They have found that
the plasma proteins of fishes show a trend of
increasing complexity from the generalized to
more specialized species; the total cholesterol is

10 times higher in the plasma of some fishes than
in man; the relations of cholesterol and plasma
proteins in the blood of fishes resemble patho-
logical conditions in man.

The Laboratory has established its own jour-
nal, Gulf Research Reports, and three issues have
been printed. The first one covers the mollusks
in the salt waters of Mississippi. The second
one gives the history and lists the known flora
and fauna of Horn Island, most of which is now
a wildlife preserve. This paper includes insects.

The Laboratory has a small but rapidly grow-
ing library in which the greatest emphasis is
placed upon the reprint collection. Modern
texts in the various fields are bought for the use
of the students.

The Laboratory also has a museum into which
most of the common animals of the northern
Gulf of Mexico have already been accessioned.
In the future examples of all animals and plants
of the northern Gulf of Mexico and finally the
whole Gulf will be acquired.

Plant and Equipment

The Laboratory property consists of forty acres
of woodland on which a large summer home and
two small buildings were present when it was
acquired. Three wooden buildings, which were
Surplus Property from the various Armed Serv-
ices, were moved on to the property in 1951, and
they are still in use. One of these was the care-
takers cottage. One was made into a kitchen
and dining hall, and another was made into a
rough but fully equipped marine laboratory for
teaching, with water tables, sinks, etc. They are
all still in use. The laboratory building now
houses the museum and a modernized midsec-
tion is used as a teaching laboratory for geolo-
gists. It also now contains a modern darkroom
and one office.

Vol. 9, No. 4, October 1962

61

The botany laboratory. This laboratory
contains four work tables with room for
16 students. In past years, specialists in
mushrooms, lichens, and the Composita-
ceae have used the station as their head-
quarters.

The downstairs part of the summer home
houses offices for the oceanographers and the
geologist, and one room is a classroom. The up-
stairs part of this building has been turned into
dormitories for men. Two other dormitories,
one for men and one for women, were built of
wood and asbestos shingles. Each one will house
20 people. One of the small wooden buildings
which went with the big house is used for a
shop and storeroom, and the other has been
turned into a chemistry laboratory. A brick re-
search building was constructed on the grounds
in 1952 at a cost of $20,000. It contains six work
tables and four water tables for running sea-
water, and also houses the administrative offices.
A teaching laboratory was completed in the
spring of 1956. It consists of two large rooms
which between them contain eight water tables
and eighteen work tables. A smaller room is
used as a botany laboratory and contains four
work tables. Each one of the tables has space
for four students. The water tables are equipped
with running fresh water, salt water, compressed
air and aquariums.

During the summer the Laboratory has been
over-crowded with research people. Fortunately,
the 1962 Session of the Legislature voted a bond
issue for a $400,000 research building which is
to be erected within the next two years.

The Laboratory has a 38-foot all steel trawler
named the Hermes which is powered with a
diesel motor. It has passed Coast Guard certifi-
cation, but is too small and will not handle all of
the field trips and class groups which use the
boat. Therefore, a T-boat, 65 feet long, was re-
cently acquired through the Surplus Property
Agency, and is being renovated at a cost of ap-
proximately $20,000.

Since 1955 to the end of the fiscal year 1961
Laboratory support was about fifty-fifty from
outside contracts and the State of Mississippi.
State appropriations come through the State
Legislature and the Board of Trustees. The
State Building Commission also helps through
special allotments from time to time. In 1962 ,
the Session of the Legislature also granted the
Laboratory ten per cent of the future sales of
dead reef shell from the buried oyster reefs
along the coast. The Laboratory expenditures
have quadrupled since 1955.

Doctor E. Gibbes Patton, Director of the University
Arboretum, University of Alabama, has written that a
mimeographed extract from Charles Mohr’s Plant Life of
Alabama, is available upon request from the University
Arboretum.

Charles Mohr’s Plant Life of Alabama was published
over 60 years ago. The book needs revision; it is out
of print; and many extant copies are brittle-paged, de-
teriorating rapidly with use. Mohr’s work nevertheless
still serves as a treasury of thorough, masterfully-organ-
ized information on the flora and the plant geography
of the state.

The extract from Plant Life of Alabama is temporarily
reproduced with the principal objective of making this
part of the book more widely available to teachers, re-
searchers, and amateurs of natural history in the South-
eastern United States. An important secondary objec-
tive is to obtain an estimate of the demand for verbatim
printed copies of the 137 pages of Mohr’s work which is
partially represented by this mimeographed extract. Ex-
pressions of interest in, and need for, a formal reprinting
of this material are needed by the University Arboretum.

A mimeographed check list of Alabama woody plants,
both native and naturalized, is also available upon re-
quest from the University of Alabama.

62

ASB Bulletin

ROYAL E. SHANKS (1912-1962)

Royal E. Shanks was born in Ada, Ohio, No-
j vember 11, 1912. He lost his life on August 4,
1962, while swimming and studying coral reef in
a bay of the Caribbean Sea, at Porte Limon,
Costa Rica. His early schooling was in the pub-
lic schools of Ada. While in college he at one
time considered the ministry as a calling, but
toward the end of his undergraduate days at
Ohio Northern University he became interested
in ecological botany and this interest became his
career. After graduating from Ohio Northern,
with an A.B. in 1933, he taught in the North
Bloomfield, Ohio, school system. Here he was
the principal of a consolidated school where he
taught in the primary and senior high school
and coached baseball and basketball. He was
married to Betty Morris in 1935. During the
summer he attended Ohio State University and
in 1936 he was appointed a graduate assistant
at the university and matriculated for graduate
study there as a full time student. Under the
influence of the strong group headed by Dr.
Transeau in ecology, he completed his M.S. in
1937 and Ph.D. degree in 1938.

A temporary appointment at the University of
Tennessee, 1940-41, brought him to this state for
the first time, and he remained in Tennessee as
a Professor of Biology at Austin Peay State Col-
lege from 1941 to 1946. During some of these
war years he was on leave and served briefly in
the Army and finally in the Navy as a navigation
instructor. In 1947 he was asked to come to the
State University to succeed Dr. Stanley Cain as
an Associate Professor of Botany. He became a
Professor two years later.

In 1955, a concern with environmental aspects
of ecosystems led him to propose some funda-
mental studies in the most simple environments,
those of the Arctic region. The Arctic Institute
supported five summers of study at Point Barrow,
Alaska, and scientific exploration on the north
shore of Alaska eastward nearly to the Canadian
border and south to the mountains and forest.

At the end of the summer of 1955, White Oak
Lake in Oak Ridge, the lake below the old
graphite reactor, was drained, exposing a rela-
tively flat bottom which had absorbed low-level
radioactive wastes for years. Here was a chal-
lenge to study the ecology of a large radioactive
area on a field rather than a laboratory basis.
The AEC supported his proposal for such a
study. For the last six years a substantial por-
tion of the graduate research in ecology involved
pioblems such as the evaluation of isotope move-
ment in plants and soils and accumulation in
plant materials.

Those students and colleagues of Royal Shanks
speak from the heart when they describe him as

Vol. 9, No. 4, October 1962

an unusual man. His recreations, for which he
had too little time, were likely to be bus-man’s
holidays. He had been an active member of the
Smoky Mountains Hiking Club, and was keenly
interested in the preservation of wilderness areas.
Scarcely secondary was his love of music. His
early years in Ohio were colored by the influence
of many Welsh settlers and their eisteddfods, or
musical competitions. Not only is his wife a
good pianist, but his two adopted girls, Emily,
13, and Harriet, 15, are gifted instrumentalists—
and one of their happiest diversions is with
home musical groups. This interest carried into
community choral music as well and he sang in
the Knoxville Men’s Chorus and for a time led
the choir of the Lake Forest Presbyterian Church,
of which he was a devoted member. Many stu-
dents and staff will remember his leading and
participating in the singing on trips and around
camp fires on the nights of hikes and field trips.

He was a member of numerous scientific soci-
eties and his ability had been recognized by his
election to offices of responsibility in several.
Only this year, he retired as president of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists. His man-
ner was gentle, his activity great, his enthusiasm

Royal E. Shanks

63

contagious. When a matter of principle was in-
volved he did not compromise. He built not
only a large working laboratory but did much
for his field at Tennessee by bringing research
associates and students to the University. He
was the first biologist at Tennessee to begin to
make use of the modern computing technology
and strongly backed the establishment of the
university as a computing center.

In the year before he died he made eighteen
talks through the state of Tennessee. In all, he

supervised thirteen master’s and nine doctoral
theses from 1949 to 1962. His students found
him a constructive critic and a warm friend.

Though not always obvious, his human inter-
ests were strong. One year, returning from na-
tional meetings, a colleague commented, “We
have some good laboratories to come back to
now.” “I come back to the people in this build-
ing,” said Royal, “these are what I return to!”
His loss will be an irreplaceable one to those
who were associated with him in any way.

The AAAS Philadelphia Meeting

DECEMBER 26-30, 1962

THE 129TH MEETING of the American Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Science will in-
clude sessions of 20 AAAS sections and of some
86 participating organizations. Programs of par-
ticular interest to biologists are:

AAAS General Sessions. Moving Frontiers of Science
I: Sterling B. Hendricks whose topic will be “Biological
Timing,” Dec. 26, eve; and Sydney Brenner, Cambridge
University, who will speak on “Perspectives in Molecular
Biology,” Dec. 28, aft.

AAAS Committee on Desert and Arid Zones Research.
A two-session symposium arranged by Harold E. Dregne,
Dec. 27.

AAAS Interdisciplinary Symposia, Dec. 28, morn. One
of three will be “Biochemistry of Genetic Transcription,”
arranged by Severo Ochoa and Philip H. Abelson.
Speakers: Sol Spiegelman, University of Illinois; William
Jones and Marshall W. Nierenberg, National Institutes
of Health; Severo Ochoa, Joseph Speyer and associates,
New York University; Sydney Brenner, Cambridge Uni-
versity.

AAAS Presidential Address and Reception, Dec. 28,
eve. Retiring president Thomas Park will speak on
"Beetles, Competition, and Populations.”

AAAS Section C— Chemistry. Papers in organic chem-
istry, Dec. 26, aft. Two-session symposium on “Mecha-
nisms of Organic Chemistry,” arranged by Paul Schleyer,
Dec. 27.

AAAS Section F— Zoological Sciences. Zoologists’ Din-
ner and vice presidential address by Ernst W. Caspari,
Dec. 29, eve., “Genes and the Study of Behavior.”

AAAS Section G— Botanical Sciences. Two-session
symposium, Plant Biology Today,” a continuation of the
series of basic papers for teachers, Dec. 27. Speakers:
Bruce A. Bonner, Harvard University; Herbert Stern,
University of Illinois; John G. Torrey, Harvard Univer-
sity. This year’s papers will be on structure and func-

tion. The Botanists’ Luncheon, also Dec. 27, will be
followed by the vice presidential address by John N.
Couch, “Are Bacteria and Fungi Related?”

AAAS Section N— Medical Sciences. Four-session sym-
posium, “New Concepts Regarding Biological Control
Mechanisms,” arranged by DeWitt Stetten, Jr. and Oscar
Touster, and cosponsored by Section F— Zoological Sci-
ences, and the American Society of Zoologists. Dec. 27,
29. Topics and speakers:

A. Repression Mechanisms— Boris Magasanik (Chm. );
Bruce Ames; Luigi Gorini; Hans Komberg; Uni-
versity of Leicester, England;

B. Feedback Control of Enzyme Action— H. E. Um-
barger (Chm.); Georges Cohen, Centre National de
la Recherche Scientifique, C.if-Sur- Yvette, France;
H. S. Moyed; A. B. Pardee; J. C. Gerhart;

C. Hormonal Phenomena— E. W. Sutherland, Jr.
(Chm), O. H. Lowry, Theodore Rail, G. M. Tom-
kins;

D. Transport Across Cell Membranes — C. R. Park
(Chm.), Alexander Leaf, D. O. Rudin, J. Skou.

DeWitt Stetten, Jr. will give the vice presidential
address for Section N, “Forecasts in Medical Education.”

AAAS Section Nd— Dentistry. Four-session symposium,
“Mechanisms of Hard Tissue Destruction,” arranged by
Ned B. Williams and Reidar F. Sognnaes, Dec. 29, 30.
Topics include rock-boring by mollusks and other ani-
mals, bone-remodeling, antler-shedding, biochemistry of
bone destruction, and dental caries. Speakers: M. R.
Carriker; David B. Scott; C. M. Yonge, Glasgow, Scot-
land; Thomas F. Goreau, University College of West In-
dies; Franklin C. McLean; Robert E. Rowland; S. N.
Bhaskar; Richard J. Goss; Marshall LTist; Jenifer Jowsey;
Norman M. Hancox, Liverpool, England; James Irving;
Richard W. Young; George Nichols, Jr.; Bernard For-
scher; Paul Goldhaber; A. I. Darling, Bristol, England;
Erling Johansen; David Francis; John Gray; Reidar F.
Sognnaes; Willard D. Hartman, Peabody Museum, Yale
University; Ingjald Reichborn-Kjennerud, University of
Oslo, Norway; C. S. Handelman, Harvard University;

64

ASB Bulletin

L. F. Belanger and B. B. Migicovsky, University of
Ottawa; Harold Copp, University of British Columbia;
Jacques Vincent, Belgian Congo; C. M. Lapiere J. Gross,
Massachusetts General Hospital; G. N. Jenkins, King s
College, England; C. Dawes, Harvard University; Paul
Keyes and Harold Jordan, National Institute for Dental
Research; C. R. Bamicoat, New Zealand; W. V. Mayer,
Wayne State University; David Cameron, Johns Hopkins
Hospital; J. Robichon, University of Ottawa.

A A AS Section O— Agriculture. Five-session sympo-
sium, “Food Quality as Affected by Production and
Processing,” arranged by George W. Irving, cosponsored
by four AAAS sections and ten societies. Individual ses-
sions will be on genetic and environmental factors, pro-
tection of food crops against insects and diseases, proc-
essing factors, quality evaluation and measurement, and
food-grading and standardization. Considered in this
symposium will be cereals, fruits, vegetables, meats,
dairy products, poultry, and eggs.

There will be a Biologists’ Smoker, jointly sponsored
by Sections F and G and all biological societies, Dec.
27, at the Academy of Natural Sciences.

SOCIETAL PROGRAMS

Academy of Psychoanalysis. Four sessions on the gen-
eral topic of “Violence,” arranged by Sandor Raclo.
Areas include neurophysiology and ethnology, anthropol-
ogy and sociology, psychoanalysis, and large-group rela-
tionship, Dec. 28-30.

Alpha Epsilon Delta. Annual luncheon, Dec. 28.

American Association of Clinical Chemists. Symposia
on instrumentalism and biological analysis, and on endo-
crine function; contributed papers. Dec. 26, 27. Speak-
ers: D. A. Turner, Sinai Hospital of Baltimore; S. R.
Gambino, Englewood Hospital; S. Udenfriend, National
Heart Institute; S. Raymond, University of Pennsylvania.

American Nature Study Society. Annual meeting.
Whole period includes sessions on nature study move-
ment, early naturalists of the region, nature photography,
nature instruction, and use of areas for nature study.

American Physiological Society and NASA. Joint two-
session symposium on “Space Biology and Life Support
Problems of Manned Space Missions,” arranged by Orr
Reynolds and Robert E. Smith, Dec. 30. Speakers:
Ernest C. Pollard, Carl Sagan, Sidney Fox, C. S. Pitten-
drigh, Cornelius A. Tobias, W. A. Lee, R. S. Johnston,
J. Correale, J. A. Conner, E. J. McLaughlin.

American Psychiatric Association, Committee on Re-
search. Five-session program on “Human Reactions to
Unknown or Impending Disaster,” arranged by Milton
Greenblatt, George H. Grosser and Henry Wechsler.
Topics will be “General approach,” “Psychological reac-
tion to arbitrary authority and power,” “Emotional reac-
tions to the threat of nuclear war,” “Reaction to natural
catastrophe,” and “Political reactions in the face of un-
certainty.” Dec. 27, 28.

American Society of Naturalists. Annual national meet-
ing will include a two-session symposium, “Principles

and Methods of Phylogeny,” arranged by William K.
Baker, Dec. 27; the presidential address of Ernst Mayr,
“What Is a Fauna?”, and the business meeting, Dec. 28,
morn. Symposium Speakers: Ernst Caspari, Howard
Sanders, Walter Bock, Robert F. Thorne, Arnold W.
Ravin, Seymour S. Cohen, Edwin H. Colbert, Marvin
Wasserman, Colin S. Pittendrigh.

American Society of Zoologists. The tentative program
of the national meeting of the Society, arranged by Ray
L. Watterson, with more than 30 sessions, includes 23
sessions for contributed papers sponsored by all six divi-
sions of the Society, throughout the meeting period;
business meetings of the divisions; and a series of sym-
posia. The two-session symposium, “Growth,” arranged
by Lawrence I. Gilbert, is Dec. 28. Speakers: Allison
L. Burnett, Dorothy E. Bliss, Howard A. Schneiderman,
William Etkin, Dorothy Price, Ernst Knobil, Richard A.
Edgren, K. France Baker-Cohen, Jane Coffer Kaltenbach,
Bruce B. Stowe.

The two-session symposium, “The Evolution of Be-
havior,” arranged by William C. Dilger, is Dec. 27.
Speakers: William C. Dilger, Richard D. Alexander,
George W. Barlow, John F. Eisengerg, Richard J. An-
drew, Peter Marler, Robert W. Ficken. The two-session
symposium, “Energetics,” arranged by L. R. Slobodkin,
is Dec. 30. Speakers: T. R. Punnett, W. Vishniac, J. J.
Blum, K. F. Guthe, L. R. Slobodkin, I. Prigogine. The
two-session symposium, “The Regulation and Function
of Heterosynthetic and Autosynthetic Molecules in De-
velopmental Processes,” arranged by George W. Nace, is
Dec. 30. Speakers: Albert Tyler, Laurel E. Glass, Ole
Arne Schjeide, William H. Telfer, George W. Nace,
Reed A. Flickinger, C. P. Dagg, James D. Ebert.

Biomedical Information-Processing Organization. Ses-
sion, on computers to aid biology and medicine, arranged
by Robert S. Ledley, Dec. 28, aft.

Biometric Society, Eastern North American Region.
Session on high speed computers in statistics, arranged
by T. A. Bancroft, Dec. 27, morn. Speakers: H. O.
Hartley, Max A. Woodbury, Martin Lipkin, Lee D.
Cady, and Murray Eden. In the concurrent session on
problems of mathematical biology, arranged by H. L.
Lucas, the speakers are: H. R. van der Vaart and W. S.
McCulloch. The session in genetics, jointly with Sec-
tions U— Statistics and G— Botanical Sciences and co-
sponsored by the Society for the Study of Evolution,
Dec. 27, aft., will have papers by S. Karlin, Howard
Levene, and Sewall Wright. The session on sampling
for zoologists, arranged by E. Fred Schultz, Jr., Dec. 30,
morn., will have as speakers: L. L. Eberhardt, D. S.
Robson, E. L. Atwood, and D. G. Chapman.

Ecological Society of America. Program, arranged by
Robert B. Platt, Dec. 26-30, includes several symposia,
some six sessions for contributed papers on plant ecol-
ogy, animal ecology, and aquatic ecology, and a series
of sessions jointly sponsored by the Section on Animal
Behavior and Sociobiology and the Division of Animal
Behavior and Sociobiology of the American Society of
Zoologists.

Vol. 9, No. 4, October 1962

65

Herpetologist’s League. Session for contributed papers,
a business meeting, and a visit to the Philadelphia Zoo-
logical Gardens, Dec. 27-29.

Mountain Lake Biological Station. Annual breakfast
with the A A AS, arranged by C. W. Hart, Jr.; Horton H.
Hobbs, Jr. presiding; for all persons who have been
students, investigators, or staff members at the station,
Dec. 29.

National Association of Biology Teachers. Annual na-
tional meeting, Dec. 26-30. Included in the program
will be a luncheon, Dec. 28, with an address by Severe
Ochoa, and a series of separate sessions, Dec. 27, 29,
and 30, with the theme “Manning the Frontiers.”

National Speleological Society. Session on “Cave Bi-
ology,” Dec. 29, mom.

Sigma Delta Epsilon. National meeting, arranged by
Dorothy Quiggle, will include a luncheon for all women
in science, with Sue C. Stevens, Veterans Administration
Hospital, Lincoln. Nebraska, speaker, Dec. 28.

Society of Systematic Zoology. Annual meeting will
include sessions for contributed papers; a symposium,
“U. S. and International Programs in Biological Ocea-
nography,” cosponsored by the American Society of Zool-
ogists, AAAS Section F, and the American Society of
Limnology and Oceanography, Dec. 29; and the annual
breakfast and business meeting, Dec. 30. Symposium
Speakers: Eugene Wallen, John H. Ryther, Vernon E.
Brock, Melbourne R. Carriker, Dixy L. Ray, Rolf L.
Bolin, Robert L. Menzies.

Society of the Sigma Xi. Sixty-third annual conven-
tion, joint luncheon with the Scientific Research Society
of America, and joint address with Phi Beta Kappa, by
Loren C. Eiseley, “Man: The Lethal Factor,” Dec. 29.

The AAAS Exposition of Science and Industry— 131
booths— and the AAAS Science Theatre, with recent for-
eign and domestic films, will be prominent features of
the meeting. Coupons for sleeping accommodations and
advance registration will be found in Science beginning
July 20.

News of Biology in the Southeast

Institutions and Organizations

Mary Washington College of the University of Vir-
ginia was the recipient of a substantial fund from an
anonymous donor in the fall of 1960 for Scholarships to
aid students majoring in Biology. Awards may be made
to worthy undergraduate students as well as to students
continuing in graduate school. About $1200 was
awarded from this fund to assist four students in the
1961-62 session, and similar grants have been made for
the 1962-63 session. The conditions of the grant specify
that both principal and income of the fund are to be
expended over a fixed period of years.

The Science Division of Rollins College was one of
the recipients of the Undergraduate Instructional Equip-
ment Grants from the National Science Foundation for
$23,160. This was matched with $25,000 from Rollins
College to be expended for the equipment and instru-
mentation needed to modernize the biology offerings to
give them a more physiological-biochemical orientation.

About People

Bernard C. Patten has been invited to participate in
the 10th annual symposium of the Houston Neurological
Society. The subject of the symposium is “Information
Storage and Neural Control.” Dr. Patten will speak on
information storage and transfer in ecological systems.

Harold J. Humm, Department of Botany, Duke Uni-
versity, was a visiting professor at the Virginia Institute
of Marine Science this summer and taught the course in
Marine Botany.

John N. Couch and Walton C. Gregory have been ap-
pointed members of the Scientific Advisory Committee to
the Governor of North Carolina, Terry Sanford. The J
committee, appointed in December, 1961, consists of
approximately 40 representatives of all disciplines with
the responsibility of helping to implement the scientific
and industrial development of North Carolina.

Robert K. Burns will join the faculty of Bridgewater
College as Interim Professor of Biology in the session of
1962-63, following his retirement from the staff of the
Laboratory of Embryology of the Carnegie Institution of
Washington.

William W. Scott, Associate Professor of Botany at
Virginia Tech, was honored at the 40th Annual Meeting
of the Virginia Academy of Science with an Honorable
Mention Award and a check for $50.00 for meritorious
and original research in competitiion for the J. Shelton
Horsley Award. Dr. Scott presented a paper entitled “A
Monograph of the Genus Aphanomyces.” The award
winning paper was one of 205 papers presented at this
year’s meeting. More than 700 senior scientists and 325
junior scientists attended concurrent sessions during the
5-day meeting.

Dr. Scott and his students presented four additional
papers before the Biology Section of the VAS. These
were: “A Preliminary Report of Fungi Associated with
Diseased Fish,” by W. W. Scott, Aaron H. O’Bier, and
James Powell; “The Life-cycle of a Keratinophilic Fungus
Leptolegnielhi keratinophilum,” by Roland Seymour and
W. W. Scott; “Some New and Unusual Fungi from Vir-
ginia,” by W. W. Scott and Charles Warren; and “The
Genus Colostoma Zeller in Virginia,” by Mary Virginia
Charlton.

66

ASB Bulletin

George H, Lauff, director of the University of Georgia
Marine Institute at Sapelo Island, and associate professor
of Zoology at the University of Michigan, has been elected
to the Board of Trustees of the Sapelo Island Research
Foundation and has accepted the position of research
coordinator for the Foundation supported activities, ef-
fective July 1, 1962.

J. Gordon Carlson, Head of the University of Tennes-
see Department of Zoology and Entomology, spent sev-
eral weeks of the summer attending meetings in Europe.
In the early part of August he presented a paper entitled
“Mitotic Effect of Monochromatic Irradiation of the
Nucleolus” at a Symposium on Partial and Microbeam
Irradiation of Cells at the University of Cambridge,
England. Later he attended the sessions of the Second
International Congress of Radiation Research at Harro-
gate, England. He then attended a Symposium on “Re-
pair from Genetic Radiation Damage and Differential
Radiosensitivity in Germ Cells” at the University of
Leiden, Holland.

Albert Collier will become Director of the Oceano-
graphic Institute at Florida State University on Novem-
ber 1, 1962. Prof. Collier is now directing the Marine
Laboratory of the A. & M. College of Texas at Galveston.

Winston Menzel of the Oceanographic Institute and
Department of Biological Sciences at FSU has received
a 3 year renewal of a grant from the National Science
Foundation to continue his study of Dermacijstidium
marinum in oysters.

Margaret Menzel, Research Associate in the Depart-
ment of Biological Sciences at FSU, will be a guest in-
vestigator in the Institute of Space Biosciences at the
University.

Charles Metz, former Associate Director of the Oceano-
graphic Institute at Florida State University, is now
working full time in the Institute for Space Biosciences
at FSU.

Two new instructors have been added to the Depart-
ment of Biological Sciences at Florida State University.
William H. Heard, Ph.D., University of Michigan, will
teach general biology and continue his research in mala-
cology. Andre Clewell, who is working for his Ph.D.
degree at the University of Indiana, will teach ecology
and plant taxonomy.

Leland Shanor resigned as Head of the Department
of Biological Sciences at Florida State University on July
1, 1962. He is now on a leave-of-absence from the Uni-
versity as Dean of Advanced Studies in the Florida In-
stitute for Continuing Studies, Tallahassee. Robert K.
Godfey is the acting head of the department at present.

Paul B. Sears, Professor Emeritus of Yale University,
where he directed the Conservation Program, has joined
the Wake Forest College staff as Mary Reynolds Bab-
cock Professor of Botany. In addition to Dr. Sears,
Ralph D. Amen, plant physiologist, from the University
of Colorado and Robert L. Sullivan, geneticist at Wash-

burn University, have also recently joined the Wake
Forest staff.

G. Ray Noggle, Chairman, Department of Botany, Uni-
versity of Florida, took part in the Advanced Seminar
in Tropical Biology in Costa Rico during the summer.
This is one of his many visits to Central America where
he is planning to extend the work and facilities for
studies of tropical botany by University of Florida stu-
dents and staff, and for others interested in the region.

Alan D. Conger, Research Professor in Radiation Biol-
ogy, University of Florida, worked at the Brookhaven
Laboratory in August this summer and then attended
meetings of the International Congress of Radiation Re-
search at Harrogate, England, and a Symposium in radi-
ation genetics at the University of Leiden, Leiden, The
Netherlands.

W. L. Selser spent five weeks during the summer at
the Inter- American University of Puerto Rico teaching
teachers how to use the B.S.C.S. materials in High
School teaching.

Paul A. Vestal, Rollins College, is directing the Visit-
ing Scientist Program for the secondary schools of
Florida. It is a project of the Florida Academy of Sci-
ences sponsored by a grant from the National Research
Foundation.

Rose Mary Johnson, Department of Biology of the
Norfolk Division of William and Mary, was awarded her
Ph.D. at the June Commencement at the University of
Virginia. In September she joined the staff of Mary
Washington College of the University of Virginia as
Assistant Professor of Biology.

After two years leave of absence at Duke University
and the University of Wisconsin, Anna Scott Hoye re-
ceived her Ph.D. in Physiology from the University of
Wisconsin in June. In September she returned to Mary
Washington College of the University of Virginia as As-
sociate Professor of Biology.

Thomas Johnson is on leave from the Department of
Biology of Mary Washington College for the 1962-63
session. After a summer spent touring in Europe, he is
pursuing studies toward the doctorate at the University
of Virginia.

Nancy S. LePrade of Richmond, Va. has spent the
summer as a trainee in the Division of Radiobiology at
Oak Ridge, Tennessee. The summer of 1961 was spent
at the University of Tennessee under the National Sci-
ence Foundation’s Undergraduate Research Participation
Program. She returned to Mary Washington College in
September as Senior Major in the Department of Biology.

Bruce L. Welch has joined the faculty of the College
of William and Mary as an Assistant Professor of Biology.

Garnett R. Brooks, Jr. has joined the staff of the Col-
lege of William and Mary as an Instructor in Biology.
Mr. Brooks will complete his Ph.D. degree requirements
at the University of Florida in December.

Vol. 9, No. 4, October 1962

67

Marie Jenkins has been appointed Associate Professor
of Biology and Beverly Pleasants has been appointed In-
structor of Biology at Madison College. Dr. Jenkins was
formerly on the staff of the University of Oklahoma, and
Miss Pleasants on the staff of Richard Bland College.

Dorothy Crandall will be on Sabbatical Leave from
Randolph-Macon Woman’s College next year. The first
semester she will be at North Carolina State College
studying forest soils; the second semester at University
of Tennessee.

William S. Hooks of Illinois Northern University will
join the faculty of Randolph-Macon Woman’s College in
September, replacing Dr. Crandall while she is on sab-
batical leave.

Alvin H. Nielsen, Head of the University of Tennessee
Department of Physics, is succeeding Dr. Kenneth L.
Knickerbocker as Dean of the College of Liberal Arts.
Dr. Nielsen received his degrees from the University of
Michigan and was on the staff of Ohio State University
before coming to the University of Tennessee in 1935.
He is recognized as a leading authority on infrared spec-
troscopy in this country and abroad.

NEWS FROM THE BIOLOGY DIVISION-
OAK RIDGE NATIONAL LABORATORY

Robert T. Brumfield, Biology Division Consultant, has
returned to Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia, after
spending the summer months in the Cytology and Ge-
netics section.

Roderick K. Clayton, Microbiology Group, is taking a
leave of absence for one year; Dr. Clayton will be on
the faculty of Dartmouth College during the coming
year.

Piero Cammarano of the Institute of General Pathol-
ogy, University of Milan, Milan, Italy, has joined the
Enzymology Group for one year under the sponsorship
of the Comitato Nazionale Energia Nucleare. Dr. Cam-
marano received the M.D. degree from the University of
Rome, Italy.

William Robert Finnerty, who has been with the En-
zymology Group, under the sponsorship of the United
States Public Health Service, has accepted a position
with the Department of Biology, Indiana University
Medical School, Indianapolis, Indiana.

Akira Kaji, Department of Microbiology, Vanderbilt
University School of Medicine, Nashville, has joined the
Enzymology Group for one year under a grant from the
Helen Hay Whitney Foundation. Dr. Kaji received the
B.S. degree from Tokyo University, Tokyo, Japan, and
the Ph.D. degree from the Johns Hopkins University,
Baltimore, Maryland.

Frank Seto of the Department of Biology, Berea Col-
lege, Kentucky, has joined the Radiation Immunology
Group for the coming year under a grant from the U. S.
Public Health Service.

Michael Hanna, Jr., an ORINS Fellow, has joined the
Mammalian Recovery Group. Mr. Hanna received the
M.S. degree in Zoology from the University of Notre
Dame, Indiana.

Robert R. Becker, who has been associated with the
Cell Physiology Group, has accepted a position with the
Department of Chemistry, Oregon State University, Cor-
vallis, Oregon.

James C. Copeland, who has been with the Radiation
Microbiology Group for the past two years, left the Divi-
sion August 24. Mr. Copeland received a U. S. Public
Health Service Traineeship for graduate work leading to
the Ph.D. at the Institute of Microbiology, Rutgers Uni-
versity, New Brunswick, New Jersey.

Alexander Hollaender attended the Second Interna-
tional Congress of Radiation Research at Harrogate,
England, in August; Dr. Hollaender chaired the session
on Linear Energy Transfer. The Second International
Congress was also attended by A. C. Upton, Raymond
A. Popp, Gustavo Cudkowicz, Howard I. Adler, M. A.
Bender, George F. Stapleton, Elmo E. Capalbo, R. F.
Kimball and Joan Wright Goodman. Dr. Upton chaired
the session on Metabolic Disturbances III and gave a
paper entitled, “Relative biological effectiveness of fast
neutrons for production of late somatic effects in mice.”
Dr. Popp chaired the session on Radiation Immunology.
Dr. Cudkowicz presented an invited paper entitled “Sup-
pression of the foreign marrow reaction in mouse chi-
meras by preirradiation of donor cells.” Dr. Adler pre-
sented an invited paper entitled “Genetic analysis of
radiation sensitivity of Escherichia coli.” Dr. Bender
presented a paper, co-authored by P. C. Gooch, “Per-
sistent irradiation-induced aberrations in human somatic
chromosomes.” Dr. Capalbo presented an invited paper,
co-authored by M. R. Leonard and T. Makinodan, en-
titled “Proliferation of lymphoid cells after X-irradia-
tion.” Dr. Kimball presented a paper entitled “Frac-
tionation of dose and radiation intensity in the induction
of recessive lethal mutations by X-rays in Paramecium
aurelia.” Dr. Goodman presented an invited paper,
“Transplantation of white blood cells in irradiated mice.”

68

ASB Bulletin

The Anton Bruun— One of the Indian Ocean Expedition Research Vessels

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

Volume 10, Number 1 — January, 1963

CONTENTS

Cover photograph : The Anton
Bruun, formerly the presidential
yacht Williamsburg, was re-
cently outfitted as an oceano-
graphic vessel— and left the
United States shortly after
Christmas for the Indian Ocean.
Most of the investigators will
fly to the area and meet her at
pre-determined places for their
respective cruises.

About the Gainesville Meeting 6

Founding and Early Days of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists 3

Important Deadlines 10

News of Biology in the Southeast 11

I

*

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna. Changes of address
should be sent promptly to the Secretary
of the ASB, Dr. Harry J. Bennett, Depart-
ment of Zoology, Louisiana State Univer-
sity, Baton Rouge, La. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions should
be sent to the Business Manager, Dr.
Leland Shanor, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Talla-
hassee, Florida. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $2.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Wicker-
sham Printing Co., Lancaster, Penna.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard I I art, Jr.
Editor

Harry J. Bennett, Associate Editor
Leland Shanor, Business Manager

Officers of the A. S. B.

President — Walter S. Flory, Blandy Experi-
mental Farm, University of Virginia

Retiring President — Royal E. Shanks, Uni-
versity of Tennessee

President-Elect — E. Ruffin Jones, Univer-
sity of Florida

Vice-President — Robert T. Brumfield,
Longwood College

Secretary — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Treasurer — Leland Shanor, Florida State
University

Executive Committee — Walter R. Hern-
don, University of Alabama; Patrick
H. Yancey, Spring Hill College; C.
Ritchie Bell, University of North Caro-
lina; John H. Carpenter, University
of Kentucky; B. Theodore Cole, Uni-
versity of South Carolina; Charles E.
Jenner, University of North Carolina.
All officers are ex officio members of
the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida State
University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky - Edward T. Browne, Jr., Uni-
versity of Kentucky

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Maryland — Romeo Mansueti, Chesapeake
Biological Laboratory

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College

North Carolina — William J. Koch, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Wintlirop
College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

0

ASB Bulletin

The following invited address was given by
Dr. Martin D. Young at the 25th anniversary din-
ner meeting of the Association of Southeastern
Biologists, Winston-Salem, N. C., April 27, 1962.

Founding and Early Days of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists

by Martin D. Young

i A description of the founding and early days
of the Association of Southeastern Biologists ap-
propriately should be given by the man who
I originated the idea, who was instrumental in the
initial organization, who was the first President,
and who has been most important in guiding its
destinies, Dr. George Hugh Boyd. However,
circumstances prevented his preparing such a re-
port and, therefore, I have the distinct honor of
talking on this subject.

A historical note of the Association was pub-
lished in October 1940 (J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 15:
406-407). In 1946, Dr. Boyd presented a short
history at the annual meeting. Following the
20th anniversary meeting in 1957, he published
a factual and interesting history. There is little
that I could add of a major nature to the 1957
report concerning the early days of the Associa-
■ tion. I shall endeavor to add some sidelights.

Much of this material has been furnished by
Dr. Boyd and by Dr. Harry Bennett.

As early as 1932, there was an interest in a
general organization that would bring together
from time to time the scientists of the South. It
seemed that closer contacts within the Southern
region would aid materially the progress of the
scientific endeavor in the South.

In the effort to do something to overcome the
existing isolation, Dr. Boyd wrote letters to a
i number of persons engaged in scientific activity
in this region in an attempt to arouse an interest
1 in the establishment of a Southeastern Section
of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science. In 1936, the Georgia Academy
of Science invited representatives of the neigh-
boring academies to be its guests at its annual
meeting in Athens, Georgia, on April 3 and 4,

with the purpose of considering such an organ-
ization. Enthusiasm was shown at the meeting
but there did not appear to be enough general
interest to insure the success of a regional organ-
ization involving different branches of science.
Consequently, it appeared that probably the best
approach to this problem would be that of bring-
ing together the biologists of this region at meet-
ings comparable to those already being held by
the Southern Society for Philosophy and Psy-
chology, the Southeastern Section of the Amer-
ican Mathematical Association, and the South-
ern Section of the American Physical Society.
The one step necessary, then, for the establish-
ment of a section of the American Association
for the Advancement of Science would be that
of getting the regional organizations to meet at
one place simultaneously and agree to a general
over-all organization. These things are men-
tioned in order to point out the fact that the
Southeastern Association of Biologists was or-
ganized as an outgrowth of the desire to have
a larger science organization in which the vari-
ous sciences would participate jointly.

Under date of February 20, 1937, Dr. Boyd
wrote a letter to all the biologists of Georgia and
the bordering states, as far as the names of such
persons could be found, inviting them to “a
meeting of Southeastern biologists” at the Uni-
versity of Georgia on May 7 and 8 of that year.
In this communication, it was stated that the
meeting was not being called for the purpose of
initiating an organization of biologists; but, if
such an organization seemed desirable to the
group, opportunity would be afforded for its
consideration. A majority of the replies were
favorable.

. Vol. 10, No. 1, January 1963

3

The records indicate that 69 persons attended
this meeting and 20 papers, based upon specific
research, were read. In addition to these reports
on research in progress, a paper on “New Views
in Plant Virus Disease Research” was read at the
evening session by Dr. L. O. Kunkel of the
Rockefeller Institute at Princeton, New Jersey,
and a paper was read by Dr. Pearse on Saturday
morning on the subject of “The Caves of Yuca-
tan.”

At the Saturday morning session, a business
meeting of the group was held which resulted in
the initiation of an organization to be known as
the “Association of Southeastern Biologists.”
The officers chosen for this organization were
G. H. Boyd, president; H. L. Blomquist, vice-
president; and J. T. Penney, secretary-treasurer.
Members of the official executive committee
chosen at that time were Margaret N. Hess,
Mary S. MacDougall, E. E. Reinke, and J. S.
Rogers.

At the initial business meeting, a committee
was appointed to draw up a constitution and re-
port a year later. In the months that followed,
such a constitution was drawn up and it was ap-
proved at the first annual meeting of the Asso-
ciation. This constitution stated that the organ-
ization should be called “The Association of
Southeastern Biologists.” Why it should not
have been called “The Southeastern Association
of Biologists” has always been puzzling.

It is interesting to note that the purposes of
this Association were stated as follows:

1. To promote scientific research.

2. To provide personal and professional con-
tacts among those engaged in biological
work in the Southeast and thus to promote
greater unity and cooperation among its
members.

3. To promote the development of a sound
biological point of view and a realization
of the relation of fundamental knowledge
in this field to the solution of problems pe-
culiar to the Southeast.

4. To promote study of the biological re-
sources of this region and efforts for their
preservation.

After an unsuccessful effort to meet with other
regional scientific groups, it was finally decided
to hold the first regular meeting at the University
of Georgia on April 15-16, 1938. Seventy-six
persons attended this meeting and twenty-one
research papers were read. The guest speaker
on this occasion was Dr. Otis W. Caldwell, Gen-
eral Secretary of the American Association for
the Advancement of Science.

The Treasurer’s report was as follows:

Collections None

Expenditures $5.70

The Treasurer’s report was approved, but the
minutes do not reveal whose money the Associa-
tion approved to be spent.

For those of you who are making more money
and having less left, the rates for the hotel rooms
for the 1937 meeting may be of interest. They
were: Single rooms, $1.50-$3.00; double rooms,
$2.50-$5.0Q.

The 1939 meeting was at Duke University.
An increase in membership was reported. In his
report, the Secretary-Treasurer said, “one or two
members have already paid dues for 1940. The
Secretary-Treasurer points with pride to this
phenomenon, and passes on this news to fellow
members of the Association who may have des-
paired of ever getting close to prosperity again.”
Note: the dues were $1.00 per year.

During the 1940 meeting at Vanderbilt Uni-
versity in Nashville, Tennessee, the arrangement
was made to publish certain material, principally
the proceedings and abstracts of the meetings in
the Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Sci-
ence. This arrangement continued in a very
satisfactory manner until the Association started
its own Bulletin in 1954.

In 1941, the meeting was at the Alabama Poly-
technic Institute, known by most football en-
thusiasts as Auburn. A pertinent discussion
arose concerning the meeting place for the fol-
lowing year. One line of discussion emphasized
the desirability of meeting in conjunction with
such groups as the newly organized Southern
Association for the Advancement of Science and
the host state academy. The other view was
that large meetings result in too much overlap-
ping and a superstructure in the form of a large
all-science organization would be a handicap to
the ASB. It was decided that just ASB would
meet at Miami University the following year.

Subsequent to the meeting in API, a member
of the host organization sent the following ac-
counting to the Secretary-Treasurer.

I sent you a statement regarding the $4.50 deficit in- ■
currecl by inviting nine guests to tire banquet of the As-
sociation of Southeastern Biologists. Since then I have
received a phone call from the Secretary’s office asking
that this remittance be made in order to balance the
books. I am relaying the information to you. During
my correspondence in connection with the meetings, I
have written 52 letters requiring three cents postage on
each, and I have had to return a pair of shoes to Dr.

of Vanderbilt, costing a total of 25 cents express

charges. In addition to that, I spent 25 cents for penny
postcards which were sent out ot colleges in Mississippi,
Louisiana, and Oklahoma requesting bulletins for the
Association’s use. These last two items I paid out of my
own pocket. The postage for the letters I have written
amounting to $1.56 was paid by the Department. When
these charges are paid, all the details relative to our re-
cent meetings will have been cleared up.

At the University of Miami meeting in 1942,
there was 17 inches of rain within 48 hours, per-

4

ASB Bulletin

haps a portend of dismal news for the next few
war years. In spite of this, the meeting was very
successful. To cooperate with the botanical in-
terests, it was decided to invite the Southeastern
Section of the Botanical Society of America to
meet jointly with the Association in Columbia,
South Carolina, scheduled for 1943. However,
no meeting was to occur for the next four years.

The Secretary-Treasurer, Dr. D. C. Boughton,
left to go to Washington, and the speaker was
elected to take his place. Due to the war emer-
gency, no meetings were held during the years
1943-1945. The President, Dr. Mary S. Mac-
Dougall, and the Secretary endeavored to keep
in touch with the membership during this period.
The expenses during these years were met by
the payment of a single annual membership dues
of $1.00 total, perhaps establishing somewhat of
a record in modeni times of 25 cents per year for
dues. During this time, newsletters and an-
nouncements were sent out giving the available
information on the activities of members, espe-
cially those in uniform.

Our members contributed to the war efforts
by their services and especially by personal par-
ticipation. It was disheartening, however, to see
some highly trained scientists put into lowly or
misfitted positions by the Armed Forces result-
ing in a tremendous waste of training and intel-
lect. This is a situation from which biologists in
general have not been able or perhaps have been
unwilling to extricate themselves. It is believed
that biologists can better serve humanity by a
more realistic appraisal of their relative abilities
and worth to their fellow beings and to society.

Annual meetings were resumed in 1946 at the
University of South Carolina, Columbia, S. C.
A resolution was passed to the effect that each
hour of laboratory instruction should have a
credit value of 1 hour in determining the teach-
ing load of the instructor. President MacDou-
gall had gathered much information on this point
during the war years. Another resolution sup-
ported the founding of a National Science Foun-
dation.

The Eighth Annual Meeting was at Emory
University, Georgia, in 1947 in association with
the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society
and the Southern Appalachian Botanical Club.
Ninety-nine new members were elected. The
annual awarding of a research prize, underwrit-
ten by the Carolina Biological Supply Co., was
instituted. It was announced that ASB had be-
come a affiliate of the American Association for
the Advancement of Science.

In 1948, a joint meeting with the Southeastern
Section of the Botanical Society was held at the
University of Florida at Gainesville. In addition
to the regular meeting, an interesting field trio
was arranged during which the members partook

of alligator meat. On the last day, a visit was
made to Marineland on the East Coast.

The Tenth Annual Meeting at the University
of Tennessee, Knoxville, in 1949 was marked by
an attendance of 331, undoubtedly setting a new
high.

In 1950, the Eleventh Meeting was held at the
University of Virginia in Charlottesville and the
award of the Phipps and Bird fellowship for
summer research at Mountain Lake, Virginia,
was begun. In 1952, the Meritorious Teaching
Award supported by the Will Corporation was
instituted.

The functions and the pattern of the Associa-
tion appeared to have been formed by 1950.
The annual meetings were informative and had
the very friendly atmosphere that has always
characterized this organization. Awards of sig-
nificance had been established. Abstracts and
meeting proceedings were published regularly.
There had been a steady growth of the member-
ship and the attendance at the meetings was
relatively good.

Women biologists have played an important
role in this organization since its formative days.
Dr. MacDougall of Agnes Scott was one of the
original group concerned with the initial organ-
ization. She and Dr. Margaret Hess composed
50% of the first executive committee. Dr. Mac-
Dougall has been on the executive committee
for 3 different terms as well as serving as Vice-
President and President. Between the years
1937 and 1951, she held one or other of the
above offices for a total of 8 years, which is prob-
ably a record for officeholding in this organiza-
tion. Later, in 1952, she received the Meritori-
ous Teaching Award. Dr. Margaret Hess was a
member of the Executive Committee 5 of these
13 years and Vice-President for one, making a
total of 6 years of office holding. She was Presi-
dent in 1952-53 and she received the Meritorious
Teaching Award later in 1959.

Other women who have held principal offices
are: Drs. Gaulden, Bridgemen, Howell, Jones, and
Quarterman. In addition, women have served
on various important committees and in general
have had a prominent voice in the operation of
the society.

Various regions, including our own country,
have organizations to study the status of women.
Perhaps they should take note of the important
part women have played in the ASB as a guide
and, in our own country, as a shining example
of integration.

In the 25th year of its existence, the Associa-
tion is the lengthened shadow of Dr. Boyd and
of those who thought and believed as he did. It
obviously is adequately filling a need of biol-
ogists in the Southeast and should continue to
prosper.

Vol. 10, No. 1, January 1963

5

The University of Florida Campus

About The Gainesville Meeting

The Association of Southeastern Biologists will
hold its twenty-fourth annual meeting April 18-
20, 1963, at the University of Florida, Gainesville,
Florida. Meeting with the ASB this year will
be five other organizations: the Southern Appa-
lachian Botanical Club, the S.E. Section of Beta
Beta Beta, the Southeastern Section of the Bo-
tanical Society of America, a regional group of
the National Association of Biology Teachers,
and the Southeastern Division of the American
Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists.

The meetings will commence on Thursday
afternoon, April 18, with a meeting of the Execu-
tive Committee at 1:00 p.m. in Boom 208 of the
Florida Union on the University campus. Ac-
tivities of the meeting will take place in the
Florida Union unless specified otherwise in the
program. Registration will begin at 4:00 p.m.
Thursday in Bryan Lounge, the exhibits will be
in the adjoining social room and the Thursday
evening program, to be announced later, will be
held upstairs in the Auditorium.

At the conclusion of the Thursday evening
meeting, members and guests are invited to the
Smoker to be held in the Bryan Lounge and ad-
joining Social Room where the exhibits will be
on display.

Paper sessions and the annual business meet-
ing will occupy Friday. Friday night’s activities

include a banquet, the retiring presidential ad-
dress, and presentation of awards, to be held in
the University Cafeteria; further details will be
published in the Program of the Annual Meeting.
Plans are being made for three field trips, for
special rates at some of the Florida tourist attrac-
tions, and for activities to include wives and chil-
dren.

Accommodations

Fifteen air-conditioned rooms are available in
the Florida Union to members and guests of the
Association. Nine have private baths and six in-
clude a lavatory in the room and a connecting
toilet and shower. Nine of the rooms have twin
beds and six are equipped wtih double beds.
Rollaway beds are available for use in ten of the
rooms at a slight additional charge. Send re-
quests for reservations to Dr. G. Ray Noggle,
Department of Botany, University of Florida,
Gainesville. Please indicate whether or not
double bed is acceptable. If more than 15 re-
quests for rooms in the Union are received reser-
vations will be made in a nearby motel.

Rates in Florida Union

Room

Single

Double

401

DB

PB

$6.00

$8.00

402

TB

CB

5.00

8.00

403

DB

CB

5.00

7.00

6

ASB Bulletin

404

DB

CB

5.00

7,00

405

TB

CB

5.00

8.00

406

DB

CB

5.00

7.00

408

DB

CB

5.00

7.00

409

TB

PB

6.00

9.00

410

TB

PB

6.00

9.00

411

TB

PB

6.00

9.00

412

TB

PB

6.00

9.00

414

TB

PB

6.00

9.00

415

DB

PB

6.00

8.00

416

TB

PB

6.00

9.00

417

TB

PB

6.00

9.00

Please

write

direct to

hotels and

motels f<

reservations. When you write please state that
you are coining to the ASB meeting and request
the commercial rates.

Travelodge Motel

One person

$7.00-9.00

413 W. University

Two persons, one

bed

Ave.

$9.00-11.00

Phone FR 6-1224

Two persons, two beds

$10.00-12.00

Tom Sawyer Motor

Single

$6.50-7.50

Inn

3335 S.W. 13th St.
Phone FR 2-1463

Double, two beds

$8.50-9.50

University Inn

One person

$8.50-10.50

U.S. 441 South

1901 S.W. 13th St.
Phone FR 2-6333

Two persons

$10.50-12.50

Tabor Motel

Single

$6.00-7.00

4041 S.W. 13th St.
Phone FR 6-4423

Double

$7.00-8.00

Hotel

Hotel Thomas

615 N.E. 2nd Street One person $4.00-7.00

Phone FR 2-9501 Two persons $7.00-12.00

Motels

The following rate schedule has been compiled
by the Gainesville Motel Association. The rate
structure, as shown below, represents the prices
which prevail generally throughout the year.
The rates listed do not necessarily apply at times
of special events such as football games, etc.

Bambi Motel One person $6.50-7.50

2119 S.W. 13th St. Two persons $8.50-9.50

Phone FR 6-2622 Two bedroom suite (connecting

bath) $14.00-18.00

Casa Loma Lodge One

2120 S.W. 13th St. Two

Phone FR 2-8971

Florida Motel One

2603 S.W. 13th St. Two

Phone FR 6-3742 Two

Francisco Motel One

2307 S.W. 13th St. Two

Phone FR 2-2045 Two

person $7.00-8.00

persons, two beds

$8.00-9.00

person $6.00

persons, two beds $8.00

persons, one bed $7.00

person $6.00

persons, one bed $7.00

persons, two beds $8.00

Gator Court
4170 S.W. 13th St.
Phone FR 6-4667

Hil-Top Motor Court

3103 N.W. 13th St.
Phone FR 2-4319

One person $6.00

Two persons, one bed $7.00

Two persons, two beds $8.00

One person $5.00-6.00

Two persons, one bed

$6.00-7.00

Two persons, two beds

$7.00-8.00

Holiday Inn

1900 S.W. 13th St.
Phone FR 2-3311

One person

Two persons

$8.00-12.50

$9.50-12.50

Howard Johnson

Motor Lodge

2820 N.W. 13th St.
Phone FR 6-1211

One person

Two persons

$8.50-11.00

$10.50-13.50

Manor Motel

2325 N.W. 13th St.

Single

Double, one bed

$6.00-8.00

$8.00-9.00

Phone FR 6-5212

Double, twin beds $9.00-10.00
Extra person, each $21.00

Richland Heights
Motor Court
4155 N.W. 13th St.
Phone FR 6-4368

One person $5.00-6.00

Two persons, one bed $7.00
Two persons, two beds

$7.00-8.00

Parking— Permits to park in restricted areas on
campus will not be required; however, No Park-
ing signs should be respected. Plenty of parking
spaces should be available within one or two
blocks of the Florida Union where the meetings
will be held.

Regarding Segregation.— Housing in Gaines-
ville is segregated. Howard Johnson’s Motor
Lodge Restaurant will accommodate Negroes.
The facilities of the Florida Union are available
to all members and guests of the Association as
are any of the cafeterias on campus. Reserva-
tions for rooms in the Florida Union should be
made as soon as possible as the number is limited
(see Accommodations).

Dining— Gainesville and the campus of the
University abound in dining facilities. Members
of the Association and their guests will find it
convenient to eat on campus. The most con-
venient place will be the main cafeteria located
in the same building complex with the Florida
Union. Some of the dormitories also have cafe-
teries and these will be available.

Field Trips— Three field trips are planned:

1. Post-meeting trip to Everglades and south-
ern Florida regions for three days, beginning
noon, Friday, April 19, and April 20, 21. This
trip will not be made unless 30 or more persons
apply before March 1 to Dr. John H. Davis, De-
partment of Botany, University of Florida. A
deposit of ten dollars ($10.00) is needed to make
housing and other arrangements. The full itin-
erary will be sent to those who apply or inquire.

2. Plant ecology and taxonomy field trip to the
Ocala National Forest region Saturday, April 20.
Group will leave Flint Hall on campus at 8:00
a.m. with stops at excellent examples of most of
central Florida’s major terrestrial plant commu-
nities. Loblolly bays over twice the size re-
corded by Charles S. Sargent, the most southern
station for eastern white cedar, blue crabs living
100 miles from salt water, etc., will be seen.
Group will break up about 3:00 p.m. in the For-
est about 70 miles fioin Gainesville. Private cars
will be used. Arrangements for box lunches and

Vol. 10, No. 1, January 1963

7

rides (for those without cars) will be made at
the Registration desk. Dr. A. M. Laessle and
Dr. E. S. Ford in charge.

3. Trip to Sea Horse Key Marine Laboratory.
Group will leave Flint Hall on campus at 9:00
a.m., Saturday, April 20. The marine laboratory
on Sea Horse Key is on an island two miles off
the Gulf coast near Cedar Key. This island,
nearly a mile long and 60 feet high is heavily
wooded and it is formed from an old sand dune.
The distance from Gainesville to Cedar Key is
57 miles. At the Laboratory visitors will have an
opportunity to go on a short collecting trip in the
laboratory boat. During this trip a small trawl
will be used to collect samples of marine life.
Birds are abundant in the area and those wish-
ing to do so may take a conducted tour along a
trail through the island.

Please bring your car if available. Those with-
out a car may request transportation at the Regis-
tration desk. Arrangements can be made at this
desk to secure a packaged lunch for the trip.
We shall leave Sea Horse Key on the return trip
about 3:00 pan. Persons living north or west of
Cedar Key may wish to depart directly from
there for their return trip home. Dr. E. Lowe
Pierce, in charge.

General Information

1. Registration will begin Thursday, April 18,
at 4:00 pan. and continue through Friday, in
Bryan Lounge in the Florida Union.

2. A $1.00 registration fee will be charged.

3. Paper sessions will be scheduled in the Flor-
ida Union.

4. Tickets to the banquet Friday evening,
April 19, are to be purchased by Friday noon at
the Registration desk. The price will be near
$3.50.

5. Plane connections with Gainesville are not
good. There is only one flight daily into Gaines-
ville (Eastern Air Lines). The nearest big air-
port is 90 miles away, north of Jacksonville. Bus
connections from Jacksonville are possible. The
Atlantic Coast Line Railroad and several bus
lines serve Gainesville. The Seaboard Airline
Railroad has passenger service to Waldo about
12 miles away. Anyone desiring transportation
from the Gainesville Airport, from Waldo, or
from the A.C.L. or bus terminals in Gainesville
should write to Dr. J. L. Nation, Department of
Biology, and give him expected time of arrival.

6. Gainesville is in a “dry” county.

Local Arrangements Committee

Co-chairmen J. C. Dickinson and H. K. Wallace

Housing S. R. Noggle

Finance J. C. Dickinson and II. K. Wallace

Transportation J. L. Nation

Liaison with Chamber of Commerce W. J. Riemer

Registration
Other organizations
Food service
Smoker
Exhibits

Field Trips: Sea horse
Botanical

R. M. DeWitt
E. R. Jones
J. D. Kilby
J. H. Gregg
Y. Sagawa
E. L. Pierce
C. D. Monk, E. S. Ford,
A. M. Laessle, and J. H. Davis
Tourist attractions F. J. S. Maturo

Wives’ entertainment Mrs. Dickinson and Mrs. Wallace
Program chairmen Wallace and Dickinson

Meeting rooms R. D. Powell

Audio-Visual T. J. Walker

Parking R. D. Powell

Publicity J. C. Dickinson

Signs A. M. Laessle

Mary Glide Goethe Travel Awards

For the sixth year there will be funds available
through the generosity of Mr. C. M. Goethe for
assistance to graduate students for expenses in
connection with the annual ASB meetings, to be
held this year in Gainesville, Florida. It is anti-
cipated that most of the awards will be for main-
tenance ( lodging and meals ) , and departments
are urged to provide travel allowances for then-
graduate students or to invite them to travel in
cars with staff members. Some travel allow- ,
ances may be awarded by the committee to '
those living most distant from Gainesville.

Staff members are requested to call to the at-
tention of qualified students in their respective
institutions the availability of these awards. If
there is more than one applicant from a depart-
ment, the Goethe committee may request the de-
partment to aid the committee’s selection by
ranking the applicants.

Any graduate student needing financial assist-
ance in order to attend the 1963 meeting of the
Southeastern Biologists is eligible. Rules for
making application for the Goethe Awards are
as follows:

1. Indicate if application is being made for
maintenance or travel or both. Give details,
such as total sum requested, how many nights
and days are involved, if travel allowance is re-
quested, the number of miles involved and the
proposed method of transportation, and any other
pertinent information.

2. Give information as to whether or not a
paper is being presented by the applicant.

3. In a paragraph, give a brief history of your
education, of how many years you have been—
and plan to be— in graduate school, of your major
field or fields of interest, of any publications
which have appeared or which may be in prepa-
ration, and any other pertinent professional de-
tails. Give information on marital status and
number of children.

8

ASB Bulletin

4. Give your source or sources of support
while in graduate school such as G.I. Bill, N.S.F.,
N.I.H., teaching assistantship, etc.

5. Have your major professor or departmental
head write a letter supporting your application.

6. Applications and supporting letters, both in
triplicate, should be in the hands of /. C. O’Kel-
lei/, Biology Department, P. O. 1927, University,
Alabama, by March 1, 1963. Applicants will be
notified of the decision of the Committee during
March.

COMMITTEE

Margaret Menzel
E. C. Cocke

J. C. O’Kelley, Chairman

Meritorious Award Nominations

As in previous years, an honorarium of $100
has been made available by the Will Corporation
of Georgia, to be used as an award for the recog-
nition of especially meritorious teaching by a
member of the ASB. The regulations governing
the award are as follows:

The recipient must be a member of the ASB in good
standing. He should have taught biology in a southern
institution for at least ten years, and must be currently
teaching. He must not be a dean or have regular ad-
ministrative duties beyond the department level ( this
particular criterion requiring interpretation in individual
cases). Among evidences of his qualifications is the
progress of the candidate as indicated by recognition in
his own institution ( important assignments and other
contributions specifically related to good teaching); and
the number and quality of students for whom he pro-
vided primarily the inspiration to continue in biology,
especially those who later received advanced degrees.

Past recipients of the Meritorious Award for
Teaching are as follows:

1952. Dr. Mary Stuart MacDougall (Agnes Scott)

1953. Dr. Orland E. White (Univ. of Virginia)

1954. Dr. Woolford B. Baker (Emory)

1955. Dr. John N. Couch (Univ. of North Carolina)

1956. Dr. Hugo L. Blomquist (Duke)

1957. Dr. Ezda Deviney (Florida State)

1958. Dr. Henry R. Totten (Univ. of North Carolina)

1959. Dr. Margaret Hess (Winthrop College)

1960. Dr. Ora C. Bradbury (Wake Forest College)

1961. Dr. Warren Deacon (Vanderbilt)

1962. Dr. Septima C. Smith (Univ. of Alabama)

In these times in which so much is heard about
teaching, it is particularly important that excel-
lence in teaching should be rewarded and publi-
cized in every way possible. Members of the
ASB are urged to make nominations and send
the needed supporting materials to Dr. William
J. Koch, Dept, of Botany, University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C., by April 1, 1963.

COMMITTEE
A. J. Sharp
Harry Wheeler
William J. Koch, Chairman

Association Research Prize

The rules and regulations governing the an-
nual Association Research Prize of $100.00, spon-
sored by the Carolina Biological Supply Com-
pany, Elon College, North Carolina, are as
follows:

1. The Research Prize is to be awarded for an
especially meritorious paper actually presented
at the annual meeting.

2. Only members are eligible to submit papers
in competition for the Research Prize. This ap-
plies to all names on the submitted paper.

3. Papers submitted in competition may be in
press but must not have been published prior to
March 1 of the year of the current competition.

4. Judges will be eminent biologists outside
the Southeast. They will set their own criteria,
and may withhold the award if no paper is
judged to have sufficient merit.

5. Papers must be submitted in triplicate and
in their entirety not later than March, 1963, to
Herbert P. Riley, Department of Botany, Univer-
sity of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky. One
copy of the prize-winning paper will remain in
the ASB files, but all other copies will be re-
turned to the authors as soon as possible.

6. Announcement of the winner of the Re-
search Prize will be made at the annual meeting.

Phipps and Bird Research Fellowship

A Research Fellowship of $150.00 for summer
research at Mountain Lake Biological Station of
the University of Virginia has been continued
through the generosity of the Phipps and Bird
Company of Richmond, Virginia. Any member
of the Association may submit an application.
The application should be accompanied by a
summary of the planned work, by a list of im-
portant publications, and especially in the case
of younger workers, by references and educa-
tional data. Applications should be sent to Her-
bert P. Riley, Department of Botany, University
of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky, not later than
April 1, 1963. The selection will be made by the
Research and Awards Committee of the ASB in
consultation with the Director of the Mountain
Lake Biological Station. The announcement of
the recipient will be made at the annual meeting
of the ASB.

COMMITTEE

Alan Conger
Burton J. Bogitsh
Herbert P. Riley, Chairman

Vol. 10, No. 1, January 1963

9

IMPORTANT DEADLINES

Please note the following deadlines, all of which are to be met before our Twenty-fourth
, Annual Meeting at the University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla., 18-20 April 1963. Members can
<! help facilitate plans for the meeting by sending in all requested material as far in advance of
!| the deadlines as possible. Because the time available for preparation of the program and pub-
lication of abstracts is already at a minimum it will be necessary for the program committee
and the editor to adhere strictly to the deadline set; NO TITLES CAN BE ACCEPTED ;>
THEREAFTEB.

|| January 15 — Suggestions for nominations for ASB officers and executive committee members,
j; February 13 — Titles and abstracts of papers to be presented at the Gainesville meeting. £
;> March 1 — Applications for Goethe Awards to graduate students.

March 1 — Papers to be considered for the Association Research Prize.

April 1 — Applications for Phipps and Bird Reseach Fellowship at Mountain Lake.

April 1 — Nomination letters for the Meritorious Award for Teaching.

Because of certain restrictions placed on applications and forms mailed at
second-class postage rates, those forms usually included in the January ASB Bul-
letin that pertain to the April meeting were mailed to ASB members early in
January. For your convenience, however, the deadlines which must be met be-
fore the April meeting are reprinted above.

!:

ii

10

ASB Bulletin

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People and Places

Bruce MacLean Eberhart, Department of Biology at
Princeton University, has accepted the headship of the
Biology Department at the Woman’s College of the Uni-
versity of North Carolina at Greensboro and will assume
his duties there in February, 1963.

Dr. Eberhart did his graduate work with Dr. E. L. Ta-
tum at Stanford University in the Field of Biochemical
Genetics.

Helen- L. Ward has resigned from the Department of
Zoology and Entomology, University of Tennessee, to ac-
cept a position with the Division of Technical Informa-
tion of the Atomic Energy Commission at Oak Ridge.
She will continue her research on the Acanthocephala at
the University. She is relinquishing the editorship of the
Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science after the
January issue, and the next Editor will be Dr. James J.
Friauf of the Department of Biology, Vanderbilt Uni-
versity.

Margaret Hess, formerly of Winthrop College, is now
head of the Department of Biology, Richard Bland Col-
lege, Petersburg, Virginia.

Noye Johnson and eleven of his senior students from
Dartmouth College were guests of the Virginia Institute
of Marine Science from October 28-30. The group spent
Sunday night at the laboratory, toured the laboratories
on Monday and on Tuesday went out on the Pathfinder
for field work in geology. Dr. Maynard Nichols of the
School of Marine Science acted as host for this group.

The first meeting of the new Board of Administration
appointed by Governor Harrison met at the Virginia In-
stitute of Marine Science Wednesday, October 31. Mem-
bers of the Board now are: Mr. Frank Miles, Mr. James
E. Mays, Dr. Robert W. Ramsey, Mr. Donald A. Holden,
Dr. Edgar F. Shannon, Dr. Davis Y. Paschall, Mr. Mar-
vin Minter, Mr. Fred Garrett, Mr. Milton T. Hickman.

The Virginia Institute of Marine Science has received
a grant from the National Science Foundation for an-
other Research Participation for College Teachers Pro-
gram during the summer of 1963. Thirty-one requests
for information about the program have been received to
date.

New members of the staff of the Department of Biol-
ogy, West Virginia University, include Dr. W. Newman
Bradshaw, who had his training at the University of
Texas in mammalogy and general ecology, and Dr. Al-
bert G. Canaris, with his training in parasitology at Ore-
gon State University.

An interesting new phase of biological teaching and
research at West Virginia University involves cooperation
in the staffing of colleges in East Africa already in opera-
tion or in the process of development in connection with
the Area Development Administration. Staff members
and graduate students will be given the opportunity of
spending varying amounts of time in Kenya and later,
perhaps, in Tanganyika and Uganda. The beginning of
this program was made in the fall semester of the 1962-
63 term, when Dr. Albert G. Canaris took up his duties
as zoologist at Egerton College, Njoro, Kenya.

Old Dominion College, formerly The Norfolk College
of William and Mary, lias three new teachers. Mr. Paul
J. Ilomsher, assistant professor; who came to us from
Pennsylvania State. His interests are in general and
cytogenetics. Dr. Edward G. Corbett, assistant profes-

sor; from the University of New Hampshire, whose field
is plant breeding. Also, Mr. John P. McKinlay, assistant
professor; from the University of Wisconsin, whose major
interests are neurophysiology and pharmacology.

Daniel E. Sonenshine, Old Dominion College, has a
NIH grant and is continuing his work on the taxonomy
of larval Argasid ticks. He is also working in coopera-
tion with the Virginia State Department of Health on the
ecology of Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever in Virginia.

J. S. Zaneveld recently attended the Gulf-Caribbean
Fisheries Institute in Galveston, Texas. He is preparing
a manuscript on the distribution, taxonomy and ecology
of marine algae of the Atlantic Coast between Cape May
and Cape Hatteras.

The staff of the Department of Biology at the Univer-
sity of Virginia has been joined by Assistant Professor
J. J. Murray, Jr. Dr. Murray has received degrees from
Davidson College in 1951 and Oxford University in
1962. He taught at Washington and Lee University
during the academic years of ’56-’57 and ’57-’58. His
field of interest is ecological genetics, and he has worked
primarily with land snails of the genus Picepaea. Dur-
ing the last summer, he made extensive collections on
the Society Islands in Polynesia, under the auspices of
the Royal Society of London.

A gift of $3500 from Smith, Kline and French Labora-
tories to Sweet Briar College has made possible a new
autoclave of large size, a Sholander respirometer, a ther-
mostatically controlled sterilizing oven and several re-
cording thermometers, all of which increase efficiency in
the laboratory and make possible physiological and eco-
logical work impossible or impractical previous to the
arrival of these gifts. Another gift of $4318 from the
AEC has made possible several counters, scalers, and as-
sociated equipment for the Biology and Chemistry de-
partments, which enable work with isotopes not only for
research by faculty and advanced students but introduc-
tion to the use of tracers in plant and animal biology in
the freshman Biology course.

Edward B. Cutler, who received his master’s degree
from the University of Michigan in June, has joined the
biology staff of Lynchburg College. Mr. Cutler has been
selected as a member of the International Indian Ocean
Expedition for tire summer of 1964, to collect and study
the new animal phylum, Pogonophora. Following the
Indian Ocean cruise, the expedition will spend two
months at a marine laboratory in Madagascar. Mr. Cut-
ler also plans a trip for the summer of 1963 along our
northwest Pacific coast to Alaska for collecting Pogono-
phora.

Paul J. Osborne, Biology Department of Lynchburg
College, has resumed teaching duties after a very fruitful
sabbatical year spent in the Physiology Department of
the University of North Carolina. Currently he is ex-
tending his research in cytology and histochemistry to
include animal phyla both above and below Platyhel-
minthes, which he has already investigated. Lynchburg
College has been awarded a National Science Founda-
tion grant of $15,000 with which he is to do this work in
a period of two years, in collaboration with Dr. A. T.
Miller, Jr., and Dr. Werner Straus, of the University of
North Carolina. Enzyme distribution as related to sub-
cellular particles, especially phagosomes and lyosomes,
will be of particular interest.

You. 10, No. 1, January 1963

11

Dorothy Crandall is on sabbatical leave from Randolph
Macon Woman’s College. She is working in the Soil
Science Department at North Carolina State College in
Raleigh. Mr. William Hooks has an interim appointment
to teach botany in the department. He comes to us from
Illinois Northern University.

Jack D. Burke, Biology Department, University of
Richmond, received from NIH a continuation of grant
for $26,000 to work for the next three years on oxyhemo-
globin affinity in the blood of fishes.

William S. Woolcott, Biology Department, University
of Richmond, spent six weeks of the summer 1962 at the
Highlands Biological Station in Highlands, North Caro-
lina, where he studied the distribution of fishes in the
headwater streams of the Savannah and Tennessee
Ris ers. The work was supported by an NSF grant.

O. E. Frye, Jim Clugston, and John W. Woods of the
Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission at-
tended the Southeastern Association of Game and Fish
Commissioners meeting held at Jackson Hole, Wyoming,
on September 10-14, 1962. Jim Clugston presented a
paper entitled, “Periodicity of Growth of the Florida
Large-mouth Bass, Micropterus salmoides ftoridmuis ( Le
Sueur), and the Northern Large-mouth Bass, Micropterus
salmoides salmoides (Lacepede), in subtropical Florida.”

Melvin T. Huish, Jim Barkuloo, Edward Crittenden,
J. B. Copeland, Clayton Phillippy, Bob Klant, and F. G.
Banks attended the Southern Division of the American
Fisheries Society meeting, held in Charleston, South
Carolina, on October 15-17, 1962. Papers presented
were as follows: “A Comparison of Returns of Jaw Tags
and Peterson Tags,” by Melvin T. Huish; “A Description
and Some Results of a Florida Statewide Fish Tagging
Program,” by J. B. Copeland; “The Status of Tilapia
nilotica in Florida,” by Edward Crittenden; “Self-Con-
tained Underwater Breathing Apparatus “SCUBA” As an
Aid in Fisheries Work,” by Jim Barkuloo and Keith
Byrd.

Aaron H. O’Bier, Assistant Professor of Biology at Stet-
son University, spent three months at the University of
California, Berkeley, where he began a study of gene
linkage in the Basidiomycete, Schizophyllum commune.
The work was supported by NSF.

Wilson B. Bell, formerly a member of the Biology De-
partment at Virginia Polytechnic Institute and a recent
Past-President of the Virginia Academy of Science, on
October 1, 1962 became Dean of the College of Agri-
culture, V.P.I.

The following new staff members joined the Depart-
ment of Biology at Virginia Tech: Robert E. Benoit, as-
sistant professor of bacteriology, B.S., Vermont, 1956,
M.S., Rutgers, 1959, Ph.D., Rutgers, 1962; Rhodes B.
Holliman, assistant professor of zoology, B.S., Howard,
1950, M.S., Miami, 1953, Ph.D., Florida State, 1960;
Duncan T. Patten, assistant professor of botany, A.B.,
Amherst, 1956, M.S., Massachusetts, 1959, Ph.D., Duke,
1962; Richard E. Phillips, assistant professor of zoology,
B.S., Purdue, 1952, M.S., Oregon State, 1954, Ph.D.,
Cornell, 1959; David A. West, assistant professor of zool-
ogy, B.A., Cornell, 1955, Ph.D., Cornell, 1959; Cleo D.
Wilder, Jr., assistant professor of zoology, A.B., North
Carolina, 1948, M.S., Tennessee, 1951, Ph.D., Florida,
1962.

William W. Scott, Associate Professor of Botany at
Virginia Tech, was one of eight teachers from various
colleges and universities throughout the U.S.A. selected
to participate in the NSF sponsored summer research
program at the Virginia Institute of Marine Science,
Gloucester Point, Virginia. Dr. Scott conducted an in-
vestigation dealing with the occurrence and distribution
of aquatic fungi in the York River system.

From June 25 to August 4, Dr. Duke Wilder, Assistant
Professor of Zoology, attended the Institute of Desert
Biology at Arizona State University, Tempe, conducted
under the sponsorship of the National Science Founda-
tion.

Duncan Patten, Assistant Professor of Botany at Vir-
ginia Tech attended the A.I.B.S. meetings in Corvallis.
Oregon as a member of the Ecological Society of Amer-
ica. He presented a paper on the results of his recent ,
research entitled “The Vegetation Pattern in Relation to
Environments in the Madison Mountains of Montana.”

Perry C. Holt, Associate Professor of Zoology in the
Department of Biology of VPI, concluded the field work
connected with his study of the systematic^ of the family
Branchiobdellidae this summer with a collecting expedi-
tion to Mexico. Previous field work from 1958 through
1961 has been done in, or collections received from other
collectors from 41 of the states of the Continental United
States. The results of the Mexican trip, therefore, com-
plete a fairly thorough survey of North America. This
work has been supported since 1957 by the National
Science Foundation.

S. E. Neff, Department of Biology, VPI, has returned
to Blacksburg after attending the NSF-sponsored Insti-
tute of Comparative Anatomy at Harvard University this
summer. He also attended the XVth International Con-
gress of Limnology at Madison, Wisconsin, August 19-
26, and presented a paper on the use of fly larvae in the !
biological control of medically important snails. Dr.
Neff will conduct a three-year study supported by the
National Science Foundation on the immature stages of
the Scatomyzinae. This subfamily of flies is poorly
known. Contrary to belief, most of the species do not
breed in excrement, but they are associated with aquatic ,
and semi-acquatic vegetation. The investigation will be
carried out as a part of the Limnology Program at VPI.

William W. Scott, Associate Professor of Botany at
Virginia Tech is the recipient of a $13,500 grant from
the NSF for the study of “The Degradation of Sub-
merged Organic Debris by Aquatic Fungi.” This is the
second major research project being conducted by Dr.
Scott and his students. He is also directing a project sup-
ported by a grant of $15,600 from the NSF for the study
of “Aquatic Fungi Associated with Diseased Fish and
Fish Eggs.”

Perry C. Holt, Associate Professor of Zoology at Vir-
ginia Tech has been awarded a renewal grant for a
three-year period in the sum of $11,300 from the Na-
tional Science Foundation. This grant will enable Dr.
Holt to continue his research on the “Systematic Studies
of the Family Branchiobdellidae.”

William H. Adams, Professor of Biology, has been ap-
pointed Chairman of the Division of Natural Sciences at
Tennessee Wesleyan College.

The Highlands Biological Station announces that ap-
plications are now being received for grants to conduct ■
research in the area of the Southern Appalachians served
by the Station. Attention is called to two programs; (1)
participation in the long-term and comprehensive field
studies concentrated in the gorges of the southeastern
escarpment of the Blue Ridge Mountains now being con-
ducted by the station, and (2) participation in a program
outside the gorge areas for significant research projects
which require modest sums for support and the station
as a base of operations for the field studies and laboratory ,
work involved. Both programs are supported by funds
available to the station from the National Science Foun-
dation. For information and blanks write Executive Di-
rector, Highlands Biological Station, Highlands, North
Carolina.

12

ASB Bulletin

lo

ie ASI

HU ■ s»3i KlAte

\

[T f NEW YC

i BOTANICAL

1 | u ' ''

B

UL]

LETIN

Illustration from Joannes Jonstonus’ Historiae Naturalis de Quadrupedibus

( See page 44 )

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

Volume 10, Number 2 — April 1963

CONTENTS

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 24th Annual Meeting
of the Association of Southeastern Biologists 23

Association Affairs 14

Commercial Exhibits at the Gainesville Meeting 40

News of Biology in the Southeast 41

Program of the 24th Annual Meeting of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists 17

Report on 1963 Meeting of Southern Section of American
Society of Plant Physiologists 16

The New Taxonomy? — by Perry C. Holt 15

University of Virginia Announces 1963 Mountain Lake Pro-
gram 16

Who Needs Instruction? — An Editorial 16

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

Final Report of Retiring Treasurer, 15 April 1962-15 May 1962

$1,143.29

250.00

893.29

893.29

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna. Changes of address
should be sent promptly to the Secretary
of the ASB, Dr. Harry J. Bennett, Depart-
ment of Zoology, Louisiana State Univer-
sity, Baton Rouge, La. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions should
be sent to the Business Manager, Dr.
Leland Shanor, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Talla-
hassee, Florida. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $2.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Wicker-
sham Printing Co., Lancaster, Penna.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

Harry J. Bennett, Associate Editor
Leland Shanor, Business Manager

Officers of the A. S. B.

President — Walter S. Flory, Blandy Experi-
mental Farm, University of Virginia

Retiring President — Royal E. Shanks, Uni-
versity of Tennessee

President-Elect — E. Ruffin Jones, Univer-
sity of Florida

Vice-President — Robert T. Brumfield,
Longwood College

Secretary — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Treasurer — Leland Shanor, Florida State
University

Executive Committee — Walter R. Hern-
don, University of Alabama; Patrick
H. Yancey, Spring Hill College; C.
Ritchie Bell, University of North Caro-
lina; John H. Carpenter, University
of Kentuckv; B. Theodore Cole, Uni-
versity of South Carolina; Charles E.
Jenner, University of North Carolina.
All officers are ex officio members of
the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — Arthur W. Ziegler, Florida State
University

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — Edward T. Browne, Jr., Uni-
versity of Kentucky

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Maryland — Romeo Mansueti, Chesapeake
Biological Laboratory

Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College

North Carolina — William J. Koch, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — Margaret Hess, Winthrop
College

Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

SAVINGS ACCOUNT:

Balance on hand April 1, 1962 . . .
Transferred to checking acct

Cashiers’ check to transfer account
to new treasurer

CHECKING ACCOUNT:

Balance on hand April 15, 1962 . .
Receipts :

Reprints

Dues & subscriptions

Goethe Travel Award (1963) . .
Wake Forest Convention account

balance

Will Corp. ( 1962 Meritorious

Award )

Transferred from savings account

$ 152.70

$ 8.25
338.24

75.00

1.09

100.00

250.00

$ 772.58

$ 925.28

( Continued on page 42)

14

ASB Bulletin

THE NEW TAXONOMY?

A Note on the First International Conference on Taxonomic
Biochemistry, Serology, and Physiology Held at
Lawrence, Kansas, September 4, 5, 6, 1962
Perry C. Holt

VIRGINIA POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE

It is twenty years or more now since the “New
Systematics” did much to restore the good repute
of taxonomists as scientists. The “New Syste-
matics” was, of course, not new, as Ernst Mayr
pointed out at the meeting reported on here, but
it did result in taxonomists more widely utilizing
biological data of all types. The Association of
Southeastern Biologists numbers many taxono-
mists among its ranks, and since few of them at-
tended the meeting on Taxonomic Biochemistry,
Serology, and Physiology that was arranged by
Charles A. Leone of the University of Kansas
and supported by the National Science Founda-
tion, it seems appropriate to call the meeting to
the attention of the members of the Association.

There were approximately 250 in attendance.
Seventy-two papers were presented. There were
representatives from Canada, England, Belgium,
Germany, France, Spain, and Ireland. Seven
sessions were devoted to “Principles of Syste-
matics,” “Perspectives in Molecular Taxonomy,”
“Comparative Biochemistry,” “Comparative Se-
rology” (2), “Comparative Physiology and Bio-
chemistry,” and “Comparative Biochemistry of
Proteins.”

Obviously all of these cannot be reviewed
here. A few comments about the sections de-
voted to the stated aims of the conference— the
application of the results of molecular biology to
taxonomy— will be followed by some remarks
about the most controversial topic discussed—
“Numerical Taxonomy”— which in concept has
nothing to do with molecular taxonomy.

Alan Boyden’s work in systematic serology is
too well known to be discussed here, although he
presented an interesting review of it, but it
should be noted that he was specially honored
by the conference. And many of the better
papers were reports of serological or immuno-

logical work and of work using the techniques
of electrophoresis and chromatography. Out-
standing among the latter was that of Charles
Sibley with birds. But there is little contro-
versy of a fundamental nature here, though it
seems to me that these methods are to be used
only for carefully selected problems in areas of
study well worked by the traditional methods.
It is this that gives significance to Sibley’s work.
The value of a meeting of workers in these fields
lies primarily in uncovering and discussing the
tricky and difficult problems of technique and
interpretation. The basic concepts are well inte-
grated into the “New Systematics,” that is, the
taxonomy of today.

I am not sure of the distinction between bio-
chemistry and physiology, and neither, from the
titles given the various sections, is Dr. Leone.
But to deal with biochemistry first: Marcel Flor-
kin, with an encyclopedic and scholarly grasp of
all of biology, alerted biochemists to the mean-
ing that evolution can give their work. Alan Fox
warned of the dangers that a neglect of the con-
cepts of parallelism and convergence can pro-
duce. Comparative biochemistry, he says, is
now at the descriptive level of mid-nineteenth
century anatomy. There were examples of com-
parative studies of biochemical pathways, exem-
plified by the work of Konrad Bloch of Harvard.
But these studies, potentially of great value for
systematics, have largely ignored the evolution-
ary implications.

Comparative physiology (and perhaps I err)
seemed to have little to offer and hardly at all to
be integrated into the main body of the confer-
ence.

Many of the papers were short progress re-
ports, but the interesting ones on the whole were
the longer ones of a synthetic nature. If the Sec-

( Continued on page 21 )

Vol. 10, No. 2, April 1963

15

Report on 1963 Meeting of Southern Section
of American Society of Plant Physiologists

On February 4 to 6 the Southern Section of
the American Society of Plant Physiologists met
with the Association of Southern Agricultural
Workers at Memphis, Tennessee. All sessions
were well attended. The program included 32
contributed papers and a symposium on photo-
morphogenesis.

The Symposium was chaired by Dr. Warren L.
Butler, A.M.S., U.S.D.A., Beltsville, Maryland.
The participants in the symposium were Dr.
Leonard Price, Smithsonian Institution, Dr. Solon
A. Gordon, Argonne National Laboratory, and
Dr. Warren L. Butler. The symposium will be
published and copies will be available from
Scholars Library Publishers.

The annual Plant Physiologists Breakfast was
held on the morning of February 6. An award
of $25 for the best paper given by a graduate
student was made to Mr. Frank E. Bendana, of
the University of Florida for his paper with Dr.
Robert D. Powell and Dr. Warren S. Silver,
“Localization of Exogenous Auxin in Nodules
and Roots of Non-legumes.” Another award of
a copy of the Annual Review of Plant Physiol-

Wlio Needs Instruction?

As has been the custom for some years, this
year’s annual call for papers again clearly spelled
out in Item 7 the format that should be used in
preparing abstracts for the April ASB Bulletin.
Yet, 83% of the abstracts submitted were not pre-
pared according to the instructions.

Not all of the improperly prepared abstracts
showed a complete disregard for the instructions,
but each one that needed attention added to the
job of getting the Bulletin out on time— and,
more important, pointed up the fact that stu-
dents are not the only ones who find it difficult
to follow instructions.

A breakdown of the improperly prepared ab-
stracts follows:

Abstract not double spaced 3

Abstract not on standard sized typewriter paper . . 2

Title all in capital letters 19

Title with only first word capitalized 13

( Continued on page 39)

ogy, Volume 13, was presented to Mr. Lawrence
S. Baum of the University of Alabama for his
paper with Dr. Joseph C. O’Kelley, “Preliminary
Studies on the Replacement of Potassium by
Rubidium in Selected Green Algae.” The annual
breakfast address was given by Dr. Folke Skoog,
University of Wisconsin on “Certain Aspects of
Kinetin Research.”

Officers elected for 1963 were Chairman, Dr.
Joseph C. O’Kelley, University of Alabama; Vice-
chairman, Dr. Frederick T. Wolf, Vanderbilt
University; Secretary-Treasurer, Dr. Joseph Hacs-
kaylo, A.R.S., U.S.D.A., College Station, Texas.
Elected for membership on the Executive Com-
mittee was Dr. Robert D. Powell, University of
Florida, to serve with Dr. Howard E. Joham,
Texas A and M College and Dr. Robert Bums,
A.R.S., U.S.D.A., Experiment, Georgia. Dr.
Wayne C. Hall, Texas A and M College, repre-
sents the Southern Section on the National Exec-
utive Committee.

The 1964 meeting is scheduled to be held
jointly with the Association of Southeastern Biol-
ogists; the time and place to be decided.

University of Virginia Announces
1963 Mountain Lake Program

The University of Virginia has announced the
program of graduate biology courses to be of-
fered this summer at the Mountain Lake Biologi-
cal Station on southwestern Virginia. They are
as follows:

First Term

Bryology, Dr. Rudolf M. Schuster, University
of Massachusetts

Comparative Endocrinology, Dr. B. E. Frye,
University of Michigan

Ichthyology, Dr. William S. Woolcott, Univer-
sity of Richmond

Ornithology, Mr. Maurice G. Brooks, West
Virginia University

Second Term

Mycology, Dr. Charles E. Miller, University of
Maine

( Continued on page 39)

16

ASB Bulletin

Program of the 24th Annual Meeting of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists

A Joint Meeting with the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, the Southern
Appalachian Botanical Club, the Regional Section of the National Association of Biology Teachers,
the Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta National Honorary Biological Society, and the Southeast-
ern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists— held at the University of
Florida, Gainesville, April 18-20, 1963.

THURSDAY, APRIL 18

1:00 p.m.
1:00-5:00 p.m.
4:00-7:45 p.m.
8:00 p.m.

Executive Committee Meeting: Room 208, Florida Union.

Opening of Reptile Exhibit: Florida State Museum, Open House.

Registration: Bryan Lounge, Florida Union.

General Session: Auditorium, Florida Union, Walter Flory, Presiding.

Address of Welcome: Dr. J. Wayne Rietz, President, University of Florida.

Response: Walter S. Flory, Blandy Experimental Farm, President, The Association of Southeastern
Biologists.

Invitational Address: Orientation in Animals, Dr. E. G. Franz Sauer, University of Florida.

The invitational address will be followed by a smoker, to be held in the Social Room where the
exhibits will be on display. Bryan Lounge, across the hall, will also be open. Refreshments will be
served.

FRIDAY, APRIL 19

MORNING

8:00 a. m. -11:00 a. m. Registration: Bryan Lounge, Flor-
ida Union.

8:00 a. m. -12:00 noon. Open House: Florida State Mu-
seum.

8:00 a. m. -12:00 noon. Exhibits: Social Room, Florida
Union.

8:30 a.m. -11:30 a. m. Paper Sessions:

Systematic Botany— Auditorium, Florida
Union.

Plant Ecology— Room 324, Florida Union.
Cytology and Cytogenetics— Room 215, Flor-
ida Union.

Invertebrate and Vertebrate Biology— Room
212, Florida Union.

Parasitology— Room 218, Florida Union.
Ichthyology and Herpetology— Johnson
Lounge, Florida Union.

11:45 a.m. -12:30 p.m. Business Meeting: Association of
Southeastern Biologists. Auditorium, Florida
Union.

1:30 p.m. Field Trip to Everglades and other regions
in Southern Florida. Details at registra-
tion desk. Dr. John M. Davis in charge.

AFTERNOON

12:00 noon-5:00 p.m. Open House: Florida State Mu-
seum.

1:00 p.m.-5:00 p.m. Exhibits: Social Room, Florida
Union.

2 00 p.m. -4:36 p.m. Paper Sessions:

Plant Physiology— Auditorium, Florida
Union.

Cryptogamic Botany— Room 324, Florida
Union.

Animal Ecology— Room 215, Florida Union.
Animal Development and Animal Physiol-
ogy-Room 212, Florida Union.

Botany and Systematic Botany (cont’d) —
Room 218, Florida Union.

Ichthyology and Herpetology— Johnson
Lounge, Florida Union.

2:00 p.m. -5:00 p.m. Registration, Beta Beta Beta:

Bryan Lounge, Florida Union.

4:45 p.m. -5:15 p.m. Business Meeting: Southeastern
Section of the Botanical Society of America.
Florida Union Auditorium.

4:45 p.m. -5:15 p.m. Informal Meeting: Southern Appa-
lachian Botanical Club. Room 215, Florida
Union.

EVENING

7:00 p.m. Banquet: University Cafeteria.

After the Banquet: Beta Beta Beta Program. McCarty
Auditorium.

ASB Evening Program. Banquet Hall:

REVIEWS OF ECOLOGICAL RESEARCH
DEDICATED TO THE MEMORY OF
DR. ROYAL E. SHANKS
Introduction, A. J. Sharp, University of Tennessee.
Radiation Ecology and Mineral Cycling, John Wither-
spoon, Oak Ridge National Laboratory.

Ecological Studies in the Great Smoky Mountains,
Dorothy Crandall, Randolph-Macon Women’s Col-
lege.

Ecological Studies in Arctic Alaska, Edward Clebsch,
University of Tennessee.

SATURDAY, APRIL 20

8:00 a.m. Field Trip: Plant ecology and taxonomy ratory. Dr. E. L. Pierce in charge. Details

field trip to Ocala National Forest. Drs. at registration desk.

A. M. Laessle and E. S. Ford in charge. 9:00 a.m.-12:00 noon. Beta Beta Beta General Meet-
Details at registration desk. ing and Paper Sessions. Rooms 128 and

9:00 a.m. Field Trip: To Sea Horse Key Marine Labo- 133 Dan McCarty Hall

Vol. 10, No. 2, April 1963

17

SCHEDULE OF PAPER SESSIONS

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

9:48

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

9:48

8:30

18

2.

5.

6.

7.

16.

17.

19.

FRIDAY MORNING-APRIL 19, 8:30 A.M.

Systematic Botany

Auditorium— Florida Union
Presiding: R. K. Godfrey

Jones, Samuel B., Jr. (University of Geor-
gia). Studies in the Narrow Leaved Veronia
(Compositae) of the Southeast.

Fryar, William R. ( Florida State Univer-
sity). Evidence on Hybridization of Two
Species of Eupatorium (Compositae).
Myint, Tin (University of Florida). A
Monographic Study of S tylisma and a Re-
vision of North American Bonamia, North
of Mexico.

Sarvella, Patricia and Borislav Stojano-
vic (Mississippi State University). Amino

15.

21.

Acid Analyses in Male-Sterile Cottons.
Pringle, James S. ( University of Tennes-
see). Gentiana, Section Pneumonanthae, in
the Southeast.

Riley, Herbert P. (University of Ken-
tucky). Some Characteristic Families of
Flowering Plants of Southern Africa.

Sharp, Aaron J. (University of Tennes-
see). Further Observations on Vascular

18.

20.

29.

10:01

8.

10:14

9.

10:27

10.

10:40

11.

10:53

12.

11:06

13.

11:19

14.

Epiphytes in the Smoky Mountains.

Aiuto, Russell ( University of North Caro-
lina). Using Rank-Order Correlation Coeffi-
cients in Determining Species Relationships.
Radford, Albert E. (University of North
Carolina). A Graduate Program in Plant
Taxonomy.

Yates, Harris O. (Vanderbilt University).
Taxonomic Status of Uniola (Gramineae).
Mulcahy, David L. (Vanderbilt Univer-
sity ) . Floral Modifications in Oxalis Priceae.
Sherman, Harry L. (Vanderbilt Univer-
sity). A Comparison of Southeastern and
Western Species of Schoenolirion (Lilia-
ceae ) .

Pinson, Joseph N., Jr. (Vanderbilt Univer-
sity). Morphological and Physiological Dif-
ferences in Southeastern Heterotheca Grown
under Uniform Conditions.

Kozuka, Yoshimichi (Vanderbilt Univer-
sity). Preliminary investigation of Floral
Color Variation in Trillium (Liliaceae).

Plant Ecology

Room 324— Florida Union
Presiding: Margaret Gilbert

10:14 23.

Whitford, L. A. and G. J. Schumacher 10:01 22.

( N. C. State College, and State University
of New York). Effect of a Current on Res-
piration and Mineral Uptake in Species of
Spirogt/ra and Oedogonium.

McGinnis, John T. (Emory University).

Some Environmental Changes in Forest
Stands Following Exposures to Radiation.

Faulkner, Bebe Jo (Emory University). 10:27 24.

Radiation Effects and Population Variabil-
ity in lsoetes melanospora.

Laessle, Albert M. ( University of Flor-
ida). Spacing in Even Aged Stands of 10:40 25.

Sand Pine Showing Maximal Competition.

McCormick, J. Frank and Robert B.

Platt (Vanderbilt University and Emory
University). Ecotypic Differentiation in 10:53 26.

Diamorpha eymosa Nutt.

Woodmansee, Robert A. (University of

Southern Mississippi). The Dispersal of the 11:06 27.

Planktonic Diatom Rhizosolenia alata In-
ferred from Cell-Diameter Frequency Dis-
tributions.

DeSelm, H. R. (University of Tennessee).

Production in a High Elevation Stand Near
Richland Balsam Mountain, North Carolina.

11:19 28.

Cytology and Cytogenetics

Room 215— Florida Union
Presiding: A. W. Ziegler

Hatch, Lindy and Carolyn Wells ( Long-
wood College). A Cytological Study of
Tripling Conjugation in Tetrahymena pyri-
formis.

8:43

Burbanck, Madeline P. and Robert B.
Platt (Emory University). Granite Out-
crop Communities of the Piedmont Plateau
in Georgia.

Cooper, Arthur W. ( North Carolina State
College ) . Establishment of Permanent Plots
to Study Effects of Aphid Infestation in
Southern Fir Forest.

Cooper, Arthur W. (North Carolina State
College). Observations on the Vegetation
of the Toxaway River Gorge, Transylvania
County, N. C.

Jones, Alice S. ( University of Alabama;
Livingston State Col.). Correlation of For-
est and “Prairie” with Soils in the Black
Belt of Sumter County, Alabama, in 1832.
Edmisten, Joe Allen ( University of Flor-
ida). Ecological Aspects of Florida Pine
Flatwoods.

Williams, James E. ( Laboratory of Radi-
ation Ecology, Aiken, S. C. ) . Primary Pro-
duction on a Moisture Gradient.

Ecgler, Willis A. ( Newcomb College of
Tulane University). Tree Rings as a Means
for Dating Volcanic Eruptions.

30. Cardell, Robert R., Jr. (Edsel B. Ford
Institute for Medical Research, Henry Ford
Hospital). Secretory Cycle of Pituitary
Cells.

ASB Bulletin

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

9:48

10:01

31. Hu, Funan and Robert R. Cardell, Jr.
(Edsel B. Ford Institute for Medical Re-
search, Henry Ford Hospital). Electron
Microscopy of Human Skin.

32. Sagawa, Yoneo (University of Florida).
Cytological Studies of the Genus Phalae-
nopsis ( Orchidaceae ) .

33. Alvarez, Marvin R. (University of Flor-
ida). Studies on the Ontogeny of Vanda.

34. Israel, Herbert W. (University of Flor-
ida). Megasporogenesis in Dendrobium
( Orchidaceae ) — An Electron Microscope
Study.

35. Te-Hsiu, Ma (Emory & Henry College,
Emory, Virginia). Chimera in Maize.

36. Menzel, Margaret Y. (Agricultural Re-
search Service, USDA). Nature of Prefer-
ential Pairing in an Intergeneric Allotetra-
ploid.

10:14

10:27

10:40

10:53

11:06

11:19

37. Wells, Carolyn (Longwood College). An
Atypical Conjugation in T etrahymena pyri-
formis.

38. Griffin, Dana G., Ill ( University of Ten-
nessee). Oospore Variation in Chara.

39. Herr, J. M., Jr. and M. E. Borom (Uni-
versity of South Carolina). The Use of
Centrifugal Force to Rearrange the Nuclei
in the Developing Megagametophyte of Ox-
alis corniculata L.

40. Howe, H. Branch, Jr. ( University of Geor-
gia). Nuclear Loss in the Ascospores of
Neurospora tetrasperma.

41. Leach, William M. (University of Ten-
nessee). Thymidine “Pool” in Grasshopper
Neuroblasts.

42. Mathen, O. M. and Dr. C. R. Bell (Uni-
versity of North Carolina). Chromosome
Number and Behaviour in Gerardia and
Aureolaria.

Invertebrate and Vertebrate Biology

Room 212— Florida Union

Presiding: P.

J. Osborne

8:30

43.

Damian, Raymond T. and Robert B. Short
America.

10:01

50.

8:43

44.

Cole, Arthur C. ( University of Tennes-
see). A Synopsis of the Harvester Ants of

the Genus Pogonomyrmex Mary in North

10:14

51.

8:56

45.

Rinaldi, Robert Arthur ( University of
Tennessee). Velocity Profiles of Amoeboid

Movement.

9:09

46.

Hetrick, L. A. (University of Florida).
Some Insect Associates of Southern Pine
Trees.

10:27

52.

9:22

47.

Osborne, Paul J. and A. T. Miller, Jr.
(Lynchburg College and University of
North Carolina). Acid and Alkaline Phos-

10:40

53.

phatase Changes Associated with Feeding,
Starvation, and Regeneration in Planarians.

10:53

54.

9:35

48.

Hassell, M. D. (University of Kentucky).
Homing in Myotis sodalis.

9:48

49.

Davis, Wayne H. (University of Kentucky).

Sex Ratios of Hibernating Bats.

Barbour, Roger W. ( University of Ken-
tucky). The Behavior of Plethodon gluti-
nosus as Influenced by Light.

Jones, Duvall A. (Ferrum Junior College,
Ferrum, Va. ). Massive Polymorphism, Re-
flexive Selection, and the Toad, Bufo ty-
phonius.

Bush, Francis M. (Howard College).
Water, Lean, and Lipid Weights of Five
Species of Colubridae.

Funderburc, John B. and Margaret L.
Gilbert ( Florida Southern College ) . Ob-
servations on a Probable New Race of the
Bowfin, Amia calva, from Central Florida.
Parsons, Jonathan and Robert R. Car-
dell, Jr. ( Edsel B. Ford Institute for Medi-
cal Research). Identification of Statoliths
by X-Ray Diffraction.

Parasitology
Room 218— Florida Union
Presiding: B. J. Bogitsh

9:00 55. Miller, Grover C. and Reinard Harkema

(North Carolina State College). Parasitic
Helminths of Mink.

9:13 56. Bogitsh, Burton J. (Georgia Southern Col-

lege). Histochemical Observations on Hy-
menolepis microstoma.

9:26 57. Byrd, Elon E. and William P. Maples

(University of Georgia). The Egg and
Miracidium of Dasymetra conferta Nicoll,
1911 (Trematoda: Ochetosomatinae ) .

9:39 58. Dvorak, J. A. and A. W. Jones (University

of Tennessee). The in Vivo Incorporation
of Tritiated Cytidine and Tiitiated Thymi-
dine by the Cestode, Hymenolepis micro-
stoma.

9:52 59. Parrish, Fred K., Mary Mead Andrew,

and Joanna W. Parrish (Agnes Scott Col-
lege ) . The Spontaneous Recovery of the
Cricket Gryllus assimilis from Gregarine In-
fections.

10:05 60. Kruse, Dwayne N. (Northwestern State

College). Infection of Commercial Shrimps
with Spores of the Gregarine N ematopsis
from Pelecypods.

10:18 61. Jeffery, Geoffrey M. and William E.

Collins ( DHEW, PHS, NIAID, LPC, Sec-
tion on Epidemiology, Columbia, S. C. ).
Fluorescent Antibody Studies in Human
Malaria.

Vol. 10, No. 2, April 1963

19

2:00

2:13

2:39

2:52

FRIDAY AFTERNOON-APRIL 19, 2:00 PM.

Plant Physiology

Auditorium— Florida Union
Presiding: Ray Noggle

62.

63.

McKinsey, Richard D. ( University of Vir-
ginia ) . Intra-Cellular Localization of the
Pentose Phosphate Cycle in Ustilago maydis.
Wheeler, Harry and Homer S. Black 3:18
(Louisiana State LJniversity ). Effects of
Helminthosporium victoriae and Victorin 3:31
upon Permeability.

2:26 64. Broughton, William S. and K. L. Webb

( University of Georgia, Marine Institute,

Sapelo Island, Georgia). Investigations on
Certain Factors Affecting Growth and Pro- 3:44
ductivity of S partina alterniflora Loisel.

Cabler, John F. (University of Florida).

Growth Retarding Chemicals as Substitutes
for High Light Intensity. 3:57

Barnes, Robert L. ( Southeastern Forest
Experiment Station, U. S. Forest Service).

Nitrogen Metabolism in Relation to Flower- 4:10
ing in Pine.

3:05 67. Beatty, Alvin B. (Emory University).

65.

66.

The Enhancement of Radiation Recovery
Through the Use of Protein Inhibitors and
Amino Acids.

68. Walker, Alma Toevs ( University of Geor-
gia). Fluorescing Compounds in Lichens.

69. Tontz, Joanne C. (Woman’s College, Uni-
versity of North Carolina). A Chromato-
graphic Comparison of Luminescing and
Non-luminescing Cultures of Panus stypti-
cus.

70. Wolf, Frederick T. (Vanderbilt Univer-
sity). Effects of Light and Darkness on
the Biosynthesis of Carotenoid Pigments in
Wheat Seedlings.

71. Henderson, James H. M. (Tuskegee Insti-
tute). Characterization of an Unknown
Auxin in a Sample of C-14 Labelled IAA.

72. Plummer, Gayther L. ( University of Geor-
gia). Radioactive Fallout and Vegetation
in the Georgia Piedmont.

Cryptogamic Botany
Room 324— Florida Union
Presiding: Walter Herndon

2:00

73.

McCullough, Herbert A. ( Howard Col-
lege). Foliose and Fruticose Lichens of
the Piedmont Upland of Alabama.

2:13

74.

Miller, Charles E. (University of Maine).
Aquatic Phycomycetes of the Mountain Lake

3:31

80.

Region.

3:44

81.

2:26

75.

Rhodes, Russell G. and Walter Hern-
don (University of Tennessee). Growth
and Development of Gloecodendron Korsh.

2:39

76.

Groover, Robert D. and Temd R. Deason
( University of Tennessee and University of
Alabama). Growth Studies on Microtham-
nion kuetzingianum Naegeli.

3:57

82.

2:52

77.

Groover, Robert D. and Walter R.

4:10

83.

Herndon (University of Tennessee). Zoo-
spores of Prasinocladus lubricus Kuekuck.

3:05

78.

Hickman, D. W. and W. W. Scott (Vir-
ginia Polytechnic Institute). Mineral Re-
quirements of Selected Species of Aquatic
Hyphomycetes.

4:23

84.

3:18

79.

Morrison, Ralph Michael (Woman’s

Animal Ecology

Room 215— Florida Union

Presiding: J.

M. Carpenter

2:00

85.

Eldridge, David W. and John R. Warren
(Tennessee Polytechnic Institute). A Com-

2:39

88.

parison of Netted Phytoplankton from Sur-
face Samples in the Littoral and Limnetic

2:52

89.

Zones of Monterey Lake.

2:13

86.

Harvey, Michael J. ( University of Ken-
tucky). The Effect of Sigmodon hispidus
on the Regeneration of Southern Pine Seed-
lings.

3:05

90.

2:26

87.

Gresson, Phillip E. ( University of Ken-
tucky). Stream Classification and Fish

3:18

91.

College of the University of North Caro-
lina). Factors Affecting the Germination
of Conidiospores of Erysiplie cichoracearum.
Cocke, Elton C. (Wake Forest College).
The Myxophyceae of North Carolina.
O’Kelley, Joseph C. and Temd R. Deason
(University of Alabama). Continuous Cul-
ture of Protosiphon botryoides in Ca- and
Sr-media with CCb-Enriched Atmosphere.
Blackwell, Will H. and Temd R. Dea-
son ( University of Alabama). Observations
on Alabama Soil Algae.

Ballal, S. K. (University of Tennessee).
A Comparative Study of Five Isolates of
Uromyces phaseoli (Rebent.) Wint. var.
vignae Arth.

Cowie, Lillian M. (Wesleyan College).
Recurring Variations in the Structure of the
Thallus of a Lichen of the Genus Umhili-

Distribution : Dix River System, Kentucky.

Kuehne, Robert A. (University of Ken-
tucky). Some Limnological Aspects of the
Waters in Mammoth Cave, Kentucky.

Hoss, Donald E. ( Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries, Beaufort, N. C. ) . Accumulation
of Radioactive Gold by Estuarine Animals.
Gray, I. E. and M. J. Cerame-Vivas (Duke
University). Circulation in Raleigh Bay,
North Carolina, and Its Relation to the Bar-
rier at Cape Hatteras.

Lutz, Paul E. ( Woman’s College, Univer-
sity of North Carolina). Life Cycle and

20

ASB Bulletin

3:31

3:44

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

3:05

2:00

2:13

2:26

92.

93.

97.

98.

99.

100.

100.

102.

108.

109.

110.

Seasonal Differences in Photoperiodic Re-
sponse by Nymphs of Tetragoneuria cyno-
sure (Odonata).

Odum, Eugene P., Timothy Marples, and
Shirley Marshall (University of Geor-
gia). Energy Storage in Migrating Birds.
Burbanck, W. D., Robert Grabske, and
J. R. Comer ( Emory University and Uni-
versity of Kansas). Recovery, After One
Year in Natural Habitat, of Cyathura polita
Labeled with Zn05.

3:57 94. Carpenter, J. M., W. L. Jinks, and B. A.

Semp (University of Kentucky). Studies
on the Reproductive Potential of Drosophila
affinis on Various Yeasts.

4:10 95. Pierce, E. Lowe (University of Florida).

The Distribution of Lancelots along the
East and West Coasts of Florida.

4:23 96. Colley, Frank B. and Richard G. Wie-

gert ( Institute of Radiation Ecology, Uni-
versity of Georgia). Retention of Zinc-65
in Wild Small Mammals.

Animal Development and Animal Physiology

Room 212— Florida Union

Presiding: To be announced

Browder, Leon W. and Willie M. Reams,

Jr. (Louisiana State University). A Micro-
chemical Analysis of Mammalian Myo- 3:18
genesis.

Rovee, David T. and Willie M. Reams,

Jr. (Louisiana State University). Augmen- 3:31
tation of Interfollicular Melanocytes In-
duced by Trauma in Mouse Skin.

Hollyfield, Joe G. and Willie M. Reams,

Jr. (Louisiana State University). Influence 3:44

of Mysial Architecture on Pigment Cell
Morphogenesis in the Mouse.

Reams, Willie M., Jr. (Louisiana State
University). Pigment Cell Branching as 3:57

Triggered by the Tissue Milieu.

Fraser, Ronald C. ( University of Tennes-
see). Acid and Alkaline Denaturation of
Chick Embryo Hemoglobins as Determined 4:10

by Changes in Spectral Characteristics in
the Soret Region.

Cowden, Ronald R. ( University of Flor-
ida). Some Comparative Cytochemical

Studies on Blood Cells of Lower Verte-
brates.

103. Dent, James Norman and J. F. Fitzpat-
rick, Jr. (University of Virginia). Wound
Healing in the Crawfish.

104. Garth, R. E. and R. L. Culpepper ( North-
western State College of Louisiana ) . Pre-
liminary Study of a Light-induced Hypo-
thalamus Secretion.

105. Bernard, George R. and Gail G. Wynn
(Medical College of Georgia). Phospha-
tase Activity of the Secretory Cells of Some
Vertebrate “Salt Glands.”

106. Roeder, Martin and Rachel II. Roeder
(Woman’s College of University of North
Carolina). The Respiration of Small Whole
Fishes.

107. Thomson, J. Richard, Jack H. Moore,
and Frank M. Schabel, Jr. (Southern Re-
search Institute, Birmingham, Ala. ) . Com-
bination Chemotherapy of Experimental
Mouse Leukemia.

Systematic Botany

Room 218— Florida Union

Presiding: Dan Ward

Oosting, H. J. and P. J. Kramer (Duke
University). A Phytotron for the Southeast.

Reinert, Grady W. and R. K. Godfrey 9-39
(Florida State University). Vegetative
Characteristics of Utricularia foliosa ( Len-
tibulariaceae ) .

Godfrey, R. K. and Preston Adams ( Flor- 2:52
ida State University and DePauw Univer-

sity). The Identity of Sagittaria isoetiformis
( Alismataceae ) .

111. Hardin, James W. and Clifford R. Parks
North Carolina State College). The East-
ern Yellow Erythroniums.

112. Humm, Harold J. (Duke University). The
Marine Algae of Virginia.

( Continued from page 15— Taxonomy)

ond International Conference on Taxonomic Bio-
chemistry, Serology, and Physiology is held, I
would suggest: (1) that it be called Molecular
Taxonomy, (2) that the number of papers be
reduced and the time for each increased, (3)
that these papers be primarily review papers by
senior workers in the field, (4) that if there is,
and there is, a need for discussion of numerical
taxonomy and other questions of a controversial
and theoretical nature, a separate symposium
should deal with them, and (5) that wider pub-
licity and an increased attendance should be
sought. The proceedings of the conference are

to be published, and I recommend them to all
taxonomists. In the meantime, Bulletin No. 28,
November, 1962, of the Serological Museum,
Rutgers University, has evaluations of the con-
ference by several of the participants.

The first background session was entitled
“Principles of Systematics.” Arthur Cronquist,
speaking on “Systematics: the Classical Founda-
tion,” and Ernst Mayr, on “The New System-
atics,” presented scholarly reviews of the nature
of systematics that were to serve, and did quite
well, as the theoretical background into which

Vol. 10, No. 2, April 1963

21

the results of investigations in molecular biology
might be integrated.

But, the conference was rather abruptly jostled
from its clear course by Robert Sokal’s paper en-
titled “The Future Systematics.” As is well
known, Sokal proposes that taxonomy, defined as
the description, classification, and naming of or-
ganized nature, be divorced from systematics
which is an attempt to seek causal and historical
explanations. Having, thereby, removed taxon-
omy from the realm of science which can be
neither more nor Jess than a search for explana-
tions, Sokal seeks to make taxonomy as an art,
i.e., a practice, scientific by requiring exactness.
No one quarrels with the use of quantitative
data when it can be obtained, with the use of
mathematics, of technical advances such as
electronic computers: the quarrel is with an ap-
proach to taxonomy that deprives it of much in-
terest or meaning. Taxonomy, however, is scien-
tific precisely to the extent that it operates in the
theoretical framework of the science of system-
atics. To regard, as Sokal seems to do, taxonomy
as a science when removed from this framework
of theory and to consider many of the concepts

of systematics, e.g., homology, as myths, is to ac-
cept a Philistine definition of science.

The use of numerical ( quantitative ) data is
desirable where possible. Advances in mathe-
matical sophistication and technical contraptions
( computers ) are great boons to all scientists. To
be bedazzled by these technical advances into
reviving the medieval rationalist dream of abso-
lute truth (exactness, “empirical taxonomy”) is
to ignore the most significant intellectual results
of the twentieth century, namely, the insights
into the nature of mathematics and scientific
statements deriving from the work of Russell and
Godel. Exactness is a prized part of the method-
ology of science: it is redundant to say that it is
of value only as it strengthens our conceptual
schemes.

Taxonomy and systematics will grow and
change. The emphasis upon higher categories
that is developing is an example. I don’t, how-
ever, foresee a “New Taxonomy” that is different
either in objectives or basic methodology from
the old.

The writer’s travel expenses were supplied by NSF ;
grant G-9828.

22

ASB Bulletin

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 24th Annual

Meeting of the Association

Using Rank-Order Correlation Coefficients in
Determining Species Relationships
Russell Aiuto, University of North Carolina

A statistical technique employed by behavioral ^scien-
tists is the “Rank-Order Correlation Coefficient.” Its
usefulness as a taxonomic tool has been tested in the
analysis of closely related taxa of the genus Phlox, and
found to give implications of genetic similarities and dif-
ferences. Although a great number of measurements of
a large sampling of plants were involved in this study,
this measure of the degree of association between two
variables is independent of sample size, and its own size
is dependent solely on the extent to which two sets of
measurements are related. The technique requires the
organization of data into comparative columns of rank,
the differences then squared, totaled, and used in the
formula

6 S.d-
n ( n2 - 1 )

It is suggested that this technique might prove equally
effective with other plant groups.

Studies on the Ontogeny of Vanda

Marvin R. Alvarez, University of Florida

Studies of the embryology and early development of
plants are a valuable tool for furnishing an insight of the
processes which control the growth and ultimate mor-
phology of higher plants. The Orchidaceae are particu-
larly suited for investigations of this type because of the
relative lack of differentiation in the embryo and the ab-
sence of endosperm from the seed. A detailed descrip-
tion of the normal sequence of development of Vanda
was given and abnormal modes were discussed. The
role of prominent intracellular lipid inclusions was specu-
lated upon. In addition a study of the effect of light
intensity on the morphogenesis of the embryo was made.

As a result of this investigation is was concluded that
the embryo differentiates early in its development into a
parenchymatous, meristematic, and suspensor region. The
suspensor was found to degenerate early in the sequence
and the parenchymatous region serves as nutritive tissue
for the meristem which differentiates leaves and stems.
In addition is was concluded that the inhibitory effects
of light intensity on the Vanda embryo are directly pro-
portional to its intensity; optimum growth and differenti-
ation being obtained in total darkness.

A Comparative Study of Five Isolates of
Uromijces phaseoli (Rebent.) Wint.
var. vignae Arth.

S. K. Ballal, University of Tennessee

The results of a preliminary investigation on Uromyces
phaseoli var. vignae, the fungus causing the rust disease
of Vigna sinensis Endl. are reported. The urediospores
remained viable for forty days at 5°C. and at a relative
humidity of approximately 50-60%. The urediospores of
five isolates consistently differed in size, shape, color,
thickness of epispore and echinulations. The reactions
of five isolates towards four ions showed that the toxicity
fell in the following order Hg > Cu > Ni > Pb. The
LD50 value of each ion varied slightly for the five iso-

of Southeastern Biologists

lates. Nickel acted as a stimulant for the germination of
urediospores at extremely low concentrations and was
phytotoxic at 100 ppm. The five isolates varied in their
pathogenicity towards the four varieties of Vigna sinen-
sis tested.

The Rehavior of Plethodon glutinosus
as Influenced by Light
Roger W. Barbour, University of Kentucky

Under conditions of 12 hours constant artificial light
and 12 hours constant dark, captive P. glutinosus ex-
hibited a marked daily activity rhythm. In constant
darkness, the peaks of activity were suppressed, but the
rhythm was still well marked. In constant light, more
marked suppression of the peaks was noted. After the
above sequence of light and dark periods, lights were
again placed on a 12 hour on, 12 hour off cycle, but with
the periods reversed in relation to the normal day. Under
these conditions, the animals were most active during
the lightless period, which was 12 hours out of phase
with their earlier activity period.

Nitrogen Metabolism in Relation to
Flowering in Pine
Robert L. Barnes, U . S. Forest Service

Nitrogen composition, metabolism, and translocation
have been studied in relation to flowering and fruiting
in loblolly pine ( Pinus taeda L. ) . Arginine is the main
free amino acid found in the reproductive structures and
young twigs. Arginine synthesis apparently takes place
mainly via the Krebs-Henseleit urea cycle. Pathways of
arginine degradation are not clear; no arginase activity
has been found, and utilization via 7-guanidinobutyric
acid may be an important pathway. Nitrogen transloca-
tion in the xylem takes place mainly in the form of
amino acids, with glutamine predominating. Glutamine
synthesis in sterile roots and seedlings is increased by
adding ammonium or urea to the medium. Growing
seedlings in sand culture with either ammonium or urea
nitrogen increased the free amino acid content in com-
parison with nitrate-grown seedlings. Arginine level
was affected greatly by nitrogen source; ammonium seed-
lings contained about 20 times more free arginine than
nitrate-grown seedlings.

The Enhancement of Radiation Recovery
Through the Use of Protein Inhibitors
and Amino Acids
Alvin V. Beatty, Emory University

Tradescantia inflorescences which were preirradiatively
treated for U2 hours in protein inhibitors dihydrostrepto-
mycin, puromycin or chloramphenicol and irradiated in
helium gave lower chromosomal aberration yields than
did the chemically untreated controls indicating that, in
these experiments, protein synthesis was not necessary
for chromosome rejoining and that material treated with
these antibiotics showed more recovery from radiation
damage than the controls. The recovery is thought to
be due to the presence of additional ATP brought about
by the inhibition of protein synthesis and through the
addition of amino acids in the pool. The amino acids
could provide additional ATP through inhibitory feed-

Vol. 10, No. 2, April 1963

23

back mechanisms and the catabolism of amino acids.
The exogenous use of citrulline, histidine, proline, gly-
cine, phenylalanine, cysteine, isoleucine, alanine, threo-
nine and serine reduced the aberration yield to a value
approximating that obtained with the antibiotics.

Phosphatase Activity of the Secretory Cells of
Some Vertebrate “Salt Glands”

George R. Bernard and Gail G. Wynn,
Medical College of Georgia

The rectal glands of 2 stingray species ( Dasyatis sabina,
D. say ) and 4 shark species ( Negaprion brevirostris,
Carcharinus acronotus, C. limbatus, and C. maculipin-
nis), and the orbital glands of 3 turtle species ( Caretta
caretta, Lepidochelijs kempi, Malachlemys terrapine) , 2
gull species (Larus atricilla, L. delawarensis) and 3 tern
species ( Thalasseus maximus maximus, T. sandvicensis
acuflavida, and Gelochelidon nilotina aranea ) were
studied. Azo dye and cobalt sulfide deposition tech-
niques were used to demonstrate alkaline phosphatase
activity (ALP) histochemically in the secretory cells;
lead sulfide deposition, for acid phosphatase activity
(ACP). ALP is most marked in Caretta and L. kempi
orbital glands. ALP is confined to the connective tissues
of the glands of captive terrapins. The elasmobranchs
and birds show no ALP. ACP could not be demon-
strated in the turtle, bird, or shark salt-secretory cells.
D. say did show ACP. The significance of the findings
will be discussed.

Observations on Alabama Soil Algae

Will H. Blackwell and Temd R. Deason,
University of Alabama

In the course of an investigation of the distribution
and ecology of the soil algae of Alabama, it became
necessary to describe organisms previously unknown.
These organisms were isolated into uni-algal cultures by
means of the standard bacteriological techniques. They
have been maintained for study on modified Bristol’s
agar slants under constant conditions of temperature and
light. The life cycles and morphology of these organ-
isms, including new species of Spongiococcum and
Chlamydomonas, are described.

Histochemical Observations on Hymenolepis
microstoma *

Burton J. Bogitsh, Georgia Southern College

Adult forms of Hymenolepis microstoma were recov-
ered from the bile ducts of laboratory infected mice and
fixed by the freeze-drying technique. The cuticle of the
parasite was found to possess both types of phosphatases
(pH 5.0 and pH 9.0), mueoprotein and small quantities
of acid mucopolysaccharides. The major polysaccharide
of the parenchyma was found to be glycogen. Prelimi-
nary observations on the formation of the egg-shell tend
to support the premise that the vitelline cells supply the
protein necessary for the elaboration of the structure.

° Supported, in part, by a research grant (E-2738 C-3)
from the National Institutes of Health, Department of
Health, Education and Welfare.

Investigations on Certain Factors Affecting
Growth and Productivity of Spartina
alterniflora Loisel

William S. Broughton and K. L. Webb, University of
Georgia Marine Institute, Sapelo Island, Georgia

Considerable morphological variation is exhibited by
Spartina alterniflora Loisel growing on the salt marshes

of coastal Georgia. These differences are best exempli-
fied by the height of the flowering culms which vary
from about 3.0 meters along the marsh stream edges, to
0.3 meters in the depressions behind the streamside
levees landward. Studies have revealed that genetical
differences are probably correlated with form variation,
but that environmental conditions often result in similar
natural variations. Of a number of environmental fac-
tors examined, it appears that degree of tidal submer-
gence and the availability of certain nutrients are the
most important in affecting the vigor and form of these
plants in nature. These findings are taken into account
in investigations of carbon dioxide fixation and net
production.

A Microchemical Analysis of Mammalian
Myogenesis °

Leon W. Browder and Willie M. Reams, Jr.,
Louisiana State University

An analysis of myogenesis is in progress utilizing the
techniques of chemical microscopy. The development
of muscles is being characterized by studies of muscle
protein extraction at various stages in development. The
determination of refractive indices, optical sign, optic
axial angle, dispersion, fusion properties, etc., are being
used to distinguish differentiation of the tissue. Corre-
lations between the chemical microscopic characteriza-
tion of differentiation and histogenesis indicate changes
of the tissue substrate properties which influence inva-
sion of muscle by migratory cells.

° Supported in part by Grant #502-62 of Cancer Asso-
ciation Research, New Orleans.

Granite Outcrop Communities of the Piedmont 1
Plateau in Georgia

Madeline P. Burbanck and Robert B. Platt,
Emory University

During one calendar year, the vegetation of 40 island
communities ( depressions containing soil and surrounded
by naturally exposed rock) located on three outcrop-
pings of granitic gneiss near Lithonia, Georgia, were
studied intensively to obtain data on seasonal aspect and
relative abundance of species, types of communities pres-
ent, and the role of succession in their floral composition.
Four types of communities were recognized based on
characteristic flora correlated with maximum soil depth:
Diamorpha communities, 2-6 cm.; Lichen-annual herb
communities, 7-15 cm.; Annual-perennial herb communi-
ties, 14-36 cm.; Herb-shrub communities, 40-50 cm.
These types of communities are suggestive of succes-
sional stages from a primary bare area to a sub-climax;
the climatic forest climax is not reached because of ad-
verse edaphic conditions. Although 76 species of plants,
including lichens and mosses, were recorded, only 39
occurred in five or more communities and were consid-
ered typical of island communities. There are two main
growing and flowering seasons, early spring and late
summer.

Recovery, After One Year in Natural Habitat, of
Cyathura polita Labeled with Zn65 *

W. D. Burbanck, Emory University
Robert Grabske, University of Kansas
J. R. Comer, University of Kansas School of Medicine

During July, 1961, 300 cyathurans were collected from
a tidal marsh at Pocasset River, Massachusetts, exposed
for one hour in groups of 100 to the radioisotope Zn65
( as the chloride ) in the Radiation Laboratory of the
Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, and then re-
turned to the Pocasset marsh. Approximately one year

24

ASB Bulletin

later cyathurans recovered from the deposition site were
measurably radioactive. Determination of the radioac-
tivity of cyathurans collected at varying distances from
the original deposition site showed that there had been
relatively little population movement, and those animals
that did migrate did not go farther than about 110 cm.
The successful labeling of Cyathura polita and the re-
covery of labeled animals from the field will make possi-
ble more precise population studies of this estuarine
isopod.

* Supported by National Science Foundation Grant
G-21145.

Water, Lean, and Lipid Weights of Five
Species of Colubridae

Francis M. Bush, Howard College

Studies on the body composition of Reptilia have in-
cluded chiefly Chelonia, Sauria, and Crocodilia. Accord-
ingly, any comparable quantitative data on the Serpentes
are worthwhile.

The following results were obtained and expressed as
g./lOO g. body weight. Three specimens of S toreria d.
wrightorum (Apr.) showed: total water, 64.0, total lean,
24.6, total lipid, 11.4; liver water, 3.4, fiver lean, 1.0,
liver lipid, 0.2; 62.1, 30.7, 7.2; 3.1, 1.4, 0.2; and 68.6,

28.9, 2.5; 3.7, 1.3, 0.8. Three specimens of Carphophis
a. amoenus (Sept.), 73.8, 22.2, 4.0; 69.7, 27.0, 3.3; and

69.9, 28.5, 1.6. Two Diadophis p. punctatus (Oct.),
72.5, 22.4, 5.1; 1.5, 1.0, 0.1; and 70.0, 26.6, 3.4; 3.2, 1.2,
0.1. One Diadophis p. punctatus (Nov.), 72.8, 24.6,
2.6; 1.8, 0.6, 0.3. One Natrix s. pleuralis (Nov.), 76.0,
21.8, 2.2; 1.8, 0.6, 0.3; and one Elaphe o. spiloides
(Nov.), 76.3 21.7, 2.0; 2.1, 0.4, 0.1.

When values are compared for all species, apparently
some water is stored in the autumn. Proportionally these
species contained about the same quantity of lipid in the
liver as other Reptilia. Storage of lipid may be associ-
ated with the type of diet and the ability of snakes to
catch prey.

The Egg and Miracidium of Dasymetra conferta
Nicoll, 1911 (Trematoda: Ochetosomatinae )

Elon E. Byrd and William P. Maples,
University of Georgia

The egg of Dasymetra conferta is fully mature when
oviposited naturally and hatches only after it is ingested
by the snail host, Physa spp. Hatching appears to be in
response to some stimulus supplied by the living snail
and this stimulus acts in an undetermined way to cause
the larva to exercise a characteristic series of body move-
ments as it liberates a granular substance from the larger
pair of its cephalic glands. This substance reacts with
the vitelline fluid in such a way as to create pressure
within the egg capsule, and with the cement of the
operculum in allowing that part of the capsule to be
lifted away. The internal pressure aids the squirming
larva to escape the shell.

The hatched larva consists of a membranous body
wall which supports six epidermal plates, organized into
two tiers of three plates each, an apical papilla, two
penetration glands and a central matrix, the presumptive
brood mass. The larva fives for about half an hour and
during this time it completely reorganizes itself through
a condensation of the central matrix into a syncytium, in
which are six nuclei and two cells, and a miracidial case.
The miracidial case ultimately ruptures to liberate the
brood mass, which penetrates into the snail host.

Growth Retarding Chemicals as Substitutes for
High Light Intensity

John F. Cabler, University of Florida

The morphological effects of the growth retarding
chemicals CCC ( 2-chloroethyltrimethylammonium chlo-
ride) and phosfon ( 2,4-dichlorobenzyltributylphospho-
nium chloride) are known to be similar to those caused
by high fight intensity. Previous work by this laboratory
indicated that CCC and phosfon were successful in re-
tarding growth of Cynodon dactylon “tif green” (tif ton-
328 bermudagrass ) . An experiment was set up to deter-
mine if these chemical compounds could, when applied
to this economically important turfgrass, increase the
shade tolerance of this plant. The experiment showed
that these compounds are successful in substituting for
high fight intensities. It also showed that the effects of
CCC and phosfon may differ. While CCC acts as a
retardant of the bermudagrass in full sunlight, it may
actually promote growth under lower fight intensities.
The etiolation phenomenon characteristic of low fight
intensities was absent on grass treated with CCC and
phosfon.

A technique to establish the mode of action of growth
retardants is being investigated.

The Secretory Cycle of Pituitary Cells

Robert R. Cardell, Jr., Department of Physics,
Edsel B. Ford Institute for Medical Research,
Detroit 2, Michigan

The pituitary secretory cells may be differentiated on
the basis of staining properties, characteristic of the
secretory granules, and location within the gland. There
is considerable variation in the ultrastructure of different
cells of the same cell type. It is proposed that this vari-
ation in structure is due to the cell being at a different
phase of the secretory cycle. The most abundant cell of
any cell type is characterized by the cytoplasm being
almost filled with secretory granules. This cell has little
endoplasmic reticulum and few mitochondria scattered
throughout the cytoplasm. The Golgi complex is not
well developed. It is proposed that this is the storage
stage of the secretory cycle. A cell in the active stage
of secretion is characterized by the presence of fewer
secretory granules, development of the granular endo-
plasmic reticulum, extensive development of the Golgi
complex, and increase in the size and number of mito-
chondria. Intermediate stages between these two cells
are presented.

Studies on the Reproductive Potential of
Drosophila affinis on Various Yeasts

J. M. Carpenter, W. L. Jinks and B. A. Semp,
University of Kentucky

In natural populations of Drosophila affinis the yeasts
Pichia fermentans and Kloeckera apiculata are commonly
found upon dissection of the crop of this insect SDecies.
In the laboratory, a series of experiments was performed
to determine a figure for the reproductive potential of
affinis using these two yeast species as nutritional sources.
Preliminary results indicate only minor differences in the
figure for reproductive potential using the yeasts indi-
cated.

The Myxophyceae of North Carolina

Elton C. Cocke, Wake Forest College

The algal flora of North Carolina is abundant and di-
verse. This is to be expected since the climate ranges
from almost tropical on Smith Island to much cooler con-

Vol. 10, No. 2, April 1963

25

ditions in the high mountains. A wide variety of algal
habitats is also found in North Carolina. During the
past twenty-five years I have collected and identified
about three hundred species of blue-green algae from
the state; these plus those reported by other workers
brings the total recorded number of species of Myxo-
phyceae to approximately three hundred fifty. These
species will be described and illustrated in a book which
I hope will be published within one year. Several rarer
and less known forms of blue-greens are described in
this report.

A Synopsis of the Harvester Ants of the
Genus Pogonomyrmex Mayr
in North America

Arthur C. Cole, University of Tennessee

The genus Pogonomyrmex Mayr in North America is
divisible into two subgenera, Pogonomyrmex Mayr and
Ephebomyrmex Wheeler. The subgenus Pogonomyrmex
comprises the barbatus, occidentalis, maricopa, and ba-
dius complexes. Only a single species, badius ( Latreille),
which is unique in having polymorphic workers, ranges
east of Louisiana. There is no evidence of subspeciation
in the genus, but some of the species hybridize intro-
gressively with variable degrees of gene flow.

Establishment of Permanent Plots to Study-
Effects of Aphid Infestation in
Southern Fir Forest
Arthur W. Cooper, North Carolina State

During 1957 the balsam woolly aphid ( Chernies piceae
Ratz. ) was discovered on Mt. Mitchell, North Carolina.
Since this time large numbers of fraser firs ( Abies fraseri
(Pursh) Poir. ) have been killed and in some areas on
Mt. Mitchell 100% mortality has occurred. In view of
this potential catastrophe, it seemed desirable to take
steps to study the effects of the aphid infestation on fir
forests. Therefore, permanent sample plots have been
established in several undisturbed fir forest types on Mt.
Mitchell. These plots have been surveyed once and
these data will be used as a standard by means of which
any changes in vegetation due to insect infestation can
be determined.

Observations on the Vegetation of the Toxaway
River Gorge, Transylvania County, N. C.
Arthur W. Cooper, North Carolina State

A general study of the vegetation of the Toxaway
River Gorge, Transylvania County, N. C., was made dur-
ing portions of the summers of 1960 and 1961. Empha-
sis was placed on floristics and on major vegetation types
occurring within the gorges and on the surrounding up-
lands. Five major vegetation types were recognized.
A shrub zone occurred along river and stream banks
throughout. Virginia pine stands occurred on gravelly
disturbed sites along the river bottom. A mixed meso-
phytic forest, with three phases, occurred on river slopes,
in coves, and on gentle slopes up to about 2100 feet
along the river. Oak forests of varying composition cov-
ered the uplands and river slopes over 2100 feet. Pine
dominated the leads and ridges of the uplands over the
gorge. A close parallel seemed to exist between the
vegetation types of the Toxaway Gorge and those of low
elevations in the Great Smoky Mountains.

Some Cytochemical Observations on the Blood
Cells of Lower Vertebrates
Ronald R. Cowden, University of Florida

During the past year some preliminary investigations
have been undertaken on the cytochemistry of blood
cells, their precursors and hemopoietic organs in some
of the lower vertebrates. The basophils of Amphibia
were of special interest. While blood basophils and
peritoneal mast cells were encountered in the newt, an
extensive examination of Amphiuma failed to disclose any
tissue mast cells or peritoneal mast cells. The Amphi-
uma basophils were of a varying diameter and contained
round nuclei of varying diameters. The granules ex-
hibited positive metachromatic reactions with toluidin
blue, were stained with the copper pthalocyanin dye
Astrablau at pH 0.3, were periodic acid-Schiff positive,
and were negligibly stained by the paraldehyde-fuchsin
reaction. Blood basophils in the newt were apparently
identical to those in the Amphiuma. The peritoneal
mast cells of the newt, however, formed two distinct
classes: those which were apparently identical with the
blood basophils and those which contained irregular
metachromatic inclusion granules of considerably larger
size than those encountered in the blood basophils.
Transitional stages between the usual basophil granules
and the large granules were observed.

Recurring Variations in the Structure of the
Thallus of a Lichen of the
Genus U mbilicaria

Lillian M. Cowie, Department of Biology,

Wesleyan College, Macon, Georgia

An apparatus is described by which can be identified
variations in the structure of the foliose lichen thallus.
The principle consists of determining the density of the
thallus to a beam of light. Data are presented on the
variations so detected. These data display a periodicity,
certain implications of which will be discussed.

Development of the Infusoriform Stage of
Dicyema aegira

Raymond T. Damian and Robert B. Short,
Florida State University

The infusoriform is morphologically the most com-
plex of the known stages in the life cycle of the dicye-
mid Mesozoa. Knowledge of the embryogeny of this
stage could give a clue to the phylogenetic position of
the phylum Mesozoa. The development and cell lineage
of the infusoriform of Dicyema aegira McConnaughey
and Kritzler, 1952 was elucidated from fixed and
stained material, and will be presented. In the first
five cleavages, the spindles tend to be oblique and,
after seven cleavages, the embryo is formed of six
quartets of blastomeres, indicating a similarity to spiral
cleavage. These results suggest relationship of the
Mesozoa to the protostomate Metazoa, thus supporting
arguments favoring a closer affinity to the Platyhelmin-
thes than to the Protozoa.

Sex Ratios of Hibernating Bats

Wayne H. Davis, University of Kentucky

Among the Eptesicus fuscus and Myotis lucifugus
hibernating in certain mines in New York, the males
have a tendency to cluster whereas the females tend to
hang singly. Also, females tend to seek the warmer
regions of the mine.

Wound Healing in Crawfish *

James Norman Dent and J. F. Fitzpatrick, Jr.,
Department of Biology, University of Virginia

In members of the genus Cambarus wounds approxi-
mately 1 mm. x 2.5 mm. were made in the dorsal region

26

ASB Bulletin

of the carapace, plugged with Gelfoam, and then covered
over with collodion. These animals were maintained at
18.5° - 0.5°C. and were killed at various intervals up to
180 days after operation. Histological observations re-
vealed that in the healing process a blood clot formed
immediately in and about the Gelfoam. After approxi-
mately two months, the blood clot was invaded with
epidermal cells that formed a stratum and then laid
down, at about 80 days, an external covering of proto-
chitin. The protochitin within a few days was converted
to chitin. Irregularities in the healed wounds inter-
fered with moulting, but five experimental animals com-
pleted successfully the moulting process. These findings
are of particular interest in view of B. G. Anderson’s
(’33) report that in another crustacean ( Daphnia )
wounds of proportionate size were not healed within one
instar.

* Work supported in part by AEC grant #AT-(40-
l)-2978 and in part by an institutional grant of the
American Cancer Society.

Production in a High Elevation Forest Stand
Near Richland Balsam Mountain,

North Carolina

H. R. DeSelm, University of Tennessee

During the summer of 1959 spruce, fir, and yellow
birch trees were cut, mensurational data and specific
gravity cores were obtained from the boles, and branches
were sent for processing to Knoxville.

Computation of tree weights, when combined with
stand data, permits calculation of net productivity.
Other stand data were used to calculate a rate of pro-
duction which assumes temporality.

The in Vivo Incorporation of Tritiated Cytidine
and Tritiated Thymidine by the Cestode,
Hymenolepis microstoma °

James A. Dvorak and Arthur W. Jones,
University of Tennessee

The mouse bile duct cestode, Hymenolepis micro-
stoma, was exposed in vivo in separate experiments to
tritiated cytidine and tritiated thymidine, respectively.
Nucleolar and nuclear labelling, by cytidine, and nu-
clear labelling, by thymidine, as revealed by autoradio-
graphic methods occurred in both host and cestode
tissues. As expected, only mitotically or synthetically
active nuclei were labelled, those of the neck, develop-
ing organs and embryos of the cestode. Bile-duct epi-
thelium and pancreatic acinar cells, autoradiographed
as a control, showed the same degree and localization
of cytidine labelling as the active cells of the cestode.
The assimilation of cytidine and thymidine by direct
absorption from the fluid contents of the bile duct im-
plies that cestodes can absorb such materials from their
immediate environment.

* This study was supported in part by AEC Contract
AT- (40-1) -1749.

Ecological Aspects of the Florida Pine
Flatwoods

Joe Allen Edmisten, University of Florida

Quantitative analysis of fire-free pine flatwoods and
associated soils of northcentral Florida show significant
vegetation and edaphic changes. With only 5-10 years
of protection, the seedling size class was strongly domi-
nated by such hardwood species as sweet gum, red
maple, live oak, red bay, water oak, and wax myrtle.
Data indicate that between ten and fifteen years of site

preparation is required for hardwood domination to
reach the sapling size. In cases where 15-35 years of
protection were known, significant amounts of hard-
wood species were sampled in the tree size. The species
which shared the canopy with pines included five oak,
laurel oak, and ten other hardwood species. Associated
edaphic changes included increased bulk density, more
even profiles of hydrolic conductivity, increased mois-
ture equivalents, and more calcium in the upper six
inches with protection. An increase of available N03
was correlated with wax myrtle. A peak of mycorrhizal
infections of pine roots was observed to precede hard-
wood invasion at about twelve years of protection. In-
creases of bacteria and actinomycetes were observed
with time of protection.

Tree Rings as a Means for Dating Volcanic
Eruptions
Willis A. Eggler,

Newcomb College of Tulane University

Accumulations of volcanic ash more than four to five
feet deep usually resulted in the killing of pine trees
near Paricutin Volcano, Mexico. To find the effect of
ash accumulation and proximity to lava flows on trees
which did survive four pine trees growing under what
appeared to be most austere conditions were cut. Sec-
tions taken at four-foot intervals from the tree trunks
have been examined for changes in growth rate. Even
though the trees had grown within 200 feet of each
other, under apparently similar conditions, they did not
respond identically. Responses included: retarded fol-
lowed by increased growth, and no significant change
in growth rate.

A Comparison of Netted Phytoplankton from
Surface Samples in the Littoral and
Limnetic Zones of Monterey Lake

David W. Eldrddge and John R. Warren,
Department of Biology, Tennessee Polytechnic Institute

Comparative quantitative and qualitative investiga-
tions were conducted on the phytoplankton of the littoral
and limnetic zones of Monterey Lake, Putnam County,
Tennessee. Water samples of 1 liter each were collected
from the two zones in areas free of floating and emerg-
ent vegetation. These samples were passed through a
plankton net, and the organisms were examined micro-
scopically with a counting cell. A taxonomic compari-
son of phytoplankton between the zones was made. The
total number of phytoplankton per liter in each zone
was estimated. The investigations and findings of the
littoral and limnetic zones are discussed and compared.

Radiation Effects and Population Variability
in Isoetes melanospora *

Bebe Jo Faulkner, Emory University

Isoetes melanospora is a small herbaceous perennial,
strictly endemic to certain weather pools on the granite
outcrops of the Atlanta area. The plant body consists
of an underground perennial corm from which new roots
and sporophylls originate each growing season. The
rigorous environmental conditions include intense heat
and often prolonged drought in the summer and cold in
the winter, with a pH range of 4.5 to 5.0. Population
variability studies made on the velum, arrangement of
sporophylls on the corm. and shape of the ligule have
demonstrated marked differences between four outcrop
populations, separated from each other by five to
twenty-five miles. Plants from one population have
been used to study response to ionizing radiation vary-

Vol. 10, No. 2, April 1963

27

ing from 1,000 to 40,000 r. Preliminary results show
that the median lethal dose is surprisingly low, being in
the range of 2,000 to 4,000 r. Radiation effects are
analyzed with respect to height, number of sporophylls
produced, drought tolerance, and photosynthetic com-
pensation point.

° This project is supported in part by AEC Contract
No. AT- (40-1) -24 12.

Acid and Alkaline Denaturation of Chick Embryo
Hemoglobins as Determined by Changes in
Spectral Characteristics in the
Soret Region

Ronald C. Fraser, University of Tennessee

Two hemoglobin fractions prepared by partition chro-
matography at low pH have remarkably similar acid and
alkaline denaturation characteristics. There is no recog-
nizable shift in the absorption spectrum in the Soret
region (413 p) with either acid or alkaline denatura-
tion in either hemoglobin. The “embryonic” fraction is
somewhat more labile than the “adult” fraction at low
pH. In both fractions denaturation is accompanied by
a quenching of the optical density of the heme compo-
nent. This reduction in O.D. is progressive with time,
and is grossly temperature dependent in the alkaline
range, but not in the acid range. There is a recovery
in absorbance in the Soret region when the fractions
are returned to neutral pH by dialysis. This suggests
a recombination of subunits of the molecules or a resto-
ration of molecular structure with return to neutrality.
The former explanation is preferred, because of the
recognition of a third electrophoreticallv distinct hemo-
globin in such a reconstituted system.

Evidence of Hybridization of Two Species
of Eupotorium (Compositae)

William R. Fryar, Florida State University

Field observations indicate the frequent occurrence
of hybridization between Eupatorium capillifolium and
E. perfoliatum ( Compositae ) under certain ecological
conditions. Putative hybrid individuals match descrip-
tions of two or three other named species. Experimental
studies being conducted are designed to give more de-
finitive evidence of this hybrid phenomenon.

Observations on a Probable New Race
of the Bowfin, Amici calva, from
Central Florida

John B. Funderburg and Margaret L. Gilbert,
Florida Southern College

The bowfin of the Kissimmee drainage of central
Florida differs from the typical form in being uniformly
greenish-gray on the dorsum with no reticulated pattern
or markings of any kind. The venter is white, or yellow-
ish-white. The black spot at the base of the caudal is
lacking in both sexes and there is no ocellus in the male.
Bowfins from the Peace River drainage have the same
coloration, but a faint black spot is present at the base
of the caudal. Studies on the distribution, ecology, and
breeding behavior of this color phase are in progress.

Preliminary Study of a Light-Induced
Hypothalamus Secretion

R. E. Garth and R. L. Culpepper,
Northwestern State College of Louisiana

The phenomenon of photoperiodism as a physiological
trigger in the seasonal sexual development of certain

birds and the necessity of the hypophysis with its tro-
pins are well documented. Within the past decade the
role of the hypothalamus as a mediator between the two
has been shown, primarily by the use of hypothalamic
lesions; however, the mechanism of the communication
is unknown.

We have attempted to demonstrate the presence of a
secretory activator originating in the hypothalamus
which stimulates, directly or indirectly, the testes in male
Bobwhite ( Colinus virginianus) . Entire hypothalami
homogenates taken from light-developed birds were in-
jected I.P. into non-light developed birds and the recipi-
ents showed a response in one week. Testicular weights
increased from 0.05 g. to 0.75 g. which compares favor-
ably to weights of light-developed birds.

The Identity of Sagittaria isoetiformis
( Alismataceae )

R. K. Godfrey and Preston Adams,

Florida State University and DePauw University

Relatively recently authors have considered Sagittaria
isoetiformis J. G. Sm. either as an ecological form of
S. graminea Michx. or as conspecific with S. teres S.
Wats. Investigations of the morphological variations
exhibited in numerous populations of plants of this com-
plex in relation to varying ecological sites and fluctuating
water depths indicate that S. isoetiformis is not an eco-
logical form of S. graminea. Study of herbarium mate-
rial of S. teres from New England and S. isoetiformis
from the southeastern United States indicates that these
are not conspecific. The conclusion is that there are
three species.

Retention of Zinc-65 in Wild Small Mammals ° 1

Frank B. Golley and Richard G. Wiegert,

Institute of Radiation Ecology, University of Georgia

Experiments on the retention of Zinc-65 in two com- <
mon small mammals, the cotton rat ( Sigmodon hispi-
dus) and the meadow vole ( Microtus pennsylvanicus )
are reported. In addition to the species comparison, the
effect of a high fiber diet and the result of release into
a natural enclosure on zinc retention in the cotton rat
are considered.

° Supported by the Contract between the AEC and
the University of Georgia, AT-( 38-1 ) -310.

Circulation in Raleigh Bay, North Carolina,
and Its Relation to the Barrier at
Cape Hatteras

I. E. Gray and M. J. Cerame-Vivas, Duke University

Cape Hatteras and Diamond Shoals form a boundary
between different marine sub-provinces, Virginian and
Carolinian. Returns from drift bottles released over
Diamond Shoals ( 1 ) revealed a definite southwesterly-
flowing coastal current south of Cape Hatteras; (2)
presented evidence that the Virginian Coastal Current,
normally diverted seaward as it approaches Diamond
Shoals, crosses the Hatteras barrier more frequently
than has been suspected; and (3) prompted a revision
in postulated patterns of circulation in Raleigh Bay.
Influenced by moderate northeast winds, coastal flow in
Raleigh Bay was more pronounced in late summer than
in spring, some drift bottles rounding Cape Lookout.
Recovery of bottles from as far south as Onslow Bay
and Bogue Sound lends strong support to the theory
that temporary winter populations of distinctly northern
species in the Carolinian sub-province develop from
planktonic larvae that have been liberated from perma-
nent populations north of Hatteras and transported
around the capes under favorable conditions.

28

ASB Bulletin

Stream Classification and Fish Distribution:

Dix River System, Kentucky

Phillip E. Greeson, University of Kentucky

Weaknesses in the classification of freshwater streams
present handicaps in the explanation of aquatic eco-
logical studies. Through the incorporation of the Hor-
ton (1945) system of stream classification as modified
by Strahler (1954, 1957), this handicap may be over-
come. By this system, extreme headwaters are consid-
ered to be Order 1 and the union of two such units
constitutes an Order 2. When two streams of equal
order unite, they form a stream of the next highest or-
der. Patterns of fish distribution within the Dix River
System, located in the southern portion of the Bluegrass
region of Kentucky, illustrate this system of stream clas-
sification. Sixty species of fishes, representing thirteen
families, were collected and distribution patterns did
correlate with stream order.

Oospore Variation in Chara

Dana G. Griffin III, University of Tennessee

In order to evaluate the reliability of variation in
length to width ratios of oospores as a taxonomic char-
acter in Chara, oospores from clones of six species grow-
ing in four different soil-water culture treatments were
compared.

One hundred oospores from each culture were meas-
ured, and a length to width ratio calculated. Statistical
analysis of the ranges of variation by comparing means
and standard deviations suggests two conclusions: 1)
within clonal material oospore shape variation exceeds
that now used in distinguishing taxa, and 2) this varia-
tion appears to be random with regard to the physical
factors of the environment under which the cultures
were maintained. The oospore may still be useful as a
key character within the group, but a better understand-
ing of the potential for variation and a more precise
definition of range of variation is needed.

Growth Studies on Microthomnion
kuetzingianum Naegeli

Robert D. Groover and Temd R. Deason,

University of Tennessee and University of Alabama

Growth (measured turbidimetrically ) and develop-
ment (evaluated microscopically) of Microthomnion
kuetzingianum in a basal medium was compared to that
in experimental media with mineral element substitution,
variation in sources of nitrogen, addition of selected or-
ganic compounds, and at varying pH levels. These
studies indicate that: (1) Microthomnion kuetzingianum
has a low calcium requirement for which no other ele-
ment tested will entirely substitute. (2) Growth with
casein hydrolysate and peptone as nitrogen sources sur-
passes growth in the basal medium. Other sources sup-
port growth, but morphological peculiarities are com-
mon. (3) Added peptone, yeast extract and dextrose
stimulate growth and morphology is normal. (4) Basal
medium plus 0.2% dextrose supports growth in the dark
for at least 21 days and the culture remains composed
of only motile cells and germlings. (5) The optimum
pH for rapid growth is 5.85 to 6.05. The ability to
produce motile cells in abundance ceases between a pH
of 6.65 and 7.15. Abnormal morphology is frequent
above a pH of 7.15.

Zoospores of Prasinocladus lubricus Kuckuck

Robert D. Groover and Walter R. Herndon,
University of Tennessee

Phycologists differ widely in their systematic place-
ment of Prasinocladus lubricus, a small branched marine.

green alga, in which the protoplasts are largely limited
to the terminal cells. In hope of clarifying its taxonomic
position, zoospore production, release and development
have been followed in a unialgal strain isolated from
Great Harbor, Woods Hole, Massachusetts and main-
tained in Erdschreibers medium.

The four lobed zoospores have a prominent depression
or gullet at the anterior end and the four flagella of each
are deeply inserted. At cessation of motility a conspicu-
ous wall is formed within minutes with the flagella still
protruding. Light and electron microscope studies indi-
cate that subsequent development of the wall is not uni-
form; it is broader at the anterior end, multilayered
and transversed by pits. The outline of the gullet is
evident in the wall as the organism develops. With
respect to the gullet, motile cells of Prasinocladus are
similar to those of Pyraminomonas and support system-
atic placement as suggested by Christensen ( 1962 ) .

The Eastern Yellow Erythroniums

James W. Hardin and Clifford R. Parks,
North Carolina State College

Detailed morphological and cytological studies indi-
cate five entities within the yellow Erythroniums of
eastern United States. This study substantiates the ob-
servations and writings of Harper and Wolf made ten
to twenty years ago. Evidence indicates that the north-
ern tetraploid E. americanum possibly arose through
reticulate evolution from two southern diploid species.
Subsequent selection pressures and possibly a second
reticulation has given rise to two additional taxa.

The Effect of Sigmodon hispidus on the
Regeneration of Southern
Pine Seedlings

Michael J. Harvey, University of Kentucky

A study was made to determine whether or not cotton
rats cause damage to southern pine seedlings. The study
was conducted during the months February to August,
1962, in the Stephen F. Austin Experimental Forest,
Angelina National Forest, Nacogdoches County, Texas.
A total of 1,296 loblolly, shortleaf and slash pine seed-
lings were planted on a one acre plot. The area was
enclosed and divided into four equal subdivisions by
fence. Known numbers of cotton rats were released on
three subdivisions; the fourth was a control. No seed-
ling damage by cotton rats was detected.

Homing in Myotis sodalis

M. D. Hassell, University of Kentucky

Seven hundred M. sodalis were taken from Carter
Caves, Kentucky. These were released at 12 air mile
intervals, the farthest release point being 144 miles. One
hundred and one bats were recaptured at the cave. Re-
turn percentage diminished with distance from the cave.

A Cytological Study of Tripling Conjugation in
Tetrahymena pyriforrnis 0
Lindy Hatch and Carolyn Wells, Longwood College

A cytological study of the conjugation of three organ-
isms was conducted using the ciliate, Tetrahymena puri-
formis, strains EU 6010 (variety 6, mating type III)
and EU 6525 ( variety 6, mating type I ) . The ami-
cronucleate strain EU 6525 was used as a marker in
following the events of micronuclear reorganization in
this unusual conjugation. A high frequency of homo-
polar doublets in strain EU 6525 resulted in the union
of three organisms at conjugation, i.e., two micronucle-
ate EU 6010 cells fused to one amicronucleate EU 6525
cell at the oral region. Conjugating pairs and triples

Vol. 10, No. 2, April 1963

29

were stained with Gomori’s hematoxylin, mounted tem-
porarily in 45% acetic acid, and studied under an AO
phase microscope. The results indicate that triples un-
dergo normal nuclear reorganization up to the second
postzygotic division; after this point, no evidence for
completed reorganization has been obtained. In pairs,
normal micronuclear reorganization has been observed
in many cells.

a This work was partially supported by USAEC Con-
tract No. AT-(40-l)-2793.

Characterization of an Unknown Auxin in a
Sample of C-14 Labelled IAA
J. H. M. Henderson

An unkown auxin has been isolated from a sample of
radioactive, C-14 labelled IAA synthesized by Pichat
et al. in 1960. The substance is active in bioassay tests
for both straight growth and Avena curvature. It is a
neutral substance and has indolic characteristics. Radio-
activity and biological activity do not fully coincide, so
that the auxin appears not to possess the originally in-
corporated C-14. There also is very little IAA remaining
in the sample. Comparisons have been made by Rf
values and biological activity with other known and
some unknown neutral substances, but to date similarity
of identity has not been established. Its exact identity
is pending.

The Use of Centrifugal Force to Rearrange the
Nuclei in the Developing Megagameto-
phyte of Oxolis comicufota LA
J. M. Herr, Jr., and M. E. Borom

Stages in the development of the megagametophyte
of Oxalis corniculata L. are characterized by a very pre-
cise location of their nuclei. In order to determine the
effect nuclear position exerts on the pattern of mega-
gametogenesis, a method has been designed utilizing
centrifugal force to rearrange the nuclei during the early
stages of development and allowing ontogeny to con-
tinue in vitro. Finding an effecitve level of centrifugal
force constitutes an important step in the development
of this method. Floral buds excised during megasporo-
genesis were mounted vertically in centrifuge tubes and
subjected to 213 gravities for ten minutes. The buds
were then fixed and sectioned at 10 p to determine the
effect of this force on the megasporocytes, daughter cells,
and megaspores. In cases where centrifugal force passed
exactly parallel to the long axes of the cells, the nuclei
were moved to the end walls. Force from any other
direction was totally ineffective in altering the position
of the nuclei. Therefore, the cytoplasmic forces which
hold the nuclei in their characteristic positions were
weakest along the long axes of the cells.

° Supported by the National Science Foundation,
grant number NSF-G 18686.

Some Insect Associates of Southern Pine Trees

L. A. Hetrick, University of Florida

The southern pine type of woodland extends from
eastern Maryland and Virginia to the Gulf of Mexico
and westward to Arkansas, Oklahoma, and eastern
Texas. Insect associates of the trees are essentially the
same species throughout this extensive geographical
range. Southern pine beetle, black turpentine beetle,
species of Ips bark beetles, pine weevils, ambrosia
beetles, turpentine borer, cone moths, shoot moths,
sawyers, defoliators, and subterranean termites are a
few of the more important associates of the trees. Al-
though frightening outbreaks of some insects do occur

periodically, it is remarkable that more trouble does not
result from such large numbers of pine trees growing on
so many thousands of square miles of land area.

Mineral Requirements of Selected Species of
Aquatic Hyphomycetes

D. W. Hickman and W. W. Scott,

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Four species of aquatic Hyphomycetes were selected
on the bases of rapidity and reproducibility of growth
These were grown in liquid culture on a rotary shaker
at constant temperature. The morphological responses
and amounts of mycelium produced in media of different
mineral compositions were determined. Glucose was the
only organic constituent required. Macro-elements were
varied from zero to concentrations in excess of those
yielding maximum mycelial dry weight.

It was found that variation in mineral concentrations
can significantly alter the apparent morphology and
physiology of these organisms. Therefore such investi-
gations are prerequisite not only to a reliable taxonomic
study of these species, but to examinations of their or-
ganic nutrition as well.

Influence of Mysial Architecture on Pigment
Cell Morphogenesis in the Mouse *

Joe G. Hollyfeeld and Willie M. Reams, Jr.,
Louisiana State University

Methods of autoplastic and homoplastic transplanta-
tion of melanoblastrich embryonic and newborn tissues
into pigment cell deficient muscles of PET mice were
employed to determine the role of the tissue structure
in the morphogenesis of pigment cells. The data gath- j
ered from a study of the recovered graft sites indicate
that the extent of invasion of musculature by melano-
blasts is governed by the state of mysial differentiation.
Furthermore, the greater the degree of mysial differenti-
ation, the greater the density of the tissue fabric. Con-
sequently, older mysial tissue resulted in a restriction of
dendrite formation by the included pigment cells due to
the resistance imposed upon the cells by the mechanical
properties of the environment. Thus the morphology of
melanocytes of a given genotype may serve as an index
to the time of pigment cell morphogenesis in differenti-
ating mouse muscles.

* Supported by N. S. F. Grant G-14153-GB271.

Accumulation of Radioactive Gold by
Estuarine Animals

Donald E. Hoss, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
Biological Laboratory, Beaufort, North Carolina

The accumulation of radioactive gold by estuarine
animals was investigated in conjunction with a sediment
tracing study conducted in the Cape Fear River, N. C.
by the Corps of Engineers. Test animals, including
blue crabs ( Callinectes sapidus), oysters ( Crassostrea
virginica), mummichogs ( Fundulus heteroclitus) , and
croaker ( Micropogon undulatus ), were placed in cages
at 6 stations in the river. Samples of animals, water,
and sediments were taken 1, 17, 41, and 144 hours after
the release of sediment, labeled with radioactive gold,
into the river. All samples contained low levels of ra-
dioactivity, including those taken directly from the drop
zone. Currents and wave action quickly dispersed
labeled sediment particles from the area so that the
only detectable radioactivity associated with natural
sediment occurred at station 2 in the drop zone. Oysters
accumulated the most radioactivity followed by crabs
and fish. No measurable amounts of activity were de-
tected in the animals, sediment and water samples after

30

ASR Bulletin

144 hours. It was concluded that the amount of radio-
active gold used did not constitute a hazard to the
marine community.

Nuclear Loss in the Ascospores of
Neurospora tetrasperma
H. Branch Howe, Jr., University of Georgia

Genetic analysis using randomly selected normal size
ascospores of Neurospora tetrasperma is subject to error,
if one of the two nuclei initially present should fail to
survive. The homokaryosis resulting could be incorrectly
scored as having arisen from crossing over during ascus
development. Using the mating type locus as a marker
and comparing samples of randomly isolated normal size
ascospores with samples from whole asci, an event inter-
pretable as nuclear lethality was occasionally found.
The loss seemed to be of sufficient frequency to war-
rant the use of properly located genetic markers to per-
mit detection and exclusion of the event from experi-
mental data.

Electron Microscopy of Human Skin

Funan Hu and Robert R. Cardell, Jr.,

Henry Ford Hospital and Edsel B. Ford Institute for
Medical Research, Detroit 2, Michigan

Split thickness biopsies of human skin were obtained
and fixed in 1% buffered osmium tetroxide for electron
microscopy studies. The dermis of the skin is composed
of bundles of collagen fibers randomly oriented and
intimately related to fibroblasts. A basement membrane
separates the dermis from the epidermis. The basement
membrane is 35 p thick and is adjacent to the plasma
membrane of the epidermal basal cells.

The epidermis is composed of basal cells which are
characterized by their palisading arrangement and the
presence of melanin granules of varying size. The
prickle cells have irregular and highly folded cell mem-
branes and many desmosomes between adjacent cells.
The granular cells are elongated with their long axis
parallel to the surface of the skin, and have irregular
shaped electron dense keratohyaline granules. The cells
of the stratum corneum are highly modified, possessing
neither nucleus nor the usual cytoplasmic constituents.

The Marine Algae of Virginia

Harold J. Humm, Duke University

The State of Virginia is still a complete hiatus with
reference to our knowledge of the distribution of marine
algae of the Atlantic coast of the United States. Neither
of the two major compilations of the algae of this region
mentions Virginia.

The writer began to make collections of marine algae
along the coast of Virginia in 1942, and at infrequent in-
tervals since that time. The opportunity to spend the
summer of 1962 at the Virginia Institute of Marine
Science as Visiting Scientist has brought the work to the
point where a manuscript is now in preparation. Al-
though many additions will be made to the list in the
future, the present records include approximately 165
species distributed as follows: Cyanoohyceae, 42; Rho-
dophyceae, 43; Phaeophyceae, 50; Chlorophyceae, 30.
The paper will include keys, descriptions, and illustra-
tions.

Megasporogenesis in Dendrobium (Orchida-
ceae)— an Electron Microscope Study
Herbert W. Israel, University of Florida

Four successive stages— nucellar phase, sporogenic
phase, prophase, metaphase— of megasporogenesis in six
hybrids of Dendrobium have been studied by electron

microscopy. A megaspore mother cell is developed at
the subapex of each papillar extension of the initially
undifferentiated placenta following a 30-day mitotic
period induced by pollination. Except for its distal
position in the nucellar row, the potential megaspore
mother cell exhibits no unique morphological properties.
It is proposed that die marked multiplication of organ-
elles accompanying cytoplasmic growth in the sporo-
genic phase is facilitated through macromolecular re-
sorption of cytoplasm from surrounding cells by the
megaspore mother cell. Evidence for this is presented
by a concomitant loss of plasmodesmata and initiation of
rhopheocytosis between the megaspore mother cell and
its nucellar envelope; the eventual disappearance of the
nucellar epidermis; and the marked decrease in ribo-
some concentration within the megaspore mother cell.
The significance of the non-porous nature of the en-
larged early prophase nuclear envelope remains obscure.
Rudimentary Golgi-bodies within the prophase cyto-
plasm of the megaspore mother cell are assumed incap-
able of elaborating the extensive network seen in the
endoplasm. The reappearance of pores in the early
metaphase nuclear envelope marks the onset of its
breakdown. It is proposed that the sharp decrease in
organelles during the metaphase accounts for the increase
in phragmosomes, which may readily be degraded forms
of lysed organelles. It is finally suggested that the sup-
porting tissues of the meiotic system examined may regu-
late both the initiation and maintenance of the develop-
mental transformations observed.

Fluorescent Antibody Studies in Human Malaria

Geoffrey M. Jeffery and William E. Collins,

U. S. Public Health Service 0

Using the indirect fluorescent antibody method, the
production and persistence of specific antibody were
demonstrated in patients inoculated with Plasmodium
malariae and Plasmodium falciparum. Rapid develop-
ment of significant antibody levels was seen in all cases.
In P. malariae the persistence of high titers was associ-
ated with persistence of low parasitemias; termination
of the infection produced a gradual decline in antibody
levels, but detectable antibody remained for extended
periods following the elimination of parasites. In P.
falciparum development of antibody was usually some-
what slower than in P. malariae, and the antibody titers
fluctuated considerably in relation to fluctuation of para-
site densities. Significant and relatively stable antibody
levels persisted for extended periods after the termina-
tion of the parasite infection.

* Department of Health, Education, and Welfare,
Public Health Service, National Institute of Allergy and
Infectious Diseases, Laboratory of Parasite Chemother-
apy, Section on Epidemiology, P. O. Box 717, Columbia,
South Carolina.

Correlation of Forest and “Prairie” with Soils in
the Black Belt of Sumter County,
Alabama, in 1832

Alice Simms Jones, University of Alabama

In this study, the field notes and plats of the original
land survey of Sumter County, Alabama (1832) were
used to reconstruct the vegetation of the 287,093 acres
of Black Belt in this county. The Sumter County Black
Belt in 1832 included 65,074 acres (23.4%) which sup-
ported no trees or less than 10 trees per acre and thus
can be considered naturally open land. Four hundred
twenty-four section comers were used as sampling
points. When these points are located on a modem
soil map, 257 are associated with acid soils, 167 with
alkaline soils; 203 are located in loam or sand, 221 in

Vol. 10, No. 2, April 1963

31

clay. A strong correlation exists between the sample
points which had low tree density and the points which
have alkaline soils and clay soils. The degree of affinity
between the acid loam soils and high-density points is
not as high. Thus for Sumter County, Alabama the
patches of open land were associated with alkaline clay
soils and were a distinctive part of the landscape. Tree
densities were mostly below normal forest density at all
sampling points.

Massive Polymorphism, Reflexive Selection, and
the Toad, Bufo typhonius
Duvall A. Jones, Ferrum Junior College

Extensive variation of color and form within popula-
tions of invertebrate species has been described and re-
ferred to as massive polymorphism. It was suggested
that such polymorphism is an adaptation which de-
creases selection pressure by predators with color vision.
The responsible mechanism was termed reflexive selec-
tion. Two genetic models were proposed to account for
the sustained variation. One model is based on pre-
dator selection of the more frequent phenotypes; the
other is based upon higher selection value of heterozy-
gotes. The toad, Bufo typhonius, of the American
tropics, exhibits a wide variety of color patterns. A
series of fifty-one specimens collected from Barro Colo-
rado Island, Canal Zone, displayed numerous combina-
tions of body patterns and colors. Additional series
from Panama, Colombia, and Brazil show wide pattern
variation. This appears to be an example of massive
polymorphism and possibly reflexive selection.

Studies in the Narrow Leaved Vernonia
(Compositae) of the Southeast

Samuel B. Jones, Jr., University of Georgia

The narrow leaved Vernonia species (V. pulchella
Small, V. recurva Gleason, V. scaberrima Nutt., V.
angustifolia Michx., V. dissimilis Gleason, V. concinna
Gleason, and V. blodgettii Small) are especially char-
acteristic of the sandy areas of the Coastal Plain from
North Carolina to Florida and Mississippi. Field work,
studies of literature, and of herbarium specimens indi-
cate that these taxa are not well defined. In particular,
there are many natural variants which cannot be classi-
fied with the present criteria given for these taxa. A
solution to these and other problems is being attempted
through transplant studies, determination of chromo-
some numbers, distributional studies, and an analysis of
mass collections for evidence of introgression and other
relationships. The results to date will be discussed.

Preliminary Investigation of Floral Color
Variation in Trillitim (Liliaceae)
Yoshimichi Kozuka, Vanderbilt University

Six species of Trillium, including four Japanese and
two American, were analyzed qualitatively by means of
paper chromatography in an attempt to determine
whether or not observed color variations were due to
different anthocyanin pigments. The Rf values of an-
thocyanin extracts from petals and ovary walls revealed
no significant differences among the species examined.

Infection of Commercial Shrimps with Spores of
the Gregarine Nematopsis from
Pelecypods °

Dwayne N. Kruse, Northwestern State College

Nematopsis spores from the gills of Aequipectin ir-
radians, Chione cancellata, Macrocallista nimbosa, and
Cardita floridana produced mature gregarines that en-

cysted and formed infective gymnospores when fed to
uninfected Penaesus duorarum. The same Nematopsis
spores did not produce infective gymnspores when fed
to the two other main species of commercial shrimps,
P. aztecus and P. setiferus.

It was also shown by experiments in the field and lab-
oratory that P. duorarum need not ingest the pelecypod
tissues to become infected. The pelecypods are cap-
able of shedding the Nematopsis spores and the spores
may be carried into the marine environment via the
mucous and fecal excrements. The shrimps ingest the
excrements and thus become infected.

° This investigation was carried out at Florida State
University during the tenure of a Predoctoral Fellowship
from the Division of General Medical Sciences, United
States Public Health Service.

Some Limnological Aspects of the Waters in
Mammoth Cave, Kentucky
Robert A. Kuehne, University of Kentucky

Mammoth Cave is still in the process of formation and
alteration through water action. Two river systems,
the Styx and Echo, lie at the deepest level, and small
streams bringing surface waters downward are found
at higher cave levels. Bodies of perched water, such as
Crystal Lake, are also known. A detrital food chain of
surprising complexity is present. Some of the physical,
chemical and biological characteristics of these aquatic
habitats are given, and a few initial interpretations are
presented.

Spacing in Even-Aged Stands of Sand Pine
Showing Maximal Competition
Albert M. Laessle, University of Florida

Thirteen stands that had regenerated naturally after
crown fires were studied. Nearest neighbor distances
were measured in stands varying from 12 to 65 years
old and departures from random spacing calculated.
In an aggregated stand, these distances were measured
in the same sample strips both at ground level and at
1.5 m., giving very significantly different results due to
the divergence of trunks away from the aggregation
center. In 8 stands nearest neighbor distances were
measured twice, once using all trees both dead and
alive, again using only live trees. Live only samples
showed consistently greater departures toward even spac-
ing, demonstrating that the denser portions of the stands
have the higher casualty rates. A marked difference
in the density of ground cover in two parts of the same
stand, is demonstrated by dead and live vs. live only
studies, to be due to a much longer period of maximal
pine competition in the portion having sparser under-
growth.

Thymidine “Pool” in Grasshopper Neuroblasts 0

William M. Leach, University of Tennessee

Embryos of the grasshopper ( Chortophaga viridifasci-
ata ( De Geer ) were incubated in tritiated thymidine
( H3T ) and successively rinsed in three solutions. Ob-
servation of living neuroblasts and reidentification of the
same cells in autoradiograms revealed that ( 1 ) corres-
ponding portions of sister chromatids were labeled in
the first division following incubation in HST; (2) some
sister chromatids were labeled in complementary por-
tions and some were labeled in corresponding portions
in the second division following incubation in H*T; and
( 3 ) neuroblasts that were not in deoxyribonucleic acid
( DNA ) synthesis during incubation in H3T incorporated
H3T into DNA during the succeeding DNA synthetic
period. Results are interpreted as evidence of intra-

32

ASB Bulletin'

cellular persistence of thymidine derivatives between
periods of DNA synthesis.

* This study was supported in part by the Atomic
Energy Commission under Contract No. AT-( 40-1 )-25 15.

Life Cycle and Seasonal Differences in Photo-
periodic Response by Nymphs of
T etragoneuria cijnosura
( Odonata )

Paul E. Lutz, Woman’s College,

University of North Carolina

To determine the pattern of nymphal development,
extensive collections were made throughout one com-
lete year. Most nymphs had a life cycle of one year;
y October the ultimate instar was reached and served
as the overwintering stage. A small percentage of the
population exhibited retarded growth and required two
years to complete their development. Their first winter
was spent in stages other than the final and their second
winter in the final stage.

Striking differences occurred in seasonal responses to
photoperiods of 11 and 14 hours. For nymphs col-
lected in August and early September, final instar dura-
tions were much greater on the longer photoperiod. In
subsequent collections, however, the longer photoperiod
induced more rapid development. This abrupt reversal
in response coincided with the fall equinox. Differences
in rate of response by nymphs maintained on the two
photoperiods became progressively less as time of emerg-
ence approached.

Chimera in Maize

Te-Hsiu Ma, Emory It Henry College

A com plant possessing chimerical branches on its
tassel was studied. The normal diploid branches had
2 n number 20 chromosomes. Chimerical branches were
tetraploid, having 40 chromosomes in their pollen mother
cells. A detailed meiotic study disclosed tetravalents in
form of rings, chains, or figures-of-8; hexavalents, octa-
valents in form of chains. These multivalent formations
indicated that a reciprocal translocation was involved.
Morphological comparison between this plant and its
sister plants showed no pronounced difference, although
the spikelets and florets of tetraploid branches were
slightly larger than those of the diploid. Cytological
study of 15 sister plants and 3 selling progeny of this
plant showed that all had 2 n number 20 in their somatic
cells.

Chromosome Number and Behaviour in
Gerardia and Aureolaria
O. M. Mathen * and C. R Bell

The present study deals with a cytological analysis
of few species belonging to the genera Gerardia L. and
Aureolaria Raf. of the family Scrophulariaceae. The
basic haploid number of chromosomes of all the species
of Gerardia and Aureolaria so far worked out is 13.
However, in one population of Gerardia purpurea and
in two populations of Aureolaria virginica the chromo-
some number was found to be higher than 13 due to
the presence of supernumerary chromosomes. These
were found to be smaller than the members of the
regular set. The number of these supernumeraries
varied from 1 to 3. Even within members of the same
population the number was found to be differing. The
sequence of events in the behaviour of these were ob-
served at different stages of meiosis. They were seen at
metaphase I, anaphase I, metaphase II and anaphase II
of meiosis. At anaphase I the supernumeraries, instead
of moving to the poles of the cell, remain at the equa-
torial plane and they occupy this position till the end

of anaphase II. Presumably these singled chromosomes
may degenerate before the tetrads are formed. The
origin and the evolutionary implications of the super-
numerary chromosomes is worth studying. The genetic
effect of these if any is to be understood.

° Danforth Fellow from India at the University of
North Carolina.

Ecotypic Differentiation in Diamorpha
cymosa Nutt.

J. Frank McCormick, Vanderbilt University
Robert B. Platt, Emory University

In the winter of 1959 population samples of Diamor-
pha were transplanted from numerous granite and sand-
stone outcrops to a simulated outcrop in an experimental
garden on the Emory University campus. Population
samples from a centrally located outcrop were recipro-
cally transplanted to each outcrop visited. Phenological
observations were recorded during the following three
years and population samples of the second filial genera-
tion ( 1961 ) were subjected to analyses of comparative
physiological tolerances and comparative morphology.

Population phenology varies in a northeast to south-
west clinal pattern and coincides with moisture and
temperature gradients. Population physiological toler-
ances also vary in a clinal pattern, but in a different
direction. Marginal populations are most tolerant and
centrally located populations are least tolerant to en-
vironmental stresses. No significant morphological varia-
tions were resolved. The two discordant patterns of
clinal variability indicate that Diamorpha is under-
going ecotypic differentiation. Each population is
genetically adapted to the individually variable environ-
ments of the numerous well-isolated habitats.

Foliose and Fmticose Lichens of the Piedmont
Upland of Alabama

Herbert A. McCullough, Howard College

Collections of foliose and fruticose lichens have been
made during 1962 and 1963 in the counties occupying
the Piedmont Upland of Alabama. In general, the lichen
flora resembles that of the eastern deciduous forest area
with the frequent presence of a few forms typical of
the southern Coastal Plain. The most common genus
is Parmelia, represented by a variety of species. Others
frequently collected include species of Cladonia, Anap-
tychia, Physcia, Pelligera, Usnea, and less frequently a
number of other forms.

Some Environmental Changes in Forest Stands
Following Exposures to Radiation *

John T. McGinnis, Emory University

Observations were made on soil temperature, soil
moisture and forest floor light intensities in oak-hickory-
pine stands which surround the air-shielded reactor on
the Air Force Plant 67 Reservation in north Georgia, as
part of a long range study on radiation effects on forest
productivity. Following a total accumulated exposure
of 10,000 rads with a 43 per cent reduction in canopy
cover, the average 6-inch depth soil temperature differed
significantly from the control during the growing season
by an increase of 2.1°F., while complete defoliation fol-
lowing exposures of 15,000 rads resulted in an increase
of 3.1°F., significant at the .01 level. Soil moisture, on
the other hand, showed little response due to change
in canopy density. Forest floor light intensities differed
at the .01 level from the non-irradiated stand by a
ratio of 3.2 and 4.8 to one following exposures of
10,000 and 35,000 rads respectively.

* This project is supported in part by AEC Contract
No. AT-(40-l)-2412.

Vol. 10, No. 2, April 1963

33

Intra-Cellular Localization of the Pentose
Phosphate Cycle in Ustikigo maydis °
Richard D. McKinsey, University of Virginia

The relation of the operation of the pentose phosphate
cycle to cellular particles of Ustilago maydis was inves-
tigated. Results obtained indicate that extracts from
which all microscopically visible particles had been re-
moved could oxidize glucose through the pentose phos-
phate cycle. By tracer techniques it was found that all
or almost all released C02 was obtained from the num-
ber one carbon of glucose. Spectrophotometric studies
demonstrated the presence of glucose-6-phosphate dehy-
drogenase and 6-phosphogluconic acid dehydrogenase.
Radio chromatographic studies indicated the formation
from glucose by extracts of glucose-6-phosphate, 6 phos-
phogluconic acid and possibly ribose-5-phosphate. Ex-
tracts treated so as to remove all microscopically visible
particles could metabolise glucose with oxygen uptake.
It was concluded that in this fungus the pentose phos-
phate cycle could operate with the uptake of 02 in the
absence of mitochondria and possibly other known en-
zyme-containing electron-transporting particles.

* Partially supported by funds from American Cancer
Society Institutional Grant.

Nature of Preferential Pairing in an
Intergeneric Allotetraploid

Margaret Y. Menzel,

Agricultural Research Service, U.S.D.A.

Pollen mother cells in sterile Fi hybrids of Lycoper-
sicon esculentum x Solatium lycopersicoides showed vir-
tually complete chromosome synapsis at pachytene and
no visible differences between pairs of homologues ex-
cept differences in length in 4 proximal heteroehromatic
regions, although evidence of partial chromosome non-
homology appeared at later stages of meiosis. In con-
trast, a colchicine-induced allotetraploid showed a very
high degree of preferential pairing as evidenced by very
low frequency of pairs with unequal regions at pachy-
tene and absence of unequal pairs and low quadrivalent
frequency at metaphase I. Preferential pairing is due to
highly non-random synapsis rather than to preferential
chiasma formation in this material.— S. lycopersicoides
has a higher metaphase chiasma frequency than L.
esculentum. The higher frequency is dominant in the
allotetraploid, so that pairs of tomato chromosomes form
more chiasmata in the allotetraploid than they do in the
species.

Aquatic Phycomycetes of the Mountain
Lake Region *

Charles E. Miller, University of Maine

Part of the last two summers have been spent at the
Mountain Lake Biological Station, Virginia, surveying
the lower aquatic Phycomycetes of that region. Sixty-
six species in twenty-nine genera representing members
of fifteen families and seven orders of the aquatic Phyco-
mycetes are known from these studies. Seven taxa ap-
parently new to science were found. These include
species of Rhizidium and Rhizophydium saprophytic on
pollen, chitin and snake skin, two species of Chytridium
on sweet gum pollen, a very large Lagenidium in com
pollen, one Lagenidium-Uke parasite of a desmid, and
an unidentified spiny chytrid on sweet gum pollen.
Sexual reproduction in Gonapodya polymorpha Thaxter,
the true nature of which was first described by Johns

and Benjamin ( Mycologia 46: p. 201, 1954) was con-
firmed during this survey.

° Supported by a National Science Foundation Grant-
in-aid administered by the Mountain Lake Biological
Station.

Parasitic Helminths of Mink a

Grover C. Miller and Reinard Harkema,

North Carolina State College

During the last three years a total of 115 mink,
Mustela vison, from the coastal and piedmont areas of
N. C. has been examined for helminth parasites. Most
of the hosts were taken in the vicinity of Raleigh, N. C.
The majority of parasites have been identified to species
and grouped as follows: Trematoda— 10 species; Cestoda
— 1 species; Nematoda— 9 species; Acanthocephala— 2
species. The presence of the trematodes, Enhydridiplo-
stomum alaroides, Baschkirovitrema incrassatum, and
Procyotrema marsupiformis constitute new host and new
locality records. The common lungworm of mustelids,
Filaroides martis, was the most prevalent parasite. The
kidney worm, Dioctophyma renale, was found only in
mink from the coastal areas. The mink from N. C. show
a low incidence of infection.

° Supported in part by research grant E-3209 from
the National Institutes of Health, U. S. Public Health
Service.

Factors Affecting the Germination of Conidio-
spores of Erysiphe cichoracearum

Ralph M. Morrison,

The Women’s College of the
University of North Carolina

Several aspects of the physical environment were
studied with reference to the germination of conidio-
spores of the powdery mildew, Erysiphe cichoracearum.
It was found that unilateral illumination had no effect
on the direction of growth of the conidial germ tubes.
Light stimulated conidiospore germination at low tem-
peratures. The highest percentages of conidial germina-
tion were obtained at 18 to 24 degrees centigrade.
There was little germination of conidia below 10 degrees
and no germination at 32 degrees centigrade. High
relative humidities increased conidiospore germination
when compared with lower germination percentages of
spores maintained in dry atmospheres. In situ germina-
tion of conidia occurred in leaf disk culture.

Floral Modifications in Oxalis Priceae

David L. Mulcahy, Vanderbilt University

The genus Oxalis is largely tristylous. However,
within some species and/or subspecies, one or two of the
three flower forms may be missing. This paper repre-
sents an attempt to correlate changes in flower structure
of Oxalis Priceae with the fact that the mid length style
is absent from some subspecies.

A Monographic Study of Stylisma and a
Revision of North American Bonamia,
North of Mexico
Tin Myint, University of Florida

Stylisma, a small genus of the southeastern United
States, is represented by six species and four subspecific
entities. Its members have been commonly treated as
belonging to Breweria or, recently, to Bonamia, a con-
served name. The present problem concerning Stylisma
is whether it is generically distinct from Bonamia, a
pantropical genus of about 45 species and represented

34

ASB Bulletin

in this country by two indigenous species. Stylisma has
been drawn into Bonamia because of certain common
features, especially the nature of styles which are free
or partially fused. However, the present study has dis-
closed certain additional morphological features by
which they may be distinctly separated. The most
significant of the newly observed features are found in
the cotyledons. In Bonamia the cotyledons are oval,
oboval or broadly bilobed, frequently with emarginate
apices. Those of Stylisma are invariably narrowly
linear, deeply bifurcated and folded twice against their
petioles. This character, supported by striking differ-
ences in texture of leaves, sizes of seeds and fruits, num-
ber of seeds per capsule, and number of flowers per
inflorescence, strongly suggests that Stylisma is best
treated as a distinct genus.

Energy Storage in Migrating Birds

Eugene P. Odum, Timothy Marples, and
Shirley Marshall, University of Georgia

Slobodkin and Richman ( Nature 191: 299, 1961)
and Golley ( Ecology 42: 581, 1961) have reviewed
data on Calories/gm. ash-free dry weight in wild popu-
lations finding that animal biomass is consistently be-
tween 5.4 and 6.1, except where fat storage occurs as
adaptation to special needs. The highest caloric values
reported by the former authors approached 7 Cal/ ash-
free gm. in arthropods which go through fasting periods.
Trans-Gulf migratory birds apparently store the maxi-
mum amount of fat possible in an active animal, but
the actual whole body caloric value has not been pre-
viously determined. Two methods were used: (1) En-
tire specimens killed during southward migration at a
Tallahassee, Florida TV tower were burned in a bomb
calorimeter, and ( 2 ) the caloric value of fat and fat-
free material were determined separately after extraction
of the fat from such birds. Both methods gave similar
results. Cal/ash-free dry gm. of trans-Gulf migrant
thrushes and warblers at peak fat deposition was 7.4
and 8.1, indicating remarkable energy storage in indi-
viduals that must remain extremely active physically.
(Research supported by Grants NIH H-4844 and NSF
G-9955. )

Continuous Culture of Protosiphon botryoides in
Ca- and Sr-Media with CCb-Enriched
Atmosphere

Joseph C. O’Kelley and Temd R. Deason,
University of Alabama

Protosiphon botryoides Klebs was grown in continu-
ous culture in an atmosphere enriched with C02 ( 5% in
02), both in Ca-containing medium and in medium with
a Sr replacement for Ca. A 10-liter culture with Ca
gave a daily yield of 4.48 ml. algal cell volume and a
0.601 g. dry wt.; with Sr replacement the daily yield
was 3.84 ml. cell volume and 0.452 g. dry wt. The
ratio of yield in Ca over yield in Sr was essentially the
same as yield ratios previously obtained in slower-grow-
ing standing liquid cultures not enriched with C02. The
continuous culture apparatus was constructed of readily
available and inexpensive parts, including the glassware.

A Phytotron for the Southeast

H. J. Oosting and Paul J. Kramer, Duke University

A study is in progress to determine the feasibility of
constructing a two-unit phytotron for the soudreastem
states. The study is being made by a committee from
Duke University and North Carolina State College with
financial support from the National Science Foundation.
If the plan materializes the unit at Duke University will
concentrate on facilities for ecological or environmental

physiology and the study of the effects of various en-
vironmental factors on specific physiological and bio-
chemical processes. The unit at North Carolina State
College will be developed for work in genetics, popula-
tion dynamics, diseases and insect resistance, and miner-
al nutrition research.

Investigators who are interested in the use of con-
trolled environment facilities are invited to discuss their
needs with the chairman of the phytotron committee,
Paul J. Kramer of Duke University.

Phosphatase Changes in Planarians

Paul J. Osborne, Lynchburg College
A. T. Miller, Jr., University of North Carolina

This represents a further attempt to determine the in
vivo functions of acid and alkaline phosphatases. It is
the first in a series of phylogenetic and ontogenetic
studies which is currently under way. Planarians were
initially selected because they introduce the organ-sys-
tem level and can reconstitute any parts lost due to
injury or starvation. Flatworms were fed, starved,
pharyngectomized and transected. They were fixed at
appropriate intervals, sectioned in a cryostat, and sub-
jected to phosphate substrates according to the method
of Gomori. Acid phosphatase activity was evident in
phagocytic cells after a feeding, waning by the third
day, and appeared in neoblasts of structures being
either degraded or reconstituted. Alkaline phosphatase
appeared under similar circumstances except that it
lingered for nine to ten days in gut cells and persisted
indefinitely in essential structures which themselves per-
sisted, with no apparent change induced by starvation.

The Spontaneous Recovery of the Cricket
GrijUus assimilis from Gregarine
Infections

Fred K. Parrish, Agnes Scott College
Mary M. Andrew, Agnes Scott College
Joanna W. Parrish, Emory University

Parrish and Parrish, 1962, reported that populations
of crickets cultured under certain conditions showed a
several hundredfold increase in their gregarine popula-
tions. The number of gregarines present, as determined
by the number of cysts in the crickets’ fecal pellets,
rises over a period of about 6 weeks until one finds
about 4-10 cysts per fecal pellet. Then within about a
week the number of gregarines diminishes until only an
occasional cyst can be found. Populations of crickets
that have undergone a gregarine population cycle appear
to be resistant to immediate re-infection. The mecha-
nisms for these phenomena are being studied.

Identification of Statoliths by X-Ray
Diffraction

Jonathan Parsons and Robert R. Cardell, Jr.,
Department of Physics,

Edsel B. Ford Institute for Medical Research,
Detroit 2, Michigan

There is evidence that the crystalline bodies of verte-
brate static organs exhibit variation in structure and
composition. By techniques appropriate to x-ray powder
diffraction the structure and composition of statoliths
from the cat, rat, dog, chicken, pigeon, frog, turtle,
salamander, fish, and selected invertebrates have been
analyzed. Statoliths from the mammals and birds which
were analyzed were composed of calcium carbonate in
the crystalline form of calcite. Statoliths from the rep-
tiles and amphibians were composed of calcium car-
bonate in the crystalline form of aragonite. X-ray
powder diffraction patterns are presented as evidence
for these conclusions.

Vol. 10, No. 2, April 1963

35

Tentaculocysts from Aurelia were removed and ana-
lyzed by emission spectrography. Preliminary results
indicate that there is a higher percentage of silicon in
the tentaculocysts than in control samples. Statocysts
from the crayfish were removed and analyzed by x-ray
powder diffraction. The statoliths are composed of sili-
con dioxide in the form of quartz.

The Distribution of Lancelets Along the East
and West Coasts of Florida
E. Lowe Pierce, University of Florida

Collections of lancelets were made in shallow water
along the entire coast of Florida. Individuals in bottom
samples were counted to determine their relative abund-
ance. In areas of abundance environmental factors
were measured in an attempt to define the optimum
habitat. The west coast of Florida provides in many
places suitable habitats for large populations of the
lancelet, Branchiostoma carihaeum.

Morphological and Physiological Differences in
Southeastern Heterotheca Grown under
Uniform Conditions

Joseph N. Pinson, Jr., Vanderbilt University

Seed samples from five southeastern states were ob-
tained in the fall of 1962. Disk and ray achenes were
planted separately. Germination of the pappose, disk
achenes occurred within three to six days. Epappose,
ray achenes required from six to ten days for germina-
tion to occur. Time of flower initiation was found to
vary markedly among the different population samples
and to some extent within the samples. Based upon leaf
shape, texture, and indument, three distinct morphologi-
cal types were evident among the samples tested. This
study furnishes information which suggests the need for
several adjustments in the recent revision of Hetero-
theca by Wagenknecht, 1960, in respect to the taxo-
nomic treatment of Heterotheca subaxillaris and Hetero-
theca latifolia.

Radioactive Fallout and Vegetation in the
Georgia Piedmont

Gayther L. Plummer, University of Georgia

Various plant species in different habitats have been
assayed by gamma spectrometry to determine the rela-
tive amounts of certain fallout radionuclides that are
concurrent with each species. Fission products con-
taminate vegetation by direct deposition from airborne
particles and by the physiological processes of bioac-
cumulation.

The net gamma spectrum differs for each species and
for each micro-habitat within a mutual area. The
abundance of one radionuclide may vary as much as
30 times from one plant to another. A radionuclide in
conjunction with a plant species varies in abundance
with the season. Fallout fission products are trans-
ported by runoff rain water from one micro-habitat to
another, and bioaccumulation is indicative of the input
or output in the respective habitats.

Gentiana, Section Pneumonanthae,
in the Southeast

James S. Pringle, University of Tennessee

Eleven species of Gentiana, section Pneumonanthae,
are native to the Southeast. G. alba, G. andrewsii, and
G. puberula are prairie species, confined to a few relict
colonies. G. clausa and G. linearis are northern species
with their southern limits in the Blue Ridge. G. villosa
and G. saponaria are of general distribution. G. chero-

keensis is considered synonymous with G. saponaria.

G. decora is endemic to the southern highlands. Oc-
casional cases of introgression are encountered in some
species. An undescribed variety of G. clausa in the Blue
Ridge, now essentially breeding true, may thus have
originated.

A Graduate Program in Plant Taxonomy

Albert E. Radford, University of North Carolina

A graduate program in plant taxonomy should include
the floristic, experimental, and phylogenetic aspects
with work in the field, herbarium, laboratory, garden
and library as integral parts of the study. The problem
approach should be basic to each major aspect so that
the taxonomy student will have research experience in
the major divisions of the field regardless of the disser-
tation subject.

Pigment Cell Maturation as Triggered by
the Tissue Milieu #

Willie M. Reams, Jr., Louisiana State University

Pigment cells introduced into the relatively neutral
environment of the coelomic lining of White Leghorn
chick embryos can follow their intrinsic mode of matura-
tion free of extrinsic influences until late in develop-
ment. A comparative study has been made wherein
melanoblast-laden embryonic tissues of the mouse and
of Silver Campine fowl were grafted intracoelomically
into three-day White Leghorn embryo hosts. Following
recovery of the graft sites after day 13 of incubation, an
analysis of the pigment cell forms was made. It was
noted that the morphogenesis of a pigment cell in one
tissue as compared to that of another tissue was not ) i
directly related to the arrival time of the migratory
melanoblasts into the respective regions. Further, the
onset of morphogenesis of a pigment cell is triggered
by the basic capacity of the tissue community at a
specific time in ontogeny. Pigment cells will continue
to proliferate until their maturation of shape is initiated
by the tissue milieu. Once triggered, although removed
from the initiating site, the morphogenesis of a pigment
cell proceeds to termination.

° Supported by N. S. F. grant G-14153-GB271.

Vegetative Characteristics of Utricularia foliosa
( Lentibulariaceae )

Grady W. Reinert and R. K. Godfrey,

Florida State University

Vegetative characteristics of Utricularias (bladder-
worts) are highly modified. Species occurring in eastern
North America are distinguished by a few salient char-
acters with emphasis on reproductive structures. De-
scriptions of vegetative characters are incomplete or
almost lacking. Preliminary studies reveal constellations
of vegetative characteristics for the several species suf-
ficiently diagnostic as to be of much taxonomic value.
This paper summarizes results of observations on de-
tailed gross vegetative structures of Utricularia foliosa
L., a large, handsome, submersed, non-attached aquatic
species occurring from Florida to Louisiana and in the
West Indies. It is particularly abundant in the Florida
Everglades. The body of U. foliosa is comprised of five
principal parts, the principal axes, two very different
lateral, determinate, “foliar” branch systems ( one is
much more bladder-bearing than the other), an “air
shoot,” and an inflorescence branch. Conspicuous glands
occur on surfaces of various of the parts and these se-
crete an abundance of colorless mucilage which enve-
lops the submersed organs. A feature unique to U.
foliosa is a conspicuously flattened axis.

36

ASB Bulletin

Growth and Development of Gloeodendron,
Korsh. (1916)

Russell G. Rhodes and Walter Herndon,
University of Tennessee

Studies of cultures of a freshwater chlorophycean alga
from Nonnamessett Island, Mass., indicate that it is
Gloedendron, previously unknown in this hemisphere.
The mature thallus is a reticulum of palmelloid threads
which arise from individual cells by longitudinal, trans-
verse, and tetrasporine divisions. Vegetative cells are
chlamydomonad, but lack flagella and frequently lack
an eyespot. External to the thin cellulose wall is a
broad pectinaceous stratified sheath; the stratifications
are persistent and cell lineages within the reticulate
segments may be traced. Reproduction is by fragmenta-
tion, zoospores and akinetes. Zoospores are surrounded
by flexible cellulose walls and are spherical at quies-
cence. Initial studies indicate that, at 21°C. and 12-
hour light/dark cycle, length of the motile period is a
function of light intenisty; at an intensity of 10 ft.
candles the zoospores do not produce a reticulate thallus
but reproduce themselves; at 60 ft. candles intensity,
the reticulate thallus is formed.

Some Characteristic Families of Flowering
Plants of Southern Africa
Herbert P. Riley, University of Kentucky

Some of the interesting and typical families of flower-
ing plants found south of the Zambezi River are de-
scribed and illustrated. Among the more characteristic
are the Caesalpiniaceae, Mimosaceae, Papilionaceae,
Proteaceae, Bombacaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Asclepiada-
ceae, Ficoidaceae (Aizoaceae), Compositae, Geraniaceae,
Strelitziaceae, Liliaceae (especially the Tribe Aloineae),
Amaryllidaceae, Iridaceae, Restionaceae, and Gramineae.
The various vegetation regions are pointed out and lo-
cated geographically and the characteristic families of
each are noted.

Velocity Profiles of Amoeboid Movement

Robert A. Rinaldi, University of Tennessee

Previously, a technique, “pictograph technique,” was
developed by this author to plot movements of granules
in Amoebe proteus. One does not follow individual
ranules through consecutive frames of a motion picture
lm, but one takes a single, time-exposure photograph
of an amoeba illuminated by darkfield microscopy.
Those granules that are moving rapidly record as long
streaks, some will appear as shorter streaks, and granules
that are not moving will register as dots. One can ob-
tain accurate velocity profiles of protoplasmic move-
ment. These amoeba pictographs have revealed: (1)
Regions of the gel are moving at different rates; (2)
There exists greater granular movement at the anterior
and posterior regions of the amoeba; (3) There exists
a forward flow of protoplasmic granules through the
interstices of the gel; (4) There is a uniform flow in
the central region from tip to tail of the advancing
amoeba.

The Respiration of Small Whole Fishes

Martin Roeder and Rachel H. Roeder,

The Woman’s College of the University of
North Carolina

The respiration of several types of small fishes has
been measured in order to establish a base-line for
comparison between normal and cancerous fishes. Data
will be presented on measurements made on normal
fishes before and after treatment with various minerals
and biochemical additives. Comparison will be made

between these data and those found in the literature,
in view of the wide discrepancies between the present
report and the literature. All data will be reported in
terms of oxygen consumption per hour per milligram
Kjeldahl nitrogen.

Augmentation of Interfollicular Melanocytes
Induced by Trauma in Mouse Skin *

David T. Rovee and Willie M. Reams, Jr.,
Louisiana State University

Although melanocytes are limited to the hair follicles
of adult belly skin of the mouse, they are found through-
out the integument of the newborn. Trauma applied to
the belly skin of newborn mice results in the mainte-
nance of the melanocytes within the skin, even after the
formation and growth of hair. The area immediately
surrounding the site of trauma shows an increase in the
number of melanocytes, undoubtedly due to the disrup-
tion of the developing follicles and the consequent re-
lease of their pigment cells to the skin. The significance
of the maintenance and augmentation of melanocytes
from the newborn into the adult as related to the U-V
induction of melanocytes in adult mouse skin will be
discussed.

° Supported by N. S. F. grant G-14153-GB271.

Cytological Studies of the Genus Phalaenopsis
( Orchidaceae )

Yoneo Sagawa, University of Florida

Although the significance of chromosome numbers in
hybridization and development of superior forms in such
groups as Cattleya, Paphiopedilum, Cymbidium, Den-
drobium, and Vanda have been well documented, only
limited information is available on the genus Phalaenop-
sis.

Cytological studies of the genus Phalaenopsis indicate
that most of the species are diploid with a chromosome
number of 38 (x=19). Hybrids derived by use of
pink-flowered species only are generally diploid. The
Euphalaenopsis section includes many polyploid forms.
The exceptional modem white-flowered hybrids are
mostly tetraploids or pentaploids. The results of use of
entaploids in further development of the modem white-
owered forms are still to be seen.

The information on chromosome numbers by other
investigators is summarized together with data derived
from this current study in order to establish the nature
and degree of polyploidy extant in the genus.

Amino Acid Analyses in Male-Sterile Cottons

Patricia Sarvella and Borislav Stojanovic,
Mississippi State University

Descending two-way paper chromatography was used
to determine differences in amino acids between normal
and male-sterile cottons. One genetic male sterile, two
partial genetic male steriles, and two cytoplasmic sterile
stocks were used. Flowers, buds, and leaves were
studied. Buds were collected five ( M + 5 ) and ten
(M + 10) days after meiosis. Most amino acids studied
were present in all the papers. Leaves from stocks with
complete sterility appeared not to have tyrosine and
cysteine ( or cystine ) in the acid hydrolysis fraction.
Valine, two unknowns, and a high concentration of
gamma amino butyric acid were usually present in
alcohol-soluble fraction. Amino acid differences between
norma! and sterile flowers and buds in various stages of
development were more quantitative instead of qualita-
tive. Several amino acids were present in the mature
flowers, sometimes in the M + 10 buds, and absent in
the M + 5 buds.

Vol. 10, No. 2, April 1963

37

Further Observations on Vascular Epiphytes
in the Smoky Mountains
A. J. Sharp, University of Tennessee

Dryopteris marginalis (L. ) Gray and Heuchera villosa
Michx. have been found growing on a trunk of a large
basswood, Tilia heterophijlla Vent.

A Comparison of the Southeastern and Western
Species of Schoenolirion (Liliaceae)

Harry L. Sherman, Vanderbilt University

Five taxonomic species comprise the genus Schoeno-
lirion Durand, three native to the southeastern United
States and two restricted to the mountainous region of
northern California and southern Oregon.

Since the first of the western species was described
by Durand in 1855, controversy has developed concern-
ing the question of generic limits. Durand (1855),
Torrey (1859), and Gray (1876) treated the two spe-
cies groups as a single genus, although certain differ-
ences in floral characters were pointed out. In synop-
tical treatments by Watson (1879) and Gates (1918),
the two groups were recognized as different genera,
mainly on the basis of floral differences already known.

A more general comparison of the southeastern and
western species, based upon results of recent cytological,
morphological, and anatomical studies of both groups,
suggests that the present taxonomic treatment of Schoe-
nolirion may not be consistent with that afforded other
genera within the tribe Chlorogalinae.

Combination Chemotherapy of Experimental
Mouse Leukemia

J. Richard Thompson, Jack H. Moore, and
Frank M. Schabel, Jr., Southern Research Institute,
Birmingham 5, Alabama

An effort is being made to find combinations of anti-
cancer drugs which are potentiating or synergistic in
action against experimental neoplasms. In order to in-
vestigate combinations of drugs, we have considered
the combination as a new drug and before concluding
that the combination is better than either drug alone,
we have demanded greater therapeutic activity by the
combination of drugs than that which can be demon-
strated by either drug alone, irrespective of dose, route
or schedule.

Theoretical considerations, based on studies ( 1 ) of
biochemical mechanism of action of active drugs and
( 2 ) on experimental neoplasms with acquired resistance
to these agents, make it appear logical to conclude that
a combination of agents which inhibit essential meta-
bolic activity ( separate or sequential ) might be more
effective than single-drug therapy. A further stimulus
to the consideration of combination chemotherapy re-
sults from the fact that intensive empirical screening
has turned up few new agents and these are not out-
standingly active; hence the interest in improving known
active agents. Synergism is often inferred where no
therapeutic potentiation has been produced; this proto-
col will simplify execution and interpretation of combi-
nation chemotherapy trials.

A Chromatographic Comparison of Luminescing
and Non-Luminescing Cultures of
Panus stypticus
Joanne C. Tontz

Woman’s College of the University of North Carolina

Surface grown cultures of the North American strain
of Panus stypticus have the ability to luminesce. The

same strain grown in a submerged culture lacks lumines-
cence. Thin-layer chromatography was utilized to de-
termine chemical differences between these two cultures.
While the specific components of fungal luminescent
systems remain enigmatic, it is hoped that this study
will aid in understanding the origins of luminescing
systems.

Fluorescing Compounds in Lichens *

Alma Toevs Walker, University of Georgia

Cladonia subtenuis and Usnea strigosa are fruticose
lichens under study for fluorescing compounds. The
dried lichens are homogenized in acetone or aqueous
methanol and then successively extracted with petroleum
ether, ethyl ether, and ethyl acetate at neutral and acid
pH from water suspensions. The respective extracts
undergo further separation by ascending paper chroma-
tography using petroleum ether-methanol-water, n-
propanol-ammonia-water, and n-butanol-pyridine-water
solvents. Components are detected by distinctive fluor-
escence and location on the chromatogram under ultra-
violet light. A magnesium acetate-methanol spray fol-
lowed by heating intensifies some fluorescence. Aqueous
ferric chloride— potassium ferricyanide identify phenolic
compounds. A crystalline compound precipitating from
petroleum ether and ethyl ether fractions is being puri-
fied to determine its composition. Color slides will
illustrate the fungus-alga association, crystal formations,
and chromatographic separations.

0 This work is supported in part by a grant from the
Elizabeth Thompson Science Fund of the American
Academy of Arts and Sciences.

An Atypical Conjugation in T etrahymena
pyriformis *

Carolyn Wells, Longwood College

Members of the breeding system of the ciliate, Tetra-
hymena pyriformis, are usually micronucleate strains,
since amicronucleate cells will not ordinarily unite with
cells of other strains to form conjugating pairs. There
are two exceptions to the observation that mating type
strains are always micronucleate. One strain, 1/1 am.
is a radiation-produced amicronucleate strain of variety
1, mating type I; the other strain, EU 6525 (variety 6,
mating type I ) is also an amicronucleate product of
irradiation. Cells of both of these strains will conjugate
with cells of appropriate complementary mating types.
Conjugation between micronucleate and amicronucleate
cells could produce haploid progeny. If so, the system
would be a useful method for the detection of recessive
mutations in one generation. The reorganization of the
micronucleus during conjugation between 1/1 am. xl/II
( micronucleate ) has been investigated cytologically.
Nuclear divisions proceed normally through second pre-
zygotic division; succeeding nuclear events are usually
abnormal. The pattern of this atypical reorganization
will be discussed.

1

!

° Research supported by USAEC Contract No. AT-
(40-1) -2793.

Effects of Helminthosporium victoriae and
Victorin upon Permeability

Harry Wheeler and Homer S. Black,
Louisiana State University

Victorin, a potent toxin produced by Helminthospor-
ium victoriae, causes marked changes in respiration and
cellular permeability in oat tissues susceptible to Victoria
blight. This paper is concerned with the nature of the
permeability changes and the possible relationship to
changes in respiration. Victorin-treated and naturally

38

ASB Bulletin

: infected susceptible tissues lost electrolytes more rapidly
than control tissues when bathed in distilled water.
| The rate of electrolyte loss from treated tissue had a low
temperature coefficient typical of a physical process and
was not dependent upon oxygen tension. Furthermore,
, • electrolyte loss was induced with concentrations of the
toxin 50-fold less than that required to produce signi-
t Scant respiratory increases and were detected within five
minutes whereas respiratory changes were not clearly
. evident until after 30 minutes. These results indicate
that if a causal relationship between these two phe-
nomena exists, changes in permeability precede and are
responsible for changes in respiratory activity.

Effect of a Current on Respiration and Mineral
Uptake in Species of Spirogyra and
Oedogonium

L. A. Whitford and G. J. Schumacher

All species tested respond to a current with increased
respiration and mineral uptake, but lotic (current in-
habiting species show a significantly greater response
than do lenitic species. Response seems to be directly
proportional to speed of current between 6 and 40 cm./
sec. The experimental set-up is briefly described.

Primary Production on a Moisture Gradient

James E. Williams

During the summer of 1962, on the upper Coastal
Plain of South Carolina, primary productivity was
studied on an ectone between an upland old-field and a
Carolina Bay. The ectone consisted of two terminal
plant communities mixed. Net and gross production of
the dominant species were determined in the field with
an infrared gas analyzer. Experiments show that in-
' creases in standing crop can be predicted for points on
the gradient from clip-quadrat and gas analysis data.

Effects of Light and Darkness on the Biosynthesis
of Carotenoid Pigments in Wheat
Seedlings

Frederick T. Wolf, Vanderbilt University

Carotenoid biosynthesis in higher plants can occur in
total darkness, but is increased by light. The carote-
noids of ungerminated wheat grains, and of dark grown
and light grown wheat seedlings 7-10 days of age have

( Continued from page 16— Mountain Lake)

Lichenology, Dr. William L. Culberson, Duke
University

Invertebrate Zoology, Dr. Robert P. Higgins,
Wake Forest College

Helminthology, Dr. Martin J. Ulmer, Iowa
State University

A limited number of National Science Founda-
tion scholarships are available for research and
study: (1) Post-doctorate for research, stipend
$900; (2) Pre-doctorate for supervised research,
stipend $400; and (3) Post-graduate for training
in field biology, stipend $300. Preference is
given for studies concerned with the biota of the
region. Application blanks for these awards
may be secured from Dr. James L. Riopel, De-
partment of Biology, University of Virginia, and
must be submitted before April 12, 1963.

been examined by a combination of spectrophotometric
and paper chromatographic methods. Only lutein, lu-
tein epoxide and carotenes are present in the grain; the
total quantity of carotenoids averaged 4.2 n gm./gm.
fresh weight. Dark grown seedlings contained 91.7
/x gm./gm. of carotenoids, including lutein, an unidenti-
fied component, neoxanthin, lutein epoxide, neozeaxan-
thin, violaxanthin, and carotenes, with lutein as the prin-
cipal component. Light grown seedlings of equal age
contained 180.5 n gm./gm. of carotenoids. No change
occurred in the levels of violaxanthin and the unidenti-
fied xanthophyll, while lutein and lutein epoxide doubled
and the carotenes increased 9-fold on illumination. The
significance of these findings in relation to the role of
light ( photochemical ) and dark ( enzymatic ) reactions
in carotenoid biosynthesis is discussed.

The Dispersal of the Planktonic Diatom Rhizo-
solenia alata Inferred from Cell-Diameter
Frequency Distributions

Robert A. Woodmansee, University of Southern
Mississippi and Gulf Coast Research Laboratory

The dispersal of Rhizosolenia alata is inferred by com-
paring the cell-diameter frequency distributions of
populations sampled at various times in Biloxi Bay and
Mississippi Sound during post-bloom conditions. The
chi-square test is used as an objective means of deter-
mining whether or not two given cell-diameter fre-
quency distributions represent samples taken from the
same or from different populations. This approach in-
dicates ( 1 ) that the diatoms are being transported to-
ward the sea in the surface layer and toward the land
in the bottom layer and ( 2 ) that the narrower cells are
sinking more rapidly. Therefore, the wider cells tend
to remain at the surface and to be transported seaward
and the narrower cells tend to sink and be transported
landward.

Taxonomic Status of Unicola (Gramineae)

Harris O. Yates, Vanderbilt University

Results of a comparative study of the North American
species of the Linnean genus Uniola suggest that the
group is composed of discordant taxonomic elements.
Data obtained from analyses of epidermal pattern, chro-
mosome number and size, embryo structure, form of
seedling leaf and vascular anatomy are presented in

support of this hypothesis.

( Continued from page J 6— Instruction?)

Title underlined 1

Author’s name all in capital letters 1

Author’s name in parenthesis 1

Institutional affiliation omitted 3

Institutional affiliation, title, and author omitted ... 1

Institutional affiliation and author in wrong place . . 3
Institutional affiliation not italicized ( underlined ) . . 85

Now editorial instructions are not spelled out
for the sheer perversity of telling people what to
do, nor are they intended to demand conformity
for the sake of conformity. They are there for
the simple reason that without them chaos would
exist in the editorial field just as it would on the
highway were there no traffic regulations.—
C.W.H., Jr.

Vol. 10, No. 2, April 1963

39

Commercial Exhibits at the
Gainesville Meeting

The Social Room of the Florida Union will be
the site of the commercial exhibits. They will
be open all day on Thursday and Friday and
until noon on Saturday. All members are urged
to visit the exhibits. Exhibitors will also be avail-
able during the smoker, on Thursday evening.

American Optical Company will have on
demonstration a series of both compound and
stereomicroscopes. These will range from stu-
dent to advanced research models. Mr. James
Lyon, Florida representative, will be present.

Bausch and Lomb Optical Company will show
a range of microscopes which can be used in the
elementary class as well as research models.
Mr. Russell M. Smith, southeastern representa-
tive, will be present.

The Bendix Corporation offers three Bendix/
Akashi Electron Microscopes which vary in both
performance ( 10 A to 20 A resolution ) and price
($14,900 to $26,000). However, they have one
thing in common. Unique column design per-
mits uncomplicated operation and greater relia-
bility. A Bendix representative will be present
to answer questions. Micrographs and literature
will be displayed.

Cardinal Products, Inc. will have an array of
scientific supplies and equipment. Items of in-
terest will be microscopes, micro-projectors, and
photomicrographic equipment.

W. H. Curtin & Company was founded in 1922
in Houston, Texas by Mr. W. H. Curtin. The
company is one of the largest in the South and
one of the major suppliers of scientific equip-
ment and supplies. Thirteen locations to serve
the scientific needs are located in Houston, Jack-
sonville, Miami, Atlanta, New Orleans, Birming-
ham, Memphis, Dallas, Corpus Christ!, San An-
tonio, Tulsa, Albuquerque, and Mexico City.
Resident sales personnel are strategically based
in other locations to provide additional personal
assistance to customers throughout the area
served. One of these men, David W. Fouts, re-
sides in Gainesville. “Curtin” carries compre-
hensive stocks of equipment and supplies in their
seven warehouses and some representative sup-
plies in most of their Sales Offices. “Curtin”

publishes their own catalogs (general and spe- ;
cialty) and supplements these catalogs quarterly
with their “Labnotes.”

HALCO Scientific Instrument Company in
Atlanta, Georgia, began selling and servicing
optical equipment 13 years ago. Representa-
tives from HALCO now make frequent calls on '
customers in all the Southeastern States, as far
North as Washington, D. C., and as far West as
Texas. This company is franchised dealer for
Carl Zeiss, E. Leitz, Reichert, Wild-Heerbrugg,
and Graf-Apsco microscopes; Photovolt and Lab-
line equipment; the Sartorius Balances; and
Brinkmann Instruments. Carl Heard, Assistant
Manager at HALCO, will be at the exhibit booth
to demonstrate: Bright-field Microscopy, Phase
Microscopy, Photomicrography, and Micro-pro-
jection.

Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc. will feature
the Modern Biology Series ... a fresh and im-
aginative look at life science in ten beautifully
written paperbacks: Loewy, Cell Structure arul
Function; Levine, Genetics; Ebert, Development;
Savage, Evolution; Odum, Ecology; Sistrom, r
Microbial Life; Griffin, Animal Structure; Burnett,
Animal Adaptation ; Ray, The Living Plant; Wag-
ner, Plant Diversification. Other titles to be fea-
tured: Fuller-Carothers: The Plant World, 4th
ed.; Best-Taylor: The Human Body, 4th ed.; i
Jellinck: Boolootian-Heyneman: An Illustrated
Laboratory Text in Zoology. The Biology Studies
Series will also be featured: Carlquist: Compara-
tive Plant Anatomy; Crafts: Translocation of Sol-
utes in Plants; Slobodkin: Growth and Regula-
tion of Population; Sutton: Genes, Enzymes and
Inherited Diseases.

McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc. will have
on exhibit their complete line of books for in-
struction in Biology. Featured will be the sec-
ond edition of Weisz’s The Science of Biology.
Mr. W. Kenneth Mathew, manager of the south-
ern district, will be at the display.

Scientific Products will have on demonstration
many of the new instruments and laboratory
equipment which are essential items in any well-
equipped laboratory. There will be a repre-
sentative on hand to demonstrate.

40

ASB Bulletin

D. Van Nostrand Company, Inc. will have on
display their latest textbooks in the fields of Biol-
ogy, Botany, Bacteriology and Zoology. There
will be many books which ought to be consid-
ered by those looking for textbooks for fall
classes.

Ward’s Natural Science Establishment, Inc.
will feature the latest in teaching aids in Biology.

These will include plastic mounts, charts, and
models which are essential in any modern biol-
ogy laboratory. Mr. Jerome Schott, Florida
representative, will be present at the booth.

Will Scientific, Inc. (Ga.) will feature the Bron-
will Biosonik Cell Fracturing Apparatus as well
as the latest Bioloid Biological Specialties. Other
equipment will also be demonstrated by a repre-
sentative.

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

Robert E. L. Black of the School of Marine Science
of the Virginia Institute of Marine Science, Gloucester
Point, Virginia has received a National Science Founda-
tion research grant in the amount of $28,200 for support
of work entitled “Enzymes Systems in Marine Embryos.”
This grant will provide summer salaries and equipment
for a continuation of the studies on the bio-chemistry of
developing embryos. Dr. Black will use a part of this
research money to undertake research at the Bermuda
Biological Laboratory during part of the coming summer.

Morris L. Brehmer and Dexter S. Haven of the Vir-
ginia Institute of Marine Science, Gloucester Point, Vir-
ginia have received a third grant of $20,000 from the
Atomic Energy Commission to continue studies on the
accumulation of radionuclides and the deposition of
these fission products by filter feeding organisms. In
addition to the work on the AEC grant Haven will be
testing molluskicides on Eastern Shore this summer.

Thomas L. Johnson of the University of Virginia has
been obtaining specimens of male decapod crustaceans
from the Crustaceaology Department of the Virginia In-
stitute of Marine Science for the past two years. He is
studying the histology of the male reproductive system
of these decapods in his doctoral research.

Clayton R. Kyte from Antioch College is an exchange
student working as an aide at the Institute for this term.
He replaced Thomas K. Newbury from Antioch who
worked the first term and has now returned to Antioch
to class room studies during the winter term.

Bernard C. Patten, Head, Planktology Department of
the Virginia Institute of Marine Science has recently re-
ceived a grant from ONR for studying energetics and
organization in plankton communities. He will employ
two assistants, one at the Ph.D. and the other at the
M.A. level to assist with this investigation.

James S. Sterling, Virginia Institute of Marine Science,
left March 1, 1963, for the Indian Ocean where he will
collect fish parasites during the next three months. He
will be a member of the first cruise of the International
Indian Ocean Expedition, which is being sponsored and
coordinated by UNESCO. All expenses, including scien-
tists’ salaries, are being paid by the National Science
Foundation. This is a project directed by William J.
Hargis, Jr., Director of the Virginia Institute of Marine
Science, furthering his world-wide studies of host-speci-
ficity of fish parasites.

Jesse C. Thompson, Jr., Hollins College, will leave
April 15, 1963 to participate in the International Indian
Ocean Expedition. He will spend ten weeks at Manda-
pam Camp in Southern India investigating the ciliated
protozoa of the Indian Ocean. Dr. Thompson has ac-
cepted a professorship of Biology at Hampden-Sydney
College and will occupy this position in September 1963.

Lyman Randlett Emmons, Assistant Professor of Biol-
ogy, was awarded a John M. Glenn Grant-in-aid by
Washington & Lee University to continue work in the
field of human cytogenetics.

Howard J. Teas, Head of the Agricultural Bio-Sci-
ences Division of the University of Puerto Rico Nuclear
Center, is on leave to serve as Program Director for
Metabolic Biology in the Division of Biological and
Medical Sciences of the National Science Foundation.

Tulane University has appointed Dr. Fred R. Cagle as
vice-president of the university. Dr. Cagle, who previ-
ously served as chairman of the department of zoology
and coordinator of research, will be responsible for co-
ordinating the expanding research activities of Tulane.
Dr. Cagle joined the Tulane faculty in 1946. He re-
ceived his bachelor’s degree from Southern Illinois Uni-
versity, and his masters and doctor of philosophy degrees
from the University of Michigan. As vice-president, Dr.
Cagle will guide the expanding research activities of
Tulane, and will coordinate such recently established
projects as the International Center for Medical Re-
search and Training in Colombia, the Biomedical Com-
puter Center, the Center for Latin American Studies, the
Inter-American Institute for Medical Research, and the
Delta Regional Primate Research Center.

John J. Gallagher, Research Associate at Northeast
Louisiana State College, edited the Rotifer section of the
just published Needham & Needham “A Guide to the
Study of Fresh-Water Biology,” 5th Edition (Holden-
Day, Inc., San Francisco, Calif., $2.25). This extremely
well illustrated manual covers the field taxonomically
from plankton algae to fishes and includes sections on
methods.

Leta Jane Holman and Billy S. Batts are new addi-
tions to the biology staff at Longwood College. Dr.
Holman holds the B.S. degree from Texas Technological
College, M.S. from the University of Michigan and the
Ph.D. from the University of Maryland. Her research
interest is in the field of acarology. Mr. Batts did his
undergraduate work at the University of North Carolina
and has the M.S. degree from the University of Wash-
ington. Mr. Batt’s research is in the field of taxonomy,
ecology, and physiology of the cold-blood vertebrates.

Vol. 10, No. 2, April 1963

41

Robert E. Black, Associate Professor of Biology at the
College of William and Mary, has been awarded a re-
newal grant of $28,100 from the National Science Foun-
dation to continue for two years his studies of the distri-
bution and activity of enzymes in subcellular fractions
obtained from eggs and early developmental stages of
marine invertebrates. Dr. Black will spend the summer
of 1963 at the Bermuda Biological Laboratory.

Lillian C. Thomsen, Professor of Biology at Mary
Baldwin College, is retiring in June, 1963. After June her
address will be 414 Boyce Ave., Farmington, Missouri.

Institutions and Organizations

A facility for use in the study of population physi-
ology has been completed at the College of William and
Mary and will be put into operation in April, 1963. The
building will provide facilities for the work of Dr. Bruce
Welch, Assistant Professor of Biology, one additional in-
vestigator, and graduate students.

The National Science Foundation has just published
a guide to the scientific and technical literature of Al-
bania, Bulgaria, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Poland, Ru-
mania, and Yugoslavia. It is intended for use by scien-
tists, librarians, and students, and contains information
of the announcement, availability, procurement, and
translation of Eastern European publications in the
physical, biological, and certain of the social sciences.
Entitled “A Guide to the Scientific and Technical Litera-
ture of Eastern Europe,” it is the first U. S. attempt to
provide such a guide. Major chapter titles include,
‘‘How to Obtain East European Publications,” and “East
European Scientific Information Available in English.”
A 50-page appendix contains an annotated list, by scien-
tific discipline, of 440 East European scientific and tech-

nical periodicals. The guide was compiled, with NSF
support, by Battele Memorial Institute, and is available
without cost from the Printing and Publications Office of
the National Science Foundation, 1951 Constitution Ave-
nue, Washington 25, D. C.

Tulane University has established a new program of
graduate study leading to the doctor of philosophy de- 1
gree in biostatistics. The doctoral program in biostatis- \
tics is designed to train students in the application of
mathematics and statistics to the fields of biology, medi-
cine, and public health. Tulane has offered the master’s
degree in biostatistics since 1956, and is one of the few
universities in the country and tire only one in the Deep ]
South offering graduate level degrees in this field. The
new graduate program will be headed by Dr. Robert F. '
Lewis, professor of biostatistics in the Tulane school ol i
medicine.

The National Science Foundation announces the next
series of closing dates for receipt of proposals for basic
research in Life Sciences— May 15, 1963, Social Sciences i
May 1, 1963. Proposals received prior to these dates I
will be reviewed and notification of the Foundation’s
action will be made within four months. Proposals re-
ceived after these dates will be reviewed following the
fall closing dates ( Life Sciences, September 15; Social
Sciences, October 1; Graduate-level Research Facilities,
August 1 ) . Inquiries or proposals requesting support
should be addressed to the National Science Foundation,
Washington 25, D. C.

The Biology Department of Old Dominion College,
Norfolk, Virginia, has received a matching National Sci-
ence Foundation Equipment Grant. This $12,400 grant
is for advanced equipment such as several constant tem- }
perature rooms, a Warburg respirometer, a spectropho- , I
tometer, microbalances, etc.

( Continued from page 14— Treasurer’s Report)
EXPENDITURES:

Goethe Award mailing expenses . .

$ 2.24

Wake Forest Convention

expenses :

Folders

$58.97

Lettering Conven. Cer-

tifieates

1.50

60.47

Meritorious Award

100.00

Bulletin labels

9.02

April Bulletin

321.69

$ 493.41 $ 493.42

Balance $ 431.86

Cashier’s check to transfer account to new treasurer $ 431.86

—Elsie Quarterman, Treasurer

Treasurer’s Report, 15 May 1962-31 December 1962

SAVINGS ACCOUNT:

Balance on hand May 15, 1962 . . .
CHECKING ACCOUNT:

Balance on hand May 15, 1962 . . .
Receipts:

Will Corp.— exhibition fee

C. M. Goethe for Goethe Travel

Awards

Dues and subscriptions

$ 893.29

$ 431.86

$ 10.00

250.00

806.00

$1,066.00

$1,497.86

42

ASB Bulletin

EXPENDITURES:

Bulletin :

Mailing and printing, July and

October 320.72

Editor’s miscellaneous 95.47

Secretary:

Membership maintenance and

labels 33.65

Travel to meeting (Winston-

Salem) 119.35

Treasurer:

Postage 22.00

Clerical assistance 10.00

Treasurer’s miscellaneous 4.48

416.19

153.00

36.48

Checkbook balance

Outstanding checks

Bank balance

— Leland Shanor,

NOTES

605.67
$ 892.19
66.25
$ 958.44
T reasurer

Vol. 10, No. 2, April 1963

43

r~ji' x Ti uhljj'i: us Cuis rtjulus brtuuti

The cover picture is from Joannes Jonstonus’
Historiae Naturalis de Quadrupedis, published
in Amsterdam in 1657. This magnificent griffin
is one of many beasts illustrated in the volume-
some reasonably true to life, some even more
fanciful than this.

The illustrations above are from the same vol-
ume, in the Historiae Naturalis de Serpentibus.
The drawing of the Hydra Septiceps Ges. Aldro.

is apparently taken from the Historia de Serpenti-
bus of Conradi Gesneri— published in 1587.

These illustrations are from the Pre-Linnean
Book Collection of the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences of Philadelphia, and were made available
through the courtesy of Miss Margaret Green-
wald, Librarian, Academy of Natural Sciences.—
C. W. H., Jr.

44

ASB Bulletin

J. van Kessel (1626-1679): Lo Studio di un Naturalista. Pitti Palace, Florence. Courtesy
of the Gabinetto Fotographico alla Soprintendenza, Uffizi, Florence. See The Naturalist as
an Art Critic, page 47.

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna. Changes of address
should be sent promptly to the Secretary
of the ASB, Dr. Harry J". Bennett, Depart-
ment of Zoology, Louisiana State Univer-
sity, Baton Rouge, La. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions should
be sent to the Business Manager, Dr.
Leland Shanor, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Talla-
hassee, Florida. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $2.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Wicker-
sham Printing Co., Lancaster, Penna.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

Volume 10 , Number 3 — -July 1963

CONTENTS

Association Affairs 46

George Henry Penn — An Obituary 54

Martin Young Honored With Medal And Honorary Degree . . 56
News of Biology in the Southeast 59

Patrick H. Yancey Receives ASB’s Meritorius Teaching Award 55
The Naturalist As An Art Critic — G. Evelyn Hutchinson . . 47

Harry J. Bennett. Associate Editor
Betty Uksomarso. Assistant Editor

Leland Shanor. Business Manager .

Officers of the A. S. B. ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

President — E. Ruffin Jones, University of
Florida

Retiring President — Walter S. Flory, Wake
Forest College

President Elect — William D. Burbanck,
Emory University

Vice-President — Harold Humm, Duke
University

Secretary — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Treasurer — Leland Shanor, Florida State
University

Executive Committee — Walter R. Hern-
don, University of Kentucky; Patrick
H. Yancey, Spring Hill College; C.
Ritchie Bell, University of North Caro-
lina; Wilbur H. Duncan. University
of Georgia; B. Theodore Cole, Uni-
versity of South Carolina; G. M. Jef-
fery, National Institutes of Health.
All officers are ex officio members of
the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — Netta E. Gray, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — position vacant
Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University
Maryland — position vacant
Mississippi — Robert A. Woodmansee, Mis-
sissippi Southern College
North Carolina — William J. Koch, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — position vacant
Tennessee — Helen L. Ward, University
of Tennessee

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

BUSINESS MEETING
Room 208, Union Building
University of Florida
April 19, 1963

President Flory called the meet-
ing to order at 11:45 A.M. and after
his introductory remarks asked the
Secretary, the Treasurer and the
Auditing Committee for their re-
ports.

Secretary’s Report. The Secre-
tary stated that the total active mem-
bership was 985 including 77 indi-
viduals who had joined the Associa-
tion since the previous business
meeting, and that 33 states and 7
foreign countries were represented
by the membership. He then pre-
sented the names of Emeritus Mem-
bers and asked the membership to
assist him in compiling a more accu-
rate roll of such members. He also
reported that only one design had
been submitted for the Association
Seal and that the Executive Com-
mittee had recommended that the
contest be continued for another
year. A motion to accept the report
was made, seconded and passed.

Treasurer’s Report. The Treas-
urer presented an Interim Report

and expressed his appreciation for
the cooperation given him by the
membership over the past year. A
motion to accept the report was
made, seconded and passed.

Auditor’s Report. The Chairman
of the Auditing Committee stated
that the books of the Association
had been audited and found to be
in order. A motion to accept the
report was made, seconded and
passed.

President Flory then presented
Dr. Frank S. Jamison who discussed
the financial situation of AIBS and
appealed to the ASB to give its sup-
port to AIBS. He reported that 4,-
000 AIBS members had contributed
$114,000 to alleviate the situation
and that the amount owed by AIBS
to the National Science Foundation
was $190,000 as revealed by the
most recent audit. He assumed that
subsequent audits would show that
still more was due NSF. He con-
cluded his remarks by stating that
the blame for the financial condition
in which AIBS finds itself rests on
all the officers of AIBS and all affili-
ated organizations.

( Continued on page 57 )

46

ASB Bulletin

The Naturalist as an Art Critic was pre-
sented as a Distinguished Scientists Lecture at
the Annual Meeting of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia on 29 April 1963 by Dr.
G. Evelyn Hutchinson , Sterling Professor of Zool-
ogy at Yale University. The address is being
printed simultaneously here and in the Proceed-
ings of the Academy of Natural Sciences.

The Naturalist As An Art Critic

ry G. EVELYN HUTCHINSON, Department of Biology, Yale University

During the early period of the formation of
those large collections which ultimately became
the bases of the public museums of Europe, such
virtuosi and cognoscenti as collected objects of
natural origin also usually collected human arti-
facts, both for their intrinsic value, beauty, and
on account of their historic associations.

In the earliest inventory 1 of a great princely
collection in Western Europe, that of the Due de
Berry, brother of Charles V of France, who was
born in 1340 and died in 1416, there were a few
odd natural history specimens mentioned, ostrich
eggs, probably an elephant molar, tusks of wild
hoars, a bird’s bone remarkable for its lightness,
a porcupine quill and various pebbles which
seem odd in a collection made up of an unbeliev-
able number of precious stones, pearls, jewels,
vessels and images of gold and silver and relics
of the saints, almost all of which have disap-
peared, and of manuscripts, some of which are
still among the glories of mediaeval French art.

Later collections, in the 16th century, were
richer in natural history, and in fact almost ex-
clusively biological collections were first made at
that time. However, a number of the most fa-
mous were very mixed even at a much later date.
The most striking examples are those of Elias
Ashmole, actually largely assembled by his friend
John Tradescant whom we commemorate in
Tradescantia, which enriched the University of
Oxford, and of Sir Hans Sloan, in part based on
the cabinets of other collectors, which formed
the basis of the British Museum in both its
branches. Perhaps even in the 17th century
such collections may have raised philosophical or
moral problems. Jan van Kessel’s painting (see
cover) in Florence now called “Lo studio di un
naturalista,” though certainly amusing, must also
have allegorical roots that I am not expert

1 Guiffrey, J. 1894-6. Inventaires de Jean Due de
Berry (1401-1416). Paris. E. Leroux. I. (1894)
CXCIV, 347 pp. II. (1896) 321 pp.

enough to excavate.2 The naturalist whose study
is depicted by van Kessel seems to have been in-
terested in birds, caterpillars, strange and mytho-
logical plants such as the mandragora or man-
drake, surveying instruments, telescopes, and
coins. I would call your attention to the amount
of jewellery that he amassed; this seems to have
been one of the classes of object most favored by
early collectors, partly no doubt as an invest-
ment as well as for its beauty.

Since we are celebrating the close of the hun-
dred and fiftieth anniversary year of the oldest
natural history museum in the United States, in
a city that is also famous for its art collection, it
has seemed appropriate to consider some aspects
of the dichotomy between natural history and
art museums, and to ask why some objects are
put into one and some into the other. If at first
the answers seem obvious, there will, I think,
prove to be enough difficulties to lead us into in-
teresting if obscure regions of the human mind.

Initially the objects in a collection were as-
sembled to be looked at. They are to arouse ad-
miration and pleasure in their beauty, wonder at
their strangeness or history, envy or awe at their
costliness or rarity. The simple reactions of the
unlearned to the strange or marvellous give some
idea of the primary reactions to objects in a col-
lection, reactions which most of us have forgot-
ten. A peasant woman enquires if the pala
d’oro, the great gold and enamelled Byzantine
altar frontal in San Marco in Venice, is really

2 In a very curious painting said to be the only known
work of Giuseppe Crespi the younger, reproduced ( Plate
L) and discussed ( p. 306-307) by H. W. Janson ( Apes
and Ape Lore in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance,
London, Warburg Institute 1952, 384 pp. ), a monkey is
depicted holding what looks like a shell to his ear, sur-
rounded by a fantastic assemblage of instruments, natural
history specimens and antiquities. Janson connects this
picture from the late 18th century with the Tractatus
secundus de Naturae Simia of Robert Fludd, 1618. Ian
van Kessel’s painting perhaps belongs in the same ob-
scure tradition, though he also painted less problematic
singeries.

Vol. 10, No. 3, July 1963

47

Figure 1. Left: Nautilus cup, Augsberg 17tli century; center: Ostrich-egg goblet, Leipzig 1560-80; right: Turbo
marmoratus cup, PNiimberg, 16th century (Vienna, Kunsthistorisches Museum no. 62, 95, and 116; E. Kris Publ.
Kunsthist. Samml. Wien: Goldschmiedearbeiten I, Tafeln 5 and 67). By kind permission.

made of gold. Napoleon or his officials are said
to have been persuaded that it was much too big
to be really golden, and so left it unconfiscated
and unmolested.

In the crypt of the Basilica of Sant' Ambrogio
in Milan, the great Saint Ambrose lies between
two somewhat undocumented martyrs, San Ger-
vasio and San Protasio; another peasant woman
exclaims “che nomi" at hearing the unfamiliar
names attached to venerable skeletons in a
sacred place. In a secular context many people
entering a natural history museum for the first
time must wonder, if only for a momen, whether
a pterodactyl or a dinosaur really could have
lived, and how they got their names.

We can begin to get some insight into our
problem by considering a group of rare and
strange objects, that achieved their greatest pop-
ularity during the period just about the time that
collections were beginning to become differen-
tiated, in which the properties of some natural
object play a very great part in the decorative
qualities of an ohjet d’art. Some of these com-
posite objects, such as richly mounted bezoar
stones or the nuts of the mysterious coco-de-mer
Lodoiceo maldivica (Gmelin) Pers, were treas-
ured for their fancied alexipharmic properties.
Most however are purely decorative and we can
divide these into two more or less discrete

classes. In the one which we will call self-
theorising objects the natural structure that pro-
vides the decorative form, also displays, or
would if we full)’ understood it, the deterministic
laws by which it came into being. Here we
have as examples of the effects of rotation during
translation down the oviduct, in the form of an
ostrich egg, mounted as a goblet (Figure 1, cen-
ter ) . On a much smaller scale rotation of pearls
against some more resistant part of a mollusk’s
foot or mantle can make an acorn pearl. This
probably most often happens in mobile pearl-
producing mollusks, such as the freshwater Mar-
garitifera (Figure 2, top right). Crystals, which
proclaim at least part of their atomic structure in
their macroscopic shape, can be mounted in
their natural condition to make jewels (Figure
2, top center). The banding of an agate, pre-
sumably exemplifying Liesegang phenomena of
diffusion in a colloid, can be used in conjunction
with the form of the bezel (Figure 2, below) of
a ring or any other mount. The example illus-
trated, a ring dating from the 16th century, is of
interest in that the concentrically circular agate
was often regarded as a toadstone and as such
protective or magical properties were ascribed to
it; this ring moreover also came through Sir
Francis Cook from the Marlborough Collection,
which was largely formed from the jewellery of

48

ASB Bulletin

the great 17th century Arundell collection. This
identical ring may therefore have been in a cabi-
net of a great aristocratic virtuoso at the time
when J. van Kessel painted the picture we have
just examined. Horns, very early made into
drinking vessels, exhibit a form clearly depend-
ent on the mode of their growth, and shells of
Nautilus (Figure 1, left) and Turbo (Figure 1,
right), used to form magnificent cups, specifi-
cally display the logarithmic spiral characteristic
of the growth processes of many mollusks and
some other animals.

At least in the use of shells and possibly also
of more perishable materials, the employment of
actual organic objects for their decorative prop-
erties and of copies of them in various workable
media must have grown up side by side giving
the huge range of phytomorphic and zoomorphic
forms known to art. At a more recent time wax
flowers were doubtless valued for looking na-
tural before they were valued for looking arti-
ficial.

In direct antithesis to the self-theorising ob-
ject, may be set the elegant ink blot, the baroque
pearl mounted to bring out its imagined resem-
blance to the torso of a mythological figure ( Fig-
ure 3), or on a less princely scale the driftwood
or other objets trouves of the surrealists and
some later schools. In these, stochastic proc-
esses dominate the form, the selection and ap-
preciation of which obviously involves some sort
of psychological projection.

In the recent history of museums the various
attitudes expected to arise in the minds of the
observers have been sorted out, purified or per-
haps merely divided into categories convenient in
administration. We see the mixed objects that I
have just described primarily as artifacts; if we
happen to be interested in the pure natural his-
tory of the natural part, the artificial part is re-
garded as an excresence that gets in the way of
scientific vision.

Today we enter an art gallery expecting to be
delighted by the beauty of certain works of man;
we enter a natural history museum expecting to
be instructed in the workings of nature. There
are also museums in which archaeological or
ethnographical material is displayed to illustrate
something about man that is akin to natural his-
tory, and indeed the same point of view is ap-
parent in the grouping of works of art in any
modern art gallery, where the pictures are placed
by schools and periods, i.e. geographically and
chronologically, just like fossils in a palaeonto-
logical collection. What seems often to be lack-
ing, at least explicitly on the part of the intelli-
gent public, is the realization that a number of
objects in the natural history museum are of ex-
traordinary natural beauty and that thev should
be valued quite simply as such, as well as for

their scientific connotations. In practice in any
good museum such as this one, the public dis-
plays are largely implicitly based on such aes-
thetic considerations. The question however of
the nature of the beauty ot the natural world
and its relation to human art deserves more con-
sideration than it is customarily given, and de-
serves such consideration quite specifically in the
context of the natural history museum.

If we enquire why we make a distinction be-
tween the work of art and the object of natural
beauty, which enquiry is a partial rephrasing of
our original question, I suppose that at the pres-
ent time the essential difference would usually
be described in terms of communication or ex-
pression. What is valued in the work of art is
supposedly not the sort of intrinsic beauty that
we find in nature, but some evidence of a mes-
sage from, or expression of, the personality of an-
other human being, the artist who made the
work. This concept however leads us into very
considerable difficulties. The late Bernard Ber-
enson said at the end of his life, of which seventy
odd years had been largely spent in problems of
attribution, that it did not matter who painted a
picture as long as it was a real picture. This
obvious truth, coming from him, carries non-
obvious overtones. In the more limited modern
vocabulary that we are using, it may be re-
phrased that it does not matter who painted a
picture as long the picture is a genuine expres-
sion. In the light of such a statement let us look
at an oil stndy of a mulatto lady (Figure 4)

Figure 2. Above: Sah Oved: contemporary English;
topaz crystal mounted as a pin, between earrings, Mer-
maid in her Vanity, and Pelican in her Piety, the former
with acorn pearl. Below: Ring, 16th century (Yale Univ.
Art Gallery 1959-43-24; ex. coll. Margaret Hutchinson,
Sir Francis Cook, Marlborough and quite possibly Thomas
Howard, 2nd Earl of Arundel, the greatest collector in
17th century England).

Vol. 10, No. 3, July 1963

49

wearing only a red and green turban and hold-
ing a long bamboo cane, first deciding, without
asking about its history, if it is a real picture
genuinely expressing something to the observer.

The painting is known to have been among
the effects of Eugene Delacroix, sold at auction
in Paris in 1864. 3 It was apparently included in
a miscellaneous lot of seventeen studies suppos-
edly by the painter himself, which were not de-
scribed individually in the sale catalogue. It
passed into the Cheramy collection, and was
sold, as by Delacroix, in 1908, though not listed
as by him in the Cheramy catalogue published
in that year. In 1954 it appeared, as by Dela-
croix, in an exhibition of 19th and 20th century
French painting at the Lefevre Gallery in Lon-
don. At this time it evidently generated much

3 Goodison, J. W. and Denys Sutton, in Fitzwilliam
Museum Catalogue of Paintings. Volume I. French,
German and Spanish, pp. 172-174 for full discussion;
also Art News, New York 53, p. 47, 1954; Connoisseur,
London. 133, p. 260, 1954; Fitzwilliam Museum Annual
Report 1954. PI. IV, pp. 5-6, 1955. Mr. Goodison
kindly writes that there can be little doubt that the at-
tribution to Delacroix was mistaken, but that at present
the evidence is quite insufficient that the painting is by
Auguste.

excitement; it was reproduced in two art jour-
nals; the Art News, published in New York, wrote
of it as “one of the chief pleasures” of the exhibi-
tion, “amazingly forceful though only 22 inches
high.” It was bought from the exhibition by a
leading English museum, with a subvention from
the National Art Collections Fund, and at the
time of the purchase was hailed as of outstand-
ing quality, and was praised for its distinction of
vision and surety and sensitivity of handling. It
evidently gave great satisfaction to all con-
cerned, as it did to me when I saw it in 1958 and
again in 1963. Later, however, the painting was
regarded, as compared to certainly authenticated
works of Delacroix’s early years, “as mannered
and timid in character and superficial in draughts-
manship and anatomical structure.” It has in-
deed been suggested that it was probably the
production of a dilettante called Jules-Robert
Auguste, who for a time knew Delacroix; on at
least one occasion they both worked from the
same model. Auguste’s known works, in pastel
rather than oil paint, are said to possess a “pre-
ciosity of vision and meticulousness of style quite
in conformity” with the picture we are consider-
ing. It is very hard to avoid the feeling that

Figure 3. Left: Mermaid; right: Triton, baroque pearls, jewelled and enamelled gold, Italian 16th century
(Widener Coll. National Gallery of Art, Washington, D. C. ). By kind permission.

50

ASB Bulletin

great subjectivity is involved in the appreciation
of such a work; so long as it comes from the
brush of M. Delacroix its virtues are emphasized,
when his authorship is suspected all the faults
suddenly become aparent, perhaps indeed over-
apparent. This leaves us in a very difficult,
though admittedly honest, position in the face of
the majority of the works of art in the world,
whose makers are unknown. In the case of the
painting we have been considering, without be-
ing able to express any real expert opinion, I
have no difficulty in believing that it is not by
Delacroix, but if, as seems rather unlikely, it is
by a really weak painter, as Auguste seems to
have been, he must have been so much under
the influence of a better painter when he painted
the work, that some of the virtues of the greater
artist could be borrowed and incorporated into
the work of the lesser man. It is worth noting
that sometimes supposedly most characteristic
works of major masters have turned out, as
scholarship progresses, to be copies, studio
pieces, or even works of fairly independent pu-
pils. Since in some cases only the more obvious
qualities of the master may be caught and trans-
ferred to the derivative work, the latter may be-
come a sort of elementary introduction to the
subtilties of the master, with an immediate ap-
peal leading in the right direction. The painting
which first gave me insight into Zurburan, for in-
stance, is a Santa Rufina now believed to ema-
nate from his studio but not from his hand. At
any rate all of us who have frequented art col-
lections for any length of time must realize that
we have almost certainly got what seems to be
pleasure of the very highest order out of works
of suspect attribution. The exact origin of the
message conveyed is perhaps of less importance
than is often believed.

We may now as naturalists raise a still more
awkward problem, one that was adumbrated by
the singerie painters of the 17th century,4 the
problem of the ape as artist. Unfortunately a
certain amount of inevitable commercialism and
humor has tended to obscure the extraordinary
significance of the work that was started fifty
years ago by Kohts in Russia and which has been
recently greatly developed by many workers, of
whose studies Desmond Morris has provided an
illuminating synthesis.5

The great apes and some other primates, not-
ably capuchin monkeys, when put into an ex-
perimental environment in which they can ex-
hibit it, have a sense of symmetry in design,
which is most easily demonstrated by giving the

4 For a series of 17th and 18th century satiric paint-
ings of the ape as artist see H. W. Janson, op. cit., chap.

5 Morris, Desmond. The Biology of Art. 176 pp.
London 1961.

animal a paper, blank except for a square set
eccentrically. In a highly significant number of
cases the animal will tend to mark the paper in
such a way as to balance the design. Renseh
moreover in experiments in which animals can
make choice of ready-made designs, finds that
balanced patterns pleasing to ourselves also seem
to please many other vertebrates. When the ani-
mal is given more elaborate opportunities for

Figure 4. Study of a Mulatto Woman, French School
1820-25. ( Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge.) By kind

permission.

Vol. 10, No. 3, July 1963

51

artistic expression, Morris concludes that in all
cases, there is, as well as compositional control
of balance, an attempt at calligraphic differentia-
tion of line; thematic variation within an indi-
vidual style appears when paintings of the same
animal are compared. There is also an attempt
to achieve a degree of optimum heterogeneity
giving a sense that a painting is complete. At
least in young apes the activity is highly self-
rewarding or autotelic. Any intrusion is resented
more than if the animal had for instance been
disturbed when eating. Providing the young
apes with paints, brushes and canvas gives it, for
the first time in its life, something very important
to do.

The general level of achievement, though com-
pared to action painting or abstract expression-
ism by some critics, appears to be that of a three
year old child just prior to the development of
diagrammatic representation of the human face.

What these studies show clearly is that the
desire and capacity to engage in some sort of
self-expressive autotelic activity exists in ani-
mals that have diverged from the human line
many millions of years ago, and do not have the
intellectual capacity to invent the mechanisms to
provide the sort of satisfaction that is within
their intellectual range.

Other examples of animals being able to gain
satisfaction from far more complicated types of
behavior than they can invent in nature could be
multiplied, though none I think are more inter-
esting than the artistic activities of primates.
The capacity of seals to learn to perform on
musical instruments and in some cases to get en-
joyment from doing so, is perhaps another ex-
ample; here we may suspect that an interest in
the rhythmical sounds of breaking waves on the
rocks or beaches of a shoreline has some initial
adaptive value. It is evident that in a sense the
more highly developed mammals are preadapted
to inventions that for most of them have not be-
come available.

It is reasonably certain that a large part of hu-
man intellectual evolution must have consisted
in the rare invention of such activities, painting,
dancing, music, games, counting and elaboration
of language, which once thev had been achieved
accidentally or by exceptional insight of a genius,
caught on with a large part of, if not the whole,
population.

Whatever the expressiveness that is required
to put an object in an art gallery may be, it is
clearly not quite confined to the genus Homo ;
as the evolutionist would expect, it has a history
and this history can be traced outside our own
genus or family.

If we are prepared to grant that at least some
of the qualities present in a human painting are
also present in a very rudimentary form in those

of the great apes, we may legitimately inquire
about certain other kinds of animal activity
which seem to us to have aesthetic properties.
Most conspicuous are the songs and displays of
many birds, the latter perhaps culminating in the
extraordinary activities of bower birds in collect-
ing and arranging decorative objects.

We may in the present state of knowledge
make the following statements about such ac-
tivities.

They are all parts of adaptive behavior di-
rected to ends that are significant in the life of
the animal, notably the holding of territory, re-
tention of interest in a mate and the like. The
significance always implies some sort of social
interaction. Though usualy both innate and
learnt behavior are involved, in many cases the
behavior has a stereotyped innate component
that is largely lacking when a human being sings,
dances or paints, and for that matter when an
ape is given the chance to do the last named.
There is often a great discharge of neuromuscu-
lar activity which is reasonably regarded as
comparable to what we know subjectively as
emotion.

In a very large number of cases structures or
activities used as social signals of a visual or
auditory kind are found to be aesthetically sig-
nificant to human beings. Apart from the fact
that in many cases the activities involved are
largely innate, which allies them perhaps more to
elaborately grown structure than to learnt ac-
tivity, the social and emotional aspects of animal
display and the activities involved in the produc-
tion of much so-called primitive art appear to be
comparable. In both cases the aesthetic ele-
ments which we value are originally secondary
to the social functions subsumed by displays or
rituals. If we compare the voice of a peacock
with his tail we get a clear hint that what is
needed to produce the secondary aesthetic ef-
fect, is a considerable degree of elaboration. In
all structures used in display, the elaboration is
no doubt correlated with the need for quite spe-
cific signals different from anything else. The
greater the elaboration of two structures the less
the probability that they will resemble each
other. Moreover, if we look at all the organisms
which we at first sight would regard as strikingly
beautiful in a decorative rather than a purely
functional way, or for that matter inanimate
structures which give the same sort of impres-
sion, we find that nearly all the extraordinary
cases are the product of some sort of differentia-
tion in a relativelv free environment, in water, ox-
growing up into the air or at least moving about
above the ground, rather than burrowing in sand
or mud. I give no examples on the screen; be-
ing within a major natural history museum, si
excmplum vis, circumspice. Wherever there is a

52

ASB Bulletin

physical possibility of developing in a spacially
unrestricted way in a context which either calls
for or merely permits elaboration, we get nat-
ural beauty. Moreover in all cases we have
more than a hint of what I initially referred to as
a self-theorising property. The elaborate form
tends to express deterministic laws that brought
it into being, though often we may not know
what they are but merely feel that the symmetry
and elegance of the object before us implies a
symmetry and elegance in the theory describing
its genesis.

We have seen how the random irregularities
of what I have called elegant ink blots are the
vehicles for certain sorts of psychological pro-
jection, entirely irrelevant to the nature of the
object, yet capable of giving considerable satis-
faction under certain circumstances. We have
seen also how in looking at an entirely conven-
tional human work of art there can be an enor-
mous subjective element in evaluation; a study
of either forgeries or fashions in appreciation no
less than over-enthusiastic attributions would
lead to a comparable conclusion. We have to go

out to meet the work of art on some ground be-
tween it and ourselves to receive its message; the
place where we stand may make all the differ-
ence.

We have further seen that there is apparently
a continuum from conscious human works of art,
through immensely beautiful but in purpose only
secondarily artistic works of primitive art, to ani-
mal activities and structures employed socially
and then to those that are not so employed, and
so finally to inanimate structures which we rec-
ognize as beautiful. As we get further from the
human work, we find that what we see as beau-
tiful comes into being largely as elaboration in a
relatively unrestricted space, whatever the ac-
tual mechanisms of its development. This hap-
pens because there are orderly processes occur-
ring in nature and when they get a chance to
show what they can do, they produce elaborate
works in which symmetry and elegance in the
external world suggest that, even if we cannot
explain the process yet, and we often can, the
explanation would involve elegant theory, which
it often does.

Figure 5. Fulgurite from Santa Rosa Island, near Fort Walton, Florida. (Academy of Natural Sciences, Phila-
delphia. Collected and mounted by Josephine Henry. )

53

Vol. 10, No. 3, July 1963

Again as with human works, our viewpoint
makes a considerable difference. An unforced
feeling for how a form may arise can enhance its
natural beauty. Some people may be willing to
stop at this point, as every philosophical posi-
tion, or lack of position, implies enormous diffi-
culties. Others may want to go on further, feel-
ing themselves in the presence of a message from
nature or the external world which they go out
to meet with their understanding. To be mean-
ingful such a position would have, I think, to be
theistic. It does not involve any logically com-
pelling argument for the existence of God, but
like each of the arguments on this matter, it
makes its point if one is prepared to accept some
of the others.

Meanwhile 1 think if the general trend of my
line of thought makes at least partial sense, we
can agree that in large measure the public ex-
hibits in a good natural history museum are in
some ways the modern counterparts of the nau-
tilus cups and ostrich egg goblets of the Renais-
sance, constructed of both natural objects and a
highly skilled kind of applied art. Yet they are
far more important, because they are made to
contain not wine, which anyway would be hard
to drink from such objects, but scientific truths,
made plain by the art with which the self-

GEORGE HENRY PENN

1918-1963

Doctor George Henry Penn, Professor of Zool-
ogy at Tulane University and editor and founder
of Tulane Studies in Zoology died after a short
illness on May 10, 1963.

He was born on November 20, 1918, to George
Henry Penn and Lydia Leroy Penn, in New Or-
leans, Louisiana. He attended Tulane Univer-
sity, earning his Bachelor of Science (major in
zoology, minor in botany) and Master of Science
( major in zoology, minor in parasitology ) de-
grees in 1939 and 1941 respectively. His studies
were interrupted by World War II in which he
served in a U.S. Navy malaria control unit in the
Southwest Pacific. He emerged from World
War II as a Lieutenant. Upon his separation
from the U.S. Navy he attended Cornell Univer-
sity where in 1947 he earned his Doctor of Philos-
ophy degree in Medical Entomology with a
minor in invertebrate zoology.

Professor Penn’s interest in zoology was an
early one cultivated by his tutor and beloved
friend, a notable Louisiana naturalist, the late
Percy Viosca. On many occasions he reminisced

theorising properties of the specimens are ex-
hibited. It the whole aspects of the work of a
natural history museum is considered in this
light, a taxonomically arranged set of diatom
slides or drawer of insects, no less than a habitat
group or your magnificent fulgurite (Figure 5), j
are seen to have some of the properties of works
of arts. Although I think there are good reasons
for separating art galleries and natural history
museums, they still, even after more than a cen- j
tury and a half of autonomous development, may |
have much in common.

Acknowledgments. I am much indebted to
the Soprintendenza alle Gallerie, Florence, to Dr.
Erwin M. Auer, Director of the Kunsthistorisches
Museum, Vienna, to Mr. J. W. Goodison of the
Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge, and the Direc-
tor of the National Gallery of Art, Washington,
for permission to publish the photographs repro- i
duced in figures 1, 2, 4 and 5; to Mr. Emiddio
DeCusati and the Yale Art Gallery for figure 3, j
and to Dr. Ruth Patrick and the Philadelphia
Academy for figure 6. I am most grateful to
Mrs. Sah Oved and Professor Charles Seymour,
Jr., for assistance and information about several
objects discussed, to Miss Yemaiel Oved for one i
of the ideas that I have used, and to my wife for
much help.

George Henry Penn

54

ASB Bulletin

)f his early days as Percy’s “assistant." Follow-
ng his own background, he often gave encour-
agement to youngsters interested in animals. In
iiis college days at Tulane he came under the
ible tutelage of such notable biologists as Pro-
fessors E. S. Hathaway, and W. T. Penfound.
His major professor at Cornell was Robert
Matheson.

Upon his graduation from Cornell University,
Doctor Penn was employed as Assistant Profes-
sor of Zoology at Tulane University. He rose to
Associate Professor in 1952, and to Professor in
1957. At the time of his death he was Assistant
Head of the Tulane University Department of
Zoology, and had served as Acting Head during
1958-1959. His campus activities were wide and
varied, having served on many important Uni-
versity committees. At the beginning of each
academic year he and his wife were the gracious
hosts to graduate students in the Department of
Zoology, for he felt strongly about making per-
sonal social contact with all student in the de-
partment. Students were always welcome to
discuss their problems with Professor Penn.

Doctor Penn published at least 68 authorita-
tive papers on parasites, molluscs, branchiobdel-
lids, crustaceans, porocephalids, mosquitoes, rep-
tiles, and birds. He was probably best known
for his work on fresh-water crustaceans, particu-
larly the crawfishes. It has been said that he
and his colleague and accomplice in his study of
crawfishes, Doctor Horton Hobbs whom he re-

Patrick H. Yancey Receives ASB’s
Meritorious Teaching Award

The Meritorious Award Committee designated
as Meritorious Teacher for 1963 Reverend Pat-
rick H. Yancey of Spring Hill College, Mobile,
Alabama. This award carries with it an honor-
arium of $100.00 from the Will Scientific Co.

Father Yancey was born in Tampa, Florida,
and took his formal education at Gonzaga, Ford-
ham, Barcelona, Woodstock, and St. Louis, re-
ceiving his Ph.D. in biology in 1931.

He began and has continued his distinguished
teaching career at Spring Hill College. His rec-
ord of achievement in teaching is reflected in the
Mendelian, a publication which he has moder-
ated during the last 33 years, in the lists of medi-
cal teachers and practitioners, and especially in

gardecl most highly, had divided the United
States into two sectors for purposes of studying
crawfishes! In spite of his interest in crawfishes,
Professor Penn liked to regard himself as a gen-
eral biologist rather than a specialist. He was a
serious teacher who led scores of undergraduates
into useful and productive careers in biology and
medicine. His graduate students are many, and
their theses are primarily on invertebrate ani-
mals.

Professor Penn was a member of 11 learned
societies at the time of his death: Louisiana
Academy of Sciences, Tennessee Academy of
Sciences, Entomological Society of America,
American Society of Limnology and Oceanog-
raphy, Society of Systematic Zoology, American
Institute of Biological Sciences, Association of
Southeastern Biologists, American Society of
Zoologists, Ecological Society of America, Amer-
ican Association of the Advancement of Science,
and the Society of the Sigma Xi. He is listed in
American Men of Science, Who’s Who in the
South and Southwest, and Leaders in American
Sciences.

Doctor Penn is survived by his wife, Mrs.
Mary Elizabeth Harry Penn, a son George Hugh
Penn, and a daughter Sylvia Celine Penn, who
reside at 818 Fern Street, New Orleans, Louisi-
ana.

The Association of Southeastern Biologists ex-
tends sympathy to his widow, daughter, son, and
students.— Franklin Sogandares-Bernal

the professional biologists whom he has trained
at Spring Hill and who are now teaching and
doing research in all parts of the world.

Dr. Yancey has been a very active members of
the Alabama Academy of Sciences, which he has
served as president as well as a long standing
representative of it on the Council of the AAAS.
As regional Vice-President of Beta Beta Beta Na-
tional Honorary Biological Society he has ren-
dered great service to the cause of biology in our
region during his tenure in office. Over a dozen
new chapters were established in various col-
leges of the Southeast, and the high standards
which he has exhibited in his own teaching at
Spring Hill have been instilled into the various
chapters of this region through his diligence and
good example.

Vol. 10, No. 3, July 1963

55

Martin Young Honored
With Darling Foundation Medal
And Honorary Degree From
Emory University

For his outstanding contributions to research
in malaria, Dr. Martin D. Young, Associate Di-
rector of the National Institute of Allergy and
Infectious Diseases, received the Darling Foun-
dation Medal and Prize at the plenary session of
the 16th Annual Assembly of the World Health
Organization in Geneva on May 9.

The bronze medal and the prize of 1,000 Swiss
francs is awarded intermittently by WHO in
memory of Dr. Samuel T. Darling, a U.S. mem-
ber of the League of Nations Malaria Commis-
sion. Dr. Young is the second NIH scientist to
receive the Darling Prize. Dr. G. Robert Coat-
ney. Chief of the Laboratory of Parasite Chemo-
therapy, NIAID, received the award in 1954.

In accepting the prize Dr. Young said, “For a
malariologist it (the Darling Prize) symbolizes
the summit of professional recognition. I am
aware that this award carries with it an extra
measure of distinction and significance because
it is administered by an international agency with
the well-defined objective of attaining the high-
est possible level of health for people every-
where.

On June 10, Dr. Young was further honored
with an honorary Doctor of Science degree from
Emory University during the spring commence-
ment exercises. The degree was awarded by
University President Sidney W. Martin in recog-
nition of Dr. Young’s contribution to world
health.

Dr. Young did most of his research on malaria
at Columbia, S. C., where he was head of the
field station of the Laboratory of Parasite Chemo-
therapy before coming to Bethesda in 1961. His
research has been concerned with practical ly all
phases of malaria, with particular emphasis on
use of malaria parasites in the treatment of

The Duke University Marine Laboratory, Beaufort,
North Carolina, is the site for a nine day conference on
"The Biology of Estuarine Animals” to be held August
28 to September 5, 1963. The Conference, co-sponsored
by the American Society of Zoologists and supported by
the National Science Foundation, is designed to give col-
lege teachers of biology ami zoology, actively engaged

neurosyphilis, host-parasite relationships, biol-
ogy and cytology of the parasites, chemotherapy,
and the relative vectoral abilities of mosquitoes.

Most recently he has documented cases of re-
sistance of certain strains of malaria parasites to
two antimalarials, ehloroquine and amodiaquine,
which have been among the most effective drugs
to suppress and cure malaria.

A native of Moreland, Georgia, Dr. Young has
been an NIH staff member since 1937 and a
member of the PHS Commissioned Corps since
1944. He holds an Sc.D. from Johns Hopkins
and is a graduate of Emory University. In 1953
Dr. Young became the first NIH staff member to
receive the Rockefeller Public Service Award.
Dr. Young, his wife, and two children live at
5610 Durbin Road in Bethesda, Md.

Martin D. Young

in teaching or research in this field, an opportunity to
familiarize themselves with recent advances and ex-
change ideas with outstanding American and foreign
workers. Inquiries on the details of the Conference
should be directed to: Dr. F. J. Vernberg, Duke Univer-
sity Marine Laboratory, Beaufort, North Carolina.

56

ASB Bulletin

(Continued from page 46)

President Flory then asked for re-
ports from the Goethe Travel
Awards Committee, The Constitu-
ion Committee, Committee on Meet-
ng Places and The Nominating Com-
nittee.

Goethe Travel Awards. The
Chairman reported that 16 applica-
:ions for financial assistance were re-
ceived and that all were supported
:o some extent out of the $364.00
available. The Committee elected to
uipport subsistence costs rather than
:hose for travel. A motion to ac-
cept was made, seconded and passed.

Constitution Committee. The
Chairman discussed the constitu-
tional amendment presented at the
1962 Business Meeting, and as cir-
culated in the Bulletin. He moved
the adoption of the amendment, the
motion received a second, and was
passed by a show of hands.

He then presented a motion to
modify the dues of the Association
under Article 4, Section 1 of the
By-Laws, with such modification to
go into effect in 1964, as follows:

1. Undergraduate and

Graduate dues $ 2.00

2. Regular Members 3.50

8. Contributing Members 5.00

4. Sustaining Members 25.00

A motion was made and seconded
to accept the modification. Dr. Rob-
ert W. Menzel proposed an amend-
ment to the motion that would raise
the dues of Regular Members to
$4.00. The amendment was sec-
onded and passed. The original mo-
tion was then brought to a vote and
President Flory ruled that the neces-
sary two-thirds vote in favor of the
motion had been given and declared
it approved by the Association.

The Chairman of the Constitution
Committee then moved that the fis-
cal year of the Association be
changed to January 1- December 31.
The motion received a second and
was passed by the Association.

Committee on Meeting Places.
The Chairman reported that an in-
vitation for the Association to hold
its 1964 meeting at Emory Univer-
sity had been received from that
University. A motion that the invi-
tation be accepted was made, sec-
onded and passed. The Chairman
then reported that Dr. Shannon,

President of the University of Vir-
ginia had invited the Association to
meet at that University in 1965. A
motion to accept the University of
Virginia’s invitation was made, sec-
onded, and passed.

Nominating Committee. The
Chairman of the Committee pre-
sented the recommendations of the
Committee.

President Flory called for nomina-
tions from the floor and there being
none he declared the nominations
closed. Ballots were then distrib-
uted and Drs. Walter R. Herndon,
Alvin V. Beatty and Robert W.
Menzel were appointed as tellers.
Dr. Herndon was appointed as
Chairman of the Committe. Presi-
dent Flory announced that the re-
sults of the election, the report of
the Meritorious Teaching Award
Committee and that of the Resolu-
tions Committee would be presented
at the banquet.

Dr. Raymond L. Taylor, Associate
Administrative Secretary, AAAS was
introduced by President Flory and
Dr. Taylor expressed his pleasure at
being able to be present and ex-
tended the best wishes of the AAAS
to the Association.

There being no further business
President Flory declared the meet-
ing adjourned at 12:45 P.M.

Submitted by:

Harry J. Bennett

Secretary— ASB

REPORT OF THE
RESOLUTIONS COMMITTEE

The committee presents the fol-
lowing resolutions:

Whereas, the Association of South-
eastern Biologists, together with the
Southeastern Section of the Botani-
cal Society of America, the Southern
Appalachian Botanical Club, the Re-
gional Section of Beta Beta Beta
National Honorary Biological Soci-
ety, and the Southeastern Division
of the American Society of Ichthyol-
ogists and Herpetologists, is success-
fully holding meetings on the cam-
pus of the University of Florida,
Gainesville, Florida, April 18-20,
1962;

and, Whereas, every possible con-
venience has been made available
for our use, therefore:

Be it resolved,

first, that these groups express
sincere appreciation to the President
J. Wayne Reitz for the invitation to
meet here, for the gracious welcome
extended, and for the use of the
university facilities for these meet-
ings, and

second, that special thanks be ex-
pressed to Co-Chairman J. C. Dick-
inson and H. K. Wallace and to
each member of their committee on
local arrangements, for the excellent
provision of space, equipment and
general comfort for all in attendance.

Whereas the Carolina Biological
Supply Company has continued to
contribute $100.00 each year as a
research award; therefore

Be it resolved, that the sincere
appreciation of the Association be
expressed to Dr. Thomas E. Powell,
President of the Company, for this
contribution.

Whereas, the Will Corporation of
Georgia has continued to contribute
$100.00 each year as an award for
meritorious teaching, now therefore

Be it resolved, that the genuine
appreciation of the Association be
expressed to Mr. Charles Waite of
that corporation for this contribution.

Whereas, Mr. C. M. Goethe has
continued to provide funds for the
Mary Glide Goethe Travel Awards,
and generously contributed an extra
amount this year so that all appli-
cants could receive awards.

Be it resolved, that the sincere
appreciation of the Association be
expressed to Mr. Goethe for his con-
tinuing interest and support.

Whereas, Dr. Royal E. Shanks
was a long-standing member of the
Association of Southeastern Biol-
ogists, serving it in many capacities
and was its immediate past presi-
dent at the time of his death on
August 4, 1962; and

Whereas, through his broad train-
ing, wide interests, unusual abilities
in teaching and research, his serv-
ices were invaluable not only to the
southeastern region of the United
States but to the whole field of bio-
logical sciences,

Be it resolved, that the members
of the Association of Southeastern

Vol. 10, No. 3, July 1963

57

Biologists hereby express their grief
at the loss of a beloved colleague,
and instruct the Secretary of the
association to convey their deep sym-
pathy to his family.

Respectfully submitted,

E. C. Cocke
A. J. Sharpe
Alvin Beatty
Margaret Y. Menzel,

Chairman

EMERITUS MEMBERS
Baker, W. B.

Blomquist, Hugo L.

Boyd, George H.

Bradbury, Ora C.

Coker, Robert E.

Deacon, W. M.

Diviny, Ezda
Garver, D. L.

Harper, Roland
Hill, Benjamin H.

Hessler, L. R.

Kurz, Herman
Lewis, Ivey Foreman
McDougal. Mary
Shaftesbury, Archie D.

Sherman, Harley B.

Smith, Septima
Tingley, Alice
Totten, Henry B.

Wells, B. W.

White, Orland E.

Whiting, P. W.

Wolf, F. A.

Yancey, Father Patrick H.

RESUME OF EXECUTIVE
COMMITTEE MEETINGS

Items of General Interest

November 10, 1962.

Emory University

1. The Committee decided that
the evening meeting, April 19.

1963, should be dedicated to
the memory of Dr. Royal D.
Shanks.

2. The Treasurer recommended
that the membership be asked
to approve an increase in dues
at the 1963 Business Meeting.

3. The Committee approved the
appointment of an Advisory
Committee to assist the Editor
in the establishing of policies
relative to the Bulletin.

4. The Committee recommended
the publication of the Constitu-
tional Amendment relative to
affiliates in the January, 1963
issue of the Bulletin.

5. Various types of membership
were discussed with the discus-
sion centering around the fact
that the Association is now tax
exempt and that this should
make the obtaining of Patron
Members much less difficult.

April 18 and 20, 1963.

University of Florida

1. It was decided that a perma-
nent Advisory Committe should
be appointed to assist the Edi-
tor on problems associated with
the Bulletin.

2. The Treasurer reported that the
response of the membership to
dues notices had been excellent.

3. The Committee decided to sub-
mit a modification of Article IV,
Section 1 of the Constitution
calling for an increase in dues
to the membership at the 1963
Business Meeting for its con-
sideration.

4. The Committee decided that
the membership should be
asked to consider changing the
fiscal year to January 1 -Decem-
ber 31 at the 1963 Business
Meeting.

5. The President suggested that
the Constitution be published
in the first issue of the Bulletin
issued in each year divisible by
5. The suggestion was ap-
proved.

6. Dr. John M. Carpenter sug-
gested that the Association
should have a symposium of
general interest as a part of its
annual program. The sugges-
tion was discussed at length but
no action was taken.

7. The Editor recommended that
the membership be sent a ques-
tionnaire asking what it would
like to have appear in the Bul-
letin, and was of the opinion
that more articles of general in-
terest should be submitted for
publication. The Committee
agreed that the questionnaire
should be sent and discussed
ways and means of obtaining
articles of interest for the Bul-
letin.

8. The Treasurer suggested that a
central office to be managed by
a Secretary-Treasurer should be
established but the Committee t
was of the opinion that this
should not be done at the pres-
ent time.

9. The Secretary reported that
only one design for an Associa-
tion seal had been submitted
and the Committee recom-
mended that the contest be
continued for another year.

10. The Secretary was instructed
by the Committee to contact
the membership to determine
its interest in having a sym-
posium as a part of its annual
program and the most suitable
time for it.

The National Science Foundation announces oppor-
tunities for U. S. scientists to participate in the Antarctic
expeditions of foreign countries as Exchange Scientists
from the Lb S. Antarctic Research Program. Nations
other than the United States with active Antarctic scien-
tific programs include Argentina, Chile, France, New
Zealand, the Union of South Africa, the United King-
dom, and the Soviet Union.

Research possibilities exist in the fields of atmospheric
physics, biology, geology, glaciology, meteorology, and
the marine sciences. The research program could be
planned for a four-to-six month austral summer or for a
fourteen-month period, including the Antarctic winter of

1964. Departure from the U. S. would probably be late
in 1963.

Salary and expenses for travel, equipment, etc., asso-
ciated with the exchange would be included in a grant
to the investigator’s institution. If necessary, assistance
can be provided for acquiring a working proficiency in
the appropriate foreign language before departure for
the Antarctic.

Interested scientists are requested to transmit an out-
line of their proposed program with a specific foreign
expedition to the Chief Scientist, Office of Antarctic Pro-
grams, National Science Foundation, Washington 25,
D. C.

58

ASB Bulletin'

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

Beginning with the 1963-1964 session, Walter S. Flory
will be Mary Reynolds Babcock Professor of Botany at
Wake Forest College. In addition to teaching duties he
will be in charge of Reynolda Gardens. Dr. Flory will
follow Dr. Paul B. Sears who has been the visiting Bab-
cock Professor during the first year of its establishment.
Since 1947 Flory has been Professor of Experimental
Horticulture at tbe University of Virginia and Vice-
Director and Manager of The Blandy Experimental
Farm. In addition, since 1955, he has been Curator of
The Orland E. White Research Arboretum. Dr. Sears is
Professor Emeritus of Yale University, where he directed
the Conservation Program before his retirement.

George W. Hunter, III (Ret.) has been in San Jose,
Costa Rica since October, 1961. Dr. Hunter returns to
the Department of Microbiology, College of Medicine
and Biological Sciences, University College, University
of Florida, Gainesville, in Otober, 1963. During his
leave of absence he has served as Research Professor of
Medical Parasitology of the Faculty of the LSU School
of Medicine. He has been stationed with the LSU— In-
ternational Center for Medical Research and Training
(ICMRT) in San Jose where he has served as Resident
Coordinator, Chief of the Administrative Section and
Chief of the Section of Parasitology. Besides the admin-
istrative responsibilities that are inevitably associated
with a new program Dr. Hunter has been active in re-
search on various parasitological problems.

George K. Reid, Professor of Biology at Florida Pres-
byterian College, has been named president-elect of the
Florida Academy of Sciences, and will assume his post
next year. President of the Academy for the current
year is Alex G. Smith, professor of physics at the Univer-
sity of Florida. Dr. Reid has recently received a grant
from the Explorers Club of New York to go to Haiti to
study the chemistry-temperature relationships and ani-
mal life of the island lakes. This is part of a larger
project— a study of Florida lakes under the National Sci-
ence Foundation which he received in 1961.

The Society of the Sigma Xi and its associated organ-
ization, the Scientific Research Society of America
(RESA), announced today through the chairman of their
Grants-in-Aid of Research Committee, Dr. Harlow Shap-
ley, an award to Francis M. Bush, Department of Biol-
ogy, Howard College, Birmingham, Alabama, to assist in
his study of the plasma proteins on an ABO-like blood
group in natural populations of Passer domesticus
domesticus.

The National Science Foundation has awarded a $37,-
900 grant to Virginia Polytechnic Institute for a study of

the functions of the striatum of the avian brain and its
role in the stereotyped “instinctive” behavior character-
istic of birds as a class. The long-time project will be
under the direction of Dr. Richard E. Phillips, Assistant
Professor of Zoology.

Harold A. Dundee, Assistant Professor of Zoology in
the College of Arts and Sciences at Tulane University,
has been elected president of the Southeastern section of
the American Society of Icthyologists and Herpetologists.
Presently serving as secretary-treasurer of the society.
Dr. Dundee has been a Tulane faculty member since
1958.

James Rex Baird has accepted an instructorship in bot-
any at Washington and Lee University. Mr. Baird is
finishing his doctorate at the University of North Caro-
lina.

Jack S. Brown, Emory and Henry College, has ac-
cepted appointment as Professor of Biology, Parsons Col-
lege, Fairfield, Iowa, effective in June, 1963.

John G. Mahan of the Lynchburg College biology
staff has received a National Science Foundation fellow-
ship for the summer institute in Marine Biology for col-
lege teachers at the Duke University Marine Laboratory
at Beaufort, North Carolina.

Edward B. Cutler of the Lynchburg College biology
staff has received a grant from the National Science
Foundation for graduate work at the University of Wash-
ington Marine Laboratory at Friday Harbor for the first
part of the summer, and from the Old Dominion Foun-
dation for transportation to the Arctic Research Labora-
tory at Point Barrow, Alaska, for the second part of the
summer. There he will work on the phylum Pogono-
phora with the English marine biologists, Drs. Alan and
Eve Southward.

Warwick R. West and William S. Woolcott, Biologs
Department, University of Richmond, received a grant
from the University of Richmond Research Fund to
study the graduate research program offered by the
Biology Department.

William S. Woolcott, Associate Professor of Biology at
the University of Richmond, will teach a course in ich-
thyology at Mt. Lake Biological Station during the first
term of the 1963 session.

Thomas M. Harris, Assistant Professor of Biology at
the University of Richmond, received a grant from the
University of Richmond Research Fund to complete his
studies on certain phases of amphibian embryology.

Vol. 10, No. 3, July 1963

59

William J. Hargis, Jr., Dean of the School of Marine
Science attended a meeting of the Steering Committee
of the Society of Exploration of the Atlantic Shelf in
Miami on May 5, 1963;.

Jesse C. Thompson, Jr., of Hollins College has named
two new species of protozoa honoring William J. Hargis,
Jr., and Marvin L. Wass of the Virginia Institute of
Marine Science. One species is Paratetrahymena hargisi
and Paratetrahymena wassi. Dr. Thompson discovered
these two protozoa while working under a NSF-RPCT
program at the Institute in 1961.

William J. Hargis, Jr., and Bernard C. Patten have re-
cently been elected Fellows of the American Association
for the Advancement of Science. Dr. Hargis efforts have
been in parasites of marine fishes and marine ecology
and Dr. Patten is concerned with marine productivity
studies.

William J. Hargis, Jr., and Marvin Wass attended a
short course and conference on Marine Borers and Foul-
ing Organisms at the William C. Clapp Laboratory in
Duxbury, Massachusetts on May 13-15.

C. Richard Terman has joined the staff of the College
of William and Mary as an Assistant Professor of Biol-
ogy. Dr. Terman received his Ph.D. degree from Mich-
igan State University and completed two years as an
N.I.H. Postdoctoral Fellow at the Penrose Zoological
Laboratories. Dr. Terman has been awarded a three
year grant of $35,000 from the N.I.H. to study early
social experience and population asymptote in mammal
populations.

Gustav W. Hall has joined the staff of the College of
William and Mary as Assistant Professor of Biology.
Hall will receive his Ph.D. degree in August from Indi-
ana University.

Institutions and Organizations

Victor A. Greulach, chairman of the Department of
Botany at the University of North Carolina at Chapel
Hill, has announced that the department is now located
in William C. Coker Hall, the new 68,000 square foot
building constructed for exclusive occupancy by the de-
partment. The building is named in honor of Dr. W. C.
Coker, who established the department in 1908, six
years after he joined the faculty of the University, and
who served as chairman between 1908 and 1944. Funds
for the construction of the building were provided by
the State of North Carolina, the National Institutes of
Health, and the National Science Foundation. The
building will be dedicated in the fall of 1963.

The first floor of the building is occupied by the plant
physiology and ecology laboratories, the second floor
(which is at ground level in the front) by lecture rooms
and undergraduate laboratories, the third floor by mycol-
ogy, microbial genetics and the departmental library, and
the fourth floor by plant taxonomy, anatomy and cytol-

ogy''as well as the herbarium. A research greenhouse is |'
attached to the building. A grenhouse has also recently I j-
been completed at the North Carolina Botanical Garden, j I
which is operated under the supervision of the Depart- j
ment of Botany. This greenhouse was the gift of Mr. t
and Mrs. St. Pierre DuBose of Chapel Hill.

The National Science Foundation will accept, through
October 7, 1963, applications for fellowships under the
Senior Postdoctoral and Science Faculty Fellowship
Programs.

Awards will be made in the mathematical, physical, I
medical, biological, and engineering sciences, and an- 1
thropology, geography, psychology (excluding clinical
psychology), sociology (not including social work), eco-
nomics (excluding business administration), and the
history and philosophy of science. Also included are
overlapping fields, such as oceanography, meteorology,
biochemistry, biophysics, and geochemistry.

Applicants for Senior Postdoctoral Fellowships must
be citizens or nationals of the United States, possess spe-
cial aptitude for advanced training, and must have held
the doctoral degree for at least 5 years or have equiva-
lent education and experience. Senior Postdoctoral Fel-
lows will be selected on the basis of ability as indicated
by letters of recommendation and other evidence of
scientific attainment. Applicants’ qualifications will be
evaluated by panels of scientists appointed by the Na-
tional Academy of Sciences-National Research Council.
Selection of approximately 100 Fellows will be made by
the National Science Foundation.

Science Faculty Fellowships are for college teachers of
science, mathematics, or engineering. Fellowships are 1
open to citizens or nationals of the United States who
hold a baccalaureate degree or its equivalent, have
demonstrated ability and special aptitude for science
teaching and advanced training, and who have taught at
the college level as full-time faculty members for not
less than three academic years and intend to continue
teaching. Selection will be based on letters of recom-
mendation, academic records, and other evidence of
professional and scientific attainment and competence.
Applicants’ qualifications will be evaluated by panels ap-
pointed by the Association of American Colleges. Selec-
tion of approximately 400 Fellows will be made by the
National Science Foundation.

Stipends for successful applicants in both fellowship
programs will be individually computed on a salary-
matching basis, but the maximum support from the
Foundation will be limited to $15,000.00 for a 12-month
tenure.

Fellows may engage in study and/or research at any
appropriate United States or foreign nonprofit institution.

A limited travel allowance for Fellows and dependents
will be available.

Application materials may be obtained from the Fel-
lowships Section, Division of Scientific Personnel and
Education, National Science Foundation, Washington 25,

D. C. Completed applications must be received not
later than October 7, 1963. All applicants will be noti-
fied by letter on December 9, 1963, of the disposition of
their applications.

60

ASB Bulletin

5 Nc-vv

I BOTANICAL C.— ^

BULLETIN

Volume 10, Number 4 October, 1963

I

I

Radula tooth of Conus jaspideus Gmelin

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

Volume 10, IS umber 4 — October 1963

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna. Changes of address
should be sent promptly to the Secretary
of the ASB, Dr. Harry J. Bennett, Depart-
ment of Zoology, Louisiana State Univer-
sity, Baton Rouge, La. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions should
be sent to the Business Manager, Dr.
Leland Shanor, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Talla-
hassee, Florida. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $2.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Wicker-
sham Printing Co., Lancaster, Penna.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

Harry J. Bennett, Associate Editor
Betty Ursomarso. Assistant Editor
Leland Shanor, Business Manager

Officers of the A. S. B.

President — E. Ruffin Jones, University of
Florida

Retiring President — Walter S. Flory, Wake
Forest College

President Elect — William D. Burbanck,
Emory University

Vice-President — Harold Humm, Duke
University

Secretary — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Treasurer — Leland Shanor, Florida State
University

Executive Committee — Walter R. Hern-
don, University of Tennessee; Patrick
H. Yancey, Spring Hill College; C.
Ritchie Bell, University of North Caro-
lina; Wilbur H. Duncan, University
of Georgia; John Carpenter, Univer-
sity of Kentucky; G. M. Jeffery, Na-
tional Institutes of Health. All officers
are ex officio members of the execu-
tive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — position vacant

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Maryland — position vacant

Mississippi— Robert P. Ward, Millsaps Col-
lege

North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Univer-
sity of North Carolina

South Carolina — position vacant

Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George Pea-
body College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — position vacant

CONTENTS

The AAAS Cleveland Meeting

69

AIBS Revises Constitution at Amherst Meeting 68

ASB to Institute New Placement Service for Ph.D. Candidates 68

Biology Is Changing, Too — Arnold Grobman 63

t

Books and Periodicals 72

News of Biology in the Southeast 73

Robert W. Hull Named Department Head at Florida State
University 67

Sam Aronoff Appointed Molecular Biology Program Director
at NSF 67

62

ASB Bulletin

Last month the new biology curriculums devel-
oped over the past three years by research scien-
tists and high school teachers became generally
available to the schools. Here Arnold Grobman ,
director of the Biological Sciences Curriculum
Study, which developed and tested these cur-
By ARNOLD GROBMAN riculums, offers a critique of past practices and

indicates the changes that portend at every level
from elementary school through college.

This article appeared in the Saturday Review
on 21 September 1963, and is reprinted here
with the permission of the Saturday Review and
the author.

Biology Is Changing, Too

WITH some very striking exceptions, the
present biology curriculum in American
schools has fallen far behind the physical sci-
ences in adapting to contemporary demands.
Most of the school books make for dull, unexcit-
ing courses; although their illustrations are color-
ful their texts are not. Too many teachers give
courses with virtually no laboratory work or, at
most, with a few demonstrations. This kind of
biology becomes something the student reads
about rather than something he does; it is not a
study of science but rather a narrative about
science.

Most children, when they start school, already
know a good deal about living things. They are
familiar with common plants and animals, have
a rudimentary knowledge of anatomy and physi-
ology, and understand something of the genetic
relationships among animals. And they have a
driving curiosity about living things.

Do our schools build on these spontaneous be-
ginnings? Do they sustain and encourage natural
curiosity about living things? Do they develop
notions of scientific inquiry? Unfortunately, no.

At the elementary level (grades 1-6), with
some exciting exceptions, biology teaching is un-
even and disorganized. Science instruction of all
kinds rarely amounts to more than half an hour
per day, and biology, of course, occupies only
part of that time. Elementary science books do
seem superior to those available for the higher
grades and the growing number of well-written
and well-illustrated supplementary books that
can be obtained at low cost help to make the
teaching materials reasonably adequate.

But the elementary teacher in a self-contained
classroom must, of necessity, be a generalist ex-
pected to teach the sciences in addition to read-
ing, spelling, social studies, arithmetic, and other
subjects and skills. He must work with young-

sters possessing widely varying knowledge, apti-
tudes, and attitudes toward learning. Some of
these children are notably sophisticated in sci-
ence and, in many instances, have a fairly de-
tailed knowledge in specific areas. Unfortunately
the science preparation of most of our teachers
is sadly inadequate for effective work in such
classrooms.

In a few school systems specially prepared
teachers, with a strong background in science,
assist those classroom teachers who lack such a
background. Cooperative arrangements of this
kind deserve to be more widely introduced. Cer-
tainly it is reasonable for elementary schools,
especially in the upper grades, to utilize special-
ized teachers in basic subject matter areas such
as science, as well as in art, music, and physical
education, where they have been employed for
many years.

But if science instruction in the elementary
schools is uneven and disorganized, the junior
high school program can only be characterized
as hopelessly inadequate. It is my belief that, in
general, American youngsters receive their poor-
est formal science education at the junior high
level— and it is here also that their curiosity and
interest in science largely disappear. The rea-
sons are many.

The junior high years are particularly difficult
ones for children. In addition, science classes at
this level are frequently staffed by teachers with
virtually no science training who have “moved
up” from the lower grades— or by teachers who
are marking time until they can complete the
course work that will certify them for senior high
school positions.

Some educators feel that science in the junior
high (grades 7-9) should, as in elementary
school, be general science, including topics from
both the physical and the life sciences. Also

Volume 10, No. 4, October 1963

63

current is the idea that general science in the
junior high should touch upon all the sciences to
some small degree (without offering an oppor-
tunity to develop any one in depth). These
ideas, although popular with some observers and
teachers, are not very intriguing to most students.

It would appear promising to experiment with
a good stratified program for these grades. The
sequence could be arranged in various ways; one
possibility might be to offer the earth sciences in
the seventh grade, life sciences ( descriptive as-
pects of biology) in the eighth grade, and physi-
cal sciences ( with special attention to matter and
energy) in the ninth grade. With careful con-
sideration of their backgrounds in science, fol-
lowed by judicious assignment of teachers to the
appropriate grade level, such a program could
take better advantage of the academic strengths
each teacher brings from his collegiate training.
Such a curriculum would provide an effective
transitional stage between the general elementary
and departmentalized senior high school science
programs. Unfortunately, modern textbooks for
such a curriculum are not now available. I must
hasten to add that within the framework of either
a general science program or a stratified science
program, a competent teacher with good mate-
rials can develop an excellent course of study for
junior high students. But, given present condi-
tions of departmentalized teacher training in our
colleges, the stratified program would seem to
offer competent teachers greater opportunities
for success.

More broadly, two general observations may
be made about both elementary and junior high
teaching of the biological sciences. First, and of
primary importance, most students are being ex-
posed to courses about science rather than in
science. They need far more opportunity to do
field and laboratory work— and this does not sim-
plv mean goine through routine motions with a
laboratory workbook. Questions should be posed
that form the starting points for experiments and
observations that lead to analysis and interpreta-
tion. It is this total package of studv and labo-
ratory-related activities that comprises science
education in the modern sense. And, as a divi-
dend, many “slow” students with verbal prob-
lems will be found to do remarkably well in a
laboratory atmosphere.

Second, science is too often eauated with tech-
nology. Our present courses devote too much
time to steam engines, radios, automobile motors,
radar, hygiene, and other applications of scienc°
that are essentially utilitarian and environmental.
Far too little emphasis is placed upon basic prin-
ciples and concepts underlying these applica-
tions. Technology has an important role to plav
in education. But it would be disastrous for our

society if our students were to regard science as
the search for the design for a better refrigerator
rather than as a continuing investigation into the
behavior of gases under pressure.

Science in the schools should be concerned
with the great ideas that contribute to our under-
standing of how the world functions: genetic
continuity, evolution, and conservation of matter
and energy, for example. True, an understand-
ing of these principles leads to the production of
better corn, better hogs, better fertilizer, and
better refrigerators; but far more significant edu-
cationally is the fact that they lead to a concept-
ual knowledge of the biological and physical
world that is our home.

At the high school level, again with a few en-
couraging exceptions, biology teaching is far from
satisfactory. This is especially important be-
cause 80 per cent of our American high school
students take biology and only a third of these
ever complete another science course. For more
than half of the nation’s high school graduates,
in fact, high school biology is the last formal
study of science.

Most of the two dozen or so textbooks avail-
able today are dull and unexciting. They are
usually “encyclopedic” in nature and place a
premium on memorization of vocabulary. It has
been estimated that in some biology courses the
student must memorize more new “foreign” words
than he does in a first-year French or German
class. Very often in high school courses, as in
the earlier grades, there is little or no laboratory
work. Also, essentia] biological topics such as
reproduction and evolution are often avoided to
forestall the possible criticism of an occasional
parent or school board member. In one state it
is actually illegal for the teacher to discuss evo-
lution if reference is made to human beings, and
in some biology classes the study of reproduction
is limited to plants.

Most of today’s high school courses are organ-
ized around tissues and organs. That is, facts
about the structure and function of stomachs,
muscles, lungs, hearts, nerves, and kidneys are
presented by the text and teacher and memo-
rized by the student. The interesting cellular
organization of these structures and exciting ex-
cursions into their molecular mechanics are under-
emphasized. Also rarelv included are studies of
animal and plant populations and communities
and comparative considerations of animal be-
havior, both of which comprise fascinating and
thought-provoking topics for teen-age students.

In a significant number of American high
schools the laboratory and field program— when
there is one— consists primarily in following a
recipe in order to verify a relationship well
known to both the student and teacher long be-

64

ASB Bulletin

fore the exercise was begun. Too few teachers—
in part because adequate instructional materials
have not been available— bring discovery and
open-ended investigations into the classroom lab-
oratory. For too many of our students, biology
is not the study of life but a deadly and monoto-
nous routine.

About four years ago the American Institute
of Biological Sciences, with financial support
from the National Science Foundation, estab-
lished the Biological Sciences Curriculum Study
at the University of Colorado for the improve-
ment of secondary-school biological education.
Under the able chairmanship of Dr. Bentley
Glass of Johns Hopkins University, and with the
active participation of hundreds of high school
biology teachers and hundreds of university bi-
ologists, the BSCS designed new high school
biology courses and a wealth of supplementary
materials. For three consecutive years, begin-
ning in 1960-61, experimental editions of BSCS
Biology courses have been extensively tested and
evaluated in forty-six states, with the lively par-
ticipation of 165,000 students and 1,000 teachers.
These new courses have increasingly captured
the imagination and enthusiasm of scientists,
teachers, students, educators, and parents be-
cause they do several unique things:

1. They contain a wealth of interesting student
laboratory exercises and experiments. Many of
these investigations are “open-ended”; that is,
they may lead the student into unexplored areas
rather than direct him along time-worn tradi-
tional paths. Teachers involved in these new
courses find themselves devoting proportionately
more than twice as much class time to laboratory
work as they had previously.

2. The major direction of these new courses is
to emphasize science as a process of investiga-
tion or, to put it another way, to acquaint stu-
dents with the art of scientific inquiry. Students
not only learn to solve problems in biology; more
important, they learn how to design experiments
and interpret evidence that will provide answers
to questions in science. And they learn how to
evaluate the answers they obtain.

3. The new biologies include suitable scientific
and straight-forward information in the “sensi-
tive” areas of reproduction and evolution.

4. There is some evidence ( not complete, how-
ever) that the problem-solving ability that stu-
dents develop in the BSCS Biology classroom
carries over to problem-solving in the chemistry
class. (It will take more time to learn whether
this ability sustains itself in still other classes
and, more important, in post-school life.)

5. The new courses are modern biology. They
deal with topics recent and exciting enough to
be in today’s newspapers while developing the
appropriate historical perspectives for these
topics.

6. The several courses are quite flexible so
that a teacher can modify the basic materials in
order to tailor his own course to fit the local
situation.

7. They demonstrate that average American
high school youngsters are capable of far more
sophisticated intellectual attainment in biology
than educators had previously believed possible.

8. The courses have been thoroughly student-
tested in classrooms throughout America. They
have been designed cooperatively by experts
( research biologists ) who are at the frontiers of
knowledge in their fields and by high school bi-
ology teachers who face the day-to-day responsi-
bilities of working with students in the biology
classrooms. Never before has so much produc-
tive effort by so many competent persons been
brought to bear on a single high school course.

After three years of experimental develop-
ment, the new BSCS courses will become gener-
ally available this month. They promise a revo-
lution in biological education at the secondary
school level. It is hoped that, in addition, these
materials will serve as working models for others
interested in designing still further improvements
for high school biology.

Because of these current changes in high
school biology programs, a tremendous upheaval
is clearly anticipated for higher education. Even
now, a number of universities and colleges (ex-
amples: MIT, Johns Hopkins, the University of
California at Riverside, and the Kansas State
Teachers College at Emporia) are eliminating or
drastically altering their introductory biology
courses for students who have successfully com-
pleted a modern biology course in high school.
Many other colleges are also considering such
moves and it seems obvious that there will be a
considerable revision of undergraduate biology
during the next decade. To provide models for
the colleges during this transition period, the
American Institute of Biological Sciences initi-
ated the formation of a Commission on Under-
graduate Education in the Biological Sciences
with headquarters at Washington University (St.
Louis ) .

At present there are two major types of intro-
ductory biology courses in American colleges and
universities. One of these, a “general education”
course, is designed for virtually all students in
the institution regardless of their intended areas
of specialization. Because of the wide diversity

Volume 10, No. 4, October 1963

65

of student objectives, and the fact that these gen-
eral education courses are often compulsory, stu-
dent motivation is frequently low. Unfortu-
nately, also, the more talented members of the
biology faculties often shun these courses. Since
a great many students are involved, many uni-
versities attempt to adjust to this weight of num-
bers by offering these courses without laboratory
instruction. Despite these difficult problems, the
potentialities are promising for such general edu-
cation courses to play a significant role in the
education of non-science majors. The other ma-
jor type is an introductory biology course ( or, in
some colleges, introductory botany and zoology
courses ) designed to be elected by students with
more than a casual interest in the biological sci-
ences. Presumably considerable attention will
be given to both types of courses by the new
commission.

In the 1870s the great British biologist, T. H.
Huxley, introduced a zoology course that used a
phylogenetic approach, that is, a description of
the anatomy and physiology of animals, proceed-
ing from the lower animals to the higher animals
in a linear fashion along evolutionary lines. Al-
though it is on the wane today, this phylogenetic
type of course has been dominant for many
years. At the University of Michigan during the
1920s, a course was developed that was devoted
primarily to principles of zoology: a considera-
tion of broad biological topics, using appropriate
animals as examples of the particular principle
under review. Biological “principles” courses of
this nature have spread rapidly and now serve
as the standard introductory courses in colleges
today. Many of them, unfortunately, tend to be
fundamentally descriptive; some of their pro-
tagonists do not seem to appreciate that the
memorization of the formula for an organic
chemical compound is no more experimental,
and no less static, than the memorization of the
names of the parts of the crayfish appendages.

A further problem facing college biology is
that instructional modernization will have to ac-
commodate the rapid expansion of biological
knowledge, which is currently doubling about
every ten years. It is obvious that selection of
material will become more and more critical.
Perhaps the direction of the next big change in
our college biology programs will be toward an
experimental approach to science in which stu-
dents investigate questions of “why” and “how”
rather than questions of “what.”

For the colleges, the preparation of secondary
school teachers is a difficult and special case.
For the most part, potential high school biology

teachers and junior high school teachers receive
their biological training in the departments of bi-
ology in our colleges and universities. When we
observe that their preparation in biology is less
than adequate, we cannot simply castigate the
education departments of the colleges, fashion-
able as such complaints are today. If we are to
be honest in our criticisms, the finger should be
pointed at the biology departments in the liberal
arts colleges since 80 per cent of the teachers
with a major in biology are the products of lib-
eral arts colleges or universities— not of teachers’
colleges or education departments. (This does
not include the teachers in biology classrooms—
about 50 per cent of those currently teaching—
who have not been formally prepared for their
present assignments and are in them by adminis-
trative fiat, rather than through choice and certi-
fication. )

The crux of the teacher training problem seems
to be that the college biology departments are
staffed by professional biologists whose bread-
and-butter courses are designed for pre-medical
students and future research biologists, the latter
being the alter egos of the professors. When
prospective secondary school teachers come to
these departments and request programs planned
for their own specific needs, the biology depart-
ments frequently reply that the teachers should
take the “standard” courses and not ask for
“watered-down” courses. But the opposite of
standard, obviously, need not necessarily be
watered-down.” A more relevant consideration
would seem to be that future secondary school
teachers of biology will serve society primarily as
interpreters of biological research rather than
users or producers of biological research. The
needs of such prospective interpreters might con-
ceivably be better met with a quite different
array of courses— courses that could be just as
demanding, and with just as much “meat” as
those designed for potential research men. Some
of the smaller colleges seem to be more keenly
aware of this situation than many of the larger
universities.

The overall prognosis for biological education
in the United States in the next decade is very
exciting. During recent years a solid and pro-
ductive cooperation has been developing be-
tween school people and subject-matter experts
in biology, as well as in mathematics and other
sciences, and this bodes well for American educa-
tion. Without doubt the new secondary school
biology courses will have an ever-increasing im-
pact on biological education at all levels of in-
struction for years to come.

66

ASB Bulletin

Robert W. Hull Named Department Head
At Florida State University

Dr. Robert W. Hull, 39, of Northwestern Uni-
versity, assumed the chairmanship of Florida
State University’s Department of Biological Sci-
ences on September 1.

Dr. Hull has worked in protozoology and in
parasitology and is Secretary of the Society of
Protozoologists. He has served as vice-president
of the Chicago Academy of Science, and has
been active in the National Science Foundation.
He is on the Governing Board of the American
Institute of Biological Sciences.

Dr. Hull’s speaking schedule this year includes
talks at the Second Plenary Session of the Inter-
national Conference on Parasitology at Rio de
Janeiro, the Internation Zoology Congress in
Washington, D. C., and American Institute of
Biological Sciences.

The new FSU departmental head was born
April 3, 1924, in LaCrosse, Indiana. He at-
tended grammar and high schools in Illinois and
took one year of electrical engineering at the
University of Kansas before entering the Air
Force in 1943. He received wartime recognition
for developmental work in radio control systems
at Wright Field, Ohio.

Dr. Hull received his bachelor of science de-
gree from the University of Illinois in 1949, ma-
joring in chemistry and minoring in zoology. In
1953 he was awarded the Ph.D. in zoology, bio-
chemistry, and physiology by the university.
Since that time he has served on the faculty of
Northwestern University and has received wide
recognition in protozoology and parasitology and
for his modern approaches to biology.

Bernie Studio of Evanston

Robert W. Hull

He is married to the former Marie Houf. They
have three children, Bradford, 11, Sandra, 9, and
Penna, 8.

Dr. Leland Shanor headed the department for
several years until leaving a year ago to become
dean of the division of advanced studies of the
Florida Institute of Continuing University Studies.
Dr. Robert Godfrey has served meanwhile as act-
ing chairman.

Sam Aronoff Appointed Molecular Biology
Program Director at NSF

Dr. Sam Aronoff has been appointed Program
Director, Molecular Biology at the National Sci-
ence Foundation. For the past fifteen years. Dr.
Aronoff has been on the faculty at Iowa State
University where he was Professor of Biochem-
istry and Biophysics. Prior to this assignment,
he served at the Radiation Laboratory, Univer-
sity of California, 1946-48; research instructor at

the University of Chicago, 1944-46; chemistry in-
structor at Boston University, 1943-44; research
fellow at the University of California, Berkeley,
1942-43; and research assistant at the University
of California, Los Angeles, 1938-42.

He was born in Brooklyn, New York on Feb-
ruary 27, 1915. He received his A.B. in geology
from the University of California in 1936 and was

Volume 10, No. 4, October 1963

67

awarded his Ph.D. in physico-chemical biology
by the University of California, Berkeley in 1942.
He was a National Science Foundation Senior
Postdoctoral Fellow, 1957-58.

Dr. Aronoff has more than 60 publications to
his credit. He is a member of the American So-
ciety of Biological Chemists, American Chemical

Society, American Society of Plant Physiology,
American Association for the Advancement of
Science, Sigma Xi, Gamma Alpha, and Phi
Lambda Upsilon.

Dr. and Mrs. Aronoff, the former Edith E.
Moyer, have two daughters, Zena and Elizabeth.
His Washington address is 3040 Idaho Avenue,
N.W.

AIBS Revises Constitution At Amherst Meeting

The following actions were taken by the AIBS
Governing Board at its meeting on August 25th
in Amherst, Massachusetts.

1. A revised Constitution and ByLaws were
approved for submission to Member Socie-
ties for ratification. Approval is necessary
by three-fourths (21 societies) vote of the
Member Societies. As of September 16,
1963, ten societies had ratified the recom-
mended revisions. For your information, I
am enclosing a copy of the Amended Con-
stitution and ByLaws.

2. As of January 1, 1964, there will no longer
be Member and Affiliate Societies. Instead,
there will be one class of membership for
all biological societies which elect to join
the AIBS. Under the new structure, each
society will pay dues according to a sliding
scale based upon the total membership of
the society (see page 4, Article III(A) of
the ByLaws). For such token membership
dues, each Adherent Society will have a
representative on the AIBS Governing
Board and the society’s membership list
will be maintained by the AIBS.

3. Membership in an Adherent Society, be-
ginning in 1964, will no longer convey auto-

matic membership on an individual basis in
the AIBS. Individuals must join as direct
members of the Institute to derive any of
the benefits from membership.

4. Member Societies for 1964 were asked to
pay dues at the new sliding scale and also
to contribute a sum, hopefully not less than
the sum paid in 1963, to help establish a
sound financial base for the Institute.

The Ecological Society of America was
the first society to contribute $2,000 to the
Institute.

5. Direct members of the AIBS will be repre-
sented on the AIBS Governing Board by
selection of members-at-large to the Board.
Members-at-large will be elected by mail
ballot on the basis of one member for every
1,000 direct members.

6. The following were elected as officers of
the Institute for 1964.

President— Dr. Paul Kramer, Duke Uni-
versity

Vice President— Dr. Kenneth Thimann,
Harvard University

Secretary-Treasurer— Dr. Robert Krauss,
University of Maryland

ASB To Institute New Placement Service
For Ph.D. Candidates

The executive committee of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists decided last spring to
institute a further service to biologists through-
out the southeast through the ASB Bulletin. Ac-
cordingly, in the January issue each year data
concerning prospective Ph.D. candidates will be
published. This will be devoted entirely to these
people expecting their degrees one year from the
following June, so that degree candidates and
department heads who expect openings to de-
velop a year or more from that time can meet and
get to know one another at the April meetings.

Students expecting to receive Ph.D.’s in June
of 1965 should therefore submit pertinent data to

the editor of the ASB Bulletin no later than De-
cember 20, 1963. These data should include
name, address, institution, permanent address,
field of specialization, and whether he or she pre-
fers teaching and/or research.

If it is felt that such a program will aid in the
placement of those people expecting to receive
master’s degrees, comments and suggestions along
these lines will be appreciated by the executive
committee.

Early in November a reminder will be sent to
those departments throughout the southeast that
offer Ph.D. degrees. Cooperation from both de-
partment heads and students will be appreciated.

68

ASB Bulletin

The AAAS Cleveland Meeting

DECEMBER 26-30, 1963

THE 130TH MEETING of the American Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Science will in-
clude sessions of 20 AAAS sections and of some
80 participating organizations. Programs of par-
ticular interest to biologists are:

Moving Frontiers of Science II. One of two speakers
the afternoon of Dec. 28 will be Vincent G. Dethier,
whose topic will be “Microscopic Brains.” Bentley Glass
will preside.

Fourth George Sarton Memorial Lecture by Hudson
Hoagland, with Chauncey D. Leake presiding, will im-
mediately follow Dethier. Subject: “Science and the
New Humanism.”

AAAS and Science Council of Japan. During the three
sessions on the Sciences in Japan, the afternoon of Dec.
26 and all day Dec. 27, there will be papers by eminent
authorities in botany, chemistry, ecology, genetics, micro-
biology, and medicine. Two-channel simultaneous trans-
lation will facilitate discussions.

AAAS Committee on Meetings. A symposium, “Chemi-
cal Control of Inheritance,” the morning of Dec. 27. A
joint program with the Committee on Science and the
Promotion of Human Welfare, arranged by Barry Com-
moner and David R. Goddard.

AAAS Committee on Desert and Arid Zones Research.
A two-session symposium on problems of the arid lands
of Latin America has been arranged by W. G. McGinnies
for Dec. 27.

AAAS Committee on Science in the Promotion of Hu-
man Welfare. The report of the Air Conservation Com-
mission is scheduled for the afternoon of Dec. 29.

AAAS Interdisciplinary Symposia. Three of the five
interdisciplinary symposia, all on the morning of Dec. 28,
are:

1. “Federal Government, Science, and the Universi-
ties,” arranged by John T. Wilson. Speakers: A.
Hunter Dupree, Delphis C. Goldberg, William D.
Carey, and Paul M. Gross.

2. “Developmental Aspects of Immunity,” arranged by
David W. Bishop and Jonathan W. Uhr. Topics
and speakers are: Introduction by James D. Ebert,
who will preside; Sequential Nature of the Im-
mune Response, Jonathan W. Uhr; The Relation-
ship of the Thymus to the Development of Immu-
nologic Responsiveness, J. F. A. P. Miller (Chester
Beatty Research Institute, London); Phylogeny of
the Immune Response, Robert A. Good; and On-
togeny of the Immune Response, Arthur M. Silver-
stein.

3. “Biological and Sociological Research on the Effects
of Human Reproduction Control,” arranged by
Ithiel de Sola Pool and Kingsley Davis, will have
as speakers M. Jean Bourgeois-Pinchat (Institut Na-
tional d’Etudes Demographiques, Paris), W. Lee
Hansen (University of California, Los Angeles),
Christopher Tietze (National Committee on Mater-
nal Health, New York), Arthur G. Steinberg (West-
ern Reserve University), and Kingsley Davis (Uni-
versity of California, Berkeley).

AAAS Section F— Zoological Sciences. Zoologists’ Din-
ner and vice presidential address by Dietrich Bodenstein,
Dec. 29, evening, “Difficulties in the Interpretation of
Organ Multiplications ;u Insects.”

AAAS Section G— Botanical Sciences. Sessions for con-
tributed papers, Dec. 27. The two-session symposium
“Plant Biology Today,” Dec. 30, is a continuation of the
three-year series of basic papers for teachers. Luncheon
and vice presidential address by A. J. Sharp will be Dec.
30. His subject is “The Compleat Botanist.”

AAAS Section N—Medical Sciences. Four-session sym-
posium, “Chemical Suppression of Cellular Synthesis and
Mitosis,” arranged by Francis D. Moore and Oscar Tou-
ster (in collaboration with session chairmen), and cospon-
sored by Section F— Zoological Sciences, Dec. 29, 30.
Topics and speakers are:

A. Biochemical and Pharmacological Considerations.
Part /—December 29, morning, Thomas H. Jukes
(California) presiding: Thomas H. Jukes (Cali-
fornia); Vincent G. Allfrey (Rockefeller Insti-
tute ) ; Ernest Borek ( Columbia ) ; Sheldon Penman
(M.I.T. ); Henry C. Pitot (Wisconsin).

B. Biochemical and Pharmacological Considerations.
Part //—December 29, afternoon, Charles Heidel-
berger (Wisconsin) presiding: B. R. Baker (Buf-
falo); Charles Heidelberger (Wisconsin); Waclaw
Szybalski (Wisconsin); Edward Reich (Rockefeller
Institute); R. W. Brockman (Southern Research
Institute ) .

C. Cancer Chemotherapy— December 30, morning, Ar-
nold D. Welch (Yale) presiding: V. H. Reynolds
(Vanderbilt); Paul Calabresi (Yale); J. P. Kriss (Stan-
ford); Joseph Bertino (Yale); Roy Hertz (National
Cancer Institute).

D. Immunosuppression in Transplantation— December
30, afternoon, Rupert E. Billingham (Wistar Insti-
tute) presiding: George H. Hitchings (Burroughs
Wellcome & Co.); Robert S. Schwartz (Tufts);
Joseph Murray (Harvard); E. D. Thomas (Univer-
sity of Washington).

Dr. Francis D. Moore (Harvard) will give the Section
N vice-presidential address December 30, afternoon, on
“New Surgical Problems in an Era of Nuclear Chemistry.”

Volume 10, No. 4, October 1963

69

AAAS Section Nd— Dentistry. Four-session symposium,
cosponsored by Section H— Anthropology, on “Growth
and Development of the Face, Teeth, and Jaws, ar-
ranged by Stanley M. Garn, Dec. 26, 27. Speakers:

A. B. Holly Broadbent (Cbm.), Stanley M. Garn, Al-
bert A. Dahlberg, Richard Osborne, Coenraad F. A.
Moorrees;

B . Carl J. Witkop (Cbm.), Uwe Stave, M. Michael
Cohen, Frederic N. Silverman, Arthur Lewis;

C. Seymour J. Kreshover (Chm.), Stanley M. Garn,
Arthur Lewis, Robert Blizzard, Lawrence R. Fess,
Robert J. Gorlin, Daris R. Schwindler;

D. Sholem Pearlman (Chm.), Richard C. Greulich,
Harold Kalter, Wilton M. Krogman, Edward E.
Hunt.

AAAS Section O— Agriculture. Four-session symposium,
“Agricultural Sciences for the New Nations,” cosponsored
by the American Society for Microbiology, arranged by
A. H. Moseman, Dec. 29, 30.

AAAS Section U — Statistics and Biometric Society
ENAR. Two groups of jointly sponsored invited papers
which include “Models in Biology,” Dec. 29, morn., and
“Microbiological Genetics,” Dec. 29, aft.

Biologists’ Smoker. The smoker, jointly sponsored by
AAAS Sections F and G and all participating biological
societies, will be at the Natural Science Museum (en-
larged facilities on new site, since previous Cleveland
meeting), University Circle. Buses will leave the Shera-
ton-Cleveland Hotel at 9 p.m., Dec. 27, immediately
after the Galbraith lecture.

SOCIETAL PROGRAMS

American Association of Clinical Chemists. Contrib-
uted papers and symposia, Dec. 27, 28, arranged by Wil-
lard R. Faulkner.

American Astronautical Society. Two-session sympo-
sium on Bioastronautics, Dec. 30.

American Nature Study Society. Annual meeting.
Whole period, Dec. 27-30, includes sessions on observing
nature, recording nature, and “Ohio Landscapes.”

American Physiological Society and Bioscience Pro-
grams, Office of Space Sciences, NASA. Two-session joint
symposium on space biology and medicine, arranged by
Robert E. Smith and Orr Reynolds, Dec. 29.

American Society of Naturalists. Annual meeting will
include a two-session symposium, Dec. 27, and the presi-
dential address, “Paramutation and the Control of Gene
Action,” of R. Alexander Brink and business meeting,
Dec. 28. Speakers in the symposium, “The Time Meas-
urement in Photoperiodic Phenomena,” are Colin S. Pit-
tendrigh (Princeton University), H. A. Borthwick (USDA,
Beltsville, Md.), Karl Hamner (University of California,
Los Angeles), W. F. Hillman (Brookhaven National Labo-
ratory), D. S. Farner, (Washington State College), F. D.
Beck (University of Wisconsin), P. L. Adkisson (Texas

A & M University), and D. M. Minis (Princeton Uni-
versity).

American Society of Zoologists. The program of the
national meeting of the Society, arranged by A. Glenn
Richards, with more than 40 sessions, will have some 25
sessions for contributed papers sponsored by all six divi-
sions of the Society; business meetings of the ASZ and of
the divisions; three-session “Refresher Course: Genetics
of Behavior,” a series of symposia, notably Osmoregula-
tion (3 sessions), Evolution of External Construction, Be-
havior of Arachnids, Evoution and Composition of Verte-
brate Hard Tissues, and a two-session panel on Teaching
Vertebrate Morphology.

Beta Beta Beta Biological Society. Biennial meeting,
Dec. 27, 28, includes a business meeting and a luncheon
and an address by John M. Allen (University of Michi-
gan), “Cellular Structure and Function: A Modern Gor-
dian Knot.”

Biomedical Information-Processing Organization. Ses-
sion on computers to aid biology and medicine, arranged
by Robert S. Ledley, afternoon of Dec. 28.

Ecological Society of America. Program, arranged by
Robert B. Platt, Dec. 26-30, includes seevral symposia,
sessions for contributed papers on plant and animal ecol-
ogy, and five-sessions jointly sponsored by the Section on
Animal Behavior and Sociobiology and the Division of
Animal Behavior and Sociobiology of the American So-
ciety of Zoologists. See below.

Herpetologists League. Two sessions for contributed
papers and a business meeting, Dec. 27-29.

Mountain Lake Biological Station “Alumni.” Annual
breakfast for all persons who have been students, investi-
gators, or staff members at the station, Dec. 29. Horton
H. Hobbs will preside.

National Association of Biology Teachers. The annual

national meeting, Dec. 26-29, will be a Silver Jubilee
celebration. There will be consecutive sessions on Re-
cent Developments in Cellular Biology, Organismal Biol-
ogy and Ecosystems, as well as on teaching innovations
and research. A reception, banquet and reunion, on the
evening of Dec. 29, and a joint field trip with ANSS,
Dec. 30, will conclude the week’s events.

Sigma Delta Epsilon. National meeting, arranged by
Ernestine Thurman, will include a luncheon for all
women in science, Dec. 27, at which Prof. Agnes Hansen
will speak on “A Study of the Atmospheric Pollen of the
Minneapolis Area,” and the annual society dinner meet-
ing, Dec. 29.

Society of Systematic Zoology. Annual meeting, Dec.
27-30, will include sessions for contributed papers, a
panel on “The Classification of Animals,” a symposium,
“Zoogeography of Invertebrates, Marine Forms,” and the
annual business meeting.

Society of the Sigma Xi. Sixty-fourth annual conven-
tion, joint luncheon with the Scientific Research Society

70

ASB Bulletin

of America and joint address with Phi Beta Kappa, by
Paul B. Sears, Dec. 29. His title, “Telltale Dust.

The AAAS Exposition of Science and Industry-120
booths-and the AAAS Science Theatre, with recent for-
eign and domestic films, will be prominent features of
the meeting. Coupons for sleeping accommodations and
advance registration will be found in Science from July
19 on.

Symposium: The Evolution of External Constructions by
Animals.

Program of the Section of Animal Behavior and
Sociobiology of the Ecological Society of America,
cosponsored by the American Society of Zoologists.

Arranged by Nicholas E. Collias

Symposium: Recent Trends in Ecological Research in the
Great Lakes.

Program of the Section of Animal Behavior and

I Sociobiology of the Ecological Society of America.

Arranged by Charles C. Davis and F. E. J. Fry, Uni-
versity of Toronto.

1. Backgrounds of Ecological Research in the Great
Lakes. T. H. Langlois, The Ohio State Univer-
sity.

2. Recent Discoveries on the Geology and Sediments
of the Great Lakes. Howard J. Pincus, The
Ohio State University.

3. Recent Studies of Water Circulation in the Great
Lakes. John C. Ayers, University of Michigan.

4. The Physical and Chemical Environment in the
Great Lakes. D. W. Anderson and G. K. Rodg-
ers, University of Toronto.

5. Recent Studies of the Bottom-Living Organisms in
the Great Lakes. E. Bennette Henson, U. S.
Public Health Service, Cincinnati, Ohio.

6. Plankton Studies in the Great Lakes. Charles C.

Davis, Western Reserve University.

7. Recent Studies of the Dynamics of Fish Popula-
tions in the Great Lakes. Henry A. Regier, On-
tario Dept, of Lands and Forests, Maple, Ontario.

8. Great Lakes Studies of Primary Production.

George W. Saunders, University of Michigan.

9. The Direct Effects of Pollution in the Great Lakes.

G. S. Hunt, University of Michigan.

10. The Eutrophication of the Great Lakes. Alfred
M. Beeton, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Uni-
versity of Michigan.

11. Forum on Future Needs and Plans.

a. David C. Chandler, University of Michigan,
b. G. B. Langford or R. E. Deane, University
of Toronto.

c. Theodore A. Olson, University of Minnesota,
d. Loren Putnam or Charles A. Dambach,
F. T. Stone Laboratory, Put-in-Bay, Ohio,

e. J. W. Moffett, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

f . An as yet un-named representative of the
South Bay, Manitoulin Island Laboratory of
the University of Toronto.

g. G. F. M. Smith, Fisheries Research Board of
Canada, Biological Station, London, Ontario.

Field Trips

Friday, Dec. 26— Field Trip to the Baldwin Filtration
Plant and the Easterly Sewage Disposal Plant in Cleve-
land.

Dr. Charles C. Davis, Department of Biology, Western
Reserve University, Cleveland 6, Ohio, is in charge of the
arrangements for this trip. Inquiries and arrangements
should be made with Dr. Davis before December 1, 1963.

Saturday, Dec. 28, 8:30 a.m.; Lobby, Sheraton-Cleve-
land— Field Trip to a Beech-Maple Climax Forest.

Reservations must be made by December 1 and must
be accompanied by a check for $1.50 to cover cost of
transportation. Checks will be returned in case the trip
must be canceled for any reason. Send reservation and
check to:

Dr. Lowell P. Orr
Department of Biological Sciences
Kent State University
Kent, Ohio.

Invited Papers: Cave Ecology.

1. The Fauna of Mammoth Cave. Thomas C. Barr,
Jr., University of Kentucky.

2. Limnological Studies in Mammoth Cave. Robert
A. Kuehne, University of Kentucky.

3. Biology and Ecology of the Cave Cricket, Hade-
noecus subtermneus. Orlando Park, Northwest-
ern University.

4. Experimental Analysis of Activity in the Cave
Cricket, Hadenoecus subtermneus. David Reichle,
Northwestern University.

5. Some Biological Effects of Base-Level Fluctuation
in the Mammoth Cave Region. Thomas L. Poul-
son, Yale University, and Philip M. Smith, Cave
Research Foundation.

6. Molting and Reproductive Periods in a Cave Cray-
fish. Thomas C. Jegia, University of Minnesota,
Morris.

7. Aspects of Bat Hibernation in the Mammoth Cave
Region. John S. Hall, Albright College.

8. Behavior of Bats at Carter Caves, Kentucky.
Wayne H. Davis, University of Kentucky.

Symposium: The Use of Morphological and Autecologi-
cal Characteristics of Plants in Community Gradient
Analysis.

Arranged by O. L. Loucks, University of Wisconsin.

G. Cottam, Presiding

1. Coordinate Methods in Construction of Submodels
of Minnesota Forest Ecosystems. Egolfs V. Baku-
zis, University of Minnesota.

Volume 10, No. 4, October 1963

71

4. An Analysis of Wisconsin Vegetation on the Basis
of Plant Structure and Function. Dennis H.
Knight, University of Wisconsin.

5. Some Patterns of Multidimensional Analysis in Plant
Communities. Pierre Dansereau, New York Bo-
tanical Garden.

Books and Periodicals

2. Gradient Analysis by Synecological Indices Com-
pared with Synthetic Environmental Scalars. O. L.
Loucks, University of Wisconsin.

3. A Physiological Approach to Alignment of Vegeta-
tion Along Environmental Gradients. R. H. War-
ing, Oregon State University.

The first of a series of papers designed to further the
knowledge of the vascular flora of Florida by the presen-
tation of keys, nomenclature, and distribution of those
species native or naturalized with the state has been pub-
lished in Castanea 28: 1-10, 1963. The series is being
prepared by the staff and students of the Herbarium of
the Agricultural Experiment Station and Department of
Botany of the University of Florida, together with the
cooperation of outside specialists. The first paper is on
Pinus.

Florida Flora 'Newsletter is also published regularly by
the Herbarium. It is edited by Dr. D. B. Ward, and is
for communication among persons interested in the flora
of Florida.

MOSSES OF FLORIDA. AN ILLUSTRATED MAN-
UAL. vii-xliv, 1-134. 133 plates (all drawn by the

author from Florida specimens). LTniversity of Florida
Press, Gainesville, Fla., 1963. $8.50. Contains keys to

and descriptions of all genera and species of Florida
mosses.

FRESHWATER FISHES OF THE WORLD. By
Gunther Sterba. Translated and revised by Denys W.
Tucker. The Viking Press, New York 22, N. Y. $17.50.
Longacre Press, London. 3 pounds, 10 shillings.

Originally published in Leipzig, where Dr. Sterba is
Director of the Zoological Institute of the University, as
Susswasserfische ans aller Welt in 1959, this exemplary
aquarium book rapidly became the leader in its field in
Germany, a country whose enthusiastic aquarists have a
history of expertise and the best of aquarium journals.
The English edition is fortunate to have Dr. Tucker, a
respected ichthyologist formerly of the British Museum,
as its translator. Besides a fine job of translation, Dr.
Tucker has revised and updated (even in three years
there are many changes in the actively expanding aquar-
ium world! ) much of the book, especially that on African
fresh-water fishes, for which task he had the help of Dr.
Trewavas and Dr. Greenwood, both of the British Mu-
seum and the most knowledgeable persons on that ich-
thyofauna. With such authoritative help, and with that
of a few others, it is not surprising that Dr. Sterba’s four-
pound tome is one of the best on aquarium fishes, and
perhaps the best.

Its 878 pages include brief descriptions of about 1300
species of freshwater fishes, with notes on behavior,
breeding, and water condition preference when known.

A general account is given for each of the approximately
70 families to which these fishes belong, along with a
map of the distribution of each of the families. Accurate
scientific names of the individual species are given, as is
their distribution, and the authors have mostly avoided
the temptation to invent “common” names for species not
so endowed previously. Nearly all of the species are
well illustrated, some by color photographs (102), others
by black and white photographs (423) or stippled draw-
ings (668).

An interesting feature not found in other aquarium
books is the conclusion of each species description with
the year in which the species was first imported into cen-
tral Europe, for, in the vast majority of cases, this will be
the year that the species first entered the aquarium trade j
anywhere, so voracious is the German appetite for new
and unusual forms.

Especially since this work will undoubtedly become a
standard of reference, it is unfortunate that Dr. Sterba
did not follow the precedent set in Dr. Innes’ now classic
Exotic Aquarium Fishes of giving the phonetic pronunci-
ation of scientific names and their meanings in English.
Scientific names are so mispronounced even by profes-
sional ichthyologists that there seems to be little hope for
the amateur without this aid. And how much more fun
is the learning of scientific names of fishes when one
knows, for instance, that Anostomus means turned up
mouth, Gasteropelecus hatchet belly, Gambusia worth-
less, or the meaning of Scatophagus?

Considering the international flavor of the authorship,
places of publication, and expected sales, it is surprising
to find such a provincialism as “in our waters” (i.e.,
Europe’s, especially Germany’s) used distractingly often.
Another discordant note along these lines is that the Lon-
don publishers state that the printing was done in Leip-
zig, while the New York publishers state “Printed in East
Germany, U.S.S.R. occupied.” Except for this slight dif-
ference, the two editions are identical, and it is well
worth the prospective buyer’s mental effort to convert the
shilling price for comparison with that in dollars.

With well over a thousand species (including some,
such as the lampreys, salmons, and trouts that are rarely
mentioned in aquarium books) described, even the ad-

72

ASB Bulletin

vanced aquarist is unlikely to see even half of them in a
lifetime. But if it can be found in an aquarium shop,
the odds are very much in favor of it being also found
in Dr. Sterba’s magnum opus.

James C. Tyler

GUIDE TO THE MANUSCRIPT COLLECTIONS IN
THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF
PHILADELPHIA. By V. T. and M .E. Phillips. A.N.S.P.
Special Publ. No. 5, XXVI, 553 pp. Litho. Edwards
Bros., Ann Arbor, Mich. Bound. $7.50.

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia in
its 150 years of existence has, as any institution of like
age, accumulated a mountainous mass of documents, let-
ters, and manuscripts related to the institution and its
personnel. Unless this type of material is systematically
arranged, finding the papers relating to a particular per-

son or event can approximate the proverbial search for
the needle in the haystack. The excellent and painstak-
ing work of the Phillips’ in systematically arranging the
material of the Academy as well as preparing the cata-
logue assures future workers that they will be able to find
the documents listed and gives the first comprehensive
picture of the breadth and composition of the material
available in the archives.

The book is concerned with listing the over 185,000
items in the Academy’s archives. It consists of an alpha-
betical list of the 970 numbered collections, the listing
and descriptions of the collections, a subject index to the
information contained in the manuscript documents, and
an author index of signers of letters and documents. This
extensive indexing system greatly extends the usefulness
of this work to bibliographic and biographic researchers.

Selwyn S. Roback

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

J. Richard Thomson has been elected treasurer of the
Alabama Academy of Science for 1963-1966. He was
formerly chairman of the Biological Sciences Section and
Vice-President.

Robert E. Wean, Chairman of the Biology Department
at the University of Tampa, has been awarded a grant of
$1,670 by the NSF. This fund plus a matching sum
from the university will be used to purchase equipment
for a course in physiology.

Carolyn P. Hutchins has accepted an appointment as
Assistant Professor of Biology, Charlotte College, Char-
lotte, North Carolina. Miss Hutchins received her Ph.D.
in Zoology in August from the University of Tennessee.

Aelita Pinter, a recent graduate of Tulane University,
has received the 1963 award of the American Society of
Mammalogists for outstanding research by a young mam-
malogist during the past year. Her work was directed
by Dr. Norman C. Negus.

Scott M. Weathersby, Professor of Zoology, Louisiana
Polytechnic Institute, has been elected Secretary of the
Louisiana Academy of Sciences for a two-year term.

The Department of Plant Sciences, Texas A&M Uni-
versity, announces the appointments of Dr. Howard G.
Applegate as Associate Professor of Plant Sciences and
Dr. Robert D. Powell as Associate Professor of Plant
Physiology. Dr. Applegate was formerly with the Uni-
versity of Arizona, and Dr. Powell was with the Univer-
sity of Florida.

James A. Miller, Chairman of the Department of An-
atomy of Tulane University, has just been awarded a
supplement of $36,949 a year to the Training Grant

which the department has from the National Institutes
of Health. The department presently has nineteen Ph.D.
candidates in its program.

John E. Pauly, formerly of the Chicago Medical Col-
lege, has joined the Department of Anatomy of Tulane
University at the rank of Associate Professor.

Howard L. Hamilton, who has been serving as Visiting
Professor of Biology at the University of Virginia, has
been appointed Professor of Biology effective September,
1963.

DeForest Mellon, Jr., Robert L. Searls, and David S.
Smith are new additions to the biology department at the
University of Virginia. Dr. Mellon received his under-
graduate training at Yale University and his doctorate
from John Hopkins University. His research interest is
in electrophysiological studies on invertebrate nervous
systems. Dr. Searls received his undergraduate training
at the University of Wisconsin and his doctorate at the
University of California, Berkeley. He is doing research
on metabolic control of development. Dr. Smith re-
ceived his undergraduate training and doctorate at the
University of Cambridge, England. His research interest
is in structure development and function of striated
muscles.

Richard E. Garth is on a leave of absence from North-
western State College, Natchitoches, Louisiana and is
working for the National Science Foundation as Assistant
Program Director of Secondary School Programs. His
particular area responsibility deals with the State Acade-
mies of Science programs.

Jack W. Clark, William N. Pafford, and David J.
Moore have joined the staff of the Department of Biol-
ogy at Radford College. Mr. Clark has a B.A. from Los

Volume 10, No. 4, October 1963

73

Angeles State College and an M.A. from San Fernando
State College. He attended the University of Mary-
land on an NSF fellowship in entomology. Mr. Pafford
received his B.S. and M.S. from Peabody College. He
has done some graduate work in radiation biology. Mr.
Moore received his B.S. Ed. from Clarion State Teachers
College and his M.S. from Ohio State University. His
research involves the study of minimum energy require-
ments in the green pheasant.

L. H. Flint retired on 30 June and plans to work on
the freshwater red algae of North America. He will wel-
come any assistance in conjunction with this project.

Sherwood M. Reichard, Assistant Professor, Depart-
ment of Biological Science, Florida State University, was
elected a Fellow of the AAAS in June, 1963. Dr. Reich-
ard was granted $150,000 by the NSF and the AEC over
the past four years to hold a Radiation Biology Institute
during the summer months. He is also the recipient of a
$50,000 grant for a three-year study on the Reticulo-
endothelial System.

Lloyd M. Beidler, Professor, Biological Sciences, Flor-
ida State University, spent the summer at Stanford Uni-
versity attending a writing conference of the AAAS,
designed toward selection of equipment and the training
of children in experimental science in the grade schools.

Lutz Wiese, University of Tubingen, Tubingen, Ger-
many, will work with Dr. Charles Metz, Institute for
Space Biosciences, Florida State University, for the next
two years as a visiting investigator. Dr. Wiese will carry
on a program of research on Chlanujdomonas. His wife,
Woltrand Wiese, will work as his assistant. Dr. Wiese
received his Ph.D. in Biology at the University of Tu-
bingen in 1952 and has been a Research Associate in the
Department of Biology at Princeton University since
1961.

Dexter M. Easton, Associate Professor, Biological Sci-
ence, Florida State University, was elected a Fellow of
the AAAS in June, 1963.

Robert H. Reeve has joined the staff of Florida State
University as Instructor in the General Biology program.
Mr. Reeve will receive his Ph.D. in Science Education in
December, 1963. He received a B.S. in pre-medical sci-
ences from Maryville College, Maryville, Tennessee and
an M.S. in bacteriology from Lehigh University, Bethle-
hem, Penna. Mr. Reeve has conducted three In-Service
Institutes, sponsored by the NSF, for the Department of
Science Education during the past two years.

John D. McCrone, Assistant Professor of Biology, Flor-
ida Presbyterian College, has received a two-year NIH
grant of $24,533 to support his research on the compara-
tive biochemistry and toxicology of Latrodectus venoms.
Dr. McCrone also has received a one-year grant of $4500
from the Florida Heart Association for this research.

John C. Ferguson has joined the faculty of Florida
Presbyterian College as Assistant Professor of Biology.

Dr. Ferguson recently received his Ph.D. from Cornell
University. His research interests are in ecliinoderm bi-
ology and physiology.

C. W. Hart, Jr., Editor of the ASB Bulletin, has re- j
ceived a two-year NSF grant of $13,400 to support re-
search on the entocytherid ostracods of North America.

Mr. Hart also received a grant of $650 from Sigma Xi to
support an ecological study of the cave shrimp, Palae-
monias ganteri, in Mammoth Cave, Kentucky.

Jesse C. Thompson, Jr., has resigned as Associate Pro-
fessor of Biology at Hollins College and is now Professor
of Biology at Hampden-Sydney College.

Marilyn S. Darling has accepted the position of In-
structor of Biology at Hollins College. Her husband is
Instructor of Biology at Roanoke College. They are
graduates of the Departments of Botany and Zoology at
Duke University.

Burton J. Bogitsh, Professor of Biology at Georgia
Southern College has been granted a one-year leave of
absence to assume a position with the Institutes Section
of the NSF in Washington, D. C.

Grace T. Wiltshire is retiring as Associate Professor of
Biology at Randolph-Macon Woman’s College. She has
been a member of the faculty since 1928. Mrs. Wilt-
shire has been active in many professional organizations,
particularly the Virginia Academy of Sciences, and is the \
current president of the Virginia Society of Ornithology.

Dorothy Fry of Mt. Holyoke College has been ap-
pointed Assistant Professor of Biology at Randolph-
Macon for the current year.

James E. Perham, Assistant Professor of Biology at
Randolph-Macon attended the meeting of the Interna-
tional Genetics Congress at The Hague, Netherlands.

Dorothy L. Crandall, Associate Professor of Biology at
Randolph-Macon attended the annual meeting of the
AIBS at the University of Massachusetts. She presented
a paper on the ferns of Rhode Island.

James L. Chamberlain, Assistant Professor of Biology
at Randolph-Macon Woman’s College, attended the NSF
Institute for College Teachers held at Williams College.

Willis A. Eggler, Newcomb College of Tulane Univer-
sity, will be on leave-of-absence for the year 1963-64 to
continue studies of the manner of invasion of volcanic de-
posits by plants, in Mexico, Guatemala, and El Salvador.

W. Jackson Davis and Dean P. Owens have been
added to the staff at the Virginia Institute of Marine
Science. Dr. Davis will work on fish larvae and fishery
research with Edwin B. Joseph, John Norcross and C. E.
Richards. Mr. Owens will work in the Microbiology-
Pathology Department.

74

ASB Bulletin

Bernard C. Patten, Frank Wojcik, Willard A. Van
Engel, and William J. Davis of the Virginia Institute of
Marine Science attended meetings of the AIBS at the
University of Massachusetts this summer. Dr. Patten
presented a paper on “Some Experimental Characteristics
of Dark and Light Bottles” and Dr. Davis a paper on
“Reliability of Fish Sampling Methods.”

Alan D. Conger, Professor of Radiation Biology at the
University of Florida, is currently serving as chairman of
the project site visit committee for radiation biology for
the U. S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare,
Public Health Service. He has also recently been elected
to the Council of the Radiation Research Society.

Some grant projects currently in progress in the Botany
Department, University of Florida, include:

Metabolism of molecular oxygen by plants (AEC), Dr.
G. S. Fritz

Effects of ionizing radiation on ovule development
(AEC), Dr. Y. Sagawa

Studies in plant material of radiation after effects and

long-lived free radicals (AEC), Dr. A. D. Conger

Absorption of sugars by corn scutellom slices (NIH),

Dr. T. J. Humphreys

Genetical basis of heterothallism in Dictyomorpha
(NIH), Dr. T. J. Mullins

Compositional relationships between broadleaf ever-
green and deciduous forests (NSF), Dr. C. D. Monk

Plant community dynamics (NSF), Dr. C. D. Monk

Anatomy and histogenesis in conifers (NSF), Dr. M. M.

Griffith

Studies in the Orchidaceae (AOS, SFOS), Dr. Y. Sagawa

Plant growth facilities for radiation botany and biology
(NSF), Dr. A. D. Conger

Asa G. Sims, Jr., Department of Biology, Southern Uni-
versity, Baton Rouge, Louisiana, has received a $20,000
NIH grant to study pectic enzymes and toxins of Pellicu-
laria filamentosa.

Leon Roddy, Department of Biology, Southern Univer-
sity, Baton Rouge, Louisiana, has received a $9,000 NSF
grant to study the spider family Clupeonidae.

Institutions and Organizations

The Department of Anatomy of Tulane University will
soon move into its new quarters on the downtown cam-
pus. The new facilities will be located on the third floor
of a nine-story building which is nearing completion.

The Departments of Biology and Psychology are occu-
pying the new Life Sciences Building at the University
of Virginia. Formal opening exercises will be held at a
later date.

The Biology Department of Radford College, Woman’s
Division of Virginia Polytechnic Institute, has received a
matching NSF equipment grant under the direction of
Dr. Floyd E. Jarvis, Jr., Chairman. The $16,000 will be
used to completely equip a controlled temperature ge-
netics instructional and research laboratory. In addition,
a number of calculators will be purchased for a small sta-
tistical laboratory to be used jointly with the Department
of Mathematics in support of the genetics program.

The Training Branch of the Office of Resource Devel-
opment, U. S. Public Health Service, has awarded a
training grant to the zoology department of Tulane Uni-
versity. The award of $142,431 will support the training
of graduate students in environmental biology for a five-
year period. Sites in the states of Florida, Louisiana,
Texas, and New Mexico were visited during the first
summer’s work. Dr. Royal D. Suttkus is directing the
program.

The Tulane Zoology Seminar for fall, 1963, will in-
clude the following speakers: Oct. 15, Dr. M. C. Niu
(Temple University); Oct. 22, Dr. Oliver P. Pearson (Uni-
versity of California, Berkeley); Nov. 5, Dr. Dietrich
Bodenstein (University of Virginia); Nov. 19, Dr. Walter
Auffenberg (University of Florida); Dec. 3, Dr. James
Kezer (University of Oregon); Jan. 7, Dr. James Layne
(Cornell University).

The death of the founding editor of Tulane Studies in
Zoology, has resulted in changes in the editorial staff.
Dr. George H. Penn’s successor as editor is Dr. Harold
A. Dundee, with Dr. Gerald E. Gunning serving as
Associate Editor.

The Department of Biological Science, Florida State
University, has received renewal of an NIH Training
Grant in Physiology for the third straight year.

Beginning September, 1964, the Botany Department of
Tulane University will offer work leading to the Ph.D.
degree. The department has had a graduate program
offering the M.S. degree since 1917.

The NSF sponsored three programs this summer at the
Virginia Institute of Marine Science. Students under the
Research Participation for College Teachers program
worked on individual research for twelve weeks and stu-
dents and staff members worked for eight weeks on the
Undergraduate Science Education program. Conducted

Volume 10, No. 4, October 1963

75

for the first time this summer was a Cooperative Col-
lege-School Science program at Norview High School,
Norfolk, Virginia. Fifteen high ability students and
three teachers participated.

The Botany Department, University of Florida, is
sponsoring at three (3) off-campus centers (Jacksonville,
Deland, Sebring) a course for teachers to instruct the
BSCS Biology Course. Dr. G. Ray Noggle and Dr. W.
Selser are directing the program which is supported by
the National Science Foundation. This is the third year
for this program, which has previously been offered at
centers in Melbourne, Orlando, Tampa, Jacksonville, and
Gainesville.

New laboratory facilities for the Radiation Biology Pro-
gram, University of Florida, will be completed in the
winter of 1963. These will be located in the Nuclear
Science Building. Various radiation sources as well as
greenhouses and controlled environment chambers will
be some of the new facilities available.

A $200,000 Health Research wing has been completed
at Southern University, Baton Rouge, La. This 2-story
building houses 13 research laboratories plus rooms for
equipment and supplies and washing and autoclaving
glassware. Money for this building was provided by
NIH and matching funds from the State of Louisiana.

76

ASB Bulletin

The ASB Bulletin

Geoffrey M. Jeffery, Editor, Volumes 6-7
C. Willard Hart, Jr,, Editor, Volumes 8-10

Published by

The Association of Southeastern Biologists

Index to Volumes 6-10, 1959-1963

iii

This is the second of a series of five-year in-
dices planned for the ASB Bulletin. The author
index includes authors of abstracts and articles,
but the subject index does not include abstract
titles or subjects. Those who plan to bind the
Bulletin should note that this index can be re-
moved and bound at the end of the volume with-
out disturbing the sequence of pages.

Subject Index

Abstracts

Abstracts of papers presented

I at the ASB annual meeting
in:

1959, Knoxville 6:20

1960, New Orleans 7:21

1961, Lexington 8:21

1962, Wake Forest 9:30

1963, Gainesville 10:23

Articles

The AAAS Cleveland Meeting 10:69
The AAAS Denver Meeting 8:56

The AAAS Philadelphia Meet-
ing 9:64

AIBS revises constitution at
Amherst meeting 10:68

ASB to institute new place-
ment service for Ph.D. can-
didates 10:68

Biological research at Southern
Research Institute.— J. R.
Thomson 7:47

Biology is changing, too.— Ar-
nold Grobman 10:63

Competition for design of a
seal for the ASB 9:55

Concepts regarding fungi— then
and now.— F. A. Wolf 7:59

Final report: Horn Island Com-
mittee 6:10

Founding and early days of the
Association of Southeastern
Biologists.— M. D. Young 10:3

The Gulf Coast Research Lab-
oratory at Ocean Springs,

Mississippi.— Gordon Gunter 9:59
The Highlands Biological Sta-
tion.—Thelma Howell 6:51

Institute of Fisheries Research,
University of North Caro-
lina.—A. F. Chestnut 7:5

The Institute of Marine Sci-
ence.—F. G. W. Smith 8:39

Martin D. Young honored with
Darling Foundation Medal
and honorary degree from
Emory University 10:56

Mountain Lake Biological Sta-
tion.—I. F. Lewis 8:3

The National Institutes of
Health laboratories at Co-
lumbia, South Carolina.— M.

D. Young 8:51

The naturalist as an art critic.

— G. E. Hutchinson 10:47

A new laboratory for research

on delphinids.— J. C. Lilly 9:3

The new taxonomy?— P. C. Holt 10:15

Patrick H. Yancey receives
ASB’s Meritorious Teaching
Award 10:55

Report on 1963 meeting of the
Southern Section of the
American Society of Plant
Physiologists 10:16

Robert W. Hull named depart-
ment head at Florida State
University 10:67

The role of the Oak Ridge In-
stitute of Nuclear Studies
(ORINS) in biological edu-
cation and research.— A. L.

Schipper 6:3

Sam Aronoff appointed molec-
ular biology program direc-
tor at NSF 10:67

Septima C. Smith, 1962 Meri-
torious Teacher 9:51

Sex reversal in plants?— F. A.

Wolf 8:41

Should we teach human evolu-
tion?—A. W. Jones 6:54

Taxonomy: one kind, or many?

— C. Ritchie Bell 6:39

Terra Alta Biological Station.—

E. L. Core 9:45

University of Virginia an-
nounces 1963 Mountain Lake
program 10:16

Virginia’s marine research lab-
oratory, The Virginia Fish-
eries Laboratory.— W. J.
Hargis, Jr. 7:3

W. W. Scott to continue as Di-
rector of the VJAS program 9:51

Departments

Association affairs 6:2, 6:14, 6:38,
6:50, 7:2, 7:14, 7:46, 7:58, 8:2,
8:38, 8:50, 9:2, 9:26, 9:50, 10:14,
10:46, 10:00

As the president sees it 6:5

Books and periodicals 10:72

News of biology in the southeast
6:10, 6:35, 6:45, 6:57, 7:12, 7:42,
7:53, 7:62, 8:9, 8:35, 8:47, 8:57,
9:22, 9:47, 9:52, 9:66, 10:11,
10:41, 10:59, 10:73

Directories

Alphabetical directory of ASB
members 9:9

Geographical directory of ASB
members 9:19

Meetings: ASB

About the meetings:

Knoxville, 1959 6:7

New Orleans, 1960 7:7

Lexington, 1961 8:6

Winston-Salem, 1962 9:5

Gainesville, 1963 10:6

Proceedings:

the Knoxville meeting, 1959 6:41
the New Orleans meeting,

1960 7:49

Program of the:

20th annual meeting, Knox-
ville, 1959 6:15

21st annual meeting, New
Orleans, 1960 7:15

22nd annual meeting, Lex-
ington, 1961 8:15

23rd annual meeting, Win-
ston-Salem, 1962 9:27

24th annual meeting, Gaines-
ville, 1963 10:17

Obituaries

Cutter, Victor Macomber, Jr. 9:46
Penn, George Henry 10:54

Shanks, Royal E. 9:63

Viosca, Percy, Jr. 9:21

IV

Author Index

Adams, P.

Adams, W. H.
Aiuto, R.

Alamuddeen, M. A
Almodovar, L. R.
Alvarez, M. R.
Anderson, N. G.
Anderton, L. G.
Andrew, M. M.
Arata, A. A.
Babero, B. B.
Baker, C. L.

Baker, M. D.

Ballal, S. K.
Bamforth, S. S.
Barbour, R. W.
Barnes, R. L.
Barnett, E.

Barr, T. C.

Beatty, A. V. 6:21

Beatty, J. W.

Beck, E. G.
Beddingfield, A.
Belire, E. H.

Bell, C. Ritchie

Bell, R. E.

Bennett, C.
Bernard, G. R.
Black, H. S.
Blackwell, W. H.
Bogitsh, B. J. 7:23,
Bolton, C.

Borom, M. E.
Borror, A. C.
Bovee, E. C. 6:21,

Brannon, M. H.
Brassington, N.
Brauer, A.

Breen, R. S.
Brockman, H. E.
Brook, J.
Broughton, W. S.
Browder, L. W.
Browne, E. T.
Browne, E. T., Jr.
Brumfield, R. A.

Burbanck, M. P.
Burbanck, W. D.

Burk, C. J.

Bush, D. J.

Bush, F. M.

Byrd, E. E.

10:28
6:20
9:40, 10:23
8:34
6:20
10:23
6:20, 8:28
6:20
10:35
7:21
7:21
9:37
7:21
10:23

7:21, 8:25, 9:34
10:23
10:23
7:21
8:29

, 7:22, 7:52, 9:32,
10:23

7:22, 7:52, 9:32
7:22, 8:24
7:22
7:22

6:39, 7:22, 9:40,
10:33
9:37
7:23
10:24
10:38
10:24

9:35, 9:36, 10:24
6:31
10:30
8:21

6:30, 7:23, 8:25,
9:34
8:21
6:21
7:23
7:23
7:23
9:31
10:24
10:24
6:21
8:23, 9:41

6:21, 7:24, 8:24,
9:33
10:24

6:22, 7:24, 8:29,
9:39, 10:24
7:24, 8:24
8:33

8:26, 9:36, 10:25
10:25

Cabler, J. F.

Caldwell, L.

Caplenor, D. 7:24, 8:24

Cardell, R. R. 6:22, 8:27, 9:36,
10:25, 10:31,

Carlson, J. G.

Carpenter, J. M. 6:22, 7:25,
Castle, W. E.

Cerame-Vivas, M. J.
Chamberlain, J. L.

Channell, R. B.

Cherrie, A. L.

Chestnut, A. F.

Chilton, M. L.

Chopra, N.

Clebisch, E. E. C.

Cocke, E. C.

Cole, A. C., Jr.

Cole, B. T.

Coleman, M. T.

Collins, W. E.

6:23
8:22
6:23,
9:34,
6:23, 8:28

9:36,

Comer, J. R.
Coniglio, J. G.
Connell, C. E.
Cooper, A. W.
Core, Earl L.
Couch, J. N.
Cowden, R. R.
Cowie, L. M.
Crady, E. E.
Crandall, R. B.
Crawford, E. A.
Culpepper, R. L.
Cutter, V. M.
Damian, R. T.
Daniel, C. P.
Daniel, R. E.
Darlington, J. T.
Daugaard, A. T.
Davis, W. H.
Dawson, W. D.
Deason, T. R.
DeBusk, A. G.
Dennis, E.

Dent, J. N.
DeSelm, H. R.

Dessauer, H. C.
Dietz, R. A.
Duncan, W. H.
Dvorak, J. A.
Edington, C. W.
Edmisten, J. A.
Edney, J. M.
Edwards, J.
Eggler, W. A.
Eisen, J. D.
Eldridge, D. W.
Farmer, J. A.

7:26,

7:26

10:24, 10:29,
7:21

6:24, 7:26,
9:31,

8:21,

7:21

9:32,

9:30,

10:25
6:22
, 9:31
9:38,
10:35
7:24
10:25
8:33
10:28
7:25
7:25
7:25
7:5
6:23
, 7:25
9:31
10:25
10:26
, 9:38
8:28
10:31
10:24
7:40
6:23
10:26
9:45
8:33
10:26
10:26
6:24
8:25
7:26
10:28
7:26
10:26
, 9:31
7:36
9:34
9:38
10:26
6:24
10:35
, 7:23
7:22
10:26
8:22,
10:27
7:26
6:24
8:31
10:27
, 7:27
10:27
8:22
8:32
10:27
7:24
10:27
9:30

Farnell, D. R. 7:39

Fattig, W. D. 8:33

Faulkner, B. J. 10:27

Ferrill, M. D. 9:30

Fingerman, M. 7:27, 8:27

Fitzpatrick, J. F., Jr. 10:26

Flagg, R. O. 6:24, 8:30, 8:34, 9:41
Flint, F. F. 7:27

Flory, W. S. 6:24, 8:30, 8:34, 9:41

Foreman, C.

Foreman, C. W.

Fox, W.

Frankenberg, D.
Fraser, R. C.
Frederick, L.

Freeman, J. A.

Fryar, W. R.

Frye, B. E.
Funderburg, J.

Garth, R. E.

Gaulden, M. E.
Gilbert, M. L.
Godfrey, R. K.

Golley, F. B.
Goodchild, C. G.
Gordon, R. E.

Goss, R. C.

Grabske, R.

Grantham, B. J.

Gray, I. E.

Greene, N. D.

Greeson, P. E.

Gregg, J. H.

Greulach, V. A.
Griffin, D. G., Ill
Griffith, M. M.

Grimm, R.

Grobman, Arnold
Grogan, C. O.
Groover, R. D.
Guhardja, E.

Gunter, Gordon
Haber, A. H.
Haesloop, J. G.
Hamon, J. H.
Hancock, K. F.
Hardin, J. W.

Hargis, William J., Jr.

6:6,

7:27
8:28
7:26
7:28
10:28
8:32, 9:41
8:30
10:28
7:28
10:28
10:28
6:33, 7:30
10:28
10:28, 10:36
6:24, 7:28, 10:28
7:28
8:25
8:25
10:24
7:40
10:28
9:36
10:29
7:28
6:25, 8:23
10:29
6:24, 8:24
6:34
10:63
8:34
10:29
9:41
9:59, 6:10
6:21
6:25
8:26
7:28
8:31, 10:29
7:3

Harkema, R. 6:25, 8:30, 9:35, 10:34

Harper, R. M.

Hart, C. W., Jr.
Harvey, F. D., Ill
Harvey, M. J.
Hassell, M. D.

Hatch, L.

Henderson, J. H. M.
Herndon, W.
Herndon, W. R.

7:29
7:29, 8:25
7:29
10:29
10:29
9:35, 10:29
10:30
8:32, 9:41, 10:37
7:36, 10:29

Herr, J. M., Jr. 7:29, 9:32, 10:30

V

Hetrick, L. A.

10:30

Kozuka, Y.

10:32

Miller, J. A.

6:29, 6:44

Hickman, D. W.

10:30

Kramer, P. J.

10:35

Miller, J. A., Jr.

7:35

Holliman, R. B.

7:29, 8:30

Krivanek, J. O.

7:32

Mizell, M.

7:35

Hollyfield, J. G.

10:30

Krivanek, R. C.

7:32

Mobberly, W. C.,

Jr-

7:27

Holt, Perry C.

7:29, 9:34, 10:15

Kruse, D. N.

6:28, 10:32

Moewus, F.

6:29

Hopkins, J. D.

8:32

Kuehne, R. A. 6:28,

8:22, 10:32

Monk, C. D.

7:35

Hopkins, T. S.

9:33

Kuhlman, H. H.

7:32, 8:21

Moore, J. H. 6:30, 8:27,

9:38, 10:38

Horton, J. H.

7:29, 8:31

Lackey, J. B.

7:32, 9:39

Morrison, R. M.

10:34

Hoss, D. E.

10:30

Laessle, A. M.

10:32

Morzenti, V. M.

9:40

Howe, H. B., Jr.

10:31

Lammers, W. T.

7:32, 8:23

Mount, R. H.

6:30

Howell, Thelma

6:51

Laster, W. R., Jr.

6:33

Mukerjee, D.

8:22

Hu, F.

10:31

Lautenschlager, E. W.

6:28, 8:30

Mulcahy, D. L.

10:34

Huffman, J. L.

8:21

Lawrence, J. J.

6:31

Mullins, J. T.

6:30, 7:35, 8:32

Hughes, W. N.

6:25

Layne, J. N.

7:32

Myint, T.

10:34

Humm, D. G.

7:30

Leach, W. M.

10:32

Nagabhushanam,

R.

8:27

Humrn, H. J. 6:10,

6:25, 7:30, 8:32,

Leake, H. C., Ill

7:31

Newcomer, R. J.

8:21

10:31

Lee, H. H-K.

6:28, 6:34

Nichols, H. W.

7:36, 9:42

Humphries, A. A.

6:25

Lee, J. W. 6:25, 6:26, 6:28

Nichols, W.

9:41

Hunt, G. E.

7:30

Lee, W.

7:21

Niimoto, D. H.

8:33

Hunter, E. O., Jr.

7:30

Leonard, M. R.

9:38

Noggle, G. R.

6:32

Hunter, F. R.

6:25

Levinson, J. A.

6:20

Norby, D. E.

7:36

Hunter, G. W.

6:26

Lewis, Ivey F.

8:3, 8:4

Odum, E. P.

6:30, 10:35

Hunter, G. W., Ill

8:25

Lewis, P. D., Jr.

7:33

O’Kelley, C.

9:41

Hutchins, C. P.

8:21

Lewis, W. H.

8:34

O’Kelley, J. C.

6:30,

7:36, 8:24,

Hutchinson, G. Evelyn 10:47

Lilly, J. C.

9:3

8:29, 10:35

Hyde, C. C.

7:30

Lipner, H. J.

7:34

Oliver, R. L.

8:34

Isbell, C. J.

8:23

Lutz, P. E.

10:33

Oosting, H. J.

10:35

Israel, H. W.

10:31

Ma, T.

10:33

Osborne, P. J.

10:35

Jackson, R. T.

7:31

Maclnnis, A. J.

7:34

Ottis, K.

7:36, 7:39

James, C. W.

7:31, 8:31

Maples, W. P.

10:25

Page, S. L.

8:34

Jay, J. M.

6:26

Maroney, S. P.

7:34

Parchman, L. G.

9:33

Jeffery, G. M.

6:26, 7:31, 7:41,

Marples, T.

10:35

Parks, C. R.

10:29

9:35, 10:31

Marshall, S.

10:35

Parrish, F. K.

8:28,

9:39, 10:35

Jenner, C. E.

6:26, 7:31

Martinez, I. R.

7:34

Parrish, J. W.

8:28, 10:35

Jinks, W. L.

10:25

Martinez, I. R., Jr.

9:37

Parsons, J.

10:35

Johnson, D. W.

8:26

Massey, A. B.

6:28, 7:34

Partlow, T.

6:30

Jones, A. S.

10:31

Mathen, O. M.

10:33

Pate, J. B.

6:29

Jones, Arthur W.

6:34, 6:54, 7:31,

Matthews, J. F.

9:40

Patterson, P. M.

6:31

8:21, 10:27

Maxwell, B. A.

7:34

Pedigo, R. A.

7:37

Jones, D. A.

10:32

Mayer, T. C.

8:26, 9:37

Peterson, J. E.

8:33

Jones, E. A.

9:33

McAfee, R. D.

7:33

Phifer, K. O.

9:35

Jones, S. B., Jr.

10:32

McCall, W.

6:28

Philpot, D.

9:41

Joseph, E. B.

6:26

McCormack, M. L.

9:30

Philpott, J.

6:31

Kawamura, K-Y.

6:27, 7:32

McCormick, J. F. 7:23,

9:30, 10:33

Pierce, E. L.

8:29, 10:36

Kawamura, N.

6:27

McCrone, J. D.

8:29

Pillow, L.

7:34

Keeler, C.

6:27

McCullough, H. A.

9:42, 10:33

Pinson, J. N., Jr.

10:36

Keever, C.

9:31

McDonald, J. C.

8:33

Platt, R. B.

9:30, 10:24, 10:33

Keitt, G. W., Jr.

9:33

McGhee, R. B.

6:33

Plummer, G. L.

7:37,

8:23, 9:30,

Kelley, C. A.

8:27

McGinnis, J. T. 7:33,

9:32, 10:33

9:33, 10:36

Kent, G. C., Jr.

9:38

McKinsey, R. D.

10:34

Porter, E. D.

9:34

Kethley, J.

9:33

McVeigh, I.

7:30

Powell, R. D.

6:24, 8:24

Kilgore, S. S.

6:27

Mengebier, W. L.

6:29

Pringle, J. S.

10:36

Kim, W. K.

8:23

Menzel, M. Y. 6:29,

6:32, 10:34

Pryor, M. Z.

8:26

King, C. E.

7:32, 8:25

Menzel, R. W.

7:34, 9:34

Quarterman, E.

7:37

Kirk, D. E.

9:35

Miller, A. T., Jr.

10:35

Quay, T. L.

6:31

Kisner, R. L.

6:27

Miller, C. E. 6:29, 8:32, 9:42, 10:34

Queen, W. H.

8:24

Koch, W. J.

6:27, 8:32

Miller, Faith

6:29, 6:44

Radford, A. E.

6:31,

9:40, 10:36

Koehne, G. W.

9:33

Miller, F. S.

7:35

Ramseur, G. S.

7:37, 8:31

Komatsu, J. K.

6:22

Miller, G. C. 6:25, 8:30, 9:35, 10:34

Raulerson, L.

9:39

VI

Rawls, J. M.

8:27

Sherman, H. L.

7:38,

10:38

Wallwork, J. A. 8:22

Ray, C„ Jr.

8:28, 8:30, 8:33

Shoemaker, H. H.

6:10

Warren, J. R. 10:27

Reams, W. M„ Jr.

8:26, 9:37, 10:24,

Short, R. B.

6:32,

8:30,

10:26

Weaver, D. 7:24

10:30, 10:36, 10:37

Simpson, S. B., Jr.

7:39

Webb, K. L. 10:24

Redmond, J. R.

7:37

Singh, M. P.

6:32

Weinmann, C. J. 7:40

Reese, W. D.

6:31

Singleton, W. R.

8:33

Wells, C. 7:40, 9:35, 10:29, 10:38

Regan, A.

9:31

Smalley, A. E.

6:32

Wells, M. M. 8:30

Regan, J. D.

7:27, 7:38

Smith, F. G. Walton

8:39

Westfall, M. J. 6:34, 8:29

Reinert, G. W.

10:36

Smith, J. L.

7:39

Wheeler, H. 6:34, 10:38

Rex, A.

7:38

Smothers, J. L.

8:26

Whitford, L. A. 7:40, 10:39

Rhodes, R. G.

10:37

Soos, E.

7:22

Whiting, P. W. 6:34, 8:33, 9:32

Riddle, B.

7:22

Soos, P.

7:22

Wiegert, R. G. 10:28

Riggin, G. T.

6:31

Stevens, J.

6:33

Willard, W. K. 6:34

Riley, H. P.

8:22, 8:23, 10:37

Stidham, J. D.

9:36

Williams, J. E. 10:39

Rinaldi, R. A.

10:37

Stojanovic, B.

10:37

Williams, L. G. 8:32

Ritchie, J. C.

9:31

Stubbs, D. W.

7:39

Wilson, D. E. 8:25

Robbins, H. C.

7:38

Styles, M. E.

7:22

Wolf, Frederick A. 7:59, 8:41

Roeder, M.

10:37

Tanner, J. T.

7:39, 9:39

Wolf, F. T. 6:24, 7:40, 8:31, 9:33,

Roeder, R. H.

10:37

Taylor, E.

6:25

10:39

Rovee, D. T.

10:37

Telford, S. R„ Jr.

9:34

Woodmansee, R. A. 7:40, 9:31, 10:39

Rushing, W.

7:24

Thompson, J. F.

7:30

Woods, F. W. 9:30

Sagawa, Y.

8:33, 10:37

Thomson, J. R.

6:30,

6:33,

7:39,

Worthley, E. G. 7:41

Salih, M. S.

6:31

7:47,

8:27,

9:37,

10:38

Wust, C. J. 8:34

Sarvella, P. 7:38,

8:34, 9:32, 10:37

Tipton, S. R.

7:39, 8:26

Wyant, K. D. 6:34

Schabel, F. M. Jr.

10:38

Tolbert, M. G.

6:33

Wynn, G. G. 10:24

Schipper, A. L.

6:3

Tontz, J. C.

10:38

Yancey, P. H. 6:10

Schmitz, E. H.

9:35

Trogdon, R. P.

8:29

Yarbrough, J. D. 8:29

Schumacher, G. J.

10:39

Turnbull, J. G.

9:38

Yates, H. O. 7:29, 10:39

Scott, M. W.

8:24, 10:30

Umphlett, C. J.

8:33

Yeargers, E. K. 9:32

Sears, D. F.

7:38

Vandiviere, H. M.

9:36

Yelverton, C. S. 6:31

Semp, B. A.

10:25

Van Pelt, A.

9:39

Yerger, R. W. 7:41

Shadowen, H. E.

6:32, 9:39

Volpe, E. P.

7:40

Young, Martin D. 7:41, 7:31, 8:28,

Shanks, R. E. 6:24, 7:26, 8:22, 9:31

Wagner, A.

6:33

8:51, 10:3

Sharp, A. J.

8:23, 9:41, 10:38

Wagner, W. H., Jr.

9:40

Zager, R. D. 7:41

Shearer, J. A.

6:32

Walker, A. T.

10:38

On the next page are six designs that have been
submitted in the ASB’s competition for a seal. As
the competition is still open, additional designs or
comments on the ones shown here are welcome.
Please communicate with Dr. Harry Bennett, Dept,
of Biology, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge,
Louisiana.

BULLETIN

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

Mammoth Cave Bat ( See page 2)

Volume 11, Number 1

January, 1964

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna. Changes of address
should be sent promptly to the Secretary
of the ASB, Dr. Harry J. Bennett, Depart-
ment of Zoology, Louisiana State Univer-
sity, Baton Rouge, La. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions should
be sent to the Business Manager, Dr.
Leland Shanor, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Talla-
hassee, Florida. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Wicker-
sham Printing Co., Lancaster, Penna.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

Harry J. Bennett, Associate Editor
Betty Ursomarso, Assistant Editor
Leland Shanor, Business Manager

Officers of the A. S. B.

President — E. Ruffin Jones, University of
Florida

Retiring President — Walter S. Flory, Wake
Forest College

President Fleet — William D. Burbanck,
Emory University

Vice-President — Harold Humm, Duke
University

Secretary — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Treasurer — Leland Shanor, Florida State
University

Executive Committee — Walter R. Hern-
don. Universitv of Tennessee: Patrick
H. Yancey, Spring Hill College; C.
Ritchie Bell, University of North Caro-
lina; Wilbur H. Duncan, University
of Georgia; John Carpenter. Univer-
sity of Kentucky; G. M. Jeffery, Na-
tional Institutes of Health. All officers
are ex officio members of the execu-
tive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — position vacant

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Maryland — position vacant

Mississippi — Robert P. Ward, Millsaps Col-
lege

North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Univer-
sity of North Carolina

South Carolina — position vacant

Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George Pea-
body College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr„ Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — position vacant

Volume 11, Number 1 — January 1964

CONTENTS

About the Atlanta Meeting 13

American Society of Plant Taxonomists Elects New Officers
and Gives Cooley Award 11

ASB’s January Placement Service 8

Association Affairs 2

A Study of the Graduate Program in Biology at the Uni-

versity of Richmond —

Warwick R. West, Jr., AND W. S. WOOLCOTT 9
Books and Periodicals 17

Cooperative Project Between Cape Haze and Riverview H. S.
Laboratories 12

News of Biology in the Southeast 19

Orientation in Animals — E. G. Franz Sauer 3

The cover photo of a little brown bat ( Mijotis lucifugus ) was taken dur-
ing a neiung operation at JYL.mmocn Cave iv^uonai FaiK, KentucKy. 'Inis
study, which involved the capture and banding of over 12,000 migrating
bats during August and Septemoer, HdtiS, is one of several projects going
on at the recently estaohsuecl Institute ot Speleology at tne University of
Kentucky.

Other work with bats includes studies of homing, migration patterns, sex
ratios, and winter waking cycies at Carter Lave state Park, Ky. P acuity
and graduate students involved with these projects include Dr. Wayne H.
Davis, Dr. Roger W. Barbour, Marion D. Hassell, Charles L. Rippy, and
Raymond McAdams.

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

INTERIM

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
MEETING

Emory University
October 5, 1963

The meeting was called to order
by President Jones at 9:00 A.M.
Present were: President E. Ruffin
Jones, President-Elect William D.
Burbanck, Retiring President Walter
L. Flory, Treasurer Leland Shanor,
Editor C. Willard Hart, Jr., Execu-
tive Committee members Walter R.
Herndon, Patrick H. Yancey, John
H. Carpenter, Wilbur H. Duncan, C.
Ritchie Bell and Secretary Harry J.
Bennett.

The minutes of the meeting of the
Executive Committee for April 20,
1963 were approved.

President Jones called for a num-
ber of reports:

Secretary’s Report: The Secretary
reported that the results of a ques-
tionnaire sent to the membership
indicated that the third week-end in
April was the preferred time for the
annual meeting in 1964. The replies
as to the type of program preferred
on Thursday evening showed that
the majority thought that a sym-
posium should be substituted for a
single speaker. He submitted a let-
( continued on page 21 )

0

ASB Bulletin

Fig. 1. Experimental cage. Overall view with plexi-
glass cover in place. Instead of this cover we also used
chicken wire painted with flat black. At its lower end
each pedal is supported by a lever which is adjustable
by a spring and connected to a microcounter. The cage
measures on top 35 inches in diameter.

Orientation In Animals 1

by

E. G. FRANZ SAUER
University of Florida

For any organism continuously exposed to
changing environmental influences, oriented lo-
comotion is the behavioral act that ultimately
decides success or failure of the individual or, at
a higher level, the survival or extinction of the
species.

The taxis, that is the orienting movement of an
animal capable of free locomotion, is one ele-
ment of complex behavior patterns. The analy-
sis of the complex organic structures and func-
tions that underlie a given taxis has become a
matter of increasingly sophisticated research.

Animals are oriented toward or away from en-
vironmental stimuli, or at certain angles to them.
The orienting act may consist of instinctive pat-
terns, that is species-specific behavior, and ad-
justed instinctively to specific environmental sig-
nals, that is without being learned. Or it may
be manifest as an individual-specific act entirely
learned. Intermediate forms exist between these

1 This paper was presented as the invitational address
at the Gainesville, Florida, meeting of the ASB in April
1963.

two extremes where instinct and experience
combine in various degrees. Learning itself
may be established in that special form called
“imprinting,” which indeed seems to be different
from any associative learning. This old and con-
troversial ethological point of view is supported
by recent biochemical analyses.

In general, orienting movements have an
enormous adaptive value and are thus of great
biological significance. We can be sure that
in most organisms that have uniformly selected,
specifically oriented locomotion instead of ran-
dom movement, the selective pressure must have
been severe.

Structural and functional differentiations, ana-
tomical, morphological, neurological changes,
and modifications of biochemical systems for
greater and better efficiencies account for the
development and the evolutionary success of
adaptive orientation. The development and the
secular shifts of the universe, accompanied by
the radiation of the animal kingdom, the occu-
pancy of new ecological niches, and the struggle
for existence between competitors, the differen-

Volume 11, No. 1, January 1964

3

tiation and destruction, maturation and aging of
the individual, the social community, and the
many species are only a few of the many ex-
ternal and internal factors that continuously
challenge the organisms to orientate for better
adjustments and survival. Exposed to such
severe selection pressure, it is not at all surpris-
ing that animals are known to orient instinctively
to supernormal or supernatural stimuli, thereby
disregarding the natural specific releasers of
their normal intra- and interspecific environ-
ments. From a phylogenetical point of view
this must be the most desirable condition, which
means that the orienting mechanisms of organ-
isms are “open to one side,” enabling the animal
not only to meet severe selection pressure but to
escape it and to aim for a new evolutionary
level. For the same reason it has been formu-
lated from philosophical viewpoints that animals
have a potential knowledge of “supernatural
ideas.” For us this fact is of enormous import-
ance when we design an experiment to let the
animal orient to an artificial model of the natural
stimulus.

The forms and functions of short- and long-
range orientation are manifold. With respect to
the peripheral afference, every available sensory
system is utilized for orientation, including
chemo-, mechano-, electro-, optical and ultra-
optical receptors. For instance, thresholds for
olfactory orientation in the eel Anguilla anguilla
range into dilutions of ( 1 : 2.8 ) • 1CH8. Rhino-
lophid bats can locate with their sonar system,
from distances up to about 10 metres, echoes of
their own supersonic sounds reflected by nylon
strings only 100 microns in diameter.

Individual animals are oriented with respect
to their own bodies, to the substrate they live
on, to water and food sources, to social partners
and to enemies. Orientation to a “home” means
shelter, to a territory existence, and during ex-
pansions of their home ranges animals orient to
the unknown extraterritorial space.

In the course of evolution the “home” of a
species may have become split into summer and
winter residences. We have solid evidence that
during the Pleistocene glaciations many animals
ventured into the unknown to establish new
homes where they survived and further evolved,

but yet maintained some contact with their an-
cestral homes. Bound to the new and the old
homes by instinct and successful learning, some
species retained their drives to migrate between
these seasonal goals over pathways leading in
their extremes nearly from one end of the globe
to the other. Other species may have become
nomads and migrants without exposure to gla-
cial forces, simply as a result of population pres-
sure and their continuous search for new sources
of food. Many of these are no less astounding
with respect to the distances they travel.

Studies of American sea turtles by A. Carr
brought direct proof that these reptiles cross the
oceans of the world, goal-directed and not at
random.

Bird migration has fascinated mankind ever
since ancient times. The flight pattern of the
Arctic Tern, Sterna paradisea, remains the fav-
ored example of the ornithologists the world
over. This bird covers about 20,000 miles per
year, migrating along subspecifically different
routes from as far as 82°N to as far as 66° S and
back again.

Even among heterothermic invertebrates we
find long-distance migrants of remarkable abili-
ties. The Monarch Butterfly, Danaus plexippus,
travels between its seasonal goals located north
in the North American Arctic and south in Cali-
fornia, Mexico, and eastward to Florida. This
butterfly migrates close to 3,000 miles to survive
for a winter and to return to its original home,
just to reproduce and then to die.

It is this topic of space orientation over long
distances with which I want to conclude this in-
vitational address, and I want to refer to one
kind of long distance migration in which celes-
tial bodies are used by animals as reference
system. It was only in 1911 that the Italian
zoologist F. Santschi discovered celestial orien-
tation in the animal kingdom through his ob-
servations and studies of sun-orientation in ants.
During the past decades it became established
that many animals use the sun, moon, and stars
instead of topographical features for reference
systems of orientation. K. v. Frisch and the late
G. Kramer are the two outstanding scientists
who pioneered in the field of sun-orientation in
honey-bees and in birds. F. Papi discovered the

ASB Bulletin

4

moon-orientation in a small amphipod crusta-
cean. F. Sauer and E. Sauer found stellar ori-
entation in nocturnally migrating birds. Most
impressive has been the discovery that animals
utilize their endogenous circadian and annual
rhythms as time measuring devices to account
for the relative movements of the celestial bodies
across the sky and for the seasonal shifts.

Our recent subject is the Siberian Golden
Plover, Pluvialis dominicci fulva. This bird,
which migrates across the vast Pacific Ocean,
has provided us with new information and in-
sight on how a migrant can master a goal-di-
rected flight lasting continuously for days and
nights across a vast hostile area of some 3,000 to
5,000 miles. We raised 10 birds by hand on St.
Lawrence Island, Bering Sea, a location as close
as possible to the Siberian ancestral home of the
Golden Plovers. Now three years of age, these
ten birds have shown migration restlessness, re-
productive activities, and molt in natural se-
quence. The experimental work has been
greatly favored by their tameness; they readily
display their motivation-specific behaviors with
a minimum amount of disturbing activation.
One can rely, therefore, on the quality of their
migration restlessness much more than on that
of wild-caught adult birds in a similar experi-
ment. The latter often display fear and escape
tendencies which interfere with their migratory
activity, and this can condemn an experiment to
failure. The second reason for using hand-
raised birds is the need for a clear experimental
situation. These ten birds had never exper-
ienced natural migration. Thus, if learning
were involved in their migration, one could test
this by experimental geographical displacements
or by an experimental arbitrary setting of their
internal clocks, provided that these exist, that
they could be shifted, and that they were used
for migration orientation. At their birthplace,
Boxer Bay on St. Lawrence Island, the birds
were exposed to the natural sky, and one could
expect that their internal clocks were in phase
with the local time. Before they had reached
their first migratory period, they were flown by
airplane to Madison, Wisconsin; during their
travels the birds were prevented from seeing the
sky. The birds stayed in Madison from the end

of August 1960 to February 1961; then they
were flown out to San Francisco.

F or the purpose of a comparative study 6
of the birds (in San Francisco, 4) were kept in
light-controlled rooms with and without climatic
controls. The daily light cycles acting upon
these birds were kept in phase with those that
would have influenced the birds during the cor-
responding seasons at Boxer Bay, during their
migration across the Pacific Ocean, and at Hon-
olulu, Hawaii. The 4 remaining birds ( in San
Francisco, 6) were exposed to the local condi-
tions of Madison, and later of San Francisco,
and could see at least part of the sky during day
and night.

During their migratory periods the birds were
tested individually in a circular cage designed
to record the migration restlessness and direc-
tional tendencies of these non-perching waders
(Fig. 1). According to the 16 mechanically
pressure-sensitized, radially arranged recording
pedals, the birds themselves counted their take-
offs and landings in 16 compass sectors. These
counts are shown in the diagrams. Since Golden
Plovers normally migrate in flocks and give flight
notes, a loudspeaker was installed in the center
underneath the cage through which we played
flight notes of migrating Golden Plovers. As a
result of this acoustical stimulation, the indi-
vidual bird in the experimental cage showed
increased migratory activity.

A few typical examples of the 1961 test series,
including 159 experiments with a total recording
time of 249'1 52m, may be given here. Not know-
ing what flight courses the birds would take
from San Francisco, we selected as our refer-
ence system the great circle tracks that connect
Boxer Bay, Madison, San Francisco, and Hono-
lulu (Fig. 2).

The internal clocks of the birds of the first
experimental group were, to various degrees, as
much as 3h 16m 40s slow compared to San Fran-
cisco local time. Despite these various time
shifts, the modes of their undisturbed spring
migration orientation approached the initial
bearing of the great circle route from San Fran-
cisco to Boxer Bay (Fig. 2a). This mean was

Volume 11, No. 1, January 1964

5

Fig. 2. Great Circle tracks Boxer Bay (St. Lawrence Island), Madison, San Francisco, Honolulu, Gainesville.
Three examples of spring (a, b) and fall migration (c) at San Francisco in 1961. Explanations: Time in San Fran-
cisco Local Mean Time. C = recorded counts; TC = total counts; dt- = difference of the setting of the internal clocks
lagging behind Local Mean Time. Clouds: ACu = altocumulus; Ci = cirrus; CiCu = cirrocumulus; Cu = cumulus;
St = stratus; cloud cover from 1/10 to 10/10; compass bearings mark directions of wind; wind speed is indicated in
knots; occ. = occasionally.

(a) LD $

(b) RB $

(c) LD <5

7 June, 0815-0945; C:

8 June, 1040-1217; C:

9 June, 0825-0955; C:

13 May, 1535-1745; C:
15 May, 1440-1650; C:

14 Sept., 1324-1453; C:
19 Sept., 1155-1328; C:

25 Sept., 0920-1050; C:

26 Sept., 0845-1015; C:

29 Sept., 1036-1206; C:

30 Sept., 1348-1524; C:
2 Oct., 1521-1625; C:

112; clear, 4/10 St Cu; W 5-8, occ. 10-20.

411; clear, 4/10 Cu, later CiCu, W-NW 10-14, occ. 25.

23; clear, SW 2-3. TC: 546, dt- 2" 50m (42° 30').

56; clear, high Ci; W 10.

53; clear, W 2-10. TC: 109.

504; clear, 1/10-3/10 St, SW 10-14, 18, W 2-5.

357; clear, W 1-3, S, occ. SW, 2-4.

189; clear, W 1-3.

93; clear, N 2-4.

190; clear, W 3-6.

58; clear, W 2-3.

137; 1/10-5/10 Ci and low St, W-SW 4-6.

TC: 1528, dt- 3h 16m 40s (49° 10').

6

ASB Bulletin

also maintained under complete overcast that
left the position of the sun invisible. Winds ex-
ceeding 22 knots from W to NW frequently
blew birds off their course in the apparatus.
The birds compensated for this drift and main-
tained a close approximation of the typical mean
course. Only under heavily overcast skies the
birds were disoriented and then interrupted their
migration restlessness. Under an increased
cloudy sky that obscured the sun to such an ex-
tent that a human observer could at best only
roughly estimate its approximate position, the
birds of this group lost their initial orientation
toward their seasonal goal. Their bearings in-
dicated an orientation based on an assumed
azimuth position of the sun according to the
setting of the birds’ internal clocks, that is, the
birds drifted clockwise according to the degree
of the time difference between the setting of
their internal clocks and local time of San Fran-
cisco. The birds obviously showed that they
failed to navigate in this situation, i.e., were
unable to perform bi-coordinate celestial orien-
tation. One can interpret their reaction as an
azimuth orientation in which they neglected the
altitudinal component of the veiled sun.

The birds of the second group, which were
exposed to the Madison sky in the fall and win-
ter of 1960, had their internal clocks in phase
with San Francisco local time. Their spring
orientation at San Francisco approached the
great circle track leading from Madison rather
than from San Francisco to Boxer Bay (Fig.
2b). This indicates that these birds had not
compensated for their geographical displace-
ment from Madison to San Francisco, or that
they were no longer able to compensate for it
since their internal clock had been adjusted to
San Francisco time. Further, these experiments
demonstrate that the birds hand-raised at Boxer
Bay must have gone through two sensitive
phases during which they had learned the geo-
graphical position of their prospective breeding
area (in this case identical with their birth
place) in relation to the geographical position
of their first reached wintering grounds (Madi-
son, Wisconsin). That they established by
learning a definite pattern of migration related
to these two positions is suggested by their dis-

play of it after their displacement to San Fran-
cisco. The fall experiments in San Francisco
showed, however, that the birds were not irre-
versibly imprinted on this experimentally deter-
mined course. Their learned pattern was in-
fluenced by their time spent in San Francisco.
While some of the birds in fall showed a pre-
ference for a course which would have brought
them from Boxer Bay to San Francisco (Fig.
2c), others selected a direction toward Madison
or oscillated between these two goals, and there
was no correlation between these decisions and
the grouping of the birds into two experimental
units.

Comparable results were obtained in tests
under the natural night sky and in the planetar-
ium.

The results indicate that the Golden Plovers
do not possess an “inborn” knowledge of their
birthplace nor a mystical inertial ability for hom-
ing under any condition. Nor is it reasonable to
think that they would have a rigid, genetically
fixed flight pattern between their breeding and
wintering grounds. These patterns are more
likely learned during sensitive periods prior to
their migratory periods and after their migra-
tions. It is most probable that under natural
conditions a genetically determined, species-
specific migratory range is individually modified
and conditioned by external environmental influ-
ences. As small as the hereditarily determined
range for possible modifications may be, it seems
to be a factor of enormous adaptive value in
these transoceanic migrants.

TT o summarize the facts of celestial orien-
tation in the Golden Plover, obtained from these
initial experiments, we can say: The birds are
able to migrate both day and night by means of
visual celestial orientation, the information ob-
tained from the visible sun and the stars. Their
internal clocks enable them to compensate for
the relative movement of the celestial bodies
and to compensate for geographical displace-
ments, provided the birds can detect a difference
in time between the setting of their internal
clocks and the local time. As long as the celes-
tial bodies are clearly visible or their positions

Volume 11, No. 1, January 1964

7

can be accurately located under an overcast, the
birds navigate, i.e., refer to a bi-coordinate celes-
tial grid. When the sun is veiled to a certain
degree, the birds do not navigate but fall back to
a mere azimuth orientation, thereby neglecting
the altitudinal component of the sun. When the
celestial bodies are invisible, the birds fail to dis-
play their seasonal migration orientations, they
are disoriented and, under the experimental con-
ditions, interrupt their migration restlessness.

Our 10 Golden Plovers have gone through two

sensitive periods during their first year of life
during which they became imprinted on their
breeding and wintering areas. They show an
ability to modify their species-specific pattern
of migration by individual learning, thereby
reaching a level of efficiency beyond that of pure
instinct. The biological significance of this is
its great adaptive value, and it is probably the
evolutionary key to the birds’ mastery of their
marvelous flight across the vast, trackless Pacific
Ocean.

ASB’s January Placement Service

In the October 1963 ASB Bulletin, a new
placement service for biologists in the southeast
was announced. This service, to be included in
each January ASB Bulletin, is aimed primarily
at those people who expect to receive their doc-
torates one year from the following June. Other
candidates are welcome, however.

In response to this announcement, five resu-
mes were received— and these are printed below.
Reactions to this program, whether favorable or
not, will be welcomed by the ASB Bulletin.

Name.— Gary Eugene Dillard

Address.— McKimmon Village, Apt. F-21; Raleigh, North
Carolina.

Institution.— N. C. State of the University of North Caro-
lina at Raleigh.

Permanent address.— McKimmon Village, Apt. F-21; Ra-
leigh, North Carolina.

Specialization.— Phycology-Ecology.

Occupational preference.— Teaching and research.

Name.— Paul Wheeler Kirk, Jr.

Mailing address.— 820 Louise Circle, Durham, N. C.

Institutions and specialization.— B.S. in Chemistry, Uni-
versity of Richmond, Va.; M.S. in Biology, University
of Richmond, Va.; Ph.D. in Botany, specialization in
mycology, Duke University.

I wish to develop courses in bacteriology and my-
cology and to conduct research in the general areas of
pure and applied microbiology; in particular, the ecol-
ogy of salt water or estuarine fungi.

Age and status.— 32, married, one child, military service
completed.

Practical experience.— 5 years as medical laboratory tech-
nician and public health bacteriologist; 2 years as high
shool biology and general science teacher; one semes-

ter as general botany instructor at Duke University;
several graduate teaching assistantships for courses in
general botany, general and medical bacteriology, and
general mycology; 3 years of experience in researches
on salt water fungi, including work at a marine station.

Name.— John A. Martin

Address.— Department of Botany, University of Tennes-
see, Knoxville, Tennessee 37916.

Institution.— Department of Botany, University of Tennes-
see, Knoxville, Tennessee 37916.

Permanent address.— Locust Hill Road, Albany, New York
12203.

Field.— Theoretical and Mathematical Aspects of Ecology;
Silvics and Silviculture.

Degree expected.— Ph.D. in Botany.

Preference.— 1) Teaching and research, 2) Research.

Name.— Brent B. Nickol

Permanent address.— 2551 Northland Street, Cuyahoga
Falls, Ohio.

Present address.— P.O. Box 5870 University Station, Baton
Rouge 3, Louisiana.

Present institution.— Louisiana State University at Baton
Rouge.

Field of specialization.— Invertebrate zoology. Particular
interest in parasitology. M.S. and Ph.D. research done
on Acanthocephala.

Degrees.— B. A. from the College of Wooster, 1962; M.S.
from L.S.U., 1963; Ph.D. from L.S.U., hopefully 1965.

Preference.— Teaching and research.

Name.— James Doyle Stidham

Address.— 1730 White Avenue, Knoxville, Tennessee.

Institution.— Department of Zoology and Entomology,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville.

Permanent address.— 576 Dogwood Drive, Kingsport,
Tenn.

Specialization.— Invertebrate Zoology.

Preference.— Teaching and research.

8

ASB Bulletin

A Study Of The Graduate Program In
Biology At The University Of Richmond 1

WARWICK R. WEST, JR. and WILLIAM S. WOOLCOTT
University of Richmond

T

J- he University of Richmond is a private in-
stitution of medium size located in Richmond,
Virginia, with the primary purpose of providing
undergraduate training in the liberal arts. Since
1920 the graduate program has provided train-
ing for a large number of students in several
departments. In the training of graduate stu-
dents in biology the contributions made by large
graduate schools are obvious; however, those of
biology departments in the small and interme-
diate-sized liberal arts colleges are often over-
looked. To this date there has not been a seri-
ous evaluation of the graduate program at the
University of Richmond. It is the objective of
this paper to show how the program at Rich-
mond contributes to the graduate study of bi-
ology; to the training of graduate students; and
how it contributes to the over-all program of the
University.

Data used in this study were collected from
permanent record files of students who received
Master’s Degrees between 1940 and 1962 from
the University of Richmond. Additional infor-
mation came from questionnaires that were re-
turned by these same graduates. Response was
i exceptionally good as approximately 75 % were
returned and many of these contained unsolic-
ited comments that were of special interest to
this study.

In order to maintain the proper perspective it
should be kept in mind that the organization of
the Department of Biology is primarily for the
training of undergraduate students and that the
graduate program is relegated to a secondary
role. During the period represented in this
study the staff has grown from 3 to 7 full time
teachers, each of whom carries 3 four-credit
hour classes of teaching responsibility (18 con-
tact hours). The participation of all the staff
members in a senior-graduate student seminar
each week increases the contact load to 19 hours.
Research courses and thesis direction for grad-
uate students involves from 3 to 10 additional
hours a week on the part of the faculty members

1 This work was supported by a Faculty Research
Grant from the University of Richmond.

involved. At present all full-time members of
the staff hold the Ph.D. Degree, are graduates of
six different graduate schools, and represent
seven different areas of interest.

Further, it should be considered that the aca-
demic average of many of the graduate students
would not have allowed them to qualify for
financial support in larger institutions, or their
undergraduate program was inadequate to qual-
ify them for more specialized work. In some
cases the general immaturity of the students di-
rected them to a smaller institution. Many of
the better students have been those who came
back into fundamental biology after being ex-
posed to a period of training in medical school.

It should be mentioned that the University
does offer financial assistance, but it is not com-
petitive with the support offered by larger insti-
tutions. For example, many fellowships are not
large enough to cover tuition charges, and the
largest has never exceeded $1,200.00. Students
who do not qualify for fellowships are able to
defray some of their costs by working on an
hourly basis in the Biology Department.

The Master’s Degree in Biology has been
awarded to 34 people during the period covered
by this study. Half of these obtained their un-
dergraduate degrees at the University of Rich-
mond, while the remainder were graduates of
ten other institutions (Table 1). The basic pol-
icy for admission at present is determined by a
majority vote of the staff, while in the past the
selection was primarily the responsibility of the
departmental chairman. Criteria for admission
are flexible but are essentially based on the stu-
dent meeting the requirements for an under-
graduate major in the Biology Department and
with some good evidence of potential as a grad-
uate student. Quite often personal recommen-
dations have been of major importance in the
acceptance of students for graduate study. Al-
though the over-all academic average is given
consideration, more significance is attached to
grades in biology and to the senior average.
The over-all grade range of accepted applicants
has been from C- to B+ with the average C+.

Volume 11, No. 1, January 1964

9

Table 1. Institutions that have contributed to the
education of University of Richmond master’s graduates
in biology (1940-1962) with the number of individuals
indicated after the name of the institution

UNDERGRADUATE SCHOOL

GRADUATE SCHOOL

Bridgewater College

1

Cornell University

2

Georgetown University

1

Duke University

1

Juniata College

3

University of Florida

1

Maryville College

1

Florida State University

1

Randolph-Macon Col-

Harvard University

1

lege

2

University of Illinois

1

University of Richmond

17

University of Maryland

1

Roanoke College
University of Virginia

1

University of Mexico *

1

2

University of Michigan

1

Wake Forest College

1

New York University *

1

Washington and Lee

University of North

University

1

Carolina

1

College of William and

University of Pennsyl-

Mary

3

vania

1

Purdue University

1

Rutgers University
University of Tennessee
Medical College of

2

1

Virginia *

10

University of Virginia

4

Vanderbilt University
Virginia Polytechnic

1

Institute

3

° Medicine.

The last year average is B- with the range from
a very low D- to A. In biology the ranee was
from C- to A- with the average B- (Table 2).
Selection of students as degree candidates is not
made until after they have completed one or not
more than two successful semesters of graduate
work. The usual time required for the comple-
tion of the degree is four semesters with the ac-
cumulation of a minimum of 32 semester hours
of graduate biology, including the preparation
and defense of a thesis.

A-s stated above, the areas of subject interest
of the faculty are varied and this has allowed
the research of the graduate students to be di-
rected into a variety of fields. Although each
research problem has been unique, by lumping
them into general categories there are nine areas
represented, with physiology and ecology lead-
ing the list (Table 3). The influence of the train-
ing received at Richmond has carried over into
the post-master’s work of the Richmond grad-
uates. This is especially evident since 1952, as
13 of 16 students who have sought advanced de-
grees continued in fundamental biology, while
prior to that date most who obtained advanced
degrees did so in the field of medicine (Table 4).
Students who have entered the area of medicine
trained at only four schools while those entering
basic biology have attended 14 different institu-
tions (Table 1). Admission to these schools has
been influenced by the improvement of aca-
demic performance while at Richmond (Table 2).

A summary of the present professional status
of the Richmond graduates shows that 11 are
practicing medicine, three are in biological re-
search, six are teaching biology, two are in bi-
ological administrative work, one is a mission-
ary, eight are students working toward the
Ph.D. degree, and one is seeking the D.M.V. de-
gree. Only one is unaccounted for in this sur-
vey as his present status could not be deter-
mined.

Table 2. Academic record for students taking masters
program in biology at the University of Richmond
(1940-1962). Based on 4.0 system

UNDERGRADUATE POINT

AVERAGE

GRADUATE POINT

AVERAGE

Over-all

Last year

Biology

Biology

Low

1.64

1.22

1.57

2.00

High

3.10

4.00

3.55

4.00

Average

2.30

2.62

2.81

3.58

Twelve of these Richmond graduates have
contributed over 125 scientific publications,
many of which are significant in their field. In
some instances the publications were direct out-
growths of research done while at Richmond.

Obviously the master’s graduates have bene-
fited professionally by their experience at Rich-
mond, and in their own words have expressed
various items of evaluation of their training with
most of their comments favorable. Special men-
tion of the following points was made with the
frequency as indicated by percentages: personal
attention (74%); breadth of background (52%); ap-
plication of biology to living (40%); training more

Table 3. Number of Richmond graduates ( 1940-
1962) in the various subject areas of biology at the mas-
ter’s and post-master’s levels

SUBJECT AREA

master’s

post-master’s

Bacteriology

2

2

Cytology

1

-

Ecology

7

4

Histology

2

“

Morphology

6

1

P 'rasitology

6

3

Physiology

7

6

Protozoology

1

Taxonomy

2

3

Medicine

-

12

Table 4. A comparison of the professional direction
of students who received Master’s Degrees in Biology
from Richmond before and after 1953

DATES MEDICINE PH.D. TERMINAL UNKNOWN

1940-1952 9 (69%) 4(31%) 2 1

1953-1962 3 (19%) 13(81%) 2

ASB Bulletin

10

than adequate (32%); and freedom of investiga-
tion (32%). In addition, several were impressed
by the ability of the staff to motivate. Not all
comments were favorable as some criticized the
inability of the University to offer more financial
assistance and several felt handicapped that the
curriculum at Richmond did not include courses
in the areas of biophysics, biochemistry and mo-
lecular biology.

A graduate program in biology of such small
magnitude as that at Richmond would not be
worth the effort were it not for the impact it has
on other areas of the school. The first and most
important area influenced by the graduate pro-
gram is in the training of undergraduates, as the
level of performance and leadership of graduate
students in classes stimulates the undergraduates
to improve the quality of their work. This same
influence can be seen in the presentation of pa-
pers in the senior-graduate seminar, in under-
graduate research and in the use of the library.
Undergraduates have an opportunity to develop
a realistic concept of graduate study through
their contact with graduate students, and many
are influenced through this association to enter
graduate work. Last but not least of the in-
fluences of the graduate student on the under-
graduate student is the personal contact that al-
lows for scholarly exchange and enables the
Richmond undergraduate to compare his train-
ing with that of other schools.

T

A he interest of the faculty in the role of the
graduate program in biology is evidenced by the
undertaking of this study; for, to put it bluntly,
the graduate program is their main outlet for
creative research. This contact with research
not only helps to keep the faculty abreast of the

literature in their own fields but also makes them
aware of progress in other areas. The heavy
teaching load and numerous extracurricular re-
sponsibilities so limit the research time that in-
dependent work of any significance cannot be
carried on during the regular school year. How-
ever, through close supervision by the staff the
graduate students profit as their master’s re-
search is usually far more extensive than that
required by larger institutions. More up to date
equipment and better library facilities are main-
tained for faculty use because of the special
needs of the graduate research programs. The
mechanics of running the department are fa-
cilitated by the graduates, thus freeing the staff
of some of their many menial tasks. This figures
prominently in enabling the staff to plan and
present up to date material in their classes.
Even after these graduates leave Richmond, they
serve as a means of communication between
Richmond and the schools that they attend for
further study. This program is a source of pro-
fessional pride for the biology staff at Richmond
and is one avenue through which the rewards of
teaching are directly felt.

It can be concluded that a graduate program
not only adds prestige, it is essential to a mod-
ern university of any size. Without it qualified
faculty members are difficult to attract and re-
tain. This is especially true of the younger peo-
ple in science who have studied in the more
research-oriented institutions. Therefore, if the
smaller schools are to compete for capable fac-
ulty and offer realistic programs in biology, cer-
tain requirements have to be met. These in-
clude an adequate fellowship program, more
funds for up to date equipment and library,
more support of faculty research, smaller teach-
ing loads, and more space for research.

American Society of Plant Taxonomists Elects New
Officers and Gives Cooley Award for Work on

Southeastern Flora

Mildred E. Mathias of the University of Cal-
ifornia, Los Angeles has been elected President
of the American Society of Plant Taxonomists
for 1964 and Richard S. Cowan of the Smith-
sonian Institution, Washington, D. C. has been
elected to serve a seven-year term on the Coun-
cil of the Society.

Other officers appointed by the Council are:
Charles R. Heiser, Jr. (Indiana University),
Chairman of the Council; Lawrence R. Heckard
(University of California, Berkeley), Secretary;
Richard W. Pohl (Iowa State University), Treas-
urer.

Other appointments made by the Council are:
Peter H. Raven (Stanford University), Editor-in-
Chief of Brittonia; Mason E. Hale (Smithsonian
Institution) and James W. Hardin (North Caro-
lina State College) to serve on the editorial
board of Brittonia; Henry J. Thompson (Univer-
sity of California, Los Angeles), Representative
of the Society on the Editorial Board of the
American Journal of Botany; Robert B. Chan-
nell (Vanderbilt University) and Robert K. God-
frey (Florida State University), Representatives
of the Society on the Council of the American

Volume 11, No. 1, January 1964

11

Association for the Advancement of Science;
Reed C. Rollins (Harvard University), Represen-
tative of the Society on the Governing Board of
the American Institute of Biological Sciences;
David D. Keck (National Science Foundation),
Representative of the Society on the National
Research Council.

The George R. Cooley Award for the best
paper presented at the annual meeting of the
American Society of Plant Taxonomists at the
University of Massachusetts, Amherst, in Au-
gust, went to the authors of three papers: to
Willard W. Payne, University of Michigan, Ann
Arbor, for his research, “A re-evaluation of the
genus Ambrosia (Compositae)”; to Henry J.
Thompson, University of California, Los An-
geles and Wallace R. Ernst, Harvard University,

Cambridge, for their paper, “Contrasting pat-
terns of variation in Eucnide and S ympetaleia
( Loasaceae)”; to Dale M. Smith and Donald A.
Levin, University of Illinois, Urbana for their
work, “A chromatographic study of reticulate
evolution in the Appalachian Asplenium com-
plex.”

The Cooley Award for meritorious work pub-
lished on the flora of the Southeastern United
States was made to two authors. Preston
Adams, DePauw University, Greencastle, In-
diana was presented $500 for his 1962 paper,
“Studies in the Guttiferae. I. A synopsis of
Hypericum sect. Myriandra. James A. Duke,
United States Department of Agriculture, Belts-
ville, Maryland was awarded $500 for his 1961
paper, “The psammophytes of the Carolina fall-
line sandhills.”

Cooperative Project Between Cape Haze And Riverview
High School Laboratories Sponsored By NSF

The National Science Foundation recently an-
nounced the grant of $11,765 for a cooperative
project between the Cape Haze Marine Labora-
tory and the Riverview High School Marine
Laboratory, Sarasota Board of Public Instruction,
during the summer of 1964. This is to be a spe-
cial program for high ability high school students
and biology teachers who are interested in teach-
ing Marine Biology and Oceanography.

Participants who are to be selected from all
parts of the United States will work with instruc-
tors and scientists at both laboratories for a
period of eight weeks. They will center their
activities around specially selected marine sub-
jects, field trips and research projects, some of
which are presently supported by the National
Science Foundation and the Office of Naval Re-
search. They will devote a full day and some
evenings, at least five days a week to this special
program.

Named by the National Science Foundation as
Director of the special program was John D.
Woolever, Riverview biology teacher and Edu-
cational Associate of the Cape Haze Laboratory.
Participant selection will be made by a commit-
tee which will include Dr. Eugenie Clark, Direc-
tor, Cape Haze Laboratory representing the C.H.
Laboratory, and Dr. Russel Wiley, Superintend-
ent of Sarasota Public Schools.

A key figure in the instructional program will
be Dr. Harold J. Humrn, Botany Department,
Duke University. Dr. Humrn is an internationally
known botanist and researcher specializing in

marine algae. Dr. Humrn is a former Director
of the Duke University Marine Laboratory and
the Florida Oceanographic Institute. He has
had wide experience with both teachers and high
school students. Some of his research has been
done at the Cape Haze Laboratory in the field
of marine algae.

The cosponsoring institutions are to supple-
ment the financial grant by supplying certain
equipment, laboratory facilities and some per-
sonnel services including transportation on field
trips. Some of these trips will be made aboard
the newly constructed boat which the National
Science Foundation acquired for the Cape Haze
Laboratory. The C.FI. Laboratory is well known
for its cooperative educational and research serv-
ices to exceptional students. The Riverview
laboratory was recently featured in a leading
illustrated article published by the National Sci-
ence Teachers Association which devoted a
special issue to unique laboratory facilities in
modern science education in the United States.

Personnel members of this program are excep-
tionally well pleased over the news of the grant
inasmuch as very few grants of this nature are
made. Usually they are made to large universi-
ties and research institutes.

Inquiries are to be made at the Cape Haze
Laboratory regarding program participation.
Deadline for formal applications will be about
April 1, 1964. Details will be announced in a
special brochure published by the National Sci-
ence Foundation.

12

ASB Bulletin

mmh

rr-Tr-nffrr^r

Emory University Campus. (1) Biology Building; (2) Alumni Memorial Building; (3) Cox
Hall; and (4) Lullwater Field Biology Laboratory.

About The Atlanta Meeting

T

he Association of Southeastern Biologists
will hold its 25th annual meeting April 16-18,
1964 at Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia.
Meeting with ASB this year will be five other
organizations: The Southern Appalachian Botan-
ical Club, the Southeastern Section of Beta Beta
Beta, the Southeastern Section of the Botanical
Society of America, a regional group of National
Association of Biology Teachers, and the South-
ern Section of the American Society of Plant
Physiologists. The meeting will commence on
Thursday afternoon, April 16 with a meeting of
the Executive Committee at 1:00 o’clock in
Room 216 of the Biology Building. Activities
will be centered in the Aiumni Memorial Build-
ing (student center)— registration, exhibits, and
smoker; the Biology Building— evening programs

and some paper sessions; and Cox Hall— food
services. Other paper sessions will be scheduled
in near-hy buildings.

Registration will be from 4:00 P.M. until 7:15
P.M. on Thursday, and from 8:00 A.M. until
11:00 A.M. Friday in the lobby of the Alumni
Memorial Building. The program Thursday
evening will begin at 7:30 in the auditorium of
the Biology Building, to be followed by the
smoker to be held in the lobby of the Alumni
Memorial Building. Exhibits will be on display
in an adjoining wing of the same building. Pa-
per sessions and the annual business meeting
will occupy Friday. Friday night activities in-
clude a banquet, the retiring President’s address,
and presentation of awards.

Volume 11, No. 1, January 1964

13

GENERAL INFORMATION AND
ACCOMMODATIONS

Atlanta is in the foothills of the southern Ap-
palachian Mountains on the Chattahoochee River
about 950 to 1200 feet above sea level. Cool
winters alternate with mild summers, the daily
summer maximum for the most part being in the
high eighties or low nineties. April weather is
usually delightful, with flowering trees and
shrubs at the height of bloom. Druid Hills, the
residential area in which the University is lo-
cated, is widely known for its massed flowers of
dogwood and azaleas. Information on Atlanta
and its various attractions, especially for wives
and families, will be distributed at time of regis-
tration.

Emory University is located in a “dry” county,
DeKalb. Most of metropolitan Atlanta, how-
ever, is in adjoining Fulton County, which is
“wet.”

Travel to Atlanta

Those not familiar with Atlanta may find it
helpful to secure a city map from a service sta-
tion on entering the city, if arriving by car. All
of the major gasoline companies provide maps
of metropolitan Atlanta. The Druid Hills resi-
dential section and Emory University are six
miles northeast of downtown Atlanta. None of
the major highways pass the campus.

Plane connections into Atlanta are excellent.
The airport is south of the city, and is a 30 to
45 minute drive from the campus. Limousine
service is provided to the downtown area at
$1.35. Taxi fare from downtown Atlanta to the
campus is approximately $3.00. Those desiring
to come directly from the airport to the Emory
University campus should take a cab directly,
the fixed fare being $5.15. Bus and rail ter-
minals are in downtown Atlanta, with the ex-
ception of a Bus Station at Decatur, some three
miles from the campus, which provides service
to the east.

Parking

Parking on the Emory University campus will
be difficult, since normal use overtaxes the facili-
ties. Special parking arrangements will be
made by the campus Security Office, and these
arrangements will be publicized at the time of
registration. Permits to park in restricted areas
on the campus will not be required but an ASB
sign, to be provided at the time of registration,
should be clearly visible.

Dining

Members of the Association and their guests
will find it convenient to use the main cafeteria

in Cox Hall. However, student rush hours
should be avoided.

A number of modest dining facilities imme-
diately adjoin the University. Atlanta boasts a
large number of excellent restaurants and clubs.
These are all located at some distance from the
campus.

Field Trips

Plans are being made for a Saturday morning
field trip to the granite outcrops to examine their
unique flora and fauna. Opportunity will also
be provided for visiting the Lullwater Biology
Field Station and the Cesium137 Radiation Field,
both located on the campus.

Registration

Registration will begin Thursday, April 16 and
continue through Friday morning in the main
lobby of the Alumni Memorial Building (Student
Union). A $1.00 registration fee will be charged.

Local Arrangements Committee

Co-Chairman

W. D. Burbanck

Co-Chairman

R. B. Platt

Housing

R. B. Platt

Finance

Raymond Damian

Registration

A. A. Humphries

Food Service

A. C. Clement

Smoker

C. G. Goodchild

Exhibits

W. E. Brillhart

Field Trips

W. H. Murdy

M. P. Burbanck

Program

Burbanck and Platt

Meeting Rooms

Charles Ray

Audio-Visual

A. V. Beatty

Regarding Integration

Hotels and motels in Atlanta are predomi-
nantly segregated. Three, however, which are
integrated, are so marked in those listed under
“Accommodations” below. The facilities of
Emory University are available to all members
and guests of the Association, as are any of the
cafeterias on campus. Many of the eating estab-
lishments adjacent to the campus are also inte-
grated.

Accommodations

Sixteen rooms are available on campus, 9
being in the Alumni Memorial Building, and 6
in an adjacent dormitory. Details on these are
given below. Send requests for any of these
rooms to: Robert B. Platt, Department of Biol-
ogy, Emory University, Atlanta 22, Georgia, in-
dicating if a connecting bath would be accepta-
ble. Four have private baths, and twelve have
connecting baths.

14

ASB Bulletin

ALUMNI MEMORIAL BUILDING:

Single

Double

Suite (Room 203)

$8

$10

Private Bath (2)

$6

$ 8

Connecting Bath (6)

$5

$ 7

WESLEY HALL:

Private Bath ( 1 )

$5

$ 7

Connecting Bath (6)

$4

$ 6

Plus 3% sales tax.

There are no hotels and motels

near

the cam-

pus, the nearest being two to three miles away,
and downtown ones to five to seven miles away.

SThe Chamber of Commerce lists 43 hotels and
73 motels for Metropolitan Atlanta. Those near-
est the campus, and some representative ones in
town are listed below. It is advisable to make
reservations before the end of March. Although
no large conventions have been scheduled to
date in Atlanta for this week, April traditionally
is a busy month for the hotels and motels in the
city, and accommodations could be limited.

Please write direct to hotels and motels for
reservations.

HOTELS

THE HOTEL CANDLER, 150 East Ponce
De Leon Avenue, Decatur, Georgia, DR 7-6491.
Can accommodate at least 50. Single $3.61;
double, $5.15-9.00. Most private baths; some
connecting. Parking facilities provided. Reser-
vations should be made several days in advance.
Two miles from campus.

THE BRAIRCLIFF HOTEL, 1050 Ponce De
Leon Avenue, N. E., TR 4-9711. 35-40 rooms
available Thursday night; up to 100 Friday
night. Ample parking facilities. Reservations
should be made by April 14. Single $7.00-8.00;
double, $10.00; twin, $12.00. Three miles from
campus.

THE ATLANTA AMERICANA, 160 Spring
Street, N. W., 688-8600. Motor Hotel, free un-
derground parking for all guests. Two restau-
rants within hotel; also barber shop, beauty
shop, etc. Single, $11; double or twin, $14-16,
suite, $32. Reservations should be made in ad-
vance. Downtown.

PEACHTREE ON PEACHTREE, 176 Peach-
tree Street, N. W., JA 5-1561. Single, $6, $6.50,
$7; double, $8.50, $9.50, $10 and $10.50; twin,
$9.50, $10, $10.50, and $11.50; suite, single, $11;
double, $16. Charge of 50 cents for 24-hour
storage of vehicles. Reservations should be
made through William H. Martin, manager, in
advance. Downtown.

THE DINKLER-PLAZA, 98 Forsyth Street,
N. W., JA 4-2461. Single, $7.00, $8.00, $9.00,

$10.00, and $12.50; double, $10.00, $11.00,
$12.50, and $13.00; twin, $15.00, $16.00, $17.00,
and $18.00. Free parking. Reservations should
be made two to three weeks in advance. Down-
town.

THE PIEDMONT HOTEL, 108 Peachtree
Street, N. W., JA 4-2431. Single, $6,50-$10.50;
double, $10.50-$13.50; twin, $12.50-$16.00. No
charge for children under 14; $3 per person over
14. Free parking. Reservations should be made
in advance. Downtown.

THE PEACHTREE MANOR HOTEL, 826

Peachtree Street, N. E. 874-2791. 125 rooms.

Single, $6.00-$8.00; double, $9.00-$12.00; twin,
$9.00-$12.00; suites, $14.00-$18.00. Five miles
from Emory Campus. (Integrated.)

MOTELS

HOWARD JOHNSON MOTOR LODGE,

Northeast Expressway, 7 mi. NE of downtown
at Druid Hills Road entrance; three miles from
campus. Phone 636-8631. Single, from $10 up;
double $14.42 up. Restaurant adjacent to motel.
Free parking. Reservations should be made in
advance through Mr. Myers, manager.

HOWARD JOHNSON MOTOR LODGE
SOUTH, 759 Washington St., S. W., 688-8665.
Seven miles from campus; one mile from down-
town Atlanta. Single, $9.00-$ 12.00; double,
$11.00-$14.00; twin, $12.00-$15.00. (Integrated.)

THE HILTON INN, 1031 Virginia Avenue,
Hapeville, at the Airport. Phone 767-0281. Sin-
gle, $9.50-$16.00; double, $12.50-$19.00; twin,
$12.50-$19.00. (Integrated.)

THE HEART OF ATLANTA MOTEL, 255

Courtland, N. E., MU 8-1682. Single, $12.36;
double, $14.42; twin (two double beds), $16.48.
Charge of $1 per extra person. Reservations
should be made in advance through Miss
Sturges, Reservation Clerk. Downtown.

HOLIDAY INN, 175 Piedmont Avenue, N. E.,
688-7420. 253 rooms, $10.00 up. Downtown.

THE HOWELL HOUSE, 710 Peachtree
Street., N. E., 873-4321. All rooms have been
converted from apartments and have connecting
kitchens. The electric stoves in these kitchens
are not connected for cooking, but all other ap-
pliances including refrigerators, are connected.
Free parking for all guests. Single, $8.00, $9.00,
$10.00, $11.00, and $12.00; double, $12.00,

$13.00, $14.00, $15.00, and $16.00. Suites also
available. Reservations should be made in ad-
vance. No charge for children under 12 years
of age; charge of $3 per person for those over
12. Three mi. from downtown, 5 mi. from
campus.

Volume 11, No. 1, January 1964

15

Meritorious Award Nominations

As in previous years, an honorarium of $100
has been made available by the Will Corpora-
tion of Georgia, to be used as an award for the
recognition of especially meritorious teaching
by a member of the ASB. The regulations gov-
erning the award are as follows:

The recipient must be a member of the ASB in good
standing. He should have taught biology in a southern
institution for at least ten years, and must be currently
teaching. He must not be a dean or have regular ad-
ministrative duties beyond the department level ( this
particular criterion requiring interpretation in individual
cases ) . Among evidences of his qualifications is the
progress of the candidate as indicated by recognition in
his own institution ( important assignments and other
contributions specifically related to good teaching); and
the number and quality of students for whom he pro-
vided primarily the inspiration to continue in biology,
especially those who later received advanced degrees.

Past recipients of the Meritorious Award for
Teaching are as follows:

1952. Dr. Mary Stuart MacDougall ( Agnes Scott )

1953. Dr. Orland E. White ( Univ. of Virginia)

1954. Dr. Woolford B. Baker (Emory)

1955. Dr. John N. Couch (Univ. of North Carolina)

1956. Dr. Hugo L. Blomquist (Duke)

1957. Dr. Ezda Deviney (Florida State)

1958. Dr. Henry R. Totten (Univ. of North Carolina)

1959. Dr. Margaret Hess (Winthrop College)

1960. Dr. Ora C. Bradbury (Wake Forest College)

1961. Dr. Warren Deacon (Vanderbilt)

1962. Dr. Septima C. Smith (Univ. of Alabama)

1963. Father Patrick H. Yancey (Spring Hill College)

In these times in which so much is heard
about teaching, it is particularly important that
excellence in teaching should be rewarded and
publicized in everv wav possible. Members of
the ASB are urged to make nominations and
send the needed supporting materials to Dr.
Harry E. Wheeler, Dept, of Botany, Louisiana
State University, Baton Rouge, La.^ bv 1 April
1964.

COMMITTEE

W. E. Brillhart

A. J. Sharp

Harry Wheeler, Chairman

i>

Mary Glide Goethe Travel Awards

For the seventh year there will be funds avail-
able through the generosity of Mr. C. M. Goethe
for assistance to graduate students for expenses

in connection with the annual ASB meetings, to
be held this year at Emory University, Atlanta,
Georgia. It is anticipated that most of the
awards will be for maintenance (lodging and
meals), and departments are urged to provide
travel allowances for their graduate students or
to invite them to travel in cars with staff mem-
bers. Some travel allowances may be awarded
by the committee to those living most distant
from Atlanta.

Staff members are requested to call to the at-
tention of qualified students in their respective
institutions the availability of these awards. If
there is more than one applicant from a depart-
ment, the Goethe Committee may request the
department to aid the committee’s selection by
ranking the applicants.

Any graduate student needing financial assist-
ance in order to attend the 1964 meeting of the
Southeastern Biologists is eligible. Buies for
making application for the Goethe Awards are as
follows:

1. Indicate if application is being made for
maintenance or travel or both. Give de-
tails, such as total sum requested, how
many nights and days are involved, if
travel allowance is requested, the number
of miles involved and the proposed method
of transportation, and any other pertinent
information.

2. Give information as to whether or not a
paper is being presented by the applicant.

3. In a paragraph, give a brief history of your
education to date, of how many years you
have been-and plan to be-in graduate
school, of your major field or fields of in-
terest, of any publications which have ap-
peared or which may be in preparation,
and any other pertinent professional de-
tails. Give information on marital status
and number of children.

4. Give your source or sources of support
while in graduate school such as G.I. Bill,
N.S.F., N.I.H., teaching assistantship, etc.

5. Have your major professor or departmental
head write a ietter supporting your appli-
cation.

6. Applications and supporting letters, both
in triplicate, should be in the hands of
Elton C. Cocke, Department of Biology,
Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem,
North Carolina by March 1, 1964. Appli-
cants will be notified of the decision of the
Committee during March.

COMMITTEE

Bichard E. Garth
Margaret Menzel
Elton C. Cocke, Chairman

16

ASB Bulletin

Association Research Prize

The rules and regulations governing the an-
; nual Association Research Prize of $100.00, spon-
sored by the Carolina Biological Supply Com-
pany, Elon College, North Carolina, are as
follows :

1. The Research Prize is to be awarded for an
especially meritorious paper actually presented
at the annual meeting.

2. Only members are eligible to submit papers
in competition for the Research Prize. This ap-
plies to all names on the submitted paper.

3. Papers submitted in competition may be in
press but must not have been published prior to
March 1 of the year of the current competition.

4. judges will be eminent biologists outside
the Southeast. They will set their own criteria,
and may withhold the award if no paper is
judged to have sufficient merit.

5. Papers must be submitted in triplicate and
i in their entirety not later than March 1, 1964, to

Dr. S. Gordon Carlson, Dept, of Zoology, Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville 16, Tenn. One
copy of the prize-winning paper will remain in
the ASB files, but all other copies will be re-
turned to the authors as soon as possible.

6. Announcement of the winner of the Re-
search Prize will be made at the annual meeting.

Phipps and Bird Research Fellowship

A Research Fellowship of $150.00 for summer
research at Mountain Lake Biological Station of
the University of Virginia has been continued
through the generosity of the Phipps and Bird
Company of Richmond, Virginia. Any member
of the Association may submit an application.
The application should be accompanied by a
summary of the planned work, by a list of im-
portant publications, and especially in the case
of younger workers, by references and educa-
tional data. Applications should be sent to Dr.
J. Gordon Carlson, Dept, of Zoology, University
of Tennessee, Knoxville 16, Tenn., not later than
April 1, 1963. The selection will be made by
the Research and Awards Committee of the ASB
in consultation with the Director of the Moun-
tain Lake Biological Station. The announce-
ment of the recipient will be made at the annual
meeting of the ASB.

COMMITTEE

Raymond T. Damian
Burton J. Boc.itsh
J. Gordon Carlson, Chairman

Books and Periodicals

SYSTEMATICS AND LIFE HISTORY OF THE
GREAT BARRACUDA SPHYRAENA BARRACUDA
( WALBAUM ) . By Donald P. de Sylva. Studies in
Tropical Oceanography, Miami, 1: viii + 179 pp., 32
Tables, 36 Figs., October, 1963. Paper. $2.50.

“The Systematics and Life History of the Great Barra-
cuda,” by Dr. Donald P. de Sylva, is the subject of the
first in a new series of publications to be issued by the
Institute of Marine Science, University of Miami, under
the title “Studies in Tropical Oceanography.” The series
will include reports or papers which are too lengthy and
comprehensive for publication in regular scientific jour-
nals. It is designed for research covering the biology,
chemistry, physics, and geology of tropical seas, their
organisms and their interrelationships. Subsequent num-
bers of the series will deal with fishes of the Florida
Keys, marine fungi, and stomatopod crustaceans of the
western North Atlantic, the physical oceanography of the
Florida Straits, and other subjects.

Dr. de Sylva’s technical report on the barracuda is
based on eight years of research and study, during which
he examined thousands of specimens ( in the field and in

the laboratory ) and, while skin diving, observed barra-
cuda behavior and habits.

The barracuda report includes a key to identification
of various species; data on their spawning periods, early
growth, and feeding habits; a discussion of known attacks
by barracudas upon humans; tables listing known cases
of humans being poisoned by eating the flesh of barra-
cuda, and a table showing the geographical areas where
barracuda-poisoning appears most frequent.

The book can be ordered from: Publications Office,
Institute of Marine Science, University of Miami, Miami,
Florida 33149.

TISSUE RESPIRATION IN INVERTEBRATES. Doro-
thy E. Bliss and Dorothy M. Skinner. The American
Museum of Natural History, New York, 1963.

The authors have set out to summarize the data on
invertebrate tissue respiration for the period 1929 through
1959 and it must be said at the outset that they have
done an excellent job. The book’s nine sections are pref-
aced by notes setting down reasons for the selection and
omission of material as well as the ground rules for the

Volume 11, No. 1, January 1964

17

sections that follow. This preface is a very helpful aid
to the understanding of the rest of the book and the
reader should not pass it over.

A short history of the study of invertebrate tissue respi-
ration over the past thirty years serves as an introduction
to the book’s central theme. Several figures showing the
distribution of respiratory' studies among the invertebrate
groups and the shifting interests over the years, e.g., con-
tinuing interest in the Crustacea and Pelecypoda, recent
interest in the Insecta, sparse interest in the other groups,
are very' helpful in understanding the direction taken in
the later sections on analysis and discussion of the data.
The authors also trace the influence of various techniques
on the progress of tissue respiration studies.

The second and by far the most valuable section con-
sists of thirty-two double page tables summarizing the
pertinent tissue respiration data for the thirty-year period
prior to 1960. The tables are arranged in order of phyla
and include both species and common name of each or-
ganism. Each entry includes the technique used and
the conditions that prevailed during the study, the form
and the amount of tissue used, the presence of substrates
and/or inhibitors, and the oxygen uptake or enzyme ac-
tivity. Footnotes provide additional information and in
all cases references are given.

Section three. Analysis of Data, brings together in brief
form the data appropriate to each of several variables in
tissue respiration, e.g., all the references to cyanide inhi-
bition of endogenous respiration are collected together.
Several variables are considered and although this section
is short it serves as a valuable cross reference to the ex-
tensive tabular listing in Section two.

A discussion section follows in which the authors
attempt to present “the broader implications . . . and
suggest some conclusions regarding invertebrate tissue
respiration that may be drawn from them.” This is in
fact a discussion of tissue respiration in the molluscs and
arthropods with only brief reference to the other forms.
To account for this apparent disproportionate emphasis,
one need only return to Section one and see that 97 of
the 114 studies included in this survey are devoted to
these two phyla. But even among these two phyla, tissue
respiration has been studied under such diverse condi-
tions and there are so few studies directed toward any
one area that broad implications are hard to come by.
The authors are to be commended for the effort and it
may be hoped that the unsatisfactory state of affairs ap-
parent in the discussion will stimulate more effort in the
area of invertebrate tissue metabolism.

Sections five and six are devoted to abbreviations and
a glossary for the reader’s convenience. Section eight is
an extensive bibliography including 308 listings, many
with multiple entries, while Section seven is a guide to
the literature and acts as an index to the bibliography.
The ninth and final section is a thorough-going index in-
cluding separate indexes for systematic group, for author,
and for subject. These sections greatly increase the use-
fulness of the book so that the reader should have no
trouble finding data relevant to his interests.

The authors’ reticence to consider specific enzymes is
unfortunate. This effectively eliminated material rele-
vant to the early stages of tissue respiration, a noticeable
deficiency, albeit admitted by the authors. Some of the
time spent making the book convenient to use might
profitably have been spent including selected data for the
early stages of energy metabolism. However, it is too
easy to criticize on the basis that more material should
have been included. This volume is still a valuable and
welcome summary for those interested in invertebrate
physiology.

S. P. Maroney, Jr.
Department of Biology
University of Virginia
Charlottesville, Virginia

The DIRECTORY OF ZOOLOGICAL TAXONO-
MISTS, 1961, prepared under the auspices of the Society
of Systematic Zoology, has now been made available to
all interested biologists for $2.00, postpaid. Previously,
non-members of the Society were charged $10.00. This
Directory, hardbound in a blue cover, contains the names,
addresses, and zoological specialization of nearly 10,000
taxonomists throughout the world. The Directory in-
cludes both an alphabetical listing of the specialists, and
a zoological listing by specialization. Orders accompa-
nied by a check for $2.00, should be sent to: Southern
Illinois University Press, Carbondale, Illinois, U. S. A.

Books received recently

The following books have been recently received by
the ASB. Should any member of the ASB wish to re-
view one of these books in return for the review copy,
please write to Mrs. Betty Ursomarso, Assistant Editor,
Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th ir The Parkway,
Philadelphia 3, Penna.

NEEDHAM, JAMES G. AND PAUL R. NEEDHAM.
1962. A Guide to the Study of Fresh-Water Biology.
Holden-Day, Inc., San Francisco, Calif. 107 pp.
RUSSELL, F. S. (ed.). 1963. Advances in Marine

Biology, Vol. I. Academic Press, New York. 410 pp.
BOYER, SAMUEL H., IV (ed.). 1963. Papers on Hu-
man Genetics. Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs,
N. J. 305 pp.

WARING, H. 1963. Color Change Mechanisms of
Cold-Blooded Vertebrates. Academic Press, New York.

266 pp.

O'KELLEY, JOSEPH C. O., WALTER R. HERNDON,
E. GIBBES PATTON, JOAB L. THOMAS AND
TEMD R. DEASON. 1963. Plant Biology Labora-
tory Exercises, Second Edition. Burgess Publishing
Company, Minneapolis, Minn. 89 pp.
ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC COOPERATION
AND DEVELOPMENT. 1963. Catalogue of Main
Marine Fouling Organisms, Vol. 1, Barnacles. 45 pp.
DOWLING, PAUL BRUCE (Dir.). 1963. College

Natural Areas as Research and Teaching Facilities.
The Nature Conservancy (Publ. No. 1), Washington,
D. C. 28 pp.

18

ASB Bulletin

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

William W. Scott, a member of the Department of
Biology at Virginia Polytechnic Institute since 1955, has
been promoted to Professor of Botany. Dr. Scott re-
ceived his B.S. and M.S. degrees at the University of
Vermont and doctorate at the University of Michigan.

Edward A. Crawford, Jr. has recently joined the fac-
ulty at Hampden-Sydney College as Assistant Professor
of Biology.

Bruce M. Eberhart, Professor and Head of the Biology
Department of the University of North Carolina at
Greensboro, has received a grant of $5,000 from the
Brown-Hazen Fund for a study of cellulases in neuro-
spora. Ralph Morrison, Assistant Professor, has received
a grant from the American Philosophical Society of $900
for his investigation on the cytology of the powdery
mildews. He will teach an NSF Institute for in-service
teachers in genetics this spring. Martin Roeder, Associ-
ate Professor, has received a grant of $19,000 from the
NSF for an investigation into the effects of iron and other
minerals on fish growth. This fall he taught an NSF
Institute in Cellular Physiology for in-service teachers.
Edmund Berkeley, Associate Professor, spent the summer
editing the scientific writings of the Reverend John Clay-
ton. Earlier, Dr. Berkeley published a biography of
John Clayton.

Harry J. Bennett, Department of Zoology, Louisiana
State University, has received a 3-year grant from the
U.S. Public Health Service for a study of the effects of
pesticides on fish. He will be assisted by Bobby F.
Dowden.

Robert P. Higgins, Assistant Professor of Biology at
Wake Forest, will leave for four months participation in
the International Indian Ocean Expedition February 1,
1964. Dr. Higgins will be engaged in research on the
Kinorhyncha and associated interstitial fauna of the
coastal regions of India and Madagasgar. While travel-
ing to and from the Indian Ocean, Dr. Higgins will visit
various marine laboratories of the Mediterranean and
North European coasts.

Claude S. Chadwick, formerly Professor and Head of
Biology at George Peabody College, became Professor
and Head of the Biology Department at Emory & Henry
College.

New faculty members at High Point College, Depart-
ment of Biology, are Elizabeth Conner, Assistant Profes-
sor in Zoology; Halsey Miller, Associate Professor in
Zoology and Geology; and Kay Phillips, Instructor of
Botany and Bacteriology. William Lazaruk, Head of the
Department, was awarded a research grant by the Pied-
mont University Center for a study of fresh -water algae

in North Carolina. The grant of $400 will be matched
by the college.

Gordon P. DeWolf, Jr., Associate Professor of Biology,
Georgia Southern College, has been named the recipient
of a NSF Grant for $26,600 to support his research in
relationships of Ficus and Dorstenia (Moraceae).

James L. Chamberlain, Assistant Professor at Randolph-
Macon Woman’s College, will be on sabbatical leave the
second semester to work at Duke University. He is
President-elect of the Virginia Society of Herpetology.
Franklin F. Flint, Associate Professor and Chairman of
the Biology Department is currently Chairman of the
Biology Section of the Virginia Academy of Science.

At the University of Southwestern Louisiana, Matt E.
Dakin, Jr. has returned to the Biology Department after
a year at Auburn University to continue his doctoral
studies on the orthoptera of Alabama. William Reese
and John Thieret are conducting a study of the vegeta-
tion of five salt domes in south-central Louisiana with
the aid of a grant from the NSF. The Biology Depart-
ment is conducting an investigation of larval shrimp in
Vermilion Bay under a one-year contract from the U.S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries.

A $17,250 NIH research grant for a joint study on
plasma proteolytic behavior in response to injuries has
been awarded to E. Letitia Beard, Assistant Professor in
the Department of Biological Sciences, Loyola Univer-
sity, and John K. Hampton, Associate Professor, Tulane
University Medical School. J. J. Cooney, Assistant Pro-
fessor of Bacteriology at Loyola, will investigate pigment
formation in Micrococcus roseus under a grant of $20,000
by the NIH. The Edward G. Schlieder Education Foun-
dation has awarded a grant of $10,400 to Edward J.
Feeley to study the effects of selected substances against
the damage caused by the EMC virus in mice. The
South Central Branch of the American Society for Micro-
biology held its fall meeting at Loyola University. Dr.
J. J. Cooney was general chairman. Approximately 145
microbiologists from a three-state area attended.

Recent additions to the staff at Northeast Louisiana
State College are: Wm. C. Mobberly, Jr. (Ph.D., Tulane);
Neil H. Douglas (Ph.D., Oklahoma State Univ.); Rollin
Reimer (M.S., Univ. of Arkansas); and James Culpepper
(M.S., North Texas State). Elton Barrett was granted
leave this past summer to work on fungi in northern
Louisiana. Edward Whatley has a year’s leave of ab-
sence to work on his doctorate at Mississippi State Uni-
versity. Aaron P. Seamster has taken a year’s leave to
serve as Director of the Education Programs Division of
NASA.

Volume 11, No. 1, January 1964

19

Donald E. Stone is Assistant Professor in the field of
biosystematics at Duke University. He received the doc-
toral degree at the University of California, and for sev-
eral years was on the staff at Tulane University. Richard
A. White is Assistant Professor in anatomy-morphology.
He received the doctoral degree at the University of
Michigan, and spent a postdoctoral year at Manchester,
England, before coming to Duke. Jane Philpo’it, Associ-
ate Professor of Botany, is Associate Dean of Undergrad-
uate Instruction, Woman’s College of Duke University.
She retains teaching and research responsibilities in the
department. Paul J. Kramer, James B. Duke Professor
of Botany, is President, AIBS, 1964-65. Robert L. Wil-
bur, promoted to Associate Professor, is on sabbatical
leave from Duke University. He has recently published
a book on the leguminous plants of North Carolina.
Staff members invited to participate in the 10th Inter-
national Botanical Congress, Edinburgh, in 1964, include
Professors Billings, W. L. Culberson, and T. W. Johnson,
Jr. Chicita Culberson, research associate in Lichenology,
will also present an invited paper. Dr. Ralph Slayter,
CSIRO, Australia, holds a Senior Foreign Scientist Post-
doctoral position in botany (plant physiology) for 1963-64.
Dr. Jan Kohlmeyer, Botanical Museum, Berlin-Dahlem,
is research associate in mycology for the same period at
Duke. Three Duke University undergraduate majors in
botany, William R. Andersen, Marshall Crosby, and E.
Lloyd Dunn, hold NSF independent study grants for
1963-64. Mr. Anderson and Mr. Crosby are conducting
taxonomic-morphologic investigations of filmy ferns; Mr.
Dunn is studying bacterial leaf nodules of tropical shrubs.

Gene B. Newcomb has joined the staff of the Depart-
ment of Botany, Tulane University, as Assistant Profes-
sor. He received his doctorate from the University of
California and taught at the University of Nevada. Dr.
Newcomb’s interests are biosystematics, genetics, and
cytology.

A team of two from the Biology Department of Old
Dominion College, Jacques S. Zaneveld, Chairman, and
Wil'ard Simmonds, student, will take part in the U.S.
Antarctic Research Project, Deep-Freeze, 1964. They
will study the benthic marine algal vegetation of Mc-
Murdo Sound in the Ross Sea. Dr. Zaneveld and two
students, Robert Phillips and Charles Rhyne, continued
studies of algae along the Atlantic Coast from Cape May
to Cape Hatteras with the renewal of an NSF Grant.
An Undergraduate Science Education Grant, also from
the NSF was renewed. Harry West, Willard Simmonds,
William Barnes, and James Curtis continued their work
on this grant during the summer and on a part-time basis
during the current academic year. Daniel E. Sonenshine
received a grant from the Department of the U.S. Army
for his study on the ecology of Rocky Mountain Spotted
Fever in the Eastern United States. Two new members
of the Biology Department at Old Dominion College are
Harold G. Marshall and Robert L. Puyear. Dr. Marshall
came from Western Reserve and is interested in limnol-
ogy and ecology and plankton. Mr. Puyear comes from

Oregon State University and is interested in cellular
physiology. The Supplementary Chair Gift sponsored by
the Suburban Woman’s Club of Norfolk was awarded to
Dr. Zaneveld who is the first recipient.

Richard E. Garth, Associate Professor of Biology,
Northwestern State College, has been granted a leave of
absence to act as Assistant Director of the Undergradu-
ate Science Education, Scientific Personnel and Educa-
tion Division, of the NSF. Ralph M. Combs, Associate
Professor, spent part of last summer at the Gulf Coast
Research Laboratory pursuing studies of the histology of
the cephalic sensory lines of the large scale menhaden.
George Ware, Professor of Biology, taught a course in
plant ecology at the University of Oklahoma Biological
Station at Lake Texoma during the summer. He also
worked with participants of NSF-sponsored research pro-
grams, studying coastal plain plant communities in that
region. Hugh C. Land, Assistant Professor, led an orni-
thological expedition to the Pacific slope of Guatemala.
Students from Northwestern State College and Marshall
University in West Virginia collected bird specimens and
gathered ecological information. Dr. Land plans to use
the data obtained, along with information from two pre-
vious trips, in a forthcoming monograph on the birds of
Guatemala. Earle Cross, Assistant Professor, attended
the First International Conference on Acarology at Fort
Collins, Colorado, in September. Roy Buckley has ac-
cepted a temporary appointment as Assistant Professor
and Mary Lee Gibson is acting as temporary part-time
instructor in the Biology Department.

Ellinor H. Behre, Emeritus, Louisiana State University,
presented a paper with several outstanding high school
students, at the North Carolina Academy annual meeting
in May, 1963. Last winter Dr. Behre worked in the
West Indies on her climatic studies on crabs under a
grant from the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

Harold E. Pattee has been appointed Assistant Pro-
fessor of Botany at North Carolina State. Dr. Pattee
formerly held a post-doctoral fellowship in plant bio-
chemistry at U.C.L.A. Kenneth A. Nicely received his
Ph.D. in Botany in August 1963 and is now an Assistant
Professor and Curator at Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
H. T. Scofield, Professor of Botany, is on a two-year
leave of absence to Universidad Agraria, La Molina, Peru.
The Highlands Biological Station’s new President is
James W. Hardin, Associate Professor of Botany, at North
Carolina State. Carl S. Keener, Assistant Professor of
Biology, Eastern Mennonite College, received an NSF
Fellowship to work here on his Ph.D. under Dr. Hardin.
Arthur W. Cooper, Associate Professor of Botany, North
Carolina State, has begun work on a grant from the Na-
tional Park Service to determine effects of habitat ma-
nipulation on salt marsh vegetation in the Cape Hatteras
National Seashore Recreation Area. The project extends
work done with Dr. D. A. Adams under sponsorship of
the ONR on the southern North Carolina coast. Other
research projects here involve work in hardwood forest
ecology with special reference to soils, and in dune ecol-

20

ASB Bulletin

ogy with attention directed toward dune stabilization.

In a letter to the Editor, Herbert P. Riley, Professor
and Head of the Botany Department at the University of
Kentucky, tells of his travels in Kenya, Tanganyika,
Mozambique, and South Africa, studying, collecting, and
photographing plants. He attended the Golden Jubilee
of the National Botanic Gardens of South Africa, in
Kirstenbosch, a suburb of Cape Town, as one of 45 visit-
ing foreign botanists from 21 different countries. After
two weeks of lectures and short day trips from Cape
Town, they took a 30-day tour of the Republic of South
Africa, visiting the Transkei native territories, Durban,
the Hlukluwe Game Reserve, Zululand, the Kruger Na-
tional Park, Pretoria, Johannesburg, the eastern Orange
Free State, and the Karoo. “Botanically, it was an amaz-
ing trip,” he writes. While there he gave several lec-
tures at Cape Town, and Rhodes University in Grahams-
town. Dr. Riley has been interested in African plants
for some time, and the University of Kentucky Press has
just released his book, Families of Flowering Plants of
Southern Africa.

New staff members in the Department of Biology at
East Carolina College are: Calvin C. Kuehner, mycology;
John S. Laurie, parasitology; Thomas C. Rutherford, my-
cology and marine biology; and James R. Wells, plant
taxonomy. Everett Simpson, Dept, of Biology, East
Carolina College, has an academic year NSF grant of
$2,000 to work on the effects of estrogens, progesterone,
vassopression, and relaxin within the ovarian bursa of
pseudopregnant rats. Joseph G. Boyette has an aca-
demic year NSF grant of $2,000 to work on pine mouse
behavior.

Institutions and Organizations

The newest building on the Virginia Intermont College
campus is a Science Hall, completed and put into use
during the spring of 1963. The structure houses the
latest available equipment for the departments of Biol-
ogy, Chemistry, Botany, Physics, Secretarial Science and
Home Economics, as well as a lecture hall with elevated
seats, demonstration facilities and a projection room.

The North Carolina Academy of Science is presently
conducting a study of tenth grade high school biology in

I ( continued from page 2)

ter from Dr. John R. Olive, Execu-
tive Director, AIBS, requesting that
ASB address envelopes to members
of ASB in support of AIBS’ cam-
paign for membership. The Execu-
tive Committee approved the request.
He reported that ASB now has 700
members in good standing; that 76
had paid dues for 1962, and that
there were 28 institutional members.
He displayed designs for the official
seal of ASB that had been sub-

North Carolina under the auspices of an NSF Grant.
A committee of more than 60 biologists in the Academy
will make recommendations for improvement of high
school biology teaching in final reports which are sched-
uled for the summer of 1964. Dr. John A. Yarbrough,
Professor of Biology, Meredith College, Raleigh, N. C. is
director of the project.

The Department of Biology of the Richmond Profes-
sional Institute has moved into its quarters on the second
floor of the new Science Building. Construction of an
additional wing, to be ready for next year, will complete
this building. The new Science Building houses the de-
partments of Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, Nursing,
Physics, and Psychology.

Mississippi State College for Women has received a
matching NSF Equipment Grant for $9,070 for advanced
equipment, and an AEC Grant for $6,000 for equipment
to be used in a new course in radiation biology.

T. T. Earle, Chairman of the Department of Botany in
Tulane University announces that the Department will
offer for the first time in 1964-65 a program leading to
the Ph.D. degree. Fields of emphasis presently offered
include anatomy and morphology, taxonomy, ecology,
and mycology, with collateral training in physiology,
cytology, genetics, and biosystematics. Assistantships, fel-
lowships, and scholarships are available in the Graduate
School of Tulane University.

A Conference on Estuaries will be held at Jekyll
Island, Georgia, March 31 to April 4, 1964. The pro-
gram is based on a series of plenary sessions and con-
current symposia dealing with estuarine processes; all
contributions will be presented by invited foreign and
U.S. participants. The Conference is being sponsored by
several regional and national organizations. Pre-registra-
tion materials and program information can be obtained
from G. H. Lauff, Sapelo Island Research Laboratory,
Sapelo Island, Georgia.

The Department of Biology, East Carolina College, has
received an $8,000 equipment grant from the AEC. Two
new courses, Fundamentals of Radiobiology and Isotopic
Tracers in Biology have been added.

Virginia to send a representative to
the present meeting so that he could
become familiar with details relative
to arrangements for the annual meet-
ing of ASB at the University of Vir-
ginia in 1965.

It was moved that Dr. James Dent
of the University of Virginia be
asked to serve as Chairman of the
Local Arrangements Committee for
1965. The motion passed.

The President made the following
committee appointments:

Research: Drs. Burton Bogitsh,

mitted in the competition. He
stated that he had attended the in-
auguration of Dr. Foster Jay Taylor
as President of Louisiana Polytechnic
Institute on May 4, 1963 at the re-
quest of President Jones. A motion
to accept the Secretary’s report was
made, seconded and passed by the
Committee.

President Jones brought up a num-
ber of details relative to the 1964
annual meeting for discussion. He
stated that he had invited Dr. Diet-
rich Bodenstein of the University of

Volume 11, No. 1, January 1964

21

Raymond T. Damian, J. Gordon
Carlson, Chairman

Nominations: Drs. Horton H.
Hobbs, Jr., Elon C. Byrd, Walter L.
Flory, Chairman

Meetings: Drs. Grover C. Miller,
Raymond O. Flagg, Donald C. Scott,
Chairman

Constitution and By-Laws: Dr.
Dolores S. Dundee, Howard J. Teas,
Victor L. Greulach, Chairman

Meritorious Award: Drs. A. J.
Sharp, 1965, W. E. Brillhart, 1966,
Harry E. Wheeler, 1964, Chairman

Goethe Awards: Drs. Margaret
Menzel, 1965, Richard E. Garth,
1966, E. C. Cocke, 1964, Chairman

Local Arrangements: Drs. William
D. Burbanck and Robert B. Platt,
Co-chairmen.

See About the Atlanta Meeting for
other committee members.

President Jones mentioned the de-
sirability of having a Program Com-
mittee. After some discussion it was
moved by Father Yancey and sec-
onded by Dr. Flory that such a com-
mittee be established. The motion
was passed.

President Jones suggested that offi-
cial action be taken with respect to
the date of the annual meeting for
1964. Dr. Burbanck moved and Dr.
Herndon seconded the motion that
the annual meeting for 1964 be held
on April 16-18. The motion was
passed.

President Jones then discussed the
need for a definite policy with re-
spect to the date of the annual
meeting. He suggested that a com-
mittee should be appointed to study
the matter and report to the next
meeting of the Executive Committee
on April 16, 1964. Father Yancey
moved that the President appoint a
committee to make recommendations
to the Executive Committee on April
16, 1964 with respect to the date of
the annual meeting of ASB. The
motion was seconded by Dr. Bur-
banck and it was approved by the
Committee.

President Jones brought up the
matter of the geographic distribution
of ASB membership. He was of the
opinion that individuals and groups
should be admitted to membership
in ASB regardless of their geographic

distribution. The Committee con-
curred in this opinion but no formal
action was taken.

Treasurer’s Report: The Treas-
urer’s report covering the period
January 1 to September 27, 1963
was submitted. Dr. Bell moved the
acceptance of the Treasurer’s report.
The motion was seconded by Father
Yancey and it was passed by the
Committee.

President Elect’s Report: Dr. Bur-
banck raised the question as to
whether we were sufficiently active
in seeking membership in our area.
Because of the scientific growth
within it he thought that there was
a possibility of increasing our mem-
bership three-fold. Dr. Duncan sug-
gested that because of the increase
in the number of scientific societies
and the fractioning of others that it
would be desirable to actively en-
courage individuals in our smaller
four-year Junior colleges to join the
Association. Dr. Shanor thought that
it would be of value to emphasize to
Biology Departments that our meet-
ings provided an excellent oppor-
tunity for their graduate students to
present papers. Dr. Burbanck was
of the opinion that the interdiscipli-
nary nature of our meetings should
be emphasized and that like AIBS
the Association could readily arrange
for other groups to meet with it.
Dr. Bell suggested that many mem-
bers of affiliated societies would be
eligible for membership and that
they should be encouraged to join
the Association.

Dr. Burbanck suggested in view
of the wishes of the membership
with respect to a symposium that a
symposium on the opportunities in
estuarine biology would be timely.
The Committee agreed with his view-
point and authorized him to arrange
such a symposium.

A motion was made to accept the
President Elect’s report. The mo-
tion received a second and is was
passed by the Committee.

Editor’s Report: The Editor stated
that he would issue a call for papers
in the Bulletin as in the past. He
stressed again the need for articles
of general interest. He brought up
for discussion the desire to advertise

in the Bulletin on the part of some
of the companies that have an ex-
hibit at our annual meetings. He
was opposed to such advertising be-
cause it would adversely affect cer-
tain mailing privileges now enjoyed
by the Bulletin. He was of the
opinion, however, that articles on
the specialties of the companies
would be acceptable, and that these
would not affect mailing privileges.

Dr. Herndon as Chairman of a
committee appointed to assist the
Editor with problems relating to the
Bulletin asked how the committee
could be of greatest value to the
Editor. President Jones suggested
that the Editor compile a list of
items that needed consideration and
submit them to Dr. Herndon for
transmissal to the members of the
committee. Comment on these could
be made through correspondence and
the committee could discuss these
items in more detail at the time of
the annual meeting. Dr. Carpenter
was of the opinion that the activities
of members should be given more
stress in the Bulletin and that re-
quests for such information should ■
be sent to the membership at least
four times each year. Dr. Burbanck
suggested that a copy of the Bulletin
in which non-members were men-
tioned should be sent to them.

A motion was made to send a
copy of the Bulletin to non-members
in which they were mentioned. The
motion received a second and it was
passed by the Committee.

A motion to accept the Editor’s
report was made and seconded. The
motion was passed by the Committee.

President Jones brought up for
discussion the affiliation of societies
with ASB and proposed a number of
points with respect to such affilia-
tion. He was of the opinion that
societies interested in affiliation with
ASB would like to know in some de-
tail as to how affiliation might be
accomplished. After considerable
discussion the following points were
agreed upon as a basis for the affilia-
tion of societies with the Association.

1. Purposes of Affiliation

a. To stimulate communica-
tion between societies with
common interests.

22

ASB Bulletin

b. To arrange for combined
meetings.

2. Arrangements for Annual

Meetings

a. Each affiliate would have a
standing invitation to meet
with ASB but would be
under no obligation to do
so.

b. Notification of an affiliate’s
wish to meet with ASB
should be sent to the Secre-
tary of ASB approximately
one year in advance of the
meeting date.

c . Each affiliate would be rep-
resented on the Local Ar-
rangements Committee.

3. Program

a. Each affiliate could hold a
separate, concurrent meet-
ing for presentation of its
papers or its program could
be presented as a part of
a joint program with the
appropriate section(s) of
ASB.

b. Papers may be presented
by non-members of ASB
and/or affiliated societies
provided that they are in-
troduced by a member of
ASB or the affiliate.

c . The program of each affili-
ate may be published in the
ASB Bulletin on a prorated
cost basis.

4. Bulletin

a. Special numbers of the
ASB Bulletin may be made
available to members of
affiliated societies, by spe-
cial arrangement with the
Editor, but annual sub-
scriptions are available only
to those who have paid the
appropriate fee for mem-
bership in ASB.

b. The cost of abstracts will
be paid by each affiliated
society or by individual
members of such societies.

c . Reprints of all articles and
abstracts may be had upon
suitable notice to the Edi-
tor. The costs for these will
be borne by the individuals
requesting them.

d. News items of interest to
biologists in the Southeast
are welcomed by the Bulle-
tin whether they concern
members or non-members
and regardless of who may
submit them.

e . Dues notices and other simi-
lar items may be published
in the Bulletin at cost for
affiliated societies.

5. Registration at Meetings

a. A registration fee must be
paid by all participants to
help defray the cost of the
annual meetings.

b. The current registration fee
is $1.00.

6. Executive Committee

a. Each affiliated society may
be represented on the Ex-
ecutive Committee of ASB.

b. The representatives must be
members of ASB as well as
of the affiliated society they
represent.

c. Representatives of affiliated
societies may not exceed
40% of the membership of
the Executive Committee.

A motion was made, seconded and
passed by the Committee to the
effect that all participants in an an-
nual meeting of ASB pay the cur-
rent registration fee.

Father Yancey moved that the By-
Laws of the Association be amended
to permit each affiliated society to
have a representative on the Execu-
tive Committee. The motion was
seconded by Dr. Bell. Dr. Duncan
proposed an amendment which would
limit such representation to 40% of
the membership of the Executive
Committee. The amended motion
was acceptable to Father Yancey
and Dr. Bell and it was passed by
the Committee.

Dr. Bell moved that the President
be empowered to handle details rela-
tive to the affiliation of societies with
ASB on a pro tern basis. The mo-
tion was seconded by Dr. Flory.
The motion passed.

Volume 11, No. 1, January 1964

23

President Jones brought up for
discussion the change in status of
ASB and other organizations affili-
ated with AIBS. Under the change
ASB would become an adherent of
AIBS and the annual dues based on
current membership would be $400.
After lengthy discussion Dr. Hern-
don moved that ASB support AIBS
in every way possible including the
payment of the $400 dues as an ad-
herent in 1964. The motion was
seconded by Dr. Bell. After further
discussion Dr. Shanor amended the
previous motion as follows: That the
Executive Committee recommend to
the membership of ASB at the 1964
meeting that the Association become
an adherent of AIBS. The amended
motion was acceptable to Dr. Hern-
don and Bell and it was passed by
the Committee.

Dr. Shanor suggested that some
compensation for his secretary for
the time she spent on ASB business
was in order. He moved that his
secretary be paid a total of $100 for
her work in 1963 and 1964. The
motion was seconded by Dr. Carpen-
ter and it was passed by the Com-
mittee.

Editor Hart stated that his ex-
penses to meetings of the Executive
Committee and to annual meetings
had been partially defrayed by the
Philadelphia Academy of Sciences

and that the Academy could no
longer afford to do so. He asked
that the Association assist him with
these expenses. Father Yancey
moved that the Association contrib-
ute $100 toward the Editor’s ex-
penses incurred through attendance
of Executive Committee meetings in
1963. The motion was seconded by
Dr. Burbanck and it was passed by
the Committee.

There being no further business
the meeting was adjourned at 3:15
P.M.

Respectfully submitted:

Harry J. Bennett
Secretary, ASB
Zoology Department
Louisiana State University
Baton Rouge, Louisiana

LETTERS

At the risk of seeming to be a
bit caustic, isn’t it a bit unusual to
list a book in the book section with-
out naming the author?

Ruth S. Breen

Note: The Editor wishes to apolo-
gize for a lapsus calami which oc-
curred in the last issue of the ASB
Bulletin. In the note on Mosses of
Florida. An Illustrated Manual, the
author’s name, Dr. Ruth S. Breen,
was omitted.

NOMINATIONS FOR OFFICERS

The nominating committee seeks
the help of the membership in set-
ting up a slate of officers from which
elections will be made at the 1964
meeting of the Association. Nomi-
nations for persons to fill the follow-
ing positions should be made at this
time: President-Elect, Vice-president,
Secretary, and two Executive Com-
mittee members. Please mail your
nominations, as early as possible, to
Dr. Walter S. Flory, Department of
Biology, Wake Forest College, Win-
ston-Salem, N. C. 27106.

IMPORTANT DEADLINES

January 31— Suggestions for nominations for ASB officers and executive committee members.
February 14 — Titles and abstracts of papers to be presented at the Atlanta meeting.
March 2— Applications for Goethe Awards to graduate students.

March 2 — Papers to be considered for the Association Research Prize.

April 1 — Applications for Phipps and Bird Research Fellowship at Mountain Lake.

April 1 — Nomination letters for the Meritorious Award for Teaching.

24

ASB Bulletin

Infraciliature of Pseudocohnilembus hargisi Thompson Jesse Thompson

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna. Changes of address
should be sent promptly to the Secretary
of the ASB, Dr. Harry j. Bennett, Depart-
ment of Zoology, Louisiana State Univer-
sity, Baton Rouge, La. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions should
be sent to the Business Manager, Dr.
Leland Shanor, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Talla-
hassee, Florida. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Wicker-
sham Printing Co., Lancaster, Penna.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

Harry J. Bennett, Associate Editor
Betty Ursomarso, Assistant Editor
Lei.and Shanor, Business Manager

Officers of the A. S. B.

President — E. Ruffin Jones, University of
Florida

Retiring President — Walter S. Fiory, Wake
Forest College

President Elect — William D. Burbanck,
Emory University

Vice-President — Harold Humrn, Duke
University

Secretary — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Treasurer — Leland Shanor, Florida State
University

Executive Committee — Walter R. Hern-
don. Universiw of Tennessee: Patrick
H. Yancey, Spring Hill College; C.
Ritchie Bell, University of North Caro-
lina; Wilbur H. Duncan, University
of Georgia; John Carpenter, Univer-
sity of Kentucky; G. M. Jeffery, Na-
tional Institutes of Health. All officers
are ex officio members of the execu-
tive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — H. A. McCullough, Howard
College

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — position vacant

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Maryland — position vacant

Mississippi — Robert P. Ward, Millsaps Col-
lege

North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Univer-
sity of North Carolina

South Carolina — position vacant

Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George Pea-
body College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr„ Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — position vacant

Volume 11 , IS umber 2- — April 1964
CONTENTS

Association Affairs 26

The Anatomy of the Phoenix. — Perry C. Holt 27

Program of the 25th Annual ASB Meeting 32

Project LOCO Completes First Phase 37

Abstracts of Papers Presented at 25th Annual Meeting of the

ASB 38

Map of the Emory University Campus 44—45

News of Biology in the Southeast 61

French Oceanographer at University of Miami 62

Books and Periodicals 63

Biological Abstracts’ B.A.S.I.C. Retrieval Aid 64

Sapelo Island Research Foundation and University of Geor-
gia Pursue Joint Programs 64

The cover photograph (ca. 3000 <) is of Pseudocohnilembus hargisi, a
ciliate protozoan from Gloucester Point, Virginia. The stain technique used
in this preparation was the Chatton-Lwoff silver impregnation technique—
a stain which reveals such structures as basal granules or kinetosomes of the
somatic and buccal cilia, cytoprocts, contractile vacuole pores, and often
complex fibril networks. Dr. Thompson likes to refer to this technique as
"protozoan fingerprinting."

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

Treasurer’s Report January 1, 1963-December 31, 1963

SAVINGS ACCOUNT
Balance Dec. 31, 1962

Regular Savings Acct. #90 856 6 . . . .
Interest earned Jan. thru Dec. 1963 . .
Transferred from Checking Acct

To establish new Contingency Savings
Acct. #91 375 6

From Checking Acct. by transfer ....
Deposited in account from Checking

Account receipts

Interest earned Aug. thru Dec. 1963 .

Balance as of December 31, 1963

$ 909.01
30.09
250.00

$1,189.10

300.00

100.00
4.01

404.01

$1,593.11

CHECKING ACCOUNT

Balance on hand January 1, 1963 $ 892.19

Receipts:

Exhibition fees $ 650.00

Reprints 134.50

C. M. Goethe Award 239.50

Carolina Biological Supply Research

Award 100.00

Will Scientific Corporation Meritorious

Teaching Award 100.00

(Continued on page 60)

26

ASB Bulletin

The Phoenix emblem of the XVIth International Congress of
Zoology— symbolizing the reunion of zoology from its separate
specialties.

The Anatomy of the Phoenix1

BY

Perry C. Holt

Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station and Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The emblem of the XVIth International Con-
gress of Zoology was the Phoenix, symbolizing
“the reunion of zoology from its separate spe-
cialties.” Presumably, the adoption of this sym-
bol was not intended to imply that zoology has
been reduced to a heap of ashes. It is no secret,
nonetheless, that there are currently divisive
forces at work in zoology: if the bird has not
been dismembered yet, the feathers, at least, are
becoming disarranged.

As a taxonomist I have an interest in zoogeo-
graphy; as a zoologist I have a general interest in
any study of animals. The emblem and motto
of the Congress started me to wondering about
how to relate zoogeography to the helically
coiled master molecule. Pursuing this puzzle,
I want, then, to consider the relevance, status
and prospects as a scientific endeavor of zooge-
ography as a zoological speciality.

The temptation is great to discuss once more
the nature of science and the scientific nature of
zoology, particularly that despised portion of zo-
ology known as natural history. But this has
been done before, most notably recently by
Simpson. We know what science is. We know,
also, what questions are nontrivial: they are
those that interest us because their answers

1 Talk presented at the November, 1963, meeting of
the Tennessee Academy of Science.

would increase our familiarity with what, after
all, is a rather strange world. If a man other-
wise regarded as sane is interested in answering
such questions, these questions are a part of
science. The only practical consideration that
is applicable is whether the answering of a ques-
tion makes it possible to ask other empirically
answerable questions or suggests means of ans-
wering other questions already asked.

It is hardly necessary to consider the past im-
portance of the specialty that provided the basis
for the asking of questions and much evidence
for the development of the most important, from
my viewpoint, at least, of all scientific generali-
zations, the Wallacian-Darwinian theories of
evolution. It is important to consider whether
there is any point in continuing to accumulate
data and invent hypotheses in this field.

To look at the relationships as a zoological spe-
cialty, of zoogeography ( see Fig., p. 29 ) : in this
diagram, somewhat lightly entitled “The Anat-
omy of the Phoenix,” I have attempted to show
the relationships of the recognized divisions of
zoogeography to other zoological, and some non-
zoological, disciplines. The first point of interest
is that this diagram represents a three-dimen-
sional network. The nodes of the network are
scientific specialties considered here with refer-
ence to their relationships with zoogeography.

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

27

The apparent slighting of some important spe-
cialties of zoology is done simply to reduce the
chart to understandable simplicity while retain-
ing the significance of zoogeography. The semi-
facetious reference to the Phoenix expresses,
quite seriously, a firm conviction that biology is
an organic whole that can no more be dismem-
bered than a living animal can without destroy-
ing the unity of the whole, the unity that in an
animal we call life.

The concept of homeostasis has added immea-
surably to our understanding of the organism.
Regarding the science of biology in an analogical
sense as having some of the homeostatic proper-
ties of an organism, feedback loops are indicated
(see Fig., p. 29). The flow indicated by the
arrows is the flow of data. The generalizations
developed and tested in one specialty of a science,
or one science, become data for another. The use
of theories first developed in one field, as data for
the developing of theories in another, theories
which in turn can be used as confirmatory evi-
dence for the generalizations of the first field of
study, has an aspect of circularity. Some are
startled by this admission— simple-minded cir-
cularity is rightly condemned— but the interplay
of data and data and theory and theory, though
circular, is far from a vicious circle. It is analo-
gous to the citric acid cycle in which there is a
constant input and output. Whitehead clearly
recognized the ultimate circular nature of scien-
tific definitions; I am extending that insight to
the whole body of scientific generalizations to
emphasize the interdependence of the whole.
That physical theory may be data for the devel-
opment of generalizations in biology, however,
does not mean that the biological theory is phy-
sics. Instead of reducing biology to physics, the
theoretical scheme of physics is regarded as data
for the development of biological theory.

Fxamining the network more closely, there
are several sources of “raw data” (indicated by
triangles), including, of course, the protocols of
experiments, where experimentation is approp-
riate. The diagram does not, it must be noted,
indicate all possible sources of data and the
“feed-back” use of these data, but, rather, it is

intended to show the general nature of such re-
lationships.

For zoogeography these sources of data are
primarily the faunal lists and the distribution
maps that record what animals are found where.
The first-order sorting of these data, incorporat-
ing the identification and arrangements of classi-
fication which is the first-order sorting of the
data of taxonomy, leads to regional zoogeog-
raphy. Regional zoogeography, if left at this
stage, tells us nothing more significant than that
kangaroos are found in Australia. It tells us
with greater or lesser precision such observa-
tional facts as that each geographical area, a
large island, a continent, a major continental
area separated from contiguous land masses by
barriers, possesses a characteristic fauna. Rut
these are still only data, sorted, and not even
zoological data, but geographical data.

Rut more significant questions immediately
are raised by this sorting of the data of faunal
lists and classification. These questions are
basically of three types: what does animal distri-
bution tell us of former geological and geo-
graphical conditions? What do these distribu-
tional patterns tell us of the conditions of life
for various animal groups or species? And, fin-
ally, what can we infer as to the past history and
origin of animal groups? The answers to these
questions can be considered as parts of other
specialties.

The data of regional zoogeography is impor-
tant to students of the past history of the earth,
paleogeographers, paleoclimatologists, geolo-
gists. Much speculation and many theories con-
cerning the former relationships of land masses
to each other have been proposed. Here belong
all the ideas about shifting continents, stemming
from the views of Wegenr, DuToit and others.
Here are the earlier hypotheses about land
bridges of which Darwin complained. Any
such proposals of geologists must take cogni-
zance of the facts of animal distribution. Rut
the data of regional zoogeography can only be
used to suggest questions in this field and as
second order tests of hypotheses advanced on
the basis of the data of geology proper. This
procedure, it may be noted, can be used at a
more local level than the grand romantic one of

28

ASB Bulletin

intercontinental connections. The geologists
who study the development of land forms and
stream drainage patterns of the Southeastern
United States want to know what the taxonomist
has to say about the local distribution and evolu-
tion of such groups as fishes and freshwater mol-
lusks. To reiterate, data that, though about ani-
mals, are primarily geographical in nature are
fed into a conceptual scheme that is not a bio-
logical, but a physical, that is, geological one.
We may note this and pass on.

The sorted data that are arrived at in regional
zoogeography have traditionally been used in
zoology proper in two ways. One may ask what
conditions of the environment influence animal
distribution and arrive at ecological zoogeog-
raphy. Data here may come not only from re-
gional zoogeography as the basic data, but also
ecology, climatology, classification (taxonomy),
and through the nodes representing other zoolog-
ical specialties all the sources of data relevant

to biology. In turn, the conclusions arrived at
become data for systematics, evolution, the sec-
ond of the main lines of zoogeographical studies
(historical zoogeography), and, in a feedback
relationship, for regional zoogeography itself:
that is, the sorting of distributional data is often
done on an ecological basis ( biomes ) .

The connection of ecological zoogeography to
ecology proper, through physiological ecology to
physiology and directly, in the study of adapta-
tions, to evolutionary studies is too well estab-
lished to require further comment, other than to
say that ecological zoogeography is in fact ecol-
ogy-

It is the more traditional field of historical
zoogeography which is in danger of amputation
from the body of the Phoenix.

Historical zoogeography consists of a set of ex-
planatory statements if it is a science. Walla-
cian regional zoogeography, masterfully sum-

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

29

marized by Darlington, serves as a basis for
many of these generalizations. Darlington’s con-
clusion that the major groups of vertebrates
originated in and radiated from the Old World
tropics is an important example of a hypothesis
which I believe to be a well established one,
based primarily on such data. Through feed-
backs from systematics and evolution, historical
zoogeography is a specialty which seeks such
explanations in terms of historical causes. It
must use the data of geology, as well as those of
classification and regional and ecological zoo-
geography. When the data are primarily those
of geology and regional zoogeography, we may
think of historical zoogeography as a quasi-zo-
ological specialty: the example taken from Dar-
lington’s work illustrates this aspect of the sub-
ject. In this sense zoogeography uses as data
evolutionary theory and the findings of system-
atics to solve what after all are geographical
problems: the patterns of animal distribution.

Historical zoogeography should, to a large
extent, draw directly on distributional data.
Thinking in terms of the Wallacian regions may
result in a biased approach. These regions have
been based on the study of two (birds and mam-
mals ) out of all the classes of animals. The con-
tributions have been great, but the whole sub-
ject of the distribution of invertebrate animals
has been much neglected. And the focus should
be shifted from that on the entire fauna of con-
tinents or Wallacian regions to one on the evolu-
tion of animal groups, most profitably, I believe,
groups of family size or less. Zoogeography is
important in zoology as a part of the data of
systematics and evolution. Viewed in this way
it is related in the origin of its data from and in
the importance, in a feed-back relationship, of
its data, to all the biological sciences, if not to
all sciences. Some Ionian pre-scientific philoso-
pher must have said, “Everything influences
everything; the All fuses into the One.” His-
torical zoogeography is the story of the ebb and
flow in space and time of that somewhat remark-
able chemical, deoxyribose nucleic acid.

One final comment about the diagram, “The
Anatomy of the Phoenix.” That it may not be
entirely without merit is indicated by the fact
that others have attempted to explain the rela-

tionship of the biological specialties to each
other. Most of these have been attempts to ar-
range the specialties in a hierarchic order, to re-
duce all of biology to one of them, or, even, to
reduce all of biology to physics. Blackwelder
would make taxonomy the basis for zoologv;
Sewall Wright seems to think that there is no
biology other than genetics. I shall not pause
to mention those who would reduce biology to
physics, but will only say that Simpson has men-
tioned them several times with telling effect.
My analysis, presented visually here as the “An-
atomy of the Phoenix,” is a truer indication, I
think, of the fact that science is one, that the cir-
cularity of definition and the use of the theories
of one science as the data for another, as a sort
of abstract cybernetic mechanism, welds all
science into an organic whole. Simpson, in a
somewhat different fashion, made this point
when he said recently that biology unifies all
science in its use of the theories and data of all
science. The diagram of the anatomy of the
Phoenix is an elaboration of this viewpoint.

To turn to the final point: Do the present
status and future prospects of zoogeography as
a source of data for systematics and evolution
offer promise? Writing along these lines re-
cently, Earl Hanson regretted the ignorance of
some of the younger riders of bandwagons who
think the road they are travelling is the only way
to intellectual salvation, but rightly pointed out
the importance of bandwagon movements or
glamor fields in the winning of new knowledge
and insight. The answer to these wild young
riders is not anger or withdrawal on the part of
invertebrate zoologists and systematists, but a
return by the representatives of “classical” spe-
cialties to their anvils and the hammering out of
solid achievements in their own fields. What, at
the present, are the more promising types of re-
search in zoogeography?

The program of the XVIth Congress included
two specialized symposia and a session of con-
tributed papers devoted to zoogeography: a total
of twenty-seven out of approximately seven hun-
dred papers. In addition, at least seventeen
other papers presented at other sessions were
based primarily upon or dealt with zoogeograph-

30

ASB Bulletin-

ical data. Not a bad representation. Many of
these papers were in the classical tradition and
their interest was primarily geographical or geo-
logical. This is not to be lightly dismissed. In
recent years, for instance, there has been a re-
vival of interest in the geological problems
revolving around the question of whether the
continents, the poles, or both have changed posi-
tion in geological times. As an illustration,
J. A. Wallwork’s studies of the oribatid mites of
Antarctica strongly suggest that there have been
recent connections between the southern con-
tinents. But such studies are only a part, as
we’ve seen, of work that in essence is geological.

The contributions of geographical studies as a
part of zoology, however, are to systematics and
evolution. As a minor example, A. W. F. Ben-
field, by recognizing six subspecies of North
American caribou and drawing on the data of
Pleistocene geology offered what appeared to be
a satisfactory explanation of the distribution and
recent evolution of these animals in Canada and
Greenland. Such work done in depth for larger
taxa than species: genera or even in some cases,
families, offers promise of much real insight.

But in the past, as even unto this day, most
of this sort of work has dealt with birds or
mammals. H. H. Ross, who did not contribute
to the Congress program, has, however, done
much of this type of thing with aquatic insects.
In his recent book, A Synthesis of Evolutionary
Theory, fifty-three of the 146 illustrations are
based on maps. That there is promise of an in-
creasing interest in invertebrates is indicated,
also, by the fact that sixteen of the forty-four
papers presented at the Congress were devoted
to invertebrates other than insects and by the
symposia on invertebrate zoogeography being
arranged by the Society of Systematic Zoology.

A second type of contribution that is afforded
by geographical data lies more nearly in the area
of theory. One of the more rabid little brawls
in biology today is between the Neo-Adanson-
ians, or numerical taxonomists, and the “new”
systematists. S. G. Kiriakoff pointed out the fatal
error the Neo-Adansonians make in ignoring the
factors of time and space in systematics. The
spatial distribution of animals cannot be ignored,
as the Neo-Adansonians do, in systematics.

Many examples of parallelisms and convergen-
ces can be cited, Kiriakoff cited two, that can-
not be understood without reference to the dis-
tribution of the organisms involved.

The main outlines of evolutionary theory are
established. At least no one can foresee any
great “breakthrough” comparable to the rap-
prochement of genetics, paleontology, and sys-
tematics of thirty years ago that has led to the
“modern synthesis.” Yet many important prob-
lems within the main body of theory remain:
problems whose solution depends upon geo-
graphical data. By comparing taxonomic anal-
ysis of related taxa from different regions, the
only data possible, in the absence of a good
fossil record, are obtained that enables us to
estimate the actual rates of evolution. Similar
data are essential in the study of the importance
of convergence in evolution. Isolating mecha-
nisms are crucial in evolution and the only pos-
sible study of them involves geographical con-
siderations.

More importantly, at least for those of us who
find our chief source of delight in biology our
belief that the story of life is the most interesting
of all histories, is the task of completing a sound
systematic account of the animal kingdom and
the construction of a phylogeny that really does
outline the history of life. We believe that the
organic wholeness of the Phoenix requires this;
that a biology without an account of the history
of life, without consideration of the factors of
time and space, is incomplete. There is very
much indeed for systematists and zoogeograph-
ers to do.

The schematic drawings have been completed by the
architects for the first unit of a Science Complex for the
University of Miami. This unit will house the Zoology
and Chemistry Departments. Biology courses will be
taught here as well as a few of the Botany courses.
Later other units will be built for Botany and Physics.

The University of Virginia announces that eight gradu-
ate courses emphasizing field biology will be given at the
Mountain Lake Biological Station this summer. Three
types of National Science Foundation awards are avail-
able for research and study at the Station: (1) Post-doc-
torate for research, stipend $900; (2) Pre-doctorate for
supervised research, stipend $400; and (3) Post-graduate
for training in field biology, stipend $300. Preference is
given for studies concerned with the biota of the region.
Application blanks for these awards may be secured from
Dr. ]. J. Murray, Jr., Department of Biology, University
of Virginia, and must be submitted before April 12, 1964.

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

31

Program of the 25th Annual Meeting of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists

A Joint Meeting with the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, the Southern
Appalachian Botanical Club, the Southern Section of the American Society of Plant Physiologists,
the Regional Section of the National Association of Biology Teachers, and the Southeastern Re-
gion of Beta Beta Beta National Honorary Biological Society.

THURSDAY, APRIL 16

8:00 a. m.

10.30 a. in.

1:00 pan.

2:00 p.m.

4:00-7:45 p.m.
7:30 p.m.

Paper Session, Southern Section, American Society of Plant Physiologists. Auditorium, Church
School Building.

Business Meeting, Southern Section, American Society of Plant Physiologists. Auditorium, Church
School Building.

Executive Committee Meeting, Association of Southeastern Biologists. Room 216, Biology Building.
Symposium: Absorption and Translocation of Organic Substances in Plants. Southern Section,
American Society of Plant Physiologists. Auditorium, Church School Building.

Registration: Lobby, Alumni Memorial Building.

General Session: Auditorium (Room 106) Biology Building, E. Ruffin Jones, Presiding.

Address of Welcome: Dr. Sanford S. Atwood, President, Emory University.

Response: E. Ruffin Jones, President, the Association of Southeastern Biologists.

Invitational Symposium: An Appraisal of the Present Status and Future of Estuarine-Oceanographic
Laboratories of the Southeast. W. D. Burbanck, Presiding.

Introduction: W. D. Burbanck, Emory University.

Private Laboratories: Lawrence B. Pomeroy, University of Georgia.

State Laboratories: Albert W. Collier, Florida State University.

Federal Laboratories: Theodore R. Rice, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Beaufort, North Carolina.

Smoker and Exhibits: The symposium will be followed by a smoker, to be held in the lobby of the
Alumni Memorial Building. Refreshments will be served. The exhibits will be on display in the
West Wing of the same building.

FRIDAY, APRIL 17

MORNING

8:00 a. m. -11:00 a.m. Registration: Lobby, Alumni Me-
morial Building.

8:00 a.m. -12:00 noon. Exhibits: Alumni Memorial Build-
ing, West Wing.

8:30 a.m. -1 1:32 a.m. Paper Sessions:

Plant Physiology— Auditorium, Church School
Building.

Systematic Botany— Room 105, Biology Build-
ing.

Cryptogamic Botany and Plant Morphogene-
sis— Room 1, Psychology Building.

Animal Ecology— Boom 205, Geology Build-
ing.

Animal Physiology— Room 106, Biology Build-
ing.

11:45 a.m. -12:30 p.m. Business Meeting: Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Auditorium (Room
106), Biology Building.

1:00 p.m. Luncheon Meeting, National Association of
Biology Teachers, Blue Room, Cox Hall, fol-
lowed by an address by Dr. Walter Auffen-
berg. Chairman, National Science Division,
Florida State Museum, on “Courtship Pat-
terns in Land Tortoises.” Tickets available
in advance at the Registration Desk. All
are invited.

AFTERNOON

1:00 p.m. -5:00 p.m. Exhibits: Alumni Memorial Build-
ing, West Wing.

1:30 p.m. Informal Meeting, Southern Appalachian
Botanical Club, Room 105, Biology Building.

(followed by)

1:45 p.m. Business Meeting, Southeastern Section, Bo-
tanical Society of America. ( same room)
2:00 p.m. -4:36 p.m. Paper Sessions:

Plant Physiology— Auditorium, Church School
Building.

Plant Ecology— Room 105, Biology Building.
Invertebrate Zoology and Parasitology— Room
205, Geology Building.

Cytology and Cytogenetics— Room 106, Biol-
ogy Building.

2:00 p.m. -5:00 p.m. Registration, Beta Beta Beta: Room
108, Biology Building.

4:00 p.m. -6:00 p.m. Open House: Lullwater Field Bi-
ology Laboratory and Gamma Radiation
Field, Lullwater Estate. Information and
transportation, if needed, available at Regis-
tration Desk, Lobby, Alumni Memorial
Building.

EVENING

7:00 p.m. Banquet: Blue Room, Cox Hall.

ASB Evening Program: Banquet Hall.
Presentation of Awards and Prizes:

Mt. Lake Biological Station Fellowship.

Sponsored by Phipps and Bird, Inc.
Association Research Prize.

Sponsored by Carolina Biological Supply
Company.

Meritorious Teaching Award.

Sponsored by Will Scientific, Inc. (Ga.).
Past President’s Address: Dr. Walter S. Florv,
Wake Forest College— “Today’s Biology.”

32

ASR Rulletix

8:15 a.m.

8:30 a.m.

SATURDAY, APRIL 18

Breakfast, Southern Section, American Soci-
ety of Plant Physiologists: Gold Room, Cox
Hall. 8:30

Speaker: Dr. C. C. McCreedy, University of
Oxford, England. “Transport of Organic
Molecules in Plants.” 9:00

Field Trip: Plant ecology and taxonomy
field trip to granite outcrops, Mt. Arabia.

Drs. W. M. Murdy and M. P. Burbanck in
charge. Details at Registration Desk,
a.m. -12:00 noon. Beta Beta Beta General Meeting
and Paper Sessions: Rooms 105 and 106, Bi-
ology Building.

a.m. Executive Committee Meeting, Association
of Southeastern Biologists: Room 216, Biol-
ogy Building.

SCHEDULE OF PAPER SESSIONS

THURSDAY MORNING— APRIL 16, 8:00 A.M.

The Southern Section of the American Society of Plant Physiologists have arranged Thursday
morning, Thursday afternoon and Saturday morning sessions. Their Friday paper sessions have
been incorporated with the Plant Physiology sections of ASB.

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

1.

2

3.

4.

5.

6.

Plant Physiology

Auditorium, Church School Building
Presiding, Dr. R. E. Burns, CRD, ARD, USDA, Experiment, Georgia

Hacskaylo, Joseph (Texas A & M Univer-
sity). The Effect of Certain Inhibitors on 9:48
Root Uptake of Di-syston by Cotton Seed-
lings.

Standifer, L. C., J. B. Baker, W. C. Nor-
mand and H. S. Webert ( Louisiana State
University). The Use of Excised Roots for 10:01
Studies of Mechanisms of Herbicidal Action.

Biswas, Prosanto Kumar ( Tuskegee Insti-
tute). Effects of Growth Regulators on the
Absorption of C^-Labeled s-Triazine Herbi- 10:14
cides by Tea Leaves.

McBee, George G., J. V. Amin, L. S. Bird
and H. E. Joham (Texas A & M Univer-
sity). Influence of Molybdenum Nutrition
on the Bacterial Blight Disease of Three Va-
rieties of Cotton. 10:27

Aboul-Ela, Mohamed M. and Charles S.

Miller (Texas A & M University). Com-
parison of Techniques Used in the Study of
Absorption of Chemicals by Leaves. 10:40

Miller, Charles S. and Mohamed M.
Aboul-Ela (Texas A & M University). A
Photographic Study of the Absorption of a

Cotton Defoliant.

7. Singh, R. P. and S. H. West (University
of Florida ) . The Effect of 2-Chloro-4,6-bis-
( Ethylamino)-S-Triazine (Simazine) on the
Ribonucleic Acid and Protein Content of
Oat Seedlings.

8. Ware, G. and B. I. Sahai Srivastava
(Tuskegee Institute). Investigations on the
Possible Occurrence of Kinins in Nucleic
Acids of Coconuts.

9. Yeliger, M. B. and Gordon E. Hunt (The
University of Tennessee). The Effect of
Atrazine on the Rate of Transpiration and
the Concurrent Uptake and Relative Distri-
bution of Radioactive Phosphorus in Phase-
olus vulgaris L.

10. Ashworth, L. J., Jr. and J. V. Amin
(Texas A & M University). Some Factors
Affecting the Tolerance of Aspergillus niger
to Mercury.

11. Pallas, James E., Jr. (Southern Piedmont
Conservation Field Station). Research in
Plant Transpiration.

THURSDAY AFTERNOON-APRIL 16, 2:00 P.M.

Symposium, Southern Section, American Society of Plant Physiologists: Absorption and Trans-
location of Organic Substances in Plants.

Auditorium, Church School Building
Presiding, Joseph Hacskaylo, Texas A & M University
Mechanism of Root Absorption of Organic Molecules, C. L. Foy, University of California, Davis
Free Space in Relation to Absorption of Organic Molecules, Joseph A. Sacher, Los Angeles College
Mechanisms of Foliar Penetration of Organic Molecules, Herbert M. Hull, CRD, ARS, USDA, Tucson, Arizona
The Entry of Solutes into Leaves by Means of Ectodesmata, Wolfgang Franke, University of Bonn, West Germany

FRIDAY MORNING— APRIL 17, 8:30 A.M.

Plant Physiology

Auditorium, Church School Building
Presiding, F. T. Wolf, Vanderbilt University

8:30 12. Beatty, A. V. and J. W. Beatty (Emory

University). Role of ATP, Proline and His-
tidine in Radiation Recovery.

8:43 13. Parchman, L. Gerald (Emory University).

The Culture of Stamen Hairs of T radescantia
paludosa.

8:56 14. Davis, Herbert L., Jr. (Emory Univer-

sity). The Influence of Cupferron on the

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

Frequency of X-Ray-Induced Chromosomal
Aberrations in T radescantia paludosa.

9:09 15. Taylor, M. Kenneth (Emory University).

Histidine Effects on Radiation Recovery in
T radescantia paludosa.

9:22 16. Ghosh, Debabrata and Howard E. Joham

(Texas A & M University). Factors Associ-
ated with the High Level Synthesis of the
Cotton Leaf Anthocyanin.

33

9:35

9:48

10:01

10:14

10:27

17. Holton, Raymond W. (University of Ten-
nessee). Water-Soluble Cytochromes from
the Blue-Green Alga, Anacystis.

18. Purcell, Albert E. ( U. S. Fruit & Vege-
table Products Laboratory). The Source of
Precursors of Carotenes in Colored Grape-
fruit. I. Fixation of Carbon Dioxide.

19. Engleman, E. Mark ( Seed Protein Pioneer-
ing Research Laboratory). Ontogeny of
Protein Bodies in Cotton Cotyledon.

20. Collins, Henry A. (Tuskegee Institute).
A Preliminary Study of the Absorption of
Iodine by Several Plant Species and Its Sub-
sequent Fate.

21. Wise, Byron H. (University of Florida).
Acid-Soluble Phosphorus Compounds of
Com Roots.

10:40 22.

10:53 23.

11:06 24.

11:19 25.

Mayberry, B. D. and R. H. Dhillon (Tus-
kegee Institute). The Source of Photosyn-
thates for the Developing Seed in Prunus.
Pappelis, A. J. and R. A. Katsanos (South-
ern Illinois University). An Approach to
the Study of the Physiology of Senescence
and Parasitism in Sugar Cane.

Langston, Ruble (Texas A & M Univer-
sity ) . Effect of Ionizing Radiation on Cot-
ton at Various Stages of Development.
Ragsdale, Harvey L., Russell G. Rhodes
and Gordon E. Hunt (The University of
Tennessee). A New Method for the Initial
Application of a Sample to Paper in Run-
ning Paper Partition Chromatograms.

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

9:48

FRIDAY MORNING-APRIL 17, 8:30 AM.

Systematic Botany

Room, 105, Biology Building
Presiding, William H. Murdy, Emory University

26. Thorne, Francis M. (University of Geor-
gia). Aspects of the Taxonomy of Nolina
in the Southeast.

27. Garoni, Linda W. and William H. Murdy
(Oglethorpe University and Emory Univer-
sity). Systematic Relationship of the Gran-
ite Outcrop Endemic Cyperus granitophilus
(McVaugli) to Cyperus inflexus (Muhl.)

28. Mulcahy, David L. ( University of Geor-
gia). The Interpretation of Crossing Dia-
grams.

29. Burk, C. John (Smith College). Three
Generations of x Quercus rudkini Britt. ( Q.
marilandica Muenchh. x Q. phellos L. ).

30. Jones, Samuel B., Jr. (University of Geor-
gia). Experimental Hybridization in Ver-
nonia ( Compositae ) .

31. Pullen, Thomas M. (University of Missis-
sippi). The Cassia fasciculata Complex
( Leguminosae) in the United States.

32. Rogers, J. Lee ( University of North Caro-
lina). A Preliminary Report on the Bio-
systematics of Three Species of Cuscuta.

10:01 33.

10:14

34.

10:27

35.

10:40

36.

10:53

37.

11:06

38.

11:19

39.

Ellis, William H. (Austin Peay State Col-
lege ) . Revision of Section Rubra of Acer in
Eastern North America, excluding Acer sac-
charinum L.

Ramsey, Gwvnn W. (The University of
Tennessee). Status and Distribution of
Cimicifuga rubifolia Kearney.

Riley, Herbert P. ( University of Ken-
tucky). Some Interesting Plants from the
South African Karroo.

Browne, Edward T., Jr. (University of
Kentucky). A Floristic Study of Kentucky
Point, Kentucky.

Guhardja, Edi and E. T. Browne, Jr.
( University of Kentucky). Bourbon County,
Kentucky and Its Vegetation.

Gentry, Johnnie L., Jr. and E. T. Browne,
Jr. (University of Kentucky). Vascular
Plants of Henry County, Kentucky.
Crutchfield, Philip J. ( University of North
Carolina). A Historical Account of the
Flora of Roanoke Island.

Cryptogamic Botany and Plant Morphogenesis

Room 1, Psychology Building
Presiding, Leonard Doerpinghaus, Agnes Scott College

8:30 40. Lowy, B. (Louisiana State University). A

New Genus of the Tulasnellaceae and Its

Phylogenetic Significance.

10:01

47.

8:43

41.

McGuire, Robert F. and Walter Hern-
don (University of Tennessee). Attributes
of Chlorococcum species: A Statistical Anal-

10:14

48.

ysis.

8:56

42.

Koch, William J. (University of North
Carolina). Observations of Two Olpidi-
aceous Aquatic Phycomycetes Parasitic in

10:27

49.

Algae.

10:40

50.

9:09

43.

Williams, Constance M. and Lafayette
Frederick (Atlanta University). Studies
on Genera of Clathraceous Fungi.

10:53

51.

9:22

44.

Umphiett, Clyde J. and John N. Couch
(University of North Carolina). Coelomo-
myces in North Carolina.

11:06

51.

9:35

45.

Green, John H. and Walter Herndon
(LTniversity of Tennessee). Phycobionts of
Clavaria.

9:48

46.

Krivanek, Jerome O. ( Biology Division,

11:19

53.

Oak Ridge National Laboratory; and Uni-
versity of South Florida). Nucleic Acids in

the Developing Slime Mold, Dictyostelium
discoideum.

Welden, A. L. (Tulane University). Mor-
phological Studies in Vararia.

Caponetti, James D. (The University of
Tennessee). Morphogenetic Studies on Ex-
cised Leaves of Osmunda cinnamomea L.
Whittier, Dean P. (Virginia Polytechnic
Institute). Studies on Induced Apogamy in
Pteridium Gametophytes.

Reynolds, John D. (University of South
Carolina). The Evolutionary Significance
of Ovule Structure in Diapensiaceae.

Riopel, James L. (University of Virginia).
Studies on the Origin and Potentiality of
Lateral Root Meristems.

Richardson, F. C. and Lafayette Fred-
erick (Atlanta Llniversity ). A Comparative
Study of the Nodal Anatomy of Ulmus
americana and U. pumila.

Griffith, Mildred M. (University of Flor-
ida). Ontogeny of Foliar Sclereids in Os-
manthus fragrans.

.34

ASB Bulletin

Animal Ecology

Room 205, Geology Building
Presiding, John B. Withers, Clark College

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

9:48

10:01

54. Tanner, James T. (University of Tennes-
see and Oak Ridge National Laboratory).
Changes in Animal Populations Related to
Population Density.

55. Harvey, Michael J. and Roger W. Bar-
bour (University of Kentucky). An Im-
proved Method for Determining Home
Range.

56. Hassell, Marion D. and Michael J. Har-
vey ( University of Kentucky ) . Ability of
Mijotis sodalis to Home from Different Di-
rections.

57. Barbour, Roger W. and Michael J. Har-
vey (University of Kentucky). Winter Ac-
tivity of the Prairie Mole, Scalopus aquaticus
machrinus ( Rafinesque ) .

58. Spooner, John D. (University of Florida).
Sound Communication in Phaneropterine
Katydids.

59. Talmage, Sylvia S. and John M. Carpen-
ter ( University of Kentucky). Interspecific
Competition in Cage Experiments with Dro-
sophila.

60. Styron, Clarence Edward, Jr. (Emory
University). Observations on the Ecology
of a Granite Outcrop Isopod, Lirceus fonti-
nalis Raf., with Emphasis on Ionizing Radi-
ation Effects.

61. Grimm, James K. (Madison College). A

Population Study of Land Arthropods in a
Heath Bald and Minor Ecological Observa-
tions.

10:14 62. Whitford, L. A., G. E. Dillard and G. J.

Schumacher (North Carolina State Col-
lege, University of North Carolina, New
York State University). An Artificial Stream
Apparatus for the Study of Lotie Organisms.

10:27 63. Schelske, Claire L., William D. C. Smith

and Jo-Ann Lewis ( Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries, Radiobiological Laboratory, Beau-
fort, North Carolina). Environmental Radio-
activity in Molluscs.

10:40 64. Baptist, John P. (Bureau of Commercial

Fisheries, Radiobiological Laboratory, Beau-
fort, North Carolina). Retention of Radio-
nuclides by the Atlantic Croaker, Micropogon
undulatus.

10:53 65. Batson, Jackie (University of Kentucky).

Preliminary Studies on Tracing Movements
of Ambystoma texanum Tagged with Radio-
active Cobalt-60.

11:06 66. Golley, Frank B. and John B. Gentry

( University of Georgia Institute of Radia-
tion Ecology). Response of Wild Rodents
to Acute Gamma Radiation.

11:19 67. Welch, Bruce L. (College of William and

Mary ) . Sociophysiological Differentiation.

Animal Physiology

Room 106, Biology Building
Presiding, J. M. Branham, Oglethorpe University

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

9:48

68. Lutz, Paul E. (University of North Caro- 10:01
lina at Greensboro ) . Some Physiological As-
pects of Photoperiodic Responses in Nymphs

of Tetragoneuria cynosura (Odonata). 10:14

69. Kent, George C., Jr., John G. Turnbull

and Albert C. Kirby ( Louisiana State Uni-
versity). A Daily Rhythm in Prolactin
Secretion or Release in Hamsters. 10:27

70. Smith, Michael H. and Wayne E. Criss

(University of Florida). Effects of Sex and
Ambient Temperature on the Endogenous
Diel Body Temperature Cycle of Peromyscus
polionotus. 10:40

71. Fairbanks, Gilbert W. ( University of South
Carolina). Lipid Alterations in Rat Testes
Subjected to Above Normal Temperatures.

72. Ford, Lee (Mississippi State College for 10:53
Women). Initial Birth Rate, Percentage

Gain and Adult Size in an English and
American Line of Collie Dogs.

73. Roeder, Martin and Rachel H. Roeder 11:06

( University of North Carolina at Greens-
boro). The Effect of Methylene Blue on

the Respiration of Small Whole Fishes. 11:19

74. Hess, W. N. and John A. Freeman ( Win-
throp College). Excretion of Sodium and
Chloride Ions via Gills and Skin in the
Toadfish.

75. Henderson, Vernon. Observations on the
Inductive Effect of Bone During Regenera-
tion in Catfish.

76. Wynn, Robert A. and George R. Bernard
(Medical College of Georgia). Composi-
tion of the Plasma, Pericardial Fluid and
Perivisceral Fluid of a Stingray.

77. Williams, Luther S. (Atlanta University).
In Vitro Studies on the Effects of Pituitary
Digestion and Somatotrophin on the Growth
Rate of Cells of Sarcoma- 180 from Crocker
Albino Mice.

78. Bush, Francis M. (Howard College).
Physiochemical Variation in ABO Blood
Types and Plasma Proteins of Passer do-
mesticus.

79. Thompson, J. Richard and Gail Yerby
( Southern Research Institute ) . Applications
of Cryobiology in the Biomedical Sciences
and Cancer Research.

80. Mengebier, William L. ( Madison College) .
Succinoxidase Activity of Homogenates of
Dugesia dorotocephala.

81. Dowden, Bobby F. and Harry J. Bennett
(Louisiana State University). Some Effects
of a Chlorinated Hydrocarbon Insecticide on
the Respiration of Procambarus clarkii.

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

35

2:00 82.

2:13 83.

2:26 84.

2:39 85.

2:52 86.

3:05 87.

2:00 94.

2:13 95.

2:26 96.

2:39 97.

2:52 98.

3:05 99.

2:00 106.

2:13 107.
2:26 108.

FRIDAY AFTERNOON-APRIL 17, 2:00 P.M.

Plant Physiology

Auditorium, Church School Building
Presiding, H. E. Joham, Texas A & M University

Norris, W. E., Jr. and Beatrice Brotz- 3:18
man (Southwest Texas State College). Ef-
fect of Gibberellic Acid and Malformin on
Elongation and Geotropieally Induced Cur- 3:31
vature of Avena Coleoptiles.

Henderson, James H. M. and Reginald H.

Walter ( Tuskegee Institute ) . The Influ-
ence of the Interaction of IAA and Phenolic 3-44
Acids on Avena Straight Growth.

Scarbrough, Emanuel and J. H. M. Hen-
derson (Tuskegee Institute). Identity of
the Biologically Active Breakdown Products „

of Indolpyruvic Acid. 3:57

Taylor, D. M., P. W. Morgan, J. V. Amin
and H. E. Joham ( Texas A & M Univer-
sity). Effects of Manganese Nutrition on 4:10

the IAA-Oxidase System of Cotton.

Morgan, Page W., Howard E. Joham and
J. V. Amin (Texas A & M University). Im-
plication of the IAA-Oxidase System of Cot-
ton in Manganese Toxicity. 4:23

Van Fleet, D. S. (University of Georgia).

Control of Differentiation and Function by
Distribution of Enzymes in a Lipid-Bound
System.

88. De Jong, Donald (University of Georgia).
The Significance of Enzyme Localization in
Plant Roots.

89. Morrison, Ralph M. ( University of North
Carolina at Greensboro). Effects of Growth
Promoting Substances on Isolated Stem
Sections.

90. Myles, Marion R. (Grumbling College).
The Effect of Drugs and Hormones on
Growth and Mitosis, Using Root Tips of the
Horsebean, Vicia faba.

91. Powell, Robert D. (Texas A & M LTniver-
sity). Color Complexes Formed by Indole
Type Auxin.

92. O’Kelley, J. C. and T. E. Denton ( Uni-
versity of Alabama). Differences in Com-
position Between Protosiphon botrijoides
Cells Grown in a Ca- and Cells Grown in
Sr-Replacement Medium.

93. Yarbrough, J. D., J. C. O’Kelley and
A. F. Findeis (University of Alabama).
Liquid Scintillation Determination of Radio-
isotopes in Chlamtjdomonas reinhardti.

Plant Ecology

Room 105, Biology Building
Presiding, M. P. Burbanek, Emory University

Williams, Richard B. ( U. S. Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries). Phytoplankton Pro-
ductivity at Beaufort, North Carolina.
Cowley', G. T. ( University of South Caro-
lina). A Soil Microfungal Population Analy-
sis of Fifteen Stands on the Savannah River
Plant.

DeSelm, H. R. (University of Tennessee).
Plant Calcium Concentrations in Relation to
Altitude and Latitude.

Edmisten, Joe A. (University of Georgia).
Alkylbenzene Sulfonate in the Lentic Eco-
system.

Ashby, William Clark (Southern Illinois
University). Seasonal Trends in Internal
Water Balance Related to Habitat.
McCormick, J. Frank ( University of Geor-
gia). Effects of Ionizing Radiation and
Other Environmental Stresses upon Pinus
elliottii.

3:18 100.

3:31 101.

3:44 102.

3:57 103.

4:10 104.

4:23 105.

McGinnis, J. T. and R. B. Platt ( Emory
University). Recovery of Hardwood For-
ests Stands from Short-Term Exposures of
Ionizing Radiation.

Monk, Carl D. (University of Florida).
The Southern Mixed Hardwood Forest of
North Central Florida.

Bruhn, Mary Ellen and Edward E. C.
Clebsch (University of Tennessee). A Suc-
cessional Study of the Grassy Balds.
Cooper, Arthur W. (North Carolina State).
Saltmarsh Studies on the North Carolina
Outer Banks.

Bostick, Peter E. (University of North
Carolina). A Geobotanical Investigation of
Chandler Mountain, St. Clair County, Ala-
bama.

Bozeman, John R. ( University of North
Carolina). Correlation of the Vascular Flora
to Edaphic Factors on the Altamaha River
Sand Ridge.

Invertebrate Zoology and Parasitology

Room 205, Geology Building

Presiding, E. Dwain Porter, Georgia Institute of Technology

Fitzpatrick, J. F. Jr. (LTniversity of Vir- 2:39
ginia). The Propinquus Group of the
Crawfish Genus Orconectes.

Thompson, Jesse C., Jr. ( Hampden-Syd-
ney). A Hymenostome Ciliate from the
Antarctica. 2:52

Wells, Carolyn and Jeanne W. Cla-
bough ( Longwood College). An Improved
Method for Removing Media from a Proto-
zoan Population.

109. Martin, Virginia L. and W. D. Burbanck
(Emory University). Time Required for
the Loss of Kappa from Paramecium aurelia,
Syngen 4, Stock 51.7, Grown in Non-Living
Media.

110. Williams, Donald B. and Robert C.
Ramger (Vassar College and Maryville Col-
lege). Differences in Sensitivity to Ultra-
violet Licht During the Cell Growth Cycle
of the Ciliate Spathidium spathula.

36

ASB Bulletin

3:05

3:18

3:31

3:44

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

3:05

111.

112.

113.

114.

118.

119.

120.

121.

122.

123.

Gaisser, Rosemary (The University of Ten-
nessee). Acanthocephala from the Falcon,

Falco tinnunculus, of Egypt. 3:57

Tan, Bian Djoen (The University of Ten-
nessee). A Method of Irradiating Hymen-
olepis microstoma, the Bile Duct Tapeworm
of Mice, in Vitro, with Subsequent Survival 4:10
and Growth.

Miller, Grover C. (North Carolina State).

Report on a New Strigeoid Trematode from 4:23
the Red-Shouldered Hawk.

Harris, Alva Howard ( North Carolina
State). Observations on the Larval Stages

of Pharyngostomoides procyonis, Harkema,
1942 (Trematoda: Diplostomidae ) .

115. Hammer, Ruth (University of Tennessee).
An Analysis of Linear Measurements of the
Gregarines from Random Samples of Gib-
bium psylloides.

116. Holliman, Rhodes B. and Frank J. Etges
(Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Univer-
sity of Cincinnati). Studies on Trematode
Cercariae from Virginia.

117. Holliman, Rhodes B. (Virginia Polytechnic
Institute). Studies on a New Trypanosome
in the Rabbit, Sylvilagus floridamis, in Vir-
ginia.

Cytology and Cytogenetics

Room 106, Biology Building

Presiding, R. H. Fetner, Georgia Institute of Technology

Bell, Sandra and Sheldon Wolff (Uni- hyde Fixation: Gravimetric Responses of

versity of Tennessee, Oak Ridge National Tissue Slices and Gels.

Laboratory). Studies on the Mechanism of 3:18
the Effect of FUdR on Chromosomes.

Howe, H. Branch, Jr. ( University of Geor-
gia). Sources of Error in Genetic Analysis 3:31
in Neurospora tetrasperma.

Ballal, S. K. (University of Tennessee).

A Method of Studying Chromosomes in 3:44
Some Species of Poria.

Murdy, William H. and John R. Laugh- 3:57

nan ( Emory University and University of
Illinois). Chromosome Duplication as a
Factor in the Evolution of Maize. 4:10

Applegate, Arthur L. (Emory University).

The Cytochemistry of Oogenesis in the Ma-
rine Snail, llyanassa obsoleta. 4:23

Bernard, George R. and Gail G. Wynn
(Medical College of Georgia). Formalde-

124. Meisner, Herman M. (Emory University).
Factors Affecting Mitotic Recovery in X-Ir-
radiated Grasshopper Neuroblasts.

125. Schiff, Stefan O. ( University of Tennes-
see). Tritiated Uridine Incorporation in
Grasshapper Neuroblasts.

126. Sagawa, Yoneo (University of Florida).
Self-Incompatibility Among Easter Lillies.

127. Alvarez, Marvin Ray (University of Flor-
ida). A Histochemical Study of Embryo
Development in Vanda ( Orchidaceae ) .

128. Rinaldi, R. A., Iris Snider and Margaret
Dozier (University of Tennessee). “Flow-
Charts” of Amoeboid Movement.

129. Rinaldi, Robert A. (University of Tennes-
see). Plasmasol-Plasmagel Conversion in
the Hyaline Cap of Chaos chaos.

Project LOCO Completes First Phase Off Jamaica

Scientists from the Institute of Marine Science,
University of Miami, have succeeded in drilling
186 feet into the ocean floor at a depth of 2,000
feet at a Caribbean site southwest of Jamaica.
Working from the 174-foot vessel Submar ex,
owned and operated by a California firm, Global
Marine, and aided by the Institute of Marine
Science Research Vessel Gerda, the investigators
anchored in deep water and obtained deep-sea
sediments dating back some 20 million years.
The operation constitutes the first phase of Pro-
ject LOCO ( LOng COres ) . Planned and direc-
ted by the Institute of Marine Science, with
the cooperation of Global Marine and the finan-
cial support of the National Science Foundation,
the Miami investigators hope eventually to ob-
tain continuous core samples of up to % mile in
length from the ocean floor.

Sediment in deep-sea cores is dated by radio-
active methods and by identifying tiny fossil
shells embedded in it. About half the ocean floor
is covered with a mud containing the empty shells
of Foraminifera, tiny protozoans that live near
the ocean surface. As the organisms die and
sink, they contribute to the bottom sediment.

known as Globigerina ooze, which accumulates
at a rate of about one inch in a thousand years.
When major changes occur at the earth’s surface
—such as when a large mountain range is cre-
ated, an oceanic current shifts its course, or a
major glaciation causes a lowering of tempera-
tures—the character of the sediment and the
types of shells buried in it change. Thus deep-
sea sediments contain a unique record of the
past history of the earth.

Global Marine Exploration Company, of Los
Angeles, acquired considerable experience in
drilling through the deep ocean floor when it
conducted, more than two years ago, the first
phase of the MOHO Project off the coast of
southern California. The purpose of this project
is essentially to sample the upper mantle, which
underlies the crust of the earth at a depth of 3
to 4 miles below the ocean floor. The purpose
of the Institute of Marine Science’s LOCO Pro-
ject, on the other hand, is to sample in contin-
uity the sediments of the deep-sea floor, which
are 1,000 to 3,000 feet thick, and to thus gain an
insight into the past history of the earth.

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

37

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 25 th Annual
Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists

Comparison of Techniques Used in the Study
of Absorption of Chemicals by Leaves

Mohamed M. Aboul-Ela and Charles S. Miller,
Texas A 6- M University

Radioactively-labeled chemicals were applied and their
absorption by cotton leaves was measured using different
techniques. A gross radioautographic method employing
the usual X-ray film and storage at - 20°C. for compara-
tively long exposures was used on surface-washed and
unwashed plant material treated with ethylene, amino-
triazole, arsenic acid, pentochlorophenol, 2,4-D, and S,S,S-
tributylphosphorotrithioate. Semi-microradioautographic
techniques using leaf discs exposed to photographic emul-
sions were tried for distributive studies. Photographic
plates were used in conjunction with densitometric de-
terminations for quantitative studies. Direct radioassay
of leaf discs showed promise in quantitative determina-
tions of absorption by resistant selection and susceptible
variety of cotton. An adapted strip-counter was also
employed for determinations of petiole absorption and
translocation.

A Histochemical Study of Embryo Development
in Vanda ( Orchidaceae ) *

Marvin Ray Alvarez, University of Florida

An investigation of the changes in distribution and
concentration of insoluble polysaccharides, total proteins,
ribonucleic acid (RNA), and histones throughout the
development of the embryo sac and embryo of Vanda
was made. The primary megaspore wall is richer in in-
soluble polysaccharides than other megasporangial cell
walls. A protein concentration gradient exists in the
megasporangium, decreasing toward the basal end. The
synergid cells are high in protein and insoluble polysac-
charides and may serve to nurture the egg. A high con-
centration of protein appears at the chalazal limits of the
embryo sac shortly after fertilization, disappearing gradu-
ally as the embryo enlarges. This activity appears to be
associated with the antipodal cells. The embryo initial
exhibits a higher protein and RNA concentration than the
suspensor initial as early as the two-cell stage. In the
protocorm, differentiation of a meristematic cell into a
parenchymatous cell involves a volume increase due to
water uptake and to protein synthesis occurring at a rate
sufficient to maintain a constant protein concentration.
The cell walls of the meristematic cells contain greater
amounts of pectin than those of the parenchvmatous cells.
The major non-pectic wall components are the hemicellu-
loses. An increase in ploidy and histone concentration
occurs in the nuclei of the parenchymatous region prior
to the necrosis of this region.

* Research supported in part by Atomic Energy Com-
mission Contract AT- ( 40-1 ) -3088 to Dr. Y. Sagawa.

The Cytochemistry of Oogenesis in the
Marine Snail, Ihjanassa obsoleta
A. L. Applegate, Emory University

The cytoplasm of previtellogenic oocytes in llyanassa
contains a high concentration of RNA and glycogen.
The chromosomes of the young oocytes go through a

preleptotene, bouquet, and a pachytene stage; then, from
the onset of vitellogenesis the pachytene stage is retained
until yolk formation is virtually completed at which time
the chromosomes have reached the late diplotene stage.
The nucleolus becomes evident at early pachytene and
shows drastic changes in morphology and RNA content
through midvitellogenesis. During late vitellogenesis the
nucleolus is large, spherical, and stains weakly for RNA.
The first cytoplasmic indication of yolk formation is the
appearance of small lipid and RNA bodies which is fol-
lowed by the formation of small yolk platelets composed
of protein and polysaccharide. Early polarity is not dis-
cernible; however, in the later stages of vitellogenesis the
free end of the oocyte may be recognized as the animal
pole region, whereas the attached end is characteristic of
the vegetal pole plasm.

Seasonal Trends in Internal Water Balance
Related to Habitat

William Clark Ashby, Southern Illinois University

Poison ivy was used as a test species to compare four
forest habitats. Leaves from each habitat were collected,
frozen, the sap expressed, and the osmotic pressure deter-
mined by depression of the freezing point and by refrac-
tive index. During a late summer drought leaf coloration
developed, and the osmotic pressure rose to approxi-
mately 15 atmospheres prior to severe wilting and leaf
fall. The measured moisture stress developed first on
black oak ridges, and then successively on white oak •,
slopes, red oak ravines, and sweet gum bottomlands.
Leaf size, stem diameter, and climatic data were related
to habitat, and to moisture stress.

Some Factors Affecting the Tolerance of
Aspergillus niger to Mercury

L. J. Ashworth, Jr. and J. V. Amin,

Texas A & M University

Mercury-tolerant isolates of Aspergillus niger van Tiegh.

( mycelia but not conidia ) have been previously reported.
Results of these studies indicate that non-selected my-
celium of the fungus is either sensitive or tolerant of Hg
depending upon colony age and the nature of its sub-
strate. Mycelium grown on potato-dextrose agar (PDA)
quickly acquired the ability to survive on agar contain-
ing 4 ppm Hg equivalent of methyl mercury dicyandi-
amide. Fifty per cent of 24-hour- and 90% of 48-hour-
old inoculum grew. All 5- and 25-day-old inoculum
survived and also had higher growth rates than younger
inocula. Thirty- and 40-day-old inocula had the same
percentage survival and growth rate as 24-hour-old inocu-
lum. A 4-salt synthetic medium conferred less tolerance
to the fungus than PDA; 24- and 72-hour-old inocula
grew only at 1 and 1.5 ppm Hg respectively.

A Method of Studying Chromosomes
in Some Species of Poria
S. K. Ballal, University of Tennessee

The somatic and meiotic divisions in the higher basidio-
mycetes are difficult to study because of the problems
involved in staining. The investigations on the behavior
of nuclei in growing hyphae in this group are not many.

38

ASB Bulletin:

A fairly satisfactory way of staining the chromosomes in
some species of Poria is described below.

The cultures were started from spore prints on agar
slants and maintained on malt agar medium. Bits of
hymenial tissue and mycelium are fixed in Newcomer’s
fluid. The fixative is changed after one hour and fixing
is continued for 12 hours. The next step is the hydro-
lysing and mordanting of the material with I N HC1 and
2% alum-iodic acid. After washing with three changes
of distilled water the fungal tissue is stained with iron-
aceto-hematoxylin for 2-4 hours depending on the con-
sistency of the substance under investigation. A small
piece of tissue is transferred to a slide with a drop of
dye and the squash preparation obtained is usually satis-
factory when examined under high resolution.

Retention of Radionuclides by the Atlantic
Croaker, Micropogon undulatus

John P. Baptist, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
Radiobiological Laboratory, Beaufort, N. C.

Whole-body retention of strontium-85, niobium-95,
iron-59, cobalt-60, zinc-65, and indium- 114 by croakers
was determined following oral administration or intra-
peritoneal injection of each radioisotope. Betention of
cobalt-60 was expressed as a single rate function repre-
senting a biological half-life of 31 days. Retention of
the other radionuclide tested was expressed as multiple
rate functions consisting of two components. The long-
lived component of strontium-85 had a biological half-
life of 138 days; niobium-95, 465 days; iron-59, 215 days;
zinc-65, 138 days; and indium-114, 224 days. Compari-
sons were made between the biological half-life and the
effective half-life of each radionuclide.

Winter Activity of the Prairie Mole, Scalopus
aquaticus machrinus (Rafinesque)

Roger W. Barbour and Michael J. Harvey,
University of Kentucky

A prairie mole was tagged with a piece of alloy wire
containing 55 microcuries of Co60. The nest was located
using a survey meter and scintillation probe. The meter
was encased in a plastic bag, placed over the nest, and
the audio output connected to a 1-MA strip chart re-
corder. In 16 days of record in January, one female
mole spent 33 periods in the nest, and made as many
trips out. Trips ranged from 25 minutes to 13 hours 40
minutes, averaging 8 hours 7 minutes. Periods in the
nest varied from 15 minutes to 6 hours 15 minutes, aver-
aging 3 hours 48 minutes. No correlation was found
between trips out of the nest and the daily cycle of light
and dark. Excavation of known nests revealed that the
mole took over and converted to her own use a winter
nest of a prairie vole, Microtus ochrogaster.

Preliminary Studies on Tracing Movements of
Ambystoma texanum Tageed with
Radioactive Cobalt-60
Jackie Batson, University of Kentucky

This preliminary research represents studies on tracing
the movements of Ambystoma texanum, specimens of
which have been tagged with Cobalt-60. The problem
has been in progress for one and one-half years in an
area located 15 miles from the university campus. Forty-
three specimens have been made radioactive. Data have
been accumulated concerning their movements. Some
have never been detected since the initial tagging. Others
have been detected a varying number of times ranging
from one to thirty-five.

Included in the discussion is some information on how
these salamanders can achieve their movement from one
position to another. No apparent “pattern of movement”
seems to be characteristic of the species. These studies
will be continued during this year.

Role of ATP, Proline, and Histidine
in Radiation Recovery

A. V. Beatty and J. W. Beatty, Emory University

X-ray-induced chromosomal aberrations of the ring and
dicentric type in the first microspore division of Trades-
cantia paludosa were used to measure radiation recovery
as enhanced by treatment with ATP, proline, or histidine.
Delineated were the results of : ( 1 ) various concentra-
tions of the chemicals, ( 2 ) length of treatment for maxi-
mum effect, (3) duration of effects after removal from
the chemical solutions. Material treated with proline and
histidine exhibited a threshold effect associated both with
concentration of solution and with length of treatment.
The threshold was more pronounced following use of
histidine, while ATP exhibited a linear relationship with
regard to both concentrations and length of treatment.
The disappearance of the chemical effect after the ma-
terial was removed from the solutions (before irradia-
tion) was gradual with ATP and proline but rapid with
histidine.

Studies on the Mechanism of the Effect
of FUdR on Chromosomes

Sandra Bell and Sheldon Wolff, University of
Tennessee and Biology Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory, Oak Ridge,

T ennessee

Fluorodeoxyuridine (FUdR) has been found to break
chromosomes of the broadbean, Vicia faba. Since FUdR
had previously been found to inhibit DNA synthesis in
virus-infected E. coli, and since the time required for the
appearance of chromosome breaks in FUdR-treated cells
was equal to the length of the post-synthetic (G2) por-
tion of the cell cycle in untreated cells, it was originally
postulated that the chromosomes were broken only in the
latter portion of the DNA synthesis ( S ) period. This
has recently been shown to be incorrect. The chromo-
somes can be broken in all stages of the cell cycle and
not only in the S period. Since FUdR had never been
shown to affect DNA synthesis in Vicia faba, or in any
other higher plant, it was decided to see if there was an
effect on DNA synthesis. Experiments designed to eluci-
date this problem have shown that: 1) FUdR does affect
DNA synthesis in Vicia, and 2) the effect of FUdR on
DNA synthesis is reversed by the addition of a concen-
tration of exogenous thymidine equal to the concentra-
tion of FUdR, but the chromosome-breaking effect of
FUdR is independent of DNA synthesis and is reversed
only by the addition of much greater concentrations of
thymidine.

Formaldehyde Fixation: Gravimetric Responses
of Tissue Slices and Gels *

George R. Bernard and Gail G. Wynn,
Medical College of Georgia

Thin slices of rat liver, kidney and rectus femoris
muscle and thin, flat pieces of albumin-gelatin gel ( made
up with distilled water or 0.9% saline) were immersed in
the following formalin solutions: 10%, 20%, 30%, neutral
buffered 10%, 10% in 0.7% saline. 10% in 0.9% saline, 10%
in 1.1% saline, and 10% in 1.5% saline. The slices or
pieces of gel were quickly weighed before immersion and
at 5-, 15-, 30-, 60-, 240-, and 1200-minute intervals post

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

39

immersion. With the exception of the neutral buffered
formalin curve, three families of unmistakably related
response curves were obtained for the three tissues.
More variability of response was seen with the muscle
slices. Weight gain was inversely proportional to solute
concentration, but the formaldehyde particles apparently
are not involved osmotically. The response of the mem-
braneless gel systems to the fixatives, although quantita-
tively greater, was qualitatively the same as the tissue
slice response.

* Supported by USPHS Grant RG 9347.

Effects of Growth Regulators on the Absorption
of C14-labeled s-Triazine Herbicides
by Tea Leaves

Prosanto Kumar Biswas, Tuske gee Institute

The main object of this present investigation was to
study the effects of growth regulators, such as gibberellic
acid ( GA3 ) and indole acetic acid ( I AA ) , on the absoqi-
tion of C14-labeled 2-chloro-4,6-bis ( isopropylamino ) -s-
triazine (Propazine) by the upper and lower surfaces of
the tea ( Camellia sinensis) leaves. It was noted that the
upper surface of detached whole leaves absorbed only
3.5 ppm of propazine, whereas the lower surface ab-
sorbed 15.0 ppm from a water-agar solution containing
propazine. The addition of GAS and IAA to the agar
solution significantly increased the absorption by the
upper surface, but had very little effect on absorption by
the lower surface.

A Geobotanical Investigation of Chandler
Mountain, St. Clair County, Alabama
P. E. Bostick, University of North Carolina

Collections of vascular plants in the vicinity of Chandler
Mountain, St. Clair County, Alabama, in the Valley and
Ridge Province were made during parts of the growing
seasons of 1962 and 1963. An attempt was made to
correlate the members of the flora with geological sub-
strates, of which seven were studied. Out of a total of
506 taxa represented in the collections, 293 or 58% were
found on single substrates. Of the 293 “primary indica-
tors,” 212 or 72% were found on either the Pottsville
sandstone or on the Hamblen alluvium. The highly in-
dicative nature of this flora is tentatively ascribed to soil
moisture and chemistry, combined with topographic and
biotic influences.

Correlation of the Vascular Flora to Edaphic
Factors on the Altamaha River Sand Ridge
John R. Bozeman, University of North Carolina

A floristie study based on collections made over two
growing seasons on this sand ridge shows certain correla-
tions between: (1) the plant associations and soils, (2)
individual species distribution and soils, and (3) mor-
phological variation of species and soils. An attempt has
been made to clarify certain aspects of plant and soil-
moisture relationships. Analysis of the field capacity,
permanent-wilting percentage and organic content of the
different soils has elucidated some of the problems which
exist. This excessively drained sand ridge parallel to the
Altamaha River is very similar in vegetation and geology
to sand ridges that parallel most of the rivers and large
streams on the Coastal Plain of Georgia, South Carolina,
and North Carolina. This ridge is unique in having cer-
tain features in common with the Fall-Line Sandhills and
with the Sand-Pine Scrub and Hammocks of Florida.

A Successional Study of the Grassy Raids

Mary Ellen Bruhn anii Edward E. C. Clebsch,
University of Tennessee

A study of the vegetation of three grassy balds in the
Great Smoky Mountains— Andrews Bald, Gregory Bald,
and Spence Field— was made. The sampling data ob-
tained were compared with those of two previous inves-
tigators. Maps showing the encroachment of woody
vegetation over a period of some twenty years have been
prepared, and first approximations of the rate of en-
croachment have been made.

A Floristie Study of Kentucky Point, Kentucky

E. T. Browne, Jr., University of Kentucky

Kentucky Point is an area at the extreme western end
of the state. It is isolated from the remainder of the state
by an inverted Lf-shaped bend of the Mississippi River,
and access by car is only through Tennessee. Until about
20 years ago, a highway from St. Louis to Memphis tra-
versed the area, but silting caused discontinuance of the
ferry, and today a distance of one mile exists between
the former ferry landing and the south bank of the river.
The vegetation is unlike that of other sections of the
state with species occurring here which are unknown or
are quite limited elsewhere in Kentucky. This area is
situated in the Mississippi Embayment region of the Gulf
Coastal Plain, and many species are found of a predomi-
nantly southern distribution. The topography is flat to
gently rolling with elevations from 270 to 305 feet, and
the soils are alluvial in origin.

Three Generations of x Quercus rucLkini Britton
( Q. marilandica Muenchh. x Q. phellos L. )

C. John Burk, Smith College

Specimens representing three generations descended
from an initial hybridization of Quercus marilandica
Muenchh. with Q. phellos L. were analyzed and com-
pared by means of Anderson’s hybrid index method.
Some plants approximating the parental types were en-
countered in the F2 generation. The offspring of these
latter F_. specimens were often morphologically inter-
mediate between the original parental types. Hybrid
vigor was apparent in some F:, progenies while other F-.
progenies were stunted and deformed with very low per-
centages of acorn germination. Markedly different pat-
terns of variation were observed in offspring of a single F»
plant in two successive years. The role of progeny
studies in oak biosystematics is discussed.

Physiochemical Variation in ABO Blood Types
and Plasma Proteins of Passer domesticus
Francis M. Bush, Howard College

House Sparrows, introduced into N.A. since 1850, show
geographic variation in bodily characters. These struc-
tural changes are believed to have adaptive significance
and suggest that this species has undergone considerable
evolution since occupancy. Such differences encourage
one to search for chemical variation basic to morpho-
logical change. The present study utilizes the blood to
assess the physiochemical variation.

Erythrocytes typed with human antisera show fledg-
lings 31-49 days post-hatching develop antigen-A and by
80 days, antigen-B with enough potency to produce ag-
glutinations. By 80 days, ABO blood types are fixed;
however, the reactive strength of agglutinations increases
to 181-221 days. Tests of samples from five localities
show antigenic polymorphism; type O is more common

40

ASB Bulletin

in southeastern and types A and AB in midwestem popu-
lations.

Starch gel electrophoresis of plasma proteins shows a
minimum of 14 fractions. Migration patterns reveal a
prealbumin, albumins, post albumins, and globulins when
stained with Amido Swartz. Histochemical staining wtih
alpha naphthyl acetate shows four aromatic esterases;
one fast and three slow migrating fractions. At least
one haptoglobin is identified using benzidine-H«CL.
Autoradiography with Fe58-labeled plasma shows one
transferrin that migrates slowly when compared with
human plasma. Such results represent an initial separa-
tion of plasma proteins of wild birds using this technique.
Six more fractions are present than identified previously
in the plasma of domestic fowl.

Similarly aged birds from five localities differ both
qualitatively and quantitatively in post albumins, es-
terases, and possibly haptoglobins. For each fraction
the heterogeneity is minor, but considered altogether pro-
vides subtle evidence of biochemical evolution. ( Sup-
ported by Grant # PW, 695, Society of Sigma Xi.)

Morphogenetic Studies on Excised Leaves
of Osmunda cinnamomea L.

James D. Caponetti, University of Tennessee

Experimental studies on the fern Osmunda cinna-
momea L. have shown that leaf primordia at various
stages of development within the apical bud will develop
into mature leaves when excised and placed in a sterile
agar medium of inorganic salts plus 2% sucrose. Mor-
phogenetic studies on natural leaves and on certain cul-
tured leaves have demonstrated that the growth pattern
in excised leaves is qualitatively normal and similar to
that in natural leaves. However, there are significant
quantitative differences. Meristematic activity is dras-
tically reduced in the developing crazier of cultured
leaves. The result is a mature leaf which is very much
smaller than the natural leaf, and has a reduced number
of pinnae pairs. Sucrose concentrations up to 6% evoke an
increment in final leaf height, and sucrose concentra-
tions up to 10% amplify the number of pinnae pairs.
Parallel experiments using mannitol in place of the su-
crose have shown that the sucrose effect is not an os-
motic one.

Comparative Cytology of Three Types of Cells
Synthesizing Different Proteins

Robert R. Cardell, Jr., Funan Hu, and
Robert S. Knighton, Edsel B. Ford Institute for Medical

Research and Henry Ford Hospital, Detroit, Michigan

Cells from the salamander pituitary gland, a mouse
melanoma, and a human pituitary tumor were obtained,
fixed in osmium tetroxide, embedded in Vestopal W, sec-
tioned on an ultramicrotome, and examined in an electron
microscope. These cells were actively synthesizing pro-
teins and it is the purpose of this paper to describe their
cytology during this process.

The mouse melanoma cells were synthesizing melanin;
the salamander pituitary cells were synthesizing thyro-
trophin; and the human pituitary tumor cells were syn-
thesizing somatrophin. The similarity of the cytology of
these cells implies that the process of protein synthesis
may be identical in these different cells. The most strik-
ing observation is the hypertrophy of the Golgi complex
and involvement of this organelle with the formation of
specific protein structures within these cells. The Golgi
was more prominent in the pituitary than in the mouse
melanoma cells; however, the Golgi complex of the
mouse melanoma cells was also enlarged. The rough
endoplasmic reticulum of all three types of cells was

abundant and occurred in the form of small vesicles or
flat lamellar cisternae. Mitochondria were found in all
cells.

A Preliminary Study of the Absorption of Iodine
by Several Plant Species and Its Subsequent Fate
Henry A. Collins, Tuskegee Institute

In a study designed to determine the rapidity with
which iodine was absorbed and translocated by pea
( Pisum sativum) and com (Z ea mays) plants, radio-
active I131 applied to the rooting zone was distributed
throughout shoot tissue within six hours after application.
Autoradiograms of kidney bean ( Phaseolus vulgaris ) ,
spinach ( Spinacia oleracea) and tomato ( Lycopersicon
esculentum) plants, in addition to com and pea plants,
revealed iodine to be uniformly distributed between leaf
and stem tissues. Within leaves, however, iodine was
more concentrated in vascular than nonvascular tissue.

Paper chromatograms of extracts from pea plants
treated with the stable form of elemental iodine revealed
two distinct spots upon reacting with a reagent contain-
ing ferric chloride, sodium arsenite and potassium ferri-
cyanide. This suggests that iodine is incorporated into
some compound. Paper chromatograms containing ex-
tracts from several species of plants fed I131 have been
exposed to x-ray film to positively establish the position
of iodine on the chromatograms.

Saltmarsh Studies on the North Carolina
Outer Banks

Arthur W. Cooper, North Carolina State

A study of high saltmarsh vegetation has been initi-
ated in conjunction with a program of mosquito control
on Bodie Island in the Cape Hatteras National Seashore,
North Carolina. Mosquito control is being attempted by
means of impoundments and one immediate aim of the
research is to determine the nature of vegetational
changes, if any, which occur in response to changes in
marsh water levels. The primary study area is a marsh
approximately IK miles long and 1 mile wide, located
just north of Bodie Island lighthouse. This will be sup-
plemented by control areas located in marshes just to the
north. The first stages of the project have consisted of
determinations of species associations, mapping of these,
and an estimate of the standing crop of major marsh
species. Subsequent work will be devoted to studies of
environmental factors and to the functional ecology of
the marshes.

A Soil Microfungal Population Analysis
of Ffteen Stands on the Savannah
River Plant *

Gerald T. Cowley, University of South Carolina f

The soil microfungal populations of three abandoned
fields, four pine forests, three oak forests, and five mixed
hardwood forests were isolated and compared. Of the
354 separate entities detected, 54 were considered abun-
dant ( frequency of 50% or more ) in one or more stands.
The populations from the abandoned fields were most
distinctive, in that 21 of their 25 abundant entities were
isolated rarely or not at all from the forest soils. Among
the forest stands, the oak and pine forest populations
were most similar. Two particularly striking contrasts
could be made between different habitats. Aspergilli
were abundant in the abandoned fields ( 35% of the iso-
lates) while they were rare in the forests (less than 1%
of the isolates). Mortierella ramanianna was isolated
from all of the oak and pine stands (17 and 11% of the

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

41

isolates), while it was isolated from 60% of the mixed
hardwood stands and comprised only 1 % of the isolates.

* The information contained in this article was devel-
oped during the course of work under contract AT (07-
2)-l with the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission.

f Work performed while the author was ORINS Re-
search participant at the Savannah River Laboratory,
Aiken, S. C.

A Historical Account of the Flora
of Roanoke Island

Philip J. Crutchfield, University of North Carolina

During a floristic study of Roanoke Island, North Caro-
lina, 831 taxa were collected. This island is situated be-
tween the Dare County mainland and the adjacent part
of the “Outer Banks” known as Bodie Island. It sup-
ports a maritime flora of unusual diversity although oc-
cupying a relatively small area. An effort is made to
account for this diversity by a discussion of the geologi-
cal, ecological, and cultural history.

The Influence of Cupferron on the Frequency of
X-rav-Induced Chromosomal Aberrations
in Tradescantia paludosa
Herbert L. Davis, Jr., Emory University

Cupferron ( the ammonium salt of nitrosophenylhy-
droxylamine) has been reported to inhibit respiration.
In this study cupferron was used as a pre- and post-
treatment agent prior to or after irradiation in helium.
Tradescantia paludosa inflorescences were pre-treated in
varying concentrations of cupferron for varying periods
of time and were then given 400 r. of x-radiation in
helium. Control inflorescences were given 400 r. in
helium. Experiments using cupferron as a post-treatment
agent were carried out to determine if the cupferron
effect was on chromosome breakage or recovery. Exam-
ination of the microspores for chromosomal aberrations of
the ring and dicentric types showed that the frequency
of aberrations was lower in the cupferron treated micro-
spores than in those which received no cupferron.

The Significance of Enzyme Localization
in Plant Roots

Donald W. De Jong, University of Georgia

Histochemical and cytochemical determinations were
made of the components of root tissues in order to es-
tablish the role of the cortex as a functional symplast.
Peroxidase has a characteristic cytoplasmic distribution
in the hypodermis, endodermis and phloem in early
stages of root development. With differentiation, the
localization pattern shifts to the walls and membranes of
the cells and a distinct polarity was found at the intra-
cellular level. Other enzymes investigated, succinic de-
hydrogenase, ethanol dehydrogenase, acid phospatase,
non-specific esterase, and aryl sulfatase, were also found
to have a polar and asymmetrical distribution. In addi-
tion to enzymes, tests were made for structural con-
stituents of the cells, particularly proteins, amino and
sulfhydryl bound groups, lipid materials, and callose.
The primary objective in the research was to use histo-
chemical methods toward a resolution of the problems of
redox potentials, osmotic and electrochemical gradients.

Plant Calcium Concentrations in Relation
To Altitude and Latitude

H. R. DeSelm, University of Tennessee

Collections of leaves of Acer rubrum, Betula alleghani-
ensis. Hydrangea arborescens and Impatiens capensis
were made in the Great Smoky Mountains, and some
also enroute to La Tuqe, P. Q. Royal Shanks collected
Pinus contorta, Populus sp., P. balsamifera and Picea
glauca between Fairbanks, Alaska, and Montana.

Mean calcium levels vary from 3,000 ppm to about
18,000 ppm in pine and hydrangea. Hardwood levels
exceed softwood by x 2 or x 3, and limestone doubles
concentrations. Changes with latitude vary from no ef-
fect ( aspen to - 600 ppm per degree ( maple ) and
-130 to -170 ppm per degree (pine, spruce). Change
with elevation ranges from about - 820 ( jewelweed ) to
-2,000 per 1,000 feet (hydrangea). Maple collected on
both sequences showed - 600 ppm per degree and - 1,200
ppm per 1,000 feet. Equating elevation to latitude
(1,000 feet = 2° 45'), the 1,200 ppm figure is somewhat
low.

Some Effects of a Chlorinated Hydrocarbon
Insecticide on the Respiration
of Procambams clarkii

Bobby F. Dowden and Harry J. Bennett,
Louisiana State University

The respiration of adult swamp crawfish, Procambams
clarkii, was measured with a respirometer employing
Winkler determinations of dissolved oxygen concentra-
tions before and after exposure of the animal. Test solu-
tion concentrations of 1, 2, 4, and 8 parts per million of
Chlordane were compared to a normal curve which is de-
fined herein as the animal’s respiration in a solution
without Chlordane. Generally, Chlordane heightened the
oxygen consumption of the animals; however, some con-
centrations caused an initial lowering of oxygen con-
sumption followed by a greatly heightened oxygen con-
sumption. Tests are being conducted to test the hy-
pothesis that the chlorinated hydrocarbon causes loss of
control of muscle activity thereby increasing this activity
until death of the animal.

Alkylbenzene Sulfonate in the Lentic Ecosystem

Joe A. Edmisten, University of Georgia

Preliminary experiments are being conducted to test
the effect of 3 concentrations of ABS in the lentic habi-
tat. The design consists of 4 treatments with 3 replica-
tions. The producer organisms in each treatment con-
sist of Typha, S agittaria, Scirpus, Elodea, Lemna, Azolla,
S pirogyra, Hydrodictyon, Zygnema, Nitella, Anabaena,
Navicula, Closteriam. Consumers include Pelomyxa,
Paramecium, Stentor, V orticella, Hydra, Planaria, pond
snails, Daphnia, dragonfly nymphs, crayfish, and Gam-
busia. Three tank ecosystems will have no added sur-
factant, 3 will have 5 ppm, 3 will have 10 ppm and 3
will have 20 ppm of a leading solid detergent. Environ-
mental factors to be checked during the experiment in-
clude pH, hardness of water, dissolved oxygen, detergent
degradation levels, surface tension, and diurnal variations
in pH and CL. The organisms will be checked for quan-
titative and qualitative changes associated with treat-
ments. Preliminary tests have shown Ameoba, Para-
mecium, and Daphnia are killed in 5 ppm of ABS.

Revision of Section Rubra of Acer in Eastern
North America excluding Acer saccharinum L.

William H. Ellis, Austin Peay State College

42

ASB Bulletin

The various taxa of Section Rubra of Acer in eastern
North America, excluding Acer saccharinum and its bio-
types, were studied and certain inferences were made
using ecological, geographical, cytotaxonomical, biochem-
ical, anatomical, and morphological data. The results of
die study indicate that this complex is represented by
three natural taxa within the entire range. Those taxa
have been analyzed and placed in the taxonomic ranks
which seemed to best satisfy the modem requirements of
biosystematy. The respective entities are Acer rubrum
var. rubrum, Acer rubrum var. tridens, and Acer Drum-
mondii. Inferences drawn from the data obtained indi-
cate that Acer rubrum var. rubrum might be the ances-
tral stock which gave rise to both its variety tridens and
Acer Drummondii. It appears that die evolution of the
variety tridens was sympatric with the typical variety
and that an isolated segment of the ancestral population
possibly gave rise to Acer Drummondii.

Ontogeny of Protein Bodies in Cotton Cotyledon

E. Mark Engleman, Seed Protein Pioneering Research
Laboratory, New Orleans, La.

Parenchyma cells of the cotyledon of the mature em-
bryo of Gossypium hirsutum contain protein bodies 4-8 m
in diameter. Examination of embryos as small as 1 mm.
long shows that the protein bodies arise in irregular
spaces derived from the cistemae of endoplasmic reticu-
lum. The bodies retain their single membrane boundary
into advanced stages.

Lipid Alterations in Rat Testes Subjected
to Above Normal Temperatures *

Gilbert W. Fairbanks,! University of South Carolina

Descended testes of anesthetized rats were immersed
in a 45°C. water bath for 24 min. After 4 days, testes
were removed from animals, extracted with 2 : 1 chloro-
form-methanol, and lipid separated into individual classes
by thin-layer chromatography. Six to eight non-polar
lipid fractions were separated by hexane-ether-HAc
(90:10:1), while 8 polar lipid separations were made
using a chloroform-methanol-water (65:25:4) solvent
system. Quantitative tests for cholesterol, phosphorus,
glycerol and ester linkages were made on each separated
fraction. Fatty acids were analyzed using gas chroma-
tography with a diethylene glycol succinate column run
at 190°C. Major lipids identified were cholesterol esters,
triglycerides, unesterified fatty acids, cholesterol, cephalin
and lecithin. Temperature-treated testes showed a higher
cholesterol ester content having a greater concentration
of fatty acids with high retention times than did normal
testes. The most abundant fatty acids in the testes were
those having relative retention volumes of 1.00 (palmitic),
1.17 ( palmitoleic ) , 1.74 (stearic), 2.00 (oleic), 2.50
linoleic), 5.80, 10.00, and 11.30. As compared with
normals, the heated testes tended to show a relative de-
crease in the amount of palmitic acid in the cephalin
and lecithin fractions. In the cephalin fraction there
was a corresponding increase in isopalmitic acid.

* Supported in part by NSF Grant #GB-926.

f NDEA Fellow in Physiology.

The Propinquus Group of the Crawfish Genus
Orconectes

J. F. Fitzpatrick, Jr., University of Virginia

Because of marked similiarities in the morphology of
the usual taxonomic characters, the interspecific relation-
ships of the several taxa assigned to the Propinquus
Group of the Crawfish genus Orconectes have been

poorly known. These taxa were reevaluated using statis-
tical analysis of morphological variation, and several in-
teresting relationships were revealed. There are two
distinct sub-Group assemblages of species, and most of
the taxa merit specific rank. There are no apparent
dines in any taxon, but the groupings indicated by sta-
tistical analyses seem to be related to the historical zoo-
geography of the animals.

Initial Birth Rate, Percentage Gain and Adult
Size in an English and American Line
of Collie Dogs

Lee Ford, Mississippi State College for Women

A comparative study of ( 1 ) thirty-seven pups, Ameri-
can-English linebred collie dogs, descendants of one male
(he the result of a half -brother-sister mating) with five
related linebred females, and (2) forty-five pups, line-
bred descendants of two American collies, the matings
involving three males and four females. Pedigrees in-
cluded of both lines. Tables of each line by sexes show-
ing: ( 1 ) birth weight and weekly weight for six weeks,
(2) percentage gain per week over previous week, (3)
monthly gains for twelve months, (4) percentage gain
per month over previous month, ( 5 ) correlation of height,
weight, and chest circumference.

Acanthocephala from the Falcon,

Falco tinnunculus, of Egypt

Rosemary Gaisser, University of Tennessee

Three species of Acanthocephala described are part of
a collection from Egypt. These Acanthocephala are from
the falcon, Falco tinnunculus. Two of the species have
been previously described, C entrorhynchus milvus Ward,
1956, and C entrorhynchus galliardi Golvan, 1956. Vari-
ations from and amplifications of these descriptions are
presented. One undetermined species of the genus
Mediorhynchus is described.

Systematic Relationship of the Granite Outcrop
Endemic Cyperus granitophilus (McVaugh)
to Cyperus inflexus (Muhl. )

Linda Wynne Garoni, Oglethorpe University
William H. Murdy, Emory University

Morphological analysis of random samples from sev-
eral outcrop populations of Cyperus inflexus (Muhl.)
and Cyperus granitophilus (McVaugh) revealed that
most characters serving to separate the two species are
quantitative. Furthermore, population analyses revealed
continuous gradation of plant types from C. inflexus to
C. granitophilus, although the latter was the predominant
form on ail outcrops studied. Chromosome counts of so-
matic tissue show C. granitophilus plants to be of a
higher ploidy level (2n = c. 80, 88, 96) than C. inflexus
plants ( 2n = c. 48, 56, 64 ) . Evidence in hand indicates
that C. granitophilus is not a distinct species, but an eco-
type derived from C. inflexus. It is suggested that the
differences between the two could be explained on the
basis of a difference in ploidy level and that the origin of
C. granitophilus from C. inflexus may have involved selec-
tion for plants of a higher ploidy level. Further investi-
gation into this subject is underway.

Vascular Plants of Henry County, Kentucky

Johnnie L. Gentry, Jr., and E. T. Browne, Jr.,
University of Kentucky

Henry County is situated to the north of the central
portion of the state in the Blue-grass region. It has an

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

43

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PERSPECTIVE MAP OF THE EMORY UNIVERSITY CAMPU

- A -

1. Administration Building E-4

2. Aidmore Children's Hospital C-9
3 Air Force R O T.C. C 7

4. Alabama Hall C 6

5 Alumni Memorial Building C-6

6 Amphitheater F-7

7 Anatomy Building (John P Scott) C-7

8 Annex B (temporary building) E 8

9 Annex C (temporary building) F-9
10 Athletic Fields D 1, 0 2. and C 4

14. Bishops Hall 0-3

15. Bus Stop Shelter 0-4

- C -

16. Chemistry Building D-5
Child Psychiatry E-|0

1317 Cl ifton Road

17. Church School Building F-7

18. Clifton Court Apartments A 3

19. Cox Hall (Cafeteria) D-6

— D —

- F -

- G -

19. Dining Hall Service 0-6
20 Dobbs (Samuel Candler) Hall 0-4

- I -

11 Baptist Student Union F-l

12 Biology Building 0 4

13 Biology Greenhouse 0 4

21. Egleston (Henrietta) Children's Hospital C-6
22 Emory Court Apartments E-ll
23. Emory Park Aportments D-9

24 Emory University Clinic D-8

25 Emory University Hospital 0-8

26. Fishburne (C. 1.) Building E-9

27. Fishburne Annex E-8
FRATERNITY HOUSES

28. Alpha Epsilon Pi C-2

29. Alpha Kappa Kappa (medical)

30. Alpha Tau Omega C-2

31. Beta Theta Pi C-2

32. Chi Phi C-3

33. Delta Tau Delta C-3

34. Kappa Alpha C-l

35. Phi Delta Theta C-l

36. Phi Chi (medical) C-6

37. Pi Kappa Alpha C-l

38. Sigma Alpha Epsilon C-l

39 Sigma Chi C-3

40 Sigma Nu C-2

43. Geology Building 0-5

44. Gilbert (Ruel B.) Hall E-l

45. Glenn (Wilbur Fiske) Memorial Churc

46. Gymnasium and Swimming Pool C-3

- K -

47. Harris (Florence Candler) Hall D-l

48. History Building E-6

99. See Panhellenic House
- L -

41.

42 Tau Epsilon Phi C-l

50. Law Building (L. Q. C. Lamar School
of Low) E-5

51. Library Building (Asa Griggs Candler
Memorial) 0-6

52. Longstreet (Augustus Baldwin) Hall C

44

ASB Bulletin

9 10 11

LULLWATER ESTATE

9 10 11

IfLANTA, GEORGIA

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

l cTyeire (Holland Nimmorts) Hall C-5
l- eons (Alexander) Hall C-6

-o -

1 perations Department and Shops C-3

— P —

anhelltnic House (i*9) E-IO

1 arking Deck for Public D-9
hysics Building D-5

I tysiology (T. T. Fi:hburne) Building C-7
1 ost Office C-7
1 resident's Home E-l 1
rotestont Radio and Television Center A-2
• sychology Building (Old Basic Science
uilding) D-4

— Q —

I uodrangle E-5

64. Railroad Station C-5

65. Rich Memorial Building E-7

- T -

66. Tennis Courts D-2 and D-3

67. Theology, Candler School of. Building E-4

68. Thomson (William D.) Hall E-l

- U —

69. U. S. Dept, of Public Health
Communicable Disease Center B-3

70. Uppergate House D- 1 1

— W —

71. Wesley Hall C-5

72. Winship (George) Hall C-5

73. Women's New Residence Halls E-8

74. Woodruff (Ernest) Memorial Building D-7

undulating topography and an area of 290.26 scpiare
miles. Geologically the county is mostly Ordovician
limestone, shale and siltstone, but a few exposures of the
Silurian appear along the western boundary. The whole
surface of the county is well drained. In the western
part of the major soil association is Outer Blue-grass, with
the eastern part being Hills of the Blue-grass. A total of
586 species and varieties were collected. Ten families
were represented by nine or more genera: Gramineae 25,
Liliaceae 14, Ranunculaceae 11, Cruciferae 14, Rosaceae
10, Leguminosae 12, Umbelliferae 10, Labiatae 17,
Scrophulariaceae 9, and Compositae 37. Nine genera
were represented by six or more species: Panicum 6,
Carex 9, Quercus 11, Polygonum 9, Viola 8, Aster 11,
Bidens 7, Eupatorium 6, and Lactuca 6.

Factors Associated With the High Level
Synthesis of the Cotton Leaf Anthocyanin

Debabrata Ghosh and Howard E. Joham,

Texas A<LrM University

Factors controlling the high level synthesis of cotton
leaf anthocyanin under magnesium and nitrogen deficient
conditions were investigated using two varieties of cotton.
Empire WR and Red Empire. Magnesium deficient
leaves of plants grown outside were found to produce
higher levels of leaf anthocyanin than identical leaves
grown in the greenhouse. Shaded ( cheesecloth, one
thickness) plants outside behaved similar to plants grown
in the greenhouse, i.e., nitrogen-deficient leaves pro-
duced higher amounts under shade or greenhouse condi-
tions but this production was far less than that found
with magnesium deficiency in open sunlight. In the
greenhouse where seven 30-watt blacklight tubes were
used as supplemental light, magnesium-deficient leaves
produced, for the first time, anthocyanin purpling typical
of magnesium-deficient leaves grown under open sun-
light. From the data obtained, it is concluded that a
critical step in the high-level synthesis of the cotton leaf
anthocyanin is a high-energy photochemical reaction.

Response of Wild Rodents to Acute
Gamma Radiation *

Frank B. Golley and John B. Gentry,

University of Georgia Institute of Radiation Ecology

Four species of adult mice, Peromyscus polionotus, P.
gossypinus, Reithrodontomys humulis, and Mus muscu-
lus, native to the AEC Savannah River Plant area were
subjected to an acute whole body dose of gamma radia-
tion from a 100-curie Co60 source giving a dose rate of
27 r./min. The LD50/30 of the two species of Peromyscus
and Reithrodontomys was between 1,000 and 1,300 roent-
gens, about double that of Mus musculus which received
the same experimental treatment and dose. The effect of
domestication on radiation sensitivity was tested by com-
paring wild-trapped Mus musculus with laboratory white
mice and wild P. polionotus with second-generation lab-
oratory P. polionotus. In neither species were significant
differences in response to irradiation by wild and domes-
tic mice observed.

0 Supported by a contract between the AEC and the
University of Georgia, AT( 38-1 ) -310.

Phycobionts of Clavaria

John H. Green and Walter Herndon.
University of Tennessee

The phycobionts of Clavaria mucida Pers. and one un-
determined Clavaria species collected in Canada, Vir-
ginia and Tennessee have been isolated into cultures and

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

45

studied comparatively over a period of one year. Sev-
eral alga genera were found in loose association but only
one major type occurred in intimate association with the
hyphae in four collections. This spherical unicellular
type is similar in many respects to Trebouxia but the
plastid is parietal. Unlike Trebouxia the alga will grow
on an inorganic media. Asexual reproduction is by
aplanospores and in at least one isolate by both aplano-
spores and zoospores. Zoospores are the Protosiphon
type. The alga is most immediately referable to Neo-
chloris but differs in pyrenoid structure. Four strains
from the four different localities are similar in generic
attributes but differ from one another in specific char-
acters.

Ontogeny of Foliar Sclereids in
Osmanthus fragrans
Mildred M. Griffith, University of Florida

The most distinctive feature of the leaves of Osman-
thus fragrans Lour, is the presence of large branched
sclereids. These thick-walled lignified cells extend
through the mesophyll and are in contact with the epi-
dermal cells of both surfaces. Initials of the sclereids
are first observed when the leaf is about one-third of its
mature length. At this stage the palisade and spongy
mesophyll and the vascular bundles can be recognized.
Initials occur only in the palisade layer and are identi-
fied by their vacuolate cytoplasm and prominent nuclei.
The growth of the sclereid is rapid, and it reaches full
size by the time leaf expansion ceases. Both symplastic
and intrusive growth occur. The thick lignified walls of
the sclereids develop after the leaf has reached its full
size.

A Population Study of Land Arthropods in a
Heath Bald and Minor Ecological Observations
James K. Grimm, Madison College

Brushy Mountain heath bald, located at Brushy Moun-
tain, Sevier County, Tennessee, was chosen as the study
area. The objective of the study was to examine sample
microclimate plots in the area over a period of one year
and to collect litter-borne arthropods from these plots.
Litter samples were collected monthly from four selected
areas within the heath bald. The litter samples were
separated and quantitative and qualitative analyses were
made of the fauna taken. Air temperatures, litter tem-
peratures, soil moistures, relative humidities, pH of soil
and litter moisture contents were recorded as accurately
as possible and were correlated in tabular with the
population data. The data accumulated were tested
statistically by an analysis of variance of population
counts— two-criteria design, to determine the effect of the
collective elements of the microclimate upon arthropod
distribution. An analysis of the data collected during the
investigation showed significant variances between col-
lecting dates and between sampling plots for each group
of arthropod. The analysis of the data also revealed
that the microenvironment of heath bald litter is a com-
plexity of physical and biological factors which influence
not only the population density, but also the species com-
position of the populations.

Bourbon County, Kentucky and Its Vegetation

Edi Guhardja and E. T. Browne, Jr.,
University of Kentucky

In the midst of the “Blue-grass” region of Kentucky
lies Bourbon County. The favorable climate and soil of
the region makes intensive agricultural practice possible.
Natural vegetation is limited largely to the steep slopes

of hill- ridges and rivers. There is some tendency for
these species to escape to abandoned fields, neglected
roadsides, little-used railroad-track rights of way, and
other undisturbed places. Four typical habitats can be
recognized, which are dry open places, wet open ones,
dry woods, and humid woods. Each situation has more
or less characteristic vegetation. On the dry open places
members of Caryophyllaceae, Compositae, Cruciferae,
Euphorbiaceae, Gramineae, Luguminosae, Scrophularia-
ceae, Solanaceae, and Umbelliferae are abundant. On
the wet open places Asclepiadaceae, Caprifoliaceae,
Convolvulaceae, Labiatae, Onagraceae, Typhaceae, and
Violaceae are to be found and in the dry woods Faga-
ceae, Juglandaceae, Oleaceae, Pinaceae, and Rosaceae.
In the humid woods Aceraceae, Liliaceae, Moraceae,
Salicaceae, Ulmaceae, and Urticaceae are well repre-
sented.

The Effect of Certain Inhibitors on Root Uptake
of Di-syston by Cotton Seedlings

Joseph Hacskaylo, CRD, ARS, USDA,

Texas A ir M University

Uptake of Di-syston, a systemic insecticide, by cotton
seedlings was greater when the roots were exposed to the
insecticide plus the inhibitors NaCN, NaN3, or 2,4-DNP
than when the roots were exposed to the insecticide
alone. The greatest uptake occurred in seedlings treated
with DNP. Excised cotton roots grown in aseptic culture
and exposed to the same treatments gave similar results.
On the other hand uptake of sulfate by roots of seed-
lings was least when seedlings were treated with DNP.
Azide at 10"‘ M concentration appeared to be the only
treatment that increased uptake of sulfate by the seed-
lings. The others, with few exceptions, were inhibitor)'.
The possible mechanism involved in the accelerated up-
take of Di-syston in the presence of the inhibitors will
be discussed.

An Analysis of Linear Measurements of the
Gregarines from Random Samples of
Gibbium psylloides
Ruth Hammer, University of Tennessee

An examination of the beetle, Gibbium psylloides, has
revealed that a high percentage is parasitized by a cepha-
line gregarine inhabiting the mid-gut. In an effort to
identify the parasite an analysis of linear measurements
of the gregarines from random samples of the host was
executed. The observed infectivity ranged from 5 to
108 gregarines per beetle. The total length varied from
10 microns to 435 microns with a mean of 149.5 microns.
Graphing the total lengths which had been grouped into
44 classes showed two distinct peaks in the right-skewed
curve. These peaks were at the 81-90 micron class and
the 161-170 micron class. The chi square test for good-
ness of fit was used to test the hypothesis that the meas-
urements were normally distributed. The results of this
test demonstrated that the disparity between the actual
and expected frequencies is too large to be ascribable to
chance.

Observations on the Larval Stages of
Pharyngostomoides procyonis
Harkema, 1942

(Trematoda: Diplostomidae) *

Alva Howard Harris,

North Carolina State College of the University of
North Carolina at Raleigh

46

ASB Bulletin

Eggs of P. procyonis were obtained from the feces of
naturally infected raccoons. Miracidia begin to hatch
normally in two weeks at room temperatures. Rate of
hatching can be induced and controlled by periodic
stimuli in the form of temperature and light changes.
The miracidium contains 2 pairs of flame cells, 2 promi-
nent eyespots, and 4 tiers of epidermal plates with a
6:8:4:3 pattern. The miracidia remain active enough
to penetrate a planorbid snail for 2 hours after hatching.

Typical strigeoid cercariae begin to emerge 3 weeks
after penetration of the snail. The cercariae remain
active up to 24 hours after emergence and exhibit a noc-
turnal emergence pattern.

° Supported, in part, by a research grant ( AI-05927-
01 ) from the National Institutes of Health, U. S. Public
Health Service.

An Improved Method for Determining
Home Range

Michael J. Harvey and Roger W. Barbour,
University of Kentucky

Radioisotopic tagging techniques were used in deter-
mining home ranges of six Microtus ochrogaster. A .7 x
2.5 mm. piece of alloy wire containing approximately 55
microcuries of Co60 was inserted subcutaneously into each
animal. A survey meter equipped with a scintillation
probe mounted at the end of a 10-foot length of /2-inch
conduit comprised the detection apparatus. A modified
minimum area method of delineating home range was
devised, using one-fourth of the range length as a stand-
ard to determine whether outside points in the range
were to be connected directly. This was compared to
the minimum area method. Home ranges as determined
by the new method varied from .05 to .18 (averaging
.11) acres for five males. A single female had a range
of .02 acres. These figures are on the order of 50 per
cent of the range size determined by treating the data
by the minimum area method. Overlapping of home
ranges occurred. A marked shift in home range of one
individual was observed.

Ability of Mi/otis sodalis to Home from
Different Directions

Marion D. Hassell and Michael J. Harvey,
University of Kentucky

Myotis sodalis used in this study were taken from
those in hibernation in Bat Cave, Carter Caves State
Park, Carter County, Kentucky, on October 4, 1963.
One hundred were banded and released in the cave as a
control. Three groups of 500 + each were caged and
transported directly to the release sites; each 200 air
miles from Bat Cave. Five hundred bats were banded
with red anodized bands and released near Ballville,
Ohio, beside the Sandusky River; 500 near Morgantown,
North Carolina, beside the Catawba River and 472 beside
the Ohio River near Cloverport, Kentucky. All bats
were banded and released individually between 11:00
p.m. E.S.T., October 4 and 2:00 a.m. E.S.T., October
5, 1963. After a period of three months 66.4% from
Ohio, 26% from North Carolina, 13.6% from Kentucky,
and 83% of the controls had been recovered in Bat Cave.

The Influence of the Interaction of IAA and
Phenolic Acids on Avena Straight Growth

James H. M. Henderson and Reginald H. Walter,
Tuskegee Institute

The demonstration that in the presence of certain of
the phenolic acids ( chlorogenic, caffeic, coumaric, etc. )

and IAA the growth of Avena sections is either accel-
erated or inhibited, raises the question of the role of
these acids in auxin metabolism. Previously, it had been
shown that these responses were due to influence on an
auxin destruction system in the first intemode sections.
The question of whether an accelerating or inhibiting
substance resulted from the metabolic reaction of the
acid and IAA was raised (a complex or combination of
the two). In these experiments attempts were made to
make metabolically active complexes or combinations of
IAA and the acids. The media were extracted and
chromatographed and then tested biologically for activity.
In no case was a new compound found chromatographi-
cally which differed from the original reactants. The re-
sults would indicate that the previous mechanism involv-
ing interference with the auxin destruction system is the
operational one.

Observations on the Inductive Effect of Bone
During Regeneration in Catfish *

Vernon Henderson, Grambling, Louisiana

In a series of experimental studies on regeneration in
catfish, it was noted that there was some relationship be-
tween the amount of bone restored and the amputated
stump. First, the fins of the catfish, lctalurus punctatus,
were amputated mid-distance between the base and apex.
Fish were sacrificed at specific time intervals and longi-
tudinal histological sections were prepared. Specimens
were studied up through 12 weeks. Measurements of
the bony elements of the segmented and nonsegmented
rays were made. There was a direct relationship be-
tween tlie surface area of the stump and the regenerat-
ing bony elements. No statistical tests were used because
of the striking relationship. The observations suggested
the presence of an inductor factor. This factor travels
in a linear fashion and only induces ostogenesis in those
cells which form strips adjacent to the cut surface of the
stump. Tlie factor which provides the information for
osteogenesis can alter the basic architectural design of
the regenerating elements of the system if errors of omis-
sion are committed through a naturally occurring mishap.

0 This study was supported by the National Science
Foundation grant number GB 616.

Excretion of Sodium and Chloride Ions via
Gills and Skin in the Toadfish

W. N. Hess and John A. Freeman,

Winthrop College

Excretion of monovalent inorganic ions in marine fishes
is generally considered to be almost exclusively through
the gills with the kidneys playing a negligible role. Ex-
cretion of Na22 and Cl36 into chambers surrounding the
anterior and posterior parts of the body of toadfish ( Op-
sanus tau ) has been studied using standard radiotracer
technics and estimates of excretion via gills and skin
have been made. There is great variation in the propor-
tions of the ions excreted by the two pathways, with
media of 47% of Cl28 and 11% of Na22 being excreted
through the skin and the remainder through the gills. It
appears that the skin is a significant route of excretion
of these ions in this fish.

Studies on a New Trypanosome in the Rabbit,
Sylvilagus floriclanus, in Virginia

Rhodes B. Holliman, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

A new species of trypanosome resembling Trypano-
soma lewisi has been found in approximately 20% of the
wild rabbits [Sylvilagus floridanus) on the campus of

Yol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

47

Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Blood smears collected
from 150 S. floridanus and 7 S. palustris at Hog Island
in coastal Virginia were negative for trypanosomes.

The parasite has a free flagellum 6 microns long and a
cell length of 18 microns. Little variability was noted in
measurements. The small kinetoplast is located 5 microns
from the pointed posterior end. The nucleus is located
in the anterior half of the cell. No other cellular inclu-
sions were noted. Sections of heart, spleen, liver, brain,
and skeletal muscle have not demonstrated leishman
bodies or other intermediate forms. Attempts to infect
domestic rabbits, rats and mice by direct blood inocula-
tion from infected wild hosts has been unsuccessful.

Studies on Trematode Cercariae from Virginia

Rhodes B. Holliman, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Frank J. Etges, University of Cincinnati

In a survey of mollusks for schistosomatoid cercariae,
14 other cercarial forms have been identified. Eight spe-
cies of gastropods, encompassing 4924 individuals, have
been isolated, examined and dissected for this study.

Cercariae studied include: two strigeids, one micro-
cercous opecoelid, one cotylocercous opecoelid, one
spirorchiid, one virgulate xiphidiocercaria, one cotylocer-
cous xiphidiocercaria, three leptocercous xiphidiocercariae,
one plagiorchioid, one echinostome, cercaria of Noto-
cotylus sp., cercaria of Zygocotyle sp. ( lunata ?). Adults
of Notocotylus sp. were recovered from the large intes-
tine of chicks and mice 9 days after feeding metacer-
carial cysts. Immature Zygocotyle sp. were recovered
from the cecum of chicks 90 hours after feeding meta-
cercarial cysts.

Two species of leptocercous xiphidiocercariae have
been observed to penetrate larval insects; one into a
damselfly naiad and the other into a dragonfly naiad.
The point of penetration in both cases was through the
membranes of proximal leg joints. Metacercarial cysts
were recovered from thoracic muscles of the naiads.

Water-Soluble Cytochromes from the
Blue-Green Alga, Anacystis
Raymond W. Holton, University of Tennessee

Extraction of lyophilized Anacystis cells with water
removes a number of pigments including phycocyanin,
pteridines, some chlorophyll, and several water-soluble
cytochromes. Column chromatography on DEAE-cellu-
lose permits separation of three cytochrome fractions.
By further column chromatography, ammonium sulfate
fractionation, and in one case, electrophoresis on poly-
acrylamide gel, it has been possible to highly purify the
two cytochromes present in highest concentrations. The
cytochromes are all of the c- or f-type and are denoted
by their reduced a-absorption bands. Cytochrome-554
greatly resembles in redox potential and spectral charac-
teristics the cytochrome f previously isolated from higher
plants and other algae. On the other hand, cytochrome-
549 is present in significantly higher concentration and
has several atypical properties for a c-type cytochrome.
For example, its redox potential is - 0.26 volts. The
properties of these cytochromes will be discussed with
reference to current schemes of electron transport in
photosynthesis and the results of preliminary experiments
with these cytochromes in cell-free enzyme systems will
be presented.

Sources of Error in Genetic Analysis in
Neurospora Tetrasperma
H. Branch Howe, Jr., University of Georgia

Tetrad analysis in Neurospora tetrasperma has re-

vealed, with varying degrees of certainty, exceptional
events which would, if undetected, bias genetic studies
by manifesting crossing over when none had actually oc-
curred. These events are nuclear loss, presumably owing
to nuclear lethality; production of dwarf ascospores which
are uninucleate instead of binucleate; and nuclear mis-
arrangements during ascus development. Nuclear loss
and dwarf ascospores are the two more frequent anoma-
lies, occurring in about five per cent of asci and com-
prising about eight per cent of ascospores, respectively.
Both may be excluded from experimental data by re-
stricting analyses to ascospores whose derived mycelia
show self-fertility. Nuclear misarrangements were found
to be rare enough to be ignored in routine work hut
should be detectable in critical studies, if desired, by
use of the mating type locus and additional centromere
markers.

Experimental Hybridization in Vernonia
( Compositae )

Samuel B. Jones, Jr., University of Georgia

Vernonia is one of the many genera of the Angio-
sperms in which traditional taxonomic methods have been
unsatisfactory in delimiting species. The present study
is part of a biosystematic evaluation of the taxa of the
Sections Angustifoliae and Scaberrimae. The need for
this approach was supported by field and herbarium ob-
servations which indicated the occurrence of hybridiza-
tion and introgression. Crosses were made between all
taxa and selected F2 generations obtained. Appropriate
backcrosses were also made. The resulting seed were
germinated and most of the seedlings grown to maturity.
Tests of pollen stainability were made and voucher speci-
mens collected from the progeny for comparison with the
parents. Data indicate that all taxa of this study are
cross-fertile.

A Daily Rhythm in Prolactin Secretion or
Release in Hamsters

George C. Kent, Jr., John G. Turnbull and
Albert C. Kirby, Louisiana State University

Pituitary prolactin levels in adult female hamsters
killed daily during the 4-day estrous cycle were con-
sistently higher at 8:00 P.M. (40 glands) than at 8:00
A.M. (40 glands) in both January and August, and Janu-
ary levels were higher than August levels. Pituitary
prolactin levels of males in January were higher at 4:00
P.M. (20 glands) than at 6:00 A.M. (20 glands) and
higher at 8:00 P.M. (5 glands) than at 8:00 A.M. (5
glands). August glands were collected in 1962, January
glands in 1963 and 1964. The crop sac proliferation
method of assay was employed. It is clear that there is
a daily rhythm in the secretion or release of pituitary
prolactin in hamsters of both sexes. (Prolactin for stand-
ard solutions courtesy Endocrinology Study Section,
N. I. H.)

Observations of Two Olpidiaceous Aquatic
Phycomycetes Parasitic in Algae

William J. Koch, University of North Carolina 0

Olpidium saccatum Sorokin, growing in a desmid,
Staurastrum, is reported for the second time from the
Americas. Its unusual method of forming resting spores
(sporangia) and some features of motile cell activity are
described. Also, a new species, representing an unde-
scribed genus, is reported. It is a parasite of the game*
tangia of the filamentous desmid, Hyalotheca, and it does
not grow in the vegetative cells or in the zygotes of the
host. The zoosporangia and zoospores of this parasite

48

ASB Bulletin

are similar to those of Olpidium, but its method of
cytogamy (plasmogamy) is new to the Olpidiaceae. The
contents of a small, walled thallus (male gametangium)
pass through a short tube into a larger receptive thallus
(female gametangium). In this species the entire recep-
tive thallus then matures into a spiny-walled resting spo-
rangium (spore), to which adheres the empty male
gametangium. Method of cytogamy as a taxonomic cri-
terion is discussed.

* This and related studies are supported by a grant
from the National Science Foundation (GB-573).

Nucleic Acids in the Developing Slime Mold,
Dictyostelium discoideum
Jerome O. Krivanek,

University of South Florida, Tampa;

Biology Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Quantitative determinations of RNA and DNA were
made on several stages of the life cycle of the slime mold,
Dictyostelium discoideum. The microcolorimetric tech-
nique of Ceriotti as modified by Keck was used to deter-
mine DNA. The technique of Ceriotti was used for
RNA determinations. Analyses were made on the myx-
amoebae, migrating pseudoplasmodia (“slugs”), precul-
mination stage, and the mature sorocarp. There appear
to be no definite differences in DNA content between
the several stages of development. However, noticeable
quantitative differences in RNA appear between the
stages. There is about a four-fold increase in RNA as
development progresses from the myxamoebae to the
slug. From the latter stage to the mature sorocarp, there
occurs a gradual decrement in RNA concentration so that
the values of RNA are essentially the same for myxa-
moebae and mature sorocarps. It is suggested that the
changes in RNA concentration may be correlated with
synthetic activities occurring in the slime mold.

Effect of Ionizing Radiation on Cotton
at Various Stages of Development
Ruble Langston, Texas A 6- M University

Cotton, in the dry seed, imbibed seed, germinated, and
at various seedling stages were subjected to acute dosages
of ionizing radiations from a cobalt-60 source. The mor-
phological effects were recorded photographically illus-
trating the effects of varying dosages. Other pertinent
data including plant weight, height, leaf thickness, color
will be discussed.

A New Genus of the Tremellales and Its
Phylogenetic Significance
B. Lowy, Louisiana State University

Among the Heterobasidiomycetidae, the Tremellales
constitute a group of fungi characterized by great varia-
tion in basidial morphology while the Homobasidiomy-
cetidae include fungi with aseptate basidia having a
relatively stable morphology. The evolutionary line lead-
ing from the Tremellaceae to the Ceratobasidiaceae has
been elucidated by Linder and others but the phylo-
genetic position of the Tulasnellaceae has remained some-
what enigmatic. The new genus, Pseudotulasnella, found
by the author in Guatemala, because of its partially sep-
tate basidia, is considered to be clearly intermediate
between the Tremellaceae and the Tulasnellaceae and
provides additional evidence that evolution in this group
has taken place in the direction of the loss of basidial
septation. The only other genus of Tremellales known
to have partially septate basidia is Metabourdotia, de-
scribed from Tahiti. This genus is reinterpreted as be-

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

longing to the Tremellaceae and when so considered,
provides a significant link between the sebacinoid ba-
sidium and the tulasnelloid, through Pseudotulasnella.

Some Physiological Aspects of Photoperiodic
Responses in Nymphs of Tetragoneuria
cynosura (Odonata)

Paul E. Lutz, University of North Carolina
at Greensboro

Oxygen consumption determinations made on final
instar nymphs taken directly from nature indicated a
seasonal increase in metabolic rate. An abrupt increase
in respiratory rate occurred prior to emergence. Similar
results were obtained on nymphs maintained in the labo-
ratory on photoperiods of 1 1 and 14 hours. The dra-
matic increase in metabolic rate was displaced tempo-
rally for nymphs subjected to the shorter photoperiod.
The degree of displacement became less as emergence
approached. Oxygen consumption determinations were
made at various times during the last four instars of
nymphs reared in the laboratory. For each instar the
pattern of respiratory rate was one of a U-shaped curve.
Immediate differences in rates of feeding, oxygen con-
sumption, and weight changes were noted in animals sub-
jected to photoperiods of 11 and 14 hours. The longer
photoperiod promoted higher rates in all three measure-
ments.

Influence of Molybdenum Nutrition on the
Racterial Blight Disease of Three
Varieties of Cotton

George G. McBee, J. V. Amin, L. S. Bird and
H. E. Joham, Texas A ir M University

Three varieties of cotton (Austin, Empire and 101-
102B) were grown in purified, complete nutrient solu-
tions employing high and low substrate molybdenum.
The levels of molybdenum were adjusted to 1.0 and
<(0.001 ppm. The cotton varieties were inoculated
with three different races of Xanthomonas malvacearum
(Races 1, 2 and Variant 4) and resistance measured.
Empire is susceptible to all three races; Austin suscepti-
ble to Race 2 and Variant 4; and 101-102B resistant to
all three races. Results of disease grading show that in
two harvests out of three, a significant response in sus-
ceptibility as a result of different molybdenum levels was
obtained at the 0.05 level. The plants were slightly
more susceptible to the disease when grown under the
higher level of molybdenum.

The possible relationships of carbohydrates and nitro-
gen fractions to disease resistance will be explored.

Effects of Ionizing Radiation and Other
Environmental Stresses upon
Pinus elliottii

J. Frank McCormick, University of Georgia

Seeds, seedlings, and one-year-old trees were exposed
to gamma radiation ranging from 100 to 10,000 r. Ger-
mination, growth, survival, and physiological tolerances
to environmental stresses usually varied inversely with
the radiation dose received. Radiation doses of 300 r.
and below were beneficial to plant growth and survival
under certain environmental conditions. Radiation tol-
erances of seeds and seedlings were modified by applica-
tions of gibberellic acid. Concentrations of 150 mg./l.
increased radiation tolerances of the plants.

Results of these studies indicate that ionizing radiation
can be a useful analytical tool in ecological studies, and
that the beneficial effects of irradiation may have useful
applications in agriculture.

49

Attributes of Chlorococcum species:

A Statistical Analysis

Robert F. McGuire and Walter Herndon,
University of Tennessee

From published data, seventy-three attributes of seven-
teen species of Chlorococcum (excluding C. infusionum)
were compiled. The frequency for each attribute was
calculated. The characteristics of highest frequency
were used to describe a “typical Chlorococcum species.
Each characteristic was given the value of its frequency;
tables and graphs were made and compared on a per-
centage of likeness basis. All of the species had a rela-
tively high correlation when compared with the data for
the calculated “typical” and a relatively low correlation
when compared to C. tetrasporum. When the data for
the “typical” species were compared to each of the spe-
cies, three groups were evident. C. tetrasporum was in
a group by itself suggesting that it might be properly
placed in a separate sub-genus or another genus. The
remaining species fell into two sub-groups, less sharply
defined, separating C. scahellum, C. oleofaciens and C.
macrostigmaticum from the others.

Time Required for the Loss of Kappa from
Paramecium aurelia, Syngen 4, Stock
51.7, Grown in Non-Living Media

Virginia L. Martin and W. D. Burbanck,
Emory University

Cultures of Paramecium aurelia, Syngen 4, stock 51,
mating type VII, were rendered bacteria-free by expo-
sure to an antibiotic mixture of streptomycin and peni-
cillin-G or by Parpart’s washing technique. The length
of time for losing kappa from washed or antibiotic-
treated paramecia was tested on a predetermined sched-
ule. Kappa was apparently lost or inactivated within 48
hours after subjecting the animals to antibiotics, since
they did live on the axenic medium and since, by that
time, the killing assay was negative. In washed animals
the presence of kappa was not evident after 14-17 days
culture in non-living media. While the killer animals
did not survive when transferred directly from a baeteria-
containing medium to an axenic medium of boiled let-
tuce, yeast autolysate, and dextrose, they did live after
antibiotic treatment in the axenic medium. On the other
hand, washed killers lived axenically only after several
daily transfers through cultures of axenic medium con-
taining autoclaved Aerohacter.

The Source of Photosynthates for the
Developing Seed in Primus

B. D. Mayberry and R. H. Dhillon,

Tuskegee Institute

An experiment was conducted for the purpose of de-
termining whether the seed of the peach derived its
photosynthates from the placenta (fruit), or directly from
the leaves by way of the vascular tissue. Heavily fruited
branches were selected, ringed and the foliage subjected
to radioactive C1‘02 for two hours during each stage of
growth and development. Subsequently, the fruits were
divided into the following groups. ( 1 ) Harvested after
24 hours, separated into ovule, endocarp and fleshy peri-
carp, then dried under heat lamps immediately. (2)
Harvested after 24 hours, placed in an onion bag and
left tied to the tree for seven days. Subsequently, this
group was seDarated and dried as in the case of the first
group. (3) Fruits left on ringed and defoliated branches
for seven days, then harvested, separated and dried as
above. The ovules, endoearps, and fleshy pericarps were

assayed in each case to determine the extent of move-
ment of radioactive photosynthates into the ovule under
these diverse circumstances.

The following conclusions were made from the data
obtained in this investigation. ( 1 ) Photosynthates, under
normal conditions, move direct to the ovule by way of
vascular tissue. (2) There was some evidence of move-
ment to the ovule from harvested fruits, but the increase
was not significant. (3) Significant quantities of the
photosynthates move into the ovule during all stages of
development.

Factors Affecting Mitotic Recovery in
X-Irradiated Grasshopper Neuroblasts
Herman M. Meisner, Emory University

A study was initiated to determine the effects of tonic-
ity and pH on mitotic recovery from X-radiation in
rapidly dividing neuroblast cells of the grasshopper.
Chortophaga viridifasciata. Hanging drop preparations
of neuroblasts were cultured with or without egg yolk in
media of different tonicity and pH, and exposed to 25
or 50 r. of X-rays. Addition of egg yolk to the culture
medium at pH 7.0 enhanced the mitotic ratio of irradi-
ated/non-irradiated neuroblasts, the effect becoming less
pronounced as tonicity was increased. The mitotic ratio
of neuroblasts cultured at pH 7.0 without yolk was found
to be markedly reduced by a 5-10% decrease in osmotic
pressure. Lowering the pH to 6.3 completely abolished
the effect of tonicity, resulting in a uniformly maximal
recovery from radiation damage.

Succinoxidase Activity of Homogenates of
Dugesia dorotocephala
William L. Mengebier, Madison College

Whole planarians, fed for twenty-four hours prior to
each experiment, were homogenized and assayed for suc-
cinoxidase activity utilizing the Warburg method. Maxi-
mum succinoxidase Q02 values were recorded at 25°C.
and at a pH of 8.3. This pH value differs markedly
from the optimum value of 7. 2-7. 4 quoted for vertebrate
tissues. Animals placed in a medium above or below
their normal pH rapidly restored their environment to a
mean value of 8.0 ± 0.2. Optimum pH values for suc-
cinoxidase activity showed a transitory shift which lagged
behind environmental changes by approximately twenty-
four hours. Characteristic responses of succinoxidase
activity were noted to increased homogenate concentra-
tion and to the addition of KCN and urethane.

A Photographic Study of the Absorption of
A Cotton Defoliant

Charles S. Miller and Mohamed M. Aboul-Ela,
Texas A M University

Preliminary indications are that time-lapse photography
may be a suitable method for the study of the factors
which influence penetration or absorption of different
chemicals into the leaves. Indirect evidence of the mode
of transport may also be obtained through a microscopic
study of the resultant damage. In this study, a Delta-
pine 15 variety and a resistant selection (G-272) were
used in an effort to determine the mechanism of resist-
ance of the latter to S,S,S,-tributylphosphorotrithioate
( DEF ) . The greenhouse-grown plants were transported
to the laboratory and an attached leaf placed on a micro-
scope stage for the subsequent observations of the drying
of individual droplets of the spray solution as well as the
disappearance of the chemical.

An unusual stomatal action was observed while photo-
graphing the drying of a droplet.

50

ASB Bulletin

Report on a New Strigeoid Trematode from
the Red-Shouldered Hawk *

Grover C. Miller, North Carolina State College of the
University of North Carolina at Raleigh

The recent examination of a red-shouldered hawk,
Buteo lineatus, has resulted in the recovery of several
hundred specimens of an apparently new strigeoid trema-
tode parasite. The typical body morphology and the
characteristic holdfast organ identifies this helminth as a
member of the family Strigeidae, subfamily Strigeinae,
and probably of the genus Parastrigea. The most closely
related species appear to be Parastrigea campanula Du-
bois and Rausch, 1950 and Parastrigea ogchnocephala
Dubois and Rausch, 1950. Preliminary observations on
the life history included the hatching of eggs and expo-
sure of five species of snails to the miracidia.

“Supported, in part, by a research grant (AI-05927-
01 ) from the National Institutes of Health, U. S. Public
Health Service.

The Southern Mixed Hardwood Forest
of Northcentral Florida

Carl D. Monk, Botany Department,

University of Florida

The southern mixed hardwood forest of Northcentral
Florida exhibits considerable floristic diversity. Within
an eight-county area more than 70 tree species contribute
to its physiognomic structure. Much of the composi-
tional variation is expressed in three major ways. The
number of tree species comprising a given stand may
range from 8 to 35 while the deciduous-evergreen nature
of the community may range from 7 to 100 per cent.
Superimposed on these and partially related is the level
of importance of each species. Environmental factors
which are associated with the observed changes in vege-
tational composition are related to edaphic factors, par-
ticularly certain physical and chemical soil properties and
to geographic location.

Implication of the IAA-Oxidase System of
Cotton in Manganese Toxicity

Page W. Morgan, Howard E. Joham and J. V. Amin,
Texas A <Lr M University

Cotton plants grown 126 days with toxic levels of
nutrient manganese are stunted. They lose apical domi-
nance and yield extracts with abnormally high IAA-oxi-
dase activity (Morgan et al,. Plant Physiol, suppl. 38:
xvii). These plants, in contrast to controls, destroyed
IAA without added MnCh and had as much activity in
young as in old leaves. In subsequent seedling studies,
stimulation of IAA-oxidase activity was associated with
the early stages of manganese toxicity. The degree of
stimulation and severity of visible symptoms were directly
correlated. More recently, IAA-oxidase activity was
found to increase in apical leaves before response to toxic
levels of nutrient manganese was visible. Later, toxic
symptoms appeared and the stimulation of IAA-oxidase
activity over controls increased. Since the symptoms of
manganese toxicity indicate altered auxin metabolism,
the enzymatic findings suggest both a mechanism for
manganese toxicity and evidence for the existence of a
functional IAA-oxidase system in cotton.

Effects of Growth-Promoting Substances on
Isolated Stem Sections *

Ralph M. Morrison, University of North Carolina
at Greensboro

A bio-assay was performed using isolated stem sections
from the uppermost nodes of Helianthus annuus, Nico-
tiana tabacum and Zinnia elegans. These stem sections
were cultured on various combinations of kinetin, indole-
3-acetic acid and coconut milk. Calluses of various
sizes, weights and consistencies were obtained from all
three taxa with kinetin in combination with one or both
of the other substances. Adventitious roots appeared on
the H. annuus sections cultured on nearly all combina-
tions of the three substances tested. Nicotiana tabacum
produced leaves and stems on kinetin combined with
coconut milk. While Z. elegans produced roots on the
kinetin, indole-3-acetic acid, coconut milk combination.
The implications of these results in terms of plant growth
and differentiation will be discussed.

° Supported by U.N.C.G. Research Council Grant 191.

The Interpretation of Crossing Diagrams

David L. Mulcahy, University of Georgia

Interspecific crosses and their graphic representation in
crossing diagrams represent a valuable means of deter-
mining taxonomic affinities. The interpretation of such
data may be biased by several factors, such as differences
in breeding systems and selection pressure, a knowledge
of which will allow accurate estimations of their sig-
nificance.

Chromosome Duplication as a Factor in the
Evolution of Maize

William H. Murdy, Emory University
John R. Laughnan, University of Illinois

Suggestive evidence that the 10 chromosomes of maize
include duplicate sectors derives from the following facts:
many known cases of duplicate factor genes, non-homol-
ogous synapsis in monosomies, and disproportionate dis-
tribution of mutant gene loci. Cytological confirmation
of duplicate sectors would strengthen the hypothesis of
an ancient, amphidiploid origin for maize. It is notable
in this regard that Coix aquatica of the Maydeae has 5
chromosomes and in the closely related Andropogoneae
the base chromosome number is 5.

Work is in progress to identify duplicate sectors by
analyzing translocations which occur among the progeny
of hypoploids as a result of crossing-over in “illegiti-
mately” paired regions. Hypoploids for various chromo-
some sectors differ both in the yield of interchanged
progeny and in the way plant development is affected by
the lack of a specific chromosome segment. Observed,
non-random involvement of interchanged chromosomes
is providing data necessary to locate specific duplications.

The Effect of Drugs and Hormones on Growth
and Mitosis, Using Root Tips of the Horsebean.
Vicia faba
Marion R. Myles,

Grambling College, Grumbling, Louisiana

The writer has been investigating the possibility of
using the root tip of Vicia faba as a simple system for
drug testing, and especially as a system for aiding in the
interpretation of the reaction of cancer drugs. Among
the drugs of special interest are 6-mercaptopurine, 6-
azouracil. and 5-iodouracil. The data represent the ef-
fect of these drugs on the respective phases of mitosis
and on the mitotic index of Vicia faba when plants with
roots 6-8 centimeters in length are treated with drug con-
centrations 6.3 ppm, 12.5 ppm, 25 pom, and 50 ppm
while suspended in specially devised plastic holders over

Vol. 11, No. 2, Apkil 1964

51

1000-ml. beakers of solution. With controls for com-
parison, time intervals involved were: 0 hour, 8 hours, 16
hours, 24 hours, 36 hours, and 48 hours. Generally
speaking, 6-mercaptopurine appeared to stimulate mito-
sis, as noted at all concentrations; and there was a rela-
tionship between the stimulatory effect and total average
increase in root elongation.

The Use of Excised Roots for Studies
of Mechanisms of Herbicidal Action

L. C. Standifer, J. B. Baker, W. C. Norm and, and
H. S. Webert, Louisiana State University

The mechanism of action of herbicides of the acylani-
lide group has been studied by comparison of the ef-
fects of the herbicides and a series of their analogs on
excised corn roots grown on White’s medium. Prelimi-
nary work with the herbicide trifluralin ( a,a,a-trifluoro-
2,6-dinitro-N,N-dipropyl-p-toluidine ) points to the possi-
bility that this chemical retards the differentiation of
vascular tissue in cotton and morning glory ( Ipomoea
spp. ) . Possible auxin-kinetin interactions are being
studied.

Advantages and disadvantages of the use of excised
roots for such a study are discussed.

Effect of Gibberellic Acid and Malformin on
Elongation and Geotropically Induced
Curvature of Avena Coleoptiles

W. E. Norris, Jr. and Beatrice Brotzman,
Southwest Texas State College

Employing the floating section technique and the sec-
ond five-millimeter segment of the deleafed oat coleoptile
( measuring from the apex ) elongation was determined
after twenty-four hours. As compared to control values
obtained in distilled water, gibberellic acid at a concen-
tration of 0.1 ppm significantly stimulated section elonga-
tion. Concentrations of gibberellic acid above 1 ppm
were not much more effective than the weaker concen-
trations. Values were determined for indole-acetic-acid
(IAA) at a control concentration of 0.1 mg. /liter. Main-
taining the concentration of IAA constant, a series of
concentrations of gibberellic acid were tried without ef-
fect. Thus no synergistic effect as a result of interac-
tion of IAA and gibberellic acid was apparent, even
though each stimulated elongation independently. These
results indicate that gibberellic acid can replace IAA as
a growth stimulator up to a point, at least under the ex-
perimental conditions employed.

Gibberellic acid at a concentration of 1 ppm signifi-
cantly increased the amount of geotropically induced cur-
vature resulting after stimulation for a 90-minute period.
Malformin appears to be inhibitory to both elongation
and geotropically induced curvature.

Differences in Composition between Protosiphon
hotryoides Cells Grown in Ca and Cells
Grown in a Sr-Replacement Medium

J. C. O’Kelley and T. E. Denton,

University of Alabama

Ash and other analyses have been made of Protosiphon
hotryoides Klebs, cells and compositional differences
occur between cells grown in Ca and cells in a Sr-
replacement. Total uronic acid content of the cells in
Ca is more than double that of the Sr-replacement cells.
In contrast, iron content of Sr-replacement cells is ap-
proximately 50 % higher than that of Ca-cells. Differ-
ences in quantities of other cell constituents so far deter-
mined are of lower magnitude. ( This study is supported

in part by grant AMO-03680-04 by the National Insti-
tute of Arthritis and Metabolic Diseases. )

Research in Plant Transpiration

James E. Pallas, Jr.,

Southern Piedmont Conservation Field Station,
Watkinsville, Georgia

An understanding of the transpiration of land plants
from the micrometeorological to the molecular level may
eventually lead to transpiration control. Toward this
end, an approach already involving several years experi-
mentation has resolved itself into three distinct areas:

( 1 ) effects of environment, ( 2 ) certain chemicals on
transpiration, and ( 3 ) understanding the mechanism of
guard cell action. Examples of controlled environment,
cellular, and antitranspirant studies will be described and
discussed.

An Approach to the Study of the Physiology of
Senescence and Parasitism in Sugar Cane

A. J. Pappelis and R. A. Katsanos,

Southern Illinois University

The common method of expressing physiological data
is as a per cent of dry weight. In greenhouse-grown
sugar cane, the 15 internodes above the uppermost shoot
roots were removed for study. Internodal ground paren-
chyma and vascular tissue was removed using a 1.2-cm.
diameter cork borer. Fresh and dry weights of these in-
temodal cores ( about 5 cm. in length ) were expressed
on a volume basis. Fresh weights per cc. of tissue gen-
erally were about 0.90 g. and in a few cases were as low
as 0.65 g. Dry matter content, calculated as mg. per cc.
of intemode tissue in variety C.P. 52-68 decreased slowly ]
from about 172 mg. in the lower intemode to about 57
mg. in the upper intemode. In variety Co. 290, the dry i
matter content decreased slowly from about 112 mg. per
cc. of tissue in the lower intemode to about 54 mg. in
the upper internode. The amount and distribution of
dead cells in the stalk tissue were rated using a pith
condition rating system employed in corn and sorghum
studies. Death of internodal parenchyma was not re-
lated to dry matter content but it appeared to be well
related to changes in fresh weight per cc. of tissue.
Although dead cells in leaf tissue, especially in midribs,
were noted, no system of rating was applied to these
observations. Expression of data in the study of senes-
cence and parasitism in sugar-cane stalk tissue should be
done on a volume rather than dry-weight basis.

The Culture of Stamen Hairs of
Tradescantia paludosa
L. Gerald Parchman, Emory University

The living stamen hair cells of T. paludosa were
studied in hanging-drop culture and attempts were made
to keep the cells in a mitotic condition by the addition
of growth hormones, vitamins, amino acids, and nucleo-
sides to White’s culture medium. The hair cells would
not survive if separated from the stamen, but lived for
several weeks if left attached to the excised stamen.
The microscopical light source had to be filtered through
a 5% CuSO* solution in order to remove infra-red radia-
tion, which inhibited the earlier propbase stages. Only
those cells which were at least in very early prophase at
the time of excision were able to continue the mitotic
process, and no de novo divisions occurred. Instead, the
stamen hairs tended to “differentiate” like epidermal
cells. Results of studies on wounding the young buds
in situ indicated that the changes that took place at the
wound surface, especially the exudation of a mucilagi-

52

ASB Bulletin

nous fluid containing calcium oxalate crystals, may have
interfered with the uptake and translocation of the nu-
trients by the stamen.

Recovery of Hardwood Forest Stands from Short
Term Exposures of Ionizing Radiation

J. T. McGinnis and R. B. Platt, Emory University

Eighty per cent of the radiation released into the
hardwood forest stands surrounding the reactor at Air
Force Plant 67 near Dawsonville, Georgia occurred at
two ecologically significant times of the year, one in June,
1959, and the other in August, 1960. The mixed gamma-
neutron exposures to experimental forest stands for each
of these irradiations ranged from 12,000-15,000 rads at
500 feet to background levels at about 2,000 feet from
the reactor. This paper is concerned with recovery of
stands receiving sufficient radiation to kill or severely
damage all of the above-ground woody parts. Some
conclusions are that ( 1 ) ionizing radiation must be con-
sidered as an ecological stress; (2) ecosystems begin re-
covery immediately following the termination of this
stress; ( 3 ) these effects vary according to conditions, but
in general the ecosystem is set back to an earlier stage of
development, from which recovery begins; and ( 4 ) those
underground seeds, perennating plant organs, and micro-
organisms which survive because of soil shielding have a
particularly important role in recovery.

Color Complexes Formed by Indole Type Auxin

Robert D. Powell, Texas A M University

The Salkowski test for indoles has been used as a
qualitative and quantitative assay of indoleaeetie acid
(IAA) and related growth regulators. This method in-
volves the formation of an iron complex with IAA in a
strong mineral acid. Other metals will also form col-
ored addition-complexes. A second type of test for
indole compounds including IAA involves the condensa-
tion of an aldehyde with the indole ring. The Ehrlich
test uses p-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde. This compound
as well as several other aldehydes gives color tests that
can be used to assay for IAA. The spectral characteris-
tics of both metallic and aldehyde addition complexes
with IAA and related growth substances will be dis-
cussed.

The Cassia fasciculata Complex (Leguminosae)
in the United States
Thomas M. Pullen, University of Mississippi

A study was made of the 14 species of section Fascicu-
latae sensu Britton and Rose as well as C. ferrisiae and
C. deeringiana. Investigation was based on field work,
mass collections, greenhouse and field plot studies, cytol-
ogy, anatomy, and observation of over 3,000 borrowed
herbarium specimens. Morphological characters were
evaluated by use of 43 measurements, scores, and ratios.
Greenhouse and field plot studies revealed no significant
environmental effect on expression of characters with the
exception of branching habit. Chromosome counts were
made for II of the taxa, seven of which were first re-
ports. All counts were: n = 8. In the systematic treat-
ment valid species and varieties were designated after
critical study of type specimens and data accruing from
the study. Five species are recognized within the C.
fasciculata complex. These are: C. deeringiana, C. fasci-
culata, C. leptadenia, C. asnera, and C. nictitans. Eight
varieties are recognized within the species of C. fascicu-
lata and three varieties within C. nictitans. One new
varietal combination was made and four former taxa were
reduced to synonymy.

The Source of Precursors of Carotenes in
Colored Grapefruit. I. Fixation of
Carbon Dioxide
Albert E. Purcell,

U. S. Fruit ir Veg. Prod. Laboratory, Weslaco, Texas

Red grapefruit originated by mutation of white grape-
fruit. The genetic difference is carried by the budwood
but the altered chemistry which results in lycopene accu-
mulation appears to be only in the fruit. By use of C^Cb
it has been established that red grapefruit can synthe-
size lycopene from CO- both in the light and in the dark.
It appears that green grapefruit fix more carbon by photo-
synthesis than is translocated into the fruit from the tree.
In the dark, diffusion of CO- through the peel and fixa-
tion by the carpels is about as fast as translocation of CO-
photosynthetically fixed in the peel.

A New Method for the Initial Application of a
Sample to Paper in Running Paper
Partition Chromatograms

Harvey L. Ragsdale, Russell G. Rhodes and

Gordon E. Hunt, The University of Tennessee

A new method has been developed for the application
of a sample to the paper for separation by conventional
methods of paper partition chromatography. The method
consists of punching a circular hole in the Whatman No.
1 chromatograph paper in the appropriate beginning posi-
tion. The punch out is replaced with similar sized What-
man No. 1 3-mm. disk to which the sample has already
been applied and dried. For 22" x 18" papers the punch
diameter is V*" and for 7" square papers, 2 mm. The
disk with the sample may be fixed in position by press-
ing with a spatula or spoon between two layers of clean
waxed paper; with careful treatment they rarely drop
out. Specially designed apparatus simplifies the prepara-
tion and handling of both sample and standard disks.

The advantage of the method is: one, in decreasing
the time required to prepare sheets for chromatography
and, two, in confining the original area of the spots
thereby increasing the final resolution of the mixture sep-
aration.

The Status and Distribution of Cimicifuga
rubifolia Kearney

Gwynn W. Ramsey', The University of Tennessee

Recent investigations show that Cimicifuga cordifolia
Pursh and Cimicifuga racemosa (L.) Nutt. var. cordifolia
( Pursh ) Gray have not been well understood. They
have been confused with C. rubifolia. C. cordifolia
Pursh appears to be a biotype of C. americana Miehx.
and C. rubifolia is a good species. The distribution of
C. rubifolia has been extended beyond its previously pub-
lished range.

The Evolutionary Significance of Ovule
Structure in Diapensiaceae
John D. Reynolds, University of South Carolina

Studies of ovule development in three members of the
Diapensiaceae have revealed certain departures from the
normal developmental pattern. Pyxidanthera barbulata
Miehx., P. brevifolia Wells, and Galax aphylla L. were
occasionally found to contain more than one archesporial
cell. In G. aphylla an ovule composed of two distinct
nucelli surrounded by a single integument was noted.
Enlarged one- and two-nucleate nucellar cells, appar-
ently beginning to form adventitious embryo sacs, were
found lateral to the two-nucelate embryo sac in P. brevi-

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

53

folia. Three instances of a two-nucleate embryo sac
derived from an integumentary cell located at the cha-
lazal end of the ovule were also noted in P. brevifolia.
In no case, however, did adventitious embryo sac de-
velopment progress beyond the two-nucleate stage. Each
was found only in conjunction with a two-nucleate em-
bryo sac derived from one of the megaspores. These
observations support the postulate that the ovule is a
synangium which could have evolved in the following
manner: Two or more naked sporangia of a fertile
telome fuse; the integuments are formed by the partial
sterilization of the outer spore-forming cells of the fused
sporangia. In the case of the fusion of more than two
sporangia, the integuments are formed by the partial
sterilization of the whole of tire lateral sporangia.

A Comparative Study of the Nodal Anatomy
of Ulmus cimericana and U. pumila

F. C. Richardson and Lafayette Frederick,
Atlanta University

Current season twigs of Ulmus americana and U.
pumila, at various developmental stages, have been col-
lected and a critical comparative study of the nodal
structure has been made. Collected materials prepared
for histological observations have revealed basic similari-
ties as well as basic differences in tissue organization and
cellular differentiation in the nodal regions of the two
species. The number of leaf traces supplying each leaf
are similar for each species. Similarities also occur in
the location of leaf trace insertion in the stele and in
the general anatomical organization of the petiole. Dif-
ferences between the two species have been noted in the
level of insertion of leaf traces into the stele; the number
and alignment of tracheary elements in the leaf traces;
wall sculpturing of vessel members of tracheary elements;
and the amount and distribution of the parenchyma asso-
ciated with tracheary elements in the leaf traces. Dif-
ferences have also been noted in petiolar organization of
the vascular tissues of the species. The proportion of
tracheary elements to associated parenchyma is less in
U. americana than in U. pumila. Evidence from these
studies suggest that U. pumila is somewhat more special-
ized in anatomical structure than U. americana.

Some Interesting Plants from the South
African Karroo

Herbert P. Riley, University of Kentucky

The Karroo is an arid region with an average rainfall
of less than 12 inches. It is characterized by open vege-
tation with no trees and only small shrubs with large
areas of bare soil between them. The Upper Karroo con-
sists of a plateau surface over 4,000 feet above sea level
and is found to the north of the Great Escarpment. The
Great Karroo lies to the south and west and is a basin
between the Escarpment and the Cape Folded Belt and
the Little Karroo occupies the lowland within the south-
ern folded belt. The Upper Karroo consists of arid bush
vegetation while succulent bush occupies the Great and
Little Karroo. The flora is rich and varied with interest-
ing environmental modifications for water storage and
concealment. Various genera are described and illus-
trated.

Plasmasol-Plasmagel Conversion in the Hyaline
Cap of Chaos chaos
Robert A. Rinaldi, University of Tennessee

The formation of the plasmagel sheet during amoeboid
motion has been postulated by S. O. Mast to control the
forward movement of granular plasmasol. Recently, ex-

istence of the plasmagel sheet has been questioned. How-
ever, analyses of time-exposure photographs, which
graph motion of individual granules ( illuminated by
darkfield microscopy) in a manner similar to the astrono-
mer’s graphing of movement of the stars, reveal a pat-
tern of granular flow into the pseudopodial tip which
demands the presence of the plasmagel sheet. Further,
cinemas record that the plasmagel sheet forms directly
under the cell membrane in the non-granular (hyaline)
plasmasol, and that this plasmagel sheet helps control
the granular plasmasol’s movement. These positive dem-
onstrations of plasmagel sheet formation in the hyaline
fluid confirm the basic predictions by L. H. Hyman
(1917) and S. O. Mast (1926) that plasmasol-plasmagel
conversions are basic mechanisms of protoplasmic motion.

“Flow-Charts'’ of Amoeboid Movement

R. A. Rinaldi,0 Iris Snider,! and
Margaret Dozier,! University of Tennessee

A technique of “Flow-Charts” was devised to aid in
understanding the mechanism of amoeboid motion.
“Flow-Charts” are made by using darkfield motion pic-
tures of moving amoebae and printing single frames in
sequence, and tracing the movement of granules from
frame to frame. A “Flow-Chart” contains paths of
granules traced within outlines of the extending pseudo-
pod, the distance traveled by each of the granules, and
the frames on which the granules first and last appeared.
Since they give the viewer a way of seeing how the
granules move relative to each other and to the plas-
magel, “Flow-Charts” are useful in determining some of
the mechanics of flow in amoeboid motion.

° Supported in part by the Tennessee Heart Associa-
tion Inc.

f N.S.F. Summer Undergraduate Research Partici- i
pants.

Studies on the Origin and Potentiality of Lateral
Root Meristems

James L. Riopel, University of Virginia

Lateral roots arising from the large adventitious roots
of banana may exhibit a long or short root expression.
Normally, laterals are 4-6 cm. in length. When the par-
ent root apex is removed, damaged, or its growth sup-
pressed by mechanical restrictions, laterals of an inde-
terminate length are formed. Present evidence indicates
that the short or long type is determined before the
laterals emerge from the parent root. It is proposed
that lateral determination may result from specific mor-
phogenetic differences in the two types of lateral meri-
stems or that nutritional deficiencies limit the growth
of the short root laterals. Studies in progress concern-
ing this problem are reported.

Factors which determine the location for the origin
of lateral roots from the pericycle are also imperfectly
known. Studies of the distribution of laterals in banana
suggest that laterals arise in a dispersed pattern and
that previously formed primordia may in some way in-
fluence the location for the initiation of new primordia.

The Effect of Methylene Blue on the Respiration
of Small Whole Fishes

Martin Roeder and Rachel H. Roeder,
University of North Carolina at Greensboro

The log-log relationship between weight and oxygen
consumption has been determined by Xiphophorus hel-
leri , the swordtail. Standard treatment for fish diseases,
and treatments of various tissues indicates that the re-
spiratory' rate is increased in the presence of methylene

54

ASB Bulletin

blue. Whole fishes have been subjected to various con-
centrations of the drug, and their respiration has been
measured. The data will be discussed in the light of
the reports in the literature.

A Preliminary Report on the Biosystematics
of Three Species of Cuscuta
J. Lee Rogers, University of North Carolina

Among the Cuscutas of the southeastern United States
are three representatives of a single subsection of the
genus. Cuscuta harperi, which is endemic to north-
western Alabama, is rather distinct; but the two more
common species, C. pentagona and C. campestris, both
occurring throughout the U.S., present some difficulty in
determination. The characters classically used to dis-
tinguish between the two are flower size, shape of the
calyx, and shape of the corolla lobes. A biosystematic
study indicates that morphological differences are some-
what ambiguous, and forms intermediate with regard to
these characters have been found. Preliminary cytologi-
cal investigations suggest the three species may form a
polyploid series. Chromatographic profiles permit dif-
ferentiation of the species, and an apparent correlation
between number of phenolic compounds and polyploid
level may be indicated.

Self-Incompatibility among Easter Lilies

Yoneo Sagawa, University of Florida

Although the self-incompatibility of diploid Easter
lily clones have been known for a long time, little has
been done to establish its nature. This paper deals with
the characterization of its nature and attempts to over-
come it. Observations of the time of expression of the
incompatibility reaction and pollen cytology indicate
that this is of the gametophytic type. The reaction is
expressed after the pollen tubes attain a length of 3 to
3.5 cm. The generative nucleus, however, divides to
produce 2 sperms. These sperms are functional since
viable seeds result when pollen is placed on styles short-
ened to approximately 2 to 4 cm. Bud pollination was
not successful in incompatible clones.

Identity of the Biologically Active Breakdown
Products of Indolepyruvic Acid

Emanuel Scarbrough and J. H. M. Henderson,

Department of Biology and The Carver Research
Foundation, Tuskegee Institute

The main objective of this investigation was to deter-
mine if any of the breakdown products of indolepyruvic
acid (IPyA) had biological activity. Chromatograms of
IPyA were developed in isopropanol-ammonia-water
(10:0.1:19.9) on strips of Watman No. 1 chromato-
graphic paper. After development each chromatogram
was split into two equal parts. One part of each chro-
matogram was sprayed with Ehrlich reagent to locate the
breakdown products, whereas the other part was used
for testing the biological activity. A pattern of six spots
was obtained from the chromatograms. One spot is
indole-3-acetic acid ( IAA ) , another is thought to be
indole-aldehyde ( IAld ) , and another is thought to be
indoleglycollic acid (IGA).

To test the biological activity of the chromatograms,
the Avena first intemode test and the Avena coleoptile
test were employed. Two spots showed biological ac-
tivity. One of these is certainly IAA. The other re-
mains in doubt and may be indoleglycollic acid. There
seems to be no active spot where die IAld is thought
to be, and indeed this compound would be inactive in
these tests.

Environmental Radioactivity in Molluscs

Claire L. Schelske, William D. C. Smith, and
Jo-Ann Lewis, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
Radiobiological Laboratory, Beaufort, N. C.

In three species of molluscs, Ce144, Ru106, Zn'16, Mn“,
Cs137, Zr95-Nb95, and K40 have been detected during a
survey of the radioactivity existing at the present time in
the estuarine environment. These molluscs were hard
clams, Merceruiria mercenaria; oysters, Crassostrea vir-
ginica; and bay scallops, Aequipecten irradians. The
gamma radioactivity was determined with a low back-
ground detecting system consisting of a large shield, a
4 x 4 -inch Nal(Tl) crystal, and a 512-channel analyzer.
In clams and oysters most of the activity was due to
Ce144, Ru106, Zn65, and K40. Scallops contained at least
ten times more activity than clams or oysters, this being
primarily Mn54. Results of experiments have shown that
these three molluscs accumulate similar amounts of Mn54
from sea water in the laboratory; therefore, to explain
the differences in the distribution of this isotope among
naturally occurring populations poses an interesting eco-
logical problem.

Tritiated Uridine Incorporation in Grasshopper
Neuroblasts *

Stefan O. Schiff, University of Tennessee

Embryos of the grasshopper Chortophaga viridifasciata
(DeGeer) were incubated in Shaw’s medium containing
tritiated uridine ( H3U ) . Embryos were fixed and sec-
tioned, and autoradiograms were prepared. Neuroblasts
which had been mapped and observed in vitro, as well
as neuroblasts for which mitotic stage was determined
after fixation, were identified in autoradiograms. Grain
counts over these cells showed that ( 1 ) nuclei were
labeled from late telophase until late prophase; (2) nu-
cleoli were labeled from at least late telophase until
middle prophase; (3) maximum labeling occurred dur-
ing interphase and very early prophase. Deoxyribo-
nuclease digestion had no demonstrable effect on grain
numbers. Autoradiograms of hypertonic preparations
had fewer grains than those of isotonic or hypotonic
preparations. These results are interpreted as evidence
that ribonucleic acid synthesis extends from late telo-
phase until early middle prophase, and that rate of up-
take of H3U is partly dependent on the tonicity of the
incubating medium.

* This investigation was supported in part by Training
Grant 5T1GM-730-03 from the Division of General Med-
ical Sciences, Public Health Service.

The Effect of 2-Chloro-4,6-Bis (Ethylamino )-S-
Triazine (Simazine) on the Ribonucleic Acid
and Protein Content of Oat Seedlings

R. P. Singh and S. H. West,

University of Florida

Oat seeds were placed in sand, and nutrient solution
containing 2-Chloro-4,6-Bis ( Ethylamino )-S-Triazine (Si-
mazine) was applied. The seedlings were grown under
controlled conditions in a growth chamber. Four samples
were collected at two-day intervals starting six days after
planting. These samples were analyzed for total RNA,
nucleotide composition of RNA and protein content. The
results showed an increase in the protein and total RNA
content at 2 lbs. per acre rate of Simazine, in the six-
and eight-day samples. In the ten- and twelve-day sam-
ples RNA and protein content was decreased. The 0.5
lb. per acre rate of Simazine resulted in a decrease in

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

55

RNA and protein content in all four samples. The
higher rate of Simazine caused an increase in CMP and
GMP nucleotides in the beginning but these nucleotides
decreased in later samplings. AMP and UMP were de-
creased in all samples by the higher rate of Simazine.
The low rate of Simazine residted in a decrease in all
the four nucleotides in all samples.

Effects of Sex and Ambient Temperature on the
Endogenous Diel Body Temperature Cycle
of Peromyscus polionotus

M ichael H. Smith and Wayne E. Criss,
University of Florida

Temperature relationships of Peromyscus polionotus
were studied in the field and in the laboratory. The
temperature of the air in the nest cavity is positively
correlated with the temperature of the surrounding soil.
Animals regulate their body temperature at 12° and
24°C. but show significant variation in mean body tem-
perature between individual animals and between sexes.
A significant diel body temperature cycle with a mean
maximum value of 38.3°C. occurring at 0400 and a
mean minimum value of 36.2°C. occurring at 1600 is
characteristic of P. polionotus.

Sound Communication in Phaneropterine
Katydids

John D. Spooner, University of Florida

Recent investigations have revealed that the loud
sounds produced by crickets and katydids are used in
elaborate intraspecific communications systems. Sound
production in the subfamily Phaneropterinae ( Orthop-
tera, Tettigoniidae) has heretofore been uninvestigated,
and present research reveals some of the most compli-
cated systems of sound communication among inverte-
brates occurs in this group. Sound functions in male
spacing, attraction of males to females, attraction of
females to males, female orientation toward males, male
orientation toward females, stimulation of other males
and females to produce sound.

Observations in the Ecology of a Granite
Outcrop Isopod, Lirceus fontinalis Raf.,
with Emphasis on Ionizing
Radiation Effects

Clarence Styron, Jr., Emory University

Lirceus fontinalis Rafinesque, an aquatic isopod, occurs
in the weather pools of a granite outcrop near Atlanta
and in the intermittent creek draining the outcrop. Ani-
mals living in the outcrop weather pools are exposed to
extreme physical conditions, while those living in the
creek have a more buffered habitat since it flows through
an open pine and hardwood stand which has a good ac-
cumulation of soil above the granite. This initial work
on animal ecology of the granite outcrops near Atlanta
involves an investigation of the biological interactions be-
tween the isopods and various environmental stresses in-
cluding ionizing radiation and of their behavior patterns,
and based on these an attemnt to determine the factors
or combinations of factors which control the size, survival,
and movements of the populations.

Effects of Manganese Nutrition on the
IAA-Oxidase System of Cotton

D. M. Taylor, P. W. Morgan, J. V. Amin, and
H. E. Joham, Texas ALM University

Cotton plants were grown in water cidture with 0.000,
0.005, 0.05, 5.0, and 50.0 ppm of manganese. The
0.000-ppm plants developed severe deficiency symptoms
including shortened intemodes, loss of apical dominance
and chlorosis outlining the leaf veins. Later, leaves ab-
scissed and meristem died. Deficiency symptoms devel-
oped in the 0.005-ppm plants after flower initiation.
Toxic levels of manganese produced severe stunting and
loss of apical dominance ( 50.0 ppm ) or necrotic spots on
primary leaves (5.0 ppm).

The above symptoms suggested auxin deficiency in
both toxic and deficient levels of manganese. A study of
the IAA-oxidase system in leaf extracts yielded the fol-
lowing results: (1) Both deficient and toxic plants ex-
hibited a much greater IAA-oxidizing capacity than did
other treatments. ( 2 ) the 5-ppm plants destroyed IAA
without the addition of MnCb to the assay medium.
(3) The 0.000-ppm plants destroyed IAA without the
addition of 2,4-dichlorophenol but MnCb was necessary.

Histidine Effects on Radiation Recovery in
Tradescontia pahidosa
M. Kenneth Taylor, Emory University

Tradescantia inflorescences which were treated in a
histidine solution prior to irradiation yielded chromo-
somal aberration frequencies that were significantly lower
than the frequencies of the untreated controls. Experi-
ments in which the inflorescences were treated with his-
tidine following irradiation yielded the same aberration
frequencies as the pretreated inflorescences, indicating
that the action of histidine is a recovery phenomenon.
Investigation, as to the nature of the histidine effect,
using: various concentrations of histidine, varying times
and methods of treatment, degradation products, and
related chemicals is presented. Based on the belief that i
an increase in available energy results in recovery from
radiation damage, and on these data, an attempt is made
to show that a biological inhibitory feedback mechanism
might be involved in increasing the available energy in
the case of histidine.

Interspecific Competition Cage Experiments
with Drosophila

Sylvia S. Talmadge and John M. Carpenter,
University of Kentucky

In eight laboratory populations of mixed species of
Drosophila, Drosophila melanogaster was successful in
eliminating Drosophila pseudoobscura from population
cages at temperatures of 23°C. and 16°C. At the latter
temperature, elimination took twice as long. It is sug-
gested that this was due to a lower rate of egg produc-
tion and longer life cycle for both species at the colder
temperature. Fecundity experiments showed the rate of
egg production at 23°C. to be nearly twice that at 16°C.
D. pseudoobscura were completely eliminated at 23° at
the end of two months. No adults were recovered from
egg samples taken during that time. D. melanogaster
was also successful in eliminating D. robusta and D.
hydei from population cages. D. Iwdei was more suc-
cessful in competing with D. melanogaster than the
other species.

A Method of Irradiating Hymetiolepis
microstoma, the Bile Duct Tapeworm
of Alice, in vitro, with Subsequent
Survival and Growth
Bian Djoen Tan, The University of Tennessee

56

ASB Bulletin

Seven-day-old worms collected from mice previously
infected with tapeworm cysts were exposed to X-radia-
tion of 7,500, 5,000 and 2,500 roentgens. These worms
were then transplanted to other mice by opening the
abdomen of the mouse and injecting the worms into the
duodenum through its wall by means of a 20-ga. hypo-
dermic needle— five worms per mouse. After varying in-
tervals of time, e.g., 2, 4, 6, 8 and 32 days, mice were
sacrificed and worms collected for study. The survival
rate of the host animal was very high ( 90 % of 177 mice ) .
The lack of 100% survival can be explained by the poor
condition of one group of animals on arrival from the
supplier. Without this group we had 100% survival (of
112 mice). The number of irradiated worms recovered
averaged 3.82 per mouse or 76.4 per cent. The level of
irradiation used in this study did not seem to affect in-
fection rate. This method could possibly be useful with
other organisms. Several trials with Hymenolepis di-
minuta were successful.

Changes in Animal Populations Related to
Population Density

James T. Tanner, University of Tennessee and
Oak Ridge National Laboratory

It is often assumed that the rate of change of an ani-
mal population must be a function of the density of that
population to explain the regulation of population sizes.
This assumption has never been adequately tested. Data
were obtained from over 100 populations, representing
over 60 species, that had been censused regularly for
a number of years or generations. For each population a
regression was calculated for population change as a
function of population size. For most the function was
significantly negative, meaning that population changes
were inversely related to density. One exception is the
world human population which has a rate of change that
is a positive function of the density. The causes for the
rate of change usually being a negative function of
density are briefly discussed.

A Hymenostome Ciliate from Antarctica *

Jesse C. Thompson, Jr., Hampden-Sydney College

A ciliate was isolated from an unidentified plant sam-
ple collected from an exposed rock surface on Nelly
Island, located 12 miles west-northwest from Wilkes Sta-
tion, Antarctica. Morphological studies of this ciliate
differ slightly from a new species described (in press)
from Daytona Beach, Florida.

* This investigation was supported by NSF Grants
GB 1325 and G 15445.

Applications of Cryobiology in the Biomedical
Sciences and Cancer Research

J. Richard Thomson and Gail Yerby,

Southern Research Institute, Birmingham, Alabama

In recent years, spectacular advances have been made
in the applications of low temperatures (-76°C. to
- 196°C. ) in biological and medical research. Basal
ganglia surgery, using an insulated probe to apply liquid
nitrogen to pinpoint areas of the brain, has proven 90
per cent effective in relieving the tremors and rigidity of
parkinsonism. The storage of bull semen at ultra-low
temperatures— the first application of cryobiology to be-
come a commercial venture— is now a standard procedure,
used routinely in more than 35 per cent of the dairy-
cattle breeding program. The low-temperature storage
of whole blood, bone marrow, and other human tissues
for eventual transfusion or surgical transplantation is
rapidly becoming a reality.

Experimental cancer research, which relies heavily
upon the continuity of genetically stable cancer tissues
through successive serial transplantations, is especially-
aided by the use of a frozen tumor bank. The constant
risks of infection of experimental tumors, cross-contami-
nation by other cell types, “genetic drift,” stromal tissue
invasion, and accidental loss are avoided when reference
tissues are safely preserved at - 76°C. Periodic “re-
newal” of the original line of a specific experimental
neoplasm assures genetic stability of a transplantable
neoplasm maintained in a long-term chemotherapy-
screening program. Data will be presented showing our
four-year record of successful recovery of a wide spec-
trum of rat, hamster, and mouse neoplasms from an
operational frozen tumor bank.

Aspects of the Taxonomy of Nolina in
the Southeast

Francis M. Thorne, University of Georgia

The genus Nolina, a wholly North American taxon of
twenty-five species, is represented in the Southeastern
United States by N. georgiana L., N. brittoniana Nash,
sandhill species of Georgia and Florida respectively, and
N. atopocarpa Bartlett, a Florida flatwoods species. Al-
though isolated from each other and distinct, these spe-
cies are poorly defined from the taxonomic standpoint.
Traditional definition is based on the morphology of the
triangular capsule, whether it is notched at the base,
apex or at both ends and whether the capsule is sym-
metrical or asymmetrical. Morphological studies indi-
cate that the definitive characters of one species are too
often shared by the other two to be of taxonomic value.
Other morphological aspects and anatomical structure
are functional in characterizing the species. Cytological
data to date and certain aspects of the breeding systems
will also be discussed.

Coelomomyces in North Carolina 6

Clyde J. Umphlett and John N. Couch,

Botany Department, University of North Carolina

In 1944 Couch found the first specimen of Coelomo-
myces, blastoeladiaceous parasites of mosquitoes, known
to have been collected in North Carolina. Coelomo-
myces quadrangulatus appeared in a single larva of
Anopheles crucians from the larval collection of the
N. C. State Board of Health at Raleigh. The larva had
been collected from Elizabeth City. No more specimens
of the fungus were taken from North Carolina until 1961
when C. punctatus in larvae of Anopheles quadrimacu-
latus was collected by Umphlett near Elizabeth City.
Continued extensive collection of mosquito larvae has
yielded in the vicinity of Chapel Hill about 19 sites from
which parasitized larvae may be taken from time to time.
Various species of Anopheles have been found harboring
C. quadrangulatus, C. lativittatus, C. cribrosus, and C.
sculptosporus, all described first from Georgia, and a
species of Coelomomyces taxonomically very near C.
raffaelei, described first from Italy.

° This investigation was supported by a PHS research
grant. No. 325 NIH 313, from the National Institutes of
Health, Public Health Service.

Control of Differentiation and Function by
Distribution of Enzymes in a
Lipid-Bound System
D. S. Van Fleet, University of Georgia

Quantitative analysis by microelectrophoresis reveals
five lipid-bound isozymes of peroxidase in mature phloem
and two isozymes in dividing and differentiating phloem.

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

57

Lipid-bound haematin isozymes are changed in forma-
tion, distrioution and quantity by application of regula-
tors affecting lipid and lipo-protein systems. There is a
functional relation between unsaturated lipids and haem,
esterase, dehydrogenase and other enzymes which deter-
mine differentiation and development. Ethylene applied
before the appearance of lipid carbonyl compounds and
lipid polymerization in cellular membranes changes the
distrioution of lipids and lipid-bound enzymes, as a re-
sult of differentiation and location of the endodermis is
changed. Lipid-bound enzymes are asymmetrical in dis-
tribution and function as demonstrated by microelectro-
phoresis, cytochemical methods, and the vacuum tube
voltmeter.

Investigations on the Possible Occurrence of
Kinins in Nucleic Acids of Coconuts

G. Ware and B. I. Sahai Srivastava,

Tuske gee Institute

Since the isolation of kinetin from the autoclaved
DNA of herring sperms, kinin-like compounds have been
detected in several plants and the kinins have recently
been shown to affect the metabolism of nucleic acids
was therefore investigated. The solid endosperm of
coconut was used as experimental material because it is
rich in kinins, although both young and mature endo-
sperms were found to be poor in nucleic acids. The
solid endosperm was successively extracted with cold
ethanol, ethanol-formic acid, acetone, cold 5 % perchloric
acid, hot ethanol, ethanol-ether and ether. The residue
containing the nucleic acids was suspended in water and
adjusted to pH 4.2. The resulting suspension was auto-
claved for one hour at 120°C., cooled and filtered through
celite. The filtrate, after adjusting to pH 10.5 was
chromatographed on a Dowex 1 column and the appro-
priate fractions were further chromatographed on paper
with n-butanol : acetic acid : water ( 4 : 1 : 5 ) . The purines
on the chromatograms were located by treating a marker
strip with bromophenol-AgNCL reagent, eluted from the
paper with water, and the ultra-violet spectra of the
aqueous eluates were determined. The eluates were
tested for kinin-like activity by the leaf senescence test.
Several purine-like compounds were detected, but no
kinin-like activity was observed.

If larger amounts of plant nucleic acid were available
it is possible that kinin-like activity could be detected in
autoclaved nucleic acid.

Sociophysiological Differentiation

Bruce L. Welch, College of William and Mary

When animals are together they become different
physiologically because of the gradient of social effect
which exists between them. The variability of dying
time for mice injected with d-amphetamine and, for uni-
formity, placed in isolation to die, is up to 2,600 times
greater if they have lived in groups of 5 for 5 weeks
prior to injection than if they have lived in isolation for
the same period of time. This probably reflects different
basal levels of autonomic stimulation under which the
various individuals within the groups have been living
as a result of their different positions within the social
hierarchy.

Paradoxically, animals that are together also become
alike physiologically as a result of the common social
environment which they share. The variability of adrenal
weights between replicate groups of mice becomes
greater as the groups size increases. The group takes
on an identity as a distinct physiological entity, and this
is reflected in the physiology of each of the individuals
present.

Morphological Studies in Vararia °

A. L. Welden, Tulane University

An analysis of the American species of the basidio-
mycetous genus Vararia shows the genus to consist of
two well-defined groups of species. The first group,
represented by Vararia effuscata ( Cke. & Ellis) Rogs. &
Jacks., V. granulosa (Pers. ex Fr. ) Laurila, V. pallesce ns
(Schw. ) Rogs. & Jacks., and V. peniophoroides (Burt)
Rogs. & Jacks., produce globose or subglobose spores
which have a double or thick wall and a warted or spinu-
lose amyloid exosporium. All, except V. pallescens,
possess pseudocystidia; two of these species, V. effuscata
and V. granulosa, have the macrocystidial subtype of
pseudocystidium. The other group, represented by V.
gallica ( Bourd. & Galz. ) Menzies, V. investiens (Schw.)
Karst, (the generic type), V. pectinata (Burt) Rogs. &
Jacks., V. phyllophila (Massee) Rogs. & Jacks., and V.
racemosa (Burt) Rogs. & Jacks., produce cylindrical or
subcylindrical spores which have a single or thin, smooth,
nonamyloid wall. All species of this group, except V.
gallica, produce pseudocystidia, none of which are of the
macrocystidial subtype.

° Supported by the National Science Foundation,
G- 12336.

An Improved Method for Removing Media from
a Protozoan Population

Carolyn Wells and Jeanne W. Clabough,
Longwood College

One method of removing media from cell populations,
repeated centrifugation and washing of a culture, has
several undesirable features, particularly when the
method is used to prepare large quantities of protozoa
for biochemical analysis: 1) expended time and labor in-
crease with cell quantity; 2) cell death increases with
cell quantity; 3) the washed population is invariably a
mixture of living and dead cells. A new method has
been developed in our laboratory whereby a washed sus-
pension of living cells may be obtained with minimum
effort. Dryl physiological salt solution ( S. Dryl, J. Proto-
zool., 6 (Suppl. ): 25) is introduced at a rate of 5-10
drops/min. down the inside surface of a separatory fun-
nel containing a culture of Tetrahtymena pyriformis. The
cells enter and remain in the layer of salt solution that
forms on the media surface. After an hour, the funnel
stopcock is adjusted so that outflow of media and dead
cells equals inflow of Dryl. A 100-ml. population is
automatically washed in 4-6 hours. One centrifugation
of the Dryl suspension concentrates the cells and removes
the small amount of media that has mixed with the Dryl
layer. T. pyriformis processed in this manner are as
sexually reactive as after 4 washings by centrifugation,
indicating an equivalent amount of media removal.

An Artificial Stream Apparatus for the Study of
Lotic Organisms

L. A. Whitford, G. E. Dillard, and G. J. Schumacher.

N. C. State College of the University of
North Carolina

Small artificial streams are produced by circulating
stream water through short troughs from a glass cooling
reservoir and back, by means of a small centrifugal
pump. The reservoirs are kept at a constant tempera-
ture by refrigerated open-top tank similar to a milk
cooler. When set up in a greenhouse, any two of the
three habitat factors, light, temperature and current
speed, can be held constant and the other varied to study
its effect on algae or other small plants or animals. Data
from studies of fresh-water algae are given.

58

ASB Bulletin

Studies on Induced Apogamy in Pteridium
Gametophytes

Dean P. Whittier, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Gametophytes of the bracken fern, Pteridium aquilinum
L. ) Kuhn, were employed in sterile culture to investi-
gate induced apogamy, i.e., the formation of sporophytes
?rom gametophytic tissue without fertilization and in
response to cultural conditions. It was demonstrated that
ipogamous sporophytes developed on nutrient media
with suitable concentrations of various sugars. Variations
in the light intensity brought about an increase or de-
crease in the apogamous response depending on the com-
position of the medium. Renewal of the medium with
the optimum concentration of sugar during an experi-
ment brought about a large increase in the number of
apogamous plants formed. An experimental procedure
which employed changes in the medium at set intervals
allowed the testing of various factors on specific stages
of apogamy. This procedure demonstrated that light was
necessary for apogamy and fight or succinic acid would
substitute for sugar in the induction of apogamous
sporophytes.

Studies on Genera of Clathraceous Fungi

Constance M. Williams and Lafayette Frederick,
Atlanta University

A survey of the literature on clathraceous fungi has
revealed that doubt still exists relative to the validity and
relationships of the genera Laternea, Colonnaria, and
: Pseudocolus. Recent collections of a clathraceous fun-
gus, in the vicinity of Atlanta, Georgia, has prompted a
critical review of these genera. Specimens representing
species assigned to these genera have been obtained from
various herbaria for comparative taxonomic studies.
From these studies, it appears that generic limits for
these fungi should be based on the presence or absence
of a stipe, gross anatomical structures of the receptacle,
number of receptacle arms, and the glebal position. Spe-
, cies previously assigned to Laternea and Colonnaria were
found to have the following features in common: lacu-
j nose receptacles, “lateme” glebal position, two to four
vertical arms grooved toward the apex, smooth outer
surface and pitted inner surface, and sessile receptacles.
Specimens of species in the genus Pseudocolus have
jt stipitate receptacles, usually three arms, hollow or lacu-
1 nose receptacle with fully pitted external surface, and no
evident differentiated glebal body. These studies support
an earlier suggestion that species in the genera Laternea
and Colonnaria are congeneric and that Colonnaria
should be regarded as the valid genus. These studies
further confirm the validity of the status of the genus
Pseudocolus.

Differences in Sensitivity to Ultraviolet Light
During the Cell Growth Cycle of the Ciliate
Spathidium spathula *

Donald B. Williams, Vassar College
Robert C. Ramger, Maryville College

Spathidium spathula divides about every 300 minutes
at 27°C. on lettuce infusion containing Colpidium col -
pidium as prey. Spathidium of increasing ages during
this 300-minute period were irradiated with 10,000
ergs/mm.2 of ultraviolet fight (2537 A). Irradiated cells
and control cells were individually subcultured and the
daily division rate determined. Cells aged 40% and 60%
were the most insensitive to UV (31% and 22% respec-
tively were injured), whereas cells aged 2%, 5%, 10%, and
20% all showed more sensitivity (57-68% of the cells

showed injury). Cells aged 92% were beginning cyto-
kinesis and were the most sensitive ( 89% injured ) . In-
jury is defined as three or less divisions in 24 hours
associated with giantism, replication or oral structures
and heavy pigmentation. Descendants of injured cells
were subcultured for extended periods. About 70% re-
covered and produced normal clones; the remaining 30%
were permanently injured. Cells from permanently in-
jured clones showed extensive macronuclear fragmenta-
tion and complete loss of micronuclei.

° Sponsored by U.S. AEC contract AT(30-1 )-3102.

In Vitro Study on the Effects of Pituitary Digest
and Somatotrophin on the Growth Rate of
Cells of Sarcoma-180 from Crocker
Albino Mice

Luther S. Williams, Atlanta University

In this study, the growth rate of cells of sarcoma- 180
from crocker albino mice was studied utilizing two tissue
culture methods, namely, the hanging drop slide culture,
and the Carrel flask culture. The cells were cultured at
37 °C. in a culture medium containing chicken plasma
and embryonic extract. Microscopic observations re-
vealed that many of the cells were bi- and multinucleate
and that the nuclear material was often concentrated at
one or both ends of the cells. Data from measurements
of growth increments for given periods indicate that the
cells cultured in a medium, to which pituitary digest or
somatotrophin was an added component, grew at a
higher rate than the control cultures. The increase in
cellular growth was proportional to the concentration of
the hormone added to the medium up to a maximum
concentration of seven per cent. For all concentrations
above seven per cent there was a progressive decline in
the rate of cellular growth. Both pituitary digest and
somatotrophin augmented cellular growth within the con-
centration ranges used.

Phytoplankton Productivity at Beaufort, N. C.

Richard B. Williams, U. S. Bur. Comm. Fisheries

Regular measurements were made in the Beaufort
channel for one year of standing crop of phytoplankton,
respiration, photosynthesis and physical factors thought
to influence primary production. Throughout the study,
nanno plankton was dominant over net plankton. Photo-
synthesis had a pronounced seasonal cycle with higher
values in summer; respiration was irregular but generally
greater in warm weather. Average gross photosynthesis
and respiration were estimated to be respectively 786 and
243 mg. C/m.2 day for June through October, and 249
and 118 mg. C/m.2 day for the remainder of the year in
a water column equal to the average depth of the estu-
ary, 1.5 m. Gross photosynthesis correlated neither with
standing crop as estimated from pigment concentration
nor with insolation entering the water, but had a highly
significant correlation with water temperature. The rela-
tively low plankton productivity was thought to arise
from rapid tidal flushing of the estuary.

Acid-Soluble Phosphorus Compounds of
Corn Roots

Byron H. Wise, University of Florida

Methods were developed to determine the concentra-
tions of organic phosphorus compounds, particularly gly-
colytic intermediates, in TCA extracts of etiolated corn
seedling roots. The compounds were separated by anion
exchange chromatography, and the eluent fractions were

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

59

analyzed by enzymatic assays, colorimetric tests, UV
spectrophotometry, and fluorometry.

Composition of the Plasma, Pericardial Fluid,

and Pervivisceral Fluid of a Stingray f

Robert A. Wynn and George R. Bernard,
Medical College of Georgia

Sea water (W), and the plasma (P), pericardial fluid
( C ) , and perivisceral fluid ( V ) of 25 specimens of a sting-
ray, Dasyatis americana, were analyzed using standard
laboratory techniques. Mean values are: pH: W— 8.20,
P-6 25 C— 5.53°, V— 5.30°; total osmolality (mOsm./
L. ) : W— 836, P-883, C-861, V-849; Na* (mEq./L.):
\V_405, P-238, C— 246, V-239; K* (mEq./L.): W— 13.8,
P-16.9, ’ C— 9.5oe, V— 14.1°; Ca** (mEq./L.): W— 4.2,
P_? i C— 0 3" V— 0.8°°; Mg**: determinations in prog-
ress? Cl' (mEq./L.); W-424, P-238, C-28780, V-
260°; urea (mg.%): P-2216, C-2125, V-2345; Nth-N
(mg.%): P-4.4, C— 35.8°°, V-50.200; total protein
(mg.%): P-4120, C-41°°, V-137°° ( °, significant dif-
ference from plasma; °°, highly significant). Histo-
chemically, the pericardial epithelium shows acid
phosphatase activity, and mucopolysaccharides and/or
mucoproteins within the cells and apically (PAS and
toluidine blue reactions). The data suggest that neither
pericardial nor perivisceral fluid is a plasma ultrafiltrate
(in the strictest sense) and that active transport systems
might be involved.

f Supported by USPHS (RG-9347) and by the Profes-
sional Research Fund, Medical College of Georgia.

Liquid Scintillation Determination of
Radioisotopes in Chlamydomonas reinhordti

J. D. Yarbrough, J. C. O’Kelley and A. F. Findeis,
University of Alabama

Chlamydomonas reinhordti was effectively introduced
into a toluene scintillation system utilizing an ethyl alco-
hol dehydration series for extraction of water and pig-
ments. Counting of a graded series of algal cell concen-
trations in scintillation suspensions revealed little internal
quenching by algal concentrations of 0-63 fig., with
measurable quenching at 74 fig.

Pre-frozen algal cells treated with calcium-45 for
periods of 5, 10, and 15 minutes were introduced into
the scintillation system following alcohol dehydration.
No detectable leaching of the calcium-45 radioactivity
from the algal cells was noted during dehydration, as
evidenced by lack of activity in the alcohol after extrac-
tion. After the dehydration, however, the cells con-
tained appreciable quantities of calcium-45. The algal
cells took up 30-40 per cent of the calcium-45 activity
provided them, even in the 5-minute period of contact.
The rapid uptake of the calcium-45 by the cells is indica-
tive of an ion-exchange phenomenon, which may have
involved algal cell wall material and inactive calcium or
other ions already absorbed.

The Effect of Atrazine on the Rate of Transpira-
tion and the Concurrent Uptake and Relative
Distribution of Radioactive Phosphorus in
Phaseolus vulgaris L.

M. B. Yeliger and Gordon E. Hunt,

The University of Tennessee

Recent studies have shown that Atrazine (2-choloro-
4-ethylamino-6-isopropylamino-5-trizine ) decreases the
transpiration rate in plants over a short time interval.
A study of the effects of different concentrations of Atra-
zine on transpiration and concurrent P32 uptake was made
on Phaseolus vulgaris L. The Transpiration Stream Con-
centration Factors (of Russell and Shorrocks) and the
Transport Indices (of Russell and Martin) were calcu-
lated. Absorption studies at different time intervals and
levels of transpiration suggest that the phosphate ions
entered into the bean plants independently of transpira-
tion in a 6-hour time period. The Transpiration Stream
Concentration Factor values in most cases were less than
one, demonstrating that the entrance of P32 in these bean
plants was slow, i.e., phosphate ions entered the plant
at a slower rate than did water. Finally it was con-
cluded that at least under these conditions, whatever
factor produced a decrease in the transpiration rate at
4-6 hours did not directly decrease the uptake of the
supplied radioactive phosphate ion during the same
period; thus strongly suggesting, the initial PO, ion en-
trance is an independent process rather than one depend-
ent on transpiration.

( Continued from page 26— Treasurer’s Report)

Miscellaneous Contribution 5.00

Registration fees— April meeting 434.85

Membership dues 1,512.00

3,175.85

$4,068.04

Expenditures:

General :

Affiliate dues AIBS 1962 & 1963 . . 200.00

Secretary’s expenses 72.94

Goethe Travel Awards 342.00

Guest Lecturer— April meeting .... 50.00

Meritorious Teaching Award— April

meeting 100.00

Research Award— April meeting . . . 100.00

Annual meeting expenses April 1963 318.97

1,183.91

Bulletin:

Printing, addressing, mailing Jan.,

April, July, Oct 1,431.32

i

i

i

!

60

ASB Bulletin

Printing “Deadline Announcements,”

abstract reprints, cards, stationery 215.89

Clerical assistance— Editor 25.00

Travel to ASB Council meeting—

Editor 100.00

Miscellaneous expenses 25.00

Treasurer:

Printing, postage, mailing lists .... 153.58

To Savings Acct. #90 856 6 250.00

To establish new Contingency Sav-
ings Acct. #91375 6 400.00

Bank charges 1.25

Secretarial assistance 50.00

The Auditing Committee has exam-
1,797.21 ined the Treasurer’s records for the

period January 1, 1963-December 31,
1963, has found them to be in order,
and certifies that his report for the
period is correct. Robert B. Short,
Chairman; Ruth S. Breen; and Ralph
W. Yerger.

854.83

' 3,835.95

Balance as of December 31, 1963 $ 232.09

Leland Shanor, Treasurer

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

Fred K. Parrish, Dept, of Biology, Agnes Scott Col-
lege, has received a grant from the Society of the Sigma
Xi and RES A to study the mechanisms involved in the
spontaneous recovery of the cricket, Gnjllus assimilis,
from gregarine infections.

William H. Adams, Professor of Biology at Tennessee
Wesleyan College, has received a grant of $12,990 for a
continuation of the Cooperative College-School Science
Program which he is directing within a six-county area.
Provisions of the grant include a BSCS summer training
institute for twenty high school biology teachers.

P. W. Whiting, Emeritus Professor of Zoology of the
University of Pennsylvania, and Mrs. Whiting (Dr. Anna
R.), are now located at Oak Ridge, Tennessee. They are
serving as consultants for the Biology Division of the
Oak Ridge National Laboratory.

Emmett W. Price, Professor of Biology at Jacksonville
State College, suffered a heart attack in January while
attending a meeting of the Medical Examiners Board in
Birmingham. He will be convalescing at his home in
Gadsden for an indefinite period. Dr. Price is known
internationally in the field of parasitology. His publica-
tions include articles in all the major journals of para-
sitology and bacteriology as well as the Encyclopedia
Britannica.

Mrs. Richard Bramblett has been appointed temporary
instructor of biology at Jacksonville State College. Mrs.
Bramblett earned her B.A. at Worster College in Ohio
and her M.A. at the University of Michigan. Her princi-
pal field of interest is Invertebrate Zoology.

Stanley A. Rhodes, assistant professor of biology at
Jacksonville State College, attended a six weeks National
Science Foundation sponsored summer institute for col-
lege teachers of Zoology at Williams College in Massa-
chusetts.

Ernest L. Hunt, Professor of Biology, Emory Univer-
sity, will spend the spring and summer quarters of 1964

at the Gatty Marine Laboratory, University of St. An-
drews, Scotland, working in collaboration with Dr. A. J.
Matty.

In the fall of 1963, Raymond T. Damian joined the
staff of the Department of Biology, Emory University, as
Assistant Professor. He received his Ph.D. from Florida
State University in 1962 and was a Research Associate
for one year before accepting a position at Emory.

Calaway H. Dodson of the Missouri Botanical Garden
will join the Botany staff of the University of Miami the
second semester of this school year. He is appointed as
Curator of the Buswell Herbarium and will teach tax-
onomy. He has wide experience in the American tropics
and has specialized in the Orchidaceae.

Claude S. Chadwick, for 24 years on the staff of the
biology department of Vanderbilt University, and 12
years chairman of the biology department of George
Peabody College, assumed the chairmanship of the de-
partment of biology at Emory & Henry College, Emory,
Va., last September. He has just completed a four-year
service on the Biology Data Book Committee of the Fed-
eration of Societies for Experimental Biology. This book,
useful to both high school and college teachers, will be
published in July, 1964.

R. T. Lynn, a recent doctoral graduate of the Univer-
sity of Oklahoma, has been appointed assistant professor
of biology at Emory & Henry College.

Eugene P. Odum, Director of the Institute of Radia-
tion Ecology at the University of Georgia, announces the
appointment of two new members to the research staff.
Dr. J. Franklin McCormick will work with a new port-
able cesium- 137 source as a tool in the study of relation-
ships between structure and function in vegetation; and
Dr. Robert J. Beyers will continue his pioneer work on
self-contained microecosystems as one approach to the
problem of the “minimum ecosystem for man.”

Bruce L. Welch, Assistant Professor of Biology at the
College of William and Mary, received a grant of $24,000
for one year from the National Aeronautics and Space

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

61

Administration for studies on “Psychophysiological Effects
of Prolonged Confinement in Small Groups and in Isola-
tion.” He also received a one-year grant of $11,342
from the Foundations Fund for Research in Psychiatry
to conduct a research program entitled “The Psycho-
physiological Identity of Groups.

G. Ray Noggle, Chairman, Botany Department, Uni-
versity of Florida, has resigned from his duties as of
June 30, 1964. He will assume the Chairmanship of the
Botany ’Department at North Carolina State College,
Raleigh, starting on July 1, 1964.

Nolan E. Rice, Department of Biology, University of
Richmond, was promoted to Professor of Biology. His
promotion became effective in September, 1963.

Frank Leftwich was recently appointed Assistant Pro-
fessor of Biology at the University of Richmond. He will
be in charge of classes in physiology and cytology. Dr.
Leftwich received his B.S. and M.S. degrees at the Uni-
versity of Richmond and his doctorate at the University
of Tennessee. He is currently working on a post-doc-
torate fellowship at Rutgers University.

R. W. Menzel, Associate Professor, Oceanographic In-
stitute, Florida State University has received a contract
from the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries on “The Effects
of Electrical Stimulation on Benthic Invertebrates Other
Than Shrimp. Part I. Effect on polvchaete annelids, a
dominant benthic group.

Institutions and Organizations

SMART: The South Mississippi Association for Re-
search and Technology was formed January 15, 1964, at
Hattiesburg, Mississippi, to make new product and proc-
ess studies for industries in the Gulf Coast region. Ac-
cording to Dr. Charles Brent, executive secretary for the
group, the Association has computer programming and
operations research capabilities with Ph.D. s in fields ol
mathematics, chemistry, physics, biology, and geology.
The address of this consulting group is Box 314, South-
ern Station.

In 1965, the National Science Foundation will again
provide opportunities for U.S. scientists to participate in
the Antarctic expeditions of foreign countries as exchange
scientists from the U.S. Antarctic Research Program.
Foreign nations with active Antarctic scientific programs
include Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Chile, France, New
Zealand, the Union of South Africa, the United King-
dom, and the U.S.S.R. Field research possibilities exist
in atmospheric physics, meteorology, geology, glaciology,
biology, and the marine sciences. The research program
could be planned for a four- to six-month austral summer
or for the Antarctic winter of 1965, which would involve
a fourteen-month period. Departure from the U.S.
would probably be late in 1964. Salary and expenses for
travel, research equipment, etc., associated with the ex-
change would be included in a grant to the investigator’s
institution. If necessary, assistance can be provided for
acquiring a working proficiency in the appropriate for-
eign language before departure for the Antarctic. Inter-
ested scientists are requested to transmit an outline of
their proposed field program with a specific foreign Ant-
arctic expedition to the Office of Antarctic Programs,
National Science Foundation, Washington, D. C. 20550.
Instructions for preparing a proposal are contained in the
Foundation brochure, “Grants for Scientific Research”
(NSF 63-27), obtainable upon request.

The Division of Biological and Medical Sciences of the
National Science Foundation announces that the next
closing date for receipt of basic research proposals in the

life sciences is May 1, 1964. Proposals received prior
to that date will be reviewed at the summer meetings of
the Foundation’s advisory panels and disposition will be
made approximately four months following the closing
date. Proposals received after the May 1, 1964 closing
date will be reviewed following the fall closing date of
September 15, 1964.

Inquiries should be addressed to the Biological and
Medical Sciences Division, National Science Foundation,
Washington, D. C. 20550.

The 14th Annual Wildflower Pilgrimage will take
place in the Smokies, April 23-25, 1964. There will be
the usual guided botanical hikes, motorcades, and bird
walks sponsored by the Dept, of Botany, The University
of Tennessee, and the Naturalist Service of the Great
Smokies.

The Botany Department, University of Florida, Gaines-
ville, has been awarded a grant by the National Science
Foundation for renovation of laboratories for graduate
student use. A small laboratory has been established for
housing the counting equipment used in isotope work.

The Botany Department has also been awarded a grant
by the National Science Foundation to support under-
graduate students in independent research problems.
Linder the program, students are attending weekly semi- >
nars during the Winter Trimester. In the Spring Tri-
mester, 7 weeks will be devoted to reading and prepa-
ration and 7 weeks of full time research will follow.

French Oceanographer to Teach
Special Course at University
of Miami

An eminent French scientist. Professor Alex- s
andre Ivanoff, will teach a six-week course in
Optical Oceanography this spring at the Insti-
tute of Marine Science, University of Miami.
Professor Ivanoff, who is director of the Ocean- :
ographic Laboratory, University of Paris, is a
physical oceanographer and a specialist on the
optical properties of sea water.

In addition to teaching the course, which be-
gins in March, Professor Ivanoff will do research
on underwater light. In this project he will work
with Mr. Charles Yentsch of Woods Hole Ocean- 1
ographic Institution, who will also be visiting
the Institute of Marine Science at the time. The
two researchers will study the relationship be-
tween light-scattering and the vertical distribu-
tion of phytoplankton, and also the relationship
between natural fluorescence and productivity
in the sea.

While Professor Ivanoff is in Miami, the Na-
tional Academy of Sciences will sponsor a con-
ference on in situ measurement of light in the
sea. Dr. John E. Tyler of Scripps Institution of
Oceanography will join Professor Ivanoff and
Mr. Yentsch for this program.

For further information, contact: William M.
Stephens, Institute of Marine Science, University
of Miami, 1 Rickenbacker Causeway, Miami,
Florida 33149.

62

ASB Bulletin

Books and Periodicals

BIOLOGICAL BASIS OF BEHAVIOR: A PROGRAM.
F. J. McGuigan. Prentice-Hall. $5.25.

Although the so-called “revolution in education”
brought about by programmed instruction began almost
a decade ago and has been gathering force ever since,
there are still many areas for which no adequate texts
exist. This paperback is an attempt to fill the need for
an elementary program of self-instruction covering the
physiological principles of human behavior. It is written
by a psychologist apparently for use in first and second
year biology courses, as well as in introductory and phy-
siological psychology courses at the college level; but it
cannot be recommended for use in biology courses above
the high school level: indeed zoologists may be surprised
to learn that the only sciences concerned with both be-
havior and internal functions are physiology and psychol-
ogy (page 3).

The main subject matter of the text is divided between
Receptors (73 pages), the Nervous System (109 pages),
and the Effectors (73 pages). These are treated in an
elementary way although such topics as the relative re-
fractory period and the reticular activating system of the
brain stem are touched on briefly. As is almost inevit-
able with such an approach there is much oversimplifi-
cation as well as the usual sprinkling of errors or mis-
leading statements. For example Figure 25 depicts taste
hairs which are known to be artifacts, as well as support-
ing cells which are not now considered to be distin-
guishable from the receptor cells. The view that nerve
impulses arise in the receptor cells of the retina is not
generally accepted and there is no evidence that im-
pulses arise above the cell body in the olfactory recep-
tors. In general, however, the material chosen for cov-
erage provides a fairly balanced introduction to some of
the physiological foundations of behavior.

Given the subject matter there remains the question
of whether it has been successfully moulded into a pro-
grammed text. This is doubtful. As such texts go this
one is relatively conventional and unimaginative in de-
sign as compared with some of the pyrotechnical displays
now being offered. The 1-7 missing words in each short
paragraph appear in the left-hand margin of the page.
The student is expected to hide these words while ans-
wering the question but they would seem to offer the
temptation of looking at the answer before reading the
question. Additional information is provided by the
simple line drawings scattered throughout the text.

Is this rather mechanical mode of presentation, with
its tendency to emphasize the acquisition of a vocabulary,
an improvement on conventional texts? It is true that
formal tests, such as multiple choice questions may indi-
cate that there is such a gain. But are these adequate
indices of the amount of latent learning that has oc-
curred, or the ability to develop and expound concepts,

or interrelate facts? In short, what is lost by sacrificing
the greater variety and richness of material which is
found in the same space in a good conventional text?
One might expect that individual differences would
loom large in any adequate answer to this question. At
any rate, it is curious, if not a little disturbing, to read
in the instructor’s manual which accompanies this book,
that students in the lower intelligence group learned as
much from this text as did the more intelligent students.

David G. Moulton
Dept, of Biological Sciences
Florida State University

INTRODUCTION TO HERPETOLOGY. Coleman J.
and Olive B. Goin. W. H. Freeman and Company,
San Francisco, ix + 341 pp., illustrated.

This modest-sized volume is intended for use as the
text of a one-semester course in herpetology. The de-
sired prerequisite is one year of college biology. The
vast amount of material condensed to manageable pro-
portions by the authors is presented in the following
order. Chapter 1, the position of amphibians and rep-
tiles in the animal kingdom, basic principles of classifi-
cation, a brief historical review of herpetology. Chap-
ters 2-5, the structure and evolutionary history of the
two included classes. Chapters 6-11, natural history,
mechanisms of speciation and geographic distribution.
Chapters 12-17, a summary of living amphibians and
reptiles to the family or subfamily level. Two appen-
dices follow; the first a classification of amphibians and
reptiles to the family level; the second, a tabulation of
known amphibian and reptilian chromosomal numbers.
An index completes the volume.

The text is well illustrated with an excellent selection
of photographs, drawings and charts. All are done well
and enliven and enlighten the text admirably.

In producing the first text-book of herpetology, which
fact alone makes this an important book, Dr. and Mrs.
Coin have attempted the fantastic job of assimilating
thousand upon thousand pages of herpetological litera-
ture. From this they have succeeded in producing a
smooth-flowing, readily understandable text. Complete
detailing of each study subject is not permissible but
each chapter concludes with a list of references in which
details of interest may be found. Not content with the
herculean task of synthesis, the Goins, with their char-
acteristic directness and drive, have interpreted the data
into, or have adopted, classifications that may or may
not find agreement among their colleagues. Unfortun-
ately, but understandably, in a book of this type complete
documentation of the presentation is not possible. Some
students of amphibian and reptilian classification may
find the taxonomic changes unnerving in these circum-
stances. This student finds the variations in his area of

Vol. 11, No. 2, April 1964

63

interest (snakes) stimulating, with or without comment.
The authors have found it necessary to make a choice
in several areas where limited knowledge permits dis-
cussion and alternate classifications. Not always do the
choices follow the more or less standard or more con-
servative treatment. The points of systematic variations
may not be obvious to the biologist who is not herpeto-
logically oriented; the variations, however, need not in-
convenience him in the utilization of the book.

All biologists will find in this volume a basic knowl-
edge of amphibians and reptiles that will prove a most
useful adjunct to their knowledge of the various modes
of life. The teacher of a herpetological course presum-
ably will be an active herpetologist. This text will per-
mit the development of a course of study that will be
exciting and stimulating to students and teacher alike.

Edmond V. Malnate

Biological Abstracts’

B. A. S. I. C. Offers
Comprehensive Retrieval
Aid

B.A.S.I.C., the machine-generated Subject In-
dex to BIOLOGICAL ABSTRACTS (BA), has
proved a most effective tool to enable research

biologists and basic medical scientists to keep
abreast of the rapid advances in world biology.
Now in its third year of publication, the index
has been acclaimed by life scientists from all
sections of the globe for its direct, natural lang-
uage approach to both current and retrospective
search problems.

It is now possible for a researcher to select a
list of key words important to his special studies,
check each semi-monthly index for references to
these words and turn immediately to the perti-
nent abstracts. The immediate values of the
index are the following: they are current— com-
plete subject, author and systematic indexes ap-
pear with each issue of BA; the use of key words
quickly guides one to the individual abstracts
of interest to him and eliminates time-consuming
searches; a complete survey of any given issue
of BA can be made in a half hour or less— thus
saving priceless hours for laboratory research;
through use of key words, automatic cross-refer-
ences are provided.

With the incorporation of supplementary key-
words and other time-saving computer and
graphic techniques, B.A.S.I.C. has become today
a rapid, comprehensive search tool, an invaluable
aid for biology and all related fields. Further
refinements and research are planned in order to
continue BA’s policy to serve all life scientists
with the most complete and efficient scientific
information aids.

Sapelo Island Research Foundation And University Of Georgia
Marine Institute Pursue Joint Research Programs

The research operations on Sapelo Island,
Georgia, within recent years have been a joint
effort of the University of Georgia Marine Insti-
tute and the Sapelo Island Research Foundation.
The Sapelo Island Laboratory is involved in
several research programs of interest to biolo-
gists in the southeast.

A systematics program, planned to provide
taxonomic information on the major marine in-
vertebrate groups, was initiated in late 1961.
Mr. Milton B. Gray, formerly biological collector
at the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods
Hole, Massachusetts, joined the staff and his ex-
cellent collections provide the basis for the stud-
ies being pursued. Within the past year, the
program has brought several visiting biologists
to the laboratory for varying periods, ranging
up to several weeks in duration: Dr. E. L. Bous-
field of the National Museum of Canada has
worked on the Amphipoda, while Dr. J. B.
Burch, L^niversity of Michigan Museum of Zo-
ologv, has begun a studv of the Gastropoda.
Dr. R. J. Menzies, Duke University Marine Lab-

oratory, has studied the Isopoda. Mr. M. J.
Cerame- Vivas, also from the Duke laboratory at
Beaufort, plans to work on the Echinodermata
this spring; both Drs. Burch and Bousfield con-
template returning within the next few months
to continue their investigations.

Dr. Robert Johannes, who recently received
his doctorate from the University of Hawaii, has
been appointed a Research Associate of the Uni-
versity of Georgia Marine Institute. Dr. Johan-
nes is studying the uptake and release of phos-
phorus by marine organisms in conjunction with
the studies of Dr. L. R. Pomeroy.

Dr. Dirk Frankenberg of the University of
Georgia Marine Institute has been awarded a
National Science Foundation grant to support a
research project entitled “Animal-sediment rela-
tionships in marine level bottom communities off
the coast of Georgia.” Dr. Frankenberg recently-
completed his Ph.D. degree at Emory University , .
where his dissertation won a Sigma Xi Annual
Student Research Award.

64

ASB Bulletin

Volume 11, Number 3

July, 1964

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

Pools in Roaring River Passage of Mammoth Cave

Volume 1 1 , Number 3- — July 1964

CONTENTS

Association Affairs 66

Today’s Biology. — by Walter S. Flory 67

The National Register as a Privacy Invader — Where Do We
Go from Here. — An Editorial 70

Literature Citation Abbreviations — A Waste of Time.-— by
C. W. Hart, Jr. and Betty Ursomarso 71

Ruskin S. Freer Is Recipient of ASB’s 1964 Meritorious
Teaching Award 73

Books and Periodicals 74

News of Biology in the Southeast 74

The cover photograph shows two of the many pools left in the Roaring
River passage of Mammoth Cave, Kentucky, when the water recedes during
certain seasons. These two pools, each roughly eight to ten feet in diameter,
are small when compared with others in the area, but support a surprising
variety of organisms ranging from bacteria and protozoa to shrimp, crayfish,
and fish.

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

State Correspondents Needed

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna. Changes of address
should be sent promptly to the Secretary
of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Menzel, Dept,
of Biological Sciences, Florida State Univ.,
Tallahassee, Fla. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions should
be sent to the Business Manager, Dr.
Leland Shanor, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Talla-
hassee, Florida. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Wicker-
sham Printing Co., Lancaster, Penna.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

Margaret Y. Menzel, Associate Editor
Betty Ursomarso. Assistant Editor
Leland Shanor, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — William D. Burbanck, Emory
University

Retiring President — E. Ruffin Jones, Uni-
versity of Florida

President Elect — Harry J. Bennett, Louisi-
ana State University

Vice-President — Elsie Quarterman, Van-
derbilt University

Secretary — Margaret Y. Menzel, Florida
State University

Treasurer — Leland Shanor, National Sci-
ence Foundation

Executive Committee — C. Ritchie Bell,
University of North Carolina; Wilbur
H. Duncan, University of Georgia;
John Carpenter, University of Ken-
tucky; G. M. Jeffery, National Insti-
tutes of Health; David James Cotter,
Alabama College; Chauncey G.
Goodchild, Emory University; Fred-
erick T. Wolf, Vanderbilt University.
All officers are ex officio members of
the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — W. W. Miller, III, Howard
College

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — position vacant
Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University
Maryland — position vacant
Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University

North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Univer-
sity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Furman Univ.

Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George Pea-
body College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — position vacant

Affiliate.

Southern Section of the American
Society of Plant Physiologists

The State Correspondent positions
for Kentucky, Maryland, and West
Virginia are vacant, and need to be
filled. ASB State Correspondents
perform a vital function in the or-
ganization-seeing that news of biol-
ogists and institutions is submitted
for publication in the Bulletin.
After all, the Bulletin is designed
primarily to serve as a medium for

the dissemination of news about
biologists and biology in the south-
east—and without the correspondents
it would certainly fail in this task.
Should anyone in the states listed
above like to volunteer to serve as
correspondent, please write to C. W.
Hart, Jr., Editor, Academy of Nat-
ural Sciences, 19th and The Park-
way, Philadelphia, Pa.

66

ASB Bulletin

rpHE subject is somewhat non-committal, and
A could mean many things to many different
people. To me this subject covers especially the
amazing advances in cellular biology which have
resulted from biochemical investigations of the
basic cellular structures and units. But, equally
as important, it also includes the actual or prob-
able relationships and impacts of these studies on
the more classical fields of biology— systematics,
morphology, ecology, and so on— as well as on
genetics, physiology and the other broad fields
that are included in our science.

We all know that Today’s Biology is not the
biology of even ten years ago. We can feel con-
fident that our science is progressing at such a
rapid rate that Today’s Biology differs materially
from what promises to be the Biology of 1975.

The State of Biology has been well discussed
and analyzed in recent years and months by
Barry Commoner (1961), by Tracy Sonneborn
(1963), by Ernst Mayr (1963), by Ledyard
Stebbins ( 1964 ) and by others of our more emi-
nent colleagues. Many of you have heard the
talks, or read the papers of these biological lead-
ers. I am not under the illusion that I can add
anything remarkable to our knowledge of the
present status of biology. However, I feel—
selfishly— that a discussion of the problems and of
some of the opportunities of Today’s Biology will
help clarify my own thinking here,— and further,
hopefully, may even add an idea or two possibly
presenting some new facets of the topic to others.

It is frequently pointed out that current biol-
ogy is in something of a ferment. That many re-
cent outstanding discoveries in biologv have
been based on biochemical studies is well known,
and is perhaps a chief agent of the ferment.

We easily recall that work leading to several
recent Nobel prizes in Physiology and Medicine
has been founded on research showing either ( 1 )
l the genic control of biochemical events; (2)
genic control in bacteria at near minimal-life
levels; (3) methods of synthesis of DNA and of
RNA; or (4) the general nature of the Genetic
Code as drawn from results of biochemical ex-
perimentation. Several of these works have
been carried out by biologists using biochemical
methods. One contribution was by biochemists
working toward the synthesis of fundamental bi-
ological materials. In another case two British
chemists have shared a Nobel Prize— this one in
chemistry— for their deciphering of the atomic
structure of myoglobin and hemoglobin, two im-
portant proteins, the knowledge of which for-

Address by Immediate Past President, Association of
Southeastern Biologists, at annual meeting on April 17,
1964, Emory University, Atlanta, Ga.

wards an understanding of the life processes
since all known enzymes— the catalysts control-
ling the chemical reactions of living systems— are
proteins.

With such discoveries as background, there is
little wonder that the second half of the 20th
century is frequently referred to, by scientists at
least, as the era of the biologist. Biology was
recently referred to by Stebbins ( 1964 ) as “hav-
ing come of age” with the elaboration of the
Genetic Code, just as did chemistry when New-

Today’s Biology

by WALTER S. FLORY, Wake Forest College

lands first clearly formulated the Periodic Table
of the elements in 1866. At the same time the
earlier 1900’s are sometimes referred to as the
‘age of the physical scientists’ since it was during
that period when such great forward strides re-
sulted with respect to knowledge of tire atom and
its fission, as well as of many related physical
principles.

In almost the same breath that the ‘Age of the
Biologist’ is proclaimed, it is often implied that
it is the ‘New Biology’ and the ‘Molecular Biol-
ogists’ which really inherit, are responsible for,
and are perhaps the chief benefactors of the cur-
rent biological bonanza.

Professor James Bonner, a prominent spokes-
man for Botany and for Biology, last year au-
thored an article in the AIBS Bulletin, which has
been widely read. His stimulating remarks were
entitled “The Future Welfare of Botany.” With
some slight change of wording the article seem-
ingly would apply about equally as well to arti-
cles entitled “The Future Welfare of Zoology” or
“The Future Welfare of Biology as a Whole.”
Sound premises are set forth concerning the ad-
vantages accruing from a common attack on
common problems encountered by botany, zool-
ogy, microbiology, etc. Likewise, Bonner’s views
concerning the value of feedback among related
sciences are obviously sound ones. His basic

Volume 11, No. 3, July 1964

67

premise, however— aside from his final conclu-
sion, is that many fields of plant science are near-
ing exhaustion as source areas for research, be-
cause—it is contended— most of the facts in these
fields have now become known. His views here
seem quite erroneous and very much open to
question. Few taxonomists, anatomists, ecolo-
gists, etc., would agree, 1 feel sure, that their
fields are exhausted, or are apt to be bereft, of
problems in the foreseeable future.

After the author paints his gloomy picture of
the dissolution of one of biology’s important
branches— presumably as its study is pursued in
the classical manner— his article concludes with
the following optimistic outlook “but if we are
wise, and if we continuously plow back and ap-
ply to botany our new and deepening insights on
the molecular level, then our science can live and
prosper for generations to come.” In other
words, in essence the writer seems to say ‘botany
is a gone science except for the saving grace of
molecular methods.’

Among the excellent replies to Bonner’s article
attention may be called to Dr. Earle Smith’s re-
action to the implication that all the plants of
the world would be known shortly. Smith
( 1964 ) emphasized that instead of most plants
being known— there is actually an appalling lack
of information concerning the flora of a great
part of the world— including that of the western
United States where Bonner lives. In addition,
for the flora that is known there are far too many
voids in the adequate knowledge about existing
relationships, existing structures and existing
chemical make-ups to permit anything like an
effective use of much of the information which
is available. Smith’s discussion ends with this
statement: “The contents of a detached cell can
doubtless be discussed with vigor and clarity,
but, unless this cell is related to its proper place
in a plant of known identity, the details cannot
be evaluated, since there is nothing with which
they may be compared and related.”

The stimulus furnished to biological thinking
by Bonner’s article is attested to by the number
of opposing responses which have appeared in
the AIBS Bulletin and elsewhere, and also by the
lively discussions that it has evoked. The writer
has been in several groups in which Bonner’s
points have been discussed, pro and con. Count-
less similar discussions must have occurred on
college campuses across the country. One is
tempted to speculate that Dr. Bonner’s writing
may have been done with, so to speak, “tongue
in cheek”— perhaps to furnish the very stimulus
to analysis which has resulted.

As biologists we can all take pride with the
great forward steps in knowledge concerning the
phenomena of life. We can and do review with

satisfaction the sequence of findings which lead
to the conclusion that DNA is “the vehicle for
the continuity of life.” We are happy that chem-
ical and physical approaches have contributed so
broadly to our present knowledge of life proc-
esses—and continue to promise much in that di-
rection for the future.

At the same time it seems evident that those
who believe that the biochemical approach offers
a panacea concerning biological problems, and
one which will furnish answers for all outstand-
ing questions, tend to lull themselves with false
premises.

Professor Stebbins ( 1964 ) covers what ap-
pears to be a basic point, and quite aptly, when
he writes: “At the molecular level we can dis-
cover universal principles which are common to
all life” but “at higher levels of organization the
differences between kinds of organisms may be
more important than their similarities” and he
adds “even in respect to such basic features as
their physiological functions and patterns of de-
velopment.” I believe that few biologists will
dispute the truth of this statement.

It is evident that the molecular biologists, with
few exceptions, are well-trained in both their
biological specialty and in biochemistry. They
avowedly concentrate their energies to the solu-
tion of basic problems on elemental organisms of
simple structure. From their attempts to date
have appeared glittering successes over a re-
markably short period of time.

The molecular biologists, so far— as already
suggested— have concentrated their team efforts
on studying the very simplest— often the single-
celled— organisms. In some cases they have
worked with single, or with a very few, chx-omo-
somes. They expect, however, to work on in-
creasingly complex problems with more compli-
cated organisms— securing the answers in
molecular terms to the several more complicated
problems as these are encountered.

Sonneborn ( 1963 ) has very clearly pointed
out the dependence of the molecular biology on
the classical. He recalls that the essential nature
of classical genetics was almost completely de-
veloped by Mendel from “making inferences
about the existence, organization and behaviour
of unseen objects— genes— from very simple
purely biological observations.” Quoting fur-
ther from Sonneborn: “Simple, purely biological
methods, without the essential aid of chemistry
or physics, of biochemistry or biophysics, led to
the exposure of some of the deepest secrets of
living nature. Modern researchers and students
often forget— or never knew— that they could not
have guessed what questions to ask or what prob-
lems to attack at the biochemical and molecular
levels, had not a sound and profound theoretical

68

ASB Bulletin

structure first been established by the elegant
and powerful methods of pure biology.” Sonne-
born also points out that at each level with each
problem, the biological approach will again be
necessary to discover the problems needing solu-
tion, to find the most suitable materials to in-
vestigate, and to infer the nature of the mech-
anism and problems— before molecular biology is
in a position to attempt its contributions.

Such discussion could be considerably pro-
longed but at the end we would still admit that
in Today’s Biology we have the two important
groups of Classical and of Molecular workers.
Both groups are making important contributions
in many ways. The molecular biologists are
coming forward with dramatic discoveries, over-
shadowing the more prosaic advances of the
classicists. On the other hand, the molecular
biologists are dependent upon the classical group
for their background in biology, for their mate-
rials, and for their basic leads and suggestions
for approach. I believe it is fair to say— although
there will probably be strong opposition to the
statement— that it is the group often called the
“Classical Biologists” which are the ‘heart’ of
Biology— the real Biologists, if you please. A
proportion, and probably a sizable proportion,
of the Molecular Biologists have a stronger lean-
ing toward, and probably a stronger background
in, biochemistry, than in biology. Some at least
are chiefly biochemists, although counted among
molecular biologists because they are using bio-
logical organisms, rather than inanimate chemi-
cals, for their research materials. At times the
two groups seem more competitive than coopera-
tive, regrettable as this situation is.

The optimum relationship between the two
schools would seem to be one of admiration on
the part of the classicists for the skilful tech-
niques and advances engineered by the new bi-
ologists; coupled with one of appreciation by the
molecular workers for the long and constantly
being broadened background of biological theory
and fact from the traditional school— on which
they so freely draw. Both groups derive aid and
strength from the other; this strength will be
greatest if and when all debts to the other are
freely acknowledged.

Biologists cannot afford to accept other than
whole-heartedly and gratefully every new con-
tribution to a knowledge of the life processes,
especially those of such epoch-making stature as
are being furnished through current biochemical
studies. But even more surely, biologists can-
not afford to depend on biochemistry to teach
young scientists the fundamentals having to do
with the very science of biology itself. We can-
not develop biologists by teaching our students
biochemistry alone. For 20th century Biology

to attain its ultimate potential as a science, the
complementary roles of classical and molecular,
the old and the new, biologies must each sup-
port, as well as draw from, the other. Otherwise,
they will become separate sciences, not merely
separate branch roads of the same science.

One is reminded of the fact that popular or so-
called fashionable topics become periodic re-
search vogues in a given science. In the field of
botany, for example, in the past 25 years it has
been successively “fashionable” to study the ef-
fects (I) of colchicine; (2) of plant hormones;
(3) of radiation; and (4) of gibberellic acid. I
am sure there have probably been several other
“fashionable” trends in botanical research during
the same period. The really serious workers
with each subject have persisted until important
problems have been solved. But a sizeable num-
ber of workers have tended to jump from one
“band-wagon,” if you will, to the next, often
without much to show in the way of basic ac-
complishment. Even during the height of a
given subject’s popularity, the majority of work-
ers in the broad field concerned— botany in our
example— proceed with their usual, often long-
planned, experiments. More often than not it is
these “plodders,” if we may so speak of them,
who are also the real producers of substantial,
and substantial amounts, of new facts and truths.

This is not to suggest that studies of life forms
at the molecular level are a passing phase of pop-
ular biological interest. The new biology re-
quires broad knowledge in diverse, as well as
specialized, fields which more or less precludes
hasty entrances and exits to and from molecular
studies. But it is the fashionable thing to carry
out studies at the molecular level during the
present period. In that connection it is im-
portant that brilliant students whose real interests
lie in taxonomy, in morphology, in ecology, and
in all the other purely biological fields, realize
that great problems and opportunities exist in
these basic fields of biology. It is not only de-
sirable but necessary that this be clearly and
widely recognized if students with such basic in-
terests in biology are not to be more or less
stampeded into currently more glamorous and
alluring fields of perhaps less actual interest to
them.

It is important not only for biology, but also
for biochemistry, to be cognizant of the need for
many bright young minds to be coming along in
the classical fields of biology, as well as studying
the methods of biochemistry. Otherwise the bi-
ological goose which is laying the golden eggs of
knowledge upon which molecular attacks on the
secrets of life depend will gradually sicken and
die.

Volume 11, No. 3, July 1964

69

It may be the biochemist who eventually gives
the answers to such questions as ( 1 ) how did life
actually arise? (2) how can the span of human
life (not just the average life span) be length-
ened? (3) how can mutations of specific rank
be induced?— as well as perhaps also the answer
to the question that Stebbins ( 1964 ) considers as
the most important unsolved problem of biology
— (4) What is the explanation of development
and differentiation in higher plants and animals;
that is “how do you explain how cells containing
the same genes can be so different as a paren-
chyma cell and a wood fiber, a root hair and an
ordinary epidermal cell, or a pollen tube and an
egg cell?” But if the biochemist rather than the
biologist produces these answers this would seem
necessarily to result from and rest upon the back-
ground of many years of biological contributions
and investigation, and would probably eventuate
—as Sonneborn believes— after the spade work of
the biologist has suggested the specific problem,
pointed to the most suitable materials, and in-
ferred the nature of the controlling mechanisms.
( The repetition here is purposeful— to emphasize
Sonneborn’s salient point. )

The indispensable role which the biologist
would play in such a drama may not be accom-
panied by emotions of quite the strength which
cause the work of the molecular biologist to be
announced along with adjectives such as “ex-
citing” and its synonyms. The contribution of
the classical biologist may not have as great an
opportunity of being hailed as a “breakthrough.”
On the other hand, there is great satisfaction in
doing the work that one enjoys doing, especially
when that work is important and may well be
essential as a forerunner from which a real
“breakthrough” may possibly eventuate. For the

able and the swift opportunities are great, the
problems are manifold, and the olive laurel is
available in classical, as well as the new, biology.
This point must be impressed on many of the
able young students with interests tending to
point them toward our graduate schools of biol-
ogy-

Finally, I suggest again— Biology Today is in
its ascendancy. I am convinced that this is as J
true for classical fields as for the molecular
levels. Workers from each of these groups can
complement, aid and further those from the 1 ij
other. It behooves all of us to learn as much
about the methods, and certainly as much about
the results, from all allied sources as can possibly
be assimilated. We each need help and leads
from every possible approach to be as effective
as possible in our own fields of interest.

The whole-hearted recognition of these facts
should extend and hasten the development of
every aspect of Biology— and should indeed as-
sure the late 1900’s of being rightfully desig-
nated as the Age of Biology.

References Cited

Bonner, James. 1963. The future welfare of botany.
—AIBS Bulletin, 13: 20-21.

Commoner, Barry. 1961. In defense of biology.—
Science, 133: 1745-1748.

Mayr, Ernst. 1963. The new versus the classical in
science.— Science, 141: 765.

Smith, C. E., Jr. 1964. How soon?— BioScience, 1
14(1): 15-16.

Sonnerorn, T. M. 1963. Implications of the new >
genetics for biology and for man.— AIBS Bulletin,
13(2): 22-26.

Stebbins, G. L. 1964. Four basic questions of plant
biology —American Journal of Botany, 51: 220-230.

The National Register As A Privacy Invader—
Where Do We Go From Here ?

Most of us have recently received from the
AIBS a form to be filled in for the National Reg-
ister of Scientific and Technical Personnel of the
National Science Foundation. We would like to
jioint out that this form differs from those sent
out in past years, in that it not only asks for your
income from all sources, but also your Social Se-
curity number. These items seem innocuous at
first glance, and may well be so. However, such
personal information as income, coupled with
your Social Security number, may very well be

just one more step toward George Orwell’s 1984
—and is certainly an unjustified invasion of pri-
vacy.

It is not that we disapprove of the National
Register. We know that Congress instructed the
NSF to maintain the register, and we realize that
it is an important adjunct to our national security
(we also realize that the register, for various
technical reasons, needs our Social Security num-
bers). And it is not that we disapprove of the
AIBS knowing our incomes. We agree that it

70

ASB Bulletin

should, for by having such information it can
work toward higher salaries for biologists. Our
point is that biologists’ incomes are of no concern
to the NSF’s National Register, and if the AIDS
wants such information it should find some other-
way to gather it.

No matter how well intentioned governmental
organizations may be today, and no matter how
much they assure us that such information is con-

fidential, there can be no assurance that the in-
formation may not be used for other purposes
tomorrow.

We therefore urge you to protest this invasion
of your privacy— both by not giving the informa-
tion asked and also by writing directly to Dr.
John R. Olive of the AIBS and asking that infor-
mation on incomes be gathered in some other
way.— C.W.H.

Literature Citation Abbreviations—
A Waste Of Time

C. W. Hart, Jr. and Betty Ursomarso
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia

Unlike women’s skirts, the more abbreviated a
journal citation, the less it reveals. Yet, despite
scientists’ alleged cravings for accuracy, they
(and their editors) persist in demanding that
journal titles in literature citations be abbrevi-
ated—sometimes to a point approaching absurd-
ity, sometimes apparently abbreviated just for
the sake of abbreviation.

When asked why they abbreviate journal cita-
tions, those who are concerned with such things
(usually editors) reply vehemently that the ab-
breviations save space, and that a saving of space
is equivalent to a saving of money. To both of
these assumptions we say “nonsense!” The only
scientific publications that can use abbreviations
with good reason are certain catalogues and ab-
stracting journals.

In the first place, equating space with money
in this instance is, if not actually erroneous, cer-
tainly carrying economy to a damaging extreme.
The time spent by an author determining the
abbreviations used by the journal to which he
plans to submit his papers must be accounted
for— as must be the time spent by the interested
reader who must somehow determine what the
citations mean.

If an editor then says that the expense he is
worried about is that having to do with the pro-
duction of his journal, it can be pointed out that
the average literature citation section of a paper
consists of comparatively few bibliographic items
—often under ten— and that the cost of printing
the complete literature citations for ten articles
would be insignificant when compared with the

cost of the time spent preparing the abbrevia-
tions in the first place.

In order to get a concrete idea of the actual
saving incurred by using abbreviations rather
than full citations, we had two exceptionally long
lists of literature citations set in type (Figs. 1
and 2 ) . One was botanical in content; the other
zoological. One consisted of 41 bibliographic
items; the other, 70. Both were set twice— once
with the journal citations spelled out completely,
once with them abbreviated according to the
recommendations of the World List of Scientific
Periodicals, Third Edition.

It can be seen from Figures 1 and 2 that the
space saving for even an extensive list of citations
is small— eight lines out of a total of 88 in a list of
41 citations; 10 lines out of a total of 180 in a list
of 70 citations.

To illustrate the situation involving a small
number of citations, the bibliographic items
shown in Figures 1 and 2 were numbered con-
secutively and a series of citations representing
combinations of one through 15 items were
picked from the list by means of a table of ran-
dom numbers. The results— showing the number
of lines saved by abbreviating the citations— are
shown in Table 1. The largest number of lines
saved was five; none were saved in two instances;
the average was 1.7.

The cost of 1.7 lines of type— or for that matter
five lines or ten— is not enough to warrant the
time spent in forming committees to study abbre-
viations, preparing approved lists, and seeing
that authors follow the prescribed forms.

Volume 11, No. 3, July 1964

71

Fig. 1 ( above).— Forty-one bibliographic citations with
journal citations complete ( left column ) and with journal
citations abbreviated ( right column ) . These citations
were set 28 picas wide in 8 point No. 21 type, one point
leaded.

Fig. 2 (right).— Seventy bibliographic citations with
journal citations complete ( left column ) and with journal
citations abbreviated ( right column). These citations
were set the same as those in Fig. 1.

Without going into a long list of the absurdi-
ties inevitably connected with abbreviation
schemes, an intriguing example of the abbrevi-
ators art appeared in a recent list of serial title
abbreviations prepared for botanists. The rec-
ommended abbreviation for the obscure journal,
Notuloe Naturae of the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences of Philadelphia, was “Not. Nat.” Consider
for a moment the plight of the biologist in one
of the emerging nations whose bibliographic
tools might be at a minimum. Were he to actu-
ally determine the meaning of those two recom-
mended abbreviations, he could only assume that
the journal originated in ancient Rome— or per-
haps the Vatican City. Just because a journal is
familiar to those who are continually thrown in
contact with it does not mean that someone else
has heard of it.

72

ASB Bulletin

On the other end of the scale are those ab-
breviations that drop just one or two letters and
add a period. A saving of no characters in the
i first instance; one in the second. These ab-
breviations-for-the-sake-of-abbreviations occur in
many approved lists; for instance, a recently pub-
lished and much publicized list actually recom-
mends Compt. as an abbreviation for Compte.
Examples of two letters dropped and a period
added appear throughout the list.

Wastes are not only involved in the construc-
tion and subsequent deciphering of every ab-
breviation, but potential breakdowns in com-
munication become more and more likely as the
short-cuts increase.

The inexcusable practice followed by the edi-
tors of Science, who merely give the author’s
name (or names) and the abbreviated journal
citation is most disturbing when the possibilities
of communication breakdown between the au-
thor and his audience are considered. A wrong
name, a name misspelled, an obscure journal ab-
breviation, or an erroneous volume or page num-
! ber can all lead to potential breakdowns in com-
munication.

Before another editorial board devotes valua-
ble time deciding what list of abbreviations its
journal will use, let it first seriously consider

whether any such list merits consideration.

TABLE 1.— A compilation of one through 15 literature
citations picked at random from those citations illustrated
in Figures 1 and 2, showing the number of lines of type
saved when the citations are abbreviated according to
the recommendations of the World List of Scientific
Periodicals.

Number of Lines of type Lines of type
literature with citations with citations

citations

complete

abbreviated

Lines saved

1

3

2

1

2

6

6

0

3

6

5

1

4

10

10

0

5

11

10

1

6

16

15

1

7

17

15

2

8

15

14

1

9

20

17

3

10

26

23

3

11

29

26

3

12

30

25

5

13

31

30

1

14

38

35

3

15

33

32

1

Ruskin S. Freer Is Recipient Of ASB’s
1964 Meritorious Teaching Award

The 1964 Meritorious Teaching Award which
carries with it a gift of $100 from the Will Scien-
tific, Inc., was presented to Dr. Ruskin S. Freer
of Lynchburg College, Lynchburg, Va.

Born and educated in Ohio, Dr. Freer received
a Bachelor’s degree from Hiram College and a
Master’s from Ohio Wesleyan University. Sub-
sequently he did graduate work at Oberlin, Cor-
nell, Ohio State, and the University of Virginia.

I He received an honorary Doctor of Science de-
gree from Culver-Stockton College.

After teaching a short time in the public
schools of Ohio and at Milligan College in
Tennessee, he joined the faculty of Lynchburg
College in 1924 where he continued a teaching
career distinguished by the number of enthusi-
astic biologists which came from his classes. He
has also taught certain summers at Mountain
Lake Biological Station in Virginia and at the
University of Pittsburgh.

Professionally he has been active as the author
of botanical and ornithological papers. He was
the founder and first president of the Virginia
Society of Ornithologists and he has been the
editor of Claytonia and the Virginia Journal of
Science. He is an authority on the flora of the Ruskin S. Freer

Volume 11, No. 3, July 1964

73

Blue Ridge of southwestern Virginia, as wit-
nessed by Dr. Fernald in his preface to the last
edition of Gray’s Manual, and is a member of
the Association of Southeastern Biologists, a fel-
low of the AAAS, and a member of other scien-
tific organizations.

However, the most important contribution he
has made has been in the quality and the num-
bers of students whom he has stimulated to be-
come good professional biologists.

Books and Periodicals

FAMILIES OF FLOWERING PLANTS OF SOUTH-
ERN AFRICA. Herbert Parkes Riley. University of
Kentucky Press. Lexington. November, 1963. xviii +
269 pp., 144 full-color illustrations, 3 maps, Foreword by
M. R. Levyns. $14.

This beautifully printed, illustrated, and produced book
provides the general botanist with an excellent introduc-
tory survey to the rich and varied flora of Africa south of
Tanganyika and the Congo Republic. Three full page
maps correlate the political divisions, physiographic fea-
tures, and vegetation regions, respectively, of the area
concerned. Concise but adequate descriptions are fur-
nished of 411 plant families (with tribal consideration of
some of the larger ones) represented in South Africa.
To information concerning a family as a whole is added
that pertaining to its representatives in the area. Chro-
mosome numbers are presented as known for African
taxa. Phytogeographical information, including the
numbers of endemics of the various groups, is an added
helpful feature. The economic importance of the plants
treated is pointed out and discussed.

Roth verbally and pictorially the book presents a brief
but clear picture of a large and somewhat unusual flora
which is far removed, and mostly outside the common
range of knowledge of most American botanists. This

should cause it to be a sought after source book by
plantsmen of this country and— it would seem— of Europe,
as well. In addition, it would appear to be a helpful ad-
dition to the libraries of South African botanists and
horticulturists, whether they be professional or amateur.
—Walter S. Flory, Wake Forest College.

Books received recently

The following books have been recently received by
the ASB. Should any member of the ASB wish to re-
view one of these books in return for the review copy,
please write to Mrs. Betty Ursomarso, Assistant Editor,
Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th <Lr The Parkway, Phil-
adelphia 3, Penna.

TAZIMA, YATARO. 1964. The Genetics of the Silk-
worm. Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New
Jersey. 253 pp. $9.95.

WILLIER, BENJAMIN H. AND JANE M. OPPEN-
HEIMER. 1964. Foundations of Experimental Em-
bryology. Prentice- Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New '
Jersey. 225 pp. $5.95.

WANG, G. H. 1964. The Neural Control of Sweating.
Univ. of Wisconsin Press, Madison, Wisconsin. 129
pp. $5.00.

WALLACE, ALFRED RUSSEL. 1869. The Malay
Archipelago. Dover Publications, Inc., New York.
515 pp. $2.00. (A Dover Reprint.)

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

Robert A. Jervis, B.A., Dartmouth, M.A., Ph.D., Rut-
gers, has accepted a position as assistant professor of
biology at Emory & Henry College, beginning with the
fall semester. He will spend the summer touring Europe
from the Scandinavian countries to Sicily, making color
pictures for National Geographic Magazine.

Paul C. Bailey has joined the faculty at Birmingham-
Southern College as Professor of Biology and Chairman
of the Department. Dr. Bailey was previously Chairman
of the Department of Biology at Alabama College. He
has received a research grant from the LT. S. Atomic
Energy Commission for $7,978 to continue his work on
ultraviolet- and X-ray-induced aberrations in pollen tube
chromosomes of Tradescantia.

Dan C. Holliman, Assistant Professor of Biology at
Birmingham-Southern College, is currently cooperating
with Dr. Gordon Orians of the University of Washington
on a research problem dealing with redwing blackbird
ecology.

Dan Kimbrough, currently a graduate student at Au-
burn University, will join the staff of Birmingham-South-
ern College in September as an assistant professor of biol-
ogy. His area of interest is physiology.

Dempsey L. Thomas, Biology Teacher, Iliverview High
School, Sarasota, Florida will participate in a Biology
Institute for high school teachers in India this summer.
The institute is one of several in biology, chemistry,
physics, and mathematics sponsored jointly by NSF and
the University Grants Commission in India. The insti-
tutes are designed to modernize science education in that
country. Thomas has served as President of the Florida
Association of Science Teachers, and is Managing Editor
of the FAST Journal. Upon his return from India, he
will study a year at the University of Texas under an
NSF grant.

W. Ralph Singleton, Miller Professor of Biology and
Director of the Blandy Experimental Farm of the Uni-
versity of Virginia, will leave this August for a year’s
stay in Bangkok, Thailand, as a representative of the In-
ternational Atomic Energy Agency.

74

ASB Bulletin

J. J. Murray, Jr., Assistant Professor of Biology, will
: serve as Director of the University of Virginia’s Moun-
1 tain Lake Biological Station this summer. In succeeding
years he will alternate in that capacity with J. L. Riopel,

' Assistant Professor of Biology, who was Director in 1962
and in 1963.

Ruskin S. Freer, professor of biology at Lynchburg
College, retires June 1, 1964, after 40 years at the col-
lege.

The Piedmont University Center has awarded Arnold
Van Pelt, Professor of Biology, a pilot matching grant to
investigate the ant-host parasitization by Cordyceps uni-
lateralis, a fungus. The grant is for one year, beginning
July 1. Dr. Van Pelt will pursue the initial phases of this
work at Mountain Lake Biological Station this summer
under a post-doctoral fellowship.

Wilton R. Tenney and William S. Woolcott, Associate
Professors of Biology at the University of Richmond,
have received a grant from the Highlands Biological
Station to support their research on the bryozoans of the
river gorges near Highlands, North Carolina.

Franklin F. Flint, Chairman, Biology Dept., Randolph-
Macon Woman’s College, has received a Fulbright-Hays
research fellowship and will be at Estacao Agronomica
Nacional, Oeiras, Portugal during the academic year
1964-65. Dr. Flint and Dr. Dorothy L. Crandall will
attend the X International Botanical Congress at the Uni-
versity of Edinburgh, Scotland, during August.

Kenneth P. Stevens is retiring in June as chairman of
the Department of Biology at Washington and Lee Uni-
versity, Lexington, Virginia.

Henry S. Roberts has been appointed chairman of the
Department of Biology at Washington and Lee Univer-
sity. Dr. Roberts will come to Washington and Lee from
Duke University, Durham, North Carolina, where he has
been Associate Professor of zoology since 1952.

James C. McDonald, Wake Forest College, has re-
ceived a $16,800 National Science Foundation grant to
study the morphology and ecology of North Carolina
myxobacteria. The grant is for two years, and will sup-
port a graduate student in addition to his own research.

Alice Louise Bull of the Department of Zoology and
Physiology, Wellesley College, will assume her duties as
Associate Professor of Biology at Hollins College in
September, 1964.

James W. Hardin, Associate Professor of Botany, North
Carolina State, will teach the course in Taxonomy of
Seed Plants at Mountain Lake Biological Station the sec-
ond tenn of this summer session.

Royall T. Moore will join the faculty of the Depart-
ment of Botany, North Carolina State, as Assistant Pro-
fessor. Dr. Moore has been Assistant Research Bio-
physicist in the Electron Microscope Laboratory,
University of California, Berkeley. He will begin a
teaching and research program in mycology.

J. Gerald Eller, Professor of Biology at Western Caro-
lina College, Cullowhee, N. C., has been named Chair-
man of the recently created Department of Biology.
Prof. Clinton F. Dodson will continue as Head of the
Science Department.

Donald E. Davis, Department of Botany and Plant
Pathology, Auburn University, has been elected president
of the Auburn University Chapter of Sigma Xi. As a
participant in the Alabama Academy of Science Visiting
Scientists Program, he gave one lecture titled “Plant
Growth Regulators” and another titled “Alabama Wild
Flowers” to student groups at Foley High School.

E. J. Cairns, Department of Botany and Plant Pathol-
ogy, Auburn University, spoke to the Auburn High
School Biology Club on “Macro- and Micro-Photography
in Science.” He presented two programs at Enterprise
High School on the Alabama Academy of Sciences Lec-
ture Program; one on “Alabama Wild Flowers” and one
on “Plant Growth Regulators.”

D. E. Davis, Department of Botany and Plant Pathol-
ogy, Auburn University, visited the NASA Ames Re-
search Center, Moffett Field, California, March 8-11.
Dr. Davis conferred with Dr. K. Yokoyami of the Center
on exobiology and other aspects of bioscience in space
research. He also familiarized himself with the space
research program as it relates to the station’s bioscience
program in reference to plant physiology.

Emory Ford Eastin, a doctoral student in botany.
Auburn University, has been awarded an air pollution
special fellowship by the National Institutes of Health.
Eastin will use the fellowship while studying under the
direction of Dr. Donald E. Davis. His research will be
concerned with fundamental aspects on the action of
herbicides in plants. Eastin holds B.S. and M.S. degrees
received from Mississippi State University.

J. L. Seal, professor, Department of Botany and Plant
Pathology, Auburn University, was accorded the honor of
being Professor Emeritus, July 1, 1963. This is the first
such emeritus rank granted to a member of the Depart-
ment of Botany and Plant Pathology.

Ralph E. Motsinger, doctoral student in botany, was
awarded second place and a $15.00 cash award in the
Graduate Student Research Award category of the Ala-
bama Academy of Science, April 2-4, 1964, Auburn Uni-
versity, Auburn, Alabama.

Wayland A. Shands, Jr. is a new Assistant Professor
of Botany and Plant Pathology at Auburn University. A
native of Colorado, he received his B.S. in agronomy
from the University of Maine, and M.S. in plant pathol-
ogy from the University of Delaware. He has fulfilled
resident requirements for the Pli.D. at Pennsylvania
State University. He will teach courses in botany.

H. H. Funderburk, Jr., Department of Botany and
Plant Pathology, Auburn University, has been appointed
by President Ralph B. Draughton to serve on the Re-
search Council.

Ralph E. Motsinger, graduate student aide. Depart-
ment of Botany and Plant Pathology, Auburn University,
has been appointed instructor in botany for the winter
and spring quarters. Motsinger, who will receive his
Ph.D. degree in June, will instruct students in elementary
botany courses. He holds the B.S. degree in agronomy
from North Carolina State College where he was an
honor graduate, and the M.S. degree in botany from the
University of Maryland.

Eldon J. Cairns, Department of Botany and Plant
Pathology, Auburn University, has been appointed a
member of the Subcommittee on Nematodes, Agricultural
Board, National Academy of Sciences.

U. L. Diener and N. D. Davis, Auburn University,
received a Public Health Service grant in support of a
research project on “Growth and Toxin Production of
Food-Storage Fungi.” The grant, covering a three-year
period, was funded in the amount of $35,230.

D. E. Davis and H. H. Funderburk, Jr., Auburn Uni-
versity, received a Public Health Service grant in sup-
port of a research project on “Fate and Mechanism of
Action of Herbicides.” The grant, covering a five-year
period, was funded in the amount of $84,700.00.

Volume 11, No. 3, July 1964

75

H. H. Funderburk, Jr., and J. M. Lawrence, Depart-
ment of Zoology-Entomology, Auburn University, re-
ceived a Public Health Service grant in support of a re-
search project on “Effect of Herbicides on An Aquatic
Environment.” The grant, covering a three-year period,
was funded in the amount of $70,000.

H. H. Funderburk, Jr., Auburn University, received a
grant in the amount of $3,000.00 from California Chem-
ical Company for research with the herbicides diquat and
parquat.

D. E. Davis, Auburn University, received a grant in
the amount of $4,000.00 from the Geigy Chemical in
support of research on the physiological relationships of
atrazine herbicides.

U. L. Diener and J. A. Lyle, Auburn University, re-
ceived grants of $500.00 each from American Cyanamid
Company, California Chemical Company, Diamond Al-
kali Company, and Tennessee Corporation for plant dis-
ease control research on apple, peach, peanut, and pecan.

W. van der Zweep, head of weed control, Wageningen,
The Netherlands, visited weed researchers in the De-
partments of Botany and Plant Pathology and Zoology-
Entomology at Auburn University recently. Dr. van der
Zweep was one of the guest speakers at the recent Weed
Society of America meeting in Chicago. He is active in
research in his country and is primarily responsible for
organizing the European Weed Research Council.

Norman G. Sansing, Biology Division, Oak Ridge Na-
tional Laboratory, presented a seminar to the Plant
Science Institute, Auburn University, on May 4. His
subject was “Nucleic Acid Metabolism in Plants.” A
native of Bibb County, he received a B.S. in agriculture
from Auburn in 1954, M.S. in botany in 1959, and a
Ph.D. in plant physiology from Iowa Stale University.

John G. Barker, Head, Division of Natural Sciences,
Radford College, will be teaching an experimental biol-
ogy course of six weeks duration in Woodson High
School, Fairfax County. This course of study is spon-
sored and financed by the Fairfax County School Board
in order to enrich the educational experiences of high
school students. Twenty students will be selected for
participation on the basis of their attainments, interest
and teacher’s recommendations.

Richard L. Hoffman, Professor of Biology, Radford
College, will be in Europe this summer to carry out one
phase of his current NSF supported project on the
systematics of ehelodesmoid millipeds. The main pur-
pose is to restudy type specimens in various collections,
chiefly of species described in the last century on the
basis of characters which are no longer adequate for the
definition and recognition of species and genera. Over
a period of nine weeks Dr. Hoffman will visit Amster-
dam, Geneva, Brussels, Munich, Vienna, Frankfurt, Ber-
lin, Hamburg, and London, with major stopovers of two
weeks for both Vienna and Berlin.

Daniel E. Marvis, Jr., Assistant Professor of Biology,
Radford College, will attend NSF sponsored summer in-
stitute in Animal Behavior, given by Michigan State
University. The institute will run from July 6th to Au-
gust 14th.

David Moore, Assistant Professor of Biology, Radford
College, will attend the NSF sponsored Institute in
Microbiology for College Teachers at the University of
Southwestern Louisiana at Lafayette, La., from June S
until August 7th.

Institutions and Organizations

The Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics of
Lynchburg College has received a grant from the Na-

tional Science Foundation which will include funds for |
a plant growth room and a greenhouse.

The Mountain Lake Biological Station has recently
added to its facilities a laboratory equipped for year-
round use. It combines a research laboratory with an
efficiency apartment in order to provide both living and
working space for the investigation of field problems
throughout the year. Applications for the use of this
unit should be addressed to the Director, Mountain Lake
Biological Station, Department of Biology, University of
Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia.

Greensboro College has received a matching National I
Science Foundation award of $11,940 for the purchase of
instructional equipment. The liaison officer who will
direct the project is Dr. Arnold Van Pelt, Professor of
Biology. The funds will be used to up-date equipment
in biology for both course work and independent study
programs.

The North Carolina Academy of Science recently re- •
ceived a grant from NSF to support a project for 1964-65
in which seven colleges in the state will direct a group
of high school teachers in new methods of teaching high
school biology. BSCS methods will be used in each
group. Eight high school teachers will be associated in
each group and two members of the biology staff of each
college will act as consultants. Contributions from the
Curriculum Study Project in North Carolina made possi-
ble the inclusion of the seventh group. Colleges in-
volved are: East Carolina College; N. C. State of UNC,
Raleigh; Wake Forest College; Charlotte College; David- i
son College, Appalachian State Teachers College and
Pfeiffer College. Dr. John A. Yarbrough, Meredith Col-i
lege, is director of the program.

The University of Georgia received an NSF grant for
Research Participation by college teachers in plant tax-
onomy for the Summer 1964. Appointments announced
by Wilbur H. Duncan, Director, are Wayne Faircloth,
Valdosta State College, Valdosta, Ga.; Philip F-C Greear,
Shorter College, Rome, Ga.; and Edward J. P. Hauser, I
Kent State University, Kent, Ohio.

Biologists who take offices in the Georgia Academy of
Science for 1964-65 are President, Dr. Wilbur H. Dun-
can, Dept, of Botany, Univ. of Georgia; Secretary, Dr. J
Jack T. May, School of Forestry, Univ. of Georgia; Editor l
of the Bulletin, Dr. Branch Howe, Dept, of Bacteriology,
Univ. of Georgia; and Historian, Dr. W. B. Baker, Univ.
Museum, Emory University.

The Department of Biology, Western Carolina College,
Cullowhee, N. C. has been awarded a National Science
Foundation Grant to be used in equipping two new labo-
ratories. One of the new labs will be used for courses
in animal physiology, plant physiology, and microbiol-
ogy; the other, for a new freshman course in molecular
and cellular biology which will be prerequisite for all
botany and zoology courses.

The Smithsonian Institution initiated a three-year bio-
logical survey of the Island of Dominica, B.W.I. in Jan-
uary. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., and Richard S. Cowan are
serving as co-directors of the project. Dr. Hobbs was
in Dominica from January to April, and C. W. Hart, Jr.,
spent a week there in March.

Recent deaths

Dean and Professor Emeritus Ivey Foreman Lewis, Uni-
versity of Virginia, 16 March 1964.

Professor Henry G. Good, Auburn University, 10 April lj

1964.

Professor J. T. Penney, University of South Carolina, 29

March 1964.

76

ASB Bulletin

LIBRAr

he ASB

BOTANICAL GA. ^

.

BULLETIN

Volume 11, Number 4

October, 1964

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

Bryn-AIan Stui

Riverview High School Marine Laboratory— See pages 78 and 87-89

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB Bulletin is the official quar-
terly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Secre-
tary of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Menzel,
Deot. of Biological Sciences, Florida State
Univ., Tallahassee, Fla. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions should
be sent to the Business Manager, Dr.
Leland Shanor, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Talla-
hassee, Florida. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Wicker-
sham Printing Co., Lancaster, Penna.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

Margaret Y. Menzel, Associate Editor
Betty Ursomarso, Assistant Editor
Leland Shanor, Business Manager

Officers of tiie ASB

President — William D. Burbanck, Emory
University

Retiring President — E. Ruffin Jones, Uni-
versity of Florida

President Elect — Harry J. Bennett, Louisi-
ana State University

Vice-President — Elsie Quarterman, Van-
derbilt University

Secretary — Margaret Y. Menzel, Florida
State University

Treasurer — Leland Shanor, National Sci-
ence Foundation

Executive Committee — C. Ritchie Bell,
University of North Carolina; Wilbur
H. Duncan, University of Georgia;
John Carpenter, University of Ken-
tucky; G. M. Jeffery, National Insti-
tutes of Health; David James Cotter,
Alabama College; Chauncey G.
Goodchild, Emory University; Fred-
erick T. Wolf, Vanderbilt University.
All officers are ex officio members of
the executive committee.

Volume 11, Number 4— —October 1964
CONTENTS

Association Affairs 78

An Appraisal of the Present and Future of Estuarine-
Oceanographic Laboratories of the Southeast:

Federal Laboratories, by T. R. Rice 79

Cooperative Training Programs, by L. R. Pomeroy .... 82
State Supported Laboratories, by Albert Collier 83

Martin D. Young Appointed Director of Gorgas Memorial
Laboratory in Panama 86

Sarasota: Spawning Ground for Marine Biologists, by John
D. Woolever 87

The AAAS Montreal Meeting 89

Obituaries:

Ivey Foreman Lewis 91

Henry G. Good 91

J. T. Penney 92

Paul J. Arnold 92

G. Miles Conrad 93

Ezda Deviney 93

Books and Periodicals 94

A Phytotron for the Southeast 96

News of Biology in the Southeast 97

Letters 99

Riverview High School Marine Laboratory, Sarasota, Florida
(See article on page 87)

Top left— Comparing Donax shell coloring for population studies; Top cen-
ter—Studies of fish skulls for those interested in comparative anatomy; Top
right— Local echinoderms used in individual study problems; Bottom left —
Examining Limulus for commensals; Bottom center— Interior view of labora-
tory; Bottom right— Making aquarium filters from plastic bottles and surplus
tubing.

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

State Correspondents

Alabama — W. W. Miller, III, Howard
College

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — position vacant

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Maryland — position vacant

Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University

North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Univer-
sity of North Carolina

South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Furman Univ.

Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George Pea-
body College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — position vacant

Affiliate

Southern Section of the American
Society of Plant Physiologists

Minutes of the Business Meeting,
17 April 1964

The business meeting was called
to order by President Jones at 11:45
A.M., April 17, 1964.

SECRETARY’S REPORT: The
secretary reported that 70 new mem-

bers had joined the Association in
1964 and that the active member-
ship totalled 1052 and that there
were 24 Emeritus Members. He
stated, also, that there were 39 li-
brary and institutional members and
( Continued on page 99)

78

ASB Bulletin

AN APPRAISAL OF THE PRESENT STATUS AND
FUTURE OF ESTUARINE-OCEANOGRAPHIC
LABORATORIES OF THE SOUTHEAST1

Federal Laboratories With Special Emphasis on the
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Radiobiological Laboratory

T. R. Rice, Director

Radiobiological Laboratory, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Beaufort, North Carolina

Most of the laboratories in the southeastern
, United States concerned with estuarine and
oceanographic research and supported by the
federal government are Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries laboratories. These laboratories are
situated along the Gulf and Atlantic Coasts from
I Galveston, Texas to Beaufort, North Carolina,

, where the Radiobiological Laboratory is located.
In addition to these laboratories, the Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries has others located through-
out the United States including Alaska and
Hawaii.

Federal Support of Oceanographic Research

The Federal Government, without doubt, is
the largest single organization or agency sup-
I porting research in the United States. Recently,
a revolution has occurred in the interrelations of
industry, the federal government, and universi-
i ties in mounting the nation’s scientific effort, as
shown in the distribution of some $12 billion
spent in a recent year on research and develop-
ment. Industry used most of these funds. How-
ever, the federal government furnished most of
) industry’s funds, all of the government’s, and
most of the universities’.

Large scale research such as the Manhattan
Project, which gave us the atomic bomb, and
NASA, which claims it will put a man on the
moon in the sixties, probably could not have
i been financed by any other organization than
the Federal Government. Another large research
, program of the Federal Government is in the
, field of oceanography.

; Interest in oceanography has been aroused
and is increasing because man’s knowledge of
the ocean is limited indeed when compared with
its importance to him. The time has come when
this condition must be changed. To speed this

, 1 The three papers printed here, by T. R. Rice, L. R.

Pomeroy, and Albert Collier, respectively, were presented
! as an invited symposium at the 25th annual meeting of
the Association of Southeastern Biologists in Atlanta,
Georgia, on 16 April 1964.

change the Federal Council for Science and
Technology has given the Interagency Commit-
tee on Oceanography the assignment of planning
and coordinating programs in the science of
oceanography sponsored by government agen-
cies. Of the total money received for the Na-
tional Oceanographic Program for fiscal year
1964, 40 percent wall be spent on research, with
the remainder going for supporting functions.

The Interagency Committee on Oceanography
is composed of members from the Atomic En-
ergy Commission, National Science Foundation,
Public Health Service, the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, and Departments of Commerce, Interior,
State, and Treasury. The Department of Inte-
rior received 12.1 percent of the National Ocean-
ographic Program Budget for fiscal year 1964.
A portion of these funds are allocated to the
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries.

Bureau of Commercial Fisheries

The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, which is
a part of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, is
composed of four divisions (Figure 1). Estua-
rine and oceanographic research are conducted
within laboratories under the Division of Bio-
logical Research. These laboratories come un-
der the supervision of the four Branches of the
Division of Biological Research: Anadromous
Fisheries, Inland Fisheries, Marine Fisheries,
and Shellfisheries.

In the southeastern United States the Bureau
presently supports five laboratories. At Galves-
ton, Texas the Biological Laboratory is con-
cerned with shrimp biology and population dy-
namics, estuarine ecology, experimental biology,
industrial bottomfishes, and the chemistry of
sea water. The Biological Laboratory at Gulf
Breeze, Florida is studying the environment in
order to determine the effect of man on estuaries
and the effects of pesticides on marine organ-
isms. At the Biological Laboratory at Brunswick,
Georgia svstematics and life history studies of
fishes of the western North Atlantic are being

Vol. 11, No. 4, October 1964

79

followed. There are two laboratories at Beau-
fort, North Carolina: the Biological Laboratory
and the Badiobiological Laboratory. The bio-
logical Laboratory research is concentrated pri-
marily on menhaden, blue crabs, and striped bass.
The research of the Radiobological Laboratory
will be treated at greater length in this paper. In
addition to these laboratories, the Bureau sup-
ports a number of field stations. Possibly the
largest of these stations is located at St. Peters-
burg Beach, Florida. This station is studying
estuarine ecology and the problem of red tide.

r- — — T”~ — "T— — i — — — “ — I

Bureau of Office of Office of Office of Bureau of

Covaerclal Information International Relations Program Review Sport Flaherlea
Fisheries and Wildlife

i 1 1 1

Division of Division of Division of Division of

Admlnlstrstlon Biological Industrial Research Resource Development

Branches:

Anadraaous Fisheries
Inland Fisheries
Marine Flaherlea
Shellf lsher lea

Figure 1.— Organizational chart of the Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries, Fish and Wildlife Service.

Radiobiological Laboratory

The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries is vitally
concerned with any situation that might ad-
versely affect our fishery resources. The intro-
duction of radioactive materials into the aquatic
environment might constitute such a situation,
and those in the Bureau who so quickly saw the
need of a Radiobiological Program to study such
problems deserve much credit for their insight.
Although there now exists a widespread interest
in radiobiology and many organizations in this
country and throughout the world are engaged
in radiobiological research, the Bureau's program
carried on at the Radiobiological Laboratory was
one of the first to be initiated and continues to
be unique in many respects.

The Radiobiological Laboratory has the re-
sponsibility for advising the Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries on matters pertaining to pollu-
tion from uses of atomic energy, for investigating
instances of reported radioactivity in seafood,
for training personnel in techniques of radioiso-
tope application to fishery problems, and for car-
rying on research pertaining to basic aspects of
fishery biology.

Atomic Plants and Power Reactors

An increasing number of atomic plants and
power reactors are being planned or constructed

by private industry under license by the Atomic
Energy Commission. These are located on
streams, estuaries, or the seacoast. All such
plants pose problems of possible radioactive con-
tamination of the environment. It is conceivable
that these plants or nuclear power reactors could
have some effect upon fish, shellfish, or wildlife
in the surrounding area, since they release some
radioactivity to the environment and raise the
water temperature by the return of coolant water
heated in the reactor. Therefore, it is under-
standable that the local citizens and various fish
and game organizations show their concern.
There is need for assurance that the installation
creates no significant hazard in this regard. The
Fish and Wildlife Service, in order to carry out
its functions in protecting our fish and wildlife
resources, we must keep informed of any activi-
ties which might have adverse effects on our
resources.

Fishing Industry

The fishing industry may be confronted at
some future time with the problem of marketing
seafood which supposedly contains radioactivity.
This could cause serious loss of markets. In such
situations there is a definite need for a Radio-
biological Laboratory within the Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries, so that the Bureau can be in
a position to thoroughly assess the situation.
The proper performance of such functions re-
quires a knowledge of the fate of radioactive
materials introduced into the aquatic environ-
ment. This knowledge has been gained largely
as the result of laboratory experiments con-
ducted along the lines of the original objectives
of the program.

Training

We have encouraged persons interested in
acquiring training in radioisotope techniques to
come to our laboratory. Our facilities have been
shared with graduate students, professors, Fish
and Wildlife Service personnel, and foreign in-
vestigators. The rapid advances in this field
require continual training of both new and old
employees of our own program. Our staff has
completed a training course given at our labora-
tory by the Mobile Laboratory Group of the Oak
Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies.

Organization of Research

The widespread use of isotopes produces a
host of related problems which can be solved
more easily by investigators in related fields
working in the same laboratory than can be ac-
complished by individual investigators working
at separate locations. A group of such investi-
gators can offer: (1) a team approach in solving
problems, ( 2 ) more efficient use of costly equip-
ment needed for this work, ( 3 ) continuity to the

80

ASB Bulletin

research work, (4) convenience for sponsors of
research, and (5) a much broader approach in
the research program than available to an indi-
vidual investigator. The staff of the Radiobio-
logical Laboratory has been organized with
these points in mind. The research interests
are broad and the staff numbers 24, including
8 Ph.D.’s.

The research of the Radiobiological Labora-
tory is divided into the broad areas of estuarine
ecology, biogeochemistry, pollution studies, and
radiation effects (Figure 2). These four areas
of research are called programs. Within each
program are a number or projects. Each project
leader has considerable freedom in planning the
details of his research, resulting in a wide variety
of interests. For example, there are projects
concerned with ion transport in cells, produc-
tivity of estuaries, and trace elements in sea
water. The four program chiefs, along with the
laboratory director, considered the broader as-
pects of the research program and decide when
1 two or more programs should cooperate in solv-
ing problems too general to be handled com-
pletely by a single program or project.

There are three general problems with which
most research is concerned. These are: (1) the
fate of radioactive materials in the marine en-
vironment, ( 2 ) the effect of radiation on marine
1 organisms, and (3) the application of radioac-
tive tracers to fishery biology. In the past many
data have been collected in the laboratory in
order to be able to predict what might happen
to radioactive materials introduced into the
marine environment. More recently the use of
tanks and ponds has permitted the testing of
questionable findings obtained in the laboratory.
Present plans are to use certain natural bodies
of water, restricted from the public, for observ-
ing the cycling of radioisotopes.

More complete and accurate information on
the sensitivities of marine organisms to ionizing
radiation is needed in order to predict and evalu-
ate results occuring from radioactive contamina-
tion. The limited amount of data on the effects
of radiation on marine organisms now available
deals mostly with levels of radiation necessary
to cause death or to severely alter the normal
embryology and development of these organ-
isms. One of the most probable effects of sub-
lethal ionizing radiation is a change in the gene-
tic material. With the new facilities of the
Radiobiological Laboratory, a knowledge of radi-
ation effects may be used to increase production
of the marine environment since all mutations
from radiation are not necessarily detrimental.
With the use of radiation and controlled breed-
ing experiments, larger, faster growing, and more
resistant strains of commercially important spe-
cies may be produced. Also, controlled irradia-
tion may prove to be useful in eradication of
undesirable species through sterilization or mu-
tation.

Many new research possibilities have arisen
in the field of fishery biology as radioactive ma-
terials have become available. The great sen-
sitivity in the determination of radioactivity has
made possible the application of tracers to prob-
lems beyond the range of standard methods.
Radioisotopes have been used in fishery biology
to ( 1 ) measure primary productivity, ( 2 ) de-
termine feeding habits and rates and the extent
to which “food” is utilized, (3) follow physio-
logical processes, (4) determine the cycling of
nutrients, (5) label or mark marine organisms,
and ( 6 ) trace sediment and water movement.

The Future

Support for federal laboratories has increased
in the last few years. The Radiobiological Lab-

i

Figure 2.— Organizational chart of the Radiobiological Laboratory, Beaufort, North Carolina.
Vol. 11, No. 4, October 1964

81

oratory has received appropriations for the de-
sign and construction of two laboratory build-
ings to be used specifically for radiobiological
research. The larger facility, a two-story struc-
ture 188 feet long and 52 feet wide, will contain
various types of laboratories, salt water rooms,
offices, counting rooms, and special facilities for
handling radioisotopes. The smaller building,
34 x 59 feet, will be used for studies of the effect
of radiation on marine organisms. This build-
ing will house two cobalt-60 sources. One of
these, a 50-curie source, will be placed in a
21 x 23-foot radiation room with 3-foot concrete
walls and will be used for studies of the chronic
effects of low levels of radiation. The other will
be a self-contained drawer-type irradiator con-
taining 1,500 curies of cobalt-60 and having a

dose rate of 30,000 roentgens/hour. Organisms
will be placed in a special chamber in the irradi-
ator that will allow them to be maintained in
flowing sea water while being irradiated. Con-
struction of these buildings was completed in
June 1964.

The rapid growth that has occurred in marine
research in the southeastern United States dur-
ing the last decade, no doubt, will continue.
With the increased emphasis on oceanography,
federal marine laboratories will grow in size and
number. Already, the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries is building another laboratory. This
new laboratory will be located at Miami, Florida
near the University of Miami Marine Labora-
tory. It will be concerned with investigations
of the Tropical Atlantic.

Cooperative Training Programs In Southeastern Marine Laboratories

L. R. Pomeroy

Marine Institute, The University Of Georgia

X he demand for marine scientists is growing
steadily, and it can be expected to continue to
grow as we look to the sea for more resources.
The present demand comes primarily from edu-
cational institutions and from federal and state
agencies. As we move gradually from an age of
exploration of the sea to one of utilization, more
demands will come from industries for marine
scientists.

Awareness of the demand for marine scientists
is growing, but not fast enough. Many students
in high schools and colleges still are being told
that the only financially sound biological careers
are in medicine. In fact, there are many. There
is also a general lack of understanding about
what marine biologists do and what their train-
ing entails. Most people associate marine bio-
logy with SCUBA diving. While this has a
place in some kinds of scientific work, it is by
no means the primary occupation of marine bio-
logists. The marine biologist today is not a fish
watcher. He gets the same training in a broad
spectrum of basic sciences that any other biolo-
gist would. In fact, the training of the marine
biologist is perhaps broader than that of some
other biologists, because of his need to under-
stand something about the physics, chemistry,
and geology of the sea.

Probably the Southeast is not supplying its own
needs for new marine biologists today, although
the shortage of this commodity is worldwide.
One way to broaden the base for training is
through cooperative training programs. Not
every university can have a marine laboratory
or an oceanographic vessel, but cooperative

training programs make it possible for land-
locked universities to have an outlet to the sea
for their students and faculty. Two cooperative
programs exist in the Southeast today, at Duke
University and at the University of Georgia.

The Duke University program in oceanogra-
phy is starting this year. Cooperative fellow-
ships for graduate students are available that
will permit them to come to the Duke Marine
Laboratory from other institutions and do their
thesis research aboard the R/V Eastward . Fa-
culty members of other institutions also may go
on research cruises on the Eastward, and it is
possible to take classes in marine biology or re-
lated subjects on short training cruises.

Over the past ten years the University of
Georgia Marine Institute has permitted qualified
graduate students from any university to reside
at the Institute and use its facilities. Financial
support for these students has varied, but typi-
cally they have been supported either through
a grant to their major professor from a federal
agency or by a fellowship from a federal agency.
Students have come from such institutions as
Emory Lhiiversity, the University of Michigan,
Harvard, and Dalhousie. The research area in-
cludes the estuaries and the continental shelf.

There are some problems inherent in coopera-
tive programs that we have come to recognize
and expect. I shall mention some of them in
the hope that it may help persons who are plan-
ning cooperative teaching or research programs.

For the graduate student there is the problem
of diffuse, or at least remote, guidance. With
his major professor at a distance, the student

82

ASB Bulletin

may depart from his research plan when things
do not go as anticipated. He may get conflicting
advice from various acl hoc sources. Some stu-
dents are sufficiently mature and competent to
avoid this pitfall, but many are not.

Even when the graduate student does have
advice from his major professor or his commit-
tee, this may leave something to be desired, if
it is of the mail-order variety. In one case, a
student obtained detailed written advice from
his professor and every member of his commit-
tee, none of whom had ever visited the labora-
tory or seen the study area. While we cannot
hope to have seagoing doctoral committees, the
major professor should be expected to know the
study area and the laboratory facilities. He
should present this information to the committee
and help the student both in formulating his
problem and in starting the actual research on
the scene.

The basic problem, probably, is one of com-
munication between persons and institutions.
If cooperative training programs are to succeed,
major professors must expect to put more than
the usual time and effort into the programs.
They must be regular participants in research
at the cooperative laboratory, or at least they
must be regular visitors who know at first hand
the important research questions in their field
and the technical or logistic problems that may
be involved in solving them.

While this problem of communication can be
a major one, recognition that it exists should
help all concerned to keep active channels of
communication. Cooperative research programs
offer a great opportunity for broadening the
course offerings and research capabilities of
many universities. In research areas such as ma-
rine research, where specialized facilities are
necessary, they may prove to be the answer to
the need for more scientists.

State Supported Marine Laboratories:
Their Missions And Related Specifieations

Albert Collier

Oceanographic Institute, Florida State University

-A-ny appraisal of a marine station, and its pres-
ent or future plans must be made in the light of
its mission. My contribution to this symposium
concerns those estuarine-oceanography labora-
tories supported by states. One group of state
supported laboratories is associated with the state
university systems, and another group is a part
of the state conservation agencies. The func-
tions of the laboratories in these two cases are
as different as the missions of the parent organi-
zations.

The state conservation agencies are primarily
concerned with the control of the human utiliza-
tion of renewable marine resources. The marine
laboratories in this case exert their main efforts
towards the development of information directly
applicable to the improvement of fisheries pro-
duction. These efforts may take a negative form,
such as limitations on fishing seasons, areas,
types of gear, and size of animals. Positive ap-
proaches are taken when life histories, migration
patterns, disease control methods, and other such
problems are attacked. All of this work is es-
sentially of the applied type.

In contrast to the state conservation agency
marine laboratories we have the laboratories of
the state universities, whose mission, of course, is
education and research. The university curric-
ulum in marine science should be oriented to pro-
vide graduates with the broadest possible formal

background and the most intensive research ex-
perience available. To do this the faculty must
engage in high quality research. The research
must follow basic lines, and university teaching
and research faculty should be chosen to assure
that this direction will be followed. The results
of basic research provide the nourishment for
an advancing technology in numerous fields of
human activity and the exploitation of the sea
is no exception.

The university laboratory and the conservation
agency laboratory should compose an effective
team. The university supplies trained personnel
and the stimulation inherent in creative basic
research. The conservation agency can assist in
supporting the work of faculty members and
students in basic research which is beyond the
scope of its mission.

Against this background of generalities I would
like to discuss in more detail the principles guid-
ing the planning and operation of a marine sta-
tion which is a part of a state university.

The functions of the marine laboratory in this
context are:

1 ) To supplement campus teaching by pro-
viding facilities for direct contact between
students and the marine environment.

2) As a laboratory site for research on marine
problems requiring continuous observation
and/or running sea water.

Vol. 11, No. 4, October 1964

83

3) As a base for collecting and storing living
marine organisms to be transported inland.

4 ) As a base for floating equipment.

These functions are all extensions of the uni-
versity campus and in themselves do not consti-
tute complete programs in oceanography, since
all the resources of a university campus are
needed to back up such a program. Yet the
shore laboratory, to be really effective must be
as self sufficient as possible, intellectually as well
as physically and logistically. This degree of
self sufficiency can only be attained through the
year round presence of a research staff, and this
requires certain minimal facilities. The specific
facilities for a given researcher will depend upon
his interests, but there are certain types of gen-
eral equipment with which such a laboratory
should be furnished.

Perhaps the greatest problem in the successful
operation of any shore establishment is that of
isolation. People, generally are gregarious, and
locations suitable for marine laboratories have a
habit of ignoring that human instinct. Many of
us welcome a few weeks at some isolated sea-
shore for contemplation and the production of
great ideas, but too much of a good thing can
become noxious, especially to the permanent
staff. Again the only answer is a situation in
which transportation to and from the parent in-
stitution is reasonably simple; anything beyond
a one-hour auto drive becomes burdensome.
But even beyond this there must be sufficient
staff to offer the spectrum of personalities neces-
sary for a stable social environment.

From the point of view of political economies
an establishment of proper size and substance
for offering a good summer teaching and re-
search program should be used 12 months per
vear instead of 3 or 4 months. Hence we are
faced with the need to design a facility which
is self-sufficient for year round operation and
yet does not uneconomieally duplicate campus
assets.

The physical attributes most important in the
consideration of a site for a shore facility are:

1 ) Proximity to the campus with easy access
by auto.

2) Access to waters navigable to boats of
suitable size.

3) Availability of reasonably clean sea water
which is not subject to excessive variation
in salinity.

4) Sufficient elevation to insure maximum
protection against storm damage.

5 ) An abundance of high quality fresh water.

6) Proximity to a community of sufficient size
to make convenient shopping for the daily
needs of personnel.

7) Availability of electric power and tele-
phones.

8 ) Sufficient area to permit construction of
boat harbor, laboratories, residential and
auxiliary buildings, experimental ponds,
and to allow room for future expansion.

9) Availability of a variety of marine environ-
ments.

The functional requirements of the laboratory
building are ( 1 ) class rooms and student labora-
tories, (2) library, (3) museum, (4) aquaria
supplied with running sea water, ( 5 ) laboratory
rooms for individual investigators in all branches
of oceanography, (6) general purpose rooms,
such as sterilizing room, distilling room, storage,
shipping and receiving, etc. All of these features
are required both for teaching and research
functions. Of all these facilities, the most trou-
blesome is the circulating sea water system.
There is no easy answer. Not many years ago
corrosion caused the most difficulty, and when
this problem was solved by the introduction of
industrial type glass and modern plastics, bio-
logical fouling became the dominant problem.
In some localities suspended solids combine with
biological fouling to make it very difficult to
circulate useable sea water through a central
system in a large laboratory.

The system most generally used is that of an
overhead tank supplied by intermittent pumping
from the sea. The supply and demand are ad-
justed to give sufficient time for suspended solids
to drop out. However, the accummulated solids
and related biota tend to establish an ecological
svstem within the tank which must have some
effects on the water leaving it to go to the lab-
oratory, thus making controlled experimentation
difficult or impossible in some eases.

The low turnover rate in the tanks does serve
as a damping system on natural salinity and
temperature fluctuations. The effectiveness of
this action depends on the retention time in the
tank.

The settling tank does not necessarily solve the
problem of biological fouling, because the sea-
ward intake is submerged and all of the lines
between it and the settling tank are exposed to
fouling if kept filled continuously. Intermittent
emptying and drying, especially if there is a dual
system, would be helpful. Perhaps the most
easily controlled system would be that in which
a high velocity, high pressure flow is used. The
high velocity within the walls of the pipes makes
attachment of organisms practically impossible.
A necessary feature of this approach is the
“through-flow” or “open-end” pumping of water.
In other words the discharge line from the pump
is “run bv” the table taps, etc. in such a way that
water which is not needed goes into a wasteline.
This permits maximum velocity at all times. A
variation on this last arrangement is possible in
the elimination of the settling tank. In other
words the water flow is direct to the laboratory,

84

ASB Bulletin

and in cases where there is no appreciable load
of suspended solids this would probably be the
most satisfactory of all systems. In two cases
1 have used this system for as long as four years,
with very little time lost on breakdowns. The
principal objection to these systems is the use of
a continuously operating pump and the conse-
quent power bill.

Another promising idea for sandy beach areas,
but untried as yet so far as I know, is the con-
struction of a sump in the open sea, or estuary,
as the case may be. The construction of the
sump is simple in principle— it calls for a walling-
in and roofing over of a small piece of sea bot-
tom, say 20' in diameter. The walls could be
constructed of sheet piling and with a roofing of
plastic to keep out spray and drifting debris.
The bottom is left open. In sandy areas (this
idea would not work where the bottom is rocky )
seepage up through the bottom should supply a
filtered water supply with a minimum of sus-
pended material. The capacity of the sump
would be a function of the total floor area and
the type of sedimentary materials composing the
sea bed. If this idea is sound it would make
possible a system of considerable reliability and
economy. Fouling organisms as well as sus-
pended solids will have been removed by filtra-
tion through the sea floor.

A second feature in the general layout of a
marine station really combines two items: a pier
and a boat harbor. The pier is one of the most
useful tools at a marine station. It provides a
stable platform on demand; if it reaches far
enough to the seaward it offers water sampling
and animal collecting at a variety of depths and
from a variety of bottom types. If the site is not
located on a rocky coast, boulders can be placed
at suitable points along the pier to add environ-
mental variety. At the shore end of the pier
aquaria can be set up and supplied with running
water, thus combining observations of animals in
captivity with those collected in the open water
from the pier.

The boat harbor can be constructed in con-
junction with the pier with some gain in total
effectiveness. The exact plan would depend of
course, upon the local terrain. In any event one
side of the pier, suitably widened and strength-
ened, could serve as the main landing for the
laboratory boat. On the opposite side the boat-
servicing area should be iocated. This would
include a marine ways, constructed so as to per-
mit the “hauling-out” of the boat for safety in
case of an impending hurricane. The boat har-
bor should include a ramp for launching out-
board rigs and a dry-storage boat-house for small
boats in the service of the laboratory.

At an isolated spot in the boat harbor there
should be a fueling dock. Fire hazards should
he reduced to a minimum.

Suitable arrangements for the transfer of ma-
terials from the boat to the laboratory is an often
overlooked convenience. Depending again upon
the locale, this might simply mean locating the
laboratory door at dockside, or the provision of
a lift or crane and suitably designed wheeled
conveyances for transporting equipment and
specimens. Whatever the solution to the prob-
lem, it should not be left to chance.

Up to this point we have discussed that part
of a marine station which involves its physical
contact with the sea. There remains the internal
organization of the laboratory itself.

A starting point would be the recognition of
the general functions of the laboratory and the
physical layout needed to support them. The
summer teaching program has already been
mentioned and obviously class rooms and lab-
oratories are central in this respect. Teaching
students in direct contact with the marine en-
vironment is the most effective way possible to
stimulate deep and continuing interest in the
subject. The number of students should be as
many as resources will allow. It is doubtful that
teaching of this nature should be based on the
lectures supplemented by laboratory work. The
converse of this would be more appropriate,
namely laboratory work supplemented by lec-
turing. In this light a combination laboratory-
class room may be the more economical ap-
proach. Such a room should be supplied with
running sea water and aquaria at each table in
addition to larger holding tanks centrally lo-
cated in the laboratory. The student’s lab
benches should be designed for a variety of
technical operations typical of oceanography—:
handling of cores and analysis of sediments,
plankton sorting, photometric determinations of
chemical attributes, conductivity and specific
gravity experiments, light absorption experi-
ments and others. The laboratory teaching
would be done as a background for related
works in the field.

Teaching work of this nature is not very pro-
ductive without adequate library facilities. A
carefully selected library should be available,
but there should be no attempt to stock complete
files of all the desireable serial publications. All
recent texts, reference books, current files, and
selected journals, should be available. A state-
supported laboratory might be in a better situ-
ation with respect to library services. Certainly
in the case of Florida State University the main
campus librarv is available within an hour’s
drive of the laboratory.

A museum is as important as the library from
the point of view of teaching. The collections
should include plants, animals, and geological
specimens. All should be properly curated.

When students are learning new groups of
animals, classifying the algae from field collec-

Vol. 11, No. 4, October 1964

85

tions, or attempting to analyze core collections,
reference collections are necessary.

Since graduate teaching is one of the impor-
tant activities at a marine station and graduate
students are for the most part beginning research
scientists, an atmosphere of scholarly research
must be created as a part of the normal environ-
ment. This can only be done through active re-
search performed by scientists who spend most
of their time at the laboratory.

ft is necessary to provide laboratories for a
variety of research areas in oceanography, each
with its own peculiar suites of equipment and
furnishings. There should be some staff mem-
bers working at the laboratory almost continu-
ously, with a generous seasoning of visiting in-
vestigators.

The Florida State University laboratory at
Alligator Harbor is cited here as a state operated
laboratory with which I am most familiar at the
moment.

When evaluated according to the criteria dis-
cussed in the preceding paragraphs, we find the
Alligator Harbor laboratory somewhat deficient.
It served its purpose well as a beginning, but
today the pace is faster and we are planning
now for a completely new laboratory at a new
site. We have already mentioned the need for

a facility sufficiently complete to make it a de-
sireable place for full time, resident investiga-
tors. It is our belief that these improvements
will bring our shore laboratory into the high
degree of usefulness that it should have. The
site now being sought offers several important
improvements over Alligator Harbor. Water
depths in channels to carry vessels up to 6 feet in
draft can be obtained. The building sites are of
sufficient elevation to prevent damage by hurri-
cane tides. Some 100 acres of land will make
future additions possible. On this property fa-
cilities meeting the general criteria set out above
will be constructed.

In the past the shore facility of the Florida
State University Oceanographic Institute has
been a biological station. We hope that it will
become an oceanographic station encompassing
all the varied interests and disciplines that make
oceanography what it is.

This means that it shall become more than a
collecting base and a place for transient visitors
who would not be so transient if suitable facili-
ties are available.

In short, it will be a place where students and
investigators of the oceans can bridge the gap
between the campus classroom and the open sea.

Martin D. Young Appointed Director
of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory in Panama

Carl M. Johnson, Director of the Gorgas Mem-
orial Laboratory, Republic of Panama, will be-
come Director Emeritus on July 1, 1964. Ap-
pointed to succeed Dr. Johnson as Director is Dr.
Martin D. Young, who recently retired from the
Commissioned Corps of the United States Public
Health Service. Before his retirement, Dr. Young
served as an Associate Director of the National
Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases,
Bethesda, Maryland.

Dr. Young, one of the world’s leading authori-
ties on malaria and tropical diseases, has re-
ceived many honors for his contributions to re-
search, especially in the field of malaria. In
1963 he was the recipient of the Darling Foun-
dation Medal and Prize awarded by the World
Health Organization. Only ten other malariolo-
gists have ever been so honored. Recognition
of his outstanding service was also made in 1953
when he received the Rockefeller Public Service
Award and again in 1946, 1952, and 1960 when
he was co-winner of the Jefferson Award of the
South Carolina Academy of Science.

Most of Dr. Young’s research on malaria was
conducted at Columbia, South Carolina, where
he was head of the field station of the Labora-
tory of Parasite Chemotherapy before coming to

Bethesda in 1961. His research there was con-
cerned with all phases of malaria, particularly
the use of malaria parasites in the treatment of
neurosyphilis. During this period he contri-
buted important knowledge of malarial drug re-
sistance and documented cases that showed par-
asite resistance to the very drugs which have
been among those used most effectively in sup-
pressing and curing malaria.

Since 1950 Dr. Young has served as a member
of the Expert Panel on Malaria of the World
Health Organization. In 1957 he was a con-
sultant of the International Cooperation Admin-
istration mission to the Government of India
where he assisted in evaluation of malaria con-
trol in that country. He was subsequently
named an Honorary Fellow of the National So-
ciety of India for Malaria and Other Mosquito-
borne Diseases. He had acted as consultant on
malaria to World Health Organization and Pan
American Health Organization.

A native of Moreland, Georgia, Dr. Young is
a member of numerous honorary and scientific
societies. He was the first president of the
American Society of Tropical Medicine and Hy-
giene. Currently he is president-elect of the
American Society of Parasiologists.

86

ASB Bulletin

SARASOTA: Spawning Ground
For Marine Biologists

John D. Woolever

Riverview High School, Sarasota, Florida

During the past five years, there have probably
been as many budding marine biologists
spawned in a quiet Gulf Coast community as
there have been in any of several marine bio-
logical stations. Here there is a noted marine
laboratory, two high schools, a science museum,
a junior college and an NSF sponsored summer
institute offering programs in marine biology.
One of these institutions is the result of chil-
dren’s interest in their environment, a conscien-
tious school system, and the efforts of some
Southeastern biologists.

Six years ago, several students at Riverview
High School, in Sarasota, Florida, prevailed
upon their biology teacher to permit them to
“extend their biology studies” in the laboratory,
rather than be enrolled in a study hall. The
high school biology course in which they were
enrolled was emphasizing the study of local
plant and animal life, rather than depending
upon commercially preserved specimens, which
frequently did not represent life as the students
saw it every day. Since Sarasota is a city on the
Gulf Coast, marine organisms made frequent
appearances. As the biology course progressed,
: it was noted in this new school that even though
many of the students lived on the coast most of
their lives, they had little knowledge of local
marine life. The growing population coming
from the north presented a similar situation,
with hundreds of students seeing many and
strange organisms which they had only read
about in books such as Buchbaum’s Animals
Without Backbones. These requested “extended
studies,” meant— “learn more about the sea and
its residents.”

Within three months, more than a dozen stu-
dents had their study hall membership trans-
ferred to a group which soon spent its time
studying marine invertebrates. As is natural for
this age group, a biology club had formed, and
by January, they were sending packages of ma-

rine specimens to other biology clubs all over
the United States, including Alaska, and, of
course, the interior of Florida.

Collecting, dissecting, preserving, reading, and
studying habitats is not enough if you really
have an interest in biology. Keeping them alive
and studying behavior is probably more interest-
ing than anything else. This meant hauling in
saltwater, aerating, filtering, and resisting corro-
sion. These problems led to an interesting solu-
tion which resulted in students from many parts
of the United States coming to Riverview High
School to study Marine Biology. This past sum-
mer, approximately eight high school biology
teachers and eighteen students of high ability
from many parts of the United States were en-
rolled in a NSF program, jointly sponsored by
the Cape Haze Marine Laboratory and the Sara-
sota Board of Public Instruction. Most of the
work was conducted at the Riverview Labora-
tory, where facilities are much like the typical
marine station anywhere in the country. Chief
instructor of the program was Dr. Harold J.
Humm of Duke University, former director of
both the Florida Oceanographic Institute and
the Duke University Marine Station. Conditions
are far different from those first encountered by
the pioneering students who struggled to keep
their specimens alive with only an aquarium
pump and a few gallon-jars.

Inasmuch as the science facilities needed ex-
pansion, particularly to accommodate the grow-
ing numbers of biology students at Riverview,
it was decided that one of the laboratories, with
minor modification, could be constructed for the
study of marine organisms. The school property
is bounded by a creek that empties into nearby
Sarasota Bay. Instead of adding a room to the
main structure, a separate “portable” type struc-
ture, 26 by 50 ft., was erected near the creek. It
adjoins some wild property which is being con-
sidered for the development of an outdoor lab-

Vol. 11, No. 4, October 1964

87

oratory, to fit in with another part of the school’s
biology program.

The air-conditioned building has high win-
dows, which permit extensive use of adjustable
shelves along the walls yet can be darkened
easily for visual aids by using heavy drapes.
Countershelves with storage space beneath offer
added working space in addition to the labora-
tory tables. Along the countershelves, an ex-
tensive aerating system can service more than
two hundred aquaria. This air line is paralleled
by a line of electrical outlets and fluorescent
lights. The latter supplies not only supplemen-
tary light for microscopes, but is used in selec-
tive lighting for plant experimentation.

The center of the room is occupied by three
large water tables made of cypress, lined with
glass. Freshwater and saltwater systems serve
these tanks, as well as aerator outlets and over-
head lights. Plastic pipe is used for both the
air and saltwater. The saltwater system consists
of two connecting concrete tanks located under-
ground, where they can be easily drained or
filled.

In addition to the standard cabinets holding
the microscopes, collections, chemicals, and the
usual biological materials, the room has tote-tray
cabinets, a refrigerator, deep freeze, and oven.
From past experience, it was decided that the
laboratory tables should not be hampered by
being tied down to gas lines. Instead, portable
compressed gas units, in addition to the large
stove and small electric hot plates, serve as
sources of heat. This allows for mobility of
desks for small or large working surfaces. Sa-
linometers, centrifuge, autoclave, scales, and
many other standard laboratory items are avail-
able for use by students.

The course offered is primarily a survey of lo-
cal marine life, and oceanography with marine
chemistry limited only by the students’ chemical
backgrounds. Although the ecology, anatomy,
and physiology of local phyla are stressed, the
students spend much of their time developing
group and individual studies in animal behavior.

Over the years, students and teachers have
been working on a vertical file by soliciting re-
prints at every opportunity. For the average
high school there is an extraordinary library on
marine life. Four books are used by each stu-

dent as basic texts, ranging from the popular
Edge of the Sea by Rachel Carson to Natural
History of Marine Animals by MacGinitie and
MacGinitie. The reason for this range is due to
the nature of the students enrolled. It is con-
sidered an enrichment class, even though it is a
“second level" course. Any student with a satis-
factory grade in high school biology may enroll.
This permits any student interested in any phase
of marine life to participate in the offering. An
attempt is made to satisfy each student’s interest
and needs: a tenet of the Sarasota Public School
system.

Students electing to take the course are sched-
uled to have a free period before or after the
scheduled marine classes which meet the last two
periods of the day. The ordinary class period
lasts fifty minutes daily, but by having a study
hall before or after the regular marine class,
field trips can be arranged during the school day
for two periods, and may extend for some time
after school. It is not uncommon to have stu-
dents enroll in the class every year until gradu-
ation. As they have discovered, the course is
not identical year after year. They serve as
laboratory and field assistants, while studying an '
organism which they select and maintain from
year to year. These students are also given the
responsibility of maintaining the continuity stud-
ies conducted by the classes from year to year.
These include a tagging program of fishes, in-
vertebrates, growth studies, drift bottles, and
others.

The Cape Haze Laboratory, under the direc-
tion of Dr. Eugenie Clark, is a short distance
from the Riverview facility. As an educational
service. Dr. Clark permits students to use the
laboratory’s library and frequently has some of
the more able students assist in some of the
studies underway at Cape Haze. One of the ori-
ginal marine students is presently employed at
Cape Haze. Several are at Florida universities i
studying biology, with plans to major in some
phase of oceanography.

Having had several years experience with
budding marine biologists, the Cape Haze lab-
oratory graciously consented to co-sponsor the
Cooperative College-School NSF program, there-
by lending additional material resources and the
services of scientific personnel in an instructional
and advisory capacity.

88

ASB Bulletin

In reflecting upon the history and development
of this unique high school facility and the en-
riching activity offered to students in this area,
it is interesting to note the influence that re-
search biologists and university personnel can
have upon public school education. After the
first year of this program, when the instructor
was considering the termination or expansion of
the program for the following year, several ma-
rine biologists were consulted. Many hesitated
to advise and did not commit themselves. Two
well-known regional biologists stated emphati-
cally that the study of marine biology was far
above and beyond high school students. They
said it should be left to college students who

would get a taste of it at the senior college or
graduate level. One biologist, however, who
had taught many high school students, felt the
program should be continued. This suggestion
was supplemented with personal resource ma-
terials as well as encouragement and advice.

During the 1964 NSF-sponsored summer pro-
gram, only a limited number of teachers and
students benefitted directly from the instruction
afforded by Dr. Humm, the gentleman who was
such an encouraging university mentor of this
project. However, it would be difficult to esti-
mate the untold numbers whose careers will
indirectly be moulded by his personal interest
and unselfish efforts.

The AAAS Montreal Meeting

DECEMBER 26-31, 1964

THE 131ST MEETING of the American As-
sociation for the Advancement of Science will
include sessions of 20 AAAS sections and of
some 76 participating organizations. Programs
of particular interest to biologists are:

Moving Frontiers of Science I. One of two speakers the
evening of Dec. 26 will be V. C. Wynne Edwards,
University of Aberdeen, whose topic will be “Self-
Regulating Systems in Populations of Animals.” Henry
Eyring will preside.

AAAS Distinguished Lecture. Lord Brain, consulting
physician to London Hospital and Maida Vale Hos-
pital for Nervous Diseases; retiring president, British
AAS, will speak on “Science and Anti-Science” the
evening of Dec. 27. L. Paul Dugal, Dean, Pure and
Applied Science, University of Ottawa; General Chair-
man of the Meeting, will preside.

Moving Frontiers of Science II. One of two speakers
the afternoon of Dec. 28 will be Clement L. Markert,
Johns Hopkins University. His topic will be “The
Role of Genes in Embryonic Development.” Alan T.
Waterman will preside.

Fifth George Sarton Memorial Lecture will immediately
follow Clement L. Markert. Lloyd G. Stevenson, Pro-
fessor of the History of Science and Medicine, Yale
University will speak; Wilder G. Penfield, Honorary
Consultant, Montreal Neurological Institute, McGill;
Honorary General Chairman of Montreal Meeting, will
preside.

AAAS Interdisciplinary Symposia. Two of the four in-
terdisciplinary symposia, all on the morning of Dec.
28, are:

1. “Medical Geology and Geography,” arranged by
Harry V. Warren, University of British Columbia,
who will preside. Other speakers include Helen
Cannon, U. S. Geological Survey, Denver; Arthur
Furst, Institute of Chemical Biology, University of
San Francisco; Anna H. Koffler, Ohio Northern
University; and R. J. F. H. Pinsent, College of Gen-
eral Practitioners, Birmingham, England.

2. Part I of the five-session symposium, “Biochemical
Differentiation,” arranged by Norman Kretchmer,
James D. Ebert, Robert E. Greenberg, and Oscar
Touster. This session on “Protein Synthesis: A
Fundamental Problem in Embryology and Differ-
entiation,” besides Norman Kretchmer, who will
preside, has as speakers: James D. Ebert, and Mah-
lon Hoagland. James D. Ebert’s vice presidential
address will be “Interacting Systems in Develop-
ment.”

International Conference and Symposium on Primate
Behavior. Six open sessions Dec. 27-31 inclusive.
Sponsored by the combined Section of Animal Be-
havior and Sociobiology of the Ecological Society of
America and the same Division of the American So-
ciety of Zoologists, cosponsored by the AAAS Sections
in Zoological Sciences (F), Anthropology (H), and
Psychology (I), and by the American Psychiatric As-
sociation and American Psychological Association. The
program chairman is Stuart A. Altmann, University of
Alberta. Speakers from four continents, include:

A. Stuart A. Altmann, Alison Jolly, Makerere College,
Kampala, Uganda; Paul E. Simonds, University of
Oregon; Thelma Rowell, Makerere College; Gor-
don D. Jensen, University of Washington; Leonard
A. Rosenblum, Downstate Medical Center, Brook-
lyn;

Vol. 11, No. 4, October 1964

89

B . Hans Kummer, Delta Regional Primate Center,
New Orleans; John H. Kaufmann, University of
Florida; Jeanne Altmann, University of Alberta;
Yvett Spencer-Booth and Robert A. Hinde, Cam-
bridge University, England; Stephen Gartlan, Bris-
tol University, England;

C. Films and Tapes.

D. Martin Moynihan, Canal Zone Biological Area,
Smithsonian Institution; Junichiro Itani, Kyoto
University, Japan; K. Ronald L. Hall, Bristol Uni-
versity; Irwin Bernstein, Yerkes Laboratory of
Primate Biology, Orlando, Florida;

E. Jean-Jacques Petter, Laboratoire de Physiologie,
Faculte de Medicine de Paris; Yukimaru Sugiyama,
Kyoto University; Suzanne Ripley, University of
California, Berkeley; Thomas Struhsaker, Univer-
sity of California, Berkeley; John Vandenbergh,
Laboratory of Perinatal Physiology, National In-
stitutes of Health;

F. Robert E. Miller, University of Pittsburgh; Brian
W. Robinson, Stanford Medical Center; Atsuo
Tsumori, Japan Monkey Center, Aichi-Ken, Japan;
C. Ray Carpenter, Pennsylvania State University.

A A AS Section F— Zoological Sciences. Contributed pa-
pers, Dec. 27; Biologists’ Smoker, Dec. 27, eve.; and
Zoologists’ Dinner and vice presidential address by
Arthur D. Hasler, Dec. 29, eve.

AAAS Section G— Botanical Sciences. The two-session
symposium “Plant Biology Today V,” Dec. 29, is a
continuation of the four-year series of basic papers for
teachers. Luncheon and vice presidential address by
Harriet B. Creighton will be Dec. 29. Sessions for
contributed papers, Dec. 30.

AAAS Section N— Medical Sciences. Remaining four
sessions of the symposium, “Biochemical Differentia-
tion,” arranged by Norman Kretchmer, James D.
Ebert, Robert E. Greenberg, and Oscar Touster, Dec.
29, 30. Topics and speakers are:

A. Oogenesis and Fertilization— Daniel Mazia (Chm. ),
Joseph Gall, Fred H. Wilt, David Epel, Paul Gross;

B. Cytodifferentiation— Clifford M. Grobstein (Chm.),
Stanley Cohen, Irwin Konigsberg, Norman Wes-
sells;

C . Sequential Appearance of Proteins during Differ-
entiation—Eugene Knox (Chm.), Norman Kretch-
mer, John Fapaconstantinou, Olga Greengard;

D. Regulatory Phenomena— Sol Spiegelman (Chm.),
Ulrich Clever, II. O. Halvorson, Howard Hiatt.

AAAS Section O— Agriculture. Six-session symposium
“Pest Control by Chemical, Biological, Genetic, and
Physical Means,” arranged by Edward F. Knipling,
Dec. 27-30.

SOCIETAL PROGRAMS

American Astronautical Society. Two-session symposium
on Bioastronautics, Dec. 29.

American Fisheries Society and Biometric Society,
ENAR. Joint two-session symposium on “Population
Estimation,” arranged by Douglas S. Robson, Dec. 29.

American Nature Study Society. Annual meeting, Dec.
27-30.

American Physiological Society, National Academy of
Sciences Space Science Board, and NASA Office of
Space Science and Applications. Invited papers on
space biology and medicine, arranged by Robert E.
Smith, Dec. 27.

American Society for Microbiology. Two symposia,
“Pleuropneumonialike Organisms,” arranged by J. Ger-
shon-Cohen, and “Viruses and Cancer,” by Charles
Panos, Dec. 30.

American Society of Naturalists. Annual meeting will
include a two-session symposium “Cytoplasmic Units
of Inheritance,” Dec. 27, and the presidential address
of Albert Tyler and business meeting, Dec. 28.

Biomedical Information-Processing Organization. Sym-
posium on “Classification Problems in Medical Diag-
nosis,” arranged by Max A. Woodbury.

Ecological Society of America. Program, arranged by
George M. Woodwell and George W. Barlow, Dec.
26-31, includes several symposia, sessions for contri-
buted papers on plant and animal ecology, and ses-
sions on animal behavior ( in addition to the Inter-
national Conference on Primate Behavior already
mentioned ) .

Entomological Society of Canada, Societe Entomolo-
gique du Quebec, and the Lyman Entomological Mu-
seum. Contributed papers by the two societies, Dec.
30, and an anniversary celebration at the Museum.

Mountain Lake Biological Station “Alumni.” Annual
breakfast for all persons who have been students, in-
vestigators, or staff members at the station, Dec. 29.

National Association of Biology Teachers. The annual
national meeting, Dec. 27-30.

National Geographic Society. Special Film, “My Life
among Wild Chimpanzees,” by Jane Goodall, Sub-
Department of Animal Behaviour, Cambridge Univer-
sity, England, Dec. 30. Stuart A. Altmann will be the
commentator.

Sigma Delta Epsilon. National meeting will include a
tea for all women in science, Dec. 28, and the annual
society dinner meeting, Dec. 29.

Society of Economic Botany. Contributed papers, din-
ner, and business session, Dec. 30.

Society of the Sigma Xi. Sixty-fifth annual convention,
luncheon, and joint address with Phi Beta Kappa, by
Rene Dubos, Dec. 29. H. Bentley Glass will preside.

The AAAS Exposition of Science and Industry and the
AAAS Science Theatre, with recent foreign and do-
mestic films, will be prominent features of the meet-
ing. Coupons for sleeping accommodations and ad-
vance registration will be found in Science from July
17 on.

90

ASB Bulletin

IVEY FOREMAN LEWIS

1882-1964

I

Dean and Professor Emeritus Ivey Foreman
Lewis died in Charlottesville, Virginia, on March
16, 1964.

Dean Lewis was born in Raleigh, North Car-
olina. He received his A.B. and M.S. from the
University of North Carolina, and his Ph.D.
from the Johns Hopkins University. The Doctor
of Science degree was awarded Dean Lewis by
the University of North Carolina in 1947.

In 1908 Dr. Lewis studied at the University of
Bonn, working under Edward Strasburger. Dur-
ing the same year he held the Smithsonian Table
at the Stazione Zoologica at Naples.

Upon recommendation of the Miller Board of
Trustees to the University of Virginia Board of
Visitors, Dr. Lewis was appointed Miller Profes-
sor of Biology and Agriculture, beginning in Sep-
tember, 1915. From that date until his recent
retirement, Dr. Lewis has served the University
in many fields of endeavor other than as Profes-
sor of Biology. In 1934 he was appointed Dean
of the University, served as Director of the
Mountain Lake Biological Station from 1933 to
1946, and was appointed Dean of the College or
Arts and Sciences in 1946.

Dean Lewis served as a member of the Na-
tional Research Council from 1928 to 1932, was
a member of the Executive Committee from 1930
through 1931, Vice Chairman of the Division of
Biology and Agriculture from 1933 through 1936.

He was a trustee of Biological Abstracts, Fel-
low of the A.A.A.S., Secretary, Vice-President,

| and President of the Botanical Society of Amer-
. ica, President of the American Biological So-
ciety, and President of the American Naturalists.
He was a member of Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron
Delta Kappa, the Raven Society of the Univer-
sity of Virginia, and as a member of the Society
of Sigma Xi was most instrumental in having a
chapter of that society established at the Uni-
versity of Virginia.

In December, 1920, Dr. Lewis founded the
Association of Virginia Biologists, an organiza-
tion which has been superseded by the Virginia
Academy of Science. He was instrumental in or-
ganizing the latter in May, 1923, and served as
its first president.

IVEY FOREMAN LEWIS

HENRY G. GOOD

1897-1964

Henry G. Good, Professor of Zoology and En-
tomology at Auburn University since 1924, died
of a heart attack April 10, 1964. During his
period of service at Auburn, he taught approxi-
mately 12,000 students, served as advisor to stu-
dents in zoology, and participated in many other
activities of interest to students and the Uni-
versity.

Dr. Good was born in Ohio in 1897, and was
reared in California. He held the B.S. degree
from the University of California at Berkeley
and the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees from Cornell
University. He was a member of Phi Kappa
Phi, Sigma Xi, and Gamma Sigma Delta honor
societies. He was also a member of Sigma Pi
social fraternity and was advisor to the local
chapter. He was a member of the Entomologi-
cal Society of America, Alabama Academy of
Science, and an honorary member of the Ala-
bama Ornithological Society. He had served
as president of the Faculty Club of Auburn Uni-
versity, and participated in civic as well as aca-
demic affairs.

Vol. 11, No. 4, October 1964

91

J. T. PENNEY

1900-1964

J. T. Penney, Professor of Biology and head
of the Department at the University of South
Carolina, died suddenly following a heart attack
on March 29, 1964.

J. T. PENNEY

Dr. Penney was a native of Charlotte, North
Carolina, and received his A.B., M.A., and Ph.D.
from the University of North Carolina. He
taught high school in Charlotte, North Carolina,
and at the University of Tennessee School of
Medicine, Memphis, Tennessee, before joining
the University of South Carolina in 1929. He
was promoted to the rank of full Professor in
1945, and at one time served the University as
Dean of Men, Director of Student Activities, and
Professor of Biology. He was appointed Head
of the Department of Biology in 1959, and served
in this capacity until his death.

He was a Past President of the South Carolina
Academy of Sciences, the LeConte Scientific So-
ciety, and the Association of Southeastern Biolo-
gists and was also a charter member of the ASB.

Dr. Penney was a member of the American So-
ciety of Zoologists and Sigma Xi.

Author of a large number of published scien-
tific works, both articles and monographs, Dr.
Penney conducted extensive investigation of
sponges, and made important contributions to
the taxonomy and biology of fresh water species.
He was a member of a team from the University
of South Carolina that studied the biology of
the Atomic Energy Commission’s Savannah
River Plant in its early days.

The loss of Dr. Penney to the University of
South Carolina will be felt in many ways. He
was a man who had strong opinions on many
things— and his dedication to teaching and his
sincere interest in students and their academic
progress was an important part of his personal
make-up and character. It was under his guid-
ance that the Department of Biology grew, and
although of the “Old School” in training and
early experience. Dr. Penney never failed to
keep up with the times.

PAUL J. ARNOLD

1896-1964

Paul J. Arnold, Chairman of the Division of
Sciences and Mathematics at Jacksonville State
College, Jacksonville, Alabama, died at Univer-
sity Hospital in Birmingham.

Dr. Arnold was born in Wheatley, Ky., July 1,
1896. He received his A.B. from Georgetown
College, Ky., and his M.S. from Peabody Col-
lege. Dr. Arnold received an honorary Doctor-
ate of Science from Georgetown College.

His teaching career began in the schools of
Scott County, Ky., 1919-21. From 1921-25, Dr.
Arnold served as Superintendent of Schools,
Augusta, Ky., and 1925-29 in the same position
in Williamstown, Ky.

His career at Jacksonville began in 1929, when
he served as an Associate Professor of Biology.
In 1932 Dr. Arnold became acting head of the
Department of Biology. In 1935 he became Pro-
fessor and Head of the Science Department. In
1947 he assumed the position of Professor and
Chairman of the Division of Sciences and Mathe-
matics, in which capacity he served until his
death.

92

ASB Bulletin

G. MILES CONRAD

1911-1964

G. Miles Conrad, director and trustee of Bio-
logical Abstracts, Philadelphia, died unexpect-
edly at his home on September 9.

A world-recognized expert in the field of com-
munication of scientific information, Mr. Conrad
had served in many prominent positions at both
the national and international level. Prior to
his appointment at Biological Abstracts, Mr.
Conrad was associated with the Library of Con-
gress as a documentation specialist (1950-53);
as editor, Graphic Science Associates, Inc., New
York ( 1948-50 ) ; as technical editor and market
research director, Hazard Advertising Company,
New York (1943-48), and as assistant curator of
Comparative and Human Anatomy, American
Museum of Natural History, New York ( 1934-
|43).

He received the A.B. degree from Oberlin
College in 1933 and the M.A. from Columbia
University in 1938. From 1936-39 he partici-
pated in six scientific marine expeditions for the
American Museum of Natural History. Mr.
Conrad was awarded the Bronze Star and Con-
I spicuous Service Cross for service in the China-
, Burma-India Theatre during World War II.

His numerous publications include scientific-
research articles in comparative anatomy, ichthy-
ology and paleontology; popular biology, and
documentation.

EZDA DEVINEY

1895-1964

Ezda Deviney, Emeritus Professor of Zoology,
, at the Florida State University, died of a heart
attack in Greensboro, N. C. on March 19, 1964.

Dr. Deviney was head of the Department of
Zoology at the Florida State University for sev-
eral years, and in 1957 she received the Meri-
torious Teaching Award given by the Association
of Southeastern Biologists.

A native of Julian, N. C., she completed her
undergraduate work at Woman’s College of the
University of North Carolina in 1919, and started
as an Instructor in the same school. In 1921-23
she held a similar instructorship at Salem Col-

Vol. 11, No. 4, October 1964

lege in Winston-Salem, N. C.

After receiving her M.S. from the University
of Chicago, she went to Tallahassee. Later
study at the University of North Carolina earned
her the Ph.D.

At Florida State College for Women, and its
successor, Florida State University, she taught
practically every zoology course offered. She
served as president of the Alpha of Florida chap-
ter of Phi Beta Kappa, which was organized at

EZDA DEVINEY

Florida State in 1935, and was first president of
the Florida State Sigma Xi Club. Other mem-
berships included the American Association for
Advancement of Science, the Florida Academy
of Science, the Association of Southeastern Biol-
ogists, and the National Association of Biology
Teachers.

93

Books and Periodicals

A new booklet, entitled Alabama Trees, is now avail-
able through the University Book Store, Auburn Univer-
sity, to students and others interested in common trees
of the State. Authors are Dr. Donald E. Davis and Dr.
Norman D. Davis, Department of Botany and Plant
Pathology.— The booklet consists of two parts. Part I
contains instruction and keys to be used to identify 172
species of Alabama trees. The authors have attempted
to include all native trees, all introduced trees that are
now reproducing in the wild state, and most of the com-
mon cultivated trees in Alabama. Alphabetical lists to
both scientific names and common names are included.
Part I also includes six plates illustrating key features of
leaves and stems, a glossary of all technical terms used
in the key, and a list of pertinent additional references.
Part II of the booklet by I. R. Martin, forester, Coopera-
tive Extension Service and W. B. Devall, head, Depart-
ment of Forestry, contains pictorial illustrations of 77 of
the most common trees of the State and pertinent in-
formation concerning each tree.— The booklet has been
prepared especially for use in elementary botany courses.

Books received recently

The following books have been recently received by
the ASB. Should any member of the ASB wish to re-
view one of these books in return for the review copy,
please write to Mrs. Betty Ursomarso, Assistant Editor,
Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th i? The Parkway, Phil-
adelphia 3, Penna.

STURTEVANT, A. H. and G. W. BEADLE. 1964.
An Introduction to Genetics. Dover Publications, Inc.,
New York. 391 pp. $2.00. (A Dover Reprint.)
PENNAK, ROBERT W. 1964. Collegiate Dictionary
of Zoology. The Ronald Press Co., New York. 583
pp. $8.50.

SHELFORD, VICTOR E. 1963. Ecology of North
America. University of Illinois Press, Urbana. 610

pp. $10.00.

Foundations of Modern Biology Series— 2nd Edition

(Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey)

The Cell, by Carl P. Swanson. 1964. 1 IS pp. $1.75

( paper ) ; $3.95 ( cloth ) .

Animal Diversity, by Earl D. Hanson. 1964. 118 pp.

$1.75 (paper); $3.95 (cloth).

Cell Physiology and Biochemistry, by W. D. McElroy.

1964. 120 pp. $1.75 (paper); $3.95 (cloth).

The Plant Kingdom, by Harold C. Bold. 1964. 118 pp.

$1.75 (paper); $3.95 (cloth).

Adaption, by Bruce Wallace and Adrian M. Srb. 1964.

115 pp. $1.75 (paper); $3.95 (cloth).

Chemical Background for the Biological Sciences, by
Emil H. White. 1964. 152 pp. $1.95 (paper); $4.95
( cloth ) .

Growth and Development, by Maurice Sussman. 1964.
116 pp. $1.75 (paper); $3.95 (cloth).

Animal Behavior, by V. G. Dethier and Eliot Stellar.

1964. 118 pp. $1.75 (paper); $3.95 (cloth).

Heredity, by D. M. Bonner and S. E. Mills. 1964. 115

pp. $1.75 (paper); $3.95 (cloth).

The Life of the Green Plant, by A. W. Galston. 1964.

118 pp. $1.75 (paper); $3.95 (cloth).

Animal Physiology, by Knut Schmidt-Nielsen. 1964.
118 pp. $1.75 (paper); $3.95 (cloth).

Foundations of Modern Genetics— New Series

(Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey)

The Mechanics of Inheritance, by Franklin W. Stahl.

1964. 171 pp. $4.95 (cloth).

Extrachromosomal Inheritance, by John L. Jinks. 1964.
177 pp. $2.95 (paper); $4.95 (cloth).

Human Genetics, by Victor A. McKusick. 1964. 148

pp. $2.95 (paper); $4.95 (cloth).

Agricultural Genetics, by J. L. Brewbaker. 1964. 156

pp. $2.95 (paper); $4.95 (cloth).

Concepts of Modern Biology Series
(Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey)

Molecular Biologys Genes and the Chemical Control of
Living Cells, by J. M. Barry. 1964. 139 pp. $3.35.

PRIMARY EMBRYONIC INDUCTION. Lauri Saxen
and Sulo Toivonen, Logos Press, Prentice Hall. 1962.
$8.75.

There was a great surge of excitement among the
embryologists of the 1920’s following the discovery of the
“organization center” by Hans Spemann and Hilde Man-
gold. After a few years of rather feverish activity the
capabilities and limitations of the living organization
center were described. When it became known that in-
ductions with non-living material are possible, the stage
was set for the orderly progression of synthetic and
analytical studies that were carried out in the 1930’s.
With quiet optimism teams of workers conducted experi-
ments that would surely, it seemed, result in the charac-
terization of “the” evocator, but the embryonic heritage
of the 1940’s was largely great masses of inconclusive
data. Work in this area was rather uninspired until the
1950’s brought fresh ideas and some new techniques.

The time has not yet come to tie up the problem of
primary embryonic induction in a neat little bundle and
mark it solved, but the resurgence begun in the 1950 s
has produced enough results to make a comprehensive
and analytical discussion of them worthwhile. Such a
discussion has been provided for us by Saxen and
Toivonen.

There are several textbooks that give very good and
comprehensive accounts of the earlier work on induction,

94

ASB Bulletin

but for the sake of completeness and order, Saxen and
; Toivonen go over it again in their first three chapters.

In their fourth and fifth chapters on the responding tissue
■ and on heterogenous inductors, they begin to introduce
the more recent information. Chapters six and seven
deal with what is known of the physical and chemical
; nature of the primary inductors and chapter eight is set
1 aside for a short treatment of the immunological ap-
proach to tlie problem of induction. Finally, in chapters
nine and ten the various theories that have been elabo-
rated to explain primary induction are recounted, dis-
cussed and evaluated extensively in the light of experi-
mental data.

In this book a great many diverse pieces of informa-
tion are brought together and thoughtfully arranged.
The authors have critically and candidly, but without ap-
parent bias, discussed the findings and views of a num-
| ber of different investigators. Their own work is ( quite
naturally) particularly well presented, but is not given
undue emphasis.

The beginning graduate student and the zoologist who
is interested in induction but who has not followed its
literature closely in recent years should find this book
particularly helpful. It is written and illustrated with
unusual clarity.— J. N. Dent, University of Virginia.

ADVANCES IN MARINE BIOLOGY, vol. 1. F. S. Rus-
sell, Ed. xiii + 410 pp., 1963. Academic Press, London
and New York. $13.50.

This series was initiated to “help biologists to keep
abreast of knowledge in the different lines of research on
the biology of marine organisms.” An annual volume
will be issued, each with a wide variety of review arti-
cles. Emphasis will be placed on fishery sciences in
, which the results of many studies are being published in
relatively inaccessible journals.

The first volume contains five interesting articles. In
the first, “Rearing of Bivalve Molluscs” (pp. 1-136),
Victor Loosanoff and H. C. Davis summarize the im-
portant work on rearing bivalves carried out at the U. S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological Laboratory at
Milford, Connecticut. Roughly half of the article is con-
cerned with mechanics of rearing larvae in the laboratory
, and effects of different conditions on eggs and larvae.

I Specific information is included on 19 species.

A posthumous article by Anton Bruun, “The Breeding
of the North Atlantic Freshwater-Eels” (pp. 137-169),
is an unfinished manuscript in which Bruun attempted to
. answer some of the points raised by D. W. Tucker con-
cerning the “Atlantic eel problem.” Bruun supports
Schmidt’s theory of two breeding populations in the
j North Atlantic, basing most of the present article on
Schmidt’s original data. Although Bruun was able to
answer some of Tucker’s arguments, the problem is by
no means settled.

J. A. Nicol, in the third article “Some Aspects of
Photoreception and Vision in Fishes” (pp. 171-208),
concentrates on summarizing recent findings on photobe-
havior and the functioning of the eye in the marine
habitat. Topics include extra-ocular reception, regula-

tion of light at sensory surfaces, visual pigments, and the
chorioidal gland.

C. M. Yonge provides an interesting survey of recent
studies in the fourth article, “The Biology of Coral Reefs”
( pp. 209-260). As might be expected from Yonge’s long
interest in tropical reefs, the article is restricted to recent
findings on reef-building, tropical corals. Such topics as
systematic^ and distribution, settlement of planulae,
zooxanthellae, erosion, and growth, among others, are
included. Suggested lines of research can be found
throughout the article.

The final paper, “The Behaviour and Physiology of
Herring and Other Clupeids” (pp. 261-393), by J. H. S.
Blaxter and F. G. T. Holliday, is a detailed review of
the biology of Clupea harengus and about a dozen other
clupeids, in which the life histories of these species are
followed in some detail. Behavior and physiology based
on aquarium experiments and on observations at sea are
included; their behavior in relation to fishing gear has
been stressed. The authors point out that although the
herring is probably the most intensively studied of the
fishes, many aspects of its basic biology are unknown.
They also suggest that a better knowledge of behavior
and physiology will help to solve fisheries problems.

Each of the articles is accompanied by an extensive
bibliography. There is an index to authors mentioned in
the articles and the bibliographies and a skeleton subject
index is included.

This useful volume will prove to be a welcome addi-
tion to the library of any institution in which the marine
sciences are studied, taught, or practiced. It is hoped
that future volumes will be as interesting.— Raymond B.
Manning, U. S. National Museum.

SYMPOSIUM ON MARINE MICROBIOLOGY. Carl
H. Oppenheimer, Ed. C. C. Thomas, Springfield, 111.,
1963. xviii + 769 pp. Illus. $22.50.

The word symposium stems from the Greek symposion,
meaning feast. We have here a sumptions smorgasbord
of sixty-six papers by eighty-eight authors, representing
the first international meeting on marine microbiology
held in Chicago in 1961. It seems fitting that the open-
ing contribution should be by Claude E. ZoBell, the
grand old master of marine microbiology, who succinctly
summarizes the dominant ecological problems attending
marine microorganisms, thus setting the stage. It is not
clear why his original, fetching title, The Sea Around Us
Microbiologists, was transmuted into the sombre Domain
of the Marine Microbiologist. There follow four other
reports which collectively constitute an introduction,
each author reviewing a group of papers within the six
topical divisions into which the symposium was con-
veniently arranged; producers and their relation to the
chemical and biological environment; geomicrobiology;
ecology of algae, protozoa, fungi, and viruses; bacterial
distribution and function; mineralization; while one such
division dealing with heterotrophy has somehow not been
similarly treated.

It is salutary to note that today, when a microbiologist
is hardly considered au courant unless he is tracing the

Vol. 11, No. 4, October 1864

95

lineage of fragments of DNA or sRNA, there is a robust
and increasing number of workers happily engaged in the
largely descriptive efforts to elucidate the roles of micro-
organisms in the sea. Although the individual reports
vary in the usual way in length and content, they seem
uniformly surcharged with a subtle enthusiasm. To
sample a few: S. W. Watson isolated nitrifying bacteria
from the Atlantic morphologically different from Nitro-
bacter and Nitrosomonas; M. B. Allen believes the blue-
green alga, Calothrix, to be a possibly indigenous aerobic
nitrogen-fixer, and suspects the yeast Rhodotorula; some
feasible explanations for the existence of thermophilic
bacteria in polar regions are set forth by R. H. McBee;
J. C. Lewin describes the nutrition of several species of
diatoms which grow well in the dark; S. P. Meyers and
E. S. Reynolds account for the degradation of lignocel-
lulose by species of the deuteromyeete Zalerion and the
ascomycetes Torpedospora and Halosphaeriopsis; Marine
yeasts are well surveyed by J. W. Fell and N. van Uden;
R. Spencer briefly reviews marine bacteriophages; L.
Moewus incriminates a holotrichous hymenostome ciliate
as a viral vector; F. W. Ochynski and J. R. Postgate re-
port some biochemical differences between fresh water
and marine strains of sulfate-reducing bacteria; R. A.
MacLeod discusses the need for sodium by marine bac-
teria and reports the isolation of a sodium-independent
mutant; H. W. Jannasch studied the chemostatic growth
of a spirillum when the growth-limiting substrate, as-
paragine, was supplied decreasingly while the dilution
rate remained unchanged; J. Liston and R. R. Colwell
report on host and habitat interrelationships of com-
mensal bacteria; A. I. Zhukova reports on the contribu-
tion of microorganisms to the nutrition of aquatic inverte-
brates; F. D. Sisler, who has been interestingly involved
with electrical energy from biological fuel cells and with
the possible presence of organisms in meteors, now turns
his attention to the role of the earth’s magnetic field in
the creation of electrical potential differences in the sea
and their possible effects on microbiological activities.
Ferguson Wood, the lone Australian, laments in two or
three papers the paucity of fiscal largess in marine micro-
biology; my impression from a visit to his country’s ma-
rine research establishment at Cronula was that as long
as there is ample animal protein on the hoof the Aussies
will not give a hoot for the sea. Then, if one believes
that it is essential to possess a laboratory on the beach
and an expensive ocean-going vessel in order to do justice
to marine microbiology, there is an excellent, but dis-
quieting, paper from R. E. Kallio and his co-workers
from the middle of Iowa detailing the mechanisms of
bacterial oxidation of alkanes, an area that has fallen
within the purview of marine microbiology.

There is clearly enough here for almost anybody. This
volume should provide a plethora of ideas and exciting
problems not only for the microbiologist but for the biol-
ogist generally, and I recommend it to your critical atten-
tion. One can no longer balk at the price of a book of
such impeccable craftmanship, including large type on
super-glossy paper, especially when I recently spotted a
scientific volume listed at $100. However, I would have
preferred to see this publication in double-column, off-set

printed, at less than half the cost; one important objec-
tive of a symposium, after all, is dissemination. Fifty
pages are devoted to an alphabetical listing of the refer-
ences which appear at the end of each presentation; this
will appeal to some workers, but I have a strong aversion
to duplication, and would certainly have liked to see
these fifty pages used for the discussion, which is entirely
omitted. In fact, I would like to see the scientific com-
munity adopt an unwritten law that would proscribe
publication of a symposium unless the complete discus-
sion, preferably verbatim, is included. The Cold Spring
Harbor symposia might well serve as a model.— J. Q.
Heplar, Old Dominion College.

A PHYTOTRON FOR
THE SOUTHEAST

Scientists at Duke University and North Caro-
lina State at Raleigh wish to inform their col-
leagues that they are planning the construction
of a two-unit phytotron, which will provide ex-
tensive controlled environment facilities for in-
vestigators in the Southeast, as well as for their
own staff members. The concept of a two-unit
phytotron was developed in order to make the
greatest possible use of the scientific talent re- j
siding on the two campuses. Each unit will ,
specialize in research in areas where it is strong-
est. North Carolina State will be particularly
concerned with research in population genetics,
plant pathology, and entomology, although sev- «
eral other departments expect to make use of the
phytotron. At Duke University, research on eco-
logical and physiological problems concerned ,
with the distribution of natural vegetation and
research on trees will receive special attention
from members of the botany and forestry staffs.

The Duke University unit will consist of a
group of air-conditioned greenhouses attached to
a large two-story building which will house plant
growth rooms and chambers, offices, laboratories,
and air-conditioned equipment. Preliminary
plans call for six 16 by 24 ft. greenhouses and
about 40 plant growth rooms and chambers of
various sizes and characteristics. About a dozen
of these will be 9 by 12 ft. walk-in rooms to op-
erate at temperatures of 25 to 95° F. Another
group of chambers will be 4 by 8 ft., and a num-
ber of small reach-in type chambers will be in-
cluded for seedlings and small plants. Most of
the rooms and chambers will provide at least
3000 foot candles 36 inches below the lights.
Special humidity control will be provided for a
few, and there will be limited control of humi-
ditv in most of the growth chambers.

Offices and some laboratory space for visiting
investigators will be included in the building,
which will be completely air-conditioned.

96

ASB Bulletin

Because of space limitations, the unit at North
Carolina State will consist of a three-story build-
ing with greenhouses on the roof. The principal
plant growth rooms and chambers will be similar
to those used in the Duke unit, but arranged
somewhat differently. Special sections will be
isolated from the main structure for use by path-
ologists and entomologists.

It is estimated that the Duke unit will cost
approximately $1,500,000; the North Carolina
State unit, $1,750,000. North Carolina State has
obtained $750,000 from the Z. Smith Reynolds
Foundation of Winston-Salem, and Duke Uni-
versity will provide $250,000. The National
Science Foundation has granted $383,150 to start
construction, and it is anticipated that it will
furnish additional support in succeeding fiscal
years. It is expected that both units of the phy-
totron will be in operation within three years.

Construction of this phytotron is an important
step forward for science in the Southeast be-
cause this region has relatively few large scienti-
fic facilities other than those related to medical
research. The construction of this important
research tool should be a strong stimulus to
graduate training and research in the entire
Southeast. In fact it might well result in devel-
opment of nationwide or even a worldwide cen-
ter for research on the effects of environmental
factors on living organisms.

The planning and construction of the two
units is being coordinated by a Phytotron Board,
consisting of two members from each campus
plus a director appointed by the presidents of
the two institutions. The members from North
Carolina State are K. R. Keller and H. F. Robin-
son, those from Duke are W. D. Billings and
H. J. Oosting. P. J. Kramer is serving as chair-
man. This board is expected to supervise the
research programs and correlate the activities of
the two units to make them as effective as pos-
sible.

Eventually we expect to organize a regional
advisory board of scientists interested in this
type of research, who will assist in developing a
research program which will be of the greatest
possible usefulness to the Southeast. Meanwhile
we hope that persons interested in this type of
research will write us about their needs so we
can take them into account in our planning. If
enough interest develops, we might hold a one-
day conference this fall to give those interested
an opportunity to inspect the plans and offer
suggestions.

Scientists who have strong interests in research
involving the use of controlled environment fa-
cilities are invited to write Paul J. Kramer, De-
partment of Botany, Duke University, Durham,
North Carolina, or other members of the phyto-
tron board.

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

Robert A. Woodmansee, formerly of the University of
Southern Mississippi faculty, has been appointed to the
Virginia Institute of Marine Science research staff. Ac-
1 cording to Dr. William J. Hargis, Jr., Director of the
;l Institute, Dr. Woodmansee will head marine plankton
studies at the Gloucester Point research facility.

Leonard O. Morrow has joined the faculty of Rich-
mond Professional Institute as Assistant Professor of
Biology. Mr. Morrow is currently completing his doc-
torate in Botany at Cornell University and will develop
j advanced courses in Botany at R.P.I.

i Ralph E. Thorson, Professor and Head of the Depart-
ment of Biology, University of Notre Dame, has been
i granted a leave-of-absence to serve as professor of para-
sitology and tropical health. School of Public Health,
American University, Beirut, Lebanon. Robert E. Gor-
don, Associate Professor of Biology, has been appointed
acting-head of the department. Brother Raphael Wilson,
C.S.C., assistant head, and Joseph A. Tihen, as editor
of The American Midland Naturalist, University of Notre
Dame. All appointments are effective September 1,

1964.

B. Theodore Cole, Professor of Biology, has been ap-
pointed Head, Department of Biology, University of
South Carolina, Columbia, S. C.

Burton J. Bogitsh, formerly Assistant Program Direc-
tor, Division of Scientific Personnel and Education, Na-
tional Science Foundation and Professor of Biology at
Georgia Southern College has joined the faculty at Van-
derbilt University as Associate Professor of Biology.

William H. Adams, former Professor of Biology at
Tennessee Wesleyan College, has accepted a position as
Dean of the School of Arts and Sciences at Tennessee
Polytechnic Institute effective September 1.

Robert F. Drescher joined Sharpley Laboratories, Inc.
as Vice-President on July 15, 1964. For the past 10
years Dr. Drescher has been Chief Microbiologist, Paper
Section, Buckman Laboratories, Inc., Memphis, Tenn.
Prior to this he was a graduate student of Dr. Clyde
Christensen at the University of Minnesota. Dr. Drescher
will be active in stream pollution research, the microbiol-
ogy of pulp and paper, and industrial mycology at
Sharpley Laboratories, Inc.

Nell B. Causey joins the staff of Louisiana State Uni-
versity to teach an undergraduate course in invertebrate
zoology and a graduate course in taxonomy. Dr. Causey,
who will continue her work on millipedes, spent the
summer vacation at the British Museum of Natural His-
tory.

Vol. 11, No. 4, October 1964

97

Arthur L. Applegate, who received his Ph.D. from
Emory University, will teach graduate and undergrad-
uate embryology at Louisiana State University.

After postdoctoral work at Washington State Univer-
sity, Albert M. Meier will teach vertebrate physiology
at Louisiana State University. He will continue his re-
search in avian physiology.

Wallace D. Dawson, Assistant Professor of Biology,
Department of Biology, University of South Carolina, has
been awarded a $24,064 research grant by the National
Institutes of Health for a three-year study of genetic
factors in hybridization.

John D. Reynolds and Mrs. Rowena G. Matthews have
been appointed Instructors in the Biology Department,
LTniversity of South Carolina.

John Plymale has been appointed Assistant Professor
of Biology at Howard College, Birmingham Ala. Dr.
Plymale received his degree from the University of Ala-
bama. His principal field of interest is parasitology.

Lynn Raulerson, Assistant Professor of Biology, returns
to the staff at Howard College, Birmingham, Ala., after
one year of graduate work toward her Ph.D. in zoology
at the University of Georgia.

James Dobie has accepted the position of Assistant
Professor at Howard College, Birmingham, Ala. Dr.
Dobie received his degree from Tulane University. His
field of interest is vertebrate zoology.

Howard J. Teas, program director for metabolic biol-
ogy with the National Science Foundation, is joining the
LJniversity of Georgia in Athens as Chairman of the Di-
vision of Biological Sciences September 1, 1964.

C. Theresa Cali has joined the faculty of the Depart-
ment of Biology and Genetics, Medical College of Vir-
ginia, as Interim Assistant Professor. She was formerly
Assistant Professor of Biology at Auburn Community Col-
lege. Dr. Cali’s major interest is evolution of nematodes.
The same department is host to Petrona D. Noblejas,
M.D., Instructor in Anatomy, University of Santo Tomas,
Phillipines, who has begun a two-year visit under aus-
pices of the Agency for International Development. Dr.
Noblejas, whose major interest has been embryology, will
establish a subsection of genetics upon her return to the
University of Santo Tomas.

Institutions and Organizations

The Department of Biology at Tennessee Wesleyan
College, under the Chairmanship of William H. Adams,
has been awarded a $16,000 matching grant for the
purchase of undergraduate instructional scientific equip-
ment by the National Science Foundation.

The Department of Zoology at Tulane University has
established the George Henry Penn Memorial Award for
outstanding graduate research in zoology by Tulane
graduate students. The initial recipient of this award is
Doctor Aelita Pinter, whose dissertation, “Effects of nu-
trition and photo-period on reproductive physiology,
growth, and malnutrition in Microtus montanus,” was
judged the most outstanding for the period June 1, 1963-
May 31, 1964.

The Virginia Institute of Marine Science at Gloucester
Point, Virginia has been conducting three programs this
summer sponsored by the NSF. The Research Partici-
pation for College Teachers Program, the Undergraduate
Science Education Program, and the Cooperative Col-
lege-School Science Program held at Norview High
School, Norfolk, Virginia. There have been four partici-
pants in the RPCT program working on individual re-
search for twelve weeks, ten undergraduate students
working with staff members for ten weeks, and fifteen
high ability students and three teachers working under
the supervision of Dr. Sewell H. Hopkins for eight weeks.

The Biology Building at Howard College, Birming-
ham, Ala., was dedicated in honor of Alabama indus-
trialist, Thomas D. Russell. The building has been air-
conditioned, and two greenhouses and a walk-in cold
room added. Other equipment, amounting to $60,000,
will be added.

The Department of Biology and Genetics at the Medi-
cal College of Virginia will be a principal beneficiary of
a $230,000 fund received from NIH and the Common-
wealth of Virginia for renovation of laboratories in Mc-
Guire Hall. During the past year the Department has
expanded to occupy 52 per cent more space.

THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE for 1965
consists of Dr. Alvin Beatty of Emory University;
Dr. George Kent of Louisiana State University;
and Dr. E. Ruffin Jones of the University of
Florida, Chairman. In order to help this com-
mittee with its task, please fill in the form below
(or write a letter if you do not wish to mutilate
the Bulletin ) and mail to Dr. Jones as soon as
possible. The deadline is January 1, 1965.

SUGGESTED NOMINEES FOR ASB OFFICES AND
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE POSITIONS

To the members of the Nominating Committee:

I wish to suggest that you consider the following ASB
members in selecting nominees for offices and executive
committee positions:

PRESIDENT-ELECT

VICE-PRESIDENT

TREASURER

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBERS (2 for 3-year
terms )

Deadline: January 1

Mail to: DR. E. RUFFIN JONES, DEAN
College of Arts and Sciences
University of Florida
Gainesville, Florida

98

ASB Bulletin

j ( Continued from page 78)
that nine foreign countries were
1 represented by 18 members. It was
moved and seconded that this report
! be approved. The motion passed.

TREASURER’S REPORT: The
Treasurer called attention to his re-
port as published in the Vol. 11, No.
2 issue of the Bulletin. He then pre-
sented his report for the January 1—
April 10, 1964 period. A motion was
made and seconded to accept his re-
port. The motion passed.

AUDITING COMMITTEE: The
report of the committee which stated
that the books of the Association had
been examined and found to be in
order was read by President Jones.
A motion to accept the report was
made and seconded. The motion
passed.

GOETHE AWARDS: The report
of the committee was read by Dr.
Margaret Menzel in the absence of
the Chairman of the committee. She
reported that 18 applications for fi-
nancial assistance had been received
and that all had been approved. A
total of $511.00 was expended in
support of the awards. A motion was
made and seconded to accept the re-
port. The motion passed.

CONSTITUTION AND BY-
LAWS COMMITTEE: No report.

MEETINGS COMMITTEE: The
Chairman of the committee reported
that an invitation for the Association
to meet at the University of Virginia
in 1965 and at the North Carolina
State College in 1966 had been ac-
cepted. A motion to accept the re-
port was made and seconded. The
motion passed.

RESOLUTIONS COMMITTEE:
The Chairman of the committee
presented the report. A motion was
made and seconded to accept the
report. The motion passed.

NOMINATING COMMITTEE:
The Chairman of the committee
submitted nominations for the fol-
lowing offices: President-Elect, Vice
President, Secretary and two Exec-
utive Committee members. Nomina-
tions from the floor were called for
and there being none a motion was
made and seconded to close the
nominations. The motion was
passed. President Jones announced
that die results of the election would
be given at the annual banquet.

President Jones reported that the
Southern Section of the American
Society of Plant Physiologists had
become the first affiliate of the Asso-
ciation and that its representatives
on the Executive Committee would
be Dr. Frederick T. Wolf.

President Jones then raised the
question of affiliation with AIBS as
an Adherent. He presented some of
the objections to such a relationship
and called attention to the action of
the Executive Committee on April
16, 1964 which was embodied in the
following motion:

WHEREAS, The ASB in full ac-
cord with the aims and objec-
tives of the AIBS, and WHERE-
AS, the ASB wishes to cooperate
with all interested in the efforts to
strengthen Biology:

We encourage members of the
ASB to become members of AIBS
and to work toward an arrange-
ment whereby ASB could con-
tinue to support AIBS in some
special category on the same or
similar basis as in the past.

The floor was opened for ques-
tions and after a brief period a mo-
tion was made and seconded to
adopt the policy embodied in the
motion. The motion passed.

President Jones called to the at-
tention of the membership the pas-
sing of Dr. James T. Penney, Chair-
man, Department of Biology,
University of South Carolina and
two Emeritus Members, Dr. Ezda
M. Deviney and Dr. Ivey F. Lewis.

He then expressed his apprecia-
tion for the support given him as
President of the Association.

There being no further business
the meeting was adjourned at 12:45
P.M.

August 1964 ASB Bulletins sent
to the following people were re-
turned by the Post Office with nota-
tions that the addressees had moved
and left no forwarding addresses.
Our records show that their mem-
bership dues are paid up to date,
and that they should be receiving
the bulletin. If anyone knows the
whereabouts of any of these people,
please notify Mrs. Betty Ursomarso,
Assistant Editor, Academy of Nat-
ural Sciences of Philadelphia, 19th

& The Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa.
19103.

Julian T. Darlington
Dept of Biology
Furman University
Greenville, South Carolina

Wanda S. Hunter
Zoology Dept.

Duke University
Durham, North Carolina

Irving E. Gray
Zoology Dept.

Duke University
Durham, North Carolina

John D. Reynolds
Biology Dept.

Coker College
Hartsville, South Carolina

LETTERS

Thank you for publicly and effec-
tively saying in your ASB Bulletin
editorial, “The National Register
As A Privacy Invader— Where Do
We Go From Here?” what many
other biologists must have strongly
felt. In fact this is the first time that
I have rebelled and refused to fill in
any National Register questionnaire
at all; each time I picked up the
latest form, my misgivings about the
new information it demanded greatly
overcame my considerable desire to
co-operate.

My feelings about this sort of
thing not only exactly reflect the
points you express, but also include
deep resentment ( that is surely
thought perverse by those legions of
true believers in expediency) that
we must redesign our vital statistics
—even our lives— to fit the needs of
machines, instead of doing things
the other way around.

J. Ives Townsend
Medical College of Virginia

I have just read the article on
literature citation in the July ASB
bulletin. I should like to say that I
am in your corner in this fight . . .
The appearance in print of your
comments coincide with several
fruitless hours spent in the library
trying to second guess a 19th cen-
tury German who published some-
thing in “Zool.” The abbreviation
saved 6 characters of print and cost
me nearly that many hours of work

Vol. 11, No. 4, October 1964

99

in tile library. Congratulations on
your stand and I wish us all luck.

Walter J. Harman, Chairman

Department of Zoology and
Physiology

Louisiana State University

Congratulations on the editorial in
the last ASB Bulletin “Literature Ci-
tation Abbreviations— a Waste of
Time,” and also on the one concern-
ing the National Register.

I’ve felt the way you do about
those abbreviations for years. But
they occur not only in the biblio-
graphy, but also in the text itself of
taxonomic papers. Just this morn-
ing I got a reprint and there is the
same old pointless phenomenon:
The names of the species are cen-
tered over the descriptions and de-
spite the space on each end, the
authority names are so abbreviated
as to require Sherlock Holmes to
work some of them out. Taylor is
“Tayl” for example!

The whole business boils down to
the fact that scientists just won't
think for themselves; they’d rather
do things in the same old way just
because their instructors did it that
way. But I suspect editors are a
little involved in this also.

Harold Humm
Dept, of Botany
Duke University

I have read the article by you
and Miss Ursomarso entitled “Lit-
erature Citation Abbreviations— A
Waste of Time,” which appeared in
the ASB Bulletin, pages 71-73, Vol-
ume 11, July 1964.

I agree entirely with your ideas.
Full literature citations are very
helpful to scientific readers. I find
that I can more readily recall the
content of an article if the title is
cited. If the title is omitted, it is
often necessary to look up the ar-
ticle.

In 1940 Dr. Coatney and I pub-
lished a note “Reference citations
and micro film” in Science, Volume
2, page 429, in which we expressed
some of the same ideas in connec-
tion with micro film.

Martin D. Young, Sc.D.
Director

Gorgas Memorial Laboratory
Balboa Heights, Canal Zone

Some one has sent me a copy of
the ASB Bulletin (how did you
come to publish in a serial with an
abbreviated title? ) containing the
article by you and Miss Ursomarso
on citation of literature. Seeing that
I am one of the time-wasters whose
work in this kind you mention, I
feel impelled to a few remarks of
my own.

It seems to me your contention is,
in the main, sound, though your title
is not ( does it really take more time
to write an abbreviation, even if you
have to look it up, than to copy the
full title?). Your thesis accords with
a change, just beginning, among
taxonomists in citing authority for
botanical names. Abbreviations here
have certainly outlived their useful-
ness, and in several key places such
authorities are now being cited in
full (“A. P. de Candolle” instead
of “DC. “Lamarck” instead of
“Lam.”; and so on).

But you weaken your case by
some exaggeration and certain in-
accuracies. Taking the larger of
your two bibliographies ( a wrong
use of that word, by the way; they
have no real claim to such a title),

I note that 8 of the 70 entries are
books, not abbreviated in either col-
umn. Is that quite fair? I could
show you hundreds of papers in
which no books are cited. And a
further 7 entries in your “unabbrevi-
ated” list are “ibids.” If they are
not abbreviations, I don’t know
what is! And to most editors of
technical work they are unaccepta-
ble abbreviations ( so many authors
revise their list of references and
add new ones— and one new refer-
ence in the midst of a flock of ibids
can jumble the whole thing. It
happens! ) .

If you take out the ibids and the
book-publishers, together about 20
per cent of the list, your statistics
may turn out a bit different. You
would still have a case, perhaps not
quite so striking but more free from
possible controversy.

A slight inaccuracy is your state-
ment that a period is equivalent to
a single dropped character; you must
know that this is not true. How-
ever, in our work here we have
judged it nearly enough true so that
we do not replace one character by

a period. We have abbreviated
"Comptes” to “Compt.” (perhaps
absurdly); but not “Compt.” [for
“Compte ].

I agree with you that much ab-
breviation is— or at least seems to be
—nonsense. But when you consider
the very large proportion of authors
who cannot cite the titles of papers—
even their own— correctly, do you
think that their attempts to copy the
titles of serials would be much more
informative than the customary ab-
breviations? May I point out, in
defense of our own list of abbrevia-
tions, that we have always consid-
ered ( and stated in our introduc-
tion) that much of its value is the
provision of complete and accurate
titles of serials and information on
their provenance. An unabbreviated
title can be as misleading or mys-
terious as an abbreviated one— more
so than our abbreviations for some
of the duplicated or often changed
titles. How much is the full title,
anyhow? Everything on the title-
page? ( I have not checked you on
this point, to see whether you really
did use the full titles in your list!)
If so, which title-page— that of the
issue or that of the volume? They
often differ. Have you had occa-
sion to cite some of the technical
publications of Latin American de-
partments of agriculture? It’s a puz-
zle to know just how much is title
and how much besides the title one
should include to avoid error or con-
fusion; and my guess is that, with-
out some such list as ours, a dozen
scientists will cite the same serial in
half a dozen different ways even
when they are attempting to cite it
in full! In short, the problems of
citing literature are not settled by
simply avoiding abbreviation; and
sometimes they are aggravated
thereby!

H. W. Rickett

New Y’ork Botanical Garden

100

ASB Bulletim

An i

|V^/ p

e ASB

IN THIS ISSUE -
ANNOUNCEMENTS ABOUT
THE CHARLOTTESVILLE
MEETING; THE CUEBS
SOUTHEASTERN
CONFERENCE; THE
BENEFITS OF BIOLOGICAL
COLLECTING FROM
NAVIGATION BUOYS.

At left is a photograph of a
buoy taken from Cape Cod Bay.
Zonation is apparent on this buoy
— the upper part being fouled by
algae, below which a belt of hy-
droids appears as light colored
tufts, followed by an area of
heavy, dark mussel-dominated
fouling. See The Benefits of
Systematic Biological Collecting
from Navigation Buoys on page
3. (Photograph courtesy of the
Woods Hole Oceanographic In-
stitution.)

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Men-
zel, Dept, of Biological Sciences, Florida
State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla. Subscrip-
tion orders from libraries and other insti-
tutions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. Leland Shanor, Department
of Biological Sciences, Florida State Uni-
versity, Tallahassee, Florida. Subscription
rate for non-members of the ASB; $4.00
per year. Printing and typography by the
Fulton Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

MARGARET Y. MENZEL
Associate Editor

BETTY URSOMARSO, Assistant Editor
LELAND SHANOR, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — William D. Burbanck, Emory
University

Retiring President — E. Ruffin Jones, Uni-
versity of Florida

President Elect — Harry J. Bennett, Lou-
isiana State University

Vice-President — Elsie Quarterman, Van-
derbilt University

Secretary — Margaret Y. Menzel, Florida
State University

Treasurer — Leland Shanor, National Sci-
ence Foundation

Executive Committee — C. Ritchie Bell,
University of North Carolina; Wilbur
H. Duncan, University of Georgia;
John Carpenter, University of Ken-
tucky; G. M. Jeffrey, National Insti-
tutes of Health; David James Cotter,
Alabama College; Chauncey G.
Goodcliild, Emory University; Fred-
erick T. Wolf, Vanderbilt University.
All officers are ex officio members of
the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — W. W. Miller, III, Howard
College

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — Fred X. Parrish, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — position vacant

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Maryland — position vacant

Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University

North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Furman Univ.

Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — position vacant

} olume 12 , Number 1 - January 1965

CONTENTS

The Benefits of Systematic Biological Collecting from Navi-

gation Buoys — by Arthur S. Merrill 3

CUEBS Southeastern Regional Conference 8

About the Charlottesville Meeting 9

Important Deadlines 11

Directory of ASB Members 12

Books and Periodicals 24

News of Biology in the Southeast 25

ASB’s January Placement Service 32

Seal Recommended for Adoption by ASB in April 32

Affiliate

Southern Section of the American
Society of Plant Physiologists

are placed at vantage points
all coastal and large in-
land waterways. They provide an artificial sub-
strate near the surface for the attachment of spe-
cies which ordinarily are bottom dwellers. When
the buoys are brought ashore for periodic clean-
ing and servicing by the Coast Guard, the at-
tached species of marine life become readily
available for study. Systematic sampling of or-
ganisms, close observation of faunal assemblages,
and diligent recording of the findings provide a
wealth of scientific information.

I have observed and collected fouling organ-
isms from navigation buoys for years, and have
considered the varied opportunities for study such
data provide. In this article I hope to illustrate
some of the benefits of studying buoy animal
communities and to suggest techniques that can
be followed in these studies. In many cases I
will use examples from data derived from my
own studies of buoy material. Reference to the
sea scallop, Placopecten magellanicus , will empha-
size the significant role that material from buoys
has played in increasing our general biological
knowledge of one very important commercial
species.

The Benefits of Systematic Biological
Collecting from Navigation Buoys

by Arthur S. Merrill 1

oysters are common foulers. Buoys in protected
shallow waters such as bays and estuaries are
covered frequently with soft forms such as hy-
droids and fleshy tunicates. In northern waters
goose barnacles are common on buoys located
well offshore while further south they may occur
on buoys closer to shore.

Vertical zonation is sometimes strikingly ap-
parent on a buoy (cover figure). When such
small scale zonation occurs two or more species
will dominate, each at a different level. Aboard
ship, as the winch reels in lengths of chain, the
transition from an abundance of fouling to none
at all is often clearly evident. For instance, the
blue mussel normally aggregates in colonies along

Fouling Communities

A quantitative study of material collected from
buoys along the coast will help determine the
dominant fouling species, and at the same time
will help establish geographical ranges and local
zonation of many species. Usually only a few
species dominate a buoy fouling community (see
cover figure). The dominant species might well
be different on buoys at the same latitude de-
pending upon the precise location of these buoys.
For instance, the community structure of the or-
ganisms found on a bay or harbor buoy will

1 Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological Labora-
tory, Oxford, Maryland.

Fig. 1. A piece of iron rust removed from within the
sheltered stabilizer tube of a buoy and allowed to dry.
A number and variety of organisms can be seen still
adhered in their original position.

differ from that found on a buoy from open
coastal waters. Equivalent differences in domi-
nance are apparent at various latitudes along the
coastline. In the northern coastal waters of
Maine a plant such as Laminaria may dominate,
while along the Cape Cod coast the blue mussel,
Mytilus edulis, is often the dominant species. In
southern waters several species of barnacles or

"NTavigational buoys
' along practically

Volume 12, No. 1, January 1965

3

the coast in shallow water and cannot tolerate
too great a depth. This is readily apparent when
examining a chain from deep water on which
Mytilus occurs. The number of mussels may de-
crease with increased depth, or may cease
abruptly. A buoy is anchored by a mooring
block, usually of metal or concrete. Studying the
community structure on a mooring block adds to
the complete vertical picture of species relation-
ship.

Fouling assumes vast importance because of
the destruction and inconvenience it causes. This
is of considerable interest not only to the zoo-
geographer but, from an economic viewpoint, to
governmental and private agencies whose vessels
and marine installations are subject to fouling.
As one means of combating fouling in general,
anti-fouling paints continue to be tested in various
marine waters by painting the surface of buoys
and noting the effectiveness of various paint mix-
tures.

The first step in combating fouling is to learn
what organisms are involved. In this respect col-
lections from navigation buoys can play a useful
and important role. A comprehensive mono-
graph, “Marine Fouling and Its Prevention,” -
devotes an entire chapter to fouling species re-
corded from submerged objects throughout the
world. The information listed was derived from
thorough coverage of 244 publications, of which
48 have reference to buoys. The 837 species
listed from buoys represent all the major groups.
This is hardly an impressive number from a world-
wide viewpoint; still it must be realized that most
reports on buoy fouling do not emphasize the
listing of species. Few people have attempted to
identify and record systematically all species from
individual buoys; or for that matter, even a par-
ticular group of organisms. Systematic identi-
fication of species could be a starting point for
anyone wishing to participate in and contribute
to the general understanding of the composition
of fouling.

Communities, Succession, and Species Behavior

Ecologists will find that buoy material presents
an excellent opportunity to study the organization

- Prepared for Bureau of Ships, Navy Department, by
the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, Contribution
No. 580. Copyright 1952 by U. S. Naval Institute, An-
napolis, Maryland.

and succession of communities and the adaptation
of species. In addition, the settling habits and
the mechanics of attachment of early postlarvae
can be observed and studied.

Since buoys are surface vehicles, they serve
also as “spat (larvae) collectors,” and species
with pelagic young in the upper waters are apt
to settle on them. Many are species which adapt
readily enough to life on buoys (Fig. 1) but are
species which normally adhere to stones or other
hard substrates on the bottom. The date a buoy
is put into or taken out of the water is important
as regards its faunal assemblage. This is because
the reproductive habits of different species nat-
urally determine which larvae are available at
any particular time during the year. As colonies
of attached species grow, the character of the
buoy surface changes and in time free-living forms
find shelter in the aggregates. The settlers which
grow fastest may smother those whose growth is
slower; but, if the slow growers do survive, they
may eventually crowd out the early dominants.
Thus, a buoy which has been long on station may
display an extensively modified assemblage of or-
ganisms from that of a buoy out for a shorter
period of time. The point to remember is that \
the community structure of a buoy is not static
— all the interactions already mentioned, and
others such as silting and severe variation in sur-
face temperature, constantly contribute to mold-
ing and remolding the community.

In the offshore Cape Cod area the outsides of
buoys are often covered with a wealth of life.
These are mostly hardy forms able to withstand
exposure and turbulence. Certain algae and
barnacles, and the pelecypods Mytilus edulis and
Hiatella arctica usually are found in abundance,
and small gastropods such as Mitrella lunata and
myriads of tiny shrimp live hidden among fila-
mentous algae, bryozoa, or hydroids.

On the inside of a buoy stabilizer 3 the follow-
ing temporal sequence is generally observed.
Barnacles are among the first to settle, followed
closely by certain of the algae, foraminifera, and
bryozoa, blue mussels, and prickly jingle shells
( A nornia aculeata ) . As the early settlers increase

3 Navigation buoys come in many sizes and shapes ac-
cording to the purpose for which they are used. In
general, inshore buoys are made up of a float with or
without a superstructure while buoys stationed further
offshore have, in addition to a float and superstructure,
a hollow, cylindrical stabilizer underneath (see Fig. 2).

4

ASB Bulletin

in size, certain of the free-living annelids, crus-
taceans and echinoderms make their appearance.
Secondary waves of spat, usually of barnacles,
I mussels, or jingle shells, are apt to settle on any
i available substrate including the shell surfaces of
other early settlers.

Final settlement of organisms on the buoy is
usually not at random. More will attach about
slight protuberances such as bolt heads and weld-
ing ridges or in corners produced by metal flanges
j or collars. Examples of two extremes in settling
habits are provided by the blue mussel and the
sea scallop. The mussels settle at random with
respect to one another, but soon tend to aggregate
in persistent tight colonies. The scallop, on the
other hand, while also settling at random, does
not grow normally if in contact with other organ-
. isms including others of its kind and shows no
i tendency to form contact aggregations. Hence
j the sea scallop is not likely to be a dominant
j fouler.

; Unusual phenomena are sometimes witnessed
j while collecting from buoys. In one case speci-
mens of the soft-shell clam, Mya arenaria, a nor-
I mally burrowing bivalve, were taken nestled in a
growth of hydroids far up in a buoy stabilizer,
having lived there for about two years. The im-
portance of this find lies in the fact that this spe-
cies not only lived and survived out of its normal
habitat but grew faster than is usual. The col-
lector is exposed to such odd and interesting dis-
I coveries with each buoy that he searches.

Collecting Data

j If the investigator is able to spend some time
P aboard the buoy tenders he will be rewarded with
many interesting observations denied to one who
1 only examines buoys after they have been brought
ashore. He can observe first-hand the ecological
aspects of the living species. Fortunately, how-
■ ever, most buoy species are attached and usually
still alive when a buoy is brought ashore. Many
basic observations can therefore be made ashore
as well as at sea.

After preliminary observations the buoys can
be sampled according to the interests of the in-
vestigator. For quantitative studies, I restrict my
collecting to the contents of a square foot of sur-
face from a particular area on each buoy. For
species studies I sometimes collect large numbers
of individuals from several buoys. Another per-

Volume 12, No. 1, January 1965

son might plan an experiment around an acces-
sible species available through periodic removal
from buoys. I have found that enough buoys are
brought in each year to set up planned experi-
ments involving the more common species from
an area. And because live individuals of most
attached forms can generally be obtained, ana-
tomical or histological studies are practical.

Using the Data

Buoys are on station for known lengths of time,
usually one to two years, although by accident or
design some may be out for only a few weeks or
months. Thus, when numerous buoys from an
area have been examined, certain information
such as definite limits of spawning seasons can be
gathered for some species. It is obvious that
single buoys out for short lengths of time can
contribute especially good data on lengths of
spawning seasons and on seasonal growth rates.
Such buoys may also indicate seasonal variation
of species and provide data for predicting seasonal
abundances of certain larvae.

Length-frequency data of species collected from
many buoys will fix modes and provide minimum
growth rates. I say “minimum growth rates” be-
cause the precise time of setting of a species on
a particular buoy cannot definitely be established
even though the length of time a buoy is out is
known. Generally, species that occur on buoys
seem to grow more rapidly than in their natural
habitats. This is probably a result of both tem-
perature and current influences. Growth rates of

Fig. 2. Typical navigation buoy. Arrow indicates
the sheltered inner portion of the stabilizer tube within
which choice specimens can usually be taken.

5

organisms are known to vary with temperature of
the water. Buoy organisms, being near the sur-
face, are on the average exposed to warmer water
than their fellows distributed on the bottom at
varying depths. In like manner the circulation
of the water is widely recognized as favoring the
growth of sedentary species, and currents are
known to be on the average more rapid at the
surface than near the bottom, thereby making
available more food materials. The biologist who
makes a specific study of the effects of tempera-
ture, salinity, and tidal currents in relation to the
growth of certain buoy species can verify or chal-
lenge the above statements.

I have found that the only satisfactory way to
approach a growth problem is to compare ma-
terial both from buoys and natural habitats if pos-
sible. In this way rates of growth can be estab-
lished under different environmental conditions.
Actually, we are doing this at the present time
with the eastern oyster, Crassostrea virginica. The
growth rate of oysters from buoys stationed at
various locations in the Chesapeake Bay are be-
ing compared with the growth rates of those from
the bottom. However, in the case of the sea scal-
lop, Placopecten magellanicus, only occasional
very young specimens are found in their natural
habitat. What little is known of the early rates
of growth for this species has been derived from
numerous specimens taken from many buoys.

Lightships, stationed at intervals along the At-
lantic coast, record certain hydrographic data
daily, including bathymetric temperatures. Using
these data, temperature tolerances can be ap-
proximated for species that normally settle and
live in deep water but happen to settle and sur-
vive on buoys subject to greater temperature var-
iation.

Under optimal conditions the shell surface
sculpture of some organisms is more strongly ex-
pressed. Ideal conditions may exist on a buoy
when a group of organisms, collectively, do not
overpopulate the area; i.e., the buoy is not heav-
ily fouled. In the Cape Cod area this condition
sometimes is met when a buoy is placed in the
water during the late fall months when fewer
larvae are in the water to settle. If the buoy is
removed in late spring or early summer the fall
settlers have had a chance to grow rapidly with-
out having been affected by the much heavier rash
of late spring larvae.

The hollow inside of the buoy stabilizer is dark
and offers a haven for many species (see arrow,
Fig. 2). The enclosure decreases the stress of
current action while at the same time the tube is
continually flushed by wave action gently tossing
the buoy. When examining buoys, I check the
inside of the stabilizers very carefully for two
reasons; 1, more kinds of organisms are usually
represented there than elsewhere; 2, structural
variations may be especially evident among the
specimens found there. I have taken the Atlantic
thorny oyster, Spondylus americanus, and the
leafy jewel box, Chama macerophylla, both from
tubes of surface buoys and from salvaged bottom
wrecks at similar localities in the Florida Keys.
The developing spines and foliations of buoy
specimens are much more delicate and numerous
than those from the usual habitat. I have found
this to be true also with other species including
several species of scallops which develop surface
ornamentation.

Investigators are frequently handicapped by the
lack of a series of specimens sufficient to show
the extent of variation within a species. Because
many thousands of a single species are often avail-
able from a buoy, variance within a population
can easily be studied. Such studies are of special
interest, since ecological factors are similar for
all individuals, i.e., the microhabitat on the buoy
is more uniform than the usual bottom environ-
ment. This is especially so when using material
from buoys well offshore where silting is no prob-
lem.

Variation may be induced by environmental
phenomena or it may be genetic. In a recent
study of Anoinia acideata, some specimens were
observed to have smooth shell surfaces, others
spiny. It was possible to form a long series of
specimens and see the intergrades between the
extreme variants. However, of more interest and
importance in this particular study is the fact that
it was graphically demonstrated that the prickly
jingle shell is a species whose full expression of
inherent genetic variability for the character of
spinosity might be expressed any time during their
life history after metamorphosis. Without a great
number of specimens from several buoy popula-
tions, these observations could not have been
made.

The thousands of specimens of some species
that may be obtained permit detailed description

6

ASB Bulletin

of the changing morphology during early develop-
ment. The sea scallop is a deep water form which
so far has not been maintained through these early
i stages in the laboratory. With the aid of ma-
terial from buoys, it has been possible to describe
. and figure fully the development of shell char-
acters in the early stages of this species.

Theoretical Problem

Indirect issues such as the whereabouts of the
spawning grounds, or the length of the larval
period, or the direction and rate of speed of water
i currents can be given at least theoretical con-
sideration as more and more information becomes
available through studies of buoy material. How-
ever, a thorough background relative to the spe-
cies in question is a prerequisite to the diligent
consideration necessary in order to blend theory
and fact. Some thought has been given this ap-
proach in an effort to learn more of the habits of
the sea scallop. To illustrate: a buoy on station
• for seven months from October 1957 to May
1958 near the Nantucket Shoals Lightship (see
chart, Fig. 3) contained a population of about
10,000 sea scallops, the modal size of which was
i 2.9 mm., the smallest being 0.5 mm., the largest
13.2 mm. Since none of these scallops could
have been on the buoy longer than seven months,
1 we know that they can grow as large as 13.2 mm.

in a time not exceeding seven months after setting.

; Using temperature data collected by the nearby
Lightship we find that the sea scallops had sur-
vived the coldest surface temperature of 37.3 °F
recorded for February 19, 1958. The data col-
lected from the Nantucket Shoals Lightship buoy
i1 will allow a rather simple problem to be formu-
lated: when and where were the sea scallops
i spawned which set on this buoy? Before at-
tempting an answer one must have at least partial
i knowledge of the time of spawning, of the dura-
tion of the pelagic state, and of the direction and
velocities of surface currents in the general area.
Through held collecting we know that sea scallops
| spawned off Cape Cod during the autumn of 1958
from about September 15 to about November 15.
Through laboratory experiments using various
pelecypod species it is generally assumed that
completion of the pelagic state takes from 10
days to 2 weeks, depending in part on water tem-
peratures. Recent laboratory experiments indicate
that the larval period for the sea scallop might be

Fig. 3. Chart illustrating hypothetical problem. Circles
represent possible minimum and maximum distance lar-
val scallops traveled before settling. Hatched area posi-
tions heavy concentrations of adult scallops. Arrows
indicate direction of current flow during the fall months
in this area.

somewhat longer. Direction and velocities of
currents have been plotted by oceanographers
over a large area off the New England coast using,
in part, information gathered by dropping drift
bottles at prearranged points. Data from the re-
turns indicate the greatest possibility of a current
How in this area during the late summer and fall
months to be from a northerly direction (arrows
in Fig. 3 ) at the average rate of 3 miles per day.4
Thus, the minimum and maximum distance the
pelagic larvae might have traveled can be ap-
proximated with a fair degree of certainty. Pos-
tulation of at least V-k miles per day for 10 days
for a total of 25 miles, and at most 34/2 miles per
day for 21 days, totalling 17}/i miles, seems in
order. In Fig. 3 circles represent the minimum
and maximum distance possibly traveled by the
larval scallops. We have a mass of data relative
to scallop density north of the buoy which has
been acquired through port interviews of fishing
captains. These data indicate a heavy concen-
tration of scallops at this time from 25 to 45
miles northeast of the buoy, with the heaviest
concentration about 35 miles north-northeast.
Other data from dozens of buoys have already
allowed us to fairly well establish the growth rate
of zero year scallops. The mode of six-month-old
scallops from buoys averages 3.0 mm. which is

4 Dean Bumpus, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institu-
tion. personal communication.

Volume 12, No. 1, January 1965

7

just over the mode in the Nantucket Shoals buoy.
Since the buoy was placed on station October 10,
the scallops must have settled on it almost im-
mediately to attain this size. Allowing 3 weeks
in the pelagic state the scallops probably spawned
in the first part of October 1957 in the area about
35 miles north-northeast of the buoy. This con-
clusion, based in part on several suppositions,
cannot be proved or disproved with certainty.
It is simply a reasonable attempt to fill in some
of the gaps in our present knowledge. Anyone
with a sufficient background in a particular spe-
cies and area will appreciate the intriguing aspects
of such theoretical consideration.

A quote from the fouling monograph men-
tioned earlier (see footnote 2) might be ap-
propriate in closing. This excerpt followed and
summarized the development of the thesis that a

given fouling community on a particular exposure
follows a complicated pattern:

The variation in detail which is possible through the
operation of local and biotic factors is enormous.
Only a beginning has been made on its analysis. For-
tunately, the complexity of the local variations is
somewhat offset by their accessibility for study, and
progress in understanding them therefore can be ex-
pected.

The quote calls attention to the complexities of
fouling and emphasizes the accessibility of ma-
terial for study. This is particularly true of buoy
material. Not only is material from buoys easily
attainable but each buoy has its own community
structure, an entity at the time of capture, avail-
able in a totality of related parts. Scientific con-
tributions resulting from planned marine research
using buoy harvests cannot help but further prog-
ress toward a better understanding of some of the
biological intracacies involved.

The CUEBS Southeastern Regional Conference

The Commission on Undergraduate Education
in the Biological Sciences (CUEBS) is sponsoring
a Southeastern Regional Conference on Under-
graduate Courses and Curricula in Biology in
conjunction with the ASB Meeting in Charlottes-
ville next April. The Conference sessions will be
held during the mornings and afternoons of Thurs-
day and Saturday, April 15 and 17, thus per-
mitting the Conference participants to attend the
Association sessions on Thursday evening and
Friday.

In order to keep the Conference to a manage-
able and effiicient size, attendance will be limited
to fifty participants. These will be selected by
CUEBS from among the applicants for participa-
tion. Applications must be submitted to: CUEBS,
The George Washington University, Washington,
D. C., 20006, no later than March 15, 1965, to
be assured of consideration. Applicants will be
informed of the action of the Selection Committee
by March 22. Participation in the Conference
will be limited to no more than one individual
from any department so that as many colleges and
universities as possible can be represented. A
department may, therefore, wish to select one
person to be its applicant rather than to leave
the decision up to the CUEBS Selection Com-

mittee. It will, of course, be impossible to in-
clude participants from all colleges and univer-
sities in the Southeast.

Applications are solicited from biologists in-
volved in undergraduate education in the South-
east, whether or not they are members of ASB.
The states included in this region are: Maryland,
District of Columbia, West Virginia, Kentucky,
Louisiana, and the states to the south and east
of these.

CUEBS will pay for the lodging, meals, and
other essential living expenses of participants who
are unable to secure such support from their in-
stitutions, but CUEBS is not able to pay travel
expenses.

The Regional Conferences are designed to pro-
vide biologists from a wide variety of colleges and
universities throughout the country with the op-
portunity of becoming acquainted with new course
and curriculum developments in the biological
sciences, suggesting other new approaches to
course and curriculum improvement, and dis-
cussing course and curriculum problems with
colleagues from other institutions. The program
of the Conference will include both small dis-
cussion groups of ten to tv/elve people and plen-
ary sessions attended by all participants.

8

ASB Bulletin

About the Charlottesville Meeting

Gilmer Hall — University of Virginia

The Association of Southeastern Biologists will
hold its 26th annual meeting April 15-17, 1965,
at the University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Vir-
ginia. The meeting will commence on Thursday
afternoon, April 15, with a meeting of the Ex-
ecutive Committee at 1:00 P.M. in Room 65 of
the Life Sciences Building, Gilmer Hall. Except
for the Banquet, which will be held in Newcomb
Hall, activities will be held in Gilmer Hall —
registration, exhibits, smoker, evening programs,
and paper sessions.

Registration will be from 4:00 P.M. until 7:15
P.M. on Thursday, and from 8:00 A.M. until
11:00 A.M. Friday in the lobby of Gilmer Hall.
The program Thursday evening will begin at 7:30
in the auditorium of Gilmer Hall, to be followed
by the smoker to be held in the lobby of the same
building. Exhibits will all be on display in an
adjoining wing of Gilmer Hall. Paper sessions
and the annual business meeting will occupy Fri-
day. Friday night activities include a banquet,

! the retiring President’s address, and presentation
of awards.

Monticello, the home of Thomas Jefferson, is
something that no one should miss seeing. It is
located about five miles from the University, and
transportation will be provided for those who re-
quire it.

Except for beer, alcoholic beverages are sold
only by the bottle in the Charlottesville area.
Beer and wine can be obtained in a variety of
stores. “Hard” liquors are sold through “ABC
Stores,” outlets of the Virginia Alcoholic Bever-
age Control Board.

Travel to Charlottesville

The intersection of the two major highways
serving Charlottesville (U. S. 29 and U. S. 250)
adjoins the grounds of the University of Virginia.

To reach Charlottesville by air one must fly on
Piedmont Airlines. Several flights a day enter
and leave the Charlottesville-Albemarle Airport.
Limousine fee is $1.50.

Charlottesville is also on the Chesapeake and
Ohio Railroad.

Dining

GENERAL INFORMATION AND
ACCOMMODATIONS

Charlottesville is on the Piedmont Plateau by
the Blue Ridge Mountains. It lies about 650
feet above sea level. Cool winters alternate with
mild summers, the daily summer maximum for
the most part being in the low nineties. April
weather is usually delightful with flowering trees
and shrubs approaching the height of bloom. The
residential area in which the University is located
is widely known for its massed flowers of dog-
wood and azaleas. Information on Charlottes-
ville and its various attractions, especially for
wives and families, will be distributed at time of
registration.

Members of the Association and their guests
will find it convenient to use the main cafeteria
in Newcomb Hall, or the new Glass Hat Snack
Bar which is across the street from Gilmer Hall.
Several commercial dining facilities are located in
the immediate vicinity of the University.

Field Trips

Plans are being made for a Saturday morning
field trip to several points of interest in the Blue
Ridge Mountains.

Registration

Registration will begin Thursday, April 16, and
continue through Friday morning in the main
lobby of Gilmer Hall (the Life Sciences Build-
ing). A $1.00 registration fee will be charged.

Volumf. 12, No. 1, January 1965

9

Local Arrangements Committee

Co-Chairman J. N. Dent

Co-Chairman J. L. Riopel

Housing J. J. Murray

M. Garrick

Finance D. Mellon

Registration E. W. Lautenschlager

Food Services S. P. Maroney

Smoker R. D. McKinsey

Exhibitions J. Rappaport

Field Trip H. G. M. Jopson

Program H. E. Hamilton

D. E. Smith

Meeting Rooms L. Husted

Transportation R. L. Searls

Accommodations

AT THE UNIVERSITY:

Two types of accommodations are available.
At the William Faulkner House (staff club)
twenty-two double and two single rooms are
available. All have private baths except two
which share a bath. In addition to these, twenty
double rooms are available in the dormitories
with communal facilities. Send requests for any
of these rooms to: J. J. Murray, Jr., Department
of Biology, University of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Virginia. Rates are as follows:

William Faulkner House

Double Rooms $9.00-$ 14.00

Single Rooms $7.00-$ 10.00

Dormitory Rooms $3.00 — (1.50 per person)

PUBLIC ACCOMMODATIONS:

The Monticello Hotel and a number of motels
have agreed to reserve rooms for the meeting.
Since April is a busy month, it is advisable to
make reservations at least by the end of March.

Please write directly to hotels and motels for
reservations.

Monticello Hotel, 5th and Jefferson Sts., N. E.

30 double (twin-bedded) rooms and 10
single rooms.

Single with half bath $4.00, with bath
$5.50-9.00.

Double $10.00-14.00. Downtown.

Holiday Inn, Rt. 29 N.

75 double rooms at $14.00; 25 single
rooms at $8.00.

Children under 12 free; over 12, $2.00
extra.

Mount Vernon Motel, Rt. 29 N.

50 double rooms at $14.00 double or
$10.00 single.

Gallery Court Motor Hotel, Rt. 29 N.

22 double rooms from $ 1 2.00-$ 1 4.00; 8
single rooms from $8.00-$ 10.00.

University 14th St. Motor Inn, 207 Fourteenth
Street

10 double rooms at $12.50.

Cardinal Motel, Route 29 N.

10 double rooms at $12.00; extra cot at
$4.00.

Colony Motor Court, Rt. 29 S.

25 double rooms from $6.00-$ 12.00. 8

with private baths, others with adjoin-
ing baths. 2 efficiency apartments at
$12.00.

Meritorious Award Nominations

As in previous years, an honorarium of $100
has been made available by the Will Corpora-
tion of Georgia, to be used as an award for the
recognition of especially meritorious teaching by
a member of the ASB. The regulations govern-
ing the award are as follows;

The recipient must be a member of the ASB in good
standing. He should have taught biology in a southern
institution for at least ten years, and must be currently
teaching. He must not be a dean or have regular ad-
ministrative duties beyond the department level (this
particular criterion requiring interpretation in individual
cases). Among evidences of his qualifications is the
progress of the candidate as indicated by recognition in
his own institution (important assignments and other
contributions specifically related to good teaching); and
the number and quality of students for whom he pro-
vided primarily the inspiration to continue in biology,
especially those who later received advanced degrees.

Past recipients of the Meritorious Award for
Teaching are as follows:

1952. Dr. Mary Stuart MacDougall (Agnes Scott)

1953. Dr. Orland E. White (Univ. of Virginia)

1954. Dr. Woolford B. Baker (Emory)

1955. Dr. John N. Couch (Univ. of North Carolina)

1956. Dr. Hugo L. Blomquist (Duke)

1957. Dr. Ezda Deviney (Florida State)

1958. Dr. Henry R. Totten (Univ. of North Carolina)

1959. Dr. Margaret Hess (Winthrop College)

1960. Dr. Ora C. Bradbury (Wake Forest College)

1961. Dr. Warren Deacon (Vanderbilt)

1962. Dr. Septima C. Smith (Univ. of Alabama)

1963. Father Patrick H. Yancey (Spring Hill College)

1964. Dr. Ruskin S. Freer (Lynchburg College)

In these times in which so much is heard about
teaching, it is particularly important that excel-
lence in teaching should be rewarded and publi-
cized in every way possible. Members of the
ASB are urged to make nominations and send
the needed supporting materials to Dr. W. E.
Brill hart, Dept, of Biology, Emory University,
Atlanta, Ga., 30322 by 29 March 1965.

COMMITTEE

Plrry C. Holt
Julian T. Darlington
W. E. Brillhart, Chairman

Association Research Prize

The rules and regulations governing the annual
Association Research Prize of $100.00, spon-
sored by the Carolina Biological Supply Com-
pany, Elon College, North Carolina, are as fol-
lows:

1. The Research Prize is to be awarded for an
especially meritorious paper actually presented at
the annual meeting.

10

ASB Bulletin

2. Only members are eligible to submit papers
in competition for the Research Prize. This ap-
plies to all names on the submitted paper.

3. Papers submitted in competition may be in
press but must not have been published prior to
March 1 of the year of the current competition.

4. Papers submitted in competition are judged
by eminent scientists in the various fields of bi-
ology. These individuals are selected by the
Research Committee and are from schools out-
side the Southeast. Every effort is made by the
Research Committee to keep the authors of sub-
mitted papers anonymous. Criteria for the
award are left to the discretion of the judges’
panel, who may withhold said award if no paper
is considered to have sufficient merit.

5. Papers must be submitted in triplicate and
in their entirety not later than March 1, 1965, to
Dr. Burton J. Bogitch, Box 1733, Station B,
Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville, Tenn., 37203. One
copy of the prize-winning paper will remain in
the ASB files, but all other copies will be returned
to the authors as soon as possible.

6. Announcement of the winner of the Re-
search Prize will be made at the annual meeting.

Ivey F. Lewis Fellowship at Mountain Lake

Biological Station

A Research Fellowship of $ 1 50.00 for summer
course study or research at Mountain Lake Bio-
logical Station of the University of Virginia has
been continued through the generosity of the
Phipps and Bird Company of Richmond, Virginia.
This fellowship, formerly known as the Phipps
and Bird Research Fellowship, was re-named at
the request of the Phipps and Bird Company.
Any member of the Association may submit an
application. The application should be accom-
panied by a summary of the planned work, by a
list of important publications, and especially in
the case of younger workers, by references and
educational data. Applications should be sent to
Dr. Burton J. Bogitch, Box 1733, Station B,
Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn., 37203
not later than 29 March 1965. The selection
will be made by the Research and Awards Com-
mittee of the ASB in consultation with the Di-
rector of the Mountain Lake Biological Station.
The announcement of the recipient will be made
at the annual meeting of the ASB.

COMMITTEE

Edward E. C. Clkbsch
Raymond T. Damian
Burton J. Bogitsh. Chairman

Mary Glide Goethe Travel Awards

For the eighth year there will be funds avail-
able through the generosity of Mr. C. M. Goethe

for assistance to graduate students for expenses
in connection with the annual ASB meetings, to
be held this year at the University of Virginia,
Charlottesville, Va. Approximately $300 will be
available from the contributions of Mr. Goethe,
and it is anticipated that most of the awards will
be for maintenance (lodging and meals), and de-
partments are urged to provide travel allowances
for their graduate students or to invite them to
travel in cars with staff members. Some travel
allowances may be awarded by the committee to
those living most distant from Charlottesville.

Staff members are requested to call to the at-
tention of qualified students in their respective
institutions the availability of these awards. If
there is more than one applicant from a depart-
ment, the Goethe Committee may request the
department to aid the committee’s selection by
ranking the applicants.

Any graduate student needing financial assist-
ance in order to attend the 1965 meeting of the
Southeastern Biologists is eligible. Rules for
making application for the Goethe Awards are as
follows:

1. Indicate if application is being made for
maintenance or travel or both. Give de-
tails, such as total sum requested, how
many nights and days are involved, if
travel allowance is requested, the number
of miles involved and the proposed method
of transportation, and any other pertinent
information.

2. Give information as to whether or not a
paper is being presented by the applicant.

3. In a paragraph, give a brief history of your
education to date, of how many years you
have been — and plan to be — in gradu-
ate school, of your major field or fields of
interest, of any publications which have ap-
peared or which may be in preparation,
and any other pertinent professional de-
tails. Give information on marital status
and number of children.

4. Give your source or sources of support
while in graduate school such as G.I. Bill,
N.S.F., N.I.H., teaching assistantship, etc.

5. Have your major professor or departmental
head write a letter supporting your appli-
cation.

6. Applications and supporting letters, both
in triplicate, should be in the hands of Dr.
Richard E. Garth, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Northwestern State College, Nat-
chitoches, Louisiana, by 1 March 1965.
Applicants will be notified of the decision
of the Committee during March.

COMMITTEE

Thomas Daggy

Grover C. Miller

Richard E. Garth, Chairman

1 1

Volume 12, No. I, January 1965

DIRECTORY OF ASB MEMBERS

The following directory is, to the best of our knowledge, correct as of 1 December 1964. Because some mistakes in-
variably find their way into listings such as this, the Editor would greatly appreciate it if members who note omissions and
mistakes would call them to his attention.

A

ROLAND ABEGG, Dept, of Zoology,
Louisiana Polytechnic Institute, Rus-
ton. La.

JOSEPH E. ADAMS, P. O. Box 333,
Chapel Hill, N. C.

WILLIAM H. ADAMS, Dean, School of
Arts & Sciences, Box #141 A, Ten-
nessee Tech., Cookeville, Tenn. 38501

HOWARD I. ADLER, Biology Division,
P. O. Box Y, Oak Ridge National Lab-
oratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

HARRY E. AHLES, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N. C.

RUSSELL AIUTO, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N. C.

MOHAMMED A. ALAMUDDEEN, Dept, of
Biology, Appalachian State Teachers
College, Boone, N. C.

CHARLES M. ALLEN, Box 7211 Reynolda
Station, Winston-Salem, N. C.

J. FRANCES ALLEN, Apt. 1, 5416 Kenil-
worth Ave., Riverdale, Md.

WENDALL E. ALLEN, Cooperstown "G"
326, Lexington, Kentucky

RALPH D. AMEN, Box 7325 Reynolda
Station, Wake Forest, Winston-Salem,
N. C. 27106

GUSSIE AMETT, Virus Section— Chemo-
theraphy Div., Southern Research In-
stitute, 2000 - 9th Ave., S., Birming-
ham, Ala.

ROBERT L. AMY, Dept, of Biology, South-
western at Memphis, Memphis, Tenn.

LEWIS E. ANDERSON, 2020 Sunset Ave.,
Durham, N. C.

LAURA G. ANDERTON, Dept, of Biology,
Woman's College of North Carolina,
Greensboro, N. C.

JOHN G. ARNOLD, JR., Dept, of Medi-
cal Technology, Loyola University,
New Orleans, La. 70118

BETTY JEAN ASHBROOK, Box #67, Cul-
lowhee, N. C.

WILLIAM CLARK ASHBY, Dept, of Bot-
any, Southern Illinois University, Car-
bondale. III.

B

KATHLEEN W. BADENHOP, 1160 Kene-
saw Avenue, Kenwood Apartments,
A-4, Knoxville, Tennessee 37919

VINCENT J. BAGDON, 422 New Orleans
Drive, Alexandria, Va. 22308
DONALD W. BAILEY, 202 Valleybrook
Road, Bowling Green, Ky. 42101
C. L. BAKER, Southwestern College,
Memphis, Tenn. 38112
ROBERT E. BALDWIN, Box 4, University
of South Carolina, Columbia, S. C.
ERNEST A. BALL, Dept, of Botany, North
Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C.
BUENA S. BALLARD, 612 N. 25th Ave.,
Hattiesburg, Miss.

RONALD BAMFORD, The Graduate
School, University of Maryland, Col-
lege Park, Maryland
STUART S. BAMFORTH, Newcomb Col-
lege of Tulane University, New Or-
leans, La. 701 1 8

JOHN P. BAPTIST, Radiobiological Lab-
oratory, U. S. Bureau Commercial
Fisheries, Beaufort, N. C. 28516
ROGER W. BARBOUR, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.
ROBERT L. BARNES, 5303 Revere Road,
Durham, N. C. 27707
THOMAS C. BARR, JR., Dept, of Zool-
ogy, University of Kentucky, Lexing-
ton, Ky. 40506

JOHN C. BARTONE, Dept, of Anatomy,
School of Medicine, George Wash-
ington University, Washington, D. C.
JACKIE D. BATSON, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.
40506

WADE T. BATSON, 1120 Blake Drive,
Cayce, S. C.

ERNEST O. BEAL, Dept, of Botany, North
Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C.
ALVIN V. BEATTY, Dept, of Biology,
Box 15272, Emory University, Atlanta,
Ga. 30322

JEANNE W. BEATTY, Box 15272, Emory
University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
ELLINOR H. BEHRE, Black Mountain,
North Carolina

JANE C. BELCHER, P. O. Box 46, Sweet
Briar, Va.

C. RITCHIE BELL, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N. C.

CARRIE F. BENNETT, Dept, of Marine
Botany, Scripps Institute of Ocean-
ography, La Jolla, Calif.

CHARLOTTE D. BENNETT, Ewing Road,
Box 26, Rt. 5, Austell, Georgia

HARRY J. BENNETT, Box 8985, Dept, of
Zoology, Louisiana State University,
Baton Rouge, La. 70803

MIRIAM FRANCES BENNETT, Dept, of
Biology, Sweet Briar College, Sweet
Briar, Va.

EDMUND BERKELEY, 902 Montrose Drive,

Greensboro, N. C.

GEORGE R. BERNARD, Dept, of Gross
Anatomy, Medical College of Georgia,
Augusta, Georgia

LEWIS BERNER, Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

EVERETT L. BISHOP, JR., P. O. Box 2047,
University, Ala.

HOMER S. BLACK, Dept, of Botany,
Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge, La. 70803

ZOE WELLS CARROLL BLACK, 1202
Prince Edward St., Apartment 5,
Fredericksburg, Va.

GRACE J. BLANK, P. O. Box 216, Wil-
liamsburg, Va.

RAYMOND D. BLEVINS, Box 63, King
College, Bristol, Tenn.

DIETRICH BODENSTEIN, 270 Gilmer Hall,
Dept, of Biology, University of Vir-
ginia, Charlottesville, Va. 22903

CHARLES N. BOEHMS, Dept, of Zoology,
University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C.

BURTON J. BOGITSH, Box 1733, Station
B, Vanderbilt University, Nashville,
Tenn. 37203

HAROLD C. BOLD, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of Texas, Austin, Texas

MILDRED IRENE BOLIEK, Dept, of Bio-
logical Sciences, Florida State Uni-
versity, Tallahassee, Fla.

ANITA ILLESE BOATMAN BOLINGER,
Georgia State College, Atlanta, Ga.

HAROLD A. BOND, 6420 W. 93rd Place,
Oak Lawn, III. 60453

LORA BOND, Dept, of Biology, Drury
College, Springfield, Mo. 65802

JOHN ALLEN BOOLE, JR., Division of
Science and Mathematics, Georgia
Southern College, Statesboro, Ga.

PETER E. BOSTICK, Dept, of Botany,
University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C.

H. BRUCE BOUDREAUX, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge, La. 70803

12

ASB Bulletin

SANDRA T. BOWDEN, 3 Edgewood
Apts., Smith Level Road, Chapel Hill,
N. C.

STEPHEN G. BOYCE, 379 Arden Road,
Columbus, Ohio 43214

G. H. BOYD, University of Georgia,
Atlanta, Ga.

JAMES McGREGOR BOYLES, University
of South Alabama, 307 Gaillard
Drive, Mobile, Ala. 36608

JOHN RUSSELL BOZEMAN, Box 2133,
Georgia Southern College, Statesboro,
Ga.

ORA C. BRADBURY, 2032 Faculty Drive,
Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, No.
j Car. 27106

JOSEPH M. BRANHAM, Dept, of Biology,
Oglethorp University, Atlanta, Georgia

MARY JANE BRANNON, Dept, of Biolo-
gy, Huntingdon College, Montgomery,
Ala.

ALFRED BRAUER, Dept, of Zoology, Uni-
versity of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.

JOHNNIE E. BREEDEN, 388 Blackman
Road, Nashville, Tenn.

RUTH S. BREEN, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Tal-
lahassee, Florida

JOSEPHINE BRIDGMAN, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Agnes Scott College, Decatur,
Georgia

WILLIAM E. BRILLHART, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Emory University, Atlanta, Geor-
gia 30322

H. GRADY BRITT, Box 183, Sunbury,
No. Carolina 27979

LEON W. BROWDER, 209 E. State St.,
Baton Rouge, La.

CARL DEE BROWN, Dept, of Biology,
Memphis State University, Memphis,
Tenn.

E. E. BROWN, Box 343, Davidson, N. C.

GEORGE GORDON BROWN, 526 Cata-
lonia Ave., Apt. #3, Coral Gables,
Florida 33134

HARRY D. BROWN, 4203 Canal St„ New
Orleans, La. 70119

JACK S. BROWN, Parsons College, Fair-
field, Iowa

JERRY M. BROWN, 7743-A Washington
Lane, Elkins Park, Pa.

RELIS B. BROWN, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Tal-
, lahassee, Fla.

THOMAS D. BROWN, Erskine College,
Due West, S. C.

| EDWARD T. BROWNE, JR., Dept, of Bot-
any, University of Kentucky, Lexing-
ton, Ky. 40506

ROBERT T. BRUMFIELD, Longwood Col-
lege, Farmville, Va.

VIRGINIA S. BRYAN, 1108 Watts St.,
Durham, N. C.

ROBERT R. BRYDEN, Dept, of Biology,
Guilford College, Guilford, N. C.

MADELINE P. BURBANCK, P. O. Box
15134, Emory University, Atlanta, Ga.
30322

WM. D. BURBANCK, Box 15134, Emory
University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322

CARL JOHN BURK, Smith College, North-
ampton, Mass.

ROBERT E. BURNS, Georgia Experiment
Station, Experiment, Ga.

FRANCIS M. BUSH, Dept, of Anatomy,
Medical College of Virginia, Rich-
mond, Va.

E. E. BYRD, Dept, of Biology, University
of Georgia, Athens, Ga. 30601

JOHN M. BYRD, Box 648, Many, Louis-
iana

J. ROGERS BYRD, Apt. #6, 201 Ellis St.,
Augusta, Ga.

JANE E. BYRD, 3505 Devine St., Col-
umbia, S. C.

MITCHELL A. BYRD, Dept, of Biology,
College of William and Mary, Wil-
liamsburg, Va.

c

JOHN F. CABLER, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

FRED R. CAGLE, Vice President, Tulane
University, New Orleans, La. 70118

DAVID K. CALDWELL, Los Angeles Coun-
ty Museum, Exposition Park, 900 Ex-
position Road, Los Angeles, Calif.

MAC A. CALLAHAN, Box 502, Dahlon-
ega, Ga.

THOMAS H. CAMPBELL, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, College of Steubenville, Steu-
benville, Ohio

CHARLOTTE E. CANTRELL, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, University of Florida, Gaines-
ville, Fla.

JAMES D. CAPONETTI, Dept, of Botany,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

ROBERT R. CARDELL, JR., Biological Lab-
oratories, Harvard University, 16 Di-
vinity Ave., Cambridge 38, Mass.

J. GORDON CARLSON, Dept, of Zool-
ogy and Entomology, University of
Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn. 37916

ROBERT A. CARLTON, Dept, of Biology,
Delta State College, Cleveland, Miss.

WM. M. CARLTON, 165 Sharon Circle,
Athens, Ga.

JOHN M. CARPENTER, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, University of Kentucky, Lexing-
ton, Ky. 40506

WILLIAM L. CARRIER, Biology Division,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak
Ridge, Tenn.

MARJORIE E. CARTER, 1602 Boone
Drive, Valdosta, Ga.

G. L. CARVER, 1348 Patterson St., Ma-
con, Ga.

C. S. CHADWICK, P. O. Box KK, Emory
and Henry College, Emory, Va.

JOE A. CHAPMAN, 210 W. Ellis St.,
Jefferson City, Tenn.

ST. JOHN P. CHILTON, Dept, of Botany
& Plant Pathology, Louisiana State
University, Baton Rouge, La.

GEORGE A. CHRISTENBERRY, Box 613,
Woman's College of Georgia, Mill-
edgeville, Ga. 31061

HELEN CHURCHILL, Hollins College, Vir-
ginia

ROY B. CLARKSON, Dept, of Biology,
West Virginia University, Morgan-
town, W. Va.

EDWARD E. C. CLEBSCH, Dept, of Bot-
any, University of Tennessee, Knox-
ville 16, Tenn.

ANTHONY C. CLEMENT, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Emory University, Atlanta, Ga.
30322

J. WM. CLIBURN, Dept, of Biology,
Mississippi Southern College, Hatties-
burg, Miss.

A. B. COCHRAN, 716 Estado St., San
Juan, PUERTO RICO

E. C. COCKE, Dept, of Biology, Box
7281, Reynolda Station, Wake Forest
College, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27106

JANICE C. COFFEY, Department of Biol-
ogy, University of South Carolina,
Columbia, S. C.

R. E. COKER, Box 581, Blowing Rock,
N. C.

ARTHUR C. COLE, JR., Dept, of Zoology,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

BENJAMIN T. COLE, 3910 Glenfield
Road, Columbia, S. C.

CHAS. F. COLE, Dept, of Forestry and
Wildlife Mgt., University of Massa-
chusetts, Amherst, Mass.

MARGARET E. COLE, Box 635, Dept, of
Biology, Murray State College, Mur-
ray, Ky.

MARION T. COLEMAN, Chief, Virology
Section, Georgia Dept, of Public
Health, 47 Trinity Ave., S.W., At-
lanta, Ga. 30303

ALBERT W. COLLIER, Director, Ocean-
ographic Institute, Florida State Uni-
versity, Tallahassee, Fla.

WILLIAM E. COLLINS, Parasite Chemo-
therapy Lab., Box 190, Chamblee,
Georgia

Volume 12, No. 1, January 1965

13

RALPH M. COMBS, Box 1042, Dept, of
Biology Sciences, Northwestern State
College, Natchitoches, La.

ALAN D. CONGER, Dept, of Radiobiol-
ogy, Temple Univ. Med. School, Broad
and Ontario Sts., Philadelphia, Pa.

CLYDE E. CONNELL, Dept, of Biology,
Valdosta State College, Valdosta, Ga.

MELVIN L. CONRAD, Dept, of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Geor-
gia

EUGENE W. COOK, Dept, of Biology,
Centre College, Danville, Ky.

MARY JANE COOK, Health Physics Divi-
sion, Oak Ridge National Laboratory,
Oak Ridge, Tenn.

ARTHUR W. COOPER, Dept, of Botany,
North Carolina State College, Raleigh,
N. C.

DONALD E. COPELAND, 5820 Hurst St.,
Apt. B, New Orleans, La.

EARL L. CORE, Dept, of Biology, West
Virginia University, Morgantown,
W. Va.

WILLIAM B. COSGROVE, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, University of Georgia, Athens,
Ga. 30601

DAVID J. COTTER, Dept, of Biology,
Alabama College, Montevallo, Ala.

JOHN N. COUCH, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N. C.

RONALD R. COWDEN, Dept, of Pathol-
ogy, J. Hillis Miller Health Center,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

LILLIAN M. COWIE, Dept, of Biology,
Wesleyan College, Macon, Ga.

GERALD T. COWLEY, Dept, of Biology,
University of South Carolina, Col-
umbia, S. C.

EDMOND R. COX, JR., Middle Tennes-
see State College, Box 13, Murfrees-
boro, Tenn.

DOROTHY L. CRANDALL, Box 278, Ran-
dolph Macon Woman's College, Lynch-
burg, Va.

EDWARD A. CRAWFORD, JR., Dept, of
Biology, Hampden Sydney College,
Hampden Sydney, Va.

PHILIP J. CRUTCHFIELD, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Methodist College, Fayetteville,
N. C.

D

TOM DAGGY, Box 626, Davidson, N. C.
28036

RAYMOND T. DAMIAN, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Emory University, Atlanta, Ga.
30322

CHARLES P. DANIEL, Box 28619, Dept,
of Biology, Furman University, Green-
ville, S. C.

EDGAR B. DARDEN, JR., Biology Divi-
sion, Oak Ridge National Laboratory,
Oak Ridge, Tenn.

JULIAN T. DARLINGTON, Furman Uni-
versity, Greenville, S. C.

JULIAN T. DARLINGTON, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Southwestern at Memphis, North
Parkway, Memphis, Tennessee 38112

PATRICIA A. DAUGHERTY, Biology
Dept., East Carolina College, Green-
ville, N. C.

LESLIE B. DAVENPORT, JR., 3 Silver-
stone Circle, Savannah, Ga.

DAVID G. DAVIS, Dept, of Zoology and
Comparative Physiology, P. O. Box
92, Monash University, Clayton, Vic-
toria, AUSTRALIA

GRAHAM J. DAVIS, Dept, of Biology,
East Carolina College, Greenville,
N. C.

HERBERT L. DAVIS, JR., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Emory University, Atlanta, Ga.
30322

LUCKETT V. DAVIS, Dept, of Biology,
Winthrop College, Rock Hill, S. C.

WAYNE H. DAVIS, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.
40506

WILLIAM M. DAVIS, Hinds Junior Col-
lege, Raymond, Miss.

CHARLOTTE DAWLEY, Dept, of Biology,
Womans College of North Carolina,
Greensboro, N. C.

WALLACE D. DAWSON, JR„ Dept, of
Biology, University of South Carolina,
Columbia, S. C.

W. M. DEACON, Dept, of Biology, Van-
derbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.

TENID R. DEASON, P. O. Box 1927, Uni-
versity of Alabama, University, Ala.

A. GIB DeBUSK, Dept, of Biology
Sciences, Florida State University, Tal-
lahassee, Fla.

DONALD W. DeJONG, Dept, of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

A. J. DELAHOUSSAYE, Dept, of Biology,
University of Southwestern Louisiana,
Lafayette, La.

JAMES N. DENT, Dept, of Biology, 270
Gilmer Hall, University of Virginia,
Charlottesville, Va. 22903

JAMES F. DENTON, JR., Medical College
of Georgia, Eugene Talmadge Mem-
orial Hospital, Augusta, Ga.

CHARLES F. DePOE, Dept, of Biology,
Northeast Louisiana State, Monroe,
La.

HENRY R. DeSELM, Dept, of Botany,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

ROBERT M. DeWITT, Dept, of Biology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

JOSHUA C. DICKINSON, JR., Florida
State Museum, University of Florida,
Gainesville, Fla.

URBAN L. DIENER, Dept, of Botany,
Auburn University, Auburn, Ala.

GARY DILLARD, Botany Dept., Clemson
University, Clemson, S. C.

JOHN F. DIMMICK, 2860 Wesleyan
Lane, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27106

B. ALDON DIXON, Dept, of Biology,
Belmont College, Nashville, Tenn.

S. LEONARD DOERPINGHAUS, Agnes
Scott College, Decatur, Ga.

GAYLE J. DORAN, Dept, of Biology,
Box 115, Rollins College, Winter Park,
Florida

JAMES A. DOUBLES, Dept, of Biology,
Birmingham Southern College, Birm-
ingham, Ala.

PAUL B. DOWLING, Nature Conserv-
ancy, 2039 "K" Street, N.W., Wash-
ington, D. C.

ROBERT I. DOYAL, 1626 N. Druids Hill
Road, Atlanta, Ga.

LAURA M. DOYLE, 365 Hawthorn Ave.,
Palo Alto, Calif.

THOMAS W. DUKE, Pollution Studies
Program, BCF Radiobiological Labo-
ratory, Beaufort, N. C.

ELIZABETH A. DULMADGE, 1612 S. 29th
Terrace, Birmingham, Ala.

ERWIN B. DUMBROFF, Box 38, U. S.
Forest Service, Stoneville, Miss.

WILBUR H. DUNCAN, Dept, of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

DOLORES S. DUNDEE, Dept, of Biology,
LSU in New Orleans, New Orleans,
La.

JAMES A. DVORAK, School of Veteri-
nary Medicine, University of Penna.,
Phila., Penna. 19104

E

BRUCE M. EBENHART, Dept, of Biology,
Woman's College of North Carolina,
Greensboro, N. C.

JOE ALLEN EDMISTEN, 431 College
Circle, Athens, Ga.

JACKIE EDWARDS, 215 S. Tennessee
Blvd., Murfreesboro, Tenn. 37130

WILLIS A. EGGLER, Dept, of Biology,
Newcomb College of Tulane Univer-
sity, New Orleans, La.

DAVID W. ELDRIDGE, Dept, of Botany
and Plant Pathology, Auburn Univer-
sity, Auburn, Ala.

14

ASB Bulletin

WILLIAM H. ELLIS, Dept, of Biology,
Austin Peay State College, Clarks-
ville, Tenn.

WILLIAM L. ELLISON, Dept, of Biology,
Box 183, Erskine College, Due West,
S. C.

FRED W. EMERSON, Box 483, Elon Col-
lege, N. C. 27244

LYMAN R. EMMONS, Dept, of Biology,
Washington & Lee University, Lexing-
ton, Va.

ROBERT B. ENGLAND, Dept, of Biology,
West Georgia College, Carrollton, Ga.

E. MARK ENGLEMAN, Seed Protein Lab-
oratory, USDA, P. O. Box 19676,
New Orleans, La. 70119

WILLIAM G. ERWIN, Box 1237, North-
western State College, Natchitoches,
La.

F

GILBERT W. FAIRBANKS, Furman Uni-
versity, Greenville, South Carolina
29613

WAYNE R. FAIRCLOTH, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Valdosta State College, Val-
dosta, Georgia

CFIARLES E. FARRELL, Dept, of Biology,
Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.

W. D. FATTIG, Dept, of Biology, South-
western at Memphis, Memphis, Tenn.

JAMES F. FERRY, Dept, of Biology,
Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.

HOWARD M. FIELD, Florida Southern
College, Lakeland, Fla.

JOHN A. FINCHER, Dean, Howard Col-
lege, Birmingham, Ala. 35209

MILTON FINGERMAN, Newcomb College
of Tularie University, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, New Orleans, La.

ELWOOD FISHER, Dept, of Biology,
Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.
22801

PAUL L. FISHER, 157 Duncan Chapel
Road, Greenville, S. C. 29609

JOSEPH F. FITZPATRICK, JR., Dept, of
Zoology, Mississippi State University,
State College, Miss.

R. O. FLAGG, Carolina Biological Sup-
ply Co., Burlington, N. C. 27216

HARVEY W. FLEMING, 802 Avery St.,
Cleveland, Miss.

FRANKLIN F. FLINT, Dept, of Biology,
Randolph Macon Woman's College,
Lynchburg, Va.

W. S. FLORY, Dept, of Biology, Wake
Forest College, Winston-Salem, N. C.
27106

ERNEST S. FORD, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

FLOYD M. FORD, Dept, of Biology, Aus-
tin Peay State College, Clarksville,
Tenn.

LEE FORD, Box 2001, Parkland, Wash-
ington

CHARLES W. FOREMAN, University of
the South, Sewanee, Tenn. 37375

HARRY B. FORESTER, Box 6, Demorest,
Ga.

A. ALFRED FOSTER, Box 416, Norris,
Tenn.

M. J. FOUQUETTE, JR., Box 638, Dept,
of Biology, University of Southwest-
ern Louisiana, Lafayette, La.

MRS. EDGAR W. FRANCISCO, III, 470
Prospect St., Apt. #78, New Haven,
Conn.

DIRK FRANKENBERG, University of
Georgia Marine Institute, Sapelo Is-
land, Ga.

BERYL C. FRANKLIN, Dept, of Biology,
Northeast Louisiana State College,
Monroe, La.

RONALD C. FRASER, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

LAFAYETTE FREDERICK, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Atlanta University, Atlanta, Ga.

HARRY W. FREEMAN, 1104 Vincent
Drive, Mt. Pleasant, S. C.

JOHN A. FREEMAN, Winthrop College,
Rock Hill, S. C.

JOHN R. FREEMAN, Dept, of Biology,
University of Chattanooga, Chatta-
nooga, Tenn.

SALLIE B. FREEMAN, Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322

RUSKIN S. FREER, 1158 Timber Lake
Drive, Lynchburg, Va.

JAMES J. FRIAUF, Dept, of Biology,
Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.

MARGARET B. FRIEND, 4888 Jett Road,
N.W., Atlanta, Ga.

WILLIAM R. FRYAR, 743 - 2nd St., N.E.,
Hickory, N. C.

CHARLES M. FUGLER, JR., 1853 Poca-
hontas, Baton Rouge, La.

D. L. FULLER, Stetson University, De-
Land, Fla.

JOHN B. FUNDERBURG, JR., Dept, of
Biology, Southern College, Lakeland,
Florida

G

ROSEMARY GAISSER, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

JOHN J. GALLAGHER, 1601 Glenmar,
Monroe, La.

FRED C. GALLE, Callaway Gardens,
Pine Mountain, Ga.

LINDA W. GARONI, 2501 Williams Lane,
Decatur, Ga.

ARTHUR R. GARRETT, JR., Box 23488,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
RICHARD E. GARTH, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Northwestern State College,
Natchitoches, La.

MARY ESTHER GAULDEN, 108 Westover-
look Drive, Oak Ridge, Tenn.
MICHAEL A. GENOVESE, JR., W/AF5KRT,
1316 South Court Street, Opelousas,
La.

VERNON D. GIFFORD, Box #37, Fer-
rum Jr. College, Ferrum, Va.
MARGARET L. GILBERT, Dept, of Biology,
Florida Southern College, Lakeland,
Florida

LAUREN C. GILMAN, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Fla.

JEAN J. GIVENS, 1161 Oakdale Road,
N.E., Atlanta, Ga. 30307
ROBERT K. GODFREY, Dept, of Biologi-
cal Sciences, Florida State University,
Tallahassee, Fla.

C. M. GOETHE, 3731 Tea St., Sacra-
mento, Calif. 95816

COLEMAN J. GOIN, Dept, of Biology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.
LEWIS C. GOLDSTEIN, Richmond Pro-
fessional Institute, 901 W. Franklin
St., Richmond, Va. 23220
FRANK B. GOLLEY, Laboratory of Radia-
tion Ecology, Building 772-G SROO,
Aiken, S. C.

CHAUNCEY G. GOODCHILD, Emory Uni-
versity, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
ROBERT E. GORDON, Dept, of Biology,
University of Notre Dame, Notre
Dame, Ind.

BOBBY JOE GOUGH, 2513 Myrtle Ave.,
Baton Rouge, La.

IRVING E. GRAY, Zoology Dept., Duke
University, Durham, North Carolina
NETTA E. GRAY, Agnes Scott College,
Decatur, Ga.

STEPHEN W. GRAY, Dept, of Anatomy,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
PHILIP C. GREEAR, Dept, of Biology,
Shorter College, Rome, Ga.

NATHAN D. GREENE, Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
HOWARD A. L. GREER, Dept, of Biology,
Appalachian State Teachers College,
Boone, N. C.

JAMES H. GREGG, Dept, of Biology
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.
VICTOR A. GREULACH, 304 Laurel Hill
Road, Chapel Hill, N. C.

MILDRED M. GRIFFITH, Dept, of Botany,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

Volume 12, No. 1, January 1965

15

ARNOLD B. GROBMAN, Biological
Science Curriculum Study, Box 930,
University of Colorado, Boulder, Colo.

ROBERT M. GRODNER, Dept, of Food &
Science & Technology, Louisiana State
University, Baton Rouge, La. 70802

CLARENCE O. GROGAN, Box 157, Ag-
ronomy Dept., Mississippi State Uni-
versity, State College, Miss.

NANCY P. GROSECLOSE, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Agnes Scott College, Decatur,
Ga.

WILLIAM D. GUDE, 128 Pembroke Road,
Oak Ridge, Tenn.

H

JOHN G. HAESLOOP, Dept, of Biology,
Pfeiffer College, Misenheimer, N. C.
28109

MASON E. HALE, JR., Smithsonian In-
stitute, Washington 25, D. C.

CAROLYN H. HAMPTON, P. O. Box
20428, Charlotte College, Charlotte,
N. C.

KENNETH F. HANCOCK, Berry College,
Mt. Berry, Ga. 30149

RICHARD T. HANLIN, Dept, of Plant
Pathology, Georgia Experiment Sta-
tion, Experiment, Ga. 30212

KEITH L. HANSEN, Dept, of Biology,
Stetson University, DeLand, Fla.

JAMES W. HARDIN, Dept, of Botany,
North Carolina State College, Ra-
leigh, N. C.

WM. J. HARGIS, JR., Virginia Fisheries
Laboratory, Box 205, Glouchester
Point, Va. 23062

G. T. HARGITT, Biology Building, Duke
University, Durham, N. C.

WALTER J. HARMAN, Dept, of Zoology,
Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge, La. 70803

R. M. HARPER, Box O, University, Ala.

ALVA H. HARRIS, Dept, of Zoology,
North Carolina State College, Raleigh,
N. C.

JOSEPH B. HARRIS, Dept, of Biology,
Coker College, Hartsville, S. C.

JULIAN R.' HARRISON, III, Dept, of Bi-
ology, College of Charleston, Charles-
ton, S. C.

CHARLES W. HART, JR., Academy of
Natural Sciences, 19th and Parkway,
Phila., Pa. 19103

EDWARD S. HATHAWAY, 1423 Jefferson
Ave., New Orleans, La. 70115

ROBERT R. HAUBRICH, Dept, of Biology,
Denison University, Granville, Ohio

MARVIN R. HAWES, Dept, of Zoology
and Entomology, University of Ten-
nessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

DONALD H. HAYES, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, College Station, Southeastern
Louisiana College, Hammond, La.

CURRY T. HAYNES, Dept, of Biology,
Emory-at-Oxford, Oxford, Ga.

WILLIAM H. HEARD, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Tal-
lahassee, Fla.

EDWIN A. HEBB, Box 900, U. S. Forest
Service, Marianna, Fla.

MURIEL P. HEGWOOD, Box 904, Cul-
lowhee, N. C.

ROSEMARY R. HEIN, Box 32, Winthrop
College, Rock Hill, S. C.

MARY C. HELMS, Box 2693, Dept, of
Biology, East Carolina College, Green-
ville, No. Carolina 27835

VERNON HENDERSON, P. O. Box 195,
Grambling, La.

CARL E. HENRICKSON, USAID Box #8,
APO #156, San Francisco, Calif.

NELL Q. HENRY, 2405 E. Main St., New-
berry, S. C.

O. HENRY, 39 Russell Street, Rochester,
N. Y.

WALTER R. HERNDON, College of Lib-
eral Arts, Univ. of Tennessee, Knox-
ville, Tenn. 37916

J. M. HERR, JR., Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of South Carolina, Columbia,
S. C. 29208

L. R. HESLER, College of Liberal Arts,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn.

MARGARET HESS, 2933 Kingsland Road,
Richmond 34, Va.

WALTER N. HESS, Dept, of Biology, Con-
verse College, Spartanburg, S. C.

L. A. HETRICK, 1624 N. W. 12th St.,
Gainesville, Fla.

HERMAN B. HEWETT, JR„ Apt. 120, Vet-
ville, Ruston, La.

A. N. J. HEYN, Dept, of Biology, LSU at
New Orleans, New Orleans, La.

DON W. HICKMAN, Dept, of Natural
Sciences, The State University College,
Potsdam, N. Y.

ROBERT P. HIGGINS, Dept, of Biology,
Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem,
N. C. 27106

BEN H. HILL, .49 Club Drive, Frederick
College, Portsmouth, Va.

HORTON H. HOBBS, JR., 6921 Mans-
field Road, Falls Church, Va.

ALEXANDER HOLLAENDER, Biology Divi-
sion, P. O. Box Y, Oak Ridge National
Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

JOHN W. HOLLAND, JR., Dept, of
Science, Florence State College, Flor-
ence, Ala.

RHODES B. HOLLIMAN, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Virginia Polytechnic Institute,
Blacksburg, Va.

HARRY LEE HOLLOWAY, JR., Dept, of
Biology, Roanoke College, Salem, Va.

JOE HOLLYFIELD, Dept, of Zoology, Uni-
versity at Texas, Austin, Texas

JOHN R. HOLSINGER, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.
40506

JANE P. HOLT, Dept, of Biology, Cataw-
ba College, Salisbury, N. C.

PERRY C. HOLT, Dept, of Biology, Vir-
ginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacks-
burg, Va.

WILLIAM S. HOOKS, Box 3031, Lynch-
burg College, Lynchburg, Va.

ROBERT C. HOPE, Box 293, Buies Creek,
No. Carolina 27506

GEORGE HORTON, Entomology and
Ornithology Section, University of
Tennessee, Martin Branch, Martin,
Tenn.

JAMES H. HORTON, Dept, of Botany,
Western Carolina College, Cullowhee,
N. C. 28723

BARBARA A. HORWITZ, Dept, of Physi-
ology, Emory University, Atlanta, Ga.
30322

DONALD E. HOSS, 3005 Leonard St.,
Raleigh, N. C.

M. M. HOSSAIN, Atomic Energy Com-
mission, Karachi, PAKISTAN

H. BRANCH HOWE, JR., Dept, of Bac-
teriology, University of Georgia, Ath-
ens, Ga.

G. LEON HOWELL, Box 643, Memphis
State University, Memphis, Tenn.

JOSEPH C. HOWELL, Dept, of Zoology
and Entomology, University of Ten-
nessee, Knoxville, Tenn. 37916

THELMA HOWELL, Highlands Biological
Station, Highlands, N. C.

MARYANNE R. HUGHES, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, University of British Columbia,
Vancouver 8, CANADA

H. L. HULL, Dept, of Biology, Berea
College, Berea, Ky.

H. J. HUMM, Dept, of Botany, Duke
University, Durham, N. C.

LOUIS R. HUNDLEY, Dept, of Biology,
V. M. I., Lexington, Va. 24451

MAEBURN B. HUNNEYCUTT, Dept, of
Biology, University of Mississippi, Uni-
versity, Miss.

DONNA H. HUNT, 14015 N.E. 7th Ave.,
North Miami, Florida, 33161

ERNEST L. HUNT, Dept, of Biology, Em-
ory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322

GORDON E. HUNT, Department of Bot-
any, University of Tennessee, Knox-
ville, Tenn. 37916

16

ASB Bulletin

GEORGE W. HUNTER, III, Dept, of Mi-
crobiology, College of Medicine, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

ROY HUNTER, JR., Morehouse College,
Atlanta, Ga.

WANDA S. HUNTER, Dept, of Zoology,
Duke University, Durham, North Caro-
lina

ROLAND F. HUSSEY, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, University of Florida, Gaines-
ville, Florida

LADLEY HUSTED, Biology Dept., Gilmer
Bldg., Charlottesville, Va.

I

ROBERT M. INGLE, State Board of Con-
servation, Tallahassee, Fla.

HERBERT W. ISRAEL, Dept, of Botany,
University of Florida, Gainesville,
Florida

J. D. IVES, Pinebluff, North Carolina

WM. DIXON IVEY, Dept, of Zoology
and Entomology, Auburn University,
Auburn, Ala. 36330

J

CRAWFORD G. JACKSON, JR., Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of South Alabama,
Mobile, Ala.

JOHNNY JACKSON, Dept, of Biology,
Atlanta Univ., Atlanta, Ga. 30314

RACHAEL P. JACKSON, 237 North Blvd.,
DeLand, Fla.

JACQUELINE E. JACOBS, 5854 Wood-
vine Road, Columbia, S. C.

CHARLES W. JAMES, Dept, of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

FREDERICK. C. JAMES, 100 Hanna St.,
Carrboro, N. C.

GEORGE W. JEFFERS, Dept, of Biology,
Longwood College, Farmville, Va.

GEOFFREY M. JEFFERY, 5724 Bradley
Blvd., Bethesda, Maryland

DONALD B. JEFFREYS, P. O. Box 2577,
Science Division, East Carolina Col-
lege, Greenville, N. C.

CHAS. EDWIN JENNER, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Box 429, University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

MARTHA J. JOHNSON, Dept, of Biology,
Georgia State College, 33 Gilmer St.,
S.E., Atlanta, Georgia

ROSE MARY JOHNSON, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Norfolk Branch, William and
Mary College, Norfolk, Va.

THOMAS L. JOHNSON, Santee Farm,
Corbin, Virginia

ALICE S. JONES, Box 22, Dept, of Bot-
any, Indiana Univ., Bloomington, In-
diana 47405

ARTHUR W. JONES, Dept, of Zoology
and Entomology, University of Ten-
nessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

CLARA L. JONES, 836 S. Henderson,
Apt. #2, Bloomington, Ind.

DUVAL A. JONES, Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

RUTH McCLUNG JONES, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Box #24, Winthrop College,
Rock Hill, S. C.

E. RUFFIN JONES, JR., College of Arts
& Sciences, University of Florida,
Gainesville, Fla.

K

THOMAS L. KEEFE, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of Georgia, Athens, Ga. 30601

CLYDE E. KEELER, Box #325, Research
Dept., Milledgeville State Hospital,
Milledgeville, Ga.

GEORGE W. KEITT, JR., Dept, of Bio-
logical Sciences, Florida State Uni-
versity, Tallahassee, Fla.

C. A. KELLEY, 5152 Scenic View Drive,
Birmingham, Ala. 35210

PATRICIA ANN KELLEY, Dept, of Bot-
any, University of Georgia, Athens,
Ga. 30601

JERRY R. KENDALL, 500#. Mississippi
Ave., Ruston, La.

GEORGE C. KENT, JR., Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge, La. 70803

CHARLES E. KEYS, Florence State Col-
lege, Florence, Ala.

JOHN D. KILBY, Dept, of Biological
Science, University of Florida, Gaines-
ville, Fla.

RICHARD F. KIMBALL, Biology Division,
P. O. Box Y, Oak Ridge National
Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

CHARLES E. KING, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Washington, Seattle,
Wash.

DANIEL E. KIRK, Biology Dept., Cataw-
ba College, Salisbury, N. C.

PAUL W. KIRK, JR., Dept, of Botany,
Duke University, Durham, N. C.

ROY S. KISER, 221 Coosawattee Ave.,
Rome, Ga.

RAYMOND L. KISNER, Dept, of Biology,
Mississippi College for Women, Col-
umbus, Miss.

CLIFFORD B. KNIGHT, Dept, of Biology,
East Carolina College, Greenville,
N. C.

WM. JULIAN KOCH, Dept, of Botany,
University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C.

ROBERT KRAL, Dept, of Botany and
Bacteriology, Louisiana Polytechnic In-
stitute, Ruston, La.

PAUL J. KRAMER, Dept, of Botany, Duke
University, Durham, N. C.

JEROME O. KRIVANEK, Division of Nat-
ural Science, University of South
Florida, Tampa, Fla.

ROBIN C. KRIVANEK, University of
South Florida, Tampa, Fla.

DWAYNE N. KRUSE, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Northwestern State College,
Natchitoches, La.

ROBERT A. KUEHN, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.

CARL J. KUIPERS, Middle Georgia Col-
lege, Cochran, Ga.

HERMAN KURZ, 501 Palm Court, Talla-
hassee, Fla.

L

MARTIN M. LaBAR, Central Wesleyan
College, Central, South Carolina 29630

ALBERT M. LAESSLE, Dept, of Biology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

ALLEN L. LAKE, Box 782, Morehead
State College, Morehead, Ky.

WILLIAM T. LAMMERS, Box 607, David-
son College, Davidson, N. C.

ROBERT K. LAMPTON, Dept, of Biology,
West Georgia College, Carrollton, Ga.

JAMES F. LANDT, 2631 Lanark Road,
Birmingham, Ala.

ALBERT A. LATINA, 311 A Science Bldg.,
University of South Florida, Tampa,
Fla.

GEORGE H. LAUFF, Kellogg Gull Lake
Biological Station, Michigan State Uni-
versity, Hickory Corners, Mich.

EDWARD W. LAUTENSCHLAGER, Dept,
of Biology, University of Virginia,
Charlottesville, Va.

FELIX H. LAUTER, Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of South Carolina, Columbia,
S. C.

WILLIAM LAZARUK, Dept, of Biology,
High Point College, High Point, N. C.

WILLIAM LEACH, Dept, of Zoology, Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.
37916

HAROLD H. K. LEE, Dept, of Zoology
and Entomology, University of Ten-
nessee, Knoxville, Tenn. 37916

WALTER H. LEIGH, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Fla.

ROBERT S. LE1SNER, AIBS, 2000 "P"
St., N.W., Washington, D. C. 20036

WALTER R. LEONARD, Wofford College,
Spartanburg, S. C.

JOE ANN LEVER, 613 Poplar St., Spar-
tanburg, So. Carolina 29302

JAMES N. LILES, Dept, of Zoology and
Entomology, University of Tennessee,
Knoxville, Tenn. 37916

Volume 12, No. I, January 1965

17

LEWIS LIPPS, Dept, of Biology, Shorter
College, Rome, Ga.

ROBERT A. LITTLEFORD, 4806 Indian
Lane, College Park, Maryland

JOHN F. LOCKE, SR., P. O. Box 1568,
State College, Miss.

ROBERT W. LONG, Dept, of Botany,
University of South Florida, Tampa,
Fla.

WILLIAM D. LONGEST, 171 Ellwood,
Baton Rouge, La.

LOIS P. LORD, Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Martin Branch,
Martin, Tenn.

ROBERTA LOVELACE, Dept, of Biology,
University of South Carolina, Col-
umbia, S. C.

GEORGE H. LOWERY, JR., Museum of
Zoology, Louisiana State University,
Baton Rouge, La. 70803

BERNARD LOWY, Mycological Herbar-
ium, Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge, La. 70803

G. ROBERT LUNZ, JR„ Bears Bluff Lab-
oratories, Wadmalaw Island, S. C.

PAUL E. LUTZ, Dept, of Biology, Wo-
man's College of North Carolina,
Greensboro, N. C.

M

WILLIAM H. McARTHUR, Division of So-
cial Science, Knoxville College, Knox-
ville, Tenn.

BOBBY JOE McCLENDON, 208 Ander-
son Ave., Fort Valley, Ga.

J. FRANK McCORMICK, Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N. C.

JOHN D. McCRONE, Florida Presbyter-
ian College, St. Petersburg, Fla.

HERBERT A. McCULLOUGH, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Howard College, Birmingham,
Ala.

JAMES C. McDonald, Box 7325, Wake
Forest College, Winston Salem, N. C.

MARCELLE T. McDONALD, Smithville,
Mississippi

ROBERT J. McDONOUGH, 2507 Williams
Lane, Apt. 3, Decatur, Ga.

MARY S. MacDOUGALL, Apt. 3, Mt. Ver-
non Apts., Decatur, Ga.

SAM E. McFADDEN, 101 N.W. 21st St.,
Gainesville, Fla.

WALTER D. McGAVOCK, Woodlawn
Apts., Apt. E-4, Knoxville, Tenn.

JOHN T. McGINNIS, Dept, of Experi-
mental Statistics, University of Georg-
ia, Athens, Ga. 30601

AUSTIN J. MacINNIS, 1835 Wroxton
Ave., Houston, Texas

ROBERT A. MclNTYRE, JR., Dept, of Bi-
ology, Campbell College, Buies Creek,
N. C.

RICHARD D. McKINSEY, 942 Rosser
Lane, Charlottesville, Va.

ILDA McVEIGH, Box 1549, Substation B,
Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.

TE-HAIU MA, Eggers Apts., Bldg. #3,
Macomb, III.

GRACE C. MADSEN, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Tal-
lahassee, Fla.

W. D. MANKIN, Box 472, Herndon, Va.

LILLIAN C. MANLEY, Judson College,
Marion, Ala.

JETHRO O. MANLY, Division of Natural
Sciences, Pfeiffer College, Misenheim-
er, N. C.

RAYMOND B. MANNING, Division of
Marine Invertebrates, Smithsonian In-
stitute, United States National Mu-
seum, Washington, D. C.

WM. P. MAPLES, Dept, of Zoology, Uni-
versity of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

GUY D. MARLOW, 264 Garden Road,
New Orleans, La.

SAMUEL P. MARONEY, Room 270, Gil-
mer Hall, University of Virginia, Char-
lottesville, Va. 22903

G. ALEX MARSH, Queens College, Char-
lotte, N. C.

ALLINE B. MARSHALL, Dept, of Biology,
Mary Baldwin College, Staunton, Va.

VIRGINIA L. MARTIN, 1500 Pierce Drive,
N.E., Atlanta, Ga.

DANIEL E. MARVIN, JR., 100 Monroe
Terrace, Radford, Va.

HENRY M. MATHEWS, Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322

BETSY ANN MATTHEWS, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Western Kentucky State College,
Bowling Green, Ky.

JAMES F. MATTHEWS, Dept, of Biology,
Charlotte College, Charlotte, N. C.

FRANK J. S. MATURO, JR., Dept, of Bi-
ology, University of Florida, Gaines-
ville, Fla.

M. MEREDITH MAY, 103 Clement, Lafay-
ette, La.

SHELBY V. MAYFIELD, 3100 Cliff Road,
Birmingham, Ala.

JOHN S. MECHAM, Dept, of Zoology
and Entomology, Auburn University,
Auburn, Ala.

HERMAN M. MEISNER, Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322

DeFOREST MELLON, JR., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Gilmer Hall, University of Vir-
ginia, Charlottesville, Va.

WILLIAM L. MENGEBIER, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Madison College, Harrisonburg,
Va.

MARGARET Y. MENZEL, Dept, of Bio-
logical Sciences, Florida State Uni-
versity, Tallahassee, Fla.

R. W. MENZEL, Oceanographic Institute,
Florida State University, Tallahassee,
Fla.

DONALD H. MESSERSMITH, Dept, of En-
tomology, University of Maryland,
College Park, Maryland 20742

SAMUEL L. MEYER, University of the
Pacific, Stockton, Calif.

BURLYN E. MICHEL, Dept, of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

CHARLES E. MILLER, Dept, of Botany,
University of Maine, Orono, Maine
04473

FAITH S. MILLER, Dept, of Anatomy,
Tulane University School of Medicine,
1430 Tulane Ave., New Orleans, La.

GROVER C. MILLER, Dept, of Zoology,
Box 5215, College Station, North
Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C.

ISAAC H. MILLER, 1005 - 18th Ave.,
North, Nashville, Tenn.

JAMES A. MILLER, JR., Dept, of Anat-
omy, Tulane University School of
Medicine, 1430 Tulane Ave., New
Orleans, La.

MELBOURNE MILLER, Box 324, Dept, of
Biology, Delta State College, Cleve-
land, Miss.

WILLIAM W. MILLER, III, 2317 Queens-
view Road, Birmingham, Ala.

NORMAN MITLIN, Box 1518, U. S. Dept,
of Agriculture, State College, Miss.

WILLIAM C. MOBBERLY, JR., Dept, of
Biology, Northeast Louisiana State
College, Monroe, La.

CARL D. MONK, Lab. of Radiation Ecol-
ogy, Bldg. 772-G, Aiken, South Caro-
lina

ROSE L. MONROE, Museum of Zoology,
Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge, La. 70803

JOSEPH G. MONTGOMERY, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Manatee Junior College, Bra-
denton, Fla.

ETHEL C. MONTIEGEL, Dept, of Biology,
West Virginia University, Morgan-
town, West Va.

JACK H. MOORE, Chemotherapy Divi-
sion, Southern Research Institute, 2000
- 9th Ave., S., Birmingham, Ala.

ELLA D. MORRIS, Spring Hill College,
Spring Hill Station, Mobile, Ala.

RALPH M. MORRISON, Dept, of Biology,
Woman's College of North Carolina,
Greensboro, N. C.

ROBERT H. MOUNT, 303 Highland,
Montevallo, Ala.

18

ASB Bulletin

DAVID L. MULCAHY, Dept, of Botcny,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

NORA E. MULLENS, 230 W. Mt„ Green-
ville, S. C.

J. H. MULLAHY, Dept, of Biology, Loy-
ola University, New Orleans, La.

J. THOMAS MULLINS, Biological Labo-
ratories, Harvard Univ., 16 Divinity
Ave., Cambridge 38, Mass. 02138

WILLIAM H. MURDY, Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322

GLENN W. MURPHY, 901 W. Franklin
St., Richmond, Va.

J. J. MURRAY, Dept, of Biology, Univ.
of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

JAMES L. MUSTOE, Dept, of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

MARION R. MYLES, Box 171, Lorman,
Mississippi 39096

N

JAMES L. NATION, Dept, of Biology,
Flint Hall, University of Florida,
Gainesville, Fla. 32601

NANCY JANE NELMS, Dept, of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

GIDEON E. NELSON, JR., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, University of South Florida, Tam-
pa, Fla.

RIVERS Y. NESOM, Box 219, Dept, of
Biological Sciences, Southeastern
Louisiana College, Hammond, La.

GENE B. NEWCOMB, Dept, of Botany,
Tulane University, New Orleans, La.
70118

GLENN R. NOGGLE, Dept, of Botany,
North Carolina State College, Raleigh,
N. C.

DARWIN E. NORBY, RFD #3, Box #154,
Gig Harbor, Wash.

WM. HARVEY NORMAN, University of
South Carolina, Columbia, S. C.

FRED H. NORRIS, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.
37916

J. W. NUTTYCOMBE, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

o

AARON H. O'BIER, Box 1263, Stetson
University, DeLand, Fia.

THEODORE T. ODELL, Biology Division,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak
Ridge, Tenn. 37931

EUGENE P. ODUM, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

JOSEPH C. O'KELLEY, P. O. Box 1927,
University of Alabama, University,
Ala.

VICTOR L. OLIVER, P. O. Box 456, Mo-
bile College, Mobile, Ala.

H. J. OOOSTING, Dept, of Botany, Duke
University, Durham, N. C.

FRED S. ORCUTT, Dept, of Biology, Vir-
ginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacks-
burg, Va.

PAUL J. OSBORNE, Dept, of Biology,
Lynchburg College, Lynchburg, Va.

THOMAS S. OSBORNE, 1299 Bethel Val-
ley Road, Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37832

KENNETH OTTSS, Dept, of Zoology and
Entomology, Auburn University, Au-
burn, Ala.

RODERICK H. OUTLAND, Box 986,
Northwestern State College, Natchi-
toches, La.

L. M. OUTTEN, Dept, of Biology, Mars
Hill College, Mars Hill, N. C.

HINTON B. OVERCASH, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Hampden Sydney College, Hamp-
den Sydney, Va.

H. MALCOLM OWEN, Dept, of Biology,
The University of the South, Sewanee,
Tenn.

RICHARD T. OWENS, 237 Saxon Drive,
Birmingham, Ala. 35209

ELIZABETH S. OWINGS, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, East Tennessee State University,
Johnson City, Tenn.

P

L. GERALD PARCHMAN, 208 W. John
St., Champaign, Illinois

JAMES F. PARNELL, Biology Dept., Wil-
mington College, Wilmington, No.
Carolina

FRED K. PARRISH, Dept, of Biology,
Agnes Scott College, Decatur, Ga.

JOANNA W. PARRISH, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Agnes Scott College, Decatur,
Ga.

MARY J. PARRISH, P. O. Box 1081,
College State, Fredericksburg, Va.

ANNE L. PATES, Dept, of Biological
Science, Florida State University, Tal-
lahassee, Fla.

JOHN A. PATTERSON, Dept, of Biology,
Middle Tennessee State College, Mur-
freesboro, Tenn.

PAUL M. PATTERSON, Dept, of Biology,
Hollins College, Hollins College, Va.

ERNEST G. PATTON, Box 72, Dept, of
Biology, Wofford College, Spartan-
burg, S. C. 29301

WILLIE F. PAYNE, Dept, of Biology,
Morris Brown College, Atlanta, Ga.

ROBERT A. PEDIGO, Dept, of Biology,
College of William and Mary, Wil-
liamsburg, Va.

TULLY S. PENNINGTON, Box 2074,
Georgia Southern College, States-
boro, Ga. 30459

KENNETH M. PIEL, Dept, of Botany,
Dinwiddie Hall, Tulane University,
New Orleans, La.

E. LOWE PIERCE, Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

JOSEPH N. PINSON, JR., 1045 14th St.,
Boulder, Colorado

JACK D. PITTILLO, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of Georgia, Athens, Ga. 30601

ROBERT 8. PLATT, Dept, of Biology, Em-
ory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322

BEVERLY ANN PLEASANTS, 104 Smith
Lane, Apt. 3A, Syracuse, New York

GAYTHER L. PLUMMER, Dept, of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

DORIS T. POOLE, 167 Hamilton Road,
Chapel Hill, N. C.

EVAN D. PORTER, 504 Rome St., Car-
rollton, Ga. 30117

ISABEL POTTER, Box 134, Winthrop Col-
lege, Rock Hill, S. C.

HARRY L. POWE, Dept, of Biology, Arm-
strong College, Box 1913, Savannah,
Ga.

ROBERT D. POWELL, Dept, of Plant
Sciences, Texas A & M University,
College Station, Texas

ROBERT W. POWELL, JR., Dept, of Bi-
ology, Converse College, Spartan-
burg, S. C. 29301

JAMES A. PRICE, JR., Dept, of Botany
and Plant Pathology, Iowa State Uni-
versity, Ames, Iowa

ELMER C. PRICHARD, Dept, of Biology,
Stetson University, DeLand, Fla.

RUDOLPH PRINS, Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of Louisville, Louisville, Ky.

JEAN PUGH, Old Dominion College,
Norfolk, Va.

THOMAS M. PULLEN, Dept, of Biology,
University of Mississippi, University,
Miss.

JOSEPH M. PYLKA, Tumblin Creek,
Gainesville, Fla. 32601

Q

ELSIE QUARTERMAN, Box 1616, Station
B, Vanderbilt University, Nashville,
Tenn. 37203

THOMAS L. QUAY, Dept, of Zoology,
North Carolina State College, Raleigh,
N. C.

R

ALBERT E. RADFORD, Dept, of Botany,
University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C.

GEORGE S. RAMSEUR, University of the
South, Sewanee, Tenn. 37375

Volume 12, No. 1, January 1965

19

JACQUES RAPPAPORT. Dept, of Botany.
University of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Va.

CLAIRE LYNN RAULERSON, Howard Col-
lege, Birmingham, Ala.

JOHN M. RAWLS, Dept, of Biology, La-
mar State College of Technology,
Beaumont, Texas

CHARLES RAY, JR., Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322

JAMES D. RAY, JR., Dept, of Biological
Sciences, University of South Florida,
Tampa, Fla.

WILLIE M. REAMS, JR., Dept, of Biology,
University of Richmond, Richmond, Va.

PAUL S. REDDISH, Dept, of Biology,
P. O. Box 275, Elon College, Elon
College, N. C.

CLYDE T. REED, 3202 N. Rome Ave.,
Tampa, Fla. 33607

HORACE B. REED, JR., Dept, of Biology,
Middle Tennessee State College, Mur-
freesboro, Tenn.

WILLIAM D. REESE, Dept, of Biology,
Box 854, University of Southwestern
Louisiana, Lafayette, La.

ROBERT J. REIBER, Georgia State Col-
lege, 33 Gilmer St., S.E., Atlanta, Ga.

GEORGE K. REID, Dept, of Biology,
Florida Presbyterian College, St.
Petersburg, Fla.

DAVID H. REMBERT, JR., Dept, of Bot-
any, University of Kentucky, Lexing-
ton, Ky.

J. PAUL REYNOLDS, Wilmington College,
Wilmington, N. C.

JOHN D. REYNOLDS, Dept, of Biology,
University of South Carolina, Col-
umbia, South Carolina

NOLAN E. RICE, Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of Richmond, Richmond, Va.

REGINALD L. RICHARDSON, 9510 Gar-
wood St., Silver Springs, Maryland

GEORGE T. RIGGIN, JR., Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Newberry College, Newberry,

S. C.

GEORGE E. RILEY, Dept, of Biology,
Atlanta University, Atlanta, Georgia

HERBERT P. RILEY, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.

ROBERT A. RINALDI, Dept, of Zoology
and Entomology, University of Ten-
nessee, Knoxville, Tenn. 37916

JAMES L. RIOPEL, Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

CLYDE H. ROBERTSON, JR., Dept, of Bi-
ology, Pfeiffer College, Misenheimer,
N. C.

HOWARD F. L. ROCK, Dept, of Biology,
Box 1668, Station B, Vanderbilt Uni-
versity, Nashville, Tenn.

CHAS. LELAND RODGERS, Furman Uni-
versity, Greenville, S. C.

MARTIN ROEDER, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Tal-
lahassee, Fla. 32306

C. H. ROGERS, Coker's Pedigreed Seed
Co., Hartsville, S. C.

HOLLIS J. ROGERS, Dept, of Biology,
Woman's College of North Carolina,
Greensboro, N. C. 27412

JUDITH LEE ROGERS, Dept, of Botany,
University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C.

CYNTHIA J. ROMINE, 621 Grove St.,
Birmingham, Ala. 35209

JAMES B. ROSS, Mgr., Book Division,
Reinhold Publishing Corporation, 430
Park Ave., New York, N. Y. 22100

DAVID T. ROVEE, Box 27, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Brown University, Providence,
R. I. 02912

JANE T. ROWLAND, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Augusta College, 2500 Wal-
ton Way, Augusta, Ga.

ISABEL I. ROYER, Western Maryland
College, Westminster, Maryland 21157

ELLIS S. RUCKER, Dept, of Biology,
Middle Tennessee State College, Mur-
freesboro, Tenn.

MARY PAGE RUCKER, Dept, of Biology,
University of Chattanooga, Chatta-
nooga, Tenn.

BENJAMIN F. D. RUNK, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, University of Virginia, Char-
lottesville, Va.

LIANE B. RUSSELL, P. O. Box P, Biol-
ogy Division, Oak Ridge National Lab-
oratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

WM. LAWSON RUSSELL, P. O. Box P,
Biology Division, Oak Ridge National
Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

THOMAS C. RUTHERFORD, Dept, of Bi-
ology, East Carolina, Greenville, N. C.

s

PAUL SACCO, 8 Curry Court, Metarie,
La.

PATRICIA A. SAEVELLA, P. O. Box 157,
State College, Miss.

YONEO SAGAWA, Dept, of Horticulture,
1825 Edmondson Rd., Rm. 137, Univ.
of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii 96822

GEORGIA S. ST. AMAND, Dept, of Bi-
ology. University of Mississippi, Uni-
versity, Miss.

WILBROD ST. AMAND, JR., Dept, of Bi-
ology, University of Mississippi, Uni-
versity, Miss.

JAMES D. SATTERFIELD, Biology Dept.,
Georgia State College, 33 Gilmer St.,
Atlanta, Ga. 30303

E. G. FRANZ SAUER, Dept, of Biology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

CLAIRE L. SCHELSKE, Radiobiological
Laboratory, U. S. Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries, Beaufort, N. C.

STEFAN O. SCHIFF, Dept, of Zoology,
George Washington University, Wash-
ington, D. C.

ARTHUR L. SCHIPPER, Training Branch,
National Cancer Institute, Befhesda,
Maryland

LUCILLE A. SCHMIEDER, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Ithaca College, Ithaca, N. Y.

EUGENE H. SCHMITZ, LSU at Alexan-
dria, Alexandria, La.

HERBERT T. SCOFIELD, Dept, of Botany,
North Carolina State College, Raleigh,
N. C.

DONALD C. SCOTT, 4808 Macon St.,
McLean, Va. 22101

WILLIAM W. SCOTT, Dept, of Biology,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacks-
burg, Va.

AARON SEAMSTER, Apt. 709, 5406 Con-
necticut Drive, Washington, D. C.

ROBERT L. SEARLS, Dept, of Biology,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Va.

FRANK SETO, Zoology Dept., University
of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma
73069

HERBERT E. SHADOWEN, 627 Cedar
Ridge Road, Bowling Green, Kentucky

ARCHIE D. SHAFTSBURY, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Greensboro College, Greensboro,
N. C.

LELAND SHANOR, P. O. Box 1562, Tal-
lahassee, Fla.

AARON J. SHARP, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.
37916

HOMER F. SHARP, JR., Anderson Ave.,
Covington, Ga.

J. M. SHARPLEY, Sharpley Laboratories,
Inc., Box 846, Fredericksburg, Va.

LEWIS S. SHELTON, 501 Mt. Vista Drive,
Stone Mountain, Ga. 30083

H. B. SHERMAN, 410 W. Howry Ave.,
Deland, Fla.

JOHN L. SHIBLEY, Dept, of Biology, La-
Grange College, LaGrange, Ga.

A. RANDOLPH SHIELDS, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Maryville College, Maryville,
Tenn. 37801

BERNICE C. SHOR, Dept, of Biology,
Rollins College, Winter Park, Fla.

ROBERT B. SHORT, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Tal-
lahassee, Fla.

20

ASB Bulletin

CHARLES S. SHOUP, USAEC, P. O. Box
E, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

JAMES B. SHULER, JR., 43 Kirkwood
Lane, Greenville, S. C.

FRANCES E. SILLIMAN, Bridgewater Col-
lege, Bridgewater, Va.

ASA C. SIMS, JR., Dept, of Biology,
Box 9707, Southern University, Baton
Rouge, La.

W. RALPH SINGLETON, Blandy Farm,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Va.

FRANK P. SIVIK, 1115 North 13 Terrace,
Holly wood-by-the-Sea, Fla. 33020

RUTH B. SLENTZ, Dept, of Biology, Wes-
leyan College, Macon, Ga.

ROBERT F. SMART, Dean's Office, Uni-
versity of Richmond, Richmond, Va.

ARLO I. SMITH, Southwestern at Mem-
phis, Memphis, Tenn. 38112

BARNETT F. SMITH, Dept, of Biology,
Spelman College, Atlanta, Ga. 30314

BEN W. SMITH, North Carolina State
College, Raleigh, N. C.

BYRON C. SMITH, Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of Southern Mississippi, Hat-
tiesburg, Miss.

MICHAEL H. SMITH, Dept, of Biology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

SEPTIMA C. SMITH, Box 1446, Univers-
ity, Ala.

JAMES L. SMOTHERS, Dept, of Biology,
University of Kentucky, Louisville, Ky.

FRANKLIN SOGANDARES, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Tulane University, New Orleans,
La.

ALDA M. SPIETH, Box #22, Livingston,
Ala.

ELIZABETH F. SPRAGUE, Sweet Briar
College, Sweet Briar, Va.

GEORGE SPRUGEL, JR., 6912 Cherry
Lane, Route #4, Annandale, Va.

JAMES H. STARLING, 207 Paxton Road,
Lexington, Va.

KENNETH P. STEVENS, 401 E. Nelson
St., Lexington, Va.

SHELTON E. STEWART, Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

JAMES D. STIDHAM, 1731 Lake, Knox-
ville, Tenn.

McHENRY L. STIFF, Box #545, University
of Southwestern Louisiana, Lafayette,
La. 70501

HARVEY L. STIREWALT, Dept, of Biology,
Augusta College, Augusta, Ga.

ALAN E. STIVEN, Dept, of Zoology, Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N. C.

BENJAMIN P. STONE, Dept, of Biology,
Austin Peay State College, Clarks-
ville, Tenn.

DONALD E. STONE, Dept, of Botany,
Duke University, Durham, N. C.

STEPHEN STORM, 215 Piedmont Ave.,
N.E., Atlanta, Ga. 30312

JOHN C. STRICKLAND, JR., Dept, of Bi-
ology, University of Richmond, Rich-
mond, Va.

PRISCILLA L. STRICKLAND, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Emory University, Atlanta, Ga.
30322

EUGENE F. STROBEL, Dept, of Biology,
Mississippi State College for Women,
Columbus, Miss.

ALEX B. STUMP, Dept, of Biology, Pres-
byterian College, Clinton, S. C.

HARWELL P. STURDIVANT, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Western Maryland College,
Westminster, Maryland

SHIRLEY H. STURM, R. D. #2, Verona,
N. Y.

JoANN B. STURMER, 1616 E. Clifton Rd.,
N.E., Atlanta, Ga. 30307

CLARENCE E. STYRON, P. O. Box 23033,
Atlanta, Ga. 30322

EILEEN T. SULLIVAN, 2614 Holbrook,
Cairo, III.

LAWRENCE F. SWAILS, JR., Dept, of
Biological Sciences, University of Cin-
cinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio

T

RICHARD E. TANDY, 7348 Highland
Road, Baton Rouge, La.

JAMES T. TANNER, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn.

JOHN L. TAYLOR, Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

RAYMOND L. TAYLOR, AAAS, 1820 N.
Johnson St., Arlington, Va.

SYLVIA E. TAYLOR, 527 New York Ave.,
Dunedin, Fla.

GURDON L. TARBOX, JR., Brookgreen
Gardens, Murrells Inlet, S. C. 29576

GEORGE W. TATE, JR., Dept, of Zoology,
Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge,
La.

HOWARD J. TEAS, Div. of Biological
Sciences, University of Georgia, Ath-
ens, Georgia

LOUIS C. TEMPLE, Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of Mississippi, University, Miss.

DEMPSEY L. THOMAS, 107 East 48V2
Street, Austin, Texas

GRACE J. THOMAS, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

JESSE C. THOMPSON, JR., Hampden
Sydney College, Hampden Sydney,
Virginia

J. RICHARD THOMSON, Midwest Re-
search Institute, 425 Volker Blvd.,
Kansas City, Missouri 64110

FRANCIS M. THORNE, Dept, of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

WILLIAM L. THRELKELD, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Shorter College, Rome, Ga.

ALICE TINGLEY, Winthrop College, Rock
Hill, S. C.

SAMUEL R. TIPTON, Dept, of Zoology
and Entomology, University of Ten-
nessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

JOANNE C. TONTZ, Dept, of Botany,
University of Texas, Austin, Texas
78712

H. R. TOTTEN, Dept, of Botany, Univers-
ity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N. C.

GEORGE F. TOWNES, 318 E. Coffee St.,
Greenville, S. C. 29601

J. I. TOWNSEND, Dept, of Biology and
Genetics, Medical College of Virginia,
Richmond, Va.

ELIZABETH M. TRIPP, Rte. #4, Box #147,
Piedmont, S. C.

RICHARD P. TROGDON, North Georgia
College, Dahlonega, Ga.

EDITH E. TROTT, Dept, of Zoology, Uni-
versity of California, Los Angeles,
Calif.

LAMARR B. TROTT, Dept, of Zoology,
University of California, Los Angeles,
Calif.

JOHN G. TURNBULL, Dept, of Zoology,
Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge, La.

HENRY F. TURNER, Dept, of Biology,
Alabama College, Montevallo, Ala.

u

CLYDE J. UMPHLETT, Dept, of Botany,
University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C.

E. M. URSOMARSO, 67 Frances Avenue,
Sharon Hill, Pa.

V

H. MAC VANDIVIERE, Gravely Sana-
torium, Chapel Hill, N. C.

D. S. VAN FLEET, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

ARNOLD F. VAN PELT, JR., Greensboro
College, Greensboro, N. C.

GLADYS F. VAN PELT, Greensboro Col-
lege, Greensboro, N. C.

PAUL A. VESTAL, Dept, of Biology, Rol-
lins College, Winter Park, Fla.

C. M. VILAR-ALVAREZ, Florida Atlantic
University, Boca Raton, Fla. 33432

Volume 12, No. 1, January 1965

21

CARROLL A. VOIGHT, 229 Chelsea
Drive, Decatur, Ga.

E. PETER VOLPE, Dept, of Zoology, New-
comb College of Tulane University,
New Orleans, La.

w

GRAY W. WALDORF, Pensacola Junior
College, Pensacola, Fla.

MARGARET J. WALDREP, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, University of South Alabama,
Mobile, Ala.

ALMA T. WALKER, Dept, of Bacteriology,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

THOMAS J. WALKER, Dept, of Entomol-
ogy, University of Florida, Gainesville,
Fla.

H. K. WALLACE, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

LUCILE WALTON, 1116 E. Main St., Dan-
ville, Va.

MARGARET WALTON, 1116 E. Main St.,
Danville, Va.

HELEN L. WARD, Dept, of Zoology, Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.

ROBERT P. WARD, P. O. Box #153,
George Peabody College, Nashville,
Tenn.

GEORGE H. WARE, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Northwestern State College,
Natchitoches, La.

DAN H. WARMBROD, Box 660, Dept, of
Biology, Memphis State University,
Memphis, Tenn.

MARY WARTERS, Dept, of Biology, Cen-
tenary College, Shreveport, La.

EARL R. WASCOM, Box 528, College
Station, Hammond, La.

MARVIN L. WASS, Virginia Institute of
Marine Science, Virginia Fisheries Lab-
oratory, Gloucester Point, Va

SCOTT M. WEATHERBY, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Box 201, Louisiana Polytechnic
Institute, Ruston, La.

MACON M. WEAVER, Dept, of Science,
Chowan College, Murfreesboro, N. C.
27855

KENNETH L. WEBB, Sapelo Island Re-
search Laboratory, Sapelo Island, Ga.
31327

LEO WEEKS, Box 2075, Georgia Southern
College, Statesboro, Ga.

HAROLD F. WEILER, Latin American Re-
gional Science Office (DRO), American
Embassy, Rio de Janeiro, APO 676,
New York, N. Y.

BERNAL R. WEIMER, Bethany College,
Bethany, W. Va.

ANN MARIE WELCH, Dept, of Biology,
College of William and Mary, Wil-
liamsburg, Va.

BRUCE L. WELCH, Dept, of Biology, Col-
lege of William and Mary, Williams-
burg, Va.

ARTHUR L. WELDEN, Dept, of Botany,
Tulane University, New Orleans, La.

BERTRAM W. WELLS, Dept, of Botany,
North Carolina State College, Raleigh,
N. C.

CAROLYN WELLS, Dept, of Biology,
Longwood College, Farmville, Va.

HARRY W. WELLS, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Tal-
lahassee, Fla.

JAMES R. WELLS, Dept, of Biology, Old
Dominion College, Norfolk, Va.

W. R. WEST, JR., Box 597, Dept, of Bi-
ology, University of Richmond, Rich-
mond, Va. 23173

JONATHAN J. WESTFALL, Dept, of Bot-
any, University of Georgia, Athens,
Ga.

MINTER J. WESTFALL, JR., Dept, of Bi-
ology, University of Florida, Gaines-
ville, Fla.

MARY E. WHARTON, Georgetown Col-
lege, Georgetown, Ky.

BOOKER T. WHATLEY, P. O. Box 9969,
Dept, of Horticulture, Southern Uni-
versity, Baton Rouge, La.

HARRY E. WHEELER, Dept, of Botany,
Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge, La.

MARTHA H. WHICKER, Box 258, Walker-
town, N. C.

JESSE S. WHITE, Delta State Teachers
College, Cleveland, Miss.

ORLAND E. WHITE, 1708 Jefferson Park
Road, Charlottesville, Va.

PHINEAS W. WHITING, ORNL, Biology
Div., Box Y, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

MONA McCLUNG WHITSON, P. O. Box
100, Mississippi State College for
Women, Columbus, Miss.

WALTER R. WHITWORTH, Plant Science
Dept., University of Connecticut,
Storrs, Connecticut 06268

DORA P. WILEY, P. O. Box 883, Moncks
Corner, S. C.

JAMES C. WILKES, JR., 815 Spruce St.,
Columbus, Miss.

PEARL W. WILKES, Dept, of Biology,
Mississippi State College for Women,
Columbus, Miss.

ALBERT A. WILL, JR., Junior College of
Broward County, 2501 Davie Road,
Ft. Lauderdale, Fla. 33314

BILLY J. WILLIAMS, 502 - 4th St., Mur-
freesboro, N. C.

DONALD B. WILLIAMS, Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Vassar College, Poughkeepsie,
N. Y.

JERRY P. WILLIAMS, Dept, of Zoology
& Entomology, University of Tennes-
see, Knoxville, Tenn.

LOUIS G. WILLIAMS, R. A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, 4676 Col-
umbia Parkway, Cincinnati, Ohio
45226

LUTHER S. WILLIAMS, Dept, of Biologi-
cal Sciences, Purdue University, La-
fayette, Indiana

RICHARD B. WILLIAMS, Radiobiological
Laboratory, U. S. Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries, Beaufort, N. C.

ROBERT H. WILLIAMS, P. O. Box 8233,
University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Fla.

MRS. DOUGLAS WILLIAMSON, Dept, of
Biology, Oglethorpe University, At-
lanta, Ga.

CAMILLA L. WILLS, 1601 Grady Ave„
Charlottesville, Va. 22903

WIRT H. WILLS, Box 430, Tobacco Re-
search Laboratory, Virginia Agricul-
tural Experiment Station, Chatham,
Va.

EVA J. WILSON, 2959 Rockingham
Drive, N.W., Atlanta, Ga.

JAMES L. WILSON, 2500 Woodberry
Drive, Nashville, Tenn. 37214

GRACE T. WILTSHIRE, 201 Woodland
Ave., Lynchburg, Va.

LARRY T. WIMER, Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of South Carolina, Columbia,
S. C.

ERWIN B. WINGFIELD, Rte. 1, Box 21,
Blacksburg, Va.

CYRUS W. WISER, Dept, of Biology,
Middle Tennessee State College, Mur-
freesboro, Tenn.

JOHN D. WITHERS, Dept, of Biology,
Clark College, Atlanta, Ga. 30314

JOHN P. WITHERSPOON, JR., Radiation
Ecology Section, Bldg. 2001, X-10

Plant, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

GORDON B. WOLCOTT, Southwestern
University, Georgetown, Texas

F. A. WOLF, Duke University, Durham,
N. C.

FRED T. WOLF, Dept, of Biology, Divi-
sion of Molecular Biology, Vanderbilt
University, Nashville, Tenn.

ALFRED M. WOLFSON, Dept, of Biologi-
cal Science, Box 1229, College Station,
Murray State College, Murray, Ky.
42072

CARROLL E. WOOD, JR., Harvard Uni-
versity Herbarium, 22 Divinity Ave.,
Cambridge, Mass.

MARY E. WOOD, Dept, of Zoology,
Chowan College, Murfreesboro, N. C.

ASB Bulletin

ROBERT A. WOODMANSEE, Virginia In-
stitute of Marine Science, Virginia
Fisheries Laboratory, Gloucester Point,
Va.

FRANK W. WOODS, School of Forestry,
Duke University, Durham, N. C.
WILLIAM S. WOOLCOTT, JR., Box 248,
Univ. of Richmond, Richmond, Va.
JOHN D. WOOLEVER, 2250 Worrington,
Sarasota, Fla.

J. WALLACE WORMLEY, Box 251,
Grambling, La. 71245
GAIL G. WYNN, 708 Seymour Drive,
North Augusta, S. C.

Y

HAROLD YAFFA, 1466 Bradley Ave.,
Camden 3, N. J.

FATHER P. H. YANCEY, Spring Hill Col-
lege, Spring Hill, Ala.

CHARLES G. YARBROUGH, Abbottsburg,
North Carolina

JAMES D. YARBROUGH, Box 181, Buies
Creek, N. C.

JOHN A. YARBROUGH, Dept, of Biol-
ogy, Meredith College, Raleigh, N. C.
BERNARD H. YATES, 262 Techwood
Drive, Atlanta, Ga. 30313
HARRIS O. YATES, 1824 Shackleford
Road, Nashville, Tenn.

RALPH W. YERGER, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University, Tal-
lahassee, Fla.

PAUL YOKLEY, JR., Dept, of Biology,
Florence State College, Florence, Ala.
MARTIN D. YOUNG, Director, Gorgas
Memorial Laboratory, Balbo Heights,
CANAL ZONE

z

RHONA D. ZAGER, 3987 Andrus Court,
Columbus, Ohio 43227
RHONA D. ZAGER, 7821 Stillwell Road,
Cincinnati, Ohio

ARTHUR W. ZIEGLER, 5600 Beam Court,
Bethesda, Maryland

ELIZABETH M. ZIPF, 316 Kingston Ave.,
Barrington, N. J.

The following names were added to the
membership list too late to be included
in the alphabetical list:

ALICE L. BULL, Box 633, Hollins Coll.,
Hollins, Va.

JOHN CAIRNS, JR., Dept, of Limnology,
Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 19th 8> Park-
way, Philadelphia 3, Pa.

WILLIAM G. DAIL, Box 66, Ferrum Jr.
Col!., Ferrum, Va.

WILLIAM B. HUBBARD, Box 39, Wofford
Coll., Spartanburg, S. C.

DAVID A. NUNNALLY, Box 1812, Van-
derbilt Univ., Nashville, Tenn.

JAMES B. LYTLE, Dept, of Biology, Mary-
ville Coll., Maryville, Tenn.

INSTITUTIONS
AND LIBRARIES

BIOLOGICAL ABSTRACTS, 3815 Walnut
St., Phila., Pa.

CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY COM-
PANY, Elon College, North Carolina
CHEMICAL ABSTRACT SERVICE, Ohio
State University, 2041 North College
Road, Columbus, Ohio 43210
TRENDS PUBLISHING, INC., National
Press Bldg., Washington 4, D. C.

U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE, National
Agricultural Library, Current Serial
Records, Washington, D. C. 20250
WILL CORPORATION OF GEORGIA, At-
lanta, Georgia

Dr. J. Petit, CENTRE NATIONAL DE
DOCUMENTATION, Scientifique et
Technique, 4, Boulevard de I'Emper-
eur, Bruxelles 1, Belgium
Acquisitions Division, Serials Division,
L. S. U. LIBRARY, Baton Rouge, La.
AUBURN UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, Serials
Section, Auburn, Ala. 36830
Director of the Library, CLEMSON UNI-
VERSITY, Clemson, S. C.

DUKE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, Durham,
North Carolina

Periodicals Librarian, EAST CAROLINA
COLLEGE, Greenville, N. C.

EMORY UNIVERSITY, Serials and Bind-
ing Division, Main Library, Atlanta,
Ga. 30322

The Library, FLORIDA STATE UNIVER-
SITY, Tallahassee, Fla.

GEORGIA SOUTHERN COLLEGE, College
Library, Statesboro, Ga.

College Library, HAMPDEN-SYDNEY
COLLEGE, Hampden-Sydney, Va.
HIGHLANDS BIOLOGICAL STATION,
Highlands, North Carolina
MEMER-PFEIFFER LIBRARY, Tennessee
Wesleyan College, Athens, Tennessee
Library, MIDDLE TENNESSEE STATE COL-
LEGE, Murfreesboro, Tenn.

Mississippi State University, MITCHELL
MEMORIAL LIBRARY, State College,
Miss.

Library, MOBILE COLLEGE, P. O. Box
13220, Mobile, Ala. 36601

North Carolina State College, D. H.
HILL LIBRARY, Raleigh, N. C.

NORTHEAST LOUISIANA STATE COL-
LEGE LIBRARY, Monroe, La.

U. S. ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION,
Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Stud-
ies, Midway Warehouse No. 2, P. O.
Box 117, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

BIOLOGY LIBRARY, Bldg. 9207, P. O.
Box Y — 34X-31230, Oak Ridge Nation-
al Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

The Library, SOUTHERN METHODIST
UNIVERSITY, Dallas, Texas 75222

KRESGE SCIENCE LIBRARY, Wayne State
University, Detroit, Mich. 48202

SCIENCE LIBRARY, P. O. Box 6253, Uni-
versity of Alabama, University, Ala.

Serials Dept., Genera! Library, UNI-
VERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, Berkeley,
Calif. 94720

Serials Department, Library, UNIVER-
SITY OF CALIFORNIA, San Diego, La
Jolla, Calif. 92038

UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA LIBRARIES,
Acquisition Dept., Gainesville, Fla.

UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA LIBRARIES,
Acquisitions Division, Athens, Ga.

UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY, Se-
rials Dept., Urbana, III.

UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY LIBRARY,
Lexington, Kentucky

UNIVERSITY OF MIAMI LIBRARY, Serials
Section, Coral Gables, Fla.

Library, Serials Department, UNIVER-
SITY OF MISSOURI, Columbia, Mo.

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH FLORIDA
LIBRARY, Tampa, Fla. 33620

UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS LIBRARY, Serials
Acquisition, Austin, Texas

Director, MT. LAKE BIOLOGICAL STA-
TION, University of Virginia, Route
#1, Pembroke, Va.

FILIAL BIBLIOTEKI AKADEMII NAUK,
Baltijskaja ul 14, Moskva D-219/,
USSR

THE NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM, Gen-
eral Library, Cromwell Road, London
S.W. 7, ENGLAND

THE LIBRARY, New York Botanical Gar-
den, Bronx, New York 10458

U. S. DEPT. OF INTERIOR, Fish & Wild-
life Service, Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries, Biological Laboratory, Ox-
ford, Maryland

DEPT. OF PRINTED BOOKS, SB, British
Museum, London WC1, ENGLAND

Volume 12, No. 1, January 1965

23

Books and Periodicals

The University of South Carolina Press has recently
published, “Wild Flowers of South Carolina” by Wade
T. Batson. Dr. Batson is Professor of Biology at the
University of South Carolina. Presented in the book
are descriptions and habit photographs in color of two
hundred wild flower species. Identification keys are
provided for these and for other conspicuous species
not illustrated.

During the past semester Dr. Albert E. Radford, Dr.
C. Ritchie Bell, and Mr. Harry E. Ahles. of the Depart-
ment of Botany of the University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill, have visited and studied all of the North
and South Carolina material at the herbaria of Duke
University, North Carolina State of the University of
North Carolina at Raleigh, the University of South Caro-
lina, the Charleston Museum, Furman University, Clem-
son University, Western Carolina College, East Carolina
College. Coker College, Wake Forest College, and Ap-
palachian State Teachers College. The purpose of the
study was to complete the county by county distribution
data for the vascular plants of the two Carolinas. These
data, in the form of over 3,200 “dot maps” will be pub-
lished early in 1965 as an Atlas of the Vascular Flora of
the Carolinas. It will be available from the Department
of Agricultural Information of the North Carolina Agri-
cultural Experiment Station in Raleigh, which is pub-
lishing the “Atlas” as a Technical Bulletin, and from
several South Carolina State agencies.

The material in the "Atlas” and in the recently pub-
lished Guide to the Vascular Flora of the Carolinas (see
below) are components in the final preparation of the
complete Manual of the Vascular Flora of the Carolinas.

The University of North Carolina announces the pub-
lication of a Guide to the Vascular Flora of the Caro-
linas, by Albert E. Radford, Harry E. Ahles, and C.
Ritchie Bell. This guide, with distributions by states
for the southeastern states, is based on nearly 200.000
recent collections, treats 179 families, 941 genera, and
over 3200 species of ferns, conifers, and flowering plants.
Its 392 pages are available in two bindings — plastic
treated paper, $3.95; standard hard binding, $6.30. The
hook may be obtained from the Book Exchange, Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

THE LOWER METAZOA: COMPARATIVE BIOL-
OGY AND PHYLOGENY. E. C. Dougherty, Z. N.
Brown. E. D. Hanson, and W. D. Hartman (editors).
University of California. 1963. Pages I-VIII, 1-478.
$17.50.

Here is a book every invertebrate zoologist and all
who are interested in the evolutionary origins of the
Metazoa will want, in spite of the fact that it is another
volume of symposium papers with some of the faults of
such works, not the least of which is the price. There
are thirty-four papers by thirty-two contributors, many
of whom are famous students of the morphology and
phylogeny of the lower invertebrates. These papers are
divided into three sections: twenty-one papers and 304

pages to “Comparative Morphology and Phylogeny," six
papers and 71 pages to “Comparative Physiology,” and
seven papers and 104 pages to "Other Disciplines of
Comparative Biology.”

With perhaps no more than four exceptions, which
could have been incorporated into the first section of
the book, the thirteen papers of the last two sections
could better have been omitted entirely.

The exceptions are Ernest Baldwin’s strong call for
more truly comparative biochemical studies; Robert W.
Pennak’s consideration of the origin of freshwater lower
metazoan faunae by a passage from marine habitats by
psammolittoral forms through a narrow brackish zone
into the phreatic (groundwater) zone; and two papers
on the embryology of sponges and acanthocephalans.

The other nine papers of these sections, though they
would make excellent journal articles, serve here to
make the point that biochemistry and physiology, to a
lesser extent, ecology, have not, as yet, made the con-
tributions to phylogenetic studies that we hope for from
them.

The bulk of the book, the first section on “Com-
parative Morphology and Phylogeny,” is strong. All the
interesting and conflicting theories of metazoan origins
are here in the twenty-one papers, which, regrettably, , I
are too many to review individually. It is a pity not to
mention well done papers such as that by R. B. Clark j i
on the origin of the coelom and metameric segmentation;
nor to call attention to what one hopes is the facetious
suggestion by Donald D. Jensen that the vertebrates
owe their origin to the nemertines, but if space forbids a
discussion of papers by E. D. Hanson, Cadet Hand,
Adolf Remane. T. G. Karling, Peter Ax. Otto Membock,

W. D. Hartman, and others, it must be done. The in- !
vertebrate morphologist will read all these and others
with pleasure.

In attempting to reflect upon the meaning of all these
arguments for conflicting theories of lower metazoan re- I
lationships, I am driven back upon a theory and a die- I
turn. The theory is Simpson's (1953) that an early
"great adaptive radiation” of the primitive (?) pre-
coelenterate metazoans led to the past and present num-
ber and diversity of animal phyla; the dictum is Hyman’s :
(1959), which Hartman quotes in his contribution, that
questions as to the origin of the Metazoa from the Pro-
tozoa. of the Bilateral and of modes of entoderm, meso-
derm, and coelom formation are insoluble on the basis
of present information. Perhaps Hand's argument that
the "early worm” was a planula and Hartman's and
Clark's studies of the origin of the coelom, agree most
closely with these views. And Beklemishev says much
the same, and expresses the conclusion I reach from
reading all these papers, if one reads “early metazoan"
or “planula” for "Coelenterata”: . . . "though the lower
Turbellaria are the most primitive of the Bilateria, they
are in no way at the base of all their lineages. . . . And
though these lineages have split from the Coelenterata at

24

ASB Bulletin

different stages of the latter’s evolution by means of
various adaptations and transformations, still the Bi-
lateria form a consistent group and are a striking exam-
ple of the fact that reasonable taxonomic treatment is far
from always coinciding with the best phylogenetic re-
construction, and that not all seemingly homologous
similarities have been inherited from common ancestors.”
There is, after all, a wide area of agreement, and for
the present, at least, I shall base my teaching on these
views. But regardless of his phylogenetic beliefs, every
teacher of invertebrate zoology will find much of interest
and material for lectures in this book. — Perry C. Holt,
Department of Biology, Virginia Polytechnic Insti-
tute.

PHOSPHOLIPIDS: CHEMISTRY, METABOLISM

AND FUNCTION, BBA Vol. 3, G. B. Ansell and J. N.
Hawthorne, Elsevier Publishing Co., N. Y., 1964, vii +
439 pp., #20.

The primary function of the authors in writing this
volume is to present the biochemistry of phospholipids
in an up-to-date manner. Over 80% of the references
have been published since 1951. The earliest references
(in the early 1800's) are found in the brief historical
introduction.

The treatment of the subject is limited to animal tis-
sues with particular emphasis on mammalian tissues.
Although clinical applications are included, the chapters
dealing with phospholipid analytical methods, biosyn-
thesis, catabolims, organelle composition, genesis, and
transport mechanisms would be of value to any experi-
menter directly or indirectly concerned with lipid re-
search.

The frequent references to reviews and current re-
search articles give the reader ample bibliographic ma-
terial for delving into more specific areas of investiga-
tion. A limited number of cross references within the
text tend to decrease the prolixity which could result in
such a comprehensive treatment of the subject. In ad-
dition to the value of this volume as a research tool,
there are stimulating suggestions for further study of
particular problems in the genesis and function of phos-
pholipids in animal tissues. Suffice to say that a quota-
tion included in the text is becoming more and more
meaningful as research progresses “Phosphatides are
the centre, life and chemical soul of all bioplasm what-
soever, that of plants as well as animals” (J. L. W.
Thudichum 1884). — John F. Dimmick. Wake Forest
College.

News of Biology in the Southeast

Beginning in April, the News of Biology in the
Southeast section of the ASB Bulletin will be un-
der the editorship of Dr. David J. Cotter of Ala-
bama College, Montevallo, Alabama. Dr. Cot-
ter has volunteered to seek information on the
activities of the ASB members on an individual
basis, thereby supplementing the work of the state
correspondents who, it is hoped, will continue to
gather news from institutions in their states and
be on the lookout for items of potential interest
to ASB members and Bulletin subscribers. This
step was taken in order to increase the news cov-
erage of the Bulletin, and has become necessary
because of the mobility of “southeastern” biolo-
gists — who have moved to almost all of the fifty
states and several foreign countries, but who hap-
pily still regard themselves as part of the south-
east.

About People

C. Ritchie Bell of the Department of Botany of the
University of North Carolina has been awarded a re-
search grant of $4,250 from the North Carolina Board
of Science and Technology for beginning evolutionary
studies on weedy and non-weedy “species pairs” in the
Convolvulaceae, Scrophulariaceae, and Apiaceae.

Robert W. Kelley, Professor; William P. Pielou, As-
sociate Professor; and Gilbert W. Fairbanks, Assistant
Professor, are new members of the Biology Dept, of
Furman University, Greenville, S. C.

Helen Churchill of Hollins College is on Sabbatical
Leave working on parasitology problems in Manila.

G. Thomas Riggin, Jr. has been appointed Acting
Head of the Biology Dept, of Newberry College, New-
berry, S. C.

Stefan O. Schiff, who received his doctorate from the
Institute of Radiation Biology of the University of Ten-
nessee in August, 1964, is now Assistant Professor of
Zoology at the George Washington University.

Hugo L. Blomquist, Professor Emeritus in the Depart-
ment of Botany at Duke University, died on 28 Novem-
ber 1964 after a prolonged illness.

At a recent meeting of the American Society of Ich-
thyologists and Herpetologists, Coleman J. Goin of the
University of Florida was elected President-elect of the
Society.

The appointment of Elizabeth M. Zipf as supervisory
editor and head of the Editorial Department at Bio-
logical Abstracts is announced by Mrs. Phyllis V. Park-
ins, director pro tem. Dr. Zipf joined the staff at Bio-
logical Abstracts in 1957 as an assistant editor, was
named associate editor in 1959 and senior associate ed-
itor in 1962. Prior to joining the BA staff, she served
as a research assistant in the Biology Department at
Princeton University from 1956-57. She received the
A.B. degree in biology and chemistry from Mary Wash-
ington College of the University of Virginia, the M.A.
in zoology from the University of Pennsylvania, and the
Ph.D. in biology from the University of Virginia. Her
publications include articles on embryology and neuro-
section in Crustacea.

Volume 12, No. 1, January 1965

25

Luckett V. Davis and Richard D. Houk have joined
the Biology Department at Winthrop College as As-
sociate Professor and Assistant Professor, respectively.
Dr. Davis, who received his Ph.D. in zoology from Duke,
was most recently at the University of the Pacific, Stock-
ton, California. Mr. Houk is from the Botany Depart-
ment at Florida State University where he is completing
his doctorate program.

New faculty members in the Department of General
Biology, Vanderbilt University, are Terrill J. Long, As-
sistant Professor in Plant Physiology, and William M.
Clement, Jr., Associate Professor in Cytology. Dr. Long
was formerly associated with the Biology Division, Oak
Ridge National Laboratory. Dr. Clement was formerly
Assistant Professor of Agronomy and Plant Genetics at
the University of Minnesota. R. B. Channell, Associate
Professor of Biology, has been appointed Chairman of
the Department of General Biology. Burton J. Bogitsh,
Associate Professor, has received a two-year grant from
N.I.H. for continuation of his histochemical studies of
host-parasite relationships.

Willie M. Reams, formerly at Louisiana State Univer-
sity, has joined the Biology Department at the University
of Richmond. Dr. Reams will teach histology and em-
bryology at the undergraduate level and conduct a
course in experimental embryology for graduate students.

Nolan E. Rice, Professor of Biology at the University
of Richmond, will be on sabbatical leave the second
semester to travel in Europe.

Charlotte P. Mangum has joined the faculty of the
College of William and Mary as an Assistant Professor
of Biology. Dr. Mangum received her Ph.D. degree
from Yale University and has recently completed a one
year Post-doctoral Fellowship at the Plymouth Marine
Laboratory in England.

William S. Woolcott, Associate Professor of Biology,
University of Richmond, received a research grant from
the Virginia Academy of Science to aid in the study of
variation in populations of certain species of fishes in
tlie tributaries of Chesapeake Bay. He will be assisted
by William T. Hogarth, a graduate student at the Uni-
versity. Willie M. Reams, Jr., Associate Professor of
Biology at the University of Richmond, is conducting
research on pigment cell behavior in the leg muscles of
mice. The research is supported by a grant from the
National Science Foundation for $8,100 for this aca-
demic year.

Stephen W. Gray and Betty F. Edwards of the Anat-
omy Department, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia
have been awarded a contract by the National Aero-
nautics and Space Administration to support a program
entitled, “The Effect of Weightlessness on the Growth
and Orientation of Roots and Shoots of Monocotyled-
enous Seedlings.” This program will be carried out
when the first Biosatellite orbits the earth in the Spring
of 1966.

Michael David Garrick has joined the staff of Biology
at the University of Virginia as Assistant Professor. Dr.
Garrick received his Ph.D. from the Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity in 1963 and spent last year as a post doctoral
research fellow with Dr. S. H. Boyer. His research in-
terests lie in the fields of biochemistry and genetics and
he is currently concerned with the inheritance of hemo-
globin types in man, and gene products in Neurospora.

Larry T. Wimer has been appointed Assistant Pro-
fessor of Biology at the University of South Carolina.

Dr. Wimer, who received his Ph.D. degree at the Uni-
versity of Virginia, was formerly Instructor of Biology
at Northwestern University. His field of major interest
is insect physiology.

Roy Hunter, formerly of the Morehouse College fac-
ulty, has joined the staff of Atlanta University as As-
sociate Professor of Biology. Dr. Hunter’s teaching and
research interests are in developmental embryology.
Johnny Jackson has also joined the Atlanta University
staff to augment the developing graduate program in
the botanical sciences. Dr. Jackson recently received
his doctorate degree in plant physiology from the Uni-
versity of Oklahoma where he was a student of Dr.
Lawrence M. Rohrbaugh. Luther Williams, formerly
instructor of biology at Atlanta University, is currently
studying for the doctorate degree in the Department of
Biological Sciences at Purdue University. Lafayette
Frederick, Professor and Chairman of the Department
of Biology at Atlanta University was the recipient of
the second annual Board of Trustees Excellence-In- j|
Teaching Award of $1000.00 at the annual Charter Day
Banquet.

George H. M. Lawrence of the Hunt Botanical Li-
brary, Pittsburgh, has been elected President of the i
American Society of Plant Taxonomists for 1965, and
Robert K. Godfrey of Florida State University, Talla-
hassee, has been elected to serve a seven year term on
the Council of the Society.

Other officers appointed by the Council for 1965 are: j
Lawrence R. Heckard (University of California, Berke- >
ley), Secretary; Richard W. Pohl (Iowa State University),
Treasurer; Robert W. Long (University of South Florida,
Tampa), Treasurer-elect.

Other appointments made by the Council are: Peter
H. Raven (Stanford University), Editor-in-Chief of Brit-
tonia; Jonathan Sauer (University of Wisconsin, Madi-
son) and William Weber (University of Colorado) to i
serve on the editorial board of Brittonia; Henry J.
Thompson (University of California, Los Angeles), Rep-
resentative of the Society on the editorial board of the
American Journal of Botany; Robert B. Channell (Van- I
derbilt University) and Robert K. Godfrey (Florida State
University), Representatives of the Society on the Conn- i
oil of the American Association for tire Advancement of
Science; Richard S. Cowan (U. S. National Museum),
Representative of the Society on the Governing Board
of the American Institute of Biological Sciences; Wal-
ter H. Hodge (National Science Foundation), Repre-
sentative of the Society on the National Research Coun- I
cil.

26

ASB Bulletin

The $500 George R. Cooley Award of the American
Society of Plant Taxonomists for meritorious work pub-
lished on the flora of the Southeastern United States has
been given to Ruth S. Breen, Florida State University,
Tallahassee, for her recent book. Mosses of Florida.

The $100 Cooley Award for the best paper presented
at the annual meeting of the society at the University
of Colorado, Boulder, in August went to Jacques Kagan
for a paper (with Ralph E. Alston, T. J. Mabry, and
H. Rosier, all of the University of Texas) on the Flavo-
noid Components of Baptisia species.

Carl J. Kuipers, Professor of Biology at Middle Geor-
gia College, has been appointed Chairman of the re-
cently organized Division of Natural Sciences of the
college.

Mississippi State College for Women

Raymond Kisner joined the staff of MSCW this year
as Associate Professor of Biology. Before coming to
MSCW, he was at Martin Branch, University of Ten-
nessee. Franklin Brewer came this year as Assistant
Professor of Biology. Mr. Brewer came from LSU,
where he had been enrolled in the Ph.D. program in
zoology. Eugene Strobel is on sabbatical leave and is
currently enrolled in the Ph.D. program in zoology at
LSU. Mona Whitson is on sabbatical leave and is cur-
rently enrolled in the Ph.D. program in botany at Mis-
sissippi State University.

Eugene Strobel was awarded a grant of $1500 by the
MSCW RESEARCH COMMITTEE for work on sponges
of Mississippi. Harry Sherman was awarded a grant of
$1000 by the MSCW RESEARCH COMMITTEE for
work on vascular plants of Mississippi. James C. Wilkes
was awarded a grant of $1000 by the MSCW Research
Committee for work on mosses of Mississippi.

Virginia Institute of Marine Science

Edwin B. Joseph addressed the District T Teachers
of the Virginia Education Association recently at the
Woodrow Wilson High School. The title of his talk
was “Sound Production in the Sea.”

William J. Davis presented a program on commercial
fishing in the Chesapeake Bay at a meeting of the
Gloucester Woman’s Club, Gloucester, Virginia.

Morris L. Brehmer talked with the biology club of
William and Mary on “Pollution and the Role of Re-
search.”

Robert E. Stevenson of Florida State University spoke
to the faculty, staff and graduate students of the Vir-
ginia Institute of Marine Science on October 19, 1961.
The title of his talk was “The Influence of Hurricanes
on the Ocean Temperature.” He visited the Institute
from the Department of Geology, College of William
and Mary where he was sponsored by the American
Geophysical Union as part of the series of lectures at
colleges and universities throughout the eastern United
States.

William J. Hargis, Jr., Director of the Virginia In-
stitute of Marine Science, spoke to the Accomac Farm-

ers Club on “Marine Research and the James River
Problems” Tuesday, November 17, 1964.

William J. Hargis, Jr., Morris L. Brehmer, Maynard
M. Nichols and Robert L. Ellison attended the AERS
meeting in Baltimore, Maryland, November 6-7. Dr.
Ellison of the University of Virginia and associate fac-
ulty member of VIMS presented a paper titled “Diver-
sity of Foraminifera in the Rappahannock River” a study
begun while he was a participant of the NSF Research
Participation for College Teachers summer program at
VIMS.

Jay D. Andrews, Head of Malacology Department at
the Virginia Institute of Marine Science, has completed
a final report on the proper management of stored water
for biological purposes with reference to the proposed
Salem Church Dam Project. This is a project designed
to reduce or eliminate oyster pests such as drills, Dermo-
cystidium, MSX, etc. from the Rappahannock River.
The report is being sent to the Bureau of Sport Fisheries
and Wildlife, U. S. Wildlife Service and the Corps of
Engineers. Dr. Andrews served as a member of the
Textbook Selection Committee for the State Board of
Education in selecting biology textbooks for students
in Virginia.

Dana Eldridge of VIMS, under the supervision of Dr.
Andrews, has finished a successful summer’s work on
breeding of progeny of selected MSX-resistant oysters.
Some 15 different lots of oyster progeny are now avail-
able for testing. A rather enthusiastic quarterly prog-
ress report has been sent to the U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service which administers a federal grant on this proj-
ect.

Ten students in Biological Oceanography at the Vir-
ginia Institute of Marine Science got to take a long look
at the subject of their chosen careers November 23-25.
The subject was the sea, specifically the Atlantic Ocean,
on which they ranged beyond the Gulf Stream aboard
Duke University’s new research vessel EASTWARD.
The VIMS graduate students received training on the
cruise from Mr. Langley Wood and Dr. Maynard Nich-
ols, of the Institute research staff, instructors in biolog-
ical and physical oceanography, respectively. The cruise
aboard the EASTWARD was a part of a Cooperative
Research and Training Program in Biological Ocean-
ography sponsored by the National Science Foundation.

Old Dominion College

Old Dominion College, Norfolk, Virginia, has added
the following people to the staff in biology: Irma E.
Bowers, who comes to us from the Medical College of
Virginia; Joseph Q. Heplar, from Hampton Institute;
Kent S. Price, Jr., from the University of Delaware;
Nancy L. Wade, from East Carolina College, and James
R. Wells, from East Carolina College.

Jacques S. Zaneveld left October 2 for Antarctica,
where he will continue his algae studies, begun last
year, in the Ross Sea and along the coast of Ross Island
and the shore of Vietorialand. These studies are made
possible by a NSF grant. Dr. Zaneveld has also re-
ceived a NSF grant for Undergraduate Research Par-
ticipation Projects.

Volume 12, No. 1, January 1965

27

Daniel Sonenshine presented a paper at the First In-
ternational Congress of Parasitology held in Italy in
September.

Harry Marshall will take part in a three-week cruise
aboard the vessel “Eastward” of the Duke University
Marine Laboratory in Beaufort, N. C. Dr. Marshall is
engaged in a project involving marine plankton.

Robert Puyear has completed his requirements for his
Ph.D. degree at Oregon State College. Dr. Puyear’s
work was with glucose metabolism in crayfishes.

old C. Bounds, Instructor. Dr. Kee received his Ph.D.
from Michigan State University in 1964; Mr. Bounds
received his M.S. from Louisiana State University in
1964. During the past summer William C. Mobberly,
Assistant Professor, received a grant of $6200 from the
NSF to aid in the study of the moulting hormones in
the crayfish. Also during the summer of 1964, Charles
E. DePoe, Assistant Professor, was at Oak Ridge under
an AEC research participation grant studying the ecol-
ogy of Cenitophyllum and its uptake of radio-nuclitides.

Shorter College

Mary Catherine Dunn, Associate Professor of Biology
at Shorter College, Rome, Georgia, has been elected a
Fellow of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science. Dr. Dunn received her B.S. from
Winthrop College; her M.S. from the University of
Michigan; and her Ph.D. from the University of Geor-
gia. She joined the Shorter College faculty in 1963.

Melvyn Ottinger, an alumni of Shorter College, has
returned there to teach after studying at Clemson Uni-
versity for his M.S. William L. Threlkeld, head of the
Biology and Earth Science Department resigned last
spring because of serious illness. Named acting head
to replace Dr. Threlkeld is Philip F. C. Greear, who has
been on the science faculty since 1961. Mr. Greear
holds his bachelor and masters degree from the Uni-
versity of Georgia.

The University of North Carolina

V. A. Greulach, Professor, Botany Department,
U. N. C., Chapel Hill, is on leave this year from his
post as Chairman of the Department. He is in Wash-
ington, D. C., serving as Executive Director of the
NSF CUEBS program. In his absence Dr. A. E. Rad-
ford, Professor, is acting Chairman of the Department.

J. Frank McCormick joined the faculty of the Botany
Department at U. N. C., Chapel Hill, in September,
1964, as Assistant Professor. Dr. McCormick will de-
velop graduate and research programs in Ecology. He
has a grant from AEC in the amount of $30,000 for
the first year of a continuing study of the effects of
ionizing radiation on vegetation. Some of the work will
be done at AEC’s Savannah River Plant at Aiken, S. C.

A. J. Domnas will arrive in Chapel Hill in February
to assume duties as Assistant Professor of Botany at
U. N. C. Dr. Domnas is a biochemist, and was recently
at Michigan State University where he was studying
the physiology and biochemistry of the fungus, Blasto-
cladiella.

Max H. Hommersand, Assistant Professor of Botany
at U. N. C., Chapel Hill, has been awarded a grant of
$22,572 by the North Carolina Board of Science and
Technology for the purchase of a Cary Recording Spec-
trophotometer and associated equipment. The equip-
ment will be used for pigment studies and other physio-
logical and biochemical investigations in the various
kinds of plants being studied in this department.

Northeast Louisiana State College

Two new members have joined the staff of the Biol-
ogy Dept.: David T. Kee, Assistant Professor, and Har-

Northwestern State College
Natchitoches, Louisiana

Northwestern State College’s Departments of Biolog-
ical Sciences and Microbiology have recently received
a research grant totaling $25,560 from the National In-
stitutes of Health. The grant, entitled “Some Species
Inter-relationships in a Bee Cell Microhabitat,” is ex-
pected to run for three years. Dr. Earle A. Cross of
the Department of Biological Sciences is principal in-
vestigator, and Dr. Rene J. Bienvenu of the Department
of Microbiology is co-investigator. Studies will center
around inter-relationships of two species of mites, at
least one kind of bacillus, and a ground-nesting bee.
The latter, Nomia melanderi, is the alkali-bee, one of
the most important pollinators of alfalfa in the United
States. Numbers of this bee have recently dwindled
greatly in some areas, causing a corresponding drop in
seed yields. Causes of this decline are unknown but
may be due to a bee disease which is prevalent in the
areas of decline. It is possible that the two mites men-
tioned may be instrumental in spreading this disease.

The Department has also received an Undergraduate
Instructional Scientific Equipment Grant from the Na-
tional Science Foundation. The amount received was
matched by NSC, giving a total of $10,620.00. Items
purchased with the funds from this grant are designed
to initiate teaching areas in plant physiology and plant
pathology, and to expand teaching efforts and to broaden
student research interest in the field of environmental
biology. Also, the Department has received an Institu-
tional Grant from the National Science Foundation to-
taling $3,930, which will be used to purchase equipment
designed to further improve the instructional and re-
search programs in biology.

Recently the State Board of Education approved the
setting aside of an 84 acre tract of forest as a natural his-
tory area. This tract, which is to be called the North-
western State College Natural History Reservation, is
located on the northeast corner of the campus approxi-
mately one mile from the Biology Building. The vege-
tation of the area is comprised of shortleaf-loblolly-
mixed hardwoods, but has a variety of habitats in-
cluding a fine beech ravine and several acres of cy-
press swamp. Plans are under way to build a research
laboratory on the Reservation.

A new passenger “carryall” was recently purchased
by the Department. It will fill an urgent need for
transporting students on field trips and will also be used
for undergraduate and graduate research, thus augment-
ing our emphasis on environmental studies.

1

28

ASB Bulletin

A fifth consecutive National Science Foundation Sum-
mer Science Training Program for Secondary School
Students was conducted by the Department during the
past summer. A grant of $8,840 funded instruction,
supplies and subsistence for 24 students. The theme of
the program was developmental biology. Mr. Dwayne
N. Kruse directed the program and was assisted by Dr.
Hugh C. Land.

Earle A. Cross and three biology students were on a
9-day field trip early in September to the Arapahoe-
Shoshone Indian Reservation in Central Wyoming to
collect mites and bacteria associated with an important
native pollinator of alfalfa, the alkali bee. These or-
ganisms are subjects of an investigation supported by a
National Institutes of Health grant mentioned above.
Dr. Cross is president of the Northwestern State College
Sigma Xi Club, which was organized last year.

During the past year, W. G. Erwin served as director
of the Undergraduate Research Participation Program
replacing Dr. Garth who was on leave-of- absence. Ten
students in the Department of Biological Sciences and
two students in the Department of Microbiology arc
participating in this program.

Richard E. Garth, Associate Professor of Biological
Sciences, has returned to Northwestern State College
following a year’s leave-of-absence. During the past
12 months he has served as an Assistant Program Di-
rector on the staff of the National Science Foundation.
His primary area of responsibility was with the Summer
Science Training Program for Secondary School Stu-
dents, The State Academy of Science Programs and the
Cooperative College-School Science Programs. Dr.
Garth has recently been appointed chairman of the
Travel Awards Committee of the Association of South-
eastern Biologists. This committee is responsible for
the making of travel grants to graduate students to at-
tend the annual meeting, using funds provided by Mr.
Goethe of California.

Dr. Garth is resuming his research on hypothalmic-
pituitary relationships with respect to gonadotrophic
hormones. This research is supported by a grant of
$11,000 from the National Institutes of Health. Mr.
Daniel J. Brupbacher, a graduate student, is working
with Dr. Garth on this project.

Virgil K. Howe joined the stafi September 1. Dr.
Howe received the Ph.D. from Iowa State University in
August. He is a plant pathologist and mycologist. The
staff in Biological Sciences now includes ten members,
eight of whom hold the Ph.D. Degree.

During August, 1964, Dr. Hugh C. Land, accom-
panied by two undergraduate research participants in
a program sponsored by the National Science Founda-
tion, traveled from Northwestern State College to the
American Museum of Natural History in New ^ ork City.
Dr. Land and his students were comparing a series of
bird specimens, which Dr. Land collected in Guatemala
in three expeditions from 1958 to 1963, with birds in the
Museum. The identification of these specimens to sub-
species, plus the gathering of data on plumages and
ecology, is all part of the work Dr. Land is doing in
the preparation of a monograph to be titled “Birds of
Guatemala.”

George Ware taught plant ecology during the summer
in an NSF Ecology Institute at the University of Okla-
homa at Norman. Traveling by chartered bus, the
group studied physical geography and ecology through-
out Oklahoma.

Dr. Ware is serving his second year as Treasurer for
the Southwestern Association of Naturalists. This group,
known as SWAN, will hold its 1965 meeting at New
Orleans.

Institutions and Organizations

The Department of General Biology, Vanderbilt Uni-
versity, has received a grant from the National Science
Foundation to conduct a three-week College Conference
on Histochemistry from August 1-21, 1965. Applica-
tion forms may be obtained from Dr. Burton J. Bogitsh,
Department of General Biology.

The Biology Department at the University of Rich-
mond is celebrating its 50th anniversary. It was estab-
lished in 1914, when the University moved to its pres-
ent campus, and plans are underway for a commemo-
rating program in the spring. The graduate program
of the Biology Department has been revised so as to be
more with the practices standard at other universities.
Graduate seminars and formal graduate courses are now
offered in the two-year Master program, in addition to
the requirement of a thesis.

The Botany and Zoology Departments of Tulane Uni-

versity have been combined to form the Department of
Biology, offering a new undergraduate curriculum in the
biological sciences. Consolidation will go into effect
July 1, 1965.

Dr. E. Peter Volpe, Professor and former chairman of
the Department of Zoology at Newcomb College, wo-
men’s liberal arts division of Tidane, has been named
chairman of the new department. A feature of the new
curriculum will be an introductory course for all stu-
dents, with no distinction between the premedical stu-
dent, the economics major, and the humanities student.

The new program replaces three courses in biology,
one in botany, and one in zoology formerly offered.

The Department of Biology at Atlanta University lias
been awarded a matching funds Graduate Research
Facilities grant of $167,000.00 from the National Science
Foundation for the addition of a second story to the
recently constructed biology building. The new facili-
ties will include an electron microscope laboratory and
a radiation research laboratory. It is anticipated that
these new facilities will become available in Septem-
ber, 1965.

An appropriation of $300,000 has been provided by
the State Building Commission for an addition to the
biology building at Mississippi State College for Women.

Thelma Howell, Executive Director of Highlands Bio-
logical Station, Highlands, N. C., announces that the
Station has recently received two grants from the Na-
tional Science Foundation. One grant of $94,800 is

Volume 12, No. 1, January 1965

29

for a continuation of the study of the ecology of the
gorges of the southeastern escarpment of the Blue Ridge
Mountains. Proposals for support of work in the gorges
are invited. For further information and application
blanks, write the Executive Director of the Station.
A grant of $67,400 from the National Science Founda-
tion provides for a garage-warehouse and an extension
to the Coker Laboratory Building.

Florence State College, Florence, Alabama, is offering
a National Science Foundation supported Institute for
junior high school teachers. Summer, 1965. Areas of
study are mathematics and general science (biology and
physical science). The Director of the Institute is Dr.
Joseph C. Thomas. The Staff includes Dr. Thomas-
physical science, Dr. Locker and Dr. Wooldridge—
mathematics, and Dr. Keys— biology. Fifty stipends for
junior high school teachers are available.

The Department of Zoology, Mississippi State Uni-
versity, has been awarded $13,780.00 in matching funds
for a two-year-period by NSF under its Undergraduate
Instructional Scientific Equipment Grant Program. These
funds are being used to purchase new and modern
teaching equipment suited to modern biology.

Ninety-eight University of Kentucky faculty members
received summer research fellowships in 1964, having a
total value of $115,200, Dr. John W. Oswald, President
of the University, announced today. The grants were
authorized by the Board of Trustees, Dr. Oswald said,
“to provide stimulus, encouragement, and additional op-
portunities for research to members of the University
faculty” who have no other research or teaching as-
signments during July and August. Recipients of the
fellowships, which have a full value of $1,200 each,
were selected by the University Research Committee.
They represent 23 departments and schools in the Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences, four departments in the Col-
lege of Engineering, the Colleges of Law, Education,
Commerce, and Pharmacy, the School of Architecture,
and the Southeast Community College. Each person
receiving a fellowship devoted not less than two months
in full-time research between Commencement last May
18 and the beginning of the fall semester September 1.

The Department of Botany of the University of North
Carolina has been awarded funds by the National Science
Foundation for a Summer Conference for College Teach-
ers. The three week Conference, scheduled for June
14-July 2, will deal with aspects of plant classification
and will show the developing interrelationships between
the various aspects of taxonomy and our changing
methodology and interpretations.

Within the formal title of “Methods of Botanical In-
vestigation and Classification” the lecture series will
cover Chemotaxonomy, Numerical Taxonomy, Paleobo-
tanical Studies, Phylogeny, and Population Structure.
Laboratory and field studies will supplement the lecture
material.

The Conference is open to college teachers of gen-
eral botany, general biology, taxonomy, or ecology —
and is designed to give a group of 30 such teachers

valuable background information as well as currently
useful material to make their teaching and research
programs more valuable and effective.

Application forms and more detailed information con-
cerning the Conference may be obtained from the Di-
rector, Dr. C. Ritchie Bell, Department of Botany, Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina.
All applications are due 1 March 1965 and the selection
of participants will be announced about 15 March.

A Summer Institute in Introductory Biology for Col-
lege Teachers will be held in the Thompson Biologieal
Laboratory of Williams College between July 5 and
August 14, 1965. Endorsed by the Commission on
Undergraduate Education in the Biological Sciences
(CUEBS) and supported by the National Science Founda-
tion, the Institute is intended for college teachers of
biology who are instructing in courses at the intro-
ductory or general level. Forty participants will study
a common program consisting of a number of topics in
areas of biology that have been extremely active within
recent years. Participants will receive a stipend of
$450, an allowance of $90 per dependent (to a maxi-
mum of four), and a travel allowance of $.04 per mile
to a maximum of $80. No tuition will be charged, nor
will any credit or degree be given. Information and
application blanks may be obtained from the Director,
Professor Allyn J. Waterman, Department of Biology,
Williams College, Williamstown, Massachusetts.

The Department of Science and Mathematics at
Greensboro College announced that two of its students
have received undergraduate research grants from the
North Carolina Academy of Science. The research will
be conducted under the direction of Dr. Arnold Van
Pelt, Professor of Biology. A grant of $203 has been
awarded to Buddy Watson, who will run unrinanalyses
for amino acid residues on hairless and hairloss mice.
Robert Knorr received a grant of $135 with which he
will continue his work on a histological comparison of
the integument of normal mice and that of hairless
and of hairloss mice.

NSF Awards 15 Grants in Southeast for
High School Science Teaching Improvement

The National Science Foundation has awarded 46
grants to provide training for 1,565 secondary school
teachers, and 2,182 high-ability secondary school stu-
dents through NSF’s Cooperative College-School Science
Program.

Grants totaling $903,000 were made to educational
and research institutions as part of this program to im-
prove the teaching of science and mathematics in the
nation’s high schools.

The grantees use their facilities and faculties to as-
sist teachers and students from schools planning im-
provements in their science and math courses. In some
cases the grantee institution works with school adminis-
trators to plan introduction of new course material.

Improvement of high school science education usually
calls for additional training of teachers, and special in-

30

ASB Bulletin

struction is given for selected teachers, sometimes fol-
lowed by a year or more of regular consultations.

In some programs students are chosen to participate
in the training programs, partly to show the teachers
1 how modern science and mathematics can be presented
in the high school classroom or laboratory, and partly
to give the teacher actual experience in meeting the
challenge of bright pupils.

Most programs limit participants to the immediate
geographical region and each institution plans its own
activities with the particular needs of local school sys-
tems in mind.

Of the 46 programs supported by NSF under the
nationwide CCSS Program, 20 will be conducted during
the summer of 1965, 16 will he held during the 1965-66
school year (generally on Saturdays), and 10 will be
conducted both during the summer and the school year.

Some of the programs concentrate on one field of
science, but many others include courses in several
disciplines. The course resembles a regular class, but
is conducted on a significantly higher level than that in
the average high school. Several of the programs are
oriented toward research rather than formal course work,
with teachers and students joining faculties to attack
scientific problems.

Institutions awarded grants under the CCSS Program
select teacher and student participants, and further in-
formation and application forms can be obtained by
writing the director of each institution; inquiries should
not be sent to NSF.

A list of institutions, program directors, and other in-
formation pertinent to biology programs in the south-
east appears below:

Alabama

ALABAMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE (to be held at
selected high schools in Alabama); Biology, Chemistry,
Physics, or Mathematics; 43 weeks, September 1965-
June 1966; 400 teachers; 60 students; Dr. Ruric E.
Wheeler, Dept, of Mathematics, Howard College, Bir-
mingham 9. $10,500

District of Columbia

HOWARD UNIVERSITY, Washington; Biology ( BSCS ) ;
academic year: 8 meetings, February 1-May 2, 1965;
also summer: 4 weeks, August 2-August 26, 1965; 40
teachers, commuting only; Dr. Marie C. Taylor, Dept,
of Botany. $12,725

JOINT BOARD OF SCIENCE EDUCATION, Wash-
ington (to be held at Montgomery Junior College); Bio-
logical Sciences ( BSCS)-, 4 weeks, June 21-July 16, 1965
and 8 meetings, October 1965-May 1966; 24 teachers;
commuting only; Mr. Robert B. Nicodemus, Dept, of
Biology, Montgomery Junior College, Takoma Park, Md.
20012. $16,995

Florida

BREVARD ENGINEERING COLLEGE, Melbourne
32902; Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Physics or Engi-
neering (Research)-, 38 weeks, August 24, 1965-May 27,
1966; 3 teachers and 25 students, 10th-12th grades; all
commuters; Dr. J. P. Keuper, President. $11,230

CAPE HAZE MARINE LABORATORY, Sarasota 33581;
Marine Zoology and Ichthyology; 8 weeks, June 14-
August 6, 1965; 5 teachers and 11 students, 10th and
11th grades; Mr. John D. Woolever, 4850 Lords Avenue.

$11,460

Kentucky

CENTRE COLLEGE OF KENTUCKY, Danville 40422;
Mathematical Methods of Science, Introduction to Mo-
lecular Structure or Introduction to Molecular Biology;
7 weeks, June 14-July 31, 1965; 8 teachers (several from
each school) and 45 students, 10th and 11th grades; Dr.
Charles E. Whittle, Jr., Dept, of Physics. $17,250

Louisiana

LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY, Baton Rouge 70803
(to be held at Gulf Coast Research Laboratory, Ocean
Springs, Mississippi); Marine Zoology; 6 weeks, July 12-
August 20, 1965; 6 teachers and 30 students, 10th and
11th grades; Dr. Harry J. Bennett, Dept, of Zoology.

$16,735

NORTHWESTERN STATE COLLEGE, Natchitoches
71475; Biology (BSCS)\ 9 weeks, June 8-August 7, 1965
with academic year consultations; 12 teachers and 24
students, 10th grade; teachers from Louisiana high
schools; Dr. William G. Erwin, Dept, of Biological
Sciences. $26,300

North Carolina

EAST CAROLINA COLLEGE, Creenville 27835; Biol-
ogy (BSCS); 6 weeks, July 14-August 24, 1965; 8 teach-
ers and 32 students, 10th grade; Dr. Patricia A. Daugh-
erty, Dept, of Biology. $11,835

NORTH CAROLINA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE, Ra-
leigh 27602 (to be held on various college campuses
throughout the state); Biology (BSCS); 18 weeks Sep-
tember 1965-June 1966 with follow-up; 48 North Caro-
lina teachers of biology; Dr. John A. Yarbrough, Mere-
dith College. $16,485

NORTH CAROLINA STATE OF THE UNIVERSITY
OF NORTH CAROLINA AT RALEIGH, Raleigh 27607;
Biology (BSCS); 6 weeks, June 14-July 23, 1965; 8
teachers and 32 students, 10th grade; Dr. W. A. Reid,
Institute of Biological Sciences. $13,620

WAKE FOREST COLLEGE, Winston-Salem 27106;
Biology (BSCS); 6 weeks, June 21-July 30, 1965, 8
teachers and 32 students, 10th grade; Dr. John F. Dim-
mick. Dept, of Biology. $11,795

Virginia

VIRGINIA INSTITUTE OF MARINE SCIENCE, Glou-
cester Point 23602 (to be held at Norview High School,
Norfolk); Oceanography; 8 weeks, June 14-August 6,
1965; 3 teachers and 15 students; commuters only; Mr.
Robert S. Bailey, Dept, of Marine Science. $8,245
VIRGINIA POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE, Blacksburg
24601 (to be held at Thomas Jefferson High School,
Richmond); Matrix Algebra, Statistics and Computers;
7 weeks, June 14-July 30, 1965; 8 teachers and 24 stu-
dents, 11th grade; Dr. Svencl T. Gormsen, Dept, of
Mathematics. $13,600

Volume 12, No. 1, January 1965

31

VIRGINIA STATE COLLEGE, NORFOLK DIVISION,

Norfolk 23504; Mathematics and Biology, Chemistry or

Physics; 6 weeks, June 14-July 23, 1965; 4 teachers and

48 students, 10th and 11th grades; Dr. Clyde McDaniel,

Dept, of Mathematics, 2401 Corprew Avenue. $18,130

ASB’s January
Placement Service

Name.— John R. Holsinger

Institution (mailing address).— Department of Zoology,
University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.

Permanent address.— 106 Pleasant Hill Rd., Harrisonburg,
Virginia.

Field of specialization.— Invertebrate zoology with em-
phasis on fresh-water crustaceans.

Degrees.— B.S. from Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1955;
M.S. from Madison College; Ph.D. (Biological
Sciences) from University of Kentucky, hopefully in
summer of 1966.

Experience.— Military service, 1955-58; biology instructor
in Fairfax County, Va. public schools, 1958-63; gradu-
ate teaching assistant, Univ. Ky., 1963-64; research as-
sistant, Univ. Ky., 1964-present.

Research includes invertebrate faunal survey of Ap-
palachian caves; ecology of cave eco-systems; system-
atic^ and evolution of cavernicolous faunas, espe-
cially mites and amphipods (latter is dissertation
topic).

Preference.— Teaching and research.

I am interested in developing a research program in
biospeleology, primarily devoted to studies on ecology
and svstematics of subterranean and subterranean-
related crustaceans.

Name.— Shelton E. Stewart

Address.— Department of Botany, University of Georgia,
Athens, Georgia.

Position desired.— Teaching and part-time research.

Specialized field.— Experimental plant taxonomy.

General field.— Botany.

Date of graduation.— June, 1966.

Name.— Douglass II. Morse

Address.— Museum of Zoology, Louisiana State Univer-
sity, Baton Rouge, La., 70803.

Permanent address.— Star Route, Lisbon, Maine.

Institution granting degree.— LSU (Ph.D.).

Field of specialization.— Ornithology. Prefers teaching
with opportunity for research.

Name.— John G. Turnbull

Address.— Dept, of Zoology, Louisiana State University,
Baton Rouge, Louisiana, 70803.

Permanent address.— Care Mrs. C. L. Parks, Gotebo,
Oklahoma.

Institution granting degree.— LSU (Ph.D.).

Field of specialization.— Reproductive physiology. Pre-
fers teaching/' research combination.

Seal Recommended for Adoption
by ASB in April

The anonymously submitted design shown be-
low has been recommended by the Executive
Committee for adoption as the official seal of the
ASB. Membership approval of this design will
be sought at the business meeting next April in
Charlottesville, Virginia.

Association of Southeastern Biologists, Inc., Chapel Hill, North Carolina

c. W. Hart, Jr., Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th & The Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa.

none

Association of Southeastern Chapel Hill, North Carolina. (Dr, William J. Koch7

biologists, Tnc. f Associate Professor, Dept, of Botany. University ol

North Carolina — Accent.)

8 KNOWN BONDHOLDERS MORTGAGEES AND OTHER SECURITY HOIOERS OWNING OR HOLDING I PERCENT OR MORE OF TOTAL AMOUNT
OF BONDS MORTGAGES OR OTHER SECURITIES (If ihtrt jr. non, m Malt)

ASB Bulletin

32

NEW YORK

BOTANICAL GARDEN

BULLETIN

Volume 12 No. 2
April 1965

Program and Abstracts

for the

Charlottesville Meeting

The photograph on the left is of Dr. C. M. Goethe
of Sacramento, California. Dr. Goethe, who
Celebrated his 90th birthday on 28 March 1965,
is familiar to ASB members because of the Mary
Glide Goethe travel awards to assist graduate
students in attending ASB meetings. An article
summarizing the history of these awards — as
well as other aspects of Dr. Goethe’s long and
many-faceted career — will appear in the July
ASB Bulletin.

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN ' oluine 12, Number 2 - April 1965

CONTENTS

Association Affairs 34

Pollution’s Eternal Triangle — by John Cairns, Jr. 35

Program of the 26th Annual ASB Meeting 38

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 26th Annual ASB

Meeting 42

Books and Periodicals 57

News of Biology in the Southeast ...... 59

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

Proposed Amendments to
Constitution and By-Laws

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
ot Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Men-
zel, Dept, of Biological Sciences, Florida
State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla. Subscrip-
tion orders from libraries and other insti-
tutions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. Leland Shanor, Department
of Biological Sciences, Florida State Uni-
versity, Tallahassee, Florida. Subscription
rate for non-members of the ASB: $4.00
per year. Printing and typography by the
Fulton Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

MARGARET V. MENZEL
Associate Editor

BETTY URSOMARSO, Assistant Editor
LELAND SHANOR, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — William D. Burbanck, Emory
University

Retiring President — E. Ruffin Jones, Uni-
versity of Florida

President Elect — Harry J. Bennett, Lou-
isiana State University
Vice-President — Elsie Quartennan, Van-
derbilt University

Secretary — Margaret Y. Menzel, Florida
State University

Treasurer — Leland Shanor, National Sci-
ence Foundation

Executive Committee — C. Ritchie Bell,
University of North Carolina; Wilbur
H. Duncan, University of Georgia;
John Carpenter, University of Ken-
tucky; G. M. Jeffrey, National Insti-
tutes of Health; David James Cotter,
Alabama College; Chauncey G.
Goodchild, Emory University; Fred-
erick T. Wolf, Vanderbilt University.
All officers are ex officio members of
the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — W. W. Miller, III, Howard
College

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — position vacant
Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University
Maryland — position vacant
Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University
North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Furman Univ.

Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — position vacant

Affiliate

Southern Section of the American
Society of Plant Physiologists

In accordance with the instruc-
tions from the Executive Commit-
tee. the Committee on Constitution
and By-Laws will submit the fol-
lowing proposed amendments to the
Constitution and By-Laws at the an-
nual meeting in Charlottesville on
April 15-17. These proposals are
presented in order to give the re-
quired notice to the membership.
The Constitutional amendment can-
not be acted on until the 1966 an-
nual meeting. — E. Ruffin Jones,
Chairman, Julian Darlington, Do-
lores S. Dundee.

PROPOSED AMENDMENTS
to the Constitution and By-Laws

CONSTITUTION —
ARTICLE IV. Officers

Change to provide for an Archi-
vist. It would then read:
ARTICLE IV. Officers
The officers of the Association
shall be (A) President, (B) Presi-
dent-Elect, (C) Vice-President,
(D) Secretary, (E) Treasurer,
and (F) Archivist.

BY-LAWS —

ARTICLE II. Election of Officers
After Section 3 which provides
for the election of a Secretary
and a Treasurer add a new Sec-
tion 4.

(NEW) — Section 4. The Archi-
vist shall be a member of the
Association and shall be se-

lected and appointed by the Ex-
ecutive Committee for a term
of three years. The Archivist
shall be eligible for reappoint-
ment for any number of suc-
cessive three year terms.

(RENUMBER) — Present Section
4 — to become Section 5. Pres-
ent Section 5 — to become Sec-
tion 6. (No change in the
wording of either.)

BY-LAWS —

ARTICLE III. Duties of Officers
Add a new Section 6.

(NEW) — Section 6. The Archi-
vist shall be custodian of the
permanent records or Archives
and shall with the approval of
the Executive Committee make
such arrangements as may seem
appropriate for the collection,
care and maintenance of such
records.

BY-LAWS —

ARTICLE VI. Executive Committee
Section 3. — Amend to make the|
Archivist an Ex-Officio Member
of the Executive Committee with
same status as the Editor of the
Journal. It should then read:
Section 3. The Editor of the
A.S.B. Bulletin and the Archivist
shall be Ex-Officio Members of
the Executive Committee with the
power of discussion and privileges
of proposing motions but shall
not have the right to vote.

( Continued on page 56)

34

ASB Bulletin

The Executive Committee of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists has initiated a series of
three annual symposia on the general subject of
Man's Pollution of His Environment. The
first seminar is scheduled for Thursday evening,
April 15th, at 8 p.m. in the auditorium of Gilmer
Hall at the University of Virginia. Dr. Frank E.
Egler of A ton Forest, Inc., Norfolk, Connecticut,
i will give the principal address, “ Communications
— Sound and Unsound — On Problems of Pol-
lution.” Discussants are Dr. John Cairns, Jr.,
Acting Chairman and Curator, Department of
Limnology , Academy of Natural Sciences, Phila-
delphia; and Mr. Lawrence S. Givens, Regional

Supervisor, Branch of Natural Life Refuges,
Bureau of Sports Fisheries and Wildlife, Atlanta,
Georgia. The program is being arranged by Dr.
Robert B. Platt of Emory University, who will
serve as moderator.

Since the problems of communication are cen-
tral to problems of pollution, this is a particularly
appropriate subject to initiate the series. The
formal presentation will be kept within one hour,
so as to provide ample opportunity for audience
participation.

Dr. Egler is especially well known for his
pioneering work in problems of pollution, in-
cluding extensive research on the use of herbi-
cides on rights-of-way, and provocative essays
on vegetation, pesticides, ecosystems, and com-
munications. Recent articles by him have ap-
peared in the March, 1964, issue of THE
AMERICAN SCIENTIST and the November,
1964, issue of BIOSCIENCE.

Pollution’s Eternal Triangle, by John
Cairns, Jr., is a summation of Dr. Cairns’ feel-
ings on the communications problem in relation
to stream pollution.

' TA uring the last ten years our society has be-
come increasingly aware of the water pol-
, lution problem, and there is now general agree-
ment that enlightened self interest — as well as
an ethical and moral obligation — requires ade-
quate waste treatment and pollution abatement.
Formulation and implementation of effective
abatement programs will depend upon a rap-
prochement of the members of pollution’s eternal
1 triangle: the ecologists, the sanitary engineers,
and the regulatory agencies. Each of these groups
has problems which it feels are not fully appre-
ciated by the other two groups, or by the gen-
eral public.

The ecologists are cognizant of the vast num-
ber of species, each with its own particular re-
quirements, that they are trying to protect. They
also know that the response of an organism to
one environmental factor is influenced by other
environmental factors as well as the varying physi-
ological conditions within that organism. Re-
cognition of biological and environmental vari-
ability are fundamental to this point of view.

In contrast, the sanitary engineers are oriented
toward specific parameters, and the plant man-
agers with whom they work have a way of in-
sisting upon precise figures. Even the most flex-
ible waste treatment system must be based upon
a realistic estimate of the range of effluent quality

Vol. 12, No. 2, April 1965

35

and quantity which will not degrade the receiving
stream. Since waste treatment personnel are
charged with producing an effluent which meets
certain standards, they wish these to be precisely
defined and subject to as little change as possible.

In the middle, trying to reconcile these con-
llicting demands, are the legislators and regula-
tory agencies. Most of the latter have many
streams to supervise — ranging from cold moun-
tain streams with low mineral content to warm,
hardwater streams. If, for instance, they pro-
hibit a specific zinc concentration which has
proven toxic in soft water streams, it may be
non-toxic in a hardwater stream (Table 1), thus
penalizing the users of the hard water stream.
In turn, if the standards are based on average
results for a range of hardness, there is a distinct
possibility of damage to the aquatic organisms
in soft water streams. A further complication
arises from interactions between the components
of a waste which may be synergistic, antagonistic,
or additive. For example, Doudoroff (1952)
found that although fish could survive for 8 hours
in water containing 8 mg./ 1 . of zinc alone, and
for 8 hours in water containing 0.2 mg./l. of
copper alone, most fish died within 8 hours when
exposed to a mixed solution containing only
1.0 mg./l. of zinc and 0.025 mg./l. of copper.

Present knowledge usually does not permit
one to predict, a priori, what the toxicity of any
given mixture of waste components will be, but
bio-assays with composite waste samples will
furnish functional parameters for waste disposal.
Successful operation within these parameters ap-
pears relatively simple if the entire operation is
controlled by a single organization, but unfor-
tunately this is rarely the case.

If, for example, a nearby city housing a plant’s
employees places sewage with an oxygen demand
into the stream used by the plant for waste dis-
posal, there may be occasional periods of low
dissolved oxygen concentration during warm
weather and low llow conditions. But periodic
low oxygen will alter the sensitivity of some aqua-
tic organisms to zinc (Table 2). Now, multiply
this problem at least a hundred fold and one has
a fair estimate of the regulatory complications
existing in many lowland industrial drainage
basins.

In addition to the above, one might list a host
of subsidiary problems such as lack of trained
personnel, the expanding population, the intluence

of dams, the penalization of new industry by re-
quirements demanding almost complete waste
treatment because of stream degradation created
by currently operating industries, problems re-
sulting from variations in individual state laws in
drainage basins that cover more than one state,
the conflict for older industries between adequate
waste treatment and economic survival, etc.

T T owever, it is my conviction that these prob-
1 * lems can be resolved once the basic com-
munication barriers have broken down and goals
have been established that reflect the major needs
of all three groups. My own experience in work-
ing as an ecologist and dealing with members of
the other two groups bears this out, since an
awareness of the needs of these other groups, and
the practical limitations which must be met by
each, has always produced a workable practical
solution.

Surely the best aid to a working relationship
is a common goal, and it is abundantly clear that
the basic goal of all three groups should be to
preserve a functional ecosystem. To paraphrase
Ben Franklin: // we know where we are and
where we want to go, the problem of getting there 1
is half solved. To put it more bluntly, enlightened
self interest should prevent us from poisoning our
environment.

Our recent experiences with pesticides, deter-
gents, and other micro-chemical contaminants ■
have resulted in considerable enlightenment of
the industrial and regulatory groups — as well as
of the general public — regarding the complex
inter-relationships of an ecosystem. And there
is an increasing general awareness that substan-
tial damage to one part of the system will send a
shock wave throughout the remainder of the sys-
tem. Even people without formal biological
training have realized that one of the character-
istics of a natural system is a great diversity of
species — and that the response to restricting and
unfavorable factors in the environment is a sim- , i
plification of the system which is reflected by the
decreased diversity of species. Spokesmen for
industrial groups, regulatory agencies, and open-
space planners have now turned to biologists and
ecologists for parameters within which they may
operate without substantial damage to natural
systems. Essentially they are saying that they
recognize the need to preserve and protect natural
ecosystems and that those systems should be de-

TABLE 1. — A summary of test results on the effects of water temperatures and hardness upon the toxicity
of zinc ions to the bluegill sunfish. Lepomis macrochirits Raf. (From Cairns and Scheier, 1957a)

Temp.

Dilution

Concentration of Zn+I' allowing

° C

water

100%

survival

50% survival

No survival

18

Soft

1.59-

2.25 ppm

2.86- 3.78 ppm

4.80- 5.80 ppm

30

Soft

0.90-

2.10 ppm

1.93- 3.63 ppm

4.00- 5.81 ppm

18

Hard

6.60-

9.47 ppm

10.13-12.50 ppm

12.60-14.10 ppm

30

Hard

6.18-

9.50 ppm

10.15-12.30 ppm

13.50-14.10 ppm

36

ASB Bulletin

fined in more specific terms so as to give some
guidelines for safe operation. This places the re-
sponsibility to provide workable parameters
squarely upon the biologists. Instead of general-
izations, we must provide specific answers to
such questions as whether a “natural” area must
have a minimal size in order to be functional.
What is the degree of dependence of a natural
area upon the surrounding areas, and what de-
gree of control over these is necessary. If an
area has been inadvertently or deliberately dam-
aged, how long does it take to regain a natural
state, and are there any ways in which this re-
covery may be hastened. How does one dis-
tinguish between natural population changes and
“unnatural” changes resulting from the effects of
civilization. How can one realistically estimate
the value of a natural area in order to choose be-
tween its retention as such and its use for other
purposes. What degree of control should be ex-
ercised over populations of pest species. Recog-
nizing that man is dependent on his environment,
is it realistic to make any plans that do not in-
clude population control for man.

EAne could go on with such questions for sev-
^ eral additional pages. It is obvious that
these are basically biological problems that should
be resolved by professional biologists. Failure
to do so will not stop civilization’s impact upon
the environment; it will only alter the nature and
intensity of the impact — presumably for the
worse.

The Secretary of the Interior, Stewart L. Udall,
has suggested that history will name our time
“The Era of Ecology.” If we ecologists are to
save Secretary Udall from the fate of a false
prophet, we must forsake the rear-guard men-
tality which fights a delaying action against civil-
ization’s impact, and become instead a group
which furnishes the guidelines and methods that
will enable man to use, but not abuse, his en-
vironment. Above all, the guidelines and methods
must be in terms that are understandable and
workable for our colleagues in the regulatory
agencies and in the field of waste treatment, for
without their assistance we will never achieve
our goal.

Literature Cited

Cairns, L, Jr., and A. Scheier. 1957a. The effects of
temperature and hardness of water upon the toxi-
city of zinc to the common bluegill ( Lepomis
macrochirus Raf. ). — Notulae Naturae, Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, No. 299, 12 pp.
. 1957b. The effects of periodic low oxy-
gen upon the toxicity of various chemicals to aqua-
tic organisms. — Proceedings of the 12th Industrial
Waste Conference, Purdue University Engineering
Bulletin, No. 94, pp. 165-176.

Doudoroff, P. 1952. Some recent developments in the
study of toxic industrial wastes. — Proceedings 4th
Annual Pacific N.W. Industrial Waste Conference,
State College (Pullman, Washington) , 21.

Udall, S. L. 1964. A message for biologists. — Bio-
science, 14(11): 17-18.

TABLE 2. — The effects of periodic low oxygen upon the toxicity of various chemicals to the bluegill sun-
fish, Lepomis macrochirus Raf. and to the snail, Physa heterostropha (Say). (From Cairns and Scheier 1957b)

RESULTS WITH “NORMAL” OXYGEN

High Threshold

Concentration

96-Hour TLm*

Low Threshold

Concentration

Chemical

Concn. (ppm)

% Survival

Fish

(ppm)

Concn. (ppm)

% Survival

Zinc chloride

12.5

5

8.02

6.0

75

Naphthenic acid

7.0

0

5.6

3.5

100

Potassium cyanide

0.62

0

0.45

0.175

100

Potassium dichromate

420

35

Snail

320

137

100

Naphthenic acid

10.0

25

6.6-7. 5

0.75

90

Potassium cyanide

1.87

5

1.08

0.13

90

RESULTS WITH PERIODIC LOW OXYGEN

Chemical

High Threshold
Concn. (ppm)

Concentration

% Survival

96-Hour TLm*

(ppm)

Low Threshold
Concn. (ppm)

Concentration

% Survival

Zinc chloride

6.5

Fish

20

4.9

3.7

90

Naphthenic acid

3.2

10

2.0

1.0

80

Potassium cyanide

0.2

10

0.12

0.087

80

Potassium dichromate

420

40

320

155

100

Naphthenic acid

5.6

Snail

30

2.0

0.56

90

Potassium cyanide

1.0

10

0.48

0.24

80

* The 96-hour TLm (50 per cent survival) is the critical value for comparative purposes. The threshold
concentrations were included in order to delimit the range between complete survival and complete death.

Vol. 12, No. 2, April 1965

37

Program of the 26th Annual Meeting of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists

A Joint Meeting with the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, the South-
ern Appalachian Botanical Club, the Regional Section of the National Association of Biologv
Teachers, and the Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta National Honorary Biological Society.

THURSDAY, APRIL 15

l:0()p.m. Executive Committee Meeting, Association of Southeastern Biologists: Room 65, Gilmer Hall.

4:00-7:45 p.m. Registration: Lobby, Gilmer Hall.

7:30 p.m. General Session: Auditorium, Gilmer Hall. William D. Burbanck, Presiding.

Address of Welcome: Joseph L. Vaughan, Chancellor for Community Colleges, The University of
Virginia.

Response: William D. Burbanck, President, The Association for Southeastern Biologists.
Invitational Symposium: Communication — Sound and Unsound — - on Problems of Pollution.

Frank E. Egler, Aton Forest, Inc., Norfolk, Connecticut.

Moderator: Robert B. Platt, Department of Biology, Emory University.

Discussants: John Cairns, Jr., Department of Limnology, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

Lawrence S. Givens, Regional Supervisor, Branch of Natural Life Refuges, Bureau of Sports Fish-
eries and Wildlife, Atlanta, Georgia.

Smoker and Exhibits: The symposium will be followed by a smoker to be held in the lobby of
Gilmer Hall. Refreshments will be served. The exhibits will be on display in the same building.

FRIDAY, APRIL 16

MORNING

8:00 a. m. Breakfast, Southern Appalachian Botanical
Club, Thomas Jefferson Inn.

8:30 a. m. -11:00 a. m. Registration: Lobby, Gilmer Hall.
8:30 a. m. -12:00 noon Exhibits: Gilmer Hall.

9:00 a. m. -11:36 a.m. Paper Sessions:

Plant Taxonomy and Morphology — Room
i 14. Gilmer Hall.

Animal Ecology — Room 150, Gilmer Hall.
Animal Development, Cytology, and Cyto-
genetics— Auditorium, Gilmer Hall.

9:00 a. m. -12:00 noon Beta Beta Beta General Meeting
and Paper Sessions: Room 110 and 111, Gil-
mer Hall.

11:45 a. in. -12:30 p.m. Business Meeting: Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Auditorium, Gilmer
Hall.

1:00 p.m. Luncheon Meeting, National Association of
Biology Teachers, Region 6.

FRIDAY AFTERNOON

1:00 p. m. -5:00 p.m. Exhibits: Gilmer Hall.

2:00 p. m. -4:36 p.m. Paper Sessions:

Plant Ecology — Room 114. Gilmer Hall.
Plant Physiology — Auditorium, Gilmer Hall.

SATURDAY,

8:30 a.m. Field Trip: Shenandoah National Park and
vicinity. Col. Robert P. Carroll, Professor
of Biology, Virginia Military Institute, and
J. James Murray, Jr., Director of the Moun-
tain Lake Biological Station, in charge. Co-
sponsored by the Southern Appalachian Bo-

Invertebrate Zoology — Room 150, Gilmer
Hall.

Vertebrate Physiology — Room 160, Gilmer
Hall.

2:00 p.m. -5:00 p.m. Beta Beta Beta General Meeting
and Paper Sessions, Rooms 110 and 111, Gil-
mer Hall.

3:45 p.m. -5:00 p.m. Tour of Monticello for any who
are interested. Details at Registration Desk.

FRIDAY EVENING

7:00 p.m. Banquet: Ballroom, Newcomb Hall.

ASB Evening Program: Ballroom, Newcomb
Hall.

Presentation of Awards and Prizes:

Ivey F. Lewis Fellowship at the Mountain
Lake Biological Station.

Sponsored by Phipps and Bird, Inc.
Association Research Prize.

Sponsored by Carolina Biological Supply
Company.

Meritorious Teaching Award.

Sponsored by Will Scientific, Inc. (Ga.).
Past President’s Address: E. Ruffin Jones,
University of Florida — “Biology and a Lib-
eral Education.”

APRIL 17

tanical Club. Details at the Registration
Desk.

9:00 a.m. Executive Committee Meeting, Association
of Southeastern Biologists: Room 65, Gilmer
Hall.

9:00 a.m. Tour of Monticello for any who are inter-
ested. Details at Registration Desk.

38

ASB Bulletin

SCHEDULE OF PAPER SESSIONS

FRIDAY MORNING — APRIL 16, 9:00 A.M.

The Southern Appalachian Botanical Club is co-sponsor of the sessions on Plant Ecology and
Plant Taxonomy and Morphology.

9:00

9:13

9:26

9:39

9:52

10:05

10:18

9:00

9:13

9:26

9:39

9:52

10:05

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

PLANT TAXONOMY AND MORPHOLOGY

Room 1 14, Gilmer Hall

Presiding: James W. Hardin, North Carolina State

Millkr. Charles E. (University of Maine). 10:31

Some Incompletely Known Aquatic Phyco-
mycetes.

Patterson, Paul M. (Hollins College).

John Clayton's Moss Collection. 10:44

Adotey Addo, P. E. and Lafayette, Fred-
erick (Atlanta University). Chromato-
graphic Patterns from Tubers of Varieties
of Cyperus esculentus L. 10:57

Riley, Herbert P. (University of Ken-
tucky). Taxonomic Studies of Astroloba
by Paper Chromatography.

Hinds, Harold Royal (Smith College). A 11:10

Preliminary Investigation of a New Tril-
lium Hybrid.

Browne, Edward T., Jr. (University of
Kentucky). Floristic Studies in Pike
County, Kentucky. 11:23

Reynolds, John D. (University of South
Carolina). The Chromosome Number of
Pyxidanlliera brevifolia Wells.

8. Constantin, Milton J. and Richard H.
Mullen ax (University of Tennessee). The
Morphology of the Dormant Epicotyl in
Lactuca sativa L.

9. Rembert, David H., Jr. (University of
Kentucky). The Development of the Ovule
and Megagametophyte in Wisteria sinensis
Sweet.

10. Beatty, A. V. and J. W. Beatty (Emory
University). Presence of Radioactivity from
Phosphorus-Labeled ATP in the Protoplasm
of Tradescantia Microspores.

11. Davis, Herbert L., Jr. (Emory Univer-
sity). Reduction of X-ray Induced Chro-
mosomal Aberrations in Tradescantia paltt-
dosa Microspores Following Treatment with
Cupferron.

12. Strickland, Priscilla L. (Emory Univer-
sity). The Effect of Low Oxygen Tensions
on Chromosome Aberrations in Trades-
cantia.

ANIMAL ECOLOGY

Room 150, Gilmer Hall

Presiding : J. J. Murray, Jr., The University of Virginia

Bamforth, Stuart S. (Tulane University). 10:18
Teaching Ecology in a General Biology
Course.

Linton, Thomas L. (University of Georgia. 10:31
Marine Institute). The Influence of Storms
and Hurricanes Upon Certain Estuarine Or-
ganisms. 10:44

Frankenberg, Dirk (University of Georgia,

Marine Institute). The Marine Animal
Community from a Coarse Sand Environ-
ment on the Continental Shelf off Georgia. ^

Wass, Marvin L. (Virginia Institute of
Marine Science). Study of a Soft-bottom
Community in the Lower York River, Vir-
ginia. 11:10

Foin, Theodore C., Jr. (University of
North Carolina). Distribution Pattern of
the Pieurocerid Snail, Goniobasis proxima 11:23

(Say).

Dundee, Dee S. (Louisiana State Univer-
sity). An Introduced Gulf Coast Mollusk.

(No Abstract).

19. Stiven. Alan E. (University of North Caro-
lina). The Efficiency of Growth of Chloro-
livdra viridissima.

20. Satterfield, James D. (Georgia State Col-
lege). Some Aspects of the Life-history of
Fund ul us stellifer (Jordan).

21. Duke, Thomas W., James H. Willis and
Thomas J. Price (Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries, Beaufort. North Carolina). Cy-
cling of Zinc in Experimental Marine En-
vironments.

22. Jackson, Crawford G., Jr. (University of
South Alabama). Biometrical Studies of
Growth in Pseudemys concinna suwan-
niensis Carr (Order: Testudinata).

23. Wharton, C. H. (Georgia State College).
The Red Squirrel, Tamiasciuriis lutdsonicus
abieticola (A. H. Howell), in Georgia.

24. Terman, C. Richard (College of William
and Mary). Population Fluctuations of
Peromyscus maniculatus and Other Small
Mammals as Revealed by the North Ameri-
can Census of Small Mammals.

ANIMAL DEVELOPMENT, CYTOLOGY, AND CYTOGENETICS

Auditorium, Gilmer Hall

Presiding: A. A. Humphries, Jr., Emory University

9:00 25. Stern, Samuel (University of Miami).

Physical and Chemical Studies on Uni-
valent and Multivalent Fertilizin.

9:13 26. Freeman, John A. (Winthrop College).

Carbonic Anhydrase and Growth in the
Snail, Pliysa heterostropha.

9:26 27. Davis, J. E., Jr. (Wake Forest College).

Effects of Low Level Radiation on the Em-
bryonic Coronary Vessels of the Chick.

9:39 28. Ray, Charles, Jr. (Emory University).

Microscopic Changes in the Macronucleus
of Tetrahymena During Division.

9:52 29. Rinaldi, Robert A. (University of Ten-

nessee and Duke University Marine Labo-
ratory). Endoplasmic Reticulum, Its Form
and Behavior in vivo of Arbacia punctu-
lata ova.

Vol. 12, No. 2, April 1965

39

10:05 30. Rinaldi, Robert A. (University of Ten-

nessee and Duke University Marine Labo-
ratory). Cleavage and biosynthesis in enu-
cleate and nucleate halves of Arbacia ova.

10:18 31. Jones, Duvall A. (University of Florida).

Observations of Sperm Development Among
Gymnolaemate Ectoprocta.

10:31 32. Brown. George Gordon (University of

Miami). Ultrastructural Studies of Sperm
Morphology and Sperm-egg Interactions in
the Decapod. Callinectes sapid us.

10:44 33. Whiting. P. W. (Biology Division, Oak

Ridge National Laboratory). Complexity
of the R Region in Mormoniella.

10:57

34.

Parker, Bobbye C. and Roy Hunter. Jr.
(Atlanta University). Histochemical Stud-
ies on the Notochord of Rana catesbeiana
Larvae.

11:10

35.

Ford, Lee (Companion Collie Research
Laboratory). A Possible Sex-Linked Lethal
in Collie Dogs.

1 1 :23

36.

Humphries. A. A., Jr. (Universite libre de
Bruxelles and Emory University). Uptake
of Tritiated Uridine and Cytidine by Oocy-
tes of Xenopus laevis.

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

3:05

FRIDAY AFTERNOON — APRIL 16, 2:00 PM.
PLANT ECOLOGY

Room 1 14. Gilmer Hall

Presiding: A. W. Cooper, North Carolina State

37. Welch, Bruce L. (College of William and
Mary). Serai Development of the Thalas-
sia Community on Sediment in the Carib-
bean.

38. Welch, Bruce L. (College of William and
Mary). Serai Development of the Thalas-
sia Community on Solid Substrate in the
Caribbean.

39. Williams, Richard B. (U. S. Bur. Comm.
Fisheries). The Interrelationship Between
Phytoplankton and Zooplankton in Inshore
Waters Near Beaufort, North Carolina,

40. Kerwin. James A. (Virginia Institute of
Marine Science) and Robert A. Pedigo
(College of William and Mary). Syn-
ecology of a Virginia Salt Marsh.

41. Whitford, L. A. and G. J. Schumacher
(North Carolina State). Studies in the
Ecology of Some Species of Fresh-Water
Algae.

42. Barclay, Frank H. (East Tennessee State
University) and the late Royal E. Shanks
(University of Tennessee). Pollen Analy-

3:18 43.

3:31 44.

3:44 45.

3:57 46.

4:10 47.

4:23 48.

sis and a Radiocarbon Date for Shady Val-
ley Bog.

DeSelm, H. R. (University of Tennessee).
Growth of Andropogon in an Experimental
Garden.

Edmisten, Joe A. (University of Georgia).
The Autecology of Ormosia krugii.

Burk, C. John (Smith College). Rainfall
Periodicity and Flowering Race Formation
in Camphorweed (Heterotheca stibaxil-
laris).

Pittillo. J. Dan and Gayther L. Plum-
mer (University of Georgia). Fallout
Radionuclides in .luniperus virginiana.
Helseth, Frank A. and Gayther L. Plum-
mer (University of Georgia). Movement
and Distribution of Radionuclides on Gran-
itic Outcrops.

Cetter, David J. (Alabama College) and
John T. McGinnis (University of Georgia).
Some Aspects of Recovery of Hardwood
Stands 3 to 5 Years Following Acute Radia-
tion.

]

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

FRIDAY AFTERNOON — APRIL 16, 2:00 PM.
PLANT PHYSIOLOGY

49.

50.

51.

52.

53.

Auditorium. Gilmer Hall

Waldrep, Margaret J. (University of S.
Alabama). Effects of Nitrate on Growth
and Chlorophyll Production of a Marine
Diatom, Cyclotella caspia Grun.

Bacon, Charles W., Frank Rusinko and
John D. Withers (Clark College). The
Influence of Insulin on Glucose Intake and
Cellular Growth of Clilorella vulgaris.

Mullins, J. Thomas (Harvard University).

The Genetic Basis of Sexuality in Bitlagcl-
late Aquatic Fungi.

Morrison. Ralph M. and Julia A. Doo-
little (University of North Carolina at
Greensboro). Conidia of Erysiphe ciclio-
racearum: A Bioassay.

Drescher, Robert F. and John Miles 4:23
Sharpley (Sharpley Laboratories, Freder-
icksburg, Virginia). Accumulation of
Metals by Fungi.

Walker. Alma Toeve (University of Geor-
gia). Lichen Acids of Cornicularia.

Sims. Asa C., Jr. (Southern University).
Enzymes and Toxins of Pellicularia fila-
ment osa.

Chadwick, C. S. (Emory and Henry Col-
lege). A Collodion Membrane-Dialyzable,
Osmosis-Inducing Substance from Com-
mercial Yeast.

57. Terry, Claude E. and H. Branch Howe.
Jr. (University of Georgia). Effects of
Acriflavine on Repair Mechanisms in
Neurospora crassa.

58. Hull. H. L. (Berea College). A Soil Test
for Available Nutrients.

59. Riopel, James L. (University of Virginia).
Origin of Lateral Roots.

60. Ball, Ernest A. and P. C. Joshi (North
Carolina State). Growth and Division of
the Isolated Palisade Cell of Arachis liy-
pogaea.

Presiding: G. R. Noggle, North Carolina State
3:05 54.

3:18 55.

3:31 56.

3:44

3:57
4: 10

40

ASB Bulletin

4:36 61. Jackson. Johnny and Lawrence M. Rohr-

baugh (University of Oklahoma). Effect
of Ethanol on the Metabolism of y-Ami-
nobutyric Acid in the Leaves of Victory
Oats.

4:49 62. Wiles, Edwin L. (Southern Pilgrim Col-

lege) and Ralph D. Amen (Wake Forest
College). The Mechanism of Seed Dor-
mancy in the Alpine Rush — Luzula spi-
cata.

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

3:05

3:18

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY

Room 150, Gilmer Hall

Presiding: Burton J. Bogitsh, Vanderbilt University

63. Tenney, Wilton R. and William S. Wool-
cott (University of Richmond). Environ-
mental Factors Related to the Distribution
of Freshwater Bryozoans in the Vicinity of
Highlands, North Carolina.

64. Bogitsh, Burton J. and David A. Nun-
nally (Vanderbilt University). Succinic
Dehydrogenase in Hymenolepis microstoma.

65. McCrone, John D. (Florida Presbyterian
College). A Toxicological and Biochemi-
cal Comparison of the Venoms of the North
American Species of the Black Widow
Genus Latrodectus.

66. Tisdale, Sue and Howard M. Field (Flor-
ida Southern College). The Ecology and
Life History of Latrodectus bisliopi.

67. Wimer, Larry T. (University of South
Carolina). The Carbohydrate Composi-
tion of the Fat Body of Phormia regina
(Meigen) During Larval Development.

68. McCrary, Anne B. and Charles E. Jen-
ner (University of North Carolina). Feed-
ing Patterns in Diapausing and Developing
Larvae of the Mosquito, Toxorhynchites
rutilus.

69. Willard, William K. (University of Ten-
nessee). Long Term Effects of Acute Low-
Level X-rays on Laboratory Populations of
Aedes aegypti.

3:31

3:44

3:57

4: 10

4:23

4:36

4:49

70. Liles. James N. and James D. Stidham
(University of Tennessee). Preliminary
Investigations Concerning Amino Acid
Metabolism in Aging Female Aedes aegypti
(L.)

71. Kriegsman, Carolyn O. and Paul E. Lutz
(University of North Carolina at Greens-
boro). Life-History of Anax juntas Drury
( Odonata ) .

72. Barr, Thomas C. (University of Kentucky).
The Sphodrines: A Subtribe of Carabid
Beetles Newly Recorded from North Amer-
ica.

73. Woodmansee, Robert A. (Virginia Insti-
tute of Marine Science). Time of Ovi-
position and Hatching in the Planktonic
Sergestid Shrimp, Lucifer faxoni.

74. Holsinger, John R. (University of Ken-
tucky). Some Aspects of Evolution and
Speciation in the Subterranean Amphipod
Genus Stygonectes (Gammaridae) .

75. Prins, Rudolph (University of Louisville).
Notes on the Habits of Orconectes rusticus
rusticus (Girard) in a Spring Stream in
Kentucky.

76. Forthofer, David and John B. Funder-
burg, Jr. (Florida Southern College).
Variation in Gambusia a (finis.

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

3:05

VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY

Room 160, Gilmer Hall
Presiding: Ernest L. Hunt, Emory University

77. Thomson, J. Richard (Midwest Research
Institute, Kansas City, Mo.). Bionics: A
Challenge to Biologists.

78. Maroney, S. P., Jr. (University of Vir-
ginia). Ultraviolet-Induced Hemolysis of
Frog Erythrocytes.

79. Hunt, Ernest L. (Emory University and
The Gatty Marine Laboratory, University
of St. Andrews, Scotland). Effects of Cy-
totoxic Agents on the Endocrine Pancreas
of Coitus scorpius.

80. Hennessy, Joseph P. (College of William
and Mary). Prenatal Environmental Ef-
fects on Development of Monoamine Oxi-
dase and O-Methyl Transferase Activity in
Foetal and Neonatal Mouse Brain.

81. Welch, Annemarie S. (College of William
and Mary). Effect of Isolation on the
Metabolism of Brain Norepinephrine.

82. Tate, George W., Jr. and George C.
Kent, Jr. (Louisiana State University).
Effect of Deciduomata on the Life Span of
the Corpora Lutea of Pseudopregnancy in
the Hamster.

3:18

3:33

3:44

3:57

4:10

4:23

4:36

83. Gatipon, Glenn B. and George C. Kent,
Jr. (Louisiana State University). Effect of
Hysterectomy on the Life Span of the Cor-
pora Lutea of Pseudopregnancy in the
Hamster.

84. Lytle, James B. (Maryville College). A
Study of the Mitotic Effects of the Radia-
tion Protective Drug, AET.

85. Hundley, Louis R. (Virginia Military In-
stitute). Changes in Bone and Muscle
Composition in the White Rat Due to Fal
Accumulation and Age.

86. Smith, Michael H. (University of Florida).
Oxygen Concentration as a Cue for Re-
duction in the Rate of Metabolism in the
Old Field Mouse. Peromyscus polionotus.

87. Rovee, David T. (Brown University). Re-
lation of Cell Size to Cell Density in the
Melanocyte System of the Mouse.

88. Dimmick, John F. (Wake Forest College).
The Utilization of Legume Protein.

89. Vandiviere, H. M. and M. R. Vandiviere
(North Carolina Sanatorium System). The
Enigma of Tuberculin Reactivity.

Vol. 12, No. 2, April 1965

41

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 26tli Annual
Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists

Chromatographic Patterns from Tubers of
Varieties of Cy perns esculent us L.

P. E. Adotey Addo and Lafayette Frederick,
Atlanta University

Tubers obtained from Ghana and the southeastern
United States, representing two varieties and four clones
of Cyperus esculentns, were chromatographically anal-
yzed, in one and two dimensions, for their ninhydrin-
positive and ultra-violet-positive compounds. Surface
pigmentation of the tubers represented the principal
taxonomic difference distinguishing the varieties. Pro-
files of the ninhydrin-positive substances were found to
be similar on the basis of the number, shape, and dis-
tribution of the spots obtained. This feature held true
in both one- and two-dimensional chromatograms. The
one-dimensional profiles of the ultra-violet positive sub-
stances revealed stable similarities between two of the
stable differences between the other clones. Further
substantiation of these observations was provided by
their two-dimensional chromatograms. In the ultra-
violet-positive chromatograms, one spot at the same Rf
value consistently appeared in all profiles. No such
uniform occurrence of any of several other spots ap-
peared in either one- or two-dimensional chromatograms
of the tubers analyzed. These studies provide further
evidence of the role chromatographic data may play in
elucidating taxonomic affinities.

The Influence of Insulin on Glucose Intake and
Cellular Growth of Chlorella vulgaris

Charles W. Bacon, Frank Rusinko and
John D. Withers, Clark College

The special effect of light on the growth rate of
Chlorella vulgaris has been elucidated by Killam and
Myers (1956). This observation is being carried further
in the present work which involves the influence of
varying concentrations of insulin on the glucose intake
and growth of Chlorella vulgaris Beijerinck. The basic
premise is that if insulin operates as a part of the glu-
cose transport mechanism, its presence should accelerate
the glucose intake and ultimately the growth rate of
this unicellular alga.

Growth and Division of the Isolated Palisade
Cell of Arachis hypogaea

Ernest A. Ball and P. C. Joshi, Dept, of Botany,
NCS of the Univ. of North Carolina, Raleigh

One of the types of isolated cells which Haberlandt
in 1902 attempted to culture was the palisade paren-
chyma cell of the leaf. Such cells, along with all the
other types with which he worked, failed to divide. This
led him and his contemporaries to suggest that the iso-
lated cell of the higher plant body was incapable of
division. Our experiments show that the isolated pali-
sade cell of the peanut leaflet divides in sterile liquid
culture after undergoing a preliminary phase of division
and then systrophy of the chloroplastids around the
nucleus. The medium contains minerals, an appropriate
source of organic nitrogen, and an auxin. This growth
and division has been recorded by time-lapse through a
phase-contrast microscope, and small masses of callus
of up to 20 cells have been achieved. In shake cultures
the calli grow to large spherical masses of small cells.

Teaching Ecology in a General Biology Course

Stuart S. Bamforih. Tulane University

If a general biology course begins with the cell, ener-
getics considerations can be extended through the organ
and organism levels to introduce the energy flow con-
cept to furnish the basis for trophic relationships. Abi-
otic (e.g.. light, temperature) and biotic (symbiosis, suc-
cession) factors can then be introduced to illustrate con-
ditions that influence the distribution of organisms. If
the origin of life is included, the evolution of trophic
levels can be illustrated through heterotrophs living on
organic matter, addition of autotrophs (with production
of aerobic environment), and consumers (holozoic nu-
trition). Simple but effective laboratory exercises might
include drawing transects of the vegetation of a wood-
land or pond area, classifying organisms of infusion suc-
cessions by size and feeding mechanisms, and plankton
sampling accompanied by simple chemical analyses of
shallow aquatic habitats.

Pollen Analysis and a Radiocarbon Date
for Shady Valley Bog

Frank H. Barclay, East Tennessee State University,
and the late Royal E. Shanks. University of Tennessee

A fossil pollen profile from northeastern Tennessee
indicates an Appalachian climatic history like that of .
the glaciated region to the north. Successively later
radiocarbon dates for corresponding spectra in a series 1
of bogs from North Carolina to Maine show that cli-
matic and vegetation zones followed the receding gla-
ciers.

The Sphodrines: A Subtribe of Carabid Beetles
Newly Recorded from North America
Thomas C. Barr, University of Kentucky

Beetles of the subtribe Sphodrina (Carabidae: An-
chomeninae) have previously been reported only from
Eurasia and New Zealand. In the spring of 1964 three
specimens of an undescribed genus and species of spho-
drine were collected from a deep limestone pit in central
Vera Cruz, Mexico. A second genus, also undescribed, |
has been recognized in collections of cavernicoles from
San Luis Potost, Nuevo Leon, and south Texas. Both
genera, compared with Eurasian sphodrines, are ex- *
tremely primitive, in this respect similar to the recently
described Prosphodrus, from New Zealand. The diag-
nostic character of a sharply truncate intercoxal process i
of the prosternum is well developed, but the male geni- ;
talia are anchomenine. The Mexican and New Zealand
genera are apparently relicts of an early wave of dis-
persal from a central Asiatic point of origin. It is
postulated that ancestors of the Mexican sphodrines
entered North America via an early Tertiary Bering
Bridge.

Presence of Radioactivity from Phosphorus-
labeled ATP in the Protoplasm of
Tradescantia Microspores

A. V. Beatty and J. W. Beatty, Emory University

The data which we have accumulated during the past \
eight years indicate that microspores treated in solutions
of ATP, either before or after X-radiation, showed a

42

ASB Bulletin

phenomenal recovery from radiation damage. The facts
concerning passage of exogenous ATP into the micro-
spores needed clarification. Carbon-labeled ATP had
been used in previous experiments, resulting in radio-
activity in the microspores, and currently radioactivity
from phosphorus-labeled ATP was found in the proto-
plasm of the microspores, indicating the utilization of
an exogenous supply. After using phosphorus-labeled
ATP, the highest degree of radioactivity was found in
the mucilagenous material surrounding the pollen inside
the anthers. The protoplasm of the microspores showed
the next highest degree of activity and the pollen grain
walls the lowest. The radioactivity in the walls seemed
to be so incorporated in the wall that it was not removed
by successive washes. The washes showed no radio-
activity beyond background count.

Succinic Dehydrogenase in
Hymenolepis microstoma

Burton J. Bogitsh and David A. Nunnally,
Vanderbilt Uni versi ty

Reduction of neotetrazolium in the presence of suc-
cinate was used as a quantitative assay for succinic de-
hydrogenase activity in homogenates of Hymenolepis
microstoma, and vitro blue tetrazolium was employed
with cryostat sections for its histochemical localization.
The highest concentrations of the enzyme occurred in
the anterior region of the worm (solex, neck, and im-
mature proglottids), lesser amounts in the region of
mature and early gravid segments, and least amounts
were found in the gravid region of the strobila. Pri-
mary sites of succinic dehydrogenase activity were the
mitochondrial layer of the cuticle and the cells of the
subcuticle. In the anterior region, the entire paren-
chyma showed uniformly high concentrations of enzyme
activity. This reaction decreased posteriorly until, in
the gravid region, only the subcuticle and the mito-
chondrial layer of the cuticle displayed activity. Intense
activity was also noted in the layer just under the shells
of the eggs. The ovary and immature testes showed
high enzyme concentrations, but, in the latter organs,
this diminished as they matured. In the scolex, the
rostellum and the muscles of the suckers showed higher
enzyme activity than the surrounding tissues.

Ultrastructural Studies of Sperm Morphology
and Sperm-egg Interactions in the Decapod
Callinectes sapidus

George Gordon Brown, University of Miami

Ultrastructural studies supported by phase-contrast op-
tics and cytochemistry have been carried out on mor-
phological and functional aspects of the Callinectes
sapid ns sperm. The complex acrosome is a 2. 5-3.0
spherical organelle. It encloses the acrosomal tubule
in a deep adnuclear indentation. Periacrosomal material
completely surrounds the acrosome except for the dis-
tally located acrosomal cap. The nuclear cup and the
nuclear radial processes surround this acrosomal region.
In sperm penetration, the sperm acrosomal cup attaches
to the egg chorion and probably initiates the acrosome
reaction. As a result, the acrosomal region is everted
through the chorion causing a cup-shaped depression in
the egg plasma membrane. The preformed acrosomal
tubule is in direct contact with this membrane and may
fuse with it. The aspects studied present basis for
homologizing the C. sapidus sperm (previously regarded
as atypical) with conventional spermatozoa (i.e. Hy-
droides-Saccoglossus system, Colwin and Colwin, 1964).

Floristic Studies in Pike County, Kentucky

Edward T. Browne, Jr., University of Kentucky

Pike County is the largest county in the state with an
area of 779 square miles. It is the easternmost county,
and it is situated entirely in the Cumberland Plateau
Province. Like many of the 125 counties in the state,
it is very incompletely known botanically. A project
was undertaken in 1964 to study the vascular plants of
this area, and at the time this is written 283 species have
been collected and identified. This number will be some-
what larger when all collections have been identified.
Some of the collections represent new state records, and
one may be a new species. Altitudes vary from less
than 870' at Boldman to over 3040' on Pine Mountain.
Variation in altitude and the associated ruggedness of
the terrain combine to produce one of the most inter-
esting botanical areas in the state and one with some
of the most spectacular scenery to be found in Kentucky.
Continuing studies are expected to reveal further plants
of interest in areas which have not been adequately
explored.

Rainfall Periodicity and Flowering
Race Formation in Camphorweed
( Heterotheca subaxillaris )

C. John Burk, Smith College

Plants of camphorweed (Heterotheca subaxillaris)
were raised from seed taken from nineteen sites through-
out the range of the plant in a uniform garden at North-
ampton, Massachusetts. Definite flowering races were
observed. Flowering time was correlated with rainfall
periodicities at the seed source. The earliest-flowering
plants were obtained from areas where above-average
amounts of rainfall occur in spring, while the later-
flowering plants came from sites where above-average
rainfall occurs in mid to late summer. Other workers
have observed a correlation between the frost-free sea-
son and flowering race formation in prairie grasses,
Eupatorium rttgosum, and other plants. There is no
correlation between the frost-free season and flowering
race formation in Heterotheca and it is postulated that,
within the range of camphorweed, rainfall periodicity
is a more critically limiting factor.

A Collodion Membrane-Dialyzable, Osmosis-
Inducing Substance from Commercial Yeast
C. S. Chadwick, Emory and Henry College

The experiments were performed with a collodion bag
osmometer, a new bag made for each experiment. Liv-
ing, or autoclaved, yeast cells were introduced into the
bag, the bag sealed, except for a lead-off tube, and the
bag lowered into pure water. Osmosis of water into the
bag invariably occurred and pressure was created inside
the bag which caused a rise of fluid in the lead-off tube.
The rise in millimeters per unit of time was recorded for
each experiment. As water moved into the bag, a rich
bacterial nutrient substance dialyzed from the yeast
through the membrane into the water compartment. As
this material dialyzed out the rise of the fluid ceased and
its level finally dropped to zero. Renewal of the water
in the outer compartment caused another fluid rise,
which was counterbalanced by further dialysis of the nu-
trient. When osmosis ceased, no further dialysis of the
nutrient occurred. The dialyzable substance seems to be
an osmosis-inducing material. It is present also in
potato scrapings, carrot scrapings, and in pinto bean
meal. Experiments are being continued to identify this
substance.

Vol. 12, No. 2, April 1965

43

The Morphology of the Dormant Epicotyl
in Lactuca saliva L.

Milton J. Constantin and Richard H. Mullenax,
University of Tennessee

Shoot apices in dormant embryos are usually dome-
shaped and extend above the base of the last formed
primordial leaf or leaf-pair. However, at least three
genera (Drimys, Helianthus, and Rauwolfia) are re-
corded as having flat or depressed shoot apices.

The dormant embryo of lettuce ( Lactuca saliva L.)
is frequently cited as an example of embryonic simplicity
in dicotyledonous plants, having only a small, convex,
growing point with no leaf development. Our histologi-
cal observations, however, on five cultivators (“Black
Seeded Simpson", “Bibb”, “Grand Rapids”, “Great
Lakes”, and "Imperial 847") reveal a minute dormant
epicotyl possessing two embryonic leaves and a slightly
concave epicotylar apex. Shoot apices of germinating
achenes were examined histologically to confirm the in-
terpretation of dormant epicotyl morphology.

Some Aspects of Recovery of Hardwood Stands
3 to 5 Years Following Acute Radiation

David J. Cotter. Alabama College
John T. McGinnis, University of Georgia

An analysis was made of the degree and type of re-
covery exhibited by an upland mixed pine-hard forest
exposed to 1 1 .000 to 47,000 rads from an unshielded
nuclear reactor. The major form of recovery of the
irradiated forest was by sprouting from protected un-
derground tissues. Yearly growth of sprouts decreased
with time so that three years after radiation the amount
of yearly growth no longer reflected the damage received.
As a measure of cumulative growth, the height of the
tallest stem was found to be the most significant factor
expressing the recovery of the plants and was related to
the radiation dosage if age was considered. Understory
plants demonstrated a much greater resiliency than over-
story species. Radiation stopped reproduction, and the
character of the early recovery forest will be controlled
largely by the rate of sprout growth and the time it takes
for the species to resume normal reproduction. The re-
sulting community could be called a radiation sub-climax.

Reduction of X-ray Induced Chromosomal
Aberrations in Tradescantia paludosa
Microspores Following Treatment
With Cupferron

Herbert L. Davis, Ir., Emory University

One of the reported effects of cupferron (the ammo-
nium salt of nitrosophenylhydroxylamine ) treatments in
plants is the inhibition of respiration. However, it has
been reported that when cupferron is applied through the
petioles of leaves of Hedera, Aitcuba, and Euonymus,
respiration is increased, but when injected into the leaves
respiration is non-specifically inhibited. Experiments
with Tradescantia paludosa inflorescences, using various
concentrations of cupferron applied through the stem
prior to irradiation with 400 r. of x-radiation, resulted
in the reduction of chromosomal aberrations. It could
be interpreted from this that cupferron is stimulating
respiration in these experiments, and that the resulting
energy is contributing to the lowering of the aberration
frequency. The optimum concentration of cupferron
for the greatest effect was 0.001 M. Concentrations
above or below this optimum concentration resulted in
less reduction of the aberration frequency. The de-
creased effect of the higher concentrations may be due
to the toxicity of cupferron in high concentrations.

Effects of Low Level Radiation on the Embryonic
Coronary Vessels of the Chick
J. E. Davis, Jr.. Wake Forest College

Microcurie amounts of P32, Na22, Few, and CP1 in
normally occurring compounds were injected into the
yolk mass or directly into the vitelline vessels of de-
veloping embryos at stage 24. The surviving embryos
were sacrificed at stage 41. Hearts were removed and
examined intact or sectioned for later examination.
Coronary vessels were identified, counted, and measured,
and histological changes in the walls of the vessels were
noted. Resulting changes were ( 1 ) increase in number
of small vessels. (2) general increase in diameters of
vessels and (3) minor histological changes in the walls
of vessels. Variations in the coronary vessels also were
correlated with the radioactive element used.

Growth of Andropogon in an
Experimental Garden

H. R. DeSelm, University of Tennessee

Stools of Little Bluestem (Andropogon scoparius
Michx.) and relatives, obtained in the summer of 1962
and 1963 and spikelets obtained in 1963, were planted
in an experimental garden at the Agricultural Experi-
ment Station at Knoxville. Growth of culms of stools
and seedlings reached heights at early anthesis inversely
proportional to the latitude of origin. Date of early
anthesis was also inversely related to the latitude of
origin. Date of early anthesis of seedlings was not so
related. Other observations are being made but con-
tinuation includes the confirmation from other year's
data and computer analysis of the results.

The Utilization of Legume Protein

John F. Dimmick. Wake Forest College

Various effects concerning the utilization of legume
protein have been studied. The increase in flatulence
in man and the decrease in growth rate in the rat as a
result of the ingestion of legumes will be reported. Con-
trolled legume protein diets have been fed to male
human subjects with rectal flatus collected and analyzed.
Minimal protein containing diets have been fed to three
week old rats. The feedings and weights were recorded
daily over a two weeks period. These were followed for
one more week with all rats ingesting a commercial
laboratory chow diet. A fifty percent death (four of
eight) resulted in nine days amongst rats ingesting a
70% legume protein which had been alcohol extracted.
No deaths occurred in 10 days of feeding a 98% legume
protein diet.

Accumulation of Metals by Fungi

Robert F. Drescher and John Miles Sharpley
Sliarpley Laboratories, Inc., Fredericksburg, Va.

It is well known that fungi require various metals for
metabolic processes. However, there appears to be little
or no information concerning the maximum quantities
of metal that may be bound within or adsorbed on the
mycelia. For purposes of definition, metals bound by
fungi are those metals which cannot be removed by re-
peated washing of the mycelial harvest with deionized
water. In work here reported several species of fungi
were grown in liquid cultures containing various con-
centrations of metals and analyzed for metal content.
Preliminary results are reported.

44

ASB Bulletin

Cycling of Zinc in Experimental
Marine Environments

Thomas W. Duke, James N. Willis
and Thomas J. Price, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
Radiobiological Laboratory, Beaufort, North Carolina

The cycling of zinc, an essential trace element for the
growth and development of marine organisms, was fol-
lowed in experimental marine environments. A radio-
isotope of this element, zinc 65, was used as a tracer
in these studies. Under controlled conditions in the
laboratory, filter-feeding molluscs accumulated more
zinc 65 and contained more stable zinc than other
members of the community. Zinc 65 added to two
experimental ponds moved rapidly from the water to
sediments and biota. After 100 days, over 98 percent
of the zinc 65 and stable zinc in the pond was in the
sediments. Seaweed which entered one of the ponds
45 days after the experiment was started accumulated
zinc 65 even though no detectable radioactivity was in
the water.

The Autecology of Ormosia krugii

Joe A. Edmisten, University of Georgia

As a part of a more extensive study of a Puerto Rican
rainforest, the germination and seedling growth of Or-
mosia krugii is being studied. Two thousand seeds of
this hypogeal legume were obtained from the El Verde
forest area near San Juan. After 4 germination treat-
ments it appears that the action of bacteria and/or fungi
on the hard seed coat is needed before germination is
successful. Seeds sterilized in chlorox and treated with
a commercial preparation of bacteria yielded the best
germination results. Seedlings from the germination
tests are being used in 3 other experiments. Experi-
ments are being carried out with the driptip leaves of
Ormosia krugii to test the hypothesis that the drip-tips
prevent leaching of nutrients. A second experiment is
designed to elucidate the formation and function of root
nodules. The third area of seedling investigation deals
with growth responses to light intensity.

Distribution Pattern of the Pleurocerid
Snail, Goniobasis proxima (Say)

Theodore C. Foin, Jr., University of North Carolina

Laboratory studies on the distribution of the pleuro-
cerid prosobranch Goniobasis proxima have demon-
strated that the populations are distributed contagiously
in accordance with the negative binomial model. Snails
in some of the local streams exhibit the same pattern;
they are aggregated on rocks, leaves, alongside strong
current flow, and in shallow water moving along shore-
lines. The results of experiments in a simulated stream
and of field studies on substrate preference indicate that
an interaction of current velocity, oxygen tension, and
substrate particle size is important. Snails aggregate to
areas where the current velocity is greater than zero
but less than that which would dislodge the snail; where
the substrate is stable relative to water movement; and
where maximum flow of oxygenated water occurs.

A Possible Sex-Linked Lethal in Collie Dogs

Lee Ford, Companion Collie Research Laboratory,
Box 2001, Parkland, Washington

Analysis of 49 litters with a total of 349 pups showed
161 males and 188 females in toto, which is not signifi-
cant from an expected 1 : 1 ratio of males and females.
However, when the matings are broken down into gen-
etic types, type I shows 38 males : 58 females which is
significant by X2; and type 2 shows 23 males : 40 fe-

males which is also a significant deviation. This could
indicate a sex-linked lethal in the common germ plasma
pool of the two types.

Variation in Gambusia affinis

David Forthofer and John B. Funderburg, Jr.,
Florida Southern College

The gonopodial structure of Gambusia affinis of west-
central Florida is compared to that of G. affinis popu-
lations from other parts of the species range. Taxono-
mic implications of the differences in gonopodial ele-
ments between these populations are discussed.

The Marine Animal Community from a Coarse
Sand Environment on the Continental
Shelf off Georgia

Dirk Frankenbf.rg, University of Georgia
Marine Institute

Two major marine environments occur on the conti-
nental shelf off Georgia, a nearshore environment typi-
fied by turbid water of variable salinity with a bottom
of fine sand, and an offshore environment typified by
clear water of high salinity with a bottom of coarse
sand. Different benthic animal communities occur in
these two environments. A description of the benthic
animal community from the offshore environment will
be presented in this paper. Typical inhabitants of this
community include an amphioxus, Brancliiostoma cari-
baeum, and several species of amphipod crustaceans and
polychaete worms. This community will be compared
with similar ones from other parts of the world, and
some unusual features of the Georgia community will
be discussed.

Carbonic Anhydrase and Growth in the
Snail, Physa heterostropha
John A. Freeman, Winthrop College

A study of the daily growth of individual snails from
day of hatching to near-cessation of growth, with a feed-
ing regime for maximum growth rate, indicates a period
of very slow growth up to age five days, acceleration of
growth from ages 5 to 8 days, and no difference between
controls and experimental snails in which carbonic anhy-
drase was inhibited by Diamox (5 mgm/1). At greater
ages and lengths above 1.5 mm, control snails without
the drug consistently grew more rapidly than those treated
with the drug. Maximum average lengths, achieved in
about ten weeks, were approximately 10 cm for snails
in which carbonic anhydrase was active and 6.5 cm in
those in which it was inhibited.

Effect of Hysterectomy on the Life Span
of the Corpora Lutea of Pseudopregnancy
in the Hamster

Glenn B. Gatipon and George C. Kent, Jr.,
Louisiana State University

The average duration of pseudopregnancy in hyster-
ectomized hamsters was 16 days whereas that in sham
operated animals was the usual 8 days. The hamster
thus resembles the rat, guinea pig, rabbit, heifer, gilt
and ewe in exhibiting a “luteolytic effect” of the uterus.
The corpora lutea of pseudopregnant females hysterec-
tomized either before sterile mating or up to and includ-
ing the fifth day of pseudopregnancy remained hyper-
emic until 268 hours after sterile mating and were pink
an additional 68 hours. Those of sham operated pseudo-
pregnant females exhibited ischemia 146 hours after
sterile mating and were pink an additional 8 hours.

Vol. 12, No. 2, April 1965

45

These observations indicate a possible relationship be-
tween non-deciduous uterine tissue and stasis of the
vascular channels of the corpora lutea of pseudopreg-
nancy.

Movement and Distribution of Radionuclides
on Granitic Outcrops

Frank A. Helseth and Gayther L. Pi ummer.

Department of Botany, University of Georgia, Athens

Gamma-ray spectometric analyses were made on soil
and plant components of upland and lowland commu-
nities on a granitic outcrop ecosystem in Georgia where
fallout, compared to other areas in the United States,
has been relatively high.

Soil at the water inlet of a small pit community con-
tained more radioactivity than the soil at the water
outlet. The top 1-2 inches of soil contained more fall-
out radionuclides, specifically Cs-137 and Mn-54, than
the 6-8 inch layer. Upland soils contained more fallout
radioactivity than lowland soils.

The natural radionuclides (Th. K-40) were uniformly
distributed within the soil profile. Fallout nuclides ap-
pear to be moved more readily within the habitat than
the natural radionuclides.

Generally, plants in lowland communities contained
more radioisotopes than those in upland communities.
Accumulation of radiocesium may be associated with a
nutritional requirement and possibly a potassium defi-
ciency in the habitat.

Increased radioactivity in the lowland plants has been
associated with the transport of nuclides in runoff water
from upland communities and their soil components.

Prenatal Environmental Effects on Development
of Monoamine Oxidase and O-Methyl Transferase
Activity in Foetal and Neonatal Mouse Brain

Joseph P. Hennessy. College of William and Mary

Recent investigations indicate that stimulation of the
pregnant female rat can influence behavior patterns ex-
hibited by her offspring. This stimulation may be in
the form of population density increases, electroshock,
epinephrine injection or nonspecific handling. Increased
environmental stimulation releases stored catecholamines
into the systemic circulation, a marked portion of which
one expects to pass through the uterus and placenta.
There is evidence that catecholamines may cross the
placental barrier and enter the foetal circulation. Pres-
ent studies have been undertaken to determine the pos-
sible adaptation of monamine oxidase and O-methyl
transferase, enzymes catabolizing catecholamines, in
brain tissue from foetal and neonatal mice as a result
of increased catecholamine levels in the foetus follow-
ing maternal environmental stimulation.

A Preliminary Investigation of a
New Trillium Hybrid

Harold Royal Hinds. Smith College

A small population of hybrids between Trillium cer-
nmim and Trillium erection has been observed along a
railroad embankment in Amherst. Massachusetts. The
hybrids occur with both parents and are intermediate
in all aspects but petal color which is white. The pres-
ence of many plants of the white form of Trillium
erection in the population has led to the hypothesis that
the hybrids are a result of a cross between this white
form and Trillium cernuum. This would account for
the white petals of the hybrid and the breaking of the
most important barrier to cross pollination in the typi-

cal parents, that of dissimilar pollen vectors, i.e., flesh
flies in Trillium erection and moths in Trillium cernuum.

It is believed that the two white flowered entities are
cross pollinated by moths.

Some Aspects of Evolution and Speciation in the
Subterranean Amphipod Genus Stygonectes
(Gammaridae)

John R. Holsinger. University of Kentucky

Stygonectes is one of seven genera included in the
Crangonyx section of the family Gammaridae in North
America. Presently this genus contains 15 species, eight
of which are in the process of being described for the
first time, and all of which are associated to one degree
or another with subterranean waters, i.e., seeps, spring
outlets, wells, and caves. Stygonectes is distributed as
follows: Appalachian region (7 species); Ozark-Oua-
chita-Arbuckle region (3 species); Edwards Plateau re-
gion (5 species).

Patterns of speciation appear to be closely correlated
with geological barriers. Those species associated pri-
marily with epigean habitats such as seeps and springs
have much wider ranges than those associated with
deeper subterranean waters found in caves and wells.

In the Appalachians, non-cavernous sandstone ridges
could easily provide effective barriers to dispersal, but
in the Edwards Plateau such barriers apparently result
largely from faulting and stratigraphic differentiation.

A Soil Test for Available Nutrients

H. L. H ull, Berea College

Chemical tests on some Kentucky soils do not indi-
cate what plant nutrients are available. A “T. Z.” test
has been developed which probably measures bacterial i
digestion and respiration. A mixture of several chemi-
cals. one teaspoon of soil, and water, will in five days
show certain color changes which could be interpreted
as an indication of the general nutritional level of cer-
tain soils. These test results show a high correlation to
the general growth patterns of the vegetation.

Uptake of Tritiated Uridine and Cytidine
by Oocytes of Xenopus laevis

A. A. Humphries. Jr.. Universite libre de Bruxelles
and Emory University

Adult Xenopus laevis females were injected intra-
coelomically with tritiated uridine or cytidine, usually
after egg deposition had begun in response to injection
of gonadotropin. After five hours the animals were
decapitated, and coelomic. oviducal. and uterine oocytes,
plus ovarian fragments, were fixed by freeze-substitution.
Alternate sections were placed on slides and treated
with cold perchloric acid, or exposed to ribonuclease,
or left untreated. Slides were coated with Ilford G5
emulsion and exposed for two or three weeks. Auto-
radiographs revealed uptake only in oocytes within the
ovary. In hormone-treated animals most of the label
was removable by ribonuclease and was concentrated in
the nuclei of the smallest oocytes and the nucleoli of
small yolky oocytes, with light label in the largest
oocytes. In animals not treated with hormone the
largest oocytes showed a concentration of label (ribo-
nuclease-resistant ) in the animal cortex after injection
with cytidine. but not after uridine injection. (Supported
by Euratom. The McCandless Fund of Emory Univer-
sity, and Grant GM 09878 from the U. S. Public Health
Service.)

46

ASB Bulletin

Changes in Bone and Muscle Composition in the
White Rat Due to Fat Accumulation and Age
Louis R. Hundley. Virginia Military Institute

Data presented indicate that an increase in an ani-
mal's fatness is accompanied by an increase in the
strengthening constituents (bone ash and protein) of
the vertebrae, the part of the skeleton of a quadriped
most involved in the carrying of additional weight. As
fatness increases, there is a decrease in the percentages
of water and ash in muscle and of water in vertebrae.
The decreases in parts per cent of water and ash in
muscle reflect the highly significant increase in parts
per cent of fat in muscle, and the decreased amounts
of protein and ash.

As the fat-free body weight increases, the fat-free
dry weight of muscle and two of three skeletal compo-
nents increase; i.e., there is an increase in the strength-
ening constituents of the locomotor and sustentacular
structures.

Effects of Cytotoxic Agents on the Endocrine
Pancreas of Cottus scorpius

Ernest L. Hunt. Department of Biology, Emory

University and The Catty Marine Laboratory, The
University of St. Andrews, Scotland

The principal islets of the marine teleost. Cottus
scorpius, provide exceptionally favorable material for
in vitro procedures in that relatively large masses of
endocrine tissue, a mixture of alpha and beta cell types,
can be obtained free of exocrine pancreas. Using this
system the effects of cytotoxic materials specific for
certain cell types were observed during prolonged pe-
riods of in vitro incubation in an isotonic medium. The
present report will be concerned mainly with the pattern
and sequence of damage to beta cells after treatment
with alloxan. (Supported in part by a grant from the
McCandless Fund of Emory University.)

Biometrical Studies of Growth in
Pseudemys concinna suwanniensis Carr
(Order: Testudinata)

Crawford G. Jackson, Jr.. University of South Alabama

A biometrical study of the growth pattern of Pseu-
demys concinna suwanniensis Carr was made of natural
populations in north-central Florida. Between Novem-
ber. i960 and May, 1964. 196 randomly collected indi-
vidual were measured, marked and released. Separate
records for each individual were kept, and consisted of
6 linear measurements: carapace length, carapace width,
plastron length, anterior plastron width, posterior plas-
tron width, and width of bridge. During the 42-month
period of investigation. 119 individuals (61%) were re-
captured from 1 to 1 1 times. From original measure-
ments and those obtained at subsequent recaptures, rela-
tive and absolute growth rate analyses were made with
respect to age (size), season, and sex. The season of
active growth appears to be from March through Octo-
ber. terminating in November. The possibility of an
inherent growth rhythm is suggested. A progressive de-
cline in growth rate accompanies increase in size, but
much individual variation exists. With the available
data, no sexual differences in growth rate with respect
to carapace length and plastron length can be demon-
strated. There is some evidence for a sexual difference
in the rates of increase of plastral widths and bridge
width. (Supported in part by a Sigma Xi - ReSA Grant-
in-Aid.)

Effect of Ethanol on the Metabolism of
y-Aminobutyric Acid in the Leaves
of Victory Oats

Johnny Jackson* and Lawrence M. Rohrbaugh,
Department of Botany and Microbiology,
University of Oklahoma

Selected leaves of 14-day-old Victory oat plants,
A vena sativa L., were allowed to fix C"CL photosyn-
thetically after being pretreated with distilled water,
1%, 4%. and 16% ethanol. These leaves were then
extracted with ethanol and water. Separate chromato-
grams were prepared of the ethanol-water-soluble ma-
terials and developed two-dimensionally. The amount
of C" fixed into each intermediary metabolite, as a
percentage of the total present, was calculated. From
each chromatogram, y-aminobutyric acid was separated
and purified by rechromatography. The radioactivity
and the amount of y-aminobutyric acid as estimated
colorimetrically with ninhydrin were determined. Sub-
sequently. the specific activity was calculated.

The data show that the percentage of total C" which
was incorporated into y-aminobutyric acid was greatly
enhanced by increasing concentrations of ethanol. How-
ever, the quantity (weight) of y-aminobutyric acid pres-
ent in the leaves appeared not to be materially affected
by the alcohol pretreatments.

In most cases the amount of C" accumulated in this
compound, and therefore its specific activity, was ap-
preciably enhanced by the alcohol.

* Present address: Atlanta University, Atlanta.
Georgia.

Observations of Sperm Development Among
Gymnolaemate Ectoprocta
Duvall A. Jones, University of Florida

Calcareous colonies of marine ectoproct species were
fixed in Carnoy's fluid or neutral formalin and then hy-
drolyzed with hot hydrochloric acid to remove the
opaque, calcareous zooecium. Integrity of the chitinous
zooecium permitted removal of intact colonies to pre-
pare whole mounts stained by aceto-carmine. These
preparations were not satisfactory for chromosome study,
but yielded notable observations concerning sperm mor-
phology and development. Size, and to a lesser extent,
form, of sperm appeared markedly different for closely
related species.

In Conopeum commensale, an evidently unique phe-
nomenon appeared to occur during spermiogenesis. The
protoplasm of the spermatid appeared to condense about
the periphery of the cell, rather than to elongate to form
a flagellum. There developed a resemblance to a thick,
worm-like structure coiled within the cell membrane.
The head was tucked in toward the center, which was
transparent except when the cell membrane was evident
above and below the main protoplasmic mass. Appar-
ently after rupture of the membrane, sperm were seen
in various stages of uncoiling until they became straight.

Synecology of a Virginia Salt Marsh

James A. Kerwin. Virginia Institute of Marine Science
and Robert A. Pedigo, College of William and Mary

In the spring and summer of 1964 a typical salt marsh
in Gloucester County, Virginia was analyzed using ran-
dom quadrate sampling. Synthetic treatments were em-
ployed to evaluate data and were correlated with differ-
ences in elevation. Floristic data indicate the Virginia
marshes previously undescribed show closer affinity with
marshes north of Chesapeake Bay than those south of
Chesapeake Bay. Correlation of floristic data with dif-

Vol. 12, No. 2, April 1965

47

ferences in elevation indicates that zonation in the marsh
is dependent upon differences in elevation or some en-
vironmental factor correlated with these elevation differ-
ences. Observations of sedimentation and erosion in lo-
calized areas indicate that the marsh is in a constant
state of change, with extensive areas undergoing both
succession and regression.

Life-history of Anax junius Drury (Odonata)

Carolyn O. Kriegsman and Paul E. Lutz,

University of North Carolina at Greensboro

The life-history of Anax junius was studied from Sep-
tember, 1963 through September, 1964. During this
period of one year, 27 larval collections were made.
Measurements of body length were recorded, and the
larvae were then returned to their approximate habitats.
From the extensive sampling data, it is evident that
A. junius larvae over-winter in at least five different in-
stars. Larval growth was arrested in October, was mini-
mal during the winter, and was resumed early in April.
Emergence began in early May and continued until the
first of October. Peaks of emergence occurred in May
and in June. From July through September, emergence
was sporadic and followed no definite pattern. This
extended emergence period reflects the lack of a dia-
pause stage which would synchronize larval development.
The data indicate that most larvae of A. junius have a
one-year life-cycle. Certain precocious individuals may
undergo their complete larval development and emerge
in one summer. (Supported in part by grants from the
Research Council, University of North Carolina at
Greensboro.)

Preliminary Investigations Concerning Amino
Acid Metabolism in Aging Female
Aedes aegypti (L.)

James N. Liles and James D. Stidham,
University of Tennessee

The results include qualitative and quantitative de-
terminations of free hemolymph amino acids in young
and aged female mosquitoes fed two different adult diets.
The diets were sucrose alone, and sucrose and blood.
Determinations were performed using paper chromatog-
raphy and a recording and integrating densitometer, and
an amino acid analyzer. A maximum of 19 ninhydrin-
positive spots resulted with paper chromatography, while
30 peaks were recorded with the analyzer. The blood-
fed insects had higher quantities of amino acids than
did those fed sucrose alone, and the acids varied quanti-
tatively with the age of the insect. Some results con-
cerning the retention, utilization, and loss of Cu-labelied
amino acids by the mosquitoes will be discussed.

The Influence of Storms and Hurricanes Upon
Certain Estuarine Organisms

Thomas L. Linton, University of Georgia,
Marine Institute

In studies conducted on Sapelo Island. Georgia, sev-
eral behavior patterns and distribution anomalies ob-
served in certain estuarine organisms appear to be re-
lated to storm and hurricane conditions. One to two
days prior to the arrival of storms and hurricanes, ani-
mals being held in laboratory aquaria exhibited the fol-
lowing unusual behavior patterns: 1 ) Tarpon. Megalops
atlanticus, stopped feeding; and 2) the white shrimp.
Penaeus setiferus, became hyperactive and exhibited
marked changes in body coloration.

Comparison of fish species, collected at weekly in-
tervals for one year prior to a hurricane, with those
taken afterwards, revealed the following: 1) Large num-

bers of recently metamorphosed tarpon and ladyfish.
Elops saurus, within a size range which typically is
found several months earlier, were present in tidal
creeks: and 2) Numerous young-of-the-year common
snook. Centropomus undecinialis, a species for which
only two specimens have previously been taken north
of Florida on the Atlantic seaboard, were present in
each of four separate tidal creeks.

A Study of the Mitotic Effects of the
Radiation Protective Drug, AET

James B. Lytle. Maryville College

Weanling rats of the Holtzman strain were injected
with AET intraperitoneally and colcemid intravenously.
The injections were given at as near the same time as
possible. Preliminary studies indicated the range of
AET that could be used: 200, 300 and 400 mg/kg of
body weight. The six time intervals were 0. 15, 45, 75.
105, and 135 minutes. Five slides of bone marrow
smears were prepared from each animal. The cells were
stained using the Feulgen technique. This study demon-
strated that the inhibition of mitosis was in direct pro-
portion to the concentration of AET.

Ultraviolet-induced Hemolysis of
Frog Erythrocytes

S. P. Maroney. Jr.. Department of Biology,
University of Virginia

Frog erythrocytes, washed and suspended in frog
Ringer's solution, undergo what appears to be a form
of colloid osmotic hemolysis following exposure to ultra-
violet radiation. In the present experiments, the rate of
this hemolysis (1/time for fifty percent hemolysis) was
found to vary ( 1 ) as a function approaching the square
of the ultraviolet dose. (2) with incubation temperature j
— the Q,„ was 1.43. (3) as a function of pH.

Feeding Patterns in Diapausing and Developing
Larvae of the Mosquito, Toxorhynchites rutilus

Anne B. McCrary and Charles E. Jenner.

University of North Carolina

In Toxorhynchites rutilus, a facultative photoperiodi-
cally-controlled diapause occurs in the fourth larval in-
star (Jenner and McCrary). Larvae are predacious.
Diapausing larvae remain active and feed. The number
of prey (fourth instar Culex) consumed each day.
showed that definite patterns of feeding were associated
with diapause and with uninterrupted development. The
latter is displayed by fourth instar larvae reared on a
long (14-hour) photoperiod. Such larvae show a steady
increase in feeding until about two days before pupation
when feeding declines abruptly. With this decline a
killing behavior is initiated in which almost all available
prey are killed but not eaten. Diapausing larvae (II-
hour photoperiod) show an increase in feeding following
entry into the fourth instar. A relatively high but er-
ratic rate continues for about 20-30 days followed by a
decline to a low but still irregular rate. As feeding de-
clines. killing increases. Variations in these patterns
were observed under different conditions.

A Toxicological and Biochemical Comparison of
the Venoms of the North American Species
of the Black Widow Genus Latrodectus
John D. McCrone, Florida Presbyterian College

The venoms used in this study were lyophilized ho-
mogenates of venom glands taken from mature female
Latrodectus mactans, L. variolas, L. bishopi and L.

48

ASB Bulletin

geometricus. All four venoms are lethal to mammals,
although there are species differences in venom lethality
and the average amount of venom obtained. Each of
the venoms also has a hypertensive effect on the mam-
malian systemic arterial pressure.

Qualitative neutralization tests showed that the com-
mercial antivenin ‘Lyovac’, prepared against the venom
of L. mactans, protected mice from the lethal effects of
all four venoms. Micro double-diffusion tests, using
‘Lyovac’, were carried out on agar covered microscope
slides. The venoms of L. mactans and L. variolas
formed 8 precipitation lines, while those of L. bishopi
and L. geometricus formed 7 and 5 lines respectively.
The venom proteins of the four venoms were fraction-
ated by means of disc electrophoresis. Ten major frac-
tions were separated from L. mactans venom. 9 from
L. variolas and L. bishopi venom and 6 from the venom
of L. geometricus. Each venom had a distinct electro-
phoretic pattern. (Supported by Public Health Service
Grant GM 11206, from the National Institute of Gen-
eral Medical Sciences.)

Some Incompletely Known Aquatic Phycomycetes

Charles E. Miller, University of Maine

Studies during parts of the last four summers on the
lower aquatic Phycomycetes of water habitats immediate
to the Mountain Lake Biological Station. Virginia, and
from certain aquatic collecting sites in Maine have
shown a similarity in the phycomycetous flora of these
areas. All 27 Maine species recognized were also found
during the survey at Mountain Lake Biological Station,
where 69 species were identified. Among the many
fungi studied were several members of the orders Chy-
tridiales and Lagenidiales only tentatively identified or
not identified at the generic or specific level. In some
cases this was because insufficient specimens of the
fungus were found preventing collection of enough tax-
onomic data to permit identification or to warrant de-
scription as a new taxon. Identification was frequently
found to be very difficult or impossible because of a
lack of stability in certain taxonomic criteria necessary
for delimitation of the taxa.

Conidia of Erysiphe cichoracearum: A Bioassay

Ralph M. Morrison and Julia A. Doolittle,

The University of North Carolina at Greensboro

The nature and pattern of germination of the conidia
of the powdery mildew, Erysiphe cichoracearum, has
led to an experimental design for testing various growth
regulating compounds alone and in combination with
host plant extracts for the purpose of elucidating the
problem of spore germination and the mechanics of
germ tube growth of the reproductive units of an obli-
gate parasite. Mildew conidia were obtained from two
host plants, Heliantlius annuus and Zinnia elegans. These
plants were maintained in the greenhouse and were
treated in such a way as to remove the nonviabie co-
nidia, and those that had germinated in situ. The co-
nidia were dusted on 1 % agar plates which contained
coconut milk, colchicine, gibberellic acid, and kinetin
separately and in combination with a standard mineral
medium and host plant extracts. The plates containing
the conidia were exposed to photoperiods of differing
lengths, and the experiments were terminated at 24
hour intervals. The results were discussed in terms of
germination rates and growth of the germ tubes. A
marked difference in response to the growth regulator
compounds was noted between conidia isolated from
H. annuus and Z. elegans. These data were related to
the problem of host specificity found in E. cichora-
cearum. (Supported by the Research Council, U.N.C.G.,
through grants 191 and 226.)

The Genetic Basis of Sexuality in
Biflagellate Aquatic Fungi

J. Thomas Mullins, Harvard University

A unique pattern of sexuality characterizes the heter-
othallic members of the biflagellate aquatic fungi. These
forms are sexually dimorphic, but the potentialities for
differentiation as male or as female appear to be labile
at the level of the individual. Thus, the sexual potential
ranges from strongly male, through various sexual inter-
grades, to strongly female. The results of an extensive
analysis of the progeny of crosses of male x female
strains, in the typical heterothallic species, Dictyuchus,
will be discussed in regard to the underlying genetic
basis of sexual ambivalence.

Histochemical Studies on the Notochord
of Rana catesbeiana Larvae

Bobbye C. Parker and Roy Hunter, Jr.,

Atlanta University

This investigation was designed to provide information
about the chemical nature of the notochordal cells and
their suspected involvement in collagen formation. Since
the inner fibrous lamella of the notochordal sheath has
been shown to be collagenous, and since it has been
suggested that the notochord secreted this lamella, any
other data about the synthetic possibilities of these cells
would be a useful contribution. It was observed in tis-
sue stained for phospholipids by the Nile blue sulphate
method that the nuclei of the vacuolated and peripheral
notochordal cells gave positive indications of their pres-
ence. No dye deposits were seen in the fibrous lamella.
Tissue subjected to the oil red O method gave indications
of neutral fats in the cytoplasm of the notochordal cells
but not in the sheath. Lipase activity was detected in
the notochordal cells and in the sheath by the "Tween"
80 method.

John Clayton's Moss Collection

Paul M. Patterson, Hollins College

Twenty-two of the thirty-two species of Clayton's
mosses reported by Gronovius in the second edition of
Flora Virginica (1762) have been examined and named.

Bioaccumulation of Fallout Radionuclides
in Juniperus virginiana

J. Dan Pittillo and Gayther L. Plummer.

Department of Botany, University of Georgia

Leaves, twigs, bark, and wood samples of red cedar
were collected and assayed from three areas: highland
and lowland granitic outcrop communities and wood-
land or borderland communities. The samples were
ashed and analyzed by gamma-ray spectrometry. Gen-
erally, fallout radionuclide activity was greatest in leaves,
followed by twigs, bark and wood. Also, radioactivity
diminished from highland to lowland outcrops and to
woodlands. Cerium-praseodymium- 144 was present in
greatest abundance in external tissues (leaves, twigs, and
bark), but cesium-137 was most common throughout all
tissues. Manganese-54 was also prevalent in some
samples.

It is suggested that higher activity of plants of high-
land outcrops is a reflection of their habitat. The lack
of well developed soils and thus small mineral nutrient
pools indicates lack of available nutrients. Frequent
rains containing fallout nuclides may be the source of
some deficient nutrients. Perhaps many of the nuclides
are absorbed through the leaves, for trees having high-
est Mn-54 concentrations in leaves have highest con-
centrations in the sapwood. On the other hand, some

Vol. 12, No. 2, April 1965

49

absorption may be through roots, for Cs-137 was re-
latively more concentrated in the sapwood of trees of
lowest foliar concentrations.

Notes on the Habits of Orconectes rusticus
rusticns (Girard) in a Spring Stream
in Kentucky

Rudolph Prins, University of Louisville

The ecology and life histories of Orconectes rusticus
rusticus (Girard) and Ccimbarus tenebrosus Hay were
investigated in a spring stream. Doe Run. Meade County,
Kentucky, from September 1962 through September
1964. Various life-history and ecological aspects of
Orconectes r. rusticus, which has a limited distribution
in Doe Run. will be discussed.

Microscopic Changes in the Macronucleus
of Tetrahymena During Division
Charles Ray, Jr.. Emory University

Although division of Tetrahymena macronuclei is not
by mitosis, and neither condensed chromosomes nor
spindles form, nevertheless microscopic observation re-
veals some intra-macronuclear structures that go through
division-associated cyclical changes. To describe these
macronuclear changes, living animals as well as killed
and fixed animals have been observed by phase contrast
and by fluorescent microscopy along with cytochemical
tests for DNA. RNA, and basic protein. At least two
kinds of intra-nuclear bodies associated with division
stages have been distinguished. One kind appears to be
nucleolar material; the other appears to be chromatin.
The possibility is considered that each "chromatin" body
is an association of one or more diploid chromosome
complements in which the uncoiled chromosomes are
held together by fusion of their heterochromatic regions.
Should this be true, each such association would contain
a complete and balanced set of genes. These “chro-
matin" bodies are distributed so that following nuclear
division the two daughter macronuclei have received
about equal numbers of the bodies. Some “chromatin"
bodies fail to be included in either daughter nucleus;
left in the cytoplasm, they gradually disintegrate. (Sup-
ported by the National Science Foundation. G- 13 198.)

The Development of the Ovule and
Megagametophyte in Wisteria
sinensis Sweet

David H. Rlmri rt. Jr., University of Kentucky

Fight campylotropous ovules initiate development from
primordia on the placental ridge in the ovary of Wis-
teria sinensis Sweet. Either a single or multicellular
archesporium may differentiate. In either event, only
one megasporocyte is formed. At this stage the in-
tegumentary primordia arise from the nucellar mass and
the ovules arch toward the stylar region of the ovary.
Bisporic megagametogenesis occurs in Wisteria sinen-
sis with the two nuclei moving to opposite ends of the
embryo sac aided by enlarging and coalescing vacuoles.
Subsequent development of an eight-nucleate megagame-
(ophyte occurs. Three antipodals organize in the chal-
azal region but rapidly disintegrate. The synergids,
which form in the micropylar region of the embryo sac,
undergo dissolution before fertilization leaving only the
egg and the fused polar nuclei present at the time of
fertilization. The ovule, at maturity, has a micropylar
canal which consists of an exostome, a mesostome, and
an endostome.

The Chromosome Number of Pyxidanthera
brevifolia Wells

John D. Reynolds, University of South Carolina

Baldwin (1939) described the somatic karyotype of
certain members of the Diapensiaceae as 2 N=12, ex-
cept in Galax apliylla L. (2 N=12; 2 N = 24). Although
Pyxidanthera brevifolia Wells was mentioned, no karyo-
type was reported. In the present work, the chromo-
some number, N = 6. has been determined from the pol-
len mother cell. Young flower buds were fixed in Car-
noy's fluid, and the acetocarmine squash technique (Dar-
lington and LaCour. 1950) was used in determining the
count. A typical meiotic I prophase was noted. Syn-
chronization was lacking during late meiosis I and II.
In diakinesis one bivalent was consistently associated
with the nucleolus. Perhaps because of the short dura-
tion of anaphase I, this stage was not clearly evident.
Microspore tetrad arrangement was isobilateral; how-
ever. prior to wall formation a decussate arrangement
of microspore nuclei was sometimes noted. Many ir-
regularities, such as lagging chromosomes in meiosis I
and II, deletions (possibly B -chromosomes), and ring
formation, were observed.

Taxonomic Studies of Astroloba by
Paper Chromatography

Herbert P. Riley, University of Kentucky

Small pieces of leaves were smeared on to Whatman
No. 1 filter paper and descending chromatograms were
prepared with butanol-acetic acid as the solvent system.
The patterns were examined under ultra-violet light, the
spots were outlined, their colors were recorded, and Rr
values were calculated. The species studied were A.
aspera, A. congesta, A. dodsoniana, A. foliolosa, A.
herrei, A. pentagona, A. skinneri, and A. spiralis. No
two species had exactly the same patterns but many had
one or more spots in common. This method seems
promising as a taxonomic aid.

Cleavage and Biosynthesis in Enucleate and
Nucleate Halves of Arbacia Ova

Robert A. Rinaldi, University of Tennessee
and Duke University Marine Laboratory

Arbacia ova were centrifuged into halves by the tech-
niques of E. B. Harvey. Both halves are stimulated to
cleave with hypertonic sea water. Tritiated thymidine,
tritiated uridine, and tritiated leucine were applied in
separate experiments to determine the pattern of syn-
thesis of the cleaving nucleate and enucleate halves
from Vz hour to 12 hours following parthenogenetic
stimulation. Autoradiographs of the tritiated uridine
and tritiated leucine have revealed that the “tracks”
correspond to endoplasmic reticulum patterns as de-
scribed in the other abstract for this meeting. There
appears to be no difference in uridine incorporation in
nucleate and enucleate halves, and this may indicate
that this is an exchange rather than new biosynthesis.
Other patterns and significance of synthesis in nucleate
and enucleate halves will be discussed. (Supported by
contract # AT-40-1-3 149 from The United States Atomic
Energy Commission.)

Endoplasmic Reticulum. Its Form and Behavior
in vivo of Arbacia punctidata ova

Robert A. Rinaldi, University of Tennessee
and Duke University Marine Laboratory

Eight microscopic investigations of sea urchin ova have
revealed a cytoplasmic network which is similar in its

50

ASB Bulletin

morphology to electron microscope studies of the endo-
plasmic reticulum (ER), One can observe from cine
films that the ER is dynamic and labile undergoing fre-
quent breakdowns and reformations, vibratory move-
ments, and other visible activities. In one example of
movement the ER was found to be correlated with
cleavage movements of the ova as the ER was observed
to go towards the poles during anaphase. In addition,
following centrifugation the ER appeared not to be dis-
placed or disrupted. Upon centrifuging the ova into
halves, the ER permeated without any deviations through
all compacted phases of layered particulates in the red
half, and the ER went through the hyaline zone and
the oil cap in the white half. (Supported by Contract
# AT-40-1-3 149 from the A.E.C.)

Origin of Lateral Roots
James L. Riopel, University of Virginia

In angiosperms lateral roots commonly are initiated
in the pericycle of the parent root. In the present stud-
ies with banana roots it may be shown that although all
ceils in pericycle are capable of meristematic activity,
the formation of lateral root primordia is confined to
regular positions opposite the protoxylem poles. Sta-
tistical studies which included measurements of nearest
neighbor distances for lateral roots indicate that their
distribution is in a non-random, dispersed pattern. Thus,
in every instance, the mean nearest lateral distance ex-
ceeded the expected mean nearest lateral distance based
on a random distribution of laterals. In addition, re-
sults are reported which show that successive laterals
are normally formed at angles greater than 30° from
the previously established one. Although values for
dispersion are slight, it is concluded that sites for the
origin of acropetally formed laterals are influenced by
the position of the previously formed laterals.

Relation of Ceil Size to Cell Density in the
Melanocyte System of the Mouse
David T. Rovee, Brown University

Melanocytes generally appear at the dermo-epidermal
junction of at least part of the tail-skin of pigmented
mice. The purpose of this investigation is to determine
whether or not there is a correlation between melanocyte
population density and melanocyte morphology. To en-
sure maximum pigmentation of a given area, tail-skin
of mice of the DS strain maintained at Brown University
was UV-irradiated for two minutes on each of 16 con-
secutive days. One day after the last exposure the skin
was split, and epidermal counts of melanocytes per mm2
along with measurements of melanocyte diameters were
then made. An inverse proportion of cell size to popu-
lation density was found. Mobilization of melanin gran-
ules within the dendrites accounted for the variation in
the observed melanocyte size. A discussion of the sig-
nificance of these findings will be presented. (Supported
in part by U.S.P.H.S. Grant CA-06097-04 from the Na-
tional Cancer Institute.)

Some Aspects of the Life -history of
Fund ulus stellifer (Jordan)

James D. Satterfield, Georgia State College

Field observations on habitat, daily movements, feed-
ing, and interactions with other species have been made
on Fundulus of streams in Georgia and Alabama since
July, 1964. The fish are found in shallow water with
little current and at temperatures often in excess of 80°F.
Movements are quite restricted; they may remain in an
area of less than 20 square feet for hours, and less than
200 square feet for days. Adults and young usually
feed from the bottom over a siit/sand substrate. Fre-

quently small cyprinids feed in the same area. Age,
length, and weight relationships have been determined.
The oldest fish collected was in its fifth year. Speci-
mens collected in late August ranged from 13 mm. to
100 mm. in standard length. A growth curve for weight
v’a. length was calculated.

Enzymes and Toxins of Pellicular ia filamentosa

Asa C. Sims, Jr., Southern University

A selected number of mass and single spore isolates
of Pellicularia filamentosa were screened for differences
in the amounts and kinds of pectic and cellulolytic en-
zymes, as well as for toxin concentration, following
their 14-day culture in a mineral medium. Culture fil-
trates were assayed for pectic methyl esterase (PME),
polygalacturonase (PG), depolymerase (DP), cellulase
(Cx) and for the concentration of the toxic metabolites.
Mass isolates varied in their capacity for enzyme and
toxin formation as did single spore isolates. When a
comparison of enzyme formation and toxin concentra-
tion was made between mass and single spore isolates,
it was found that a greater variety of pectic enzymes
was present in filtrates of mass isolates, whereas among
single spore isolates, only one and sometimes two en-
zymes appeared, with some exceptions. There were no
differences in the range of toxin concentrations among
mass and single spore isolates. Evidence is presented
that there is no positive correlation between enzyme
formation and toxin concentration between and among
both single spore and mass isolates of Pellicularia fila-
mentosa.

Oxygen Concentration as a Cue for Reduction
in the Rate of Metabolism in the Old Field
Mouse, Peromyscus polionotus
Michael H. Smith, University of Florida

At oxygen concentrations of 10% to 18%, Peromy-
scus polionotus reduces its metabolic rate to about 45%
of the expected value for an animal of this size. Usu-
ally the metabolic rate increases above 45% of the ex-
pected value and then decreases as the oxygen con-
centration goes from 10% to 1%. Carbon dioxide con-
centration does not seem to affect the metabolic rate of
P. polionotus at these oxygen concentrations. Peromy-
scus leucopus shows a continuous decline in its meta-
bolic rate as the oxygen concentration goes down to
the lethal point (about 4% for P. leucopus and below
2% for P. polionotus) .

The air in the nest cavities of occupied burrows of
P. polionotus varied from 15.2% to 20.6% oxygen.
Peromyscus polionotus may use low oxygen concentra-
tion as a cue for dropping its metabolic rate to conserve
energy during the day. The energy consumption of this
primary consumer is probably much lower than pre-
vious studies indicated.

Physical and Chemical Studies on Univalent
and Multivalent Fertilizin

Samuel Stern, University of Miami

Fertilizin from Lytechinus variegatus was obtained by
acidification of a sea water egg suspension and subse-
quent precipitation with 5/4 volume 95% ethanol. Uni-
valent fertilizin was prepared by 1.5% hydrogen per-
oxide treatment. Viscosity measurements indicate that
the formation of univalent fertilizin is due to an ex-
tensive depolymerization of the native (multivalent)
form. Ouchteriony immunodiffusion produces two pre-
cipitin bands with native material. One of these is
shared with the univalent material. Preliminary studies
indicate that the fucose and amino acid moieties of the

Vol. 12, No. 2, April 1965

51

univalent fertilizin are identical with the native material.
Model E ultracentrifugation patterns reveal only one
component in each of the two materials. The s value
of the univalent is roughly 60% of that of the multi-
valent. Electrophoresis on cellulose acetate strips indi-
cates that the univalent material is composed of at least
three fractions, at least two of which are absorbed by
homologous sperm. Some univalent fertilizin is present
in the native material.

The Efficiency of Growth of
C hlorohydra viridissima
Alan E. Stiven. University of North Carolina

The gross efficiency of growth, defined as the per-
centage of energy consumed as food that is converted
into new protoplasm, was determined for normal Chloro-
hydra and Chlorohydra deprived of their symbiotic algae.
In terms of the numbers of artemia eaten and buds pro-
duced. normal Chlorohydras were significantly less de-
pendent on food intake for growth than albinos. The
ratio of numbers of Artemia eaten per bud produced
was the same for normals and albinos in both light and
darkness when food was offered once a day. When food
was available once every two days, both forms required
fewer Artemia per bud in light than in darkness. How-
ever. when intake and production were measured in
energy units, the growth efficiency of normals was 40
to 60 percent greater than that of albinos under a fre-
quent and infrequent feeding schedule respectively. Light
also significantly increased the growth efficiency of nor-
mals. The differences in growth efficiencies between
normal and albino hydras are considered to be measure-
ments of the quantitative contribution of the symbiotic
algae to the growth process in Chlorohydra _ and to be
of relevance to the high level of resistance of this hydra
species to attack by the parasitic Hydramoeba.

The Effect of Low Oxygen Tensions on
Chromosome Aberrations in Tradescantia
Priscilla L. Strickland, Emory University

The effect of low oxygen tensions on X-ray-induced
chromosomal aberrations was examined in the micro-
spores of Tradescantia paludosa. Inflorescences were
civen a total dose of 400 r in 6 different percentages of
oxygen: 0.25, 0.5, 1.0, 1.25, 1.5. and 2.0%. It was
found that oxygen tensions less than 1.5% reduced the
aberration frequency below that of the controls. In
1.5% and 2.0% oxygen the aberration count showed an
increase over the control group. Since it is believed
that any amount of oxygen present during irradiation
will increase the damage, these results are inconsistent
with the prevailing theory. This apparent incongruity
is resolved by the dual role played by oxygen. While
the presence of oxygen during irradiation does increase
damage, its presence after treatment facilitates recovery.
In this case the amount of recovery taking place exceeds
the additional damage produced by low oxygen tensions.

Effect of Deciduomata on the Life Span
of the Corpora Lutea of Pseudopregnancy
in the Hamster

George W. Tate, Jr. and George C. Kent, Jr.,
Louisiana State University

The average duration of hyperemia in intraocular auto-
transplants of corpora lutea of pseudopregnancy was
148 ±1.6 hours (mean±SE). The transplants re-
mained pink an additional 8 ± .54 hours. In females
subjected to unilateral uterine trauma the average dura-
tion of hyperemia was 165 ± 3.5 hours, and the trans-
plants remained pink an additional 21.4 ±3.5 hours

(p = <.001). The difference in the duration of hyper-
emia was significant, but the duration of pseudopreg-
nancy in the traumatized group was similar to that of
the controls. That a decidual cell response cannot pro-
long pseudopregnancy has been previously demonstrated
in our laboratories. The present work demonstrates
that the presence of a decidual response can delay the
onset of ischemia of the corpus luteum of pseudopreg-
nancy. but that the delay is insufficient to affect the
duration pseudopregnancy.

Environmental Factors Related to the Distribution
of Freshwater Bryozoans in the Vicinity
of Highlands, North Carolina

Wilton R. Tenney and William S. Woolcott,
University of Richmond

Bryozoans were collected from 35 of 103 sites within
a 25-mile radius of Highlands, North Carolina. The
collections were made from July 22 to September 3,
1964 in montane and piedmont headwater streams of
the Tennessee, Savannah and Saluda river systems. The
species represented were Plumatella repens (Linnaeus),
Plumatella emarginata Allman, Fredericella sultana
(Blumenbach) and Hvalinella punctata (Hancock). The
organisms were most abundant below impoundments
where the plankton content was high and the water
currents slow. They were attached almost exclusively
to the undersides of dark-colored gneissic rocks but oc- »
casionally were present on other dark objects. Other
physical and chemical factors did not vary enough to
be considered limiting.

Population Fluctuations of Peromyscus
maniculatus and Other Small Mammals
as Revealed by the North American
Census of Small Mammals

C. Richard Terman, College of William and Mary I

Data collected in the “North American Census of
Small Mammals” were analyzed to reveal evidence for
fluctuations in local populations of several species of
small mammals through successive years of trapping.
Peromyscus maniculatus and Blarina brevicaitda popu-
lations exhibited markedly smaller average ranges of
population fluctuations than was true of Microtus mon-
tanus, Microtus calif ornicus, Microtus pennsylvanicus
and Reithrodontomys megalotis. These ranges in fluc-
tuations between maximum and minimum population
levels were evaluated according to the average number '
of years required for the change to take place. This I
evaluation was referred to as the Fluctuation Index
(F.I.) and reflected the potential for a species to fluctu-
ate in a short period of time. Blarina brevicaitda (9.6)
and Peromyscus maniculatus (10.6) exhibited the two
lowest F.I. values while Microtus montanus and Micro-
tus calif ornicus exhibited the two highest (54.9 and 80
respectively). The data presented support the hypo-
thesis that Peromyscus maniculatus and Blarina brevi-
cauda may be more sensitive to factors controlling popu-
lation growth and their growth is limited within a nar-
rower numerical range of variability than is true for
more widely fluctuating forms.

Effects of Acrillavine on Repair Mechanisms
in Neurospora crassa

Claude E. Terry and H. Branch Howe, Jr.,
University of Georgia

Treatment of Neurospora crassa conidia with light of
long wavelengths following ultraviolet irradiation par-
tially reverses (photoreactivates) lethal ultraviolet ef-
fects. Acrillavine, however, prevents photoreactivation

52

ASB Bulletin

if added to ultraviolet-irradiated conidia prior to ad-
ministering long wave light. This acriflavine effect does
not appear to result from photosensitization by the dye,
since unirradiated controls show no effects from the
treatment used. If acriflavine is added to ultraviolet-
irradiated conidia following treatment with long wave
light, on the contrary, photoreactivation of lethal ultra-
violet damage is not prevented, in agreement with the
findings in E. coli by other workers. Addition of acri-
flavine to conidia prior to ultraviolet irradiation and
long wave light treatment approximately halves ultra-
violet killing.

Bionics: A Challenge to Biologists

J. Richard Thomson, Midwest Research Institute ,
Kansas City, Missouri

In recent years, biologists have been offered a for-
midable challenge. This challenge blends the talents
and backgrounds of the biologist and the electronics
engineer into the new interdisciplinary science called
bionics. Briefly, bionics is man’s attempt to duplicate
or mimic certain desirable characteristics of the animal
world with instruments and sensitive detecting devices,
in order that he may better control his environment and
his enemies.

The bionicist is concerned with such problems as
building a more accurate vibrating gyroscope by using
information obtained through the study of the vibratory
mechanism (rods) behind the wings of certain insects;
developing a more sensitive infrared detecting device by
studying the physiological mechanisms of the facial pits
of the pit vipers; developing an instrument that will
discriminate particular odors (in aerial suspension at
the molecular level) as detected by the olfactory cells
of the bloodhound; or designing an echo-ranging mechan-
ism as sensitive and immune to enemy jamming as is
manifested by the bat and dolphin. Never before have
biologists been challenged with such fundamental bio-
logical problems — problems which require a totally dif-
ferent orientation for their research. Some of these in-
teresting problems and the avenues of their approach
will be discussed.

The Ecology and Life History of
Latrodectus bishopi

Sue Tisdale and Howard M. Field,

Florida Southern College

The Red Widow spider, Latrodectus bishopi, is en-
demic to Florida scrub-oak: saw palmetto white sand
ridges. Habitat observations and life history studies in-
cluding mating behavior are illustrated and discussed.
Comparisons with the common Black Widow, Latro-
dectus mactans, are made.

The Enigma of Tuberculin Reactivity

H. M. and M. R. Vandiviere,

North Carolina Sanatorium System

Formerly, it was reasonable to interpret positive tuber-
culin reaction as an indication of active tuberculosis.
This is not the case today. Testing is done with not
one but several tuberculins from various sources. We
identify reactions and cross-reactions. The tuberculin
test has become progressively more a tool for epidem-
iologists and statisticians than a diagnostic test. Clin-
ically, this does not destroy its usefulness. There is
still value in detection of suspects as active cases of
tuberculosis.

Despite the removal of emphasis on the clinical value
of the test, we find experimentally in animals that, re-
gardless of the source of tuberculin sensitivity, super-
infection with a human strain of tubercle bacilli can

be detected with human tuberculin. In experimental
animals and human testing the results have been in-
triguing. It is desired that this presentation will clarify
some of the interpretations and misinterpretations re-
lating to the tuberculin test.

Effects of Nitrate on Growth and Chlorophyll
Production of a Marine Diatom,
Cydotella caspia Grun.

Margaret J. Waldrep, University of South Alabama

The effects of enriching sea water with varying con-
centrations of nitrogen on the growth and chlorophyll
production of a marine, centric diatom, Cydotella caspia
Grun., were determined. Nitrate was supplied from 20
to 800 mM. Optimum growth occurred at 200 mM;
therefore at 0, 20. and 100 mM the amount of nitrogen
present appeared to be the limiting factor. Additions
of 800 mM inhibited growth. In addition to nitrate,
uric acid and allantoin were supplied as nitrogen sources,
but only nitrate was an adequate source of nitrogen for
this diatom.

The amount of added nitrate supplied had a definite
and direct relationship to the chlorophyll content of the
cell. The amount of chlorophyll a per cell was lowest
when cells were grown without added nitrate, and lower
at 20 mM than at higher levels.

Lichen Acids of Cornicularia

Alma Toevs Walker, University of Georgia

In the arctic-alpine genus of Cornicularia of five spe-
cies four, C. aculeata, C. californica, C. diver gens, and
C. normoerica, are North American; the fifth, C. odon-
teila, is exotic. Their habit is fruticose, heavily pig-
mented dark brown to black. They respond weakly or
negatively to chemical tests used by lichen taxonomists.
Crystal-formation and paper chromatography of acetone
extracts demonstrate proto-lichesterinic acid in C. acu-
leata and olivetoric acid in C. diver gens in herbarium
specimens (University of Wisconsin). Compounds of
the other American species were not similarly detected
in the material available. Bulk collections of these four
species were made last summer in Oregon and in Colo-
rado. Petroleum ether-, ethyl ether-, and ethyl acetate-
soluble fractions of benzene and acetone extracts reveal
compounds with distinctive crystal-forming and chroma-
tographic properties for which no prior identification has
been found to date. Descriptions of these compounds
and their sources will be given.

Study of a Soft-bottom Community in the
Lower York River, Virginia

Marvin L. Wass, Virginia Institute of Marine Science

A mesohaline site, depth 26 ft., was sampled with a
Petersen grab from Nov. 3, 1963, to July 10, 1964.
Samples were first screened to 1.0 mm, later to 0.5 mm.
The 157 species taken were dominated by polychaetes
(36%), crustaceans (26%) and molluscs (21%). Only
about 50 of these were believed to belong to the com-
munity. Eight species were found to be characteristic
members as determined by use of the 1.0 mm screen.
For the nine dates when % of a irr was sampled and
contents of 2.0, 1.0 and 0.5 mm screens were separated,
the means of numbers, in order, for each screen were
246. 278 and 431, and for species 21. 29 and 35. Spe-
cies that occurred on at least 50% of the dates, when
animals were analyzed separately by screen size, were
numbered in the above order, 15, 20 and 24. Seasonal
fluctuation occurred in all common animals. Mulinia
lateralis, a pelecypod. exhibited population explosion and
rapid die-off. Use of a screen less than 1.0 mm was

Vol. 12, No. 2, April 1965

53

unnecessary to determine characteristic members of the
community.

Effect of Isolation on the Metabolism
of Brain Norepinephrine

Annemarie S. Welch. College of William and Mary

Mice kept under different conditions of social stimula-
tion for one week have significantly different (p = .001)
levels of brain norepinephrine. Isolated animals are
more excitable than animals which have been grouped,
and they have higher levels of brain norepinephrine.
A possible relationship of brain noradrenaline to the
hyper-excitability and aggressiveness induced in isolated
mice, and the relative sensitivity of neurohumoral re-
ceptor sites in isolated and grouped animals, are dis-
cussed.

Serai Development of the Thalassia Community
on Solid Substrate in the Caribbean
Bruce L. Welch. College of William and Mary

The first significant initial colonizers on solid substrate
are filamentous-like algae which have a considerable
ability to trap fine sediment. Jania capillacea is the
most consistent of these on all exposures. It is com-
monly accompanied by Gelidium, Digenia and Spache-
laria on exposed surfaces; by Digenia, Spachelaria, and
Polysiplionia on moderately exposed surfaces; and by
Polysiphonia, Boodleopsis and Lophosiplionia on more
protected surfaces.

Mat-forming calcareous algae, most frequently Hali-
meda opuntia, and, less often, Amphiroa fragilissima,
commonly succeed the sediment-trapping algae. Tlia-
lassia testudinium becomes established over these as the
terminal submerged dominant. It, in turn, may be re-
placed by mangrove.

Serai Development of the Thalassia Community
on Sediment in the Caribbean
Bruce L. Welch, College of William and Mary

Initial colonization on sediment is largely determined
by substrate stability. On shifting substrate Diplanthera
wrightii is the most common colonizer. On moderately
stable substrate either Diplanthera, algae of the Halimedu
incrassata complex or Cymodocea manatorum may be
initial colonizers. On stable substrate any of the above
or Thalassia testudinum, itself, may colonize. Succes-
sional dominance goes from Halimeda. to Diplanthera.
to Cymodocea. to Thalassia. Thalassia, the terminal
marine dominant, tends to be succeeded by mangrove.

The Red Squirrel, Tamiasciurus hudsonicus
abieticola (A. H. Howell), in Georgia

C. H. Wharton. Georgia State College

Five skins and numerous reliable sight and kill rec-
ords indicate that the red squirrel is apparently confined
to the mountainous northeastern Georgia counties of
Rabun, Towns, Union, Habersham, and White. It is

recorded as far south as Yonah Reservoir and Pigeon
Creek (Habersham County, 34 degrees 41 minutes N.
Latitude), and as far west as the Union County line at
Jack’s Gap. The lowest recorded altitude is 255 meters.
This squirrel is not uncommon on the Blue Ridge be-
tween the Rabun Bald and Dick’s Gap and on the head-
waters of the Tallulah River. It occurs in an oak-
hickory forest and is reported feeding on a variety of
fruits and nuts. A possible nest cavity has been ob-
served at Clayton, and the squirrel is often seen feeding
in dense stands of Virginia pine within the city limits.
Logging of the original hemlock in northern Georgia
is thought to have drastically reduced the abundance of
the boomer whose predilection for boreal conifers has
been well documented. A possible trend of adaptation
to more southern conifers for food is suggested.

Studies in the Ecology of Some Species
of Fresh-water Algae

L. A. Whitford and G. J. Schumacher. N. C. State,
University of North Carolina

An apparatus for the laboratory study of respiration
rate and of the uptake of radioactive phosphorus, and
also for an artificial stream for the comparison of the
effects of light, temperature and current speed is de-
scribed. Data are presented on rates of respiration and
of phosphorus uptake for species of algae in the Chloro-
phyceae, Rhodophyceae, Xanthophyceae and Bacillario-
phyceae; and on the limiting effect of light, temperature
and current for certain species.

Lotic species have higher metabolic rates than closely
related lenitic species as indicated by higher rates of
respiration and of phosphorus uptake in a current as
compared to still water. Some species require low light
for survival and growth, others low light and tempera-
ture. Still others require high light and medium to low
temperatures, and some high light and temperature. In
the field, responses to light and temperature may be
confused. Species which have a marked response to
one of these factors are named.

Complexity of the R Region in Mormoniella

P. W. Whiting, Biology Division,

Oak Ridge National Laboratory

The reputed complexity of the R region may be due
to the high mutation frequency of the complementary
alleles, scarlet and oyster-white eyes. By mating X-rayed
wild-type (+.+ ) to peach scarlet (pe.st), eye-color
mutants can be identified in Fi females. After exposures
(1.000-5,000 r), 242 of these were found among 14,661
gametes tested, 1.65%. Of the 183 eye color mutants
successfully tested, 179 were scarlet or oyster. Among
the 242 total R-locus mutant genes, tested and untested,
there were six new eye colors and about 136 associated
deleterious factors. It has been suggested that proximity
of factors O (oyster) and S (scarlet), between which no
recombinations have been found, is essential for aiding
interaction of their products. High metabolic activity
may be causally related to high mutation rate. A sim-
ilar situation appears to obtain in the wasp Pachycre-
poideus, in which scarlet and oyster are complementary
alleles. (Research sponsored by the U. S. Atomic En-
ergy Commission under contract with the Union Carbide
Corporation.)

54

ASB Bulletin

The Mechanism of Seed Dormancy in the
Alpine Rush, Luzula spicata

Edwin L. Wiles. Southern Pilgrim College
Ralph D. Amen, Wake Forest College

Germination studies were conducted on the dormant
seeds of the alpine rush, Luzula spicata. The negation
of the dormancy was accomplished by scarification of
the micropylar end, indicating a dormancy due to a
condition of the seed coat. Tests revealed no seed
sensitivity to red, far-red. or white light. The presence
of germination inhibitors was suggested by the inhibi-
tion of germination in another alpine species with Luzula
seed homogenates. Although no water impermeability
was indicated, a greater oxygen uptake by the micro-
pylar scarified seeds suggested a partial permeability of
the seed coat to oxygen. The sequence of events elicit-
ing germination appear to be: 1) removal of the micro-
pylar tip. relieving any restraint on the embryo, allow-
ing increased supply of oxygen to enter, and the possible
removal of an inhibitor; 2) entry of free oxygen, stimu-
lating germination by oxidation of an inhibitor or by
utilization in the embryo's metabolism. Or the inhibitor
might be rendered ineffective by being leached away
after the seed coat (presumably impermeable to the in-
hibitor) is removed.

Long Term Effects of Acute Low-Level X-Rays
on Laboratory Populations of Aecles aegypti
William K. Willard, University of Tennessee

Effects of acute low-level X-rays on major life history
stages (eggs, larvae, pupae and adults) of yellow fever
mosquito populations were determined through three
generations. Population egg production, average num-
ber of eggs produced per female, egg viability, mean
longevity and the rate of larval and pupal development
were parameters utilized in evaluating effects of X-rays
on the populations. Effects were most strongly exerted
in the first generation and subsided with each succeeding
generation until, in the third generation, effects were
not significantly different from the controls. In order
of sensitivity, with respect to reproduction, pupal popu-
lations were most resistant followed by larval or egg
populations with adults being the least resistant. In the
first generation the lower doses utilized (100r-400r) re-
sulted in small increases in population egg production
and in mean longevity, while with larger doses ( 8()0r
and above), a decrease occurred. Effects on the vi-
ability of eggs produced by irradiated populations was
in a nearly linear relation while the viability of eggs
stored to perpetuate the following generation was higher
in the treated groups than in the controls in most of" the
doses utilized.

The Interrelationship Between Phytoplankton
and Zooplankton in Inshore Waters
Near Beaufort, North Carolina

Richard B. Williams, U. S. Bur. Comm. Fisheries,
Beaufort, N. C.

A yearlong study was made of plankton in Core Sound
and adjoining embayments, an area of 400 km2 with a
mean depth of only 1 .2 m. Average values for phyto-

plankton production and zooplankton standing crop were
obtained at 5-week intervals for the entire area. Net
production of phytoplankton ranged from 41 to 310 mg
C/m2, 'day and had a pronounced seasonal cycle paral-
leling that of water temperature. The zooplankton (ex-
clusive of ctenophores and large medusae) was chiefly
copepods and fluctuated irregularly between 0.022 and
0.258 ml/m2. The organic carbon needed to support
this zooplankton was estimated to comprise from less
than 0.1% to 1% of the daily net production. These
data suggest that in the area studied, the supply of phyto-
plankton never limited the production of zooplankton,
and that the grazing of zooplankton never controlled the
abundance of phytoplankton.

The Carbohydrate Composition of the Fat
Body of Phormia regina (Meigen)

During Larval Development

Larry T. Wimer. University of South Carolina

Fat bodies were obtained from larvae at different
stages of third instar development. The fat body dry
weight increased from 0.64 mg in the early third instar
to 5.21 mg in the prepupa. Carbohydrates were ex-
tracted with 10% trichloroacetic acid at 0°C. The TCA
was removed with diethyl ether and glycogen was pre-
cipitated with 70% ethanol. Purification of the super-
natant containing the non-glycogen carbohydrate was ac-
complished by the use of ion exchange resins. The
amount of glycogen and total non-glycogen carbohydrate
was determined by the anthrone method. The fat body
was found to contain 57 p.g of glycogen in the early
instar and 491 p. g in the prepupa. During the same
period, non-glycogen carbohydrate increased from 4 p,g
to 39 p, g. The carbohydrates were separated by thin
layer chromatography and detected with anisaldehyde
and anthrone sprays. Trehalose and glucose were the
only sugars detected and trehalose predominated. These
results show that the fat body accumulates 434 p. g of
glycogen in about 3.5 days. Much of this glycogen is
undoubtedly utilized during metamorphosis.

Time of Oviposition and Hatching in the
Planktonic Sergestid Shrimp,

Lucifer faxoni

Robert A. Woodmansee,

Virginia Institute of Marine Science

Two 24-hour series of collections of the sergestid
shrimp. Lucifer faxoni were made in the northern Gulf
of Mexico with Clarke Bumpus Plankton Samplers. The
size and structure of the eggs permit one to separate the
mature females into the following five categories: those
with no eggs or with immature eggs in the ovary, those
with partly mature eggs in the ovary, those with mature
eggs in the ovary, those with undeveloped eggs attached
to the periopods and those with eggs in the naupliar
stage. By comparing the occurrence in time of these
five categories as well as the occurrence of attached
spermatophores one may ascertain with varying degrees
of certainty, ( 1 ) when the ova first begin to mature in
the ovary, (2) when the eggs are fully matured, (3)
when oviposition occurs, (4) when naupliar hatching oc-
curs and (5) when copulation occurs. The depths at
which these processes occur may also be determined.

Vol. 12, No. 2, April 1965

55

( Continued from page 34)

Treasurer’s Report January 1, 1964-December 31, 1964
SAVINGS ACCOUNT

Balance December 31, 1964:

Regular Savings Acct. #90 856 6
Contingency Savings Acct. #91 375 6:
Goethe Travel Fund
Other Contingency Savings

CHECKING ACCOUNT
Balance on hand January 1. 1964
Receipts:

Dues and subscriptions
Exhibit fees
Registration fees
Carolina Biological Supply Co.
Will Scientific, Inc.

Sale of reprints and bulletins
C. M. Goethe

$1,216.06

$ 395.50
1.198.42

1,593.92

$2,809.98

$ 232.09

$2,927.00

550.00
388.70

100.00

100.00
186.75

400.00

4,652.45

Expenditures:

General:

Secretary’s expense $ 28.35

Goethe Travel Awards 511.75

Meritorious Teaching Award

(R. S. Freer) 100.00

Research Award (A. V. and

J. W. Beatty) 100.00

Annual meeting expenses

(April 1964) 246.27

Treasurer's expense (inch clerical

assistance) 207.33

Transfer from Checking Account
to Contingency Savings Acct.

#91 375 6 800.00

$1,993.70

Bulletin:

Printing, addressing, mailing Jan.,

April, July, Oct. 1964 issues $1,768.54

Other printing costs — reprints,

announcements 335.30

Travel — Editor — to annual meet-
ing and Executive Council
meeting 200.00

Clerical assistance 50.00

Halftones and plates 321.88

Misc. — envelopes, labels, etc. 161.30

$2,837.02

Balance as of December 31, 1964

$4,884.54

$4,830.72
$ 53.82

Goethe Travel Funds in Contingency Savings Acct. #91 375 6 $ 375.00

Balance in Goethe Travel Fund after 1964 awards 20.50

Total on hand $ 395.50

On February 5, 1965, the finan-
cial records and statements of the
Treasurer were examined and found
to be complete and correct for the
period January 1, 1964-December
31, 1964. Since this marks the end
of his term of office, the Treasurer,
Dr. Leland Shanor, deserves an ex-
pression of appreciation and com-
mendation for a job well done. —
Ralph W. Yerger, Chairman, Grace
C. Madsen, and Anne L. Pates.

Nominees for 1965 Elections

The following slate of nominees
is submitted by the Nominating
Committee for consideration at the
1965 meeting:

PRESIDENT
Elsie Quarterman
Leland Shanor

TREASURER
John Carpenter
Harry Wheeler

VICE PRESIDENT
B. Theodore Cole
Perry Holt

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Julian T. Darlington
William W. Norris
Robert B. Short
Howard J. Teas

Alvin V. Beatty, George C. Kent,
Jr., and E. Ruffin Jones, Chairman,
Nominating Committee.

56

ASB Bulletin

Books and Periodicals

The final portions of the “Flora of West Virginia,” by
P. D. Strausbaugh and Earl L. Core, of West Vir-
jginia University, have just appeared. The final part con-
; tains a comprehensive index to the entire work of more
than 1,000 pages.

The work includes all species of vascular plants known
to occur in a wild or naturalized state in West Virginia,

1 and represents the results of field, herbarium, and li-
brary studies of the authors’ extending over a period of
more than forty years. In these studies, every county
in the State has been explored in detail. Descriptions
and illustrations of more than 2,000 species are given,
including ecological and geographical data, plus other
information, especially that of local interest. There is
also a comprehensive bibliographic treatment, with hun-
dreds of references to pertinent literature particularly
that dealing with species that have their type localities
within the present boundaries of West Virginia, and spe-
cies that are rare or for other reasons are of unusual
interest in the state.

There are diagnostic keys for genera and species, and
these supplement the descriptive matter itself. The keys
and descriptions often omit features that can be better
presented in the line drawings. The sketches, number-
ing over 2,000 in all, and mostly the work of William
A. Lunk, are placed as close to the descriptions as pos-
! sible, usually on the page opposite the description or on
the page preceding.

The work has been published in parts, the first part
. (Ptridophyta to Orchidaceae, pages 1-274) appearing in
1952, the second part (Saururaceae to Leguminosae,
pages 275-570) in 1953, the third part (Linaceae to
Plantaginaceae. pages 571-860) in 1958, and the fourth
part (Rubiaceae to Compositae, pages 861-1075) in
1964. An appendix at the end of the final part includes
I a large number of supplementary notes and these are
listed in the index along with the treatments in the main
body of the work.

In addition, an Introductory Section, published as a
i separate 31 -page pamphlet in 1964, treats the General
I Features of the vegetation of West Virginia and provides
a key to the families.

The parts were published as bulletins by West Vir-
ginia University and may be purchased from the Uni-
versity Bookstore.

Books received recently

The following books have been recently received by
the ASB. Should any member of the ASB wish to re-
view one of these books in return for the review copy,
please write to Mrs. Betty Ursomarso, Assistant Editor,
Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th & The Parkway,
Philadelphia 3, Penna.

j

Vol. 12, No. 2, April 1965

DOVER PUBLICATIONS
180 Varick St., New York 14, N. Y.

Maier, N. R. F. and T. C. Schneirla. 1964. Principles
of Animal Psychology, (paper). A Dover re-
print of the book originally published in 1935.
683 pp. $3.00.

Ribbands, C. R. 1964. The Behaviour and Social Life
of Honeybees. (Paper) A Dover reprint of the
book originally published in 1953. 352 pp. $2.00.
Saunders, A. A. 1964. An Introduction to Bird Life
for Bird Watchers. (Paper). A Dover reprint of
the book originally published in 1954. 256 pp.
$1.00.

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.

605 3rd Ave., New York 16, N. Y.

Good, Ronald. 1964. The Geography of the Flowering
Plants (3rd Ed.). 518 pp. $13.00.

PRENTICE-HALL, INC.

Englewood Cliffs, N. J.

Hadon, N. (ed.) . 1964. Selected Papers on Virology.

363 pp. $7.50.

Hartman, P. E. and S. R. Suskind. 1965. Gene Action.
(Foundations of Modern Genetics Series.) 158 pp.
$2.95, paper; $4.95, cloth.

THE BACTERIAL CELL WALL. Milton R. J. Salton.
American Elsevier Publishing Co., New York. June,
1964. 293 pp. $14.50.

Material presented in this book is based entirely on
results of work performed since 1950 when the first at-
tempts to obtain direct information about the chemical
composition of bacterial cell walls were made in several
laboratories. The eight chapters of this book dealing
with bacterial cell walls touch on their anatomy; iso-
lation; electron microscopy; physical and chemical prop-
erties and composition; biochemistry; as well as on the
structure and occurrence of cell-wall glycosaminopep-
tides, and teichoic acids; and on cell-wall antigens and
bacteriophage receptors. A glance at the references oc-
curring at the end of each chapter, totalling approxi-
mately 900, show the important interest and contribu-
tions of the author to each phase of the work, as well
as the rather tremendous number of contributions to
this new field over the span of a very few years.

Study of the microbial cell has played an important
part in recent cellular biology in general, and especially
in the securing of present information about ways of
RNA, DNA and protein biosynthesis. It is probable
that “many of the properties mapped in detail with bac-
teria are — common to all types of living organisms.”
On the other hand it is now known that compounds
such as muramic acid, diaminopimelic acid and teichoic
acid are “unique” to the bacterial cell wall and “can

57

now be used in defining our concepts of bacterial cells
and certain closely related groups of organisms such as
the blue-green algae and rickettsias.”

The volume summarizes a tremendous amount of
work. It is basic work, much of it with wide implica-
tions and value for all cell biologists. The compact
volume is most attractive and usable, the paper and
figures are excellent and the 67 Tables are collected
and arranged on 50 pages following the text.

The author points out that much less is now known
about bacterial cell membranes, and of cell membranes
in general, than about cell-walls. His suggestion of ad-
vantages to cell biology in proceeding from a position
of knowledge concerning structure of cell walls and cell
membranes seems prophetic of the direction of future
emphasis in this field. — Walter S. Flory, Wake Forest
College.

MOLECULAR BIOLOGY: GENES AND THE
CHEMICAL CONTROL OF LIVING CELLS. J. M.
Barry. 1964. 139 pp. Concepts of Modern Biology

Series. Prentice-Hall.

The purpose of this book, according to the preface,
is to introduce, in a simple way, discoveries in molecular
biology which show precisely how inherited differences
are founded on differences in the structure of chemical
molecules.

This purpose is largely realized by the book. The
non-chemist and the individual whose formal exposure
to chemistry is somewhat dated or scanty will be able
to follow this logical and lucid presentation. The reader
is not overwhelmed by formulae and cant. The format
stimulates and holds interest.

Chapter one deals with the experiments that led to
the discovery of the structure of proteins and of ribose
and deoxyribose nucleic acids. Chapter two contains,
in addition to a digression on vitalism, an account of
the parts of the cell as revealed by the electron micro-
scope. the location of the nucleic acids in the different
parts of the cell, and the techniques used to isolate and
study these structures. Chapter three deals with Men-
del's theory of inheritance and is somewhat unnecessary,
since the person who reads this book should already
have at least this simple knowledge; and chapter four
contains enough pertinent information to develop the
concept. Chapters four, five, and six dealing, respect-
ively, with the molecular structure of genes, the replica-
tion of genes, and the action of messenger and transfer
RNA. are quite good. The reader is able, in this ac-
count, to share some of the excitement experienced by
these now famous scientists as they made their dis-
coveries, developed their theories, and devised the ex-
periments which revealed the relationship between in-
herited differences of living organisms and the peculiar
structure of these chemical molecules.

Mr. Barry maintains a high level of readability with
but few exceptions. The explanation of the theory of
the triplet genetic code is not as clear as would be pre-
ferred. The example on pages 104, 105 concerning
sickle-cell anemia is misleading when it states “If a
person with sickle-cell anemia marries a normal per-

son, the red blood corpuscles of their children all con-
tain roughly half the normal hemoglobin and half sickle-
cell hemoglobin.” The statement, of course, is true, but
it should be noted that this is a highly problematical
“if” — since a sickle-cell anemic rarely, if ever, lives to
sexual maturity (page 127, Sinnott. Dunn, and Dob-
zhansky Principles of Genetics, Fifth Edition). It is
unfortunate that lines 14 and 13 (from the bottom) on
page 105 are out of the proper order and should be
put in correct order in future printings.

Other than the above, there are no critical complaints.

In fact, it is a joyful experience to find, with but one
exception, that all the questions occurring as one reads
the book are soon answered in the next paragraph or
within a few pages. The exception, why two of the 10
bonds involving lysine in the ribonuclease molecule are
not broken by trypsin, still remains a mystery, however.
— M. L. Stiff, University of Southwestern Louisiana.

ANIMAL SPECIES AND EVOLUTION, Ernest Mayr.
Harvard University Press. 1963. 797 pp. $11.95.

In his well-organized and exceptionally well-written
new book Ernest Mayr presents a careful analysis of
present knowledge concerning the nature of animal spe-
cies and of the role they perform in the processes of
evolution.

Indirectly, by comparisons between certain phenomena
in animals and plants (as for example by discussions
showing that hybridization, and consequently “hybrid
swarms,” and polyploidy are much rarer in animals
than in plants) there is considerable carry-over from i
this book into the whole field of organic evolution.

The first chapter skillfully traces development of the
modern synthetic theory of organic evolution. Unlike
the earlier single-factor theories the present synthetic
one is not the work of any single author. Rather, it
has been synthesized over the past quarter century from
the careful work of many biologists — which work was '
based upon developments of the preceding seventy-five
or eighty years.

Mayr emphasized the importance to the development
of this synthetic theory of the discarding of two in-
correct concepts: performism and typology. Modern
evolutionary synthesis was not possible until performism
was replaced by concepts based upon knowledge that
adult form results from interactions between processes.
The replacement of typological thinking by population
thinking is perhaps the greatest conceptual revolution
that has taken place in biology.

The emphasis of the volume is on those aspects of
evolution that involve the species. Chapters 1-6 deal
with characteristics of species. The structure and gen-
etics of populations are covered in Chapters 7-10, and
the (population) structure and variation of species in
Chapters 11 to 14. Chapters 15 to 18 are concerned
with the multiplication of species. Chapter 19 is de-
voted to considering the role of species in transpecific
evolution, and Chapter 20 to a review of the possible
consequence of the findings for man.

Throughout the book emphasis is placed on those
findings from higher animals which are directly appli-

58

ASB Bulletin

cable to man, and these are considered in detail in the
final chapter. Here the phylogeny of man is traced.
It is pointed out that there are no genetic isolating
mechanisms separating any present races of mankind.
Present day man is not speciating due to man’s great
ecological diversity, and also due to the fact that iso-
lating mechanisms develop only slowly in hominids (for
example, man's great mobility and independence of en-

vironment have made perfect geographic isolation im-
possible; etc.).

Mayr presents a masterfully written guide to an un-
derstanding of the problems involved in this field, as
well as to the evolutionary facts as now understood.

An excellent glossary and an extensive bibliography
of over 1800 references add to the value and usefulness
of the book. — Walter S. Flory, Wake Forest College.

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

Leland Shanor was appointed Division Director, Divi-
sion of Undergraduate Education in Science, National
Science Foundation on January 1, 1965. Prior to this
assignment, he had served as Head, Undergraduate Edu-
cation in the Sciences Section, Division of Scientific
Personnel and Education, NSF, since January 5, 1964.

Harry L. Holloway, Jr., head of the Department of
Biology at Roanoke College, Salem, Va., has returned
from a four-month collecting project at McMurdo Sta-
tion, Antarctica. Working under a grant from the Na-
tional Science Foundation to further the U. S. Antarctic
Research Program, he is concentrating on endoparasites
of antarctic vertebrates, and will continue work on
samples collected at the U. S. Navy site. A Roanoke
College senior, Thomas Capraro of McLean, Va., ac-
companied Dr. Holloway to the South Pole. Also work-
ing on the project is Ansar Husain, Research Associate
in biology at Roanoke College.

Joseph H. Waters has joined the Department of Biol-
ogy at Roanoke College, Salem, Va., as an Assistant
Professor. Also new to the department this session is
Henry B. Robinson, Instructor.

Denzel E. Ferguson, Professor of Zoology at Missis-
sippi State University, has been awarded a three-year
grant totaling $59,000 by ORD, Bureau of State Services
(Environmental Health), USPHS, to continue his in-
vestigations of vertebrate resistance to insecticides. Sev-
eral graduate students and their research will be sup-
ported by the grant.

Mason E. Hale, Division of Cryptogams, Smithsonian
Institution, Washington, D. C., has spent the past year
in the Pacific region and Japan. This work has been
supported under the U. S. -Japan cooperative science
program of the National Science Foundation, and in-
volves a study of the evolution and distribution of the
lichen genus Parmelia. Field work has been carried
out in the Philippines, Sabah, Sarawak, and Malaya,
and the materials are being studied at the National
Science Museum in Tokyo, Japan, in collaboration with
S. Kurokawa. Dr. Hale expects to return to Washington
in July.

James A. Miller, Jr., Chairman, Department of Anat-
omy, Tulane University, was a guest lecturer at the
American Academy for Cerebral Palsy on December 10,
1964, and spoke on the subject, “Is Cerebral Palsy Pre-

ventable.” His address was summarized in the Decem-
ber 25th issue of Time Magazine.

Jacob Yelverton, graduate of the Biology Department
of Northeast Louisiana State College, has accepted a
position as pollution biologist at the Fish and Wildlife
Station on Black Bayou Lake near Monroe, La. He
moved from a position with the Bernstein Park Zoo in
Monroe.

George Kent, Professor of Zoology at LSU, Baton
Rouge, has cut a VideoTape entitled “The Theory of
Organic Evolution,” for broadcast throughout Louisiana
on “Pursuit of Learning,” produced by LSU and WBRZ-
TV, Baton Rouge. The program, which occupies 15
minutes, is for the general public, but it is also suitable
for beginning students of biology at the high school
and college freshman level. Dr. Kent’s “Textbook of
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy” will be published by
the C. V. Mosby Company in April. The book has 344
illustrations, two-thirds of which are new or extensively
redrawn. Since his earlier book, which has been used
by 36,000 students, many advances have been made in-
cluding new insight into the pineal body, thymus, me-
dian eminence, hypothalamic-hypophyseal portal system,
and the influence of environment on endocrine secre-
tions. Dr. Kent is also celebrating the printing of the
12,000th copy of his “Practical Anatomy of the Dog-
fish, Necturus, and Cat” (William C. Brown).

Paul Sacco, Professor of Botany and Pharmacognosy
of tlie Xavier University of Louisiana, College of Phar-
macy, was the recipient of a grant from the Cancer
Association of the Greater New Orleans, Inc., for the
continuation of a research project. For several years,
Dr. Sacco has pursued studies involving toxin produc-
tion and fatty acid metabolism in several Pseudomonad
bacterial species. The grant will make possible the
acquisition of appropriate instrumentation.

William Burbanck, Dept, of Biology, Emory Univer-
sity, has received $33,200 for a 3-year renewal of his
grant to study the ecology and evolutionary implications
of estuarine Crustacea. This is a continuation of field
and laboratory studies on factors effecting the specia-
tion of isopods and associated macrofauna.

Bernard Lowy of the Mycological Herbarium at Louis-
iana State University will be in Brazil for the next year
on a Fulbright Grant for teaching and research. His
address from June 1965 until June 1966 will be: In-
stitute de Botanica, Caixa Postal 4005, Sao Paulo, Sao
Paulo, Brazil.

Vol. 12, No. 2, April 1965

59

Institutions and Organizations

Mississippi State University has just established an
interdisciplinary program leading to the degrees of
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in Physi-
ology. Students desiring such a degree will register in
an appropriate department and then will participate in
an interdepartmental curriculum. Assistant Professor
C. R. Sadler of the Department of Zoology has been
named chairman of the program.

The fall meeting of the South Carolina Association of
Biology Teachers was held in Columbia, S. C., on Octo-
ber 24, 1964, at A. C. Flora High School. Charles
Winter, Consultant for the Biological Sciences Curri-
culum Study, University of Colorado, was guest speaker.

The 1965 Officers of the Southern Appalachian Bo-
tanical Club are: President— Dr. James W. Hardin, De-
partment of Botany, N. C. State, Raleigh; Vice Presi-
dent—Dr. Robert P. Platt, Department of Biology, Emory
University, Atlanta; Secretary— Miss Elizabeth Ann Barth-
olomew, Department of Biology, West Virginia Univer-
sity, Morgantown; Treasurer— Dr. Roy B. Clarkson, De-
partment of Biology, West Virginia University, Mor-
gantown.

The Pharmacy College of Northeast Louisiana State
College delighted area biologists by acquiring a Beck-
man 111 8 Spectrophotometer costing about $7,500 for
use in research.

In the symposium “Aspects of Evolution in North
American Cave Faunas” sponsored by SSZ last Decem-
ber in Knoxville, Tennessee, the following Southeastern
Biologists were invited to participate: Thomas C. Barr
(U. Ky.), Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. (U.S.N.M.), C. W. Hart,
Jr. (ANSP), Harrison R. Steeves, III (U. Ala. Medical
Center), Thomas E. Bowman (USNM), John R. Ilolsinger
(U. Ky.), and Nell B. Causey (L.S.U.). In the symposium
“Zoogeography of the Invertebrates: Freshwater, Ter-
restial, and Parasitic Forms” sponsored by SSZ and
ASZ, the following Southeastern Biologists were invited
to participate: Robert P. Higgins (Wake Forest), Charles
F. Lytle ( nunc Penn State), Bassett Maguire, Jr. (U. Tex.),
Walter J. Harman (L.S.U.), J. F. Fitzpatrick, Jr. (Miss.
St. lb), Perry C. Holt (V.P.I.), and Jacques Berger (N. C.
St. U.).

The Department of Anatomy at Tulane University
has just received a training grant in Experimental Em-
bryology which amounts to $105,800 for the first year
and $49,800 for subsequent years. Dr. S. Meryl Rose,
Professor of Experimental Embryology, is the Program
Director of the grant. This is the second training grant
for the Department. Dr. James A. Miller, Jr., Chair-
man of the Department of Anatomy, is Program Director
of their earlier grant in Anatomy. This has a current
budget of $77,000 per year, and 17 I’h.D. candidates
are enrolled.

The 15th Annual WildHower Pilgrimage will be held
in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park April 22,
23, and 24, 1965. There will be the usual xvildHower
clinic, guided botanical hikes, motorcades, and bird

walks sponsored by the Department of Botany, The
University of Tennessee; the National Park Service; ||ji
and the Gatlinburg Garden Club. L

University of Southwestern Louisiana
Charles W. Caillouet, Assistant Professor of Biology
at the University of Southwestern Louisiana, is con-
tinuing his studies of post-larval commercial shrimp «
abundance and distribution in Vermilion Bay under the ll
terms of a renewal contract from the U. S. Bureau of |
Commercial Fisheries. The contract, in the amount of Ij
$20,464, will run for 1 year. Information gained from
the studies will be used in predicting subsequent com- I
mercial harvests of shrimp. Dr. Caillouet completed his B
graduate studies in 1964 at Iowa State Unix'ersity; his I
field is fisheries biology. Also at the Unix’ersity of
Southwestern Louisiana M. J. Fouquette, Assistant Pro- 1 j
fessor of Biology, is completing xx'ork on a National
Science Foundation supported project on “Relationships
and call variation in southeastern chorus frogs,” and is
also working along on several other projects concerning
Middle American amphibians and reptiles. A. G. Owens,
Biologist for the Louisiana Mosquito Control Associa-
tion, Central Region, with offices at the University of
Southwestern Louisiana, will administer a grant of
$27,500 from the U. S. Department of Agriculture, for
a study of the biology and ecology of salt marsh mos-
quitoes in the Cypremort Point area of South-central
Louisiana. The aim of the investigation is to dex’elop
biological control measures for mosquitoes. One aspect
of the investigation will be a study of the possibility of
multiple usage of mosquito control impoundments. Field
xxork has begun on a study of the use of such impound-
ments for fish farming and is being carried out with
the cooperation of Kenneth Lance, Louisiana Wildlife
and Fisheries Commission, and of Dr. Caillouet and
Donald Hoffpauir, both of the University of South-
western Louisiana Department of Biology.

University of South Alabama
The Biology Department of the University of South
Alabama began operating this fall with three faculty
members. John M. Rawls, Chairman of the department,
from Lamar Tech, Beaumont, Texas, joined the institu-
tion as Associate Professor of Biology. His major field
of interest is experimental invertebrate embryology.
Margaret Waldrep, formerly of Roanoke College, Vir-
ginia, has accepted a position as Assistant Professor of
Biology. Her research interest is in algal physiology.
James M. Boyles joined the faculty as Instructor in
Biology after being associated with the University of
Alabama Mobile Center. His research at present is in
biogeography. With the beginning of the winter quar-
ter, a fourth member was added to the biology stall:
Craxvford G. Jackson, who recently completed his Ph.D.
at the University of Florida was appointed Assistant
Professor of Biology. His field of interest is the biology
of reptiles.

60

ASB Bulletin

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

Palaemonias ganteri Hay

July, 1965

Roger W. Barbour

Volume 12, Number 3

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Men-
zel. Dept, of Biological Sciences, Florida
State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla. Subscrip-
tion orders from libraries and other insti-
tutions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. John Carpenter, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington,
Kentucky. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Fulton
Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

MARGARET Y. MENZEL
Associate Editor

BETTY URSOMARSO, Assistant Editor
LELAND SHANOR, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Retiring President — William D. Bur-
banck, Emory University
President Elect — Elsie Quarterman, Van-
derbilt University

Vice-President — B. Theodore Cole, Uni-
versity of South Carolina
Secretary — Margaret Y . Menzel, Florida
State University

Treasurer — John Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Executive Committee — Wilbur H. Dun-
can, University of Georgia; G. M.
Jeffrey, National Institutes of Health;
David James Cotter, Alabama Col-
lege; Chauncey G. Goodchild, Emory
University; Frederick T. Wolf, Van-
derbilt University; Julian T. Darling-
ton, Southwestern at Memphis; Rob-
ert B. Short, Florida State Uni-
versity. All officers are ex officio
members of the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — W. W. Miiler, III, Howard
College

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — position vacant
Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University
Maryland — position vacant
Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University
North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Furman Univ.

Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — position vacant

Affiliate

Southern Section of the American
Society of Plant Physiologists

f olume 12 , Number 3 - July 1965

CONTENTS

Association Affairs 62

Ecological Studies in the Great Smoky Mountains — by

Dorothy L. Crandall 63

C. M. Goethe .. 66

Reinhold Elects James B. Ross New Vice President 67

American Tables Committee Reviewing Applications for

Naples Zoological Station 68

Books and Periodicals 68

News of Biology in the Southeast 71

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

Your Zip Code, Please . . .

If your zip code number does not appear on the address used to mail this
issue of the ASB Bulletin, please send it to us promptly. The day is not
long off when the Post Office will not accept 2nd or 3rd class mailings that
do not include zip code numbers — and before that time all ASB address
stencils must be re-made, at considerable cost, in order to comply with this
directive. Please help us by returning the label to us with your zip code
included. Betty Ursomarso, Asst. Editor, Academy of Natural Sciences,
19th and The Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103

62

ASB Bulletin

Ecological Studies in the Great
Smoky Mountains

BY

Dorothy L. Crandall
Randolph-Macon Woman’s College

Through the years the Southern Appalachians
have attracted the interest of many scientists, —
geologists, botanists, zoologists and naturalists.
Andre Michaux, Asa Gray, William Bartram and
Constantine Rafinesque all knew this wilderness.
Several of the lofty peaks of the western section
of the Southern Appalachians bear the names of
these early explorers: Mt. LeConte, Clingmans
Dome, and Mt. Guyot. In the mid 19th century
Arnold Guyot of Princeton University wrote,
“Although the high peaks of the Smoky Mountains
are some fifty feet lower than the isolated and
almost exceptional group of the Black Mountains,
by their number, their magnitude, the continuity
and general elevation of the chains and of the
base upon which they repose, they are like a mas-
sive and high citadel which is the culminating
region of all the Appalachian System.”

The Great Smoky Mountains are included in
the Blue Ridge Province and form part of the
Unaka Mountains. In the Great Smokies are
found some of the highest mountains east of the
Mississippi with many of the peaks soaring to
elevations of more than 6000 feet. Mt. LeConte
rises more than 5000 feet from its base to its fir-
clad summit with an elevation of 6593 feet. Along
the Tennessee-North Carolina boundary the Ap-
palachian Trail follows the crest of the ridge for
71 miles from the northeast at Davenport Gap to
the southwest near Fontana Dam. Through a
virtual wilderness for much of its length, this foot
path traverses such peaks as Mt. Guyot, Mt.
Chapman, Mt. Kephart, Mt. Collins and Cling-
mans Dome — all of these over 6 1 00 feet in
elevation.

The Great Smokies derive their name from the
smoke-like haze or mist that rises almost con-
tinuously from the dense vegetation that covers
the mountain sides and summits. So characteristic
is this haze that before white man came, the In-
dians called these mountains Sha- cona- ge, mean-
ing blue, like smoke (Fink 1956). Since its for-
mal dedication in 1940, the Great Smokies have
been visited by thousands who have come to study,
to hike, to camp and just to stand in awe before
some of the most impressive scenery in the east.

This area is a naturalists’ paradise with more
than 1300 varieties of trees, shrubs, and herbs;

a greater variety than in any other area of com-
parable size in eastern North America. Many of
the trees reach their maximum size within the
Park boundaries and have been called “forest
giants.” Some of the records include a tulip tree,
Liriodendron tulipifera, 23'8.5" in circumference,
a Canadian hemlock, Tsuga canadensis, 19' 19"
in circumference, and a cucumber tree, Magnolia
acuminata, 18' 3" in circumference. Oak forests,
pine forests, cove hardwood forests, and hemlock
forests occur in the ravines and on most of the
lower and mid-altitude slopes while along the
crest of the mountains is the most extensive stand
of virgin spruce-fir in the east. The fir is Fraser
fir, A bies fraseri, an endemic in the Southern Ap-
palachians. The red spruce, Picea rubens, has a
much greater geographical range, occurring from
Nova Scotia to Maine and Southern Quebec to
its southernmost limits in western North Carolina
and eastern Tennessee. In the northern section
of these forests, balsam fir replaces the Fraser fir
as a codominant with the red spruce. In com-
paring the northern and southern spruce-fir for-
ests Oosting and Billings (1951) considered these
two forests as part of the boreal forest formation
but with two distinct phases, the red spruce-Fraser
fir and the red-spruce-balsam fir. In the South-
ern Appalachians spruce enters the canopy around
4500 feet and with increasing elevation fir be-
comes more important until on the highest sum-
mits and slopes there may be nearly pure stands
of Fraser fir.

In 1936, Stanley Cain who was then a member
of the Botany Department of the University of
Tennessee, wrote a brief review of the ecological
work in the Great Smoky Mountains Region (Cain
1936). Several of the early papers treated of
geographic-floristic problems. Cain’s papers on
quadrat sampling techniques are well known. He
also studied the heath balds and the cove hard-
woods. The grassy balds attracted W. H. Camp,
B. W. Wells and more recently A. F. Mark. A. J.
Sharp is the author of several papers on the
mosses of this area and L. R. Hesler has numerous
publications on the fungi. A. Gattinger, H. M.
Jennison and others contributed to our early
knowledge of the vascular flora of the Great
Smokies. Dr. Cain concluded his paper with a

Vol. 12, No. 3, July 1965

63

general invitation to the ecologist and taxonomist
to “work out the multitudinous and fascinating
problems of the Smokies.” Since this date in-
numerable investigators have been drawn to this
expanse of unspoiled wilderness truly a limitless
outdoor laboratory. When Dr. Royal E. Shanks
came to Tennessee, he too, was challenged by the
many unsolved problems of this region.

One of Dr. Shanks’ first publications after join-
ing the staff at the University was one published
jointly with A. J. Sharp on the trees of Tennessee.
This first appeared in the Journal of the Tennes-
see Academy of Science in 1947 and later, in
1950, as a separate contribution from the Depart-
ment of Botany at the University and is available
today from the University of Tennessee Press
under the title “Summer Key to Tennessee Trees.”
This booklet has been found useful not only in the
state but in the surrounding areas by botanists,
students and others interested in the identification
of the native trees.

In addition to floristic studies, Dr. Shanks did
intensive research and published several papers
concerning environmental studies. Royal Shanks
and Fred Norris (1950) in a paper entitled
“Microclimatic Variation in a Small Valley in
Eastern Tennessee” discuss the results of a study
of temperature variations on north- and south-
facing slopes and the effect of slight differences in
frost pattern and actual freezing damage to tomato
plants which were used as phytometers in the ex-
periment. In 1954 in his paper “Climates of the
Great Smoky Mountains” (1954b) temperature
and precipitation data are analyzed from four
weather stations, at Park Headquarters, 1 460 feet
in elevation, at Alum Cave parking lot, 3800 feet,
at Newfound Gap, 5000 feet and at Forney Ridge
parking area on the southerly slope of Clingmans
Dome at 6300 feet. Precipitation in the spruce-
fir zone averaged over 90 inches for the five year
study and for the summer months the tempera-
tures at the highest elevation were 10 to 15° lower
than at the base of the mountain, a drop of two
to three degrees for each 1000 foot increase in
elevation. From these data he concluded that the
spruce-fir forest region of the Southern Appala-
chians was both warmer and more moist than the
taiga spruce-fir forest and that the mountain cli-
mates “above an altitude of 2000-2500 feet are
extremely humid, falling into the rain forest or
perhumid class: at spruce-fir altitudes they fall
near or outside the super-humid edge of the 1931
Thornethwaite graph, exceeding the highest mois-
ture values reported for comparable forests.” He
recommended on the basis of his data that there
is a need for revision of the Southern Appalachian
portion of Thornethwaite’s 1948 maps to include
a moisture sequence up to perhumid (A) and a
thermal efficiency sequence up to microthermal
(CC) in the Great Smoky Mountains.

In a later paper, 1956, on “Altitudinal and
Microclimatic Relationships of Soil Temperature
under Natural Vegetation,” he evaluated several
types of instruments and measurement procedures.
The dial type thermometer was found to be ade-
quate in revealing microclimatic differences be-
tween vegetation habitats such as beech gaps and
spruce-fir forests in the Smokies. He noted tem-
perature differences between two such adjacent
habitats equivalent to as much as 2000 feet of
altitudinal temperature difference.

In addition to climatic studies in the Smokies,
Dr. Shanks was interested in different methods of
sampling vegetation. Many of his students were
early introduced to a variety of ecological tech-
niques. 1 well remember plots laid out on the
lawn of the University of Tennessee for grass
sampling studies and the many hours we spent on
hands and knees comparing point samplings, line
sampling etc., and the strange looks less ecologi-
cally oriented students would turn our way as they
passed by those peculiar biologists intent upon
counting each spear or clump of grass or weed.

X) oyal Shanks was one of the pioneers in the
use of witness trees from early land survey
records to describe the original vegetation. In
his 1953 paper “Forest Composition and Species
Association in the Beech-Maple Region of West-
ern Ohio”, he concluded “that random pairs of
trees constitute an especially useful tool for the
analysis of organizational pattern in the forests of
a region. They provide an efficient basis for
composition inferences and at the same time yield
information on habitat ranges of participating
species and competitive inter-relationship among
species.” ,

The Great Smoky Mountains was the region
that Royal Shanks selected for a comparison of
conventional plot sampling with variable-radius
plotless sampling described by Grosenbough and
the random pairs method of Cottam and Curtis.
As a result of his research in high altitude spruce-
fir and mid-altitude buckeye - basswood - sugar
maple forest types he concluded that with appro-
priate handling of the data the various methods
studied lead to very similar vegetation inferences.
The random pairs method yields useful informa-
tion on species association and on details of tree
spacing in a forest stand and the variable-radius
method is most suitable for reconnaissance samp-
ling.

One area in which Dr. Shanks was interested
and which drew him to view and study its spec-
tacular Azalea flora was Gregory Bald, one of the
several so-called bald areas in the Smokies, this
grass and shrub covered summit rising from Cades
Cove to an elevation of 4948 feet. Several theo-
ries have been proposed in an attempt to explain
the origin of these non-forested summits but none
are completely satisfactory. This is not a timber-

64

ASB Bulletin

line condition as the much higher surrounding
mountain peaks are heavily forested with spruce
and fir. A. F. Mark (1958) discusses the pos-
sible origin and maintenance of these balds in a
recent paper. Following the elimination of spruce-
fir forests from these peaks during a warmer in-
terval, in the ensuing period of cooler climate the
bald developed and since tree seedlings were un-
able to become established, herbaceous vegetation
invaded the area. Several factors have helped
maintain these summits in a non-forested condi-
tion, severity of the environment to tree seedlings,
lack of spruce-fir seed source, grazing and brow-
sing etc. Today on some of these balds spruce
and fir are invading more rapidly than hardwoods
and perhaps many years from now these summits
may again be forested.

to those who had the privilege of working with
him. Under his leadership many of his students
chose problems centered in the Smokies and have
been stimulated to carry on further research in
these and other areas.

References

Braun. E. L. 1950. Deciduous forests of eastern North
America. — Blakiston Co., Philadelphia. 596 p.
Cain, S. A. 1936. Ecological work on the Great Smoky
Mountains Region. — Journal, Southern Appalachian
Botanical Club, 1: 25-32.

Fink, P. M. 1956. That's why they call it . . . The
names and lore of the Great Smokies. — Jonesboro,
Tennessee. 20 p.

National Park Service Photograph

Mt. LeConte — Great Smoky Mountains National Park

The eleven mile round trip to Gregory Bald is
one of the most rewarding experiences that I have
enjoyed in the Smokies. During the latter part of
June the hybrid population of azaleas presents a
vivid display of color that is unrivaled in beauty.
Scattered over the Bald and around its margin
are masses of brilliant flame, clear yellow, delicate
pink and deep crimson. Some flowers are pleas-
antly fragrant, others odorless, some corollas vis-
cid with glandular hairs, others smooth a seem-
ingly endless variation in characters. For a
moment visualize a splash of flame colored azalea
outlined against the bright blue of a recently
rain-washed sky.

I have only touched upon some of Dr. Shanks’
early work and interests in the Great Smoky
Mountains and perhaps more important than his
published achievements is the inspiration he gave

Oosting, H. J., and W. D. Billings. 1951. A comparison
of virgin spruce-fir forest in the northern and south-
ern Appalachian system. — Ecology 32: 84-103.

Shanks, R. E. 1953. Forest composition and species
association in the Beech-Maple Forest Region of
western Ohio. — Ecology 34: 455-466.

— — . 1954a. Plotless sampling trials in Appa-

lachian forest types. Ecology, 35: 237-244.

— — . 1954b. Climates of the Great Smoky

Mountains. Ecology 35: 354-361.

. 1956. Altitudinal and microclimatic rela-
tionships of soil temperature under natural vegeta-
tion. Ecology 37: 1-7.

, and F. H. Norris. 1950. Microclimatic var-
iation in a small valley in eastern Tennessee. Ecolo-
gy 31: 532-539.

, and A. J. Sharp. 1947. Summer key to the

trees of eastern Tennessee. — Journal, Tennessee
Academy of Sciences 22: 114-133.

Vol. 12, No. 3, July 1965

65

One of the nation’s leading conservationists,
philanthropists, and humanitarians, Charles
M. Goethe was honored on the occasion of his
90th birthday, March 28, 1965. It is doubtful
that anyone has been the contributor to as many
professional organizations and other civic, re-
ligious, and fraternal groups as has Mr. Goethe.

Mr. Goethe first gained national prominence
during World War I, when he was appointed by
President Woodrow Wilson to handle the matter
of morale on the home front. In connection with
this work, he was instrumental in drastically re-
ducing the incidence of prostitution around mili-
tary bases, and even managed to close down San
Francisco’s notorious Barbary Coast area. But,
even before this Presidential appointment, he was
well known to scientists, conservationists, and
politicians.

An investment broker at the turn of the cen-
tury, Goethe was independently wealthy by the
time he was 27. He then met Mary Glide, the
daughter of a wealthy pioneer ranch family. From
the day they were married until her passing in
1946, Mr. and Mrs. Goethe dedicated their time,
effort, and fortune to work in the life sciences,
social sciences, education, and the Protestant
ecumenical movement — each characterized by
action on their part to elevate mankind. Mrs.
Goethe, whom he always refers to as “my sweet-
heart,” was a constant companion who shared in
all of his adventures prior to her death. When
speaking of their activities together, he always re-
fers to the work of himself and his wife as the
work of “We-2.” He has continued to this day
with projects that they started together at the turn
of the century.

Shortly after their marriage, he sought to end
the exploitation of child labor by lobbying a law
through the California Legislature to cut down
the hours a child could legally work. This was
the forerunner of our “child labor laws” of today.

The public playgrounds that abound in most cities
across the nation today owe their existence largely
to Goethe, who laid out the first such areas in
Sacramento and then went on to promote the .
idea nationally. It was one of the first attempts
to combat juvenile delinquency. The idea spread
rapidly throughout the United States, and event-
ually around the world. The Goethes personally
financed trips to the Philippines, Japan, China,
and Hindustan to set up model playgrounds in
these countries. Mr. Goethe’s interest in and
support of the gifted child movement in America
also goes back some fifty years.

In 1919, Goethe went to Switzerland to observe
that nation’s practices in conservation. He re-
turned to initiate the idea of Guides in United
States National Parks. This concept formed the ;
basis for what is now known as the Naturalist
Interpretive Movement.

Among Mr. Goethe’s several titles are Honor-
ary Chief Park Naturalist of the National Park
Service, and Chairman Emeritus of the Sacra-
mento State College Advisory Board. Included
in a long list of recognitions, he has already re-
ceived the following: The Department of Interior
Conservation Award, The Distinguished Service
Award of the National Association of Biology
Teachers, The Patriotic Service Medal of the
American Coalition of Patriotic Societies, the
honorary status of “Governor Emeritus” of the
Nature Conservancy, a Fellowship in the Royal
Society of Arts of Great Britain, and the honorary
33rd degree of the Masonic Scottish Rite fra-
ternity. He holds honorary degrees of Master of
Science from Sacramento State College, Doctor of
Law degree from the University of Pacific in
Stockton, and from the McGeorge College of Law
in Sacramento.

Mr. Goethe’s contacts with the ASB began in
1948, when he wrote to Dr. George Kent, Jr., of
Louisiana State University and enclosed a check

66

ASB Bulletin

to be used by the Louisiana Academy of Sciences
in whatever way it saw fit.

Later, as President of the ASB, Dr. Kent urged
the establishment of a trust fund to be used to
stimulate research in the Southeast, and expressed
the hope that fifty individuals or industries would
contribute $100 each. Since he had been corre-
sponding with Mr. Goethe, he sent him copies of
the ASB Bulletin in which these thoughts were
expressed (Vol. 3, No. 4, p. 64, December 1956).
In response, Mr. Goethe sent, before the end of
March. 1957, a check for $100. He asked that
this not go into a trust fund at that time, but that
it be used as soon as possible. Immediately after
the Athens meeting in 1957, he generously sent a
second check for a like amount; and on September
9, 1957, he sent a third check. In the meantime
the executive committee decided to use the funds
to stimulate research among younger southeastern
biologists. Exactly when or where it was decided
to use the money to send young people to the ASB

meetings cannot be determined, but the decision
was made and H. K. Wallace, who took over as
President in Athens, and asked Dr. Kent to assume
responsibility for making the awards for the Talla-
hassee meeting. The first thing Dr. Kent did was
to ask Mr. Goethe for permission to call this the
Mary Glide Goethe Award, in honor of his wife
and constant companion. Announcement of the
first Mary Glide Goethe Award thereupon ap-
peared in the December, 1957, issue of the ASB
Bulletin (Volume 4, Number 4, page 50), and
thus the first awards were made for the 1957
meeting in Tallahassee.

Since the inception of these awards, Mr. Goethe
has contributed over $3,000 to the ASB to insure
that some 99 young and promising students have
been able to attend the annual meetings. Each
year an appointed committee selects a number of
students from applications submitted in February,
and awards are made to help defray travel and
living costs.

Reinhold Elects James B. Ross New Vice President

At its annual meeting, Philip H. Hubbard, Sr.,
President, announced that the Board of Directors
has elected James B. Ross as Vice President of
the Reinhold Publishing Corporation. Mr. Ross
has been General Manager of the Reinhold Book
Division since January, 1963. In addition to his
new corporate responsibilities, Mr. Ross will con-
tinue to be responsible for the over-all direction
of Reinhold’s book publishing programs — which
include technical and professional books and col-
lege textbooks in science, engineering, manage-
ment and architecture, and popular books in art
instruction, crafts, design, gardens, and interiors.

Before joining Reinhold in 1957, Mr. Ross was
a college editor for the W. B. Saunders Company
of Philadelphia. He received an A.B. from West
Virginia University (1948) and an M.S. in Bi-
ology from the University of Pittsburgh (1949).
He also served with the USNR from 1943 through
1946. At the present time he resides at 18 Lake
Drive in New Hyde Park, New York.

Mr. Ross is a Fellow of the American Associa-
tion for the Advancement of Science, a past presi-
dent (1958-1960) and member of the Board of
Governors of The Nature Conservancy, and is
currently a member of the American Chemical
Society, The Chemists’ Club (New York), Ameri-
can Society for Engineering Education, American
Institute of Biological Sciences, New York Acad-
emy of Sciences, Sigma Xi, Ecological Society of
America, and the Association of Southeastern
Biologists.

James B. Ross

Vol. 12, No. 3, July 1965

67

American Tables Committee Reviewing Applications
for Naples Zoological Station

The American Tables Committee is now re-
viewing applications for laboratory space at the
Naples Zoological Station, Naples, Italy. This
Station, offering opportunities in behavioral, physi-
ological, biochemical, and radiological research, is
supported in large measure by various institutions
throughout the world. The United States has
supported the Station in recent years by buying
ten of these “tables”; each table providing all of
the logistic support for the researcher during the
year. The Tables Committee of the American

Institute of Biological Sciences, sponsored by a
grant from the National Science Foundation, ac-
cepts and reviews applications and makes selec-
tions of scientists.

Applications must be submitted at least six
weeks prior to the date for beginning research.
Requests for forms should be made directly to
Richard J. Burk, American Institute of Biological
Sciences, 3900 Wisconsin Avenue, N. W., Wash-
ington, D. C. 20016.

Books and Periodicals

A recently published book on the deep sea by a biolo-
gist at the Institute of Marine Science, University of
Miami, has just been named one of the "Notable Books
of 1964” by the American Library Association. The
book, entitled "Abyss,” was written by Dr. C. P. Idyll,
Chairman of the Institute’s Division of Fishery Sciences,
and deals with life in the abyssal depths of the oceans.
Published in July, 1964, by Thomas Y. Crowell Co.,
"Abyss” was acclaimed by the American Library As-
sociation as a "fascinating exposition on the mysteries
of the ocean depths.”

Lepidoptera of Florida, by C. P. Kimball, has been
released for distribution. This publication is to be the
first of an irregularly appearing series relating to the
insects and other arthropods of Florida and neighboring
land areas — the southeastern United States, the Bahama
Islands, the Greater and Lesser Antilles, and the coastal
land areas around the Gulf of Mexico — with emphasis

on taxonomy, ecology, biology, and zoogeography. Spe-
cial emphasis in this series, to be published by the Divi-
sion of Plant Industry, Florida Department of Agri-
culture, will be placed on the Florida arthropod fauna.
The files and preserved specimens of the Florida State
Collection of Arthropods will provide a basis for many
of the records of this and subsequent publications in
the series.

Lepidoptera of Florida, Volume 1 of Arthropods of
Florida and Neighboring Land Areas, contains 363 pages,
26 plates (the first 6 in color), an annotated bibli-
ography, a gazatteer, an index of food plants, an index
of common names, and an index of genera, species and
subspecies. The introduction contains discussions of the
objectives of the publication, geography, topography,
climate, vegetation, food plants, distributional areas, col-
lectors and collections, literature, and other pertinent in-
formation. Copies may be obtained for $5.00 per copy

68

ASB Bulletin

from the Librarian of the Division of Plant Industry,
Florida Department of Agriculture, Gainesville, Florida
32601. Checks should be made payable to “Division of
Plant Industry” and a notation should be made on the
check, “for Lepidoptera of Florida.”

A SELECTED GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE ON
THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF MEXICO. Ida Kap-
lan Langman. University of Pennsylvania Press, Phila-
delphia, 1964. 1015 pp. $25.00.

A tremendous amount of work by a dedicated bibleo-
grapher has produced this massive, impressive and valu-
1 able book at a most opportune time. As more and more
botanists follow their research interests south of the Rio
Grande across artificial political boundaries they often
soon encounter a boundary — no, a barrier — that slows
further progress to a discouraging pace. This barrier is
the "resources barrier” and it is automatically reached
in taxonomic work when the search for an appropriate
monograph, article or other reference takes twice as long
as does the identification once the reference is discovered.
With this excellent annotated bibleography, containing
some 22,000 rather thoroughly cross-indexed references,
the identification and classification of Mexican plants will
be a much quicker and more enjoyable task. And
through proper use of the various cross listings in the
index the "Guide” also functions as an interesting source
book for information on the history, agriculture, ethno-
botany, drug plants, indians, plant collectors, and bota-
nists of Mexico. In the 28 pages of “Journal Titles
Cited” are given the full title of each periodical and a
valuable note as to where some of the more obscure of
these publications may be found.

From an Errata sheet (kindly supplied by the author)
and from my personal perusal of the book, it seems to
be about 99% perfect. Although an occasional typo-
graphical error in a date (e.g. “1950” for “I960”) may
cause a temporary question in the mind of a research
worker other “errors” are only relative. Considering the
problems of transliteration and of orthographic variants
involved with many Aztec and Mexican common names,
the change of “Citzotzel” to “ci-tzotzi!” (on page 894,
in the index) and the change from "Amarillo” to “Amar-
illa” (on page 864, in the index) are certainly of no
consequence other than to those who seek perfection,
over utility, for perfection's sake alone.

More books such as this, that add significantly to our
research resources on tropical botany, are sorely needed.
Perhaps now that the way has been shown others may
follow. — C. Ritchie Bell, Department of Botany,
University of North Carolina.

NEW PERSPECTIVES IN BIOLOGY. Michael Sela,
Editor. (Vol. 4, BBA Library). American Elsevier
Publishing Co. New York. December, 1964. 285 pp.

$14.50.

This compact volume contains twenty-one addresses
presented, by as many eminent scientists, at the inaugu-
ration of the Ullman Institute of Life Sciences at Re-

hooth, Israel in June, 1963. The unifying concept of
these contributions is their effort to understand biological
phenomena on a molecular level. In addition to the
main papers the book contains a Preface by the Editor,
and Concluding Remarks by J. C. Kendrew, as well as
the inaugural address by E. Katchalski.

The outstanding group of contributors — biologists,
biochemists and biophysicists, including two Nobel laure-
ates, and workers from 7 countries — presented papers
at six sessions illustrating the present state and future
prospects of the following aspects of biology: I. New
Perspectives in Protein Research (6 papers); II. Struc-
ture and Function of Nucleic Acids (4 papers); III. Or-
ganization and Function of Enzyme Systems and Sub-
cellular Units (4 papers); IV. New Antibiotics ( I paper);
V. Chemical Approaches to Immunology (2 papers);
and, VI. Cellular, Subcellular and Molecular Aspects of
Differentiation (4 papers).

In his final remarks Kendrew, in considering the ap-
propriateness of the title (“New Perspectives in Bi-
ology”) assigned to the meeting, said “the essential point
can be put very briefly — that in our various ways we
are all trying to interpret the working, the behaviour and
the reproduction of living organisms in the simplest terms
of physics and chemistry appropriate to various levels of
complexity. Many of these levels have been discussed
here this week — the protein molecule, the genetic ap-
paratus, virus replication, the immune response, the pro-
cesses of control and of differentiation, and the incidence
of pathological conditions.” Kendrew further pointed
out that the symposium marked the reunification of the
“protein and the nucleic acid wings” of molecular bi-
ology. Further, that it was evident that “the concepts
developed in either wing are now becoming important,
rather than simply interesting, to workers in the other.”

The series of papers in this volume offer an up-to-date
summary of the most pertinent topics having to do with
understanding biological phenomena at the molecular
level. — Walter S. Flory, Wake Forest College.

Books received recently

The following books have been recently received by
the ASB. Should any member of the ASB wish to re-
view one of these books in return for the review copy,
please write to Mrs. Betty Ursomarso, Assistant Editor,
Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th & The Parkway,
Philadelphia 3, Penna.

LANGLEY, L. L. and E. CHERASKIN. 1965. Physi-
ology of Man. Reinhold Publ. Co., N. Y. 658 pp.
$8.50

WHITTINGHILL, M. 1965. Human Genetics. Rein-
hold Publ. Co., N. Y. 431 pp. $8.95
WOOD. E. F. FERGUSON. 1965. Marine Microbial
Ecology. Reinhold Publ. Co., N. Y. $7.50
MILNE, LORUS J. and MARGERY MILNE. 1965.
The Biotic World and Man, 3rd Ed. Prentice Hall,
Englewood Cliffs, N. J. 665 pp. $8.95
WANG. C. H. and D. L. WILLIS. 1965. Radiotracer
Methodology in Biological Science. Prentice Hall,
Englewood Cliffs. N. J. 382 pp.

Vol. 12, No. 3, July 1965

69

Sundew

Your Zip Code, Please . .

If your zip code number does not appear on the ad-
dress used to mail this issue of the ASB Bulletin, please
send it to us promptly. The day is not long off when
the Post Office will not accept 2nd or 3rd class mailings
that do not include zip code numbers — and before that

time all ASB address stencils must be re-made, at con-
siderable cost, in order to comply with this directive.
Please help us by returning the label to us with your

zip code included. Betty Urscnnarso, Asst. Editor,
Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th and The Parkway.
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103

News of Biology in the Southeast

Compiled by David J. Cotter

Grants

C. L. Baker, Southwestern College, Memphis, Ten-
j nessee, received a $7,080 grant from the Public Health
Service for the Taxonomy, Ecology, and Cytology of the
Amphiumae.

Buena S. Ballard received a $1,000 grant from the
Mississippi State College for Women research committee
for a preliminary study of changes in blood concentra-
tion of the blue crab, Callinectes sapidus, as the salinity
of tlie environment changes, with special reference to
sexual differences.

Stuart S. Bamforth, Tulane University, is the director
of a three year NSF Undergraduate Science Education
I Grant, supported by $5,600 yearly.

C. Ritchie Bell, University of North Carolina, is di-
recting the summer Botany Conference for College
Teachers with support of $17,790 from NSF. He also
received a $4,250 grant from North Carolina Board of
Science and Technology for studies on plant variation.

K. E. Chernetski, University of Florida, will study
autonomic modulation of somatic sensory input with the
support of a grant of $24,335 from the National Institute
of Mental Health.

Albert Collier, Director of the Oceanography Institute
of Florida State University, received a $27,378 grant for
laboratory and field study of “slicks” produced by plank-
ton organisms. He also received a $20,000 grant from
the Florida State Board of Conservation for an assay of
sea water with Gymnodinium hovere.

I. E. Gray, Duke University, is completing a three
year study supported by NSF on the distribution and
abundance of fauna in marine habitats, with special
reference to Cape Hatteras.

Mason E. Hale, Smithsonian Institute, received an
NSF grant to study the evolution and distribution of
Parmelia in eastern Asia and the Pacific region.

Kenneth F. Hancock will supervise a NSF $4,850
Undergraduate Instructional Equipment grant to Berry
College.

J. W. Hardin, North Carolina State, received a five
year grant from the North Carolina Agricultural Experi-

i ment Station for a study of the taxonomy of woody
plants.

Reinhard Harkema and Grover C. Miller are joint re-
cipients of an $18,407 NIH grant to study parasitic
helminths of wild mammals.

L. R. Hesler, University of Tennessee, is working
under a three year NSF grant, ending December, 1965,
on a taxonomic study of the Agarieacae of the Southeast.

L. A. Hetrick, University of Florida, will study pine
defoliating sawflies with the assistance of $2,400 from
the Southern Forest Disease and Insect Research Coun-
cil.

Don W. Hickman, New York State University at Pots-
dam, received a $700 grant from the Research Founda-
tion of the State University of New York to study quanti-
tative microelement requirements of selected species of
aquatic Hyphomycetes.

Robert P. Higgins, Wake Forest College, received an
NSF grant of $24,500 for a systematic study of Indian
Ocean Kinorhyneha, and a $325 Sigma Xi- RESA grant
for the redescription of Ecliinoderes steineri Chitwood
from the Texas Gulf Coast and investigations of other
regional kinorhynch fauna.

Arthur W. Cooper, North Carolina State, is tlie re-
cipient of the following grants: 1) National Park Service,
$15,000 for three years, for a study of the effect of mos-
quito control procedures on saltmarsh biotic communities
in Bodie Island area, Cape Hatteras National Seashore,
2) $5,000 per year from the Department of Water Re-
sources for the study of the ecology of dune-stabilizing
plants on the North Carolina Coast, and 3) $1,500 per
year from the North Carolina Agricultural Experiment
Station for a study of the ecology of the hardwood for-
est of the lower Piedmont of North Carolina.

David J. Cotter, serving as director of NSF Multiple
Fields Summer Institute for 60 high school science teach-
ers, was supported by a $98,000 grant to Alabama Col-
lege.

Temd R. Deason received a $1720 research grant from
tip University of Alabama Research Council to study
ultrastructure and cell division in algae.

Urban L. Diener and Norman D. Davis were the re-
cipients of a $36,958 grant from Public Health Service
for research on growth and toxin production of food
storage fungi, and $72,267 from the USD A for a study
of the limiting environmental conditions for the elabora-

Vol. 12, No. 3, July 1965

71

tion of Mycotoxin in peanuts, to develop information to
assure the processing of the highest quality peanuts.

John F. Dimmick, Wake Forest College, will direct a
cooperative college-high school science program for 8
high school teachers and 32 students supported by an
$11,795 grant from the NSF.

Wayne R. Faircloth, Valdosta State College, received
a $2000 NSF grant for Research Participation for Col-
lege Teachers.

Charles W. Foreman, University of the South, re-
ceived a $8,900 NSF grant for comparative studies of
Peromyscus hemoglobins.

The Highlands Riological Station has received two
NSF grants, 1) $94,800 for a study of the Ecology of the
southeastern escarpment of the Blue Ridge Mountains
and 2) $67,400 for construction of a garage-warehouse
and an extension to the Coker Laboratory Building.

H. Branch Howe, Jr., University of Georgia, received
a $41,960 grant from the Public Health Service for
genetic studies on Neurosporu tetrasperma.

Clyde E. Keeler, Georgia Department of Public
Health, received a $1,985 grant from the National In-
stitute of Mental Health.

Paul L. Kramer, Duke University, is the recipient of
three grants: NSF, $88,800 for 3 years, for a study of
water stress on plant process; $10,933 from AEC for
study on the path of radial movement of minerals from
soil to xylem in roots; and $11,619 from AEC on the
relationship between plant water stress and sensitivity
to ionizing radiation.

William Lazaruk, High Point College, received two
grants from the Piedmont University Research Center:
$500 to study effects of mineral compounds on algae,
and $800 for classification of North Carolina green algae
(Fresh Water). He also serves as liaison officer for a
$16,000 NSF undergraduate equipment grant.

Ilda McVeigh, Vanderbilt University, will study the
factors affecting the growth of Histoplasma capsulation
for a two year period under the terms of a NIH grant
of $18,492.

R. W. Menzel, Oceanographic Institute of Florida
State University, received the following grants: $500
from the Graduate Research Council for preliminary
study of meiosis and mitosis in northern and southern
quahog clams, their hybrids and back crosses; $8,500
NTH grant for the 6th year on the Control of Demo-
cystidium marinum in oysters; $1,950 from Sport Fish-
eries Institute for an analysis of changes in primary
productivity on an artificial reef; and $3,000 for a two
year study supported by the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries on the effects of electrical stimulation on
benthic invertebrates.

Faith S. Miller, Tulane University, received a U. S.
Public Health Service grant of $2,038 to study the
effects of hypoxia and hypercaporia in deep hypothermia
on cardial activity and blood pressure; and, with James
A. Miller, a NIH $37,836 grant in the fourth year on
asphyxial resistance in the newborn and prematures.

William C. Mobberlv, Jr., Northeastern La. State Col-
lege, received a $6,200 NSF grant to study the molting

hormones in the crayfish Orconectes clypeatus (Hay) by
filter paper electrophoresis.

A systematic study of species endemic to the granite
outcrops of the Southeastern Piedmont, by W. H. Murdy,
will be supported by a $14,000 NSF grant.

Gideon E. Nelson, University of South Florida, served
as director of an NSF Summer Institute for 40 high
school biology teachers.

Eugene P. Odum, University of Georgia, received the
following grants: AEC, $94,375, Savannah River Grant;
NIH, $34,366 Migratory Birds; NASA, $40,000, Micro-
cosms.

Paul J. Osborne, received a $12,500 NSF grant for
continued work on enzymes as markers in morphogensis
of invertebrates.

Beverly A. Pleasants, Madison College, participated
in a NSF Academic Year Institute at Syracuse University.

Thomas M. Pullen, University of Mississippi, received
a $3,500 from the Faculty Research Committee for a
study of the vascular flora of Mississippi.

S. Meryl Rose, Tulane University, received a $105,000
training grant in Experimental Anatomy from NIH,
$50,000 of which was included for renovation of a build-
ing at Tulane’s Riverside Research Laboratories.

Stefan O. Schiff received a grant of $1,600 from the
research council of the George Washington University
for studies on RNA synthesis in neuroblasts of Chorto-
pliaga vividifasciata.

Samuel R. Tipton, University of Tennessee, received a
$23,032 AEC grant for studies on the effects of hor-
mones, X-rays, and certain cerium compounds on mam-
malian cells and cell fractions from the zonal ultra-
centrifuge.

Greensboro College received a NSF $12,000 matching
grant for undergraduate instruction. Arnold Van Pelt
will serve as liaison officer. He also received a $750
matching grant from the Piedmont University Center for
an analysis of ant host parasitization by Cordyceps uni-
la teralis.

Alma T. Walker, University of Georgia, received a
grant of $500 from Sigma Xi for study on lichen acids
in North American Comiulavia species.

James C. Wilkes, Jr., Mississippi State College for
Women, received a $1,000 grant from the college re-
search committee to study the taxonomy and ecology of
mosses of Mississippi.

William B. Wilson, Florida State University, received
a grant of $16,344 from NIH for growth and nutrition
of ultradiatoms in the laboratory.

Leslie L. Ellis, Mississippi State University, has re-
ceived a grant of $6,900 from the Weyerhaeuser Co.
for a biological and water quality survey of the Tom-
bigbee River; and $13,700 from the NSF for the under-
graduate institutional equipment program.

Denzel E. Ferguson, Mississippi State University, has
received grants of $49,480 from Agricultural Research
Service to study development of vertebrate resistance to
insecticides; $42,761 from NIH to study crop pesticides
as a factor in wildlife ecology; and $27,645 from NSF
to study sun orientation and homing in anuran amphib-
ians.

72

ASB Bulletin

Robert B. Short, Florida State University, Tallahassee,
will study the taxonomy of Dicyemid Mesozoans under
an NSF grant of $18,300. He has also received a grant
of $40,014 from NIH for taxonomic and life cycle
studies on Mesozoans.

Herbert P. Riley, University of Kentucky, has received
a two year grant of $23,400 from NSF for a genetical
and cytological study of the tribe Aloineae.

Ellis R. Brockman, Winthrop College, received a grant
from the Winthrop Research Council for acquiring
papers on the Myxobacterales, with special emphasis on
physiological data on the group.

Harold J. Humm, Duke University, Durham, North
Carolina, has received a grant of $11,659 to study the
importance of substrate on the abundance of marine
algae of economic importance in North Carolina.

Robert A. Pedigo, College of William and Mary, Wil-
! liamsburg, Virginia, has received a $7,000 grant from
NASA to study biological effects of radiation; and an
$11,000 instructional grant from AEC for the purchase
of equipment for a graduate course in radiation biology.

Elton C. Cocke, Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem,
North Carolina, has received a $750 research and pub-
lication grant from Wake Forest and the Piedmont Uni-
versity Center.

William H. Adams, Tennessee Technological Univer-
sity, Cookeville, Tennessee, has received a grant of
$12,990 for the cooperative College-School science pro-
gram from NSF. He has also received $16,000 from
NSF for undergraduate teaching equipment at Ten-
nessee Wesleyan College.

Dale H. Amer, Department of Zoology, Mississippi
State University, has received grants of $3,500 and
i $1,000 from the U. S. Forest Service to investigate ef-
fects of deer and rabbit browsing on hardwood regenera-
l tion.

Paul E. Lutz, University of North Carolina at Greens-
boro, has been awarded a two-year research grant of
$25,000 from the NSF to investigate the effects of tem-
perature and photoperiod on rates of larval develop-
ment in the Odonata. Prior support for this study was
a grant of $900 from the American Philosophical Society,
i William W. Miller, III, Howard College, received a
$600 Sigma Xi grant for studies on the influence of
central nervous stimulants and depressants on periph-
eral nerves.

Bruce L. Welch and Annemarie S. Welch, College of
1 William and Mary, received an $18,000 grant from
NASA for further research on the psychophysiological
effects of prolonged confinement in small groups and in
isolation.

New Appointments

Colin R. Austin, former lecturer at the University of
Cambridge (England), has accepted a dual appointment
as professor of Embryology at Tulane University and the
Delta Regional Primate Center.

Jacques Berger was appointed assistant professor at
j North Carolina State.

Robert J. Beyers has joined the staff of the Institute
of Radiation Ecology.

Franklin Brewer has been named instructor of biology
at Mississippi State College for Women.

W. Newman Bradshaw has accepted a position at
West Virginia University.

Kent E. Chemetski has left San Jose State College for
the University of Florida.

Charles V. Corell is a new instructor at the University
of Louisville.

J. T. Darlington, formerly of Furman University, is
now associate professor at Southwestern College.

Jim Dobie is the new assistant professor at Howard
College.

Aristotle Domnas was appointed assistant professor at
the University of North Carolina.

W. G. Eden, Auburn University, was appointed head
of the Department of Entomology in the Agricultural
Experiment Station, College of Agriculture, and also of
the Extension Service of the University of Florida.

Harold Eversmeyers is a new appointee at the Murray
State College.

Gilbert W. Fairbanks is now assistant professor of
Biology at Furman University.

W. D. Fattig has been appointed assistant professor at
Southwestern College.

Henry J. Hurlbutt has joined the staff of West Vir-
ginia University.

David T. Kee has been appointed assistant professor
of Biology at Northeast Louisiana State College.

Robert W. Kelley has been named a professor at Fur-
man University.

Raymond Kisner has been named professor of Biology
at Mississippi State College for Women.

Martin LaBar has been appointed associate professor
and chairman of the Division of Natural Science and
Mathematics, Central Wesleyan College.

Harry Lane has joined the Boll Weevil Research Labo-
ratory.

J. Frank McCormick was appointed assistant professor
at the University of North Carolina.

James F. Mathews has moved to Charlotte College as
an assistant professor.

Carl D. Monk has joined the staff of the Institute of
Radiation Ecology.

Larry E. Neff has been named assistant instructor at
V.M.I.

Carl Oppenheimer has been appointed professor and
research associate at the Florida State University In-
stitute of Oceanography.

James F. Parnell has been appointed assistant pro-
fessor at Wilmington College.

Ronald Peterson will serve as assistant professor of
Botany at the University of Tennessee.

Kay Phillips has been appointed assistant professor at
High Point College.

William P. Pielou has been named associate professor
of Biology at Furman University.

Daniel Plyler has accepted a position as assistant pro-
fessor at Catawba College.

John Plymale has been appointed assistant professor
at Howard College.

Vol. 12, No. 3, July 1965

73

Stefan O. Schiff has been appointed assistant professor
of Zoology and director of Radiation Biology at George
Washington University.

Roberto Varela, formerly chief surgeon and chief of
staff at El Sagvado Corazon Hospital in Havana has
been named assistant professor of Anatomy at Tulane
University.

Fred H. Whittaker has been appointed assistant pro-
fessor at the University of Louisville.

E. Wiedeman Varley is now assistant professor at the
University of Louisville.

James D. Yarbrough has been named assistant pro-
fessor at the University of Alabama.

William S. Hooks and James Carico have accepted
positions with the Biology Department, Lynchburg Col-
lege.

Ruskin Freer, Lynchburg College, has retired and is
currently engaged in herbarium work and writing.

Gary E. Dillard has joined the staff of the Department
of Botany and Bacteriology at Clemson University as an
Assistant Professor. He is currently completing work
for his Ph.D. at North Carolina State, Raleigh.

Mrs. E. Gibbes Patton and Mrs. Frank Eastes join the
staff at the Department of Biology at Converse College
in September.

Robert K. Burns, Interim Professor of Biology at
Bridgewater College, taught the spring semester at the
University of California at Santa Barbara.

Warwick R. West, Associate Professor of Biology, Uni-
versity of Richmond, has been appointed Chairman of
tire Department.

Gerald C. Schaefer has been appointed Instructor of
Biology at the University of Richmond and will teach
general biology at the new urban Junior College of the
University.

At Tennessee Technological University, the following
have joined the staff: Elmo S. Dooley, Chairman and
Professor of Biology; William H. Adams, Professor of
Biology and Dean of the School of Arts and Sciences;
Mark Anthony, Assistant Professor; Skikrishna Ballal, As-
sistant Professor; Ralph W. Dimmick, Assistant Professor,
and Dan Stem, Assistant Professor. Dr. Dimmick is
conducting research on mammals of the upper Cumber-
land region, and Dr. Stern is studying the microbiota
and aquatic invertebrates in three mountain streams.

John R. Freeman has been appointed head of the Bi-
ology Department at the University of Florida. Also
joining the department are: Charlotte C. Freeman, Betty
Powell Lackey, R. Gary Litchford, and N. Gene Vrede-
veld.

Fuah M. Hahhas has accepted a position as Research
Associate in Parasitology at Florida State University.

E. Morton Miller, Dean, School of Arts and Sciences,
University of Miami, announced the appointment of W.
Henry Leigh as Chairman of the Department of Biology.

Gerald Esch and Dale Hein have accepted positions
as Assistant Professors at Wake Forest College.

Harold J. Humm has accepted the position of Pro-
fessor of Biology at Queens College, Charlotte, North
Carolina.

Samuel K. Laffoday and Lewis S. Shelton have joined
the Biology Department at DeKalb College, a new junior
college in Clarkston, Georgia.

Alice Louise Bull, formerly Assoc. Professor of Zo-
ology at Wellesley College, has accepted a position as
Associate Professor at Hollins College.

Recent Appointments and Elections to Offices
and Committees

Howard I. Adler, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, has
been named councilor to the Kentucky-Tennessee branch
of the American Society for Microbiology.

R. D. Amen, Wake Forest College, has been named
program co-chairman for the Society of the Sigma Xi.

George H. Board, Dean Emeritus of the graduate
school of the University of Georgia, is serving as chair-
man of the Athens Unit of Recording for the Blind, Inc.

W. D. Burbanck, Emory University, has been named
to the Board of Trustees of the Highlands Biological
Station.

Arthur W. Cooper, North Carolina State College, has
been named chairman of the Conservation and Legis-
lative Committee of the North Carolina Academy of
Science.

David J. Cotter, Alabama College, has been elected
chairman of the Biology Section of the Alabama Acad-
emy of Science. He has served as editor of the Acad-
emy’s Newsletter for the past three years.

Urban L. Diener, Auburn University, has been ap-
pointed representative of the American Phytopathologi-
cal Society to the Food Protection Committee, Food and
Nutrition Board, National Research Council.

Wilbur H. Duncan, University of Georgia, is presi-
dent of the Georgia Academy of Science, and chairman
of the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of
America.

A. A. Foster, Tennessee Valley Authority, has been
named chairman of the Southern Forest Tree Improve-
ment Committee.

F. C. Galle, Calloway Gardens, Pine Mountain, Geor-
gia, has been elected president of the American Asso-
ciation of Botanical Gardens and Arboretums, and sec-
retary-treasurer of the Georgia Horticultural Society.

C. O. Grogan, Mississippi State University, is chairman
of the Southern Corn Improvement Conference.

J. W. Hardin, North Carolina State College, is the
president and chairman of the Board of Trustees of
Highlands Biological Station, and president of the South-
ern Appalachian Botanical Club.

Robert P. Higgins, Wake Forest College, is program
officer of the Invertebrate Zoology Division, American
Society of Zoologists, and vice president of the Bowman
Gray School of Medicine Sigma Xi Club.

John R. Holsinger, University of Kentucky, is on the
Board of Governors of the National Speleological Society.

H. Branch Howe, Jr., University of Georgia, is editor
of the Bulletin of the Georgia Academy of Science.

Jacqueline E. Jacobs, has been named state director
of the Outstanding Biology Teacher Award Program,
by the South Carolina Association of Biology Teachers.

74

ASB Bulletin

Clyde E. Keeler, Georgia Department of Public
Health, is serving on the Georgia Subcommittee on Eti-
ology and Prevention of Mental Retardation.

George C. Kent, L.S.U., has been named chairman of
the Local Arrangement Committee of the Louisiana
Academy of Science.

Paul J. Kramer, Duke University, has been elected
president of the Botanical Society of America and of
AIBS.

Grover C. Miller, North Carolina State College, is
secretary of the Zoology Section of the North Carolina
Academy of Science.

James A. Miller, Tulane University, has been elected
to the Executive Committee of the Southern Society of
Anatomists.

Jack H. Moore, Southern Research Institute, has been
elected vice-chairman of the Biology Section of the
Alabama Academy of Science.

W. H. Murdy, Emory University, is serving as sec-
retary-treasurer of the Southeastern Section, Botanical
Society of America.

Eugene P. Odum, University of Georgia, has been
elected president of the Ecological Society of America,
and to the governing board of AIBS.

George K. Reid, Florida Presbyterian College, has
been elected president of the Florida Academy of Sci-
ence, and named chairman of the Aquatic Ecology Sec-
tion of the Ecological Society of America.

Donald Stone, Duke University, is a new member of
the Activities Section of the Southeastern Section of the
Botanical Society of America.

H. P. Sturdivant, Western Maryland College, has been
elected national president of the Beta Beta Beta Bio-
logical Society.

Arnold Van Pelt has been named chairman of the De-
partment of Science and Mathematics at Greensboro
College.

James C. Wilkes, Mississippi State College for Women,
has been named to the Research Committee of the
Mississippi Academy of Science.

Louis G. Williams, R. A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
Center, has been appointed a panel member of the Board
of Examiners of the U. S. Civil Service Commission.

Martin D. Young, Director of the Ciorgas Memorial
Laboratory, Canal Zone, has been elected president of
! the American Society of Parasitologists.

Samuel L. Meyer, University of the Pacific, has been
elected president of Ohio Northern University.

Honors and Awards

C. L. Baker, Southwestern College; John Yarbrough,
Meredith College; and E. Ruffin Jones, University of
Florida, received Distinguished Service Awards from
the Academy Conference of the AAAS.

Wilbur H. Duncan, University of Georgia, was elected
to membership in Phi Kappa Phi.

Jacqueline E. Jacobs received the Outstanding Biology
Teacher Award for 1963-1964 in South Carolina by the
National Association of Biology Teachers.

Ruth McClung Jones, Winthrop College, was named
a fellow of the Royal Microscopical Society of London.

Robert A. Kuehne, University of Kentucky, was a
summer, 1964, participant in the NSF-AEC Radiation
Ecology Institute at Oak Ridge, and under a NSF Fac-
ulty Fellowship for 1965 will study at the Freshwater
Biological Association, at Windermere Laboratory, Am-
bleside, England.

James F. Parnell, Wilmington College, was elected to
membership in the Society of the Sigma Xi.

Te-Hsui Ma, Western Illinois University, was elected
a Fellow in the AAAS.

Joseph F. Fitzpatrick, Mississippi State University, re-
ceived the Andrew Fleming Award in Biology from the
University of Virginia.

Stuart S. Bamforth, Tulane University, spent the aca-
demic year as Professor-in-charge of a Junior Year
Abroad Program in Great Britain where he coordinated
study programs of selected students working at British
Universities.

Consulting Positions

George R. Bernard, Medical College of Georgia. —
Consultant, Eugene Talmadge Memorial Hospital, Aug-
usta, Georgia.

C. Ritchie Bell, University of North Carolina, is serv-
ing on the consultant bureau for CUEBS.

Albert Collier, Florida State University, was named to
the Board of Advisors of the Florida State Board of
Conservation.

David J. Cotter, Alabama College. — Science Con-
sultant, Board of Education of Montgomery, Shelby,
and Talladega Counties, Alabama.

Fred C. Galle, Callaway Garden, Pine Mountain,
Georgia, is serving as a member of the U. S. National
Arboretum Advisory Council and also on its subcom-
mittee on Public Education.

Robert P. Higgins, Wake Forest College, has been
appointed a member of the Advisory Committee for An-
nelida, Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center.

Harold J. Humm, Duke University, has been ap-
pointed to the Advisory Committee on Algae, Smith-
sonian Oceanographic Sorting Center.

George C. Kent, Jr., L.S.U. — Consultant, Commission
on Undergraduate Education in Biological Sciences.

Grover C. Miller, North Carolina State College.
Consultant, North Carolina High School Biology Teach-
ers Program.

Eugene P. Odum, University of Georgia. — Consultant,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Health-Physics Division
and, Consultant, U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries.

H. P. Sturdivant, Western Maryland College. — Sci-
ence Consultant, Ministry of Education of India. This
appointment was made through AID for the summer
months.

James T. Tanner, University of Tennessee. — Ecologi-
cal Consultant, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Health-
Physics Division.

Samuel R. Tipton, University of Tennessee. — Con-
sultant, Oak Ridge National Laboratory.

James C. Wilkes, Jr., Mississippi State College for
Women. — Consultant, NSF Visiting Scientists Program,
jointly sponsored by the Mississippi Academy of Science.

Vol. 12, No. 3, July 1965

75

Alfred M. Wolfson, Murray State College. — Consult-
ant, Kentucky Visiting Scientist Program.

Martin D. Young, Director, Gorgas Memorial Labora-
tory, Canal Zone. — Consultant, Health Department,
Panama Canal Zone, Malaria Commission, Armed Forces
Epidemiological Board.

Dale H. Arner, Mississippi State University. — Wild-
life Management Consultant, Weyerhaeuser Co.

Leslie L. Ellis, Mississippi State University. — Aquatic-
Biology Consultant, Weyerhaeuser Co. and Allied Paper
Corp.

Miscellaneous

A. J. Sharp (University of Tennessee), accompanied by
his wife, has, during the past few months, taken part in
the NSF supported U.S. -Japan Cooperative Science Pro-
gram. During that time he worked with Dr. Sinske
Hattori and Dr. Zennoske Iwatsuki of the Hattori Bo-
tanical Laboratory in Nichinan, Japan; taught a short
course at the National Taiwan University; collected in
the mountains around Shillong, Assam, and Darjeeling;
and spent several weeks in the Philippines. In mid-June
he and his wife returned to Japan, but they expect to
be back in the United States in time for the AIBS meet-
ings. Before going to Japan in late October, Dr. Sharp
studied bryophytes with Dr. Wilf Schofield of the Uni-
versity of British Columbia, and worked with Dr. Elva
Lawton and Mr. Robert Ireland of the University of
Washington, Seattle.

Louisiana State University

Walter J. Hannan, Chairman, Department of Zoology,
LSU, was appointed Research Council Faculty Fellow
for the Spring Semester of this year. He will continue
to serve as Chairman of the Department, but will devote
the remainder of his time to research on oligochaetes.

D. A. Rossman, Nell B. Causey, and W. J. Harman,
Dept, of Zoology, LSU, attended the American Society
of Zoologist meeting at Knoxville. Drs. Causey and
Hannan participated in symposia on Speciation of Cave
Fauna and Invertebrate Zoogeography, respectively.

H. J. Bennett, Professor in Zoology at LSU, attended
the AAAS meeting in Canada during the Christmas
vacation.

George II. Lowery, Boyd Professor in Zoology, LSU,
spent three weeks in January and February in the vicin-
ity of Lake Titicaca in Peru. Dr. Lowery and two of
his graduate students are working on the neotropical
bird fauna there.

D. A. Rossman, Ass’t. Professor in Zoology at LSU,
has received a grant from the NSF to work on the snakes
of Mexico. He and a graduate student, E. D. Keiser,
will spend the summer in the Mexican highlands.

Virginia Institute of Marine Science

William J. Hargis, Jr., Director of the Virginia Insti-
tute of Marine Science has announced receipt of grants
approved by the National Science Foundation totaling
$41,985 for three summer research and training pro-

grams: Research Participation for College Teachers, Un-
dergraduate Research Participation and the Cooperative
College-School Science Program. Six college teachers y
at the doctoral level will be sponsored for a 12-week 1
program of research this summer at the Institute’s Glou- I
cester Point facilities under the RPCT grant. Ten col- '
lege undergraduate students will be sponsored for 10
weeks of research at the Institute. Each will be directed
and assisted in individual research projects by a VIMS
scientist.

Fifteen high-ability secondary students will be spon-
sored in the CCSS program at Norview High School.
John I. McClurkin, Head of the Biology Department at
Randolph-Macon College in Ashland, will be the in-
structor. The program is a joint effort of the Norfolk
City School Board and the School of Marine Science to
challenge exceptional secondary school students to higher
achievement and introduce facets of the marine envi-
ronment into the science curriculum of the city schools.

The Virginia Institute of Marine Science, Gloucester
Point was host to the seventh annual Shellfish Mortality
Conference on Monday and Tuesday, Jan. 25-26. Dr.

J. D. Andrews, head of the Institute’s Malacology De-
partment was in charge of the program and other ar-
rangements.

Robert S. Bailey, coordinator of National Science
Foundation sponsored summer research programs at the
Institute, attended the Director’s meetings for the CCSS
and RPCT programs in Washington, D. C. in January. I .
Many items were discussed at these meetings aimed
toward improving the effectiveness of the programs so
that both short-term and long-range goals may be
achieved.

A new amino acid analyzer has been added to the
Physiology laboratory.

Dexter S. Haven of the Virginia Institute of Marine
Science’s Applied Science Section held a seminar on
biodeposition of filterfeeding organisms at the Biological
Laboratory, Oxford, Maryland, in February.

VIMS was awarded a renewal grant of $16,915 by |
AEC to continue Mr. Dexter Haven’s study on disposal
of radioactive wastes and a continuation of study of role d
of filter feeding organisms in concentrating radioactive 1
wastes from the water and depositing them on the I
bottom.

William J. Hargis, Jr., Edwin B. Joseph, and William !
J. Davis attended the annual meetings of the National ■
Menhaden Association at Hotel Chamberlain, Hampton,
Virginia. Marvin L. Wass spoke to the Gloucester Lions j
Club on features of his Indian Ocean Cruise last year, | ^
illustrating the talk with color slides that showed har-
bors, ships, men and other features of the area.

William J. Hargis, Jr., Edwin B. Joseph, Maynard M. !
Nichols, and John J. Norcross of VIMS attended meet-
ings of COMMITTEE in Washington Feb. 15 and 16.
Discussed present and planned research along conti- j
nental shelf. Dr. Joseph gave a paper on distribution
of eggs and larval stages of gadid fishes in Virginia
coastal waters.

76

ASB Bulletin

■WfiTftfrNinAL GAR DEE

BULLETIN

Volume 12, Number 4 October, 1965

I

“It's pollution all right , but it's pollution of rather a high order"

Drawing by Stevenson; © 1965 The New Yorker Magazine, Inc.

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Men-
zel. Dept, of Biological Sciences, Florida
State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla. Subscrip-
tion orders from libraries and other insti-
tutions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. John Carpenter, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington,
Kentucky. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Fulton
Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

MARGARET Y. MENZEL
Associate Editor

BETTY URSOMARSO, Assistant Editor
JOHN CARPENTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Retiring President — William D. Bur-
banck, Emory University'

President Elect — Elsie Quarterman, Van-
derbilt University

Vice-President — B. Theodore Cole, Uni-
versity of South Carolina
Secretary — Margaret Y. Menzel, Florida
State University

Treasurer — John Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Executive Committee — Wilbur H. Dun-
can, University of Georgia; G. M.
Jeffrey, National Institutes of Health;
David James Cotter, Alabama Col-
lege; Chauncey G. Goodchild, Emory
University; Frederick T. Wolf, Van-
derbilt University; Julian T. Darling-
ton, Southwestern at Memphis; Rob-
ert B. Short, Florida State Uni-
versity. All officers are ex officio
members of the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — W. W. Miller, III, Howard
College

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — position vacant
Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University
Maryland — position vacant
Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University
North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Furman Univ.

Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — position vacant

Affiliate

Southern Section of the American
Society of Plant Physiologists

Volume 12, Number 4 - October 1965

CONTENTS

Association Affairs 78

Pesticides in Our Ecosystem: Communication III. — - by
Frank E. Egler 79

Books and Periodicals 92

The AAAS Berkeley Meeting 95

News of Biology in the Southeast 97

Opinions expressed in signed articles in this magazine do not necessarily reflect the
views or policies of the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Inc., or of its officers.

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

SUGGESTED NOMINEES FOR ASB OFFICES AND
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE POSITIONS

To the members of the Nominating Committee:

I wish to suggest that you consider the following ASB
members in selecting nominees for offices and executive
committee positions:

PRESIDENT-ELECT

VICE-PRESIDENT

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBERS (2 for 3-year
terms)

Deadline: January 1

Mail to: DR. ALVIN V. BEATTY
Dept, of Biology
Box 15272
Emory University
Atlanta, Georgia 30322

78

ASB Bulletin

The following paper is based on a symposium
entitled ‘‘Communication — Sound and Unsound
— on Problems of Pollution” presented April
15, 1965 at the 26th Annual Meeting of the As-
sociation of Southeastern Biologists in Charlottes-
ville, Virginia. Included also are some materials
presented by Dr. Egler on April 29 at the annual
meeting of the Lehigh University Chapter of the
Sigma Xi, and on May 1 in a lecture to a group

of selected high school students in a program of
the Board of Cooperative Educational Services of
Orange and Ulster Counties, New York.

This paper is the third in a series on the flow
of sound and unsound pesticide knowledge be-
tween and among the social units of the human
ecosystem. It supplements the first {Egler, 1964a )
and second {Egler, 1964b) papers, and reviews
selected recent developments in the field.

PESTICIDES IN OUR ECOSYSTEM:
Communication III

Frank E. Egler

A ton Forest, Norfolk, Connecticut

A s stated in my first article on this theme ( Egler,
1964a), “The problem of pesticides in the human
environment is 95% a problem — not in the scientific
knowledge of pesticides, not in the scientific knowledge
of the environment — but in the scientific knowledge of
human behavior, . . Since writing those words in
the autumn of 1963, there have been many developments
on all fronts. Some are expressive of a greater eco-
logical literacy within our society. On the other hand,
there are undercurrents of action and reaction which are
both ominous and foreboding. They are ominous be-
cause they indicate power-plays by both the uninformed
citizenry and by the scientific specialists who may be
eminent experts in “parts,” but indubitably are not when
it comes to ecological “wholes.” The undercurrents are
foreboding because even some of our most distinguished
ecologists, conservationists, and the organizations they
represent, are so unsophisticated in the realities of hu-
man behavior that they become unreliable in dealing
with people outside their own circles of often starry-
eyed idealists.

Recent events involving the communication of knowl-
edge from conservationists and ecologists to other seg-
ments of society alarm me as to the naivete of the
former, and the astuteness of the latter.

To quote further from the previous papers:

"The science of communications studies the movement
of that knowledge into and among the facets of society.
Unfortunately, ‘communication specialists’ have too often
limited themselves to theoretical and actual studies of
communication media, of retrieval systems for libraries
and published material, of radio, television, and the
press. . . .”

They are “communication technologists,” interested in
how information is moved, but blandly indifferent to
what information is so moved.

“It is the concept of the ecosystem which lies at the
core of all the misunderstanding, bickerings, distrusts,
and failures of coordination in the field of pesticide
science and pesticide technology. Ecosystemic thinking
coordinates the entire world — its plants, animals, soils,
climate, man, and other elements — as a single in-
tegrated whole which, though it must be “managed,”
must also remain in relative balance if the human race
is to persist in a healthy and cultural rich existence.

“Ecosystemic thinking is a late development in the
field of science. It has no segregated body of literature.
It has no formal departments of education and training
at our universities. It has no accepted methodology.
Its best analog is a spider web, where each strand is
intimately connected with and dependent upon every
other strand. . . .”

More than ever before, the world is realizing that the
pesticide problem is not a problem of what happens to-
day on the immediate place sprayed, or on the target
organism. The problem is what happens tomorrow,
with the pesticide that moves, often for thousands of
miles; how another organism may accumulate it, from
minute undetectable quantities in its environment to
many thousand fold; how it may build up through food
chains; how it may react with other chemicals to form
even more poisonous compounds; and how it may affect
the long-term health, even of succeeding generations.
Enough is known to make these possibilities very real
and frightening.

The changing relationship between science and tech-
nology is a case in point, where the view of the his-
torian adds much to the understanding of contemporary
conditions. At the end of the 19th century, basic and
fundamental science was always one, two, or three dec-
ades ahead of technology and applied science. Consider
Faraday’s research in electro-magnetic induction. It was
three or four decades after this research that electric

Vol. 12, No. 4, October 1965

79

generators came into use. As history moved on, the
time lapse between research and its application, between
science and technology, became shorter and shorter.
Before World War II, they were running abreast of each
other. Today, technology is at least ten years ahead of
basic science in several fields. We lose persistent broad-
spectrum biocides into the atmosphere. DDT is now
found in duck eggs north of the Arctic Circle, probably
brought there by the ducks themselves. It is found in
penguins and seals in the Antarctic, probably brought
there by migrating fishes and plankton; it is even found
in the ice itself, by which that ice may now be dated.
It is taking at least ten years, not only for such booboos
as the U.S. Department of Agriculture's fire ant control
on the Gulf Coast, and the gnat control of Clear Lake,
California, simply to reveal themselves as undesirable
ecosystem upsets, but for science to interpret such upsets.
By the time science has marshalled the evidence to ban
such actions, and society has accepted such information,
technology is already off in a new direction with new
pesticides, once again years and even decades ahead of
science. Such reckless speed on the part of technology
is amply justified in the short-term exigencies of Ameri-
can "economic health,” and the demands of our Afflu-
ent Society. That these hazards are not justified in terms
of our species, our culture, our society, our civilization,
is what is everywhere implied in the AAAS’s special
committee report on "The Integrity of Science.”

More specifically, the problem between contemporary
science and technology is a problem between and
amongst four major strands of the American human
ecosystem web: academia, industry, government, and
the military. The plays and counterplays, the fronts
and false-fronts amongst these groups are as yet a
largely undescribed field of animal behavior. As already
indicated, the ivory tower of academia is itself divided,
between a minority of ecosystem ecologists on the one
hand, and a majority of vocal non-ecological specialists
on the other hand. The result leaves the public baffled
and confused. Industry, government, and the military
are the three leading power blocks of our society. I am
not saying this is “wrong,” nor that it could be either
better or worse. I am saying that the present result
leaves much to be desired in the long-term ecological
stability of the man-plus-his-environment ecosystem.

Communication

f?rphe "Social Units" of the ecosystem web are of little

J" significance in the functions and processes of society
unless they serve as sources, or way stations, or end re-
ceivers of knowledge. It is the study of this knowledge-
flow, of hotli sound and unsound knowledge, which is
one of the ecosystematist's contributions to the pesticide
problem.”

Specific case histories were discussed in Parts I and
II of this series of articles. Among the many available,
certain others will now be presented.

A View from the U. S. Public Health Service. One
of the most quoted voices of the Public Health Service
of the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare
is that of Dr. Wayland J. Hayes, Chief of the Toxicology
Section, Communicable Disease Center, Atlanta. He is
known chiefly for his study in feeding human volunteers
relatively large quantities of DDT, and not finding un-
desirable effects within the scope of his study. I have
seen no objective analysis and review of this research,
within a larger ecological context and in respect to
other questions that were not asked. It is this study
which lies at the root of the innumerable chain-effect
public utterances claiming that DDT is harmless to man.
and which seems to dominate PHS philosophy at least
as it is quoted by the pro-pesticide Social Units, and not
repudiated by other branches of PHS itself.

A View from the U. S. Department of Agriculture.
A significant incident involving the communication of
sound and unsound pesticide knowledge is linked with
a talk given by Dr. Clarence Hoffman of the Agri-
cultural Research Service, USDA, before a group at
the University of Maryland. This talk appeared in the
newspapers, headlined. “Scientist sees no peril in dis-
persal of DDT,” stating that "excellent studies have
yielded no scientific evidence whatsoever that DDT has
caused any damage to human beings.” Dr. Hoffman is
a sound scientist in his own field, and such statements
are at variance with what I would expect from him as
an individual.

I wrote to the Secretary of Agriculture, asking whether
this AP release had his, the Secretary's, approval, and
represented official policy. If it did not represent offi-
cial policy, I asked whether any rectifying statement
was issued. I pointed out that “the AP release referred
to seems to embody much that has been openly and
seriously criticized in recent years within the USDA,
by scientists, scientific groups, and government bodies,
concerning the continued introduction of persistent bio-
cides into the ecosystem. With the evidence available,
this instance would appear to be one in which a spe-
cialist-scientist, an agriculturist, is making sweeping
statements to the public concerning fields in which he is
neither trained nor competent, that of medicine and
public health, and of ecosystem ecology, in both of
which there are rapidly amassing bodies of scientific
data and opinion that, if known to Dr. Hoffman, can
only reflect unworthy reasons for his failing to acknowl-
edge them, reasons which do no justice to the Depart-
ment of Agriculture, and its role in serving the Ameri-
can public.”

As an eminent colleague wrote me on the same mat-
ter: “I can't help but feel that this is indeed indicative
of an unyielding rigidity within that Department and
particularly within the ARS of Agriculture. It shows
without doubt that this bulging bureaucracy is blinded
by its own past mistakes and obviously officials in that

80

ASB Bulletin

agency feel that if they deny they have made mistakes
long enough the American public will believe them.
That part would be forgiveable if we didn’t have to
tolerate a continuation of the same boners they have
been making for the past decade.”

I eventually received a reply from the office of the
Secretary of Agriculture, in which I was informed that
this particular release was not a good indication of the
entire talk given by Dr. Hoffman, that it was not re-
viewed or cleared by the Department of Agriculture,
| etc. etc. etc., even to tracing the "no peril” line to the
above-mentioned study of Wayland J. Hayes.

I mention this episode only as a case history, from
which I would omit names if I did not feel the parties
would be readily recognized. The procedure is repre-
sentative of a fairly standardized and planned com-
munications technique (even if it was not so planned
in this instance). A man gives an address, which in
the whole could not be criticized. The full address is
not taped, nor is any copy available. Then perhaps he
talks to a reporter, and they both agree on what is im-
portant. The reporter prepares his copy. The scientist
is “blameless” for what appears in the newspapers.
Neither he nor his agency chooses to rectify the situa-
' tion by a repudiating and correcting release. The line
i of communication is from the scientist to the reporter
1 in private conference, and thence to the public, (with
the actual lecture to fall back upon in case there is
i trouble). It is these unofficial, uncleared, out-of-con-
text, blame-unpinnable newspaper articles that may com-
prise the most important single communication medium
that molds public opinion in the pesticide problem,
i Another view from the U. S. Department of Agri-
; culture. Far more significant than an isolated news re-
lease of a single lecture would be the role given to
pesticides in the USDA’s Yearbooks of Agriculture.
Consequently we look with interest to the Yearbook for
; 1964 called “Farmer's World,” feeling sure that this
i will represent official policy and pronouncement.

Except for a sound but minor expression of biological
control research by entomologist Paul Oman, we find
but one article dealing with pesticides, boldly called
! “The Place of Insecticides,” appearing in the first sec-
tion of the book called “Perspectives.” It is by Stanley
A. Hall, Chief of the Pesticide Chemicals Research
Branch. This article is of immense interest, and should
i be spotlighted as expressive of USDA philosophy and
1 policy, of the philosophy and psychology of its per-
sonnel, and of all that has made the USDA the focal
point of one side of the pesticide problem. Dr. Hall
opens his article with the indisputable statement that
"No country can have an efficient agriculture without
the use of insecticides and other pestkillers.” His field
of knowledge is (1) argriculture, (2) chemistry, and (3)
pesticide residues and trace amounts. He admits that
DDT can be detected “in tiny amounts.” He continues
that “This would be a worrisome situation if there were

any evidence that DDT in trace amounts (italics by
Egler) had any adverse effect on the health of people
and animals, whether wild or domestic. But we have
no evidence of any adverse effects whatsoever.” Having
dispensed with this supposed ogre, he is chiefly con-
cerned with the growing resistance of insects to chemi-
cal insecticides, and thus comes the search for new and
more effective controls. He is not unaware of such
ecosystem breakdowns as the elm-Dutch Elm disease-
beetle-DDT-earthworm-robin sequence, and the gnat-
DDT-plankton-fish-grebe problem of Clear Lake. But
of these, he blandly says “Our growing knowledge will
help us foresee and avoid such unfortunate happenings.”

Dr. Hall is an eminent specialist-scientist. Insofar as
he is the voice of the Department of Agriculture on
this subject, that department must be considered a
specialist-science branch of the government. To con-
sider the Dutch Elm to robin and gnat to grebe cases
as unfortunate accidents that can be carved out and
avoided in the future, rather than as researched in-
stances of scientific generalities, is a degree of ecologic
unsophistication so shocking as to warrant, almost, the
uncomplimentary labels that one hears more and more
applied to the Department of Agriculture. I would
vigorously oppose such labels, for I know too many
scientists within the Department who think differently.
The fact remains, however, that the role of science in
society is based — not on what individuals think — but
what social units communicate. What the U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture communicates on the subject
of pesticides is as ecologically unsophisticated as that
which the Department of the Interior, under Secretary
Udall, communicates is sophisticated. Although the
Department of Agriculture is buoyed by extremely pow-
erful specialist interests in Congress and industry, its
pronouncements in these fields have been so strongly
opposed by some of America’s most influential ecologic
voices that I am surprised that the non-Agriculture-
dominated segments of Congress have not called for
special hearing.

Trends in 1965 Pesticide State Legislation. Successes
in 1963 and 1964 on the part of ecology-oriented groups
in stopping unsound and unwarranted aerial spraying
with broad-spectrum biocides is having its expected re-
actions. Legislators and government “service” groups
handling such “specialist” interests as agriculture, for-
estry, and parks, are being pressured by irate and un-
informed citizens to “do something.” Legislators sur-
vive by obeying their constituents. Government service
groups survive, and grow, by creating the need for the
services which they supply. The communication of eco-
logic knowledge to these groups (notwithstanding the
high-minded idealism of professors and professoroids)
would not help these individuals and groups (save for
such outstanding exceptions as Senator Ribicoff and
Secretary Udall). It would be as lethal to them as
DDT is to gypsy moths.

Vol. 12, No. 4, October 1965

81

I find certain interesting, hut extremely ominous,
trends in legislation being proposed. I refer to such
clauses in proposed bills as those which give full au-
thority to a state employee such as a state entomologist
to exterminate (sic) an insect here declared to be a
public nuisance, in any manner in which he wishes, by
declaring the situation an emergency, and asking for a
special appropriation of funds. The un-American part
of some of this legislation is that clauses are written
into the bill whereby anyone who wilfully hinders or
obstructs such "extermination" activities, or tries to
prevent the trespass of his personal property for such
"extermination” activities, shall be subject to a heavy
fine.

There are two extraordinarily significant aspects of
such legislation, both of which I predict, if they are
ever voted into law by governors who may not be aware
of their implications, will eventually be brought to the
attention of the Supreme Court.

The first aspect carries certain elements which would
appear to be in direct contradiction to the Fifth Amend-
ment. I refer not to the self-incrimination clauses of
that Amendment, but the clauses involving a citizen's
right to the protection of his own property. When it
is known that these lethal biocides cannot be aerially
applied with any precision, and even if applied from
the ground with precision are known to move with sur-
face and ground waters and in the bodies of animals,
the protection of private property is involved. When
there is sound scientific opinion that if the insect "pest”
is on one's property — but does not constitute a social
menace, such as a case of the Plague would have been
in the Middle Ages — and that the remedy has an effect
on the entire local ecosystem, then an individual's right
to protect his own property is clearly being transgressed.

The second aspect is two-pronged. One prong has all
the overtones of a police state, and will surely be picked
up by our ideological adversaries. One cannot even
hinder, or obstruct — despite the overwhelming evidence
on his own side — without being fined. The other prong
is that the "policemen” of this incipient police state, in-
volving the many-stranded webs of a total ecosystem,
are only but one-strand specialists. This is as if dent-
ists— albeit very fine dentists — were suddenly to be
made policy-making and police-control dictators of our
hospitals and of all private medical practice. In this
case, entomologists may be given comparable authori-
tarian positions on total-ecosystem matters, involving
the food we eat. the water we drink, and the air we
breathe, even the DDT-content of the cleaned clothes
we wear. One has only to read BioScience 15(2): 158-
159 to be aware of the potential Lysenkoism of the
Entomological Society of America. I have had too
many fine unsolicited letters from entomologists to make
sweeping statements about them, even the majority of
them. Troubles can arise however from an organized
minority, if the majority allows it. The Russian gene-

ticists who did not survive Lysenkoism — were they here

— would back me up.

To return to the problem of pesticide legislation, I
am developing an increasing number of contacts. There
are of course all degrees of every human attribute in-
volved. The incident now to be mentioned, I do not
consider atypical: The legislator involved gave no in-
dication that he had any scientific knowledge of the
insect pest involved, of the effects of similar legislation

— or of any legislation — in other states, or the indirect
and side effects of the control treatment. Nor did he
give any indication that he wished to know.

His entire philosophy seemed to be dominated by the
fact that some of his constituents were “on his neck” "to
do something.” So he was doing something. And his
second obligation was to convince his fellow-legislators
in the appropriate committee to vote for his bill. Period.

I offered to visit some of his constituents (not to in-
fluence them, I assure you, but simply to observe them,
and to try to understand their belief systems). I was
denied that privilege. The legislator wrote me, "Perhaps
some fine day, I'll take you up on your offer to meet
some of my angry constituents who want action and not
theoretical words. I’ll be happy to witness how you fare.
But I warn you, you had better come up with a solution
better than that which has thus far been offered by the
scientists.” In another communication, he says “I hap-
pen to be somewhat of an engineer myself, and I believe
that theory comes first. But I am a most practical man,
and never indulge in day-dreaming. I should love to
take you and your colleagues to talk to some of the
wives, mothers, and children who have felt the impact
of little or no protection from gypsy moths last summer.
Here is what they would tell you: worms crawling into
the house, through doors and windows; into newly-
washed clothes; into dishes; under furniture and rugs;
covered houses by the thousands; sweeping brought man-
gling and unbearable smears; many women and children
left their homes, hysterical and terrified; worms found
in baby cribs and playpens; barren trees, shrubbery, and
lawns; no birds, because without leaves, they will not
nest; etc. One first selectman testified that, “I don’t
mind sanding in the wintertime, but it is ridiculous when
1 sand roads in the summertime, over slippery pavements
covered with worms.” (I have never been able to verify
this oft-heard story, on the part of Town Selectmen. It
makes a good story.) “I should like your ornithologists,
ecologists, botanists, naturalists, conservationists, and
members of the Audubon Society to really live under the
terrible conditions above expressed, and then see what
you would have to say. It is alright (sic) to theorize,
but it doesn't sell to the general public if you do not
have the ready remedy.” (Clearly his constituents be-
long to small-lot suburbia, reminding me of a population
of what I have elsewhere described, in all seriousness, as
lawn lizards and barbecue pit vipers. His legislation
however involves thousands of acres of uninhabited for-
est land.)

82

ASB Bulletin

It may or may not be significant that the per capita
cost of education in his town is the lowest of his entire
state, and is very close to that of the state which has the
lowest of the entire nation.

The Pennsylvania Department of Forests and Waters.
The behavior pattern of the social unit called the Penn-
i sylvania Department of Forests and Waters during the
i last two years, and reactions to it. have been extremely
illustrative of some of the problems in the communica-
tion of sound scientific knowledge involving pesticides
in the ecosystem. Actually two episodes are involved:
I. The 1964 gypsy moth problem, and II. the 1965

j canker worm problem.

I. — A gypsy moth outbreak the previous year in cer-
tain areas of Pennsylvania had the expectable results
amongst the populace. There are citizens who get

frightened at the temporarily — and surely undesirable
— bare forest, and want “to do something.” There are
those whose private interests are benefited by actual pest
control activities. And there are those non-ecosystem-
: informed people whose science involves two strands of
the web, the gypsy moth and timber. In the case of a

I government agency responsible by statute for the well-

being of the forests, this is an emergency. Technology
to the rescue! That the “emergency” was forseeable,
and could have been anticipated by a broad program of
ecosystem research in previous years is illogical hind-
sight. It is like the man whose cluttered attic and cellar
will turn a minor fire into a conflagration, where only
complete ruin of the house by water will “save” that
house. I am not aware that these outbreaks have re-
sulted in any increased research or planning on the eco-
system level.

The Department of Forests and Waters published For-
est Pest Report No. 15 “Statements on the Use of Pesti-
cides,” on February 7, 1964, a paper which was still
being distributed as of July 31, but was withdrawn soon
after. This is an extremely interesting document in that
it takes no stand itself, but “deals exclusively with state-
ments and resolutions made by various organizations on
the "pesticide controversy.” It should help to clear up
any misunderstandings which may now exist.” We thus
find that the Department of Forests and Waters serves
only as a channel into which certain waters are selected
to enter, and out of which those same waters gush with
the stamp of official and collective “approval.” These
i phenomena are of great interest to the observer and re-
porter of science communication, if only on the ageless
adage that birds of a feather flock together, regardless
of the names they call themselves, or of the artificial
feathers with which they plume themselves.

In this instance, ecosystematists jumped to fill the gap
(though I regret to say that those who made the critical
moves were not government or university scientists).
For March 25, 1964, at the “Natural Resources Confer-
ence” of the Garden Club Federation of Pennsylvania,
Mrs. Ruth Scott, Conservation Chairman, invited Na-

tional Audubon Society, Staff Biologist, Roland C.
Clement, to discuss this report. His own statement
(Clement, 1964) is a contribution of permanent and
lasting merit. The combination of the two are worthy
of study by all who are interested in the social problem.

Roland Clement, whose discussion was also presented
on television, considers point by point, the “authorities”
adopted by the Pennsylvania Department of Forests and
Waters. He gives credit where credit is due. For ex-
ample, he refers to the long December 12, 1963, release
of the Entomological Society of America as “As the
most sophisticated statement of the lot,” but adds that
“the Society avoids posing as the defender of the public’s
health and diet, as it did in a February 20, 1963, state-
ment.” “It does not appear to concern the drafters of
this statement that they make economic entomology ap-
pear the sole concern of their Society.” About others
he is less charitable. On the Sports Illustrated article
by one of its lady staff writers, he says “One cannot
avoid wondering whether some clever PR man planted
this with its authoress so that the fair sex might seem
to help “right the record” against Rachel Carson.”
(This is no unfair surmise.) The practice is probably
fairly common. I have a case on record where the PR
representative of a major New England power company
had wined, dined, and cadillac-ed a well-known garden
club lecturer and writer, and effectively insulated her
from the three scientific sources in the state. When I
first contacted her, unfairly sans wine, etc., she gushed
praise of these industrial St. Georges of conservation,
and spoke of a major manuscript soon to be finished for
them. (To my knowledge the manuscript was never
finished.) Concerning “Reader's Digest account of “The
Great Pesticide Controversy” by Strohm and Ganschow,
— (it) turns out on careful reading, to be another assur-
ance that everything is all right by authors who don’t
know how to ask questions.” This is hardly surprising,
for the predilections of these writers is already known,
and role of Reader’s Digest was well established when,
on considerable soul-searching supplemented by effective
outside influences, they chose to let lapse an option to
publish a condensation of Silent Spring, and instead re-
printed the famous Time article (Vol. 80, No. 13, Sept.
28, 1962), itself a coup for the chemical industry, that
appeared right after Silent Spring was published.

Roland Clement continues, “The next item tries, again,
to pass off Mr. Edwin Diamond as an early collaborator
of Miss Carson's, and one who left her in disillusion-
ment. Even though the September 28, 1963, Saturday
Evening Post made this claim for Mr. Diamond, the
facts seem to be otherwise. Yes. the matter should be
set straight. I recall talking to Miss Carson on this
subject. Even in a matter that was so unfairly unfavor-
able to her, she showed neither anger nor scorn, but
only a wistful humor. Her reply was to the effect that
Houghton Mifflin had employed him, to do research on
the subject for her, but that he simply was not turning
up anything new to her, and that any continuation of
the relationship was redundant. This view is supported

Vol. 12, No. 4, October 1965

83

by a letter dated October 4 from Houghton Mifflin to
the Saturday Evening Post, stating that Mr. Diamond
was employed by Houghton Mifflin from March to June,
1958. It includes a copy of a letter from Houghton
Mifflin to Mr. Diamond, as follows: “I am returning un-
der separate cover the envelope of magazine articles,
news releases, extracts from the Congressional Record,
etc. ... I have not sent this to Rachel Carson or her
agent; in fact, I am sure that Miss Carson already has
this material in her files.”

I wrote to the Pennsylvania Department of Forests
and Waters on August 21, 1964, asking if there had been
any subsequent public statements on the use of pesti-
cides. I received an undated brief reply to the effect
that the Department "has made no public statements on
the use of pesticides, neither has the State Pesticide Com-
mittee. In view of the touchy nature of the subject,
I do not believe we wish to make any comments at this
time." To whom should the citizens turn for sound
information, when those scientists who should know and
talk, go dumb, in the face of a controversy created
originally by the non-scientific technologists of industry?

Problems with editors, anonymous reviewers, and pub-
lishers are serious enough in the scientific world, in
contrast to the immediacy of mass communication com-
manded by industry through their advertising agencies.

II. — The 1965 canker worm problem. In justifica-
tion for my concern for the inadequate communication
of sound scientific knowledge in Pennsylvania, the storms
that arose and are still blowing in 1965 are far worse
than in 1964, involving the same people, in the very
same roles. This time it is a canker worm infestation
in certain counties, for which the same Department of
Forests and Waters decided to spray aerially with DDT.
This time supporting legislation has been introduced de-
liberately designed to curb the ecological opposition by
police-state tactics. As of this writing, the end result
is not known. Certainly something should be done for
peak canker worm infestations. Certainly something
should have been done, years ago, by the research branch
of the state department charged with the well-being of
the forests. The areas were sprayed with DDT. Penn-
sylvania State University, through its chemical pesticide
laboratory and through a chemist (not a biologist), has
taken a most non-ecological view that such action will
not change the “balance of nature.” As a hush-puppy
for the ecologists, 1,000 acres were sprayed with Sevin
(here said not to harm any insects other than canker
worms!), and another 1,000 acres sprayed with Bacillus
thuringiensis. Regardless of the desirability, or the elab-
oration. of research on these 1,000 acre study areas (I
hear of no unsprayed check area), the myopia of this
research leaves unresolved, un-sensed even, the most
important concern of the ecologists. That concern is
that the sprayed areas are themselves but strands in the
total ecosystem web. It is what happens on those other
strands that concerned Rachel Carson and that concerns

the many other all too silent ecologists, what happens to
the woodcock that accumulate pesticides at both ends of
their migratory ranges, to the duck eggs in the Arctic,
and to the seals and the penguins of the Antarctic. . . .

Jt is a satisfaction to report that other individuals in
Pennsylvania very vigorously fought, even if unsuc-
cessfully, the engrained stubborn, dangerous, and eco-
logically ignorant views of the Pennsylvania Department
of Forests and Waters. It is a pleasure to report that
amongst the many papers in my files concerning this
case, I find repeatedly the names of Professor Francis J.
Trembley of Lehigh University, and of Maurice Broun
of Hawk Mountain Sanctuary Association. Neverthe-
less, I find no releases under the aegis of Lehigh Univer-
sity, and Dr. Broun’s release makes no mention of
Hawk Mountain Sanctuary. It is a pleasure to report
that Mrs. Ruth Scott, as Natural Resources Consultant
for the Garden Club Federation of Pennsylvania wrote
a three page letter to the Department of Forests and
Waters that would have done credit to a scientist, and
effectively shredded every inadequate “scientific” reason
that the Department had used to support its program.
I wait to see whether this letter remains a private com-
munication between two individuals, in which role it will
undoubtedly have no influence whatever, or whether the
Federation gives it wide publicity, in which case it will
have considerable influence.

It is not a satisfaction to be unable to report other
well-known individuals and organizations who could
have, who should have, who might have, played impor-
tant public roles in this problem. Silence sometimes
shrieks.

Conclusion

£^est it be thought that my contribution at this time is
entirely “destructive,” and not at all “constructive,”
I wish to close on two constructive notes. For the first,
I am indebted to Red China (Lear, 1965), and for the
second, I am indebted to an eminent mathematician,
whose name I withhold, for I am sure he wrote me in
confidence.

Chen Yung-kang was a peasant with two years of
schooling, and a genius for developing improvements in
rice agriculture. He was noticed by science and gov-
ernment. Once the professional scientists had analyzed
and confirmed the integrity of his underlying science,
Chen Yung-kang, as “the peasant scientist,” was given
full opportunity to develop his ideas with lands, labora-
tories, and personnel at his disposal. Even more im-
portantly, he became the medium for communication
from academia to the peasants, communicating not only
his own ideas, but other scientific ideas as well, speaking
to the peasants, as a peasant, in peasantese. In support
of this program, Chen Yung-kang was given enormous
publicity, unquestionably linked with politics and propa-
ganda worthy of P. T. Barnum. Even further, other

84

ASB Bulletin

peasant “scientists” were recruited who, trained suitably
in minimum scientific information, could communicate
to the crop-growing peasants in language they could un-
derstand. I see certain analogies to our own Agricul-
tural Extension Services, although both our American
. . . scientists and their superiors are often criticized,
apparently on valid grounds, for being “specialists,”
without adequate ecological breadth. I also see anal-
ogies with the sweeping campaigns (not yet described by
a sociologist) mounted by industry, to discredit Rachel
Carson’s Silent Spring. I would like to see American
ecologists do half as well.

My second constructive suggestion is a two-part story.
My mathematician friend, knowing my approach to these
problems in terms of human sociology, urged me to get
acquainted with the anthropologists instead. It seems
that an anthropologist colleague of his was describing
some African experiences. When it seems desirable to
make some changes in the behavior of a native tribe (as
in disease control), it should be done with the least pos-
sible changes in their belief systems, rather than by
hoping they would digest a capsule version of several
centuries of accumulated Western medical knowledge.
The given example involved the taking of a poison anti-
dote, under circumstances where the natives believed the
poison traveled up the tendons. It seems that the native
could be induced to take the antidote, while still be-
lieving that the poison traveled up the tendons. Do you
see the similarity with our own natives and peasants?

The second part of this story relates to the fact that
this same anthropologist was engaged in a project for
the Army Quartermaster Corps. He reported much dis-
comfort in trying to convert the quartermaster colonels
to the anthropologist’s viewpoint for their army project.
My mathematician friend spotted the similarity, and
urged his anthropologist friend to treat his colonels as
members of a native tribe. Word comes back to me
that the anthropologist has had increased success with
his colonels, and a very great increase in his own piece
of mind.

I present these stories without facetiousness, and with
all seriousness. It is my opinion that until ecologists
learn to communicate, not only to their specialist col-
leagues, but to the people, native tribes. Army officers,
and other segments of our society — without undue
disturbance to their simple belief systems — the “Revolu-
tion in our Environment” which the pesticide technol-
ogists are precipitating, even if with the self-righteous
fervor of an ancient Medicine Man, may well be more
than that to which the human race may be able to adjust.

Discussion

John Cairns, Jr., (Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.) Dr. Platt and I agreed at dinner that the best
thing we could do was to cut my comments to three or
four minutes, and move right into the audience par-
ticipation. My comments will therefore be brief.

Surely, we all agree that our “management” of our
environment might be improved. We biologists will
fulfill much of our social responsibility if we provide
useful alternatives to the people polluting the envi-
ronment.

First, biologists must communicate the value of ade-
quate pollution abatement to both industrial and civic
groups. We must not be ashamed to mention money —
communications will be more effective if some portion
is devoted to economic aspects of pollution. In in-
dustry, safety programs have been successful because
they have had both financial and humanitarian values.
Since the results of pollution abatement may be seen
by stockholders in terms of reduced dividends, or by
consumers in terms of increased product cost, they must
indeed be unusual people if they do not ask what per-
sonal benefits the alternative of better pollution abate-
ment will bring.

Second, biologists must take their place with the
chemists and sanitary engineers in the assessment of
pollution. We need not be intimidated because their
data may be expressed numerically — so may biological
data! But more important is the fact that ultimately we
must know the effect of pollution upon life’s processes.
A chemical determination is of real value only when
it can be related to an effect. In short, chemists, bi-
ologists, and sanitary engineers must communicate with
each other to establish a meaningful program of pollu-
tion abatement.

Finally, we biologists must learn to study the ecology
of our entire environment — the garbage dumps, the
sewer outfalls, the urban areas, and the abandoned lots
— as well as responding to the lure of the natural un-
disturbed areas. Only then will the information and
techniques for rehabilitation of damaged areas be avail-
able.

Audience Participation

Jesse C. Thompson, Jr. (Hampden Sydney College): It
just occurred to me that this seems to be a one man
crusade, and I think it such a good one that it should
shame all of us that we haven’t offered some help. I
think that scientific groups such as the ASB, state
academies, and associations of this type should take a
more active role in supporting some of the issues that
the speaker has mentioned tonight.

I would like to ask the speaker if he feels that his
colleagues are “four-legged, crooked-tailed lizards” 1 for
not serving as allies.

Egler: I appreciate your comments. I honestly did not
wish to imply that each and everyone of you have other
obligations within your professional connections. I think
it’s excellent if we all recognize that we belong to a
“social unit,” and are an integral part of it. On the

1 Reference to “lawn lizards and barbecue pit vipers,”
page 82. — Ed.

Vol. 12, No. 4, October 1965

85

other hand we are not completely free creatures, and
cannot, understandably, talk out on certain matters. In
short, I feel that there are missing links in the social
system. It is not part of your job to come down and
speak at certain legislative hearings. In fact, many
professional men are forbidden to speak at hearings for
state and federal legislatures. I don’t know — I’m not
quite sure — what the answer is. To some extent I
feel that most scientists can speak out if they so chose.
Bear in mind that every time you are involved in a
“system.” an “ecological unit,” you loose some of your
freedom. I’ve been muzzled and taped also. I have
the good fortune, for the last twenty years, of being in
a position where no one can fire me. That is some-
thing that most of you don't have. Of course I "paid
up for it," as by keeping cars for twelve years, and
things like that. Recently there has been more and
more recognition of the social limitation of scientists.
But let’s put it this way: We scientists are working at
a disadvantage. We don't have the money to compete
with other segments of society that are influencing the
public. State agricultural experiment stations, for ex-
ample, take our tax money to convince the taxpayers
that they should support the experiment station. And
this ecosystemic feed-back goes round and round and
round, a self-perpetuating system. I did not wish to
insinuate that scientists are to blame. I feel that if we
recognize the social situation, something new and con-
structive will evolve. Now do any of you have an idea
of what might evolve?

William J. Hargis, Jr. (Virginia Institute of Marine
Science): I would suggest that one thing that can be
done is that academic biologists can introduce concepts
of ecology and of society’s environmental problems into
the courses being presented to all undergraduates. They
can also attempt to impress biology majors with the
various important natural resource problems that exist,
and with their obligations to society and to reduce,
somewhat, the emphasis on the “ivory tower” approach
to biological science. Twenty years ago, when I was
taking general biology. I do not recall that these prob-
lems or the responsibilities of the student, potential bi-
ologists, to society were stressed by my teachers. I
would suspect that this is still a characteristic of most
undergraduate biology courses and programs.

One further comment — you suggest that we have to
adopt the communications techniques of the nonscienti-
fic segment — the citizenry, of society, in order to sell
them on the importance of natural resources and their
preservation, and I agree with you. This is perhaps the
most successful approach, but when one does this he
must realize that he is adapting to the requirements of
the situation. This may at times bring guilt feelings to
the scientist because he is not presenting the full story
— the complete facts. This is the "Madison Avenue”
approach and is a necessary imposition and adaptation,
but it is not the fully scientific approach. One must be

satisfied to bear this guilt if one is going to make head-
way in this fashion. One has to be a salesman and be
prepared at times to feel something less than a scientist.

James B. Ross (Reinhold Publishing Corp. and The Na-
ture Conservancy.): It is quite apparent that there are
many things wrong with what biologists and environ-
mental scientists in general have done in this area. Or
there have been many things wrong in that we have
not done enough. I would be interested. Dr. Egler, in
your making a few suggestions to us, positive con-
structive suggestions of things that might be done by
people such as those of us in this room tonight. For
example, what is your attitude and what suggestion do
you have on the use of biological controls, or “natural”
controls, in the cast of the lady that does have bugs on
her plants.

Egler: I would like to start one step back. The pre-
ceding gentleman pointed out the two facets of the
picture that I believe we should all follow. One is to
accept the citizen as a citizen, to talk in his language.
The other facet is to try to educate the general public.
This education must happen in our general biology
courses, in our high school biology. It will take at
least a generation, in my opinion, until the voters be-
come ecologically literate. I’m greatly interested in
knowing of any general biology course at the university
level which has integrated a large amount of ecological
thinking into it. I’ve been trying to make a survey of
this field; and the results to date have been essentially
nil. If any of you are teaching general biology that is
strongly ecology-oriented, I would hope to talk to you
during the next day or so.

On the subject of biological controls, which I confess
I had not touched upon before: It is a tremendous field,
which will surely be exploited in the future more and
more. It’s one of those developments that progresses
more slowly. There are many complicated angles: The
matter of predators of undesirable insects; of diseases;
the various techniques for finding a weak link in the
life cycle; sex attractants. The Gypsy Moth lure has
been synthesized, a sort of entomological version of My
Sin perfume, which can be extremely effective. It at-
tracts males even from extremely long distances. In
other cases, insects come and get electrocuted, or are
killed off in some other way. But bear in mind, these
fields of knowledge involve a critical sociological hiatus
that requires unusual efforts to push it forward. Who
is going to pay for the development of research in this
field, if for example the screw worm of Florida is eradi-
cated? What future business is there, if no screw fly
exists, to be eradicated by the eradicators? Bear in
mind that control people like to control. They really
don’t like to eradicate. “Eradicate” is only the word
they use to sell the public on their technique. On the
other hand, we have Lester Swann’s book on Beneficial
Insects. In my opinion (insofar as I've gone through

86

ASB Bulletin

it — its been on my desk only a week) it seems to me
an extremely sound compilation of most important in-
formation. Here is a field where we might well influence
our government agencies to carry on far more research.
I feel that professors and scientists can effect such in-
fluence. Are you involved yourself in biological con-
trols? [To Ross.]

Ross: No, Dr. Egler, I’m Jim Ross of the Nature Con-
servancy, [apology from Dr. Egler for not catching the
name] and I think what I was getting at was are we
approaching this on the defensive, or are we trying to
find a positive scientific approach. Are we saying to
the world “you are damned unscientific in what you
do,” without offering this world scientifically acceptable
means for solving their practical problems?

( Tape change here, about two minutes lost.)

Egler: To the contrary, when we assume that we, as
human beings, are not intelligent, much of the behavior
of society makes much more sense. This very day there
are floods sweeping through parts of the country. Im-
mediately we are using the taxes of everybody else to
rebuild in the very same places. Now if ants did that,
we would say they were decidedly stupid, victims of
blind instinct. Acting on the assumption that not only
science, but intelligence itself, may be a human ration-
alization, it seems to me that we can then approach
some of these social problems more effectively. You
might then say we can help mankind despite himself,
not because of himself.

Now in a sense I haven’t answered your question.
There is no answer to it. But simply thinking about
it is a help. I’ve never gotten very far, nor felt very
satisfied, when I’ve assumed that man acts like an in-
telligent organism.

Joe A. Edmisten (University of Georgia.): Last year at
the annual meeting I reported on my research with ABS
[ASB Bulletin, 11(2): 42], the active ingredient of the
hard detergents, and no one was really surprised when
I found that this detergent killed vascular plants, and
killed many fish and insect larvae at 20 ppm and 10
ppm. My question is: I've recently repeated these ex-
periments in my lentic ecosystems with Tergitol, a new
soft detergent, and I found that it is bio-degradable as
they claim, but it has quite toxic effects on many or-
ganisms in the first few days. Now this I think is
valuable information; how do I get this information to
|i the [citizens], when I’m overloaded with teaching and
there’s a backlog in Ecological Monographs ?

i Egler: Am I supposed to answer what only God can
answer?

I appreciate your bringing up the important informa-
tion about detergents; I was unaware of the detail. I
think it simply shows again that our scientific knowledge
, is far behind the knowledge communicated to the pub-
| lie. At the present time there is a tendency, effort, to

use Sevin instead of DDT. Those of you who want to
know something more about Sevin, write to the Con-
necticut Citizen-Scientist Committee on Pesticide Use,
(R.F.D., Morris, Conn.). I have a paper here giving
some data on it. It is not all it’s cooked up to be, by
any means. Although Sevin is not long lasting, it has
been closely related to a case of leukemia, it affects
other parts of the eco-system, especially bees; it is pos-
sibly preferable to DDT. But after all murder in one
way or another is still murder. Upsets to the eco-system
are still possible, but it will take another five or ten
years to find out what Sevin does do. By that time the
technicians will be up with something else. It's a prob-
lem in our society. I’m not suggesting a solution to it.
I think if we are all aware of it, we’ll be far better able
to act in those instances when we can act. Do you
have any information on the detergents that you would
like to add here [aside to Cairns]?

Cairns: We have carried out some work with linear sul-
fonates which indicates they are definitely more de-
gradable than the old ABS, but are of comparable or
perhaps slightly greater toxicity to aquatic organisms.
Swisher et al [R. D. Swisher, J. T. O’Rourke, H. D.
Tomlinson. 1964. J. Am. Oil Chemist’s Soc., 41: 746]
have shown that the toxicological effects of the de-
gradable detergents are remarkably similar to the com-
paratively non-degradable prototypes. However, there is
an even more important aspect to Dr. Edmisten’s ques-
tion, and that is that even if we get the research in-
formation to the public, it should not be used directly
— especially by those with no ecological background.
The complex interactions of a natural environment may
cause a response to a toxic material to differ appreciably
from the laboratory response. This does not mean that
laboratory bioassays are useless, but rather that they
should be coupled with field observations and ecological
common sense.

Egler: Two other little episodes come to mind that are
apropos here, on the slowness with which we are de-
veloping our knowledge. If I understand correctly, there
is a sunfish in the lower Mississippi that has developed
a massive resistance to Dieldrin, to the point, I believe,
of 40 ppm in its blood. Now, if this is so - — and this
is a projection of information — that in the flesh would
be about four times that quantity. This situation means
that about one pound of sunfish should, according to
our present knowledge, kill a man. But we do not
have the scientific “evidence” for that. We’re a little
bit slow on man himself.

Similarly, just two weeks ago, in Science magazine
(I believe most of you’ve seen it), there was another
DDT story, out of Dartmouth. The most interesting
point, in my opinion, is almost lost in the whole paper.
It would appear that the use of DDT there is not af-
fecting the insects, the target organisms. They have
developed a resistance. The birds that migrate in sev-

Vol. 12, No. 4, October 1965

87

eral weeks later feed on the DDT-loaded insects. Re-
sult: feet up.

Our spraying now is not affecting the target organism,
but affecting other organisms for which it was never in-
tended! Bear in mind that the pesticide problem is not
a matter of what gets killed right away, or what the
residue is. We should be concerned about what is not
residue. That "not-residue”: Where it moves, how much
accumulates, with what it interacts, and how it concen-
trates — sometimes seventy thousand times, in a rela-
tively short period. Those are the ecological problems!

William D. Burbanck (Emory University.): I'd like to
have your comment on two points. One of them Gene
Odum made in a talk at a similar time on a similar sub-
ject, about the plant food of Man. He raised the in-
teresting question: One of our problems is that we are
developing food that is not only palatable to man, but
also to insects. If we would grow food not palatable to
insects, but which we could process for human con-
sumption. we might, in one fell swoop be able to take
care of one of our greatest problems.

The other thing that perhaps you would comment up-
on is the statement made, I think, by an English biolo-
gist that their testimony is accepted in court on legal
cases dealing with fish-kills and other such havoc in
nature. 1 don't believe this is the case in this country.
If it were perhaps we could take a giant step forward
if we could gain that sort of status.

Egler: Your comments bring up a good many points,
more than I can answer right now. I have a high re-
spect for both Odums. From the standpoint of foods,
finding materials which are not palatable to insects of
course is a type of "biological control.” Again, this
requires vast amounts of money for research. Industry
will not put money into this type of research as readily
as in other types. When it comes to palatability of
food: Of course I like food. If it’s going to taste all
right to me, I may go along with it. Otherwise I’m not,
regardless of what an insect thinks. On the subject of
the legal situations: every state, every nation, is dif-
ferent. Some literature has come recently from Eng-
land and Sweden on the subject. In New Jersey the
attempts of a group of landowners to stop the spraying
of their lands for Gypsy Moths has apparently found-
ered. I did not choose to be in on the court case, for
I wished to be an "observer.” (There are some ad-
vantages you know.) It seems that in New Jersey if a
private owner suffers damage, “too bad”; it was a mis-
take. Unless he can prove without doubt that he is
going to be damaged, he can't stop it. This was the
decision of the judge. Now you add that up, and see
where you get. It was Roland Clement who brought
up the fact in another New Jersey situation that the
Fifth Amendment might be of importance here, not to
the extent of not incriminating oneself, but that there
should be no due process of law that would deprive a

private citizen of his property or rights, or damage to
them. He feels that the Fifth Amendment will soon
be applied for the benefit of those private owners who
do not wish their property invaded, altered, affected,
such as by aerial spraying. The spray moves. In such
an instance, we may have a legal claim. Bear in mind
that "bio-politics” is another field I should like to talk
about at some length. The knowledgeability of our
legislators is something that should start in the grade
schools; but in many instances it hasn't started yet.

Arthur W. Cooper (North Carolina State College.): I
have a couple of observations, and I’d like to make a
point relative to Dr. Burbanck's question. It doesn’t

seem to me that the case is quite so glum with respect

to acceptance of biological data in court cases. There
is on record a case in Massachusetts where a program
to halt dredging and spoiling on a given salt marsh was
upheld on the basis of purely biological data. These
data were accumulated by a scientist at Woods Hole and
given as testimony by him in the case. I have read a

copy of the judge’s findings and it is very interesting

reading for biologists. He was thoroughly convinced of
the importance of the salt marsh in question to fisheries,
and he was convinced by the biological data presented.
This brings me to the other points I wished to raise.
I would like to take some exception to one of the points
you made. Dr. Egler. As scientists, I think we have
much more of an obligation to speak out than you com-
municated to us. I think the very kind of position we
hold, and the training we have had, virtually demand
that we speak out when we are able and when the cir-
cumstances permit doing so in an effective manner. The
other point I want to make is that many times our re-
search is directed in such a way that it doesn’t provide
data that are useful in arguments with laymen, [and] in
some cases, they’re a hell of a lot smarter than we are.
The question of value of marshlands is a good case in
point. Although a great deal of data have been ac-
cumulated about marshes, very little data have been
accumulated which might suggest the value of an acre
of marshland and what you are losing economically if
you destroy this. If we could in some way get into
the “numbers racket,” which the Corps of Engineers
and developers play regularly, if we could perhaps pros-
titute ourselves somewhat, we might just be a good deal
more effective in our discussions with laymen.

Hargis: It’s still prostitution, and you have to recog-
nize it.

Cooper: That’s possible, yes, but I think that in some
cases, for example in the case of a salt marsh, you
might be able to live with your value numbers a little
bit better than you could in some other cases. Would
you agree or not [to Hargis]?

Hargis: I would object to it.

Egler: Would you [Cooper] care to comment on why

88

ASB Bulletin

C. H. W. Foster, the Commissioner of Natural Re-
sources in Massachusetts, was going to spray with DDT
on Cape Cod despite all the scientific evidence; and
after only one week of public resistance switched to
Sevin? C. H. W. Foster is an interesting character —
can you say anything about him?

Cooper: Yes, I know him reasonably well. I spent three
days with him just about a month and a half ago. What
1 just said about the legal case involving salt marshes
was based on that meeting.

Egler: Which comes first with him, politics or biology?

Cooper: As I am not Mr. Foster, I would not want to
answer that question. I do think, though, that he is
quite sympathetic to and cognizant of biological points
of view. However, there is no question but that the
position he occupies is a very difficult one.

Selected Annotated Recent Literature

American Institute of Biological Science. 1964. Some
useful basic publications on pesticides. — BioScience,
14(11): 39. — An annotated list of 25 publications.
This bibliography appeared in the special issue de-
voted to the pesticide problem, containing six invited
articles.

Anderson, Jim. 1965. The fate of the predator- — to
be — or not to be — alive. — Defenders of Wildlife
News, 40(2): 18-24. — This is a sound introduction
to the predator control problem, in which govern-
ment technology is several decades behind current
ecologic knowledge. Predator control, receiving much
attention in current magazines and journals, is handled
in a division of the Department of the Interior, a
semi-autonomous unit so dominated by the demands
of western stockmen who believe that Uncle Sam
should foot the bills for the destruction of that they
think are pests in their own backyards, that the divi-
sion has been immune to the ecologic thinking of Sec-
retary Udall. I find it interesting that a bill has been
introduced in Congress that would transfer Predator
Control from Interior to Agriculture, where presum-
ably its now-threatened activities would be made safe
by the one-strand-specialist-thinking of that Depart-
ment. It remains to be seen how many Congressmen
fall for this anti-ecologic ploy.

Anderson, Mabry I. 1964. The Case FOR Pesticides.
— Field & Stream, September, 1964: reprint, 4 pages.
— This article is subtitled “There are two sides to
every story. Here a lifetime sportsman, conserva-
tionist, and crop sprayer presents some interesting evi-
dence for the defense.” This is what one would ex-
pect from a sportsman-cropsprayer (though not from
Field & Stream), and is the best expression of its
kind. It should be in the hands of every biology
graduate student, as a whetstone on which to sharpen
his scientific acuity.

Biological Sciences Curriculum Study, AIBS. 1963.
High School Biology-Green version. — Chicago, Rand
McNally. 749 pp. — The ecology-oriented green ver-
sion will probably do more than any other single pub-
lication in bringing ecosystem thinking to the Ameri-
can public, even if to the next generation. It, to-
gether with the yellow (conventional biology) and
blue (molecular biology) versions were collectively
reviewed by Frank E. Egler in Ecology, 46(2):

Cohen, Adolph I., Justin Frost and Malcolm L. Peterson.
1965. Pesticide Series No. 1 — Problems and Possi-
bilities.— Scientist and Citizen (Greater St. Louis
Citizen’s Committee for Nuclear Information) 7(5):
1-14. — This, first in a series to appear in alternate
issues, is a sound, sober, and dispassionate treatment
of the total subject, with emphasis in this issue on
agriculture. The many questions asked remain un-
answered. The hazards are not minimized. The
citizen should think twice before deciding.

Clement, Roland C. 1963. Memorandum on Papers in
a “Symposium on Use and Effects of Pesticides, Al-
bany, New York, September 23, 1963.” — 4 pp.

mimeographed. New York, National Audubon So-
ciety. — A candid and valuable analysis of the papers,
classified as “1. Constructive, 2. Useful if Amended,
and 3. Misleading.”

. 1964. Education in the Use of Pesticides.

— 2 pp. mimeographed. New York, National Audu-
bon Society. — A step-by-step reply to the February,
1964, “Statements on the use of Pesticides” issued by
the Pennsylvania Department of Forests and Waters.

Commoner, Barry, et. al. 1964. The Integrity of
Science. A report by the AAAS Committee on
Science in the Promotion of Human Welfare. — 47
pp. replicated typescript. Washington, D. C., AAAS.

— Certainly one of the most important scientific
papers of the year. Except for a flurry of newspaper
attention at the time of its presentation at the annual
AAAS meetings, this document seems to have been
passed by. In a carefully reasoned analysis on the
Starfish experiment (high-altitude nuclear explosions
in the Van Allen belts), the West Ford project (to
encircle the earth with orbiting belts of fine copper
wires, for military signaling), project Apollo (to land
a man on the moon), and a variety of environment-
affecting activities involving insecticides, herbicides, de-
tergents, drugs, and radiations, this eminent AAAS
committee came up with some extremely disturbing
opinions on the imbalance between science and tech-
nology.

Connecticut Citizen-Scientist Committee on Pesticide
Use. 1965. Fact Sheet on Sevin (carbaryl). — 3 pp.
mimeographed. Distributed by Gordon Loery, R.F.D.,
Morris, Conn. — In the spring of 1965, Sevin is be-
ing used by aerial sprayers in instances where public
opinion, or their own consciences, prevent the use of
DDT. Sevin is less persistent, and less toxic to some

Vol. 12, No. 4, October 1965

89

non-target organisms than DDT. On the other hand,
it is highly toxic to honey bees. What happens to the
numerous hymenopterous parasites of highly destruct-
ive forest insects is a question the foresters are not
asking, or if asking, are not attempting to answer.
Furthermore, recent evidence has been released by the
Food and Drug Administration that Sevin and certain
other pesticides produce birth defects in chick em-
bryos of the thalidomide type.

Cottam, Clarence. 1964. The Ecologists' Role in the
Problems of Pesticide Pollution. — 1 6 pp. mimeo-
graphed. Sinton, Texas, Welder Wildlife Foundation.

— Text of a paper before the Ecological Society of
America, representing its subcommittee on Environ-
mental Pollution. A masterly presentation by an emi-
nent ecologist, speaking for the leading ecological or-
ganization of America. That it has received no wider
recognition or distribution than it has, even by the
E.S.A. itself, is one more indication of the weakness
of this group in American affairs. The fault is not en-
tirely its own, for who would finance these matters?
Compare, for example, the influence of the other
E.S.A. (The Entomological Society of America).

Egler, Frank E. 1964a. Pesticides — - in our Ecosystem.

— American Scientist, 52( 1): 110-136; and “Letters”
in Sierra Club Bulletin, 49(8): 10. 50(1): 12.

. 1964b. Pesticides in our Ecosystem: Com-
munication II. — BioScience, 14(1 1 ) : 29-36; and “Let-
ters” in BioScience 15(2): 158-159.

Lear. John. 1965. How Red China is taking science
to its peasants. — Saturday Review, 48(10): 45-46. —
An illuminating contribution to the problems of com-
municating sound scientific information.

Morgan. Allen H. 1964. Memo Re: Traveling Sym-
posium on Pesticides, sponsored by the National Acad-
emy of Sciences, November 15-21, 1964. Confidential.
Lincoln, Mass.: Mass. Audubon Society. 8 pp. dit-
toed. — A candid documentary of this valuable sym-
posium which brought together high-ranking scientists
from industry, government, and citizen groups. Mas-
sachusetts Audubon Society triggered the symposium.
National Academy of Sciences was the nominal spon-
sor. Costs were borne by Mass. Audubon ($500.)
and the National Agricultural Chemicals Association
($50,000). The news releases I have seen are by
Cynthia Westcott. who writes that it was her “good
fortune to be invited for the gardening public,” al-
though her connections with the deluge of industry-
disseminated pro-pesticide literature following the pub-
lication of Silent Spring made her one of the most
important figures of her kind.

Ribicoff, Abraham. 1965. Hearings . . . Basic docu-
ments submitted by the Department of Agriculture
relating to the use of pesticides. Appendix I to Part
1 : 1-178. Current research in the area of Pesticides
(Agricultural Research Service), Appendix II to Part
1: 179-563. Selected departmental activities relating

to the use of pesticides. Appendix III to Part 1: 565-
826. Information circulars of the World Health Or-
ganization and miscellaneous articles. Appendix IV to
Part 1: 827-987. — Washington, D. C.: U. S. Govern-
ment Printing Office. — These appendices contain an
enormous amount of raw data, and thus Senator Ribi-
coff has performed an extraordinary service in making
the information readily available. Appendix V, not
yet received, will show the steps taken by executive
branch agencies to implement the recommendations
of the Wiesner Report, and will bring the view of
Federal activities in pesticide technology up to date
as of late summer 1964.

. 1965. A letter to Commissioner Franklin

Foote, Connecticut Health Department. — Associated
Press release, May 21. — It appears that the Con-
necticut State Department of Health maintains a “Not
Recommended” Reading List for schools in Connecti-
cut. Silent Spring was placed on this list at the recom-
mendation of a Harvard professor. Senator RibicofFs
letter, appearing under the heading of “Ribicoff At-
tacks Attempted Silencing of Silent Spring,” vigorously
criticizes the action. He writes that “Burning this
book won't alter Miss Carson's and the nation’s con-
cern. Banning this book, like banning the work of
any eloquent crusader, is a useless gesture. It will not
restore the indifference and ignorance about environ-
mental pollution that existed before “Silent Spring”
was published.”

Shaw, W. C. 1964. Weed Science — Revolution in
Agricultural Technology. — Weeds (Journal of the
Weed Society of America) 12(3): 153-162. — A val-
uable and instructive article, that clearly reveals the
confusion in the mind of the technologist between
“science” and “technology.” "Weed Science — a new
scientific discipline, has evolved and caused a revolu-
tion in agricultural technology” we read at the start.
Has a new science caused a revolution in technology?
Or has a new technology merely produced new data,
much less a new “science?” This Presidential Ad-
dress, closing with “A Look at the Future of Weed
Science Technology,” leaves me semantically puzzled.
The only basic science (my sense) that I find in the
entire address is a seven-line reference to “plant suc-
cessions" and "climax,” theory which has been vigor-
ously criticized by ecologists themselves ever since it
was introduced in 1916.

Swan, Lester A. 1964. Beneficial Insects. 429 pp.
New York: Harper and Row. — An extremely valua-
ble compilation of contemporary information on in-
sects in their roles in animal predation, in parasitism,
and as disease organisms. A most valuable contribu-
tion on the subject of "biological controls.”

Whitten. Jamie L. 1965. Effects, uses, control, and
research of agricultural pesticides. Pages 6-7, 28,
165-208 in “Hearings before a Subcommittee of the
Committee on Appropriations” of the "Department of

90

ASB Bulletin

Agriculture Appropriations for 1966 — Part 1.” —
This enormously interesting document hit the press
under the caption of “Report hits book by Rachel
Carson.” Concerning it the New York Times edi-
torializes “In his position as chairman of the sub-
committee which passes on the billions spent in the
Federal farm programs, Mr. Whitten has acted
through the years as the Department of Agriculture's
extension agent to Congress. The department’s pest-
control officials, already wounded by Miss Carson’s
barbs, have been hurt further by the mounting evi-
dence . . . The findings of Mr. Whitten’s investigators
collide sharply with those of the White House Science
Advisory Committee.” In a signed article by Irston
R. Barnes in the Washington Post, entitled “Hill Com-
mittee’s Blast at Rachel Carson Deserves an Answer,”
we read that “first, the analysis and evaluation of “Sil-
ent Spring” is incompetent, showing much evidence
that the investigative staff was not qualified to per-
form its task and that the Subcommittee did not act
responsibly in accepting and publishing the report.
Second, it is indicative that the problem of the highly
toxic chemical pesticides is still unresolved and that
the public cannot have confidence that the Govern-
ment is yet acting to protect people as well as wild-
life from the harmful effects of chemical pesticides.
. . .” Sure enough, Velsicol Chemical Corporation
grabbed the Whitten Report, and in a release from
Selvage and Lee, Inc. gave the world a brilliantly
i worded two-page condensation of the “superficially
scientific” hallucinations of "Miss Carson’s night-
mares.” I seriously recommend it for consideration
by all science students, for in a minimum of space, it
includes more interesting interpretations of the reasons
for the local present abundance of some forms of
wildlife, and of the nature of the Balance of Nature,
than of any other anti-scientific document I know,
which communicates itself to the general public.

Wurster, Charles F., Jr., Doris H. Wurster, and Walter
I N. Strickland. 1965. Bird mortality after spraying
for Dutch Elm disease with DDT. — Science, 148
(3666): 90-91. — It had long been thought that bird
mortality from such spraying did not occur in north-
eastern states, perhaps because elms were not as
solidly planted as in mid-western towns. In a care-
ful scientific study of the sprayed town of Hanover,
New Hampshire, and the unsprayed town of Norwich,
j Vermont, it was concluded that DDT caused severe
mortality of both resident and migrant birds in Han-
over. Even more significant, in my opinion, was the
effect of pre-bird-migrant spraying, widely advertised
as a means of avoiding bird mortality. It appears
that DDT-carrying live insects survived the spraying.
Insectivorous birds arriving several weeks later fed on
these and died. We thus have an extraordinary and
illogical miscarriage of intent, whereby the spraying
does not affect the target organisms. The spray does

kill other organisms not there at the time but arriving
later, which other organisms are an integral part of
the total ecosystem, feeding on — and now dying from
— the very insects which the spray was supposed to
kill.

Young, Wilfred B. 1965. Dean Young outlines long-
range plans for the College of Agriculture. — Mile-
stones in Connecticut Agriculture and Home Eco-
nomics (University of Connecticut, College of Agri-
culture) 9(1): 2-3. — “The most erroneous statements
currently made about colleges of agriculture . . . are
that agricultural colleges are on their way out . . .
Demographers predict a doubling of world population
by the year 2000. Agriculture must continue to pro-
vide the “know how” and efficiency to meet the needs
of food, feed, and fiber, and to keep up with the
growth of the population . . . The revolution of
change continues because of agricultural technology
. . . The use of our natural resources — water, soils,
forests, land, fish, and wildlife — is of more demand-
ing importance each year . . . funds for a new re-
search building are being requested from the 1965
General Assembly. Some time in the near future,
consideration should be given to the establishment of
a new department in the College of Agriculture deal-
ing with basic or natural resources . . . There has
been a growing interdependence among groups in our
society which is creating a greater social conscience
in our colleges and universities. Land-Grant colleges
especially have an obligation to help people help them-
selves . . . There will undoubtedly be a need for new
research institutes, plus furthering the ones we now
have. The Institutes of Nutrition and Food Science
and Water Resources are excellent examples of plan-
ning and developing research programs which cut
across departmental as well as college and school
lines. More work needs to be done to bring out the
full potential of talent in areas such as plant and
animal genetics, plant and animal breeding, plant
pathology, entomology, use of open space land for
recreation and sport, and many others. Institutes
per se cannot be considered the answer to all prob-
lems . . . We therefore should go forward with fur-
ther exploration and planning . . . The demand for
food, feed, and fiber will continue to increase. Land-
Grant colleges and universities per se will have to
continue to meet these needs through what we now
call agricultural programs . . . They may not always
be called colleges of agriculture . . . But the service,
not the label, is the significant fact recognized and
believed in by those who know colleges of agriculture
best. The need for their significant services will
always exist.”

Note: Because of space limitations, certain passages
above have been deleted and, at the author’s request,
have been so indicated by full lines of periods. For
any inconsistencies or non sequiturs resulting therefrom,
the editor takes full responsibility. — Ed.

Vol. 12, No. 4, October 1965

91

Books an d Period icals

Reprints of the papers of the late Dr. Alfred
C. Brauer are available at the Department of
Zoology, University of Kentucky, Lexington,
Kentucky 40506. Dr. Brauer’s extensive bibli-
ography is concerned primarily with the physi-
ology of development, especially with Bruchids
(Coleoptera).

ENZYME NOMENCLATURE. The International
Union of Biochemistry Commission of Editors of Bio-
chemical Journals. Elvsevier Publishing Co.. New York,
1965. 219 pp. $2.50.

The impetus for this publication resulted from the
terms of reference laid down by the ad hoc Committee
headed by Professor M. Florkin in 1956. The Enzyme
Commission mandate was “to consider the classification
and nomenclature of enzymes and coenzymes, their
units of activity and standard methods of assay, to-
gether with the symbols used in the description of
enzyme kinetics.” The Council of International Union
of Biochemistry approved the decisions made by the
Enzyme Commission.

There is presently a Standing Committee on Enzymes
which has the responsibility for the evaluation of com-
ments and criticisms. Recommendations by the Stand-
ing Committee have included ( 1 ) listing new enzymes
and sub-groups. (2) correction of errors, (3) changes
in nomenclature when justified, and (4) addition of
systematic names where the original report presented
only trivial names.

The major contribution of this work is presenting a
list of enzymes in which the chemical activity and the
chemical description of enzymes are stated with their
systematic name and recommended trivial name. The
chapter dealing with the rules for systematic and trivial
nomenclature would be of value to the searcher for
new enzymes as well as for others in resolving old and
new terminology.

The general confusion in enzyme nomenclature will
be compounded and perpetuated, unless a “standard of
reference" is established. The recommendations (1964)
of the International Union of Biochemistry on the No-
menclature and Classification of Enzymes are a begin-
ning in this direction. — John F. Dimmick. Wake For-
est College.

RICE GENETICS AND CYTOGENETICS. R. Chand-
ler. American Elsevier Publishing Co.. New York. De-
cember, 1964. 274 pp. $14.50.

Rice is the principal food of over 60% of the world’s
people. Asia produces and consumes more than 93%
of all rice grown, yet consistently has rice yields that
are among the lowest in the world. Because of such

facts the Ford and Rockefeller Foundations cooperated
with the Philippines government in establishing, in 1960.
the International Rice Research Institute at Laguna
near Manila. The present Symposium volume records
proceedings of the first of a series of international con-
ferences sponsored by the Institute. The Symposium
was devoted to discussions on rice genetics, cytogen-
etics, and taxonomy. Its sessions were attended by 102
persons from 26 institutions of 9 nations. The program
consisted of 24 invitational papers, plus discussions at
the end of each of six sessions, a seventh concluding
Survey session, and an exhibit of Oryza species.

The first six sessions dealt, respectively, with Tax-
onomy (3 papers). Gene Symbolization and Nomen-
clature (4 papers); Chromosome Morphology in Oryza
Species Relationships (7 papers); Nature of Inter-
varietal Hybrid Sterility in Oryza sativa (5 papers); and
Inheritance Studies, Gene Markers and Linkage Groups
(4 papers).

Appendices publish ( 1 ) the report of the Committee
appointed to attempt a standard classification and no-
menclature; and (2) Recommendation of the Commit-
tee on genome symbols for Oryza species. Ten areas
of research meriting strengthened or new research are
listed. A bibliography of over 400 references, and a
subject index, complete the volume.

Significant achievements of the Symposium were reso-
lution of problems of taxonomic and genetic nomen-
clature, and the stimulation of coordinate efforts in the
collection of experimental plant material from Africa.
This volume for the first time assembles in one place
all the important studies concerning rice taxonomy,
genetics and cytogenetics. This alone makes it an im-
portant work for all workers in the field. It will also be
found to be a helpful reference work for all cereal
geneticists, as well for geneticists and plant breeders of
other crop plants. — Walter S. Flory, Wake Forest
College.

THE ECOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA, V. E. Shel-
ford. University of Illinois Press, Urbana 1963, 610 pp.
$10.00.

After awaiting the publication of this book for a
number of years and following a careful reading of it,
this writer is somewhat disappointed. How much more
valuable this information would have been to the field
of ecology twenty or thirty years ago. An amalgama-
tion of the study of plants and animals in particular
areas is necessary before one can say that ecology is
being studied. The integrated information involving
plant life forms, animal life forms, climate, soil, and
topography is necessary for the development of the con-
cepts of habitat, community ecosystem, and biome.

92

ASB Bulletin

One must read carefully to keep oriented with con-
ditions as projected into the past (1500 to 1600) and
with conditions of more recent time. Some improve-
ment in the organization of a more consistent treatment
of time sequence would have relieved this difficulty.

The locality and species indexes increase the value of
this work as a reference. The absence of a subject in-
dex is taken care of to some extent by the inclusion of
a rather detailed table of contents. In any case the
compilation of this information enables the ecologist to
evaluate changes which have occurred in habitats, com-
munities, ecosystems, and biomes during the time in
which the effects of the Indians transcended to the state
of affairs we have today in North America.

Most of the diagrammatic maps can be interpreted.
However, there are some which have lost detail in the
reproduction. This is particularly true for those areas
of the maps in which there is blending or the super-
imposing of the characters used to denote specific areas.
In some cases the choice of characters has led to con-
fusion. For example, on page 198 in fig. 7-10 it is
not possible to determine from the diagrammatic map
which is the low tundra with hummock area from the
patches of climax. In contrast, fig. 4-2 on page 92 is
a superb reconstruction (projected back to the year
1600) of the vegetation of the Reelfoot Lake-Marston
Missouri area.

Suffice to say that the pleasure of having this wealth
of information in one volume outweighs the disappoint-
ment in organization and reproduction of some of the
figures. — Iohn F. Dimmick, Wake Forest College.

THE GEOGRAPHY OF THE FLOWERING PLANTS
(3rd ed.). Ronald Good. Wiley. New York. 1964.
XVI + 518 pp. $13.00.

At first glance, this third edition of an outstanding
and well-known treatise on biogeography appears little
different from the two earlier editions. Several of the
chapters are quite similar, or almost identical, with
those of earlier editions, while nearly all of the half-
tone plates have been reused, as well as the majority of
the maps and other illustrations.

A closer look, however, shows at least one or two
quite important additions or changes, as well as con-
siderable revision. The up-dating of the book as a
whole is indicated by the 838 bibliographic references,
as contrasted with 629 in the 1952 (second) edition.
Many of these additions, as indicated in the preface,
are concerned with the results of investigations into
paleomagnetism and related matters, and in the general
attitude towards theories of continental movement. The
more recent work is skillfully incorporated into the
earlier text material with but little marked alteration at
many points. Also, several significant new maps and
text figures have been added, and some of the older
ones have been altered so as to incorporate the ideas
and thoughts of recent contributors.

There is one entirely new, and quite significant chap-
ter in the new edition. This is chapter 12 which deals
with “The Floras of the Southern Hemisphere.” This
chapter considers the floras of “Temperate South
America,” of “Temperate Southern Africa,” of “The
Madagascar Region” and is especially enlightening where
it is concerned with the southwest Pacific area: Aus-
tralia, New Caledonia, New Guinea, Fiji, New Zealand
and “The Five Small Floras” of Juan Fernandez, St.
Helena, Norfolk Island, Lord Howe Island and The
South Temperate Oceanic Islands. The treatment of
the southwest Pacific area is based on the author’s own
recent extensive field studies. New Guinea, only re-
cently opened to botanical explorers, is indicated as
being especially important not only in diversity of flora
but in this flora furnishing leads to determining distri-
butional problems with flowering plants. The 1,350
genera and 9,000 species of the New Guinea flora “con-
sists very predominantly of genera of wide distribution
or of Malaysian affinity” and “this Indo-Malaysian ele-
ment as it may be called, is in terms of genera eight
times and in terms of species fifty times, as large as
the Australian element. . . .” Despite the size of the
New Guinea flora there is no endemic family, and only
about 140 endemic genera with about 350 species, “but
the endemic species in total number at least 8,500.”

Chapter 20 which had been largely rewritten for the
second edition is here again revised in order to include
considerable new material and especially to consider
matters of special interest in relation to theories of
continental displacement.

As in the preceding editions. Good still adheres to
the theory of continental drift to explain the peculiarities
and important features of flowering plant distribution.
We may grant that the theory is a very convenient one
to explain such distribution. It is also evident, how-
ever, that the theory has its shortcomings, and its op-
ponents, and that it overlooks considerable evidence,
including quite a bit from the field of biology, which
would tend to favor other conclusions. — Walter S.
Flory. Wake Forest College.

THE PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF
RIBOSOMES. Mary L. Petermann. American El-
sevier Publishing Co. New York. March, 1965. XII
+ 258 pp. $10.00.

In 1958, R. B. Roberts suggested the term ribosomes
for particulate ribonucleoproteins of molecular weight
2. 7-4. 5 million, containing 40-65% RNA. This name is
now rather generally accepted for these RNA-containing
cell fractions which have also been designated as “ribo-
nucleoprotein particles”, "RNP”, “microsomal particles”,
"macromolecular nucleoproteins”, etc., as well as given
numerous names by electron microscopists such as
“small particulate components”, “opaque particles”,
“I50A granules", “Palade particles”, etc.

This small volume, with only 221 text pages, covers

Vol. 12, No. 4, October 1965

93

the history, occurrence, separation and purification, cri-
teria of purity, chemical composition, and physical prop-
erties of ribosomes in separate concise chapters. Addi-
tional chapters deal with magnesium binding: the nature
of the bonds holding RNA and protein together; the
binding of other substances to the ribosomal core; and
the binding of transfer RNA, messenger RNA and
polysomes.

A bibliography of 796 references was included with
the text as first completed in September, 1963. Clear
cut summaries as to the nature of these references are
given in the text. A 14-page Addendum to the book
was prepared in May, 1964, adding material and refer-
ences to six of the original chapters. The bibliography
for the Addendum contains an additional I 86 references
which had appeared in the eight-month interval — giving
an idea of the activity and interest in the ribosome field.

The mass of published work with ribosomes is here
condensed with clarity. The book would seem an es-
sential for those in, or those entering, the field, and it

furnishes an excellent condensed account for those work-
ing in border line cases. — Walter S. Flory, Wake
Forest College.

COMPREHENSIVE BIOCHEMISTRY. Vol. 6: Lipids
— Amino Acids and Related Compounds. Ed. by M.
Florkin and E. H. Stotz. American Elsevier Publishing
Company, Inc. N. Y. 323 p. 1965. $17.00.

Volume six is part of section II of the series which

deals with the Chemistry of Biological Compounds —
this volume being devoted to the lipids and amino acids
essentially. Like the other volumes in the series, each
chapter is written by a specialist! s) which gives the
volume an authoritative flavor, but as typical with such
multiauthored works it is very encyclopedic. This vol-
ume is divided into two parts: part A dealing with Fatty
Acids, Long-Chain Alcohols and Waxes; Neutral Fats
and Oils; and Phosopholipids and Glycolipids; part B
including General Chemistry of the Amino Acids; Nitro-
genous Bases; Melanins; Peptides: Synthetic Methods
and Applications; Capsular Polypeptide: and Syntheses
of Bacterial Glutamyl Polypeptides. Chapters I, III,
and IV (on Fatty Acids, Phosopholipids. and Amino
Acids respectively) comprise over one half of the book.

The two major criticisms are the inclusion of several
short, less basic, and seemingly overspecialized chap-
ters; and the omission of titles from the bibliographies.
The practice of omitting titles from citations, in the
judgement of this reviewer, is not consistent with the
premise of producing a helpful reference work, for this
is a decided handicap to the student trying to find ap-
propriate papers. Inclusion of titles would probably not

increase the length of the bibliographies more than fifty
per cent.

Although this volume is mostly organic chemistry it
is highly informative especially for the biochemically
oriented physiologist. The book presumes a theoretical
knowledge of organic and biochemistry. However, any-
body vitally interested in such a rigorous treatment of
biochemical topics would want to acquire the entire
series, as any one volume is incomplete in itself and
consequently of limited usefulness. But the price is
almost prohibitive for an individual. - — Ralph D. Amen,
Wake Forest College.

HUMAN GENETICS. Victor A. McKusich. 1964.
148 pp. Foundations of Modern Genetics Series. Pren-
tice-Hall.

The study of human genetics, while always interesting,
has reached the level of a distinct discipline, if one may
judge by the number of texts and smaller books on this
subject that have appeared in recent years. This is a
smaller book. However, the author must have intended
to do more and has included too many aspects of gene-
tics within its 148 pages. Consequently, some topics are
so condensed as to be more confusing than enlightening.
Particularly, the later chapters concerned with evolution,
race, disease, and society. The first chapters proceed
rather well, but the later chapters introduce topics
abruptly, and continuity of discussion is lost.

While some sections and chapters, especially Chapter
2, The Chromosomes of Man, and Chapter 6, Genes In
Families and In Populations, are interesting and in-
formative, other sections are not. Those dealing with
non-disjunction and translocations are confusing, if not
in error. The statement on page 44 “Whereas seg-
regation is the behavior of genes at the same locus
(alleles), independent assortment is the behavior of
genes at separate loci (non-alleles)” is startling. What
does it mean? Figure 3.10, which illustrates the mean-
ing of this concept, adds to the dilemma, the results of
segregation and assortment both in coupling, and in
repulsion are the same. Perhaps Mendel's laws have
not been changed after all. A final comment concern-
ing the statement on page 130 "The mutant gene should
be viewed as an etiological agent in disease, comparable
to a bacterium or a virus.” While one may consider
hereditary abnormalities a "disease” and genes in many
respects are comparable to a virus, by no stretch of
imagination can a gene be considered a bacterium.

In summary, "Human Genetics” does not meet the
announced purposes of this series and is not recom-
mended.— M. L. Stiff, University of Southwestern
Louisiana.

94

ASB Bulletin

Your Zip Code, Please . .

If your zip code number does not appear on the ad-
dress used to mail this issue of the ASB Bulletin, please
send it to us promptly. The day is not long oft when
the Post Office will not accept 2nd or 3rd class mailings
that do not include zip code numbers — and before that

time all ASB address stencils must be re-made, at con-
siderable cost, in order to comply with this directive.
Please help us by returning the label to us with your
zip code included. Betty Ursomarso, Asst. Editor,
Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103

The AAAS Berkeley Meeting

DECEMBER 26=31, 1965

THE 132nd MEETING of the American As-
sociation for the Advancement of Science will in-
clude sessions of 20 AAAS sections and of some
90 participating organizations. Programs of par-
ticular interest to biologists are:

Special and General Sessions

I. AAAS Committee on Science in the Promotion of
Human Welfare: Two-session symposium “The
Physiological Control of Conception and Its Im-
plications.” Speakers: Gregory Pincus, Stephen
Plank, Martin Loeb, George Pollock, Rhoda
Metraux, and Rene Duobs; Walter Modell, chair-
man; (Dec. 26)

II. Moving Frontiers of Science lecture by F. Clark
Howell on “Significant Advances in Human Evolu-
tionary Studies.” (Dec. 26 eve.)

III. Two-session AAAS interdisciplinary symposium I:
"Behavior, Brain, and Biochemistry,” jointly spon-
sored by Section I-Psychology and the Western
Psychological Association; arranged by David
Krech (Dec. 27, 28 morns.). Parts and speakers
are:

A. Behavior, Brain, and RNA — David Krech,
Bernard W. Agranoff et. al„ Henry R. Mah-
ler and Walter J. Moore, Joseph Altman,
Stanley Batkin, J. Zemp et. al., N. Plotnikoff
et. al., Lewis Petrinovich and Edward M.
Eisenstein, Benson E. Ginsburg, V. J. Poli-
dora, and Eugene Roberts.

B. Behavior, Brain Anatomy, ACh, and Other
Chemical Mediators — Thomas H. Roderick
et. al., Paul D. Coleman, Guy M. Everett,
E. Geiler et. al., Gordon T. Pryor and Leon
S. Otis, Peter L. Carlton, J. Anthony Deutsch,

Edward L. Bennett et. al., and Mark R.

Rosenzweig.

IV. Two-session AAAS interdisciplinary symposium II:
“Recent Advances in Nucleic Acid and Protein
Chemistry,” arranged by Wendell M. Stanley et.
al. Speakers are: R. D. Cole and Charles A.
Dekker, chairmen, George Stark, Daniel Kosh-
land, Ignacio Tinoco, Jr., Philip Hanawalt (Dec.
27 aft.); and Wendell M. Stanley, chairman, David
Hogness, John Gerhart, Hugh Fudenberg, Allan
Wilson (Dec. 28 morn.).

V. AAAS Distinguished Lecture, "Genetics and Cul-
tural Change,” by George W. Beadle (Dec. 27
eve. ) .

VI. Two-session interdisciplinary symposium, “Ma-
terials Science in Dentistry, Medicine, and Phar-
macy,” jointly sponsored by the AAAS sections
named in the title, arranged by Col. Peter M.
Margetis and John Autian (Dec. 28. 29 morns.).

VII. Seven-session symposium, “Ground Level Clima-
tology,” arranged by Robert H. Shaw for Section
O-Agriculture. Among the cosponsors are the
AAAS sections on Physics (B); Geology and
Geography (E); Zoological Sciences (F); and
Botanical Sciences (G); the American Meteoro-
logical Society; and the Society of American For-
esters, Northern California Section. Note: Parts
I and II (Dec. 27) are of particular interest to
foresters, Part III (Dec. 28 morn.) has AAAS
interdisciplinary symposium status, and Parts IV-
VII (Dec. 29 and 30) are of particular interest
to plant and animal ecologists and agriculturists,
respectively.

VIII. Moving Frontiers of Science lecture by Jerome Y.
Lettvin (Dec. 28 aft.), on "Physiological Basis of
Mental Activity.”

IX. AAAS Retiring Presidential Address by Laurence
M. Gould on “Antarctica.”

Vol. 12, No. 4, October 1965

95

X. Joint address of the Society of the Sigma Xi and
United Chapters of Phi Beta Kappa by J. Bro-
nowski, Deputy Director, Salk Institute for Bio-
logical Studies.

Sectional Programs

AAAS Section on Chemistry. Symposium, “Nonprotein
Neurotoxins,” arranged by Harry S. Mosher (Dec. 27
morn.); two-session symposium on Energy Transfer,
arranged by George C. Pimentel and H. W. Brown
(Dec. 29).

AAAS Section on Zoological Sciences. Five-session
symposium, "Molecular Mechanisms of Temperature
Adaptation,” (Dec. 27, 29), arranged by C. Ladd
Prosser, who will give his Vice Presidential address,
"Physical Factors in Speciation,” following the Zool-
ogists' Dinner, Dec. 29.

AAAS Section on Botanical Sciences. Two-session sym-
posium. “Plant Biology Today: Advances and Chal-
lenges,” a continuation of the review papers on basic
topics found so helpful by teachers, cosponsored by
the Botanical Society of America and by the BSA
Pacific Section. Also sessions for contributed papers
and a Botanists’ Luncheon at which Ira L. Wiggins
will give the Vice Presidential address, Dec. 30.

AAAS Section on Medical Sciences. Five-session sym-
posium, “Mode of Action of Steroid Hormones,” ar-
ranged by Henry Lardy (Dec. 29, 30). A. Baird
Hastings will give the Vice Presidential address for
Section N (Dec. 29 aft.). The section will also have
a panel on Genetic Coding (Dec. 29 eve.) with Mar-
shall Nirenberg and Gobind Khorana as speakers and
I. R. Lehman as moderator.

AAAS Section on Pharmaceutical Sciences. Sessions for
short papers and cosponsorship of symposia, also a
distinguished lecture by Bernard B. Brodie, "Bio-
chemical Aspects of Mental Disease.”

AAAS Section on Statistics. Among the many sessions
of the Section and of the Fifth Berkeley Symposium
on Mathematical Statistics and Probability, there will
be a number in biological areas.

Societal Programs

American Association of Bioanalvsts. Sessions for papers,
Dec. 29.

American Fisheries Society. Symposium on Sacramento-
San Joaquin Estuary arranged by Harold K. Chad-
wick.

American Physiological Society. Symposium, “Oogene-
sis and Early Embryonic Development.” arranged by
Ray M. Iverson and Robert E. Smith. Dec. 28 aft.
Speakers: Frank Moyer, R. G. Kessel. Kirby D.
Smith. J. S. Clegg.

American Society for Microbiology, N. California Hawai-
ian Branch. Sessions for papers, Dec. 29.

American Society of Naturalists. Two-session sym-
posium, “A Survey of Past Changes in the Biological

Environment,” arranged by Carl L. Hubbs, presi-
dential address of Bentley Glass and business meeting,
Dec. 27.

American Society of Zoologists. Among the 40-plus
sessions, are multi session symposia on "Hypothalmic
Control of the Anterior Pituitary” (Dec. 27), “Neuro-
secretion of Invertebrates" (Dec. 28-30), “Problems in
Invertebrate Embryology" (Dec. 29 and 30), “Pitui-
tary Gland: Comparative Aspects" (Dec. 30), and
"The Vertebrate Ear” (Dec. 30). There will be 25
sessions for developmental biology, invertebrate zool-
ogy, endocrinology, comparative physiology, and verte-
brate morphology.

Animal Behavior Society. Two-session symposium, “Ex-
perimental Analysis of Aggression” arranged by Roger
E. Ulrich and an Animal Behaviorists' luncheon, Dec.
27; seven sessions for contributed papers on animal be-
havior and a business meeting are planned for Dec.
28-30.

Ecological Society of America. Sessions for contributed
papers in animal, aquatic, and plant ecology, Dec.

26- 28; symposia on “Primary Productivity and Mineral
Cycling in Natural Ecosystems” and "Population and
Community," Dec. 27, "Bioenergetics Diversity and
Abundance in Natural Communities,” Dec. 28; ses-
sions for invited papers.

Flerpetologists’ League. Four sessions for contributed
papers and business meetings, Dec. 29-30.

Mountain Lake Biological Station. Annual breakfast of
former staff, students, and researchers, attending the
Berkeley meeting, Dec. 29.

National Association of Biology Teachers. Annual meet-
ing, Dec. 27-30, will include participation in joint
sessions of the science teaching societies, Dec. 27;
four society sessions, the NABT Luncheon Dec. 29,
and a joint field trip with ANSS, Dec. 30.

Society for Experimental Biology & Medicine, Pacific
Coast Section. Sessions for papers, Dec. 27, 28.

Society of Systematic Zoology. Sessions for papers, Dec.

27- 29, business sessions, maintenance of the SSZ Book
Lounge and the annual coffee hour.

Western Society of Naturalists. Two-session symposium.
“Bays and Marshes: A Unique Environment,” Dec.
27; two-session symposium, “Polar Lore Since Fifty-
four,” jointly with the Arctic Institute of North
America, Dec. 29; four sessions for contributed papers
and a business meeting, Dec. 30.

The Biologists’ Smoker, sponsored by AAAS Sections F
and G and all the biological societies will be 9:30-
11:00 Dec. 27 eve. in the Hearst Gymnasium.

The AAAS Exposition of Science and Industry and the
AAAS Science Theatre, with recent foreign and do-
mestic films, both in the Student Center, will be promi-
nent features of the meeting. Coupons for sleeping
accommodations and advance registration will be
found in SCIENCE at frequent intervals, beginning
July 23.

96

ASB Bulletin

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

Erratum. — In Volume 12, No. 3, page 74, we stated
that Dr. John Freeman had been appointed head of the
Biology Department of the University of Florida, and
that Charlotte C. Freeman, Betty Powell Lackey, R.
Gary Litchford, and N. Gene Vredeveld had also joined
the department. This should have read University of
Chattanooga, not University of Florida, and we apologize
for any inconvenience or confusion that this mistake
may have caused. — Ed.

Richard T. Hanlin and E. S. Luttrell, Dept, of Plant
Pathology, Georgia Experiment Station, have received a
contract from the U.S.D.A. to establish a Central My-
cology Laboratory for the identification and taxonomic
study of fungi isolated from peanuts in the Southeast
and Southwest.

G. Thomas Riggin, Jr. worked on marine tardigrades
at the College of Charleston Marine Laboratory this
past summer with the aid of a grant from the Board of
College Education, Lutheran Church of America.

A. H. O’Bier has recently joined the Biology Depart-
ment of Newberry College as Associate Professor.

Elisabeth M. Tripp, Greenville Senior High School,
Greenville, S. C., recently received the 1965 Outstanding
Biology Teacher Award of Region V. Mrs. Tripp helped
organize the South Carolina Association of Biology
Teachers, and is currently serving on the South Caro-
lina Textbook and Evaluating Committee, and is Vice-
President of the Greenville County Teachers Association.

Robert P. Higgins, Wake Forest College, received a
NASA grant of $32,000 to be shared with Harold
Morowitz, Yale University, for the development of
techniques for use on rotifers, nematodes, and tardi-
grades in behavioral experiments, and the desiccation
of appropriate species for extraterrestrial experiments.

Robert P. Higgins, Wake Forest College, is president
of the newly established Wake Forest College Chapter
of the Society of the Sigma Xi, and has been appointed
an Associate Editor of the Transactions of the American
Microscopical Society.

Robert Cowgil, Wake Forest College, Boman Gray
School of Medicine, has been elected Vice-president of
the Wake Forest College Chapter of the Society of the
Sigma Xi.

Frank McCormick, Assistant Professor of Botany, Uni-
versity of North Carolina, received a U.S. Atomic En-
ergy Commission research contract totaling $53,623 to

conduct research in radiation ecology. During the pre-
vious year funds were used to acquire the necessary in-
strumentation and facilities which are currently being
used by graduate students and a postdoctoral associate.
Studies of the effects of ionizing radiation upon plant
species, populations, and ecosystems are being conducted
in cooperation with the Savannah River Ecology Labo-
ratory operated by the University of Georgia.

Robert Rinaldi, Department of Zoology and Ento-
mology, University of Tennessee, is project leader on an
AEC research contract recently extended to July 31,
1966, by the AEC’s Oak Ridge Operations.

Joseph B. Harris has accepted a position as Associate
Professor, Department of Biology, Wisconsin State Uni-
versity, Stevens Point, Wisconsin.

Lyle W. Phillips has been appointed Director of the
Division of Undergraduate Education in Science at the
National Science Foundation. He succeeds Dr. Leland
Shanor, who is going to the University of Florida to ac-
cept a position as Head of the Department of Botany.

John A. Freeman, Biology Department, Winthrop Col-
lege, participated in the Materials Identification Pro-
gram (MIDPRO) sponsored by the Commission on Un-
dergraduate Education in the Biological Sciences at
Dartmouth College during June and July.

Loren D. Carlson, Chairman of the Department of
Physiology and Biophysics, University of Kentucky, will
also serve as Chairman of the Department of Zoology
beginning 1 July 1965.

Eugene C. Crawford, Jr., and Edwin Dale have been
appointed Assistant Professors in the Department of
Zoology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, beginning
September, 1965.

Robert A. Kuehne, Department of Zoology, University
of Kentucky, Lexington, has been awarded an NSF
postdoctoral fellowship to study for a year at the Fresh-
water Biological Association’s Windermere Station,
Ambleside, England, beginning in September, 1965. He
will work closely with the Deputy Director of the Sta-
tion, Dr. T. T. Macan.

Theodore R. F. Wright, formerly of the faculty of the
Johns Hopkins University, has been appointed Associate
Professor at the University of Virginia. Dr. Wright’s
research interests lie in the field of developmental gen-
etics.

NIH postdoctoral fellows at the University of Vir-
ginia are: Francis M. Butterworth, Averett S. Tombes,

Vol. 12, No. 4, October 1965

97

Saralee VanHorn, and Michael Berridge. Departmental
postdoctoral fellows are: A. Clive Crossley, Brij Gupta,
and Heinz-YVemer Kuthe, Professor Tadao Sata is cur-
rently a Visiting Scholar.

Jackie Batson recently completed the requirements for
the Ph.D. in Biological Sciences at the University of
Kentucky. He has accepted a teaching position at Delta
State College in Cleveland, Mississippi.

Arthur W. Cooper, Department of Botany, North
Carolina State University, has received a grant to study
primary productivity in North Carolina salt marshes.
The work will involve mapping of vegetation types from
colored aerial photographs and ground studies of plant
productivity.

Eugene H. Schmitz is now Assistant Professor of Zool-
ogy at the University of Arkansas.

John R. Ply male, Howard College, received a one-
year leave to study parasites of the Antarctic.

Tommy E. Denton has been appointed Assistant Pro-
fessor of Biology at Howard College.

J. F. Landt has joined tire staff of the Biology De-
partment at the Oxford College of Emory University as
Associate Professor. He was formerly head of the Bi-
ology Department at the University of Alabama Center
in Birmingham.

H. Branch Howe, Jr., University of Georgia, received
the M. G. Michael Award for 1965. The award is given
annually to some member of the Liberal Arts faculty
for the purpose of stimulating and promoting research.

Thomas C. Barr, Department of Zoology, University
of Kentucky, Lexington, has been elected President of
the National Speleological Society, 1965-66.

Ruth S. Breen, Professor of Botany, Department of
Biological Science, Florida State University, retired as
Professor Emerita on June 30, 1965. She will serve as
Consultant in the Department, continuing research in
the field of Bryology, directing graduate student pro-
grams, etc.

David L. Mulcahv, University of Georgia, has re-
ceived a National Science Foundation grant of $14,000
to study the population structure of Silene alba.

Coleman J. Goin, Professor of Biological Sciences at
the University of Florida, will assume office as Presi-
dent of the American Society of Ichthyologists and
Herpetologists on January 1, 1966.

Norman E. Kowal, formerly on the faculty of the
University of the Philippines, has been appointed As-
sistant Professor of Biology at Clark College, Atlanta,
Georgia.

John D. Withers, Clark College, Atlanta, Georgia, re-
ceived $1,303 from the Atlanta University Center Re-
search Fund for studies on roach hemacytes.

Bruce L. Welch and Annemarie S. Welch, College of
William and Mary, have received the following grants:
Department of the Army, “Neuroendocrine Adaptation
to Different Environmental Conditions,” $19,920; Air
Force Office of Scientific Research, “Social Environ-

ment and Neuroendocrine Adaptation,” $57,000; and
the National Institute of Mental Health, “Stressors and
Foetal and Neonate Catecholamine Metabolism,” $4,200.
The work is being carried out at the Laboratory of
Population Ecology within the Department of Biology
at the College.

Paul J. Osborne, Professor of Biology, Lynchburg Col-
lege, Lynchburg, Virginia, is bringing a three-year NSF
research grant to a close September 1. This has been
a study on the lysosomal patterns as revealed by acid
phosphatase activity under varying conditions, including
both phylogenetic and ontogenetic approaches. Dr. Os-
borne has recently assumed duties as departmental chair-
man.

Charles E. Miller, formerly at the University of Maine,
has accepted a position in the Department of Botany,
Ohio University, Athens, effective September 1, 1965.

Helen M. Churchill, Associate Professor of Biology at
Hollins College, Virginia, was on leave during the 1964-
65 session. Her trip around the world included attend-
ance at the First International Congress of Parasitology
in Rome, September 21-26, and three-and-a-half months
working in the laboratory of Dr. Carmen C. Velazquez,
Zoology Department, University of the Philippines.

Victor A. Greulach resumed his duties as Professor of
Botany and Chairman of the Department of Botany at
the University of North Carolina in Chapel Hill on
September 1, following a 15 month leave of absence to
serve as the first Executive Director of the Commission
on Undergraduate Education in the Biological Sciences
(CUEBS).

Leslie L. Ellis, Professor of Zoology, Mississippi State
University, has been elected Chairman of the Biology
Section of the Mississippi Academy of Sciences for the
coming year. Dr. Ellis has also been appointed to
serve on the NSF panel evaluating proposals in the
College Teachers Research Participation program.

The Department of Zoology, Louisiana State Univer-
sity, has recently added to its staff the following indi-
viduals: Wilbur L. French, Genetics. Dr. French
earned the doctorate at the University of Illinois, and
has just completed three years of postdoctoral studies
supported by the National Science Foundation. The
first of the three years was spent at the University of
Illinois, the second at the University of California, and
the third in Mainz, Germany. He is interested in mos-
quito genetics. Katherine A. Benson, Physiology. Dr.
Benson earned her B.S. degree at the College of William
and Mary and her doctorate at the University of Vir-
ginia. Her research interests relate to developmental
physiology. Don G. Benson, Jr., Embryology. Dr. Ben-
son received his undergraduate degree at the Tulane
University and his doctorate from the University of Vir-
ginia. He is primarily interested in developmental zool-
ogy. Kenneth C. Corkurn, Parasitology. Dr. Corkum
received his B.S. degree from Aurora College and the
M.S. and Ph.D. from Louisiana State University. He

98

ASB Bulletin

has recently completed two years of post doctoral stud-
ies at Tulane University with Dr. Paul C. Beaver. His
research dealt with sparganosis in Louisiana. He would
like to receive and/or exchange specimens. In par-
ticular, he would like to have information on larval in-
fections in man, and would like to obtain adult speci-
mens.

Rudolph Prins has been appointed Assistant Professor
in the Department of Entomology and Zoology at Clem-
son University. He received his Ph.D. at the University
of Louisville in June. William K. Willard has been ap-
pointed Assistant Professor in the Department of Ento-
mology and Zoology also. He received his Ph.D. at
the University of Tennessee in June.

Patricia Sarvella (formerly at Mississippi State Uni-
versity) has accepted a position as a Geneticist with
Poultry Genetic Investigations, USDA, at Beltsville,
Maryland.

C. O. Grogan, Mississippi State University and USDA,
received $10,000 from the U.S. Department of Agri-
culture to install facilities for improving climate control
in corn research.

A new appointment to the staff of the Department of
Biology, West Virginia University, is Dr. Gideon N.
Louw, formerly of the University of Pretoria, in South
Africa.

Carolyn H. Hampton has been appointed Assistant
Professor of Biology at Longwood Gollege, beginning
with the 1965-66 session. Mrs. Hampton is a native of
North Carolina, and received the B.S. degree from
Appalachian State Teachers College and the M.S. and
Ph.D. degrees from the University of Tennessee. Be-
fore coming to Longwood she was a member of the
faculty at Charlotte College, Charlotte, North Carolina
from 1963 to 1965.

B. Theodore Cole, Head, Department of Biology,
University of South Carolina, received a travel grant
from the National Research Council, National Academy
of Science, which permitted him to present a research
paper at the XIII International Congress of Physio-
logical Sciences, Tokyo, Japan, September 1-9, 1965.

Arnold Grobman, formerly at the University of Flor-
ida, and more recently Director of the Biological Sci-
ences Curriculum Study at the University of Colorado,
became Dean of the College of Arts & Sciences at Rut-
gers University on September 1.

John R. Paul has been appointed Assistant Professor
of Biological Science at the University of South Florida
and Henry C. Tipton has also received the same ap-
pointment.

Georgette Campbell has joined the faculty of Mere-
dith College, Raleigh, North Carolina, as Instructor in
Biology. Mrs. Campbell comes from Chowan College,
Murfreesboro, North Carolina, where she has been on
the faculty for two years. Mrs. Campbell was a par-
ticipant in a NSF Summer Institute held at the Uni-
versity of North Carolina at Greensboro during the past
summer.

David J. Cotter, Alabama College, received a grant of
$1,200 from the Atomic Energy Commission to initiate
a study of the effects of radiation on hardwood species
at the Institute of Radiation Ecology, University of
Georgia, Savannah River Plant.

Denzel E. Ferguson, Professor of Zoology, Mississippi
State University, has been awarded a grant of $36,400.00
by the Psychobiology Section of NSF. The two-year
project entitled “Ontogenetic and phylogenetic aspects
of sun-compass orientation in certain amphibians” is a
continuation of research presently supported by NSF.
Two Ph.D. candidates are to be supported by the grant.
Dr. Hobart F. Landreth will join Dr. Ferguson as an
Assistant Investigator in June, 1966.

Louis R. Hundley was appointed Acting Head of the
Department of Biology at Virginia Military Institute last
February, and is now Professor of Biology.

A research contract with the University of Tennessee,
Knoxville, Tennessee, in the Department of Zoology &
Entomology, Dr. Arthur W. Jones, principal investigator,
has been extended for an additional year by the Oak
Ridge Operations of the U.S. AEC. The subject of Dr.
Jones’ investigation is a survey of the effects of radia-
tion on host-parasite relations.

Fred J. Grundbacher has joined the faculty of the
Department of Biology and Genetics, Medical College
of Virginia, as Assistant Professor. Dr. Grundbacher
received his Ph.D. degree from the University of Cali-
fornia, Davis, and has recently completed a Post-doc-
toral fellowship in the Department of Human Genetics
at the University of Michigan. His major interest is
in the genetics of human antigens.

J. Ives Townsend, Medical College of Virginia, has
received a research grant of $20,956 from NIH for a
two-year study of gene flow in two sibling species of
Drosophila.

Kenneth L. Webb, formerly Assistant Professor of
Botany and Research Associate at the Marine Institute
of the University of Georgia at Saplo Island, Georgia,
has been added to the staff of the Virginia Institute of
Marine Science where he will pursue research in envi-
ronmental physiology.

William G. MacIntyre, a recent graduate of Dalhousie
University, Halifax, Nova Scotia, became a member of
the staff of the Virginia Institute of Marine Science in
September. His fields of interest are chemical and
physiological oceanography.

W. L. Mengebier, Head, Department of Biology,
Madison College, Harrisonburg, Virginia, was a par-
ticipant in the Research Participation for College Teach-
ers program at the Virginia Institute of Marine Science
during the summer of 1965 and has been studying the
enzymes levels of normal and diseased oysters, hoping
thereby to develop this procedure into diagnostic in-
terpretation of the condition of oysters. He has been
awarded an Academic Year Extension by the National
Science Foundation to continue this study in his labo-
ratories at Madison College.

Vol. 12, No. 4, October 1965

99

Institutions and Organizations

The Department of Biology, Millsaps College, Jack-
son, Mississippi, has been awarded a grant of $7,000.00
by NSF in support of an undergraduate research par-
ticipation program. Twelve students and four faculty
under the general direction of Assistant Professor Ron-
dal Bell will investigate the feasibility of using the
mouse, Peromyxcus, as an experimental animal in stud-
ies of the disease polyarteritis nodosa. Other faculty
besides Dr. Bell, participating are J. C. Perry, T. Cochis,
and J. Bagwell.

Cape Haze Marine Laboratory and Riverview High
School, Sarasota, Florida, conducted their fourth sum-
mer program for high ability secondary students and
Biology teachers, from June 11 to August 6th, 1965.
The students represented ten states, and many remained
after the session to work on selected research problems.
The major instructor and research director was William
Tavolga, American Museum of Natural History, and the
annual program was supported by the National Science
Foundation. In addition to the Cape Haze Laboratory,
the students used two marine laboratories operated by
the Sarasota Board of Public Instruction. Director was
John D. Woolever, Science Supervisor of Sarasota
County, Fla.

At the annual meeting of the Botanical Society of
America at Urbana, Illinois, on August 16, 1965, Har-
old C. Bold, Professor of Botany and Chairman of the
Department at The University of Texas, was elected
President of the Botanical Society of America for 1966.
Dr. Bold has been serving as Vice-President during
1965, was Secretary from 1955 to 1958, and Editor-in-
Chief of the American Journal of Botany from 1958 to

1965. Professor Ralph Emerson, Department of Botany,
University of California, was elected Vice-President for

1966.

At the same meeting, Professors R. E. Alston and
B. L. Turner of the Department of Botany, University
of Texas, also received the New York Botanical Garden
Award for their work in “Biochemical Systematics,” and
Dr. Bold received a “Certificate of Merit” from the
Botanical Society of America.

A model of the James River from Richmond to the
sea has been completed by the Army Engineers in
Vicksburg, Mississippi, from data supplied by the Vir-
ginia Institute of Marine Science and compiled by Dr.
Maynard M. Nichols, head of the Physical and Geo-
logical Oceanography Department, and scientists in the
Department. The model includes a portion of the At-
lantic Ocean and lower Chesapeake and all of the tidal
James. In addition to shedding light on the effect of
deepening the James River Channel from Hampton
Roads to Richmond on the production of seed oysters,
the model is expected to be useful in studying erosion
control, current effects and pollution problems.

A Water Resources Institute has been established at
Clemson University. Those from the Entomology and
Zoology Dept, associated with the institute are Drs.
John Reed, Rudolph Prins, and Lamar Priester.

University of North Carolina

The Department of Zoology at the University of
North Carolina has just completed a new $1.6 million
addition (60,000 sq. ft.) to its present building which
will more than double its existing space.

In addition the following two new staff members re-
ceived appointments at the rank of Assistant Professor
beginning September, 1965. John C. Lucchesi received
his A.B. at LaCrange College in 1955, and his M.A. at
the University of Georgia in 1958. Since 1963, Dr.
Lucchesi has been a Post-Doctoral Fellow in the labo-
ratory of Professor E. Novitsk at the University of
Oregon. Darrel W. Stafford received the A.B. degree
at Southwest Missouri State College in 1959. His doc-
toral research was carried out at the University of Miami
under the direction of Dr. Ray Iverson. Since receiving
the doctorate in 1964, Dr. Stafford has been a Post-
Doctoral Fellow with Dr. Harry Eagle at the Albert
Einstein Institute of Medical Research.

Richard B. Terry joined the staff as Instructor in Sep-
tember 1965. He received the B.S. degree from the
University of Idaho in 1961, and completed his Ph.D.
work with Dr. Frank Moyer at the University of Illinois
in 1965.

Howard T. Odum will join the staff of the Depart-
ment of Zoology at the rank of Full Professor beginning
September, 1966. He will also hold joint appointments
with tile departments of Botany and Environmental Sci-
ence and Engineering (School of Public Health). Dr.
Odum is a native of Chapel Hill and received the A.B.
in zoology in this department in 1947. He received his
doctoral training with Professor G. E. Hutchinson and
obtained the Ph.D. at Yale in 1951. He has held aca-
demic appointments at the University of Florida, Duke
University, and the University of Texas. He will par-
ticipate in both undergraduate and graduate instruction.

Two National Science Foundation grants totaling
$72,500 have been awarded to University of North
Carolina Zoology department members.

A $25,000 grant in support of research entitled
“Physiological Mechanisms in the Control of Histolysis
During Insect Development” will be directed by Don-
ald W. Misch, assistant professor.

The $47,500 grant will be under the direction of Dr.
Misch and Irvine R. Hagadorn, and is to finance the
purchase of an electron microscope. Dr. Misch will
use the microscope for his study of changes in the fine
structure of cells of the flesh-fly during growth and
metamorphosis. Dr. Hagadorn’s work involves the fine
structure of the nervous systems in the leech and in
mosquitoes with particular emphasis on special hor-
mones secreted by certain cells.

100

ASB Bulletin

Volume 13, Number 1

January, 1966

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Men-
zel, Dept, of Biological Sciences, Florida
State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla. Subscrip-
tion orders from libraries and other insti-
tutions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. John Carpenter, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington,
Kentucky. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Fulton
Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

MARGARET Y. MENZEL
Associate Editor

BETTY PEDDICORD, Assistant Editor
JOHN CARPENTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Retiring President — William D. Bur-
banck, Emory University
President Elect — Elsie Quarterman, Van-
derbilt University

Vice-President — B. Theodore Cole, Uni-
versity of South Carolina
Secretary — Margaret Y. Menzel, Florida
State University

Treasurer — John Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Executive Committee — Wilbur H. Dun-
can, University of Georgia; G. M.
Jeffrey, National Institutes of Health;
David James Cotter, Alabama Col-
lege; Chauncey G. Goodchild, Emory
University; Frederick T. Wolf, Van-
derbilt University; Julian T. Darling-
ton, Southwestern at Memphis; Rob-
ert B. Short, Florida State Uni-
versity. All officers are ex officio
members of the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — W. W. Miller, III, Howard
College

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — position vacant
Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University
Maryland — position vacant
Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University
North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Furman Univ.

Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Affiliate

Southern Section of the American
Society of Plant Physiologists

Volume 13, Number 1 - January 1966

CONTENTS

Association Affairs 2

Biology and a Liberal Education. — by

E. Ruffin Jones 3

About the Raleigh Meeting 10

Constitution and By-Laws of the Association of

Southeastern Biologists 15

News of Biology in the Southeast 19

Opinions expressed in signed articles in this magazine do not necessarily reflect the
views or policies of the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Inc., or of its officers.

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

Many of you are probably wondering why I have been making
such a fuss over the Zip Code business, and yet comparatively
few of them have appeared on the address labels. The reason is
simple, but not so evident on the surface. It is that all labels
must bear the Zip Codes by 1 January 1967, but the cost to the
ASB will be less if as many as possible are added at the same
time. So if you have sent in your number and it has not yet ap-
peared on the label, don’t panic. I have it in my files and, hope-
fully, most of them can be added to the list by summer. If you
haven't sent it in, please do. — C.W.H.

(Continued on page 14)

2

ASB Bulletin

BIOLOGY AND A LIBERAL EDUCATION

E. RUFFIN JONES
UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA

A very large percentage of us who are members
of ASB are on the faculties of Colleges of
Liberal Arts or of Arts and Sciences. These col-
leges constitute a part of a university system, or
they may be independent four-year colleges. What
are the aims of a university or, more particularly,
of a College of Arts and Sciences?

Recently while reading a series of essays by
Alfred North Whitehead on “The Aims of Ed-
ucation” 1 was much impressed by some of his
ideas on this subject. For example: “The spirit
of generalization should dominate a University.
. . . Whatever be the detail with which you cram
your student, the chance of his meeting in after-
life exactly that detail is almost infinitesimal; and
if he does meet it, he will probably have forgot-
ten what you taught him about it. The really
useful training yields a comprehension of a few
general principles with a thorough grounding in
the way they apply to a variety of concrete de-
tails. In subsequent practice the men will have
forgotten your particular details; but they will re-
member by an unconscious common sense how
to apply principles to immediate circumstances.
Your learning is useless to you till you have lost
your text-books, burnt your lecture notes, and
forgotten the minutiae which you learnt by heart
for the examination. What, in the way of detail,
you continually require will stick in your memory
as obvious facts like the sun and moon; and what
you casually require can be looked up in any
work of reference.”

Address of the retiring ASB president at the 1965
meeting in Charlottesville, Va.

In another essay he states: “The importance of
knowledge lies in its use, in our active mastery of
it — that is to say, it lies in wisdom. It is a con-
vention to speak of mere knowledge, apart from
wisdom, as of itself imparting a peculiar dignity
to its possessor. I do not share in this reverence
for knowledge as such.”

“The universities are schools of education, and
schools of research. But the primary reason for
their existence is not to be found either in the
mere knowledge conveyed to the students or in
the mere opportunities for research afforded to
the members of the faculty.

Both these functions could be performed at a
cheaper rate, apart from these very expensive in-
stitutions. Books are cheap, and the system of
apprenticeship is well understood. So far as the
mere imparting of information is concerned, no
university has had any justification for existence
since the popularisation of printing in the fifteenth
century. . . .

The justification for a university is that it pre-
serves the connection between knowledge and the
zest of life, by uniting the young and the old in
the imaginative consideration of learning. The
university imparts information, but it imparts it
imaginatively. ... A university which fails in
this respect has no reason for existence. This
atmosphere of excitement, arising from imagina-
tive consideration, transforms knowledge. A fact
is no longer a bare fact: it is invested with all its
possibilities. . . .

Imagination is not to be divorced from the
facts: it is a way of illuminating the facts. It
works by eliciting the general principles which

Vol. 13, No. 1, January 1966

3

apply to the facts, as they exist, and they by an
intellectual survey of alternative possibilities which
are consistent with those principles . .

Where does the College of Liberal Arts or Arts
and Sciences fit into this picture? At the Uni-
versity of Florida we feel that the two most im-
portant objectives of our College of Arts and
Sciences are:

1 . To attempt to give our students a liberal ed-
ucation, and

2. To attempt to give them good sound pre-
professional training.

Our philosophy is that a liberal education
means a general education plus an extension in
depth in one area, the major. We believe that
liberal education should be emphasized at the un-
dergraduate level and specialization should come
at the graduate level. The number of hours
which a student may take in his major field is
therefore limited and each student averages at
least one course per trimester in “cultural elect-
ives” — that is, courses completely unrelated not
only to the department but to the broad area of
his major. For example, a science major must
take electives in Humanities or Social Sciences.
I mention these policies of our College merely to
establish a context. It is my personal conviction
that a liberal education is one which trains the
student to think for himself, teaches him where
to go to find the facts he needs to help in his
thinking, and gives him some understanding and
some appreciation of Humanities, Social Science,
Biological Science, Physical Science and Math-
ematics, or, in other words, of the broad basic
areas which contribute to our culture.

Perhaps you would question our objectives or
would wish to emphasize preprofessional training
ahead of liberal education. Perhaps you would
disagree with my definition of a liberal education
or with the methods we are following to try to
attain this, but certainly one important function
of any College of Liberal Arts or Arts and Sci-
ences is to provide a liberal education. If we
concede .this, then I think we need to ask our-
selves two questions:

1 . Is a knowledge of science and more particu-
larly of biology important to a liberal education?
and

2. If it is important, what should we as sci-
entists (biologists) do about making such knowl-
edge available in a form in which it can be un-
derstood by the non-scientist or non-specialist?

There would probably be general agreement on
the first question. We live in an age of science.
The statement by the President's Science Advisory
Committee on “Education for the Age of Science”
emphasizes the importance of science in these
words:

“Science alfects the life of every contemporary
man every day. It conditions decisions that need
to be made by his government on many matters,
including national defense, foreign policy and pub-
lic health. It affects the decisions made by indi-
viduals on business problems, on selecting a com-
munity in which to live, on choosing an automo-
bile, a record player, or perhaps even a dentifrice.
If an individual is ignorant of science he must
guess what to do or else believe what he is told.
Even if he is told what to do by an expert, he
has no way to check on this advice or even to
understand it. . . . Congress regularly appropri-
ates huge sums for scientific research and even
larger ones for engineering and development; yet
a majority of the voters have little grasp of what
this is all about. . . . The educational values in
the study of science go far beyond the practical
matters of a cold technological war or even those
of the wise use of science in the service of society.
The student of science quickly learns that all
scholars seek the truth and that they must be
critical and honest with each other.”

Dael Wolfle, in an essay on “Science and Pub-
lic Understanding”, points out that:

“It is no longer true that most educated people
can get along quite well without an understanding
of science. It is as important for a Congressman
to understand the impact of science on society as
to understand the impact of nationalistic strivings
on the stability of government. ... It is as im-
portant for a citizen to understand the influence of
scientific and technological developments on the
economy of his country as to understand the his-
torical influences that shaped that country. Sci-
ence has become an instrument of such power in
changing society — whether the change be good
or bad — that no nation that pretends to have an

4

ASB Bulletin

educated citizenry can neglect it.” Science has
penetrated all aspects of society as Bronowski in-
dicates in an essay on “The Educated Man in
1984”.

“Science was once the concern of specialists,
and now enters into the life of everyone. The
switchboard and the motor car, the treatment of
flour and of cigarette paper, the building of a day
nursery and of an atomic pile, are our daily con-
cerns; by these we move and act and live. We
simply cannot dissociate ourselves from the hot-
water system and the air mail and frozen food
and the linotype machine. A nation unskilled in
these, a nation in which the screwdriver and the
fuse-box are still handled with suspicion, is today
a backward nation.”

We come next, then, to this question, are we
as scientists doing what we should to see to it
that the non-science majors in our colleges of Arts
and Sciences have an opportunity to obtain an
understanding and appreciation of science. C. P.
Snow in his book “The Two Cultures” has em-
phasized the difficulties of bridging the vast gulfs
separating the cultural world of the sciences and
of the humanities. Holton, in an essay on “Mod-
ern Science and Intellectual Tradition”, states:
“in a nationwide survey conducted in 1958, nearly
40% of the men and women who had attended
college in the United States confessed that they
had taken not a single course in the physical and
biological sciences.” He goes on to say: “The
separation . . . between the work of the scien-
tist on the one hand and that of the intellectual
outside science on the other is steadily increasing,
and the genuine acceptance of science as a valid
part of culture is becoming less rather than more
likely. Moreover, there appears at present to be
no force in our cultural dynamics strong enough
: to change this trend. This is due mainly to the
atrophy of two mechanisms by which the schism
was averted in the past. First, the common core
of their early education and the wide range of
their interests was apt to bring scholars and sci-
entists together at some level where there could
be mutual communication of the subjects of their
individual competence; and second, the concepts
and attitudes of contemporary science were made
a part of the general humanistic concerns of the
time.”

'T'hose of us who are practicing scientists must
accept much of the blame for this failure to
communicate. We have lost sight of our role as
teachers in liberal arts colleges and have come to
look upon our students only as prospective scien-
tists. In the physical sciences this has been the
case for a longer period of time and to a greater
degree than in biology. Chemistry, for example,
has long been highly professionalized and physics
is close behind. Ask any chemistry professor how
he lists his occupation on his driver's license. I
believe you will rarely find one who does not
simply list it as: “chemist”. In general, I sus-
pect physics professors also list themselves as
physicists. Among biology professors you will
probably find a much larger percentage putting
down “university professor” — in fact, 25 years
ago 1 believe you would have found nearly all
biology professors listed this way. Faculty mem-
bers in non-science areas, such as history, Eng-
lish, etc., will, I suspect, nearly always designate
themselves as university professors.

In many liberal arts colleges, the only chemistry
major available is the curriculum prescribed by
the American Chemical Society for the B.S. in
Chemistry degree. Frequently the only chemistry
courses offered at the freshman, sophomore and
junior levels are the professional training courses
of this same curriculum. Much the same kind of
program is apt to be found in physics.

In biology, courses are often available for the
non-specialist, and in some cases a student may
even obtain a “cultural” major, that is, a major
which is not designed to prepare him for graduate
work; but this is seldom possible in the physical
sciences. Recently however many biologists have
been emphasizing professional training to the ex-
clusion of liberal education. Beginning courses in
biology are being revised so that they will provide
a better foundation for professional training. In
a good many instances at least a year of chemistry
is prerequisite to the first biology course and there
is talk of making organic chemistry at least a co-
requisite. In addition, there is frequent pressure
to drop "cultural” courses in biology so as to pro-
vide time for more professional courses and to
make the program for a major in biology more
rigid so that it will inevitably provide the average

Vol. 13, No. 1, January 1966

5

student with an adequate background for graduate
work in biology.

Let me make one point quite clear. 1 am not
arguing that the student who is actually going into
graduate work should not have a thorough pro-
fessional grounding in science. In fact, for such
a student 1 would strongly advocate, as a mini-
mum: chemistry through organic; mathematics
through calculus; a year of physics; a course in
statistics; and a solid program of professionally
oriented courses covering the major areas of biol-
ogy; although I realize that he might not be able
to get all of this into his undergraduate curriculum
unless he knew what he wanted to do when he
entered college and planned his program from the
beginning of his freshman year. But how many
of the students who take the first course in biol-
ogy ever become graduate students in biology?
In fact, while I have no statistics on the matter,
I think it would be quite safe to say that con-
siderably less than half of the students who ma-
jor in biology ever go into graduate work in the
field. Is there any reason why a pre-law student,
a ministerial student, or a student who will go
into business or politics after obtaining his col-
lege degree should not major in biology? I have
had close personal contact with a number of
clergymen who were closely associated with the
education of young men for the ministry. On
manv occasions I have heard them emphasize the
importance of a good background in science and
particularly in biology for a clergyman. In fact,
1 have often heard biology recommended as an
excellent major for a preministerial student. Or
consider the young lady who comes to college,
obtains her MRS. along with her bachelor's de-
gree, and makes a career for herself as a house-
wife. Why wouldn’t a biology major be just as
appropriate for her as, let us say, an English ma-
jor? Last evening we heard an interesting and
provocative address by Dr. Egler. He empha-
sized the difficulties he has encountered in his cru-
sade against pollution. The public is uninformed
and apathetic. The politicans are swayed by the
pressure tactics of special interests. To me this
points up the desperate need for politicians and
ordinary citizens who are biologically literate.
Suppose that one or more good courses in bio-
logical principles and concepts had been included

in the curriculum of many of these people. Sup-
pose even that the percentage of “cultural” biol-
ogy majors was as high among them as the per-
centage of sociology or history majors. There
would then be a large cadre of ordinary citizens
and politicians who instead of looking upon cru-
sading scientists as crackpots living in ivory towers
would understand what scientists were talking
about and could appreciate its importance. If
our society is to reap the full benefits of the sci-
entific revolution; in fact, possibly if it is to sur-
vive, we must have citizens and politicians who
have some understanding and appreciation of sci-
ence in general and of biology in particular.

Further, while we tend to think of biology as
a science, not as a humanistic discipline the emi-
nent muscle physiologist and Nobel prize winner
Albert Szent-Gyorgyi maintains that: “Science has
two aspects: it has to be part of every education,
of humanistic culture. But we also have to teach
science as a preparation for jobs. If we disting-
uish sharply between these two aspects then the
talk about the two cultures will lose its meaning.”

Rene Dubos, in the annual Phi Beta Kappa-
Sigma Xi address at the A.A.A.S. meeting in
Montreal last Christmas, spoke on “Humanistic
Biology" and I should like to quote a part of his
conclusion:

“The role of the biologist is to study the raw
materials of man’s nature and the mechanisms
through which each person uses them to create
his own experiential individuality. This role is
becoming of increasing importance as human life
becomes more deeply influenced by technology
and therefore more remote from man's evolution-
ary experience.

By adding to the knowledge of man's biologi-
cal nature, science helps the humanist better to
understand the human condition, and to define
the good life. Unfortunately, while biological
sciences have been immensely successful in de-
scribing the elementary structures and processes
of the body machine, they have tended to neglect
the study of living as experience. Indeed, it is
commonly stated that biology has lost contact
with the humanities because it has become too
“scientific” and as a consequence no longer deals
with the problems peculiar to the humaneness of
man. There is no doubt, of course, about the

6

ASB Bulletin

loss of contact, but the explanation of the diffi-
culty, in my judgment, is that biology is not
scientific enough.

By neglecting the study of a large variety of
man's responses, biology is betraying one of the
responsibilities of science — namely, the develop-
ment of objective methods for describing all as-
pects of reality. Today, as in the past, the most
compelling and interesting problems of human
life come from the manner in which man reacts
passively, and responds creatively, to the chal-
lenges of his total environment. Biology will
once more become a complementary aspect of the
humanities if it accepts the urgent social task to
provide knowledge of the raw materials of ex-
perience out of which man creates himself.”

This, however, raises some questions. Suppose
we grant the appropriateness of one or more
courses in biology, possibly even a biology major,
for students who are definitely not headed for
graduate work in biology. Do they need the
same technical background that we expect of our
graduate students, and even if we think they do
will they take it? How many non-science majors
will take the first course in biology if there is a
prerequisite of a highly technical year of chem-
istry? In my opinion they will be few and far
between. Some of my colleagues insist that no
one can obtain an understanding or appreciation
of modern biology without this minimum back-
ground in chemistry. Granted that the student
may not follow the series of chemical reactions
in the Krebs or citric acid cycle, nevertheless he
can certainly be given some understanding and
appreciation of the general concept of the storing
of solar energy in the process of photosynthesis
and its release in respiration. He can appreciate
the stepwise nature of the process in each direc-
tion; and can recognize the familiar substances
p involved, such as starches, sugars, and citric acid
and their relative complexity, without necessarily
learning their chemical formulae. The idea of
the energy involved in chemical bonds and the
release of this energy when the bonds are broken
can be understood without an extensive back-
i ground in chemistry. In fact, I believe that any
normal student can obtain a reasonable apprecia-
tion and understanding of the principles and con-
cepts of modern biology without learning all of

the technical details and without the chemical,
physical, and mathematical background which is
essential for the professional biologist. But many
biology courses, including many of our suppos-
edly nontechnical courses, suffer from far too
much emphasis on the memorization and regur-
gitation of facts and far too little emphasis on the
understanding of basic principles.

As Dale Wolfle has expressed it: . . many

science courses are dry, dull, and crowded with
inappropriate and sometimes incorrect subject
matter; most college courses are designed almost
exclusively for the future scientist, and at all
levels science is too frequently taught as a collec-
tion of facts instead of as a method of gaining
knowledge.”

Along the same line, Bentley Glass, a distin-
guished biologist who has been intensely inter-
ested in teaching, says: “. . . our college training
in the sciences tends to be far too narrow and too
specialized. It turns out technicians of extremely
circumscribed vision.”

For a number of years as a member of the
Medical Selection Committee at the University of
Florida I have interviewed applicants for our
medical school, from our own campus and from
many other institutions. As a part of the inter-
view, I nearly always ask questions about some
of the basic principles of biology which they
should have learned in the freshman course and I
commonly draw a blank, but if I ask for the name
of some muscle, nerve, or blood vessel the correct
answer will be forthcoming at least as often as
and probably more often than when I ask about
an important principle. Further, many of the
examinations in biology courses which I have
seen, examine the student solely or almost solely
on his ability to recall specific facts; facts which
often seem rather trivial to me. For some years
I was one of a dozen or so biologists who consti-
tuted the staff of a course in general biology for
the non-science major. We all presumably taught
the same material and we each contributed a cer-
tain number of objective questions to the exami-
nation. I doubt seriously if we ever made out
an examination on which most members of the
staff — professional biologists teaching the course,
mind you — could have made a perfect score.
Yet, presumably we expected our students, most

Vol. 13, No. 1, January 1966

7

of whom would probably never take another
course in biology, to memorize the minutiae we
couldn’t remember ourselves. All of which leads
me to feel that there is more than a little truth
in the following statements which appear in an
article by J. A. Gengerelli entitled “The Educa-
tion of Future Scientists”:

“Most science instructors, of course, are earn-
est. literal minded men who are fully cognizant of
the ever mounting store of knowledge and feel
that they should tell the student everything. In
their panic they are guilty of what might be called
a flight into complexity, and they saddle the stu-
dent with great hunks of information and tech-
nique which he has no time to digest and absorb.

. . . Thus, many university professors are not
teachers at all; they do not explicate. They re-
cite — and fast! . . . We stress Anow-how, not
think-how. . . . The stress tends to be on meth-
odology, gear, hardware, controls and precision
of measurement rather than on the theoretical
value of the results or their implications for the
status of existing knowledge. Distressingly often,
graduate instruction stops short with methodol-
ogy. . . . our scientific education has its center
of gravity in technology rather than in basic un-
derstanding of subject-matter.”

Biology then may be important in a liberal
education not only because of its practical value
or because of its possible role as a representative
of the sciences, but also because of its “relevance
to the humaneness of man”. It can be just as
appropriate a major for a student who does not
expect to make a professional career of science
as any of the other arts and science disciplines.
However, it is not only what we teach that is im-
portant but also how we teach it.

Albert Szent-Gyorgyi, in the same address from
which 1 have previously quoted had this to say:

“There is a widely spread misconception about
the nature of books which contain knowledge. It
is thought that such books are something the con-
tents of which have to be crammed into our
heads. ' 1 think the opposite is closer to the truth.
Books are there to keep the knowledge while we
use our heads for something better. ... in my
own head any book knowledge has a half life of a
few weeks. ... I do not want to be misunder-
stood. 1 do not deprecate knowledge and I have

worked long and hard to know something of all
fields of science related to biology. Without this
1 would do no research. But I have retained only
what I need for an understanding, an intuitive
grasp, and in order to know in which book to find
what.

.... the time spent in school is relatively
short compared to the time thereafter. I am
stressing this because it is widely thought that
everything we have to know to do our job well,
we have to learn in school. This is wrong be-
cause during the long time which follows school
we are apt to forget, anyway, what we have
learned there. ... So what the school has to
do in the first place, is to make us learn how to
learn, to whet our appetites for knowledge, to
teach us the delight of doing a job well, to teach
us to love what we do and to help us to find
what we love to do. . . .

It is a widely spread opinion that memorizing
will not hurt, that knowledge does no harm. I
am afraid it may. Dead knowledge dulls the
spirit, fills the stomach without nourishing the
body. The mind is not a bottomless pit, and if
we put in one thing we might have to leave out
another . . .”

As most of you know the Commission on Un-
dergraduate Education in the Biological Sciences,
more succinctly known as CUEBS is holding its
Southeastern Regional conference in Charlottes-
ville in conjunction with our meeting this week-
end. Dr. Victor Greulach, a former president of
ASB and a former editor of our Journal is Execu-
tive Director of CUEBS. This commission is
concerned with education in biology at the under-
graduate level. In the various conferences held
thus far there seems to have been general agree-
ment that all biology majors should have a com-
mon hard core of training in biology, chemistry,
physics, mathematics and statistics regardless of
their future specialities. Many of those attending
the conferences here also apparently felt that even
non-science majors taking biology as a part of a
liberal education should have the first year or two
of the same hard core, although there has not
been general agreement on this point. I think the
hard core for preparation for professional work
in biology or in other words for graduate work is
excellent. However, I feel very strongly that

8

ASB Bulletin

biology should be a part of a liberal education
and that when it is being offered in this context
the courses should provide an understanding and
appreciation of principles and concepts without
overwhelming the non-science student with tech-
nical material. Please note that I said courses not
just the beginning course. I would even hope
that many institutions might offer a “cultural”
major in biology for non-science students who
may later become politicians, businessmen, clergy-
men, housewives, or just plain ordinary citizens.

Tt is my opinion, then, that we need to be much
concerned about this problem of the two cul-
tures. Science, or to make it more personal,
biology should constitute a major component of
a liberal education and a public understanding of
science (biology) is essential to the continued
welfare of our nation and in fact of the race. But
we are so to speak, “pricing ourselves out of the
market” by adopting a strong professional ap-
proach towards curriculum and class offerings,
aided and abetted in many cases by poor teach-
ing. Basically, the poor teaching is largely a
matter of emphasizing rote memorization of
masses of facts and failure to teach an under-
standing of fundamental principles. Many of
the most eminent scientists, including for example
Newton and Einstein, recognized the importance
of a public understanding of science and spent a
great deal of time and effort in attempting to ex-
plain their own work in simple language which
the public could understand. It seems to me that
we have a duty and an obligation to attempt to
educate the non-scientist as well as the profes-
sional. We are citizens and members of society
just as are non-scientists and we have an obliga-
tion to try to contribute to the improvement and
betterment of society. But it goes much farther
than that, for as Warren Weaver has said: “It is
hardly necessary to argue these days that science
is essential to the public. It is equally true, as the
support of science moves more and more to state
and national sources, that the public is essential
to science.”

In conclusion, I would like to quote two emi-
nent biologists on the subject of teaching. First
Bentley Glass — this time from an article in the
A.A.U.P. Bulletin entitled “The Scientist and the
Science Teacher”:

“Of all the resources of a nation, its greatest
are its boys and girls, its young men and women.
Like other material resources, these can be squan-
dered or dissipated. They are potential great-
ness, but they are only potentialities. Science
creates knowledge and knowledge generates
power, but knowledge resides only in the minds
of men who first must learn and be taught, and
power is tyranny unless it is guided by insight
and wisdom, justice and mercy. The greatest of
men have been teachers, and the teacher is great
among men.”

And finally Albert Szent-Gyorgyi: “In spite of
its many chapters our teaching has essentially but
one object, the production of men who can fill
their shoes and stand erect with their eyes on
wider horizons. This makes school on every level
into the most important public institution and the
teacher into the most important public figure.
As we teach today so the morrow will be . . . .”

REFERENCES

Bronowski, J. ] 962. The Educated Man in 1984. —
(in Obler and Estrin: The New Scientist).

Dubos, Rene. 1965. Humanistic Biology. — American
Scientist, 53(1).

Education for the Age of Science- — Statement by the
President’s Science Advisory Committee — 1959.
Washington, D. C.

Egler, Frank E. 1965. Pesticides in Our Ecosystem:

Communication III. — ASB Bulletin, 12(4): 79-91.
Gengerelli, J. A. 1964. The Education of Future Sci-
entists.— Journal of Education, 35(2).

Glass, Bentley. 1962. Liberal Education in a Scientific
Age. — (in Obler and Estrin: The New Scientist).

. 1964. The College and University Teacher.

— AAUP Bulletin, 50(3).

Holton, Gerald. 1962. Modern Science and the In-
tellectual Tradition. — (in Obler and Estrin: The
New Scientist).

Obler, Paul C. and Herman A. Estrin (Editors). 1962.
The New Scientist — Essays on the Methods and
Values of Modern Science. — Doubleday-Anchor,
Garden City, New York.

Szent-Gyorgyi, Albert. 1964. Teaching and the Ex-
panding Knowledge.- — Science, 146(3649).

Weaver, Warren. 1962. Science and People. — (in
Obler and Estrin: The New Scientist).

Whitehead, Alfred North. 1929. The Aims of Educa-
tion.— The MacMillan Company. New York.
Wolfle, Dael. 1962. Science and Public Understanding.
— (in Obler and Estrin: The New Scientist).

Vol. 13, No. 1, January 1966

9

THE ERDAHL-CLOYD UNION ON CAMPUS OF N. C. STATE UNIVERSITY

About the Raleigh Meeting

The Association of Southeastern Biologists will
hold its 27th annual meeting April 14-16, 1966,
at North Carolina State University, Raleigh, N. C.
Activities will center in or near the Erdahl-Cloyd
Union located on Hillsboro Street. The program
Thursday evening will begin at 7:30 in the Nelson
Auditorium of the Textile Building, to be followed
by the smoker to be in the lobby of the Union.
Exhibits will be on display in the ballroom of the
Union. Paper sessions and the annual business
meeting will occupy Friday. The Friday night
activities, including the banquet, retiring Presi-
dent's address, and presentation of awards will be
held at the Faculty Club west of the campus.

Dates of meeting — April 14-16.

Executive Committee Meeting.

1 : 00 P.M. Thursday (April 14), McKimmon
Room, Williams Hall.

Registration

Time — 4:00 P.M. until 7:15 P.M. Thurs-
day.

8:00 A.M. until 11:00 A.M. Fri-
day.

Place — Front lobby, Erdahl-Cloyd Union.

Fee — $1.00.

Location of exhibits and paper sessions.

Exhibits — Ballroom of the Erdahl-Cloyd
Union.

4-11 P.M. Thursday; 8 A.M. -11 P.M. Fri-
day; 8-noon Sat.

Paper sessions — Erdahl-Cloyd Union or
nearby buildings.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Raleigh is on the eastern edge of the Piedmont
Province. Rolling topography from about 200-
500 feet elevation, mixed pine and hardwood for-
ests, pastures and cultivated fields lend contrast
and interest to the surrounding countryside. April
is one of the most beautiful months, with mild
weather and a great display of flowering trees and
shrubs. Raleigh, the Capital city, has a popula-
tion of about 125,000. Museums, Legislative and
Capitol buildings, campuses of five colleges and
universities, the nearby Research Triangle Park
are all within a few minutes drive. The campuses
of Duke and the University of North Carolina are
within a 40 minutes drive. Information on Ral-
eigh and its various attractions, especially for
wives and families, will be distributed at the reg-
istration desk.

10

A8B Bulletin

Local alcohol mores

Beer and wine are sold in grocery stores and
in most restaurants. “Hard” liquors are available
only at “ABC Stores.”

Travel to Raleigh

Highways passing through Raleigh are as fol-
lows: East-West U.S. 70 and U.S. 64; North-
South U.S. 1, U.S. 50 and U.S. 401. Airlines
serving the Raleigh-Durham Airport are: Eastern,
United and Piedmont. Limousine fare one-way
is $2.25. A representative from N. C. State will
be glad to meet you at the airport if advised of
your arrival time. The Seaboard and Southern
Railroads, the Greyhound and Carolina Trailways
Bus lines serve Raleigh. Correspondence con-
cerning time of arrivals by plane should be ad-
dressed to Dr. R. Harkema, Department of Zo-
ology.

The NCSU Campus is located on the west side
of Raleigh, between Hillsboro Street on the north
and Western Blvd. on the south.

Dining facilities

The Erdahl-Cloyd Union operates the State
Room with buffet service at noon and in the
evening. The Union snack bar also operates con-
tinuously during building hours and cafeteria serv-
ice is provided for lunch and dinner. Both facili-
ties are very crowded from 11:30 to 12:30 but
not at other times.

There are two large university-operated cafe-
terias on the campus and a number of small pri-
vate restaurants just to the north along Hillsboro
Street. Two unusually fine cafeteria restaurants,
the S and W and Ballentines, are located in Cam-
eron Village Shopping Center about \Vz miles
from the campus. Several of the nearby motels
have their own restaurant facilities.

Parking

Parking on the campus will be difficult. Spe-
cial arrangements will be made and will be pub-
licized at the time of registration. An ASB sign
for the car will be necessary for on-campus park-
ing.

Field trips

Several field trips are being planned for Satur-
day, April 16. Plans are as yet tentative and
final itineraries will await expressions of interest
from the ASB membership. At this time, the
following trips are planned:

1. Trip for phycologists to be led by Dr. L. A.
Whitford. Saturday morning. Ecological
and floristic aspects of stream and pond

algae will be emphasized; some unusual
algae will be seen.

2. Trip to Carolina Biological Supply Co.,
Elon College, to be led by Dr. T. L. Quay,
Mr. Alva Harris and the personnel at the
Company. The tour of the facilities will be
Saturday morning and include the depart-
ments of protozoology and culture, prepared
slides, preserved materials, and models and
plastics. Transportation will be provided
if necessary. Lunch will be provided by
the Company. Elon College is east of
Greensboro and those driving from the
meetings could leave from there, or others
could meet bus or plane connections in
nearby Greensboro or Burlington. This
tour is particularly interesting for teachers
who use the materials from this Company.

3. Trip to the North Carolina coastal plain led
by Dr. A. W. Cooper, Dr. W. E. Standaert,
and Mr. E. D. Waits. This trip will empha-
size plant communities and at present is
planned to last all day Saturday. However,
if sufficient interest is shown, the trip can
be extended through to mid-day, Sunday.
The following communities will be ob-
served: salt marsh; dunes and live oak for-
est; pocosin (evergreen shrub bog); Caro-
lina Bay; pine savanna; cypress swamp;
longleaf pine-turkey oak on coarse sand;
upland hardwoods. Collecting will be per-
mitted.

4. In addition, if sufficient interest is indicated,
a trip to observe plant communities in the
lower piedmont in the vicinity of Raleigh
will be arranged for Thursday afternoon.
April 14. This trip will emphasize rela-
tions between hardwood forests and soil
types. Several “relict” communities in the
lower piedmont will also be observed. The
trip will be led by Dr. A. W. Cooper.

Any persons interested in attending one or
more of the field trips are asked to write to Dr.
A. W. Cooper, Department of Botany, as soon as
possible and indicate on which field trips they
wish to go. In addition, individuals wishing to
take the coastal plain field trip are asked to in-
dicate whether they would prefer a single day
trip or a trip lasting overnight.

Local Arrangements Committee:

Co-Chairmen J. W. Hardin and

G. C. Miller

Housing and Family Activity G. R. Noggle

Banquet, Food Services B. W. Smith

Smoker, Exhibits, Publicity H. T. Scofield

J. F. Roberts

Meeting Rooms, Audio-Visual E. A. Ball

Vol. 13, No. 1, January 1966

1 1

Field Trips A. W. Cooper

T. L. Quay
W. F. Standaert
A. Harris
E. D. Waits

Transportation R- Harkema

Registration E. O. Beal

L. A. Whitford
C. S. Keener

Finance J • Y arbrough

Program J. W. Hardin

G. C. Miller
R. T. Moore

Accommodations

It is advisable to make reservations at least by
the end of March. Write directly to the hotel or
motel.

Motels Within Walking Distance of N. C.

State

University Campus

College Inn

Western Blvd.

U. S. Hwy. 64
828-5711

120 rooms

Single $ 7.50-$ 9.00
Double $11, $12, $14

Velvet Cloak

1505 Hillsboro St.
828-0333

90 rooms

Single $12.50

Double $18.00

Three in room $20.00

Motels in Downtown Raleigh, Bus Service to
N. C. State University

Downtowner Motel
309 Hillsboro St.
833-5771

81 rooms

Single $ 9.00-up
Double $ 12.00-up

Raleigh Cabana
Motel

514 S. Salisbury St.
828-0311

56 rooms

Single $ 7.00-up
Double $ 10.00-up

Travelodge Motel

300 N. Dawson

828-9081

60 rooms

Single $ 7.00-$ 9.00
Double $10.00-$12.00

Hotels in Downtown Raleigh, Bus Service to
N. C. State University

Andrew Johnson
Hotel

100 W. Martin St.
832-4466
Carolina Hotel
228 W. Hargett St.
832-8811

Sir Walter Motor
Hotel

400 Fayetteville St.
832-7711
Free hits service
to campus

Single $ 4.50-$ 7.00
Double $ 7.00-$ 9.00

Single $ 5.50-$ 7.00
Double $ 9.00-$ 10.00

Single $ 7.00
Double bed $4.50/
person

Twin with roll-away
for 3 $4. 50/person
Twin for two
$5. 00/person

YMCA

1601 Hillsboro

832-6601

Limited
number
of rooms

Walking distance
from N. C. State
Univ. Campus

Motels in

Vicinity of Raleigh

Alamo Plaza

1816 Louisburg Rd.
834-3438

60 rooms

Single $ 6.00
Double $ 8.50-up

Cadillac Inn Motor
Lodge

Raleigh-Durham

Hwy. 70

787-2516

19 rooms

Single $ 6.00-up
Double $ 8.00-up

Fairfield Motel

1817 Louisburg Rd.
834-0717

36 rooms

Single $ 6.00-up
Double $ 7.00-up

Holiday Inn

Hwy. U. S. 1 North
828-2561

104 rooms

Single $ 8.00-up
Double $ 10.00-up

Howard Johnson's
Motor Lodge

Hwy. U. S. 1 North
834-0707

60 rooms

Single $ 8.00
Double $10.00

Plantation Motel

Hwy. U. S. 1 North
828-8261

67 rooms

Single $ 7.50-up
Double $ 10.00-up

Ranch Motel
Raleigh-Durham

56 rooms

Single $ 7.00-up
Double $ 10.00-up

Hwy. 70

787-3131

A number of other motels are in the Raleigh
area.

Camping Facilities

The Umstead State Park is on the Raleigh-
Durham Hwy. 70, about 5 miles west of Raleigh.
There are 28 family camping sites available. The
Park will reserve campsites only for 5 or more
days. For further details write to the Park, Rt.
8, Box 239, Raleigh, North Carolina. Telephone
Raleigh (area 919) 787-3033.

POLLUTION SYMPOSIUM — PART II

Part II of the proposed three-part ASB sym-
posium dealing with various aspects of man’s pol-
lution of his environment will have for its prin-
cipal speaker Dr. John L. Buckley of the Office
of Science Advisor to the Secretary of the In-
terior. Dr. Buckley’s talk — - Restoring the Qual-
ity of Our Environment: What Needs to be Done
and How We are Doing It — will describe the
constructive steps being taken by governmental
agencies to meet the problems raised by environ-
mental pollution. He will be speaking from his
experience as a Technical Assistant in the Office

12

ASB Bulletin

of Science and Technology, and not as a repre-
sentative of the Department of the Interior, a
position he has held since last November.

It is anticipated that there will be two discus-
sants for Dr. Buckley’s talk, but their names are
yet to be announced. Dr. Stanley Cain has agreed
to give the final talk in the pollution symposium
series at the ASB meeting at Columbia, S. C. in
April 1967. Arrangements for these last two
symposia are being made by Dr. Arthur W.
Cooper, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences,
North Carolina State University, Raleigh, N. C.

Meritorious Award Nominations

As in previous years, an honorarium of $100
has been made available by the Will Corpora-
tion of Georgia, to be used as an award for the
recognition of especially meritorious teaching by
a member of the ASB. The regulations govern-
ing the award are as follows:

The recipient must be a member of the ASB in good
standing. He should have taught biology in a southern
institution for at least ten years, and must be currently
teaching. He must not be a dean or have regular ad-
ministrative duties beyond the department level (this
particular criterion requiring interpretation in individual
cases). Among evidences of his qualifications is the
progress of the candidate as indicated by recognition in
his own institution (important assignments and other
contributions specifically related to good teaching); and
the number and quality of students for whom he pro-
vided primarily the inspiration to continue in biology,
especially those who later received advanced degrees.

Past recipients of the Meritorious Award for
Teaching are as follows:

1952. Dr. Mary Stuart MacDougall (Agnes Scott)

1953. Dr. Orland E. White (Univ. of Virginia)

1954. Dr. Woolford B. Baker (Emory)

1955. Dr. John N. Couch (Univ. of North Carolina)

1956. Dr. Hugo L. Blomquist (Duke)

1957. Dr. Ezda Deviney (Florida State)

1958. Dr. Henry R. Totten (Univ. of North Carolina)

1959. Dr. Margaret Hess (Winthrop College)

1960. Dr. Ora C. Bradbury (Wake Forest College)

1961. Dr. Warren Deacon (Vanderbilt)

1962. Dr. Septima C. Smith (Univ. of Alabama)

1963. Father Patrick H. Yancey (Spring Hill College)

1964. Dr. Ruskin S. Freer (Lynchburg College)

1965. Dr. Harwell P. Sturdivant (Western Maryland

College)

In these times in which so much is heard about
teaching, it is particularly important that excel-
lence in teaching should be rewarded and publi-
cized in every way possible. Members of the

ASB are urged to make nominations and send
the needed supporting materials to Dr. Perry C.
Holt, Dept, of Biology, Virginia Polytechnic In-
stitute, Blacksburg, Virginia.

COMMITTEE

H. Branch Howe, Jr.
Julian T. Darlington
Perry C. Holt, Chairman

Association Research Prize

The rules and regulations governing the annual
Association Research Prize of $100.00, spon-
sored by the Carolina Biological Supply Com-
pany, Elon College, North Carolina, are as fol-
lows:

1 . The Research Prize is to be awarded for an
especially meritorious paper actually presented at
the annual meeting.

2. Only members are eligible to submit papers
in competition for the Research Prize. This ap-
plies to all names on the submitted paper.

3. Papers submitted in competition may be in
press but must not have been published prior to
March 1 of the year of the current competition.

4. Papers submitted in competition are judged
by eminent scientists in the various fields of bi-
ology. These individuals are selected by the
Research Committee and are from schools out-
side the Southeast. Every effort is made by the
Research Committee to keep the authors of sub-
mitted papers anonymous. Criteria for the
award are left to the discretion of the judges’
panel, who may withhold said award if no paper
is considered to have sufficient merit.

5. Papers must be submitted in triplicate and
in their entirety not later than March 1, 1966, to
Dr. Raymond T. Damian, Dept, of Biology, Em-
ory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322. One
copy of the prize-winning paper will remain in
the ASB files, but all other copies will be returned
to the authors as soon as possible.

6. Announcement of the winner of the Re-
search Prize will be made at the annual meeting.

Ivey F. Lewis Fellowship at Mountain Lake

Biological Station

A Research Fellowship of $150.00 for summer
course study or research at Mountain Lake Bio-
logical Station of the University of Virginia has
been continued through the generosity of the
Phipps and Bird Company of Richmond, Virginia.
This fellowship, formerly known as the Phipps
and Bird Research Fellowship, was re-named at
the request of the Phipps and Bird Company.
Any member of the Association may submit an
application. The application should be accom-
panied by a summary of the planned work, by a

Vol. 13, No. 1, January 1966

13

list of important publications, and especially in
the case of younger workers, by references and
educational data. Applications should be sent to
Dr. Raymond T. Damian, Dept, of Biology, Em-
ory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322 not later
than 29 March 1966. The selection will be made
by the Research and Awards Committee of the
ASB in consultation with the Director of the
Mountain Lake Biological Station. The an-
nouncement of the recipient will be made at the
annual meeting of the ASB.

COMMITTEE
R. W. Hull
Edward E. C. Clebsch
Raymond T. Damian, Chairman

Mary Glide Goethe Travel Awards

For the ninth year there will be funds avail-
able through the generosity of Mr. C. M. Goethe
for assistance to graduate students for expenses
in connection with the annual ASB meetings, to
be held this year at North Carolina State Univer-
sity, Raleigh, N. C. Approximately $300 will be
available from the contributions of Mr. Goethe,
and it is anticipated that most of the awards will
be for maintenance (lodging and meals), and de-
partments are urged to provide travel allowances
for their graduate students or to invite them to
travel in cars with staff members. Some travel
allowances may be awarded by the committee to
those living most distant from Raleigh.

Staff members are requested to call to the at-
tention of qualified students in their respective
institutions the availability of these awards. If
there is more than one applicant from a depart-
ment, the Goethe Committee may request the
department to aid the committee's selection by
ranking the applicants.

Any graduate student needing financial assist-
ance in order to attend the 1966 meeting of the
Southeastern Biologists is eligible. Rules for
making application for the Goethe Awards are as
follows:

1. Indicate if application is being made for
maintenance or travel or both. Give de-
tails, such as total sum requested, how
many nights and days are involved, if
travel allowance is requested, the number
of miles involved and the proposed method
of transportation, and any other pertinent
information.

2. Give information as to whether or not a
paper is being presented by the applicant.

3. In a paragraph, give a brief history of your
education to date, of how many years you
have been — and plan to be — in gradu-
ate school, of your major field or fields of
interest, of any publications which have ap-

peared or which may be in preparation,
and any other pertinent professional de-
tails. Give information on marital status
and number of children.

4. Give your source or sources of support
while in graduate school such as G.I. Bill,
N.S.F., N.I.H., teaching assistantship, etc.

5. Have your major professor or departmental
head write a letter supporting your appli-
cation.

6. Applications and supporting letters, both
in triplicate, should be in the hands of Dr.
Thomas Daggy, Box 626, Davidson, N. C.,
28036, by 1 March 1966. Applicants will
be notified of the decision of the Committee
during March.

C. J. Umphlett, Grover C. Miller.

Thomas Daggy, Chairman

Association Affairs (Continued from page 2)

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON
MEETING TIME

Ballots were mailed to virtually all members
during late March and early April, 1965. By
June 1, after which no additional ballots were re-

ceived, the results were as follows:

In favor of traditional meeting-time ... 190

In favor of a change 67

No preference 11

Total ballots returned 268

The breakdown of those voting for a change in
meeting-time was as follows:

In February or March 28

Some other time in April 18

Easter weekend 1

Summer 2

Some time in May 3

October or November 15

Many of those voting for some other time in
April were interested in avoiding conflict with the
Federation meetings, avoiding the Easter holi-
days, or both. Probably many of those voting
for October or November represent members in-
terested in avoiding conflict with the Federation
meetings. A number of those voting for Febru-
ary or March indicated that the advantage would
be that ASB meetings would then come before
most of the many meetings held during the spring.

Seventy-five percent of the members voting
favored the traditional meeting time. It appears,
however, that enough members favor avoiding
the Easter weekend, when the traditional time
coincides with this period, to justify changing the
traditional time each year that it coincides with
the Easter weekend.

John A. Boole, Jr.. Paul J. Osborne.

Harold J. Humm, Chairman

14

ASB Bulletin

Constitution and By-Laws of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists

ARTICLE I. Name

The organization shall be known as the Asso-
ciation of Southeastern Biologists.

ARTICLE II. Objectives

The objectives of the Association shall be to
encourage in the broadest and most liberal man-
ner the advancement of Biology as a science by
the promotion of research in Biology; by the in-
crease and diffusion of knowledge of Biology to
the solution of biological problems; by the preser-
vation of biological resources; and by its meetings,
reports, discussions and publications to promote
scientific interests and inquiry, thereby adding to
the health, happiness and knowledge of all
peoples.

ARTICLE III. Eligibility and Affiliation

Section 7. Members, in general, shall be resi-
dents of the Southeastern States and shall be
known as (A) Active Members and (B) Emeri-
tus Members.

Section 2. Any person is eligible for active
membership in the Association who is engaged in
(A) biological research, (B) the teaching of bio-
jl logical subjects, (C) graduate study in the bio-
logical sciences, or (D) work in the various fields
of applied biology.

Section 3. Any member may be elected as
Emeritus Member who has been a member of the
Association for ten (10) or more years and who
has retired from professional duties. An Emeri-
tus Member shall have the same rights and priv-
ileges as an Active Member.

Section 4. Any individual or organization con-
tributing one hundred (100) dollars or more per
annum to the support of the Association shall be
known as a Patron. Patrons will receive the pub-

lications and notices of the Association and may
attend the annual meetings but shall not have the
right to vote.

Section 5. Any organized group which is in-
terested in biology may become an affiliate of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists upon rec-
ommendation of the Executive Committee and
approval of the Association at its annual business
meeting. The purpose of affiliation is to promote
communication and cooperation among the Soc-
ieties involved but such affiliation does not confer
the privilege of individual membership in the As-
sociation of Southeastern Biologists upon mem-
bers of affiliated Societies. The terms of affilia-
tion shall be arranged between the Executive
Committee of the Association of Southeastern
Biologists and each affiliate society.

The officers of the Association shall be (A)
President, (B) President-Elect, (C) Vice-Presi-
dent, (D) Secretary, and (E) Treasurer.

ARTICLE V. Annual Meeting

Section 7. The annual meeting of the Associa-
tion shall be held in April at such place as may
be recommended by the Executive Committee and
approved by the membership at an annual busi-
ness meeting. The date of the meeting shall be
determined by the Executive Committee.

Section 2. In case of an emergency, the Execu-
tive Committee may change the time and place
of the annual meeting or may call a special meet-
ing.

Fifty (50) members of the Association shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of busi-
ness.

ARTICLE IV. Officers

ARTICLE VI. Quorum

Vol. 13, No. 1, January 1966

15

ARTICLE VII. Disposition of Property

In the event of the dissolution or termination
of the Association, title to and possession of all
the property of the Association shall pass forth-
with to the American Institute of Biological Sci-
ences, Washington, D. C., if then in existence and
qualified for exemption under the Internal Reve-
nue Code of 1954 as amended, and otherwise to
the American Association for the Advancement
of Science, Washington, D. C.

ARTICLE VIII. Incorporation

The Executive Committee, with the approval
of the membership in a vote at an annual meet-
ing, may apply for incorporation of the Associa-
tion as a non-profit scientific and educational or-
ganization without capital stock under the laws
of any of the southeastern states within its area.

ARTICLE IX. Amendments

Section 1 . This Constitution may be amended
at any annual meeting by a three-fourths majority
of those present, provided due notice of said
amendment has been sent by the Secretary to
each member at least thirty (30) days in advance
of the meeting, and provided the amendment has
been proposed by the Executive Committee or by
a committee authorized by the Association at a
previous annual meeting, provided that so long
as the Association shall be or remain an organi-
zation exempt under Section 501 (c) (3) of the
internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, no
amendment shall be made to Article II or Article
VII of this Constitution without consent having
been obtained from the Internal Revenue Service.

Section 2. Amendments to this Constitution
shall become effective at the close of the annual
meeting at which they were adopted.

BY-LAWS

ARTICLE I. Membership

Section 1. Membership shall be granted any
person recommended and approved as being eligi-
ble by two active members in good standing.

Section 2. Such recommendations shall be
submitted to the Treasurer of the Association and
the new member shall achieve active status in the
Association with all the rights and privileges per-
taining thereto when his dues for the current year
have been received by the Treasurer of the Asso-
ciation.

ARTICLE II. Election of Officers

Section I . ( A ) Annually the nominating com-

mittee shall prepare a multiple slate of nominees

for each office or vacancy to be filled. Members
are privileged to recommend to the nominating
committee persons for any or all offices.

(B) The slate of the nominating committee
shall be presented to the membership on or before
Thursday evening of the Annual Meeting, and the
election shall be held at the following business
session when nominations will be called for from
the floor.

(C) The Secretary shall prepare ballots for dis-
tribution. These ballots shall be distributed and
collected by three tellers appointed by the Presi-
dent. A majority vote will constitute election to
office. Where more than one person is to be
elected to a position (e.g., members of the Execu-
tive Committee) the two or more receiving the
highest number of votes shall be declared elected.

(D) The results of the election shall be an-
nounced as soon as possible after the tellers
have counted the ballots, and the successful can-
didates shall be presented to the membership.
All ballots shall be deposited with the Secretary
who shall retain them for one year.

Section 2. (A) A President-Elect shall be

elected annually and shall become President at
the close of the next annual meeting following
election.

(B) A Vice-President shall be elected annually.
Neither the President nor the Vice-President shall
be immediately eligible for re-election.

Section 3. (A) A Secretary and (B) A Treas-

urer shall be elected for a term of three (3) years
each, and they shall be eligible for immediate re-
election to additional terms. The Secretary and
Treasurer shall not be elected to office in the
same year except to fill an unexpired term.

Section 4. Should an office other than that of
President and that of President-Elect become va-
cant during the year, the Executive Committee
shall appoint a member to fill that office until the
next election.

Section 5. Newly elected officers shall assume
the duties of their office at the close of the annual
meeting in which they were elected.

ARTICLE III. Duties of Officers

Section I. The President shall be the direct-
ing officer of the Association, shall perform the
duties usual to that office, and shall appoint, with
the advice of the Executive Committee, regular
committees, special committees authorized by the
Executive Committee, and a representative to the
American Association for the Advancement of
Science. Also, he shall appoint such other special
committees as may be required.

Section 2. The President-Elect shall be re-
sponsible for organizing the program for the first
evening session, and shall be responsible for pro-
moting membership in the Association. In the

1 6

ASB Bulletin

event of the resignation, death or incapacity of
the President-Elect during his term of office the
Executive Committee shall declare the person
who received the next highest number of votes
for the office to be President-Elect. If this indi-
vidual is unable to accept, the Executive Commit-
tee shall nominate two members for the office, to
be voted upon by the membership by mail ballots.

Section 3. The Vice-President shall be the
public relations officer of the Association. In the
absence of the President from any meeting the
Vice-President shall discharge the duties of the
office. In the event of the death or resignation of
the President, the Vice-President shall become
President of the Association.

Section 4. The Secretary shall keep records of
the meetings of the Association and of the Execu-
tive Committee, conduct the routine business of
the Association pertaining to the office, maintain
a roster of the membership, issue a call for sug-
gestions for nominations stating the time during
which these suggestions will be received and list-
ing names and addresses of all members of the
Nominating Committee, issue a call for papers
for the program and work with the Program Com-
mittee in arranging the program, attend to the
preparation and distribution of ballots at elec-
tions, report the activities of his office to the As-
sociation at the annual meeting, notify Emeritus
Members of their election, and give proper recog-
nition to Patron Members. The Secretary of the
Association shall be Ex-Officio Associate Editor
of the A.S.B. Bulletin and shall be responsible for
providing the Editor with all official announce-
ments, documents, programs and abstracts of
papers to be published in the Bulletin.

Section 5. The Treasurer shall receive and
disburse all funds of the Association, keeping the
necessary records of dues and funds expended.
He shall at all times coordinate the efforts of his
office with those of the offices of the Secretary
and of the Editor, and shall report annually all
receipts and expenditures to the membership. He
is authorized to reimburse the Secretary for ex-
penses incurred in attending the annual meeting
of the Association and interim meetings of the
Executive Committee. The Executive Committee
may by special action also authorize the Treasurer
to reimburse other officers of the Association for
all or a portion of expenses incurred in attending
interim meetings of the Executive Committee, not
to exceed one per year. The Treasurer of the As-
sociation shall be Ex-Officio Business Manager of
the A.S.B. Bulletin.

ARTICLE IV. Dues and Fees

Section 1 . The annual dues of the Association
for Active Members shall be two dollars ($2.00)

for graduate and undergraduate students, four
dollars ($4.00) for regular members, five dollars
($5.00) for contributing members, and twenty-
five dollars ($25.00) for sustaining members.
Emeritus Members shall be exempt from dues.

Section 2. The fiscal year of the Association
shall be from January 1 to December 31.

Section 3. Any member in arrears in the pay-
ment of dues for two (2) years as of the close of
the fiscal year shall be dropped from the member-
ship roster at the close of the annual meeting for
that calendar year.

Section 4. Delinquent members who desire re-
instatement to membership shall pay a reinstate-
ment fee of two dollars ($2.00) in addition to the
regular dues for the current fiscal year.

ARTICLE V. The A.S.B. Bulletin

Section 1. The A.S.B. Bulletin shall be the
official publication of the Association, and shall
be published quarterly or at such other regular
intervals as may be determined by a vote of the
membership upon recommendation by the Execu-
tive Committee.

Section 2. The Editor of the A.S.B. Bulletin
shall be a member of the Association, responsible
for the editing and publication of the Bulletin,
and shall be selected and appointed by the Execu-
tive Committee for a term of three years. The
Editor shall be eligible for reappointment for any
number of successive three-year terms. Upon
the recommendation of the Editor, the Executive
Committee may appoint a Circulation Manager
for the Bulletin.

Section 3. The A.S.B. Bulletin shall be sup-
plied to all members of the Association without
charge beyond the stated annual dues. Organiza-
tions may subscribe to the A.S.B. Bulletin at a
rate equal to the annual dues, but such subscrip-
tions will not carry the privileges of membership
in the Association. The Executive Committee,
upon the recommendation of the Editor, may es-
tablish special prices for back issues or volumes
of the Bulletin.

Section 4. Any major change in editorial pol-
icy proposed by the Editor shall be subject to the
approval of the Editorial Board.

ARTICLE VI. Executive Committee

Section 7. (A) The Executive Committee shall
be in charge of the affairs of the Association be-
tween the Annual Meetings. (B) This Committee
shall be composed of the officers of the Associa-
tion, the immediate Past President, and six (6)
members elected from the membership.

Section 2. The six members of the Executive
Committee elected as such shall serve for a term

Vol. 13, No. 1, January 1966

17

of three (3) years, two members being elected
each year. These members are eligible for re-
election to the Executive Committee. Should a
vacancy occur among these six members, the Ex-
ecutive Committee shall appoint a member to
serve until the next election.

Section 3. The Executive Committee shall se-
lect and appoint an archivist who shall be cus-
todian of the permanent records or archives and
shall, with the approval of the Executive Com-
mittee, make such arrangements as may seem ap-
propriate for the collection, care and maintenance
of such records. The archivist shall serve for a
term of three years and shall be eligible for re-
appointment for any number of successive 3-year
terms.

Section 4. The Editor of the A.S.B. Bulletin
and the Archivist shall be Ex-Officio Members of
the Executive Committee with the power of dis-
cussion and privilege of proposing motions but
shall not have the right to vote.

Section 5. The Executive Committee shall
serve as an Ex-Officio Editorial Board for the
Bulletin and shall be responsible for determining
the major editorial policies of the Bulletin in con-
sultation with the Editor.

Section 6. A majority of the Executive Com-
mittee shall constitute a quorum, provided all
members have been notified of the proposed meet-
ing.

ARTICLE VII. Regular Committees

Section 1. The following regular committees
shall be appointed by the President upon the ap-
proval of the Executive Committee:

A. Auditing Committee; B. Nominating Com-
mittee; C. Program Committee; D. Resolutions
Committee.

Section 2. The duties of the regular commit-
tees shall be as follows:

A. The Auditing Committee shall examine the
records of the Treasurer prior to the annual busi-
ness meeting of the Association and shall report

the condition of the accounts to the membership
at this meeting.

B. The Nominating Committee shall, with due
consideration of suggestions received from the
membership, prepare a multiple slate of nominees
for each office or vacancy to be filled.

C. The Program Committee shall have the
power to accept or to reject papers for the pro-
grams, and shall work with the Secretary in ar-
ranging the program.

D. The Resolutions Committee shall formulate
and present to the Association such resolutions as
may be considered worthy of action by the Asso-
ciation.

Section 3. The Executive Committee may
from time to time establish special ad hoc com-
mittees as needed. The members of all such com-
mittees shall be appointed by the President.

ARTICLE VIII. Papers

Section 1. All titles of papers submitted for
the program shall be in the hands of the Secretary
two (2) months before the date set for the annual
meeting.

Section 2. Each title submitted shall be ac-
companied by two (2) copies of an abstract of
not more than two hundred (200) words.

Section 3. Except by special action of the Pro-
gram Committee the maximum time allowed for
the presentation of a paper shall be ten (10)
minutes. The presiding officer will enforce this
rule.

Section 4. Papers presented before the Asso-
ciation at the annual meeting shall be read only
by members or by persons introduced by mem-
bers.

ARTICLE IX. Amendments

Section 1. These By-Laws may be amended
at any annual meeting of the Association by a
two-thirds majority vote of those present.

Section 2. Amendments to these By-Laws
shall take effect at the close of the meeting at
which they were adopted.

18

ASB Bulletin

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

Roy Hunter, Jr., Department of Biology, Atlanta Uni-
versity, has received a grant of $1630 from the Atlanta
University Center Faculty Research Fund to study en-
zyme systems in isolated notochords of frog larvae.

Lafayette Frederick, Department of Biology, Atlanta
University, is the project supervisor of a cooperative re-
search grant from the Bureau of Plant Industry, United
States Department of Agriculture to conduct taxonomic
and cultural studies of fungi isolated from Pakistan soil
samples.

Ernest P. Edwards, formerly at the College of the
Pacific, is now Professor of Biology at Sweet Briar Col-
lege. His time will be divided between teaching and
research on the ecology of the 3000 acres of woodland
and pasture in which the 600 acre campus is situated.

New members of the staff of the Department of Biol-
ogy, West Virginia University, for the 1965-66 term in-
clude:

Gideon Nel Louw, formerly of the University of Pre-
toria, South Africa, animal physiology.

David Fairchild Blaydes, a graduate of the Ohio State
University, plant physiology.

Amir Agfa Badiei, graduate of the University of Teh-
ran. Iran, botany.

Eddie Ray Crouse, of Fairmont State College, biology.

John Edward Fairey, III, graduate of the University
of South Carolina, botany.

Jack Corbin Martin, East Tennessee State University,
biology.

Ermo Attilio Sicher, Fairmont State College, biology.

Dale H. Amer, Department of Zoology, Mississippi
State University, has been awarded a grant of $14,000
by the Water Resources Institute of the University for
a 13 month ecological study of beaver impounded water
areas. Dr. Amer, together with two of his graduate
students, Msrs. J. L. Baker and B. B. Billingsley, have
been awarded $1000 for wildlife research as a Theodore
Roosevelt Memorial Grant by the American Museum of
Natural History.

James D. Lancaster, Agronomy Department, Missis-
sippi State University, was recognized by the Progressive
Farmer as Mississippi’s “Man of the Year in 1964 in
Service to Mid-South Agriculture.’’ This award was
made in recognition of his contributions through recent
researches on boron deficiencies in cotton.

John T. McGinnis has been appointed Assistant Pro-
fessor in the Institute of Radiation Ecology at the Uni-
versity of Georgia on March 1, 1965, from the Depart-

ment of Experimental Statistics at the University of
Georgia campus.

The National Science Foundation announced it has
awarded a $7,100 grant to Parsons College for the pur-
chase of undergraduate instructional scientific equip-
ment. In announcing the grant, the Foundation also
stated that the project will be under the direction of Dr.
Jack S. Brown, Professor of Biology and Dean of the
College. In receiving the federal grant, the College
agrees to provide an equal amount from non-Federal
sources, bringing the project cost to $14,200. Dr. Brown
has been a Professor of Biology on the Parsons faculty
since 1963 after serving several years on the faculty of
Emory and Henry College in Emory, Virginia.

Institutions and Organizations

The Florida Oceanographic Society of Stuart, Florida,
a nonprofit organization dedicated to the encouragement
and development of Marine Sciences and the general
knowledge of kindred subjects through scientific research,
is offering a limited number of openings for the use of
our facilities to interested qualified Marine Research
Scientists.

The society was recently organized, and at this time
offers the following facilities:

A. A headquarters building adequate to house ap-
proximately fifteen visiting scientists.

B. A technical reference library of approximately 200
volumes and selected periodicals.

C. A boat house with several small boats adequate
for the study of the area waters.

D. A spacious laboratory equipped for basic marine
research including:

1. Microtome

2. Phase microscope and photo-microscope

3. Analytical balances

4. Stereo microscopes

5. Bacteriological equipment

6. Drying oven

7. + — .02 C. refrigeration

8. Water distillation unit

9. Autoclave

10. Ultrasonic cleaner

1 1 . Sheet metal and wood shop available

Provisions for visiting scientists include research and

living space with no fees charged. Meals, transporta-
tion, and special equipment will be the responsibility of
the visiting participant.

Interested parties should submit a short resume of
their research project and their specific needs to: Florida
Oceanographic Society, 1212 Riverside Dr., Stuart, Flor-
ida— Att: Marine Science Directors.

Vol. 13, No. 1, January 1966

19

The U. S. National Herbarium, Department of Botany,
Smithsonian Institution, has recently completed a move
into new quarters in the west wing of the Museum of
Natural History building on the Mall in Washington,
D. C. The move has provided the herbarium with
50,000 square feet of storage space on two floors and
over 60 rooms comprising offices, laboratories, work-
rooms, and a library. Present professional staff consists
of 20 botanists, 5 of whom are research associates, and
a supporting staff of 12 persons.

The American College of Gastroenterology has
awarded Third prize in the 1965 Rorer Award Contest
to Dr. John E. Skandalakis (Director of Surgical Train-
ing, Piedmont Hospital, Atlanta and Professor of Anat-
omy Emory University, Atlanta), Dr. Stephen W. Gray
(Professor of Anatomy Emory University. Atlanta) and
Dr. Duncan Shepard (Attending Surgeon. Piedmont
Hospital & St. Joseph's Infirmary) for their paper
“Smooth Muscle Tumors of the Small Intestine" which
appeared in the August 1964 issue of “The American
Journal of Gastroenterology.”

The Department of Biology at Atlanta University has
received a grant of $40,000 from the Sloan Foundation
for the purchase of an electron microscope. Dr. Roy
Hunter, Jr., Associate Professor of Biology, will be in
charge of the new electron microscope laboratory.

Sweet Briar College will dedicate the new $1,000,000
Connie M. Guion Science Building the week of April
24th. The Building houses Physics, Chemistry, and Bi-
ology, with an enlarged Ames greenhouse adjacent to it
for teaching use. Interested persons are invited to ex-
amine the building and attend lectures marking the
dedication.

A NSF Summer Institute in Protozoology for college
teachers of biology will be held at the University of
California. Berkeley. July 6 - August 16, 1966. The pro-
gram is intended especially for instructors concerned
with special subject areas such as Invertebrate Zoology.
Microbiology, Cellular Biology, etc. Consideration will
also be given to college teachers currently engaged in
"traditional" courses in Protozoology, or who are plan-
ning to introduce courses in the subject.

For further information write to:

Dr. William Balamuth. Director
c/o Letters & Science Extension
University of California
Berkeley, California 94720

Completed forms must be returned by February 15,
and initial stipend offers will be made by March 5, 1966.

The Smithsonian Institution has just issued a new.
illustrated public information leaflet (No. 447) called
"Insectivorous Plants," by Stanwyn G. Shetler and Flor-
ence Montgomery, which is suitable for high school
students and wildflower amateurs. Free copies may be
obtained by writing to: Dr. William L. Stern, Chairman,
Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution, Wash-
ington. D. C. 20560.

A $10,000 greenhouse, financed in part by NSF, is
under construction at Millsaps College. This new facil-
ity will be used in instruction and in faculty and student
research projects. There will be facilities for growing |
both foliage and non-foliage plants.

A well-equipped weather station has been established
at Millsaps College by the biological sciences depart-
ments. The station will be used in instruction and in
faculty and student research programs. Initially the
data accumulated at the station will be used in studies
of small mammal reproductive cycles and food prefer-
ence and in tree ring analyses.

Mississippi State University has under construction a
new $2-million Forestry-Plant Science Building. The
building will be completed in mid-1966. and will house
facilities for teaching and basic and applied research for
the Departments of Agronomy, Horticulture, Plant Path-
ology and Weed Science, and Agricultural Chemistry,
and the School of Forestry.

Mississippi State University has been awarded a grant
of $212,500 through the Federal Facilities Act to be
matched by $425,000 in state funds to be used in the
construction of a new wing on the biology building, i
Upon completion of the new structure, the existing facil-
ity will be renovated to provide full modern facilities for
the Departments of Botany, Microbiology, and Zoology.
This project will at least triple the present space availa-
ble for instruction and research in these departments.

STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP, MANAGEMENT AND CIRCULATION

1 October 1965

The ASB Bulletin

Quarterly (January, April, July, and October)

Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th ft The Parkway, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103

Dept, of Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky. 40506 (Dr. John Carpenter)

6 names AND ADDRESSES OF MJBUSXti. EDITOR. AND MANAGING EDITOR

Association of Southeastern Biologists, Inc., Chapel Hill, North Carolina

C. W. Hart, Jr., Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th ft The Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa.

MANAGING EDITOR r\.M» aad addm ,)

7 OWNER II f oun.d by a corporation. ill mam, and add,,,, mail k. Hated and all* imnodisttly tb.r, under lb, mam,i and ad-
drum of ilociboldtr, Bu rning or holding 1 p,rc,nt or mor, oj total amount of Hock. If not ounid by a corporation, lb, aamti and

u ,n a, that of ,ach . ndnidual mail b, gi„n. 1

NAME

Access

Association o F Southeastern

Chapel Hillf North Carolina. (Dr. William J. Koch,

Biologists, Inc.

S KNOWN BONDHOLDERS. MORTGAGEES. AND OTHER SECURITY HOLDERS OWNING OR HOLDING 1 PERCENT OR MORE Of TOTAL AMOUNT

OF BONDS MORTGAGES OR OTHER SECURITIES (If tb,r, ar, non,, to Hat,)

NA Ml

AOOWSS

none

•) Paragraph* ' »nd 8 include, in caaci where ihe uockholder or security holder tppeiiri upon
trutiee or in iny other fiduciary relation, ihe name of the per*on or corporation for whom luch

uockholder* and ireurily holder* who do no* appear upon the booki of the company ai iruicee

the booki of «he company ai

i and condition* under which
«. hold tiock and *ecurifie* in
•tockholdert of a corpora non
orporalion have been included
ore of the loral amount of rhe

10 THIS ITEM MUST BE COMPLETED FOR All PUBLICATIONS EXCEPT TMOSE WHICH DO NOT CARRY ADVERTISING OTHSS THAN THE PUMISHH'S

OWN AND WHICH ARE NAMED IN SECTIONS 1 32 331. 132 232. AND 132.233. POSTAL MANUAL ( Srcliomi 4SSfa. 4J)fb. and 4J16 of Till ,

1 •>, 1 ,ut,d Siam ( od ,1

No advertising

A TOTAL NO CONES FRINK 0 (S,l Prt" Ham l

' T to^rm'subscri.iis .r mail carrier delivery o. by other means

3 SALES THROUGH AGENTS. NEWS OEALERS O. OTHERWISE

' oVhE|0",ION **“l CA,t,n °*UVm °‘ ”

D TOTAL NO OF CONES DISTRICTED ,S am ./ ha., Bl. Bl aad C)

( Signature >A»r. pnblnbrr. A. men

Editor

20

ASB Bulletin

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Men-
zel, Dept, of Biological Sciences, Florida
State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla. Subscrip-
tion orders from libraries and other insti-
tutions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. John Carpenter, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington,
Kentucky. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Fulton
Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

MARGARET Y. MENZEL
Associate Editor

BETTY' PEDDICORD, Assistant Editor

JOHN CARPENTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Retiring President — William D. Bur-
banck, Emory University
President Elect — Elsie Quarterman, Van-
derbilt University

Vice-President — B. Theodore Cole, Uni-
versity of South Carolina
Secretary — Margaret Y’. Menzel, Florida
State University

Treasurer — John Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Executive Committee — Wilbur H. Dun-
can, University of Georgia; G. M.
Jeffrey, National Institutes of Health;
David James Cotter, Alabama Col-
lege; Chauncey G. Goodchild, Emory
University; Frederick rJT. Wolf, Van-
derbilt University; Julian T. Darling-
ton, Southwestern at Memphis; Rob-
ert B. Short, Florida State Uni-
versity. All officers are ex officio
members of the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — W. W. Miller, III, Howard
College

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Agnes Scott
College

Kentucky — position vacant
Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University
Maryland — position vacant
Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University
North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Furman Univ.

Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Affiliate

Southern Section of the American
Society of Plant Physiologists

} olume 13, Number 2 - April 1966

CONTENTS

Association Affairs _ .... 22

Program of the 27th Annual Meeting of the A.S.B. 23

W. Ralph Singleton Appointed Director of

National Colonial Farm 28

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 27th Annual Meeting
of the A.S.B. 29

Map of North Carolina State University Campus 36

News of Biology in the Southeast 50

Opinions expressed in signed articles in this magazine do not necessarily reflect the
views or policies of the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Inc., or of its officers.

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

Nominees for 1966 Elections

The following slate of nominees is submitted by the
Nominating Committee for consideration at the 1966
meeting at North Carolina State University:

PRESIDENT

B. Theodore Cole, University of South Carolina
Harold J. Hu mm, Queens College

VICE PRESIDENT

Wilbur H. Duncan, University of Georgia
Herbert A. McCullough, Samford University

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Stuart S. Bamforth, Tulane University
Richard E. Garth, Northwestern State College
Mason E. Hale, Jr., Smithsonian Institution
Grover C. Miller, North Carolina State University

— William Burbanck, Chairman

ASB Bulletin

Program of the 27th Annual Meeting of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists

A Joint Meeting with the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, the South-
ern Appalachian Botanical Club, and the Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta National Hon-
orary Biological Society.

THURSDAY, APRIL 14

Field Trip: Lower Piedmont Communities in vicinity of Raleigh. Led by Dr. A. W. Cooper.

Information available from Dr. Cooper, Department of Botany, North Carolina State University.
Executive Committee Meeting, A.S.B.: McKimmon Room, Williams Hall.

Registration: Front Lobby, Erdahl-Cloyd Union.

General Session: Nelson Auditorium, Textile Building. Dr. Harry J. Bennett, Presiding.

Address of Welcome: Dr. John T. Caldwell, Chancellor, North Carolina State University.
Response: Dr. Harry J. Bennett, President, The Association of Southeastern Biologists.

Invitational Symposium: “Restoring the Quality of Our Environment: What Needs to be Done and
How We Are Doing It.” Dr. John L. Buckley, Office of Science Advisor to the Secretary of the
Interior.

Moderator: Dr. Arthur W. Cooper, Department of Botany and Forestry, North Carolina State Uni-
versity.

Discussants: Dr. Theodore R. Rice, Director, Radioecology Laboratory, U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Beaufort, North Carolina.

Dr. Don W. Hayne, Professor of Experimental Statistics, North Carolina State University.

Smoker and Exhibits: The Symposium will be followed by a smoker to be held in the Lobby and Ballroom of the
Erdahl-Cloyd Union. Refreshments will be served. The exhibits will be on display in the ballroom of the
Union.

Facilities in Gardner Hall: Departments of Botany, Entomology, Genetics, Microbiology, Plant Pathology, Zoology
will be open to visitors Thursday afternoon and all of Friday. You are welcomed in classrooms, laboratories,
greenhouses, growth chambers, offices, Entomology Museum (Rm. 325, Dr. D. A. Young, Curator), Herbarium
(Rm. 248, Dr. J. W. Hardin, Curator), Mammal and Bird Range (Rm. 244, Dr. F. S. Barkalow, Curator), Elec-
tron Microscope Facility (Rm. 251, Dr. R. T. Moore, In Charge).

1:30 p.m.

1:30 pan.
4:00-7:30 pan.
7:30 pan.

FRIDAY, APRIL 15

MORNING

7:15 a. m.

8:00-12:00

8:30-12:00

8:30-11:30

9:00 a. m.
10:00-1:00

11:15 aan.

11:45 a. m.

Breakfast, Southern Appalachian Botanical
Club: 1st floor of the Erdahl-Cloyd
Union (go through Cafeteria line and
meet in the State Room).

Registration: Front Lobby, Erdahl-Cloyd
Union.

Exhibits: Ballroom, Erdahl-Cloyd Union.
Paper Sessions:

Plant Cytology and Evolution — Theater,
2nd floor of Union.

Plant Ecology — Room 256-258, Union.
Cryptogamic Botany — Room 248-250,
Union.

Animal Physiology and Genetics — Be-
hind Reservation Desk, Union.
Invertebrate Ecology and Radiohiologv
— Room 230, Union.

Beta Beta Beta Registration and General
Meeting: Room 107 Harrelson Hall.
Beta Beta Beta Paper Sessions:

Eastern Division — Room 107 Harrelson
Hall.

Western Division — Room 206 Labora-
tory Building.

Informal Discussion: The Flora of the
Southeastern U. S. Dr. A. E. Radford,
Moderator. Room 252, Union.

Business Meeting: Association of South-
eastern Biologists, Nelson Auditorium,
Textile Building.

1:00-5:30

2:00-5:30

7:00 pan.

AFTERNOON

Exhibits: Ballroom, Erdahl-Cloyd Union.

Paper Sessions:

Systematic Botany and Floristics —
Theater, 2nd floor of Union.

Plant Autecology and Physiology —
Room 256-258, Union.

Morphogenesis — Room 248-250, Union.
Animal Ecology — Room 230, Union.
Parasitology — Behind Reservation Desk,
Union.

EVENING

Banquet: N. C. State University Faculty
Club (Hillsboro Street, IV2 miles west of
the Campus).

ASB Evening Program: N. C. State Uni-
versity Faculty Club.

Presentation of Awards and Prizes:

Ivey F. Lewis Fellowship at the Moun-
tain Lake Biological Station. Spon-
sored by Phipps and Bird, Inc.
Association Research Prize. Sponsored
by Carolina Biological Supply Com-
pany.

Meritorious Teaching Award. Sponsored
by Will Scientific, Inc., Georgia.

Past President’s Address: Dr. William D.
Burbanck, Emory University — “The Bi-
ology of Cyathura: The Development of
a Problem.”

Vol. 13, No. 2, April 1966

23

SATURDAY,

7:30, 8:00 a.m. Field Trips: Details at Registration
Desk. Please sign up at time of Reg-
istration.

1. Phycology — Led by Dr. L. A. Whit-
ford. Vicinity of Raleigh.

2. Carolina Biological Supply Company
- — Led by Dr. T. L. Quay and Mr.
Alva Harris.

APRIL 16

3. Ecology — Taxonomy (Communities
of the southeastern N. C. Coastal
Plain) — Led by Dr. Arthur W.
Cooper, Mr. W. E. Standaert and
Mr. E. D. Waits.

8:30 a.m. Executive Committee Meeting, Association
of Southeastern Biologists: Redwood
Room, College Inn Motel Restaurant
(Western Blvd. opposite campus).

SCHEDULE OF PAPER SESSIONS

FRIDAY MORNING — APRIL 15, 8:30 A.M.

PLANT CYTOLOGY AND EVOLUTION

Theater, 2nd floor of Union

Presiding: Dr. David L. Mulcahy, University of Georgia

8:30

1.

Beatty, Alvin V. and Jeanne W. (Emory
University). The Involvement of Nucleic
Acid in Repair of Radiation Damage.

9:48

7.

8:43

2.

Howe, H. Branch, Jr. and Philip Hays-
man (University of Georgia). Establish-

10:01

8.

ment of the Linkage Groups in Neurospora
tetrasperma.

10:14

9.

8:56

3.

Gerstel, D. U. and J. A. Burns (N. C.
State University). Association of Species-
foreign Heterochromatin with Develop-
mental Disorders in Nicotiana.

10:27

10.

9:09

4.

Riley, H. P., S. K. Majumdar and R. E.
Hammack (University of Kentucky). A
Chromosome Translocation in Three Haw-

10:40

11.

orthia Plants.

10:53

12.

9:22

5.

Walker, Sally A. (Vanderbilt University).
Karyotype Analysis of Petalostemon Spe-

cies.

9:35

6.

Smith, Bf.n W. (N. C. State University).

11:06

13.

Dioecism, Karyotype and Geography in
Rumex liastatulus.

Stewart, Shelton E. (Lander College,
University of Georgia). An Investigation
of Heterostylism in the Houstonia purpurea
Complex.

Bradley, Ted R. (University of North Car-
olina). Variation in Specularia Populations.
Murdy, W. H. (Emory University). Spe-
ciation in Phacelia in Response to Habitats
Afforded by Granite Outcrop Communities
of the Southeastern Piedmont Region.
Sohmer, Seymour H. (University of Ten-
nessee). Possible Evolutionary History of
Manihot esculenta Crantz.

Beal, E, O. and Russell M. Southall
(N, C. State University). Selection Mech-
anisms in Nuphar Sm. (Nymphaeaceae).
DePoe, C. E. and E. O. Real (Northeast
La. State College and N. C. State Univer-
sity). Origin and Maintenance of Polymor-
phism in Nuphar Sm. (Nymphaeaceae).
Browne, Edward T., Jr. (University of
Kentucky). An Instance of Possible Inter-
familial Hybridization in the Ferns.

PLANT ECOLOGY

Room 256-258, Union

Presiding: Dr. Dorothy L. Crandall, Randolph Macon Woman's College

8:30 14. Monk, Carl D. (University of Georgia).

Tree Species Diversity in Six Forest Types
in North Central Florida.

8:43 15. Dayton, Bruce R. (University of North

Carolina). The Relationship of Vegetation
to Iredell and Other Piedmont Soils.

8:56 16. Gibbon, Edward L. (N. C. State Univer-

sity). Vegetation of Three Monadnocks in
the Eastern Piedmont of North Carolina.

9:09 17. Rogers, Hollis J. and John D. Barnett

(University of N. C. at Greensboro and
N. C. Dept. Conservation & Development).
Relict Vegetation in the Vicinity of Hang-
ing Rock State Park, Danbury, North Car-
olina.

9:22 18. Barclay, Frank H. (East Tennessee State

University). Alison’s Woods.

9:35 19. Miller, Gary L. (University of North Car-

olina). Serpentine Barren Vegetation.

9:48

10:01

10:14

10:27

10:40

20. Williams, Richard B. and Marianne B.
Murdoch (U. S. Bur. Commercial Fisher-
ies). Annual Production of Spartina alter-
ni flora and J uncus roemerianus in Salt
Marshes Near Beaufort, N. C.

21. Waits, E. Douglas and Arthur W. Cooper
(N. C. State University). Net Primary Pro-
ductivity in an Irregularly Flooded N. C.
Salt Marsh.

22. Kerwin, James A. (Va. Inst. Marine Sci.
and College of William & Mary). Classi-
fication and Structure of the Tidal Marshes
of the Poropotank River, Virginia.

23. Stroud, Linda M. and Arthur W. Cooper
(N. C. State University). Use of Color
and Color Infra-red Aerial Photographs for
Mapping Salt Marsh Community Types.

24. Cooper, Arthur W. (N. C. State Univer-
sity). The Need for Coordinated Statewide
Vegetational Surveys in the Southeast.

24

ASB Bulletin

CRYPTOGAMIC BOTANY

Room 248-250, Union

Presiding: Dr. Gary Dillard, Clemson

8:30

25.

Rhodes, Russell G. and Walter R. Hern-
don (University of Tennessee). Factors
Influencing Zoospore Production and Mo-
tility in T etraspora gelatinosa.

9:48

31.

8:43

26.

Lembi, Carole A. and Walter R. Hern-
don (University of Tennessee). Ultra-
structure of the Pseudocilia of T etraspora.

10:01

32.

8:56

27.

Taylor, Sylvia Earle (Duke University

10:14

33.

and Cape Haze Marine Lab.). The Ecol-
ogy and Distribution of Phaeophyta ( Brown
Algae) in the Eastern Gulf of Mexico.

9:09

28.

Humm, Harold J. (Queens College). On
the Distribution of Marine Algae in the
Western North Atlantic.

10:27

34.

9:22

29.

Whitford, L. A. (N. C. State University).

Is This an Alga?

10:40

35.

9:35

30.

Wolf, Frederick A. (Duke University).
Old Non-fossilized Fungus Spores.

University

Eudy, William W. and James C. McDon-
ald (Wake Forest College). Character-
istics of Agents Producing Aggregation in
Dictyostelium discoideum.

Miller, Charles E. (Ohio University).
Isolation of Aquatic Fungi Using a Milli-
pore Filter.

Clausz, John C. (University of North Car-
olina). Experimentally Induced Changes in
Oogonial Structure and Oospore Germina-
tion in the Water Mold, Adilya liypogyna.
Peterson, Ronald H. (University of Ten-
nessee). Convergent Evolution in the Cla-
variaceae.

Walker, Alma Toevs (University of Geor-
gia). Crystallizing Chlorophyllous Com-
pounds in Lichens.

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

41.

48.

49.

50.

51.

52.

ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY AND GENETICS

Behind Reservation Desk, Union

Presiding: Dr. John Roberts, N. >
Mohler, Carolyn G. and Carolyn Wells
(Longwood College). Chromatographic 9:48

Analysis of 260 m/x Absorbing Material
from Well-fed and Starved Tetrahymena
pyriformis.

Stenroos, Orrie O. (The Woman's College 10:01
of Georgia). Electrophoretic Identification
of Two Species of Peromyscus.

Thornborough, J. R. and William L.
Mengebier (Denison University and Madi-
son College). Stimulation of Respiratory 10:14
Enzyme Activity of the Oyster, Crassostrea
virginica by Crustacean Eyestalk Extract.

Kemp, Donald T. and Beryl C. Franklin
(Northeast La. State College). The Effects 10:27

of Phenothiazine Drugs upon Biological
Pregnancy Tests in Male Batrachia.

Kaiser, Hans E. and John C. Bartone
(George Washington University Medical 10:40

School). Different Reactions of Chemical
and Physical Carcinogens in Specific Areas
of Mouse Skin. 10:53

Welch, A. S. and B. L. Welch (College of
William & Mary). Differential Effect of
Chronic Grouping and Isolation on the

:. State University

Metabolism of Brain Biogenic Amines.

42. Canonico, Peter G. (University of South
Carolina). Effect of Prolonged Hypergrav-
ity Stress on the Myogenic Properties of the
Gastrocnemius Muscle.

43. Kent, G. C., Jr., G. W. Tate, Jr. and D. R.
Dickerson (Louisiana State University).
Effect of Total Uterine Denervation on the
Luteolytic Action of the Pseudopregnant
Hamster Uterus.

44. Bartone, John C. and Hans E. Kaiser
(George Washington University Medical
School). Theoretical and Factual Prob-
lems of Animal and Human Space Flight.

45. Miller, James A., Jr., Faith S. Miller
and Mickey Via (Tulane University). Ef-
fects of Temperature. Tris and Glucose up-
on Asphyxia in Newborn Puppies.

46. Menzel, R. W. (Florida State University).
Studies of the Fi and F? Hybrids of the
Northern and Southern Quahog Clams.

47. Whiting. P. W. and Doris J. Bush (Oak
Ridge National Lab. and University of
Pennsylvania). Mass Production of Dia-
pause Larvae in Mormoniella.

INVERTEBRATE ECOLOGY AND RADIOBIOLOGY

Room 230. Union

Presiding: Dr. John Hobbie. N. C. State University

Bamforth, Stuart S. (Newcomb College
of Tulane University). Parallels Between 9.35

Rotifer and Ciliate Ecology.

Williams, Richard B. and John P. Bap-
tist (U. S. Bur. Commercial Fisheries).
Physiology of Mnemiopsis in Relation to its
Role as a Predator. Q

Shaw, William N. (U. S. Bur. Commercial
Fisheries). Oyster Setting in Two Adjacent
Tributaries of Chesapeake Bay.

Burbanck, W. D. (Emory University). A 10:01

Device for Collecting Water for pH, Salin-
ity, Temperature and Dissolved Oxygen De-
terminations. 10:14

Jones, Duvall A. (University of Florida).

Use of DFP“ in Frog Erythrocyte Survival

Studies.

53. Angelovic, J. W., J. C. White, Jr., and
D. W. Engel (U. S. Bur. Commercial Fish-
eries). Influence of Salinity on the Re-
sponse of Estuarine Animals to Ionizing
Radiation.

54. Hoss, Donald E. (U. S. Bur. Commercial
Fisheries). The Use of Activation Analysis
Methods of Tagging Post-larval Fish.

55. Crossley, D. A., Jr. (Oak Ridge National
Lab.). Arthropod Predatorprey Transfer of
Radioactive Cesium.

56. Reichle, David E. (Oak Ridge National
Lab.). The Behavior of Radiocesium Dur-
ing Insect Metamorphosis.

Vol. 13, No. 2, April 1966

25

FRIDAY AFTERNOON — APRIL 15, 2:00 P.M.

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

3:05

3:18

3:31

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

3:05

3:18

3:31

57.

58.

59.

60.

61.

62.

63.

64.

74.

75.

76.

77.

78.

79.

80.

81.

SYSTEMATIC BOTANY AND FLORISTICS

Theater, 2nd floor of Union

Presiding: Dr. A. Murray Evans, University of Tennessee

O'Dell, Herman (East Tennessee State
University). A Blooming Sweet Potato.
Harrison, Dale E., E. O. Beal and Henry
L. Lucas (Wilmington College and N. C.
State University). The Taxonomic Signifi-
cance of the Effect of Nutrient Media,
Photoperiod and Light Intensity on the
Morphological Features of the Genus Spi-
rodela.

Jones, Samuel B., Jr. (University of South-
ern Mississippi). Vernonia georgiana Bart-
lett - — - hybrid or species?

Matthews, James F. and W. H. Murdy
(University of N. C. at Charlotte and
Emory University). Systematics of Isoetes
found in Granite Outcrop Communities.
Varner, Johnnie B. (University of Ken-
tucky). The Flora of Harrison County,
Kentucky.

Sharp, Aaron J. (University of Tennessee).
Another Coastal Plain Plant on the Ten-
nessee Cumberland Plateau.

Mueller, Sabina (University of North Car-
olina). Cuticular Patterns as a Taxonomic
Tool within the Genus Vaccinium.

Keener, Carl S. (N. C. State University).
Evolutionary Relationships in the Short
stemmed Leatherflowers of the Eastern
United States.

3:44

65.

Yates, Harris O. (David Lipscomb Col-
lege). Taxonomic Status of Uniola (Gra-
mineae) .

3:57

66.

Mercer, Eveline P. and Arthur W.
Cooper (N. C. State University). A Pre-
liminary Report on a Study of Variation in
Fagus grandifolia Ehrh. in North Carolina.

4:10

67.

Djatie, Sri Hajatie (University of Ken-
tucky). Preliminary Results for a Mono-
graph of Asiatic Species of Aletris.

4:23

68.

Bostic, P. E. (University of North Car-
olina). A Preliminary Evaluation of Rhex-
ia alifanus Walter.

4:36

69.

Clarkson, Quentin D. (N. C. State Uni-
versity). Some Statistical Aspects of Sys-
tematic Botany.

4:49

70.

LeLong, Michel G. (University of South
Alabama). Studies of Reproduction in
Panicum Subgenus Dichanthelium.

5:02

71.

Hinds, Harold R. (Smith College). A
Floristic Study of Outer Cape Cod, Massa-
chusetts.

5:15

72.

Burk, C. John (Smith College). A Flor-
istic Comparison of Cape Cod, Massachu-
setts and the North Carolina Outer Banks.

5:28

73.

Hardin, James W. (N. C. State University).

New Facilities and Research Opportunities
at the Highlands Biological Station.

PLANT AUTECOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY

Room 256-258, Union

Presiding: Dr. Edward Clebsch, University of Tennessee

Brown, Gregory N. and Fred G. Taylor, 3:44
Jr. (Oak Ridge National Lab.). Factors
Affecting Radiosensitivity of Flowering in
Xanthium.

Jones, Joan M. (Emory University). The 3.(57
Effects of Ionizing Radiation on the Growth
of the Lichen P annelid conspersa.

Skeen, James N. and G. L. Plummer (Uni-
versity of Georgia). Homogeneity in An-
dropogon Growing on Areas of High and 4:10
Low Natural Background Radioactivity.

Pittillo, J. Dan, G. L. Plummer and H. F.

Perkins (University of Georgia). Accumu- 4 : 23

lation of Radioisotopes within Pinus taeda,
Juniperus virginiana and Quercus georgiana
in Two Ecosystems.

Pedigo, Robert A. (College of William &

Mary). Effects of Moisture Stresses on the
Recovery and Growth Rates of Irradiated 4.46
Pinus taeda Seedlings.

Ritchie, Jerry C. and G. L. Plummer
(University of Georgia). Thorium, Ura-
nium and Potassium in Certain Georgia
Soils and their Biological Implications. 4:49

McCormick, J. Frank (University of North
Carolina). An Ecological Study of the 5:02
Radiation Sensitivity of Euterpe globosa.

Bannister, Barbara (University of North
Carolina). Ecological Studies of the Sierra
Palm, Euterpe globosa Gaertn.

82. Lugo, Ariel E. (University of North Caro-
lina). Photosynthesis and Respiration of
Rain Forest Seedlings Under Natural Con-
ditions.

83. Bangma, Gail Sydney and Elsie Quarter-
man (Vanderbilt University). Ecological
Factors Affecting Germination of Leaven-
wortliia stylosa.

84. Edmisten, Joe A. and Henry F. Perkins
(University of Georgia). Changes in Tropi-
cal Rain Forest Soils After Irradiation.

85. Wolf, Frederick T. and Paul G. Bartels
(Vanderbilt University and University of
Arizona). Biochemical Differences Between
Light-grown and Dark-grown Wheat Seed-
lings.

86. Whatley, Booker T., Stanley O. Thomp-
son and Jack H. Jefferson (Southern Uni-
versity). The Effects of Media and Levels
of Root Inducing Chemicals on Rooting of
Pittosporum tobira.

87. Van Fleet, D. S. (University of Georgia).
Polyacetylenes in Plant Tissues.

88. O’Conner, James L. (University of Geor-
gia). Analysis of Terminal Oxidation En-
zymes in Tissue Culture of Nicotiana by
Microelectrophoresis and Histochemical
Methods.

26

ASB Bulletin

MORPHOGENESIS

Room 248-250, Union

Presiding: Dr. Elinor Behre, Black Mountain, N. C.

2:00 89. Decker, R. Dean and Heinz Seltmann

(N. C. State University). Growth and De-
velopment of Tobacco Suckers Following
Topping.

2: 13 90. Herr, J. M., Jr. (University of South Caro-

lina). The Stomata of Kalanchoe daigre-
montiana Hamet & Perrier, K. verticillata
Elliott and the Hybrid, K. daigremontiana
X verticillata.

2:26 91. Flemister, Mary R. and Lafayette Fred-

erick (Atlanta University). Observations
on the Ontogeny of Sclereids in Leaves of
Nymphaea odorata.

2:39 92. Ball, Ernest and P. C. Joshi (N. C. State

University). Effect of Gibberellic Acid up-
on Isolated Tobacco Callus Cells.

2:52 93. Joshi. P. C. and Ernest Bali, (N. C. State

University). An Approach to the Culture
of Mesophyll Cells under Autophytic Con-
ditions.

3:05 94. Ball, Ernest and P. C. Joshi (N. C. State

University). Adventive Embryos in a Cal-
lus Culture of Didiscus.

3:18 95. Whittier, Dean P. (Vanderbilt University).

The Effect of Auxin, Kinetin and Gibberel-
lin on Induced Apogamy in Fern Gameto-
phytes.

3:31 96. Cole, Madison B„ Jr. and J. Gordon Carl-

son (University of Tennessee). Nuclear
Pores in Grasshopper Neuroblasts.

3:44

3:57

4:10

4:23

4:36

4:49

5:02

5:15

97. Gregg, Kenneth W. and Charles B. Metz
(Emory University and University of Mi-
ami). A Comparison of Fertilizin and
Cytofertilizin from Eggs of Arbacia punc-
tidata.

98. Pickel, Virginia M. and Robert A. Rin-
aldi (Duke University Marine Lab. and
University of Tennessee). A New and Un-
usual Structure Observed in Ova of Arbacia.

99. Humphries, A. A., Jr. (Emory University).
Observations on the Deposition, Structure
and Cytochemistry of the Jelly Envelopes of
the Egg of the Newt, Triturus viridescens.

100. McLaughlin, Ellen W. (Emory Univer-
sity). Artificial Fertilization and Sperm
Penetration in Eggs of Triturus viridescens.

101. Eiland, Lonnie and Roy Hunter, Jr. (At-
lanta University). Histochemical Studies on
the Notochord of Rana catesbeiana Larvae.

102. Leiter, E. H. and Ernest L. Hunt (Emory
University). In Vitro Studies of the Em-
bryonic Chick Pancreas.

103. Pav, E. I., D. Rollins and T. R. Marcus
(East Tennessee State University and Chil-
dren’s Hospital Medical Center, Boston).
Skin Transplantation Study in the Mongo-
lian Gerbil ( Meriones unguiculatus) .

104. Loxley, Sidney S. and John C. Bartone
(George Washington Medical School). In-
dole Derivatives in the Histological Differ-
entiation of Early Pig Embryos.

ANIMAL ECOLOGY

Room 230, Union

Presiding: Dr. Herbert E. Shadowen, Western Kentucky State College

2:00

105.

Woodmansee, Robert A. (University of
South Alabama). Daily Vertical Migration
of Lucifer. Planktonic Numbers in Rela-
tion to Solar and Tidal Cycles.

3:05

1 10.

2:13

106.

Darlington, Julian T. and James G.
Place (Southwestern at Memphis). A New
Terrestrial Triclad from the Highlands,

N. C. Region.

3:18

111.

112.

3:31

2:26

107.

Outten, L. M. (Mars Hill College). Some
Fishes from the Chesapeake Bay Drainage
in Eastern Maryland.

3:44

113.

2:39

108.

Foster, Neal R. and John Cairns, Jr.

(Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia). Effects of Alky! Benzene Sul-
fonate on Breeding Behavior of Flagfishes,
Jordanella floridae.

3:57

1 14.

2:52

109.

Hogarth, William T. and William S.
Woolcott (University of Richmond). The

4: 10

115.

Mountain Stripeback Darter, Percina noto-
gramma montuosa, a New Subspecies of
Percid Fish from the Upper James River,
Va.

Jackson, Crawford G., Jr. (University of
South Alabama). A Morphometric Anal-
ysis of the Shell of Pseudemys concinna
suwanniensis Carr (Order: Testudinata).
Tanner, James T. (University of Tennes-
see). The Temperature Stimulus for the
Start of Nesting by Birds.

Boykins, Ernest A. (Alcorn A & M Col-
lege). The Effects of DDT Contaminated
Earthworms in the Diet of Some Birds.
Harvey, Michael J. (University of Ken-
tucky). Seventy-two Hour Constant Sur-
veillance Studies of the Prairie Mole (Seal-
opus aquatic us) .

Smith. Michael H. (University of Florida).
Reproduction in the Old-Field Mouse, Pero-
myscus polionotus.

Welch, B. L„ J. P. Henry, A. S. Welch
and P. Stephens (College of William &
Mary and University of Southern Cali-
fornia). Cardiovascular Response to Dif-
ferent Levels of Social Stimulation.

Vol. 13, No. 2, April 1966

27

PARASITOLOGY

Behind Reservation Desk, Union
Presiding: Dr. Reinard Harkema, N. C. State University

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

3:05

116. Stiven, Alan E. (University of North Car-
olina). The Effect of Host Population
Density on Experimental Epidemics of Hy-
dramoeba hydroxena.

117. Price, Charles E. (The Woman's College
of Georgia). Host-Specificity in the Sub-
order Monopisthocotylea (Trematoda: Mo-
nogenea).

118. Harris, Alva H. (N. C. State University).
Development of the Sporocyst Generations
of Didelphodiplostomum variabile (Trema-
toda: Diplostomatidae).

119. Ehrhardt, Warren R. (N. C. State Uni-
versity). Some Helminths of Two Species
of North Carolina Gulls.

120. Huber, Richard T. and Grover C. Miller
(N. C. State University). The Parasites of
Certain Members of the Catfish Family
Ictaluridae from Two North Carolina
Watersheds.

121. Aldridge, Frank P. and Burton J. Bog-
itsh (Vanderbilt University). The Ultra-
structure and Histochemistry of the Integu-
ment and Subcuticle of Postliodiplostomum
minimum.

3:18

3:31

3:44

3:57

4: 10

4:23

122. Bogitsh, Burton J. (Vanderbilt Univer-
sity). Esterase Activity in the Strigeid
Trematode, Postliodiplostomum minimum.

123. Goodchii d. C. G. and V. L. Martin (Em-
ory University). The Effect of Tempera-
ture Upon Infection and Maturation Time
of Blood Flukes in Turtles.

124. Goodchild, C. G. and Ardis L. Cramer
(Emory University). Effects of Dietary
Lipid Depletion in Rat Host and Hymen-
olepis diminuta.

125. Robinson, E. S. (University of Tennessee
and University of New South Wales). Ef-
fects of X-Irradiation on the Development
of Moniliformis dubius ( Acanthocephala).

126. Proffitt, Max Rowland (University of
Tennessee). Chromosomes of an Acantho-
cephalan and a Cestode Using Mammalian
Spread Technique.

127. Tan, B. D. (University of Tennessee). Ef-
fects of Primary Infection Upon Secondary
Infection of Female Mice with the Bile
Duct Tapeworm, Hymenolepis microstoma.

W. Ralph Singleton Appointed Director
of National Colonial Farm

The appointment of Professor W. Ralph Single-
ton as Director of the National Colonial Farm,
the museum project of the Accokeek Foundation
under development on the banks of the Potomac
River opposite Mt. Vernon, has been announced
by Frances P. Bolton, president of the Accokeek
Foundation.

Dr. Singleton is the Miller Professor of Biology
at the University of Virginia, and will continue in
that position during the winter months. He has
recently retired as Director of the Blandy Experi-
mental Farm, near Winchester.

Dr. Singleton served as the senior geneticist of
the Brookhaven National Laboratories for Atomic
Energy Research from 1948 to 1955. For many
years, he was geneticist at the Connecticut Ex-
periment Station in New Haven, where he de-
veloped sweet corn hybrids widely used through-
out the United States. After graduate work at
Harvard, he was assistant superintendent of the
Harvard Botanic Garden in Soledad, Cienfuegos,
Cuba. Dr. Singleton was Chairman of the North-
east Corn Improvement Conference. He served
as a member of the Food and Agricultural Study
Group of the National Academy of the Sciences,
and as technical advisor to the U. S. delegation
at the first Geneva Conference on the peace time
uses of atomic energy in 1955.

Dr. Singleton was born in Jacksonville, Mis-
souri, on April 24, 1900, was married to Dor-
othy Amrine, October 10, 1931, and has four
children.

The National Colonial Farm project has been
under development by the Accokeek Foundation
since 1957. In 1961, the Congress of the United
States passed, and President Kennedy signed into
law, PL 87-362 to preserve the area “for the
benefit of present and future generations the his-
toric scenic values, the unusual cultural, scientific
and recreational values ... of such lands as ex-
isted at the time of construction active use of Mt.
Vernon Mansion and Fort Washington.” The
Foundation then entered into agreement with the
United States Department of the Interior to con-
tinue the development of the National Colonial
Farm as the working model farm of the period
of 1750, coupled with a scientific program in
genetic research.

President Bolton stated in connection with the
appointment of Dr. Singleton, “The Colonial
Farm can make a great contribution to our un-
derstanding both of Colonial life and the eco-
nomic botany of the Colonial period. It will be
a typical working farm of the period. Its scien-
tific objective in stabilizing the aboriginal genetic
strains of crops and animals, of course, will be
carried on simultaneously.”

28

ASB Bulletin

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 27th Annual
Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists

The Ultrastructure and Histochemistry
of the Integument and Subcuticle of
Posthodiplostomum minimum

Frank P. Aldridge and Burton J. Bogitsh,
Vanderbilt University

Electron microscope and histochemical studies of the
integument and subcuticle of the strigeid trematode, Pos-
thodiplostomum minimum, are reported. The spiny fore-
body integument is of a cytoplasmic nature containing
mitochondria, a membrane system, and secretory vesi-
cles. It is PAS-positive and is covered with a layer of
acid mucopolysaccharide. A number of cell types com-
prise the subcuticle, among which are acid mucopoly-
saccharide secreting cells and esterase secreting cells. A
possible mechanism by which secretions pass through the
integument is discussed. (Supported, in part, by a re-
search grant from the National Institutes of Health (No.
Al-06413-02) and, in part, by a grant from the Natural
Science Committee, Vanderbilt University.)

Influence of Salinity on the Response of
Estuarine Animals to Ionizing Radiation

j. W. Angelovic, J. C. White, Jr., and D. W. Engel,
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Radiobiological
Laboratory, Beaufort, North Carolina

During investigations of the effects of ionizing radia-
tion on estuarine animals we found that animals in water
with different salinities respond differently to radiation.
LD-50’s and survival were determined for three euryha-
line species after irradiation with cobalt-60 in water at
different salinities within their tolerance ranges. Mum-
michog, Fundulus heteroclitus, were tested at salinities
between 5-25%; grass shrimp, Palaemonetes pugio, be-
tween 15-30%; and brine shrimp, Artemia salina, be-
tween 5-100%. Comparison of LD-50’s at the salinities
tested showed that mummichog and grass shrimp, typical
estuarine species, were more resistant to radiation at
lower salinities. The magnitude of variation between
LD-50's of organisms at different salinities varies with
temperature. The resistance of brine shrimp to radiation
is not increased at lower salinities; rather, irradiated
brine shrimp survive longer than unirradiated at 5%.
These data indicate that salinity has a significant role in
determining the response of estuarine species to radia-
tion.

Adventive Embryos in a Callus Culture
of Didiscus

Ernest Ball and P. C. Joshi, N. C. State University

Callus produced in vitro from surface-sterilized stem
segments upon complex medium containing coconut
water and 2,4-D plus sucrose developed numerous ad-
ventive embryos which occasionally broke loose and fell
to the bottom of the culture tube. Embryos retained
within the callus often germinated to produce elongate
seedlings bearing leaves of the mature type and basal
roots. Those cast loose from the callus frequently un-
derwent callusing to such a degree that the form of the
embryo was obscured by the overgrowth. Conversely,

certain callus cultures produced embryos in such great
numbers that little or no growth of callus remained.
The auxin used appeared to control embryo formation;
they were numerous upon medium containing 2,4-D, but
none at all on that with 2,3,5-T. The callus culture
upon 2,4-D has been transferred four times at monthly
intervals without apparent diminution in production of
embryos.

Effect of Gibberellic Acid Upon Isolated
Tobacco Callus Cells

Ernest Ball and P. C. Joshi, N. C. State University

Tobacco callus during the first 3 monthly transfers
upon complex agar medium produced, when shaken in
liquid medium, living isolated cells with abundant stream-
ing cytoplasm that are capable of division and growth.
In subsequent transfers, such shaken-off cells were cyto-
logically aged, had progressively decreased amounts of
cytoplasm with practically no streaming. Many were
either dying or dead. Ageing of the callus thus appears
concomitant with a lessening of growth by single cells,
and a tendency to growth as a multicellular organism.
When the liquid medium contained an appropriate con-
centration of gibberellic acid As, the released cells of
aged lines had abundant streaming of cytoplasm and
were capable of division. Several old lines which had
not produced viable single cells for more than 2 years
were thus rejuvenated. A probably important effect of
gibberellin here was the stimulation of production of
cytoplasmic protein.

Parallels Between Rotifer and Ciliate Ecology

Stuart S. Bamforth, Newcomb College of
Tulane University

Rotifers are multicellular parallels of those larger cili-
ates possessing developed ingestive and locomotor abili-
ties, and occupy the same ecological niches. Planktonic
rotifers are limnetic counterparts of marine tintinnid and
oligotrich ciliates. Many littoral forms, especially bdel-
loids, are only transiently sessile, combining behaviour
patterns of specialized heterotrichs, hypotrichs, and peri-
trichs. Their adaptations parallel ciliate evolution to
Aufwuchs niches, and they appear with these specialized
ciliates toward the end of ciliate successions in organi-
cally enriched waters.

Ecological Factors Affecting Germination
of Leavenworthia stylosa

Gail Sydney Bangma and Elsie Quarterman,
Vanderbilt University

Leavenworthia stylosa (Cruciferae) is a winter annual
lhat is endemic to the cedar glades of Middle Tennessee.
The seeds normally germinate in September after a dor-
mancy period of three to four months. Under experi-
mental conditions, temperature appears to be the over-
riding factor in effecting germination; however, age of
seeds, alternate periods of wetting and drying, and scari-
fication also influence the time and percentage of germi-
nation. This paper deals with interactions of these fac-
tors and their relation to the field situation.

Vol. 13, No. 2, April 1966

29

Ecological Studies of the Sierra Palm,
Euterpe globosa Gaertn.

Barbara Bannister, University of North Carolina

The life cycle of Euterpe globosa Gaertn. was studied
in the lower montane rain forest of Puerto Rico. Field
investigations were made of seed distribution and germi-
nation, seedling growth and turnover rate, and distribu-
tion of size classes. Biomass was measured in relation
to size class. An estimate was made of the growth rate
of adult trees on the basis of leaf turnover rate. Labo-
ratory investigations were made of seed germination and
seedling growth. Data derived from these investigations
were used to evaluate the part played by the palm in the
structure of the rain forest community.

Alison’s Woods

Frank H. Barclay, East Tennessee State University

In Sullivan County, Tennessee, a few miles from Tri-
cities Airport, there is a tract of land comprising some
two hundred and fifty acres. On this area there stands
one of the finest remnants of the Eastern Deciduous
Forest now in existence.

Dominants of this woodland, known as Alison’s
Woods, are Tulip Poplar and several species of Oak.
An extremely small amount of cutting of trees has been
done, and the subordinate layers have also remained vir-
tually undisturbed. There are many trees both standing
and fallen which are of enormous size, and Oak and
Chestnut logs are numerous.

The unique character of Alison's Woods makes its
study highly desirable. Unfortunately, the imminent
threat of its destruction makes it a matter of urgency
that this be done at once.

Theoretical and Factual Problems of Animal
and Human Space Flight
John C. Bartone and Hans E. Kaiser,

George Washington University Medical School

White and Berry (1964) indicate catastrophic emer-
gency in human programmed flight is unlikely, but sug-
gest changes may exist as slowly shifting values. These
momentarily are unknown and significances, when ap-
parent, remain to be determined. Such aspects, new
theoretical perspectives and factual problems of space
have been considered upon our participation of launched
vehicles at NASA's Wallops Station, Virginia. Payloads
with similar physical parameters varied upon retrieval
from normal to lifeless recovery.

Our life in space demands normal activity; body re-
sponses may be dissimilar to work or in space injuries.
Failure of organ repair, ateleosis, suggests dysplasia and
histomegaly. Normal tissue replacement may suffer in
prolonged space, affect the organ law of performance
and relative telotism with possibilities of hypofunction,
atrophy and hyperfunction leading to hyperplasia. Real
and simulated space experiments reveal swollen mito-
chondria, reduced bladder wall, depressed hematopoiesis
and cell enzyme changes. Clinical implications and his-
tophysiological explanations are presented.

Selection Mechanisms in Nuphar Sin.

( Nymphaeaceae)

E. O. Beal and Russell M. Southall,

North Carolina State University

The Nuphar macrophyllum-sagittifolium complex ex-
hibits a morphological cline extending from inland areas
toward the coast. Individual populations composing
this cline are under rigid selection pressures. Since the
intensity of winter temperatures in inland areas is greater

than that toward the coast, it is conceivable that the de-
gree of vernalization may provide a mechanism effective
in selection. To test this hypothesis, seeds from areas
representative of the cline were allowed to germinate
with no vernalization. Remaining seeds were vernalized
for 15 days at 4° C., then germinated. Those remaining
were subjected to an additional 15 days at 4° C., then
germinated. Variation in leaf length-width ratios of
seedlings, germinated following the three vernalization
treatments, were compared. Results provide conclusive
evidence that higher ratios result from non-vernalized
seeds, medium ratios from 15 days vernalization, and
lower ratios from 15+15 days of vernalization. Thus,
the temperature gradient does present a selection pres-
sure upon populations of Nuphar.

The Involvement of Nucleic Acid in Repair
of Radiation Damage

Alvin V. Beatty and Jeanne W. Beatty,

Emory University

All experiments involve the study of chromosomal ab-
errations in the first microspore division of T radescantia
paludosa with X-irradiation being given at 5 Or per min-
ute for eight minutes in a helium atmosphere. Chemical
treatments, both pre- and post-irradiative, were given for
one and one-half hours. Inhibitors of protein synthesis
such as dihydrostreptomycin, puromycin, and chloram-
phenicol facilitated recovery rather than inhibited it, in-
dicating that, under these conditions, protein synthesis is
not necessary for recovery from radiation damage.
FUDR, although radiomimetic at 10“4M, neither hin-
dered nor facilitated rejoining. Adenine, adenosine,
adenosine monophosphates 2', 3', and 5', adenosine 5'
diphosphate, deoxyadenosine 5' mono- and 5' triphos-
phates had no effect on radiation recovery, while ATP,
3', 5'-diphosphoadenosine and deoxyadenosine effected in
each case a 50% recovery. When the microspores were
denied a supply of ATP, deoxyadenosine had no effect.
The effect of other pyrimidines, purines, nucleosides,
nucleotides, and deoxyribose compounds on recovery
from radiation damage will be given. All of these re-
sults indicate an involvement of nucleic acid in the re-
covery process.

Esterase Activity in the Strigeid Trematode,
Posthodiplostomum minimum
Burton J. Bogitsh, Vanderbilt University

The histology and histochemistry of the subcuticular
cells and the holdfast organ cells have been studied in
both the metacercariae and adults of Posthodiplostomum
minimum. The primary secretory product of both cell
types is a nonspecific esterase that is eserine-resistant but
is inhibited by sodium fluoride. The contents of the sub-
cuticular cells are granular and contain, in addition to
nonspecific esterase, protein and RNA. The products of
the subcuticular cells are apparently emptied to the ex-
terior through the cuticle of the forebody of the worm.
The contents of the holdfast organ cells react histochemi-
cally the same as do the contents of the subcuticular
cells. These cells, however, possess definitive ducts that
communicate with the cuticle of the holdfast organ.
Cholinesterase is found in the nervous system of the
organism. (Supported, in part, by a research grant from
(he National Institutes of Health (AI 06413-02).)

A Preliminary Evaluation of
Rhexia Alifanus Walter
P. E. Bostick, University of North Carolina
at Chapel Hill

In C. W. James’s 1956 revision of the genus Rhexia of
the Melastomataceae, two series were erected: Series A.

30

ASB Bulletin

with short, straight, large-pored anthers and Series B
with long, curved, small-pored anthers. Rhexia Alifanus
Walter was tentatively included in Series B, with the
reservation that its seeds, which are much larger than
and of a different shape than any other species, might
indicate that this species has affinities with the oblong-
seeded tribe Merianieae. Although the relationships of
Rhexia Alifanus to other genera in the Melastomataceae
are still unclear; evidence has been obtained from ana-
tomical and chromatographic studies that indicates that
this species' relationships with others of the genus Rhexia
are tenuous. Leaf cross-sections of this species show
that there are two palisade layers, in contrast to the
single layer of other Rhexia species. The chromato-
graphic pattern is much more complex; and the chromo-
somes are approximately twice as large as other species.

The Effects of DDT Contaminated Earthworms
in the Diet of Some Birds
Ernest A. Boykins, Alcorn A. & M. College

The study involved determining if earthworms con-
taining various levels of DDT could cause death, the
survival time if death occurred, and the quantities of the
toxicant in the tissues of the birds. Other birds were
given DDT contaminated water to see if such solutions
might prove toxic. Experiments in feeding House Spar-
rows earthworms ( Helodrilus foetiilus) containing 298
ix g of DDT/g showed a survival time for the birds of
1 to 5 days. The brain averaged 31.4 pg of DDT/g
while the liver averaged 48.4 pg of DDT/g. Japanese
Quail on the same diet had a survival time of 3 to 10
days. The brain of the quail averaged 43.6 txg of DDT/g
and 44.4 fx g of DDT/g in the liver. However, Japanese
Quail showed a preference for chick starter grain when
given a choice of grain or earthworms and did not eat
lethal quantities of the earthworms. House Sparrows
fed on earthworms containing 86 to 90 pg of DDT/g,
had a survival time of 2 to 6 days. The brain and liver
averaged 33.6 to 59.0 /xg of DDT/g respectively. House
Sparrows given a 12 per cent DDT solution had a sur-
vival time of 5 to 13 days while those maintained on a
12 per cent DDT solution and tap water had a survival
time of 6 to 17 days. DDT levels in the brain and liver
increased with survival time in the above groups.

Variation in Specularia Populations

Ted Bradley, University of North Carolina

Hybrids were easily made between Specularia per-
foliata (L.) A.DC. and Specularia biflora (R.&P.) Fisch.
& Mey. The morphology of this Fi as regards those
characters separating the two species was that usually
attributed to S. perfoliata. In the Fi plants and plants
from natural populations, the key characters separating
the two species were compared and were found to be
similar indicating that hybridization was occurring and
was responsible for variation in natural populations.
Only one qualitative character was found to be separat-
ing the two taxa and this trait may be the result of a
one gene difference. The data indicate the two taxa
should be considered one species, Specularia perfoliata
(L.) A. DC.

Factors Affecting Radiosensitivity of
Flowering in Xanthium

G. N. Brown and F. G. Taylor, Jr., Radiation Ecology
Section, Health Physics Division, Oak Ridge National
Laboratory , Oak Ridge, Tennessee

Radiosensitivity of flowering in Xanthium varies with
time of irradiation with respect to photoinduction. This

study is intended to determine varying radiosensitivity
of flowering during the light and dark periods of photo-
induction.

Five-week-old Xanthium pensylvanicum plants re-
ceived a dose of 2010 rads “°Co gamma radiation over
a five-day period simultaneous with photoinduction (12
hours of light per day). One group of plants was ir-
radiated only during the five dark periods, another only
during the light periods, while a third group served as
non-irradiated controls.

An inhibition of flowering was observed in all irradi-
ated plants. The development of staminate and pistil-
late flowers differed in radiosensitivity. Radiation dur-
ing the light periods produced different flowering re-
sponses than did the corresponding dark period irradia-
tions. There appeared to be a relationship between
critical parts of the photoinductive cycle and radiosensi-
tivity of the flowering mechanism. (Research sponsored
by the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission under contract
with the Union Carbide Corporation.)

An Instance of Possible Interfamilial
Hybridization in the Ferns
Edward T. Browne, Jr., University of Kentucky

In June 1965 an unusual fern was collected in Carter
Co., Kentucky, which was rather unlike any previously
observed by the writer. The most unique feature of
these plants was the great size of the leaves — some of
them reaching a height of IV4-IV2 meters. In other
characteristics some plants appeared to be similar in a
few ways to Lorinseria areolata (L.) Presl, the small
chainfern. and in other plants the resemblance was
nearer Onoclea sensibilis L., the sensitive fern. An
analysis of individual leaves of different plants and all
leaves of the same plants by the hybrid index method is
indicative that these unusual plants are probably the re-
sult of hybridization between the two species followed
by segregation and back-crossing among individuals of
the population. O. sensibilis occurs elsewhere in the
county, but L. areolata is not known from the county.
Comparison is made between the putative hybrid popula-
tion and specimens more typical of the supposed par-
ental species with remarks concerning the probable time
of hybridization and possible explanation of the absence
today of the second parental species.

A Device for Collecting Interstitial Water for pH,
Salinity, Temperature, and Dissolved
Oxygen Determinations
W. D. Burbanck, Emory University

The device is essentially two parts, viz., a 1.5 meter
aluminum tube with a welded flange and a second flange
with a perforated (2 mm) stainless steel cone welded to
it. Within the cone and supported by another tightly
fitting duplicate cone is placed a filter suitable to the
bottom being studied. The two parts are tightly locked
together with a rubber gasket in between. A solid alu-
minum cone attached to a rod is inserted so that the
solid cone is tightly apposed to the inner perforated one.
Above the solid cone the rod passes through a solid 4
cm rubber disk 8.4 cm in diameter which serves as a
plunger.

With all parts locked, the device is forced into the
substratum. The plunger is removed and water is drawn
in. Oxygen and temperature are determined in situ gal-
vanically and salinity and pH tests are run on samples
pumped out of the tube with a small bilge pump. (Work
supported by National Science Foundation Grant GB-
3122.)

Vol. 13, No. 2, April 1966

31

A Floristic Comparison of Cape Cod,
Massachusetts, and the North Carolina
Outer Banks

C. John Burk, Smith College

Cape Cod, Massachusetts, and the North Carolina
Outer Banks are seaward extensions of the coastal plain
land mass which possess structurally similar vegetations.
Cape Cod has a native flora of slightly more than 600
species of vascular plants; the Outer Banks flora con-
tains 462 native species. The two floras have at least
179 species in common, representing 130 genera. Fior-
istic similarities and dissimilarities will be discussed in
terms of community structure, major phyletic groups,
patterns of plant distribution, and the geological his-
tories of the areas.

Effect of Prolonged Hypergravity Stress on the
Myogenic Properties of the Gastrocnemius Muscle

Peter G. Canonico, University of South Carolina

Adult male hamsters were exposed to a force of 4 x g
in a small animal centrifuge for up to 4 weeks. The
gastrocnemius, an anti-gravity muscle, responded to the
increased gravitational stress by an increased myogenic
efficiency during the first 2 weeks of exposure, returning
to near normal by the 4th week. Although food con-
sumption after the first 5 days was 28.7% greater in the
experimental animals they showed a weight loss of
15.3% at the end of the first week, regaining 4.8% of
the lost weight by the 4th week. The gastrocnemius,
however, showed no parallel loss in mass. Actually
there was an hypertrophy manifesting a mass increase of
8.13% at the end of the 3rd week. Tetany in the mus-
cle, induced by sciatic nerve stimulation, produced a
contraction force (gms/gm of muscle) which was 18.7%
and 26.8% greater than the control for the 1st and 2nd
week respectively, returning to normal by the 3rd week.
The time required for the muscle to fatigue, in response
to continued stimulation, was 2-3 fold greater during the
first 3 weeks, returning to near normal by the 4th week.

Some Statistical Aspects of Systematic Biology

Quentin D. Clarkson, North Carolina State University

Some statistical aspects of systematic biology are dis-
cussed with emphasis on the sampling problem. The
importance of a careful definition of the sampling unit
and the use of the museum and of pilot surveys are
stressed.

Experimentally Induced Changes in Oogonial
Structure and Oospore Germination in the
Water Mold, Achlya hypogyna

John Clausz, University of North Carolina
at Chapel Hill

At high temperatures (25°C.) Achlya hypogyna Coker
and Pemberton has only a few, small papillae and usu-
ally 1-2 oospores per oogonium; whereas, at low tem-
peratures (15°C.) the oogonium has many large papillae
and usually 3-5 oospores.

Oospores of Achlya hypogyna have a natural dor-
mancy period of about 7 days which can be slightly re-
duced by a washing technique. Enhanced germination
occurs only when oospores are placed on corn meal agar
plates. This enhancement results in germinations oc-
curring in only 2% of the total number of oogonia that
are treated. Light is not necessary for germination.
Twenty degrees Centigrade is the optimum temperature
for germination. Freezing and cold-shock treatments are
not effective in shortening the dormancy period or en-
hancing germination. Desiccation kills oospores.

Nuclear Pores in Grasshopper Neuroblasts

M. B. Cole, Jr. and J. G. Carlson,

The University of Tennessee

Embryos of the grasshopper Chortophaga viridifas-
ciata (De Geer) were used at a stage of development
equivalent to 14-15 days development at 26°C. The
embryos were prepared for electron microscope exami-
nation by fixation with buffered ( pH 6.7) 1 percent
glutaraldehyde followed by buffered (pH 6.8) 1 percent
osmium tetroxide. Thin Epon sections were double-
stained with uranyl acetate and lead citrate. Within the
neuroblast is a large, roughly hemispherical nucleus with
a central cytoplasmic core, in which the astral centers
and cytoplasmic spindle originate. Electron microscopic
examination of the core region reveals that the core
material is continuous with the cytoplasm surrounding
the nucleus. Structures similar to nuclear pores are ob-
served almost exclusively in that portion of the nuclear
envelope which surrounds the cytoplasmic core. (This
study was supported in part by the Atomic Energy Com-
mission under contract number AT-(40-l)-2575.)

The Need for Coordinated Statewide Vegetational
Surveys in the Southeast

Arthur W. Cooper, North Carolina State University

There are relatively few statewide vegetational surveys
in the United States. None exist for the Southeastern
States. Many modern areas of land management require
thorough knowledge of natural vegetation. Several bills
now before Congress (Ecological Research Bill, United
States Botanical Survey Bill) take cognizance of the lack
of data concerning our natural vegetation and provide
for ways in which such data may be collected. In view
of the need for a better knowledge of the vegetation of
the Southeast, and in view of the possible passage of a
bill providing for support of vegetational research, it
seems desirable that steps be taken early to plan for the
development and coordination of vegetation studies in
the Southeast. A suggestion as to how we may start
toward this goal will be made and a call for discussion
of the problem will be made.

Arthropod Predator-prey Transfer of
Radioactive Cesium

D. A. Crossley, Jr., Radiation Ecology Section, Health

Physics Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory,
Oak Ridge, Tennessee

Radioactive isotopes of cesium have been employed in
field areas to estimate rates of dry matter and energy
movement along plant-to-insect food chains. Efficiencies
of radiocesium transfer from herbivore to predator were
analyzed so that the methods could be extended to in
elude higher trophic levels. Laboratory studies of three
arthropod predators ( Tenodera sinensis, Otocryptops sex-
spinosus, and lycosid spiders) feeding upon crickets
(A diet a domestica ) showed that cesium-134 transfer and
dry matter transfer both exceeded 90 percent. Cesium
transfer from crickets to spiders was as efficient as to
predators with chewing mouthparts. Other radioiso-
topes, particularly those of elements with affinities for
the integument, may not be transferred so efficiently to
suctorial predators. Implications of these results for
studies of food chain kinetics in field plots tagged with
radioisotopes are discussed. (Research sponsored by the
U. S. Atomic Energy Commission under contract with
the Union Carbide Corporation.)

32

ASB Bulletin

A New Terrestrial Triclad from the Highlands,
North Carolina Region

Julian T. Darlington and James G. Place,
Southwestern at Memphis

During the summer of 1965 four specimens of a new
species of land triclad were collected in the vicinity of
Cliffside Lake near Highlands, North Carolina. Two of
the three sexually mature specimens were sectioned suc-
cessfully and studied. The morphology of the repro-
ductive system indicates that it belongs to the genus
Diporodemus Hyman, 1938. The external appearance is
unusual in that the caudal tip of the worm and the 'neck’
region are white in contrast to the overall black pig-
mentation.

The Relationship of Vegetation to Iredell
and Other Piedmont Soils
Bruce R. Dayton, University of North Carolina

The vegetation of an upland area of Iredell clay loam,
in Granville County, North Carolina, was compared with
the upland vegetation of three nearby soil types. Ninety-
one of the 252 species collected on Iredell clay loam
were not collected on other soils, suggesting the pres-
ence of many characteristic species on the soil type.
Among these species, four distinct floral elements were
present: “calcareous species", “xeric species”, “alluvial
species”, and "prairie species”. A line-intercept tran-
sect, sampling broomsedge community vegetation across
a transition from Iredell clay loam to another soil type,
demonstrated a vegetation gradient which paralleled gra-
dients in soil parameters. Samples of oak-hickory-pine
communities indicated that importance and frequency of
certain species on Iredell soils differed from that of the
same species on unrelated soils. Results suggested that
distribution and abundance of certain species on Iredell
soils are influenced by exchangeable calcium-magnesium
content and extremes in moisture availability.

Growth and Development of Tobacco Suckers
Following Topping

R. Dean Decker and Heinz Seltmann,

North Carolina State University

When Nicotiana tabacum cv. flue-cured is in flower the
axillary buds are in various stages of development. In
the axils of those leaves below the point of topping, there
may be as many as three buds; primary, secondary, and/
or tertiary. In leaf axils lower on the stalk, the num-
ber and stage of development of the buds are usually
reduced. Topping, which destroys the apical dominance
exerted by the growing point, stimulates growth of the
axillary buds. The uppermost primary buds develop
noticeably and establish a semblance of dominance. Re-
moval of these buds (suckers) again will destroy apical
dominance, and again the uppermost primary buds below
I those removed will develop noticeably. The appearance
of secondary buds may occur following the removal of
the primary buds in any given leaf axil. The pattern of
development of suckers is probably due to the stage of
development found in the various leaf axils at the time
of topping.

Origin and Maintenance of Polymorphism
in Nuphar Sm. (Nymphaeaceae)

C. E. DePoe and E. O. Beal, Northeast Louisiana State
College and North Carolina State University, respectively

i Variability within the Nuphar macrophyllum-sagitti-
1 folium complex in North Carolina is clinai. Statistical
methods of analysis, reciprocal hybridizations and recip-

rocal transplantations show the morphological leaf shape
features of the dine to be rigidly controlled on a genetic
basis. Analysis of seedling leaves and leaves of mature
populations permits a direct correlation of the seedling
potential for any habitat and its actually existing adult
population. This correlation shows that extensive selec-
tion occurs prior to seedling establishment. Additional
analysis of adult plants in Yates Pond shows that selec-
tion also occurs under the competitive conditions of
adult populations. Thus, the polymorphism evident in
Nuphar, whether at the subspecies, population, or indi-
vidual clone level, is shown to be genetically based but
under the control of natural selection.

Preliminary Results of a Monograph of
Asiatic Species of Aletris

Sri Hajati Djatie (Sponsored by E. T. Browne, Jr.),
University of Kentucky

The taxonomic picture is very confused concerning the
number and validity of the species of Aletris in Asia.
Not since Franchet (1896) has the genus been mono-
graphed in this geographic area although several species
have been named more recently.

The genus Aletris was named by Linneaus in 1753 and
3 species were known, 2 among them from North
America and the third from Japan which was discovered
by Thunberg and originally named Hypoxis spicata. So
far as the literature is concerned up to now, there are
about 30 species, but synonymy may exist for several of
the names. According to herbarium studies and litera-
ture references, the species are widely distributed in Asia.
Most of them are found in Western China, the Hima-
layas and Japan, but some are distributed also in the
Philippines, British North Borneo and Sumatra.

Changes in Tropical Rain Forest Soils
After Irradiation

Joe A. Edmisten and Henry F. Perkins,
University of Georgia

Soils of a tropical rain forest were studied before, im-
mediately after, and 6 months after the following treat-
ments; ( 1 ) 3 months of continuous gamma radiation
from a 10,000 curie Cesium source, (2) mechanical de-
nudation, and (3) no damage. Bulk density in heavily
studied irradiated areas was around 1.18 while only .66
in the mechanically denuded area. Infiltration rates were
inversely proportional to the radiation dose and amount
of traffic in an area and ranged from 60 cm per hour to
.1 cm per hour. Chemical analysis of the soils included
pH in H-0 and .1 N KC1, acid extractable P, C.E.C.,
exchangeable Ca. Mg, K, Na, Zn, Cu, Mn, and Fe. In
the area denuded by radiation and by mechanical means,
apparent flushes of soil minerals were observed immedi-
ately after deposition of detritus with subsequent loss of
minerals 6 months later. Profiles of the above chemical
characteristics obtained from the analysis of 6 soil pits
will be presented.

Histochemical Studies on the Notochord
of Rana catesbeiana Larvae

Lonnie Eiland and Roy Hunter, Jr.,

Atlanta University

Investigations have been initiated to ascertain the syn-
thetic capabilities of the notochordal cells of amphibian
embryos and larvae. To this end, fresh frozen sections
of the tail of Rana catesbeiana larvae were subjected to
histochemical procedures for the demonstration of suc-
cinic dehydrogenase, glucose-6-phosphatase, and glyco-
gen. Succinic dehydrogenase and glucose-6-phosphatase

Vol. 13, No. 2, April 1966

33

were observed in the peripheral notochordal cells. The
latter enzyme was also present in the inner fibrous la-
mella of the sheath. Glycogen was demonstrated in the
fibrous reticulum, outer elastic lamella of the sheath, and
the peripheral notochordal cells. If the notochordal cells
are involved in the synthesis of the collagen and muco-
polysaccharides present in the inner fibrous lamella of
the notochordal sheath, they would require a source of
energy. The localizations cited above indicate that gly-
colysis and the Krebs cycle are operative in these cells
as sources of energy derived from the high energy bonds
of adenosine triphosphate (ATP).

Characteristics of Agents Producing
Aggregation in Dictyostelium discoideum

William W. Eudy, Wake Forest College
James C. McDonald, Wake Forest College

Acrasin active extracts from aggregating centers of
Dictyostelium discoideum were prepared with cold me-
thanol, hydrochloric acid, and boiling water. These ex-
tracts were fractionated by methods of paper and column
chromatography. It has been previously reported that
acrasin activity was restricted to compounds which flu-
oresce in ultraviolet light. Three such compounds are
present in methanol extracts, two in hydrochloric acid
extracts, and three in water extracts. These compounds
are presently being investigated by chemical and physi-
cal methods. It is hoped that this investigation will re-
veal something of the chemical nature of the active
agents in the three extracts.

Observations on the Ontogeny of Sclereids
in Leaves of Nymphaea odor at a

Mary R. Flemister and Lafayette Frederick,
Atlanta University

Sclereids are conspicuous and abundant in leaves of
Nymphaea odorata. The ontogeny of these sclereids has
been studied in petioles and lamina of leaves at different
stages of maturation. Nuclear enlargement of certain
cells in the ground tissue of leaf primordia provide the
first clear indication of incipient sclereid differentiation.
Further development involves increased vacuoiation, out-
growth of protuberances, deposition of secondary wall
layers, and eventually complete loss of the protoplast.
In young petioles, sclereids were observed to originate
from cells bordering air canals that became enlarged.
In the lamina of leaf primordia, the time of sclereid in-
itiation appears to be correlated with air space formation
in the mesophyll. Some variation in sclereid morphol-
ogy was found when those occurring in the mesophyll
regions and petioles were compared. Stellate sclereids
were the predominant type in the spongy region, mostly
I-shaped sclereids in the palisade, and H-shaped sclereids
in the petiole.

Effects of Alkyl Benzene Sulfonate on Breeding
Behavior of Flagfishes, Jordanella floridae

Neal R. Foster and John Cairns, Jr.,
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia

The Florida fiagfish. Jordanella floridae Goode and
Bean, is well suited for bioassays involving effects of
toxicants on breeding behavior. Under optimum con-
ditions, these kil lifishes spawn virtually daily in labora-
tory aquaria. Male flagfishes occupy specific bottom
territories and defend these. A female can enter a male’s
territory and solicit spawning by undergoing a color
change and “backing” towards him in a distinctive fash-
ion. After spawning, the male fans the substrate where
the eggs were laid. Under test conditions, fiagfish ex-
hibit normal breeding behavior for at least four days’

exposure to an introduced concentration of 6 p.p.m. alkyl
benzene sulfonate mixture (54.8% active ingredient).
Significantly less breeding behavior was observed, and no
viable eggs were recovered, in concentrations of 11.5
p.p.m. and 24 p.p.m. ABS mixture. (Supported by
N.I.H. Grant EF-00266.)

Association of Species-foreign Heterochromatin
with Developmental Disorders in Nicotiana

D. U. Gerstel and J. A. Burns,

North Carolina State University

The Co' gene for carmine flower color from N. oto-
phora is unstable in expression in hybrids of the latter
with coral (co) N. tabacum and in backcrosses to co;
plants are variegated carmine-coral. This is a report on
a 5th backcross generation consisting of coral and varie-
gated plants. The chromosomes of the coral sibs re-
sembled those of normal N. tabacum ; they had no con-
spicuous heterochromatin. All variegated sibs contained
a large heterochromatic segment derived from N. oto-
phora\ thus variegation was associated with the presence
of such a segment. Megachromosomes, i.e. single over-
sized chromosomes found in scattered cells of derivatives
from N. tabacum X N. otophora (Gerstel and Burns,
Heredity, in press), occurred in the same family and
also only in variegated plants. Megachromosomes were
formed from the particular chromosomes which con-
tained the heterochromatic segment as indicated by mor-
phological similarities; e.g., a satellite marked the chro-
mosome in its normal as well as in the enlarged state.
(Aided by Grant GB-2517 from the National Science
Foundation.)

Vegetation of Three Monadnocks in the
Eastern Piedmont of North Carolina

Edward L. Gibbon, North Carolina State University

The vegetation on two monadnocks located in Orange
County and one located in Randolph County, North
Carolina, was sampled at various altitudes and exposures
using one quarter acre circular plots. Quercus prinus L.
was found to be the dominant tree species. Total nu-
trient content of the L and F layers of the forest floor
in the plots was determined from samples of the floor.
Available nutrients were determined from soil samples.
The relationship of vegetation and soil data will be dis-
cussed, as will the possible relationship of existing vege-
tation to that which has occurred in the past.

A Comparison of Fertilizin and Cytofertilizin
from Eggs of Arbacia punctulata

Kenneth W. Gregg, Emory University
Charles B. Metz, University of Miami

A sperm agglutinating substance (‘cytofertilizin’) was
detected in the sea water in which completely dejellied
eggs of Arbacia punctulata were fertilized. Careful con-
trols, using demembranated and/or dejellied eggs showed
that the presence of the material was not due to jelly
contamination, but was probably released from the cor-
tical granules. As with fertilizin, sperm agglutination in-
duced by this substance reversed readily. Such ‘reversed’
sperm could not be reagglutinated either by egg water or
by the sperm agglutinin from the egg. This suggests
identity in mode of action between fertilizin and cyto-
fertilizin. Concentrated, dialyzed fertilization products,
upon hydrolysis, yielded fucose, galactose, glucose, and
nitrogenous material. Controls showed that a glucose-
containing component ‘leaks’ out of the eggs before fer-
tilization and is not, properly, part of the fertilization
product. Cellulose acetate electrophoresis, immunoelec-
trophoresis, and immunodiffusion studies suggest that

34

ASB Bulletin

there are two common antigens in jelly and cytofertilizin
which differ in their electrophoretic mobility. (This re-
search was supported in part by training grant 5T1 HD
26-04 from the National Institutes of Health and by a
predoctoral research fellowship l-Fl-GM-28, 960-01

from the National Institute of General Medical Sci-
ences.)

Effects of Dietary Lipid Depletion in Rat Host
and Hymenolepis diminuta

Chauncey G. Goodchild and Ardis L. Cramer,
Emory University

In the seventh week of receiving one of five diets
which had a lipid content of either 9%, 4.5%, 2.2%,
1.1%, or none, with starch isocaloric compensation, five
young male Wistar rats of each group were infected with
five Hymenolepis diminuta cysticercoids apiece. Three
other rats from each group were uninfected controls.
Twenty-five more rats, previously on laboratory chow,
were infected and then separated into diet groups. After
fourteen more days of respective diets all were sacrificed.
Worms and samples of blood, liver, small intestine, cae-
cal contents and skin were recovered. Microsoxhlet ex-
traction of lyophilized material indicated an inverse cor-
relation of liver and worm lipid percentages on the 9%,
4.5%, and 1.1% diet groups, and direct correlation in
the 2.2% and total depletion.

The Effect of Temperature Upon Infection Rate
and Maturation Time of Blood Flukes in Turtles
C. G. Goodchild and V. L. Martin, Emory University

In an attempt to discover whether temperature differ-
ences affect rate of maturation of Spirorchiid parasites,
Chrysemys picta hatchlings were exposed to cercaria
from mono-miricidial infections in Menetus dilatatus.
Hatchlings were divided into 4 groups, each maintained
at a different temperature. In Group 1, composed of 12
turtles maintained at 21 C, 58% infection was observed.
Infected turtles shed eggs in feces by the tenth week of
infection; at eight weeks, although eggs were found in
tissues of one turtle, none were shed. Only one infection
was found in Group 2, composed of 12 turtles main-
tained at 17 C, giving 8% infection. No eggs were shed
by this turtle. Six turtles in Group 3 were maintained at
27 C. Eggs were shed by the eighth week and an in-
fection of 67% noted. Results of infection studies on
Group 4, composed of 4 turtles maintained at 32 C, will
be available soon.

New Facilities and Research Opportunities at the
Highlands Biological Station

James W. Hardin, North Carolina State University

A facilities grant from the National Science Founda-
tion has provided for remodeling and an addition to the
existing laboratory plus a separate garage and storage
building. These new facilities and the research grants-
in-aid available to pre- and post-doctoral investigators
provide an excellent opportunity for biological research
on the southeastern escarpment of the Blue Ridge or the
southern Appalachians in general.

Development of the Sporocyst Generations of
Didelphodiplostomum variabile
(Trematoda: Diplostomatidae)

Alva H. Harris, N. C. State University

Miracidia penetrate host snails on the external margin
of the mantle where it curls up and over the anterior

edge of the shell. Cilia and epidermal plates of the
miracidia are shed as penetration becomes complete,
transforming it into a young mother sporocyst. Young
mother sporocysts migrate through the mantle to the
pericardium where they remain for 2 days. At 4 days
the mother sporocyst is in the periesophageal blood sinus,
where it remains during its development and production
of daughter sporocysts. Six day old mother sporocysts
contain differentiating daughter sporocysts that developed
from the germ cells of the miracidia. Daughter sporo-
cysts are born individually beginning when the mother
sporocyst is 10 days old, and continue to be born periodi-
cally as long as the infection lasts. Daughter sporocysts
migrate posteriorly into the digestive gland of the snail
and give birth to cercaria 18-20 days following initial
infection by miracidia.

The Taxonomic Significance of the Effect of
Nutrient Media, Photoperiod and Light Intensity
on the Morphological Features of the
Genus Spirodela

Dale E. Harrison, E. O. Beal, and Henry L. Lucas,
Wilmington College and North Carolina State University

Fifteen collections of Spirodela and one of Lenina
were obtained, representing all the recognized species of
Spirodela. These were brought into clonal conditions
and cultured aseptically. Clonal strains were then sub-
jected to 36 different combinations of nutrient media,
light intensity, and photoperiod. The strains were scored
for several taxonomic features and the results analyzed
statistically. The results show that the morphological
features are environmentally modified and cannot be
validly used as taxonomic characters. The results also
show that S. oligorrhiza is consistently different from all
other taxa of Spirodela except S. punctata and that physi-
ological strains exist in this species. The study is con-
cluded in a revision of the genus. Spirodela is inter-
preted as consisting of two species, S. punctata (Meyer)
Thompson and S. polyrhiza (L.) Schleid. The latter
species is considered to consist of three subspecies, S.
polyrhiza subsp. polyrhiza, S. polyrhiza subsp. biper-
forata (Koch) Harrison and S. polyrhiza subsp. inter-
media (Koch) Harrison.

Seventy-two Hour Constant Surveillance
Studies of the Prairie Mole ( Scalopus aquaticus)

Michael J. Harvey, University of Kentucky

Activity and movements of a male and a female
prairie mole were studied using radioisotopic tagging and
tracing techniques. An attempt was made to trace each
mole for a 72-hour period in September, 1965, and again
in November, 1965. Data on the male are incomplete
due to loss of the animal on 5 occasions. For both
moles, 31 periods of activity ranged from 45 minutes to
15 hours 55 minutes, averaging 4 hours 33 minutes.
Thirty-five periods of inactivity ranged from 1 hour to
5 hours 55 minutes, averaging 3 hours 1 minute. In
September, the male spent 7 inactive periods at 3 loca-
tions and in November spent 11 inactive periods at one
location. In September, the female spent 12 inactive
periods at 10 locations, and in November spent 7 in-
active periods at 2 locations. 6 of these at one location.
No correlation was found between periods of activity
and the daily cycle of light and dark. Range length of
the male during the 72-hour period in September was
165 ft., and in November 820 ft. Range length of the
female was 187 ft. in September and 171 ft. in Novem-
ber.

Vol. 13, No. 2, April 1966

35

HOLLADAY

ALUMNI

PRIMROSE

PULLEN

PEELE

WATAUGA

BROOKS

FOURTH

GOLD

WELCH

BAGWELL

BERRY

BECTON

CLARK

FRANK THOMPSON GYM
SYME

FIELD HOUSE
KING
LEAZAR
LEE

TOMPKINS
WINSTON
CERAMICS

25. PAGE

26. PARK SHOPS

27. MORRIS

28. LAUNDRY

29. POWER PLANT

30. RIDDICK

31. DANIELS

32. MANN

33. WITHERS

34. 1911 BUILDING

35. RICKS

36. PATTERSON

37. BURLINGTON NUCLEAR LABS

38. WILLIAM NEAL REYNOLDS COLISEUM

39. CARMICHAEL GYMNASIUM
41 ALEXANDER

42. STUDENT SUPPLY STORE

43. BUREAU of MINES

44. BROUGHTON

52. •]

53. ;J

54. V

55. 1

56. (

57. I

60. L

61. :)

63. I

64. t

65. /

66. I

67. F

68. I

70. I!

71. J
72 4

36

ASB Bulletin

J

IT \BY

0 UNION

G ENHOUSES
Y JILDING

T

:)GES

IA

G

5NGINEERING

BORATORY

U NT HOUSING
r » JSING

The Stomata of Kalanchoe daigremontiana Hamet
& Perrier, K. verticillata Elliot and the Hybrid,
K. daigremontiana X K. verticillata
J. M. Herr, Jr., University of South Carolina

The syndetochelic stoma of Kalanchoe daigremontiana
Hamet & Perrier and K. verticillata Elliot originates from
a stomatal mother cell which by two divisions establishes
a guard cell initial surrounded by three subsidiary cells.
Final division of the guard cell initial to form the guard
cells may be immediate or delayed. Ontogeny of the
stomata in the hybrid, K. daigremontiana X K. verticil-
lata, follows the same pattern. Mature stomata of the
hybrid are in size clearly intermediate between the size
extremes exhibited by the parent species. The hybrid
also shows intermediate characteristics in the structure,
size and shape of other epidermal cells and in more ob-
vious features such as leaf form and the location of
plantlets on the leaf margins.

A Floristic Study of Outer Cape Cod,
Massachusetts

Harold R. Hinds, Smith College

A recent study of the flora of the outer or lower Cape
Cod area has revealed data relating to patterns of plant
migrations, plant relicts, and plant succession in this
area. Northern, southern and continental elements were
found incorporated in complex ecological situations.

An understanding of this flora hinges on a complete
understanding of the glacial geology of the area and pat-
terns of land uplift and sea-level fluctuations.

The Mountain Stripeback Darter, Percina
notogramma montuosa, A New Subspecies of
Percid Fish from the Upper James River, Virginia

William T. Hogarth and William S. Woolcott,
University of Richmond

Percina notogramma montuosa is described from 50
specimens taken in the tributaries of the upper James
River. It is best separated from Percina notogramma
notogramma (which inhabits the lower James, Rappa-
hannock, York, Potomac and Patuxent rivers) on the
basis of more lateral-line scales (average difference
89%) and more scales around the caudal peduncle
(average difference 79% ). A comparison of the meristic
indices resulted in an average difference of 96%. Eight-
een of 31 meristic and proportional characters were
found to give statistically significant differences.

The Use of Activation Analysis Methods
for Tagging Post-Farval Fish

Donald E. Hoss, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
Radiobiological Laboratory , Beaufort, North Carolina

We increased the cobalt content of post-larval flounder
(genus, Paralichthys ) to determine if the element could
be detected after activation by nuclear bombardment and
thus be used as a tag for these fish. When bombarded
with neutrons stable cobalt is transformed to radioactive
cobalt 60, which can be detected with a gamma spectro-
meter. A group of post-larval flounder were tagged by
placing them in sea water containing stable cobalt rang-
ing in concentration from 0.031 to 125 micrograms per
milliliter. Immediately after tagging, one half of the
group of tagged fish, along with control fish, were ir-
radiated in the 10 KW reactor at North Carolina State
University and then analyzed for cobalt 60 content. The
remaining fish were maintained in flowing sea water for
36 days, then were irradiated and analyzed. Tagged fish
in both irradiated groups had more cobalt 60 than non-

Vol. 13, No. 2, April 1966

37

tagged fish, but the difference was small, therefore a final
conclusion on the usefidness of activation methods for
tagging post-larval fish was not reached.

Establishment of the Linkage Groups in
Neurospora tetrasperma

H. Branch Howe, Jr. and Philip Haysman,
University of Georgia

The establishment of one or more genetic markers on
each of the seven chromosomes of Neurospora tetra-
sperma is reported for the first time. Linkage relation-
ships among the twenty available mutants were initially
sought through intraspecific crosses. Actual linkage
group assignments, however, were made by hybridization
studies with Neurospora crassa.

Only four of the twenty N. tetrasperma mutants proved
fertile when hybridized with N. crassa wild types. When
these four hybrids were backcrossed several generations
with the N. crassa wild type parents, so as to improve
fertility, and then analyzed with N. crassa linkage testers,
three of the seven linkage groups were found. An addi-
tional nine N. tetrasperma mutants which failed to hy-
bridize were subsequently placed in these three linkage
groups by intraspecific crosses. N. crassa mutants which
represented the other four linkage groups were hybrid-
ized with N. tetrasperma wild types and then backcrossed
several generations with the N. tetrasperma wild type
parents. These backcross stocks were used to analyze
the other seven N. tetrasperma mutants refractory to
to hybridization: the remaining four linkage groups were
thereby established.

The Parasites of Certain Members of the Catfish
Family letaluridae from Two North Carolina
Watersheds

Richard T. Huber and Grover C. Miller,

N . C. State University

A study was conducted to determine the parasitic
fauna of catfishes. family letaluridae, collected in east-
ern North Carolina. Two hundred ictalurids, represent-
ing two genera and six species, were collected and ex-
amined between March 10, 1964, and March 14, 1965.
These were the white catfish, Ictalurus catus (Linnaeus);
the yellow bullhead, Ictalurus natalis (LeSueur); the
brown bullhead. Ictalurus nebulosus (LeSueur); the flat
bullhead. Ictalurus platycephalus (Girard); the channel
catfish. Ictalurus punctatus ( Rafinesque ) ; and the mar-
gined madtom, Noturus insignis (Richardson).

All hosts were collected from the Neuse River and the
Northeast Cape Fear River watersheds. These collec-
tions were made from 18 separate localities in Duplin,
Pender, and Wake Counties by using setpoles. trotlines,
traps, angling, dipnets. and seines. Twenty-six species of
parasites, representing five phyla, were recovered. New
information is presented in regard to the morphology,
taxonomy, and distribution of these parasites.

On the Distribution of Marine Algae
in the Western North Atlantic
Harold J. Humm, Queens College

In terms of north-south distribution, seven groups of
marine algae can be recognized along the Atlantic coast
of North America as a result of the current pattern and
associated coastal configuration. 1. Those distributed
from the arctic to the tropics. 2. From the arctic to
Cape Kennedy (Canaveral). 3. From the arctic to
Beaufort, N. C. 4. From the arctic to Cape Cod. 5.
From the tropics to Cape Kennedy (Canaveral). 6.
From the tropics to Beaufort. N. C. 7. From the tropics
to Cape Cod.

Only two major floras are involved. An arctic one
(4) and a tropical one (5). Cape Cod to Cape Ken-
nedy is a great zone of overlap of the more eurythermal
elements of the two floras, with Beaufort, N. C„ the
principal southern limit of the arctic flora in winter and
the principal northern limit of the tropical flora in sum-
mer. A few species ( 1 ) may be regarded as members
of both floras.

Observations on the Deposition, Structure, and
Cytochemistry of the Jelly Envelopes of the
Egg of the Newt, Triturus viridescens
A. A. Humphries, Jr., Emory University

The jelly envelopes surrounding the amphibian egg
have been implicated previously in such processes as
maturation, fertilization, and cleavage, but there is a
scarcity of information as to their formation, structure,
and chemical nature. The jelly capsule of the newt egg
is composed of five layers, which are morphologically
and cytochemically distinct. The layers have been de-
signated J 1 through J5, from innermost to outermost.
All layers, with the possible exception of J5, contain
mucopolysaccharide. Layers Jl. J2, and J4 contain acid
mucopolysaccharide, and possibly neutral mucopolysac-
charide. as well. Layer J3 contains neutral mucopoly-
saccharide. Only layers J2 and J5 definitely contain
protein, but protein may also be present in the other
layers. Layers J2 and J5 appear to contain sialic acid.
The apparent presence of sialic acid in these layers, con-
sidered in the light of information on the fertilization
process, suggests a possible role of sialic acid in sperm
penetration. (Supported by grant GM 09878 from the
United States Public Health Service.)

A Morphometric Analysis of the Shell of
Pseudemys concinna suwanniensis Carr
(Order: Testudinata)

Crawford G. Jackson. Jr., University of South Alabama

A quantitative study of the form of the shell of
Pseudemys concinna suwanniensis Carr was made of
individuals from a natural population in a north-central
Florida spring. A total of 172 individuals was examined
which included 32 males, 36 females, and 104 unsexed
juveniles. Since graphing of the original data revealed
no obvious curvilinearity. the form of the animal was
expressed by 30 linear regression equations of the type
Y = bX 4- a and the transposed form X = b'Y + a'.
Each of 6 linear shell measurements: carapace length,
carapace width, plastron length, anterior plastron width,
posterior plastron width, and width of bridge was com-
pared against each other shell measurement yielding 15
possible X versus Y combinations. The corresponding
correlation coefficients (r) and standard errors of esti-
mate (Ss , and Sy.x) were comnuted for each of the 15
combinations of variables. Correlations between the
paired dimensions are all very high, with the lowest be-
ing .9882. Coefficients of variability (V) were calcu-
lated for each series of shell measurements as an indi-
cator of morphological variability. Males, females, and
unsexed (juvenile) individuals were treated separately in
all of the parameters used. (Supported in part by a
Sigma Xi - ReSA Grant-in-Aid. )

Use of DFP1- in Frog Erythrocyte
Survival Studies

Duvall A. Jones. University of Florida

Phosphorus-32 labeled di-isopropylfluorophosphate
( DFP"‘) is used to determine human erythrocyte survival
time since it combines irreversibly with cholinesterases of

38

ASB Bulletin

human red cells and plasma. In an attempt to elucidate
the poorly known life spans of amphibian red cells,
□FP:'" was injected into the dorsal lymph sacs of several
species of frogs. Over a two month period, small
samples of whole blood from individual frogs showed
declines in radioactivity, which were similar for indi-
viduals within a species. To ascertain that the decreas-
ing radioactivity was due to elimination of labeled cells,
recently injected frogs were desanguinated. the blood
centrifuged and plasma removed by micropipette; the
cells were washed and resuspended in isotonic saline
solution, then sampled for measurement of radiation.
Washed cell samples averaged 4.3 counts per minute,
only 8.7% of the radioactivity of the plasma samples.
Thus DFP‘" appears to be associated mainly with the
plasma cholinesterase of these frogs and is not advan-
tageous in their erythrocyte survival studies.

The Effects of Ionizing Radiation on the
Growth of the Lichen Parmelia conspersa
Joan M. Jones, Emory University

Colonies of Parmelia conspersa received gamma radia-
tion treatments of 17kr, 35kr, and 64kr. Variations in
climate and semi-monthly applications of nutrients were
made in combination with the radiation levels in a
4x2x2x7 factorial design (radiation, environment, nu-
trients, and month). Radial growth was measured by
sequentially superimposing photographs taken at monthly
intervals. Analysis of variance with means based on
average radial monthly growth shows that all main ef-
fects on growth plus interaction of environment x radia-
tion were significant. Normal radial growth for six
months averaged 1.86 mm, while colonies irradiated
with 64kr averaged 0.92 mm. Additional studies in-
cluded relative chlorophyll content, thallus coloration,
and isidial growth. Results indicate that only environ-
ment was significant for chlorophyll content, while all
four factors were significant for thallus color and isidial
formation.

Vernonia georgiana Bartlett — Hybrid or Species?

Samuel B. Jones, Jr., University of Southern Mississippi

The identification of Vernonia species has long been a
persistent source of difficulty, resulting in a large part
from the blurring of species lines by hybridization.
Through field and experimental studies, it has been estab-
lished that interspecific hybridization between members
of the genus is common. In the present paper three
taxa, Vernonia angustifolia Michx., V . acaulis (Walt.)
Gleason, and V. georgiana Bartlett are considered.
Although V. angustifolia and V. acaulis have been ob-
i served to hybridize with other taxa they have been ac-
cepted as species. V. georgiana has been listed in vari-
ious floras as both a species and as a hybrid. Crosses
were made between V. angustifolia and V. acaulis and
1 the Fi hybrids produced were morphologically inter-
mediate between the two parents and were practically
identical with the type specimen. On the basis of the
study of morphology, geographical distribution, and the
hybrids, it is suggested that V. georgiana is of hybrid
origin.

An Approach to the Culture of Mesophyll Cells
Under Autophytic Conditions
P. C. Joshi and Ernest Ball. N. C. State University

Our original cultures of mesophyll cells of Arachis
hypogaea were upon Heller’s medium containing sucrose,
several vitamins, inositol, sorbitol, 2,4-D, kinetin, and
casein hydrolysate. In shake cultures under light, meso-
phyll cells produced spheres of bright green tissue. As

isolated cells they underwent repeated divisions to pro-
duce small masses of callus. In order to ascertain
whether the isolated mesophyll cells were capable of
sufficient photosynthesis to support themselves and to
permit divisions and growth of derivatives, the main
carbon source, sucrose, was deleted. While the number
and size of spheres of green tissue produced was de-
creased, an encouraging number of them grew to di-
ameters up to 5 mm. Deletion of casein hydrolysate
from the medium resulted in further decrease in num-
ber and size of the spheres. It appeared that the amino
acids of CH were being used as carbon sources. When
the last 2 potential carbon sources, inositol and sorbitol,
were deleted, there was still further decrease in growth.
That, however, some of the mesophyll cells in an inocu-
lum were capable of growth without any carbon source
in the medium, is attested by the fact that a number of
cultures on medium containing only minerals, vitamin
B,, 2,4-D, and kinetin, produced a number of large green
spheres of tissue.

Different Reactions of Chemical and Physical
Carcinogens in Specific Areas of Mouse Skin

Hans E. Kaiser and John C. Bartone,

George Washington University Medical School

Species of several phyla show reactive differences to
chemical and physical carcinogens. Animal species not
previously used in cancer experiments, which exhibit
negative reactions to one mammalian carcinogen, cannot
be said to be unresponsive to cancer in general. This is
not always true because published negative results con-
cerning newly treated species with one carcinogen can-
not be generalized for other carcinogens. Furthermore,
closely related species indicate positive and negative re-
actions when a single organ as skin is treated with 3,4-
benzopyrene in different areas. Animal models prove
that the reaction of two main groups of cancer producing
agents yield different results. Mice and rat models re-
vealed earliest tumors on naked ears with two hundred
and fifty day whole body ultraviolet ray exposure.
Chemicals as 3,4-benzopyrene quickly produce tumors on
dorsal mouse skin but none at all in rats similarly treated
over the same period. The mouse ear showed no re-
sponse to 3,4-benzopyrene treatment.

Evolutionary Relationships in the Short-Stemmed
Leatherfiowers of the Eastern United States
Carl S. Keener, North Carolina State University

Four taxa of Clematis. Subsection Integrifoliae will be
discussed with regard to their probable evolutionary re-
lationships. Evidence for the suggested evolutionary pat-
tern derived from studies based on comparative mor-
phology, karyology, chemotaxonomy, and population
analyses will be briefly reviewed.

The Effects of Phenothiazine Drugs Upon
Biological Pregnancy Tests in Male Batrachia

Donald T. Kemp and Beryl C. Franklin,
Northeast Louisiana State College

To determine the practicality of substituting Bufo
woodhouseii fou leri for Rana pipiens as a test animal in
biological pregnancy tests, particularly in those cases
where phenothiazine interference is encountered, or ex-
pected, 122 urine samples were tested, including 61
pregnancy, 31 phenothiazine, and 30 control specimens.
Diagnostic accuracy in the true pregnancy group was
86.9% for the frog, and 78.6% for the toad. Only
three frogs, and two toads, gave false-positive reactions
to the urine samples from the phenothiazine group.
This lack of tranquilizer interference, as compared to

Vol. 13, No. 2, April 1966

39

previous results by others, is possibly due to the smaller
average drug doses received by the mental outpatients in
this test group, or to a lesser degree of mental illness;
as compared to those test subjects used in the earlier
researches.

Effect of Total Uterine Denervation on Luteolytic
Activity of the Pseudopregnant Hamster Uterus

G. C. Kent, Jr., G. W. Tate, Jr. and D. R. Dickerson,
Louisiana State University

in totally hysterectomized pseudopregnant hamsters
( Mesocricetus auratus ) psychic estrus was delayed until
16 days after sterile mating (Gatipon and Kent, Bull.
Asso. S.E. Biol. 12:45, 1965). To test whether this ef-
fect may depend on uterine innervation a denervation
procedure was employed consisting of total isolation of
the uterus by hyfrecation followed by rejunction of the
organ in situ with the exception of the mesometrium.
There was rapid reestablishment of uterine circulation
but not of innervation. Operated animals exhibited psy-
chic estrus 12 days after sterile mating compared with
16.3 days in totally hysterectomized controls. Isolation
and rejunction operations performed on days 5 or 6 of
pseudopregnancy resulted in termination of pseudopreg-
nancy 6 days after operation. Neither hysterectomy nor
isolation and rejunction on days 8 or 9 of pseudopreg-
nancy prevented estrus on day 9. We conclude that any
luteolytic effect of the pseudopregnant uterus is inde-
pendent of uterine innervation and that any humoral ef-
fect has become operative at extra-uterine sites by early
day 8 of pseudopregnancy.

Classification and Structure of the Tidal Marshes
of the Poropotank River, Virginia
James A. Kerwin, Virginia Institute of Marine Science

A random quadrat sampling plan was employed to
analyze the community structure of the tidal marshes of
the Poropotank River near Williamsburg, Virginia. A
classification of four marsh types was made: fresh,
slightly brackish, brackish, and salt water marshes. The
mean range in salinities recorded from river sites adja-
cent each marsh type were respectively 0.33-0.79%,
0.79-4.11%, 4.11-9.38%, and 9.38-14.72%. Although
several marsh types existed within the 1000 acre system,
it may be stated that the tidal marshes of the Poropo-
tank River function as a salt water marsh or an S. alter-
niflora association. Dominant species for the entire sys-
tem were respectively S. alterniflora, S. patens, D. spi-
cata, S. robustus, and J. roemerianus. The saltmarsh
cordgrass, S. alterniflora, occurred as a dominant in at
least one community of each of the four marsh types.
It appears that the distribution of the species is not
governed by salinity; rather its distribution expresses an
ability of the plant to become established and compete
successfully with other phanerogams growing in fresh
water. The Poropotank River marshes exhibit greater
affinity with marshes to the north of Chesapeake Bay
than to those marshes southward; conspicuous differences
appearing in associations of the dominant plants at the
community level of organization.

In Vitro Studies of the Embryonic Chick Pancreas

E. H. Letter and Ernest L. Hunt, Emory University

In attempts to effect the isolation and propagation of a
clonal line of epithelioid cells of pancreatic origin, pan-
creases from 14-17 day chick embryos were maintained
in organ, tissue, and cell culture. Such a clonal line was
not established due to failure of the epithelioid cells to
adhere to glass or plastic surfaces and undergo histo-
genesis.

Since limited maintenance and growth of pancreatic
acinar and endocrine-like islets occurred in organ and
tissue cultures, it was possible to examine the question
of hormonal parameters limiting the culture of func-
tional beta (insulin-producing) cells. Explants were in-
cubated in medium containing adrenaline chloride, ad-
renal gland extract, embryonic adrenal gland tissue in
parabiotic culture, and crude chick pituitary extract.
Such treatments did not result in detectable elaboration
of islet-tissue insulin, although some morphological alter-
ations of cells were noted. (This research was supported
in part by a NASA predoctoral traineeship grant.)

Studies of Reproduction in Panicum
Subgenus Dichanthelium

Michee G. Lelong, University of South Alabama

Certain assemblages of species in the large subgenus
Dichanthelium of the genus Panicum present intricate
patterns of morphological variation and offer consider-
able taxonomic difficulties. In an effort to elucidate the
interrelationships among these grasses and to delimitate
the species more sharply, a prolonged investigation of
certain aspects of the growth, morphology, ecology,
breeding behavior and population structure of these
plants was undertaken. This report deals primarily with
the methods of reproduction in the subgenus. The di-
chanthelia investigated are primarily autogamous or
cleistogamous. However, certain florets borne on large
terminal or axillary inflorescences possess relatively long
and well exserted anthers from which clouds of pollen
are readily shed, and it is likely that cross pollination
results from this latter type of flowering. It appears
that a combination of preponderant selfing and of oc-
casional cross fertilization between races and “species”
of dichanthelia might have given rise to the unusual
population structure characteristically formed by these
plants.

Ultrastructure of the Pseudocilia of Tetraspora

Carole A. Lembi and Walter R. Herndon,
University of Tennessee

The green algal genus Tetraspora is characterized by
the presence of two pseudocilia per cell, the cells being
enclosed in a gelatinous matrix. Light microscopic ob-
servations indicate that the immobile pseudocilia con-
sist of a hollow tube surrounded by a broad sheath.
An electron microscopic investigation was carried out to
determine differences in ultrastructure between pseudo-
cilia and flagella. The pseudocilia have basal bodies
similar in structure to those of flagella. However, the
portion of the pseudocilium extending from the cell
does not have a 9 plus 2 fibrillar composition but shows
a progressive decrease in the number of fibrils until only
three or four single fibrils remain. Possible function and
relationship to flagella of the pseudocilia will be dis-
cussed.

Indole Derivatives in the Histological
Differentiation of Early Pig Embryos

Sidney S. Loxley and John C. Bartone,
George Washington University Medical School

The condensation reaction of Adams (1957), which
utilizes Ehrlich's reagent, p-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde
(DMAB), was applied to sectioned tissue and organs of
ten millimeter pig embryos. The histochemical distribu-
tion of tryptophan containing proteins was specific in re-
activity throughout most primordial tissues although the
chemochromatic quality of visualized products was gen-
erally low. However, the reaction and results are valu-
able because the DMAB mechanism has a known, chemi-

40

ASB Bulletin

cal explanation which contributes information to differ-
entiation and morphogenetic processes. All germ layers
contained tryptophan in variable amounts without ap-
parent predominance established with other reactions
(Anatomical Record 148:360). Positive, moderate re-
actions were observed in hearts, livers, red blood cells
and Wolffian bodies. Minimum tryptophan intensities
were deposited in bronchi, muscles and spleens. The
brain, pharynx and gall-bladder, as other organs, were
negative. The DMAB reaction appears positive in rap-
idly forming organs and negative in later appearing
organs.

Photosynthesis and Respiration of Rain Forest
Seedlings Under Natural Conditions
Ariel E. Lugo, University of North Carolina

Previous studies of shade seedlings ( Sloanea berteriana
and Dacryodes excelsa) suggested that respiration ex-
ceeded photosynthesis. The experiment was conducted
using an infra-red gas analyzer with an open system.
Results were variable and conclusions were subject to
question. More recent data were obtained using a closed
system which proved to be more sensitive and provided
less variable results. Magnitudes of photosynthesis and
respiration were found to be greater than with the open
system. Maximum photosynthesis of Dacryodes excelsa
was found to be 0.07 gm C/m2 of leaf area/hour
(gC/m2/h) in contrast to 0.03 gC/nT/fa obtained from
the open system. With a closed system ratios of photo-
synthesis and respiration (P/R) increased but did not
exceed one. It is concluded from the P/R ratios that
these seedlings do not grow under natural shade condi-
tions. P/R ratios and corresponding growth increase
with an increase in sunlight which reaches the seedlings
as sunflecks. (These studies were supported by the
Puerto Rico Nuclear Center Terrestrial Ecology Pro-
gram.)

An Ecological Study of the Radiation
Sensitivity of Euterpe globosa Gaertn.

J. Frank McCormick, University of North Carolina

The sierra palm, Euterpe globosa Gaertn., is the most
abundant species in a lower montane rain forest being
studied by the Ecology Division of the Puerto Rico Nu-
clear Center. Since the palm comprises one-fourth of an
otherwise highly diverse forest flora, studies of this spe-
cies provide a useful evaluation of changes in the forest
following a three month exposure to 10,000 curies of
Cs137. Field studies include estimations of population
density, age class distribution, and plant growth before
and after irradiation. Field investigations were followed
by better controlled laboratory studies of palm sensitiv-
ity to acute and chronic radiation exposures. Results of
laboratory studies were used to evaluate field data. Re-
sults of this study and several related investigations in-
dicate that the tropical forest is less radiation sensitive
than temperate forests.

Artificial Fertilization and Sperm Penetration
in Eggs of Triturus viridescens
Ellen W. McLaughlin, Emory University

Experiments were designed to determine the most
favorable conditions for obtaining artificially fertilized
eggs and to study sperm penetration through the jelly
capsule. Results showed the following method to be a
reliable fertilization technique. Eggs were removed from
the lower portion of the oviduct (D and E regions) and
placed in a moist chamber. During this procedure, care
was taken to keep the eggs free from contact with fluids.

Sperm from the vas deferens were smeared directly on
the jelly surface and three to five minutes later the eggs
were flooded with standing tap water. In twenty-two
experiments, 68% (205/304) of the eggs cleaved, with
100% cleavage in several cases. Insemination with di-
lute sperm suspensions or with sperm from the testes
proved unsatisfactory. In eggs fixed two to three min-
utes after insemination, sperm were found in all jelly
layers and at the egg surface. Four to five minutes later,
sperm were observed in the peripheral cytoplasm. (Sup-
ported by grant GM 09878 from the U.S.P.H.S.)

Systematics of Isoetes Found in Granite
Outcrop Communities

James F. Matthews, Univ. of N. C. at Charlotte;

W. H. Murdy, Emory University

Populations of Isoetes have been collected from sev-
eral granite outcrop communities in Alabama, Georgia,
and South Carolina. The thin soils bordering rock ex-
posures, which have a firm, rock substratum and receive
drainage water during winter months, afford a favorable
habitat for these plants. Populations have been tenta-
tively classified into 3 species, on the basis of megaspore
characters: /. melanopoda, /. engelmanni, and /. melano-
spora. Only the latter is considered to be endemic to
granite outcrop communities, having been reported from
only 7 stations in 2 Georgia counties. Classification is
made difficult in Isoetes by the general lack of diagnostic
characters, and by environmental modifications. It is
difficult to adequately classify a plant if it is immature,
and comparisons between plants at different stages of
development is often impossible. Chromosome counts
have been made on plants from these populations, and
from well documented I. engelmanni not associated with
the outcrop habitat. All have 2n = 22. Plants are pres-
ently being grown under uniform conditions to determine
genetic differences and to make comparisons at different
stages in the life cycle. Two-dimensional chromato-
graphic studies are also in progress in order to determine
if phenolic patterns can be used in the classification of
the genus.

Studies of the Fi and F2 Hybrids of the
Northern and Southern Quahog Clams
R. W. Menzel, Florida State University

During the first half of five years’ observations of
northern and southern parents and reciprocal hybrids,
the southern species grew fastest, the northern slowest,
and the hybrids were intermediate, but close to the south-
ern parent. During the latter half the hybrids surpassed
both parents. The Fj hybrid of the cross, female M.
campechiensis X male M. mercenaria, grew larger than
those of the reciprocal cross, and their F/s were the most
successful. The F? of the reciprocal cross all died within
one month. A limited number of F/s from reciprocal
crosses between F/s and the first mentioned F- are still
growing. Although still too small for final characteriza-
tion, they so far resemble the southern parent in shell
morphology.

A Preliminary Report on a Study of Variation in
Fagus grandifolia Ehrh. in North Carolina

Eveune P. Mercer and Arthur W. Cooper,
North Carolina State University

Preliminary studies on the morphological variability of
Fagus grandifolia Ehrh. in North Carolina confirm, in
part, the opinions of the late Wendell Camp that this
variability shows some correlation with geographical re-
gions in the State. Since Camp's supporting data were
never published, the basis for his original three “races”

Vol. 13, No. 2, April 1966

41

and later subspecies of American Beech are in part con-
jectural. Analyses of leaves and fruit in the present
study demonstrate the complexity of the beech problem
in North Carolina and show that certain features are
correlated with geographic regions of the State.

Isolation of Aquatic Fungi
Using a Millipore Filter
Charles E. Miller, Ohio University

Presently employed methods for isolation of Chytri-
diomycetes and certain other aquatic fungi in pure cul-
ture are tedious, difficult and somewhat restricted in ap-
plication. A simple technique using a Millipore filter to
concentrate the spores was tried. The moist concentrate
was resuspended in 0.5 ml. of water and streaked on
sterile agar containing antibiotics and low nutrients
(water, 1000 ml.; agar, 30 gm.; glucose, peptone, yeast
extract, 0.05 gm. each; streptomycin sulfate and penicil-
lin G sodium, 0.5 or 1.0 gm. each). Two liters of lake
water yielded 362 isolates categorized as follows: Chy-
tridiomycetes 170; Oomycetes 31; other fungi 161. Some
isolates were probably the same species; no identification
was made in this preliminary experiment. Cltytrioinyces
hyalinus Karling was isolated 39 times from 200 ml. of
lake water. Species of Adilya and Saprolegnia were
collected frequently. Tliraustochytrium and Schizochy-
trium species from marine habitats on the Maine coast
have also been isolated. This technique might have ap-
plication in studying large chytrid populations to better
delimit species or in ecological studies.

Serpentine Barren Vegetation

Gary L. Miller, University of North Carolina

A vegetation analysis of the serpentine barrens and
adjacent areas in Southern Lancaster County, Pennsyl-
vania was conducted during the summers of 1963 and
1964. Correlations between serpentine and schist plant
formations and the factors of the substrates were ob-
served. The general lack of necessary nutrients, water
availability, slope and competition appear to be the pri-
mary causes for the serpentine’s variable vegetation pat-
terns. A total of 273 species was identified from the
study area. The data obtained from the analyses of
these communities indicates that the flora, succession
patterns, and climax on serpentine are quite distinct
from that on adjacent schist soils. Using Jaccard's com-
munity coefficient, the climax communities on serpen-
tine and schist were only 7.1% similar.

Chromatographic Analysis of 260 m/x Absorbing
Material from Well-Fed and Starved
Tetrahymena pyriforniis

Carolyn G. Mohler and Carolyn Wells,
Longwood College

The initial observable event in protozoan conjugation
is the union, by pairs, of cells belonging to opposite
mating types. The union does not occur immediately
after mixing appropriate mating types; a starvation pe-
riod of approximately 4 hours is prerequisite for mating
between the strains of variety 1 employed in this study.
It has been assumed that mating type substances are
synthesized during this refractory period. Our studies
indicate that UV absorbing substances (260 and 280
m,u) elaborated by the ciliate accumulate in the water
medium during starvation. Addition of water from 4-6
hour starved cells to freshly washed cells shortens the
refractory period. In order to detect possible changes
in the intracellular UV absorbing substances, the acid-
soluble (0.4 M PCA) nucleotide material of well-fed

and starved cells were analyzed chromatographically.
The results show that qualitative changes in acid soluble
nucleotide material accompanies starvation of Tetrahy-
mena in distilled water. The possibility is being con-
sidered that the changes in the acid soluble nucleotides
and the concurrent accumulation of exogenous substances
accompanying starvation may have a role in the initia-
tion of mating.

Tree Species Diversity in Six Forest Types
In North Central Florida
Carl D. Monk, University of Georgia

Frequent mention is made in the literature of an in-
crease in diversity from (1) successional communities to
climax communities, (2) extreme environmental condi-
tions to optimum environmental conditions, and (3)
temperate communities to tropical communities. Data
presented in this study conform to these generalities. The
differences in diversity of the forest community types in
north central Florida partially reflect variations in the re-
spective environments. The types characterized by ex-
tremes in moisture are less diverse than those of middle
moisture conditions. Cypress heads, flatwoods, mixed
swamps, and bayheads all occupy poorly drained sites
which may be flooded periodically while the sand hills
are situated on excessively drained areas. Diversity may
vary within a community type from one portion of the
environmental gradient to another. Such variations may
reflect not only moisture differences but soil fertility dif-
ferences. Within the climax southern mixed hardwoods
noncalcareous stands on dry, mesic, and wet sites are
less diverse than corresponding calcareous stands.

Cuticular Patterns as a Taxonomic Tool
Within the Genus V actinium

Sabina Mueller, University of North Carolina

The species of the genus V 'actinium are well known
for their variability, due to polyploidy and subsequent
hybridization. Many of the diagnostic characters of the
species involve leaf morphology; a survey of the cuticu-
lar patterns of leaves of several species showed that the
cuticle of some species was highly ornamented and that \
the patterns were different for different species. In-
vestigations of variability of patterns within an indi-
vidual, within and among populations, year-to-year var-
iation, ontogenetic variation, and species differences were
undertaken to determine constancy of patterns. A hy-
brid. determined by other methods, was found to have a
pattern differing from both parental species. From sur-
veys of herbarium materia! it seems that cuticular pat-
terns may be of greatest value within populations or
within localized geographic areas where the amount of
genetic contamination from other species is known, or
at a minimum.

Speciation of Phacelia in Response to Habitats
Afforded by Granite Outcrop Communities
of the Southeastern Piedmont Region

W. H. Murdy, Emory University

Phacelia macnlata and P. dubia var. georgiana are en-
demic to granite outcrop communities in the Piedmont
region of Ala., Ga. and S. C. These taxa, together with
the wide-ranging, Appalachian species, P. dubia , com-
prise a 5-chromosome complex within the genus and a
close relationship among them is supported by data from
morphology, geographic distribution and biochemistry.

P. dubia is considered to be closest to the basic stock
from which the other taxa have evolved in response to
the marginal, granite outcrop habitat located at the geo-

42

ASB Bulletin

graphic margin of its range. P. maculata originated as
an ecotype adapted to deciduous woodland glades bor-
dering rock exposures. Subsequent development of a
postfertilization, incompatability factor, which reproduc-
tively isolates it from P. dubia, has rendered P. maculata
a good species. P. dubia var. georgiana has had a re-
cent origin in response to open, disturbed outcrop habi-
tats. It is presently at the ecotype stage and expanding
its range. Within the extensive range of P. dubia, mar-
ginal habitats have not illicited an ecotypic response be-
cause their geographic location precludes the type of
isolation necessary for ecotype formation.

Analysis of Terminal Oxidation
Enzymes in Tissue Culture of Nicotiana by
Microelectrophoresis and Histochemical Methods
James O'Conner, University of Georgia

Peroxidase isozymes characteristic of normal intact
plant tissue and the cultured plant tissue were investi-
gated by disc microelectrophoresis and by histochemical
localization. Molecular size differences in peroxidase
isozymes were found between normal pith tissue and the
subsequently cultured pith tissue. In the normal un-
cultured pith tissue, peroxidase isozymes seem to be of
small molecular size. In the cultured pith tissue, the
peroxidase molecules seem to be much larger as evi-
denced by their much slower movement in the gel col-
umns. Isozymes from the callus were also slower in
reaction with the benzidine HaO» substrate than were the
isozymes of the intact plant. There is an extracellular
peroxidase as evidenced by an electrophoretic and a his-
tochemical reaction from the culture medium beneath
the callus. By electrophoresis two types of phenolases
were found and one type apparently does not occur in
tobacco tissue.

A Blooming Sweet Potato

Herman O’Dell, East Tennessee State University

During the summer of 1958 a number of sweet potato
plants were observed blooming in the field. Plants of
this same variety (Porto Rico) were also observed
blooming for the next two seasons. Flower buds were
collected at various intervals and sections of these were
made by standard methods of histological technique.
The early stages of development of the ovule appear to
be quite normal. The megasporocyte differentiates with-
in the nucellus and four megaspores are formed. One
of these functions in the development of the embryo sac.
The later stages of this development were not observed,
but in a few cases seeds matured.

Some Fishes from the Chesapeake Bay
Drainage in Eastern Maryland
L. M. Outten, Mars Hill College

During the latter part of August, 1964, and in early
September, 1962, collections of fishes were made in
Carey’s Creek, a tributary of the Pocomoke River,
Chesapeake Bay drainage, near Goodwill about 4 miles
east to east-southeast from Pocomoke City, Worcester
County, Maryland. Among the specimens collected were
Umbra pygmaea (DeKay), eastern mudminnow; Esox a.
americanus Gmelin, redfin pickerel; Notemigonus c. cry-
soleucas (Mitchill), eastern golden shiner; Erimyzon o.
oblongus (Mitchill), eastern creek chubsucker; Anguilla
rostrata (LeSueur), American eel; Aphredoderus s. say-
anus (Gilliams), pirate perch; Roccus americanus (Gmel-
in), white perch; Lepomis auritus (Linnaeus), redbreast

sunfish; Lepomis gibbosus (Linnaeus), pumpkinseed;
Etheostoma fusi forme (Girard), swamp darter; and
Etlieostoma nigrum Rafinesque, Johnny darter.

Skin Transplantation Study in the Mongolian
Gerbil ( Meriones unguiculatus )

D. I. Pav, D. Rollins and T. R. Marcus, Children’s
Cancer Research Foundation at the Children’s Hospital
Medical Center, Boston, Massachusetts, and Department
of Biology, East Tennessee State University

Skin transplantation has been undertaken in seventy-
eight Mongolian gerbils in order to study the fates of
inter- and intra-sex, and inter- and intra-breeding stock
transplants, and to estimate the rates and intensity of
xenografts (mouse, hamster to gerbil) reactions. Full
thickness, fitted skin grafts were transplanted according
to the technique of Cannon and Longmuir; observations
and evaluations followed the scheme outlined by Med-
awar. Autografts were successful in ninety-two per cent
as compared to eighty-eight per cent of the allografts.
“Second set” reaction was studied in the allograft group.
Gerbils reacted rapidly and violently to transplants from
hamsters, but rejected mouse skin implants more slowly
and less vigorously.

The Mongolian gerbil is an animal which seems to
display unusual transplantation tolerance; the discussion
will stress its suitability for cancer research. (Supported,
in part, by Contract #1690-3.)

Effects of Moisture Stresses on the Recovery and
Growth Rates of Irradiated Pinus taeda Seedlings

Robert A. Pedigo, College of William and Mary

One hundred ninety-two Pinus taeda seedlings in June
of 1964 were arranged in experimental groups involving
three levels of radiation, three levels of drought stress
and controls. Plants were irradiated under conditions of
sufficient moisture and then subjected to drought stress.
Effects were analyzed by measuring terminal and radial
growth. At the end of fourteen months results indicated
that non-irradiated plants grow better both terminally
and radially than non-irradiated controls. At higher
levels of radiation terminal growth is reduced in all ex-
perimental situations, but as reported in earlier work,
radial growth at higher radiation levels is equal to or
greater than radial growth at lower levels of radiation
or non-irradiated controls.

Convergent Evolution in the Clavariaceae

Ronald H. Petersen, The University of Tennessee

Emphasis on the hyphal structures of the fruiting body
of higher Basidiomycetes as a useful taxonomic tool was
introduced by Corner, first for the Polyporaceae, then
the Clavariaceae. Donk arranged the families of the
Aphyllophorales so that the genera of clavarioid fungi
are found in the Clavariaceae, Gomphaceae and Can-
tharellaceae. Evidence has been gathered repeatedly
which adds a number of hitherto undisclosed origins for
the clavarioid fungi. Among these are the Corticiaceae,
postulated as an origin for Ramariopsis through Cris-
tella and the Asterostromataceae for Lachnocladium
through Asterostroma. Conversely, several genera listed
in Donk’s three families probably evolved from a small
group of common ancestors in the genera Cantharellus
and Gomphus, with a fundamental dichotomy between
Ramaria and Clavariadelphus. Phylogenetic lines are
proposed to include Gomphus, Ramaria, Ramaricium
and Kavinia; and Gomphus, Clavariadelphus, Clavuli-
nopsis and Clavaria.

Vol. 13, No. 2, April 1966

43

A New and Unusual Structure Observed
In Ova of Arbacia

Virginia M. Pickel and Robert A. Rinaldi,

Duke University Murine Laboratory and
The University of Tennessee

A structure was observed with the light microscope in
centrifuged, parthenogenetically stimulated ova of Ar-
bacia. These structures appeared when the ova were at
prophase. They resemble electron micrographs of Golgi
bodies in their morphology but differ from Golgi bodies
in their size and in their stainability. These structures
exhibit folded, accordion-like canals ranging in size from
four to fifteen microns in length. The structures were
most easily observed in sectioned ova which had been
fixed in Bouin's and stained with haematoxylin. Osmium
tetroxide did not stain these structures. There were from
one to four such structures found in the cytoplasm and
generally near the nucleus. The origin (s) and func-
tion(s) of these cytoplasmic structures are unknown.
Perhaps they are associated with the formation of the
spindle apparatus, or they may be artifacts.

Accumulation of Radioisotopes within Pinus
taeda, Juniperus virginiana, and Quercus
georgiana in Two Ecosystems

J. Dan Pittillo, Gayther L. Plummer and
H. F. Perkins, University of Georgia

Red cedar, loblolly pine and Georgia on granitic out-
crops and in woodlands of the Piedmont region were
analyzed in 1964 for radioisotopes in order to evaluate
variability in concentrations relative to ecological factors.
Cesium-137. Mn-54, Ce-144 and Ru-106 were more con-
centrated in oak and pine parts on lowland outcrop sites
than on highland outcrop or in woodland sites. How-
ever, radioisotopes were most concentrated in red cedar
on highland sites. Cerium-144 was primarily associated
with external parts where it was deposited, whereas Mn-
54 was readily incorporated within growing tissues, espe-
cially pine phloem. Distributions of radioisotopes with-
in other plant parts will be shown. Radioisotope analy-
sis of soils supporting these trees indicated greatest con-
centration in topsoils, particularly those topsoils in low-
land habitats. Analysis for exchangeable soil nutrients
showed more Mg than K. Cs, and Mn, whereas in plant
tissues K>Ca>Mn>Mg for all trees of all sites. These
trees, therefore, apparently accumulated radioisotopes
proportional to concentrations of radioisotopes in the
habitat.

Host-Specificity in the Sub-Order
Monopisthocotylea (Trematoda: Monogenea)
Charles E. Price, The Woman’s College of Georgia

Host-specificity is a major problem confronting para-
sitologists. This field is meaningful from the standpoints
of evolution, ecology, physiology, and biochemistry, as
well as to general parasitology.

A total of 152 species of monopisthocotylean Mono-
genea contained within 12 genera have been described
for North America to date. Of these forms, 13 para-
sitize three or more different host species. 31 live on
two different host species, while 108 have been described
from a single host. Apparently most monogenetic flukes
tend to utilize a single host species. In an unpublished
study by the present author branchial material was re-
moved from 300 host specimens of Gambusia a. affinis
(Baird and Girard), with resultant recovery of over 1000
gill parasites. All of these proved to be Urocleidus
seen lus Mizelle and Arcadi, 1945. Other studies are
cited.

Intraspecific morphological variation of parasites is ap-
parently associated with parasite-host specificity. Ex-
amples are furnished.

Chromosomes of an Acanthocephalan and a
Cestode Using Mammalian Spread Technique

Max Rowland Proffitt, University of Tennessee

In recent years, great advances have been made in the
field of mammalian cytogenetics. Among these has been
the development of the chromosome spread technique,
which combines the effects of hypotonic treatment, sur-
face tension, and air drying to produce well spread and
flattened chromosomes. These methods have now been
modified in our laboratory to use with two helminth
parasites, the mouse bile duct tapeworm Hymenolepis
microstoma and the rodent acanthocephalan Monili-
formis dubius.

In the case of M. dubius, cells from the ovarian
masses of 50 day old, non-fertile females were treated
hypotonically then fixed in Carnoy’s fixative. Prepara-
tions were made by allowing a drop of the cell-fixative
mixture to fall onto a completely wet slide which was
then quickly dried on a slide-warming table. The fin-
ished slides were stained with Giemsa, dried, then cover-
slipped using a resinous mounting medium.

The Behavior of Radiocesium During
Insect Metamorphosis1

David E. Reichle,2 Radiation Ecology Section, Health
Physics Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory,
Oak Ridge, Tennessee

The evergreen bagworm. Thyridopteryx ephemerae-
formis, was employed as a model for the uptake and fate
of cesium-134 during transformation in insect popula-
tions feeding upon contaminated vegetation. Pupating
female larvae were placed in artificial cases simulating
natural bagworm cases in which normal development oc-
curs (38 days), and reared to adults at mean field tem-
peratures of 72°F (40 days). Essentially the entire
radiocesium body burden was transferred from the larval
to pupal stage, with only 0.3% lost with the cast skin
at eedysis. The activity density in the pupa increased
by about 16% over the larval stage. Expressed as a
percentage of pupal radioactivity the distribution was:
10% to puparium and miscellaneous residues, 40% to
egg clutch, and 50% remaining with the female after
oviposition. Slightly less than half the female body
burden of radiocesium (44.5%) was transferred in egg
production, which in itself accounted for 82.4% of the
total female biomass.

1 Research sponsored by the U. S. Atomic Energy
Commission under contract with the Union Carbide
Corporation.

2 U. S. Atomic Energy Commission Postdoctoral Fel-
low under appointment from the Oak Ridge Institute
of Nuclear Studies.

Factors Influencing Zoospore Production
and Motility in Tetraspora gelatinosa

Russell G. Rhodes and Walter R. Herndon.

University of Tennessee

A technique whereby zoospore production of Tetra-
spora gelatinosa (Vauch.) Desv. could be measured
quantitatively under controlled conditions was devised;
the method employed compound colonies grown from
zoospore suspensions. Variations in temperature, and
light were tested for their effect on zoospore production.
No zoospore production occurred at 3 C while at 1 1 C
and 23 C zoospore production had reached a maximum

44

ASB Bulletin

after 24 hours of darkness. The rate of zoospore pro-
duction at 1 1 C was higher than at 23 C. Zoospore
production was low at light intensities from 120 ft-c to
13 ft-c; in darkness and at a light intensity of 6 ft-c,
zoospore production reached a maximum after 24 hours.
Quantitative data confirms that the duration of motility
of zoospores of T. gelatinosa is prolonged in darkness.
Thirty per cent of an inoculum of zoospores remained
motile for a period of five days without light. However,
there was no increase in cell number in the inorganic
medium used, during the period.

A Chromosome Translocation in
Three Haworthia Plants

H. P. Riley, S. K. Majumdar and R. E. Hammack,
University of Kentucky

A translocation between two large acrocentric chromo-
somes was observed in two diploid plants of Haworthia
attenuata and one triploid of H. limifolia var. schuld-
teana and is apparently the same in all three plants.
The result of the translocation was two abnormal chro-
mosomes, (a) a large metacentric chromosome consist-
ing of the long arm of one chromosomes, most of the
long arm of the other and the centromere of the first,
and (b) a small chromosome consisting of most of the
short arm of the first and the short arm, probably a
little of the long arm and the centromere of the second.
In each plant one of the large chromosomes involved
was an “A” chromosome characterized by a slightly
longer short arm than is found in the other large chro-
mosomes. Such a translocation can reduce the chromo-
some number by the loss of the new small chromosome
as it probably lacks euchromatin.

Thorium, Uranium, and Potassium in Certain
Georgia Soils and Their Biological Implications

Jerry C. Ritchie and Gayther L. Plummer,
University of Georgia

Gamma-ray spectrometric analyses were made on sur-
face soil material collected in the central Piedmont re-
gion of Georgia and the lower Piedmont near Augusta,
Georgia to determine the concentrations of naturally oc-
curring thorium, uranium, and potassium. Thorium
ranged from 5 to 70 ppm with an average of 17.1 ppm
for 76 samples. Uranium ranged from 1 to 10 ppm
with an average of 3.7 ppms for 76 samples. The mean
Th/U ratio was 4.7. Potassium varied from non-de-
tectable levels to 4.45% with an average of 1.46%.
Relative gamma activity ranged from 1.0 CPM/gram to
8.9 CPM/gram. Thorium, uranium, and potassium con-
tributed 90 to 98% of the relative activity, the remain-
i ing 2 to 10% was due chiefly to fallout nuclides, mostly
Cesium- 137. Differences in relative activity from one
area to another were closely correlated with variations
in thorium concentrations, the r2 value being 0.90.

' Effects of X-irradiation on the Development of
Moniliformis dubius (Acanthocephala)

E. S. Robinson, University of Tennessee and
University of New South Wales

Shelled acanthors and cystacanths of M. dubius were
X-irradiated in vitro with doses of 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 56,
and 80 Kr and then fed to cockroaches IP. americana )
and rats, respectively. Irradiated acanthors were in-
fective even after 80 Kr but development to cystacanths
was inhibited in proportion to dose. In late acanthellae
from irradiated acanthors, abnormalities were observed
in the muscle nuclei and gonads (after 8 Kr), the geni-
tal apparatus (after 16 Kr) and the proboscis (after 24

Kr). Higher doses increased the degree and frequency
of these abnormalities. Adults from irradiated acan-
thors showed a reduction in length and fertility with
increased dose.

Irradiation of cystacanths led to lowered infectivity at
doses above 8 Kr. After 4 Kr ovarian masses were
usually absent in adult females and sperm were absent
in the reduced testes of males. Some of these results
may be explained in terms of known cellular effects of
radiation and the pattern of development found in acan-
thocephalans.

Relict Vegetation in the Vicinity of Hanging Rock
State Park, Danbury, North Carolina

Hollis J. Rogers, University of North Carolina
at Greensboro

John D. Barnett, Superintendent, Hanging Rock
State Park

Hanging Rock and Moore’s Knob in this area are
erosion peaks of the Sauratown Mountains which have
been carved from the piedmont plateau by the Dan
River. Mica schist, an extremely resistant metamorphic
rock, forms a protective cover which has prevented the
eradication of their peaks and produced a striking con-
trast between their summits and the valley between them.
Moore’s Knob reaches 2572 feet above sea level, while the
average elevation of this area is approximately 800 feet.
The Sauratown Mountains are separated from the Blue
Ridge by some fifty miles of piedmont plateau, yet sev-
eral species characteristic of higher elevation are found
at relatively low altitudes within this area. Tsuga caro-
liniana Engelm., Xerophyllum asphodeloides (L.) Nut-
tall and Saxifraga michauxii Britton are examples. The
presence of these and other mountain species within this
piedmont area indicates that this relict mountain flora
has persisted since the recession of the ice age some
10,000 years ago.

Oyster Setting in Two Adjacent Tributaries
of Chesapeake Bay

William N. Shaw, U. S. Department of the Interior,

Fish and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries, Biological Laboratory, Oxford, Md.

The setting of the eastern oyster, Crassostrea virginica,
was monitored weekly and seasonally for 5 years, 1961
to 1965, in Broad Creek and Tred Avon River on the
eastern shore of Chesapeake Bay. Talbot County, Mary-
land. Data on time of spawning, length and peak of
setting season, first season growth and survival of spat,
preference of metamorphosing larvae to surface angle,
and associated fouling organisms are presented and dis-
cussed.

Each year setting was considerably greater in Broad
Creek than in the Tred Avon River. The reasons for
the higher setting intensity in the creek are not known,
though several aspects such as larvae abundance and
water quality were investigated.

Homogeneity in Andropogon Growing
on Areas of High and Low Natural
Background Radioactivity

James N. Skf.en and Gayther L. Plummer,
University of Georgia

Various investigators have conducted studies in which
morphological variations in plants have been associated
with natural background radiation. Field measurements
on 1964 and 1965 mixed populations of broomsedge
( Andropogon virginicus and A. ternarius) growing on
areas of “high” and “low" natural background radiation

Vol. 13, No. 2, April 1966

45

within the Georgia Piedmont were made to determine
whether or not gross morphological differences occurred
with a three-fold difference in the radiation levels. Al-
though the number of culms/unit basal diameter differed
between the two areas, no significant difference in gross
morphology could be attributed to background radiation.
Because Andropogon occurred in the normal successional
pattern of the areas for perhaps 8 years without obvious
differences, it is reasonable to assume that morphological
differences may not be obvious in other species of equal
or lesser duration.

Possible Evolutionary Development of
Manihot esculenta Crantz
Seymour H. Sohmer, University of Tennessee

Manihot esculenta, endemic to the American Tropics
is cultivated throughout the world’s tropics as its tuber-
ous roots are an important source of starch. The spe-
cies is known only from cultivars . . . there perhaps
never having been a natural, uncultivated, species but a
complex of species from which the “ancestral” cultivars
were selected. Vegetative propagation and a man-made
environment produced changes that the related species
and/or the ancestral species have not experienced. The
changes, occurring by spontaneous mutation would have
eliminated those plants carrying them in the wild. These
changes, added to the original genetic complexity of the
man-selected plants, have yielded a very morphologically
variable species.

Eighty-five cultivars of Manihot esculenta were studied
under the auspices of the Organization for Tropical Stud-
ies in Costa Rica, and an artificial key was constructed
as a means of isolating cultivars for genetical and cyto-
logical work.

Electrophoretic Identification of
Two Species of Peromyscus
Orrje O. Stenroos, The Women’s College of Georgia

Work was undertaken to determine whether two
closely related species of field mice, Peromyscus leuco-
pus (Rafinesque) and P. maniculatus (Wagner), could
be identified by electrophoretic densitometric tracing of
their serum proteins as well as by external morphology.
The species were identified morphologically by external
measurements. The most consistent was the total length:
tail length ratio (<2.49 for P. leucopus and >2.50 for P.
maniculatus) . Densitometric tracings of electrophoretic
strips demonstrated a difference in most cases in migra-
tion distance of the beta globulin fraction in relation to
albumin mobility. Using the Aa/Ba ratio, the species
could be identified in 85.2% of the cases, with the ratio
for P. leucopus >3.17 and P. maniculatus <3.16 (arbi-
trary values). The remaining 14.8% overlapped into
the Ad/B,i range of the other species. The present
work apparently supports investigators who believe in-
terbreeding occurs between these species.

An Investigation of Heterostylism
in the Houstonia purpurea Complex

Shelton E. Stewart, Lander College
and The University of Georgia

Members of the Houstonia purpurea complex are dis-
tylous. Distylism is genetically controlled by a single
pair of S alleles. Morphological differences between the
two floral forms concerns the size and color of the pol-
len grains, diameter of the pollen tube conducting tis-
sues, position of stamens, size of anthers, length of
styles and stigmatic papillae, presence of papillae on the
styles and the number of seeds produced per capsule.

The Effect of Host Population Density on
Experimental Epidemics of
Hydramoeba hydroxena

Alan E. Stiven, University of North Carolina
at Chapel Hill

The pathogenic amoeba Hydramoeba hydroxena and
the host Chlorohydra viridissima provide a versatile host-
parasite system in which epidemic processes can be stud-
ied experimentally. In the presence of an infected host
a population of susceptibles rapidly becomes infected
with the resulting epidemic curve assuming a sigmoid
form. This curve is described by the logistic function,
and the instantaneous infection rate responds to certain
experimental treatments. To determine the quantitative
and functional relationships between host population
density and the rate of spread of an epidemic Hydra-
moeba infections were initiated in host populations pos-
sessing densities of 1.5, 3.0, 6.0 and 12.0 hosts per
square cm. of substrate. The results indicate that no
difference in the rate at which the proportion of sus-
ceptible host material becomes infected exists among
the various densities. This implies that if the initial
number of susceptible hosts is doubled, the initial in-
oculant has the potential to double the amount of in-
fected host material, indicating that the potential spread
of the epidemic is directly proportional to and limited
by the density of the host population. This was further
borne out by the highly significant linear regression of
the mean numbers of hosts infected on the 13th day
against host density which showed that when the density
was doubled the number of hosts that became infected
increased by 2.1 times.

Use of Color and Color Infra-red Aerial
Photographs for Mapping Salt Marsh
Community Types

Linda M. Stroud and Arthur W. Cooper,
North Carolina State University

Community mapping constituted the first phase of a
study of productivity of vascular plants in salt marshes
in Brunswick County, N. C. Aerial photographs (scale
I inch = 500 feet) taken both with Ektachrome and
Ektachrome Infra-red film have proven to be the most
efficient method to accomplish this mapping. Five com-
munity types are in the marshes studied: Tall, Medium,
and Short Spartina alternifiora, Juncus roemerianus, and
Spartina patens. Although each community may be dis-
tinguished on the Ektachrome photographs, the distinc-
tions are clearer on the Infra-red positives. Acreages of
communities within an area of marsh may be determined
by analyzing on the photographs a series of randomized
transects. Each transect may be mapped and acreages
determined by planimetry or acreages may be determined
directly from the transect using a dot grid. The tech-
nique has proven satisfactory for analysis of areas of
marsh over 1000 acres in size.

Effects of Primary Infection Upon Secondary
Infection of Female Mice with the Bile Duct
Tapeworm, Hymenolepis microstoma
B. D. Tan, University of Tennessee

Groups of two month old female mice were infected
with 1, 5, and 10 cysticercoids per mouse, respectively.
These groups plus uninfected controls were challenged
with secondary infections of 5 cysticercoids per mouse
at one, two, three or eight weeks after the primary in-
fection. At autopsy seven days after the secondary in-
fection the numbers of worms from the secondary infec-
tion were recorded. Fewer worms of the secondary

46

ASB Bulletin

infection appeared in those mice which had been infected
later. This result may have been due to both crowding
and immunity caused by the primary infection.

The Temperature Stimulus for the Start
of Nesting by Birds

James T. Tanner, University of Tennessee

The start of the nesting season of temperate zone
birds, as measured by the laying of the first egg of the
season, is determined in part by temperatures of late
winter and early spring. Several different hypotheses
were formed about the manner in which environmental
temperatures determine the start of laying. These hypo-
theses were tested with data on egg laying by four spe-
cies of birds, which provided a total of several hundred
first egg dates, and with temperature records from the
nesting localities. The hypothesis best supported by the
data is that warmer temperatures result in an energy
surplus, colder temperatures in a drain on energy re-
serves, and that there must be a certain accumulation of
energy reserves before egg production proceeds to the
laying stage.

The Ecology and Distribution of Phaeophyta
(Brown Algae) in the Eastern Gulf of Mexico
Sylvia Earle Taylor, Duke University

A study of environmental conditions in the eastern
Gulf of Mexico and the ecology and distribution of the
Phaeophyta in this region resulted in the delineation of
six subregions between the Mississippi Delta and the Dry
Tortugas, Florida. Inshore waters of the eastern Gulf
are characterized by tropical temperatures during sum-
mer months (averaging 28.1-29.9.°C), but conditions in
the winter season in the Gulf north of Cedar Keys,
Florida, become temperate (averaging 13-15°C). Dur-
ing the cold months, most tropical Phaeophyta disappear
in the northern Gulf, and many species with New Eng-
land affinities become established, including 13 Phaeo-
phyta which are not continuous around the tip of Flor-
ida. Several explanations for these patterns of disjunct
distribution are presented.

Stimulation of Respiratory Enzyme Activity of
the Oyster Crassostrea virginica by
Crustacean Eyestalk Extract

John R. Thornborough, Denison University
William L. Mengebier, Madison College

Eyestalk extract from the prawn, Palaemonetes pugio
i stimulated the activity of cytochrome oxidase, succin-
oxidase and malic dehydrogenase of oyster mantle ho-
mogenate system. The activity of succinic dehydro-
genase was also stimulated. Since the extract per se
i showed no reaction with any of the substrates of the
i systems involved, it must be concluded that the site of
i stimulation is on the enzymes themselves.

Polyacetylenes in Plant Tissues

D. S. Van Fleet, University of Georgia

Ultraviolet absorption characteristics of conjugated
polyacetylenes are of great value in their identification
and distribution. The vibrational fine structure of the
absorption is both beautiful and useful. Thin layer
chromatography, the solubility of poly-ynes in hexane
and the character of absorption peaks made it possible
| to localize these molecules in tissues and plants not listed
in the literature. Polyacetylenes were found in Psilotum,
one of the first of the land plants, through plants re-
cently evolved. The pathogen blocking action of poly-

acetylenes affords a telelogical reason for function and
distribution but one should like to obtain evidence for
other reasons as to their origin and function. Specialized
cells were found that produce conjugated poly-ynes as a
result of adventive and functional systems associated
with protein degradation.

The Flora of Harrison County, Kentucky

Johnnie B. Varner (sponsored by E. T. Browne, Jr.),
University of Kentucky

With the building of a dam on the Licking River at
Falmouth, Kentucky, many side ravines and coves in
Harrison County will be flooded and their plant life lost.
The author felt that a study of the Flora of Harrison
County should be undertaken now or much valuable in-
formation would be lost. The county flora has been
under study for more than three years and during that
time 398 species have been identified. This number does
not include the families Compositae, Gramineae, Cyper-
aceae, and Polypodiaceae. Only 14 species had been
collected from Harrison County before this project was
started. The county lies wholly within the Bluegrass
province, but across two regions within that province.
Records were kept as to flora changes found in the two
regions. Two additional stations for disjunct species
have been added to the Bluegrass flora. Dentaria hetero-
phylla Nutt, has been collected from the Bluegrass of
Kentucky for the first time.

Net Primary Productivity in an Irregularly
Flooded North Carolina Salt Marsh

E. Douglas Waits and Arthur W. Cooper,

North Carolina State University

Net primary productivity has been studied for a period
of two growing seasons in an irregularly flooded salt
marsh on the North Carolina Outer Banks. Standing
crop estimates have been derived for the major species
in the four community types occurring in the marsh.
The annual pattern and rate of production of Spartina
patens (Ait.) Muhl., Distichlis spicata (L.) Greene,
Juncus roemerianus Scheele. and Scirpus robustus Pursh
will be discussed.

Crystallizing Chlorophyllous Compounds
in Lichens

Alma Toevs Walker, University of Georgia

Following acetone extraction of lichen fragments,
methanol removes first the yellow fluorescing substances
in a yellow solution and then green chlorophyllous red-
fiuorescing compounds from Cornicularia normoerica
(Gunn.) Du Rietz and from Cetraria crispa (Ach.) Nyl.
Fractionation of this methanol extract removed the green
portion into petroleum ether and the yellow into ethyl
ether. Details of differences in crystal formation and
chromatography of the black, orange, and colorless com-
pounds isolated in methanol from these two lichens will
be presented. (This work has been supported by a
grant-in-aid from Sigma Xi and by National Science
Foundation (NSF G-22079) at Highlands Biological
Station in North Carolina.)

Karyotype Analysis of Petalostemon Species

Sally A. Walker, Vanderbilt University

Three species of Petalostemon occur in the central
basin of Tennessee, P. gattingeri, P. purpureum, and P.
folios urn. Putative hybrids of P. gattingeri and P. pur-
pureum have been reported, but hybridization of P.
foliosum with other species is not known. The chromo-
some number of P. foliosum has been found to be 2n =

Vol. 13, No. 2, April 1966

47

14, which agrees with previous counts for the genus.
On the basis of differences which exist in the pachytene
chromosomes with regard to length, arm ratio, chromo-
mere pattern, and attachment of the nucleolus, the kar-
yotype of P. foliosum has been established. The chro-
mosomes were numbered 1 through 7, with 1 being the
longest and 7 the shortest. Chromosome length ranged
from an average of 25 ,u to 66 p., and arm ratio varied
from about 1.3 to 2.8. Only chromosomes 2 and 3 were
similar enough to present problems in identification but
could be separated when several cells were examined.
Karyotype analysis is expected to be helpful in the study
of species relationships in Petalostemon.

Differential Effect of Chronic Grouping and
Isolation on the Metabolism of Brain
Biogenic Amines

A. S. Welch and B. L. Welch,

College of William and Mary

Male DUB/ ICR mice which had lived in groups of
10 for 15 weeks metabolized brain norepinephrine (NE),
dopamine (DA), and serotonin (S) differently from
similar mice which had been put into social isolation 2,
5, or 15 weeks prior to sacrifice. At termination the
animals were injected with 40 mg/kg MO-911 or with
saline and kept in isolation during the drug-induced
elevation of brain amines. 27 brains pooled in 3's were
analyzed for each treatment and time period. After 2
and 5 weeks of social isolation brain NE and DA were
increased, but they dropped significantly by 15 weeks;
their rate of increase after MAO inhibition was greater
in the grouped than in the isolated mice. Brain NE and
DA content after 0, 2, 5, and 15 weeks of isolation were:
NE — .37, .40, .42, .32 ugm/gm; DA — .49. .52, .57,
.43 ugm/gm. Drug-induced increases were: NE — .44,
.22, .21, .23 ugm/gm/hr; DA — .48, .26, .21, .29 ugm/
gm/hr. Brain S content was not sig. different (1.18.
1.12, 1.23, 1.09 ugm/gm), although drug-induced eleva-
tion tended to be greater in the longest term isolates
(.34, .23. .29, .46 ugm/gm/hr). These data suggest that
social stimulation can influence the pattern of brain
amine metabolism.

Cardiovascular Response to Different
Levels of Social Stimulation

B. L. Welch. J. P. Henry, A. S. Welch and

P. Stephens, College of William and Mary and
University Southern California

Systolic blood pressures were higher and heart ven-
tricle weights larger in male white mice housed in rela-
tively uncrowded groups of 10 for 4-6 months than in
those maintained in pairs, and they were smallest of all
in mice that had lived in isolation. Kidney weights were
inversely related to groups size. Adrenal weight and
adrenal catecholamines increased with increasing group
size. Aggressiveness declined with increasing group size;
therefore, the other changes noted are not attributable
to fighting but more nearly to nonspecific increases in
the level of social stimulation. This is an example of
density-dependent social genesis of vascular hypertension.

The Effects of Media and Levels of Root Inducing
Chemicals on Rooting of Pittosporum Tobira

Booker T. Whatley, Stanley O. Thompson and
Jack H. Jefferson, Southern University

A 3x4x5 factorial experiment with three replications
was employed to study the effects of media and levels of
root inducing chemicals on rooting of Pittosporum to-
bira. The media used were vermiculite, perlite, perlite

and peat moss (v/v), sand and peat moss (v/v), and
Southern University Potting Mix. The root inducing
chemicals were 3-indoleacetic acid, 3-indolebutyric acid,
and 1-naphthaleneacetic acid at levels of 0; 5,000; 10,000
and 20,000 ppm in talc. The data were obtained by
counting the number of roots that penetrated the peat
pot and statistically analyzed.

Is This an Alga?

L. A. Whitford, North Carolina State University

A number of plants and plant parts resemble algae
closely enough that students and even phycologists con-
fuse them with algae. Some of these are illustrated and
compared with algae which they resemble.

Mass Production of Diapause Larvae
in Mormoniella

P. W. Whiting and Doris J. Bush, Biology Division,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory and
University of Pennsylvania

The junior author devised a method of alternating
short “days” at room temperature with long “nights” at
12°C so that mothers produced a very high proportion
of diapause larvae among their offspring. Following the
suggestion of Howard A. Schneiderman, that larval dia-
pause is induced by maternal effect upon unlaid eggs,
the senior author has transferred mothers through suc-
cessive vials containing fresh host pupae, all kept in a
refrigerator so equipped that a 6-hour day at 18°C alter-
nates with an 18-hour night at 10°C. In vials a (about
5 days) most of the offspring pupate to form adults but
vials b-e contain all, or almost all. diapause larvae. A
few days are required for conditioning the mothers in
order to affect the eggs. Because diapause larvae live
for one, two. or even three years, their value for stock
keeping is obvious.

The Effect of Auxin, Kinetin and Gibbereflin on
Induced Apogamy in Fern Gametophytes
Dean P. Whittier. Vanderbilt University

In sterile culture apogamy can be induced in gameto-
phytes of the bracken fern. Pteridium aquilinum (L.)
Kuhn. Experiments employing three media demonstate
the effect of naphthaleneacetic acid (NAA), kinetin and
gibberellic acid (GA) on induced apogamy. The most
effective sequence is 4% sucrose from 1-14 days, 4%
sucrose plus growth substances from 15-28 days and
0.1% sucrose from 29-56 days. In this sequence NAA
and GA promote apogamous sporophyte formation. A
higher concentration of NAA than optimal for sporo-
phyte production stimulates apogamous root formation.
Kinetin. kinetin/GA and NAA/GA concentrations do
not promote apogamy. There is a synergistic combina-
tion of kinetin/NAA concentrations for apogamous
sporophyte production. The addition of GA to this
synergistic combination of kinetin/NAA decreases the
apogamous response.

Physiology of Mnemiopsis in Relation to
Its Role as a Predator

Richard B. Williams and John P. Baptist, Bureau of

Commercial Fisheries, Radiobiological Laboratory,
Beaufort, North Carolina

Physiological research was done on the common estu-
arine ctenophore, Mnemiopsis leidvi, to evaluate its im-
portance as a predator on zooplankton. Respiratory
rates, measured by changes in dissolved oxygen, were
directly proportional to the volumes of the live animals

48

ASB Bulletin

over a size range of 1 to 23 ml. At IOC, daily respira-
tion ranged from 0.06 to 0.11 mg 0«/ml volume, and
averaged 0.08. The Q,,, for respiration was 2.3. Com-
parison of these measurements with data on the chemi-
cal composition and abundance of zooplankton suggested
that at times grazing by Mnemiopsis may be important.
In the estuaries near Beaufort, N. C., the organic carbon
required each day by a Mnemiopsis 20 ml in volume is
equivalent to the zooplankton contained in 4 to 100
liters of water.

Annual Production of Spartina Alternifiora and
Juncus Roemerianus in Salt Marshes Near
Beaufort, North Carolina

Richard B. Williams and Marianne B. Murdoch,
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Radiobiological
Laboratory, Beaufort, North Carolina

The production of organic matter by salt marsh phan-
erogams, Spartina alternifiora and Juncus roemerianus,
was studied in areas near Beaufort, N. C. Living and
dead plants were removed from 1 m2 quadrats at 5-week
intervals, sorted, dried and weighed. Production was
calculated by adding an estimate of the quantity of
material produced and lost prior to harvest to the meas-
ured standing crop of living plants. In September, the
end of the main growing season, standing crops of live
Spartina ranged from 0.25 kg (dry weight) /m2 in the
high marsh to 2.1 kg/m2 in the streamside marsh. Aver-
age annual production for Spartina was ca. 1 kg/m2.
Both the maximum standing crop and the annual pro-
duction of Juncus were also ca. 1 kg/m2. From this
rate of production and the quantities of dead plant ma-
terial in the marsh, the daily loss of dead Spartina was
estimated to average 1% of its total weight, and of dead
Juncus, a fraction of 1%.

Old Non-Fossilized Fungus Spores

Frederick A. Wolf, Duke University

This study involves the occurrence in African lake
sediments of non-fossilized fungus spores. It has been
found that the oldest of these sediments date from the
Pleistocene Era or Ice Age. Beginning about 50 years
ago, palynologists have been concerned with identifica-
tion of the kinds of pollen found in bogs, swamps, lakes,
and streams but they have quite generally ignored the
fungus spores interspersed among the pollen. It is ap-
parent that the conditions which favor preservation of
pollen in sediments also favor preservation of fungus
spores. These spores resemble present day genera. Pol-
len analyses have been used to interpret the previous
plant cover and vegetational changes of a given region.
It is believed that spore analyses can be employed to
supplement pollen analyses, and that paleomycological
i investigations should be encouraged.

Biochemical Differences Between Light-Grown
and Dark-Grown Wheat Seedlings

Frederick T. Wolf, Vanderbilt University, and
Paul G. Bartels, University of Arizona

Comparison of the amounts of certain gross chemical
constituents of the shoots of ! week old dark-grown and
light-grown (16 hour day) wheat seedlings has revealed
large differences other than the obvious ones concerned
with pigments, and carbohydrates resulting from photo-
syntheic activity in light. Significant differences are also
; found in total protein, total fatty acids, total RNA, and
] total DNA, which are usually at least twice as high in
■ light-grown as in dark-grown plants. Large differences
‘ in fatty acid composition have been found. Light-grown
' plants are characterized by a higher CO- production in

respiration (as measured in darkness). The levels of
certain enzymes also differ appreciably with the illumina-
tion condition prevailing during growth. Thus, the meta-
bolic differences between light-grown and dark-grown
seedlings are greater than might at first have been an-
ticipated.

Daily Vertical Migration of Lucifer, and
Planktonic Numbers in Relation to Solar
and Tidal Cycles

Robert A. Woodmansee, University of South Alabama

The daily variation in the planktonic numbers of
mature and juvenile Lucifer faxoni Borradaile has been
determined for two neritic locations in the northern Gulf
of Mexico. The planktonic numbers are apparently re-
lated to both solar and tidal cycles. There are more
Lucifer in the sampled water column during the night
than during the day and more during the flooding tide
than the ebbing tide. The flood to ebb ratios are higher
than the nocturnal to diurnal ratios at both locations.
It is suggested that the daily vertical migration of Luci-
fer at these locations is being modified to achieve land-
ward transport by the tendency of Lucifer to swim up
into, or remain up in, the water column during a flood-
ing tide and to drop out of the water column during an
ebbing tide.

Taxonomic Status of Uriiola (Gramineae)

Harris O. Yates, David Lipscomb College

The nine species of the Linnaean genus Uniola are
compared employing the new characters utilized in grass
systematics. Data from the analyses indicate that three
discordant elements are present. These elements are
recognized as distinct genera having different tribal af-
finities.

GEORGE H. BOYD

1891-1965

Dr. George H. Boyd, Dean and Professor Em-
eritus of Zoology, University of Georgia, Athens,
Georgia, died on December 30, 1965. Dr. Boyd
had been associated with Emory University and
Georgia Tech., but had been at the University of
Georgia since 1926. Dr. Boyd was the first presi-
dent of the Association of Southeastern Biologists
(1937-1938).

HERMAN KURZ
1886-1965

Dr. Herman Kurz, Professor Emeritus of Bot-
any, Florida State University, Tallahassee, Flor-
ida, died December 16. 1965, in Chamblee, Geor-
gia. Dr. Kurz was for a number of years head
of the Department of Botany at F.S.U., and was
known for his work on the trees of Northern
Florida and for ecological studies of the dunes
and tidal salt marshes of the state.

Vol. 13, No. 2, April 1966

49

News of Biology in the Southeast

The Duke University Marine Laboratory, Beaufort,
N. C., announces an NSF grant making possible study
and research awards for predoctoral and postdoctoral
students. Each predoctoral award will cover travel and
all expenses for one summer term of five weeks. First
Term: June 13-July 18, 1966 — Marine Mycology —

T. W. Johnson; Marine Ecology — I. E. Gray; General
Physical and Chemical Oceanography — Unnsteinn Ste-
fansson; Physiological Ecology — F. J. Vernberg. Sec-
ond Term: July 20-August 24, 1966 — Marine Phycologv
— R. B. Searles; Marine Geology — O. H. Pilkey; Marine
Invertebrate Zoology — Robert Barnes. Postdoctoral
awards of $2,000 each are available for twelve weeks
of research, which may be carried on at any time of
the year but must require marine laboratory facilities.
For further information write: Dr. C. G. Bookhout, Di-
rector; Duke University Marine Laboratory, Beaufort,
N. C. 28516.

Carla J. Huddleston, Dept, of Biology, Florida South-
ern College, will return to Northwestern University next
year to work toward her Ph.D. under Laurence Gilbert
in developmental animal physiology. A replacement is
being sought.

Margaret L. Gilbert is President-Elect of the Florida
Academy of Sciences.

J. B. McFarlin, through Florida Southern College, has
donated his extensive collection of North American
mosses to the herbarium of the University of Florida.

The Department of Biology, Virginia Military Insti-
tute, has received $8,000 from the National Science
Foundation on a matching fund basis for undergraduate
instructional scientific equipment.

The Department of Biology, Virginia Military Insti-
tute, in conjunction with the Department of Mathe-
matics will offer on an academic year basis a National
Science Foundation financed Secondary Science Train-
ing Program in mathematics and ecology.

The 1966 officers for the Southern Appalachian Bo-
tanical Club are: Dorothy Crandall, Randolph Macon
Woman’s College, President; Edward T. Browne, Jr.,
University of Kentucky, Vice-President.

The 16th Annual Wildflower Pilgrimage, sponsored in
part by the Department of Botany, The University of
Tennessee, will be held at Gatlinburg, Tennessee, in the
Great Smoky Mountains National Park April 28-30, 1966.
For further details write to: Department of Botany, Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee 37916.

Bruce L. Welch, Assistant Professor of Biology, and
Annemarie S. Welch, Research Associate in Biology, Col-
lege of William and Mary, received a two-year grant of
$59,265 on February 1, 1966, from the National Insti-
tute of Mental Health for continuation of their work on
“Population and Brain Biogenic Amines.” Mr. Welch
has been recently named as a fellow of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science.

Jesse C. Thompson, Jr., Hampden-Sydney College,
Hampden-Sydney, Virginia, has received a National Sci-
ence Foundation grant of $17,500 for three years for
“A Comparative Systematic Investigation of Marine Cili-
ates in the Holotrichous Protozoan Order Hymenosto-
matida.”

Tully H. Turney has joined the Biology Department
of Hampden-Sydney College.

C. W. Hart, Jr., Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, has received a $20,000 grant from the National
Science Foundation to continue his work on entoey-
therid ostracods.

A. J. Sharp, Professor of Botany at the University of
Tennessee has been nominated by the Alumni Associa-
tion as the University’s eleventh Distinguished Service
Professor. He is the retiring President of the Botanical
Society of America, and returned in the fall from a year
abroad in which he studied at the Hattori Botanical
Laboratories and traveled in India and the Philippines
in connection with his National Science Foundation sup-
ported project, “Phytogeographical Relationships Be-
tween Japan and North America with Particular Refer-
ence to the Bryophytes.” His second year on this proj-
ect is being spent at the University except for a month
long trip to Mexico in December.

Jack H. Moore has been promoted to Research Biol-
ogist in the Chemotherapy Section of the Southern Re-
search Institute, Birmingham, Alabama. Dr. Moore is
also serving as Chairman of the Biological Sciences Sec-
tion of the Alabama Academy of Science for the year
1965-66.

Recent promotions at the University of Tennessee Bot-
any Department are Drs. Raymond W. Holton and Gor-
don E. Hunt to Professor and Drs. H. R. DeSelm and
Ronald H. Petersen to Associate Professor.

New staff members in the Department of Botany at
the University of Tennessee this academic year have in-
cluded the following: Larry W. Jones who was ap-
pointed an Assistant Professor, completed his doctoral
work in botany and photobiology at the University of
Texas and spent the past year and a half at the Re-
search Institute of Advanced Studies in Baltimore, Mary-
land working with Dr. Bessel Kok. George Van Dyne
of the Radiation Ecology Section, Health Physics Divi-
sion, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, joined the staff as
a part-time Associate Professor under a program sup-
ported by the Ford Foundation. Dr. Van Dyne did his
doctoral work at the University of California, Davis. He
joins Jerry S. Olson and Bernard S. Patten, also of the
Health Physics Division, and Alan H. Haber, of the
Biology Division, ORNL, who were appointed Ford
Foundation Professors in the department during the
past academic year.

Walter R. Herndon, Professor of Botany at the Uni-
versity of Tennessee, is President of the Phycological

50

ASB Bulletin

Society of America this year. After serving as Head of
the Department since 1961, Dr. Herndon was made As-
sociate Dean of the College of Liberal Arts while re-
taining a part-time position in the Botany Department.
Dr. Raymond W. Holton, who served as Acting Head of
the Department after Dr. Herndon’s promotion to As-
sociate Dean, was made Head effective this academic
year.

Thomas M. Pullen, University of Mississippi, J. Ray
Watson, Mississippi State University, and Samuel B.
Jones, University of Southern Mississippi are working
cooperatively under a two year NSF grant of $20,100 on
a floristic project entitled “Flora of the Central Gulf
Region of the United States.”

Sylvia E. Taylor, who completed requirements for the
Ph.D. degree at Duke University in October, was re-
cently appointed Research Associate at the Cape Haze
Marine Laboratory, Sarasota, Florida. Dr. Taylor served
as scientist on cruise 9 of the Anton Bruun, the American
biological vessel of the International Indian Ocean Ex-
pedition, and obtained an extensive collection of marine
algae from the Indian Ocean. She works in an aqua-
lung at depths in excess of 100 feet. She was also on
cruise 10 of the Anton Bruun in the Gulf of Mexico,
Caribbean Sea, and the West Indies in September, and
on cruise 12 of this vessel during November and De-
cember, 1965, from Callao, Peru, southward along the
coast of South America to Valparaiso, Chile, via Islas
Juan Fernandez. Again she obtained an extensive col-
lection of algae but on this cruise was obliged to wear
a heat-conserving “wet suit.” She dived to the bottom
around Cathedral Rocks near Juan Fernandez where it
is virtually impossible to work near the surface because
of the pounding surf.

Formal dedication of the Connie M. Guion Science
Building at Sweet Briar College will take place April
22-23. Bentley Glass will give the opening address on
Friday night, entitled “Science and Liberal Education.”
The following morning Helen Dodson Prince will speak
on “The Sun-Star of International Prigrams,” and Henry
Guerlic will give an address on “Science and Uncommon
Sense.” There will be limited seating available for pub-
lic visitors, and tours of the building will be conducted
on Friday and Saturday afternoons.

East Carolina College has received an N.S.F. grant to
I offer next summer a six-week program for students and
teachers of high school biology in Eastern North Caro-
lina. The $15,000 grant will enable the college to select
12 teachers and 24 students to take classes together in
two areas of biology — genetic continuity and field ecol-
ogy. Patricia A. Daugherty is director of the program,
scheduled for June 6 to July 17. She directed a similar
program at East Carolina College last summer.

The Biology Department of Northeast Louisiana State
College in Monroe, Louisiana, has added two additional
staff members. They are: William W. Norris, a graduate
of Louisiana State University who came from Western
Kentucky State as Associate Professor in September. He

is doing N.S.F. sponsored research on “Specificity of
Enzyme Activity.” B. L. Ricks joined Northeast’s Bi-
ology Department as an Assistant Professor from Missis-
sippi public schools. Mr. Ricks has attended N.S.F. In-
stitutes in Radiation Biology, Chemistry, and Teaching
of BSCS Biology. He also was a Shell Oil Company
Merit Fellow in Chemistry at Cornell.

Northeast Louisiana State College in Monroe, Louis-
iana, has received a N.S.F. Undergraduate Research
Program Grant, with Charles E. DePoe as Director.

Two men have recently joined the staff of the Biology
Department at the University of South Alabama, Mobile,
Alabama: Robert A. Woodmansee, Associate Professor,
whose research interest is in marine plankton, and who
has recently received a two-year NSF grant to study the
daily vertical migrations of Crustacea. Michael G. Le-
long, who recently received his Ph.D. degree from Iowa
State University, and whose interests are in botanical
taxonomy.

Billy Williams and Macon Weaver have recently been
appointed Instructors in the Biology Department of Mis-
sissippi College, Clinton, Mississippi.

Mountain Lake Biological Station

The University of Virginia has announced the pro-
gram of graduate biology courses to be offered this
summer at the Mountain Lake Biological Station in
southwestern Virginia. They are as follows:

First Term — June 17 through July 21

Ecological Genetics, Dr. David A. West, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute.

Pteridology, Dr. A. Murray Evans, University of
Tennessee.

Algology, Dr. F. R. Trainor, University of Con-
necticut.

Herpetology, Dr. Harry G. M. Jopson, Bridgewater
College.

Second Term — July 22 through August 25

Taxonomy of Seed Plants, Mr. Car! S. Keener,
North Carolina State University.

Mammalogy, Dr. Charles O. Handley, Jr., Smith-
sonian Institution.

Animal Behavior, Dr. Harold F. Heatwole, Univer-
sity of Puerto Rico.

Introduction to the Immature Insects, Dr. Tom
Daggy, Davidson College.

A limited number of National Science Foundation
scholarships are available for research and study: (1)
Post-doctorate for research, stipend $1300; (2) Pre-doc-
torate for supervised research, stipend $500; and (3)
Post-graduate for training in field biology, stipend $400.
Preference is given for studies concerned with the biota
of the region. Application blanks for these awards may
be secured from Dr. J. J. Murray, Jr., Director, Moun-
tain Lake Biological Station, Department of Biology,
University of Virginia, and must be submitted before
May 1, 1966.

Vql. 13, No. 2, April

51

Tulane University

Effective July 1, 1965, the departments of Zoology
and Botany of the Arts and Sciences College were
merged with the departments of Zoology and Botany of
Newcomb College into a single university-wide Depart-
ment of Biology under the chairmanship of E. Peter
Volpe. Simultaneously the unified departments estab-
lished a new core curriculum for undergraduate students.

The new core program is designed so that a student
completing the two semester sequence in general biology
will be able to enter any of the upper division core
courses. Rescheduling of lecture and laboratory ses-
sions enables the student to take any of the core courses
offered in a particular semester without conflict; he can
thus enroll in as many as four core programs simul-
taneously. Careful coding of each student permits the
Department to preschedule him for the entire biology
major program, thereby guaranteeing that class enroll-
ment will be limited to 2Q students maximum per sec-
tion, and allows planning for the needs of future years.
The favorable faculty-student ratio has permitted re-
design of course content so that conceptual biology is
emphasized and creative experimentation in open-end
laboratories is possible.

The core curriculum consists of one semester courses
in: vertebrate morphology, plant morphology, cellular
biology, developmental biology, comparative physiology,
environmental biology, genetics and evolution, and
microbiology. Advanced students, of course, can select
electives and problems courses. Honors sections are
available in the general biology course.

Three new appointments were made to the Biology
Department effective September, 1965: William Mc-
Donald, Associate Professor of Biology, specializing in
microbial genetics, who obtained his doctorate at the
University of Texas, came to Tulane from Washington
State University; John Seed, Assistant Professor of Bi-
ology, a microbial physiologist, previously with the 6th
Army Medical Laboratory and a Ph.D. product of Yale
University; and Richard Lumsden, cellular biologist, who
received the Ph.D. at Rice University. Promotions with-
in the Department include: Norman C. Negus and Frank-
lin Sogandares to Professor and Robert G. McKinnell and
Andrew Arata to Associate Professor. On leave of ab-
sence are: Norman Negus who is in Thailand studying
tree shrews, Arthur Welden who spent some time at
Harvard studying fungi, and Eugene Copeland who is
spending the year at Woods Hole continuing his work
on osmoregulatory physiology. Andrew Arata will be in
Colombia during 1966-7 studying tropical bats and ro-
dents, a project that he began during the summer of
1965. Alfred Smalley continued his work on freshwater
crabs, extending his field studies to Colombia during the
summer of 1965. Royal Suttkus, ichthyologist, made
two voyages on the Anton Brunn during 1965 — one to
the Indian Ocean, the other to the Yucatan Channel.
Stuart Bamforth presented a paper at the 2nd Inter-
national Conference of Protozoology in London. Joseph
Ewan attended the XI International Congress of the
History of Science in Warsaw and Cracow.

Continuing grants from NIH support two training
programs . . . Cell biology and environmental biology.
The latter program conducts an extended summer ses-
sion at various field stations. An undergraduate research
program sponsored by NSF is directed by Stuart Bam-
forth.

The Department hosted several meetings during 1965:
Southwestern Naturalists, Southeastern Division of
American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists,
SE Regional Section Endocrinology of ASZ.

Recent grant awards include: $19,400 from NSE for
14 months to William C. McDonald for “Genetic stud-
ies on bacterial growth at high temperatures”; $20,400
from NSF for 2 years to Gerald Gunning for “Ecological
life history of the blacktail redhorse”; $60,240 from NIH
for three years for “Biology of heterophyid metacercar-
ial encystment” and $2000 from the American Cancer
Society for a year study on “Studies on the fine struc-
ture of macromolecular glycogen in parasitic helminths”
to Richard Lumsden; $400 for one year from Sigma Xi
to Louis Dove for studies in plant physiology; $20,333
for a year and a half to Robert McKinnell for “The
cytopathology and epidemiology of the frog renal adeno-
carcinoma”; John Seed, $30,000 for one year from the
U. S. Army Research and Development Command for
“A study of the biological properties of Trypanosoma
rhodesiense and Trypanosoma gambiense”; $85,487 for
four years from NIH to E. P. Volpe for “Genetics and
development of pigmentary patterns”; Andrew Arata
continues on a two year grant of $8000 from NSF for
studies on the vertebrate paleontology of the Gulf
Coastal Plain and in an NIH Contract to the Delta Re-
gional Primate Research Center, along with Clyde Jones,
for studies on tree shrews as laboratory animals.

The new director of the Meade Natural History Li-
brary, which is the repository for the 750 biological
journals received in exchange for Tulane Studies in
Zoology, is Harold A. Dundee.

Zip . . .

Response to requests for Zip Code numbers has been
gratifying, and a large percentage of them are now in
our files waiting to be placed on the address stencils.
To those of you who have sent in your numbers: We
thank you.

Recently, several people have pointed out that the
Post Office Department publishes a book listing all Zip
Code numbers. We are all too familiar with this excit-
ing publication, but not being a paid staff devoted en-
tirely to the care and feeding of the ASH Bulletin, we
felt that ASB members would be glad to chip in and
help with Operation Zip Code. (In light of the response,
we do not feel that we were wrong.) Moreover, we had
rather have you tell us your number than risk a wrong
interpretation of the Epistle According to Mr. O'Brien,
for even on the clearest of days the Zip Code book pre-
sents many a foggy vista. . . . c.w.h.

52

ASB Bulletin

NEW YOR

Volume 13, Number 3

July, 1966

The Official Quarterly Publication of
e Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Men-
zel, Dept, of Biological Sciences, Florida
State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla. Subscrip-
tion orders from libraries and other insti-
tutions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. John Carpenter, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington,
Kentucky. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Fulton
Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

MARGARET Y. MENZEL
Associate Editor

BETTY PEDDICORD, Assistant Editor

JOHN CARPENTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt
University

Retiring President — Harry J. Bennett,
Louisiana State University
President Elect — Harold J. Humm,
Queens College

Vice-President — Wilbur H. Duncan, Uni-
versity of Georgia

Secretary — Margaret Y. Menzel, Florida
State University

Treasurer — John Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Executive Committee — David James Cot-
ter, Woman’s College of Georgia;
Chauncey G. Goodchild, Emory Uni-
versity; Frederick T. Wolf, Vander-
bilt University; Julian T. Darlington,
Southwestern at Memphis; Robert B.
Short, Florida State University; Rich-
ard E. Garth, Northwestern State Col-
lege; Grover C. Miller, North Caro-
lina State University. All officers are
ex officio members of the executive
committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama - — - W. W. Miller, III, Samford
University

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State
College

Kentucky — position vacant
Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University
Maryland — position vacant
Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University
North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Newberry College
Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Affiliate

Southern Section of the American
Society of Plant Physiologists

\ olume 13 , Number 3 - July 1966

CONTENTS

Restoring the Quality of our Environment: What Needs to be

Done and How We are Doing It 55

Books and Periodicals 64

The National Referral Center 65

Clam-Toting Turtle. - — by Robert R. Grant, Jr. and

Robert Robertson 66

News of Biology in the Southeast 67

CHARLES M. GOETHE

1875 - 1966

Early in July, Mr. Charles M. Goethe
died at the age of 91. Mr. Goethe, founder
of the Mary Glide Goethe Travel Awards
for graduate students, has been a friend and
benefactor of the ASB since 1948. As a
tribute on the occasion of his 90th birthday,
in March, 1965, a short biographical sketch
of this remarkable man appeared in the July,
1965, ASB Bulletin.

Mr. Goethe, and his “We-2” remem-
brances of his wife, will be missed.

54

ASB Bulletin

The following symposium — Restoring the Qual-
ity of Our Environment: What Needs To Be Done
and How We Are Doing It — took place at the
North Carolina State University, Raleigh, N . C.,
during the 27th Annual Meeting of the Associa-
tion of Southeastern Biologists, 14 April, 1966.
The principal speaker was Dr. John L. Buckley,
Office of the Science Advisor to the Secretary of

the Interior. Discussants were: Dr. Theodore R.
Rice, Director, Radioecology Laboratory , U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, and Dr. Don W. Hayne,
Professor of Experimental Statistics, North Caro-
lina State University. The Moderator of the sym-
posium was Dr. Arthur W. Cooper, Department
of Botany and Forestry, North Carolina State Uni-
versity.

RESTORING THE QUALITY
OF OUR ENVIRONMENT:

What Needs To Be Done

and How We Are Doing It

John L. Buckley: Mr. Chancellor, Dr. Bennett, Dr.
Cooper, ladies, and gentlemen — I should like to express
my thanks to you all for the opportunity of being here
this evening. I am not quite sure, from the diversity of
the audience, what things I am expected to say. At the
risk of boring some of you, it seems to me we need to
talk a bit about organization and advisory mechanisms
within the Federal Government. I recognize that or-
ganization can be a dull subject. Yet, if we don't un-
derstand the relationship of one group to another, I think
the multiplicity of recent reports on environmental pol-
lution is a little bewildering. Maybe it is bewildering
anyway.

I don’t have an appropriate joke about organization.
The only one I can think of is this — and maybe it is
appropriate because we are in a tobacco growing area.
One of the cigarette advertisements of a few years gone
by stressed “a thinking man’s filter,” and that reminded
me of two friends, one of whom was a neural surgeon
interested in the functions of the brain, the other was a
sanitary engineer. These two men had spent a great
deal of time fishing together over the years, and while
they didn’t have anything professional in common, they
were very good friends through these fishing expeditions.
Finally, the sanitary engineer, who ran the local sewage
disposal plant, retired, and shortly after he retired he
passed away. In his will he bequeathed his brain to his

good friend, the neural surgeon. Upon hearing of this,
the surgeon was delighted because he had always wanted
to see “a filtering man’s thinker.” This kind of story is
not very different from the semantic confusion which is
present in many of our discussions relating to pollution.
When we use the term pollution, it means many things
to many people. When we use the word environment,
it means many things to many people. As Dr. Cooper
pointed out, I am now in the Department of the Interior,
and when one says ‘environment’ in the Department of
the Interior, it depends on who he speaks to as to what
concept he elicits. To those people who are in the Geo-
logical Survey, for example, the word ‘resources’ brings
to mind the non-living resources: the word ‘environment’
means to them really the atmosphere and the hydro-
sphere and the lithosphere. The Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice people, on the other hand, think first of living re-
sources and their habitats. I think it’s this latter view
that most of us here are concerned with, the thin layer
— the interface between water and air and land — which
provides the basis for life as we know it. Such is the
confusion of words.

One of the things that I intend to do, then, is to talk
about what has led to the present interest in environ-
ment, and, more precisely, the pollution of the environ-
ment. It is not easy to point to any single event. To
go back to 1961 and 1962, the National Academy of

Vol. 13, No. 3, July 1966

55

Sciences — National Research Council put together a
series of documents on natural resources. In these, they
pointed out that one of the major problems facing the
users of resources in the future would be pollution. No-
body paid too much attention to the comment at that
time. There were some funds left over from that study,
and the Academy put together another study group. It
was concerned with environmental pollution, and re-
cently, within the last month, in fact, it issued a docu-
ment, “Waste Management and Control.” This is a
document well worth looking at. Something over a
hundred people have participated in one way or another
in its preparation, and it has a series of recommenda-
tions, some of which are novel and many of which are
highly useful. In that same general period of time, with-
in the Federal Government — to be specific, in the sum-
mer of 1964 — President Johnson was seeking to identify
some of the most serious problems this Nation faces.
In the process of doing this, some fourteen task forces
were created to work for the President in different fields.
One of these was the field environmental pollution, and
a task force was established under the chairmanship of
Dr. John Tukey, statistician and mathematician at
Princeton. Most of the task forces of the Great So-
ciety ceased to exist after they finished their reports in
early November of 1964. This particular one, however,
continued on as a panel of the President’s Science Advis-
ory Committee, and produced the report “Restoring the
Quality of our Environment,” which was issued in No-
vember of last year. It is that report in particular, that
I wish to talk about tonight.

W hat is the President’s Science Advisory Committee,
and where does it fit into the scheme of things?
The President’s Science Advisory Committee is made up
of distinguished scientists appointed by the President,
each of them for a four-year term. The elected Chair-
man of this group at the present time is Dr. Donald
Hornig, a chemist. Dr. Hornig also is the President’s
Science Advisor by appointment from the President. He
is Director of the Office of Science and Technology,
which is a small group within the Executive Office of
the President. He is also Chairman Ex-Officio of the
Federal Council for Science and Technology, made up
of the senior scientists from each of the larger depart-
ments of the government. Its membership is totally
Federal employees. They offer advice to the President
through Dr. Hornig. The other group, the President’s
Science Advisory Committee, is totally non-Federal.
The members are all university or industry or non-
Federal people. So the President has access to inde-
pendent sources of advice on science matters.

There is no direct relationship between these organiza-
tions and the National Academy of Sciences. While I
don't wish to belabor this point, it seemed to me im-
portant because a non-government group, the National
Academy of Sciences, had identified deterioration of the
environment as a major National problem, requiring
some considerable understanding. The President intui-
tively identified this as an area he felt required consider-

able effort and understanding. The President’s Science
Advisory Committee had separately selected this as a
topic worthy of study. Both of these groups, produced
a report. The first of these, that by the Presidential task
force, was presented directly to the President, with no
copies made public. Parts of it did influence the legis-
lative program, the budget of the United States, and
were incorporated in the President’s message on natural
beauty which was transmitted to the Congress on Feb-
ruary 8 of 1965. The second report, from the Presi-
dent’s Science Advisory Committee, “Restoring the Qual-
ity of our Environment,” was published with a strong
letter from the President which ends by saying, “I am
asking the appropriate departments and agencies to con-
sider the recommendations and report to me on the ways
in which we can move to cope with the problems cited
in the report. Because of its general interest, I am re-
leasing the report for publication.” Within the Federal
Government, when the President asks that an agency do
something or another, it is pretty likely that the agency
will do it. Consequently, there has been a considerable
stir within the Federal Government as a result of this
particular directive. It was backed up by a more spe-
cific directive from the Bureau of the Budget, which
asked each agency to report specifically how it planned
to react to the recommendations that had been made.

It was not a directive to carry out all the recommenda-
tions, but it was a directive to think about the recom-
mendations, and to consider how the problems can be
solved. Several points stand out clearly in both these
reports :

1. Pollution is a serious and growing problem, or
more precisely a whole complex tangle of prob-
lems.

2. We can never eliminate pollution. We can and
must find better ways to manage pollution at levels i
we can accept.

3. We can do a much better job of managing pollu-
tion with present knowledge than we are doing.

4. There is a great deal more that we need to learn

before we can do an adequate job of managing
pollution.

As biologists we recognize that pollution problems are
not simple. You know more about many of the details
of these pollution problems than I do, but I am im-
pressed that not only biologists, but engineers recognize
that biological understanding is one of the most pressing
needs in pollution control. With this broader awareness
will come increased funds.

The opportunities for biologists to contribute to main-
taining environmental quality is most welcome. The
greatest need that we can fill I think, is in providing the
basis for environmental quality standards. Much of
our work in the past has been concerned with demon-
strating how bad a particular substance was. What we
need to do, I think, is to learn what quantities of a sub-
stance or combination of substances can be permitted in
the environment without causing damages that society is
unwilling to accept.

56

ASB Bulletin

The second point that 1 should like to make, is that we
ought to employ biological foresight at the time that
we make decisions affecting the environment. Some-
times we have done this and done it well. An outstand-
ing case has been our management of radiation. Poten-
tially radioactive wastes and by-products are among the
most damaging substances to living materials. Perhaps
because we were scared by the potential destruction of
these materials, we approached their use with caution.
The safeguards we have devised have made it possible
to use nuclear energy with reasonable safety. We didn’t
have all the knowledge we would like to have had at the
time we began to develop peaceful uses of nuclear en-
ergy. We don’t have all the knowledge yet. But we did
apply what we knew with the result that we will be able
to reap the benefits of nuclear energy with a minimum
of deteriment to our living environment.

At the other extreme has been our release of some
toxic chemicals in the environment, with resulting ef-
fects which were apparently a surprise. It seems to me
we can no longer afford the luxury of proceeding blindly.
As more and more of us live in the same space, and as
each of us generates greater quantities of waste, we shall
have to provide a more formal mechanism to maintain
the kind of environment we wish to live in. As a basis
for providing this kind of environment we need a much
greater understanding of the world in which we live.

Each of us here recognizes that we depend directly on
many kinds of living things. Each of us here recognizes
that these living things in turn depend upon other living
things. Beyond our direct dependence for food we use
some of these living things for recreating or esthetic
proposes. But beyond these relatively obvious uses of
other living organisms, there are some biological values
and some services that are performed which are essen-
tial to the well-being of man. You all recognize the
essential role of phyotosynthese in removal of carbon
dioxide, release of oxygen, and conversion of incident
energy. We exploit this process directly for the pro-
duction of food. But we also benefit by the removal of
carbon dioxide and the release of oxygen. How much
must we affect the vegetation (including the marine
phyto-plankton) of the earth to alter carbon dioxide or
oxygen balance? Or we can consider the cycling of nu-
trients (or pollutants) that takes place in the waters and
the land and the atmosphere around us. Here again,
biological processes are important in breaking down,
segregating and putting aside, eliminating some of these
materials, rendering them into simpler forms. There are
a whole series of services of this sort performed, and,
again, we can’t, I think, quantify the level of dependence
that we have. For the most part it’s more nearly an
intuitive feeling that some of these services are indis-
pensable to us than it is a definable quantified fact.

Jn terms of “what can we do about it,” there are at
least two general categories of waste products that we
need to be concerned about. The first of these includes
waste products that occur in concentrated form. Among
these, I would include the municipal wastes, industrial

wastes, the solid trash, and things of this sort that ac-
cumulate in cities. Clearly, we can't leave them in the
places where they are; we must find some way of getting
rid of them, and, in fact, we do, — through our sewer
systems, dumps, incinerators, etc. There is another
category of waste, which is in some ways more difficult
to handle. These are the wastes that are by-products of
some activity or another and that are widely dispersed.
I would cite asbestos fibers that we find in sufficient con-
centration to occur in the lungs of people, or lead as we
find in the atmosphere or plants, or soil, or water, which
may have arisen from lead we have added to gasoline.
There are a number of others.

The approach to control of these two types of wastes
needs to be quite different. Considering the problem of
deliberate waste disposal, we have followed a somewhat
fragmented approach. We have people who specialize
in this. We have other people in cities who worry about
trash; we have others who worry about air pollution;
and yet these things are not unrelated. They are very
closely related. Somehow or other, we’ve got to find
some way of incorporating a common concern in build-
ing the disposal of these into some unified system. I
don’t mean they have to be a single system. I simply
mean we have to worry about optimizing over the whole
range of disposal problems rather than within any one
of these, as we so often have done in the past.

As to what we are doing about it, I touched briefly on
this before, and I won’t elaborate too much now, but
there has been legislation passed in the last session of
Congress in regard to water pollution, air pollution, and
solid waste disposal. In water pollution, the Water Pol-
lution Control Act was amended to require the states to
submit standards of water quality for interstate waters,
which after being accepted by the Secretary of Health,
Education, and Welfare, would become established stand-
ards within that state. The deadline for submission of
these is luly 1 of 1967. Do we have enough information
at hand to put together a reasonable set of standards?
I am not at all sure that we do, but I wouldn’t for a
moment suggest that we delay establishing standards un-
til we know all the things we’d like to know. I would
rather move ahead and do the best we can at this time
and consider whatever standards are established now as
somewhat tentative in nature, subject to change as in-
formation is accumulated. I would also use the obliga-
tion to set standards as a strong weapon to increase the
research that we now are carrying out.

Another action affecting water pollution is the Reor-
ganization Plan that proposes to move the Federal Water
Pollution Control Administration from the Health, Edu-
cation, and Welfare Department to the Department of
the Interior; the reorganization becomes effective sixty
days from the time it is submitted to Congress unless
the Congress disapproves. The waiting period on this is
up on the 10th day of May of this year. To me, it seems
quite likely that the Congress will not refuse the Presi-
dent on this and that the Federal Water Pollution Con-
trol Administration will be shifted to the Department of
the Interior. There is concern about this reorganization

Vol. 13, No. 3, July 1966

57

among people who feel quite strongly that water prob-
lems are primarily associated with human health. They
feel that if water pollution control responsibility is placed
in the Department of the Interior, which is not really
oriented to people’s health, that Interior may let the
rivers and streams get into a much worse condition than
they are now. There is another group of people that
feels that if you can protect the fish — they are much
more sensitive than people — you automatically protect
the people. This is the nature of the debate. It’s not
a very vigorous debate. Other actions that have been
taken relate to solid waste. This is perhaps the least at-
tractive field, and yet one of the more pressing problems
that almost every community faces. There are only
three or four cities in the United States, I think, that
have a full time professional engineer who is responsible
for the disposal of trash that originates within the city.
More often than not, he is the guy who runs the high-
way department or something of this sort, who has a
sideline to make sure that his trucks pick up the junk,
and somehow or other get it out of the people’s sight.
This was all right so long as we had scattered communi-
ties. But now that we live closer together, I think this
booklet on “Waste Management” here phrases it well.
It says "one man’s trash basket is another man’s living
space.” In all seriousness, we are getting pretty close to
this situation in some communities, so there are some
difficulties here. The last session of the Congress did
authorize a substantial program in the Department of
Health, Education, and Welfare, within the Public Health
Service, to stimulate work in finding new means of dis-
posing of solid waste.

There are a number of other actions which are going
on. Most of these relate to more and better than we
have done before — more money, more research, more
training of people. To this, I think we generally all
agree, but not much of this relates to change in direction.

I think the main thing which causes the situation to-
day in regard to pollution to be different from what it
was three or four years ago is that there are groups such
as this one you represent which are concerned, which
look upon this as a problem, who can provide pieces of
information that do fit in here, who feel that this is not
beneath their dignity. These are definitely applied prob-
lems, things that we must find answers to. But in spite
of being useful to mankind, they also have some fas-
cinating, intellectually stimulating possibilities. Many of
these have not yet been looked into, and most of them
have not been pursued as far as they should be. I think
there is considerable evidence that there is an increase
in interest in this field, and there is certainly strong pub-
lic support. Everybody knows about pollution now. In
fact, it wouldn’t be too difficult to see this awareness
push actions further than it should — where people are
scared when it’s not necessary to be scared, where they
demand expenditures that may be greater than we need.
The question is ‘how clean is clean?’ How clean can
we afford to have rivers? How clean must we have
rivers? In many states, for example, the Conservation
Department may have certain responsibilities in regard

to water pollution. It may, for example, be almost the
sole arbiter as to the cause of the fish deaths; yet have
no enforcement responsibility. And what this amounts
to is power of influencing the public — power without
responsibility. It seems to me that we could overplay
this business of how bad pollution is. We could over-
play on how much we should spend and how clean we
must have our surroundings. I don't think that we will,
but I think the only way to assure that we don’t and to
assure that we do make expenditures that we must make
and that we do have things as clean as we need to have
them will be on the basis of information, much of which
has not yet been gathered. I rambled on much longer
than I should have and I’d like now to turn this over to
Dr. Cooper; and if the opportunity permits later, I will
be glad to evade or answer questions, as the case may be.

Thank you.

T. R. Rice: Mr. Chancellor, President Bennett, and ladies
and gentlemen. — As we learned from Dr. Buckley’s in-
teresting and informative talk, to improve the quality of
our environment will require the cooperation of all and
the integration of political, scientific, and social aspects
of the problem. Also, it must be obvious that a much
greater expenditure of money than now goes to this prob-
lem will be needed to correct the rapidly deteriorating
condition of our environment and to maintain it in an
improved state. Twenty or 30 years ago most people
would have been amazed if told that highways would
eventually cost a million dollars per mile. Yet today we
have thousands of miles of highways costing this much,
or even more. We should not, however, approach the .
problem of improving the quality of our environment as
we did in the building of our roads, advancing from dirt
and winding roads to modern four-lane interstate high-
ways. In our improvements we should look ahead and
build and work with sufficient foresight that we will not
have outgrown our improvements by the time we obtain
them.

If we are to build intelligently for the future we must
first answer the question, "What type of environment do
we want”? Those with the pristine view would not per-
mit any pollution of our environment, while those with
the sterile view would permit an unlimited amount of
pollution. It is obvious that we cannot follow either of
these courses. Rather, if man is to consider himself
ecologically a part of the environment and take an ideal
approach, he must consider all effects of pollution of the
environment. Even with this logical approach, we will,
no doubt, be faced with many difficult decisions.

In our search for the best and most expeditious ways
of improving our environment we will make many mis-
takes, but let us hope that we shall be as fortunate as we
were in establishing our government. We often have
heard it said that, although our democratic form of gov-
ernment is not perfect, it is the best government in exist-

58

ASB Bulletin

ence today. Similarly, we can say that thus far we have
had no perfect plan for disposal of any waste, but we be-
lieve the disposal of radioactive materials is an example
of a well-planned system. Injury and loss of life from
disposal of radioactive materials or from accidents in-
volving these materials have been minimal. Now let us
consider why.

1. The public, legislators, and scientists must be aware
of the dangers associated with a problem before it can
receive sufficient financial support. The atomic bomb
very effectively acquainted the public with the dangers of
radioactive substances. Although the improvement of
the quality of our environment will require the coopera-
tion of the present generation, we must also obtain the
support of future generations, since the improvements
must be maintained and possibly broadened. Thus, to
prevent people from becoming litter bugs, polluters, and
destroyers of our environment, I advocate more empha-
sis, starting with the first year of school, on nature study
and establishing an understanding of the importance of
the environment to man. This indoctrination is impor-
tant if the vital role of the environment in man's welfare
is to be placed in proper perspective.

2. Research to develop the atomic bomb was supported
on a national basis. The bomb was born in secrecy, yet
the potential danger of radiation to man has grown since
1896 when the existence of radioactive elements was dis-
covered by Becquerel. Research to protect man against
radiation effects and levels of radioactive materials that
could be released progressed with research on the bomb.
Similarly, there should be no significant disposal of any
waste material until its effect on man is known.

3. From this research came standards for the han-
dling, shipping, and disposal of radioactive substances.
Standards for radioactivity are contained in publications
such as: Standards for Protection against Radiation, Title
10, Part 20, U. S. Atomic Energy Commission; Reports
of the National Committee on Radiation Protection; and
the International Committee on Radiation Protection.
Standards for any waste disposal should be for the en-
tire United States, as they are for radioactivity. No one
should be penalized because of his geographical location.
In contrast, however, the numbers of E. coli that can
exist in a body of water before it is considered polluted
now varies among the states.

4. After standards and guidelines were established, an
extensive monitoring system was inaugurated and has
been functioning for years. The atmospheric, aquatic,
and terrestrial environments were sampled frequently
and on a broad geographical basis.

Man can modify his environment both in beneficial
and in deleterious ways. I have referred mostly to how
man injures his environment by releasing wastes into it
and have emphasized the need for examining the total
effect of these substances upon different forms of life.
The effect of a given substance upon an organism can
vary with the amount of substance present. Pesticides
began to be used in relatively large amounts just after
World War II, but it was not until 1962 when Rachel
Carson’s Silent Spring was published that more nearly

adequate amounts of money became available for re-
search into the effects of these materials.

In addition to more research into the deleterious effects
of waste materials upon the environment, more con-
sideration should be given to the use of waste materials
for beneficial purposes. Great emphasis has been given
to finding “Peaceful Uses for Radioisotopes” as indicated
by a number of international meetings on this subject.
As we all know, the use of radioisotopes has had a tre-
mendous impact on research, medical practice, and cer-
tain areas of industry.

There are other instances of practical uses of waste
materials. The common aspirin originated years ago
from a waste material, acetylsalicylic acid, through the
ingenuity of a researcher of the I. G. Farben Chemical
Company in Germany. Also, stickwater or wash water
in a menhaden plant which a few years ago created a
waste-disposal problem is now mixed with fish meal,
passed through the dryer, and effectively incorporated
into the meal.

I would not want anyone to conclude that we have all
the answers concerning radioactive waste disposal and
the levels of radiation to which man can be exposed.
Based on research findings, the maximum permissible
concentrations to which man can be exposed are con-
tinually being examined and changed. For instance, two
areas requiring more research are the effects of low levels
of radioactivity over long periods of time and the effects
of various mixtures of radioisotopes. In general, toxicity
studies on any substance usually involve concentrations
which result in the death of 50 percent of the test animals
in a relatively short period of time. Yet, man is ex-
posed in the natural environment to lower levels of many
toxic materials over a lifetime. Also, one needs to con-
sider whether tests relating to exposure to a single sub-
stance have any real significance. Threshold-limit values
now have been accepted and are being applied to indus-
try for some 300 waste materials. Of these values,
probably not more than 10 have been studied sufficiently
to ensure levels which would result in a safe and health-
ful environment over a full working lifetime. If the sub-
stances were mixed together, what would we know about
their effect?

Advances are being made in other areas which will
contribute also to restoring the quality of our environ-
ment. Control of the population explosion will contrib-
ute, since waste disposal is directly related to the total
number of people and to their standard of living. Modi-
fication of the weather has been attempted without much
success in the past, but it is expected that in the next few
decades it will be possible to increase precipitation in cer-
tain areas. Water used for cooling in industrial processes
is presently suitable for re-use and by the year 2000, the
volume required for cooling may exceed all other uses
of water combined. We therefore must make plans for
handling this large demand for water before the need
arises. Research into this problem is now progressing
satisfactorily.

The level of contaminants in water must be controlled
because we will be faced with an ever-growing demand

Vol. 13, No. 3, July 1966

59

for water. The ways in which water is used and re-used
and is renovated and conserved, no doubt, wili be
changed through research by the government, industry,
and universities. Although technology will dictate to a
certain extent many future uses and re-uses of water,
public regulation and economics also will influence our
use of water resources.

Dr. Don. W. Hayne: Chancellor Caldwell, Dr. Buckley,
Dr. Bennett, ladies and gentlemen. It is a real and per-
sonal pleasure for me to be here for I have been asso-
ciated with Dr. Buckley in different capacities for years.
Curiously enough, it happens that I have not before
heard him give a formal lecture. Many times I have
heard him talk to his staff as a really superlative adminis-
trator of a research center, and later I saw him in action
as an effective staff man of a panel. Now this, the first
formal lecture, comes up to the other standards.

I am going to comment briefly as what we might call
a technician in this area, speaking mostly to other pro-
fessional biologists who may be ready to consider for the
moment the view of a technician. I wish to mention a
few problems of ecologists who accept the facts that, as
Dr. Buckley has pointed out, there is here both a broad
interest and a need for the work. As Dr. Rice has
pointed out, we need money, but when we have this
degree of interest at the national level the money is there.
In fact, it is my impression that we have more money
than good work to be supported by it.

As biologists, we have talked about this pollution prob-
lem for so many years that it is now almost automatic.
But at last we are faced with the fact that we must now
produce something more than talk. What are we going
to do? This is a very tough problem which I cannot
solve tonight, but I want to talk about a few of its
phases. First, our interests are really greatest regarding
the effects at the lower levels of exposure. Dr. Rice
touched on this problem. True, we are horrified by those
disasters which occur from unwise and unwarranted use
of pesticides, or from the occasional accidents with iso-
topes or reactors, but these are not the things which the
biologists in his professional capacity is going to be called
upon to worry about. These high level effects are ap-
parent to everyone and they are being taken care of, as
we have been told. Our problem is how we are to deal
with this problem of detecting the effects on the biota,
the environment and the whole ecosystem, of exposure
at low levels.

If we must talk in terms of life-time effects, then how
are we going to work with these problems, for they are
literally those of a life-time? I do not have the answer,
but I think that this general problem is going to challenge
us, as biologists, and as experimentalists to devise meth-
ods of working with it. This problem is not new, of
course, it is exactly the same question faced by medical
science in working with carcinogens, or with any sus-

pected toxin. Here you must define a substance as not
to be tolerated at some level far below that where it will
produce any appreciable and measurable effect under ex-
perimental conditions. For our part we are now con-
cerned with the effect on our environment of pollutants,
and, as I said, we must truly be concerned professionally
with the low level effects, not with the intermediate and
obvious effects, but the subtle effects, the long-term
effects. We hear emotion talk of banning use of every
chemical which is toxic at any modest level, but I be-
lieve that rather than accept this costly concept, we must
learn to appraise the low-level effects.

As a second point, the effect of environmental con-
tamination on natural populations is a promising tool as
well as an interesting and challenging problem. I wish
to comment on one possible parameter for study, and the
implications of considering this. For some time now
ecologists have been concerned with the structure of a
community, that is, number of species present, number
of individuals per species, the kinds of species, whether
there is a pattern in the occurrence together of a series
of species, why the pattern occurs as it does, and what
will change it. It is apparent that pollutants change
this pattern or structure of the communty. Certain spe-
cies are benefited, or at least they increase in numbers
and by the rules of the game we say they are benefited.
Other species decrease or are eliminated. Up to now, we
have worked on this problem largely in a non-quantita-
tive sense, and it is clear that we must now move into
a much deeper understanding and a much more use of
this concept for studying environmental changes. And,
yet, the people who wish to study environmental changes
usually are not the same people competent to handle the
genuine and vexing taxonomic problems involved here.
So, in such studies we have been handicapped by the fact
that if you wish to work with a community, a natural
population of species, you must somehow combine a
taxonomic ability with the aptitudes of the population
ecologists, and some competence in mathematics. Since
the first characteristic is so rarely associated with the
others, it seems to me to follow that one of needs grow-
ing out of our concern with pollution these days is a very
much increased support for the taxonomic sciences, and
some means of making services of this group more
readily available. Working taxonomists are overworked
now in their attempts to help others. We need a better
way for providing their services to the practicing ecolo-
gists in some organized manner which will allow the
studies of both to flourish.

With the lateness of the hour and the thorough
coverage presented here by others I will conclude my
remarks here. Thank you.

Audience Participation

Jesse C. Thompson, Jr., (Hampden Sydney College): Dr.
Buckley, your remarks are very much different from

60

ASB Bulletin

those of Dr. Egler, our speaker at the symposium last
year. You seem to be more subdued in your discussion
of this important problem and, if I understand correctly,
you are saying that all is going well and that the Great
Society is taking care of everything. You even stated
that possibly we may even be getting too concerned about
the pollution of our environment. Do you believe there
is more danger in being too concerned or too little con-
cerned?

Buckley: Let me try to show you what I meant — I am
sorry I didn’t jump up and down on the platform. It
isn’t that I am less concerned than was Dr. Egler. It
seems to me that what I was trying to say in this par-
ticular context, and I am glad you raised the question
here, is that the burden is on us to make sure that the
dollars spent buy the things that we want bought. I can
foresee large expenditures for sewer systems and the
hardware for sewage treatment plants, and similar sorts
of thing. All I am suggesting is that we make sure that
when we spend that money it buys the kind of control
that we want bought. If we are not prepared to use
wisely the funds provided by the public, I am worried
more about an embarrassment of riches rather than the
other way around. There was $120,000,000 of money
this year (the 1967 budget) that wasn’t in the 1966 bud-
get. And this year almost every other kind of program,
except the war in Viet Nam, was cut. So I am trying
to point out that money is available. There is public
concern. We don’t know all the answers we want to
know. I would prefer to go slow on those kinds of
things where we are not quite sure. I would like to be
as vigorous as possible in cleaning up where we know
how. Shouting that this river has got to be clean as it
can possibly be, or that we can’t afford a speck of dust
or sulfur dioxide in the air — I don’t think this is what’s
going to get us places. We have to look at it the other
way around. There will be sulfur dioxide; there will be
dust particles; but there need not be the quantities that
there now are. I was recently in Germany, I can’t vouch
for the validity of these statistics, but they were given us.
They are that on the average in industrial cities in Ger-
many there are 85,000 particles of dust in a liter of air.
In forested parts of Germany, there are something like
a hundred particles to the liter of air. The point I am
trying to make is that there is room for improvement in
every industrialized country. Another point connected
with this, it seems to me, is the matter of who pays the
bill. And it seems to me that one of the pronouncements
made in this “Restoring the Quality of our Environ-
ment,” and since made by President Johnson, has been
that there ought not to be, that there is no right, to
pollute; that, rather, industrialists must begin to consider,
as a cost of doing business, the proper disposal of the
waste products that result from their manufacturing
processes. Now, you couldn’t have said this five years
ago, but this is a statement which is generally believed
by the American public today. I think that Federal ex-
penditures will be related to cleaning up what’s already
happened; to restoring those things that have already
been deteriorated; but the cost of prevention of further

VOL.

13, No. 3, July 1966

pollution ought clearly to be borne by those people,
those industries, those municipalities that would other-
wise cause this pollution.

Winston Menzel (Florida State University): I think this
pollution problem is ironical. The biologists of my ac-
quaintance have been aware of the evils of pollution
problem for a long time, but, it took Miss Carson to ex-
plode the atomic bomb. I am glad she did. Dr. Rice
said that radioactivity has the best control. That is true.
We know the dangers of it. There has been more money
spent on radioactive control — and more research. So
my plea is to spend more money, even though we do
make mistakes. We certainly spend enough on radio-
activity control, and there have been more people killed,
or harmed from pollution, than from any radioactivity.

Buckley: Maybe I need to draw the line in a different
place. Most of us in the room are interested in this
problem from the point of view of science; and yet, the
cost of research associated with this sort of thing, I look
upon as being fairly small. We are talking about a rela-
tively few millions of dollars, 50 or 150 — something of
this sort. What costs money is the “hardware” for con-
trol and treatment. Let me give an example. One of
the ways that one can possibly solve the problem of com-
bined sanitary waste and storm drainage is to build two
separate systems, two sets of pipes; but if we were to do
this in the older cities of the United States, the estimates
run at something like $20,000,000,000. Now, are there
other ways that we can solve that problem? Secondly,
it’s not at all clear to me, on the basis of what evidence
I have seen, that with two sets of pipes we still won't
have a problem bigger than we wish to have. The evi-
dence I have seen strongly suggests that the surface
drainage that comes from the city itself causes a sufficient
oxygen sag and carries a sufficient quantity of materials
picked up from the roadways, and so on, to be in its
own right detrimental to the waters. And, yet, we have
serious proposals to get on with this business of tearing
up all the streets of all the major cities, laying two sets
of pipes instead of one, and solving the problem this way.
This is the kind of thing I am talking about as perhaps
an ill-advised expenditure. Maybe this is the only solu-
tion — and if it is, then these are costs we ought to be
prepared to bear. On the other hand, if we are talking
about more money for research, then I agree with you.
We have spent too little — we need to multiply our ex-
penditure over the next several years. I are not sug-
gesting to the contrary. I hope this makes people a little
more comfortable. I don’t intend to sound complacent.

Leon Hicks (Loyola University, New Orleans): I have
a question of Dr. Rice. I believe you said, concerning
the advances in the disposal of Radioactive waste, that
we could probably apply these advances to other waste
disposals. I saw pictures of the incident of the hydrogen
bomb over the Spanish coast where there were barrels
of radioactive dirt that were going to be disposed by just
dropping them into the deepest parts of the sea, in radio-
active dumps, and I have heard that waste materials from

61

reactors are disposed of in that manner. I’d like to
know, is that the advances in radioactive waste disposal
that you were talking about? It seems to be parallel to
dumping garbage outside the edge of a town, and since
there is a foreseeable increase in reactor applications, are
there going to be any advances made in this wholesale
junking of radioactive waste?

Rice: My comments that what we had learned in the dis-
posal of radioactivity could be applied to other wastes,
of course, had reference to generalities; the same think-
ing, the same general approaches and research, financing,
publicity and other things could be applied to any waste;
and I would like to make a comment on your disposal.
Most of you probably know that radioactivity is different
from any other type of waste. Most wastes, with time,
are degraded biologically or otherwise. But there is no
way of changing the rate of decay of radioactivity. Only
time can eliminate it. Therefore, there are two ways of
handling waste. One is to contain it, to put it somewhere
that it will be of no danger to anyone — and this is
often done by putting it into deep wells; the possibility
of storing it in salt domes in some of the southern states,
or putting it in the depths of the oceans. Theoretically,
I should mention, in these cases it is contained in thick
containers that sink to the bottom and remain intact, and
by the time it has disintegrated the radioactivity will have
gone. The length of time required for the water from
the depths to be circulated back to the surface is of such
a magnitude that there would be no danger from long-
life radioactivity placed in the depths. The thinking has
changed somewhat in recent times, and there is no
longer this wholesale disposal in the ocean. We do not
like to think that the ocean is a garbage pail, but man
has looked to some parts of his environment as a means
of disposing unwanted material, and the ocean, being so
deep, he naturally has taken advantage of this, and still
does today. Well, I should mention that there is another
way of disposing of radioactivity also, and that is to
dilute it in such a concentration that the total volume of
our breath, the total amount of water that you drink, or
the food that you eat, would never contain sufficient
radioactivity of accumulating sufficient activity that you
would suffer any harmful effects. Now, we are sort of
fixed — if we can have “X" amount of radioactivity in
a liter of air and there are so many liters, once we have
reached this threshold we must contain the radioactivity.
So while we may use an intelligent approach to disposal
of radioactivity, we still are faced with the problem.
Shall we keep it all hidden, or shall we release some of
it? And we feel that some of it must be released, but
not in an uncontrollable amount.

Frank McCormick (University of North Carolina): I'd
like to address my question to Dr. Buckley. It seems
that we have mostly discussed how we might modify
the results of a problem rather than how we might
fight the problem itself. I think the President and most
of the agencies of his Great Society Program recognize
the problem; the problem being that pollution increases
primarily because there are more people — the more

people, the more pollution. Wouldn’t it be more feasible
to attack the problem of population control?

Buckley: I guess I will label that a political question
rather than a scientific one and refuse to answer it.
Seriously, I think your statement is essentially half true
and half untrue. It seems to me there are two things
that are happening at the same time. There is an in-
crease in population; no doubt about this. But even
without this increase in population, there is an increasing
use of resources and an increasing volume of waste gen-
erated by each individual. What I am saying is that
pollution increases at a faster rate than the population.
Certainly population reduction would be one of the ways
of reducing it, but on the other hand, it is not likely to
be a very rapid procedure. If we were able to reduce
the rate of increase of population in the United States
or the world in the very near future, we still would end
up with a population very much larger than it is now
and still be faced with a need to do something to better
the condition of the environment we now live in.

I would also point out that there are other things one
can do about some kinds of pollution. You can use
other sorts of materials, which create less of a pollution
problem. Perhaps we can find other means of powering
automobiles, for example, which would not have all the
noxious by-products. Who is going to push this kind of
thing? How do you move it from the idea that it would
be nice if we did this, to something that you can go into
the marketplace and buy? I don’t think we have found
any way of doing this yet.

One other point I intended to make before, and I will
volunteer now. We were talking about ecology a good
deal. One of the points in relation to ecology, it seems
to me, is that there isn’t a central place in the Govern-
ment where one can put his finger on what we do know.

Many of you people know locally what a community
looks like, what it’s made up of, and what’s happening
to it, but at the same time there isn’t any centralized
place where you can begin to piece together a picture
for the country as a whole.

Ecology is a field where almost every agency in Gov-
ernment has some concern — and each agency considers
it is doing most of the things that need to be done in its
area of responsibility. Yet it seems that there is a need
for some additional work, particularly work done in the
universities — basic research in ecology, better under-
standing of ecosystems, better understanding of popula-
tion ecology. Much of this doesn’t have an immediate
practical application; yet, some of the things that Dr.
Hayne said reminded me of this. He talked about
changes in community structure — and I would ask you,
changes compared to what? There are very few com-
munities that we know enough about to measure whether,
in fact, a change is taking place or not. If you ask a
man who is working in pollution how he knows that a
particular piece of water is polluted, pin him down hard,
at last you find out that a piece of water is polluted
because somebody says it is polluted. It may be a gov-
ernor, a group of local citizens, but somebody has de-

62

ASB Bulletin

cided it is polluted. There doesn’t seem to be any uni-
form basis on which you judge pollution. And, here
again, research aimed at understanding what takes place
without pollution, or with a minimum of pollution, seems
to me one of the things we most need. There is a cer-
tain amount of concern in the Congress in relation to
this. There are some bills, one of them introduced by
Senator Nelson, which propose some increased activity
in the field of ecology. Hearings are scheduled for the
latter part of this month. Legislation of this sort ought
to be of interest to you people in the universities. You
ought to be looking for monies to begin to fill some of
these needs.

William D. Burbanck (Emory University): I wonder, in
this age when we get all our daily vitamins in one cereal
at breakfast, and when we will not buy an apple having
a wormhole, or an oyster with an imperfect shell —
whether there is any way that we might begin to edu-
cate ourselves to the point where we don’t need quite so
much perfection in everything? It seems to me we have
become almost ridiculous in our demands. If we cut
down on our demand for perfection a little, perhaps our
suppliers could cut down, and we could then get some
sort of equilibrium.

Rice: Regardless of how concentrated man produces his
vitamins or any other essential food ingredients, he still
requires a certain amount of bulk. Years ago I heard
some discussion that in Germany they were beginning to
add essential ingredients to sawdust, and that this would
make a very appetizing and nutritious food. But we
are going to have to continue to eat a certain amount of
raw material. So we are going to have to produce it.
The question is, can we sacrifice, as Dr. Burbanck men-
tioned, the appearance of an apple, and have just as
many apples per tree, or do we want more apples per
tree, and, as a consequence, more pesticides in the en-
vironment? Of course, we come back to the population
problem again. We have so many acres of land, and it
has been estimated by the year 2,000 if we continue to
increase at the present rate there will be one square
yard of land per person. We must have so much food
for the present and for future populations. Thus, we
must grow more food per acre. We not only will have
to use more pesticides, but also more fertilizers, and we
can — when we hear there are certain pesticides in cer-
tain foods — boycott them. But, I do not know a simple
answer to your question.

Buckley: May I add just one more comment here? I
think this question and this response sort of pointed up
the nature of the pollution question. There are separate
actions we can take. But the problems cut across almost
everything that we do, and we aren’t going to sit in a
room and solve all the problems. We will solve them
back in our respective laboratories and not here. If we
recognize they exist, if we tell the public they exist, if
we help educate people, then we have begun to get some
handles on control of pollution. Right now we have
[ stirred the public up to the point they want to do some-

Vol. 13, No. 3, July 1966

thing. It seems to me that we need to tell them what it
is that they need to do. Before we can tell them some
of the things they need to do, we need to find out our-
selves. I hope you all go home and apply for grants
from wherever you think you can get them; that you will
all turn your interest to solving some of these fascinat-
ing problems that exist in pollution. By the time you
treat the subject at next year's meeting, you will all be
personally deeply involved.

Margaret Menzel (Florida State University): I'd like to
address a question to Dr. Buckley. It seemed to me he
indicated several times that really the crux of the prob-
lem is social and not strictly biological or scientific and
he has indicated areas, such as city planning, control of
human reproduction, and some other problems in human
psychology, which would be basic to a solution. I’d
like to ask him what amount of money is devoted to in
research in these areas compared to that devoted to rem-
edying the effects of the problem?

Buckley: I can’t give you any fixed answer. Social as-
pects are very important - — the attitudes of people, pres-
sures in city planning, the overlapping of jurisdictions.
I am thinking of the Lower Delaware Valley area, for
example, where there are three states, eleven counties,
377 communities, 4,000 civic organizations, all wound up
in one area that uses the same water supply and dis-
poses of its waste in the same place, and yet each may
have a somewhat different interest in how this water is
used. How do you operate in a system such as this?
I singled that out because we happened to have some
numbers. But you can look at other cities. You can
go to California — take Los Angeles County — and with-
in the county you find other communities. These are
very real problems, and they are ones we must find a
way to handle. At the same time, there is another kind
of problem that I don’t feel we know enough about.
Somebody has referred to the earth as a spaceship, a
self-contained environment. We aren’t going to add any-
thing or get rid of anything that’s on it. Our choices
in disposal of waste become those of segregating it in
some fashion and storing it away or returning it to the
environment in such a fashion that it isn’t harmful.
Basically, these are our choices. We have got to learn
to re-cycle, to re-use. These, too, involve social prob-
lems. How do you make people in a large city take
water they know has already passed through the city and
has come from the sewage treatment plant and to the
water treatment plant and is re-cycled? This has been
done in a few places where drought has been extremely
severe, but it’s a pretty difficult problem to make the
people of a community believe that this is the best they
can get. In fact, it may be purer than water they now
use. It may be chemically and biologically suitable, but
you can’t get away with this without some degree of edu-
cation in the community. I can think of at least as many
social problems as there are biological ones. I am sorry
I didn’t emphasize this before because certainly it’s severe
and a real part of the problem which has not received
the type support which it should.

63

Books and Periodicals

The final portions of the “Flora of West Virginia,” by
P. D. Strausbaugh and Earl L. Core, of West Virginia
University, have just appeared. This final part contains
a comprehensive index to the entire work of more than
1,000 pages.

The work includes all species of vascular plants known
to occur in a wild or naturalized state in West Virginia,
and represents the results of field, herbarium, and library
studies of the authors extending over a period of more
than forty years. In these studies, every county in the
State has been explored in detail. Descriptions and illu-
strations of more than 2,000 species are given, including
ecological and geographical data, plus other information,
especially that of local interest. There is also a compre-
hensive bibliographic treatment, with hundreds of refer-
ences to pertinent literature, particularly that dealing
with species that have their type localities within the
present boundaries of West Virginia, and species that
are rare or for other reasons are of unusual interest in
the State.

The work has been published in parts, the first part
(Pteridophyta to Orchidaceae, pages 1-274) appearing in
1952, the second part (Saururaceae to Leguminosae,
pages 275-570) in 1953, the third part (Linaceae to
Plantaginaceae, pages 571-860) in 1958, and the fourth
part (Rubiaceae to Compositae, pages 861-1075) in 1964.

The parts were published as bulletins by West Vir-
ginia University and may be purchased from the Uni-
versity Bookstore.

Parts I, II, III, IV, and the Introductory Section, if
purchased together — $10.00; separately, $2.50 each plus
$0.50 for the Introductory Section.

The entire Flora, Parts I, II, III, IV, and the Intro-
ductory Section, is available in hardback binding at
$15.00.

A HISTORY OF BOTANY IN WEST VIRGINIA.
1965. Weldon Boone. McClain Printing Co., Parsons,
W. Va. $6.00.

This book, the product of a labor of love on the part
of its author, should serve numerous purposes. It is a
contribution to the general history of West Virginia.
It is far more than a collection of biographies of West
Virginia botanists, although it is that, too: in a sense it
is a bibliography of West Virginia botany. That it is
a thorough treatment of the subject is attested by the
fact that the index lists references to approximately 500
persons associated with the development of botany in
this State. In addition, hundreds of titles of books and
articles dealing with the botany of the State are listed.
It is, itself, a valuable contribution to the botanical lit-
erature of West Virginia. — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University.

GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT (2nd ed.). Maurice
Sussman. Foundations of Modern Biology Series. Pren-
tice-Hall, New Jersey. 1964. 116 pp. $3.95.

This book explains basic developmental and growth
changes both at the molecular and at the cellular level.
It begins with generalities about growth, cell differentia-
tion and morphogenesis. Then there is a phylogenetic
approach viewing the growth of single cells to the growth
of vertebrate embryos. Interactions among and between
cells are emphasized; they are classified and evidence in
support of their mechanisms is explained. Valuable ex-
amples providing information about differentiation, im-
portance of RNA and protein synthesis and control of
reactions involved are discussed with regard to time,
place and quantity. The remainder of the book deals
with mechanisms of cell differentiation as understood
from biochemical and descriptive events of genetics.

The book is brief, but the editing has been poor and
has led to inconsistencies, misspellings and errors of
omission. Some of the most irritating points are those
concerned with comparison of index numbers and page
numbers. Some words or phrases indexed incorrectly in
one way or another are: amitosis, budding, Dictyostelium
discoideum, gut, known mechanisms of cell interactions,
morphogenetic fields, mutants, normoblasts, RNA, Sia-
mese twinning and zygote. Scientific words such as ery-
throblast, erythrocyte, cereviseae and teratomas are all
misspelled as are a few nonscientific words. Indexed
definitions of differentiation, genotype and phenotype are
somewhat vague and are better explained in other parts
of the text. Two important names are deleted from the
text material, but both are indexed. These most glaring
omissions involve references to both Watson and Crick.
Deleted from Fig. 9-6 is messenger B and from Fig. 9-8,
the i of BRi and the entire BR*. The reader is not ab-
solutely positive about the identification of A and B for
chromosomes on this latter figure. Numbers are omitted
from seven pages; this is not entirely related to the pres-
ence of figures as some pages with figures have numbers.
Some pages have numbers at the top and some at the
bottom. Other inconsistencies exist for italicized words.
One wonders why both ganglia and Plasmodium malariae
are italicized and not neurula, Rana sylvatiea and Sac-
charomyces cereviseae.

Some readers might quibble about these points. One
concerns the caption for Fig. 2-2 regarding DNA syn-
thesis. The text material so carefully emphasizes that
synthesis occurs before and not during cell division; how-
ever, the caption reads that it occurs during the cell
division cycle. Figure 7-3 fails to justify the text de-
scription because of use of per cent instead of total cell
number. It is difficult to visualize, without computation,
and in spite of its accuracy, that the vertical distance
from the abscissa to the line representing the S-cells at
20 days is less than 10 per cent and even more difficult
to visualize it at one per cent. Another criticism might
be leveled at the use of “tissue culture” before the word
“tissue” is defined two chapters later. Some chapters
have a “resume” and others, “conclusions.” Use of both

64

ASB Bulletin

mycetozoa and myxomycetes in two different locations
for the same organisms seems superfluous. One might
question the inexactness of “marine eggs.”

The book is useful in that it raises more questions
than it answers. Obviously it is for use at the under-
graduate level although it is generally less informative
than other books in this series. Until the editorial errors
are corrected and based on the exacting attitudes of some
of my own past professors concerning spelling, etc., I
would say both student and teacher will have less than
a happy time employing it as a supplementary text. —
Francis M. Bush, Medical College of Virginia.

READINGS IN ECOLOGY, by Edward J. Kormondy.
Prentice-Hall, Inc. 1965. $3.95 (Paper).

Ecologists will not regret buying this modestly priced
little volume. The pleasure and convenience of having
so many magnificent ecological papers between two
covers is sufficient justification for getting a copy. In
addition original works reveal the thought patterns,
methodology, and insights of distinguished investigators
to a degree that is impossible even in the best texts.
Kormondy has a brief commentary before each paper
which indicates its relationship to the others as well as
the significance of each ecological concept. — Iohn
Cairns, Ir., Univ. of Kansas.

BIOLOGY OF THE SKIN AND HAIR GROWTH, by
A. G. Lyne and B. F. Short. American Elsevier Pub-
lishing Co., Inc. 1965. $23.50.

This volume is a compilation of the proceedings of a
symposium held at Canberra, Australia, during August,
1964. The symposium was proposed by Dr. P. G.
Schinckel of the Ian Clunies Ross Animal Research
Laboratory. He was also responsible for its early or-
ganization until his untimely death on March 7, 1963.

The impetus for a symposium of this kind grew out
of the interest in wool research which has been an in-
tegral part of the wool industry of Australia for many
years.

The volume consists of forty-six articles which were
contributed by leading researchers in specialized fields
related to wool growth and development, and is an ex-
cellent reference volume for workers in this field as well
as being a fascinating source of information for persons
who are casually interested in a specialized aspect of
these several areas. The degree of depth and style of
presentation exhibited in each section vary somewhat but

PEANUTS®

in general are quite thorough and clear. The articles
are individually well documented. — J. E. Davis, Jr.,
Wake Forest College.

Books recently received

The following books have been recently received by
the ASB. Should any member of the ASB wish to re-
view one of these books in return for the review copy,
please write to: Mrs. Betty Peddicord, Assistant Editor,
Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Penna., 19103.

NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS EGGS. 1965. Chester
A. Reed. A Dover Reprint. 372 pp. $3.00.

BIRD DISPLAY AND BEHAVIOR. 1965. Edward A.

Armstrong. A Dover Reprint. 43 1 pp. $2.50.

THE BIRD, ITS FORM AND FUNCTION. 1965.

C. W. Beebe. A Dover Reprint. 496 pp. $2.75.
BIRD STUDIES AT OLD CAPE MAY. 1965. Witmer
Stone. A Dover Reprint. 2 vols., 941 pp. $5.50.
TREE FLOWERS OF FOREST, PARK AND STREET.
1965. W. E. Rogers. A Dover Reprint. 495 pp.
$3.00.

OSMOTIC REGULATION IN AQUATIC ANIMALS.
1965. August Krogh. A Dover Reprint. 242 pp.
$1.75.

READINGS IN ECOLOGY. 1965. E. J. Kormondy.

Prentice-Hall. 219 pp. $3.95.

THE COCCIDIAN PARASITES (PROTOZOA, SPOR-
OZOA) OF RODENTS. 1965. Illinois Biological
Monographs, 33. 365 pp. $7.50.

SEX AND BEHAVIOR. 1965. Fi ank A. Beach. Iohn
Wiley and Sons. 592 pp. $9.75.

FERTILIZATION. 1965. C. R. Austin. Prentice-Hall.
145 pp. $2.95 (paper), $4.95 (cloth).

The National Referral Center

The National Referral Center for Science and
Technology may be most simply described as the
“information desk” of the scientific and technical
community. Operating in the Library of Con-
gress with the support of the National Science
Foundation, the Center is designed to provide a
single place to which scientists and engineers may

By Charles M. Schulz

PEANUTS

DEA£ EDITOR of
*LtTTZR5 TO The EOlTOz’’

how have you Been ?

'’how have you been?"

CdHAT 60RT0F LETTER 15 THAT
TO WRITE TO AN EDITOR ?

I J05T TH0U6HT HE MlSHT
APPRECIATE HAVIN6 SOMEONE INQUIRE
ABOUT THE STATE OF HIS HEALTH

Courtesy of the Philadelphia Bulletin — © United Feature Syndicate, Inc. 1966.

Vol. 13, No. 3, July 1966

65

J

turn for advice on where and how to obtain sci-
entific or technical knowledge of any kind.

The Center does not answer technical inquiries
directly, nor does it furnish bibliographic assist-
ance. Rather, it functions as an intermediary,
directing those who need information to those
who can provide it.

The Center is concerned with all fields of sci-
ence and technology: The physical, biological,
social, and engineering sciences, and the many
technical areas relating to them. Similarly, it is
concerned with all kinds of information capabili-
ties, wherever they may exist: In Government, in
industry, and in the academic and professional
world.

The concept of “information resources” which
the Center has adopted is an extremely broad one.
It includes, of course, traditional information
sources and media — technical libraries, informa-
tion and document centers, abstracting and in-
dexing services, and the like — which play a basic
part in the scientific information network. But
the concept extends also to resources which have

a significant capability, and the willingness, to an-
swer technical inquiries or provide scientific in-
formation in any form.

The National Referral Center for Science and
Technology is on the fifth floor of the Library of
Congress Annex, Second Street and Independence
Avenue S.E., Washington, D. C. 20540. Visits
by those interested in its functions or services are
welcome between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., weekdays.

Telephone inquiries should be directed as fol-
lows:

(Area code 202)

967-8087 for general inquiries.

967-8265 for referral service.

967-8242 for registration of information
resources.

Correspondence should be addressed to:

National Referral Center for
Science and Technology
Library of Congress
Washington, D. C. 20540

Clam-Toting Turtle

Robert R. Grant, Jr., and Robert Robertson
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia

A cursory literature search has yielded only
one record of a fresh water bivalve being trans-
ported by a turtle [H. W. Kew (1893, The Dis-
persal of Shells, London, p. 83) summarizes J. E.
Todd’s observations on a unionid clinging to the
lower jaw of a snapping turtle]. On the other
hand, reports of fresh water bivalves clamped on
the appendages of mammals, birds, amphibians,
insects, and crustaceans are common (ibid., pp.
56-84; A. W. Spencer, 1964, Jour. Colorado
Wyoming Acad. Sci., 5(5): 43-44).

The musk turtle, Sternothaerus odoratus (Lat-
reille), is typically found in permanent bodies of
fresh water, and is less inclined to move overland
than are its close relatives the mud and snapping
turtles. However, musk turtles do occasionally
move from one isolated body of fresh water to
another and, based on our observations, might
occasionally disperse live clams with them.

At about 2:30 P.M. on December 15, 1965, a
common musk turtle inhabiting a rather haphaz-
ardly populated aquarium, was observed with a
fresh water Fingernail Clam, Sphaerium (Ame-
soda) striatinum (Lamarck), firmly clamped on
the second claw of its right rear foot. At 4:00
P.M. the turtle was removed from the aquarium
and placed in a shallow dish for photography,
which lasted until after 5:00 P.M. During this
time the clam remained attached, although the
turtle made intermittent efforts to remove it. The

two were left in the dish overnight so that the
clam would not be lost in the dense growth of
plants in the aquarium, but at 9:00 A.M. the
following morning the clam was found in one
corner of the dish, the turtle in another.

It is difficult to estimate how long the turtle had
been carrying the clam because for some time be-
fore the discovery it had been hidden in remote
areas of the aquarium. Still, the elapsed time it
is known to have been carrying the clam is long
enough for a turtle to have moved several hundred
feet upstream.

Fig. 1. A fresh-water Fingernail Clam, Sphaerium
striatinum, clamped on second claw of right rear foot of
a Musk Turtle, Sternothaerus odoratus. Attachment oc-
curred in an aquarium. The alga growing on the turtle's
shell is Basicladia chelonum (Collins) Hoffman & Tilden
— a turtle-specific green alga.

66

ASB Bulletin

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

Hobart F. Landreth has joined the staff of the Depart-
ment of Zoology, Mississippi State University, as a Re-
search Assistant. During the summer months he will
head a team of MSU researchers in Oregon in an NSF-
sponsored field study of sun-compass orientation in am-
phibians. In September he will return to the campus to
continue his research.

William H. Adams, Professor of Biology and Acting
Chairman of the Department of Biology at Tennessee
Technological University, has joined the National Science
Foundation. Ralph W. Dimmick, Assistant Professor of
Biology, has joined the University of Tennessee, and
Daniel H. Stem, Assistant Professor of Biology, has
joined the Louisiana State University in New Orleans.

David J. Cotter has been appointed Professor and
Chairman of the Biology Department of The Woman’s
College of Georgia, Milledgeville, Ga.

Frank H. Barclay, Professor of Biology, East Ten-
nessee State University, served as President of the
Tennessee Academy of Science during the past year.

G. K. Parris, Professor of Plant Pathology, Mississippi
State University, has been awarded a grant of $2400 by
the Southern Forest Disease and Insect Research Coun-
cil for a project entitled “The relationship of saprophytic
and weakly parasitic fungi to infection of loblolly pine
needles by brown-spot ( Scirrhia acicola) The entire
amount of the grant will be used for financial support
of a graduate student. Other incidental expenses will
be borne by the Department of Plant Pathology and
Weed Science and the Agricultural Experiment Station
of the University.

Claire L. Schelske, head of the Estuarine Ecology
Program at the Radiobiological Laboratory, Beaufort,
N. C., has moved to Washington, D. C., for six months
as Technical Assistant on the Panel on Marine Biology.

Samuel L. Meyer, President of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, 1948-49, and now President of
Ohio Northern University, Ada, Ohio, was honored on
February 20, 1966, when the honorary degree of Doctor
of Laws was conferred upon him by Ohio Wesleyan Uni-
versity. In conferring the degree, President Elden T.
Smith, of Ohio Wesleyan University, said: “Samuel
Lewis Meyer, distinguished educator, scholar, and ad-
ministrator; your experience in centers of higher learn-
ing across the nation have prepared you well for your
new role as President of our sister university in Ada.
Ohio Wesleyan is proud to honor you and be honored
by you as you receive its degree of Doctor of Laws.”

J. F. Fitzpatrick, Jr., Assistant Professor of Zoology,
Mississippi State University, has recently been awarded
a grant of $24,000 by the National Science Foundation
for a study entitled “Systematics of crawfishes of the
southeastern United States.” Two graduate research as-

sistants will be associated with Dr. Fitzpatrick in this
research which will be centered in the triangle formed
by the Mississippi and Tennessee and Tombigbee Rivers.

Willie M. Reams, Jr., Associate Professor of Biology
at the University of Richmond, was an invited speaker
at an international symposium on “the Biology of Skin
— the Pigmentary System” held at the Oregon Regional
Primate Research Center, Portland, Oregon, April 22-24.
His paper was entitled “Pigment cell population pressure
within the skin and its role in the pigment cell invasion
of extraepidermal tissues.”

William J. Riemer, formerly with the Systematic Biol-
ogy Program, has become Planning Officer for the Bio-
logical and Medical Sciences Division, National Science
Foundation.

Edward J. Kuenzler has been appointed Associate Pro-
fessor of Environmental Biology in the Department of
Environmental Sciences and Engineering of the School
of Public Health, and the Institute of Fisheries Research
at the University of North Carolina. Dr. Kuenzler joins
the faculty with a background of wide experience in
studies concerned with the cycling of phosphorus and
other elements in the natural environment. He has con-
ducted these studies both in the estuarine environment
at the Sapelo Island Laboratory of the University of
Georgia and the marine environment at the Woods Hole
Oceanographic Institution.

Dr. Kuenzler’s thesis for the Ph.D. degree from the
University of Georgia was a study of the population
structure and phosphorus budget of a mussel population
in a salt marsh. His initial activities in his new assign-
ment will be directing a field investigation of the impact
of phosphate rock mining on the Pamlico River of North
Carolina.

A National Science Foundation matching grant of
$20,400 has been awarded to Greensboro College under
the Foundation’s Undergraduate Instructional Equipment
Program. The funds, to be used for the purchase of
equipment in the biological sciences, will be under the
direction of Dr. Arnold Van Pelt, Professor of Biology
and Chairman of the Department of Science and Math-
ematics.

Robert J. Hurley of the Institute of Marine Science,
University of Miami, has been nominated as Deputy Di-
rector of the UNESCO Office of Oceanography in Paris,
it was announced by Dr. F. G. Walton Smith, Director
of the Institute. Dr. Hurley was nominated by a panel
from the U. S. National Academy of Sciences and the
Interagency Committee of Oceanography. The 36-year-
old scientist will assume his new post in August. His
appointment will be for two years, during which time he
will be on a leave of absence from the University of
Miami.

Dr. Hurley was born in Boston, Massachusetts, and
received his B.S. degree in geology at Tufts University,

Vol. 13, No. 3, July 1966

67

and his M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in oceanography at
Scripps Institution of Oceanography, University of Cali-
fornia. In 1961 he came to Miami and joined the staff
of the Institute of Marine Science as assistant professor.
Dr. Hurley is an expert on the sea floor and has made
extensive studies in the Bahamas, West Indies, and in
European waters.

David E. Wesley, Graduate Student, Department of
Zoology, Mississippi State University, has been awarded
a Grant-in-Aid of Research by the Society of the Sigma
Xi to further his studies in the productivity of Beaver-
impounded areas.

John G. Turnbull h as accepted appointment as As-
sistant Professor of Biology at the University of South
Alabama. Dr. Turnbull received his Ph.D. from Louis-
iana State University.

Marion Lawrence, Instructor in Biology at the Uni-
versity of South Alabama has been awarded a fellow-
ship by the National Institute of Health for study to-
ward the doctorate at Boston University.

Thomas L. Linton, Research Associate at the Univer-
sity of Georgia Marine Institute, Sapelo Island, Georgia,
has received a grant of $120,900 from the Georgia State
Game and Fish Commission for a three year study of
methods for improving oyster production in Georgia.

Denzel E. Ferguson, Professor of Zoology, Mississippi
State University, delivered an invitational paper and par-
ticipated in the annual Oregon State University Collo-
quium. The topic of the colloquium was animal orien-
tation and Dr. Ferguson reported on his researches in
sun-compass orientation in amphibians.

C. Ritchie Bell, Department of Botany, University of
North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C., has been appointed
Chairman of the Facilities Panel recently established by
the Commission on Undergraduate Education in the Bio-
logical Sciences. The function of the Panel is to draw
up guidelines and checklists for the construction of bio-
logical facilities, and to otter a plan review and con-
sultant service to those schools planning buildings for
biology teaching and research.

Bruce L. Welch and Annemarie S. Welch, Laboratory
of Population Ecology, College of William & Mary, have
received a grant of $59,902 from the National Institute
of Mental Health for a continuation of their work on
“Population and brain biogenic amines.” The grant is
for a two year period.

Thomas M. Pullen, Associate Professor of Biology,
University of Mississippi; Samuel B. Jones, Jr., Assistant
Professor of Biology, University of Southern Mississippi;
and J. Ray Watson, Jr., Assistant Professor of Botany,
Mississippi State University, have been jointly awarded
a grant of $20,100 by NSF for a two-year study en-
titled “Flora of the central Gulf Region of the United
States.”

T. S. Osborne, Agricultural Research Laboratory, Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Oak Ridge, Tennessee, spent three
weeks in Europe during January under the auspices of
the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission and the Inter-
national Atomic Energy Agency. Dr. Osborne visited
laboratories in Paris and Cologne, attended a panel dis-

cussion in Vienna, and consulted with the FAO/IAE^
Division of Atomic Energy in Agriculture in Vienna.

Walter N. Hess, Visiting Professor of Biology at Con-||
verse College, received a $5000 grant from the Public I
Health Service for a period of two years.

Guy Marlow has been appointed Assistant Professoi 1
at St. Mary’s Dominican College in New Orleans.

Asa C. Sims, Jr., Professor of Biology at Southern Uni-J|
versity, Baton Rouge, is spending a year at the University I
of Minnesota on a Post Doctoral NSF grant studying®
fungus physiology and biochemistry.

John W. Bishop, who received his doctorate at Cor- |l
nell University in Limnology, and R. D. Decker, a bot- 1
anist from North Carolina State University, have been I
appointed to Assistant Professorships in the Department H
of Biology at the University of Richmond. Anne Caper-
ton Beime, who will receive her Master’s degree in Biol-
ogy from the University of Richmond in August, will
join the staff as an instructor at the Junior College Di-
vision of the University of Richmond.

Warwick R. West, Jr., Associate Professor and Chair-
man of the Department of Biology at the University of
Richmond, was promoted to Professor effective Septem-
ber, 1966.

John C. Strickland, Professor of Biology at the Uni-
versity of Richmond, will be on sabbatical leave for the
school year 1966-67 and plans to do botanical research
in Costa Rica.

Willie M. Reams, Jr., Associate Professor at the UniJ
versity of Richmond, has received a research grant from
the Virginia Academy of Science and two grants from
the University of Richmond Faculty Research Committee
for his work with pigment cells.

About Institutions

The first chapter of the Society of the Sigma Xi in
the state of Mississippi was installed at Mississippi State
University on May 4 by Dr. Farrington Daniels, Presi-
dent of the Society.

Approximately 96 additional acres of farm and forest
land have been added to the North Carolina Botanical
Garden at Chapel Hill. The new area provides for a
small lake and other water habitats, as well as cleared,
open land for more experimental work and plant propa-
gation. The total area of the Garden, adjacent to the
campus, is 329 acres, of which most is in mature wood-
land. Dr. C. Ritchie Bell was appointed as Director of
the Garden in January.

68

ASB Bulletin

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

i

i

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Men-
zel. Dept, of Biological Sciences, Florida
State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla. Subscrip-
tion orders from libraries and other insti-
tutions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. John Carpenter, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington,
Kentucky. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Fulton
Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

MARGARET Y. MENZEL
Associate Editor

BETTY PEDDICORD, Assistant Editor

JOHN CARPENTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt
University

Retiring President — Harry J. Bennett,
Louisiana State University
President Elect — Harold J. Humrn,
Queens College

Vice-President — Wilbur H. Duncan, Uni-
versity of Georgia

Secretary — Margaret Y. Menzel, Florida
State University

Treasurer — John Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Executive Committee — David James Cot-
ter, Woman’s College of Georgia;
Chauncey G. Goodchild, Emory Uni-
versity; Frederick T. Wolf, Vander-
bilt University; Julian T. Darlington,
Southwestern at Memphis; Robert B.
Short, Florida State University; Rich-
ard E. Garth, Northwestern State Col-
lege; Grover C. Miller, North Caro-
lina State University. All officers are
ex officio members of the executive
committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — W. W. Miller, III, Samford
University

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State
College

Kentucky — position vacant
Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University
Maryland — position vacant
Mississippi — Joseph P itzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University
North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Newberry College
Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Affiliate

Southern Section of the American
Society of Plant Physiologists

Volume 13 , Number 4 - October 1966

CONTENTS

Current Research on Vegetation in the Southeastern States.
— A Symposium Co-Sponsored by the ASB, the Ecological
Society of America, and the Society for the Study of Evolu-
tion. To be held at the A A AS Meeting in Washington,

D. C., on 29 December 1966 71

A A AS Washington Meeting 71

News of Biology in the Southeast 74

Hinton Baxter Overcash — an obituary 74

Charles Ray, Jr., Receives Meritorious Teaching Award
for 1966 75

Books and Periodicals 75

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

SUGGESTED NOMINEES FOR ASB OFFICES AND
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE POSITIONS

To the members of the Nominating Committee:

I wish to suggest that you consider the following ASB
members in selecting nominees for offices and executive
committee positions:

PRESIDENT-ELECT

VICE-PRESIDENT

SECRETARY

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBERS (2 for 3-year
terms)

Deadline: January 1

Mail to: DR. HARRY J. BENNETT
Box 8985, Dept, of Zoology
Louisiana State University
Baton Rouge, La. 70803

70

ASB Bulletin

CURRENT RESEARCH ON VEGETATION
IN THE SOUTHEASTERN STATES

A Symposium Co-Sponsored by the ASB, the Ecological Society of America,
and the Society for the Study of Evolution — December 29, 1966
Washington, D. C., A A AS Meeting

Arranged by Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt University

Although an excellent beginning has been made
in understanding the vegetation of certain areas of
the southeastern United States, some areas are
poorly represented in ecological literature, and
much remains to be done in all areas to bring our
knowledge of the vegetation to the level made pos-
sible by research means at hand today. The im-
portance of the region in phytogeographical and
evolutionary contexts makes such knowledge of
more than local significance. This symposium was
organized, therefore, to present a sampling of the
kinds of research on various aspects of vegetation
presently in progress and to encourage further ac-
tivities along these and other profitable lines.

Topics presented will include: “Introductory
Remarks” (Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt Univ.) ;
“Distribution of Marine Algae Along the Coast of
North America in Relation to Inshore Oceano-
graphic Conditions” (Harold J. Hurrim, Queens
College) ; “Salt Marsh Vegetation of the South At-
lantic Coast” (Arthur W. Cooper, North Carolina
State University, Raleigh); “Successional and En-

vironmental Relationships of North Central Flor-
ida Vegetation” (Carl Monk, University of Geor-
gia Institute of Radiation Ecology) ; “Edaphic and
Vegetational Changes in Florida Pine Flatwoods
with Fire Exclusion” (Joe A. Edmisten, Univer-
sity of Georgia) ; “Multiresources Management of
Coastal Plain Lands” (J. B. Hilmon, U. S. Forest
Service, Ft. Myers, Florida) ; “Vegetation of the
Western Gulf Region” (George Ware, Northwest-
ern Louisiana University) ; “Comparative Study of
Four Community Types (Old Fields, Hardwood,
Pine, and Rain Forest) re Radiation Stress”
(Frank McCormick, University of North Caro-
lina, Chapel Hill) ; “Granite Rock Outcrop En-
demics from the Standpoint of Speciation” (Wil-
liam P. Murdy, Emory University) ; “Vegetation
of the Highlands, North Carolina Gorges” (Ar-
thur W. Cooper, North Carolina State, Raleigh) ;
and “Forest Productivity in the Great Smoky
Mountains” (E. E. B. Clebsch, University of
Tennessee) .

AAAS WASHINGTON MEETING

DECEMBER 26-31, 1966

The 133rd Meeting of the American Associa-
i tion for the Advancement of Science will include
sessions of 20 AAAS Sections and of some 90
participating organizations. Programs of particu-
lar interest to biologists are:

SPECIAL AND GENERAL SESSIONS

I. Moving Frontiers of Science lectures by Lynn T.
White, “The Historical Roots of Our Ecologic
Crisis” and by Th. Dobzhansky, “The Changing
Man” (Dec. 26 eve.); by Thomas F. Malone,
“Weather Modification” and by Dan Greenberg,
"Problems of Securing Constructive Legislation”
(Dec. 28 aft.).

II. AAAS Council Study Committee on Population
Explosion and Birth Control, Section F, and Eco-
logical Society of America. Symposium: Popula-
tion Control: 1-Mechanisms; 11-Impact of Modern
Medicine; Ill-Political Implications (Dec. 27, 28
morn.), arranged by G. W. Wharton. Speakers:
David Pimentel, Charles Krebs, Ulia Olin, David
M. Heer, Bernard Berelson, Amos Hawley, and
Joseph M. Sty cos, C. H. Buckner, Samuel M.
Wishik, Martin D. Keller.

III. Other concurrent AAAS Interdisciplinary Sym-
posia (Dec. 28 morn.):

A. Science in International Perspective;

B. Exchange and Use of Scientific Information;

C. Pollution Control.

Vol. 1 3, No. 4, October 1966

71

IV. Sarton Memorial Lecture by George Wald, “Color
Vision: Model and Reality” (Dec. 28 aft.).

V. AAAS Retiring Presidential Address of Henry
Eyring, “Untangling Biological Reactions” (Dec.
28 eve.).

VI. AAAS Committee on Arid Lands. Symposium:
“Migration to Arid Lands” (Dec. 29), arranged by
Marion Clawson. Other speakers: Homer Asch-
inann, Neil Goldberg, Benjamin Higgins, Stephen
C. Smith, Dean E. Mann, Wynne Thorne, and
R. W. Richardson.

VII. Joint address of the Society of the Sigma Xi and
United Chapters of Phi Beta Kappa by Walter
Orr Roberts, “Science, a Wellspring of Our Dis-
content.” (Dec. 29 eve.)

VIII. AAAS Committee on Science in the Promotion of
Human Welfare, co-sponsored by AAAS Sections
on Zoological Sciences-F, Anthropology-H, and
Psychology-I, and by the Animal Behavior Society.
Three-part symposium, “The Utility of the Con-
struct of Race” (Dec. 30), arranged by Margaret
Mead, Th. Dobzhansky, R. E. Light, and Ethel
Tobach: 1-Behavior-Genetic Analyses and Their
Relevance to the Construct of Race; II-Biological
Aspects of Race in Man; and Ill-Social Psycho-
logical Aspects. Speakers: The arrangers and Her-
bert G. Birch, Benson E. Ginsburg, Jerry Hirsch,
Peter H. Klopfer, J. P. Scott, Loren C. Eiseley,
Bentley Glass, Paul T. Baker, Hudson Hoagland,
Dwight J. Ingle, Morton Fried, Gloria Marshall,
and Irwin Katz.

SECTIONAL PROGRAMS

AAAS Section on Chemistry. Three two-part symposia:
“Chemistry, Form and Function” (Dec. 26), arranged
by Bernard B. Brodie; “U. S. Policy on Food and the
World’s Future,” joint with AAAS Section on Agri-
culture-O (Dec. 27), arranged by Fred R. Senti; and
“Scientific Aspects of Pest Control,” joint with AAAS
Section on Zoological Sciences (Dec. 29), arranged by
George W. Irving.

AAAS Section on Zoological Sciences. Program includes
cosponsorship of all appropriate symposia, a business
meeting, the Zoologists’ Dinner, followed by the vice
presidential address, “Critical Points of Evolution,” by
Richard B. Roberts (Dec. 29), and a symposium,
“Wildlife Resources in a Changing World,” joint with
the Wildlife Society; arranged by John L. Buckley.
Speakers: Fred G. Evenden, Raymond F. Dasmann,
Richard D. Taber, John E. Bardach, John L. McHugh,
Lee M. Talbot, Stanley A. Cain.

AAAS Section on Botanical Sciences. Two-session sym-
posium, cosponsored by the Botanical Society of
America, “Plant Biology Today: Advances and Chal-
lenges” — a continuation of the review papers on basic
topics found so helpful by teachers. Also sessions for
contributed papers and a Botanists’ Luncheon at which
C. E. Olmsted will give the vice presidential address
(Dec. 30).

AAAS Section on Medical Sciences. Two-session sym-
posium, “Regulation of Metabolic Pathways,” arranged
by J. R. Williamson (Pennsylvania). Other speakers:
George Weber (Indiana), A. Sols (Instituto Maranon,
Madrid), P. G. Garland (University of Bristol), Gordon
Tompkins (NTH), R. W. Butcher (Vanderbilt), Eugene
Knox (Harvard), Jack Gorski (Illinois), D. E. Atkinson
(UCLA), John M. Lowenstein (Brandeis), Martin Kling-
enburg (Universitat Marburg), and Britton Chance
University of Pennsylvania), whose vice presidential
address is a part of the symposium (Dec. 29).

A second two-part symposium, “Biological Functions
of Lipids,” (Dec. 30) arranged by Robert E. Olson.
Speakers: J. David Robertson, F. A. Vandenheuvel,
Sidney Fleischer, Thomas Thompson, George Wolf,
Hector DeLuca, John G. Bieri, and Robert E. Olson.
AAAS Section on Dentistry. Four-part symposium, “The
Biology of the Mouth,” arranged by Philip Person
(Dec. 29, 30). A keynote speaker will be J. Z. Young,
University College, London.

AAAS Section on Pharmaceutical Sciences. Sessions for
contributed papers; a distinguished lecture, “Hyper- i
tension-Pathogenesis and Treatment” by Arthur Groll-
man and a symposium, “Therapeutic Incompatibilities
Involved in Drug Dosage” (Dec. 30 aft.). Speakers:
William J. Kinnard, Jr., Frank J. Ayd, Jr., Joseph D.
McEvilla, James R. Gillette, Karl H. Beyer, Jr., and
Leighton E. Cluff.

AAAS Section on Agriculture. In addition to the joint
sponsorship of the interdisciplinary session on “Pollu-
tion Control” (Dec. 28), six other sessions on “Agri-
culture and the Quality of Our Environment,” ar-
ranged by Nyle C. Brady: L. H. Weinstein, J. R.
Hansbrough, R. G. Menzel, M. D. Bell, G. M. Mer-
riman (tentative), R. F. Kahrs, K. C. Walker, Eman-
uel Landau; R. K. Arnold and O. G. Bentley, presid-
ing.

Ill and IV-Water Quality (Dec. 27). Speakers: J. M.
Quigley, R. S. Green, L. G. Iverson, J. Verduin, G. E.
Smith, S. R. Hoover, Lenore Jasewicz, L. M. Glymph,

H. C. Storey, D. W. Thorne, L. T. Kardos, E. N.
Castle; R. R. Renne and C. H. Wadleigh, presiding.

V and Vl-Soil Pollution and Animal Wastes (Dec. 29).
Speakers: R. F. Reitemeier, L. T. Alexander, H. L.
Hollister, P. R. Stout, T. J. Sheets, Martin Alexander,

J. V. Lagerwerff, C. D. Gates, E. P. Taiganides, R. H.
Deibel, D. C. Ludington, T. L. Willrich; W. P. Mar-
tin, presiding.

AAAS Section on Statistics. Invited papers on “Experi-
mental Design in Epidemiology,” joint with AAAS
Section on Medical Sciences (Dec. 27).

SOCIETAL PROGRAMS

Alpha Epsilon Delta. Symposium, “Preparation for the
Practice of Medicine in the Next Decade,” luncheon,
and address by Norman F. Witt (Dec. 29).

American Association of Clinical Chemists. Symposium,
“Inborn Errors of Metabolism,” arranged by Robert S.
Melville; and contributed papers (Dec. 27).

72

ASB Bulletin

American Fisheries Society. Special program arranged
by Edwin L. Cooper.

American Physiological Society. Two-part symposium,
“Circadian Rhythms,” arranged by Robert E. Smith
and Franz Halberg (Dec. 28). Speakers: Alain Rein-
berg (Sorbonne), D. Eccleston (Edinburgh), and 18
others.

American Psychiatric Association. Three-part sympos-
ium, “Recent Research in Alcoholism” (Dec. 26, 27).

American Society of Naturalists. Two-part symposium,
“Polarity of Organization in Genetic Material,” ar-
ranged by Rollin D. Hotchkiss (Dec. 27). Other
speakers: Paul Margolin, K. G. Lark, Norobu Sueka,
E. P. Geidushek, Gordon Tomkins.

American Society of Zoologists. Among the many ses-
sions, Dec. 27-30, are symposia on “Lactogenic Hor-
mone,” arranged by Irving I. Geschwind; “Chemical
Activation of Developmental Processes,” by M. S.
Steinberg and W. M. Laetsch; “Comparative Aspects
of Parathyroid Function,” by John R. Cortelyou;
“Comparative Aspects of Muscle,” by Graham Hoyle;
“Animal Parasites of Invertebrates,” by Frank F. Katz;
and “Vertebrate Olfaction,” by Richard J. Baldauf.
There are 25 sessions for contributed papers in be-
havior, embryology, endocrinology, invertebrate zool-
ogy, morphology, and physiology.

Animal Behavior Society. Several symposia, including
“Recent Advances in the Behavior of Marine Organ-
isms” (two sessions) arranged by Howard E. Winn and
“Social Environment and Brain Chemistry,” cospon-
sored by AAAS Sections on Medical Sciences and
Pharmaceutical Sciences, arranged by Bruce L. Welch
(Dec. 27). Other speakers: Silvio Garattini and L.
Vanzelli (Instituto di Recherche Farmaeologiche,
Milan), Eugene L. Bliss, Edward Geller, Arthur Yu-
wiler, Delbert D. Thiessen and Kenneth E. Moore.
An Animal Behaviorists’ luncheon (Dec. 29). Seven
sessions for contributed papers on animal behavior,
and a business meeting are scheduled for Dec. 26-30.

Association of Southeastern Biologists. Two-part sym-
posium, “Current Research on Vegetation of the
Southeastern United States,” arranged by Elsie Quar-
terman, cosponsored by the Ecological Society of
America, the Society for the Study of Evolution, and
AAAS Section G — Botanical Sciences (Dec. 29).
Speakers: Harold J. Humrn, Arthur W. Cooper, Carl
Monk, Joe A. Edmisten, J. B. Hilmon, George Ware,
William P. Murdy and E. E. B. Clebsch. (See p. 00).

Beta Beta Beta Biological Society. Biennial business
meeting and luncheon (Dec. 28), followed by address
“Molecular Biology of Bacteriophage-Host Cell Re-
lationships” by Austin L. Taylor.

Biometric Society, ENAR. Two-session symposium,
“Over-exploited Animal Populations,” joint with AAAS
Sections on Zoological Sciences and Statistics and co-
sponsored by the American Fisheries Society, arranged
by Douglas S. Robson (Dec. 29). Speakers: Douglas
G. Chapman, Aelred D. Geiss, Ian A. McLaren, Rich-
ard S. Peterson, M. D. Grosslein, Peter A. Larkin,

SHERATON-PARK HOTEL

Garth I. Murphy, Brian J. Rothschild, Milner B.
Schaeffer and Stanford H. Smith; Walter F. Crissey,
presiding.

Another two-part symposium, “Statistical Ecology,”
arranged by Evelyn C. Pielou (Dec. 30). Speakers:

K. E. F. Watt, G. P. Patil, S. K. Katti, A. V. Rao,

L. B. Slobodkin, G. M. van Dyne, W. E. Waters,
D. B. Mertz, R. B. Davies, C. F. Cooper, and Gordon
Mott.

Ecological Society of America. Sessions for contributed
papers in animal, plant, and other ecology; several
symposia; and possible tours (Dec. 26-30).

Herpetologists’ League. Three sessions for contributed
papers and business meeting (Dec. 29, 30). There
will be an Open House in the Division of Reptiles
and Amphibia, USNM, Dec. 31.

Mountain Lake Biological Station. Annual breakfast of
former staff, students, and researchers, attending the
Washington meeting (Dec. 29).

National Association of Biology Teachers. Annual meet-
ing, Dec. 27-30, will include participation in joint ses-
sions of the science teaching societies (Dec. 27); one
or more paper-reading sessions; the NABT luncheon
(Dec. 29); and a joint field trip with ANSS (Dec. 30).

National Speleological Society. Invited papers on Cave
Biology, cosponsored by the Society of Systematic
Zoology, (Dec. 30).

Society for the Study of Evolution. The annual meeting
will include a Council meeting; a two-part symposium,
“Patterns of Vertebrate Evolution” (Dec. 27); and
five sessions for contributed papers (Dec. 28-30).

Society of Systematic Zoology. Annual meeting with
several sessions for papers, a business meeting ses-
sion, maintenance of the SSZ Book Lounge, the an-
nual coffee hour, and the following symposia: “As-

Vol. 13, No. 4, October 1966

73

pects of Systematics of Recent and Fossil Organisms,”
joint with the Paleontological Society, arranged by
Ellis L. Yochelson and J. T. Dutro; “Empirical Char-
acter Weighting in Animal Taxonomy,” arranged by
Ernst Mayr; and “The Effect of Body Size on Species
Interactions,” arranged by John L. Brooks (Dec. 29).
Speakers: N. Philip Ashmole, John L. Brooks, Peter
R. Grant, Richard T. Holmes, and Alan J. Kohn.

The Biologists’ Smoker, sponsored by AAAS Sections F
and G and all the biological societies, will be 9:30-11:00
Dec. 27 eve., in the Park Room of the Sheraton-Park.
The AAAS Exposition of Science and Industry and the
AAAS Science Theatre, with recent foreign and dom-
estic films, will be prominent features of the meeting.
Coupons for sleeping accommodations and advance reg-
istration will he found in SCIENCE, beginning July 22.

News of Biology in the Southeast

Jesse C. Thompson, Jr., Professor of Biology at Hamp-
den-Sydney College, spent five weeks this past summer
at the Eniwetok Marine Biological Laboratory, Eniwetok
Atoll, Marshall Islands. His research involved the mor-
phology and taxonomy of marine ciliated protozoa.
Further collecting and study was done in Honolulu at
the University of Hawaii.

James M. Boyles has been appointed Assistant Pro-
fessor of Biology at the University of South Alabama.
He received his Ph.D. from the University of Alabama.

Sammie H. Phelps has been appointed Interim In-
structor of Biology at the University of South Alabama.
Mrs. Phelps is completing her thesis research on tidal
pool ecology of the Alabama coast.

The Department of Biological Science at The Florida
State University announces that Robert K. Godfrey will
be on leave during the coming year as Program Director
of the Section of Environmental Biology and System-
atics at the National Science Foundation. During his
absence Martin Roeder will serve as Associate Chairman
of the Department.

Harry A. Kent, Associate Professor of Zoology at the
University of Georgia, has received an NIH Special Fel-
lowship which will permit him to spend the next year
doing research at the Medical School of the University
of Washington.

Robert C. Taylor has joined the Department of Zool-
ogy of the University of Georgia as Assistant Professor
of Zoology. Dr. Taylor is a comparative physiologist
working in crustacean sensory physiology.

Hope T. Ritter has joined the Department of Zoology
of the University of Georgia as Professor of Zoology.
Dr. Ritter will be responsible for developing the new
introductory biology course which will replace several
departmental introductory courses.

Two interdepartmental training programs have been
started at the University of Georgia, with the financial
support of the NIH. One program, in ecology, is under
the direction of Dr. Eugene P. Odum, Alumni Founda-
tion Professor of Zoology, and includes the Departments
of Botany, Entomology, Zoology, and Wildlife Conser-
vation. The second program, in malariology, is directed
by Dr. R. Barclay McGhee, Alumni Foundation Profes-
sor of Zoology; it includes the Departments of Ento-
mology and Zoology.

Francis M. Bush, Assistant Professor of Anatomy,

Medical College of Virginia, has been awarded $27,122
from the U. S. Public Health Service for a two year
study of “Molecular Aspects of Proteins and Blood
Types of Birds.” The grant will provide trainee funds
for two graduate students, Charlene Seibert and Wil-
liam Farrar, both former students of Samford University.

William H. Ellis was named director of the graduate
division at Austin Peay State College, effective Sep-
tember 1. Dr. Ellis, associate professor of biology, will
continue to do some teaching in addition to the duties
of his new position. A native of Robertson County,
Ellis holds the B.S. and M.A. in Education degrees from
APSC, and the Ph.D. from the University of Tennessee.

Nancy P. Groseclose, under the U.S. -India Women’s
College Exchange Program, is on leave from Agnes Scott
and is teaching in Miranda House, a college for women
in Delhi. Under the same program Mercy Samuel of
the Women’s Christian College of Madras is an acting
instructor in the Biology Department of Agnes Scott.
Miss Samuel holds M.A. and M.S. degrees from Anamali
University in south India.

John Cairns, Jr. formerly Curator, Dept, of Limnol-
ogy, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia is
now Professor, Dept, of Zoology, University of Kansas,
Lawrence, Kansas.

HINTON BAXTER OVERCASH

1894-1966

Dr. Hinton Baxter Overcash, 72, Professor
Emeritus of Biology at Hampden- Sydney College,
died July 21, 1966, after a long illness. Born in
Statesville, N. C., Dr. Overcash received a B.S.
degree from Davidson College and an M.A. de-
gree from Columbia University. After extensive
study at the University of Virginia and Cornell
University he was awarded an honorary Doctor
of Science degree by Davidson College in 1964.
Upon his retirement, after 43 years of service at
Hampden-Sydney, he received the college’s Alger-
non Sydney Sullivan medallion. He was a mem-
ber of Phi Beta Kappa, Chi Beta Chi, and the
Association of Southeastern Biologists.

74

ASB Bulletin

Charles Ray, Jr., Receives Meritorious
Teaching Award for 1966

Professor Charles Ray, Jr., of Emory Univer-
sity was the recipient of the Meritorious Teaching
Award for 1966.

Dr. Ray was born in Baltimore, Maryland. He
received, in 1937, the Bachelor of Arts degree
from Lafayette College. In 1941, the University
of Virginia conferred upon him the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy in Biology. From 1941
until 1952, he worked in industry, studying the
genetics of Linum, from which linen is made.
Emory University called him to the halls of Acad-
emia in 1952 and he has remained there ever
since, teaching and studying the genetics and cy-
tology of Tetrahymena pyriformis, a ciliate pro-
tozoan.

Professor Ray, as expected of a scholar, has
attended and participated in the meetings of many
scientific societies and congresses, including those
of the Genetics Society of America, the American
Association for the Advancement of Science, the
American Institute of Biological Sciences, the In-
ternational Congress of Protozoology (Prague),

and the Association of Southeastern Biologists.

But, it is as a teacher that Professor Ray was
honored. He has co-authored a widely used gen-
eral biology text. He has participated in insti-
tutes for superior high school students and in the
Danforth Foundation Institute for College Teach-
ers of Biology. He has directed the graduate
training of a number of biologists who now oc-
cupy positions of importance in college and uni-
versity teaching, biological research, and public
health. His seminars, his informal discussions
with any student who wishes to talk with him, his
classroom performance, always lucid, scholarly,
enthusiastic, have stimulated and contributed to
the maturation of scores of graduate students and
hundreds of undergraduates.

The respect and love for Professor Ray, so
movingly expressed by his former students, can
only inspire his colleagues to greater efforts; the
Association of Southeastern Biologists is honored
by inscribing his name on its roll of great teachers.

Books and Periodicals

THE PLANKTON OF THE SEA. R. S. Wimpenny.
American Elsevier Publishing Co., New York. 1966.
426 pp. $16.00.

The stated objective is to give the student a simple
and elementary account of the titled subject but with a
bias towards the physiological aspect. The book ad-
mirably meets this objective. The ultimate dependence
of all the rest of marine life, including commercial fish
and the largest whales, upon the mainly microscopic
plankton which form such a dense population in the
apparently empty sea is vividly told. The play con-
stantly going forward in the depths and distances of the
immense theatre of the sea has for its characters the
many small floating animals and plants. The setting,
the interrelations, the distribution and the behavior of
the fascinating planktonic actors are all skillfully out-
lined.

There are twelve main chapters in the book, some
with such descriptive yet fascinating titles as “The Fields
of the Sea”, “Hangers-on”, “Producers and Consumers”,
and “The Life Within and Things Outside.” The author
gives an excellent account of the tremendous diversity in
form and habits of the small organisms, and illustrates
them by many line drawings which add greatly to the
interest. Examples of all the animal and plant groups
concerned are illustrated, and for the most important

group of plants — the diatoms — almost all the known
species are shown.

The book is not merely a descriptive list of sea plank-
ton, however. It gives a great deal of practical and
precise information for persons who may be able to use
it in aspects of a career having to do with the sea, or
with certain features of the sea. For instance, in the
later chapters of the book, details are given on plankton
and the productivity of the sea; on its potential use in
providing food for man; and its role in the production
of fuel oil; on explanations of form and distribution,
and on the techniques employed. The effect of climate
and water movements on the way organisms adapt them-
selves is examined and treated.

It should be added that the book has a short but
adequate glossary; a bibliography of over 300 titles; an
index which is well arranged and which casual sampling
indicates is complete and accurate; and illustrations
which add much to the clarity, interest and excitement
of the book. The latter include a double page Frontis-
piece in color; 20 plates arranged on 15 full pages; 76
figures, many of them with multiple line drawings, scat-
tered throughout the text material; and, in addition, a
separate section titled "Illustrations of Species” at the
end of the text which contains 22 numbered figures on
44 pages. Each of these 22 figures contain quite a num-

Vol. 13, No. 4, October 1966

75

ber of individual line drawings, separately numbered,
and each of which is a good figure in itself. There are
over 500 separate line drawings among these “Illustra-
tions.” All are done simply, but in excellent detail, and
comprise a really exquisite and beautiful collection.

The book would be of interest to almost any biologist
for its general information. It should certainly be use-
ful to every marine biologist, and would seem virtually
indispensible to students of marine plankton. — Walter
S. Fiory, Wake Forest College.

HUMAN GENETICS AND ITS FOUNDATIONS.
Maurice Whittinghill. Reinhold Publishing Corp. New
York. 1965. 431 pp. $8.95.

Human genetics is a rapidly expanding subject. This
new text book was developed during many years of
teaching a course in human genetics. It utilizes the
“classical” approach to teach the basic principles of
genetics with illustrations drawn from man. Designed
for a one-semester course, it is considerably more con-
cise than such books as Stern's “The Principles of Hu-
man Genetics.”

The twenty-eight chapters of the text are divided into
four logical parts. The first nine chapters, making up
Part I, deal with "Monohybrid Genic Segregation.” In
small size human families considerably more explana-
tion is needed, and is given, to present the population
geneticist's point of view and especially the point of
view of the human population geneticist. The second
part covers dihybrid and multihybrid inheritance, the
developments in mapping the human X-chromosome,
and the nature of currently unsolved linkage problems.
Part III, “Biological Interactions,” in six well written
chapters, begins with cellular biochemistry, continues
into the genetics of intermediary metabolism and gives
a good appraisal of recent developments and conclu-
sions. These lead naturally to the eight final chapters
on “Mutation and Evolution,” which comprise Part IV.
These chapters deal especially with factors which can
and which have caused evolution to occur — resulting
in the human population of today — factors which range
from spontaneous gene mutations to genetic changes in
virulence.

At the end of each chapter is a well worded summary,
a representative cross section of the pertinent literature
for that chapter — dealing particularly with the more
recent papers, and several problems of graded com-
plexity. The book is well illustrated with a number of
selected photographs and figures, together with many
original drawings and a profusion of diagrams and
tables. One gets the impression that there are, perhaps,
too many diagrams at places. The necessary statistical
concepts are carefully explained and illustrated with ex-
amples and problems.

The field of human genetics is developing rapidly
enough to need new texts. This one is up to date and
timely and with many student aids. It merits careful
consideration for adoption for a one-semester course in
its subject. — Waiter S. Flory, Wake Forest College.

COMPREHENSIVE BIOCHEMISTRY. Vol. 16: Hydro-
lytic Reactions. Ed. by M. Florkin and E. H. Stoltz.
American Elsevier Publishing Company, Inc. N. Y. 267
p. 1966. $14.00.

It is rather difficult to assess the value and quality of
a multivolume treatise from just the examination of one
or two volumes. Even so. what more could one say
about an encyclopedic work of this magnitude than that
it is informative, occasionally interesting, sometimes
stimulating, but rarely exciting. Granted encyclopedias
are essential educational aids and research tools, there is
probably a utilitarian limit to the number of such works
justifiable in any one field. In addition, one wonders for
whom ownership is intended considering the price of ex-
tensive treatises. The present series enjoys these con-
cerns. Is not most of this material published and avail-
able in similar works, and is not a 28 volume set (at
$14-17 per volume) too expensive for the individual
educator or researcher? On the other hand, who
wouldn't be pleased to own a set of such superbly
printed and handsomely bound books as this.

The same general comments apply to this volume that
were made in my review of volume 6 (ASB Bulletin 12:
94, 1965). As the title implies, the book is a thorough
and detailed account of the topics covered, and the treat-
ments seem authoritative and accurate. The discussions
are not just presentations of empirical data, but are re-
freshingly interpretive and theoretical. Personally, I
found the discussions on enzymatic mechanisms particu-
larly enlightening. Although the publishers are to be
commended for the attractive format, the editors must
assume responsibility for the redundancy of material —
albeit difficult to avoid.

Lastly, permit me a digression to a personal prejudice.
There appear to be two kinds of biochemists — Bio-
chemists, and bio-CHEMISTS: the former being essenti-
ally concerned with in vivo reactions but generally ignor-
ant of reaction kinetics; the latter primarily preoccupied
with in vitro studies but too often uninformed on basic
biological processes. Too much of the material presented
here seems to have been produced by people in the latter
category. However, those of the former group will pre-
sumably find Chapter II on Phosphatases of particular
interest and value; whereas those inclined more to the
latter type might find the remaining chapters palatable
(particularly if they are zoologically oriented). This
reviewer, at best a BlO-chemist, is keenly aware that
in vitro studies shed much light on natural biologic pro-
cesses, but is also cognizant of the fact that what goes
on in the test-tube may be only remotely analogous to
what goes on in living stuff. We may, from such studies,
make approximate inferences of life’s chemistry but
should avoid being deluded into thinking that we know
the real workings of biologic entities whose parameters
are far more complex than those for similar reactions
in the test-tube. The present treatise is, at best, a status
report. Perhaps other volumes of the series deal more
explicitly with this concern. — Ralph D. Amen, Wake
Forest College.

76

ASB Bulletin

The ASB

BULLETIN

Volume 14, Number 1

January 1967

NEW YORK

botanical garden

Harry L. Holloway, Jr.

Adelie penguins ( Pygoscelis adelie ) at Cape Bird, Ross Island, Antarctica

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication ot the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Men-
zel. Dept, of Biological Sciences, Florida
State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla. Subscrip-
tion orders from libraries and other insti-
tutions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. John Carpenter, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington,
Kentucky. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Fulton
Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

MARGARET Y. MENZEL
Associate Editor
JOSEPH F. FITZPATRICK, JR.,
News Editor

BETTY PEDDICORD, Assistant Editor
JOHN CARPENTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt
University

Retiring President — Harry J. Bennett,
Louisiana State University
President Elect — Harold J. Humm,
Queens College

Vice-President — Wilbur H. Duncan, Uni-
versity of Georgia

Secretary — Margaret Y. Menzel, Florida
State University

Treasurer — John Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Executive Committee — David James Cot-
ter, Woman’s College of Georgia;
Chauncey G. Goodchild, Emory Uni-
versity; Frederick T. Wolf, Vander-
bilt University; Julian T. Darlington,
Southwestern at Memphis; Robert B.
Short, Florida State University; Rich-
ard E. Garth, Northwestern State Col-
lege; Grover C. Miller, North Caro-
lina State University. All officers are
ex officio members of the executive
committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — W. W. Miller, III, Samford
University

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State
College

Kentucky — position vacant
Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University
Maryland — position vacant
Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University
North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Newberry College
Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

J olunie 14, Number 1 - January 1967

CONTENTS

About the Columbia Meeting 3

International Symposium on Eutrophication Scheduled for
June 11-16 in Madison, Wis 7

Books and Periodicals 9

Regulations for Collecting in Mexico 10

News of Biology in the Southeast 11

Affiliate

Southern Section of the American
Society of Plant Physiologists

->

ASB Bulletin

About the Columbia Meeting

The Association of Southeastern Biologists will
hold its 28th Annual Meeting April 20-22, 1967,
at the University of South Carolina, Columbia,
S. C. Registration and most activities will be in
the Russell House on Green Street. The Thurs-
day evening program will be held in Drayton Hall
on Sumter Street beginning at 7:30 P.M. Fol-
lowing the program, exhibits will be on display
and the smoker will be held at the Russell House.
Friday will be occupied by paper sessions and the
annual business meeting. A paper session spon-
sored by the Southeastern Section of the Ameri-
can Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists
will also be held. The site of the Friday evening
banquet, retiring President’s address, and pre-
sentation of awards will be the banquet hall of
Columbia Hall (the former Columbia Hotel) on
Sumter and Gervais Streets.

Dates of meeting — April 20-22

Executive Committee Meeting — 1 P.M., Thurs-
day, April 20, Russell House Conference
Room.

Registration

Time — 4:00 P.M. to 7:15 P.M., Thursday
8:00 A.M. to 11:00 A.M., Friday
Place — Main lobby, Russell House
Fee — $1.00

Location of Exhibits and Paper Sessions

Exhibits — Assembly room of Russell House
4-11 P.M., Thursday; 8 A.M.-ll P.M., Fri-
day; 8 A.M. -noon Saturday.

Paper Sessions — Russell House and Life Sci-
ence Building.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Columbia is the capital of South Carolina and
the heart of a 250,000 size metropolitan area.
The recent influx of many new industries in addi-
tion to those already long established here, along
with the proximity of Fort Jackson, the Army’s
very active recruit-training center, gives the whole
area an excellent base for economic progress and
rapid growth.

Vol. 14, No. 1, January 1967

3

Geographically, Columbia is in the center of
the state and on the fall line between the Pied-
mont and Coastal Plain. Elevation ranges from
about 200-250 feet. The very mild climate and
rather adequate rainfall has allowed the develop-
ment of a striking display of ornamentals, espe-
cially camellias and azaleas in the spring.

The Sand Hills, a 5-20 mile wide strip extend-
ing Northeast and southwest across the state,
closely parallels the fall line and forms the most
conspicuous physiographic feature of the central
region. The strip represents what is generally
believed to be a former beach line. Here the
very porous sandy soil is poorly developed and
supports a xeric type of vegetation with long-leaf
pine and turkey oak being the most conspicuous
species.

Local alcohol mores

Beer and wine are sold in grocery stores and
in some restaurants. Hard liquors are available
at retail liquor stores only.

Travel to Columbia

Highway routes serving Columbia are East-
West 1-26, U. S. 76, 378; North-South U. S. 1,
21, 321. The Seaboard and the Southern Rail-
roads, the Greyhound and Carolina Trailways
Bus Lines provide ground transportation to Col-
umbia. Airlines serving Columbia Metropolitan
Airport are: Delta, Eastern, Piedmont and South-
ern. Limousine fare one-way is $1.25. If ad-
vised of your arrival time, a representative of
USC can meet you at the airport. Correspond-
ence concerning time of arrival by plane should
be addressed to W. H. Queen, Biology Depart-
ment.

The USC campus is located on the near south
side of downtown Columbia, extending north and
south from Green Street and eastward from Sum-
ter Street.

Dining facilities

Dining facilities on the campus include the
Faculty Dining Room at Russell House Union
Building, serving during 11:30-1:30 lunch hour,
and cafeterias located in Russell House, South
Women’s Residence Hall and M-N Men’s Resi-
dence Hall which serve during regular meal time
hours. These facilities are quite crowded from

11:30-12:30. A snack bar in Russell House re-
mains open during the day and evening.

Other eating establishments within walking dis-
tance of the campus are: the Sportsman Restau-
rant on Assembly St. near Pendleton; the Market
Restaurant on Assembly at Gervais; S and S
Cafeteria on Gervais near Bull; Morrison's Cafe-
teria on Sumter at Washington; and Cornell Arms
Cafeteria on Sumter at Pendleton. Several short
order establishments are also located in the vicin-
ity of the campus, and some downtown motels
have restaurant facilities.

Placement Service

An attempt to formalize and improve the effi-
ciency of the placement service will be made.
The present plans are to have a registry of em-
ployers and potential employees. For those who
wish, interview schedules will be arranged. The
usual employment opportunity bulletin board
service will also be available.

Field Trips

At present, pending expression of interest, the
following field trips are planned:

1. For early arrivals on Thursday a field trip
has been arranged by Dr. W. T. Batson to
South Carolina sand hill communities in
the vicinity of Columbia. Emphasis will
be on floristic and ecological aspects of
these communities.

2. On Saturday a tour planned by Dr. E. F.
Thompson will include a visit to some
Carolina Bays in Berkeley County, S. C.
and the Grice Marine Laboratory in
Charleston. The Bays to be visited have
been studied floristically by Mr. Richard
Porcher, a Ph.D. candidate at the Univer-
sity of South Carolina. Mr. Porcher will
guide this portion of the trip. The Grice
Marine Laboratory is operated by the Col-
lege of Charleston and laboratory personnel
will be present to guide a tour through the
laboratory facilities.

3. A Saturday trip through swamp and Hood
plain communities in the vicinity of Col-
umbia has been planned by Dr. W. T. Bat-
son. Ecological and floristic aspects of the
communities will be emphasized.

4

ASB Bulletin

4. A tour of points of interest in Columbia
will be conducted on Friday. Since this
trip will be during the day, it is designed
primarily for wives and children of the
members who may find some idle time on
their hands during paper sessions.

Local Arrangements Committee

Co-Chairmen D. L. Clay brook

G. T. Cowley

Housing and Family Activity W. H. Queen

Banquet, Food Services W. D. Dawson

Smoker, Exhibits, Publicity J. M. Herr

W. T. Wimer

Field Trips W. T. Batson

E. F. Thompson

Meeting Rooms, Audio-Visual B. T. Cole

Transportation W. H. Queen

Registration Roberta Lovelace

Cecile Huggins

G. DeCoursey
R. Lumb

Placement Service R. Lumb

Finance F. H. Lauter

Program G. T. Cowley

D. L. Claybrook

Accommodations

It is advisable to make reservations at least by
the end of March. Write directly to the hotel or
motel.

ROOM RATES OF METROPOLITAN
COLUMBIA MOTELS-HOTELS

No. of Type
Units Room Price
Facilities Within Walking Distance of USC Campus
DOWNTOWNER MOTOR INN

1301 Main Street

101

Single

Double

Twin

$ 8.50-$ 12.00
$ 8.50-$ 12.00
$10.50-$14.00

HEART OF COLUMBIA
1011 Assembly Street

100

Single

Double

Twin

$ 8.00-$ 10.00
$12.00-$16.00

ORVIN COURT

821 Assembly Street

101

Single

Double

Twin

$ 6.50-$ 12.00
$ 6.50-$ 7.00
$ 7.00-$ 10.00

TOWN HOUSE MOTOR INN
1615 Gervais Street 100

Single

Double

Twin

$ 8.0Q-$12.00
$12.00-$18.00
$ 12.00-$18.00

WADE HAMPTON HOTEL

350

Single

Double

Twin

$ 6.00-$ 8.00
$ 9.00-$ 12.00
$12.50-$ 14.50

Facilities in Downtow n Columbia, Bus Service to
USC Campus

CAPITAL CABANA MOTOR

INN

1901 Assembly Street

122

Single

$ 9.00-$ 18.00

Double

$ 9.00-$ 10.00

Twin

$12.00-$ 16.00

GOLDEN EAGLE MOTOR INN

2025 Main Street

1 19

Single

$ 8.00

Double

$11.00

Twin

$12.00

LAUREL HILL HIGHWAY HOTEL

1829 Assembly Street

50

Single

$ 8.00-$10.00

Double

$10.00-$ 12.00

Twin

$12.00-$14.00

Motels Within 5 Miles of USC Campus

HOLIDAY INN OF COLUMBIA

505 Knox Abbot Drive

158

Single

—

Double

$ 5.50-$ 8.00

Twin

$ 8.00-$ 13.00

HOLIDAY INN #2
Highway #1 and I 26

Single

$ 8.50

Double

Twin

$14.00

HOST OF AMERICA

4502 Devine Street

100

Single

$ 9.00-$ 16.00

Double

$ 9.00-$ 10.00

Twin

$12.00

HOWARD JOHNSON’S MOTOR LODGE

Knox Abbott Drive, Cayce

70

Single

$ 9.50-$ 10.50

Double

$14.00

Twin

$16.00

HOWARD JOHNSON S MOTOR LODGE,

COLUMBIA NORTH
Highway I 26

66

Single

$ 9.50

Double $16.00

Twin

—

QUALITY COURT MOTEL FOREST

3111 Two Notch Road

46

Single

$ 9.00-$13.00

Double

$13.00-$15.00

Twin

—

TREMONT MOTOR INN
Knox Abbott Drive

100

Single

$ 9.00

Double

$1 1.00-$ 13. 00

Twin

$13.00-$15.00

A number of other motels are located in the
Columbia area.

CAMPING FACILITIES
The Sesqui-Centennial State Park is approxi-
mately 12 miles northeast of Columbia on U. S.
1. There are 36 campsites available, with utili-
ties and hot showers. The fee is $1.75 per day,
and no sites are reserved in advance. For further
details write to Park Supt., Sesqui-Centennial
State Park, Columbia, S. C. 29206. Telephone
Columbia (area 803) 787-6285.

Vol. 14, No. 1, January 1967

5

Meritorious Award Nominations

As in previous years, an honorarium of $100
has been made available by the Will Corpora-
tion of Georgia, to be used as an award for the
recognition of especially meritorious teaching by
a member of the ASB. The regulations govern-
ing the award are as follows:

The recipient must be a member of the ASB in good
standing. He should have taught biology in a southern
institution for at least ten years, and must be currently
teaching. He must not be a dean or have regular ad-
ministrative duties beyond the department level (this
particular criterion requiring interpretation in individual
cases). Among evidences of his qualifications is the
progress of the candidate as indicated by recognition in
his own institution (important assignments and other
contributions specifically related to good teaching); and
the number and quality of students for whom he pro-
vided primarily the inspiration to continue in biology,
especially those who later received advanced degrees.

Past recipients of the Meritorious Award for
Teaching are as follows:

1952. Dr. Mary Stuart MacDougall (Agnes Scott)

1953. Dr. Orland E. White (Univ. of Virginia)

1954. Dr. Woolford B. Baker (Emory)

1955. Dr. John N. Couch (Univ. of North Carolina)

1956. Dr. Hugo L. Blomquist (Duke)

1957. Dr. Ezda Deviney (Florida State)

1958. Dr. Henry R. Totten (Univ. of North Carolina)

1959. Dr. Margaret Hess (Winthrop College)

1960. Dr. Ora C. Bradbury (Wake Forest College)

1961. Dr. Warren Deacon (Vanderbilt)

1962. Dr. Septima C. Smith (Univ. of Alabama)

1963. Father Patrick H. Yancey (Spring Hill College)

1964. Dr. Ruskin S. Freer (Lynchburg College)

1965. Dr. Harwell P. Sturdivant (Western Maryland

College)

1966. Dr. Charles Ray, Jr. (Emory Univ.)

In these times in which so much is heard about
teaching, it is particularly important that excel-
lence in teaching should be rewarded and publi-
cized in every way possible. Members of the
ASB are urged to make nominations and send
the needed supporting material to Dr. Julian Dar-
lington, Chairman, Biology Dept., Southwestern
at Memphis, Memphis, Tennessee by 1 March
1967.

COMMITTEE

Dorothy L. Crandall
H. Branch Howe, Jr.

Julian T. Darlington, Chairman

Association Research Prize

The rules and regulations governing the annual
Association Research Prize of $100.00, spon-
sored by the Carolina Biological Supply Com-
pany, Elon College, North Carolina, are as fol-
lows:

1. The Research Prize is to be awarded for an
especially meritorious paper actually presented at
the annual meeting.

2. Only members are eligible to submit papers
in competition for the Research Prize. This ap-
plies to all names on the submitted paper.

3. Papers submitted in competition may be in
press but must not have been published prior to
March 1 of the year of the current competition.

4. Papers submitted in competition are judged
by eminent scientists in the various fields of bi-
ology. These individuals are selected by the
Research Committee and are from schools out-
side the Southeast. Every effort is made by the
Research Committee to keep the authors of sub-
mitted papers anonymous. Criteria for the
award are left to the discretion of the judges’
panel, who may withhold said award if no paper
is considered to have sufficient merit.

5. Papers must be submitted in triplicate and
in their entirety not later than March 1, 1967, to
Dr. Edward Clehsch, Dept, of Botany, Univ. of
Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn., 37916. One copy
of the prize-winning paper will remain in the
ASB files, but all other copies will be returned
to the authors as soon as possible.

6. Announcement of the winner of the Re-
search Prize will be made at the annual meeting.

Ivey F. Lewis Fellowship at Mountain Lake

Biological Station

A Research Fellowship of $150.00 for summer
course study or research at Mountain Lake Bio-
logical Station of the University of Virginia has
been continued through the generosity of the
Phipps and Bird Company of Richmond, Virginia.
This fellowship, formerly known as the Phipps
and Bird Research Fellowship, was re-named at
the request of the Phipps and Bird Company.
Any member of the Association may submit an
application. The application should be accom-
panied by a summary of the planned work, by a
list of important publications, and especially in
the case of younger workers, by references and
educational data. Applications should be sent to
Dr. J . J . Murray, Dept, of Biology, Univ. of Vir-
ginia, Charlottesville, Virginia 22903 not later
than 29 March 1967. The selection will be made
by the Research and Awards Committee of the
ASB in consultation with the Director of the
Mountain Lake Biological Station. The an-
nouncement of the recipient will be made at the
annual meeting of the ASB.

COMMITTEE

J. J. Murray, ex officio
James Riopel, ex officio
Donald Caplenor
R. W. Hull

Edward E. C. Clebsch, Chairman

ASB Bulletin

6

Mary Glide Goethe Travel Awards

For the tenth year there will be funds avail-
able through the generosity of the late Mr. C. M.
Goethe for assistance to graduate students for ex-
penses in connection with the annual ASB meet-
ings, to be held this year at the University of
South Carolina, Columbia, S. C. Approximately
$300 will be available from the contributions of
Mr. Goethe, and it is anticipated that most of
the awards will be for maintenance (lodging and
meals), and departments are urged to provide
travel allowances for their graduate students or
to invite them to travel in cars with staff mem-
bers. Some travel allowances may be awarded
by the committee to those living most distant
from Columbia.

Stalf members are requested to call to the at-
tention of qualified students in their respective
institutions the availability of these awards. If
there is more than one applicant from a depart-
ment, the Goethe Committee may request the
department to aid the committee’s selection by
ranking the applicants.

Any graduate student needing financial assist-
ance in order to attend the 1967 meeting of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists is eligible.
Rules for making application for the Goethe
Awards are as follows:

1. Indicate if application is being made for
maintenance or travel or both. Give de-
tails, such as total sum requested, how
many nights and days are involved, if
travel allowance is requested, the number
of miles involved and the proposed method
of transportation, and any other pertinent
information.

2. Give information as to whether or not a
paper is being presented by the applicant.

3. In a paragraph, give a brief history of your
education to date, of how many years you
have been — and plan to be — in gradu-
ate school, of your major field or fields of
interest, of any publications which have ap-
peared or which may be in preparation,
and any other pertinent professional de-
tails. Give information on marital status
and number of children.

4. Give your source or sources of support
while in graduate school such as G.I. Bill,
N.S.F., N.I.H., teaching assistantship, etc.

5. Have your major professor or departmental
head write a letter supporting your appli-
cation.

6. Applications and supporting letters, both
in triplicate, should be in the hands of Dr.
Thomas Daggy, Box 626, Davidson, N. C.,
28036, by 1 March 1967. Applicants will
be notified of the decision of the Committee
during March.

C. J. Umphlett, Paul Bailey,
Thomas Daggy, Chairman

A vote will be taken at the Business Meeting
in April to determine whether or not the travel
awards should be continued after the funds on
hand are exhausted. So that members may be
better informed on the history of the travel
awards, we refer you to an article on the late
Mr. Goethe that appeared in the ASB Bulletin,
Volume 12, Number 3, July, 1965, pp. 66-67.

INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON
EUTROPHICATION SCHEDULED FOR
JUNE 11-16 IN MADISON, \YIS.

The complex processes, both natural and man-
induced, which contribute to and, in the case of
man’s activities, frequently hasten the aging of
lakes and streams will be the subject of an In-
ternational Symposium on Eutrophication, to be
held June 1 1-16, 1967 at the University of Wis-
consin, in Madison.

The public symposium has been organized by
the Division of Biology and Agriculture of the
National Research Council in cooperation with
the Atomic Energy Commission, Department of

Interior, National Science Foundation, and Office
of Naval Research.

The program is intended to provide a review
of the present status of world knowledge of the
problem, as well as an open forum for the ex-
change of informed views on what may be done
to slow or reverse the processes of eutrophication.

Taking part in the program will be 36 eminent
scientists, from the United States and abroad,
representing the fields of botany, chemistry, lim-
nology, zoology, hydrology, and sanitary and agri-
cultural engineering.

Vol. 14, No. 1, January 1967

7

In addition, public policy considerations and
the broad social and economic consequences of
eutrophication will be discussed by Senator Gay-
lord Nelson, of Wisconsin, and Secretary of the
Interior Stewart L. Udall. Senator Nelson will
speak at noon on Tuesday, June 13, and Sec-
retary Udall will address the banquet audience,
Wednesday evening, June 14.

The symposium will be held in the Wisconsin
Center Building of the University of Wisconsin
and will be open to research scientists, public
health personnel, conservationists, representatives
of industry, officials from state and Federal regu-
latory agencies, and others interested in water
pollution control. Proceedings of the symposium
will be published and a copy sent to each regis-
trant.

During the first full day session on Monday,
June 12, reports will be presented documenting
the eutrophication of lakes in Europe, Scandi-
navia, Asia, and North America. Special reports
will be presented as well on the American Great
Lakes, Canadian streams, and estuaries in Nor-
way and the U. S.

The detection and measurement of eutrophica-
tion will be considered on Tuesday, June 13, in
a series of papers dealing with the indices of
eutrophication, primary productivity, zooplank-
ton, fish, bottom organisms, phytoplankton, and
bacteria.

On Wednesday, June 14, the symposium will
take up the engineering problems of nutrient re-
moval and the preventive measures needed to
control urban, agricultural, and forest drainage.
Corrective measures, including the removal of
sediment and organic material, the use of chem-
ical toxicants, and zoning restrictions will also be
discussed.

Contributions to basic research from the study
of eutrophication will be considered on Thurs-
day, June 15. Papers will deal with the physio-
logical stresses induced by eutrophication, nutri-
tion of rooted aquatic plants and zooplankton,
factors in plant growth, chemical exchange at the
interface of sediment and water, past eutrophica-
tion from microfossils, geochemistry of eutrophi-
cation, and the use of mathematical models in
eutrophication studies.

An executive session will be convened on Fri-

day, June 16, to prepare recommendations for
appropriate remedial action by government and
private interests.

A registration fee of $10 has been set to cover
the cost of the published proceedings of the sym-
posium. Registration will begin at 2:00 p.m.
Sunday, June 11, in the Wisconsin Center Build-
ing.

Gerard A. Rohlich, Professor of Civil Engi-
neering, University of Wisconsin, is chairman of
the planning committee for the symposium. Other
members of the committee are: Alfred M. Bee-
ton, Professor of Zoology, University of Wis-
consin; David C. Chandler, Professor of Zoology,
University of Michigan; W. T. Edmondson, Pro-
fessor of Zoology, University of Washington; and
Arthur D. Hasler, Professor of Limnology, Uni-
versity of Wisconsin.

Those desiring further information about the
program may write to Dr. Michael R. DeCarlo,
Division of Biology and Agriculture, National Re-
search Council, 2101 Constitution Avenue, N.W.,
Washington, D. C. 20418.

The National Research Council is the operat-
ing agency of the National Academy of Sciences
and the National Academy of Engineering, pri-
vate organizations devoted to the furtherance of
science and engineering and their use for human
welfare. They also serve as official advisers to
the Federal Government in science and tech-
nology.

Tentative Program

INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM
ON EUTROPHICATION

University of Wisconsin
June 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 1967
Wisconsin Center Building
Madison, Wisconsin

Sunday — June 11, 1967

14:00-17:00 Registration and Reception
20:00 Natural and Cultural Eutrophication

G. E. Hutchinson (USA)

Monday — - June 12, 1967

CONCEPTS OF EUTROPHICATION &
DOCUMENTATION — GEOGRAPHICAL

09:00 Opening Session — Welcome
F. H. Harrington. President
University of Wisconsin

8

ASB Bulletin

09:15 The European Lakes (Southern)
Eugen A. Thomas (Switzerland)
10:00 Northern Europe & Scandinavia
Wilhelm Rodhe (Sweden)

10:45 Eastern Europe

M. Straskraba (Czechoslovakia)
11:30 Asian Lakes

S. Horie (Japan)

12:15 LUNCH
13:30 North America

W. T. Edmondson (USA)

14:15 Great Lakes

A. M. Beeton (USA)

15:00 Streams

H. L. Hynes (Canada)

15:45 (2 papers) Estuaries

K. Baalsrud (Norway)

B. Ketchum (USA)

Tuesday — June 13, 1967

DETECTION AND MEASUREMENT OF
EUTROPHICATION

09:00 Indices of Eutrophication
Frank Hooper (USA)

Biological

09:45 Primary Productivity
10:30 Zooplankton

J. Brooks (USA)

11:15 Fish

P. A. Larkin (Canada)

12:00 LUNCH

Speaker: The Honorable Gaylord Nelson
United States Senate
13:45 Bottom Organism

P. Jonasson (Denmark)

14:30 Phytoplankton

J. W. G. Lund (United Kingdom)

15:15 Bacteria

Chemical

16:00 Chemical

W. Ohle (Germany)

Physical

16:45 Physical

C. L. Mortimer (USA)

19:00 BOAT RIDE & PICNIC SUPPER

Wednesday — June 14, 1967

PREVENTIVE AND CORRECTIVE MEASURES
Preventive

09:00 Engineering Aspects of Nutrient Removal
G. A. Rohlich (USA)

09:45 Urban Drainage
10:30 Agricultural Drainage
R. Corey (USA)

11:15 Forest Drainage

Charles Cooper (USA)

12:00 LUNCH
Corrective

13:45 Chemical Toxicants
14:30 Sediment Removal
R. Ogelsby (USA)

15:15 Organic Production — Removal

D. Livermore (USA)

16:00 Legal Controls — Zoning
J. Beuscher (USA)

20:00 BANQUET

Speaker: The Honorable Stewart L. Udall
Secretary of the Interior

Thursday — June 15, 1967

CONTRIBUTIONS TO SCIENCE FROM THE STUDY
OF EUTROPHICATION

09:00 Physiological Stresses Induced by Eutrophication
09:45 Nutrition of Rooted Aquatic Plants
G. Gerloff (USA)

10:30 Zooplankton Nutrition
G. Saunders (USA)

11:15 Plant Growth Factors
L. Pravosoli (USA)

12:00 LUNCH

13:30 Chemical Exchange at Sediment Water Interface
14:15 Past Eutrophication from microfossils
D. Frey (USA)

15:00 Geochemistry of Eutrophication
15:45 Interaction of Eutrophication Indices in Models
Fred Smith (USA)

16:30 Analytical Methods — Dissolved Substances
G. F. Lee (USA)

Friday — June 16, 1967

09:00 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEETING AND
ADVISORY COMMITTEE TO PRESENT
RECOMMENDATIONS
11:30 ADJOURNMENT

Books and Periodicals

The 4th edition of A MANUAL OF TROPICAL
MEDICINE by George W. Hunter, III, William W.
Frye and J. Clyde Swartzwelder was released by W. B.
Saunders Company on October 18. This is a book of
some 931 pages and covers the diseases of the tropics,
subtropics and many common to the temperate zone.
Since it includes material from the viruses to the medi-
cally important arthropods, the authors secured the

collaboration of some 37 contributors to cover seg-
ments of the field they did not feel competent to write
themselves.

The book is used extensively by the Armed Forces,
Peace Corps personnel, medical students, public health
workers and practicing physicians. Previous editions
have been translated into Spanish and Polish with photo-
offset copies being sold by the Japanese.

Vol. 14, No. 1, January 1967

9

COMPREHENSIVE BIOCHEMISTRY, Vol. 14: Bio-
logical Oxidations. Ed. by M. Florkin and E. H. Stoltz.
American Elsevier Publishing Company, Inc., N. Y.
514 pp. 1966. $25.00.

This volume on Biological Oxidations is in Section III
of the treatise on Comprehensive Biochemistry. Section
III is devoted to topics of biochemical reaction mechan-
isms dealing mainly with the chemistry of enzyme sys-
tems and coenzymes. The present volume is concerned
with oxidation reactions and mechanisms with emphasis
on the enzyme complexes of the respiratory chain. The
chapter topics covered include: Dehydrogenation; Chem-
istry and Function of Lipoic Acid; Flavoprotein De-
hydrogenases of the Respiratory Chain; The Functional
Complexes of the Mitochondrial Electron-Transfer Sys-
tem; Cytochromes and Cytochrome Oxidase; The Mito-
chondrial Electron-Transfer System; Oxidative Phos-
phorylation; Photosynthetic Phosphorylation; Enzymatic
Activation of Oxygen; and Peroxidases and Catalase.

The chapters on Dehydrogenation, The Functional
Complexes of the Mitochondrial Electron-Transfer Sys-
tem, and The Mitochondrial Electron-Transfer System
are particularly informative, as they lucidly develop the
concepts and clearly summarize the salient ideas of
terminal oxidations. Although this is a relatively large
volume and exceptionally well detailed, the information
is adequately summarized. The chapter on The Mito-
chondrial Electron-Transfer System offers an excellent
review and summary of the latest models for this system.

Another refreshing attribute of the papers in this vol-
ume is the historical development of the topics covered.

Considerable attention is paid to early investigations and
this has been systematically integrated into the formula-
tion of current models of oxidative mechanisms.

Aside from the general but thorough treatment of
dehydrogenases, the specific enzyme complex receiving
the most detailed treatment is that of succinic dehydro-
genase. This is not unexpected since this is historically
the best known oxidative complex.

Unlike other volumes examined in this series, the
botanical aspects of biochemistry are given greater and
their due consideration in this volume. The chapter on
Photosynthetic Phosphorylation is particularly welcome,
and constitutes an often neglected contrast to oxidative
phosphorylation. The significant similarities and dif-
ferences between these two types of phosphorylation are
presented and illuminating.

My hopes expressed in an earlier review of another
volume in this series (ASB Bulletin 13:76, 1966) appear
to be realized in this volume — that of a truly bio-
chemical expose timely for physiologists. A casual read-
ing of this volume prompts me to alter, to a more posi-
tive evaluation, my opinion of this series. This volume,
and the others of Section III, will probably be of more
immediate value to the physiologist than the more
strictly chemically oriented volumes.

This volume appears to be relatively free of technical
errors. It is superbly bound and printed on a heavy,
textured paper — making a handsome book. However,
the stated price is a deterrent to ownership for most
interested investigators. Ralph D. Amen, Wake Forest
College.

Regulations for Collecting in Mexico

The Department of State has asked the Na-
tional Science Foundation to assist in informing
the U. S. scientific community about regulations
imposed by the Government of Mexico on all
persons, including scientists, who wish to collect
flora and fauna in Mexico for export.

The Government of Mexico is concerned about
shipments of live wild animals and plants from
Mexico. The tightening of regulations is part of
a worldwide effort to protect scarce and en-
dangered species. Strict enforcement of present
regulations on plants, and new regulations on
wildlife, have therefore been instituted by the
Government of Mexico.

The following restrictions are now in effect:

1. No wild orchids or cactus may be sold or

exported and no one except authorized scientific
collectors may collect any. Scientists who apply
will be screened carefully and only those with a
valid reason will be granted permits.

2. No wild birds, mammals, or terrestrial mam-
mals may be sold or purchased, nor exported
commercially.

3. Hunting for many species formerly on the
open list is now prohibited or allowed only under
special permit.

4. Scientific collectors of wild terrestrial ani-
mals must make formal application and pay a
fee. Only those with legitimate research projects
and sponsored by appropriate institutions will be
issued permits.

5. Although there are no specific regulations

10

ASB Bulletin

for collectors of marine life, both plant and ani-
mal, the same general procedure applies.

Scientists who are connected with appropriate
institutions may apply for permits to take wild
terrestrial plants from:

Ing. Alfonso Loera Borja,

Direccion General de Aprovechamientos Forestales,
Subsecretaria de Recursos Forestales y de la Fauna,
Aquiles Serdan 28 — Segundo Piso,

Mexico, D. F.

To obtain a permit for the non-commercial ex-
port of the plant specimens that he collects, the
botanist applies to:

Ing. Alfonso Tamez Mireles,

Direccion General de Economia Agricola,
Subsecretaria de Agricultura,

Aquiles Serdan 28 — Primer piso,

Mexico, D. F.

The accredited scientist who wishes to collect
wild birds or terrestrial mammals and reptiles as
part of his scientific studies, should send applica-
tions and fees to:

Dr. Rodolfo Hernandez Corzo,

Director General de Caza,

Direccion General de la Fauna Silvestre,

Aquiles Serdan No. 28 — 7mo. piso
Mexico, D. F.

The scientist who wishes to take fishes, am-
phibia, or aquatic mammals, reptiles and plants,
should apply to:

Lie. Jorge Echaniz R.,

Director General,

Secretaria de Industria y Comercio,

Avenida Cuauhtemoc No. 80,

Mexico, D. F.

The American Embassy in Mexico City is able
to help obtain permits, if given adequate advance
notice, for scientists who are connected with U. S.
Government agencies or institutions or who are
conducting Federally sponsored research. The
Embassy can help other qualified applicants on
a “time available” basis.

PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

1 . — Submit your application at your earliest con-

venience. It must be signed by the Director or
Dean of the Scientific Institution where you work.

2. — State in detail the research program of your in-

terest, and the intended use of specimens that you
wish to collect.

3. — State the area in which you wish to work, and the

number of specimens needed for your investigation.

4. — A $20.00 U. S. currency fee is charged for the

permit, and two small identification photographs
are needed for your credential.

5. — Permits are issued only to senior research workers,

not to students or assistants.

6. — Present yourself to the Delegado Forestal y de la

Fauna in the State where your collection will take
place, for the control of your permit and activities.

7. — Restrict yourself to the activities and number of

specimens allowed in the permit, with due regard
for the bio-ecological status of the area.

News of Biology in the Southeast

The University of South Alabama has acquired a tract
of land on Big Creek Lake which will be developed into
a permanent limnological research and teaching facility
available to visiting scientists. Dr. Crawford G. Jack-
son, Jr. has been appointed Director of the Big Creek
Lake Biological Station and will be responsible for de-
velopment of the physical facilities and coordination of
the teaching and research program.

Michael J. Pelczar, Jr., has succeeded Ronald Barn-
ford as chief administrative officer of the Graduate
School of the University of Maryland.

Norvel M. McCIung, formerly of the University of
Georgia, has been appointed Professor of Botany and
Bacteriology at the University of South Florida, Tampa.

Marvin R. Alvarez, formerly of the University of Flor-
ida, has been appointed Assistant Professor of Botany
and Bacteriology at the University of South Florida,
Tampa.

Alan Richter has been appointed Assistant Professor
of Microbiology at Georgia State College. He received
his Ph.D. from the University of Wisconsin. He comes
to G.S.C. from the Army Biological Laboratories, Fred-
erick, Md.

Donald G. Ahearn will join the Microbiology staff at
Georgia State College as Assistant Professor of Micro-
biology at the beginning of the winter quarter. He re-
received his Ph.D. from the University of Miama.

Lamar Morrison (M.S., University of Georgia) started
in September as Instructor of Microbiology at Georgia
State College.

Other recent additions to the Biology Department of
Georgia State College are Dr. Peter Gaffney, (Micro-
biology), from the Georgia Institute of Technology and
Dr. Fred K. Parrish (Invertebrate Zoology) from Agnes
Scott College. The department recently received a
matching N.S.F. grant of $17,400 for the purchase of
instructional scientific equipment.

1 1

Vol. 14, No. 1, January 1967

Applications for Environmental Health Fellowships
are now being accepted for graduate study during the
1967-68 academic year at the Consolidated University
of North Carolina (Chapel Hill and Raleigh campuses).
This is a broad interdepartmental program designed to
give students training for careers in research, teaching,
and practice in environmental health. It is sponsored
by the Departments of Biostatistics, Environmental Sci-
ences and Engineering, and Epidemiology of the School
of Public Health; the Departments of Botany, Chemistry,
City and Regional Planning, Geology, and Zoology of
the College of Arts and Sciences; the School of Medi-
cine; and the Department of Food Science at North
Carolina State University at Raleigh. Students will
generally enroll in the department of their basic spe-
cialty and then select courses in other departments in
order to obtain a broad understanding of the problems
of the environment and the application of their spe-
cialty to the solution of these problems. The fellow-
ships are provided through the Institute for Environ-
mental Health Studies and include tuition, fees, and a
stipend. The amount of the stipend under these fel-
lowships will be in accordance with current Public
Health Service and University policy.

Further information may be obtained by writing the
head of any of the sponsoring departments. All are
located at Chapel Hill, North Carolina except the De-
partment of Food Science which is located at Raleigh,
North Carolina.

Science Foundation in an Advanced Science Seminar
Project for the training of systems ecologists. Dr.
Bernard G. Patten from ORNL is teaching the fall and
winter quarters of this sequence.

Dr. Edward E. C. Clebsch was promoted to Asso-
ciate Professor. He will administer a contract with
the National Park Service in the amount of $11,600
for the next two years to investigate factors related to
the formation and maintenance of the grass and heath
balds of the Great Smoky Mountains. He also admin-
isters a contract in the amount of $12,500 with Union
Carbide Corporation to continue services in connection
with the cataloging, identification, collection, and pro-
cessing of soil and vegetation samples from the Oak
Ridge area. Dr. Clebsch also administers a contract
with the Tennessee Game & Fish Commission for the
study of grasses as potential wildlife plants in Ten-
nessee. The graduate student on the last project, Mr.
Ken E. Rogers, spent the summer at the U. S. National
Herbarium in Washington under the support of The
Association for Tropical Biology.

Dr. Sandra Bell is on leave for this year for the
purpose of doing research in the Department of Gen-
etics at the National Agriculture Institute in Paris,
France. Dr. A. Murray Evans taught a course in pteri-
dology at the Mountain Lake Biological Station in the
first term this past summer. He continues to admin-
ister a 3-year NSF grant for $26,000 for evolutionary
studies in tropical ferns.

The University of Tennessee

News from the Botany Department of The University
of Tennessee includes a number of items. Mr. Wayne
Chester, a graduate student, received support from the
Society of the Sigma Xi for travel in connection with
studies of the genus Halesia during the spring quarter.
Dr. H. R. DeSelm also received support from Sigma Xi
for travel to a workshop in Arizona at the Laboratory
of Tree-Ring Analysis.

Dr. A. J. Sharp has traveled extensively during the
past several months. He spent several weeks in Mex-
ico in connection with his studies of bryophyte dis-
tribution in North America and Asia, in company with
a Japanese botanist and graduate student. He also at-
tended the Pacific Science Congress in Tokyo, Japan,
in August, after delivering his address as immediate
past president of the Botanical Society of America at
the AIBS meetings. Dr. Larry Jones, who has just
completed his first year in the department, worked as
a research participant in the Biology Division of Oak
Ridge National Laboratory during the summer. Dean
Walter Herndon and Dr. Ray Holton received a con-
tract with the U.S. Army for the study of certain as-
pects of the effect of environmental and physiological
factors on algae reproduction. Dr. J. S. Olson, part-
time professor in the department who is with ORNL
and who is supported by funds from the Ford Founda-
tion, is Project Director for a grant from the National

ASB Bulletin

BULLETIN

Volume 14, Number 2 April 1967

Beetle

James Jo<

The Offii

dal Quarterly Publication of

The Associc

it ion of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Men-
zel. Dept, of Biological Sciences, Florida
State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla. Subscrip-
tion orders from libraries and other insti-
tutions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. John Carpenter, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington,
Kentucky. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Fulton
Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

MARGARET Y. MENZEL
Associate Editor
JOSEPH F. FITZPATRICK, JR„
News Editor

BETTY PEDDICORD, Assistant Editor

JOHN CARPENTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt
University

Retiring President — Harry J. Bennett,
Louisiana State University
President Elect — Harold J. Humm,

Queens College

Vice-President — Wilbur H. Duncan, Uni-
versity of Georgia

Secretary — Margaret Y. Menzel, Florida
State University

Treasurer — John Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Executive Committee — David James Cot-
ter, Woman’s College of Georgia;
Chauncey G. Goodchild, Emory Uni-
versity; Frederick T. Wolf, Vander-
bilt University; Julian T. Darlington,
Southwestern at Memphis; Robert B.
Short, Florida State University; Rich-
ard E. Garth, Northwestern State Col-
lege; Grover C. Miller, North Caro-
lina State University. All officers are
ex officio members of the executive
committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — W. W. Miller, III, Samford
University

Florida — John D. McCrone, Florida Pres-
byterian College

Georgia — -Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State
College

Kentucky — position vacant
Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University
Maryland — position vacant
Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University
North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Newberry College
Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Affiliate

Southern Section of the American
Society of Plant Physiologists

J olume 14, Number 2 - April 1967

CONTENTS

Association Affairs 14

Program of the 28th Annual Meeting of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists 15

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 28th Annual Meeting of
the Association of Southeastern Biologists 22

Books and Periodicals 48

News of Biology in the Southeast 53

Note: Shortly before this issue went to press, we learned that Dr. Cain,
who is scheduled to give the Invitational Address on April 20, will not be
able to attend because of governmental commitments. Another speaker,
recommended by Dr. Cain, will speak in his place — but at press time we
do not know who this will be.

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

The Nominating Committee has selected the
following slate of nominees for the various ASB
offices that will be vacated this year. So that you
may be able to consider your choices carefully,
we are including a short biographical sketch of
each nominee.

President Elect

John Mervin Herr, Jr. Robert B. Short

Vice-President

C. Ritchie Bell Margaret Y. Menzel

Secretary

Dorothy L. Crandall Faith S. Miller

Executive Committee

Burton J. Bogitsh Anna Josephine Bridgman
James C. McDonald Frances E. Silliman

( Continued on page 46)

14

ASB Bulletin

Program of the 28th Annual Meeting of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists

A joint meeting with the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, the South-
ern Appalachian Botanical Club, the Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta National Honorary
Biological Society, and the Southeastern Section of the American Society of Ichthyologists and
Herpetologists.

THURSDAY, APRIL 20

12:00-2:00 P.M.
1:30 P.M.

2:00 P.M.

4:00-7:15 P.M.
and

Conclusion of
General Session
until 10:00 P.M.
6:00 P.M.

7:30 P.M.

Beta Beta Beta Registration: Room 200, Life Sciences.

Executive Committee Meeting, Association of Southeastern Biologists: Conference Room, Russell
House.

Field Trip: Sandhills communities in the vicinity of Columbia. Led by Dr. W. T. Batson. In-
formation available from Dr. Batson, Dept, of Biology, University of South Carolina.

ASB Registration: Front Lobby, Russell House.

Placement Service Registration: Front Lobby, Russell House.

Beta Beta Beta Smorgasbord: Room 119, Life Sciences.

ASB General Session: Drayton Hall Auditorium. Dr. Elsie Quarterman, presiding.

Address of Welcome: Dr. James A. Morris, Vice-President for Advanced Studies and Research,
University of South Carolina.

Response: Dr. Elsie Quartennan, President, the Association of Southeastern Biologists.

Invitational Address: “Natural-area Preservation.” Dr. Stanley A. Cain, Assistant Secretary for
Fish and Wildlife and Parks, Department of the Interior, and a plant ecologist.

Smoker and Exhibits: A smoker with refreshments, will follow the general session and will be held
in the Confederate Room of the Russell House. Exhibits will be on display in the Assembly
Room, Russell House.

Facilities in the Life Science Building and the Biology portion of the Science Annex: The Depart-
ment of Biology will be open to visitors throughout the meetings. You are welcome in class-
rooms, teaching and research laboratories, the herbarium, and the greenhouse.

FRIDAY, APRIL 21

MORNING

7:15 A.M.

7:15 A.M.

8:00-12:00 noon
8:00-10:00 A.M.
8:30-12:00 noon
8:30-11:30 A.M.

Breakfast, Southern Appalachian Bo-
tanical Club: Palmetto Room, Rus-
sell House.

Breakfast, Mountain Lake Biological
Station Alumni and friends: Jas-
mine Room, Russell House.

Both breakfasts. Go through cafe-
teria line in the Confederate Room
for food and beverage. Silver-
ware, etc. will be at your table.
Registration: Front lobby, Russell
House.

Placement Service Registration: Front
lobby, Russell House.

Exhibits: Assembly Room, Russell
House.

Paper Sessions:

Systematic Botany and Floristics
— Room 107, Life Science.
Animal Ecology, Genetics, and
Vertebrate Zoology — Room
205, Russell House.

Plant Autecology and Physiology
— Room 207, Russell House.
Cytology and Cytogenetics —
Room 208, Russell House.
Vertebrate Physiology — Room
302, Russell House.

8:30-12:00 noon

8:30 A.M.
8:30-12:00 noon

11:45 A.M.

Southeastern Division of the Ameri-
can Society of Ichthyologists and
Herpetologists — Paper session:
Room 207, Life Science.

Beta Beta Beta Registration: Ball-
room, Columbia Hall.

Beta Beta Beta Paper Sessions:
Eastern Division — Ballroom, Col-
umbia Hall.

Western Division-Campus Room,
Columbia Hall.

Business Meeting, Association of
Southeastern Biologists: Drayton
Hall Auditorium.

AFTERNOON

1:00-5:30 P.M.
1:00 P.M.

1:00-2:00 P.M.
2:00-5:30 P.M.

Exhibits: Assembly Room, Russell
House.

Luncheon, University of North Caro-
lina Botany Alumni and friends:
Jasmine Room, Russell House.
Beta Beta Beta General Meeting:

Ballroom, Columbia Hall.

Paper Sessions:

Plant Ecology — Room 107, Life
Science.

Morphology and Morphogenesis —
Room 207, Life Science.

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

15

2:00 P.M.

2:30 P.M.

7:00 P.M.

8:00 A.M.

Parasitology and Histology — Room
205, Russell House.

Invertebrate Physiology and Ecol-
ogy— Room 207, Russell House.
Cryptogamic Botany — Room 302,
Russell House.

Southeastern Division of the Ameri-
can Society of Ichthyologists and
Herpetologists Business Meeting —
Room 204, Russell House.

Tour: Scenic and Historic tour of
Columbia, especially for families
of ASB members. Please sign up
during registration.

EVENING

Banquet: Ballroom, Columbia Hall.

ASB Evening Program: Ballroom,
Columbia Hall.

Presentation of awards and prizes:
Ivey F. Lewis Fellowship at
Mountain Lake Biological Station.
Sponsored by Phipps and Bird,
Inc.

Association Research Prize. Spon-
sored by Carolina Biological Sup-
ply Company.

Meritorious Teaching Award. Spon-
sored by Will Scientific, Inc.,
Georgia.

Past Presidents Address: Dr. Harry
J. Bennett, Louisiana State Uni-
versity — “Estuarine Biology.”
(Including a 30 minute movie.)

SATURDAY, APRIL 22

Field Trips: Details at registration
desk. Please sign up during regis-
tration.

1. Swamp and floodplain communi- 8:30 A.M.
ties — Led by Dr. W. T. Batson.

Vicinity of Columbia.

2. Carolina Bays and Grice Marine

Laboratory — Led by Mr. Rich-
ard Porcher and Dr. E. F.
Thompson.

Executive Committee Meeting, As-
sociation of Southeastern Biol-
ogists: Conference Room, Russell
House.

SCHEDULE OF PAPER SESSIONS

FRIDAY MORNING — APRIL 21

SYSTEMATIC ROTANY AND FLORISTICS

Room 107, Life Sciences

Presiding: Dr. George S. Ramseur, The University of the South

8:30

1. Eggers, Donna Marie (Vanderbilt Uni-
versity). Genetic Fruit Polymorphism in
Valerianella (Tourn.) Mill. (Valerian-

10:01

8.

ern Mississippi). Habitat Hybridization in
Vernonia (Compositae).

Dietz, Robert A. (Troy State College).

8:43

aceae).

2. Freeman, John D. (Vanderbilt University).

10:14

9.

The Epiphytic Orchids of Honduras, II.
Browne, Edward T„ Jr. (University of

8:56

Trillium maculatum Raf. and Related Taxa
of Sessile-flowered Trillium.

3. Shetler, Stanwyn G. and James F. Mat-
thews (Smithsonian Institution and Char-

10:27

10.

Kentucky). Remarks Concerning the En-
demics of Tygarts Creek Gorge, Carter Co.,
Kentucky.

Greear, Philip F-C. (Shorter College).

lotte College). Generic Position of Cam-
panula americana L.

10:40

11.

Sag Pond Vegetation in Northwest Georgia.
Pullen, Thomas M. (University of Missis-

9:09

4. Ramsey, Gwynn W. (Lynchburg College).

A Biosystematic Study of the Genus Cimi-
cifuga (Ranunculaceae), with Emphasis on

10:53

12.

sippi). Progress Toward Production of a
Flora of Mississippi.

Blair, Aaron and James W. Hardin

9:22

Cimicifuga rubifolia Kearney.

5. Ware, Stewart A. and Elsie Quarterman
(Vanderbilt University). A New Talinum
(Portulacaceae) from the Cedar Glades.

11:06

13.

(North Carolina State University). Vascu-
lar Plant Flora of Beaufort County, North
Carolina.

Thacker, Wayne, William F. Ruska, and

9:35

9:48

6. Burk, C. John (Smith College). A Corre-
lation of Oak Hybridization and Glacial
Geology on Cape Cod. Massachusetts.

7. Jones, Samuel B., Jr. (University of South-

Gwynn W. Ramsey (Lynchburg College).
A Preliminary Survey of the Flora of Sev-
eral Southwestern Virginia Piedmont Coun-
ties.

16

ASB Bulletin

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

9:48

8:30

8:43

ANIMAL ECOLOGY, GENETICS, AND VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY

Room 205, Russell House

Presiding: Dr. Frank B. Golley, University of Georgia

14. Smith, Michael H. (University of Geor-
gia). Reliability of the Mark-release Tech-
nique of Estimating Numbers of Mice.

15. Hebert, John R., Bobby F. Dowden, and
Harry J. Bennett (Louisiana State Uni-
versity and Mississippi State College for
Women). Toxicity of Endrin to Gambusia
affinis: A Comparison of Static and Flow-
through Bioassay Systems.

16. Hoss, Donald E. (Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries, Radiobiological Laboratory, Beau-
fort, N. C.). Metabolic Rates of Estuarine
Fish.

17. Duke, Thomas W., James N. Willis, and
Douglas A. Wolfe (Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries, Radiobiological Laboratory, Beau-
fort, N. C.). Studies on the Exchange of
Trace Elements Between Estuarine Sedi-
ments and Water.

9:22

18.

Satterfield, James D. (Georgia State Col-
lege). Reproduction in the Southern Stud-
fish, Fund ulus stellifer (Jordan).

9:35

19.

Carver, J. E., Jr. (University of Kentucky).
Ecological-Genetic Aspects of South Am-
herst Drosophila Populations.

9:48

20.

Whiting, P. W. (Biology Division, Oak
Ridge National Laboratory). A Diapause-
resistant Stock of Mormoniella.

10:01

21.

Singleton, W. R. and Enriqueta Carter
Bond (University of Virginia). A. Allele
Necessary for Dilute Coat Color in Horses.

10:14

22.

Woolcott, William S. and Caperton
Beirne (University of Richmond). A Com-
parison of the Skulls of Young Flounders in
Three Species of Paralichthys Girard.

10:27

23.

Jones, Duvall A. (West Liberty State Col-
lege). Green Tissues Among Neotropical
Frogs.

PLANT AUTECOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY

Room 207, Russell House

Presiding: Dr. Victor A. Greulach, University of North Carolina

24. Baskin, Jerry and Elsie Quarterman
(Vanderbilt University). Ecological Stud-
ies of Psoralea subacaulis (Leguminosae).

25. Ware, Stewart A. and Elsie Quarterman
(Vanderbilt University). Seed Germination
in Two Species of Tallinum (Portulac-
aceae ) .

26. Baskin, Jerry, Carol Caudle, and Elsie
Quarterman (Vanderbilt University). Ger-
mination and Dormancy in Two Cedar
Glade Grasses.

27. Witherspoon, J. P. (Radiation Ecology Sec-
tion, Health Physics Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory). Interactions of Fast
Neutron Radiation and Growth-Dormancy
Cycles in Yellow Poplar Trees.

28. Te-Hsiu Ma (Radiation Biology Laboratory,
Smithsonian Institution). Red, Far-red
Light Effect on Pollen Tube Elongation and
Pollen Germination in Tradescantia.

29. Flint, Franklin F. (Randolph-Macon Wo-
man’s College). Histochemical Effects of
Indole-3-Acetic Acid and Kinetin During
Megagametogenesis in Lilium.

30. Caplenor, Donald and Dao Cong Nhu
(Tennessee Technological University and

10:01

10:14

10:27

10:40

10:53

11:06

George Peabody College). Reaction of
Helenium amarum to Gibberellic Acid.

31. Whatley, Booker T., Stanley O. Thomp-
son, and McKinley Mayes (Southern Uni-
versity). The Effects of Soaking Treat-
ments and Foliar Sprays on Rooting of
Sanchezia nobilis glaucophylla.

32. Van Fleet, D. S. (University of Georgia).
Genetics and Differentiation of Polyacety-
lenes and Polyenes in Vascular Plants.

33. Ludlow, C. Joseph and Frederick T.
Wolf (Vanderbilt University). Photosyn-
thesis in Relation to Chlorophyll Content,
Stomatal Distribution and Hill Reaction
Activity in Shade and Sun Ferns.

34. Veech, Joseph A. (University of Georgia).
Peroxidase Localization and Isozymic Alter-
ation Resulting from Infection of Tobacco
by Phytophthora parasitica var. nicotianae.

35. Van Fleet, D. S. (University of Georgia).
Localization and Rhythmic Enzymatic De-
velopment of Essential Oils in Flowers.

36. Warren, Charles O. (Southwestern at
Memphis). Respiratory Metabolism in the
Heterothallic Water Mold, Acblya ambi-
sexualis Raper.

CYTOLOGY AND CYTOGENETICS

Room 208, Russell House

Presiding: Dr. H. Branch Howe, Jr., University of Georgia

37. Strickland, P. L. and J. W. Drane (Emory 8:56
University). Probability Values for Chro-
matid Aberrations.

38. Beatty, Alvin V. and Jeanne W. Beatty 9.Q9
(Emory University). The Influence of De-

oxy Compounds on Recovery from Radia-
tion-induced Chromosomal Breaks.

39. Pedigo, Robert A. (The College of Wil-
liam and Mary). Effects of Dimethyl Sulf-
oxide and Naphthaleneacetic acid on Radio-
sensitivity of Cultured Cucurbita Calluses.

40. Taylor, F. G., Jr. (Radiation Ecology Sec-
tion, Health Physics Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory). Nuclear Character-
istics of Populus deltoides Clones.

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

17

9:22 41. Totten, R. E. and H. Branch Howe, Jr.

(University of Georgia). Nonrandom Nu-
clear Orientation in the Ascospores of Neu-
rospora tetrasperma.

9:35 42. Bath, Daniel W. (University of Missis-

sippi). Radiation-induced Semisterility in
the Mouse.

9:48 43. St. Amand, W. (University of Mississippi).

Cell Population Dynamics in Irradiated
Ehrlich Ascites Carcinoma.

10:01 44. Cole, Madison B., Jr., Ralph E. Stephens,

and J. Gordon Carlson (University of
Tennessee). Effects of Actinomycin-D on
Nucleic Acid Synthesis in Grasshopper Neu-
roblasts.

10:14 45. Patterson, Rosalyn M. and Ernest L.

Hunt (Emory University). Differential Re-
activity of Urodele Developmental Chro-
mosomes.

VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY

Room 302, Russell House

Presiding: Dr. S. P. Maroney, Jr., University of Virginia

8:30 46. Kent, George C. (Louisiana State Uni-

versity). The Luteolytic Effect of Resec-
tioned and Rejoined Pseudopregnant Ham- 10:01
ster Uteri.

8:43 47. Wieand, Katherine and D. A. Olewine

(Geisinger Medical Center and Bucknell
University). Interference with Pregnancy 10:14
in the Rat by an Intracervical Suture.

8:56 48. Bennett, Sara N. and D. A. Olewine

(Georgia Southern College). Effect of In-
trauterine and Intracervical Sutures on De-
ciduomata Formation in the Rat.

9:09 49. Welch, Annemarie S. and Bruce L.

Welch (University of Tennessee). Neuro-
chemical Response to Environmental Stimu-
lation.

9:22 50. Miller, James A., Jr., Mickey Via and iq-40

Faith S. Miller (Tulane University). Ef-
fects of THAM, Glucose, and Hypothermia
Upon Tolerance to Asphyxia in Newborn 10:53
Puppies.

9:35 51. Thomson, J. Richard and David A. Ringle

(Midwest Research Institute, Kansas City,

Mo.). Effect of L1210 Leukemia on Cll/ 11:06
1431a Carbon Clearance in DBA/2 Mice.

9:48 52. Imhoff, Diane Sue and Richard E. Garth

(Mississippi State College for Women). Pos-
sibility of Beryllium-Manganese Antagonism

in Amputated Forelimbs of Triturus viri-
descens.

53. Franklin, Beryl C. (Northeast Louisiana
State College). Phenothiazine Derivatives
and Biological Pregnancy Tests Using Rana
pipiens and R. clamitans as Test Animals.

54. Garth, R. E., J. R. Fortman, and K. J.
Smith (Mississippi State College for Women
and Northwestern State College of Louisi-
ana). Separation of Mature and Immature
Quail Hypothalami Extracts by Gel Filtra-
tion.

55. Sine, Jane and C. N. Boehms (Austin Peay
State College and Vanderbilt University
Medical School). A Method for Investiga-
tion of Aldosterone and Corticosterone in
Rana catesbeiana Plasma.

56. Foreman, Charles W. (The University of
the South). Comparative Aspects of Pero-
myscus Hemoglobin Ionographic Properties.

57. Fattig, W. Donald and Dail W. Mullins
(Southwestern at Memphis and Memphis
State University). Molecular Hybridization
of Human and Pigeon Hemoglobin.

58. Bush, Francis M. and Charlene A. Sei-
bert (Medical College of Virginia). Im-
munoelectrophoretic Analysis of Plasma
Proteins of Posthatchling and Adult Passer
domesticus.

SOUTHEASTERN DIVISION OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF
ICHTHYOLOGISTS AND HERPETOLOGISTS

Room 207, Life Sciences

Presiding: Dr. Denzel E. Ferguson, Mississippi State University

8:30 59. Boschung, Herbert (University of Ala-

bama). The Status of the Genus Branchio-
stoma (order Amphioxi) in the Western
North Atlantic.

8:45 60. Relyea, Kenneth (Tulane University).

Taxonomic Studies of Brackish Water Fun-
dulus in the Southeast.

9:05 61. Goodyear, C. Phillip (Mississippi State
University). Sun-compass Orientation in
Mosquitofish, Gambusia affinis.

9:20 62. Gilbert, Carter R. (Florida State Museum

and University of Florida). Systematic Re-
lationships of the American Cyprinid Fishes
Notropis ariommus and Notropis telescopus.

9:35 63. Ludke, J. Larry and W. David Burke
(Mississippi State University). Endrin Up-

take and Tolerances in Resistant and Sus-
ceptible Golden Shiners.

9:50 64. Woolcott, William S. and Caperton

Beirne (University of Richmond). A Com-
parison of the Skulls of Young Flounders in
Three Species of Paralichthys Girard.

10:00 65. Howell, William Mike (Samford Univer-

sity). Etheostoma davisoni Hay, a Percid
Fish Endemic to the Pensacola and Choc-
tawhatchee Bay Drainages of Alabama and
Florida.

10:15 10 minute recess.

10:25 66. Cully, Dudley D., George G. Murphy,

and Mack T. Finley (Mississippi State Uni-
versity). Some Characteristics of Pesti-
cide-resistant Fishes.

18

ASB Bulletin

10:40 67. Williams, James D. (University of Ala-

bama). A New Species of Sculpin (Pisces,
Cottidae) from a Spring in the Alabama
River Basin in Alabama.

10:55 68. Williams, James D. and William M.

Howell (University of Alabama). A New
Cyprinid Fish of the Genus Notropis from
the Tallapoosa River System in Alabama
and Georgia.

11:10 69. Brooks, G. R. (College of William and

Mary). Influence of Environmental Fac-
tors on Color Change in Anolis carolinensis.

11:25 70. Harrison, Julian R. (College of Charles-

ton). Taxonomic Status of Desmognathus
aenus chermocki Bishop and Valentine.

11:40 71. Bruce, Richard C. (Western Carolina Col-

lege). Climatic Factors in the Distribution
of the Spring Salamander, Gyrinophilus
porpliyriticus, with Comments on its Zoo-
geographic History.

11:55 72. Cooley, James L. (University of Tennes-

see). A Study of an Isolated Population of
the Salamander Leurognathus.

FRIDAY AFTERNOON — APRIL 21

PLANT ECOLOGY

Room 107, Life Sciences

Presiding: Dr. Joe A. Edmiston, University of Georgia

2:00 73. Edmisten, Joe A., and Henry F. Perkins

(University of Georgia). The Role and
Status of Kudzu in the Southeast.

2:13 74. Hooks, W. S. (Lynchburg College). The

Ecological Status of Pinus strobus L. in
Ogle County, Illinois.

2:26 75. McCormick, J. Frank, Leola Crosth-

waite, Carol Damon, Wesley Egan, John
Findley, Violet A. Hicks, Richard Leon-
ard, and Wilbur H. Rittenhouse (Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill).
Niche Differentiation Between Two Closely
Related Species.

2:39 76. Miller, Gary L. (University of North

Carolina, Chapel Hill). The Effects of
Ionizing Radiation on the Growth of Old-
Field Species.

2:52 77. Garrett, Arthur (Emory University).

Quantitative Considerations of Ecosystem
Disturbance by Gamma Irradiation.

3:05 78. Ballal, S. K. (Tennessee Technological

University). A Preliminary Study on the
Effect of Fire on Three Plant Communities.

3:18 79. Seneca, Ernest D. (North Carolina State

University). Seedling Response of Four
Dune Grasses to Varying Levels of NaCl.

3:31 80. Cooper, Arthur W. and James W. Hardin

(North Carolina State University). Habitat
Factors Associated with Mountain Disjuncts
in the Eastern Piedmont of North Carolina.

3:44

3:57

4:10

4:23

4:36

4:49

5:02

5:15

81. Dahlman, Roger C. and Clair L. Kucera
(University of Missouri). Preparation of
14C Labeled Grass for Use in Evaluating
Organic Turnover in a Prairie Ecosystem.

82. Rogers, Hollis J. and John D. Barnett
(University of North Carolina, Greensboro,
and Hanging Rock State Park). Distribu-
tion of Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr, and T .
caroliniana Engelm. Along Cascades Creek
in the Vicinity of Hanging Rock State Park,
Danbury, North Carolina.

83. Hartshorn, Gary S. (North Carolina State
University). Forest Vegetation Patterns in
Southern Beaufort County, North Carolina.

84. Barclay, Frank H. and Joe A. Chapman
(East Tennessee State University and Car-
son-Newman College). Alison’s Woods.

85. Piehl, Martin A. (University of Wisconsin-
Milwaukee). Parasitism and Host Range
of Nestronia umbellula Raf. (Santalaceae) .

86. Piehl, Martin A. (University of Wisconsin-
Milwaukee). Root Grafts and Haustorial
Self-parasitism in Aureolaria (Scrophulari-
aceae).

87. Patton, E. Gibbes (Wofford College).
Plant Ecology in the Education of Pre-
Medical Biology Undergraduates.

88. Simmons, George M., Jr. (Virginia Poly-
technic Institute). Limnetic Carbon As-
similation in Two Virginia Reservoirs.

MORPHOLOGY AND MORPHOGENESIS

Room 207, Life Sciences

Presiding: Dr. John D. Reynolds, University of Southern Mississippi

2:00 89. Rembert, David H., Jr. (University of Ken-

tucky). Comparative Megasporogenesis in
Leguminosae, Subfamily Caesalpinoideae.

2:13 90. Coffey, Janice C. and J. M. Herr, Jr.

(Clemson University at Sumter and Uni-
versity of South Carolina). The Develop-
ment of the Ovule and Megagametophyte
in Luzula bulbosa (Wood) Rydb.

2:26 91. Tandon, S. R. and J. M. Herr, Jr. (Uni-

versity of South Carolina). Some Embryo-
logical Features of Taxonomic Significance
in the Genus Nyssa L.

2:39 92. Herr, J. M., Jr. (University of South Caro-

lina). An Innovation in the Paraffin Em-
bedding Technique for the Preparation of
Excised Angiosperm Ovules.

2:52 93. Lucansky, T. W. and J. M. Herr, Jr. (Uni-

versity of South Carolina). A Preliminary
Report on Floral Induction in Seedlings of
Chenopodium album L.

3:05 94. O’Dell, Herman (East Tennessee State

University). A Wild Yam.

3:18 95. Salters, Armstead L. and Lafayette

Frederick (Atlanta University). Histo-

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

19

logical Changes Induced in Nodal Traces
and Petioles of Uhnus americana by Cul-
ture Filtrates of Ceratocystis ulmi.

3:31 96. Fleming, Laurence E. (Mississippi State

University). Use of the Appendix Mascu-
lina as a Taxonomic Character in the
Shrimp Palaemcmetes.

3:44 97. Reams, W. M., Jr., R. B. Scoggins, and

A. S. Zelickson (Medical College of Vir-
ginia, University of Richmond, and Uni-
versity of Minnesota Medical School). An
Experimental and EM Analysis of the Ori-
gin of Langerhans Cells.

3:57 98. Hunt, Ernest L. (Emory University).

Staining Techniques for the Endocrine Pan-
creas.

4:10 99. Garrison, Norman E. and J. E. Davis, Jr.

(Wake Forest College). Effects of Ethanol
on Morphogenesis and Distribution of Gly-
cogen in Developing Rana pipiens.

4:23 100. McLaughlin, Ellen W. (Emory Univer-
sity). The Fertilizability of Eggs of Tri- ,
turns viridescens Taken from Different
Levels of the Oviduct.

PARASITOLOGY AND HISTOLOGY

Room 205, Russell House

Presiding: Dr. Grover C. Miller, North Carolina State University

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

3:05

101.

102.

103.

104.

105.

106.

Hendricks, Larry (North Carolina State
University). A New Hystrichis from the
Common Crow. (Nematoda: Dioctophy-
midae). 3:18

Powders, Vernon N. (University of Ten-
nessee). A New Host Record for Cepedi-
etta (= Haptophrya ) michiganensis (Wood- 3:31

head), 1928.

Price, Charles E. and Peter S. Maitland
(North Texas State University and the Uni-
versity, Glasgow, Scotland). The Proposed 3:44

Role of Parasites as Indicators of Host An-
cestry.

Harris, Alva H., R. Harkema and G. C.

Miller (North Carolina State University). 3:57

Life Cycle of Procyotrema marsupiformis
Harkema and Miller, 1959. (Trematoda:
Alariinae).

Miller, Grover C. and Reinhard Har- 4:10

kema (North Carolina State University).
Helminths from Some Wild Mammals in
the Southeastern United States.

Powders, Vernon M. (University of Ten-

nessee). Altitudinal Distribution of Cepe-
diet ta (= Haptophrya) michiganensis
(Woodhead), 1928.

107. Rogers, Steffen and Burton J. Bogitsh
(Vanderbilt University). Nucleoside Poly-
phosphatase Activity in Helminths.

108. Shannon, W. Allen (Vanderbilt Univer-
sity). Autoradiographic and Flistochemical
Studies of Iron Metabolism in Haemoto-
loechus medioplexus.

109. Davis, Donald A., B. J. Bogitsh, and D. A.
Nunnally (Vanderbilt University). Ultra-
structure of the Caecum of Haematoloechus
medioplexus.

110. Norris, William W. (Northeast Louisiana
State College). Specificity of Action of
Proteolytic Enzymes (Histological Evalua-
tion).*

111. Delaney, Josephine and Roy Hunter, Jr.
(Atlanta University). Some Effects of Spe-
cific and Nonspecific Proteolytic Enzymes
on the Notochordal Sheath of Bullfrog
Larvae.

* The abstract of this paper is not in alphabetical
order. It can be found on page 28.

INVERTEBRATE ECOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY

Room 207, Russell House

Presiding: Dr. Richard G. Wiegert, University of Georgia

2:00

112.

Styron, Clarence E. (Emory University).
Ecology of Two Populations of an Aquatic
Isopod, Lirceus fontinalis Raf.

3:05

117.

2:13

113.

Gray, I. E. (Duke University). The Dis-
tribution of Seastars of the North Carolina
Continental Shelf.

2:26

114.

Berry, James W. (Duke University and the

3:18

118.

Institute of Marine Science, Miami). Dis-
tributional Ecology of the Spiders of the
North Carolina Piedmont Old-Field Succes-

3:31

119.

sion.

2:39

115.

Mozley, Samuel C. (Emory University).
Multiple Regression Comparisons of Six
Abiotic Parameters with the Distribution of

3:44

120.

Two Species of Chironomus (Diptera, Chi-
ronomidae) in a Five Hectare Piedmont
Lake.

3:57

121.

2:52

116.

Bamforth, Stuart S. (Tulane University).

Heterotrophic Protozoa as Ecological In-
dicators.

Gentry, John B. (University of Georgia).
The Effect of Artificial Predation on the Be-
havior and Population Densities of Pogo-
nomyrmex badius Colonies.

Bishop, John W. (University of Richmond).
Feeding by Ctenophores and its Effect on
Zooplankton.

Jinks, Willard (Indiana Central College).
The Reproductive Potential of D. affinis.
Lutz, Paul E. (University of North Caro-
lina at Greensboro). Studies on the Life-
History of the Damselfly Lestes eurimts.
Brown, Pat I. and John M. Carpenter
(University of Kentucky). Retention of
Zinc-65 in Population of Drosophila mela-
nogaster.

20

ASB Bulletin

4:10 122. Wilson, Billy G. and J. J. Friauf (Van-
derbilt University). Facultative Diapause
in Trogoderma sternale maderae Beal, 1954.

4:23 123. Mobberly, W. C., Jr. (Northeast Louisiana
State College). Endocrine Control of Lo-
comotor Activity in the Crawfish Faxonella
clypeata.

4:36 124. Gittleson, Stephen M. (University of
Kentucky). Forces Produced by Beating
Flagella of Polytomella agilis.

4:49 125. Tietjen, William L. and James N. Liles
(Georgia Southwestern College and Uni-
versity of Tennessee). C-14 Isoleucine
Studies in Aedes aegypti.

5:02 126. Stidham, James D. and James N. Liles
(University of Tennessee). The Free
Amino Acid Composition and Certain As-
pects of the Metabolic Fate of Carbon- 14
Labeled Alpha Alanine and Aspartic Acid
in the Aging Female Mosquito, Aedes
aegypti (L.).

5:15 127. McCrone, John D. and Robert J. Hatala
(University of Florida and Florida Presby-
terian College). Serological Identity of the
Mammalian Lethal Components of the Ven-
oms of Latrodectus mactans and L. variolus.

CRYPTOGAMIC BOTANY

Room 302, Russell House

Presiding: Dr. William J. Koch, University of North Carolina

2:00

128.

Olexia, Paul D. (University of Tennessee).
The Genus Clavaria in the Southeastern

U. S.

3:31

135.

2:13

129.

Petersen, Ronald H. (University of Ten-
nessee). The Genus Clavulina (Fungi,
Clavariaceae) in the Southeastern United
States.

3:44

136.

2:26

130.

Umphlett, Clyde J. (University of North

3:57

137.

Carolina, Chapel Hill). An Ecological
Study of a Fungus Parasite in Mosquito
Larvae.

4:10

138.

2:39

131.

Benson, George L. and G. T. Cowley

(University of South Carolina). Distribu-
tion of Soil Microfungi in a South Carolina
Sandhill.

4:23

139.

2:52

132.

Cowley, G. T. (University of South Caro-
lina). Vertical Distribution of Microfungi
on Two Trees in the Luquillo Experimental
Forest, Puerto Rico.

4:36

140.

3:05

133.

Mullins, J. T. and D. des S. Thomas (Uni-
versity of Florida). Biochemical Mecha-
nisms in the Hormonal Control of Sexual

4:49

141.

Morphogenesis in Achlya.

3:18

134.

Plummer, G. L. (University of Georgia).

5:02

142.

Accumulation of Radioisotopes in Certain
Lichens.

Walker, Alma Toevs (University of
Georgia). Ultrastructure of the Fungus-
Alga Association in Cornicularia normoer-
ica.

Yoshimura, I. and A. J. Sharp (University
of Tennessee). Interesting Record of
Southern Appalachian and Mexican Lichens.
Sharpley, J. Miles (Sharpley Laboratories,
Inc.). Growth and Survival of Water Mi-
croorganisms in Low Nutrient Media.
Whitford, L. A. (North Carolina State
University). Notes on Tetrasporopsis fu-
nescens, a Fresh-water Alga of Apparently
Wide Distribution.

Earle, Sylvia A. (Cape Haze Marine Lab-
oratory and Farlow Herbarium, Harvard
University). Deep Water Algae in the Gulf
of Mexico.

Griffin, Dana G., Ill (University of Ten-
nessee). A Further Look at the Biosys-
tematics of Chara zeylanica.

Carroll, Jack W. and T. R. Deason (Uni-
versity of Alabama). Chromosome Num-
bers in the Genus Dmparnaldia.

Griffin, Dana G., Ill (University of Ten-
nessee). A Botanical Case of Mayr’s
Founder Principle from the Charophyta.

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

21

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 28th Annual
Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists

The number in parenthesis at the top of each abstract refers to the number of that paper in
the program.

(78)

A Preliminary Study on the Effect of
Fire on Three Plant Communities
S. K. Ballal, Tennessee Technological University

One grassland and two loblolly pine communities were
selected to study the extent of rejuvenation after contin-
ual and discontinual fires. The results indicated that in
open communities like grassland, accidental spread of
any saplings is restricted by fire, and also that the annual
fires tipped the vegetation equilibrium toward grasses
and herbs. In one of the pine communities, accidental
fire destroyed all the ground vegetation with very little
damage to the pine stand, in which eight months after
the incidence of fire the grass has been replaced by
Golden Aster, Field Aster and Greenbrier. In the other
pine community, two years after the fire, grass has been
replaced by Honeysuckle. The Loblolly pines were
found to be fairly resistant to fire damage.

(116)

Heterotrophic Protozoa as Ecological Indicators

Stuart S. Bamforth, Newcomb College of
Titlane University

Specializations of morphology, nutritional habits, and
adaptations to abiotic conditions enable many hetero-
trophic protozoa to serve as indicators of ecological con-
ditions. Despite Hynes’ observation that specialized
knowledge is required for detailed species identifications,
the principal types and common species may easily be
determined. Ciliates of a particular morphology are
present in a habitat usually only at a particular stage in
the evolution of the habitat, hence their presence indi-
cates the degree of decomposition of organic material.
The kinds of ciliates and testacea found in a soil reflect
the degree of dessication and comparative decay rate of
organic matter.

(84)

Alison’s Woods

Frank H. Barclay, East Tennessee State University
Ioe A. Chapman, Carson-New man College

At the Raleigh meeting of the ASB in 1966, Alison’s
Woods in Sullivan County, Tennessee, was described in
a paper by Frank H. Barclay. The immediate need for
study of this nearly natural area was emphasized. A
study of Alison’s Woods was begun in September, 1966,
by Barclay and Chapman, and a progress report was
made at the Johnson City meeting of the Tennessee
Academy of Science in November, 1967. The present
paper summarizes the results of plotless sampling of the
vegetation in thirty areas of a 250 acre woodland in
Upper East Tennessee. Sampling was completed a short
time before cutting operations were begun. The prin-
cipal dominant tree species were White Oak, Tulip
Poplar, Black Oak, and Northern Red Oak. Chestnut

Oak was locally dominant on a ridge and steep slopes.
All of these species were represented by trees of unusu-
ally large size. Cutting is scheduled for completion by
March or April, 1967. A number of diameter, height
and age determinations have been made. Tree-ring
studies are being made by Lanier Brashear, a graduate
student at East Tennessee State University.

(26)

Germination and Dormancy in Two Cedar
Glade Grasses

Jerry Baskin, Carol Caudle, and Elsie Quarterman,
Vanderbilt University

Aristida longispica Poir. and Sporobolus vaginiflorus
(Torr.) Wood are summer dominants of the grassy cedar
glades of Middle Tennessee. The seeds of these annual
grasses germinate in the spring after they have over-
wintered in the field. The plants flower in late summer
and mature fruits are shed in late fall and early winter.
Upon maturity practically 100% of the seeds of both
species are dormant. Gibberellic acid, potassium nitrate,
and thiourea had no effect on germination of fresh seeds.
Intact seeds imbibed water readily and embryos grew
normally when the endosperm was removed. Dormancy
in seeds of Aristida was overcome by stratification for
8-10 weeks and in Sporobolus by afterripening for 3-4
months either in warm, dry or cold, moist storage. Non-
dormant seeds of Aristida require a higher temperature
for germination than seeds of Sporobolus. The length
of the dormant period and the temperature requirement
for germination in these two grasses are discussed in re-
lation to their germination in nature.

(24)

Ecological Studies of Psoralea subacaulis
(Leguminosae)

Jerry Baskin and Elsie Quarterman,
Vanderbilt University

Psoralea subacaulis T. & G. is a low, spreading geo-
phyte restricted to the shallow, rocky soils of the cedar
glades of Middle Tennessee, northern Alabama, and
northern Georgia. Field and laboratory studies were
conducted on the ecological life history of P. subacaulis
to determine how adaptation to this specialized habitat
is exhibited by this species. Identification of the fac-
tor (s) restricting it to open glades was a second objec-
tive. P. subacaulis is well adapted to open cedar glades
because: (1) its roots penetrate interstices among rock
fragments and utilize the meager soil accumulated there,
and (2) it completes the most active part of its life
cycle during the cool, moist winter and early spring and
is dormant during the hot, dry summer. P. subacaulis
was found to be obligate upon a high light intensity;
therefore, it cannot tolerate competition. This factor
alone seems adequate to explain its restriction to open
glades where larger plants find establishment difficult.

22

ASB Bulletin

(42)

Radiation-Induced Semisterility in the Mouse

Daniel W. Bath, University of Mississippi

Male mice that were mutant for markers in six differ-
ent linkage groups were irradiated (640r or 700r of
X-rays) and from their pogeny thirty-eight semisterile
lines have been established. Twenty-two were derived
from eighty-eight tested females, sixteen from eighty-six
tested males. Relative fertilities range from 22.2 to 55.5
percent of normal.

In two lines it has been established cytologically that
semisterility is the result of reciprocal translocations. In
one of these, two genetically marked chromosomes
(Linkage groups I and XIV) are apparently involved.
Cytogenetic correlation has not as yet been reported for
Linkage group XIV.

(38)

The Influence of Deoxy Compounds on Recovery
From Radiation-Induced Chromosomal Breaks

Alvin V. Beatty and Jeanne W. Beatty,

Emory University

Inflorescences of Tradescantia paludosa were irradiated
with a total dose of 400 r of X-rays, and the radiation
damage was determined from investigating the metaphase
configurations of the first microspore division. The ex-
perimental material was treated with various chemicals
to determine their effect on the recovery process. De-
oxyadenosine, Deoxy Guanosine, Deoxycytidine, Deoxy-
uridine, and Thymidine were used. All brought about a
50% reduction in chromosomal aberrations over the
control, except Thymidine. This chemical had very little
effect. When these substances were used in pairs, no
greater recovery was found. When all five were used
simultaneously, the greatest recovery was found. When
these five were used with ATP or Pyrophosphate, or with
both, no greater reduction was found.

(48)

Effect of Intrauterine and Intracervical Sutures on
Deciduomata Formation in the Rat

Sara N. Bennett and D. A. Olewine,

Georgia Southern College

Several investigators have reported an inhibition of
deciduomata formation resulting from the presence of an
intrauterine suture. In the present study sutures (Ethcon
2-0) were placed along the entire length of either one
uteri or one cervix of sexually mature rats. The entire
length of the lumen of all uterine horns was scratched
with a hypodermic needle (#22) on day 4 of pseudo-
pregnancy. The animals were sacrificed on day 8 of
pseudopregnancy and wet and dry weights obtained for
each uterine horn. Although the intrauterine sutures
markedly inhibited deciduomata formation, the intracer-
vical sutures had very little effect. In another group of
animals intrauterine sutures were placed either in the
upper Vi or the lower 34 of the uterine lumen. In these
animals deciduomata formation was greatly modified but
not totally suppressed.

(131)

Distribution of Soil Microfungi in a
South Carolina Sandhill

George L. Benson and G. T. Cowley,
University of South Carolina

Most distributional studies of soil microfungi have
compared populations from relatively divers habitats or
from several similar stands. In this study, distribution
of fungi in the soil of a single stand was investigated in
an attempt to determine effects of different ground
covers. Four presumably distinct soil habitats, pine
litter, oak litter, and lichen covered, and uncovered, were
detected in the sandhill in Sesquicentennial State Park
near Columbia, S. C.

Soil samples from the four habitats were diluted and
plated on Petri dishes of Martin’s medium. After incu-
bation for five days, 30 random colonies were isolated
from each sample. Populations isolated from samples
taken from under oak and pine litter were similar to each
other, but differed considerably from populations isolated
from uncovered and lichen covered soils.

Penecillium and Aspergillus were the most common
genera isolated from each habitat. Mucorales were gen-
erally limited to soils under pine and oak litter. Asper-
gillus fumegatus was isolated most frequently throughout
the study area.

(114)

Distributional Ecology of the Spiders of the North
Carolina Piedmont Old-Field Succession

James W. Berry, Duke University and the
Institute of Marine Science, Miami

Using the sweeping technique, litter analysis, and pit-
fall traps, eight types of old-field communities on upland
well-drained sites and three types of bottomland com-
munities were sampled 20 times over 12% months. Gen-
erally, different spider faunas were found in forest and
non-forest communities. The species assemblages of the
field communities showed a great similarity when com-
pared to each other. The spiders of the forest commu-
nities showed inter-community variation; however, within
the forest communities several spiders were restricted to
either upland or bottomland stands, and others to either
pine or hardwood communities. Of the 326 species
taken in the Piedmont, the lowest number found in any
community was 97; the highest, 133. There was a grad-
ual increase in the total spider populations with each
advancing phase of the old-field succession. However,
the greatest abundance of spiders was found, not in the
hardwood climax, but earlier, in the mixed pine-hard-
wood community. Evidence for the ecological separa-
tion of closely related species is given.

(118)

Feeding by Ctenophores and Its Effect
on Zooplankton

John W. Bishop, University of Richmond

Rates of feeding by the ctenophore Mnemiopsis were
measured in order to evaluate the impact of predation
by ctenophores on populations of zooplankton. Cteno-
phores and copepods, mostly Acartia tonsa, from the
Patuxent River and waters near Solomons, Maryland
were used in the experiments. Rates of feeding were

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

23

correlated positively with the product of the body size of
ctenophores and concentration of copepods. A regres-
sion model, based on this relationship, was used to pre-
dict the rates of feeding by the ctenophores in their
natural habitat. According to the predicted values and
estimates of the abundance of ctenophores and copepods,
ctenophores eat 21% of the population of A. tonsa per
day during the summer in the Patuxent River. This
value accounts for approximately 40% of the summer
mortality of A. tonsa.

(12)

Vascular Plant Flora of Beaufort County,
North Carolina

Aaron Blair and James W. Hardin,

North Carolina State University

Approximately 1300 collections were made between
September 1965 and October 1966 in Beaufort County,
in the east-central Coastal Plain of North Carolina. A
total of 943 species have been found, 200 of which rep-
resent new county records. Most species were typical of
Atlantic Coastal Plain vegetation, although species with
more western or northern affinities were found.

the refugium theory and another possible explanation is
to be presented.

(6)

A Correlation of Oak Hybridization and Glacial
Geology on Cape Cod, Massachusetts

C. John Burk, Smith College

A frequent complication attending studies of oak bio-
systematics is the presence, in any given study area, of
several interfertile oak species. Over large portions of
the glaciated sections of Outer Cape Cod, Massachusetts,
however, Quercus velutina and Q. illicifolia are the only
species within the subgenus Erythrobalanus. Quercus
velutina is the only Erythrobalanus growing on those
portions of the Outer Cape formed since the last glacia-
tion. Although obvious hybrids of these species are in-
frequent, populations of Q. velutina on the glaciated sites
tend to approach Q. illicifolia in a number of taxonomic
characters and to be more variable than populations of
Q. velutina growing on post-glacial sites where Q. illici-
folia is absent. Relationships of the systematics of east-
ern North American Erythrobalanus to glacial, post-
glacial, and recent history will be discussed.

(121)

Retention of Zinc-65 in Population of
Drosophila melanogaster

Pat I. Brown and John M. Carpenter,
University of Kentucky

Drosophila melanogaster adults from an inbred wild
population were placed in food vials containing Zn®
media and yeast suspension for a feeding period of 48
hours. Flies were then removed, weighed and the iso-
tope present counted in a well-type scintillation counter.
After counting they were transferred to vials of media
containing no isotope. This procedure was continued at
twenty-four hour intervals. Average measurements of
the Zn06 present based on counts per minute per milli-
gram was 4104 at the start of the experiment. It was
possible to detect the isotope for a period of 792 hours
(33 days) at which time count had decreased to 167 per
minute per milligram when all flies were dead.

The biological half-life was 2.67 days. The flies rid
themselves of the Zn® rapidly until the biological half-
life was reached; after this, evidence for retention was
displayed. Exact length of time for retention was not
obtained since all flies were dead before the isotope had
completely disappeared.

(9)

Remarks Concerning the Endemics of Tygarts
Creek Gorge, Carter Co., Kentucky
Edward T. Browne, Jr., University of Kentucky

Since the discovery of Taxus canadensis Marsh, in the
gorge of Tygarts Creek, other species of very restricted
range in Kentucky have been noted from this area.
Through the work of Dr. Lucy Braun and others we now
know of about twelve species of vascular plants which
occur here and nowhere else in the state as well as others
of somewhat greater, although restricted, range. The
occurrence of these species is thought by some to be the
result of their survival during glaciation. While some
evidence supports this belief, other evidence may indi-
cate a different explanation. Information in support of

(58)

Immunoelectrophoretic Analysis of Plasma
Proteins of Posthatchling and Adult
Passer domesticus

Francis M. Bush and Charlene A. Seibert,
Medical College of Virginia

White rabbits synthesized antibodies after injections of
total plasma proteins of 18 day hatchling and adult
House Sparrows. Plasma from sparrows of various ages
electrophoresed and reacted with rabbit anti-sparrow
plasma sera revealed adults produced more lines of pre-
cipitation than younger specimens. Adult patterns ex-
hibited greater precipitation and stained more intensely
than those of young. This suggests quantitative differ-
ences during development.

Cross reactions showed hatchling and adult plasmas
had several similar lines of precipitation. This indicates
continual synthesis in adult plasma of some earlier dif-
ferentiated proteins. Patterns of five day hatchlings had
fewer lines of precipitation than those of 18 day hatch-
lings. This suggests progressive synthesis of proteins
after hatching. Reactions of adult sparrow and chicken
plasmas with the antisera of each species showed about
one-fifth of all proteins to be similar. But sparrow and
human plasmas failed to react reciprocally. (Supported
by A. D. Williams 3558(555) and N. I. H. Grant GM
13649-01(3792)).

(30)

Reaction of Helenium amarum to
Gibberellic Acid

Donald Caplenor and Dao Cong Nhu, Tennessee
Technological University and George Peabody College

Gross responses of the species Helenium amarum
(Raf.) H. Rock to various dosages of gibberellin, as a
substitute for long photoperiods, were studied. Gib-
berellin A ± X (GAX + GAs) and potassium salt of
gibberellic acid (KG As, 75% acid) were used. The cal-
culation of the concentration of KGAj was based upon
the acid part of KGA3 only. Results are summarized as
follows:

24

ASB Bulletin

1. The elevation of rosette leaves required a minimum
of 0.0025 microgram/plant of GAi + GA3 or KGA3.

2. The elongation of rosette leaves required a mini-
mum of 0.0025 microgram/plant of GAi + GA3 or
KG A ,.

3. Initiation of bolting required a minimum of 0.511
microgram/plant grown on agar (GAi + GAS) or
0.522 microgram/plant grown on soil (GAi + GA:1)
or 0.412 microgram/plant (KGAj).

4. Initiation of flower formation required a minimum
of 1.482 microgram/plant of GAi + GA3 or 1.450
microgram/plant of KGAa.

It was concluded that the elevation and elongation of
rosette leaves may serve as criteria for the bioassay of
gibberellin. At the 5% level of significance, responses
were significant with each 10-fold increment of gibberel-
lin concentration. The Log dose/Log response curves
are linear in the range from 0.0025 to 0.25 microgram/
plant.

(141)

Chromosome Numbers in the Genus Draparnaldia

Jack W. Carroll and T. R. Deason,
University of Alabama

Three species of Draparnaldia Bory, a green, ulotri-
chalean alga, were grown in Bristol’s medium at a tem-
perature of about 22 degrees C. The algae received 300
foot candles illumination from soft-white fluorescent
bulbs on a 12 hr.- 12 hr. light-darkness cycle. Under
these conditions, the algae divided cynchronously, and
chromosome counts of 13 were obtained in all three spe-
cies using an abbreviated aceto-orcein technique.

(19)

Ecological-Genetic Aspects of South Amherst
Drosophila Populations
J. E. Carver, Jr., University of Kentucky

In order to evaluate the influence of various ecological
parameters on the genetic structure of Drosophila popu-
lations, studies were begun to determine whether or not
Drosophila melanogaster (and other species) are con-
tinuous in the South Amherst, Massachusetts locale. If
the flies do overwinter, an a priori expectation is that
the process involves a high degree of genetic adaptation
which may be reflected by a difference in frequency, via-
bility, and variance values for drastic heterozygotes in
overwintering versus peak summer-fall populations. Re-
sults thus far reveal that Drosophila algonquin, funebris,
putrida and quinaria, and Chymomyza amoena over win-
ter in a non-adult stage in apple orchard soil at tem-
peratures approaching but not reaching 0° C. The fre-
quency of lethal-bearing second chromosomes in D.
melanogaster was lower in samples from the smaller
spring population. Viability and variance analysis re-
veals an irregular pattern of statistically significant and
nonsignificant differences, the meaning of which will
require analysis of additional samples now under study.

(90)

The Development of the Ovule and
Megagametophyte in Luzula bulbosa
(Wood) Rydb.

Janice C. Coffey and J. M. Herr, Jr.,

Clemson University at Sumter and University of
South Carolina

A single, hypodermal archesporium differentiates after
initiation of the inner integument in the slightly curved
ovule of Luzula bulbosa (Wood) Rydb. and divides un-
equally to produce a parietal and sporogenous cell. By
enlargement the sporogenous cell forms the megasporo-
cyte. Two cells produced by anticlinal division of the
parietal cell enlarge markedly through the course of
meiosis, formation of the linear tetrad, and early mega-
gametogenesis from the chalazal megaspore. Concomit-
antly, the crassinucellate nucellus expands laterally by
periclinal cell divisions, the outer integument emerges
and elongates, and the ovule assumes anatropous form.
The chalazal nucleus of the 2-nucleate megagametophyte
enlarges to marked hypertrophy as the micropylar nu-
cleus divides twice and ultimately establishes the egg
apparatus and a polar nucleus. The absence of vacuoles
in the synergids is another unusual feature. With ma-
turation of the megagametophyte, the cells of the inner
integument develop secondary walls while those of the
outer integument remain parenchymatous and proliferate
at the apex to initiate the caruncle, a prominent structure
in the mature seed.

(44)

Effects of Actinomycin-D on Nucleic Acid
Synthesis in Grasshopper Neuroblasts

Madison B. Cole, Jr., Ralph E. Stephens, and

J. Gordon Carlson, The University of Tennessee

Embryos of the grasshopper, Chortophaga viridifas-
ciata (DeGeer), equivalent to 14-15 days development at
26° C., were placed in a culture medium containing
known concentrations of the antibiotic, actinomycin-D,
and 10 microcuries per milliliter of tritiated uridine. At
the end of Vz, 1, 2, 4, and 8 hours in culture, the em-
bryos were fixed in 50 percent acetic acid, squashed, and
prepared for autoradiography. Analysis of the auto-
radiographs indicates that uridine uptake (ribonucleic
acid synthesis) by neuroblasts is reduced significantly by
one hour exposure to one to two micrograms (8 to 16 x
10“10 M) of actinomycin-D per milliliter of culture me-
dium at 38° C. Effects of actinomycin-D on thymidine
uptake (deoxyribonucleic acid synthesis) are being in-
vestigated. The results of these studies and their possi-
ble implications will be discussed. (This study was sup-
ported in part by the Atomic Energy Commission under
contract number AT-(40-l)-2575.)

(80)

Habitat Factors Associated with Mountain
Disjuncts in the Eastern Piedmont
of North Carolina

Arthur W. Cooper and James W. Hardin,

North Carolina State University

An interesting floristic pattern observed in North Caro-
lina involves species which show Mountain-eastern Pied-
mont disjunctions. There are certain unique features of
the environment of the eastern Piedmont where these
disjuncts occur. Climatic data suggest that this region
has lower temperatures, shorter frost-free season, and
higher rainfall than adjacent areas in the interior Pied-
mont and Upper Coastal Plain. The topography of the
eastern Piedmont is more rugged than adjacent regions.
The soils of the region are not so heavily weathered as
those in the interior Piedmont and Upper Coastal Plain,
as judged by evidence from clay accumulation and base
status. The topographic and soil features are probably

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

25

related to stream cutting periods of lower sea level.
Considered collectively, these features seem sufficient to
account for the local persistence of the Mountain species
from a time of continuous distribution during the Wis-
consin period of Pleistocene glaciation.

(132)

Vertical Distribution of Microfungi on Two Trees
in the Luquillo Experimental Forest,
Puerto Rico

G. T. Cowley, University of South Carolina

Leaf samples taken from the bottom, middle and top
of a Dacryodes excelsa tree and a Manilkara nitida tree
were investigated for microfungi on or within them. By
a dilution plate method, population sizes were estimated
and 25 random colonies were isolated from each sample.
At the time of sampling, five Petri dishes of Martin’s
medium were exposed to the atmosphere for 15 minutes
at each of four elevations; ground level, 30 ft., 48 ft.,
and 66 ft. The last elevation was above the forest
canopy.

Little correlation could be made between plate counts
and elevation on Dacryodes leaves, but on Manilkara
leaves, plate counts decreased significantly with height.
Fewer species were isolated from the top of either tree
than from lower levels. Similarly, the number of col-
onies and species on plates exposed to the air decreased
with elevation.

A degree of specificity of fungal species for tree spe-
cies was apparent, and the fungal species composition
was more uniform of Manilkara than on Dacryodes.

(81)

Preparation of 14C Labeled Grass for Use in
Evaluating Organic Turnover in a
Prairie Ecosystem

Roger C. Dahlman, Oak Ridge National Laboratory,
Oak Ridge, Tenn.

Clair L. Kucera, University of Missouri

Carbon-14 is a useful tracer to use in studying organic
cycling processes of the ecosystem. Simple technique
and inexpensive apparatus are described for obtaining
“C labeled grass plants under both laboratory and field
conditions. Radiocarbon was incorporated into root and
shoot systems of prairie grasses in situ. Regenerated
foliage, as the result of clipping 6 weeks prior to expo-
sure, contained 7 times more llC than maturing vegeta-
tion, indicating a greater photosynthetic rate. In mature
vegetation, however, a proportionately greater amount of
the total photosynthate was translocated to the root sys-
tem. The roots were adequately labeled with 14C for
subsequent study of turnover, transfer, and decay proc-
esses.

Organic materials, possessing a somewhat higher spe-
cific activity (43 microcuries per gram of carbon), were
obtained by growing prairie grasses from seedling to
maturity in a closed system using an inexpensive plexi-
glass growth chamber. More "C was present in shoots
than roots. Both materials were used in decomposition
and carbon transfer studies. (This study was supported
by National Science Foundation Grant 702 and Univer-
sity of Missouri Research Council Grant 160.)

(109)

Ultrastructure of the Caecum of
Haematoloechus medioplexus

Donald A. Davis, B. J. Bogitsh and D. A. Nunnally,
Vanderbilt University

The ultrastructure of the lining of the caecum of Hae-
matoloechus medioplexus is investigated with a Phillips
100-C electron microscope. The lining is cellular pos-
sessing large sparse nuclei each with a prominent nucleo-
lus. Numerous elongated cytoplasmic processes believed
to facilitate endocytosis are found extending from the
surface of these cells. Many large, irregularly shaped
mitochondria are demonstrated which often contain in-
tramitochondrial granules. Extensive rough endoplasmic
reticulum is shown throughout the cells. Vacuoles of
various sizes are present. Some vacuoles are bounded by
rough endoplasmic reticulum and are presumed to be
lysosomes. Other more dense vacuoles are generally
smaller and are thought to contain secretory products.
There is no indication of secretory and absorptive cycles
in the animal. (Supported, in part, by National Science
Foundation Grant GB-4742.)

(Ill)

Some Effects of Specific and Nonspecific
Proteolytic Enzymes on the Notochordal Sheath
of Bullfrog Larvae

Josephine Delaney and Roy Hunter, Jr.,
Atlanta University

The precise origin of the bilaminar notochordal sheath
in larval amphibians has been in dispute for many dec-
ades. Much of the confusion has been due to a lack of
reliable information on its chemical composition. In
an effort to clarify some of the data, the procedure of
enzymic hydrolysis was employed. Specific and non-
specific proteolytic enzymes were used on thin sections
of tails from bullfrog larvae. Prolonged exposure to
trypsin and elastase resulted in general tissue disruptions.
The elastic lamella of the sheath was unaffected by elas-
tase and other enzymes. The inner fibrous lamella and
the basement membrane under the epidermis were com-
pletely hydrolyzed by collagenase. The data have been
interpreted to mean that the inner lamella of the sheath
is collagenous; that the outer lamella is nonelastin in
nature.

(8)

The Epiphytic Orchids of Honduras, II

Robert A. Dietz, Troy State College

The initial phase of a study of variation in Honduras
epiphytic orchids is complete after three collecting trips
to that country between 1965 and 1967. Polyploid com-
plexes have tentatively been identified in Cattleya and
Oncidium. A species list has been prepared, with an-
notations, containing 63 genera and 388 species, for dis-
tribution at the meeting. (Supported in part by grants
from Troy State College, and the Alabama Academy of
Science.)

26

ASB Bulletin

(17)

Studies of the Exchange of Trace Elements
Between Estuarine Sediments and Water

Thomas W. Duke, James N. Willis, and
Douglas A. Wolfe, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
Radiobiological Laboratory, Beaufort, North Carolina

A radioisotopic technique was developed for the study
of elemental exchange between cores of estuarine sedi-
ments and overlying estuarine water. Sediments are col-
lected in a coring device constructed with a lucite cylin-
der which is plugged and detached after a core is taken.
After equilibration of the cores with estuarine water, the
cylinder is slipped into the well of a lead shield con-
structed so that radiation from only a narrow wedge of
the water column is measured. Radioactive tracer is
added to the water in the cylinder and the concentration
of radioactivity, measured with a 3-inch crystal and
single-channel spectrometer, is recorded instantaneously
and continuously. Exchange rate on an areal basis is
calculated from the initial specific activity and loss of the
isotope from the water. The exchangeable amount of
the element in the sediment is determined from the spe-
cific activity in the water after the tracer in the water
has equilibrated with the sediments.

(139)

Deep Water Algae in the Gulf of Mexico

Sylvia A. Earle, Cape Haze Marine Laboratory and
Farlow Herbarium, Harvard University

Most benthic marine algae occur in depths of less than
30 meters, but certain species are known to grow in
depths exceeding 100 meters. Species known to range
into both shallow and deep habitats in the Gulf of
Mexico are listed and compared with species known only
from deep water. Special note is made of recent collec-
tions taken in 55-60 meters of water in the vicinity of the
Dry Tortugas, Florida from the R/V ANTON BRUUN,
and previous records of algae taken from deep water in
the Gulf are reviewed. The theory of chromatic adapta-
tion is briefly discussed.

(73)

The Role and Status of Kudzu in the Southeast

Joe A. Edmisten and Henry F. Perkins,
University of Georgia

Experiments were done to investigate the role of kudzu
(Pueraria lobata ) in changing the physical and chemical
characteristics of soils and to establish the productivity
and protein content of this legume. Experiments were
done in which the rates of the extension of kudzu into
forested and bare areas were established. Other experi-
ments were done to ascertain the protein content of
kudzu and to investigate the feasibility of utilizing its
leaves as a source of human food. The rate of spread
of kudzu appears to have been exaggerated due to its
dramatic clinging aspect. Productivity ranged from 5600
lb/acre/yr to 9606 lb/acre/yr. Kudzu’s greatest im-
pact on the soil is physical, but small amounts of NH3
and NOn are added to the soil after frost kills it. The
nitrogen content of kudzu leaves was 2.8% ±0.18 or
about 18% protein. The leaves of kudzu were cooked
in several manners and were found to be palatable.

(1)

Genetic Fruit Polymorphism in Valerianella
(Tourn.) Mill (Valerianaceae)

Donna Marie Eggers, Vanderbilt University

Valerianella ozarkana Dyal and V . bushii Dyal, en-
demics to the Ozarks Region, can be differentiated solely
on the basis of the striking difference in the morphol-
ogies of their indehiscent fruits. The fruit of the first
has three prominent keels, one dorsal and two ventral,
with a conspicuous line of hairs along the edge of each
keel, in contrast to the fruit of the second which has no
keels. Both types of fruit never occur on the same indi-
vidual. These plants are commonly found growing in
mixed colonies, and they flower simultaneously. Tests
utilizing samples of fruits of both types show that among
the plantings of a particular fruit-type a few of the prog-
eny produce fruits with the other morphology. Thus,
this “species-pair” actually represents a sibling relation-
ship within one genetically dimorphic species. The pos-
sibility of fruit polymorphism in another species-pair,
V. umbilicata (Sulliv.) Wood and V. patellaria (Sulliv. )
Wood is also discussed.

(57)

Molecular Hybridization of Human and
Pigeon Hemoglobin

W. Donald Fattig and Dail W. Mullins,
Southwestern at Memphis and Memphis State University

Mixtures of human and pigeon hemoglobin (carbon-
monoxy form) were dialyzed against acetate buffer (pH
4.2) for eight hours, then against a tris-citrate-borate
buffer (pH 8.5) for six hours, at room temperature. The
resulting mixture, together with controls of unmixed
pigeon and human hemoglobin which had been treated
identically, were subjected to starch-gel electrophoresis.
The gels were stained with benzidene dichloride, an iron-
specific stain, to reveal the migration positions of the
hemoglobins. The results indicate the formation, under
the above conditions, of two kinds of “new” molecules
in the mixture. The observations suggest that, as with
mixtures of human and canine hemoglobins, the parental
species of molecules dissociate at low pH into alpha and
beta chain dimers which randomly reassociate at higher
pH. The recombining ability of these molecular sub-
units supports the generalization that vertebrate hemo-
globins have a similar quaternary structure.

(96)

Use of the Appendix Masculina as a Taxonomic
Character in the Shrimp Palaemonetes

Laurence E. Fleming, Mississippi State University

The American species of Palaemonetes are currently
identified by characters based on spinosa and tubercular
ornamentation of several different body sites. Because
of variation and overlap, identification and relationships
are difficult to determine. In many Malacostraca, struc-
tures used in amplexus, particularly male appendages,
have been useful in taxonomic and evolutionary studies.
In Palaemonetes the first two pleopods exhibit sexual
dimorphism. The second pleopods of the males bear an
accessory ramus, the appendix masculina. Setal orna-
mentation of the appendix masculina is apparently
unique and stable. Thus, these features are of potential
value for systematic study of the Palaemonidae, perhaps

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

27

even as significant as are the appendage modifications in
such groups as Astacidae, Asellidae, and Entocytheridae.
(This research was supported in part by NSF Grant No.
Gfi-4719 to Dr. J. F. Fitzpatrick, Jr.)

(29)

Histochemical Effects of Indole-3-Acetic Acid and
Kinetin during Megagametogenesis in Lilium
Franklin F. Flint, Randolph-Macon Woman's College

Floral buds of Lilium candidum treated with Indole
Acetic Acid, Kinetin, and a combination of both show
effects of this treatment during megagametogenesis. The
general effect in each treatment was a retardation of the
developmental stages. Indole Acetic Acid-treated plants
showed the least retardation (25-30%), and Kinetin-
treated the most (40-50% or more). The megagame-
tophyte of Kinetin-treated plants did not mature, many
ovaries aborted, and there was one example of twin
sporocytes being initiated in one ovule. Cellular protein
concentration as measured by the mercuric brom phenol
blue method showed no consistent variations between
treated and non-treated specimens. Carbohydrate con-
centration in the ovary wall, as measured with the PAS
reagent, during megagametogenesis varied considerably
with the kinetin-treated groups having a greater quantity
and distribution. IAA-treated material had less than
the control groups, although it persisted for a longer
period of time.

There is a good correlation between the retardation of
megagametogenesis in the treated material with the quan-
tity and persistence of carbohydrate accumulation in the
cells of the ovary wall. Kinetin has the greater effect.

(56)

Comparative Aspects of Peromyscus Hemoglobin
Ionographic Properties

Charles W. Foreman, The University of the South

Ten species of Peromyscus sampled to date from
eleven different sites from Arizona to Pennsylvania have
shown different proportions and combinations of four
electrophoretically separable hemoglobins. One species,
P. gossypinus, shows genetic hemoglobin polymorphism
in each of three separate populations. Another, P. Leu-
copus, has shown only one departure from the usual type
among over 100 specimens from five sites between Penn-
sylvania and Texas. Two species. P. nuttalli and P. ere-
micus, have single hemoglobins, and the others have
multiple hemoglobins. Much of these data have been
published in three separate papers; however, original data
will be included for four species and four subspecies
from three states upon which I have made no previous
public report. (Supported by NSF GB-2391 and GB-
4639.)

(53)

Phenothiazine Derivatives and Biological
Pregnancy Tests Using Ram pipiens and
R. clamitans as Test Animals
Beryl C. Franklin, Northeast Louisiana State College

A total of 109 hospitalized mental patients were di-
vided into three groups by age. Pregnancy tests were
performed to determine the interference, if any, by tran-
quilizing drugs of the phenothiazine group. Nine false-
positive tests were elicited when Rana pipiens was the

test animal, only one when R. clamitans was used. R.
clamitans was compared to R. pipiens in only one group.
The results indicate that when the subject is using pheno-
thiazine derivatives, a biological pregnancy test is more
reliable when using R. clamitans rather than R. pipiens.

(110)

Specificity of Action of Proteolytic Enzymes
(Histological Evaluation)

William W. Norris, Northeast Louisiana State College

The specificity of action of papain and ficin on struc-
tural aspects of muscle tissue was investigated histologi-
cally. Skeletal muscle from fish, amphibians, reptiles,
birds and mammals was quickly quenched at -79° C.,
sectioned in a cryostat, placed on microscope slides, in-
cubated with enzyme solutions of known concentration,
temperature, and hydrogen ion concentration for a pre-
scribed interval of time. Papain and ficin hydrolyzed
the sarcolemma, sarcoplasm, myofibrils of skeletal mus-
cle of all forms tested. Both enzymes exhibited limited
hydrolytic action on the nuclei of muscle fibers. Papain
and ficin attacked the endomysium, perimysium, and epi-
mysium, but apparently had reduced action on the nuclei
of fibroblast. The cytological changes elicited by these
enzymes are compared to the changes induced by heating
alone or by low or high hydrogen ion concentration.

(2)

Trillium maculatum Raf. and Related Taxa of
Sessile-flowered Trillium
John D. Freeman, Vanderbilt University

Since 1753, more than fifty specific or varietal names
have been proposed for sessile-flowered Trillium. Be-
cause of this burdensome synonymy, there exists little
agreement among taxonomists as to the valid names for
various taxa. Much of the taxonomic confusion con-
cerning the sessile trilliums of the southeastern states in-
volves the entity to which the name T. maculatum Raf.
should apply. The present study, based on field work in
17 eastern states and supplemented by examination of
herbarium specimens and types, has shown that T. macu-
latum may be distinguished from other species having
sessile flowers, including T. underwoodii Small — a valid
name often relegated to synonymy. These two species
occupy much the same geographic range in the south-
eastern coastal plain where sympatric populations are
not uncommon. Evidence of hybridization between the
two is lacking and in view of their consistent morpho-
logical differences, T. maculatum and T. underwoodii
should be accorded taxonomic recognition as distinct en-
tities.

(77)

Quantitative Considerations of Ecosystem
Disturbance by Gamma Irradiation

Arthur Garrett, Emory University
(Present address, U. S. Public Health Service,
Southeastern Radiological Health Laboratory.)

Phenological and quantitative changes occurring in
segments of granite outcrop ecosystems were recorded
during two year's exposure to gamma irradiation.
Chronic dose rates constituted a gradient from 161 to
0.8 Roentgens per hour. Changes in taxonomic com-
position of the plant and soil arthropod communities

28

ASB Bulletin

have been quantified by means of several indexes of
dominance, diversity and similarity. These index values
will be considered in terms of their relationship to photo-
graphic and subjective observations. Both subjective and
quantitative observations indicate the nature and extent
of ecosystem disruption by radiation. In this case, many
aspects of ecosystem alteration are similar to the re-
ported effects of other stress factors. Results of the
present paper support those who have suggested three
phases of ecosystem response: quantitative compositional
changes, alteration of dominance and extinction. Radia-
tion is a precisely controllable environmental factor and
therefore is useful as a tool in investigating the mechan-
isms giving rise to the general case effects on ecosystems.

(99)

Effects of Ethanol on Morphogenesis and
Distribution of Glycogen in Developing
Ran a pipiens

Norman E. Garrison and J. E. Davis, Jr.,

Wake Forest College

Rana pipiens larvae were reared under varying con-
centrations of ethanol for 95 hours, starting at stage 10.
Studies revealed suppressed development and hatching,
thoracic abnormalities (gross and histological), and al-
tered glycogen content in all larvae. Decreased glycogen
was pronounced in larvae reared in near-lethal concen-
trations of ethanol. These results support the hypothesis
that high concentrations of ethanol cause an alteration in
glycogen content and, consequently, in development.

(54)

Separation of Mature and Immature Quail
Hypothalami Extracts by Gel Filtration

R. E. Garth, J. R. Fortman, and K. J. Smith,
Mississippi State College for Women and
Northwestern State College of Louisiana

The ICSH-releasing factor(s) of male birds is thought
to be produced by the hypothalamus. Homoginates of
hypothalamic material from mature and immature quail
were fractionated by gel filtration on Sephadex G-25 and
the fractions bio-assayed by the degree of ascorbic acid
depletion in mice ovaries. Consistent differences in the
gel filtrates were obtained, but mice ovaries proved to be
unsuitable for use in ascorbic acid depletion tests.

(117)

The Effects of Artificial Predation on the
Behavior and Population Densities of
Pogonomyrmex badius Colonies
John B. Gentry, University of Georgia

Twenty colonies of the southern harvester ant, Pogo-
nomyrmex badius, were subjected to daily removal of
workers for a period of five months during the summer
of 1965. Ten colonies lost 10 workers per day and 10
colonies lost 50 workers per day. Ten additional col-
onies served as controls. One-half (15) of the colonies
were excavated at the end of the experiment to determine
population densities. Daily activity among the colonies
losing 50 workers per day was greatly altered in response
to the artificial predation pressure. Although there was
no significant difference between the controls and the
treated colonies in the number of ants produced (re-
moved plus excavated), the worker population of the 50

per day group showed, upon excavation, a 50% reduc-
tion in density. No effect in behavior or worker density
among the 10 per day group was noted. The remaining
15 colonies survived the winter and showed normal be-
havior the next summer.

(124)

Forces Produced by Beating Flagella of
Polytomella agilis

Stephen M. Gittleson, University of Kentucky

Forces produced by the beating flagella of Polytomella
agilis have been assessed by measuring the displacement
of polystyrene spheres (0.365 u in diameter) in suspen-
sion about the motile organism. Stokes’ law relates the
hydrodynamic force directly to the frictional coefficient
and velocity of the sphere. Velocity of the polystyrene
spheres was measured from 16 mm motion pictures taken
at 50 frames/sec at 256X. The spheres had an average
velocity of 36.2 u/sec with a range from 21.3 to 52.7
u/sec. P. agilis move forward at the average velocity
of 80.0 u/sec. The flagella produce a force of about
1.1 x 10~s dynes. This agrees closely with the 3.0 x 10 8
dyne force exerted by the flagellum of Trypanosoma
brucei on deforming a red blood cell (Holwill, 1965);
and the 1.2 x 10~s dyne force with which the large ab-
frontal cilium of Mytilus edulis beats in normal sea water
(Yoneda. 1960, 1962).

(113)

The Distribution of Seastars of the North Carolina
Continental Shelf

I. E. Gray, Duke University

Twenty genera and 30 species of asteriods have been
taken on the Continental Shelf off North Carolina. Nine
northern species have their southern limits, and sixteen
tropical and subtropical species have their northern limits
of range here. Only five range both north and south.
North-south transition is not indicated; species with dif-
ferent geographical affinities may be in different marine
climates at the same latitude. Tropical species are rare
north of Cape Hatteras except at the edge of the shelf
under the Florida Current; boreal species are not com-
mon south of the cape. The most abundant seastars of
the shelf are Astropecten articulatus, Luidia clathrata,
Astropecten americanus and Asterias forbesii. Charts
showing distribution in relation to biotic provinces of the
shelf are presented. The 18-20 species that live in the
continuously cold, deep waters beyond the shelf, al-
though in the latitude of North Carolina, are not in-
cluded. (Supported by NSF grant G-25, 128.)

(10)

Sag Pond Vegetation in Northwest Georgia

Philip F-C. Greear, Shorter College

Natural ponds in the Ridge and Valley province of
northwest Georgia support coastal plain types of vegeta-
tion because climatic, geologic, edaphic and hydrologic
factors there are similar to those of the Coastal Plain
province. Twenty-three species of vascular plants pre-
viously reported only from the Coastal Plain grow there.
There are twenty-five other species usually associated
with the Coastal Plain which were not previously re-
ported from the Ridge and Valley province. An addi-
tional twenty-two species have affinities with coastal
plain vegetation. Six other species are related to the

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

29

vegetation of northern provinces. Vegetative zones in
these ponds are mainly the product of hydroperiodic in-
fluences. Duration of hydroperiod depends largely upon
the thickness of sapropelic silt deposited in the pond de-
pressions. Relative stages of pond maturity can be rec-
ognized by distinctive elements of the vegetative zones.

(142)

A Botanical Case of Mayr’s Founder Principle
from the Charophyta
Dana G. Griffin, III, University of Tennessee

Four populations of dioecious charophytes are now
known wherein only one sex is present. Examination of
available evidence regarding dispersal mechanisms in
this group suggests (a priori) that these populations of
haploid organisms are clonal or near-clonal, having origi-
nated from a single or very few oospores. If such is the
case, they would represent rather extreme examples of
Mayr’s “founder population.” Alternative hypotheses
concerning their mode of origin are discussed.

(140)

A Further Look at the Biosystematics of
Chara zeylanica

Dana G. Griffin, III, University of Tennessee

Interpreted in the broadest sense, Chara zeylanica
(Charophyta) can include populations having any one of
4 possible chromosome numbers (n = 14. 28, 42, or 56).
Breeding experiments, however, strongly suggest that
effective biological isolation occurs between certain sub-
specific taxa within this complex. The greatest morpho-
logical divergence between these taxa appears to occur
in that part of the range where they are sympatric.
Data from populations outside this area fail to confirm
that a similar degree of divergence has taken place.

Of interest, at present, are two putative hybrids from
Brazil. Suggestions as to their possible parentage are
made.

(104)

Life Cycle of Procyotrema marsupiformis
Harkema and Miller, 1959
(Trematoda: Alariinae)

Alva H. Harris, R. Harkema, and G. C. Miller,

N. C. State University

Intermediate hosts involved in the life cycle of P.
marsupiformis were determined and larval stages were
described. Eggs were obtained from the pancreatic duct
of the definitive host and incubated in pond water. Para-
site free planorbid snails were exposed to miracidia and
the resulting cercariae infected laboratory-raised tad-
poles. These tadpoles containing the mesocercarial stage
were fed to non-infected raccoons for the recovery of
the diplostomula in the lungs and the adults in the pan-
creatic duct. The miracidium has two eyespots, two
pairs of flame cells, and an epidermal plate pattern of
6:9:4:3. It develops into a mother sporocyst in the
periesophageal blood sinus of the snail host. Mother
sporocysts produce daughter sporocysts which, in turn,
produce pharyngeate, longifurcous cercariae. Cercariae
possess 4 preacetabular penetration glands and a flame
cell formula of 2 [(2 + 2) + (2 + 2 (2) )] = 20 total.

(83)

Forest Vegetation Patterns in Southern
Beaufort County, North Carolina
Gary S. Hartshorn, North Carolina State University

A vegetation analysis of southern Beaufort County,
North Carolina was made during the summer of 1966.
The study area, located south of the Pamlico River, is in
the outer coastal plain. A sandy ridge, west of the Suf-
folk Scrap, bisects the area. Elevation ranges from 5
to 60 feet above sea level. Relief, as it affects drainage,
is the most variable of the factors affecting vegetation.

Because of the disturbed nature of the area, vegeta-
tion patterns were developed in relation to several soil
drainage catenas. Soils of the Craven-Lenoir-Bladen-
Bayboro catena, characterized by subsoils with greater
than 45% clay, are generally dominated by hardwoods.
In the Lakeland-Alaga-Albany-Plummer-Rutledge catena,
characterized by sandier subsoils, pines dominate the
drier sites with broad-leaved evergreens and hardwoods
in moister situations.

(15)

Toxicity of Endrin to Gambusia affinis: A
Comparison of Static and Flow-through
Bioassay Systems

John R. Hebert, Bobby F. Dowden, Harry J. Bennett,
Louisiana State University and Mississippi State
College for Women

Toxicity threshold values for Gambusia affinis sub-
jected to endrin indicate that values measured in a static
bioassay system are significantly greater than those meas-
ured in a flow-through system. The usefulness of tox-
icity thresholds measured in static systems is question-
able. All the values measured were significantly lower
than endrin concentrations purported to constitute no
hazard to wildlife.

(101)

A New Hystrichis (Nematoda: Dioctophymidae)
from the Common Crow
Larry Hendricks, North Carolina State University

One hundred and fifteen crows ( Corvus branchyrhy-
chos) were collected in North Central North Carolina on
April 23, 1966 in conjunction with the Southeastern
Crow Hunting Association’s Annual Hunt. Twenty
specimens of the nematode genus Hystrichis were re-
covered from the lining of the esophagus. Morphologi-
cal characters appear to be sufficiently different from the
known species of Hystrichis to warrant description of a
new species. North America represents a new locality
record for this genus of nematode. This is also the first
record of birds in the Order Passeriformes serving as
hosts for this nematode in the New World.

(92)

An Innovation in the Paraffin Embedding
Technique for the Preparation of
Excised Angiosperm Ovules
J. M. Herr, Jr., University of South Carolina

Accurate determination of spatial relationships in de-
veloping ovules from several species has been enhanced
by a new technique for precise and repeatable selection

30

ASB Bulletin

of specific section planes. Ovules removed from fixed
ovularies to a glass planchet and prestained in 0.5% saf-
ranin in 70% ethanol for ten minutes are advanced at
ten minute intervals through a tertiary butanol series.
The planchet containing absolute tertiary butanol is
transferred to a covered petri dish on a warming table.
Chips of aerated paraffin are added over a period of
thirty minutes, and the petri cover is then removed.
After the alcohol evaporates, the ovules are transferred
to fresh paraffin in a special flat dish coated with RTV
60 silicone rubber and, viewed through a dissecting mi-
croscope, are then precisely and uniformly arranged on
the flat bottom of the dish. The dish is then rapidly
cooled. The paraffin cast is shaped for sectioning so that
the flat surface against which the ovules are positioned
remains unaltered and becomes the front face of the sec-
tion block. With the alignment of the front face per-
pendicular to the cutting edge of the knife, the predeter-
mined section plane for the ovules is achieved. The
technique is illustrated for ovules from Ludwigia Uru-
guay ensis (Camb.) Hara.

(74)

The Ecological Status of Pinus Strobus L.
in Ogle County, Illinois
W. S. Hooks, Lynchburg College

An unusual distribution of Pinus strobus L. in rela-
tionship to topography and certain meterological phe-
nomena raised the question as to the ecological status
and origin of the only P. strobus stand in the State of
Illinois. This stand has been referred to in literature as
the extreme southern extension of the Wisconsin P. stro-
bus forest. Investigations were initiated in 1956 and
concluded in 1966. The techniques of dendrochronology
were applied to the stand. A witness tree survey of the
study area was made. Presently, developing growths of
P. strobus, on similar topography and under the same
meterological influences have been observed.

Results indicate that the stand is not natural but has
developed following the settlement of the area by white
man and was due to his interruption of the normal eco-
logical situation.

(16)

Metabolic Rates of Estuarine Fish
Donald E. Hoss, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries
Radiobiological Laboratory , Beaufort, North Carolina

The resting metabolism of pinfish (Lagodon rhom-
boides), black sea bass ( Centropristes striatus), Atlantic
croaker ( Micropogon undulatus), and oyster toadfish
( Opsanus tau) was measured in the laboratory by means
of a flowing-water respirometer. Resting metabolism
was related to body weight by the equation Q = aWk,
where Q is the metabolic rate, W is the weight of the
animal, and the values of a and k are constants derived
from experimental data for a species. Some investigators
also have stated that k values of various species do not
vary significantly from 0.8. This value for k has been
used to calculate the resting metabolism of certain spe-
cies of fish when a was determined experimentally. In
my investigations the value of k fluctuated significantly
between species. The value 0.8 cannot be used as a con-
stant in calculating metabolic rates for all species of fish
for reasons discussed.

(98)

Staining Techniques for the Endocrine Pancreas

Ernest L. Hunt, Emory University

Excellent and specific techniques are available for the
identification of cell types of the islets of Langerhans,
but these techniques have been mainly developed for use
with mammalian tissue. In a comparative study of the
pancreas from other vertebrates the standard methods
are not uniformly satisfactory. This report will indicate
certain modifications of routine techniques which have
proved useful particularly in the study of fish and of bird
pancreatic cell types. The major modification to be dis-
cussed is a very rapid method using the standard Gomori
aldehyde fuchsin, but substituting Ehrlich’s acid hema-
toxylin for the more usual nuclear stain.

(52)

Possibility of Beryllium-Manganese Antagonism
in Amputated Forelimbs of Triturus viridescens

Diane Sue Imhoff and Richard E. Garth,
Mississippi State College for Women

The alterations in the histological pattern of normal
salamander limb regeneration which are brought about
by beryllium have been previously described. The exact
mechanism of this alteration is unknown. The alkaline
phosphatase system which may be involved in regenera-
tion has been shown to be inhibited by beryllium in vitro.
This inhibition can be removed by the addition of man-
ganese. Bilateral amputation of salamander forelimbs
and subsequent treatment with various combinations of
beryllium and manganese indicate that reversal of beryl-
lium inhibition by manganese is involved in vivo. The
tentative conclusion is that the alkaline phosphatase sys-
tem utilized magnesium as an essential activating ion
which can be displaced by beryllium. The beryllium in
turn can be displaced by manganese which allows a re-
turn to normal alkaline phosphatase activity.

(119)

The Reproductive Potential of D. affinis

Willard Jinks, Indiana Central College

The study of the reproductive potential of D. affinis
has produced new insight in population studies. Previous
investigators have suggested that food yeasts are species
specific to the flies involved and may affect reproduc-
tion. A study of the fecundity, longevity, viability, and
generation time indicates a preference for a yeast as food
but not a necessity. The data are as follows: fecundity
136-310 eggs/female, generation time — 14 days, aver-
age viability — 63%. Of the larvae ready to pupate —
40% -60% undergo diapause or die in the pupal stage.
Unlike D. melanogaster which can reproduce in the total
darkness, D. affinis requires light of a certain intensity
and duration in order to maintain maximum fecundity.
Preliminary data indicates that D. affinis slackens egg
production in total darkness. An additional experiment
suggests that D. affinis requires a minimum volume of
space per individual, and preliminary data indicate that
when a population is crowded into a small space, fe-
cundity decreases.

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

31

(23)

Green Tissues Among Neotropical Frogs

Duvall A. Jones, West Liberty State College

Green pigmentation of bone and other internal tissues
of live and newly preserved tropical frogs has been a
topic of curiosity for nearly a century. Biliverdin and
perhaps other pigments of hemoglobin metabolism ap-
pear to be responsible for the green coloration. Since
these pigments deteriorate rapidly in preserved speci-
mens. fresh material of more than thirty-five anuran
species was studied in the West Indies and Surinam.
Adults of sixteen species had green bones; of these, cer-
tain species consistently demonstrated plasma and tis-
sues that were variously saturated hues of green. Tad-
poles ordinarily lack the green coloration until the onset
of metamorphosis. The incidence of green pigmentation
is difficult to correlate with phylogeny, ecology, diet, red
blood cell count or concentration of blood hemoglobin.
Difficulty in determining the cause of pigment accumula-
tion may be due to formation of similar pigments by dif-
ferent mechanisms in the species concerned.

(7)

Habitat Hybridization in Vernonia (Compositae)

Samuel B. Jones, Jr., University of Southern Mississippi

A hybrid swarm of Vernonia was found on a habitat
which was intermediate between the habitats of the two
parents (V. augustifolia Michx. and V. altissima Nutt.)
and to which neither parent was as well adapted as the
hybrids. Vernonia augustifolia was on a high, dry,
sandy, turkey oak-longleaf pine bluff while V. altissima
was on the edge of a wet swamp forest. These habitats
were connected by a highway fill which provided a vari-
ety of intermediate ecological situations. This popula-
tion was observed over a period of five years. Local
population samples were collected and experimental
crosses were made. When man creates a disturbed or
hybridized habitat, hybridization often occurs between
species of Vernonia, which share the same general geo-
graphic distribution but are usually separated by ecologi-
cal barriers.

(46)

The Luteolytic Effect of Resectioned and Rejoined
Pseudopregnant Hamster Uteri
George C. Kent, Jr., Louisiana State University

Hysterectomy of hamsters rendered pseudopregnant by
sterile mating results in prolongation of hyperemia of the
corpora lutea of pseudopregnancy (PS) and postpone-
ment of the next psychic estrus until 15.85 ± .39
(S.E.M.) days after sterile mating (N = 78). Total re-
section of pseudopregnant uteri followed by immediate
rejunction of the uteri in situ on days 1, 2, or 3 of PS
gave the same result (15.59 ± .42 days, N = 32). Re-
section and immediate rejunction on days 5, 6. or 7 of
PS shortened the duration of PS to 11. 58 ±.50 days
(N = 31). To test the hypothesis that the synthesis or
release of a luteolytic substance of uterine origin de-
pends partly on intact uterine innervation (aff. or eff.?)
on day 4 of PS, pseudopregnant hamsters were treated
with analgesic agents during part of day 4 and the sub-
sequent effects on the corpora lutea and on PS were
observed. The results of these observations will be
discussed.

(93)

A Preliminary Report on Floral Induction in
Seedlings of Chenopodium album L.

T. W. Lucansky and J. M. Herr, Jr.,
University of South Carolina

Chenopodium album L., a short day plant, often grows
a meter or more in height before flowering in response
to the diminishing photoperiod from June through Octo-
ber. Under controlled conditions, floral induction has
been achieved in plants 12 to 24 inches in height by alter-
ing the daily photoperiod from 17 hours to 7 hours. In
an attempt to induce flowering with further reduction in
vegetative growth, seeds obtained from plants grown in
nature, in the greenhouse and in growth chambers were
planted in sand supplied with minerals and maintained
on 2-, 4-, and 6-hour photoperiods. Seeds produced in
the growth chambers showed a higher percentage and
rate of germination than those from nature or the green-
house. Seedlings in the 2-hour photoperiod showed ex-
treme etiolation and negligible growth of the epicotyl.
Those in the 4-hour regime, slightly etiolated, flowered
after producing an average of 21.6 leaves, to include
cotyledons, with the average length of the epicotyl 43.7
mm. Seedlings grown in the 6-hour photoperiod were
not etiolated and flowered after the epicotyl grew to an
average 8.3 mm. with an average leaf number of 12.1.
At flower initiation, the smallest seedling had produced
6 leaves and an epicotyl less than 1 mm. long.

(33)

Photosynthesis in Relation to Chlorophyll
Content, Stomatal Distribution, and Hill
Reaction Activity in Shade and Sun Ferns

C. Joseph Ludlow and Frederick T. Wolf,
Vanderbilt University

Photosynthetic data, including compensation points,
light saturation intensities, and maximal rates of photo-
synthesis have been earlier determined in two species
of ferns which grow in the shade ( Asplenium platyneu-
ron and Woodsia obtusa ), and in two sun species (Bot-
rychium dissection and Pellaea atropurpurea) . It was
shown that the quantity of chlorophyll was considerably
higher in the shade species. Proportionality between
chlorophyll content and photosynthetic rate was found
in only one species. Both stomatal number and maxi-
mal photosynthetic rates were higher in the sun species.
Hill reaction activity of isolated chloroplasts, followed
spectrophotometrically by reduction of 2,6-dichloropheno-
lindophenol was found to correlate well with maximal
photosynthetic rates, both of which are higher in sun
than in shade species.

(120)

Studies on the Life-History of the
Damselfly Lestes eurinus

Paul E. Lutz, University of North Carolina
at Greensboro

Extensive field studies were conducted in 1965-1966 in
a small woodland impoundment in Guilford County,
North Carolina. These studies indicated the duration of
the life cycle of Lestes eurinus was about one year.
Rapid larval growth occurred from July to mid-October
with development being arrested by late October. The

32

ASB Bulletin

population overwintered in the three stages preceding
the ultimate instar. Larval growth was resumed in
March and progressed rapidly until emergence. Emer-
gency began on May 1, was rather unsynchronized, lasted
for two months, and was temperature-dependent. Ovi-
position occurred during June and July; the females were
observed to oviposit only in the abundant emergent bur-
reed Sparganium americanum. Eclosion occurred from
mid-July until mid-August. The larvae grew rapidly in
the succeeding months and attained the overwintering
stages by October. Approximate average durations of
the various stages in the life-history were: egg, 6.5 weeks;
larva, 35 weeks; and adult, 6.5 weeks. (Support by
Grant GB-3654 from the National Science Foundation.)

(75)

Niche Differentiation Between Two Closely
Related Species

J. Frank McCormick, Leola Crosthwaite, Carol
Damon, Wesley Egan, John Findley, Violet A. Hicks,
Richard Leonard and Wilbur H. Rittenhouse,
University of North Carolina

Sedum pusillum and Sednm smallii are endemic to
rock outcrops of the Southeastern United States. Al-
though their habitats may be less than one meter apart
their distributions on an outcrop do not overlap unless
the environment is severely disturbed. Each species
occupies a distinct ecological niche. In order to iden-
tify the factors which influence niche differentiation
population samples of both species were grown under a
variety of controlled environments and reciprocal trans-
plants were made on two granite outcrops. Reduced
phenotypic variability in controlled environments caused
the nearly identical species to appear even more similar
than in the field. Experimental results indicate that
niche differentiation is based upon differential tolerances
to combinations of temperature, competition, frequency
and amount of moisture and soil depth. Although light
intensity does vary significantly between the two habitats,
and light intensity does influence pigmentation of both
species, it does not appear to significantly influence niche
differentiation. Except for responses to light intensity
and soil pH, differences in species physiological toler-
ances can be correlated with differences in the micro-
environment of each species.

(127)

Serological Identity of the Mammalian Lethal
Components of the Venoms of Latrodectus
mactans and L. variolus

John D. McCrone, University of Florida
Robert J. Hatala, Florida Presbyterian College

A protein fraction, lethal to mammals, was isolated
from the venom of the Southern black widow Latrodec-
tus mactans by means of vertical acrylamide gel electro-
phoresis. An antiserum against this lethal fraction was
prepared by injecting a rabbit with homogenized acryl-
amide gel containing the fraction. A volume of 0.25 ml
of the antiserum protected mice against the lethal effects
of 5 LDso’s of the venoms of L. mactans and the North-
ern black widow L. variolus. The antiserum also pro-
duced two major precipitation lines when reacted with
each venom in double immunodiffusion tests.

(100)

The Fertilizability of Eggs of Triturus viridescens
Taken from Different Levels of the Oviduct
Ellen W. McLaughlin, Emory University

The oviduct of this species is divided into five recog-
nizable regions designated A through E from anterior to
posterior. Each region secretes a distinct jelly coat
around the egg, these being designated J1 through J5
from inner to outer (Humphries, A., Devel. Biol. 13:
214, 1966). In order to investigate the relative im-
portance of each jelly layer in fertilization, eggs from the
five regions as well as from the body cavity were arti-
ficially inseminated with an undiluted sperm suspension
from the vas deferens. The following percentages of fer-
tilized eggs were obtained: body cavity, 1% (1/68);
region A, 20%, (14/71); region B, 51% (24/47); region
C, 63% (52/83); region D, 86% (50/58) and region E,
69% (250/360). The fertilizability of eggs increased
with the addition of jelly layers through region D, but
eggs from region E showed a somewhat lower percentage
of fertilization than those from region D. Cytological
examination of inseminated eggs from regions D and E
revealed that spermatozoa placed directly on the J4 sur-
face entered the jelly layers in greater numbers than
those placed on the J5 layer. This suggests that the
physical and/or chemical properties of the J4 layer may
be more conducive to fertilization or that the J5 jelly
coat acts as a partial barrier to sperm penetration. (Sup-
ported by grant GM 09878 from the United States Pub-
lic Health Service.)

(76)

The Effects of Ionizing Radiation on the Growth
of Old-field Species

Gary L. Miller, University of North Carolina

Four sections of a 12 year old-field were seasonally
irradiated (April, July, October, January) for twenty-
nine days using a portable 9200 curie source. Naturally
occurring populations of Haplopappus divaricatus, Eri-
geron strigosus, Cassia fasciculata, Andropogon spp. and
Pinus palustris were exposed to thirteen gamma radiation
levels ranging from 70 r to 210 kr (total dose). Meas-
urements on apical growth, flower, fruit and seed pro-
duction, germination and dry weight were made. Sig-
nificant responses in all categories were observed. LD/
100’s for mature plants ranged from 4.2 kr for Pinus
palustris to 210 kr for Haplopappus divaricatus. It is
hoped that these studies, along with others currently
going on, will make it possible to predict if the old-field
expresses a seasonal radiosensitivity.

(105)

Helminths from Some Wild Mammals in the
Southeastern Linked States

Grover C. Miller and Reinard Harkema,

North Carolina State University

Studies were conducted on the incidence and distribu-
tion of helminths in four species of wild mammals. Six-
teen bobcats, twelve from North Carolina and four from
South Carolina, contained the following parasites:
TREMATODA: 2 species; CESTODA: 4 species;
ACANTHOCEPHALA: 1 species; NEMATODA: 7
species. Twenty otters, from North Carolina contained
the following: TREMATODA: 2 species. NEMA-

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

33

34

ASB Bulletin

CAMPUS MAP

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH CAROLINA

COLUMBIA, SOUTH CAROLINA

1. ADMINISTRATION BUILDING

2. NAVAL t.O.T.C. ARMORY
HAMILTON COLLEGE

3. RARNWEll COLLEGE
4 SLOAN COLLEGE

3. l.CONTE COLLEGE
A. FETIGRU COLLEGE

7. MELTON OBSERVATORY

8. SNOWDEN COLLEGE
WOODROW COLLEGE
BURNEY COLLEGE

9 PRESTON COLLEGE

10. LIFE SCIENCES

11. SCIENCE ANNEX

12 EDUCATIONAL TELEVISION

13. HEATING PLANT

SECURITY AND COMMUNICATIONS

14. CURRELL COLLEGE

15. DAVIS COLLEGE

16. McKISSICK LIBRARY

17. RUTLEDGE COLLEGE

18. PRESIDENT S HOME

19. LEGARE COLLEGE
PINCKNEY COLLEGE

20. LIEBER COLLEGE

21. GREEN HOUSE

22. SOUTH CAROLINIANA LIBRARY

23. ELLIOT COLLEGE
HARPER COLLEGE

24. McCOTCHEN HOUSE

23. D.SAUSSURE COLLEGE

24. ADMINISTRATION ANNEX
THORNWELL COLLEGE
COKER COLLEGE

27. MAXCY COLLEGE
38 FLINN HALL
29 WORLD WAR MEMORIAL

30. AUDIOVISUAL AND EXTENSION

LIBRARY

31. DRAYTON HALL
WARDLAW COLLEGE

32. ENGINEERING, SCHOOL OF

33. PHYSICAL SCIENCES (PLANNED)

34. SHOP

33. STEAM LABORATORY

36. NEUTRON GENERATOR BUILDING

37. FIELD HOUSE

38. GYMNASIUM

39. SWIMMING POOL

40. MEN'S RESIDENCE HALL H-J

41. MEN'S RESIDENCE HALL K-l

42. MEN S RESIDENCE HALL M-N

43. UNDERGRADUATE LIBRARY

44. RUSSELL HOUSE

43. THOMPSON INFIRMARY

46. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION.

SCHOOL OF

47. McCLINTOCK

48. WADE HAMPTON COLLEGE

49. SIMS COLLEGE

30. SOUTH BUILDING

31. SOUTH TOWER

32. UNIVERSITY TERRACE

33. FRATERNITY ROW

34. TIVOLI APARTMENTS
33. KIRKLAND APARTMENTS

36. McMASTER

37. EAST CAMPUS CENTER

38. MAINTENANCE SHOPS

39. SERVICE CENTER

60. CENTRAL SUPPLY

61. OFFICE BUILDING

26. ADMINISTRATION ANNEX

1. ADMINISTRATION BUILDING

30. AUDIOVISUAL AND EXTENSION

LIBRARY

3. BARNWELL COLLEGE
8. BURNEY COLLEGE

46. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION.

SCHOOL OF
60. CENTRAL SUPPLY

26. COKER COLLEGE
14. CURRELL COLLEGE
13. DAVIS COLLEGE

23. DaSAUSSURE COLLEGE

31. DRAYTON HALL

37. EAST CAMPUS CENTER

12. EDUCATIONAL TELEVISION
23. ELLIOT COLLEGE

32. ENGINEERING. SCHOOL OF

37. FIELD HOUSE
28. FLINN HALL

33. FRATERNITY ROW
21. GREEN HOUSE

36 GYMNASIUM

2. HAMILTON COLLEGE

23. HARPER COLLEGE

13. HEATING PLANT

33. KIRKLAND APARTMENTS

5. LaCONTE COLLEGE

19. LEGARE COLLEGE

20. LIEBER COLLEGE

10. LIFE SCIENCES

38. MAINTENANCE SHOPS

27. MAXCY COLLEGE

47. McCLINTOCK

24. McCUTCHEN HOUSE

16. McKISSICK LIBRARY
36. McMASTER

7. MELTON OBSERVATORY

40. MEN'S RESIDENCE HALL H-J

41. MEN S RESIDENCE HALL K-l

42. MEN S RESIDENCE HALL M-N
2. NAVAL R.O.T.C. ARMORY

36. NEUTRON GENERATOR BUILDING
61 OFFICE BUILDING

6. PETIGRU COLLEGE

33. PHYSICAL SCIENCES (PLANNED)

19. PINCKNEY COLLEGE
18. PRESIDENT S HOME
9 PRESTON COLLEGE
44. RUSSELL HOUSE

17. RUTLEDGE COLLEGE

11. SCIENCE ANNEX

13. SECURITY AND COMMUNICATIONS

39. SERVICE CENTER

43. SHOP

49 SIMS COLLEGE
4 SLOAN COLLEGE

8. SNOWDEN COLLEGE

30. SOUTH BUILDING

22 SOUTH CAROLINIANA LIBRARY

31. SOUTH TOWER

33. STEAM LABORATORY
39. SWIMMING POOL

43 THOMPSON INFIRMARY
26. THORNWELL COLLEGE

34. TIVOLI APARTMENTS

43. UNDERGRADUATE LIBRARY

32. UNIVERSITY TERRACE

48. WADE HAMPTON COLLEGE
31 WARDLAW COLLEGE
8. WOODROW COLLEGE
29 WORLD WAR MEMORIAL

ADDED JULY, 1966

62 WAREHOUSE

63. -MEMORIAL HALL (PLANNED)

64. 1321 PENDLETON BUILDING
63. OLD OBSERVATORY — OFFICES

66. 1621 COLLEGE — OFFICES

67. HUMANITIES CENTER (PLANNED)

68. ENERGY FACILITY (PLANNED)

69 CAPSTONE HOUSE (PLANNED)

70. SPRAY POND — PARKING (PLANNED)

OTHER UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH CAROLINA FACILITIES

CAROLINA STADIUM (8.0 ACRES) 2 MILES SOUTH ON ASSEMBLY STREET
ENRIGHT ATHLETIC CENTER (22.9 ACRES) 3 BLOCKS SOUTH ON SUMTER
R. G. BELL CAMP (234 ACRES) 14 MILES N.E. OFF STATE ROUTE 12
IELSER ARBORETUM (4.S ACRES) 2.3 MILES E. ON BLOSSOM, COLEMAN
CAROLINA GARDENS APTS. (4 ACRES) 3 BLOCKS SOUTH ON PICKENS ST
WOODLAND TERRACE (19.4 ACRES) 3.1 Ml. E.. PICKENS. ROSEWOOD. BELT LINE

69. CAPSTONE HOUSE (PLANNED)

66. 1621 COLLEGE — OFFICES
68 ENERGY FACILITY (PLANNED)

67. HUMANITIES CENTER (PLANNED)

63. MEMORIAL HALL (PLANNED)

65 OLD OBSERVATORY — OFFICES
64 1321 PENDLETON BUILDING

70. SPRAY POND — PARKING (PIANNEDI
62 WAREHOUSE

L EGEND

PARKING

UNIVERSITY CAMPUS

200' tOO SO O' 200' 500'

lOOO'

TODA: 3 species. Twenty four grey foxes from North
Carolina, South Carolina, and Georgia, contained:
TREMATODA: 5 species; CESTODA: 3 species;
NEMATODA: 7 species. Five red foxes, four from
North Carolina and one from Georgia, contained CES-
TODA: 1 species; NEMATODA: 5 species.

The 65 mammals harbored 28 different species of hel-
minths. The bobcats collected from coastal counties
contained more helminths, both in kinds and numbers,
than did the otters or foxes. The otters contained the
fewest parasites and the foxes, although collected from
widely distributed areas, never showed heavy infections.

(50)

Effects of THAM, Glucose, and Hypothermia
Upon Tolerance to Asphyxia in
Newborn Puppies

James A. Miller, Jr., Mickey Via and Faith S. Miller,
Tulane University

Neonatal puppies with body temperatures between
42° C and 5° C were asphyxiated in 95% N? + 5% CCb.
Those at 15° C survived over 7 times as long as those in
the coenothermic range as measured by Time of Last
Gasp (T.L.G. ). Spontaneous recoveries were recorded
for 100% of 15° animals after 4 times, and 50% re-
covered from 9X-10X the lethal exposure for warm
littermates. During asphyxia, blood glucose, potassium,
lactate and hydrogen ions increased and pyruvate de-
creased. In puppies at 15° all of these changes took
place at a slower rate than in warm littermates. In co-
enothermic animals (37°) controlling pH by infusion of
Trishydroxyaminomethane (THAM) increased survival
times by 18%, infusion of glucose by 19%, and combin-
ing the two by 68%. Cooling to 15° C colonic tempera-
ture gave survivals of 655%. Combining THAM and
glucose with hypothermia (15° C) gave an average of
1104%. THAM-glucose infusions also permitted recov-
eries from exposures which were lethal for non-infused
animals at the same temperature.

(123)

Endocrine Control of Locomotor Activity in the
Crawfish Faxonellci clypeata
W. C. Mobberly, Jr., Northeast Louisiana State College

Studies were carried out on the movement of Faxon-
ella clypeata in a linear maze. Intact crawfish and craw-
fish with both eyes painted black moved a greater dis-
tance in a 15-minute time period than crawfish with both
eyestalks ligated or eyestalkless. Animals with the liga-
ture removed showed an increase in movement, but did
not obtain the distance achieved prior to ligation. The
injection of extracts of eyestalks prepared in van Harre-
veld’s solution produced a decrease in movement in in-
tact animals. The concentrations used ranged from Vz
to 4 eyestalks per 0.02 ml of extract injected. Higher
concentrations produced less movement than at lower.
It would appear that the release of a substance or sub-
stances from the eyestalk is involved in regulating the
intensity of locomotion in this crawfish.

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

35

(115)

Multiple Regression Comparisons of Six Abiotic
Parameters with the Distributions of Two
Species of Chironomus (Diptera, Chironomidae )
in a Five Hectare Piedmont Lake

Samuel C. Mozley, Emory University

Chironomus plumosus L. and C. crassicaudatus Mal-
loch. both in the plumosus supra-specific group, occur
sympatricly in polymictic Lullwater Lake near Atlanta,
Georgia. Their distributions are overlapping, but maxi-
mal densities are in separate areas. Three stratified
random samples were conducted and data were taken at
120 sites on larval density and the following environ-
mental parameters: depth. pH, oxygen tension, substra-
tum composition, and water and bottom temperatures.
These data were analyzed using a digital computer, the
parameters were ranked according to their ability to pre-
dict larval density at each site, and a measure of the
goodness of fit of predicted to actual values was com-
puted. Results show that depth is the most important
parameter, and substratal types show some relationships.

(133)

Biochemical Mechanisms in the Hormonal
Control of Sexual Morphogenesis in Achlya

J. T. Mullins and D. des S. Thomas,
University of Florida

The heterothallic species of the genus Achlya con-
sist of a linear series of sexual strains each of which,
with the exception of the two terminal strains interacts
as S or as $ , depending upon its position in the series
relative to that of its mate. The sexual reproductive
process is initiated and coordinated throughout its entire
course by a series of specific diffusible hormones. The
morphological response of $ strains to hormone A,
which is produced by $ strains, is the production of an-
theridial initials. The production of these $ sexual or-
gan primordia depends upon the induction of the enzyme
cellulase. This enzyme appears to “soften” the cell wall
which then allows the hyphal contents to be flow-oriented
in the direction of maximum strain into fingerlike later-
als. The peak of cellulase production corresponds in
time with the appearance of the antheridial initials. The
response to the hormone depends upon protein synthesis.
The mechanism of response of 9 strains to hormone B,
which is produced by sexually induced $ strains, is simi-
lar to that described for $ strains.

Norris, William W. — Please see page 28.

(94)

A Wild Yam

Herman O’Dell, East Tennessee State University

A species of wild yam was observed blooming at El
Verde, Puerto Rico during the summer of 1966. Buds
were collected and fixed in the field. Slides were pre-
pared from these specimens by the paraffin method.
These slides were examined for different morphological
stages.

(128)

The Genus Clavaria in the Southeastern U. S.

Paul D. Olexia, University of Tennessee

The genus Clavaria is separated from other members
of the Clavariaceae on the basis of hyaline, smooth

spores and the total absence of clamp connections on the
medullary hyphae. The genus is divided into two sub-
genera on the basis of the presence or absence of a bi-
furcation or wide loop-like clamp connection at the base
of the basidium (Holocoryne or Syncoryne respectively).
The most common species is C. vermicularis, the fruiting
bodies of which are shining white fasicles of very brittle
clubs generally found in grassy areas. C. fumosa is
similar to C. vermicularis but has a more drab creamy
appearance and the tips of the clubs are usually dark
brown and withered. C. rosea is distinguished from the
above species by the fleshy or rosaceous color of the
fruiting bodies. C. purpurea is similar in form to the
above species but is smoky brown or grayish purple and
bears large cystidia which are quite evident upon micro-
scopic examination. C. atroumhrina is dark brown in
color and bears longitudinal ridges on the clubs which
are generally individual rather than in fascicles. C. zel-
lingeri is relatively easily distinguished from all of the
above by its coralloid habit of growth and bright purple
coloration. All of the above species belong to the sub-
genus Synceryne.

C. incarnata is a member of the subgenus Holocoryne
and only has been collected three or four times in North
America — twice in the southeast. These clubs are soli-
tary and pale pink with a readily distinguishable stipe.
C. acuta, although its southern-most extension thus far
is southern Ohio, probably occurs further south but has
not yet been reported. It also bears the proximal bifur-
cation of the basidium and occurs as solitary or fascicu-
late clubs on bare soil.

(45)

Differential Reactivity of Urodele Developmental
Chromosomes

Rosalyn M. Patterson and Ernest L. Hunt,
Emory University

Investigations have been conducted to determine the
reaction of Urodele chromosomes to low temperature
during early embryological stages. Embryonic stages of
Amby stoma punctatum and Trit tints viridescens were
maintained at 1° C for four days. Control stages were
kept at 12° C and at room temperature. The embryos
were stained with aceto-orcein and by the Feulgen
method. Metaphase chromosomes with cold reactive
segments were observed in all experimentally treated em-
bryos. Chromosomes from control embryos did not
show such segmented areas. These differentially reactive
segments are considered to represent the heterochromatic
regions of the chromosomes. Experimental embryos
treated with relatively high amounts of colchicine dem-
onstrated a reduction or absence of segmentation of the
chromosomes. This may indicate that the differentially
reactive chromosomal areas are underspiralized rather
than deficient in deoxyribonucleic acid.

(87)

Plant Ecology in the Education of Pre-Medical
Biology Undergraduates
E. Gibbes Patton, Wofford College

The core of biology courses required for biology
majors in Wofford College includes a fall-and-winter
semester of ecology taught by a plant ecologist. The
majority of the 20-25 students taking the course are pre-
medical. Two features of the laboratory-centered course
have demonstrated special value during the past 3 years:

36

ASB Bulletin

1. Intensive descriptions of phenology and physical-
environmental variables in distinct, contiguous plant
communities. Continuing and comparative study by each
work-group culminates in a report on its community.

2. Investigation of a local problem in applied ecology
— definition of a separate problem by each work-group
and ecological analysis of the current solution. The
work-group teaches the “lesson” and arranges the field
trip.

Objectives and results will be discussed. Sample
course materials are available.

(39)

Effects of Dimethyl Sulfoxide and Naphthalene-
acetic Acid on Radiosensitivity of Cultured
Cucurbita calluses

Robert A. Pedigo, The College of William and Mary

Summer Squash tissue was grown on media modified
with various concentrations of naphthaleneacetic acid
(NAA) both with and without dimethyl sulfoxide (DM-
SO). Exposure of the calluses to 10,400 r of gamma
radiation resulted in a decrease in growth associated with
increasing NAA concentration. When DMSO was pres-
ent with the NAA, increasing growth with increasing
NAA concentration was found, indicating that DMSO
may have been involved in the repair of radiation dam-
age to the cell membrane. Detrimental effects of in-
creased cell wall plasticity caused by the NAA may also
be involved in radiosensitivity.

(129)

The Genus Clavulina (Fungi, Clavariaceae) in
the Southeastern United States
Ronald H. Petersen, University of Tennessee

The genus Clavulina is separated from other genera of
clavarioid fungi by its stichic, bi-spored, usually secon-
darily septate basidia. In the southeastern United States,
Clavulina is represented by no less than nine species, one
of which has remained undescribed. Undoubtedly the
most common taxonomic unit in this geographical region
is a complex of four taxa, usually referred to as C. cris-
tata, C. rugosa, C. cinerea and C. amethystinoides. No
adequate taxonomic characteristics have been investi-
gated which satisfactorily separate these, and evidence
has been presented which indicates that the complex
represents a non-speciated evolving gene pool in which
most combinations of taxonomic characters are still being
exhibited. One undescribed species, belonging to the
subgenus Fusco-clavulina, is illustrated for the first time.

(85)

Parasitism and Host Range of Nestronici
umbellula Raf. (Santalaceae)

Martin A. Piehl, University of Wisconsin

Nestronia, a monotypic, rhizomatous shrub, was stud-
ied at several stations in Georgia and South Carolina
where it often occurred within or at margins of pine-
hardwood stands. Nestronia is a root hemiparasite
which produces haustorial connections to underground
parts of neighboring plants. Though its haustoria may
have the typical bulb-like shape, they are very often
strongly clasping, and are comparatively large, although
they range from ca. 1 to 15 mm. across. They are un-

usual because of their reddish-brown surface and con-
spicuous concentric lines or low ridges. The literature
has long stated the hosts are deciduous trees and shrubs,
and recently pine was added. However, detailed study
has disclosed haustorial attachments to a variety of plants
from 23 families, ranging from ferns and self-parasitism
to angiospermous and gymnospermous trees; shrubs;
monocots; several herbaceous dicots, especially peren-
nials, and another hemiparasite, Aureolaria. Though at-
tachments are made to many species, they were not
equally successful, but tended to be more vigorous and
numerous on certain woody species and herbaceous di-
cots. (Research aided by NSF G-22079 made to the
Highlands Biological Station.)

(86)

Root Grafts and Haustorial Self-parasitism in
A ureolaria ( Scrophulariaceae )

Martin A. Piehl, University of Wisconsin

Studies of root parasitism in Aureolaria, subg. Eu-
aureolaria, have demonstrated a remarkably high fre-
quency of self-parasitism. Particularly in A. laevigata
and A. flava, attachments between roots of an individual
plant (or of nearby plants) existed not only as the usual
bulb-shaped haustoria, but also as simple fusion of roots
in close proximity, i.e., root grafts. Though grafts are
not uncommon in larger roots, especially near the crown,
in various plants, they often involved small roots and
occurred over much of the diffuse root system in Aureo-
laria. Most unusual was the abundance of haustorial
connections and grafts, resulting in a greatly fused root
system of repeatedly anastomosing members. In both
types of connections the union of outer tissue was quite
complete and continuity of vascular tissue occurred in-
wardly. The function and adaptive value of self-para-
sitism in various parasites is generally open to specula-
tion, and an added question in Aureolaria concerns the
possibility that these plants show root parasitism in
primitive (grafts) and more advanced stages (haustoria).

(134)

Accumulation of Radioisotopes in Certain Lichens

G. L. Plummer, University of Georgia

Concentration values for 9 radioisotopes are shown for
3 lichens. The lichens are similar to those involved in
food chains of Alaskan caribou and leading to eskimos.
Parmelia conspersa probably contains more radionuclides
than any other plant in Georgia whereas two species of
Cladonia generally held 0.1 the radionuclides relative to
biomass; but, when density of those lichens is considered,
Cladonia with more biomass contained more 137Cs.
Treatments with as much as 500 nCi/m2 of I34Cs pro-
duced no significant loss of radiocesium after lichens
were leached with heavy rainfall. The results suggest
that the capacity for species of Cladonia and Parmelia to
accumulate 137Cs is rather unlimited for a while. Ac-
cumulation is expected to increase as long as radioactive
fallout increases and concentrations relative to biomass
shall increase likewise. An “equilibrium” may be ex-
pected only if the rate of incoming 137Cs ever equals the
rate of radioactive decay. Lichens hold very small
amounts of “Sr probably because the component fungus
has very low calcium requirements. Data will show re-
sults of monitoring for the past 5 years.

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

37

(102)

A New Host Record for Cepedietta
(= Haptophrya) michiganensis (Woodhead),
1928 (Protozoa: Ciliata)

Vernon N. Powders, The University of Tennessee

The astomatous ciliate, Cepedietta michiganensis, has
been reported in: Hemidactylium scutatum, Plethodon
cinereus, P. glutinosus, Amby stoma jeffersonianum, A.
opacum, Desmognatlius fuscus, D. phoca, Eurycea bis-
lineata, E. longicauda, Pseudotriton montanus and Rana
sylvatica. Cepedietta michiganensis was first observed
on May 29, 1966, in Plethodon jordani collected in the
Great Smoky Mountains National Park. During the
periods of April 30 to June 24 and August 29 to Sep-
tember 30, 1966, 641 specimens of P. jordani were col-
lected in the GSMNP. Cepedietta michiganensis was
found in 8.6% of the salamanders examined.

(106)

Altitudinal Distribution of Cepedietta
( = Haptophrya) michiganensis (Woodhead),
1928 (Protozoa: Ciliata)

Vernon N. Powders, University of Tennessee

Infectivity of Plethodon jordani and P. glutinosus by
the astomatous ciliate, Cepedietta michiganensis, was
studied in specimens collected in the Great Smoky Moun-
tains National Park between August 24 and September
30, 1966. Specimens of P. glutinosus were also ex-
amined during this period from Knox County, Tennessee.
P. glutinosus and P. jordani were collected at altitudes
between 2700 and 4600 feet. P. jordani was also col-
lected above 4600 feet. P. jordani was not collected be-
low 2700 feet and P. glutinosus was not collected above
4600 feet.

Of 61 specimens of P. glutinosus from Knox County,
Tennessee, 82% were infected. Of 95 specimens of P.
jordani from altitudes above 4600 feet in the GSMNP,
none were found infected. The statistical analysis of the
P. jordani and P. glutinosus data obtained from 2700 to
4600 feet suggests that the infectivity is inversely pro-
portional to altitude, that the decreases in infectivity in
both salamander species are equal and that there is no
difference in infectivity between the two species. The
above data would suggest that some factor, possibly con-
trolled by altitude, plays a reducing and/or limiting role
in the vertical distribution of Cepedietta michiganensis.

(103)

The Proposed Role of Parasites as Indicators
of Host Ancestry

Charles E. Price, North Texas State University, and
Peter S. Maitland, The University, Glasgow, Scotland

The present authors are currently engaged in a joint
study concerning host-parasite relationships of the fishes
of Great Britain and their Monogenea. During one
phase of the study, we have found reason to believe that
in certain cases, gill trematodes can furnish parasitologi-
cal evidence of host ancestry. The cosmopolitan mono-
genetic trematode Discocotyle sagittata (Leuckart, 1842)
was recovered from the gills of two Coregonus species,
one from Lynn Tegid, North Wales, the other from Loch
Lomond, Scotland. Discocotyle has apparently evolved
from a mazocraeidean-like marine progenitor. As the
British whitefish hosts have been land-locked for a mini-

mum period of 15,000 years, their harboring of Disco-
cotyle strongly suggests that Coregonus evolved from
marine ancestors. Other factors are cited.

D. sagittata was comparatively studied, with the result-
ant opinion that Discocotyle is in actuality a monotypic
genus.

(11)

Progress Toward Production of a Flora of
Mississippi

Thomas M. Pullen, University of Mississippi

Components of the vascular flora of the entire south-
eastern region of the United States are not adequately
known. This is especially true of the area embraced by
Mississippi. This 47,716 square mile area of the Missis-
sippi embayment has doubtless played an important role
in speciation as elements of western and eastern refugia
have come together. Thorough knowledge of this flora
is paramount for a better understanding of phytogeo-
graphical and evolutionary problems in the Southeast.
In 1963 a project, supported by the Committee on Fac-
ulty Research, was initiated to study the vascular plants
of this area. In January, 1966 the National Science
Foundation provided funds which enabled Samuel B.
Jones from the University of Southern Mississippi and
J. Ray Watson of Mississippi State University to join me
as associates in this study. Many new state records have
been recorded and some distribution gaps have been
filled.

(4)

A Biosystematic Study of the Genus Cimicifuga
(Ranunculaceae), with Emphasis on
Cimicifuga rubifolia Kearney
Gwynn W. Ramsey, Lynchburg College

A biosystematic study of the genus Cimicifuga has
been made on a world-wide basis. Herbarium specimens
of all species and field populations of all North Ameri-
can species have been studied in an attempt to distinguish
the biotypes within the genus. Comparisons between the
North American and Eurasian species have been made
by using several techniques which utilize taxonomic, phy-
togeographic, ecologic, biometric, and gross morphologic
data.

Recent investigations show that Cimicifuga cordifolia
Pursh and Cimicifuga racemosa (L.) Nutt. var. cordi-
folia (Pursh) Gray have not been well understood.
They have been confused with C. rubifolia. C. cordi-
folia Pursh appears to be a biotype of C. americana
Michx. and C. rubifolia is a distinct species. The distri-
bution of C. rubifolia has been extended beyond its
previously published range.

(97)

An Experimental and EM Analysis of the
Origin of Langerhans Cells

W. M. Reams, Jr., Medical College of Virginia and
University of Richmond,

R. B. Scoggins, Medical College of Virginia, and
A. S. Zelickson, Universiy of Minnesota Medical School

Since described by Langerhans in 1868, the gold-posi-
tive dendritic cells of the suprabasal layers of the epi-
dermis have challenged skin researchers. Thus far, only
circumstantial evidence has been available on the possi-

38

ASB Bulletin

ble origin and function of the cells of Langerhans. In
the present investigation, skin from embryo PET mice,
prior to invasion of neural crest cells, was grafted into
the coelom of chick embryo hosts and allowed to mature
to the equivalent age of a 3-day post partum mouse.
The neural crest-free grafts were examined with the
electron microscope for the occurrence of Langerhans
cells, and cells of known neural crest origin — melano-
cytes. Since neither Langerhans cells nor melanocytes
have been seen with the EM in this neural crest-free skin,
it is tentatively suggested that Langerhans cells, like
melanocytes, are of neural crest origin in the PET mouse.
(Supported by NIH grant ITI AM 5508-01.)

(89)

Comparative Megasporogenesis in Leguminosae,
Subfamily Caesalpinoideae
David H. Rembert, Jr., University of Kentucky

The present investigation concerns four species: Cercis
canadensis L., Cassia abbreviata Oliv. var. granitica, Cas-
sia nictitans L., and Gleditsia triacanthos L. In Cercis
canadensis the archesporium is subhypodermal and may
consist of one or two cells. A single hypodermal arche-
sporial cell develops in the other three species. The
hypodermal archesporial cell in the Cassia species and in
G. triacanthos divides periclinally to form a parietal cell
and a primary sporogenous cell. Pariental cell divisions
contribute to the nuclellar mass as the sporogenous cell
enlarges to form the megasporocyte. In Cercis cana-
densis the megasporocyte is formed by direct enlargement
of the archesporial cell. Meiosis occurs in all species to
form a tetrad of megaspores. Frequently, the micropylar
dyad member in Cassia nictitans fails to undergo the
second meiotic division. While only the chalazal mega-
spore functions in megagametogenesis, there is a ten-
dency for the third megaspore to persist in all species.
On one occasion two linear tetrads were observed in an
ovule of G. triacanthos.

(82)

Distribution of Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr, and
T. caroliniana Engelm. Along Cascades Creek
in the Vicinity of Hanging Rock State Park,
Danbury, North Carolina

Hollis J. Rogers, University of North Carolina
at Greensboro

John D. Barnett, Superintendent, Hanging Rock
State Park

Moores Knob, a monadnock in the upper piedmont of
Stokes County North Carolina is drained primarily by
Cascades Creek. This stream originates along the crest
of Moores Knob, Moores Wall and Cooks Wall at ele-
vations up to 2579 feet. It forms a spiral around Moores
Knob for some five and one half miles to join the Dan
River at Moores Springs, elevation 730 feet.

Tsuga caroliniana Engelm. is distributed on the upper
drainage of this stream for some three and one half
miles but terminates at the Lower Cascades, elevation
1,000 to 900 feet. Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr, occurs
with the Carolina Hemlock in the gorge at the Lower
Cascades and along the remaining two miles of the
stream.

Soil conditions and not elevation is believed to be re-
sponsible for the segregation of these two species along
Cascades Creek. Carolina Hemlock occupies the rocky

cliffs, talus slopes and outcrops in the upper area while
the Canadian Hemlock is found on the deeper aluvial
soils as the stream reaches the floodplains near the Dan
River.

Some species associated with Carolina Hemlock in
this area are Pinus rigida Mill., Betula lenta L., and
Saxifraga michauxii Britton. Associated with the Cana-
dian Hemlock on the better soils are Pinus strobus L.,
Betula nigra L. and Saxifraga virginiensis Michx.

(107)

Nucleoside Polyphosphatase Activity in
Helminths

Steffen Rogers and Burton J. Bogitsh,
Vanderbilt University

Nucleoside polyphosphatase activity was investigated
in the glands of Schistosoma mansoni cercariae, Hymeno-
lepis diminuta oncospheres, and Posthodiplostomum
minimum metacercariae and adults. Cryostat sectioned
material was incubated in a modified Gomori calcium-
cobalt substrate in which one of several nucleoside poly-
phosphates was included. The action of inhibitors and
activators was demonstrated by the addition to the basic
substrate of either BAL, L-cysteine, PCMB, actinomycin-
D, various cations, or spermine. The enzyme demon-
strated is sulfhydryl-independent, is activated by mag-
nesium cations, and hydrolyzes a wide variety of nu-
cleoside triphosphates. Unlike adenosine triphosphatase
found in the muscle, it is not inhibited by lead or PCMB.
The physiological role of the enzyme will be discussed.

(43)

Cell Population Dynamics in Irradiated Ehrlich
Ascites Carcinoma
W. St. Amand, University of Mississippi

Ehrlich ascites tumor cell populations irradiated in
vivo in the mouse show a dose related increase in aver-
age cell size. After doses of X-rays large enough to
reduce mitotic index to zero but before massive cell
death occurs population shifts can be followed for cells
in three series of size classes. The pattern of response
is an increase in the number of cells in larger volume
classes concomitant with a decrease of cell frequency in
classes of unit volume. Differences in rate of response
of cells of different volumes suggest that radiation will
be a useful tool in the understanding of cell interrelation-
ships in this heterogeneous cell population.

(95)

Histological Changes Induced in Nodal Traces
and Petioles of Ulmus americana by
Culture Filtrates of Ceratocystis ulmi

Armstead L. Salters and Lafayette Frederick,

A tlanta University

Observations have been made on histological changes
induced in nodal and petiolar traces of cuttings of Ulmus
americana by culture filtrates of isolates of Ceratocystis
ulmi. Extensive vessel wall discoloration, distortion and
collapse, discoloration of associated parenchyma cells
and tylose formation, vascular dysfunction, erosion of
inner surface of vessel walls, and conspicuous occluding
of vessel lumina have been noted. Progressive develop-
ment of these histological changes have been followed
and correlated with length of exposure to culture filtrates

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

39

and severity of expression of disease symptoms. The
extent of vessel lumen area occluded and percentage of
occluded vessels in nodal and petiolar traces has been
determined. Partial vessel lumen occlusion was found
6 hr after culture filtrate exposure. Complete occlusion
of lumina of the majority of vessels in nodal traces and
petioles was found 48 hr after exposure. These findings
suggest that vessel occlusion in nodal traces and petioles
may be primarily responsible for leaf wilt in Dutch elm
disease.

(18)

Reproduction in the Southern Studfish,
Fundulus stellifer (Jordan)

James D. Satterfield, Georgia State College

At latitude 34° N in Georgia and Alabama, Fundulus
stellifer spawns in early spring when water temperatures
approach 19° C and continues to spawn into late sum-
mer. Spawning usually occurs at the read of riffles in
water 5-15 cm deep with surface currents of 10-40 cm/
sec. Nests are not constructed. Definite territories are
not defended although a male will chase other males
away from the vicinity of a female and may be antagon-
istic toward other species. Eggs are apparently deposited
singly in the fine sand bottom. Eggs average 3.1 mm
in diameter. Sand grains adhere to filaments on the
chorion. At 22° C, eggs hatch in about 19 days. Hatch-
lings average 7.0 mm in “standard length”. The young
move to the margins of the streams and are not vul-
nerable to predation by larger fish. Studfish developing
from eggs laid early in the spring probably spawn late in
the summer of the following year.

(79)

Seedling Response of Four Dune Grasses to
Varying Levels of NaCl

Ernest D. Seneca, North Carolina State University

Salinity experiments employing the use of modified
soxhlet-type automatic sand cultures were conducted on
seedlings of four dune grasses: Ammophila breviligulata
Fern., Panicum amarulum Hitchc. & Chase., Spartina
patens (Ait.) Muhl. and Uniola paniculata L. Results
will be presented based on wet weight data at the end of
a twenty-eight day experimental period. The weight data
reveal a primarily linear effect, with decreasing weights
corresponding with increasing salinity levels, for A. bre-
viligulata, S. patens and U. paniculata. The response to
NaCl by P. amarulum is more curvilinear than that ex-
hibited by the other species.

(108)

Autoradiographic and Histochemical Studies of
Iron Metabolism in H aematoloechus Medioplexus

W. Allen Shannon, Vanderbilt University

Iron59 and iron55 isotopes are used in an autoradio-
graphic study, in conjunction with ordinary histochemical
methods, to determine the fate of excess iron ingested
by Haematoloechus medioplexus.

Specimens have been prepared for paraffin-embedding
by formalin-fixation and alcohol dehydration, or by
freeze-drying, or by freeze-substitution methods. Strip-
ping film and liquid emulsion techniques are utilized.
Observations of the autoradiographed slides are made
under light and phase contrast microscopes. (Supported,

in part, by National Science Foundation Grant GB-
4742.)

(137)

Growth and Survival of Water Microorganisms
in Low Nutrient Level Media
J. Miles Sharpley, Sharpley Laboratories, Inc.

It has been adequately demonstrated by the author and
others that customary laboratory media often support
poor growth of the normal bacterial flora in water. The
genera Pseudomonas, Achromobacter and Micrococcus
are commonly isolated from river water when conven-
tional peptone media are employed. When low nutrient
level media (LNLM) are used, Achromobacter strains
predominate and few micrococci are observed. Pseudo-
monads are frequent but the species are often different.

It became of interest to determine whether isolates re-
covered on conventional media could support growth in
an environment simulating the nutrient levels found in
streams. Three cultures identified as Pseudomonas,
Achromobacter and Micrococcus species were isolated
from river water cultured in conventional media and
LNLM. Based on the available data, it appears that
conventional media fail to recover a significant portion
of the water microflora. In addition, such media may be
biased to the recovery of non-significant adventitious
microorganisms.

(3)

Generic Position of Campanula americana L.

Stanwyn G. Shetler, Smithsonian Institution
and

James F. Matthews, Charlotte College

The tall bellflower, Campanula americana L., is widely
distributed in eastern North America, where it is en-
demic. In habit and floral morphology it is a very char-
acteristic member of the genus Campanula, and Small
placed it in the monotypic genus Campanulastrum. Re-
cent cytological and palynological studies add weight to
Small’s opinion. The authors present new evidence for
recognizing Campanulastrum and evaluate this evidence
in the broader context of generic limits in the Campanu-
laceae as a whole. They discuss the great diversity of
Campanula, which includes perhaps 300 species, and
stress the hazards of isolating segregate genera without
a thorough knowledge of the whole group.

(88)

Limnetic Carbon Assimilation in Two
Virginia Reservoirs

George M. Simmons, Jr., Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Reservoirs increase in biological productivity soon
after impoundment. A decline in productivity usually
follows after 5-6 years. Initial high fish yields have led
to the inference that carbon assimilation by the phyto-
plankton would be comparable.

The carbon assimilation rates of the phytoplankton in
two reservoirs have been investigated by means of the
Carbon- 14, light and dark bottle technique. The two
reservoirs studied were the 26 year old Claytor Lake
Reservoir on the New River in Pulaski Co., Virginia,
and 3 year old Smith Mountain Reservoir on the Ro-
anoke River in Franklin Co., Virginia.

40

ASB Bulletin

Results show that assimilation rates are consistently
higher in Claytor Lake than in Smith Mountain. Pre-
liminary conclusions attribute the differences to a higher
and more diversified phytoplankton population in Clay-
tor Lake.

(55)

A Method for Investigation of Aldosterone and
Corticosterone in Rana catesbeiana Plasma

Jane Sine and C. N. Boehms, Austin Peay State College,

and D. Island, Vanderbilt University Medical School

A double isotope dilution method for the determina-
tion of aldosterone and corticosterone in R. catesbeiana
plasma is described. Solvent partitioning was used to
divide the sample into two fractions (Fraction I and
Fraction II). To Fraction I, a known amount of D-
aldosterone-l,2-H3 was added and the compound was
actylated with acetic anhydride-C11. Conversion from
monoacetate to diacetate and back to monoacetate form
was instrumental in purification procedures. Purification
was accomplished by a series of paper chromatographic
isolations. Radioactivity counts were made on the puri-
fied sample to quantitatively measure steroid concentra-
tion. A known quantity of corticosterone-H'1 was added
to Fraction II. Acetylation was performed by addition
of pyridine and acetic anhydride-C14. Paper chromato-
graphic purification prepared the sample for radioactivity
determinations. By this method it was possible to ac-
curately determine in vivo steroid concentrations of less
than one microgram per 100 milliliters of plasma. Both
free aldosterone and free corticosterone were shown to
be present in measurable quantities in the plasma of R.
catesbeiana.

(21)

A. Allele Necessary for Dilute Coat Color
in Horses

W. Ralph Singleton, University of Virginia, and

Enriqueta Carter Bond, former graduate student,
University of Virginia

A dilution gene in horses in the heterozygous condi-
tion converts a chestnut color to a palomino color. Like-
wise the same dilution gene changes a bay to a dun or
buckskin color. The dilution gene ccr when homozygous
results in an animal almost white, a cremello if b/b, a
perlino if B/~ . Recent evidence shows that the domi-
nant allele of the pattern gene A must be present for any
dilution to occur. Two matings of a sorrel mare a/a
b/b C/C to a perlino stallion produced two dark brown
fillies showing no dilution. One of these mares, when
bred to a Palomino A/— b/b C/cCT produced a perlino
foal with light, almost white, color and blue eyes char-
acteristic of a perlino, demonstrating conclusively that
the mother was heterozygous for the dilution gene, but
showing no evidence of it, a complete lack of penetrance
of the CCT dilution allele in the absence of A.

(14)

Reliability of the Mark-release Technique
of Estimating Numbers of Mice
Michael H. Smith, University of Georgia

The number of mice of two species, Mus musculus
and Peromyscus polionotus, on an abandoned peanut
field was determined by live-trapping using the mark-

release technique and also by capturing the mice while
digging out their burrows. The two sampling methods
gave results which were significantly different. Avail-
able evidence suggests the latter technique revealed the
exact structure of the population, while the mark-release
method overestimated the M. musculus male population
and underestimated the P. polionotus female population.
Males of both species were more readily trapped than
females, especially when the females were pregnant or
lactating or both. These results are best interpreted in
terms of the relative amount of movement shown by the
different types of mice. Greater movement increases the
likelihood of encountering a trap, and multiple en-
counters may increase the probability of the mouse
entering the trap.

(126)

The Free Amino Acid Composition and Certain
Aspects of the Metabolic Fate of Carbon — 14
Labeled Alpha Alanine and Aspartic Acid in
the Aging Female Mosquito, Aedes aegypti (L.)

James D. Stidham and James N. Liles,

The University of Tennessee

The free amino acids of the adult female mosquito.
Aedes aegypti (L.), were investigated at seven different
ages in mosquitoes maintained on two different dietary
regimens (sucrose, and sucrose and blood). In addition,
certain aspects of the metabolic fate of carbon- 14 labeled
alpha alanine and aspartic acid were studied. The quali-
tative and quantitative determination of free amino acids
of adult mosquitoes was performed by ion-exchange
chromatography (Technicon Auto Analyzer). Twenty
free amino acids were consistently present in mosquitoes
from both diet groups. However, blood fed insects had
higher quantities of amino acids than did those fed su-
crose alone, and the acids varied quantitatively with the
age of the mosquitoes. Carbon- 14 labeled compounds
were given in sucrose solution to adult female mos-
quitoes. Three tissue fractions were analyzed for radio-
activity: amino acid extract, lipid fraction and protein
fraction. Production of carbon- 14 labeled C02 was
measured as well as radioactivity in the excreta from
mosquitoes given carbon- 14 labeled compounds. Amount
of radioactivity in each case was measured by liquid
scintillation counting. The significance of free hemo-
lymph amino acids and the radioactivity of the three
tissue fractions will be discussed.

(37)

Probability Values for Chromatid Aberrations

P. L. Strickland and J. W. Drane, Emory University

X-ray induced chromatid aberrations in Tradescantia
microspores occur independently in Poisson distributions.
Historically, the standard deviation of the mean has been
accepted as an indication of the significance limits appli-
cable to a given mean value. A test with equal or
greater sensitivity in detecting differences and in this
case much simpler to calculate is the Likelihood Ratio
Chisquare. It is derived using only the sample size and
mean which is the Maximum Likelihood Estimate of the
Poisson parameter. Let mi equal the mean of one ex-
periment and Ni, the sample size; m2, the mean of a
second experiment and N2, its sample size; and m, an
average of the two means with N the total sample.
Assuming the null hypothesis, mi = m2, we obtain the

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

41

probability that these experiments represent the same
population using the equation, X2 = 2( - Nmlogm + Ni
milogrm + Nsm-logm*), where chi square has one degree
of freedom and logs are to the base e. (Research sup-
ported by the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission under
contract number AT-(40-l )-2669 and U.S.P.H.S. Grant
1 SOI FR-05064.)

(112)

Ecology of Two Populations of an Aquatic
Isopod, Lirceus fontinalis Raf.

Clarence E. Styron, Emoiy University

An ecological study of the aquatic isopod, Lirceus
fontinalis Rafinesque, from the weather pool and inter-
mittent creek population on Mount Arabia and the spring
population from the Emory University Lullwater Bio-
logical Field Laboratory has been approached through
( 1 ) investigation of the biological interactions between
the isopods and various environmental stresses, (2) in-
vestigation of their behavior patterns, and (3) an attempt
to determine the factors or combinations of factors which
control the maintenance, growth, and movement of the
populations which are in two river drainages. Behavior
patterns and physiological responses were observed under
natural conditions and then tested experimentally in the
field and/or laboratory. In addition to the behavioral
and physiological comparisons, chromatographic and
morphological comparisons of these populations have
been made to establish their taxonomic affinities.

(91)

Some Embryological Features of Taxonomic
Significance in the Genus Nyssa L.

S. R. Tandon and J. M. Herr, Jr.,

University of South Carolina

Several structural and developmental features of the
ovule and megagametophyte in three species of Nyssa
L., N. sylvatica Marsh., N. biflora Walt, and N. aquatica
L., provide support for the recognition of Nyssaceae as
a family separate from Cornaceae. Additional evidence
clearly establishes N. biflora as a separate species rather
than a variety of N. sylvatica. Although points of simi-
larity appear between any two of the three species,
greater similarity exists between N. biflora and N. aqua-
tica than between either species and N. sylvatica. The
major points of similarity are the presence of a nucellar
beak, the shape of the megasporocyte and functional
megaspore, the occasional occurrence of bisporic de-
velopment, and the growth pattern of the chalazal nu-
cellus and the developing megagametophyte.

(40)

Nuclear Characteristics of Populus deltoides
Clones

F. G. Taylor, Jr., Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Resistance or sensitivity to ionizing radiation in higher
plants is correlated with the average interphase nuclear
or chromosome volumes of shoot apical meristem cells.
Differences in volume and radiosensitivity between gen-
era and species have been well documented. However,
little is known concerning possible nuclear differences
within a species due to genotypic variability. Apical
meristems from 30 clones of Populus deltoides Marsh.,
representing ecotypes from 8 different states, were stud-

ied histologically to determine if any differences in nu-
clear characteristics existed. Average chromosome vol-
umes of diploid nuclei ranged from 2.38m3 ± 0.07SE in
a clone of Alabama origin to 4.24 ± 0.16 in a clone of
Wisconsin origin. Phenotypic characteristics such as
breaking of dormancy (leafing out), development of
secondary stems, and leaf fall were noted. (Research
sponsored by the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission
under contract with the Union Carbide Corporation.)

(28)

Red, Far-Red Light Effect on Pollen Tube
Elongation and Pollen Germination in
Tradescantia

Te-Hsiu Ma, Smithsonian Institution

Mature pollen of Tradescantia paludosa desiccated in
dark for Vz hour or 24 hours, were treated with red
(660m,u) or far-red(730m/u) at the intensity of 850 erg/
sec cm2 for 15 minutes. Treated and control pollen
were immediately sown on lactose-agar medium coated
slides and grown in a moist chamber for 3, 4 or 6 hours
in dark. Tube length measurement using an ocular mi-
crometer and a reticle were made on fixed and stained
pollen tubes selected at random from each of the treated
and control groups. The results of three separate ex-
periments showed the higher rate of elongation and ger-
mination in treated groups than the control groups.
Far-red light treated pollen had the higher rate of elon-
gation and germination than those treated with red light.
Speculations on the presence of phytochrome or other
growth regulating pigment in the pollen will be discussed.
(Research sponsored by the U. S. Atomic Energy Com-
mission under Contract No. AT(30-1 )2373.)

(13)

A Preliminary Survey of the Flora of Several
Southwestern Virginia Piedmont Counties

Wayne Thacker, William F. Ruska, and
Gwynn W. Ramsey, Lynchburg College

During the summer of 1966 locations in several South-
western Virginia Piedmont Counties were visited and
plant collections were made. Study of the material col-
lected shows that distributional ranges for several taxa
have been extended beyond those previously published.
Many county and Piedmont records and several state
records are established. The results of the study indi-
cate that concentrated floristic studies for the Virginia
Piedmont, especially for the southwestern portion, are
needed. The summer’s work and this report initiate that
study.

(51)

Effect of L1210 Leukemia on Cll/1431a
Carbon Clearance in DBA/2 Mice

J. Richard Thomson and David A. Ringle,

Midwest Research Institute, Kansas City, Missouri

We have previously reported the occurrence of a rise
in Cll/1431a carbon clearance rates in DBA/2 mice at
the terminal stage of ascitic-form L1210 leukemia (RES
J. Reticuloendothelial Soc. i:370, 1966). This finding
was unexpected since Biozzi et al. (Bull. Assoc. Franc.
Etude Cancer 64: 781-791, 1959) earlier reported an ap-
parent terminal decrease in Cl 1/143 la carbon clearance

42

ASB Bulletin

in mice isologously inoculated with L1210 leukemia.
Moreover, a decrease in reticuloendothelial system
(RES) function is commonly found at the terminal stage
of many neoplastic diseases, including leukemias. Our
studies on L1210 ascitic-form leukemia have consistently
shown the following effects on carbon uptake in both
male and female DBA/2 mice: a marked increase in
uptake by the lungs; a greatly decreased uptake by the
liver and spleen; and an unusual uptake by cellular ag-
gregations distributed in the peritoneal cavity. Quanti-
tative recovery of carbon from the major RES organs
showed that over 40% of the i.v. injected dose could
not be accounted for in these organs, whereas in normal
mice these organs take up most of the carbon. Addi-
tional experiments have suggested that the altered pat-
tern of carbon uptake in L1210 leukemic mice is neither
due to serum factors nor to a loss of phagocytes from
the liver and spleen.

(125)

C-14 Isoleucine Studies in Aedes aegypti

William L. Tietjen, Ga. Southwestern College
James N. Liles, Univ. of Tennessee

In an attempt to learn more about the role of iso-
leucine in the metabolism of the adult female Aedes
aegypti and in its egg production, C-14 uniformity la-
beled isoleucine was fed to adult females and to larvae.
At various post feeding times and stages, groups of mos-
quitos were sacrificed and the C-14 activity of various
biochemical fractions, including lipid, sugars, free amino
acids, and protein amino acids, was determined. In ad-
dition, eggs produced following C-14 feeding were ana-
lyzed in a similar manner. A report is to be made on
the results of these studies.

(41)

Nonrandom Nuclear Orientation in the
Ascospores of Neurospora tetrasperma

R. E. Totten and H. Branch Howe, Jr.,
University of Georgia

Genetic analysis of 80 hyphal-tip pairs from asco-
spores segregating for four genetic markers has shown
that two of the six randomly-expected, heterokaryotic
nuclear arrangements are not found. The only arrange-
ments which are found are those giving rise to hyphae
which are heterokaryotic for mating type and other
markers that segregate consistently at the first division.
This finding is interpreted as suggesting that the four
nuclei in each ascospore undergo a directed orientation
which leads to their nonrandom distribution into the
hyphal tips. Cytological analysis suggests that the cause
of this nonrandomness is a type of fourth divisional nu-
clear passing somewhat similar to the nuclear passings
already known to occur earlier in ascosporogenesis dur-
ing the second and third nuclear divisions.

(130)

An Ecological Study of a Fungus Parasite in
Mosquito Larvae

Clyde J. Umphlett, University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill

Weekly samples of larvae of Anopheles quadrimacu-
latus were taken during the mosquito breeding season in

1966 from two coves, A and B, in University Lake,
Chapel Hill, N. C. Larvae from Cove A were infected
regularly by Coelomomyces punctatus in quantities vary-
ing from 6.3% to 80.8% of the samples. No infected
larvae were found in Cove B. Environmental conditions
in both coves were described from measurements of
water and air temperatures, pH, and dissolved oxygen.
The dissolved oxygen concentration and pH were much
higher in Cove B than in Cove A. These factors, and
the higher temperatures observed at times in Cove A,
seemed to be exerting some influence on the infection
potential of the fungus. In one brief laboratory experi-
ment on emergence of adult mosquitoes from field larval
collections, 76% of the larvae from Cove B (uninfected)
emerged while 6.3% of those from Cove A (infected)
emerged as adults. One infected imago emerged. A
role for infected adult mosquitoes in the dispersal of
Coelomomyces is possible.

(35)

Localization and Rhythmic Enzymatic
Development of Essential Oils in Flowers
D. S. Van Fleet, University of Georgia

Esterases, dehydrogenases and peroxidases in glandu-
lar cells producing essential aromatic oils are cyclic in
their activation. Diurnal and nocturnal rhythmic cycles
of mitochondrial division and enzyme activity are not
changed by normal variations in temperature, light or
removal of flower parts from the plant in Cestrum noc-
turnum. Essential oil end products are inhibitive to the
enzymes showing rhythmic activity. Rhythmic mito-
chondrial and enzyme activity are not sharply detectible
in many plants but a general method has been developed
with aryl amines for visual localization of cells producing
aromatic oils.

(32)

Genetics and Differentiation of Polyacetylenes
and Polyenes in Vascular Plants
D. S. Van Fleet

Genes for development of poly-ynes and polyenes in
root, stem and leaf are in linkage groups with genes for
differentiation of the endodermis. Dehydrogenase, ester-
ase and haem containing enzymes associated with de-
velopment of acetylenic and polyeneic molecules are con-
trolled by genes which affect the development of the
endodermis. Absorption spectra of double and triple
bonds in acetylenic and polyenoic fatty acids allow quan-
titative and qualitative analysis of polyunsaturated mole-
cules in hybrid crosses and in broad phyletic compari-
sons. Evolution of gene linkage groups from Psilotum
through the Compositae is a result of survival value and
function of the endodermis. Poly-ynes and polyenes in
leaves are less common and more variable than in roots.
Evolved linkage groups affecting development in leaves
are evocative but unsaturation and molecular structure
are finally determined by unlinked genes affecting flavone
development. Conjugated polyenes may be adventively
induced to form in plants lacking genes for their de-
velopment.

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

43

(34)

Peroxidase Localization and Isozymic Alteration
Resulting from Infection of Tobacco by
Phytophthora parasitica var. nicotianae
Joseph A. Veech, University of Georgia

The blackshank pathogen Phytophthora parasitica var.
nicotianae alters the isozymic pattern (zymogram) in
tobacco stem. The sequence of changes in the zymo-
grams as they occur during the development of the dis-
ease was demonstrated by micro-disc polyacrylamide
gel eletrophoresis. Comparisons were made between sus-
ceptible and resistant varieties of tobacco under condi-
tions of health and disease. Results indicate that prior
to infection the zymogram of susceptible and resistant
varieties are similar. However, upon infection isozymic
alterations were observed. Both varieties first show an
intensification of what is thought to be lipid-bound iso-
zymes of peroxidase. As the disease progresses zymo-
grams obtained from susceptible plants indicated a lack
of stability on the part of the host to cope with the
pathogen. Zymograms from resistant plants also showed
alteration from the healthy, however, alternations were
neither as acute nor as long lasting as those found in
the infected susceptible variety.

(135)

Ultrastructure of the Fungus-Alga Association in
Cornicularia normoerica
Alma Toevs Walker, University of Georgia

The thick and compact cortical tissues in contrast with
the arachnoid structure of the medullary tissues in the
lichen Cornicularia normoerica (Gunn.) Du Rietz com-
pounded penetration problems in fixing and staining the
0.5-mm. sections of this lichen for electron microscopy.
Crystalline organic deposits secreted by the lichen pro-
vided an additional critical problem in securing embed-
ment suitable for thinsectioning. Appropriate prepara-
tive techniques and fine structure studies of the fungus-
alga association will be presented and discussed.

(5)

A New Talinum ( Portulacaceae ) from the
Cedar Glades

Stewart A. Ware and Elsie Quarterman,
Vanderbilt University

The Talinum in the cedar glades of middle Tennessee
has often been identified as T. teretifolium Pursh, but it
is more like T. mengesii Wolf. In the field, cedar glade
plants can be easily separated from these two species by
flower and fruit characteristics. Only one of 46 at-
tempted crosses between T. mengesii and the cedar glade
plants produced the normal seed yield, indicating genetic
as well as morphological differentiation. A new species
is proposed from the cedar glades, with the name Tali-
num calcaricum. The new species, known only from six
counties in the Central Basin of Tennessee and one
county in northeast Alabama, is another addition to the
list of cedar glade endemics. It appears to be limited
to limestone outcrops; T. mengesii is its ecological equiv-
alent on the sandstone outcrops of northern Alabama.

(25)

Seed Germination in Two Species of Talinum
(Portulacaceae)

Stewart A. Ware and Elsie Quarterman,
Vanderbilt University

Talinum calcaricum Ware sp. nov. is a succulent per-
ennial herb endemic to the cedar glades of middle Ten-
nessee and northern Alabama. Its seeds, which germi-
nate in the spring, require cold treatment (6 weeks), light,
and alternating temperatures for good germination. At
constant temperatures, some germination occurs at 25°
C, but none at 20° or 30° C. The requirements for cold
storage and light are not eliminated by laboratory dry
storage, but percent germination at 25° C rises appreci-
ably. Seeds of T. mengesii Wolf, a species of sandstone
and other outcrops of the southeastern United States,
also require cold treatment and light, but germinate
better over a wider range of constant temperatures than
do seeds of T. calcaricum. In T. mengesii, germination
rises after laboratory dry storage, and is as good at 25°
C as at alternating temperatures.

(36)

Respiratory Metabolism in the Heterothallic
Water Mold, Achlya ambisexualis Raper

Charles O. Warren, Southwestern At Memphis

Manometric studies of intact mycelium and spectro-
photometric analyses of enzyme activity in mycelial ex-
tracts provided basic information concerning the vegeta-
tive respiratory metabolism of the heterothallic water
mold, Achlya ambisexualis Raper (Order Saprolegni-
ales). The measured Respiratory Quotient indicates li-
pid as the endogenous substrate. Enzymes representing
two glycolytic pathways were demonstrated. The Hex-
ose Monophosphate pathway was represented by glucose-
6-phosphate dehydrogenase and 6-phosphogluconic acid
dehydrogenase. The demonstration of 6-phosphofructo-
kinase, aldolase, PGAL dehydrogenase, phosphoglycero-
mutase, and enolase indicate the presence of the Embden-
Meyerhof-Parnas scheme. The effect of mycelial age on
the activity of selected respiratory enzymes was studied.
The presence of an operative Krebs Cycle is supported
by the demonstration of isocitric dehydrogenase, o-
ketoglutaric acid oxidase, succinic dehydrogenase, and
malic dehydrogenase. The presence of “malic” enzyme
suggests a possible mechanism for CO- fixation in this
fungus.

Preliminary studies concerning the effects of the sex
hormone, hormone A, on the respiratory rate of the male
strain of this fungus were conducted.

(49)

Neurochemical Response to Environmental
Stimulation

Annemarie S. Welch and Bruce L. Welch,
University of Tennessee

The central portions of the autonomic nervous system
which utilize norepinephrine, dopamine or serotonin as
neurotransmitter or neuromodulatory agents adapt in a
very sensitive manner to different levels of demand for
neurotransmitter release, such as those brought about by
different levels of environmental stimulation. When
stimulus is intensified neurotransmitter stores may be
markedly reduced, but compensatory mechanisms rapidly

44

ASB Bulletin

come into play; transmitter stores may increase detect-
ably within 10-30 minutes and continue to increase for
at least IV2-2 hours. When mice live in high stimulus
environments, neurotransmitter metabolism is sustained
at high levels. When mice are removed from such en-
vironments, neurotransmitter metabolism is slowed some-
what almost immediately, but it remains higher for at
least several days than in mice adapted to living in lower
stimulus environments. CNS responsivity and aggres-
siveness are inversely related to the sustained levels of
environmental stimulation and neurotransmitter metabo-
lism.

(31)

The Effects of Soaking Treatments and Foliar
Sprays on Rooting of
Sanchezia nobilis glaucophylla

Booker T. Whatley, Stanley O. Thompson and
McKinley Mayes, Southern University

A randomized block experimental design with eight
treatments replicated five times with one cutting per one-
gallon glass jar, filled with continuously aerated distilled
water, per treatment for each replication was employed
to study the effects of soaking and foliar spray on root-
ing of Sanchezia nobilis glaucophylla terminal cuttings.

Highly significant differences were found among the
various treatments. When soaking vs foliar spray were
compared, soaking was found to be significantly better
than foliar spray. The linear trend indicated that five
minutes soaking was significantly better than fifteen min-
utes soaking which was no better than the control. The
quadratic response was highly significant, indicating that
ten minutes soaking was significantly better than five
minutes soaking.

Foliar spray vs control, linear trend, and quadratic
response was not significant, indicating that the applica-
tion of foliar spray to the stock plants 5, 10 and 15 days
prior to taking cuttings was no better than the control.

“days” and 18-hour 12° C “nights” are so conditioned
that their eggs develop into larvae which fail to pupate
but pass into a dormant state called diapause. These
larvae will live at room temperature without food as long
as three years. About 60 genetically different stocks
were proven thus to respond to these conditions and dia-
pause larvae were obtained for convenient storage. A
diapause-resistant stock has now been found which fails
to produce diapause larvae or has them in very small
numbers, less than 1%, even after the mothers have been
in the “day-and-night box” for many days. Genetical
data will be reported. (Research sponsored by the U. S.
Atomic Energy Commission under contract with the
Union Carbide Corporation.)

(47)

Interference with Pregnancy in the Rat by an
Intracervical Suture

Katherine L. Wieand and D. A. Olewine,
Geisinger Medical Center and Bucknell University

Intrauterine sutures which penetrate into the uterine
lumen have been shown to disrupt pregnancy in the rat.
In the present investigation a silk suture (Ethcon 2-0)
placed in the cervix where implantation does not nor-
mally occur, also interfers with pregnancy. Control
and sham-operated animals averaged 6.2 ± 0.4 (S.E.)
implantations in each uterine horn. In uteri with sutured
cervices the number of implantations was significantly
reduced [2.2 ± 0.7 (S.E.)]. When placement of the su-
ture was delayed until day 4 of pregnancy 2.9 ± 0.3 im-
plantations were found in uteri with sutured cervices.
Also in these animals there was a significant increase in
the number of abnormal implantations [2.5 ± 0.3 (S.E.)]
which were consistently located in the cervix around the
suture.

(138)

Notes on Tetrasporopsis junescens, a Fresh-Water
Alga of Apparently Wide Distribution
L. A. Whitford, N. C. State University

A large palmelloid chrysophyte described from Ral-
eigh, North Carolina in 1943 as Phaeosphaera perforata
is almost certainly synonymous with Tetrasporopsis fun-
escens, (Braun) Lemm. 1899, and synonymous with T.
reticulata Meyer, 1927 from Lake Baikal. The species
is common in late winter along the Atlantic seaboard
from Mississippi to New Foundland. It has also been
collected in Alaska, Germany, France, Russia and pos-
sibly England and India. It is collected in soft-water
lakes and streams when water temperatures are below
12 C. Nearly spherical brownish cells are irregularly
distributed in a soft, perforate or reticulate, gelatinous
cylinder. Spherical silicious cysts and zoospores are
produced.

(20)

A Diapause-Resistant Stock of Monnoniella

P. W. Whiting, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

At the Raleigh ASB meeting it was reported that
females of this wasp parasite of blow-fly pupae after
about five days of exposure to alternating 6-hour 18° C

(122)

Facultative Diapause in Trogoderma sternale
maderae Beal, 1954

Billy G. Wilson and J. J. Friauf, Vanderbilt University

The genus Trogoderma (Coleoptera: Dermestidae) has
been studied experimentally for an unusual type of fac-
ultative diapause occurring in late larval instars. In-
vestigations have indicated that responsible factors may
be restricted space, low (but nutritionally sufficient) food
volume, and accumulation of excreta. Results also in-
dicate that low temperature, within the developmental
range, will induce this diapause.

It seems to us that the results thus far are inconclusive,
and that neither the environmental parameters nor the
physiological mechanisms have been clearly elucidated.
Accordingly, a factorial experiment was designed in
which the effects of temperature, food volume, larval
density, relative humidity, diet and photoperiod upon
larval development are being evaluated. Among these
parameters, those that appear to show a positive rela-
tionship with delayed pupation will be more critically
examined in further experiments, and it seems certain
that further, and perhaps more promising approaches to
this total problem of facultative diapause will become
evident.

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

45

(27)

Interactions of Fast Neutron Radiation and
Growth-Dormancy Cycles in Yellow Poplar Trees

J. P. Witherspoon, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

In general, plants subjected to an acute exposure of
ionizing radiation during active growth phases are more
affected than those receiving the same exposure during
dormant phases. This generalization, however, is based
on the normal timing of the plant cycle. Experiments
with 2-year-old yellow poplar trees which were irradi-
ated with fast neutrons during either dormant or active
phases then forced, prematurely, into opposite phases
indicated that this generalization does not hold when
natural timing is altered. Irradiated dormant plants
were found to break dormancy before controls when
forced out of dormancy in environmental growth cham-
bers. The biological effects, however, were greater than
when plants were allowed to undergo a normal dormant
period. This study indicated that some repair of bio-
logical damage occurs during dormancy. (Research
sponsored by the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission un-
der contract with the Union Carbide Corporation.)

(22-64)

A Comparison of the Skulls of Young Flounders
in Three Species of Paralichthys Girard

William S. Woolcott and Caperton Beirne,
University of Richmond

Eighty specimens (10-56 mm st. lg.), collected in the
vicinity of Beaufort, North Carolina, were used in the
study. Thirty-four of these were Paralichthys dentatus,
27 P. lethostigma and 19 P. albigutta. Neurocranial

elements appeared similar; however, differences in 13
meristic, proportional and descriptive characters of the
branchiocranium separated P. dentatus from the other
two species. In seven characters, significant differences
occurred between P. lethostigma and P. albigutta. Char-
acters that gave the best separation were gill rakers
where P. dentatus had the greatest number on the first
gill arch, and a combination of gill rakers and the total
number of left dentary teeth which gave almost 100%
separation of the three species. Paralichthys dentatus
had a longer posterodorsal spine on the left subopercle;
on P. albigutta it was minute or absent. Also in P. den-
tatus the opercle was usually wider than deep while in
the other two fishes depth was greater.

(136)

Interesting Records of Southern Appalachian and
Mexican Lichens

I. Yoshimura and A. J. Sharp, University of Tennessee

The known ranges of Pilophoron cereolus, Phylliscum
demangeonii (both new to S. Appalachians), and Coris-
cium viride (new to Mexico) are extended southward.
In contrast, the range of Parmelia densirhizinata (new
to Mexico) is extended northward from Central and S.
America. Anaptychia microphylla (new to N. Amer-
ica), Anzia ornata (new to Philippines) and the genus
Gymnoderma show classic distribution patterns involving
eastern Asia and E. North America. A new species of
Anzia (the third Anzia known in North America) shows
a disjunctive distribution between the Southern Appala-
chians and the Mexican Highlands. Cladonia formosana
is a synonym of Cladonia subpityrea, which shows a
disjunctive distribution between eastern Asia and the
Mexican Highlands.

( Continued from page 14)

C. Ritchie Bell: Having been associated with the ASB
since he came to the University of North Carolina from
the University of Illinois in 1955, Dr. Bell served on
the ASB Executive Committee from 1963 to 1965. He
is Director of the North Carolina Botanical Garden,
Chairman of the CUEBS Panel on Biological Facilities,
and a Council Member of the American Society of Plant
Taxonomists.

Burton J. Bogitsh: Dr. Bogitsh has served the ASB as
both Chairman and member of the Research Committee.
He is now Associate Professor of Biology at Vanderbilt
University, having come there after serving as Assistant
Program Director with the N.S.F. Prior to 1963 he was
Assistant Professor at Georgia Southern College. His
interest lie in the field of helminthology.

Anna Josephine Bridgman: Dr. Bridgman is Professor
and Chairman of the Biology Department of Agnes Scott
College — a position she has held since 1952. Her re-
search interests deal with the encystment of, and radia-
tion effects on, ciliates. She has been a member of the
ASB since 1939, and has served on the Executive Com-
mittee.

Dorothy L. Crandall: Dr. Crandall is an Associate Pro-
fessor of Biology at Randolph-Macon Woman’s College.
Her interests are in Plant Ecology, and she has served
as Chairman of the ASB Resolutions Committee in 1962
and 1966. She has been a member of the ASB since
1950.

John Mervin Herr: A member of the ASB since 1955,
Dr. Herr has served as South Carolina State Corres-
pondent since 1964. His interests lie in the fields of
tracheophyta morphology and angiosperm embryology —
areas in which he has published over 20 papers. Dr.
Herr is Associate Professor of Biology at the University
of South Carolina.

James C. McDonald: At the time of the Wake-Forest
College ASB meeting in 1962, Dr. McDonald served well
as Chairman of the Local Arrangements Committee. A
botanist, Dr. McDonald has been a member of the ASB
since coming to Wake-Forest from the University of Mis-
souri in 1960. His research is on the Myxobacterales.

Margaret Y. Menzel: Dr. Menzel, Associate Professor
of Biology at Florida State University, has been a mem-
ber of the ASB since 1949, served on the Goethe Travel
Awards Committee from 1962 to 1964, and has been
Secretary since 1964. Her research interests are in the

46

ASB Bulletin

fields of cytology, cytogenetics, and plant evolution —
and she was recipient of the ASB Research Award in
1950. Her husband, R. W. Menzel, is also an ASB
member.

Faith S. Miller: Dr. Miller, Associate Professor of
Anatomy at Tulane University, has been a member of
the ASB since 1959. Her research is in the fields of
asphyxia of newborn mammals, resuscitation from as-
phyxia and low body temperatures, and embryology of
Tubularia. In 1959 she shared the ASB’s research prize
with Dr. J. A. Miller.

Robert B. Short: Dr. Short has been associated with

the ASB since 1951, and has served two terms on the
Executive Committee (from 1959 to 1962 and from 1965
to 1968). Professor of Biology at Florida State Uni-
versity, Dr. Short’s research interests lie in parasitology
— trematodes (especially schistosomes) and in dicyemid
mesozoans.

Frances E. Silliman: Dr. Silliman, Professor of Biology
at Bridgewater College, has been a member of the ASB
since 1953. A botanist, she is a member of the AAAS,
the Botanical Society of America, the American Society
of Plant Taxonomists, and the Southern Appalachian
Botanical Club.

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

47

Books and Periodicals

PROTIDES OF THE BIOLOGICAL FLUIDS, Volume
13 of a series on Proteins. H. Peeters, Editor. Elvsevier
Publishing Company, New York, 1966. 476 pp.

This book is the result of a Colloquium held in Bruges,
Belgium. The academic lecture presented by Z. Dische
is a resume of biochemistry during the past 20 years in-
volving conjugated proteins in “informational processes.”
The suggestion is intriguing that glycoprotein functions
as a carrier of biological information. It is particularly
interesting that in the presentation of the universal ani-
mal concept, a sugar conjugated with a hydrophobic
group in some form is universal and functions in de-
velopmental processes.

Four major areas are treated by individuals from sev-
eral countries. A few of the presentations are in the
native language but these have summaries in English.
The material in the book includes neuroproteins (53%),
lipoproteins (31%), dispersion phenomena (9%), and
“various papers” (7%). The “various papers” section
ranges from studies of the Klinefelter syndrome, to im-
munopolymerisation (German), to immunological reac-
tions (French).

The composition and metabolism of neuroproteins of
the central nervous system and peripheral nerves were
discussed in relation to anabolism and catabolism. Syn-
thesis and breakdown activities of enzymes were the pri-
mary concern with rather complete methods of experi-
mentation accompanying the data presented. As a
corollary, additional information is presented about the
intercomplexities of nervous tissue components and con-
stituents.

Some of the more recent results of European workers'
findings in magnetic and optical dispersion in the field
of protein research are contributing to the rapidly ex-
panding information. — John F. Dimmick, Wake Forest
College.

THE BIOLOGY OF POPULATIONS. Robert Mac-
Arthur and Joseph Connell. John Wiley & Sons, New
York. 200 pp. 1966. $5.95.

This is one of three books in a “levels of organiza-
tion" series (Cells, Organisms. Populations). Although
one’s understanding of the relation of properties and
behavior at one level to each of the other levels would
be enriched by reading the entire series, the volume
concerned with populations may be profitably read alone
by anyone exposed to the basic concepts of biology.
In the foreword the authors state their intent to pre-
sent science as a process as well as a body of knowl-
edge. As a result the evidence and reasoning leading
to each concept of population biology is explained in

detail with extraordinary clarity but with a remarkable
economy of words. Thus the book serves to introduce
the student to the intellectual revolution which biology
is undergoing and enables established biologists to re-
examine some cherished concepts and beliefs. The book
is divided into three parts: 1. The Patterns which in-
cludes such subtopics as the challenge of a fluctuating
environment, some patterns in space, the patterns of
single-species populations, and the general circulation of
the atmosphere. 2. The Evolution of Populations with
discussions of the process of natural selection, the
maintenance of variability, group selection, and other
related topics. 3. The Functioning of Populations which
constitutes nearly half the text covers population inte-
gration, growth, regulation, various population inter-
actions, ecological communities and allied topics. I
enjoyed reading this book and will undoubtedly do so
many more times. John Cairns, Jr., Univ. of Kansas.

BASIC ARTHROPODAN STOCK, with Special Refer-
ence to Insects. A. G. Sharov. Pergamon Press, Ox-
ford; New York, xii + 271 pp.

Phylogeny continues to interest biologists. Our minds
are such that we take the same (perhaps childish) de-
light in knowing (or believing) that insects are related
to snails as we do in knowing (or believing) that our
colleague is descended from Irish kings; and a phylogeny
is a scheme of relationships, a genealogy, that serves as
a test of our theories of systematics and our classifica-
tions and as an important confirmation of theories of
the mechanisms of evolution. Yet successful phylo-
genies are rare, and in the broad sense of a scheme ex-
pressing the genealogies of major groups of organisms,
perhaps non-existent.

It was with some anticipation, then, that I received
a review copy of this book by the eminent Russian
student of insectan palaeontology, a member of U.S.S.R.
Academy of Sciences. There are ten chapters, unnum-
bered sections entitled “Introduction” and “Conclu-
sions”, a long list of references (many to titles in Rus-
sian and other languages of which American students
often may not be aware) and what appears to be an
adequate index. From the Zoology Division of the
Pergamon Press’ “Series on Pure and Applied Biology”,
the book is well made and printed and the illustrations
are beautifully done.

Not many American students, I suppose, will be
pleased with Sharov’s classification in which all an-
nelids and arthropods are grouped in four subphyla
under the Cuvieran phylum Articulata. Still fewer will
accept the conclusion, reached after a review of the
classical theories of annelidan origins have been pre-
sented, that the annelids are descended from cteno-

48

ASB Bulletin

phores or that the polychaete family Spintheridae is
composed of primitive annelids. Unfortunately Sharov
wrote either before R. B. Clark’s work (1964. Dynam-
ics in Metazoan Evolution. Clarendon Press. Oxford.)
on the significance of the hydrostatic skeleton in the
evolution of the burrowing ancestors of the annelids or
without a knowledge of Clark’s work, though, of course,
Clark had numerous predecessors. One cannot any
longer believe that the earliest annelids were flattened,
creeping forms or that their coelomic spaces were de-
rived from the gastric pouches of coelenterates or cteno-
phores.

In the second chapter on the origin of arthropods
from proto-annelids and the relationship of arthropods
to molluscs there is much of interest, though the use
of unfamiliar names, e.g., Malocopoda (or is it Mala-
copoda? both spellings occur) for the Onychophora, un-
necessarily increases the difficulty of the chapter. And
I was surprised to learn that the pycnogonids, assigned
to a new superclass Proboscifera, are closely related to
the first arthropods. This conclusion is based upon a
presumed resemblance between the proboscis of pycno-
gonids, that of the Middle-Cambrian Opabinia regalis
Walcott and the “erectile” (eversible) pharynx of some
modern annelids. Sharov has a truly impressive knowl-
edge of fossil arthropods and has read amazingly widely
in the literature of arthropod anatomy and phylogeny,
but one is startled by such dogmatism as that on page
44, “St0rmer was in error . . when a careful read-
ing of the evidence leaves one unconvinced of the
“truth” of either St0rmer’s or Sharov’s views. This
sort of thing occurs frequently in Sharov’s book.

Eight chapters and approximately 175 pages are de-
voted to the palaeontology, anatomy, embryology and
relationships, derived from such studies, of the insects
to other arthropods, particularly to the Crustacea and/
or those primarily terrestrial groups known as the Man-
dibulata or Labiata (but not so-called by Sharov).
Here one not versed in insect morphology (I am not)
may find sticky going. But there is a wealth of infor-
mation about fossils and though the arguments and
counter-arguments of all the prominent students (e.g.,
Crampton, Snodgrass, Tiegs, Manton and many others)
of insect phylogeny are reviewed and the conclusions
frequently seem indecisive, I suppose no one will be
greatly opposed to the author’s decision concurring in
the removal of the Protura, Collembola and Diplura as
separate classes from the class Insecta for which is
retained the traditional division into the subclasses Ap-
terygota (the orders Monura, for a machilid-like Per-
mian fossil, and Thysanura) and the subclass Pterygota.

The book concludes with a few pages of “Conclu-
tions” and a brief phylogenetic “tree”, which Sharov
says is the thesis of his entire book, which derives Ony-
chophora and Arthropoda as separate subphyla from
lobopod annelids; the primitive arthropods were Pro-
boscifera (an extinct class and the Pycnogonida); these

gave rise to Trilobitomorpha which in turn produced
Crustacea on one hand and Chelicerata on the other;
and, finally, the Crustacea gave rise to what the author
calls the Atelocerata (those mandibulate arthropods
with one pair or no antennae).

The merit of this book, particularly for those of us
who have perhaps too closely followed Snodgrass, is
the wealth of palaeontological material and the dis-
cussions of the views of many students of arthropod
phylogeny. From the standpoint of a neontologist, the
demerits center around a slighting of considerations of
the adaptive values of the changes that have produced
the varied groups of arthropods. As one highly specu-
lative matter, there is not here (and I know of no place
where there is) any real consideration of the origin of
the feature which makes an arthropod, the chitinous,
usually sclerotized, exoskeleton. Sharov believes the an-
nelids arose from crawling forms on the bottom of the
sea and arthropods from similarly bottom crawling an-
nelids, a sort of “straight-line” evolution that as pre-
sented leaves me with the uncomfortable feeling that
there is some mysticism here. I would like to com-
mend to the students of annelid-arthropod evolution
the views of Clark (op. cit.) on the origins of the
coelom and metamerism as adaptive features, at least
among the annelids, to a burrowing existence. And
why didn't the exoskeleton arise as an adaptation to a
strand-line existence? It seems the hazards of alter-
nate wetting and drying, the dangers of exposure to
direct sunlight, the increased "need” for support for
semi-terrestrial organisms, protection against the abra-
sive effects of a pounding surf that may have worked
on rather large pieces of plant material as well as sand
and gravel, among possibly other factors, including a
rich source of food in the strand-line debris, could have
constituted a set of circumstances conducive to, through
quite usual processes of natural selection, the evolution
by annelids of the exoskeleton and jointed legs that
made arthropods of some of them. — Perry C. Holt,
Department of Biology, Virginia Polytechnic In-
stitute.

Books Recently Received

Reinhold Publishing Corp.

Langley, L. L. and E. Cheraskin. 1965. PHYSIOLOGY
OF MAN (third edition). 658 pp. $8.50.

Polikarpov, G. G. 1966. RADIOECOLOGY OF
AQUATIC ORGANISMS. 314 pp. $16.50. This
book presents the first systematized account of sub-
stantiation of concepts and problems on the laws of
interrelation between marine organisms and radioac-
tive environment. Full data are reported on the con-
centration factors of radioactive isotopes and their
carriers from 8 groups of the periodic system of chemi-
cal elements by marine plants and animals, as well as
material on radiosensitivity and radioresistance of

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

49

various hydrobionts. The book is intended for special-
ist in radioecology, radiobiology, hydrobiology, ecol-
ogy, oceanology, biochemistry, and conservation of
natural resources.

Wood, E. J. Ferguson. 1965. MARINE MICROBIAL
ECOLOGY. 243 pp. This book presents the reader
with a comprehensive survey of the subject, indicat-
ing the most recent developments in this relatively
new discipline. It discusses the microbes of the sea
which, from the surface of the ocean to its depths,
play a vitally important role at the first trophic level
where solar energy is converted into biologic energy,
and at the last trophic level where organic matter is
degraded and destroyed.

Prentice-Hall, Inc.

Bradshaw, L. Jack. 1966. INTRODUCTION TO
MOLECULAR BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES. 171
pp. (paper). This book was written for undergradu-
ate majors in biology, with the background of general
chemistry and physics. The experiments, therefore,
have been chosen to illustrate techniques in as simple
a way as possible — and the major purpose of this
work is to introduce the student to the idea that good
research methods must often be developed as an art,
and that some experience is necessary to make the
techniques consistently reliable.

Brock, Thomas D. 1966. PRINCIPALS OF MICRO-
BIAL ECOLOGY. 306 pp. $7.75. This book is
the first to integrate the sub-fields, such as soil micro-
biology, food microbiology, marine microbiology, medi-
cal microbiology, etc. and to provide a unified treat-
ment of the entire subject. Among its features are
indications of how modern techniques of microbiology
and molecular biology can be applied to ecology prob-
lems. An extensive review of the literature is pro-
vided, citing over 450 references.

Davis, Bernard D. and Leonard Warren. 1967. THE
SPECIFICITY OF CELL SURFACES. 290 pp.
$10.25. This volume comprises papers presented at
a symposium held under the auspices of the Society
of General Physiologists at Woods Hole, Mass., 1-4
September 1965. The contributions survey present
knowledge of surface macromolecules that have lent
themselves to chemical analysis, describe systems that
still await analysis, and discuss techniques for the
purification of cell membranes.

Hayashi, Teru and Andrew G. Szent-Gyorgyi. (eds.)
1966. MOLECULAR ARCHITECTURE IN CELL
PHYSILOGY. 252 pp. $7.50. This volume com-
PHYSIOLOGY. 252 pp. $7.50. This volume com-
prises the papers presented at a symposium held under
the auspices of The Society of General Physiologists
at its annual meeting at The Marine Biological Lab-
oratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 8 through 11
September, 1964. The four sections included in the
book are “basic chemical theory”, “molecular archi-

tecture of proteins”, “molecular architecture and cell
information”, and “molecular architecture and bio-
logical structures.”

Hoar, William S. 1966. GENERAL AND COM-
PARATIVE PHYSIOLOGY. 815 pp. $15.50. An
integrated account of the principals of physiology,
emphasizing the evolution of animal processes in rela-
tion to the environment. Ecological physiology is
treated in sections dealing with compensation for en-
vironmental changes, temperature, gases, salinity, light,
and pressure. Examples are drawn from many levels
to stress the probable physiological mechanisms
whereby animals acquire food, channel it into chemi-
cal energy, dispose of waste, and integrate these many
operations.

Kihlman, Bengt A. 1966. ACTIONS OF CHEMICALS
ON DIVIDING CELLS. 260 pp. $7.50. This book
presents selected studies of the effects of certain widely
used chemicals on chromosome structure and itosis.
The studies were done primarily on mammalian cells
in tissue culture and on root-tip cells of higher plants.
Emphasis is on the mechanism of action of the chemi-
cals. Attempts have been made to explain the cyto-
logical effects in biochemical terms. Over 500 refer-
ences are included.

Ross, Herbert H. 1967. UNDERSTANDING EVOLU-
TION. 175 pp. $4.95. Stressing the ever increasing
complexity of living things, Ross cites the great varia-
tion and development of the two million or more kinds
of plants and animals now in existence. He contends
that the steady flow of mutations, the process of natu-
ral selection, and the geotectonic factor with its chang-
ing of the earth’s crust — all acting perpetually and
simultaneously — have resulted in the intricate organ-
ization of life that we see in the world today. The
process of evolution still continues, Ross observes, and
“the one certainty about the universe and life upon
this planet is that they always have changed and al-
ways will.”

Stebbins, G. L. 1966. PROCESSES OF ORGANIC
EVOLUTION. 191 pp. $2.50 (paper). This book
is design to serve as a basic or supplementary text,
presenting the undergraduate student with an account
of the basic processes of evolution as they have been
analysed and clarified during the past 40 years,
analyzed and clarified during the past 40 years.

University of Illinois Press

Daubs, Edwin Horace. 1965. A MONOGRAPH OF
LEMNACEAE. 118 pp. $4.50 (cloth), $3.50
(paper). (Monograph 34).

Brandon, Ronald A. 1966. SYSTEMATICS OF THE
SALAMANDER GENUS GYRINOPMLUS. 86 pp.
$5.50 (cloth), $4.50 (paper). (Monograph 35).

List, James Carl. 1966. COMPARATIVE OSTEOL-
OGY OF THE SNAKE FAMILIES TYPHLOPIDAE

50

ASB Bulletin

AND LEPTOTYPHLOPIDAE. 112 pp. $4.75
(cloth), $3.75 (paper). (Monograph 36).

Schmidt, Anthony J. 1966. THE MOLECULAR
BASIS OF REGENERATION: ENZYMES. 78 pp.
$4.50 (paper), (Monograph and Medical Sciences,
6(4).)

McGraw-Hill Book Company

Morris, Ramona and Desmond. 1966. MEN AND
APES. 271 pp. $7.95.

Morris, Ramona and Desmond. 1966. MEN AND
PANDAS. 233 pp. $7.95.

Pergamon Press, Inc.

Mamikunian, G. and M. H. Briggs ( eds. ) . 1965. CUR-
RENT ASPECTS OF EXOBIOLOGY. The con-
tributed papers in this volume present the early stages
in the scientific formulation of exobiology, and indi-
cate the multidisciplinary impetus of the physical and
biological sciences that collectively constitute the work-
ing apparatus of exobiology. The search for other
life within our solar system is perhaps the most diffi-
cult undertaking of our era. The biological explora-
tion of Mars is planned for opposition opportunities
of 1969, 1971, and 1973 — and should any of these
missions indicate the presence of biota, exobiology
must then meet the challenge as an established dis-
cipline in its own right.

John Wiley & Sons

Boolotian, Richard A. (ed.). 1966. PHYSIOLOGY OF
ECHINODERMATA. 822 pp. $45.00. Thirty-one
authorities in the field give a detailed, scholarly ac-
count of existing knowledge of the biology and bio-
chemistry of the echinoderms. Previously unpub-
lished information is presented, and attention is focused
on unanswered questions. A bibliography of all major
publications dealing with echinoderms is presented.

Borkovec, Alexej B. 1966. INSECT CHEMOSTERIL-
ANTS. 143 pp. $6.95. A compilation of the per-
tinent information currently available on chemosteril-
ants. The author is primarily concerned with the di-
verse features of chemosterilant compounds and their
varying effects on different insect species. A bibliog-
raphy, complete up to April, 1966, is presented.

Buchner, Paul. 1965. ENDOSYMBIOSIS OF ANI-
MALS WITH PLANT MICROORGANISMS. (Re-
vised English version.) 909 pp.

Greulach, Victor A., and J. Edison Adams. 1967.
PLANTS: AN INTRODUCTION TO MODERN
BOTANY. 636 pp. $8.50. Although the book is
designed for a one-term course, it can be effectively
used for the first term of a year course in botany, or
for a year course in general biology in conjunction
with a one-term zoology text.

W. H. Freeman

McGaugh, James L., Norman M. Weinberger, and
Richard E. Whalen (eds.). 1967. PSYCHOBIOL-

OGY: THE BIOLOGICAL BASES OF BEHAVIOR.
381 pp. $10.00 (cloth); $5.45 (paper). This book
contains 45 papers selected to provide a representative
view of some of the basic research areas in psycho-
biology — the study of the biological mechanisms un-
derlying behavior. The papers, reprinted from Scien-
tific American, impart an appreciation of the issues
and methodology in the field, and each article is pro-
vided with an introduction that puts it in perspective
and gives it focus.

American Elsevier Publishing Company, Inc.

Kershaw, Kenneth A. 1964. QUANTITATIVE AND
DYNAMIC ECOLOGY. 183 pp. $5.00.

Barron’s Educational Series, Inc.

Rodgers, C. Leland. 1967. ESSENTIALS OF BIOL-
OGY. 551 pp. $2.50 (paper). This book presents
a compilation of subjects often used in the beginning
course, and interpretations are in conformity with
modern practice. It is an up-to-date study guide,
reference, and review book on the basic topics essen-
tial for a good foundation in modern biology. In-
cluded are cell structure and function, the role of
D.N.A. and RNA, the release and harvesting of en-
ergy, and a glossary of over 450 biological terms.

Dover Publications, Inc.

Allen, Robert Porter. 1942. THE ROSEATE SPOON-
BILL. 142 pp. $2.00 (paper).

Chapman, Frank M. 1895. HANDBOOK OF BIRDS
OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA. 581 pp. $3.00
(paper).

Kalm, Peter. 1937. TRAVELS IN NORTH AMERICA:
THE AMERICA OF 1750. 2 Volumes. 797 pp.

$2.50 per volume (paper).

Kofrad, Carl B. 1953. THE CALIFORNIA CONDOR.
154 pp. $2.00 (paper).

Singh, Jagjit. 1966. GREAT IDEAS IN INFORMA-
TION THEORY, LANGUAGE AND CYBERNET-
ICS. 338 pp. $2.00 (paper).

Tanner, James T. 1942. THE IVORY-BILLED
WOODPECKER. Ill pp. $2.00 (paper).

PROCEEDINGS of the Second Annual American
Water Resources Conference (sponsored by the Ameri-
can Water Resources Association and held at the Uni-
versity of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois on November 20-
22, 1966) have been published. They contain 42 papers
presented at the Conference. The price of the PRO-
CEEDINGS is $6.00 plus postage. It is $5.00 for mem-
bers of American Water Resources Association and for
Conference participants, if prepaid. Send orders to:
Circulation Manager, AWRA, P. O. Box 434, Urbana,
Illinois 61801.

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

51

NATIONAL SYMPOSIUM
on

GROUND-WATER HYDROLOGY
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
NOVEMBER 6-8, 1967

A National Symposium on Ground-Water Hydrology
will be held in San Francisco, California, on November
6-8, 1967, sponsored by the American Water Resources
Association.

The Symposium will be divided into four sessions:
( 1 ) Occurrence of Ground Water in Different Geologic
Environments, (2) Ground-Water Movement and Well
Hydraulics, (3) Sea-Water Intrusion, Artificial Recharge,
and Surface Water-Ground Water Relationships, and (4)
Model and Radioisotope Techniques in Ground-Water
Resources Investigations.

Further details on the Symposium may be obtained
from: Program Chairman, Symposium, AWRA, P. O.
Box 434, Urbana, Illinois 61801.

THIRD (ANNUAL)

AMERICAN WATER RESOURCES
CONFERENCE

SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
NOVEMBER 8-10, 1967

The Third American Water Resources Conference will
be held in San Francisco, California, on November 8-
10, 1967, sponsored by the American Water Resources
Association. The deadline for submitting abstracts of
papers for consideration is luly 1, 1967.

For further information please write to the Chairman
of the Program Committee, Archie E. Stone, Vice-
President, International Engineering Company, 74 New
Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94105, or
to The Secretary, American Water Resources Associa-
tion, P. O. Box 434, Urbana, Illinois 61801.

52

ASB Bulletin

News of Biology in the Southeast

NOTICE. — To facilitate further news cover-
age by the A SB Bulletin, a repository for news
items will be provided at the registration desk
during the Columbia meetings. Items thus sub-
mitted will be used in the July issue.

About People

William W. Miller, III, Associate Professor of Biology,
Samford University, Birmingham, has been appointed
Vice-President of the Biological Sciences Section of the
Alabama Academy of Science for 1967.

William Mike Howell, has been appointed Assistant
Professor of Biology, Samford University, Birmingham.
He was formerly at the University of Alabama.

R. Winston Menzel, Associate Professor, Department
of Oceanography, Florida State University, has received
a grant from the NSF for a two year period entitled
“Cytotaxonomy of related species of pelecypod mol-
lusks.” The major portion of the research will be on
the species of quahog clams ( Mercenaria ) and species
of oysters of the genus Crassostrea.

L. A. Whitford, Department of Botany, North Carolina
State University, Raleigh, and G. J. Schumacher, New
York State University, Binghamton, are preparing a
manual of the fresh-water algae of North Carolina. The
manual will comprise some 340 pages and illustrate and
note the distribution of over 1700 taxa.

The annual invitation lecture of the Phycological So-
ciety of America will be given by L. A. Whitford, De-
partment of Botany, North Carolina State University,
Raleigh, at the AIBS meetings, College Station, Texas,
August, 1967.

Jay Barton, II, became Chairman of the Department
of Biology, West Virginia University, January 1, 1967,
succeeding Earl L. Core, who had been head of the de-
partment since 1948. Dr. Core will remain on the staff
as Professor of Botany and will continue his work on
the Appalachian flora.

On April 24, Stanwyn G. Shetler, Associate Curator in
the Smithsonian Institution’s Department of Botany and
secretary of the Editorial Committee of Flora of North
America, will give a seminar at Duke University, Dur-
ham, N. C., on the topic “Flora of North America — A
New Synthesis.” Time is set for 4:15 PM in the Depart-
ment of Botany.

During the past six months members of the Smith-
sonian Institution’s Department of Botany (U. S. National
Herbarium) have actively engaged in foreign travel in
connection with their researches. Last summer Dan H.
Nicolson and family left for a year in Nepal, where Dr.
Nicolson will serve as a “Research Botanist” under the
Fulbright Scholars’ program, and Egbert H. Walker did
fieldwork in the Ryukyu Islands on its flora. Both Dr.
Walker and Mason E. Hale attended the Pacific Science
Conference in Tokyo. During the fall months, Thomas
R. Soderstrom headed an exhibits expedition to the
Paramo in Columbia; Velva E. Rudd attended the Mexi-
can Botanical Congress and did fieldwork in Mexico and
Jamaica; and Lyman B. Smith studied types of the Bro-
meliaeeae in numerous European herbaria, financed by a
grant from the Smithsonian Research Foundation. Wal-
lace R. Ernst was also awarded a grant from the Founda-
tion to study collections of Papaveraceae in European
herbaria, and he left in early February, 1967, for a 4-6-
month tour of herbaria, including principally those in
Western Europe but also, hopefully, the herbaria in
Leningrad and Moscow. He expects to spend some time
in the field in the Mediterranean region.

Denzel E. Ferguson, Professor of Zoology, Mississippi
State University, has been named Editor-elect of Herpe-
tologica, published by the Herpetologist’s League. He
will assume the office 1 January, 1968, succeeding
William Tanner, Brigham Young University. Dr. Fer-
guson is also Vice-president and Program Chairman of
the Southeastern Section of the American Society of
Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, which group will meet
with ASB in Columbia.

Sylvia A. Earle, Resident Director of the Cape Haze
Marine Laboratory, has been appointed Research Fel-
low at the Farlow Herbarium, Harvard University for
1967-1968. During this time, Dr. Earle will be studying

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

53

marine plants collected during expeditions aboard the
R/V Anton Bruun.

On January 1, 1967, Richard T. Hanlin transferred to
the University of Georgia, Athens, as Associate Professor,
Department of Plant Pathology and Plant Genetics,
where he will help develop a graduate program in mycol-
ogy. Dr. Hanlin will also serve as curator of the myco-
logical herbarium.

John E. Pauly, Associate Professor of Anatomy, Tulane
University, recently received a Lederle Medical Faculty
Award for 1966-1969. Dr. Pauly has been carrying on
research on circadian rhythms, and on electromyography.
In addition he has just published, with Hans Elias, the
3rd Edition of “Human Microanatomy.”

C. R. Austin, Professor of Embryology, Department of
Anatomy, Tulane University, and Head, Genetic and De-
velopmental Disorder Research Program, Delta Regional
Primate Center, has accepted the offer of a Chair at
Cambridge University entitled The Charles R. Darwin
Chair of Reproductive Physiology, and will return to
England in October, 1967.

James A. Miller, Jr., Chairman, Department of Anat-
omy, Tulane University, was an invited speaker at a
Ross Conference on Pediatric Research held in San
Juan, Puerto Rico, on January 23, 24, and 25. The
central theme of the conference was “Brain Damage in
the Fetus and Newborn from Hypoxia or Asphyxia,” and
Dr. Miller spoke on “Effects of Hypothermia, THAM
and Glucose upon tolerance to Asphyxia in Newborn
Mammals.”

W. Ralph Singleton, Miller Professor of Biology, Uni-
versity of Virginia, was elected Vice-president of the
American Genetic Association on 25 January 1967. Dr.
Singleton has just completed a term as secretary of the
Association.

Raymond L. Taylor, Associate Administrative Secre-
tary of AAAS, has retired as of 31 January 1967, after
eighteen years of service. Among various expressions of
appreciation, he was made a life member of AAAS. Dr.
Taylor is and remains an active, faithful member of
ASB. The editor understands that Dr. Taylor intends
to remain active in science and continue his many fine
contributions. Dr. Taylor has been succeeded by Daniel
Thornhill, Meeting Manager, who was formerly an offi-
cial of the Engineering Division of NAS-NRC, and by
Walter G. Berl, Meeting Editor. Dr. Berl will still spend
two-thirds of his time at the Johns Hopkins Applied
Physics Laboratory, Silver Springs, Maryland.

On October 1, 1966, George Sprugel, Jr. became Chief
of the Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana, Illinois.
For several years prior to that time he served as Chief
Scientist in the Washington office of the National Park
Service.

Irwin R. Konigsberg has joined the Faculty of the
University of Virginia as Professor of Biology. He re-
ceived his doctorate at The Johns Hopkins University
and has served previously as Staff Member, Carnegie
Institute of Washington, Department of Embryology.
His major research interests are: The cytodifferentiation
of skeletal muscle cells, the developmental properties of
clonal populations of embryonic cells in vitro, and the
role of cell interactions in cytodifferentiation in vitro.

W. Gerald Robison, Jr. has joined the Faculty of the
University of Virginia as Assistant Professor of Biology.
He received his doctorate at University of California
(Berkeley) in genetics where he also served as Post-
graduate Research Geneticist and Postdoctoral Research
Fellow in Anatomy. His major research interests are:
Sperm differentiation, cell motility, cell biology, and
electron microscopy.

M. Liischer, Professor, University of Bern, Switzer-
land is working as a visiting scientist in the biological
laboratories of the University of Virginia during the
period between October, 1966 and March, 1967. Dr.
Liischer is interested in insect endocrinology.

Isabelle B. Sprague, Professor, Department of Biologi-
cal Sciences of Mount Holyoke College, Mount Holyoke,
Massachusetts, is working as a visiting scientist in the
biological laboratories of the University of Virginia dur-
ing the period between September, 1966, and June,
1967. Dr. Sprague is interested in insect development
and physiology.

Heinz-Werner Kuethe is working in the biological
laboratories of the University of Virginia as a post-
doctoral fellow during the period between February,
1965, and April, 1967. Dr. Kuethe received his doc-
torate from University of Marburg, Germany and is in-
terested in insect embryology.

Volprecht Maul is working in the biological laborator-
ies of the University of Virginia as a post-doctoral fel-
low during the period between November, 1966 and
September, 1967. Dr. Maul received his doctorate from
University of Marburg, Germany and is interested in
insect embryology.

54

ASB Bulletin

Elias Shaaya is working in the biological laboratories
of the University of Virginia as a post-doctoral fellow
during the period between September, 1966 and August,
1967. Dr. Shaaya received his doctorate from The He-
brew University of Jerusalem and is interested in insect
hormones.

About Institutions and Projects

The Smithsonian Institution now has available two
new bibliographies by Elaine R. Shetler which will be
of interest to high school and college teachers of botany:
“Selected Guides to the Wildflowers of North America”,
and “Floras of the United States, Canada, and Green-
land — A Selected Bibliography with Annotations.” Both
will be sent free upon request to the Chairman, Depart-
ment of Botany, Smithsonian Institution, Washington,
D. C. 20560.

The Editorial Committee of Flora of North America
held its first meeting at the Smithsonian Institution on
January 30-31, 1967, to lay the groundwork for the proj-
ect, now officially underway. Members of the Commit-
tee are: Peter H. Raven (chairman), Stanford University;
Stanwyn G. Shetler (secretary), Smithsonian Institution;
John H. Beaman, Michigan State University; Kenton L.
Chambers, Oregon State University; Robert Krai, Van-
derbilt University; Walter H. Lewis, Missouri Botanical
Garden; John T. Mickel, Iowa State University; Roy L.
Taylor, Plant Research Institute, Ottawa; John H.
Thomas, Stanford University. The meeting was organ-
ized and financed by the Smithsonian Institution, with
William L. Stern, Chairman of the Department of Bot-
any, serving as chairman pro tem of the Steering Com-
mittee of FNA. Attending ex officio was Robert F.
Thome, Santa Ana Botanic Garden, chairman of the Ad-
visory Council of FNA. Also, Professor V. H. Heywood,
secretary of the Editorial Committee of Flora Europaea,
was brought over by the Smithsonian to consult with the
FNA committee at this first meeting. Following the two-
day meeting, Prof. Heywood gave a public seminar on
February 1 at the Smithsonian on the subject “Flora
Europaea, Its Conception and History.” After his visit
to Washington he spent several days at the University
of Texas in the laboratory of B. L. Turner.

The Institute of Ecology, University of Georgia, will
conduct studies, under the general management of Bat-
telle Memorial Institute, Columbus, Ohio, of movement
and storage of potential fallout radionuclides in the
tropical forest ecosystems of Panama and Colombia.
The work is related to bioenvironmental feasibility stud-
ies for the possible use of nuclear devices for construc-
tion of a sea-level canal in the American isthmian re-
gion. A research team consisting of faculty members
and graduate students under the direction of Frank B.
Golley and John T. McGinnis will be in the field during

the year 1967 collecting data on forest elemental storage
and cycling characteristics and the nature by which radio-
nuclides might be transmitted to man via food chains.
The University of Georgia work is part of a large scale
hazard analysis program using mathematical models con-
taining information obtained from the studies of terrest-
rial, agricultural, freshwater, estuarine and marine envi-
ronments as related to human ecology. These studies
are being conducted for the Nevada Operations Office
of the U. S. AEC as a part of the overall feasibility
study of the Atlantic-Pacific Interoceanic Canal Com-
mission.

The 17th Annual Wildflower Pilgrimage sponsored in
part by the Department of Botany, The University of
Tennessee, will be held at Gatlinburg, Tennessee, in the
Great Smoky Mountains National Park April 27-29, 1967.
For further details write to the Department of Botany,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee 37916.

SOUTHEASTERN FLORA PROJECT

This project is now essentially organized and
underway. Its general objectives are:

a) To survey floristically the forested region of the
southeastern United States west to the prairie and
north to the terminal moraines. The states to be
included are Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, North
Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Ala-
bama, Mississippi, Louisiana, Arkansas, Tennessee,
Kentucky, and West Virginia. Notation of pres-
ence in the adjacent states of Texas, Oklahoma,
Missouri, Illinois, Indiana, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and
New Jersey will be made.

b) To produce a Manual which will include keys,
diagnostic illustrations of at least one species per
genus or section, descriptions, habitats, distribu-
tional data, and pertinent synonymy to every vas-
cular species growing without cultivation in South-
eastern United States.

The resulting manual should be useful to tax-
onomists, geographers, ecologists, foresters, wild-
life workers, conservationists, garden club mem-
bers, teachers, and amateurs. The research will
be based on existing herbarium material, new field
collections and pertinent literature.

The total project is to be directed and edited by an
Editorial Board composed of Lloyd H. Shinners, South-
ern Methodist University; Earl L. Core, West Virginia
University; Wilbur H. Duncan, University of Georgia;
Robert L. Wilbur, Duke University; James W. Hardin,
North Carolina State University; C. Ritchie Bell and

Vol. 14, No. 2, April 1967

55

Albert E. Radford (Chairman), University of North Caro-
lina, Chapel Hill.

The author contributors will be: W. P. Adams, De-
Pauw University; J. R. Baird, Washington & Lee Uni-
versity; C. R. Bell, University of North Carolina; J. R.
Bozeman, University of North Carolina; E. T. Browne,
Jr., University of Kentucky; R. C. Clark, University of
North Carolina; R. T. Clausen, Cornell University; E. L.
Core, West Virginia University; D. S. Correll, Texas Re-
search Foundation; P. J. Crutchfield, Methodist College;
C. E. DePoe, Northeast Louisiana State College; H. R.
DeSelm, University of Tennessee; Gordon DeWolf, Geor-
gia Southern College; W. H. Duncan, University of
Georgia; W. R. Ernst, Smithsonian Institution; Murray
Evans, University of Tennessee; Shirley A. Graham, Kent
State University; J. W. Hardin, North Carolina State
University; Francia Hommersand, University of North
Carolina; J. H. Horton, Western Carolina College; F. C.
James, University of North Carolina; S. B. Jones, Jr.,
University of Southern Mississippi; Carl Keener, Penn-
sylvania State University; Robert Krai, Vanderbilt Uni-
versity; Sidney McDaniel, Florida State University; K. A.
Nicely, Western Kentucky University; D. M. Porter,
Samford University; T. M. Pullen, University of Missis-
sippi; A. E. Radford, University of North Carolina; G. S.
Ramseur, University of the South; P. H. Raven, Samford
University; J. D. Ray, University of South Florida; R. W.
Read, University of West Indies; C. M. Rogers, Wayne
State University; N. H. Russell, Central State College;
A. J. Sharp, University of Tennessee; Lloyd Shinners,
Southern Methodist University; L. B. Smith, Smithsonian
Institution; D. E. Stone, Duke University; J. W. Thieret,
University of Southwestern Louisiana; J. L. Thomas,
University of Alabama; G. E. Tucker, Arkansas Poly-
technic College; D. B. Ward, University of Florida; H. A.
Wahl, Pennsylvania State University; and R. L. Wilbur,
Duke University.

The exchange contributing institutions and local
collectors are:

Delaware — Delaware State College, N. H. Dill.

Maryland — University of Maryland, R. G. Brown;
Frostburg State College, M. L. Brown.

Virginia — -Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Longwood
College, A. M. Harvill; Lynchburg College, G. W. Ram-
sey; Virginia Military Institute, Oscar Gupton; Old Dom-
inion College; College of William and Mary, G. W. Hall.

North Carolina — Appalachian State College, I. W.
Carpenter; Atlantic Christian College, J. P. Tyndall;
Campbell College, L. S. Beard; Davidson College, Tom
Daggy; Duke University, R. L. Wilbur; East Carolina
College, Christine Wilton; Methodist College, P. J.
Crutchfield; North Carolina State University, J. W. Har-
din; Pembroke State College, R. F. Britt; Pfeiffer Col-
lege, John Speer; University of North Carolina at Chapel
Hill, A. E. Radford; University of North Carolina at

Charlotte, J. F. Matthews; Wake Forest College, R. L.
Wyatt; Warren Wilson College, R. C. Dunton; Western
Carolina College, J. H. Horton; Wilmington College,
D. E. Harrison.

South Carolina — University of South Carolina, W. T.
Batson; Converse College, R. W. Powell, Jr.; Erskine
College, W. L. Ellison; Furman University, C. L. Rod-
gers; Lander College, Shelton Stewart.

Georgia — University of Georgia, W. H. Duncan;
Georgia Southern College, Gordon DeWolf; Oglethorpe
University, Judy T. Morgan; Valdosta State College,
W. R. Faircloth.

Florida — University of Florida, D. G. Ward; Florida
State University, Sidney McDaniel; University of South
Florida, R. W. Long.

Alabama — University of Alabama, J. L. Thomas; Ala-
bama College, P. G. Beasley; Florence State College,
A. L. Hershey; Auburn University, A. C. Koelling.

Mississippi — University of Mississippi, T. J. Pullen;
University of Southern Mississippi, S. B. Jones, Jr.;
Delta State College, H. J. Jacob.

Louisiana — University of Southwestern Louisiana,

J. W. Thieret; Northeastern Louisiana State College,
C. E. DePoe.

Arkansas — University of Arkansas, E. E. Dale, Jr.;
Arkansas State University, E. L. Richards; Arkansas
Polytechnic College, G. E. Tucker.

Tennessee — University of Tennessee, A. J. Sharp;
Vanderbilt University, Robert Krai; Austin Peay State
College, W. H. Ellis; University of the South, G. S.
Ramseur.

Kentucky — University of Kentucky, E. T. Browne,
Jr.; Murray State University, G. E. Hunter; University of
Louisville, W. S. Davis; Western Kentucky University,

K. A. Nicely.

West Virginia — West Virginia University, Elizabeth
A. Bartholomew.

Texas — Southern Methodist University, L. H. Shin-
ners.

Oklahoma — Oklahoma State University, U. T. Water-
fall.

Missouri — Southwest Missouri State College, P. L.
Redfearn, Jr.

Illinois — University of Southern Illinois, R. H. Mohl-
enbrock.

Indiana — Indiana University, C. B. Heiser, Jr,

Ohio — Kent State University, T. S. Cooperrider.
Pennsylvania — Carnegie Museum, L. K. Henry; Penn-
sylvania State University, Car! Keener.

New Jersey — Rutgers, The State University, D. E.
Fairbrothers.

The project is being supported by the National Science
Foundation, and the Manual will be completed by 1975.
Others interested in contributing to the project as authors
of genera or unassigned families, or collectors, should
contact Albert E. Radford, Chairman of the Editorial
Board, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

56

ASB Bulletin

mw YORK

botank^al garden

BULLETIN

I

Volume 14, Number 3 July 1967

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Men-
zel, Dept, of Biological Sciences, Florida
State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla. Subscrip-
tion orders from libraries and other insti-
tutions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. John Carpenter, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington,
Kentucky. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Fulton
Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

DOROTHY L. CRANDALL
Associate Editor
JOSEPH F. FITZPATRICK, JR.,
News Editor

JOHN CARPENTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Harold J. Humm, University
of South Florida

Retiring President — Elsie Quarterman,
Vanderbilt University
President Elect — Robert B. Short, Florida
State University

Vice-President — Margaret Y. Menzel,
Florida State University
Secretary — Dorothy L. Crandall, Ran-
dolph Macon Woman’s College
Treasurer — John Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Executive Committee — Frederick T. Wolf,
Vanderbilt University; Julian T. Dar-
lington, Southwestern at Memphis;
Richard E. Garth, Northwestern State
College; Grover C. Miller, North
Carolina State University; Burton J.
Bogitsh, Vanderbilt University; Anna
Josephine Bridgman, Agnes Scott Col-
lege. All officers are ex officio mem-
bers of the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — W. W. Miller, III, Samford
University

Florida — John D. McCrone, University of
Florida

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State
College

Kentucky — position vacant
Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University
Maryland — position vacant
Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University
North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Newberry College
Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Affiliate

Southern Section of the American
Society of Plant Physiologists

Volume 14 , Number 3 - July 1967

CONTENTS

Notes on Preparation for a Botanical Field Trip to

Mexico. — D. R. Windier and C. R. Bell 59

Books and Periodicals 65

News of Biology in the Southeast 67

58

ASB Bulletin

Notes on Preparation for a Botanical
Field Trip to Mexico

D. R. WlNDLER AND C. R. BELL
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill

Abstract. — This article presents information we
hope will be helpful to people planning a botanical
field trip to Mexico. Comments are made on such
topics as auto permits, tourist cards, auto insurance,
food and lodging, auto travel, currency, mail service,
immunizations, clothing, botanical equipment and pho-
tography. Pertinent references and addresses are pro-
vided wherever possible.

i A field trip to Mexico by a United States biol-
ogist who has not previously made the trip is
usually preceded by gathering of information from
others who have made the trip in the past. In-
formation of this type is not usually available in
print. The notes below bring together references
and comments pertinent to such a trip. It is
hoped that as other information becomes available
additions can be made to this paper.

Auto Permits and Tourist Cards

Free auto permits, valid for 180 days, are is-
sued at the border. The driver must be prepared
to show his registration card and title of auto-
mobile ownership, or a notarized affidavit of own-
ership. If the owner is not in the traveling com-
pany, the driver must also present a notarized
authorization from the owner.

Free tourist cards, also valid for 180 days, are
issued at the border or by any Mexican consul in
the United States. Proof of United States citizen-
ship is required for issuance. In the past, fees of
three to five dollars have been levied for the tour-
ist card, but this fee has recently been abolished.
(See Immunizations below)

Auto Insurance

It is most advisable to have automobiles in-
sured while in Mexico. Since United States Auto
insurance policies are not valid, insurance must be
purchased from a Mexican firm. Sanborn’s, with
head offices in McAllen, Texas, represents the
largest Mexican insurance company (largest num-
ber of claims agents) and is probably the best.
In addition to their insurance they also provide
an excellent travelogue on Mexican routes (See
Travel Information). Information can be ob-
tained at any of the company’s offices which are
located in all of the United States border towns.

Travel Information

The Sanborn’s travelogue which is included
with their auto insurance is probably the best
available. It includes many general travel tips
for the American tourist. The log keeps a run-
ning count of mileage between the larger cities
and lists the names of most small towns along the
route. This allows you to travel confident that
you are on the right road, since road mileage and
direction signs are rare. The log also lists hotels
and restaurants along the routes which have been
checked by Sanborn’s for cleanliness, quality, and
price. The American Automobile Association
(AAA) puts out an excellent guide to Mexico for
its members. In addition to information on ho-
tels and restaurants, it includes information on
history, industry and points of local interest.
Both books are a must for the American in Mex-

Vol. 14, No. 3, July 1967

59

ico. Another helpful booklet, Motoring in Mex-
ico is offered for 25 cents by the Pan-American
Union. It may be secured from: Pan-American
Union, General Secretariat, Organization of Amer-
ican States, Washington, D. C. A book entitled
Mexico on 5 Dollars a Day will also prove help-
ful in selecting low cost accommodations in some
of the cities. Additional general information on
Mexico can be secured by writing to the Mexican
Government Tourism Department (TURISMO)
at Paseo De La Reforma 35 in Mexico City, D. F.

Auto Information

In Mexico the government controls all pro-
duction and sales of gasoline ( Brand = Pemex) .
The middle and top Pemex grades are compar-
able to regular and premium U. S. grades and
cost about the same amount. Pemex stations are
well scattered throughout Mexico, but unfor-
tunately, not all the local station operators are
reliable (e.g. short change, water in gas, etc.).
Sanborn’s travelogue points out both reliable and
unreliable stations along the routes. Service sta-
tion restrooms, if provided, are frequently not as
clean as would be desired but, Pemex is currently
trying to upgrade them. Most major United
States motor oil brands can be obtained in Mex-
ico.

A reserve 5 gallon can of gasoline should be
standard equipment on a trip. Other items which
should be included as auto equipment are: a good
light, a tow cable, 4 good tires and one good
spare, a good jack, a tool kit and lug wrench, a
shovel, an extra fan belt, spark plugs, points and
a fire extinguisher.

Most cities of any size have good mechanics
trained to work on the common makes of foreign
and American cars. A list of automobile agencies
may be found in the AAA guide. Volkswagen
agencies are also quite common in Mexico and
will tend to become more common after the com-
pletion of their new Puebla plant. A booklet
listing all North American VW Agencies may be
obtained from any U. S. VW agency.

Night driving should be avoided. A driver
never knows what he will find over the next hill
or just past the range of his headlights. Trucks
frequently park half on and half off the highway,

cars and buses are driven at night with only park-
ing lights, and cattle, goats and burros commonly
wander onto the road. Furthermore, there may
not be center lines or guard rails on potentially
dangerous stretches of highway.

Mail Service

General air mail letter delivery between Mex-
ico and the United States is good and air postal
costs are similar to those in the United States (80
centavos or 6.4 cents American for up to ten
grams). Due to differing customs and mail reg-
ulations of the United States and Mexico, pack-
ages (especially of biological material) are fre-
quently held for long periods of time and are
occasionally lost. If possible, have packages of
biological material sent thru some Mexican aca-
demic or research institution and addressed to a
similar United States institution.

Immunizations

Proof of smallpox vaccinations is required for
entrance into Mexico and is also required upon
reentry to the U. S. Botanists working in the
field probably should take several others: Tetanus,
Rocky Mountain spotted fever, Typhoid and Ty-
phus are advised. A yellow fever vaccination is
officially recommended for Guatemala. If the
party plans to visit Southern Mexico, having this
protection would also be advisable.

An international immunization card on which
these vaccinations are listed can be obtained at
public health offices and at most travel agencies.
Every immunization received must be registered
on the card by the administering physician and be
validated by a Public Health official. This card
should be carried at all times while in Mexico.

Spanish

Although it is extremely helpful to speak fluent
Spanish, it is not necessary. A number of good
Spanish phrase books are available and with their
use most people can politely make their needs
known and even engage in simple discussion.
Some helpful pocket size books to aid in com-
munication in Spanish are:

1. Berlitz “Spanish for Travelers”

2. Follett’s “Instant Spanish”

60

ASB Bulletin

3. Follett’s “Vest Pocket Spanish Dic-
tionary”

4. Holderman’s “Let’s Say It In Spanish!”

These and others are available through San-
born’s McAllen, Texas and at other book stores.

It is advisable to carry a letter from an official
of your home institution, in both English and
Spanish, which explains the purposes of your trip.
The Spanish letter helps account for equipment
and chemicals carried as you pass the several
customs offices inside the border.

Food and Water

Almost any kind of food may be taken into
Mexico from the United States. On an extended
trip it might be wise to take a variety of canned
meats, fruits and fruit juices, cookies, peanut
butter, and mustard. Bread can be easily pur-
chased in towns. Mexican fruits which can be
peeled are entirely safe and are very good. As a
general rule, well cooked Mexican food is safe.
Any fresh food which may have come in contact
with the soil should not be considered safe. Most
dairy products are not pasteurized and should be
avoided. Excellent food is available in Mexican
Super-Mercados in the larger towns and cities.
Sanborn’s travelogue lists many good restaurants
and gives further tips on food. When possible, it
is best to follow their recommendations.

Water in Mexico is a problem mainly because
of habits Americans have developed at home. All
hotels have purified bottled water in the halls for
drinking. This is the only water which should be
consumed. Jugs may be filled in the hotel for
field trips. Every person should have his own
personal, well marked, plastic gallon jug and a
canteen. Powdered flavoring with one of the new
liquid sweeteners helps to make the frequently
warm water more palatable. Bottled carbonated
beverages and beers are excellent and safe, but
they should be chilled in the bottle since ice is
frequently made from unpurified water.

Most restaurants serve American dishes as well
as the spicy Mexican foods. An abrupt change to
a spicy diet may cause diarrhea which frequently
leads a person to think he has contracted one of
the numerous forms of dysentery.

Some guides (Sanborn’s among them) recom-
mend the constant use of a dysentery medicine.
This is probably not needed and some doctors
maintain that it is improper treatment. If you
become ill while in Mexico, do not hesitate to
see a Mexican doctor. His knowledge of tropical
diseases and recommendations for treating them
will probably be more reliable than that of your
own physician at home.

If meals are to be eaten in the field, several
other items will be useful. Among these are a
compact single burner campstove, whose case
doubles as a saucepan and frying pan (available
through Coleman). Paper towels and large bags
for refuse are also useful. (Don’t be a litterbug!)

Clothing

A tendency on any type of trip is to pack more
clothing than is needed, but on extended field
trips “city clothes” and “field clothes” adequate
for the time of year and length of stay should be
included. Field clothes are not appropriate in
many of the new motels and restaurants. Wo-
mens slacks and shorts are not considered to be
proper attire in towns. The following list should
be kept in mind when packing:

Shoes: Comfortable pair for driving and town wear
Leather boots for the field
Tennis shoes and/or moccasins

Jacket: 1, light weight

Raincoat: (A must in the rainy season) Light rain-
coat or poncho

Sweatshirts: 2 (one with a hood is good at high
altitudes)

Bathing Suit: Many reasonably priced hotels have
pools for guest use.

Laundry Bag

Hat or Cap: Mexican straw hats are cool and may
be purchased for 40-80 cents (American) in the
markets.

Towels: Furnished in hotels. Washcloths are rarely
furnished.

Personal Equipment

Toothbrush and toothpaste : Be careful to dip
your brush into a glass of purified water in-
stead of holding it under the faucet! Tap
water is not purified!

Tobacco : Even if you don’t smoke, it may be
advisable to take a couple of cartons of

Vol. 14, No. 3, July 1967

61

American cigarettes along. American ciga-
rettes are roughly 2-3 times as expensive in
Mexico as they are in the United States and
make good tips in return for services
rendered.

Toilet Paper : Hotels will have it, but the con-
sistency in quality is poor. Some should
definitely be taken along.

Shaving equipment : Non-electric is the most
reliable.

Plastic soap box and a number of small bars
of soap

Bug bomb (to spray auto and room if needed)

Insect repellent (several bottles per person)
Alarm clock Wrist watch

Sun glasses Stationary

Collection Times

If the collector is working on a particular genus,
the best time can frequently be determined by
examination of large herbarium collections of the
group. For general collections the best times
would be after the end of the rainy season (Octo-
ber 20th-December 15) or at the beginning of the
rainy season (March 15-May 1). Other dates are
also acceptable, but these seem to be the peak
flowering times.

Collection Regulations

A recent notice published in the ASB Bulletin
(Anonymous, 1967) discusses and enumerates
Mexican collection regulations. Appropriate
addresses are provided from which animal and
plant collection permits can be obtained.

An identified duplicate specimen of each col-
lection should be sent to the Mexican National
Herbarium at the following address:

Herbario National del Instituto de Biologia
Universidad Nacional de Mexico,

Casa del Lago, Chapultepec,

Mexico, D.F., Mexico

Botanical Equipment

It is realized that personal preference and the
type of research will play a large part in the choice
of equipment. The check list presented below
will, however, cover most needs.

Machete: A high quality machete with good leather

sheath may be purchased reasonably in Mexican

hardware stores.

Data Books and pencils Fixatives

India Ink pen Vials

Felt Markers 100% rag paper labels ( for fixatives)
Wax pencils Plastic bags

Knife and sheath String

Primers Rubber bands

Stringed labels Tape measure

Compass Shoulder pack

Packets for fruits Blotters

Cardboard ventilators Specimen sheets, bundles of 200
Backs and straps for 6-8 presses

Drying of pressed specimens can be a problem,
especially during the rainy season. A car top
carrier which allows air to circulate around the
specimens is useful, but should not be the only
means available. A method which has been
shown to be effective is one in which a 3-foot
plant press is placed against a wall of the room
with the narrow side toward the wall. A small
electric room heater (1200 watts) with a fan is
then placed along the wall so that it blows toward
the open end of the cardboard corrugations. Two
four foot poles or sticks are then placed from the
top of the press to the top of the heater. A tarp
stretched over the frame work forms a wind
tunnel. The distance between the heater and the
press should be adjusted so that a slow drift of
warm air can be felt at far side of the press. An
extension cord (heavy duty, 20’ long) is often
necessary. Other driers are discussed in “Manual
for Tropical Herbaria” which is offered for sale
by the International Association for Plant Taxo-
nomists, Utrecht, Netherlands.

After the specimens are dry they may be tied
securely between two cardboards and placed in
large plastic bags (garbage can liners, Sears &
Roebuck). The bags, once sealed, can then be
placed inside cardboard boxes. The plastic bags
will keep specimens protected from moisture and
insects.

If the plants are to be mailed back to the U.S.,
masking tape and wrapping paper will also be
needed as part of the supplies. Air freight is
considered to be the safest way of sending the
specimens back to the United States. If mailing
specimens is contemplated, pack expendable

62

ASB Bulletin

materials in boxes of a size which can be used to
ship specimens.

Books

There are currently few books on the Mexican
flora. Stanley’s Trees and Shrubs of Mexico
(1920-6) is probably the single major work on
Mexico. The completed portion of the North
American Flora also includes Mexican plants
(Britton, 1905- ). Pesman’s Meet Flora Mexi-
cana (1962) is keyed to a popular audience, but
is worthy of examination. It contains a vegeta-
tion zone map reprinted from a paper by A.
Starker Leopold (1950). Either this map or the
one in the original publication will aid in under-
standing the general lay of vegetation and may
help in planning a trip. A book, only recently
published, on the flora of the Misantla region of
Veracruz (Spanish) by Arturo Gomez-Pompa
(1966) would be helpful in that region. It is
encouraging to learn that the National Herbarium
of Mexico has undertaken the development of a
flora of the coastal state of Veracruz and currently
has a number of full time collectors in the field.
A good source of references on Mexican botany
has recently been compiled by Ida Kaplan Lang-
man (1964). Article titles are arranged by years
under the author’s name. The index includes
plant names, authors and localities. Several
additional books and references are listed under
Literature Cited at the end of this paper.

First Aid Supplies

Most large towns have a hospital, but it is
nevertheless wise to carry some first aid supplies.
The list below suggests possible items which
could be included:

Aspirin Snake-bite kit

Chapstick Antiseptic

Bandaids and bandages Salve for burns

Adhesive tape Halozone tablets for water

Gauze Matches

Cotton Scissors and tweezers ( forceps )

Eye cup and bath American Red Cross

First Aid Manual

If a prescription can be acquired from a doctor,
it may be wise to get some strong pain pills to
relieve pain till you can get to a doctor with

broken bones, etc. These items may be stored in
an “army surplus” ammunition box which is
watertight and usually inexpensive.

Photography in Mexico

Camera equipment brought into Mexico may
include one still and one movie camera per person
with 12 rolls of film for each camera. Film
should be purchased in the U.S. since the Mexican
cost is roughly double that of the U.S. list price.
It may be advisable to carry the film in an in-
sulated air tight case with a drying agent to protect
it from the high heat and humidity in some of the
tropical regions, or to buy film specially packed
for the tropics. Other equipment that might
prove helpful are extra lenses, a light meter, a
tripod, a lens brush, and lens tissue. A booklet,
available from Eastman Kodak Company, entitled
Notes on Tropical Photography (Kodak Service
Pamphlet #c-24) is helpful.

Sending exposed film to U.S. developing plants
from Mexico by mail is not recommended. U.S.
visitors frequently keep all exposed film with them
and have it developed after returning to the
United States. Good, reasonable processing
services are available in the larger cities, and
should be used on extended trips.

United States Plant Importation Permits

Pressed dried specimens or fixed material enters
the U.S. without a permit. All soil, however,
must be removed from the roots. Permits and
regulations governing the entry of seed and
cuttings may be obtained from:

Agricultural Research Service
Plant Quarantine Division
209 River Street
Hoboken, N.J. 07030

Camping

Although open air camping is not recom-
mended, it is possible to camp in many parts of
Mexico and a few camping trailer camps are
being developed. A book entitled Mexico Auto
Camper and Trailer Guide is available from San-
born’s for $3.50. Another entitled Trailering in
Mexico is sold by Trail-R-Club, Box 1376,
Beverly Hills, California 90213 for $2.75.

Vol. 14, No. 3, July 1967

63

Cost of Trip

Cost varies with the group making the trip and
the vehicle used. Living in moderation, it is
possible for several people to make the trip for
an average of 5 to 6 dollars per person per day
for food and lodging. Living in expensive hotels
and eating in the very best restaurants will raise
this figure substantially, whereas, camping would
reduce the cost. The extra time required to make
and break camp must be weighed against the time
available for the botanical work.

Literature Cited

Anonymous. 1967. Regulations for collecting in
Mexico. ASB Bulletin, 14:10-11.

Bartram, E. B. 1949. Mosses of Guatemala.

Fieldiana : Botany, 25:1-442. Chicago.

Britton, N. L., et al. 1905-. North American Flora.

New York Botanical Gardens.

Fosberg, F. R., and Marie-Helene Sachet. 1965.
Manual for Tropical Herbaria. Regnum V ege-
tabile, 39:1-132.

Gentry, H. S. 1942. Rio Mayo Plants. Carnegie In-
stitution of Washington Publication 527. 328 pp.

Gomez-Pompa, A. 1966. The Flora of the Misantla
Region. Instituto Mexicano de Recursas Naturales
Renovables, A. C., Dr. Vertiz 724, Mexico D. F.

Langman, Ida Kaplan. 1964. A Selected Guide to the
Literature on the Flowering Plants of Mexico.
Univ. of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia. 1015

pp.

Feopold, A. S. 1950. Vegetation Zones of Mexico.
Ecology, 31:507-518.

O’Gorman, Helen. 1961. Mexican Flowering Trees
and Plants. Ammex Asociados, Mexico, D. F.
228 pp.

Pesman, M. W. 1962. Meet Flora Mexicana. Dale
S. King, Publisher, Six Shooter Canyon, Globe,
Arizona. 269 pp.

Standley, P. C. 1920-26. Trees and Shrubs of Mexico.
Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herbarium, 23:1-1721 (In five
parts). Available from Johnson Reprint Corp., Ill
Fifth Ave., New York 10003.

Standley, P. C. 1930. Flora of Yucatan. Field Mu-
seum of Natural History, Botanical Series, 3:1-492.
Chicago.

Standley, P. C., and J. A. Steyermark. 1946-1958.
Flora of Guatemala. Fieldiana: Botany, 24: parts
I, III-VI. Chicago.

Standley, P. C., and L. O. Williams. 1961-3. Flora of
Guatemala. Fieldiana: Botany, 24: part VII: 1-570.
Chicago.

Swallen, J. R. 1955. Grasses of Guatemala. Fieldiana:

Botany, 24: part 11:1-390. Chicago.

Wilcock, J. Yearly editions. Mexico on Five Dollars
a Day. Arthur Frommer, Inc., 80 Fourth Ave.,
New York.

64

ASB Bulletin

Books and Periodicals

SPORES: THEIR DORMANCY AND GERMINA-
TION, by Alfred S. Sussman and Harlyn O. Halvorson.
1966. Harper & Row, New York. XI + 354 pp.
$14.00.

The authors’ choice of the spore as a model system
for a discussion of dormancy is based on several factors,
such as the uniqueness of the spore as both an end
point and a beginning in a biological system, the practi-
cal importance of the spore in such areas as food pre-
servation and pathology, and actual data available on
the subject. The authors state that, “To retain an his-
toric as well as introspective analysis, this book is
largely restricted to discussions of dormancy in mi-
crobial systems in which biochemical aspects have been
analyzed in some detail.” It is, perhaps, not surprising
that references to Neurospora and Bacillus predomi-
nate, especially in view of the authors’ personal interests
and investigations in these genera. Their long acquaint-
ance with problems of dormancy in microorganisms well
qualifies them to write a book on the subject.

Mechanically, this book is excellent. The format is
attractive and the text is well written. A few typo-
graphical errors are present but they do not detract
from the text. There are numerous graphs and illustra-
tions, including electron micrographs of uniformly high
quality. Many of the data compiled from the literature,
such as factors affecting spore germination, and lon-
gevity of spores, are presented in the form of tables,
for easy comparison of species. Previously these data
were available only in scattered publications. A list of
references concludes each chapter. For the 1 1 chapters
in the book there are 1,778 references, including dupli-
cations.

To the applied biologist the most useful feature of
this book may well be the compilations of data on the
influence of various factors on spore germination and
survival. These will enable the worker interested in
germinating a troublesome fungal or bacterial spore to
readily find the information he needs. References are
also provided for all of the information in each table.
It is unfortunate, however, that no index is provided to
the genera of organisms mentioned. Such an index
would have facilitated its use as a reference book. An-
other minor, but annoying, omission is the lack of titles
of publications in the references. While it may seem
sufficient to give only the author and source for an
article, it must be remembered that there are many who
do not have ready access to great libraries such as those
at Michigan and Wisconsin. This is especially true of
our colleagues in foreign countries. Such publications
must be obtained on microfilm, but this requires know-
ing the title of the article desired. Authors Sussman
and Halvorson will no doubt be willing to furnish this
information when necessary.

In summary, this book represents an excellent mono-
graph on the subject of spore dormancy and germina-
tion, and will be essential reading for anyone interested
in this subject. It would seem, however, that the almost
total lack of references to organisms other than fungi
and bacteria will prove disappointing to workers in
other fields, such as zoology. If this book is to truly
serve as a reference work on basic principles in bio-
logical dormancy, it would seem worthwhile to have
included at least a chapter stressing the parallels be-
tween dormancy mechanisms in microorganisms and
other organisms, such as higher animals. The authors
chose, however, to leave this to the individual reader.
— Richard T. Hanlin, University of Georgia.

Vol. 14, No. 3, July 1967

65

ZOONOSES. Edited by J. Van der Hoeden. Elsevier
Publishing Company, Amsterdam, London, New York.
774 pp. 1964. $40.00.

The opening line is a quotation, “Zoonoses are those
diseases and natural infections which are naturally trans-
mitted between vertebrate animals and man.” This is
taken from the Second Report of the Joint World Health
Organization/Food and Agriculture Organization Ex-
pert Group on Zoonoses, 1958.

The Introduction gives some definitions and indicates
the character of the information to follow. Because of
the enormous amount of knowledge on the zoonoses re-
cently acquired, limitations of materials are necessary.
Only essential historical information is included; diag-
nostic and therapeutic methods and systems are not
described in detail. Most emphasis is placed on the
discussion of epidemiological problems, comparative no-
sology, and preventive medicine. Some diseases, rare
in man, or of questionable transmissibility to man, are
omitted.

There are 21 contributors to the book distributed by
countries, as follows: Israel, 10; The Netherlands, 9;
Belgium, 1; and the United States of America, 1.

The subject matter is divided into 7 chapters, viz.:
Bacterial Diseases, Rickettsial Diseases, Viral Diseases,
Fungal Diseases, Protozoal Diseases, Zooparasitic Di-
seases, and Diseases of Man Transmissible Through

Animals. There are 110 figures in the text which are
helpful in illustrating various aspects of the diseases

being described.

The material is presented in a lucid and readable
manner. Readers in the Western Hemisphere may be
impressed by the relative emphasis upon these diseases
in Europe as compared to the rest of the world. On
the whole, however, the information presented appears
to be fairly well-balanced.

There is considerable inconsistency in the presenta-
tion. As an example, in the discussion on toxoplas-
mosis, no mention was made of treatment, although

with some other diseases of much less importance in
man, some of the drugs used for treatment are men-
tioned.

There is a large distracting number of misspellings.
Perhaps one of the most disturbing features to the seri-
ous reader is the inconsistency in the handling of the
references. Often references in the text are not shown
under references cited at the end of the chapter, while
some of those listed at the end are not cited in the text.
There is also much irregularity in the manner of listing
the references. Sometimes the author’s initials are
omitted, the same names are handled differently in dif-
erent parts of the text, and only one or all of the
authors of a paper might be shown. There are also
errors in listing the volume numbers of the journals
shown.

This book contains much information of interest con-
cerning zoonoses. However, the numerous errors and
inconsistencies do not recommend it as a reference. —
Martin D. Young, Sc.D., G or gas Memorial Laboratory.

PRINCIPLES OF MICROBIAL ECOLOGY. Thomas
D. Brock. Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1966. 306 pp., $7.75.

This is an exciting book with a unique and original
approach. Concepts and results from a wide assort-
ment of disciplines are applied to various ecological
problems in a stimulating and thought-provoking fashion.
It is, I suppose, inevitable that each reader will find
some of his favorite papers on microbial ecology are
missing. However, one is also equally likely to find
papers that one really should have read and somehow
missed reading.

The first three chapters (Introduction, The Microbial
Environment, and The Ecology of the Cell) furnish es-
sential background material though not in depth. The
short chapter (4) on dispersal contains some of the re-
cent results on mechanisms involved but little discus-
sion of the ecological consequences. The chapters (5
thru 9, pages 89-289) on populations and population
interactions make up the bulk of the text and represent
a most original analysis of ecological problems. Brock
has explored many areas not covered in “The Biology
of Populations” by Mac Arthur and Connell also pub-
lished in 1966.

I was particularly pleased with the discussion of popu-
lation interactions which digests and relates a substan-
tial body of comparatively recent information. Many
of the papers discussed conflict with established dogma
and it is especially important that a unified, balanced
analysis of microbial ecology be available at this time
as a foundation for future research in this important
field. — John Cairns, Jr., University of Kansas.

THE COCCIDIAN PARASITES (PROTOZOA, SPOR-
OZOA) OF RODENTS. Norman D. Levine and Vir-
ginia Ivens. Illinois Biological Monographs No. 33,
University of Illinois Press, Urbana, 1965. 365 pp.

$7.50.

Since most parasitologists and protozoologists are
already aware of this excellent monograph, this review
is directed toward those in other biological disciplines
who also serve on library committees. This important
volume should be in every well-balanced biology li-
brary. It contains 47 plates with 443 figures which
supplement detailed species descriptions so well that any
microscopist should be able to use this as a working
reference. Available data on the geographic distribu-
tion, pathogenicity, cross-transmission studies, and prev-
alence is also given. For a publication likely to be
subjected to frequent laboratory use, it is rather sur-
prising that the binding and cover were not made of
more durable materials. — John Cairns, Jr., University
of Kansas.

66

ASB Bulletin

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

Ralph D. Amen, Assistant Professor of Biology, Wake
Forest College, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, has
been promoted to associate professor and appointed
chairman of the Department of Biology at Wake For-
est. Both appointments are effective July 1, 1967.

Newton E. Kingston, Geneva College, Beaver Falls,
Pennsylvania and Lewis A. Follansbee, Orange Coast
College, Costa Mesa, California, received Academic
Year Extension Grants under the Research Participation
for College Teachers program of the National Science
Foundation to continue their work during the next year
and a half. The grant from the NSF is $2,000 for each
investigator. Both are associated with the Virginia In-
stitute of Marine Science, Gloucester Point.

The University of Virginia has awarded grants total-
ing $9,385 to three Virginia Institute of Marine Science,
Gloucester Point, investigators: M. N. Nichols, Head of
Geological Oceanography Department; Frank Perkins of
the Microbiology-Pathology Department; and Kenneth
L. Webb of the Environmental Physiology Department,
who are also members of the faculty of the Department
of Marine Science of the University of Virginia.

Margaret Peaslee joined the Biology faculty of Florida
Southern College, Lakeland, in September, 1966, as As-
sistant Professor after receiving her doctoral degree at
Northwestern University in Animal Physiology. Carla
Huddleston, Assistant Professor of Biology, has been
granted educational leave to return to Northwestern
University to complete her doctoral degree in Cellular
Physiology.

Robert A. Pedigo, formerly Associate Professor of
Biology, College of William and Mary, Williamsburg,
has accepted a position at St. Andrew’s Presbyterian
College, Laurinburg, North Carolina.

Beryl C. Franklin, Associate Professor of Biology,
Northeast Louisiana State College, Monroe, is the 1967-
68 President of the Louisiana Academy of Sciences.

Alan G. C. White, formerly Professor of Biochemistry,
Tulane University, New Orleans, will become Professor
and Head of the Department of Biology, Virginia Mili-
tary Institute, Lexington, on 31 August 1967.

Leslie L. Ellis, Professor of Zoology, Mississippi State
University, State College, has been appointed Editor of
the Journal of the Mississippi Academy of Sciences
succeeding Walter Abbott, Senior Biologist, Gulf Coast
Research Laboratory, Ocean Springs, Mississippi. A
major revision of editorial policies will result in the
appointment of a board of Associate Editors.

Walter K. Taylor has been appointed Assistant Pro-
fessor of Zoology, Mississippi State University, State
College, effective September, 1966. He received his
doctorate from Arizona State University in Zoology,
specializing in Ornithology.

In January and March William D. Burbanck partici-
pated in two regional conferences on the International
Biology Program in Washington, D. C. at the National
Academy of Sciences. The international program will
operate from July 1967 to June 1972.

Vol. 14, No. 3, July 1967

67

William D. Burbanck will be on leave from the Biol-
ogy Department of Emory University during the spring
quarter. He and Mrs. Burbanck (Dr. Madeline P.) will
spend five months at Woods Hole, Massachusetts con-
tinuing their research on the isopod Cyathura.

Martin D. Young, Director, Gorgas Memorial Labo-
ratory, Panama, Republic of Panama, has received a
grant from the U. S. Army Research and Development
Command, to determine if human malarias will grow in
Panama monkeys. James A. Porter, Jr., has joined the
project as co-investigator.

Martin D. Young, Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Pan-
ama, R. P., has been appointed Visiting Professor of
Epidemiology, Alabama Medical Center, and a member
of the Malaria Commission, Armed Forces Epidemio-
logical Board, Washington, D. C.

Greensboro College announced that the Research Com-
mittee of the College had awarded two grants-in-aid in
the biological sciences. Kemper Callahan was made an
award to continue his studies on virus-infected elm pol-
len, the results of which may have broader applications
in forest pathology. Arnold Van Pelt was recipient of
funds to continue his studies on a hairloss mutant in
mice, a condition which past studies have shown to
imply a hormonal imbalance.

Herbert P. Riley of the University of Kentucky has
been appointed Visiting Professor at the University of
California, Irvine, for the academic year 1967-1968.
This appointment is for one year, after which Dr. Riley
will return to the University of Kentucky.

J. Frances Allen, formerly with the National Science
Foundation, has recently become Chief, Water Quality
Requirements Branch, Federal Water Pollution Control
Administration, Washington, D. C.

About Institutions

A consortium of 13 private colleges of the Mid-
Appalachian region (Mid-Appalachia College Council,
Inc. — MACCI) is establishing a Field Biology Teaching
and Research Center on Norris Lake in Campbell
County, Tennessee. The first class is to be given at
the Center this Summer. A. Randolph Shields, Chair-
man, Biology Department, Maryville College, Maryville,
Tennessee, is the Director.

A new science building is under construction at Mary-
ville College, Maryville, Tennessee. The two-story
building will house Biology, Psychology, Chemistry and
Physics. The biology quarters diverge from the stand-
ard laboratory setup by providing individual work areas
for upperclassmen and audio-tutorial facilities for lower
level courses. General Biology has been eliminated
from the curriculum.

The Science Department, Methodist College, Fay-
etteville, N. C., recently received a matching fund grant
of $14,205 for the purchase of instructional scientific (
equipment from HEW. Ten years after being chartered
by the State of North Carolina and after seven years of
operations, Methodist College was recently granted full
accreditation by the Southern Association of Schools and
Colleges.

William J. Hargis, Jr., Director of the Virginia In-
stitute of Marine Science, Gloucester Point, has an-
nounced that the Old Dominion Foundation has awarded
the Institute a grant of $10,000 to expand its ocean-
ographic library.

An Hitachi HU-ll-B-1 Electron Microscope has been
recently installed in the Microbiology-Pathology Depart-
ment of the Virginia Institute of Marine Science, Glou-
cester Point. It will be used in the study of pathogens
of marine organisms, the microorganisms themselves,
and cells and tissues.

NSF has awarded grants to the Virginia Institute of
Marine Science, Gloucester Point, for the conduct of a
Research Participation for College Teachers program in
which four post-doctoral participants will be selected.

An Undergraduate Research Participation program pro-
viding research experience for ten undergraduate stu-
dents and a Cooperative College-School program with
the city of Norfolk for training Junior High School
science teachers are also available. Information about
these programs may be obtained by writing Robert S.
Bailey, Director, NSF Programs, Virginia Institute of
Marine Science, Gloucester Point, Virginia 23062.

68

ASB Bulletin

BULLETIN

Volume 14, Number 4 October 1967

(See Notes on the Natural History of Science, p. 71)

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Men-
zel. Dept, of Biological Sciences, Florida
State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla. Subscrip-
tion orders from libraries and other insti-
tutions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. John Carpenter, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington,
Kentucky. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Fulton
Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

DOROTHY L. CRANDALL
Associate Editor
JOSEPH F. FITZPATRICK, JR.,
News Editor

JOHN CARPENTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Harold J. Humm, University
of South Florida

Retiring President — Elsie Quarterman,
Vanderbilt University
President Elect — Robert B. Short, Florida
State University

Vice-President — Margaret Y. Menzel,
Florida State University
Secretary — Dorothy L. Crandall, Ran-
dolph Macon Woman’s College
Treasurer — John Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Executive Committee — Frederick T. Wolf,
Vanderbilt University; Julian T. Dar-
lington, Southwestern at Memphis;
Richard E. Garth, Northwestern State
College; Grover C. Miller, North
Carolina State University; Burton J.
Bogitsh, Vanderbilt University; Anna
Josephine Bridgman, Agnes Scott Col-
lege. All officers are ex officio mem-
bers of the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — W. W. Miller, III, Samford
University

Florida — John D. McCrone, University of
Florida

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State
College

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University
North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina: G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Newberry College
Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Resolutions Committee

Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State College
Burton J. Bogitsh, Vanderbilt Univ.

Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt Univ., Chair-
man

Volume 14 , Number 4 - October 1967

CONTENTS

Association Affairs 70

Notes on the Natural History of Science. — Perry C. Holt 71
Letters 75

News of Biology in the Southeast 76

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

From the President

In order that the Association of Southeastern
Biologists may have an appropriate and effective
means of expressing the general feeling of the
membership concerning conservation problems, a
five-member committee has been appointed.

It is the duty of the new Conservation Com-
mittee to evaluate such problems, especially in the
southeastern states; to express their opinion, to
recommend a course of action, or to oppose an
imminent action that would damage or destroy a
natural area which it appears to be in the public
interest to preserve. The committee is authorized
to make public resolutions of their own at any
time. With conservation problems of major im-
portance on which action is not required promptly,
the committee may bring the matter before the
membership at the annual meeting and perhaps
present a resolution for possible adoption by the
ASB as a whole.

The committee will also serve as a means of
communication between the Association and vari-
ous conservation agencies who will thus be able to
determine the viewpoint of ASB concerning cur-
rent problems and, in many cases, gain the Asso-
ciation’s support in what they are trying to do.
Conversely, the Association will have an agency
authorized to convey the opinion of the member-
ship on conservation problems and proposals and

( Continued on page 78)

70

ASB Bulletin

Notes on the Natural History of Science

Perry C. Holt
Department of Biology
Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Things have a way of getting all jumbled in my
mind. This, I contend, is not because I’m un-
usually scatter-brained, but because that is the
way the world is. Is my colleague my friend or
my enemy? At times I don’t know which he is.
When does day end and night begin? What are
the limits of my neighborhood? At the next street
over or four and a half light-years away at the
edge of the galaxy? And so on.

Such problems we try to resolve by processes
of analysis, definition and classification. At pres-
ent I am concerned with a cluster of problems
arising from the similarities and differences be-
tween and the origins of a group of activities that
man has engaged in at one time or another. These
human activities are called magic, mythology, phi-
losophy, technology and science. In discussing
them, I may more or less adventitiously touch
upon two others, poetry and religion. Don’t be
disturbed: I have neither the erudition nor the
time to do more than a little elementary classifica-
tion in my attempts to unjumble these things in
my mind. But I am a taxonomist by trade and
rather naturally, when presented with a job to do,
reach for the tools of my craft.

A number of things have occurred in recent
years to bring these problems to my attention.
The text we use in our course in General Biology
at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute in the in-
evitable attempt to explain to the novice scientist
what it is he is about, makes the statement that
science began in tribal magic. An erudite col-
league objected that this was a damned lie, I,
having read the anthropologist, Malinowsky, and
various historians of science, was inclined to agree
with the author of our zoology text. That was
one thing. Then some of my reading (an issue
of Daedalus ; Tolkien) led me to wonder as to the
nature and function of myth. I have always been

interested in the relationships between science and
philosophy, including in the latter term both my-
thology and religion which in their explanatory
and dogmatic aspects, at least, are proto-philos-
ophic in nature. Practically, of course, if I’m to
teach a science to our youth, it behooves me to
know what science is. Thus, for several reasons,
the attempt to clarify in my mind the relations,
including, in part, questions of origin, between
science, magic, myth and technology.

I began, as a scientist always does, with a vague
and not too precisely formulated question. This
in the true spirit of the scientific method was fol-
lowed by tentative and not too well organized
pryings into various likely and unlikely comers I
either already knew about or discovered, almost
by accident, in the course of my pryings. Such
pryings are usually referred to by scientists as
preliminary investigations with the clear implica-
tion that they are directed by a well conceived and
quite logical plan. Except for Master’s theses,
this is mostly not so.

One result of my investigations was that I
quickly rediscovered something that I already
knew: neither enough years are left to me nor
enough intelligence bestowed upon me in the be-
ginning for me to hope to learn all the archaeol-
ogy, anthropology, history, philosophy and psy-
chology, among other pertinent fields of learning,
necessary for a truly scholarly solution, based
upon the evidence, of my problem.

Since this paper purports to be more than a
record of the failure of a project — - we early
learned not to report negative results — I must
have decided upon something other than the tour-
de-force of scholarship that I have implied would
be necessary. What I shall do is to attempt to
identify what a taxonomist would call the diag-
nostic characters of the objects of this study and

Vol. 14, No. 4, October 1967

71

further, on the basis of similarities that are in per-
haps more than an analogical sense homologous,
work out a phylogeny, a system of relationships,
for these types of human behavior. That 1 don't
know all there is to know about such areas of
study as mythology and philosophy perhaps will
not completely negate my efforts: a zoological
taxonomist, whose classifications may be very
sound, never claims to know more than a very
little of all that can be known of his animals.

To begin.

Magic. A practical art of early man aimed at
controlling the “powers” of the world, both ani-
mate and inanimate, including other men.

A suggestion of John Wilson’s in a book en-
titled “Before Philosophy” is significant for an
understanding of both magic and mythology. To
early man (Wilson is talking of Egyptians, but I
think the idea can be safely generalized) an ob-
ject in the world outside himself was a “thou”, a
person, with feelings, emotions and thoughts simi-
lar to his own. Persons, if one knows and says
(I speak not at all metaphorically) the right words
of power, can be controlled to the will of the
speaker and possessor of power. This, of course,
is still a matter of daily observation and must
have been at the basis of the very structure of
primitive society. Magic develops, on this view,
then, very simply by extending the techniques, or
some of them with modifications, for influencing
people to the other “people” who were the rain
or the sun, the hunted animals, the cultivated
plants or the “Bright Ones” above all these.

Magic will be seen to share some features in
common with myth. This is all right, magic and
myth are species of the same genus and should
be much alike.

The personal power of the “thou” of the non-
human world is the “mana” of the Polynesians.
American aborigines had a number of words for
the same concept and modern man when he curses
the stone over which he stumbles is expressing a
thinned-out version of the same view.

The techniques for controlling the powers of
nature, the mana of the Polynesians, need not be
reviewed here. It is enough to recall the fertility
rites practiced at the time of seed planting, the
voo-doo doll and the pins, even such a weak sur-
vival as knocking on wood which some of you
have probably done. The point is the validity of
my taxonomic diagnosis: magic is a practical art
aimed at controlling, cajolling and propitiating the
powerful, often awesome, and frequently capri-
cious, forces of the natural world.

Myth\ stories, usually oral in transmission,
sometimes written, which have for their subjects

the “thous” of the outside world, primeval an-
cestors, racial heroes and similar characters.
Often, no doubt, told purely for entertainment,
myths may, however, be recognized by their ob-
jectives as well as by their subject matter: they
are most often in some sense stories of origin and
and hence addressed to the problem of explaining
the world and how it came to be and, secondarily,
they inculcate a pattern off behavior, usually by
explaining why the tribe is as it is or the duties it
owes to the power or powers of nature, or by ex-
ample, simply holding up the behavior of the
heroes as that which all should strive to follow.
More succinctly, myth is primitive theology. No
examples of myth will be presented here: simply
take the sacred writings of any culture other than
your own and the parts that are devoted to ac-
counts of origins, explanations of the nature of
the powers (divinities is the usual word) and the
relationship of man to the world and its powers
and you have a mythology.

Obviously, myth is related to magic in the sense
that myth attempts to explain or to elucidate the
nature of the powers that magic attempts to con-
trol. The method of myth is the narrative, the
telling of a story; its objective is an explanation of
the world, its beginnings and all that is in it. In
the latter respect myth is also related to philos-
ophy, another species of the genus.

Philosophy, a polytypic species, difficult of
diagnosis. Lord Russell speaks of philosophy as
the study of those important questions for which
there are no empirically determinable answers.
Philosophy is civilized mythology. The questions
which a myth will pose vaguely and by implica-
tion are clarified and made explicit and more pre-
cise in philosophy. The answers, instead of be-
ing imaginative poetic stories, are based explicitly
upon reasoned argumentation. Mythology, in
general, appeals to the emotions, the affective be-
havior of man; philosophy purports to appeal to
the intellect.

It should be noted that there is an important
subspecies of philosophy, represented by Russell,
Wittgenstein and some of their colleagues, which
conceives its task to be the clarification of the
meaning of statements and language. The only
question considered in their philosophy is “What
does it mean to say ‘such and such’?” This paper
is a rather weakly and presumably non-viable
specimen of this subspecies.

Another subspecies of philosophy is what is
more properly, perhaps, called methodology, a
study of the rules or principles for the practice of
an art. A common example is the “philosophy of
education” as a subject taught in teacher’s college.
Of course, philosophy, in the sense of the nomi-

72

ASB Bulletin

nate subspecies, is not taught in such a course.
And, if there are other subspecies of philosophy,
I shall not deal with them here.

The typical method of philosophy is dialectic:
talking, one hopes, logically. In some forms of
philosophy this has been reduced to elaborate
symbolisms such as those known as mathematics
and symbolic logic. The objectives of philosophy
have been stated: they are derived from those of
myth, as Cornford has shown in “From Religion
to Philosophy”.

Philosophy is related on the one hand to my-
thology and religion; on the other hand to science.
It differs from both most strikingly in method.
Philosophy uses dialectic instead of the narrative-
poetic method of myth and the empirical methods
of science.

Technology : thought by some, for instance,
engineers and agriculturists, to be a subspecies of
science, but here considered as a separate species,
is the total complex of man’s manual skills, that
is, the use of hands, tools and machines to man-
ipulate and control natural objects for utilitarian
purposes. Though technologies may be based, as
is medicine, upon complex sets of principles and
theories, they are always practical and the goal is
always some improvement of the material condi-
tions of human life.

Technology began when man first began to use
tools, by neolithic times it was well developed.
It has always been based upon experience and
common sense and may well demand the most
difficult thinking man is capable of. A savage
would consider you more than stupid if you sug-
gested that magic alone, no matter how powerful,
would insure a good crop of yams with no regard
to seasons, weather, protection from pests, etc.,
matters in which the neolithic farmers were quite
skilled.

Technology is related to magic in its objectives:
it is utilized for the control of objects that experi-
ence has taught man he can control with his hands
and tools. Technology is related to science in its
methods which are fundamentally the same. This
has led to confusion. There was no science until
the empirical methods of technology were system-
atically used in pursuing the objectives of philos-
ophy.

Science: my diagnoses of magic, myth, philos-
ophy and technology, while not original in any
true sense, are couched in my own words. But a
better taxonomist than I has recently defined sci-
ence. I quote George Gaylord Simpson: “Science
is an exploration of the material universe that
seeks natural, orderly relationships among ob-
served phenomena and that is self-testing.”

The questions of science, or the aims of science,
are in part those of philosophy: science would an-
swer all the questions about the world that can be
answered on the basis of empirical observations.
The motives of the scientist are the same as those
of the philosopher: as complete a knowledge as
possible of things as they are. The methods of
science are those of technology, which accounts,
perhaps, for why the agricultural technologist
across the hall from me claims to be a scientist.
There is, of course, no reason why a man cannot
be both a technologist and a scientist, sometimes
applying the methods common to both fields for
purposes of control, sometimes for the purpose of
acquiring knowledge about the world.

Something more should be said about the meth-
ods of science. I rely again upon Simpson. First,
in spite of Francis Bacon, Karl Pearson, innum-
erable physicists and James Conant, there is no
one method. In general, observations are made
that raise a question about general ideas, relation-
ships and interrelationships among phenomena.
A tentative answer is formulated that is testable.
The tests may be of quite different types, but they
must be, in principle at least, repeatable by any
competent observer and the more of them there
are the more confidence is placed in the tentative
answer that we can now call a theory or principle.
It is to be noted that the tests of a hypothesis are
not necessarily experiments and that nothing is
said about prediction. Experiments may consti-
tute strong tests and predictions based on a hypo-
thesis that are fulfilled are powerful, but not nec-
essarily, conclusive, support for the hypothesis.

Science, briefly characterized as to aims and
methods, is seen to be most closely related to phi-
losophy, particularly to the philosophy of the an-
cient Greeks which has been misidentified as sci-
ence by most writers up to now. There was really
no science until the modern period, no science in
Babylonia or, Egypt or Greece or medieval Eur-
ope, though most historians of science have said
so in their descriptions of ancient and medieval
technologies. There were, of course, precursors
(“mutations”) in the ancient and medieval worlds
in the unsystematic recognition by a few philos-
ophers of the possibilities for philosophy of em-
pirical verification.

Science differs from philosophy in that the ma-
terials of science, the phenomena about which
questions are asked are just that, materials, ob-
servable, tangible objects, and in the methods
which are more nearly allied to those of technol-
ogy than to the dialectic of philosophy. Which,
however, is not to deny that science has inherited,
as part of its methods, perhaps, its use of model

Vol. 14, No. 4, October 1967

73

building and deductive logic from philosophy.
Science began when the craftsmen of the late
Middle Ages taught the philosophers a surer
method than dialectic for answering real questions
about real things. It didn’t begin until then and
it is only in our lifetime that it is escaping from
the paternal dominance of its father.

My limited little task is complete. It was to
state what is in effect a taxonomic hypothesis.
Many of the concepts upon which it is based are
derived from Simpson. My erudite colleague is
right and the author of our freshman text wrong.

To summarize that hypothesis as taxonomists
often do, 1 present a phylogenetic tree (cover)
showing the relationships of magic, myth, philos-
ophy, technology and science. Keep in mind that
there is a great unity here, all of these are activi-
ties of a single species (in the true zoological
sense) of an animal. Certainly, early man did
not compartmentalize his life. He was not a
magician on Monday, a farmer-technician on
Tuesday, a philosopher at some other time, a
scientist at another who practiced his religion on
Sundays. At all times he did more or less all
these things.

Myth arose from the confrontation of man with
the powers (which he thought of, in the only terms

he knew, as personal) of nature and an attempt
to explain them.

Magic was a supplement to technology; a
method of control. It has survived in religious
ritual and popular superstition, but has proved
sterile as a progenitor of other forms of behavior
(culture) or thought. It is, like the sponges, an
evolutionary cul-de-sac, a blind alley.

Philosophy arose when the critical intellects of
the Ionian Greeks could no longer be satisfied
with the theology which had developed from the
primitive Indo-European mythology. Philosophy
was their attempt, using the resources of their
minds to the fullest, to answer questions about
the nature and relations of phenomena.

Religion and poetry I pass over; subspecies of
myth, I think, but the problems here are great and
they hardly enter into the phylogeny of science.

My phylogenetic tree is botanical in a meta-
phorical sense; the sort of hybridization that the
botanists are familiar with has occurred. Or to
use the German expression, science is a bastard
whose parents were technology, the elderly
mother, earthly of the earth, and heavenly philos-
ophy, aspiring to the secrets of the universe. The
aspirations of the offspring are those of the father;
the hands — the methods — are those of Martha.

74

ASB Bulletin

Letters

I showed your paper to a couple of people here at
the Museum — and a very lively, almost heated, discus-
sion was the result. Like in so many things both ex-
tremes are impractical and the truth lies in the middle.
It is very good that you started this action and pointed
out the many stupid and senseless abbreviations that are
being used. Personally 1 feel that one could abbreviate
the title of a periodical, but should try not to abbreviate
words. The title of our journal: “Zoologische Mededel-
ingen uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke
Historie te Leiden” is too cumbersome for repeated cita-
tion, but if cited “Zoologische Mededelingen, Leiden,”
no mistake is possible.

Abbreviations for words that are very similar (Ann-
ales, Annals, Annali, Annalen, Analele, Annuaire, An-
nuario; Nature, natural, national, etc.) cause endless
trouble. It would be much easier to have them all writ-
ten out in full. An abbreviation, if used, should be such
that even outsiders cannot mistake its meaning. J. for
Journal is senseless with words around like Jornal, Jahr-
buch, Jahresbericbt, etc. Journ., which I use myself,
also is absurd, as it saves only one letter. On the whole
(with the restrictions just pointed out) I agree with you,
but do not know whether it is not too late for me to
switch over with my card file — which in the course of
time has become quite extensive, and is consistently
abbreviated.

L. B. Holthuis

Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie

Leiden, Netherlands

The above letter refers to an article, “Literature Cita-
tion Abbreviations — A Waste of Time,” by C. W. Hart,
Jr. and Betty Ursomarso, that appeared in The ASB
Bulletin, 11(3): 71-73. Reprints of this article are avail-
able on request from the editor of the ASB Bulletin. — Ed.

The only criticism I have of the ASB Bulletin is the
lack of identification of the wonderful old engravings in
recent issues — e.g. 14: #3 July ’67, page 64. Even
without captions these have been put on our bulletin
board and have been admired.

Jane C. Belcher
Sweet Briar College

I noticed on pages 64 and 65 of the July, 1967, ASB
Bulletin, pictures of a “sea serpent” and an oarfish.
Neither picture is accompanied by a caption, and I can
find no word of explanation in the Bulletin. This lack
of identification and/or explanation seems strange in a
scientific journal.

We are involved in a study of oarfish, fourteen of
which have been washed ashore on the lower west coast
of Florida during the past several years. I would like to
know the source of your picture, and if the original pic-
ture is in color. This would help us tremendously in our
research.

Carl R. Keener
Manatee Junior College

The old engravings referred to appeared as space fillers
in the ASB Bulletin in both the April and July, 1967,
issues. The oarfish appeared in the July, 1967, issue.
AH had originally been published accompanying an ar-
ticle, “Do Sea Monsters Exist?" by Dana M. Slay maker,
that appeared in Frontiers magazine in October, 1966
( vol . 31, no. 1, pp. 4-8). Frontiers is published by the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The old
engravings came from various volumes in the Academy's
library; the oarfish picture is from the American Museum
of Natural History, but 1 do not know if the original was
in color or where the specimen was from. The illustra-
tions were intended only as space fillers, and 1 apologize
for not giving due credit to the source of the illustrations.
— Ed.

29 Sept. 1967

The ASB Bulletin

Quarterly (January, April, July, and October)

YcademjT of° JJat'ura'l f Science a," 19th aT The Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103

Dept, of Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington, %r. Ii0506 (Dr. John Carpenter)

O ADDRESSES Of PUNISHES E

The Association of Southeastern Biologists, ^nc^., Chape 1JLL11, N.C.

C. W. Hart, Jr., Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th & The Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa. 1910.1

Association of Southeastern

Chapel Hill, N.C. (Dr. William J. Koch, Associate

Biologists, Inc.

Professor, Dept, of Botany. Univ. of North Carolina,

Agent. )

SECURITY HOLDERS OWNING OB MOLDING I PERCENT C

If TOTAL AMOUNT

riRriphi 7 ind H include, in c
r or in any other fiduciary fell

10 EXTENT AND NATURE Of CIRCULATION

AVERAGE WO CORIES

A TOTAL NO COPIES PtINTID ,S„ f V... «...

moo

moo

• ™„

none

none

. -

900

936

C TOTAL PA.0 CIRCULATION

900

936

300

335

1200

1271

f Of TICE USE. LETT OVER, UNACCOUNTED. SPOILED ATTER PRINTING

200

129

o

UlOO

IhOO

~ - ~~ ► <5^3fZ

Vol. 14, No. 4, October 1967

75

News of Biology in the Southeast

About People

William W. Miller, III, has been appointed Associate
Professor of Biology, Northeast Louisiana State College,
Monroe. He was formerly at Samford University, Bir-
mingham, Alabama.

Thomas F. Redick, Professor of Biology, Frostburg
State College, Frostburg, Maryland, is using the facilities
of the Radiobiological Laboratory, U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service, Beaufort, North Carolina, for a summer proj-
ect involving the primitive circulation of the tunicates.

Joseph W. Angelovic, Radiobiological Laboratory, U.
S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Beaufort, North Carolina,
was appointed to the Executive Committee of the Atlan-
tic Estuarine Research Society.

Paul M. Patterson, Chairman of the Division of Natural
Sciences and Mathematics and Chairman of the Depart-
ment of Biology, Hollins College, Virginia, retired May,
1967, after 33 years of service. He will continue his pro-
fessional activity in the position of Professor of Biology
at Methodist College, Fayetteville, North Carolina.

Alice Louise Bull, Associate Professor of Biology, Hol-
lins College, Virginia, has been appointed Chairman of
the Department of Biology.

Charles Morlang, Jr., has been appointed Associate
Professor of Biology, Hollins College, Virginia. He re-
ceived his Ph.D. from Columbia University and his
research involves problems of fern development and
hybridization.

Kathleen Klimkiewicz has been appointed Instructor
in Biology, Hollins College, Virginia. She received her
B.S. and M.S. from Radford College and has research in-
terests in mammalogy and ornithology.

Edward G. Roberts, Professor of Forest Production,
Mississippi State University, State College, has received
a grant from the National Park Service to locate and
check validity of areas which have been reported as
unique in some ecological or geological respect. A
“Registry of Natural Landmarks” is maintained by the
National Park Service of such areas.

Floyd Scott, Lloyd Scott, and Eugene Wofford have
all been appointed Instructors in the Department of Bi-
ology, University of South Alabama, Mobile. All re-
ceived their B.S. and M.A. (Ed.) from Austin Peay State
University, Clarksville, Tennessee. Mr. F. Scott was
trained in the field of herpetology and Msrs. L. Scott
and Wofford were trained in plant taxonomy.

Perry C. Holt, Professor of Biology, Virginia Polytech-
nic Institute, Blacksburg, is spending the current aca-
demic year at the United States National Museum, Wash-
ington, D. C. This is made possible by a Senior Investi-
gator Fellowship from the Smithsonian Institution.

Among the 25 biologists participating in the recent
Smithsonian Institution Summer Institute in Systematic^
were the following Southeastern biologists: Jack H. Ess-
linger and Alfred E. Smalley, Tulane University, New
Orleans; J. F. Fitzpatrick, Jr., and Leon W. Hepner,
Mississippi State University, State College; John R. Hol-

76

ASB Bulletin

singer, East Tennessee State University, Johnson City;
John D. McCrone, University of Florida, Gainesville;
Glen E. Woolfenden, University of South Florida, Tampa;
and Ralph W. Yerger, Florida State University, Talla-
hassee. Co-directors were Robert P. Higgins, Wake
Forest University, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, repre-
senting the American Society of Zoologists, and Ellis L.
Yochelson, U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C.,
representing the Society of Systematic Zoology. Richard
S. Cowan, Head, Office of Systematics, Museum of Natu-
ral History, acted as host for the Smithsonian Institution.
The Institute was supported financially by NSF, USAF
Office of Research and the Smithsonian Institution.

C. W. Hart, Jr., and Dabney Hart, Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, were participants in an inter-
national conference on ostracods in Hall, England, last
Summer. They presented a paper on the functional
morphology of entocytherid ostracod copulatory appen-
dages.

Willie M. Reams, Jr., associate professor of biology.
University of Richmond, has been appointed Head of the
recently formed Division of Biology at the Virginia In-
stitute for Scientific Research. The biology program at
the VISR will complement his research in progress
through his academic affiliations.

Willie M. Reams, Jr., University of Richmond, and
Robert B. Scoggins, Medical College of Virginia, as co-
investigators, have received a grant for 3 years from
NIH for $64,622.00 in direct costs to study the origin
and differentiation of Langerhans cells in the skin of the
PET mouse.

Richard P. Sutter, formally Adjunct Biochemist, Pres-
byterian-St. Luke’s Hospital, Chicago, Illinois and In-
structor of Biological Chemistry, University of Illinois
Medical School, has been named Assistant Professor in
the Department of Biology at West Virginia University,
Morgantown, West Virginia.

Lila Abrahamson, Assistant Professor, Department of
Botany, University of Chicago, has been named Associate
Professor, Department of Biology, West Virginia Univer-
sity, Morgantown, West Virginia.

William E. Collins, Ford Foundation Consultant in re-
productive physiology recently returned from India, has
been named Assistant Professor in the Department of
Biology, West Virginia University, Morgantown, West
Virginia.

Norman Lin, Assistant Professor of Zoology, Ohio State
University, has been named Assistant Professor in the
Department of Biology at West Virginia University, Mor-
gantown, West Virginia.

Three new members will be added to the faculty of
the Department of Botany, University of North Carolina,
during 1967-68. Lindsay S. Olive, who has for some
time been Professor of Botany at Columbia University,
has accepted a position as Professor of Botany effective
January 1, 1968. Dr. Olive received his Ph.D. from
UNC in 1942 and is one of the leading mycologists in
the country. The appointment of Helmut Lieth of Stutt-
gart, Germany, as Associate Professor of Botany was an-
nounced in our last issue. Dr. Lieth, who is an ecologist
and an authority on world vegetation, will assume his
duties July 1, 1967. Clifford Parks of the Los Angeles
Arboretum, a taxonomist and geneticist who is primarily
interested in chemotaxonomy and is also an authority on
camellias, has accepted a position as Assistant Professor
effective August 1, 1967.

Kenan Professor John N. Couch, Department of Bot-
any, University of North Carolina, has reached the man-
ditory retirement age of 70 and is retiring on June 30,
1967, after a distinguished career of 45 years at UNC.
Dr. Couch has published two books, over 80 papers, and
has directed the work of numerous mycology graduate
students, many of whom have become leaders in the
field. Dr. Couch has established an international repu-
tation as a mycologist and has received numerous awards,
including membership in the National Academy of Sci-
ence, Honorary Fellow of the National Academy of Sci-
ence of India, Walker Grand Prize of the Boston Society
of National History, Meritorious Teaching Award of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists, Golden Jubilee
Merit of North Carolina, and honorary Sc.D. degrees
from Catawba College and Duke University. Although
Dr. Couch will no longer be teaching we are pleased to
report that he will devote full time to continuation of his
research.

Promotions: The following assistant professors in the
Department of Botany, University of North Carolina,
have been promoted to associate professorships effective
September 1: Edward Barry, Clyde J. Umphlett, and A.
Domnas.

About Institutions

All of the science departments at Hollins College, Vir-
ginia, are now enjoying the extended space and addi-
tional facilities provided by a new science building which
was completed in September.

The School of Forest Resources, Mississippi State Uni-
versity, State College, served as host to the annual meet-
ing of the Southern Forest Environment Research Coun-
cil in June.

Oak Ridge National Laboratories, Oak Ridge, Tennes-
see, has continued its excellent biological activities with

Vol. 14, No. 4, October 1967

77

numerous seminars and training programs this summer.
Participants, in addition to the permanent staff, were
from all over the world.

The University of Georgia was awarded a $3,719,000
grant by the National Science Foundation Tuesday, with
the money to be used for development of a “center of
excellence” in the biological sciences.

The Federal funds, to be allocated over the next three
years, will be augmented with an additional $6.8 million
in University support. A NSF spokesman in Washington
said the grant was made as a part of “a major Founda-
tion effort to increase the number of first-rate scientific
institutions in the United States. The program is de-
signed to provide significant financial aid to academic
institutions that are not among the foremost in science
but have substantial present strength and, in addition,
have shown sound planning for future improvement.”

About $1.5 million of the total grant will be used for
new facilities. Another million will go for equipment
and a million more will be budgeted for additional per-
sonnel.

New facilities will include an earth and plant sciences
building, a new wing for the present biological sciences
building, and renovation of existing facilities in the de-
partments of entomology, biochemistry and biopsychology.

It is expected that 18 new faculty positions will be
added, as well as additional supporting staff positions and
positions for post-doctoral fellows and graduate assist-
ants. New post-doctoral programs are to be added, and
existing graduate training programs strengthened.

New equipment to be purchased with grant funds in-
clude a mass spectrometer and three electron micro-
scopes. The balance of the funds will be used to “sub-
stantially augment resources for the sophisticated re-
search programs being developed.”

NSF has awarded nearly $100 million to more than 25
other institutions of higher education in its three years
of existence. The University of Georgia is the only in-
stitution, however, to receive an award designated spe-
cifically for the biological sciences.

(Continued from page 70)

to communicate with appropriate government or
private agencies. The new committee will pro-
vide a new and more effective means of promot-
ing the restoration or preservation of natural areas
or resources in the southeastern states than ever
beefore and, hopefully, before it is too late to act.

While growth in membership of the Association
of Southeastern Biologists during the past decade
has been generally upward, there seems to be rea-
son to doubt that it has kept pace with the in-

crease in active, professional biologists of the
southeastern states. No concerted effort for new
members, no membership drives, have been un-
dertaken for some time. Growth has been the
result of individual activity of the more dedicated
meembers.

There are many educational institutions in the
Southeast, and many non-educational institutions
employing biologists, in which there are no ASB
members at all. These biologists may never have
been invited to join. In many of the larger edu-
cational institutions there are biological science
departments with no ASB members. These biolo-
gists may be somewhat isolated from active mem-
bers who make it a point to extend personal in-
vitations to prospective members.

On the assumption that much of the above
speculation is true, your president feels that a
modest effort toward inviting new members should
be initiated this winter. The goal is not to gain a
large number of new members per se, but to try
to bring into ASB those non-member biologists
who would be likely to contribute to the goals of
the Association and to the general welfare of bi-
ologists and biological science in the Southeast.
Those who have to be pressured or urged to join
usually do not become very active and may not
remain with ASB. But there must be many poten-
tially good members who have not been invited.

Accordingly, approval of the Executive Com-
mittee for the printing of a new supply of mem-
bership application forms and for their widespread
distribution will be sought at the October interim
meeting at Emory University in Atlanta. (In fact,
it may already have been done by the time you
read this.) We will then ask an ASB member in
every institution represented to distribute mem-
bership forms to each biologist in his institution
who is not already a member. We shall also at-
tempt to contact a biologist in those institutions
not at present represented in the ASB roster, in-
vite him to join, and also ask him if he will dis-
tribute membership forms to other biologists in his
organization.

The whole process will take some time but it
could result in a noticeable increase in member-
ship before the next annual meeting at the Uni-
versity of Geeorgia, not just an increase in num-

78

ASB Bulletin

bers but an increase in the kind of biologists who
have made the ASB a respected, effective, and
distinctive organization.

So if you are asked to help in this endeavor, we
hope you will feel free to suggest procedures, in-
stitutions to be contacted, and potential new
members. — Harold J. Humm

SUGGESTED NOMINEES FOR ASB OFFICES AND
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE POSITIONS
To the members of the Nominating Committee:

I wish to suggest that you consider the following ASB
members in selecting nominees for offices and executive
committee positions:

PRESIDENT-ELECT

VICE-PRESIDENT

TREASURER

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBERS (2 for 3-year

terms)

Deadline: January 1

Mail to: DR. ELSIE QUARTERMAN
Box 1616, Station B
Vanderbilt University
Nashville, Tennessee 37203

MERITORIOUS AWARD NOMINATIONS

As in previous years, an honorarium of $100
has been made available by the Will Corpora-
tion of Georgia, to be used as an award for the
recognition of especially meritorious teaching by
a member of the ASB. The regulations govern-
ing the award are as follows:

The recipient must be a member of the ASB in good
standing. He should have taught biology in a southern
institution for at least ten years, and must be currently
teaching. He must not be a dean or have regular ad-
ministrative duties beyond the department level (this
particular criterion requiring interpretation in individual
cases). Among evidences of his qualifications is the
progress of the candidate as indicated by recognition in
his own institution (important assignments and other
contriibutions specifically related to good teaching); and
the number and quality of students for whom he pro-
vided primarily the inspiration to continue in biology,
especially those who later received advanced degrees.

Past recipients of the Meritorious Award for
Teaching are as follows:

1952. Dr. Mary Stuart MacDougall (Agnes Scott)

1953. Dr. Orland E. White (Univ. of Virginia)

1954. Dr. Woolford B. Baker (Emory)

1955. Dr. John N. Couch (Univ. of North Carolina)

1956. Dr. Hugo L. Blomquist (Duke)

1957. Dr. Ezda Deviney (Florida State)

1958. Dr. Henry R. Totten (Univ. of North Carolina)

1959. Dr. Margaret Hess (Winthrop College)

1960. Dr. Ora C. Bradbury (Wake Forest College)

1961. Dr. Warren Deacon (Vanderbilt)

1962. Dr. Septima C. Smith (Univ. of Alabama)

1963. Father Patrick H. Yancey (Spring Hill College)

1964. Dr. Ruskin S. Freer (Lynchburg College)

1965. Dr. Harwell P. Sturdivant (Western Maryland

College)

1966. Dr. Charles Ray, Jr. (Emory Univ.)

1967. Dr. H. J. Oosting (Duke University)

In these times in which so much is heard about
teaching, it is particularly important that excel-
lence in teaching should be rewarded and publi-
cized in every way possible. Members of the
ASB are urged to make nominations and send
the needed supporting material to Dr. H. Branche
Howe, Jr., Dept, of Bacteriology, Univ. of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601, by February 1, 1968.

COMMITTEE
Lewis Berner
Wade T. Batson
H. Branch Home, Jr., Chairman

ASSOCIATION RESEARCH PRIZE

The rules and regulations governing the annual
Association Research Prize of $100.00, spon-
sored by the Carolina Biological Supply Com-
pany, Elon College, North Carolina, are as fol-
lows:

1. The Research Prize is to be awarded for an
especially meritorious paper actually presented at
the annual meeting.

2. Only members are eligible to submit papers
in competition for the Research Prize. This ap-
plies to all names on the submitted paper.

3. Papers submitted in competition may be in
press but must not have been published prior to
March 1 of the year of the current competition.

4. Papers submitted in competition are judged
by eminent scientists in the various fields of bi-
ology. These individuals are selected by the
Research Committee and are from schools out-
side the Southeast. Every effort is made by the
Research Committee to keep the authors of sub-
mitted papers anonymous. Criteria for the
award are left to the discretion of the judges’
panel, who may withhold said award if no paper
is considered to have sufficient merit.

5. Papers must be submitted in triplicate and
in their entirety not later than February 15, 1968,
to Dr. R. W. Hull, Dept, of Biological Sciences,
Florida State University, Tallahassee , Florida
32306. One copy of the prize -winning paper will

Vol. 14, No. 4, October 1967

79

remain in the ASB files, but all other copies will
be returned to the authors as soon as possible.

6. Announcement of the winner of the Re-
search Prize will be made at the annual meeting.

IVEY F. LEWIS FELLOWSHIP AT MOUNTAIN
LAKE BIOLOGICAL STATION

A Research Fellowship of $150.00 for summer
course study or research at Mountain Lake Bio-
logical Station of the University of Virginia has
been continued through the generosity of the
Phipps and Bird Company of Richmond, Virginia.
This fellowship, formerly known as the Phipps
and Bird Research Fellowship, was re-named at
the request of the Phipps and Bird Company.
Any member of the Association may submit an
application. The application should be accom-
panied by a summary of the planned work, by a

list of important publications, and especially in
the case of younger workers, by references and
educational data. Applications should be sent to
Dr. J . J. Murray, Dept, of Biology, Univ. of Vir-
ginia, Charlottesville, Virginia 22903 not later
than 15 March 1968. The selection will be made
by the Research and Awards Committee of the
ASB in consultation with the Director of the
Mountain Lake Biological Station. The an-
nouncement of the reecipient will be made at the
annual meeting of the ASB.

COMMITTEE

J. J. Murray, ex officio
James Riopel, ex officio
Donald Caplenor
Thomas L. Quay
R. W. Hull, Chairman

80

ASB Bulletin

LI BRARY

BOTANICAL GARDCN

BULLETIN

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Men-
zel. Dept, of Biological Sciences, Florida
State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla. Subscrip-
tion orders from libraries and other insti-
tutions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. John Carpenter, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington,
Kentucky. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Fulton
Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

DOROTHY L. CRANDALL
Associate Editor
JOSEPH F. FITZPATRICK, JR.,
News Editor

JOHN CARPENTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Harold J. Humm, University
of South Florida

Retiring President — Elsie Quarterman,
Vanderbilt University
President Elect — Robert B. Short, Florida
State University

Vice-President — Margaret Y. Menzel.

Florida State University
Secretary — Dorothy L. Crandall, Ran-
dolph Macon Woman’s College
Treasurer — John Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Executive Committee — Frederick T. Wolf,
Vanderbilt University; Julian T. Dar-
lington, Southwestern at Memphis;
Richard E. Garth, Northwestern State
College; Grover C. Miller, North
Carolina State University; Burton J.
Bogitsh, Vanderbilt University; Anna
Josephine Bridgman, Agnes Scott Col-
lege. All officers are ex officio mem-
bers of the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — Position Vacant

Florida — John D. McCrone, University of
P lorida

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State
College

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University
North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Newberry College
Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Resolutions Committee

Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State College
Burton J. Bogitsh, Vanderbilt Univ.

Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt Univ., Chair-
man

Volume 15, Number 1 - January 1968

CONTENTS

About the Athens Meeting 3

Multi-Lecture Approach Used at University of Georgia in
Introductory Biology Classes 7

Non-Petrified Fossil Fungi — by Frederick A. Wolf 8

News of Biology in the Southeast 11

2

ASB Bulletin

BIOl

About the Athens Meeting

The Association of Southeastern Biologists will
hold its 29th annual meeting 18-20 April, 1968,
at the University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia.
Registration and most of the other activities will
be in the Georgia Center for Continuing Educa-
tion. The program Thursday evening will begin
with the General Session, which will be held at
7:30 in the Auditorium. The General Session
will be followed by a smoker in the main lobby
and adjacent dining rooms of the Center. Ex-
hibits will be on display in the adjacent lounge.
Paper sessions and the annual business meeting
will be held Friday. The Friday evening banquet
and presentation of awards will be held in the
dining room of the Georgia Center. The retiring
President’s address will follow in the auditorium.

Dates of meeting — 1 8-20 April

Executive Committee Meetings
Georgia Center
1:00 P.M., Thursday
8:00 A.M., Saturday

Registration
Georgia Center

4:00 P.M. to 7:15 P.M., Thursday
8:00 A.M. to 1 1 :00 A.M., Friday
Fee — $2.00

Exhibits

Georgia Center, Main Lounge
2:00 P.M. to 11:00 P.M., Thursday
8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., Friday
8:00 A.M. to 11:00 A.M., Saturday

Paper Sessions

Georgia Center, Auditorium and Meeting
Rooms, Friday.

On Thursday the Southern Section, American
Society of Plant Physiologists will hold their
paper sessions in Lecture Rooms of the Bio-
logical Sciences Building.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Athens is a city of 50,000 located in the Pied-
mont Province at about 550-750 feet above sea
level. It is 45 miles from the Blue Ridge Prov-
ince and 65 miles from the Coastal Plain. The

Vol. 15, No. 1, January 1968

3

surrounding area is largely of pasturelands and
extensive wooded areas which are predominantly
of pine or mixed hardwoods and pine. Over 100
manufacturing firms operate in Athens-Clarke
County. The University of Georgia, however, is
by far the largest organization financially. It
covers more than 3,500 acres and is housed in
more than 80 buildings. Enrollment is over
15,500. A 300-acre Research Park is located
just southeast of Athens. Several state and fed-
eral research laboratories have already located in
the Park.

There are many things of interest at the Uni-
versity of Georgia, the Research Park, and near
and in Athens. Information about some of these
is given be'ow. Other information may be ob-
tained at the Registration Desk, or by writing in
advance to the appropriate person (s) indicated
below.

Travel to Athens

Suggested automobile routes to Athens are as
follows: From the south follow 175 to Forsyth,
Ga83 to Madison, and US441 to Athens. — From
the east follow US78 (or US378 to Washington
and then US78). — From the northeast follow
185 to intersection with US441 and then south on
US441 to Athens. — From the north use US441.
— From the northwest follow 175 and US41 to
Atlanta and then US285 bypass and 185 to inter-
section with US 129 which follow to Athens. —
From the west and southwest go to Atlanta and
take 120 to Conyers (don't take first exit), Gal 38
to Monroe, and US78 to Athens.

The Seaboard Railroad, and the Southeastern
Stages, Greyhound, and Trailways Bus lines pro-
vide ground transportation to Athens. Southern
Airways is the only airline serving Athens. How-
ever, air taxi service is available at $10.00 one
way both from and to Atlanta, through the Athens
Aviation, Inc. If reservations cannot be obtained
through usual means, write Athens Aviation, Inc.,
Athens, Georgia, 30601, or phone them (Area
404-543-5000). Limousine fare from the Athens
Airport to the Georgia Center is available at
$1.00 one way for a passenger and baggage.

The Georgia Center is located on South Lump-
kin Street in the west edge of the University of
Georgia Campus.

Parking

Ample parking facilities are available in the
main parking lot behind the Georgia Center.
This lot is the large one just north of the Colis-
eum. Parking elsewhere on the University cam-
pus is essentially impossib’e. Automobiles are
towed away from reserved parking spaces on the
campus. However, the Science Center buildings
are located in a group and within a short distance
from the Georgia Center.

Dining Facilities

There is a dining room and a small coffee shop
at the Georgia Center. The coffee shop is usu-
ally crowded between 12:00 and 12:45. These
eating facilities, at some meals, probably will not
be able to handle all those who would like to eat
there. Since parking is no prob’em at the Georgia
Center, those having automobiles may wish to
drive to motels or hotels serving meals, if the
above facilities are crowded. The University
cafeteria in Bolton Hall on Baxter Street adjacent
to Creswell Hall, a nine-story dormitory, can serve
a good number of people. The waiting lines are
usually short, except for 20 to 30 mimffe periods
beginning about 11:00 A.M., 12:15 P.M., and
1:20 P.M. Other University eating facilities are
usually very crowded or are essentially inacces-
sible. There are a number of other public eating
establishments in Athens. Several are on Baxter
Street which begins at Lumpkin Street near the
stadium and ends at Beechwood Shopping Center,
where there is a cafeteria.

Local alcohol mores

Beer and wine are sold at package stores and
are served in many restaurants, but no hard liq-
uors are sold.

Placement Service

A registry of employers and potential employees
will be established. Interviews will be arranged,
if possible. The usual employment opportunity
bulletin board service will also be availab'e. Reg-
istry of employers and potential emp’oyees may
be done at the registration desk or by writing to
Lynn Raulerson, Department of Zoology.

Field Trips

Pending expression of interest, a number of
field trips are planned. Those persons interested
should, if possible, contact the individual(s) plan-
ning the trip(s) before arriving in Athens.

1 . Wednesday and Thursday — Mycologists of
the A.S B. are planning two trips, one on
Wednesday which is to be all day and return-
ing to Athens that night. The second trip is
to be half day, Thursday morning, the group
returning to Athens for lunch. Any interested
person should contact Dr. Richard T. Hanlin,
Department of Plant Pathology and Plant
Genetics for particulars.

2. Thursday — For early arrivals at least one
short trip near Athens is being arranged. For
information about this and other suggested
activities for the afternoon, see below under
“Other Activities.”

3. A Saturday morning trip to Echols Mill gran-
itic outcrop about ten miles northeast of Lex-

4

ASB Bulletin

ington, Georgia, is being planned by Dr. Sam-
uel Jones and Dr. J. Bruce Wallace. This
trip is to feature aquatic biology as well as
ecological and floristic aspects of communities
typical of granitic outcrops. Temporary and
permanent poo’s of water and a stream which
runs for some distance over the rocks provide
plant and animal life which should be of in-
terest to biologists. The granitic habitats are
especially interesting. In addition to species
typical of such habitats, there are some of un-
usual occurrence, such as species disjunct from
the Coastal Plain. The group will return to
Athens by noon. Those in private automo-
biles may instead proceed directly home. For
particulars, contact Dr. Jones of the Botany
Department or Dr. Wallace of the Entomol-
ogy Department.

4. Two Saturday trips are being planned by the
Southeastern Division of the American Society
of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists. For
those interested in fishes, there will be collect-
ing in the headwaters of the Ogeechee River.
For those interested in herptiles, collecting
north of Gainesville, Georgia, should provide
an array of salamanders. Interested persons
should contact Dr. John P. Kerr, Zoology De-
partment.

5. A Saturday trip to the Savannah River Ecol-
ogy Laboratory at the ABC Savannah River
Plant near Augusta, Georgia, is being planned
by Robert J. Beyers, Director. Travel from
Athens to the Savannah River Plant will be
by private car, leaving Athens at 8:00 A.M.
An escorted tour by bus will include labora-
tory and field research facilities. A nominal
fee will be required for lunches. The program
will terminate at approximately 4:00 P.M.
Because this Laboratory is located on a U. S.
reservation, it is required that all visitors be
citizens of the United States, and be 18 years
of age or older. All persons p'anning to at-
tend must register with Dr. Beyers, SREL,
P. O. Box A, Aiken, South Carolina, prior to
Thursday, April 18. Because of security reg-
ulations, no late registrations can be accepted.
Also, no cameras or binoculars may be taken
on the tour.

OTHER ACTIVITIES
Thursday afternoon

1 . A short tour of local laboratory and field re-
search facilities will be conducted by Dr. John
McGinnis and Dr. Eugene Odum. Interested per-
sons should meet at the main entrance of the
Georgia Center at 4:00 P.M.

2. The Southeastern Water Laboratory' will
conduct a guided tour of their laboratories from

3:00 to 5:00 P.M. Persons having special inter-
ests are invited to ask that conferences be set up
with specific staff members anytime during the
day on Thursday or Friday. Interested persons
should write Dr. H. Paige Nicholson, of the South-
eastern Water Laboratory.

Thursday and Friday 8-5, Saturday 8-12

The following collections will be open with at-
tendants present to assist visitors:

1. Mycological Herbarium. Room 213, Bar-
row Hall.

2. Herbarium of vascular plants, bryophytes,
and lichens. Room 529, Biological Sci-
ences.

3. Insect Museum. Room 420, Biological
Sciences.

4. Bird and Mammal Range. Room 304,
Biological Sciences.

5. Herpetological and Ichthyological Ranges.
Room 302, Biological Sciences.

Persons interested in visiting personnel or facil-
ities of various departments may go to the main
offices for information and directions. Office lo-
cations are as follows:

Botany — 505 Biological Sciences

Entomology — 415 Biological Sciences

Microbiology — 831 Bio’ogical Sciences

Plant Pathology and Plant Genetics — 215
Food Science

Zoology — 724 Biological Sciences
Visitors are invited to discuss aspects of the new
Introductory Biology program with Dr. Hope Rit-
ter, Room 409 A or Dr. Joseph Hindman, Room
510, on Thursday or Friday. (See article on
page 7.)

Thursday and Friday 9-5, Saturday 9-12

The Art Museum near the north end of the
campus will be open for visitors. The nearest
available parking will probably be at meters on
the edge of the Athens business district. Caution:
Automobiles are towed away from reserved park-
ing spaces on the campus.

Thursday thru Saturday

A self-guided tour of Athens has been organ-
ized. Brochures may be obtained at registration
or by writing Dr. Joe Edmisten, Department of
Botany. Those wishing to have transportation
provided for a tour of Athens and the University
should write Dr. Edmisten before the meetings.
The tour will begin at 2:00 P.M. Friday, if a
sufficient number of peop’e are interested.

The University swimming pool in Stegeman
Hall, west of the stadium, will be open to A.S.B.
visitors on Thursday and Friday between 2:30
and 5:30 P.M.

Vol. 15, No. 1, January 1968

5

ACCOMMODATIONS

It is advisable to make reservations by 15
March. Write directly to the hotel or motel. The
Georgia Center will handle their reservations and
require double occupancy of all rooms to insure
convenience in housing to the maximum number
of persons. Room rates are given below. The
symbols following name of establishment indicate
the following:

( — ) — number in parenthesis indicates
mileage to the Georgia Center.

R — Eating facilities. S — Swimming pool.

No. of

Type

Units

Room

Price

GEORGIA CENTER (0) R

University of 138

Double

$10.00

Georgia

UNIVERSITY INNS. INC.

(0.2) R

998 S. Lumpkin St. 50

Single

$ 5.00

Men only!

Double

7.00

Connecting baths only.

DOWNTOWNER MOTOR

INN (0.6) RS

Milledge and 71

Single

$ 8.00

Lumpkin

Double

10.50

Twin

12.00

First Floor

1 .00 extra

HOLIDAY INN (0.9) RS

2 blocks from Broad 98

Single

$ 9.00

and Lumpkin

Double

12.00

Twin

14.00

COLONIAL HOTEL (1.0)

179 E. Broad few

Single

$ 3.50

Double

5.00

Twin

5.50

GEORGIAN HOTEL (1.2)

247 E. Washington 125

Single

$ 5.00-$ 7.00

Double

7.00- 9.00

Twin

8.00- 9.00

KEY TO AMERICA (1.3)

RS

230 N. Finley 87

Single

$ 8.00

Double

12.00

Twin

12.00

UNIVERSITY HOTEL COURT (1.9) S

US 44 1 South 8 1

Single

$ 8.00

Double

10.00

Twin

12.00

ATHENS MOTEL (2.3) S

US 441 South 56

Single

$ 7.00

Double

9.00

Twin

10.00

Efficiencies

2.00 extra

OLD COLONY MOTOR INN (2.4)

US 441 South 31

Single

$ 8.00

Double

10.00

Twin

11.00

KING COTTON

MOTOR COURT (3.3)

US 78 West

15

Single

$ 6.00

Double

7.00

Twin

8.00

HOWARD JOHNSONS

(3.6) RS

US 78 West

60

Single

$ 9.00

Double

13.00

Twin

14.00-

BULLDOG INN

(5.0)

US 441 North

31

Single

$ 8.00

Double

10.00

Twin

12.00

Most of the above have rooms which hold more
than two persons, the additional person rate usu-
ally being $1.00 or $2.00 each.

CAMPING FACILITIES

The nearest campsites are as follows: 17 miles
south of Athens on Gal 5 in Oconee National For-
est. 25 miles W of Athens on Ga81 in Fort Yar-
go State Park near Winder. 28 miles southeast
of Athens off US278 in Hard Labor Creek State
Park near Rutledge. 30 miles north-northeast of
Athens off US29 in Victoria Bryant State Park.
47 miles north of Athens and east of Cornelia at
Lake Russell in the Chattahoochee National For-
est. Hot and cold showers are available at Hard
Labor Creek State Park.

LOCAL ARRANGEMENTS COMMITTEE

Co-Chairmen

W. H. Duncan

D. S. Scott

Housing and Family Activity

J. A. Edmisten

Banquet, Food Services

C. D. Monk

Smoker, Exhibits

G. E. Michaels

Publicity

G. L. Plummer

Field Trips

S. B. Jones

J. B. Wallace

R. J. Beyers

Meeting Rooms, Audio-Visual

W. C. Carlton
Grace Thomas

Transportation

J. A. Edmisten

Registration

Alma Walker

A. B. Weathersby
H. R. Hermann
Lynn Raulerson

Placement Service

Lynn Raulerson

Finance

E. E. Byrd

Program

D. S. Scott

W. H. Duncan

MARY GLIDE GOETHE TRAVEL AWARDS

For the tenth year there will be funds avail-
ab’e through the generosity of the late Mr. C. M.
Goethe for assistance to graduate students for ex-
penses in connection with the annual ASB meet-

6

ASB Bulletin

ings, to be held this year at the University of
South Carolina, Columbia, S. C, Approximately
$300 will be available from the contributions of
Mr. Goethe, and it is anticipated that most of
the awards will be for maintenance (lodging and
meals), and departments are urged to provide
travel allowances for their graduate students or
to invite them to travel in cars with staff mem-
bers. Some travel allowances may be awarded
by the committee to those living most distant
from Columbia.

Staff members are requested to call to the at-
tention of qualified students in their respective
institutions the availability of these awards. If
there is more than one applicant from a depart-
ment, the Goethe Committee may request the
department to aid the committee’s selection by
ranking the applicants.

Any graduate student needing financial assist-
ance in order to attend the 1967 meeting of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists is eligible.
Rules for making application for the Goethe
Awards are as follows :

1. Indicate if application is being made for
maintenance or travel or both. Give de-
tails, such as total sum requested, how
many nights and days are involved, if
travel allowance is requested, the number
of miles involved and the proposed method
of transportation, and any other pertinent
information.

2. Give information as to whether or not a
paper is being presented by the applicant.

3. In a paragraph, give a brief history of your
education to date, of how many years you
have been — and plan to be — in gradu-
ate school, of your major field or fields of
interest, of any publications which have ap-
peared or which may be in preparation,
and any other pertinent professional de-
tails. Give information on marital status
and number of children.

4. Give your source or sources of support
while in graduate school such as G.I. Bill,
N.S.F., N.I.H., teaching assistantship, etc.

5. Have your major professor or departmental
head write a letter supporting your appli-
cation.

6. Applications and supporting letters, both
in triplicate, should be in the hands of Dr.
C. J. TJrnphlett, Dept, of Botany, Univ. of
North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C. 27514,
by 1 March 1968. Applicants will be no-
tified of the decision of the Committee dur-
ing March.

Paul C. Bailey
William E. Brillhart
C. J. Umphlett, Chairman

Multi-Lecturer Approach
Used at University of Georgia
in Introductory Biology Classes

How to make a science course meaningful to a
student who is one of hundreds in a room, who
may have had virtually no secondary preparation
for the course, and who may be taking it simply
because he has to is a challenge Dr. Hope Ritter
and Dr. Joseph Hindman are tackling at the Uni-
versity of Georgia.

They’re working with a “multi-lecturer ap-
proach.” Instead of one teacher presenting the
entire introductory biological sciences course,
eight professors this quarter are participating.

Dr. Hope Ritter (left) and Dr. Joseph Hindman Work
in ‘Multi-Lecturer’ Program. University of Georgia
Biologist Strive For Personal Contact With Students.

Each one lectures in the particular area of bio-
logical science which is his specialty. Next quar-
ter, 12 to 15 faculty members will present one or
more lecture.

“The students realize they’re getting the best
this way,” says Ritter, “although many of them
prefer the security of becoming accustomed to
only one lecturer. Of course, this approach
doesn’t reduce the number of students in the class,
but Dr. Hindman and I try to compensate for that.

Vol. 15, No. 1, January 1968

7

“We try to make them feel they are being re-
garded as individuals who are eligible to consult
with their professors by appointment. We en-
courage them to ask questions, and they respond.
Many times we lecture up the aisle in order to be
closer to the student.”

Ritter points out that the small group meetings
in the laboratory allow for additional close con-
tact. In addition to two teaching assistants and
Ritter and Hindman, senior level faculty mem-
bers also circulate among the students in the labo-
ratory sections from week to week. As in the
classroom, the teacher’s approach to laboratory
learning is also a break from tradition.

“Biology is the science of living things,” says
Ritter, “but the traditional approach has been one
presenting preserved specimens — no life, no red
blood, no yellow fat. But through a local sup-
plier, we get live clams and squid from the Chesa-
peake Bay area to illustrate both organizations at
this level of complexity as well as the principle of
adaptive radiation commonly seen in living things.

“Too, the students are trained in the use of the
best microscopes available, fitted with phase-
contrast optics. They see living things at micro-
scopic level with a clarity that introductory biology
students elsewhere are not afforded.”

Ritter says that other universities are convert-
ing to an audio-visual type program of teaching
in the attempt to solve the problem of large classes
in introductory courses.

“That puts a student in a booth with pro-
grammed information and a faceless professor,”
he protests. “I don’t think anyone can replace an
enthusiastic team of teachers willing to take time
from their research in the attempt to make biol-
ogy interesting and meaningful — teachers who
want students to be stimulated to the point of go-
ing into the lab with bounce and zest.”

Ritter credits John O. Eidson, Dean of the
College of Arts and Sciences, and Donald C.
Scott, Head of the Division of Biological Sciences,
with the vision that has resulted in a truly con-
temporary biology program.

“Also, the atmosphere at Georgia is healthy
for combining teaching with research. Research
is my life also; without it the academic experience
is incomplete. Here, I can conduct research
without pressure and relate it in its place to the
students, but at a realistic level that does not re-
sult in student neglect.”

Ritter says they try not only to teach students
biology but also to instill in them an awareness of
their importance as biological units themselves
in time and space.

“Biology is constantly exciting,” he feels.
“Creation of some form of ‘test tube life’ is al-
most at hand. Regardless of what a student is
majoring in, we want him to feel this excitement.”

One student’s reaction to the course perhaps
indicates a degree of success: “I made a D+ and
it was the hardest course I’ve ever taken. But I
got a lot out of it, and I could have done better
if I had studied more effectively.”

This instructional program is indicative of the
activity in Biological Sciences which earned for
the Division a $3,719,000 grant this summer from
the National Science Foundation. The grant will
be used for development of a “center of excel-
lence” in biological sciences and was awarded on
the basis of “substantial present strength” and
“sound planning for future improvement.”

Noe-Petrified Fossil Fungi

Frederick A. Wolf, Duke University

The word fossil, as defined in Webster’s Un-
abridged Dictionary means “Any impression or
trace of an animal or plant which has been pre-
served in the earth’s crust; in scientific usage not
restricted to remains of a stony nature.” But in
common parlance fossils are regarded as very old,
petrified remains of animals or of plants. In the
present account consideration is given to fungal
spore remains that are “not of a stony nature,”
and that occur in the lacustrine deposits of vari-
ous bodies of water in East Africa. It has been
well established by limnologists that lake sedi-
ments contain the corpses of many species of ani-
mals and plants that presently are living in or
near lakes and their influents or that once lived
there. Additionally, it has been found that such
sediments contain both pollen and fungal spores
conveyed to the lakes, even for considerable dis-
tances, by air currents. In a very real sense,
therefore, lakes must be regarded as natural his-
tory museums or repositories that provide abun-
dantly for studies of both contemporary and ex-
tinct faunas and floras.

It is to paleontologists from their examinations
of carbonaceous, calcified, and silicified speci-
mens, that we owe our knowledge primarily of
the kinds of animals and plants that formerly
lived on our planet. They have established that
many of both groups became extinct millions of
years ago. But, palynologists by examination of
deposits in peat bogs, first found, only about 50
years ago, that pollen of many kinds of plants

8

ASB Bulletin

occurs in such sites. Since the pollen was so per-
fectly preserved they were able to identify the
genera, and in some instances even the plant spe-
cies that produced this pollen. Subsequently they
found that pollen is always present in sediments
of swamps, marshes, ponds, lakes, streams and
various other sites that contain alluvial material.
By use of carbon dating and of related techniques,
close approximations have been established of the
time of deposition of any given sediment at dif-
ferent depths or levels. As a result of these find-
ings it is deduced that such conditions as favor
pollen preservation in sediments should also favor
the preservation of fungal spores for hundreds and
perhaps thousands or millions of years. To date,
however, meager consideration has been given to
determining the incidence of the kinds, and the
age of fungi in deposits from any of these afore-
mentioned sites.

Palynologists have indicated that the several
factors which contribute to the preservation of
pollen in lacustrine deposits include ( 1 ) dearth
of oxygen and light, (2) uniformity of tempera-
ture and moisture, (3) the chemical nature of the
constituent organic and inorganic materials, (4)
and the acidity or alkalinity of the sediment. Each
of these factors, as well, may contribute to the
preservation of fungal spores. The chemical na-
ture of the spore wall itself, i.e. whether the con-
stituents of the walls are or are not resistant to
decomposition in sediment may be anticipated to
constitute an additional factor.

Different species of pollen have been found to
occur at different depths in sediments. Palynolo-
gists have interpreted this finding as evidence of
sequential changes that have transpired in the
floras of given regions. Their results suggest that
it should be possible to correlate the kinds of
spores in lacustrine deposits with the kinds of
pollen and thus with sequences in types of vege-
tation. The writer will consider the results of his
attempts to establish whether such correlation can
be shown to exist.

Materials and Methods

The samples of sediment examined in my stud-
ies were collected by Dr. D. A. Livingstone and
Mr. Robert Kendall, Duke University, Depart-

ment of Zoology, and Dr. J. L. Richardson,
Franklin and Marshall College, Department of
Biology. The oldest of these sediments date from
the termination of the Ice Age. Samples were
prepared from cores taken from the following
lakes in Uganda, Kenya, Zambia, and Tanzania:
Bujuku, Chila, Chishi, Kitandara, Naivasha, Ma-
homa, Shiwa Ngandu, Tanganyika, and Victoria.
Samples of sediment, taken from the interface of
water and sediment from several other smaller
lakes and from water holes, were also examined.

The coreing devices used are adequately de-
scribed in Kummel’s “Handbook of Paleonto-
logical Techniques” (Wright, Livingstone, and
Cushing, 1964). The cores ranged in length
from a few meters to approximately 30 meters.
Samples, consisting of 0.10 cc or 1.00 cc of core
material, were selected at 0.10 meter depth in-
tervals. They were treated according to the ace-
tolysis method devised for pollen analysis by Erdt-
man (1960). This method employs treatment
with strong acids and alkali, repeated centrifuga-
tion, and washing, finally to secure a residue that
is mounted on microscopic slides.

Findings

The results of microscopic examination of sedi-
ments from the several East African bodies of
water have been interpreted to support the fol-
lowing conclusions :

(1 ) The number and kinds of fungal spores
contained in the sediments of different lakes dif-
fer. The number of spores, moreover, present at
different depths in any given lake also differ,
spores being most abundant in the upper portions
of the deposits. An entirely satisfactory explana-
tion for such occurrence is not available at this
time. The number of spores per cc of sediment
ranges from none to nearly 60,000. (2) Both

hyaline and pigmented spores are found. Spores
may become discolored as a consequence of ace-
tolysis. Since the presence or absence of pigment
in spores is regarded as a basic taxonomic feature
it becomes difficult to classify genera by examina-
tion of acetolyzed material. (3) The spores from
sediment appear to be intact. They have re-
tained their shape and pattern of septation but
lack protoplasmic contents. Spore walls may re-

Vol. 15, No. 1, January 1968

9

sist decomposition whereas cell content is readily
decomposed. (4) The shape and septation of
spores found in sediments is like that of contem-
porary genera and on this basis, with a reasonable
degree of assurance, they can be assigned generic
names presently given to contemporary genera.
Others remain without tentative identification.
Little basis appears to exist for employing the
suffix “ites” to generic names of ancient kinds.
(5) Several interrelated factors, for which proof
of their influence is lacking, may be established to
be causally related to the paucity of spores in
sediments of certain lakes, and to account for
differences in numbers of spores at different levels.
These factors are postulated to be (a) year after
year burning of the vegetation in the area sur-
rounding the given lake, a practice widely em-
ployed to provide grazing for the animals and to
facilitate hunting, (b) protracted periods of
drought that may extend over several years, (c)
sporadic eruption of nearby volcanoes with con-
sequent accumulation of volcanic ash, (d) erosive
effects of heavy rainfall and accompanying soil
movement into the lakes, (e) and grazing pres-
sures from herds of both domestic kinds of ani-
mals and of indigenous kinds. (6) The fungus
flora of East Africa is insufficiently known. Until
extensive mycological surveys have been made it
will remain impossible to correlate the kinds of
spores found in lake sediments with the types of
vegetation, past and present. The surveys should
stress the fungus flora found on aquatic seed
plants and on terrestrial species growing in the
immediate area surrounding the lakes. (7) It
was anticipated that spores of certain widely-
prevalent genera would be found in the lacustrine
deposits, but they were found to be sparse or else
totally lacking. Explanation for such non-occur-
rence was sought by experimentation involving
acetolyzing known kinds of spores and by sub-
jecting known kinds to decomposition under con-
ditions that simulate, to a degree, natural condi-
tions in lakes. As a result it was learned that the
spores of some species of fungi are destroyed by

acetolysis, others remain intact, and that some
kinds are decomposed if stored for a few months
in sediment, whereas others withstand decomposi-
tion. These findings constitute partial explana-
tion for the absence of fungal spores of certain
species in sediments. They also indicate that
more should be learned about the chemical nature
of spore walls and their biosynthesis than is pres-
ently known. Additional explanations are being
sought to account for the presence and absence of
fungal spores in sediments. (8) It is becoming
increasingly obvious that some genera of fungi
have not undergone morphological changes dur-
ing the time that has elapsed since the Ice Age,
and we should not be surprised if the age of spores
in sediment or in sha’e will be found to extend to
millions of years. This is not to say that evolu-
tionary changes in physiology of some species
have not taken place, with the passage of time.
The inevitable conclusion is that fungi, in order
to survive, have accommodated themselves to the
vicissitudes of climatic and other environmental
changes.

References

Erdtman, G. 1960. The acetolysis method. Svensk.
Bot. Tidskr. 54: 561-564.

Wright, H. E., D. A. Livingstone, and E. J. Cushing.
1964. Coring devices for lake sediments. In Kum-
mel, EE, (editor). Handbook for paleontological
techniques. W. H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco.
(Vide pp. 494-520).

Wolf, F. A. 1966a. Fungus spores in East African
lake sediments. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 93: 104-
113.

. 1966b. Idem. II. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci.

Soc. 82: 57-61.

, and S. S. Cavaliere. 1966c. Idem. III. Jour.

Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 82: 149-154.

. 1967a. Idem. IV. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club

94: 31-34.

. 1967b. Idem. V. Mycologia 59: 397-404.

. 1967c. Idem. VI. Jour. Elisha Mitchell

Sci. Soc. 83: 113-117.

. 1967d. Idem. VIE Bull. Torrey Bot. Club

94: 480 486.

. 1967e. Disintegration of fungus spores.

Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 83:

10

ASB Bulletin

News of Biology in the Southeast

Joseph F. Fitzpatrick, Jr. — Editor

About People

Robert F. Smart, Professor of Biology and Dean of
Richmond College, University of Richmond, Virginia
was appointed Provost of the University, effective 1
March 1967. He will be in charge of all academic af-
fairs of the seven colleges which constitute the Univer-
sity of Richmond.

L. R. Hesler, Dean and Professor of Botany, Emeritus,
Department of Botany, University of Tennessee, Knox-
ville, has recently published a book, “Entoloma in South-
eastern North America.” This taxonomic work on mush-
rooms is provided with keys and is copiously illustrated.

Frank B. Golley has been appointed Executive Di-
rector of the Institute of Ecology of the University of
Georgia. Robert J. Beyers will replace Dr. Golley as
Director of the Savannah River Ecology Laboratory,
Aiken, South Carolina, which facility is operated by the
Institute of Ecology for the U. S. AEC. Eugene P.
Odum continues as Director of the Institute.

New staff members of the Institute of Ecology of the
University of Georgia include I. Lehr Brisbin, D. A.
Crossley, Dirk Frankenberg, J. Whitfield Gibbons, John
T. Hays, Philip L. Johnson, R. Larry Marchington, and
William J. Wiebe.

Jerry H. Cromer has been appointed Assistant Pro-
fessor of Biology, Converse College, Spartanburg, South
Carolina. He will assume his duties at the beginning of
the Spring Semester of 1968.

Louis G. Williams has joined the staff of the Biology
Department, University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa. He is
returning to academic life after ten years of research
activities with the federal government.

New staff members of the Department of Biology,
East Tennessee State University, Johnson City are: Jas-
per H. B. Gamer, Associate Professor, Dr. Garner form-
erly was a member of the faculty of the Department of
Botany of the University of Kentucky, received his Ph.D.

from the University of Iowa and is interested in bark
fungi and Gasteromycetes; W. Donald McGavock, As-
sociate Professor, Dr. McGavock is a former member of
the staff at Wofford College, was awarded the terminal
degree by the University of Tennessee and is interested
in cestodes; Milo E. Richmond, Assistant Professor, Dr.
Richmond received his terminal degree from the Uni-
versity of Missouri and is interested in vertebrate re-
production; and Franklin D. Robinson, Assistant Pro-
fessor, Mr. Robinson is completing the requirements for
the Ph.D. degree, with research in plant ecology, at
Vanderbilt University.

Two members of the staff of the Department of Biol-
ogy, East Tennessee State University, Johnson City, have
been awarded the Ph.D. degree in the summer of 1967.
Virginia Polytechnic Institute awarded the degree to
James E. Lawson who presented a dissertation on the
systematic^ of pseudoscorpions. Wallace A. Tarpley of-
fered a dissertation in the ecology of insects to the Uni-
versity of Georgia for his degree.

Herman O’Dell, Professor of Biology, East Tennessee
State University, Johnson City, is currently on leave of
absence to Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge,
Tennessee.

Harry L. Powe, Associate Professor of Biology, East
Tennessee State University, Johnson City, is Secretary-
Treasurer of the newly-formed Southern Appalachian
Club of the Society of the Sigma Xi.

W. Dwight Billings, Duke University, Durham, North
Carolina, has been promoted to James B. Duke Professor
of Botany. These professorships are the highest aca-
demic rank awarded at Dake. Dr. Billings’ research in-
terests are in plant ecology.

William Lee has joined the faculty of the Department
of Zoology and Physiology, Louisiana State University,
Baton Rouge, where he will teach in his research area
of mutagenesis. Dr. Lee comes to L.S.U. after sojourns
at the Universities of New Hampshire and Texas, fol-

Vol. 15, No. 1, January 1968

11

lowing receipt of his degree from the University of Wis-
consin.

Mason E. Hale, a student of lichens, has been ap-
pointed Acting Chairman, Department of Botany, Smith-
sonian Institution, Washington, D. C., for the year 1
July 1967 to 30 June 1967. Dr. Hale succeeds William
L. Stem who resigned to become Professor of Botany at
the University of Maryland, College Park.

Stanwyn G, Shetler, Associate Curator of Phanero-
grams, Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D. C., was awarded a one-year grant of
$32,800 by the Smithsonian Research Foundation to
continue his research on North American Campanulaceae
and to develop a computer data-processing program for
the Flora of North America Project. In connection with
his role as Secretary of FNA he has spent several weeks
in Canada and Europe this fall and attended the Sym-
posium on Information Problems in the Natural Sciences
in Mexico City in December.

Among the botanists of the Smithsonian whose re-
search problems have carried them abroad during the
fall are: Thomas R. Soderstrom (grasses), to Indonesia
and Ceylon; Edward S. Ayensu (anatomy), to West Af-
rica; and David R. Lellinger (ferns), to Costa Rica where
he participated in the teaching program of the Organ-
ization for Tropical Studies prior to his field activities.

Stanley R. Gemborys has been appointed Assistant
Professor of Biology, Hampden-Sydney College, Hamp-
den-Sydney, Virginia, effective September 1967. He re-
ceived his doctorate from Auburn University in Botany,
specializing in ecology.

Three new staff members of the Department of Biol-
ogy, Samford University, Birmingham, Alabama, all with
the rank of Assistant Professor, are: Ellen McLaughlin,
an embryologist with a tenninal degree from Emory
University; Bennie R. Ford, a parasitologist with the
Ph.D. from the University of Oklahoma; and Allan
Hayse, a physiologist graduated from Louisiana State
University. Their appointments began in September
1967.

Four new faculty members have joined the staff of
the Biology Department, Richmond Professional Insti-
tute, Richmond, Virginia. These include James C. Har-
lan, a recent Ph.D. from the University of Mississippi;
T. Dan Kimbrough, formerly a member of the faculty
of Birmingham Southern College; John D. Reynolds,
formerly of the faculty of the University of Southern
Mississippi, and J. Miles Sharpley of Sharpley Labora-
tories, Inc., Fredricksburg, Virginia.

Philip E. Hildreth joined the University of North
Carolina, Charlotte, in September 1967, as Chairman
and Distinguished Professor of Biology. Dr. Hildreth

is the first Distinguished Professor at the Charlotte
campus. He was formerly associated with the Lawrence
Radiation Laboratory at the University of California,
Berkeley, where he was an associate of Curt Stem.

G. Richard Hogan joined the University of North
Carolina, Charlotte, in September 1967, as Assistant
Professor of Biology. He was formerly with the Labo-
ratory of Radiobiology, School of Medicine, University
of California, San Francisco Medical Center.

L. A. Hetrick, Professor of Entomology, University of
Florida, Gainesville, has been elected President of the
Florida Entomological Society for 1968.

Charles E. Miller, Associate Professor of Botany, Ohio
University, Athens, Ohio, has been awarded an NSF
grant to study taxonomic characteristics of chytridia-
ceous and other phycomycetons fungi.

Bosiljka Ristanovic, Fulbright Research Scholar, De-
partment of Botany, Athens, Ohio, from the Biological
Institute University of Sarajevo, Yugoslavia, has received
a Fulbright-Hays award to study aquatic phycomycetous
fungi with Charles E. Miller for a ten-month period be-
ginning September 1967.

G. W. Hunter, HI, Lecturer in Microbiology and Bio-
logical Sciences, College of Medicine, University of
Florida, Gainesville, retired and became “Emeritus” on
31 December 1967. He has taught parasitology courses
in the College of Medicine and Department of Zoology
since joining the University in 1956. One of his pub-
lications, “A Manual of Tropical Medicine”, co-authored
with W. W. Frye and J. C. Swartzwelder, has just an-
nounced a first reprinting of the fourth edition. He will
retire to Sun City Center, P. O. Box 5418, Florida 33570.

William T. Penfound, formerly Professor of Botany at
the University of Oklahoma, has recently become Chair-
man of the Department of Biology, Warren Wilson Col-
lege, Swannanoa, North Carolina.

New members of the faculty of the Department of
Biology, Georgia State College, Atlanta are John Parker
and John Payne. Dr. Parker received his degree from
Stanford University working under the direction of A. C.
Giese. Dr. Payne is a virologist formerly with the Uni-
versity of Alberta.

Peter E. Gaffney of the Department of Biology, Geor-
gia State College, Atlanta, is on a one-year leave of
absence while he acts as a F ulbright-Haynes Lecturer.
He is in residence at the University of Ireland, Dublin.

J. F. Celecia has been appointed Associate Professor
and Chairman of the Biology Department, Belmont Ab-
bey College, Belmont, North Carolina. Dr. Celecia was
formerly Head of the Biology Department, Central Pied-
mont Community College, Charlotte, North Carolina.

12

ASB Bulletin

Ernest D. Seneca has been appointed Research As-
sociate in the Departments of Botany and Soils, North
Carolina State University, Raleigh. Dr. Seneca is a re-
cent graduate of the University and interested in the
grasses of the dunes of the Outer Banks. He will also
teach ecology in the Departments of Botany and Zo-
ology.

William H. Hatheway has been appointed Adjunct
Professor in the Department of Botany, North Carolina
State University, Raleigh. Dr. Hatheway is developing
a research program in quantitative ecology and taxon-
omy, using the facilities of the Triangle Universities
Computing Center. He is a former director of the Or-
ganization for Tropical Studies, and a member of the
Rockefeller Foundation Staff in Columbia and Mexico.
His interests are in tropical botany and he has spent
the last two years working in Costa Rica.

The current faculty of Mars Hill College, Mars Hill,
North Carolina, includes Cornelia Ann Serota, M.S.
North Texas State University, interested in cytogenetics;
Fred H. Diercks, Sc. D., University of Pittsburgh; Nor-
man E. Garrison, M.A. Wake Forest University, inter-
ested in embryology; Joseph R. Taylor, Ed. D., Auburn
University; and L. M. Outten, Ph.D., Cornell University,
interested in the natural history of the lower vertebrates.
Dr. Outten is chairman of the department and announces
that Biology is now a required course for all students as
a part of the development of a core curriculum for the
general education program.

Eugene Jones has been appointed Associate Professor
of Biology, University of South Alabama, Mobile. Dr.
Jones received his Ph.D. from the University of North
Carolina and does his research in protozoology. Donald
Linzey has been appointed Assistant Professor of Biol-
ogy. Dr. Linzey received his degree from Cornell Uni-
versity with research in mammalogy. Harrison Lynn
has been named Assistant Professor of Biology. Dr.
Lynn’s Ph.D. was awarded by the University of Georgia,
with research in microbiology.

W. D. Buchanan, has joined the faculty of Atlanta
[Georgia] University. He will be Part-time Visiting
Professor of Biology and teach graduate courses in ento-
mology and serve as research supervisor. Dr. Buchanan
was formerly associated with the U. S. Forestry Service
as an entomologist.

Two new members will join the faculty of the De-
partment of Biology, University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Florida. Howard J. Teas, formerly Chairman of the
Division of Biological Sciences at the University of
Georgia, will join the department as a full Professor.
Dr. Teas has been a visiting professor at Miami during
the last academic year. His research interests have been
in the area of plant biochemistry and genetics. He is

a member of the board of the Organization for Tropical
Studies and of the Consultant’s Bureau, Commission on
Undergraduate Education in Biological Sciences. One
of the major responsibilities of his new job will be to
coordinate the department’s interdisciplinary ecology
program. Peter Luykx will become Assistant Professor
of Biology. Dr. Luykx’s research interests are in the
area of cell reproduction, heredity, and growth. Follow-
ing receipt of his degree from the University of Cali-
fornia, Berkeley, in 1964, Dr. Luykx was Assistant Pro-
fessor of Zoology, University of Minnesota. He will
supervise the department’s electron microscope facility.

James H. Gregg, Professor of Zoology, University of
Florida, Gainesville, has received an NIH Research Ca-
reer Development Award for an additional five years to
continue his research on the development of the cellular
slime molds.

E. Clifford Johnson has joined the Department of Zo-
ology, University of Florida, Gainesville, as Associate
Professor. Dr. Johnson received his degree from the
University of Texas and will teach a course in ecological
genetics in addition to continuing his research on popu-
lation genetics of damselflies.

Brian K. McNabb, Associate Professor of Zoology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, has returned after a
year’s leave of absence spent in Brazil where he con-
ducted research on the ecology and physiology of tropi-
cal bats. This research was sponsored by grants from
NSF and the American Philosophical Society.

Paul R. Elliott, Assistant Professor of Zoology, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, has been appointed As-
sistant Dean for Pre-Professional Education of the Medi-
cal School. His concerns will be in the areas of pre-
medical education and counseling and in relationships
between the College of Medicine and other colleges at
the University.

Archie F. Carr, Graduate Research Professor of Biol-
ogy, University of Florida, Gainesville, has just pub-
lished a new book, “So Excellent a Fishe: A Natural
History of Sea Turtles.” The book, written for the gen-
eral reader, is based on the author’s ten-year study of
marine turtles and contains evaluations of the problems
awaiting solution.

The News Editor regrets to report that he has been
informed by his attorneys that Gordon B. Woolcott,
Southwestern College, Georgetown, Texas, is deceased.
No other details were provided.

Edward Brandt and his wife, Fay dine Brandt, are
joining the staff of the Biology Department, North Caro-
lina Wesleyan College, Rocky Mount, as Assistant Pro-
fessors; Mrs. Brandt will have a half-time appointment.

Vol. 15, No. 1, January 1968

13

The Brandts have been appointed effective with the
Spring Semester of 1968 and are in the graduate pro-
gram of the Department of Biology, Florida State Uni-
versity, Tallahassee. In addition, Mr. Brandt will serve
as assistant to the Academic Dean of the College.

New additions to the staff of the Department of Biol-
ogy, Clark College, Atlanta, Georgia, include Miriam
Fryer, BS-ASMT, Coordinator of Paramedical Studies;
Clyde Johnson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physiology;
Charles Hubert, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Embry-
ology; and Winfred Harris, Ph.D., Associate Professor of
Genetics. Mrs. Fryer directs a program in Medical
Technology funded by a Title III grant of $28,000 by
the U. S. Office of Education. Dr. Johnson received a
matching funds equipment grant of $6,000 from NSF.

Scott M. Weathersby, Professor of Zoology, Louisiana
Polytechnic Institute, Ruston, was elected to the office
of President-elect of the Louisiana Academy of Sciences
at its annual meeting in April.

Robert K. Burns has retired as Interim Professor of
Biology, Bridgewater College, Bridgewater, Virgina.

David J. Brusick has joined the staff of Bridgewater
College, Bridgewater, Virgina as Assistant Professor of
Biology.

Three new assistant professors have been added to
the Department of Biological Sciences at the University
of Florida, Gainesville. Jonathan Reiskind, Ph.D., Har-
vard University; Mary A. Heimerdinger, Ph.D., Yale
University; Dana Griffin, Ph.D., University of Tennessee.

After an 18 month leave of absence from the Depart-
ment of Biological Sciences and Zoology at the Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Dr. John H. Kaufmann
has returned from Australia. He has been conducting
research on kangaroos under the sponsorship of an NSF
grant.

Lewis Berner, Chairman of the Department of Bio-
logical Sciences, University of Florida, Gainesville, was
awarded a plaque for his distinguished service on the
faculty. The award was presented by The Florida Blue
Key Honor Fraternity.

John McCrone has recently been appointed jointly as
Associate Professor in the Biological Sciences and Zo-
ology Departments, University of Florida, Gainesville.
He will continue his research on the “venoms of the
black widow spider” along with his teaching duties.

James L. Wolfe will join the faculty of the Depart-
ment of Zoology, Mississippi State University, State Col-
lege, as Assistant Professor on 1 February 1968. Fol-
lowing receipt of his Ph.D. from Cornell in 1966, Dr.
Wolfe served as Assistant Professor of Biology at the

University of Alabama. His research interests are in
mammalian behavior and ecology.

New staff members at the University of Virginia,
Charlottesville, include Rolf Benzinger, Assistant Pro-
fessor of Biology; Fred A. Diehl, Assistant Professor of
Biology; and Robert Kretsinger, Associate Professor of
Biology. Dr. Benzinger received his doctorate from
Johns Hopkins University and served previously as a
Postdoctoral Fellow in Munich, Germany, and Geneva,
Switzerland; his research interests are in biochemical
genetics and microbiology. Dr. Diehl received his doc-
torate from Western Reserve University and served as
an Instructor at the same institution; he is interested in
development and physiology of the lower invertebrates,
especially Cnidaria. Dr. Kretsinger, who received his
doctorate from the Massachusetts Institute of Technol-
ogy, comes to the University after service as a Research
Fellow at the Helen Hay Whitney Foundation, Cam-
bridge, England, and Geneva, Switzerland.

Robert Arking, a graduate of Temple University, is a
post-doctoral fellow at the University of Virgina, Char-
lottesville, from June 1967 to May 1968. His research
interests are in developmental and biochemical genetics
of Drosophila. Gerda Schwabl, who received her doc-
torate from the Universitat Wien, Austria, is also a post-
doctoral fellow. Her appointment began in January,
1967, and her research interests lie in genetics.

Melvin L. Conrad, formerly at Oxford College of
Emory University, Oxford, Georgia, has accepted a posi-
tion in the Department of Biology at Northeastern Mis-
souri State College, Kirksville.

J. F. Landt, Associate Professor of Biology, has been
appointed Chairman of the Division of Mathematics and
Natural Sciences at the Oxford College of Emory Uni-
versity, Oxford, Georgia.

William M. Leach has been selected to head the Radi-
ation Cytology Laboratory of the Radiation Bio-Effects
Program, National Center for Radiological Health, Rock-
ville, Maryland. Dr. Leach came to the Program from
the University of Tennessee, Knoxville, in September

1966, as a research biologist. The Center is part of the
U. S. Public Health Service.

Leland Shanor, Professor and Chairman, Department
of Botany, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida,
has been appointed to the Board of Governors of
CRICISAM (Center for Research in College Instruction
of Science and Mathematics), located in Tallahassee,
Florida. His appointment was effective September 29,

1967. Other biologists on the Board of Governors of
CRICISAM are: Joshua R. C. Brown, Department of Zo-
ology, University of Maryland, College Park, Md., T. W.
Johnson, Jr., Department of Botany, Duke University,
Durham, N. C., George C. Kent, Department of Zoology
and Physiology, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge,

14

ASB Bulletin

La., and H. F. Robinson, Administrative Dean for Re-
search, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, N. C.

C. W. Hart, Jr. and Dabney G. Hart, Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, have recently returned
from Australia and New Zealand where they collected
ostracods and worked at the University of Canterbury
in Christchurch, N. Z. and at the Australian Museum in
Sydney. En route Mr. Hart gave a seminar on ento-
eytherid ostracods at the University of Hawaii, and also
collected crayfishes and their associated ostracods which
have been introduced there from the Southeast.

Martin D. Young, Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Pan-
ama has been appointed a Member of the Parasitic Di-
sease Commission, Armed Forces Epidemiological Board,
Washington, D. C., and also as Professor Ad-Honorem,
Tropical Medicine and Clinical Hematology, University
of Panama.

Neal Foster of the Academy of Natural Sciences re-
cently travelled to Jamaica to collect certain species of
endemic cyprinodont fishes for laboratory studies. Work-
ing closely with personnel of the Institute of Jamaica at
Kingston, he was very successful. The live stocks of
three species of poeciliid (live-bearing) forms are now
being studied by Luis Rivas at the Biology Department
of the University of Miami (Florida) and two species of
cyprinodontid (egg-laying) forms by Dr. Foster at the
Limnology Department of the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences of Philadelphia.

About Institutions

The Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, Aiken, South
Carolina, recently conducted a very successful open
house for the faculty and graduate students of the Uni-
versity of Georgia. Included among the tours were
visits to areas not normally open to the general public.

The University of the South, Sewanee, Tennessee, has
a $2-million science facility under construction. The
new building, scheduled for occupancy in September
1968, will house the Departments of Biology, Chemistry,
Physics and Psychology.

Kuhn Science Building at Converse College, Spartan-
burg, South Carolina is now occupied. Most of the
ground floor of this million dollar facility is devoted to
the Department of Biology and $20,000 worth of new
equipment has been provided for animal physiology.

The Department of Botany, Duke University, Durham,
North Carolina, has received a grant from NSF for
graduate assistantships in plant systematics. Assistant-
ships will be awarded on a competitive basis. Financial
support includes a stipend, travel and subsistence for
domestic and foreign field work, and costs for capital
equipment and supplies.

Duke University, Durham, North Carolina, has been
elected a member institution of the Organization for
Tropical Studies, based in Costa Rica. Donald E. Stone,
Associate Professor of Botany, has been named OTS
board member representative.

The Department of Botany, Duke University, has
established a four-acre experimental plot for graduate
and staff research and teaching in ecology, physiology
and biosystematics. The plot includes a laboratory
building, a permanent weather station and other perti-
nent facilities. A portion of the costs were borne by a
grant from the Special Facilities Program of NSF.

The Department of Zoology and Physiology, Louis-
iana State University, Baton Rouge, has established a
Hemophilia Research Laboratory. The laboratory has
a colony of dogs in which hemophilia is manifest in both
sexes. The laboratory is under the direction of H. Bruce
Boudreaux and Blanche E. Jackson.

A new $2-million science facility at Hampden-Sydney
College, Hampden-Sydney, Virginia, will provide new
quarters for the Department of Biology. Occupancy is
scheduled for Summer, 1968, and the facilities will in-
clude modern teaching laboratories, private faculty re-
search quarters, a walk-in cold room and climate con-
trolled animal and instrument rooms.

The Department of Biology, Hampden-Sydney Col-
lege, Hampden-Sydney, Virginia, is undertaking a revi-
sion of its curricula. Some innovations will include an
examination of auto-tutorial teaching methods, an inter-
disciplinary science program designed to separate B.A.
candidates from B.S. candidates and the introduction of
courses that lie at the interface of biology and theology
and biology and political science. The revision is sup-
ported, in part, by NSF through its College Science Im-
provement Program.

The biology faculties of six colleges and universities
in western Kentucky and Tennessee are in the initial
stage of organizing a regional biological association.
The purposes are to exchange ideas about teaching and
research, promote fellowship among local biologists with
common problems, examine undergraduate biology cur-
ricula, and procure lecture programs of interest. The
first meeting at the University of Tennessee, Martin, was
well attended and generated enthusiasm. A steering
committee was elected to implement the organization.
C. M. Chandler, Bethel College, McKenzie, Tennessee
(chairman); Lois Lord, Lambuth College, Jackson, Ten-
nessee; Morgan Sisk, Murray State University, Murray,
Kentucky; Charles Smith, Paducah Junior College, Pa-
ducah, Kentucky; Elsie Smith, Union University, Jack-
son, Tennessee; and Jim Trentham, University of Ten-
nessee, Martin. Among current plans are a cooperative
biological station for use by the member institutions and
quarterly meetings at one of the member institutions.

Vol. 15, No. 1, January 1968

15

In August 1967, a new science building providing
. facilities for teaching all the natural sciences was in-
augurated at Belmont Abbey College, Belmont, North
Carolina. The ne\v facilities and additional courses im-
plen\ent th^ inauguration of a major in biology in the
next academic year. Also major sequence courses in
physics and mathematics are made possible by the new
building. '■

North Carolina State University, Raleigh, has been
awarded a grant of $40,000 by the Cotton Producers In-
stitute/' The grant will become effective 1 January 1968
and will initiate a research program to develop physical,
chemical and biological data needed to establish specifi-
cations for improved cotton planting methods and ma-
chinery. The Department of Botany will participate
through research programs on the physiology and bio-
chemistry of cotton seed germination and ultrastructural
studies of various phases of cotton seed germination and
development. Principal Investigators are R. J. Downs
and G. R. Noggle. Provisions are made for pre-doctoral
and post-doctoral work. Other cooperating departments
are Biological and Agricultural Engineering and Soils.

Tlie Department of Botany, North Carolina State Uni-
versity, Raleigh, has added a second electron microscope
(Siemans IA) to its new electron microscope laboratory.
The older microscope is used in the beginning biology
course, as well as advanced courses and faculty research.
The fully equipped laboratory is under the direction of
Royall T. Moore of the Department of Botany and Rod
McCurry, EM Technician.

Yancey Hall, Spring Hill College’s (Mobile, Alabama)
new half million dollar biology building will be dedi-
cated 14 January 1968. The building is named in honor
of Father Patrick H. Yancey, S.J., who became Professor
and Chairman of Biology, Emeritus in 1966. Among
Father Yancey’s many accomplishments are appointment
to the original Board of NSF by President Truman in
1950 and the Outstanding Teacher Award from ASB in
1963. The principal speaker at the dedication will be
Dr. Louis Levin, Associate Director of NSF, a former
classmate of Father Yancey. A. F. Hemphill succeeded
Father Yancey as Chairman of Biology.

An RCA EMU-4 electron microscope was recently in-
stalled in the Department of Biology, Atlanta [Georgia]
University. The microscope will be used for research
on fine structure of larval connective tissue cells, spores
and spore development in imperfect fungi, and xylem
elements of elm infected with Ceratocystis ulmi.

The first of two units of the new Life Sciences Com-
plex, University of Florida, Gainesville, is scheduled for
occupancy around 1 March 1968. This new facility will
provide 25 research laboratories, offices for the staff of
the Department of Zoology, the Department of Biologi-

cal Sciences and the Division of Biological Sciences and
will house in excess of 20 graduate students.

Bridgewater College, Bridgewater, Virginia, announces
that a new laboratory equipped for work in biochemistry,
cell physiology, and microbiology has been put into use
this session.

The University of Virginia announces that eight gradu-
ate courses emphasizing field biology will be given at
the Mountain Lake Biological Station this summer.
Three types of National Science Foundation awards are
available for research and study at the Station: (1) Post-
doctorate for research, stipend $1300; (2) Pre-doctorate
for supervised research, stipend $500; and (3) Post-
graduate for training in field biology, stipend $400.
Preference is given for studies concerned with the biota
of the region. Application blanks for these awards may
be secured from the Director, Department of Biology,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia 22903
and must be submitted before May 1, 1968.

Research scientists of Oak Ridge National Laboratory
Biology Division are participating, in cooperation with
the University of Tennessee, in the operation of the new
Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences at Oak Ridge,
Tennessee. The school has a small full time University
of Tennessee faculty and a large shared faculty of Biol-
ogy Division personnel. While plans are being de-
veloped for a building on land adjoining the Biology Di-
vision, the school is housed within the Division in rented
space which includes student lounge and office area, as
well as teaching facilities. The first students entered in
September, 1967, and will do their Ph.D. thesis research
in the Division under the supervision of senior staff mem-
bers. Areas of study include: microbiology, cell physi-
ology, immunology, biochemistry, biophysics, cytology,
radiation biology, virology, developmental biology, car-
cinogenesis, plant physiology and photosynthesis, experi-
mental pathology, genetics (including mammalian), and
problems of aging.

Inquiries are welcomed, and should be addressed to:
R. C. Fuller, Director, Graduate School of Biomedical
Sciences, Oak Ridge National Laboratory Biology Di-
vision, P. O. Box Y, Oak Ridge, Tennessee.

Tentative plans are being made for an Annual W. A.
Murrill Mycological Foray, possibly to be held each
spring in conjunction with the meeting of the Associa-
tion of Southeastern Biologists. Since the ASB will be
meeting this year at the University of Georgia, April
19 and 20, arrangements are being made for collecting
trips to include one full day April 17 and one half-day
April 18. Dr. Richard T. Hanlin, Department of Plant
Pathology and Plant Genetics, University of Georgia,
Athens, Georgia, is in charge of local arrangements. For
additional information, contact Dr. Hanlin or Dr. Henry
C. Aldrich, Department of Botany, University of Florida,
Gainesville.

16

ASB Bulletin

»OTANICAL OAftDVN

Volume 15, Number 2 April 1968

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Margaret Y. Men-
zel. Dept, of Biological Sciences, Florida
State Univ., Tallahassee, Fla. Subscrip-
tion orders from libraries and other insti-
tutions should be sent to the Business
Manager, Dr. John Carpenter, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington,
Kentucky. Subscription rate for non-
members of the ASB: $4.00 per year.
Printing and typography by the Fulton
Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

DOROTHY L. CRANDALL
Associate Editor
JOSEPH F. FITZPATRICK, JR.,
News Editor

JOHN CARPENTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Harold J. Humm, University
of South Florida

Retiring President — Elsie Quarterman,
Vanderbilt University
President Elect — Robert B. Short, Florida
State University

Vice-President — Margaret Y. Menzel,
Florida State University
Secretary — Dorothy L. Crandall, Ran-
dolph Macon Woman’s College
Treasurer — John Carpenter, University of
Kentucky

Executive Committee — Frederick T. Wolf,
Vanderbilt University; Julian T. Dar-
lington, Southwestern at Memphis;
Richard E. Garth, Northwestern State
College; Grover C. Miller, North
Carolina State University; Burton J.
Bogitsh, Vanderbilt University; Anna
Josephine Bridgman, Agnes Scott Col-
lege. All officers are ex officio mem-
bers of the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — Position Vacant

Florida — John D. McCrone, University of
Florida

Georgia — -Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State
College

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University
North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Newberry College
Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Resolutions Committee

Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State College
Burton J. Bogitsh, Vanderbilt Univ.

Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt Univ., Chair-
man

Volume 15, Number 2 - April 1968

CONTENTS

Association Affairs 18

Program of the 29th Annual Meeting of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists 19

Conference on Distributional History of Invertebrate Biota of
Southern Appalachians 28

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 29th Annual Meeting of
the Association of Southeastern Biologists 29

News of Biology in the Southeast 62

Cover Illustration: Linoleum-block print of a fish skeleton, executed
by Dr. Selwyn Roback of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
This print is an artists interpretation of a detailed pen and ink drawing of
the skeleton of Parahollardia lineata (Longley) that appeared on the cover
of the ASB Bulletin in October, 1966. The 1966 drawing was by Dr. James
Tyler, also of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

The Nominating Committee has selected the following slate of
nominees for the various ASB offices that will be vacated this
year. Voting will take place at the Business Meeting of the ASB,
which will be held at 11:45 A.M., Friday, April 19, in the audi-
torium of the Georgia Center.

President Elect

John Carpenter Margaret Menzel

Vice-President

James Hardin Herbert A. McCullough

Treasurer

David Cotter J. C. McDonald

G. T. Cowley
A. E. Radford

Executive Committee

Dolores Dundee
John D. McCrone

18

ASB Bulletin

Program of the 29th Annual Meeting of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists

University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia

A joint meeting with the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, the South-
ern Appalachian Botanical Club, Southern Section of the American Society of Plant Physiologists,
Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, and the South-
eastern Region of Beta Beta Beta National Honorary Biological Society.

8:00 A.M.

8:00-12:00

8:00- 5:00

8:30-11:00

A.M.

11:00 A.M.
1:30

2:00- 5:00
2:00-11:00
P.M.
3:00- 5:00

4:00

4:00- 7:15
and

after General
Session until
10:00
6:00
7:30

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 17

Field Trip: All day mycological foray to mountains of North Georgia. Information available from Dr.
Richard T. Hanlin, Department of Plant Pathology and Plant Genetics, University of Georgia.

THURSDAY, APRIL 18

Han-

Field Trip: Mycological foray in vicinity of Athens. Information available from Dr. Richard T.

lin, Department of Plant Pathology and Plant Genetics, University of Georgia.

Biology Departments Open to Visitors: Information and directions may be obtained at the registration
desk or the departments.

Paper Sessions:

Plant Physiology

Session 1A. Room 404C Biological Sciences.

Session IB. Room 404D Biological Sciences.

Business Meeting, Southern Section of American Society of Plant Physiologists: Room 404D Biological
Sciences.

Executive Committee Meeting, Association of Southeastern Biologists: Room J, Georgia Center.
Symposium: Plant Physiology, Session 2. Root-Soil Relationships. Room 404E, Biological Sciences.
Exhibits: Lobby Lounge, Georgia Center.

Guided Tour of Southeastern Water Laboratory on College Station Drive: Under direction of Dr. H.
Paige Nicholson.

Tour of Local Laboratory and Field Research Facilities: Conducted by Dr. John McGinnis and Dr.

Eugene Odum. Meet at main entrance of Georgia Center.

A.S.B. Registration: Lobby Lounge, Georgia Center.

Placement Service Registration: Lobby Lounge, Georgia Center.

Beta Beta Beta Smorgasbord: Georgian Hotel.

A.S.B. General Session: Auditorium, Georgia Center. Dr. Harold J. Humm, presiding.

Address of Welcome: Dr. Fred C. Davison, President, University of Georgia.

Response: Dr. Harold J. Humm, President, The Association of Southeastern Biologists.

Invitational Address: “Our Taste Receptors.” Dr. Lloyd M. Beidler, Professor of Biophysics and Di-
rector of the Sensory Research Center, Florida State University.

Smoker: Lobby and Patio, Georgia Center.

FRIDAY, APRIL 19

7:00

8:00- 5:00

8:00-11:45

A.M.

8:00-10:00
A.M.
8:00- 5:00

8:00- 9:00
A.M.

Breakfast and Business Meeting, Southern
Appalachian Botanical Club: Banquet
Area, Georgia Center.

Biology Departments Open to Visitors: In-
formation and directions may be ob-
tained at the registration desk or the
departments.

A.S.B. Registration: Lobby Lounge, Geor-
gia Center.

Placement Service Registration: Lobby
Lounge, Georgia Center.

Exhibits: Lobby Lounge, Georgia Center.

Beta Beta Beta Registration: Main Lobby,
Biological Sciences.

8:30-11:30 Paper Sessions:

Plant Physiology — Session 3A, Room
G, Georgia Center. Session 3B. Room
K, Georgia Center. 11:00 A.M. Spe-
cial Paper, Room K, Georgia Center.

Plant Taxonomy — Auditorium, Geor-
gia Center.

Cryptogamic Botany — Room A, Geor-
gia Center.

Plant Autecology and Aquatic Biology
— Room B, Georgia Center.

Ecology — Room L, Georgia Center.

Animal Physiology — First Floor Con-
ference Room, Georgia Center.

Ichthyology and Herpetology — Base-
ment Auditorium, Georgia Center.

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

19

9:00-11:45

A.M.

11:00

11:45

1:00- 2:00

1:45

2:00- 5:30

Beta Beta Beta Paper Sessions:

Eastern Division — Room 404C, Biologi-
cal Sciences.

Western Division — Room 404D, Biologi-
cal Sciences.

Business Meeting, Southeastern Division of
American Society of Ichthyologists and
Herpetologists: Basement Auditorium,
Georgia Center.

Business Meeting, Association of South-
eastern Biologists: Auditorium, Georgia
Center.

Beta Beta Beta General Meeting: Room
404C, Biological Sciences.

Business Meeting, Southeastern Section,
Botanical Society of America: Auditor-
ium, Georgia Center.

Paper Sessions:

Plant Physiology — Session 4A, Room

F, Georgia Center. Session 4B, Room

G, Georgia Center.

Morphogenesis and Invertebrate Zool-
ogy — Room L, Georgia Center.

Parasitology and Histology — First Floor
Conference Room, Georgia Center.

Genetics, Cytology, and Plant Morphol-
ogy — Room A, Georgia Center.

Ecology — Room K, Georgia Center.

Plant Ecology — Auditorium, Georgia
Center.

Ichthyology and Herpetology — Base-
ment Auditorium, Georgia Center.

7:00 P.M. A. S.B. Banquet and Presentation of Awards:

Banquet Area, Georgia Center.

Association Research Prize. Sponsored
by Carolina Biological Supply Com-
pany.

Meritorious Teaching Award. Sponsored
by Will Scientific, Inc., Georgia.
After Past President’s Address: Dr. Elsie Quar-

Banquet terman — “Cedar Glades — Challenge and

Opportunity.” Auditorium, Georgia Cen-
ter.

SATURDAY, APRIL 20

8:00 A.M. Breakfast and Meeting, Southern Section
of the American Society of Plant Physi-
ologists.

8:00 A.M. Trip to Savannah River Ecology Labora-
tory at the AEC Savannah River Plant
near Augusta, Georgia. Led by Robert
J. Beyers. Registration must be prior to
Thursday, April 18.

8:00 A.M. Field Trips: Details at registration desk.

Please sign up during registration.

1. Aquatic and terrestrial habitats at
Echols Mill Granitic Outcrop. Led by
Dr. Samuel Jones and Dr. J. Bruce
Wallace.

8:00-12:00

noon

8:00-11:00
8:30 A.M.

2. Ichthyological trip north of Gaines-
ville, Georgia. Organized by Dr. John
P. Kerr.

3. Herpetological trip in the headwaters
of the Ogeechee River. Organized by
Dr. John P. Kerr.

Biology Departments Open to Visitors: In-
formation and directions may be ob-
tained at the registration desk or the
departments.

Exhibits: Lobby Lounge, Georgia Center.

Executive Committee Meeting, Association
of Southeastern Biologists: Room J,
Georgia Center.

SCHEDULE OF PAPER SESSIONS

THURSDAY MORNING — APRIL 18

PLANT PHYSIOLOGY

SESSION 1A. Absorption, Mineral Nutrition, and Translocation.
Room 404C, Biological Sciences
Presiding: Dr. Joseph C. O’Kelley, University of Alabama

8:30 1. Sutton, David L., D. W. Jones, C. W. 9:30

Lauglin and M. G. Hale (Virginia Poly-
technic Institute). Absorption of 2-chloro-
4, 6-bis (ethylamino) -s-triazine (simazine)
by Excised Roots of Hordeum vulgare L. 9:45

(var. Wong). 10:00

8:45 2. Sutton, D. L. and C. L. Foy (Virginia

Polytechnic Institute). Influence of Diquat,

Paraquat and Several Surfactants on the
Loss of Betanin from Beet Root Discs in
Vitro. 10:15

9:00 3. Shear, G. M. (Virginia Polytechnic Insti-

tute). Calcium Translocation in Bean Seed-
lings. 10:30

9:15 4. Schmid, Walter E. (Southern Illinois Uni-

versity). On the Effects of DMSO in Ca-
tion Transport by Excised Barley Roots.

5. Lahaye, Philip A. and James G. Gos-
selink (Louisiana State University). Dual
Mechanisms of Phosphorus Uptake in Eu-
glena gracilis Klebs.

Recess

6. Johanson, Lamar and H. E. Joham (Texas
A and M University). Effect of Sodium
Substitution for Calcium on the Transloca-
tion of Carbohydrates in Excised Cotton
Roots.

7. Joham, H. E. and M. C. Parekh (Texas A
and M University). Sodium and Mag-
nesium Interactions in Cotton Nutrition.

8. Bonds, Eldon and Joseph C. O’Kelley
(Tennessee Wesleyan College and Univer-
sity of Alabama). Effects of Ca and Sr on
Maize Seedling Primary Roots.

20

ASB Bulletin

PLANT PHYSIOLOGY

SESSION IB. Growth Regulators
Room 404D, Biological Sciences
Presiding: Dr. Page W. Morgan, Texas A and M University

8:30 9. Rizk, Tawakol Y. and W. C. Normand

(Louisiana State University). Histological
and Mitotic Changes in Excised Cotton
Roots in Response to Trifluralin or Nitralin
Treatments.

8:45 10. Norris, W. E. Jr. (Southwest Texas State

College). The Reversal of Ethionine-In-
duced Inhibition of Elongation of A vena
Coleoptiles by Various Compounds.

9:00 11. Morgan, Page W. (Texas A and M Uni-

versity). Stimulation of Ethylene Produc-
tion and Abscission.

9:15 12. McHale, Janiece S. and Lewis D. Dove

(Tulane University). Anomalous Responses
of Young Tomato Leaves to Phytokinin
Treatment.

9:30 13. Jones, D. W. and C. L. Foy (Virginia

Polytechnic Institute). Tracer Studies with
Three 14C-Labeled Herbicides, DMSO and

Tween 80 in Black Valentine Bean.

9:45 14. Henderson, James H. M. and Cecelia

Phillips (Tuskegee Institute). Extraction
and Partial Identity of Unknown Phenolic
Derivative in Arena Coleoptile.

10:00 Recess

10:15 15. Foy, C. L. and D. E. Seaman (Virginia

Polytechnic Institute and Syracuse Univer-
sity). Residue Studies with a 14C -Labeled
Endothall Defoliant Formulation in Cotton.

10:30 16. Coats, G. E. and C. L. Foy (Virginia Poly-

technic Institute). Effect of Tween 80 and
DMSO on the Absorption and Transloca-
tion of Three Phloem-Mobile Herbicides in
Verbascum thapsus L.

10:45 17. Beyer, Elmo Jr. and Page W. Morgan

(Texas A and M University). Effects of
Ethylene on Auxin Transport and Abscis-
sion.

THURSDAY AFTERNOON — APRIL 18

2:00

PLANT PHYSIOLOGY

SESSION 2. Symposium: Root-Soil Relationships.

Presiding: Dr. Lewis D. Dove, Tulane University

Ion Accumulation by Plants, James E. Leg-
gett, Mineral Nutrition Laboratory, USDA,
ARS, SWCRD, Beltsville, Maryland.

Roots as Absorbing Surfaces, Paul J. Kra-
mer, Department of Botany, Duke Univer-

sity, Durham, North Carolina.

Soil Conditions that Influence Plant Root
Development and Function, Robert W.
Pearson, USDA, Alabama Agricultural Ex-
periment Station, Auburn, Alabama.

FRIDAY MORNING — APRIL 19

PLANT PHYSIOLOGY

SESSION 3A. Enzymology
Room G, Georgia Center
Presiding: Dr. Aubrey W. Naylor, Duke University

9:00 18. Bemiller, J. N., D. O. Tegtmeier, and

A. J. Pappelis (Southern Illinois Univer-
sity). Non-Induced Cellulolytic Enzymes of
Diplodia zeae (Schw.) Lev.

9:15 19. Wolf, Frederick T. (Vanderbilt Univer-

sity). Enzymatic Activities in Leaves of
Light-grown and Dark-grown Wheat Seed-
lings.

9:30 20. Rizk, Tawakol Y. and W. C. Normand

(Louisiana State University). Changes with
Plant Age in the Activities of Two Inver-
tases of Louisiana Sugarcane.

9:45 21. Mackey, Brenda Lee and Aubrey W. Nay-

lor (Duke University). Studies on Glu-

tamic Acid Decarboxylase from Cucurbita
pepo L. cv Summer Crookneck.

10:00 Recess

10:15 22. Haber, Alan H. and Larry L. Triplett

(Oak Ridge National Laboratory). Can-
celling Errors in the Quantitative Determi-
nation of Alpha-Amylase Activity.

10:30 23. Garrard, L. A. and T. E. Humphreys

(University of Florida). Phosphofructo-
kinase and Glycolysis in the Corn Scutellum.

10:45 24. Schwartz, Otto J. and G. R. Noggle

(North Carolina State University). The
Preliminary Characterization of Cholines-
terase Activity from Etiolated Pea Seedlings
( Pisum sativum var. Alaska).

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

21

PLANT PHYSIOLOGY

SESSION 3B. Water Relations
Room K, Georgia Center

Presiding: Dr. James E. Pallas, Jr., Southern Piedmont Research Center

9:00 25. Weatherspoon, Charles P. (Duke Uni-

versity). The Effects of Temperature on
Water Potential and Water Movement in
Plants.

9:15 26. McMichael, Bobbie L. and Robert D.

Powell (Texas A and M University). The
Effect of Temperature and Moisture on
Flowering and Boll Development in Gos-
sypium hirsutum L. (Cotton).

9:30 27. Lorio, Peter L. Jr. and John D. Hodges

(Southern Forest Experiment Station). Oleo-
resin Exudation Pressure and Relative Water
Content of Inner Bark as Indicators of
Moisture Stress in Loblolly Pine.

9:45 28. Lawlor, David W. (Duke University). An-

alysis of Polyethylene Glycol in Plant Ma-
terial and its Absorption by Corn, Bean and
Cotton.

10:00 Recess

10:15 29. Helseth, Frank A. (Southeastern Forest

Experiment Station). Manometric Meas-
surement of Turgor Pressures in the Bole of
Slash Pine.

10:30 30. Barrs, Henry D. and Betty Klepper
(Duke University and C.S.I.R.O., Aus-
tralia). Causes of Cyclic Changes in Trans-
piration in Pepper, Sunflower and Cotton
Plants.

10:45 31. Barrs, Henry D. (Duke University and
C.S.I.R.O., Australia). Water-Use Effici-
ency during Cyclic Variation in Gas Ex-
change in Cotton and Pepper.

11:00 32. Helmers, Henry (Duke University). The

Phytotron: A Tool for Botanical Research
in the Southeast.

PLANT TAXONOMY

Auditorium, Georgia Center

Presiding: Dr. Robert W. Long, University of South Florida

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

33. Reynolds, John D. (Richmond Professional
Institute). Infrared Spectrophotometry: A
Plant Taxonomic Tool.

34. Shetler, Stanwyn G. (Smithsonian Insti-
tution). The Computer in the Flora North
America Project.

35. Lampton, Robert K. (West Georgia Col-
lege). The Moss Flora of Georgia. In-
teresting Species Which Have Been Found
in the State.

36. Parks, James C. (Vanderbilt University).
Hybridization in the Genus Melanthera
Rohr (Compositae).

37. Wofford, B. Eugene and William H. El-
lis (University of South Alabama and Aus-
tin Peay State University). A Preliminary
Biosystematic Study of Erythronium ameri-
canum Ker (Liliaceae) in the Southeastern
United States.

38. Eggers, Donna Marie (Vanderbilt Univer-
sity). Genetic Fruit Polymorphism in Val-
erianella umbilicata (Sull.) T. & G. (Valer-
ianaceae).

9:48

10:01

10:14

10:27

10:40

10:53

39. Drapalik, Donald J. (University of North
Carolina). Natural and Artificial Pollina-
tion in Southeastern U. S. Matelea (Ascle-
piadaceae).

40. Pullen, Thomas M„ Samuel B. Jones, Jr.
and J. Ray Watson, Jr. (University of Mis-
sissippi, University of Georgia, and Mis-
sissippi State University). A Preliminary
Report on the Vascular Flora of Mississippi.

41. Clark, Ross C. (University of North Caro-
lina). The Woody Flora of Alabama.

42. Matthews, J. F. and W. H. Murdy (Uni-
versity of North Carolina at Charlotte and
Emory University). A Study of Isoetes
Common to the Granite Outcrops of the
Southeastern Piedmont.

43. Browne, Edward T. Jr. (Memphis State
University). Correlation of Environmental
Factors and Known Distribution of Taxus
canadensis Marsh, in Kentucky.

44. Sharp, A. J. (University of Tennessee).
Tennessee Plants of Interest.

CRYPTOGAMIC BOTANY

Room A, Georgia Center

Presiding: Dr. M. B. Huneycutt, University of Mississippi

8:30 45. McDonald, James C. (Wake Forest Uni-

versity). Fruiting Myxobacteria from the
North Carolina Seacoast.

8:43 46. Bland, Charles E. (University of North

Carolina). Ultrastructure of Pilimelia an-
ulata (Actinoplanaceae).

8:56 47. Clausz, John (University of North Caro-

lina). A Technique for Counting Sapro-
legniaceous Propagules in a Water Sample.

9:09 48. Ristanovic, Bosilijka and Charles E.

Miller (Ohio University). Experimental
Taxonomy of Some Members of the Sapro-
legniaceae.

9:22 49. Koch, William J. (University of North

Carolina). Flagellar Retraction in Pos-
teriorly Uniflagellate Fungi.

9:35 50. White, Joseph C. and Lafayette Fred-

erick (Atlanta University). Taxonomic
Studies on the Genus Dinemasporium.

9:48 51. Hanlin, Richard T. (University of Geor-

gia). Uncommon Soil Fungi Isolated from
Peanut Fruits in the Southeastern United
States.

10:01 52. Frederick, Lafayette, Chester R. Ben-

jamin, and Joseph C. White (Atlanta Uni-
versity and USDA, Beltsville, Maryland).
Studies on Soil Fungi from West Pakistan.

I

22

ASB Bulletin

10:14

10:27

10:40

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

9:48

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

9:48

53.

54.

55.

58.

59.

60.

61.

62.

63.

64.

72.

73.

74.

75.

76.

77.

78.

Bostick, P. E. (Emory University). The
Use of Glass Micro-beads in the Study of
Soil Fungi.

Hale, Mason E. (Smithsonian Institution).
Growth Rate of the Lichen Parmelia cap -
erata.

Ott. Donald William (University of North
Carolina). Unrecorded or Otherwise Un-

10:53

56.

11:06

57.

usual Vaucheria from North Carolina.
Smosky, Jerry and G. T. Cowley (Uni-
versity of South Carolina). Growth and
Energetics of Chlorella pyrenoidosa Chick.
Hurd, Maggie P. and Lafayette Freder-
ick (Atlanta University). The Effect of
Gibberellic Acid on Mycelial Growth and
Toxin Formation in Isolates of Ceratocystis
ul mi.

PLANT AUTECOLOGY AND AQUATIC BIOLOGY

Room B, Georgia Center

Presiding: Dr. Edward E. C. Clebsch, University of Tennessee

Hicks, Violet Ann (University of North 10:01
Carolina). Autecological Study of Road-
side and Field-Pasture Populations of Hel-
enium amarum (Raf.) H. Rock.

Mellinger, A. Clair (University of North 10:14
Carolina). Causes of Endemism in Vi-
guiera ported.

Baskin, Jerry M. and Carol Caudle (Uni-
versity of Florida and Vanderbilt Univer- 10-27
sity). Germination of 12 Species from the
Middle Tennessee Cedar Glades. m-an

Caudle, Carol and Elsie Quarterman 1U;4U

(Vanderbilt University). Hydro-economy
of Astragalus tennesseensis (Leguminosae).

Foster, William A. and Linda Stroud
(North Carolina State University). Util- 10:53
izing the Pattern of Growth of Juncus ro-
emerianus to Estimate Net Leaf Production.
Williams, Richard B. and Marianne B.
Murdoch (Oak Ridge National Laboratory 11:06
and U.S. Bur. Commercial Fisheries). Com-
partmental Analysis of Production and De-
cay of Juncus roemerianus.

Teas, Howard J. and Florence Mont-
gomery (University of Miami and Univer- 11:19
sity of Georgia). Ecology of Red Man-
grove Seedling Establishment.

65. Dillon, C. R. (University of North Caro-
lina). Distribution and Production of the
Macrobenthic Flora of a North Carolina
Estuary.

66. Neubert, Steve A. (University of Miami).
Modern Carbonate Sediments: Algae and
Marl Sediments in Coastal Marshes, Ever-
glades National Park.

67. Wolf, Frederick A. (Duke University).
Non-Petrified Fossil Spores in Sediments.

68. Meyer, Kenneth A. (University of North
Carolina). Seasonal Fluctuation of Phyto-
plankton Composition and Production in a
Freshwater Lake.

69. Rhoads, Peter B. and Robert Pope (Uni-
versity of Miami). A Comparison of Phy-
toplankton of Open Everglades and an Al-
ligator Hole.

70. Marland, Frederick C. and Stuart E.
Neff (Marine Institute, University of Geor-
gia and Virginia Polytechnic Institute). The
Apparent Cultural Eutrophication of Moun-
tain Lake, Virginia.

71. Crawford, Claude C. (North Carolina
State University). Uptake of Amino Acids
in Natural Water.

ECOLOGY

Room L, Georgia Center

Presiding: Dr. William D. Burbanck, Emory University

Rittenhouse, W. H. (University of North
Carolina). A Functional Classification of
Forest Litter Arthropods Based upon Re- 10:01
sponse to Resource Enrichment.

Tramer, Elliot J. (University of Georgia).

Bird Species Diversity and Ecological Suc-
cession. 10:14

Haecker, Mary H., Robert J. Beyers and
Michael H. Smith (Savannah River Ecol-
ogy Laboratory). A Colorimetric Method
for Determining Oxygen Concentration in
Terrestrial Systems. 10:27

Odum, Eugene P., Gary W. Barrett and
H. Ronald Pulliam (University of Geor-
gia). Testing Pesticides at the Ecosystem
Level.

Bamforth, Stuart S. (Tulane University). 10:40
Iron Neuston Communities.

Stern, Michele S. and Daniel H. Stern
(Tulane University and Louisiana State Uni-
versity in New Orleans). A Limnological 10:53
Study of the Invertebrates of a Tennessee
Cold Springbrook.

Parrish, Fred K. and Felicia H. Hollings-
worth (Georgia State College). A Lim-

nological Reconaissance of the Eastern
Prairies of the Okefenokee Swamp.

79. Blessing, Ronald W. and Michael H.
Smith (Savannah River Ecology Labora-
tory). Supplementary Food and Population
Dynamics of the Old-Field Mouse.

80. Van Hook, Robert I., Jr. and D. A. Cross-
ley, Jr. (Oak Ridge National Laboratory).
Biological Assimilation and Turnover of
Three Radioisotopes by Crickets ( Acheta
domesticus ).

81. Smith, K. L., Jr., James D. Howard and
Taylor Mayou (University of Georgia and
University of Iowa). Application of X-
ray Radiography to the Study of Burrowing
Marine Organisms.

82. Smith, K. L., Jr. (University of Georgia).
Decapod Crustacean Burrows of Callian-
assids as Possible Paleoenvironmental Indi-
cators.

83. Nelson, Gideon E. (University of South
Florida). Some Attributes of an Amphi-
oxus ( Branchiostoma caribaeum) Popula-
tion in Old Tampa Bay, Florida (Lepto-
cardii, Amphioxi, Branchiostomidae).

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

23

ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY

First Floor Conference Room, Georgia Center

Presiding: Dr. George C. Kent, Jr., Louisiana State University

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

84.

85.

86.

87.

88.

89.

Catching, Charles A. and William W. 9:48
Norris, Jr. (Northeast Louisiana State Col-
lege). A Numerical Evaluation of the Cells
of the Corpora Lutea of Pregnancy of the
Golden Hamster (Mesocricetus auratus 10:01
Waterhouse).

Keith, William B. and Kenneth I. H.
Williams (The Worcester Foundation for 10:14
Experimental Biology). The Conversion of
Radioactive 17/3-Estradiol to Urinary 2-
Hydroxyestrone by Euthyroid, Hypo- and
Hyperthyroid Hamsters. 10:27

Johnson, Clyde Edgar, Jr. (Clark Col-
lege). Comparative Physiology of Bovine
and Porcine Spermatozoa.

Kuenzel, Wayne J. (University of Geor- 10:40
gia). Ventromedial Hypothalamic Lesions
and Their Effects on Fat Deposition and
Other Physiological Phenomena in Migra-
tory Birds.

Moore, Jack H., Daniel P. Griswold, Jr., 10:53
Charles A. Kelley and Donald J. Dykes
(Southern Research Institute). Studies on
the Metastasis of the Fortner Plasmacytoma
to the Brain and Other Tissues of Hamsters. 11:06
Jones, Duvall A. (Camegie-Mellon Uni-
versity). Hemolysis as a Cause of Green
Tissues Among Neotropical Frogs.

90. Bursey, Robert G. and Wilbur A. Well-
band (Medical College of Georgia). Ex-
perimental Demonstration of Lymphatic
Blockage.

91. Foreman, Charles W. (University of the
South). Hybridization of Peromyscus and
Human Hemoglobins.

92. Dowden, Bobby F. (Louisiana State Uni-
versity in Shreveport). Effects of Five In-
secticides on the Oxygen Consumption of
Bluegill Sunfish, Lepomis macrochirus.

93. Mobberly, William C. (Northeast Louis-
iana State College). Electrophoretic An-
alysis of the Molt-Inhibiting Hormone in
Crawfish.

94. Tietjen, William L. and James N. Liles
(Georgia Southwestern College and The
University of Tennessee). Metabolic Fate
of 14C-Isoleucine in Non-Egg-Laying Female
Aedes aegypti (L.).

95. Tate, Laurence G. and Larry T. Wimer
(University of South Carolina). Changes
in the Carbohydrate Content During Meta-
morphosis of the Blowfly, Phormia regina.

96. Wimer, Larry T. (University of South
Carolina). The Non-Glycogen Carbohy-
drates of the Larval Hemolymph and Fat
Body of Phormia regina.

ICHTHYOLOGY AND HERPETOLOGY

Basement Auditorium, Georgia Center
Presiding: Dr. Carter R. Gilbert, University of Florida

8:00

97.

Gentry, Glenn (Donelson, Tennessee).
Notes on Collecting Amphibian Eggs for
Research.

9:25

9:35

102.

8:20

98.

Byrd, William W. (Mississippi State Uni-
versity). Sun Compass Orientation in Gas-
trophryne carolinensis.

9:50

103.

8:35

99.

Shipp, Robert L. (Florida State Univer-
sity). A New Species of Pufferfish (genus
Sphoeroides ) from the Western Gulf of
Mexico.

10:10

104.

8:50

100.

Blaney, Richard M. (Louisiana State Uni-
versity). Systematics of Lampropeltis getu-
lus in the Southeastern United States.

10:25

105.

9:10

101.

Wall, Benjamin R. (University of Ala-

10:40

106.

bama). Studies of the Fishes of the Bear
Creek Drainage of the Tennessee River
System.

Recess

Rosato, Peter (Mississippi State Univer-
sity). The Potential Danger to Predators
of Feeding on Pesticide-resistant Fish.
Podgorny, George (Winston-Salem, North
Carolina). Ophidism: A Hazard of Herpe-
tology.

Caldwell, R. Dale (Alabama College).
Some Interesting Records of Fishes in the
Yellow Creek Drainage, Tishomingo Coun-
ty, Mississippi.

Paxton, John H. (University of Georgia).
The Uptake and Metabolism of Trifluralin
by Goldfish, Carassius auratus (Linnaeus).
Dobie, James L., Robert H. Mount, and
George Folkerts (Auburn University).
Systematic and Phylogenetic Considerations
of the Graptemys complex.

FRIDAY AFTERNOON — APRIL 19

PLANT PHYSIOLOGY

SESSION 4A. Phytochemistry, General Metabolism
Room F, Georgia Center

Presiding: Dr. Frederick T.

2:00 107. Tuck, Linda S. and Raymond W. Holton
(University of Tennessee). Further Stud-
ies on Water-Soluble Cytochromes from
Blue-Green Algae.

2:15 108. Hale, M. G. (Virginia Polytechnic Insti-
tute). Loss of Organic Compounds from
Arachis hypogaea L. Growing in Gnotobi-
otic Conditions.

, Vanderbilt University

2:30 109. Hodges, John D. and Stanley J. Barras
(Southern Forest Experiment Station). Car-
bohydrates and Nitrogenous Compounds in
the Inner Bark of Loblolly Pine: Influence
of the Southern Pine Beetle and Associated
Stain Fungi.

2:45 110. Warren, Charles O., Nora Harvin and
William Turner (Southwestern Tennessee,

24

ASB Bulletin

3:00

3:15

3:30

2:00

2:15

2:30

2:45

3:00

3:15

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

3:05

3:18

3:31

Memphis). Lactic Acid Fermentation in
Achyla ambisexualis (Order Saprolegniales).
Recess

111. Roberts, Donald R. (Southeastern Forest
Experiment Station). Effect of Wounding
on the Composition of Slash Pine Oleo-
resin: A Preliminary Report.

112. Mohapatra, S. C. and H. E. Pattee (North
Carolina State University and ARS, USDA).
Biochemical Changes in Immature Peanuts

in Response to Curing Temperature.

3:45 113. Luquire, Karen B., Linda B. Edwards and
Raymond W. Holton (University of Ten-
nessee). Studies on Respiration of Pine
Pollen.

4:00 114. Johns, Elizabeth B., H. E. Pattee and
A. E. Purcell (North Carolina State Uni-
versity and ARS, USDA). Changes of
Carotenoids and Lipoxidase Activity in Pea-
nuts during Maturation and Curing.

PLANT PHYSIOLOGY

SESSION 4B. Growth and Development
Room G, Georgia Center
Presiding: Dr. Claud L. Brown, University of Georgia

115. Powell, Robert D. and Page W. Morgan
(Texas A and M University). Physiology
of Hypocotyl Hook Opening.

116. Mullins, J. Thomas (University of Flor-
ida). A Model for the Regulation of Hy-
phal Branching in the Water Molds.

117. Roux, Stanley J. and John T. McHale
(Loyola University of the South). Se-
quence of Ultrastructural Changes in Meso-
phyll Cells of Senescing Tomato ( Ly coper -
sicon esculentum, var. Marglobe) Leaves.

118. Richardson, B., F. W. Wagner and B. E.
Welch (USAF School of Aerospace Medi-
cine). Growth of the Oxygen Tolerant
Strain of Chlorella sorokiniana at Hyper-
baric Oxygen Pressures.

Recess

119. Omran, R. G. and Robert D. Powell
(Texas A and M University). Chilling Ef-
fect and Related Changes in Hibiscus escu-

lentum L. Plants.

3:30 120. O’Dell, D. H. and D. E. Foard (Oak
Ridge National Laboratory and East Ten-
nessee State University). Using Colchicine
to Determine the Number of Cells Initially
Forming A Lateral Root Primordium.

3:45 121. Foard, D. E. (Oak Ridge National Labora-
tory). Pattern of Incorporation of Labeled
Nucleic Acid Precursors in Wheat Root
Pericycle.

4:00 122. Burns, Robert E. (Georgia Experiment
Station). Reserve Carbohydrates and Re-
growth Pattern of Lespedeza cuneata.

4:15 123. Amin, J. V. (Texas A and M University).

Growth and Development of Cold-Injured
Cotton Plants.

4:30 124. Carter, Maryette R. and Johnny Jack-
son (Atlanta University). The Effects of
Ethanol on the Growth of Com and Pea
Roots.

MORPHOGENESIS AND INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY

Room L, Georgia Center

Presiding: Dr. J. M. Herr, Jr., University of South Carolina

125. Jenner, Charles E. and Anne B. Mc-
Crary (University of North Carolina and
Wrightsville Marine Bio-Medical Labora-
tory). Marine Commensal Bivalve Mol-
lusks from North Carolina.

126. Dundee, Dee S. (Louisiana State Univer-
sity). Preliminary Survey of Introduced
Molluscs of Eastern North America.

127. Hermann, Pat W. (University of Georgia).
Omalonyx unguis (Gastropoda: Pulmonata:
Succineidae) from Ecuador.

128. Friauf, James J. (Vanderbilt University).
Psammolittoral Gastrotricha (Macrodasy-
oidea) of the Mississippi Sound Area.

129. Paulin, Jerome J. and William B. Cos-
grove (University of Georgia). Ultra-
structural Changes in the Life Cycle of
Crithidia fasciculata (Zoomastigophorea,
Kinetoplastida, Trypanosomatidae).

130. Harrison, Frederick W. (University of
South Carolina and Presbyterian College).
Epidermal Morphology of Corvomeyenia
sp.

131. Fitzpatrick, J. F. Jr. (Mississippi State
University). The Subspecies of the Craw-
fish Procambarus hagenianus (Faxon) (De-
capoda; Astacidae).

132. Spooner, John D. (Augusta College). Re-

3:44

3:57

4:10

4:23

4:36

4:49

5:02

productive Behavior of the Fork-tailed Katy-
did, Scudderia furcata : Copulation.

133. Spooner, John D. (Augusta College). Re-
productive Behavior of the Fork-tailed Katy-
did, Scudderia furcata : Egg-laying.

134. Hermann, Henry R. (University of Geor-
gia). The Poison Apparatus of Dasymu-
tilla occidentalis (Hymenoptera: Mutilli-
dae).

135. Singhas, Charles A. (Wake Forest Uni-
versity). Teratogenic Effects of Direct X-
irradiation on the Otic Vesicle of the Chick
Embryo.

136. Davis, J. E. Jr., and Norman E. Garrison
(Wake Forest University). Mean Weights
of Chick Embryos Correlated with the
Stages of Hamburger and Hamilton.

137. Cheevers, Sandra P. and Roy Hunter, Jr.
(Atlanta University). Some In Vitro Ef-
fects of Potassium and Sodium Thiocyanate
on the Notochord of Rana catesbeiana
Larvae.

138. Reams, W. M. Jr., W. H. Dorman, and
R. E. Shervette (University of Richmond).
Hormones and PET Mouse Melanocytes.

139. McCrady, Edward (University of North
Carolina). In Vitro Culture of Drosophila
Wing Discs.

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

25

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

3:05

3:18

3:31

3:44

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

3:05

3:18

3:31

140.

141.

142.

143.

144.

145.

146.

147.

148.

156.

157.

158.

159.

160.

161.

162.

163.

PARASITOLOGY AND HISTOLOGY

First Floor Conference Room, Georgia Center

Presiding: Dr. Burton J. Bogitsh, Vanderbilt University

Withers, John D. (Clark College). A
Guide to the Formed Elements in Human
Blood Stained with Wright’s Stain.

Millard, William R. and Iola T. Me- 3:57
Clurkin (University of Mississippi). A
Histological Study of the Gastric Cardiac
Gland in the Beaver ( Castor canadensis) .

Marra, Marietta and Gerald Wisler
Esch (Wake Forest University). Carbo- 4:10
hydrates in Adult and Larval Proteoce-
plialus ambloplitis (Cestoda: Proteoce-
phala: Proteocephalidae) from the Small
Mouth Bass, Micropterus dolomieu.

Rogers, Steffen H. (Vanderbilt Univer- 4:23
sity). Aspects of Respiration in Schisto-
somatium douthitti.

Shannon, W. Allen (Vanderbilt Univer-
sity). Ultrastructure of the Caecum of 4:36
Schistosomatium douthitti.

Buckelew, Thomas P. and Felix H. Lau-
ter (University of South Carolina). A
Study of the Glycogen Content of the
Miracidial Organelles of Diplodiscus tem- 4:49
peratus (Stafford, 1905).

Davis, Donald A., B. J. Bogitsh, and D. A.
Nunnally (Vanderbilt University). Non-
specific Esterase Activity in the Caecum of 5:02
Haematoloechus medioplexus.

Nunnally, D. A., B. J. Bogitsh, and D. A.

Davis (Vanderbilt University). Nucleases
of Haematoloechus medioplexus.

Powders, Vernon N. (Georgia Southwest- 5:15
ern College). Incidence of Parasitism in

Two Species of Plethodon (Amphibia:
Plethodontidae) by Brachycoelium (Tre-
matoda: Brachycoeliidae).

149. Krissinger. Wayne A. and Krishna N.
Mehra (Georgia Southern College). Stud-
ies on the Biology of Proterometra alba-
cauda, Anderson and Anderson, 1967, an
Azygiid Trematode.

150. Whicker, Martha H. and Felix H. Lau-
ter (University of South Carolina). A
Preliminary Report on Gametogenesis and
Fertilization in the Heterogonic Life Cycle
of Rhabdias ranae Walton, 1929.

151. Hobbs, H. H. Ill (Mississippi State Uni-
versity). The Possibility of Host Specifi-
city in the Genus Ornithocy there (Ostra-
coda, Entocytheridae ) .

152. Stephens, Ralph E., Madison B. Cole, Jr.,
Ada A. Cole, and J. Gordon Carlson
(The University of Tennessee). Parasitiza-
tion of Chortophaga viridifasciata Eggs by
Larvae of Scelio bisulcus.

153. Collins, Richard F. (Wake Forest Uni-
versity). Helminths of Natrix spp. and
Agkistrodon piscivorus in Eastern North
Carolina (Reptilia: Ophidia).

154. Beckerdite, Fred W., Grover C. Miller,
and Reward Harkema (North Carolina
State University at Raleigh). A Review of
the Genus Pharyngostomoides (Trematoda:
Diplostomatidae ) .

155. Price, Charles E. (Augusta College). The
Death of Classical Parasitology?

GENETICS. CYTOLOGY, AND PLANT MORPHOLOGY

Room A, Georgia Center

Presiding: Dr. Charles Ray, Jr., Emory University

Varma, Basudeo (Georgia Southern Col- 3:44
lege). Interaction between Virus and Sus-
ceptibility Gene for Tumor Development in
Mice.

Bath, Daniel W. (University of Missis- 3:57
sippi). Linkage Studies on X-ray Induced
Semisterility in the Mouse.

Biggers, Charles J. (University of South 4.
Carolina). Serum Protein Polymorphisms
in Peromyscus polionotus.

Fetner, R. H. and M. V. Zehr (Georgia 4.2^
Institute of Technology). Chromosome
Aberrations in the Cells of Chinese Ham-
ster ( Cricetulus griseus) Embryos after Pa-
ternal X-radiation. .

Cole, Madison B., Jr., Ada A. Cole, and 4
J. Gordon Carlson (University of Ten-
nessee). Action of Puromycin Dihydro-
chloride on Protein Synthesis and Mitosis.
Risinger, Larry D. and Felix H. Lauter
(University of South Carolina). A Mor- 4:49

phological and Cytochemical Study of Hex-
amitus batrachorum Swezy, 1915.

Aldrich, Henry C. (University of Florida).
Ultrastructure of Mitosis in Plasmodia and
Myxamoebae of Physarum flavicomum. 5:02

Calhoun, Ford and H. Branch Howe, Jr.
(University of Georgia). Nuclear Move-
ment During Development of Four-Spored 5:15

and Eight-Spored Asci in Neurospora tetra-
sperma.

164. Ballal, S. K. and Nicholas P. Farrell
(Tennessee Technological University). The
Effectiveness of Phenanthrene as a Radio-
mimetic Agent.

165. Beatty, A. V. and H. L. Davis (Emory
University). Electron Microscopic Studies
on the Periplasmodium of Tradescantia.

166. Davis, H. L. and A. V. Beatty (Emory
University). The Ultrastructure of Ir-
radiated Microspores.

167. Taylor, Fred G., Jr. (Oak Ridge National
Laboratory). Tissue Anomalies in Tree
Species Following Fast Neutron or Gamma
Irradiation.

168. Yeats, Fred T. (University of Mississippi
and University of South Carolina). De-
velopment of the Gametophyte of Wood-
wardia areolata in Sterile Culture: The Ef-
fects of Exogenous Sucrose.

169. Herr, J. M., Jr. and David H. Rembert,
Jr. (University of South Carolina). Some
Effects of Low Temperature Treatment on
Sporocarp Germination and Gametophyte
Development in Marsilea L.

170. Rembert, David H., Jr. (University of
South Carolina). Megaspore Tetrad Pat-
terns in Leguminosae.

171. Anderson, C. E. and R. W. Seibert (North
Carolina State University). Seedling De-
velopment in Juncus roemerianus.

ASB Bulletin

26

ECOLOGY

Room K, Georgia Center

Presiding: Dr. Dirk Frankenberg, University of Georgia

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

3:05

3:18

3:31

172. Tenore, Kenneth R. (North Carolina State
University). Effect of Bottom Substrates
on the bivalve, Rangia cuneata.

173. Burbanck, W. D. and B. J. M. Kelley, Jr.
(Emory University). Effects of Salinity
and Acute Gamma Irradiation on the Os-
moregulation of Juvenile and Adult An-
thurid Isopods, Cyathura polita.

174. Menzel, R. W. (Florida State University).
The Species and the Distribution of Quo-
hog Clams ( Mercenaria ).

175. McCaskill, Von H. and Rudolph Prins
(Clemson University). Stoneflies (Plecop-
tera) of Northwestern South Carolina.

176. Gittleson, Stephen M. (University of
Kentucky). Specific Gravities of Micro-
organisms.

177. Whiting, P. W. (Oak Ridge National Lab-
oratory). How Long Will Diapause Lar-
vae of Mormoniella Live?

178. Williams, Roger G., Michael H. Smith,
and James L. Carmon (University of Geor-
gia). Influence of Temperature Upon the
Susceptibility to Acute Irradiation in Per-
omyscus polionotus.

179. Wells, J. R., J. L. Carmon, and M. H.

3:44

3:57

4:10

4:23

4:36

4:49

Smith (University of Georgia). The Effect
of Temperature and Radiation on Litter
Size in Peromyscus polionotus.

180. Wagner, C. Kenyon (University of Geor-
gia). Environmental Control of Oxygen
Consumption in Cotton Rats.

181. Moore, Clifton H., Ronald Blessing, and
Michael H. Smith (Savannah River Ecol-
ogy Laboratory). Variation of Pelage Col-
or in Species of Mice.

182. Jackson, Crawford G., Jr. (Mississippi
State College for Women). A Study of
Allometric Growth in Pseudemys concinna
suwanniensis Carr (Order: Testudinata).

183. Mahoney, Joseph J., Jr. (University of
Georgia). Photoperiod Acclimation of High
Temperature Tolerance in Tropical and
Temperate Frogs.

184. Harvey, Michael J., James W. Hardin,
and Roger W. Barbour (Memphis State
University and University of Kentucky).
Movements of the Eastern Worm Snake,
Carphophis amoenus amoenus.

185. McCauley, Robert W. (Waterloo Luther-
an University). Upper Lethal Tempera-
tures and the Distribution of Fresh Water
Fish.

PLANT ECOLOGY

Auditorium, Georgia Center

Presiding: Dr. A. W. Cooper, North Carolina State University

2:00 186. Witherspoon, J. P. (Oak Ridge National
Laboratory). Genetic Factors Relating to
Radiosensitivity of Populus deltoides.

2:13 187. Dayton, Bruce R. (University of North
Carolina and Savannah River Ecology Lab-
oratory). Cycling of Radiostrontium by
Loblolly Pines ( Pinus taeda L.).

2:26 188. Miller, Gary L. (University of North
Carolina). The Influence of Season on the
Radiation Sensitivity of an Old Field Com-
munity.

2:39 189. Edmisten, Joe A., Rex Craig, Mike Har-
relson, AND Jane Watts (University of
Georgia). Leaf Epiphytes and Nitrogen
Fixation.

2:52 190. Duever, Michael J. (University of Geor-
gia). A Structural Description of Second
Growth Vegetation in Eastern Panama.

3:05 191. Child, George I. (University of Georgia).

Four Tropical Forests of Eastern Panama;
a Structural Comparison.

3:18 192. Whigham, Dennis (University of North
Carolina). Vegetational Patterns Along an
Altitudinal Gradient — Community or Con-
tinuum?

3:31 193. Stalter, Richard (University of South
Carolina). An Ecological Study of a Ma-

ture Stand of Pinus taeda of the Congaree
Swamp.

3:44 194. Batson, Wade T. (University of South
Carolina). Preliminary Report of a Bo-
tanical Survey at Georgetown, South Caro-
lina.

3:57 195. Ware, Stewart A. (College of William
and Mary). Southern Mixed Hardwood
Forest in the Virginia Coastal Plain.

4:10 196. Burk, C. John (Smith College). Phyto-
geography of Three Sections of the Mas-
sachusetts Coast.

4:23 197. Alexander, Taylor R. (University of Mi-
ami). Effects of Hurricane Betsy (Sep-
tember ’65) on the Florida Southeastern
Saline Everglades — A Two Year Study.

4:36 198. Plummer, G. L. (University of Georgia).

Remote Sensing for Plant Ecological Stud-
ies on a Watershed in Georgia.

4:49 199. Rivers, Robert H. and G. L. Plummer
(University of Georgia). Moisture Deple-
tion Within Crop-Soil Sites.

5:02 200. Stubblefield, Samuel M., Jr. (Tennessee
Technological University). Correlations be-
tween Soil Moisture and Vegetational Types
of an Island.

5:15 201. Rogers, Hollis J. (University of North
Carolina). Conservation of Plant Species.

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

27

ICHTHYOLOGY AND HERPETOLOGY

Basement Auditorium, Georgia Center
Presiding: Dr. Denzel E. Ferguson, Mississippi State University

2:00 202. Williams, James D. and Herbert T. Bos-
chung (University of Alabama). Distri-
bution and Variation of the Flame Chub,
Hemitremia flammea (Jordan and Gilbert).

2:15 203. Ward, James W. (University of Mississippi
Medical Center). Hematological Studies on
the Australian Lungfish, Neoceratodus fors-
teri Krefft.

2:30 204. Seaman, William (University of Florida).

Distribution and Variation of the American
Cyprinid Fish Notropis hudsonius (Clin-
ton).

2:45 205. Smith, Gary C. (University of Georgia).

Territorial Behavior of the Dwarf Cichlid,
A pistogramma ramirezi.

3:05 206. Hastings, Robert W. (Florida State Uni-
versity). Ecology and Life History of the
Diamond Killifish, Adinia xenica (Jordan
and Gilbert).

3:20 Recess

3:30 207. Gibson, James R. (Mississippi State Uni-
versity). Sources of Error in the Fish-brain
Acetyl Cholinesterase Activity as a Monitor
for Pollution.

3:45 208. Gilbert, Carter R. (University of Flor-
ida). A Mass Shoreward Movement of
Demersal Fishes on the East Coast of Flor-
ida in September, 1962.

4:00 209. Woolcott, William S. (University of Rich-
mond). Hybridization Between the Percid
Fishes Percina notogramma (Raney and
Hubbs) and Percina peltata (Stauffer) in
Virginia.

4:15 210. Swift, Camm C. (Florida State University).

Variation and Distribution of the American
Cyprinid Fishes Notropsis texanus and No-
tropis chalybaeus.

4:30 211. Ludke, James Larry and Charm Mc-
Ingbale (Mississippi State University).
Oxygen Consumption in Susceptible and
Endrin-resistant Gambusia During Sub-
lethal and Acute Endrin Exposure.

4:40 212. Relyea, Kenneth (Jacksonville Univer-
sity). Comments on the Distribution and
Systematics of Southeastern Killifishes (fam-
ily Cyprinodontidae).

5:00 213. Berry, Frederick H. (Tropical Atlantic
Biological Laboratory). BCF Field Guides
to Western Atlantic Fishes: Carangidae.

Conference on Distributional History of Invertebrate
Biota of Southern Appalachians to be Sponsored by
Virginia Polytechnic Institute and ASB

A conference on the distributional history of
the invertebrate biota of the Southern Appala-
chians will be held at Virginia Polytechnic Insti-
tute from June 27 to 29, 1968. The conference
will be sponsored by Virginia Polytechnic Insti-
tute and the Association of Southeastern Biolo-
gists — and is being arranged by Dr. Perry C.
Holt and Dr. Harrison R. Steeves, III, both of
Virginia Polytechnic Institute.

Participants in the conference will address
themselves to such questions as: a) Evidence that
the Southern Appalachians have been an impor-
tant center of speciation and evolution, b) The
geological antiquity of the area and its effects on
the evolution of organisms, c) The parts played
by geographical barriers and ecological changes
on organisms, d) Geographical relations between
the Southern Appalachians and other areas of
the world, and e) Evidences that the region has
been an important refugium during past climatic
changes.

The program, based on five formal sessions
and an evening informal discussion, will consist

of thirteen invited papers — and additional sys-
tematists with known interests in the area will be
invited to attend and participate in the discus-
sions. Invited participants in the symposium in-
clude the following: Dr. Thomas C. Barr, Uni-
versity of Kentucky, carabid beetles; Dr. John
Burch, University of Michigan, land snails; Dr.
George Byers, University of Kansas, mecoptera;
Dr. Joseph F. Fitzpatrick, Jr., Mississippi State
University, crayfishes; Dr. John T. Hack, U. S.
Geological Survey, geology; Mr. C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
entocytherid ostracods; Dr. Horton H. Hobbs,
Jr., U. S. National Museum, crayfishes; Dr.
Richard L. Hoffman, Radford College, milli-
pedes; Dr. John Holsinger, East Tennessee State
University, amphipods; Dr. Perry C. Holt, Vir-
ginia Polytechnic Institute, branchiobdellid
worms; Dr. William R. Murchie, University of
Michigan, earthworms; Dr. Robert D. Ross, Vir-
ginia Polytechnic Institute, geology; and Dr.
Harrison R. Steeves, III, Virginia Polytechnic In-
stitute, isopods.

28

ASB Bulletin

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 29th Annual
Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists

The number in parenthesis at the top of each abstract refers to the number of that paper in
the program.

(162)

Ultrastructure of Mitosos in Plasmodia
and Myxamoebae of Physarum flavicomum
Henry C. Aldrich, University of Florida

Mitotic divisions in the plasmodial or diploid stage of
Physarum flavicomum are of a strikingly different type
than those in the myxamoebae or haploid stages. Plas-
modial mitosis is characterized by an intranuclear spindle
and the absence of centrioles and asters at the poles,
much as in protozoa. In contrast, mitosis in the my-
xamoeba is characterized by breakdown of the nuclear
envelope at prometaphase and the presence of centrioles
and asters at the poles, details of the process being sim-
ilar to mitosis in animal cells. Possible applications of
this observation in determining ploidy of a given stage
in the life cycle, as well as the phylogenetic aspects, will
also be discussed.

(197)

Effects of Hurricane Betsy (September ’65 ) on
the Florida Southeastern Saline Everglades —
A Two Year Study
Taylor R. Alexander, University of Miami

Salt water flooding and impoundment caused a salinity
level in soil-water approaching sea water in concentra-
tion that selectively affected plants over a large area.
Damage was severe even on some salt-tolerant species.
Tree islands and the surrounding marl prairies were af-
fected to different degrees by the salt water. Plant kill
for some species such as sawgrass was as high as ninety
six percent in the marl soils. Most of the West Indian
broad-leaved plants failed to survive in the tree islands.
Monthly chloride and electrical conductivity measure-
ment of soils showed that the area returned to normal
salinity values within one to two months after the storm.
Measurements of plant recovery indicate a slow rate.
There are areas in which one plant species has been re-
placed by another. The most spectacular is the replace-
ment of sawgrass ( Cladium jamaicense Crantz) by spike-
rush ( Eleocharis cellulosa Torr) in the marl prairie.

(123)

Growth and Development of Cold
Injured Cotton Plants
J. V. Amin, Texas A & M University

The results of a study of growth and development of
cold injured cotton plants indicate that the extent of
cold injury in cotton plants may be determined by an
interaction of plant physiological malfunction and en-
vironmental stress. The climate immediately after the
cold exposure appears to influence the recovery of the
plants. Expression of chill damage may be increased
if the low temperature period is followed immediately
by bright sunny days, however if the low temperature
period is followed by cloudy weather damage may be
decreased. Also, night temperatures below 15 C may
retard the recovery of damaged cotton.

The effects of vitamins and IAA on the recovery of
the plants suggested that the chilled cotton plants de-

velop temporary metabolic lesions during their recovery.
These results also indicate that it may be possible to use
chemicals to overcome the effects of low night tempera-
tures and to establish rapid recovery in chilled injured
cotton plants.

(171)

Seedling Development in Jimcus roemerianus

C. E. Anderson and R. W. Seibert,

North Carolina State University

Seeds of Juncus roemerianus have been germinated in
the laboratory. Although Juncus roemerianus is pri-
marily a brackish water species, the seeds germinate
readily in distilled water while various salt concentra-
tions tend to inhibit germination. The seed itself seems
to contain a simple fleshy cotyledon. Germination pre-
cedes at the micropylar end with elongation of the
cotyledon-petiole. Roots are initiated at the base of the
cotyledon-petiole, and a plumule is formed inside it.
The plumule protrudes through the side of the petiole
and emerges as the primary leaf.

(164)

The Effectiveness of Phenanthrene
as a Radiomimetic Agent

S. K. Ballal and Nicholas P. Farrell,
Tennessee Technological University

It has been known for a long time that certain chemi-
cals have radiomimetic and carcinogenic properties.
Phenanthrene belongs to the family of suspected car-
cinogens, and the male sex hormones are the cyclo-
pentaphenanthrene derivatives. For this reason phen-
anthrene was chosen to study its possible effectiveness
as a radiomimetic agent. Root meristems of onion, rye
grass, and clover were treated with 50% phenanthrene
in well-ground alumina for 24 hours, after which the
root tips were fixed in 3 : 1 Carnoy’s for 24 hours. The
tissue was hydrolysed in 6N HC1 and stained with
Feulgen’s for one hour, and examined. There was no
significant aberrated figures noticed in clover and onion
root tips. However, in the case of rye grass, the num-
ber of cell divisions had increased considerably over the
controls, and a slight radiomimetic effect was evident as
measured by the induction of aberrations in the chromo-
somes, the single and double bridges being more com-
mon than the single and double dot deletions.

(76)

Iron Neuston Communities

Stuart S. Bamforth, Tulane University

Shallow standing waters of high organic content often
support associations of iron filamentous bacteria and/or
Anthophysa at the surface. The sheaths and stalks of
these organisms provide an elaborate branching substrate
for non-filamentous bacteria, and with the numerous
spaces, a mixing place for swimming, gliding, and inter-
face protists. The latter represent all taxons, exhibit all
body types, and occur at all trophic levels. Such asso-
ciations provide excellent examples for the study of di-
versity indices. Iron organisms are “gradient organisms”

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

29

from the standpoint of pH-Eh considerations, and the
occurrence of these associations in waters of widely dif-
ferent ionic concentrations presents interesting problems
in the ecology of free-living protists.

(31)

Water-Use Efficiency during Cyclic Variation in
Gas Exchange in Cotton and Pepper

Henry D. Barrs, Duke University and C.S.I.R.O.,
Australia

Water-use efficiency, measured as the ratio of photo-
synthesis to transpiration, was followed during induced
cyclic variation in gas exchange in a controlled environ-
ment. The variations in photosynthesis and transpira-
tion were in phase, and water-use efficiency remained
constant over a wide range of gas exchange rates, even
though considerable water stress developed at peak ex-
change rates. Water-use efficiency similarly remained
constant as gas exchange rates declined following the
excision of a sunflower leaf which was not showing cy-
clic behaviour.

These results are consistent with the view that meso-
phyll resistance to inward diffusion of CCF is unimpor-
tant in these species. They also suggest that foliar ap-
plication of chemical antitranspirants is unlikely to in-
crease water-use efficiency.

(30)

Causes of Cyclic Changes in Transpiration in
Pepper, Sunflower and Cotton Plants

Henry D. Barrs and Betty Klepper,

Duke University and C.S.I.R.O., Australia

Using plants grown in culture solution and transferred
to a controlled environment, cyclic changes in stomatal
aperture, transpiration, and leaf water potential were
measured. Such changes could occur spontaneously in
cotton, although they were usually induced by illumi-
nation following a 20 minute dark period. For cycling
to occur in pepper and sunflower, additional treatment
of the roots was necessary.

The roots are identified as the site of the major re-
sistance to water flow through the plant. Root resist-
ance varied diurnally, increasing at night. This resist-
ance was considered to be the first link in the chain of
events leading to cycling. Hydropassive stomatal move-
ments facilitated cycling in pepper and cotton, but were
apparently absent in sunflower. Plant resistances may in-
directly be of importance in the movement of water
from the plant to the air.

(60)

Germination of Twelve Species from the Middle
Tennessee Cedar Glades

Jerry M. Baskin, University of Florida and
Carol Caudle, Vanderbilt University

Requirements for the germination of 12 species from
the cedar glades of Middle Tennessee were investigated.
Treatments which induced high germination percentages
included stratification, after-ripening in dry storage, low
temperature, and imbibition in solutions of gibberellic
acid and thiourea. The germination requirements of
these 12 species will be discussed in relation to germi-
nation and seedling establishment in nature.

(157)

Linkage Studies on X-Ray Induced
Semisterility in the Mouse
Daniel W. Bath, University of Mississippi

Thirty-eight semisterile lines have been established
from the progeny of irradiated male mice (640r or 700r
of X-rays) with markers in six linkage groups. Semi-
sterility is inherited in each of the lines and appears due
to reciprocal translocations. This has been cytologically
verified in some lines. Genetic analysis for association
of markers has been carried out on all lines. Five lines
show linkage between two of the markers employed. Of
these, three show association of linkage groups I and
VIII. Chi square values for independence are 25.7 ±
2.5, 11.8± 1.5, and 15.0 ± 1.9, with indicated recom-
bination frequencies of 15.7 ± 5.1, 21.9 ± 7.3, and 23.3
± 6.4 per cent. Two lines show associations between
linkage groups III and XIV (Chi square for independ-
ence, 12.6 ± 1.9; indicated recombination frequency 24
± 8.5 per cent) and between VIII and XIV (Chi square
for independence, 14.9 ±1.9; indicated recombination
frequency, 29.1 ± 4.9 per cent). The line involving
VIII and XIV is known cytologically to have a recip-
rocal translocation.

(194)

Preliminary Report of a Botanical Survey
at Georgetown, South Carolina
Wade T. Batson, University of South Carolina

An inventory of the green plants and a study of cer-
tain related ecological considerations on the Belle W.
Baruch Foundation plantation at Georgetown, South
Carolina, were initiated during the summer of 1967. To
date, the accomplishment of three objectives has been
undertaken. They are: 1 ) a qualitative and seasonal
distribution study of the fresh water algae, 2) a floristic
analysis of the vascular flora with relation to soil type,
and 3) an ecological study focused on the salt marshes
with an effort to recognize and describe the physical
features, map the vegetation zones, find the factors in-
fluencing the distribution of the plants occurring there,
and to study productivity.

(165)

Electron Microscopic Studies on the
Periplasmodium of Tradescantia

A. V. Beatty and H. L. Davis, Emory University,
Atlanta, Ga.

Developing microspores between meiosis and the first
microspore division in the anthers of Tradescantia palu-
dosa have been studied. The material was fixed either
in 5% potassium permanganate for two minutes at room
temperature or in glutaraldehyde-osmium tetroxide series
in an ice bath. The material was embedded either in
methacrylate or epon-araldite mixtures. Some of the
organelles in the periplasmodium which was formed by
the breakdown of the cell walls of the tapetal cells seem
to be in an active state. A comparison will be made be-
tween these organelles and those found inside of the de-
veloping microspore.

30

ASB Bulletin

(154)

A Review of the Genus Pharyngostomoides
(Trematoda: Diplostomatidae)

(158)

Serium Protein Polymorphisms in
Peromyscus polionotus

Fred W. Beckerdite, Grover C. Miller, and
Reinard Harkema, North Carolina State University
at Raleigh

An investigation was undertaken to determine whether
two morphological forms presently designated as Phar-
yngostomoides procyonis Harkema, 1942, are actually
two species. The morphology of the larval and the
adult forms is described. The development of the fluke
from the egg to the production of cercariae is described.

Due to the differences in morphology of both the
cercariae and the adults, it is concluded that there are
two species. Pharyngostomoides procyonis is redescribed
to include only one form. Pharyngostomoides ovalis
Chandler and Rausch, 1946, is reinstated as the second
species.

(18)

Non-Induced Cellulolytic Enzymes of
Diplodia zeae (Schw.) Lev.

J. N. BeMiller, D. O. Tegtmeier, and A. J. Pappelis,
Southern Illinois University

The cellulolytic enzymes of Diplodia zeae appear to
be constitutive. Cellulolytic activity is found even in
high concentrations of D-glucose, with or without cellu-
lose in the medium. This activity occurs on the surface
of the fungal hyphae and is released to the culture medi-
um only when most of the available carbohydrate is
used up. It is suggested that enzyme release plays an
important role in measurements of enzyme production
and control of enzyme synthesis. Cellulolytic enzymes
are released from the hyphal surface by polygalactur-
onate, lignosulfonate, and 2-mercaptoethanol, suggesting
that it is bound in part by electrostatic forces. These
same compounds release cellulolytic activity adsorbed on
cellulose particles.

(17)

Effects of Ethylene on Auxin Transport
and Abscission

Elmo Beyer, Jr. and Page W. Morgan,

Texas A & M University

The ability of ethylene to inhibit basipetal auxin trans-
port is directly related to the length of the ethylene fumi-
gation period. Previously, we reported such a time se-
quence effect of ethylene on auxin transport. Extended
studies of this phenomenon using refined techniques
demonstrate that ethylene significantly reduces auxin
transport in cotton stem sections after plants are fumi-
gated for only 3 hours. The magnitude of this reduc-
tion in transport, as well as an increase in the rate of
IAA-1-14C decarboxylation, parallels the length of the
ethylene fumigation period. Preliminary studies also in-
dicate an ethylene mediated reduction in transport vel-
ocity. The significance of changes in decarboxylation
and transport velocity are discussed with regard to the
phenomenon of ethylene mediated transport reduction.

Results of abscission tests of intact cotton plants fumi-
gated with ethylene show that the change in auxin trans-
port precedes by several hours ethylene induced abscis-
sion. This observation strengthens the previous sug-
gestion (Morgan and Gausman, Plant Physiol. 41:45,
1966) that exogenous ethylene accelerates abscission, at
least in part, through its effect on auxin transport.

Charles J. Biggers, University of South Carolina

Serum protein polymorphisms were investigated in 180
oldfield mice, Peromyscus polionotus, collected from
three major localities along an eighty mile transect in
South Carolina. Transferrins, albumins and other pro-
teins were separated by polyacrylimide gel electrophor-
esis. Transferrin activity was confirmed by the Orn-
stein procedure. Six transferrin variants consisted of
three single band and three double band phenotypes.
Two of the six transferrin variants occurred at the
northeastern-most collection site, whereas all six variants
were found at the southernmost locality. Albumin vari-
ants appeared both in mice collected from the wild and
within a laboratory colony of P. polionotus established
from mice collected in Aiken County, S. C. Two vari-
ants of pre-albumin and three post-albumin variants also
appeared. Geographical distribution of these variants is
of interest in the evolutionary development of this
species.

(46)

Ultrastructure of Pilimelia anulata
(Actinoplanaceae)

Charles E. Bland, University of North Carolina

The ultrastructural features of the hyphae and spor-
angia of a keratinophilic member of the Actinoplanaceae,
Pilimelia anulata, were studied with electron microscopy.
Colonies growing on hair were found to be composed of
two hyphal types; substrate or vegetative hyphae, and
palisade or sporangium forming hyphae. The substrate
hyphae, which branched throughout the inner matrix of
the hair, contained numerous intracytoplasmic mem-
branous bodies which were often closely appressed to
the finely fibrillar nuclear material.

The sporangia, which appeared to be formed by a
process similar to that described by Lechevalier, Lech-
evalier, and Holbert (1966) for other members of the
Actinoplanaceae, contained parallel rows of cylindrical
spores that originated from a source at the base of the
sporangia. A single membranous body was observed in
almost every spore sectioned. The membranous bodies
of the spores appeared to arise from the plasma mem-
brane and then to become closely associated with the
nuclear region. Possible functions of the membranous
bodies of P. anulata were considered in the light of
functions proposed by other investigators for similar
structures in Streptomyces sp. and other bacteria.

(79)

Supplementary Food and Population Dynamics
of the Old-Field Mouse

Ronald W. Blessing and Michael H. Smith,
Savannah River Ecology Laboratory

Supplementary food, 50 pounds of wild bird seed
every ten days, was added to one half of a 9 acre field.
The population was censused by live trapping and bur-
row counts at periodic intervals. Mice on the treated
half (food added) built more burrows, showed a higher
reproductive rate, less movement between successive cap-
tures, an increased density during the winter but not
during the summer, and approximately the same average
body weight as the mice on the untreated half of the
field. At the end of the first year, we doubled the
amount of food added per unit time per unit area. Sim-
ilar trends are apparent in the data for the first half of

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

31

the second year. Thus, food appears to be important as
a limiting factor in the population dynamics of the old-
field mouse, Peromyscus polionotus, in South Carolina.

(8)

Effects of Ca and Sr on Maize
Seedling Primary Roots

Eldon Bonds, Tennessee Wesleyan College and
Joseph C. O’Kelley, University of Alabama

Either Ca or Sr in a mineral nutrient medium pre-
vented toxic effects of other nutrient ions an aerated pri-
mary roots of maize; other monovalent and divalent ca-
tions substituted for these did not. Calcium in the com-
plete nutrient solution, or as CaCL alone, stimulated the
division of apical meristem cells in these roots, but Sr did
not. However, the replacement of Ca in the nutrient
medium by Sr resulted in the development of additional
secondary roots, probably by decreasing the rate of cell
division in the apical meristem of the primary root and
diminishing apical dominance.

(53)

The Use of Glass Micro-beads in the
Study of Soil Fungi

P. E. Bostick, Emory University

One of the characteristics of soil that is usually neg-
lected in field and laboratory studies of soil microbiology
is its particulate nature. A method is described whereby
fungi may be cultivated hydroponically in containers
filled with glass micro-beads saturated with a nutrient
solution. Four bead sizes are commercially available
and these correspond to three of Wentworth's particle
size classes: 1-1.05 mm dia. (“very coarse sand”), 0.45-
0.50 and 0.25-0.30 mm dia. (“medium sand”), and 0.17-
0.18 mm dia. (“fine sand”). Czapek-Dox liquid medium
at pH 7.2 seems to be satisfactory for the growth of most
fungi in these systems. Growth may be measured as
millimeters of gas evolved, weight loss from the entire
system, and by dry weight of the mycelium. An ex-
ample of correlation of field observations with labora-
tory micro-bead experiments will be presented.

(43)

Correlation of Environmental Factors and Known
Distribution of Taxus canadensis Marsh,
in Kentucky

Edward T. Browne, Jr., Memphis State University

Until 1967 Taxus canadensis in Kentucky was known
from only two locations in one county. Last year a sec-
ond county record was reported, and it has since been
discovered in a third. In all known localities this spe-
cies has been determined to grow in soils derived from
limestone, and all localities thus far reported are situ-
ated along rivers or creeks at points where these cross
either the Pottsville or Waverly escarpment. Exposure
does not seem to be a factor involved since stations oc-
cur on north, west and south slopes. However, climato-
logical data may help to explain the disjunct distribu-
tion of this species since correlations may be observed
between January and July mean maximum and minimum
temperatures and other factors. These factors would
seem to indicate that T. canadensis probably occurs over
a much wider range than has been heretofore suspected.

(145)

A Study of the Glycogen Content of the
Miracidial Organelles of Diplodiscus temperatus
(Stafford, 1905)

Thomas P. Buckelew and Felix H. Lauter,
University of South Carolina

The miracidia of Diplodiscus temperatus (Stafford,
1905) were stained by the Bauer-Feulgen Method spe-
cific for glycogen. Two variables were presented in the
study. First, the miracidia were allowed to swim in
filtered pond water for specific intervals of time. After
swimming for varying lengths of time, the miracidia
were stained by the Bauer-Feulgen Method. Secondly,
the filtered pond water in which the miracidia were
swimming was aerated to determine the effect of aera-
tion on the utilization of glycogen. A control was ef-
fected in the use of 5% diastase to hydrolyze the gly-
cogen. The purpose was to determine in which organ
or organelle the glycogen was located, how fast it was
depleted, and to what extent it was present. From these
premises, it was concluded that the glycogen content
diminished as the miracidia approached terminal time.
The aeration of the filtered pond water decreased the
utilization of glycogen and the length of terminal time.
These results provided a number of postulations.

(173)

Effects of Salinity and Acute Gamma Irradiation
on the Osmoregulation of Juvenile and Adult
Anthurid Isopods, Cyathura polita

W. D. Burbanck and B. J. M. Kelley, Jr.,
Emory University

The ability to osmoregulate was determined by cryo-
scopic measurement of the depression of freezing points
of the body fluid of juvenile and adult cyathurans which
received a dose of about 44,000 r from the Cs 137 source
at Emory University and were subjected to salinities of
from 0 to 40 o/oo. Laboratory experiments were per-
formed on animals obtained from St. John’s River at
Green Cove Springs, Florida (0.5 o/oo salinity). At
low salinities (experimental period of 3 hours) adults
and juveniles were equally able to regulate, but at 40
o/oo (NaCl), adult C. polita were better able to os-
moregulate than juveniles whether irradiated or non-
irradiated, and non-irradiated animals regulated better
than irradiated ones. Pilot studies of non-irradiated
adult and juvenile cyathurans exposed to sea water di-
lutions for 24 and 48 hours again showed reduced ability
of juveniles to regulate at higher salinities. This differ-
ential ability may cause a high mortality of juveniles in
nature and in part account for the disjunct estuarine dis-
tribution of C. polita. (Work supported by NSF Grant
GB-3122, AEC Grant AT- (40-1 ) -24 12, and McCandless
Fund, Emory University.)

(196)

Phytogeography of Three Sections of the
Massachusetts Coast
C. John Burk, Smith College

Tundra vegetation probably existed on Nantucket Is-
land when Outer Cape Cod and the Elizabeth Islands
were under the ice of the last glaciation. These three
sections were part of a common land mass of glacial
deposits lying over an ancient coastal plain in eastern
Massachusetts which were separated by the rising sea
level not more than 5000 years ago at a time when the
climate was as warm as the present or warmer. At pres-

32

ASB Bulletin

ent a greater number of native vascular plant species oc-
curs in all three sections than would be predicted if the
floras of the sections were composed of species randomly
distributed from a common source; any two sections
(Nantucket-Outer Cape, Elizabeth Islands-Outer Cape,
Nantucket-Elizabeth Islands) share nearly the number of
species predicted on this basis; and the number of inde-
pendently-held species for each section is greater than
predicted. The phytogeography will be discussed in re-
lation to these factors.

(122)

Reserve Carbohydrates and Regrowth Pattern
of Lespedeza cuneata

Robert E. Burns, Georgia Experiment Station

The persistence of Sericea (Lespedeza cuneata cum de
cours G. Don) is affected by cutting late in the season
prior to senescence. In this study, roots were collected
at the time of clipping for hay between mid-Iuly and
early September and again in January from similarly
treated plants. The reserves in the roots collected at
time of harvest were larger in those clipped after mid-
August. The reserves in the January samples declined
abruptly in those plants clipped after mid-August. Re-
growth of plants clipped before mid-August was from
stem buds, and after mid-August from root buds. This
latter growth pattern apparently depleted the root re-
serve and caused decrease in stands in subsequent years.

(90)

Experimental Demonstration of
Lymphatic Blockage

Robert G. Bursey and Wilbur A. Wellband,
Medical College of Georgia

Dilatation of retrosternal lymphatic channels in rats
has been observed radiographically following the intra-
peritoneal injection of a fine suspension of barium sul-
fate (Micropaque). The functional status of these ves-
sels is unclear and is the subject of the present paper.
Varying concentrations of Micropaque were injected in-
traperitoneally in 65 rats, while 55 controls received
Ringer-Locke solution. After 30 days all rats were given
intraperitoneal injections of protein bound Evans blue
dye, intradermal injections of formalin, and ear crush.
The animals were sacrificed 4, 5, 7, and 10 hours later.
A blood sample was obtained and the degree of lymph
vessel coloration and dye extravasation in the skin
lesions noted.

Dye extravasation at injury sites appeared later in ex-
perimental rats and seldom attained the intensity of con-
trols. The degree of lymph vessel coloration and plasm
dye concentration in the Micropaque treated animals was
significantly less than the control rats. Thorax x-rays
confirmed dilatation of the retrosternal and diaphrag-
matic lymphatics in experimental rats. It was con-
cluded that intraperitoneal injections of Micropaque pro-
duced a partial block in the lymphatics draining the
peritoneal cavity.

(163)

Nuclear Movement During Development of
Four-Spored and Eight-Spored Asci in
Neurospora tetrasperma

Ford Calhoun and H. Branch Howe, Jr.,
University of Georgia

Serial dissections of approximately 100 wild type,
four-spored asci with homokaryotic ascospores showed
that the m/m, m/m, +/ + , +/ + , allelic pattern oc-

curred exclusively. The four-spored ascus is therefore
linearly ordered, and the occurrence of nuclear passing
is indicated at both the second and third divisions dur-
ing ascus development. This species produces eight-
spored asci, and a smaller proportion of four-spored
asci, in crosses which are heterozygous for the E locus.
Serial dissections of 273 eight-spored asci from such
crosses, which were also segregating for several other
markers, showed that about half of the asci were linearly
ordered, in that members of each of the four spore-pairs
were identical; with respect to a centromere marker, all
three allelic arrangements (4:4, 2:2:2:2, and 2:4:2)
were found. The remainder of the eight-spored asci
analyzed showed varying degrees of disorder, in that
members of one or more spore-pairs were non identical.
Certain second divisional nuclear movements are postu-
lated as the cause of the ordered and disordered asco-
spore patterns observed. About 100 four-spored asci
from these same heterozygous E crosses showed the
same single allelic pattern that had been found in the
wild type, four-spored asci in which E was not present.

(124)

The Effects of Ethanol on the Growth
of Corn and Pea Roots

Maryette R. Carter and Johnny Jackson,
Atlanta University

Corn grains (Zea mays L. var. Hasting's Prolific) and
pea seeds (Pisum sativum, var. Alaska) were cultured in
the dark for 3 days in distilled water or in various dilute
solutions of ethyl alcohol (0.0001-4.0%). The results
showed that root elongation and root dry weight were
increased significantly in both kinds of plants by the
more dilute concentrations of alcohol (0.0001 and
0.001%). However, at higher levels (2.0 and 4.0%)
severe retardation of root growth was apparent. Insofar
as the enhancement of total root elongation and total
root dry weight, corn was considerably more responsive
to the alcohol treatment than peas. Yet, the promotive
effect of ethanol on cell elongation appeared not to differ
significantly between the two types of plants. These re-
sults support the concept that dilute ethanol may ma-
terially affect growth and metabolism in plants where it
is used as a solvent for certain growth regulating sub-
stances.

(84)

A Numerical Evaluation of the Cells of the
Corpora Lutea of Pregnancy of the Golden
Hamster ( Mesocricetus auratus Waterhouse)

Charles A. Catching and William W. Norris, Jr.,
Northeast Louisiana State College

The weight and absolute cell numbers of developing
hamster corpora lutea were measured at 3, 6, 9, 12, and
15 days of pregnancy. The weight of the corpora lutea
increased from approximately 0.00025 g. at 3 days to
approximately 0.00130 g. at 15 days. The corpora
lutea were homogenized and the nuclei counted in a
hemocytometer. The total number of cells per corpus
luteum increased from day 3 to day 6 and from day 6
to day 9, appeared to decline from day 9 to day 12, and
declined rapidly from day 12 to day 15. The number
of luteal and non-luteal cells per corpus luteum followed
a similar pattern. The percent luteal cells averaged near
30% for all corpora lutea evaluated.

VOL. 15, No. 2, April 1968

33

(61)

Hydro-economy of Astragalus tennesseensis
(Leguminosae)

Carol Caudle and Elsie Quarterman,
Vanderbilt University

Astragalus tennesseensis Gray is a herbaceous peren-
nial legume endemic to the cedar glades of Middle Ten-
nessee and northern Alabama. During the summer,
when the shallow layer of soil in the cedar glades be-
comes very dry, A. tennesseensis does not become dor-
mant but remains active. An investigation to determine
the adaptations of A. tennesseensis to this seasonally-
arid habitat included transpiration studies. Results indi-
cate that transpiration rates were greatly reduced when
soil moisture was near permanent wilting percentage.
However, prolonged exposure of plants to drought con-
ditions, produced by different intervals of watering, did
not reduce transpiration rates per unit area of leaf at
the conclusion of drought conditions. Plants responded
to drought periods of 9 days or longer by losing leaves.
Thus, reduction of total transpiring surface to achieve
hydro-economy is an adaptation of A. tennesseensis to
its seasonally-arid habitat.

(137)

Some In Vitro Effects of Potassium and Sodium
Thiocyanate on the Notochord of
Rana catesbeiana Larvae

Sandra P. Cheevers and Roy Hunter, Jr.,
Atlanta University

Several in vivo studies on the notochord have demon-
strated the remarkable ability of this structure to become
hyperdeveloped in the presence of thiocyanate ions and
other animalizing substances. Generally, these ions did
not produce hyperdevelopment in the ectodermal and
endodermal regions of the embryo, but did transform
cells of the somite region into notochord. In order to
study the in vitro effects of thiocyanate ions, axial cyl-
inders were removed from excised tails of Rana cates-
beiana larvae. After the notochords were removed
from their sheaths, groups of them were cultured from
48-120 hr. at 37° C. in various solutions of potassium
and sodium thiocyanate, dissolved in Dextrose-Holt-
freter's fluid. Tissues showed pycnotic nuclei, an in-
crease in cell number, and no observable change in
normal DNA and RNA activity. Chondrification of the
notochord was observed in the controls as well as the
experimentals. It was concluded that sodium and pot-
assium thiocyanate produced “limited” cell senescence,
and induced hyperdevelopment of the notochord.

(191)

Four Tropical Forests of Eastern Panama:

A Structural Comparison

George I. Child, University of Georgia

The structure of four distinct tropical forests in east-
ern Panama were compared. The forest types were
typical of a wide range of tropical environments viz.,
salt and brackish water swamps, freshwater swamps,
lowland areas, and wet montane conditions. Studies
were conducted on 14 ha. sites in conjunction with bio-
mass studies. Structural characteristics compared in-
cluded; stratification, DBH-Height relationships, maxi-
mum tree heights, DBH distributions, basal areas, spa-
tial distribution, canopy cover, abundance of individ-
uals, leaf surface areas, and gross physiognomy.

(41)

The Woody Flora of Alabama

Ross C. Clark, University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill

On the basis of field work accomplished within the
past two seasons, there is now more material available
for forming working hypotheses regarding the distribu-
tions of woody taxa in Alabama. Extensive collections
of the woody plants have been made in all but four
counties of Alabama, which were judged beforehand to
be fairly well-collected. These collections amount to
over 10,000 numbers. Several types of distributional
patterns are now recognizable, and it is possible to re-
late some of them to geology and other factors. Addi-
tional patterns should emerge with further study of some
of the difficult genera, and supplementation of distribu-
tional records from major herbaria in the Southeast.
It is hoped that collections from adjacent states will also
help to augment understanding of the distributions of
Alabama woody plants.

(47)

A Technique for Counting Saprolegniaceous
Propagules in a Water Sample
John Clausz, University of North Carolina

A plating technique for obtaining quantitative data on
the concentration of Saprolegniaceous propagules in
samples of water was devised. A 10 ml. water sample
was injected into 15 ml. of melted and cooled corn meal
agar (CMA) containing antibiotics (100 mg./l. peni-
cillin G and 200 mg./l. streptomycin sulfate). The
agar was made up with 60% of the recommended vol-
ume of water. Experimentation showed that CMA con-
taining antibiotics was the best culture medium. After
18 hours the inoculated agar plate was examined for
germlings of species of the Saprolegniaceae which, when
found, were removed and cultured for identification.
By combining this technique with continuous-flow cen-
trifugation, it was possible to determine the number of
propagules in large volumes of water collected from the
field. Enumeration by this technique disclosed that spe-
cies exhibit periodic occurrence and variation in patterns
of propagule distribution within the body of water
studied.

(16)

Effect of Tween 80 and DMSO on the Absorption
and Translocation of Three Phloem-Mobile
Herbicides in Verbascum thapsus L.

G. E. Coats and C. L. Foy,

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Intermediate leaves of common mullein plants (8 to
10-leaf stage) were treated with 10 ul (o.l uc) of either
14C-labeled picloram (4-amino-3,5,6-trichloropicolinic
acid), dicamba (2-methoxy-3,6-dichlorobenzoic acid) or
2,4-D ( 2, 4-dichlorophenoxy acetic acid). Each com-

pound was tested alone and in combination with 0.5%
Tween 80 (nonionic surfactant containing polyoxyethy-
lene sorbitan monooleate), 30% DMSO (dimethylsul-
foxide), or both additives. Wetting and penetration
were obviously impaired by the hirsute character of the
leaf surface. In general, absorption and translocation of
all three herbicides were relatively poor as indicated by
autoradiography and counting. Picloram and dicamba
appeared to be slightly more mobile than 2,4-D. Up-
take and mobility of all three herbicides was facilitated
slightly by addition of Tween 80. DMSO penetrated
poorly, evaporated slowly and did not enhance the up-

34

ASB Bulletin

take of either herbicide. Tween 80 alone was apparently
as effective as the combination of both additives.

(160)

Action of Puromycin Dihydrochloride
on Protein Synthesis and Mitosis

Madison B. Cole, Jr., Ada A. Cole, and
J. Gordon Carlson, The University of Tennessee

Incubation of embryos of the grasshopper, Chorto-
phaga viridifasciata (DeGeer), in 10 ug of puromycin
per ml of culture medium for less than 1 hr inhibits the
incorporation of DL-leucine-4,5-H3 into neuroblasts, as
demonstrated by autoradiography. On the other hand,
exposure to as much as 100 ug puromycin per ml of
culture medium for up to 6 hr, does not alter the per-
cent of neuroblasts in midmitosis (prometaphase + meta-
phase + anaphase). The percent of midmitotic neuro-
blasts is increased significantly by exposure to 2 x 10° M
colchicine for 4 hr when compared with a 1 hr exposure,
but with the addition of 10 ug puromycin per ml of col-
chicine-containing medium, no significant difference can
be detected. Our interpretation is that inhibition of pro-
tein synthesis by puromycin blocks the mitotic progress of
neuroblasts both into and out of midmitosis. (This study
was supported in part by Atomic Energy Commission
Contract AT-40-1-2575).

(153)

Helminths of Natrix spp. and Agkistrodon
piscivorus in Eastern North Carolina
(Reptilia: Ophidia)

Richard F. Collins, Wake Forest University

Studies were conducted on the incidence and distribu-
tion of helminths in Natrix s. sipedon, Natrix s. fasciata,
Natrix erythrogaster, Natrix taxispilota, and Agkistrodon
piscivorus. Natrix spp. contained the following:

Trematoda: 7 species; Cestoda: 1 species; Acantho-
cephala: 1 species; Nematoda: 2 species. Agkistrodon
piscivorus contained the following: Trematoda: 3 spe-
cies; Cestoda: 2 species; Acanthocephala: 1 species;
Nematoda: 2 species; Pentastomida: 1 species. The
snakes from ponds and streams were more heavily in-
fected, both with individual species and total numbers,
than were the snakes from swamps. New locality and
host records are recorded.

(71)

Uptake of Amino Acids in Natural Water

Claude C. Crawford, N. C. State University

When low concentrations of uC-labeled amino acids
were added to natural waters they were found to be
taken up by the bacteria. Their uptake followed the
Michaelis-Menten enzyme-substrate equations. From
these calculations the turnover time, that is the time
required for removal of all the substrate, and a maxi-
mum value for velocity of uptake of natural substrate
and for natural substrate concentration can be found.
In an estuary during August, arginine had a turnover
time of 5.5 hrs while glycine took 29.4 hrs.

In one estuarine experiment the natural substrate con-
centrations were known and actual velocities of uptake
could be found. Glycine, valine, serine, and methionine
were found to be most important in the flux of amino
acids through the dissolved organic fraction.

(146)

Nonspecific Esterase Activity in the Caecum of
Haematoloechus medioplexus

Donald A. Davis, B. J. Bogitsh and D. A. Nunnali.y,
Vanderbilt University

The cytochemical localization of nonspecific esterase
was investigated in the frog lung fluke, Haematoloechus
medioplexus. Cryostat sections of fixed or fresh ma-
terial were incubated in Holt's bromoindoxyl acetate
medium at pH 5.4. Inhibitors or activators such as
NaF, AgNCL, Eserine Sulfate, PCMB (p-chloromercuri-
benzoate), /3-phenyl propionic acid or E600 (diethyl-p-
dinitrophenyl phosphate) were incorporated into the
basic substrate medium. The enzyme was found to be
organophosphate resistant and activated by PCMB. It
was primarily localized as droplets dispersed irregularly
in the gastrodermal lining rather than in the lumen of
the gut. The possible significance of this enzyme in the
digestive process will be discussed. (Supported, in part,
by National Science Foundation Grant GB-4742.)

(166)

The Ultrastructure of Irradiated Microspores

H. L. Davis and A. V. Beatty, Emory University

Inflorescences of Tradescantia paludosa were irradi-
ated with various doses of x-rays. The anthers were
ruptured and the microspores fixed in buffered glutaral-
dehyde-osmium tetroxide or potassium permanganate
prior to embedding. The microspores were embedded
in a mixture of Araldite and Epon and sectioned at ap-
proximately 600 A using a Porter-Blum ultramicrotome,
model MT-2. Sections were examined for ultrastructura!
morphology with a Zeiss electronmicroscope, model EM
9a. Examination revealed little change in the gross mor-
phology of the microspores, however changes in ultra-
structure of cytoplasmic organelles were observed.

(136)

Mean Weights of Chick Embryos Correlated with
the Stages of Hamburger and Hamilton

J. E. Davis, Jr., and Norman E. Garrison,

Wake Forest University

A total of 1125 normal chick embryos, representing
25 each of the 45 stages of Hamburger and Hamilton,
were removed, fixed in Boulin’s solution, stored in 70%
ethanol and weighed with a semi-micro analytical bal-
ance. Entire blastoderms of stages 1-8 were weighed,
whereas only embryos-proper were weighed in stages 9-
45. As a consequence, results constituted two groups,
each of which showed a geometric rate of growth marked
only by minor deviations which were related to specific
events of normal growth and development.

(187)

Cycling of Radiostrontium by Loblolly Pines
( Pimts taeda L.)

Bruce R. Dayton, University of North Carolina and
Savannah River Ecology Laboratory

Seven loblolly pines (3-4 in. d.b.h.) were stem-inocu-
lated in July 1966 with 3 millecuries each of radio-
strontium and the cycling of the element studied until
November 1967. Movement of strontium through the
pine-dominated ecosystem was relatively slow. Very
little turnover of the element occurred by foliar leach-
ing or by excretion or leaching from roots, most of the
turnover occurring by needle fall. At the conclusion of
the study the element was distributed in the system in

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

35

the following manner: 37.3% in wood; 53.7% in foli-
age; 8.8% in litter and understory vegetation; <1% in
soil and fibrous roots. Compartmental rates of radio-
strontium accumulation over the last 12 months of the
study (—57.8% in wood; +665% in foliage; + 1885%
in litter) indicate that strontium and other alkaline earth
elements tend to accumulate in the litter of young pine
stands.

(65)

Distribution and Production of the Macrobenthic
Flora of a North Carolina Estuary
C. R. Dillon, University of North Carolina

Two vascular and nine algal species comprise the
macrobenthic flora of Bogue Sound, North Carolina.
These species occurred in 55% of the sample plots,
ranging in density from one individual to four thousand
individuals m 2. Zostera marina L. contributes 87.3%
of the total production of this flora. Production in-
creases as water depth decreases from east to west.
Macrobenthic organic production is estimated to be 799
kcal nr2 yr~\

(92)

Effects of Five Insecticides on the Oxygen
Consumption of Bluegill Sunfish,

Lepomis macrochirus

Bobby F. Dowden, Louisiana State University
in Shreveport

The effects of three concentrations (0.1, 1.0, and 5.0
parts per billion) of five insecticides (chlordane, DDT,
lindane, malathion. and parathion) were measured in a
flow-through respirometer and analyzed statistically.
There were highly significant differences between the
effects of the insecticides on bluegill oxygen consump-
tion. regardless of concentration. Statistical differences
were also noted between the effects of the three con-
centrations of the five insecticides tested. The statisti-
cal analyses showed that each of the insecticides tested
acts differently over the range of concentrations tested.
No statistical differences were noted in the comparisons
of the effects of elapsed time with the insecticides with-
out consideration of concentration and of concentra-
tions without consideration of insecticides.

During the tests, the fish were noted to produce great
quantities of mucus when exposed to the chlorinated
hydrocarbon insecticides, lesser amounts in the organic
phosphorus insecticides, and relatively little in the con-
trols.

(39)

Natural and Artificial Pollination in Southeastern
U.S. Matelea ( Asclepiadaceae)

Donald J. Drapalik, The University of North Carolina

The natural pollinators of Matelea are small flies be-
longing to the families Chloropidae and Milichiidae.
While a fly is obtaining nectar, a pollinium apparatus
may get attached to the fly’s proboscis. As this fly visits
another nectary the attached pollinium may get lodged
against an anther slit ensuring pollination. While nat-
ural hybrids appear to be rare, different species can be
crossed experimentally. With the aid of a dissecting
scope in the field artificial pollination was conducted
using the species cited under Odontostephana, Alexander
in Small, Manual Southeast Flora. In general the plants
are self-incompatible. The following Fi hybrids have
been produced and grown to the flowering stage: M.
carolinensis X M. flavidula, M. carolinensis X M. bald-

wyniana, M. baldwyniana X M. obliqua, and M. obliqua
X M. decipiens. Preliminary findings show that some of
the Fi plants appear to be fertile since Fi plants from
the last two of the above hybrids produced outcross
fruit in the Botanical Garden during summer 1967.

(190)

A Structural Description of Second Growth
Vegetation in Eastern Panama
Michael J. Duever, University of Georgia

Three stages of second growth vegetation in eastern
Panama were intensively studied during July and Octo-
ber, 1967. The sites were located in areas used for
Milpas or “slash and burn” agriculture. The stages
represented two, four, and six years of regrowth after
cultivation. On each study area, of 14 hectare, all vege-
tation was cut, sorted into compartments by structural
characteristics, and weighed. Roots, litter, and soils were
also sampled and described. The three regrowth stages
and second growth in other parts of the tropics were
compared using the wet and dry weight biomass by com-
partments, canopy heights, light penetration, composi-
tion, and other structural characteristics.

(126)

Preliminary Survey of Introduced Molluscs
of Eastern North America
Dee S. Dundee, Louisiana State University

A project involving the cataloging of the land and
freshwater molluscs which have been introduced into
North America (east of the Rockies) is underway. At-
tempts will be made where possible to determine if the
introduction has become established.

(189)

Leaf Epiphytes and Nitrogen Fixation

Joe A. Edmisten, Rex Craig, Mike Harrelson,
Jane Watts, University of Georgia

Surveys have been made of leaf organisms (epiphyl-
lae) of tropical rain forests in Puerto Rico, Panama,
Colombia, and Peru. Bacteria, fungi, lichens, algae, and
liverworts have been isolated and identified from intact
leaves in the field and in Athens. Leaf fungi include
Phycomycetes, Ascomycetes and Deuteromycetes; algae
include Trentepohlia, Phycopeltis, and several blue-
greens. Lichens are chiefly Strigula and liverworts in-
clude Radula of Lejeuneaceae. Microkjeldahl tests show
higher nitrogen content in epiphyllae than in host leaves.
15N experiments in Puerto Rico showed that mixed epi-
phyllae fixed about 10% of their total nitrogen from
15N- during a 48-hour exposure period. The leaves from
which the epiphyllae were scraped had 1% of their total
nitrogen as 15N suggesting transfer. The successional
sequence of epiphyllae establishment is being studied.
Attempts are being made to grow N2-fixing epiphyllae on
crop plants such as Citrus. Ektachrome and infrared
slides of epiphyllae will be shown.

(38)

Genetic Fruit Polymorphism in Valerianella
umbilicata (Sull.) T. & G. ( Valerianaceae)
Donna Marie Eggers, Vanderbilt University

Valerianella umbilicata (Sull.) T. & G., V. patellaria
(Sull.) T. & G., and V. intermedia Dyal present a com-
mon distributional pattern throughout most of eastern
North America. Distinct differences in fruit morphol-
ogy are all that distinguish these plants, commonly found

36

ASB Bulletin

growing mixed together in various combinations. When
patellaria-type fruits from a population containing all
three entities were sown, some of the progeny produced
patellaria-type fruits, but others produced umbilicata-
type fruits. When umbilicata-type fruits from this same
population were sown, some plants produced umbilicata-
type fruits, but others produced intermedia-type fruits.
This, plus data from other populations studied, indicates
that these entities are three fruit-forms of one species,
genetically polymorphic with respect to fruit morphology.
Since V. umbilicata is the oldest epithet, the appropriate
names are V. umbilicata forma umbilicata, V. umbilicata
forma patellaria, and V. umbilicata forma intermedia.

(159)

Chromosome Aberrations in the Cells of Chinese
Hamster ( Cricetulus griseus) Embryos after
Paternal X-Radiation

R. H. Fetner and M. V. Zehr,

Georgia Institute of Technology

Preliminary experiments have been designed to de-
termine if irradiation of male hamsters will result in
chromosome aberrations being produced in the embry-
onic tissue of their progeny, and to determine the fre-
quency and types of such aberrations. Adult males were
irradiated with 400 rads of 250 kv x-rays delivered at
80 r per minute and then mated with proven females.
Gravid females were sacrificed after 12 days, individual
embryos were minced and grown in vitro for 5 days, at
which time slide preparations were made for metaphase
analysis. Karyotype analyses of all readible metaphases
were made for each preparation and cells were classi-
fied as to the type and frequency of chromosome aber-
rations they contained. These preliminary findings will
be presented.

(131)

The Subspecies of the Crawfish Procambarus
hagenianus (Faxon) (Decapoda; Astacidae)

J. F. Fitzpatrick, Jr., Mississippi State University

In 1938 (Iowa St. Coll. J. Sci., 13: 75-76) Lyle indi-
cated that the burrowing crawfish Procambarus hagen-
ianus (Faxon) exists in four identifiable subspecies by
the publication of nomina nuda. No subsequent data
were published. Because of the habits of the animal,
collection of specimens is difficult, and Lyle’s specimens
were lost. Lyle’s specimens were found by the writer,
additional specimens collected, and the species studied.
Peculiarities of the male and female chela, the antennal
scale, and apparent substrate preference validate the sub-
species as indicated by Lyle (op. cit.). (Supported in
part by NSF Grant GB-4719).

(121)

Pattern of Incorporation of Labeled Nucleic Acid
Precursors in Wheat Root Pericycle 1
D. E. Foard, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Autoradiographs of wheat root sections reveal that tri-
tiated thymidine and tritiated uridine, although incor-
porated into different cell parts, have similar incorpora-
tion patterns when observed at the tissue level. In semi-
nal roots longer than 10 mm, cells of basal regions are
unlabeled with two exceptions : ( 1 ) scattered cortical and
vascular parenchymatous cells and (2) cells in localized
regions of the pericycle where lateral roots are arising.
The labeling pattern in the pericycle is interesting be-
cause it closely parallels certain cytological changes.
Cells are intensely labeled in the apical region of the

pericycle; these cells are rich in cytoplasmic structure
and are growing and dividing. Cells are unlabeled in
basal regions; cytoplasmic structure becomes degenerate,
and growth and cell division cease. Localized groups of
labeled cells appear in basal regions of the pericycle
where, associated with lateral root initiation, cytoplasmic
structure is rejuvenated, and cell division and growth
occur.

1 Research sponsored by the U. S. Atomic Energy
Commission under contract with the Union Carbide
Corporation.

(91)

Hybridization of Peromyscus and Human
Hemoglobins

Charles W. Foreman, University of the South

Mixtures of specific hemoglobins were dialysed at low
pH to effect dissociation into subunits. The subunits
were then allowed to recombine slowly by dialysis at
neutral pH. Human and different specific Peromyscus
hemoglobins recombined in this manner yielded hybrid
molecules of electrophoretic mobility different from those
of any parental hemoglobins. Mixtures of different spe-
cific Peromyscus hemoglobins treated similarly yielded
no electrophoretically separable recombinants. These re-
sults are consistent with the hypothesis that Peromyscus
hemoglobins share either an alpha or a beta chain of
identical electric charge.

(62)

Utilizing the Pattern of Growth of Juncus
roemerianus to Estimate Net Leaf Production

William A. Foster and Linda Stroud,

North Carolina State University

The living and total lengths of individual leaves were
measured repeatedly at approximately monthly intervals
under field conditions. Leaves with 2.5 cm or less dead
material were classified as green and those with more
than 2.5 cm dead but with some green were classified as
green-dead. The rate of growth of the whole leaf and
the rate of death of the living portion were much greater
in the summer than in the winter. Consequently the
rates of transfer of leaves from the green to green-dead
and from the green-dead to dead categories were much
greater in the summer than in the winter. The number
of green and green-dead leaves present at seven sample
periods was obtained from clip-plot samples. Net leaf
production can be calculated by combining the rates of
transfer between categories with the number of leaves
present at the beginning of each time interval.

(15)

Residue Studies with a 14C-labeled Endothall
Defoliant Formulation in Cotton

C. L. Foy and D. E. Seaman,1 Virginia Polytechnic
Institute and Syracuse University Research Corporation

Portions of mature greenhouse-grown cotton ( Gossy -
pium hirsutum L.) were sprayed with a defoliation-
accelerating formulation containing 14C-labeled 7-oxabi-
cyclo [2.2.1] heptane-2, 3-dicarboxylic acid (endothall).
Absorption, distribution and residue patterns of 14C were
determined by autoradiography and liquid scintillation
counting (following Schoeniger flask combustion). Vari-
ables studied were (a) test location (plant populations
having different histories and boll loads); (b) defoliant
formulation (alone and in 1:1 combination with com-
mercial tributyl phosphoratrithioite defoliant); (c) rate

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

37

of defoliant (recommended rate and twice the amount);
(d) spray volume (10 and 25 gpa, simulating air and
ground application, respectively); and (e) harvest date
(3 and 10 days after treatment). Plant parts above and
below the treated portion contained radioactivity in gen-
eral distribution, indicating translocation of endothall-
14C metabolites. Fuzzy seed coats contained radioactiv-
ity either from direct spraying or contamination during
mechanical delinting. Seed coats from acid delinted
samples were free of radioactivity, with one exception.
Seed meats contained no detectable 14C residues.

1 Both authors, formerly University of California,
Davis, California.

(52)

Studies on Soil Fungi from West Pakistan

Lafayette Frederick, Atlanta University,
Chester R. Benjamin, USD A, Beltsville, Maryland, and
Joseph C. White, Atlanta University

Cooperative studies are being conducted on the com-
position of the mycoflora in Pakistanian soils. Several
isolation techniques and a variety of culture media are
being employed in these investigations. Imperfect fungi
have been found to be the predominant forms with As-
pergillus, Penicillium, and Fusarium species the most
abundant. Next in frequency of occurrence are species
representing the genera Paecilomyces, Ulocladium, Cur-
vularia, Helminthosporium, Fusidium, and Trichoderma.
Among the species of Aspergillus isolated some are espe-
cially noteworthy and may represent hitherto undescribed
species. Other unusual and rarely reported imperfect
fungi isolated include Acrophialophora nainiana, and
species in the genera Hansfordia and Beauveria. Note-
worthy ascomycetous isolates include species of Emeri-
cella and an apparently undescribed homothallic species
of Neurospora. A noteworthy zygomycetous fungus iso-
lated is the rarely reported Zygorhynchus japonicus.

( Research supported by Agricultural Research Service
Cooperative Research Contract No. 12-14-100-8390 (34),
U. S. Department of Agriculture.)

(128)

Psammolittoral Gastrotricha (Macrodasyoidea)
of the Mississippi Sound Area

James J. Friauf, Vanderbilt University

Few studies concerning the marine interstitial fauna of
North American coasts have been undertaken, and this
is especially time for the Gulf of Mexico with particular
regard to the Gastrotricha. A preliminary report is
given on a survey conducted during the summer of 1967
to ascertain, as fully as possible, the psammolittoral
macrodasyoid species in the Mississippi Sound area.
Those found within the genera Tetranchyroderma, Tur-
banella and Acanthodasys are indicated. Some physical
and chemical parameters of the sampling stations also
are discussed briefly.

(23)

Phosphofructokinase and Glycolysis
in the Corn Scutellum

L. A. Garrard and T. E. Humphreys,
University of Florida

In slices of the corn scutellum, a strong aerobic alco-
holic-fermentation is triggered by the addition of glu-
cose or fructose to the ambient solution. Glycolysis in
these slices does not appear to be controlled at the point
of phosphorylation of fructose-6-phosphate by phospho-
fructokinase (PFK). The properties of the corn scu-

tellum PFK are discussed in relation to changes in meta-
bolic intermediates during an increased rate of glyco-
lysis. It is suggested that in the absence of exogenous
sugars the rate of glycolysis is limited by the rate at
which endogenous substrates become available.

(176)

Specific Gravities of Microorganisms

Stephen M. Gittleson, University of Kentucky

Specific gravities of microorganisms have been studied
by determining in which concentrations of Renografin-
76 solutions (Squibb, methylglucamine diatrizoate) or-
ganisms become suspended. The pycnometer method
was used to measure specific gravities of these Reno-
grafin solutions at 14°, 20°, and 26° C.

The protozoa — Polytomella agilis, Polytomella caeca,
Euglena gracilis v. bacillaris, Tetrahymena pyriformis\
yeast — Saccharomyces cerevisiae; bacteria — V itreoscilla
sp. strain UNH-L, Bacillus cereus strain T (vegetative)
and Bacillus cereus strain T (dormant spores) have spe-
cific gravities respectively of 1.020, 1.020, 1.040, 1.060,
1.080, 1.060, 1.240 and 1.320. The higher specific grav-
ity of Bacillus cereus spores compared with vegetative
forms may be associated with a higher content of cal-
cium-dipicolinate and dehydration of the spore. Gen-
erally, bacteria and yeast with thicker cell walls are more
dense than protozoa which contain larger amounts of
lipid. (This study has been supported by the University
of Kentucky Research Foundation.)

(22)

Cancelling Errors in the Quantitative
Determination of a-Amylase Activity

Alan H. Haber and Larry L. Triplett,

Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Determination of a-amylase activity using starch-iodine
color has been based on absorbancy decreases being pro-
portional to enzyme concentration and reaction time.
Provided the reagent-blank absorbancy is proportional to
starch concentration, we find the enzyme-induced ab-
sorbancy decrease is proportionately greater for smaller
than for larger values of the product of enzyme con-
centration and reaction time, which product is neverthe-
less constant for any given absorbancy decrease. Pre-
vious findings that the absorbancy decrease appeared
proportional to enzyme concentration and time may be
explained by combining this error with a second possible
error: lack of proportionality between absorbancy and
starch concentration apart from any hydrolysis. The two
errors tend to cancel each other. Since determinations
should not depend upon cancelling errors, quantitative
assay should not be based upon the magnitude of the
absorbancy change but upon the constant product of
enzyme concentration and reaction time to produce a
given absorbancy change. (Research sponsored by the
U. S. Atomic Energy Commission under contract with
the Union Carbide Corporation.)

(74)

A Colorimetric Method for Determining Oxygen
Concentration in Terrestrial Systems

Mary H. Haecker, Robert J. Beyers, and
Michael H. Smith, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory

This method utilizes essentially the same principles of
the manganous hydroxide potassium iodide oxidation-
reduction reactions (Winkler method) for determining
concentrations of oxygen in water. The method has been
adapted for use with samples of gas. The amount of
iodine released in the reaction is directly proportional to

38

ASB Bulletin

the oxygen concentration in the sample. The relation-
ship between absorbance at 500 mu and 0_> concentra-
tion is linear (r = .99). This technique is especially
valuable for field research and is accurate over a rela-
tively wide range of oxygen concentrations.

(54)

Growth Rate of the Lichen Parmelia caperata

Mason E. Hale, Smithsonian Institution

Growth rates of Parmelia caperata on rocks in the
vicinity of Washington, D.C., have been measured for a
continuous period of almost three years. Photographs
are being taken at intervals of three days to six weeks,
and using large prints as a base the rates can be deter-
mined with an accuracy of 0.01 to 0.10 mm. In general
growth appears to be stepwise, occurring during periods
of precipitation and as long thereafter as the plants re-
main moist but ceasing for as much as 2-3 weeks in dry
spells. The strongest correlation is with length of cloudy
period that follows rainstorms rather than with total
amount of rain. There is measurable growth in every
month. Total annual growth is near 8 mm and maxi-
mum rates are of the order of 1.5 mm per month.

(108)

Loss of Organic Compounds from Arachis
hypogaea L. Growing in Gnotobiotic Conditions
M. G. Hale, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The loss of organic compounds from plants is a well
documented occurrence. Loss may occur from all or-
gans and most of the compounds found within plants
have been found outside living plants under one con-
dition or another. Such compounds have been impli-
cated in ecological relationships which involve interac-
tions between plant-and-plant, and between plant-and-
microorganisms. Little information is available on quan-
tities released, effects of various environmental factors on
this release, and the sources of released compounds. In
quantitative and qualitative studies it is necessary to re-
sort to aseptic culture techniques because of the possibil-
ity of rapid degradation of these organic compounds by
microorganisms. Techniques of aseptically culturing
peanut plants, Arachis hypogaea L., results of analyses
of materials released from roots and fruits and their
possible significance will be discussed.

(51)

Uncommon Soil Fungi Isolated from Peanut
Fruits in the Southeastern United States
Richard T. Hanlin, University of Georgia

During a survey of the fungous flora of peanut (Ara-
chis hypogaea L.) fruits grown in six southeastern states,
several fungi were isolated which appear to be uncom-
mon in this area. Four of these fungi are described
here. All were isolated from peanut fruits that had
been surface-sterilized to eliminate external fungi. Scy-
talidium lignicola Pesante (Dematiaceae) was found in
peanuts in North Carolina, Alabama, and Virginia; Tri-
churus spiralis Hasselbring (Stilbaceae) was found in
Virginia peanut seed; Starkeyomyces koorchalomoides
Agnihothrudu (Tuberculariaceae) was isolated from pea-
nut fruits in Georgia, North Carolina, Virgina, Okla-
homa, and Texas; and a white mutant of Aspergillus
flavus Link ex Fr. was found on peanut seed in Georgia.

(130)

Epidermal Morphology of Corvomeyenia sp.

Frederick W. Harrison and Felix H. Lauter,
University of South Carolina and Presbyterian College

Specimens of the fresh-water sponge Corvomeyenia
sp. were grown in the laboratory on microscope slides or
on cover slips. The outgrowth region of tissue was sep-
arated from the original sponge. Fixed outgrowths were
stained by various histological and histochemical tech-
niques. Living outgrowth preparations were studied with
phase contrast microscopy. These studies show that epi-
dermal regions of Corvomeyenia sp. are normally cellu-
lar. Local areas of the upper epidermis may be syncy-
tial when undergoing reduction. All ameboid cell types
are present upon the surface of the upper epidermis.
Porocytes are present. Pinacocytes are sometimes nu-
cleolate. Pinacocytes are characterized by little histo-
chemically demonstrable cytoplasmic RNA, carbohy-
drate, or lipid. Basal pinacocytes utilize filopodia and
lobopodia in phagocytotic activities. Acid phosphatase
activity in these cells is possibly localized in phagosomes.

(184)

Movements of the Eastern Worm Snake,
Carphophis amoenus amoenus

Michael J. Harvey, James W. Hardin,
Memphis State University, and
Roger W. Barbour, University of Kentucky

Movements of ten eastern worm snakes ( Carphophis
amoenus amoenus) were studied using radioisotope tag-
ging and tracing techniques. The study was conducted
at Robinson Forest, Breathitt County, Kentucky, from
early May to late October, 1966. Snakes were tagged
subcutaneously, using a hypodermic needle and plunger
apparatus, with 50-80 microcurie Co® alloy wire tags.
Detection apparatus consisted of a model 489 Thyac II
survey meter equipped with earphones, shoulder strap,
and scintillation probe mounted at one end of a 3 m
tubular aluminum pole. Each snake was located 46-89
times. Home ranges were calculated using the minimum
area method and averaged 253 nr (range, 23-486 m2).
The longest known movement during a 24 hr period was
45 m (in 14 hr 30 min). Most movements were made
at night. Periods of inactivity ranged from a few min-
utes to over 14 days. Snakes displaced distances of 150,
400, and 800 m from where captured, exhibited no hom-
ing ability.

(32)

The Phytotron: A Tool for Botanical Research
in the Southeast
Henry Hellmers, Duke University

The two unit Phytotron at Duke University and North
Carolina State University is currently undergoing final
testing. By late spring it will be ready for full use as a
botanical research tool. The physical facilities of the
Southeastern Plant Environment Laboratories, as the
phytotron is officially named, will be described. Ap-
proximately 100 individually controlled environmental
areas will be available for growing and testing plants.
The criteria for establishing and the accuracy of con-
trolling the various parameters of the environment will
be presented. Examples of some types of experiments
that best can be conducted in the phytotron will be dis-
cussed.

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

39

Manometric Measurement of Turgor Pressures
in the Bole of Slash Pine

Frank A. Helseth, Southeastern Forest Experiment
Station, Olustee, Florida

Oleoresin exudation pressure (O.E.P.) in slash pine
( Pinus elliottii Engelm.) results from (1) the quantity
of oleoresin in the duct and (2) turgor pressure changes
in the epithelial cells lining the ducts. The quantity of
oleoresin in a single tree can be considered as constant
for short periods of time. However, there is consider-
able variation among trees which may influence the mini-
mum O.E.P.

The diurnal patterns of O.E.P. clearly reflect dehy-
dration and rehydration of cells and tissues. Pressures
are maximal (9-12 atm.) just at dawn and minimal (3-
5 atm.) in the afternoon, corresponding to increases in
moisture stress. Upon opening of the stomates in the
morning, pressures begin to decrease rapidly in the upper
crown, proceeding basipetally with the transmission of
moisture tensions down the bole. These diurnal pres-
sure changes are positively correlated with atmospheric
relative humidity and negatively correlated with changes
in temperature and needle moisture stress (by pressure
bomb). Pressures at the base of the bole normally ex-
ceed those in the crown, the gradient usually approxi-
mating 1 atm./ 10 m. at night and increasing during the
day.

(14)

Extraction and Partial Identity of Unknown
Phenolic Derivative in Avena Coleoptile

James H. M. Henderson and Cecelia Phillips,
Tuskegee Institute

Flavonoid complexes extracted from dark-grown
Avena coleoptiles were isolated by column chromatog-
raphy, yielding two fractions, designated as B and C.
Ultraviolet spectral analysis of the fractions revealed
absorption maxima at 227, 275, 281, and 267 millimi-
crons for fraction B, and one absorption peak at 255
millimicrons for fraction C. Paper chromatography of
the two fractions gave Rf values of 0.9, 0.43, and 0.20
for fraction B, and 0.92 and 0.20 for fraction C.

These fractions and their alkaline and acid hydro-
lysates were assayed using the Avena first internode test
and compared with similar assays of synthetic flavanoids,
kaempferol and quercitin. The results indicate that both
of these exhibit a stimulatory effect on the growth of
excised internode sections, but only in the presence of
exogenous indoleacetic acid.

The data obtained from the assays of the unknown
compounds reveal that fraction B contains a factor which
stimulates elongation in the presence of indoleacetic acid.
These results are analagous to those obtained with ka-
empferol and quercitin. Based on pervious evidence by
physical methods, the tentative conclusion may be made
that the unknown factor in the extracts of Avena coleop-
tile is kaempferol.

(134)

The Poison Apparatus of Dasymutilla occidentalis
(Hymenoptera: Mutillidae)

Henry R. Hermann, University of Georgia

The basic constituents of the poison apparatus of
Dasymutilla occidentalis (L.) are similar to those found
in most other hymenopterous insects. However, several
of the sclerites have undergone some modification so that
the apparatus functions as an extremely important de-
fensive mechanism.

Omalonyx unguis (Gastropoda: Pulmonata:
Succineidae) from Ecuador
Pat W. Hermann, University of Georgia

Life history data on the snail, Omalonyx unguis (Fe-
russac), are presented, including habitat, food prefer-
ence, and reproduction.

(169)

Some Effects of Low Temperature Treatment on
Sporocarp Germination and Gametophyte
Development in Marsilea L.

J. M. Herr, Jr. and David H. Rembert, Jr.,
University of South Carolina

Scarified sporocarps of Marsilea sp. placed in water
and subjected to a temperature of 40° F (4.4° C) for
42 hours germinated slowly to produce elongated soro-
phores. Megaspores and microspores were released ap-
proximately 2 hours after the germinated sporocarps
were returned to room temperature. Within the next
24 hours, the megaspores produced mature megagameto-
phytes with protruding archegonia. Concomitantly, the
microspores produced endosporic microgametophytes.
With dehiscence of the microspore walls, however, whole
antheridia instead of motile sperm were shed. Later, the
antheridia released spherical sperm apparently none of
which achieved motility and function. In the next 48
hours, most of the archegonia enlarged markedly in
simulated calyptra development. Of these archegonia,
designated calyptroids, many became chlorotic and grad-
ually disintegrated. Several calyptroids, apparently
through apogamy, formed sporophytes which were char-
acteristically slow in growth and short lived. These
apogamous plants otherwise departed from the features
of typical, diploid sporophytes in pattern of growth, vas-
cular distribution, and structure of the early, spatulate
leaves.

(58)

Autecological Study of Roadside and Field-
Pasture Populations of Helenium amarum
(Raf.) H. Rock

Violet Ann Hicks, University of N. C. at Chapel Hill

Helenium amarum (Raf.) H. Rock, the common
sneezeweed or bitterweed occurring throughout the
coastal and piedmont areas of the Southeast, has been
observed to differ greatly in appearance. When road-
side populations of bitterweed are compared with field
and pasture populations, the former are considerably
shorter, have fewer branches and flower heads, etc. Au-
tecological studies were conducted comparing 15 road-
side populations and 15 field-pasture populations to dis-
cover whether the distinctions observed in the natural
populations are due entirely to environmental conditions.
In an attempt to determine if these populations are
simply ecophenes, seed germination, growth-chamber,
greenhouse, and botanical garden experiments were
established. In several studies differences in appearance
of the populations were retained in the progeny grown
from seed.

(151)

The Possibility of Host Specificity in the Genus
Ornilhocy there (Ostracoda, Entocytheridae)

H. H. Hobbs, III, Mississippi State University

The discovery of a new species of the ostracod genus
Ornithocy there in Northern Mississippi presents evidence

40

ASB Bulletin

for the possibility of host specificity in the family Ento-
cytheridae. O. waltonae Hobbs, Jr. is commensal with
Procambarus a. acutus and Cambarus d. diogenes at the
type locality. Elsewhere, it is found only on C. d. dio-
genes. Likewise, the new species found in Mississippi is
also in association only with C. d. diogenes.

The general agreement is that the Entocytheridae are
not parasitic on their crayfish hosts. With this in mind,
the development of host specificity is hard to imagine.
Whether or not this apparent specificity is related to the
crayfish habitat or other factors is unknown, but at pres-
ent some definite association between the genus Orni-
thocythere and the burrowing crayfish C. d. diogenes
appears to exist. (Supported in part by NSF Grant
GB-4719.)

(109)

Carbohydrates and Nitrogenous Compounds in
the Inner Bark of Loblolly Pine: Influence of the
Southern Pine Beetle and Associated Stain Fungi

John D. Hodges and Stanley J. B arras,
Southern Forest Experiment Station

Inner bark contains at least 34 free amino acids, of
which 20 appear in the protein fraction. Storage of cut
bolts for two weeks at 75° F. and 60-70% relative hu-
midity resulted in a marked decrease in free amino acids
and non-reducing sugars and an increase in protein-bound
amino acids. Infestation by the southern pine beetle
( Dendroctonus frontalis Zimm.) and/or associated stain
fungi caused an additional decrease in free amino acids,
soluble N, reducing sugars, and non-reducing sugars, and
an increase in protein amino acids, insoluble N, and
total N. Reducing sugars apparently were utilized be-
fore non-reducing sugars by the stain fungi as a carbon
source.

(57)

The Effect of Gibberellic Acid on Mycelial
Growth and Toxin Formation in Isolates of
Ceratocystis ulmi

Maggie P. Hurd and Lafayette Frederick,
Atlanta University

Six isolates of Ceratocystis ulmi, varying in pathogenic
capacity, have been cultured on media containing 10, 50,
100, 400 and 1000 ppm of gibberellic acid (GA) in or-
der to determine the effect this growth regulator has on
mycelial growth and toxin formation. Mycelial growth
was determined in two ways. Data on radial mycelial
growth were obtained by culturing isolates on a syn-
thetic nutrient agar medium. Data on mycelial yield
were determined as dry weight of mycelium and were
obtained by growing isolates in shake culture in a liquid
nutrient medium. Some evidence of a stimulatory growth
response was exhibited by some isolates at GA con-
centrations of 10 and 50 ppm. Mycelial growth of all
isolates were inhibited at the higher GA concentrations.

Filtrates from shake cultures sterilized by filtration,
were assayed for toxin titres. Titres were determined as
the extent of wilting induced in 4 to 5 week-old tomato
cuttings by culture filtrates. Filtrates from isolates cul-
tured at 10 and 100 ppm of GA generally induced high
wilting percentages. Filtrates from isolates cultured at
400 and 1000 ppm of GA induced low wilting percent-
ages. The highest reduction in toxin titre were found in
filtrates from isolates classed as moderately pathogenic.

(182)

A Study of Allometric Growth in Pseudemys
concinna suwanniensis Carr (Order: Testudinata)

Crawford G. Jackson, Jr.,

Mississippi State College for Women

A biometrical study of allometry in the Suwannee ter-
rapin was made of the natural population of Fannin
Spring in north-central Florida. Between November,
1960, and November, 1967, 230 randomly-collected in-
dividuals were measured, marked, and released. Sep-
arate records for each individual were kept, and con-
sisted of 6 linear measurements: carapace length, cara-
pace width, plastron length, anterior plastron width, pos-
terior plastron width, and width of bridge. During the
7-year period of investigation, 140 individuals (61%)
were recaptured from 1 to 12 times. From original
measurements and those obtained at subsequent recap-
tures, relative and absolute growth rate analyses were
made with respect to size and sex. With the data avail-
able from 62 males and 57 females, rate of increase of
carapace length is greater in females (Kg = .189 versus
Kg = .170) as is the absolute rate of the 5 other linear
shell measurements analyzed. Anterior plastron width,
posterior plastron width, and bridge width exhibit iso-
metric growth with respect to carapace length in females.
The greatest sexual difference in relative growth occurs
in the rate of increase of bridge width, while the least
sexual difference occurs in the rate of increase of plas-
tron length. (Supported in part by a Sigma Xi-ReSA
Grant-in-Aid.)

(125)

Marine Commensal Bivalve Mollusks from
North Carolina

Charles E. Jenner and Anne B. McCrary,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, and
Wrightsville Marine Bio-Medical Laboratory, Wilmington

Recent studies on the coast of North Carolina at
Wrightsville Beach have revealed an exceedingly inter-
esting, but almost completely unknown, faunal element
involving species of bivalve mollusks living commen-
sally with various invertebrates. Seven species have been
recorded from the following hosts: a sea cucumber ( Lep -
tosynapta inherens (O. F. Muller), brittle stars, a capi-
tellid annelid (two species), a polynoid annelid. Squill a
impusa Say, and an echiurid worm. All of the above
species of clams except the species associated with the
last host listed belong to the Superfamily Erycinacea.
Many of these show remarkable morphological modifi-
cations associated with commensalism. Their structure
and biology will be described, including an account of
the extreme degree of sexual dimorphism in Montacuta
percompressa Dali (commensal on L. inherens). In this
species the males are dwarf and degenerate and occur as
parasites in the mantle tissue of the female. This phe-
nomenon has not been reported previously in bivalve
mollusks.

(7)

Sodium and Magnesium Interactions
in Cotton Nutrition

H. E. JOHAM AND M. C. PAREKH,

Texas A & M University

Cotton plants were grown in nutrient solutions in
which sodium and magnesium levels were varied. Boll
weight was inversely related to sodium concentration.
Increasing substrate magnesium tended to offset the ad-
verse effects of high substrate sodium.

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

41

A variety effect was noted in relation to sodium tol-
erance. With Stoneville 7A, an increase in substrate
sodium to 50 ml/1 caused a 33% reduction in yield.
When magnesium was added (20 ml/1) to the high sub-
strate sodium level, the yield reduction amounted to
26%. In Acala 1517D the same treatments accounted
for 81 and 53% yield reduction respectively. These re-
sults indicate that added substrate magnesium may par-
tially reduce the effects of toxic sodium levels.

(6)

Effect of Sodium Substitution for Calcium
on the Translocation of Carbohydrates
in Excised Cotton Roots

Lamar Johanson and H. E. Joham,

Texas A & M University

Studies were conducted to determine the role of sodi-
um in maintaining carbohydrate translocation (as meas-
ured by Cu) in excised cotton roots. In two different
six-day experiments the following trend was observed.
A — Ca + Na medium led to significantly greater trans-
location of carbohydrate than a — Ca — Na medium, but
was significantly less than in the -fCa + Na medium.
Since the radioactive sucrose was supplied only to the
distal portion of the excised roots, little carbohydrate
was absorbed and growth was curtailed. The rate of
respiration and RQ values of the roots were independent
of nutrient treatment. Visual observations indicated that
the roots were flaccid in the absence of sodium, but they
were quite turgid when sodium was present. These stud-
ies support the conclusion that there is a direct sodium
effect on translocation of carbohydrates.

(114)

Changes of Carotenoids and Lipoxidase Activity
in Peanuts During Maturation and Curing

Elizabeth B. Johns, H. E. Pattee, and A. E. Purcell,
North Carolina State University and ARS, USDA

The effects of maturation and curing on the carotenoid
concentration, color, and quantity of extracted oil, and
on lipoxidase activity have been studied. The caroten-
oid level in the peanut kernel increased through the sev-
enth week from pegging and then remained nearly con-
stant. The percent oil showed a linear increase through-
out maturation. The carotenoid concentration in the
extracted oil, however, showed a very rapid reduction
to the tenth week and a subdued rate of reduction from
then to maturity at twelve weeks. A slow curing rate
was also demonstrated to reduce significantly the caro-
tenoid concentration of the oil. A lipoxidase system
capable of decolorizing carotenoids was demonstrated
and the activity was shown to increase rapidly with ma-
turity. Comparison of activity from uncured and cured
peanuts showed the cured peanuts to have a significantly
higher level.

(86)

Comparative Physiology of Bovine and
Porcine Spermatozoa
Clyde Edgar Johnson, Jr., Clark College

This work describes the results of studies which de-
termined the effects of anions on bull and boar sperm,
under the influence of various cationic carriers, buffer
systems, substrate levels, and temperatures. It was dem-
onstrated that the nitrate ion enhanced motility, oxygen
uptake, carbohydrate uptake and lactate production in
bull sperm. The “NOa effect” was modified by the ca-
tionic carrier and abolished by lower temperatures and

the absence of extracellular substrate. Nitrate and chlor-
ide ions not only influenced the magnitude of bull sperm
metabolism, but the metabolic pattern of metabolism as
well. Chloride ions appeared to favor respiration, the
NOs ion effected a more equal utilization of the glyco-
lytic and respiratory pathways. The “NCL effect” could
not be demonstrated with boar sperm. The CL uptake of
boar sperm in nitrate and chloride was the same. Glu-
cose uptake and lactate production by boar sperm ap-
peared to be increased in chloride.

(89)

Hemolysis as a Cause of Green Tissues Among
Neotropical Frogs

Duvall A. Jones, Carnegie-Mellon University

High concentrations of biliverdin have been found in
tissues and body fluids of some species of Neotropical
frogs and tadpoles. The cause of this green pigmenta-
tion is unknown, but evidence indicates that hemoglobin
from hemolyzed red blood cells may be the source of
biliverdin. Accumulation of the green pigment appears
to be due to defective excretion by the liver. High en-
vironmental temperatures and hormonal effects are sug-
gested as hemolytic factors; these agents may affect liver
function also. (Supported in part by a Sigma-Xi - ReSA
Grant-in-Aid and by Grant GB-3644 from the National
Science Foundation.)

(13)

Tracer Studies with Three 14C-labeled Herbicides,
DMSO and Tween 80 in Black Valentine Bean

D. W. Jones and C. L. Foy,

Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia

Primary leaves of 21-day old beans (Phaseolus vul-
garis L.) were treated with 14C-labeled dimethylsulfoxide
(DMSO), 2-methoxy-3,6-dichlorobenzoic acid (dicam-
ba), l,l'-dimethyl-4,4'-bipyridinium salt) and 2-chloro-
4-ethylamino-6-isopropylamino-^-triazine (atrazine). Each
herbicide was tested alone and in combination with 0.5%
Tween 80 (nonionic surfactant containing polyoxyethy-
lene sorbitan monooleate), 30% DMSO or both. DMSO
at concentrations of 25% or more caused varying de-
grees of acute toxicity. However, radioactive carbon
was generally distributed throughout the plant 5 days
after application of DMSO-14C, as determined by auto-
radiography and counting. Tween 80 enhanced whereas
DMSO apparently reduced the absorption and transloca-
tion of dicamba, a phloem-mobile herbicide. Neither
Tween 80 nor DMSO markedly affected the movement
of paraquat, which is usually regarded as a contact toxi-
cant. Both Tween 80 and DMSO enhanced the foliar
uptake and (apoplastic) movement of atrazine within
the treated leaves.

(85)

The Conversion of Radioactive 17/? -Estradiol to
Urinary 2-Hydroxyestrone by Euthyroid, Hypo-,
and Hyperthyroid Hamsters

William B. Keith and Kenneth I. H. Williams,

The Worcester Foundation for Experimental Biology

The in vivo conversion of radioactive 17/3-estradiol to
2-hydroxyestrone by the female Golden Hamster has
been shown to be under thyroid control. Hypothyroid
animals (thyroidectomized and thyroid inhibited) con-
verted significantly less radioactive 17/3-estradiol to Keto-
dase hydrolyzable urinary 2-hydroxyestrone than did con-
trol animals. Conversion percentages of 17/3-estradiol in
hyperthyroid females, and in three classes of thyroid
conditioned male hamsters are also reported.

42

ASB Bulletin

(49)

Flagellar Retraction in Posteriorly
Uniflagellate Fungi

William J. Koch, University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill

Presented are observations of 17 species in the follow-
ing 14 genera, blastocladiales: Allomyces and Blasto-
cladiella. chytridiales: Asterophlyctis, Catenochytri-
dium, Chytridium, Chytriomyces, Cladochytrium, Ento-
phlyctis, Phlyctochytrium, Rhizophlyctis, Rozella, Septo-
chytrium, and 2 undescribed cladochytriaceous genera.
Recognized and described are four basic methods of
flagellar retraction: lash-around, body-twist, straight-in,
and vesicular. Variations in and combinations of the
four basic methods are described. Observations with
brightfield, darkfield, phase-contrast, and electron micro-
scopy, along with what is known from the literature, are
discussed and serve as the basis for generalized, summary
diagrams or two dimensional models of patterns of flag-
ellar retraction in posteriorly uniflagellate fungi. An
endeavor is made to put the findings reported on in this
paper in historical, morphogenetic, and phylogenetic per-
spective.

(149)

Studies on the Biology of Proterometra albacauda,
Anderson and Anderson, 1967, an
Azygiid Trematode

Wayne A. Krissinger and Krishna N. Mehra,
Georgia Southern College

Pleurocera laqueata (Say), a common river snail of
Georgia, Kentucky, and Tennessee, was collected from
Magnolia Springs, Millen, Georgia. They were found to
shed cercariae of furcocystocercous type. The morphol-
ogy of the cercaria was studied. The cercariae were
forced fed to Rana pipiens pipiens, Rana catesbeiana,
and Bufo terrestris. Adult parasites were recovered from
the esophagus and stomach of these amphibians and were
identified as Proterometra albacauda. The fishes Lepo-
mis macrochirus macrochirus and L. punctatus punctatus
were infected by dropping cercariae in their acquaria.
The fish were observed to swallow the cercariae in a
few minutes. Both species of fish were found to have
this trematode in the esophagus and the stomach. L. m.
macrochirus and L. p. punctatus were caught from the
same site from which snails were collected. They were
found to harbor adults of this trematode in the esophagus
and stomach.

Pleurocera laqueata (Say) is reported as a new inter-
mediate host and Lepomis punctatus punctatus is re-
ported as a new host for this parasite.

(Supported by grant-in-aid from the Research Fund of
Georgia Southern College.)

(87)

Ventromedial Hypothalamic Lesions and Their
Effects on Fat Deposition and Other Physiological
Phenomena in Migratory Birds
Wayne J. Kuenzel, University of Georgia

There currently exists three methods by which birds
can be induced to rapidly store up fat:

1) By manipulating the photoperiod (A. Wolfson, J.
Exp. Zool. 125, 353-376, 1954; D. Farner In A. Wolfson
(ed), Recent studies in avian biology, Univ. Illinois
Press, Urbana, 1955);

2) By injecting hormones (D. Farner, Gen. Comp.
Endocrinol. 4, 584-595, 1964; A. Meier and K. Davis,
Gen. Comp. Endocrinol. 8, 110-114, 1967);

3) By lesioning the ventromedial hypothalamic area
of the brain (W. Kuenzel and C. Helms, BioSci. 17, 395-
396, 1967).

Employing the last method, we have observed that the
fattening response in lesioned birds is quite similar to the
naturally occurring response during the spring. It is our
opinion that the control of fattening in migratory birds
is effected by photic information eventually activating
particular diencephalic regions, regulating feeding be-
havior, within the avian brain.

(5)

Dual Mechanisms of Phosphorus Uptake in
Euglena gracilis Klebs

Philip A. LaHaye and James G. Gosselink,
Louisiana State University

The rate of absorption of phosphorus has been studied
in Euglena gracilis. Two transport mechanisms for phos-
phorus have been suggested in the light of the kinetic
data obtained. Mechanismi is active in a concentration
range of 0. 2-2.0 mg./ 100 ml. K-HPO, and mechanism™
at a concentration range 10-fold higher (2.0-20.0 mg./
100 ml.). Higher concentration ranges tested gave re-
sults indicative of passive uptake.

(35)

The Moss Flora of Georgia: Interesting Species
Which Have Been Found in the State

Robert K. Lampton, West Georgia College

Intensive collecting activities and researches into the
Bryoflora of the State of Georgia have turned up species
of mosses growing therein which are unusual in that the
range of the species concerned has been extended con-
siderably beyond the previously known geographical dis-
tribution. Merceya ligulata (Spruce) Schimp., one of
the so-called “copper mosses” is abundant in Stewart
County and Cryphaea ravenellii Aust. has been collected
in at least three widely scattered counties. Other species
thought to have a limited distribution in the southeastern
states are expected to be found growing in Georgia. In-
formation about habitats and distribution of these species
is discussed as well as the status of Bryology in the State
of Georgia.

(28)

Analysis of Polyethylene Glycol in Plant
Material and its Absorption by Corn ( Zea mays
L. Gramineae), Bean ( Phaseolus vulgaris L.;
Papilionaceae) and Cotton ( Gossypium
hirsutum L.; Malvaceae)

David W. Lawlor, Duke University

The increasing use of Polyethylene glycols to reduce
the water potential of the rooting medium of plants
grown hydroponically, requires study on absorption of
the polymer and possible adverse effects upon growth.
Analysis was performed by a turbidimetric method (Hy-
den, S., 1956. Kungl. Lantbraks Hogskolans Annaler 22
139-145), which was found to be sensitive and simple to
perform. Complete recovery of Polyethylene glycol was
not achieved by water extraction of cotton and yellow
poplar leaves and attempts to extract it are described and
reasons for incomplete recovery discussed. Intact plants
absorbed little Polyethylene glycol when grown for up to
two weeks in concentrated solutions. Cutting the root
system led to increased absorption and the effects upon
plant-water potential and transpiration are considered.
It is suggested that Polyethylene glycol blocks the path-
ways of water movement in the leaf.

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

43

(27)

Oleoresin Exudation Pressure and Relative Water
Content of Inner Bark as Indicators of Moisture
Stress in Loblolly Pine

Peter L. Lorio, Jr. and John D. Hodges,
Southern Forest Experiment Station

Diurnal patterns of oleoresin exudation pressure
(OEP) of 40-year-old loblolly pine (Pinus taeda L.)
were related to changes in soil and atmospheric moisture.
Single, early-morning measurements were not closely re-
lated to soil moisture stress. Relative water content
(RWC) of inner bark reflected soil moisture status and
diameter growth response, and apparently was affected
by atmospheric moisture deficit. Trees continuously
flooded eventually showed the most severe reduction in
OEP and RWC. Daily average OEP was related to
microsite differences during a severe fall drought. Trees
on flat, usually wet sites lost significantly more pressure
than those on low (0.3 to 0.6 meter) mounds. This re-
ponse was attributed to a deficient fine-root system on
flat sites.

(113)

Studies on Respiration of Pine Pollen

Karen B. Luquire, Linda B. Edwards, and
Raymond W. Holton, University of Tennessee

Pollen can metabolize exogenously supplied sugars.
We have examined the effects of sucrose, glucose, fruc-
tose, and mannose on the respiratory rate of pollen of
Pinus virginiana Mill. Although sucrose, glucose and
fructose stimulate the rate over a phosphate buffer con-
trol, mannose significantly inhibits respiration and pollen
tube development. Experiments in which various con-
centrations of sugars and pairs of sugar have been used
do not suggest that the mannose inhibition is by a simple
competition mechanism. Essentially no differences in
response to the sugars were noted for pollen collected in
the spring of 1966 or spring of 1967 and stored at low
temperature and humidity since collection. We have ob-
served that a gas is evolved immediately after the pollen
is wetted, either under anaerobic or aerobic conditions.
The gas is not carbon dioxide and efforts are being made
to identify it and to understand its significance, if any,
in pollen respiration and germination.

(21)

Studies on Glutamic Acid Decarboxylase from
Cucurbita pepo L. cv Summer Crookneck

Brena Lee Mackey and Aubrey W. Naylor,
Duke University

Crude glutamic decarboxylase preparations derived
from squash appear to be specific for glutamic acid and
require pyridoxal phosphate as a coenzyme. The pros-
thetic group is held tenaciously against dialysis. The pH
optimum for squash glutamic acid decarboxylase is nar-
row and activity is irreversibly lost if the pH deviates ap-
preciably from 5.7. In the lyophilized condition the en-
zyme is quite stable, but much activity is lost after a few
hours in solution regardless of efforts to preserve it. Our
most highly purified glutamic acid decarboxylase pre-
paration was obtained by employing a heat step, frac-
tional ammonium sulfate precipitation and alumina gel
and calcium phosphate gel adsorption. A 48-fold in-
crease in specific activity over the starting homogenate
with a 22 percent yield of the original activity was
achieved. From its pH optimum, stability on dialysis,
behavior on Sephadex columns and half-life in solution
it is concluded that squash glutamic decarboxylase is
distinctly different from that found in bacteria and ani-
mals.

(183)

Photoperiod Acclimation of High Temperature
Tolerance in Tropical and Temperate Frogs
Joseph J. Mahoney, Jr., University of Georgia

Goldfish, Crucian carp, and painted turtles are known
to have greater thermal tolerance when acclimated to
long photoperiods. It has been suggested that such
photoperiod acclimation may be adaptive in “preaccli-
mating” temperate zone animals for the longer, hotter
days of summer. This report presents a comparison of
the effect of photoperiod acclimation on the thermal tol-
erance of a tropical frog and a temperate frog. Rana
pipiens, the temperate frog, when acclimatized to LD
8:16 (photoperiod regimes of eight hours of light alter-
nating with sixteen hours of darkness), LD 12:12, and
LD 16:8 at both 15° C and 25° C, had greatest thermal
tolerance at the longest photoperiod. However, Hyla
labialis, the tropical species, had greatest thermal tol-
erance at 25° C when acclimated to its natural tropical
photoperiod. At 15° C thermal tolerance was lowest at
LD 12:12, which may reflect an increased tolerance to
cold.

(70)

The Apparent Cultural Eutrophication of
Mountain Lake, Virginia

Frederick C. Marland, University of Georgia, and
Stuart E. Neff, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Phytoplankton records of the Mountain Lake Biologi-
cal Station provide evidence that Mountain Lake has be-
come slightly more eutrophic in a 30-year period. Phy-
toplankton quotients have doubled between 1930 and
1960. An increase of the CaC03 alkalinity has also oc-
curred. These effects are thought to have been caused
by the enrichment from 6 hotel cottages and disturbances
in the drainage basin due to the construction of the pres-
ent hotel in 1936.

(142)

Carbohydrates in Adult and Larval
Proteocephalus ambloplitis (Cestoda:
Proteocephala: Proteocephalidae) from the
Small Mouth Bass, Micropterus dolomieu

Marietta Marra and Gerald Wisler Esch,
Wake Forest University

Adult and larval Proteocephalus ambloplitis were col-
lected during the summer of 1967 from netted small
mouth bass, Micropterus dolomieu. Comparative histo-
chemical distribution of glycogen between adult and
larval cestodes was determined by the periodic acid-
Schiff (PAS) reaction. In addition, chemical analyses
for glycogen, free tissue carbohydrate, and free tissue
glucose were conducted. Results will be discussed.

(42)

A Study of Isoetes Common to the Granite
Outcrops of the Southeastern Piedmont

J. F. Matthews, University of North Carolina at

Charlotte, and W. H. Murdy, Emory University

Populations of Isoetes representing two species, /.
melanospora and I. piedmontana, were collected from
thirteen granite outcrop communities in Alabama, Geor-
gia, and South Carolina. The populations were grown
under uniform water and light conditions until the plants
were matured. Morphological characters, traditionally
used to separate the species occurring on the outcrops,
were analyzed. When the population variability of the
characters was determined, the populations could be ar-

ASB Bulletin

44

ranged so that the characters formed a cline, from those
associated with one species to those of the other species.
This intergradation of morphological characters seemed
to coincide with the occurrence of intermediate habitats,
where in one case, the morphological characters of the
population graded from one species to the other. It was
not determined whether the primary control over these
characters was genetic or environmental. Two-dimen-
sional chromatographic studies of polyphenolic com-
pounds and chromosome studies provided no further
species specific data.

(175)

Stoneflies (Plecoptera) of Northwestern
South Carolina

Von H. McCaskill and Rudolph Prins,
Clemson University

Qualitative collections for adult and nymphal stone-
flies were made in a total of 116 streams over a one year
period in Oconee, Pickens, Anderson, Greenville, and
Abbeville counties. A total of 48 taxa was found. The
distributions of 21 species of nymphs were ascertained;
1 3 species were generally distributed, six were found only
above altitudes of 1000 feet, and two were found only
below 1000 feet. The most abundant stoneflies within
the study area were Acroneuria abnormis, A. xanthenes,
and Peltoperla spp. Possible reasons for the decrease in
density and diversity of stoneflies from higher to lower
altitudes include changes in substrate types and water
quality.

(185)

Upper Lethal Temperatures and the
Distribution of Fresh Water Fish
Robert W. McCauley, Waterloo Lutheran University

A good correlation exists between upper lethal tem-
peratures of fresh water fishes and the maximum sum-
mer temperatures of their habitat. For hardy species,
however, temperature apparently plays a minor role in
distribution since upper lethal temperatures often exceed
maximum environmental temperatures by more than five
centigrade degrees.

An explanation of this anomaly based on a study of
the lethal temperature relations of the land-locked sea
lamprey ( Petromyzon Marinus L) throughout its life
cycle, is suggested.

(139)

In Vitro Culture of Drosophila Wing Discs

Edward McCrady, III, University of North Carolina
at Greensboro

In vitro culture experiments on dorsal mesothoracic
(“wing”) discs of Drosophila have been carried out using
the medium of Schneider (I.E.Z. 156, 1964) supple-
mented with fetal calf serum (Grand Island Biological)
at a final concentration of 10%. After each culture
period, disc tissue was transplanted into mature third in-
star larvae and allowed to differentiate during the meta-
morphosis of the host. By varying the period of in
vitro culture from 0 to 14 days, it was determined that
the thoracic and wing forming portions of the disc re-
spond differently to the growth hormone of the larval
host. The thoracic areas tended to lose their develop-
mental capacities within one week, the average number
of macrochaetae developed declining from 10 to 1.5.
Such macrochaetae also decline in average length. The
wing area of the disc, however, developed very poorly
if transplanted without in vitro culture into a larva.

After three or more days of in vitro culture, wing area
development appears normal following transplantation.
It thus appears that a relationship exists between the two
areas which affects developmental capacity following in
vitro culture.

(45)

Fruiting Myxobacteria from the
North Carolina Seacoast
Iames C. McDonald, Wake Forest University

Tree bark and soil samples from the beaches and in-
land coastal areas of the 11 North Carolina counties
bordering the Atlantic Ocean were collected during the
summers of 1964 through 1967 and examined for fruit-
ing myxobacteria. Existing methods of isolation were
used. Sixty samples of bark from 15 tree species and
133 soil samples were studied. Myxobacteria found on
tree bark included Archangium gephyra, Archangium
primigenium, Archangium sp., Chondromyces catenula-
tus, Chondromyces medius, Podangium gracilipes, Po-
dangium lichenicolum, Stelangium muscorum, and Ste-
langium vitreum. Myxobacteria found in soil from
beach areas (low tide mark to 10 yds. beyond high tide)
included Archangium gephyra, Chondrococcus coral-
loides, Myxococcus fulvus, Myxococcus xanthus, Poly-
angiurn cellulosum var. ferrugineum, Polyangium fuscum,
Polyangium minus, and Polyangium sp. From inland
areas myxobacteria found were Archangium flavum,
Archangium gephyra, Chondrococcus sp., Chondromyces
apiculatus, Myxococcus fulvus, Myxococcus stipitatus,
Myxococcus xanthus, Polyangium cellulosum var. fer-
rugineum, P. cellulosum var. fuscum, Polyangium fus-
cum, and Sorangium nigrum. Measurement of soil pH
and organic matter content was made for each soil
sample. The pH of each tree bark sample was deter-
mined. Several correlations were noted. (This study
was supported by NSF grant GB-1814.)

(12)

Anomalous Responses of Young Tomato
( Lycopersicon esculentum, var. Marglobe)
Leaves to Phytokinin Treatment

Janiece S. McHale and Lewis D. Dove,

Tulane University

Tomato plants were grown in a chamber under 2000
ft-candles illumination. Leaves were detached, treated,
then placed in humid chambers under 50 ft-candles illu-
mination. Ribonuclease (RNase) activity was assayed
periodically during 8 days. Increased RNase activity
was recently correlated with other indicators of senes-
cence.

NG-benzyladenine immediately suppressed RNase in-
creases in older leaves. RNase activity of younger leaves
continued to increase following a single N“-benzyladenine
treatment, but reached a plateau which the untreated
controls finally exceeded. Kinetin-treated young leaves
were initially induced to higher RNase activity than con-
trols, but after several days controls surpassed the activ-
ity of treated tissue which failed to increase further.
Response of detached leaves to phytokinins may be de-
termined by age-related amounts of endogenous phyto-
kinins. Water stress prior to detachment induced young
leaves to respond like older leaves to phytokinin treat-
ment. (Supported by P.H.S. Grant No. 5TI-GM-669.)

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

45

(26)

The Effect of Temperature and Moisture on
Flowering and Boll Development in
Gossypium hirsutum L. (Cotton)

Bobbie L. McMichael and Robert D. Powell,
Texan A & M University

Plants of Gossypium hirsutum L. var. Paymaster 101 A,
(cotton) at three growth stages were placed in three con-
trolled environment chambers. Moisture stress was in-
duced at four different levels by the addition of Car-
bowax 6,000 to the nutrient solution in which the plants
were grown. The environment chambers were main-
tained at different temperatures for the duration of the
experiment. The number of squares, number of flowers,
boll retention, boll period, seeds per lock, and boll de-
velopment were measured. These factors were related to
the development and yield of the plants under the var-
ious conditions studied. Yields were greatly affected by
both temperature and moisture and stage of growth of
the plants at the time of treatment. The lowest tem-
perature used was the detrimental to the plants under all
conditions. The addition of Carbowax to the nutrient
solutions reduced water uptake and caused a direct desic-
cation of the leaves.

(59)

Causes of Endemism in Visuiera ported

A. Clair Mellinger, University of North Carolina

Visuiera porteri is a fall flowering composite endemic
to island and ecotone communities on granite rock out-
crops of the piedmont in Georgia and eastern Alabama.
Observations of natural field populations and additional
populations transplanted to outcrops in North Carolina
led to the hypothesis that endemism is strongly controlled
by germination requirements. In order to test this hypo-
thesis experiments were conducted to determine the ef-
fects of various microenvironmental factors upon seed
germination. Optimal and limiting values for temperat-
ure, moisture, light, pH, and interactions of these factors
were the main considerations of this study. Optimal
conditions for germination were then compared with the
microenvironmental conditions of the species niche on
the outcrop to identify a cause-effect relationship.

(174)

The Species and the Distribution of
Quohog Clams ( Mercenaria )

R. W. Menzel, Florida State University

Two species of quohog clams, the northern Mercen-
aria mercenaria and the southern M. campechiensis, along
with several recognized subspecies occur along the At-
lantic and Gulf Coast of the United States. The north-
ern quohog extends northward to Canada and is repre-
sented in the Gulf by the subspecies M . m. texana. This
species is confined to the inshore waters of bays, inlets
and estuaries of the proper salinity. The southern spe-
cies occurs only offshore in the more northern part of its
range (up to New Jersey) but occurs inshore south of
Cape Canaveral and in the Gulf of Mexico area as well
as offshore. The subspecies M. m. texana has been found
inshore south of Cape Canaveral along with the typical
northern and southern forms. The two species hybridize
readily in the laboratory and the F-’s have been reared.
The morphology of the FA is very similar to the sub-
species M. m. texana and it is surmised that this sub-
species is a naturally occurring hybrid.

(68)

Seasonal Fluctuation of Phytoplankton
Composition and Production in a
Freshwater Lake

Kenneth A. Meyer, University of North Carolina
at Chapel Hill

Construction of an eight acre lake in the North Caro-
lina Botanical Garden in the summer of 1966 provided
opportunities for research in freshwater ecology. Sea-
sonal variation in phytoplankton composition, distribu-
tion and production has been compared with climatic
and chemical variables in an attempt to describe the
probable complex of controlling factors that govern al-
gal succession. Results of this study provide base-lines
for several autecological and ecosystem studies which
have been recently initiated.

(141)

A Histogical Study of the Gastric Cardiac
Gland in the Beaver ( Castor Canadensis )

William R. Millard and Iola T. McClurkin,
University of Mississippi

At the right of the esophagus of the beaver ( Castor
canadensis), at the lesser curvature of the stomach, is
an unusual cardio-gastric gland composed of numerous
branched follicles. The secreting units of the follicles
are tubular glands arranged at right angles to the follicu-
lar lumen. There are three regional segments recogniz-
able per gland unit. The neck region comprises the up-
per tenth of the gland unit and is composed of mucin
secreting simple columnar cells. The medial duct region
is composed of simple cuboidal duct cells and parietal
cells. The basal secretory region contains enzyme se-
creting zymogenic cells, mucous cells, and parietal cells.

The gland as a whole is composed of several layers:
an inner glandular layer, lamina propria, muscularis mu-
cosa, submucosa, muscularis externa, and tunica adven-
titia.

The gland possesses an elaborate blood system, and
the direction of the flow of the blood within the follicles
is indicative of a heightened secretory activity.

(188)

The Influence of Season on the Radiation
Sensitivity of an Old Field Community
Gary L. Miller, University of North Carolina

Recent radiation experiments have raised the question
of how a natural system would respond if it were exposed
to ionizing radiation at different seasons in the year. In
other words, would nature express a seasonal differential
in radiosensitivity?

In order to answer this question, four segments of an
old field were seasonally irradiated (April, July, Octo-
ber, January) for 29 days using a portable 9200 curie
137Cs source. Field studies included estimations of
changes in population densities, plant growth and changes
in reproductive potentials. The results of this study in-
dicate a seasonal differential in radiosensitivity, with the
winter phase of the community being somewhat more
tolerant.

46

ASB Bulletin

(93)

Electrophoretic Analysis of the Molt-Inhibiting
Hormone in Crawfish

William C. Mobberly,

Northeast Louisiana State College

The object of this investigation was to determine the
electrophoretic behavior of the molt-inhibiting hormone
(MIH) from the eyestalks of the crawfish Faxonella cly-
peata. Extracts prepared from 20 eyestalks were ap-
plied to a three centimeter wide filter paper strip and
subjected to electrophoresis for 18 hours at one of the
following pH values: 4.2, 7.2, and 8.4. At the end of
the 18 hours the filter paper strip was cut into six one-
centimeter sections on both sides of the origin. The sec-
tions were washed in physiological saline which was in-
jected into eyestalkless crayfish. If MIH had been on
the particular section of filter paper, then the incidence
of molting would have decreased when the saline wash
of that section was injected. The results showed that
at each pH used MIH migrated toward the cathode.
MIH is electropositive in the pH range 4. 2-8. 4.

(112)

Biochemical Changes in Immature Peanuts
in Response to Curing Temperature

S. C. Mohapatra and H. E. Pattee,

North Carolina State University and ARS, USD A

Photosynthetically labelled peanut kernels were used
to study the time-temperature-moisture relationship of
biochemical changes occurring during curing of imma-
ture peanuts. Radioactivity of the lipid fraction in-
creased during the first six hours of curing at 50° C and
during the first twelve hours at 20° C. During subse-
quent hours of curing, the radioactivity decreased from
7.5 x 10“ dpm/gm dry wt. at 50° C and 5.5 dpm/gm dry
wt. at 20° C until it reached a nearly constant level of
one-half the maximum values: 48 hours was required to
reach the constant level at 20° C while only 24 hours
was required at 50° C. Radioactivity in the ethanol-
soluble fraction decreased during the initial period of
curing and then increased slightly until a constant level
was reached. This effect was more evident at 20° C
than at 50° C. Changes from anabolic to catabolic pro-
cesses seem to be influenced by the moisture level of the
peanut kernel.

(181)

Variation of Pelage Color in Species of Mice

Clifton H. Moore, Ronald Blessing and
Michael H. Smith, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory

This paper introduces the use of a new technique for
measuring the pelage color in mammals. Reflectivity of
the pelages from six species of mice ( Ochrotomys nut-
talli, Peromyscus gossypinus, Peromyscus polionotus,
Sigmodon hispidus, Neotoma floridana and Mas mus-
culus) was measured by the Baush and Lomb Spectronic
505 Spectrophotometer. Two treatments were evaluated;
(1) pelages pressed against glass showed an increased
reflectivity at all wavelengths when compared to (2)
pelages without glass pressed against the hair. Signifi-
cant linear relationships were observed between wave-
length (X) and per cent reflectance (Y) for each species
and each individual within a species regardless of treat-
ment. However, a non-linear model represented by Y =
a + b, X + b2 X2 + b3 X3 accounted for significantly
more of the variability then a linear model for treat-
ment 1.

(88)

Studies on the Metastasis of the Fortner
Plasmacytoma to the Brain and Other
Tissues of Hamsters

Jack H. Moore, Daniel P. Griswold, Jr.,

Charles A. Kelley, and Donald J. Dykes,
Southern Research Institute

The Fortner hamster Plasmacytoma No. 1 has been
shown to possess features characteristic of many human
malignancies — features which should be of advantage in
attempting to better understand neoplastic growth and
response to chemical agents. This tumor has been
shown: to metastasize to the axillary lymph nodes by
one day following subcutaneous implant of a tumor
fragment and to the brain, spleen, liver, lungs, kidneys,
blood, and femoral marrow as early as six days follow-
ing subcutaneous implant; to proliferate in the brain and
eventually result in host death; and to cause host death,
following cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan) -induced regres-
sion of subcutaneous tumors, by continued growth in
sites (e.g. brain) which are relatively inaccessible to
active Cytoxan metabolites.

(ID

Stimulation of Ethylene Production
and Abscission

Page W. Morgan, Texas A & M University

Discovery of auxin-induced ethylene synthesis led to
the proposal that materials which stimulate ethylene pro-
duction can be used to control plant growth (Morgan,
Proc. 1967 Beltwide Cotton Research Conf. pp. 151-
155). An experimental chemical of Amchem Products,
Inc., which produces effects parallel to those of ethy-
lene, had been tested for its ability to modify growth of
the cotton plant. Amchem 66-329 induced abscission of
leaves and fruiting forms of cotton plants in the green-
house and field. The time course of abscission due to
ethylene and Amchem 66-329 was similar. The pro-
duct stimulated ethylene production to peak concentra-
tions ranging from 4 to 70 ppm in the air around en-
closed, flowering plants. Ethylene production by treated
plants reached levels which induced abscission in non-
treated plants and stimulation preceded abscission. The
apparent stimulation of abscission by ethylene produced
from or by the Amchem 66-329 indicates that it may be
possible to modify the numerous plant processes affected
by exogenous ethylene with timely applications of ethy-
lene substrates.

(116)

A Model for the Regulation of Hyphal
Branching in the Water Molds

J. Thomas Mullins, University of Florida

The plant body of Achlya and other water molds con-
sists of coenocytic hyphae, whose walls are composed of
about 15% microfibrillar cellulose and 85% of an amor-
phous non-cellulosic polysaccharide complex. Branch
formation by such a structure involves the problem of
expanding a localized portion of the wall. It has been
found that the induction of branching is always accom-
panied by a rise in the enzyme cellulase. It is suggested
that wall-softening enzymes such as cellulase regulate the
production of hyphal branching by the production of
“weak spots” in the cell wall which then allows the hy-
phal contents to be flow-oriented in the direction of maxi-
mum strain into finger-like laterals.

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

47

(83)

Some Attributes of an Amphioxus

( Branchiostoma caribaeum) Population in
Old Tampa Bay, Florida (Leptocardii,
Amphioxi, Branchiostomidae)

Gideon E. Nelson, University of South Florida

Branchiostoma caribaeum begins spawning in Old
Tampa Bay during late August. Length frequency data
are interpreted as showing three age classes: 1) Less
than one year old: specimens under 25 mm in length,
2) Second year class: 25-45 mm, 3) Third year class:
45-60 mm. Sexual maturity begins at 30 mm in length.

(66)

Modern Carbonate Sediments: Algae and Marl
Sediments in Coastal Marshes, Everglades
National Park

Steve A. Neubert, University of Miami, Coral Gables

The deposition of calcium carbonate by Cyanophyta
(blue-green Algae) was studied with respect to changes
in the bicarbonate, pH, and oxygen of the surface waters.
The nature of these changes indicates that biogenic de-
position of calcite is occurring by the active extraction
of bicarbonate (HCOr) ions in exchange for hydroxide
(OH“) ions. The physical precipitation of calcite by
withdrawal of free carbon dioxide from solution would
appear to account for an insignificant portion of the
sediment. Estimation of the calcite formed was 19 lbs/
acre/day. Comparison of water chemical data indicates
a fundamental difference between this area and the main
drainage system of the Everglades, and reflects the dif-
ferent type of marsh sediments accumulating in the two
areas.

Future study of the area will include grain-size distri-
bution of sediment and isotope fractionation of carbon
and oxygen in the system.

(10)

The Reversal of Ethionine-Induced Inhibition of
Elongation of Avena Coleoptiles by
Various Compounds

W. E. Norris, Jr., Southwest Texas State College

Ethionine-induced inhibition of elongation of Avena
coleoptile segments has been measured in water and in
indole-3-acetic acid. In the presence of 10 mM L-
ethionine the inhibition amounts to about 70%. It has
previously been shown that the addition of adenosine
triphosphate effectively counteracts this inhibition; opti-
mal ATP concentrations are between 0.25 and 0.5 mM.
Adenine, adenine sulfate, adenosine, and guanine have
now been shown to act similarly to ATP in reversing
the ethionine-induced inhibition of elongation.

(147)

Nucleases of Haematoloechus medioplexus

D. A. Nunnally, B. J. Bogitsh, and D. A. Davis,
Vanderbilt University

Ribonuclease and deoxyribonuclease were measured in
low speed ( 15,000 xg, 15 min) supernatants of homog-
enates of the frog lung fluke, Haematoloechus medio-
plexus, employing standard procedures. Optimum pH
for ribonuclease, using 0.1 M acetate or vernonal-acetate
buffers, is 7.2, although enzyme activity could be dem-
onstrated over a wide range of pH values. For deoxy-
ribonuclease, 0.2 M Tris-maleate buffers were used to

determine optimum pH, which proved to be 5.1. For
this enzyme, there were indications of a second peak in
the vicinity of pH 8; tentative hypothesis that this peak
represents a second enzyme is supported by the fact that
activity in the alkaline range is mildly stimulated by the
presence of Mg++ in the incubating medium, while Mg++
is inhibitory below neutrality.

Both deoxyribonuclease and ribonuclease were local-
ized in unfixed cryostat sections by the use of a substrate
film method. For both enzymes, activity was promi-
nently displayed in the lumen of the digestive tract and
in the eggs. These enzymes are therefore interpreted as
constituting part of the digestive apparatus of H. medio-
plexus as well as playing unspecific roles in embryonic
development. (Supported, in part, by National Science
Foundation Grant GB-4742.)

(120)

Using Colchicine to Determine the Number
of Cells Initially Forming a Lateral
Root Primordium 1

D. H. O'Dell,2 D. E. Foard, Oak Ridge National
Laboratory and East Tennessee State University

Colchicine has been used to prevent nuclear and cell
division in seedlings without preventing lateral root, in-
itiation. In the lateral root primordia of these seedlings,
pericyclic cells that normally would have divided repli-
cate their chromosomes without nuclear division. Such
cells thus become “tagged” by their polyploid restitution
nuclei. Therefore it is possible to count directly from
serial sections the number of parent-root pericyclic cells
involved in the initial formation of a lateral root pri-
mordium. Thus far such counts have been made for
three cereals: wheat, Triticum aestivum L.; rye, Secale
cereale L.; and barley, Hordeum vulgare L. In each
case the number of cells initially forming a lateral root
primordium is about 16. This study is currently being
extended to species in other groups.

1 Research sponsored by the U. S. Atomic Energy
Commission under contract with the Union Carbide
Corporation.

3 Research Participant

(75)

Testing Pesticides at the Ecosystem Level

Eugene P. Odum, Gary W. Barrett, and
H. Ronald Pulliam, University of Georgia

Problems sometimes arise when pesticides are tested at
one level (i.e., individual or species) and then used with-
out further study at another level (i.e., community and
ecosystem). To determine the feasibility of field testing
through the use of indices that measure effects on non-
target as well as target components two experimental
one-acre grain crop enclosures were established, one of
which received single application 2 lb. Sevin insecticide
in mid-summer. In addition to the expected sharp re-
duction in density phytophagous insects the following
community-level indices were reduced by the treatment:
litter decomposition, mammalian reproduction and ar-
thropod equitability for 1-2 weeks; herbivore diversity
2-3 weeks; predator diversity and density 3-4 weeks;
herbivore density and biomass for 6 weeks. Plant stand-
ing crop, net primary production, seed production, and
terminal density small mammals were not affected. The
cost of the “ecosystem test” was estimated to be less
than would be required for a laboratory testing pro-
cedure for any one of the components.

48

ASB Bulletin

(119)

Chilling Effect and Related Changes in
Hibiscus Esculentum L. Plants

R. G. Omran and Robert D. Powell,

Texas A & M University

The effect of chilling on Hibiscus esculentum L. (Ok-
ra) plants has been determined. Okra, var. Green Vel-
vet, at two growth stages was subjected to three tem-
perature regimes at two humidities, in controlled envi-
ronment rooms, and returned to the greenhouse after
treatment. The treated plants were graded for the sev-
erity of injury and compared to controls. All plants
treated a 5° C were injured and the young plants died
after 6 days. Injury to the mature plants was a termi-
nal “die back” which became more apparent with sub-
sequent growth. Regrowth originated from the lower
part of the stems. At 10° C, less damage occurred in
plants at both ages than was evident at 5° C. After
treatments at both temperatures plants showed a decline
in the number of flowers when compared to the control.
Cold also induced changes in dry weight and nitrogenous
constituents.

(55)

Unrecorded or Otherwise Unusual
Vaucheria from N.C.

Donald William Ott, University of North Carolina

Recent collections of Vaucheria from the piedmont
and coastal regions of North Carolina have yielded ma-
terial of more than half of the fifteen species reported
for the state. In addition, several previously unrecorded
species have been collected in both marine and fresh
water habitats including: Vaucheria discoidea Taft, V.
sessilis f. clavata (Vaucher) Heering, V . walzi Rothert,
V. nicholsii Brown, and V. thuretii Woronin. Critical
stages in the development of antheridia and oogonia
have been observed in material in the laboratory for
most species collected. Unusual variation in the mor-
phology of the reproductive structures was encountered
in a number of species, both in the laboratory and in
nature, which suggest that some characters presently
used for distinguishing species of Vaucheria, especially
those placed in the section Comiculatae, may not be
reliable.

(36)

Hybridization in the Genus Melanthera Rohr
(Compositae)

James C. Parks, Vanderbilt University

The natural variability found in the genus Melanthera
and the wide distribution of some taxa has lead to a
great proliferation of synonyms and a persistent source
of confusion for taxonomists. Cytological studies have
revealed a uniform haploid chromosome number (n =
15) in all U.S. taxa. This work, supplemented by field
and greenhouse studies, suggests that hybridization may
readily occur in nature. Evidence for the hybrid origin
of some naturally occurring forms will be presented.
The importance of considering hybridization as a factor
in delimiting the taxa of Melanthera will be discussed.

(78)

A Limnological Reconaissance of the Eastern
Prairies of the Okefenokee Swamp

Fred K. Parrish and Felicia H. Hollingsworth,
Georgia State College

A study was made to determine the aquatic macro-
invertebrates in the Okefenokee Swamp, to ascertain the
range of certain environmental conditions, and, initially,
to select proper techniques for measuring and for col-
lecting in this specific situation. Data and organisms
were collected at approximately five week intervals for
eighteen months in four eastern prairies. The animals
collected were: Oligochaeta - 359, Hirudinea - 1, Arach-
nida - 239, Cladocera - 440, Copepoda - 280, Decapoda -
4, Amphipoda-1, Coleoptera - about 40, Diptera-441
larvae, Ephemeroptera - 23 larvae, Hemiptera - about 90,
Lepidoptera - 2 larvae, Trichoptera - 15 larvae, Odonata-
68 nymphs. These organisms are in the process of be-
ing identified. Collection was most effective with a com-
bination of straining the water with a 40 mesh sieve,
taking Eckman dredge samples, examining aquatic plants,
and picking up insects as they were seen. Hand sorting
with the aid of a dissection microscope was the best
method of separating the animals from the plant material.

The results of chemical analyses of the water were:
pH - 4.2 to 4.6, Secchi disc readings - 4 to 32 inches, dis-
solved oxygen - .25 to 8.5 p.p.m. (depending on depth
and time of day or night), dissolved carbon dioxide -
12.5 to 39 p.p.m. (depending on time of day or night),
total alkalinity - trace, and total hardness - about 30
p.p.m. These data are similar to those for lower coastal
plain rivers in this region.

Appreciation is expressed to the U. S. Fish and Wild-
life service, which granted special permission for these
studies, and to the Okefenokee Wildlife Refuge person-
nel for cooperation and aid in sampling and collecting.

(105)

The Uptake and Metabolism of Trifluralin by
Goldfish, Carassius auratus (Linn.)

John H. Paxton, Clemson University

The uptake and metabolism of sublethel doses of topi-
cally and orally administered trifluralin (2,6-Dinitro-N,
N-di-n-propyl-a,a,a-trifluoro-p-toluidine) by Carassius au-
ratus was studied. The heart, liver, brain, kidneys, stom-
ach and intestines, gonads, edible portion, and feces were
analyzed using thin-layer and gas-liquid chromatography
after 48 hours of exposure to the material. Trifluralin
was detected in all tissues analyzed except the brain.
One metabolite, 2,6-Dinitro-N-n-propyl-a,a,a-trifluoro-p-
toluidine was found in the stomach and intestines, edible
portion, and feces in both topically and orally dosed fish
at a level 15% of the trifluralin present. A second me-
tabolite, 2,6-Dinitro-4-trifluoro-methyl aniline was found
in the edible portion of the orally dosed fish but not in
those topically dosed. The two metabolites by a N-
dealkylating mechanism, site undetermined.

(129)

Ultrastructural Changes in the Life Cycle of
Crithidia fasciculata (Zoomastigophorea,
Kinetoplastida, Trypanosomatidae)

Jerome J. Paulin and William B. Cosgrove,
University of Georgia

Heteroxenous trypanosomatid flagellates exhibit ultra-
structural modifications of cellular organelles in their
life cycle. Mitochondria, kinetoplasts, Golgi apparatus

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

49

and subpellicular microtubules are generally well-devel-
oped in the mid-gut or culture forms and poorly de-
veloped in blood-stream forms. We report here, in the
monoxenous species Crithidia fasciculata, ultrastructural
differences between individuals from young and old cul-
tures.

Aliquots from axenically grown mass cultures of C.
fasciculata were fixed every 6 hours over a 48-hour in-
terval in buffered glutaraldehyde and/or osmium tetrox-
ide. Examination of thin sections of log phase cells
(i.e. 12-24 hours post inoculation) revealed well-de-
veloped mitochondria with numerous cristae. The kine-
toplast, situated below the flagellar apparatus, was fre-
quently observed to be an integral part of the mito-
chondrial complex. A well-developed Golgi apparatus
and subpellicular microtubular system were present. Cells
in the phase of declining growth rate (36-48 hours post-
inoculation) were characterized by atypical mitochon-
dria with irregular bulbous cristae and a general wrink-
led appearance. The continuity between the kinetoplast
and mitochondria was lacking or poorly differentiated.
The cytoplasm contained conspicuous membranous frag-
ments, suggesting the apparent breakdown of mitochon-
dria or other cytoplasmic organelles, and electron-dense
bodies which appear to be lipoidal in composition.

(198)

Remote Sensing for Plant Ecological Studies
on a Watershed in Georgia
G. L. Plummer, University of Georgia

The Little River Watershed covers 150 sq mi of
Coastal Plain land northwest of Tifton. Color-infrared
photographs and thermal-infrared surveys were made to
characterize distinguishable ecosystems at three different
times of the year: winter, late-spring, mid-summer.
Land-use patterns on the watershed at different times of
the year shall be illustrated and described. “Normal”
land-use characteristics shall be compared with typical
deviations associated with different soil series from north
to south. Various observations, measurements and inter-
relationships have been synthesized to establish a set of
hypotheses whereby a model system may be programmed
to analyze variations in environmental factors so that a
basis may be established for predicting certain hydro-
logical characteristics of crop-soil ecosystems elsewhere
under similar conditions.

(148)

Incidence of Parasitism in Two Species of
Plethodon (Amphibia: Plethodontidae) by
Brachycoelium (Trematoda: Brachycoeliidae)
Vernon N. Powders, Georgia Southwestern College

During 1966 and 1967 the incidence of Brachycoelium
infections in 392 Plethodon glutinosus and 988 P. jor-
dani was studied. Both salamander species were col-
lected in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park,
while only P. glutinosus was collected from Knox County,
Tennessee. For all areas and altitudes throughout the
study, P. glutinosus was 17.85 per cent infected and P.
jordani was 6.07 per cent infected. The per cent infec-
tion for P. glutinosus and P. jordani between the alti-
tudes 2,700 and 4,600 feet ( altitudinal levels where both
species occur together) was respectively, 12.34 and 9.2.
Above 4,600 feet, where only P. jordani was collected,
some areas were found in which no Brachycoelium infec-
tions occurred. Comparisons of per cent infection be-
tween the two salamander species were made at various
altitudinal levels and between seasons. It was concluded

that Brachycoelium infection rates are equal in P. glu-
tinosus and P. jordani and that infection rates appear to
be independent of altitude. It was also concluded that
Brachycoelium infection rates remain fairly constant
throughout the year.

(115)

Physiology of Hypocotyl Hook Opening

Robert D. Powell and Page W. Morgan,

Texas A & M University

The photomorphogenic control of hypocotyl hook
opening in the Phascolus vulgaris (bean) and Gossypium
hirsutum (cotton) seedling have been studied. Seedlings
were grown in the dark, excised under safe green light
and hook opening measured after 18 to 24 hours. With
beans, opening is blocked in submerged hooks in the
light, but begins as soon as they are removed from the
water. The response of bean hooks is influenced by how
they are positioned after they are cut. In the dark open-
ing of standing hooks is greater than those lying hori-
zontally and there is a geotropic component of the open-
ing of horizontal hooks. The presence of cotyledons re-
tards opening of bean hooks in both red light and dark.
In contrast, under similar conditions, the cotton hypo-
cotyl hook opens much more rapidly and completely
when the cotyledons are present than when they are ex-
cised. Red light appears to have little effect on the
opening of the excised cotton hook.

(155)

The Death of Classical Parasitology?

Charles E. Price, Augusta College

As a classical biologist, this author is alarmed at the
ever-increasing tendency to relegate classical biology to
the status of a minor or even unnecessary area of life
science. While realizing the absolute necessity of the
fields of experimental and/or molecular biology, the
present author is one classical worker who is not yet
prepared to “roll over and play dead”.

This presentation consists of a reading (with com-
ments) of a paper written by the author during 1967.
The paper, entitled “Requiem for Classical Biologists?”,
was published in Bios (vol. 38, no. 2, pp. 85-88). The
primary goal of “Requiem” was to have graduate stu-
dents realize that the only enduring approach to the
study of biology is the acquisition of a knowledge of
both molecular and classical biology.

(40)

A Preliminary Report on the Vascular
Flora of Mississippi

Thomas M. Pullen, University of Mississippi,

Samuel B. Jones, Jr., University of Georgia, and
J. Ray Watson, Jr., Mississippi State University

Approximately 40,000 collections were made between
September, 1963 and November, 1967, in the 47,716
square mile area included in Mississippi. Distributional
ranges have been extended beyond those previously pub-
lished and over 200 new state records have been estab-
lished. Although most species were typical of Coastal
Plain and Piedmont vegetation, a number with more
western or northern centers of distribution were uncov-
ered. Plans call for a continuation of this study, leading
ultimately to production of a manual of the Mississippi
flora. (Supported, in part, by National Science Founda-
tion Grant GB-4635.)

50

ASB Bulletin

(138)

Hormones and PET Mouse Melanocytes

W. M. Reams, Jr., W. H. Dorman and
R. E. Shervette,1 University of Richmond

In the frog, both epidermal and dermal melanophores
are stimulated by MSH; however, only dermal melano-
phores show pigment granule aggregation in response to
melatonin and other hormones. In mammals, epidermal
melanocytes have been shown to respond to MSH but
are refractory to hormones which usually evoke color
lightening in amphibians. In a broad series of tests, we
have found that dermal melanocytes of the PET mouse
are also refractory to melatonin, acetylcholine, epine-
phrine and norepinephrine.

1 Present address: University of Virginia.

(170)

Megaspore Tetrad Patterns in Leguminosae

David H. Rembert, Jr., University of South Carolina

A review of the literature and the work of this author
reveals that at least 13 megaspore tetrad patterns may
occur in Leguminosae. The majority of species investi-
gated follow patterns which result in the development of
a single functional megaspore. There are 6 species ( Lu -
pinus luteus, L. polyphyllus, Lathyrus odoratus, Labur-
num anagyroides, Wisteria sinensis, and Pueraria lobata)
that are reported to follow patterns which result in the
development of 2 functional megaspores. All of these
legume species have tetrad patterns that could have been
derived from a generalized or hypothetical tetrad pattern.
This ancestral pattern consists of 4 megaspores in linear
arrangement with any one of the megaspores having an
equal potential for development into a megagametophyte.
The various megaspore patterns could have been derived
by any one or a combination of the following conditions:
loss of spore function, change in division plane, loss of
cell wall, and loss of nuclear division. Based on these
criteria a phylogeny for tetrad patterns may be suggested
for Leguminosae.

(33)

Infrared Spectrophotometry: A Plant Taxonomic
Tool Preliminary Investigation

John D. Reynolds, Richmond Professional Institute

Cold chloroform leaf extracts of several plant species
were subjected to Infrared Spectrophotometric analysis.
Spectrographs were made of Diapensiaceae (Shortia
galacifolia T. & G., Galax aphylla L., Pyxidanthera bar-
bulata Michx. and P. brevifolia Wells), Compositae
( Liatris secunda Ell., L. graminifolia (Walt.) Willd.,
Vernonia noveborancensis (L.) Michx., V. altissima
Nutt., V. angustifolia Michx., V. acaule (Walt.) Glea-
son, hybrid of V. angustifolia x V. acaule and hybrid of
V. angustifolia x V . noveboracensis) and Spinacia sp.
Since in all cases crude extracts containing chlorophyll
were used, generalized patterns appear to be similar for
all plant families examined. A critical analysis of re-
sonating frequencies showed enough differences to dis-
tinguish between species of the same genus. It was also
possible to distinguish hybrids with this analysis. In all
cases the hybrids showed a closer similarity to the spec-
trographic pattern of the female parent. No attempt has
been made to identify any of the resonating groups.

Studies, to date, have been concerned simply with the
possibility that Infrared Spectrophotometry may be used
as a tool for “fingerprinting” species within a genus. The
differences in the spectrographs of closely related species
indicate the possibility of using this technique as an ad-
junct to morphological taxonomy.

(69)

A Comparison of Phytoplankton of Open
Everglades and an Alligator Hole

Peter B. Rhoads and Robert Pope,
University of Miami

Periodic quantitative plankton samples were taken
from April thru July of 1965 and during the same period
of 1966 at an alligator hole in Everglades National Park.
Additional samples were collected in November of 1967.
The majority of algal forms found in the alligator hole
samples were also found in the open everglades. This
implies that a part or all of the phytoplankton assemb-
lage found in the alligator hole is carried in by the slow
water flow from the neighboring shallow glades. The
sparcity of plankton in the quantitative samples is readily
apparent. Of the 23 genera of algae that were found,
17 genera or 74% of the total were Chlorophyceae, but
most of these forms were present in trace numbers. It
appears that the greater part of the algal primary pro-
ductivity in the alligator hole-everglades area is due to
the heavy periphyton growth. An exception to this situ-
ation occurred in April, 1965, when a plankton bloom
was observed in the alligator hole. At this time the
water table was below the surface of the everglades, and
it is possible that the alligator hole was acting like a
small pond rather than the usual shallow marsh.

(118)

Growth of the Oxygen Tolerant Strain of
Chlorella sorokiniana at Hyperbaric
Oxygen Pressures

B. Richardson, F. W. Wagner, and B. E. Welch,
USAF School of Aerospace Medicine,

Brooks Air Force Base, Texas

The growth rate of the oxygen tolerant strain (OTS)
of Chlorella sorokiniana decreases in a linear fashion as
the partial pressure of oxygen is increased from 711 to
1478 mm Hg. Under two atmospheres of oxygen growth
ceases after 10 to 12 hours and is never resumed. This
cessation of growth is not due to any permanent injury,
and growth is resumed when oxygen partial pressure is
reduced to one atmosphere or less. The inhibition oc-
curs under both heterotrophic and autotrophic conditions
and is not due to a stoppage of cell division alone. The
results indicate that the tolerance of OTS cells to ele-
vated oxygen pressures is not an absolute immunity, and
that hyperbaric nitrogen partial pressures have a mod-
erate inhibitory effect on the growth rate of Chlorella.

(161)

A Morphological and Cytochemical Study of
Hexamitus batrachorum Swezy, 1915

Larry D. Risinger and Felix H. Lauter,
University of South Carolina

In this study five staining procedures were employed.
They included: Best’s carmine stain for glycogen, Feul-

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

51

gen’s nucleal stain for DNA, Heidenhain’s hematoxylin
stain, Bodian’s method of silver impregnation (protar-
gol), and the methyl green-pyronin Y stain for DNA
and RNA. The methyl green-pyronin Y stain, Best’s
stain, and the Feulgen stain were used for the first time
on H. batrachorum. The hematoxylin and silver pro-
tein stains had been used previously in other studies on
H. batrachorum.

The specificity of the Feulgen stain and the methyl
green-pyronin stain was confirmed by the use of DNase
and RNase. Salivary amylase was used to confirm the
specificity of Best’s carmine stain for glycogen. Gly-
cogen is demonstrated in the cytoplasm, while DNA is
demonstrated in the nuclei. In addition both DNA and
RNA are demonstrated in the two posterior organelles.
A hypothesis, dealing with the identification of the two
posterior organelles, is stated.

(48)

Experimental Taxonomy of Some Members
of the Saprolegniaceae

Bosilijka Ristanovic and Charles E. Miller,
Ohio University

From September, 1967, through January, 1968, ap-
proximately 100 strains of water molds (Saprolegnia-
ceae) from several aquatic habitats from the environs
of Athens, Ohio have been isolated, purified and studied
taxonomically. Regular monthly collections, purifica-
tions and identifications have been made from Dow
Lake, Southeastern Ohio, to determine seasonal influ-
ences on the number and kinds of water molds present.
Sixty-six of these strains have been identified as various
species of Saprolegnia, two as Leptolegnia, eight as Ach-
lva, and one as Aplianomyces. Thirty-three strains of
Saprolegnia did not produce oogonia and were not identi-
fied to the species level. Certain representatives of the
identified strains have been grown on various kinds of
media frequently used in classical bacteriological taxon-
omy. Initial results indicate that the growth responses
by these fungi to some of the media may be useful as
supplementary taxonomic characteristics in the identifi-
cation of these taxa.

(72)

A Functional Classification of Forest Litter
Arthropods Based Upon Response to
Resource Enrichment

W. H. Rittenhouse, University of North Carolina

A study was made to separate the most common spe-
cies of litter arthropods in the study area into functional
groups based on response to enrichment of the habitat
with presumed resources. Commercial sedge peat, partly
decomposed leaves, and a mixture of partly decomposed
leaves and peat were applied as resource treatments to
study areas; and population parameters of seven species
were followed for ten weeks by a sampling program.
A summary of the results will be presented. This study
was done as a search for possible competitive interac-
tions, which will be discussed briefly.

(199)

Moisture Depletion Within Crop-Soil Sites

Robert H. Rivers and G. L. Plummer,
University of Georgia

Soil moisture conditions in early August 1967 were
measured twice daily with a 241-Am-Be soil moisture
probe to evaluate both depletion and recharge character-

istics under two soil series (759-Fuquay loamy sand;
758-Tifton sandy loam) and three crops (com, cotton,
peanuts) in the Coastal Plain region. Observations,
measurements, and interrelationships were tested statisti-
cally. Unique soil-crop interactions occur on each site
in such a way that every field may be distinguished with
independent characteristics. When certain soil-moisture-
depletion characteristics were used to evaluate crop be-
havior, each crop apparently used soil-water differently
from the other; more water was lost under corn than
under peanuts; cotton apparently withdrew the least
amount of water. Tifton sandy loams were generally
“wetter” soils than Fuquay loamy sands. Implications
for other plant ecological studies shall be presented from
results obtained during this study.

(20)

Changes with Plant Age in the Activities of Two
Invertases of Louisiana Sugarcane

Tawakol Y. Rizk and W. C. Normand,
Louisiana State University

The first stubble crop of three varieties of sugarcane
C. P. 36-105, C. P. 42-10, and C. P. 48-103 grown under
uniform agronomic practices was used for this study.
Invertase activities were detected at pH 5.5 and pH 7.0
respectively from mature and immature internodes.

The activity of both invertases increased from the
high-sucrose intemodes (parts or varieties) to the low
sucrose internodes. The increase of acid invertase ac-
tivity was considerably larger than that of the neutral
invertase among parts of the stalk as well as among
varieties.

The activity of the two invertases tended to increase
with plant age at different rates. The increase of acid
invertase activity in partially mature cane was greater
than that of the neutral invertase. When the cane be-
came more mature and reached its highest sucrose con-
tent the neutral invertase activity increased faster than
the acid invertase activity. These results showed a di-
rect relationship between the two invertases in mature
and immature internodes, and this relationship was in-
fluenced by the sucrose content.

(9)

Histological and Mitotic Changes in Excised
Cotton Roots in Response to Trifluralin or
Nitralin Treatments

Tawakol Y. Rizk and W. C. Normand,
Louisiana State University

Two comparable concentrations of the two herbicides
were studied for their effects on mitosis and other histo-
logical changes in excised cotton root tips, which grown
under sterile conditions on a modified White’s medium
(Machlis and Torrey 1956). The length of the roots
were determined daily for three days. Segments of the
roots were taken after 24 and 72 hours for sectioning
(cross and longitudinal sections) and staining according
to Johansen techniques.

Both herbicides inhibited root growth at different rates
and the rate of inhibition increased with time as well as
the herbicide concentration. This gross effect was cor-
related to an inhibition of mitosis or elongation depend-
ing on time and the herbicide concentration. Several
other effects of xylem differentiation, diameter of the
stele the shape and size of both cortex and pith cells
were observed and were related to treatment by the
herbicides.

52

ASB Bulletin

(Ill)

Effect of Wounding on the Composition of Slash
Pine Oleoresin: A Preliminary Report

Donald R. Roberts, Southeastern Forest Experiment
Station, Olustee, Florida

Gas chromatographic analysis of slash pine ( Pinus
elliottii Engelm. var. elliottii ) oleoresin revealed that
wounding of the trees, as in a naval stores operation,
greatly changed the terpene hydrocarbon composition of
the oleoresin from above, but not below, the wounded
area (face). Generally the percentage of alpha-pinene
in the turpentine portion of the oleoresin decreased
whereas beta-pinene and beta-phellandrene percentages
increased. The effect of wounding on oleoresin com-
position was evident as much as ten feet above the
wounded area.

Experiments with small wounds (micro-chips), de-
signed to determine the rate of composition change,
failed to detect large differences, but minor effects of
wounding were evident after one week. Experiments
using fullface wounds (streaks) will be continued to in-
vestigate more fully the rate of composition change.

(201)

Conservation of Plant Species

Hollis J. Rogers, University of North Carolina
at Greensboro

The rapid increase in the human population with the
resulting pressure on the natural resources is endangering
the survival of numerous species of native plants. Urban
expansion, atmospheric pollution, highway construction,
water storage, strip mining, airport extension, modern
farming and herbicide application is resulting in a ser-
ious reduction of the native habitat of many plant spe-
cies. The college students of the present generation who
were required to turn in 50 to 100 plant specimens for
high school biology may now be expected to submit one,
two or three collections of similar size in order to com-
plete their program in the biological sciences. They may
then be certified to teach biology and may thereby re-
quire their students to search through the ruins for an
equal number of specimens. Records of the distribution
of the former range of the species may soon replace the
observation of the living plant.

(143)

Aspects of Respiration in
Schistosomatium douthitti
Steffen H. Rogers, Vanderbilt University

Respiratory enzyme activity in various stages of the
life cycle of Schistosomatium douthitti was investigated.
Histochemical, quantitative biochemical, and manomet-
ric techniques were employed and applied to three stages
of the life cycle: the miracidia, the cercaria, and both
sexes of the adult stage. Appropriate histochemical
techniques were carried out on the cercaria in the snail
hepatopancreas and on miracidia in the infected hamster
intestine. All other experiments on cercaria and mira-
cidia were carried out on the free swimming organisms.
The adults were always studied after being removed from
the venules of the hosts’ intestine. The respiratory func-
tions of the three stages will be compared. Included will
be a comparison of the metabolic activity of the enzymes
related to glycolysis, the Kreb’s Cycle, and the cyto-
chrome system of each stage. The effects of inhibitors,
such as tartar emetic, fluoroacetic acid, nitrogen, and
cyanide on the various stages of the life cycle will also
be discussed.

(117)

Sequence of Ultrastructural Changes in Mesophyll
Cells of Senescing Tomato ( Lycopersicon
esculentum, var. Marglobe) Leaves

Stanley J. Roux and John T. McHale,

Loyola University of the South

Tomato leaf mesophyll cells were examined by elec-
tron microscopy during 0-20 days after leaf detachment.
Leaves were stored under approximately 1000 ft-candles
illumination with petioles in water. Ultrastructural
changes became evident after 8 days. The tonoplast,
endoplasmic reticulum, and plasma membrane were the
first organelles to show abnormalities. Vesiculation of
these membrane systems preceeded changes in chloro-
plasts and mitochondria. Coalescence of granal lamellae
and vesiculation of stromal lamellae occurred in chloro-
plasts 11-20 days after leaf detachment. Mitochondria
were particularly resistant to senescence. Degenerating
organelles were similar in appearance to those observed
in senescing wheat, green bean, and cucumber leaves, but
the sequence of events differed. Patterns of senescence
probably vary with taxa, although differences in meth-
ods could account for some variation. The orderly se-
quence of ultrastructural changes indicates that senes-
cence is not random, but biochemically controlled. The
sequence of ultrastructural changes has implications for
the physiology of senescence.

(4)

On the Effects of DMSO in Cation Transport
by Excised Barley Roots
Walter E. Schmid, Southern Illinois University

Dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), in concentrations of up
to 10% by volume, stimulates the uptake of zinc by ex-
cised barley roots. In the same concentration it severely
depresses uptake of sodium and of rubidium. It does
not seem to affect the permeability of the membrane
since roots treated with desorption solutions which were
10% in DMSO did not lose more of the preferred ion
than did roots desorbed in solutions not containing
DMSO. Oxygen utilization (measured in the Warburg
Respirometer) was reduced when DMSO was present.
It is suggested that DMSO is a poisoning agent which in-
terferes with cation transport by attacking some aspect of
metabolism and not by influencing the permeability of
the membrane.

(24)

The Preliminary Characterization of
Cholinesterase Activity from Etiolated Pea
Seedlings ( Pisum sativum var. Alaska)

Otto J. Schwarz and G. R. Noggle,

North Carolina State University

The carboxyl ester hydrolase activity of etiolated pea
seedlings was investigated. A radiometric assay was used
to study the pea seedling’s ability to hydrolyze acetyl-
choline. A spectrophotometric assay utilizing indophenyl
acetate was used as a general indicator of carboxyl ester
hydrolase activity. Studies concerning pH, metal acti-
vation, and inhibition were made. Both activities had a
broad pH optimum between pH 7.0 and pH 9.0. Peak
activity was approximately pH 8.5 for acetylcholine hy-
drolysis and approximately pH 7.2 for indophenyl acetate
hydrolysis. The cholinesterase activity was found to be
strongly inhibited by eserine at 10-2 M and completely
inhibited by choline at 10-3 M. Both activities were in-
hibited by divalent metal ions. The patterns of eserine
and metal inhibition suggested that the two assays were

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

53

measuring a complex mixture of enzyme activities. On
the basis of these and other criteria the enzyme activity
shown by the radiometric assay was tentatively defined
as a cholinesterase.

(144)

Ultrastructure of the Caecum of
Schist osomatium douthitti

W. Allen Shannon, Vanderbilt University

The ultrastructure of the lining and adjacent tissue of
the caecum of Schistosomatium douthii is investigated
with an Hitachi HS-8 election microscope.

Plate-like cytoplasmic projections extend from the gas-
trodermal lining into the lumen of the caecum. Some
form “superficial vacuoles” enclosing substances of var-
ious densities. Many vacuoles containing material of
varying densities are seen within the gastrodermis. This
tissue is bordered by a basal area and contains numerous
mitochondria exhibiting prominent cristae. Extensive
granular and agranular endoplasmic reticula are ob-
served.

Similarities and differences between the gastrodermis
of the male and female are compared.

(3)

Calcium Translocation in Bean Seedlings

G. M. Shear, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Bean plants were supplied with ^Ca during the period
of seed development. The distribution of labeled cal-
cium in the seed and in the seedlings both with and with-
out additional unlabeled calcium was studied. Move-
ment of ^Ca in the seedlings was insignificant.

One cotyledon of bean seedlings was covered in var-
ious ways to minimize water loss. The roots were then
supplied with “Ca for a period of six hours after which
the cotyledons were removed and ^Ca counted. Coty-
ledons protected from water loss accumulated calcium at
a rate comparable to that of exposed cotyledons, thus
showing accumulation of calcium by cotyledons inde-
pendently from the transpiration stream. This would
appear to indicate active uptake of calcium by coty-
ledons.

(34)

The Computer in the Flora North America Project

Stanwyn G. Shetler, Smithsonian Institution

The preparation of the Flora North America (FNA)
will be an information problem and process, involving
the coordination of a massive operation in searching,
compiling, revising, and editing taxonomic data. This
information once accumulated should be disseminated by
the latest and most effective means of communication,
and there should be an easy and rapid means of up-
dating the record. Therefore, the computer will be used
whenever possible as an integral part of the Flora pro-
gram, and it is hoped that innovative applications for
taxonomy and related sciences can result. Work is in
progress toward the development of an automated bib-
liography, and programs have been written to enable the
computer to construct and print dichotomous identifica-
tion keys. A generic list of North American plants has
been compiled by computer, and additional compilations
are planned. Eventually, completed text is to be stored
in a central data bank which in due course may be avail-
able to the individual scientist by means of remote tele-
type units. A report on progress to date will be given.

(135)

Teratogenic Effects of Direct X-irradiation
on the Otic Vesicle of the Chick Embryo

Charles A. Singhas, Wake Forest University

A total of 125 chick embryos were irradiated at stages

9 and 20 (Hamburger and Hamilton) within two dose
ranges (100 to 800 R and 1000 to 2000 R). Embryos
exposed to the lower dose range were sacrificed at 7 and

10 days of incubation and those exposed to the higher
dose range were sacrificed at 12, 18, and 24 hours post
irradiation. Initial results indicate a radioresistance at
dose levels below 700 R followed by suppressed devel-
opment, necrosis, and degeneration within the higher
dose range.

(205)

Territorial Behavior of the Dwarf Cichlid,

A pistogramma ramirezi

Gary C. Smith, University of Georgia

Male and female individuals of Apistogramma rami-
rezi exhibit strong territorial behavior when properly
established in laboratory aquaria. An intricate stimulus-
response chain, with appreciable overlap, characterizes
the interaction that results when this species is defending
its territory. The primary sign-stimuli for the estab-
lishment of territories appear to be the rock caves in
the aquarium which offer a maximum of protection for
this small fish as well as a suitable spawning site. Dis-
placement for this species consists of digging in the sub-
strate and attack of inferior tank mates in the vicinity of
a border dispute. This species exhibits three color pat-
terns which are quite distinct and appear to be under
hormonal control: the vertical-bar pattern of dominant
males, the ocellated spot pattern of dominant females,
and the broken horizontal-bar pattern of defeated fish of
both sexes. Judging from this fish’s response to colored
models, the release of appeasement or aggression in this
species requires a combination of color pattern, fin posi-
tions and syncronized movements.

(82)

Decapod Crustacean Burrows of Callianassids as
Possible Paleoenvironmental Indicators
K. E. Smith, Jr., University of Georgia

The use of fossil callianassid burrows as paleo-envi-
ronmental indicators was evaluated by comparatively
studying recent burrow morphology and environments of
three Atlantic coast callianassid crustaceans, Callianassa
major, Callianassa atlantica, and Upogebia affinis. Data
were collected at Sapelo Island, Georgia; Beaufort, North
Carolina; and Indian River Bay, Delaware. Results in-
dicated interspecific differences in burrow morphology
and associated ecological parameters. Burrow morpho-
logical differences included interior diameter, wall thick-
ness, and resting chamber dimensions. Environmental
differences were reflected by infaunal associates. In-
faunal associates of C. major suggested a high energy
beach environment, while C. atlantica associates indi-
cated a protected low energy beach area. Upogebia
affinis associates suggested an estuarine environment.
Interspecific differences in burrow morphology and as-
sociated environments suggest further use of fossilized
callianassid burrows as paleoenvironmental indicators.

54

ASB Bulletin

(81)

Application of X-ray Radiography to the Study
of Burrowing Marine Organisms

K. L. Smith, Jr., University of Georgia,

James D. Howard, Marine Institute, University of
Georgia, and Taylor Mayou, University of Iowa

The burrowing behavior of marine organisms is im-
portant in ecological and paleo-ecological studies, but is
difficult to observe in the field or laboratory. X-ray
radiography has proved to be a convenient way to study
burrowing activity of small infaunal organisms. The
technique permits observation “into” the sediment with-
out destroying the organisms or the burrowing structures
which they produce. Time lapse x-ray radiography per-
mits examination of progressive changes in burrow for-
mation and sediment reworking through time.

To date the burrowing activity of 30 intertidal in-
vertebrate species from the Georgia coast have been ex-
amined. These studies were performed using artificially
and naturally stratified sediments in aquaria supplied
with continuously flowing sea water. Conditions of en-
vironmental erosion, deposition, and fluctuations of water
level were simulated to determine their affect on the
organism’s burrowing behavior.

(56)

Growth and Energetics of
Chlorella pyrenoidosa Chick

Jerry Smosky and G. T. Cowley,

University of South Carolina

Chlorella pyrenoidosa Chick was grown in Knopp’s
nutrient solution at a starting pH of 6.8 and under the
following environmental conditions: 200-225 foot can-
dles, 25° C., and ambient atmospheric CO».

The growth curve approached the typical sigmoidal
pattern. The average dry weights ranged from 21.0
mg./liter at 2 days to 312.0 mg./liter at 16 days.

Ash accounted for 7.23% (day 16) to 12.59% (day
2) of the dry weights. Carbon content ranged from
45.85% of the ash-free dry weight (day 2) to 57.84%
(day 14). Mineral analyses were as follows: mag-
nesium, 0.82 to 1.32%; potassium, 1.81 to 3.18%; phos-
phorus, 0.09 to 1.32%; and iron, 0.10 to 0.24% of the
dry weight. In general the content of magnesium, pot-
assium, and phosphorus decreased as the cultures aged.
No such relationship could be detected for iron.

Average energy values ranged from 3764 calories per
gram dry weight at 2 days, to 4594 calories per gram
dry weight at 16 days. On the basis of ash-free dry
weight, values ranged from 4307 calories per gram at 2
days, to 5047 calories per gram at 20 days.

(132)

Reproductive Behavior of the Fork-Tailed
Katydid, Scudderia furcata: Copulation

John D. Spooner, Augusta College

Sexual pairs in the fork-tailed katydid are formed by
the male and female homing toward sounds produced by
the opposite sex. First contact is with the antennae.
The male turns around, and the female mounts the male
from behind. The male cerci clasp the female near the
base of the ovipositor, and the female is held loosely
while the male produces a spermatophore. The sperm-
atophore is forced into the vagina by the male’s closing
his subgenital and supra-anal plates. The female often
bites the dorsum of the male while the spermatophore is
being transferred. The female eats the spermatophore
after copulation.

(133)

Reproductive Behavior of the Fork-Tailed
Katydid, Scudderia furcata : Egg-laying

John D. Spooner, Augusta College

Scudderia furcata oviposits in leaves. Females select
oviposition sites with the palpi. Once a spot is chosen,
the female straddles the edge of the leaf, bites the edge
of the leaf to open it, brings the ovipositor forward ven-
trally, grabs both ovipositor and edge of leaf with man-
dibles, and inserts the ovipositor into the leaf by sawing
motions of the valvulae. One egg is layed at a time.
After each egg is layed, the female grooms the entire
ovipositor.

(193)

An Ecological Study of a Mature Stand of
Pinus taeda of the Congaree Swamp
Richard Stalter, University of South Carolina

An ecological study of a mature stand of Pinus taeda
in the Congaree swamp was conducted during the
months of November and December, 1967. The stand
was sampled by means of 20 quadrats, each of sufficient
size to account for herbaceous, fmtescent, and arbores-
cent species. The paucity of pine reproduction and
copious development of hardwoods suggests that the
pine sere has almost reached its culmination, but in do-
ing so has existed as such for a much longer period than
similar seres elsewhere.

(152)

Parasitization of Chortophaga viridifasciata Eggs
by Larvae of Scelio bisulcus

Ralph E. Stephens, Madison B. Cole, Jr.,

Ada A. Cole, and J. Gordon Carlson,

The University of Tennessee

Parasitization of adults and nymphs of the grasshopper
Chortophaga viridifasciata (DeGeer) collected in the
fields is not unusual, but parasitization of eggs laid and
maintained in the laboratory has not been found until
now. We have recently discovered one egg pod in which
all of the eggs were parasitized by the Hymenopteran
wasp Scelio bisulcus (Ashmead). The parasitized pod
was collected from a cage housing adult grasshoppers
which were caught in Knox County, Tennessee, in late
July 1967. The eggs of the wasp must have been de-
posited in the eggs of the grasshopper either inside the
body of the grasshopper or in the pod under sand. After
fourteen days development at 26° C, the wasp larvae
were observed to ingest and digest intact yolk granules.
Scelionidae are known to parasitize eggs of Orthopterans,
but heretofore no description of S. bisulcus larvae are
known to exist. Adult S. bisulcus hatched after seven
weeks of incubation as compared to the six weeks nor-
mally required for C. viridifasciata. (This study was
supported in part by Atomic Energy Commission con-
tract AT-(40-l )-2575.)

(77)

A Limnological Study of the Invertebrates
of a Tennessee Cold Springbrook

Michele S. Stern, Tulane University, and

Daniel H. Stern, Louisiana State University
in New Orleans

A one-year limnological investigation was conducted
on an unnamed cold springbrook in Putnam County,
Tennessee. The study was undertaken to analyze the

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

55

components of invertebrate biocoenoses, to record popu-
lation fluxes, and to determine possible factors affecting
abundance and interactions between members of the
communities of a relatively uniform habitat. Fifty-five
species of invertebrates were recorded. Relative abund-
ance was greatest in February and lowest in July. The
surrounding deciduous forest was determined to have the
greatest effect on the composition and abundance of the
fauna of the springbrook.

(200)

Correlations between Soil Moisture
and Vegetational Types of an Island

Samuel M. Stubblefield, Jr.,

Tennessee Technological University

The range of available soil moisture in its relation to
vegetational types was investigated over a period of nine
months. Random soil samples were taken at depths of
3" and 12" in the experimental area of 700 acres at
weekly intervals. The moisture content and the perma-
nent wilting percentages of the soil samples were de-
termined. Quantitative vegetational analysis was made
to ascertain the pattern of distribution in relation to the
soil moisture content. Positive correlations were estab-
lished between the amount of available soil moisture in
each of the sampling areas, and the types of herbaceous
and woody flora. Variations in the available soil mois-
ture content at the 3" and 12" soil levels were also ob-
served. The influence of available soil moisture at
depths of 3" and 12" and the permanent wilting per-
centages of the soils involved were definite factors in the
determination of vegetational types.

(2)

Influence of Diquat, Paraquat, and Several
Surfactants on the Loss of Betanin From
Beet Root Discs In Vitro

D. L. Sutton and C. L. Foy,

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Betanin, a flavonoid pigment, is slowly released from
fresh root discs of Beta vulgaris L. in vitro, and its rate
of appearance as measured by spectrophotometry (max.
538 mu) may be used as a criterion in studying altera-
tions in membrane permeability. Diquat (6,7-dihydro-
dipyrido [l,2-a:2',l'-c] = pyrazidiinium salt) at 10“3 and
10_4M inhibited the release of betanin; lower concentra-
tions of diquat and 10_3M paraquat ( 1,1 '-dimethyl-4, 4'-
bipyridinium salt) gave readings comparable to the con-
trols. The cationic surfactants Aerosol C-61 and Fly-
amine 1622, at concentrations from 0.001 to 1.0%,
caused a rapid release of betanin. Nonionic surfactants
Tween 20 and Tween 80 also enhanced the release of
betanin but less dramatically. Six or 12 hour pretreat-
ments with either diquat, paraquat, Tween 20, or Tween
80 did not nullify the drastic action of the cationic sur-
factants.

(1)

Absorption of 2-chloro-4,6-bis(ethylamino)--s-
triazine (simazine) by Excised Roots of
Hordeum vulgare L. (var. Wong)

Simazine absorption by roots of intact plants is gener-
ally assumed to occur by a passive mechanism. Results
with excised barley roots indicate absorption of simazine
occurred by both a passive and active process. Within
30 minutes, approximately one-half of the simazine-C1*
was absorbed with a reduced absorption rate for the
next one and one-half hours. At the end of the two
hour absorption period, roots were placed in distilled
water or non-radioactive simazine and lost approximately
75 percent of the absorbed simazine within 15 minutes.
Boiling or treatment with dinitrophenol reduced the ac-
tive uptake of simazine.

(95)

Changes in the Carbohydrate Content During
Metamorphosis of the Blowfly, Phormia regina

Laurence G. Tate and Larry T. Wimer,
University of South Carolina

Changes in the carbohydrate content of Phormia re-
gina were determined at 24 hr intervals during meta-
morphosis. The non-glycogen carbohydrates were ex-
tracted from individual lyophilized animals with 70%
ethanol. The remaining residue was treated with hot
4% NaOH to extract glycogen. Glycogen was isolated
by precipitation in 70% ethanol and quantitated with
anthrone. The non-glycogen carbohydrate fraction was
purified on Dowex 1 and 50. The sugars were then
separated by thin-layer chromatography and quantitated
on a densitometer. The prepupa contained 848 /xg of
glycogen. Glycogen declined to 293 /xg 24 hr later and
to 243 /xg by eclosion. Glucose and maltose showed
similar values (18 /xg) in the prepupa and increased to
155 /xg and 96 fig, respectively, 24 hr later. In the
newly emerged adult glucose had decreased to 77 /xg and
maltose to 14 /xg. Trehalose remained constant (about
21 /xg) during metamorphosis but increased strikingly
(to 55 /xg) at eclosion.

(167)

Tissue Anomalies in Tree Species Following
Fast Neutron or Gamma Irradiation
Fred G. Taylor, Jr., Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Gross morphological characters (such as puckering
and wrinkling in leaves) are among parameters used to
assess radiation effects in higher plants. While these
descriptions are meaningful there is a greater need for
anatomical clarification so as to convey knowledge of
internal structures and possible alterations in functions of
tissues. In contrast to gamma radiation, studies at
ORNL have shown that exposures to fast neutrons yield
qualitatively similar results in woody species. Radiation
induced modifications in foliar tissues have been char-
acterized for 9 genera of deciduous trees surrounding the
Health Physics Research Reactor, while similar dam-
ages (gamma induced) have been observed in a conifer.
Damage to shoot apical meristems are depicted in pines.
Fusion of main and axillary stems has been recorded for
3 deciduous genera. These morphological features are
defined anatomically to illustrate a type of radiation
damage in representative genera. (Research sponsored
by the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission under contract
with the Union Carbide Corporation.)

David L. Sutton, D. W. Jones, C. W. Laughlin and
M. G. Hale, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The mechanisms whereby organic compounds are ac-
tively absorbed are probably very similar to absorption
of inorganic ions, information is available on the up-
take of organic herbicides by intact plants, but few stud-
ies have been conducted with excised root systems.

(64)

Ecology of Red Mangrove Seedling Establishment

Howard J. Teas, University of Miami and
Florence Montgomery, University of Georgia

The red mangrove, Rhizophora mangle, ordinarily
drops its seedlings into the water where typically they

56

ASB Bulletin

float unrooted until the lower end comes to rest in con-
tact with a suitable substrate. With view to understand-
ing the ecological factors in mangrove establishment,
several factors were tested. The effects of fresh versus
salt water, light versus dark, mud versus sand, scraped
radicle versus unscraped radicle, and geotropic posture
were studied. Rooting occurred better in the dark than
light, but very little rooting was found in salt water in
the light; scratching of the radicle did not aid rooting;
and seedlings in salt marsh mud with salt water grew
best. A geotropic righting of horizontally placed seed-
lings was observed. The probable role of these findings
in mangrove establishment and survival is discussed.

(172)

Effect of Bottom Substrates on the Bivalve,
Rangia cuneata

Kenneth R. Tenore, North Carolina State University

The effect of bottom sediment composition on Rangia
cuneata was investigated in the Pamlico River estuary.
North Carolina. Mortality, meat-shell weight ratio, and
shell growth were evaluated in relation to particle size,
organic matter concentration, and phosphate concentra-
tion. In situ factorial experiments were carried out for
5 months using individually marked clams placed in
boxes of predetermined sediment composition. Clay-
silt sediments were an unfavorable environmental sub-
strate. High levels of organic matter or phosphate in-
tensified this effect, suggesting that the physical and
chemical environment of fine sediments was responsible.
However, in sand sediments, high levels of organic mat-
ter and phosphate were found favorable to Rangia.

To clarify these results, clams were placed in trays
with sediment containing Zinc-65 labeled detrital matter
and Phosphorus-32. The results indicated that Rangia,
although a typical filter-feeding bivalve, can accumulate
these materials from the sediment. Such mechanisms
are suggested as a possible cause of the better growth
observed in sand sediments with moderately high levels
of organic matter and phosphate.

(94)

Metabolic Fate of 14C-Isoleucine in Non-Egg-
Laying Female Aedes aegypti (L.)

William L. Tietjen, Georgia Southwestern College,
and James N. Liles, The University of Tennessee

The 14C activities of lipid, protein, and soluble extract
fractions were determined over 6 weeks following inges-
tion of L-isoleucine-u-14C by non-egg-laying female Aedes
aegypti (L. ) . 80 per cent of the initial activity was lost

from the free isoleucine pool during the first day with
only 1 per cent remaining in this pool after 10 days.
10 per cent of the ingested 14C was lost through excre-
ment, most being lost during the first two days. 15 per
cent was lost to 14C02 over the 6 weeks. Lipid incorpo-
ration of the 14C plateaued by 6 hours at 5 per cent of
the ingested value. 50 per cent of the 14C was incorpo-
rated into the protein fraction within 6 hours, with a
high of 80 per cent being reached by 2 days. The de-
crease in total and protein 14C were parallel, suggesting
that the 14C of the 14C02 came from the protein 14C.

(73)

Bird Species Diversity and Ecological Succession

Elliot J. Tramer, University of Georgia

Species diversity indices were calculated for 986 breed-
ing bird populations from a wide variety of ecosystems.
The index used was H(s) = — 2pi In pi, where pi is the

proportion of individuals in the i-th species (i = 1, 2,
. . ., s). Within a given sere the diversity increased with
the age of the community, leveling off as the system
reached maturity. Although tropical savanna and wood-
ed communities had higher diversities than their tem-
perate counterparts, grasslands were found to have com-
parable diversities at all latitudes. Much of the existing
bird census data were found to be inapplicable to the
study of successional gradients, since many supposedly
homogeneous tracts were, in fact, heterogeneous, and plot
sizes were often too small or too large. It is suggested
that a knowledge of the diversity changes in truly hom-
ogeneous serai stages enables one to estimate the degree
of heterogeneity of a census area from its species diver-
sity index.

(107)

Further Studies on Water-Soluble Cytochromes
from Blue-Green Algae

Linda S. Tuck and Raymond W. Holton,

The University of Tennessee

An improved method for the separation of water-
soluble cytochromes from aqueous extracts of lyophil-
ized algae has been devised. This procedure makes use
of an initial separation on a Sephadex G-75 column.
Despite an overlap in the elution of phycocyanin and
the initial cytochrome fractions, the majority of phyco-
cyanin is separated from the cytochromes. Partial sep-
aration of the individual cytochromes from Anacystis
nidulans occurs on the Sephadex and complete separa-
tion can be carried out on a DEAE-cellulose column.
When extracts from Chlorogloea fritschii are analyzed
by this procedure, only a single cytochrome is observed.
It is the f-type cytochrome with a-peak at 554 ni/j. and
is apparently similar to those found in other photosyn-
thetic organisms; however, the other c-type cytochrome
with a-peak at 549 m p, found in Anacystis has not been
detected in Chlorogloea. The results of further extrac-
tions and characterization of cytochromes from Chloro-
gloea grown heterotrophically and under conditions in
which it fixes nitrogen will be described.

(80)

Biological Assimilation and Turnover of Three
Radioisotopes by Crickets ( Acheta domesticus )

Robert I. Van Hook, Jr.1 and D. A. Crossley, Jr.,1
Oak Ridge National Laboratory

The use of radioactive isotopes for measuring food
consumption and energy flow in insect populations re-
quires careful assessment of assimilation and turnover
rates. In separate experiments, three radioisotopes
(134Cs, 51Cr and 131I) were fed to adult brown crickets
for a 24-hr period. The insects were then transferred to
nonradioactive food and their whole-body radioactivity
measured at 1-hr intervals. The retention of each of
the three radioisotopes can be described by a negative
exponential equation consisting of two components, a
shorter one related to loss of unassimilated radioisotope
from the gut and a longer one describing excretion of
assimilated radioisotope from tissues. The shorter com-
ponents had similar rates (half-time — about 4 hrs) for
all three radionuclides, indicating that it was indeed a
measure of gut clearance. Chromium had the lowest
assimilation (6%) and cesium the highest (65%). As-
similated 134Cs and 51Cr were eliminated at moderate
rates (biological half-lives of 62 and 83 hrs, respect-
ively), but assimilated 33T was stored rather than ex-
creted.

1 Present addresses are Clemson University and Uni-
versity of Georgia.

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

57

(156)

Interaction Between Virus and Susceptibility
Gene for Tumor Development in Mice

Basudeo Varma, Georgia Southern College

For the elucidation of viral relationship with genetic
susceptibility in the development of spontaneous mam-
mary tumors, two strains of mice — one designated as
X, resistant to the development of mammary tumors,
and a second strain designated as IBA/Ha, of which
95% breeding females develop spontaneous mammary
tumors, were used as the experimental materials. Mice
of the X strain are free from any viruses whereas the
mice of the IBA/Ha strain contain two types of virus
particles — A and B in their mammary glands and in
their mammary tumor tissues. In mammary tumors,
developed among Fi breeding female mice of a cross be-
tween IBA/Ha female - X male, dough-nut shaped virus
particles (A) varying in size from 110-120 mu in di-
ameter were seen in the cytoplasm and nucleoid type
(B) particles (135-160 mu) were observed budding in
the intercellular space from the plasma membrane. Sim-
ilar particles were also observed in the tumors developed
among the second generation mice from the above cross,
but intracytoplasmic particles (180-220 mu) were seen
in addition to A type particles in these tumors.

Development of mammary tumors in these two strains
of mice is genetically controlled by two complementary
genes, gene C inherited by the IBA/Ha strain and gene
B by the X strain of mice. Transmission of virus part-
icles in F2 albino mice from their maternal grandparents
of IBA/Ha strain, probably render these mice suscept-
ible to interaction between virus particles and the sus-
ceptibility gene for development of mammary tumors.
Presence of virus in a strain of mice which is otherwise
tumor resistant, could make it vulnerable for the de-
velopment of spontaneous mammary tumors. Further
work is needed to show which of these two types of
virus particles — A or B interact with the susceptibility
gene for the development of mammary tumors in these
Fo hybrid mice.

(180)

Environmental Control of Oxygen
Consumption in Cotton Rats

C. Kenyon Wagner, University of Georgia

Oxygen consumption was studied in the cotton rat,
Sigmodon hispidus using a Beckman G-2 Paramagnetic
Oxygen Analyzer. Animals were placed in respirometers
and held for eight hours at each of the following tem-
peratures: 10°, 15°, 20°, 25°, 30°, and 35° Centigrade.
There was a linear relationship between oxygen con-
sumption (Y) and environmental temperature (X) from
10.0° to 22.5° C. as shown by the equation: Y = 4.40 -
.11X cc.Oo/gm.hr."1. The average oxygen consumption
at 10° C. was 3.37 cc.Cb/gm.hr."1 and dropped to 1.96
cc.Oo/gm.hr.'1 at 22.5° C. The zone of thermal neutral-
ity extended from 22.5° to 30.0° C. with the average
oxygen consumption 1.96 cc.02/gm.hr._1. At tempera-
tures above the upper limit of thermal neutrality oxygen
consumption rose to 2.36 cc.Oa/gm.hr.'1.

(195)

Southern Mixed Hardwood Forest in the
Virginia Coastal Plain
Stewart A. Ware, College of William and Mary

Analysis of the more mature portions of the College
Woods at Williamsburg revealed a strong relationship to
the Southern Mixed Hardwood Forest described by

Quarterman and Keever. Ten of their twelve Group
overstory species were present; those missing (magnoli;
and laurel oak) do not range so far north. The samplec
stand had a coefficient of similarity with the SMHF ab
stract of 60%; Group I species contributed 61% of th<
total tree layer Importance Value. White oak, beech
loblolly pine, tuliptree, and southern red oak were the
dominants, and dogwood, red maple and American holh
were the most important understory species. The sam
pled community differs from the SMHF in the high im-
portance of tuliptree and red maple. Wells noted the
importance of these species in North Carolina Coastal
Plain climax forests; quantitative studies there are neces-
sary to determine if these species generally become more
important in the northeastern extension of the SMHF.

(110)

Lactic Acid Fermentation in Achlya ambisexualis
(Order Saprolegniales)

Charles O. Warren, Nora Harvin, and
William Turner, Southwestern at Memphis

Although numerous reports have appeared concerning
lactic acid fermentation in phycomycetous orders such as
the Blastocladiales, Leptomitales and Mucorales, little at-
tention has been given to the existence and significance of
this metabolic pathway in the closely-related order, Sap-
rolegniales. Lactic acid production in Achlya ambisex-
ualis was demonstrated using a colorimetric assay for
lactic acid accumulation in the medium. The fungus
carried out lactic acid fermentation under highly aerobic
(shake-culture) conditions, although the amount of lactic
acid in the medium increased eight to ten-fold under sta-
tionary conditions. The rate of glucose assimilation was
compared to the rate of lactic acid production under
varying cultural conditions. Preliminary electrophoretic
analyses of cell-free extracts demonstrated the presence
of a lactic dehydrogenase appearing as a single anodic
band. Studies of lactic acid fermentation in relation to
assexual and sexual morphogenesis were conducted.

(25)

The Effects of Temperature on Water Potential
and Water Movement in Plants
Charles P. Weatherspoon, Duke University

Spanner (Introduction to Thermodynamics, Academic
Press, N. Y., 1964, p. 207) states that a change of “one
degree centigrade is equivalent to over eighty atmos-
pheres [change in water potential], in the sense that water
will distill from an open solution of eighty atmospheres
osmotic potential to pure water maintained at only one
degree centigrade below it.” This suggests that the tem-
perature gradients commonly occurring within plants
should have enormous effects on water movement
through plants, largely overshadowing pressure, osmotic,
and matric components of water potential. Experience
shows that this is not the case, however. A consideration
of the properties necessary for the functioning of a
thermoosmosis apparatus shows that while liquid water
movement is very sensitive to temperature gradients un-
der certain special conditions, these conditions are prac-
tically absent in plants. Therefore, although tempera-
ture does indeed strongly influence water potential, the
temperature “component” of water potential is largely
ineffective in influencing water movement in plants.

58

ASB Bulletin

(179)

The Effect of Temperature and Radiation
on Litter Size in Peromyscus polionotus

J. R. Wells, J. L. Carmon, and M. H. Smith,
University of Georgia

The animals used for this study were trapped in the
wild and have been maintained in the laboratory for
seven generations. A factorial experiment with three
levels of temperature and three levels of radiation was
conducted. The male parents of generations 2 through
7 received either zero, lOOr gamma, or 200r gamma
radiation one week before they were mated to a single
female. The animals were maintained at either 60°,
75°, or 90° F, in generations 5 through 7. The average
number of young bom alive in first litters of generations
2 through 7 was 3.02, 3.04, and 2.95 for the zero, lOOr,
and 200r, radiation levels respectively; no significant
differences were noted. An analysis of all litters in gen-
erations 5 through 7 indicate a significant difference in
litter size between the lOOr and 200r radiation groups.
Significant differences in litter size were found between
all three temperature levels. Generation effect and tem-
perature X radiation interaction has also been studied.

(150)

A Preliminary Report on Gametogenesis and
Fertilization in the Heterogonic Life Cycle
of Rhabdias ranae Walton, 1929

Martha H. Whicker and Felix H. Lauter,
University of South Carolina

The somatic, diploid, and haploid chromosome num-
bers were determined in the syngonic female (24, 12,
eggs six, spermatozoa five or six), free-living female (24,
12, six), and free-living male (22, 11, five or six). In
the parasitic hermaphrodite primary oocytes can be
found in leptotene, zygotene, and pachytene stages. In
the synapsis zone six tetrads in early diplotene can be
observed. The chromosomes seem to disappear in the
growth zone and reappear in the oocyte just prior to
fertilization. After sperm penetration the egg nucleolus
and nuclear membrane disintegrate. In the egg the six
condensed tetrads move to the periphery and form two
polocytes by rapid meiotic divisions. In the syngonic
female, spermatogenesis occurs in the testis region. Pri-
mary spermatocytes in diplotene and diakinesis show
five large tetrads and two small dyads. Meiotic divisions
are pre-reductional. In anaphase I the two small dyads
(heterochromosomes) are found lagging on the spindle.
When division is completed, each secondary spermatocyte
has one small and five large dyads. In the equational
division one of the lagging heterochromosomes is lost
when cytokinesis occurs forming two spermatids, one
with five and one with six chromosomes. As the sperma-
tozoa pass through the growth zone the chromosomes
condense and spermiogenesis is completed.

The free-living male and female are presently being
investigated.

(192)

Vegetational Patterns Along An Altitudinal
Gradient — Community or Continuum?

Dennis Whigham, University of North Carolina

The vegetation of Bluff Mountain, Ashe County, N. C.,
is a mosaic of vegetation types which apparently inter-
grade into one another. This study of the vegetation of
the North slope of the mountain indicates that three
recognizable communities occur along the altitudinal
gradient. These communities correspond to the low

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

elevation cove forest, higher elevation sub-type of cove
forest, and Oak-Chestnut forest as described for the
vegetation of the Great Smoky Mountains. Acer sac-
charum is the dominant of the low elevation cove for-
est. Betula lutea is the dominant of the higher elevation
sub-type and Quercus rubra var borealis is the dominant
of the Oak-Chestnut forest of the ridges.

(50)

Taxonomic Studies on the Genus Dinemasporium

Joseph C. White1 and Lafayette Frederick,
Atlanta University

The genus Dinemasporium has been subjected to criti-
cal review in order to clarify speciation, provide addi-
tional information on the manner of spore development,
and elucidate the status and probable relationships of
closely allied genera. These studies reveal that the gen-
eric diagnosis of Dinemasporium should be emended to
include those morphologic variations now known to oc-
cur as additional typifying characters of the genus.

Thirty-four species and several varieties have been as-
signed to the genus. Results from our comparative stud-
ies of available type specimens suggest that only 11 spe-
cies and 2 varieties be recognized as the taxa comprising
Dinemasporium.

Spore formation appears to be murogenous in origin.
The position and number of setulae on spores may vary
with the species. Setulae may be present at each end of
a spore or they may be laterally attached. The origin
and structural nature of these setulae is still obscure.
It does not appear as if they represent protrusive out-
growths from the spore wall.

1 Present address: Department of Plant Pathology,
Washington State University.

(177)

How Long Will Diapause Larvae of
Mormoniella Live?

P. W. Whiting, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Diapause larvae, larvae arrested in development at the
fourth instar, have been reported to live at “room tem-
perature” for two or even three years. If they are sub-
jected to three months refrigeration, 4° C, the diapause
is potentially broken, for upon removal from the refrig-
erator, they will pupate and eclose. If left in the re-
frigerator, they may safely be stored for well over a
year. Larvae of several different stocks were refriger-
ated. Some were incubated after seven months and
formed large, fertile adults. The remainder, examined
after 22 months, were for the most part shriveled or
completely dry but some were living although reduced
in size. Incubation at 30° C induced pupation and the
different stocks were recovered in active condition. (Re-
search sponsored by the U. S. Atomic Energy Commis-
sion under contract with the Union Carbide Corpora-
tion. )

(63)

Compartmental Analysis of Production and
Decay of Juncus roemerianus

Richard B. Williams, Oak Ridge National Laboratory,
and Marianne B. Murdoch,

U. S. Bur. Commercial Fisheries

The rates of annual net production and decay of Jun-
cus (needle rush) in a salt marsh near Beaufort, N. C.
were determined by fitting field data into a compart-
mental model in which individual culms moved through
three successive compartments: live, dying and dead.

59

Average standing crops (dry wgt./m2) for the compart-
ments were respectively, 340 g, 500 g, and 1600 g; the
number of turnovers per year were respectively, 2.5, 1.7
and 0.53. Annual production was 850 g (dry wgt.)/mr.
The rate of production was greatest in summer and least
in midwinter.

(178)

Influence of Temperature Upon the Susceptibility
to Acute Irradiation in Peromyscus polionotus

Roger G. Williams, Michael H. Smith, and
James L. Carmon, University of Georgia

The influence of temperature upon the susceptibility to
acute whole irradiation has been studied in an attempt
to find the effects upon the days until death and the
LD5o,so. The test population was reared in a tempera-
ture controlled environment of 24° C. The mice were
subjected to whole body irradiation from a Co00 source
at either the lOOOr, llOOr, 1200r, or 1300r, level. Fol-
lowing irradiation, the mice were placed in individual
cages in either of three temperature control rooms;
15° C, 24° C, or 32° C. Each of the twelve radiation
temperature subgroups consisted of 10 males and 10
females. The LDso.ao ranged in the subgroups from
1102r for the males at 15° C to 1 2 1 3r for the females
at 32° C. The analysis of variance using the average
number of days until death showed that a difference be-
tween the lOOOr level and the other levels was signifi-
cant (5% level) as well as a significant difference be-
tween the two temperature extremes.

(96)

The Non-Glycogen Carbohydrates of the Larval
Hemolymph and Fat Body of Phormici regina
Larry T. Wimer, University of South Carolina

Trehalose, frequently recognized as the predominant
blood sugar of insects, is apparently absent from the
hemolymph of larval Diptera. Since trehalose has been
detected in whole dipterous larvae, an attempt was made
to elucidate these seemingly conflicting reports. Non-
glycogen carbohydrates were extracted from lyophilized
fat bodies and fresh hemolymph using 70% ethanol,
then purified with Dowex resins. Photodensitometry of
thin-layer chromatograms permitted specific microdeter-
mination of the sugars. Glucose, the predominant blood
sugar, declined from 155 mg% in the early third instar
larva to 61.5 mg% at puparium formation. Maltose was
detected in trace amounts in the hemolymph during third
instar development, while trehalose was not detected un-
til puparium formation. The fat body contained trehal-
ose and glucose throughout third instar development and
at puparium formation showed values of 10.5 ,ug/fat
body and 3.9 \± g/fat body, respectively. An unidentified
compound (probably carbohydrate) appeared at pupar-
ium formation and may have a developmental signifi-
cance.

(140)

A Guide to the Formed Elements in Human
Blood Stained with Wrights Stain
John D. Withers, Clark College

Application of the principle of the Diagnostic key to
the teaching of blood cell morphology has proven valu-
able in Histology, Elementary Biology and Hematology
classes. Its use provides the teacher with an effective
tool and the student with a means by which he can de-
velop accuracy in examination of blood smears stained
with Wrights stain.

(186)

Genetic Factors Relating to Radiosensitivity
of Populus deltoides

J. P. Witherspoon, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

In studying biological effects of ionizing radiation on
cells, tissues and organs, genetic factors relating to radio-
sensitivity are usually constant. However, when these
effects are sought at a population level of organization,
the differential responses of individuals (genotypes) lend
much variance to experimental results. Radiobiological
studies using clones (asexually propagated cuttings) of
eastern cottonwood permitted replication of genotypes
under controlled environmental conditions. Responses
of clones to both gamma and fast neutron radiation in-
dicated that genotypes may exhibit wide differences in
radiosensitivity due to genetic control of growth rate,
biological timing and tissue differentiation. Clonal var-
iations in the relative biological effectiveness of fission
fast neutrons compared to “Co gamma rays also were
found as a result of growth rate differences. (Research
sponsored by USAEC under contract with the Union
Carbide Corporation.)

(37)

A Preliminary Biosystematic Study of
Erythronium americanum Ker (Liliaceae)
in the Southeastern United States

B. Eugene Wofford, University of South Alabama,

and William H. Ellis, Austin Peay State University

Variations in the yellow flowering species of the genus
Erythronium in the southeastern United States have re-
cently been of considerable taxonomic importance. The
existence of these variations between and within single
populations of Erythronium americanum were suggested
to the author and served as a basis for the study. Par-
ticular biosystematic emphasis was placed on the purple
and yellow anther color forms of Erythronium ameri-'
canum. Inferences were made from geographical, eco-
logical, cytotaxonomical, anatomical, and morphological
data compiled from both fresh material and herbarium
specimens. Statistical analysis were employed where
they seemed pertinent. The results of this preliminary
investigation indicate that two distinct biotypes of Ery-
thronium americanum exist and are best distinguished on
the basis of anther coloration. Although it now appears
that these two biotypes should be placed in the taxon-
omic category of forma, formal taxonomic recognition
will not be presented until variations are sufficiently bio-
systematically studied throughout the entire range.

(67)

Non-petrified Fossil Spores in Sediments

Frederick A. Wolf, Duke University

Alluvial deposits and sediments of lakes and of other
bodies of water contain the remains of animals and
plants, especially pollen and fungal spores. This report
is concerned with spores of fungi in sediments from lakes
in Uganda, Kenya, Zambia, and Tanzania. The age of
these sediments dates from the termination of the Ice
Age.

The spores were sparse in some lakes and were abund-
ant in others. Some kinds resembled contemporary gen-
era, and therefore could be identified with a reasonable
degree of assurance. Paucity of spores in certain of the
lakes seems to be due to (1) year after year burning of
the vegetation, (2) protracted periods of drought, (3)
sporatic volcanic eruptions, and (4) grazing pressures
from herds of wild and domestic animals.

60

ASB Bulletin

It was anticipated that spores of certain widely pre-
valent genera would occur in the sediments and reasons
for their non-occurrence were sought. It was learned
that certain kinds are readily decomposed, if stored in
sediment, and that some are destroyed by treatments em-
ployed in the preparation of materials for microscopic
examination.

Apparently certain genera have not undergone change
in morphology during the period that has elapsed since
the termination of the Ice Age. The survival of the spe-
cies must have depended upon evolutionary changes in
their physiology, that resulted in their adjustment to the
vicissitudes of climatic and other environment changes.

(19)

Enzymatic Activities in Leaves of Light-grown
and Dark-grown Wheat Seedlings
Frederick T. Wolf, Vanderbilt University

Seedlings of wheat, var. Seneca, were grown either in
continuous darkness or under a 14-16 hr. photoperiod
for one week, at which time the relative activities of a
number of enzymes were assayed in crude extracts ob-
tained from the leaves. The enzymes studied were in-
vertase, trehalase, raffinase, lipase, galactokinase, aldo-
lase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, acid phospha-
tase, urease, indole acetic acid oxidase, alcohol dehydro-
genase, ascorbic acid oxidase, catalase, and peroxidase.
Raffinase, ascorbic acid oxidase, and peroxidase levels
were higher in dark-grown seedlings. Activities of all
other enzymes studied were greater in light-grown seed-

lings, and ranged up to 3.5 times those in dark-grown
plants. No significant differences in the degree of res-
piratory inhibition induced by cyanide or azide, or of
respiratory stimulation by 2,4-dinitrophenol, were found.

(168)

Development of the Gametophyte of Woodwardia
areolata in Sterile Culture: The Effects
of Exogenous Sucrose

Fred T. Yeats, University of Mississippi and
University of South Carolina

Germinating spores of W. areolata (L.) Moore, sec-
tioned at ten microns and stained, reveal a centrally lo-
cated nucleus, which migrates to the spore wall and there
divides. The subsequent, unequal, tangential cell divi-
sion forms a small achlorophyllous rhizoidal cell. The
larger cell then divides transversely, forming a large
chlorophyllous prothallial cell.

Prothallia of W . areolata were cultured in Knudson’s
mineral medium supplemented with sucrose in concen-
trations varying from 0% to 4%. The effect of the
varying sucrose concentrations was confined to a retarda-
tion of development at concentrations of 3% to 4%, and
an enhancement at concentrations of 0% to 1.5%. This
was the only effect noted. There was no significant dif-
ference in developmental patterns or in time of initiation
of sex organs on the various sucrose concentrations.
Branching prothallia occurred on all media except that
containing 1% sucrose, and embedded antheridia were
noted in prothallia grown on all media.

News of Biology in the Southeast

Joseph F. Fitzpatrick, Jr. — Editor

About People

Jean Givens, Instructor in Biology, Georgia State Col-
lege, Atlanta, has been appointed a Director of the
Newly-formed Azalea Chapter of the National Rhodo-
dendron Society. Persons interested in its activities may
contact the Secretary, David E. Cook, 3288 Embry
Drive, Chamblee, Georgia.

Richard Dennis Ewing has joined the Developmental
Biochemistry Croup of the Oak Ridge National Labora-
tory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee as a one-year USPHS Post-
doctoral Fellow. Dr. Ewing received his Ph.D. from the
University of Miami, Coral Gables, Florida.

Claudia Pellegrino completed a year’s study with the
Biochemical Radiation Group of the Oak Ridge National
Laboratory on 3 November 1967. Dr. Pellegrino re-
turned to his position at the Instituto di Patologia Gen-
erale. University di Sienna, Italy.

W. L. Mengebier has resigned as Head of the Depart-
ment of Biology, Madison College, Harrisonburg, Vir-
ginia after a term of 14 years. Dr. Mengebier will re-
turn to full time teaching and research.

John Landry has been appointed Assistant Professor
of Biology, Randolph-Macon Woman’s College, Lynch-
burg, Virginia. Mr. Landry did graduate work at the
University of Connecticut, specializing in vertebrate ecol-
ogy, and comes to RMWC after a sojourn at the Uni-
versity of Utah.

Herbert P. Riley, Visiting Professor, Department of
Population and Environmental Biology, University of
California, Irvine, attended the West Coast Population
Biologist’s Conference at Stanford University in No-
vember.

New faculty members of the Department of Biological
Science, Florida State University, Tallahassee, are: Mor-
ton L. Burdick, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University (Developmental Biology); Pasquale
Graziadei, Associate Professor, M.D., University of Pavia,
Italy (Electron Microscopy); William F. Herrnkind, As-
sistant Professor, Ph.D., University of Miami (Animal
Behavior); S. R. de Kloet, Associate Professor, Ph.D.,
University of Utrecht, The Netherlands (Biosynthesis of
Proteins and Nucleic acids); and Charles R. Stasek, As-
sociate Professor, Ph.D., University of California, Ber-
keley (Mollusca).

Vol. 15, No. 2, April 1968

61

New Staff of the Department of Biology, Roanoke Col-
lege, Salem, Virginia are Harold S. Adams, Lecturer in
Biology, B.S., Eastern Illinois University, M.S., Univer-
sity of Omaha, Ph.D. candidate, Virginia Polytechnic In-
stitute; Doris Jean Dealy, Assistant Professor of Zoology,
Ph.D., Texas Womans University (Bacteriology); Gene
Grubitz, III, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph D., Uni-
versity of Arkansas (Animal Behavior); Linna Ellen Har-
din, Research Assistant in Parasitology, B.A., Coker
College, M.A., Vanderbilt University.

Tang Shih-chen Auyang, Professor of Biology, Taiwan
Normal University, Taipei, Taiwan will be a Visiting
Professor of Biology at Western Maryland College, West-
minster, for the second semester, 1967-68 Session.

Howard M. Lenhoff, Director of the Laboratory for
Quantitative Biology, University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Florida, has been elected a Fellow of AAAS.

J. W. Longworth and R. O. Rahn, Biology Division,
Oak Ridge National Laboratories, Oak Ridge, Tennessee,
presented papers at the International Symposium on
Basic Mechanisms in Photochemistry and Photobiology
held in Caracas, Venezuela.

Alexander Hollaender, Biology Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratories, Oak Ridge, Tennessee, attended
the December meeting of Organizing Committee of NAS
which studied plans for the organization of a Health and
Biological Planning Institute.

The chart series “Plants Poisonous to People” by Julia
Morton, Director of the University of Miami (Florida)
Collectanea, has been adopted by the Walter Reed Medi-
cal Center in Washington to train medical officers for
service in Southeast Asia.

Some changes in the staff of the Radiobiological Lab-
oratory of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Beaufort,
North Carolina, include: E. N. Pettaway, Jr., temporary
Biological Aid, resigned; J. C. White, Jr., returned from
a year of graduate study at North Carolina State Uni-
versity, Raleigh; and R. B. Williams began a year of
training at Oak Ridge National Laboratory.

J. P. Baptist, Radiobiological Laboratory, U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, Beaufort, North Carolina partici-
pated in the Second Consolidated Departmental Manager
Development Program held in Washington, D. C.

Charles Boehms, Associate Professor of Biology, and
David Synder, Assistant Professor of Biology, Austin
Peay State University, Clarksville, Tennessee, led a
group of 19 students on a 7-day study at the Gulf Coast
Research Laboratory, Ocean Springs, Mississippi.

D. A. Crossley, Jr., joined the staff of the University
of Georgia, Athens, as Professor of Entomology. Dr.
Crossley was formerly Insect Ecology Group Leader at
Oak Ridge National Laboratory and Associate Professor
of Zoology (Part-time) at the University of Tennessee.

David O. Tandle has been appointed Associate Pro-
fessor of Forest Mathematics at Duke University, Dur-
ham, North Carolina. Dr. Yandle was formerly with the
Southeastern Forest Experiment Station, Asheville, North
Carolina. He will teach courses in forest statistics and
operations research.

Fred M. Vukovich, Research Meteorologist, Engineer-
ing and Environmental Sciences Division, Research Tri-
angle Institute, Durham, North Carolina, has been named
Adjunct Professor of Forest Meteorology at Duke Uni-
versity. Dr. Vukovich will teach courses in atmospheric
motion, turbidence and diffusion.

John Louis Gerin has joined the staff of the Molecu-
lar Anatomy Section, Oak Ridge National Laboratory,
Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Dr. Gerin was fonnerly with
Abbott Laboratories, Chicago, Illinois.

Jimmy Barthel Jones has resigned from the staff of the
Pathology and Physiology Section, Oak Ridge National
Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee, to accept a position
at the University of Tennessee Memorial Research Cen-
ter, Knoxville.

Craig Allen has been appointed Assistant Professor of
Biology, Shorter College, Rome, Georgia. Dr. Allen re-
ceived his terminal degree in entomology from Clemson
University.

Elton C. Cocke, Professor of Biology, Wake Forest
University, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, has recently
published a book on the Myxophyceae of North Carolina.
The book is profusely illustrated and describes about 325
species of blue-green algae.

Ralph D. Amen, Associate Professor of Biology, Wake
Forest University, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, as-
sumed the duties of Chairman of the Department 1 July
1967. Dr. Amen succeeded Elton C. Cocke, who had
been chairman since 1960.

Don G. Benson, Jr., has been appointed Assistant Pro-
fessor of Zoology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacks-
burg. He was formerly at Louisiana State University,
Baton Rouge.

William A. Calder, has been appointed Assistant Pro-
fessor of Zoology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacks-
burg. He was formerly at Duke University, Durham,
North Carolina.

62

ASB Bulletin

Richard S. Mitchell, has been appointed Assistant
Professor of Botany, Virginia Polytechnic Institute,
Blacksburg. He received his Ph.D. from the University
of California at Berkeley.

Robert A. Paterson, has been appointed Head of the
Department of Biology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute,
Blacksburg, Virginia. He was formerly at the University
of Maryland, College Park.

Ernest R. Stout has been appointed Assistant Pro-
fessor of Botany, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacks-
burg. He was formerly a Public Health Service Post-
doctoral Fellow at the University of Maryland, College
Park.

About Institutions

The Department of Biology, Southwestern at Mem-
phis, Tennessee, has received a NSF College Science
Improvement Program grant of $32,000 for the purchase
of a tow vehicle and trailer, the latter to be equipped as
a mobile environmental laboratory. The first extended
trip with this new facility is planned to be to the south-
western United States in Summer, 1988.

New Trustees and Officers were elected at the October
meeting of the BioSciences Information Service (BIOSIS).
Officers elected for a one-year term were Arthur D.
Hasler, Director of the Laboratory of Limnology of the
University of Wisconsin, Madison, President; Norman E.
Gibbons, Assistant Director, Division of Biosciences, Na-
tional Research Council, Ottawa, Canada, Vice President;
Karl H. Beyer, Jr., Senior Vice President, Research, Merck
Sharpe & Dohme Research Labs, West Point, Pennsyl-
vania, Treasurer; and Allan H. Brown, Chairman, Depart-
ment of Biology, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia,
Secretary. New Trustees elected for a three-year term
were Herbert H. Ross, Assistant Chief of the Illinois State
Natural History Survey, Urbana; William C. Steere, Di-
rector of the New York Botanical Garden, New York
City; and Dael Wolfle, Executive Officer, American Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Science, Washington,
D. C. Continuing Trustees are Theodore L. Jahn, Pro-
fessor of Zoology, University of California at Los An-
geles, Immediate Past President; Paul J. Krarner, James

B. Duke Professor of Botany, Duke University, Durham,
N. C.; James H. Oliver, Director of the American Mu-
seum of Natural History, New York; Phyllis V. Parkins,
Director, BioSciences Information Service; Kenneth B.
Raper, Professor of Bacteriology and Botany, University
of Wisconsin, and F. W. Went, Professor of Botany, Uni-
versity of Nevada, Reno.

In conjunction with the 40th Anniversary of the Bio-
Sciences Information Service and the dedication of then-
new headquarters building, BIOSIS presented a two-day
international conference on world problems in Phila-
delphia in October. Speakers were Keynoter Arthur
Larson, Director of the World Rule and Law School at
Duke University, Durham, N. C.; Sam Yorty, Mayor of
Los Angeles; H. Bentley Glass, Academic Vice President,
State College of New York, Stony Brook; Alan H. Nourse,
Author, Seattle, Washington; Leon H. Sullivan, Chair-
man of the Board, Opportunities Industralization Center,
Philadelphia; and Irwin B. Berch, Director, Philadelphia
District, Food & Drug Administration. The full pro-
ceedings of the conference are being prepared for dis-
tribution early next year, and will be available for those
interested.

Louisiana State University in Shreveport opened for
its first session during the 1967-68 school year. The
staff of the Department of Biological Sciences includes
Richard K. Speairs, Acting Chairman, formerly of Cen-
tenary College, Shreveport; Bobby F. Dowden, formerly
of Mississippi State College for Women, Columbus;
Dorothy A. Hubble, formerly of Byrd High School,
Shreveport; and Sylvia K. Goodman, formerly of Bossier
High School, Bossier City, Louisiana.

A two-day symposium on protein structure and func-
tion was held at the University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Florida, 22-23 January 1968. Participants were J. A.
Rupley, University of Arizona, Tucson; G. M. Edelman,
Rockefeller University, New York City; B. S. Hartley,
Laboratory of Molecular Biology, Cambridge University,
England; Feodor Lynen, Nobel laureate of the Max
Planck Institute, Munich, Germany; R. Bruce Merrifield,
Rockefeller University; H. A. Scheraga, Cornell Univer-
sity, Ithaca, New York; and William J. Whelan, Sidney
W. Fox, and J. Frederick Woessner, all of the University
of Miami.

VOL. 15, No. 2, April 1968

63

Eighteenth Annual Spring
Wild flower Pilgrimage

April 25, 26, 27, 1968
Gatlinburg, Tennessee

Plan now to enjoy this colorful and informative
event in the Great Smoky Mountains at the peak
of the spring wildflower season.

Each year this Wildflower Pilgrimage in the
nation’s most visited national park has grown in
popularity. The Botany Department of The Uni-
versity of Tennessee, the Great Smoky Mountains
National Park, and the Gatlinburg Garden Club
join forces to prepare and conduct this program
which is sponsored by The Gatlinburg Chamber
of Commerce.

Motorcades and trail hikes under expert leader-
ship take you to areas where spring wildflowers

grow in quantity and variety. Morning bird
walks are featured each day.

Photographic tours, under experienced photog-
raphers, are also scheduled events of the Wild-
flower Pilgrimage. Each evening there are illu-
strated talks, plant clinics and a “coffee” social
period. Those wishing to participate in the Wild-
flower Pilgrimage are urged to register in order to
make arrangements for various pilgrimage trips
and tours. Registration opens 9 a.m. Thursday,
April 25, 1968, in the Gatlinburg Civic Audi-
torium. Registration fee is $2. No advance reg-
istrations accepted. Detailed descriptions of each
pilgrimage event are furnished each participant at
the time of registration. Anyone who wishes to
participate in the Nature Photographer’s slide
show on Saturday night should bring 10 of their
best color slides.

If you wish a copy of the current Gatlinburg
Accommodations Directory or other specific in-
formation, address Dept. W.P., Box 527.

Volume 15, Number 3

July 1968

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Dorothy L. Cran-
dall, Randolph Macon Woman’s College,
Lynchburg, Virginia. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions
should be sent to the Business Manager,
Dr. David J. Cotter, Woman’s College
of Georgia, Milledgeville, Georgia. Sub-
scription rate for non-members of the
ASB: $4.00 per year. Printing and typo-
graphy by the Fulton Press, Inc., Lan-
caster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

DOROTHY L. CRANDALL
Associate Editor
JOSEPH F. FITZPATRICK, JR.,
News Editor

JOHN CARPENTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Robert B. Short, Florida
State University

Retiring President — Harold J. Humm,
University of South Florida
President Elect — John M. Carpenter,
University of Kentucky.
Vice-President — John W. Hardin, North
Carolina State University
Secretary — Dorothy L. Crandall, Ran-
dolph Macon Woman’s College
Treasurer — David J. Cotter, Woman’s
College of Georgia

Executive Committee — Albert E. Rad-
ford, University of North Carolina;
John D. McCrone, University of Flor-
ida. Richard E. Garth, Northwestern
State College; Grover C. Miller, North
Carolina State University; Burton J.
Bogitsh, Vanderbilt University; Anna
Josephine Bridgman, Agnes Scott Col-
lege. All officers are ex officio mem-
bers of the executive committee.

State Correspondents

Alabama — Position Vacant

Florida — John D. McCrone, University of
Florida

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State
College

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University
North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Newberry College
Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Resolutions Committee

Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State College
Burton J. Bogitsh, Vanderbilt Univ.

Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt Univ., Chair-
man

Volume 15, Number 3 - July 1968

CONTENTS

Association Affairs 66

Current Research on Vegetation in the Southeastern States 67

NSS Moves to Preserve Shelta Cave 76

Books and Periodicals 77

News of Biology in the Southeast 79

P ass i flora quadriangitlaris, passion flower or may pop. This woody
vine is abundant on the bunkers of the Emory University Gamma Radiation
Field in Atlanta, Georgia.

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

The largest annual meeting in the history of
ASB, and perhaps the most successful ever, was
held at the University of Georgia’s Continuing
Education Center at Athens April 18 to 20, 1968.
Over 1000 biologists attended (more than the
total membership of ASB), although the paid
registration record was somewhat fewer than
1000. There were 213 papers on the program,
about 50 percent greater than the previous record
number presented at the 1967 annual meeting.

Much credit for the attendance at this meeting
and the number of papers should go to the or-
ganizations that met with ASB this year; the
Southern Section of the American Society of
Plant Physiologists, the Southeastern Section of
the Botanical Society of America, the Southern
Appalachian Botanical Club, the Southeastern
Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists
and Herpitologists, and the Southeastern Region
of Beta Beta Beta National Honorary Biological
Society. For the first time at an ASB annual
meeting, there were paper sessions all day Thurs-
day (those by the plant physiologists) .

( Continued on page 74)

66

ASB Bulletin

Current Research on Vegetation
in the Southeastern States

A symposium co-sponsored by the ASB, the Ecological Society of America, the Society
for the Study of Evolution, and Section G, AAAS — December 29, 1966.

Washington, D. C., AAAS Meeting
Arranged by Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt University

Session I

Introduction: ELSIE QUARTERMAN, Vander-
bilt University.

The topography of southeastern United States
is varied, including such diverse environments as
those of the Everglades of Florida, the delta of
the Mississippi River, granite and limestone out-
crops, sand hills, mountain peaks, and coastal
marshes. All of these areas have distinctive and
in many cases unique vegetation. The floristic
affinities of this region with southeast Asia and
the several centers of endemism occurring in the
southeast add to its ecological as well as its flor-
istic interest, but the main concern of this sym-
posium lies with the ecological or broad aspects
of vegetation. I shall concentrate my brief intro-
duction, therefore, upon a representative portion
of the well-known, in many cases classical, work
that provides the context into which the papers to
be presented today will fit.

Perhaps more botanical attention has been fo-
cused on the southern Appalachians than on any
other southeastern area of similar extent. What-
ever may be their history as an ancient refugium
for plant species, the southern Appalachians are
a modern refuge, so to speak, for plant com-
munities in stable or near-stable condition, the
counterparts of which have been destroyed in sur-
rounding areas. The ruggedness of the terrain
and the presence of the Great Smoky Mountain
National Park each contributes to the preserva-
tion of these invaluable remnants of vegetation.

Several papers have dealt with the whole com-
plex of mountain vegetation, beginning with
Harshberger in 1903. Later on, Davis (1930)
studied the vegetation of the Black Mountains
and Whittaker (1956) that of the Smokies. Whit-
taker’s work proposed a pattern based largely up-
on moisture gradient analysis. In addition, E.
Lucy Braun (1950) included an over-all coverage
of the southern Appalachians in her book on the
Eastern Deciduous Forest.

The spruce-fir forest of high elevations, which
Shanks (1954) described as occurring in a micro-
thermal rain forest climate, were first studied

quantitatively by Stanley Cain (1935), who was
at that time very much involved with sampling
methods, but whose more enduring contribution in
this case, was the documented account of the
spruce-fir forest itself. This forest is related to
that of the northeastern states and southeastern
Canada not only by its dominant species, but by
many lesser floristic elements, as shown by Cain
(1930) with reference to the higher plants and
by A. J. Sharp (1939) for the bryophytes. In
1951, H. J. Oosting and W. D. Billings undertook
an extensive comparison of virgin spruce-fir stands
in the northern and southern Appalachians, and
firmly established the ecological similarities of
such forests in the two regions. Results of an
extensive study of ground vegetation of the high
elevation forest was published in 1958 by Dorothy
Crandall, who designated 5 forest site types based
upon variations in the undergrowth patterns.

Lower slopes of the mountains offer quite a
different kind of ecological opportunity, in that
one major dominant of the oak-chestnut forest
that previously covered them (Braun, 1950) has
been destroyed. The results of this catastrophic
change have been studied in the Blue Ridge by
Keever (1953) and in the Smokies by Woods and
Shanks (1957). In both areas species of oak ap-
pear to be replacing chestnut, although insufficient
time has elapsed for an equilibrium to have been
attained.

According to E. Lucy Braun ( 1950), the cove-
hardwood forests of the middle slopes are refer-
able to the Mixed Mesophytic Association that is
the key to the entire Eastern Deciduous Forest
Formation.

Many questions concerning the origin and main-
tenance of the treeless grassy and heath balds of
the Appalachians are still unanswered, although
much information has been gathered about them
by Camp (1931); Cain (1930; 1931); Davis
(1931); Wells (1936; 1937); Brown (1953);
Mark (1958); and Whittaker (1963). The local
beech gaps, studied by Russell (1953), offer sim-
ilar puzzles.

To review work on vegetation of the Piedmont
region, one inevitably starts with the comprehen-

Vol. 15, No. 3, July 1968

67

sive paper of Oosting (1942) on the plant com-
munities of the Piedmont of North Carolina. This
paper established the climax of the region as oak-
hickory, and, together with Billings’ study (1938)
of old field shortleaf pine stands, described the
now well-known pattern of old field succession.
This work not only provided sound phytosocio-
logical data on the plant communities, but laid the
foundation for many related studies dealing with
the underlying causes of the patterns, such as those
of Keever (1950) on causes of old-field succes-
sion, Borman (1953; 1956) and Woodwell
(1958) on pine and sweetgum, and Bordeau
( 1954) on oak.

A special environmental complex occurring in
the Piedmont is that of the granite rock outcrops.
Oosting and Anderson ( 1939) described the plant
successions on such outcrops in eastern North
Carolina, and McVaugh (1943) indicated the
unique floristic patterns and general vegetational
characteristics of outcrops in the southeast as a
whole. Present studies of granite outcrop vegeta-
tion center around those of R. B. Platt (Burbanck
and Platt 1964), his colleagues, and graduate stu-
dents, with emphasis on the outcrops occurring in
Georgia and Alabama.

Limestone outcrops in the southeast also dis-
play unique vegetation. The greatest concentra-
tion of these occurs in middle Tennessee, where
cedar glades support a vegetation that is strikingly
different from that of the adjacent regions. Glade
vegetation has been described by several authors,
including Harper (1926) and Quarterman, who
published results of quantitative studies of the
cedar glade complex in 1950. Since that time,
work in the glades has concentrated upon auteco-
logical studies of the cluster of endemics that oc-
cur there.

A review paper by Wells in 1942 was con-
cerned with summarizing many papers on ecologi-
cal problems of the coastal plain of the southeast,
the physiographic region to which Wells, himself,
devoted much attention, especially in the Caro-
linas. Other names associated with specific coast-
al plain segments must be mentioned: Roland
Harper, in Georgia, Alabama, and northern Flor-
ida; John H. Davis, the chief authority on vegeta-
tion of all of peninsula Florida, and Pessin and
Penfound in Louisiana and Alabama.

Interest in the vegetation of the Coastal Plain
has revolved for some years around the ecological
status of pine and hardwoods as regional domi-
nants. The region has been given several vege-
tational designations, among them fire subclimax
(Chapman, 1932; Garren, 1943), Southern Pine
Forest (Shantz and Zon, 3924), Southeastern
Evergreen Forest Region (Braun, 1950), South-
ern Mixed Hardwood Forest (Quarterman and

68

Keever, 1962), and Southern Mixed Forest
(Kuchler, 1964). For the Tallahassee Red Hills
Section, Gano (1917) and Kurz (1944) had con-
sidered the climax to be Beech-Magnolia. Quar-
terman and Keever (1962) studied the upland
forests throughout the whole extent of the coastal
plain and determined that successional trends are
toward a hardwood climax, co-dominated by some
14 to 24 species including beech and magnolia,
but certainly not dominated by these species.
They consider the potential climax of the mexic
uplands, which they have called the Southern
Mixed Hardwood Forest, to be an association of
the Eastern Deciduous Forest.

Papers dealing with the maritime strand were
reviewed in 1954 by Oosting, including those deal-
ing with effects of salt spray and with treeless and
forested strands and marsh vegetation. Since that
time, Bordeau and Oosting (1959) have studied
the live oak forests of North Carolina, and Clair
Brown (1959) the vegetation of the Outer Banks
of North Carolina.

Hall and Penfound (1939a, 1939b, 1943) re-
ported the composition and structure of cypress
and gum swamps of southeastern Louisiana and
southern Alabama; Wright and Wright (1932)
described the habitats and vegetation of the Oke-
fenokee, one of the largest of the southern swamps;
Wells (1942) and Buell and Cain (1943) re-
ported on Chamaecyparis swamps near the North
Carolina coast; John Davis (1943), Frank Egler
(1952) and C. M. Loveless (1959) on the Ever- '<
glades; and Davis (1940) on the mangrove
swamps of south Florida. For other work deal-
ing with southern swamps and marshes, reference
may be made to a review paper on that topic by
Penfound (1952).

Radiation effects on vegetation have been and
are being studied in three centers, the Emory Uni-
versity study area at Douglasville, Georgia, the
University of Georgia Ecology Institute at the
Savannah River Project near Aiken, S. C., and
the Ecology Division at Oak Ridge, at all of which
basic information on vegetation is being accumu-
lated.

The papers now to be presented represent a
sampling of work in progress today.

As with the sampling of vegetation itself, not
all possible variations of research on vegetation
are represented here — and a certain degree of
clumping in distribution has inevitably skewed the
sample away from complete geographic coverage.

Literature Cited

Billings, W. D. 1938. The structure and development
of old field shortleaf pine stands and certain asso-
ciated physical properties of the soil. Ecol. Monogr.

8: 437-499.

ASB Bulletin

Bormann, F. 1953. Factors determining the role of
loblolly pine and sweetgum in early old-field suc-
cession in the Piedmont of N. C. Ecol. Monogr.
23: 339-358.

Bormann, F. H. 1956. Ecological implications of
changes in photosynthetic response of Pinus laeda
seedlings during ontogeny. Ecol. 37: 70-74.

Bordeau, Phillipe, and Henry J. Oosting. 1959. The
maritime live oak forest in N. C. Ecology 40: 148-
152.

Bordeau, Phillipe. 1954. Oak seedling ecology determ-
ining segregation of species in Piedmont oak-hickory
forests. Ecol. Monogr. 24: 297-320.

Braun, E. Lucy. 1950. Deciduous forests of Eastern
North America. 596 pp. The Blakiston Co.

Brown, Clair. 1959. Vegetation of the outer banks of
North Carolina, Baton Rouge, Louisiana. 175 pp.
State University Press.

Brown, D. M. 1953. Conifer transplants to a grassy
bald on Roan Mt. Ecol. 34: 614-616.

Buell, M. F. and R. L. Cain. 1943. The successional
role of southern white cedar, Chamaecyparis thy-
oides, in southeastern N. C. Ecol. 24: 85-93.

Burbanck, M. P. and R. B. Platt. 1964. Granite out-
crop communities of the Piedmont Plateau in Geor-
gia. Ecol. 45: 292-305.

Camp, W. H. 1931. The grass balds of the Great
Smoky Mts. of Tenn. and N. C. Ohio J. Sci. 31:
157-165.

Cain, S. A. 1930. Certain floristic affinities of the trees
and shrubs of the Great Smoky Mts. and vicinity.
Butler Univ. Stud. 1: 129-150.

Cain, S. A. 1931. Ecological studies of the vegetation
of the Great Smoky Mountains of North Carolina
and Tennessee. I. Soil reaction and plant distribu-
tion. Bot. Gaz. 91: 22-41.

Cain, S. A. 1935. Ecological studies of the vegetation
of the Great Smoky Mountains. II. The quadrat
method applied to sampling spruce and fir forest
types. Amer. Midi. Nat. 16: 566-584.

Chapman, N. H. 1932. Is longleaf pine a climax? Ecol.
13: 328-334.

Crandall, Dorothy L. 1958. Ground veg. patterns of
the spruce-fir area of the Smoky Mts. Nat’l Park.
Ecol. Monogr. 28: 339-360.

Davis, J. H., Ir. 1930. Vegetation of the Black Mts. of
N. C.: an ecological study. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci.
Soc. 45: 291-318.

Davis, J. H., Jr. 1943. The natural features of southern
Florida, especially the vegetation, and the Ever-
glades. Fla. Dept, of Consv., Geol. Bull. 25.

Davis, J. H. 1940. The ecology and geologic role of
mangroves in Florida. Carn. Inst. Wash. Publ. No.
517:.

Egler, Frank E. 1952. Southeastern saline everglades
vegetation, Fla., and its management. Vegetatio 3:
213-265.

Gano, Laura. 1917. A study in physiographic ecology
in northern Florida. Bot. Gaz. 63: 337-372.

Vol. 15, No. 3, July 1968

Garren, Kenneth H. 1943. Effects of fire on vegetation
of southeastern U. S. Bot. Rev. 9: 617-654.

Hall, T. F., and Wm. T. Penfound. 1939a. A phyto-
sociological study of a Nyssa biflora consocies in
southeastern Louisiana. Amer. Midi. Nat. 22: 369-
375.

Hall, T. F., and Wm. T. Penfound. 1939b. A phyto-
sociological analysis of a cypress-gum swamp in
southeastern Louisiana. Amer. Midi. Nat. 21: 378-
395.

Hall, T. F., and Wm. T. Penfound. 1943. Cypress-gum
communities in the Blue Girth Swamp near Selma,
Alabama. Ecol. 24: 208-217.

Harper, R. M. 1926. The cedar glades of Middle Ten-
nessee. Ecology 7: 48-54.

Harshberger, J. W. 1903. An ecological study of the
flora of mountainous N. C. Bot. Gaz. 36: 241-58;
368-83.

Keever, Catherine. 1950. Causes of succession on old
fields of the Piedmont, N. C. Ecol. Monog. 20:
230-250.

Keever, Catherine. 1953. Present composition of some
stands of the former oak-chestnut forest in the
southern Blue Ridge Mts. Ecol. 34: 44-54.

Kuchler, A. W. 1964. Potential natural vegetation of
the conterminous U. S. (map). Amer. Geogr. Soc.
Spec. Publ. No. 36.

Kurz, Herman. 1944. Secondary forest succession in
the Tallahassee Red Hills. Proc. Fla. Acad. Sci. 7:
1-100.

Loveless, C. M. 1959. A study of the vegetation in the
Florida Everglades. Ecol. 40: 1-9.

McVaugh, Rogers. 1943. The vegetation of the gran-
itic flat rocks of the southeastern U. S. Ecol.
Monog. 13: 119-165.

Mark, A. F. 1958. The ecology of the southern Appa-
lachian grass balds. Ecol. Monog. 28: 293-336.

Oosting, H. J. and L. E. Anderson. 1939. Plant suc-
cession on granite rock in eastern N. C. Bot. Gaz.
1 00: 750-768.

Oosting, H. J. 1942. An ecological analysis of the plant
communities of Piedmont, N. C. Amer. Midi. Nat.
28: 1-26.

Oosting, H. J. and W. D. Billings. 1951. A comparison
of virgin spruce-fir forest in the northern and south-
ern Appalachian system. Ecology 32: 84-104.

Oosting, H. J. 1954. Ecological processes and vegeta-
tion of the maritime strand in the southeastern U. S.
Bot. Rev. 20: 226-262.

Penfound, W. T. 1952. Southern swamps and marshes.
Bot. Rev. 18: 413-445.

Quarterman, Elsie. 1950a. Ecology of cedar glades. I.
Distribution of glade flora in Tennessee. Bull. Tor-
rey Club 77: 1-9.

Quarterman, Elsie. 1950b. Major plant communities of
Tennessee cedar glades. Ecology 31 : 234-254.

Quarterman, Elsie, and C. Keever. 1962. Southern
mixed hardwood forest: climax in the southeastern
coastal plain, U. S. A. Ecol. Monog. 32: 167-185.

69

Russell, Norman H. 1953. The beech gaps of the Great
Smoky Mountains. Ecology 34: 366-374.

Shanks, R. E. 1954. Climates of the Great Smoky
Mountains. Ecology 35: 354-361.

Shantz, H. L. and Raphael Zon. 1924. Natural vegeta-
tion. Atlas of Amer. Agric., Pt. I, Sect. E. U.S.D.A.

Sharp, A. J. 1939. Taxonomic and ecological studies of
eastern Tennessee bryophytes. Amer. Midi. Nat.
21: 267-354.

Wells, B. W. 1936. Andrews Bald: the problem of its
origin. Castanea 1: 59-62.

Wells, B. W. 1936. Origin of the Southern Appalachian
grass balds. Science 83: 283.

Wells, B. W. 1937. Southern Appalachian grass balds.
Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 53: 1-26.

Wells, B. W. 1942. Ecological problems of the south-
eastern U. S. Coastal Plain. Bot. Rev. 8: 533-61.

Whittaker, R. H. 1956. Vegetation of the Great Smoky
Mountains. Ecol. Monog. 26: 1-80.

Whittaker, R. H. 1963. Net production of heath balds
and forest heaths in the Great Smoky Mountains.
Ecology 44: 176-182.

Woodwell, Geo. M. 1958. Factors controlling growth
of pond pine seedlings in organic soils of the Caro-
linas. Ecol. Monog. 28: 219-236.

Woods, Frank W. and Royal E. Shanks. 1957. Replace-
ment of chestnut in the Great Smoky Mountains of
Tenn. and N. C. Jour, of Forestry 55: 1 page.

Wright, A. H. and A. A. Wright. 1932. The habitats
and composition of the vegetation of Okefenokee
Swamp, Georgia. Ecol. Monog. 2: 109-232.

ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS

1 . Distribution of Marine Algae Along the Coast
of North America in Relation to Inshore
Oceanographic Conditions.

FIarold J. PIumm, Queens College.

Inshore waters of continental North America in
the western North Atlantic are populated by only
two major geographical floral units. One of these
originated and is centered in the tropics and its
major inshore northern boundary appears to be in
the vicinity of Cape Kennedy, Florida. The other
originated and is centered in the cold-temperate
waters of the North Atlantic and its major inshore
southern boundary on the coast of North America
is Cape Cod.

The long coastline between these two boundaries
is a vast transition zone occupied either continually
or seasonally by the more eurythermal elements of
each major flora, for there are few, if any, species
restricted to the transition zone. This zone of over-
lap of the two floras is readily divisible into several
subzones bounded by temperature breaks related to
coastal surface currents.

2. Salt Marsh Vegetation of the South Atlantic
Coast.

Arthur W. Cooper, North Carolina State
University.

Salt marshes of the South Atlantic Coast have
been studied in sufficient depth so that the general
aspects of their ecology are well understood. These
marshes form behind barrier beaches or sea islands
and are best developed in areas where major rivers
deposit heavy silt burdens in estuaries. Character-
istically, Spartina alterniflora Loisel., in three growth
forms, dominates virtually all of the marsh below
mean high water. Above this elevation, Juncus
roemerianus Scheele and a group of “high marsh"
species occur. Plant zonation in these marshes is
closely correlated with variation in elevation, salin-
ity, sediment texture, and drainage.

Studies of trophic structure of salt marshes in
Georgia have shown the marsh and associated estu-
arine waters to be an inter-related system. Present
studies are seeking to clarify details of marsh tro-
phic structure and to determine the contribution of
various estuarine producers to total estuarine pro-
ductivity.

The history of sea level change is preserved in
salt marsh sediments. The few data available are
in agreement with other data and indicate a slowly
rising sea level during at least the last 5000 years
and suggests that present marsh vegetation and its
successional relationships must be interpreted in this
light.

Salt marshes are vital segments of the estuarine
environment, providing food and shelter for many
species of fish and shellfish at some time during their
lives. The legal status of ownership of tidal marshes
is vague in many states and in all states marshes are
subject to increasing destruction. Efforts are under-
way in numerous quarters to develop effective means
of marsh conservation. Knowledge of marsh ecol-
ogy is forming the basis for these measures.

3. Successional and Environmental Relation-
ships of the Forest Vegetation of North Cen-
tral Florida.

Carl D. Monk, University of Georgia.

Seven major forest vegetation types exist in north
central Florida: (1) southern mixed hardwoods, (2)
mixed hardwood swamps, (3) bay heads, (4) sand-
hills, (5) sand pine scrub, (6) pine flatwoods, and
(7) cypress swamps. The first three are climax
communities on upland, wet fertile, and wet acid
sites respectively. The latter four represent succes-
sional communities. With improvement of drainage
or the elimination of fire, succession may proceed in
a variety of directions.

70

ASB Bulletin

The sandhills and sand pine scrub community
types are fire maintained and are situated on sterile
soils. Succession is always toward the Southern
Mixed Hardwoods. The pine flatwoods are fire
maintained and are located on poorly drained soils.
With the release from fire succession may proceed
toward either of the three climax communities. The
direction of succession appears to be related to soil
moisture and fertility. Cypress swamps are limited
by flooding. With improved drainage they may be
converted to mixed hardwood swamps or bayheads
depending upon soil fertility.

4. The Ecology of the Florida Pine Flatwoods.

Joe Allen Edmisten, University of

Georgia.

This study was designed to sample quantitatively
the plants and soils of 32 stands of relatively undis-
turbed flatwoods in northcentral Florida. The ob-
jectives of the study included the following: (1) to
establish successional trends with various periods of
protection from fire; (2) to ascertain the associated
edaphic changes and other ecological reasons for
succession; (3) to obtain initial quantitative and
qualitative differences in flatwoods types and the
reasons for such differences; (4) to predict ultimate
phytosociological compositions of flatwoods areas
and rates of reaching this state of dynamic equi-
librium.

In all stands sampled, pines were dominant by vir-
tue of definition and selection. The sapling category
was strongly invaded by hardwoods with years of
protection. The disparity between the pine-domi-
nated canopy and mixed hardwood understory is
further exaggerated in the seedling class, where
numbers of hardwood seedlings increased in loga-
rithmic manner with years of protection.

The physical and chemical properties of the flat-
woods soils changed also with years of protection.
The average bulk density of the Ai horizon was
found to decrease with years of protection; the aver-
age moisture equivalent increased in the Ai and A,,
horizons with years of protection due to incorpora-
tion of organic matter. Cation exchange capacity
increased in a manner correlated with organic mat-
ter and moisture equivalent. The amounts of Ca
and Mg, to a lesser extent, increased in the Ai hori-
zon in a manner correlated with the frequency of
Serenoa repens, which suggests that saw palmetto
acts as a nutrient “pump.” As the importance value
of Myrica cerifera increased, it was noted that in
many cases there was a significant increase of NO]
in the soil. It was noted also, that all pond pine
stands occurred on soils having pH values from 3
to 4 and that root action on the organic hardpan
located in most of the flatwoods soils resulted in a
breaking up of the pan in many cases, and a more
even profile of hydrolic conductivity was attributed
to this.

In conclusion it may be said that when flatwoods
are protected from fire, the vegetation shows a ten-
dency to change from an open pine woodland to a
closed hardwood forest composed of species from
the more xeric sandhills and hammocks and the
more hydric bayhead and swamp species.

5. Multiresources Management of Coastal Plain

Pinelands. 4

J. B. Hilmon, U. S. Forest Service.

An interdisciplinary team of six scientists is study-
ing problems of integrating management of cattle
forage and wildlife habitat with timber production
in the slash-longleaf pine-wiregrass ecosystem.
These researchers are determining effects of limited
site treatments such as fire, mechanical disturbance,
fertilization and cattle grazing intensities on multi-
resource productivity in the commercial pine stands
of the northern part of the type and on cutover and
understocked lands in southern Florida. On a more
limited scale, the opportunities for achieving opti-
mum production on completely renovated sites are
being studied. Examples of recent research will be
presented to illustrate management opportunities.
Solutions to these problems require autecological
studies of key plants in the ecosystem, and these
have been started for Arislida stricta, Serenoa
repens, Ilex glabra and Cassia fasciculata. Tracts
have been set aside on Florida National Forests
where results of multiresource research can be dem-
onstrated in typical management situations.

Session II

6. Radiation Sensitivity of Four Ecosystems.

J. Frank McCormick, University of North
Carolina.

One aspect of vegetation study which is more
strongly developed in the Southeastern United States
than elsewhere is radiation ecology. The pioneering
efforts of Emory University, the University of Geor-
gia, and Oak Ridge National Laboratory provided
base lines and stimulation for extension of these
studies to the University of Tennessee, the Univer-
sity of North Carolina, the College of William and
Mary, and Alabama College.

Recognizing that rarely has the intensity of any
environmental factor increased so much in so short
a time, studies of the ecological effects of ionizing
radiation were initiated in the early 1950's. These
investigations consist of descriptions of the struc-
ture and function of a variety of plant communities,
analysis of damage produced by varying rates and
doses of ionizing radiation, and descriptions of the
recovery mechanisms and patterns of these com-
munities.

Vol. 15, No. 3, July 1968

71

In addition to descriptions of the comparative
radiation sensitivities of a variety of natural com-
munities, these experiments have demonstrated the
usefulness of ionizing radiation as a research tool.

This report will include a summary of current
radiation ecology studies in the southeastern states
and comparisons of the radiation sensitivities of a
variety of communities.

7. Granite Rock Outcrop Endemics from the
Standpoint of Speciation.

William H. Murdy, Emory University.

Granite outcrop communities, scattered through-
out the southeastern Piedmont from North Carolina,
have long served as sites for plant speciation. A
few of the many species endemic to outcrop com-
munities may be remnants of once more widespread
species, which had their origin elsewhere. How-
ever, many endemic taxa have originated in rela-
tion to outcrop habitats; some by a gradual, eco-
geographic process and others by an abrupt, salta-
tional process.

The Piedmont region marks the geographic limit
of distribution for many Coastal Plain and Appala-
chian species and the granite outcrops, with their
variety of extreme habitats, provide an environ-
mental challenge to which semi-isolated and mar-
ginal populations may respond through adaptive
change. The neo-endemic, Phacelia dubia var. ge-
orgiana, which is well suited to open outcrop habi-
tats, has recently evolved from the Appalachian P.
dubia in the form of an ecotypic phase at the
southern-most boundary of its range. P. maculata,
now a relict endemic, probably had a similar origin
in the remote past. Other endemic species have
likewise evolved gradually, but from Coastal Plain
species. Rhynchospora saxicola and Portulaca
smallii, for example, occur at the boundary of the
ranges of their putative. Coastal Plain progenitors,
R. globosa var. typica and P. pilosa respectively.
The occurrence of species pairs within outcrop com-
munities, strikingly similar in life-form and ecology,
but radically different in other important respects,
suggests that saltational speciation has been involved
in their origin. The widely fluctuating outcrop en-
vironment would be a significant factor in such a
process. Examples of species pairs include: Cv-
perus granitophilus, an endemic species, and the
less-polyploid, widespread C. aristatuy, Sedum pusil-
lum, a rare endemic, and the cytologically-distinct
Diamorpha cyrnosa ( Sedum smallii ); and Talinum
metigesii, confined to Alabama and a few stations in
Georgia, and the florally-distinct, widespread T.
teretifolium.

8. Recent Vegetation Studies in Eastern Ten-
nessee.

E. E. B. Clebsch, University of Tennessee.

Recent vegetation research in eastern Tennessee
has been carried out at several educational institu-
tions and at Oak Ridge National Laboratory. Stud-
ies of floristic plant geography have been made of
the Oak Ridge Region, The University of Tennessee
Agricultural Research Experiment Station Arbore-
tum, and Chilhowee Mountain. Forest stand in-
ventories and the documentation of current vegeta-
tion in changing stands or stands expected to change
have been made in grass and heath balds, on Chil-
howee Mountain, and in Fraser fir stands threatened
by balsam wooly aphid invasion. Several studies
have explored the predictive value of site variables
for stand characteristics and individual tree char-
acteristics. The effects of annual and periodic con-
trolled burning on floristics, vegetational character-
istics, and soil properties of scrub oak barrens on
the Highland Rim and entering their fifth year.

The independent and interacting variables of
spruce-fir and beech vegetation on properties of soils
formed from sandstone and slate in higher eleva-
tions of the Great Smoky Mountains are being
evaluated. The highly valuable grass balds of the
Smokies are being studied intensively with an eye
to possible management for preservation. Inven-
tories of dry matter and major plant nutrients in
forest stands and estimation of circulation rates of
macronutrients are continuing and being refined.

9. Vegetation of the Highlands, North Carolina,
Gorges.

Arthur W. Cooper, North Carolina State
University, Raleigh.

In southeastern North Carolina, between Hender-
sonville and Highlands, the Blue Ridge escarpment
and drainage divide separate and a south-facing em-
bayment, with diffuse topography and pronounced
river gorges, known as the southeastern escarpment
gorge region, is formed. This area has long been
known to be of biological importance, being the type
locality of Shortia galacifolia T. & G. and the site
of a number of disjunct bryophytes and ferns. Rec-
ognizing the research potential of the southeastern
escarpment gorge region, the Highlands Biological
Station in 1961 sought from the National Science
Foundation, and was awarded, support for a broad
research program dealing with the biota and en-
vironment of the gorges. Early projects were pri-
marily inventories but later studies have sought ex-
planations of observed phenomena in studies of or-
ganism-environment interactions.

Although there are few data, the general char-
acter of the climate is known. The most obvious

72

ASB Bulletin

feature of the region’s climate is high rainfall. An-
nual mean values over the area range from 70-85
inches and annual means up to 100 inches appear to
characterize certain of the larger gorges proper.
Although soils of the area are poorly understood,
the data available suggest that sola, particularly on
south-facing slopes, have features associated with
high weathering, such as low base saturation and
high gibbsite mineral content in the clay fraction.
These features are unexpected in view of the youth-
ful topography in the gorges.

Vegetation has been studied in three of the gorges
and in several tributaries. A Riverbank Shrub
Thicket community, dominated by Alnus rugosa
(DuRoi) Spreng., occurs along the banks of all
rivers and major creeks. In floodplain areas which
have been the sites of human dwelling and cultiva-
tion, a Disturbed Floodplain Forest, successional to
some type of Mixed Mesophytic Forest, is found.
The coves and lower protected slopes, primarily be-
low 2200 feet, are covered with some type of Mixed
Mesophytic Forest. In the cove segregate, there is
a concentration of mesic species whereas in the
slope segregate, where cove species occur with those
more common on drier uplands, there is a greater
richness of species. Chestnut Oak Forest occupies
east and north-facing slopes at lower elevations but
becomes more continuous at higher elevations.
South- and west-facing slopes, particularly below
2500 feet, are characterized by Mixed Oak and
Hickory Forest. Dry, open ridges are dominated by
Pine or Pine-Oak Forest.

Numerous vascular plant taxa present in the es-
carpment gorges illustrate taxonomic problems of
varying degrees of complexity. Symplocos, Caly-
canthus, Tilia, and Acer rub rum L. have been stud-
ied. Several projects dealing with species ecology
also have been carried out. Two studies of the
ecology of Shortia galacifolia have been completed.
Habitat conditions and data from seedling ecology
lead to the conclusion that Shortia is a plant of dis-
turbed conditions and that it was more widely dis-
tributed during the warm, moist conditions of the
Tertiary when more frequent erosion would have
produced the temporary moss-covered substrates
where seedlings could survive.

Several rather clearly defined distribution patterns
of vascular plants are evident in the escarpment
gorges. Two groups of species, one characteristic
of the Coastal Plain and the other of the Piedmont
and Coastal Plain, reach upper elevational limits in
the gorges. A smaller group of species reach lower
elevational limits. A number of Southern Appala-
chian endemics and species characteristic of Mixed
Mesophytic Forest are present but several are con-
spicuously absent. Several species show disjunct
distribution patterns with evidences of low and high
elevation populations. In addition, a concentration

of bryophytes with remarkable disjunctions is also
present.

Although much is known about the plant and
animal life of the escarpment gorges, much remains
to be discovered. Biologists with interests in the
area are urged to undertake projects in the gorges.

10. Some Studies of Forests of the Tertiary Hills
of Western Louisiana.

George Ware, Northwestern State College
of Louisiana.

In progress are three projects involving ecological
investigations of upland forests of western Louis-
iana. They treat: (1) composition of species-rich
forests of pronounced slopes; (2) structural char-
acteristics of ravine beech stands; and (3) the nature
and distribution of blue-jack oak stands.

( 1 ) In dissected areas of the Tertiary hills of
western Louisiana, elevation differences between
ravine bottoms and ridges approach 150 feet, and
marked compositional differences among forests ex-
ist. Samples of woody vegetation in narrow hori-
zontal bands have been utilized for indicating quan-
titatively the leading dominants and their closest
associates. Ordered arrangements of importance
values of species show compositional patterns from
ravine to ridge-top.

(2) Occurrence of beech ( Fagus grandi folia
Ehrh.) on lower slopes of ravines is widespread in
the Tertiary hills of Louisiana. With samples of
beech stands near the margin of the beech range,
it has been possible to show geographic variation in
reproductive vigor.

(3) Natural restriction of blue-jack oak ( Quercus
incana Bartr. ) to deep, coarse, upland sands may be
observed in several areas of Louisiana. Studies show
that woody-plant associates of blue-jack oak are
few; however, longleaf pine ( Pinus australis Michx. )
commonly occurs with blue-jack, and ranges of the
two species in western Louisiana coincide closely in
sandy areas.

Concluding Remarks: ELSIE QUARTERMAN,
Vanderbilt University.

As these papers have indicated, much research
that is directed toward understanding and inter-
preting vegetation is under way in southeastern
United States. Such information is important
from the viewpoint of environmental management
as well as of biological research. Some parts of
our region are in wilderness condition, others are
affected by 300 years of degrading utilization. If
man is to progress toward making his environment
more, not less, suitable for his own habitation, he
needs to increase his knowledge of effects of vari-
ous kinds of disturbance, of the capacity of vege-

ol. 15, No. 3, July 1968

73

tation for repair, and of the probable end-points
of such repair.

There is a need to establish a frame of refer-
ence for studies of species origins, of species tol-
erances to all kinds of environmental stresses, of
species productivity under different sets of condi-
tions, and of species interrelationships that deter-
mine community composition and structure. Such
a frame of reference comes from thorough phyto-
sociological research. In the southeast there are
large areas where vegetational description based
upon quantitative studies is not currently avail-
able, and/or where more intensive work would

supplement, expand, or perhaps replace the exist-
ing concept of local vegetation.

It is hoped that the presentation of this sym-
posium may serve to encourage continued study,
both descriptive and interpretive, and to focus the
attention of interested investigators upon geo-
graphic and substantive areas in which vegeta-
tional studies could be profitably undertaken in
southeastern United States.

The ASB is grateful to AAAS, and to the other
co-sponsoring organizations for their assistance in
presenting this symposium.

( Continued from page 66)

Credit for the smoothness of the meeting, for
its success and enjoyableness, goes to the Com-
mittee on Local Arrangements headed by Drs.
Wilbur Duncan and Donald Scott. About 90
people of the University of Georgia were involved
with the local arrangements committee or with
the Continuing Education Center in planning and
management of the meeting. In addition to the
biological faculty, a large number of graduate
students contributed to the task and a number
of secretaries and others. The traditional banquet
on Friday evening was arranged by Dr. Carl
Monk. This delightful affair was followed by an
address in the center auditorium by Past-Presi-
dent Elsie Quarterman whose discussion of her
plant physiological research in Tennessee fas-
cinated every kind of biological scientist in her
large audience.

It is to the faculty, students, and staff of the
University of Georgia who participated in meet-
ing arrangements to whom every ASB member
in attendance and every member of the societies
meeting with ASB are profoundly grateful.

The exhibits were probably the most numerous
and attractive of any ever set up at an ASB meet-
ing, and the attention they received gratifying to
the personnel of the firms represented.

The many excellent facilities of the Continuing
Education Center, as well as its efficient opera-
tion, drew countless compliments. These facili-
ties permitted the meeting to be concentrated in
one relatively small area, despite its over- 1000
attendance.

NEW OFFICERS

Newly-elected officers at the Athens meeting
were: Dr. John Carpenter, president-elect; Dr.
James Hardin, vice-president; Dr. David Cotter,
treasurer; Dr. A. E. Radford and Dr. John Mc-
Crone members of the executive committee.

Dr. Madeline Burbanck agreed to serve another
three-year term as archivist, in which capacity
she has rendered much valuable and time-saving

74

assistance to ASB officers and has provided a
much-needed depository for ASB records. Mem-
bers having materials of historical interest to
ASB should send them to Dr. Burbanck at the
Department of Biology, Emory University, At-
lanta, Georgia 30333, if they wish to have them
kept in the archives. Which materials are kept
is determined by Dr. Burbank.

PRESENT MEMBERSHIP

ASB probably has over 1000 members at this
time, as Secretary Dorothy Crandall reported that
there were 998 on April 18 (921 regular, 23
emeritus, 54 institutional). Many new member-:
ships were received during the Athens meeting
which have not yet been counted.

EMERTI

Nominated for emeritus membership were Dr.
John Couch of the Department of Botany, Uni-
versity of North Carolina; Dr. Fred Emerson of
the Department of Biology, Elon College; Dr.
Clyde T. Reed of the Department of Biology of
the University of Tampa. Election to emeritus
status will be done at the October meeting of the
executive committee at which time eligibility of
those nominated will be determined. Members
are urged to nominate ASB members who have
retired from their regular duties and who have ,
been members of ASB for at least the past ten
years. Send your nominations to Secretary j
Dorothy Crandall, Randolph-Macon Woman’s
College, Box 278, Lynchburg, Virginia 24503.

DEATHS IN THE ASB FAMILY

The following members of ASB died between
the 1967 and 1968 annual meetings: Dr. Robert
E. Coker, Department of Zoology, University of
North Carolina at Chapel Hill; Dr. Leonard
Doerpinghaus, Department of Biology, Agnes
Scott College; Dr. William C. Mobberly, Jr., De-
partment of Biology, Northeast Louisiana State
College; Dr. Gordon B. Woolcott, Southwestern
College, Georgetown, Texas.

ASB Bulletin

GOETHE TRAVEL AWARDS

Goethe travel awards assisted 21 graduate stu-
dents in attending this year’s annual meeting, ac-
cording to past-chairman of the committee, Dr.
C. J. Umphlett of the University of North Caro-
lina at Chapel Hill. The ASB executive com-
mittee has authorized the use of up to $500 from
the treasury for continuation of these awards.

1969 ANNUAL MEETING

The 1969 annual meeting will be held at
Memphis State University, Memphis, Tennessee.
Dr. Carl D. Brown will serve as chairman of the
local arrangements committee and will be assisted
by Drs. Victor E. Feisal and Julian Darlington
(of Southwestern at Memphis). Subsequent meet-
ings will be held at the following institutions:
1970, Florida Southern College, Lakeland; 1971,
University of Richmond, Virginia; 1972, Samford
University, Birmingham, Alabama.

MERITORIOUS TEACHING AWARD

The winner of the Meritorious Teaching
Award of ASB for 1968, Dr. Wade T. Batson,
is a native of Marietta, South Carolina and a
graduate of Furman University. He received the
M.A. and Ph.D. degrees from Duke University.
Since 1952 he has been on the faculty at the Uni-
versity of South Carolina, where he is now Pro-
fessor of Biology. Dr. Batson’s main scientific

Wade T. Batson

interests are botanical taxonomy and ecology.
He is highly regarded for his abilities as a teacher,
both in the classroom and in the field.

RESEARCH PRIZE

The winners of the research prize, awarded
annually by the Carolina Biological Supply Com-
pany, were announced by Drs. Charles E. Jenner
and Anne B. McCrary. Their paper had been
judged best by a committee at a northern uni-
versity to whom ail entries were submitted. At
the time this announcement was made, the Re-
search Awards Committee and ASB officers were
unaware that Drs. Jenner and McCrary had not
been able to present their paper orally at the
meeting as required by the competition rules.

Accordingly, the Executive Committee, the Re-
search Awards Committee, and Drs. Jenner and
McCrary have agreed that the prize should go to
the runner-up. Dr. Henry C. Aldrich of the Uni-
versity of Florida for his paper, “Ultrastructure
of mitosis in myxamoebae and plasmodia of Phy-
sarum flavicomum.”

WE NEED YOUR HELP

We can well appreciate a persons concern
when mail is sent to him or her at a wrong ad-
dress, and it is returned to the sender as undeliv-
erable. We can also understand indignation at
some error in an address: a misspelled name, a
college called by a name that has been recently
changed, or a street mistakenly called an avenue.

However, speaking from the standpoint of the
sender — in this case of the ASB Bulletin— we
would greatly appreciate your forebearance of the
small addressing gaffe that occurs all too frequent-
ly in our list. If, through the good graces of an
overworked Post Office and the ministrations of a
kind Providence, the Bulletin actually reaches you
with some degree of regularity, please accept it
and overlook small mistakes that offend only the
vanity — and not the Postmaster. We ask this be-
cause every time an address change is made it
costs the ASB twenty-five cents. A seemingly
small amount in itself, but one which adds up
quickly with the average number of changes run-
ning over 200 per year — and the money could
well be used for more worthwhile purposes than
enriching the Addressograph Company.

The short-term address is a related matter,
which also adds to the problem. If you are a
graduate student, please try to give us a fairly
permanent address (home?) so that we won’t
be changing your address plate two or three times
a year. (Second class mail is not forwarded, but
is returned to us with postage due of ten cents on
each item, thus making those changes cost thirty-

75

Vol. 15, No. 3, July 1968

five cents each.) If you are teaching, please give
careful consideration to where the Bulletin should
be sent, and try to stick by the decision. Some
people are apparently subject to a yo-yo syn-
drome, and, according to our records, change

their addresses from home to school and back
again fairly regularly. Remember, ASB dues are
still among the lowest of any comparable society,
and we need your help to keep them that way.

NSS Moves to Preserve Shelta Cave

The National Speleological Society, acting
through the timely agency of the Nature Con-
servancy, has recently moved to preserve access
to one of the world’s truly unique underground
ecosystems. A remarkable assemblage of animals
lives in the groundwaters beneath the bustling
streets of Huntsville, Alabama, and Shelta Cave,
whose adjacent entrances lie on a lot between
Link and Cave Streets just off the Pulaski Pike
in this city, provides access to this unusual com-
munity. This lot recently came up for sale
through an estate, and potential purchasers
wanted to permanently seal the cave entrances to
facilitate commercial development. In addition
to cutting off access to this ecosystem for bio-
logists, this action would have eliminated the
colony of bats which inhabit the cave and prob-
ably drastically altered the ecological relation-
ships to the detriment of the unique community.
Thus, Shelta Cave became another in the un-
fortunately long list of examples of valuable
natural areas threatened by urbanization. Preser-
vation of this cave is of utmost importance, and
has been undetraken.

Shelta Cave’s major claims to distinction lie
in the remarkable diversity of its troglobitic
(cave-adapted) fauna and the fact that it is the
type locality for nine species of cave animals, two
of them apparent endemics. It will also be the
type locality for other forms not yet described.
It probably contains more kinds of major aquatic
troglobites than any known cave in the world,
and its terrestrial fauna is also quite rich. Thus,
it offers for study an ecosystem in which the en-
vironmental parameters are reduced and yet
where the maximum community complexity at-
tainable in such a deprived environment may well
be represented. In addition to its potential as
a natural ecological “laboratory” and its value as
a multiple type locality, the cave is also a mar-
velous nature preserve. It is one of but a few

76

caves known to house three distinct species of
troglobitic crayfishes, one of them an as-yet un-
described endemic, and is the type locality for
one of the others. It also harbors a population
of the endemic cave shrimp, Palaemonias ala-
bamae, one of only two known troglobitic atyids.
Other aquatic troglobites in Shelta include the
fish Typhlichthys subterraneus, the salamander
Gyrinophilus pelleucus, an undescribed flatworm.
and an undescribed amphipod. In addition to its
aquatic fauna, Shelta contains at least nine species
of terrestrial troglobites — three cave beetles, a
snail, a pseudoscorpion, a millipede, a spider, a
dipluran, and an undescribed thysanuran. It is
the type locality of six of these animals, as well
as of the non-troglobitic isopod, Miktoniscus ala-
bamensis. In all, counting non-troglobites but
not miscroscopic forms or parasites, the cave
houses populations of over forty species of ;
animals.

In addition to research programs, educational
tours involving the local community and various
school groups are envisioned as part of the pro-
gram for use of the cave. The Huntsville Chap-
ter of the National Speleological Society will
serve as custodian of the cave and administer
it according to policies established by the
Society’s Research Advisory Committee and
Nature Conservancy.

Further information on the Project may be
obtained from John E. Cooper, Department of
Zoology and Institute of Speleology, University
of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40506.

The National Speleological Society needs the
help of all biologists, conservationists and other
concerned persons in its campaign to Save Shelta
Cave. Its immediate goal is to raise $10,000.
Tax-deductible contributions may be sent to:
“The N. S. S. Shelta Cave Project,” 2318 N. Ken-
more Street, Arlington, Virginia 22201.

ASB Bulletin

Books and Periodicals

COMPREHENSIVE BIOCHEMISTRY, Vol. 22: Bio-
energetics. Vol. 27: Photobiology. Ionizing Radiations.
Ed. by M. Florkin, and E. H. Stotz. American Elsevier
Publishing Company, Inc., N. Y. vol. 22: 214 p., 1967,
$12.75. vol. 27: 384 p., 1967, $20.00.

These two volumes are in Section V — Chemical Biol-
ogy of the treatise. This section attempts to analyze the
biochemical mechanisms of selected biologic processes.
The notion that all biologic phenomena can be reduced
to physicochemical principles appears to be promulgated
in these volumes. A cursory examination of the nature
of the topics and the way in which they are analyzed
gives some crediance to this notion. This may be dis-
turbing to many organismic biologists, however, some
crucial biologic issues are not convincingly dealt with,
to wit: molecular regulation. Such questions as: what
factors determine the positioning of molecular complexes
receive little, even speculative, attention.

The volume on Bioenergetics includes treatment of:
Quantum Biochemistry: Mechanisms of Energy Trans-
fer; Chemical Transfer in Biology (a. Donor-acceptor
Complexes in Solution, b. Transfer of Charge in the
Organic Solid State); and Active Transport and Ion Ac-
cumulation. Several of these papers present a rather
quantitative analysis, however, the degree of correspond-
ence between the theoretical calculations and in vivo ob-
servations is weak at best. Not only are biologic mole-
cules complex in their quantum relations, but in vivo
molecular complexes are unbelievingly elusive. Although
the descriptive statement concerning the energy relations
of molecular complexes are interesting, an examination
of how such complexes originate and how their functions
are regulated would be of greater interest to the biologist.

The volume on Photobiology covers the traditional
areas of the subject: Phototropism; Biochemistry of Vis-
ual Processes; Bioluminescence; Photosensitization; The
Effects of Ultraviolet Radiation and Photoreactivation;
Phytochrome and Photoperiodism in Plants; Photosyn-
thesis; and Effects of Ionizing Radiations in Biological
Macromolecules. The last chapter, a topic not generally
included in photobiology, is particularly welcome. Al-
though the topics of photobiology naturally center on
the photoresponses of plants, I feel the editors were re-
miss in not including a chapter on animal photoperiod-
ism. The materia! presented in this volume is not par-
ticularly illuminating and is covered substantially in this
form in a number of other volumes, but as the editors
point out in their preface — there is some justification
for having all this information “conveniently” placed in
one series of books.

The volume on Bioenergetics appears to be more bio-
physical than biochemical in nature, and although of
potential interest to biochemists it will probably not find
wide audience among biologists per se. The other vol-

Vol. 15, No. 3, July 1968

ume on Photobiology, however, should gain wide accept-
ance among biologists. The reason for this may be due,
in part, to the fact that the papers on photobiology were
authored mostly by biologists rather than by biophysi-
cists or biochemists. For the biologist, sufficient bioen-
ergetic detail is presented in the volume on Photobiology
so as to make the volume on Bioenergetics unnecessary.

As with other volumes in this series, these are superbly
bound, well printed, and overpriced. — Ralph D. Amen,
Wake Forest University.

THE SCIENCE OF MOVEMENT. R. A. R. Tricker
and B. J. K. Tricker. American Elsevier Publishing Co.,
New York. 1967. 284 pp. $9.00.

A simple account of the physical basis of movement
is extended to motion of organisms. The authors use
an experimental rather than a mathematical approach
to emphasize practical relevance of the science of move-
ment, thereby avoiding excess mathematical abstractions.

Biological aspects of balance and the action of muscle
are discussed in two early chapters. Eleven of 21 chap-
ters mainly concern mechanics under such headings as
Hydrodynamics, The Role of Friction in Movement, and
Rotation. Principles are then extended to movement by
organisms in chapters Movement on Land, Movement
in Water, Bird Flight, and Rotational Coordination.
Four concluding chapters use athletics as a common
ground for uniting basic mechanics with biology. Six
brief appendices offer mathematical details for selected
topics such as arrangement of fibers in muscle and the
period of swing of a pendulum.

Depth of treatment of biological topics varies. Mus-
cle physiology is discussed in detail, while movement in
water receives superficial attention. Serious students will
be dismayed to find no literature cited nor suggestions
for further reading.

Illustrations fill 40 percent of the book. The 141
photographs in 97 plates are of mediocre quality; care-
ful editing could have eliminated many of them. There
are 130 clear, instructive graphs and drawings. How-
ever, half of them are untitled, which demands careful
reading of the text in order to grasp the significance of
the figures.

Physical education teachers will especially appreciate
this book. However, application of Newtonian mechan-
ics to ordinary situations met in everyday life will in-
terest a general reader. A biologist with little training
in mathematics and physics, who desires to understand
movement, will find this book unusually informative and
enjoyable. — Dale Hein, Wake Forest University.

77

RESEARCH IN PROTOZOOLOGY, Vol. 1, Edited by
Tze-Tuan Chen. 1967. Pergamon Press. 429 pp.
$17.00.

The objective of this four volume series is to review
all major discoveries in protozoology made in the last
25 years and to relate these to earlier ones. In view of
the diversity of publications in which research of interest
to microbiologists may be found as well as the sheer
volume of papers now appearing, this is a worth-while
and long needed effort. As the interests of ever larger
numbers of those in the life-sciences become increasingly
interdisciplinary, we find ourselves ever more dependent
on such volumes as this. One hopes that revisions will
appear with regularity.

Volume I contains five review papers: “Cytoplasmic
Organelles and Inclusions of Protozoa” by Everett An-
derson: "Motile Behavior of Protozoa” by Theodore L.
lahn and Eugene C. Bovee; “Respiratory Metabolism”
by William F. Danforth; “Contractile Vacuoles, Ionic
Regulation, and Excretion” by J. A. Kitching; and "Nu-
trition and Growth of Protozoa” by R. P. Hall.

The largest of these articles is the 160 pages (total
Vol. 1, pages 429) by lahn and Bovee. It has 1005
references including many recent citations from lapanese
and other journals probably not easily available to every
protozoologist. The authors have not merely summar-
ized the literature cited but have digested, integrated, and
related the information into a meaningful and informa-
tive whole.

All of the authors have accomplished wonders by pro-
viding the essence of research accomplishments in their
respective fields as well as the necessary references for
a study in greater depth. Review articles of this caliber
undoubtedly contribute much to the advance of science
and may, in fact, be essential to the development of
meaningful interdisciplinary research programs.

Volume 1 of Research in Protozoology should be in
all life science libraries. I also recommend it to anyone
interested in biology. It provides the background needed
to understand research advances not treated in depth in
most texts. The price is a bit high but so is the informa-
tion content per page. — John Cairns, Jr., Department
of /'.oology, University of Kansas.

DIRECTORY OF BIOSCIENCE DEPARTMENTS
IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA. AIBS
Office of Biological Education, J. David Lockard, Direc-
tor. Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York. 1967 Paper.
672 + xvi pp. $8.50

This book is, as the name implies, a directory of the
staff, course offerings, and degree programs available
at most degree granting institutions in the United States
and Canada. Field stations and laboratories associated
with academic institutions and 300 non-degree granting
institutions are also listed. Junior college offerings are,
in general, not listed. Conspicuous by their absence,

however, are certain field stations which offer course
work and graduate training; for example, Woods Hole
Biological Laboratories and Scripps Oceanographic
Institute. Although the Contents page lists three “Sec-
tion ’, I consider that there are really four: (1) alpha-
betical listing of institutions; (2) descriptions of depart-
ments, alphabetically by state; (3) lists of non-degree
granting institutions; and (4) alphabetical list of faculty
members. Information was compiled from materials
supplied by the respective departments and/or institu-
tions. As one would expect, the listings, particularly
of junior staff, are already out of date, but this does
not seriously impare use of the directory if one is
aware of this problem. The book will probably be of
most use to advisors, including high school counsellors,
in assisting students to choose a proper place for under-
graduate or graduate training. The directory should
be on the shelf of every bioscience department, advisor
and library reference room. Hopefully, it will be re-
vised periodically and with a potential sale of over
2,000 copies, this could be done and the price retained
at its current reasonable level.— JFF.

THE DICTIONARY OF THE BIOLOGICAL
SCIENCES. Peter Gray. Reinhold Publ. Co., New
York. 1967. 602 + xx pp. $14.75

Peter Gray’s effort is another in the recent series of
biological dictionaries which the different publishers are
offering to the market. It contains (by the publisher’s
count) more than 40,000 entries and a four page list of
the principal works consulted. Most of the definitions
one would wish are included, restricted highly technical
terms excepted. There are numerous instances, how-
ever, where the author’s rationale is not clear or the
definition is in need of refinement. Likewise, one can
expect some frustration in locating certain terms unless
one consults the Introduction. For example, Grey ac-
cepts the ordinal ending, “-iformes”, for birds but does
not for fishes although, to the best of my knowledge,
most ichthyologists do. Likewise, he prefers the purist
“foetus” over the more commonly used “fetus.” The
word “fiber” has a number of meanings when applied
to muscles which often confuse a student; the dictionary
does not present the different meanings, the only spe-
cialized definition given being “myofibril.” A number
of words are listed under the root stem; for example,
a large number of entries are made under “-phyll-” and
under “-therm”. Under the latter, I find “poikilotherm”
defined as “an animal whose body temperature varies
according to the environment”; I spend considerable
time trying to emphasize to my students that the dif-
ferences between these animals and homiotherms are
in intrinsic physiological mechanisms and behavior,
rather than in direct response to environmental factors.
Another instance of a shortcoming is the definition of
“Peyer’s patches” which are “ = lymph follicle”. Do I
look for these in the head or the foot, or where? Many

78

ASB Bulletin

mutant genes are listed, especially of insects, but I
wonder if those interested in these details should not
know these without consulting the dictionary. The
practice of listing chemical terms, especially enzymes,
under their root word such as “esterase” strikes me as
desirable. Here the student is impressed with the basic
similarities of action, rather than the specific action.
Ecological and genetic terms, in general, are well-de-
fined, as is also the case for many vernacular names

for organisms. Absent from Grey’s list of consulted
works are the commonly used laboratory manuals for
elementary courses. I hope that in future additions Dr.
Grey will search these for terms which may be unknown
to a beginning student. In short, the dictionary is no
better and no worse than recent similar efforts. It is,
however, cheaper which gives it some attractiveness.
— JFF.

News of Biology in the Southeast

Joseph F. Fitzpatrick, Jr. — Editor

About People

The News Editor regrets to report the death on 3
January 1968, after a lengthy illness, of William C.
Mobberly. Dr. Mobberly was Associate Professor of
Biology at Northeast Louisiana State College, Monroe.
He received a bachelor’s degree in pharmacy from
Auburn University, a bachelor’s degree in zoology from
Huntingdon College, and a M.S. and Ph.D. in Zoology
from Tulane University. He was a recognized authority
in crawfish hormones.

Takashi Makinodan, Biology Division Oak Ridge
National Laboratories, Tennessee, delivered two in-
vited lectures to the Instituto Venezolano de Inves-
tigaciones Cientificas, Caracas, Venezuela on 18-20
January 1968.

Catherine Tchemigovtzeff of the Centre National de
la Recherche Scientifique, Faculte des Sciences, Labora-
tory de Zoologie, Paris, France, has joined the Biophy-
sics Group of the Biology Division of Oak Ridge
National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee, for a three-
month tour.

W. A. Arnold and R. M. Pearlstein, Biology Division
Oak Ridge National Laboratories, Tennessee, attended
the II International Conference on Photosensitization in
Solids at Tucson, Arizona. Dr. Arnold acted as chair-
man of a session and Dr. Pearlstein presented an invited
paper.

Alexander Hoellander, Biology Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratories, Tennessee, spent much of the
month of February in travel. He attended the meeting
of the Editorial Board of Science in Washington, pre-
sented a paper to the German Biophysical Society in
Berlin, and attended the Cold Spring Harbor Directors’
meeting in New York.

Vicenzo Covelli left the Biology Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratories, Tennessee, on 5 February to
return to his position at the Comitato Nazionale per
l’Energia Nucleare, Rome, Italy.

Vol. 15, No. 3, July 1968

The editor regrets to report the death of S. Leonard
Doerpinghaus in an automobile accident occurring on
January 19, 1968. Dr. Doerpinghaus received his
terminal degree at Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge, and taught at Texas Lutheran College and
L. S. U. before joining the staff of Agnes Scott Col-
lege, Decatur, Georgia. At the time of his death, he
was Associate Professor of Biology.

Robert J. Hurley has been appointed first permanent
Chairman of the Division of Graduate Studies in Marine
Sciences, University of Miami, Florida. Dr. Hurley
has been a senior member of the staff of the Institute
of Marine Sciences since 1961, and he has just returned
from a one-year leave of absence during which he
served as Deputy Director of the UNESCO Office of
Oceanography in Paris.

Karen E. Buckton has left the Mammalian Cytology
and Genetics Section of the Biology Division of Oak
Ridge National Laboratory, Tennessee, after a one-year
visit. On February 21 she returned to her position at
the Medical Research Council, Western General Hos-
pital, Edinburg, Scotland.

Herbert S. Schwartz, formerly senior scientist with
the Sloan Kettering Institute and Associate Professor
in the Department of Pharmacology at Cornell Univer-
sity, has been appointed Professor and Head, Depart-
ment of Biology, The University of Alabama, University.

John L. Mego, formerly Medical Research Chief at
the Baltimore City Hospital and a member of the
faculty at the Johns Hopkins University, has been ap-
pointed Associate Professor of Biology, University of
Alabama, Univeristy. He is currently a National
Academy of Science Fellow to Czechoslovakia and will
join the staff September 1.

Helen Gill Sellin has joined the staff of the Enzy-
mology Group of the Biology Division of Oak Ridge
National Laboratories, Tennessee. She was awarded
the Ph.D. by the University of Chicago.

79

A large expansion of the Biology Department staff
of the College of William and Mary, Williamsburg,
Virginia, has brought six new people to the campus dur-
ing the past year: Martin C. Mathes (Ph.D., U. Mary-
land), a plant physiologist, came from the University of
Vermont; Jarid Simons (Ph.D., Yale U.), an embryologist
came following a post-doctoral fellowship at Yale; Web-
ster van Winkle (Ph.D., Rutgers, the State U.) joined
the faculty following completion of his degree in in-
vertebrate physiological ecology; Stewart A. Ware
(Ph.D., Vanderbilt U.) came following his degree which
was awarded in Plant Ecology. Besides these who
came in 1967, two others joined the staff in September,
1968: Bradner Coursen (Ph.D., U. Maryland), a student
of fungal development and physiology, came from
Lawrence University, Appleton, Wisconsin, and Bruce
Grant (Ph.D., North Carolina State L^niversity, Raleigh)
comes following his degree in population genetics and
evolution.

Rudolph Prins, formerly at Clemson University, South
Carolina, will teach this summer at the University of
Oklahoma Biological Station at Lake Texoma. This
fall he will join the staff of Western Kentucky Univer-
sity, Bowling Green, as Associate Professor of Biology.

Kai-Lin Lee, a recent graduate of Tulane University,
New Orleans, Louisiana has joined the staff of the
Biochemical Regulation Group, Biology Division, Oak
Ridge National Laboratories, Tennessee.

James M. Collins has joined the Biochemistry of Cell
Differentiation Group, Biology Division, Oak Ridge
National Laboratories, Tennessee. He is a recent Ph.D.
of the University of Tennessee, Knoxville.

Eugene P. Odum, Alumni Foundation Professor and
Director of the Institute of Ecology, University of
Georgia, Athens, has been named “Georgia’s Scientist
of the Year” for 1967 “in recognition of his contributions
to the field of ecology” by the Georgia Science and
Technology Commission.

Gary Dillard, formerly of Clemson University, South
Carolina, will join the staff of the Department of
Biology, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green,
in September.

New faculty members at East Carolina University,
Greenville, North Carolina, are: Wendell E. Allen, As-
sistant Professor (Ph.D., Bacterial Genetics), University
of Kentucky; Takeru Ito, Professor (Ph.D., Biochemis-
try), University of California, Berkeley; Linda W. Little,
Assistant Professor (Ph.D., Environmental Microbiology),
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; James S. Mc-
Daniel, Assistant Professor (Ph.D., Parasitology), Univer-
sity of Oklahoma; and Susan G. McDaniel, Assistant Pro-
fessor (Ph.D., Ecology), University of Oklahoma.

80

R. A. Brown, Radiation Immunology Group, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory, Tennessee, is on detached assign-
ment to the Puerto Rico Nuclear Center, San Juan.

R. F. Kimball, Biology Division Oak Ridge National
Laboratories, Tennessee, was in Europe 27 May through ^
11 June where he attended numerous conferences, meet-
ings and seminars.

R. C. Fuller, Biology Division, Oak Ridge National I
Laboratories, Tennessee, presented a paper at the plenary-
session of the First International Congress of Photosyn-
thesis, Freudenstadt, Germany, June 2-8. Following,
he attended a conference at the University of Wales, V
Cardiff, and then presented a paper at the International
Conference on Photosynthesis in Susan Cane in London.

He returned to the laboratory on 17 June.

Ugo Del Monte, who has been with the Enzymology
Group, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Tennessee,
recently returned to the University of Florence, Italy,
in the capacity of Assistant Professor.

Dona C. Hooper left the Radiation Immunology
Group, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Tennessee, to
continue her postdoctoral training in the laboratories of
Frederick Becker, Associate Professor of Pathology, New
York University Medical School.

About Institutions

An electron microscope laboratory has been established
in the Department of Biology, University of Alabama,
University. Temd R. Deason, Associate Professor of
Biology, has been appointed director of the facility.

An Advanced Seminar in Tropical Botany was offered
17 June-26 July by the University of Miami (Florida). j
Seminar coordinator was Taylor Alexander, Professor of
Botany. Other regular faculty were Richard A. How-
ard, Arnold Professor of Botany and Director of the
Arnold Arboretum, Harvard; Howard J. Teas, Profes-
sor of Biology, Miami; and P. B. Tomlinson, Research
Scientist at Fairchild Tropical Garden and Adjunct As-
sistant Professor of Botany, Miami. Several other
specialists in related fields presented evening lectures.

Florida Technological University, Orlando, will ac-
cept its first students (freshmen and juniors) in Septem-
ber. Head of the Department of Biological Sciences
will be Leslie L. Ellis, who formerly was Head of the
Department of Zoology at Mississippi State Univer-
sity. Other staff are: George E. Allen (Ph.D., Missis-
sippi State University), Associate Professor, insect
pathology and virology; Marshall J. Mann, Jr. (Ph.D.,
Texas A & M University), Assistant Professor, cytology;
Richard E. Tandy (Ph.D., Louisiana State University),
Assistant Professor, invertebrate zoology; Henry O.
Whittier (Ph.D., Columbia University), Assistant Pro-
fessor, eryptogamic botany.

ASB Bulletin

1 B R A R

BOTANICAL CARD!

Volume 15, Number 4

October, 1968

Clarence E. Styron

Geolycosa, wolf spider

The Official Quarterly Publication of

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Dorothy L. Cran-
dall, Randolph Macon Woman’s College,
Lynchburg, Virginia. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions
should be sent to the Business Manager,
Dr. David J. Cotter, Georgia College, Mil-
ledgeville, Georgia 31061. Subscription
rate for non-members of the ASB: $4.00
per year. Printing and typography by the
Fulton Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

DOROTHY L. CRANDALL
Associate Editor
JOSEPH F. FITZPATRICK, JR.,
News Editor

JOHN CARPENTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Robert B. Short, Florida
State University

Retiring President — Harold J. Humm,
University of South Florida
President Elect — John M. Carpenter,
University of Kentucky
Vice-President — James W. Hardin, North
Carolina State University
Secretary — Dorothy L. Crandall, Ran-
dolph Macon Woman’s College
Treasurer — David J. Cotter, Georgia
College

Executive Committee — Albert E. Rad-
ford, University of North Carolina;
John D. McCrone, University of Flor-
ida. Richard E. Garth, Northwestern
State College; Grover C. Miller, North
Carolina State University; Burton J.
Bogitsh, Vanderbilt University; Anna
Josephine Bridgman, Agnes Scott Col-
lege. All officers are ex officio mem-
bers of the executive committee.

Resolutions Committee

Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State College
Burton J. Bogitsh, Vanderbilt Univ.

Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt Univ., Chair-
man

Volume 15 , Number 4 - October 1968

CONTENTS

Association Affairs 82

A Home in the Sun — by J. Albert Starkey 83

West Virginia’s Best Known Oak Tree 87

News of Biology in the Southeast 88

Books and Periodicals 92

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

ASSOCIATION RESEARCH PRIZE

If you intend to present a paper at the annual
meeting of the Association of Southeastern Bi-
ologists, we wish to call your attention to the
Association Research Prize and invite you to
submit your manuscript in competition. This
prize of $100. is sponsored by the Carolina Bio-
logical Supply Company, Burlington, North Caro-
lina. Rules and regulations are as follows:

1 . The Research Prize is to be awarded for an
especially meritorious paper actually presented by
the author (s) at the annual meeting.

2. Only members are eligible to submit papers
in competition for the research prize. This ap-
plies to all names on the submitted paper.

3. Papers submitted in competition may be in
press but must not have been published prior to
March 1 of the year of the current competition.

4. Papers submitted in competition are judged
by eminent scientists in the various fields of bi-
ology. These individuals are selected by the
Research Committee and are from schools outside
the Southeast. Every effort is made by the Re-

( Continued on page 86)

82

ASB Bulletin

A HOME IN THE SUN

J. Albert Starkey 1

Isolated occurrences of Allegheny Mound Ants
have been able to remain unrecorded in such an
unlikely area as Southern New Jersey. They are
far from their typical homeland in the Allegheny
mountains, and are known in New Jersey only in
the northern part of the state. Dwellers of the
forest, they remain undisturbed unless the forest
is destroyed.

There are at least two separate colonies of the
ants in the eastern end of Cumberland County,
and I have observed one of them for a period of
thirty years. This is the principal colony, and
occupies an area of fifty acres.

The forest is deciduous, principally oaks, with
a sprinkling of pitch pines. The oaks range up
to 62 inches in circumference. Two oaks tested
with an increment borer show a ring count of
60 ±2 years. The type of growth of the trees
indicates that the area was probably never cleared
for farming, but represents a regrowth after having
been cut over for the wood. Earlier cutting was
done for both charcoal and lumber, and two saw-
mills operated within a mile of this site.

The soil is gravelly, part of the Bridgeton
formation of the Quaternary period. The land is
slightly rolling, the elevation varying from 70 to
90 feet above sea level, and the ant mounds are
distributed over the entire 50 acres (except in the
lower spots which are normally damp ) . Although
all the forest appears to be of the same age, there
are more old and abandoned mounds in the east-
ern section. There has been an apparent west-
ward movement of the ant population.

1 Head, Science Dept., Vineland Senior High School,
Vineland, New Jersey 08360.

Vol. 15, No. 4, October 1968

Individual mounds are located in roughly cir-
cular areas free of trees for a 60 to 75 foot
diameter. After a number of these locations are
studied, a pattern becomes evident. If the forest
canopy is open above the treeless area, there will
be an active mound. If the canopy is closed, the
mound, if present, will have been abandoned.

This combination of opening, sunlight, and ant
activity is so typical that it is necessary only to
travel through the forest looking for areas where
there is a large patch of sunshine on the ground.
In all probability, there will be an active mound
near the center of the area. In a few instances
there are two mounds; one in the sunshine, one
in the shadow. As the canopy began to close
over and shadows spread over the mound, the
ants gradually shifted their activity and developed
a new mound, a few feet away, in the remaining
sunshine. In some instances where the canopy
has closed over completely, the circular area is
still obvious and investigation may show a long
abandoned mound. Enough time may have
elapsed so that the mound is now covered with
the shrubs of the forest floor.

The area within the circle of trees, in all cases,
is covered with low shrubs, mostly Gaylussacia
sp. and Vaccinium sp. The ants apparently have
had no effect on the growth of the shrubs except
in the immediate area of the mound, which is
never overgrown if it is in use by the ants. There
are some places in which the shrubs have achieved
better growth in the circles around the ants than
in the nearby forest. Undoubtedly sunlight, the
factor which favors the ants, also encourages the
plant growth.

83

Twenty years ago there were several mounds
along the edge of the forest and along an open
trail through the interior. The growth of the
forest since that time has placed those same
mounds in the shadows and they have been
abandoned.

An interesting secondary use of two abandoned
mounds is their development into fox burrows.
One mound has two tunnels leading toward the
central section from opposite sides, however, there
is no evidence of current use.

There are mounds in all stages of development
and abandonment. Some are so old that there
has been considerable subsidence and only a few
inches of elevation remains. Many are com-
pletely covered with the common shrubs of the
forest. An apparent typical development is the
growth of a patch of trailing arbutus, Epigaea
repens, on abandoned mounds. Some are more
or less completely covered with moss, identified
as Polytrichum ohioense. This same moss also
partly covers many of the active mounds.

The literature indicates that some myrmeco-
logists believe that the spread of the mossy cover
eventually forces the abandonment of the mound.
However, it may be that the growth of the moss
possibly follows, rather than precedes, the de-
creasing activity of the ants. It is known that
the ants keep the immediate area of the mound
more or less clear of vegetation. It may be
assumed that they would clear away the mosses
also. Without question, there is an inverse rela-
tionship between moss cover and ant activity.

Figure 1. (Top). — Large mound with partial cover
of moss and grass. Ant activity is confined to the grassy
area.

Figure 2, (Second from top). — Active mound with
partial cover of moss at right.

Figure 3, (Next to bottom). — Shrubs closing over
abandoned mound.

Figure 4, (Bottom). — Abandoned mound with fox
burrow.

84

ASB Bulletin

Some mounds are fully active, that is, they
show a band of openings in use completely around
the base. In some instances, their tops have
scattered grass cover. This probably is not per-
manent cover and occurs only with chance distri-
bution of seeds. Older mounds, with reduced
population, frequently show activity near or on
the top rather than around the base.

The mounds consist of soil particles and peb-
bles raised from below the surface as galleries
are extended, mixed with pieces of chaff. Occa-
sionally extraneous material such as charcoal, is
mixed with the material of the mound surface.
The charcoal is probably from fires of many
years ago.

The largest active mound is nine feet in dia-
meter and 18 inches high. Most of the mounds
do not achieve these dimensions. An average
diameter would be four to five feet and average
height about ten inches.

One abandoned mound, 7.5 feet in diameter,
was partially explored underground by digging a
trench through one side. Soil was removed to a
depth of 2.5 feet which marked the lowest level
of abandoned galleries below ground surface, and
at this depth water began to collect in the trench.
Soil color indicated an admixture of topsoil and
subsoil through a vertical extension of 1.6 feet,
one foot above the ground surface and six-tenths
foot below. From this depth to the bottom, the
galleries were in yellow gravel.

The horizontal activity appeared to have been
confined to about the same dimensions as the
mound at the surface, approximately 7.5 feet. As
the depth below the surface increased, the dia-
meter of the area of use decreased. The galleries
were still in good condition and the mound may
have been in partial use the previous summer.

The question of why these ants are in this
apparently isolated location does not have an easy
answer. Is this an island left by geological pro-
cesses? There are comparable occurrences in
the flora of South Jersey. Most notable is prob-
ably the existence of isolated colonies of Rhodo-
dendron maximum and Ilicoides mucronata in
the swamps of branches of the Great Egg Harbor
River in Camden and Gloucester Counties. These
species in such an atypical location are apparent
relicts of earlier climatic upheavals.

Vol. 15, No. 4, October 1968

Zoologists have found similar instances of
isolation in which the age of the displaced species
is greater than that of the other species of the
area. Is Formica exsectoides a surviving species
of the last glacial period? This apparent island
location is in the Pine Barrens near their southern-
most limits. It is believed by geologists that the
Beacon Hill formation, which coincides with the
boundaries of the Pine Barrens, has been con-
tinuously out of water since upper Miocene times
but has been partly or completely surrounded by
water several times.

Was Formica exsectoides pushed southward
by the glaciation of North Jersey and then trapped
on the Pine Barrens island? If so, there may be
other locations presently unknown to entomolo-
gists. If this is the only South Jersey location,
Formica exsectoides may disappear from the area.
The most readily accessible locality is zoned as
prime residential ground. The other station may
be saved in its natural condition by county or city
purchase and designation as a natural area. How-
ever, continued growth of the forest for another
fifty years will probably result in such changes
that there will no longer be any place in the sun
for Formica exsectoides.

STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP, «'• «•« ‘°f *»■

MANAGEMENT AND CIRCULATION Compi.«\*',.f,c.,ion WSm. r.-.oj*

4 October 1968 | The ASB Bulletin

Quarterly (January, April, July, and October)

• 1OCAT1ON o » ino»h OFFICE OF PUBLICATION (Ainu. til y. tonnly. |<*». HP todi)

Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th & The Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103

Dept, of Biology, Woman‘s College of Georgia, Milledgeville, Ga. 31061 (Dr David L Cott

6 NAMES AND ADDRESSES or PUillSHER EDITOR AND managing EDITOR

The Association of Southeastern Biologists, Inc., Chaoel Hill, N C

C. W Hart, Jr., Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th & The Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa. 1910

MANAGING 10.10* 1 o.d oddm. '

drrnei of ilotiho/drri oumng or holding 1 firr.tnl or mart of lolal umouni of ilotk If no 1 ou ned by o torporolion . iht nornn ond

NAME

ADORE SS

Association of Southeastern

Chapel Hill, N.C. (Dr. William J. Koch, Associate

Biologists, Inc.

Professor, Dept, of Botany, Univ of North Carolina,

Agent. )

6 INOWN BONDHOLDERS. MORTGAGEES AND OTH
Of RONDS. MORTGAGES OR OTHER SECURITIES (If ihtr.

SECURITY HOLDERS OWNING OR HOIOING 1 PERCENT OR MORE Of TOTAl AMOUNT

NAM!

ADORE SS

none

9 FOR COMRIETION RY NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS AUTHORIZED TO MAR AT SPECIAL RATES (Aid, on lil. 111. Poilat Vunual 1

ID EXTENT AND NATURE OF CIRCULATION

PRECEDING l 2 MONTHS

ACTUAl NUMIER Of COPIES Ol SINGLE

A TOTAL NO COPIES PRINIIO (St! Pnll Root

1500

1700

1 SAllS THiOUGM OEAICRS AND CARRIERS. STRUT VENDORS and COUNTER

none

non.

>. - .».»»»«

1100

1282

C TO... PAID CIRCULATION

1100

1282

0 FREE DISTRlRUTION 1 l.tl.dimg tompl.t, MAIL CARRIER OR OTHER .OANS

250

315

, »«««-»«-

1350

1597

’

150

103

G TOTAL (\nm of F. O y-.h~.ld riool ... p.„. run .boon m A,

1500

1700

1 certify iFire iFic statements midr by me Above ire correci |-r 1 i S

POOF.™. 3526 ««T |»»R j *

85

(Continued from page 82)

search Committee to keep the authors of sub-
mitted papers anonymous. Criteria for the award
are left to the discretion of the judges’ panel, who
may withhold said award if no paper is con-
sidered to have sufficient merit.

5. Papers must be submitted in triplicate and
in their entirety not later than February 15,
1969, to Donald Caplenor, Box 186A, Tennessee
Technological University, Cookeville, Tennessee.
38501.

6. Announcement of the winner of the Re-
search Prize will be made at the annual meeting.

7. The original copy of the prize-winning paper
will be sent to the sponsor of the prize.

The rules and regulations governing the annual
Association Research Prize of $100.00, spon-
sored by the Carolina Biological Supply Com-
pany, Burlington, North Carolina, are as follows:

1 . The Research Prize is to be awarded for an
especially meritorious paper actually presented at
the annual meeting.

2. Only members are eligible to submit papers
in competition for the Research Prize. This ap-
plies to all names on the submitted paper.

3. Papers submitted in competition may be in
press but must not have been published prior to
March 1 of the year of the current competition.

4. Papers submitted in competition are judged
by eminent scientists in the various fields of
biology. These individuals are selected by the
Research Committee and are from schools out-
side the Southeast. Every effort is made by
the Research Committee to keep the authors of
submitted papers anonymous. Criteria for the
award are left to the discretion of the judges’
panel, who may withhold said award if no paper
is considered to have sufficient merit.

5. Papers must be submitted in triplicate and
in their entirety not later than February 15, 1969,
to Dr. Donald Caplenor, Box 186A, Tennessee
Technological University, Cookeville, Tennessee
38501 . One copy of the prize-winning paper will
remain in the ASB files, but all other copies will
be returned to the authors as soon as possible.

6. Announcement of the winner of the Re-
search Prize will be made at the annual meeting.

IVEY F. LEWIS FELLOWSHIP AT MOUNTAIN
LAKE BIOLOGICAL STATION

A Research Fellowship of $150.00 for summer
course study or research at Mountain Lake Bio-
logical Station of the University of Virginia has
been continued through the generosity of the
Phipps and Bird Company of Richmond, Virginia.

This fellowship, formerly known as the Phipps
and Bird Research Fellowship, was re-named at
the request of the Phipps and Bird Company.
Any member of the Association may submit an
application. The application should be accom-
panied by a summary of the planned work, by a
list of important publications, and especially in
the case of younger workers, by references and
educational data. Applications should be sent to
Dr. J. J . Murray, Dept, of Biology, Univ. of Vir-
ginia, Charlottesville, Virginia 22903 not later
than 15 March 1969. The selection will be made
by the Research and Awards Committee of the
ASB in consultation with the Director of the
Mountain Lake Biological Station. The an-
nouncement of the recipient will be made at the
annual meeting of the ASB.

COMMITTEE
J. J. Murray, ex officio
James Riopel, ex officio
Thomas L. Quay
Arthur W. Jones
Donald Caplenor, Chairman

MERITORIOUS AWARD NOMINATIONS

As in previous years an honorarium of $100
has been made available by the Will Corpora-
tion of Georgia, to be used as an award for the
recognition of especially meritorious teaching by
a member of the ASB. The regulations governing
the award are as follows:

The recipient must be a member of the ASB in good
standing. He should have taught biology in a southern
institution for at least ten years, and must be currently
teaching. He must not be a dean or have regular ad-
ministrative duties beyond the department level (this
particular criterion requiring interpretation in individual
cases). Among evidences of his qualifications is the
progress of the candidate as indicated by recognition in
his own institution (important assignments and other
contributions specifically related to good teaching); and
the number and quality of students for whom he pro-
vided primarily the inspiration to continue in biology,
especially those who later received advanced degrees.

Past recipients of the Meritorious Award for
Teaching are as follows:

1952. Dr. Mary Stuart MacDougall (Agnes Scott)

1953. Dr. Orland E. White (Univ. of Virginia)

1954. Dr. Woolford B. Baker (Emory)

1955. Dr. John N. Couch (Univ. of North Carolina)

1956. Dr. Hugo L. Blomquist (Duke)

1957. Dr. Ezda Deviney (Florida State)

1958. Dr. Henry R. Totten (Univ. of North Carolina)

1959. Dr. Margaret Hess (Winthrop College)

1960. Dr. Ora C. Bradbury (Wake Forest College)

86

ASB Bulletin

1961. Dr. Warren Deacon (Vanderbilt)

1962. Dr. Septima C. Smith (Univ. of Alabama)

1963. Father Patrick H. Yancey (Spring Hill College)

1964. Dr. Ruskin S. Freer (Lynchburg College)

1965. Dr. Harwell P. Sturdivant (Western Maryland

College)

1966. Dr. Charles Ray, Jr. (Emory Univ.)

1967. Dr. H. J. Oosting (Duke University)

1968. Dr. Wade T. Batson (Univ. of South Carolina)

In these times in which so much is heard about
teaching, it is particularly important that excel-
lence in teaching should be rewarded and publi-
cized in every way possible. Members of the
ASB are urged to make nominations and send
the needed supporting material to Dr. Lewis Ber-
ner, Dept, of Biological Sciences, Flint Hall, Univ.
of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 3260 7.

COMMITTEE
Jack H. Fehon
Wade T. Batson
Lewis Berner, Chairman

SUGGESTED NOMINEES FOR ASB OFFICES AND
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE POSITIONS

To the members of the Nominating Committee:

I wish to suggest that you consider the following ASB
members in selecting nominees for offices and executive
committee positions:

PRESIDENT-ELECT

VICE-PRESIDENT

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBERS (2 for 3-year

terms)

Deadline: January 1

Mail to: DR. HAROLD J. HUMM
Marine Science Center
Univ. of South Florida
Bayboro Harbor
St. Petersburg, Fla. 33701

Most of the following joined the ASB during
the Athens Meeting, but their addresses were
either not recorded or were recorded incorrectly.
If any readers know of these missing persons,
please notify Dr. Dorothy Crandall, Randolph-
Macon Woman’s College, Lynchburg, Virginia.

Julian Ballard
Richard G. Clements
Lillie Cobbs
J. Conry
T. D. Diamond
Bebe Dorris
Harold L. Eck, Jr.

Dana Griffin

Timothy M. Gwynette
George Hadden
Gay Jividen
Clifford Johnson
B. J. Kelly, Jr.

Philip A. LaHaye
David E. Lesley
Chet Michalski
F. Montaldi
Judy T. Morgan
Charles H. Owens
Theodore J. Passon, Jr.
Robert Pope
Ida Y. Williams
Byron H. Wise

West Virginia’s best known oak tree, the third
largest chinquapin (yellow) oak in the world and
the largest in the state, is alive in West Virginia
University’s Arboretum and as healthy as can be
expected for a 400-year-old tree. Its survival
was inadvertently threatened last year by con-
struction plans which inspired protests from
throughout the state. When the architect’s plans
were revealed, WVU had them revised to spare
the tree, which is about 80 feet high and 16 feet,
five inches in circumference. Its top is missing,
the main trunk is hollow and a scar from being
struck by lightning runs down one side. But the
chinquapin oak is still growing, according to
Warren G. Tennant, grounds keeper at the Ar-
boretum in Morgantown, who is standing beside
the famous tree.

Vol. 15, No. 4, October 1968

87

Biology in the Southeast

State Correspondents

News of

Alabama — Position Vacant
Florida — John D. McCrone, University of
Florida

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State
College

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University

North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Newberry College
Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Joseph F. Fitzpatrick, Jr. — Editor
Dept, of Zoology
Mississippi State Univ.

State College, Mississippi 39762

About People

Udo Horst Ehling left the Mammalian Genetics
Group, Biology Division, Oak Ridge National Labora-
tories (ORNL), Tennessee, to accept a position as Head
of the Department of Genetics, Radiation Research
Association, Munich, Germany.

Hans G. Gasson, who has been associated with the
Nucleic Acid Chemistry Group, ORNL, as a Max Kade
Foundation Postdoctoral Fellow, left the Biology Di-
vision to become associated with the Max-Planck In-
stitut in Gottingen, Germany.

D. C. Vann of the Radiation Immunology Group,
ORNL, left the Biology Division to accept a position
in the Department of Experimental Pathology, Scripps
Clinic and Research Foundation, La Jolla, California.

Chester B. Hager, associated with the Biochemical
Regulation Group, ORNL, left the Biology Division to
accept a position with Miles Laboratories, Elkhart,
Indiana.

Vernon K. Jenkins, formerly with the Pathology and
Physiology Section, ORNL, has accepted a postdoc-
toral fellowship in the Experimental Biology Depart-
ment, Baylor University School of Medicine, Houston,
Texas.

Beryl J. Ortwerth of the Enzymology Group, ORNL,
lias accepted a position with the Department of Surgery,
LTniversity of Missouri Medical Center, Columbia.

E. H. Y. Chu, Biology Division, ORNL, spent much
of the summer in China and Japan. Dr. Chu partici-
pated in the Summer Science Seminar, Academia Sinica,
Chinese National Research Council, Taipei, Taiwan,
China; he then presented papers at the International
Congress of Genetics in Tokyo.

J. W. Angelovic, USDI, BCF, Radiobiological Lab-
oratory, Beaufort, North Carolina, was elected president
of the Atlantic Estuarine Research Society.

C. David Jennings has joined the staff of the USDI,
BCF Radiobiological Laboratory, Beaufort, North Car-
olina. Dr. Jennings is an oceanographer.

E. F. Oakberg, J. R. Reel, W. D. Wicks, and J. L.
Wittliff, Biology Division, ORNL, attended the Inter-
national Congress of Oceanography in Mexico City.

W. E. Cohn, Biology Division, ORNL, attended
meetings of the Combined Commission on Biochemical
Nomenclature of the International Union of Pure and
Applied Chemistry, and the International Union of Bio-
chemistry in Bellagio, Italy.

Dale Howard Arner has been named Professor and
Head of a newly-formed Department of Wildlife Man-
agement at Mississippi State University. Dr. Arner
was formerly Associate Professor of Zoology at the
institution.

Earl R. Rich, Associate Professor of Zoology, Uni-
versity of Miami, Coral Gables, Florida, has been named
Associate Dean for academic programs, plans and de-
velopments in the College of Arts and Sciences.

Three new Assistant Professors have been appointed to
tlie staff of the Department of Biology, University of
Miami, Coral Gables, Florida; Ronald H. Hofstetter,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota, ecology; Howard G.
Gratzner, USPHS postdoctoral research fellow at Cali-
fornia Institute of Technology, biochemical genetics;
and Barbara N. Burkett, postdoctoral research scientist.
Case Western Reserve University, insect physiology.

William S. Bradshaw has joined the staff of the Bio-
chemistry of Cell Differentiation Group, ORNL. He
was appointed an AEG Postdoctoral Fellow following
receipt of his Ph.D. from the University of Illinois, Ur-
bana in June, 1968.

The following members of the Biology Division,
ORNL, attended the XII International Congress of
Genetics, Tokyo, Japan; M. A. Bender, E. H. Y. Chu,

88

ASB Bulletin

H. V. Mailing, F. J. de Jerres, B. B. Webber, R. F.
Kimball, and R. C. von Borstel.

Susumu Takeda, for the past year an Eleanor Roose-
velt International Cancer Fellow of the American Can-
cer Society with the Biophysics and Human Cytoge-
netics Group, ORNL, has returned to his position as
Head of the Department of Pathology, Mie Prefectural
University, School of Medicine, Tsu-shi, Mie-ken, Japan.

Bonnie J. Roger, who received the Ph.D. degree in
Plant Physiology from the University of Maryland, Col-
lege Park, has joined the staff of the Microbial Photo-
synthesis Group, ORNL.

James A. Stewart, Postdoctoral Fellow, Biochemistry
of Cell Differentiation Group, ORNL, became Assistant
Professor of Biochemistry, University of New Hamp-
shire in September.

David S. McDevitt, Postdoctoral Investigator, Cell
Growth and Differentiation Group, ORNL, has accepted
a position with the Department of Animal Biology,
School of Veterinary Medicine, University of Pennsyl-
vania.

Mahlon G. Kelly of Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology, has been appointed a NASA Visiting Profes-
sor of Biology at the University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Florida. Dr. Kelly, while at Miami, will take part in
the marine aspects of the Environmental Biology Pro-
gram and will do research with aerial photographic tech-
niques as applied to marine studies.

The News Editor regrets to report the recent deaths
of two well-known southeastern herpetologists. Doris
M. Cochran, deceased 20 May 1968, had retired as
Curator of Reptiles and Amphibians, Smithsonian In-
stitution, Washington, D. C. At the time of his death
on 8 August 1968, Fred Ray Cagle was Vice-President
in charge of development of Tulane University of Lou-
isiana, New Orleans.

Ronald R. Cowden, formerly of the Louisiana State
Univ. Medical Center, New Orleans, has become chair-
man of die Dept, of Biological Sciences, Univ. of Den-
ver. He has been joined by the following: Dr. John I.
Payne, Professor (formerly Associate Professor of Biology
at Georgia State College in Atlanta), Dr. William Bran-
dom. Associate Professor (formerly research scientist at
the Delta Regional Primate Laboratory of Tulane Uni-
versity at Covington, Louisiana), Dr. George B. David,
Professor (visiting Associate Professor, State University
of New York at Albany) and Dr. Sherill Curtis, Research
Associate (who received her Ph.D. in 1968, from Tu-
lane University).

John A. Fincher, for twenty-two years a member of
the faculty and administration at Samford University
serving as former Head of the Department of Biology
and for the past ten years as Academic Dean, resigned
to accept the position of President of Carson Newman
College, Jefferson City, Tennessee.

Vol. 15, No. 4, October 1968

The Society of the Sigma Xi announced today through
the chairman of its Grants-In-Aid of Research Commit-
tee, Dr. Harlow Shapley, an award to Gwynn W. Ram-
sey of Lynchburg College, Lynchburg, Virginia. This
award has been made to Dr. Ramsey to assist him in
his study of “An Ecological-Floristic Survey of Twelve
Southern Virginia Piedmont Counties.”

Eugene P. Odum, Alumni Foundation Distinguished
Professor of Zoology at the University of Georgia and
Georgia Scientist of the Year for 1967, has been named
a Congressional Advisor.

Dr. Odum, who is also director of the University’s
Institute of Ecology, has accepted an invitation from
Representative Richard L. Ottinger, D., N.Y., to advise
a recently formed Ad Hoc Committee on Environmental
Quality.

Representative Ottinger said the committee, made up
of about 50 members of Congress both from the House
and the Senate, will “be non-partisan and loosely struc-
tured in order to advance its real purpose: self educa-
tion.”

Dr. Odum, who has served as a United States dele-
gate to numerous international scientific groups, was
cited for his research by the State Science and Tech-
nology Commission when he was named Georgia Scien-
tist of the Year last March. He is an internationally
known expert in ecology and has headed the Institute
of Ecology here since it was founded. He was also
instrumental in the founding of the Savannah River
Ecology Laboratory of the Atomic Energy Commission
and in the formation of the University’s Marine Institute
at Sapelo Island.

L. H. Foster, president of Tuskegee Institute, recently
appointed James H. M. Henderson director of the Carver
Research Foundation. He succeeds the late Dr. Clar-
ence T. Mason.

Dr. Henderson earned his Bachelor of Science degree
at Howard University in 1939; M.Ph., University of
Wisconsin in 1940; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin in
1943.

J. Richard Thomson is now Professional Associate,
Advisory Center on Toxicology, National Research
Council, National Academy of Sciences, Washington,

D.C.

About Institutions

An Advanced Seminar in Tropical Botany was held
at the University of Miami, Coral Gables, Florida,
June 17 - July 26. Seminar coordinator was Taylor
Alexander, Professor of Botany, University of Miami.
Other faculty were Richard A. Howard, Arnold Pro-
fessor of Botany and Director of the Arnold Arboretum,
Harvard University; Howard J. Teas, Professor of Bi-
ology, University of Miami; and P. B. Tomlinson, Re-
search Scientist, Fairchild Tropical Garden and Ad-
junct Assistant Professor of Botany, University of Miami.
Twelve persons, ranging from college faculty to under-
graduate student, were selected to participate.

89

The University of Miami, Coral Gables, Florida has
inaugurated this September an intensive graduate level
program in human-environmental biology in peninsular
Florida. A full-year interdisciplinary course will in-
volve a two-semester Advanced Ecology sequence at the
doctoral level, and study areas in civil engineering,
toxicology, pesticide biology, marine science, urban stud-
ies and radiation health. Subsequent years will provide
for added experience in extant programs at the Uni-
versity and the Organization for Tropical Studies in
Costa Rica. An initial-year award from the U. S. Pub-
lic Health Service of $35,716 enabling establishment of
the program will grow to total $250,000 in five years.
Three current traineeships will be increased to five in
1969-70 and seven in 1970-71.

The Biology Department of The Catholic University
has established an Electron Microscopy Laboratory,
headed by Dr. James A. McAlear who was formerly
with the University of California at Berkeley.

The Federal Water Pollution Control Administration
is sponsoring a training program in the identification of
pollution important organisms to be held at Georgia
State College, Atlanta, Georgia, December 4th through
the 21st 1968. Biologists, particularly those in the
southeast, are invited to attend. Stipends are available
to help defray expenses; there will be no charge for the
course. The taxons to be covered include the algae,
fungi, Crustacea, mayflies, stoneflies, caddisflies, oligo-
chaetes, fish, chironomids, and molluscs. Widely rec-
ognized authorities have agreed to teach each group.
For applications or further information write: Dr. Fred
K. Parrish, Program Director, Department of Biology,
Georgia State College, 33 Gilmer Street, S.E., Atlanta,
Georgia 30303.

Twenty-five systematic botanists from around the
country were participants in the Summer Institute in
Systematics, held at the Museum of Natural History,
Smithsonian Institution, and jointly sponsored by the
Smithsonian and the American Society of Plant Taxono-
mists, with support from NSF and the Air Force Office
of Scientific Research. The southeastern U. S. was well
represented: W. C. Dickison, Dept, of Biol., V. P. I.;
W. L. Ellison, Erskine College; J. W. Hardin, Dept, of
Botany, N. C. State Univ.; E. L. Lipps, Shorter Col-
lege; G. W. Ramsey, Biology Dept., Lynchburg College;
J. L. Thomas, Dept, of Biology, Univ. of Alabama; and
J. R. Watson, Jr., Dept, of Botany, Mississippi State Uni-
versity. The participants met for discussions and talks
on problems dealing with systematic botany, and car-
ried on their own research in the Herbarium during the
3-week institute from June 23 to July 12.

The Rockefeller Foundation has recently allocated
$165,000 for a three-year extension of a cooperative ed-
ucational program in the medical sciences between sev-
eral US medical schools, including the University of
Tennessee, and the Universidad del Valle in Cali, Co-
lombia. Dr. Richard R. Overman, Associate Dean of

Medicine, serves as administrator of the University of
Tennessee Medical Units’ participation in the plan. The
program has consisted of faculty members taking time
out from duties in the US to spend time at Cali to
assist Colombian educators in bringing more modern
methods to the teaching of medical students. Present
plans call for the establishment of the first true grad-
uate school of medical sciences in South America.

The USPHS recently awarded a grant of $64,556 to
the University of Tennessee medical units for the third
and final year of a study aimed at more effective dis-
covery and control of uterine cancer. The experiment
is under the direction of Dr. Cyrus C. Erickson, Pro-
fessor of Pathology, with Dr. Sidney Coleman and Mrs.

Irma Rube of the Department of Pathology as co-
investigators. The survey is being conducted in coop-
eration with City of Memphis Hospitals, The Shelby
County Health Department, and the UT medical units’
Obstetrics-Gynecology. Under the mass-testing pro-
gram initiated in 1952, the frequency of uterine cancer
in Memphis has been reduced by 50 percent.

Chancellor Alexander Heard of Vanderbilt University
has announced the construction of eight new buildings
or additions in the areas of science and medicine. The
construction of these facilities costing in excess of $10
million will be financed through a NSF ‘Center of Ex-
cellence’ grant, the Health Sciences Advancement Award
to Vanderbilt in 1967, loans, gifts from alumni, campaign
funds, and other monies including the Ford Foundation
grant. Included in the construction plans are a new
Science Library, buildings for Molecular Biology and
Mathematics, five new floors for the Physics Building, |
completion of three shell floors in the Chemistry Build-
ing, and expansion of the off-campus Dyer Observatory.

The buildings will feature flexible laboratory facilities,
classrooms and faculty offices, a teaching observatory,
and a greenhouse.

The Department of Biology has recently moved into
a new building at Tennessee Technological University.

The new building is completely air-conditioned and has
some 60,000 square feet of laboratory, office, and class-
room space. It houses programs in biology, agriculture,
and fish and game management.

One of the largest private foundation grants in Uni-
versity of South Carolina history was recently announced
as a vital step in establishing USC as a major center
for coastal and oceanographic studies.

Announcement of a $131,450 award from the Belle
W. Baruch Foundation was made by University of
South Carolina President Thomas F. Jones and the
Foundation’s trustees.

The four-year grant will help “get the university into
the ocean science business across the board” by estab-
lishing a new University of South Carolina Institute
of Estuarine and Littoral Science, according to Dr.
James A. Morris. He is vice president for advanced

90

ASB Bulletin

studies and research and dean of the University of
South Carolina graduate school.

The institute will spearhead research, sponsor high
level seminars and colloquia, and encourage graduate in-
struction in coastal waterway and marine life studies.

Dr. Morris said a “scientist of unquestionable na-
tional renown” will be appointed to head the institute,
which will focus on and expand the multiple marine
studies already underway at the university.

The appointee will be officially designated as the
Belle W. Baruch Distinguished Professor of Marine
Ecology and will hold a faculty appointment in biology.
He will be assisted by outstanding graduate students
known as Belle W. Baruch Fellows. In addition, the
institute will attract University of South Carolina faculty-
associates with special talents in related fields.

In this respect, its scope will be broad enough to
include chemical engineers studying water conservation
and pollution; geologists interested in mineral deposits,
beach erosion and river sedimentation; biologists re-
searching coastal plant and animal life; and law pro-
fessors making headway in defining legal ownership and
use of land off South Carolina’s shoreline.

The institute will also encompass research into such
areas of vital economic importance as sea farming and
oyster and crab production, according to Dr. B. Theo-
dore Cole, head of the biology department.

Estuaries, or inlets, and the littoral zone (from the
high tide mark to a water depth at which light ceases)
of South Carolina will be the primary research targets
of the new USC Institute of Estuarine and Littoral
Science.

The Belle W. Baruch Foundation plantation near
Georgetown, S.C., which offers 17,000 acres of unspoiled
forest land, ocean front, marshes, and other wild life
preserves, is expected to be a center for much of the
USC research.

Hobcaw House, the late Bernard M. Baruch’s massive
English manor where Winston Churchill, Franklin D.
Roosevelt, and other international figures visited fre-
quently, will be used as headquarters for colloquia and
institutes. Adjacent laboratory facilities may also be
developed there at the Foundation Research and Edu-
cation Center.

Funding for the institute in marine studies brings
the Belle W. Baruch Foundation’s grants to the Uni-
versity of South Carolina to more than $300,000.00. The
foundation was established in 1964 by the late Miss
Baruch, daughter of Bernard M. Baruch, to promote
“teaching and/or research in forestry, marine biology,
and the care and propagation of wildlife and flora and
fauna in South Carolina in connection with colleges
and/or universities in the state of South Carolina.”

To this end, the foundation earlier awarded a Uni-
versity of South Carolina research associate. Dr. George
P. Spinner, a $100,000 grant to evaluate estuarine areas
of tlie entire Atlantic coastline from Maine to Florida.
The three-year project will determine what can be done
to preserve these areas and increase their productivity.

Vol. 15, No. 4, October 1968

Dr. Wade T. Batson of the University of South
Carolina biology department is director of a $71,623
Baruch grant to develop a botanical inventory of the
foundation’s immense low-country plantation. The Uni-
versity of South Carolina is also cooperating with Albert
H. H. Dorsey on a Belle W. Baruch Foundation grant to
the S.C. State Department of Education. This grant, in
the amount of $172,540 is for the development of a
series of teachers’ guides for the teaching of conservation
in grades 1-12.

The latest Baruch Foundation grant and the new
Institute of Estuarine and Littoral Science will also
focus on the already strong marine orientation of the
Department of Geology.

Dr. Donald J. Colquhoun is one of the leading au-
thorities on the geology of the South Atlantic coastal
plains and Dr. John R. Conolly has done major research
into the marine geology of continental shelves, slopes,
and abyssal plains. Dr. Conolly will join the University
of South Carolina this fall. Dr. Bruce Nelson, former
head of the department and now dean of the College
of Arts and Science, is a specialist in estuarine sedi-
mentation, clay minerology and geochemistry.

Two members of the University of South Carolina
law school faculty, William A. Clineburg and John E.
Krahmer, are studying the legal bases for ownership of
tidal and submerged lands under the earlier foundation
grant to Dr. Spinner.

Another law professor, C. H. Randall, is conduct-
ing an overall study of water laws in South Carolina
for the State Water Resources Commission. Waters
adjacent to the Belle W. Baruch Foundation planta-
tion are also involved in a separate study of marine
botany by Prof. William H. Queen of the biology de-
partment.

Practically the entire Department of Chemical En-
gineering is engaged in research on either water pollu-
tion or chemical properties of water. These include
studies by department head B. L. Baker into removal
of synthetic detergents from water and a study of puri-
fication of industrial waste by Dr. Milton W. Davis.
Dr. J. H. Gibbons and Dr. F. Phillips Pike are directors
of a research project on mixing of stratified layers as
related to physical oceanography.

It is expected that the wide inter-disciplinary char-
acter of the Institute of Estuarine and Littoral Science
will encompass all of these now separate projects.

91

Books and Periodicals

Your editors have considered the service which could
be rendered by having a Book Review Section as a reg-
ular feature of the Bulletin. They cannot, however,
perform such a service unaided. Persons who could pro-
vide prompt, succinct and critical reviews of new books
in the biological sciences are invited to submit their
names and areas of competence to the News Editor.
Such response will be the basis of a final decision on a
Book Review Section.

New Botanical Publication

Botanical research articles of unusual length (.50-150
ms. pages) will be considered for publication in Tulane
Studies in Zoology and Botany (formerly Tulane Studies
in Zoology). Shorter papers will also be considered.
This journal is published by the Graduate School and
has an average circulation of 1000 copies. It is sent
in exchange to university libraries and research centers
throughout the world. Articles which are submitted
will be promptly reviewed and edited. For further in-
formation write: Prof. G. E. Gunning (Editor) or Prof.
A. L. Welden (Assoc. Editor), Dept. Biology, Tulane
Univ., New Orleans, La., 70118.

THE MANUAL OF THE FLORA OF THE CARO-
LINAS. Albert E. Radford, Harry E. Ahles, and C.
Ritchie Bell. The University of North Carolina Press,
Chapel Hill, N.C. 27514. $15.95.

This is the first illustrated manual to cover the rich
and varied Dora of the Carolinas. Based on the recent
collection of nearly 200,000 specimens, the book has
been twelve years in the making and is expected to be
a landmark in botanical publishing. It will be useful
in each of the southeastern states, and was designed
for botanists, students and teachers, foresters, wildlife
and conservation researchers, county agents, libraries,
and all those interested in the native and naturalized
plants covered.

INSECTS AND PHYSIOLOGY. Edited by J. W. L.
Beament and J. E. Treherne. American Elsevier Pub-
lishing Company. 378 pp. 1968. $25.00

This volume was prepared as a tribute to Sir Vincent
Wigglesworth on his retirement from the Quick Chair
of Biology and the Directorship of the Unit of Insect
Physiology in the University of Cambridge.

The book consists of twenty-three chapters each by
a different author and is divided into ten sections. The
arrangement of subject matter is, generally speaking,
the same as that used by Wigglesworth in his “Prin-
ciples of Insect Physiology.” The sections are: the
integument; morphogenesis; neurosecretion; flight; the
central nervous system; pharmacology; sensory phy-
siology: behaviour; permeability; reproduction. These
sections contain from five (morphogenesis) to one
(flight, pharmacology and reproduction) chapters.

If the book were to be considered only as a tribute
to VBW, there would be little more to be said. He is
one of the most important biologists of this century
and it is fitting and proper that he be honored. That
twenty-three of his present and former associates were
motivated to put this book together speaks eloquently
of the regard in which they hold him. However, the
reviewer must examine the work as a contribution to the
literature of biology and in this regard, one can only
conclude that, as with many compilations by different
authors, it is a mixed blessing.

The publisher is to be commended on the high-
quality printing and reproduction evident throughout.
It is well printed and singularly free from minor er-
rors. The quality of reproduction shows up particularly
in the electron micrographs. In the articles by Smith
and Slifer the elegant electron microscopy for which
they are noted is well brought out in the plates.

Many of the articles are likewise excellent. It is,
perhaps, unfair to mention some of these in preference
to others but one cannot pass by without noting that
the style, which has become characteristic of Carroll
M. Williams, adds much to the already interesting sub-
ject matter of his article on the brain hormone.
Lawrence’s discussion of the epidermal cell as “a model
of the embryo” is intriguing while Locke’s article adds
even more fuel for thought on these cells. Weis-Fogh
gives a very succinct summary of the metabolic events
occurring during flight. Various aspects of nervous and
sensory physiology are treated well by Edwards, Tre-
herne, Burtt and Miller.

The self-imposed restriction of having only insect
physiologists associated with VBW write chapters, while
entirely understandable, is probably the cause of the
book’s major faults. Many of the more biochemically
oriented aspects of insect physiology which have been
so fruitful in recent years are not included while in a
number of cases the author for a particular topic is not
the best available. In addition, the choice of subject
by several of the authors who were selected appears un-
fortunate. This is particularly true in the case of “The
physiology of the insect integument in the relation to
the invasion of pathogens” by W. A. L. David and
“Evolutionary aspects of metamorphosis” by A. N.
Clements. Neither of these authors could contribute
a single reference from his own work to the biblio-
graphy of his contribution.

When the high price of this book is considered along
with some of its faults, this reviewer is almost forced
to the conclusion that private tributes should be
privately circulated. In spite of this, the book does
contain much of value and anyone with a serious in-
terest in the physiology of the insecta should at least
delve into it.— Ernest Hodgson, North Carolina State
University

92

ASB Bulletin

The ASB Bulletin

Volumes 11-15
1964-1968

Published by

The Association of Southeastern Biologists, Inc.
C. W. Hart, Jr., Editor

Index to Volumes 11-15,
1964-1968

111

This is the third of a series of five-year in-
dices planned for the ASB Bulletin. The author
index includes authors of abstracts and articles,
but the subject index does not include abstract

titles. Those who plan to bind the Bulletin should
note that this index and title page can be removed
and bound with Volume 15 without disturbing
the sequence of pages in this issue.

Subject Index

Abstracts

Abstracts of papers presented at the
ASB annual meeting in:

1964, Atlanta 11:38

1965, Charlottesville 12:42

1966, Raleigh 13:29

1967, Columbia 14:22

1968, Athens 15:29

Articles

AAAS Berkeley Meeting 12:95

The AAAS Montreal Meeting 11:89
AAAS Washington Meeting 13:71
American Society of Plant Tax-
onomists Elects New Officers
and gives Cooley Award 11:11

Americans Tables Committee
Reviewing Applications for
Naples Zoological Station 12:68

The Anatomy of the Phoenix.

— Perry C. Holt 11:27

An Appraisal of the Present
and Future of Estuarine-
Oceanographic Laboratories
of the Southeast:

Federal Laboratories. —

T. R. Rice 11:79

Cooperative Training Pro-
grams. — L. R. Pomeroy 11:82

State Supported Labora-
tories. — Albert Collier 11:83

The Benefits of Systematic Bio-
logical Collecting from Navi-
gation Buoys. — Arthur S.

Merrill 12:3

Biological Abstracts B.A.S.I.C.

Retrieval Aid 11:64

Biology and a Liberal Educa-
tion. — E. Ruffin Jones 13:3

Charles Ray, Jr., Receives
Meritorious Teaching Award
for 1966 13:75

Clam-Toting Turtle. — Robert

Robertson 13:66

Conference on Distributional
History of Invertebrate Biota
of Southern Appalachians 15:28
Constitution and By-Laws of
the Association of South-
eastern Biologists 13:15

Cooperative Projects between
Cape Haze and Riverview
High School Laboratories 11:12
CUEBS Southeastern Regional
Conference 12:8

Current Research on Vegeta-
tion in the Southeastern
States. — A Symposium Co-
Sponsored by the ASB, the
Ecological Society for the
Study of Evolution. To be
held at the AAAS Meeting
in Washington, D. C., on
29 December 1966 13:71

Current Research on Vegeta-
tion in the Southeastern
States 15:67

Ecological Studies in the Great
Smoky Mountains.— Dorothy
L. Crandall 12:63

French Oceanographer at Uni-
versity of Miami 11:62

C. M. Goethe 12:66

A Home in the Sun. — J. Albert
Starkey 15:83

Important Deadlines 12:11

International Symposium on
Eutrophication for June 11-
16 in Madison, Wis. 14:7

Literature Citation Abbrevia-
tions — A Waste of Time. —

C. W. Hart, Jr. and Betty
Ursomarso 11:71

Martin D. Young Appointed
Director of Gorgas Memorial
Laboratory in Panama 11:86

Multi-Lecture Approach Used
at University of Georgia in
Introductory Biology Classes 15:7
The National Referral Center 13:65

The National Register as a
Privacy Invader — Where do
we Go from Here. — An
Editorial 11:70

Non-Petrified Fossil Fungi. —
Frederick A. Wolf 15:8

Notes on the Natural History
of Science. — Perry C. Holt 14:71
Notes on Preparation for a
Botanical Field Trip to
Mexico. — D. R. Windier

and C. R. Bell 14:59

NSS Moves to Preserve Shelta
Cave 15:76

Orientation in Animals. — E.

G. Franz Sauer 11:3

Pesticides in Our Ecosystem:
Communication III. — Frank
E. Egler 12:79

Pollution’s Eternal Triangle. —

John Caims, Jr. 12:35

Project LOCO completes first
phase 11:37

Regulations for Collecting in
Mexico 14:10

Reinhold Elects James B. Ross
New Vice President 12:67

Restoring the Quality of our
Environment: What Needs
to be Done and How We
are Doing It. 13:55

Ruskin S. Frier is Recipient
of ASB’s 1964 Meritorious
Teaching Award 11:73

Sapelo Island Research Foun-
dation and University of
Georgia Pursue Joint
Programs 11:64

Sarasota: Spawning Ground
for Marine Biologists. —

John D. Woolever 11:87

Seal Recommended for Adop-
tion by ASB in April 12:32

A Study of Graduate Program
in Biology at University
of Richmond. — Warwick R,

IV

West, Jr., and W. S.
Woolcott 11:9

Today’s Biology. — Walter S.

Flory 11:67

W. Ralph Singleton Appointed
Director of National Co-
lonial Farm 13:28

Departments

ASB’s January Placement Service
11:8, 12:32

Association affairs 11:26, 11:66,

11:78, 12:34, 12:62, 12:78, 13:2,
13:22, 14:14, 14:70, 15:18, 15:66,
15:82

Books and periodicals 11:17, 11:63,
11:74, 11:94, 12:24, 12:57, 12:68,
12:92, 13:64, 13:75, 14:9, 14:48,
15:77, 14:65, 15:92
Letters 14:75

News of biology in the southeast
11:19, 11:61, 11:61, 11:74, 11:97,
12:25, 12:59, 12:71, 12:97, 13:19,
13:50, 13:67, 13:74, 14:11, 14:53,
14:76, 15:11, 15:62, 15:79, 14:67,
15:88

Lewis, Ivey Foreman 11:91

Overcash, Hinton Baxter 13:74

Penney, J. T. 11:92

Author Index

Aboul-Ela, M. M.
Adotey, P. E.

Aldrich, H. C.
Aldridge, F. P.
Alexander, T. R.
Alvarez, M. Ray
Amin, J. V. 11:38,

Anderson, C. E.
Angelovic, J. W.
Applegate, A. L.
Ashby, W. C.
Ashworth, L. J., Jr.
Bacon, C. W.

Baker, J. B.

Ball, E. A. 12:42,

Ballal, S. K. 11:38,
Bamforth, S. S. 12:42,

Bangma, G. S.
Bannister, B.

11:49,

11:56

11:38, 11:50
12:42
15:29
13:29
15:29
11:38
11:51,
15:29
15:29
13:29
11:38
11:38
11:38
12:42
11:52
13:29, 13:39
14:22, 15:29
13:29, 14:22,
15:29
13:29
13:30

Directories

Baptist, J. P.

11:39,

13:48

Barbour, R. W. 11:39,

11:47,

15:39

Alphabetical directory of ASB

Barclay, F. H. 12:42,

13:30,

14:22

members

12:12

Barnett, J. D.

14:39

Meetings: ASB

Barr, T. C.

12:42

Barras, S. J.

15:41

About the meetings:

Bartone, J. C.

13:39

Atlanta, 1964

11:13

Bartone, J. C.

13:40

Charlottesville, 1965

12:9

Barrett, G. W.

15:48

Raleigh, 1966

13:10

Barnett, J. D.

13:45

Columbia, 1967

14:3

Barrs, H. D.

15:30

Athens, 1968

15:3

Bartels, P. G.

13:49

Program of the:

Bartone, J. C.

13:30

25th annual meeting, At-

Baskin, J.

14:22,

15:30

lanta, 1964

11:32

Bath, D. W.

14:23,

15:30

26th annual meeting, Char-

Batson, J.

11:39

lottesville, 1965

12:38

Batson, W. T.

15:30

27th annual meeting,

Beal, E. O. 13:30,

13:33,

13:35

Raleigh, 1966

13:23

Beatty, A. V. 11:39,

12:42,

13:30,

28th annual meeting,

14:23,

, 15:30,

15:35

Columbia, 1967

14:15

Beatty, J. W. 11:39,

12:42,

13:30,

29th annual meeting,

14:23

Athens, 1968

15:19

Beckerdite, F. W.

15:31

Beirne, C.

14:46

Obituaries

Bell, C. R.

14:59

Arnold, Paul J.

11:92

Bell, S.

11:39

Boyd, George H.

13:49

BeMiller, J. N.

15:31

Conrad, G. Miles

11:93

Benjamin, C. R.

15:38

Deviney, Ezda

11:93

Bennett, H. J.

11:42,

14:30

Goethe, Charles M.

13:54

Bennett, S. N.

14:23

Good, Henry G.

11:91

Benson, G. L.

14:23

Kurz, Herman

13:49

Bernard, G. R.

11:39,

11:60

Berry, J. W.
Beyer, E.
Beyers, R. J.
Biggers, C. J.
Bird, L. S.
Bishop, J. W.
Biswas, P. K.
Blair, A.

Bland, C. E.
Blessing, R. W.
Boehms, C. N.
Bogitsh, B. J.

14:23
15:31
15:38
15:31
11:49
14:23
11:40
14:24
15:31
15:31, 15:47
14:41

12:43, 13:29, 13:30,

14:26, 14:39, 15:35, 15:48
Bond, E. C. 14:41

Bonds, E. 15:32

Bostick, P. E. 11:40, 13:30, 15:32
Boykins, E. A. 13:31

Bozeman, J. R. 11:40

Bradley, T. 13:31

Brotzman, B. 11:52

Brown, G. G. 12:43

Brown, G. N. 13:31

Brown, P. I. 14:24

Brown, E. T., Jr. 11:43, 11:46,
12:43, 13:31, 14:24, 15:32
Bruhn, M. E. 11:40

Buckelew, T. P. 15:32

Burbanck, W. D. 11:50, 13:31, 15:32
Burk, C. J. 11:40, 12:43, 13:32,
14:24, 15:32

Bums, J. A. 13:34

Bums, R. E. 15:33

Bursey, R. G. 15:33

Bush, D. J. 13:48

Bush, F. M. 11:40, 14:24

Cairns, J., Jr. 12:35, 13:34

Calhoun, F.

Canonico, P. G.

Caplenor, D.

Caponetti, J. D.

Cardell, R. R., Jr.

Carlson, J. G. 13:32, 14:25

Carmon, J. L.
Carpenter, J. M.
Carroll, J. W.

Carter, M. R.

Carver, J. E., Jr.
Catching, C. A.
Caudle, C. 14:22,
Chadwick, C. S.
Chapman, J. A.
Cheevers, S. P.

Child, G. I.

Clabough, J. W.

Clark, R. C.

Clausz, J.

Clebsch, E. E. C.

15:33
13:32
14:24
11:41
11:41
15:35,
15:55
15:59, 15:60
11:56, 14:24
14:25
15:33
14:25
15:33
15:30, 15:34
12:43
14:22
15:34
15:34
11:58
15:34
15:34
11:40

13:32,

V

Coats, G. E.

15:34

Edmisten, J. A. 11:42,

12:45, 13:33,

Gray, I. E.

14:29

Coffey, J. C.

14:25

14:27, 15:36

Greear, P. F-C.

14:29

Cole, A. A.

15:35,

15:55

Edwards, L. B.

15:44

Green, J. H.

11:45

Cole, M. B., Jr. 13:32,

14:25,

15:35,

Egan, W.

14:33

Gregg, K. W.

13:34

15:55

Eggers, D. M.

14:27, 15:36

Griffin, D. G., Ill

14:30

Collier, A.

11:83

Egler, F. E.

12:79

Griffith, M. M.

11:46

Collins, H. A.

11:41

Eiland, L.

13:33

Grimm, J. K.

11:46

Collins, R. F.

15:35

Ellis, W. H.

11:42, 15:60

Griswold, D. P., Jr.

15:47

Cooper, A. W. 13:41,

13:46,

13:47,

Engel, D. W.

13:29

Guhardja, E.

11:46

14:25

Engleman, E. M.

11:43

Haber, A. H.

15:38

Constantin, M. J.

12:44

Esch, G. W.

15:44

Hacskaylo, J.

11:46

Cooper, A. W.

11:41,

13:32

Etges, F. J.

11:48

Haecker, M. H.

15:38

Cosgrove, W. B.

15:49

Eudy, W. W.

13:34

Hale, M. G.

15:39, 15:56

Cotter, D. J.

12:44

Fairbanks, G. W.

11:43

Hale, M. E.

15:39

Couch, J. N.

11:57

Farrell, N. P.

15:29

Hammack, R. E.

13:45

Cowley, G. T. 11:41,

14:23,

14:26,

Fattig, W. D.

14:27

Hammer, R.

11:46

15:55

Fetner, R. H.

15:37

Hanlin, R. T.

15:39

Craig, R.

15:36

Field, H. M.

12:53

Hardin, J. W.

13:35, 14:24,

Cramer, A. L.

13:35

Findeis, A. F.

11:60

14:25, 15:39

Crandall, D. L.

12:63

Findley, J.

14:33

Harkema, R. 14:30,

14:33, 15:31

Crawford, C. C.

15:35

Fitzpatrick, J. F., Jr.

11:43, 15:37

Harrelson, M.

15:36

Criss, W. E.

11:56

Fleming, L. E.

14:27

Harris, A. H.

11:46, 14:30

Crossley, D. A., Jr.

13:32,

15:57

Flemister, M. R.

13:34

Harrison, D. E.

13:35

Crosthwaite, L.

14:33

Flint, F. F.

14:28

Harrison, F. W.

15:39

Crutchfield, P. J.

11:42

Flory, W. S.

11:67

Hart, C. W„ Jr.

11:71

Dahlman, R. C.

14:26

Foard, D. E.

15:37, 15:48

Hartshorn, G. S.

14:30

Damon, C.

14:33

Foin, T. C.

12:45

Harvey, M. J. 11:39,

11:47, 15:39

Darlington, J. T.

13:33

Ford, L.

11:43, 12:45

Harvin, N.

15:58

Davis, D. A. 14:26,

15:35,

15:48

Foreman, C. W.

14:28, 15:37

Hassell, M. D.

11:47

Davis, H. L. 11:42,

12:44,

15:30,

Forthofer, D.

12:45

Hatala, R. J.

14:33

15:35

Fortman, J. R.

14:29

Haysman, P.

13:38

Davis, J. E., Jr. 12:44,

14:29,

15:35

Foster, N. R.

13:34

Hebert, J. R.

14:30

Dayton, B. R.

13:33,

15:35

Foster, W. A.

15:37

Hellmers, H.

15:39

Deason, T. R.

14:25

Foy, C. L. 15:42,

15:34, 15:37,

Helseth, F. A.

12:46, 15:40

Decker, R. D.

13:33

15:56

Henderson, J. H. M.

11:47, 11:55,

De Jong, D. W.

11:42

Frankenberg, D.

12:45

15:40

Delaney, J.

14:26

Franklin, B. C.

13:39, 14:28

Henderson, V.

11:47

Denton, T. E.

11:52

Frederick, L. 11:54,

11:59, 12:42,

Hendricks, L.

14:30

DePoe, C. E.

13:33

13:34, 14:39, 15:38,

15:41, 15:59

Hennessy, J. P.

12:46

DeSelm, H. R.

11:42,

12:44

Freeman, J. A.

11:47, 12:45

Henry, J. P.

13:48

Dickerson, D. R.

13:40

Freeman, J. D.

14:28

Hermann, H. R.

15:40

Dietz, R. A.

14:26

Friauf, J. J.

14:45, 15:38

Hermann, P. W.

15:40

Dillard, G. E.

11:58

Gaisser, R.

11:43

Herndon, W.

11:45, 11:50,

Dillon, C. R.

15:36

Garoni, L. W.

11:43

13:40, 13:44

Dimmick, J. F.

12:44

Garrard, L. A.

15:38

Herr, J. M., Jr.

13:37, 14:25,

Djatie, S. H.

13:33

Garrett, A.

14:28

14:30,

14:42, 15:40

Doolittle, J. A.

12:49

Garrison, N. E.

14:29, 15:35

Hess, W. N.

11:47

Dorman, W. H.

15:51

Garth, R. E.

14:29, 14:31

Hicks, V. A.

14:33, 15:40

Dove, L. D.

15:45

Gatipon, G. B.

12:45

Hinds, H. R.

12:46, 13:37

Dowden, B. F. 11:42,

14:30,

15:36

Gentry, J. B.

11:45, 14:29

Hobbs, H. H., Ill

15:40

Dozier, M.

11:54

Gentry, J. L., Jr.

11:43

Hodges, J. D.

15:41, 15:44

Drane, J. W.

14:41

Gerstel, D. U.

13:34

Hogarth, W. T.

13:37

Drapalik, D. J.

15:36

Ghosh, D.

11:45

Holliman, R. B.

11:47, 11:48

Drescher, R. F.

12:44

Gibbon, E. L.

13:34

Hollingsworth, F. H.

15:49

Duever, M. J.

15:36

Gittleson, S. M.

14:29, 15:38

Holsinger, J. R.

12:46

Duke, T. W.

12:45,

14:27

Colley, F. B.

11:45

Holt, P. C.

11:27, 14:71

Dundee, D. S.

15:36

Goodchild, C. G.

13:35

Holton, R. W. 11:48

, 15:44, 15:57

Dykes, D. J.

15:47

Gosselink, J. G.

15:43

Hooks, W. S.

14:31

Earle, S. A.

14:27

Grant, R. R., Jr.

13:66

Hoss, D. E.

13:37, 14:31

VI

Howard, J. D.

Hu, F.

Huber, R. T.
Hull, H. L.
Humm, H. J.
Humphreys, T

Hunt, E. L.

Hunt, G. E.
Hunter, R., Jr.

Hurd, M. P.
Imhoff, D. S.
Island, D.

Jackson, J.
Jefferson, J. H
Jenner, C. E.
Jinks, W.
Joham, H. E.

Johanson, L.
Johns, E. B.
Johnson, C. E
Jones, D. A.

Jones, D. W.
Jones, J. M.
Jones, E. R.
Jones, S. B.,

Joshi, P. C.
Kaiser, H. E.
Katsanos, R. /
Keener, C. S.
Keith, W. B.
Kelley, C. A.
Kemp, D. T.

Kerwin, J. A.
Kirby, A. C.
Klepper, B.
Knighton, R.
Koch, W. J.

Krivanek, J. O
Kucera, C. L.
Kuenzel, W.
LaHaye, P. A.
Lamp ton, R. ]
Langston, R.

15:55

Lauter, F. H.

15:32, 15:39,

Jr. 11:48, 12:52,

15:51, 15:59

13:38, 14:43, 15:33

Lawlor, D. W.

15:43

11:41

Leiter, E. H.

13:40

13:38

Lelong, M. G.

13:40

12:46

Lembi, C. A.

13:40

13:38

Leonard, R.

14:33

. E. 15:38

Lewis, J.-A.

11:55

A., Jr. 12:46, 13:38

Liles, J. N. 12:48,

14:41, 14:43,

i. 12:47

15:57

12:47, 13:40, 14:31,

Linton, T. L.

12:48

14:36

Lorio, P. J., Jr.

15:44

11:53, 11:60

Lowy, B.

11:49

12:49, 13:33, 14:26,

Loxley, S. S.

13:40

15:34

Lucansky, T. W.

14:32

15:41

Lucas, H. L.

13:35

14:31

Ludlow, C. J.

14:32

14:41

Lugo, A. E.

13:41

;., Jr. 12:47, 13:38,

Luquire, K. B.

15:44

15:41

Lutz, P. E. 11:49

', 12:48, 14:32

12:47, 15:33

Lytle, J. B.

12:48

13:48

Ma, T.-H.

14:42

12:48, 15:41

Mackey, B. L.

15:44

14:31

Mahoney, J. J., Jr.

15:44

11:45, 11:49, 11:51,

Maitland, P. S.

14:38

11:56, 15:41, 15:42

Majumdar, S. K.

13:45

15:42

Marcus, T. R.

13:43

15:42

Marland, F. C.

15:44

., Jr. 15:42

Maroney, S. P., Jr.

12:48

12:47, 13:38, 14:32,

Marra, M.

15:44

15:42

Martin, V. L.

11:50, 13:35

15:42, 15:56

Matthews, J. F.

13:41, 14:40,

13:39

15:44

13:3

Mayberry, B. D.

11:50

Jr. 11:48, 13:39,

Mayes, McK.

14:45

14:32, 15:50

Mayou, T.

15:55

12:42, 13:29, 13:39

McBee, G. G.

11:49

13:30, 13:39

McCaskill, V. H.

15:45

L. 11:52

McCauley, R. W.

15:45

13:39

McClurkin, I. T.

15:46

15:42

McCormick, J. F.

11:49, 13:41,

15:32, 15:47

14:33

13:39

McCrady, E., Ill

15:45

fr., 11:48, 12:45,

McCrary, A. B.

12:48, 15:41

12:52, 13:40, 14:32

McCrone, J. D.

12:48, 14:33

12:47, 13:40

McDonald, J. C.

13:34, 15:45

11:48

McGinnis, J. T.

11:53, 12:44

15:30

McGuire, R. F.

11:50

S. 11:41

McHale, J. S.

15:45

11:48, 15:43

McHale, J. T.

15:53

O. 12:48

McLaughlin, E. W.

13:41, 14:33

. A. 15:43

McMichael, B. L.

15:46

>. 11:49

Mehra, K. N.

15:43

14:26

Meisner, H. M.

11:50

J. 15:43

Mellinger, A. C.

15:46

15:43

Mengebier, W. L.

11:50, 13:47

K. 15:43

Menzel, R. W.

13:41, 15:46

11:49

Mercer, E. P.

13:41

,V. 11:51, 15:56

Merrill, A. S.

12:3

Metz, C. B.

Meyer, K. A.
Miller, C. E.
Miller, C. S.
Miller, F. S.
Miller, G. L.
Miller, G. C.

Miller, J, A., Jr.
Millard, W. R.
Mobberly, W. C.
Mohapatra, S. C,
Mohler, C. G.
Monk, Carl D.
Montgomery, F.
Moore, J. H.
Moore, C. H.
Morgan, P. W.

Morrison, R. M.
Moxley, S. C.
Mueller, S.
Mulcahy, D. L.
Mullenax, R. H.
Mullins, D. W.
Mullins, J. T.
Murdoch, M. B.
Murdy, W. H.

Myles, M. R.
Neff, S. E.
Nelson, G. E.
Neubert, S. A.
Nhu, D. C.
Noggle, G. R.
Normand, W. C.
Norris, W. E., Jr.
Norris, W. W., Jr.
Nunnally, D. A.

O’Conner, J.
O’Dell, D. H.
O’Dell, H.

Odum, E. P.

13:31

15:46

12:49, 13:42, 15:52
11:38, 11:50
14:35

13:42, 14:33, 15:46
11:51, 13:38, 14:30,
14:33, 15:31
14:35
15:46
14:35, 15:47
15:47
13:42
11:51, 13:42
15:56
15:47
15:47
11:50, 11:56, 15:31,
15:47, 15:50
11:51, 12:49
14:36
13:42
11:51
12:44
14:27
12:49, 14:36, 15:47
13:49, 15:59
11:43, 13:41, 13:42,
15:44
11:51
15:44
15:48
15:48
14:24
15:53
11:52, 15:52
11:52, 15:48
14:28, 15:33
12:43, 14:26,
15:35, 15:48
13:43
15:48
13:43, 14:36
15:48
11:60, 15:32
14:23, 14:45
14:36
15:49
15:49
13:43
11:52
11:52, 15:31
11:52
15:41
12:49
15:49
15:49
15:42, 15:47
14:36

O’Kelley, J. C. 11:52,
Olewine, D. A.

Olexia, P. D.

Omran, R. G.

Ott, D. W.

Outten, L. M.

Pallas, J. E„ Jr.
Pappelis, A. J.
Parchman, L.

Parekh, M. C.

Parker, B. C.

Parks, J. C.

Parrish, F. K.

Pattee, H. E.
Patterson, R. M.

vu

Patton, E. G.

14:36

Rogers, J. L.

11:55

Stern, S.

12:51

Paulin, J. J.

15:49

Rogers, S. H.

14:39,

15:53

Stewart, S. E.

13:46

Pav, D. I.

13:43

Rohrbaugh, L. M.

12:47

Stidham, J. D.

12:48,

14:41

Paxton, J. H.

15:49

Rollins, D.

13:43

Stiven, A. E.

12:52,

13:46

Pedigo, R. A. 12:47, 13:43,

14:37

Roux, S. J.

15:53

Strickland, P. L.

12:52,

14:41

Perkins, H. F. 13:33, 13:44,

14:27

Rovee, D. T.

12:51

Stroud, L.

13:46,

15:37

Petersen, R. H. 13:43, 14:37

Ruska, W. F.

12:42,

14:42

Styron, E.

11:56,

14:42

Phillips, C.

15:40

Sagawa, Y.

11:55

Stubblefield, S. M., Jr.

15:56

Pickel, V. M.

13:44

St. Amand, W.

14:39

Sutton, D. L.

15:56

Piehl, M. A.

14:37

Salters, A. L.

14:39

Talmadge, S. S.

11:56

Pittillo, J. D. 12:49,

13:44

Satterfield, J. D.

12:51,

14:40

Tandon, S. R.

14:42

Place, J. G.

13:33

Sauer, E. G.

11:3

Tan, B. D.

11:56,

13:46

Platt, R. B.

11:53

Scarbrough, E.

11:55

Tanner, J. T.

11:57,

13:47

Plummer, G. L. 12:46,

12:49,

Schelske, C. L.

11:55

Tate, G. W., Jr.

12:52,

13:40

13:44, 13:45, 14:37, 15:50,

15:42

Schiff, S. O.

11:55

Tate, L. G.

15:56

Pomeroy, L. R.

11:82

Schmid, W. E.

15:53

Taylor, D. M.

11:56

Pope, R.

15:51

Schumacher, G. J.

11:58,

12:54

Taylor, F. G., Jr.

13:31,

14:42,

Powders, V. N. 14:38,

15:50

Schwarz, O. J.

15:53

15:56

Powell, R. D. 11:53, 15:46,

15:49,

Scoggins, R. B.

14:38

Taylor, M. K.

11:56

15:50

Seaman, D. E.

15:37

Taylor, S. E.

13:47

Price, C. E. 13:44, 14:38,

15:50

Seibert, C. A.

14:24

Teas, H. J.

15:56

Price, T. J.

12:45

Seibert, R. W.

15:29

Tegtmeier, D. O.

15:31

Prins, R. 12:50,

15:45

Seltmann, H.

13:33

Tenney, W. R.

12:52

Proffitt, M. R.

13:44

Seneca, E. D.

14:40

Tenore, K. R.

15:57

Pullen, T. M. 11:53, 14:38,

15:50

Shanks, R. E.

12:42

Terman, C. R.

12:52

Pulliam, H. R.

15:48

Shannon, W. A.

14:40,

15:54

Terry, C. E.

12:52

Purcell, A. E. 11:53,

15:42

Sharp, A. J.

14:46

Thacker, W.

14:42

Quarterman, E. 13:29,

14:22,

Sharpley, J. M.

12:44,

14:40

Thomas, D. D. S.

14:36

14:44,

15:34

Shaw, W. N.

13:45

Thompson, J. C., Jr.

11:57

Ragsdale, H. L.

11:53

Shear, G. M.

15:54

Thomson, J. R. 11:57,

12:53,

14:42

Ramger, R. C.

11:59

Shervette, R. E.

15:51

Thompson, S. O.

13:48,

14:45

Ramsey, G. W. 11:53, 14:38, 14:42

Shetler, S. G.

14:40,

15:54

Thornborough, J. R.

13:47

Ray, C., Jr.

12:50

Simmons, G. M., Jr.

14:40

Thome, F. M.

11:57

Reams, W. M., Jr. 14:38,

15:51

Sims, A. C., Jr.

12:51

Tietjen, W. L.

14:43,

15:57

Reichle, D. E.

13:44

Sine, J.

14:41

Tisdale, S.

12:53

Rembert, D. H., Jr. 12:50,

14:39,

Singh, R. P.

11:55

Totten, R. E.

14:43

15:40,

15:51

Singhas, C. A.

15:54

Tramer, E. J.

15:57

Reynolds, J. D. 11:53, 12:50,

15:51

Singleton, W. R.

14:41

Triplett, L. L.

15:38

Rhodes, R. G. 11:53,

13:44

Skeen, J. N.

13:45

Tuck, L. S.

15:57

Rhoads, P. B.

15:51

Smith, G. C.

15:54

Turnbull, J. G.

11:48

Richardson, B.

15:51

Smith, K. J.

14:29

Turner, W.

15:58

Richardson, F. C.

11:54

Smith, K. L., Jr.

15:54,

15:55

Umphlett, C. J.

11:57,

14:43

Rice, T. R.

11:79

Smith, M. H. 11:56,

12:51,

14:41,

Ursomarso, B.

11:71

Riley, H. P. 11:54, 12:50,

13:45

15:31, 15:38, 15:47,

15:59,

15:60

Vandiviere, M. R.

12:53

Rinaldi, R. A. 11:54, 12:50,

13:44

Smith, D. C.

11:55

Van Fleet, D. S.

11:57,

13:47,

Ringle, D. A.

14:42

Smosky, J.

15:55

14:43

Riopel, J. L. 11:54,

12:51

Snider, I.

11:54

Van Hook, R. I., Jr.

15:57

Risinger, L. D.

15:51

Sohmer, S. H.

13:46

Varma, B.

15:58

Ristanovic, B.

15:52

Southall, R. M.

13:30

Vamer, J. B.

13:47

Ritchie, J. C.

13:45

Spooner, J. D.

11:56,

15:55

Veech, J. A.

14:44

Rittenhouse, W. H. 14:33, 15:52

Srivastava, B. I.

11:58

Via, M.

14:35

River, R. H.

15:52

Stalter, R.

15:55

Wagner, C. K.

15:58

Rizk, T. Y.

15:52

Standifer, L. C.

11:52

Wagner, F. W.

15:51

Roberts, D. R.

15:53

Starkey, J.

15:83

Waits, E. D.

13:47

Robertson, R.

13:66

Stenroos, O. O.

13:46

Waldrep, M. J.

12:53

Robinson, E. S.

13:45

Stephens, P.

13:48

Walker, A. T. 12:53,

13:47,

14:44

Roeder, M.

11:54

Stephens, R. E.

14:25,

15:55

Walker, S. A.

13:47

Roeder, R. H.

11:54

Stern, D. H.

15:55

Walter, R. H.

11:47

Rogers, H. J. 13:45, 14:39,

15:53

Stem, M. S.

15:55

Ware, G.

11:58

Vlll

Ware, S. A.

14:44, 15:58

White, J. C., Jr.

13:29, 15:38, 15:59

Witherspoon, J. P.

14:46, 15:60

Warren, C. O.

14:44, 15:58

Whitford, L. A.

11:58, 12:54,

Withers, J. D.

12:42, 15:60

Wass, M. L.

12:53

13:48, 14:45

Wofford, B. E.

15:60

Watson, J. R., Jr.

15:50

Whiting, P. W.

12:54, 13:48,

Wolf, F. T.

13:49, 14:32,

Watts, J.

15:36

14:45, 15:59

; - 15:8,

15:60, 15:61

Weatherspoon, C. P.

15:58

Whittier, D. P.

11:59, 13:48

Wolfe, D. A.

14:27

Webert, H. S.

11:52

Wieand, K. L.

14:45

Wolff, S.

11:39

Welch, A. S. 12:54,

13:48, 14:44

Wiles, E. L.

12:55

Woodmansee, R. A.

12:55, 13:49

Welch, B. E.

15:51

Willard, W. K.

12:55

Woolcott, W. S.

11:9, 12:52,

Welch, B. L. 11:58,

12:54, 13:48,

Williams, C. M.

11:59

13:37, 14:46

14:44

Williams, D. B.

11:59

Woolever, J. D.

11:87

Welden, A. L.

11:58

Williams, I. H.

15:42

Wynn, G. G.

11:39

Wellband, W. A.

15:33

Williams, L. S.

11:59

Wynn, R. A.

11:60

Wells, C.

11:58, 13:42

Williams, R. B.

11:59, 12:55,

Yarbrough, J. D.

11:60

Wells, J. R.

15:58

13:48, 13:49, 15:59

Yates, H. O.

13:49

West, S. H.

11:55

Williams, R. G.

15:60

Yeats, F. T.

15:61

West, W. R., Jr.

11:9

Willis, J. N.

12:45, 14:27

Yeliger, M. B.

11:60

Wharton, C. H.

12:54

Wilson, B. G.

14:45

Yerby, G.

11:57

Whatley, B. T.

13:48, 14:45

Wimer, L. T.

12:55, 15:56, 15:60

Yoshimura, I.

14:46

Whicker, M.

15:59

Windier, D. R.

14:59

Zehr, M. V.

15:37

Whigham, D.

15:59

Wise, B. H.

11:59

Zelickson, A. S.

14:38

Volume 16, Number 1

January, 1969

Fred G. Taylor, Jr.

Killdeer, Charadrius vocijerus

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Dorothy L. Cran-
dall, Randolph Macon Woman’s College,
Lynchburg, Virginia. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions
should be sent to the Business Manager,
Dr. David J. Cotter, Georgia College, Mil-
ledgeville, Georgia 31061. Subscription
rate for non-members of the ASB: $4.00
per year. Printing and typography by the
Fulton Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

DOROTHY L. CRANDALL
Associate Editor
JOSEPH F. FITZPATRICK, JR.,

News Editor

JOHN CARPENTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Robert B. Short, Florida
State University

Retiring President — Harold J. Hunnn,
University of South Florida
President Elect — John M. Carpenter,
University of Kentucky
Vice-President — James W. Hardin, North
Carolina State University
Secretary — Dorothy L. Crandall, Ran-
dolph Macon Woman’s College
Treasurer — David J. Cotter, Georgia
College

Executive Committee — Albert E. Rad-
ford, University of North Carolina;
John D. McCrone, University of Flor-
ida. Richard E. Garth, Northwestern
State College; Grover C. Miller, North
Carolina State University; Burton J.
Bogitsh, Vanderbilt University; Anna
Josephine Bridgman, Agnes Scott Col-
lege. All officers are ex officio mem-
bers of the executive committee.

Resolutions Committee

Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State College
Burton J. Bogitsh, Vanderbilt Univ.

Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt Univ., Chair-
man

Volume 16, Number l - January, 1969

CONTENTS

About the Memphis Meeting 3

Books and Periodicals 6

News of Biology in the Southeast 7

Directory of ASB Members 9

9

ASB Bulletin

About the Memphis Meeting

The Association of Southeastern Biologists will
hold its 30th annual meeting April 17-19, 1969,
at Memphis State University, Memphis, Tennes-
see. Registration and most of the other activi-
ties will be in the University Center. The
program Thursday evening will begin at 7:30 in
the Ballroom of the University Center. The Gen-
eral Session will be followed by a smoker in the
main lounge and adjacent lounges in the Center.
Exhibits will be on display on the 3rd floor
lounge. Paper sessions and the annual business
meeting will be held Friday. The Friday evening
banquet and presentation of awards will be held
in the Ballroom of the University Center. The
retiring President’s address will follow the
banquet.

Registration

University Center, 3rd Floor
4:00 P.M. to 7:15 P.M., Thursday
8:00 A.M. to 11:00 P.M., Friday
Fee — $2.00

Exhibits

University Center, 3rd Floor Lounge
2:00 P.M. to 11:00 P.M., Thursday
8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., Friday
8:00 A.M. to 11:00 A.M., Saturday

Paper Sessions

University Center, Ballroom and meeting
rooms, Friday.

Other scheduled events

7:00 A.M. (Friday) Breakfast and Business
Meetings: Southern Appalachian Botanical
Club and Southeastern Section Botanical
Society of America: Highland Towers.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Few cities are so advantageously located as
Memphis. Beyond that, Memphis counts all four
modes of transportation — river, rail, motor and air.
These are the lifelines that link Memphis with
big and growing markets throughout the South-
east and Southwest, and the Midwest. Memphis,
the largest city in Tennessee, is located on the
edge of the Mississippi River. Spring and fall are
the most beautiful seasons, with mild weather and
a great display of floral colors. Along with indus-
try, education is called the biggest “business” in
Memphis and Shelby County. Memphis State
University is the second largest state university
with an enrollment excess of 16,500. The uni-
versity has over 40 buildings on its main 125-
acre campus in residential East Memphis. An-
other 146-acres are being developed close to the
main campus along with 623-acres which will
serve as a conference center and a biological field
station. Other educational and research facilities
located in Memphis include Southwestern; Chris-
tian Brothers College; University of Tennessee
Medical Units; St. Jude Research Hospital and
many other commercial research laboratories.
Memphis is the leading cultural center of a seven
state Mid-South area. Points of interest are the
Brooks Memorial Art Gallery, Memphis Museum,
Front Street Theater, Memphis Opera Theater,
Memphis Symphony Orchestra, Arts Center Inc.,
Memphis Art Academy and many others. Infor-
mation concerning these and other attractions may
be obtained at the Registration Desk.

Travel to Memphis

Suggested automobile routes to Memphis are

as follows:

Vol. 16, No. 1, January 1969

3

From the Northeast Interstate 40
From the Southeast Highway US 72 or US
78

From the South Interstate 55
Greyhound and Continental Trailways Bus
lines serve Memphis. All the major airlines such
as American, Delta, Allegheny, Braniff, Eastern,
Piedmont, Southern, and others serve Memphis.
The air terminal is within a few minutes drive of
the campus. Limousine service is available to
downtown Memphis only.

Parking

Parking facilities are available in the parking
lot adjacent to the Highland Towers. This
facility is two blocks from the main campus.
Parking on the campus will be difficult if not im-
possible.

Dining Facilities

Breakfast and Lunch will be served in the High-
land Towers. Members of the association and
their guests will find it convenient to use the main
cafeteria in the University Center. This facility,
however, is usually crowded between 11:30 and
12:30. Several fine restaurants are located with-
in U/2 miles of the campus. They are as follows:
Embers Roaring Seventies

Villa Knickerbocker

Pete and Sam’s Britling’s Cafeteria

Lua Morrison’s Cafeteria

Field Trips

At the present, pending expression of interest,
the following field trips are planned:

1. A Saturday morning field trip is being
planned in Ornithology by Robert W. McGowan,
Biology Department. This group will visit the
Chickasaw Bluff areas and the alluvium of the
Mississippi River, both areas in the Meeman-
Shelby Forest State Park, located about 25 miles
north of Memphis. Also, time permitting, the
group may visit the Memphis State University
Meeman Biological Field Station, which is being
developed in an area adjacent to the state park.

Participants should indicate their interest in
this field trip at the time of registration. Addi-
tional information will be made available during
the meeting. If interested, bring binoculars and
field clothes.

2. A botanical field trip is being planned to the
Chickasaw Bluffs along the Mississippi River
northwest of Memphis. This will include a short
tour of the facilities and adjacent grounds of the
recently-established Meeman Biological Field
Station. Inasmuch as this 623-acre tract is a
nature preserve, botanical collecting will not be
permitted, but following the tour of the Field
Station, participants will be taken to the nearby
1 2,000-acre Meeman-Shelby Forest State Park,
where by arrangement with the management, col-
lecting may be done. A very rich vascular flora
is to be found on the Chickasaw Bluffs including
Cladrastis lutea, yellowwood, Gymnocladus
dioica, Kentucky coffee-tree and Magnolia acumi-
nata, cucumber magnolia, all quite restricted in
range in west Tennessee. Participants should in-
dicate their interest in this field trip at the time
of registration.

It is anticipated that this trip will begin at 8
a.m., Saturday, April 19 at Memphis State Uni-
versity. Return will be not later than 4 p.m.
Eating facilities are available for lunch in the state
park.

3. Plans are being made for a Saturday morn-
ing field trip to Chucalissa Indian Village. This
archaeological research and training site is op- i
erated by Memphis State University. Adjoining
land is used as a biological field station. Exhibits

at the Chucalissa Museum are open to the public.
This prehistoric village is located in Southwest
Shelby County about 13 miles from the main
campus. Participants should indicate their inter-
est at the Registration Desk.

Placement Service

A registry of employers and potential employees
will be available. For those who wish, interview
schedules will be arranged. The employment op-
portunity bulletin board service will also be es-
tablished.

Accommodations

University Accommodations — Highland Tow-
ers, a modern, air-conditioned facility located two
blocks from the main campus and minutes from
fine shopping areas in Memphis. Brochures con-
taining information on these accommodations
were sent out in December. There are ample
parking spaces adjacent to the Towers. Public ac-

4

ASB Bulletin

commodations — Listed below are motels and
hotels which are available and may be located
on the cover map of the ASB Bulletin. (*) are
motels which are only a few minutes drive from
the campus.

1. Admiral Benbow Inn, Airport
2201 Winchester Rd.

2. Admiral Benbow Inn, East *

4720 Summer Ave.

3. Admiral Benbow Inn, Midtown
1220 Union Ave.

4. Albert Pick Motor Inn
300 North Second St.

5. Chisca Plaza Motor Hotel
272 S. Main St.

6. Claridge Hotel
109 N. Main St.

7. Downtowner Motor Inn
160 Union Ave.

8. Holiday Inn, Brooks Rd.

1441 E. Brooks Rd.

9. Holiday Inn, Central *

1837 Union Ave.

10. Holiday Inn, Downtown
22 N. Third St.

11. Holiday Inn, East*

4941 Summer Ave.

12. Holiday Inn, Jr. *

3020 Lamar Ave.

13. Holiday Inn, Medical Center
969 Madison Ave.

14. Holiday Inn, Midtown
1262 Union Ave.

15. Holiday Inn, North
4022 Thomas St.

16. Holiday Inn, Poplar-East*

5679 Poplar Ave.

17. Holiday Inn, Rivermont
200 W. Georgia

18. Holiday Inn, Riverbluff
340 W. Illinois Ave.

19. Holiday Inn, South
2300 S. Bellevue Blvd.

20. Holiday Inn, Southeast *

3728 Lamar Ave.

21. Holiday Inn, Southwest
980 So. Third St.

22. Holiday Inn, West Memphis
Interstate 210 Hwy. 40

23. Holiday Towers

383 Madison Avenue

24. Howard Johnson’s, Midtown *

1318 Lamar Ave.

25. Howard Johnson’s, South
3280 Highway 51 S.

26. King Cotton Hotel
69 Jefferson Ave.

27. Linden Lodge Motel
176 Linden Ave.

28. Quality Courts Motel
271 W. Alston

29. Ramada Inn, East *

5225 Summer Ave.

30. Ramade Inn, South
3265 Highway 51 S.

31. Ramada Inn, West Memphis
1100 N. Ingram Blvd.

32. Sheraton Motor Inn
889 Union Ave.

33. Sheraton-Peabody Hotel
149 Union Ave.

34. Travelodge, Crump Blvd.

180 E. H. Crump Blvd.

35. Travelodge, Downtown
265 Union Ave.

36. William Len Hotel
110 Monroe Ave.

To accommodate as many people as possible,
private rooms and private baths are not available
in Highland Towers. Inquiries should be made
to: Central Towers — Highland Towers, 3599
Central Ave., Memphis, Tennessee 38111.

Local Arrangements Committee

Co-Chairmen

C. D. Brown

V. E. Feisal

Housing and Family Activity

G. W. Tate, Jr.

Banquet, Food Service

G. W. Tate, Jr.

Smoker, Exhibits

P. R. Simonton

H. R. Bancroft

D. B. Folden

Field Trips

R. W. McGowan

E. T. Browne

B. A. Simco

Meeting Rooms, Audio-Visual O. E. Smith

Finance

A. E. Perry

Registration

Priscilla S. Rushton
Martha A. Powell
Diane O. Fleming

Placement

M. H. Harvey

Program

J. T. Darlington

E. T. Browne

C. O. Warren

Transportation

A. E. Perry

Vol. 16. No. 1, January 1969

5

Books and Periodicals

PROTIDES OF THE BIOLOGICAL FLUIDS— PRO-
CEEDINGS OF THE FIFTEENTH COLLOQUIUM,
BRUGES, 1967. Edited by H. Peeters. Elsevier Pub-
lishing Company, Amsterdam, London, New York.
626 pp. 1968. $34.50.

There are four major areas included of particular
interest and use to the cellular biologist. The first is
the Academic Lecture, "The Functions of Plasma Pro-
teins” delivered by Dr. Tristram Freeman (London) in
which he summarized present knowledge and postulated
some interesting ideas. Some of the suggested research
problems involve transferrin, haptoglobin, and fibrinogen.
The proposal may have more intricacies than intended
by the author in that the nature and cause of some
illnesses will be understood when the function and
metabolism of about two dozen plasma proteins are
known.

The second part of the book concerns the cellular
membranes. Most of this deals with various aspects of
cytoplasmic membranes. A section on the molecular
structure and function of protein in mitochondrial mem-
branes is particularly outstanding.

The third area involves complement activity of com-
ponents and inactivators. The primary contribution is
the conclusion that more research is necessary before
the actions of complement components involved with
homograft and heterograft rejection, or membrane
lesions, are understood. Much of the discussion con-
cerns nomenclature and techniques for the separation
of complement components.

The fourth area is devoted to separation methods.
These methods deal with free electrophoresis, ion ex-
change celluloses and polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis
and filtration.

This work includes discussions and papers concerning
permeability, transport, membranes, and techniques
associated with their study. The price may seem high
until the binding, quality of the paper, and printing are
examined. An appropriate adjective for this book is,
superb. — John F. Dimmick, Wake Forest University.

AN ATLAS OF BIOLOGICAL ULTRASTRUCTURE.
John D. Dodge. American Elsevier Publishing Co.
New York. 80 pp. 1968. $10.50.

This book is a selection of beautifully made and
printed electronmicrographs. They are aimed at pro-
viding the student with a good selection of micrographs
for study to supplement the few usually found in cur-
rent textbooks. The text is chiefly limited to a descrip-
tion of the subject of each photograph.

Arrangement of the book is in four sections: 1. The
Cell and Its Organelles; 2. Animal Cells and Tissues;
3. Plant Cells and Tissues; and 4. Bacteria and Viruses.

These sections are composed of 30, 63, 71 and 17
electronmicrographs, respectively. Each of the 181
photographs is excellent, clear, well-labeled, and fur-
nished with an adequate but concise description.

A 3-page well-illustrated Appendix deals concisely
but clearly with A. The Electron Microscope; B. Pre-
paration of Material for Electron Microscopy; and C.
Resolution and Magnification of the Electron Micro-
scope. References are listed to key general works in the
field, to electron microscope techniques, and to journals
dealing with ultrastructure, in addition to specialized
references in connection with the topics of each of the
four main sections.

The work should be extremely helpful to the student,
and perhaps especially the early student, of cell ultra-
structure. — Walter S. Flory, Wake Forest University.

BARLEY VARIETIES — EBC. G. Aufhammer, P.
Bergal, A. Hagberg, F. R. Horne and H. Van Veld-
huizen. American Elsevier Publishing Co., New York.
156 pp. 1968. $16.50.

Barley varieties are frequently interchanged between
countries. This book, prepared under auspices of the
European Brewery Convention (EBC), provides au-
thoritative information useful, and needed, when varieties
are exchanged. This is based on wide experimental
testing, involving 15 European countries. All text,
including descriptions, is given in each of three languages,
English, French and German.

Opening sections deal with grain characters used in
identifying varieties, and with the reaction of barley
varieties to DDT. Open and closed flowering is also
discussed.

A list of some 230 barley varieties, with pedigrees,
is alphabetically arranged. This is followed by pedigree
charts for Dutch, British and Irish, French, Scandinavian
and German barley varieties, respectively.

The greater part of the book is directed to the detailed
descriptions of 38 varieties in use in the international
or national trade. All are spring barley varieties except
the winter variety Prima. Varieties of malting barley
are included in the descriptions when they have success-
fully completed three years in the EBC Barley Commit-
tee trials or when acreage in one or more of the mem-
ber countries of the EBC has risen to 5% or more.

Each varietal description is accompanied by a full
page of photographs showing the entire ear, or head,
together with enlarged views of the grain from two
different angles. Descriptions furnish information for
each variety regarding origin, ear and grain characters,
vegetative and agronomic characters, susceptibility to
each of five diseases ( Erysiphe graminis; Puccinia
glumarum; Puccinia hordei; Rhynchosporium; and
Ustilago nuda) and grain quality.

6

ASB Bulletin

This book will be essential for anyone dealing with
the genetics, breeding, or brewing of barley. It will be
useful as a general agronomic reference book on barley,
and also will find a welcome place on the reference
shelf of many economic botanists. — Walter S. Flory,
Wake Forest University.

MARINE MOLLUSK
JOURNAL REPRINTED

Volume 1 of Johnsonia, a monographic series on the

mollusks of the Western Atlantic, published at Harvard
University from 1941-45, has been out-of-print for ten
years. It is now available in a facsimile reprint for
$15.00, less than the cost for the original. The impor-
tant families covered by Drs. Clench, Abbott, Turner
and Bequaert include the Conidae, Muricidae, Strom-
bidae, Littorinidae, etc. Obtainable from Dr. W. J.
Clench, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge,
Mass. 02138, or W. and R. McCauley, 1919 Sandy
Hill Road, Apt. C-12, Norristown, Pa. 19401.

News of Biology in the Southeast

Alabama — -Position Vacant
Florida — John D. McCrone, University of
Florida

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State
College

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University

State Correspondents

North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Newberry College
Tennessee — • Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Joseph F. Fitzpatrick, Jr. — Editor
Dept, of Zoology
Mississippi State Univ.

State College, Mississippi 39762

NOTICE — The “News Section” of the Bulletin is
only as good as you make it. Forward items of interest
to the News Editor, or if you are too busy, inform
your Public Relations Office of this Service; they prob-
ably would be happy to send items of information.

About People

Anthony J. F. Griffiths has joined the Fungal Genetics
Group, Oak Ridge National Laboratories, Oak Ridge,
Tennessee, as a USPHS Postdoctoral Fellow.

Ralph A. Zingaro has joined the Enzymology Group,
ORNL, as a USPHS Postdoctoral Fellow.

Daniel H. Odell, a Research Participant with the
Plant Physiology and Photosynthesis Group, ORNL, has
returned to his position of Professor of Biology, East
Tennessee State University, Johnson City.

Richard Cowan, Director, U. S. National Museum,
Washington, D. C., received the Henry Allan Gleason
Award of the New York Botanical Garden at the 1988
meeting of the Botanical Society of America in recog-
nition of his work on the genus Swartzia.

Charles N. Boehms, formerly Associate Professor of
Biology, Austin Peay University, Clarksville, Tennessee,
has been named Dean of Students at that institution.

Staff members of the Department of Biology, Austin
Peay State University, Clarksville, Tennessee, currently
on leave are David Snyder (to University of Notre
Dame) and Ben Stone (to University of Tennessee).

John M. Boyle, a graduate of the University of Sussex,
Falmer, Brighton, England, has joined the staff of tire
Biophysics Group, ORNL, as an SRC/NATO Post-
doctoral Fellow.

Richard P. Quinn has joined the staff of the Immu-
nology Group, ORNL, as a USPHS Postdoctoral Fellow.
Dr. Quinn is a graduate of Oregon State University.

Robert M. Smillie has joined the Microbial Photo-
synthesis Group, ORNL, as a Consultant. Dr. Smillie
received his degree from Queens University, Kingston,
Canada.

Frank P. Conte, a graduate of the University of
California, Berkeley, has joined the Enzymology Group,
ORNL, as a USPHS Senior Postdoctoral Fellow.

Gary L, Whitson resigned from the Cytology and
Genetics Group, ORNL, to accept a position with tlie
Department of Zoology, University of Tennessee,
Knoxville.

Vol. 16, No. 1, January 1969

7

Alexander Hollaender, Biology Division, ORNL, spent
two weeks in Europe in late October to attend the
International Atomic Energy Agency panel meeting in
Vienna, Austria, and to confer with English and French
Scientists.

Gerald J. Stine, a Postdoctoral Investigator with the
Microbial Genetics Group, ORNL, has accepted a posi-
tion with the Department of Biology, University of
Tennessee, Knoxville.

Yukinobu Nishimara, a graduate of Osaka University,
Osaka, Japan, has joined the Molecular Biophysics
Group, ORNL, as a Postdoctoral Fellow.

About Institutions

On December 18-20, 1968, an international confer-
ence on Physical Principles of Biological Membranes
was held at the Center for Theoretical Studies of the
University of Miami, Coral Gables, Florida. Among
the participants were Maurice Wilkins, Nobel Laureate,
London University, England; Britton Chance, Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania; George Eisenman, University of
Chicago; Francis O. Schmitt, Massachusetts Institute of

Technology; and R. Schldgl, Max-Planck-Institute for
Biophysics.

The national headquarters for the Organization for
Tropical Studies has been established at the University
of Miami, Coral Gables, Florida. Executive director
will be Jack T. Spencer, formerly program director of
the Facilities and Special Programs, Biological and
Medical Sciences Division of NSF. Dr. Spencer will
will hold an appointment as senior research scientist at
the University of Miami.

A new program of graduate training and research in
ecology has recently been launched at The University of
Tennessee. Titled the Graduate Program in Ecology,
it is an interdisciplinary organization involving staff
from six departments in two colleges of the University
and from the Oak Ridge National Laboratory. This
will enable students to major in ecology and earn the
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy
in this field. Persons interested should write to the
Director, Graduate Program in Ecology, 501 Hesler
Biology Building, University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tennessee 37916.

Conus geographus

ASB Bulletin

DIRECTORY OF ASB MEMBERS

The following directory is, to the best of our knowledge, correct as of 1 December 1968. Because some mistakes in-
variably find their way into listings such as this, the Editor would greatly appreciate it if members who note omissions and
mistakes would call them to his attention.

A

ROLAND ABEGG, Dept, of Zoo!., La.

Polytechnic Inst., Ruston, La. 71270
CHARLES O. ABERNATHY, Department
of Entomology, North Carolina State
University, Raleigh, N. C. 27607
CURTIS H. ADAMS, Biology Department,
University of Ala. in Huntsville, P. O.
Box 1247, Huntsville, Ala. 35807
JOSEPH E. ADAMS, P. O. Box 333,
Chapel Hill, N. C. 27514
WILLIAM H. ADAMS, JR., 4004 Moss Dr.,
Annandale, Va. 22003
DAVID ADCOX, 4157 Elizabeth Park,
Conley, Ga. 30027

DAVID W. ADCOX, JR., 4157 Elizabeth
Park, Conley, Ga. 30027
PETER E. ADOTEY ADDO, Bennett Col-
lege, Greensboro, N. C. 27402
HOWARD I. ADLER, Biology Division,
P. O. Box Y, Oak Ridge National
Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37830
HENRY C. ALDRICH, Department of
Botany, University of Florida, Gaines-
ville, Fla. 32601

TAYLOR R. ALEXANDER, Department of
Biology, University of Miami, Coral
Gables, Fla. 33124

JOHN V. ALIFF, Dept, of Zoology, Univ.

of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky. 40506
WENDALL E. ALLAN, Dept, of Biology,
East Carolina University, Greenville,
N. C. 27834

CHARLES M. ALLEN, Box 7211, Reynolda
Station, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109
FRANK H. ALLEN, Depa rtment of
Biology, Wilmington College, Wilming-
ton, N. C. 28401

J. FRANCES ALLEN, 6000-42nd Ave„
No. 311, Hyattsville, Md. 20781
RALPH D. AMEN, Box 7325 Reynolda
Station, Wake Forest, Winston-Salem,
N. C. 27106

C. E. ANDERSON, Department of Botany,
N. C. State University, Raleigh, N. C.
27601

LUCY G. ANDREWS, Department of
Biology, Brenau College, Gainesville,
Ga. 30501

Vol. 16, No. 1, January 1969

TED F. ANDREWS, Director of Science,
Ed. Res. Counc. of Cleveland, Rocke-
feller Bldg., Cleveland, Ohio 44113
JOSEPH ANGELOVIC, Radiobiological
Lab., U. S. Bur. Comm. Fisheries,
Beaufort, N. C. 28516
ROBERT J. ANTHONY, SR., 5151 Wil-
liams Drive, Jackson, Miss. 39209
ARTHUR L. APPLEGATE, Department of
Biology, Western Kentucky University,
Bowling Green, Ky. 42101
JUDY ARANT, University of S. C, Dept.

of Biology, Columbia, S. C. 29208
GUSSIE ARNETT, Virus Section-Chemo-
theraphy Div., Southern Research In-
stitute, 20Q0-9th Ave., S., Birming-
ham, Ala. 35205

JAMES D. ARNETT, JR., Clemson Univ-
ersity at Sumter, Sumter, S. C. 29150
JOHN G. ARNOLD, JR., Dept, of Medical
Technology, Loyola University, New
Orleans, La. 70118

BETTY JEAN ASHBROOK, Box 67, Cul-
lowhee, N. C. 28723

WILLIAM CLARK ASHBY, Dept, of
Botany, Southern Illinois University,
Carbondale, III. 62901
RALPH P. ASHWORTH, Dept, of Botany,
Clemson University, Clemson, S. C.
29631

JAMES W. ATKINSON, Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
JACK C. AVERY, Route 3, Box 204,
Oneonta, Ala. 35121

B

JOHN A. BADEN, 613 Tennyson Avenue,
Winchester, Va. 22601
KATHLEEN W. BADENHOP, 2141 Indian
Hills Drive, Route 14, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37919

DONALD W. BAILEY, 1750 Normal
Drive, Bowling Green, Ky. 42101
PAUL C. BAILEY, 1220 Greensboro
Road, Birmingham, Ala. 35208
C. L. BAKER, Southwestern College,
Memphis, Tenn. 38112
JAMES L, BAKER, P. O. Drawer LW,
State College, Miss. 39762

W. WILSON BAKER, Route 1, Box 160,
Tallahassee, Fla. 32301
ROBERT E. BALDWIN, Dept, of Biology,
The Citadel, Charleston, S. C. 29409
ERNEST A. BALL, Dept, of Botany, North
Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C.
27607

S. K. BALLAL, Tennessee Tech., Cooke-
ville, Tenn. 38501

BUENA S. BALLARD, P. O. Box A6, Gulf
Coast Research Lab., Ocean Springs,
Miss. 39564

RONALD BAMFORD, The Graduate
School, University of Maryland, Col-
lege Park, Maryland 20740
STUART S. BAMFORTH, Newcomb Col-
lege of Tulane University, New
Orleans, La. 70118

GAIL S. BANGMA, Miss. State College
for Women, Dept, of Biological Sci.,
Columbus, Miss. 39701
JOHN P. BAPTIST, Radiobiological Labo-
ratory, U. S. Bureau Commercial
Fisheries, Beaufort, N. C. 28516
ROGER W. BARBOUR, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Kentucky, Lexington,
Ky. 40506

FRANK H. BARCLAY, 2823 W. Walnut
St., Johnson City, Tenn. 37601
ROBERT L. BARNES, 5303 Revere Road,
Durham, N. C. 27707
MARY A. BARNETT, 49 Mayson Ave.,
NE, Atlanta, Ga. 30317
THOMAS C. BARR, JR., Dept, of Zoology,
University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.
40506

ELTON R. BARRETT, Dept, of Biology,
N. E. Louisiana State College, Monroe,
La. 71201

B. A. BARRINGTON, JR., Department of
Anatomy, Medical College of S. Caro-
lina, Charleston, S. C. 29401
JOHN M. BARRY, 425 Cedar Street,
Morgantown, W. Va. 26505
JAY BARTON, Dept, of Biology, West
Virginia University, Morgantown, W.
Va. 26505

DANIEL W. BATH, JR., Box 1347, Uni-
versity, Miss. 38677

9

WADE T. BATSON, Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of South Carolina, Columbia,
So. Carolina 29208

BILLY S. BATTS, 1004-7th Avenue,
Farmville, Va. 23901
LAWRENCE S. BAUM, Department of
Biology, Northeast La. State College,
Monroe, La. 71201

STEELE H. BAXTER, Department of
Biology, Lynchburg College, Lynch-
burg, Va. 24504

ERNEST O. BEAL, Dept, of Biology,
Western Kentucky University, Bowling
Green, Ky. 42101

LUTHER STANFORD BEARD, Box 366,
Buies Creek, N. C. 27506
ALVIN V. BEATTY, Dept, of Biology,
Box 15272, Emory University, Atlanta,
Ga. 30322

JEANNE W. BEATTY, Box 15272, Emory
University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
EDWIN G. BECK, Department of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

FRED BECKERDITE, Route #4, Red
Springs, N. C. 28377
ELLINOR H. BEHRE, Black Mountain,
North Carolina 28711
JANE C. BELCHER, P. O. Box 46, Sweet
Briar, Va. 24595

C. RITCHIE BELL, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C. 27514

GEORGE A. BELL, JR., Box 1397,
Gastonia, N. C. 28052
RONDAL E. BELL, Department of Biology,
Millsaps College, Jackson, Miss. 39210
SANDRA L. BELL, Department of Botany,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

VINCENT J. BELLIS, Dept, of Biology,
East Carolina University, Greenville,
N. C. 27834

ARTHUR C. BENKE, Department of
Zoology, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

CHARLOTTE D. BENNETT, Ewing Road,
Box #26, Route #5, Austell, Georgia
30907

HARRY J. BENNETT, Box 8985, Dept, of
Zoology, Louisiana State University,
Baton Rouge, La. 70803
JERRY BENNETT, General Delivery,
Magee, Miss. 39111

MIRIAM FRANCES BENNETT, Dept, of
Biology, Sweet Briar College, Sweet
Briar, Va. 24595

SARA N. BENNETT, Science Dept.,
Georgia Southern College, States-
boro, Ga. 30458

DON GEHR BENSON, JR., Dept, of
Biology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Blacksburg, Va. 24061
GEORGE L. BENSON, Box 1197
Southern State College, Magnolia,
Ark. 71753

EUGENE T. BERGQUIST, Georgia South-
ern College, Statesboro, Ga. 30458
EDMUND BERKELEY, 1523 Somerset Dr.,
Lynchburg, Va. 24503
GEORGE R. BERNARD, Dept, of Gross
Anatomy, Medical College of Georgia,
Augusta, Georgia 30902
LEWIS BERNER, Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.
32601

FREDERICK H. BERRY, Tropical Atlantic
Biological Lab., 75 Virginia Beach
Drive, Miami, Fla. 33149
JAMES W. BERRY, Dept, of Zoology,
Butler University, Indianapolis, Ind.
46207

ROBERT J. BEYERS, Bldg. 722-G SR00,
Box A, Aiken, S. C. 29801
JOHN W. BISHOP, Box 248, University
of Richmond, Richmond, Va. 23173
ZOE WELLS BLACK, 1605 Stafford Ave-
nue, Fredericksburg, Va. 22401
BRENDA C. BLACKWELDER, Dept, of
Botany, University of South Carolina,
Columbus, S. Car. 29208
CHARLES B. BLAIR, JR., Department of
Anatomy, School of Veterinary Medi-
cine, University of Georgia, Athens,
Ga. 30601

CHARLES E. BLAND, Botany Department,
University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C. 27514

RONALD WAYNE BLESSING, 226 Bar-
nard Ave., Aiken, S. C. 29801
KURT E. BLUM, Conradi Building, Florida
State University, Tallahassee, Fla.
32306

DIETRICH BODENSTEIN, 270 Gilmer
Hall, Dept, of Biology, University of
Virginia, Charlottesville, Va. 22903
CHARLES N. BOEHMS, Dept, of Biology,
Austin Peay State Coll., Clarksville,
Tenn. 37040

DONALD F. BOESCH, Virginia Institute
of Marine Science, Gloucester Point,
Va. 23062

BURTON J. BOGITSH, Box 1733, Station
B, Vanderbilt University, Nashville,
Tenn. 37203

HAROLD C. BOLD, Dept, of Botany,
University of Texas, Austin, Texas
78712

MILDRED IRENE BOLIEK, Biology Dept.,
Coker College, Hartsville, S. C. 29550
LORA BOND, Dept, of Biology, Drury
College, Springfield, Mo. 65802
ELDON D. BONDS, Department of
Biology, Tennessee Wesleyan College,
Athens, Tenn. 37303

THEODORE BOODEN, 1650 Airport
Drive, Tallahassee, Fla. 32304
JOHN ALLEN BOOLE, JR., Division of
Science and Mathematics, Georgia
Southern College, Statesboro, Ga.
30458

EDWARD M. BOOTH, 165 Morningview
Circle, Athens, Ga. 30601
HERBERT T. BOSCHUNG, P. O. Box 1927,
University, Ala., 35486
PETER E. BOSTICK, Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
H. BRUCE BOUDREAUX, Dept, of En-
tomology, Louisiana State University,
Baton Rouge, La. 70803
MRS. JULIA H. BOULWARE, 1417 Eisen-
hour Drive, Columbia, S. C. 29203
SANDRA T. BOWDEN, 2178 Dering
Circle, Atlanta, Ga. 30329
SHIRLEY WILLIAMS BOWERS, Depart-
ment of Biology, Chowan College,
Murfreesboro, N. C. 27855
GLENDA BOWNE, Yerkes Primate Re-
search Center, Emory University,
Atlanta, Ga. 30322

ERNEST A. BOYKINS, JR., Box 178,
Alcorn A & M College, Lorman, Miss.
39096

JAMES McGREGOR BOYLES, University
of South Alabama, 307 Gaillard Drive,
Mobile, Ala. 36608

JOHN RUSSELL BOZEMAN, University
of N. C., Chapel Hill, North Carolina
27514

RUSSELL C. BRACHMAN, 122 Beverley
Road, Danville, Va. 24541
ORA C. BRADBURY, 377 Durham Rd.,
Wake Forest, N. C. 27587
TED R. BRADLEY, Department of Biology,
George Mason College, Fairfax, Va.
22030

JOSEPH M. BRANHAM, 2538 The Mall,
Dept. of Zoology, University of
Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii 96822
MARY JANE BRANNON, Dept, of
Biology, Huntingdon College, Mont-
gomery, Ala. 36104

10

ASB Bulletin

DOUGLAS G. BRAUN, Box 21234, Emory
University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
DALE CARL BRAUNGART, Dept, of
Biology, Catholic Univ. of America,
Washington 17, D. C. 20017
JOHNNIE E. BREEDEN, Rt. 5 Parner
Place, Franklin, Tenn. 37064
RUTH S. BREEN, 1806 E. Croydon Dr.,
Tallahassee, Fla. 32303
DAVID ALLEN BREIL, Natural Sciences
Department, Longwood College, Farm-
ville, Va. 23901

DAVID BREIL, Department of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University,
Tallahassee, Fla. 32306
JOSEPHINE BRIDGMAN, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Agnes Scott College, Decatur,
Georgia 30030

WILLIAM E. BRILLHART, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Emory University, Atlanta,
Georgia 30322

H. GRADY BRITT, LSU at Alexandria,
Alexandria, La. 71301
NELL E. BRITTAIN, Dept, of Natural
Science, Michigan State University,
East Lansing, Mich. 48823
H. R. BROCK, Dept, of Biology, Austin
Peay State University, Clarksville,
Tenn. 37040

JACKIE EDWARDS BROCK, Jefferson
Davis College, Drawer G, Brewton,
Ala. 36426

FREDERICK W. BROCKMANN, Depart-
ment of Biology, Pensacola Junior
College, Pensacola, Fla. 32504
CARL DEE BROWN, Biology Department,
Memphis State University, Memphis,
Tenn. 38111

E. E. BROWN, Box 343, Davidson, N. C.
28036

GEORGE GORDON BROWN, Dept, of
Zoology & Ent., Iowa State Univer-
sity, Ames, Iowa 50010
HARRY D. BROWN, Apt. 501, 2401 W.

Broadway, Columbia, Mo. 65201
JACK S. BROWN, Dept, of Biology,
Florida State University, Florence,
Ala. 35630

LARRY N. BROWN, Department of
Zoology, University of South Florida,
Tampa, Fla. 33620

PAT I. BROWN, JR., P. O. Box 38-608,
Miami, Fla. 33138

RELIS B. BROWN, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University,
Tallahassee, Fla. 32306
THOMAS D. BROWN, Erskine College,
Due West, S. C. 29639

Vol. 16, No. 1, January 1969

EDWARD T. BROWNE, JR., Dept, of Bi-
ology, Memphis State University,
Memphis, Tenn. 38117
RICHARD C. BRUCE, Western Carolina
University, Cullowhee, N. C. 28723
ROBERT T. BRUMFIELD, Longwood Col-
lege, Farmville, Va. 23901
VIRGINIA S. BRYAN, 1108 Watts St.,
Durham, N. C. 27701
SHERYL CHIQUILA BRYANT, 931 Kings
Grant Drive NW, Atlanta, Ga. 30318
ROBERT R. BRYDEN, Dept, of Biology,
Guilford College, Greensboro, N. C.
27410

WILLIAM D. BUCHANAN, Department
of Biology, Atlanta University, Atlan-
ta, Ga. 30314

THOMAS P. BUCKELEW, Biology Depart-
ment, University of South Carolina,
Columbia, S. C. 29208
ALICE L. BULL, Box #633, Hollins Col-
lege, Hollins, Va. 24020
MADELINE P. BURBANCK, P. O. Box
15134, Emory University, Atlanta, Ga.
30333

WM. D. BURBANCK, Box 15134, Emory
University, Atlanta, Ga. 30333
JOHN CARL BURK, Smith College,
Northampton, Mass. 01060
KENNETH D. BURNHAM, Department of
Zoology, University of Tennessee,
Knoxville, Tenn. 37916
ROBERT E. BURNS, Georgia Experiment
Station, Experiment, Ga. 30212
DENNIS T. BURTON, Plank & Whitsell
Apt. 7, Main Street, Blacksburg, Va.
24060

JEAN PANTELL BURTON, Dept, of Zoolo-
gy, University of Georgia, Athens,
Ga. 30601

FRANCIS M. BUSH, Dept, of Anatomy,
Medical College of Virginia, Rich-

mond, Va. 23219

E. E. BYRD, Dept, of Biology, University
of Georgia, Athens, Ga. 30601
JOHN M. BYRD, Box #648, Many,

Louisiana 71449

MITCHELL A. BYRD, Dept, of Biology,
College of William and Mary,

Williamsburg, Va. 23185

c

JOHN F. CABLER, P. O. Drawer 550,
The Village of Golf, Delray Beach,

Fla. 33444

JOHN CAIRNS, JR., Professor of Biology,
V. P. I., Blacksburg, Va. 24061

DAVID K. CALDWELL, Marineland Re-
search Laboratory, Route 1, Box 122,
St. Augustine, Fla. 32084
R. DALE CALDWELL, Department of Bi-
ology, Alabama College, Montevallo,
Ala. 35115

FORD CALHOUN, Department of Micro-
biology, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

MAC A. CALLAHAM, Box 84, Dahlonega,
Ga. 30533

JAMES THOMAS CALLAHAN, Depart-
ment of Biology, University of South
Carolina, Columbia, S. C. 29208
THOMAS H. CAMPBELL, Dept, of Bi-
ology, College of Steubenville, Steu-
benville, Ohio 43952
NYAL DWIGHT CAMPER, Dept. Botany,
& Bacteriology, Clemson University,
Clemson, S. C. 29631
PETER G. CANONICO, Dept, of Phys.
Biochem, Rutgers University, New
Brunswick, N. J. 08903
DONALD CAPLENOR, Tenn. Polytechnic
Institute, Cookeville, Tenn. 38501
JAMES D. CAPONETTI, Dept, of Botany,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

ROBERT R. CARDELL, JR., Assoc. Pro-
fessor of Anatomy, Department of
Anatomy, University Va. Medical
School, Charlottesville, Va. 22901
J. GORDON CARLSON, Dept, of Zoology
and Entomology, University of Ten-
nessee, Knoxville, Tenn. 37916
PAUL H. CARLSON, Dept, of Ent. &
Zool., Clemson University, Clemson,
S. C. 29631

WILLIAM M. CARLTON, Botany Dept.,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

BUCK CARNEY, P. O. Box 886, Cullo-
whee, N. C. 28723

I. W. CARPENTER, JR., Dept, of Biology
& Geology, Appalachian State
Teachers Coll., Boone, No. Car. 28607
JOHN M. CARPENTER, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Kentucky, Lexington,
Ky. 40506

WILLIAM L. CARRIER, Biology Division,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak
Ridge, Tenn. 37830

JACK W. CARROLL, P. O. Box 1927,
University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa,
Ala. 35401

CHARLES R. CARROW, Dept, of Biology,
Guilford College, Greensboro, N. C.
27410

11

JACK C. CARTER, Department of Biolo-
gy, Georgia Southwestern College,
Americus, Ga. 31709
MARJORIE E. CARTER, 1602 Boone
Drive, Valdosta, Ga. 31601
MATILDA CARTLEDGE, C. P. O. 483,
Berea College, Berea, Ky. 40403
G. L. CARVER, 1348 Patterson St.,
Macon, Ga. 31204

MICHAEL CASTAGNA, Eastern Shore
Lab., Va. Inst, of Marine Science,
Wachapreague, Va. 23480
CHARLES A. CATCHING, 1002 Saint
John St., Monroe, La. 71201
CAROL F. CAUDLE, 1685 Alexandria
Drive 5-B, Lexington, Ky. 40504
J. F. CELECIA, Department of Biology,
Belmont Abbey College, Belmont,
N. C. 28012

C. S. CHADWICK, P. O. Box KK, Emory
and Henry College, Emory, Va. 24327
N. A. CHAMBERLAIN, Marine Labora-
tory, Rt. 1, Charleston, S. C. 29407
MILDRED F. CHAMBERS, Gadsden Jr.

College, Gadsden, Ala. 35903
CLAY M. CHANDLER, Box 29, Bethel
College, McKenzie, Tenn. 38201
PAUL CHANLEY, VIMA, Gloucester Pt.,
Virginia 23062

JOE A. CHAPMAN, 210 W. Ellis St.,
Jefferson City, Tenn. 37760
JOHN W. CHARTER, JR. Department of
Biology, Yancey State College, Bay
Minette, Ala. 36507
KENT E. CHERNETSKI, Department of
Zoology, University of Florida, Gaines-
ville, Fla. 32601

EDWARD W. CHESTER, Department of
Biology, Austin Peay State Univer-
sity, Clarkesville, Tenn. 37040
ANN McBRIDE CHILCUTT, 1506 18th
Avenue N., Columbus, Miss. 39701
GEORGE A. CHRISTENBERRY, Dean of
the College, Georgia College at Mil -
ledgeville, Milledgeville, Ga. 31061
HELEN CHURCHILL, Hollins College,
Virginia 24020

PATRICK M. CICALA, Department of
Biology, Northeast Louisiana State
College, Monroe, La. 71201
FRED E. CLARK, Biology Department,
Stetson University, Deland, Fla. 32720
WILLIE M. CLARK, 3837 Simpson-Stuart
Road, Bishop College, Box 3, Dallas,
Texas 75241

ALLEN B. CLARKSON, JR., Department
of Zoology, University of Georgia,

Athens, Ga. 30601

ROY B. CLARKSON, Dept, of Biology,
West Virginia University, Morgan-
town, W. Va. 26505

DAVID L. CLAYBROOK, Biology Dept.,
University South Carolina, Columbia,
S. C. 29208

EDWARD E. C. CLEBSCH, Dept, of
Botany, University of Tennessee,
Knoxville 16, Tenn. 37916
ANTHONY C. CLEMENT, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Emory University, Atlanta, Ga.
30322

WILL J. CLOYD, Department of Biology,
Carson-Newman College, Jefferson
City, Tenn. 37760

G. EUEL COATS, Department (Plant
Pathol. & Physiol.) Virginia Poly-
technic Institute, Blacksburg, Va.
24061

E. C. COCKE, Dept, of Biology, Box
7281 Reynolda Station, Wake Forest
College, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27106
JANICE C. COFFEY, Queens College,
Charlotte, N. C. 28207
ADA A. COLE, Zoology Dept., Univer-
sity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.
37916

ARTHUR C. COLE, JR., Dept, of Zoology,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

BENJAMIN T. COLE, 3910 Glenfield
Road, Columbia, S. C. 29208
EVA M COLE, 616 Beckwith St., SW,
Atlanta, Ga. 30314

EVELYN COLE, Dept, of Biology, Murray
State University, Murray, Ky. 42071
MADISON B. COLE, JR., Dept, of
Zoology, University of Tenn., Knox-
ville, Tenn. 37916

DAVID C. COLEMAN, Savannah R. Eco-
logical Lab., Bldg. 772-G, Box A,
Aiken, S. Car. 29801
MARION T. COLEMAN, 1284 Oakdale
Rd., N.E., Atlanta, Ga. 30307
ALBERT W. COLLIER, 1622 Seminole
Drive, Tallahassee, Fla. 32301
JOELLA F. COLLIER, Box 525, Pikeville,
Kentucky 41501

RICHARD F. COLLINS, 540 Constitution
Street, Norman, Okla. 73069
WILLIAM E. COLLINS, Lab Parasite
Chemotherapy, P. O. Box 80190,
Chamblee, Ga. 30005
CLYDE E. CONNELL, Dept, of Biology,
Valdosta State College, Valdosta, Ga.
31601

MELVIN L. CONRAD, 708 E. Laharpe,
Kirksville, Mo. 63501
MILTON J. CONSTANTIN, UT-AEC-ARL,
1299 Bethel Valley Road, Oak Ridge,
Tenn. 37830

EUGENE W. COOK, Dept, of Biology,
Centre College, Danville, Ky. 40422
MARY JANE COOK, Health Physics
Division, Oak Ridge National Labora-
tory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37830
ARTHUR W. COOPER, Dept, of Botany,
North Carolina State College, Raleigh,
N. C. 27607

DONALD E. COPELAND, Biology Dept.,
Tulane University, New Orleans, La.
70118

T. P. COPELAND, Dept, of Biology, East
Tenn. State College, Johnson City,
Tenn. 37601

EARL L. CORE, Dept, of Biology, West
Virginia University, Morgantown, W.
Va. 26505

WILLIAM B. COSGROVE, Dept, of
Zoology, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

DAVID J. COTTER, Dept, of Biology,
Woman's College of Georgia, Mil-
ledgeville, Ga. 31061
ERNEST F. COUCH, Department of Bi-
ology, Texas Christian University,
Fort Worth, Texas 76129
HOUSTON B. COUCH, Department of
Plant Pathol. & Physiol., Virginia
Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Va.
24061

JOHN N. COUCH, Dept, of Botany,
University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C. 27514

RONALD R. COWDEN, L. S. U. Medical
Center, Dept, of Anatomy, 1542
Tulane Ave., New Orleans, La. 70112
LILLIAN MATHESON COWIE, Depart-
ment of Biology, Wesleyan College,
Macon, Ga. 31201

GERALD T. COWLEY, Dept, of Biology,
University of South Carolina, Colum-
bia, S. C. 29208

EDMOND R. COX, JR., 504 Guille
Street, Athens, Tenn. 37303
DOROTHY L. CRANDALL, Box 278,
Randolph Macon Woman's College,
Lynchburg, Va. 24504
ARDIS L. CRAMER, 1431 Cornell Rd.,
N.E., Atlanta, Ga. 30306
CLAUDE C. CRAWFORD, Department of
Zoology, North Carolina State Uni-
ersity, Raleigh, N. C. 27607

12

ASB Bulletin

EDWARD A. CRAWFORD, JR., Dept, of
Biology, Hampden Sydney College,
Hampden Sydney, Va. 23943

EUGENE CRAWFORD, JR., Dept. Zoolo-
gy, University of Ky., Lexington, Ky.
40506

JERRY H. CROMER, Dept, of Biology,
Converse College, Spartanburg, S. C.

29301

D. A. CROSSLEY, Entomology Dept.,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

30601

ROBERT H. CROWL, Pfeiffer College,
Misenheimer, No. Car. 28109

W. BOWMAN CRUM, JR., Academy
Natural Sciences, Dept, of Limnology,
19th & The Parkway, Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103

PHILIP J. CRUTCHFIELD, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Methodist College, Fayette-
ville, N. C. 28301

JOHN D. CULBERTSON, Box U-1047,
University of S. Carolina, Columbia,
S. C. 29208

FAIRMAN GUMMING, Dept, of Botany,
University of N. Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C. 27515

DAVID M. CUPKA, Rt. 6, Box 360,
N. Charleston, S. C. 29406

D

TOM DAGGY, Box 626, Davidson, N. C.
28036

MICHAEL D. DAHLBERG, Univ. of
Georgia Marine Institute, Sapelo
Island, Ga. 31327

WILLIAM G. DAIL, 7015 Miami Avenue,
Richmond, Va. 23226

EDWIN DALE, GYN/OB Department,
School of Medicine, Emory University,
Atlanta, Ga. 30303

CHARLES P. DANIEL, P. O. Box 6/8,
Georgia College, Milledgeville, Ga.
31061

ROBERT E. DANIEL, Department of Bio-
logical Sciences, Murray State Univer-
sity, Murray, Ky. 42071

EDGAR B. DARDEN, JR., Biology Division,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak
Ridge, Tonn. 37830

JULIAN T. DARLINGTON, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Southwestern at Memphis,
North Parkway, Memphis, Tennes-
see 38112

PHILIP H. DARST, Dept, of Entomology,
Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana
47907

Vol. 16, No. 1, January 1969

PATRICIA A. DAUGHERTY, Biology
Dept., East Carolina College, Green-
ville, N. C. 27834

LESLIE B. DAVENPORT, JR., 726 Windsor
Rd., Savannah, Ga. 31406

D. GALE DAVIS, Dept, of Genetics,
University of Wisconsin, Madison,
Wis. 53706

DAVID E. DAVIS, Box 5577, Raleigh,
N. C. 27607

DONALD A. DAVIS, Box 1812, Station
B, Vanderbilt University, Nashville,
Tenn. 37203

GRAHAM J. DAVIS, Dept, of Biology,
East Carolina College, Greenville,
N. C. 27834

HERBERT L. DAVIS, JR., Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322

JOHN E. DAVIS, JR., Dept, of Biology,
Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.

22801

JOSEPH S. DAVIS, Department of
Botany, University of Florida, Gaines-
ville, Fla. 32601

LUCKETT V. DAVIS, Dept, of Biology,
Winthrop College, Rock Hill, S. C.
29730

WILLIAM M. DAVIS, Hinds Junior Col-
lege, Raymond, Miss. 39154

CLINTON J. DAWES, Department of
Botany, University of South Florida,
Tampa, Fla. 33620

CHARLOTTE DAWLEY, Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of North Carolina, Greensboro,
N. C. 27412

WALLACE D. DAWSON, JR., Dept, of
Biology, University of South Carolina,
Columbia, S. C. 29208

JOHN W. DAY, JR., 1 Wyrick Street,
Chapel Hill, N. C. 27514

JOHN WILTON DAY, JR., Drawer FC,
University Station, Baton Rouge, La.
70803

W. M. DEACON, Dept, of Biology,
Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.
37203

TEMD R. DEASON, P. O. Box 1927,
University of Alabama, University,
Ala. 35486

A. GIB DeBUSK, Dept, of Biology
Sciences, Florida State University,
Tallahassee, Fla. 32306

R. DEAN DECKER, Department of Bi-
ology, University of Richmond, Rich-
mond, Va. 23220

JAMES N. DENT, Dept, of Biology, 270
Gilmer Hall, University of Virginia,
Charlottesville, Va. 22903

JAMES F. DENTON, JR., Medical College
of Georgia, Eugene Talmadge Mem-
orial Hospital, Augusta, Ga. 30902
T. E. DENTON, Dept, of Biology, Sam-
ford University, Birmingham, Ala.
35209

CHARLES F. DePOE, Dept, of Biology,
Northeast Louisiana State, Monroe,
La. 71201

HENRY R. DeSELM, Dept, of Botany,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

JAMES B. DEWAR, JR., Department of
Science, Chowan College, Murfrees-
boro, N. C. 27855

ROBERT M. DEWITT, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.
32601

STEVE C. DIAL, Box 6, Misenheimer,
N. C. 28109

JOSHUA C. DICKINSON, JR., Florida
State Museum, University of Florida,
Gainesville, Fla. 32601
URBAN L. DIENER, Dept, of Botany,
Auburn University, Auburn, Ala.
36830

R. A. DIETZ, Troy State College, Troy,
Ala. 36081

GARY DILLARD, Dept, of Biology, West-
ern Kentucky University, Bowling
Green, Ky. 42101

JOHN F. DIMMICK, 2860 Wesleyan Lane,
Winston-Salem, N. C. 27106
BEVERLY ANN DIXON, Box 77, Atlanta
University, Atlanta, Ga. 30314
JAMES A. DOUBLES, Dept, of Biology,
Birmingham Southern College, Bir-
mingham, Ala. 35204
MARYBRUCE L. DOWD, Dept, of Biology,
Richmond Professional Inst., Rich-
mond, Va. 23220

BOBBY F. DOWDEN, 8515 Youree Drive,
Shreveport, La. 71105
LAURA M. DOYLE, 365 Hawthorn Ave.,
Palo Alto, Calif. 94301
DONALD J. DRAPALIK, Botany Dept.,
University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C. 27514

ROBERT F. DRESCHER, 977 Queens
Drive, Yardley, Pa. 19067
LIBBY DREW, Department of Biology,
Shorter College, Rome, Ga. 30161
SUSANNA C. DUDLEY, Mote Marine
Laboratory, 9501 Blind Pass Road,
Sarasota, Fla. 33581
MICHAEL J. DUEVER, Institute of Ecolo-
gy, Rockhouse, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

13

THOMAS WADE DUKE, Pollution Studies
Program, BCF Radiobiological Labora-
tory, Beaufort, No. Car. 28516
SUE H. DUNCAN, 5710 San Juan Apt.

39, Jacksonville, Fla. 32210
WILBUR H. DUNCAN, Dept, of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

DOLORES S. DUNDEE, Dept, of Biology,
LSU in New Orleans, New Orleans,
La. 70122

MARY C. DUNN, Box 344, Middle Tenn.
State College, Murfreesboro, Tenn.

37130

E

SYLVIA A. EARLE, Farlow Herbarium,
Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

02138

BRUCE M. EBERHART, Dept, of Biology,
University of North Carolina, Greens-
boro, N. C. 27412

JOE ALLEN EDMISTEN, Botany Dept.,
University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia
30601

JANICE M. EDWARDS, 729 King Street,
Columbia, S. C. 29205
KIAH EDWARDS, JR., 159 Webster St.,
Atlanta, Ga. 30314

MARY JANE EDWARDS, Box 686, West-
ern Carolina University, Cullowhee,
N. C. 28723

DONNA MARIE EGGERS, Box 340,
Station B, Vanderbilt Univ., Nash-
ville, Tenn. 37203

WILLIS A. EGGLER, Dept, of Biology,
Newcomb College of Tulane Univer-
sity, New Orleans, La. 70118
WARREN K. EHIHART, 5235 Vann St.,
Raleigh, N. Car. 27607
WILLIAM W. ELAM, P. O. Drawer FD,
State College, Miss. 39762
NANCY B. ELIASON, Box 32, Campbell
College, Buies Creek, N. C. 27506
LESLIE L. ELLIS, Dept, of Zoology,
Mississippi State Univ., State College,
Miss. 39762

WILLIAM H. ELLIS, Dept, of Biology,
Austin Peay State College, Clarks-
ville, Tenn. 37040

WILLIAM L. ELLISON, Erskine College,
Due West, S. Carolina 29639
FRED W. EMERSON, Box 483, Elon
College, N. C. 27244
LYMAN R. EMMONS, Dept, of Biology,
Washington & Lee University, Lexing-

ton, Va. 24450

ROBERT B. ENGLAND, Dept, of Biology,
West Georgia College, Carrollton, Ga.
30117

WILLIAM G. ERWIN, NSC Box 4237,
Northwestern State College, Natchi-
toches, La. 71457

GERALD W. ESCH, Department of Bi-
ology, Wake Forest University, Win-
ston-Salem, N. C. 27106
EDNA ESTES, 522 N. Alabama Avenue,
Salisbury, Md. 21801
ALBERT LOUIS ETHERIDGE, Dept, of
Zool. and Physiol., Louisiana State
Univ., Baton Rouge, La. 70803
DAVID A. ETNIER, Dept, of Zoology &
Entomology, University of Tennessee,
Knoxville, Tenn. 37916
A. MURRAY EVANS, Botany Dept., Uni-
versity of Tenn., Knoxville, Tenn.
37916

W. BRUCE EZELL, Dept, of Zoology,
Clemson University, Clemson, S. C.
29631

F

GILBERT W. FAIRBANKS, Furman Uni-
versity, Greenville, South Carolina
29613

WAYNE R. FAIRCLOTH, Dept, of Biology,
Valdosta State College, Valdosta,
Georgia 31601

W. H. FARLEY, Tennessee Technological
University, Cookeville, Tenn. 38501
CHARLES E. FARRELL, Department of
General Biology, Vanderbilt Univer-
sity, Nashville, Tenn. 37203
W. D. FATTIG, Dept, of Biology, South-
western at Memphis, Memphis, Tenn.
38112

DEATON F. FAUCETTE, Dept, of Math &
Science, Chowan College, Murfrees-
boro, N. Car. 27855

JACK H. FEHON, Queens College,
Charlotte, N. Car. 28207
VICTOR E. FEISAL, Biology Department,
Memphis State University, Memphis,
Tenn. 38111

HOLLIS C. FENN, Department of Science,
Florence State College, Florence, Ala.
35630

JAMES F. FERRY, Dept, of Biology,
Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.
22801

ROBERT H. FETNER, School of Biology,
Georgia Institute Tech., Atlanta, Ga.
30332

HOWARD M. FIELD, Department of Bi-
ology, Florida Southern College, Lake-
land, Fla. 33802

JACQUELINE E. FINCH, 224 Chicka-
mauga Ave., SW, Atlanta, Ga. 30314
JOHN A. FINCHER, Samford University,
Birmingham, Ala. 35209
MILTON FINGERMAN, Dept, of Biology,
Tulane University, New Orleans, La.
70118

PAUL L. FISHER, 157 Duncan Chapel
Road, Greenville, S. C. 29609
JOSEPH F. FITZPATRICK, JR., Dept, of
Zoology, Mississippi State University,
State College, Miss. 39762
R. O. FLAGG, Carolina Biological Supply
Co., Burlington, N. C. 27215
DIANE O. FLEMING, 5392 Mesquite
Road, Memphis, Tenn. 38117
HARVEY W. FLEMING, Shaw High
School, Shaw, Mississippi 38773
LAURENCE E. FLEMING, Box 672, Black-
burg, Va. 24060

FRANKLIN F. FLINT, Dept, of Biology,
Randolph Macon Woman's College,
Lynchburg, Va. 24503
W. S. FLORY, Box 7325, Reynolda Sta-
tion, Winston-Salem, N. Car. 27109
JOHN R. FOLEY, Department of Biology,
University of South Carolina, Colum-
bia, S. C. 29208

BENNIE R. FORD, Department of Bi-
ology, Samford University, Birming-
ham, Ala. 35209

FLOYD M. FORD, Dept, of Biology,
Austin Peay State College, Clarksville,
Tenn. 37040

CHARLES W. FOREMAN, University of
the South, Sewanee, Tenn. 37375
W. WAYNE FORMAN, 1657 South
Acadian Thruway, Baton Rouge, La.
70808

NEAL R. FOSTER, Dept, of Limnology,
Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th
& The Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa.
19103

WILLIAM A. FOSTER, Department of
Botany, North Carolina State Univer-
sity, Raleigh, N. C. 27607
RICK FOWLKES, Department of Biology,
Austin Peay State University, Clarks-
ville, Tenn. 37040

MRS. EDGAR W. FRANCISCO, III, Rwoldi
Drive, No. Branford, Conn. 06471
DIRK FRANKENBERG, University of
Georgia Marine Institute, Sapelo
Island, Ga. 31327

BERYL C. FRANKLIN, Dept, of Biology,

14

ASB Bulletin

Northeast Louisiana State College,
Monroe, La. 71201

RENTY B. FRANKLIN, Department of Bi-
ology, St. Augustine's College,
Raleigh, N. C. 27602
RONALD C. FRASER, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

LAFAYETTE FREDERICK, Dept, of Biology,
Atlanta University, Atlanta, Ga. 30314
CARL J. FREEMAN, JR., Presbyterian
College, Department of Biology,
Clinton, S. C. 29325
CHARLOTTE C. FREEMAN, Dept, of Bi-
ology, University of Chattanooga,
Chattanooga, Tenn. 37403
JOHN A. FREEMAN, Winthrop College,
Rock Hill, S. C. 29730
JOHN D. FREEMAN, Box 207, Station B,
Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.
37203

JOHN R. FREEMAN, Dept, of Biology,
University of Chattanooga, Chatta-
nooga, Tenn. 37403

SALLIE B. FREEMAN, 4741 N.W. 8th
Avenue, Gainesville, Fla. 32601
RUSKIN S. FREER, 1158 Timber Lake
Drive, Lynchburg, Va. 24502
JAMES J. FRIAUF, Box 1612, Station B,
Dept, of Biology, Vanderbilt Univer-
sity, Nashville, Tenn. 37203
MARGARET B. FRIEND, 4888 Jett Road,
N.W., Atlanta, Georgia 30327
WILLIAM R. FRYAR, 1330 N.W. 55th
Street, Gainesville, Fla. 32601
IRIS BONITA FRYE, 2756 Lincoln Court,
NW, Atlanta, Ga. 30318
CHARLES M. FUGLER, JR., Dept, of
Zoology, Auburn University, Auburn,
Ala. 36830

D. L. FULLER, Stetson University, DeLand,
Fla. 32720

RUDOLPH SILAS FULTON, Box 971,
Eastern Ky. State University, Rich-
mond, Ky. 40475

ROBERT A. FUSCO, 101 Walker Labora-
tory, Pennsylvania State University,
University Park, Pa. 16801

JOHN J. GALLAGHER, 191 Utica Street,
Brockport, N. Y. 14420
FRED C. GALLE, Callaway Gardens,
Pine Mountain, Ga. 31822
ARTHUR R. GARRETT, JR., 3030 Vaughn
Road, Montgomery, Ala. 36106
NANCY N. GARRETT, 3030 Vaughn
Road, Montgomery, Ala. 36106

Vol. 16, No. 1, January 1969

WILLIAM R. GARRETT, Department of
Biology, Emory University, Atlanta,
Ga. 30322

NORMAN E. GARRISON, 160 Colonial
Dr., Apt. A, Harrisonburg, Va. 22801
RICHARD E. GARTH, Dept, of Biological
Sci., Mississippi State Coll. for
Women, Columbus, Miss. 39701
GLENN B. GATIPON, Dept, of Physi-
ology, La. State Medical School, 1542
Tulane Ave., New Orleans, La. 70112
MARY ESTHER GAULDEN, Radiology
Dept., Univ. of Texas S.W. Med.
School, 5323 Harry Hines Blvd.,
Dallas, Texas 75235

M. A. GENOVESE, W/AF5KRT, 1316
South Court Street, Opelousas, La.
70570

DAN U. GERSTEL, Crop Science Depart-
ment, N. C. State University, Raleigh,
N. C. 27607

J. WHITFIELD GIBBONS, Savannah River
Ecology Laboratory, Box A, SROO,
Aiken, S. C. 29801

VERNON D. GIFFORD, Dept, of Sec-
ondary Ed., Miss. State Coll., State
College, Miss. 39762
MARGARET L. GILBERT, Dept, of Biology,
Florida Southern College, Lakeland,
Florida 33802

JUDITH MARSHA GILES, Department of
Biology, Agnes Scott College, Decatur,
Ga. 30030

LAUREN C. GILMAN, Dept, of Biology,
University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Fla. 33124

JOHN FREDERICK GIPSON, Box 153,
George Peabody College, Nashville,
Tenn. 37203

STEPHEN M. GITTLESON, Dept, of
Zoology, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexing-
ton, Ky. 40506

JEAN J. GIVENS, Georgia State College,
33 Gilmer St., S.E., Atlanta, Ga. 30303
SANDRA J. GLOVER, 180 Bloomfield,
Apt. B-l, Athens, Ga. 30601
ROBERT K. GODFREY, Dept, of Biologi-
cal Sciences, Florida State University,
Tallahassee, Fla. 32306
COLEMAN J. GOIN, Dept, of Biology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.
32601

LEWIS C. GOLDSTEIN, Richmond Pro-
fessional Institute, 901 W. Franklin
St., Richmond, Va. 23220
ROBERT JAY GOLDSTEIN, Department of
Biology, Emory University, Atlanta,
Ga. 30322

FRANK B. GOLLEY, Institute of Ecology,
Rockhouse, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

CHAUNCEY G. GOODCHILD, Emory
University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
JAMES T. GOODWIN, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

ROBERT E. GORDON, Dept, of Biology,
University of Notre Dame, Notre
Dame, Ind. 46556

CHERLYN SUE GRANROSE, Biological
Sciences Building, University of
Georgia, Athens, Ga. 30601
ROBERT REDINGTON GRANT, JR.,
Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th &
The Parkway, Phila., Pa. 19103
IRVING E. GRAY, Zoology Dept., Duke
University, Durham, North Carolina
27706

NETTA E. GRAY, Agnes Scott College,
Decatur, Ga. 30030

STEPHEN W. GRAY, Dept, of Anatomy,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga.
30322

PHILIP C. GREEAR, Dept, of Biology,
Shorter College, Rome, Ga. 30161
MARGARET GREEN, 118 Pine Street,
Carrboro, N. C. 27510
WILBERT GREENFIELD, Jackson State
College, Jackson, Miss. 39217
KENNETH W. GREGG, 521 Anastasia
Ave., Coral Gables, Fla. 33134
VICTOR A. GREULACH, Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N. C. 27514

BEA GRIFFIN, RFD 2, Ochlochnee, Ga.
31773

MILDRED M. GRIFFITH, Dept, of Botany,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.

32601

KENNETH E. GRISWOLD, JR., Lot 53,
3411 Two Notch Road, Columbia,
S. C. 29204

ARNOLD B. GROBMAN, Dean, College
of Arts & Sciences, Rutgers Univ.,
New Brunswick, N. J. 08902
ROBERT M. GRODNER, Dept, of Food &
Science & Technology, Louisiana State
University, Baton Rouge, La. 70802
NANCY P. GROSECLOSE, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Agnes Scott College, Decatur,
Ga. 30030

E. O. GRUNDSET, Biology Department,
Southern Missionary College, College-
dale, Tenn. 37315

WILLIAM D. GUDE, 128 Pembroke Road,
Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37830

15

OSCAR WILMONT GUPTON, Dept. Bi-
ology, Virginia Military Institute,
Lexington, Va. 24450

H

JOHN G. HAESLOOP, Dept, of Biology,
Pfeiffer College, Misenheimer, N. C.
28109

MASON E. HALE, JR., Dept, of Botany,
Smithsonian Institution, Washington,

D. C. 20560

TERRENCE M. HAMMILL, 133 Smalley
Road, University Heights, Syracuse,
N. Y. 13210

CAROLYN H. HAMPTON, Dept, of
Science Ed., East Carolina St. Coll.,
Greenville, N. Car. 27834

RICHARD T. HANLIN, Dept, of Plant
Pathology, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

KEITH L. HANSEN, 627 East Minnesota
Ave., Deland, Florida 32720

JAMES W. HARDIN, Dept, of Biology,
Memphis State University, Memphis,
Tenn. 38111

JAMES W. HARDIN, Dept, of Botany,
North Carolina State College, Raleigh,
N. C. 27607

GLADYS SHIRLEY HARDY, Jackson State
College, Jackson, Miss. 39217

G. T. HARGITT, 811 Watts St., Durham,
N. Car. 27701

RICHARD HARKEMA, Dept, of Zoology,
N. Car. State University, Raleigh,
N. Car. 27607

WALTER J. HARMAN, Dept, of Zoology,
Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge, La. 70803

R. M. HARPER, Box O, University, Ala.
35486

ALVA H. HARRIS, Dept, of Biology,
Nicholls State College, Thibodaux, La.
70301

ELIZABETH HARRIS, 1121 Herbert St.,
Tallahassee, Fla. 32303

J. P. HARRIS, Dept, of Math & Science,
Chowan College, Murfreesboro, N.
Car. 27855

THOMAS M. HARRIS, Medical College of
Virginia, Richmond, Va. 23219

ANTONIO E. HARRISE, Department of
Biology, Box 148, University of
Southern Mississippi, Hattiesburg,
Miss. 39401

DALE E. HARRISON, Dept, of Biology,
Wilmington College, Wilmington, N.
Car. 28401

FREDERICK W. HARRISON, Biology De-
partment, Presbyterian College, Clin-
ton, S. C. 29325

JULIAN R. HARRISON, III, Dept, of Bi-
ology, College of Charleston, Charles-
ton, S. C. 29401

CHARLES W. HART, JR., Academy of
Natural Sciences, 19th and Parkway,
Phila., Pa. 19103

GARY HARTSHORN, Department of
Botany, N. C. State, Raleigh, N. C.
27607

MICHAEL J. HARVEY, Dept, of Biology,
Memphis St. University, Memphis,
Tenn. 38111

RAYMOND S. HARVEY, 110 Idlewild Dr.,
Aiken, S. C. 29801

A. M. HARVILL, JR., Dept, of Nat. Sci.,
Longwood College, Farmville, Va.
23901

E. A. HATFIELD, 967 Juniper St., NE,
Atlanta, Ga. 30309

EDWARD S. HATHAWAY, 1423 Jefferson
Ave., New Orleans, La. 70115

ROBERT R. HAUBRICH, Dept, of Biology,
Denison University, Granville, Ohio
43023

MARVIN R. HAWES, Western Piedmont
Community College, Morgantown,
N. C. 28655

DONALD H. HAYES, Box 576, South-
eastern Louisiana Coll., Hammond, La.
70401

JOHN T. HAYES, Savannah River Ecolo-
gy Lab, Bldg. 722-G, USAEC, SROO,
P. O. Box A, Aiken, S. C. 29801

DON W. HAYNE, Inst, of Statistics,
N. C. State University, Raleigh, N.
Car. 27607

CURRY T. HAYNES, Dept, of Biology,
Oxford College, Oxford, Ga. 30267

F. ALLAN HAYSE, Department of Biolo-
gy, Samford University, 800 Lake-
shore Drive, Birmingham, Ala. 35209

PHILIP HAYSMAN, Dept, of Bacteriolo-
gy, University of Georgia, Athens,
Ga. 30601

ALAN G. HEATH, Dept, of Biology,
V. P. I., Blacksburg, Va. 24061

NATILLE HEADRICK, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

EDWIN A. HEBB, P. O. Box 70, Mari-
anna, Fla. 32446

HERBERT HECHENBLEIKNER, Box 12665,
Biology Dept., University of North
Carolina, Charlotte, N. C. 28205

DALE HEIN, Dept. Fishery & Wildlife
Biology, Colorado State University,
Ft. Collins, Colo. 80521
ANTHONY E. HELGER, Department of
Biology, University of South Carolina,
Columbia, S. C. 29208
ELLEN P. HELLWIG, Dept, of Botany,
Clemson University, Clemson, S. C.
29631

MARY C. HELMS, Box 2693, Dept, of Bi-
ology, East Carolina College, Green-
ville, No. Carolina 27834
KENNETH W. HEMMERLY, Department
of Biology, Middle Tennessee State
University, Murfreesboro, Tenn. 37130
A. F. HEMPHILL, 4251 Gentilly Lane,
Mobile, Ala. 36618

BENNYE S. HENDERSON, 4308 O'Ban-
non Dr., Jackson, Miss. 39213
JAMES HENDERSON, Department of Bi-
ology, Tuskegee institute, Tuskegee
Institute, Ala. 36088
VERNON HENDERSON, Box 376, Grumb-
ling, La. 71245

JAMES W. HENDRIX, Dept, of Plant
Pathology, University of Kentucky,
Lexington, Ky. 40506
CARL E. HENRICKSON, Dept, of Botany,
University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.
40506

C. HENRY, Box 1, Honeoye, N. Y. 14471
J. ROBERT HERFORD, Department of
Botany, University of Georgia, Athens,
Ga. 30601

HENRY R. HERMANN, JR., Department
of Entomology, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

PATRICIA WATT HERMANN, School of
Vet. Medicine, Dept, of Pathology &
Parasitology, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

W. R. HERNDON, College of Liberal
Arts, University of Tennessee, Knox-
ville, Tenn. 37916

J. M. HERR, JR., Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of South Carolina, Columbia,
S. C. 29208

ARTHUR L. HERSHEY, c/o Science De-
partment, Florence State College,
Florence, Ala. 35630
L. R. HESLER, College of Liberal Arts,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

MARGARET HESS, 2933 Kingsland Road,
Richmond, Va. 23234
WALTER N. HESS, Dept, of Biology,
Converse College, Spartanburg, S. C
29301

16

ASB Bulletin

L. A. HETRICK, 1614 N.W. 12th Rd„
Gainesville, Fla. 32601
A. N. J. HEYN, Dept, of Biology, LSU
at New Orleans, New Orleans, la.

70112

DON W. HICKMAN, Dept, of Natural
Sciences, The State University College,
Potsdam, N. Y. 13676
VIOLET A. HICKS, Dept, of Botany,
Univ. of N. Car., Chapel Hill, N. Car.
27514

ROBERT P. HIGGINS, Dept, of Biology,
Wake Forest University, Winston-
Salem, N. C. 27109
PHILIP E. HILDRETH, Department of
Biology, University of North Carolina,
Charlotte, N. C. 28205
BEN H. HILL, 333 S. Fifth St., Williams-
burg, Ky. 40769

DAVID RICHARD HILL, 519 E. 13th
Street, Bowling Green, Ky. 42101
JOSEPH L. HINDMAN, Department of
Botany, University of Georgia, Athens,
Ga. 30601

HAROLD R. HINDS, Wright Road R.F.D.,
Collinsville, Conn. 06022
HORTON H. HOBBS, JR., 3438 Mans-
field Road, Falls Church, Va. 22041
HORTON H. HOBBS, 111, 247 Luxury
Mobile Homes, Starkville, Miss. 39759
JANET HODGE, 600 Fairfax Street, Apt.

1, Radford, Va. 24141
RICHARD L. HOFFMAN, Department of
Biology, Radford College, Radford,
Va. 24141

G. RICHARD HOGAN, Department of
Biology, University of North Carolina,
Charlotte, N. C. 28205
WILLIAM T. HOGARTH, Box 5577, Dept,
of Zoology, North Carolina State
University, Raleigh, N. Car. 27607
JEAN M. HOLBERT, P. O. Box 962,
islamorada, Fla. 33036
ALEXANDER HOLLAENDER, Biology Di-
vision, P. O. Box Y, Oak Ridge Na-
tional Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn.
37830

CHARLES W. HOLLAND, 3700 Suther-
land Ave., Apt. S-12, Knoxville, Tenn.
37919

JAMES R. HOLLER, Dept, of Biology,
University of S. C., Columbia, S. C.
29208

DAN C. HOLLIMAN, Department of Bi-
ology, Birmingham Southern College,
800 8th Avenue West, Birmingham,
Ala. 35204

Vol. 16, No. 1, January 1969

FELICIA H. HOLLINGSWORTH, 994
Gaylernont Circle, Decatur, Ga. 30033

HARRY LEE HOLLOWAY, JR., Dept, of
Biology, Roanoke College, Salem, Va.
24153

JOE HOLLYFIELD, Hulbrecht Laboratory,
Utrecht, Holland

JAMES R. HOLMAN, Dept, of Entom-
ology, Clemson University, Clemson,
S. C. 29631

JOHN R. HOLSINGER, Dept, of Biology,
Old Dominion College, Norwalk, Va.
23508

JANE P. HOLT, Dept, of Biology, Pres-
byterian College, Clinton, S. C. 29325

PERRY C. HOLT, Dept, of Biology, Vir-
ginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg,
Va. 24061

K. ELIZABETH HOOD, Department of
Biology, Emory University, Atlanta,
Ga. 30322

W. S. HOOKS, Department of Biology,
Lynchburg College, Lynchburg, Va.
24504

ROBERT C. HOPE, Box 293, Buies Creek,
No. Carolina 27506

SAMUEL LINTON HOPKINS, Dept, of
Biology, Barber-Seotia College, Con-
cord, N. C. 28025

GEORGE HORTON, Entomology and
Ornithology Section, University of
Tennessee, Martin Branch, Martin,
Tenn. 38237

JAMES H. HORTON, Dept, of Botany,
Western Carolina College, Cullowhee,
N. C. 28723

DONALD E. HOSS, Radiobiological Lab.,
Bureau of Comm. Fisheries, Beaufort,
N. C. 28516

HERBERT W. HOUSE, JR., Box U-2063,
University S. C., Columbia, S. C.
29208

MARTIN R. HOUSTON, Department of
General Biology, Vanderbilt Univer-
sity, Nashville, Tenn. 37203

H. BRANCH HOWE, JR., Dept, of Bac-
teriology, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

JOSEPH C. HOWELL, Dept, of Zoology
and Entomology, University of Ten-
nessee, Knoxville, Tenn. 37916

THELMA HOWELL, Highlands Biological
Station, Highlands, N. C. 28741

WILLIAM B. HUBBARD, Box 43, Wofford
Coll., Spartanburg, S. C. 29301

CLARKE HUDSON, Department of Bio-
logical Sciences, Florida State Univer-
sity, Tallahassee, Fla. 32306

JOSEPH CLARKE HUDSON, Biological
Science Department, Florida State
Univ., Tallahassee, Fia. 32306
CECILS HUGGINS, 2602 Blossom Street,
Columbia, S. C. 29205
MARYANNE R. HUGHES, Dept, of Zoolo-
gy, University of British Columbia,
Vancouver 8, Canada
H. L. HULL, Dept, of Biology, Box 723,
Berea College, Berea, Ky. 40403
ROBERT W. HULL, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University,
Tallahassee, Fla. 32306
H. J. HUMM, Marine Science Center,
University of South Florida, Bayboro
Harbor, St. Petersburg, Fla. 33701
A. A. HUMPHRIES, JR., Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
R. L. HUMPHRIES, 1611 Milford Church
Road, Route #5, Marietta, Ga. 30060
LOUIS R. HUNDLEY, Dept, of Biology,
V. M. L, Lexington, Va. 24450
MAEBURN B. HUNNEYCUTT, Dept, of
Biology, University of Mississippi,
University, Miss. 38677
ERNEST L. HUNT, Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
GORDON E. HUNT, Department of
Botany, University of Tennessee,
Knoxville, Tenn. 37916
GEORGE W. HUNTER, III, Sun City
Center, P. O. Box 5418, Florida 33570
GORDON E. HUNTER, Box 104 A
Tennessee Technological University,
Cookeville, Tenn. 38501
ROY HUNTER, JR., Biology Department,
Atlanta University, Atlanta, Ga. 30314
WANDA S. HUNTER, Dept, of Zoology,
Duke University, Durham, North
Carolina 27706

M. PATRICIANNE HURD, 1175 Bel! Ave-
nue, East Point, Ga. 30044
SISTER MAUREEN PERPETUA HURLEY,
3912 Pine Street, New Orleans, La.
70125

LADLEY FIUSTED, University of Virginia,
Biology Dept., Gilmer Bldg., Char-
lottesville, Va. 22903
WILLIAM HUTT, A-213 University Vil-
lage, Area #1, Athens, Ga. 30601

DIANNE SUE 1MHOFF, 3107 N. Darner.

Ave., Chicago, III. 60618
ROBERT M. INGLE, State Board of
Conservation, Tallahassee, Fla. 32304

17

J. D. IVES, Pinebluff, North Carolina
28373

WM. DIXON IVEY, Dept, of Zoology
and Entomology, Auburn University,
Auburn, Ala. 36830

J

C. G. JACKSON, JR., Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Miss. State College — Wo-
men, Columbus, Miss. 39701
JOHNNY JACKSON, Dept, of Biology,
Atlanta University, Atlanta, Georgia
30314

MARGUERITE McMILLAN JACKSON,
Dept, of Biological Sciences, Miss.
State College for Women, Columbus,
Miss. 39701

RACHAEL P. JACKSON, 237 North Blvd.,
Deland, Fla. 32720

JACQUELINE E. JACOBS, 5854 Wood-
vine Road, Columbia, S. C. 29206
CHARLES W. JAMES, Dept, of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

FREDERICK C. JAMES, 100 Hanna St.,
Carrboro, N. C. 27510
GEORGE W. JEFFERS, Dept, of Biology,
Longwood College, Farmville, Va.
23901

GEOFFREY M. JEFFERY, 6516 Wilmet
Road, Bethesda, Maryland 20034
JACKSON E. JEFFREY, Richmond Profes-
sional Institution, 901 W. Franklin St.,
Richmond, Va. 23220
DONALD B. JEFFREYS, Biology Dept.,
East Carolina College, Greenville,
N. C. 27834

MARIE M. JENKINS, Box 188, Madison
College, Harrisonburg, Va. 22801
CHAS. EDWIN JENNER, Dept, of Zoolo-
gy, Box 429, University of North Car-
olina, Chapel Hill, N. C. 27514
WILLARD L. JINKS, Rt. 2, Box 230,
Proctorville, Ohio 45669
FRED L. JOHNS, Dept, of Zoology, N. C.
State University, Box 5577, Raleigh,
N. Car. 27607

A. S. JOHNSON, JR., Department of
Zoology, University of Georgia, Ath-
ens, Ga. 30601

CLYDE E. JOHNSON, JR„ Department of
Biology, Clark College, Atlanta, Ga.
30314

JUNE C. JOHNSON, 157 Heaton Park
Drive, Atlanta, Ga. 30307
THOMAS L. JOHNSON, Apt. E, Lucas
Apts., Fredericksburg, Va. 22401

T. W. JOHNSON, Dept, of Botany, Duke
University, Durham, N. C. 27706
ALICE S. JONES, Tulip Tree House, Apt.

303, Bloomington, Indiana 47401
ARTHUR W. JONES, Dept, of Zoology
and Entomology, University of Tennes-
see, Knoxville, Tenn. 37916
CLARA L. JONES, 2465 Harvard, 101,
San Angelo, Texas 76901
DONALD JONES, Department of (Plant
Pathol. & Physiol.), Virginia Polytech-
nic Institute, Blacksburg, Va. 24061
DUVALL A. JONES, Dept. Biological Sci-
ences, Carnegie-Mellon University,
Pittsburgh, Pa. 15213
E. RUFFIN JONES, JR., College of Arts
& Sciences, University of Florida,
Gainesville, Fla. 32601
RUTH McCLUNG JONES, 410 Ponderosa
Ave., Corvallis, Ore. 97330
HARRY G. M. JOPSON, Bridgewater Col-
lege, Bridgewater, Va. 22812

K

DONALD W. KAUFMAN, Department of
Zoology, University of Georgia, Ath-
ens, Ga. 30601

DAVID T. KEE, Department of Biology,
Northeast Louisiana State College,
Monroe, La. 71201

PATRICIA KELLEY KEEFE, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Eastern Ky. University, Rich-
mond, Ky. 40475

THOMAS L. KEEFE, Box 851, Eastern
Kentucky University, Richmond, Ken-
tucky 40475

CLYDE E. KEELER, Box # 325 Research
Dept., Milledgeville State Hospital,
Milledgeville, Ga. 31061
GEORGE W. KEITT, JR., Dept, of Bio-
logical Sciences, Florida State Univer-
sity, Tallahassee, Fla. 32306
B. j. KELLEY, JR., Emory University,
Atlanta, Ga. 30322

CHARLES A. KELLEY, Old Leeds Rd.,
Rt. 4, Box 8, Birmingham, Ala. 35210
ROBERT W. KELLY, Biology Department,
Furman University, Greenville, S. C.
29613

GEORGE C. KENT, JR., Dept, of Zoology,
Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge, La. 70803

JEAN KERSCHNER, Western Maryland
College, Westminster, Md. 21157
REX E. KERSTETTER, Department of Bi-
ology, Furman University, Greenville,
S. C. 29613

JAMES A. KERWIN, 292 Remington St.,
Rochester, N. Y. 14621
MRS. JOHANNA O. KILLOY, Cardinal
Newman H. S., 4701 Forest Drive,
Columbia, S. C. 29204
RICHARD F. KIMBALL, Biology Division,
P. O. Box Y, Oak Ridge National
Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37830
DAN KIMBROUGH, 11201 Birchcrest
Road, Richmond, Va. 23229
JAMES W. KIMBROUGH, Department of
Botany, University of Florida, Gaines-
ville, Fla. 32601

G. C. KINGSLAND, Dept, of Bio. &
Bact., Clemson University, Clemson,
S. C. 29631

DANIEL E. KIRK, Biology Dept., Ca-
tawba College, Salisbury, N. C. 28144
PAUL W. KIRK, JR., 1311 Crestview Dr.,
Blacksburg, Va. 24061
JAMES B. KIRKWOOD, 4103 Fairfax
Drive, Columbus, Ohio 43221
ROY S. KISER, 221 Coosawattee Ave.,
Rome, Ga. 30161

RAYMOND L. KISNER, Science Depart-
ment, Troy State University, Troy,
Ala. 36081

M. KATHLEEN KLIMKIEWICZ, Box 632,
Hollins College, Hollins, Va. 24020
WM. JULIAN KOCH, Dept, of Botany,
University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C. 27514

GARY KOCHERT, Department of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

ROBERT KRAL, Dept, of General Biology,
Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.
37203

PAUL J. KRAMER, Dept, of Botany,
Duke University, Durham, N. C. 27706
WAYNE A. KRISSINGER, Department of
Biology, Georgia Southern College,
Statesboro, Ga. 30458
JEROME O. KRIVANEK, Division of Na-
tural Science, University of South
Florida, Tampa, Fla. 33620
ROBIN C. KRIVANEK, University of
South Florida, Tampa, Fla. 33620
DWAYNE N. KRUSE, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Northwestern State College,
Natchitoches, La. 71457
ROBERT A. KUEHN, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Kentucky, Lexington,
Ky. 40506

DONALD C. KUNZE, Box 4195, Roa-
noke, Va. 24015

ELLIOT KURZIUS, Dateline in Science,

18

ASB Bulletin

Inc., 575 Madison Avenue, New York,
N. Y. 10022

L

S. K. LAFFODAY, c/o Dept, of Biology,
De Kalb College, Clarkston, Ga. 30021
ALLEN L. LAKE, Box 782, Morehead
State College, Morehead, Ky. 40351
WILLIAM I. LAMMERS, Box 607, David-
son College, Davidson, N. C. 28036
ROBERT K. LAMPTON, Dept, of Biology,
West Georgia College, Carrollton, Ga.
30117

JAMES F. LANDT, Dept, of Biology, Ox-
ford College of Emory Univ., Oxford,
Ga. 30267

PETER C. LANE, Jackson State College,
Jackson, Miss. 39217
ROBERT L. LANE, Botany Dept., Univ.

of Georgia, Athens, Ga. 30601
ALBERT A. LATINA, 31 1A Science Bldg.,
University of South Florida, Tampa,
Fla. 33620

FELIX H. LAUTER, Department of Biolo-
gy, University of S. C., Columbia,
S. C. 29208

PAMELA W. LAWRENCE, Route 1,
Alpharetta, Ga. 30201
WILLIAM LAZARUK, 219 Greenway St.,
Cedarwood, Jamestown, No. Car.
27282

WILLIAM LEACH, Radiation Bio-Effects
Program, National Center for Radia-
tion Health, 12720 Twinbrook Park-
way, Rockville, Md. 20852
HAROLD H. K. LEE, Dept, of Biology,
University of Toledo, Toledo, Ohio
43606

PHILIP C. LEE, JR., Route 2, Box 127,
Troutville, Va. 24175
WALTER H. LEIGH, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Fla. 33146

ROBERT S. LEISNER, AIBS, 3900 Wiscon-
sin Ave., N.W., Washington, D. C.
20016

MICHEL G. LELONG, Dept, of Biology,
University of South Alabama, Mobile,
Ala. 36608

WILLIAM C. LE NOIR, Dept, of Biology,
Columbus College, Columbus, Ga.
31907

RICHARD C. LEONARD, Botany Depart-
ment, University of N. C., Chapel
Hill, N. C. 27514

W. RAY LEONARD, Department of Bi-
ology, Wofford College, Spartanburg,
S. C. 29301

JOE ANN LEVER, 613 Poplar St.,

Vol. 16, No. 1, January 1969

Spartanburg, So. Carolina 29302
HELMUT LIETH, Department of Botany,
University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C. 27514

JAMES N. LILES, Dept, of Zoology and
Entomology, University of Tennessee,
Knoxville, Tenn. 37916
GARRETT W. LINK, JR., 1591 S. Syca-
more St., Petersburg, Va. 23803
THOMAS LaRUE LINTON, University of
Georgia, Marine Institute, Sapelo
Island, Georgia 31327
LEWIS LIPPS, Dept, of Biology, Shorter
College, Rome, Ga. 30161
JOHN F. LOCKE, SR., P. O. Box 1568,
State College, Miss. 39762
ROBERT W. LONG, Department of
Botany, University of South Florida,
Tampa, Fla. 33620

WILLIAM D. LONGEST, 1582 Buchanan,
Oxford, Miss. 38655
LOIS P. LORD, Dept, of Biology, Lam-
buth College, Jackson, Term. 38301
ROBERTA LOVELACE, Dept, of Biology,
University of South Carolina, Colum-
bia, S. C. 29208

GEORGE H. LOWERY, JR., Museum of
Zoology, Louisiana State University,
Baton Rouge, La. 70803
BERNARD LOWY, Mycological Herbarium,
Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge, La. 70803

TERRY W. LUCANSKY, 3600 Tremont
Drive, Apt. H-3, Durham, N. C. 27705
C. J. LUDLOW, c/o Francis Booe, R. R.

#1, Veedorsburg, Ind. 47987
ROGER H. LUMB, Dept, of Biology,
Western Carolina College, Cullowhee,
N. C. 28723

LEONARD E. LUNDQUIST, Depart-
ment of Biology, University of South
Carolina, Columbia, S. C. 29208
TALMAGE E. LUNDY, Department of Bi-
ology, East Carolina University, Green-
ville, N. C. 27834

G. ROBERT LUNZ, JR., Bears Bluff
Laboratories, Wadmalaw Island, S. C.
29487

PAUL E. LUTZ, Dept, of Biology, Univer-
sity of N. C. at Greensboro, Greens-
boro, N. C. 27412

JOHN ROBERT LYMANGROVER, Dept,
of Zoology, University of Kentucky,
Lexington, Ky. 40506
ROBERT T. LYNN, 925 Krest Dr.,
Weatherford, Oklahoma 73096
JAMES B. LYTLE, Biology Department,
Columbus College, Columbus, Ga.
31907

M

MARY S. MacDOUGALL, 423 Clairmont
Ave., Apt. 3, Decatur, Ga. 30030
JOHN P. MacNAMARA, Department
of Biology, Spring Hill College,
Mobile, Ala. 36608

H. MacVANDIVIERE, College of Medi-
cine, Dept, of Community Med., Uni-
versity of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.
40506

VON H. McCASKILL, Apt. B, 22 Barre
St., Clemson, S. C. 29631
ROBERT W. McCAULEY, 1 1 8 Forest Hill
Dr., Kitchener, Ontario, Canada
BOBBY JOE McCLENDON, Fort Valley
High School, Fort Valley, Ga. 31030
WILMA KIRKPATRICH McCLURE, Rose-
crest Road, R. F. D. 6, Spartanburg,

S. C. 29301

IOLA T. McCLURKIN, Department of
Biology, University of Mississippi,
University, Miss. 38677
J. FRANK McCORMICK, Dept, of Botany,
University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, No. Car. 27514
BRENDA FAYE McCOY, Box 2594,
Cullowhee, N. C. 28723
EDWARD McCRADY, III, Univ. of N. C.
at Greensboro, Greensboro, N. C.
27412

ANNE B. McCRARY, 411 Summer Rest
Road, Wilmington, No. Carolina
28401

JOHN D. McCRONE, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.
32601

HERBERT A. McCULIOUGH, Dept, of
Biology, Samford Univ., Birmingham,
Ala. 35209

JAMES S. McDANIEL, Department of
Biology, East Carolina University,
Greenville, N. C. 27834
JAMES C. McDonald, Box 7325, Wake
Forest College, Winston-Salem, N.
Car. 27106

SAM E. McFADDEN, Dept, of Orna-
mental Horticulture, University of
Florida, Gainesville, Fla. 32601
WALTER D. McGAVOCK, 2816 W. Wal-
nut St., Johnson City, Tenn. 37601
JOHN T. McGINNIS, Computer Center,
Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga. 30601
JAMES W. MclNTOSH, Dept, of Biology,
Patrick Henry College, Martinsville,
Va. 24112

ROBERT A. MclNTYRE, JR., Dept, of
Biology, Campbell College, Buies
Creek, N. C. 27506

19

ELLEN W. McLAUGHLIN, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Samford University, Birming-
ham, Ala. 35209

REBECCA L. McNEILL, Department of
Biology, Georgia Southwestern Col-
lege, Americus, Ga. 31709
ILDA McVEIGH, Box 1549 Sub Station
B, Vanderbilt University, Nashville,
Tenn. 37203

TE-HAIU MA, Radiation Biology Labora-
tory, Smithsonian Institution, Wash-
ington, D. C. 20560

J. J. MADDOX, Department of Biologi-
cal Sciences, Miss. State College for
Women, Columbus, Miss. 39701
GRACE C. MADSEN, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University,
Tallahassee, Fla. 32306
JAMES MAFFETT, Manatee Jr. College,
Bradenton, Fla. 33505
JOHN G. MAHAN, Lynchburg College,
Lynchburg, Va. 24504
JOSEPH J. MAHONEY, JR., Department
of Zoology, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

WALTER WM. MANIGAULT, P. O. Box
771, Georgetown, S. C. 29440
W. D. MANKIN, Box 472, Herndon, Va.
22070

LILLIAN C. MANLEY, Judson College,
Marion, Ala. 36756

JETHRO O. MANLY, Division of Natural
Sciences, Pfeiffer College, Misen-
heimer, N. C. 28109
RAYMOND B. MANNING, Division of
Crustacea, Smithsonian Institution,
United States National Museum,
Washington, D. C. 20560
WM. P. MAPLES, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

FREDERICK C. MARLAND, Univ. of
Georgia Marine Institute, Sapelo
Island, Ga. 31327

GUY D. MARLOW, 264 Garden Road,
New Orleans, La. 70123
SAMUEL P. MARONEY, Dept, of Biology,
Gilmer Hall, University of Virginia,
Charlottesville, Va. 22903
G. ALEX MARSH, Box 37, Gloucester
Point, Va. 23062

JACK S. MARSHALL, Savannah R.

Laboratory, Aiken, S. C. 29801
DANIEL E. MARVIN, 46 Arnold Ave.,
Radford, Va. 24141
ROBERT H. MARTIN, Martin Instrument
Co., Box 688, Greenville, So. Car.
29602

U. LORELLE F. MARTIN, Route 4,
Mount Olive, N. C. 28365
VIRGINIA L. MARTIN, Dept, of Biology,
Queens College, Charlotte, N. C.
28207

HENRY M. MATHEWS, Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
MISS HAZEL MATTHEWS, 1403 Wellons
Avenue, Dunn, N. C. 28334
JAMES F. MATTHEWS, Dept, of Biology,
Univ. of N. C. at Charlotte, Char-
lotte, N. C. 28205

FRANK J. S. MATURO, JR., Dept, of
Zoology, University of Florida, Gaines-
ville, Fla. 32601

DR. KISHWAR MIRZA MAUR, Division
of Biological Sciences, Georgia South-
ern College, Statesboro, Ga. 30458
JOHN S. MECHAM, Dept, of Biology,
Texas Technological Coll., Lubbock,
Texas 79409

DENNIS WAYNE MEDFORD, Department
of Biology, Memphis State University,
Memphis, Tenn. 38111
WILLIAM L. MENGEBIER, 211 Dixie
Avenue, Harrisonburg, Va. 22801
EDWARD F. MENHINICK, Dept, of Bi-
ology, University of North Carolina,
Charlotte, N. Car. 28208
MARGARET Y. MENZEL, Dept, of Bio-
logical Sciences, Florida State Univer-
sity, Tallahassee, Fla. 32306
R. W. MENZEL, Dept, of Oceanography,
Florida State University, Tallahassee,
Fla. 32306

JOHN V. MERRINER, P. O. Box 5577,
College Station, Raleigh, N. C. 27607
MAURICE F. METTEE, JR., Department of
Biology, University of Alabama,
Tuscaloosa, Ala. 35401
ERIC C. MEYER, Department of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

SAMUEL L. MEYER, Ohio Northern Uni-
versity, Ada, Ohio 45810
BURLYN E. MICHEL, Dept, of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

WILLIAM R. MILLARD, 206 Bowler Ave.,
Bay Minette, Ala. 36507
CHARLES E. MILLER, Dept, of Botany,
Ohio University, Athens, Ohio 45701
FAITH S. MILLER, Dept, of Anatomy,
Tuiane University School of Medicine,
1430 Tuiane Ave., New Orleans, La.
70112

GROVER C. MILLER, Dept, of Zoology,
Box 5215 College Station, North

Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C.
27607

ISAAC H. MILLER, JR., Dept, of Bio-
chemistry, Meharry Medical College,
Nashville, Tenn. 37208
JAMES A. MILLER, JR., Dept, of Anato-
my, Tuiane University School of
Medicine, 1430 Tuiane Ave., New
Orleans, La. 70112

MARGARET WALDREP MILLER, Dept, of
Biology, University of South Alabama,
Mobile, Ala. 36608
ROBERT J. MILLER, Radford College,
Radford, Va. 24141
WILLIAM W. MILLER, III, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Northeast Louisiana State Col-
lege, Monroe, Louisiana 71201
HONG S. MIN, Dept, of Biology, Ga.
Inst, of Technology, Atlanta, Ga.
30332

NORMAN MITLIN, Box 5367, U. S. Dept,
of Agriculture, State College, Miss.
39762

EDWARD J. MITZEN, 7535 B Pell Street,
Columbia, S. C. 29209
CARL D. MONK, Botany Department,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

FLORENCE I. MONTGOMERY, Depart-
ment of Botany, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

GEORGE MONTGOMERY, Department of
Biology, Northeast La. State College,
Monroe, La. 71201

JOSEPH G. MONTGOMERY, Dept, of
Biology, Manatee Junior College,
Bradenton, Fla. 33505
ETHEL C. MONTIEGEL, Dept, of Biology,
West Virginia University, Morgan-
town, West Va. 26505
CLIFTON H. MOORE, Department of
Biology, Voorhees College, Denmark,
S. C. 29042

DAVID J. MOORE, Box 669, Radford
College, Radford, Va. 24141
JACK H. MOORE, Dept, of Botany &
Plant Pathology, Auburn University,
Auburn, Ala. 36830

ROYALL T. MOORE, Dept, of Botany,
N. C. State Univ., Raleigh, N. C. 27607
DAVID M. MORRIS, Biology Department,
Augusta College, Augusta, Ga. 30904
ELLA D. MORRIS, Spring Hill College,
Spring Hill Station, Mobile, Ala. 36608
W. H. MORRIS, JR., 914 Carolina Ave-
nue, North Augusta, S. C. 29841
RALPH M. MORRISON, Dept, of Biology,

20

ASB Bulletin

Woman's College of North Carolina,
Greensboro, N. C. 27412
ROBERT H. MOUNT, Dept, of Zoology-
Entomology, Auburn University, Au-
burn, Ala. 36830

SAMUEL C. MOZLEY, Box 593, Jones-
boro, Ga. 30236

SABINA MUELLER, Shippensburg State
College, Science Dept., Shippensburg,
Pa. 17257

MOHAMMED S. MULKANA, Dept, of
Zoology, Gulf Coast Research Lab.,
Ocean Springs, Miss. 39564
J. H. MULLAHY, Dept, of Biology, Loyola
University, New Orleans, La. 70118
NORA E. MULLENS, 230 W. Mt. View
Ave., Greenville, So. Carolina 29609
JOHN T. MULLINS, Dept, of Botany,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.
32601

WILLIAM H. MURDY, Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
GLENN W. MURPHY, 901 W. Franklin
St., Richmond, Virginia 23220
J. J. MURRAY, Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Virginia 22903

JAMES T. MURRELL, JR., Department of
General Biology, Vanderbilt Univer-
sity, Nashville, Tenn. 37203
MARION R. MYLES, Route 3, Box 454 A,
Jackson, Miss. 39213

N

JAMES L. NATION, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.
32601

AUBREY W. NAYLOR, Dept, of Botany,
Duke University, Durham, No. Caro-
lina 27706

FELTON R. NEASE, 1010 Rosehill, Dur-
ham, N. C. 27705

STUART E. NEFF, Dept, of Biology,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacks-
burg, Va. 24060

RICHARD H. NEILL, Department of Gen-
era! Biology, Vanderbilt University,
Nashville, Tenn. 37203
E. LEE NELSON, Florida Junior College,
Jacksonville, Fla. 32205
GIDEON E. NELSON, JR., Dept, of Bi-
ology, University of South Florida,
Tampa, Fla. 33620

RIVERS Y. NESOM, Box 219, Dept,
of Biological Sciences, Southeastern
Louisiana College, Hammond, La.
70401

Vol. 16, No. 1, January 1969

SANDY NEWMAN, 216 Lonesome Road,
Madison, N. C. 27025

JANE E. NICHOLSON, F-109 Coopers-
town, Lexington, Ky. 40506

HERMAN R. NIXON, 1317 Feenwood
Drive, Jackson, Miss. 39213

GLENN R. NOGGLE, Dept, of Botany,
North Carolina State College, Raleigh,
N. C. 27607

DARWIN E. NORBY, RFD 2, Box 51,
Enumclaw, Washington 98022

FRED H. NORRIS, Dept, of Botany,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

W. W. NORRIS, JR., Biology Dept.,
N. E. Louisiana State College, Monroe,
La. 71201

DAVID A. NUNNALLY, Box #1812,
Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.
37203

J. W. NUTTYCOMBE, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

THOMAS G. NYE, Department of Biolo-
gy, Washington & Lee University,
Lexington, Va. 24450

o

AARON H. O'BIER, Biology Dept., New-
berry College, Newberry, S. C. 29108

J. ELBERT O'CONNELL, 4200 Cathedral
Ave., NW, Washington, D. C. 20016

JAMES L. O'CONNER, Dept, of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

THEODORE T. O'DELL, Biology Division,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak
Ridge, Tenn. 37830

EUGENE P. ODUM, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

JOSEPH C. O'KELLEY, P. O. Box 1927,
University of Alabama, University,
Ala. 35486

DONALD A. OLEWINE, Department of
Biology, Georgia Southern College,
Statesboro, Ga. 30458

PAUL D. OLEXIA, Botany Department,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

H. J. COSTING, Dept, of Botany, Duke
University, Durham, N. Car. 27706

PAUL J. OSBORNE, Dept, of Biology,
Lynchburg College, Lynchburg, Va.
24504

THOMAS S. OSBORNE, 1299 Bethel
Valley Road, Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37830

KENNETH OTTIS, Dept, of Zoology and
Entomology, Auburn University, Au-
burn, Ala. 36830

RODERICK H. OUTLAND, Box 3986,
Northwestern State College, Natchi-
toches, La. 71457

L. M. OUTTEN, Dept, of Biology, Mars
Hill College, Mars Hill, N. C. 28754
BILL OVERTON, 135 College Ave.,
Danville, Va. 24541

H. MALCOLM OWEN, Dept, of Biology,
The University of the South, Sewanee,
Tenn. 37375

ELIZABETH S. OWINGS, Dept, of Biolo-
gy, East Tennessee State University,
Johnson City, Tenn. 37601

P

JAMES FELIX PALMER, Box 1927, De-
partment of Biology, University of
Alabama, University, Ala. 35486
L. GERALD PARCHMAN, Dept, of Biolo-
gy, University of Delaware, Newark,
Del. 19711

JOHN GERALD PARCHMENT, Box 477,
Mid. Tenn. State University, Mur-
freesboro, Tenn. 37130
E. S. PARKER, Department of Botany,
Georgia Southern College, Statesboro,
Ga. 30458

JAMES C. PARKER, 806 S. Main St.,
Apt. 1, Blacksburg, Virginia 24060
GRADY PARKS, 1841 Skyland Terrace,
Atlanta, Ga. 30319

JAMES C. PARKS, Department of Gen-
eral Biology, Vanderbilt University,
Nashville, Tenn. 37203
JAMES F. PARNELL, Biology Dept., Wil-
mington College, Wilmington, No.
Carolina 28401

DAVID V. PARRISH, Department of Bi-
ology, Wake Forest University, Wins-
ton-Salem, N. C. 27106
FRED K. PARRISH, Dept, of Biology, Ga.
State College, 33 Gilmer St., S.E.,
Atlanta, Ga. 30303

JOANNA W. PARRISH, Rt. 2, Box 183,
Conyers, Ga. 30207

ANNE L. PATES, Dept, of Biological
Science, Florida State University,
Tallahassee, Fla. 32306
ANN P. PATTERSON, Parker's Mill Road,
Lexington, Ky. 40504
JOHN A. PATTERSON, Dept, of Biology,
Middle Tennessee State College, Mur-
freesboro, Tenn. 37130

21

ROSALYN M. PATTERSON, 401 Wilson
Mill Rd., S.W., Atlanta, Ga. 30331
ERNEST G. PATTON, Dept, of Biology,
Wofford College, Spartanburg, S. C.
29301

DENISE I. PAV, East Tenn. State Univ.,
Johnson City, Tenn. 37601
JOHN H. PAXTON, Department of
Zoology, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

MAYME N. PAYNE, 118-47 201 Street,
St. Albans, N. Y. 11412
MARGARET H. PEASLEE, Department of
Biology, Florida Southern College,
Lakeland, Fla. 33802
ROBERT A. PEDIGO, Dept, of Biology,
St. Andrews Presbyterian College,
Laurinburg, N. C. 28352
WILLIAM T. PENFOUND, Department of
Biology, Warren Wilson College,
Swannanoa, N. C. 28778
MAGGIE PENNINGTON, Anatomy De-
partment, College of Charleston,
Charleston, S. C. 29401
R. C. PENNINGTON, Anatomy Depart-
ment, Medical College of S. C.,
Charleston, S. C. 29401
TULLY S. PENNINGTON, Box 2074,
Georgia Southern College, Statesboro,
Georgia 30458

FRANK O. PERKINS, Va. Institute of
Marine Science, Gloucester Point, Va.
23062

JAMES D. PERRY, Department of Biolo-
gy, Asheville-Biltmore College, Ashe-
ville, N. C. 28801

MRS. LINDA J. PERRY, Box 643, Western
Carolina University, Cullowhee, N. C.
28723

J. PETIT, Centre National de Documen-
tation, Scientifique et Technique, 4,
Boulevard de I'Empereur, Bruxelles 1,
Belgium

RUTH P. PHILLIPS, 490 Avalon Road,
Winston-Salem, N. C. 27104
MARTIN A. PIEHL, Dept, of Botany,
University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee,
Wis. 53201

KENNETH M. PIEL, Dept, of Biology,
University of British Columbia, Van-
couver 8, Canada

E. LOWE PIERCE, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Florida, Gainesville,

Fla. 32601

JOHN D. PIKE, Department of Botany,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

ALLEN PINGEL, Apt. 3B Woodland
Terrace, Columbia, S. C. 29205
JACK D. PITTILLO, Box 1545, Cullo-
whee, N. C. 28723

GERALD PITTS, Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of South Carolina, Columbia,

S. C. 29208

ROBERT B. PLATT, Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
GAYTHER L. PLUMMER, Dept, of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

CLYDE F. POLK, 207 Faculty Dr., Win-
gate, N. C. 28174

STANLEY D. POOLE, 431 Wilson Hall,
Dept, of Aoology, Univ. of N. C.,
Chapel Hill, N. C. 27514
E. DWAIN PORTER, Dept, of Biology,
W. Georgia College, Carrollton, Ga.
30117

ISABEL, POTTER, 1059 Ebenezer Ave.

Ext., Rock Hill, S. C. 29730
RICHARD H. POUGH, 33 Highbrook
Ave., Pelham, N. Y. 10803
VERNON N. POWDERS, Dept, of Biolo-
gy, Georgia Southwestern College,
Americus, Ga. 31709
HARRY L. POWE, Dept, of Biology, East
Tennessee State University, Johnson
City, Tenn. 37601

JEFFREY P. POWELL, 190 Daley Blvd.,
Rochester, N. Y. 14617
ROBERT W. POWELL, JR., Dept, of Bi-
ology, Converse College, Spartanburg,
S. C. 29301

ROLAND HAYES POWELL, Dept. Biology,
Jackson State College, Jackson, Miss.
39217

PATRICIA ANN POWER, 10920 W. Golf
Dr., Miami, Fla. 33167
CHARLES E. PRICE, Augusta College,
Augusta, Ga. 30904
JAMES A. PRICE, JR., Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Northwestern State College,
Natchitoches, La. 71457
THOMAS J. PRICE, Box 437, Beaufort,
No. Carolina 28516

ELMER C. PRICHARD, Dept, of Biology,
Stetson University, DeLand, Fla. 32720
B. EARL PRINCE, Department of Biology,
Northeast La. State College, Monroe,
La. 71201

RUDOLPH PRINS, Department of Biology,
Western Kentucky University, Bowling
Green, Ky. 42101

NELL PRIOR, College of Charleston, 138
Broad Street, Charleston, S. C. 29401

GEORGE PSHENAY, Dept, of Zoology,
Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.
40506

JEAN PUGH, Dept, of Biology, Chris-
topher Newport College, Newport
News, Va. 23601

THOMAS M. PULLEN, Dept, of Biology,
University of Mississippi, University,
Miss. 38677

Q

ELSIE QUARTERMAN, Box 1616, Station
B, Vanderbilt University, Nashville,
Tenn. 37203

THOMAS L. QUAY, Dept, of Zoology,
North Carolina State University,
Raleigh, N. Car. 27607

W. H. Queen, 1617 Hollywood Dr.,
Columbia, S. C. 29205

R

ALBERT E. RADFORD. Dept, of Botany,
University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C. 27514

HARVEY L. RAGSDALE, Department of
Biology, Emory University, Atlanta,
Ga. 30322

ROBERT C. RAMGER, Department of
Biology, Maryville College, Maryville,
Tenn. 37801

GEORGE S. RAMSEUR, Texas Avenue,
Sewanee, Tenn. 37375

GWYNN W. RAMSEY, Lynchburg Col-
lege, Lynchburg, Va. 24504

GAIL RANDALL, 2204 Roosevelt, Macon,
Ga. 31204

R D. RAO, Dept, of Botany, P. O. Box
5186, North Carolina State University,
Raleigh, N. C. 27607

JACQUES RAPPAPORT, Dept, of Biology,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Va. 22903

KENNETH D. RATLIFF, P. O. Box 183,
Irvington, Ky. 40146

C. LYNN RAULERSON, Department of
Zoology, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

JOHN M. RAWLS, Dept, of Biology,
University of South Alabama, Mobile,
Ala. 36608

CHARLES RAY, JR., Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322

JAMES D. RAY, JR., Dept, of Biological
Sciences, University of South Florida,
Tampa, Fla. 33620

WILLIE M. REAMS, JR., Dept, of Biology,

22

ASB Bulletin

University of Richmond, Richmond,
Vo. 23173

PAUL S. REDDISH, Dept, of Biology,
P. O. Box 275, Elon College, Elon
College, N. C. 27244
CLYDE F. REED, 10105 Harford Road,
Baltimore, Md. 21234
CLYDE T. REED, 3202 N. Rome Ave.,
Tampa, Fla. 33607

WILLIAM D. REESE, Dept, of Biology,
Box 854, University of Southwestern
Louisiana, Lafayette, La. 70501
ROBERT J. REIBER, Georgia State Col-
lege, 33 Gilmer St., S.E., Atlanta, Ga.
30303

DAVID E. REICHLE, Dept, of Radiation
Ecology, Oak Ridge Nat. Lab., Oak
Ridge, Tenn. 37830

GEORGE K. REID, Dept, of Biology,
Florida Presbyterian College, St.
Petersburg, Fla. 33711
WILLIAM K. REISEN, P. O. Box 4495,
Clemson University, Clemson, S. C.
29631

DAVID H. REMBERT, JR., Dept, of Bi-
ology, University of South Carolina,
Columbia, S. Car. 29208
GEORGE JONES RENWICK, P. O. Box
525, Newberry, S. C. 29108
JOHN D. REYNOLDS, Dept, of Biology,
Richmond Professional Institute, 901
West Franklin, Richmond, Va. 23220
J. PAUL REYNOLDS, Wilmington College,
Wilmington, N. C. 28401
PETER B. RHOADS, 5765 SW 56 Terr,
Miami, Fla. 33143

NOLAN E. RICE, Dept, of Biology, Uni-
versity of Richmond, Richmond, Va.
23173

T. R. RICE, BCF-Radiobiological Lab.,
Beaufort, N. Car. 28516
WALTER L. RICHARDS, JR., 1502 Cedar
Lane, Richmond, Va. 23225
ANNIE L. RICHARDSON, Johnson C.
Smith University, Charlotte, N. C.
28208

R. L. RICHARDSON, 7006 Highview
Terrace, West Hyattsville, Md. 20782
HERBERT P. RILEY, Visiting Professor,
Dept, of Botany, Univ. of California,
Irvine, Calif. 92664
ROBERT A. RINALDI, Vanderbilt Univer-
sity, School of Medicine, Nashville,
Tenn. 37203

JAMES L. RIOPEL, Dept, of Biology,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Va. 22903

Vol. 16, No. 1, January 1969

LARRY RISINGER, 1406 Chester St.,
Myrtle Beach, S. C. 29577
ROBERT H. RIVERS, #3-215 Hayden
Road, Tallahassee, Fla. 32304
DONALD R. ROBERTS, U. S. Forest
Service, P. O. Box 3, Olustee, Fla.
32072

HENRY S. ROBERTS, Dept, of Biology,
Washington & Lee University, Lexing-
ton, Virginia 24450

JOHN F. ROBERTS, Dept, of Zoology,
N. Car. State University, Raleigh,
N. Car. 27607

PATRICIA A. ROBERTS, Department of
General Biology, Vanderbilt Univer-
sity, Nashville, Tenn. 37203
CLYDE H. ROBERTSON, JR., Dept, of
Biology, Pfeiffer College, Misenheim-
er, N. C. 28109

EDWARD S. ROBINSON, University Of
New South Wales, Sidney, Australia
CHAS. LELAND RODGERS, Furman Uni-
versity, Greenville, S. C. 29613
MARTIN ROEDER, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University,
Tallahassee, Fla. 32306
DAVID T. RODGERS, JR., Box 1927, Uni-
versity, Ala. 35486

HOLLIS J. ROGERS, Dept, of Biology,
Woman's College of North Carolina,
Greensboro, N. C. 27412
SHARRON ELIZABETH ROGERS, 420 E.
Radiance Dr., Greensboro, N. C.
27403

STEFFEN H. ROGERS, Dept, of Patho-
biology, John Hopkins University, Bal-
timore, Md. 21218

COLLEEN L. ROSE, 4205 Oak Ridge
Drive, Charleston Heights, S. C. 29405
CURT D. ROSE, Dept. Biological Sciences,
Nicholls State College, Thibodaux,
La. 70301

JAMES B. ROSS, Reinhold Book Corp.,
430 Park Avenue, New York, N. Y.
10022

DAVID T. ROVEE, R. D. 1, Hopewell
Woodside Road, Hopewell, N. J.
08525

JANE T. ROWLAND, 1339 Winter St.,
Augusta, Ga. 30904
ISABEL I. ROYER, Western Maryland
College, Westminster, Maryland 21157
ELLIS S. RUCKER, Dept, of Biology, Mid-
dle Tennessee State College, Murfrees-
boro, Tenn. 37130

GERALD RUNEY, Biology Department,
The Citadel, Charleston, S. C. 29409

BENJAMIN F. D. RUNK, Dept, of Bi-
ology, University of Virginia, Charlot-
tesville, Va. 22903

EARLENE A. RUPERT, Browns, Alabama
36724

PRISCILLA S. RUSHTON, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Memphis State Univ., Memphis,
Tenn. 38111

WILLIAM F. RUSKA, JR., 3242 Downing
Drive, Lynchburg, Va. 24503
EDWARD P. RYAN, Dept, of Biology,
East Carolina College, Greenville,
N. Car. 27834

s

PAUL SACCO, 8 Curry Court, Metarie,
La. 70003

CLARANCE R. SADLER, Box 357, Central
Lab., Forest, Miss. 39074
ARMSTEAD L. SALTERS, 429 Bowen Cir-
cle,, Apt. 2, Atlanta, Ga. 30315
C. R. SANDBERG, 5918 Clinton Hwy.,
Knoxville, Tenn. 39712
BEN W. SANDERS, Box 422, Dahlonega,
Ga. 30533

WILLIAM A. SANDERS, 309 South Car-
roll Street, Alburn, Ga. 30203
MILDRED L. SARKS, George Washington
College Biology Dept., 4400 University
Drive, Fairfax, Va. 22030
PATRICIA A. SARVELLA, Poultry Re-
search Branch, Agricultural Research
Ser., Agricultural Research Center,
Beltsville, Md.. 20705
JAMES D. SATTERFIELD, Biology Dept.,
Georgia State College, 33 Gilmer St.,
Atlanta, Georgia 30303
E. G. FRANZ SAUER, Dept, of Biology,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.
32601

GEORGE P. SAWYER, JR., Biology Dept.,
Coker College, Hartsville, S. C. 29550
FRANCES PENNELL SCARBORO, 225
Greer Drive, Brunswick, Ga. 31520
BARRY E. SCHAEFFER, 280 Ocean Park-
way, Brooklyn, N. Y. 11218
G. C. SCHAEFER, Department of Biology,
University of Richmond, Richmond,
Va. 23173

CLAIRE L. SCHELSKE, Dept, of En-
vironmental Health University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. 48104
DAVID M. SCHIFF, Macon Jr. College,
Macon, Ga. 31206

STEFAN O. SCHIFF, Dept, of Zoology,
George Washington University, Wash-
ington, D. C. 20006

23

LUCILLE A. SCHMIEDER, Dept, of Biolo-
gy, Ithaca College, Ithaca, N. Y.
14850

ALBERT C. SCHWARTZ, 238 S. Marion,
Columbia, S. C. 29205
OTTO J. SCHWARZ, Department of
Botany, North Carolina State Univer-
sity, Raleigh, N. C. 27607
A. FLOYD SCOTT, Department of Bi-
ological Sciences, University of South
Alabama, Mobile, Ala. 36608
DAVID L. SCOTT, Department of Bio-
logical Sciences, University of South
Alabama, Mobile, Ala. 36608
DONALD C. SCOTT, Beech Creek Rd.,
Athens, Ga. 30601

WILLIAM W. SCOTT, Dept, of Botany,
Eastern Illinois University, Charleston,
III. 61920

AARON SEAMSTER, Assistant Provost,
Memphis State University, Memphis,
Tenn. 38111

ROBERT L. SEARLS, Dept, of Biology,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville,
Va. 22903

SHUK DEB SEN, 672 Beckwith St., SW,
Apt. 4, Atlanta, Ga. 30314
ERNEST D. SENECA, Department of
Botany, Box 5186, North Carolina
State University, Raleigh, N. C. 27607
H. E. SHADOWEN, 627 Cedar Ridge
Road, Bowling Green, Kentucky 42101
FRED SHANHOLTZER, Department of
Zoology, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

W. ALLEN SHANNON, JR., Department
of General Biology, Vanderbilt Uni-

versify,

Nashville,

Tenn. 37203

LELAND

SHANOR,

Dept, of Botany,

Univ.

of Florida,

Gainesville, Fla.

32601

REBECCA

RAYBURN

SHARITZ, Coker

Hall, University of North Carolina,

Chapel

Hill, N. C„

, 27514

AARON J. SHARP, Dept, of Botany,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

HOMER F. SHARP, JR., 5134 Odum St.,
Covington, Ga. 30209
J. M. SHARPLEY, Sharpley Laboratories,
Inc., Box 846, Fredericksburg, Va.
22401

WILLIAM N. SHAW, Bureau of Comm.
Fisheries, Biological Laboratory, Ox-
ford, Maryland 21654

HARRY E. SHEALY, JR., Apt. 8-C Wood-
land Terrace, Columbia, S. C. 29205
ROBERT MACK SHEALY, Dept, of Int. &
Zoology, Clemson University, Clemson,
S. C. 29631

ROBERT A. SHELDON, Department of
Zoology, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

LEWIS S. SHELTON, JR., 1036 Oxford
Road, N.E., Atlanta, Ga. 30306
H. B. SHERMAN, 410 W. Howry Ave.,
Deland, Fla. 32720

STANWYN G. SHELTER, Dept, of Botany,
U. S. National Museum, Washington,
D. C. 20560

A. RANDOLPH SHIELDS, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Maryville College, Maryville,
Tenn. 37801

BARBARA G. SHIPES, The Lyons, Apart-
ment 205, Athens, Ga. 30601
AZIZ SHIRALIPOUR, Box 12057 Univer-
sity Station, Gainesville, Fla. 32601
ROBERT B. SHORT, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University,
Tallahassee, Fla. 32306
CHARLES S. SHOUP, 80 Outer Drive,
Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37830
JAMES B. SICKEL, P. O. Box 23206,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
FRANCES E. SILLIMAN, Bridgewater Col-
lege, Bridgewater, Va. 22812
MRS. MARVIN SILVER, 301 Grace
Street, Harrisonburg, Va. 22801
BILL A. SIMCO, Department of Biology,
Memphis State University, Memphis,
Tenn. 38111

GEORGE M. SIMMONS, JR., Dept, of
Biology Va. Commonwealth Univ.,
901 W. Franklin St., Richmond, Va.
23220

PAUL R. SIMONTON, Biology Dept.,
Memphis State University, Memphis,
Tenn. 38111

ASA C. SIMS, JR., Department of
Biology, Box 9707 — Southern Uni-
versity, Baton Rouge, La. 70813
E. T. SIMS, JR., Department of Horti-
culture, Clemson University, Clemson,
S. C. 29631

CHARLES A. SINGHAS, 10220 Pohick
Rd., Fairfax, Va. 22039
HARPAL SINGH, P. O. Box 8328, Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn.
37916

W. RALPH SINGLETON, 1841 University
Circle, Charlottesville, Va. 22903

MORGAN EMERY SISK, Route 3, Murray,
Ky. 42071

FRANK P. SIVIK, 1115 North 13 Terrace,
Hollywood-by-the-Sea, Florida 33020
JAMES N. SKEEN, Botany Department,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

BEN L. SLOAN, Dept, of Biology, Carson
Newman College, Jefferson City, Tenn.
37760

BARBARA SMALL, 1303 S. Washington
St., Quitman, Ga. 31643
ROBERT F. SMART, Dean's Office, Uni-
versity of Richmond, Richmond, Va.
23173

ARLO I. SMITH, Southwestern at
Memphis, Memphis, Tenn. 38112
BARNETT F. SMITH, Dept, of Biology,
Spelman College, Atlanta, Ga. 30314
BEN W. SMITH, Dept. Genetics, North
Carolina State Univ., Raleigh, N. Car.
27607

BYRON C. SMITH, Dept, of Biology,
University of Southern Mississippi,
Hattiesburg, Miss. 39401
GARY C. SMITH, Department of Zoolo-
gy, University of Georgia, Athens,
Ga. 30601

KENNETH L. SMITH, JR., Department of
Zoology, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

MICHAEL H. SMITH, U.S.A.E.C. -
Savannah R. Ecd. Lab, SROO, Bldg.,
772-G, Box A, Aiken, S. Car. 29801
SEPTIMA C. SMITH, Box 1386, Univer-
sity, Ala. 35486

WEBSTER ZEELAND SMITH, P. O. Box
125, Prince Frederick, Md. 20678
JERRY SMOSKY, 8A Woodland Terrace,
Columbia, S. C. 29205
ELIZABETH C. SMOTHERS, 3501 Illinois
Avenue, Apt. B16, Louisville, Ky.
40213

JAMES L. SMOTHERS, Dept, of Biology,
University of Louisville, Louisville,
Kentucky 40208

VIRGIL PAUL SNOW, JR., Dept, of Bi-
ology, West Georgia College, Carroll-
ton, Ga. 30117

EARL B. SNYDER, JR., Department of
Zoology, University of Georgia,
Athens, Ga. 30601

FRANKLIN SOGANDARES, Dept. of
Zoology, Tulane University, New
Orleans, La. 70118

JOHN M. SPEAR, P. O. Box 66, Misen-
helmer, N. C. 28109

24

ASB Bulletin

LORRAINE B. SPENCER, 104 Batchelor
Dr., Greensboro, N. C. 27410
ALDA M. SUIETH, Box #22, Livingston,
Ala. 35470

ELIZABETH F. SPRAGUE, Sweet Briar
College, Sweet Briar, Va. 24595
GEORGE SPRUGEL, JR., South First St.,
Rd., Champaign, III. 61820
J. RICHARD STALLARD, Box 22920,
Emory University, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
WILBROD ST. AMAND, JR., Dept, of
Biology, University of Mississippi,
University, Miss. 38677
GEORGIA S. ST. AMAND, Dept, of Bi-
ology, University of Mississippi, Uni-
versity, Miss. 38677
RICHARD STALTER, High Point College,
High Point, N. C. 27262
WILLIAM F. STANDAERT, Dept, of
Zoology, N. C. State Univ., Raleigh,
N. Car. 27607

JAMES H. STARLING, 207 Paxton Road,
Lexington, Va. 24450
ORRIE O. STENROOS, Division of Radio-
biology, Medical College of Georgia,
Augusta, Ga. 30902
DANIEL H. STERN, Dept, of Biology,
L.S.U.N.O., Lake Front, New Orleans,
La. 70122

MICHELE S. STERN, Department of Bi-
ology, Tulane University, New Or-
leans, La. 701 1 8

BOBBIE JEANETTE STEWART, Box 409,
Va. Int. College, Bristol, Va. 24201
SHELTON E. STEWART, Lander College,
Greenwood, S. Car. 29646
LUCILLE F. STICKEL, Patuxent Wildlife
Res. Center, Laurel, Maryland 20810
JAMES D. STIDHAM, Dept, of Biology,
Presbyterian College, Clinton, S. C.
29325

ROBERT A. STILES, Dept, of Zoology &
Entomology, University of Tennessee,
Knoxville, Tenn. 37916
HARVEY L. STIREWALT, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Augusta College,, Augusta,
Ga. 30904

ALAN E. STIVEN, Dept, of Zoology,
University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, No. Car. 27514
BETTYE R. STOKES, Box 131, Atlanta
University, 223 Chestnut Street, SW,
Atlanta, Ga. 30314

DONALD E. STONE, Dept, of Botany,
Duke University, Durham, N. C. 27706
BENJAMIN P. STONE, University of
Tennessee, Dept, of Botany, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

Vol. 16, No. 1, January 1969

STEPHEN STORM, c/o Mrs. James A.
Dodd, 43 Meadow Road, Riverside,
Conn. 06878

JOHN C. STRICKLAND, JR., Dept, of
Biology, University of Richmond, Rich-
mond, Va. 23173

EUGENE F. STROBEL, 4338 Emory Ave-
nue, Baton Rouge, La. 70808
TIMOTHY SCOTT STUART, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Gaston College, Gastonia,
N. C. 28052

ALEX B. STUMP, Dept, of Biology,
Presbyterian College, Clinton, S. C.
29325

HARWELL P. STURDIVANT, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Western Maryland College,
Westminster, Maryland 21157
CLARENCE E. STYRON, 300 W. Vander-
bilt Drive, Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37830
ROBERT L. SULLIVAN, Box 7325 Rey-
nolda Station, Winston-Salem, No.
Car. 27106

DAVID L. SUTTON, Dept. (Plant Pathol.
& Physiol.), Virginia Polytechnic In-
stitute, Blacksburg, Va. 24061
LAWRENCE F. SWAILS, JR., Dept, of
Biology, University of South Carolina,
Florence, S. C. 29501
JOYCE W. SWANBERG, Botany Depart-
ment, Biological Sciences Building,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

T

RICHARD E. TANDY, 1200 Corbett Lane,
Orlando, Fla. 32806
JAMES T. TANNER, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

GEORGE W. TATE, JR., Dept, of Zoology,
Memphis State University, Memphis,
Tenn. 38111

LAURENCE G. TATE, Department of Bi-
ology, University of South Carolina,
Columbia, S. C. 29208
FRED G. TAYLOR, JR., Radiation Ecolo-
gy Section, Oak Ridge National
Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37830
JOSEPH R. TAYLOR, P. O. Box 344,
Mors. Hill, N. C. 28754
RAYMOND L. TAYLOR, 1820 N. Johnson
St, Arlington, Va 22207
DR HOWARD J TEAS, 6700 S.W. 130th
Terrace, Miami, Fla. 33156
PAUL F. TELLER, 1247 Fairmont Ave.,
Mt. Pleasant, S. C. 29464

LOUIS C. TEMPLE, Box 31, Clinton, Miss.
39056

KENNETH R. TENORE, Department of
Zoology, North Carolina State Uni-
versity, Raleigh, N. C. 27607
CLAUDE E. TERRY, 1317 University Ave.,
Atlanta, Ga. 30310

DEMPSEY L. THOMAS, Dept, of Biology
— L.S.U. in New Orleans, Lakefront,
New Orleans, La. 70122
GRACE J. THOMAS, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

J. E. THOMAS, Department of Natural
Sciences, South Carolina State Col-
lege, Orangeburg, S. C. 29115
JERRY P. THOMAS, P. O. Box 1927,
University, Ala. 35486
R. DALE THOMAS, Dept, of Biology,
Northeast La. State College, Monroe,
La. 71201

WILLIAM A. THOMAS, JR., Building
2001, ORNL, Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37830
E. F. THOMPSON, Department of Bi-
ology, University of South Carolina,
Columbia, S. C. 29208
MORROW B. THOMPSON, Van Wyck,
S. C. 29744

J. RICHARD THOMSON, National Acad-
emy of Sciences, 2101 Constitution
Avenue, Washington, D. C. 20418
SANDRA E. THRASH, 48 Ware St.,
Hogansville, Ga. 30230
WILLIAM L. TIETJEN, Biology Dept.,
Georgia Southwestern Coll., Ameri-
cus, Ga. 31709

MRS. OLIE B. TILLERY, JR., 333 Park
Ave., Bluff Park, Birmingham, Ala.
35226

CECIL R. TILLIS, 844 Jog Road, West
Palm Beach, Fla. 33406
SAMUEL R. TIPTON, Dept, of Zoology
and Entomology, University of Ten-
nessee, Knoxville, Tenn. 37916
SUE A. TOLIN, Dept, of Plant Pathology
& Physiol., Virginia Polytechnic In-
stitute, Blacksburg, Va. 24061
JOANNE C. TONTZ, Dept, of Botany,
University of Texas, Austin, Texas
78712

MARY SUE TORRES, No. 266 Kapel-
sesteenweg, Brasschaat, Belgium
H. R. TOTTEN, Dept, of Botany, Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N. C. 27514

ROGER E. TOTTEN, Dept, of Bacteriolo-
gy, University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

25

GEORGE F. TOWNES, Box 10128, Green-
ville. So. Car. 29603
ANN A. TOWNSEND, Botany Depart-
ment, University of Georgia, Athens,
Ga. 30601

J. I. TOWNSEND, Dept, of Biology and
Genetics, Medical College of Virginia,
Richmond, Va. 23219
SYBILE TRAMMELL, 25 Grier Apts.,
Gastonia, N. Car. 28052
ELIZABETH M. TRIPP, Rte. #4, Box #147,
Piedmont, S. C. 29673
RICHARD P. TROGDON, North Georgia
College, Dahlonega, Ga. 30533
EDITH E. TROTT, Department of Zoology,
University of California, Los Angeles,
Calif. 90024

LAMARR B. TROTT, Department of
Zoology, University of California,
Los Angeles, Calif. 90024
BARBARA TURNER, Rt. 4, Box 129,
Edmondson Pike, Nashville, Tenn.
37211

HENRY F. TURNER, Dept, of Biology,
Alabama College, Montevallo, Ala
35115

MALCOLM E. TURNER, Dept, of Bi-
ometry, Emory University, Atlanta,
Ga. 30322

TULLY H. TURNEY, Dept, of Biology,
Hampden-Sydney College, Hampden-
Sydney, Va. 23943

u

CLYDE J. UMPHLETT, Dept, of Botany,
University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C. 27514

JOHN E. UZODINMA, P. O. Box 7001,
Jackson State College, Jackson, Miss.
39217

V

LAWRENCE R. VALCOVIC, Dept, of
Genetics, N. C. State Univ., Raleigh,
N. Car. 27607

WILLIAM B. VAN BUSKIRK, Box 220,
Chester, S. C. 29706
D. S. VAN FLEET, Dept, of Botany,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30601

ARNOLD F. VAN PELT, JR., Greensboro
College, Greensboro, N. C. 27402
JOANN VAN SETERS, 6224 Wheeler Dr.,
Charlotte, N. C. 28211
BASUDEO VARMA, Dept, of Biology,
Lynchburg College, Lynchburg, Va.
24504

I. K. VASIL, Department of Botany,

University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.
32601

PAUL A. VESTAL, Dept, of Biology,
Rollins College, Winter Park, Fla.
32789

ANN B. VINSON, 1361 Baez Street,
Raleigh, N. C. 27608
JOHN WESLEY VOGEY, Zoology Depart-
ment, Univ. of South Fla., Bay
Campus, St. Petersburg, Fla. 33701
C. A. VOIGT, 229 Chelsea Drive,
Decatur, Ga. 30030
E. PETER VOLPE, Dept, of Zoology, New-
comb College of Tulane University,
New Orleans, La. 70118
GENE VREDEVELD, University of Chatta-
nooga, Chattanooga, Tenn. 37403

w

C. KENYON WAGNER, Savannah River
Ecology Lab, USAEC, Box A, Aiken,
S. C. 29801

DIANE T. WAGNER, Department of Bio-
logical Science, University of South
Florida, Tampa, Fla. 33620
KENNETH A. WAGNER, Wesleyan Col-
lege, Rocky Mount, N. Car. 27801
EWELL D. WAITS, 305 S. Burbank Drive,
Birmingham, Ala. 35226
GRAY W. WALDORF, Pensacola Junior
College, Pensacola, Fla. 32504
DIANA H. WALL, Botany Dept., Uni-
versity of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.
40506

H. K. WALLACE, 920 S.W. 1st Ave.,
Gainesville, Florida 32601
ALMA T. WALKER, 1095 Ivywood Drive,
Athens, Ga. 30601

SALLY WALKER, Apt. 2-F Bel-Wise Arms,
7321 Wise Ave., St. Louis, Mo. 63117
MRS. RUTH E. EARLE WALTON, 1727
Hunt Avenue, Richland, Wash. 99352
WESLEY WALRAVEN, Kennesaw Junior
College, Marietta, Ga. 30060
LUCILLE WALTON, 1116 Richmond Blvd.,
Danville, Virginia, 24541
MARGARET WALTON, 1116 Richmond
Blvd., Danville, Virginia 24541
HELEN L. WARD, Dept, of Zoology,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 37916

JAMES W. WARD, Department of Anat-
omy, Univ. of Mississippi Medical
Center, Jackson, Miss. 39216
JOHN E. WARD, JR., 4304 Trenholm
Road, Columbia, S. C. 29206
ROBERT P. WARD, P. O. Box #153,

George Peabody College, Nashville,
Tenn. 37203

GEORGE H. WARE, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Northwestern State College,
Natchitoches, La. 71457
STEWART A. WARE, Dept, of Biology,
College of William & Mary, Williams-
burg, Va. 23185

DAN H. WARMBROD, Hillcrest Farm,
Belvidere, Tenn. 37306
C. O. WARREN, Biology Department,
Southwestern at Memphis, Memphis,
Tenn. 38112

MARY WARTERS, Dept, of Biology,
Centenary College, Shreveport, La.
71104

EARL R. WASCOM, Corbin, Louisiana
70724

GEORGE C. WASHINGTON, Jackson
State College, Jackson, Miss. 39217
MARVIN L. WASS, Virginia Institute of
Marine SC., Gloucester Point, Va.
23062

WILLIE C. WATTS, 868 Fair St., SW,
Atlanta, Ga. 30314

S. A. WAVE, Dept, cf Biology, Vander-
bilt University, Nashville, Tenn. 37203
SCOTT M. WEATHERSBY, Dept, of Zo-
ology, Box 201, Louisiana Polytechnic
Institute, Ruston, La. 71270
MACON M. WEAVER, 277 Gaddis,
Jackson, Miss. 39204
WAYNE WEAVER, Botany Department,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn. 377916

KENNETH L. WEBB, Va. Institute of
Marine Science, Gloucester Point, Va.
23062

LEO WEEKS, Dept, of Biology, High
Point College, High Point, N. C. 27262
JOEL RICHARD HIRAM WEINER, Dept,
of Biology, St. Mary's Jr. College,
Raleigh, N. C. 27602
BRUCE L. WELCH, Memorial Research
Center, University of Tennessee, Knox-
ville, Tenn. 37920

ANN MARIE WELCH, Memorial Research
Center, University of Term., Knoxville,
Tenn. 37920

ARTHUR L. WELDEN, Dept, of Biology,
Tulane University, New Orleans, La.
70118

CAROLYN WELLS, Dept, of Biology,
Longwood College, Farmville, Va.
23901

HARRY W. WELLS, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Univ. of Delaware, Newark,
Delaware 19711

26

ASB Bulletin

JAMES R. WELLS, Dept, of Biology, Old
Dominion College, Norfolk, Va. 23508
MARION R. WELLS, Box 252, Middle
Tennessee State University, Murfrees-
boro, Tenn. 37130

JERRY WEST, Route 313, Box 26, Cullow-
hee, N. C. 28723

W. R. WEST, JR., Box 248, Dept, of Bi-
ology, University of Richmond, Rich-
mond, Virginia 23173
JONATHAN J. WESTFALL, Dept, of
Botany, University of Georgia, Athens,
Ga. 30601

MINTER J. WESTFALL, JR., Dept, of Bi-
ology, University of Florida, Gaines-
ville, Fla. 32601

RAYMOND NELSON WESTRA, Dept, of
Biology, Georgia Southwestern Col-
lege, Americus, Ga. 31709
CHARLES H. WHARTON, Dept, of
Biology, Georgia State College, At-
lanta, Georgia 30303
BOOKER T. WHATLEY, P. O. Box 9969,
Dept, of Hotriculture, Southern Uni-
versity, Baton Rouge, La. 70813
HARRY E. WHEELER, Dept, of Botany,
Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge, La. 70803

MARTHA H. WHICKER, Box 258, Wal-
kertown, N. C. 27051
DENNIS F. WHIGHAM, 106 Northamp-
ton Terrace Apts., Chapel Hill, N. C.
27514

ALAN G. C. WHITE, Department of
Biology, Virginia Military Institute,
Lexington, Va. 24450
JACKSON H. WHITE, Rt. 2, Box 6A,
Ferrum, Va. 24088

JESSE S. WHITE, 118 W. Sunflower Rd„
Cleveland, Mississippi 38732
JOHN C. WHITE, JR., Radiobiological
Lab., U. S. Dept, of Inferior, Beaufort,
N. Car. 28516

ORLAND E. WHITE, 1708 Jefferson Park
Road, Charlottesville, Va. 22903
L. A. WHITFORD, Box 5186, State Col-
lege Station, Raleigh, N. C. 27607
ANNA R. WHITING, 535 W. Vanderbilt
Dr., Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37830
PHINEAS W. WHITING, ORNL, Biology
Division, P. O. Box Y, Oak Ridge,
Tenn. 37830

JOHN B. WHITNEY, Botany Dept., Clem-
son University, Clemson, S. Car. 29631
MONA McLUNG WHITSON, Dept, of
Biology, Mississippi State Coll, for
Women, Columbus, Miss. 39701
SHIRLEY K. WHITT, Department of

Vol. 16, No. 1, January 1969

Biology, Lynchburg College, Lynch-
burg, Va. 24504

DEAN P. WHITTIER, Department of
Biology, Vanderbilt University, Nash-
ville, Tenn. 37203

MAURICE WHITTINGHILL, Dept. of
Zoology, Univ. of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill, No. Car. 27514
THOMAS E. WILBANKS, Department of
Biology, Shorter College, Rome, Ga.
30161

C. D. WILDER, JR., Dept, of Biology,
V.P.I., Blacksburg, Virginia 24061
EDWIN L. WILES, Southern Pilgrim Col-
lege, Kernersville, N. C. 27284
DORA P. WILEY, P. O. Box 883, Moncks
Corner, S. C. 29461

JAMES C. WILKES, JR„ Dept, of Biology,
Troy State College, Troy, Ala. 36081
PEARL W. WILKES, Dept, of Biology,
Troy State College, Troy, Ala. 36081
ALBERT A. WILL, JR., Junior College of
Broward County, 2501 Davie Road,
Ft. Lauderdale, Fla. 33314
WILLIAM K. WILLARD, Dept, of Ento-
mology & Zoology, Clemson Univer-
sity, Clemson, S. C. 29631
BILLY J. WILLIAMS, c/o Post Office,
Midland City, Ala. 36350
DONALD B. WILLIAMS, 21 Cedar Ave-
nue, Poughkeepsie, N. Y. 12603
JERRY P. WILLIAMS, 8710 Sycamore
St., Fairchild AFB, Washington 99011
LOUIS G. WILLIAMS, Dept, of Biology,
P. O. Box 1927, University, Alabama
35486

RICHARD B. WILLIAMS, Building 2001,
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak
Ridge, Tenn. 37830

ROBERT A. WILLIAMS, 180 Virginia
Avenue, Athens, Ga. 30601
ROBERT H. WILLIAMS, P. O. Box 8263,
University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Fla. 33124

FRANK F. WILLINGHAM, JR., Dept, of
Biology, Wake Forest College, Wins-
ton-Salem, N. C. 27106
JAMES N. WILLIS, III, Pollution Studies
Dept., U. S. Radiobiological Lab.,
Beaufort, No. Car. 28516
CAMILLA L. WILLIS, 1601 Grady Ave.,
Charlottesville, Va. 22903
WIRT H. WILLS, Dept, of Plant Path. &
Physiology, Virginia Polytechnic In-
stitute, Blacksburg, Va. 24061
BILLY WILSON, Box 1524, Station B,
Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.
37203

EVA JOHNSON WILSON, 3300 Rocking-
ham Drive, N.W., Atlanta, Ga. 30327
JAMES L. WILSON, 2500 Woodberry
Drive, Nashville, Tenn. 37214
GRACE T. WILTSHIRE, 201 Woodland
Ave., Lynchburg, Va. 24503
LARRY T. WIMER, Dept, of Biology,
University of South Carolina, Colum-
bia, So. Car. 29208

ERWIN B. WINGFIELD, Rte. 1, Box 224,
Blacksburg, Va. 24060
CYRUS W. WISER, Dept, of Biology,
Middle Tennessee State College,
Murfreesboro, Tenn. 37130
JOHN D. WITHERS, Dept, of Biology,
Clark College, Atlanta, Ga. 30314
JOHN P. WITHERSPOON, JR., Radiation
Ecology Section, Bldg. 2001, X-10

Plant, Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37830

B. EUGENE WOFFORD, Department of
Biological Sciences, University of
South Alabama, Mobile, Ala. 36608

F. A. WOLF, Duke University, Durham,
N. C. 27706

FRANK W. WOODS, School of Forestry,
Duke University, Durham, N. C. 27706
FRED T. WOLF, Dept, of Biology, Van-
derbilt University, Nashville, Tenn.
37203

ALFRED M. WOLFSON, Dept, of Bio-
logical Science, Box 1229 College
Station, Murray State College, Mur-
ray, Ky. 42071

CARROLL E. WOOD, JR., Harvard Uni-
versity Herbarium, 22 Divinity Ave.,
Cambridge, Mass. 02138
MARY E. WOOD, Chowan College,
Murfreesboro, N. C. 27855
ROBERT A. WOODMANSEE, Dept, of
Biology, Univ. of South Alabama,
307 Gaillard Drive, Mobile, Ala.
36608

WILLIAM S. WOOLCOTT, JR., Box #248,
University of Richmond, Richmond,
Virginia 23173

JOHN D. WOOLEVER, 2250 Worrington,
Sarasota, Fla. 33581
NANCY L. WORLEY, Department of
Botany, North Carolina State Univer-
sity, Raleigh, N. C. 27607
J. WALLACE WORMLEY, Box 251,
Grambling, La. 71245

C. PAUL WRIGHT, Department of Bi-
ology, Western Carolina University,
Cuilowhee, N. C. 28723

VIRGINIA KATHLEEN WRIGHT, Depart-
ment of Biology, Emory University,
Atlanta, Ga. 30322

27

GAIL G. WYNN, 2640 Wisteria Street,
New Orleans, La. 70122
LINDA L. WYNNE, 1214 Woodland Ave.,
N.E., Apt. 8, Atlanta, Ga. 30306

Y

FATHER P. H. YANCEY, Spring Hill
College, Spring Hill, Ala. 36608
ROBERT M. YANCEY, Bur. Comm. Fish.,
Biology Laboratory, Oxford, Md.
21654

JAMES D. YARBROUGH, Box 1927, Uni-
versity, Alabama 35486
JOHN A. YARBROUGH, Dept, of Bi-
ology, Meredith College, Raleigh,
N. C. 27602

BERNARD H. YATES, 2186 Clairmont
Road, Decatur, Ga. 30033
HARRIS O. YATES, Meadow Lake Road,
R. 2, Brentwood, Tenn. 37027
FRED YEATS, Dept, of Biology, Univer-
sity of S. C., Columbia, S. C. 29208
RALPH W. YERGER, Dept, of Biological
Sciences, Florida State University,
Tallahassee, Fla. 32306
PAUL YOKLEY, JR., Dept, of Biology,
Florence State College, Florence, Ala.
35630

MARTIN D. YOUNG, Gorgas Memorial
Laboratory, Box 2016, Balbo Heights,
Canal Zone

z

RHONDA D. ZAGER, 6127 Cherry Hill
Drive, Columbus, Ohio 43213
ARTHUR W. ZIEGLER, 5600 Beam Court,
Bethesda, Maryland 20034
ELIZABETH M. ZIPF, 316 Kingston Ave.,
Barrington, N. J. 08007

LIBRARIES

ALEXANDER CITY STATE JR. COLLEGE,
Box 699, Alexander City, Ala. 35010
AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NAT'L HIS-
TORY, Central Park West at 79th
Street, New York, N. Y. 10024
AUBURN UNIVERSITY, Serials Section,
Auburn, Ala. 36830
CLEMSON UNIVERSITY, Clemson, S. C.
29631

DUKE UNIVERSITY, Durham, North
Carolina 27706

EAST CAROLINA COLLEGE, Greenville,
N. C. 27834

EMORY UNIVERSITY, Atlanta, Ga. 30322
FLORIDA STATE UNIVERSITY, Tallahas-
see, Fla. 32306

GEORGIA SOUTHERN COLLEGE, States-
boro, Ga. 30458

GULF COAST RESEARCH LAB., Ocean
Springs, Mississippi 39564
HAMPDEN-SYDNEY COLLEGE, Hampden-
Sydney, Va. 23943

HIGHLANDS BIOLOGICAL STATION,
Highlands, North Carolina 28741
LITTLE ROCK UNIVERSITY, Little Rock,
Arkansas 72204

LOUISIANA STATE UNIV., Baton Rouge,
La. 70803

MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY,
Woods Hole, Mass. 02543
METHODIST COLLEGE, Box 592, Fayette-
ville, N. C. 28301

MIDDLE TENNESSEE STATE COLLEGE,
Murfreesboro, Tenn. 37130
MISSISSIPPI STATE UNIVERSITY, State
College, Miss. 39762
MOBILE COLLEGE, P. O. Box 13220,
Mobile, Ala. 36601

MT. LAKE BIOLOGICAL STATION, Uni-
versity of Virginia, Route #1, Pem-
broke, Va. 24136

U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE, National
Agricultural Library, Current Serial
Records, Washington, D. C. 20250
NATIONAL LAND LIB. FOR SPACE &
TECH., Boston Spa, Yorkshire, England
NATIONAL REF. LIBRARY, SCIENCE &
INVENTION — BAYSWATER DIV., Por-
chester Gardens, London, W. 2, Eng-
land

NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM, Cromwell
Road, London S. W. 7, England
NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN,
Bronx, New York 10458
NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY,
Raleigh, N. Car. 27607
NORTHEAST LOUISIANA STATE COL-
LEGE, Monroe, La. 71201
OAK RIDGE NATIONAL LABORATORY
BIOLOGY LIBRARY, Bldg. 9207, P. O.
Box Y — 34X-31230, Oak Ridge, Tenn.
37830

OHIO STATE UNIV., 1858 Neil Ave.,
Columbus, Ohio 43210
SOUTHERN METHODIST UNIVERSITY,
Dallas, Texas 75222

TENNESSEE POYTECHNIC INSTITUTE,
Cookeville, Tenn. 38501
TENNESSEE WESLEYAN COLLEGE,
Athens, Tennessee 37303

TENNESSEE WESLEYAN COLLEGE, Athens,
Tennessee 37303

UNIVERSITY OF ALABAMA, P. O. Bex
6253, Univers’ty, Ala. 35486
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, Berkeley,
Calif. 94720

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, SAN
DIEGO, La Jolla, Calif. 92037
UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA, Gainesville,
Fla. 32601

UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA, Athens, Ga.
30601

UNIVERSITY OF HAWAII, Honolulu,
Hawaii 96822

UNIV. OF ILLINOIS, Urbana, III. 61801
UNIV. OF KENTUCKY, Lexington, Ken-
tucky 40506

UNIVERSITY OF MIAMI, Coral Gables,
Fla. 33146

UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI, Columbia,
Mo. 65201

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH FLORIDA,
Tampa, Fla. 33620

UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS, Austin, Texas
78712

WAYNE STATE UNIVERSITY, Detroit,
Mich. 48202

WINTHROP COLLEGE, Rock Hill, S. C.
29730

MISCELLANEOUS

BIOLOGICAL ABSTRACTS, 2100 Arch
Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103
BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES,
Biological Station, 75-33rd Ave., St.
Petersburg Beach, Florida 33706
BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES,
U. S. Dept, of Interior, Fish & Wildlife
Service, Biology Laboratory, Oxford,
Maryland 21654

CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO.,
Burlington, North Carolina 27215
FILIAL BIBLIOTEKI, Akademii Nauk
SSSR, Baltijskaja Ul. 14, Moskva D-
219, USSR

OAK RIDGE INSTITUTE OF NUCLEAR
STUDIES, U. S. Atomic Energy Com-
mission, Midway Warehouse No. 2,
P. O. Box 117 Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37830
SOUTHERN PRECISION INST. CO., 710
Augusta St., San Antonio, Texas
78215

TRENDS PUBLISHING, INC., National
Press Bldg., Washington 4, D. C.
20004

WILL CORPORATION OF GEORGIA,
Atlanta, Georgia 30301

28

ASB Bulletin

Volume 16, Number 2

April 1969

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Dorothy L. Cran-
dall, Randolph Macon Woman’s College,
Lynchburg, Virginia. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions
should be sent to the Business Manager,
Dt. David J. Cotter, Georgia College, Mil-
ledgeville, Georgia 31061. Subscription
rate for non-members of the ASB: $4.00
per year. Printing and typography by the
Fulton Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. Willard Hart, Jr.
Editor

DOROTHY L. CRANDALL
Associate Editor
JOSEPH F. FITZPATRICK, JR.,
News Editor

JOHN CARPENTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — Robert B. Short, Florida
State University

Retiring President — Harold J. Humm,
University of South Florida
President Elect — John M. Carpenter,
University of Kentucky
Vice-President — James W. Hardin, North
Carolina State University
Secretary — Dorothy L. Crandall, Ran-
dolph Macon Woman’s College
Treasurer — David J. Cotter, Georgia
College

Executive Committee - — - Albert E. Rad-
ford, University of North Carolina;
John D. McCrone, University of Flor-
ida. Richard E. Garth, Northwestern
State College; Grover C. Miller, North
Carolina State University; Burton J.
Bogitsh, Vanderbilt University; Anna
Josephine Bridgman, Agnes Scott Col-
lege. All officers are ex officio mem-
bers of the executive committee.

Resolutions Committee

Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State College
Burton J. Bogitsh, Vanderbilt Univ.

Elsie Quarterman, Vanderbilt Univ., Chair-
man

Volume 16, Number 2 - April, 1969

CONTENTS

Association Affairs 30

Program of the 30th Annual Meeting of the ASB 31

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 30th Annual Meeting of
the ASB 42

Tndex and Title Page for Volumes 11-15 i-viii (following p, 52)

News of Biology in the Southeast 74

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

The Nominating Committee has selected the following slate of
nominees for the various ASB offices that will be vacated this
year. Voting will take place at the Business Meeting of the ASB,
which will be held at 11:45 A.M., Friday, April 18, in the ball-
room of University Center. Short biographical sketches of the
nominees are given on page 76.

President Elect

B. Theodore Cole C. Willard Hart, Jr.

Vice-President

Burton J. Bogitsh James N. Dent

Executive Committee

Perry C. Holt J. H. Mullahy

W. J. Koch Charles Ray, Jr.

Continued on page 75

30

ASB Bulletin

Program of the 30th Annual Meeting of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists

Memphis State University, Memphis, Tennessee

A joint meeting with the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, the South-
ern Appalachian Botanical Club, Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists
and Herpetologists, and the Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta National Honorary Biological
Society.

THURSDAY, APRIL 17

8:00- 5:00
1:30

2:00-11:00
P.M.
4:00- 7:15
and

after Gen.
Session
until 10:00
7:30

Department of Biology Open to Visitors: Information and directions may be obtained at the registra-
tion desk or Room 103, Ellington Biological Sciences Building.

Executive Committee Meeting, Association of Southeastern Biologists: Room 303A, University Center.
Exhibits: Third Floor Lounge, University Center.

A.S.B. Registration. Third Floor Lobby, University Center.

Placement Service Registration: 303K University Center.

A.S.B. General Session: Ballroom, University Center.

Address of Welcome: Dr. C. C. Humphreys, President, Memphis State University.
Response: Dr. Robert B. Short, President, The Association of Southeastern Biologists.
Smoker: Third Floor Lobby and Lounge.

FRIDAY, APRIL 18

7:00

8:00- 5:00
8:00-11:45
A.M.

8:00-10:00

8:00- 5:00

8:00- 9:00
A.M.
9:00 A.M.

9:00-11:45

A.M.

8:30-11:30

Joint Breakfast and Business Meeting for
Southeastern Section, Botanical Society
of America and Southern Appalachian
Botanical Club: University Center.

Department of Biology Open to Visitors.

A.S.B. Registration: Third Floor Lobby,

University Center.

Placement Service Registration: Room
303K, University Center.

Exhibits: Third Floor Lounge, University
Center.

Beta Beta Beta Registration: Main Lobby,

Ellington Biological Sciences Building.

ASB Past Presidents Meeting: Place to
be announced.

Beta Beta Beta Paper Sessions:

Eastern Division — Room 105, Elling-
ton Biological Sciences Building.
Western Division — Room 131, Elling-
ton Biological Sciences Building.

Paper Sessions:

Plant Autecology — Room 303B, Uni-
versity Center.

Plant Ecology — Room 303C, Univer-
sity Center.

Plant Systematics, Floristics and Mor-
phology — Room 303D, University
Center.

Cryptogamic Botany — Room 303E,
University Center.

Cytology — Room 303F, University
Center.

Animal Physiology and Experimental
Zoology — Room 303G, University
Center.

Invertebrate Zoology — Room 303H,
University Center.

Ichthyology & Herpetology — Ellington
Biological Sc. Bldg., Auditorium.

11:15 Business Meeting, Southeastern Association

of Parasitologists: Room 303J, Univer-
sity Center.

11:15 Business Meeting, Southeastern Division of

American Society of Ichthyologists &
Herpetologists. Auditorium, Ellington
Biological Sciences Building.

11:45 Business Meeting, Association of South-

eastern Biologists: Ballroom, University
Center.

1:00- 2:00 Beta Beta Beta General Meeting: Room
131, Ellington Biological Sciences Build-
ing.

2:00- 5:30 Paper Sessions:

Ichthyology & Herpetology — Ellington
Biological Sciences Building, Audi-
torium.

Animal Ecology — Room 303B, Uni-
versity Center.

Plant Ecology — Room 303C, Univer-
sity Center.

Plant Systematics, Floristics, and Mor-
phology — Room 303D. University
Center.

Experimental Botany — Room 303E,
University Center.

Genetics — Room 303F, University Cen-
ter.

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

31

Animal Physiology & Experimental
Zoology — Room 303G, University
Center.

Parasitology and Histology — Room
303H, University Center.

7:00 P.M. A.S.B. Banquet and Presentation of
Awards: Ballroom, University Center.

Association Research Prize. Sponsored by
Carolina Biological Supply Company.
Meritorius Teaching Award. Sponsored by
Will, Scientific, Inc., Georgia.

Past President’s Address: Harold J. Humm
— Marine Algae in Our Present and
Future.

SATURDAY, APRIL 19

8:00 A.M.

8:00-12:00
8:00-11:00
8:30 A.M.

Field Trips: Details at registration desk. Please sign up during registration.

1. Botany trip to Meeman Biological Field Station and Meeman-Shelby Forest.

Led by Dr. Edward T. Browne, Jr.

2. Ornithology trip to Meeman Biological Field Station. Led by Mr. R. W. McGowan.
Department of Biology Open to Visitors: Information at registration desk.

Exhibits: Third Floor Lounge, University Center.

Executive Committee Meeting, Association of Southeastern Biologists: Room 303A University
Center.

SCHEDULE OF PAPER SESSIONS

FRIDAY MORNING — APRIL 18
PLANT AUTECOLOGY

Room 303 B, University Center

Presiding: Dr. George S. Ramseur, University of the South

8:30 1. Sharpley, J. Miles and D. G. Kessel

(Virginia Commonwealth University and
Sharpley Laboratories, Inc.). Accumula-
tion of Metals by Fungi II. Zinc, Iron
and Yttrium Group.

8:43 2. Miller, Mercer D. and Joe A. Edmisten

(University of Georgia). Nitrogen Fixing
Ability of Ceanothus americanus.

8:56 3. Baskin, Jerry M. (University of Ken-

tucky). Amino Acids and Amides in Dif-
fusate of Psoralea subacaulis Seeds.

9:09 4. Baskin, Carol C. and Jerry M. Baskin

(University of Kentucky). Germination
Requirements of Cyperus inflexus.

9:22 5. Boulware, Margaret A. and Joe A. Ed-

misten (University of Georgia). Capabil-
ity of Nitrogen Fixation by the Coralloid
Roots of Zamia florid ana.

9:35 6. Hunnicutt, Kermit and Joe A. Edmisten

(University of Georgia). Nitrogen Fixa-
tion in Elaeagnus umbellata.

9:48 7. Herford, J. Robert and Joe A. Edmisten

(University of Georgia). Preliminary Stud-

ies of Nitrogen Fixation on a Granite Out-
crop.

10:01 8. Hess, Lloyd W. (Savannah River Ecology

Laboratory) and David B. Dunn (Univer-
sity of Missouri). The Use of Neutron
Activation Analysis in a Phylogenetic Study
of Seed Mineral Content.

10:14 9. Burbanck, Madeline P. (Emory Univer-

sity). Loblolly Pine ( Pinus taeda L. ) as
an Invader of Granite Outcrop Island Com-
munities.

10:27 10. Cooper, Arthur W. (North Carolina State

University). Net Primary Productivity of
Young Big Tooth Aspen ( Populus grandi-
dentata) stands in Cheboygan County,
Michigan.

10:40 11. Gibbon, Edward L. (North Carolina State

University). The Ecological and Taxo-
nomic Distinctness of Carya carolinae-sep-
tentrionalis and Carya ovata in the South-
east.

10:53. 12. McDonald, James C. (Wake Forest Uni-

versity). An Unusual Habitat for Stemoni-
tis splendens (Myxomycetes).

32

ASB Bulletin

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

8:30

8:43

8:56

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

34.

35.

36.

PLANT ECOLOGY

Room 303 C, University Center

Presiding: Dr. William A. Thomas, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Kelly, Jerome (University of Miami) and
Morris F. Cranmer (Pesticide Research
Laboratory, USPHS, Perrine, Florida).
Pesticide Flow Through a Model Fresh-
water Ecosystem.

Kelly, Jerome, Peter Rhoads, Douglas
Schneider, and Richard Smith (University
of Miami). Pesticide Residues in a South
Floridian Agricultural District Canal.
Rhoads, Peter B. (University of Miami).
Aspects of Phytoplankton Primary Produc-
tion in a Shallow, South Florida Lake.
Rhoads, Peter, Patrick Colin, John
Beers, and Howard Teas (University of
Miami), Aerial Photoecology of South Flor-
ida Patch Reefs.

Daniel, Charles (Georgia College). Old
Field Succession Six Years After Significant
Gamma-Neutron Radiation Exposure.
Nicholson, Stuart A., Carl D. Monk,
and George I. Child (University of

9:48 19.

10:01 20.

10:14 21.

10:27 22.

10:40 22a.

Georgia). The Measurement of Vascular
Plant Species Diversity in an Oak-hickory
Community in the Piedmont of Georgia.
Stroud, Linda M. and Arthur W. Cooper
(North Carolina State University). Net
Primary Productivity of a Regularly-flooded
North Carolina Salt Marsh.

Patton, E. Gibbs (Wofford College). Loca-
tion and Association of Shrubs in a Forest
Community: a Statistical Analysis.
Wright, V. K. (Emory University). Com-
petition on Granite Outcrops between Two
Species of Talinum.

Smith, Richard C. (University of Miami).
Effect of a Heated-Water Discharge on the
Distribution of Benthos in a Portion of
Biscayne Bay, Florida.

Foster, W. A. (N.C. State Univ.) An
Example of the Use of Color Infrared Aerial
Photography for Salt Marsh Gradient
Analysis.

PLANT SYSTEMATICS, FLORISTICS, AND MORPHOLOGY

Room 303 D, University Center

Presiding: Dr. R. B. Channel, Vanderbilt University

Warrington, Sarah and E. T. Browne, Jr.
(Memphis State University), The Vascular
Plants of Tipton County, Tennessee.

Morton, Gary H. (University of Tennes- 9:48
see). The Influence of Different Mounting
Techniques on the Size and Shape of Pol-
len Grains of Solidage boottii (Asteraceae:
Asterales: Angiospermae). 10:01

Yeats, Fred T. and J. M. Herr, Jr. (Uni-
versity of South Carolina). The Ovule
and Megagametophyte of Smilax walteri 10:14
Pursh.

Dickison, William C. (Virginia Polytechnic
Institute). Phylogenetic and Systematic
Significance of Leaf Vascularization in Dil- 10:27
leniaceae (Angiospermae: Dictyledoneae).

Watson, J. Ray (Mississippi State Univer-
sity). The Arborescent Flora of Missis-
sippi. 10:40

Reynolds, John D. (Virginia Common-
wealth University) and Sam B. Jones, Jr.,

(University of Georgia). Microsporo-
genesis in V ernonia angustifolia Michx.
(Compositae).

29. Ellis, Tim T. and Varley E. Weideman,
(University of Louisville). Description
and Breaking of Dormancy in Corms of
Jack-in-the-Pulpit ( Arisaema Spp.).

30. Bell, Ritchie C. (University of North Caro-
lina). Variation and Selection Pressure in
Aquilegia caerulea James (Ranunculaceae) .

31. Whittier, Dean P. (Vanderbilt Univer-
sity). Quantitative Differences Between
Gemetophytes of Ferns with Sexual and
Apogamous Reproduction.

32. Rogers, Hollis J. and Ralph M. Mor-
rison (University of North Carolina at
Greensboro). White Flowering Partridge
Pea in North Carolina.

33. LeLong, Michel G. (University of South
Alabama), A Floristic Study in Mobile,
Alabama.

CRYPTOGAMIC ROTANY

Room 303 E, University Center

Presiding: Dr. W. W. Scott, Eastern Illinois University

Kimbrough, J. W. (University of Florida), 9:09
Antennopsis gallica Heim and Buchli,
(Hyphomycetes: Gloeohaustoriales), An En-
tomogenous Fungus on Subterranean Ter-
mites in Florida. 9:22

Hale, Mason E. (Smithsonian Institution).

Single Lobe Growth Patterns in Parmelia
caperata (Lichens).

Sims, Asa C. (Southern University in New
Orleans). Toxins of Single Spore Isolates
of Pellicularia filamentosa.

37. Akers, Stuart W. and Charles E. Ander-
son (North Carolina State University). The
Effect of Fluoride on Chlamydomonas
reinhardtii.

38. Thomas, Dempsey L. (Louisiana State Uni-
versity in New Orleans). Serological Re-
lationship of Protosiphon to Selected Chlo-
rophycean and Xanthophycean Algae.

39. Houston, M. R., I. McVeigh, R. Neal
and W. N. Pearson (Vanderbilt Univer-
sity). Biosynthesis of Thiamine by Phy-
comyces blakesleeanus.

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

33

9:48

10:01

8:30

8:43

8:56

9:09

9:22

9:35

9:48

8:30

8:43

8:56

40. Drake, Bobby F. and Victor E. Feisal
(Memphis State University). Threonine
Deaminase Feedback Inhibition in A
Pseudomonad Species.

41. Manigault, Walter Wm., Lafayette
Frederick and Thomas W. Cole, Jr. (At-
lanta University). A Study of Aflatoxin
Production by Isolates of Aspergillus
flavus.

10:14

42.

10:27

43.

10:40

44.

Koch, William J. (University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill). Further Aspects
of Flagellar Retraction in Fungi.

Wolf, E. T., and S. K. Hasija (Vanderbilt
University). A New Species of Cintractia
on Fuirena (Cyperaceae).

Nesom, Margaret Green (University of
North Carolina). Observations on the Dis-
tribution of Certain Aquatic Phycomycetes
in Granite Outcrop Soil.

CYTOLOGY

Room 303 F, University Center

Presiding: Dr. A. V. Beatty, Emory University

45. Reams, Willie M. and Stanley P. Tomp-
kins (University of Richmond and The
Medical College of Virginia). An EM Study
of the Dendritic Keratinocytes of the PET
Mouse.

46. Lembi, Carole A. and Patricia L. Walne
(University of Tennessee, Knoxville). Inter-
connections Between Cytoplasmic Microtu-
bules and Basal Bodies of Tetraporalean
Pseudocilia (Chlorophyta, Chlorophyceae,
Tetrasporales).

47. Rao, R. D. (North Carolina State Univer-
sity). Ultrastructure of Spirodela Polyrhiza
(L.) Schleiden. I. Raphides and the Idio-
blast.

48. Rao, R. D. (North Carolina State Univer-
sity). Ultrastructure of Spirodela Polyrhiza
(L.) Schleiden. II. Chloroplast Development
During Turion Germination.

49. Davis, Joanne T., and Clinton J. Dawes
(University of South Florida). Ultrastruc-
ture Studies of Several Marine Dinoflagel-
lates (Division: Pyrrophyta).

50. Dawes, Clinton J. (University of South
Florida). An Ultrastructural Study of the
Colorless Green Alga, Saprochaete sacclxaro-
phila Coker and Shanor (Chlorophyceae,
Chaetophorales, Saprochaetaceae ) .

51. Perkins, Frank O. (Virginia Institute of
Marine Science). Fine Structure of Cen-

triole Formation in Labyrinthula sp. (Rhiz-
opodea, Labyrinthulida).

10:01 52. Floyd, Joseph C. and Felix H. Lauter

(University of South Carolina). A Morpho-
logical and Cytochemical Study of Tritri-
chomonas augusta (Alexeieff) 1911.

10:14 53. Lundquist, Leonard E. and Felix H.

Lauter (University of South Carolina) and
William G. Dougerty and Mary M. Lee
(Medical College of South Carolina). Ul-
trastructural Studies From a Free Living
Juvenile Form of Rhabdias ranae, Walton
1929.

10:27 54. Palisano, John R. and Patricia L. Walne

(University of Tennessee, Knoxville). Ultra-
structural Aspects of Senescence in Euglena
granulata with Special Reference to the Eye-
spot (Euglenophyceae, Euglenales).

10:40 55. Brown, George Gordon (Iowa State Uni-

versity and Virginia Institute of Marine Sci-
ence) and Ross L. Shoger (Carleton Col-
lege). Some Ultrastructural Aspects of
Sperm-egg Interactions in the Horseshoe
Crab, Limulus polyphemus (Merostomata:
Xiphosura).

10:53 56. Walne, Patricia L. and Carole A. Lembi

(University of Tennessee, Knoxville). Ul-
trastructural and Time-lapse Studies of
T rack elomonas, Lepocinclis, and Euglena
(Euglenophyceae, Euglenales) with Special
Reference to Eyespots.

ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY AND EXPERIMENTAL ZOOLOGY

Room 303 G, University Center
Presiding: Dr. W. W. Gibson, LeMoyne College

57. Lumb, Roger H. (Western Carolina Uni-
versity). Glyceryl Ether Content of Five
Species of Insects.

58. Samuels, Keith T., Jr. and R. W. Hull
(Florida State University). The Role of
Sterols in Photodynamic Response.

59. Willard, William K. (Clemson Univer-
sity). Radiosensitivity and Regulation of
Population Density in the Yellow Fever
Mosquito ( Aedes aegypti).

9:09 60. Fleming, Diane Oakerson (Memphis State

University). In vitro Experimental Effects
of Radiocobalt 60 on Rabbit Polymorpho-
nuclear Leucocytes.

9:22 61. Stokes, Bettye R, (Atlanta University) and

Clyde E. Johnson, Jr. (Clark College).
The Effects of Nitrate and Chloride Ions on
Motility, Glucose and Oxygen Utilization
in Rabbit Spermatozoa.

34

ASB Bulletin

9:35 62. Bell, Rondal E. (Millsaps College). Serum

Protein Alterations in Hormonally Induced
Polyarteritis Nodosa as Revealed by Elec-
trophoresis.

y:48 63. Kimbrough, T. Daniel (Virginia Common-

wealth University). Age Difference as a
Factor in the Assay of the Effect of 5-HT
on Gut Mobility in the Rat.

10:01 64. Olewine, Donald A. and Frank H. Ram-

sey (Georgia Southern College). The Ef-
fect of Light Jogging on Cardiovascular Fit-
ness.

10:14 65. Nelson, F. Kirk (Memphis State Univer-

sity). Changes in Rat Serum Protein Pat-
terns under Combinations of Fasting and
Electric Shock.

10:27 66. Sims, Michael H., Deason C. Dunagan,

and George W. Tate, Jr. (Memphis State
University). An Assay for FSH in the
Golden Hamster.

10:40 67. Farmer, Mattie D. and George W. Tate,

Jr. (Memphis State University). Prelim-
inary Investigations of Protein-bound Iodine
in the Mongolian Gerbil. ( Meriones un-
guiculatus) .

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY

Room 303 H, University Center

Presiding: Dr. Clay M. Chandler, Bethel College

8:30 68. Ryan, Edward Parsons (East Carolina Uni-

versity). Morphology of the Male Repro-
ductive System in the Hawaiian Kona Crab,
Ranina ranina (L.) (Decapoda: Gymno-
pleura).

8:43 69. Hayes, John T. (Savannah River Ecology

Laboratory). Growth Parameters and Notes
on the Biology of Bittacomorpha clavipes
(Fab.) (Insecta: Diptera: Ptychopteridae).

8:56 70. Gentry, John B. (University of Georgia).

Notes on the Migratory Behavior of the
Southern Harvester Ant ( Pogonomyrmex
badius).

9:09 71. McGhee, Charles R. (Virginia Polytechnic

Institute). The Genus Mesesoma Weed
(Phalangida, Arachnida) of North America.

9:22 72. Schmoller, Ronald R. (The University of

Tennessee). Life Histories of Wolf Spiders
(Lycosidae: Araneae: Arachnida) in the
Alpine Tundra of Colorado.

9:35 73. Davis, John D. (Mississippi State College

for Women). Courtship and Intermale Be-
havior of the Jumping Spider, Zygoballus
bettini Peckham.

9:48 74. Applegate, Arthur L. (Western Kentucky

University). Collection and Characteriza-
tion of the Venom of Loxosceles reclusus
(Arachnida).

10:01 75. Yokley, Paul, Jr. (Florence State Univer-

sity). Life History of Pleurobema corda-
tum (Rafinesque, 1820).

10:14 76. Hoover, Richard L. and Stephen M. Git-

tleson (University of Kentucky). The
Protozoa of Mammoth and Great Onyx
Caves, Kentucky.

10:27 77. Simpson, Tom and R. W. Hull (Florida

State University). Suctoria in Culture.

10:40 78. Longest, William D. (The University of

Mississippi). Additions to the Distribution
of Cura foremani (Girard, 1852) in the
Eastern United States.

10:53 79. Bell, Rondal E. (Millsaps College) and

Julian C. Grubbs (University of Tennessee
Medical Center). A Systematic Study of
Planarian Species Utilizing Cellulose
Polyacetate Electrophoresis.

11:06 80. Millican, Troy and Y. J. McGaha (The

University of Mississippi). A Study of the
Bottom Fauna of Sardis Reservoir in Rela-
tion to Biological Productivity.

11:19 81. Knight, Luther A. and Y. J. McGaha (The

University of Mississippi). Rotifers (Roti-
fera) of Four Flood Control Reservoirs in
Northern Mississippi.

ICHTHYOLOGY AND HERPETOLOGY

Auditorium, Ellington Biological Sciences Building

Mississippi State College for Women

Presiding: Dr. Crawford G. Jackson, Jr.,

8:30 82. Jackson, Marguerite M., MacDonald
Fulton and Crawford G. Jackson, Jr.
(Mississippi State College for Women). A
Survey of the Enteric Bacteria (Enterobac-
teriaceae) of Chelonians: Preliminary Find-
ings.

8:45 83. Ireland, Patrick H. (University of Arkan-

sas). Reproduction and Growth of Am-
bystoma annulatum larvae.

9:00 84. Murphy, George G. (Mississippi State

University). Sun-cued Orientation in Red-
eared Turtles, Pseudemys scripta elegans.

85. Taylor, Douglas H. (Mississippi State
University). Solar Cues in Orientation of
the Cricket Frog, Acris gryllus.

9:30 86. Folkerts, George W. (Clemson Univer-

sity). Selection and the Identity of the
Desmognathus juscus Races in the South-
eastern United States.

9:45 87. Schwaner, Terry D. and Robert H. Mount

(Auburn University). Notes on Distribu-
tion and Ecology of Phaeognathus hubrich-
ti Highton.

9:15

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

35

10:00 88. Powders, Vernon N. and William L.

Tietjen (Georgia Southwestern College).
Food Habits of Plethodon jordoni (Amphi-
bia: Plethodontidae).

10:15 89. Outten, L. M. (Mars Hill College). Some

Salamanders from Western North Carolina
and Adjoining Areas (Amphibia: Urodela).

10:30 90. Gibbons, J. Whitfield (Savannah River

Ecology Laboratory). Structure and Dy-
namics of the Yellow-bellied Turtle, Pseude-
mys scrip ta (Reptilia: Chelonia: Emydidae)
in an Artificially Heated Reservoir.

10:45 91. Hardin, James W., Michael J. Harvey

(Memphis State University), Roger W.
Barbour, and James P. Schafer (Univer-

sity of Kentucky). Movements and Activ-
ity Patterns of the Dusky Salamander, Des-
mognathus fuscus (Amphibia: Caudata:
Plethodontidae).

11:00 92. Dolbeer, Richard A. (University of Ten-

nessee). Population Density and Home
Range Size of the Eastern Box Turtle (Ter-
rapene c. Carolina ) in Eastern Tennessee.

11:15 93. Stiles, Robert A. and David A. Etnier

(University of Tennessee). Fishes of the
Upper Conasauga River, Polk and Bradley
Counties.

11:30 94. Comiskey, Charles (University of Tennes-

see). Fishes of the Big South Fork of the
Cumberland River System.

FRIDAY AFTERNOON — APRIL 18

ICHTHYOLOGY AND HERPETOLOGY

Auditorium, Ellington Biological Sciences Building

Presiding: Dr. Carter R. Gilbert, University of Florida

2:00 95. Etnier, David A. (The University of Ten-

nessee). Additional Notes on Etheostoma
trisella Bailey and Richards.

2:15 96. Goodyear, C. Phillip (Mississippi State

University). The Role of Learning in
Y-axis Orientation of the Mosquitofish,
Gambusia affinis.

2:30 97. Barclay, Lee and William Mike Howell

(Samford University). Somatic Chromo-
somes of the Percid Fishes, Percina nigro-
faciata and Etheostoma artesiae.

2:40 98. Amberg, Larry W. (Northeast Louisiana

State College). The Geographic Distribu-
tion and Variation in the Cyprinid Fish,
Notropis volucellus, in Louisiana.

2:50 99. Gray, James A. (Northeast Louisiana State

College). Variation in the Cyprinid Fish,
Notropis lutrensis, from the Drainages of
Louisiana and Mississippi.

3:05 100. Douglas, Neil H. (Northeast Louisiana
State College). The Geographical Distribu-
tion of Fishes Adjacent to the Areas East
and West of the Mississippi River in Louisi-
ana and Mississippi.

3:20 101. Gilbert, Carter R. (University of Florida).

Comments on the Evolution of the Pha-
ryngeal Teeth in Cyprinid Fishes.

Gilbert, Carter R. (University of Florida).
Two New Genera and Species of Western
Atlantic Gobiid Fishes with Vomerine
Teeth.

Finley, Mack T., Denzel E. Ferguson,
and J. Larry Ludke (Mississippi State Uni-
versity). Possible Selective Mechanisms in
the Development of Insecticide-resistant
Fishes.

4:05 104. Wall, Benjamin R., Jr. and James D.

Williams (The University of Alabama). A
New Percid Fish ( Etheostoma ) from the
Tennessee River System in Alabama.

4:15 105. Rivas, Luis R. (United States Fish and Wild-
life Service). Geographical and Ecological
Distribution of Western Atlantic Snappers
of the Genus Lutjanus.

4:30 106. Reed, James R. (Virginia Commonwealth
University). Uptake and Elimination of
Radiotungsten in Black Bullheads, (Ictalu-
rus melas).

4:45 107. Medford, Dennis W. and Bill A. Simco
(Memphis State University). An Investi-
gation of the Fishes of the Wolf River in
Tennessee and Mississippi.

3:35 102.

3:50 103.

36

ASB Bulletin

ANIMAL ECOLOGY

Room 303 B, University Center

Presiding: Dr. C. D. Wilder, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

2:00 108. Harvey, Michael J. (Memphis State Uni-
sity) and Roger W. Barbour (University
of Kentucky). Home Range of the East-
ern Mole, Scalopus aquaticus.

2:13 109. Gittleson, Stephen M. and Barbara
Woodruff (University of Kentucky). Mass
Accumulation of Microorganisms.

2:26 110. Johns, Fred L. (North Carolina State Uni-
versity). Winter Habitat Exploitation in
Four Species of Sparrows in Ecotones.

2:39 111. McGowan, Robert W. (Memphis State
University). Ornithological Education in
Southeastern Colleges and Universities.

2:52 112. Bamforth, Stuart S. (Newcomb College of
Tulane University). Influence of Vegeta-
tion on Soil Protozoa.

3:05 113. Waller, William T. and John Cairns, Jr.

(Virginia Polytechnic Institute). Changes
in Movement Patterns of Fish Exposed to
Sublethal Concentrations of Zinc.

3:18 114. Sparks, Richard E., Alan G. Heath, and
John Cairns, Jr. (Virginia Polytechnic In-
stitute). Some Effects of Zinc on the EKG
and Breathing Signal of Bluegills ( Lepomis
macrochirus Rafinesque).

3:31

3:44

3:57

4:10

4:23

4:36

115. Dickson, Kenneth L. and John Cairns,
Jr. (Virginia Polytechnic Institute). The
Use of the Sequential Comparison Index as
a Biological Evaluation of Stream Pollution.

116. Burbanck, W. D., C. G. Goodchild, Eliza-
beth S. Dennis, C. E. Styron, and
Madeline P. Burbanck (Emory Univer-
sity). Ecological Implications of Studies
of a-amino Acids in Anthurid and Asellid
Isopods.

117. Smith, Michael H. (University of Georgia).
Absolute Densities of Small Mammals.

118. Angelovic, J. W., D. E. Hoss, and G. W.
Thayer (Bureau of Commercial Fisheries
Radiobiological Laboratory-Beaufort, North
Carolina). Energy Requirements of Pin-
fish, Lagodon rhomboides, in the Newport
River Estuary, North Carolina.

119. Simmons, George M., Jr. (Virginia Com-
monwealth University) and Stuart E. Neff
(Virginia Polytechnic Institute). A Com-
parative Study of Thermal Stratification in
a Mainstream and Pumped-Storage Im-
poundment.

120. Parrish, Fred K., Rorert M. Huie, Jr.
and John J. Barnett (Georgia State Col-
lege). A Preliminary Report of Animals
Found on Granite Outcrops.

PLANT ECOLOGY

Room 303 C, University Center

Presiding: Dr. Arthur Cooper, North Carolina State University

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

3:05

121. Taylor, Fred G. Jr. and John P. Wither-
spoon (Radiation Ecology Section, Health
Physics Division, Oak Ridge National Lab-
oratory). Fallout Studies on Native Vege-
tation. I. Effects of Beta-Radiation (°°Sr)
on White Pine and Red Oak Trees.

122. Witherspoon, John P. and Fred G. Tay-
lor (Radiation Ecology Section, Health
Physics Division, Oak Ridge National Lab-
oratory). Fallout Studies on Native Vege-
tation. II. Field Retention of a Fallout
Simulant by White Pine and Red Oak Trees.

123. Cowgill, Cythia and A. Randolph Shields
(Maryville College). Productivity and Spe-
cies Diversity of Plankton, Norris Lake,
Summer, 1968.

124. Lipps, E. Lewis (Shorter College) and H.
R. DeSelm (University of Tennessee).
Pines in the Vegetation of the Marshall
Forest.

125. McCormick, J. Frank, Fairman Cumming,
Clair Mellinger and Rebecca Sharitz
(University of North Carolina). Experi-
mental Analysis of Community Structure.

126. Meijer, Willem (University of Kentucky).
Phyto-Geographical and Ecological Studies
in Malesia.

3:18 127.

3:31 128.

3:44 129.

3:57 130.

4:10 131.

4:23 132.

4:36 132a.

Magnoli, Michael A. (Marine Science In-
stitute, University of Alabama) Concentra-
tions of Zinc, Copper, Manganese, Mo-
lybdenum, and Boron in Plankton Samples
from Selected Stations of Mobile Bay.
Williams, Louis G. (University of Ala-
bama). Plankton, Detritus and Clay Tur-
bidities in the Mobile Gulf of Mexico In-
terchange.

Way, Pamela J. and Joe A. Edmisten (Uni-
versity of Georgia). A Profile of Fernbank
Forest.

Ellis, E. Ann and Joe A. Edmisten (Uni-
versity of Georgia). Macroscopic Temper-
ate Zone Epiphyllae.

Bailey, John Kermit (Lincoln Memorial
University). A Preliminary Study of the
Ferns on the Limestone Bluffs of Norris
Lake.

Stalter, Richard (High Point College)
and Wade T. Batson (University of South
Carolina). An Ecological Study of a South
Carolina Salt Marsh.

Amundsen, C. A. and E. E. C. Clebsch
(University of Tennessee). Vegetation and
Landscape Processes on Amchitka Is.,
Alaska.

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

37

PLANT SYSTEMAT1CS, FLGRISTICS, AND MORPHOLOGY

Room 303 D, University Center

Presiding: Dr. A. J. Sharp, University of Tennessee

2:00 133. Jones, Samuel B., Jr. (University of
Georgia). Biosystematic Studies in Ver-
nonia (Compositae) .

2:13 134. Coffey, Janice C. (Queens College).

Chemotaxonomic Studies in the Southeast-
ern Species of Luzula.

2:26 135. Lipscomb, Harriett (Georgia College at
Milledgeville). A Consideration of the
position of Phryma.

2:39 136. Hunter, Gordon E., Kim Freeman, Bar-
bara Burch, and Guillermo Flores (Ten-
nessee Technological University). Flavo-
noids and Systematics of American Ver-
nonia : Compositae.

2:52 137. Drapalik, Donald J. (Georgia Southern
College). Corona Variation in Southeast-

ern United States Matelea (Asclepiadaceae).

3:05 138. Browne, E. T., Jr. (Memphis State Uni-
versity). Some Systematic Observations on
Hymenocallis Salisb. (Amaryllidaceae) in
the Southeastern United States.

3:18 139. Nesom, Guy L. (University of North Caro-
lina— Chapel Hill). Apomictic Species
and Species Complexes in Southwestern
United States Erigeron section Olygotrich-
ium (Asteraceae).

3:31 140. Shetler, Stanwyn G. (Smithsonian Insti-
tution). The Crisis of Herbaria.

3:44 141. Radford, Albert E. (University of North
Carolina). Progress Report on Southeast-
ern Flora.

EXPERIMENTAL BOTANY

Room 303 E, University Center

Presiding: Dr. J. T. Mullins, University of Florida

2:00 142. Culpepper, J. T. and Iola T. McClurkin
(University of Mississippi). Demonstration
of a Potassium-Sensitive, Calcium-Activated
Adenosine Triphosphatase in the Meris-
tematic Cells of Lost Pine.

2:13 143. Harris, W. F. (Oak Ridge National Lab-
oratory). The Effect of Fast Neutron
Radiation and Light Intensity on Root-Shoot
Ratios of Liriodendron tulipifera L. Seed-
lings.

2:26 144. Raj, Baldev and J. M. Herr, Jr. (Uni-
versity of South Carolina). The Isolation
of Protoplasts from the Placental Cells of
Solanum nigrum L.

2:39 145. Sabharwal, P. S. (University of Kentucky).

In Vitro Culture of Ovules, Nucelli and
Embroyos of Citrus.

2:52 146. Yow, M. E., and B. H. Wise (Memphis
State University). Pasteur Effect in the
Corn Seedling ( Zea mays L.).

3:05 147. Amen, Ralph D. (Wake Forest University)
Seed Germination Responses of the Salt
Marsh Grass D is tic hi is spicata: Mechanism
of Seed Dormancy. (Angiospermae:
Poales: Poaceae).

3:18 148. Parrish, David J. (Wake Forest Univer-

sal

3:44

3:57

4: 10

4:23

4:36

sity). Seed Germination Studies of Horse
Nettle, Solanum carolinense L.

149. Sehgal, Prem P. and James A. Cook (East
Carolina University). Regulation of
Urease in Cotyledons.

150. Carter, Jr., George E. and Richard J.
Kelly (Wake Forest University). Seed
Germination Responses from the Salt Marsh
Grass Distichlis spicata (L.) Green, (Angio-
spermae, Poales, Poaceae): Ecological
Aspects.

151. Mansuri, A. D., D, B. Bibb, and D. J.
Kelly (Bennett College). Radiation Effect
on Starch Metabolism in Wheat Seedlings.

152. Allen, Mabel L. and Johnny Jackson
(Savannah State College). Effects of the
Iodide Ion on Abscission in Bean ( Phaseo -
l us vulgaris var Tendergreen) Leaf Explants.

153. Ballal, S. K. and H. K. Meredith, (Ten-
nessee Technological University). Growth
Response of Tomato Seedlings to a-Naptha-
lenaecetic acid.

154. Stevenson, Enola L. (Atlanta University).
Growth and Nitrogen Metabolism of Plants
under Continuous Light of Different Quali-
ties and Intensities.

GENETICS

Room 303 F, University Center

Presiding : Dr. W. Donald Fattig, University of Alabama

2:00 155. Jink, Willard L. (Marshall University),
The Reproductive Potential of Drosophila
af finis.

2:13 156. Murray, James (University of Virginia)
and Bryan Clarke (University of Edin-
burgh). The Inheritance of Sinistrality in
Partula suturalis (Gastropoda, Stylomma-
tophora).

2:26 157. Ray, James H. and John M. Carpenter
(University of Kentucky). The Effect of
Zinc-65 on the Production of Lethal Genes
in Dropsophila melanogaster.

2:39 158. Hess, Lloyd W. (Savannah River Ecology
Laboratory) and David B. Dunn (Univer-
sity of Missouri). Isolating Mechanisms in
the Lupinus argenteus Complex.

38

ASB Bulletin

2:52 159. Stephens, Ralph E. and Gordon J. Carl-
son (The University of Tennessee). The
Analysis of Tritiated Thymidine Incorpora-
tion in Grasshopper Neuroblasts.

3:05 160. Amand, W. St. (University of Mississippi).

A Model System for Population Genetics
Experiments.

3:18 161. Biggers, Charles J. (University of South
Carolina), Serum Transferrin Polymorph-
ism in Peromyscus polionotus.

3:31 162. Moisand, Robert E. and John M. Car-
penter (State University College at Buf-
falo, University of Kentucky). Effect of
Continuous Exposure to Two Insecticides
on the Fitness of Two Third Chromosome
Inversions of Drosophila pseudoohscura.

3:44 163. Harris, John W. (Tennessee Technological
University), Isozymes of the E, Esterase in
Zea mays.

3:57 164. Findley, David L. and Patricia L. Walne
(University of Tennessee). Effects of Light
and Temperature on the Ultrastructure of
Stage IV Cells of Chlorogloea fritschii
(Cyanophyceae, Chroococcales) .

4:10 165. Deason, T. R., W. H. Darden Jr. and
Sarah Ely (University of Alabama). Ul-
trastructure of Mitosis in Volvox aureus.

4:23 166. Fetner, Robert H. (Georgia Institute of
Technology). Observations on Chinese
Hamster (Cricetulus griseus ) Metaphase
Chromosomes with the Scanning Electron
Microscope.

ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY AND EXPERIMENTAL ZOOLOGY

Room 303 G, University Center

Presiding: Dr. W. W. Gibson, LeMoyne College

2:00

2:13

2:26

2:39

2:52

3:05

3:18

167. Edwards, Kiah, Jr. and Roy Hunter, Jr.
(Atlanta University). The Chemical
Characterization of the Notochordal Sheath
in Bullfrog Larvae.

168. Burnham, Kenneth D. (The University of
of Tennessee). Experiments with Embryos
of Ascaris himbricoides var. suum in vacuo.

169. McClurkin, Iola T. and Robert D. Rie-
ther (The University of Mississippi). Rapid
Histological Preparation of Chitinous Speci-
mens.

170. Bell, Rondal E. (Millsaps College), E.
Leslie Knight (Wingate College), and Al-
fred E. Perry (Memphis State University).
Electrophoretic Patterns of the Serum Pro-
teins of Salamanders of the Genus Gyrino-
philus.

171. Laslie, Wayne (Georgia State College).
The Effects of Alkyl Benzene Sulfonate
(ABS) and Linear Alkylate Sulfonate
(LAS) at Three Concentrations on the
Respiration Rate of Notropis lutipinnis Jor-
dan and Brayton.

172. Forrester, Donald J. (Clemson Univer-
sity). Reproductive Performance of a
Laboratory Colony of Deermice, Pero-
myscus maniculatus.

173 Cunningham, James R. (Clemson Univer-

sity). The Effects of X-radiation on the
Blood Picture of Mice Infected with Helig-
mosomum skrjabini (Nematoda: Helig-
mosomidae).

3:31 174. Smoake, J. Alvin and Samuel R. Tipton
(University of Tennessee). Hormonal
Changes in Rats Cross-adapted to Cold En-
vironments and Simulated High Altitude.

3:44 175. Cascio, Nicholas J. Lo (State University
College at Buffalo). A Study of Multiple
Molecular Forms of Enzymes in Species of
Salmonidae and Esocidae: (Osteichthyes:
Clupeiformes).

3:57 176. Stidham, James D. and Charles E. Lane
(Presbyterian College and Institute of Marine
Sciences, University of Miami). The Ef-
fects of Salinity on Blood Free Amino Acids
in the Land Crab, Cardisoma guanhumi
(Crustacea: Decapoda: Gecarcinidae).

4:10 177. Capone, J. J. and R. W. Hull (Florida
State University). Thymidine Phosphory-
lase Activity in Chicken Erythrocytes In-
fected with Avian Malaria, Plasmodiam
lophurae.

4:23 177a. Hubert, C. E. (Clark College). Dissocia-
tion, Inflamation, and Regeneration Phe-
nomena in Livers of Chick Embryos Treat-
ed with Aminoguanidine Sulfate.

PARASITOLOGY AND HISTOLOGY

Room 303 H, University Center

Presiding: Dr. Elon E. Byrd, University of Georgia

2:00 178. Buckelew, Thomas P. and Felix H. Lau-
ter (University of South Carolina). A
Preliminary Study of the Miracidium of
Diplodiscus temperatus. (Stafford, 1905).

2:13 179. Olexik, William A., A. E. Perry, and
W. E. Wilhelm (Memphis State University).
Parasites of the Tree Squirrels of Southwest
Tennessee.

2:26 180. Forrester, Donald J. (Clemson Univer-
sity). Influence of Weather on the Inten-
sity of Infection of Bighorn Sheep with
Lungworms of the Genus Protostrongylus
(Nematoda: Protostrongylidae).

2:39 181. Best, Stephen H. (Clemson University).

A Comparison of the Helminth Faunas of
Two Populations of Cotton Rats, Sigmodon
hispidus, from South Carolina.

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

39

2:52

3:05

3:18

3:31

3:44

3:57

182. Hair, Jay D. (Clemson University). Geo-
graphical Distribution and Seasonal Inci-
dence in the Helminth Parasites of the Star-
ling, Sturnus vulgaris L. (Aves; Passeri-
formes; Sturnidae).

183. Goodchild, C. G. (Emory University) and
Virginia L. Martin (Queens College). A
Study of the Validity of Certain Spirorchis
Species.

184. Johnson, Charles A. (North Carolina
State University). Myxidium chelonarum
n. sp. (Cnidosporidia: Myxosporida: Myxi-
diiae) from Various North American Tur-
tles.

185. Miller, Grover C. and Reinard Harkema
(North Carolina State University). Hel-
minths of the Opossum ( Didelphis vir -
giniana).

186. Dobbs, H. Donald (Wofford College).
Simple Method of Preparing Intestinal
Tracts of Mice for the Purpose of Studying
Adult Trichinella spiralis in situ.

187. Cunningham, Frost H. (North Carolina
State University). A Survey of the Hel-

4:10

4:23

4:36

4:49

5:02

minths of Aquatic Turtles in North Carolina.

188. Allen, W. R. Ill and Reinard Harkema
(North Carolina State University). Esterase
Activity in Pharyngostomoides sp. (Trema-
toda: Strigeida: Diplostomatidae).

189. Shannon, W. Allen and B. J. Bogitsh
(Vanderbilt University). Light and Elec-
tron Microscope Radioautographic Studies
of Galactose-H3 Utilization Related to Mu-
copolysaccharide Synthesis in Megalodiscus
temperatus.

190. Bogitsh, Burton J. (Vanderbilt Univer-
sity). Fine Structural Localization of Acid
Phosphatase and Aryl Sulfatase Activities
in the Intermediate Layer of Hymenolepis
diminuta cysticercoids.

191. Reid, Willis A., Jr. and Reinard Harkema
(North Carolina State University). Es-
terases of Procyolrema marsupiformis Har-
kema and Miller, 1959 (Trematoda: Stri-
geida: Diplostomatidae).

192. Prestwood, Katherine and Elon E. Bryd
(University of Georgia). Psilostoma sp.
from the Wild Turkey.

University Center — Memphis State University

40

ASB Bulletin

University of Virginia Announces
Mountain Lake Program

The University of Virginia has announced the
program of graduate biology courses to be offered
this summer at the Mountain Lake Biological
Station in southwestern Virginia. They are as
follows.

First Term — June 12 through July 15

Entomology: Dr. George W. Byers, University of
Kansas

Ornithology: Dr. David W. Johnston, University
of Florida

Plant Ecology: Dr. Frank McCormick, University
of North Carolina

Vertebrate Endocrinology: Dr. B. E. Frye, Univer-
sity of Michigan

Second Term — July 17 through August 21

General Ecology: Dr. Maurice Brooks, West Vir-
ginia University

Invertebrate Zoology: Dr. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr.,
Smithsonian Institution

Mycology: Dr. Constantine J. Alexopoulos, Univer-
sity of Texas

Plant Biosystematics: Dr. C. Ritchie Bell, Univer-
sity of North Carolina

A limited number of National Science Founda-
tion scholarships are available for research and
study: (1) Post-doctorate for research, stipend
$1300; (2) Pre-doctorate for supervised research,
stipend $500; and (3) Post-graduate for training
in field biology, stipend $400. Preference is given
for studies concerned with the biota of the region.
Application blanks for these awards may be se-
cured from the Director, Mountain Lake Bi-
ological Station, Department of Biology, Univer-
sity of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia 22903
and must be submitted before May 1, 1969.

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

41

Abstracts of Papers Presented at the 30th Annual
Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists

The number in parenthesis at the top of each abstract refers to the number of that paper in the program.

(37)

The Effect of Fluoride on Chlamydomonas
reinhardtii. (Chlorophyceae: Volvocales)

Stuart W. Akers and Charles E. Anderson,
North Carolina State University

Fluoride concentrations, from 10_1M to 10_2M, were
found to produce a limiting effect upon asexual re-
production in Chlamydomonas reinhardtii in short term
experiments. Within this concentration range, fluoride
induced morphological changes also. Test made on
culture treatments at 10_2M fluoride indicated an in-
creased amount of mino acid assimilation after pro-
longed exposure of the cells to fluoride.

(152)

Effects of the Iodide Ion on Abscission in Bean
( Phaseolus Vulgaris Var Tendergreen)

Leaf Explants

Mabel L. Allen and Johnny Jackson
Savannah State College

The abscission region, which included 3 mm of pul-
vinus tissue and 10 mm of rachis tissue, was excised
from the terminal leaflet of the first trifoliate leaf of 23
to 27 day old bean plants. The proximal and distal
ends of separate explants were exposed to different levels
of potassium iodide (1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0 X 10_1M)
incorporated into plain agar blocks, agar blocks con-
taining a promotive level of IAA (200 mg/1), or agar
blocks containing an inhilitory level of IAA (500 mg/1).
The results showed that the iodide ion retarded substan-
tially the formation of the abscission zone. This was
more pronounced among explants treated with the higher
concentration of potassium iodide. The two concentra-
tions of IAA had little, if any, influence in altering the
action of iodine ion. Explants treated with potassium
iodide at different positions (proximal, distal, proximal
and distal) did not vary significantly in the rate or per-
centage of abscission.

(188)

Esterase Activity in Pharyngostomoides sp.
(Trematoda: Strigeida: Diplostomatidae)

W. R. Allen, III and Reinard Harkama
North Carolina State University

Pharyngostomoides sp., a trematode found in the small
intestine of the raccoon, was studied histochemically for
esterase activity. Fresh frozen material or specimens
prefixed in 10% buffered formalin were sectioned at
10m in a Lab Tek cryostat. Substrates employed with
appropriate inhibitors were: 5-bromoindoxyl acetate,

naphthal AS-D acetate, acetylthiocholine iodine, butyryl-
thiocholine iodine, and alphanapthyl acetate. Localiza-
tion of esterases was demonstrated in the oral sucker,
acetabulum, pharynx, holdfast organ, pseudosuckers and
underlying glandular area, anterior fore-body cuticle and
the associated subcuticular tissue, nerve tissue, vas de-
ferens, and bursa.

(147)

Seed Germination Responses of the Salt Marsh
Grass Distichlis spicata: Mechanism of Seed
Dormancy. (Angiospermae: Poales: Poaceae)

Ralph D. Amen, Wake Forest University

At maturity, the seeds (caryopses) of Distichlis spicata
(L). Green are dormant. This condition of dormancy
appears to be due to an imbalance of growth hormones
favoring inhibitors, and appears to be related to the
condition of the “seed coat” (pericarp). Data are pre-
sented on the effects of various promoters (GA, N03,
thiourea) and inhibitors (ABA, CCC, coumarin) on
dormancy and germination as related to aqueous leach-
ing and scarification of the seeds.

The postulated mechanism of seed dormancy is that
endogenous growth inhibitors accumulate during seed
maturation and restrict hydrolytic enzyme activity In the
endosperm. The subsequent decay or removal of the
inhibitor (s) facilitates the hormonal promotion of em-
bryonic growth (germination). It is strongly suspected
that there is a correlation between those habitat factors
which lead to the induction of seed dormancy and those
conditions which favor the natural breaking of
dormancy.

(132a)*

(118)

Energy Requirements of Pinfish, Lagodon
rhomboides, in the Newport River Estuary, N. C.

J. W. Angelovic, D. E. Hoss, and G. W. Thayer
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries
Radiobiological Laboratory
Beaufort, North Carolina 28516

Minimum energy requirements for pinfish in the New-
port River (area 30 km2) were calculated from estimates
of population number and size composition plus meas-
urements of respiration rates and caloric values. A
mark-and-recapture study in the fall gave a length-
frequency distribution and a population estimate of 1.6
X 106 pinfish. Measurements of respiration rates of
pinfish ranging in weight from .01 to 240.00 grams were
used to derive the regression equation.

Standard Metabolic Rate = .303 Weight •”2

* See page 73.

42

ASB Bulletin

Micro-bomb calorimetry was used to obtain a value of
4.665 cal/mg dry weight for pinfish. Based on these
data, the pinfish population had an energy content of
47.6 X 10° cal and, in addition, respired a minimum
of 461 X 10" cal/day. In the estuary, the net produc-
tion of phytoplankton during the fall averaged 15.6 X
10° mg C/day. If the phytoplankton represented one-
third of the total primary production and pinfish were
secondary consumers in a food chain with transfer
efficiencies of 10%, the pinfish population required 8.7%
of the total primary production for basic maintenance.

(The Radiobiological Laboratory is supported jointly
by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries and the Atomic
Energy Commission.)

(74)

Collection and Characterization of the Venom
of Loxosceles reclusus (Arachnida)

Arthur L. Applegate

The freeze-dried venom from three spiders was serially
diluted with distilled water to make up three concentra-
tions of venom (1:20, 1:50 and 1:100). After 0.1 ml.
of each dilution had been injected into the ear of a
single rabbit, three hemorrhagic lesions, which corres-
ponded in size to the concentrations of venom, were
formed at the sites of the injection. To further charac-
terize the venom by its pathogenicity, three Loxosceles
females were induced to envenomate the shaved flanks of
three New Zealand White rabbits. The resulting erythema,
intravascular hemolysis, and hemorrhagic lesion for-
mation in the area of external oblique muscle of the
rabbits was comparable to the pathogenesis of the
Loxosceles envenomations described by Denny, et.al.,
(1964).

The Loxosceles venom was also characterized by the
electrophoretic mobility of the proteins contained in the
venom. The freeze-dried venom from twenty spiders
was pooled and electrophoresed on polyacrylamide gel
(7%) buffered to a pH range of 8.2 - 8.4. Six separate
trials were made at 21°C using a constant current of
5 ma on each of the six polyacrylamide gel columns
used for each trial. At least one of the gel columns
from each trial was loaded with either freeze-dried
hemolymph or abdominal homogenate; these columns
served as controls. The venom proteins separated into
eight distinct bands. The hemolymph proteins formed
thirteen bands; seven of the hemolymph bands were
similar in their electrophoretic mobilities to seven of the
venom bands. The nine bands of proteins formed from
the abdomen homogenates were dissimilar to both venom
and hemolymph proteins.

(131)

A Preliminary Study of the Ferns on the
Limestone Bluffs of Norris Lake

John Kermit Bailey, Lincoln Memorial University

The shore lines of Norris Lake presents an abundance
of unusual microclimates. This preliminary study of a
limited area of this shore line reports fifteen species
and/or varieties of ferns. Seven of these are reported
for the first time in Campbell and Union counties in
Tennessee. The adaptability of ferns to a variety of
habitats (altitudes, temperatures, pH ranges, etc.) has
led to some unusual traits, e.g., natural hybridizations
between genera and species, with some of the hybrids

producing viable spores, and an array of morphological
variations within species. Two genera, Asplenium and
Camptosorus, are abundant in the area and are out-
standing in these traits. The xerophytic, mesophytic
and hydrophytic nature of various fern species is well
demonstrated in the area.

(153)

Growth Response of Tomato Seedlings to
a-Napthaleneacetic acid.

S. K. Ballal and H. K. Meredith
Tennessee Technological University

Tomato seeds (Marglobe variety) soaked for six hours
prior to planting in various concentrations of a-Naptha-
leneacetic acid (NAA) ranging from 500 ppm to 2800
ppm, and the growth response was studied for four
weeks under 12-hr. photoperiods. The inhibition of
growth rate increased proportionately from 25% at 500
ppm to 75% at 1600 ppm. However, at concentrations
above 1600 ppm the inhibition was approximately 50%.
Shoot tip applications containing 100 ppm and 500 ppm
of NAA were made to plants at 12, 18 and 24 days of
age. Although only 15% growth inhibition occurred
at both the concentrations, there was evidence of re-
sistance to exogenous NAA increasing with age of plants.
Plants responded to NAA application in the form of
absence of shoot apex, pronounced swellings on the
axis, and thickening of the stem, and petioles. The ex-
tent of hypertrophy was in direct proportion to the con-
centration of NAA, and the response of plants was in-
dependent of age at the time of application.

(112)

Influence of Vegetation on Soil Protozoa

Stuart S. Bamforth
Newcomb College of Tulane University

Vegetation influences the numbers and proportions of
ciliates and testacea. In coniferous forests, where or-
ganic materials accumulate in the litter, slow-growing
testacea are 10 times more abundant than ciliates and
number up to 36,000/g (wet weight) in litters and up to
6,000/g in soils. In deciduous forests and grasslands,
where decomposition rate keeps pace with organic pro-
duction, testacea decrease to 200-7000/g in both hori-
zons, and bacteria-dependent ciliates increase to 500-
5000/g in litters, while remaining about the same (less
than 300/g) in soils.

(4)

Germination Requirements of Cyperus Inflexus

Carol C. Baskin and Jerry M. Baskin
University of Kentucky

Seeds of the annual sedge, Cyperus inflexus Muhl.
(Cyperaceae), were dormant at maturity. Dormancy
in this species was overcome by stratification (5°C), by
scarification, and to a lesser extent by after-ripening in
dry storage. Stratified seeds germinated better ( 1 ) at
daily alternating temperatures (28° to 18°C) than at
constant temperatures (28° or 18°C) and (2) in a
12-hour photoperiod than in constant darkness. Non-
stratified seeds that were mechanically scarified at the
radicle end or acid scarified germinated well at (1) a
constant temperature of 28° or 18°C in 12-hour photo-
period and (2) an alternating temperature of 28° to
18°C in both light and dark. These germination re-
quirements will be related to the ecology of this species.

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

43

(3)

Amino Acids and Amides in Diffusate of
Psoralea Subacaulis Seeds

(79)

A Systematic Study of Planarian Species Utilizing
Cellulose Polyacetate Electrophoresis

Jerry M. Baskin, University of Kentucky

Scarified seeds of Psoralea subacaulis T. & G. (Legu-
minosae) were soaked in distilled water for 24 hours
at 25°C. Water containing diffusate of the seeds was
analyzed for amino acids and amides. Identification of
amino acids and amides was made by comparison of
Rf values, patterns and colors of known substances.
Quantitative determinations were made by comparing
their absorbance (570 millimicrons) with standard
curves. Seventeen amino acids and two amides includ-
ing alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, one-half
cystine, gamma-amino-n-butyric acid, glumatic acid,
glutamine, glycine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine,
phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tyrosine, and
valine were identified. One-half cystine, gamma-
amino-n-butyric acid, alanine and glutamic acid were
the most abundant.

The importance of seed diffusates in stimulating
germination and growth of soil microorganisms, as de-
scribed in the literature, is discussed.

(30)

Variation and Selection Pressure in
Aquilegia caerulea James (Ranunculaceae)

C. Ritchie Bell, University of North Carolina

Although the flowers of Aquilegia represent a rela-
tively high degree of floral specialization for a member
of the Ranunculaceae, most species are not morpho-
logically stable; there is considerable floral and vegeta-
tive variability both within and between species. Some
of the observed variability can be attributed to pheno-
typic response to varied environmental factors and some
to hybridization and introgression. However, other
aspects of the intraspecific variation pattern may be the
result of retrogression because of relaxed pollinator se-
lection pressure on the evolved floral characters.

(62)

Serum Protein Alterations in Hormonally Induced
Polyarteritis Nodosa as Revealed
by Electrophoresis

Rondal E. Bell, Millsaps College

Polyarteritis nodosa was induced into adult, male,
Sprague-Dawley rats by administering subcutaneous in-
jections of estradiol propionate for thirty days followed
by injections of follicle stimulating hormone for an-
other thirty days. As early as four months and up to
twelve months after cessation of treatment, sixty to eighty
per cent of the animals develop the disease. The dis-
ease follows the pattern of a chain reaction involving
hyperplasia of the pituitary, adenomatous adrenals,
hyaline casts in the kidney tubules, changes in the con-
centrations of serum electrolytes, and finally the typical
polyarteritic response in arterioles and arteries in many
areas. Serum protein electrophoresis on cellulose
polyacetate revealed an increase in the total serum pro-
tein during the development of the disease with accom-
panying decrease in serum albumin and increase in
globulin fractions, especially the alphaone globulin
fraction.

Rondal E. Bell, Millsaps College

AND

C. Julian Grubbs, University of Tennessee
Medical Center

The electrophoretic separation of soluble proteins ex-
tracted from four species representing three genera of
planarians revealed distinct species variations in elec-
tromobilities, number of components, relative amounts
and resolution of fractions. Extracts of Dugesia tigrina,
D. dorotocephala, Cura foremanii and Phagocata gra-
cilis gracilis were prepared by a freeze-thaw method.
The relative protein fractions were obtained with the
Gelman deluxe electrophoresis chamber using cellulose
polyacetate as the supporting medium. Veronal buffer
of pH 8.8 (ionic strength 0.05) was used. Ten lambda
aliquots of sample were electrophoresed for 60 minutes
at 255 volts. The relative concentrations of the sep-
arated fractions were obtained from the stained electro-
phorograms with a recording densitometer. The elec-
trophoretic patterns are characteristic and reproducible
for each of the species investigated. Attempts were
made to correlate morphological characters with the
protein patterns. In general, similarities of the patterns
tend to verify existing taxonomic relationships.

(170)

Electrophoretic Patterns of the Serum Proteins
of Salamanders of the Genus Gyrinophilus

Rondal E. Bell, Millsaps College
E. Leslie Knight, Wingate College

AND

Alfred E. Perry, Memphis State University

Two species presently are recognized within the genus
Gyrinophilus. One species, G. palleucus, appears to be
restricted to caves within its geographical distribution,
while the other, G. porphyriticus, typically a stream or
spring dweller, also is encountered in caves. G. pal-
leucus is a neotenic form, while G. porphyriticus nor-
mally metamorphoses into the adult stage. Zone electro-
phoresis on cellulose polyacetate was used to character-
ize the serum proteins of the species of Gyrinophilus.

The total protein of both species separated into five
electrophoretic fractions. Significant differences were ob-
served between the two species with respect to electro-
mobilities, relative amounts and resolution of fractions.
Electrophorograms indicated a significant increase of
serum protein occurring in the transformation from the
larval to adult stage in G. porphyriticus. The electro-
phoretic distributions and relative concentrations of the
protein fractions of the larval stage of G. porphyriticus
resemble G. palleucus more closely than the adult stage
of G. porphyriticus.

(181)

A Comparison of the Helminth Faunas of Two
Populations of Cotton Rats, Sigmodon hispidus,
from South Carolina

Stephen H. Best, Clemson University

A survey of the helminth parasites of Sigmodon hi-
spidus from the Piedmont and Coastal Plain regions of

44

ASB Bulletin

South Carolina was conducted during 1968 and 1969.
Nematodes and cestodes were the predominant hel-
minths. Comparative data on the numbers of species
and their incidence were obtained and related to the
ecological differences that were observed between the
two areas. New locality records for cotton rat helminths
in South Carolina were noted.

The life cycle and host range of a strain of gastro-
intestinal nematode, Longistriata adunca, obtained from
a cotton rat from the Coastal Plain region was studied
experimentally.

(161)

Serum Transferrin Polymorphism in
Peromyscus polionotus

Charles J. Biggers, University of South Carolina

Polymorphic serum transferrins of Peromyscus polion-
ctus from South Carolina separated by polyacrylamide
gel electrophoresis were shown to consist of three elec-
trophoretic components. The three components were
shown to have transferrin activity by the Ornstein pro-
cedure. A system of inheritance of three autosomal co-
dominant alleles was proposed from analysis of data ob-
tained from laboratory matings and from partial family
data obtained from field collections. A comparison of
three transferrin components of P. polionotus to that of
P. maniculatus Trf-a, Trf-b, and Trf-c components indi-
cated that the two species which interbreed in the lab-
oratory share a common band (Trf-c). The three trans-
ferrin alleles of P. polionotus have been designated as
Trfc, Trfd, and Trfe. Disturbed segregation ratios of one
cf the alleles (Trfd) was indicated to be due to trans-
mission reduction.

(190)

Fine Structural Localization of Acid Phosphatase
and Aryl Sulfatase Activities in the Intermediate

Layer of Hymenolepis diminuta cysticercoids

Burton J. Bogitsh, Vanderbilt University

The fine structure and the cytochemical distribution of
acid phosphatase and aryl sulfatase in the intermediate
cell layer of cysticercoids of Hymenolepis diminuta is
reported. The cells comprising this layer are of two
types in the developing cysticercoid and of a single type
in the mature cysticercoid. In the former stage, one cell
type is responsible for the elaboration of the peripheral
layer with its radiating fibers. The second type is re-
sponsible for the formation of the circular fibers and,
in part, the fibers of the intermediate layer. The latter
type cell displays acid phosphatase and aryl sulfatase
activity. Much of the activity is cytoplasmic in distribu-
tion and possibly is responsible for the ultimate degen-
eration of the cell. (Supported, in part, by N.I.H. grant
No. AI-0858).

(5)

Capability of Nitrogen Fixation by the Coralloid
Roots of Zamia Floridana

Margaret A. Boulware and Joe A. Edmisten
University of Georgia

The coralloid roots of certain Australian cycads have
been reported to contain endophytic blue-green algae.

Bergersen, Kennedy and Wittmann (1965) confirmed
nitrogen fixation by blue-green algae in the coralloid
roots of Macrozamia communis by the 15Na method.
Coralloid roots of Zamia floridana were tested for the
capability of nitrogen fixation by a modification of the
acetylene reduction technique (Stewart, Fitzgerald, and
Burris, 1967). Results indicated the capability of nitro-
gen fixation by the coralloid roots of Z. floridana. Slides
of plant materials, technique, and results will be shown.
The value of the acetylene reduction test for nitrogen
fixing ability will be discussed.

(55)

Some Ultrastructurai Aspects of Sperm-egg
Interactions in the Horseshoe Crab,
Limulus polyphemus (Merostomata: Xiphosura)

George Gordon Brown, Iowa State University and
Virginia Institute of Marine Science

AND

Ross L. Shoger, Carleton College

The Limulus sperm possesses four typical sperm com-
ponents, acrosome, nucleus, mitochondria, and flagellum.
The acrosome consist of two major parts, a hemispheri-
cal apical cap and a multifibrillar axial rod extending
posterially from the cap caudal side through an intra-
nuclear canal and coiling around the posterior portion
of the nucleus. Andre (1963) has demonstrated the an-
terior projection of this rod (50,u) length during the acro-
some reaction. The egg (1.5mm) is covered by two lay-
ers, an outer basement lamina (2p thick) and an inner
vitelline envelope (40-42/i thick). Examination of in-
seminated eggs revealed numerous spermatozoa attached
to the basement lamina. Each sperm attaches by means
of the acrosomal cap and its contents. The sperm axial
rod projects through the two layers and presumably to
the egg plasma membrane. A secondary stage involves
the flagellar microtubules coiling around the nucleus and
beneath the sperm plasma membrane. The mechanisms
involved, mechanical or chemical, are speculative. Sperm
nucleus penetration into egg has not been observed.
(This work was initiated at the Marine Biological Lab-
oratory, Woods Hole, NIH Grant TI HD - 26 - 06,
and supported by NSF Grant GY4092, Virginia Institute
of Marine Science, and by a small research grant fund,
Iowa State University.)

(138)

Some Systematic Observations on Hymenocallis
Salisb. (Amaryllidaceae) in the Southeastern
United States

E. T. Browne, Jr., Memphis State University

As envisaged by the late J. K. Small (Manual of the
Southeastern Flora, 1933) Hymenocallis in the south-
eastern United States consists of eleven species, six of
which he described himself. Subsequently, Traub and
Hayward and others have proposed other binomials for
taxa in the genus with the result that speciation in the
genus is in a very confused state. From this study has
come some clarification which may be of help to those
trying to identify species in the group. As in the case of
the Louisiana Iris species problem unraveled by H. P.
Riley’s brilliant work, Small and the others have appar-
ently taken characters for species delimitation which are
(1) inconstant or (2) are within the range of normal
variation found within most species. Unlike the Iris sit-

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

45

uation, however, hybridization does not seem to have
played too large a role. Considerable revision of the
number of species in the genus would seem to be in-
dicated.

(178)

A Preliminary Study of the Miracidium of
Diplodiscus temper at us (Stafford, 1905)

Thomas P. Buckelew and Felix H. Lauter
University of South Carolina

The morphology of Diplodiscus temperatus was studied
at the optical level. All facets of the morphology were
reviewed including epidermal plates, subepithelium, api-
cal gland, apical papilla, excretory system, nervous sys-
tem, penetration glands, and germ ball. Stain techniques
used were: Hematoxylin and Eosin, Heidenhain’s Iron-
Hematoxylin, and Protein Silver. Vital stains such as
Neutral Red, Methylene Blue, and Nile Blue Sulfate re-
vealed interesting detail. The miracidium was impreg-
nated with silver nitrate in order to reveal the epidermal
plate arrangement. The excretory system of the living
miracidium was studied with the phase contrast micro-
scope. This review of the morphology at the optical level
presented the groundwork for a study of the ultrastruc-
ture of the miracidium.

(9)

Loblolly Pine ( Finns taeda L.) as an Invader of
Granite Outcrop Island Communities

Madeline P. Burbanck, Emory University

After eleven years, eight .75-1. 2m pine seedlings have
become 6-7. 5m trees in an island community at Mount
Arabia. The 25 sq m area of the community has not
changed since 1957 but the maximum soil depth in-
creased from 30 to 41 cm. Andropogon virginicus which
occupied 2/3 of the area of the community in 1957 has
been replaced by pine trees with a ground cover of pine
straw through which emerge a few stunted specimens of
Smilax, Parthenocissus, Quercus seedlings, and small
clumps of Carex communis. In 1957 there were pine
seedlings (1 yr or older) in 5 out of 10 island com-
munities with maximum measured soil depths of 30-50
cm. In 1968 there were pines in 7 of these 10 com-
munities and in 3 additional communities where soil
depth had increased during the 11 yr interval. Severe en-
vironmental conditions, particularly drought, prevent
many pine seedlings from reaching maturity, but this
1 1 -yr study suggests that Pinus taeda can invade island
communities and become a dominant plant of the herb-
shrub serai stage. (Supported in part by N.S.F. Grant
GB-6881.)

(116)

Ecological Implications of Studies of ^-amino
Acids in Anthurid and Asellid Isopods

W. D. Burbank, C. G. Goodchild,
Elizabeth S. Dennis, C. E. Styron1 and
Madeline P. Burbanck, Emory University

Determination of percentages of x-amino acids by the
use of ion exchange chromatography in four populations
of Cyathura polita, two additional species of Cyathura,
and Lirceus fontinalis and comparisons of the percent-
ages were made to discover if there was any correlation

between the number of significant differences and the
closeness of the taxonomic relationship. On the generic
level, total percentage of amino acids and ammonia of
the asellid, Lirceus, was significantly different from the
totals for C. polita, C. carinata, and C. burbancki. The
specific differences were not as pronounced. C. polita
differed markedly from C. burbancki, C. polita and C.
carinata were not very different; and C. carinata and
C. burbancki differed only in percentages of alanine and
ammonia. Interpopulation comparisons showed positive
correlation with certain ecological differences; an eco-
logically isolated population differed markedly from
other Florida populations, and two populations with sim-
ilar habitats differed only in the percentage of methion-
ine. The evidence suggests that percentages of X'amino
acids could be used as an aid in determining ecotypes.
(Work supported by N.S.F. Grant GB-3122 and re-
search grant (PHS-E795) from the Institute of Allergy
and Infectious Diseases of the National Institutes of
Health, Public Health Service.)

1 Present address Oak Ridge National Laboratory

(168)

Experiments with embryos of
A scans lumbricoides var. suum in vacuo

Kenneth D. Burnham
The University of Tennessee

A scar is lumbricoides var. suum embryos, at several
stages of development, were subjected to a vacuum of
three to six mm Hg for thirty minutes duration. The
experimental conditions utilized were designed to simu-
late commercial practices employed in the vacuum cool-
ing of produce, a process widely used in Arizona and
California. In comparison with controls, no adverse ef-
fects in development of embryos were noted during three
weeks of observations.

(177)

Thymidine phosphorylase activity in chicken
erythrocytes infected with avian malaria,
Plasmodium lophurae

J. I. Capone and R. W. Hull
Florida State University

Thymidine phosphorylase activity has been found in
the Plasmodium lophurae and chicken erythrocyte com-
plex. Preliminary investigations have shown that the en-
zyme is membrane-bound and sensitive to inactivation
by lipid solvents and free oxygen or oxidizing agents. It
has been differentiated from the hydrolases by its de-
pendency on phosphate. The enzyme is specific for thymi-
dine. It was also found that the early stage chicken
reticulocyte possessed a high specific activity of thymi-
dine phosphorylase but the activity decreased logarith-
mically as the cell matured into a functional erythrocyte.
The mature erythrocyte does not demonstrate thymidine
phosphorylase activity. There is a linear relationship of
enzyme activity to parasitemia in the early stages of in-
fection, i.e., before the chicken responds to the hemolysis
caused by the segmented parasites rupturing the cell,
with a strong and sudden reticulocytosis, generally be-
ing initiated 72 hours after the infection began.

The origin of the enzyme, i.e., host or parasite, is
unknown since it cannot be separated from the mem-
brane of lysed infected erythrocytes. At present it can-

46

ASB Bulletin

not be separated from the membranes without inactiva-
tion, thus suggesting the possibility of reactivation of
host originated enzyme by the parasite. Possible mechan-
isms are discussed.

(150)

Seed Germination Responses from the Salt Marsh
Grass Distichlis spicala (L.) Green,
(Angiospermae, Poales Poaceae) :
Ecological Aspects

George E. Carter, Jr. and Richard J. Kelly
Wake Forest University

On the assumption that the flowering plants occurring
in the mean-high-tide area of the esturine salt marshes
are obligate halophytes, the seed germination require-
ments of Distichlis spicata were investigated. It was de-
termined that D. spicata, a faculatative rather than ob-
ligate halophyte, sets dormant, viable seeds which appear
to be non-photoblastic. Several treatments were found
to give high germination percentages. Among these were
after-ripening (stratification), leaching-scarification, and
osmotic shock. These pre-germination requirements will
be related to the general esturine ecology.

(134)

Chemotaxonomic Studies in the Southeastern
Species of Luzula

Janice C. Coffey, Queens College

The genus Luzula is represented in the southeastern
United States by four species: Luzula acuminata Raf.
var. acuminata and var. carolinae (S. Wats.) Fern., L.
bulbosa (Wood) Rydb., L. echinata (Small) Hermann,
and L. multiflora (Retz.) Lej. No published data is
available concerning the secondary pigments occurring
in this genus. This investigation proposes to establish
flavonoid patterns in these species and to use these pat-
terns as a basis for further investigations into the nature
of variation in this genus. Identification of the consistent-
ly occurring flavones and flavonols is offered.

(10)

Net Primary Productivity of Young Big Tooth
Aspen ( Populus grandidentatd) stands in
Cheboygan County, Michigan

Arthur W. Cooper
North Carolina State University

Following destruction of original forests of red and
white pine on sandy soils in northern lower Michigan by
timbering and fire, sprout stands of Big tooth aspen
( Populus grandidentata ) have developed. Permanent
sample plots established on property owned by the Uni-
versity of Michigan Biological Station provide data on
rates of species change and permit quantitative recon-
struction of the general pattern of succession. In addi-
tion, relationships between diameter and weight of trees,
determined from destructive sampling, permit estimates
of standing crop of trees at given times during the suc-
cession. Data on changes in species composition and
size from the permanent sample plots have been com-
bined with estimates of the standing crop of above
ground biomass of plants to provide generalizations on
changes in rates of net primary productivity during the
first 50 years of the succession.

(123)

Productivity and Species Diversity
of Plankton, Norris Lake, Summer, 1968

Cynthia Cowgill and A. Randolph Shields

Plankton samples from four embayments of Norris
Lake were used to relate productivity and species di-
versity. In general, the two parameters are inversely re-
lated. The most significant observation was the increase
in diversity values without any increase in total pro-
ductivity adjacent to marinas where several houseboats
are moored. In one instance this was associated with
oxygen depletion. Plankton production in Norris Lake
is relatively low.

(142)

Demonstration of a Potassium-Sensitive,
Calcium- Activated Adenosine Triphosphatase in
the Meristematic Cells of Lost Pine.

T. J. Culpepper1 and Iola T. McClurkin
University of Mississippi

Calcium ions activated adenosine triphosphatase
(ATPase) activity in the nuclei of the meristematic cells
in root tips from lost pine seedlings, a race of Pinus
taeda L. Sodium, in conjunction with equivalent con-
centrations of calcium and ATP, inhibited ATPase ac-
tivity, whereas potassium ions under the same circum-
stances further increased the activity of calcium. This
specific cation-stimulated ATPase requires equivalent
concentrations of calcium and ATP, and magnesium
ions cannot substitute for calcium. It has an optimum
pH of 5.5 and is located only in the nuclear component
of the cell.

The determination of the amounts of phosphate lib-
erated by the experimental cations from tissue homog-
enates of the seedling root tips complemented and paral-
leled the histochemical results of this study.

1 Now at University of Southern Mississippi

(187)

A Survey of the Helminths of Aquatic Turtles
in North Carolina

Frost H. Cunningham
North Carolina State University

During July 1967 to October 1968, one hundred and
one specimens of the following species of aquatic turtles
were collected in six counties in North Carolina: 29
Pseudemys scripta scripta, 28 Chrysemys picta picta, 18
Sternotherus odoratus, 14 Chelydra serpentina serpentina,
6 Kinosternon subrubrum subrubrum, 5 Pseudemys
ftoridana floridana, and one Clemmys guttata. Twenty
three species of helminths were obtained as follows: fif-
teen species of trematodes; three species of acanthoce-
phalans; four species of nematodes; and one species of
leech. Pseudemys scripta scripta, the yellow bellied turtle,
harbored the widest variety of helminths. Spironoura
chelydrae, a nematode, was the most abundant parasite
both in distribution and number per host. Nine new
host records and ten new locality records are reported
from North Carolina.

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

47

(173)

The Effects of X-radiation on the Blood Picture of
Mice Infected with Heligmosomum skrjabini
(Nematoda: Heligmosomidae)

James R. Cunningham, Clemson University

The effects of concurrent X-radiation and parasitism
by an intestinal nematode, Heligmosomum skrjabini
( = Nematospiroides dubius), on the blood picture of Fi
hybrids of C3H/Anf and C57BL laboratory mice has
been studied. Mice were inoculated orally with 200 in-
fective larvae and irradiated with one of four different
dosages of total body irradiation so that the leucopenia
resulting from the irradition coincided with the leucocy-
tosis caused by the parasite. Hematological data included
total and differential leucocyte counts, and packed cell
volumes (hematocrits). Total egg production was also
investigated using a modified McMaster technique.
Significant results of the experiment will be discussed.

U7)

Oil-Field Succession Six Years After Significant
Gamma-Neutron Radiation Exposure

Charles Daniel, Georgia College

Old-field succession on a flood plain in North Georgia
received total exposure of 44.600 rads in two significant
burst during initial stages of development. Third year
succession reverted to first year dominant Diodia teres,
where perennial invasion did not occur. Where previ-
ously established in third year dominancy, perennial
Monarda punctata maintained dominancy by vegetative
budding until fifth year despite irradiation. Six years
later with no further significant irradiation to affect
grasses and forbes, Lespedeza cuneata and Monarda
shared dominance, however tree invasion was insignifi-
cant. Non-irradiated control succession was dominated
by Monarda in the third and by Monarda-Smilax bona-
nox in fifth year succession. Six years later both con-
trol areas had an open pine canopy above a grass-forbe
Monarda-Smilax-Andropogon virginicus dominance.

(49)

Ultrastructure Studies of Several Marine
Dinoflagellates (Division: Pyrrophyta)

Joanne T. Davis and Clinton J. Dawes
University of South Florida

Dinoffagellate species, Gonyaulax polyhedra, G. Moni-
lata, Protoceratium reticulatum, Pyrodinium bahamense,
Prorocentrum gracile, and Gymnodinium splendens, iso-
lated from the Gulf of Mexico and cultured by the
Florida Board of Conservation, were examined with the
electron microscope. The general ultrastructure of the
dinoffagellate is described with the primary studies based
on Gonyaulax polyhedra and G. monilata. The other
species were used as comparative organisms. Typical eu-
karyotic organelles were found, and in addition, sev-
eral unusual features were noted. Trichocysts were sim-
ilar in all the species examined except Prorocentrum
gracile. The chloroplast membrane for G. polyhedra
consisted of a triple membrane. An unusual concentra-
tion of concentric mitochondria was encountered in
Pyrodinium bahamense. Thecal plates were apparently
surrounded by two unit membranes, the thecal mem-

branes, one which encircled each plate and another mem-
brane which covered the whole cell. Directly beneath
the plasmalemma was a layer of small tubules. The
nucleus contained numerous condensed fibrillar chromo-
somes.

(73)

Courtship and Intermale Behavior of the
Jumping Spider, Zygoballus bettini Peckham

John D. Davis

Mississippi State College for Women

A study of courtship and intermale displays of the
jumping spider Zygoballus bettini Peckham indicates be-
havioral differences correlated with male polymorphism.
Three forms of males were distinguishable by overall
size and proportions of fang and first leg, both of which
are releasers in displays. Using stimuli of known inten-
sity, fifty courtship display sequences were filmed for
each size group. Motor elements of display were found
to be highly constant, but were patterned into units in
which the male approached the female rapidly or more
slowly. Typically, the rate of approach accelerated as
the male neared the female, but the total number of
rapid units versus slower units differed for the smallest
males and other groups. Seventy per cent of the total
movement units of the smallest males involved slow ap-
proach versus fifty per cent for the other groups. The
largest males tended to hold their first legs farther from
the vertical than the other groups: this difference was
also seen in intention movements. Intermale pairings
resulted in a different set of motor patterns and grap-
pling without injury, except when small males were
paired with the largest males, in which case the small
males were attacked without releasing the agonistic ritual
movements of the large males.

It is suggested that the small males may represent the
initial male size, and that selective pressure for super-
normal releasers has produced the larger forms.

(50)

An ultrastructural study of the colorless green
alga, Saprochaete saccharophila Coker and Shanor
(Chlorophyceae, Chaetophorales,
Saprochaetaceae)

Clinton J. Dawes
University of South Florida

The cytology of a colorless green alga Saprochaete
saccharophila Coker and Shanor (Chaetophorales) has
been studied utilizing light and electron microscopes.
The eukaryotic cell structure is very similar to fungal
cells, containing Golgi bodies, mitochondria, nuclei and
glycogen-like bodies. The cell wall contains microfibrils
arranged parallel to the filament axis and an abundance
of amorphous material. The possible chemical constitu-
tion of these microfibrils is discussed. Small protrusions
from the cell wall project into the cell lumen and are
reminiscent of trabeculae found in Caulerpa. The fungal
and algal features of this organism are compared and
discussed.

48

ASB Bulletin

(165)

Ultrastructure of Mitosis in Volvox aureus

T. R. Deason, W. H. Darden, Jr., and
Sarah Ely, University of Alabama

Male colonies of the M5 strain of Volvox aureus can
be induced at will, and the developing sperm packets
provide a source of rapidly and synchronously dividing
cells. Colonies with dividing male initials were selected
using disposable glass pipettes, fixed in gluteraldehyde
and osmium, and embedded in an Epon-Araldite mix-
ture. Previous reports of intranuclear division are con-
firmed, and the role of microtubules and basal bodies
in mitosis is discussed.

(26)

Phylogenetic and Systematic Significance of Leaf
Vascularization in Dilleniaceae
( Angiospermae-Dicotyledoneae )

William C. Dickison
Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The mature foliar nodes of Dilleniaceae (sensu stricto)
are unilacunar one-trace, trilacunar, and multilacunar.
The unilacunar and multilacunar patterns are both de-
rived from the trilacunar condition. Cotyledonary nodes
are unilacunar two-trace or unilacunar one-trace. Nodal
anatomy discredits a close relationship between the Dil-
leniaceae and Theaceae. Descriptions of petiole venation
patterns reveal that vascular cylinders composed of
widely dissected bundles are more primitive than those
with fused bundles and more complex medullary traces.
The vascularization of the lamina displays fundamental
phylogenetic trends of specialization in both major and
minor venation. Bundle sheath cells are either paren-
chymatous or sclerenchymatous and may enclose the
terminal tracheids. Slender venation patterns lacking
bundle sheathing are less specialized than coarser-veined
leaves with massive bundle sheathing. When consid-
ered together, nodal anatomy and foliar vasculature are
frequently of excellent diagnostic and taxonomic value.

(115)

The Use of the Sequential Comparison Index as a
Biological Evaluation of Stream Pollution

Kenneth L. Dickson and John Cairns, Jr.

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Six sampling stations were located on a twelve-mile
stretch of the New River in Giles County, Virginia,
which received three different potential sources of pollu-
tion. Representative and comparable samples of macro-
invertebrates were obtained at each station using a bot-
tom net and a Peterson dredge. Evaluation of data was
made using the Sequential Comparison Index (S.C.I.)5
and taxonomic techniques, such as species diversity, the
Biotic Index, and the breakdown into intolerant, facul-
tative, and tolerant categories.

Interpretation of the data shows similarities between
all techniques of evaluation. When unit effort and de-
gree of professional specialization required are compared
for the various techniques, the S.C.I. proves to be a
simple, rapid, and reliable technique for the evaluation
of the biological effects of pollution. Although taxonomic
specialization is not required for the use of the S.C.I.,
a basic understanding of aquatic ecology is essential for

its interpretation. (Research supported by Manufactur-
ing Chemists Association.)

1 Cairns, John, Jr., et al., J. Water Pollution Control
Federation, 40, 9, 1607 (1968).

(186)

Simple Method of Preparing Intestinal
Tracts of Mice for the Purpose of Studying
Adult Trichinella spiralis in situ

H. Donald Dobbs, Wofford College

A method has been devised for mounting and staining
in to to intestinal tracts of mice so that entire popula-
tions of adult Trichinella spiralis can be studied in situ.
Small and large intestines are mounted on strips of heavy
absorptive paper, slit longitudinally, and fixed with
Bouin’s for 20-30 minutes. The intestinal strips are hy-
drated, stained with Delafield’s hematoxylin for 5-10
minutes, and then transferred to 35% alcohol. The
strips are “read” under a magnification of 20X. The
position and sex of each worm and the locations of Pay-
er’s patches are recorded on a plotting chart in scale
with the intestinal tract. These preparations permit in-
vestigation of spatial relationships among individual
worms, and between worms and intestinal structures (vil-
li and Peyer’s patches), and the linear frequency dis-
tribution of adult trichinella in the same host. This
method is being used in conjunction with mass recovery
techniques for the purpose of studying the effects of
immunity on distributional patterns of adult trichinella
in the small intestine.

(92)

Population Density and Home Range Size of the
Eastern Box Turtle ( Terrapene c. Carolina )
in Eastern Tennessee

Richard A. Dolbeer, University of Tennessee

By systematic searching of a 22 acre woodland near
Knoxville, Tennessee, 270 box turtles were captured,
marked, and released during 1968, with many being re-
captured a number of times. The location of each turtle
captured was recorded by reference to trees marked at
250 foot intervals. From the data on locations of recap-
tured turtles, the average home range diameter for
adults was estimated to be 250 feet. A population esti-
mate of seven to nine turtles per acre was obtained by
the use of capture-recapture data. These results are some-
what different than the estimates given for the same spe-
cies by investigators in Maryland and Indiana in which
the frnme range diameter was estimated to be 325 to
375 feet and the population density four to five turtles
per acre. This indicates that the habitat used in this
study is somewhat more suitable for the box turtle in
that it supports a higher population with a smaller home
range for individual turtles.

(40)

Threonine Deaminase Feedback Inhibition in a
Pseudomonad Species

Bobby F. Drake and Victor E. Feisal
Memphis State University

Feedback inhibition of threonine deaminase was stud-
ied in a Pseudomonad species. Investigations with crude
cell-free extracts revealed (I) concentrations of isoleucine

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

49

necessary to inhibit the threonine deaminase reaction
from 0 to 100% at substrate concentrations of 0.4M,
0.2M, and 0.1M threonine, (II) enzymatic activity at
different pH, in which pH 9 was determined as optimum,
(III) enzymatic activity at different temperatures, at
which 40 C was determined as optimum, and (IV) the
enzyme to be specific for the L forms of threonine and
isoleucine.

It, also, was noted that as substrate concentration was
doubled the amount of isoleucine to inhibit the reaction
by 50% was doubled. Higher concentrations of isoleu-
cine were required to completely inhibit the reaction at
pH higher than 8. Enzymatic activity was greater under
alkaline conditions, as activity ceases at a pH below 7.

(137)

Corona Variation in Southeastern U.S. Matelea
(Asclepiadaceae)

Donald J. Drapalik, Georgia Southern College

I recognize nine species of Matelea in the Southeastern
United States. Six species display a considerable amount
of corona variation as compared to the other three.
These six species include all those cited under Odonto-
stephana, Alexander in Small, Manual Southeast Flora.
Garden studies have shown that most of the variation is
due to genetic rather than environmental factors, and
that artificial interspecific Fi hybrids generally have cor-
onas that are intermediate between the two parents.
Corona variation appears to be random in respect to all
other characters studied. All variants of a single species
are frequently found within single natural populations.
In spite of the tremendous amount of corona variation,
each species usually has a “typical” corona pattern which
can be used as a diagnostic tool.

(167)

The Chemical Characterization of the
Notochordal Sheath in Bullfrog Larvae

Kiah Edwards, Jr. and Roy Hunter, Jr.

Atlanta University

The notochordal sheath of larval amphibians {Rana
catesbeiana, Class Amphibia, Order Anura), which is
found directly around the peripheral and vacuolated
notochordal cells, consists of two components: an inner
fibrous and an outer elastic lamella. In an effort to clari-
fy data on the chemical nature of the sheath, the method
of enzymic hydrolysis was employed. Sections of tissue
from the tails and isolated notochordal sheaths were ob-
served before and after treatment with hyaluronidase,
collagenase, gelatinase, elastase, lipase, steapsin, and
proteinase. The sheath was unaffected by hyaluronidase
treatment. The inner fibrous lamella and the basement
lamella of the epidermis (a well defined collagenous
structure) were completely hydrolyzed by collagenase
and gelatinase. Proteinase treatment resulted in a dis-
ruption of the compactness of the fibrous lamella. The
outer elastic lamella of the sheath was not affected by
elastase and the other enzymes, either singly or in com-
binations. Neither component of the sheath was altered
by lipase and steapsin, although these enzymes did cause
a disruption of the vacuolated notochordal cells. These
data confirm the collagenous nature of the fibrous lamel-
la; however, the precise nature of the elastic lamella
remains unknown.

(130)

Macroscopic Temperate Zone Epiphyllae

E. Ann Ellis and Joe A. Edmisten
University of Georgia

Ruinen (1961) described the environment for epi-
phytes on the external surfaces of perennial, tropical
leaves (the phyllosphere). In the tropics, well-developed
phyllosphere populations (epiphyllae) are of general oc-
currence. Ruinen also recognized a successional sequence
of epiphyllae establishment. Fungi, algae, lichens, and
liverworts have been observed growing on leaves of
Magnolia grandiflora, Hex opaca, and Serenoa repens in
southwest Georgia. Prominent epiphyllous species from
these leaves have been identified. The successional se-
quence of these epiphyllous species is being studied.
Comparisons of the temperate zone epiphyllae and tropi-
cal epiphyllae will be made. Ektachrome slides of epi-
phyllae will be shown.

(29)

Description and Breaking of Dormancy in Corms
of J ack-in-the-Pulpit ( Arisaema Spp.)

Tim T. Ellis and Varley E. Wiedeman
University of Louisville

As one of the spring herbaceous perennials J ack-in-
the-Pulpit develops from a corm. Corms from a natural
population were divided into four categories. Three of
the categories, based on corm size, are suggested to cor-
respond to different age groups. Plants of the fourth
category, bud corms, were tenuously attached to parent
corms and lacked the root system characteristic of the
other groups. Only plants of the largest category devel-
oped flowers on their vegetative shoots. Breaking of dor-
mancy was accomplished by chilling corms collected in
July for at least two months at a temperature of 4 C.
Development of plants seemed to follow the sequence
found in nature.

(67)

Preliminary Investigations of Protein-Bound
Iodine in the Mongolian Gerbil
( Meriones unguiculatus)

Mattie D. Farmer and George W. Tate, Jr.

Memphis State University

The Mongolian gerbil ( Meriones unguiculatus) has
been investigated for possible use as a clinical research
animal for studying thyroid physiology. Using a modifi-
cation of the technique of Grossman and Grossman, PBI
(protein-bound iodine) values and total iodine volume
were determined for the gerbil. The average PBI value
was 2.38 ± .25 ug/100 ml, and the average value for
total iodine volume was 6.1 ± .39 ug/100 ml. The action
of sodium salicylate as a possible factor in the deiodina-
tion of thyroxine was also investigated.

(166)

Observations on Chinese Hamster ( Cricetulus
griseus) Metaphase Chromosomes with the
Scanning Electron Microscope

Robert H. Fetner, Georgia Institute of Technology

This report describes our preliminary investigation on
metaphase chromosomes in Chinese hamster ( Cricetulus

50

ASB Bulletin

griseus ) cells using the scanning electron microscope.
The material used was a fibroblast cell culture in the
first transfer from minced embryos.

(164)

Effects of Light and Temperature on the
Ultrastructure of Stage IV Cells of Chlorogloea
fritschii (Cyanophyceae, Chroococcales)

Davis L. Findley and Patricia L. Walne
University of Tennessee, Knoxville

Experiments have shown the effects of varying condi-
tions of light and temperature on the morphology of the
blue-green alga, Chlorogloea fritschii. Manipulation of
the light intensity from 25 to 700 ft-candles of light and
temperature from 25 to 45 C results in conditions under
which predictable morphological stages predominate. At
the extreme temperature of 45 C, low light intensity
(60 ft-c) results in 100% Stage IV cells (unicellular,
endospore forming), and high light intensity (600 ft-c)
results in only 25% Stage IV cells and 75% Stage I
cells (short filaments). The present study provides com-
parative data on the ultrastructure of cells grown under
these conditions of temperature and light intensity. The
possible effects of various light qualities on the morphol-
ogy and ultrastructure of the organisms will also be
considered.

(60)

In Vitro Experimental Effects of Radiocobalt 60
on Rabbit Polymorphonuclear leucocytes

Diane Oakerson Fleming, Memphis State University

The eosin dye exclusion test is the only significantly
sensitive method found in the present study to measure
the radiation response of rabbit polymorphonuclear leu-
cocytes in the first three hours following radiation doses
of 50,000-150,000 rads. These radioresistant cells show
sensitivity to radiation at 100,000 rads. Addition of bac-
teria to the cells for a phagocytic test lowers the dose
of radiation necessary for this loss of cell viability to
50,000 rads. The phagocytic index, percent phagocytosis,
and bactericidal capacity of these cells are not signifi-
cantly changed by these levels of radiation; a few stud-
ies indicate sensitivity in the 250,000-350,000 range. In-
tracellular (lysosomal) enzymes such as lysozyme and
alkaline phosphatase (AP) do not vary in activity at
the 50,000-150,000 rad levels. The post-radiation inter-
val of measurement is important since cell viability and
AP activity decrease significantly as a function of time.
A three-way analysis of variance is used to determine
the statistical significance of the variations due to radi-
ation, the time interval, and the randomly bred rabbits.
A model is described for testing the “enzyme release”
hypothesis of radiation damage to the cell.

(52)

A Morphological and Cytochemical Study of
Tritrichomonas august a (Alexeieff) 1911

Joseph C. Floyd and Felix H. Lauter
University of South Carolina

New information on the cytochemistry of Tritricho-
monas augusta is presented in this study. Also, the mor-
phology of the organism is redescribed.

DNA was found to be located in the nucleus, being
demonstrated there by the Feulgen nucleal reaction and

the methyl green-pyronin Y staining procedure. The
DNA is of the double-stranded type. RNA is located in
the cytoplasm and the nucleoplasm. The specificity of
the Feulgen nucleal reaction and the methyl green-py-
ronin Y staining reaction was verified by the use of the
enzymes DNase and RNase.

Glycogen was demonstrated by Best’s carmine stain,
the periodic acid-Schiff reaction, and the Bauer Feulgen
reaction. The axostyle stained positive for glycogen, the
walls giving a positive reaction and the central region
remaining unstained. The perinuclear cloud is composed
of glycogen granules. Glycogen particles were found in
the cytoplasm. Salivary amylase and diastase were used
to substantiate the results of the stains for glycogen.

(180)

Influence of Weather on the Intensity of Infection
of Bighorn Sheep with Lungworms of the
Genus Protostrongylus (Nematoda:
Protostrongylidae )

Donald J. Forrester, Clemson University

During a ten year period (1959-68) lungs from Rocky
Mountain bighorn sheep ( Ovis c. canadensis ) were ex-
amined for infections by the lung nematodes, Protos-
trongylus stilesi and P. rushi. All lungs were collected
from rams over three years of age which had been shot
during October, November, and December of each year
by special-permit hunters in the Sun River game area
of western Montana.

Year to year changes in intensity of infection were
studied by measuring the surface areas of lesions caused
by P. stilesi and by counting the numbers of adult P.
rushi for each lung. The variations were correlated with
precipitation and temperatures during the preceding
spring months, especially April and May. These obser-
vations will be discussed in relation to the activities of
the land snails which serve as intermediate hosts of these
lungworms. (Supported, in part, by National Science
Foundation grant G-19422.)

(172)

Reproductive Performance of a Laboratory
Colony of deermice, Peromyscus maniculatus

Donald J. Forrester, Clemson University

Certain aspects of the breeding activities of a lab-
oratory colony of wild and first-generation Peromyscus
maniculatus were studied over a 23 month period.

Data on more than 600 litters and 2500 offspring
were obtained. Average litter size was 4.3 for all litters
and 4.1 and 4.7 for litters born to wild-trapped and
first-generation females respectively. The range for num-
bers of young per litter varied from 1 to 7 for wild
females and 1 to 9 for litters of first-generation females.
More males than females were born to both types of
females. Litters born to wild and first-generation fe-
males showed an increase in size up to the seventh preg-
nancy. The incidence of pregnancy was highest in first-
generation females. Reasons for the better reproductive
performance of first-generation females will be suggest-
ed. (Supported in part by Graduate Training Grant 5T1-
762 from the U.S. Public Health Service.)

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

51

(22a)

An Example of the Use of Color Infrared Aerial
Photography for Salt Marsh Gradient Analysis

William A. Foster, North Carolina State University

The relative importance of 7 types of marsh vegetation
on the Lockwood Folly River, North Carolina, was esti-
mated through the use of color infrared aerial photo-
graphs. Vegetational changes inland from the inlet
along this tidal river are a function of environmental
gradients such as salinity, elevation, and substrate. The
pattern of vegetational change along this composite
gradient indicates likely areas for future studies on fac-
tors limiting the distribution of certain plant species.

(70)

Notes on the Migratory of the Southern
Harvester Ant ( Pogonomyrmex badius)

John B. Gentry, University of Georgia

Life history studies of the southern harvester ant,
Pogonomyrmex badius, are in progress at the Savannah
River Plant near Aiken, South Carolina. One interesting
part of the studies has been observations on the migra-
tory behavior of this seed-eating ant species. The migra-
tions, which take place between May and October, occur
across the surface of the ground in the form of a line of
ants carrying brood and food stores from the old to a
new colony site. In some areas, up to 97% of the colo-
nies migrate one time during the summer. As many as
40% of these colonies may undergo a second migration.

The stimulus, or stimuli, which results in the migration
of P. badius colonies is not known. Normally, only a
small part of the worker force is active above ground at
any one time. However, during migration, the entire
colony is exposed. Apparently, this risk is necessary to
insure survival of the colony.

(ID

The Ecological and Taxonomic Distinctness of
Carya carolinaeseptentrionalis and
Carya ovata in the Southeast

Edward L. Gibbon, North Carolina State University

Carolina shagbark hickory ( Carya carolinae-septentri-
onalis) and shagbark hickory ( Carya ovata) have been
considered as separate species or combined as a single
species by various authors. In certain areas of their
range of sympatric occurrence they occupy what appear
to be distinctly different sites while in some locations
they occur on the same site.

Soil samples were collected from beneath representa-
tives of both taxa. These samples were analyzed for
selected properties including available phosphorous;
exchangeable calcium, magnesium, potassium, and alumi-
num; and particle size distribution. A taxonomic analy-
sis of the two taxa, using vegetative criteria, has been
made. The result of these ecological and taxonomic
investigations will be reported.

(90)

Structure and Dynamics of the Yellow-bellied
turtle, Pseudemys scripta (Reptilia: Chelonia:
Emydidae) in an Artificially Heated Reservoir)

J. Whitfield Gibbons,

Savannah River Ecology Laboratory

Individuals of the yellow-bellied turtle, Pseudemys
scripta, in a heated reservoir on the Savannah River
Plant reach exceedingly large body sizes and maintain
extraordinary juvenile growth rates when compared with
turtles of this species from other populations on the Sa-
vannah River Plant. Increased aquatic temperatures may
be responsible in some way for these observed growth
differences. The increased growth rates result in certain
changes in population structure and dynamics which have
interesting consequences on the population ecology of
this species.

(109)

Mass Accumulation of Protozoan Microorganisms

Stephen M. Gittleson and Barbara Woodruff,
University of Kentucky

During an investigation of vertical aggregations of
protozoa (Gittleson and Jahn, 1968) it was observed that
by reducing the surface area of cultures, the aggregating
organisms would sediment in massive numbers. The high-
est relative concentration factors (ratio of cells/ml in
concentrate to cells/ml in culture) are about 260 for
Polytomella agilis, 240 for Polytomella caeca, 80 for As-
tasia longa, 70 for Chlamydomonas reinhardi ( — ), 50 for
Chlamydomonas reinhardi ( + ), 50 for Euglena gracilis,
and 40 for Tetrahymena pyriformis where cells/ml in
culture are about 100,000, 700,000, 300,000, 1,000,000,
2,600,000, 400,000 and 100,000, respectively. All organ-
isms were grown axenically in a medium of 0.1 g sodium
acetate, 0.2 g yeast extract and 0.1 g tryptone/100 ml
distilled water in 1,000 ml batches and transferred to 250
ml burettes for mass accumulation (23 to 26 degrees C).
Direct cell counts were made using the Sedgewick-Rafter
method.

(Research supported by the University of Kentucky
Research Foundation).

(183)

A Study of the Validity of Certain Spirorchis
Species. (Trematoda: Digenea)

C. G. Goodchild and Virginia L. Martin
Emory University and Queens College

Eggs from the tissues of wild Chrysemys picta captured
iri Georgia were used to establish the life cycle of Spi-
rorchis scripta in the laboratory. Two lines of parasites
were begun from monomiracidial infections in the snail,
Me net us dilatatus. Hatchling C. picta obtained from
commercial suppliers and exposed to cercariae of these
parasites were grown under a varying range of condi-
tions until sacrificed to permit recovery of adult worms.
Worms were prepared as whole mounts and subjected to
a series of measurements set up by other authors to
characterize different species of Spirorchis. This work
strongly suggested the synonymy of S. picta and S. eie-
gans with S. scripta.

52

ASB Bulletin

active animals were a male and a female; the most

Geographical Distribution and Seasonal Incidence quiescent were gravid females-
in the Helminth Parasites of the Starling, Sturnus 1 present address: Memphis State University.
vulgaris L. (Aves: Passeriformes; Sturnidae)

Jay D. Hair, Clemson University

Seventy-five species of helminths, representing 49 gen-
era, have been reported from starlings by numerous au-
thors in different parts of the world. They comprise 26
species of Trematoda, 13 of Cestoda, 27 Nematoda, and
nine Acanthocephala. In all instances except one, more
genera and species of helminths have been reported from
starlings from the eastern than from the western hemis-
phere. Several possible factors which may contribute to
the differences between the helminth faunas of starlings
from the two hemispheres are suggested.

The incidence of parasitism is high in starlings in west-
ern South Carolina during the spring and summer
months. The prevalence and seasonal variations of the
helminth parasites appear to be dependent on numerous
factors which will be suggested.

(35)

Single Lobe Growth Patterns in
Parmelia caper at a (Lichens)

Mason E. Hale, Smithsonian Institution

The growth of a single lobe has been followed with
closeup photography for one year. The dominant pat-
tern is dichotomous branching with about one complete
dichotomy each year. Lateral and intercalary growth
is minor; most is strictly apical. During winter months
growth rates are extremely low (of the order of 0.05
mm per week), but by April there is a rapid increase.
The chief manifestation of growth is enlargement of the
opaque white patches below the cortex which represent
fungal tissue without associated algae. During rapid
growth the fungal component grows faster than the al-
gae, carrying along and enlarging the white patches.
The patches decrease in size or close up during fall
and winter as growth slows down.

(91)

Movements and Activity Patterns of the
Dusky Salamander, Desmognathus fuscus

James W. Hardin1, Roger W. Barbour,

James P. Schafer, and Michael J. Harvey1,
University of Kentucky

Movements and activity patterns of 14 Desmognathus
fuscus were studied using radioisotope tagging and track-
ing techniques. The average home range size of 5 sala-
manders with 40 or more points of detection was 48.4 m2
range, 25.2 m2 to 114.5 m2). The maximum movement
in a 24 hr period was 17.1 m (in 10 hr 25 min). Most
recorded movements were of distances less than 2 m.
Most movements began between 0600 and 0900 and
between 2100 and 2400. The salamanders had peaks
of activity at 0800 and 2300. The least activity was
observed at 0300 and at 1600, average temperatures be-
ing 17.0°C and 29.0°C respectively. During and after
rainfall the animals were often found out of the stream
channel. In daylight wet periods the peaks of movement
were exaggerated whereas in nighttime wet periods the
movements were similar to nighttime dry periods. No
sexual differences in activity were noted. The two most

(163)

Isozymes of the E± Esterase in Zea mays

John W. Harris, Tennessee Tech

Five alleles of the Et esterase gene in maize have been
found. Alleles Ed, Ei S Ed, and Ed each specify a ser-
ies of isozymes with differing rates of anodal migration
in starch gel electrophoresis at pH 8.5. The slowest band
of each series is the most intense, with each faster band
being progressively lower in intensity. The fifth allele,
Ei", is a null or silent gene. The multiple bands speci-
fied by different Ei alleles are distinguishable by the
position to which the slowest band migrates in electro-
phoresis. However a number of the isozymes belonging
to different series were found to correspond in migra-
tion rate. All of the bands in a particular E* series
are specified by a single gene and the genes responsible
for the production of different series are allelic. Sev-
eral lines of evidence indicate that the various Ei iso-
zymes differ in charge.

(143)

The Effect of Fast Neutron Radiation and Light
Intensity on Root-Shoot Ratios of
Liriodendron tulipifera L. Seedings

W. F. Harris

Radiation Ecology Section, Health Physics Division
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee

Shoots of 2-year old yellow poplar were given acute
sublethal fast neutron radiation doses of 200, 300 and
400 rads as dormancy was breaking. Plants were then
grown in 100%, 50%, and 25% full sunlight. Three
replicates of each treatment combination were harvested
at 45, 75, 115 and 195 days post-irradiation. Root-
shoot ratios (R/S) ranged from 0.85 (full sun-controls)
to 0.23 (25% full sun-400 rads). At 45 and 75 days
post-irradiation R/S values of irradiated seedlings were
significantly lower (P<0.05) than those of controls.
Time (45 to 75 days) intensified the radiation effect.
Reduced light intensity had little effect to this point. At
1 1 5 days radiation and reduced light both significantly
lowered (P<0.05) R/S values compared to radiation-
treatment controls and full sun-grown plants. Reduced
light resulted in R/S values similar to those of full sun-
grown plants receiving 400 rads. Recovery (increased
R/S value) of irradiated plants was more complete for
50% full sun-grown plants. Recovery was accelerated
by a combination of increased lateral growth and re-
duced light intensity, increasing leaf area and photosyn-
thate. Therefore, interactions of light intensities and
ionizing radiation can play a significant role in deter-
mining R/S balances and subsequent growth and survi-
val of plants.

(Research sponsored by the U.S. Atomic Energy Com-
mission under contract with the Union Carbide Cor-
poration.)

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

53

(108)

Home Range of the Eastern Mole,
Scalopus aquaticus

(8)

Isolating Mechanisms in the
Lupinus argenteus Complex

Michael J. Harvey, Memphis State University

and Roger W. Barbour, University of Kentucky

Radioisotope tagging and tracing techniques were used
in determining home ranges of seven eastern moles, four
males and three females. Moles were tagged subcutane-
ously, using a hypodermic needle and plunger apparatus,
with 50 microcurie Co60 alloy wire tags. Detection ap-
paratus consisted of a model 489 Thyac II survey meter
equipped with earphones, shoulder strap, and a scintil-
lation probe mounted at one end of a 3 m tubular
aluminum pole. Each mole was located on at least 40
different days during periods ranging from 11 months
to 3 years. The modified minimum area method was
used for calculating home range areas. Average home
range area was 7,433 m2; males averaged 10,898 m2
(range, 3,616-18,041 nr), and females averaged
2,812 nr (range, 1,512 - 3,430 nr).

(69)

Growth Parameters and Notes on the Biology of
Bittacomorpha clavipes (Fab.)

(Insecta: Diptera: Ptychopteridae)

John T. Hayes, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory

The phantom crane fly, Bittacomorpha clavipes (Fab.)
is a widely distributed species occurring in marshy areas
adjacent to streams and ponds from Ontario to Mani-
toba south to Florida and Texas. In January, 1969, over
100 larvae of this species were collected from a small
stream flowing from an artesian well on the Savannah
River Plant, Aiken, South Carolina. A comparison of
head capsule width with dry weight biomass of the in-
dividual larvae suggests four or perhaps five larval in-
stars. Overwintering occurs in the larval stage which
feeds on detritus and possibly Spirogyra. Adults are
present from early spring until late fall, with peaks of
abundance in June and October, at the Savannah River
Plant.

(7)

Preliminary Studies of Nitrogen Fixation
on a Granite Outcrop

J. Robert Herford and Joe A. Edmisten
University of Georgia

The nitrogen budget of a granite outcrop is being
studied by using a acetylene reduction test (Stewart et
al, Proc. N.A.S. 58: 2071-2078, 1967) in modified form
to test various outcrop components for nitrogen fixation
ability. Plants and soils were collected, flushed of nitrogen,
and exposed to acetylene in the field with sterile tech-
nique. The production of ethylene as a measure of
nitrogen fixation ability was detected with gas chroma-
tography. Outcrop plants shown to have the ability to
reduce acetylene to ethylene include: Andropogon Vir-
ginians, Vigueira Porteri, Tradescantia sp., Opuntia com-
pressa, Smilax bona-nox, Rhus sp., Cheilanthes sp., Poly-
trichum sp., Grimmia sp., Cladonia spp., Parmelia spp.,
Peltigera sp.

Color slides of the site and gas chromatographic re-
sults will be shown. Attempts are being made to quan-
titate the results in terms of potential nitrogen fixation
per unit dry weight of plant tissue.

Lloyd W. Hess, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory
AND

David B. Dunn, University of Missouri

Extensive breeding studies, involving over 1,000 cross-
es, have indicated genetic compatability within this group
of morphologically very similar taxa. Flowering sea-
son, pollenator selection, altitudinal stratification, geo-
graphic range, and habitat were considered along with
the genetic isolation indicated by the breeding data. On
the basis of this information and careful morphological
comparisons over 75 named entities ranging from Can-
ada to New Mexico were grouped into 12 named taxa
which are believed to more truly represent the popula-
tion biology of the group. A greatly reduced genetic
plasticity of the higher elevation species was noted.

(158)

The Use of Neutron Activation Analysis in a
Phylogenetic Study of Seed Mineral Content

Lloyd W. Hess, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory
AND

David B. Dunn, University of Missouri

Neutron activation analysis is demonstrated to have
numerous advantages over other techniques of mineral
analysis; especially increased sensitivity, the non-destruc-
tive process, and reduced contamination potential. These
traits are especially desirable for analysis of plant ma-
terial such as seeds since the quantity is often very lim-
ited and the seeds themselves may be very small. Seeds
representative of different species and subspecies of
Lupines from various geographic locations were com-
pared as to Mn, Na and K content. To give some idea
of the variations of these three minerals in taxonomic
units more distantly related than the individual species
of a genus, seed material of nine families was also stud-
ied. In some cases the mineral content is indicated to
be more related to site fertility than genetic difference
while in certain families the ratio of minerals accumu-
lated seems significant related within the taxonomic unit.

(76)

The Protozoa of Mammoth and Great
Onyx Caves, Kentucky

Richard L. Hoover and Stephen M. Gittleson
University of Kentucky

Thirty-one protozoan species were identified. Flagel-
lates (15 species) are most common followed by amoe-
bas (10) and ciliates (6). Great Onyx Cave contained
Atraktomonas laevis, Bodo variabilis, B. caudatus, and
Heterophrys glabre$cens\ Mammoth Cave: Historic En-
trance — Rhynchomonas nasuta, Sphaenochloris urceo-
lata, Amoeba guttula, A. radiosa, Ciliophrys marina ;
Richardson Spring — Cyathomonas truncata, Polytoma
minus, Bodo minimus, Atraktomonas laevis, Actinophrys
sol, Raphidocystis infestans, Amoeba guttula, Vorticella
microstoma, Colpoda sp.; Fish tank (near Richardson
Spring) - — Bodo globosus, Cercobodo crassicauda, Amoe-
ba guttula, Colpoda steinv. River Styx — Amoeba gut-
tula, A. radiosa, Arcella vulgaris, Monas guttula, Codo-
noeca inclinata, Balladyna elongata, Astrodiculus radi-

54

ASB Bulletin

ans, Peranema trichophorum, Polytoma minus, Phyl-
lomitus amylophagus, Raphidiophrys pallida, Bodo min-
imus, Oxnerella maritima, Stichotricha intermedia, Eu-
plotes charon, Colpoda steini, Heterophrys glabrescens;
Echo and Roaring Rivers — Monas obliqua, Bodo cau-
datus. Cave protozoa are troglophiles — surface forms
that accidentally penetrate into the cave environment
primarily via surface drainage where they live and re-
produce.

(Research supported by the University of Kentucky
Research Foundation.)

(39)

Biosynthesis of Thiamine by
Phycomyces blakesleeanus

Houston, M. R., I. McVeigh, R. Neal and
W. N. Pearson
Vanderbilt University

The biosynthesis of thiamine from hydroxymethyl-
pyrimidine and C14-thiazole or C14-hydroxymethylpyri-
midine and thiazole by Phycomyces blakesleeanus is de-
scribed. Radioactive intermediate compounds and meta-
bolites synthesized during growth in shake culture have
been isolated and identified by one or more of the fol-
lowing techniques: thin layer chromatography, column
chromatography, autoradiography, and bioautography.
Data are presented which indicate that the pathway of
synthesis of thiamine by this fungus is similar, if not
identical, to that reported for baker’s yeast and some
species of bacteria.

(177a)*

(6)

Nitgrogen Fixation in Elaeagnus Umbellata

Kermit Hunnicutt II and Joe A. Edmisten
University of Georgia

Elaeagnus umbellata, a flowering, root-nodulated
plant belonging to the family Elaeagnaceae was tested
for its capability of fixing nitrogen. Root nodules of
this woody shrub were tested for nitrogen fixing ability
by the acetylene reduction test modified from Stewart,
et al., 1967. The production of ethylene from acetylene
was detected by use of gas chromatographic technique.
Results of these tests and data describing the distribution
of Elaeagnus will be presented. Elaeagnus umbellata
was found capable of fixing nitrogen and practical ap-
plications of this knowledge were considered.

(136)

Flavonoids and Systematics of American
Vernonia: Compositae

Gordon E. Hunter, Kim Freeman, Barbara Burch,
and Guillermo Flores
Tennessee Technological University

Flavonoid compounds isolated from methanol ex-
tracts of leaves of Vernonia species by paper chroma-
tography are proving useful in the classification of the
American species. Chromatographically the species are
usually distinct. Further study of the compounds by
means of spectrophotometry and acid hydrolysis can be
used to characterize the flavonoid compounds. The lat-
ter information is providing documentation to support
relationships suggested by morphological investigations
of some of the populations.

* See page 73.

The six species included in this investigation are Ver-
nonia altissima Nutt., V. corymbosa Schiv., V. margin-
ata (Torr.) Raf., V. lettermannii Englem, V. augustifolia
Michx., and V. crinita Raf.

(82)

A Survey of the Enteric Bacteria
(Enterobacteriaceae) of Chelonians:
Preliminary Findings

Marguerite M. Jackson, Macdonald Fulton,
and Crawford G. Jackson, Jr.

Mississippi State College for Women

A long-term investigation of the enteric bacterial flora
of wild and captive turtles was initiated in early 1968.
Individuals of 16 species, representing 2 families and 10
genera have so far been examined. Among wild indi-
viduals: Salmonella miami was found in Sternotherus
minor-, S. infantis in Chelydra serpentina-, Edwardsiella
tarda in Chrysemys picta and Pseudemys s. scrip ter, Cit-
robacter (Bethesda-Ballerup Group) in Kinosternon sub-
rubrum and Pseudemys floridana. Among individuals
which have been captive for one month to three years:
S. thompson was found in Pseudemys s. ornata, Geo-
emyda annulata, Pseudemys nelsoni and Terrapene Caro-
lina bauri; E. tarda in P. s. ornata, G. annulata, P. nel-
soni and Pseudemys concinna; Citrobacter (Bethesda-
Ballerup Group) in T. c. bauri, C. picta, Kinosternon
leucostomum and Gopherus polyphemus. This report
apparently constitutes the first finding of Edwardsiella
tarda in turtles. Several strains of Escherichia and Aero-
bacter which may represent new species are concurrent-
ly being investigated. The widely distributed Aeromon-
as hydrophila, though not classified as a strict gut-inhabi-
tant, was of frequent occurrence in both wild and cap-
tive individuals of most species examined.

Routine procedures and culture techniques are used
to determine biochemical profiles prior to serotypic anal-
ysis. It is anticipated that the accumulating data will
shed light on questions regarding incidence of infection,
degree of pathogenicity and geographic distribution.
(Supported in part by an MSCW Faculty Research
Grant.)

(155)

The Reproductive Potential of Drosophila Af finis

Willard L. Jinks, Marshall University

Pertinent literature concerning the ecology and nutri-
tion of Drosophila, and specifically D. affinis, has been
briefly reviewed. Terminology relevant to the study of
reproductive potential is redefined and clarified, with the
term reproductive potential meaning any factor or the
sum of all factors contributing to maximum population
size, such as: sex ratio, longevity, fecundity, viability,
and generation time. The methods of obtaining this in-
formation are outlined in detail.

The yeasts, K. apiculata, S. cerevisiae, and P . fermen-
tans were used as food for the flies. Egg counts were
made to obtain data on fecundity. The ratio of the
imagoes to eggs gave information on viability. The time
that it took for the egg to develop to the adult stage was
considered to be the generation time. The female fly
was permitted to live out its life cycle in a food vial
and its expiration date was noted.

Longevity was notably different between the three
yeasts; the life span was shortened considerably when
flies ate K. apiculata, being only 14-22 days with an
average of 14 days. Pichia and Saccharomyces aver-
aged 34 and 22 days, respectively.

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

55

(110)

Winter Habitat Exploitation in Four Species
of Sparrows in Ecotones
Fred L. Johns, North Carolina State University

An analysis of the habitat exploitation of four species
of sparrows (Song, Field, White-throated Sparrow and
Slate-colored Junco) in ecotones between “old fields” and
woods was conducted in the Raleigh, N.C. region during
the winters of 1966 and 1967. Data were collected as
point observations of feeding birds in years, plots, vege-
tation zones, at heights from the ground, and in specific
plants. Analyses of variation indicated that, even though
all four species exploited similar volumes of space and
time, there are demonstrable patterns for each species
which negate the idea of mutual niche occupation in
winter. Significant differences were found for species in
vegetation zones, in heights from the ground, and in asso-
ciated plant species but no differences were found for
species in years or plots.

(184)

Myxidium chelonarum n. sp. (Cnidosporidia:
Myxosporida: Myxidiidae) from Various
North American Turtles

Charles A. Johnson, North Carolina State University

Myxidium chelonarum n. sp. is described from the gall
bladder of Pseudemys scripta scripta (Schoepff) (Yellow-
bellied Turtle) from Edenton, North Carolina. Tro-
phozoite: green; round, flat; slightly ameboid; 16-180
microns in diameter; hyaline ectoplasm, granular endo-
plasm; polysporous. Spore: 14.2 X 4.1 X 3.7 microns;
boat shaped; suture lines indistinct; 4-6 striae arranged
obliquely across spore; 2 polar capsules; polar filament
5-7 coils, averages 32 microns long. Myxidium chelona-
rum n. sp. was also found in the gall bladders of the
following species of turtles: Chelydra serpentina, Ki-
nosternon sonoriense, Sternotherus odoratus, Graptemys
pseudographica, G. pulchra, Pseudemys floridana, P. con-
cinna, Chrysemys picta and Deirochelys reticularia. Sus-
ceptibility studies involving eight species of vertebrates
produced negative results.

(133)

Biosystematic Studies in Vernonia (Compositae)
Samuel B. Jones, Jr., University of Georgia

The perennial species of Vernonia indigenous to east-
ern North America are especially promising materials for
biosystematic studies; however, they have been the sub-
ject of relatively few biosystematic investigations. Our
work has indicated the existence of hybridization, intro-
gression, and clinal variation; species based by early tax-
onomists on one or two specimens, often with little or no
ecological data; and the frequent naming of hybrids. The
greatest problem is that of hybridization followed by
introgression. This is sometimes confounded by the hy-
bridization of more than two species. Partially sym-
patric species are often isolated by the relatively weak
barriers of seasonal or ecological isolating mechanisms.
Man has frequently helped to break down this isolation
by creating disturbed ecological sites which are now
occupied by hybrid populations. Our approaches to
clarification of some of the problems include a hybridiza-
tion program, a cytological study, an analysis of popu-
lation samples, and observations of some of the ecologi-
cal parameters of the populations.

(13)

Pesticide Flow Through a Model
Freshwater Ecosystem

Jerome Kelly and Morris F. Cranmer
Environmental Biology Program, University of Miami,
and Pesticide Research Laboratory, USPHS,
Perrine, Florida

Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides have been found to
be concentrated upward in food chains in estuarine en-
vironments. Since pesticides are often washed from
fields on which they were applied into bodies of fresh-
water, they are found in freshwater organisms, some-
times causing serious damage to the environment. In
this study a 110 gallon tank, simulating natural condi-
tions, was stocked with carnivorous fish, herbivorous
fish, a plankton population, higher plants, and detritus
feeders. A concentration of DDT of 1 ppb was main-
tained in the tank water. At selected times organisms
from the various trophic levels, the water and substrate
materials were analyzed for DDT and its breakdown
products by gas chromatography. Results are discussed in
terms of DDT uptake and its ecological consequences.

(14)

Pesticide Residues in a South Floridian
Agricultural District Canal

Jerome Kelly, Peter Rhoads, Douglas Schneider,
and Richard Smith

Environmental Biology Program, University of Miami

South Dade County, Florida, contains farm lands to
which large amounts of pesticides are applied. Unknown
amounts of these pesticides find their way into the nearby
drainage canals. A study of the pesticide levels in one
of these canals was made during the winter growing sea-
son (1968-69), the season of heaviest use of the fields,
particularly for truck farming. The canal, C-102, and
nearby fields were surveyed for drainage runoff and land
use by ground observations and aerial photography. The
Central and Southern Florida Flood Control District
office supplied information concerning drainage flow.
Surveys of crop distribution and pesticide sales provided
information on types of materials applied to the agricul-
tural crops. Water samples, collected along the length
of the canal, were analyzed by gas chromatography.
Seven pesticides, identified as persisting throughout the
length of the canal, were estimated quantitatively. Sam-
pling will continue through March, 1969. Data will be
reported on aquatic pesticide levels and correlated with
pesticide application, type of crop, rainfall, and canal
flow.

(Supported by U.S. Public Health Service Training
grant No. ES-00126.)

(34)

Antennopsis gallica Heim and Buchli,
(Hyphomycetes: Gloeohaustoriales), An
Entomogenous Fungus on Subterranean
Termites in Florida

J. W. Kimbrough, University of Florida

Antennopsis gallica Heim and Buchli, an entomoge-
nous Hyphomycete, is reported for the first time in North
America on the subterranean termites Reticulitermes vir-

56

ASB Bulletin

ginicus Banks and Reticulitermes flavipes (Kollar) in
north Florida. This also constitutes the first report of
this fungus on species of Reticulitermes. Although the
fungus has been reported on various termites in certain
European countries, many aspects of its life cycle were
heretofore unknown. Details of the life cycle of A. gal-
lica are described and illustrated and methods of distri-
bution are discussed. These studies have shown that al-
though infection is widespread in this area, the degree of
infection of individual insects is less than reported in
other parts of the world.

(63)

Age Difference as a Factor in the Assay of the
Effect of 5-HT on Gut Motility in the Rat

T. Daniel Kimbrough
Virginia Commonwealth University

Work during the past six years has shown that the rat
duodenum when perfused in vitro, is a sensitive tissue
indicator of 5-hydroxytryptamine. Drug treatment and
fluorometry were used to show that peristalsis increases
in response to elevated levels of 5-HT. These studies,
however, have failed to consider possible variations
owing to age. An assay of this factor would seem essen-
tial to a long-term study of 5-HT metabolism since cer-
tain brain tissues e.g. pineal, or tissues which contain the
highest levels of 5-HT, also show marked changes with
age.

Recently, gut strips from male Wistar rats were per-
fused, and their contractions were recorded with a GME
polygraph. Mean results indicated that 5-HT-induced
gut motility is up to 300% greater in 5 months old rats
than in IV2 month old rats.

(81)

Rotifers (Rotifera) of Four Flood Control
Reservoirs in Northern Mississippi

Luther A. Knight, Jr., and Y. J. McGaha
University of Mississippi

The rotifer fauna of four flood control reservoirs in
northern Mississippi was investigated from June, 1965
through April, 1968. Data from 34 stations on Arka-
butla, Sardis, Enid and Grenada Reservoirs and some of
their tributaries include 85 species of rotifers. Emphasis
was placed upon those forms occurring in streams and
limnetic zones of the reservoirs. Although rotifers are a
major component of zooplankton, only a few species
occurred with adequate frequency and in sufficient num-
bers to be considered common. However, members of
Polyarthra dissimulans Nipkow and Keratella coclilearis
(Gosse) often constituted a majority of the zooplankton
crops. Percentages of zooplankton represented by roti-
fers ranged from 16.3% in some streams to 85.1% in
bays. Populations of rotifers were sparse in streams, but
development reached maxima in bays where stream and
reservoir waters mixed and then decreased in the main
bodies of the reservoirs. Poor quality of water in these
reservoirs may limit populations of many rotifers.

(42)

Further Aspects of Flagellar Retraction in Fungi

William J. Koch

University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill

Of the four basic patterns of flagellar retraction re-
cently demonstrated, one of these, body-twist retraction,
is analyzed further. Observing zoospores of Blastocladi-
ella with phase contrast microscopy, demonstrated are
the movements of the zoospore’s body and flagellum
prior to encystment. A three-dimensional concept of
body-twist flagellar retraction is presented. Also shown
is the fate of the nuclear cap during encystment.

(171)

The Effects of Alkyl Benzene Sulfonate (ABS)
and Linear Alkylate Sulfonate (LAS) at Three
Concentrations on the Respiration Rate of
Notropsis Lutipinnis Jordan and Brayton

Wayne Laslie, Georgia State College

The effects of alkyl benzene sulfonate (ABS) and
linear alkylate sulfonate (LAS) at 10, 20, and 30 ppm
on the respiration rate (in gill movements per minute) of
Notropis lutipinnis, a teleost fish of the Order Cyprini-
formes, were tested. A concentration of 10 ppm of LAS
produced no significant differences in the respiration rate
of the test fish from that of the control, while 10 ppm of
ABS produced a significant difference at the .05 level. In
20 ppm the respiration rate was increased. The differ-
ences in the respiration rate of the experimental fish and
that of the controls were significant at the .01 level. At
30 ppm the respiration rate was decreased and the differ-
ences were significant at the .01 level.

ABS appeared more toxic than LAS with 10% (2 out
of 20) of those exposed to 20 ppm of this solution dying,
while 15% (3 out of 20) died in 30 ppm of ABS. None
died in the LAS solution. There was no significant dif-
ference in the respiration rates of the fish in LAS and
those in ABS at a given concentration. The effects of the
solutions appeared to be cumulative as the respiration
rates of the controls steadily increased throughout the
experiment.

(33)

A Floristic Study in Mobile, Alabama

Michel G. Lelong, University of South Alabama

The need for a recent and reasonably complete list of
vascular plants in the Mobile region has been felt in the
teaching of some of our biology courses. Consequently
a vegetational study of the area surrounding the Univer-
sity of South Alabama campus was conducted during the
last two years. This area covers approximately three
sections of land and consists primarily of rolling, sandy
Longleaf pine woods typical of this region. It is tra-
versed by Three Mile Creek and its swampy and marshy
floodplain.

Approximately 2600 specimens were collected and
identified. They represent 684 species and varieties of
vascular plants. The grass family is best represented in
this location with 1 1 1 species, followed by the composite
family with 86 species, the legume family with 59 spe-
cies, and the sedge family with 42 species.

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

57

(46)

Interconnections Between Cytoplasmic
Microtubules and Basal Bodies of Tetrasporalean
Pseudocilia (Chlorophyta, Chlorophyceae,
Tetrasporales)

Carole A. Lembi and Patricia L. Walne
University of Tennessee

Ultrastructural investigations of the development and
structure of pseudocilia in Tetraspora lubrica and Schizo-
chlamys sp. have disclosed interconnections between cyto-
plasmic microtubules and pseudocilial basal bodies here-
tofore unreported. Connections between elements of the
basal bodies and the proximal connecting fibers will also
be described. The possible significance of the intercon-
nections in correlating structure and function of these
organelles will be discussed.

(Research supported in part by an NDEA Title IV
Predoctoral Fellowship to the senior author and by a
University of Tennessee Faculty Research Grant to the
junior author.)

(124)

Pines in the Vegetation of the Marshall Forest

E. Lewis Lipps, Shorter College
H. R. DeSelm, University of Tennessee

The plot method was used to examine the forest veg-
etation of Georgia’s first National Natural Landmark- —
the 100-acre Marshall Forest. Pine was important in
each of the three plant communities: Pine-Oak on the
gentle, south-facing slope, Chestnut-Oak on the upper
north-facing slope, and the Mixed Forest of the ravine.

The relation of pine density and size to soil impedance
to roots and periodic storms is discussed.

(135)

A Consideration of the Systematic
Position of Phryma

Harriett Lipscomb, Georgia College at Milledgeville

Phryma, a monotypic genus with uncertain taxonomic
affinities, was investigated anatomically and morpholog-
ically in an effort to determine its systematic position. A
general survey was made of the families in Scrophulari-
ales and Lamiales with which Phryma has been associ-
ated. Of the groups examined Phryma exhibits the most
structural similarities with the racemose Verbenaceae in
general vegetative form, inflorescence type, and in floral
and fruit anatomy. Detailed observations of the floral
and fruit anatomy reveal that Phryma has its closest af-
finities with the tribe Lantaneae in the subfamily Ver-
benoideae. Even though similar in fruit and floral char-
acteristics, Phryma has diagnostic and distinct features
separating it from the tribe Lantaneae. Because of the
compatible features of Phryma with the members of the
subfamily Verbenoideae, it is suggested that Phryma be
accorded tribal status in the subfamily Verbenoideae of
the family Verbenaceae.

(175)

A Study of Multiple Molecular Forms of
Enzymes in Species of Salmonidae and
Esocidae (Osteicthyes: Clupeiformes)

Nicholas J. Lo Cascio
State University College at Buffalo

A starch gel electrophoretic study of the enzyme glu-
cose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase (G-6-PD) in the Sal-
monidae and the enzyme 6-phospho-gluconate dehydro-
genase (6-PGD) in the Salmonidae and Esocidae was
undertaken in order to deduce the molecular structure
and genetic variability found within and between species
of these families for these two enzymes. An examina-
tion of the banding patterns of G-6-PD and 6-PGD from
Salmo gairdneri (RT), Salmo trutta (BT), Salvelinus
fontinalis (ST) and Salvelinus namaycush (LT) liver
samples did not demonstrate intraspecific variation. Dif-
ference between species was clearly evident. Only when
an electrophoretic examination was made of two groups
of Brown Trout during spawning season was a sex dif-
ference noted in the G-6-PD and 6-PGD banding pat-
terns. This was interpreted as the effect of hormonal
influence. The 6-PGD enzyme found within the species
of Esocidae and Salmonidae examined was found to be
polymorphic and dimeric in structure. This polymor-
phism is controlled genetically by a single locus.

(78)

Additions to the Distribution of Cura foremani
(Girard, 1852) in the Eastern United States

William D. Longest, The University of Mississippi

Cura foremani (Girard, 1852), the common brown plan-
arian, formerly reported from Rhode Island westward to
Michigan and south into Tennessee and Virginia, occurs in
Maine, Mississippi and Louisiana. The worms prefer
clear streams and springs that seem to be free of pollu-
tion. In some streams and springs Cura foremani is the
only triclad inhabitant, however, it does exist in some
streams with Dugesia tigrina.

(57)

Glyceryl Ether Content of Five Species of Insects

Roger H. Lumb, Western Carolina University

Since their discovery in tumors, glyceryl ethers have
become the subject of rather intensive investigation. Suc-
cess in discovering the precursors of these compounds in
mammalian tissue has been limited; this laboratory is
attempting to use insects as a simple model system for
studying glyceryl ether metabolism. A brief survey of
several insects as to glyceryl ether content has been done
as preliminary work to such studies.

Sarcophaga bullata (larvae, pupae, and adults), Apis
mellifera (larvae and adults), Gallaria (larvae), Photi-
nus pyralis (adults), Phormia regina (larvae, pupae, and
adults) were used for this study. Only Photinus was
found to contain a substantial amount of alkyl glyceryl
ether, and none of the insects studied contained signifi-
cant amounts of alk-l-enyl glyceryl ether. Relative per-
centages of neutral and phospholipid fractions and chain-
lengths of the alkyl glyceryl ether in Photinus are report-
ed. This work done in the Lipid Research Laboratories,
Medical Division, Oak Ridge Associated Universities,
Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Supported in part by USAEC.

58

ASB Bulletin

(53)

Ultrastructural Studies From a Free Living
Juvenile Form of Rhabdias ranae, Walton 1929

Leonard E. Lundquist and Felix H. Lauter
University of South Carolina
William G. Dougerty and Mary M. Lee
Medical College of South Carolina

The Ultrastructure of the intestinal cells from Rhab-
dias ranae was studied. Major interest was centered on
the luminal border of the cells since there have been re-
ports of cilia lining the gut of some nematodes. Elec-
tron micrographs showed microvilli to be present on the
luminal surface of the cells. The microvilli are covered
by a homogenous extracellular coating. In contrast to
the rest of the cells, the three most anterior cells of the
intestine are devoid of microvilli. Their luminal border
is smooth and covered by a cuticle. This complex of
cells make up the esophago-intestinal valve. The cell
organelles were studied. In addition, inclusions were ob-
served and their location in relation to organelles con-
sidered. Special emphasis was placed on multilaminated
bodies which were found in the mitochondria.

(127)

Concentrations of Zinc, Copper, Manganese,
Molybdenum, and Boron in Plankton Samples
from Selected Stations of Mobile Bay

Michael A. Magnoli, Marine Science Institute,
University of Alabama, Bayou La Batre, Alabama 36509

Water, plankton, and periphyton samples collected at
weekly intervals from May, 1968 to January, 1969, from
five representative stations of Mobile Bay displayed wide
fluctuations in trace metal content from analyses using
the atomic absorption technique. Maximum concentra-
tions were correlated with high concentrations of sus-
pended organic matter, being in highest concentration
during periods of plankton blooms.

(41)

A Study of Aflatoxin Production by Isolates of
Aspergillus flavus from West Pakistanian Soils

Walter Wm. Manigault, Lafayette Frederick
and Thomas W. Cole, Jr.

Atlanta University

Seven isolates of Aspergillus flavus, isolated from West
Pakistanian soil, were analyzed to determine their afla-
toxin producing capacities. The isolates were cultured
on rice, shredded wheat chex, and a semi-synthetic liquid
medium. Fermented cultures were extracted and the
partially purified chloroform extracts were analyzed by
thin-layer chromatography for aflatoxins Bi, B?, Gi, or
G2. Determinations were made by comparing the chro-
matograms of each isolate with that of a known standard.
Aflatoxins levels were first determined by comparing
fluorescence intensity of any aflatoxin resolved with that
of a standard. Quantitative determinations of Bi con-
centrations in the purified rice extracts were made by
ultra-violet absorption spectrophotometry.

Thin-layer chromatographic analyses indicated that Bi
was produced by all seven isolates, although levels of
Bi varied sharply. Aflatoxin B2 was produced by the
five isolates that were high Bi producers, but was not de-
tected in extracts from the two low producers. No clear
evidence of the presence of Gi or G. in extracts of the

isolates was provided. Aflatoxin Gi was suspected, how-
ever, in one of the high level B! producing isolates.
These studies provide further evidence of the widespread
occurrence of aflatoxin producing fungi in soils through-
out the world.

(Research supported by Agricultural Research Service
Cooperative Research Contract No. 12-14-100-8390 (34),
U.S. Department of Agriculture.)

(151

Radiation Effect on Starch Metabolism in
Wheat Seedlings

Mansuri, A. D., Bibb, D. B. and Kelly, D. J.

Bennett College

The effect of ionizing radiation on starch metabolism
in endosperm has been compared with that in control
plants. Irradiated (20,000 r dosage) as well as control
seeds were grown on a thin layer of sterilized sand in
Petri dishes and starch content was determined spectro-
photometrically at well marked germination stages.

Rate of starch hydrolysis is slower in irradiated seed-
lings as compared to the rate in control seedlings. This
slower rate of hydrolysis in irradiated seedlings continues
for 120 hours of germination and increases 6-fold at
144 hours of germination and suddenly declines at 168
hours of germination; whereas in control seedlings a
steady rate of hydrolysis is maintained. The disturbed
rate of starch utilization due to ionizing radiation may
be one of the factors in abnormal and stunted growth
of the seedlings.

(169)

Rapid Histological Preparation of
Chitinous Specimens

Iola T. McClurkin and Robert D. Riether
University of Mississippi

At temperatures between 46 and 60 C., chitinous speci-
mens are fixed and softened within twenty-four hours in
the following solution: saturated picric acid in 90% iso-
propyl alcohol — 75 parts, formalin — 15 parts, and con-
centrated nitric acid — 8 parts.

Dehydration, clearing and embedding are all done at
55 C. Following four hours dehydration in 100% iso-
propyl alcohol, specimens are cleared overnight in ter-
peniol and embedded in Paraplast. Continuous paraffin
ribbons may be obtained as thin as five microns.

(125)

Experimental Analysis of Community Structure

J. Frank McCormick, Fairman Cumming,

Clair Mellinger and Rebecca Sharitz
University of North Carolina

The structure of any system is largely determined by
the distribution, abundance, variety, and morphology of
its components. Ecological studies of natural commun-
ities routinely include descriptions of these parameters
and usually conclude with hypotheses concerning the
mechanisms and factors responsible for structural qual-
ities. These hypotheses are rarely tested experimentally.
Seldom do community ecologists verify cause and effect
relationships prior to accepting hypotheses as fact. Is-
land communities of Southeastern granite outcrops, be-
cause of their structural simplicity, provided an oppor-
tunity to experimentally test a hypothesis based upon
field observations of dominant species. The hypothesis

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

59

that soil depth and soil moisture are the chief variables
influencing the structure of outcrop communities was
verified experimentally by randomizing the influence of
other variables in tests for cause and effect relationships
between community structure and these two environ-
mental factors.

(12)

An Unusual Habitat for Stemonitis splendens
(Myxomycetes)

James C. McDonald, Wake Forest University

Several myxomycetes and their interesting habitats are
discussed.

(71)

The Genus Mesosma Weed (Phalangida,
Arachnida) of North America

Charles R. McGhee, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The genus Mesosoma Weed has attracted little atten-
tion. Species appear to be confined to the southeastern
and midwestern sections of the United States. The four
species which can be recognized as belonging to the genus
are Mesosoira nigrum (Say) Weed, M. coxatum Davis,
M. roeweri Goodnight, and M. texana Goodnight. These
species are based on rather incomplete descriptions which
for the most part would not permit their identification
with any degree of certainty. An attempt has been made
to redefine the known species of the genus. This will
perhaps clear the way for a more comprehensive sys-
tematic study of the group and will contribute to future
research into their distribution and natural history.

dll)

Ornithological Education in Southeastern
Colleges and Universities

Robert W. McGowan, Memphis State University

There are 266 four-year colleges and universities in
14 southeastern states (including Texas). Questionnaires
were sent to the 60 schools where Ornithology is taught.
Forty-three were returned. These questionnaires deter-
mined the average number of students studying orni-
thology each year, the texts, laboratory manuals, and
field guides most frequently used, the extent of field ex-
periences in undergraduate courses, the experiences by
students in preparing bird skins, and the number of ad-
vanced degrees offered annually in ornithology. Also,
from the questionnaires, a directory of teachers of Orni-
thology in the southeast was prepared.

(107)

An Investigation of the Fishes of the Wolf River
in Tennessee and Mississippi

Dennis W. Medford and Bill A. Simco
Memphis State University

The Wolf River in Tennessee and Mississippi was stud-
ied between July 18, 1967, and July 13, 1968. The
species of fish present and the habitat in which they were
collected were recorded for 73 collections from 48 sta-
tions. Fifty-three species of fish were obtained in this
study.

(126)

Phyto-Geographical and Ecological
Studies in Malesia

Willem Meijer, University of Kentucky

A cursory summary is given of plant explorations,
geography, and ecology in Malesia during the past 20
years. The great potential for further field work is em-
phasized. Monographic studies for the Flora Malesi-
ana are revealing new genera, range extensions of un-
expected species, and enormous richness of species in
some genera. The need for study of plants in the field
instead of just herbarium specimens is becoming obvi-
ous. Palynological research of deposits from the Cre-
taceous onwards and recent mapping work of plant areas
have given new insights into the possible role of Malesia
in the evolution of flowering plants and their dispersal
over the earth.

The role that plant exploration can play in forest ex-
ploitation and management, land-area planning, and im-
provement of crops is mentioned. Intensive ecological
research in forestry and agriculture in Malesia is urgent-
ly needed and should play an important role in any
technical assistance for the economic development of
this area. Various aspects of the author’s studies and
travels in Sumatra and Borneo will be illustrated with
a series of colored slides and black and white trans-
parencies.

(185)

Helminths of the Opossum ( Didelphis virginiana )
in North Carolina

Grover C. Miller and Reinard Harkema
North Carolina State University

Studies were conducted on the incidence and distribu-
tion of helminths in 54 opossums from 13 counties in
eastern North Carolina. Most of the hosts were collect-
ed in the vicinity of Raleigh, N. C., but some were tak-
en from coastal counties. Thirteen species of helminths
were recovered as follows: TREMATODA: 4 species;
CESTODA: 1 species; ACANTHOCEPHALA: 1 spe-
cies; NEMATODA: 7 species. All hosts evidenced some
degree of infection and the parasites recovered were
those which seem to be fairly specific for the opossum
throughout its range.

(2)

Nitrogen Fixing Ability of Caenothus americanus

Mercer D. Miller and Joe A. Edmisten
University of Georgia

Delwiche, Zinke, and Johnson (1965) confirmed the
ability of various West Coast species of Ceanothus, a
flowering, root-nodulated, non-legume, to fix nitrogen by
the 15N2 technique. Ceanothus americanus, a small flow-
ering shrub found in drywoods and on hillsides of the
Eastern United States, was tested for the capability of
nitrogen fixation by the acetylene reduction technique
(Stewart, Fitzgerald, and Burris, 1967). Results indi-
cated the capability of root nodules of C. americanus to
fix nitrogen. Attempts are being made to quantitate the
data from the acetylene reduction tests. The ecological
significance of C. americanus in relation to its nitrogen
fixing ability and the practical value of the acetylene
reduction technique will be discussed.

60

ASB Bulletin

(80)

A Study of the Bottom Fauna of Sardis Reservoir
in Relation to Biological Productivity

Troy Millican and Y. J. McGaha
University of Mississippi

Sampling of benthic organisms was made on a bi-
monthly to monthly basis from July 3, 1967, to May
27, 1968, on Sardis Reservoir. Samples were taken with
Ekman dredges and represented nine regular sampling
stations and five transects consisting of four stations each.
Each sample comprised approximately five square feet.

Representatives of three Metazoan phyla, totaling 13
genera, of which five appeared most prevalent, were col-
lected. The numerical distribution of organisms was:
Chironomids, 42% collected at all stations; Chaoborus,
24% collected at all stations; Tubificids, 23% collected
at 13 stations; Sphaeridae, 5.9% collected at 11 stations;
Hexagenia nymphs, 3.1% collected at 8 stations. Chir-
onomids were the dominant organisms in terms of mass.
Bay areas appeared to be the most productive in con-
trast to the open water areas. Sampling sites with mud
type bottoms supported the largest number and kinds of
benthic organisms. Water level fluctuation, bottom type,
erosion material, and predators are factors influencing
the benthic productivity in Sardis Reservoir.

(162)

Effect of Continuous Exposure to Two
Insecticides on the Fitness of Two Third
Chromosome Inversions of Drosophila
pseudoobscura (Insecta: Diptera)

Robert E. Moisand and John M. Carpenter
State University College at Buffalo and
University of Kentucky

The effect of continuous exposure to various concen-
trations of DDT and Guthion on the relative fitness of
two third chromosome inversions of Drosophila pseudo-
obscura were studied. Relative fitness, as indicated by
the frequency of the two inversion chromosomes in the
control and insecticide stressed populations, was com-
pared to the frequencies predicted by the Hardy-Wein-
berg formula.

(24)

The Influence of Different Mounting Techniques
on the Size and Shape of Pollen Grains of Solidago
boottii (Asteraceae, Asterales, Angiospermae)

Gary H. Morton, University of Tennessee

Studies of elliptical pollen grains in S. boottii were
made to evaluate current methods of pollen examination
and measurement. Fresh and dried pollen grains were
measured without treatment or mounting medium. The
dried pollen was considered as the standard for shape
and size. Measurements of pollen mounted by different
current techniques were compared to the standard. De-
pending on the technique used, the pollen remained the
same size and shape as the standard, changed in size, or
changed in shape and size. A summary of the results
and their application to taxonomy will be discussed.

(156)

The Inheritance of Sinistrality in Partula suturalis
(Gastropoda, Stylommatophora)

James Murray, University of Virginia

AND

Bryan Clarke, University of Edinburgh

Partula suturalis Pfeiffer, a land snail from Moorea in
the Society Islands, is unusual in that dextral and sinis-
tral individuals are found within a single species. Local
populations may consist of either left or right-handed
forms or of both. Laboratory breeding has produced
lineages which encompass four generations. Since P.
suturalis is hermaphroditic and normally reproduces by
cross-fertilization, separate progenies may be obtained
for each animal in a pair. Usually each individual pro-
duces offspring with only one type of coiling, which may
be the same as or different from its own. The lineages
indicate that the direction of coil of the offspring is con-
trolled by the genotype of the maternal parent. Thus
Mendelian segregation occurs, but its expression is de-
layed for one generation. In this respect it resembles
Limnaea peregra (Boycott and Diver 1923), although
in P. suturalis sinistrality is dominant. Exceptions to
these rales will be discussed.

(65)

Changes in Rat Protein Patterns Under
Combinations of Fasting and Electric Shock

F. Kirk Nelson, Memphis State University

Rats were subjected to experimental conditions of fast-
ing, electric shock, and combinations of these stimuli.
Determinations by acetate membrane electrophoresis in-
dicated that albumin levels were decreased in all cases
tested, and the globulins were slightly increased. The
gamma-globulin fraction was found to have the greatest
increase under fasting conditions. A slightly higher devi-
ation from the normal condition was observed in females
under stressful situations.

(139)

Apomictic Species and Species Complexes in
s.w. U.S. Erigeron Section of Olygotrichium
(Asteraceae)

Guy L. Nesom

University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill

This project was initiated to determine the relationship
between Erigeron flagellaris Gray, a small, stoloniferous
and aggressive species widespread in the s.w. U.S. (plus
a small disjunct area in British Columbia), and a com-
plex of three very narrowly and closely related species of
southwestern Utah. One of these was recognized by
Cronquist as a variety of E. flagellaris and suggested as
perhaps the parental form of E. sionis, another of the
three endemics. However, this varietal status has proved
not to be the case, the so-called variety actually being a
highly variable diploid and occurring with a pentaploid
form of the true E. flagellaris. Hexaploid, tetraploid,
and triploid populations of E. flagellaris also occur in
this area and are all apomictic; the diploids are restricted
to a small area in central Colorado. Preliminary evi-
dence suggests that these levels are formed primarily
intra-populationally rather than through segmental allo-
ploidy. The Utah endemics and E. divergens, another
closely related species, also possess diploids plus several
apomictic levels of ploidy.

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

61

(44)

Observations on the Distribution of Certain
Aquatic Phycomycetes in Granite Outcrop Soil

Margaret Green Nesom, University of North Carolina

In April and June, 1968, the distribution of selected
members of Phlyctidiaceae, Blastocladiaceae, and Sapro-
legniaceae in the upper 2.5 cm of soil was studied in an
island community on a granite outcrop near Atlanta,
Georgia. A selective baiting technique was used to elimi-
nate competition for substrate by non-zoosporic forms.
Of the numerous taxa of Phlyctidiaceae observed, four
easily recognized species were studied: Rhizophydium
echinocystoides, Septosperma rhizophidii, Phlyctochy-
trium aureliae and “Blyttiomyces”, an undescribed fungus
possibly allied to the genus Blyttiomyces. Filamentous
fungi studied include Allomyces neo-moniliformis (Blasto-
cladiaceae), Achlya klebsiana, and Leptolegnia sp. (Sap-
rolegniaceae). Soil moisture, temperature, organic con-
tent and presence of other plants were recorded for each
of 169 soil samples. General edaphic characteristics of
the community, pH and soil texture, were determined for
the upper soil at locations of increasing soil depth. A
partial description was presented of the immediate en-
vironmental complex surrounding viable structures of the
aquatic phycomycetes listed.

(18)

The Measurement of Vascular Plant Species
Diversity in an Oak-hickory Community in the
Piedmont of Georgia

Stuart A. Nicholson, Carl D. Monk, and
George L. Child, University of Georgia

Most species diversity studies have centered on groups
of organisms of similar size (i.e. insects, trees, birds)
and have been based on data collected using the same
census method and uniform plot size. In communities
such as forests several different plot sizes and sample
methods are often used to census the various strata.
Two questions arise: (1) how sample plot size and
method effects diversity within a stratum, and (2) how
data from different strata can be pooled to estimate the
diversity of the community. Strata of an oak-hickory
forest were arbitrarily defined as follows: (1) ground
flora, woody stems < 1 ft. tall and all herbaceous stems;
(2) shrubs, woody stems > 1 ft. tall but < 1 inch
D.B.H.; (3) understory, stems > 1 <4 inches D.B.H.;
and (4) canopy, stems > inches D.B.H. The forest
was divided into two halves which were sampled in the
following manner: ground flora by forty by 1 sq. m.
quadrats; shrubs, twenty 16 sq. m. quadrats; understory
and canopy by five 2000 sq. m. quadrats, twenty 100
sq. m. quadrats, and 40 quarter points. The three sam-
pling techniques used for canopy and understory yield-
ed similar estimates of diversity expressed by the func-
tion H = — 2 pi In pi, suggesting that diversity is inde-
pendent of sampling method and plot size, providing an
adequate sample is obtained. The community diversity
was determined by pooling the data that was required
to estimate the diversity of each stratum. The estimat-
ed diversity values for the strata and community de-
termined from the two independent sets of data were
comparable.

(64)

The Effect of Light Jogging on
Cardiovascular Fitness

Donald A. Olewine and Frank H. Ramsey
Georgia Southern College

Recently jogging programs have been recommended
for improving the physical fitness of the general popu-
lation. The following experiment was undertaken to de-
termine the effects of light jogging on cardiovascular fit-
ness, as indicated by the Harvard Step Test, in 38 male
freshmen students who participated in the program as
part of their physical education requirement. During 3
training sessions/week the participants alternately walked
and jogged at 110 yard intervals around an irregularly
shaped Vz mile course. At the first training session a
distance of IV2 miles was completed by each participant.
Each week the distance increased by Vz mile until 3 miles
were completed at each session during weeks 5 through
9. The results of step tests (mean ± S.E.) administered
in the first, fifth, and 10th weeks were not significantly
different (72.6 ± 0.2, 71.3 ± 2.6, and 73.3 ± 2.4 re-
spectively). However, the mean resting heart rate
(beats/30 seconds) was significantly lower at the 10th
week than it was at the beginning of the training period
(39.8 ± 1.3 v.s. 43.0 ± 0.08, mean ± S.E.) . Supported
by grant-in-aid from the Georgia Southern College Facul-
ty Research Fund.)

(179)

Parasites of the Tree Squirrels of
Southwest Tennessee

William A. Olexik, A. E. Perry, and W. E. Wilhelm
Memphis State Univ.

Ten species of parasites were recovered from 50 tree
squirrels of southwestern Tennessee, and several of these
are new parasite records for the host genus Sciurus
(Mammalia, Rodentia). Orchopeas howardii (Insecta,
Siphonaptera), a squirrel flea, was the only ectoparasite
collected. Hymenolepis nana and an unidentifiable species
of Diphyllobothriidae are new cestode records from tree
squirrels (Cyclophyllidea and Pseudophyllidea). Hy-
menolepis nana was an erratic infection as the adult was
encysted on the ventral lobe of the host liver. Nuda-
cotyle sp. (Trematoda, Digenea) is a new record from
Sciurus and appears to be the first trematode reported
from squirrels. Heligmosomum sp., Citellinema sleggsi,
(both Strongylidea) Strongyloides sp. (Rhabdiasidea),
Capillaria sp. (Trichuridea), Rictularia sp. (Spiruridea),
and a species of the subfamily Trichostrongylinae
(Strongylidea) were nematode parasites. Heligmosomum
sp. is a new report. Sites of infection, numbers of para-
sites recovered, and sex ratios of nematode parasites are
reported.

(89)

Some Salamanders from Western North Carolina
and Adjoining Areas (AMPHIBIA, Urodela)

L. M. Outten, Mars Hill College

During the period from the early part of 1967
through 1968, more than one hundred field studies and
collections of salamanders were made in areas from the
Cades Cove and Clingmans Dome sections of Great
Smoky Mountains National Park to the regions of Crag-
gy Gardens, Mount Mitchell, Grandfather Mountain,
Roan Mountain, and Mount Jefferson. Field observa-
tions were followed by further study in the laboratory.

62

I

ASB Bulletin

(54)

Ultrastructural Aspects of Senescence in Euglena
granulata with Special Reference to the Eyespot
(Euglenophyceae, Euglenales)

John R. Palisano and Patricia L. Walne
University of Tennessee

Cells of Euglena granulata were grown in an enriched
liquid medium of soil-water supernatant and Bold’s Basal
Medium with vitamins and were allowed to age over a
period of weeks. During the course of senescence, cells
change progressively from green, actively motile and
highly metabolic naked organisms to chlorotic, less active
to non-motile, encapsulated cells. Morphological and
positional changes, possibly associated with senescence,
in cellular organelles will be described. The structure,
integrity, and position of eyespot components will be
compared with those of other pigment-containing bodies
which accumulate in the cell as it senesces.

(Research supported in part by a University of Ten-
nessee Biomedical Sciences Support Grant, 1101R-01, to
the junior author.)

(148)

Seed Germination Studies of Horse Nettle,
Solarium carolinense L.

David J. Parrish, Wake Forest University

Laboratory investigations of the requirements for seed
germination of Solatium carolinense are revealing sev-
eral regulatory parameters. There is a demonstrable
dormancy exhibited by mature seeds. Seeds which are
80% to 90% viable are non-germinable on moist filter
paper. Aqueous extracts of the fruit contain an unidenti-
fied inhibitor or inhibitors. Inhibition of lettuce seedling
growth is apparent at dilutions of 100 ppm. Exogenous-
ly applied auxin, gibberellin, and kinetin do not over-
come the extract’s inhibition. Chromatography of ex-
tracts has revealed inhibitory fractions. A phytochrome
system is evident in the seeds of S. carolinense. Red
light promotes germination, while far-red light inhibits.
The effect of either wave length is reversible by the oth-
er. Far-red inhibition is overcome by exogenous appli-
cations of gibberellic acid. Certain nutrient salts pro-
mote germination. Additional drying increases germin-
ability as has been observed with tomato seeds, a mem-
ber of the same family.

(120)

A Preliminary Report of Animals Found on
Granite Outcrops

Fred K. Parrish, Robert M. Huie, Jr.,
and John J. Barnett
Georgia State College

Although there is a sizeable literature concerning plant
ecology and communities of granite outcrops, there are
few reports concerning animals which occur in such sit-
uations. The primary area under study is a seven acre
outcrop in north Rockdale County, Georgia, although
collecting trips have been made to other outcrops nearby.
The animals found during this study (1966-1969) were
divisible into two groups — those characteristic of rock
outcroppings (exclusively invertebrates such as the grass-
hopper Trimerotropic saxatilis (McNeill) ) and those
that were transient or ubiquitous (typified by the Eastern

Cottontail, Sylvilagus floridanus.) Mammals building
nests under rocks or in broom sedge “islands” include
the mice Peromyscus and the Eastern chipmunk, Tatnias
striatus. Other transient mammals include squirrels,
Sciurus carolinensis and deer, Odocoileus virginianus.
The fence swift, Sceloperus unduntalis, occurs in large
numbers; the only other reptile observed was the black
racer, Coluber constrictor. A variety of invertebrates
were found, the number and species varying with the
time of year and the specific ecosystem. Sporadic blooms
of collembolans have occurred which were sufficient to
change the appearance of an acre of outcrop.

(20)

Location and Association of Shrubs in a Forest
Community: A Statistical Analysis

E. Gibbes Patton, Wofford College

In a study of the ecology of native shrubs, an elec-
tronic computer has indicated some association between
species-pairs and between species and physical-environ-
mental factors. By the method of Greig-Smith (second
edition, 1964), presence-or-absence data from systematic
point-quarter sampling were put into 2x2 contingency
tables and the hypothesis of independent distribution was
tested by use of chi-square. This method indicated some
associations not apparent from non-quantitative analysis.
Results are offered from study of ten shrub species in the
North Saluda River drainage, Greenville County, South
Carolina. Discussion is invited in terms of ( 1 ) validity
of the sampling and (2) usefulness of the technique for
studies in autecology, chorology, and community struc-
ture.

(Assistance from the Belle W. Baruch Foundation is
acknowledged. )

(51)

Fine Structure of Centriole Formation in
Labyrinthula sp. (Rhizopodea, Labyrinthulida)

Frank O. Perkins
Virginia Institute of Marine Science

The fine structure of de novo centriole formation was
observed in meiotic zoosporulation in Labyrinthula sp.
Vegetative spindle cells, which contained no centrioles,
procentrioles, or centriolar plaques, formed presporangia
by changing into approximately round or oval cells with-
in sori. Two granular aggregates or protocentrioles ap-
proximately spherical and about 240 m^ diameter were
formed in the cytoplasm a few hundred m^ from each
nucleus. Microtubules, oriented in astral ray patterns,
were attached directly to each of the protocentrioles.
Following migration to opposite sides of the nucleus each
of the protocentrioles differentiated into double centrioles
attached at the cartwheel or proximal ends. Binary fis-
sion of the centrioles and reorientation yielded a diplo-
some or orthogonal orientation of the organelles. Each
mature centriole consisted of the usual cylinder of 9 trip-
let microtubular blades with a cartwheel complex at the
proximal end consisting of 5 or 6 tiers of cartwheels.
Further centriole replication appeared to occur by or-
thogonal budding from mature centrioles.

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

63

(88)

Food Habits of Plethodon jordani
(Amphibia: Plethodontidae)

Vernon N. Powders and William L. Tietjen
Georgia Southwestern College

Plethodon jordani stomachs from the Great Smoky
Mountains National Park were analysed for food con-
tent. These stomachs were from various different alti-
tudes throughout P. jordani's range in the park. Food
items include: Collembola, mites, millipedes, snails, and
various other Arthropoda. Very few empty stomachs
were found during the study. An altitudinal and seasonal
comparison of food items will be presented. Stomach
analysis of Plethodon glutinosus will also be presented
as a comparison of food habits between these closely
related salamander species.

(144)

The Isolation of Protoplasts from the
Placental Cells of Solatium nigrum L.

Baldev Raj and J. M. Herr, Jr.

University of South Carolina

Living protoplasts were isolated from the interplacen-
tal regions of Solatium nigrum berries by the removal of
the walls from cells in tissue slices treated for 1-2 hours
with 12% pectinase in 0.35 M sucrose solution. Proto-
plasts thus isolated, then washed and transferred to mi-
croculture chambers for observation, invariably tended
to be spherical. Comparative measurements of cell and
protoplast volumes revealed that 10% of the isolated
structures were subunits of protoplasts. From volume
changes in protoplasts studied in different osmotica, the
maximum expansion of the cell membrane was deter-
mined. Hypertonic solutions promote stability, and pro-
toplasts were maintained in 0.35 M sucrose solution for
several days. The effects of various inorganic and or-
ganic compounds were also investigated to determine the
optimal conditions for in vitro culture of isolated proto-
plasts.

(47)

Ultrastructure of Spirodela Polyrhiza (L.)
Schleiden. I. Raphides and the Idioblast

R. D. Rao, North Carolina State University

Spirodela polyrhiza is a cosmopolitan aquatic belong-
ing to the family Lemnaceae, commonly called the duck-
weeds. In the course of ultrastructural characterization
of 5. polyrhiza, the fine structure of the raphides and the
idioblast was also investigated. Raphides are needle-like
optically visible crystals, presumably of calcium oxalate,
which occur in a wide variety of plants. The crystal
chambers are elongate in form and when cut transverse-
ly they exhibit rectangular profiles. The crystal cham-
bers appear to be compartmentalized by a single mem-
brane. The individual chambers show an electron dense
boundary.

The raphide cell is represented by a typical nucleus,
sparse ER, Golgi and mitochondria. Concentric mem-
brane profiles were also observed. The raphide cell
lacks the so-called modified plastids. The non-accumu-
lation of starch by the plastids appear to be species spe-
cific rather than a general phenomenon, for starch was
seen to be present in the plastids of S. polyrhiza raphide
cell.

(48)

Ultrastructure of Spirodela Polyrhiza (L.)
Schleiden. II. Chloroplast Development
During Turion Germination

R. D. Rao, North Carolina State University

The turion is a modified frond and a means of vegeta-
tive reproduction in S. polyrhiza. The plastids of turion
are amyloplasts — - starch storing plastids. The develop-
ment of chloroplasts to maturity from amyloplasts ac-
companied by turion germination is completed by 48
hours. The main feature of the differentiation of amy-
loplasts is the development of an elaborate grana-fret-
work system, which is preceded by reconstitution of the
envelope. Once this is completed the subsequent devel-
opment to maturity appears to follow the normal devel-
opmental pattern, that is, invagination of inner mem-
brane to produce a grana-fretwork system.

(157)

The Effect of Zinc-65 on the Production of
Lethal Genes in Drosophila melanogaster

James H. Ray and John M. Carpenter
University of Kentucky

Drosophila melanogaster adults were placed in popu-
lation cages with food containing Zinc-65 in a concentra-
tion of 97.2 /ic/ml. Per cent hatchability of daily egg
samples was used as an index for dominant lethal genes
produced by the radioactive environment. To test for
recessive sex-linked lethal gene production, adult males
were removed from the cages at intervals during the ex-
perimental period and mated to non-radioactive Muller-5
virgin females using the Muller-5 technique. Daily per-
centages of dominant lethal genes ranged from 0 to 43%,
and the peaks of egg mortality appeared to follow a
cyclic pattern. Small percentages of recessive sex-linked
lethal genes were found in the Pi, Fi, and F2 control and
experimental samples. Although greater percentages of
recessive sex-linked lethal genes were produced with in-
creasing radiation exposure, experimental results did not
appear to differ significantly from control results. Ex-
periments are currently underway using higher concen-
trations of Zinc-65.

(45)

An EM Study of the Dendritic Keratinocytes
of the PET Mouse

Willie M. Reams, Jr. and Stanley P. Tompkins
University of Richmond and The Medical
College of Virginia

An EM examination of the epidermis of PET mice
reveals a mixed population of cells. Most prevalent are
the polyhedral keratinocytes with oval nuclei, many des-
mosomes and tonofilaments. In addition, three types of
dendritic cells have been described previously, all of
which have lobated nuclei, and lack desmosomes and
tonofilaments. Some of these dendritic cells are pigment
cells with melanosomes or premelanosomes; others are
Langerhans cells with their typical organelles; while the
third type lacks characteristic organelles and are known
to be a mixture of both melanoblasts of neural crest ori-
gin and pre-Langerhans cells. In a developmental study
of the Langerhans cell, cells have been found in both
embryo and older epidermis which differ from both the
above dendritic cells and the surrounding keratinocytes.
These cells have lobated nuclei and show few desmo-

64

ASB Bulletin

somes and tonofilaments. As such semikeratinocytes,
like Langerhans cells, are found in neural crest-free as
well as normal epidermis, it is tempting to speculate that
they might be precursors of the Langerhans cells.

(Supported by NIH Grant AM-11864-02. The work
was done in part at the Virginia Institute for Scientific
Research.)

(106)

Uptake and Elimination of Radiotungsten
In Black Bullheads ( Ictalurus melas )

James R. Reed, Virginia Commonwealth University

Black bullheads ( Ictalurus melas ) were found to ac-
cumulate radiotungsten from food and from water.
Whole-body activity reached a plateau after the fish had
been in isotope solution four days. Whole-body elimina-
tion of radiotungsten varied somewhat with the method
of uptake. Fish that had accumulated radiotungsten
from water had a single linear component of elimination
with a biological half-life of 2.75 days. Fish that re-
ceived radioisotope in a single feeding lost activity at two
rates, one component had a biological half-life of 14
hours and the second of six days. The bone, skin, flesh,
blood and gills contained the greatest percentages of
whole-body activity after one day of uptake from water.
After eight days of uptake the flesh, gills and gut to-
gether contained 43.4 percent of the total activity. The
bone had the longest biological half-life (8.0 days) of
the tissues examined and contained 80 percent of the
whole-body activity after 16 days of elimination.

(191)

Esterases of Procyotrema marsupiformis
Harkema and Miller, 1959
(Trematoda: Strigeida: Diplostomatidae)

Willis A. Reid, Jr. and Reinard Harkema
North Carolina State University

This strigeoid trematode, parasitic in the pancreatic
duct of the raccoon, was studied for the histochemical
localization of esterase activity. The worms were pre-
fixed in 10% buffered formalin, cryostat-sectioned and
treated with the following substrates: a-naphthyl acetate,
5-bromoindoxyl acetate, acetylthiocholine iodide, and
butyrylthiocholine iodide. Inhibitors used were sodium
fluoride, eserine, iso-OMPA, and 62-C-47. In all tests
the pharynx demonstrated the most intense reaction,
apparently due to a mixture of simple esterases and
acetylcholinesterase. A strong reaction indicating acetyl-
cholinesterase activity was obtained in the oral sucker,
acetabulum, pseudosuckers and its glandular cells, the
cuticle and subcuticular cells in the oral sucker region,
nerve tissue, and the bursa. Non-specific esterases were
indicated by a weaker reaction in the subcuticular cells
of the holdfast, the outer tunic of the testis, the vas
deferens, and the prostatic cells. Pseudocholinesterase
was not demonstrable in the worm.

(28)

Microsporogenesis In Vernonia angustifolia
Michx. (Compositae)

John D. Reynolds, Virginia Commonwealth University
and

Sam B. Jones, Jr., University of Georgia

The anther first consists of meristematic tissue. In
each angle, hypodermal cells, aligned vertically, enlarge

and divide periclinally. The conductive tissue differenti-
ates at this time. During enlargement of the micro-
sporocyte the anther wall consists of epidermis, a
hypodermal layer and uninucleate tapetal cells. The
hypodermal layer divides to form the endothecium and
the middle layer which is flattened and crushed by the
time the meiotic process begins in the microsporocytes.
These are arranged in a single vertical row in each of
the four loculi. Two meiotic deviations result in four
nuclei in a tetrahedral, isobilateral or decussate arrange-
ment. Wall formation is simultaneous. The pollen
mother cell wall still encloses the microspores at exine
formation. Each microspore is surrounded by a homo-
geneous substance until the echinae form. Pollen grains
are three celled when released. Tapetum is glandular
and persists until dehiscence. Tapetal cells are uninucle-
ate, binucleate, and later contain fusion nuclei.

(15)

Aspects of Phytoplankton Primary Production
in a Shallow, South Florida Lake

Peter B. Rhoads

Environmental Biology Program, University of Miami

Short term light and dark bottle experiments were
used to estimate phytoplankton primary production in a
shallow, limestone rockpit lake, during 1968. These re-
sults are examined in terms of plankton data and physi-
co-chemical variables, with particular attention to inci-
dent radiation, rainfall and grazing. With the exception
of a spring Dinobryon bloom, a low phytoplankton
standing crop was observed, dominated by nannoplank-
ton. Primary production estimates indicate a low mean
phytoplankton production level (about 200mg C/ mV day),
despite the influence of the surrounding residential area.
Indirect evidence is presented indicating that the benthic
flora dominates organic production. Low phytoplankton
levels are analyzed in terms of a benthic flora competi-
tion hypothesis.

(16)

Aerial Photoecology of South Florida Patch Reefs

Peter Rhoads, Patrick Colin,

John Beers and Howard Teas
Environmental Biology Program, University of Miami

South Florida patch reefs typically exhibit a “halo” of
bare sand caused by grazing of herbivourous reef fishes.
Aerial photographs revealed that in a few cases patch
reefs off southern Dade County had a second bare sand
halo or band. The second band is approximately ten
meters wide and concentric with the reef at a distance
of 50-75 meters. A mixture of the sea grasses Syringodi-
um filiforme and Thalassia testidinum grow in the area
on a calcareous sand and coarse particulate substrate.
The grasses have been transplanted to various locations
in the inner and outer halo band areas and examined for
feeding by herbivorous fishes. Heavy grazing was found
in the inner region but not in the outer halo. The re-
sults of transplant experiments and geological observa-
tions in the double halo reef area will be illustrated with
slides.

(Supported by U.S. Public Health Service training
grant No. ES-00126.)

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

65

(32)

White Flowering Partridge Pea in North Carolina

Hollis J. Rogers and Ralph M. Morrison
University of North Carolina at Greensboro

The partridge pea (Cassia fasciculata) is a native an-
nual plant about 15 cm to 45 cm high. It is generally
found along road sides, sandy fields and open creek
banks from Florida to Texas, and north to Massachu-
setts and New York. Its leaves are evenly pinnate with
twelve to thirty linear-oblong leaflets. The bright yel-
low flowers make the plant conspicuous during the
months of August and September. The flowers have five
petals, two or three of which are larger than the others
with a purple spot at their bases. In 1931, L. C. lensen
reported plants with a distinct creamy white color in
Franklin County, Missouri. These plants have subse-
quently been placed in forma Jenseni (1935). Jensen
collected seeds from the white flowered plants and of
the forty plants produced, all but two showed the new
flower color.

One of us (H. J. R.) found the Jenseni form along
an open creek bank in the city of Greensboro. As far
as we can determine, this is the first reported find of
this form outside the original location in Missouri and
definitely the first report for North Carolina. Seeds were
collected from both the yellow and white flowered pop-
ulations. Germination studies have shown that scarifi-
cation effectively breaks seed dormancy. At present we
are maintaining both populations in the greenhouse. Our
report will include the results of these growth studies in
terms of the genetics and cytology of the white form
of Cassia.

(68)

Morphology of the Male Reproductive System in
the Hawaiian Kona Crab, Ranina Ranina (L)
(Decapoda: Gymnopleura)

Edward Parsons Rvan, East Carolina University

A study of the morphology of the male reproductive
system and details of ultrastructure in spermatogenesis
was undertaken on the Hawaiian Kona crab, Ranina
ranina (L), whose family includes members that are of
the oldest brachyuran fossils and whose recent members
display both lobsterlike and crablike characters. The
morphology of the reproductive systems in both sexes is
more macruran (lobsterlike). Cytological studies of
spermatogenesis reveal aflagellate spermatozoa that are
unlike other Brachyura in ultrastructure and in probable
function. The spermatozoa are transferred to the female
sternal spermatheca without spermatophoric elements.

(This research was supported by National Science
Foundation Grant GB 5710.)

(145)

In Vitro Culture of Ovules, Nucelli, and Embryos
of Citrus

P. S. Sabharwal

Investigations were carried out on the in vitro growth
and development of ovules, nucelli and embryos of six
polyembryonate species of Citrus : C. aurantifolia, C.
limettioides, C. microcarpa , C. paradisi, C. reticulata and
C. sinensis, and one monoembryonate species, C. grandis.
A modified White's medium served as control. Adenine,
casein hydrolysate, coconut milk, 2, 4 - D, IAA, kinetin
and yeast extract were added as supplements.

Ovules of the polyembryonic species of Citrus were
cultured at the globular stage of nucellar proembryos.
The embryos either developed normally or callused or
formed buds on a medium containing CH (400 ppm).
Embryo-like structures differentiated from the callus and
some of them even gave rise to seedlings.

Micropylar halves and segments of nucelli (from
which the zygotic embryo or the extreme tip portion was
removed) of several polyembryonate species were cul-
tured. Only the proembryos responded while the cells
of the nucellus per se remained quiescent. On CH me-
dium, the behaviour of embryos was similar to that ob-
served in the cultured ovules. When subcultured, the
callus differentiated into embryo-like structures which
later developed seedlings. Cultures of nucelli of C.
grandis failed to thrive on Wb and CH media. How-
ever, on a CM medium, nearly 25 per cent of the em-
bryos matured and germinated in situ.

Micropylar halves, from which macroscopic nucellar
proembryos had been excised, and the chalazal halves
of nucelli showed no response.

When globular nucellar embryos were cultured indi-
vidually on CH medium they merely enlarged or gave
rise to a callus of limited growth. Groups of adventive
embryos of C. reticulata elicited a response almost sim-
ilar to that of the embryos in the micropylar halves of
nucelli, but embryonal callusing was less pronounced.

(160)

A Model System for Population
Genetics Experiments

W. St. Amand, University of Mississippi

A model system (using ordinary snaps) is described
which allows population genetics experiments to be per-
formed during a single laboratory session. The design
involves large population simulation and allows the col-
lection of data to illustrate the Hardy-Weinberg equil-
libirum, and the effects of partial or of complete selec-
tion. With slight modifications such phenomena as for-
ward and reverse mutation, hybrid vigor, reduced repro-
ductive potential, etc., can also be studied. The materi-
als employed are simple, inexpensive, and everywhere
available.

(58)

The Role of Sterols in Photodynamic Response

Keith T. Samuels, Jr. and R. W. Hull
Florida State University

When the ciliate Paramecium caudatum is exposed to
an aqueous suspension of 3,4-benzpyrene and irradiated
with long-wave ultraviolet light, the cells become im-
mobile and eventually lyse in a length of time that is a
function of concentration of the hydrocarbon and the
intensity of irradiation. This process is termed photo-
activation and appears to involve photo-oxidation and
free radical formation. Tetrahymena pyriformis, strain
w, is less sensitive in this system. It is postulated that
the lack of sensitivity may be due to a sterol, tetrahy-
menol, (identified by Conner, 1963), found as a com-
ponent of the cell membrane of T. pyriformis, which
sterol is not found in Paramecium. This sterol is methy-
lated ergosterol. To test this postulate, T. pyriformis
was grown under conditions devised to replace the tet-
rahymenol with ergosterol. The treated cells were then
subjected to the photoactivation circumstance, using cells
with tetrahymenol unreplaced as controls. The mem-
branes of normal and treated cells were analysed by
thin-layer and gas-liquid chromatography.

66

ASB Bulletin

(72)

Life Histories of Wolf Spiders (Lycosidae:
Araneae: Arachnida) in the
Alpine Tundra of Colorado

Ronald R. Schmoller, The University of Tennessee

About 2,000 specimens of Pardosa wolf spiders were
collected in the alpine tundra of Colorado during 1966
and 1967. Pitfall jars were placed in a variety of habi-
tats, ranging from tree-line (11,400 ft.) to rocky sum-
mits (14,000 ft.). The jars were sampled twice a month
during June - October, 1967. The five most numerous
species of Pardosa collected occur in different plant com-
munities. The life-cycle length, overwintering stage(s),
mating periods, and time of hatching were determined
for these spiders. Three of the species have annual (one
year) life cycles and overwinter in the penultimate stage
(the instar preceding adulthood). The other two spe-
cies have biennial (two year) life cycles, overwintering
in various stages. Biennial life cycles may be correlated
with lower prey densities in the habitats of the biennial
species, as suggested by the low net (plant) productivity
of their habitats. Temperature, moisture, and wind may
also be important.

(149)

Regulation of Urease in Cotyledons

U)

Accumulation of Metals by Fungi
II. Zinc, Iron and Yttrium Group

J. Miles Sharpley and D. G. Kessel
Virginia Commonwealth University and
Sharpley Laboratories, Inc.

The limits of iron and zinc accumulation by the my-
celia of a Hormodendrum sp., Pullularia pullulans, and
Aspergillus niger have been defined. Pullularia was found
to tolerate up to 3 percent zinc (30,000 ppm) in the cul-
ture medium and able to concentrate 20,000 ppm of zinc
in the mycelial mass. Hormodendrum and A. niger were
less tolerant of the metals but appreciable amounts were
accumulated. The relationship of the tolerance for zinc
by Pullularia is discussed as correlated to the growth of
this organism on zinc containing paint films.

The preliminary data concerning the concentration by
fungi of certain rare earth metals from sea water and
salt brines are presented. These data indicate up to a
10-fold concentration of members of the yttrium group,
based on emission spectroscopy of the ashed fungal
mycelia.

(140)

The Crisis of Herbaria

Stanwyn G. Shetler, Smithsonian Institution

Prem P. Sehgal and James A. Cook
East Carolina University

The factors controlling urease levels in cotyledons of
jack beans were studied under sterile conditions. In
culture, the urease content declined as rapidly as in coty-
ledons harvested from seedlings of different ages. High
temperatures (85°) or low pH (4.5) caused a faster de-
crease in urease activity as compared to the controls
(75°F, pH 5.8). The addition of dithiothreitol — a sulf-
hydryl compound, urea or thiourea lead to increased
urease activity on fresh weight and protein basis. In ex-
periments with urea, a continuous flow of sterile medium
was maintained to avoid excessive accumulation of am-
monium ions in cotyledons. Higher urease activity in
urea is attributed to substrate protection. Thiourea, a
competitive inhibitor of the enzyme gave best preserva-
tion of urease in contrast to urea-treated and untreated
cotyledons. Thiourea and other substituted ureas are
used as herbicides. Possible mechanism of action of
thiourea will be discussed.

(189)

Light and Electron Microscope Radioautographic
Studies of Galactose-H3 Utilization Related to
Mucopolysaccharide Synthesis in
Megalodiscus temper atus

W. Allen Shannon and B. J. Bogitsh
Vanderbilt University

Mucopolysaccharide synthesis is investigated by incu-
bating slices of Megalodiscus temperatus in a medium
containing galactose-H3. The tissue is subsequently fixed
and radioautographed for light and electron microscopy.
Labelling appears to be mostly cytoplasmic. The initial
uptake of the label is confined to the subtegumental cells
with a progression toward the external surface with time.
Electron microscopy shows labelling specifically over the
Golgi areas and related vesicles, vesicles in the tegument,
and to a lesser extent over glycogen. (Supported, in
part, by N.I.H. grant No. AI-0858.)

Notwithstanding optimistic predictions, the future of
the herbarium as a research institution and facility seems
to be endangered. Quantitative gains have been mistak-
en for progress and good health, while in fact the phy-
sical facilities, operational procedures, collection strategy,
and intellectual undergirding of the herbarium have not
kept pace with the times. The future has been meas-
ured against the past and the present, yielding predic-
tions of no lasting value. In this paper, an attempt is
made to present a constructive analysis of what is need-
ed to insure the continuing vitality of the herbarium. A
brief survey of the world’s herbarium resources is given,
and the problems of managing and utilizing these re-
sources are discussed. The changing role of the herbari-
um is traced, and several proposals for copying realis-
tically with the changes are offered.

(119)

A Comparative Study of Thermal Stratification
in a Mainstream and Pumped-Storage
Impoundment

George M. Simmons, Jr.

Virginia Commonwealth University
Stuart E. Neff, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Claytor Lake Reservoir is a mainstream impoundment
on the New River near Radford, Virginia, and power is
generated by conventional draw down. Smith Mountain
Reservoir is the upper storage impoundment of a
pumped-storage hydroelectric plant on the Roanoke Riv-
er near Roanoke, Virginia. In pumped-storage opera-
tion, water is recycled from a lower to an upper storage
impoundment during periods of low power use and is
drawn down during generation at peak demand periods.
Thermal stratification in the two reservoirs is quite dif-
ferent. The metalimnion at the height of summer ther-
mal stratification is 5-7 meters deep in Smith Mountain
Reservoir and 23-26 meters deep in Claytor Lake Reser-
voir. Location of the metalimnion and the hypolimnetic
volume seems to depend upon penstock location and the
retention period of water in each reservoir. The re-

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

67

cycling process in Smith Mountain Reservoir has a min-
imal effect on thermal stratification. The beneficial ef-
fects of recycling are localized due to basin morphom-
etry.

(77)

Suctoria in Culture

Tom Simpson and R. W. Hull, Florida State University

The paucity of published reports on the biology of
Suctorian protozoa can be attributed to difficulties in
achieving laboratory cultures of these interesting forms.
Suctorians typically “bloom” in nature, as well as in lab-
oratory culture, but the causes of these blooms are as
yet not well established. Between blooms, it is common
for laboratory cultures to fail due to a generalized auto-
lysis of the cells coupled with a greatly reduced repro-
ductive rate. Several workers (Rudzinska, 1951-1953;
Lilly, 1953; Sterbenz, et. al„ 1955) have dealt with this
and related problems in Suctorian biology, but none have
yet developed techniques that yield assured culure of
Suctorians collected from the field. This investigation
discusses methods used for culturing three species, Sol-
enophrya micraster, Tokophrya quadripartita, and Helio-
phrya sp. The culture parameters for these as well as
their reproductive cycle will be discussed. Optimal rates
of feeding, important in keeping cultures from decline,
will be presented and characteristics of their reproductive
rates will be summarized. In addition, investigations into
the delay of morphogenesis by chelating agents will be
presented as a method of altering cultures for experi-
mental studies on the ciliated bud. The nonmetamor-
phosing cells may be viable for up to 96 hours with
little or no change in morphology. The achievement of
axenic cultures of Suctoria and the unique characteris-
tics of these cultures will also be discussed.

(66)

An Assay for FSH in the Golden Hamster

Michael H. Sims, Deason C. Dunagan,
and George W. Tate, Jr., Memphis State University

A modification by Benson (Endocrinology 84: in
press) of the Steelman and Pohley assay for FSH has
been adapted for use in the golden hamster. Benson's
modifications provide for more sensitive measurements
of serum FSH than previously used bioassay methods.
Employing immature female hamsters (22 days old) as
assay animals, series of dilutions of FSH preparations of
known potencies were run to standardize the ovarian re-
sponse. Ovarian weight in the immature animals was
the parameter measured. The ovarian response to serum
from adult animals during the estrous cycle and pseudo-
pregnancy will be compared with the ovarian response
to standardized FSH amounts. Details of the assay pro-
cedure as well as preliminary data on comparisons be-
tween standardized injections and serum FSH will be
presented.

(This work was supported by a grant from the Mem-
phis State University Faculty Research Fund.)

(36)

Toxins of Single Spore Isolates of
Pellicularia filamentosa

Asa C. Sims, Jr., Southern University in New Orleans

Pellicularia filamentosa is an important plant patho-
gen. In order to find the nature of parasitism of this

pathogen toxic metabolic products from culture fluids of
single spore isolates were separated and characterized.

It was found that at least 4 different toxic metabolities
were isolated according to their soluability in water,
ether, ethel alcohol and acetone. Each toxin in contact,
with germinating seeds of flax and alfalfa did not cause
typical symptoms of the damping off disease, where as
when the toxins were combined together in known
strengths, fairly representative typical symptoms were
obtained.

(174)

Hormonal Changes in Rats Cross-Adapted to
Cold Environments and Simulated High Altitude

J. Alvin Smeake and Samuel R. Tipton
The University of Tennessee

Rats acclimated to 7°C. were exposed to 10,000 feet
simulated altitude until acclimated. The acclimation to
cold interfered with the acclimation to altitude. The
possibility that this negative cross-adaptation was being
mediated by some metabolic response induced by thy-
roxine was investigated. By treating hypothyroid rats
with thyroxine, a response similar to that of cold-accli-
mated rats could be induced. Hypothyroid rats treated
with 2,4-dinitrephenol showed an increase in tolerance
to extreme altitude, but thyroxine reduced this tolerance.

If protein synthesis were blocked with actimemycin-D
before or at the same time of thyroxine treatment, but
not after, the inhibitory effect of thyroxine could be abat-
ed. Treatment with epinephrine or pargyline produced
the same response on tolerance as that of thyroxine.

(Aided in part by funds from Public Health Service
Research Grant AM07365 and NASA Grant NGL-43-
001-021.)

(117)

Absolute Densities of Small Mammals

i

Michael H. Smith, University of Georgia

The number of mammals (N) at risk of capture is
easily estimated from the data derived from removal trap-
ping. However, N is of little value in certain studies
where density is of prime interest. Two different tech-
niques may be useful in estimating the area being sam-
pled: (1) The spatial distribution of captures for animals
moving onto a grid is different from that of resident
animals. The number of shifting animals caught in suc-
cessive rows of traps from the outer edge to the middle
of the grid is a curvilinear function. Subtraction of shift-
ing animals from total catch equals the number of ani-
mals residing on the area occupied by the grid plus
a border zone equal to the radius of the average home
range. (2) Assessment lines going outward from the grid
for a relatively long distance can be used to measure
the area affected by the grid. The use of these tech-
niques will be illustrated with data from a mixed hard-
wood small mammal community.

(22)

Effect of a Heated-Water Discharge on the
Distribution of Benthos in a Portion of

Biscayne Bay, Florida

Richard C. Smith, Environmental Biology
Program, University of Miami

The annual and long-term changes in distribution of
benthic invertebrates, grasses, and macro-algae, due to

68

ASB Bulletin

a heated-water discharge from a small electricity gen-
erating station (430 megawatts), have been evaluated.
Quantitative benthic samples at ten stations, beginning in
the fall of 1968, have been examined to evaluate month-
ly changes in abundance and diversity of the benthos. In
addition to benthic sampling, data were collected on sal-
inity, particles size and organic content of sediment, and
temperature of sediment and water. Aerial photographs,
taken prior to construction of the generating station, in-
dicated a “benthic pattern” in the area of study which is
presently found at other locations in Biscayne Bay.
These patterns are being investigated to evaluate the
long-term changes in the area of the generating station
discharge.

(Supported by U.S. Public Health Service training
grant No. ES-00126.)

(114)

Some Effects of Zinc on the EKG and Breathing
Signal of Bluegills
( Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesque)

Richard E. Sparks, Alan G. Heath,
and John Cairns, Jr.

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Polygraph recordings were made of the heart and
breathing activities of twelve 5 - 7 inch bluegills ( Lepo-
mis macrochirus Rafinesque). Experimental fish were
exposed to zinc concentrations of 56 mg/1 and 10 mg/1
in continuous flow test chambers. Two of four fish ex-
posed to 56 mg/1 zinc showed a marked decrease in
amplitude of the breathing signal immediately upon addi-
tion of zinc. In 10 to 31 minutes, the amplitude of the
breathing signal began to increase slightly. The heart
rate of all experimental fish gradually decreased over a
period of 2 to 6 hours, while the breathing rate increased.
One to four hours after addition of zinc, the breathing
rate of experimental fish was faster than the heart rate.
In contrast, the heart rate of control fish was always
faster than the breathing rate and both rates remained
relatively constant. Thus indicators of functional dam-
age to bluegills appear before the actual death of the fish
due to zinc toxicity.

(This research was supported by a grant from the
Manufacturing Chemists Association.)

(132)

An Ecological Study of a
South Carolina Salt Marsh

Richard Stalter and Wade T. Batson

University of South Carolina and High Point College

The vegetation of a South Carolina salt marsh was
sampled by means of line transects and lm2 quadrats.
Soil samples were taken from specific points on the tran-
sects and analyzed for conductivity, chlorinity, salinity,
pH, texture, and organic content. A surveyor’s transit
and stadia pole were employed to determine zonation
limits of vegetation, and a recording tide gauge was used
in conjunction with the aforementioned to determine the
duration and depth of flooding of each vegetation zone.
The limits of the vegetation zones, arbitrarily determined,
will be discussed in conjunction with the above factors.
The pH is unimportant in restricting the vegetation to
certain zones. Soil texture is of doubtful importance.
Organic content may be important in restricting certain
species, although the direct effect of organic content was

not determined. The soil solute concentration and depth
and duration of flooding may be important as these fac-
tors correspond well with the range and development of
the vegetation. Likewise, the soil solute concentration
corresponds well with species distribution. Flooding may
be important in restricting the seaward range of all plants
except Spartina alterniflora. The evidence presented in
this study suggests that flooding and the action of the
tides in general may produce conditions that are unfavor-
able for the establishment and subsequent early develop-
ment of all species except S. alterniflora. These factors
and conditions were considered important in defining the
zones of vegetation on this salt marsh.

(159)

The Analysis of Tritiated Thymidine
Incorporation in Grasshopper Neuroblasts

Ralph E. Stephens and J. Gordon Carlson
The University of Tennessee

Embryos of the grasshopper, Chortophaga viridifasci-
ata (De Geer), equivalent to 14 days development at
26°C were incubated at 38°C in H!-thymidine (10/xc/ml;
1.48 X 10"3A4) for %, 1, 2, 4, 6, or 8 hours. At the
end of each exposure 3 embryos were made into squash
preparations and autoradiographed. The number of
grains was determined in an area of 113 square microns
chosen at random over each of 50 neuroblasts per em-
bryo. Selected cells were in the stage of DNA replica-
tion. The average counts rise steadily through 4 hours,
level off from 4 through 6 hours, and fall gradually from
6 to 8 hours. A frequency distribution analysis of counts
in individual cells is interpreted to mean that the level-
ing-off and fall in counts from 4 to 8 hours may be due
to some combination of the following factors: (1) a pos-
sible saturation effect, (2) anaphase division, in which
the incorporated thymidine per cell is halved, (3) a pos-
sible slowing-down of the mitotic rate after several hours
in culture medium, and (4) a possible inhibitory effect
of thymidine on mitosis.

(This study was supported in part by Atomic Energy
Commission Contract AT-(40-l )-2575.)

(176)

The Effects of Salinity on Blood Free Amino
Acids in the Land Crab, Cardisoma guanhumi
(Crustacea: Decapoda: Gecarcinidae).

James D. Stidham and Charles E. Lane
Presbyterian College and Institute of Marine Sciences,
University of Miami

The land crab, Cardisoma guanhumi, a semi-terrestrial
crab of South Florida, the Caribbean Islands and South
America is found in a wide range of environmental sa-
linity. We here report the findings of one area of our
studies of osmoregulation in this crab. Adults of uni-
form size were maintained in distilled water, tap water,
and sea water of varying salinities. Qualitative and
quantitative changes in blood free amino acids were de-
termined using automatic ion-exchange chromatography.
Twenty free amino acids were identified with glycine,
taurine, arginine, proline and alanine predominating in
crabs from all experimental environments. These five
amino acids were seen to increase with increasing salinity
with alanine exhibiting the greatest increase over the en-
tire range from distilled water through 175% sea
water. The significance of extracellular and intracellular
free amino acid pools in this organism will be included.

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

69

(61)

The Effects of Nitrate and Chloride Ions on
Motility, Glucose and Oxygen Utilization in
Rabbit Spermatozoa

Bettye R. Stokes, Atlanta University and
Clyde E. Johnson, Jr., Clark College

This work describes the effects of Norman-Johnson II
(Cl) and III (NO.,) diluents on the metabolism of New
Zealand White rabbit spermatozoa. The oxygen uptake
of cells in the N-J-III diluent containing nitrate anions
was 57% greater than that of sperm in the N-J-II dilu-
ent, which contained chloride anions. Sperm in N-J-III
exhibited a 37% greater utilization of glucose than sperm
in N-J-II. Motility of cells was also greater in the nitrate
medium. In addition to the effects of nitrate and chlo-
ride anions on oxygen uptake and glucose utilization, the
effects of these ions on the lactate production exhibited
by these cells will be discussed.

(19)

New Primary Productivity of a Regularly-flooded
North Carolina Salt Marsh

Linda M. Stroud and Arthur W. Cooper
North Carolina State University

Estimates of net primary productivity of major vegeta-
tion types in the regularly-flooded marsh at Oak Island in
Brunswick County, North Carolina were made. A har-
vest method was used to obtain standing crop estimates
of vegetative types. The average behavior of the crop
through a growing season was obtained by fitting the ob-
served data to a fourth degree polynominal in time. The
R- values obtained using this equation were generally
good for all vegetation types. Net production was then
determined by two methods: 1) using only living stand-
ing crop estimates and 2) using changes in living and
dead standing crop estimates. Productivity estimates ob-
tained in this study were not as high as values obtained
in previous salt marsh studies at Sapelo Island, Georgia
but were similar to other data for North Carolina and
greater than data from farther north along the Atlantic
coast. Reasons for these differences will be discussed.

(121)

Fallout Studies on Native Vegetation. I. Effects of
Beta-Radiation (90Sr) on White Pine and
Red Oak Trees

Fred G. Taylor, Jr. and John P. Witherspoon

Radiation Ecology Section, Health Physics Division
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge

The major radiological hazards from fallout deposited
on natural or agricultural ecosystems are external gamma
and beta radiation and internal beta radiation from as-
similation of radionuclides. With reference to plants, the
hazard of surface contact with beta emitting fallout par-
ticles and the hazard of beta-field radiation where plant
habitats are covered with fallout particles, has not been
fully determined.

During the past year beta radiation sources and tech-
niques of botanical application have been developed.
Current radiobotanical studies are directed toward deter-
mining beta radiosensitivities of important native plant
species.

Utilizing a strontium-90 fallout simulant, contact and
beta bath exposure experiments have been conducted
with white pine and red oak trees. Biological effects of
contact doses (0.2 to 300 rads/hr) varied from 47%
growth reduction to 100% lethality of apical meristems
in pines. A beta bath dose of 600 rads proved lethal by
30 days. In red oak trees total bath doses exceeding
1500 rads in 1 to 3 days were sufficient to kill apical
buds, while doses ranging from 500 to 750 rads reduced
shoot growth by 50%.

(Research jointly sponsored by the Office of Civil
Defense. Department of Defense, and the U.S. Atomic
Energy Commission under contract with the Union Car-
bide Corporation.)

(38)

Serological Relationship of Protosiphon to
Selected Chlorophycean and
Xanthophycean Algae

Dempsey L. Thomas
Louisiana State University in New Orleans

Serological data indicate that the green alga Proto-
siphon (14 isolates tested) is related to four other chloro-
phycean genera: Spongiochloris (6 species), Spongio-
coccum (3 species), Neochloris (3 species), and Bracteo-
coccus (9 species). Protosiphon shows no sereological
affinity to the xanthophycean genera Botrydium (3 spe-
cies) or Botrydiopsis (3 species). Antigens of the seven
genera were reacted with antisera produced against
Protosiphon, Spongiochloris, Bracteococcus, Botrydium,
and Botrydiopsis. None of the chlorophycean algae
reacted with Botrydium or Botrydiopsis antisera. Con-
versely, no Botrydium or Botrydiopsis species reacted
with any antisera against the green algae. This strongly
suggests a very weak relationship, if any, between chloro-
phycean and xanthophycean algae. All chlorophycean
genera exhibited intergeneric affinity and the two xantho-
phycean genera also showed a similar relationship. These
serological data support current taxonomic classification.

(113)

Changes in Movement Patterns of Fish Exposed
to Sublethal Concentrations of Zinc

William T. Waller and John Cairns, Jr.

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Recent literature contains numerous references which
indicate that waste disposal concentrations which merely
permit survival of aquatic organisms may not permit
them to function properly. This research was under-
taken to develop a rapid feed-back monitoring system
using fish movement patterns as an indicator of normal
function.

Movement patterns of Carassius auratus, Linnaeus, ex-
posed to lethal and sublethal concentrations of ZnSCL •
7LLO were monitored using a series of light beams and
photo-resistors. Six, five-gallon aquaria each equipped
with three light beams transversing the aquaria at the
bottom, middle, and top constituted the monitoring appa-
ratus. Electronic counters were advanced each time a
fish passed through a light beam. Results of ZnS04 • 7H-0
exposure obtained using static test conditions, a twelve-
hour photoperiod, synthetic dilution water, and a single
fish per tank showed a high degree of variability in the
movement patterns; however, increases or decreases in
activity and changes such as photoperiod reversal were
apparent.

(Supported by Manufacturing Chemists Association.)

70

ASB Bulletin

(56)

Ultrastructural and Time-lapse Studies of
Trachelomonas , Lepocinclis, and Euglena
(Euglenophyceae, Euglenales) with
Special Reference to Eyespots

Patricia L. Walne and Carole A. Lembi
University of Tennessee

Phase-contrast and electron microscopy and micro-
cinematography were used to study cellular details in 3
genera of euglenoid flagellates. These organisms afford
interesting comparisons — Trachelomonas, which displays
“metaboly” (euglenoid movement) within a protective
lorica; Lepocinclis, which is naked like Euglena but “non-
metabolic”; and Euglena, which is naked and undergoes
metaboly. Special emphasis will be given to the com-
parative ultrastructure of the extrachloroplastic eyespots
in these genera and to the positional relationships of the
eyespots with other organelles.

(Research supported in part by a University of Ten-
nessee Biomedical Sciences Support Grant, 1101R-01,
and a Faculty Research Grant to the senior author.)

(23)

The Vascular Plants of Tipton County, Tennessee

Sarah Warrington and E. T. Browne, Jr.

Memphis State University

Tipton County is one of the five westernmost counties
of Tennessee. Within its boundaries are parts of two
floristic provinces: the Eastern Deciduous Forest Prov-
ince and the Coastal Plain Province. The former ex-
tends eastward from the loess bluffs that rise abruptly
from the Mississippi Alluvial Plain, and the latter is as-
sociated with the lowlands and bottomlands of the Mis-
sissippi and Hatchie Rivers.

The soils of the Eastern Deciduous Forest have de-
veloped from loess deposited in the Pleistocene Epoch,
while the soil of the Coastal Plain Province is alluvium
of Recent origin and is continually being deposited,
transported, and redeposited. The several soil types sup-
port a wide variety of species.

(27)

The Arborescent Flora of Mississippi

J. Ray Watson, Mississippi State University

The known arborescent flora of Mississippi consists of
200 native and naturalized species distributed in 76 gen-
era and 43 families. In addition 16 cultivated species
are known to occasionally escape. Genera with the
largest number of arborescent species in the state are
Quercus (32 species), Crataegus (22 species), Cary a (13
species), Ilex (9 species), Prunus (9 species) and Mag-
nolia (7 species). Certain species in the flora are known
from one or a few locations. Among these are Cladras-
tis lutea (Michx. f.) K. Koch, Gymnocladus dioica (L. )
K. Koch, Magnolia tripetala L., Prunus hortulana Bailey
Prunus munsoniana Wight & Hedr., Quercus austrina
small , Quercus macrocarpa Michx., and Quercus mis-
sissippiensis Ashe.

(129)

A Profile of Fernbank Forest

Pamela J. Way and Joe A. Edmisten
University of Georgia

Fernbank Forest, located in Atlanta, Georgia, was
sampled in various locations during the months of June
to October, 1968. A profile was constructed from av-
erages of the species present. This profile represents
the structure of a typical southern mixed hardwood for-
est. Accompanying photographs were taken in October
to show the trees in a winter condition. The profile
method of representing a forest is superior to photo-
graphs because it gives a concise picture of what is to
be found in the forest. This method could be a valu-
able educational tool in botany and related disciplines
where a knowledge of taxonomy is not essential.

(31)

Quantitative Differences Between Gametophytes
of Ferns with Sexual and
Apogamous Reproduction

Dean P. Whittier, Vanderbilt University

Gametophytes of ten apogamous and twenty-one sex-
ual species of ferns in seven genera were studied in
axenic culture. Besides the fact that only thirty-two
spores are formed in the sporangia of apogamous spe-
cies, their spores are larger than those of the diploid
fern species. But spore size along with antheridium size
is related to the level of ploidy and not to the type of
reproduction. The gametophytic growth of the apogam-
ous species in general was faster than that for the sex-
ual species. Apogamous sporophytes were formed on
smaller gametophytes in a shorter period of time than
archegonia on the gametophytes of the sexual species.
Thus the maturation of gametophytes producing apogam-
ous sporophytes was more rapid than the gametophytes
of the sexual species.

(59)

Radiosensitivity and Regulation of Population
Density in the Yellow Fever Mosquito
( Aedes aegypti)

William K. Willard, Clemson University

Populations of the yellow fever mosquito, Aedes ae-
gypti (L.), were exposed to a series of selected levels of
X-rays (O R, 1600 R, 3200 R, and 6400 R). Females
mated with irradiated males produced a normal com-
plement of eggs regardless of the dose administered to
the males; however, the viability of the eggs decreased
with increasing dose to the males. Nontreated females
mated with irradiated males (6400 R) produced eggs
which were only 0.0005% viable. Females treated with
3200 R and mated with nontreated males failed to pro-
duce eggs. Sterile individuals of either or both sexes
were introduced into nontreated populations having a
sex ratio of 1:1. The introduction of sterile males was
more effective as a population control method when
the percentagewise variation in egg viability was con-
sidered; however, the number of individuals produced
was 11% less when sterile females were introduced than
was found with the comparable introduction of sterile
males. The more practical means of population control
of Aedes aegypti was concluded to be the introduction of

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

71

sterile males. Contrary to observations in many species,
the females were twice as sensitive to radiation as were
the males when compared on the basis of the dose re-
quired to sterilize and with regard to the production of
viable eggs.

(128)

Plankton, Detritus, and Clay Turbidities in the
Mobile Bay- Gulf of Mexico Interchange

Louis G. Williams, University of Alabama

Based on the microscopic analysis of sediments from
suspended materials in water samples turbidities varied
directly with tidal turbulence and river runoff, with the
highest plankton standing crops developing during peri-
ods of lowest inorganic turbidity. During peak plankton
blooms the ulta plankton dominated, consisting of very
tiny green and blue-green algae, while the gulf plankton
was dominated by diatoms. Photosynthetic bacteria were
an important component of the Mobile Bay estuary.

(122)

Fallout Studies on Native Vegetation. II. Field
Retention of a Fallout Simulant by
White Pine and Red Oak Trees

John P. Witherspoon and Fred G. Taylor

Radiation Ecology Section , Health Physics Division
Oak Ridge National Laboratory , Oak Ridge

Small white pine ( Pinus strobus ) and red oak ( Qiter -
cus rubra) trees were contaminated in the field with a
quartz fallout simulant containing 134Cs. The initial
fraction of the simulant retained by foliage was higher
in the oaks (0.35) than in the pines (0.24). However,
after 1 hour, the broad leaved oaks had lost 90.5% of
the initial 134Cs concentration while the pines had lost
only about 10%. These early retention differences are
related to the effects of wind on the two distinct foliage
types. Effective half-lives were calculated for fallout on
both species at intervals of 0 to 1 day, 1 to 7 days and
7 to 33 days. For pine trees these values were 0.25, 4.53
and 20.66 days, respectively. For oaks they were 0.12,
1.41 and 24.86 days. Loss of particles (134Cs) was due,
primarily, to the weathering action of wind and rain
during the study.

(Research jointly sponsored by the Office of Civil De-
fense, Department of Defense, and the U.S. Atomic
Energy Commission under contract with the Union Car-
bide Corporation.)

(43)

A New Species of Cintractia on
Fuirena (Cyperaceae)

F. T. Wolf and S. K. Hasija, Vanderbilt University

The genus Cintractia (Ustilaginales) includes some 68
species of smut fungi parasitizing hosts belonging to the
Cyperaceae and Juncaceae. A literature search failed to
reveal any previous record of a smut parasitizing Fuir-
ena simplex Vahl. The present description is based on
material collected 17 August 1967, in Dawson County.
Nebraska by Dr. Robert Krai. After comparison of
characters of the sorus, spores, and epispore markings
with those of C. calderi, C. leucoderma, C. subinclusa
and C. Taubertiana, it has been decided to describe the
smut on Fuirena as a new species.

(21)

Competition on Granite Outcrops between
Two Species of Talinum

V. K. Wright, Emory University
Talinum teretifolium (2n = 48) appears to be replac-
ing T. mengesii (2n = 24) on granite outcrops in cen-
tral Georgia where their distribution ranges overlap and
where their niche requirement appears to be very sim-
ilar. Field observations and laboratory experiments in-
dicate that the seedlings of both species have a similar
tolerance to desiccation. A significant difference in re-
productive behavior does exist which would permit a uni-
directional replacement where the species occur together.

(25)

The Ovule and Megagametophyte of Smilax
walteri Pursh. (Angiospermae:
Monocotyledoneae: Liliales: Liliaceae)

Fred T. Yeats and J. M. Herr, Jr.

University of South Carolina

The ovaries of Smilax walteri Pursh. usually contain
three ovules, each one arranged in a position best de-
scribed as curved 90 degrees from atropous. These
ovules are bitegmic, and the inmost layer of the inner
integument contains a resinous material. The composi-
tion of this material is discussed. The ovules are cras-
sinucellate with several layers of parietal cells. The
megaspore mother cell divides to form either a linear
or T-shaped tetrad of megaspores, and the chalazal
megaspore is functional. The defunct megaspores and
the adjacent nucellus degenerate and form a persistent
layer of cell fragments around the developing megaga-
metophyte. Megagametogenesis follows a development
essentially similar to the Polygonum type. Enlargement,
concomitant with development, extends the megagameto-
phyte and destroys the parietal tissue. The orientation
of cells in the megagametophyte is variable and is dis-
cussed.

(75)

Life History of Pleurobema cordatum
(Rafinesque, 1820)

Paul Yokley, Jr., Florence State University

The Ohio Pigtoe Mussel, a commercially valuable spe-
cies, inhabits the largest rivers of the Ohio River drain-
age system, and occurs in concentrations or “mussel
beds” in the Tennessee River. Oogenesis and spermato-
genesis occur at cyclic intervals throughout the year with
spawning and fertilization in April and May. Glochidia
are formed in four to six weeks after fertilization in the
marsupial outer gills. The parasitic glochidia, released
mainly in June, attach to the gill filaments of the Rosefin
Shiner, Notropis ardens (Cope), encyst, and transform
into independent mussels in fourteen to eighteen days.
A motile foot is developed during encystment but no
increase in overall size results. Within three weeks af-
ter dropping from the host fish, the free-living naiads
double in size. Sexual maturity is reached within four
years and gonads remain functional throughout the re-
mainder of the life of the individual which may be
twenty-five to thirty years.

72

ASB Bulletin

(146)

Pasteur Effect in the Com Seedling

M. E. Yow and B. H. Wise, Memphis State University

The intracellular control mechanism which produces
the Pasteur effect is of functional value to the cell in de-
creasing the consumption of glucose under the aerobic
conditions that cause the production of large amounts of
ATP by the mitochondria. Several mechanisms have
been proposed to account for this effect. Most investi-

gations to date have been performed using animal tis-
sues. For our investigations the active meristematic
distal portion of the primary root of the corn seedling
was selected. There were several possible approaches
to the problem. Our initial studies focused on the eluci-
dation of control sites by detection of “crossover points”
of relative depletion and accumulation of the glycolytic
intermediates. These phosphate esters were measured
by enzymatic methods before and after transfer of the
seedlings from air to nitrogen.

Papers Received Too Late to be Included Alphabetically

(132a)

Vegetation and Landscape Processes on
Amchitka Island, Alaska

C. A. Amundsen and E. E. C. Clebsch
The University of Tennessee

The grass-subshrub sub-arctic tundra of the Aleutian
Islands is the result of a poor flora which has developed
into a monotonous vegetation under fairly uniform and
rigorous weather conditions. The few distinctive plant
communities on Amchitka Island are most closely con-
trolled by moisture gradients and are highly correlated
with distinctive soil features.

(177a)

Dissociation, Inflammation and Reaggregation
Phenomena In Livers of Chick Embryos
Treated With Aminoguanidine Sulfate
Charles E. Hubert, Clark College

Aminoguanidine sulfate injected at four days severely
damages most hepatic cords of chick embryos. A few
hepatic cords appear resistant to AGS and retain glyco-
gen. Damaged livers are restored to normal quantita-
tively and histologically by 20 days.

The initial reaction involves inhibition of cord develop-
ment, swelling of parenchymal cells and edema which
separates endothelium from parenchyma. Dissociation
and inflammatory phenomena then occur. The number
of mononuclear cells indicates the degree of inflamma-
tion and the amount of destruction of the parenchymal
tissue. Resistant cylinders accumulate excessive amounts
of glycogen.

Spaces between resistant cylinders are progressively
occupied by weakly PAS-positive ground substance con-
taining small numbers of highly modified sub-lethally
damaged surviving dissociated cells. Mononuclear cells
remain present. Cells in this matrix gradually assume
characteristics of parenchymal cells and collectively form
hepatic cords. Formation of cyst-like parenchymal
structures containing mitotic figures occur; these anas-
tomose and collapse, forming typical hepatic cylinders.

University of South Florida Marine Science Institute
Plans Ten Summer Courses

Ten marine science courses spanning the areas
of biological, chemical, geological, and physical
oceanography will be offered during the summer
quarter of 1969 by the Marine Science Institute
of the University of South Florida at the newly
developed Bay Campus facilities near downtown
St. Petersburg on Tampa Bay.

These courses are open to upperclass under-
graduate and graduate students except for Plank-
ton Systematics, designed for graduate students
only. The deadline for application is May 27;
registration for the two sessions will be held on
June 8 and July 16.

June 9 to July 16: Phycology — Drs. Harold
J. Humm and Clinton J. Dawes; Physical Ocean-

ography — Dr. Robert W. Flynn; Marine Geology

— Dr. George M. Griffin; Marine Invertebrate
Zoology I (Lower Invertebrates) — Drs. J. L.
Simon and Frank E. Friedl; Physiology of Marine
Animals — Dr. John M. Lawrence.

July 17 to August 22: Chemical Oceanography

— Dr. Dean F. Martin; Ichthyology — Dr. Hugh
H. DeWitt; Marine Invertebrate Zoology II —
Drs. Frank E. Friedl and J. L. Simon; Physiology
of Fishes — Dr. J. R. Linton; Plankton System-
atics — Dr. Thomas L. Hopkins.

For detailed information write to Dr. Harold
J. Humm, Director, Marine Science Institute, Uni-
versity of South Florida, St. Petersburg 33701 .

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

73

News of Biology in the Southeast

State Correspondents

Alabama — Position Vacant
Florida — John D. McCrone, University of
Florida

Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State
College

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

Mississippi — Joseph Fitzpatrick, Missis-
sippi State University

North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina
South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina; G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Newberry College
Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, George
Peabody College

Virginia — Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roa-
noke College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Joseph F. Fitzpatrick, Jr. — Editor
Dept, of Zoology
Mississippi State Univ.

State College, Mississippi 39762

Notice. — Some limited response has been received
from persons interested in a book review section for the
Bulletin. Adequate coverage of the several disciplines,
however, is not present among the volunteer reviewers.
Again we ask that any other persons who are able and
willing to provide book review services for ASB please
contact one of your editors.

About People

Clinton L. Baker, Southwestern [College] at Memphis,
Tennessee, has resigned as Director of the Reelfoot
Biological Station, Tennessee. He will be suceeded by
William Nelson, Assistant Professor of Biology, Univer-
sity of Tennessee at Martin. Dr. Baker, a thirty-five
year veteran with the Tennessee Academy of Science
will now devote his time to writing a history of the
Academy.

Alma L. Luzzati has joined the Radiation Immunology
Group, Oak Ridge National Laboratories, Oak Ridge,
Tennessee. Dr. Luzzati received the Ph.D. degree from
the University of Pavia, Pavia, Italy.

M. L. Simmons, formerly Advisor to the Experi-
mental Animal Facilities and the Animal Testing
Laboratories of ORNL has left the facility to join the
staff of Smith, Kline, and French Laboratories in Phila-
delphia, Pennsylvania.

W. D. Wicks, Biology Division, ORNL, was in Recife,
Brazil, to participate in an advanced biochemistry
course at the University of Pernambuco. Afterwards, he
visited laboratories and gave lectures in Sao Paulo and
Rio de Janeiro.

Elliot Volkin and R. C. von Borstel, ORNL, were in
Belo Horizonte, Brazil, in December, 1968, to present
papers at the International Symposium on Nuclear
Physiology and Differentiation.

James G. Farrelly has joined the Enzymology Group,
ORNL, as a Biology Division Postdoctoral Fellow. He
was granted his degree by the Universty of Tennessee,
Knoxville.

About Institutions

As part of a continuing lecture series at the University
of Miami’s Research Station at Pigeon Key, Florida, War-
ren J. Wisby, Director of the National Fisheries Center
and Aquarium, Washington, D.C., presented a public
lecture. This series is a part of the Environmental
Biology Program at Miami, which is under the direction
of Howard J. Teas.

The Department of Botany at the University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill, has been awarded a grant of
$16,300 by NSF for conducting a research participation
program for college teachers during the summer of 1969.
The grant provides stipends of $1,000 each for six post-
doctoral participants and $750 each for two predoctoral
participants. In addition, each participant will receive
an allowance of $150 per dependent and a travel al-
lowance. The program will begin June 16 and end
August 23. Any teacher of biological sciences in a U. S.
college or junior college is eligible to apply. Application
forms and a brochure describing the program may be
secured by writing the Director of the program, Dr.
Victor A. Greulach, Department of Botany, University
of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C. 27514. The pro-
gram is unique among others of the same kind elsewhere
as regards the large number of professors and varied
botanical disciplines provided for choice by the par-
ticipants, enabling them to do research in a field that
is in line with their interests and backgrounds. The
professors available for directing the research of the
participants are John N. Couch, Lindsay S. Olive, Wil-
liam J. Koch, and Clyde J. Umphlett in mycology; Max
H. Hommersand in phycology and algal physiology;
A. J. Domnas in plant biochemistry; Edward G. Barry,
Clifford Parks, and Paul Mangelsdorf in genetics; J.
Frank McCormick and Howard T. Odum in Ecology;
and A. E. Radford, C. Ritchie Bell, and Clifford Parks
in plant taxonomy and systematics. The goal of the
program is to provide an opportunity of resumption of
research activity by college teachers who have been un-
able to continue active investigation because of lack of
time, space, or facilities.

74

ASB Bulletin

Continued from page 30

B. Theodore Cole, Professor and Head of
Department of Biology, University of South
Carolina. Absorption, metabolism, and in vitro
autoxidation of unsaturated fatty acids; effects
of sodium flouroacetate on cold blooded animal
carbohydrate metabolism. AAAS; Society for
Experimental Biology; Physiological Society;
ASB (Executive Committee, 1960-63; Vice-Presi-
dent, 1965-66).

C. Willard Hart, Jr., Invertebrate Zoologist
and Administrator of Consultant Programs, Dept,
of Limnology, Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. Functional morphology, system-
atics, and biogeography of entocytherid ostra-
cods; fresh water chemistry of Caribbean islands.
AAAS (fellow); Council of Biology Editors (treas-
urer); American Society of Zoologists; ASB
(Editor of Bulletin 1961-69).

Burton J. Bogitsh, Associate Professor of Bi-
ology, Vanderbilt University. Histochemistry of
host-parasite relationships; systematics of flat-
worm parasites. Society of Parasitologists;
American Society of Zoologists; ASB (Executive
Committee, 1967-69).

James N. Dent, Professor of Zoology, Univer-
sity of Virginia. Amphibian taxonomy, develop-
ment, and endocrinology; embryonic develop-
ment of Plethodon cinereus; developmental physi-

ology and comparative embryology. AAAS;
American Society of Zoologists; Association of
Anatomists; ASB.

Perry C. Holt, Professor of Zoology, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute. Morphology, taxonomy,
and ecology of the Branchiobdellida; anatomy
and taxonomy of arachnids. AAAS (fellow);
Society of Systematic Zoologists; American So-
ciety of Zoologists; ASB.

William J. Koch, Associate Professor of Bot-
any, University of North Carolina. Culture,
comparative morphology, sexuality, and taxon-
omy of aquatic fungi; fungi parasitic on algae.
AAAS; Botanical Society; Mycological Society;
Association of Plant Taxonomists; ASB (agent
for incorporation, 1961- ).

John H. Mullahy, S.J., Professor and Chair-
man of Biology Dept., Loyola University (Louisi-
ana). Cytology of Rhodophyceae. AAAS (fel-
low); American Phycological Society; Botanical
Society; Torrey Botanical Club; Association of
Jesuit Scientists; ASB.

Charles Ray, Jr., Professor of Biology, Emory
University. Cytology and genetics of Linum
species; interspecific hybridization; cytogenetics
of Tetrahymena. AAAS; Genetics Society; So-
ciety of Protozoologists; Genetics Association;
ASB.

Vol. 16, No. 2, April 1969

75

76

ASB Bulletin

By permission of Graphic Publications, Memphis, Tenn.

BULLETIN

Volume 16, Number 3 July 1969

Primate Facility — Duke University Field Station
for Animal Behavior Studies (See Page 98)

The Official Quarterly Publication of
The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of tire Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and_ is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Dorothy Crandall
Bliss, Randolph Macon Woman’s College,
Lynchburg, Virginia. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions
should be sent to the Business Manager,
Dr. David J. Cotter, Georgia College, Mil-
ledgeville, Georgia 31061. Subscription
rate for non-members of the ASB: $4.00
per year. Printing and typography by the
Fulton Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. W. Hart, Jr.

Editor

DOROTHY CRANDALL BLISS
Associate Editor

JOSEPH F. FITZPATRICK, JR.,
News Editor

DAVID J. COTTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — John M. Carpenter, Univer-
sity of Kentucky

Retiring President — Robert B. Short,
Florida State University

President Elect — C. W. Hart, Jr., Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia

Vice-President — James N. Dent, Uni-
versity of Virginia

Secretary — Dorothy Crandall Bliss, Ran-
dolph Macon Woman’s College

Treasurer — David J. Cotter, Georgia
College

Executive Committee —

Albert E. Radford, University of
North Carolina

Burton J. Bogitsh, Vanderbilt
University

Anna Josephine Bridgman, Agnes
Scott College

Perry C. Holt, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute

Charles Ray, Jr., Emory University
John H. Mullahy, Loyola Univer-
sity (Louisiana)

All officers are ex officio members
of the executive committee.

Volume 16 , Number 3 - July , 1969

CONTENTS

Association Affairs 78

The Alcovy River — A Unique Natural

Heritage. — Charles H. Wharton 79

The Environmental Heritage. — John Milton 89

Paul Yokley, Jr. Receives 1969 ASB Research Award 94

William L. Mengebier Receives 1969 Meritorious Teaching Award 94

Comments on a New Genus and Species of Subterranean Fish from

Alabama. — Abstract by John E, Cooper and R. A. Kuehn 95

Books and Periodicals 95

Duke University Field Station for Animal Behavior

Studies. — Peter H. Klopfer 98

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

Notice of Positions Available for Undergraduate
or Graduate Students

Employers are urged to submit notices regard-
ing job opportunities for undergraduate or gradu-
ate students in biology to The ASB Bulletin.
Notices of summer employment are particularly
requested. Send information to the Editor as
soon as available. Include information on
where, when, description of work, salary, length
of time, type of training required, etc.

78

ASB Bulletin

The Alcovy River - A Unique
Natural Heritage

Charles H. Wharton
Georgia State College

Prologue

Foremost among the things which can destroy
this nation is the failure to recognize and teach
the true relationship of man to the natural world.
The most shocking manifestation of this is the
abuse and destruction of our natural environ-
ments of air, water, and land. Lately it has become
manifest through the ecologist Eugene Odum and
his associates that a combination of water and
land, the coastal marsh, is of critical importance.
Another combination of water and land, the in-
land swamplands, perhaps lacking so significant a
champion, and with far less data in their behalf,
have nevertheless come to their time in history.

This report is written in behalf of the larger
river swamps of the Southeast, those mysterious
assemblages of water and forest, the wet and the
unwet, that have intrigued naturalists and explor-
ers from 1791 to 1969. From the days of William
Bartram, who found and lost the gorgeous Frank-
linia in the great Altamaha swamps, we have
hardly known how to treat this quite conspicuous
and little understood feature of our natural envir-
onment. To the average man the word “drain”
was the major verb to apply to this watery realm
that was neither fish nor fowl. Forlorn ditches
and abandoned canals over the state attest the
lack of appreciation and understanding of these
wetlands. The mighty Okeefenokee but narrowly
escaped the fate of drainage brought by ditch,
canal, or channel; the vast Everglades has come
close to death by the same means.

Today, a deepening and widening of swamp
streams by bulldozer and dragline, called “chan-
nelization” threatens the remaining fresh water
river swamps of Georgia. Channelization is a
part of nearly every flood control project of the
Soil Conservation Service under Public Law 566.
Because P.L. 566 projects have been largely con-
fined to small watersheds, the channelization of
larger Georgia streams has not been attempted.
Proposed channelization of the large Alcovy Riv-
er in Newton and lower Walton Counties has
abruptly brought this facet of flood control in
conflict with ecologists, conservationists and re-
source management agencies. Not only would
channelization destroy the Alcovy’s position as a
state scenic river, but it would jeopardize one of
the state’s few remaining natural areas, the poten-
tial of which is of value to every citizen in Georgia.

Small bottomlands, on streams small enough to
have been manageable by the beaver, the Indian
and the Caucasian settlers, are not the issue. We
here are concerned with the large swamp eco-
system, too large to be mastered by man or ani-
mal, that has existed in a relatively stable state
for centuries. These great river swamps were
likely the last refuge of the vanished mastodons,
mammoths and ground sloths who, incredibly,
appear to have survived here until as late as 2000
years ago. Today these swamps are the last refuge
for a dwindling host of native fauna, including
the cougar, red wolf and Ivory-billed Woodpecker.

I thus offer constructive criticism of only one
phase of Soil Conservation Service activity, the

Vol. 16, No. 3, July, 1969

79

interpretation of P.L. 566 as regards channeliza-
tion of the larger swamps along the larger streams.
No opposition is intended against flood control
reservoirs, protection of land being farmed or hav-
ing been farmed, or other sound aspects of the
Alcovy Project.

Introduction

The Alcovy River is a branch of the Ocmulgee,
and the easternmost of three large rivers draining
into Jackson Lake. Above Jackson Lake are
impressive shoals and the fall is most rapid. From
about four miles below Covington north to Mon-
roe the river is bordered by some of the finest
bottomland swamps in the Piedmont. Where
standing or flowing water is abundant, there are
numerous stands of tupelo gum ( Nyssa aquatica),
a coastal plain species. Infrequently flooded por-
tions of the swamp bear a floodplain assemblage
of water oak, swamp chestnut oak, sweet gum,
hackberry and poplar. Occasional high bluffs
border the river with beeches and mountain laurel.
Among the larger vertebrates, water fowl, deer,
raccoon, otter, beaver, mink, swamp rabbit and
squirrel are often abundant. The forest floor sup-
ports a rich assemblage of smaller vertebrate life.
Among the amphibia are Ambystomid salaman-
ders (spotted and marbled), two species of Eury-
cea, Hemidactylium, Pseudotriton, the golden
mouse ( Ochrotomys nuttali) and in the high
swamps and ecotones, the rare southeastern
shrew, Sorex longirostris , and the jumping mouse,
Zapus hudsonicus. The southernmost locality for
the northern meadow mouse, Microtus pennsyl-
vanicus, was discovered adjacent to the swamp
by Homer Sharp on Sam Hay’s property south of
Covington. The swamp pools swarm with inverte-
brate life even in winter. Current studies are
underway on food chains in the Alcovy swamp
but relatively little is known of this prominent
ecosystem. The Alcovy itself is clean and unpol-
luted compared to other Piedmont streams. It
is perhaps unique among Piedmont rivers in the
vastness of its swamps, the nature of the swamps,
and in having an accessible and central location.
We at Georgia State use the Alcovy for field
trips and have found it very convenient to an
institution in urban Atlanta. Further, its cleanli-
ness offers us a research control in comparative

studies of the swamp ecosystem of the South Riv-
er, now virtually an open sewer. River basin
studies are an important phase of the current
International Biological Program. Between Mon-
roe and Jackson Lake the Alcovy provides un-
excelled wilderness experience in hiking, boating,
hunting, fishing and general natural history. The
quality of its water and its environment of plant
and animal life makes the river a valuable candi-
date for the state scenic rivers system.

The area of the swamp lying south of the
Alcovy Station railroad trestle has been calcu-
lated by planimeter from U.S.G.S. quadrangles to
be 1825 acres, and is of the most crucial im-
portance. Complete U.S.G.S. coverage is not
available in Walton County but the area from
the railroad bridge north to Monroe has an esti-
mated 1500 acres of river swamp.

The Alcovy Project

The Soil Conservation Service, under Public
Law 566, has very recently completed plans for
a project which is intended to eliminate 80% of
the swamp forest along the Alcovy and two prin-
cipal tributaries, Cornish and Flat Creeks. This
project is sponsored by the Upper Ocmulgee Soil
and Water Conservation District and city officials
of Monroe, Covington and other communities.
About 15 reservoirs are to be constructed. Two
are large, the largest having a normal pool of 560
acres, a flood pool of 1235 acres. The present
Alcovy channel is to be dredged from five to six
feet deep (published plans for Cornish Creek,
Flat Creek and the lower Alcovy call for a cut
below grade of from 4.0 to 8.5 feet); the spoil
may be spread or not spread at the landowner’s
wishes. Cornish Creek will be dredged from its
junction with the Alcovy (5.5 foot depth to top
of bank) to Highway 138 (4 foot depth here).
All trees will be cut on one or both sides of the
river and tributaries in a strip from 30 to 100
feet wide to make it easier to deposit the dredg-
ing spoil and to prevent trees from falling into
the river. The present channel of the Alcovy is
to be followed in dredging. In certain areas the
channel will be widened as well as deepened. On
Cornish and Flat Creeks old dredge lines will be
followed. From the terminus of the present large
swamps about a mile above the highway 213

80

ASB Bulletin

The Georgia map (left) indicates the extent of Small Watershed Projects of the Soil Conservation Service
as of Dec. 31, 1968. Solid black area is the coverage of the Alcovy River - Cornish Creek Projects. Stippled
areas are other S.C.S. flood control projects classified as follows (some are Pilot Watersheds, most are under
P.L. 566): Completed, 22; approved, 41; submitted for approval, 103. On the right is an enlargement of only
a part of the Alcovy River - Cornish Creek Px-ojects; the pi'oposed Alcovy Scenic River is shown as a heavy
dotted line.

bridge to about six miles downstream, snagging
and clearing of the river will be done. The costs
of the project on the Alcovy proper will be
$6,003,032 of which $3,909,874 are public
funds. The costs of Cornish Creek are $4,860,-
009 of which $3,196,910 are public funds. The
stopping of erosion, the reduction of flood-fre-
quency on existing croplands, and the impound-
ment of water for late summer use by cities
downstream are all worthwhile objectives of the
Alcovy Project. Disagreement comes only with
channelization of the lower Alcovy below Monroe
and in certain parts of lower Cornish and Big
Flat Creeks.

The evidence is strong that channelization of
the Alcovy will destroy a very valuable resource,
not only for the owners of the river, but for the
people of the entire state. Serious confrontations
between conservation, game and timber resource
people and the advocates of P.L. 566 have

occurred, chiefly over the disastrous effects of
channelization. Weaknesses of P.L. 566 pro-
grams have been summarized by Poole 1 of the
Wildlife Management Institute indicating that, in
many states, “engineers, economists and physical
scientists are making irrevocable biological deci-
sions affecting irreplaceable resources”. Stuart 2
has presented an analysis of P.L. 566 recom-
mending elimination and reduction of channeliza-
tion. Russell 3 of Kentucky Fish and Wildlife
Resources has discussed the catastrophic effects
of 566 projects indicating that “. . . lowland wood-

1 Poole, Daniel A., Weaknesses in the Public Law 566
Watershed Program, presented at the 15th National
Watershed Congress, Louisiana, May 27, 1968.

2 Stuart, Russ, An Analysis of Public Law 566, pre-
sented at the N.W.F. meeting, Las Vegas, Nevada,
March, 1964.

3 Russell, Dan M., Wildlife and P.L. 566 Watersheds,
presented to State Soil Conservation Staff Conference,
February 25, 1963.

Vol. 16, No. 3, July, 1969

81

land habitat comes the nearest to a multiple use
concept of any wildlife environment. Its utiliza-
tion by important furbearers, waterfowl and for
its timber resources make it doubly valuable from
the monetary and recreational standpoints.” “We
in Kentucky have found that wildlife habitat de-
struction far outweighs any possible benefits
under the P.L. 566 programs.”

Barick 4 reported to the Southeastern Directors
of Wildlife Commissions that his study group
examined nine streams channelized by P.L. 566
projects and detailed the impact on swamp hard-
wood tree production. “Participants observed
clear cut evidence of tupelo gum damage and
destruction through excessive water removal and
right of way clearing. Expert opinion expressed
indicated that excessive lowering of water tables
would result in tupelo die-back and that this
valuable species would be replaced by other less
valuable species. In the course of our tour we
gained additional information supporting our
belief that desired agricultural drainage could be
secured without destroying the valuable wetlands,
since the present drainage design is based upon
the erroneous assumption that these areas have
no significant value.” Barick’s group consulted
with drainage engineers and found that modifica-
tion of former procedures was indeed practical.
Forest Durand,5 * while director of the Tennessee
Game and Fish Commission, expressed the grow-
ing concern held by many state agencies dealing
with conservation of natural resources (including
Georgia officials), that P.L. 566 projects are very
questionable where the resources being lost are
in short supply and increasing demand while
those gained are already in oversupply. Durand
points out that channelization and stream altera-
tion appear an easy way to arrive at satisfactory
cost benefit figures as required by law. Director
Durand challenged the current idea of getting
water that can not be put behind dams off the
watershed as soon as possible, reversing the past
philosophy of holding it there, a philosophy
which had originally helped enact P.L. 566.

4 Barick, Frank, Tour of Small Watersheds (P.L. 566)
Projects in North Carolina by Special Study Committee
of Appalachian Section of S.A.F., June 17, 1964.

5 Durand, Forest, presented to North American Wild-

life and Natural Resources Conference, Detroit.

Bayless and Smith,0 in a study of habitat alter-
ation associated with stream channelization in
eastern North Carolina, compared the fish popu-
lations of 23 channeled and 36 unchanneled
streams and found 90% reduction in weight and
number of game fish per acre in streams chan-
neled by P.L. 566 projects. For a 40-year period
following channelization fish and wildlife popula-
tions did not recover. Allen’s 7 report on chan-
nelization’s impact on fish and wildlife revealed
that all 13 southeastern states felt that channeli-
zation posed a serious threat. In addition, Ken-
tucky reported erosion and slumping in 60% of
P.L. 566 channels inspected. Leonard Foote
and I found serious slumping in the Little River
channel emptying into Lake Allatoona. Unfortu-
nately, owing to the uniform and faster current
created by channelization, this material is not re-
deposited locally but swept far downstream into
the lakes. In naturally meandering streams, soil
that may erode on the outside of bends is rede-
posited on the inside of other bends. Depart-
ments of some states, such as Florida, have urged
repeal of P.L. 566. South Carolina suggested that
important ecological types and areas be placed
in a “hands off” category. Ecologists and agency
specialists of the Georgia Natural Areas Council
have the responsibility of establishing a classifica-
tion of Georgia environments and of declaring
their public value as soon as possible.

Ecologists and wildlife specialists were criti-
cized at a public hearing on the Alcovy because
they had supposedly waited 10 years to make
themselves heard. A letter from the Georgia
Game and Fish Commission dated March 4,
1968, states that the Commission is not made
aware of a project until it is already approved
and that recommendations for modification of
stream channelization are entirely ignored. While
a preliminary work plan map on the Alcovy was
prepared as early as 1960, feasibility studies by

0 Bayless, Jack, and William Smith, The Effects of
Channelization upon the Fish Populations of Lotic
Waters in Eastern North Carolina, North Carolina Wild-
life Resources Commission, Raleigh.

7 Allen, Ralph H., A Summary Report on Channeliza-
tion and its Impact on Fish and Wildlife Resources to
the Southeastern Association of Game and Fish Com-
missioners, Alabama Department of Conservation, Mont-
gomery, 1968.

82

ASB Bulletin

Service engineers were begun in 1963, stopped
in 1964 due to reservoir limitation figures, and
not resumed until 1967 when P.L. 566 was
amended to raise the size of reservoirs from 5000
to 12,500 acre feet. According to the S.C.S.
itself complete finalized plans for the Alcovy
Project have been made available only in the
past few months. It has therefore been difficult
even for agencies on the inside of these projects
to have known what was intended prior to 1967.

Alabama’s chief of Game and Fish, Kelly,8
indicates that channel construction alone usually
costs several times more than the market price
of the land alleged to be benefited, and that “a
closer look reveals that in almost all instances the
amount of money to construct the channel, if
placed in savings at the current interest rate,
would more than pay for annual losses of each
landowner, incurred as a result of floods.”

According to the work plans it would appear
that 4,327 acres of swampland could be drained
for creating additional farmland. This is directly
against administrative policy set forth in para.
101.101 - 101.103, Chap. 1, Part 1, Watershed
Protection Handbook, S.C.S. , U.S.D.A. which
states “No P.L. 566 financial or technical assist-
ance will be provided for projects in which mone-
tary benefits accrue primarily from bringing addi-
tional land into agricultural production.” Charles
Elliott, writing for The Atlanta Journal (Out-
doors and Recreation, March 9, 1969), says that
he fails to understand how we can pay land-
owners to put their agricultural land in the fed-
eral soil bank and then expend federal funds to
give them more agricultural land.

Even if the acreage cited above could bring
private monetary gain the cost to the public is
prohibitive. According to a statement issued by
the Georgia Game and Fish Commission Febru-
ary 27, 1969, “These plans say the annual bene-
fits of this will be worth $105,000 a year. Chan-
nelization costs ... to accomplish this would cost
almost three million dollars, which could mean
that it would take almost 30 years for the bene-
fits of drainage to match the cost. By that time,
the future recreational and educational uses of

8 Kelley, Charles D., personal communication dated
February 21, 1969.

the swamp lands might exceed their value to the
public as drained land . . . .”

Something is fundamentally wrong when any
organization can, without basis in sound ecologi-
cal study, destroy a large life system (ecosystem)
of great potential value to its owners and to the
people of the entire state. It is fundamentally
wrong to expend public funds to help private
citizens, while the pleas of public agencies and
professionals are ignored. The implications of
the Alcovy go far beyond this river. Projects
under P.L. 566 nearly blanket Georgia’s Pied-
mont. Unless true cooperation on channeliza-
tion soon occurs between the S.C.S. and other
state and Federal agencies, there will be no
scenic rivers left in Georgia and the esthetic,
educational, scientific and recreational benefits of
many streams will be lost for generations to
come. The children of the present landowners
have to live in the environment which we leave
them. At the heart of the matter is the fact that
many landowners have derived no monetary yield
from their swampland and are being taxed as
highly on it as they are for high ground which
can be developed or cultivated. We must
acknowledge this problem. We must indicate
ways to get tax relief for swampland and point
out how it may be profitable to keep swamps in
their natural state. The remainder of this paper
seeks to set forth the significance of the living
swamp in its unchanneled state, followed by rea-
sons why landowners should maintain their
swamp in a natural state.

The Alcovy in Education and Science

Since uplands, fields or forest are increasingly
involved in subdivision and commercial enter-
prise, they are rapidly becoming scarce making it
increasingly difficult to establish areas where
school children and college students may learn on
field trips the fundamental relationships between
water, soil, plants and animals. The river
swamps provide ideal natural laboratories, being
generally available to almost all urban centers.
The rich life system of the Alcovy is centrally
located to serve a vast urban population, provid-
ing no channelization is done and the river can
be set up under a state scenic rivers bill or estab-
lished as a natural area by the State Natural

Vol. 16, No. 3, July, 1969

83

Areas Council entering into agreement with the
owners.

Natural areas, such as the Alcovy bottomlands,
are important to education in Georgia. Undirect-
ed education, such as the boy-swimming hole -
cane pole - dog association, can be a very impor-
tant educational experience. Channelization also
makes it extremely difficult to teach the funda-
mental concepts of man and nature to school
children, by depriving them of a comparatively
inexpensive local environment which is available
to many communities and which is not in demand
for construction and development. The river
swamps have all the attributes of natural out-
door laboratories — all our cities and towns des-
perately need these areas within an afternoon’s
bus ride.

The role which the life system or ecosystem of
the swamp plays in maintaining water quality
and in productivity and other basic questions
requires that a large natural swamp such as that
on the Alcovy be available for basic studies to
provide answers of regional importance to all
watershed management where the larger swamp
forests are involved. The Alcovy swamp is cen-
trally located to major universities and colleges.
There is currently underway an International Bio-
logical Program to investigate the life systems of
the earth. Inland wetlands are perhaps the least
understood division of the Eastern Deciduous
Forest Biome. Emory University is concentrating
its efforts on the Altamaha system, primarily the
granite outcrops and coastal estuary. Shorter
College is investigating the occurrence of southern
plant species in northern Georgia. The Univer-
sity of Georgia is concentrating its large facilities
on major dry environments of forest and field.
Georgia State is currently investigating food
chains and ecology in the river swamps, including
the Alcovy. Some very basic questions can be
conducted in the Alcovy swamplands. Through
sediment studies, C14 dating and pollen analysis
questions as to the age of the swamps and his-
torical hydrology may be answered. Such ques-
tions as the course and rate of sedimentation,
changes in river channel and tree composition are
vital to future planning involving river swamps.
Effects of old channelization on the Alcovy, Big

Flat, and lower Cornish Creeks need to be
evaluated.

Existant croplands now flooding and likely to
be aided by the Alcovy project lie on the head-
waters of the Alcovy and Cornish projects, not
within the larger swamplands. Attempting to
drain the large swamps will not then prevent
flooding of existing farmlands. Normally, in
flood time, water spreads slowly out through the
large swamps, some of it sinking into the ground,
with the result that the head of floodwater is
much reduced, and both rise and fall may take
several days. Channelization would seek to hur-
ry the water downstream making problems below
and allowing the velocity of the water to carry
sand and silt downstream in unprecedented mag-
nitude. The 566 project will not prevent floods
— it only lowers their incidence from yearly to
every 3 years. Floods can come for several
straight years or there may be several dry years
in a row. Channelization is not designed to cope
with the heavier floods which come with a proba-
bility cycle of every 5, 10, 15, 25, and 50 years.
These heavier floods can come during any year.
Any farming or fencing of bottomlands of the
Alcovy is therefore done at considerable risk.

S.C.S. 566 projects are concerned with water
quantity, not quality. The larger river swamps
act as effective filters, depositing their silt loads
over a large area, cleaning the river as it flows.
With channelization much of the suspended mate-
rial has no opportunity to settle out, the higher
velocity of the water can carry it into Jackson
Lake, which may rapidly become eutrophic and
sterile, destroying particularly the Alcovy arm,
which is the cleanest part of the lake. One has
only to compare the turbidity of a channelized
stream such as Little River emptying into Alla-
toona with the Alcovy. The river swamps act
not only as settlement basins for suspended mat-
ter, but probably function as natural oxidation
basins, purifying the water of pollution. Tim
Douglas’ work in Pennsylvania showed that
where sulfate wastes were pumped into wood-
lands, the streams coming out were purer than
the effluent from the best sewage treatment
plants. Ed Hall, biologist of the State Water
Quality Board, told me that he was astonished at

84

ASB Bulletin

how the Flint River cleaned itself in the swampy
stretch between Atlanta and Griffin.

Some ecologists suspect that the larger swamps
may act in the natural regulation of water, ab-
sorbing it during the wet season and feeding the
stream during the late summer and fall. The
water-storage capacity of the Alcovy Swamps
may be dependent in part on the water level
within the main stream. Studies indicate that
beaver ponds increase the ground water beyond
their limits. A study at the Coweeta Hydrologic
Station revealed that 24 inches of water poured
daily onto the forest floor at the head of the
stream in June and July, materially raised the
stream flow at lower elevations during the dry
months of September and October.

Productivity is measured in terms of the plant
and animal life which the river swamp can grow.
Although we lack data in this regard, Leonard
Foote and other ecologists feel that the river
swamps are very probably the most productive
environments in the state. The fertility brought
in by flooding, and that added by decaying
organic material in the swamp itself are responsi-
ble. Thus these areas can grow timber rapidly
and produce mammal, bird and fish life which
can be harvested. Why export this fertility to
Jackson Lake by channeling the river, when it
can be used locally, Rick Foote took a five mile
float trip down Little River before it was recently
channeled and counted 300 mallards and black
ducks. We have already seen that there is no
comparison in fish productivity between chan-
neled and unchanneled streams and that the
growth of gum trees is dependent on the height
of the water table and standing water. The
channeled stream presents a dismal picture, its
steep banks and constantly rolling sand bottom
provide no foothold for the beginning of a food
chain to support vertebrate life. Few fish can
maintain themselves in a channeled stream. The
tracks of muskrat, mink and raccoon will often
be sought in vain along its edge. I have seen
this tragic situation on Gum Creek in Newton
County, channeled some years ago. Unless the
landowner does much prompt side drainage, de-
sirable trees die and impenetrable marshy areas
are produced. Tree succession often appears to
favor the undesirable river birch and frequently

areas are covered with tangles of honeysuckle,
privet and briers. In contrast, the swamp pools
and ox-bows of unchanneled streams teem with
life even in mid-winter, providing a stable basis
for food chains involving fish, turtles, raccoon,
mink and others. The tupelos, oaks, hickories,
holly and innumerable grape vines provide food
for a wide variety of birds and mammals. The
Alcovy swamps are the refuge for a large tri-
county deer population. The river swamps pro-
vide a greater variety of life than any other Pied-
mont habitat. There are no grounds for swap-
ping this variety of quality game, fish, birds and
mammals for more quail-cottontail habitat, al-
ready in abundance.

Recently the unlimited use of pesticides, and
air and water pollution has vividly brought to
focus the utter dependence of man upon his nat-
ural environment, no matter how deep within the
levels of a modern city he may try to hide.
Society can no longer ignore ecological principles
— ecology is now really human ecology — and
basic to our survival as individuals or as a nation.
The relatively young discipline of ecology (the
relation of life to the environment) has been
strained to produce practical results of applica-
tion to our burgeoning populace. Scientists have
discovered in the nick of time that the vast
expanses of what appeared to be useless marsh
grass along the Georgia Coast was, in reality, a
factory making food for millions of tons of shell-
fish and fish in the marshes and along the entire
continental shelf of the state. Our factual knowl-
edge of the function of the great river swamps,
such as those of the Alcovy, is too meager to
warrant their demise at this stage of human
history.

People are reawakening to the startling fact
that modern man, with all his technical genius,
is scarcely better off than the pioneers. To them,
at least, vast stores of unplundered soils and for-
ests had yet to yield their richness. Need we
destroy every vestige of the natural environment
that may remain?

The winds of change have swept across the
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. According to
Weathersbee 9 the Corps is receiving the “scorn

9 Weathersbee, Christopher, The New Corps, Science
News, Vol. 95 (1), February, 1969.

Vol. 16, No. 3, July, 1969

85

of a growing segment of the public which is des-
perate over the careless exploitation of natural
resources.” In April the Corps sent a circular
to its engineers calling for the unprecedented
consideration of non-construction alternatives in
flood control planning. Despite billions spent
on dams, annual flood losses continue to rise.
The answer may lie “in simple zoning controls to
keep construction off areas likely to be flooded
while preserving the flood plain as a park.” The
Corps of Engineers has decided to make environ-
mental quality, including both esthetic and eco-
logical considerations, an additional primary
objective.

Ecologists and conservationists of the state of
Georgia would very much like to see officials
concerned with P.L. 566 include among their
objectives esthetic and ecological considerations;
it is only in this re-recognition of man’s true
relationship to his natural environments that the
quality life we demand will be satisfied. Our
survival as a viable state and nation asks each of
us to recognize this relationship to natural environ-
ments and participate in their preservation or lose
not only our leadership in the world community,
but our life.

Profitable Management of Alcovy Swamplands

The landowners who own the swamp in the
vicinity of Covington have large holdings, and
few appear to have any plans for the swamp.
All appear to realize that it could never be
commercial or residential property. All of these
men seem to know that subdivision from residen-
tial expansion will, in a few years, bring such a
return from the high ground, that the cost of
clearing the swamp lands for possible pasture
would hardly be worth while for the few years
of yield that could be expected before they sold
or developed their high ground. Only one owner
would like to try farming some of this bottom-
land. He is apparently willing to take the risks
and is prepared to invest in the necessary side
ditching and care that would be needed to main-
tain this high-risk farming. It is not evident
that landowners adjacent to the larger streams
are enthusiastic about claiming bottom land.

Few follow-up studies appear to have been
made on P.L. 566 projects. Leonard Foote

(Wildlife Management Institute) indicated that
on projects he has visited, he has seen only one
example of a landowner trying to reclaim what
had been large swamp forest. Too often, the
effects of clearing and side ditching the larger
bottoms appears to be offset by the accumulation
of rainwater abetted by insufficient drainage, the
normal lack of slope and the high berm of
dredging spoil. These bottomlands converted to
pasture frequently present the landowners with
the invasion of inedible sedges, rushes and unpal-
atable, vigorous weed growth which is difficult to
control because of the bogging down of machin-
ery. Small wet places gradually coalesce into
larger areas and are often abandoned. Normally,
beavers do not attempt to dam streams as large
as the Alcovy or the side streams in the flood
plain forests. The spoil banks along a dredged
stream, however, may stimulate beavers to dam
side streams. The landowner should be pre-
pared for their depredations.

What the Alcovy and Its Swamp Forest Can

Mean to the Landowner

Providing that the channelization of the Alcovy
and lower tributaries can be avoided, there are a
number of approaches that will profit the land-
owner more than trying to reclaim terrain still
subject to periodic flooding. These land use
projects are outlined below.

(1) Help establish the Alcovy as a Scenic
River at a state or national level. This would
vastly increase the value of the wetlands adjoining
the rivers as well as increase the tourist income
of Covington, Monroe, Social Circle and the
entire tri-county area.

(2) The individual landowners can protect
the plant and animal communities of the Alcovy
swamplands for purchase by groups, agencies and
organizations for use as natural areas maintained
for educational and scientific purposes, river
parks, etc.

(3) The individual landowners can have
access to lawyers in conservation groups who can
assist them in obtaining tax relief. There is the
possibility that property may be leased for edu-
cational purposes and that the fair rental value
can be deducted from income tax, resulting in a
saving that will offset ad valorum taxation. The

86

ASB Bulletin

giving of a scenic easement also has advantages
in income tax reduction and reduced tax valua-
tion of the property involved. One Newton Coun-
ty landowner, by showing land value figures pro-
vided by Georgia Kraft, was able to get the
County to lower the valuation of his swamp land
from $85.00 - $89.00 to $60.00 per acre. It
should be pointed out that swamp drainage may
raise the landowner’s taxes whether or not they
can profitably farm any of the bottomland.
There is, on the other hand a very excellent
chance of having valuations lowered or elimin-
ated by the proper type of use.

(4) Individual landowners can protect their
swamps, managing them as natural areas, and
derive an income from paid hunting, fishing,
boating and camping. Paid camping, hunting
and fishing and other outdoor recreation have
seen fantastic recent growth. It is one of the
opportunities of the future. The high productiv-
ity of ponds and of ox-bow lakes in river swamps
is well established and growth rates are high.

(5) The “green belt” of the Alcovy River
swamp will enhance the value of adjacent dry
lands. The esthetic beauty and the wildlife of
swamps along the Alcovy and Cornish Creek has
already proven a substantial asset to subdivision.
The beauty of swamps has brought to one wise
landowner a group of purchasers who cherish
this wild resource for hunting, fishing, but chiefly
for personal esthetic enjoyment. As urban sprawl
gobbles real estate, the swamp green belt more
and more enhances the environment of housing
and industry. Do not underestimate the lure
and attractiveness of swamps to many people,
particularly urban dwellers to whom a small
piece of wild America can be a treasure of enjoy-
ment.

Epilogue

Unless you spend much time in the field, the
impact of the S.C.S. watershed projects may well
have escaped your attention. In the Piedmont,
a diminishing agriculture has led the S.C.S. to
turn to flood control to maintain its power struc-
ture, and major planning has fallen into the hands
of engineers. As biologists and ecologists who
must work and live in the Southeast, it is our
responsibility to help the S.C.S. find new values

for cost-benefit ratios necessary for reservoir con-
struction. Would it not make better sense to
have these reservoirs protecting the swamplands
from excessive water loss during dry months, than
to try and prevent natural flooding, which is what
the riparian swamps function upon? Or, could
not the S.C.S. turn its talents and millions to re-
building the organic horizon, now that what’s left
of the soil has been relatively stabilized from ero-
sion, and thus make one enriched acre yield the
equivalent of five? I challenge you, the scientific
community in life and earth sciences in the South-
east, to lend your talent to save a significant
American environment in its penultimate hour
of life.

This is not a problem unique to the Piedmont.
In the Coastal Plain few reservoirs are built —
channelization is the major method of flood con-
trol! Whether its tupelo honey, alligators, cray-
fish, froglegs, muskrats, green turtles, catfish, or
anadromous fishes such as shad and striped bass,
coastal plain streams have even more to lose
from an economic standpoint. No stream is too
large or too small to escape. One has only to
read Grits Gresham’s Atchafalaya Basin Crisis to
learn the stunning news that 1300 square miles
of unique, irreplaceable wildlife habitat in Louisi-
ana is in serious jeopardy by channelization. (In
this case, by the U.S. Corps of Engineers).

It would be pleasing to see the S.C.S. recognize
the multiple-use concept so effectively applied by
the U.S. Forest Service, and put positive values
on the southern swamps. Few of us relish the
negative approach of calling the American tax-
payer’s attention to the fact that his dollars go to
destroy an environment he needs for wildlife, rec-
reation, education and science; that his dollars
enhance land values for a few riparian owners;
that he is helping put more land into agriculture
while paying to keep it out of use and avoid
higher crop subsidies, and that he is supporting
a local enclave of landowners who can sponsor
and vote on federal projects which will bring
them financial gain.

If you are interested in this problem in your
state you might: 1. familiarize yourself with
S.C.S. watershed projects from your state’s head-
quarters 2. contact your game and fish depart-

Vol. 16, No. 3, July, 1969

87

ment or other department concerned with envir-
onments and discuss the local impact of chan-
nelization 3. make your wishes known to your
representatives in House or Senate and ask them
to attend hearings on agricultural appropriations.

We in Georgia are taking four additional steps:

1. A citizen's group. The Georgia Conser-
vancy, is requesting that a senator seek the views
of the Secretary of Interior; this will allow the
federal agencies (Fish and Wildlife, Bureau of
Outdoor Recreation) to make firm statements of
position.

2. The Georgia Conservancy is writing Pres-
ident Nixon in his capacity as Presiding Officer of
the Environmental Quality Council, asking that
the Council both review and study the Alcovy
plans as they affect natural beauty and outdoor
recreation under para. 8(b), Executive Order
11472, dated 29 May, 1969.

3. Representatives of citizen’s groups will
travel to Washington and meet as a group with
Secretary of Agriculture Clifford Hardin, request-

ing a moratorium on the Alcovy-Cornish Creek
Projects until it has been demonstrated that chan-
nelization here is in the national interest.

4. The Georgia Conservancy is raising money
to hire a competent economist to make a thor-
ough, independent economic appraisal of the
Alcovy-Cornish Creek Projects.

If you would have a natural scenic area of
significance to yourself, your children and to fel-
low Georgians, I urge you to contact a Director
of the Alcovy River Watershed Association, the
County Commissioners of the cities and counties
involved, or other officials, asking modification
of the Alcovy project only as regards channeliza-
tion in the lower parts of the watershed. One
can cut a forest and eventually it will return. It
is doubtful if channeled areas can recover their
natural conditions within several lifetimes, if ever.
Therefore, any decision that you make goes far
beyond the few years during which some tem-
porary local profit might be secured.

88

ASB Bulletin

The Environmental Challenge

An Invitational Address to the Association of Southeastern Biologists Annual Meeting
April 20, 1967, at the University of South Carolina, Columbia, South Carolina

John Milton, Deputy Director
Division of International Programs
The Conservation Foundation
1250 Connecticut Avenue, N. W.

Washington, D, C. 20036

The land area of the world is relatively constant
and fixed, but the number of people who live on
it and the impact of their technology is increasing
rapidly. The total world population is today about
3.3 billion and is presently growing at a rate of
about 2% per year; if continued, this rate of
increase will double the planet’s population in 35
years. For the over two billion people of the de-
veloping countries, this rate of growth continues
to accelerate, with little evidence of any slow-
down. Even if world population were already
stabilized, the tendency to aggregate in great urban
clusters would doubtless continue, causing increas-
ing human impact on the urban-suburban fringe.

This is also an age of the information “explo-
sion,” the communications “revolution,” and pro-
found permutations in technology. All of these
alterations are radically transforming the physical
landscape. Part of our difficulty in comprehend-
ing the scope of our environmental dilemma lies
in the speed at which many of these changes in
technology are occurring. We simply often do not
have time to assess their effects upon the environ-
ment — and an understanding of the cumulative
effect of all forms of environmental change seems
far away, indeed.

In this age of the computer, the systems analyst,
and the subsidization of national goals like the
landing of men on the moon, where does an en-
dangered species fit? How do we compute the
aesthetic value of a vanishing natural habitat?

Perhaps, instead of supporting increasingly
costly expenditures for the exploration of space,
we should begin to look more closely at the pat-
terns and processes man and nature have formed
on earth. The late Adlai Stevenson once
remarked :

“We travel together, passengers on a little space ship,
dependent on its vulnerable reserves of air and soil; all
committed for our safety to its security and peace; pre-
served from annihilation only by the care, the work, and,
I will say, the love we give our fragile craft.”

This statement displays an insight which many
of our present statesmen might well attempt to
apply. Today only a tiny fraction of the United
States’ national budget is spent on the administra-
tion of our natural resources. Major decisions
affecting our country’s future environment are
made primarily on the basis of cost/benefit analy-
sis and/or political expediency and not on the
basis of sophisticated understandings of resource
ecology leading to long-term social benefit.

Much of the responsibility for this situation
lies with the ecologist himself. Most of us in-
volved in the natural sciences, and particularly in
ecology, have failed to undertake scholarly long-
term investigations into the various impacts of
new technologies on the natural environment;
similarly, we have failed to effectively communi-
cate our results to the key decision-makers affect-
ing nature. Without any viable counter-argu-
ments, commercial interests are usually able to
apply new technologies for short term economic
gains; the potential long range contribution of the
biologist and ecologist often is lost by default.
As Dr. Stanley A. Cain, Assistant Secretary of
Interior, recently put it:

“We generally have utilized our rapidly growing sci-
entific knowledge in the performance of specific and
largely short term objectives with little or no concern for
the side effects of our actions. Stated boldly, this is a
serious accusation because it implies that the loss of
quality of the physical environment has been a conse-
quence of this narrow vision.”

This, then, seems to be one of our key prob-
lems: that our industrial-technological society is

Vol. 16, No. 3, July, 1969

89

geared mainly to specialized, single-purpose activ-
ities — many of which have led to significant
advances in specific facets of our culture — but
our society has not yet proved itself capable of
dealing with the long-term cumulative ecological
effect of multiple environmental changes. Dr.
Cain goes on to say:

“At long last, the heedless devotion to material
progress, despite its many benefits, is bringing a realiza-
tion that analysis must be balanced by synthesis, that
specialization must be limited by generalization, and that
commodities and marketable services cannot be equated
with and replace real values which are intangible.”

The specific problems symptomatic of the short-
range, single-purpose approach are manifold; to
mention only a few of the better-known examples:
air and water pollution by chemicals and sewage;
indiscriminate use of broad spectrum pesticides;
soil erosion and structural deterioration; synthetic
chemical, organic and thermal pollution of waters
in lakes, rivers and estuaries; noise pollution in
our major cities — now about to be compounded
by development of supersonic air transport; con-
tamination of the biosphere by nuclear wastes — a
growing problem as peaceful application of atomic
energy increases; destructive introduction of exotic
organisms, both accidental and intended; insuffici-
ently guarded use of new drugs and chemicals, as
in the case of thalidomide; international assistance
to support public health activities in lowering
death rates without simultaneous and coordinated
assistance to lower birth rates; direct physical de-
struction of important natural habitats by dredg-
ing, filling, bulldozing, and related activities; un-
planned urban-suburban development into sites
subject to natural constraints (such as floodplains,
and major aquifers) or into areas of outstanding
scientific or aesthetic value as open space. In
each case, these activities are undertaken to fulfill
a specific need, an immediate request, a quick
answer. Clearly, other answers are needed.

As indicated in an earlier part of this paper, the
ecologist, biologist and natural scientist bears
much of the responsibility for changing the exist-
ing pattern of resource use by providing new data
based on synoptic, long-term investigations of nat-
ural ecosystems as they are affected by various
technologies. In order to do this, we will also
need to preserve complete natural area systems

representative of the nation’s full range of natural
ecosystems. Such areas are essential for training
and observational (and, where necessary, manip-
ulative) research into how differing undisturbed
environments work.

The role of natural area preservation is a vital
one for environmental research. These reserves
provide important living laboratories against
which we can measure the complexity and extent
of man’s technological impact on similar ecosys-
tems elsewhere. As the scope and severity of
environmental change accelerates, these protected
natural areas will grow increasingly valuable to
science. Hopefully, with the help of such efforts
as the International Biological Program (IBP),
the number and variety of research projects un-
dertaken on research reserves will grow.

One of the main objectives of this international
undertaking, which hopes to determine the bio-
logical basis for productivity, will be to support a
series of intensive, multidisciplinary, and synoptic
analyses of ecosystems. The preservation of large
natural areas typical of each major ecosystem type
is an obvious and essential first step to any such
effort. The IBP will also attempt to insure an
adequate distribution of intensively managed re-
search reserves. Without this location and pro-
tection of research sites, the researcher is in dan-
ger of losing his central environmental reference
point for continuing studies into the functioning
of various ecosystems.

The Nature Conservancy, Wildlife Preserves,
The Natural Area Council and a number of other
private organizations in this country are attempt-
ing to locate, acquire, and preserve outstanding
natural areas for science, education, and the sim-
ple aesthetic enjoyment of wild nature. State and
federal government agencies have also worked to
set aside important natural habitats. For example,
the Bureau of Land Management recently set up a
system of over 100 natural areas on the Public
Domain, protected for scientific and educational
purposes. This work is being extended to other
land-managing agencies; the Wilderness Act also
helps insure that substantial areas in the country
will remain essentially natural.

Despite these advances, there are a number of
major gaps in the country’s existing system of pre-

90

ASB Bulletin

served natural areas. One of the major objectives
of the International Biological Program’s U.S.
Subcommittee on Conservation of Ecosystems will
be to see the

“establishment within the United States and its posses-
sions of a comprehensive system of protected research
reserves. This system will include examples of inten-
sively managed ecosystems and of all important natural
ecosystems.”

In order to accomplish this objective and relat-
ed goals, such as the ecological description of all
reserved areas and studies to determine appropri-
ate reserve management, the Subcommittee will
support:

1. Activities leading to better definition of
criteria for designation of ecosystem types. A
number of existing classifications will probably be
adapted to fit the specific needs of IBP.

2. Inventory of major ecosystems in the United
States and adjoining areas. Procedures for col-
lection, collation, and dissemination of informa-
tion will be developed in cooperation with Canada
and Mexico. Where important knowledge gaps
exist, the Subcommittee will encourage necessary
new surveys.

3. Establishment of priorities for action. Since
the creation of additional reserves cannot be ac-
complished simultaneously, a system of priorities
for action is badly needed. Criteria for setting
priorities will include: habitats immediately
threatened, uniqueness, typicalness, areas not now
included in any reserve, and areas of special re-
search significance due to easy accessibility or long
histories of research.

4. Cooperation with public and private agen-
cies, to designate new reserve areas and to com-
plete the reserve system.

5. Comprehensive ecological surveys and re-
search on preserved areas to provide data for bet-
ter protection and management. Such work will
range from investigations into important legal pro-
cedures in assuring protection to research on
needed management techniques to preserve or
restore a particular stage of succession.

6. Training and education of people in descrip-
tive ecology. Biology’s recent emphasis on lab-
oratory study has resulted in a relative decline in
training people for descriptive work. The IBP
foresees a shortage of qualified scientists interested

in descriptive ecology of the kind necessary to
carry out the program’s objectives.

7. International cooperation to assist creation
of a world-wide system of research reserves.
Cooperative programs will stress common hemis-
pheric projects but will also include capability to
respond to specific requests from any other coun-
try for cooperation in IBP conservation programs.

There will doubtless be a close relationship
between the quality of the future biosphere and
the consequences of interdisciplinary research
conducted on protected ecosystem reserves. As
noted earlier, one of the major problems of our
times is the rapidity with which technology and its
impact on the human environment is accelerating.
Man himself is being rapidly changed by his own
works. Dr. Roger Revelle expressed his concern
for this problem when he recently wrote:

“Our technology has outpaced our understanding, our
cleverness has grown faster than our wisdom.”

At this point it is important to emphasize the
general failure of biological training to provide an
educational basis for understanding the rational
use of environmental resources. Biology must
help prepare the average citizen to deal effectively
with the multitude of environmental quality prob-
lems now facing him; this will mean much closer
integration of basic environmental principles to be
found in geography, economics, political science,
psychology, sociology, regional planning, and law.
Biology has a vital, indeed a primary, role to play
in the development of environmental science. To
date, however, we have tended to operate in a
disciplinary vacuum — generally unwilling to re-
late our training and research to other disciplines
concerned with environment; similarly, we have
been unable to provide our students with a strong
biological background for understanding their role
and responsibilities in influencing the crucial inter-
relationship between human society and the bio-
sphere. Providing such a framework for better
environmental understanding must be the biolo-
gist’s basic educational task for the future.

Beyond improving our training and educational
programs, how will we, as scientists, meet the
coming environmental revolution? Will we have
the wisdom to study before we manipulate, to
improve productivity while avoiding irreversible

Vol. 16, No. 3, July, 1969

91

change? If not, the pressures of human numbers
and misdirected technology will result in environ-
mental degradation and deterioration. The chal-
lenge is clear; man will change the face of the
earth more rapidly in years to come than he ever
has before. It will be up to the biologist, ecolo-
gist, and natural scientist to expand our under-
standing of long-term environmental processes and
effectively communicate these understandings to
shape social and economic decision-making.

In communicating our insights on environ-
mental process to other disciplines, biology has
been notably unsuccessful to date. Indeed, all of
the natural sciences have been notorious for their
unwillingness to treat social issues caused by or
related to their own bodies of knowledge. The
socially-concerned scientist must deal with at least
three levels of decision-makers that affect the en-
vironment; the land owner, administrator, and
politician-legislator; the engineer who actually
modifies the environment; and the public. Over
the past few years there has been some progress
in educating the general public to be more aware
of the multiple facets of the human environmental
crisis, but in the attempt to forestall immediate
threats we have often responded inadequately,
dealing only with symptoms and not the basic
causes of deterioration.

Lacking any adequate political and administra-
tive responsibility for the many facets of environ-
mental change, it will be up to that segment of our
society best-informed about such problems to
inform the public and work for the creation of
more effective institutions to anticipate and deal
with environmental matters. The biologist has a
particularly important role to play in this educa-
tion and re-orientation of our society. Until pub-
lic comprehension and concern for the scope of
the problems afflicting the biosphere is improved,
there is little hope for sufficient consensus to
change existing institutional approaches to envir-
onmental control. Therefore a greatly expanded
program of public education on the ecological
effects of human technology and industrial growth
is urgently needed. We can no longer afford to
turn our backs on problems that will determine
the future well-being of our species.

Another realm in which the biologist must play
an increasingly active role is in the improvement

of communications at the legislative, political, and
administrative decision levels. Once the ecolo-
gist’s message is effectively understood and heeded
by these decision-makers, the engineer and the
“bulldozer mentality” will be presented with a
new range of choices in how to more effectively
channel their efforts into a more harmonious rela-
tionship with the biosphere. Biologist’s efforts at
general education should provide some basis of
support for change, but we must utilize as many
other methods as possible to encourage permanent
alterations: discussions with friends, speeches,
articles, radio and television talks, utilization of
various audio-visual media, and support for vari-
ous action organizations willing to assist in press-
ing for reform — most of these are channels open
to all biologists.

But the permanent modification of our society’s
attitudes toward nature will require some deeper
change in the political and administrative machin-
ery of government; we need a means for institu-
tional attention to the long-term, cumulative
environmental results of complex systems of tech-
nological change. Traditionally, American gov-
ernment has had no such mechanism for develop-
ment of overall environmental policy; instead we
have substituted analysis and specific problem-
solving and left resource synthesis and long-term
goals to a “muddling through” process. Under
such conditions, long-term environmental values
are almost always sacrificed to immediate political,
economic, and military advantages.

One of the central problems affecting the rela-
tionship between governmental policies and envir-
onment control has been the scattered, divided
responsibility for environmental issues. Lacking
any effective mechanism for coordination of
diverse projects under equally diverse agency re-
sponsibilities, there has often been a deterioration
of other values not considered — until their loss
has underlined the importance of their conserva-
tion. Thus we often find ourselves in a situation
where each agency tends to pursue its own uni-
lateral course without regard to the broader envir-
onmental consequences of their programs. A
multitude of special interest lobbies and inter-
agency rivalries tend only to further fractionalize
environmental policy-making.

92

ASB Bulletin

There is considerable evidence that this period
of environmental “laissez-faire” may be nearing
an end. Over the past few years there have been
several attempts to integrate the administrative
means for improving environmental policy at the
federal level. To mention only a few: the Eco-
logical Research and Surveys Bill; the proposed
Council on Environmental Quality directly under
the President; the proposed Department of Nat-
ural Resources; and the recent creation of the
Environmental Science Services Administration.

Some improvements have already been made in
solving specific problems in environmental admin-
istration through legislation and a variety of inter-
agency agreements and understandings that re-
quire joint planning and consultation. Control of
water quality and pesticides are two good exam-
ples of complex resource issues that have been
dealt with in this fashion. Nevertheless, the struc-
ture of federal government is still poorly adapted
to handling the considerable array of important
environmental policy decisions now facing it; this
administrative failure is particularly true of those
gradual and unobtrusive declines in environmental
quality which individually have little dramatic
impact, but when absorbed cumulatively over a
long period of time threaten to change the whole
structure of our society.

But how are we to create adequate administra-
tive institutions for coordinating environmental
understanding and control, Dr. Gilbert White, in
1958, concluded that the major obstacle to
improvement of natural resource administration
practices in our country was an absence of analysis
that:

“would present estimates of the consequences of each of
the politically practicable lines of public action. Thereby
the political process of choice would be sharpened rather
than curbed, and governmental intervention seen in per-
spective with the alternatives.”

He saw such analysis as an important educa-
tional function, leading to better public perception
of environmental issues. If fully effective, this
could lead to public consensus and clearer possi-
bilities for political and administrative action to
create better institutions for environmental control.

Unless conservationists, biologists, and ecolo-
gists are able to build support for institutional
evolution and innovation, much of our present

concern for preservation of environmental quality
will be to no avail. The natural area preservation
movement, as vital as it is, has little hope of
eventual success unless the environment surround-
ing such areas is protected and cared for as well.

The central thesis of this paper is that in a cul-
ture and economy capable of creating great canals
and harbors by atomic blast; able to double and
even triple the life span of man; and clever enough
to tap fossil fuel, solar, and nuclear energy sources
for a variety of purposes — we are woefully
behind in understanding the total ecological effects
of these changes. Until we make the ecological
point of view a central focal point in our educa-
tion, administration, and environmental action,
there is little room for long-term optimism. Ecol-
ogy, particularly as applied to questions of man-
induced environmental change, is still relatively
underdeveloped; yet, until we as biologists and
ecologists are willing to interpret our insights to
citizens, engineers, politicians, administrators and
other decision-makers, the impact of new tech-
nologies will continue to accelerate uncontrolled
environmental change. Therein lies a major per-
sonal challenge that all of us face. As Dr. Pierre
Dansereau recently summarized this undertaking:

“Our consciousness of environment, and of ourselves
in it, is complex but not unfathomable. Our instru-
ments of research and our means of expression are
extremely powerful. We are more limited ... by the
failure of our imagination than by any obstacle outside
ourselves. A valid imaginary reconstruction of our
world is now our greatest task. It may even be the
condition of our survival.”

References

Cain, Stanley A. 1967. Can Ecology Provide the Basis
for Synthesis Among the Social Sciences? Mimeo-
graphed Speech. U.S. Dept, of Interior, Wash-
ington, D.C.

. 1967. The Ecological Approach to

Management of the Range Resource as Needed by
a Management Agency. Mimeographed speech.
U.S. Dept, of Interior, Washington, D.C.

Caldwell, Lynton K. ed. 1967. Environmental Studies.
Nos. 1, II, III, IV. Institute of Public Administra-
tion. Indiana University.

Dansereau, Pierre. 1966. Ecological Impact and Human
Ecology. In: The Future Environments of North
America. Darling, F. Fraser and Milton, lohn P.
Eds. Natural History Press. Garden City, New
York.

Vol. 16, No. 3, July, 1969

93

Darling, F. Fraser and Milton, John P. editors. 1966.
The Future Environments of North America. Nat-
ural History Press. Garden City, New York.
Milton, John P. 1964. Conversations on Ecology XI.
— The Garden Journal 14:4. New York Botanical
Garden. New York.

National Academy of Sciences — National Research
Council. January 1967. U.S. Participation in the
International Biological Program. Report No. 2.
Washington, D.C.

. January 1967. Program Statement of the

Subcommittee on Conservation of Ecosystems.
Washington, D.C.

Ordway, Samuel H., Jr., Bowman, Wallace D., and
Milton, John. 1964. Research on Natural Resources:
A Review and Commentary. — Nat. Res. J. 4.
White, Gilbert F. 1958. Broader Bases for Choice: the
Next Key Move. In: Perspectives on Conservation.
Jarret, Henry. Ed. Johns Hopkins Press. Baltimore.

Paul Yokley, Jr., Receives
1969 ASB Research Award

Dr. Paul Yokley, Jr. of Florence State Univer-
sity was winner of the ASB Research Prize for
1969. The title of his research paper was “Life
History of Pleurobema cordatum (Rafinesque,
1829).” A check for $100 was presented to Dr.
Yokley by the Carolina Biological Supply Com-
pany at the ASB annual banquet on Friday, April
18, at Memphis State University.

Dr. Yokley holds degrees from Florence State
University, George Peabody College, and Ohio
State University.

Seven manuscripts were entered for the
Research Prize in 1969. The papers were judged
by biologists at Southern Illinois University under
the leadership of Drs. Jacob Verduin and W. C.
Ashby.

William L. Mengebier Receives
1969 Meritorious Teaching Award

Dr. William L. Mengebier, professor of biology
at Bridgewater College, has been honored by The
ASB for “especially meritorius teaching,” one of
the highest awards of the Association of South-
eastern Biologists.

The award was made at the 30th annual meet-
ing of the Association in Memphis in the form of
a certificate and cash honorarium.

Dr. Mengebier, who taught and was depart-
ment chairman for 14 years at Madison College
before going to Bridgewater last fall, was nomin-
ated for the teaching award by faculty colleagues
and former students of Madison College and
other members of the Association.

Only one other Virginian has received the
award since its inception in 1952 — Dr. Ruskin
S. Freer of Lynchburg College in 1964.

Dr. Mengebier has been teaching at southern
institutions since 1946 when, on leaving the Army
infantry, he joined the faculty at The Citadel,
Charleston, S.C., where he had received his under-
graduate degree in pre-medicine. He earned
further degrees at Oberlin College in zoology and
the University of Tennessee in physiology.

On the Madison campus Dr. Mengebier served
on the curriculum committee and the graduate
council, was chairman of the college research
committee, and was chairman of the Southern
Association of Colleges and Schools evaluation
of the education program of the college, among
other assignments.

For the past several summers, he has been
working at the Virginia Institute of Marine
Science in a study of a disease which kills oysters
in the Chesapeake Bay. The research may lead
to a breed of oyster resistant to the disease.

This winter he was a participant in the accred-
iting team of the Southern Association of Col-
leges and Schools visiting Tennessee Wesleyan
College at Athens.

A Harrisonburg resident, Dr. Mengebier and
his wife, the former Clelia Matthew of Charles-
ton, S.C., have three daughters, one of which will
graduate in June from the College of William
and Mary.

The Meritorious Teaching Award is supplied
by the Will Corporation of Georgia.

[Ed. Note: The following letter from Dr.
Mengebier was recently received in reference to
the above award:]

There is very little that I can actually say that
can express my feelings on being informed that I
had won the Meritorious Teaching Award as pre-
sented by the A.S.B. It certainly is the high
point of my twenty three years in college teach-

94

ASB Bulletin

ing, and I consider it the highest honor that I
could have achieved.

My thanks must, of course, go to my former
students, wherever they may be, for their
thoughtfulness in nominating me. They were,
still are, and always shall be the challenge that
makes teaching the great profession that it is. I
only hope that my last ten years in the classroom
will be half as rewarding as have been the past
ones.

If possible, please try to find space in the bul-
letin for this note. I must say, that if the security
of the nation was as efficient as that of the A.S.B.,
we’d never need to worry, I hadn’t even sus-
pected, else I certainly would have broken some
other commitments to go to Memphis.

Sincerely,

William L. Mengebier
Professor of Biology
Bridgewater College

Because of administrative misunderstandings,
the following abstract was omitted from the April,
1969, ASB Bulletin:

Comments on a New Genus and Species of
Subterranean Fish from Alabama
John E. Cooper and Robert A. Kuehne
Institute of Speleology and Department of Zoology
University of Kentucky

On March 18, 1967, a unique subterranean fish, rep-
resenting a new genus and species ostensibly of the
family Amblyopsidae, was discovered in a cave in
northwestern Alabama. Subsequent trips yielded six
additional specimens of this fish from the type cave,
and its apparent absence from other caves in the area
indicates that it is an endemic relic at this locality.
Preliminary investigation suggests that this fish repre-
sents a phyletic line distinct from both the Typhlich-
thys-C h ologaster and the Amblyopsis evolutionary lines.
It is anticipated that more complete investigations, now
being conducted by us and by T. L. Poulson at Yale
University, will reveal information concerning the rela-
tionships of the amblyopsids with other fishes. The
type locality supports a large population of Myotis
grisescens and contains a great deal of guano, which
appears to find its way into the cave water and which
holds a rich and varied invertebrate fauna. The aqua-
tic community in the type cave includes other troglo-
bitic elements, among them two species of crayfishes
arid an isopod.

Books and Periodicals

“WATER QUALITY CRITERIA,” A Report of the
National Technical Advisory Committee to the Secre-
tary of the Interior. Published April 1, 1968, by The
Federal Water Pollution Control Administration, U.S.
Government Printing Office No. 0-178-250, for sale by
the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. 234 pp. $3.00.

The basic purposes of this book are: (1) to recom-
mend water quality criteria for recreational and aesthe-
tic uses; and (2) to identify research needs and
priorities relating to water quality for recreational and
aesthetic uses.

Actually, since it is difficult to consider any aspect
of water quality or environmental quality in isolation,
this book is a very comprehensive study of pollutional
problems in general and water quality problems in
particular. A distinguished committee representing a
variety of viewpoints and disciplines, including not
only academic but industrial and governmental repre-
sentatives as well, participated in organizing the infor-
mation for this volume. Considering the complexity of
the problem, and the variety of viewpoints and disci-
plines, it is truly amazing that such a useful volume
has emerged. Since environmental problems affect each
of us directly, and since almost every discipline is now

involved in some way with environmental problems,
this volume is an essential reference for college and
departmental libraries, particularly those interested in
ecology. In my opinion, much of the information is
suitable for use in introductory courses in biology since
most students want courses that are relevant to their
lives — and environmental problems serve admirably to
relate biology to the pressing social problems of today.
In terms of information per dollar of cost, there are
few books on the market today that can come close
to this one. — John Cairns, Jr., Department of Biology,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia, 24061.

Prentice -Hall

PLANT PROPAGATION PRINCIPLES AND PRAC-
TICES, by H. T. Hartmann & D. E. Kester, July 5,
1968 (cloth) $14.00

This fascinating book contains complete, up-to-the-
minute information on all phases of plant propagation:
its underlying principles and basic techniques.

Recognized throughout the world as the definitive
work on the propagation of higher plants, the first
edition has been revised and updated to include the

Vol. 16, No. 3, July, 1969

95

most significant developments and theories to emerge
in recent years. The authors have devoted special
chapters to newly prominent areas, such as tissue and
organ culture, and emphasized the selection of proper
materials for seed and vegetative propagation. The
section on herbaceous ornamentals has been enlarged,
and new chapters added to provide encyclopedic cov-
erage of every aspect of plant growth.

RADIATION BIOLOGY, by Alison P. Casarett, August
30, 1968 (cloth) $9.25

Radiation Biology is a broad, unified coverage of
the effects of ionizing radiation in biological systems
at the molecular, cellular, organ, organism, and com-
munity levels. Including introductory material on radi-
ation physics, dosimetry, and general biology, the book
gives special attention to mammalian radio-biology.
Possibly the most outstanding feature of this fully illus-
trated book is its broad coverage without overemphasis
on specific areas.

LABORATORY MANUAL FOR GENERAL MICRO-
BIOLOGY, by C. Eklund & C. E. Lankford, Septem-

ber 7, 1967 (paper) $4.95

INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY,
by J. Awapara, June 24, 1968 (cloth) $7.95

AUTORADIOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES: LOCALI-
ZATION OF RADIOISOTOPES IN BIOLOGICAL

MATERIAL, by William D. Glide, 1968

(paper) $3.95

THE CONTROL OF NUCLEAR ACTIVITY, L. Gold-
stein, Editor, June 2, 1967 (cloth) $7.50

THE ORGANISM AS AN ADAPTIVE CONTROL
SYSTEM, by John M. Reiner, January 3, 1968 ....
(cloth) $6.75

It is the aim of the author of this volume to present

a unified picture, at the molecular level, of how cells
and organisms work, based on the accomplishments of
mathematical biophysics and molecular genetics in
recent years.

BIOLOGY OF INVERTEBRATA, by James H. Wil-
moth, August 29, 1967 (cloth) $12.00

INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH IN ULTRA-
VIOLET PHOTOBIOLOGY, by John Jagger, August

9, 1967 (paper) $3.95

Pergamon Press

THE ULTRASTRUCTURE OF THE ANIMAL CELL,

by L. T. Threadgold, January 15, 1968

(hardbound) $13.00

O-LEVEL REVISION EXERCISES IN BIOLOGY, by
J. D. Maunder & C. Johnston, August 21, 1967 ....
(cloth) $2.00

PROGRESS IN THE CHEMISTRY OF FATS AND
OTHER LIPIDS, Vol. X, part 1, by Colin C. Lucas &
Jessie H. Ridout, August 21, 1967 (cloth) $7.75

LIFE SCIENCES RESEARCH AND LUNAR MEDI-
CINE, Proceedings of the Second Lunar International

Laboratory Symposium, December 18, 1967

(cloth) $10.00

MAGNETIC RESONANCE IN BIOLOGICAL SYS-
TEMS, Wenner-Gren Center International Symposium
Series, September 18, 1967 (cloth) $21.50

CELLULAR ASPECTS OF MEMBRANE PERME-
ABILITY, by E. Schoffeniels, October 23, 1967

(cloth) $15.00

TROPICAL PLANT TYPES, by B. G. M. Jamieson
and J. F. Reynolds, 1967 (cloth) $8.50

The MacMillan Company

THE SCIENCE OF GENETICS, by George W. Bums,
February 10, 1969 (cloth) $8.95

Dr. Burns’ new text conveys both the scope and
excitement of genetics. It discovers the entire field of
genetics, with appropriate attention to classical, molecu-
lar, and social aspects.

A talented and experienced teacher, Dr. Burns intro-
duces genetics by citing simple observations which are
within the experience of all students. Through skillful
questioning, he evokes insights into the causes of
observed phenomena, progressing from simple to more
complex ideas until answers are obtained at the deepest
molecular levels of life.

BASIC BIOCHEMISTRY, (2nd Edition) by Max E.
Rafelson, Jr., & Stephen B. Binkley, June 24, 1968 ....
(paper) $6.95, (cloth) $9.95

The first edition of Basic Biochemistry (published in
1965) was widely praised as a clear, concise, systematic,
and, above all, brief presentation of the fundamental
principles of biochemistry. To achieve brevity, lengthy
descriptions of organic reactions and biologic definitions
were left to other, more exhaustive reference books.
In this edition, as in the First Edition, the authors pre-
sent the living organism as a chemical machine which
utilizes the energy of foods to run chemical reactions
so as to meet its own needs.

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY, by Robert W. Hegner
& Joseph G. Engemann, April 22, 1968 (Cloth) $10.95

Thoroughly revised and updated, the second edition
of this classic text presents the most important concepts

96

ASB Bulletin

of invertebrate zoology and includes recent research
progress and trends in the field. Retaining both the
philosophy and approach of the First Edition, Inverte-
brate Zoology is organized for ease of learning and
compatibility with the structure of lecture and labora-
tory courses.

A DIFFERENT KIND OF COUNTRY, by Raymand
F. Dasmann, March 18, 1968 (cloth) $5.95

This book is about diversity and what has been hap-
pening to it. It is written in the belief that the most
important thing we can do is to maintain this diversity
so that tomorrow there will still be a different kind of
country, a different way of life.

BIOLOGY FOR THE MODERN MIND, by Hans
Joachim Bogen, January 20, 1969 (cloth) $6.95

Biology for the Modern Mind deals extensively with
today’s molecular biology, the scientific discipline aim-
ing to use atomic and molecular science to clarify such
aspects as inheritance, growth, differentiation, move-
ment, and memory. Many convincing examples and
graphic illustrations show how biological phenomena
can be explained, giving the general reader an amaz-
ingly clear understanding of a complicated subject.
The volume is divided into seven chapters: Life in the
Cell; Modern Genetics; A Glance into the Cell: New
Information from the Electron Microscope; Regulation
Technique within the Cell; Molecular Memory; Immun-
ity and Microbiology; The Primeval Broth and the

Future of Man.

ANIMAL FUNCTION: PRINCIPLES AND ADAP-

TATIONS, by Malcolm S. Gordon, April 15, 1968 ....
(cloth) $12.95

Organized around physiological process, this book
emphasizes adaptive functioning as it relates to survival
of whole organisms in the natural world. Zoological,
comparative, and evolutionary in approach and verte-
brate in orientation, it illustrates the diversity of physi-
ological mechanisms and adaptations evolved by

animals.

Some topics which are not usually covered in physi-
ology texts are included because they contribute to an
understanding of how the variety of types of animals
function and survive in the range of natural environ-
ments they inhabit. Specifically, these topics are: feed-
ing mechanisms in animals; torpidity in endotherms;
and information processing in nervous systems.

DNA: AT THE CORE OF LIFE ITSELF, by Law-
rence Lessing, November 27, 1967 (cloth) $3.95

DNA: At the Core of Life Itself, which won for
Lawrence Lessing of Fortune magazine the Albert
Lasker Medical Journalism Award, offers the non-spe-
cialist the most thorough explanation of the DNA
molecule now available.

MOLECULAR GENETICS, by A. Gib DeBusk, May
20, 1968 (paper) $1.95

Molecular Genetics distills the essence of biochemical
genetics into a brief text suitable for the undergradu-
ate student. Detailed descriptions of key experiments
are included in order to convey to the reader the fact
that the phenomenal progress in this field has been
primarily due to ingenious experimental design by indi-
vidual research geneticists. Extensive use is made of
illustrations, especially to portray cellular mechanisms.

BIOLOGY OF THE LOWER VERTEBRATES, by
Russell Hunter, March 11, 1968 (paper) $2.95

A Biology of Lower Invertebrates presents a modern
survey of “whole animal” physiology in the fifteen less
complex phyla. Rather than dwelling on the details
of classification and anatomy as in more conventional
treatments, this text stresses functional morphology,
characteristic adaptive behavior, and selected aspects of
evolution, including functional homologies.

ECOLOGY OF POPULATIONS, by Arthur S. Boughey,
May 20, 1968 (paper) $2.50

Ecology of Populations leads from environmental re-
quirements through population dynamics to community
organization and evolution. It concludes with a chap-
ter on human ecology.

A LABORATORY MANUAL OF MAMMALIAN
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY, by Sigmund Grollman,
February 3, 1969 (paper) $4.95

MICROBIOLOGY, by Kenneth L. Burdon & Robert P.
Williams, June 3, 1968 (cloth) $9.95

GRAPHIC BIOCHEMISTRY: CHEMISTRY OF BIO-
LOGICAL MOLECULES, by Thomas Peter Bennett,
July 29, 1968. 2 Volumes (paper) $3.95 each

THE HUMAN BODY: ITS STRUCTURE AND

PHYSIOLOGY, by Sigmund Grollman, February 3,
1969 (cloth) $9.95

EXPERIMENTAL CELL BIOLOGY, by William R.
Bowen, February 10, 1969 (paper) $4.95

EXPERIENCES IN LIFE SCIENCE (A LABORA-
TORY GUIDE), by Eugene H. Kaplan, January 2,
1969 (paper) $3.95

A LABORATORY SURVEY OF BIOLOGY, (2nd Edi-
tion), by William A. Cooper & Lawrence S. Dillon,

January 2, 1969 (paper) $5.95

PROBLEM SOLVING IN BIOLOGY, by Eugene H.
Kaplan, March 25, 1969 (paper) $4.95

BOTANY, A FUNCTIONAL APPROACH, by Walter

H. Muller, February 17, 1969 (cloth) $8.95

Vol. 16, No. 3, July, 1969

97

Aviaries (Residence of Supervisor in Background)

Duke University Field Station for
Animal Behavior Studies

Peter H. Klopfer
Director

Some years ago, a professor in the Zoology
Department, needing a quiet, wooded area for
some aviaries, was invited to use a portion of the
Duke Forest. “Your activities are perfectly com-
patible with ours,” the administration of the
School of Forestry, guardians of the Forest,
assured him. “We, too, seek to keep the Forest
free of disturbance.” A few weeks later, his birds
in a state of frenzy from the growls of nearby
chain saws, the unhappy zoologist complained to
the Dean of the Forester’s breach of faith.
"Breach, indeed!,” came the indignant response.
“We created no disturbance. We were merely
harvesting trees!”

Out of this confrontation came the realization
that field facilities for the study of animal behav-
ior have needs incompatible with many of the
customary demands made of the University For-
est. Thus, was born the Duke University Field
Station for Animal Behavior Studies.

The conflicting demands of foresters, picnic-
kers, sportsmen, and biologists can, sometimes,
be reconciled. But the behaviorally oriented biol-
ogist or psychologist must be left out of such
pacts. If (as is usually the case) his work
demands extensive laboratory, in addition to
field, facilities, or includes teaching responsibili-
ties, his field station must be within a few minutes
walk or ride from his labs and classes. At the
same time, his field facilities must provide an
adequate variety of natural habitats suitable to
any animals he might require. They must, of
course, be buffered from disturbances, and pro-
tected from vandals. And, despite the proximity
of proper University laboratories, some provision
for field labs and work-space is always a
necessity.

Duke has met these needs by setting aside a
wooded area some 85 acres in extent, 2 miles
distant from the campus center. It is surrounded

98

ASB Bulletin

by a belt of densely forested land in which activi-
ties are restricted so as to minimize interference
with activities within the 85 acre core. The core
itself is enclosed (and divided) by a 7 foot chain-
link fence which serves to separate its licensed
inhabitants from unwanted interlopers. The for-
mer include deer, raccoons, geese, and ducks of
several species, to list but a few. Two small
ponds provide sanctuary for some of these, vari-
ous paddocks and pens allow for closer confine-
ment of others, though still within their natural
habitat. Adjoining this fenced area are a series
of buildings that provide adjunct facilities. These
include the exotic hexagons of the Primate Facil-
ity, a rustic log-cabin home for the Station Super-
visor, barns and tool houses, and a ramshackle
affair (“The Haven”) that provides students of
behavior sufficient in comfort to compensate for
its esthetic lacks.

The actual population of the Station, the in-
habitants of bams and cages, varies with the
projects of any particular year’s students. In
1968-69, a few of their studies included:

— an analysis of the mechanisms that underlie
maternal behavior in goats;

— a study of social organization and signaling
in fallow deer;

— comparisons of behavioral stereotype and
niche size in tropical and temperate zone
birds;

— longitudinal studies of the development of
maternal care and communication in sev-
eral species of lemurs;

— investigations of sensory capacities and per-
ception in various beasts;

— studies of celestial navigation and orienta-
tion in birds.

Oversight of the Station is entrusted to a Direc-
tor who answers to an interdepartmental Execu-
tive Committee which consists of representatives
from the Zoology, Psychology, Anatomy, Anthro-
pology, and Forestry Departments. A full-time
Supervisor lives on the Station grounds and over-
sees the work of several part-time employees.
Their salaries and much of the expense for rou-
tine maintenance is borne by the University
itself, while the costs of feeding and vetting ani-
mals is charged to the research grants of the
investigators using the Station. Many undergradu-
ate and graduate students use the Station, too, of

One of Two Ponds for Water Fowl Studies

Vol. 16, No. 3, July, 1969

99

course, so the costs of its operations are legiti-
mately considered both a “research” and an
“educational” cost.

Much work in animal behavior requires only
unlimited access to wilderness areas or refuges;
other studies demand elaborately equipped labs
and a few rooms for cages. Yet, it is becoming
clear that the more significant questions in be-

havior cannot be answered in either the one
domain or the other. Hence Duke is particularly
fortunate in having both woods and labs in such
close proximity. The publications of the behavior
students at Duke provide impressive evidence of
the advantages Duke’s Field Station for Animal
Behavior Studies confers.

Goat Barn and Part of Herd

100

ASB Bulletin

BULLETIN

October, 1969

olume 16, Number 4

Aerial view of the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological Laboratory, Oxford, Maryland.

The Official Quarterly Publication of

The Association of Southeastern Biologists

ASB BULLETIN

The ASB BULLETIN is the official
quarterly publication of the Association of
Southeastern Biologists, Inc., and is pub-
lished at Philadelphia, Penna., in Janu-
ary, April, July and October. Letters,
news items, other contributions, and all
communications about editorial matters
should be addressed to C. W. Hart, Jr.,
Editor, The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 19th and The Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Change of ad-
dress should be sent promptly to the Sec-
retary of the ASB, Dr. Dorothy Crandall
Bliss, Randolph Macon Woman’s College,
Lynchburg, Virginia. Subscription orders
from libraries and other institutions
should be sent to the Business Manager,
Dr. David J. Cotter, Georgia College, Mil-
ledgeville, Georgia 31061. Subscription
rate for non-members of the ASB: $4.00
per year. Printing and typography by the
Fulton Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pa.

Second-class postage paid at Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.

C. W. Hart, Jr.

Editor

DOROTHY CRANDALL BLISS
Associate Editor

JOSEPH F. FITZPATRICK, JR.,
News Editor

DAVID J. COTTER, Business Manager

Officers of the ASB

President — John M. Carpenter, Univer-
sity of Kentucky

Retiring President — Robert B. Short,
Florida State University
President Elect — C. W. Hart, Jr., Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia

Vice-President — James N. Dent, Uni-
versity of Virginia

Secretary — Dorothy Crandall Bliss, Ran-
dolph Macon Woman’s College
Treasurer — David J. Cotter, Georgia
College

Executive Committee —

Albert E. Radford, University of
North Carolina

Burton J. Bogitsh, Vanderbilt
University

Anna Josephine Bridgman, Agnes
Scott College

Perry C. Holt, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute

Charles Ray, Jr., Emory University
John H. Mullahy, Loyola Univer-
sity (Louisiana)

All officers are ex officio members
of the executive committee.

Volume 16 , Number 4 - October , 1969

CONTENTS

The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Laboratory at Oxford,

Maryland. — by A, S. Merrill and R. W. Hanks 103

Naming Fossil Fungi. — by Frederick A. Wolf 106

State College at Buffalo Offers Graduate Assistantships 108

Association Affairs 108

Books and Periodicals 110

A New Way to Teach Microbiology 112

News of Biology in the Southeast .113

Please note that the 1970 ASB annual meeting will
be held at Florida Southern College in Lakeland,
Florida, on the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th of April instead of the
usual time approximately two weeks later. It is there-
fore very important that abstracts of papers to be pre-
sented at the meeting be sent to Dr. Margaret Gilbert,
Chairman of the Program Committee, Dept, of Biology,
Florida Southern College, Lakeland, Florida 33S02, as
far in advance of the January 10 deadline as possible.

Other deadlines associated with the annual meeting
will be moved up as follows:

December 15. — Suggestions for nominations for ASB
officers and executive committee members. (See in-
formation in this issue.)

January 10. — Titles and abstracts of papers to be pre-
sented at the April meeting. (Call for papers to be
mailed to membership in November.)

February 1. — Applications for Goethe Travel Awards
to graduate students. (See information in this issue.)

February 1. — Papers to be considered for the Associa-
tion Research Prize. (See information in this issue.)

March 1. — Applications for the Ivey F. Lewis Fellow-
ship at Mountain Lake. (See information in this
issue.)

January 15. — Nomination letters for the Meritorious
Award for Teaching. (See information in this issue.)

102

ASB Bulletin

The research vessel “Alosa,” used by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological Laboratory
at Oxford, Maryland, for shellfish research in the shallow water of Chesapeake Bay.

The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries
Biological Laboratory at Oxford, Maryland,
Meeting the Problems of the Shellfisheries

Arthur S. Merrill & Robert W. Hanks *

Clams, oysters, and crabs are among the 10
most valuable fisheries in the United States. The
Chesapeake Bay region produces more eastern
oysters, more soft-shell clams, and more blue
crabs than any other section of our country. It
is logical that much of the biological research on
these animals is centered in Chesapeake Bay, and
that one of the few Federal shellfish laboratories
should be located on the Bay shore.

Originally established at Annapolis in the
1940’s, and recently (1960) moved to an excel-

* U.S. Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife
Service, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Oxford, Mary-
land 21654.

lent, modern building at Oxford, Maryland, on
the Bay’s famed Eastern Shore, the Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries Biological Laboratory is
contributing vital research information to aid in
maintaining and furthering the nation’s shellfish
industry.

Since the Oxford Laboratory was first occupied,
a number of supporting facilities have been added.
The physical plant includes 13,000 square feet
of laboratory space for chemical, microbiological,
histological, and immunological studies; and two
rooms with running sea and estuarine water sup-
plying a series of indoor and outdoor tanks.
Office space, a conference room, and an excellent

Vol. 16, No. 4, October 1969

103

library of some 3,500 technical volumes plus
many reprints and journals, are included in the
main building. Other adjacent facilities comprise
a shop-storage building, a small laboratory build-
ing for visiting investigators, an animal house, a
greenhouse for culturing algae, and 4 one-quarter-
acre earthen ponds for shellfish culture in a con-
trolled environment.

The laboratory also maintains a substation on
seaside Chincoteague Bay (Franklin City, Vir-
ginia), and another at Point Pleasant, New Jersey,
providing access to a wide range of conditions,
ranging from normal ocean salinity to brackish
upper estuarine waters.

In addition to its research functions the labora-
tory houses the Federal Shellfish Advisory Serv-
ice, which serves industry and the States by
transmitting results of scientific research, and the
mid-Atlantic area Office of Statistical Services,
where fishery data are compiled and analyzed.

At present, the Oxford Laboratory has three
major research programs: Shellfish Mortality,
Surf Clam Biology, and Aquaculture. A brief
description of each program will perhaps best
delineate its objectives and achievements.

Shellfish Mortality Program:

The Shellfish Mortality Program occupies near-
ly half of the laboratory space and has the largest
staff of research personnel. Oyster diseases have
received the most attention because of massive
mortalities in Delaware Bay and Lower Chesa-
peake Bay. Recently, however, disease research
has been broadened to include crustaceans and
fishes.

Phases of the Oxford Laboratory’s disease re-
search include histological, microbiological, para-
sitological, and immunological studies of mollusks
and crustaceans. This program includes field
activities to find disease-resistant oysters in both
Chincoteague Bay, Virginia, and Chesapeake Bay
in an effort to determine reasons for immunity or
recovery of the resistant oyster. Other aspects of
the field work are development of practical man-
agement methods to sustain oyster populations in
enzootic areas, and to search for previously un-
known oyster parasites.

Two haplosporidan species are causative agents
in oyster mortalities. Minchinia costalis causes
an enzootic disease in high-salinity bays, and
Minchinia nelsoni is the infective agent in areas
of lower salinity. It has so far been impossible
to transmit either disease directly from oyster to
oyster in the laboratory, whether by exposing
healthy oysters in the same tanks with sick ones,
or by any of several methods of inoculation of
healthy oysters (with pathogenic organisms and
diseased tissues). As a result, we suspect that
Minchinia parasites have an intermediate host or
vector, or that suitable environmental factors are
required to stimulate infectivity. These possi-
bilities are under examination.

We are exploring possible management meth-
ods that hinge upon the narrower environmental
demands of the Minchinia organisms. Although
M. costalis is tolerant to oceanic salinities and
M. nelsoni thrives in less saline water, the oyster
seems to succeed in water with salinities from
30% to 7%. Therefore, judicious use of oyster
culture techniques, and movement of raft-cultured
oysters from area to area, may alleviate losses
from disease-induced mortalities.

In aquatic and marine environments, perhaps
even more than on land, ever-present bacteria
may act as primary or secondary causes of dis-
ease. To gain an insight into the numbers and
types of bacteria present in the environment of
Chesapeake Bay oysters and crabs, regular sam-
plings are made of the water, mud, and animal
tissues. Parallel studies are being run on animals
from Chincoteague Bay, which has markedly dif-
ferent bacterial flora. The significance of these
differences is under study.

Little is known about the microbiology of the
blood of normal and diseased crabs. A study is
underway to determine the normal bacteria in
crab blood at different seasons and stages of ecdy-
sis, and variations from the normal which may
be attributable to disease.

Recent declines in the catch of b'ue crabs
throughout Chesapeake Bay and other sections of
the south Atlantic have led several of our sci-
entists to intensify the study of crab diseases. In
the initial stages of this study we have described
a hitherto unknown commensal, a new pathogenic

104

ASB Bulletin

amoeba, and a new species of haplosporidan.
Also new biochemical diagnostic procedures have
been developed to screen disease organisms by
analyses of crab blood. Thus, crab studies prom-
ise to be extremely fruitful in advancing funda-
mental knowledge of shellfish diseases in the
aquatic environment.

Surf Clam Program:

This program is a major research area at the
Oxford Laboratory. The study is directed toward
a comprehensive biological understanding of the
bivalve mollusk, Spisula solidissima. Although
this species has been used since colonial days, it
is only in the last 20 years that the surf clam has
become important commercially — largely be-
cause of the development of a deep-water hydrau-
lic dredge. Production in the last 5 years ranged
from 38 to 45 millions of pounds of clam meats.

The difficulty in obtaining biological informa-
tion, particularly for population studies among
deep-water species, is well known. Considerable
progress has been made, however, in several direc-
tions. As a result of research cruises, the distri-
bution and abundance of the surf clam in the
middle Atlantic bight have already been ascer-
tained. Growth rates of young clams have been
studied, and extrapolated to indicate that a typical
commercial-sized (5 inches) clam may be 6 or 7
years old. Experiments with young, but sexually
mature, clams indicate that spawning starts at
definite temperature thresholds. Gonad matura-
tion of surf clams from the population off New
Jersey is stimulated by a gradual increase in bot-
tom temperatures during the spring and early
summer. A major annual spawning, usually in
mid-July, may be followed by a second gonad
development and spawning in October-November.

Direct experiments are underway, with tagged
clams, to determine parameters of the popula-
tions. When these data have been assembled, it
will be possible to predict the replacement poten-
tials of this clam.

The Aquaculture Program:

This program is concerned with the ecology of
the Tred Avon River, an estuary on which the

Oxford Laboratory is situated, and specifically
with the development of oyster culture techniques.
Members of this research group have made sur-
veys of the hydrographic and biotic conditions of
the river for several years. In this way, the influ-
ences of seasonal, climatic, and related factors
upon the biota are evaluated in terms of effects
on shellfish, and any significant deviations from
the ecological “normal” are interpreted.

Part of the oyster culture research is develop-
ment of culture techniques in natural and man-
made salt-water ponds. Since 1964, culture and
growth studies have been conducted in closed
i-acre ponds; it has been found that these ponds
permit control of oyster predators and com-
petitors. Future studies on the addition of algal
food for maximum growth are planned.

Another aspect of oyster research involves off-
bottom culture experiments. Raft techniques,
similar to those employed in Japan and Korea, as

Chart of the Tred Avon River showing location of
the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological Labora-
tory, and general orientation of the area within the
Chesapeake Bay Region (insert).

Vol. 16, No. 4, October 1969

105

well as suspension of cultch shells from rigid,
wharf-like structures, have been investigated. In
both methods the oysters are suspended above the
bottom where growth is faster, meat quality is
higher, and survival is better than on the bottom.
Off-bottom culture has proven to be particularly
advantageous for growing oysters in areas where
they would normally not grow because of soft
bottom mud.

Present plans of this program include the estab-
lishment of experimental long-line culture (series
of floats, with connecting submerged cables, to
which are hung numbers of spat collectors); an
investigation into the life history of the flatworm,
Stylochus ellipticus, a major predator of young
oysters in low-salinity water; studies of other
oyster predators; and a more detailed ecological
study of the closed ponds.

Plans are also underway to establish an oyster
culture center in the Tred Avon River, opposite
the Oxford Laboratory. Oysters will be grown
off-bottom by four different methods — long-line,
rigid structure, rafts, and trays. Interested people
— watermen, industry, and researchers — will then
have an opportunity to see the methods of off-
bottom oyster culture that are practiced commer-
cially in other countries.

The Oxford Laboratory, with a new physical
plant and an active research staff, has therefore
concentrated increased attention on our commer-
cial shellfisheries. In all of our activities, as new
problems and areas of investigation arise, funda-
mental research and practical help go hand-in-
hand in a search for constant improvement of the
shellfish industry.

Naming Fossil Fungi

Frederick A. Wolf
Duke University

The term fossil is widely accepted to connote
the remains of animals or plants that have
become calcified, silicified, or carbonized. Palae-
ontologists have provided evidence that, with
ascent in time from the Devonian period and
extending throughout all subsequent periods,
fungi are present in a petrified state. They have
been found to be especially abundant in the
Pennsylvanian and Permian periods. Recent evi-
dence, however, shows that fungi existed even
during the Cambrian, and in all probability their
existence began with the “dawn of life.” Seward
(1933), one of the most knowledgeable investi-
gators of fossil plants, expressed the opinion that
fungi must be regarded as among the most
ancient members of the plant kingdom. Addi-
tionally, fungi have been found to occur in amber
— the fossilized resin of conifers — and such
fossilized specimens are known from the Terti-
ary, Cretaceous, and Jurassic periods.

The significance of morphological resemblances
of petrified plants to contemporary genera and
the bearing of such similarities on evolutionary,
and hence taxonomic, relationships were matters
of deep concern to early palaeobotanists. For
this reason, and without implying that the given
fossil is identical with a present-day form, they
added the suffix -ites to the stem of the generic
name of the similar contemporary genus. Since
the fossilized remains become lithified — i.e.,
turned to stone — the stony specimens were
named lithites. This name was early contracted
to the suffix -ites, which was then appended to
the given generic name. In extenuation of this
procedure, Seward (1898) states that “A com-
mon custom is to alter slightly the recent name
by adding the termination -opsis or -ites.” By
so doing it is implied that the given fossil is
closely related morphologically to a given con-
temporary genus. Boureau (1964) states that

106

ASB Bulletin

the employment of the suffix -ites dates from
1784 when it was used as the generic name Cat-
amites, by Suckow. In explanation, Boureau
(1869) pointed out that “Si Volkman avait de-
signe, en 1720, les fragments sous le nom de
genre, latin, linneen de la Canne a sucre, il aurait
commis une erreur grave, ce que n’est pas le cas
avec Suskow qui appele ces restes Calamites, et
en les comparant avec Equisetum giganteum!”

Once this terminology had gained acceptance,
several extensive classifications of fungi based
upon resemblances with living genera appeared.
These included the treatises by Meschinelli
(1898, 1902) and Pia (1927). The former
account deals with about 300 named species
with -ites generic names, and the latter with
-ites genera placed in 39 present-day families.
But even with accord on generic names, vexati-
ous questions on specific identities have remained
unanswered. For example, are non-contempor-
aneous specimens specifically alike? Are speci-
mens of the same geologic age but from different
localities identical? Are specimens from differ-
ent petrified hosts specifically distinct? Since
fossil seed plants that are entirely unlike any
contemporary flowering plants are known to
occur, it becomes reasonable to believe that a
similar situation could exist among fungi.

In scientific usage the term fossil is not restrict-
ed to stony or petrified remains of animals or
plants, but includes the non-petrified or mummi-
fied remains of any organisms that have been
preserved in the earth’s crust. This concept has
not gained wide acceptance among mycologists,
to date, however, because of the supposed evan-
escent nature of fungi. Yet during recent years
various investigators, including Dilcher (1965),
Bradley (1967) and Wolf (1968) have demon-
strated that the spores of many genera of fungi,
if buried in sediments of ponds, lakes, marshes,
swamps, streams, and other sites of alluvial
deposits, have withstood the vicissitudes of time.
The ages of deposits containing well-preserved
spores are now known to range from late Pleisto-
cene, throughout Eocene, and descending into
Middle Devonian. Incredible as it may seem,
many of these spores are morphologically like
those of well-known contemporaneous fungal

genera. Such similarities have resulted in the
application by some investigators of the same
generic name to the fossil genus as is given to the
similar present-day genus, a very reasonable pro-
cedure. Seward (1933) expressed disapproval,
however, of such a procedure, as follows: “Such
a double use of the same term should always be
avoided as likely to lead to confusion and as
tending to admit a divorce between botany and
palaeobotany.”

The fact remains that palaeontologists have
not been consistent in the use of the suffix -ites.
The attachment of -ites to the stem of a name
does not necessarily imply taxonomic affinity or
relationship. The Code of Botanical Nomencla-
ture does not prescribe how fossil names should
be formed other than that they must be Latinized.

Problems bearing on the naming of non-
petrified fungi that have not changed morpho-
logically during a period of millions of years,
but must have evolved and changed physiologic-
ally to have been able to survive, await solution.
The environmental factors that govern their pres-
ervation in sediments have been given little study
and remain quite unknown. The ability of many
species of fungi to adjust to their environment
and thus to survive from the time that life on
earth began must be regarded as a remarkably
adaptable feature and as a provocative subject
for speculation.

Acknowledgment

I am appreciative of advice on fossil taxonomy
given me by Dr. James M. Schopf, Geological
Survey, Ohio State University, and by Prof. Dr.
Edward Boureau, University of Paris.

Literature Cited

Boureau, E. 1964. Traite de Paleobotanique. — Tome
III: 540 p. (Vide p. 239). Masson et Cie, Paris.
Boureau, E. 1969. Personal communication.

Bradley, W. H. 1967. Two aquatic fungi (Chytridi-
ales) of Eocene age from the Green River forma-
tion of Wyoming. — American Journal of Botany,
54:577-582.

Dilcher, D. L. 1965. Epiphyllous fungi from Eocene
deposits in Eastern Tennessee. Paleontographica
Abt. B 116:2-54.

Hirmer, N. (with the collaboration of Julius Pia and
William Troll) 1927. — Handbuch der Palaeobo-
tanik 1: 708 pp. Miinchen, R. Oldenbourg.

Vol. 16, No. 4, October 1969

107

Meschinelli, A. 1892. Fungi Fossiles: In Saccardo’s
Sylloge Fungorum omnium hucusque cognitorum
10:741-805.

Meschinelli. A. 1902. Fungorum fossilum omnium
hucusque cognitorum, Iconographia, 144 pp. Vicetea.

Seward, A. C. 1898. Fossil plants vol. 1: 452 pp.
Cambridge University Press.

Seward, A. C. 1933. Plant life through the ages, a
geological and botanical retrospect. 603 pp. Cam-
bridge University Press.

Wolf, F. A. 1968. Fungus spores in Lake Singletary
sediment. — Journal, Elisha Mitchell Scientific So-
ciety, 84: 277-232.

State University College at Buffalo
Offers Graduate Assistantships

The Graduate School of the State University
College at Buffalo, New York, is offering studies
leading to the M.A. in Biology. Graduate assist-
antships (10 hr. maximum) with remission of
tuition will be available in January. For informa-
tion, write to Dr. William C. Scheffer, Chairman,
Dept, of Biology, State University College at Buf-
falo, 1300 Elmwood Ave., Buffalo, N.Y. 14222.

STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP.

Publi.her File <»o copit, of lh..

MANAGEMENT AND CIRCULATION

form -Kh Tour po.lmultr.^

( AH of Oetohe

r 1). 1902: Seclion 4J69 Jill. S')

1 nilid Slain Code)

on pi,« 2

2 October

1969

The ASB Bulletin

J fMOuINCT Of 'SSU

Quarterly (January, April, July, and October)

Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th

■ft. IUII. ZIP * ode)

and The Parkway,

Philadelphia, Pa. 19103

Dept, of Biology, Georgia College, Milledgeville, G

. 31061 (Dr. David Cotter, Treasurer)

6 NAMES AND ADDRESSES Of PURUSHER EDITOR AND MANAGING EDITOR

The Association of Southeastern Biologists, Inc., Chapel Hill, N.C.

C. W. Hart,

Jr., Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th & The Parkway, Philad

elphia. Pa. 1910

MANAGING EOITOR IS.

dry,,, of ,,'oekho

Uen ouning or holding 1 perc.nl

?s=/^is=K

f uocb If nol oun.dby a corp
or other unincorporated firm. ,1,

ration. the name, and

U.ll A. ,hl, O, «

eh indiridmat mml bo giren.J

NAME

AOORtSS

Association

of Southeastern

Chapel Hill, N.C. (Dr. William J. Koch, Associate

Bi ologists, I nc .

Professor, Dept.

of Botany, Univ. of North

Carolina, Agent.)

Of SN-o.i

5MO10ERS MORTGAGEES AND OTM
.AGES OR OTHER SECURITIES (If the r

R SECURITT HOLDERS OWN

NG OR HOLDING 1 FERCENT OR M

ORE Of TOTAL AMOUNT

» completion s» nonpror’ organizations authorized t

t SPECIAL RATES (Ski

i NATURE Of CIRCULATION

LtTT-OVM UNACCOUNTED. SPOILED AFTER HINTING

■(7SS

ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS

ASSOCIATION RESEARCH PRIZE

If you intend to present a paper at the annual
meeting of the Association of Southeastern Bi-
ologists, we wish to call your attention to the
Association Research Prize and invite you to sub-
mit your manuscript in competition. This prize
of $100. is sponsored by the Carolina Biological
Supply Company, Burlington, North Carolina.
Rules and regulations are as follows:

1 . The Research Prize is to be awarded for an
especially meritorious paper actually presented at
the annual meeting.

2. Only members are eligible to submit papers
in competition for the Research Prize. This ap-
plies to all names on the submitted paper.

3. Papers submitted in competition may be in
press but must not have been published prior to
March 1 of the year of the current competition.

4. Papers submitted in competition are judged
by eminent scientists in the various fields of
biology. These individuals are selected by the
Research Committee and are from schools out-
side the Southeast. Every effort is made by
the Research Committee to keep the authors of
submitted papers anonymous. Criteria for the
award are left to the discretion of the judges’
panel, who may withhold said award if no paper
is considered to have sufficient merit.

5. Papers must be submitted in triplicate and
in their entirety not later than February 1 , 1970,
to Dr. Thomas L. Quay, Dept, of Zoology, North
Carolina State Univ., Raleigh, North Carolina

108

ASB Bulletin

27607. One copy of the prize- winning paper will
remain in the ASB files, but all other copies will
be returned to the authors as soon as possible.

6. Announcement of the winner of the Re-
search Prize will be made at the annual meeting.

SUGGESTED NOMINEES FOR ASB OFFICES
AND EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE POSITIONS

To the members of the Nominating Committee:

I wish to suggest that you consider the following ASB
members in selecting nominees for offices and executive
committee positions:

PRESIDENT-ELECT

VICE-PRESIDENT

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEMBERS (2 for 3-year

terms )

Deadline: December 15

Mail to: DR. W. D. BURBANCK
Dept, of Biology
Emory University
Atlanta, Georgia 30333

MERITORIOUS AWARD NOMINATIONS

As in previous years an honorarium of $100
has been made available by the Will Corpora-
tion of Georgia, to be used as an award for the
recognition of especially meritorious teaching by
a member of the ASB. The regulations governing
the award are as follows:

The recipient must be a member of the ASB in good
standing. He should have taught biology in a southern
institution for at least ten years, and must be currently
teaching. He must not be a dean or have regular ad-
ministrative duties beyond the department level (this
particular criterion requiring interpretation in individual
cases). Among evidences of his qualifications is the
progress of the candidate as indicated by recognition in
his own institution (important assignments and other
contributions specifically related to good teaching); and
the number and quality of students for whom he pro-
vided primarily the inspiration to continue in biology,
especially those who later received advanced degrees.

Past recipients of the Meritorious Award for
Teaching are as follows:

1952. Dr. Mary Stuart MacDougall (Agnes Scott)

1953. Dr. Orland E. White (Univ. of Virginia)

1954. Dr. Woolford B. Baker (Emory)

1955. Dr. John N. Couch (Univ. of North Carolina)

1956. Dr. Hugo L. Blomquist (Duke)

1957. Dr. Ezda Deviney (Florida State)

1958. Dr. Henry R. Totten (Univ. of North Carolina)

1959. Dr. Margaret Hess (Winthrop College)

1960. Dr. Ora C. Bradbury (Wake Forest College)

1961. Dr. Warren Deacon (Vanderbilt)

1962. Dr. Septima C. Smith (Univ. of Alabama)

1963. Father Patrick H. Yancey (Spring Hill College)

1964. Dr. Ruskin S. Freer (Lynchburg College)

1965. Dr. Harwell P. Sturdivant (Western Maryland

College)

1966. Dr. Charles Ray, Jr. (Emory Univ.)

1967. Dr. H. J. Oosting (Duke University)

1968. Dr. Wade T. Batson (Univ. of South Carolina)

1969. Dr. William L. Mengebier (Bridgewater Col-

lege)

In these times in which so much is heard about
teaching, it is particularly important that excel-
lence in teaching should be rewarded and publi-
cized in every way possible. Members of the
ASB are urged to make nominations and send the
needed supporting material to Dr. Wade T. Bat-
son, Dept, of Biology, Univ. of South Carolina,
Columbia, South Carolina 29208, by January
15, 1970.

COMMITTEE
William L. Mengebier
Jack H. Fehon
Wade T. Batson, Chairman

IVEY F. LEWIS FELLOWSHIP AT
MOUNTAIN LAKE BIOLOGICAL STATION

A Research Fellowship of $150.00 for summer
course study or research at Mountain Lake Bio-
logical Station of the University of Virginia has
been continued through the generosity of the
Phipps and Bird Company of Richmond, Virginia.
This fellowship, formerly known as the Phipps
and Bird Research Fellowship, was re-named at
the request of the Phipps and Bird Company.
Any member of the Association may submit an
application. The application should be accom-
panied by a summary of the planned work, by a
list of important publications, and especially in
the case of younger workers, by references and
educational data. Applications should be sent to
Dr. J. J. Murray, Dept, of Biology, Univ. of Vir-
ginia, Charlottesville, Virginia 22903 not later
than 1 March 1970. The selection will be made
by the Research and Awards Committee of the
ASB in consultation with the Director of the
Mountain Lake Biological Station. The announce-
ment of the recipient will be made at the annual
meeting of the ASB.

COMMITTEE
J. J. Murray, ex officio
James Riopel, ex officio
Thomas L. Quay, Chairman
Arthur W. Jones
Paul Yokley, Jr.

Vol. 16, No. 4, October 1969

109

MARY GLIDE GOETHE TRAVEL AWARDS

For the thirteenth year there will be funds avail-
able through the generosity of the late Mr. C. M.
Goethe for assistance to graduate students for ex-
penses in connection with the annual ASB meet-
ings, to be held this year at the Florida Southern
College, Lakeland. Florida. Approximately $300
will oe available from the contributions of
Mr. Goethe, and it is anticipated that most of
the awards will be for maintenance (lodging and
meals), and departments are urged to provide
travel allowances for their graduate students or
to invite them to travel in cars with staff mem-
bers. Some travel allowances may be awarded
by the committee to those living most distant
from Lakeland.

Staff members are requested to call to the at-
tention of qualified students in their respective
institutions the availability of these awards. If
there is more than one applicant from a depart-
ment, the Goethe Committee may request the
department to aid the committee’s selection by
ranking the applicants.

Any graduate student needing financial assist-
ance in order to attend the 1970 meeting of the
Association of Southeastern Biologists is eligible.
Rules for making application for the Goethe
Awards are as follows:

1. Indicate if application is being made for
maintenance or travel or both. Give de-
tails, such as total sum requested, how

many nights and days are involved, if
travel allowance is requested, the number
of miles involved and the proposed method
of transportation, and any other pertinent
information.

2. Give information as to whether or not a
paper is being presented by the applicant.

3. In a paragraph, give a brief history of your
education to date, of how many years you
have been — and plan to be — in gradu-
ate school, of your major field or fields of
interest, of any publications which have ap-
peared or which may be in preparation,
and any other pertinent professional de-
tails. Give information on marital status
and number of children.

4. Give your source or sources of support
while in graduate school such as G.I. Bill,
N.S.F., N.I.H., teaching assistantship, etc.

5. Have your major professor or departmental
head write a letter supporting your appli-
cation.

6. Applications and supporting letters, both
in triplicate, should be in the hands of Dr.
William E. Brillhart, Dept, of Biology,
Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30333,
by 1 February 1970. Applicants will be
notified of the decision of the Committee
as soon as possible.

Frank R. Barclay

Stephen M. Gittleson

William E. Brillhart, Chairman

Books and Periodicals

For every significant group of plants and ani-
mals in the sea, there should be a useful guide to
their identification with illustrations, descriptions,
habitat notes and other information, guides
designed for the use of high ability high school
students, undergraduates, the intelligent and curi-
ous layman, and professional scientists interested
in organisms outside their field of specialization.
Most of these guides must be more or less local
in scope in order to avoid a complexity that
defeats their purpose.

More marine biologists who are taxonomically
oriented should write something of this nature, if
for no other reason than to help develop the inter-
est of young students in the biological sciences.

Two new books of this nature have recently
appeared, both of which may be of interest to
many members of ASB and their students.

Tropical Fishes

CARIBBEAN REEF FISHES, John E. Randall. T. F.
H. Publications, Inc., 245 Cornelison Avenue, Jersey
City, N.J., 07302, 1968, 318 p., 324 photographs (140
in color), $6.50.

Probably no other professional ichthyologist has used
SCUBA equipment as extensively in his research as has
Dr. John E. Randall, author of this valuable guide to
the reef fishes of south Florida, the West Indies and
Caribbean Sea.

Dr. Randall is one of the most skillful and experi-
enced of amateur divers, having spent countless hours
under water in all the tropical seas of the world. As

110

ASB Bulletin

a result, he has felt the need of amateur divers for a
guide to the reef fishes, and he has produced a book
that meets such a need in the most creditable manner.

The author is ichthyologist at the Bernice P. Bishop
Museum in Honolulu, and marine biologist at the
Hawaii Institute of Marine Biology. He was formerly
Director of the Institute of Marine Biology of the Uni-
versity of Puerto Rico, and was associated with Miami’s
Institute of Marine Science. It was during these years
that he carried on the field work throughout the Carib-
bean area that led to the writing of this book.

Every one of the 300 species of fishes in his book is
illustrated by a superb photograph made by the author,
140 of them in high fidelity color. Since he collects the
fish himself, he has been able to make color photo-
graphs of fishes never before recorded in this way.
Fishes of tropical waters must be photographed immedi-
ately after capture and preferably before they die in
order to capture on film their unbelievable hues. In
preservation the colors fade or change, sometimes in a
matter of minutes.

Second in value to these remarkable photographs is
Dr. Randall’s description of each species and his habitat
notes. He does not have to rely upon previous Litera-
ture for this information; he knows from experience
much more than can be found in print about these
colorful marine animals.

Dr. Randall’s book deserves better typography, a bet-
ter binding, and paper that is not coated — pages that
will not stick together if they should get wet. But both
he and the publisher were anxious to keep down the
price of the book so that students could obtain it. This
is the kind of book that should be available in a deluxe
edition and in paperback or well.

Any young person who snorkels or dives among the
Florida Keys or the islands of the West Indies will
treasure this scientifically accurate field guide; for that
matter, so will any professional marine biologist who
works in the Caribbean area.

New England Algae

SEAWEEDS OF CAPE COD AND THE ISLANDS,
John M. Kingsbury. The Chatham Press, Inc., Chat-
ham, Mass., 02633, 1969, 212 p., 100 full-page line
drawings, $12.50.

A phycologist and two artists have teamed up to pro-
duce a book of unusual beauty provided by its 100 line
drawings and its good typography on high quality paper.
This is a book that will be a useful field guide to any-
one interested in the marine algae of New England
because of author John M. Kingsbury’s essays on each
of the 100 or more species treated.

Through a combination of a generalized key, illus-
trations, a discussion, glossary, and a hand lens (to be
supplied by the reader), users of the book will be able
to make tentative identifications of most of the common

marine algae of New England (or even from New Jer-
sey to Nova Scotia), and reasonably reliable deter-
minations of some of the less difficult species.

The illustrations provided by Marcia and Edward
Norman, line drawings with a charcoal-like texture, are
works of art. Their artistic quality and uniformity
have been accomplished with some sacrifice of reference
value for identification. It is difficult, however, to
incorporate into life-size (or smaller) habit sketches of
marine algae those characters that distinguish them as
species. In some cases, an enlarged portion of the
plant has been added, and these will be of great help.

Dr. Kingsbury is Cornell’s well-known authority on
marine algae of the northeastern coast. He conducts
a summer field course in marine science at Isle of
Shoals in Maine. He is also well-known for his books
on poisonous plants of the United States and Canada.
His current research interest is the ecology of “Irish
moss”, Chondrus crispus (L.) Stackhouse, the red alga
that has been harvested heavily for more than 25 years
for its valuable cell wall polysaccharides. — Harold J.
Humm, Marine Science Institute, University of South
Florida, St. Petersburg 33701.

FIRST NATIONAL INVENTORY OF
MARINE RESEARCH COMPLETED

The first definitive report on marine research activities
sponsored by the United States was released today by
Dr. Edward Wenk, Jr., Executive Secretary of the Na-
tional Council on Marine Resources and Engineering
Development.

Marine Research — Fiscal Year 1968 contains descrip-
tive summaries of 2589 unclassified marine research
projects supported during fiscal year 1968 by Federal
and non-federal organizations. Identified with these
projects, both in the text and in supplemental indexes,
are 3022 associated investigators, 457 performing or-
ganizations, 25 Federal supporting agencies, and 95 non-
federal sources of support. The inventory was under-
taken to assess the scope, balance and texture of the
national effort to understand the world’s oceans, and to
assist and encourage the exchange of research informa-
tion within the marine sciences community.

In a Foreword to the catalog, Vice President Spiro T.
Agnew, Chairman of the Marine Sciences Council,
stated that:

“The establishment of a long-range program to util-
ize the oceans for the benefit of all mankind was set
forth as a national policy by the Marine Resources and
Engineering Development Act of 1966. Meeting marine
science needs and opportunities in turn depends signifi-
cantly upon a strong research capability. Such research
encompasses a broad spectrum of disciplines in support
of, among others, the development of living and non-
living resources, environmental prediction, conservation

Vol. 16, No. 4, October 1969

111

and recreation, maritime commerce, and national secur-
ity activities. While these endeavors are supported
largely by the Federal Government, they are conducted
in some 95 academic institutions; several hundred State
and local organizations and laboratories; over 35 private
foundations and professional associations; hundreds of
industrial organizations; as well as in more than 85
Federal laboratories.

“Maximizing benefits from the Nation’s growing in-
vestment in the oceans requires developing the full
potential of this widely dispersed research capability.
Because of the very number and diversity of organiza-
tions and activities involved, however, there is a serious
hazard of unwitting duplication or gaps in research
efforts. Complete information about on-going research
and effective information transfer thus become key ele-
ments for assuring that individual scientists, engineers,
administrators, and policy officials have access to knowl-
edge of ‘who is doing what, where, and with whose
support.’

“Toward that end, the National Council on Marine
Resources and Engineering Development is releasing this
report: Marine Research — Fiscal Year 1968... It is
hoped that among the benefits from this publication will
be expanded recognition of the value of descriptive in-
formation about marine programs, and support for activ-
ities designed to improve the flow of information among
specialists working in this area.”

The catalog was prepared under contract by the Sci-
ence Information Exchange of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion which had been assigned by the Council in April
1968 the continuing mission of serving as a national
center to collect and disseminate information about cur-
rent, unclassified marine research.

Marine Research — Fiscal Year 1968 is available for
$5.50 from the U.S. Government Printing Office as
document number 1969-350-238.

A New Way to Teach Microbiology

In too many beginning courses, though, the
student learns about microbes by reading and
listening to lectures. No doubt this is because
experiments in microbiology are thought to re-
quire tools and techniques that are too costly or
time-consuming for the high school laboratory.

Not so, says Millipore Corporation — at least,
not any more. The Bedford, Mass., manufac-
turer of membrane filtration systems and scien-
tific instruments has introduced a self-contained
kit that enables any high school student, with
little supervision, to isolate, grow and observe a
variety of microorganisms. The illustrated man-
ual furnishes a lively introduction to micro-
biology and detailed experiments involving many

common microbes — bacteria, yeasts, mold —
found in food, soil, the air, on the skin and in
polluted rivers and streams.

For schools equipped with autoclaves,
vacuum lines, Bunsen burners and binocular
microscopes, the firm also offers an assortment
of filtration systems and related apparatus rang-
ing from the very simple to the very sophisti-
cated. These are the same Millipore systems
used by microbiological researchers, cytologists,
clinical technologists, public health officials and
a variety of others involved in clinical, biological
and pollution analysis.

Millipore filters are thin plastic membranes
with billions of microscopic pores per square
inch. They work by trapping any particle or
microbe larger than pore size on the filter sur-
face. (They’re available in pore diameters small
enough to trap a polio virus). This makes it
easy to isolate a few microbes from a large vol-
ume of fluid. The filter also furnishes a bio-
logically inert white surface on which the mi-
crobes can be cultured to form visible colonies.

Microbes are cultured simply by placing the
filter on an absorbent pad saturated with nutrient
medium. The colonies are nourished by capil-
lary action through the filter pores. As a result,
microbes usually grow faster on a Millipore filter
than they do when immersed in liquid medium.
This is one reason for their value in clinical lab-
oratories for identifying bacteria from blood and
urine, where early diagnosis is so important.

The kit uses an inexpensive plastic filtration
system, disposable filters, break-open ampoules
of culture medium and presterilized Petri dishes,
eliminating the time-consuming preparation of
agar plates and doing away with most of the
messy housekeeping chores associated with other
bacteriological culturing procedures.

In addition to their use as a research and
analytical tool, membrane filters are used in the
pharmaceutical, aerospace, electronic, chemical
processing, food and beverage industries to micro-
filter all sorts of critical gases and liquids. Drink-
ing water used by the Apollo astronauts is ster-
ilized through Millipore membrane filters, as are
many vaccines, insulin, antibiotics and intra-
venous solutions.

These unusual filters are also doing yeoman
work in industrial bacteriology, industrial air
sampling, and in the processing of beverages,
hydraulic fluids, artificial sweeteners, photochem-
icals, reactor coolants, cosmetics and dozens of
other fluids requiring extreme cleanliness, purity
or freedom from microscopic contaminants.

112

ASB Bulletin

News of Biology in the Southeast

Alabama — Jack S. Brown, Florence
State University; James Wilkes, Troy
State University
Florida — Position Vacant
Georgia — Fred K. Parrish, Georgia State
College

Kentucky — Gary E. Dillard, Western
Kentucky University

Louisiana — Harry J. Bennett, Louisiana
State University

State Correspondents

Mississippi — Position Vacant

North Carolina — C. J. Umphlett, Uni-
versity of North Carolina

South Carolina — J. M. Herr, Univ. of
South Carolina- G. Thomas Riggin,
Jr., Newberry College

Tennessee — Donald Caplenor, Tennessee
Technical University

Virginia — Jean Pugh, Christopher New-
port College

West Virginia — Earl L. Core, West Vir-
ginia University

Joseph F. Fitzpatrick, Jr. — Editor
Dept, of Biology

Randolph Macon Woman’s College
Lynchburg, Virginia 24504

About People

John D. Freeman was appointed Assistant Professor,
Department of Botany and Plant Pathology, Auburn
University (Alabama), in September, 1968. He received
the B.A. degree from Austin Peay College and the
Ph.D. degree from Vanderbilt University. His research
is in plant taxonomy.

Elizabeth Lee Klepper was appointed Assistant Pro-
fessor, Department of Botany and Plant Pathology,
Auburn University (Alabama), in July, 1968. She
received the B.A. from Vanderbilt University and the
M.A. and Ph.D. degrees from Duke University. She
also attended Exeter University in England on a Mar-
shall Scholarship and conducts her research in mineral
nutrition and water relations of plants.

Fernando J. Subirats was appointed Instructor, De-
partment of Botany and Plant Pathology, Augum Uni-
versity (Alabama), in July 1968. He received the B.S.
degree from Havana University and the M.S. degree
from Auburn University. He conducts research on
fundamental and applied aspects of field crop pathology.

U. L. Diener and N. D. Davis, both Professors, De-
partment of Botany and Plant Pathology, Auburn Uni-
versity (Alabama), have been awarded a grant of
$11,000 by the USPHS to conduct a research program
entitled “Growth and Toxin Production of Food-Storage
Fungi.”

D. E. Davis, Alumni Professor, and B. Truelove,
Associate Professor Department of Botany and Plant
Pathology, Auburn University (Alabama), have been
awarded $17,000 by USPHS to study “Fate and Mech-
anism of Action of Herbicides.”

E. A. Curl, Professor, and R. Rodriguez-Kabana.
Assistant Professor, Department of Botany and Plant
Pathology, Auburn University (Alabama), have been
awarded a three year grant of $66,000 in support of a
research program entitled, “Interactions of Herbicides
and Soil-Borne Cotton Disease Fungi.”

J. D. Freeman, W. E. Goslin, and E. L. Klepper, De-
partment of Botany and Plant Pathology, Auburn Uni-
versity (Alabama), have each been awarded University
grants to study plant taxonomy, aquatic plant ecology
and plant physiology, respectively. Likewise, D. E.
Dacis and J. A. Lyle received five commercial grants
for research in herbicide physiology and fungicidal
diseases, respectively.

David G. Davis has been appointed Associate Profes-
sor of Biology at the University of Alabama, Tusca-
loosa. He comes following a tenure as a USPHS Spe-
cial Research Fellow in the Laboratory of Genetics,
University of Wisconsin.

Herbert S. Schwartz, Department of Biology, Univer-
sity of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, has been awarded a three
year grant of $81,650 by USPHS to support research
investigating the reactions of mitomycin C and porfiro-
mycin in proliferating and non-proliferating cells of
rats and mice.

A two year grant of $29,000 has been awarded
Joseph C. O’Kelley, Department of Biology, University
of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, by NSF. The photobiology of
cytoplasmic cleavage in Protosiphon botryoides is the
research supported.

Vol. 16, No. 4, October 1969

113

Jan Eagles has joined the staff of the Department of
Biology, Alabama College, Montevallo. She recently
was awarded the Ph.D. in the Department of Anatomy,
University of Alabama Medical School, Birmingham.

J. F. Fitzpatrick, Jr., News Editor for the Bulletin, has
been appointed Associate Professor of Biology, Ran-
dolph-Macon Woman’s College, Lynchburg, Virginia.
He is leaving a position at Mississippi State University.
State College.

An expansion of the Botany Department at the Uni-
versity of Kentucky, Lexington, has resulted in the
appointment of four new people to the Botany staff
during the past year: Jerry M. Baskin (Ph.D., Vander-
bilt, plant ecologist) came following a year of post-
doctoral study at the University of Florida, Gaines-
ville; James H. Eley (Ph.D., Texas, plant biochemist)
came following an NIH postdoctoral fellowship at
Brandeis; Thomas J. Leonard (Ph.D., Indiana, fungal
genetics and physiology) came following an NIH post-
doctoral fellowship at Harvard; Willem Meijer (Ph.D.,
Amsterdam, the Netherlands, plant taxonomist-ecologist)
joined the faculty following nine years of study on the
taxonomy and ecology of the plants of Sabah (Borneo).

Langley Wood, Head of the Department of Environ-
mental Physiology at the Virginia Institute of Marine
Science, Glouces.er Point, has been appointed Professor
of Zoology and Chairman of the Department of Zoology
at the University of New Hampshire, Durham. He will
assume his duties there on July 1, 1969.

Sohan P. Modak, Cell Growth and Differentiation
Group, Oak Ridge National Laboratories, Oak Ridge,
Tennessee, left the Group after a three year tenure on
14 February. After a three month sojourn at the
University of Kentucky, Lexington, he returned to his
home in India.

R. B. Williams, USDI, FWS, BCF Radiobiological
Laboratories, Beaufort, North Carolina, has been ap-
pointed Associate Editor for the Proceedings of the
National Shellfisheries Association and also was elected
a Fellow of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science.

J. W. Angelovic, USDI, FWS, BCF Radiobiological
Laboratories, Beaufort, North Carolina, was appointed
to the Radioecology Committee of the Ecological
Society of America.

Rudolf K. Achazi has joined the Cell Growth and Dif-
ferentiation Group, ORNL, as a Deutsche Forchungs-
gemeinschaft Postdoctoral Fellow. He received the
Ph.D. from the University of Heidelburg, West Germany.

Fumitosfai Chino has joined the staff of the Radiation
Immunology Group, ORNL. He received the M.D.
degree in 1959 and the Ph.D. in 1964 from the Shinshi
University School of Medicine, Matsumoto City, Japan.

R. A. Brown has left the Radiation Immunology
Group, ORNL, to accept a position at the Puerto Rico
Nuclear Center, University of Puerto Rico, USAEC,
San Juan.

W. L. Russell, ORNL, attended a Ciba Foundation
Symposium on “Mutation as a Cell Process” in London,
England, presented a paper, and conferred with col-
leagues in Munich, Germany, and Rome, Italy, before
returning home.

Charles B. Metz, Professor of Zoology, University of
Miami [Florida] Institute of Molecular Evolution, will
direct the Woods Hole summer research program in
reproduction physiology for the eighth consecutive year
in 1969. The program, which Dr. Metz helped found,
has been supported since its inception by the National
Institute of Child Health and Human Development,
HEW, and it has been supported again by a five year
grant of $478,275 from the same agency.

Robert D, Faulkner, after receiving a Career Develop-
ment Award from NIH, took leave of absence from the
University of Nebraska to join the Nucleic Acid Chem-
istry Group, ORNL.

Kurt M. Hilse left the Mammalian Genetics Group,
ORNL, on 28 February to return to his position at the
Max-Planck-Institiit fur Biochemie, Munich, Germany.

Alexander Hollaender, ORNL, has been elected a
“membro Correspondente de la Academia Brasileira de
Ciencas” (Corresponding member of the Brazilian
Academy of Sciences).

Toshihiko Sado left the Radiation Immunology Group,
ORNL, to accept a position with the National Institute
of Radiological Sciences, Chiba, Japan.

Kenneth E. Muse has been appointed Research Asso-
ciate and Supervisor of the Electron Microscope Center,
North Carolina State University, Raleigh.

Amir Muhammed who received his Ph.D. from Oxford
University, England, has joined the Molecular Photo-
biology of DNA Group of ORNL.

Irene Boliek has been awarded the endowed Vivian
Gay and J. L. Coker, Jr., Professorship for distinguished

114

ASB Bulletin

teaching at Coker College, Hartsville, South Carolina.
Dr. Boliek has been Professor and Head, Department
of Biology since 1965.

Richard D. Brock has joined the Mammalian Cyto-
genetics Group, Oak Ridge National Laboratories, Oak
Ridge, Tennessee, as a Consultant. Dr. Brock received
his degree in genetics from the University of London,
England, and is a member of the Division of Plant
Industry, Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Re-
search Organization, Canberra, Australia.

John B. Storer has joined the Pathology and Immun-
ology Section, ORNL, leaving the post of Deputy
Director, Division of Biology and Medicine, U.S. AEC.

James E. Strickland has joined the staff of the Enzy-
mology Group, ORNL, as a postdoctoral fellow following
receipt of his degree in biochemistry from Tulane Uni-
versity, New Orleans, Louisiana.

David L. Groves left the Biology Division, ORNL, to
accept a position with the Department of Microbiology,
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Wake Forest Uni-
versity, Winston-Salem, North Carolina.

Amir Muhammed left the Biology Division ORNL,
to return to the Radiation Genetics Unit, Lyallpur,
West Pakistan.

James A. Knopp left the Biology Division ORNL, to
accept a position in the Department of Biochemistry,
North Carolina State University, Raleigh.

William S. Riggsby left the Biology Division, ORNL,
to accept a position at the University of Tennessee at
Knoxville. Dr. Riggsby will be a Consultant to the
Nucleic Acid Enzymology Group, ORNL.

Robert A. Weisburg left the Biophysics Group, ORNL,
to join the Laboratory of Molecular Genetics, National
Institute of Child Health and Human Development,
Bethesda, Maryland.

J. R. Ramirez-Martinez of the Instituto Venezolano
de Investigaciones Cientificas, Caracas, Venezuela, has
joined the Nucleic Acid Chemistry Group, ORNL, as
a Loanee. Dr. Ramirez-Martinez received his degree
from the University of California, Berkeley.

D. A. Wolfe, U.S. Department of the Interior, Fish
and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
Radiobiological Laboratory, Beaufort, North Carolina,
began on 1 July a 14-month research training period
at the Puerto Rico Nuclear Center, Mayaguez.

Rother R. Johnson, Professor of Biological Sciences,
Tennessee Agricultural and Industrial State University,
Nashville, and Chester L. Jordan, Professor of Biology,
Grambling College, Grambling, Louisiana joined the
Pathology and Physiology Group and Mammalian
Genetics Group, respectively, ORNL, as summer Re-
search Participants.

Claire M. Berg, University of Connecticut, Storrs,
joined the Biophysics Group, ORNL, as a Consultant.

David S. McDevitt, Assistant Professor of Animal
Biology, University of Pennsylvania, School of Veterin-
ary Medicine, Philadelphia, has joined the staff of the
Cell Growth and Differentiation Group, ORNL, as a
Consultant.

James M. Collins, a USPHS Postdoctoral Fellow in
the Biochemistry of Cell Differentiation Group, ORNL,
was appointed Assistant Professor of Biochemistry,
Medical College of Virginia, Richmond.

Ronald W. Johnson, a graduate of the University of
California, Berkeley, has joined the Biochemical Regu-
lation Group, ORNL, as a USPHS Postdoctoral Fellow.

Robert E. Bird has joined the Biophysics Group,
ORNL, as a Biology Division Postdoctoral Fellow fol-
lowing receipt of his degree in molecular biology from
Kansas State University, Manhattan.

The News Editor regrets to report the recent death
of Herman O’Dell, Professor of Biology, East Ten-
nessee State University, Johnson City, in an automobile
accident.

Oscar T. Owre has been named Robert E. Maytag
Professor of Ornithology at the University of Miami,
Coral Gables, Florida. Dr. Owre becomes the second
Maytag chair, joining C. Richard Robbins who is May-
tag Professor of Ichthyology.

Michael J. Snodgrass has joined the Immunology of
Carcinogenesis Group, ORNL. He was awarded the
Ph.D. in anatomy by the University of North Dakota
Medical School, Grand Forks.

John M. Yuhas who received his Ph.D. in radiation
biology and zoology from the University of Maryland,
College Park, joined the staff of the Pathology and
Immunology Section, ORNL.

Wesley D. Wicks has left the Biology Division, ORNL,
to become Assistant Professor of Pharmacology at the
National Jewish Hospital, Division of Research, Uni-
versity of Colorado Medical Center, Denver.

Vol. 16, No. 4, October 1969

115

Preston O. Ritter, a Biology Division Postdoctoral
Investigator, ORNL, has been named Research Assistant
Professor of Pharmacology, Baylor University College
of Medicine, Texas Medical Center, Houston.

Although Libbie Henrietta Hyman was not a member
of ASB, your News Editor would feel remiss if he did not
note, with regret, her death on 3 August 1969, follow-
ing a long illness.

The News Editor regrets to report the death of
Ladley Husted, Professor of Biology at the University
of Virginia, Charlottesville.

Richard T. Hamlin, University of Georgia, has re-
ceived a 2-year National Science Foundation grant of
$38,000 for a project entitled “Comparative Morphology
of Perfect and Imperfect States of Ascomycetes.”

Marvin W. Scott has been appointed chairman of
the department of natural sciences at Longwood Col-
lege, after having served as acting chairman since Febru-
ary. He succeeds Dr. Robert T. Brumfield, who
resigned after eight years as department head in order
to devote full time to teaching and research in which
he was engaged prior to becoming chairman. A 1959
graduate of Hampden-Sydney College where he taught
biology for one year, Dr. Scott came to Longwood in
1966 as assistant professor of biology.

About Institutions

The departments of Biology, Math-Physics, and Chem-
istry have recently moved into a new building at
Alabama College, Montevallo. The building has been
officially dedicated to the memory of Arthur Fort Har-
man, a former president of the college. The building
consists of some 250 000 square feet and was built at
a cost of $1,100,000, exclusive of furnishings. An
attractive feature of the building is a spacious court-
yard which has been developed using, almost exclu-
sively, native shrubs and flowers. In the courtyard is
also a geode, reported to be the largest ever unearthed
in this country.

Auburn University (Alabama) has discarded its old
system of offering separate elementary courses in botany
and zoology and has substituted an interdepartmental
program in biology involving three basic laboratory
courses and one lecture-only course. The new program
will permit instruction in basic biological principles to
all students and subsequent appropriate in depth study
for non-majors and majors. W. H. Mason of the
Zoology-Entomology Department has been named
Coordinator.

The Department of Biology, University of Alabama,
Tuscaloosa, is completing plans for a new Biological
Sciences Building. The structure, scheduled for com-
pletion in 1971, will contain approximately 88,000
square feet and cost approximately $3 million.

The initial meeting of the Triangle Mycolloquium
[sic!] was convened by Royall T. Moore (Asst. Prof, of
Botany, North Carolina State University at Raleigh) as
a seafood buffet. The more than 30 mycologists in
attendance represented the North Carolina State Uni-
versity at Raleigh; the University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill, Duke University (Durham) and the
Research Triangle. Plans were developed for profes-
sional and social intercourse between mycologists of
the Research Triangle area. Among other plans was a
joint foray with mycologists from neighboring states
into the Highlands area which is being organized for
the Fall by Larry F. Grand (Asst. Prof, of Plant
Pathology, North Carolina State University at Raleigh).

A comprehensive graduate program has been devel-
oped by the Departments of Botany, Plant Pathology,
and Microbiology at the University of Georgia. Train-
ing is being offered at both the M.S. and Ph.D. degree
levels, with the degree being awarded by the depart-
ment in which the student enrolls. The program is
designed with sufficient flexibility to permit students to
pursue any special interests; students entering the pro-
gram through Plant Pathology, for example, need not
specialize in plant pathology, but may take a majority
of their courses in related fields, such as botany and
microbiology. The following courses are now being
offered in the mycology program: Introductory Mycol-
ogy (R. T. Hanlin), Medical Mycology (G. E.
Michaels), Biology of Phycomycetes (M. S. Fuller &

D. L. Porter). Biology of Ascomycetes (R. T. Hanlin),
Biology of Basidiomycetes (E. W. Ross), Physiology
of Fungi (W. K. Wynn), Physiological Genetics (K. E.
Papa), and Microbial Genetics (H. B. Howe). Others
participating in the mycological research program are

E. S. Luttrell (Ascomycetes and Deuteromycetes), R.
W. Roncadori (Ecology of Fungi), I. E. Giddens (Soil
Mycology), W. A. Campbell and F. F. Hendrix, Jr.
(Pythiaceae). Facilities are available for work in most
areas of research, including taxonomy, morphology,
genetics, physiology, and ecology. An additional elec-
tron microscope facility is presently under construction.
The University also has strong programs of instruction
in related fields, such as botany, microbiology, ecology,
plant pathology, and biochemistry. Anyone desiring
further information is invited to write to me or directly
to the others listed above. — Richard T. Hanlin, Depart-
ment of Plant Pathology, University of Georgia, Athens,
Georgia 30601.

116

ASB Bulletin

.

ft